2533 files changed, 417319 insertions, 111554 deletions

diff --git a/.gitignore b/.gitignore
index 9381f1afe4..a1f3ce4719 100644
--- a/.gitignore
+++ b/.gitignore
@@ -23,6 +23,7 @@ quantum/version.h
 CMakeLists.txt
 .DS_STORE
 /util/wsl_downloaded
+/util/win_downloaded
 
 # Eclipse/PyCharm/Other IDE Settings
 .cproject
@@ -32,10 +33,15 @@ CMakeLists.txt
 .browse.VC.db*
 *.stackdump
 util/Win_Check_Output.txt
-.vscode
+# Let these ones be user specific, since we have so many different configurations
+.vscode/launch.json
+.vscode/tasks.json
 .stfolder
 
 # ignore image files
 *.png
 *.jpg
-*.gif
\ No newline at end of file
+*.gif
+
+# Do not ignore MiniDox left/right hand eeprom files
+!keyboards/minidox/*.eep 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/.vscode/settings.json b/.vscode/settings.json
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..be0b85b78f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.vscode/settings.json
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+// Place your settings in this file to overwrite default and user settings.
+{
+    // Configure glob patterns for excluding files and folders.
+    "files.exclude": {
+        "**/.build": true,
+        "**/*.hex": true
+    },
+    "files.associations": {
+        "*.h": "c",
+        "*.c": "c",
+        "*.cpp": "cpp",
+        "*.hpp": "cpp"
+    }
+}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Makefile b/Makefile
index f789409b7e..ebad723bee 100644
--- a/Makefile
+++ b/Makefile
@@ -19,6 +19,11 @@ endif
 # Otherwise the [OK], [ERROR] and [WARN] messages won't be displayed correctly
 override SILENT := false
 
+QMK_VERSION := $(shell git describe --abbrev=0 --tags 2>/dev/null)
+ifneq ($(QMK_VERSION),)
+$(info QMK Firmware v$(QMK_VERSION))
+endif
+
 ON_ERROR := error_occurred=1
 
 BREAK_ON_ERRORS = no
@@ -419,7 +424,7 @@ define BUILD_TEST
     MAKE_TARGET := $2
     COMMAND := $1
     MAKE_CMD := $$(MAKE) -r -R -C $(ROOT_DIR) -f build_test.mk $$(MAKE_TARGET)
-    MAKE_VARS := TEST=$$(TEST_NAME) FULL_TESTS=$$(FULL_TESTS)
+    MAKE_VARS := TEST=$$(TEST_NAME) FULL_TESTS="$$(FULL_TESTS)"
     MAKE_MSG := $$(MSG_MAKE_TEST)
     $$(eval $$(call BUILD))
     ifneq ($$(MAKE_TARGET),clean)
@@ -483,6 +488,8 @@ define RUN_TEST
 +error_occurred=0;\
 $($(TEST)_COMMAND)\
 if [ $$error_occurred -gt 0 ]; then $(HANDLE_ERROR); fi;
+
+
 endef
 
 # Allow specifying just the subproject, in the keyboard directory, which will compile all keymaps
diff --git a/book.json b/book.json
index ff19e2974a..09e1bfd94e 100644
--- a/book.json
+++ b/book.json
@@ -1,24 +1,41 @@
 {
     "structure": {
-        "readme": "home.md",
         "summary": "_summary.md"
     },
-    "plugins" : ["toolbar", "edit-link", "anchors"],
+    "plugins" : [
+      "edit-link",
+      "forkmegithub",
+      "hints",
+      "page-toc",
+      "terminal",
+      "toolbar"
+    ],
     "pluginsConfig": {
-            "edit-link": {
-                "base": "https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/edit/master/docs",
-                "label": "Suggest an edit"
-            },
-        "toolbar": {
-            "buttons":
-            [
-                {
-                    "label": "QMK Firmware",
-                    "icon": "fa fa-github",
-                    "url": "https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware"
-                }
-            ]
-        }
+      "edit-link": {
+        "base": "https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/edit/master/docs",
+        "label": "Suggest an edit"
+      },
+      "forkmegithub": {
+        "color": "red",
+        "url": "https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware"
+      },
+      "page-toc": {
+        "selector": ".markdown-section h1, .markdown-section h2"
+      },
+      "terminal": {
+        "copyButtons": true,
+        "fade": false,
+        "style": "flat"
+      },
+      "toolbar": {
+        "buttons": [
+          {
+            "label": "QMK Firmware",
+            "icon": "fa fa-github",
+            "url": "https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware"
+          }
+        ]
+      }
     },
     "root": "./docs/"
 }
diff --git a/build_full_test.mk b/build_full_test.mk
index bfd89174de..170020b968 100644
--- a/build_full_test.mk
+++ b/build_full_test.mk
@@ -18,13 +18,16 @@
 TEST_PATH=tests/$(TEST)
 
 $(TEST)_SRC= \
-	$(TEST_PATH)/test.cpp \
+	$(TEST_PATH)/keymap.c \
 	$(TMK_COMMON_SRC) \
 	$(QUANTUM_SRC) \
+	$(SRC) \
 	tests/test_common/matrix.c \
 	tests/test_common/test_driver.cpp \
 	tests/test_common/keyboard_report_util.cpp \
 	tests/test_common/test_fixture.cpp
-$(TEST)_DEFS=$(TMK_COMMON_DEFS)
+$(TEST)_SRC += $(patsubst $(ROOTDIR)/%,%,$(wildcard $(TEST_PATH)/*.cpp))
+
+$(TEST)_DEFS=$(TMK_COMMON_DEFS) $(OPT_DEFS)
 $(TEST)_CONFIG=$(TEST_PATH)/config.h
-VPATH+=$(TOP_DIR)/tests/test_common
+VPATH+=$(TOP_DIR)/tests/test_common
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/common.mk b/common.mk
index f87c209341..5b49680ea1 100644
--- a/common.mk
+++ b/common.mk
@@ -9,6 +9,9 @@ LIB_PATH = $(TOP_DIR)/lib
 QUANTUM_DIR = quantum
 QUANTUM_PATH = $(TOP_DIR)/$(QUANTUM_DIR)
 
+DRIVER_DIR = drivers
+DRIVER_PATH = $(TOP_DIR)/$(DRIVER_DIR)
+
 BUILD_DIR := $(TOP_DIR)/.build
 
 COMMON_VPATH := $(TOP_DIR)
@@ -17,4 +20,5 @@ COMMON_VPATH += $(QUANTUM_PATH)
 COMMON_VPATH += $(QUANTUM_PATH)/keymap_extras
 COMMON_VPATH += $(QUANTUM_PATH)/audio
 COMMON_VPATH += $(QUANTUM_PATH)/process_keycode
-COMMON_VPATH += $(QUANTUM_PATH)/api
\ No newline at end of file
+COMMON_VPATH += $(QUANTUM_PATH)/api
+COMMON_VPATH += $(DRIVER_PATH)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/common_features.mk b/common_features.mk
index f5e7af01fa..f405d5c07b 100644
--- a/common_features.mk
+++ b/common_features.mk
@@ -54,6 +54,12 @@ ifeq ($(strip $(COMBO_ENABLE)), yes)
     SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_combo.c
 endif
 
+ifeq ($(strip $(STENO_ENABLE)), yes)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DSTENO_ENABLE
+	VIRTSER_ENABLE := yes
+	SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_steno.c
+endif
+
 ifeq ($(strip $(VIRTSER_ENABLE)), yes)
     OPT_DEFS += -DVIRTSER_ENABLE
 endif
@@ -87,7 +93,7 @@ endif
 
 ifeq ($(strip $(RGBLIGHT_ENABLE)), yes)
     OPT_DEFS += -DRGBLIGHT_ENABLE
-    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/light_ws2812.c
+    SRC += ws2812.c
     SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/rgblight.c
     CIE1931_CURVE = yes
     LED_BREATHING_TABLE = yes
@@ -98,6 +104,11 @@ ifeq ($(strip $(TAP_DANCE_ENABLE)), yes)
     SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_tap_dance.c
 endif
 
+ifeq ($(strip $(KEY_LOCK_ENABLE)), yes)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DKEY_LOCK_ENABLE
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_key_lock.c
+endif
+
 ifeq ($(strip $(PRINTING_ENABLE)), yes)
     OPT_DEFS += -DPRINTING_ENABLE
     SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_printer.c
@@ -150,4 +161,4 @@ QUANTUM_SRC:= \
 
 ifndef CUSTOM_MATRIX
     QUANTUM_SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/matrix.c
-endif
\ No newline at end of file
+endif
diff --git a/docs/README.md b/docs/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..515ddb7783
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+# Quantum Mechanical Keyboard Firmware
+
+## What is QMK Firmware? {#what-is-qmk-firmware}
+
+QMK (*Quantum Mechanical Keyboard*) is an open source community that maintains QMK Firmware, QMK Flasher, qmk.fm, and these docs. QMK Firmware is a keyboard firmware based on the [tmk\_keyboard](http://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard) with some useful features for Atmel AVR controllers, and more specifically, the [OLKB product line](http://olkb.com), the [ErgoDox EZ](http://www.ergodox-ez.com) keyboard, and the [Clueboard product line](http://clueboard.co/). It has also been ported to ARM chips using ChibiOS. You can use it to power your own hand-wired or custom keyboard PCB.
+
+## How to get it {#how-to-get-it}
+
+If you plan on contributing a keymap, keyboard, or features to QMK, the easiest thing to do is [fork the repo through Github](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware#fork-destination-box), and clone your repo locally to make your changes, push them, then open a [Pull Request](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pulls) from your fork.
+
+Otherwise, you can either download it directly ([zip](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/zipball/master), [tar](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/tarball/master)), or clone it via git (`git@github.com:qmk/qmk_firmware.git`), or https (`https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware.git`).
+
+## How to compile {#how-to-compile}
+
+Before you are able to compile, you'll need to [install an environment](getting_started_build_tools.md) for AVR or/and ARM development. Once that is complete, you'll use the `make` command to build a keyboard and keymap with the following notation:
+
+    make planck-rev4-default
+
+This would build the `rev4` revision of the `planck` with the `default` keymap. Not all keyboards have revisions (also called subprojects), in which case, it can be omitted:
+
+    make preonic-default
+
+## How to customize {#how-to-customize}
+
+QMK has lots of [features](features.md) to explore, and a good deal of [reference documentation](http://docs.qmk.fm) to dig through. Most features are taken advantage of by modifying your [keymap](keymap.md), and changing the [keycodes](keycodes.md).
diff --git a/docs/_summary.md b/docs/_summary.md
index c5e29cb520..e32548f5b1 100644
--- a/docs/_summary.md
+++ b/docs/_summary.md
@@ -1,32 +1,67 @@
+* [Getting started](README.md)
+  * [QMK Introduction](getting_started_introduction.md)
+  * [Install Build Tools](getting_started_build_tools.md)
+    * Alternative: [Vagrant Guide](getting_started_vagrant_guide.md)
+  * [Build/Compile instructions](getting_started_make_guide.md)
+  * [How to Use Github](getting_started_github.md)
 
-### Getting started 
-* [Introduction](home.md)
-* [QMK Overview](qmk_overview.md)
-* [Build Environment Setup](build_environment_setup.md)
-* [Make instructions](make_instructions.md)
+* [FAQ](faq.md)
+  * [General FAQ](faq_general.md)
+  * [Build/Compile QMK](faq_build.md)
+  * [Debugging/Troubleshooting QMK](faq_debug.md)
+  * [Keymap](faq_keymap.md)
 
-### Making a keymap
-* [Keymap overview](keymap.md)
-* [Custom Quantum Functions](custom_quantum_functions.md)
-* [Keycodes](keycodes.md)
-* [Layer switching](key_functions.md)
-* [Leader Key](leader_key.md)
-* [Macros](macros.md)
-* [Dynamic Macros](dynamic_macros.md)
-* [Space Cadet](space_cadet_shift.md)
-* [Tap Dance](tap_dance.md)
-* [Mouse keys](mouse_keys.md)
-* [FAQ: Creating a Keymap](faq_keymap.md)
-* [FAQ: Compiling QMK](faq_build.md)
-  
-### For hardware makers and modders
-* [Adding a keyboard to QMK](adding_a_keyboard_to_qmk.md)
-* [Porting your keyboard to QMK](porting_your_keyboard_to_qmk.md)
-* [Modding your keyboard](modding_your_keyboard.md)
-* [Adding features to QMK](adding_features_to_qmk.md)
-* [ISP flashing guide](isp_flashing_guide.md)
-  
-### Other topics
-* [General FAQ](faq.md)
-* [Differences from TMK](differences_from_tmk.md)
-* [Using Eclipse with QMK](eclipse.md)
+* [Features](features.md)
+  * [Common Shortcuts](feature_common_shortcuts.md)
+  * [Backlight](feature_backlight.md)
+  * [Bootmagic](feature_bootmagic.md)
+  * [Dynamic Macros](dynamic_macros.md)
+  * [Key Lock](key_lock.md)
+  * [Leader Key](feature_leader_key.md)
+  * [Macros](macros.md)
+  * [Mouse keys](mouse_keys.md)
+  * [PS2 Mouse](feature_ps2_mouse.md)
+  * [Space Cadet](space_cadet_shift.md)
+  * [Tap Dance](tap_dance.md)
+  * [Audio](feature_audio.md)
+  * [Thermal Printer](feature_thermal_printer.md)
+  * [Stenography](stenography.md)
+  * [Unicode](unicode.md)
+
+* Reference
+  * [Glossary](glossary.md)
+  * [Keymap overview](keymap.md)
+  * [Keycodes](keycodes.md)
+    * [Basic](keycodes_basic.md)
+    * [Quantum](quantum_keycodes.md)
+    * [Backlight](feature_backlight.md#backlight-keycodes)
+    * [Bluetooth](feature_bluetooth.md#bluetooth-keycodes)
+    * [Bootmagic](feature_bootmagic.md#bootmagic-keycodes)
+    * [Layer Switching](feature_common_shortcuts.md#switching-and-toggling-layers)
+    * [Mod+Key](feature_common_shortcuts.md#modifier-keys)
+    * [Mod Tap](feature_common_shortcuts.md#mod-tap)
+    * [One Shot Keys](feature_common_shortcuts.md#one-shot-keys)
+    * [Shifted Keys](feature_common_shortcuts.md#shifted-keycodes)
+    * [Stenography](stenography.md#keycode-reference)
+    * [RGB Light](feature_rgblight.md#rgblight-keycodes)
+    * [Thermal Printer](feature_thermal_printer.md#thermal-printer-keycodes)
+    * [US ANSI Shifted Keys](keycodes_us_ansi_shifted.md)
+  * [The `config.h` File](config_options.md)
+  * [Customizing Functionality](custom_quantum_functions.md)
+  * [Documentation Best Practices](documentation_best_practices.md)
+  * [Unit Testing](unit_testing.md)
+
+* For Makers and Modders
+  * [Adding a keyboard to QMK](adding_a_keyboard_to_qmk.md)
+  * [Adding features to QMK](adding_features_to_qmk.md)
+  * [Hand Wiring Guide](hand_wiring.md)
+  * [ISP flashing guide](isp_flashing_guide.md)
+  * [Modding your keyboard](modding_your_keyboard.md)
+  * [Porting your keyboard to QMK](porting_your_keyboard_to_qmk.md)
+
+* For a Deeper Understanding
+  * [How Keyboards Work](how_keyboards_work.md)
+  * [Understanding QMK](understanding_qmk.md)
+
+* Other Topics
+  * [Using Eclipse with QMK](eclipse.md)
diff --git a/docs/adding_features_to_qmk.md b/docs/adding_features_to_qmk.md
index f6f7cba208..e031ddbb7b 100644
--- a/docs/adding_features_to_qmk.md
+++ b/docs/adding_features_to_qmk.md
@@ -1,7 +1,16 @@
-If you have an idea for a custom feature or extra hardware connection, we'd love to accept it into QMK! These are generally done via [pull request](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pulls) after forking, and here are some things to keep in mind when creating one:
+# How To Add Features To QMK
 
-* **Disable by default** - memory is a pretty limited on most chips QMK supports, and it's important that current keymaps aren't broken, so please allow your feature to be turned **on**, rather than being turned off. If you think it should be on by default, or reduces the size of the code, [open an issue](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues) for everyone to discuss it!
+If you have an idea for a custom feature or extra hardware connection, we'd love to accept it into QMK! 
+
+Before you put a lot of work into building your new feature you should make sure you are implementing it in the best way. You can get a basic understanding of QMK by reading [Understaning QMK](understanding_qmk.html), which will take you on a tour of the QMK program flow. From here you should talk to us to get a sense of the best way to implement your idea. There are two main ways to do this:
+
+* [Chat on Gitter](https://gitter.im/qmk/qmk_firmware)
+* [Open an Issue](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues/new)
+
+Once you have implemented your new feature you will generally submit a [pull request](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pulls). Here are some things to keep in mind when creating one:
+
+* **Disabled by default** - memory is a pretty limited on most chips QMK supports, and it's important that current keymaps aren't broken, so please allow your feature to be turned **on**, rather than being turned off. If you think it should be on by default, or reduces the size of the code, please talk with us about it.
 * **Compile locally before submitting** - hopefully this one is obvious, but things need to compile! Our Travis system will catch any issues, but it's generally faster for you to compile a few keyboards locally instead of waiting for the results to come back.
-* **Consider subprojects and different chip-bases** - there are several keyboards that have subprojects that have allow for slightly different configurations, and even different chip-bases. Try to make a feature supported in ARM and AVR, or automatically disabled in one that doesn't work.
-* **Explain your feature** - submitting a markdown write-up of what your feature does with your PR may be needed, and it will allow a collaborator to easily copy it into the wiki for documentation (after proofing and editing).
-* **Don't refactor code** - to maintain a clear vision of how things are laid out in QMK, we try to plan out refactors in-depth, and have a collaborator make the changes. If you have an idea for refactoring, or suggestions, [open an issue](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues).
\ No newline at end of file
+* **Consider subprojects and different chip-bases** - there are several keyboards that have subprojects that allow for slightly different configurations, and even different chip-bases. Try to make a feature supported in ARM and AVR, or automatically disabled on platforms it doesn't work on.
+* **Explain your feature** - Document it in `docs/`, either as a new file or as part of an existing file. If you don't document it other people won't be able to benefit from your hard work.
+* **Don't refactor code** - to maintain a clear vision of how things are laid out in QMK, we try to plan out refactors in-depth, and have a collaborator make the changes. If you have an idea for refactoring, or suggestions, [open an issue](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues), we'd love to talk about how QMK can be improved.
diff --git a/docs/basic_how_keyboards_work.md b/docs/basic_how_keyboards_work.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 73c3f5c5fc..0000000000
--- a/docs/basic_how_keyboards_work.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
-# How keys are registered, and interpreted by computers
-
-In this file, you can will learn the concepts of how keyboards work over USB,
-and you'll be able to better understand what you can expect from changing your
-firmware directly.
-
-## Schematic view
-
-Whenever you type on 1 particular key, here is the chain of actions taking
-place:
-
-``` text
-+------+         +-----+       +----------+      +----------+     +----+
-| User |-------->| Key |------>| Firmware |----->| USB wire |---->| OS |
-+------+         +-----+       +----------+      +----------+     |----+
-```
-
-This scheme is a very simple view of what's going on, and more details follow
-in the next sections.
-
-## 1. You Press a Key
-
-Whenever you press a key, the firmware of your keyboard can register this event.
-It can register when the key is pressed, held and released.
-
-This usually happens with a [periodic scan of key presses with a frequency around 100 hz](https://github.com/benblazak/ergodox-firmware/blob/master/references.md#typical-keyboard-information).
-This speed often is limited by the mechanical key response time, the protocol
-to transfer those key presses (here USB HID), and by the software it is used in.
-
-## 2. What the Firmware Sends
-
-The [HID specification](http://www.usb.org/developers/hidpage/Hut1_12v2.pdf)
-tells what a keyboard can actually send through USB to have a chance to be
-properly recognised. This includes a pre-defined list of keycodes which are
-simple numbers from `0x00` to `0xE7`. The firmware assigns a keycode to each
-key of the keyboard.
-
-The firmware does not send actually letters or characters, but only keycodes.
-Thus, by modifying the firmware, you only can modify what keycode is sent over
-USB for a given key.
-
-## 3. What the Operating System Does
-
-Once the keycode reaches the operating system, a piece of software has to have
-it match an actual character thanks to a keyboard layout. For example, if your
-layout is set to QWERTY, a sample of the matching table is as follow:
-
-``` text
-| keycode | character |
-|---------+-----------|
-|    0x04 | a/A       |
-|    0x05 | b/B       |
-|    0x06 | c/C       |
-|     ... | ...       |
-|    0x1C | y/Y       |
-|    0x1D | z/Z       |
-|     ... | ...       |
-|---------+-----------|
-```
-
-## Back to the firmware
-
-As the layout is generally fixed (unless you create your own), the firmware can
-actually call a keycode by its layout name directly to ease things for you.
-
-This is exactly what is done here with `KC_A` actually representing `0x04` in
-QWERTY. The full list can be found in `keycode.txt`.
-
-## List of Characters You Can Send
-
-Putting aside shortcuts, having a limited set of keycodes mapped to a limited
-layout means that **the list of characters you can assign to a given key only
-is the ones present in the layout**.
-
-For example, this means that if you have a QWERTY US layout, and you want to
-assign 1 key to produce `€` (euro currency symbol), you are unable to do so,
-because the QWERTY US layout does not have such mapping. You could fix that by
-using a QWERTY UK layout, or a QWERTY US International.
-
-You may wonder why a keyboard layout containing all of Unicode is not devised
-then? The limited number of keycode available through USB simply disallow such
-a thing.
-
-## How to (Maybe) Enter Unicode Characters
-
-You can have the firmware send *sequences of keys* to use the [software Unicode
-Input
-Method](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unicode_input#Hexadecimal_code_input) of
-the target operating system, thus effectively entering characters independently
-of the layout defined in the OS.
-
-Yet, it does come with multiple disadvantages:
-
- - Tied to a specific OS a a time (need recompilation when changing OS);
- - Within a given OS, does not work in all software;
- - Limited to a subset of Unicode on some systems.
diff --git a/docs/build_environment_setup.md b/docs/build_environment_setup.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 442038a58d..0000000000
--- a/docs/build_environment_setup.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,119 +0,0 @@
-### Windows 10
-
-#### Creators Update
-If you have Windows 10 with Creators Update or later, you can build and flash the firmware directly. Before the Creators Update, only building was possible. If you don't have it yet or if are unsure, follow [these instructions](https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/instantanswers/d4efb316-79f0-1aa1-9ef3-dcada78f3fa0/get-the-windows-10-creators-update).
-
-#### Windows Subsystem for Linux
-In addition to the Creators Update, you need Windows 10 Subystem for Linux, so install it following [these instructions](http://www.howtogeek.com/249966/how-to-install-and-use-the-linux-bash-shell-on-windows-10/). If you already have the Windows 10 Subsystem for Linux from the Anniversary update it's recommended that you [upgrade](https://betanews.com/2017/04/14/upgrade-windows-subsystem-for-linux/) it to 16.04LTS, because some keyboards don't compile with the toolchains included in 14.04LTS. Note that you need to know what your are doing if you chose the `sudo do-release-upgrade` method.
-
-#### Git
-If you already have cloned the repository on your Windows file system you can ignore this section.
-
-You will need to clone the repository to your Windows file system using the normal Git for Windows and **not** the WSL Git. So if you haven't installed Git before, [download](https://git-scm.com/download/win) and install it. Then [set it up](https://git-scm.com/book/en/v2/Getting-Started-First-Time-Git-Setup), it's important that you setup the e-mail and user name, especially if you are planning to contribute. 
-
-Once Git is installed, open the Git bash command and change the directory to where you want to clone QMK, note that you have to use forward slashes, and that your c drive is accessed like this `/c/path/to/where/you/want/to/go`. Then run `git clone --recurse-submodules https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware`, this will create a new folder `qmk_firmware` as a subfolder of the current one.
-
-#### Toolchain setup
-The Toolchain setup is done through the Windows Subsystem for Linux, and the process is fully automated. If you want to do everything manually, there are no other instructions than the scripts themselves, but you can always open issues and ask for more information.
-
-1. Open "Bash On Ubuntu On Windows" from the start menu. 
-2. Go to the directory where you cloned `qmk_firmware`. Note that the paths start with `/mnt/` in the WSL, so you have to write for example `cd /mnt/c/path/to/qmk_firmware`. 
-3. Run `util/wsl_install.sh` and follow the on-screen instructions.
-4. Close the Bash command window, and re-open it.
-5. You are ready to compile and flash the firmware!
-
-#### Some important things to keep in mind
-* You can run `util/wsl_install.sh` again to get all the newest updates.
-* Your QMK repository need to be on a Windows file system path, since WSL can't run executables outside it.
-* The WSL Git is **not** compatible with the Windows Git, so use the Windows Git Bash or a windows Git GUI for all Git operations
-* You can edit files either inside WSL or normally using Windows, but note that if you edit makefiles or shell scripts, make sure you are using an editor that saves the files with Unix line endings. Otherwise the compilation might not work.
-
-### Windows (Vista and later)
-1. If you have ever installed WinAVR, uninstall it.
-2. Install [MHV AVR Tools](https://infernoembedded.com/sites/default/files/project/MHV_AVR_Tools_20131101.exe). Disable smatch, but **be sure to leave the option to add the tools to the PATH checked**.
-3. If you are going to flash Infinity based keyboards you will need to install dfu-util, refer to the instructions by [Input Club](https://github.com/kiibohd/controller/wiki/Loading-DFU-Firmware).
-4. Install [MinGW](https://sourceforge.net/projects/mingw/files/Installer/mingw-get-setup.exe/download). During installation, uncheck the option to install a graphical user interface. **DO NOT change the default installation folder.** The scripts depend on the default location.
-5. Clone this repository. [This link will download it as a zip file, which you'll need to extract.](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/archive/master.zip) Open the extracted folder in Windows Explorer.
-6. Open the `\util` folder.
-7. Double-click on the `1-setup-path-win` batch script to run it. You'll need to accept a User Account Control prompt. Press the spacebar to dismiss the success message in the command prompt that pops up.
-8. Right-click on the `2-setup-environment-win` batch script, select "Run as administrator", and accept the User Account Control prompt. This part may take a couple of minutes, and you'll need to approve a driver installation, but once it finishes, your environment is complete!
-
-If you have trouble and want to ask for help, it is useful to generate a *Win_Check_Output.txt* file by running `Win_Check.bat` in the `\util` folder.
-
-### Mac
-If you're using [homebrew,](http://brew.sh/) you can use the following commands:
-
-    brew tap osx-cross/avr
-    brew install avr-libc
-    brew install dfu-programmer
-
-This is the recommended method. If you don't have homebrew, [install it!](http://brew.sh/) It's very much worth it for anyone who works in the command line. Note that the `make` and `make install` portion during the homebrew installation of avr-libc can take over 20 minutes and exhibit high CPU usage.
-
-You can also try these instructions:
-
-1. Install Xcode from the App Store.
-2. Install the Command Line Tools from `Xcode->Preferences->Downloads`.
-3. Install [DFU-Programmer](https://dfu-programmer.github.io/).
-
-If you are going to flash Infinity based keyboards you will also need dfu-util
-
-    brew install dfu-util
-
-### Linux
-
-To ensure you are always up to date, you can just run `sudo util/install_dependencies.sh`. That should always install all the dependencies needed. **This will run `apt-get upgrade`.**
-
-You can also install things manually, but this documentation might not be always up to date with all requirements.
-
-The current requirements are the following, but not all might be needed depending on what you do. Also note that some systems might not have all the dependencies available as packages, or they might be named differently.
-
-```
-build-essential
-gcc
-unzip
-wget
-zip
-gcc-avr
-binutils-avr
-avr-libc
-dfu-programmer
-dfu-util
-gcc-arm-none-eabi
-binutils-arm-none-eabi
-libnewlib-arm-none-eabi
-git
-```
-
-Install the dependencies with your favorite package manager.
-
-Debian/Ubuntu example:
-
-    sudo apt-get update
-    sudo apt-get install gcc unzip wget zip gcc-avr binutils-avr avr-libc dfu-programmer dfu-util gcc-arm-none-eabi binutils-arm-none-eabi libnewlib-arm-none-eabi
-
-### Docker
-
-If this is a bit complex for you, Docker might be the turn-key solution you need. After installing [Docker](https://www.docker.com/products/docker), run the following command at the root of the QMK folder to build a keyboard/keymap:
-
-```bash
-# You'll run this every time you want to build a keymap
-# modify the keymap and keyboard assigment to compile what you want
-# defaults are ergodox/default
-
-docker run -e keymap=gwen -e subproject=ez -e keyboard=ergodox --rm -v $('pwd'):/qmk:rw edasque/qmk_firmware
-
-# On windows docker seems to have issue with VOLUME tag in Dockerfile, and $('pwd') won't print a windows compliant path, use full path instead like this
-docker run -e keymap=default -e subproject=ez -e keyboard=ergobox --rm -v D:/Users/Sacapuces/Documents/Repositories/qmk:/qmk:rw edasque/qmk_firmware
-
-```
-
-This will compile the targeted keyboard/keymap and leave it in your QMK directory for you to flash.
-
-### Vagrant
-If you have any problems building the firmware, you can try using a tool called Vagrant. It will set up a virtual computer with a known configuration that's ready-to-go for firmware building. OLKB does NOT host the files for this virtual computer. Details on how to set up Vagrant are in the [vagrant guide](vagrant_guide.md).
-
-## Verify Your Installation
-1. If you haven't already, obtain this repository ([https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware)). You can either download it as a zip file and extract it, or clone it using the command line tool git or the Github Desktop application.
-2. Open up a terminal or command prompt and navigate to the `qmk_firmware` folder using the `cd` command. The command prompt will typically open to your home directory. If, for example, you cloned the repository to your Documents folder, then you would type `cd Documents/qmk_firmware`. If you extracted the file from a zip, then it may be named `qmk_firmware-master` instead.
-3. To confirm that you're in the correct location, you can display the contents of your current folder using the `dir` command on Windows, or the `ls` command on Linux or Mac. You should see several files, including `readme.md` and a `quantum` folder. From here, you need to navigate to the appropriate folder under `keyboards/`. For example, if you're building for a Planck, run `cd keyboards/planck`.
-4. Once you're in the correct keyboard-specific folder, run the `make` command. This should output a lot of information about the build process. More information about the `make` command can be found below.
diff --git a/docs/build_guide.md b/docs/build_guide.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 8573b0fd15..0000000000
--- a/docs/build_guide.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-# This guide has now been included in the main readme - please reference that one instead.
-
-## Build Environment Setup
-
-### Windows (Vista and later)
-1. If you have ever installed WinAVR, uninstall it.
-2. Install [MHV AVR Tools](https://infernoembedded.com/sites/default/files/project/MHV_AVR_Tools_20131101.exe). Disable smatch, but **be sure to leave the option to add the tools to the PATH checked**.
-3. Install [MinGW](https://sourceforge.net/projects/mingw/files/Installer/mingw-get-setup.exe/download). During installation, uncheck the option to install a graphical user interface. **DO NOT change the default installation folder.** The scripts depend on the default location.
-4. Clone this repository. [This link will download it as a zip file, which you'll need to extract.](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/archive/master.zip) Open the extracted folder in Windows Explorer.
-5. Double-click on the 1-setup-path-win batch script to run it. You'll need to accept a User Account Control prompt. Press the spacebar to dismiss the success message in the command prompt that pops up.
-6. Right-click on the 2-setup-environment-win batch script, select "Run as administrator", and accept the User Account Control prompt. This part may take a couple of minutes, and you'll need to approve a driver installation, but once it finishes, your environment is complete!
-7. Future build commands should be run from the standard Windows command prompt, which you can find by searching for "command prompt" from the start menu or start screen. Ignore the "MHV AVR Shell".
-
-### Mac
-If you're using [homebrew,](http://brew.sh/) you can use the following commands:
-
-    brew tap osx-cross/avr
-    brew install avr-libc
-    brew install dfu-programmer
-
-This is the recommended method. If you don't have homebrew, [install it!](http://brew.sh/) It's very much worth it for anyone who works in the command line.
-
-You can also try these instructions:
-
-1. Install Xcode from the App Store.
-2. Install the Command Line Tools from `Xcode->Preferences->Downloads`.
-3. Install [DFU-Programmer][dfu-prog].
-
-### Linux
-Install AVR GCC, AVR libc, and dfu-progammer with your favorite package manager.
-
-Debian/Ubuntu example:
-
-    sudo apt-get update
-    sudo apt-get install gcc-avr avr-libc dfu-programmer
-
-### Vagrant
-If you have any problems building the firmware, you can try using a tool called Vagrant. It will set up a virtual computer with a known configuration that's ready-to-go for firmware building. OLKB does NOT host the files for this virtual computer. Details on how to set up Vagrant are in the [vagrant guide](vagrant_guide.md).
-
-## Verify Your Installation
-1. If you haven't already, obtain this repository ([https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware)). You can either download it as a zip file and extract it, or clone it using the command line tool git or the Github Desktop application.
-2. Open up a terminal or command prompt and navigate to the `qmk_firmware` folder using the `cd` command. The command prompt will typically open to your home directory. If, for example, you cloned the repository to your Documents folder, then you would type `cd Documents/qmk_firmware`. If you extracted the file from a zip, then it may be named `qmk_firmware-master` instead.
-3. To confirm that you're in the correct location, you can display the contents of your current folder using the `dir` command on Windows, or the `ls` command on Linux or Mac. You should see several files, including `readme.md` and a `quantum` folder. From here, you need to navigate to the appropriate folder under `keyboards/`. For example, if you're building for a Planck, run `cd keyboards/planck`.
-4. Once you're in the correct keyboard-specific folder, run the `make` command. This should output a lot of information about the build process. More information about the `make` command can be found below.
-
-## Customizing, Building, and Deploying Your Firmware
-
-### The Make command
-
-The `make` command is how you compile the firmware into a .hex file, which can be loaded by a dfu programmer (like dfu-progammer via `make dfu`) or the [Teensy loader](https://www.pjrc.com/teensy/loader.html) (only used with Teensys). You can run `make` from the root (`/`), your keyboard folder (`/keyboards/<keyboard>/`), or your keymap folder (`/keyboards/<keyboard>/keymaps/<keymap>/`) if you have a `Makefile` there (see the example [here](/doc/keymap_makefile_example.mk)).
-
-By default, this will generate a `<keyboard>_<keymap>.hex` file in whichever folder you run `make` from. These files are ignored by git, so don't worry about deleting them when committing/creating pull requests.
-
-* The "root" (`/`) folder is the qmk_firmware folder, in which are `doc`, `keyboard`, `quantum`, etc.
-* The "keyboard" folder is any keyboard project's folder, like `/keyboards/planck`.
-* The "keymap" folder is any keymap's folder, like `/keyboards/planck/keymaps/default`.
-
-Below is a list of the useful `make` commands in QMK:
-
-* `make` - cleans automatically and builds your keyboard and keymap depending on which folder you're in. This defaults to the "default" layout (unless in a keymap folder), and Planck keyboard in the root folder
-  * `make keyboard=<keyboard>` - specifies the keyboard (only to be used in root)
-  * `make keymap=<keymap>` - specifies the keymap (only to be used in root and keyboard folder - not needed when in keymap folder)
-* `make quick` - skips the clean step (cannot be used immediately after modifying config.h or Makefiles)
-* `make dfu` - (requires dfu-programmer) builds and flashes the keymap to your keyboard once placed in reset/dfu mode (button or press `KC_RESET`). This does not work for Teensy-based keyboards like the ErgoDox EZ.
-  * `keyboard=` and `keymap=` are compatible with this
-* `make all-keyboards` - builds all keymaps for all keyboards and outputs status of each (use in root)
-* `make all-keyboards-default` - builds all default keymaps for all keyboards and outputs status of each (use in root)
-* `make all-keymaps [keyboard=<keyboard>]` - builds all of the keymaps for whatever keyboard folder you're in, or specified by `<keyboard>`
-* `make all-keyboards-quick`, `make all-keyboards-default-quick` and `make all-keymaps-quick [keyboard=<keyboard>]` - like the normal "make-all-*" commands, but they skip the clean steps
-
-Other, less useful functionality:
-
-* `make COLOR=false` - turns off color output
-* `make SILENT=true` - turns off output besides errors/warnings
-* `make VERBOSE=true` - outputs all of the avr-gcc stuff (not interesting)
-
-### The Makefile
-
-There are 3 different `make` and `Makefile` locations:
-
-* root (`/`)
-* keyboard (`/keyboards/<keyboard>/`)
-* keymap (`/keyboards/<keyboard>/keymaps/<keymap>/`)
-
-The root contains the code used to automatically figure out which keymap or keymaps to compile based on your current directory and commandline arguments. It's considered stable, and shouldn't be modified. The keyboard one will contain the MCU set-up and default settings for your keyboard, and shouldn't be modified unless you are the producer of that keyboard. The keymap Makefile can be modified by users, and is optional. It is included automatically if it exists. You can see an example [here](/doc/keymap_makefile_example.mk) - the last few lines are the most important. The settings you set here will override any defaults set in the keyboard Makefile. **It is required if you want to run `make` in the keymap folder.**
-
-### The `config.h` file
-
-There are 2 `config.h` locations:
-
-* keyboard (`/keyboards/<keyboard>/`)
-* keymap (`/keyboards/<keyboard>/keymaps/<keymap>/`)
-
-The keyboard `config.h` is included only if the keymap one doesn't exist. The format to use for your custom one [is here](/doc/keymap_config_h_example.h). If you want to override a setting from the parent `config.h` file, you need to do this:
-
-```
-#undef MY_SETTING
-#define MY_SETTING 4
-```
-
-For a value of `4` for this imaginary setting. So we `undef` it first, then `define` it.
-
-You can then override any settings, rather than having to copy and paste the whole thing.
diff --git a/docs/build_old.md b/docs/build_old.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 9ae3a64ae4..0000000000
--- a/docs/build_old.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,187 +0,0 @@
-Build Firmware and Program Controller
-=====================================
-
-## This guide may be out-dated - use [build_guide.md](build_guide.md) instead
-
-Download and Install
---------------------
-### 1. Install Tools
-
-1. **Toolchain** On Windows install [MHV AVR Tools][mhv] for AVR GCC compiler and [Cygwin][cygwin](or [MinGW][mingw]) for shell terminal. On Mac you can use [CrossPack][crosspack]. On Linux you can install AVR GCC (and avr-libc) with your favorite package manager or run the avr_setup.sh script in the root of this repository.
-
-2. **Programmer** On Windows install [Atmel FLIP][flip]. On Mac and Linux install [dfu-programmer][dfu-prog].
-
-3. **Driver** On Windows you start DFU bootloader on the chip first time you will see 'Found New Hardware Wizard' to install driver. If you install device driver properly you can find chip name like 'ATmega32U4' under 'LibUSB-Win32 Devices' tree on 'Device Manager'. If not you shall need to update its driver on 'Device Manager'. You will find the driver in `FLIP` install directory like: C:\Program Files (x86)\Atmel\Flip 3.4.5\usb\. In case of `dfu-programmer` use its driver.
-
-If you use PJRC Teensy you don't need step 2 and 3 above, just get [Teensy loader][teensy-loader].
-
-
-### 2. Download source
-You can find firmware source at github:
-
-- <https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard>
-
-If you are familiar with `Git` tools you are recommended to use it but you can also download zip archive from:
-
-- <https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/archive/master.zip>
-
-
-Build firmware
---------------
-### 1. Open terminal
-Open terminal window to get access to commands. Use Cygwin(or MingGW) `shell terminal` in Windows or `Terminal.app` on Mac OSX. In Windows press `Windows` key and `R` then enter `cmd` in 'Run command' dialog showing up.
-
-### 2. Change directory
-Move to project directory in the firmware source.
-
-    cd tmk_keyboard/{'keyboard' or 'converter'}/<project>
-
-### 3. Make
-Build firmware using GNU `make` command. You'll see `<project>_<variant>.hex` file in that directory unless something unexpected occurs in build process.
-
-
-    make -f Makefile.<variant> clean
-    make -f Makefile.<variant>
-
-
-
-
-Program Controller
-------------------
-Now you have **hex** file to program on current directory. This **hex** is only needed to program your controller, other files are used for development and you may leave and forget them.
-
-### 1. Start bootloader
-How to program controller depends on controller chip and its board design. To program AVR USB chips you'll need to start it up in bootloader mode. Most of boards with the chip have a push button to let bootloader come up. Consult with your controller board manual.
-
-### 2. Program with DFU bootloader
-Stock AVR USB chip including ATmega32U4 has DFU bootloader by factory default. `FLIP` is a DFU programmer on Windows offered by Atmel. Open source command line tool `dfu-programmer` also supports AVR chips, it runs on Linux, Mac OSX and even Windows.
-
-To program AVR chip with DFU bootloader use `FLIP` or `dfu-programmer`.
-If you have a proper program command in `Makefile` just type this.
-
-`FLIP` has two version of tool, GUI app and command line program. If you want GUI see tutorial below.
-To use command line tool run this command. Note that you need to set PATH variable properly.
-
-    $ make -f Makefile.<variant> flip
-
-Or to program with `dfu-programmer` run:
-
-    $ make -f Makefile.<variant> dfu
-
-#### FLIP GUI tutorial
-1. On menu bar click Device -> Select, then. `ATmega32u4`.
-2. On menu bar click Settings -> Communication -> USB, then click 'Open' button on 'USB Port Connection' dialog.
-At this point you'll see grey-outed widgets on the app get colored and ready.
-
-3. On menu bar click File -> Load HEX File, then select your firmware hex file on File Selector dialog.
-4. On 'Operations Flow' panel click 'Run' button to load the firmware binary to the chip. Note that you should keep 'Erase', 'Blank Check', 'Program' and 'Verify' check boxes selected.
-5. Re-plug USB cord or click 'Start Application' button to restart your controller.
-Done.
-
-See also these instructions if you need.
-
-- <http://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/LoadingFirmwareWithFLIP>
-- <http://www.atmel.com/Images/doc7769.pdf>
-
-
-### 3. Program with Teensy Loader
-If you have PJRC Teensy see instruction of `Teensy Loader`.
-
-- <http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/loader.html>
-
-Or use this command if you have command line version of Teensy Loader installed.
-
-    $ make -f Makefile.<variant> teensy
-
-
-### 4. Program with Other programmer
-You may want to use other programmer like `avrdude` with AVRISPmkII, Arduino or USBasp. In that case you can still use make target `program` for build with configuring `PROGRAM_CMD` in Makefile.
-
-    $ make -f Makefile.<variant> program
-
-
-[cygwin]:       https://www.cygwin.com/
-[mingw]:        http://www.mingw.org/
-[mhv]:          https://infernoembedded.com/products/avr-tools
-[winavr]:       http://winavr.sourceforge.net/
-[crosspack]:    http://www.obdev.at/products/crosspack/index.html
-[flip]:         http://www.atmel.com/tools/FLIP.aspx
-[dfu-prog]:     http://dfu-programmer.sourceforge.net/
-[teensy-loader]:http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/loader.html
-
-
-
-Makefile Options
-----------------
-### 1. MCU and Frequency.
-
-    MCU = atmega32u4       # Teensy 2.0
-    #MCU = at90usb1286      # Teensy++ 2.0
-    F_CPU = 16000000
-
-Set your MCU and its clock in Hz.
-
-    # Boot Section Size in *bytes*
-    #   Teensy halfKay   512
-    #   Atmel DFU loader 4096
-    #   LUFA bootloader  4096
-    OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_SIZE=4096
-
-If you are using PJRC Teensy use `512` for `BOOTLOADER_SIZE`, otherwise use `4096` unless you are sure.
-
-### 2. Features
-Optional. Note that ***comment out*** with `#` to disable them.
-
-    BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE = yes      # Virtual DIP switch configuration(+1000)
-    MOUSEKEY_ENABLE = yes       # Mouse keys(+4700)
-    EXTRAKEY_ENABLE = yes       # Audio control and System control(+450)
-    CONSOLE_ENABLE = yes        # Console for debug(+400)
-    COMMAND_ENABLE = yes        # Commands for debug and configuration
-    SLEEP_LED_ENABLE = yes      # Breathing sleep LED during USB suspend
-    #NKRO_ENABLE = yes          # USB Nkey Rollover - not yet supported in LUFA
-    #BACKLIGHT_ENABLE = yes     # Enable keyboard backlight functionality
-
-### 3. Programmer
-Optional. Set proper command for your controller, bootloader and programmer. This command can be used with `make program`. Not needed if you use `FLIP`, `dfu-programmer` or `Teensy Loader`.
-
-    # avrdude with AVRISPmkII
-    PROGRAM_CMD = avrdude -p $(MCU) -c avrispmkII -P USB -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex
-
-    # avrdude with USBaspLoader
-    PROGRAM_CMD = avrdude -p $(MCU) -c usbasp -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex
-
-    # avrdude with arduino
-    PROGRAM_CMD = avrdude -p $(MCU) -c arduino -P COM1 -b 57600 -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex
-
-
-
-Config.h Options
-----------------
-### 1. Magic command key combination
-
-    #define IS_COMMAND() (keyboard_report->mods == (MOD_BIT(KB_LSHIFT) | MOD_BIT(KB_RSHIFT)))
-
-### 2. Mechanical Locking Support for CapsLock
-
-    /* Mechanical locking CapsLock support. Use KC_LCAP instead of KC_CAPS in keymap */
-    #define CAPSLOCK_LOCKING_ENABLE
-    /* Locking CapsLock re-synchronize hack */
-    #define CAPSLOCK_LOCKING_RESYNC_ENABLE
-
-### 3. Disable Debug and Print
-
-    /* disable debug print */
-    #define NO_DEBUG
-
-    /* disable print */
-    #define NO_PRINT
-
-### 4. Disable Action Features
-
-    #define NO_ACTION_LAYER
-    #define NO_ACTION_TAPPING
-    #define NO_ACTION_ONESHOT
-    #define NO_ACTION_MACRO
-    #define NO_ACTION_FUNCTION
-
-***TBD***
diff --git a/docs/config_options.md b/docs/config_options.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..13c8bdbbe8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/config_options.md
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+# The `config.h` file
+
+This is a c header file that is one of the first things included, and will persist over the whole project (if included). Lots of variables can be set here and accessed elsewhere (namely keymaps). This file can exist at a couple different levels:
+
+## Keyboard
+
+```c
+#ifndef CONFIG_H
+#define CONFIG_H
+
+#include "config_common.h"
+
+// config options
+
+#ifdef SUBPROJECT_<subproject>
+    #include "<subproject>/config.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif
+```
+
+This file contains config options that should apply to the whole keyboard, and won't change in subprojects, or most keymaps. The suproject block here only applies to keyboards with subprojects.
+
+## Subproject
+
+```c
+#ifndef <subproject>_CONFIG_H
+#define <subproject>_CONFIG_H
+
+#include "../config.h"
+
+// config options
+
+#endif
+```
+
+For keyboards that have subprojects, this file contains config options that should apply to only that subproject, and won't change in most keymaps.
+
+## Keymap
+
+```c
+#ifndef CONFIG_USER_H
+#define CONFIG_USER_H
+
+#include "../../config.h"
+
+// config options
+
+#endif
+```
+
+This file contains all of the options for that particular keymap. If you wish to override a previous declaration, you can use `#undef <variable>` to undefine it, where you can then redefine it without an error.
+
+# Config Options
+
+```c
+#define VENDOR_ID 0x1234 // defines your VID, and for most DIY projects, can be whatever you want
+#define PRODUCT_ID 0x5678 // defines your PID, and for most DIY projects, can be whatever you want  
+#define DEVICE_VER 0 // defines the device version (often used for revisions)
+
+#define MANUFACTURER Me // generally who/whatever brand produced the board
+#define PRODUCT Board // the name of the keyboard
+#define DESCRIPTION a keyboard // a short description of what the keyboard is
+
+#define MATRIX_ROWS 5 // the number of rows in your keyboard's matrix
+#define MATRIX_COLS 15 // the number of columns in your keyboard's matrix
+
+#define MATRIX_ROW_PINS { D0, D5, B5, B6 } // pins of the rows, from top to bottom
+#define MATRIX_COL_PINS { F1, F0, B0, C7, F4, F5, F6, F7, D4, D6, B4, D7 } // pins of the columns, from left to right
+#define UNUSED_PINS { D1, D2, D3, B1, B2, B3 } // pins unused by the keyboard for reference 
+#define MATRIX_HAS_GHOST // define is matrix has ghost (unlikely)
+#define DIODE_DIRECTION COL2ROW // COL2ROW or ROW2COL - how your matrix is configured
+// COL2ROW means the black mark on your diode is facing to the rows, and between the switch and the rows
+
+#define AUDIO_VOICES // turns on the alternate audio voices (to cycle through)
+#define C6_AUDIO // enables audio on pin C6
+#define B5_AUDIO // enables audio on pin B5 (duophony is enable if both are enabled)
+
+#define BACKLIGHT_PIN B7 // pin of the backlight - B5, B6, B7 use PWM, others use softPWM
+#define BACKLIGHT_LEVELS 3 // number of levels your backlight will have (not including off)
+
+#define DEBOUNCING_DELAY 5 // the delay when reading the value of the pin (5 is default)
+
+#define LOCKING_SUPPORT_ENABLE // mechanical locking support. Use KC_LCAP, KC_LNUM or KC_LSCR instead in keymap
+#define LOCKING_RESYNC_ENABLE // tries to keep switch state consistent with keyboard LED state
+
+#define IS_COMMAND() ( \ // key combination that allows the use of magic commands (useful for debugging)
+    keyboard_report->mods == (MOD_BIT(KC_LSHIFT) | MOD_BIT(KC_RSHIFT)) \
+)
+
+// the following options can save on file size at the expense of that feature
+#define NO_DEBUG // disable debuging (saves on file size)
+#define NO_PRINT // disable printing (saves of file size)
+#define NO_ACTION_LAYER // no layers
+#define NO_ACTION_TAPPING // no tapping for layers/mods
+#define NO_ACTION_ONESHOT // no oneshot for layers/mods
+#define NO_ACTION_MACRO // no macros
+#define NO_ACTION_FUNCTION // no functions
+
+#define FORCE_NKRO // NKRO by default requires to be turned on, this forces it to be on always
+
+#define PREVENT_STUCK_MODIFIERS // when switching layers, this will release all mods
+
+#define TAPPING_TERM 200 // how long before a tap becomes a hold
+#define TAPPING_TOGGLE 2 // how many taps before triggering the toggle
+
+#define PERMISSIVE_HOLD // makes tap and hold keys work better for fast typers who don't want tapping term set above 500
+
+#define LEADER_TIMEOUT 300 // how long before the leader key times out
+
+#define ONESHOT_TIMEOUT 300 // how long before oneshot times out
+#define ONESHOT_TAP_TOGGLE 2 // how many taps before oneshot toggle is triggered
+
+#define IGNORE_MOD_TAP_INTERRUPT // makes it possible to do rolling combos (zx) with keys that convert to other keys on hold
+
+// ws2812 options
+#define RGB_DI_PIN D7 // pin the DI on the ws2812 is hooked-up to
+#define RGBLIGHT_ANIMATIONS // run RGB animations
+#define RGBLED_NUM 15 // number of LEDs
+#define RGBLIGHT_HUE_STEP 12 // units to step when in/decreasing hue
+#define RGBLIGHT_SAT_STEP 25 // units to step when in/decresing saturation
+#define RGBLIGHT_VAL_STEP 12 // units to step when in/decreasing value (brightness)
+
+#define RGBW_BB_TWI // bit-bangs twi to EZ RGBW LEDs (only required for Ergodox EZ)
+
+// mousekey options (self-describing)
+#define MOUSEKEY_INTERVAL 20
+#define MOUSEKEY_DELAY 0
+#define MOUSEKEY_TIME_TO_MAX 60
+#define MOUSEKEY_MAX_SPEED 7
+#define MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_DELAY 0
+
+```
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/custom_quantum_functions.md b/docs/custom_quantum_functions.md
index 0fb1c163b7..10a718431c 100644
--- a/docs/custom_quantum_functions.md
+++ b/docs/custom_quantum_functions.md
@@ -1,6 +1,10 @@
-A custom keyboard is about more than sending button presses to your computer. QMK has designed hooks to allow you to inject code, override functionality, and otherwise customize how your keyboard responds in different situations. 
+# How To Customize Your Keyboard's Behavior
 
-## A Word on Keyboards vs Keymap
+For a lot of people a custom keyboard is about more than sending button presses to your computer. You want to be able to do things that are more complex than simple button presses and macros. QMK has hooks that allow you to inject code, override functionality, and otherwise customize how your keyboard behaves in different situations. 
+
+This page does not assume any special knowledge about QMK, but reading [Understanding QMK](understanding_qmk.html) will help you understand what is going on at a more fundamental level.
+
+## A Word on Core vs Keyboards vs Keymap
 
 We have structured QMK as a hierarchy:
 
@@ -8,59 +12,66 @@ We have structured QMK as a hierarchy:
   * Keyboard/Revision (`_kb`)
     * Keymap (`_user`)
 
-Each of the functions described below can be defined with a `_kb()` suffix or an `_user()` suffix. We intend for you to use the `_kb()` suffix at the Keyboard/Revision level, while the `_user()` suffix should be used at the Keymap level.
+Each of the functions described below can be defined with a `_kb()` suffix or a `_user()` suffix. We intend for you to use the `_kb()` suffix at the Keyboard/Revision level, while the `_user()` suffix should be used at the Keymap level.
 
 When defining functions at the Keyboard/Revision level it is important that your `_kb()` implementation call `_user()` before executing anything else- otherwise the keymap level function will never be called.
 
-## Matrix Initialization Code
+# Custom Keycodes
 
-* Keyboard/Revision: `void matrix_init_kb(void)` 
-* Keymap: `void matrix_init_user(void)`
+By far the most common task is to change the behavior of an existing keycode or to create a new keycode. From a code standpoint the mechanism for each is very similar.
 
-This function gets called when the matrix is initiated. You should use this function to initialize any custom hardware you may have, such as speakers, LED drivers, or other features which need to be setup after the keyboard powers on.
+## Defining a New Keycode
 
-### Example
+The first step to creating your own custom keycode(s) is to enumerate them. This means both naming them and assigning a unique number to that keycode. Rather than limit custom keycodes to a fixed range of numbers QMK provides the `SAFE_RANGE` macro. You can use `SAFE_RANGE` when enumerating your custom keycodes to guarantee that you get a unique number.
+
+
+Here is an example of enumerating 2 keycodes. After adding this block to your `keymap.c` you will be able to use `FOO` and `BAR` inside your keymap.
 
 ```
-void matrix_init_kb(void) {
-        // put your keyboard start-up code here
-        // runs once when the firmware starts up
-        matrix_init_user();
-
-        // JTAG disable for PORT F. write JTD bit twice within four cycles.
-        MCUCR |= (1<<JTD);
-        MCUCR |= (1<<JTD);
-
-        // * Set our LED pins as output
-        DDRB |= (1<<0);
-        DDRB |= (1<<1);
-        DDRB |= (1<<2);
-        DDRB |= (1<<3);
-        DDRB |= (1<<4);
-}
+enum my_keycodes {
+  FOO = SAFE_RANGE,
+  BAR
+};
 ```
 
-## Matrix Scanning Code
+## Programming The Behavior Of Any Keycode
 
-* Keyboard/Revision: `void matrix_scan_kb(void)`
-* Keymap: `void matrix_scan_user(void)`
+When you want to override the behavior of an existing key, or define the behavior for a new key, you should use the `process_record_kb()` and `process_record_user()` functions. These are called by QMK during key processing before the actual key event is handled. If these functions return `true` QMK will process the keycodes as usual. That can be handy for extending the functionality of a key rather than replacing it. If these functions return `false` QMK will skip the normal key handling, and it will be up you to send any key up or down events that are required.
 
-This function gets called at every matrix scan, which is basically as often as the MCU can handle. Be careful what you put here, as it will get run a lot.
+These function are called every time a key is pressed or released.
 
-You should use this function if you need custom matrix scanning code. It can also be used for custom status output (such as LED's or a display) or other functionality that you want to trigger regularly even when the user isn't typing.
+### Example `process_record_user()` implementation
 
-## Hook Into Key Presses
+This example does two things. It defines the behavior for a custom keycode called `FOO`, and it supplements our Enter key by playing a tone whenever it is pressed.
 
-* Keyboard/Revision: `bool process_record_kb(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record)` 
-* Keymap: `bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record)`
+```
+bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
+  switch (keycode) {
+    case FOO:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        // Do something when pressed
+      } else {
+        // Do something else when release
+      }
+      return false; // Skip all further processing of this key
+    case KC_ENTER:
+      // Play a tone when enter is pressed
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY(tone_qwerty);
+      }
+      return true; // Let QMK send the enter press/release events
+  }
+}
+```
 
-This function gets called every time a key is pressed or released. This is particularly useful when defining custom keys or overriding the behavior of existing keys.
+### `process_record_*` Function documentation
 
-The return value is whether or not QMK should continue processing the keycode - returning `false` stops the execution.
+* Keyboard/Revision: `bool process_record_kb(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record)` 
+* Keymap: `bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record)`
 
-The `keycode` variable is whatever is defined in your keymap, eg `MO(1)`, `KC_L`, etc. and can be switch-cased to execute code whenever a particular code is pressed.
+The `keycode` argument is whatever is defined in your keymap, eg `MO(1)`, `KC_L`, etc. You should use a `switch...case` block to handle these events.
 
-The `record` variable contains infomation about the actual press:
+The `record` argument contains infomation about the actual press:
 
 ```
 keyrecord_t record {
@@ -75,12 +86,7 @@ keyrecord_t record {
 }
 ```
 
-The conditional `if (record->event.pressed)` can tell if the key is being pressed or released, and you can execute code based on that.
-
-## LED Control
-
-* Keyboard/Revision: `void led_set_kb(uint8_t usb_led)` 
-* Keymap: `void led_set_user(uint8_t usb_led)`
+# LED Control
 
 This allows you to control the 5 LED's defined as part of the USB Keyboard spec. It will be called when the state of one of those 5 LEDs changes.
 
@@ -90,7 +96,7 @@ This allows you to control the 5 LED's defined as part of the USB Keyboard spec.
 * `USB_LED_COMPOSE`
 * `USB_LED_KANA`
 
-### Example:
+### Example `led_set_kb()` implementation
 
 ```
 void led_set_kb(uint8_t usb_led) {
@@ -121,3 +127,50 @@ void led_set_kb(uint8_t usb_led) {
     }
 }
 ```
+
+### `led_set_*` Function documentation
+
+* Keyboard/Revision: `void led_set_kb(uint8_t usb_led)` 
+* Keymap: `void led_set_user(uint8_t usb_led)`
+
+# Matrix Initialization Code
+
+Before a keyboard can be used the hardware must be initialized. QMK handles initialization of the keyboard matrix itself, but if you have other hardware like LED's or i&#xb2;c controllers you will need to set up that hardware before it can be used.
+
+### Example `matrix_init_kb()` implementation
+
+This example, at the keyboard level, sets up B1, B2, and B3 as LED pins.
+
+```
+void matrix_init_kb(void) {
+  // Call the keymap level matrix init.
+  matrix_init_user();
+
+  // Set our LED pins as output
+  DDRB |= (1<<1);
+  DDRB |= (1<<2);
+  DDRB |= (1<<3);
+}
+```
+
+### `matrix_init_*` Function documentation
+
+* Keyboard/Revision: `void matrix_init_kb(void)` 
+* Keymap: `void matrix_init_user(void)`
+
+# Matrix Scanning Code
+
+Whenever possible you should customize your keyboard by using `process_record_*()` and hooking into events that way, to ensure that your code does not have a negative performance impact on your keyboard. However, in rare cases it is necessary to hook into the matrix scanning. Be extremely careful with the performance of code in these functions, as it will be called at least 10 times per second.
+
+### Example `matrix_scan_*` implementation
+
+This example has been deliberately omitted. You should understand enough about QMK internals to write this without an example before hooking into such a performance sensitive area. If you need help please [open an issue](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues/new) or [chat with us on gitter](https://gitter.im/qmk/qmk_firmware).
+
+### `matrix_scan_*` Function documentation
+
+* Keyboard/Revision: `void matrix_scan_kb(void)`
+* Keymap: `void matrix_scan_user(void)`
+
+This function gets called at every matrix scan, which is basically as often as the MCU can handle. Be careful what you put here, as it will get run a lot.
+
+You should use this function if you need custom matrix scanning code. It can also be used for custom status output (such as LED's or a display) or other functionality that you want to trigger regularly even when the user isn't typing.
diff --git a/docs/cygwin_guide.md b/docs/cygwin_guide.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 05d71961a4..0000000000
--- a/docs/cygwin_guide.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,352 +0,0 @@
-#Planck Advanced (but not too advanced) `cygwin` Users Guide
-If you are a user of the [cygwin environment](https://cygwin.com) in Windows and want the freedom to use the latest tools available, then this is the guide for you. If compiling your own copy of the latest and greatest Gnu C Compiler makes you super happy, then this is the guide for you. If the command line make you smile, then this is the guide for you.
-
-This guide was written step by step as I went through the process on a `Windows 10` `x86_64` and a `Windows 7` `amd k10` based system.  This should be generally applicable to to any `Windows` environment with `cygwin`.
-
-#####Do not skip steps. Do not move past a step until the previous step finishes successfully.
-
-Based on [avr-libc installation guide](http://www.nongnu.org/avr-libc/user-manual/install_tools.html)
-
-##Get the Required Packages
-Download the `cygwin` setup ([x86_64](https://cygwin.com/setup-x86_64.exe)) and install the default system plus the following if they are not already selected:
-- devel/git
-- devel/gcc-core
-- devel/gcc-g++
-- devel/flex
-- devel/bison
-- devel/make
-- devel/texinfo
-- devel/gettext-devel
-- devel/automake
-- devel/autoconfig
-- devel/libtool
-- text/gettext
-- libs/libgcc1
-- interpreters/m4
-- web/wget
-- archive/unzip
-
-The following sources will be required:
-- [gmp](https://gmplib.org/) (6.1.0)
-- [mpfr](http://www.mpfr.org/) (3.1.4)
-- [mpc](http://www.multiprecision.org/) (1.0.3) 
-- [binutils](https://www.sourceware.org/binutils/) (2.26)
-- [gcc](https://gcc.gnu.org/) (5.3.0)
-- [avr-libc](http://www.nongnu.org/avr-libc/) (2.0.0)
-
-The `dfu-programmer` will be required to flash the new firmware 
-- [dfu-programmer](https://dfu-programmer.github.io/) (0.7.2)
-
-The set of commands below will create a directory (`~/local/avr`) for the sources you compile to be installed on the machine and a directory (`~/src`) for these source files to be stored. The commands then download the sources of the needed packages and unpack them. Note: the expand commands are different depending on if the packages are offered as a `bz2` or `gz` archive
-```
-$ mkdir ~/local
-$ mkdir ~/local/avr
-$ mkdir ~/src
-$ cd ~/src
-$ wget https://gmplib.org/download/gmp/gmp-6.1.0.tar.bz2
-$ wget http://www.mpfr.org/mpfr-3.1.4/mpfr-3.1.4.tar.bz2
-$ wget ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/mpc/mpc-1.0.3.tar.gz
-$ wget http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/binutils/binutils-2.26.tar.gz
-$ wget http://mirror0.babylon.network/gcc/releases/gcc-5.3.0/gcc-5.3.0.tar.gz
-$ wget http://download.savannah.gnu.org/releases/avr-libc/avr-libc-2.0.0.tar.bz2
-$ tar -xjf gmp-6.1.0.tar.bz2
-$ tar -xjf mpfr-3.1.4.tar.bz2
-$ tar -zxf mpc-1.0.3.tar.gz
-$ tar -zxf binutils-2.26.tar.gz
-$ tar -zxf gcc-5.3.0.tar.gz
-$ tar -xjf avr-libc-2.0.0.tar.bz2 
-```
-
-##Setup the Build Environment
-These commands will set up the install directory and the `PATH` variable, which will allow you to access your installed packages.  Note: if you close the `cygwin` terminal window, you will need to rerun these commands, they are not permanent.
-```
-$ PREFIX=$HOME/local/avr
-$ export PREFIX
-$ PATH=/usr/local/bin:/usr/local/lib:/usr/local/include:/bin:/lib:/cygdrive/c/WINDOWS/system32:/cygdrive/c/WINDOWS
-$ PATH=$PATH:$PREFIX/bin:$PREFIX/lib
-$ export PATH
-```
-
-##The `gcc` Required Math Library Packages
-The following packages are required to be complied and installed in order to compile `gcc`.  They are not sufficiently available through the `cygwin` package system, so we have to make them ourselves.  They must be complied in this order because each one depends on the previous. Verfiy that for each package, `make check` returns all passing and no fails.
-
-###Build and Install `gmp`
-```
-$ cd ~/src/gmp-6.1.0
-$ ./configure --enable-static --disable-shared
-$ make
-$ make check
-$ make install
-```
-
-###Build and Install `mpfr`
-```
-$ cd ~/src/mpfr-3.1.4
-$ ./configure --with-gmp-build=../gmp-6.1.0 --enable-static --disable-shared
-$ make
-$ make check
-$ make install
-```
-
-###Build and Install `mpc`
-```
-$ cd ~/src/mpc-1.0.3
-$ ./configure --with-gmp=/usr/local --with-mpfr=/usr/local --enable-static --disable-shared
-$ make
-$ make check
-$ make install
-```
-
-##OPTIONAL Part
-You can build and install a brand new `gcc` or you can use the one supplied by `cygwin`.  This will take about 4-5 hours to compile (It is a "native build", so it does the entire build **3 times**. This takes a long while).
-
-###Build and Install `gcc` for Your Machine  
-```
-$ cd ~/src/gcc-5.3.0
-$ mkdir obj-local
-$ cd obj-local
-$ ../configure --enable-languages=c,c++ --with-gmp=/usr/local --with-mpfr=/usr/local --with-mpc=/usr/local --enable-static --disable-shared
-$ make
-$ make install
-```
-##End OPTIONAL Part
-
-###Build and Install `binutils` for Your Machine
-```
-$ cd ~/src/binutils-2.26
-$ mkdir obj-local
-$ cd obj-local
-$ ../configure
-$ make
-$ make install
-```
-
-##Buliding `binutils`, `gcc`, and `avr-libc` for the AVR system
-Now we can make the critical stuff for compiling our firmware: `binutils`, `gcc`, and `avr-libc` for the AVR architecture.  These allow us to build and manipulate the firmware for the keyboard.
-
-###Build `binutils` for AVR
-If you plan to build and install `avr-gdb` also, use the `gdb` install at the end of this guide as it also builds the `binutils`
-```
-$ cd ~/src/binutils-2.26
-$ mkdir obj-avr
-$ cd obj-avr
-$ ../configure --prefix=$PREFIX --target=avr --disable-nls
-$ make
-$ make install
-```
-
-###Build `gcc` for AVR
-```
-$ cd ~/src/gcc-5.3.0
-$ mkdir obj-avr
-$ cd obj-avr
-$ ../configure --prefix=$PREFIX --target=avr --enable-languages=c,c++ --with-gmp=/usr/local --with-mpfr=/usr/local --with-mpc=/usr/local --enable-static --disable-shared --disable-nls --disable-libssp --with-dwarf2
-$ make
-$ make install
-```
-
-###Build `avr-libc` for AVR
-For building the `avr-libc`, we have to specify the host build system.  In my case it is `x86_64-unknown-cygwin`. You can look for build system type in the `gcc` configure notes for the proper `--build` specification to pass when you configure `avr-libc`.
-```
-$ cd ~/src/avr-libc-2.0.0
-$ ./configure --prefix=$PREFIX --build=x86_64-unknown-cygwin --host=avr
-$ make
-$ make install
-```
-
-##Building 'dfu-programmer' for flashing the firmware via USB and installing the drivers
-We can either build our own, or use the precomplied binaries.  The precompiled binaries don't play well with `cygwin` so it is better to build them ourselves.  The procedure for the precompiled binaries is included at the end of this guide.
-
-### Build and Install the `libusb`
-The `dfu-programmer` requires `libusb` so that it can interact with the USB system. These repos must be bootstrapped in order to create an appropriate `./configure` and `Makefile` for your system.
-```
-$ cd ~/src
-$ git clone https://github.com/libusb/libusb.git
-$ cd libusb
-$ ./bootstrap.sh
-$ ./configure
-$ make
-$ make install
-```
-
-### Build and Install the `dfu-programmer`
-```
-$ cd ~/src
-$ git clone https://github.com/dfu-programmer/dfu-programmer.git
-$ cd dfu-programmer
-$ ./bootstrap.sh
-$ ./configure
-$ make
-$ make install
-```
-
-Verify the installation with:
-```
-$ which dfu-programmer
-/usr/local/bin/dfu-programmer
-
-$ dfu-programmer
-dfu-programmer 0.7.2
-https://github.com/dfu-programmer/dfu-programmer
-Type 'dfu-programmer --help'    for a list of commands
-     'dfu-programmer --targets' to list supported target devices
-```
-If you are not getting the above result, you will not be able to flash the firmware! 
-
-###Install the USB drivers
-The drivers are included in the windows binary version of [`dfu-programmer` 0.7.2](http://iweb.dl.sourceforge.net/project/dfu-programmer/dfu-programmer/0.7.2/dfu-programmer-win-0.7.2.zip).
-```
-$ cd ~/src
-$ wget http://iweb.dl.sourceforge.net/project/dfu-programmer/dfu-programmer/0.7.2/dfu-programmer-win-0.7.2.zip
-$ unzip dfu-programmer-win-0.7.2.zip -d dfu-programmer-win-0.7.2
-```
-
-or
-
-The official drivers are found in [Atmel's `FLIP` installer](http://www.atmel.com/images/Flip%20Installer%20-%203.4.7.112.exe). Download and then install `FLIP`. Upon installation, the drivers will be found in `C:\Program Files (x86)\Atmel\Flip 3.4.7\usb`.
-
-Then, from an **administrator-privileged** `Windows` terminal, run the following command (adjust the path for username, etc. as necessary) and accept the prompt that pops up:
-```
-C:\> pnputil -i -a C:\cygwin64\home\Kevin\src\dfu-programmer-win-0.7.2\dfu-prog-usb-1.2.2\atmel_usb_dfu.inf
-or
-C:\> pnputil -i -a "C:\Program Files (x86)\Atmel\Flip 3.4.7\usb\atmel_usb_dfu.inf"
-```
-
-This should be the result:
-```
-Microsoft PnP Utility
-
-Processing inf :            atmel_usb_dfu.inf
-Successfully installed the driver on a device on the system.
-Driver package added successfully.
-Published name :            oem104.inf
-
-
-Total attempted:              1
-Number successfully imported: 1
-```
-
-Alternatively, the `Windows` driver can be installed when prompted by `Windows` when the keyboard is attached. Do not let `Windows` search for a driver; specify the path to search for a driver and point it to the `atmel_usb_dfu.inf` file.
-
-##Building and Flashing the Planck firmware!
-If you did everything else right. This part should be a snap! Grab the latest sources from `github`, make the Plank firmware, then flash it.
-
-###Build Planck and Load the Firmware
-```
-$ cd ~/src
-$ git clone https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware.git
-$ cd qmk_firmware/keyboards/planck
-$ make
-```
-
-Make sure there are no errors.  You should end up with this or something similar:
-```
-Creating load file for Flash: planck.hex
-avr-objcopy -O ihex -R .eeprom -R .fuse -R .lock -R .signature planck.elf planck.hex
-
-Creating load file for EEPROM: planck.eep
-avr-objcopy -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \
---change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O ihex planck.elf planck.eep || exit 0
-
-Creating Extended Listing: planck.lss
-avr-objdump -h -S -z planck.elf > planck.lss
-
-Creating Symbol Table: planck.sym
-avr-nm -n planck.elf > planck.sym
-
-Size after:
-   text    data     bss     dec     hex filename
-  18602      82     155   18839    4997 planck.elf
-
--------- end --------
-```
-
-If you do not get the above, you **did not** build the firmware, and you will have nothing to flash.  If you have the fresh clone from `github`, it was probably something gone wrong in this install process, go check and see what didn't work and threw errors or what steps you might have missed.
-
-But if everything went OK, you are ready to flash! Press the reset button on the bottom of the Planck, wait two seconds, then:
-```
-$ make dfu
-```
-.
-.
-.
-profit!!!
-
-
-
-
-
-##extra bits...
-
-###Installing Precompiled `dfu-programmer` Binaries (not recommended for `cygwin`)
-To install the `dfu-programmer` from the binaries, we must get if from [the `dfu-programmer` website](https://dfu-programmer.github.io/) ([0.7.2](http://iweb.dl.sourceforge.net/project/dfu-programmer/dfu-programmer/0.7.2/dfu-programmer-win-0.7.2.zip)).
-
-Copy this file into your `cygwin` home\src directory.  (For me, it is `C:\cygwin64\home\Kevin\src`), extract the files, move `dfu-programmer.exe` to `~/local/avr/bin`. Most obnoxiously, the `libusb0_x86.dll` and `libusb0.sys` need to be moved from  `./dfu-prog-usb-1.2.2/x86/` to a directory in the `Windows` `PATH` and the `cygwin` `PATH`. This is because the `dfu-programmer` binary is `mingw` based, not `cygwin` based, so the `dlls` do not cooperate. I achieved acceptable pathing by moving the files to  `C:\cygwin64\home\Kevin\local\avr\bin` Then, in a `WINDOWS` command prompt running (Adjusting your path for username, etc. as needed):
-```
-C:\> set PATH=%PATH%;C:\cygwin64\home\Kevin\local\avr\bin
-```
-
-Then, rename `libusb0_x86.dll` to `libusb0.dll`.
- 
-You can tell that you were successful by trying to execute 'dfu-programmer' from the 'cygwin' prompt:
-```
-$ which dfu-programmer
-/home/Kevin/local/avr/bin/dfu-programmer
-
-$ dfu-programmer
-dfu-programmer 0.7.2
-https://github.com/dfu-programmer/dfu-programmer
-Type 'dfu-programmer --help'    for a list of commands
-     'dfu-programmer --targets' to list supported target devices
-```
-
-If you are not getting the above result, you will not be able to flash the firmware! 
-- Try making sure your `PATH` variables are set correctly for both `Windows` and `cygwin`. 
-- Make sure the `dll` is named correctly.
-- Do not extract it with `cygwin`'s `unzip` as it does not set the executable permission. If you did it anyway, do `chmod +x dfu-programmer.exe`.
-- Still have problems? Try building it instead.
-
-
-##Debugging Tools
-
-These tools are for debugging your firmware, etc. before flashing. Theoretically, it can save your memory from wearing out. However, these tool do not work 100% for the Planck firmware.
-
-### `gdb` for AVR
-`gdb` has a simulator for AVR but it does not support all instructions (like WDT), so it immediately crashes when running the Planck firmware (because `lufa.c` disables the WDT in the first few lines of execution). But it can still be useful in debugging example code and test cases, if you know how to use it.
-
-```
-$ cd ~/src
-$ git clone git://sourceware.org/git/binutils-gdb.git
-$ cd binutils-gdb
-$ mkdir obj-avr
-$ cd obj-avr
-$ ../configure --prefix=$PREFIX --target=avr --build=x86_64-unknown-cygwin --with-gmp=/usr/local --with-mpfr=/usr/local --with-mpc=/usr/local --disable-nls --enable-static
-$ make
-$ make install
-```
-
-### `simulavr`
-`simulavr` is an AVR simulator.  It runs the complied AVR elfs. `simulavr` does not support the `atmega32u4` device... it does `atmega32` but that is not good enough for the firmware (no PORTE and other things), so you cannot run the Planck firmware. I use it to simulate ideas I have for features in separate test projects.
-
-This one is a major pain in the butt because it has a lot of dependencies and it is buggy.  I will do my best to explain it but... it was hard to figure out. A few things need to be changed in the 'Makefile' to make it work in `cygwin`.
-
-
-```
-$ cd ~/src
-$ git clone https://github.com/Traumflug/simulavr.git
-$ cd simulavr
-$ ./bootstrap
-$ ./configure --prefix=$PREFIX --enable-static --disable-tcl --disable-doxygen-doc
-```
- Edit `src/Makefile.am` now so that `-no-undefined` is included (I did this by removing the SYS_MINGW conditional surrounding `libsim_la_LDFLAGS += -no-undefined` and  `libsimulavr_la_LDFLAGS += -no-undefined \ libsimulavr_la_LIBADD += $(TCL_LIB)`. Also, `$(EXEEXT)` is added after `kbdgentables` in two places.
-
-```
-$ make
-$ make install
-```
-
-
-TODO:
-- git repos for all sources
-- command line magic for cygwin setup
-- better options for `dfu-drivers`
diff --git a/docs/differences_from_tmk.md b/docs/differences_from_tmk.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 10ca329dc9..0000000000
--- a/docs/differences_from_tmk.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-Understanding the essential changes made on the [tmk_keyboard firmware](http://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard) should help you understand the QMK Firmware.
-
-| Firmware                     |TMK                    |QMK                      |
-|------------------------------|-----------------------|-------------------------|
-| Maintainer                   |hasu  (@tmk)           |Jack Humbert et al.      |
-| Build path customization     | `TMK_DIR = ...`       | `include .../Makefile`  |
-| `keymaps` array data | 3D array of `uint8_t`  holding **keycode**      | 3D array of `uint16_t` holding **keycode**  |
diff --git a/docs/documentation_best_practices.md b/docs/documentation_best_practices.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..059b25bcd3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/documentation_best_practices.md
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+# Documentation Best Practices
+
+This page exists to document best practices when writing documentation for QMK. Following these guidelines will help to keep a consistent tone and style, which will in turn help other people more easily understand QMK.
+
+# Page Opening
+
+Your documentation page should generally start with an H1 heading, followed by a 1 paragrah description of what the user will find on this page. Keep in mind that this heading and paragraph will sit next to the Table of Contents, so keep the heading short and avoid long strings with no whitespace.
+
+Example:
+
+```
+# My Page Title
+
+This page covers my super cool feature. You can use this feature to make coffee, squeeze fresh oj, and have an egg mcmuffin and hashbrowns delivered from your local macca's by drone.
+```
+
+# Headings
+
+Your page should generally have multiple "H1" headings. Only H1 and H2 headings will included in the Table of Contents, so plan them out appropriately. Excess width should be avoided in H1 and H2 headings to prevent the Table of Contents from getting too wide.
+
+# Styled Hint Blocks
+
+You can have styled hint blocks drawn around text to draw attention to it.
+
+```
+{% hint style='info' %}
+This uses `hint style='info'`
+{% endhint %}
+```
+
+### Examples:
+
+{% hint style='info' %}
+This uses `hint style='info'`
+{% endhint %}
+
+{% hint style='tip' %}
+This uses `hint style='tip'`
+{% endhint %}
+
+{% hint style='danger' %}
+This uses `hint style='danger'`
+{% endhint %}
+
+{% hint style='working' %}
+This uses `hint style='working'`
+{% endhint %}
+
+# Styled Terminal Blocks
+
+You can present styled terminal blocks by including special tokens inside your text block.
+
+```
+\`\`\`
+**[terminal]
+**[prompt foo@joe]**[path ~]**[delimiter  $ ]**[command ./myscript]
+Normal output line. Nothing special here...
+But...
+You can add some colors. What about a warning message?
+**[warning [WARNING] The color depends on the theme. Could look normal too]
+What about an error message?
+**[error [ERROR] This is not the error you are looking for]
+\`\`\`
+```
+
+### Example
+
+```
+**[terminal]
+**[prompt foo@joe]**[path ~]**[delimiter  $ ]**[command ./myscript]
+Normal output line. Nothing special here...
+But...
+You can add some colors. What about a warning message?
+**[warning [WARNING] The color depends on the theme. Could look normal too]
+What about an error message?
+**[error [ERROR] This is not the error you are looking for]
+```
+
+# Documenting Features
+
+If you create a new feature for QMK, create a documentation page for it. It doesn't have to be very long, a few sentances describing your feature and a table listing any relevant keycodes is enough. Here is a basic template:
+
+```markdown
+# My Cool Feature
+
+This page describes my cool feature. You can use my cool feature to make coffee and order cream and sugar to be delivered via drone.
+
+## My Cool Feature Keycodes
+
+|Long Name|Short Name|Description|
+|---------|----------|-----------|
+|KC_COFFEE||Make Coffee|
+|KC_CREAM||Order Cream|
+|KC_SUGAR||Order Sugar|
+```
+
+Place your documentation into `docs/feature_<my_cool_feature>.md`, and add that file to the appropriate place in `docs/_summary.md`. If you have added any keycodes be sure to add them to `docs/keycodes.md` with a link back to your feature page.
diff --git a/docs/eclipse.md b/docs/eclipse.md
index ec5f2dc0d1..a63b84607f 100644
--- a/docs/eclipse.md
+++ b/docs/eclipse.md
@@ -1,3 +1,5 @@
+# Setting Up Eclipse for QMK Development
+
 [Eclipse](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Eclipse_(software)) is an open-source [Integrated Development Environment](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Integrated_development_environment) (IDE) widely used for Java development, but with an extensible plugin system that allows to customize it for other languages and usages.
 
 Using an IDE such as Eclipse provides many advantages over a plain text editor, such as:
@@ -81,4 +83,4 @@ We will now configure a make target that cleans the project and builds the keyma
 6. Leave the other options checked and click <kbd>OK</kbd>. Your make target will now appear under the selected keyboard.
 7. (Optional) Toggle the <kbd>Hide Empty Folders</kbd> icon button above the targets tree to only show your build target.
 8. Double-click the build target you created to trigger a build.
-9. Select the <kbd>Console</kbd> view at the bottom to view the running build.
\ No newline at end of file
+9. Select the <kbd>Console</kbd> view at the bottom to view the running build.
diff --git a/docs/embedding.md b/docs/embedding.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 5c2f3b31e0..0000000000
--- a/docs/embedding.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-# WARNING: Until issue [#173](https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/173) goes through, the [core][1] repository will not be up-to-date with the latest changes and fixes, but can still be used.
-
-If you want to use TMK for your own keyboard project, you've got three options for embedding the [core][1].  
-The recommended option is [subtrees](#1-git-subtree).
-
-After adding the embed you'll need to [modify the Makefile](#modifications-to-the-makefile) of your project to point to the core correctly.
-
-## 1. git subtree
-
-In order to set up the subtree in your project, first add the core repository as a remote:  
-```
-git remote add -f core https://github.com/tmk/tmk_core
-```
-
-Then add the core as a subtree (directory) in your local repository:  
-```
-git subtree add -P tmk_core core master --squash
-```
-
-And that's it!
-
-When you want to update the subtree in your repository to match the master on [tmk_core][1], do this:  
-```
-git subtree pull -P tmk_core core master --squash
-```
-
-## 2. git submodule
-
-In order to set up the submodule in your project, first add a new submodule:  
-```
-git submodule add https://github.com/tmk/tmk_core tmk_core
-```
-
-Then pull, sync and update the submodule:  
-```
-git pull
-git submodule sync --recursive
-git submodule update --init --recursive
-```
-
-And that's it!
-
-When you want to update the subtree in your repository to match the master on [tmk_core][1], follow the same steps as above.
-
-If you want to clone a repository from GitHub that has submodule(s) in it, pass <kbd>--recursive</kbd> when cloning, like so:  
-`git clone --recursive https://github.com/<username>/<repository>`
-
-## 3. Manually (without git)
-
-*Note: This is not recommended in any way, but it's still possible.*
-
-Download a zipped version of the [tmk_core][1] repository using this link:  
-<https://github.com/tmk/tmk_core/archive/master.zip>
-
-Extract the zip in your project's directory, then rename the folder to <kbd>tmk_core</kbd>.
-
-## Modifications to the *Makefile*
-
-The one thing you have to make sure to change in the *Makefile* (compared to [tmk_keyboard](https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard) drivers' *[Makefile](https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/blob/master/keyboard/gh60/Makefile#L45)*) is the "TMK_DIR" variable, which needs to point to the embed directory:  
-```Makefile
-TMK_DIR = ./tmk_core
-```
-
-[1]: https://github.com/tmk/tmk_core
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/faq.md b/docs/faq.md
index 0636d8b544..506f57a72b 100644
--- a/docs/faq.md
+++ b/docs/faq.md
@@ -1,238 +1,6 @@
-## READ FIRST
-- **README** of top directory : https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/blob/master/README.md
-- **README** of target project(keyboard/converter) directory.
+# Frequently Asked Questions
 
-Note that you'll need to read **both**.
-
-
-# Build
-- [[FAQ/Build]]
-
-
-# Keymap
-- [[FAQ/Keymap]]
-
-
-# Debug Console
-## hid_listen can't recognize device
-When debug console of your device is not ready you will see like this:
-
-    Waiting for device:.........
-
-once the device is pluged in then *hid_listen* finds it you will get this message:
-
-    Waiting for new device:.........................
-    Listening:
-
-Check if you can't get this 'Listening:' message:
-- build with `CONSOLE_ENABLE=yes` in **Makefile**.
-
-You may need privilege to access the device on OS like Linux.
-- try `sudo hid_listen`
-
-## Can't get message on console
-Check:
-- *hid_listen* finds your device. See above.
-- Enable debug with pressing **Magic**+d. See [Magic Commands](https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard#magic-commands).
-- set `debug_enable=true` usually in `matrix_init()` in **matrix.c**.
-- try using 'print' function instead of debug print. See **common/print.h**.
-- disconnect other devices with console function. See [Issue #97](https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/97).
-
-## Linux or UNIX like system requires Super User privilege
-Just use 'sudo' to execute *hid_listen* with privilege.
-```
-$ sudo hid_listen
-```
-
-Or add an *udev rule* for TMK devices with placing a file in rules directory. The directory may vary on each system.
-
-File: /etc/udev/rules.d/52-tmk-keyboard.rules(in case of Ubuntu)
-```
-# tmk keyboard products     https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard
-SUBSYSTEMS=="usb", ATTRS{idVendor}=="feed", MODE:="0666"
-```
-
-***
-
-# Miscellaneous
-## NKRO Doesn't work
-First you have to compile frimware with this build option `NKRO_ENABLE` in **Makefile**.
-
-Try `Magic` **N** command(`LShift+RShift+N` by default) when **NKRO** still doesn't work. You can use this command to toggle between **NKRO** and **6KRO** mode temporarily. In some situations **NKRO** doesn't work you need to switch to **6KRO** mode, in particular when you are in BIOS.
-
-If your firmeare built with `BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE` you need to turn its switch on by `BootMagic` **N** command(`Space+N` by default). This setting is stored in EEPROM and keeped over power cycles.
-
-https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard#boot-magic-configuration---virtual-dip-switch
-
-
-## TrackPoint needs reset circuit(PS/2 mouse support)
-Without reset circuit you will have inconsistent reuslt due to improper initialize of the hardware. See circuit schematic of TPM754.
-
-- http://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=50176.msg1127447#msg1127447
-- http://www.mikrocontroller.net/attachment/52583/tpm754.pdf
-
-
-## Can't read column of matrix beyond 16 
-Use `1UL<<16` instead of `1<<16` in `read_cols()` in **matrix.h** when your columns goes beyond 16.
-
-In C `1` means one of **int** type which is **16bit** in case of AVR so you can't shift left more than 15. You will get unexpected zero when you say `1<<16`. You have to use **unsigned long** type with `1UL`.
-
-http://deskthority.net/workshop-f7/rebuilding-and-redesigning-a-classic-thinkpad-keyboard-t6181-60.html#p146279
-
-
-
-## Pull-up Resistor
-In some case converters needed to have pull-up resistors to work correctly. Place the resistor between VCC and signal line in parallel.
-
-For example:
-```
-Keyboard       Conveter
-               ,------.
-5V------+------|VCC   |
-        |      |      |
-        R      |      |
-        |      |      |
-Signal--+------|PD0   |
-               |      |
-GND------------|GND   |
-               `------'
-R: 1K Ohm resistor
-```
-
-https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/71
-
-
-## Arduino Micro's pin naming is confusing
-Note that Arduino Micro PCB marking is different from real AVR port name. D0 of Arduino Micro is not PD0, PD0 is D3. Check schematic yourself.
-http://arduino.cc/en/uploads/Main/arduino-micro-schematic.pdf
-
-
-
-## Bootloader jump doesn't work
-Properly configure bootloader size in **Makefile**. With wrong section size bootloader won't probably start with **Magic command** and **Boot Magic**.
-```
-# Size of Bootloaders in bytes:
-#   Atmel DFU loader(ATmega32U4)   4096    
-#   Atmel DFU loader(AT90USB128)   8192    
-#   LUFA bootloader(ATmega32U4)    4096             
-#   Arduino Caterina(ATmega32U4)   4096             
-#   USBaspLoader(ATmega***)        2048             
-#   Teensy   halfKay(ATmega32U4)   512              
-#   Teensy++ halfKay(AT90USB128)   2048
-OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_SIZE=4096
-```
-AVR Boot section size are defined by setting **BOOTSZ** fuse in fact. Consult with your MCU datasheet.
-Note that **Word**(2 bytes) size and address are used in datasheet while TMK uses **Byte**.
-
-AVR Boot section is located at end of Flash memory like the followings.
-```
-byte     Atmel/LUFA(ATMega32u4)          byte     Atmel(AT90SUB1286)
-0x0000   +---------------+               0x00000  +---------------+
-         |               |                        |               |
-         |               |                        |               |
-         |  Application  |                        |  Application  |
-         |               |                        |               | 
-         =               =                        =               =
-         |               | 32KB-4KB               |               | 128KB-8KB
-0x6000   +---------------+               0x1E000  +---------------+
-         |  Bootloader   | 4KB                    |  Bootloader   | 8KB
-0x7FFF   +---------------+               0x1FFFF  +---------------+
-
- 
-byte     Teensy(ATMega32u4)              byte     Teensy++(AT90SUB1286)
-0x0000   +---------------+               0x00000  +---------------+
-         |               |                        |               |
-         |               |                        |               |
-         |  Application  |                        |  Application  |
-         |               |                        |               |
-         =               =                        =               =
-         |               | 32KB-512B              |               | 128KB-2KB
-0x7E00   +---------------+               0x1FC00  +---------------+
-         |  Bootloader   | 512B                   |  Bootloader   | 2KB
-0x7FFF   +---------------+               0x1FFFF  +---------------+
-```
-
-And see this discussion for further reference.
-https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/179
-
-
-## Special Extra key doesn't work(System, Audio control keys)
-You need to define `EXTRAKEY_ENABLE` in **makefile** to use them in TMK.
-```
-EXTRAKEY_ENABLE = yes          # Audio control and System control
-```
-http://deskthority.net/workshop-f7/tmk-keyboard-firmware-collection-t4478-60.html#p157919
-
-
-## Wakeup from sleep doesn't work
-In Windows check `Allow this device to wake the computer` setting in Power **Management property** tab of **Device Manager**. Also check BIOS setting.
-
-Pressing any key during sleep should wake host.
-
-
-## Using Arduino?
-**Note that Arduino pin naming is different from actual chip.** For example, Arduino pin `D0` is not `PD0`. Check circuit with its schematics yourself.
-
-- http://arduino.cc/en/uploads/Main/arduino-leonardo-schematic_3b.pdf
-- http://arduino.cc/en/uploads/Main/arduino-micro-schematic.pdf
-
-Arduino leonardo and micro have **ATMega32U4** and can be used for TMK, though Arduino bootloader may be a problem.
-
-
-## Using PF4-7 pins of USB AVR?
-You need to set JTD bit of MCUCR yourself to use PF4-7 as GPIO. Those pins are configured to serve JTAG function by default. MCUs like ATMega*U* or AT90USB* are affeteced with this.
-
-If you are using Teensy this isn't needed. Teensy is shipped with JTAGEN fuse bit unprogrammed to disable the function.
-
-See this code.
-```
-    // JTAG disable for PORT F. write JTD bit twice within four cycles.
-    MCUCR |= (1<<JTD);
-    MCUCR |= (1<<JTD);
-```
-https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/blob/master/keyboard/hbkb/matrix.c#L67
-
-And read **26.5.1 MCU Control Register – MCUCR** of ATMega32U4 datasheet.
-
-
-## Adding LED indicators of Lock keys
-You need your own LED indicators for CapsLock, ScrollLock and NumLock? See this post.
-
-http://deskthority.net/workshop-f7/tmk-keyboard-firmware-collection-t4478-120.html#p191560
-
-## Program Arduino Micro/Leonardo
-Push reset button and then run command like this within 8 seconds.
-
-```
-avrdude -patmega32u4 -cavr109 -b57600 -Uflash:w:adb_usb.hex -P/dev/ttyACM0
-```
-
-Device name will vary depending on your system.
-
-http://arduino.cc/en/Main/ArduinoBoardMicro
-https://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=14290.msg1563867#msg1563867
-
-
-## USB 3 compatibility
-I heard some people have a problem with USB 3 port, try USB 2 port.
-
-
-## Mac compatibility
-### OS X 10.11 and Hub
-https://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=14290.msg1884034#msg1884034
-
-
-## Problem on BIOS(UEFI)/Resume(Sleep&Wake)/Power cycles
-Some people reported their keyboard stops working on BIOS and/or after resume(power cycles).
-
-As of now root of its cause is not clear but some build options seem to be related. In Makefile try to disable those options like `CONSOLE_ENABLE`, `NKRO_ENABLE`, `SLEEP_LED_ENABLE` and/or others. 
-
-https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/266
-https://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=41989.msg1967778#msg1967778
-
-
-
-## FLIP doesn't work
-### AtLibUsbDfu.dll not found
-Remove current driver and reinstall one FLIP provides from DeviceManager.
-http://imgur.com/a/bnwzy
\ No newline at end of file
+* [General](faq_general.md)
+* [Building or Compiling QMK](faq_build.md)
+* [Debugging and Troubleshooting QMK](faq_debug.md)
+* [Keymap](faq_keymap.md)
diff --git a/docs/faq_build.md b/docs/faq_build.md
index ba8b52af15..fe3aeeef61 100644
--- a/docs/faq_build.md
+++ b/docs/faq_build.md
@@ -1,18 +1,9 @@
-## READ FIRST
-- https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/docs/build_guide.md
+# Frequently Asked Build Questions
 
-In short,
+This page covers questions about building QMK. If you have not yet you should read the [Build Environment Setup](getting_started_build_tools.md) and [Make Instructions](make_instructions.md) guides.
 
-    $ make [-f Makefile.<variant>] [KEYMAP=...] clean
-    $ make [-f Makefile.<variant>] [KEYMAP=...]
-    $ make [-f Makefile.<variant>] [KEYMAP=...] dfu
-
-
-## Can't program on Linux and Mac
-You will need proper permission to operate a device. For Linux users see udev rules below.
-Easy way is to use `sudo` command, if you are not familiar with this command check its manual with `man sudo` or this page on line.
-
-https://developer.apple.com/library/mac/documentation/Darwin/Reference/ManPages/man8/sudo.8.html
+## Can't program on Linux
+You will need proper permission to operate a device. For Linux users see udev rules below. Easy way is to use `sudo` command, if you are not familiar with this command check its manual with `man sudo` or this page on line.
 
 In short when your controller is ATMega32u4,
     
@@ -22,67 +13,18 @@ In short when your controller is ATMega32u4,
 
 or just
 
-    $ sudo make dfu
-
-But to run `make` with root privilege is not good idea. Use former method as possible.
-
-## Do 'make clean' before 'make'
-You'll need `make clean` after you edit **config.h** or change options like `KEYMAP`.
-
-Frist remove all files made in previous build,
-
-    $ make clean
-
-then build new firmware. 
-
-    $ make [KEYMAP=...]
-
-Also you can always try `make clean` when you get other strange result during build.
+    $ sudo make <keyboard>-<keymap>-dfu
 
+But to run `make` with root privilege is not good idea. Use former method if possible.
 
 ## WINAVR is obsolete
 It is no longer recommended and may cause some problem.
-See [Issue #99](https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/99).
-
-## USB stack: LUFA or PJRC?
-Use **LUFA**.
-
-**PJRC** stack won't be supported actively anymore. There is no reason to hesitate to use LUFA except for binary size(about 1KB lager?). But **PJRC** is still very useful for debug and development purpose.
-See also [Issue #50](https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/50) and [Issue #58](https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/58).
-
-## Edit configuration but not change
-You will need followings after editing `CONSOLE_ENABLE`, `NKRO_ENABLE`, `EXTRAKEY_ENABLE` or `MOUSEKEY_ENABLE` option in **Makefile**.
-
-### 1. make clean
-This will be needed when you edit **config.h**.
-
-### 2. Remove Drivers from Device Manager(Windows)
-**Windows only.** Linux, OSX and other OS's doesn't require this. It looks like Windows keeps using driver installed when device was connected first time even after the device changes its configuration. To load proper drivers for new configuration you need to remove existent drivers from **Drvice Manager**.
-
-### 3. Build with different VID:PID
-**Windows only.** If method 2. does't work fou you try this. Change Vendor ID or Product ID in **config.h** and build firmware. Windows should recognize it as whole new device and start drivers install process.
-
-### 4. Just try other ports
-This will be useful and the easiest workaround for **Windows**.
-
-
+See [TMK Issue #99](https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/99).
 
 ## USB VID and PID
-You can use any ID you want with editing `config.h`. Using any presumably unused ID will be no problem in fact except for very least chance of collision with other product.
+You can use any ID you want with editing `config.h`. Using any presumably unused ID will be no problem in fact except for very low chance of collision with other product.
 
-For example TMK uses following numbers by default.
-```
-keyboard:
-hhkb: FEED:CAFE
-gh60: FEED:6060
-
-converter:
-x68k: FEED:6800
-ps2: FEED:6512
-adb: FEED:0ADB
-ibm4704: FEED:4704
-pc98: FEED:9898
-```
+Most boards in QMK use `0xFEED` as the vendor ID. You should look through other keyboards to make sure you pick a unique Product ID.
 
 Also see this.
 https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/150
@@ -91,7 +33,6 @@ You can buy a really unique VID:PID here. I don't think you need this for person
 - http://www.obdev.at/products/vusb/license.html
 - http://www.mcselec.com/index.php?page=shop.product_details&flypage=shop.flypage&product_id=92&option=com_phpshop&Itemid=1
 
-
 ## Linux udev rules
 On Linux you need proper privilege to access device file of MCU, you'll have to use `sudo` when flashing firmware. You can circumvent this with placing these files in `/etc/udev/rules.d/`.
 
@@ -112,7 +53,6 @@ SUBSYSTEMS=="usb", ATTRS{idVendor}=="feed", MODE:="0666"
 ```
 
 
-
 ## Cortex: cstddef: No such file or directory
 GCC 4.8 of Ubuntu 14.04 had this problem and had to update to 4.9 with this PPA.
 https://launchpad.net/~terry.guo/+archive/ubuntu/gcc-arm-embedded
@@ -148,4 +88,4 @@ Note that Teensy2.0++ bootloader size is 2048byte. Some Makefiles may have wrong
 #   LUFA bootloader  4096         
 #   USBaspLoader     2048         
 OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_SIZE=2048
-```
\ No newline at end of file
+```
diff --git a/docs/faq_debug.md b/docs/faq_debug.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3f7cfe7477
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/faq_debug.md
@@ -0,0 +1,242 @@
+# Debugging FAQ
+
+This page details various common questions people have about troubleshooting their keyboards.
+
+# Debug Console
+
+## hid_listen can't recognize device
+When debug console of your device is not ready you will see like this:
+
+```
+Waiting for device:.........
+```
+
+once the device is pluged in then *hid_listen* finds it you will get this message:
+
+```
+Waiting for new device:.........................
+Listening:
+```
+
+If you can't get this 'Listening:' message try building with `CONSOLE_ENABLE=yes` in [Makefile]
+
+You may need privilege to access the device on OS like Linux.
+- try `sudo hid_listen`
+
+## Can't get message on console
+Check:
+- *hid_listen* finds your device. See above.
+- Enable debug with pressing **Magic**+d. See [Magic Commands](https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard#magic-commands).
+- set `debug_enable=true` usually in `matrix_init()` in **matrix.c**.
+- try using 'print' function instead of debug print. See **common/print.h**.
+- disconnect other devices with console function. See [Issue #97](https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/97).
+
+## Linux or UNIX like system requires Super User privilege
+Just use 'sudo' to execute *hid_listen* with privilege.
+```
+$ sudo hid_listen
+```
+
+Or add an *udev rule* for TMK devices with placing a file in rules directory. The directory may vary on each system.
+
+File: /etc/udev/rules.d/52-tmk-keyboard.rules(in case of Ubuntu)
+```
+# tmk keyboard products     https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard
+SUBSYSTEMS=="usb", ATTRS{idVendor}=="feed", MODE:="0666"
+```
+
+***
+
+# Miscellaneous
+## Safety Considerations
+
+You probably don't want to "brick" your keyboard, making it impossible
+to rewrite firmware onto it.  Here are some of the parameters to show
+what things are (and likely aren't) too risky.
+
+- If your keyboard map does not include RESET, then, to get into DFU
+  mode, you will need to press the reset button on the PCB, which
+  requires unscrewing the bottom.
+- Messing with tmk_core / common files might make the keyboard
+  inoperable
+- Too large a .hex file is trouble; `make dfu` will erase the block,
+  test the size (oops, wrong order!), which errors out, failing to
+  flash the keyboard, leaving it in DFU mode.
+  - To this end, note that the maximum .hex file size on Planck is
+    7000h (28672 decimal)
+
+```
+Linking: .build/planck_rev4_cbbrowne.elf                                                            [OK]
+Creating load file for Flash: .build/planck_rev4_cbbrowne.hex                                       [OK]
+
+Size after:
+   text    data     bss     dec     hex filename
+      0   22396       0   22396    577c planck_rev4_cbbrowne.hex
+```
+
+  - The above file is of size 22396/577ch, which is less than
+    28672/7000h
+  - As long as you have a suitable alternative .hex file around, you
+    can retry, loading that one
+  - Some of the options you might specify in your keyboard's Makefile
+    consume extra memory; watch out for BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE,
+    MOUSEKEY_ENABLE, EXTRAKEY_ENABLE, CONSOLE_ENABLE, API_SYSEX_ENABLE
+- DFU tools do /not/ allow you to write into the bootloader (unless
+  you throw in extra fruitsalad of options), so there is little risk
+  there.
+- EEPROM has around a 100000 write cycle.  You shouldn't rewrite the
+  firmware repeatedly and continually; that'll burn the EEPROM
+  eventually.
+## NKRO Doesn't work
+First you have to compile frimware with this build option `NKRO_ENABLE` in **Makefile**.
+
+Try `Magic` **N** command(`LShift+RShift+N` by default) when **NKRO** still doesn't work. You can use this command to toggle between **NKRO** and **6KRO** mode temporarily. In some situations **NKRO** doesn't work you need to switch to **6KRO** mode, in particular when you are in BIOS.
+
+If your firmeare built with `BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE` you need to turn its switch on by `BootMagic` **N** command(`Space+N` by default). This setting is stored in EEPROM and keeped over power cycles.
+
+https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard#boot-magic-configuration---virtual-dip-switch
+
+
+## TrackPoint needs reset circuit(PS/2 mouse support)
+Without reset circuit you will have inconsistent reuslt due to improper initialize of the hardware. See circuit schematic of TPM754.
+
+- http://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=50176.msg1127447#msg1127447
+- http://www.mikrocontroller.net/attachment/52583/tpm754.pdf
+
+
+## Can't read column of matrix beyond 16 
+Use `1UL<<16` instead of `1<<16` in `read_cols()` in [matrix.h] when your columns goes beyond 16.
+
+In C `1` means one of [int] type which is [16bit] in case of AVR so you can't shift left more than 15. You will get unexpected zero when you say `1<<16`. You have to use [unsigned long] type with `1UL`.
+
+http://deskthority.net/workshop-f7/rebuilding-and-redesigning-a-classic-thinkpad-keyboard-t6181-60.html#p146279
+
+
+## Bootloader jump doesn't work
+Properly configure bootloader size in **Makefile**. With wrong section size bootloader won't probably start with **Magic command** and **Boot Magic**.
+```
+# Size of Bootloaders in bytes:
+#   Atmel DFU loader(ATmega32U4)   4096    
+#   Atmel DFU loader(AT90USB128)   8192    
+#   LUFA bootloader(ATmega32U4)    4096             
+#   Arduino Caterina(ATmega32U4)   4096             
+#   USBaspLoader(ATmega***)        2048             
+#   Teensy   halfKay(ATmega32U4)   512              
+#   Teensy++ halfKay(AT90USB128)   2048
+OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_SIZE=4096
+```
+AVR Boot section size are defined by setting **BOOTSZ** fuse in fact. Consult with your MCU datasheet.
+Note that **Word**(2 bytes) size and address are used in datasheet while TMK uses **Byte**.
+
+AVR Boot section is located at end of Flash memory like the followings.
+```
+byte     Atmel/LUFA(ATMega32u4)          byte     Atmel(AT90SUB1286)
+0x0000   +---------------+               0x00000  +---------------+
+         |               |                        |               |
+         |               |                        |               |
+         |  Application  |                        |  Application  |
+         |               |                        |               | 
+         =               =                        =               =
+         |               | 32KB-4KB               |               | 128KB-8KB
+0x6000   +---------------+               0x1E000  +---------------+
+         |  Bootloader   | 4KB                    |  Bootloader   | 8KB
+0x7FFF   +---------------+               0x1FFFF  +---------------+
+
+ 
+byte     Teensy(ATMega32u4)              byte     Teensy++(AT90SUB1286)
+0x0000   +---------------+               0x00000  +---------------+
+         |               |                        |               |
+         |               |                        |               |
+         |  Application  |                        |  Application  |
+         |               |                        |               |
+         =               =                        =               =
+         |               | 32KB-512B              |               | 128KB-2KB
+0x7E00   +---------------+               0x1FC00  +---------------+
+         |  Bootloader   | 512B                   |  Bootloader   | 2KB
+0x7FFF   +---------------+               0x1FFFF  +---------------+
+```
+
+And see this discussion for further reference.
+https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/179
+
+
+## Special Extra key doesn't work(System, Audio control keys)
+You need to define `EXTRAKEY_ENABLE` in `rules.mk` to use them in QMK.
+
+```
+EXTRAKEY_ENABLE = yes          # Audio control and System control
+```
+
+## Wakeup from sleep doesn't work
+
+In Windows check `Allow this device to wake the computer` setting in Power **Management property** tab of **Device Manager**. Also check BIOS setting.
+
+Pressing any key during sleep should wake host.
+
+## Using Arduino?
+
+**Note that Arduino pin naming is different from actual chip.** For example, Arduino pin `D0` is not `PD0`. Check circuit with its schematics yourself.
+
+- http://arduino.cc/en/uploads/Main/arduino-leonardo-schematic_3b.pdf
+- http://arduino.cc/en/uploads/Main/arduino-micro-schematic.pdf
+
+Arduino leonardo and micro have **ATMega32U4** and can be used for TMK, though Arduino bootloader may be a problem.
+
+
+## Using PF4-7 pins of USB AVR?
+You need to set JTD bit of MCUCR yourself to use PF4-7 as GPIO. Those pins are configured to serve JTAG function by default. MCUs like ATMega*U* or AT90USB* are affeteced with this.
+
+If you are using Teensy this isn't needed. Teensy is shipped with JTAGEN fuse bit unprogrammed to disable the function.
+
+See this code.
+```
+    // JTAG disable for PORT F. write JTD bit twice within four cycles.
+    MCUCR |= (1<<JTD);
+    MCUCR |= (1<<JTD);
+```
+https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/blob/master/keyboard/hbkb/matrix.c#L67
+
+And read **26.5.1 MCU Control Register – MCUCR** of ATMega32U4 datasheet.
+
+
+## Adding LED indicators of Lock keys
+You need your own LED indicators for CapsLock, ScrollLock and NumLock? See this post.
+
+http://deskthority.net/workshop-f7/tmk-keyboard-firmware-collection-t4478-120.html#p191560
+
+## Program Arduino Micro/Leonardo
+Push reset button and then run command like this within 8 seconds.
+
+```
+avrdude -patmega32u4 -cavr109 -b57600 -Uflash:w:adb_usb.hex -P/dev/ttyACM0
+```
+
+Device name will vary depending on your system.
+
+http://arduino.cc/en/Main/ArduinoBoardMicro
+https://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=14290.msg1563867#msg1563867
+
+
+## USB 3 compatibility
+I heard some people have a problem with USB 3 port, try USB 2 port.
+
+
+## Mac compatibility
+### OS X 10.11 and Hub
+https://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=14290.msg1884034#msg1884034
+
+
+## Problem on BIOS(UEFI)/Resume(Sleep&Wake)/Power cycles
+Some people reported their keyboard stops working on BIOS and/or after resume(power cycles).
+
+As of now root of its cause is not clear but some build options seem to be related. In Makefile try to disable those options like `CONSOLE_ENABLE`, `NKRO_ENABLE`, `SLEEP_LED_ENABLE` and/or others. 
+
+https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/266
+https://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=41989.msg1967778#msg1967778
+
+
+
+## FLIP doesn't work
+### AtLibUsbDfu.dll not found
+Remove current driver and reinstall one FLIP provides from DeviceManager.
+http://imgur.com/a/bnwzy
diff --git a/docs/faq_general.md b/docs/faq_general.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fcc40e0a1f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/faq_general.md
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+# Frequently Asked Questions
+
+## What is QMK?
+
+[QMK](https://github.com/qmk), short for Quantum Mechanical Keyboard, is a group of people building tools for custom keyboards. We started with the [QMK firmware](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware), a heavily modified fork of [TMK](https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard).
+
+### Why the name Quantum?
+
+<!-- FIXME -->
+
+## What Differences Are There Between QMK and TMK?
+
+TMK was originally designed and implemented by [Jun Wako](https://github.com/tmk). QMK started as [Jack Humbert's](https://github.com/jackhumbert) fork of TMK for the Planck. After a while Jack's fork had diverged quite a bit from TMK, and in 2015 Jack decided to rename his fork to QMK.
+
+From a technical standpoint QMK builds upon TMK by adding several new features. Most notably QMK has expanded the number of available keycodes and uses these to implement advanced features like `S()`, `LCTL()`, and `MO()`. You can see a complete list of these keycodes in [Keycodes](keycodes.md).
+
+From a project and community management standpoint TMK maintains all the officially supported keyboards by himself, with a bit of community support. Separate community maintained forks exist or can be created for other keyboards. Only a few keymaps are provided by default, so users typically don't share keymaps with each other. QMK encourages sharing of both keyboards and keymaps through a centrally managed repository, accepting all pull requests that follow the quality standards. These are mostly community maintained, but the QMK team also helps when necessary.
+
+Both approaches have their merits and their drawbacks, and code flows freely between TMK and QMK when it makes sense.
+
diff --git a/docs/faq_keymap.md b/docs/faq_keymap.md
index 623726ab2e..eb49a36996 100644
--- a/docs/faq_keymap.md
+++ b/docs/faq_keymap.md
@@ -1,10 +1,13 @@
-## READ FIRST
-https://github.com/tmk/tmk_core/blob/master/doc/keymap.md
+# Keymap FAQ
 
-## How to get keycode
-See [Keycodes](Keycodes). Keycodes are actually defined in [common/keycode.h](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/tmk_core/common/keycode.h).
+This page covers questions people often have about keymaps. If you haven't you should read [Keymap Overview](keymap.md) first.
 
-## Sysrq key
+## What Keycodes Can I Use?
+See [Keycodes](keycodes.md) for an index of keycodes available to you. These link to more extensive documentation when available.
+
+Keycodes are actually defined in [common/keycode.h](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/tmk_core/common/keycode.h).
+
+## `KC_SYSREQ` isn't working
 Use keycode for Print Screen(`KC_PSCREEN` or `KC_PSCR`) instead of `KC_SYSREQ`. Key combination of 'Alt + Print Screen' is recognized as 'System request'.
 
 See [issue #168](https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/168) and
@@ -16,7 +19,7 @@ Use `KC_PWR` instead of `KC_POWER` or vice versa.
 - `KC_PWR` works with Windows and Linux, not with OSX.
 - `KC_POWER` works with OSX and Linux, not with Windows.
 
-http://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=14290.msg1327264#msg1327264
+More info: http://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=14290.msg1327264#msg1327264
 
 ## Oneshot modifier
 Solves my personal 'the' problem. I often got 'the' or 'THe' wrongly instead of 'The'.  Oneshot Shift mitgates this for me.
@@ -32,15 +35,17 @@ For Modifier keys and layer actions you have to place `KC_TRANS` on same positio
 
 
 ## Mechanical Lock Switch Support
-https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard#mechanical-locking-support
-
-This feature is for *mechanical lock switch* like this Alps one.
-http://deskthority.net/wiki/Alps_SKCL_Lock
 
-Using enabling this feature and using keycodes `LCAP`, `LNUM` or `LSCR` in keymap you can use physical locking CapsLock, NumLock or ScrollLock keys as you expected.
+This feature is for *mechanical lock switch* like [this Alps one](http://deskthority.net/wiki/Alps_SKCL_Lock). You can enable it by adding this to your `config.h`:
+ 
+```
+#define LOCKING_SUPPORT_ENABLE
+#define LOCKING_RESYNC_ENABLE
+```
 
-Old vintage mechanical keyboards occasionally have lock switches but modern ones don't have. ***You don't need this feature in most case and just use keycodes `CAPS`, `NLCK` and `SLCK`.***
+After enabling this feature use keycodes `KC_LCAP`, `KC_LNUM` and `KC_LSCR` in your keymap instead.
 
+Old vintage mechanical keyboards occasionally have lock switches but modern ones don't have. ***You don't need this feature in most case and just use keycodes `KC_CAPS`, `KC_NLCK` and `KC_SLCK`.***
 
 ## Input special charactors other than ASCII like Cédille 'Ç'
 NO UNIVERSAL METHOD TO INPUT THOSE WORKS OVER ALL SYSTEMS. You have to define **MACRO** in way specific to your OS or layout.
@@ -111,68 +116,14 @@ https://github.com/tekezo/Karabiner/issues/403
 
 ## Esc and `~ on a key
 
-You can define FC660 and Poker style ESC with `ACTION_LAYER_MODS`.
-https://github.com/tmk/tmk_core/blob/master/doc/keymap.md#35-momentary-switching-with-modifiers
-
-```
-#include "keymap_common.h"
-
-
-/* Leopold FC660
- * https://elitekeyboards.com/products.php?sub=leopold,compact&pid=fc660c
- * Shift + Esc = ~
- * Fn    + Esc = `
- *
- * Votex Poker II
- * https://adprice.fedorapeople.org/poker2_manual.pdf
- * Fn         + Esc = `
- * Fn + Shift + Esc = ~
- */
-const uint8_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
-    /* 0: qwerty */
-    [0] = KEYMAP( \
-        ESC, 1,   2,   3,   4,   5,   6,   7,   8,   9,   0,   MINS,EQL, NUHS,BSPC, \
-        TAB, Q,   W,   E,   R,   T,   Y,   U,   I,   O,   P,   LBRC,RBRC,BSLS, \
-        LCTL,A,   S,   D,   F,   G,   H,   J,   K,   L,   SCLN,QUOT,ENT,  \
-        FN0, NUBS,Z,   X,   C,   V,   B,   N,   M,   COMM,DOT, SLSH,RSFT,ESC, \
-        LCTL,LGUI,LALT,          SPC,                     RALT,FN1, RGUI,RCTL),
-    [1] = KEYMAP( \
-        GRV, TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS, \
-        TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,\
-        TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS, \
-        TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS, \
-        TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,          TRNS,                    TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS),
-    [2] = KEYMAP( \
-        GRV, F1,  F2,  F3,  F4,  F5,  F6,  F7,  F8,  F9,  F10, F11, F12, TRNS,TRNS, \
-        TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,\
-        TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS, \
-        TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS, \
-        TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,          TRNS,                    TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS),
-};
-
-const uint16_t PROGMEM fn_actions[] = {
-    // https://github.com/tmk/tmk_core/blob/master/doc/keymap.md#35-momentary-switching-with-modifiers
-    [0] = ACTION_LAYER_MODS(1, MOD_LSFT),
-    [1] = ACTION_LAYER_MOMENTARY(2),
-};
-```
-
-Otherwise, you can write code, see this.
-https://github.com/p3lim/keyboard_firmware/commit/fd799c12b69a5ab5addd1d4c03380a1b8ef8e9dc
-
-
-## 32 Fn keys are not enough?
-### actionmap
-It uses 16 bit codes and has no limitation of 32 Fn at the expense of memory space. TMK keymap is actually is 8 bit codes as subset of the actionmap.
-https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues?utf8=%E2%9C%93&q=is%3Aissue+actionmap
-
-### extension for modified keys
-https://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=41989.msg1885526#msg1885526
+Use `GRAVE_ESC` or `KC_GESC` in your keymap. `GUI`+`GRAVE_ESC` results in `` ` `` and `SHIFT`+`GRAVE_ESC` results in `~`.
 
+Note that this will break the CTRL+SHIFT+ESC shortcut to the Windows task manager. Use `#define GRAVE_ESC_CTRL_OVERRIDE` in your `config.h` to get the shortcut back. With this option, `ESC_GRAVE` results in `ESC` if `CTRL` is held, even if `SHIFT` or `GUI` are also held.
 
 ## Arrow on Right Modifier keys with Dual-Role
 This turns right modifer keys into arrow keys when the keys are tapped while still modifiers when the keys are hold. In TMK the dual-role function is dubbed **TAP**.
 ```
+
 #include "keymap_common.h"
 
 
@@ -211,18 +162,16 @@ const uint16_t PROGMEM fn_actions[] = {
 
 ```
 
-
 Dual-role key: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Modifier_key#Dual-role_keys
 
 
 ## Eject on Mac OSX
-`EJCT` keycode works on OSX. https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/250
+`KC_EJCT` keycode works on OSX. https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/250
 It seems Windows 10 ignores the code and Linux/Xorg recognizes but has no mapping by default.
 
 Not sure what keycode Eject is on genuine Apple keyboard actually. HHKB uses `F20` for Eject key(`Fn+f`) on Mac mode but this is not same as Apple Eject keycode probably.
 
 
-
 ## What's weak_mods and real_mods in action_util.c
 ___TO BE IMPROVED___
 
@@ -262,4 +211,3 @@ if (timer_elapsed(key_timer) < 100) {
 ```
 
 It's best to declare the `static uint16_t key_timer;` at the top of the file, outside of any code blocks you're using it in.
-
diff --git a/docs/feature_audio.md b/docs/feature_audio.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c142ff69c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/feature_audio.md
@@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
+# Audio
+
+Your keyboard can make sounds! If you've got a Planck, Preonic, or basically any AVR keyboard that allows access to the C6 or B5 port (`#define C6_AUDIO` and/or `#define B5_AUDIO`), you can hook up a simple speaker and make it beep. You can use those beeps to indicate layer transitions, modifiers, special keys, or just to play some funky 8bit tunes.
+
+If you add `AUDIO_ENABLE = yes` to your `rules.mk`, there's a couple different sounds that will automatically be enabled without any other configuration:
+
+```
+STARTUP_SONG // plays when the keyboard starts up (audio.c)
+GOODBYE_SONG // plays when you press the RESET key (quantum.c)
+AG_NORM_SONG // plays when you press AG_NORM (quantum.c)
+AG_SWAP_SONG // plays when you press AG_SWAP (quantum.c)
+MUSIC_ON_SONG // plays when music mode is activated (process_music.c)
+MUSIC_OFF_SONG // plays when music mode is deactivated (process_music.c)
+CHROMATIC_SONG // plays when the chromatic music mode is selected (process_music.c)
+GUITAR_SONG // plays when the guitar music mode is selected (process_music.c)
+VIOLIN_SONG // plays when the violin music mode is selected (process_music.c)
+MAJOR_SONG // plays when the major music mode is selected (process_music.c)
+```
+
+You can override the default songs by doing something like this in your `config.h`:
+
+```c
+#ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+  #define STARTUP_SONG SONG(STARTUP_SOUND)
+#endif
+```
+
+A full list of sounds can be found in [quantum/audio/song_list.h](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/quantum/audio/song_list.h) - feel free to add your own to this list! All available notes can be seen in [quantum/audio/musical_notes.h](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/quantum/audio/musical_notes.h).
+
+To play a custom sound at a particular time, you can define a song like this (near the top of the file):
+
+```c
+float my_song[][2] = SONG(QWERTY_SOUND);
+```
+
+And then play your song like this:
+
+```c
+PLAY_SONG(my_song);
+```
+
+Alternatively, you can play it in a loop like this:
+
+```c
+PLAY_LOOP(my_song);
+```
+
+It's advised that you wrap all audio features in `#ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE` / `#endif` to avoid causing problems when audio isn't built into the keyboard.
+
+## Music mode
+
+The music mode maps your columns to a chromatic scale, and your rows to octaves. This works best with ortholinear keyboards, but can be made to work with others. All keycodes less than `0xFF` get blocked, so you won't type while playing notes - if you have special keys/mods, those will still work. A work-around for this is to jump to a different layer with KC_NOs before (or after) enabling music mode.  
+
+Recording is experimental due to some memory issues - if you experience some weird behavior, unplugging/replugging your keyboard will fix things.
+
+Keycodes available:
+
+* `MU_ON` - Turn music mode on
+* `MU_OFF` - Turn music mode off
+* `MU_TOG` - Toggle music mode
+* `MU_MOD` - Cycle through the music modes:
+  * `CHROMATIC_MODE` - Chromatic scale, row changes the octave
+  * `GUITAR_MODE` - Chromatic scale, but the row changes the string (+5 st)
+  * `VIOLIN_MODE` - Chromatic scale, but the row changes the string (+7 st)
+  * `MAJOR_MODE` - Major scale
+
+In music mode, the following keycodes work differently, and don't pass through:
+
+* `LCTL` - start a recording
+* `LALT` - stop recording/stop playing
+* `LGUI` - play recording
+* `KC_UP` - speed-up playback
+* `KC_DOWN` - slow-down playback
+
+By default, `MUSIC_MASK` is set to `keycode < 0xFF` which means keycodes less than `0xFF` are turned into notes, and don't output anything. You can change this by defining this in your `config.h` like this:
+
+    #define MUSIC_MASK keycode != KC_NO
+
+Which will capture all keycodes - be careful, this will get you stuck in music mode until you restart your keyboard!
+
+The pitch standard (`PITCH_STANDARD_A`) is 440.0f by default - to change this, add something like this to your `config.h`:
+
+    #define PITCH_STANDARD_A 432.0f
+
+## MIDI functionalty
+
+This is still a WIP, but check out `quantum/keymap_midi.c` to see what's happening. Enable from the Makefile.
+
+<!-- FIXME: this formatting needs work
+
+## Audio
+
+```c
+#ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+    AU_ON,
+    AU_OFF,
+    AU_TOG,
+
+    #ifdef FAUXCLICKY_ENABLE
+        FC_ON,
+        FC_OFF,
+        FC_TOG,
+    #endif
+
+    // Music mode on/off/toggle
+    MU_ON,
+    MU_OFF,
+    MU_TOG,
+
+    // Music voice iterate
+    MUV_IN,
+    MUV_DE,
+#endif
+```
+
+### Midi
+
+#if !MIDI_ENABLE_STRICT || (defined(MIDI_ENABLE) && defined(MIDI_BASIC))
+    MI_ON,  // send midi notes when music mode is enabled
+    MI_OFF, // don't send midi notes when music mode is enabled
+#endif
+
+MIDI_TONE_MIN,
+MIDI_TONE_MAX
+
+MI_C = MIDI_TONE_MIN,
+MI_Cs,
+MI_Db = MI_Cs,
+MI_D,
+MI_Ds,
+MI_Eb = MI_Ds,
+MI_E,
+MI_F,
+MI_Fs,
+MI_Gb = MI_Fs,
+MI_G,
+MI_Gs,
+MI_Ab = MI_Gs,
+MI_A,
+MI_As,
+MI_Bb = MI_As,
+MI_B,
+
+MIDI_TONE_KEYCODE_OCTAVES > 1
+
+where x = 1-5:
+MI_C_x,
+MI_Cs_x,
+MI_Db_x = MI_Cs_x,
+MI_D_x,
+MI_Ds_x,
+MI_Eb_x = MI_Ds_x,
+MI_E_x,
+MI_F_x,
+MI_Fs_x,
+MI_Gb_x = MI_Fs_x,
+MI_G_x,
+MI_Gs_x,
+MI_Ab_x = MI_Gs_x,
+MI_A_x,
+MI_As_x,
+MI_Bb_x = MI_As_x,
+MI_B_x,
+
+MI_OCT_Nx 1-2
+MI_OCT_x 0-7
+MIDI_OCTAVE_MIN = MI_OCT_N2,
+MIDI_OCTAVE_MAX = MI_OCT_7,
+MI_OCTD, // octave down
+MI_OCTU, // octave up
+
+MI_TRNS_Nx 1-6
+MI_TRNS_x 0-6
+MIDI_TRANSPOSE_MIN = MI_TRNS_N6,
+MIDI_TRANSPOSE_MAX = MI_TRNS_6,
+MI_TRNSD, // transpose down
+MI_TRNSU, // transpose up
+
+MI_VEL_x 1-10
+MIDI_VELOCITY_MIN = MI_VEL_1,
+MIDI_VELOCITY_MAX = MI_VEL_9,
+MI_VELD, // velocity down
+MI_VELU, // velocity up
+
+MI_CHx 1-16
+MIDI_CHANNEL_MIN = MI_CH1
+MIDI_CHANNEL_MAX = MI_CH16,
+MI_CHD, // previous channel
+MI_CHU, // next channel
+
+MI_ALLOFF, // all notes off
+
+MI_SUS, // sustain
+MI_PORT, // portamento
+MI_SOST, // sostenuto
+MI_SOFT, // soft pedal
+MI_LEG,  // legato
+
+MI_MOD, // modulation
+MI_MODSD, // decrease modulation speed
+MI_MODSU, // increase modulation speed
+#endif // MIDI_ADVANCED
+
+-->
diff --git a/docs/feature_backlight.md b/docs/feature_backlight.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c419b7cccb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/feature_backlight.md
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+# Backlighting
+
+<!-- FIXME: Describe how backlighting works in QMK -->
+
+## Backlight Keycodes
+
+These keycodes control the backlight. Most keyboards use this for single color in-switch lighting.
+
+|Name|Description|
+|----|-----------|
+|`BL_x`|Set a specific backlight level between 0-9|
+|`BL_ON`|An alias for `BL_9`|
+|`BL_OFF`|An alias for `BL_0`|
+|`BL_DEC`|Turn the backlight level down by 1|
+|`BL_INC`|Turn the backlight level up by 1|
+|`BL_TOGG`|Toggle the backlight on or off|
+|`BL_STEP`|Step through backlight levels, wrapping around to 0 when you reach the top.|
diff --git a/docs/feature_bluetooth.md b/docs/feature_bluetooth.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..79a54208ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/feature_bluetooth.md
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+# Bluetooth
+
+## Bluetooth functionality
+
+This requires [some hardware changes](https://www.reddit.com/r/MechanicalKeyboards/comments/3psx0q/the_planck_keyboard_with_bluetooth_guide_and/?ref=search_posts), but can be enabled via the Makefile. The firmware will still output characters via USB, so be aware of this when charging via a computer. It would make sense to have a switch on the Bluefruit to turn it off at will.
+
+<!-- FIXME: Document bluetooth support more completely. -->
+
+## Bluetooth Keycodes
+
+This is used when multiple keyboard outputs can be selected. Currently this only allows for switching between USB and Bluetooth on keyboards that support both.
+
+|Name|Description|
+|----|-----------|
+|`OUT_AUTO`|auto mode|
+|`OUT_USB`|usb only|
+|`OUT_BT`|bluetooth|
diff --git a/docs/feature_bootmagic.md b/docs/feature_bootmagic.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3cf7d8d2a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/feature_bootmagic.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+# Bootmagic
+
+<!-- FIXME: Describe the bootmagic feature here. -->
+
+## Bootmagic Keycodes
+
+Shortcuts for bootmagic options. You can use these even when bootmagic is off.
+
+|Name|Description|
+|----|-----------|
+|`MAGIC_SWAP_CONTROL_CAPSLOCK`|Swap Capslock and Left Control|
+|`MAGIC_CAPSLOCK_TO_CONTROL`|Treat Capslock like a Control Key|
+|`MAGIC_SWAP_LALT_LGUI`|Swap the left Alt and GUI keys|
+|`MAGIC_SWAP_RALT_RGUI`|Swap the right Alt and GUI keys|
+|`MAGIC_NO_GUI`|Disable the GUI key|
+|`MAGIC_SWAP_GRAVE_ESC`|Swap the Grave and Esc key.|
+|`MAGIC_SWAP_BACKSLASH_BACKSPACE`|Swap backslack and backspace|
+|`MAGIC_HOST_NKRO`|Force NKRO on|
+|`MAGIC_SWAP_ALT_GUI`/`AG_SWAP`|Swap Alt and Gui on both sides|
+|`MAGIC_UNSWAP_CONTROL_CAPSLOCK`|Disable the Control/Capslock swap|
+|`MAGIC_UNCAPSLOCK_TO_CONTROL`|Disable treating Capslock like Control |
+|`MAGIC_UNSWAP_LALT_LGUI`|Disable Left Alt and GUI switching|
+|`MAGIC_UNSWAP_RALT_RGUI`|Disable Right Alt and GUI switching|
+|`MAGIC_UNNO_GUI`|Enable the GUI key |
+|`MAGIC_UNSWAP_GRAVE_ESC`|Disable the Grave/Esc swap |
+|`MAGIC_UNSWAP_BACKSLASH_BACKSPACE`|Disable the backslash/backspace swap|
+|`MAGIC_UNHOST_NKRO`|Force NKRO off|
+|`MAGIC_UNSWAP_ALT_GUI`/`AG_NORM`|Disable the Alt/GUI switching|
+|`MAGIC_TOGGLE_NKRO`|Turn NKRO on or off|
diff --git a/docs/feature_common_shortcuts.md b/docs/feature_common_shortcuts.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a3dde8b670
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/feature_common_shortcuts.md
@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+# Common Keymap Shortcuts
+
+Your keymap can include shortcuts to common operations, for example shifted keys. This page documents the functions that are available to you.
+
+People often define custom names using `#define`. For example:
+
+```c
+#define FN_CAPS LT(_FL, KC_CAPSLOCK)
+#define ALT_TAB LALT(KC_TAB)
+```
+
+This will allow you to use `FN_CAPS` and `ALT_TAB` in your `KEYMAP()`, keeping it more readable.
+
+### Limits of these aliases
+
+Currently, the keycodes able to used with these functions are limited to the [Basic Keycodes](keycodes_basic.html), meaning you can't use keycodes like `KC_TILD`, or anything greater than 0xFF. For a full list of the keycodes able to be used see [Basic Keycodes](keycodes_basic.html).
+
+## Switching and toggling layers
+
+These functions allow you to activate layers in various ways.
+
+* `MO(layer)` - momentary switch to *layer*. As soon as you let go of the key, the layer is deactivated and you pop back out to the previous layer.
+* `LT(layer, kc)` - momentary switch to *layer* when held, and *kc* when tapped.
+* `TG(layer)` - toggles a layer on or off.
+* `TO(layer)` - Goes to a layer. This code is special, because it lets you go either up or down the stack -- just goes directly to the layer you want. So while other codes only let you go _up_ the stack (from layer 0 to layer 3, for example), `TO(2)` is going to get you to layer 2, no matter where you activate it from -- even if you're currently on layer 5. This gets activated on keydown (as soon as the key is pressed).
+* `TT(layer)` - Layer Tap-Toggle. If you hold the key down, the layer becomes active, and then deactivates when you let go. And if you tap it, the layer simply becomes active (toggles on). It needs 5 taps by default, but you can set it by defining `TAPPING_TOGGLE`, for example, `#define TAPPING_TOGGLE 2` for just two taps.
+
+## Working With Layers
+
+Care must be taken when switching layers, it's possible to lock yourself into a layer with no way to deactivate that layer (without unplugging your keyboard.) We've created some guidelines to help users avoid the most common problems.
+
+### Beginners
+
+If you are just getting started with QMK you will want to keep everything simple. Follow these guidelines when setting up your layers:
+
+* Setup layer 0 as your "base" layer. This is your normal typing layer, and could be whatever layout you want (qwerty, dvorak, colemak, etc.)
+* Arrange your layers in a "tree" layout, with layer 0 as the root. Do not try to enter the same layer from more than one other layer.
+* Never try to stack a higher numbered layer on top of a lower numbered layer. Doing so is tricky and error prone.
+
+### Intermediate Users
+
+Sometimes you need more than one base layer. For example, if you want to switch between QWERTY and Dvorak, switch between layouts for different countries, or switch your layout for different videogames. Your base layers should always be the lowest numbered layers. When you have multiple base layers you should always treat them as multually exclusive. When one base layer is on the others are off. 
+
+### Advanced Users
+
+Once you have a good feel for how layers work and what you can do, you can get more creative. The rules listed in the beginner section will help you be successful by avoiding some of the tricker details but they can be constraining, especially for ultra-compact keyboard users. Understanding how layers work will allow you to use them in more advanced ways.
+
+Layers stack on top of each other in numerical order. When determining what a keypress does, QMK scans the layers from the top down, stopping when it reaches the first active layer that is not set to `KC_TRNS`. As a result if you activate a layer that is numerically lower than your current layer, and your current layer (or another layer that is active and higher than your target layer) has something other than `KC_TRNS`, that is the key that will be sent, not the key on the layer you just activated. This is the cause of most people's "why doesn't my layer get switched" problem.
+
+## Modifier keys
+
+These functions allow you to combine a mod with a keycode. When pressed the keydown for the mod will be sent first, and then *kc* will be sent. When released the keyup for *kc* will be sent and then the mod will be sent.
+
+* `LSFT(kc)` or `S(kc)` - applies left Shift to *kc* (keycode)
+* `RSFT(kc)` - applies right Shift to *kc*
+* `LCTL(kc)` - applies left Control to *kc*
+* `RCTL(kc)` - applies right Control to *kc*
+* `LALT(kc)` - applies left Alt to *kc*
+* `RALT(kc)` - applies right Alt to *kc*
+* `LGUI(kc)` - applies left GUI (command/win) to *kc*
+* `RGUI(kc)` - applies right GUI (command/win) to *kc*
+* `HYPR(kc)` - applies Hyper (all modifiers) to *kc*
+* `MEH(kc)`  - applies Meh (all modifiers except Win/Cmd) to *kc*
+* `LCAG(kc)` - applies CtrlAltGui to *kc*
+
+You can also chain these, like this:
+
+    LALT(LCTL(KC_DEL)) -- this makes a key that sends Alt, Control, and Delete in a single keypress.
+
+## Shifted Keycodes
+
+The following shortcuts automatically add `LSFT()` to keycodes to get commonly used symbols.
+
+|Name|Description|
+|----|-----------|
+| KC_TILD | ~ |
+| KC_EXLM | ! |
+| KC_QUES | ? |
+| KC_AT | @ |
+| KC_HASH | # |
+| KC_DLR  | $ |
+| KC_PERC | % |
+| KC_CIRC | ^ |
+| KC_AMPR | & |
+| KC_ASTR | * |
+| KC_LPRN | ( |
+| KC_RPRN | ) |
+| KC_UNDS | _ |
+| KC_PLUS | + |
+| KC_DQUO | " |
+| KC_LCBR | { |
+| KC_RCBR | } |
+| KC_LABK | < |
+| KC_RABK | > |
+| KC_PIPE | | |
+| KC_COLN | : |
+
+## Mod Tap
+
+`MT(mod, kc)` - is *mod* (modifier key - MOD_LCTL, MOD_LSFT) when held, and *kc* when tapped. In other words, you can have a key that sends Esc (or the letter O or whatever) when you tap it, but works as a Control key or a Shift key when you hold it down.
+
+These are the values you can use for the `mod` in `MT()` and `OSM()`:
+
+  * MOD_LCTL
+  * MOD_LSFT
+  * MOD_LALT
+  * MOD_LGUI
+  * MOD_RCTL
+  * MOD_RSFT
+  * MOD_RALT
+  * MOD_RGUI
+  * MOD_HYPR
+  * MOD_MEH
+
+These can also be combined like `MOD_LCTL | MOD_LSFT` e.g. `MT(MOD_LCTL | MOD_LSFT, KC_ESC)` which would activate Control and Shift when held, and send Escape when tapped. Note however, that you cannot mix right and left side modifiers.
+
+We've added shortcuts to make common modifier/tap (mod-tap) mappings more compact:
+
+  * `CTL_T(kc)` - is LCTL when held and *kc* when tapped
+  * `SFT_T(kc)` - is LSFT when held and *kc* when tapped
+  * `ALT_T(kc)` - is LALT when held and *kc* when tapped
+  * `ALGR_T(kc)` - is AltGr when held and *kc* when tapped
+  * `GUI_T(kc)` - is LGUI when held and *kc* when tapped
+  * `ALL_T(kc)` - is Hyper (all mods) when held and *kc* when tapped. To read more about what you can do with a Hyper key, see [this blog post by Brett Terpstra](http://brettterpstra.com/2012/12/08/a-useful-caps-lock-key/)
+  * `LCAG_T(kc)` - is CtrlAltGui when held and *kc* when tapped
+  * `MEH_T(kc)` - is like Hyper, but not as cool -- does not include the Cmd/Win key, so just sends Alt+Ctrl+Shift.
+
+## One Shot Keys
+
+One shot keys are keys that remain active until the next key is pressed, and then are releasd. This allows you to type keyboard combinations without pressing more than one key at a time.
+
+For example, if you define a key as `OSM(MOD_LSFT)`, you can type a capital A character by first pressing and releasing shift, and then pressing and releasing A. Your computer will see the shift key being held the moment shift is pressed, and it will see the shift key being released immediately after A is released.
+
+One shot keys also work as normal modifiers. If you hold down a one shot key and type other keys, your one shot will be released immediately after you let go of the key.
+
+You can control the behavior of one shot keys by defining these in `config.h`:
+
+```c
+#define ONESHOT_TAP_TOGGLE 5  /* Tapping this number of times holds the key until tapped this number of times again. */
+#define ONESHOT_TIMEOUT 5000  /* Time (in ms) before the one shot key is released */
+```
+
+* `OSM(mod)` - Momentarily hold down *mod*. You must use the `MOD_*` keycodes as shown in [Mod Tap](#mod-tap), not the `KC_*` codes.
+* `OSL(layer)` - momentary switch to *layer*.
+
+## Permissive Hold
+
+As of [PR#1359](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/1359/), there is a new `config.h` option:
+
+```
+#define PERMISSIVE_HOLD
+```
+
+This makes it easier for fast typists to use dual-function keys. Without this, if you let go of a held key inside the tapping term, it won't register.
+
+Example: (Tapping Term = 200ms)
+
+- SHFT_T(KC_A) Down
+- KC_X Down
+- KC_X Up
+- SHFT_T(KC_A) Up
+
+With defaults, if above is typed within tapping term, this will emit `ax`. With permissive hold, if above is typed within tapping term, this will emit `X` (so, Shift+X).
diff --git a/docs/leader_key.md b/docs/feature_leader_key.md
index bf4d5456d1..bf4d5456d1 100644
--- a/docs/leader_key.md
+++ b/docs/feature_leader_key.md
diff --git a/docs/feature_ps2_mouse.md b/docs/feature_ps2_mouse.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8629b28cff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/feature_ps2_mouse.md
@@ -0,0 +1,238 @@
+## PS/2 Mouse Support
+
+Its possible to hook up a PS/2 mouse (for example touchpads or trackpoints) to your keyboard as a composite device.
+
+To hook up a Trackpoint, you need to obtain a Trackpoint module (i.e. harvest from a Thinkpad keyboard), identify the function of each pin of the module, and make the necessary circuitry between controller and Trackpoint module. For more information, please refer to [Trackpoint Hardware](https://deskthority.net/wiki/TrackPoint_Hardware) page on Deskthority Wiki.
+
+There are three available modes for hooking up PS/2 devices: USART (best), interrupts (better) or busywait (not recommended).
+
+### Busywait version
+
+Note: This is not recommended, you may encounter jerky movement or unsent inputs. Please use interrupt or USART version if possible.
+
+In rules.mk:
+
+```
+PS2_MOUSE_ENABLE = yes
+PS2_USE_BUSYWAIT = yes
+```
+
+In your keyboard config.h:
+
+```
+#ifdef PS2_USE_BUSYWAIT
+#   define PS2_CLOCK_PORT  PORTD
+#   define PS2_CLOCK_PIN   PIND
+#   define PS2_CLOCK_DDR   DDRD
+#   define PS2_CLOCK_BIT   1
+#   define PS2_DATA_PORT   PORTD
+#   define PS2_DATA_PIN    PIND
+#   define PS2_DATA_DDR    DDRD
+#   define PS2_DATA_BIT    2
+#endif
+```
+
+### Interrupt version
+
+The following example uses D2 for clock and D5 for data. You can use any INT or PCINT pin for clock, and any pin for data.
+
+In rules.mk:
+
+```
+PS2_MOUSE_ENABLE = yes
+PS2_USE_INT = yes
+```
+
+In your keyboard config.h:
+
+```
+#ifdef PS2_USE_INT
+#define PS2_CLOCK_PORT  PORTD
+#define PS2_CLOCK_PIN   PIND
+#define PS2_CLOCK_DDR   DDRD
+#define PS2_CLOCK_BIT   2
+#define PS2_DATA_PORT   PORTD
+#define PS2_DATA_PIN    PIND
+#define PS2_DATA_DDR    DDRD
+#define PS2_DATA_BIT    5
+
+#define PS2_INT_INIT()  do {    \
+    EICRA |= ((1<<ISC21) |      \
+              (0<<ISC20));      \
+} while (0)
+#define PS2_INT_ON()  do {      \
+    EIMSK |= (1<<INT2);         \
+} while (0)
+#define PS2_INT_OFF() do {      \
+    EIMSK &= ~(1<<INT2);        \
+} while (0)
+#define PS2_INT_VECT   INT2_vect
+#endif
+```
+
+### USART version
+
+To use USART on the ATMega32u4, you have to use PD5 for clock and PD2 for data. If one of those are unavailable, you need to use interrupt version.
+
+In rules.mk:
+
+```
+PS2_MOUSE_ENABLE = yes
+PS2_USE_USART = yes
+```
+
+In your keyboard config.h:
+
+```
+#ifdef PS2_USE_USART
+#define PS2_CLOCK_PORT  PORTD
+#define PS2_CLOCK_PIN   PIND
+#define PS2_CLOCK_DDR   DDRD
+#define PS2_CLOCK_BIT   5
+#define PS2_DATA_PORT   PORTD
+#define PS2_DATA_PIN    PIND
+#define PS2_DATA_DDR    DDRD
+#define PS2_DATA_BIT    2
+
+/* synchronous, odd parity, 1-bit stop, 8-bit data, sample at falling edge */
+/* set DDR of CLOCK as input to be slave */
+#define PS2_USART_INIT() do {   \
+    PS2_CLOCK_DDR &= ~(1<<PS2_CLOCK_BIT);   \
+    PS2_DATA_DDR &= ~(1<<PS2_DATA_BIT);     \
+    UCSR1C = ((1 << UMSEL10) |  \
+              (3 << UPM10)   |  \
+              (0 << USBS1)   |  \
+              (3 << UCSZ10)  |  \
+              (0 << UCPOL1));   \
+    UCSR1A = 0;                 \
+    UBRR1H = 0;                 \
+    UBRR1L = 0;                 \
+} while (0)
+#define PS2_USART_RX_INT_ON() do {  \
+    UCSR1B = ((1 << RXCIE1) |       \
+              (1 << RXEN1));        \
+} while (0)
+#define PS2_USART_RX_POLL_ON() do { \
+    UCSR1B = (1 << RXEN1);          \
+} while (0)
+#define PS2_USART_OFF() do {    \
+    UCSR1C = 0;                 \
+    UCSR1B &= ~((1 << RXEN1) |  \
+                (1 << TXEN1));  \
+} while (0)
+#define PS2_USART_RX_READY      (UCSR1A & (1<<RXC1))
+#define PS2_USART_RX_DATA       UDR1
+#define PS2_USART_ERROR         (UCSR1A & ((1<<FE1) | (1<<DOR1) | (1<<UPE1)))
+#define PS2_USART_RX_VECT       USART1_RX_vect
+#endif
+```
+
+### Additional Settings
+
+#### PS/2 mouse features
+
+These enable settings supported by the PS/2 mouse protocol: http://www.computer-engineering.org/ps2mouse/
+
+```
+/* Use remote mode instead of the default stream mode (see link) */
+#define PS2_MOUSE_USE_REMOTE_MODE  
+
+/* Enable the scrollwheel or scroll gesture on your mouse or touchpad */
+#define PS2_MOUSE_ENABLE_SCROLLING
+
+/* Some mice will need a scroll mask to be configured. The default is 0xFF. */
+#define PS2_MOUSE_SCROLL_MASK 0x0F
+
+/* Applies a transformation to the movement before sending to the host (see link) */
+#define PS2_MOUSE_USE_2_1_SCALING
+
+/* The time to wait after initializing the ps2 host */
+#define PS2_MOUSE_INIT_DELAY 1000 /* Default */
+```
+
+You can also call the following functions from ps2_mouse.h
+
+```
+void ps2_mouse_disable_data_reporting(void);
+
+void ps2_mouse_enable_data_reporting(void);
+
+void ps2_mouse_set_remote_mode(void);
+
+void ps2_mouse_set_stream_mode(void);
+
+void ps2_mouse_set_scaling_2_1(void);
+
+void ps2_mouse_set_scaling_1_1(void);
+
+void ps2_mouse_set_resolution(ps2_mouse_resolution_t resolution);
+
+void ps2_mouse_set_sample_rate(ps2_mouse_sample_rate_t sample_rate);
+```
+
+#### Fine control
+
+Use the following defines to change the sensitivity and speed of the mouse.
+Note: you can also use `ps2_mouse_set_resolution` for the same effect (not supported on most touchpads).
+
+```
+#define PS2_MOUSE_X_MULTIPLIER 3
+#define PS2_MOUSE_Y_MULTIPLIER 3
+#define PS2_MOUSE_V_MULTIPLIER 1
+```
+
+#### Scroll button
+
+If you're using a trackpoint, you will likely want to be able to use it for scrolling.
+Its possible to enable a "scroll button/s" that when pressed will cause the mouse to scroll instead of moving.
+To enable the feature, you must set a scroll button mask as follows:
+
+```
+#define PS2_MOUSE_SCROLL_BTN_MASK (1<<PS2_MOUSE_BUTTON_MIDDLE) /* Default */
+```
+
+To disable the scroll button feature:
+
+```
+#define PS2_MOUSE_SCROLL_BTN_MASK 0
+```
+
+The available buttons are:
+
+```
+#define PS2_MOUSE_BTN_LEFT      0
+#define PS2_MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT     1
+#define PS2_MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE    2
+```
+
+You can also combine buttons in the mask by `|`ing them together.
+
+Once you've configured your scroll button mask, you must configure the scroll button send interval.
+This is the interval before which if the scroll buttons were released they would be sent to the host.
+After this interval, they will cause the mouse to scroll and will not be sent.
+
+```
+#define PS2_MOUSE_SCROLL_BTN_SEND 300 /* Default */
+```
+
+To disable sending the scroll buttons:
+```
+#define PS2_MOUSE_SCROLL_BTN_SEND 0
+```
+
+Fine control over the scrolling is supported with the following defines:
+
+```
+#define PS2_MOUSE_SCROLL_DIVISOR_H 2
+#define PS2_MOUSE_SCROLL_DIVISOR_V 2
+```
+
+#### Debug settings
+
+To debug the mouse, add `debug_mouse = true` or enable via bootmagic.
+
+```
+/* To debug the mouse reports */
+#define PS2_MOUSE_DEBUG_HID
+#define PS2_MOUSE_DEBUG_RAW
+```
diff --git a/docs/feature_rgblight.md b/docs/feature_rgblight.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7f12155cb7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/feature_rgblight.md
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+# RGB Lighting
+
+<!-- FIXME: Describe how to use RGB Lighting here. -->
+
+## RGB Under Glow Mod
+
+![Planck with RGB Underglow](https://raw.githubusercontent.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/master/keyboards/planck/keymaps/yang/planck-with-rgb-underglow.jpg)
+
+Here is a quick demo on Youtube (with NPKC KC60) (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VKrpPAHlisY).
+
+For this mod, you need an unused pin wiring to DI of WS2812 strip. After wiring the VCC, GND, and DI, you can enable the underglow in your Makefile.
+
+    RGBLIGHT_ENABLE = yes
+
+In order to use the underglow animation functions, you need to have `#define RGBLIGHT_ANIMATIONS` in your `config.h`.
+
+Please add the following options into your config.h, and set them up according your hardware configuration. These settings are for the `F4` pin by default:
+
+    #define RGB_DI_PIN F4     // The pin your RGB strip is wired to
+    #define RGBLIGHT_ANIMATIONS    // Require for fancier stuff (not compatible with audio)
+    #define RGBLED_NUM 14     // Number of LEDs
+    #define RGBLIGHT_HUE_STEP 10
+    #define RGBLIGHT_SAT_STEP 17
+    #define RGBLIGHT_VAL_STEP 17
+
+You'll need to edit `RGB_DI_PIN` to the pin you have your `DI` on your RGB strip wired to.
+
+The firmware supports 5 different light effects, and the color (hue, saturation, brightness) can be customized in most effects. To control the underglow, you need to modify your keymap file to assign those functions to some keys/key combinations. For details, please check this keymap. `keyboards/planck/keymaps/yang/keymap.c`
+
+### WS2812 Wiring
+
+![WS2812 Wiring](https://raw.githubusercontent.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/master/keyboards/planck/keymaps/yang/WS2812-wiring.jpg)
+
+Please note the USB port can only supply a limited amount of power to the keyboard (500mA by standard, however, modern computer and most usb hubs can provide 700+mA.). According to the data of NeoPixel from Adafruit, 30 WS2812 LEDs require a 5V 1A power supply, LEDs used in this mod should not more than 20.
+
+## RGB Lighting Keycodes
+
+This controls the RGB Lighting functionality. Most keyboards use WS2812 (and compatible) LEDs for underlight or case lighting.
+
+|Name|Description|
+|----|-----------|
+|`RGB_TOG`|toggle on/off|
+|`RGB_MOD`|cycle through modes|
+|`RGB_HUI`|hue increase|
+|`RGB_HUD`|hue decrease|
+|`RGB_SAI`|saturation increase|
+|`RGB_SAD`|saturation decrease|
+|`RGB_VAI`|value increase|
+|`RGB_VAD`|value decrease|
diff --git a/docs/feature_thermal_printer.md b/docs/feature_thermal_printer.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0c5d15116a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/feature_thermal_printer.md
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+# Thermal Printer
+
+<!-- FIXME: Describe thermal printers support here. -->
+
+## Thermal Printer Keycodes
+
+|Name|Description|
+|----|-----------|
+|`PRINT_ON`|Start printing everything the user types|
+|`PRINT_OFF`|Stop printing everything the user types|
diff --git a/docs/features.md b/docs/features.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c5965f4c0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/features.md
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+# QMK Features
+
+
+## Space Cadet Shift: The future, built in
+
+Steve Losh [described](http://stevelosh.com/blog/2012/10/a-modern-space-cadet/) the Space Cadet Shift quite well. Essentially, you hit the left Shift on its own, and you get an opening parenthesis; hit the right Shift on its own, and you get the closing one. When hit with other keys, the Shift key keeps working as it always does. Yes, it's as cool as it sounds. Head on over to the [Space Cadet Shift](space_cadet_shift.md) page to read about it.
+
+## The Leader key: A new kind of modifier
+
+Most modifiers have to be held or toggled. But what if you had a key that indicated the start of a sequence? You could press that key and then rapidly press 1-3 more keys to trigger a macro, or enter a special layer, or anything else you might want to do. To learn more about it check out the [Leader Key](feature_leader_key.md) page.
+
+## Tap Dance: A single key can do 3, 5, or 100 different things
+
+Hit the semicolon key once, send a semicolon. Hit it twice, rapidly -- send a colon. Hit it three times, and your keyboard's LEDs do a wild dance. That's just one example of what Tap Dance can do. Read more about it on the [Tap Dance](tap_dance.md) page.
+
+## Temporarily setting the default layer
+
+`DF(layer)` - sets default layer to _layer_. The default layer is the one at the "bottom" of the layer stack - the ultimate fallback layer. This currently does not persist over power loss. When you plug the keyboard back in, layer 0 will always be the default. It is theoretically possible to work around that, but that's not what `DF` does.
+
+## Macro shortcuts: Send a whole string when pressing just one key
+
+How would you like a single keypress to send a whole word, sentence, paragraph, or even document? Head on over to the [Macros](macros.md) page to read up on all aspects of Simple and Dynamic Macros.
+
+## Additional keycode aliases for software-implemented layouts \(Colemak, Dvorak, etc\)
+
+Everything is assuming you're in Qwerty \(in software\) by default, but there is built-in support for using a Colemak or Dvorak layout by including this at the top of your keymap:
+
+```
+#include <keymap_colemak.h>
+```
+
+If you use Dvorak, use `keymap_dvorak.h` instead of `keymap_colemak.h` for this line. After including this line, you will get access to:
+
+* `CM_*` for all of the Colemak-equivalent characters
+* `DV_*` for all of the Dvorak-equivalent characters
+
+These implementations assume you're using Colemak or Dvorak on your OS, not on your keyboard - this is referred to as a software-implemented layout. If your computer is in Qwerty and your keymap is in Colemak or Dvorak, this is referred to as a firmware-implemented layout, and you won't need these features.
+
+To give an example, if you're using software-implemented Colemak, and want to get an `F`, you would use `CM_F`. Using `KC_F` under these same circumstances would result in `T`.
+
+## Backlight Breathing
+
+In order to enable backlight breathing, the following line must be added to your config.h file.
+
+```
+#define BACKLIGHT_BREATHING
+```
+
+The following function calls are used to control the breathing effect.
+
+* `breathing_enable()` - Enable the free-running breathing effect.
+* `breathing_disable()` - Disable the free-running breathing effect immediately.
+* `breathing_self_disable()` - Disable the free-running breathing effect after the current effect ends.
+* `breathing_toggle()` - Toggle the free-running breathing effect.
+* `breathing_defaults()` - Reset the speed and brightness settings of the breathing effect.
+
+The following function calls are used to control the maximum brightness of the breathing effect.
+
+* `breathing_intensity_set(value)` - Set the brightness of the breathing effect when it is at its max value.
+* `breathing_intensity_default()` - Reset the brightness of the breathing effect to the default value based on the current backlight intensity.
+
+The following function calls are used to control the cycling speed of the breathing effect.
+
+* `breathing_speed_set(value)` - Set the speed of the breathing effect - how fast it cycles.
+* `breathing_speed_inc(value)` - Increase the speed of the breathing effect by a fixed value.
+* `breathing_speed_dec(value)` - Decrease the speed of the breathing effect by a fixed value.
+* `breathing_speed_default()` - Reset the speed of the breathing effect to the default value.
+
+The following example shows how to enable the backlight breathing effect when the FUNCTION layer macro button is pressed:
+
+```
+case MACRO_FUNCTION:
+    if (record->event.pressed)
+    {
+        breathing_speed_set(3);
+        breathing_enable();
+        layer_on(LAYER_FUNCTION);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        breathing_speed_set(1);
+        breathing_self_disable();
+        layer_off(LAYER_FUNCTION);
+    }
+    break;
+```
+
+The following example shows how to pulse the backlight on-off-on when the RAISED layer macro button is pressed:
+
+```
+case MACRO_RAISED:
+  if (record->event.pressed)
+  {
+    layer_on(LAYER_RAISED);
+    breathing_speed_set(2);
+    breathing_pulse();
+    update_tri_layer(LAYER_LOWER, LAYER_RAISED, LAYER_ADJUST);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    layer_off(LAYER_RAISED);
+    update_tri_layer(LAYER_LOWER, LAYER_RAISED, LAYER_ADJUST);
+  }
+  break;
+```
diff --git a/docs/getting_started_build_tools.md b/docs/getting_started_build_tools.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e46b7f2e53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/getting_started_build_tools.md
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+# Installing Build Tools
+
+This page describes setting up the build environment for QMK. These instructions cover AVR processors (such as the atmega32u4.)
+
+<!-- FIXME: We should have ARM instructions somewhere. -->
+
+## Linux
+
+To ensure you are always up to date, you can just run `sudo util/install_dependencies.sh`. That should always install all the dependencies needed. **This will run `apt-get upgrade`.**
+
+You can also install things manually, but this documentation might not be always up to date with all requirements.
+
+The current requirements are the following, but not all might be needed depending on what you do. Also note that some systems might not have all the dependencies available as packages, or they might be named differently.
+
+```
+build-essential
+gcc
+unzip
+wget
+zip
+gcc-avr
+binutils-avr
+avr-libc
+dfu-programmer
+dfu-util
+gcc-arm-none-eabi
+binutils-arm-none-eabi
+libnewlib-arm-none-eabi
+git
+```
+
+Install the dependencies with your favorite package manager.
+
+Debian/Ubuntu example:
+
+    sudo apt-get update
+    sudo apt-get install gcc unzip wget zip gcc-avr binutils-avr avr-libc dfu-programmer dfu-util gcc-arm-none-eabi binutils-arm-none-eabi libnewlib-arm-none-eabi
+
+# Mac
+If you're using [homebrew,](http://brew.sh/) you can use the following commands:
+
+    brew tap osx-cross/avr
+    brew install avr-libc
+    brew install dfu-programmer
+
+This is the recommended method. If you don't have homebrew, [install it!](http://brew.sh/) It's very much worth it for anyone who works in the command line. Note that the `make` and `make install` portion during the homebrew installation of avr-libc can take over 20 minutes and exhibit high CPU usage.
+
+## Windows with msys2 (recommended)
+
+The best environment to use, for Windows Vista through any later version (tested on 7 and 10,) is [msys2](http://www.msys2.org).
+
+* Install msys2 by downloading and following the instructions here: http://www.msys2.org
+* Open the "MSYS2 MingGW 64-bit" shortcut
+* Navigate to your qmk checkout. For example, if it's in the root of your c drive:
+ * `$ cd /c/qmk_firmware`
+* Run `util/msys2_install.sh` and follow the prompts
+
+## Windows 10 (deprecated)
+These are the old instructions for Windows 10. We recommend you use [MSYS2 as outlined above](#windows-with-msys2-recommended).
+
+### Creators Update
+If you have Windows 10 with Creators Update or later, you can build and flash the firmware directly. Before the Creators Update, only building was possible. If you don't have it yet or if are unsure, follow [these instructions](https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/instantanswers/d4efb316-79f0-1aa1-9ef3-dcada78f3fa0/get-the-windows-10-creators-update).
+
+### Windows Subsystem for Linux
+In addition to the Creators Update, you need Windows 10 Subystem for Linux, so install it following [these instructions](http://www.howtogeek.com/249966/how-to-install-and-use-the-linux-bash-shell-on-windows-10/). If you already have the Windows 10 Subsystem for Linux from the Anniversary update it's recommended that you [upgrade](https://betanews.com/2017/04/14/upgrade-windows-subsystem-for-linux/) it to 16.04LTS, because some keyboards don't compile with the toolchains included in 14.04LTS. Note that you need to know what your are doing if you chose the `sudo do-release-upgrade` method.
+
+### Git
+If you already have cloned the repository on your Windows file system you can ignore this section.
+
+You will need to clone the repository to your Windows file system using the normal Git for Windows and **not** the WSL Git. So if you haven't installed Git before, [download](https://git-scm.com/download/win) and install it. Then [set it up](https://git-scm.com/book/en/v2/Getting-Started-First-Time-Git-Setup), it's important that you setup the e-mail and user name, especially if you are planning to contribute. 
+
+Once Git is installed, open the Git bash command and change the directory to where you want to clone QMK, note that you have to use forward slashes, and that your c drive is accessed like this `/c/path/to/where/you/want/to/go`. Then run `git clone --recurse-submodules https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware`, this will create a new folder `qmk_firmware` as a subfolder of the current one.
+
+### Toolchain setup
+The Toolchain setup is done through the Windows Subsystem for Linux, and the process is fully automated. If you want to do everything manually, there are no other instructions than the scripts themselves, but you can always open issues and ask for more information.
+
+1. Open "Bash On Ubuntu On Windows" from the start menu. 
+2. Go to the directory where you cloned `qmk_firmware`. Note that the paths start with `/mnt/` in the WSL, so you have to write for example `cd /mnt/c/path/to/qmk_firmware`. 
+3. Run `util/wsl_install.sh` and follow the on-screen instructions.
+4. Close the Bash command window, and re-open it.
+5. You are ready to compile and flash the firmware!
+
+### Some important things to keep in mind
+* You can run `util/wsl_install.sh` again to get all the newest updates.
+* Your QMK repository need to be on a Windows file system path, since WSL can't run executables outside it.
+* The WSL Git is **not** compatible with the Windows Git, so use the Windows Git Bash or a windows Git GUI for all Git operations
+* You can edit files either inside WSL or normally using Windows, but note that if you edit makefiles or shell scripts, make sure you are using an editor that saves the files with Unix line endings. Otherwise the compilation might not work.
+
+## Windows (Vista and later) (Deprecated)
+
+These are the old instructions for Windows Vista and later. We recommend you use [MSYS2 as outlined above](#windows-with-msys2-recommended).
+
+1. If you have ever installed WinAVR, uninstall it.
+2. Install [MHV AVR Tools](https://infernoembedded.com/sites/default/files/project/MHV_AVR_Tools_20131101.exe). Disable smatch, but **be sure to leave the option to add the tools to the PATH checked**.
+3. If you are going to flash Infinity based keyboards you will need to install dfu-util, refer to the instructions by [Input Club](https://github.com/kiibohd/controller/wiki/Loading-DFU-Firmware).
+4. Install [MinGW](https://sourceforge.net/projects/mingw/files/Installer/mingw-get-setup.exe/download). During installation, uncheck the option to install a graphical user interface. **DO NOT change the default installation folder.** The scripts depend on the default location.
+5. Clone this repository. [This link will download it as a zip file, which you'll need to extract.](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/archive/master.zip) Open the extracted folder in Windows Explorer.
+6. Open the `\util` folder.
+7. Double-click on the `1-setup-path-win` batch script to run it. You'll need to accept a User Account Control prompt. Press the spacebar to dismiss the success message in the command prompt that pops up.
+8. Right-click on the `2-setup-environment-win` batch script, select "Run as administrator", and accept the User Account Control prompt. This part may take a couple of minutes, and you'll need to approve a driver installation, but once it finishes, your environment is complete!
+
+If you have trouble and want to ask for help, it is useful to generate a *Win_Check_Output.txt* file by running `Win_Check.bat` in the `\util` folder.
+
+## Docker
+
+If this is a bit complex for you, Docker might be the turn-key solution you need. After installing [Docker](https://www.docker.com/products/docker), run the following command at the root of the QMK folder to build a keyboard/keymap:
+
+```bash
+# You'll run this every time you want to build a keymap
+# modify the keymap and keyboard assigment to compile what you want
+# defaults are ergodox/default
+
+docker run -e keymap=gwen -e subproject=ez -e keyboard=ergodox --rm -v $('pwd'):/qmk:rw edasque/qmk_firmware
+
+# On windows docker seems to have issue with VOLUME tag in Dockerfile, and $('pwd') won't print a windows compliant path, use full path instead like this
+docker run -e keymap=default -e subproject=ez -e keyboard=ergobox --rm -v D:/Users/Sacapuces/Documents/Repositories/qmk:/qmk:rw edasque/qmk_firmware
+
+```
+
+This will compile the targeted keyboard/keymap and leave it in your QMK directory for you to flash.
+
+## Vagrant
+If you have any problems building the firmware, you can try using a tool called Vagrant. It will set up a virtual computer with a known configuration that's ready-to-go for firmware building. OLKB does NOT host the files for this virtual computer. Details on how to set up Vagrant are in the [vagrant guide](vagrant_guide.md).
diff --git a/docs/getting_started_github.md b/docs/getting_started_github.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..387ddd91e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/getting_started_github.md
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+# How to use Github with QMK
+
+Github can be a little tricky to those that aren't familiar with it - this guide will walk through each step of forking, cloning, and submitting a pull request with QMK.
+
+{% hint style='info' %}
+This guide assumes you're somewhat comfortable with running things at the command line, and have git installed on your system.
+{% endhint %}
+
+Start on the [QMK Github page](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware), and you'll see a button in the upper right that says "Fork":
+
+![Fork on Github](http://i.imgur.com/8Toomz4.jpg)
+
+If you're apart of an organization, you'll need to choose which account to fork it to. In most circumstances, you'll want to fork it to your personal account. Once your fork is completed (sometimes this takes a little while), click the "Clone or Download" button:
+
+![Download from Github](http://i.imgur.com/N1NYcSz.jpg)
+
+And be sure to select "HTTPS", and select the link and copy it:
+
+![HTTPS link](http://i.imgur.com/eGO0ohO.jpg)
+
+From here, enter `git clone ` into the command line, and then paste your link:
+
+```
+**[terminal]
+**[prompt you@computer]**[path ~]**[delimiter  $ ]**[command git clone https://github.com/whoeveryouare/qmk_firmware.git]
+Cloning into 'qmk_firmware'...
+remote: Counting objects: 46625, done.
+remote: Compressing objects: 100% (2/2), done.
+remote: Total 46625 (delta 0), reused 0 (delta 0), pack-reused 46623
+Receiving objects: 100% (46625/46625), 84.47 MiB | 3.14 MiB/s, done.
+Resolving deltas: 100% (29362/29362), done.
+Checking out files: 100% (2799/2799), done.
+```
+
+You now have your QMK fork on your local machine, and you can add your keymap, compile it and flash it to your board. Once you're happy with your changes, you can add, commit, and push them to your fork like this:
+
+```
+**[terminal]
+**[prompt you@computer]**[path ~/qmk_firmware]**[delimiter  $ ]**[command git add .]
+**[prompt you@computer]**[path ~/qmk_firmware]**[delimiter  $ ]**[command git commit -m "adding my keymap"]
+[master cccb1608] adding my keymap
+ 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+)
+ create mode 100644 keyboards/planck/keymaps/mine/keymap.c
+**[prompt you@computer]**[path ~/qmk_firmware]**[delimiter  $ ]**[command git push]
+Counting objects: 1, done.
+Delta compression using up to 4 threads.
+Compressing objects: 100% (1/1), done.
+Writing objects: 100% (1/1), 1.64 KiB | 0 bytes/s, done.
+Total 1 (delta 1), reused 0 (delta 0)
+remote: Resolving deltas: 100% (1/1), completed with 1 local objects.
+To https://github.com/whoeveryouare/qmk_firmware.git
+ + 20043e64...7da94ac5 master -> master
+```
+
+Your changes now exist on your fork on Github - if you go back there (https://github.com/<whoeveryouare>/qmk_firmware), you can create a "New Pull Request" by clicking this button:
+
+![New Pull Request](http://i.imgur.com/DxMHpJ8.jpg)
+
+Here you'll be able to see exactly what you've committed - if it all looks good, you can finalize it by clicking "Create Pull Request":
+
+![Create Pull Request](http://i.imgur.com/Ojydlaj.jpg)
+
+After submitting, we may talk to you about your changes, ask that you make changes, and eventually accept it! Thanks for contributing to QMK :)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/getting_started_instroduction.md b/docs/getting_started_instroduction.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3cd27504d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/getting_started_instroduction.md
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+# Introduction
+
+This page attempts to explain the basic information you need to know to work with the QMK project. It assumes that you are familiar with navigating a UNIX shell, but does not assume you are familiar with C or with compiling using make.
+
+## Basic QMK structure
+
+QMK is a fork of @tmk's [tmk_keyboard](https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard) project. The original TMK code, with modifications, can be found in the `tmk` folder. The QMK additions to the project may be found in the `quantum` folder. Keyboard projects may be found in the `handwired` and `keyboard` folders.
+
+### Keyboard project structure
+
+Within the `handwired` and `keyboard` folders is a directory for each keyboard project, for example `qmk_firmware/keyboards/clueboard`. Within you'll find the following structure:
+
+* `keymaps/`: Different keymaps that can be built
+* `rules.mk`: The file that sets the default "make" options. Do not edit this file directly, instead use a keymap specific `Makefile`.
+* `config.h`: The file that sets the default compile time options. Do not edit this file directly, instead use a keymap specific `config.h`.
+
+### Keymap structure
+
+In every keymap folder, the following files may be found. Only `keymap.c` is required, if the rest of the files are not found the default options will be chosen.
+
+* `config.h`: the options to configure your keymap
+* `keymap.c`: all of your keymap code, required
+* `rules.mk`: the features of QMK that are enabled
+* `readme.md`: a description of your keymap, how others might use it, and explanations of features. Please upload images to a service like imgur.
+
+# The `config.h` file
+
+There are 2 `config.h` locations:
+
+* keyboard (`/keyboards/<keyboard>/config.h`)
+* keymap (`/keyboards/<keyboard>/keymaps/<keymap>/config.h`)
+
+If the keymap `config.h` exists that file is included by the build system and the keyboard `config.h` is not included. If you wish to override settings in your keymap's `config.h` you will need to include some glue code:
+
+```
+#ifndef CONFIG_USER_H
+#define CONFIG_USER_H
+
+#include "../../config.h"
+```
+
+If you want to override a setting from the parent `config.h` file, you need to `#undef` and then `#define` the setting again, like this:
+
+```c
+#undef MY_SETTING
+#define MY_SETTING 4
+```
diff --git a/docs/getting_started_make_guide.md b/docs/getting_started_make_guide.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fac801082f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/getting_started_make_guide.md
@@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
+# More detailed make instruction
+
+The full syntax of the `make` command is the following, but parts of the command can be left out if you run it from other directories than the `root` (as you might already have noticed by reading the simple instructions).
+
+`<keyboard>-<subproject>-<keymap>-<target>`, where:
+
+* `<keyboard>` is the name of the keyboard, for example `planck`
+  * Use `allkb` to compile all keyboards
+* `<subproject>` is the name of the subproject (revision or sub-model of the keyboard). For example, for Ergodox it can be `ez` or `infinity`, and for Planck `rev3` or `rev4`.
+  * If the keyboard doesn't have any subprojects, it can be left out
+  * To compile the default subproject, you can leave it out, or specify `defaultsp`
+  * Use `allsp` to compile all subprojects
+* `<keymap>` is the name of the keymap, for example `algernon`
+  * Use `allkm` to compile all keymaps
+* `<target>` will be explained in more detail below.
+
+**Note:** When you leave some parts of the command out, you should also remove the dash (`-`).
+
+As mentioned above, there are some shortcuts, when you are in a:
+
+* `keyboard` folder, the command will automatically fill the `<keyboard>` part. So you only need to type `<subproject>-<keymap>-<target>`
+* `subproject` folder, it will fill in both `<keyboard>` and `<subproject>`
+* `keymap` folder, then `<keyboard>` and `<keymap>` will be filled in. If you need to specify the `<subproject>` use the following syntax `<subproject>-<target>`
+  * Note in order to support this shortcut, the keymap needs its own Makefile
+* `keymap` folder of a `subproject`, then everything except the `<target>` will be filled in
+
+The `<target>` means the following
+* If no target is given, then it's the same as `all` below
+* `all` compiles the keyboard and generates a `<keyboard>_<keymap>.hex` file in whichever folder you run `make` from. These files are ignored by git, so don't worry about deleting them when committing/creating pull requests.
+* `dfu`, `teensy` or `dfu-util`, compile and upload the firmware to the keyboard. If the compilation fails, then nothing will be uploaded. The programmer to use depends on the keyboard. For most keyboards it's `dfu`, but for Infinity keyboards you should use `dfu-util`, and `teensy` for standard Teensys. To find out which command you should use for your keyboard, check the keyboard specific readme. **Note** that some operating systems needs root access for these commands to work, so in that case you need to run for example `sudo make dfu`.
+* `clean`, cleans the build output folders to make sure that everything is built from scratch. Run this before normal compilation if you have some unexplainable problems.
+
+Some other targets are supported but, but not important enough to be documented here. Check the source code of the make files for more information.
+
+You can also add extra options at the end of the make command line, after the target
+
+* `make COLOR=false` - turns off color output
+* `make SILENT=true` - turns off output besides errors/warnings
+* `make VERBOSE=true` - outputs all of the gcc stuff (not interesting, unless you need to debug)
+* `make EXTRAFLAGS=-E` - Preprocess the code without doing any compiling (useful if you are trying to debug #define commands)
+
+The make command itself also has some additional options, type `make --help` for more information. The most useful is probably `-jx`, which specifies that you want to compile using more than one CPU, the `x` represents the number of CPUs that you want to use. Setting that can greatly reduce the compile times, especially if you are compiling many keyboards/keymaps. I usually set it to one less than the number of CPUs that I have, so that I have some left for doing other things while it's compiling. Note that not all operating systems and make versions supports that option.
+
+Here are some examples commands
+
+* `make allkb-allsp-allkm` builds everything (all keyboards, all subprojects, all keymaps). Running just `make` from the `root` will also run this.
+* `make` from within a `keyboard` directory, is the same as `make keyboard-allsp-allkm`, which compiles all subprojects and keymaps of the keyboard. **NOTE** that this behaviour has changed. Previously it compiled just the default keymap.
+* `make ergodox-infinity-algernon-clean` will clean the build output of the Ergodox Infinity keyboard. This example uses the full syntax and can be run from any folder with a `Makefile`
+* `make dfu COLOR=false` from within a keymap folder, builds and uploads the keymap, but without color output.
+
+# The `Makefile`
+
+There are 5 different `make` and `Makefile` locations:
+
+* root (`/`)
+* keyboard (`/keyboards/<keyboard>/`)
+* keymap (`/keyboards/<keyboard>/keymaps/<keymap>/`)
+* subproject (`/keyboards/<keyboard>/<subproject>`)
+* subproject keymap (`/keyboards/<keyboard>/<subproject>/keymaps/<keymap>`)
+
+The root contains the code used to automatically figure out which keymap or keymaps to compile based on your current directory and commandline arguments. It's considered stable, and shouldn't be modified. The keyboard one will contain the MCU set-up and default settings for your keyboard, and shouldn't be modified unless you are the producer of that keyboard. The keymap Makefile can be modified by users, and is optional. It is included automatically if it exists. You can see an example [here](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/doc/keymap_makefile_example.mk) - the last few lines are the most important. The settings you set here will override any defaults set in the keyboard Makefile. **The file is required if you want to run `make` in the keymap folder.**
+
+For keyboards and subprojects, the make files are split in two parts `Makefile` and `rules.mk`. All settings can be found in the `rules.mk` file, while the `Makefile` is just there for support and including the root `Makefile`. Keymaps contain just one `Makefile` for simplicity.
+
+## Makefile options
+
+Set these variables to `no` to disable them, and `yes` to enable them.
+
+`BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE`
+
+This allows you to hold a key and the salt key (space by default) and have access to a various EEPROM settings that persist over power loss. It's advised you keep this disabled, as the settings are often changed by accident, and produce confusing results that makes it difficult to debug. It's one of the more common problems encountered in help sessions.
+
+Consumes about 1000 bytes.
+
+`MOUSEKEY_ENABLE`
+
+This gives you control over cursor movements and clicks via keycodes/custom functions.
+
+`EXTRAKEY_ENABLE`
+
+This allows you to use the system and audio control key codes.
+
+`CONSOLE_ENABLE`
+
+This allows you to print messages that can be read using [`hid_listen`](https://www.pjrc.com/teensy/hid_listen.html). 
+
+By default, all debug (*dprint*) print (*print*, *xprintf*), and user print (*uprint*) messages will be enabled. This will eat up a significant portion of the flash and may make the keyboard .hex file too big to program. 
+
+To disable debug messages (*dprint*) and reduce the .hex file size, include `#define NO_DEBUG` in your `config.h` file.
+
+To disable print messages (*print*, *xprintf*) and user print messages (*uprint*) and reduce the .hex file size, include `#define NO_PRINT` in your `config.h` file.
+
+To disable print messages (*print*, *xprintf*) and **KEEP** user print messages (*uprint*), include `#define USER_PRINT` in your `config.h` file.
+
+To see the text, open `hid_listen` and enjoy looking at your printed messages.
+
+**NOTE:** Do not include *uprint* messages in anything other than your keymap code. It must not be used within the QMK system framework. Otherwise, you will bloat other people's .hex files. 
+
+Consumes about 400 bytes.
+
+`COMMAND_ENABLE`
+
+This enables magic commands, typically fired with the default magic key combo `LSHIFT+RSHIFT+KEY`. Magic commands include turning on debugging messages (`MAGIC+D`) or temporarily toggling NKRO (`MAGIC+N`).
+
+`SLEEP_LED_ENABLE`
+
+Enables your LED to breath while your computer is sleeping. Timer1 is being used here. This feature is largely unused and untested, and needs updating/abstracting.
+
+`NKRO_ENABLE`
+
+This allows the keyboard to tell the host OS that up to 248 keys are held down at once (default without NKRO is 6). NKRO is off by default, even if `NKRO_ENABLE` is set. NKRO can be forced by adding `#define FORCE_NKRO` to your config.h or by binding `MAGIC_TOGGLE_NKRO` to a key and then hitting the key.
+
+`BACKLIGHT_ENABLE`
+
+This enables your backlight on Timer1 and ports B5, B6, or B7 (for now). You can specify your port by putting this in your `config.h`:
+
+    #define BACKLIGHT_PIN B7
+
+`MIDI_ENABLE`
+
+This enables MIDI sending and receiving with your keyboard. To enter MIDI send mode, you can use the keycode `MI_ON`, and `MI_OFF` to turn it off. This is a largely untested feature, but more information can be found in the `quantum/quantum.c` file.
+
+`UNICODE_ENABLE`
+
+This allows you to send unicode symbols via `UC(<unicode>)` in your keymap. Only codes up to 0x7FFF are currently supported.
+
+`UNICODEMAP_ENABLE`
+
+This allows sending unicode symbols using `X(<unicode>)` in your keymap. Codes
+up to 0xFFFFFFFF are supported, including emojis. You will need to maintain
+a separate mapping table in your keymap file.
+
+Known limitations:
+- Under Mac OS, only codes up to 0xFFFF are supported.
+- Under Linux ibus, only codes up to 0xFFFFF are supported (but anything important is still under this limit for now).
+
+Characters out of range supported by the OS will be ignored.
+
+`BLUETOOTH_ENABLE`
+
+This allows you to interface with a Bluefruit EZ-key to send keycodes wirelessly. It uses the D2 and D3 pins.
+
+`AUDIO_ENABLE`
+
+This allows you output audio on the C6 pin (needs abstracting). See the [audio page](feature_audio.md) for more information.
+
+`FAUXCLICKY_ENABLE`
+
+Uses buzzer to emulate clicky switches. A cheap imitation of the Cherry blue switches. By default, uses the C6 pin, same as AUDIO_ENABLE.
+
+`VARIABLE_TRACE`
+
+Use this to debug changes to variable values, see the [tracing variables](unit_testing.md#tracing-variables) section of the Unit Testing page for more information.
+
+`API_SYSEX_ENABLE`
+
+This enables using the Quantum SYSEX API to send strings (somewhere?)
+
+This consumes about 5390 bytes.
+
+`KEY_LOCK_ENABLE`
+
+This enables [key lock](key_lock.md). This consumes an additional 260 bytes.
+
+## Customizing Makefile options on a per-keymap basis
+
+If your keymap directory has a file called `Makefile` (note the filename), any Makefile options you set in that file will take precedence over other Makefile options for your particular keyboard.
+
+So let's say your keyboard's makefile has `BACKLIGHT_ENABLE = yes` (or maybe doesn't even list the `BACKLIGHT_ENABLE` option, which would cause it to be off). You want your particular keymap to not have the debug console, so you make a file called `Makefile` and specify `BACKLIGHT_ENABLE = no`.
+
+You can use the `docs/keymap_makefile_example.md` as a template/starting point.
diff --git a/docs/getting_started_vagrant.md b/docs/getting_started_vagrant.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e6551cb25b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/getting_started_vagrant.md
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+# Vagrant Quick Start
+
+This project includes a Vagrantfile that will allow you to build a new firmware for your keyboard very easily without major changes to your primary operating system. This also ensures that when you clone the project and perform a build, you have the exact same environment as anyone else using the Vagrantfile to build. This makes it much easier for people to help you troubleshoot any issues you encounter.
+
+## Requirements
+
+Using the `/Vagrantfile` in this repository requires you have [Vagrant](http://www.vagrantup.com/) as well as [VirtualBox](https://www.virtualbox.org/) (or [VMware Workstation](https://www.vmware.com/products/workstation) and [Vagrant VMware plugin](http://www.vagrantup.com/vmware) but the (paid) VMware plugin requires a licensed copy of VMware Workstation/Fusion).
+
+*COMPATIBILITY NOTICE* Certain versions of Virtualbox 5 appear to have an incompatibility with the Virtualbox extensions installed in the boxes in this Vagrantfile. If you encounter any issues with the /vagrant mount not succeeding, please upgrade your version of Virtualbox to at least 5.0.12. **Alternately, you can try running the following command:** `vagrant plugin install vagrant-vbguest`
+
+Other than having Vagrant and Virtualbox installed and possibly a restart of your computer afterwards, you can simple run a 'vagrant up' anywhere inside the folder where you checked out this project and it will start a Linux virtual machine that contains all the tools required to build this project. There is a post Vagrant startup hint that will get you off on the right foot, otherwise you can also reference the build documentation below.
+
+# Flashing the firmware
+
+The "easy" way to flash the firmware is using a tool from your host OS:
+
+* [QMK Flasher](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_flasher)
+* [Teensy Loader](https://www.pjrc.com/teensy/loader.html)
+* [Atmel FLIP](http://www.atmel.com/tools/flip.aspx)
+
+If you want to program via the command line you can uncomment the ['modifyvm'] lines in the Vagrantfile to enable the USB passthrough into Linux and then program using the command line tools like dfu-util/dfu-programmer or you can install the Teensy CLI version.
diff --git a/docs/git_subtree.md b/docs/git_subtree.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 4fd7f8beaa..0000000000
--- a/docs/git_subtree.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-## Update core branch procedure
-    git co master
-    git subtree split -P tmk_core -b <tmp_branch>
-    git co core
-    git merge <tmp_branch>
-    git co master
-    git subtree merge -P tmk_core --squash
diff --git a/docs/gitbook/images/favicon.ico b/docs/gitbook/images/favicon.ico
index bd9e65bce2..2b4e04abaf 100644
--- a/docs/gitbook/images/favicon.ico
+++ b/docs/gitbook/images/favicon.ico
diff --git a/docs/gitbook/images/favicon.png b/docs/gitbook/images/favicon.png
index 0f3343db0d..509cebd879 100644
--- a/docs/gitbook/images/favicon.png
+++ b/docs/gitbook/images/favicon.png
diff --git a/docs/glossary.md b/docs/glossary.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e1103ec94a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/glossary.md
@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+# Glossary of QMK terms
+
+## ARM
+A line of 32-bit MCU's produced by a number of companies, such as Atmel, Cypress, Kinetis, NXP, ST, and TI.
+
+## AVR
+A line of 8-bit MCU's produced by [Atmel](http://atmel.com). AVR was the original platform that TMK supported.
+
+## AZERTY
+The standard Français (French) keyboard layout. Named for the first 6 keys on the keyboard.
+
+## Backlight
+A generic term for lighting on a keyboard. The backlight is typically, but not always, an array of LED's that shine through keycaps and/or switches.
+
+## Bluetooth
+A short range peer to peer wireless protocol. Most common wireless protocol for a keyboard.
+
+## Bootloader
+A special program that is written to a protected area of your MCU that allows the MCU to upgrade its own firmware, typically over USB.
+
+## Bootmagic
+A feature that allows for various keyboard behavior changes to happen on the fly, such as swapping or disabling common keys.
+
+## C
+A low-level programming language suitable for system code. Most QMK code is written in C.
+
+## Colemak
+An alternative keyboard layout that is gaining in popularity.
+
+## Compile
+The process of turning human readable code into machine code your MCU can run.
+
+## Dvorak
+An alternative keyboard layout developed by Dr. August Dvorak in the 1930's. A shortened form of the Dvorak Simplified Keyboard.
+
+## Dynamic Macro
+A macro which has been recorded on the keyboard and which will be lost when the keyboard is unplugged or the computer rebooted.
+
+* [Dynamic Macro Documentation](dynamic_macros.html)
+
+## Eclipse
+An IDE that is popular with many C developers.
+
+* [Eclipse Setup Instructions](eclipse.html)
+
+## Firmware
+The software that controls your MCU.
+
+## FLIP
+Software provided by Atmel for flashing AVR devices. We generally recommend [QMK Flasher](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_flasher) instead, but for some advanced use cases FLIP is required.
+
+## git
+Versioning software used at the commandline
+
+## GitHub
+The website that hosts most of the QMK project. It provides integration with git, issue tracking, and other features that help us run QMK.
+
+## ISP
+In-system programming, a method of programming an AVR chip using external hardware and the JTAG pins.
+
+## hid_listen
+An interface for receiving debugging messages from your keyboard. You can view these messages using [QMK Flasher](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_flasher) or [PJRC's hid_listen](https://www.pjrc.com/teensy/hid_listen.html)
+
+## Keycode
+A 2-byte number that represents a particular key. `0x00`-`0xFF` are used for [Basic Keycodes](keycodes_basic.html) while `0x100`-`0xFFFF` are used for [Quantum Keycodes](quantum_keycodes.html).
+
+## Key Down
+An event that happens when a key is pressed down, but is completed before a key is released.
+
+## Key Up
+An event that happens when a key is released.
+
+## Keymap
+An array of keycodes mapped to a physical keyboard layout, which are processed on key presses and releases
+
+## Layer
+An abstraction used to allow a key to serve multiple purposes. The highest active layer takes precedence.
+
+## Leader Key
+A feature that allows you to tap the leader key followed by a sequence of 1, 2, or 3 keys to activate key presses or other quantum features.
+
+* [Leader Key Documentation](feature_leader_key.html)
+
+## LED
+Light Emitting Diode, the most common device used for indicators on a keyboard.
+
+## Make
+Software package that is used to compile all the source files. You run `make` with various options to compile your keyboard firmware.
+
+## Matrix
+A wiring pattern of columns and rows that enables the MCU to detect keypresses with a fewer number of pins. The matrix often incorporates diodes to allow for NKRO.
+
+## Macro
+A feature that lets you send muiltple keypress events (hid reports) after having pressed only a single key.
+
+* [Macro Documentation](macros.html)
+
+## MCU
+Microcontrol Unit, the processor that powers your keyboard.
+
+## Modifier
+A key that is held down while typing another key to modify the action of that key. Examples include Ctrl, Alt, and Shift.
+
+## Mousekeys
+A feature that lets you control your mouse cursor and click from your keyboard.
+
+* [Mousekeys Documentation](mouse_keys.html)
+
+## N-Key Rollover (NKRO)
+A term that applies to keyboards that are capable of reporting any number of key-presses at once.
+
+## Oneshot Modifier
+A modifier that acts as if it is held down until another key is released, so you can press the mod and then press the key, rather than holding the mod while pressing the key.
+
+## ProMicro
+A low cost AVR development board. Clones of this device are often found on ebay very inexpensively (under $5) but people often struggle with flashing their pro micros.
+
+## Pull Request
+A request to submit code to QMK. We encourage all users to submit Pull Requests for their personal keymaps.
+
+## QWERTY
+The standard English keyboard layout, and often a shortcut for other language's standard layouts. Named for the first 6 letters on the keyboard.
+
+## QWERTZ
+The standard Deutsche (German) keyboard layout. Named for the first 6 letters on the keyboard.
+
+## Rollover
+The term for pressing a key while a key is already held down. Variants include 2KRO, 6KRO, and NKRO.
+
+## Scancode
+A 1 byte number that is sent as part of a HID report over USB that represents a single key. These numbers are documented in the [HID Usage Tables](http://www.usb.org/developers/hidpage/Hut1_12v2.pdf) published by the [USB-IF](http://www.usb.org/).
+
+## Space Cadet Shift
+A special set of shift keys which allow you to type various types of braces by tapping the left or right shift one or more times.
+
+* [Space Cadet Shift Documentation](space_cadet_shift.html)
+
+## Tap
+Pressing and releasing a key. In some situations you will need to distinguish between a key down and a key up event, and Tap always refers to both at once.
+
+## Tap Dance
+A feature that lets you assign muiltple keycodes to the same key based on how many times you press it.
+
+* [Tap Dance Documentation](tap_dance.md)
+
+## Teensy
+A low-cost AVR development board that is commonly used for hand-wired builds. A teensy is often chosen despite costing a few dollors more due to its halfkay bootloader, which makes flashing very simple.
+
+## Underlight
+A generic term for LEDs that light the underside of the board. These LED's typically shine away from the bottom of the PCB and towards the surface the keyboard rests on.
+
+## Unicode
+In the larger computer world Unicode is a set of encoding schemes for representing characters in any language. As it relates to QMK it means using various OS schemes to send unicode codepoints instead of scancodes.
+
+* [Unicode Documentation](unicode.md)
+
+## Unit Testing
+A framework for running automated tests against QMK. Unit testing helps us be confident that our changes do not break anything.
+
+* [Unit Testing Documentation](unit_testing.md)
+
+## USB
+Universal Serial Bus, the most common wired interface for a keyboard.
+
+## USB Host (or simply Host)
+The USB Host is your computer, or whatever device your keyboard is plugged into.
+
+# Couldn't find the term you're looking for?
+
+[Open an issue](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues) with your question and the term in question could be added here. Better still, open a pull request with the definition. :)  
diff --git a/docs/hand_wire.md b/docs/hand_wire.md
index 0d33728156..263cd59948 100644
--- a/docs/hand_wire.md
+++ b/docs/hand_wire.md
@@ -100,9 +100,9 @@ Things act as they should! Which will get us the following data:
 
 The firmware can then use this correct data to detect what it should do, and eventually, what signals it needs to send to the OS.
 
-## The actual hand-wiring
+# The actual hand-wiring
 
-### Getting things in place
+## Getting things in place
 
 When starting this, you should have all of your stabilisers and keyswitches already installed (and optionally keycaps). If you're using a Cherry-type stabiliser (plate-mounted only, obviously), you'll need to install that before your keyswitches. If you're using Costar ones, you can installed them afterwards.
 
@@ -112,27 +112,31 @@ Get your soldering iron heated-up and collect the rest of the materials from the
 
 Before continuing, plan out where you're going to place your Teensy. If you're working with a board that has a large (6.25u) spacebar, it may be a good idea to place it in-between switches against the plate. Otherwise, you may want to trim some of the leads on the keyswitches where you plan on putting it - this will make it a little harder to solder the wire/diodes, but give you more room to place the Teensy.
 
-### Preparing the diodes
+## Preparing the diodes
 
 It's a little easier to solder the diodes in place if you bend them at a 90º angle immediately after the black line - this will help to make sure you put them on the right way (direction matters), and in the correct position. The diodes will look like this when bent (with longer leads):
 
+```
        ┌─────┬─�
     ───┤     │ ├─�
        └─────┴─┘ │
                  │
+```
 
 We'll be using the long lead at the bent end to connect it to the elbow (bent part) of the next diode, creating the row.
 
-### Soldering the diodes
+## Soldering the diodes
 
 Starting at the top-left switch, place the diode (with tweezers if you have them) on the switch so that the diode itself is vertically aligned, and the black line is facing toward you. The straight end of the diode should be touching the left contact on the switch, and the bent end should be facing to the right and resting on the switch there, like this:
 
+```
      │o
     ┌┴�         o
     │ │    O
     ├─┤      
     └┬┘
      └─────────────
+```
 
 Letting the diode rest, grab your solder, and touch both it and the soldering iron to the left contact at the same time - the rosin in the solder should make it easy for the solder to flow over both the diode and the keyswitch contact. The diode may move a little, and if it does, carefully position it back it place by grabbing the bent end of the diode - the other end will become hot very quickly. If you find that it's moving too much, using needle-nose pliers of some sort may help to keep the diode still when soldering.
 
@@ -142,18 +146,20 @@ After soldering things in place, it may be helpful to blow on the joint to push
 
 When the first diode is complete, the next one will need to be soldered to both the keyswitch, and the previous diode at the new elbow. That will look something like this:
 
+```
      │o               │o
     ┌┴�         o    ┌┴�         o
     │ │    O         │ │    O
     ├─┤              ├─┤      
     └┬┘              └┬┘
      └────────────────┴─────────────
+```
 
 After completing a row, use the wire cutters to trim the excess wire from the tops of the diodes, and from the right side on the final switch. This process will need to completed for each row you have.
 
 When all of the diodes are completely soldered, it's a good idea to quickly inspect each one to ensure that your solder joints are solid and sturdy - repairing things after this is possible, but more difficult.
 
-### Soldering the columns
+## Soldering the columns
 
 You'll have some options in the next process - it's a good idea to insulate the column wires (since the diodes aren't), but if you're careful enough, you can use exposed wires for the columns - it's not recommended, though. If you're using single-cored wire, stripping the plastic off of the whole wire and feeding it back on is probably the best option, but can be difficult depending on the size and materials. You'll want to leave parts of the wire exposed where you're going to be solder it onto the keyswitch.
 
@@ -163,7 +169,7 @@ Before beginning to solder, it helps to have your wire pre-bent (if using single
 
 If you're not using any insulation, you can try to keep the column wires elevated, and solder them near the tips of the keyswitch contacts - if the wires are sturdy enough, they won't short out to the row wiring an diodes.
 
-### Wiring things to the Teensy
+## Wiring things to the Teensy
 
 Now that the matrix itself is complete, it's time to connect what you've done to the Teensy. You'll be needing the number of pins equal to your number of columns + your number of rows. There are some pins on the Teensy that are special, like D6 (the LED on the chip), or some of the UART, SPI, I2C, or PWM channels, but only avoid those if you're planning something in addition to a keyboard. If you're unsure about wanting to add something later, you should have enough pins in total to avoid a couple.
 
@@ -179,48 +185,55 @@ When you're done with the columns, start with the rows in the same process, from
 
 As you move along, be sure that the Teensy is staying in place - recutting and soldering the wires is a pain!
 
-### Getting some basic firmware set-up
+# Getting some basic firmware set-up
 
-From here, you should have a working keyboard with the correct firmware. Before we attach the Teensy permanently to the keyboard, let's quickly get some firmware loaded onto the Teensy so we can test each keyswitch.
+From here, you should have a working keyboard once you program a firmware. Before we attach the Teensy permanently to the keyboard, let's quickly get some firmware loaded onto the Teensy so we can test each keyswitch.
 
 To start out, download [the firmware](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/) - we'll be using my (Jack's) fork of TMK called QMK/Quantum. We'll be doing a lot from the Terminal/command prompt, so get that open, along with a decent text editor like [Sublime Text](http://www.sublimetext.com/).
 
 The first thing we're going to do is create a new project using the script in the root directory of the firmware. In your terminal, run this command with `<project_name>` replaced by the name of your project - it'll need to be different from any other project in the `keyboards/` folder:
 
+```
     util/new_project.sh <project_name>
+```
 
 You'll want to navigate to the `keyboards/<project_name>/` folder by typing, like the print-out from the script specifies:
 
     cd keyboards/<project_name>
 
-#### config.h
+### config.h
 
 The first thing you're going to want to modify is the `config.h` file. Find `MATRIX_ROWS` and `MATRIX_COLS` and change their definitions to match the dimensions of your keyboard's matrix.
 
 Farther down are `MATRIX_ROW_PINS` and `MATRIX_COL_PINS`. Change their definitions to match how you wired up your matrix (looking from the top of the keyboard, the rows run top-to-bottom and the columns run left-to-right). Likewise, change the definition of `UNUSED_PINS` to match the pins you did not use (this will save power).
 
-#### \<project_name\>.h
+### \<project_name\>.h
 
 The next file you'll want to look at is `<project_name>.h`. You're going to want to rewrite the `KEYMAP` definition - the format and syntax here is extremely important, so pay attention to how things are setup. The first half of the definition are considered the arguments - this is the format that you'll be following in your keymap later on, so you'll want to have as many k*xy* variables here as you do keys. The second half is the part that the firmware actually looks at, and will contain gaps depending on how you wired your matrix.
 
 We'll dive into how this will work with the following example. Say we have a keyboard like this:
 
+```
     ┌───┬───┬───�
     │   │   │   │
     ├───┴─┬─┴───┤
     │     │     │
     └─────┴─────┘
+```
 
 This can be described by saying the top row is 3 1u keys, and the bottom row is 2 1.5u keys. The difference between the two rows is important, because the bottom row has an unused column spot (3 v 2). Let's say that this is how we wired the columns:
 
+```
     ┌───┬───┬───�
     │ ┋ │ ┋ │ ┋ │
     ├─┋─┴─┬─┴─┋─┤
     │ ┋   │   ┋ │
     └─────┴─────┘
+```
 
 The middle column is unused on the bottom row in this example. Our `KEYMAP` definition would look like this:
 
+```
     #define KEYMAP( \
         k00, k01, k02, \
           k10,  k11,   \
@@ -229,19 +242,23 @@ The middle column is unused on the bottom row in this example. Our `KEYMAP` defi
         { k00, k01,   k02 }, \
         { k10, KC_NO, k11 }, \
     }
+```
 
 Notice how the top half is spaced to resemble our physical layout - this helps us understand which keys are associated with which columns. The bottom half uses the keycode `KC_NO` where there is no keyswitch wired in. It's easiest to keep the bottom half aligned in a grid to help us make sense of how the firmware actually sees the wiring.
 
 Let's say that instead, we wired our keyboard like this (a fair thing to do):
 
+```
     ┌───┬───┬───�
     │ ┋ │  ┋│ ┋ │
     ├─┋─┴─┬┋┴───┤
     │ ┋   │┋    │
     └─────┴─────┘
+```
 
 This would require our `KEYMAP` definition to look like this:
 
+```
     #define KEYMAP( \
         k00, k01, k02, \
           k10,  k11,   \
@@ -250,10 +267,11 @@ This would require our `KEYMAP` definition to look like this:
         { k00, k01, k02   }, \
         { k10, k11, KC_NO }, \
     }
+```
 
 Notice how the `k11` and `KC_NO` switched places to represent the wiring, and the unused final column on the bottom row. Sometimes it'll make more sense to put a keyswitch on a particular column, but in the end, it won't matter, as long as all of them are accounted for. You can use this process to write out the `KEYMAP` for your entire keyboard - be sure to remember that your keyboard is actually backwards when looking at the underside of it.
 
-#### keymaps/default.c
+### keymaps/default.c
 
 This is the actual keymap for your keyboard, and the main place you'll make changes as you perfect your layout. `default.c` is the file that gets pull by default when typing `make`, but you can make other files as well, and specify them by typing `make KEYMAP=<variant>`, which will pull `keymaps/<variant>.c`.
 
@@ -261,34 +279,38 @@ The basis of a keymap is its layers - by default, layer 0 is active. You can act
 
 Using our previous example, let's say we want to create the following layout:
 
+```
     ┌───┬───┬───�
     │ A │ 1 │ H │
     ├───┴─┬─┴───┤
     │ TAB │ SPC │
     └─────┴─────┘
+```
 
 This can be accomplished by using the following `keymaps` definition:
 
-    const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+```
+const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
     [0] = KEYMAP( /* Base */
       KC_A,  KC_1,  KC_H, \
         KC_TAB,  KC_SPC   \
     ),
-    };
+};
+```
 
-Note that the layout of the keycodes is similar to the physical layout of our keyboard - this make it much easier to see what's going on. A lot of the keycodes should be fairly obvious, but for a full list of them, check out [tmk_code/doc/keycode.txt](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/tmk_core/doc/keycode.txt) - there are also a lot of aliases to condense your keymap file.
+Note that the layout of the keycodes is similar to the physical layout of our keyboard - this make it much easier to see what's going on. A lot of the keycodes should be fairly obvious, but for a full list of them, check out [Keycodes](keycodes.md) - there are also a lot of aliases to condense your keymap file.
 
 It's also important to use the `KEYMAP` function we defined earlier - this is what allows the firmware to associate our intended readable keymap with the actual wiring.
 
-#### Compiling your firmware
+## Compiling your firmware
 
-After you've written out your entire keymap, you're ready to get the firmware compiled and onto your Teensy. Before compiling, you'll need to get your [development environment set-up](build_guide.md) - you can skip the dfu-programmer instructions, but you'll need to download and install the [Teensy Loader](https://www.pjrc.com/teensy/loader.html) to get the firmware on your Teensy.
+After you've written out your entire keymap, you're ready to get the firmware compiled and onto your Teensy. Before compiling, you'll need to get your [development environment set-up](getting_started_build_tools.md) - you can skip the dfu-programmer instructions, but you'll need to download and install the [Teensy Loader](https://www.pjrc.com/teensy/loader.html) to get the firmware on your Teensy.
 
 Once everything is installed, running `make` in the terminal should get you some output, and eventually a `<project_name>.hex` file in that folder. If you're having trouble with this step, see the end of the guide for the trouble-shooting section.
 
 Once you have your `<project_name>.hex` file, open up the Teensy loader application, and click the file icon. From here, navigate to your `QMK/keyboards/<project_name>/` folder, and select the `<project_name>.hex` file. Plug in your keyboard and press the button on the Teensy - you should see the LED on the device turn off once you do. The Teensy Loader app will change a little, and the buttons should be clickable - click the download button (down arrow), and then the reset button (right arrow), and your keyboard should be ready to go!
 
-#### Testing your firmware
+## Testing your firmware
 
 Carefully flip your keyboard over, open up a new text document, and try typing - you should get the characters that you put into your keymap. Test each key, and note the ones that aren't working. Here's a quick trouble-shooting guide for non-working keys:
 
@@ -302,20 +324,8 @@ Carefully flip your keyboard over, open up a new text document, and try typing -
 
 If you've done all of these things, keep in mind that sometimes you might have had multiple things affecting the keyswitch, so it doesn't hurt to test the keyswitch by shorting it out at the end.
 
-#### Securing the Teensy, finishing your hardware, getting fancier firmware
+# Securing the Teensy, finishing your hardware, getting fancier firmware
 
 Now that you have a working board, it's time to get things in their permanent positions. I've often used liberal amounts of hot glue to secure and insulate things, so if that's your style, start spreading that stuff like butter. Otherwise, double-sided tape is always an elegant solution, and electrical tape is a distant second. Due to the nature of these builds, a lot of this part is up to you and how you planned (or didn't plan) things out.
 
-There are a lot of possibilities inside the firmware - check out the [readme](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/readme.md) for a full feature list, and dive into the different project (Planck, Ergodox EZ, etc) to see how people use all of them. You can always stop by [the OLKB subreddit for help!](http://reddit.com/r/olkb)
-
-## Trouble-shooting compiling
-
-### Windows
-
-#### fork: Resource temporarily unavailable
-
-http://www.avrfreaks.net/forum/windows-81-compilation-error
-
-### Mac
-
-### Linux
+There are a lot of possibilities inside the firmware - explore [docs.qmk.fm](http://docs.qmk.fm) for a full feature list, and dive into the different project (Planck, Clueboard, Ergodox EZ, etc) to see how people use all of them. You can always stop by [the OLKB subreddit for help!](http://reddit.com/r/olkb)
diff --git a/docs/hhkb_alt_controller.md b/docs/hhkb_alt_controller.md
deleted file mode 100644
index c12d8d7ff9..0000000000
--- a/docs/hhkb_alt_controller.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
-# Alternative Controller for HHKB
-
-* [Geekhack.org thread](https://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=12047.0)
-
-* [Connector unmate](https://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=12047.msg1543860#msg1543860)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/home.md b/docs/home.md
deleted file mode 100644
index df27ebdc5e..0000000000
--- a/docs/home.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,134 +0,0 @@
-# Quantum Mechanical Keyboard Firmware
-
-You have found the QMK Firmware documentation site. This is a keyboard firmware based on the [tmk\_keyboard firmware](http://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard) \([view differences](differences_from_tmk.md)\) with some useful features for Atmel AVR controllers, and more specifically, the [OLKB product line](http://olkb.com), the [ErgoDox EZ](http://www.ergodox-ez.com) keyboard, and the [Clueboard product line](http://clueboard.co/). It has also been ported to ARM chips using ChibiOS. You can use it to power your own hand-wired or custom keyboard PCB.
-
-# Getting started
-
-Before you are able to compile, you'll need to install an environment for AVR or ARM development. You'll find the instructions for any OS below. If you find another/better way to set things up from scratch, please consider [making a pull request](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pulls) with your changes!
-
-* [Build Environment Setup](build_environment_setup.md)
-* [QMK Overview](qmk_overview.md)
-
-# Configuring QMK Firmware
-
-The QMK Firmware can be configured via the `keymaps` array data. For simply generating a [basic keycode](keycodes.md), you add it as an element of your `keymaps` array data. For more complicated actions, there are more advanced keycodes that are organized carefully to represent common operations, some of which can be found on the [Key Functions](key_functions.md) page.
-
-For more details of the `keymaps` array, see [Keymap Overview](keymap.md) page.
-
-## Space Cadet Shift: The future, built in
-
-Steve Losh [described](http://stevelosh.com/blog/2012/10/a-modern-space-cadet/) the Space Cadet Shift quite well. Essentially, you hit the left Shift on its own, and you get an opening parenthesis; hit the right Shift on its own, and you get the closing one. When hit with other keys, the Shift key keeps working as it always does. Yes, it's as cool as it sounds. Head on over to the [Space Cadet Shift](space_cadet_shift.md) page to read about it.
-
-## The Leader key: A new kind of modifier
-
-Most modifiers have to be held or toggled. But what if you had a key that indicated the start of a sequence? You could press that key and then rapidly press 1-3 more keys to trigger a macro, or enter a special layer, or anything else you might want to do. To learn more about it check out the [Leader Key](leader_key.md) page.
-
-## Tap Dance: A single key can do 3, 5, or 100 different things
-
-Hit the semicolon key once, send a semicolon. Hit it twice, rapidly -- send a colon. Hit it three times, and your keyboard's LEDs do a wild dance. That's just one example of what Tap Dance can do. Read more about it on the [Tap Dance](tap_dance.md) page.
-
-## Temporarily setting the default layer
-
-`DF(layer)` - sets default layer to _layer_. The default layer is the one at the "bottom" of the layer stack - the ultimate fallback layer. This currently does not persist over power loss. When you plug the keyboard back in, layer 0 will always be the default. It is theoretically possible to work around that, but that's not what `DF` does.
-
-## Macro shortcuts: Send a whole string when pressing just one key
-
-How would you like a single keypress to send a whole word, sentence, paragraph, or even document? Head on over to the [Macros](macros.md) page to read up on all aspects of Simple and Dynamic Macros.
-
-## Additional keycode aliases for software-implemented layouts \(Colemak, Dvorak, etc\)
-
-Everything is assuming you're in Qwerty \(in software\) by default, but there is built-in support for using a Colemak or Dvorak layout by including this at the top of your keymap:
-
-```
-#include <keymap_colemak.h>
-```
-
-If you use Dvorak, use `keymap_dvorak.h` instead of `keymap_colemak.h` for this line. After including this line, you will get access to:
-
-* `CM_*` for all of the Colemak-equivalent characters
-* `DV_*` for all of the Dvorak-equivalent characters
-
-These implementations assume you're using Colemak or Dvorak on your OS, not on your keyboard - this is referred to as a software-implemented layout. If your computer is in Qwerty and your keymap is in Colemak or Dvorak, this is referred to as a firmware-implemented layout, and you won't need these features.
-
-To give an example, if you're using software-implemented Colemak, and want to get an `F`, you would use `CM_F`. Using `KC_F` under these same circumstances would result in `T`.
-
-## Backlight Breathing
-
-In order to enable backlight breathing, the following line must be added to your config.h file.
-
-```
-#define BACKLIGHT_BREATHING
-```
-
-The following function calls are used to control the breathing effect.
-
-* `breathing_enable()` - Enable the free-running breathing effect.
-* `breathing_disable()` - Disable the free-running breathing effect immediately.
-* `breathing_self_disable()` - Disable the free-running breathing effect after the current effect ends.
-* `breathing_toggle()` - Toggle the free-running breathing effect.
-* `breathing_defaults()` - Reset the speed and brightness settings of the breathing effect.
-
-The following function calls are used to control the maximum brightness of the breathing effect.
-
-* `breathing_intensity_set(value)` - Set the brightness of the breathing effect when it is at its max value.
-* `breathing_intensity_default()` - Reset the brightness of the breathing effect to the default value based on the current backlight intensity.
-
-The following function calls are used to control the cycling speed of the breathing effect.
-
-* `breathing_speed_set(value)` - Set the speed of the breathing effect - how fast it cycles.
-* `breathing_speed_inc(value)` - Increase the speed of the breathing effect by a fixed value.
-* `breathing_speed_dec(value)` - Decrease the speed of the breathing effect by a fixed value.
-* `breathing_speed_default()` - Reset the speed of the breathing effect to the default value.
-
-The following example shows how to enable the backlight breathing effect when the FUNCTION layer macro button is pressed:
-
-```
-case MACRO_FUNCTION:
-    if (record->event.pressed)
-    {
-        breathing_speed_set(3);
-        breathing_enable();
-        layer_on(LAYER_FUNCTION);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        breathing_speed_set(1);
-        breathing_self_disable();
-        layer_off(LAYER_FUNCTION);
-    }
-    break;
-```
-
-The following example shows how to pulse the backlight on-off-on when the RAISED layer macro button is pressed:
-
-```
-case MACRO_RAISED:
-  if (record->event.pressed)
-  {
-    layer_on(LAYER_RAISED);
-    breathing_speed_set(2);
-    breathing_pulse();
-    update_tri_layer(LAYER_LOWER, LAYER_RAISED, LAYER_ADJUST);
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    layer_off(LAYER_RAISED);
-    update_tri_layer(LAYER_LOWER, LAYER_RAISED, LAYER_ADJUST);
-  }
-  break;
-```
-
-## Other firmware shortcut keycodes
-
-* `RESET` - puts the MCU in DFU mode for flashing new firmware \(with `make dfu`\)
-* `DEBUG` - the firmware into debug mode - you'll need hid\_listen to see things
-* `BL_ON` - turns the backlight on
-* `BL_OFF` - turns the backlight off
-* `BL_<n>` - sets the backlight to level _n_
-* `BL_INC` - increments the backlight level by one
-* `BL_DEC` - decrements the backlight level by one
-* `BL_TOGG` - toggles the backlight
-* `BL_STEP` - steps through the backlight levels
-
-Enable the backlight from the Makefile.
-
diff --git a/docs/how_keyboards_work.md b/docs/how_keyboards_work.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..edd219a323
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/how_keyboards_work.md
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+# How keys are registered, and interpreted by computers
+
+In this file, you can will learn the concepts of how keyboards work over USB,
+and you'll be able to better understand what you can expect from changing your
+firmware directly.
+
+## Schematic view
+
+Whenever you type on 1 particular key, here is the chain of actions taking
+place:
+
+``` text
++------+         +-----+       +----------+      +----------+     +----+
+| User |-------->| Key |------>| Firmware |----->| USB wire |---->| OS |
++------+         +-----+       +----------+      +----------+     |----+
+```
+
+This scheme is a very simple view of what's going on, and more details follow
+in the next sections.
+
+## 1. You Press a Key
+
+Whenever you press a key, the firmware of your keyboard can register this event.
+It can register when the key is pressed, held and released.
+
+This usually happens with a periodic scan of key presses. This speed often is limited by the mechanical key response time, the protocol to transfer those key presses (here USB HID), and by the software it is used in.
+
+## 2. What the Firmware Sends
+
+The [HID specification](http://www.usb.org/developers/hidpage/Hut1_12v2.pdf) tells what a keyboard can actually send through USB to have a chance to be properly recognised. This includes a pre-defined list of scancodes which are simple numbers from `0x00` to `0xE7`. The firmware assigns a scancode to each key of the keyboard.
+
+The firmware does not send actually letters or characters, but only scancodes.
+Thus, by modifying the firmware, you only can modify what scancode is sent over
+USB for a given key.
+
+## 3. What the Operating System Does
+
+Once the keycode reaches the operating system, a piece of software has to have
+it match an actual character thanks to a keyboard layout. For example, if your
+layout is set to QWERTY, a sample of the matching table is as follow:
+
+| keycode | character |
+|---------|-----------|
+| 0x04 | a/A |
+| 0x05 | b/B |
+| 0x06 | c/C |
+| ... | ... |
+| 0x1C | y/Y |
+| 0x1D | z/Z |
+| ... | ... |
+
+## Back to the firmware
+
+As the layout is generally fixed (unless you create your own), the firmware can actually call a keycode by its layout name directly to ease things for you. This is exactly what is done here with `KC_A` actually representing `0x04` in QWERTY. The full list can be found in [keycodes](keycodes.md).
+
+## List of Characters You Can Send
+
+Putting aside shortcuts, having a limited set of keycodes mapped to a limited layout means that **the list of characters you can assign to a given key only is the ones present in the layout**.
+
+For example, this means that if you have a QWERTY US layout, and you want to assign 1 key to produce `€` (euro currency symbol), you are unable to do so, because the QWERTY US layout does not have such mapping. You could fix that by using a QWERTY UK layout, or a QWERTY US International.
+
+You may wonder why a keyboard layout containing all of Unicode is not devised then? The limited number of keycode available through USB simply disallow such a thing.
+
+## How to (Maybe) Enter Unicode Characters
+
+You can have the firmware send *sequences of keys* to use the [software Unicode Input Method](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unicode_input#Hexadecimal_code_input) of the target operating system, thus effectively entering characters independently of the layout defined in the OS.
+
+Yet, it does come with multiple disadvantages:
+
+ - Tied to a specific OS a a time (need recompilation when changing OS);
+ - Within a given OS, does not work in all software;
+ - Limited to a subset of Unicode on some systems.
diff --git a/docs/key_functions.md b/docs/key_functions.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 74b80b42f1..0000000000
--- a/docs/key_functions.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,121 +0,0 @@
-# Quick Aliases To Common Actions
-
-Your keymap can include shortcuts to common operations (called "function actions" in tmk).
-
-These functions work the same way that their `ACTION_*` functions do - they're just quick aliases. To dig into all of the tmk `ACTION_*` functions, please see the [TMK documentation](keymap.md#2-action).
-
-Instead of using `FNx` when defining `ACTION_*` functions, you can use `F(x)` - the benefit here is being able to use more than 32 function actions (up to 4096), if you happen to need them.
-
-### Limits of these aliases
-
-Currently, the keycodes able to used with these functions are limited to the TMK ones, meaning you can't use keycodes like `KC_TILD`, or anything greater than 0xFF. For a full list of the keycodes able to be used, [see this list](keycode.txt).
-
-### Switching and toggling layers
-
-`MO(layer)` - momentary switch to *layer*. As soon as you let go of the key, the layer is deactivated and you pop back out to the previous layer. When you apply this to a key, that same key must be set as `KC_TRNS` on the destination layer. Otherwise, you won't make it back to the original layer when you release the key (and you'll get a keycode sent). You can only switch to layers *above* your current layer. If you're on layer 0 and you use `MO(1)`, that will switch to layer 1 just fine. But if you include `MO(3)` on layer 5, that won't do anything for you -- because layer 3 is lower than layer 5 on the stack.
-
-`OSL(layer)` - momentary switch to *layer*, as a one-shot operation. So if you have a key that's defined as `OSL(1)`, and you tap that key, then only the very next keystroke would come from layer 1. You would drop back to layer zero immediately after that one keystroke. That's handy if you have a layer full of custom shortcuts -- for example, a dedicated key for closing a window. So you tap your one-shot layer mod, then tap that magic 'close window' key, and keep typing like a boss. Layer 1 would remain active as long as you hold that key down, too (so you can use it like a momentary toggle-layer key with extra powers).
-
-`LT(layer, kc)` - momentary switch to *layer* when held, and *kc* when tapped. Like `MO()`, this only works upwards in the layer stack (`layer` must be higher than the current layer).
-
-`TG(layer)` - toggles a layer on or off. As with `MO()`, you should set this key as `KC_TRNS` in the destination layer so that tapping it again actually toggles back to the original layer. Only works upwards in the layer stack.
-
-`TO(layer)` - Goes to a layer. This code is special, because it lets you go either up or down the stack -- just goes directly to the layer you want. So while other codes only let you go _up_ the stack (from layer 0 to layer 3, for example), `TO(2)` is going to get you to layer 2, no matter where you activate it from -- even if you're currently on layer 5. This gets activated on keydown (as soon as the key is pressed).
-
-`TT(layer)` - Layer Tap-Toggle. If you hold the key down, the layer becomes active, and then deactivates when you let go. And if you tap it, the layer simply becomes active (toggles on). It needs 5 taps by default, but you can set it by defining `TAPPING_TOGGLE`, for example, `#define TAPPING_TOGGLE 1` for just one tap.
-
-
-### Fun with modifier keys
-
-* `LSFT(kc)` - applies left Shift to *kc* (keycode) - `S(kc)` is an alias
-* `RSFT(kc)` - applies right Shift to *kc*
-* `LCTL(kc)` - applies left Control to *kc*
-* `RCTL(kc)` - applies right Control to *kc*
-* `LALT(kc)` - applies left Alt to *kc*
-* `RALT(kc)` - applies right Alt to *kc*
-* `LGUI(kc)` - applies left GUI (command/win) to *kc*
-* `RGUI(kc)` - applies right GUI (command/win) to *kc*
-* `HYPR(kc)` - applies Hyper (all modifiers) to *kc*
-* `MEH(kc)`  - applies Meh (all modifiers except Win/Cmd) to *kc*
-* `LCAG(kc)` - applies CtrlAltGui to *kc*
-
-You can also chain these, like this:
-
-    LALT(LCTL(KC_DEL)) -- this makes a key that sends Alt, Control, and Delete in a single keypress.
-
-The following shortcuts automatically add `LSFT()` to keycodes to get commonly used symbols. Their long names are also available and documented in `quantum/quantum_keycodes.h`.
-
-    KC_TILD  ~
-    KC_EXLM  !
-    KC_QUES  ?
-    KC_AT    @
-    KC_HASH  #
-    KC_DLR   $
-    KC_PERC  %
-    KC_CIRC  ^
-    KC_AMPR  &
-    KC_ASTR  *
-    KC_LPRN  (
-    KC_RPRN  )
-    KC_UNDS  _
-    KC_PLUS  +
-    KC_DQUO  "
-    KC_LCBR  {
-    KC_RCBR  }
-    KC_LABK  <
-    KC_RABK  >
-    KC_PIPE  |
-    KC_COLN  :
-
-`OSM(mod)` - this is a "one shot" modifier. So let's say you have your left Shift key defined as `OSM(MOD_LSFT)`. Tap it, let go, and Shift is "on" -- but only for the next character you'll type. So to write "The", you don't need to hold down Shift -- you tap it, tap t, and move on with life. And if you hold down the left Shift key, it just works as a left Shift key, as you would expect (so you could type THE). There's also a magical, secret way to "lock" a modifier by tapping it multiple times. If you want to learn more about that, open an issue. :)
-
-`MT(mod, kc)` - is *mod* (modifier key - MOD_LCTL, MOD_LSFT) when held, and *kc* when tapped. In other words, you can have a key that sends Esc (or the letter O or whatever) when you tap it, but works as a Control key or a Shift key when you hold it down.
-
-These are the values you can use for the `mod` in `MT()` and `OSM()`:
-
-  * MOD_LCTL
-  * MOD_LSFT
-  * MOD_LALT
-  * MOD_LGUI
-  * MOD_RCTL
-  * MOD_RSFT
-  * MOD_RALT
-  * MOD_RGUI
-  * MOD_HYPR
-  * MOD_MEH
-
-These can also be combined like `MOD_LCTL | MOD_LSFT` e.g. `MT(MOD_LCTL | MOD_LSFT, KC_ESC)` which would activate Control and Shift when held, and send Escape when tapped. Note however, that you cannot mix right and left side modifiers.
-
-We've added shortcuts to make common modifier/tap (mod-tap) mappings more compact:
-
-  * `CTL_T(kc)` - is LCTL when held and *kc* when tapped
-  * `SFT_T(kc)` - is LSFT when held and *kc* when tapped
-  * `ALT_T(kc)` - is LALT when held and *kc* when tapped
-  * `ALGR_T(kc)` - is AltGr when held and *kc* when tapped
-  * `GUI_T(kc)` - is LGUI when held and *kc* when tapped
-  * `ALL_T(kc)` - is Hyper (all mods) when held and *kc* when tapped. To read more about what you can do with a Hyper key, see [this blog post by Brett Terpstra](http://brettterpstra.com/2012/12/08/a-useful-caps-lock-key/)
-  * `LCAG_T(kc)` - is CtrlAltGui when held and *kc* when tapped
-  * `MEH_T(kc)` - is like Hyper, but not as cool -- does not include the Cmd/Win key, so just sends Alt+Ctrl+Shift.
-
-##### Permissive Hold
-
-As of [PR#1359](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/1359/), there is a new `config.h` option:
-
-```
-#define PERMISSIVE_HOLD
-```
-
-This makes it easier for fast typists to use dual-function keys. As described in the PR:
-
-Without this, if you let go of a held key inside the tapping term, it won't register.
-
-Example: (Tapping Term = 200)
-
-- SHFT_T(KC_A) Down
-- KC_X Down
-- KC_X Up
-- SHFT_T(KC_A) Up
-
-With permissive hold, if above is typed within tapping term, this will emit `X` (so, Shift+X).
-
-With defaults, if above is typed within tapping term, this will emit `ax`, which I doubt is what anyone really wants
diff --git a/docs/key_lock.md b/docs/key_lock.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e424061a9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/key_lock.md
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+## Key Lock: Holding down keys for you
+
+Sometimes, you need to hold down a specific key for a long period of time. Whether this is while typing in ALL CAPS, or playing a video game that hasn't implemented auto-run, Key Lock is here to help. Key Lock adds a new keycode, `KC_LOCK`, that will hold down the next key you hit for you. The key is released when you hit it again. Here's an example: let's say you need to type in all caps for a few sentences. You hit KC_LOCK, and then shift. Now, shift will be considered held until you hit it again. You can think of key lock as caps lock, but supercharged.
+
+Here's how to use it:
+
+1. Pick a key on your keyboard. This will be the key lock key. Assign it the keycode `KC_LOCK`. This will be a single-action key: you won't be able to use it for anything else.
+2. Enable key lock by including `KEY_LOCK_ENABLE = yes` in your Makefile.
+3. That's it!
+
+Important: switching layers does not cancel the key lock. Additionally, key lock is only able to hold standard action keys and One Shot modifier keys (for example, if you have your shift defined as `OSM(KC_LSFT)`; see [One Shot Keys](quantum_keycodes.md#one-shot-keys)). This does not include any of the QMK special functions (except One Shot modifiers), or shifted versions of keys such as KC_LPRN. If it's in the [basic_keycodes](basic_keycodes.md) list, it can be held. If it's not, then it can't be.
diff --git a/docs/keycodes.md b/docs/keycodes.md
index 5cf5c019d0..c601ad4ced 100644
--- a/docs/keycodes.md
+++ b/docs/keycodes.md
@@ -1,228 +1,315 @@
 # Overview
 
-When defining a [keymap](keymap.md) each key needs a valid key definition.
+When defining a [keymap](keymap.md) each key needs a valid key definition. This page documents the symbols that correspond to keycodes that are available to you in QMK. This is a reference only. Where possible keys link to the page documenting their functionality.
 
-This page documents the symbols that correspond to keycodes that are available to you in QMK.
-
-To customize your board, they can be used by themselves or as **action codes** in combination with one of the [many C macros](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/wiki#c-macros-for-action-code).
-
-The source of truth for these codes is [tmk_core/common/keycode.h](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/tmk_core/common/keycode.h) file in the qmk source code.
-
-# The Keycodes
-
-Keycodes in QMK are based on [HID Usage Keyboard/Keypad Page(0x07)](http://www.usb.org/developers/hidpage/Hut1_12v2.pdf) with following exceptions:
-
-* `KC_NO` = 0 for no action
-* `KC_TRNS` = 1 for layer transparency
-* internal special keycodes in the `0xA5-DF` range (tmk heritage).
-
-## Letters and Numbers
-
-|KC_1|KC_2|KC_3|KC_4|KC_5|KC_6|KC_7|KC_8|
-|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
-|KC_9|KC_0|KC_F1|KC_F2|KC_F3|KC_F4|KC_F5|KC_F6|
-|KC_F7|KC_F8|KC_F9|KC_F10|KC_F11|KC_F12|KC_F13|KC_F14|
-|KC_F15|KC_F16|KC_F17|KC_F18|KC_F19|KC_F20|KC_F21|KC_F22|
-|KC_F23|KC_F24|KC_A|KC_B|KC_C|KC_D|KC_E|KC_F|
-|KC_G|KC_H|KC_I|KC_J|KC_K|KC_L|KC_M|KC_N|
-|KC_O|KC_P|KC_Q|KC_R|KC_S|KC_T|KC_U|KC_V|
-|KC_W|KC_X|KC_Y|KC_Z|||||
-
-## Punctuation
-
-|Long Name|Short Name|Description|
-|---------|----------|-----------|
-|KC_ENTER|KC_ENT|`Return (ENTER)`|
-|KC_ESCAPE|KC_ESC|`ESCAPE`|
-|KC_BSPACE|KC_BSPC|`DELETE (Backspace)`|
-|KC_TAB||`Tab`|
-|KC_SPACE|KC_SPC|Spacebar|
-|KC_MINUS|KC_MINS|`-` and `_`|
-|KC_EQUAL|KC_EQL|`=` and `+`|
-|KC_LBRACKET|KC_LBRC|`[` and `{`|
-|KC_RBRACKET|KC_RBRC|`]` and `}`|
-|KC_BSLASH|KC_BSLS|`\` and <code>&#124;</code> |
-|KC_NONUS_HASH|KC_NUHS|Non-US `#` and `~`|
-|KC_NONUS_BSLASH|KC_NUBS|Non-US `\` and <code>&#124;</code> |
-|KC_INT1|KC_RO|JIS `\` and <code>&#124;</code> |
-|KC_INT2|KC_KANA|International216|
-|KC_INT3|KC_JYEN|Yen Symbol (`Â¥`)|
-|KC_SCOLON|KC_SCLN|`;` and `:`|
-|KC_QUOTE|KC_QUOT|`‘` and `“`|
-|KC_GRAVE|KC_GRV|Grave Accent and Tilde|
-|KC_COMMA|KC_COMM|`,` and `<`|
-|KC_DOT||`.` and `>`|
-|KC_SLASH|KC_SLSH|`/` and `?`|
-|KC_CAPSLOCK|KC_CAPS|Caps Lock|
-
-## Modifiers
-
-|Long Name|Short Name|Description|
-|---------|----------|-----------|
-|KC_LCTRL|KC_LCTL|LeftControl|
-|KC_LSHIFT|KC_LSFT|LeftShift|
-|KC_LALT||LeftAlt|
-|KC_LGUI||Left GUI(Windows/Apple/Meta key)|
-|KC_RCTRL|KC_RCTL|RightControl|
-|KC_RSHIFT|KC_RSFT|RightShift|
-|KC_RALT||RightAlt|
-|KC_RGUI||Right GUI(Windows/Apple/Meta key)|
-|KC_LOCKING_CAPS||Locking Caps Lock|
-|KC_LOCKING_NUM||Locking Num Lock|
-|KC_LOCKING_SCROLL||Locking Scroll Lock|
-|KC_INT4|KC_HENK|JIS Henken|
-|KC_INT5|KC_MHEN|JIS Muhenken|
-
-## Commands
-
-|Long Name|Short Name|Description|
-|---------|----------|-----------|
-|KC_PSCREEN|KC_PSCR|PrintScreen|
-|KC_SCROLLLOCK|KC_SLCK|Scroll Lock|
-|KC_PAUSE|KC_PAUS|Pause|
-|KC_INSERT|KC_INS|Insert|
-|KC_HOME||Home|
-|KC_PGUP||PageUp|
-|KC_DELETE|KC_DEL|Delete Forward|
-|KC_END||End|
-|KC_PGDOWN|KC_PGDN|PageDown|
-|KC_RIGHT|KC_RGHT|RightArrow|
-|KC_LEFT||LeftArrow|
-|KC_DOWN||DownArrow|
-|KC_UP||UpArrow|
-|KC_APPLICATION|KC_APP|Application|
-|KC_POWER||Power|
-|KC_EXECUTE||Execute|
-|KC_HELP||Help|
-|KC_MENU||Menu|
-|KC_SELECT||Select|
-|KC_AGAIN||Again|
-|KC_UNDO||Undo|
-|KC_CUT||Cut|
-|KC_COPY||Copy|
-|KC_PASTE||Paste|
-|KC_FIND||Find|
-|KC_ALT_ERASE||Alternate Erase|
-|KC_SYSREQ||SysReq/Attention|
-|KC_CANCEL||Cancel|
-|KC_CLEAR||Clear|
-|KC_PRIOR||Prior|
-|KC_RETURN||Return|
-|KC_SEPARATOR||Separator|
-|KC_OUT||Out|
-|KC_OPER||Oper|
-|KC_CLEAR_AGAIN||Clear/Again|
-|KC_CRSEL||CrSel/Props|
-|KC_EXSEL||ExSel|
-|KC_SYSTEM_POWER|KC_PWR|System Power Down|
-|KC_SYSTEM_SLEEP|KC_SLEP|System Sleep|
-|KC_SYSTEM_WAKE|KC_WAKE|System Wake|
-|KC_MAIL|KC_MAIL||
-|KC_CALCULATOR|KC_CALC||
-|KC_MY_COMPUTER|KC_MYCM||
-|KC_WWW_SEARCH|KC_WSCH||
-|KC_WWW_HOME|KC_WHOM||
-|KC_WWW_BACK|KC_WBAK||
-|KC_WWW_FORWARD|KC_WFWD||
-|KC_WWW_STOP|KC_WSTP||
-|KC_WWW_REFRESH|KC_WREF||
-|KC_WWW_FAVORITES|KC_WFAV||
-
-## Media Keys
-
-Windows and Mac use different key codes for next track and previous track. Make sure you choose the keycode that corresponds to your OS.
-
-|Long Name|Short Name|Description|
-|---------|----------|-----------|
-|KC_STOP||Stop|
-|KC__MUTE||Mute|
-|KC__VOLUP||Volume Up|
-|KC__VOLDOWN||Volume Down|
-|KC_AUDIO_MUTE|KC_MUTE||
-|KC_AUDIO_VOL_UP|KC_VOLU||
-|KC_AUDIO_VOL_DOWN|KC_VOLD||
-|KC_MEDIA_NEXT_TRACK|KC_MNXT|Next Track (Windows)|
-|KC_MEDIA_PREV_TRACK|KC_MPRV|Previous Track (Windows)|
-|KC_MEDIA_FAST_FORWARD|KC_MFFD|Next Track (macOS)|
-|KC_MEDIA_REWIND|KC_MRWD|Previous Track (macOS)|
-|KC_MEDIA_STOP|KC_MSTP||
-|KC_MEDIA_PLAY_PAUSE|KC_MPLY||
-|KC_MEDIA_SELECT|KC_MSEL||
-
-## Numpad
-
-|Long Name|Short Name|Description|
-|---------|----------|-----------|
-|KC_NUMLOCK|KC_NLCK|Keypad Num Lock and Clear|
-|KC_KP_SLASH|KC_PSLS|Keypad /|
-|KC_KP_ASTERISK|KC_PAST|Keypad *|
-|KC_KP_MINUS|KC_PMNS|Keypad -|
-|KC_KP_PLUS|KC_PPLS|Keypad +|
-|KC_KP_ENTER|KC_PENT|Keypad ENTER|
-|KC_KP_1|KC_P1|Keypad 1 and End|
-|KC_KP_2|KC_P2|Keypad 2 and Down Arrow|
-|KC_KP_3|KC_P3|Keypad 3 and PageDn|
-|KC_KP_4|KC_P4|Keypad 4 and Left Arrow|
-|KC_KP_5|KC_P5|Keypad 5|
-|KC_KP_6|KC_P6|Keypad 6 and Right Arrow|
-|KC_KP_7|KC_P7|Keypad 7 and Home|
-|KC_KP_8|KC_P8|Keypad 8 and Up Arrow|
-|KC_KP_9|KC_P9|Keypad 9 and PageUp|
-|KC_KP_0|KC_P0|Keypad 0 and Insert|
-|KC_KP_DOT|KC_PDOT|Keypad . and Delete|
-|KC_KP_EQUAL|KC_PEQL|Keypad =|
-|KC_KP_COMMA|KC_PCMM|Keypad Comma|
-|KC_KP_EQUAL_AS400||Keypad Equal Sign|
-
-## Special Keys
-
-|Long Name|Short Name|Description|
-|---------|----------|-----------|
-|KC_NO||Ignore this key. (NOOP) |
-
-## Mousekey
-
-|Long Name|Short Name|Description|
-|---------|----------|-----------|
-|KC_MS_UP|KC_MS_U|Mouse Cursor Up|
-|KC_MS_DOWN|KC_MS_D|Mouse Cursor Down|
-|KC_MS_LEFT|KC_MS_L|Mouse Cursor Left|
-|KC_MS_RIGHT|KC_MS_R|Mouse Cursor Right|
-|KC_MS_BTN1|KC_BTN1|Mouse Button 1|
-|KC_MS_BTN2|KC_BTN2|Mouse Button 2|
-|KC_MS_BTN3|KC_BTN3|Mouse Button 3|
-|KC_MS_BTN4|KC_BTN4|Mouse Button 4|
-|KC_MS_BTN5|KC_BTN5|Mouse Button 5|
-|KC_MS_WH_UP|KC_WH_U|Mouse Wheel Up|
-|KC_MS_WH_DOWN|KC_WH_D|Mouse Wheel Down|
-|KC_MS_WH_LEFT|KC_WH_L|Mouse Wheel Left|
-|KC_MS_WH_RIGHT|KC_WH_R|Mouse Wheel Right|
-|KC_MS_ACCEL0|KC_ACL0|Mouse Acceleration 0|
-|KC_MS_ACCEL1|KC_ACL1|Mouse Acceleration 1|
-|KC_MS_ACCEL2|KC_ACL2|Mouse Acceleration 2|
-
-## Magic Keys
-
-The following keys can be used to turn on and off various "Magic" features. These include Boot Magic (holding certain keys down while plugging the keyboard in) and the Magic Key.
+## Keycode Index
 
 |Long Name|Short Name|Description|
 |---------|----------|-----------|
-|MAGIC_SWAP_CONTROL_CAPSLOCK||Swap Capslock and Control|
-|MAGIC_CAPSLOCK_TO_CONTROL||Change Capslock to Control|
-|MAGIC_SWAP_ALT_GUI||Swap ALT and GUI|
-|MAGIC_SWAP_LALT_LGUI||Swap LALT and LGUI|
-|MAGIC_SWAP_RALT_RGUI||Swap RALT and RGUI|
-|MAGIC_NO_GUI||Disable off the GUI key|
-|MAGIC_SWAP_GRAVE_ESC||Swap the GRAVE (~ `) and Esc keys|
-|MAGIC_SWAP_BACKSLASH_BACKSPACE||Swap Backslash and Backspace|
-|MAGIC_UNSWAP_CONTROL_CAPSLOCK||Disable the Control/Caps Swap|
-|MAGIC_UNCAPSLOCK_TO_CONTROL||Turn Capslock back into Capslock|
-|MAGIC_UNSWAP_ALT_GUI||Turn the ALT/GUI swap off|
-|MAGIC_UNSWAP_LALT_LGUI||Turn the LALT/LGUI swap off|
-|MAGIC_UNSWAP_RALT_RGUI||Turn the RALT/RGUI swap off|
-|MAGIC_UNNO_GUI||Enable the GUI key|
-|MAGIC_UNSWAP_GRAVE_ESC||Turn the GRAVE/ESC swap off|
-|MAGIC_UNSWAP_BACKSLASH_BACKSPACE||Turn the Backslash/Backspace swap off|
-|MAGIC_HOST_NKRO||Turn NKRO on|
-|MAGIC_UNHOST_NKRO||Turn NKRO off|
-|MAGIC_TOGGLE_NKRO||Toggle NKRO on or off|
+|`KC_1`||||
+|`KC_2`||||
+|`KC_3`||||
+|`KC_4`||||
+|`KC_5`||||
+|`KC_6`||||
+|`KC_7`||||
+|`KC_8`||||
+|`KC_9`||||
+|`KC_0`||||
+|`KC_F1`||||
+|`KC_F2`||||
+|`KC_F3`||||
+|`KC_F4`||||
+|`KC_F5`||||
+|`KC_F6`||||
+|`KC_F7`||||
+|`KC_F8`||||
+|`KC_F9`||||
+|`KC_F10`||||
+|`KC_F11`||||
+|`KC_F12`||||
+|`KC_F13`||||
+|`KC_F14`||||
+|`KC_F15`||||
+|`KC_F16`||||
+|`KC_F17`||||
+|`KC_F18`||||
+|`KC_F19`||||
+|`KC_F20`||||
+|`KC_F21`||||
+|`KC_F22`||||
+|`KC_F23`||||
+|`KC_F24`||||
+|`KC_A`||||
+|`KC_B`||||
+|`KC_C`||||
+|`KC_D`||||
+|`KC_E`||||
+|`KC_F`||||
+|`KC_G`||||
+|`KC_H`||||
+|`KC_I`||||
+|`KC_J`||||
+|`KC_K`||||
+|`KC_L`||||
+|`KC_M`||||
+|`KC_N`||||
+|`KC_O`||||
+|`KC_P`||||
+|`KC_Q`||||
+|`KC_R`||||
+|`KC_S`||||
+|`KC_T`||||
+|`KC_U`||||
+|`KC_V`||||
+|`KC_W`||||
+|`KC_X`||||
+|`KC_Y`||||
+|`KC_Z`||||
+|`KC_ENTER`|`KC_ENT`|`Return (ENTER)`|
+|`KC_ESCAPE`|`KC_ESC`|`ESCAPE`|
+|`KC_BSPACE`|`KC_BSPC`|`DELETE (Backspace)`|
+|`KC_TAB`||`Tab`|
+|`KC_SPACE`|`KC_SPC`|Spacebar|
+|`KC_MINUS`|`KC_MINS`|`-` and `_`|
+|`KC_EQUAL`|`KC_EQL`|`=` and `+`|
+|`KC_LBRACKET`|`KC_LBRC`|`[` and `{`|
+|`KC_RBRACKET`|`KC_RBRC`|`]` and `}`|
+|`KC_BSLASH`|`KC_BSLS`|`\` and <code>&#124;</code> |
+|`KC_NONUS_HASH`|`KC_NUHS`|Non-US `#` and `~`|
+|`KC_NONUS_BSLASH`|`KC_NUBS`|Non-US `\` and <code>&#124;</code> |
+|`KC_INT1`|`KC_RO`|JIS `\` and <code>&#124;</code> |
+|`KC_INT2`|`KC_KANA`|International216|
+|`KC_INT3`|`KC_JYEN`|Yen Symbol (`Â¥`)|
+|`KC_SCOLON`|`KC_SCLN`|`;` and `:`|
+|`KC_QUOTE`|`KC_QUOT`|`‘` and `“`|
+|`KC_GRAVE`|`KC_GRV`|Grave Accent and Tilde|
+|`KC_COMMA`|`KC_COMM`|`,` and `<`|
+|`KC_DOT`||`.` and `>`|
+|`KC_SLASH`|`KC_SLSH`|`/` and `?`|
+|`KC_CAPSLOCK`|`KC_CAPS`|Caps Lock|
+|`KC_LCTRL`|`KC_LCTL`|LeftControl|
+|`KC_LSHIFT`|`KC_LSFT`|LeftShift|
+|`KC_LALT`||LeftAlt|
+|`KC_LGUI`||Left GUI(Windows/Apple/Meta key)|
+|`KC_RCTRL`|`KC_RCTL`|RightControl|
+|`KC_RSHIFT`|`KC_RSFT`|RightShift|
+|`KC_RALT`||RightAlt|
+|`KC_RGUI`||Right GUI(Windows/Apple/Meta key)|
+|`KC_LOCKING_CAPS`|`KC_LCAP`|Locking Caps Lock|
+|`KC_LOCKING_NUM`|`KC_LNUM`|Locking Num Lock|
+|`KC_LOCKING_SCROLL`|`KC_LSCR`|Locking Scroll Lock|
+|`KC_INT4`|`KC_HENK`|JIS Henken|
+|`KC_INT5`|`KC_MHEN`|JIS Muhenken|
+|`KC_PSCREEN`|`KC_PSCR`|PrintScreen|
+|`KC_SCROLLLOCK`|`KC_SLCK`|Scroll Lock|
+|`KC_PAUSE`|`KC_PAUS`|Pause|
+|`KC_INSERT`|`KC_INS`|Insert|
+|`KC_HOME`||Home|
+|`KC_PGUP`||PageUp|
+|`KC_DELETE`|`KC_DEL`|Delete Forward|
+|`KC_END`||End|
+|`KC_PGDOWN`|`KC_PGDN`|PageDown|
+|`KC_RIGHT`|`KC_RGHT`|RightArrow|
+|`KC_LEFT`||LeftArrow|
+|`KC_DOWN`||DownArrow|
+|`KC_UP`||UpArrow|
+|`KC_APPLICATION`|`KC_APP`|Application|
+|`KC_POWER`||Power|
+|`KC_EXECUTE`||Execute|
+|`KC_HELP`||Help|
+|`KC_MENU`||Menu|
+|`KC_SELECT`||Select|
+|`KC_AGAIN`||Again|
+|`KC_UNDO`||Undo|
+|`KC_CUT`||Cut|
+|`KC_COPY`||Copy|
+|`KC_PASTE`||Paste|
+|`KC_FIND`||Find|
+|`KC_ALT_ERASE`||Alternate Erase|
+|`KC_SYSREQ`||SysReq/Attention|
+|`KC_CANCEL`||Cancel|
+|`KC_CLEAR`||Clear|
+|`KC_PRIOR`||Prior|
+|`KC_RETURN`||Return|
+|`KC_SEPARATOR`||Separator|
+|`KC_OUT`||Out|
+|`KC_OPER`||Oper|
+|`KC_CLEAR_AGAIN`||Clear/Again|
+|`KC_CRSEL`||CrSel/Props|
+|`KC_EXSEL`||ExSel|
+|`KC_SYSTEM_POWER`|`KC_PWR`|System Power Down|
+|`KC_SYSTEM_SLEEP`|`KC_SLEP`|System Sleep|
+|`KC_SYSTEM_WAKE`|`KC_WAKE`|System Wake|
+|`KC_MAIL`|`KC_MAIL`||
+|`KC_CALCULATOR`|`KC_CALC`||
+|`KC_MY_COMPUTER`|`KC_MYCM`||
+|`KC_WWW_SEARCH`|`KC_WSCH`||
+|`KC_WWW_HOME`|`KC_WHOM`||
+|`KC_WWW_BACK`|`KC_WBAK`||
+|`KC_WWW_FORWARD`|`KC_WFWD`||
+|`KC_WWW_STOP`|`KC_WSTP`||
+|`KC_WWW_REFRESH`|`KC_WREF`||
+|`KC_WWW_FAVORITES`|`KC_WFAV`||
+|`KC_STOP`||Stop|
+|`KC__MUTE`||Mute|
+|`KC__VOLUP`||Volume Up|
+|`KC__VOLDOWN`||Volume Down|
+|`KC_AUDIO_MUTE`|`KC_MUTE`||
+|`KC_AUDIO_VOL_UP`|`KC_VOLU`||
+|`KC_AUDIO_VOL_DOWN`|`KC_VOLD`||
+|`KC_MEDIA_NEXT_TRACK`|`KC_MNXT`|Next Track (Windows)|
+|`KC_MEDIA_PREV_TRACK`|`KC_MPRV`|Previous Track (Windows)|
+|`KC_MEDIA_FAST_FORWARD`|`KC_MFFD`|Next Track (macOS)|
+|`KC_MEDIA_REWIND`|`KC_MRWD`|Previous Track (macOS)|
+|`KC_MEDIA_STOP`|`KC_MSTP`||
+|`KC_MEDIA_PLAY_PAUSE`|`KC_MPLY`||
+|`KC_MEDIA_SELECT`|`KC_MSEL`||
+|`KC_NUMLOCK`|`KC_NLCK`|Keypad Num Lock and Clear|
+|`KC_KP_SLASH`|`KC_PSLS`|Keypad /|
+|`KC_KP_ASTERISK`|`KC_PAST`|Keypad *|
+|`KC_KP_MINUS`|`KC_PMNS`|Keypad -|
+|`KC_KP_PLUS`|`KC_PPLS`|Keypad +|
+|`KC_KP_ENTER`|`KC_PENT`|Keypad ENTER`|
+|`KC_KP_1`|`KC_P1`|Keypad 1 and End|
+|`KC_KP_2`|`KC_P2`|Keypad 2 and Down Arrow|
+|`KC_KP_3`|`KC_P3`|Keypad 3 and PageDn|
+|`KC_KP_4`|`KC_P4`|Keypad 4 and Left Arrow|
+|`KC_KP_5`|`KC_P5`|Keypad 5|
+|`KC_KP_6`|`KC_P6`|Keypad 6 and Right Arrow|
+|`KC_KP_7`|`KC_P7`|Keypad 7 and Home|
+|`KC_KP_8`|`KC_P8`|Keypad 8 and Up Arrow|
+|`KC_KP_9`|`KC_P9`|Keypad 9 and PageUp|
+|`KC_KP_0`|`KC_P0`|Keypad 0 and Insert|
+|`KC_KP_DOT`|`KC_PDOT`|Keypad . and Delete|
+|`KC_KP_EQUAL`|`KC_PEQL`|Keypad =|
+|`KC_KP_COMMA`|`KC_PCMM`|Keypad Comma|
+|`KC_KP_EQUAL_AS400`||Keypad Equal Sign|
+|`KC_NO`||Ignore this key. (NOOP) |
+|`KC_TRNS`||Make this key transparent to find the key on a lower layer.|
+|[`KC_MS_UP`](mouse_keys.md)|`KC_MS_U`|Mouse Cursor Up|
+|[`KC_MS_DOWN`](mouse_keys.md)|`KC_MS_D`|Mouse Cursor Down|
+|[`KC_MS_LEFT`](mouse_keys.md)|`KC_MS_L`|Mouse Cursor Left|
+|[`KC_MS_RIGHT`](mouse_keys.md)|`KC_MS_R`|Mouse Cursor Right|
+|[`KC_MS_BTN1`](mouse_keys.md)|`KC_BTN1`|Mouse Button 1|
+|[`KC_MS_BTN2`](mouse_keys.md)|`KC_BTN2`|Mouse Button 2|
+|[`KC_MS_BTN3`](mouse_keys.md)|`KC_BTN3`|Mouse Button 3|
+|[`KC_MS_BTN4`](mouse_keys.md)|`KC_BTN4`|Mouse Button 4|
+|[`KC_MS_BTN5`](mouse_keys.md)|`KC_BTN5`|Mouse Button 5|
+|[`KC_MS_WH_UP`](mouse_keys.md)|`KC_WH_U`|Mouse Wheel Up|
+|[`KC_MS_WH_DOWN`](mouse_keys.md)|`KC_WH_D`|Mouse Wheel Down|
+|[`KC_MS_WH_LEFT`](mouse_keys.md)|`KC_WH_L`|Mouse Wheel Left|
+|[`KC_MS_WH_RIGHT`](mouse_keys.md)|`KC_WH_R`|Mouse Wheel Right|
+|[`KC_MS_ACCEL0`](mouse_keys.md)|`KC_ACL0`|Mouse Acceleration 0|
+|[`KC_MS_ACCEL1`](mouse_keys.md)|`KC_ACL1`|Mouse Acceleration 1|
+|[`KC_MS_ACCEL2`](mouse_keys.md)|`KC_ACL2`|Mouse Acceleration 2|
+|[`RESET`](quantum_keycodes.md#qmk-keycodes)||Put the keyboard into DFU mode for flashing|
+|[`DEBUG`](quantum_keycodes.md#qmk-keycodes)||Toggles debug mode|
+|[`KC_GESC`](quantum_keycodes.md#qmk-keycodes)|`GRAVE_ESC`|Acts as escape when pressed normally but when pressed with Shift or GUI will send a `~`|
+|[`KC_LSPO`](quantum_keycodes.md#qmk-keycodes)||Left shift when held, open paranthesis when tapped|
+|[`KC_RSPC`](quantum_keycodes.md#qmk-keycodes)||Right shift when held, close paranthesis when tapped|
+|[`KC_LEAD`](feature_leader_key.md)||The leader key|
+|[`FUNC(n)`](quantum_keycodes.md#qmk-keycodes)|`F(n)`|Call `fn_action(n)`|
+|[`M(n)`](quantum_keycodes.md#qmk-keycodes)||to call macro n|
+|[`MACROTAP(n)`](quantum_keycodes.md#qmk-keycodes)||to macro-tap n idk FIXME`|
+|[`MAGIC_SWAP_CONTROL_CAPSLOCK`](feature_bootmagic.md)||Swap Capslock and Left Control|
+|[`MAGIC_CAPSLOCK_TO_CONTROL`](feature_bootmagic.md)||Treat Capslock like a Control Key|
+|[`MAGIC_SWAP_LALT_LGUI`](feature_bootmagic.md)||Swap the left Alt and GUI keys|
+|[`MAGIC_SWAP_RALT_RGUI`](feature_bootmagic.md)||Swap the right Alt and GUI keys|
+|[`MAGIC_NO_GUI`](feature_bootmagic.md)||Disable the GUI key|
+|[`MAGIC_SWAP_GRAVE_ESC`](feature_bootmagic.md)||Swap the Grave and Esc key.|
+|[`MAGIC_SWAP_BACKSLASH_BACKSPACE`](feature_bootmagic.md)||Swap backslack and backspace|
+|[`MAGIC_HOST_NKRO`](feature_bootmagic.md)||Force NKRO on|
+|[`MAGIC_SWAP_ALT_GUI`/`AG_SWAP`](feature_bootmagic.md)||Swap Alt and Gui on both sides|
+|[`MAGIC_UNSWAP_CONTROL_CAPSLOCK`](feature_bootmagic.md)||Disable the Control/Capslock swap|
+|[`MAGIC_UNCAPSLOCK_TO_CONTROL`](feature_bootmagic.md)||Disable treating Capslock like Control |
+|[`MAGIC_UNSWAP_LALT_LGUI`](feature_bootmagic.md)||Disable Left Alt and GUI switching|
+|[`MAGIC_UNSWAP_RALT_RGUI`](feature_bootmagic.md)||Disable Right Alt and GUI switching|
+|[`MAGIC_UNNO_GUI`](feature_bootmagic.md)||Enable the GUI key |
+|[`MAGIC_UNSWAP_GRAVE_ESC`](feature_bootmagic.md)||Disable the Grave/Esc swap |
+|[`MAGIC_UNSWAP_BACKSLASH_BACKSPACE`](feature_bootmagic.md)||Disable the backslash/backspace swap|
+|[`MAGIC_UNHOST_NKRO`](feature_bootmagic.md)||Force NKRO off|
+|[`MAGIC_UNSWAP_ALT_GUI`/`AG_NORM`](feature_bootmagic.md)||Disable the Alt/GUI switching|
+|[`MAGIC_TOGGLE_NKRO`](feature_bootmagic.md)||Turn NKRO on or off|
+|[`BL_x`](feature_backlight.md)||Set a specific backlight level between 0-9|
+|[`BL_ON`](feature_backlight.md)||An alias for `BL_9`|
+|[`BL_OFF`](feature_backlight.md)||An alias for `BL_0`|
+|[`BL_DEC`](feature_backlight.md)||Turn the backlight level down by 1|
+|[`BL_INC`](feature_backlight.md)||Turn the backlight level up by 1|
+|[`BL_TOGG`](feature_backlight.md)||Toggle the backlight on or off|
+|[`BL_STEP`](feature_backlight.md)||Step through backlight levels, wrapping around to 0 when you reach the top.|
+|[`RGB_TOG`](feature_rgblight.md)||toggle on/off|
+|[`RGB_MOD`](feature_rgblight.md)||cycle through modes|
+|[`RGB_HUI`](feature_rgblight.md)||hue increase|
+|[`RGB_HUD`](feature_rgblight.md)||hue decrease|
+|[`RGB_SAI`](feature_rgblight.md)||saturation increase|
+|[`RGB_SAD`](feature_rgblight.md)||saturation decrease|
+|[`RGB_VAI`](feature_rgblight.md)||value increase|
+|[`RGB_VAD`](feature_rgblight.md)||value decrease|
+|[`PRINT_ON`](feature_thermal_printer.md)||Start printing everything the user types|
+|[`PRINT_OFF`](feature_thermal_printer.md)||Stop printing everything the user types|
+|[`OUT_AUTO`](feature_bluetooth.md)||auto mode|
+|[`OUT_USB`](feature_bluetooth.md)||usb only|
+|[`OUT_BT`](feature_bluetooth.md)||bluetooth (when `BLUETOOTH_ENABLE`)|
+|[`KC_HYPR`](quantum_keycodes.md#modifiers)||Hold down LCTL + LSFT + LALT + LGUI`|
+|[`KC_MEH`](quantum_keycodes.md#modifiers)||Hold down LCTL + LSFT + LALT`|
+|[`LCTL(kc)`](quantum_keycodes.md#modifiers)||`LCTL` + `kc`|
+|[`LSFT(kc)`](quantum_keycodes.md#modifiers)|[`S(kc)`](quantum_keycodes.md#modifiers)|`LSFT` + `kc`|
+|[`LALT(kc)`](quantum_keycodes.md#modifiers)||`LALT` + `kc`|
+|[`LGUI(kc)`](quantum_keycodes.md#modifiers)||`LGUI` + `kc`|
+|[`RCTL(kc)`](quantum_keycodes.md#modifiers)||`RCTL` + `kc`|
+|[`RSFT(kc)`](quantum_keycodes.md#modifiers)||`RSFT` + `kc`|
+|[`RALT(kc)`](quantum_keycodes.md#modifiers)||`RALT` + `kc`|
+|[`RGUI(kc)`](quantum_keycodes.md#modifiers)||`RGUI` + `kc`|
+|[`HYPR(kc)`](quantum_keycodes.md#modifiers)||`LCTL` + `LSFT` + `LALT` + `LGUI` + `kc`|
+|[`MEH(kc)`](quantum_keycodes.md#modifiers)||`LCTL` + `LSFT` + `LALT` + `kc`|
+|[`LCAG(kc)`](quantum_keycodes.md#modifiers)||`LCTL` + `LALT` + `LGUI` + `kc`|
+|[`ALTG(kc)`](quantum_keycodes.md#modifiers)||`RCTL` + `RALT` + `kc`|
+|[`SCMD(kc)`](quantum_keycodes.md#modifiers)|[`SWIN(kc)`](quantum_keycodes.md#modifiers)|`LGUI` + `LSFT` + `kc`|
+|[`LCA(kc)`](quantum_keycodes.md#modifiers)||`LCTL` + `LALT` + `kc`|
+|[`CTL_T(kc)`](quantum_keycodes.md#mod-tap-keys)|[`LCTL_T(kc)`](quantum_keycodes.md#mod-tap-keys)|`LCTL` when held, `kc` when tapped|
+|[`RCTL_T(kc)`](quantum_keycodes.md#mod-tap-keys)||[`RCTL` when held, `kc` when tapped|
+|[`SFT_T(kc)`](quantum_keycodes.md#mod-tap-keys)|[`LSFT_T(kc)`](quantum_keycodes.md#mod-tap-keys)|`LSFT` when held, `kc` when tapped|
+|[`RSFT_T(kc)`](quantum_keycodes.md#mod-tap-keys)||[`RSFT` when held, `kc` when tapped|
+|[`ALT_T(kc)`](quantum_keycodes.md#mod-tap-keys)|[`LALT_T(kc)`](quantum_keycodes.md#mod-tap-keys)|`LALT` when held, `kc` when tapped|
+|[`RALT_T(kc)`](quantum_keycodes.md#mod-tap-keys)|[`ALGR_T(kc)`](quantum_keycodes.md#mod-tap-keys)|`RALT` when held, `kc` when tapped|
+|[`GUI_T(kc)`](quantum_keycodes.md#mod-tap-keys)|[`LGUI_T(kc)`](quantum_keycodes.md#mod-tap-keys)|`LGUI` when held, `kc` when tapped|
+|[`RGUI_T(kc)`](quantum_keycodes.md#mod-tap-keys)||`RGUI` when held, `kc` when tapped|
+|[`C_S_T(kc)`](quantum_keycodes.md#mod-tap-keys)||`LCTL` + `LSFT` when held, `kc` when tapped|
+|[`MEH_T(kc)`](quantum_keycodes.md#mod-tap-keys)||`LCTL` + `LSFT` + `LALT` when held, `kc` when tapped|
+|[`LCAG_T(kc)`](quantum_keycodes.md#mod-tap-keys)||`LCTL` + `LALT` + `LGUI` when held, `kc` when tapped|
+|[`RCAG_T(kc)`](quantum_keycodes.md#mod-tap-keys)||`RCTL` + `RALT` + `RGUI` when held, `kc` when tapped|
+|[`ALL_T(kc)`](quantum_keycodes.md#mod-tap-keys)||`LCTL` + `LSFT` + `LALT` + `LGUI` when held, `kc` when tapped [more info](http://brettterpstra.com/2012/12/08/a-useful-caps-lock-key/)|
+|[`SCMD_T(kc)`](quantum_keycodes.md#mod-tap-keys)|[`SWIN_T(kc)`](quantum_keycodes.md#mod-tap-keys)|`LGUI` + `LSFT` when held, `kc` when tapped|
+|[`LCA_T(kc)`](quantum_keycodes.md#mod-tap-keys)||`LCTL` + `LALT` when held, `kc` when tapped|
+|[`KC_TILD`](keycodes_us_ansi_shifted.md)|`KC_TILDE`|tilde `~`|
+|[`KC_EXLM`](keycodes_us_ansi_shifted.md)|`KC_EXCLAIM`|exclamation mark `!`|
+|[`KC_AT`](keycodes_us_ansi_shifted.md)||at sign `@`|
+|[`KC_HASH`](keycodes_us_ansi_shifted.md)||hash sign `#`|
+|[`KC_DLR`](keycodes_us_ansi_shifted.md)|`KC_DOLLAR`|dollar sign `$`|
+|[`KC_PERC`](keycodes_us_ansi_shifted.md)|`KC_PERCENT`|percent sign `%`|
+|[`KC_CIRC`](keycodes_us_ansi_shifted.md)|`KC_CIRCUMFLEX`|circumflex `^`|
+|[`KC_AMPR`](keycodes_us_ansi_shifted.md)|`KC_AMPERSAND`|ampersand `&`|
+|[`KC_ASTR`](keycodes_us_ansi_shifted.md)|`KC_ASTERISK`|asterisk `*`|
+|[`KC_LPRN`](keycodes_us_ansi_shifted.md)|`KC_LEFT_PAREN`|left parenthesis `(`|
+|[`KC_RPRN`](keycodes_us_ansi_shifted.md)|`KC_RIGHT_PAREN`|right parenthesis `)`|
+|[`KC_UNDS`](keycodes_us_ansi_shifted.md)|`KC_UNDERSCORE`|underscore `_`|
+|[`KC_PLUS`](keycodes_us_ansi_shifted.md)||plus sign `+`|
+|[`KC_LCBR`](keycodes_us_ansi_shifted.md)|`KC_LEFT_CURLY_BRACE`|left curly brace `{`|
+|[`KC_RCBR`](keycodes_us_ansi_shifted.md)|`KC_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACE`|right curly brace `}`|
+|[`KC_LT`/`KC_LABK`](keycodes_us_ansi_shifted.md)|`KC_LEFT_ANGLE_BRACKET`|left angle bracket `<`|
+|[`KC_GT`/`KC_RABK`](keycodes_us_ansi_shifted.md)|`KC_RIGHT_ANGLE_BRACKET`|right angle bracket `>`|
+|[`KC_COLN`](keycodes_us_ansi_shifted.md)|`KC_COLON`|colon `:`|
+|[`KC_PIPE`](keycodes_us_ansi_shifted.md)||pipe `\|`|
+|[`KC_QUES`](keycodes_us_ansi_shifted.md)|`KC_QUESTION`|question mark `?`|
+|[`KC_DQT`/`KC_DQUO`](keycodes_us_ansi_shifted.md)|`KC_DOUBLE_QUOTE`|double quote `"`|
+|[`LT(layer, kc)`](feature_common_shortcuts.md#switching-and-toggling-layers)||turn on layer (0-15) when held, kc ([basic keycodes](keycodes_basic.md)) when tapped|
+|[`TO(layer)`](feature_common_shortcuts.md#switching-and-toggling-layers)||turn on layer when depressed|
+|[`MO(layer)`](feature_common_shortcuts.md#switching-and-toggling-layers)||momentarily turn on layer when depressed (requires `KC_TRNS` on destination layer)|
+|[`DF(layer)`](feature_common_shortcuts.md#switching-and-toggling-layers)||sets the base (default) layer|
+|[`TG(layer)`](feature_common_shortcuts.md#switching-and-toggling-layers)||toggle layer on/off|
+|[`TT(layer)`](feature_common_shortcuts.md#switching-and-toggling-layers)||tap toggle? idk FIXME`|
+|[`OSM(mod)`](quantum_keycodes.md#one-shot-keys)||hold mod for one keypress|
+|[`OSL(layer)`](quantum_keycodes.md#one-shot-keys)||switch to layer for one keypress|
+|[`UNICODE(n)`](unicode.md)|[`UC(n)`](unicode.md)|if `UNICODE_ENABLE`, this will send characters up to `0x7FFF`|
+|[`X(n)`](unicode.md)||if `UNICODEMAP_ENABLE`, also sends unicode via a different method|
diff --git a/docs/keycodes_basic.md b/docs/keycodes_basic.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b1f69ab167
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/keycodes_basic.md
@@ -0,0 +1,192 @@
+# Basic keycodes
+
+Basic keycodes are based on [HID Usage Keyboard/Keypad Page(0x07)](http://www.usb.org/developers/hidpage/Hut1_12v2.pdf) with following exceptions:
+
+* `KC_NO` = 0 for no action
+* `KC_TRNS` = 1 for layer transparency
+* internal special keycodes in the `0xA5-DF` range (tmk heritage).
+
+## Letters and Numbers
+
+|KC_1|KC_2|KC_3|KC_4|KC_5|KC_6|KC_7|KC_8|
+|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|----|
+|KC_9|KC_0|KC_F1|KC_F2|KC_F3|KC_F4|KC_F5|KC_F6|
+|KC_F7|KC_F8|KC_F9|KC_F10|KC_F11|KC_F12|KC_F13|KC_F14|
+|KC_F15|KC_F16|KC_F17|KC_F18|KC_F19|KC_F20|KC_F21|KC_F22|
+|KC_F23|KC_F24|KC_A|KC_B|KC_C|KC_D|KC_E|KC_F|
+|KC_G|KC_H|KC_I|KC_J|KC_K|KC_L|KC_M|KC_N|
+|KC_O|KC_P|KC_Q|KC_R|KC_S|KC_T|KC_U|KC_V|
+|KC_W|KC_X|KC_Y|KC_Z|||||
+
+## Punctuation
+
+|Long Name|Short Name|Description|
+|---------|----------|-----------|
+|KC_ENTER|KC_ENT|`Return (ENTER)`|
+|KC_ESCAPE|KC_ESC|`ESCAPE`|
+|KC_BSPACE|KC_BSPC|`DELETE (Backspace)`|
+|KC_TAB||`Tab`|
+|KC_SPACE|KC_SPC|Spacebar|
+|KC_MINUS|KC_MINS|`-` and `_`|
+|KC_EQUAL|KC_EQL|`=` and `+`|
+|KC_LBRACKET|KC_LBRC|`[` and `{`|
+|KC_RBRACKET|KC_RBRC|`]` and `}`|
+|KC_BSLASH|KC_BSLS|`\` and <code>&#124;</code> |
+|KC_NONUS_HASH|KC_NUHS|Non-US `#` and `~`|
+|KC_NONUS_BSLASH|KC_NUBS|Non-US `\` and <code>&#124;</code> |
+|KC_INT1|KC_RO|JIS `\` and <code>&#124;</code> |
+|KC_INT2|KC_KANA|International216|
+|KC_INT3|KC_JYEN|Yen Symbol (`Â¥`)|
+|KC_SCOLON|KC_SCLN|`;` and `:`|
+|KC_QUOTE|KC_QUOT|`‘` and `“`|
+|KC_GRAVE|KC_GRV|Grave Accent and Tilde|
+|KC_COMMA|KC_COMM|`,` and `<`|
+|KC_DOT||`.` and `>`|
+|KC_SLASH|KC_SLSH|`/` and `?`|
+|KC_CAPSLOCK|KC_CAPS|Caps Lock|
+
+## Modifiers
+
+|Long Name|Short Name|Description|
+|---------|----------|-----------|
+|KC_LCTRL|KC_LCTL|LeftControl|
+|KC_LSHIFT|KC_LSFT|LeftShift|
+|KC_LALT||LeftAlt|
+|KC_LGUI||Left GUI(Windows/Apple/Meta key)|
+|KC_RCTRL|KC_RCTL|RightControl|
+|KC_RSHIFT|KC_RSFT|RightShift|
+|KC_RALT||RightAlt|
+|KC_RGUI||Right GUI(Windows/Apple/Meta key)|
+|KC_LOCKING_CAPS|KC_LCAP|Locking Caps Lock|
+|KC_LOCKING_NUM|KC_LNUM|Locking Num Lock|
+|KC_LOCKING_SCROLL|KC_LSCR|Locking Scroll Lock|
+|KC_INT4|KC_HENK|JIS Henken|
+|KC_INT5|KC_MHEN|JIS Muhenken|
+
+## Commands
+
+|Long Name|Short Name|Description|
+|---------|----------|-----------|
+|KC_PSCREEN|KC_PSCR|PrintScreen|
+|KC_SCROLLLOCK|KC_SLCK|Scroll Lock|
+|KC_PAUSE|KC_PAUS|Pause|
+|KC_INSERT|KC_INS|Insert|
+|KC_HOME||Home|
+|KC_PGUP||PageUp|
+|KC_DELETE|KC_DEL|Delete Forward|
+|KC_END||End|
+|KC_PGDOWN|KC_PGDN|PageDown|
+|KC_RIGHT|KC_RGHT|RightArrow|
+|KC_LEFT||LeftArrow|
+|KC_DOWN||DownArrow|
+|KC_UP||UpArrow|
+|KC_APPLICATION|KC_APP|Application|
+|KC_POWER||Power|
+|KC_EXECUTE||Execute|
+|KC_HELP||Help|
+|KC_MENU||Menu|
+|KC_SELECT||Select|
+|KC_AGAIN||Again|
+|KC_UNDO||Undo|
+|KC_CUT||Cut|
+|KC_COPY||Copy|
+|KC_PASTE||Paste|
+|KC_FIND||Find|
+|KC_ALT_ERASE||Alternate Erase|
+|KC_SYSREQ||SysReq/Attention|
+|KC_CANCEL||Cancel|
+|KC_CLEAR||Clear|
+|KC_PRIOR||Prior|
+|KC_RETURN||Return|
+|KC_SEPARATOR||Separator|
+|KC_OUT||Out|
+|KC_OPER||Oper|
+|KC_CLEAR_AGAIN||Clear/Again|
+|KC_CRSEL||CrSel/Props|
+|KC_EXSEL||ExSel|
+|KC_SYSTEM_POWER|KC_PWR|System Power Down|
+|KC_SYSTEM_SLEEP|KC_SLEP|System Sleep|
+|KC_SYSTEM_WAKE|KC_WAKE|System Wake|
+|KC_MAIL|KC_MAIL||
+|KC_CALCULATOR|KC_CALC||
+|KC_MY_COMPUTER|KC_MYCM||
+|KC_WWW_SEARCH|KC_WSCH||
+|KC_WWW_HOME|KC_WHOM||
+|KC_WWW_BACK|KC_WBAK||
+|KC_WWW_FORWARD|KC_WFWD||
+|KC_WWW_STOP|KC_WSTP||
+|KC_WWW_REFRESH|KC_WREF||
+|KC_WWW_FAVORITES|KC_WFAV||
+
+## Media Keys
+
+Windows and Mac use different key codes for next track and previous track. Make sure you choose the keycode that corresponds to your OS.
+
+|Long Name|Short Name|Description|
+|---------|----------|-----------|
+|KC_STOP||Stop|
+|KC__MUTE||Mute|
+|KC__VOLUP||Volume Up|
+|KC__VOLDOWN||Volume Down|
+|KC_AUDIO_MUTE|KC_MUTE||
+|KC_AUDIO_VOL_UP|KC_VOLU||
+|KC_AUDIO_VOL_DOWN|KC_VOLD||
+|KC_MEDIA_NEXT_TRACK|KC_MNXT|Next Track (Windows)|
+|KC_MEDIA_PREV_TRACK|KC_MPRV|Previous Track (Windows)|
+|KC_MEDIA_FAST_FORWARD|KC_MFFD|Next Track (macOS)|
+|KC_MEDIA_REWIND|KC_MRWD|Previous Track (macOS)|
+|KC_MEDIA_STOP|KC_MSTP||
+|KC_MEDIA_PLAY_PAUSE|KC_MPLY||
+|KC_MEDIA_SELECT|KC_MSEL||
+
+## Numpad
+
+|Long Name|Short Name|Description|
+|---------|----------|-----------|
+|KC_NUMLOCK|KC_NLCK|Keypad Num Lock and Clear|
+|KC_KP_SLASH|KC_PSLS|Keypad /|
+|KC_KP_ASTERISK|KC_PAST|Keypad *|
+|KC_KP_MINUS|KC_PMNS|Keypad -|
+|KC_KP_PLUS|KC_PPLS|Keypad +|
+|KC_KP_ENTER|KC_PENT|Keypad ENTER|
+|KC_KP_1|KC_P1|Keypad 1 and End|
+|KC_KP_2|KC_P2|Keypad 2 and Down Arrow|
+|KC_KP_3|KC_P3|Keypad 3 and PageDn|
+|KC_KP_4|KC_P4|Keypad 4 and Left Arrow|
+|KC_KP_5|KC_P5|Keypad 5|
+|KC_KP_6|KC_P6|Keypad 6 and Right Arrow|
+|KC_KP_7|KC_P7|Keypad 7 and Home|
+|KC_KP_8|KC_P8|Keypad 8 and Up Arrow|
+|KC_KP_9|KC_P9|Keypad 9 and PageUp|
+|KC_KP_0|KC_P0|Keypad 0 and Insert|
+|KC_KP_DOT|KC_PDOT|Keypad . and Delete|
+|KC_KP_EQUAL|KC_PEQL|Keypad =|
+|KC_KP_COMMA|KC_PCMM|Keypad Comma|
+|KC_KP_EQUAL_AS400||Keypad Equal Sign|
+
+## Special Keys
+
+|Long Name|Short Name|Description|
+|---------|----------|-----------|
+|KC_NO||Ignore this key. (NOOP) |
+
+## Mousekey
+
+|Long Name|Short Name|Description|
+|---------|----------|-----------|
+|KC_MS_UP|KC_MS_U|Mouse Cursor Up|
+|KC_MS_DOWN|KC_MS_D|Mouse Cursor Down|
+|KC_MS_LEFT|KC_MS_L|Mouse Cursor Left|
+|KC_MS_RIGHT|KC_MS_R|Mouse Cursor Right|
+|KC_MS_BTN1|KC_BTN1|Mouse Button 1|
+|KC_MS_BTN2|KC_BTN2|Mouse Button 2|
+|KC_MS_BTN3|KC_BTN3|Mouse Button 3|
+|KC_MS_BTN4|KC_BTN4|Mouse Button 4|
+|KC_MS_BTN5|KC_BTN5|Mouse Button 5|
+|KC_MS_WH_UP|KC_WH_U|Mouse Wheel Up|
+|KC_MS_WH_DOWN|KC_WH_D|Mouse Wheel Down|
+|KC_MS_WH_LEFT|KC_WH_L|Mouse Wheel Left|
+|KC_MS_WH_RIGHT|KC_WH_R|Mouse Wheel Right|
+|KC_MS_ACCEL0|KC_ACL0|Mouse Acceleration 0|
+|KC_MS_ACCEL1|KC_ACL1|Mouse Acceleration 1|
+|KC_MS_ACCEL2|KC_ACL2|Mouse Acceleration 2|
diff --git a/docs/keycodes_us_ansi_shifted.md b/docs/keycodes_us_ansi_shifted.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6c7ef4caaa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/keycodes_us_ansi_shifted.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+# US ANSI Shifted symbols
+
+These keycodes correspond to characters that are "shifted" on a standard US ANSI keyboards. They do not have dedicated keycodes but are instead typed by holding down shift and then sending a keycode. 
+
+It's important to remember that all of these keycodes send a left shift - this may cause unintended actions if unaccounted for. The short code is preferred in most situations.
+
+## US ANSI Shifted Keycodes
+
+|Short Name|Long Name|Description|
+|----------|---------|-----------|
+|`KC_TILD`|`KC_TILDE`|tilde `~`|
+|`KC_EXLM`|`KC_EXCLAIM`|exclamation mark `!`|
+|`KC_AT`||at sign `@`|
+|`KC_HASH`||hash sign `#`|
+|`KC_DLR`|`KC_DOLLAR`|dollar sign `$`|
+|`KC_PERC`|`KC_PERCENT`|percent sign `%`|
+|`KC_CIRC`|`KC_CIRCUMFLEX`|circumflex `^`|
+|`KC_AMPR`|`KC_AMPERSAND`|ampersand `&`|
+|`KC_ASTR`|`KC_ASTERISK`|asterisk `*`|
+|`KC_LPRN`|`KC_LEFT_PAREN`|left parenthesis `(`|
+|`KC_RPRN`|`KC_RIGHT_PAREN`|right parenthesis `)`|
+|`KC_UNDS`|`KC_UNDERSCORE`|underscore `_`|
+|`KC_PLUS`||plus sign `+`|
+|`KC_LCBR`|`KC_LEFT_CURLY_BRACE`|left curly brace `{`|
+|`KC_RCBR`|`KC_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACE`|right curly brace `}`|
+|`KC_LT`/`KC_LABK`|`KC_LEFT_ANGLE_BRACKET`|left angle bracket `<`|
+|`KC_GT`/`KC_RABK`|`KC_RIGHT_ANGLE_BRACKET`|right angle bracket `>`|
+|`KC_COLN`|`KC_COLON`|colon `:`|
+|`KC_PIPE`||pipe `\|`|
+|`KC_QUES`|`KC_QUESTION`|question mark `?`|
+|`KC_DQT`/`KC_DQUO`|`KC_DOUBLE_QUOTE`|double quote `"`|
diff --git a/docs/keymap.md b/docs/keymap.md
index 53b17f4019..170fdaed7d 100644
--- a/docs/keymap.md
+++ b/docs/keymap.md
@@ -215,8 +215,7 @@ To actually handle the keypress event we define an `action_function()`. This fun
 
 This should have given you a basic overview for creating your own keymap. For more details see the following resources:
 
-* https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/wiki/Keycodes
-* https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/wiki/FAQ-Keymap
-* https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/wiki/Keymap-examples
+* [Keycodes](keycodes.md)
+* [Keymap FAQ](faq_keymap.md)
 
-We are actively working to improve these docs. If you have suggestions for how they could be made better please [file an issue](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues/new)!
\ No newline at end of file
+We are actively working to improve these docs. If you have suggestions for how they could be made better please [file an issue](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues/new)!
diff --git a/docs/keymap_config_h_example.h b/docs/keymap_config_h_example.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 8893d122e0..0000000000
--- a/docs/keymap_config_h_example.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef CONFIG_USER_H
-#define CONFIG_USER_H
-
-#include "../../config.h"
-
-// place overrides here
-
-#endif
diff --git a/docs/keymap_examples.md b/docs/keymap_examples.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 0940119317..0000000000
--- a/docs/keymap_examples.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-# Share your keymap idea here!
-https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/265
-
----
-
-## Reverse-shifted for numbers
-With pressing Shift and '1' key you get **1** while with just '1' key you get **!**.
-- https://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=41989.msg1959718#msg1959718
-
-
-## KBT Pure layout
-Keymap code on Alps64
-https://github.com/thisisshi/tmk_keyboard/blob/15fe63e8d181a8a95988dcc71929f0024df55caa/keyboard/alps64/keymap_pure.c
-
-and guide.
-https://github.com/thisisshi/tmk_keyboard/blob/77ac0805ade565fb23657e3644c920ada71edccf/keyboard/alps64/Guide.md
-
-## Prevent stuck modifiers
-
-Consider the following scenario:
-
-1. Layer 0 has a key defined as Shift.
-2. The same key is defined on layer 1 as the letter A.
-3. User presses Shift.
-4. User switches to layer 1 for whatever reason.
-5. User releases Shift, or rather the letter A.
-6. User switches back to layer 0.
-
-Shift was actually never released and is still considered pressed.
-
-If such situation bothers you add this to your `config.h`:
-
-    #define PREVENT_STUCK_MODIFIERS
-
-This option uses 5 bytes of memory per every 8 keys on the keyboard
-rounded up (5 bits per key). For example on Planck (48 keys) it uses
-(48/8)\*5 = 30 bytes.
diff --git a/docs/keymap_makefile_example.mk b/docs/keymap_makefile_example.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index f4671a9d11..0000000000
--- a/docs/keymap_makefile_example.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-# Build Options
-#   change to "no" to disable the options, or define them in the Makefile in 
-#   the appropriate keymap folder that will get included automatically
-#
-BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE = no       # Virtual DIP switch configuration(+1000)
-MOUSEKEY_ENABLE = yes       # Mouse keys(+4700)
-EXTRAKEY_ENABLE = yes       # Audio control and System control(+450)
-CONSOLE_ENABLE = no         # Console for debug(+400)
-COMMAND_ENABLE = yes        # Commands for debug and configuration
-NKRO_ENABLE = yes           # Nkey Rollover - if this doesn't work, see here: https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/wiki/FAQ#nkro-doesnt-work
-BACKLIGHT_ENABLE = no       # Enable keyboard backlight functionality
-MIDI_ENABLE = no            # MIDI controls
-AUDIO_ENABLE = no           # Audio output on port C6
-UNICODE_ENABLE = no         # Unicode
-BLUETOOTH_ENABLE = no       # Enable Bluetooth with the Adafruit EZ-Key HID
-RGBLIGHT_ENABLE = no        # Enable WS2812 RGB underlight.  Do not enable this with audio at the same time.
-SLEEP_LED_ENABLE = no       # Breathing sleep LED during USB suspend
-
-ifndef QUANTUM_DIR
-	include ../../../../Makefile
-endif
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/keymap_old.md b/docs/keymap_old.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 3ea138ea8f..0000000000
--- a/docs/keymap_old.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,685 +0,0 @@
-Keymap framework - how to define your keymap
-============================================
-***NOTE: This is updated for QMK but this is still work in progress.  This may still be inconsistent with the source code.***
-
-QMK is based on TMK.   Understanding the essential changes made should help you understand variable names etc.
-
-## TMK vs. QMK
-
-| Firmware                  |TMK                    |QMK                      |
-|---------------------------|-----------------------|-------------------------|
-| Maintainer                |hasu                   |Jack Humbert et al.      |
-| Build path customization  | `TMK_DIR = ...`       | `include .../Makefile`  |
-| `keymaps` data            | 3D array of `uint8_t` holding **keycode**      | 3D array of `uint16_t` holding **action code**  |
-| `fn_actions` data         | 1D array of `uint16_t` holding **action code** | 1D array of `uint16_t` holding **action code**  |
-
-Since QMK is based on TMK and uses major portion of TMK code as is, understanding the essential changes made should help you understand the code.
-
-## 0. Keymap and layers
-In QMK,  **`const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS]`** holds multiple **layers** of keymap information in **16 bit** data holding the **action code**. You can define **32 layers** at most.
-
-For trivial key definitions, the higher 8 bits of the **action code** are all 0 and the lower 8 bits holds the USB HID usage code generated by the key as **keycode**.
-
-Respective layers can be validated simultaneously. Layers are indexed with 0 to 31 and higher layer has precedence.
-
-    Keymap: 32 Layers                   Layer: action code matrix
-    -----------------                   ---------------------
-    stack of layers                     array_of_action_code[row][column]
-           ____________ precedence               _______________________
-          /           / | high                  / ESC / F1  / F2  / F3   ....
-      31 /___________// |                      /-----/-----/-----/-----
-      30 /___________// |                     / TAB /  Q  /  W  /  E   ....
-      29 /___________/  |                    /-----/-----/-----/-----
-       :   _:_:_:_:_:__ |               :   /LCtrl/  A  /  S  /  D   ....
-       :  / : : : : : / |               :  /  :     :     :     :
-       2 /___________// |               2 `--------------------------
-       1 /___________// |               1 `--------------------------
-       0 /___________/  V low           0 `--------------------------
-
-
-Sometimes, the action code stored in keymap may be referred as keycode in some documents due to the TMK history.
-
-### 0.1 Keymap layer status
-Keymap layer has its state in two 32 bit parameters:
-
-* **`default_layer_state`** indicates a base keymap layer(0-31) which is always valid and to be referred.
-* **`layer_state`** () has current on/off status of the layer on its each bit.
-
-Keymap has its state in two parameter **`default_layer`** indicates a base keymap layer(0-31) which is always valid and to be referred, **`keymap_stat`** is 16bit variable which has current on/off status of layers on its each bit.
-Keymap layer '0' is usually `default_layer` and which is the only valid layer and other layers is initially off after boot up firmware, though, you can configured them in `config.h`.
-To change `default_layer` will be useful when you switch key layout completely, say you want Colmak instead of Qwerty.
-
-    Initial state of Keymap          Change base layout              
-    -----------------------          ------------------              
-
-      31                               31
-      30                               30
-      29                               29
-       :                                :
-       :                                :   ____________
-       2   ____________                 2  /           /
-       1  /           /              ,->1 /___________/
-    ,->0 /___________/               |  0
-    |                                |
-    `--- default_layer = 0           `--- default_layer = 1
-         layer_state   = 0x00000001       layer_state   = 0x00000002
-
-On the other hand, you shall change `layer_state` to overlay base layer with some layers for feature such as navigation keys, function key(F1-F12), media keys or special actions.
-
-    Overlay feature layer
-    ---------------------      bit|status
-           ____________        ---+------
-      31  /           /        31 |   0
-      30 /___________// -----> 30 |   1
-      29 /___________/  -----> 29 |   1
-       :                        : |   :
-       :   ____________         : |   :
-       2  /           /         2 |   0
-    ,->1 /___________/  ----->  1 |   1
-    |  0                        0 |   0
-    |                                 +
-    `--- default_layer = 1            |
-         layer_state   = 0x60000002 <-'
-
-
-
-### 0.2 Layer Precedence and Transparency
-Note that ***higher layer has higher priority on stack of layers***, namely firmware falls down from top layer to bottom to look up keycode. Once it spots keycode other than **`KC_TRNS`**(transparent) on a layer it stops searching and lower layers aren't referred.
-
-You can place `KC_TRANS` on overlay layer changes just part of layout to fall back on lower or base layer.
-Key with `KC_TRANS` (`KC_TRNS` and `_______` are the alias) doesn't has its own keycode and refers to lower valid layers for keycode, instead.
-See example below.
-
-
-### 0.3 Keymap Example
-Keymap in this QMK is **`static const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[]`** C array in fact and you can define layers in it with **`KEYMAP()`** C macro and keycodes. To use complex actions you need to define `Fn` keycode in **`fn_actions[]`** array.  It holds the 16 bit quantum keycode (action code).
-
-> Please note that keymap in the TMK, which QMK was forked from, is **`static const uint8_t PROGMEM keymaps[]`** C array which holds the 8 bit keycode (~USB HID usage code).
-
-This is a keymap example for [HHKB](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Happy_Hacking_Keyboard) keyboard.
-This example has three layers, 'QWERTY' as base layer, 'FN' and  'MOUSE'.
-
-In this example,
-
- `MO(layer)` is a **momentary layer switching** key.
-
-You can find other keymap definitions in file `keymap.c` located on project directories.
-```
-/*
- * dbroqua HHKB Layout
- */
-#include "hhkb.h"
-
-#define BASE 0
-#define FN 1
-#define MOUSE 2
-
-const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
-    /* BASE Level: Default Layer
-     * ,-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
-     * | Esc |  1  |  2  |  3  |  4  |  5  |  6  |  7  |  8  |  9  |  0  |  -  |  =  |  \  |  `  |
-     * |-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-     * | Tab    |  Q  |  W  |  E  |  R  |  T  |  Y  |  U  |  I  |  O  |  P  |  [  |  ]  |  Bksp  |
-     * |-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-     * | Ctrl    |  A  |  S  |  D  |  F  |  G  |  H  |  J  |  K  |  L  |  ;  |  '  |    Enter    |
-     * |-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-     * | Shift     |  Z  |  X  |  C  |  V  |  B  |  N  |  M  |  ,  |  .  |  /  | Shift     | fn  |
-     * +-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-     *         | Gui |  Alt   |               Space               | AltGr |Mouse|
-     *         `----------------------------------------------------------------´
-     */
-    [BASE] = KEYMAP(
-        KC_ESC,   KC_1,  KC_2,  KC_3,  KC_4,  KC_5,  KC_6,  KC_7,  KC_8,     KC_9,    KC_0,     KC_MINS,  KC_EQL,    KC_BSLS,  KC_GRV, \
-        KC_TAB,   KC_Q,  KC_W,  KC_E,  KC_R,  KC_T,  KC_Y,  KC_U,  KC_I,     KC_O,    KC_P,     KC_LBRC,  KC_RBRC,   KC_BSPC,          \
-        KC_LCTL,  KC_A,  KC_S,  KC_D,  KC_F,  KC_G,  KC_H,  KC_J,  KC_K,     KC_L,    KC_SCLN,  KC_QUOT,  KC_ENT,                      \
-        KC_LSFT,  KC_Z,  KC_X,  KC_C,  KC_V,  KC_B,  KC_N,  KC_M,  KC_COMM,  KC_DOT,  KC_SLSH,  KC_RSFT,  MO(FN),                    \
-                        KC_LGUI, KC_LALT,  /*        */ KC_SPC, KC_RALT, MO(MOUSE)
-    ),
-
-    /* FN Layer
-     * ,-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
-     * | Pwr |  F1  | F2  | F3  | F4  | F5  | F6  | F7  | F8  | F9  | F0  | F11 | F12 | Ins | Del|
-     * |-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-     * | Caps   |     |     |     |     |     |     |     |PrtSc| Slck| Paus|  Up |     |        |
-     * |-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-     * |         | Vol-| Vol+| Mute|     |     | *   | /   | Home| PgUp| Left |Right|            |
-     * |-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-     * |           | Prev| Play| Next|     |     | +   | -   | End |PgDwn| Down|           |     |
-     * +-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-     *         |     |        |                                   | Stop  |     |
-     *         `----------------------------------------------------------------´
-     */
-    [FN] = KEYMAP(
-        KC_PWR,   KC_F1,    KC_F2,    KC_F3,    KC_F4,    KC_F5,    KC_F6,    KC_F7,    KC_F8,    KC_F9,    KC_F10,   KC_F11,   KC_F12,   KC_INS,   KC_DEL, \
-        KC_CAPS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_PSCR,  KC_SLCK,  KC_PAUS,  KC_UP,    KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,          \
-        KC_TRNS,  KC_VOLD,  KC_VOLU,  KC_MUTE,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_PAST,  KC_PSLS,  KC_HOME,  KC_PGUP,  KC_LEFT,  KC_RGHT,  KC_TRNS,                    \
-        KC_TRNS,  KC_MPRV,  KC_MPLY,  KC_MNXT,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_PPLS,  KC_PMNS,  KC_END,   KC_PGDN,  KC_DOWN,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,                    \
-                        KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,           KC_TRNS,                KC_MSTP, KC_TRNS
-    ),
-
-    /* MOUSE Layer
-     * ,-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
-     * |     |      |     |     |     |     |     |     |     |     |     |     |     |     |    |
-     * |-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-     * |        |     | WUp |     |     |     |     |     |     |     | Btn1|  Up | Btn2|        |
-     * |-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-     * |         | WLt | WDn | WRt |     |     |     |     |     |     | Left |Right|            |
-     * |-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-     * |           |     |     |     |     |     |     |     |     | Btn3| Down|           |     |
-     * +-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
-     *         |     |        |                                   |       |     |
-     *         `----------------------------------------------------------------´
-     */
-    [MOUSE] = KEYMAP(
-        KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,   KC_TRNS, \
-        KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_WH_U,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_BTN1,  KC_MS_U,  KC_BTN2,  KC_TRNS,          \
-        KC_TRNS,  KC_WH_L,  KC_WH_D,  KC_WH_R,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_MS_L,  KC_MS_R,  KC_TRNS,                    \
-        KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_BTN3,  KC_MS_D,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,                    \
-                        KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,           KC_TRNS,                KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS
-    )
-};
-
-const uint16_t PROGMEM fn_actions[] = {
-
-};
-
-const macro_t *action_get_macro(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt)
-{
-  // MACRODOWN only works in this function
-      switch(id) {
-        case 0:
-          if (record->event.pressed) {
-            register_code(KC_RSFT);
-          } else {
-            unregister_code(KC_RSFT);
-          }
-        break;
-      }
-    return MACRO_NONE;
-};
-```
-
-
-## 1. Keycode
-See [`tmk_core/common/keycode.h`](../tmk_core/common/keycode.h) or keycode table below for the detail. Keycode is internal **8bit code** to indicate action performed on key in keymap.  Keycodes are based on [HID Usage Keyboard/Keypad Page(0x07)](http://www.usb.org/developers/hidpage/Hut1_12v2.pdf) plus special codes in the `0xA5-DF` range.
-
-Keycode has `KC_` prefixed symbol respectively. Most of keycodes like `KC_A` have simple action registers key to host on press and unregister on release, while some of other keycodes has some special actions like `Fn` keys, Media control keys, System control keys and Mousekeys.
-
-keymaps[]
-
-In `KEYMAP()` macro, TMK recommends you to keep prefix part `KC_` of keycode to keep keymap compact. For example, just use `A` instead you place `KC_A` in `KEYMAP()`.  But this doesn't apply for QMK. 
-
-The `KEYMAP()` macro defines correspondence between the physical key location to the electrical key connection.
-
-Some keycodes has 7-letter **short name** such as `KC_COMM` in addition to descriptive name `KC_COMMA`, you'll prefer short one in `KEYMAP()`.
-
-### 1.0 Other key
-- `KC_NO` for no action
-- `KC_TRNS` for layer transparency (See above)
-
-### 1.1 Normal key
-- `KC_A` to `KC_Z`, `KC_1` to `KC_0` for alpha numeric key
-- `KC_MINS`, `KC_EQL`, `KC_GRV`, `KC_RBRC`, `KC_LBRC`, `KC_COMM`, `KC_DOT`, `KC_BSLS`, `KC_SLSH`, `KC_SCLN`, `KC_QUOT`
-- `KC_ESC`, `KC_TAB`, `KC_SPC`, `KC_BSPC`, `KC_ENT`, `KC_DEL`, `KC_INS`
-- `KC_UP`, `KC_DOWN`, `KC_RGHT`, `KC_LEFT`, `KC_PGUP`, `KC_PGDN`, `KC_HOME`, `KC_END`
-- `KC_CAPS`, `KC_NLCK`, `KC_SLCK`, `KC_PSCR`, `KC_PAUS`, `KC_APP`, `KC_F1` to `KC_F24`
-- `KC_P1` to `KC_P0`, `KC_PDOT`, `KC_PCMM`, `KC_PSLS`, `KC_PAST`, `KC_PMNS`, `KC_PPLS`, `KC_PEQL`, `KC_PENT` for keypad.
-
-### 1.2 Modifier
-There are 8 modifiers which has discrimination between left and right. 
-
-- `KC_LCTL` and `KC_RCTL` for Control
-- `KC_LSFT` and `KC_RSFT` for Shift
-- `KC_LALT` and `KC_RALT` for Alt
-- `KC_LGUI` and `KC_RGUI` for Windows key or Command key in Mac
-
-### 1.3 Mousekey
-- `KC_MS_U`, `KC_MS_D`, `KC_MS_L`, `KC_MS_R` for mouse cursor
-- `KC_WH_U`, `KC_WH_D`, `KC_WH_L`, `KC_WH_R` for mouse wheel
-- `KC_BTN1`, `KC_BTN2`, `KC_BTN3`, `KC_BTN4`, `KC_BTN5` for mouse buttons
-
-### 1.4 System & Media key
-- `KC_PWR`, `KC_SLEP`, `KC_WAKE` for Power, Sleep, Wake
-- `KC_MUTE`, `KC_VOLU`, `KC_VOLD` for audio volume control
-- `KC_MNXT`, `KC_MPRV`, `KC_MSTP`, `KC_MPLY`, `KC_MSEL` for media control
-- `KC_MAIL`, `KC_CALC`, `KC_MYCM` for application launch
-- `KC_WSCH`, `KC_WHOM`, `KC_WBAK`, `KC_WFWD`, `KC_WSTP`, `KC_WREF`, `KC_WFAV` for web browser operation
-
-### 1.5 Fn key
-You don't need to use this functionality under QMK since this is a backward compatibility functionality.  Unlike TMK, you can write action code itself directly in  **`static const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[]`** C array using `MO(layer)`, etc.
-
-`KC_FNnn` are keycodes for `Fn` key which not given any actions at the beginning unlike most of keycodes has its own inborn action. To use these keycodes in `KEYMAP()` you need to assign action you want at first. Action of `Fn` key is defined in `fn_actions[]` and its index of the array is identical with number part of `KC_FNnn`. Thus `KC_FN0` keycode indicates the action defined in first element of the array. ***Only 32 `Fn` keys can be defined at most.***
-
-
-### 1.6 Keycode Table
- See keycode table in [`doc/keycode.txt`](./keycode.txt) for description of keycodes.
-
- In regard to implementation side most of keycodes are identical with [HID usage][HID_usage](pdf) sent to host for real and some virtual keycodes are defined to support special actions.
-[HID_usage]: http://www.usb.org/developers/hidpage/Hut1_12v2.pdf
-
-
-
-## 2. Action
-See [`common/action_code.h`](../common/action_code.h). Action is a **16bit code** and defines function to perform on events of a key like press, release, holding and tapping.
-
-Most of keys just register 8bit scancode to host, but to support other complex features needs 16bit extended action codes internally. However, using 16bit action codes in keymap results in double size in memory compared to using just keycodes. To avoid this waste 8bit keycodes are used in `KEYMAP()` instead of action codes.
-
-***You can just use keycodes of `Normal key`, `Modifier`, `Mousekey` and `System & Media key` in keymap*** to indicate corresponding actions instead of using action codes. While ***to use other special actions you should use keycode of `Fn` key defined in `fn_actions[]`.***
-
-
-### 2.1 Key Action
-This is a simple action that registers scancodes(HID usage in fact) to host on press event of key and unregister on release.
-
-#### Parameters
-+ **mods**: { ` MOD_LCTL`, ` MOD_LSFT`, ` MOD_LALT`, ` MOD_LGUI`,
-              ` MOD_RCTL`, ` MOD_RSFT`, ` MOD_RALT`, ` MOD_RGUI` }
-+ **key**: keycode
-
-
-#### 2.1.1 Normal key and Modifier
-***This action usually won't be used expressly in keymap*** because you can just use keycodes in `KEYMAP()` instead.
-
-You can define these actions on *'A'* key and *'left shift'* modifier with:
-
-    ACTION_KEY(KC_A)
-    ACTION_KEY(KC_LSFT)
-
-#### 2.1.2 Modified key
-This action is comprised of strokes of modifiers and a key. `Macro` action is needed if you want more complex key strokes.
-
-Say you want to assign a key to `Shift + 1` to get character *'!'* or `Alt + Tab` to switch application windows.
-
-    ACTION_MODS_KEY(MOD_LSFT, KC_1)
-    ACTION_MODS_KEY(MOD_LALT, KC_TAB)
-
-Or `Alt,Shift + Tab` can be defined. `ACTION_MODS_KEY(mods, key)` requires **4-bit modifier state** and a **keycode** as arguments. See `keycode.h` for `MOD_BIT()` macro.
-
-    ACTION_MODS_KEY(MOD_LALT | MOD_LSFT, KC_TAB)
-
-#### 2.1.3 Multiple Modifiers
-Registers multiple modifiers with pressing a key. To specify multiple modifiers use `|`.
-
-    ACTION_MODS(MOD_ALT | MOD_LSFT)
-
-#### 2.1.3 Modifier with Tap key([Dual role][dual_role])
-Works as a modifier key while holding, but registers a key on tap(press and release quickly).
-
-
-    ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_RCTL, KC_ENT)
-
-
-
-### 2.2 Layer Action
-These actions operate layers of keymap.
-
-#### Parameters
-You can specify a **target layer** of action and **when the action is executed**. Some actions take a **bit value** for bitwise operation.
-
-
-+ **layer**: `0`-`31`
-+ **on**: { `ON_PRESS` | `ON_RELEASE` | `ON_BOTH` }
-+ **bits**: 4-bit value and 1-bit mask bit
-
-
-#### 2.2.1 Default Layer
-Default Layer is a layer which always is valid and referred to when actions is not defined on other overlay layers.
-
-This sets Default Layer to given parameter `layer` and activate it.
-
-    ACTION_DEFAULT_LAYER_SET(layer)
-
-
-#### 2.2.2 Momentary 
-Turns on `layer` momentarily while holding, in other words it activates when key is pressed and deactivate when released.
-
-    ACTION_LAYER_MOMENTARY(layer)
-
-
-#### 2.2.3 Toggle Switch
-Turns on `layer` with first type(press and release) and turns off with next.
-
-    ACTION_LAYER_TOGGLE(layer)
-
-
-#### 2.2.4 Momentary Switch with tap key
-Turns on `layer` momentary while holding, but registers key on tap(press and release quickly).
-
-    ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(layer, key)
-
-
-#### 2.2.5 Momentary Switch with tap toggle
-Turns on `layer` momentary while holding and toggles it with serial taps.
-
-    ACTION_LAYER_TAP_TOGGLE(layer)
-
-
-#### 2.2.6 Invert state of layer
-Inverts current state of `layer`. If the layer is on it becomes off with this action.
-
-    ACTION_LAYER_INVERT(layer, on)
-
-
-#### 2.2.7 Turn On layer
-Turns on layer state.
-
-    ACTION_LAYER_ON(layer, on)
-
-Turns on layer state on press and turns off on release.
-
-    ACTION_LAYER_ON_OFF(layer)
-
-
-#### 2.2.8 Turn Off layer
-Turns off layer state.
-
-    ACTION_LAYER_OFF(layer, on)
-
-Turns off layer state on press and activates on release.
-
-    ACTION_LAYER_OFF_ON(layer)
-
-
-#### 2.2.9 Set layer
-Turn on layer only.
-`layer_state = (1<<layer) [layer: 0-31]`
-
-    ACTION_LAYER_SET(layer, on)
-
-Turns on layer only and clear all layer on release..
-
-    ACTION_LAYER_SET_CLEAR(layer)
-
-
-#### 2.2.10 Bitwise operation
-
-**part** indicates which part of 32bit layer state(0-7). **bits** is 5-bit value. **on** indicates when the action is executed.
-
-    ACTION_LAYER_BIT_AND(part, bits, on)
-    ACTION_LAYER_BIT_OR(part, bits, on)
-    ACTION_LAYER_BIT_XOR(part, bits, on)
-    ACTION_LAYER_BIT_SET(part, bits, on)
-
-These actions works with parameters as following code.
-
-    uint8_t shift = part*4;
-    uint32_t mask = (bits&0x10) ? ~(0xf<<shift) : 0;
-    uint32_t layer_state = layer_state <bitop> ((bits<<shift)|mask);
-
-
-Default Layer also has bitwise operations, they are executed when key is released.
-
-    ACTION_DEFAULT_LAYER_BIT_AND(part, bits)
-    ACTION_DEFAULT_LAYER_BIT_OR(part, bits)
-    ACTION_DEFAULT_LAYER_BIT_XOR(part, bits)
-    ACTION_DEFAULT_LAYER_BIT_SET(part, bits)
-
-
-
-### 2.3 Macro action
-***TBD***
-
-`Macro` action indicates complex key strokes.
- 
-    MACRO( D(LSHIFT), D(D), END )
-    MACRO( U(D), U(LSHIFT), END )
-    MACRO( I(255), T(H), T(E), T(L), T(L), W(255), T(O), END )
-
-#### 2.3.1 Macro Commands
-- **I()**   change interval of stroke.
-- **D()**   press key
-- **U()**   release key
-- **T()**   type key(press and release)
-- **W()**   wait
-- **END**   end mark
-
-#### 2.3.2 Examples
-
-***TODO: sample implementation***
-See `keyboards/hhkb/keymap.c` for sample.
-
-
-
-### 2.4 Function action
-***TBD***
-
-There are two type of action, normal `Function` and tappable `Function`.
-These actions call user defined function with `id`, `opt`, and key event information as arguments.
-
-#### 2.4.1 Function
-To define normal `Function` action in keymap use this.
-
-    ACTION_FUNCTION(id, opt)
-
-#### 2.4.2 Function with tap
-To define tappable `Function` action in keymap use this.
-
-    ACTION_FUNCTION_TAP(id, opt)
-
-#### 2.4.3 Implement user function
-`Function` actions can be defined freely with C by user in callback function:
-
-    void keymap_call_function(keyrecord_t *event, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt)
-
-This C function is called every time key is operated, argument `id` selects action to be performed and `opt` can be used for option. Function `id` can be 0-255 and `opt` can be 0-15.
-
- `keyrecord_t` is comprised of key event and tap count. `keyevent_t` indicates which and when key is pressed or released. From `tap_count` you can know tap state, 0 means no tap. These information will be used in user function to decide how action of key is performed.
-
-    typedef struct {
-        keyevent_t  event;
-        uint8_t     tap_count;
-    } keyrecord_t;
-
-    typedef struct {
-        key_t    key;
-        bool     pressed;
-        uint16_t time;
-    } keyevent_t;
-
-    typedef struct {
-        uint8_t col;
-        uint8_t row;
-    } key_t;
-
-***TODO: sample implementation***
-See `keyboards/hhkb/keymap.c` for sample.
-
-
-
-### 2.5 Backlight Action
-These actions control the backlight.
-
-#### 2.5.1 Change backlight level
-Increase backlight level.
-
-    ACTION_BACKLIGHT_INCREASE()
-
-Decrease backlight level.
-
-    ACTION_BACKLIGHT_DECREASE()
-
-Step through backlight levels.
-
-    ACTION_BACKLIGHT_STEP()
-
-Turn a specific backlight level on or off.
-
-    ACTION_BACKLIGHT_LEVEL(1)
-
-#### 2.5.2 Turn on / off backlight
-Turn the backlight on and off without changing level.
-
-    ACTION_BACKLIGHT_TOGGLE()
-
-
-
-### 2.6 Swap-Hands Action
-The swap-hands action allows support for one-handed keyboards without requiring a separate layer. Set `ONEHAND_ENABLE` in the Makefile and define a `hand_swap_config` entry in your keymap. Now whenever the `ACTION_SWAP_HANDS` command key is pressed the keyboard is mirrored. For instance, to type "Hello, World" on QWERTY you would type `^Ge^s^s^w^c W^wr^sd`
-
-### 2.6.1 Configuration
-The configuration table is a simple 2-dimensional array to map from column/row to new column/row. Example `hand_swap_config` for Planck:
-
-```
-const keypos_t hand_swap_config[MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
-  {{11, 0}, {10, 0}, {9, 0}, {8, 0}, {7, 0}, {6, 0}, {5, 0}, {4, 0}, {3, 0}, {2, 0}, {1, 0}, {0, 0}},
-  {{11, 1}, {10, 1}, {9, 1}, {8, 1}, {7, 1}, {6, 1}, {5, 1}, {4, 1}, {3, 1}, {2, 1}, {1, 1}, {0, 1}},
-  {{11, 2}, {10, 2}, {9, 2}, {8, 2}, {7, 2}, {6, 2}, {5, 2}, {4, 2}, {3, 2}, {2, 2}, {1, 2}, {0, 2}},
-  {{11, 3}, {10, 3}, {9, 3}, {8, 3}, {7, 3}, {6, 3}, {5, 3}, {4, 3}, {3, 3}, {2, 3}, {1, 3}, {0, 3}},
-};
-```
-
-Note that the array indices are reversed same as the matrix and the values are of type `keypos_t` which is `{col, row}` and all values are zero-based. In the example above, `hand_swap_config[2][4]` (third row, fifth column) would return {7, 2} (third row, eighth column).
-
-### 2.6.2 Advanced Swap Commands
-- **`ACTION_SWAP_HANDS()`** Swaps hands when pressed, returns to normal when released (momentary).
-- **`ACTION_SWAP_HANDS_TOGGLE()`** Toggles swap on and off with every keypress.
-- **`ACTION_SWAP_HANDS_TAP_TOGGLE()`** Toggles with a tap; momentary when held.
-- **`ACTION_SWAP_HANDS_TAP_KEY(key)`** Sends `key` with a tap; momentary swap when held.
-- **`ACTION_SWAP_HANDS_ON_OFF()`** Alias for `ACTION_SWAP_HANDS()`
-- **`ACTION_SWAP_HANDS_OFF_ON()`** Momentarily turns off swap.
-- **`ACTION_SWAP_HANDS_ON()`** Turns on swapping and leaves it on.
-- **`ACTION_SWAP_HANDS_OFF()`** Turn off swapping and leaves it off. Good for returning to a known state.
-
-
-
-## 3. Layer switching Example
-There are some ways to switch layer with 'Layer' actions.
-
-### 3.1 Momentary switching
-Momentary switching changes layer only while holding Fn key.
-
-This action makes 'Layer 1' active(valid) on key press event and inactive on release event. Namely you can overlay a layer on lower layers or default layer temporarily with this action.
-
-    ACTION_LAYER_MOMENTARY(1)
-
-
-Note that after switching on press the actions on destination layer(Layer 1) are performed.
-***Thus you shall need to place an action to go back on destination layer***, or you will be stuck in destination layer without way to get back. Usually you need to place same action or 'KC_TRNS` on destination layer to get back.
-
-
-### 3.2 Toggle switching
-Toggle switching performed after releasing a key. With this action you can keep staying on the destination layer until you type the key again to return.
-
-This performs toggle switching action of 'Layer 2'.
-
-    ACTION_LAYER_TOGGLE(2)
-
-
-
-### 3.3 Momentary switching with Tap key
-These actions switch a layer only while holding a key but register the key on tap. **Tap** means to press and release a key quickly.
-
-    ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(2, KC_SCLN)
-
-With this you can place a layer switching action on normal key like ';' without losing its original key register function. This action allows you to have layer switching action without necessity of a dedicated key. It means you can have it even on home row of keyboard.
-
-
-
-### 3.4 Momentary switching with Tap Toggle
-This switches layer only while holding a key but toggle layer with several taps. **Tap** means to press and release key quickly.
-
-    ACTION_LAYER_TAP_TOGGLE(1)
-
-Number of taps can be configured with `TAPPING_TOGGLE` in `config.h`, `5` by default.
-
-
-
-### 3.5 Momentary switching with Modifiers
-This registers modifier key(s) simultaneously with layer switching.
-
-    ACTION_LAYER_MODS(2, MOD_LSFT | MOD_LALT)
-
-
-
-## 4. Tapping
-Tapping is to press and release a key quickly. Tapping speed is determined with setting of `TAPPING_TERM`, which can be defined in `config.h`, 200ms by default.
-
-### 4.1 Tap Key
-This is a feature to assign normal key action and modifier including layer switching to just same one physical key. This is a kind of [Dual role key][dual_role]. It works as modifier when holding the key but registers normal key when tapping.
-
-Modifier with tap key:
-
-    ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_RSFT, KC_GRV)
-
-Layer switching with tap key:
-
-    ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(2, KC_SCLN)
-
-[dual_role]: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Modifier_key#Dual-role_keys
-
-When user hold a key after tap, it repeat the tapped key rather to hold a modifier key.
-If you prefer to hold a modifier instead, define `TAPPING_FORCE_HOLD` in `config.h`.
-See https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues/889 for the detail.
-
-### 4.2 Tap Toggle
-This is a feature to assign both toggle layer and momentary switch layer action to just same one physical key. It works as momentary layer switch when holding a key but toggle switch with several taps.
-
-    ACTION_LAYER_TAP_TOGGLE(1)
-
-
-### 4.3 Oneshot Modifier
-This runs onetime effects which modify only on just one following key. It works as normal modifier key when holding down while oneshot modifier when tapping. The behavior of oneshot modifiers is similar to the [sticky keys](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/StickyKeys) functionality found in most operating systems.
-
-    ACTION_MODS_ONESHOT(MOD_LSFT)
-
-Oneshot layer key:
-
-    ACTION_LAYER_ONESHOT(MY_LAYER)
-
-Say you want to type 'The', you have to push and hold Shift key before type 't' then release it before type 'h' and 'e', otherwise you'll get 'THe' or 'the' unintentionally. With Oneshot Modifier you can tap Shift then type 't', 'h' and 'e' normally, you don't need to holding Shift key properly here. This mean you can release Shift before 't' is pressed down.
-
-Oneshot effect is cancel unless following key is pressed down within `ONESHOT_TIMEOUT` of `config.h`. No timeout when it is `0` or not defined.
-
-Most implementations of sticky keys allow you to lock a modifier by double tapping the modifier. The layer then remains locked untill the modifier is tapped again. To enable this behaviour for oneshot modifiers set `ONESHOT_TAP_TOGGLE` to the number taps required. The feature is disabled if `ONESHOT_TAP_TOGGLE<2` or not defined.
-
-
-### 4.4 Tap Toggle Mods
-Similar to layer tap toggle, this works as a momentary modifier when holding, but toggles on with several taps. A single tap will 'unstick' the modifier again.
-
-    ACTION_MODS_TAP_TOGGLE(MOD_LSFT)
-
-
-
-
-## 5. Legacy Keymap
-In QMK, `tmk_core/common/keymap.c` is missing and its replacement `quantum/keymap_common.c` lacks Legacy Keymap support.
-
-Legacy Keymap uses two arrays `fn_layer[]` and `fn_keycode[]` to define Fn key. The index of arrays corresponds with postfix number of `Fn` key. Array `fn_layer[]` indicates destination layer to switch and `fn_keycode[]` has keycodes to send when tapping `Fn` key.
-
-In the following legacy keymap setting example, `Fn0`, `Fn1` and `Fn2` switch layer to 1, 2 and 2 respectively. `Fn2` registers `Space` key when tapping while `Fn0` and `Fn1` doesn't send any key.
-
-    static const uint8_t PROGMEM fn_layer[] = {
-        1,              // Fn0
-        2,              // Fn1
-        2,              // Fn2
-    };
-
-    static const uint8_t PROGMEM fn_keycode[] = {
-        KC_NO,          // Fn0
-        KC_NO,          // Fn1
-        KC_SPC,         // Fn2
-    };
-
-Under QMK, these can be realized using action code ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(1, KC_NO), ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(2, KC_NO), and ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(2, KC_SPC) in the `keymaps` directly.
-
-## 6. Terminology
-***TBD***
-### keymap
-is comprised of multiple layers.
-### layer
-is matrix of keycodes.
-### key
-is physical button on keyboard or logical switch on software.
-### keycode
-is codes used on firmware.
-### action
-is a function assigned on a key.
-### layer transparency
-Using transparent keycode one layer can refer key definition on other lower layer.
-### layer precedence
-Top layer has higher precedence than lower layers.
-### tapping
-is to press and release a key quickly.
-### Fn key
-is key which executes a special action like layer switching, mouse key, macro or etc.
-### dual role key
-<http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Modifier_key#Dual-role_keys>
diff --git a/docs/kiibohd.asciidoc b/docs/kiibohd.asciidoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 4a7ee64d8c..0000000000
--- a/docs/kiibohd.asciidoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-== KLL vs TMK
-1. **Shift** = Memontary
-1. Latch = One shot
-1. Lock  = Toggle
-
-## KLL terminology
-### Fall-through
-When a key is undefined on a particular layer, the key
-definition on the previously stacked layer will be used. Eventually
-the key definition will be set to using the default layer. If the None
-keyword is used, then the fall-through will stop and no action will
-take place.
-###Latch
-When referring to keyboards, a key function that is only enabled
-until the release of the next keypress.
-###Lock
-When referring to keyboards, a key function that is enabled until
-that key is pressed again (e.g. Caps Lock).
-### NKRO
-N-Key Rollover is the capability to press N number of keys at the
-same time on a keyboard and have them all register on the OS simultaneously.
-### Scan Code
-Row x Column code or native protocol code used by the keyboard.
-### Shift
-When referring to keyboards, a key function that is enabled while
-that key is held.
-### USB Code
-Keyboard Press/Release codes as defined by the USB HID
-Spec.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/license_clarification.md b/docs/license_clarification.md
deleted file mode 100644
index cf30619b91..0000000000
--- a/docs/license_clarification.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-# Overview
-
-As raised in #1038 and other issues, the licensing status of QMK is not clear. In an effort to remove ambiguity and to clarify the licensing status of the quantum code we are identifying the providence of our source code files and clarifying what license applies to each one.
-
-# Signoff
-
-This section documents the people who need to sign off on applying the GPL to one or more of their contributions. If your name appears below and you consent to applying the GPL to your contributions, please put today's date in the last field of your row. Please stick to the following date format: 2017 Jan 28
-
-Username | Files | Sign Off Date |
----------|-------|---------------|
-@0xdec | quantum/rgblight.c | 2017 Jan 29 |
-@algernon | quantum/quantum.c<br>quantum/quantum.h<br>quantum/process_keycode/process_tap_dance.c<br>quantum/process_keycode/process_tap_dance.h<br>quantum/process_keycode/process_unicode.c<br>quantum/process_keycode/process_unicode.h | 2017 Jan 29 |
-@cdlm | quantum/template/template.c<br>quantum/template/template.h | 2017 Feb 03 |
-@DidierLoiseau | quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_canadian_multilingual.h<br>quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_bepo.h |2017 Jan 29 |
-@eltang |  quantum/config_common.h<br>quantum/matrix.c<br>quantum/quantum.c<br>quantum/quantum.h<br>quantum/rgblight.c<br>quantum/rgblight.h<br>quantum/template/config.h | 2017 Feb 28 |
-@ezuk | quantum/matrix.c<br>quantum/quantum.c<br>quantum/quantum.h<br>quantum/quantum_keycodes.h<br>quantum/rgblight.c<br>quantum/rgblight.h<br>quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_colemak.h<br>quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_nordic.h | 2017 Jan 31 |
-@fredizzimo | quantum/config_common.h<br>quantum/keycode_config.h<br>quantum/keymap.h<br>quantum/keymap_common.c<br>quantum/keymap_common.c<br>quantum/matrix.c<br>quantum/quantum.h<br>quantum/rgblight.c<br>quantum/rgblight.h<br>quantum/api/api_sysex.c | 2017 Jan 29 |
-@h-youhei | quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_jp.h | 2017 Jan 28 |
-@heartsekai | quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_german_ch.h | 2017 Jan 29 |
-@IBnobody | quantum/keycode_config.h<br>quantum/matrix.c<br>quantum/quantum.c<br>quantum/audio/audio.c<br>quantum/audio/audio.h<br>quantum/audio/audio_pwm.c<br>quantum/audio/audio_pwm.c<br>quantum/audio/voices.c<br>quantum/audio/voices.h<br>quantum/template/config.h<br>quantum/template/template.c | 2017 Jan 30 |
-@jackhumbert | quantum/config_common.h<br>quantum/keycode_config.h<br>quantum/keymap.h<br>quantum/keymap_common.c<br>quantum/light_ws2812.c<br>quantum/light_ws2812.h<br>quantum/matrix.c<br>quantum/quantum.c<br>quantum/quantum.h<br>quantum/quantum_keycodes.h<br>quantum/rgblight.c<br>quantum/rgblight.h<br>quantum/api/api_sysex.c<br>quantum/audio/audio.c<br>quantum/audio/audio.h<br>quantum/audio/audio_pwm.c<br>quantum/audio/audio_pwm.c<br>quantum/audio/voices.c<br>quantum/audio/voices.h<br>quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_colemak.h<br>quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_dvorak.h<br>quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_fr_ch.h<br>quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_french.h<br>quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_french_osx.h<br>quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_german.h<br>quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_german_ch.h<br>quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_german_osx.h<br>quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_neo2.h<br>quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_nordic.h<br>quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_plover.h<br>quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_spanish.h<br>quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_uk.h<br>quantum/process_keycode/process_midi.c<br>quantum/process_keycode/process_music.c<br>quantum/process_keycode/process_tap_dance.c<br>quantum/process_keycode/process_tap_dance.h<br>quantum/process_keycode/process_unicode.c<br>quantum/process_keycode/process_unicode.h<br>quantum/template/config.h<br>quantum/template/template.c<br>quantum/template/template.h | 2017-01-29 |
-@jakllsch | quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_dvorak.h<br>quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_fr_ch.h<br>quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_french.h<br>quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_german.h<br>quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_german_ch.h<br>quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_nordic.h<br>quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_spanish.h<br>quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_uk.h | 2017 Jan 29 |
-kuel | quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_unicode_cyrillic.h<br>quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_russian.h | |
-@lindhe | quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_nordic.h<br>quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_norwegian.h | 2017 Jan 30 |
-@matzebond | quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_german.h<br>quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_neo2.h | 2017 Jan 30 |
-@plgruener | quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_german.h<br>quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_neo2.h | 2017 Jan 30 |
-@priyadi | quantum/quantum.c<br>quantum/process_keycode/process_unicode.c<br>quantum/process_keycode/process_unicode.h | 2017 Jan 31 |
-@pvinis | quantum/quantum.c<br>quantum/quantum.h<br>quantum/process_keycode/process_tap_dance.c<br>quantum/process_keycode/process_tap_dance.h | 2017 Jan 29 |
-@Smilliam | quantum/quantum.c | 2017 Feb 25 |
-@sperochon | quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_french_osx.h | 2017 Jan 30 |
-stephan . bosebeck at holidayinsider.com | quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_german_osx.h | 2017 Feb 15 |
-@TerryMathews | quantum/quantum.c | 2017 Jan 29 |
-@Twey | quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_plover.h | |
-@Vifon | quantum/dynamic_macro.h<br>quantum/quantum.c | 2017 Feb 09 |
-@vincent-pochet | quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_fr_ch.h | 2017 Feb 09 |
-@wez | quantum/dynamic_macro.h | 2017 Jan 29 |
-@Wilba6582 | quantum/keymap.h<br>quantum/keymap_common.c<br>quantum/quantum_keycodes.h | 2017 Feb 15 |
-@yangliu | quantum/light_ws2812.c<br>quantum/light_ws2812.h<br>quantum/rgblight.c<br>quantum/rgblight.h | 2017 Jan 30 |
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/license_clarification_details.md b/docs/license_clarification_details.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 77ee688bb4..0000000000
--- a/docs/license_clarification_details.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1272 +0,0 @@
-# Details
-
-This page contains details that are no longer relevant to the License Clarification effort.
-
-## Small Contributions
-
-Smaller contributions that don't need to sign off on the license change.
-
-Username | # Lines | Files | 
----------|---------|-------|
-@AGausmann | 3 | quantum/process_keycode/process_midi.c |
-@Chipairon | 2 | quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_spanish.h | 
-@coderkun | 5 | quantum/process_keycode/process_unicode.c | 
-@fernandodeperto | 3 | quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_nordic.h | 
-@jeebak | 8 | quantum/audio/audio_pwm.c | 
-@Keller-Laminar | 1 | quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_dvorak.h | 
-kevin at letord.fr | 1 | quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_french.h | 
-@ofpies | 3 | quantum/config_common.h<br>quantum/quantum.c | 
-@MagicianVivi | 2 | quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_bepo.h | 
-@NoahAndrews | 1 | quantum/template/template.h | 
-@robertdale | 6 | quantum/process_keycode/process_music.c | 
-@scott-t-wilson | 3 | quantum/rgblight.c<br>quantum/rgblight.h | 
-@skullydazed | 2 | quantum/rgblight.c | 
-@yoyoerx | 6 | quantum/matrix.c<br>quantum/template/template.c | 
-
-# Single Author Files
-
-These are the single author files that still need to have their license clarified.
-
-* quantum/dynamic_macro.h: @Vifon
-* quantum/pincontrol.h: @wez
-* quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_canadian_multilingual.h: @DidierLoiseau
-* quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_jp.h: @h-youhei
-* quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_unicode_cyrillic.h: @kuel
-* quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_russian.h: @kuel
-
-# Multi Author Files
-
-Each file listed below has more than one author and needs to have copyright resolved. The number of lines contributed by each author is shown as determined by:
-
-```git blame <file> | cut -f 2 -d '(' | cut -f 1 -d '2' | sort | uniq -c | sed 's/^ */* /'```
-
-## quantum/config_common.h 
-
-* 24 Eric Tang
-* 2 Fred Sundvik
-* 58 Jack Humbert
-* 1 ofples
-
-## quantum/keycode_config.h 
-
-* 5 IBNobody
-* 20 Jack Humbert
-* 1 fredizzimo
-
-## quantum/keymap.h 
-
-* 39 Jack Humbert
-* 6 Wilba6582
-* 8 fredizzimo
-
-## quantum/keymap_common.c 
-
-* 1 Fred Sundvik
-* 162 Jack Humbert
-* 11 Wilba6582
-* 3 fredizzimo
-
-## quantum/light_ws2812.c 
-
-* 163 Jack Humbert
-* 168 Yang Liu
-
-## quantum/light_ws2812.h 
-
-* 11 Jack Humbert
-* 70 Yang Liu
-
-## quantum/matrix.c 
-
-* 3 Erez Zukerman
-* 15 Eric Tang
-* 239 IBNobody
-* 152 Jack Humbert
-* 2 fredizzimo
-* 2 yoyoerx
-
-## quantum/quantum.c 
-
-* 38 Erez Zukerman
-* 96 Eric Tang
-* 49 Gergely Nagy
-* 68 IBNobody
-* 4 Jack & Erez
-* 561 Jack Humbert
-* 2 Ofer Plesser
-* 14 Pavlos Vinieratos
-* 2 Priyadi Iman Nurcahyo
-* 12 Smilliam
-* 52 TerryMathews
-* 12 Wojciech Siewierski
-
-## quantum/quantum.h 
-
-* 23 Erez Zukerman
-* 4 Eric Tang
-* 1 Fred Sundvik
-* 3 Gergely Nagy
-* 86 Jack Humbert
-* 2 Pavlos Vinieratos
-* 5 fredizzimo
-
-## quantum/quantum_keycodes.h 
-
-* 2 Erez Zukerman
-* 2 Jack Humbert
-* 313 Wilba6582
-
-## quantum/rgblight.c 
-
-* 13 Erez Zukerman
-* 5 Eric Tang
-* 39 Fred Sundvik
-* 101 Jack Humbert
-* 311 Jordi Orlando
-* 1 Scott Wilson
-* 147 Yang Liu
-* 2 skullY
-
-## quantum/rgblight.h 
-
-* 3 Erez Zukerman
-* 2 Eric Tang
-* 6 Fred Sundvik
-* 12 Jack Humbert
-* 2 Scott Wilson
-* 80 Yang Liu
-
-## quantum/api/api_sysex.c 
-
-* 44 Fred Sundvik
-* 13 Jack Humbert
-
-## quantum/audio/audio.c 
-
-* 318 IBNobody
-* 164 Jack Humbert
-
-## quantum/audio/audio.h 
-
-* 15 IBNobody
-* 76 Jack Humbert
-
-## quantum/audio/audio_pwm.c 
-
-* 642 IBNobody
-* 1 Jack Humbert
-
-## quantum/audio/song_list.h 
-
-* 101 IBNobody
-* 16 Jack Humbert
-* 8 JeeBak Kim
-
-## quantum/audio/voices.c 
-
-* 24 IBNobody
-* 256 Jack Humbert
-
-## quantum/audio/voices.h 
-
-* 3 IBNobody
-* 32 Jack Humbert
-
-## quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_bepo.h 
-
-* 308 Didier Loiseau
-* 1 Jack Humbert   
-* 2 Vivien Alger
-
-## quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_colemak.h 
-
-* 31 Erez Zukerman
-* 44 Jack Humbert
-
-## quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_dvorak.h 
-
-* 69 Jack Humbert
-* 15 Jonathan A. Kollasch
-* 1 Keller-Laminar
-
-## quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_fr_ch.h 
-
-* 1 Jack Humbert
-* 1 Jonathan A. Kollasch
-* 96 Vincent Pochet
-
-## quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_french.h 
-
-* 80 Jack Humbert
-* 2 Jonathan A. Kollasch
-* 1 Kévin Letord
-
-## quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_french_osx.h 
-
-* 1 Jack Humbert
-* 76 Sébastien Pérochon
-
-## quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_german.h 
-
-* 1 Jack Humbert
-* 1 Jonathan A. Kollasch
-* 58 Matthias Schmitt
-* 39 plgruener
-
-## quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_german_ch.h 
-
-* 1 Jack Humbert
-* 1 Jonathan A. Kollasch
-* 100 heartsekai
-
-## quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_german_osx.h 
-
-* 1 Jack Humbert
-* 96 Stephan Bösebeck
-
-## quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_neo2.h 
-
-* 2 Jack Humbert
-* 42 Matthias Schmitt
-* 19 plgruener
-
-## quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_nordic.h 
-
-* 1 Andreas Lindhé
-* 1 Erez Zukerman
-* 3 Fernando Mendonca
-* 53 Jack Humbert
-* 1 Jonathan A. Kollasch
-
-## quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_norwegian.h 
-
-* 1 Andreas Lindhé
-* 40 joar
-
-## quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_plover.h 
-
-* 1 Jack Humbert
-* 31 James ‘Twey’ Kay
-
-## quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_spanish.h 
-
-* 59 Jack Humbert
-* 1 Jonathan A. Kollasch
-* 2 Rubén Díaz-Jorge
-
-## quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_uk.h 
-
-* 34 Jack Humbert
-* 2 Jonathan A. Kollasch
-
-## quantum/process_keycode/process_midi.c 
-
-* 3 Adam Gausmann
-* 65 Jack Humbert
-
-## quantum/process_keycode/process_music.c 
-
-* 180 Jack Humbert
-* 6 Robert Dale
-
-## quantum/process_keycode/process_tap_dance.c 
-
-* 90 Gergely Nagy
-* 38 Jack Humbert
-* 8 Pavlos Vinieratos
-
-## quantum/process_keycode/process_tap_dance.h 
-
-* 22 Gergely Nagy
-* 41 Jack Humbert
-* 9 Pavlos Vinieratos
-
-## quantum/process_keycode/process_unicode.c 
-
-* 176 Gergely Nagy
-* 24 Jack Humbert
-* 84 Priyadi Iman Nurcahyo
-* 5 coderkun
-
-## quantum/process_keycode/process_unicode.h 
-
-* 40 Gergely Nagy
-* 117 Jack Humbert
-* 10 Priyadi Iman Nurcahyo
-
-## quantum/template/config.h 
-
-* 9 Eric Tang
-* 78 IBNobody
-* 75 Jack Humbert
-
-## quantum/template/template.c 
-
-* 9 Damien Pollet
-* 7 IBNobody
-* 8 Jack Humbert
-* 4 yoyoerx
-
-## quantum/template/template.h 
-
-* 2 Damien Pollet
-* 16 Jack Humbert
-* 1 Noah Andrews
-
-# All Single Author Files
-
-These files have only a single author and so clarifying licensing should be pretty straightforward.
-
-* quantum/analog.c: Jack Humbert
-* quantum/analog.h: Jack Humbert
-* quantum/api.h: Jack Humbert
-* quantum/keycode_config.c: Jack Humbert
-* quantum/pincontrol.h: Wez Furlong
-* quantum/api/api_sysex.h: Jack Humbert
-* quantum/audio/luts.c: IBNobody
-* quantum/audio/luts.h: IBNobody
-* quantum/audio/musical_notes.h: Jack Humbert
-* quantum/audio/wave.h: Jack Humbert
-* quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_br_abnt2.h: Potiguar Faga
-* quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_dvp.h: Artyom Mironov
-* quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_jp.h: h-youhei
-* quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_unicode_cyrillic.h: kuel
-* quantum/process_keycode/process_chording.c: Jack Humbert
-* quantum/process_keycode/process_chording.h: Jack Humbert
-* quantum/process_keycode/process_leader.c: Jack Humbert
-* quantum/process_keycode/process_leader.h: Jack Humbert
-* quantum/process_keycode/process_midi.h: Jack Humbert
-* quantum/process_keycode/process_music.h: Jack Humbert
-* quantum/process_keycode/process_printer.c: Jack Humbert
-* quantum/process_keycode/process_printer.h: Jack Humbert
-* quantum/process_keycode/process_printer_bb.c: Jack Humbert
-* quantum/serial_link/LICENSE: Fred Sundvik
-* quantum/serial_link/protocol/frame_router.c: Fred Sundvik
-* quantum/serial_link/protocol/frame_router.h: Fred Sundvik
-* quantum/serial_link/protocol/frame_validator.c: Fred Sundvik
-* quantum/serial_link/protocol/frame_validator.h: Fred Sundvik
-* quantum/serial_link/protocol/physical.h: Fred Sundvik
-* quantum/serial_link/protocol/triple_buffered_object.c: Fred Sundvik
-* quantum/serial_link/protocol/triple_buffered_object.h: Fred Sundvik
-* quantum/serial_link/system/serial_link.c: Fred Sundvik
-* quantum/serial_link/system/serial_link.h: Fred Sundvik
-* quantum/serial_link/tests/byte_stuffer_tests.cpp: Fred Sundvik
-* quantum/serial_link/tests/frame_router_tests.cpp: Fred Sundvik
-* quantum/serial_link/tests/frame_validator_tests.cpp: Fred Sundvik
-* quantum/serial_link/tests/Makefile: Fred Sundvik
-* quantum/serial_link/tests/transport_tests.cpp: Fred Sundvik
-* quantum/serial_link/tests/triple_buffered_object_tests.cpp: Fred Sundvik
-* quantum/template/rules.mk: Fred Sundvik
-* quantum/template/keymaps/default/config.h: Jack Humbert
-* quantum/template/keymaps/default/Makefile: Jack Humbert
-* quantum/template/keymaps/default/readme.md: Jack Humbert
-* quantum/tools/eeprom_reset.hex: Jack Humbert
-* quantum/tools/readme.md: Jack Humbert
-* quantum/visualizer/lcd_backlight.c: Fred Sundvik
-* quantum/visualizer/lcd_backlight.h: Fred Sundvik
-* quantum/visualizer/led_test.h: Fred Sundvik
-* quantum/visualizer/LICENSE.md: Fred Sundvik
-* quantum/visualizer/readme.md: Fred Sundvik
-* quantum/visualizer/example_integration/callbacks.c: Fred Sundvik
-* quantum/visualizer/example_integration/gfxconf.h: Fred Sundvik
-* quantum/visualizer/example_integration/lcd_backlight_hal.c: Fred Sundvik
-* quantum/visualizer/example_integration/visualizer_user.c: Fred Sundvik
-
-# All Files
-
-## quantum/analog.c 
-
-* 46e7fb2d3ccd699c0a1b1fd9d02860b1f2a44141 Mon Oct 26 14:49:46 2015 -0400 Jack Humbert
-
-## quantum/analog.h 
-
-* 46e7fb2d3ccd699c0a1b1fd9d02860b1f2a44141 Mon Oct 26 14:49:46 2015 -0400 Jack Humbert
-
-## quantum/api.c 
-
-* 7edac212c8ed8442bf4207e70dc8194631b2bf27 Sat Nov 26 15:37:46 2016 -0500 Jack Humbert
-* 06c64bbff3e228df542149acde64eadaf59b9b0f Mon Dec 19 11:18:18 2016 -0500 Jack Humbert
-
-## quantum/api.h 
-
-* 7edac212c8ed8442bf4207e70dc8194631b2bf27 Sat Nov 26 15:37:46 2016 -0500 Jack Humbert
-
-## quantum/config_common.h 
-
-* 35a81f5b8b081e1607a7c04489b01f551c3213cc Mon Oct 26 16:32:37 2015 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* aaa758f1d3f97dda39879f2b055ad2da9680adfe Mon May 23 20:42:21 2016 -0700 Eric Tang
-* 13bb6b4b7fdd2b3e419d0f89c93fb980b00eeb9b Thu Jun 23 22:18:20 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 705c775a4a433249081321cea0c2def2627817dc Sun Aug 21 22:05:55 2016 -0500 IBNobody
-* 936a26d04ffa12801031c058f27e221174e3fabd Thu Aug 25 00:15:41 2016 -0500 IBNobody
-* 6390033e8688550826a4bd3004a2e76568600657 Mon Nov 21 20:14:16 2016 -0500 Jack Humbert
-* 03d6e165bb0baf9d0093250d3c3c0771290df4d6 Fri Nov 25 09:17:40 2016 +0200 ofples
-* 0c9d66eb59add717397ba83d508577073412ce86 Fri Nov 25 09:20:41 2016 +0200 ofples
-* de1df639535817e17f1c01f07e7a629cec478526 Sat Nov 26 13:55:41 2016 +0700 Priyadi Iman Nurcahyo
-* 17acde94ee2695ab69ea336742c904d649dce17c Sat Nov 26 14:02:38 2016 +0700 Priyadi Iman Nurcahyo
-* d9d67e7b7686fdcbc7269a76d2a54c42325bdd03 Sat Nov 26 15:26:02 2016 +0700 Priyadi Iman Nurcahyo
-* f2214ce1cb6cfe7a0efabe870a2c00fb8451ee80 Sat Nov 26 15:57:48 2016 +0700 Priyadi Iman Nurcahyo
-* 6e0f994950435aa5867e7b7ce780186d881d74ac Mon Nov 28 23:51:07 2016 -0500 Jack Humbert
-* dd685eceb2045371d38f24d454f1ab08ca7416f4 Thu Dec 29 12:13:30 2016 +0200 Fred Sundvik
-
-## quantum/dynamic_macro.h 
-
-* 39e8e61258b51a2c33a94dd877e983f0b1dae0c1 Thu Aug 18 01:37:13 2016 +0200 Wojciech Siewierski
-* 70f32842e5d94f14d05c1f9adcb1b1144a25a132 Sun Oct 9 12:52:39 2016 +0200 Wojciech Siewierski
-
-## quantum/keycode_config.c 
-
-* db32864ce7029d758f57729cc2f75e051a28d0a2 Sat Jun 18 14:30:24 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-
-## quantum/keycode_config.h 
-
-* db32864ce7029d758f57729cc2f75e051a28d0a2 Sat Jun 18 14:30:24 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 4d4f7684e684bec319f166121463a88cd4a62703 Fri Jul 1 17:04:53 2016 +0300 fredizzimo
-* 558f3ec1eb325caf706efc15e2fab26121aba442 Tue Sep 6 23:19:01 2016 -0500 IBNobody
-
-## quantum/keymap.h 
-
-* db32864ce7029d758f57729cc2f75e051a28d0a2 Sat Jun 18 14:30:24 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 76076db72545bbb649f11394a12721f61579527f Mon Jun 20 22:36:36 2016 -0400 Jack & Erez
-* 1a0bac8bccf0e156d2f3c5f14a7214f9677b6370 Tue Jun 21 17:42:29 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 13bb6b4b7fdd2b3e419d0f89c93fb980b00eeb9b Thu Jun 23 22:18:20 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 65faab3b89245f81c50b029ca178aed175d5f330 Wed Jun 29 17:49:41 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 4d4f7684e684bec319f166121463a88cd4a62703 Fri Jul 1 17:04:53 2016 +0300 fredizzimo
-* 50c686587ed49d8079ba1b11d45ceb6a55d6cd4b Thu Jul 7 23:34:33 2016 -0400 TerryMathews
-* e692ebf86a962e90c51302e7b17a953ea2858f79 Fri Aug 12 20:38:26 2016 +0900 shela
-* 558f3ec1eb325caf706efc15e2fab26121aba442 Tue Sep 6 23:19:01 2016 -0500 IBNobody
-* 1048a588c750e27ff0f900cd6aaf670e034086d0 Fri Oct 7 17:15:11 2016 +0200 npoirey
-* 5b2e455d3b71bfb90754930d1f22d3e8ce98b927 Mon Oct 10 00:46:20 2016 +0700 Priyadi Iman Nurcahyo
-* e27a754b70434de88a37c4a572e4ca5f7730ff58 Wed Oct 12 22:18:27 2016 -0400 Jack & Erez
-* 52d7f7d2770a35adf0b0b0c803e05ae8719f539f Sun Oct 16 15:49:45 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 5f91fb413624781ac79db641549b9e08753c04b5 Sun Oct 16 16:03:33 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 33e62c080c9161a0fc921c90ed299a67fc2e1799 Sat Nov 12 20:54:37 2016 -0500 Jack Humbert
-* 01038ab54ca6c2858ea9e856c717a1129ffe4156 Fri Dec 23 21:51:11 2016 +0200 Ofer Plesser
-* d8a608f3ff4cb4d73cd57be500fd9881e230099d Thu Dec 29 18:28:48 2016 +1100 Wilba6582
-
-## quantum/keymap_common.c 
-
-* 46e7fb2d3ccd699c0a1b1fd9d02860b1f2a44141 Mon Oct 26 14:49:46 2015 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 35a81f5b8b081e1607a7c04489b01f551c3213cc Mon Oct 26 16:32:37 2015 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* cc1c32671eb1eb43a87e55ac4ffa60b15115e48d Mon Oct 26 20:02:25 2015 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* d9f08e6177271594fa573993d9f4dbc2d98c7416 Tue Oct 27 22:00:52 2015 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 18da1e6801335b0d9515ab72e9236a01d629915f Tue Oct 27 23:06:18 2015 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* d3db8d62f6fc6a7dee43978ddc8356579b502b37 Wed Oct 28 04:07:15 2015 +0200 Erez Zukerman
-* 7d6716beded4a60cd9de24e95d8ec60694692b6f Fri Jan 29 23:27:36 2016 -0500 Jack Humbert
-* 65b41e2e59e274354e57ed36cad097823f111f1a Sun Feb 7 11:48:28 2016 +0100 Wojciech Siewierski
-* 47dcec29456106828b83fe5b85fa7a7427ddc710 Sun Jan 3 17:49:28 2016 -0500 Chris Gerber
-* 1d13aa933bbb57bf0c1fe0196981b81233c3df97 Mon Mar 28 19:45:20 2016 -0500 IBNobody
-* 3755ef5ddbdad9f25a53fee951c3eb78035b52c3 Wed Apr 13 20:57:51 2016 -0500 IBNobody
-* ee2ee7f4f049dda385a9db7dddd8e7e91681315b Fri Apr 15 13:44:07 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 9cfc74c35b940884618b0fe1e6fd25c570e1c974 Thu Apr 7 15:21:06 2016 +0300 Erez Zukerman
-* ab19ebd08a8b955775e6fa94cdf6b8d128d8b43c Sat Apr 16 18:51:58 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* c83aa16f1d614c1c10f7597a67ffb9f2ae871951 Sat Apr 16 20:26:02 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 41cc35425ab32c9a9492006da8b667d01d32dfa6 Sat Apr 16 21:31:40 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 8bbd064cf52a76508589579f19595607a1f3af21 Sat Apr 16 23:07:50 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 45f10b4c4b308226fa1568277654a13853a03ab4 Sat Apr 16 22:10:18 2016 -0500 IBNobody
-* e7b9959819e709d7df2e96a94bdaf36e4e9e23e3 Sat Apr 16 23:15:40 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* a67d425f4d5278595e7ab785a0f246b83fb1a09f Sun Apr 17 01:00:39 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* d5b72e7bde5ede25f7d5699b50b7d9eb6f31ba92 Sun Apr 17 12:54:32 2016 -0500 IBNobody
-* 3103ea542f0039637a1a266df79a97a7a13fa6b4 Sun Apr 17 12:55:19 2016 -0500 IBNobody
-* 23231fa577f7c6c585124226a83f21a7668e62dd Sun Apr 17 14:16:03 2016 -0500 IBNobody
-* 5c98ad59606ee95b82c27bf2525383a9ec88542b Sun Apr 17 20:14:37 2016 -0500 IBNobody
-* e49712b5593b887c8af18aeb7196513f1c7b7bcf Mon Apr 18 21:01:48 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 620ac4b260fa663d12b11a0b15ac50379523c125 Thu Apr 21 19:35:18 2016 -0700 Eric Tang
-* 83e1cc241e3aabd69f6cdcd2581477d4b85bb8d3 Tue May 3 12:56:40 2016 -0500 IBNobody
-* 41b3e399b1d43db9574c6016951d92974b3d93e7 Thu May 5 21:50:51 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 1a8c0dd22d6a2255511d0db6a456315541b5815b Sun May 15 00:27:32 2016 -0400 Erez Zukerman
-* fde477a927edc6b4207a6968d44aeed021e8b300 Sun May 15 00:51:06 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* b732b79b49b098dba8e14493c745075f336747d8 Wed May 18 23:47:16 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 287eb7ad148abc8fe3fb014218d71e205fd9131d Tue May 24 11:56:53 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* db32864ce7029d758f57729cc2f75e051a28d0a2 Sat Jun 18 14:30:24 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 4d4f7684e684bec319f166121463a88cd4a62703 Fri Jul 1 17:04:53 2016 +0300 fredizzimo
-* 9870082a06386eba8c0c5f22da90d0256ef6244b Thu Jul 7 19:48:39 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-* 8b94e26d7c3b30cc57d710a11e5651d15e8e3b20 Sun Jul 24 22:07:43 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* d8a608f3ff4cb4d73cd57be500fd9881e230099d Thu Dec 29 18:28:48 2016 +1100 Wilba6582
-
-## quantum/light_ws2812.c 
-
-* ba9ac457b2159097ecfd9848c5171c52e3a68260 Sun Jan 24 17:05:47 2016 -0800 Yang Liu
-* 57e08eb8badc5db2fb44d2df684f32ea48cce411 Thu Jul 7 11:33:32 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 5f91fb413624781ac79db641549b9e08753c04b5 Sun Oct 16 16:03:33 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 33e62c080c9161a0fc921c90ed299a67fc2e1799 Sat Nov 12 20:54:37 2016 -0500 Jack Humbert
-* e9f748751808de2f1e85cf7fb670d78773bd5e76 Sun Nov 13 23:02:38 2016 -0500 Jack Humbert
-* 530dd3377e4d409a7ca2fee7e47b60b735ebc0fa Tue Nov 15 13:18:10 2016 -0500 Jack Humbert
-* 3774a7fcdab5544fc787f4c200be05fcd417e31f Thu Nov 17 17:42:14 2016 -0500 Jack Humbert
-
-## quantum/light_ws2812.h 
-
-* ba9ac457b2159097ecfd9848c5171c52e3a68260 Sun Jan 24 17:05:47 2016 -0800 Yang Liu
-* 5f91fb413624781ac79db641549b9e08753c04b5 Sun Oct 16 16:03:33 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* e9f748751808de2f1e85cf7fb670d78773bd5e76 Sun Nov 13 23:02:38 2016 -0500 Jack Humbert
-* 664c0a036b3d7c3ed39f4a7a78d97f4a9cc7d20c Mon Nov 21 19:50:55 2016 -0500 Jack Humbert
-* 06c64bbff3e228df542149acde64eadaf59b9b0f Mon Dec 19 11:18:18 2016 -0500 Jack Humbert
-
-## quantum/matrix.c 
-
-* 46e7fb2d3ccd699c0a1b1fd9d02860b1f2a44141 Mon Oct 26 14:49:46 2015 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 35a81f5b8b081e1607a7c04489b01f551c3213cc Mon Oct 26 16:32:37 2015 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 641859df84bf40025b2c14319d1a168a435562e2 Thu Mar 10 11:28:34 2016 -0500 yoyoerx
-* 684793360cdb08ac1e50a6d27e1796fadd527adb Mon May 9 00:36:23 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 1a8c0dd22d6a2255511d0db6a456315541b5815b Sun May 15 00:27:32 2016 -0400 Erez Zukerman
-* aaa758f1d3f97dda39879f2b055ad2da9680adfe Mon May 23 20:42:21 2016 -0700 Eric Tang
-* 1ae6011cef2230826a9e6db6c5b638677bc640b7 Tue May 24 08:44:40 2016 -0700 Eric Tang
-* de57799530d3184722532f93d156364067d8fcd5 Sat May 28 11:56:06 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 008c8d54a0a1a1e908d372d0fe9edb45a2d491e5 Fri Jun 17 22:09:59 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 13bb6b4b7fdd2b3e419d0f89c93fb980b00eeb9b Thu Jun 23 22:18:20 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 215c2119af5281072d5a6efb0308408793cadd08 Wed Jun 29 16:21:41 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 4d4f7684e684bec319f166121463a88cd4a62703 Fri Jul 1 17:04:53 2016 +0300 fredizzimo
-* 8e88d55bfd7c88cb15845e0c6415e4e892532861 Mon Jul 4 11:45:58 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 3577e26fd9916ceab58779ec6323d43da54eb3b5 Wed Jul 6 00:24:31 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 17170ba76d3c94edcf1ab263520238fdb0384774 Sun Oct 23 23:00:43 2016 -0500 IBNobody
-* 508eddf8ba8548d3f71e1c09a404839beb49f45c Fri Oct 28 14:21:38 2016 -0500 IBNobody
-* 4c6960835c0a6e29670dabdc27117d7d3c7f99f5 Fri Oct 28 16:24:20 2016 -0500 IBNobody
-* 32f88c07173b795c6981c779057dceba00aeb1cb Sat Oct 29 10:39:03 2016 -0500 IBNobody
-* f4030289744fc6dc82dd85c955070c0845813cc5 Sat Oct 29 16:12:58 2016 -0500 IBNobody
-* a06115df19a74d39b08758472b221e630c3680d3 Fri Nov 18 23:20:07 2016 -0500 Jack Humbert
-
-## quantum/pincontrol.h 
-
-* 8485bb34d2e291db5b6c81f892850da1cdca37ba Sun Nov 27 22:43:11 2016 -0800 Wez Furlong
-
-## quantum/quantum.c 
-
-* 1a8c0dd22d6a2255511d0db6a456315541b5815b Sun May 15 00:27:32 2016 -0400 Erez Zukerman
-* 15719f3574c6274ee0f3ec87431927c5a523aa3e Sun May 15 00:40:59 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* bf5c2ccee5497523c214dae7aacdc27fdbb0f235 Sun May 15 00:47:25 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* fde477a927edc6b4207a6968d44aeed021e8b300 Sun May 15 00:51:06 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 0428214b905e5f8b3bed721885957ce249ba4991 Wed May 18 23:14:00 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* b732b79b49b098dba8e14493c745075f336747d8 Wed May 18 23:47:16 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 0275d444d77c9d85d2189b09d8813fb76dc4d566 Thu May 19 15:36:28 2016 +0300 purpleP
-* 287eb7ad148abc8fe3fb014218d71e205fd9131d Tue May 24 11:56:53 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 1237025963484d70bbe5185a790bec6544653ccc Tue May 24 23:27:59 2016 -0400 Erez Zukerman
-* 8bc69afc633d3e199e3ac0a5bf39e4d255f2ce4a Tue May 24 23:48:46 2016 -0400 Erez Zukerman
-* 17977a7e24ddab6ca101341b33c8fe7ad13e68f5 Sat May 28 15:22:30 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 1c9f33c06a6ef18c9c21e5841180af5ae554c34b Wed Jun 1 22:49:55 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 4635b4453335b61df11008fa907eef221db5912b Wed Jun 1 23:00:55 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 794aed37a0da5a277a07e7fa86263e0852fa9f6d Fri Jun 3 12:48:40 2016 -0700 Eric Tang
-* b70248fa2144d297504eedbc80a76dfdc40d9f1f Fri Jun 17 21:42:59 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* db32864ce7029d758f57729cc2f75e051a28d0a2 Sat Jun 18 14:30:24 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 76076db72545bbb649f11394a12721f61579527f Mon Jun 20 22:36:36 2016 -0400 Jack & Erez
-* 98f0807359cfa78d25442b91ff4c5bbfc5679661 Tue Jun 21 22:55:54 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 13bb6b4b7fdd2b3e419d0f89c93fb980b00eeb9b Thu Jun 23 22:18:20 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* b68b722325e1f0f68387e161365fa8e31c79b7b2 Thu Jun 23 23:14:21 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 65faab3b89245f81c50b029ca178aed175d5f330 Wed Jun 29 17:49:41 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 197f152dee834a737cd820f2a95d1ade98be4898 Wed Jun 29 18:29:20 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 60fd885a6e540509baa2193932e15caeaeb8f4c5 Wed Jun 29 18:35:29 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 4d4f7684e684bec319f166121463a88cd4a62703 Fri Jul 1 17:04:53 2016 +0300 fredizzimo
-* 1412076df68ac00f9a00173977d2826603c12ddf Mon Jul 4 19:56:08 2016 -0700 Smilliam
-* 6b0c9cc905c0985f96a80306cf5fe0d6724b28fc Mon Jul 4 19:58:26 2016 -0700 Smilliam
-* a4bf46f9b1d0a0be0cecb2cd0f0d941aa7c71bd3 Wed Jul 6 22:48:19 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 50c686587ed49d8079ba1b11d45ceb6a55d6cd4b Thu Jul 7 23:34:33 2016 -0400 TerryMathews
-* f7a86822266603b8ffd21e9f89ec1de8d4950791 Fri Jul 8 03:32:28 2016 -0400 TerryMathews
-* b12fe6abb25db1feca6a7649097a8d1cb67a063f Sun Jul 10 19:04:01 2016 -0700 Smilliam
-* a998a48673372e409991066d7d2d9ba282f79d59 Mon Jul 11 09:14:43 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* a28a6e5b79c819e5f9323f62686498eca3ef399f Wed Jul 13 16:38:02 2016 +0200 Pavlos Vinieratos
-* 857aa5bef6a74f8785a7039feea5286c07bf7067 Sat Aug 13 11:14:42 2016 +0200 Gergely Nagy
-* 644c8c79271db8cf1bd934b9a80a0215585e46e7 Thu Aug 18 01:34:05 2016 +0200 Wojciech Siewierski
-* 0d28787c5cf2173d12f57b397515f91cffaa820a Thu Aug 18 11:29:53 2016 +0200 Gergely Nagy
-* e571d4656cd283ce8d793fe3dd2ac176b84b0bf5 Tue Sep 6 18:02:43 2016 -0500 IBNobody
-* 558f3ec1eb325caf706efc15e2fab26121aba442 Tue Sep 6 23:19:01 2016 -0500 IBNobody
-* 5b2e455d3b71bfb90754930d1f22d3e8ce98b927 Mon Oct 10 00:46:20 2016 +0700 Priyadi Iman Nurcahyo
-* 5f91fb413624781ac79db641549b9e08753c04b5 Sun Oct 16 16:03:33 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 33e62c080c9161a0fc921c90ed299a67fc2e1799 Sat Nov 12 20:54:37 2016 -0500 Jack Humbert
-* e9f748751808de2f1e85cf7fb670d78773bd5e76 Sun Nov 13 23:02:38 2016 -0500 Jack Humbert
-* ffa5b1e7ea6697acf9ebfcade1149031642f7870 Sat Nov 19 11:32:09 2016 +0100 Gergely Nagy
-* 74a1f00713d1407fb1d2e20d58da93919ab0c221 Sat Nov 19 18:19:18 2016 +0100 Gergely Nagy
-* 664c0a036b3d7c3ed39f4a7a78d97f4a9cc7d20c Mon Nov 21 19:50:55 2016 -0500 Jack Humbert
-* 450a8fb5b61de8166fe21eb4f57e1c00514afe32 Mon Nov 21 20:17:45 2016 -0500 Jack Humbert
-* cefa8468fb5f28bd67a0c02d371a4aef0964e20c Wed Nov 23 20:16:38 2016 -0500 Jack Humbert
-* 7edac212c8ed8442bf4207e70dc8194631b2bf27 Sat Nov 26 15:37:46 2016 -0500 Jack Humbert
-* 01038ab54ca6c2858ea9e856c717a1129ffe4156 Fri Dec 23 21:51:11 2016 +0200 Ofer Plesser
-
-## quantum/quantum.h 
-
-* 1a8c0dd22d6a2255511d0db6a456315541b5815b Sun May 15 00:27:32 2016 -0400 Erez Zukerman
-* fde477a927edc6b4207a6968d44aeed021e8b300 Sun May 15 00:51:06 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 0428214b905e5f8b3bed721885957ce249ba4991 Wed May 18 23:14:00 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* b732b79b49b098dba8e14493c745075f336747d8 Wed May 18 23:47:16 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 287eb7ad148abc8fe3fb014218d71e205fd9131d Tue May 24 11:56:53 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* de57799530d3184722532f93d156364067d8fcd5 Sat May 28 11:56:06 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 17977a7e24ddab6ca101341b33c8fe7ad13e68f5 Sat May 28 15:22:30 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 1c9f33c06a6ef18c9c21e5841180af5ae554c34b Wed Jun 1 22:49:55 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 794aed37a0da5a277a07e7fa86263e0852fa9f6d Fri Jun 3 12:48:40 2016 -0700 Eric Tang
-* db32864ce7029d758f57729cc2f75e051a28d0a2 Sat Jun 18 14:30:24 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 98f0807359cfa78d25442b91ff4c5bbfc5679661 Tue Jun 21 22:55:54 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 13bb6b4b7fdd2b3e419d0f89c93fb980b00eeb9b Thu Jun 23 22:18:20 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 65faab3b89245f81c50b029ca178aed175d5f330 Wed Jun 29 17:49:41 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 197f152dee834a737cd820f2a95d1ade98be4898 Wed Jun 29 18:29:20 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 8125cdb88ce1201fcfd16ed4c5313222ef4c230c Wed Jun 29 18:36:52 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 4d4f7684e684bec319f166121463a88cd4a62703 Fri Jul 1 17:04:53 2016 +0300 fredizzimo
-* a28a6e5b79c819e5f9323f62686498eca3ef399f Wed Jul 13 16:38:02 2016 +0200 Pavlos Vinieratos
-* e01b4c3fd9a7b66276ffd22dcac25d569d7bb7ff Sat Jul 9 00:41:15 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-* 0d28787c5cf2173d12f57b397515f91cffaa820a Thu Aug 18 11:29:53 2016 +0200 Gergely Nagy
-* 5f91fb413624781ac79db641549b9e08753c04b5 Sun Oct 16 16:03:33 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 664c0a036b3d7c3ed39f4a7a78d97f4a9cc7d20c Mon Nov 21 19:50:55 2016 -0500 Jack Humbert
-* cefa8468fb5f28bd67a0c02d371a4aef0964e20c Wed Nov 23 20:16:38 2016 -0500 Jack Humbert
-* 7edac212c8ed8442bf4207e70dc8194631b2bf27 Sat Nov 26 15:37:46 2016 -0500 Jack Humbert
-
-## quantum/quantum_keycodes.h 
-
-* d8a608f3ff4cb4d73cd57be500fd9881e230099d Thu Dec 29 18:28:48 2016 +1100 Wilba6582
-* 8459bb97c1e8bcb9ccce55a1ed849d373bd7706c Wed Jan 11 21:57:41 2017 -0500 Erez Zukerman
-* 3717cf5864d6505e406b5eb75f315e6dc2392912 Thu Jan 12 07:38:07 2017 -0500 Erez Zukerman
-* 7288e5ab9c005a7b035d91e68358aa2b6a12420c Fri Jan 13 14:04:51 2017 -0500 Jack Humbert
-
-## quantum/rgblight.c 
-
-* ba9ac457b2159097ecfd9848c5171c52e3a68260 Sun Jan 24 17:05:47 2016 -0800 Yang Liu
-* 2647c7cd84820a833b85e41ea86caf76b36e6ee1 Sun Jan 24 17:19:33 2016 -0800 Yang Liu
-* 97f8f378761506914b69d4fd2d5661bfcae28295 Sun Apr 10 21:16:49 2016 -0700 skullY
-* 620ac4b260fa663d12b11a0b15ac50379523c125 Thu Apr 21 19:35:18 2016 -0700 Eric Tang
-* c37d52d2137acf5739c481cc0c8917ad6fd77161 Tue Apr 26 13:48:36 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* e024c11f7a849a38e478cda9fb9939a838cfa2e0 Tue Apr 26 13:50:04 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 80c87054193b9243670aeb85adefbe1aa6c0fda0 Tue Jun 21 12:53:21 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 57e08eb8badc5db2fb44d2df684f32ea48cce411 Thu Jul 7 11:33:32 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 3a860c4bc210857f03ef9fae5043d6d5736d140d Tue Jul 26 14:43:45 2016 -0500 Jordi Orlando
-* 899c88cd8bf024792760fcf3ee8be6fed13fb315 Tue Jul 26 14:46:30 2016 -0500 Jordi Orlando
-* ea2d2f5d5841791745c93ef27cd1528a7fd69c97 Tue Jul 26 15:31:22 2016 -0500 Jordi Orlando
-* b8679bbe045a2285d6ab6bbc420121b26f516b9a Wed Oct 5 20:41:33 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 9b0e21f87f446935f29254bb623c2cfe29472b6e Sun Oct 9 19:26:16 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-* 92a3a96849aee708753a6623b0db228023e3baf8 Sun Oct 9 19:47:05 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-* ffae9d84c5279b463da112ee15568d536649b819 Sun Oct 9 19:53:41 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-* 03b6fcdaf034392e27752a9bd2c11de06a166e39 Mon Oct 10 00:20:24 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 33e62c080c9161a0fc921c90ed299a67fc2e1799 Sat Nov 12 20:54:37 2016 -0500 Jack Humbert
-* e9f748751808de2f1e85cf7fb670d78773bd5e76 Sun Nov 13 23:02:38 2016 -0500 Jack Humbert
-* 3774a7fcdab5544fc787f4c200be05fcd417e31f Thu Nov 17 17:42:14 2016 -0500 Jack Humbert
-* 285c5a91f23e972d9c579184283443111186329d Thu Nov 17 20:56:36 2016 -0500 Erez Zukerman
-* 2e23689b8e3222982082c1f5a4f8ce7686f9658b Wed Nov 23 18:52:02 2016 -0500 Jack Humbert
-* 4094544d41450617bc21ab58646603b8964eae0e Tue Nov 29 09:23:16 2016 -0500 Erez Zukerman
-* cae269b08b642b07ee06dec7120a784a3c3d7aab Fri Dec 23 10:29:19 2016 -0500 Jack Humbert
-* 748181dccddb8c9fa52a776f4fcd904ddca9aa31 Wed Dec 28 16:29:02 2016 -0500 Scott Wilson
-* b8e74c378b1f118178edf0634d9fa7f0f9dd5e08 Thu Dec 29 09:32:02 2016 -0500 Scott Wilson
-
-## quantum/rgblight.h 
-
-* ba9ac457b2159097ecfd9848c5171c52e3a68260 Sun Jan 24 17:05:47 2016 -0800 Yang Liu
-* 2647c7cd84820a833b85e41ea86caf76b36e6ee1 Sun Jan 24 17:19:33 2016 -0800 Yang Liu
-* 620ac4b260fa663d12b11a0b15ac50379523c125 Thu Apr 21 19:35:18 2016 -0700 Eric Tang
-* 80c87054193b9243670aeb85adefbe1aa6c0fda0 Tue Jun 21 12:53:21 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 57e08eb8badc5db2fb44d2df684f32ea48cce411 Thu Jul 7 11:33:32 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* b8679bbe045a2285d6ab6bbc420121b26f516b9a Wed Oct 5 20:41:33 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 9b0e21f87f446935f29254bb623c2cfe29472b6e Sun Oct 9 19:26:16 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-* 33e62c080c9161a0fc921c90ed299a67fc2e1799 Sat Nov 12 20:54:37 2016 -0500 Jack Humbert
-* e9f748751808de2f1e85cf7fb670d78773bd5e76 Sun Nov 13 23:02:38 2016 -0500 Jack Humbert
-* 3774a7fcdab5544fc787f4c200be05fcd417e31f Thu Nov 17 17:42:14 2016 -0500 Jack Humbert
-* 285c5a91f23e972d9c579184283443111186329d Thu Nov 17 20:56:36 2016 -0500 Erez Zukerman
-* 2e23689b8e3222982082c1f5a4f8ce7686f9658b Wed Nov 23 18:52:02 2016 -0500 Jack Humbert
-* 4094544d41450617bc21ab58646603b8964eae0e Tue Nov 29 09:23:16 2016 -0500 Erez Zukerman
-* cae269b08b642b07ee06dec7120a784a3c3d7aab Fri Dec 23 10:29:19 2016 -0500 Jack Humbert
-* 748181dccddb8c9fa52a776f4fcd904ddca9aa31 Wed Dec 28 16:29:02 2016 -0500 Scott Wilson
-
-## quantum/variable_trace.c 
-
-* f519b94be7086852f2afe4ec248786b47968f7ff Sun Nov 6 21:57:26 2016 +0200 Fred Sundvik
-* a377017c95b826d83ac7a46ef176d39a58294b44 Sun Nov 6 22:11:24 2016 +0200 Fred Sundvik
-
-## quantum/variable_trace.h 
-
-* a377017c95b826d83ac7a46ef176d39a58294b44 Sun Nov 6 22:11:24 2016 +0200 Fred Sundvik
-* 0ba3e523a7c124e4ce54dfd043dc32e72ad3233b Sun Nov 6 22:44:43 2016 +0200 Fred Sundvik
-
-## quantum/version.h 
-
-* None None None
-
-## quantum/api/api_sysex.c 
-
-* 7edac212c8ed8442bf4207e70dc8194631b2bf27 Sat Nov 26 15:37:46 2016 -0500 Jack Humbert
-* dd685eceb2045371d38f24d454f1ab08ca7416f4 Thu Dec 29 12:13:30 2016 +0200 Fred Sundvik
-
-## quantum/api/api_sysex.h 
-
-* 7edac212c8ed8442bf4207e70dc8194631b2bf27 Sat Nov 26 15:37:46 2016 -0500 Jack Humbert
-
-## quantum/audio/audio.c 
-
-* 73228f5e5d1d4cd31a46e5e93aa893a8f727e3b9 Thu Apr 21 00:37:45 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 620ac4b260fa663d12b11a0b15ac50379523c125 Thu Apr 21 19:35:18 2016 -0700 Eric Tang
-* 83e1cc241e3aabd69f6cdcd2581477d4b85bb8d3 Tue May 3 12:56:40 2016 -0500 IBNobody
-* 3f02637f4dd765803671c2611191beb096d60b36 Mon May 9 13:17:15 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 15719f3574c6274ee0f3ec87431927c5a523aa3e Sun May 15 00:40:59 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 0428214b905e5f8b3bed721885957ce249ba4991 Wed May 18 23:14:00 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 287eb7ad148abc8fe3fb014218d71e205fd9131d Tue May 24 11:56:53 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* db32864ce7029d758f57729cc2f75e051a28d0a2 Sat Jun 18 14:30:24 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 06c64bbff3e228df542149acde64eadaf59b9b0f Mon Dec 19 11:18:18 2016 -0500 Jack Humbert
-
-## quantum/audio/audio.h 
-
-* 73228f5e5d1d4cd31a46e5e93aa893a8f727e3b9 Thu Apr 21 00:37:45 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 082a0f313d8c842a5de7bae30ec8a3597e35880b Fri Apr 22 00:01:38 2016 -0500 IBNobody
-* 83e1cc241e3aabd69f6cdcd2581477d4b85bb8d3 Tue May 3 12:56:40 2016 -0500 IBNobody
-* 3f02637f4dd765803671c2611191beb096d60b36 Mon May 9 13:17:15 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 15719f3574c6274ee0f3ec87431927c5a523aa3e Sun May 15 00:40:59 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 0428214b905e5f8b3bed721885957ce249ba4991 Wed May 18 23:14:00 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 287eb7ad148abc8fe3fb014218d71e205fd9131d Tue May 24 11:56:53 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 215c2119af5281072d5a6efb0308408793cadd08 Wed Jun 29 16:21:41 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-
-## quantum/audio/audio_pwm.c 
-
-* 83e1cc241e3aabd69f6cdcd2581477d4b85bb8d3 Tue May 3 12:56:40 2016 -0500 IBNobody
-* db32864ce7029d758f57729cc2f75e051a28d0a2 Sat Jun 18 14:30:24 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-
-## quantum/audio/luts.c 
-
-* 83e1cc241e3aabd69f6cdcd2581477d4b85bb8d3 Tue May 3 12:56:40 2016 -0500 IBNobody
-
-## quantum/audio/luts.h 
-
-* 83e1cc241e3aabd69f6cdcd2581477d4b85bb8d3 Tue May 3 12:56:40 2016 -0500 IBNobody
-
-## quantum/audio/musical_notes.h 
-
-* 73228f5e5d1d4cd31a46e5e93aa893a8f727e3b9 Thu Apr 21 00:37:45 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-
-## quantum/audio/song_list.h 
-
-* 73228f5e5d1d4cd31a46e5e93aa893a8f727e3b9 Thu Apr 21 00:37:45 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 7d0345ef25b5e1924f1e98c76d78607778e0b17d Sat Jul 30 01:52:33 2016 -0700 JeeBak Kim
-
-## quantum/audio/voices.c 
-
-* 73228f5e5d1d4cd31a46e5e93aa893a8f727e3b9 Thu Apr 21 00:37:45 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* e89b806b850ad1b5484176664288b71b0131683e Thu Apr 21 00:40:00 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 9828aba2a12f03fccbc1095bc8e4918ae58fa31b Thu Apr 21 18:14:25 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 7b3f212500210ae85063b043952b5b3ef6988ad6 Thu Apr 21 23:10:47 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 082a0f313d8c842a5de7bae30ec8a3597e35880b Fri Apr 22 00:01:38 2016 -0500 IBNobody
-* b1900c8dde2a68e87aaabd84280a99bf6658ea9f Fri Apr 22 01:02:50 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* a8086126fecbdce1c192036cf1011329d406949d Fri Apr 22 01:04:13 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* a718c53fe77f0b3b4361c850531eee5f23e3e13d Fri Apr 22 11:58:29 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* e7b6bb641c0636c01e3781fe51865fdb20014eeb Mon Apr 25 00:59:47 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 140b97a1cd226432a8ec647004943698e3d87f0b Tue Apr 26 01:16:47 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 66e0323881a5a3da65e14daeec41a1e9cfbda431 Fri Apr 29 12:42:55 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 83e1cc241e3aabd69f6cdcd2581477d4b85bb8d3 Tue May 3 12:56:40 2016 -0500 IBNobody
-* 0edfe55bfe4afd037918ff73e49552a28f39a5ca Mon Dec 12 15:39:07 2016 -0500 Jack Humbert
-* 06c64bbff3e228df542149acde64eadaf59b9b0f Mon Dec 19 11:18:18 2016 -0500 Jack Humbert
-* 438a5d685bb7b726ff59109ce4229eca6303cd8e Tue Dec 20 19:38:22 2016 -0500 Jack Humbert
-* 2fa36e38cf28f07ad4a4d74722486921fa7b8706 Wed Dec 21 00:22:32 2016 -0500 Jack Humbert
-
-## quantum/audio/voices.h 
-
-* 73228f5e5d1d4cd31a46e5e93aa893a8f727e3b9 Thu Apr 21 00:37:45 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* e89b806b850ad1b5484176664288b71b0131683e Thu Apr 21 00:40:00 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 9828aba2a12f03fccbc1095bc8e4918ae58fa31b Thu Apr 21 18:14:25 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 7b3f212500210ae85063b043952b5b3ef6988ad6 Thu Apr 21 23:10:47 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 082a0f313d8c842a5de7bae30ec8a3597e35880b Fri Apr 22 00:01:38 2016 -0500 IBNobody
-* b1900c8dde2a68e87aaabd84280a99bf6658ea9f Fri Apr 22 01:02:50 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* a8086126fecbdce1c192036cf1011329d406949d Fri Apr 22 01:04:13 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* a718c53fe77f0b3b4361c850531eee5f23e3e13d Fri Apr 22 11:58:29 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* e7b6bb641c0636c01e3781fe51865fdb20014eeb Mon Apr 25 00:59:47 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 140b97a1cd226432a8ec647004943698e3d87f0b Tue Apr 26 01:16:47 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 83e1cc241e3aabd69f6cdcd2581477d4b85bb8d3 Tue May 3 12:56:40 2016 -0500 IBNobody
-* 0edfe55bfe4afd037918ff73e49552a28f39a5ca Mon Dec 12 15:39:07 2016 -0500 Jack Humbert
-* 06c64bbff3e228df542149acde64eadaf59b9b0f Mon Dec 19 11:18:18 2016 -0500 Jack Humbert
-* 438a5d685bb7b726ff59109ce4229eca6303cd8e Tue Dec 20 19:38:22 2016 -0500 Jack Humbert
-
-## quantum/audio/wave.h 
-
-* 73228f5e5d1d4cd31a46e5e93aa893a8f727e3b9 Thu Apr 21 00:37:45 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-
-## quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_bepo.h 
-
-* 7c33f8493fb4ecd664390232c8de856158f9fcae Sun Feb 7 19:29:49 2016 +0100 Didier Loiseau
-* db32864ce7029d758f57729cc2f75e051a28d0a2 Sat Jun 18 14:30:24 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 7b4d30ee50aa534a973473c715924964991739f0 Sun Jul 24 10:57:49 2016 +0200 Vivien Alger
-
-## quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_br_abnt2.h 
-
-* 7aa31ad338325477199f752ac3e344a6ab9b27d0 Tue Nov 8 13:32:04 2016 -0200 Potiguar Faga
-
-## quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_canadian_multilingual.h 
-
-* a7cef2ca0a2322448d02008337013936b1d550ec Wed Feb 17 21:45:38 2016 +0100 Didier Loiseau
-* 7840e69bfaee1d67de273c235b532d6f20c905a9 Thu Feb 18 00:47:23 2016 +0100 Didier Loiseau
-* 911222892ecb1c01551e0abdfbe98ed1dbf82139 Fri Feb 26 00:55:39 2016 +0100 Didier Loiseau
-* 3a91ddb0745ae0f52007984793ea1b48abb2098c Tue Mar 1 22:59:38 2016 +0100 Didier Loiseau
-* aa5eb49edd993e2abe3adf814e030fcdda4a3596 Wed Mar 2 00:22:41 2016 +0100 Didier Loiseau
-* 1aeb59335f2fe67613df25308a630ca453975ac0 Sun Sep 11 02:19:55 2016 +0200 Didier Loiseau
-
-## quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_colemak.h 
-
-* 46e7fb2d3ccd699c0a1b1fd9d02860b1f2a44141 Mon Oct 26 14:49:46 2015 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 39915b1748cefd99f841fa03b7f6e7c20439fbcf Thu Oct 29 15:12:51 2015 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 3c683aa9f23288ddada760fb49abcc5fa7324f5e Fri Feb 5 16:28:24 2016 +0200 Erez Zukerman
-* db32864ce7029d758f57729cc2f75e051a28d0a2 Sat Jun 18 14:30:24 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-
-## quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_dvorak.h 
-
-* 46e7fb2d3ccd699c0a1b1fd9d02860b1f2a44141 Mon Oct 26 14:49:46 2015 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 233af3a41c69d456583bfcfd897233b9c117caa6 Mon Feb 22 13:06:26 2016 -0500 Keller-Laminar
-* db32864ce7029d758f57729cc2f75e051a28d0a2 Sat Jun 18 14:30:24 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 4278d8861526ed285d9d00badcdc8c121454be60 Thu Jul 14 11:32:43 2016 -0500 Jonathan A. Kollasch
-* f0021c9cb9e30d47d5a3ab5ec75e59e626c3d244 Mon Sep 19 14:25:44 2016 -0500 Jonathan A. Kollasch
-
-## quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_dvp.h 
-
-* 6e003b1e3fa844cfde0069004e755aae7a9539f3 Wed Oct 19 23:45:55 2016 +0300 Artyom Mironov
-
-## quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_fr_ch.h 
-
-* 1934e8a270820ff6f08c95f4399b26162623e4e0 Sat Feb 20 14:01:28 2016 +0100 Vincent Pochet
-* db32864ce7029d758f57729cc2f75e051a28d0a2 Sat Jun 18 14:30:24 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 25938a09a6bfb2624bc96841b53897eda532e293 Thu Jul 14 11:13:35 2016 -0500 Jonathan A. Kollasch
-
-## quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_french.h 
-
-* 46e7fb2d3ccd699c0a1b1fd9d02860b1f2a44141 Mon Oct 26 14:49:46 2015 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 4a19cc054dc7aeb0a35613d608143bf51fa791cc Sat Feb 27 15:22:54 2016 +0100 Kévin Letord
-* db32864ce7029d758f57729cc2f75e051a28d0a2 Sat Jun 18 14:30:24 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 010dd1308420e25b327fa4d5d6b13f67a849408b Thu Jul 14 11:04:25 2016 -0500 Jonathan A. Kollasch
-* 25938a09a6bfb2624bc96841b53897eda532e293 Thu Jul 14 11:13:35 2016 -0500 Jonathan A. Kollasch
-
-## quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_french_osx.h 
-
-* 48eff6dd89672c6c71afd8a3d1cdc5d35b0bf768 Tue Jan 5 10:49:36 2016 +0100 Sébastien Pérochon
-* db32864ce7029d758f57729cc2f75e051a28d0a2 Sat Jun 18 14:30:24 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-
-## quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_german.h 
-
-* 3dbcad51d1217b32c3c17917c2646fa7a9a9165b Sat Dec 19 01:22:12 2015 +0100 Matthias Schmitt
-* da09312dd56e3b085fb217cc7cc2abf06f401992 Tue Jan 19 20:04:08 2016 +0100 plgruener
-* db32864ce7029d758f57729cc2f75e051a28d0a2 Sat Jun 18 14:30:24 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 25938a09a6bfb2624bc96841b53897eda532e293 Thu Jul 14 11:13:35 2016 -0500 Jonathan A. Kollasch
-
-## quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_german_ch.h 
-
-* 465aabe11dbd673fb4c68ecbffbfb062273def1a Wed May 18 21:22:04 2016 +0200 heartsekai
-* db32864ce7029d758f57729cc2f75e051a28d0a2 Sat Jun 18 14:30:24 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 25938a09a6bfb2624bc96841b53897eda532e293 Thu Jul 14 11:13:35 2016 -0500 Jonathan A. Kollasch
-
-## quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_german_osx.h 
-
-* e44c30f2030dd4c481a6e38e9392f147be7b0ae2 Fri Jan 15 15:55:00 2016 +0100 Stephan Bösebeck
-* bfc6eca44aeb3ad22a1c37206005dcfe617431cd Mon Mar 14 13:35:34 2016 +0100 Daniel Kriesten
-* dbd4ab3457dd001ab4bbcec14315047b815f7dfe Thu Mar 31 23:15:59 2016 +0200 Stephan Bösebeck
-* 6d40f7c5060f608068b0c4fc90871687c70b4f05 Sun Apr 17 22:19:47 2016 +0200 Stephan Bösebeck
-* db32864ce7029d758f57729cc2f75e051a28d0a2 Sat Jun 18 14:30:24 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 1a0bac8bccf0e156d2f3c5f14a7214f9677b6370 Tue Jun 21 17:42:29 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-
-## quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_jp.h 
-
-* 2febf9b9f7d610fc2eca666a842272cb90a87919 Tue Nov 22 20:40:12 2016 +0900 h-youhei
-
-## quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_neo2.h 
-
-* 7b7870bae178c80138be5c587238fdedeb837df9 Sat Dec 19 01:41:23 2015 +0100 Matthias Schmitt
-* 4ca43225011ac94bd0a7976baf7f84059274dfbf Fri Feb 19 21:04:30 2016 +0100 plgruener
-* db32864ce7029d758f57729cc2f75e051a28d0a2 Sat Jun 18 14:30:24 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* e329729d3a11b5798f4e2b9f65ac9bc2dcc84a9e Tue Jun 21 18:32:28 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-
-## quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_nordic.h 
-
-* 46e7fb2d3ccd699c0a1b1fd9d02860b1f2a44141 Mon Oct 26 14:49:46 2015 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* c29ad125a7a58d5a2ced0a619165204136da9019 Fri Feb 5 01:50:54 2016 +0100 Fernando Mendonca
-* db32864ce7029d758f57729cc2f75e051a28d0a2 Sat Jun 18 14:30:24 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 25938a09a6bfb2624bc96841b53897eda532e293 Thu Jul 14 11:13:35 2016 -0500 Jonathan A. Kollasch
-* 283ebbe14298fe75128765fa42c46f02534fb761 Mon Jul 25 12:50:27 2016 +0200 Andreas Lindhé
-* 555e41d9e5f8d393637898e2c77c64066b648245 Fri Dec 2 13:03:51 2016 -0500 Erez Zukerman
-
-## quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_norwegian.h 
-
-* e329729d3a11b5798f4e2b9f65ac9bc2dcc84a9e Tue Jun 21 18:32:28 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* b6fa762234fb5a3590d0ff91ffdf5aa3ae322c8f Mon Jul 25 11:29:54 2016 +0200 Andreas Lindhé
-
-## quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_plover.h 
-
-* 7ccfaf750d08bdb3a25ef2869cac251b7cd4d3ad Sat Apr 23 18:49:10 2016 +0100 James ‘Twey’ Kay
-* db32864ce7029d758f57729cc2f75e051a28d0a2 Sat Jun 18 14:30:24 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-
-## quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_russian.h 
-
-* c5ee24a6c3ea39e9725dfc276c92d5bce726ca78 Sun Aug 7 11:01:12 2016 -0500 kuel
-* 2a0121a78643b1dc774d82352f8c9e246010803e Sun Aug 7 11:07:38 2016 -0500 kuel
-
-## quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_spanish.h 
-
-* 46e7fb2d3ccd699c0a1b1fd9d02860b1f2a44141 Mon Oct 26 14:49:46 2015 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* db32864ce7029d758f57729cc2f75e051a28d0a2 Sat Jun 18 14:30:24 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 132c04746910f7230b63ed33717c4ed65599ed1b Sat Jul 2 10:26:04 2016 +0200 Rubén Díaz-Jorge
-* 25938a09a6bfb2624bc96841b53897eda532e293 Thu Jul 14 11:13:35 2016 -0500 Jonathan A. Kollasch
-
-## quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_uk.h 
-
-* 46e7fb2d3ccd699c0a1b1fd9d02860b1f2a44141 Mon Oct 26 14:49:46 2015 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* db32864ce7029d758f57729cc2f75e051a28d0a2 Sat Jun 18 14:30:24 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 010dd1308420e25b327fa4d5d6b13f67a849408b Thu Jul 14 11:04:25 2016 -0500 Jonathan A. Kollasch
-* 25938a09a6bfb2624bc96841b53897eda532e293 Thu Jul 14 11:13:35 2016 -0500 Jonathan A. Kollasch
-
-## quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_unicode_cyrillic.h 
-
-* c5ee24a6c3ea39e9725dfc276c92d5bce726ca78 Sun Aug 7 11:01:12 2016 -0500 kuel
-
-## quantum/process_keycode/process_chording.c 
-
-* 65faab3b89245f81c50b029ca178aed175d5f330 Wed Jun 29 17:49:41 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-
-## quantum/process_keycode/process_chording.h 
-
-* 65faab3b89245f81c50b029ca178aed175d5f330 Wed Jun 29 17:49:41 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-
-## quantum/process_keycode/process_leader.c 
-
-* 65faab3b89245f81c50b029ca178aed175d5f330 Wed Jun 29 17:49:41 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-
-## quantum/process_keycode/process_leader.h 
-
-* 65faab3b89245f81c50b029ca178aed175d5f330 Wed Jun 29 17:49:41 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-
-## quantum/process_keycode/process_midi.c 
-
-* 65faab3b89245f81c50b029ca178aed175d5f330 Wed Jun 29 17:49:41 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 8b94e26d7c3b30cc57d710a11e5651d15e8e3b20 Sun Jul 24 22:07:43 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 8d99140d1b80bf497b2198138d3f481e93b0fbab Thu Sep 29 14:46:10 2016 -0500 Adam Gausmann
-
-## quantum/process_keycode/process_midi.h 
-
-* 65faab3b89245f81c50b029ca178aed175d5f330 Wed Jun 29 17:49:41 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-
-## quantum/process_keycode/process_music.c 
-
-* 65faab3b89245f81c50b029ca178aed175d5f330 Wed Jun 29 17:49:41 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 3ea738e450e9326b0d3ee4192da881cffb4c13c1 Sun Jul 24 10:00:39 2016 -0400 Robert Dale
-* ae95834f5af7404c04e6fe3446019046278d814b Mon Dec 12 16:06:41 2016 -0500 Jack Humbert
-* 273faa4d9cd5a84207548f83ba550c9efee90933 Fri Dec 23 20:59:00 2016 -0500 Jack Humbert
-* 841d7e6a1d74b1fc45575ed551132ec27353ebf3 Mon Jan 23 13:55:24 2017 -0500 Jack Humbert
-
-## quantum/process_keycode/process_music.h 
-
-* 65faab3b89245f81c50b029ca178aed175d5f330 Wed Jun 29 17:49:41 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-
-## quantum/process_keycode/process_printer.c 
-
-* a889b899e2cf52b3b7807d8a7ad39f12e0761a10 Sun Oct 16 16:03:56 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-
-## quantum/process_keycode/process_printer.h 
-
-* a889b899e2cf52b3b7807d8a7ad39f12e0761a10 Sun Oct 16 16:03:56 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-
-## quantum/process_keycode/process_printer_bb.c 
-
-* a889b899e2cf52b3b7807d8a7ad39f12e0761a10 Sun Oct 16 16:03:56 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-
-## quantum/process_keycode/process_tap_dance.c 
-
-* 65faab3b89245f81c50b029ca178aed175d5f330 Wed Jun 29 17:49:41 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 1a7e954f9fc4d250ba1ae46e3bfc168aca2b5cce Wed Jul 13 00:20:28 2016 +0200 Pavlos Vinieratos
-* f3b56701ed7e6c622dc48e429780124ba5fde172 Wed Jul 13 16:47:45 2016 +0200 Pavlos Vinieratos
-* d3091faf363afc8fef73ddf4948f872439b0e827 Fri Jul 15 23:54:08 2016 +0200 Pavlos Vinieratos
-* dda2fd6ff3984ed96f8275c661b47a0484f9ee18 Mon Jul 18 23:34:02 2016 +0200 Pavlos Vinieratos
-* d5daec2a58019ebdb9804787e0f786e4fc3c05b9 Tue Jul 19 18:00:59 2016 +0200 Pavlos Vinieratos
-* 4e6a8627d8ebd7af942f68142d1a959d60361d90 Tue Jul 19 18:02:13 2016 +0200 Pavlos Vinieratos
-* 70e42489dec375e558d8e81ed5ebfb69b4f3dbd9 Wed Jul 20 10:22:52 2016 +0200 Gergely Nagy
-* ce8cc9219fca5dde077f1142d03d011b38d27479 Wed Jul 20 11:34:45 2016 +0200 Gergely Nagy
-* 44e16ffc80620b61eaa17aedcfdd8233d9c99bd9 Wed Jul 20 11:49:59 2016 +0200 Gergely Nagy
-* b21e8b97acb722bfa7b85831cfd010716ed77962 Wed Jul 27 08:42:09 2016 +0200 Gergely Nagy
-* d78058cc75a9b05a6885991506d5f807ebb2a9f9 Wed Aug 17 10:28:08 2016 +0200 Gergely Nagy
-* 29f64d7a93d941167c6c6e95f893ab84586b2205 Wed Aug 17 13:04:50 2016 +0200 Gergely Nagy
-* 0d28787c5cf2173d12f57b397515f91cffaa820a Thu Aug 18 11:29:53 2016 +0200 Gergely Nagy
-* acda2b793f69c6e0e9b9667e9ebe8a0325eb5ecd Thu Sep 1 08:32:47 2016 +0200 Gergely Nagy
-* e1f131db8e59c6ed3471906d3a62457d593f51af Wed Sep 21 10:11:42 2016 +0200 Pavlos Vinieratos
-
-## quantum/process_keycode/process_tap_dance.h 
-
-* 65faab3b89245f81c50b029ca178aed175d5f330 Wed Jun 29 17:49:41 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* f3b56701ed7e6c622dc48e429780124ba5fde172 Wed Jul 13 16:47:45 2016 +0200 Pavlos Vinieratos
-* d3091faf363afc8fef73ddf4948f872439b0e827 Fri Jul 15 23:54:08 2016 +0200 Pavlos Vinieratos
-* 70e42489dec375e558d8e81ed5ebfb69b4f3dbd9 Wed Jul 20 10:22:52 2016 +0200 Gergely Nagy
-* ce8cc9219fca5dde077f1142d03d011b38d27479 Wed Jul 20 11:34:45 2016 +0200 Gergely Nagy
-* b21e8b97acb722bfa7b85831cfd010716ed77962 Wed Jul 27 08:42:09 2016 +0200 Gergely Nagy
-* 29f64d7a93d941167c6c6e95f893ab84586b2205 Wed Aug 17 13:04:50 2016 +0200 Gergely Nagy
-* 0edc82f0300924394324e2f3c4d2f8f0008439db Wed Sep 21 11:29:34 2016 +0200 Pavlos Vinieratos
-* cda4b534fa4921c2d8f9884aa6a144333e7b07c4 Wed Sep 21 11:29:43 2016 +0200 Pavlos Vinieratos
-
-## quantum/process_keycode/process_unicode.c 
-
-* 65faab3b89245f81c50b029ca178aed175d5f330 Wed Jun 29 17:49:41 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 8bdf745909bc2581491acce11225f56a85bc8f24 Sat Aug 13 10:33:47 2016 +0200 Gergely Nagy
-* 63e5782d2cdf0ee282ad434c773463d9da9db6b3 Sat Aug 13 10:43:22 2016 +0200 Gergely Nagy
-* fa06a163607e8c6c4bd0968c2de96a9a298b777c Sat Aug 13 10:46:38 2016 +0200 Gergely Nagy
-* 0b6861827faea747345ea38202d64c8004ab128c Sat Aug 13 11:11:22 2016 +0200 Gergely Nagy
-* 857aa5bef6a74f8785a7039feea5286c07bf7067 Sat Aug 13 11:14:42 2016 +0200 Gergely Nagy
-* 234dd276cf03be6fd6961473e9d9c8f35deec682 Sun Aug 14 10:37:51 2016 +0200 Gergely Nagy
-* a312cbf712764277e0dbbbb99410c2f6fc6c7484 Sun Aug 14 14:34:52 2016 +0200 Gergely Nagy
-* 43d08629cf275d0b32281ffe8785258fff226b49 Mon Aug 15 10:02:05 2016 +0200 Gergely Nagy
-* e8845f0daf8dc7a7674dc5420cc5a684bbbea09b Mon Aug 15 10:07:13 2016 +0200 Gergely Nagy
-* dffdeb50b79d3c623e2ed9fd1c1d82d6d0ae7bf0 Sun Aug 21 20:25:19 2016 +0200 coderkun
-* 81594c7883deefedbcd317c72c1b1f1d32e65cd7 Sun Aug 21 21:02:18 2016 +0200 coderkun
-* a058ae40e268b34ba5db45f5fd5d557d50fa5437 Wed Aug 24 15:39:23 2016 +0200 Gergely Nagy
-* c9ea236fc35d350c0ff33de0af84d3dee7d0eb95 Wed Aug 31 08:21:52 2016 +0200 Gergely Nagy
-* a3f5a4cf5839fe29dd37400d72c5e353812002f8 Sun Oct 2 10:35:09 2016 +0200 coderkun
-* 5b2e455d3b71bfb90754930d1f22d3e8ce98b927 Mon Oct 10 00:46:20 2016 +0700 Priyadi Iman Nurcahyo
-* e7d5dc89f2890007d776f6b613dc9deb473cff22 Sun Oct 23 05:36:26 2016 +0700 Priyadi Iman Nurcahyo
-* 4a666c201007eacf13a9031e3c9b156e2e04afe6 Sun Oct 23 19:15:33 2016 +0700 Priyadi Iman Nurcahyo
-* 8d60354d5a116b6cb1fc32eac7461eb125543c7d Wed Oct 26 00:48:44 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 30b80a23f3cafd846937b37b249f2df4411e1f5a Mon Jan 9 02:59:10 2017 +0700 Priyadi Iman Nurcahyo
-
-## quantum/process_keycode/process_unicode.h 
-
-* 65faab3b89245f81c50b029ca178aed175d5f330 Wed Jun 29 17:49:41 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 63e5782d2cdf0ee282ad434c773463d9da9db6b3 Sat Aug 13 10:43:22 2016 +0200 Gergely Nagy
-* fa06a163607e8c6c4bd0968c2de96a9a298b777c Sat Aug 13 10:46:38 2016 +0200 Gergely Nagy
-* 857aa5bef6a74f8785a7039feea5286c07bf7067 Sat Aug 13 11:14:42 2016 +0200 Gergely Nagy
-* 234dd276cf03be6fd6961473e9d9c8f35deec682 Sun Aug 14 10:37:51 2016 +0200 Gergely Nagy
-* a312cbf712764277e0dbbbb99410c2f6fc6c7484 Sun Aug 14 14:34:52 2016 +0200 Gergely Nagy
-* 43d08629cf275d0b32281ffe8785258fff226b49 Mon Aug 15 10:02:05 2016 +0200 Gergely Nagy
-* e8845f0daf8dc7a7674dc5420cc5a684bbbea09b Mon Aug 15 10:07:13 2016 +0200 Gergely Nagy
-* a058ae40e268b34ba5db45f5fd5d557d50fa5437 Wed Aug 24 15:39:23 2016 +0200 Gergely Nagy
-* c9ea236fc35d350c0ff33de0af84d3dee7d0eb95 Wed Aug 31 08:21:52 2016 +0200 Gergely Nagy
-* 5b2e455d3b71bfb90754930d1f22d3e8ce98b927 Mon Oct 10 00:46:20 2016 +0700 Priyadi Iman Nurcahyo
-* 4a666c201007eacf13a9031e3c9b156e2e04afe6 Sun Oct 23 19:15:33 2016 +0700 Priyadi Iman Nurcahyo
-* 6fee7e178f7c949213a124d78de60bc30267d367 Sat Nov 26 23:53:15 2016 +0700 Priyadi Iman Nurcahyo
-
-## quantum/serial_link/LICENSE 
-
-* 639cdd363e35c13fe331939d0972aa4db5f5198d Tue Jul 5 23:27:47 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-
-## quantum/serial_link/README.md 
-
-* 639cdd363e35c13fe331939d0972aa4db5f5198d Tue Jul 5 23:27:47 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-* d5e7603d551a31836bf0c59db259ddc3593a1aa7 Wed Jul 6 13:26:20 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-
-## quantum/serial_link/protocol/byte_stuffer.c 
-
-* d5e7603d551a31836bf0c59db259ddc3593a1aa7 Wed Jul 6 13:26:20 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-* 0a11460175d6a838c71343c19eb4ce4699936247 Wed Aug 24 22:23:17 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-
-## quantum/serial_link/protocol/byte_stuffer.h 
-
-* d5e7603d551a31836bf0c59db259ddc3593a1aa7 Wed Jul 6 13:26:20 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-* 0a11460175d6a838c71343c19eb4ce4699936247 Wed Aug 24 22:23:17 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-
-## quantum/serial_link/protocol/frame_router.c 
-
-* d5e7603d551a31836bf0c59db259ddc3593a1aa7 Wed Jul 6 13:26:20 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-
-## quantum/serial_link/protocol/frame_router.h 
-
-* d5e7603d551a31836bf0c59db259ddc3593a1aa7 Wed Jul 6 13:26:20 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-
-## quantum/serial_link/protocol/frame_validator.c 
-
-* d5e7603d551a31836bf0c59db259ddc3593a1aa7 Wed Jul 6 13:26:20 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-
-## quantum/serial_link/protocol/frame_validator.h 
-
-* d5e7603d551a31836bf0c59db259ddc3593a1aa7 Wed Jul 6 13:26:20 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-
-## quantum/serial_link/protocol/physical.h 
-
-* d5e7603d551a31836bf0c59db259ddc3593a1aa7 Wed Jul 6 13:26:20 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-
-## quantum/serial_link/protocol/transport.c 
-
-* d5e7603d551a31836bf0c59db259ddc3593a1aa7 Wed Jul 6 13:26:20 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-* bcdf9ab76bf3723e6015d4255d53e7c1e7259b61 Sat Aug 27 14:18:49 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-
-## quantum/serial_link/protocol/transport.h 
-
-* d5e7603d551a31836bf0c59db259ddc3593a1aa7 Wed Jul 6 13:26:20 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-* bcdf9ab76bf3723e6015d4255d53e7c1e7259b61 Sat Aug 27 14:18:49 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-
-## quantum/serial_link/protocol/triple_buffered_object.c 
-
-* d5e7603d551a31836bf0c59db259ddc3593a1aa7 Wed Jul 6 13:26:20 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-
-## quantum/serial_link/protocol/triple_buffered_object.h 
-
-* d5e7603d551a31836bf0c59db259ddc3593a1aa7 Wed Jul 6 13:26:20 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-
-## quantum/serial_link/system/serial_link.c 
-
-* d5e7603d551a31836bf0c59db259ddc3593a1aa7 Wed Jul 6 13:26:20 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-
-## quantum/serial_link/system/serial_link.h 
-
-* d5e7603d551a31836bf0c59db259ddc3593a1aa7 Wed Jul 6 13:26:20 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-
-## quantum/serial_link/tests/byte_stuffer_tests.cpp 
-
-* 0a11460175d6a838c71343c19eb4ce4699936247 Wed Aug 24 22:23:17 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-
-## quantum/serial_link/tests/frame_router_tests.cpp 
-
-* cdd0913bcc63334fa20f1a7bd46bdce4d4f2843b Sat Aug 27 13:43:46 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-
-## quantum/serial_link/tests/frame_validator_tests.cpp 
-
-* b3eba797af74ace19b9f2e762bdd33d9449e3f94 Sat Aug 27 13:54:16 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-
-## quantum/serial_link/tests/Makefile 
-
-* d5e7603d551a31836bf0c59db259ddc3593a1aa7 Wed Jul 6 13:26:20 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-
-## quantum/serial_link/tests/rules.mk 
-
-* 0a11460175d6a838c71343c19eb4ce4699936247 Wed Aug 24 22:23:17 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-* cdd0913bcc63334fa20f1a7bd46bdce4d4f2843b Sat Aug 27 13:43:46 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-* b3eba797af74ace19b9f2e762bdd33d9449e3f94 Sat Aug 27 13:54:16 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-* bcdf9ab76bf3723e6015d4255d53e7c1e7259b61 Sat Aug 27 14:18:49 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-* ffb0a126f5b2484eda7f6b1c62ea61924eec6521 Sat Aug 27 14:25:52 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-
-## quantum/serial_link/tests/testlist.mk 
-
-* 6d7cd639a5e4503f00162c7cfa4bc7302b82c71c Sun Aug 21 16:29:54 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-* ffb0a126f5b2484eda7f6b1c62ea61924eec6521 Sat Aug 27 14:25:52 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-
-## quantum/serial_link/tests/transport_tests.cpp 
-
-* bcdf9ab76bf3723e6015d4255d53e7c1e7259b61 Sat Aug 27 14:18:49 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-
-## quantum/serial_link/tests/triple_buffered_object_tests.cpp 
-
-* ffb0a126f5b2484eda7f6b1c62ea61924eec6521 Sat Aug 27 14:25:52 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-
-## quantum/template/config.h 
-
-* 6f3141965e88c4ee0ebf7c18a243e4c2d9c5021b Tue Oct 27 14:33:18 2015 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 24f2698fba0055128eb90fbde793e3c84900df69 Sat Jan 23 20:45:52 2016 -0500 Jack Humbert
-* 577971ab07a49405e1dcd8e5f75b3ecb87e710b9 Mon Mar 28 00:03:21 2016 -0500 IBNobody
-* 1d13aa933bbb57bf0c1fe0196981b81233c3df97 Mon Mar 28 19:45:20 2016 -0500 IBNobody
-* aaa758f1d3f97dda39879f2b055ad2da9680adfe Mon May 23 20:42:21 2016 -0700 Eric Tang
-* 13bb6b4b7fdd2b3e419d0f89c93fb980b00eeb9b Thu Jun 23 22:18:20 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-
-## quantum/template/Makefile 
-
-* 6f3141965e88c4ee0ebf7c18a243e4c2d9c5021b Tue Oct 27 14:33:18 2015 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 6485c7d7dae01c499a7e1f27e7956f12ce0f6901 Thu Nov 5 12:07:03 2015 -0500 Jack Humbert
-* 24f2698fba0055128eb90fbde793e3c84900df69 Sat Jan 23 20:45:52 2016 -0500 Jack Humbert
-* 577971ab07a49405e1dcd8e5f75b3ecb87e710b9 Mon Mar 28 00:03:21 2016 -0500 IBNobody
-* 0656f2fa10e25e160617c3e5d14cfbae35dd9c8d Fri Apr 29 22:19:40 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 38987d4c1589d2d457459f42e179be24b712be30 Sat May 28 12:05:17 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* d9e4dad0a828a8a904f44dda090a4d6d08fe2948 Sat Jun 11 13:31:31 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* a8375fa15a6ca9285eb15ae89bcda898349e06f8 Tue Jun 21 10:21:43 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 13bb6b4b7fdd2b3e419d0f89c93fb980b00eeb9b Thu Jun 23 22:18:20 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* ab4d7adbb96fa034fd20364247d615f527661594 Fri Aug 19 09:06:28 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-
-## quantum/template/readme.md 
-
-* 13bb6b4b7fdd2b3e419d0f89c93fb980b00eeb9b Thu Jun 23 22:18:20 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 1f5838a28679975f689e35471a35720ed5c7e7c5 Sat Aug 27 23:29:37 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-
-## quantum/template/rules.mk 
-
-* ab4d7adbb96fa034fd20364247d615f527661594 Fri Aug 19 09:06:28 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-
-## quantum/template/template.c 
-
-* 6f3141965e88c4ee0ebf7c18a243e4c2d9c5021b Tue Oct 27 14:33:18 2015 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 641859df84bf40025b2c14319d1a168a435562e2 Thu Mar 10 11:28:34 2016 -0500 yoyoerx
-* eba9a7d74db0be548cddc107f0370dabf43b017f Tue Mar 15 23:52:51 2016 -0500 IBNobody
-* ec62d9e85cab5cf166241b0536120d005fa7c898 Tue Mar 22 20:39:05 2016 -0500 IBNobody
-* 3d56ec052ed485d4b717da930c4024b4a3f792e0 Tue Mar 22 21:06:22 2016 -0500 IBNobody
-* 2181be029e01d9cf46ae3cadcdf25f5bca02c631 Mon Mar 28 16:13:37 2016 +0200 Damien Pollet
-* 0656f2fa10e25e160617c3e5d14cfbae35dd9c8d Fri Apr 29 22:19:40 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 1a8c0dd22d6a2255511d0db6a456315541b5815b Sun May 15 00:27:32 2016 -0400 Erez Zukerman
-* 13bb6b4b7fdd2b3e419d0f89c93fb980b00eeb9b Thu Jun 23 22:18:20 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 589df84d6cd19ad7d776cc19bcddade1cd178ddc Thu Jul 7 09:58:44 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* c1dfb636ef61159456bdb24f4fee3f27e5babbeb Thu Jul 7 12:22:10 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-
-## quantum/template/template.h 
-
-* 6f3141965e88c4ee0ebf7c18a243e4c2d9c5021b Tue Oct 27 14:33:18 2015 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 24f2698fba0055128eb90fbde793e3c84900df69 Sat Jan 23 20:45:52 2016 -0500 Jack Humbert
-* ee1b94045e5bebda517119cb1853b0ab3fd0f499 Fri Mar 4 10:53:58 2016 -0500 Noah Andrews
-* 641859df84bf40025b2c14319d1a168a435562e2 Thu Mar 10 11:28:34 2016 -0500 yoyoerx
-* eba9a7d74db0be548cddc107f0370dabf43b017f Tue Mar 15 23:52:51 2016 -0500 IBNobody
-* ec62d9e85cab5cf166241b0536120d005fa7c898 Tue Mar 22 20:39:05 2016 -0500 IBNobody
-* 2181be029e01d9cf46ae3cadcdf25f5bca02c631 Mon Mar 28 16:13:37 2016 +0200 Damien Pollet
-* 0656f2fa10e25e160617c3e5d14cfbae35dd9c8d Fri Apr 29 22:19:40 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 1a8c0dd22d6a2255511d0db6a456315541b5815b Sun May 15 00:27:32 2016 -0400 Erez Zukerman
-* db32864ce7029d758f57729cc2f75e051a28d0a2 Sat Jun 18 14:30:24 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 13bb6b4b7fdd2b3e419d0f89c93fb980b00eeb9b Thu Jun 23 22:18:20 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-
-## quantum/template/keymaps/default/config.h 
-
-* 13bb6b4b7fdd2b3e419d0f89c93fb980b00eeb9b Thu Jun 23 22:18:20 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-
-## quantum/template/keymaps/default/keymap.c 
-
-* d9e4dad0a828a8a904f44dda090a4d6d08fe2948 Sat Jun 11 13:31:31 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-* 13bb6b4b7fdd2b3e419d0f89c93fb980b00eeb9b Thu Jun 23 22:18:20 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-
-## quantum/template/keymaps/default/Makefile 
-
-* 13bb6b4b7fdd2b3e419d0f89c93fb980b00eeb9b Thu Jun 23 22:18:20 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-
-## quantum/template/keymaps/default/readme.md 
-
-* 13bb6b4b7fdd2b3e419d0f89c93fb980b00eeb9b Thu Jun 23 22:18:20 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-
-## quantum/tools/eeprom_reset.hex 
-
-* 0b0ec82427aff54481103559066213056b6d7598 Sat Apr 16 00:01:22 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-
-## quantum/tools/readme.md 
-
-* 13bb6b4b7fdd2b3e419d0f89c93fb980b00eeb9b Thu Jun 23 22:18:20 2016 -0400 Jack Humbert
-
-## quantum/visualizer/lcd_backlight.c 
-
-* 9f33a5593cc70dfb0885328061f1aa4b2c2fa386 Wed Jul 6 20:15:45 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-
-## quantum/visualizer/lcd_backlight.h 
-
-* 9f33a5593cc70dfb0885328061f1aa4b2c2fa386 Wed Jul 6 20:15:45 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-
-## quantum/visualizer/led_test.c 
-
-* 6c296557909501b71fe344ce379e74094cf77c8e Wed Jul 6 20:30:58 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-* 07d0d5cbe48d7afaf0bc8c9916d40179ec51cb42 Thu Jul 7 12:46:10 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-
-## quantum/visualizer/led_test.h 
-
-* 6c296557909501b71fe344ce379e74094cf77c8e Wed Jul 6 20:30:58 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-
-## quantum/visualizer/LICENSE.md 
-
-* 9f33a5593cc70dfb0885328061f1aa4b2c2fa386 Wed Jul 6 20:15:45 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-
-## quantum/visualizer/readme.md 
-
-* 9f33a5593cc70dfb0885328061f1aa4b2c2fa386 Wed Jul 6 20:15:45 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-
-## quantum/visualizer/visualizer.c 
-
-* 9f33a5593cc70dfb0885328061f1aa4b2c2fa386 Wed Jul 6 20:15:45 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-* 6c296557909501b71fe344ce379e74094cf77c8e Wed Jul 6 20:30:58 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-* 70797bb8f21c72cba15b314b2d0a6684bfedc369 Thu Jul 7 00:20:20 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-* 7229751ba9d402b2a6c9dc1b7b29385b5162fe41 Thu Jul 7 14:01:20 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-* dae7c9bfb3325412c542fbbe4342c9c8e0fc1904 Thu Jul 7 14:12:56 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-* 9eb8d05246fba4f46c04b8fa1884b8f2d2ee0664 Tue Jan 17 21:47:07 2017 -0500 SjB
-
-## quantum/visualizer/visualizer.h 
-
-* 9f33a5593cc70dfb0885328061f1aa4b2c2fa386 Wed Jul 6 20:15:45 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-* 6c296557909501b71fe344ce379e74094cf77c8e Wed Jul 6 20:30:58 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-* 70797bb8f21c72cba15b314b2d0a6684bfedc369 Thu Jul 7 00:20:20 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-* 9eb8d05246fba4f46c04b8fa1884b8f2d2ee0664 Tue Jan 17 21:47:07 2017 -0500 SjB
-
-## quantum/visualizer/visualizer.mk 
-
-* 9f33a5593cc70dfb0885328061f1aa4b2c2fa386 Wed Jul 6 20:15:45 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-* 6c296557909501b71fe344ce379e74094cf77c8e Wed Jul 6 20:30:58 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-* 70797bb8f21c72cba15b314b2d0a6684bfedc369 Thu Jul 7 00:20:20 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-* 07d0d5cbe48d7afaf0bc8c9916d40179ec51cb42 Thu Jul 7 12:46:10 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-* 7229751ba9d402b2a6c9dc1b7b29385b5162fe41 Thu Jul 7 14:01:20 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-* aaac254ebce2005272e7385488b5690bbbe6d7c8 Thu Jul 7 14:29:53 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-* caedec92d2c22480313c43a364408fb920c55364 Thu Jul 7 14:42:16 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-
-## quantum/visualizer/example_integration/callbacks.c 
-
-* 9f33a5593cc70dfb0885328061f1aa4b2c2fa386 Wed Jul 6 20:15:45 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-
-## quantum/visualizer/example_integration/gfxconf.h 
-
-* 9f33a5593cc70dfb0885328061f1aa4b2c2fa386 Wed Jul 6 20:15:45 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-
-## quantum/visualizer/example_integration/lcd_backlight_hal.c 
-
-* 9f33a5593cc70dfb0885328061f1aa4b2c2fa386 Wed Jul 6 20:15:45 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
-
-## quantum/visualizer/example_integration/visualizer_user.c 
-
-* 9f33a5593cc70dfb0885328061f1aa4b2c2fa386 Wed Jul 6 20:15:45 2016 +0300 Fred Sundvik
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/macros.md b/docs/macros.md
index 1418d24ab4..c7a9b2e7a6 100644
--- a/docs/macros.md
+++ b/docs/macros.md
@@ -1,8 +1,10 @@
-# Macros - Send multiple keystrokes when pressing just one key
+# Macros
 
-QMK has a number of ways to define and use macros. These can do anything you want- type common phrases for you, copypasta, repetitive game movements, or even help you code. 
+Macros allow you to send multiple keystrokes when pressing just one key. QMK has a number of ways to define and use macros. These can do anything you want- type common phrases for you, copypasta, repetitive game movements, or even help you code. 
 
+{% hint style='danger' %}
 **Security Note**: While it is possible to use macros to send passwords, credit card numbers, and other sensitive information it is a supremely bad idea to do so. Anyone who gets ahold of your keyboard will be able to access that information by opening a text editor.
+{% endhint %}
 
 # Macro Definitions
 
@@ -22,7 +24,7 @@ const macro_t *action_get_macro(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt) {
 };
 ```
 
-This defines two macros which will be run when the key they are assigned to is pressed. If you'd like them to run when the release is released instead you can change the if statement:
+This defines two macros which will be run when the key they are assigned to is pressed. If instead you'd like them to run when the key is released you can change the if statement:
 
 ```c
 	if (!record->event.pressed) {
@@ -41,7 +43,7 @@ A macro can include the following commands:
 
 ## Sending strings
 
-Sometimes you just want a key to type out words or phrases. For the most common situations we've provided `SEND_STRING()`, which will type out your string for you instead of having to build a `MACRO()`. Right now it assumes a US keymap with a QWERTY layout, so if you are using something else it may not behave as you expect.
+Sometimes you just want a key to type out words or phrases. For the most common situations we've provided `SEND_STRING()`, which will type out your string for you instead of having to build a `MACRO()`.
 
 For example:
 
@@ -58,6 +60,12 @@ const macro_t *action_get_macro(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt) {
 };
 ```
 
+By default, it assumes a US keymap with a QWERTY layout; if you want to change that (e.g. if your OS uses software Colemak), include this somewhere in your keymap:
+
+```
+#include <sendstring_colemak.h>
+```
+
 ## Mapping a Macro to a key
 
 Use the `M()` function within your `KEYMAP()` to call a macro. For example, here is the keymap for a 2-key keyboard:
@@ -135,7 +143,7 @@ This will clear all mods currently pressed.
 
 This will clear all keys besides the mods currently pressed.
 
-# Advanced Example: Single-key copy/paste (hold to copy, tap to paste)
+# Advanced Example: Single-key copy/paste
 
 This example defines a macro which sends `Ctrl-C` when pressed down, and `Ctrl-V` when released. 
 
diff --git a/docs/make_instructions.md b/docs/make_instructions.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 6f88f91069..0000000000
--- a/docs/make_instructions.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,167 +0,0 @@
-# More detailed make instruction
-
-The full syntax of the `make` command is the following, but parts of the command can be left out if you run it from other directories than the `root` (as you might already have noticed by reading the simple instructions).
-
-`<keyboard>-<subproject>-<keymap>-<target>`, where:
-
-* `<keyboard>` is the name of the keyboard, for example `planck`
-  * Use `allkb` to compile all keyboards
-* `<subproject>` is the name of the subproject (revision or sub-model of the keyboard). For example, for Ergodox it can be `ez` or `infinity`, and for Planck `rev3` or `rev4`.
-  * If the keyboard doesn't have any subprojects, it can be left out
-  * To compile the default subproject, you can leave it out, or specify `defaultsp`
-  * Use `allsp` to compile all subprojects
-* `<keymap>` is the name of the keymap, for example `algernon`
-  * Use `allkm` to compile all keymaps
-* `<target>` will be explained in more detail below.
-
-**Note:** When you leave some parts of the command out, you should also remove the dash (`-`).
-
-As mentioned above, there are some shortcuts, when you are in a:
-
-* `keyboard` folder, the command will automatically fill the `<keyboard>` part. So you only need to type `<subproject>-<keymap>-<target>`
-* `subproject` folder, it will fill in both `<keyboard>` and `<subproject>`
-* `keymap` folder, then `<keyboard>` and `<keymap>` will be filled in. If you need to specify the `<subproject>` use the following syntax `<subproject>-<target>`
-  * Note in order to support this shortcut, the keymap needs its own Makefile (see the example [here](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/doc/keymap_makefile_example.mk))
-* `keymap` folder of a `subproject`, then everything except the `<target>` will be filled in
-
-The `<target>` means the following
-* If no target is given, then it's the same as `all` below
-* `all` compiles the keyboard and generates a `<keyboard>_<keymap>.hex` file in whichever folder you run `make` from. These files are ignored by git, so don't worry about deleting them when committing/creating pull requests.
-* `dfu`, `teensy` or `dfu-util`, compile and upload the firmware to the keyboard. If the compilation fails, then nothing will be uploaded. The programmer to use depends on the keyboard. For most keyboards it's `dfu`, but for Infinity keyboards you should use `dfu-util`, and `teensy` for standard Teensys. To find out which command you should use for your keyboard, check the keyboard specific readme. **Note** that some operating systems needs root access for these commands to work, so in that case you need to run for example `sudo make dfu`.
-* `clean`, cleans the build output folders to make sure that everything is built from scratch. Run this before normal compilation if you have some unexplainable problems.
-
-Some other targets are supported but, but not important enough to be documented here. Check the source code of the make files for more information.
-
-You can also add extra options at the end of the make command line, after the target
-
-* `make COLOR=false` - turns off color output
-* `make SILENT=true` - turns off output besides errors/warnings
-* `make VERBOSE=true` - outputs all of the gcc stuff (not interesting, unless you need to debug)
-* `make EXTRAFLAGS=-E` - Preprocess the code without doing any compiling (useful if you are trying to debug #define commands)
-
-The make command itself also has some additional options, type `make --help` for more information. The most useful is probably `-jx`, which specifies that you want to compile using more than one CPU, the `x` represents the number of CPUs that you want to use. Setting that can greatly reduce the compile times, especially if you are compiling many keyboards/keymaps. I usually set it to one less than the number of CPUs that I have, so that I have some left for doing other things while it's compiling. Note that not all operating systems and make versions supports that option.
-
-Here are some examples commands
-
-* `make allkb-allsp-allkm` builds everything (all keyboards, all subprojects, all keymaps). Running just `make` from the `root` will also run this.
-* `make` from within a `keyboard` directory, is the same as `make keyboard-allsp-allkm`, which compiles all subprojects and keymaps of the keyboard. **NOTE** that this behaviour has changed. Previously it compiled just the default keymap.
-* `make ergodox-infinity-algernon-clean` will clean the build output of the Ergodox Infinity keyboard. This example uses the full syntax and can be run from any folder with a `Makefile`
-* `make dfu COLOR=false` from within a keymap folder, builds and uploads the keymap, but without color output.
-
-## The `Makefile`
-
-There are 5 different `make` and `Makefile` locations:
-
-* root (`/`)
-* keyboard (`/keyboards/<keyboard>/`)
-* keymap (`/keyboards/<keyboard>/keymaps/<keymap>/`)
-* subproject (`/keyboards/<keyboard>/<subproject>`)
-* subproject keymap (`/keyboards/<keyboard>/<subproject>/keymaps/<keymap>`)
-
-The root contains the code used to automatically figure out which keymap or keymaps to compile based on your current directory and commandline arguments. It's considered stable, and shouldn't be modified. The keyboard one will contain the MCU set-up and default settings for your keyboard, and shouldn't be modified unless you are the producer of that keyboard. The keymap Makefile can be modified by users, and is optional. It is included automatically if it exists. You can see an example [here](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/doc/keymap_makefile_example.mk) - the last few lines are the most important. The settings you set here will override any defaults set in the keyboard Makefile. **The file is required if you want to run `make` in the keymap folder.**
-
-For keyboards and subprojects, the make files are split in two parts `Makefile` and `rules.mk`. All settings can be found in the `rules.mk` file, while the `Makefile` is just there for support and including the root `Makefile`. Keymaps contain just one `Makefile` for simplicity.
-
-### Makefile options
-
-Set these variables to `no` to disable them, and `yes` to enable them.
-
-`BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE`
-
-This allows you to hold a key and the salt key (space by default) and have access to a various EEPROM settings that persist over power loss. It's advised you keep this disabled, as the settings are often changed by accident, and produce confusing results that makes it difficult to debug. It's one of the more common problems encountered in help sessions.
-
-Consumes about 1000 bytes.
-
-`MOUSEKEY_ENABLE`
-
-This gives you control over cursor movements and clicks via keycodes/custom functions.
-
-`EXTRAKEY_ENABLE`
-
-This allows you to use the system and audio control key codes.
-
-`CONSOLE_ENABLE`
-
-This allows you to print messages that can be read using [`hid_listen`](https://www.pjrc.com/teensy/hid_listen.html). 
-
-By default, all debug (*dprint*) print (*print*, *xprintf*), and user print (*uprint*) messages will be enabled. This will eat up a significant portion of the flash and may make the keyboard .hex file too big to program. 
-
-To disable debug messages (*dprint*) and reduce the .hex file size, include `#define NO_DEBUG` in your `config.h` file.
-
-To disable print messages (*print*, *xprintf*) and user print messages (*uprint*) and reduce the .hex file size, include `#define NO_PRINT` in your `config.h` file.
-
-To disable print messages (*print*, *xprintf*) and **KEEP** user print messages (*uprint*), include `#define USER_PRINT` in your `config.h` file.
-
-To see the text, open `hid_listen` and enjoy looking at your printed messages.
-
-**NOTE:** Do not include *uprint* messages in anything other than your keymap code. It must not be used within the QMK system framework. Otherwise, you will bloat other people's .hex files. 
-
-Consumes about 400 bytes.
-
-`COMMAND_ENABLE`
-
-This enables magic commands, typically fired with the default magic key combo `LSHIFT+RSHIFT+KEY`. Magic commands include turning on debugging messages (`MAGIC+D`) or temporarily toggling NKRO (`MAGIC+N`).
-
-`SLEEP_LED_ENABLE`
-
-Enables your LED to breath while your computer is sleeping. Timer1 is being used here. This feature is largely unused and untested, and needs updating/abstracting.
-
-`NKRO_ENABLE`
-
-This allows the keyboard to tell the host OS that up to 248 keys are held down at once (default without NKRO is 6). NKRO is off by default, even if `NKRO_ENABLE` is set. NKRO can be forced by adding `#define FORCE_NKRO` to your config.h or by binding `MAGIC_TOGGLE_NKRO` to a key and then hitting the key.
-
-`BACKLIGHT_ENABLE`
-
-This enables your backlight on Timer1 and ports B5, B6, or B7 (for now). You can specify your port by putting this in your `config.h`:
-
-    #define BACKLIGHT_PIN B7
-
-`MIDI_ENABLE`
-
-This enables MIDI sending and receiving with your keyboard. To enter MIDI send mode, you can use the keycode `MI_ON`, and `MI_OFF` to turn it off. This is a largely untested feature, but more information can be found in the `quantum/quantum.c` file.
-
-`UNICODE_ENABLE`
-
-This allows you to send unicode symbols via `UC(<unicode>)` in your keymap. Only codes up to 0x7FFF are currently supported.
-
-`UNICODEMAP_ENABLE`
-
-This allows sending unicode symbols using `X(<unicode>)` in your keymap. Codes
-up to 0xFFFFFFFF are supported, including emojis. You will need to maintain
-a separate mapping table in your keymap file.
-
-Known limitations:
-- Under Mac OS, only codes up to 0xFFFF are supported.
-- Under Linux ibus, only codes up to 0xFFFFF are supported (but anything important is still under this limit for now).
-
-Characters out of range supported by the OS will be ignored.
-
-`BLUETOOTH_ENABLE`
-
-This allows you to interface with a Bluefruit EZ-key to send keycodes wirelessly. It uses the D2 and D3 pins.
-
-`AUDIO_ENABLE`
-
-This allows you output audio on the C6 pin (needs abstracting). See the [audio section](#audio-output-from-a-speaker) for more information.
-
-`FAUXCLICKY_ENABLE`
-
-Uses buzzer to emulate clicky switches. A cheap imitation of the Cherry blue switches. By default, uses the C6 pin, same as AUDIO_ENABLE.
-
-`VARIABLE_TRACE`
-
-Use this to debug changes to variable values, see the [tracing variables](#tracing-variables) section for more information.
-
-`API_SYSEX_ENABLE`
-
-This enables using the Quantum SYSEX API to send strings (somewhere?)
-
-This consumes about 5390 bytes.
-
-### Customizing Makefile options on a per-keymap basis
-
-If your keymap directory has a file called `Makefile` (note the filename), any Makefile options you set in that file will take precedence over other Makefile options for your particular keyboard.
-
-So let's say your keyboard's makefile has `BACKLIGHT_ENABLE = yes` (or maybe doesn't even list the `BACKLIGHT_ENABLE` option, which would cause it to be off). You want your particular keymap to not have the debug console, so you make a file called `Makefile` and specify `BACKLIGHT_ENABLE = no`.
-
-You can use the `docs/keymap_makefile_example.md` as a template/starting point.
diff --git a/docs/mbed_cortex_porting.md b/docs/mbed_cortex_porting.md
deleted file mode 100644
index b4b1314e6c..0000000000
--- a/docs/mbed_cortex_porting.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-## supported projects
-### PS/2 converter
-Confirmed it works on NXP LPC11U35.
-- http://developer.mbed.org/platforms/TG-LPC11U35-501/
-
-### Infinity keyboard
-It runs on Freescale MK20DX128.
-
-
-
-## compile error: cstddef
-Experienced this with arm-none-eabi-gcc (4.8.2-14ubuntu1+6) 4.8.2 on ubuntu 14.04.
-
-And resolved with 4.9.3 installed from:
-- https://launchpad.net/gcc-arm-embedded
-- https://launchpad.net/~terry.guo/+archive/ubuntu/gcc-arm-embedded
-
-```
-$ make -f Makefile.mbed                                                                                                                                                         
-mkdir -p build/.
-arm-none-eabi-g++ -include config_mbed.h -mcpu=cortex-m0 -mthumb -c -g -fno-common -fmessage-length=0 -Wall -fno-exceptions -ffunction-sections -fdata-sections -fomit-frame-pointer -fshort-wchar -fno-builtin -MMD -MP -DNDEBUG -Os -DTARGET_LPC11U35_401 -DTARGET_M0 -DTARGET_NXP -DTARGET_LPC11UXX -DTOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM -DTOOLCHAIN_GCC -D__CORTEX_M0 -DARM_MATH_CM0 -DMBED_BUILD_TIMESTAMP=1399108688.49 -D__MBED__=1  -std=gnu++98 -I. -I../../mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets -I../../mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis -I../../mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP -I../../mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX -I../../mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM -I../../mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/TARGET_LPC11U35_501 -I../../mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal -I../../mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP -I../../mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX -I../../mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TARGET_MCU_LPC11U35_501 -I../../mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TARGET_MCU_LPC11U35_501/TARGET_LPC11U35_501  -I../../mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed -I../../mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/hal -I../../mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/api -I../../mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/common -I../../mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice -I../../mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBHID -I../../mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBDevice -I../../mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBAudio -I../../mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBSerial -I../../mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBMSD -I../../mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBMIDI -I../../protocol/mbed -I../../common -I../../protocol -o build/./main.o main.cpp
-In file included from ../../mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/api/mbed.h:21:0,
-                 from main.cpp:1:
-../../mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/api/platform.h:25:19: fatal error: cstddef: No such file or directory
- #include <cstddef>
-                   ^
-compilation terminated.
-make: *** [build/./main.o] Error 1
-
-[13:13] noname@desk:/mnt/old_root/home/noname/tmp/tmk_keyboard/converter/ps2_usb
-$ arm-none-eabi-gcc --version
-arm-none-eabi-gcc (4.8.2-14ubuntu1+6) 4.8.2
-Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO
-warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-```
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/memory_write_error,_use_debug_for_more_info.md b/docs/memory_write_error,_use_debug_for_more_info.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 154f3620b9..0000000000
--- a/docs/memory_write_error,_use_debug_for_more_info.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-In rare circumstances, your keyboard/device can become unwritable, and `dfu-programmer` will give you an error like this:  
-
-    Erasing flash...  Success
-    Checking memory from 0x0 to 0x6FFF...  Empty.
-    Checking memory from 0x0 to 0x607F...  Empty.
-    0%                            100%  Programming 0x6080 bytes...
-    [ X  ERROR
-    Memory write error, use debug for more info.
-
-Currently the only way to solve this is to [reprogram the chip via ISP](https://www.reddit.com/r/olkb/comments/4rjzen/flashing_error_on_mac_os_x/d52rj8o/). This requires another device to be hooked up to a couple of exposed pins on the PCB. __[We now have a guide on ISP flashing](isp_flashing_guide.md)__ and [this is where things are on the Planck PCB](http://imgur.com/lvbxbHt).
-
-An example command to flash the board once things are hooked up is:
-
-    avrdude -c usbtiny -p m32u4 -U flash:w:planck_default_rev4.hex
-
-Research is still being done on why this happens, but here are some cases:
-
-* [`make -f Makefile.rn42 dfu` and not the dfu-programmer commands worked for @tybenz](https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/316) - also see [the hhkb keyboard on tmk](https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/tree/master/keyboard/hhkb)
-* [Doing a force erase works here](https://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=12047.msg1520147#msg1520147)
-* [`dfu-programmer atmega32u4 erase --force` works here as well](https://forum.fhem.de/index.php?topic=29777.0) [DE]
-* [Unresolved, but some data dumps](https://github.com/dfu-programmer/dfu-programmer/issues/29)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/modding_your_keyboard.md b/docs/modding_your_keyboard.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 44e6e6e72a..0000000000
--- a/docs/modding_your_keyboard.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,388 +0,0 @@
-
-## Audio output from a speaker
-
-Your keyboard can make sounds! If you've got a Planck, Preonic, or basically any keyboard that allows access to the C6 or B5 port (`#define C6_AUDIO` and `#define B5_AUDIO`), you can hook up a simple speaker and make it beep. You can use those beeps to indicate layer transitions, modifiers, special keys, or just to play some funky 8bit tunes.
-
-The audio code lives in [quantum/audio/audio.h](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/quantum/audio/audio.h) and in the other files in the audio directory. It's enabled by default on the Planck [stock keymap](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/keyboards/planck/keymaps/default/keymap.c). Here are the important bits:
-
-```
-#include "audio.h"
-```
-
-Then, lower down the file:
-
-```
-float tone_startup[][2] = {
-    ED_NOTE(_E7 ),
-    E__NOTE(_CS7),
-    E__NOTE(_E6 ),
-    E__NOTE(_A6 ),
-    M__NOTE(_CS7, 20)
-};
-```
-
-This is how you write a song. Each of these lines is a note, so we have a little ditty composed of five notes here.
-
-Then, we have this chunk:
-
-```
-float tone_qwerty[][2]     = SONG(QWERTY_SOUND);
-float tone_dvorak[][2]     = SONG(DVORAK_SOUND);
-float tone_colemak[][2]    = SONG(COLEMAK_SOUND);
-float tone_plover[][2]     = SONG(PLOVER_SOUND);
-float tone_plover_gb[][2]  = SONG(PLOVER_GOODBYE_SOUND);
-
-float music_scale[][2] = SONG(MUSIC_SCALE_SOUND);
-float goodbye[][2] = SONG(GOODBYE_SOUND);
-```
-
-Wherein we bind predefined songs (from [quantum/audio/song_list.h](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/quantum/audio/song_list.h)) into named variables. This is one optimization that helps save on memory: These songs only take up memory when you reference them in your keymap, because they're essentially all preprocessor directives.
-
-So now you have something called `tone_plover` for example. How do you make it play the Plover tune, then? If you look further down the keymap, you'll see this:
-
-```
-PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY(tone_plover, false, 0); // Signature is: Song name, repeat, rest style
-```
-
-This is inside one of the macros. So when that macro executes, your keyboard plays that particular chime.
-
-"Rest style" in the method signature above (the last parameter) specifies if there's a rest (a moment of silence) between the notes.
-
-## Music mode
-
-The music mode maps your columns to a chromatic scale, and your rows to octaves. This works best with ortholinear keyboards, but can be made to work with others. All keycodes less than `0xFF` get blocked, so you won't type while playing notes - if you have special keys/mods, those will still work. A work-around for this is to jump to a different layer with KC_NOs before (or after) enabling music mode.  
-
-Recording is experimental due to some memory issues - if you experience some weird behavior, unplugging/replugging your keyboard will fix things.
-
-Keycodes available:
-
-* `MU_ON` - Turn music mode on
-* `MU_OFF` - Turn music mode off
-* `MU_TOG` - Toggle music mode
-
-In music mode, the following keycodes work differently, and don't pass through:
-
-* `LCTL` - start a recording
-* `LALT` - stop recording/stop playing
-* `LGUI` - play recording
-* `KC_UP` - speed-up playback
-* `KC_DOWN` - slow-down playback
-
-## MIDI functionalty
-
-This is still a WIP, but check out `quantum/keymap_midi.c` to see what's happening. Enable from the Makefile.
-
-## Bluetooth functionality
-
-This requires [some hardware changes](https://www.reddit.com/r/MechanicalKeyboards/comments/3psx0q/the_planck_keyboard_with_bluetooth_guide_and/?ref=search_posts), but can be enabled via the Makefile. The firmware will still output characters via USB, so be aware of this when charging via a computer. It would make sense to have a switch on the Bluefruit to turn it off at will.
-
-## RGB Under Glow Mod
-
-![Planck with RGB Underglow](https://raw.githubusercontent.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/master/keyboards/planck/keymaps/yang/planck-with-rgb-underglow.jpg)
-
-Here is a quick demo on Youtube (with NPKC KC60) (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VKrpPAHlisY).
-
-For this mod, you need an unused pin wiring to DI of WS2812 strip. After wiring the VCC, GND, and DI, you can enable the underglow in your Makefile.
-
-    RGBLIGHT_ENABLE = yes
-
-In order to use the underglow animation functions, you need to have `#define RGBLIGHT_ANIMATIONS` in your `config.h`.
-
-Please add the following options into your config.h, and set them up according your hardware configuration. These settings are for the `F4` pin by default:
-
-    #define RGB_DI_PIN F4     // The pin your RGB strip is wired to
-    #define RGBLIGHT_ANIMATIONS    // Require for fancier stuff (not compatible with audio)
-    #define RGBLED_NUM 14     // Number of LEDs
-    #define RGBLIGHT_HUE_STEP 10
-    #define RGBLIGHT_SAT_STEP 17
-    #define RGBLIGHT_VAL_STEP 17
-
-You'll need to edit `RGB_DI_PIN` to the pin you have your `DI` on your RGB strip wired to.
-
-The firmware supports 5 different light effects, and the color (hue, saturation, brightness) can be customized in most effects. To control the underglow, you need to modify your keymap file to assign those functions to some keys/key combinations. For details, please check this keymap. `keyboards/planck/keymaps/yang/keymap.c`
-
-### WS2812 Wiring
-
-![WS2812 Wiring](https://raw.githubusercontent.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/master/keyboards/planck/keymaps/yang/WS2812-wiring.jpg)
-
-Please note the USB port can only supply a limited amount of power to the keyboard (500mA by standard, however, modern computer and most usb hubs can provide 700+mA.). According to the data of NeoPixel from Adafruit, 30 WS2812 LEDs require a 5V 1A power supply, LEDs used in this mod should not more than 20.
-
-## PS/2 Mouse Support
-
-Its possible to hook up a PS/2 mouse (for example touchpads or trackpoints) to your keyboard as a composite device.
-
-To hook up a Trackpoint, you need to obtain a Trackpoint module (i.e. harvest from a Thinkpad keyboard), identify the function of each pin of the module, and make the necessary circuitry between controller and Trackpoint module. For more information, please refer to [Trackpoint Hardware](https://deskthority.net/wiki/TrackPoint_Hardware) page on Deskthority Wiki.
-
-There are three available modes for hooking up PS/2 devices: USART (best), interrupts (better) or busywait (not recommended).
-
-### Busywait version
-
-Note: This is not recommended, you may encounter jerky movement or unsent inputs. Please use interrupt or USART version if possible.
-
-In rules.mk:
-
-```
-PS2_MOUSE_ENABLE = yes
-PS2_USE_BUSYWAIT = yes
-```
-
-In your keyboard config.h:
-
-```
-#ifdef PS2_USE_BUSYWAIT
-#   define PS2_CLOCK_PORT  PORTD
-#   define PS2_CLOCK_PIN   PIND
-#   define PS2_CLOCK_DDR   DDRD
-#   define PS2_CLOCK_BIT   1
-#   define PS2_DATA_PORT   PORTD
-#   define PS2_DATA_PIN    PIND
-#   define PS2_DATA_DDR    DDRD
-#   define PS2_DATA_BIT    2
-#endif
-```
-
-### Interrupt version
-
-The following example uses D2 for clock and D5 for data. You can use any INT or PCINT pin for clock, and any pin for data.
-
-In rules.mk:
-
-```
-PS2_MOUSE_ENABLE = yes
-PS2_USE_INT = yes
-```
-
-In your keyboard config.h:
-
-```
-#ifdef PS2_USE_INT
-#define PS2_CLOCK_PORT  PORTD
-#define PS2_CLOCK_PIN   PIND
-#define PS2_CLOCK_DDR   DDRD
-#define PS2_CLOCK_BIT   2
-#define PS2_DATA_PORT   PORTD
-#define PS2_DATA_PIN    PIND
-#define PS2_DATA_DDR    DDRD
-#define PS2_DATA_BIT    5
-
-#define PS2_INT_INIT()  do {    \
-    EICRA |= ((1<<ISC21) |      \
-              (0<<ISC20));      \
-} while (0)
-#define PS2_INT_ON()  do {      \
-    EIMSK |= (1<<INT2);         \
-} while (0)
-#define PS2_INT_OFF() do {      \
-    EIMSK &= ~(1<<INT2);        \
-} while (0)
-#define PS2_INT_VECT   INT2_vect
-#endif
-```
-
-### USART version
-
-To use USART on the ATMega32u4, you have to use PD5 for clock and PD2 for data. If one of those are unavailable, you need to use interrupt version.
-
-In rules.mk:
-
-```
-PS2_MOUSE_ENABLE = yes
-PS2_USE_USART = yes
-```
-
-In your keyboard config.h:
-
-```
-#ifdef PS2_USE_USART
-#define PS2_CLOCK_PORT  PORTD
-#define PS2_CLOCK_PIN   PIND
-#define PS2_CLOCK_DDR   DDRD
-#define PS2_CLOCK_BIT   5
-#define PS2_DATA_PORT   PORTD
-#define PS2_DATA_PIN    PIND
-#define PS2_DATA_DDR    DDRD
-#define PS2_DATA_BIT    2
-
-/* synchronous, odd parity, 1-bit stop, 8-bit data, sample at falling edge */
-/* set DDR of CLOCK as input to be slave */
-#define PS2_USART_INIT() do {   \
-    PS2_CLOCK_DDR &= ~(1<<PS2_CLOCK_BIT);   \
-    PS2_DATA_DDR &= ~(1<<PS2_DATA_BIT);     \
-    UCSR1C = ((1 << UMSEL10) |  \
-              (3 << UPM10)   |  \
-              (0 << USBS1)   |  \
-              (3 << UCSZ10)  |  \
-              (0 << UCPOL1));   \
-    UCSR1A = 0;                 \
-    UBRR1H = 0;                 \
-    UBRR1L = 0;                 \
-} while (0)
-#define PS2_USART_RX_INT_ON() do {  \
-    UCSR1B = ((1 << RXCIE1) |       \
-              (1 << RXEN1));        \
-} while (0)
-#define PS2_USART_RX_POLL_ON() do { \
-    UCSR1B = (1 << RXEN1);          \
-} while (0)
-#define PS2_USART_OFF() do {    \
-    UCSR1C = 0;                 \
-    UCSR1B &= ~((1 << RXEN1) |  \
-                (1 << TXEN1));  \
-} while (0)
-#define PS2_USART_RX_READY      (UCSR1A & (1<<RXC1))
-#define PS2_USART_RX_DATA       UDR1
-#define PS2_USART_ERROR         (UCSR1A & ((1<<FE1) | (1<<DOR1) | (1<<UPE1)))
-#define PS2_USART_RX_VECT       USART1_RX_vect
-#endif
-```
-
-### Additional Settings
-
-#### PS/2 mouse features
-
-These enable settings supported by the PS/2 mouse protocol: http://www.computer-engineering.org/ps2mouse/
-
-```
-/* Use remote mode instead of the default stream mode (see link) */
-#define PS2_MOUSE_USE_REMOTE_MODE  
-
-/* Enable the scrollwheel or scroll gesture on your mouse or touchpad */
-#define PS2_MOUSE_ENABLE_SCROLLING
-
-/* Some mice will need a scroll mask to be configured. The default is 0xFF. */
-#define PS2_MOUSE_SCROLL_MASK 0x0F
-
-/* Applies a transformation to the movement before sending to the host (see link) */
-#define PS2_MOUSE_USE_2_1_SCALING
-
-/* The time to wait after initializing the ps2 host */
-#define PS2_MOUSE_INIT_DELAY 1000 /* Default */
-```
-
-You can also call the following functions from ps2_mouse.h
-
-```
-void ps2_mouse_disable_data_reporting(void);
-
-void ps2_mouse_enable_data_reporting(void);
-
-void ps2_mouse_set_remote_mode(void);
-
-void ps2_mouse_set_stream_mode(void);
-
-void ps2_mouse_set_scaling_2_1(void);
-
-void ps2_mouse_set_scaling_1_1(void);
-
-void ps2_mouse_set_resolution(ps2_mouse_resolution_t resolution);
-
-void ps2_mouse_set_sample_rate(ps2_mouse_sample_rate_t sample_rate);
-```
-
-#### Fine control
-
-Use the following defines to change the sensitivity and speed of the mouse.
-Note: you can also use `ps2_mouse_set_resolution` for the same effect (not supported on most touchpads).
-
-```
-#define PS2_MOUSE_X_MULTIPLIER 3
-#define PS2_MOUSE_Y_MULTIPLIER 3
-#define PS2_MOUSE_V_MULTIPLIER 1
-```
-
-#### Scroll button
-
-If you're using a trackpoint, you will likely want to be able to use it for scrolling.
-Its possible to enable a "scroll button/s" that when pressed will cause the mouse to scroll instead of moving.
-To enable the feature, you must set a scroll button mask as follows:
-
-```
-#define PS2_MOUSE_SCROLL_BTN_MASK (1<<PS2_MOUSE_BUTTON_MIDDLE) /* Default */
-```
-
-To disable the scroll button feature:
-
-```
-#define PS2_MOUSE_SCROLL_BTN_MASK 0
-```
-
-The available buttons are:
-
-```
-#define PS2_MOUSE_BTN_LEFT      0
-#define PS2_MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT     1
-#define PS2_MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE    2
-```
-
-You can also combine buttons in the mask by `|`ing them together.
-
-Once you've configured your scroll button mask, you must configure the scroll button send interval.
-This is the interval before which if the scroll buttons were released they would be sent to the host.
-After this interval, they will cause the mouse to scroll and will not be sent.
-
-```
-#define PS2_MOUSE_SCROLL_BTN_SEND 300 /* Default */
-```
-
-To disable sending the scroll buttons:
-```
-#define PS2_MOUSE_SCROLL_BTN_SEND 0
-```
-
-Fine control over the scrolling is supported with the following defines:
-
-```
-#define PS2_MOUSE_SCROLL_DIVISOR_H 2
-#define PS2_MOUSE_SCROLL_DIVISOR_V 2
-```
-
-#### Debug settings
-
-To debug the mouse, add `debug_mouse = true` or enable via bootmagic.
-
-```
-/* To debug the mouse reports */
-#define PS2_MOUSE_DEBUG_HID
-#define PS2_MOUSE_DEBUG_RAW
-```
-
-## Safety Considerations
-
-You probably don't want to "brick" your keyboard, making it impossible
-to rewrite firmware onto it.  Here are some of the parameters to show
-what things are (and likely aren't) too risky.
-
-- If your keyboard map does not include RESET, then, to get into DFU
-  mode, you will need to press the reset button on the PCB, which
-  requires unscrewing the bottom.
-- Messing with tmk_core / common files might make the keyboard
-  inoperable
-- Too large a .hex file is trouble; `make dfu` will erase the block,
-  test the size (oops, wrong order!), which errors out, failing to
-  flash the keyboard, leaving it in DFU mode.
-  - To this end, note that the maximum .hex file size on Planck is
-    7000h (28672 decimal)
-
-```
-Linking: .build/planck_rev4_cbbrowne.elf                                                            [OK]
-Creating load file for Flash: .build/planck_rev4_cbbrowne.hex                                       [OK]
-
-Size after:
-   text    data     bss     dec     hex filename
-      0   22396       0   22396    577c planck_rev4_cbbrowne.hex
-```
-
-  - The above file is of size 22396/577ch, which is less than
-    28672/7000h
-  - As long as you have a suitable alternative .hex file around, you
-    can retry, loading that one
-  - Some of the options you might specify in your keyboard's Makefile
-    consume extra memory; watch out for BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE,
-    MOUSEKEY_ENABLE, EXTRAKEY_ENABLE, CONSOLE_ENABLE, API_SYSEX_ENABLE
-- DFU tools do /not/ allow you to write into the bootloader (unless
-  you throw in extra fruitsalad of options), so there is little risk
-  there.
-- EEPROM has around a 100000 write cycle.  You shouldn't rewrite the
-  firmware repeatedly and continually; that'll burn the EEPROM
-  eventually.
-
diff --git a/docs/mouse_keys.md b/docs/mouse_keys.md
index 16e920fdbd..560bd04705 100644
--- a/docs/mouse_keys.md
+++ b/docs/mouse_keys.md
@@ -1,17 +1,81 @@
-# Can I increase the speed of the mouse keys?
+# Mousekeys
 
-**Q:** The default speed for controlling the mouse with the keyboard is slow. I've tried increasing the mouse's sensitivity at work using xset m and it worked, although sometimes it changes by itself for some reason. At home, on Arch Linux, this does not change ti. I've looked through the forums and resolved to use libinput using xinput but using that I only manage to change the speed of the mouse using the actual mouse. The speed of the mouse using the keyboard controls remained unchanged.
-Is there perhaps something I can input in the keymap.c to change the sensitivity? Or some other surefire way of increasing the speed?
-Thanks!
 
-**A:**  In your keymap's config.h:
+Mousekeys is a feature that allows you to emulate a mouse using your keyboard. You can move the pointer around, click up to 5 buttons, and even scroll in all 4 directions. QMK uses the same algorithm as the X Window System MouseKeysAccel feature. You can read more about it [on Wikipedia](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mouse_keys).
+
+## Adding Mousekeys To a Keymap
+
+There are two steps to adding Mousekeys support to your keyboard. You must enable support in the Makefile and you must map mouse actions to keys on your keyboard.
+
+### Adding Mousekeys support in the `Makefile`
+
+To add support for Mousekeys you simply need to add a single line to your keymap's `Makefile`:
+
+```
+MOUSEKEY_ENABLE = yes
+```
+
+You can see an example here: https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/mouse_keys/Makefile
+
+### Mapping Mouse Actions To Keyboard Keys
+
+You can use these keycodes within your keymap to map button presses to mouse actions:
+
+|Long Name|Short Name|Description|
+|---------|----------|-----------|
+|KC_MS_UP|KC_MS_U|Mouse Cursor Up|
+|KC_MS_DOWN|KC_MS_D|Mouse Cursor Down|
+|KC_MS_LEFT|KC_MS_L|Mouse Cursor Left|
+|KC_MS_RIGHT|KC_MS_R|Mouse Cursor Right|
+|KC_MS_BTN1|KC_BTN1|Mouse Button 1|
+|KC_MS_BTN2|KC_BTN2|Mouse Button 2|
+|KC_MS_BTN3|KC_BTN3|Mouse Button 3|
+|KC_MS_BTN4|KC_BTN4|Mouse Button 4|
+|KC_MS_BTN5|KC_BTN5|Mouse Button 5|
+|KC_MS_WH_UP|KC_WH_U|Mouse Wheel Up|
+|KC_MS_WH_DOWN|KC_WH_D|Mouse Wheel Down|
+|KC_MS_WH_LEFT|KC_WH_L|Mouse Wheel Left|
+|KC_MS_WH_RIGHT|KC_WH_R|Mouse Wheel Right|
+|KC_MS_ACCEL0|KC_ACL0|Set Mouse Acceleration Speed to 0|
+|KC_MS_ACCEL1|KC_ACL1|Set Mouse Acceleration Speed to 1|
+|KC_MS_ACCEL2|KC_ACL2|Set Mouse Acceleration Speed to 2|
+
+You can see an example in the `_ML` here: https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/mouse_keys/keymap.c#L46
+
+## Configuring the behavior of Mousekeys
+
+The default speed for controlling the mouse with the keyboard is intentionaly slow. You can adjust these parameters by adding these settings to your keymap's `config.h` file. All times are specified in miliseconds (ms).
 
 ```
-#define MOUSEKEY_INTERVAL       20
-#define MOUSEKEY_DELAY          0
-#define MOUSEKEY_TIME_TO_MAX    60
-#define MOUSEKEY_MAX_SPEED      7
-#define MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_DELAY 0
+#define MOUSEKEY_DELAY             300
+#define MOUSEKEY_INTERVAL          50
+#define MOUSEKEY_MAX_SPEED         10
+#define MOUSEKEY_TIME_TO_MAX       20
+#define MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_MAX_SPEED   8
+#define MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_TIME_TO_MAX 40
 ```
 
-Tweak away. A lower interval or higher max speed will effectively make the mouse move faster. Time-to-max controls acceleration. (See [this Reddit thread for the original discussion](https://www.reddit.com/r/ErgoDoxEZ/comments/61fwr2/a_reliable_way_to_increase_the_speed_of_the_mouse/)).
\ No newline at end of file
+
+### `MOUSEKEY_DELAY`
+
+When one of the mouse movement buttons is pressed this setting is used to define the delay between that button press and the mouse cursor moving. Some people find that small movements are impossible if this setting is too low, while settings that are too high feel sluggish.
+
+### `MOUSEKEY_INTERVAL`
+
+When a movement key is held down this specifies how long to wait between each movement report. Lower settings will translate into an effectively higher mouse speed.
+
+### `MOUSEKEY_MAX_SPEED`
+
+As a movement key is held down the speed of the mouse cursor will increase until it reaches `MOUSEKEY_MAX_SPEED`.
+
+### `MOUSEKEY_TIME_TO_MAX`
+
+How long you want to hold down a movement key for until `MOUSEKEY_MAX_SPEED` is reached. This controls how quickly your cursor will accelerate.
+
+### `MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_MAX_SPEED`
+
+The top speed for scrolling movements.
+
+### `MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_TIME_TO_MAX`
+
+How long you want to hold down a scroll key for until `MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_MAX_SPEED` is reached. This controls how quickling your scrolling will accelerate.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/other_projects.md b/docs/other_projects.md
deleted file mode 100644
index bf980b0a9e..0000000000
--- a/docs/other_projects.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-Other Keyboard Firmware Projects
-================================
-## PJRC USB Keyboard/Mouse Example[USB][PJRC][Teensy][AVR]
-- <http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/usb_keyboard.html>
-- <http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/usb_mouse.html>
-
-## kbupgrade[USB][V-USB][AVR]
-- <http://github.com/rhomann/kbupgrade>
-- <http://geekhack.org/showwiki.php?title=Island:8406>
-
-## c64key[USB][V-USB][AVR]
-- <http://symlink.dk/projects/c64key/>
-
-## rump[USB][V-USB][AVR]
-- <http://mg8.org/rump/>
-- <http://github.com/clee/rump>
-
-## dulcimer[USB][V-USB][AVR]
-- <http://www.schatenseite.de/dulcimer.html>
-
-## humblehacker-keyboard[USB][LUFA][AVR][Ergo]
-- <http://github.com/humblehacker>
-- <http://www.humblehacker.com/keyboard/>
-- <http://geekhack.org/showwiki.php?title=Island:6292>
-
-## ps2avr[PS/2][AVR]
-- <http://sourceforge.net/projects/ps2avr/>
-
-## ErgoDox[Ergo][Split][USB][AVR]
-- <http://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=22780.0>
-- <https://github.com/benblazak/ergodox-firmware>
-- <https://github.com/cub-uanic/tmk_keyboard>
-
-## Suka's keyboard collection[Ergo][Split][3DPrinting][USB][AVR]
-- <http://deskthority.net/workshop-f7/my-diy-keyboard-collection-or-how-i-became-a-kb-geek-t2534.html>
-- <https://github.com/frobiac/adnw>
-
-## bpiphany's AVR-Keyboard[PJRC][AVR][USB]
-- <https://github.com/BathroomEpiphanies/AVR-Keyboard>
-- <http://deskthority.net/wiki/HID_Liberation_Device_-_DIY_Instructions>
-- <http://deskthority.net/wiki/Phantom>
-
-## USB-USB keyboard remapper[converter][USB-USB][AVR][Arduino]
-- <http://forum.colemak.com/viewtopic.php?pid=10837>
-- <https://github.com/darkytoothpaste/keymapper>
-
-## USB-USB converter threads[converter][USB-USB]
-- <http://deskthority.net/workshop-f7/is-remapping-a-usb-keyboard-using-teensy-possible-t2841-30.html>
-- <http://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=19458.0>
-
-## kbdbabel.org[converter][vintage][protocol][8051]
-Great resource of vintage keyboard protocol information and code
-
-- <http://www.kbdbabel.org/>
-
-## Haata's kiibohd Controller[converter][vintage][protocol][AVR][PJRC][Cortex]
-A lots of vintage keyboard protocol supports
-
-- <http://gitorious.org/kiibohd-controller>
-
-## Kinesis ergonomic keyboard firmware replacement[V-USB][LUFA][Ergo]
-- <https://github.com/chrisandreae/kinesis-firmware>
diff --git a/docs/pcb_guide.md b/docs/pcb_guide.md
deleted file mode 100644
index e07a114888..0000000000
--- a/docs/pcb_guide.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,151 +0,0 @@
-# Planck Firmware Guide
-
-## Setting up the environment
-
-### Windows
-1. Install [MHV AVR Tools](https://infernoembedded.com/sites/default/files/project/MHV_AVR_Tools_20131101.exe). Disable smatch, but **be sure to leave the option to add the tools to the PATH checked**.
-2. Install [MinGW](https://sourceforge.net/projects/mingw/files/Installer/mingw-get-setup.exe/download). During installation, uncheck the option to install a graphical user interface. **DO NOT change the default installation folder.** The scripts depend on the default location.
-3. Clone this repository. [This link will download it as a zip file, which you'll need to extract.](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/archive/master.zip) Open the extracted folder in Windows Explorer.
-4. Right-click on the 1-setup-path-win batch script, select "Run as administrator", and accept the User Account Control prompt. Press the spacebar to dismiss the success message in the command prompt that pops up.
-5. Right-click on the 2-setup-environment-win batch script, select "Run as administrator", and accept the User Account Control prompt. This part may take a couple of minutes, and you'll need to approve a driver installation, but once it finishes, your environment is complete!
-
-
-### Mac
-
-If you're using homebrew, you can use the following commands:
-
-    brew tap osx-cross/avr
-    brew install avr-libc
-    brew install dfu-programmer
-
-Otherwise, these instructions will work:
-
-1. Install Xcode from the App Store.
-2. Install the Command Line Tools from `Xcode->Preferences->Downloads`.
-3. Install [DFU-Programmer][dfu-prog].
-
-### Linux
-1. Install AVR GCC with your favorite package manager.
-2. Install [DFU-Programmer][dfu-prog].
-
-Note that, since it will be directly accessing USB hardware, the
-`dfu-programmer` program needs to be run as root.
-
-## Verify Your Installation
-1. Clone the following repository: https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware
-2. Open a Terminal and `cd` into `qmk_firmware/keyboards/planck`
-3. Run `make`. This should output a lot of information about the build process.
-
-## Using the built-in functions
-
-Here is a list of some of the functions available from the command line:
-
-* `make clean`: clean the environment - may be required in-between builds
-* `make`: compile the code
-* `make KEYMAP=<keymap>`: compile with the extended keymap file `extended_keymaps/extended_keymap_<keymap>.c`
-* `make dfu`: build and flash the layout to the PCB
-* `make dfu-force`: build and force-flash the layout to the PCB (may be require for first flash)
-
-Generally, the instructions to flash the PCB are as follows:
-
-1. Make changes to the appropriate keymap file
-2. Save the file
-3. `make clean`
-4. Press the reset button on the PCB/press the key with the `RESET` keycode
-5. `make <arguments> dfu` - use the necessary `KEYMAP=<keymap>` and/or `COMMON=true` arguments here.
-
-## Troubleshooting
-If you see something like this
-
-          0 [main] sh 13384 sync_with_child: child 9716(0x178) died before initialization with status code 0xC0000142
-        440 [main] sh 13384 sync_with_child: *** child state waiting for longjmp
-    /usr/bin/sh: fork: Resource temporarily unavailable
-
-after running 'make' on Windows than you are encountering a very popular issue with WinAVR on Windows 8.1 and 10.
-You can easily fix this problem by replacing msys-1.0.dll in WinAVR/utils/bin with [this one](http://www.madwizard.org/download/electronics/msys-1.0-vista64.zip).
-Restart your system and everything should work fine!
-
-
-If you see this
-
-    dfu-programmer atmega32u4 erase
-    process_begin: CreateProcess(NULL, dfu-programmer atmega32u4 erase, ...) failed.
-    make (e=2): The system cannot find the file specified.
-    make: *** [dfu] Error 2
-
-when trying to 'make dfu' on Windows you need to copy the dfu-programmer.exe to qmk_firmware/keyboards/planck.
-
-
-## Quantum MK Firmware
-
-### Keymap
-
-Unlike the other keymaps, prefixing the keycodes with `KC_` is required. A full list of the keycodes is available [here](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/tmk_core/doc/keycode.txt). For the keycodes available only in the extended keymap, see this [header file](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/quantum/keymap_common.h).
-
-You can use modifiers with keycodes like this:
-
-    LCTL(KC_C)
-    
-Which will generate Ctrl+c. These are daisy-chainable, meaning you can do things like:
-
-    LCTL(LALT(KC_C))
-    
-That will generate Ctrl+Alt+c. The entire list of these functions is here:
-
-* `LCTL()`: Left control
-* `LSFT()` / `S()`: Left shift
-* `LALT()`: Left alt/opt
-* `LGUI()`: Left win/cmd
-* `RCTL()`: Right control
-* `RSFT()`: Right shift
-* `RALT()`: Right alt/opt
-* `RGUI()`: Right win/cmd
-
-`S(KC_1)`-like entries are useful in writing keymaps for the Planck.
-
-### Other keycodes
-
-A number of other keycodes have been added that you may find useful:
-
-* `CM_<key>`: the Colemak equivalent of a key (in place of `KC_<key>`), when using Colemak in software (`CM_O` generates `KC_SCLN`)
-* `RESET`: jump to bootloader for flashing (same as press the reset button)
-* `BL_STEP`: step through the backlight brightnesses
-* `BL_<0-15>`: set backlight brightness to 0-15
-* `BL_DEC`: lower the backlight brightness
-* `BL_INC`: raise the backlight brightness
-* `BL_TOGG`: toggle the backlight on/off
-
-### Function layers
-
-The extended keymap extends the number of function layers from 32 to the near-infinite value of 256. Rather than using `FN<num>` notation (still available, but limited to `FN0`-`FN31`), you can use the `FUNC(<num>)` notation. `F(<num>)` is a shortcut for this.
-
-The function actions are unchanged, and you can see the full list of them [here](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/tmk_core/common/action_code.h). They are explained in detail [here](keymap.md#2-action).
-
-### Macros
-
-Macros have been setup in the `keymaps/keymap_default.c` file so that you can use `M(<num>)` to access a macro in the `action_get_macro` section on your keymap. The switch/case structure you see here is required, and is setup for `M(0)` - you'll need to copy and paste the code to look like this (e.g. to support `M(3)`):
-
-    switch(id) {
-      case 0:
-        return MACRODOWN(TYPE(KC_A), END);
-        break;
-      case 1:
-        return MACRODOWN(TYPE(KC_B), END);
-        break;
-      case 2:
-        return MACRODOWN(TYPE(KC_C), END);
-        break;
-      case 3:
-        return MACRODOWN(TYPE(KC_D), END);
-        break;
-    } 
-    return MACRO_NONE;
-
-`MACRODOWN()` is a shortcut for `(record->event.pressed ? MACRO(__VA_ARGS__) : MACRO_NONE)` which tells the macro to execute when the key is pressed. Without this, the macro will be executed on both the down and up stroke.
-
-[cygwin]:       https://www.cygwin.com/
-[mingw]:        http://www.mingw.org/
-[mhv]:          https://infernoembedded.com/products/avr-tools
-[winavr]:       http://winavr.sourceforge.net/
-[crosspack]:    http://www.obdev.at/products/crosspack/index.html
-[dfu-prog]:     http://dfu-programmer.sourceforge.net/
diff --git a/docs/porting_your_keyboard_to_qmk.md b/docs/porting_your_keyboard_to_qmk.md
index 05787042fd..3fa08830b2 100644
--- a/docs/porting_your_keyboard_to_qmk.md
+++ b/docs/porting_your_keyboard_to_qmk.md
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ For the `DIODE_DIRECTION`, most hand-wiring guides will instruct you to wire the
 
 `BACKLIGHT_LEVELS` is how many levels exist for your backlight - max is 15, and they are computed automatically from this number.
 
-## `/keyboards/<keyboard>/Makefile`
+## `/keyboards/<keyboard>/rules.mk`
 
 The values at the top likely won't need to be changed, since most boards use the `atmega32u4` chip. The `BOOTLOADER_SIZE` will need to be adjusted based on your MCU type. It's defaulted to the Teensy, since that's the most common controller. Below is quoted from the `Makefile`.
 
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ The values at the top likely won't need to be changed, since most boards use the
 OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_SIZE=512
 ```
 
-At the bottom of the file, you'll find lots of features to turn on and off - all of these options should be set with `?=` to allow for the keymap overrides. `?=` only assigns if the variable was previously undefined. For the full documenation of these features, see the [Makefile options](#makefile-options).
+At the bottom of the file, you'll find lots of features to turn on and off - all of these options should be set with `?=` to allow for the keymap overrides. `?=` only assigns if the variable was previously undefined. For the full documenation of these features, see the [Makefile options](getting_started_make_guide.md#makefile-options).
 
 ## `/keyboards/<keyboard>/readme.md`
 
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ This is where you'll describe your keyboard - please write as much as you can ab
 
 ## `/keyboards/<keyboard>/<keyboard>.c`
 
-This is where all of the custom logic for your keyboard goes - you may not need to put anything in this file, since a lot of things are configured automatically. All of the `*_kb()` functions are defined here. If you modify them, remember to keep the calls to `*_user()`, or things in the keymaps might not work. You can read more about the functions [here](#custom-quantum-functions-for-keyboards-and-keymaps)
+This is where all of the custom logic for your keyboard goes - you may not need to put anything in this file, since a lot of things are configured automatically. All of the `*_kb()` functions are defined here. If you modify them, remember to keep the calls to `*_user()`, or things in the keymaps might not work. You can read more about the functions [here](custom_quantum_functions.md).
 
 ## `/keyboards/<keyboard>/<keyboard>.h`
 
diff --git a/docs/previously_asked_questions.asciidoc b/docs/previously_asked_questions.asciidoc
deleted file mode 100644
index 36af1f2035..0000000000
--- a/docs/previously_asked_questions.asciidoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
-= Previously Asked Questions
-:toc:
-:toc-placement: preamble
-
-toc::[]
-
-= Question thread
-http://deskthority.net/workshop-f7/how-to-build-your-very-own-keyboard-firmware-t7177-270.html
-
-= Questions
-== Columns beyond 16(uint16_t) cannot be read
-* https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/wiki/FAQ#cant-read-comlumn-of-matrix-beyond-16
-* http://deskthority.net/workshop-f7/how-to-build-your-very-own-keyboard-firmware-t7177-270.html#p247051
-* http://deskthority.net/workshop-f7/rebuilding-and-redesigning-a-classic-thinkpad-keyboard-t6181-60.html#p146279
diff --git a/docs/qmk_overview.md b/docs/qmk_overview.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 6fdb68c49f..0000000000
--- a/docs/qmk_overview.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-# QMK Overview
-
-This page attempts to explain the basic information you need to know to work with the QMK project. It assumes that you are familiar with navigating a UNIX shell, but does not assume you are familiar with C or with compiling using make.
-
-# Basic QMK structure
-
-QMK is a fork of @tmk's [tmk_keyboard](https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard) project. The original TMK code, with modifications, can be found in the `tmk` folder. The QMK additions to the project may be found in the `quantum` folder. Keyboard projects may be found in the `handwired` and `keyboard` folders.
-
-## Keyboard project structure
-
-Within the `handwired` and `keyboard` folders is a directory for each keyboard project, for example `qmk_firmware/keyboards/clueboard`. Within you'll find the following structure:
-
-* `keymaps/`: Different keymaps that can be built
-* `rules.mk`: The file that sets the default "make" options. Do not edit this file directly, instead use a keymap specific `Makefile`.
-* `config.h`: The file that sets the default compile time options. Do not edit this file directly, instead use a keymap specific `config.h`.
-
-### Keymap structure
-
-In every keymap folder, the following files may be found. Only `keymap.c` is required, if the rest of the files are not found the default options will be chosen.
-
-* `config.h`: the options to configure your keymap
-* `keymap.c`: all of your keymap code, required
-* `Makefile`: the features of QMK that are enabled, required to run `make` in your keymap folder
-* `readme.md`: a description of your keymap, how others might use it, and explanations of features
-* Other files: Some people choose to include an image depicting the layout, and other files that help people to use or understand a particular keymap.
-
-# The `make` command
-
-The `make` command is how you compile the firmware into a .hex file, which can be loaded by a dfu programmer (like dfu-progammer via `make dfu`) or the [Teensy loader](https://www.pjrc.com/teensy/loader.html) (only used with Teensys). It it recommended that you always run make from within the `root` folder.
-
-**NOTE:** To abort a make command press `Ctrl-c`
-
-For more details on the QMK build process see [Make Instructions](make_instructions.md).
-
-### Simple instructions for building and uploading a keyboard
-
-**Most keyboards have more specific instructions in the keyboard specific readme.md file, so please check that first**
-
-1. Enter the `root` folder
-2. Run `make <keyboard>-<subproject>-<keymap>-<programmer>`
-
-In the above commands, replace:
-
-* `<keyboard>` with the name of your keyboard
-* `<keymap>` with the name of your keymap
-* `<subproject>` with the name of the subproject (revision or sub-model of your keyboard). For example, for Ergodox it can be `ez` or `infinity`, and for Planck `rev3` or `rev4`.
-  * If the keyboard doesn't have a subproject, or if you are happy with the default (defined in `rules.mk` file of the `keyboard` folder), you can leave it out. But remember to also remove the dash (`-`) from the command.
-* `<programmer>` The programmer to use. Most keyboards use `dfu`, but some use `teensy`. Infinity keyboards use `dfu-util`. Check the readme file in the keyboard folder to find out which programmer to use.
-  * If you  don't add `-<programmer` to the command line, the firmware will be still be compiled into a hex file, but the upload will be skipped.
-
-**NOTE:** Some operating systems will refuse to program unless you run the make command as root for example `sudo make clueboard-default-dfu`
-
-## Make Examples
-
-* Build all Clueboard keymaps: `make clueboard`
-* Build the default Planck keymap: `make planck-rev4-default`
-* Build and flash your ergodox-ez: `make ergodox-ez-default-teensy`
-
-# The `config.h` file
-
-There are 2 `config.h` locations:
-
-* keyboard (`/keyboards/<keyboard>/`)
-* keymap (`/keyboards/<keyboard>/keymaps/<keymap>/`)
-
-The keyboard `config.h` is included only if the keymap one doesn't exist. The format to use for your custom one [is here](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/doc/keymap_config_h_example.h). If you want to override a setting from the parent `config.h` file, you need to do this:
-
-```c
-#undef MY_SETTING
-#define MY_SETTING 4
-```
-
-For a value of `4` for this imaginary setting. So we `undef` it first, then `define` it.
-
-You can then override any settings, rather than having to copy and paste the whole thing.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/quantum_keycodes.md b/docs/quantum_keycodes.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a5160bf94a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/quantum_keycodes.md
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+# Quantum Keycodes
+
+Quantum keycodes allow for easier customisation of your keymap than the basic ones provide, without having to define custom actions.
+
+All keycodes within quantum are numbers between `0x0000` and `0xFFFF`. Within your `keymap.c` it may look like you have functions and other special cases, but ultimately the C preprocessor will translate those into a single 4 byte integer. QMK has reserved `0x0000` through `0x00FF` for standard keycodes. These are keycodes such as `KC_A`, `KC_1`, and `KC_LCTL`, which are basic keys defined in the USB HID specification. 
+
+On this page we have documented keycodes between `0x00FF` and `0xFFFF` which are used to implement advanced quantum features. If you define your own custom keycodes they will be put into this range as well.
+
+## QMK keycodes
+
+|Name|Description|
+|----|-----------|
+|`RESET`|Put the keyboard into DFU mode for flashing|
+|`DEBUG`|Toggles debug mode|
+|`KC_GESC`/`GRAVE_ESC`|Acts as escape when pressed normally but when pressed with Shift or GUI will send a ```|
+|`KC_LSPO`|Left shift when held, open paranthesis when tapped|
+|`KC_RSPC`|Right shift when held, close paranthesis when tapped|
+|`KC_LEAD`|The [leader key](feature_leader_key.md)|
+|`KC_LOCK`|The [lock key](key_lock.md)|
+|`FUNC(n)`/`F(n)`|Call `fn_action(n)` (deprecated)|
+|`M(n)`|to call macro n|
+|`MACROTAP(n)`|to macro-tap n idk FIXME|
diff --git a/docs/report_descriptor.md b/docs/report_descriptor.md
deleted file mode 100644
index fd5e96c67d..0000000000
--- a/docs/report_descriptor.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-# Get Report Descriptor with lsusb
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/stenography.md b/docs/stenography.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8c779032b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/stenography.md
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+# Stenography in QMK
+
+[Stenography](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stenotype) is a method of writing most often used by court reports, closed-captioning, and real-time transcription for the deaf. In stenography words are chorded syllable by syllable with a mixture of spelling, phonetic, and shortcut (briefs) strokes. Professional stenographers can reach 200-300 WPM without any of the strain usually found in standard typing and with far fewer errors (>99.9% accuracy).
+
+The [Open Steno Project](http://www.openstenoproject.org/) has built an open-source program called Plover that provides real-time translation of steno strokes into words and commands. It has an established dictionary and supports
+
+## Plover with QWERTY Keyboard
+
+Plover can work with any standard QWERTY keyboard, although it is more efficient if the keyboard supports NKRO (n-key rollover) to allow Plover to see all the pressed keys at once. An example keymap for Plover can be found in `planck/keymaps/default`. Switching to the `PLOVER` layer adjusts the position of the keyboard to support the number bar.
+
+To use Plover with QMK just enable NKRO and optionally adjust your layout if you have anything other than a standard layout. You may also want to purchase some steno-friendly keycaps to make it easier to hit multiple keys.
+
+## Plover with Steno Protocol
+
+Plover also understands the language of several steno machines. QMK can speak a couple of these languages, TX Bolt and GeminiPR. An example layout can be found in `planck/keymaps/steno`.
+
+When QMK speaks to Plover over a steno protocol Plover will not use the keyboard as input. This means that you can switch back and forth between a standard keyboard and your steno keyboard, or even switch layers from Plover to standard and back without needing to activate/deactive Plover.
+
+In this mode Plover expects to speak with a steno machine over a serial port so QMK will present itself to the operating system as a virtual serial port in addition to a keyboard. By default QMK will speak the TX Bolt protocol but can be switched to GeminiPR; the last protocol used is stored in non-volatile memory so QMK will use the same protocol on restart.
+
+> Note: Due to hardware limitations you may not be able to run both a virtual serial port and mouse emulation at the same time.
+
+### TX Bolt
+
+TX Bolt communicates the status of 24 keys over a very simple protocol in variable-sized (1-5 byte) packets.
+
+### GeminiPR
+
+GeminiPR encodes 42 keys into a 6-byte packet. While TX Bolt contains everything that is necessary for standard stenography, GeminiPR opens up many more options, including supporting non-English theories.
+
+## Configuring QMK for Steno
+
+Firstly, enable steno in your keymap's Makefile. You should also diable mousekeys to prevent conflicts.
+
+```Makefile
+STENO_ENABLE = yes
+MOUSEKEY_ENABLE = no
+```
+
+In your keymap create a new layer for Plover. You will need to include `keymap_steno.h`. See `planck/keymaps/steno/keymap.c` for an example. Remember to create a key to switch to the layer as well as a key for exiting the layer. If you would like to switch modes on the fly you can use the keycodes `QK_STENO_BOLT` and `QK_STENO_GEMINI`. If you only want to use one of the protocols you may set it up in your initialization function:
+
+```C
+void matrix_init_user() {
+  steno_set_mode(STENO_MODE_GEMINI); // or STENO_MODE_BOLT
+}
+```
+
+Once you have your keyboard flashed launch Plover. Click the 'Configure...' button. In the 'Machine' tab select the Stenotype Machine that corresponds to your desired protocol. Click the 'Configure...' button on this tab and enter the serial port or click 'Scan'. Baud rate is fine at 9600 (although you should be able to set as high as 115200 with no issues). Use the default settings for everything else (Data Bits: 8, Stop Bits: 1, Parity: N, no flow control).
+
+On the display tab click 'Open stroke display'. With Plover disabled you should be able to hit keys on your keyboard and see them show up in the stroke display window. Use this to make sure you have set up your keymap correctly. You are now ready to steno!
+
+## Learning Stenography
+
+* [Learn Plover!](https://sites.google.com/site/ploverdoc/)
+* [QWERTY Steno](http://qwertysteno.com/Home/)
+* [Steno Jig](https://joshuagrams.github.io/steno-jig/)
+* More resources at the Plover [Learning Stenography](https://github.com/openstenoproject/plover/wiki/Learning-Stenography) wiki
+
+## Keycode Reference
+
+As defined in `keymap_steno.h`.
+
+> Note: TX Bolt does not support the full set of keys. The TX Bolt implementation in QMK will map the GeminiPR keys to the nearest TX Bolt key so that one key map will work for both.
+
+|GeminiPR|TX Bolt|Steno Key|
+|--------|-------|-----------|
+|`STN_N1`|`STN_NUM`|Number bar #1|
+|`STN_N2`|`STN_NUM`|Number bar #2|
+|`STN_N3`|`STN_NUM`|Number bar #3|
+|`STN_N4`|`STN_NUM`|Number bar #4|
+|`STN_N5`|`STN_NUM`|Number bar #5|
+|`STN_N6`|`STN_NUM`|Number bar #6|
+|`STN_N7`|`STN_NUM`|Number bar #7|
+|`STN_N8`|`STN_NUM`|Number bar #8|
+|`STN_N9`|`STN_NUM`|Number bar #9|
+|`STN_NA`|`STN_NUM`|Number bar #A|
+|`STN_NB`|`STN_NUM`|Number bar #B|
+|`STN_NC`|`STN_NUM`|Number bar #C|
+|`STN_S1`|`STN_SL`| `S-` upper|
+|`STN_S2`|`STN_SL`| `S-` lower|
+|`STN_TL`|`STN_TL`| `T-`|
+|`STN_KL`|`STN_KL`| `K-`|
+|`STN_PL`|`STN_PL`| `P-`|
+|`STN_WL`|`STN_WL`| `W-`|
+|`STN_HL`|`STN_HL`| `H-`|
+|`STN_RL`|`STN_RL`| `R-`|
+|`STN_A`|`STN_A`| `A` vowel|
+|`STN_O`|`STN_O`| `O` vowel|
+|`STN_ST1`|`STN_STR`| `*` upper-left |
+|`STN_ST2`|`STN_STR`| `*` lower-left|
+|`STN_ST3`|`STN_STR`| `*` upper-right|
+|`STN_ST4`|`STN_STR`| `*` lower-right|
+|`STN_E`|`STN_E`| `E` vowel|
+|`STN_U`|`STN_U`| `U` vowel|
+|`STN_FR`|`STN_FR`| `-F`|
+|`STN_PR`|`STN_PR`| `-P`|
+|`STN_RR`|`STN_RR`| `-R`|
+|`STN_BR`|`STN_BR`| `-B`|
+|`STN_LR`|`STN_LR`| `-L`|
+|`STN_GR`|`STN_GR`| `-G`|
+|`STN_TR`|`STN_TR`| `-T`|
+|`STN_SR`|`STN_SR`| `-S`|
+|`STN_DR`|`STN_DR`| `-D`|
+|`STN_ZR`|`STN_ZR`| `-Z`|
+|`STN_FN`|| (GeminiPR only)|
+|`STN_RES1`||(GeminiPR only)|
+|`STN_RES2`||(GeminiPR only)|
+|`STN_PWR`||(GeminiPR only)|
diff --git a/docs/tap_dance.md b/docs/tap_dance.md
index 25827a6485..38b2ee9993 100644
--- a/docs/tap_dance.md
+++ b/docs/tap_dance.md
@@ -1,5 +1,7 @@
 # Tap Dance: A single key can do 3, 5, or 100 different things
 
+<!-- FIXME: Break this up into multiple sections -->
+
 Hit the semicolon key once, send a semicolon. Hit it twice, rapidly -- send a colon. Hit it three times, and your keyboard's LEDs do a wild dance. That's just one example of what Tap Dance can do. It's one of the nicest community-contributed features in the firmware, conceived and created by [algernon](https://github.com/algernon) in [#451](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/451). Here's how algernon describes the feature:
 
 With this feature one can specify keys that behave differently, based on the amount of times they have been tapped, and when interrupted, they get handled before the interrupter.
@@ -34,7 +36,9 @@ Our next stop is `matrix_scan_tap_dance()`. This handles the timeout of tap-danc
 
 For the sake of flexibility, tap-dance actions can be either a pair of keycodes, or a user function. The latter allows one to handle higher tap counts, or do extra things, like blink the LEDs, fiddle with the backlighting, and so on. This is accomplished by using an union, and some clever macros.
 
-### Examples
+# Examples
+
+## Simple Example
 
 Here's a simple example for a single definition:
 
@@ -59,6 +63,8 @@ qk_tap_dance_action_t tap_dance_actions[] = {
 TD(TD_ESC_CAPS)
 ```
 
+## Complex Example
+
 Here's a more complex example involving custom actions:
 
 ```c
diff --git a/docs/test_for_asciidoc.asciidoc b/docs/test_for_asciidoc.asciidoc
deleted file mode 100644
index ce57d2781b..0000000000
--- a/docs/test_for_asciidoc.asciidoc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-.Makefile
-[source,Makefile]
-----
-# Build Options
-#   comment out to disable the options.
-#
-BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE = yes  # Virtual DIP switch configuration(+1000)
-MOUSEKEY_ENABLE = yes   # Mouse keys(+4700)
-EXTRAKEY_ENABLE = yes   # Audio control and System control(+450)
-CONSOLE_ENABLE = yes    # Console for debug(+400)
-COMMAND_ENABLE = yes    # Commands for debug and configuration
-#SLEEP_LED_ENABLE = yes  # Breathing sleep LED during USB suspend
-NKRO_ENABLE = yes       # USB Nkey Rollover - not yet supported in LUFA
-----
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/tmk_based_projects.md b/docs/tmk_based_projects.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 0597b04c38..0000000000
--- a/docs/tmk_based_projects.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-## TMK based projects
-Add your project here!
-See https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/173
-
-### keyboards
-**S60-X**: [DIY 60% keyboard](https://www.massdrop.com/buy/sentraq-60-diy-keyboard-kit?mode=guest_open) designed by [VinnyCordeiro](https://github.com/VinnyCordeiro) for Sentraq:
-- https://github.com/VinnyCordeiro/tmk_keyboard
-
-**Octagon V1**: Korean custom keyboard designed by Duck.
-- https://github.com/xauser/tmk_keyboard/tree/xauser
-
-**Compact L3**: Custom keyboard designed by LifeZone and LeeKu.
-- https://github.com/xauser/tmk_keyboard/tree/xauser
-
-**KMAC, 1,2 and Happy**: Custom keyboard designed by kbdmania.
-- https://github.com/ageaenes/tmk_keyboard
-
-**P60**: [DIY wired 60% keyboard](https://imgur.com/a/zwsDN) by [p3lim](https://github.com/p3lim).
-- https://github.com/p3lim/keyboard_firmware
-
-**Nerd, Kitten Paw, Lightsaber, Phantom, Lightpad, Ergodox** on [xauser](https://github.com/xauser)'s repository
-- https://github.com/xauser/tmk_keyboard/tree/xauser
-
-**ErgoDox** on [cub-unanic](https://github.com/cub-uanic)'s repository
-- https://github.com/cub-uanic/tmk_keyboard/tree/master/keyboard/ergodox
-
-**Atreus** by [technomancy](https://atreus.technomancy.us)
-- https://github.com/technomancy/tmk_keyboard/tree/atreus/keyboard/atreus
-
-**[mcdox](https://github.com/DavidMcEwan/mcdox)**
-- https://github.com/DavidMcEwan/tmk_keyboard/tree/master/keyboard/mcdox
-
-
-### converters
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/tmk_own_projects.md b/docs/tmk_own_projects.md
deleted file mode 100644
index fb5b2c9906..0000000000
--- a/docs/tmk_own_projects.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
-## TMK own projects by hasu
-Located in [tmk_keyboard](https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/tree/master/) repository.
-
-### converter                                                                                                                                                                                          
-* [ps2_usb]         - [PS/2 keyboard to USB][GH_ps2]
-* [adb_usb]         - [ADB keyboard to USB][GH_adb]
-* [m0110_usb]       - [Macintosh 128K/512K/Plus keyboard to USB][GH_m0110]
-* [terminal_usb]    - [IBM Model M terminal keyboard(PS/2 scancode set3) to USB][GH_terminal]
-* [news_usb]        - [Sony NEWS keyboard to USB][GH_news]
-* [x68k_usb]        - [Sharp X68000 keyboard to USB][GH_x68k]
-* [sun_usb]         - [Sun] to USB(type4, 5 and 3?)
-* [pc98_usb]        - [PC98] to USB
-* [usb_usb]         - USB to USB(experimental)
-* [ascii_usb]       - ASCII(Serial console terminal) to USB
-* [ibm4704_usb]     - [IBM 4704 keyboard Converter][GH_ibm4704]
-                   
-### keyboard 
-* [hhkb]            - [Happy Hacking Keyboard pro][GH_hhkb]
-* [gh60]            - [GH60][GH60_diy] DIY 60% keyboard [prototype][GH60_proto]
-* [hbkb]            - [Happy Buckling spring keyboard][GH_hbkb](IBM Model M 60% mod)
-* [hid_liber]       - [HID liberation][HID_liber] controller (by alaricljs)
-* [phantom]         - [Phantom] keyboard (by Tranquilite)
-* [IIgs_Standard]   - Apple [IIGS] keyboard mod(by JeffreySung)
-* [macway]          - [Compact keyboard mod][GH_macway] [retired]
-* [KMAC]            - Korean custom keyboard
-* [Lightsaber]      - Korean custom keyboard
-             
-[ps2_usb]:              https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/tree/master/converter/ps2_usb/
-[adb_usb]:              https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/tree/master/converter/adb_usb/
-[m0110_usb]:            https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/tree/master/converter/m0110_usb
-[terminal_usb]:         https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/tree/master/converter/terminal_usb/
-[news_usb]:             https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/tree/master/converter/news_usb/
-[x68k_usb]:             https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/tree/master/converter/x68k_usb/
-[sun_usb]:              https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/tree/master/converter/sun_usb/
-[pc98_usb]:             https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/tree/master/converter/pc98_usb/
-[usb_usb]:              https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/tree/master/converter/usb_usb/
-[ascii_usb]:            https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/tree/master/converter/ascii_usb/
-[ibm4704_usb]:          https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/tree/master/converter/ibm4704_usb
-[hhkb]:                 https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/tree/master/keyboard/hhkb/
-[gh60]:                 https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/tree/master/keyboard/gh60/
-[hbkb]:                 https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/tree/master/keyboard/hbkb/
-[hid_liber]:            https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/tree/master/keyboard/hid_liber/
-[phantom]:              https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/tree/master/keyboard/phantom/
-[IIgs_Standard]:        https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/tree/master/keyboard/IIgs/
-[macway]:               https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/tree/master/keyboard/macway/
-[KMAC]:                 https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/tree/master/keyboard/kmac/
-[Lightsaber]:           https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/tree/master/keyboard/lightsaber/
-             
-[GH_macway]:    http://geekhack.org/showwiki.php?title=Island:11930
-[GH_hhkb]:      http://geekhack.org/showwiki.php?title=Island:12047
-[GH_ps2]:       http://geekhack.org/showwiki.php?title=Island:14618
-[GH_adb]:       http://geekhack.org/showwiki.php?title=Island:14290
-[GH_hhkb_bt]:   http://geekhack.org/showwiki.php?title=Island:20851
-[GH_m0110]:     http://geekhack.org/showwiki.php?title=Island:24965
-[GH_news]:      http://geekhack.org/showwiki.php?title=Island:25759
-[GH_terminal]:  http://geekhack.org/showwiki.php?title=Island:27272
-[GH_x68k]:      http://geekhack.org/showwiki.php?title=Island:29060
-[GH_hbkb]:      http://geekhack.org/showwiki.php?title=Island:29483
-[GH_ibm4704]:   http://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=54706.0
-[HID_liber]:    http://deskthority.net/wiki/HID_Liberation_Device_-_DIY_Instructions
-[Phantom]:      http://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=26742
-[GH60_diy]:     http://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=34959
-[GH60_proto]:   http://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=37570.0
-[PC98]:         http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/NEC_PC-9801
-[Sun]:          http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sun-3
-[IIGS]:         http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Apple_IIGS
-
-
-See other [[TMK Based Projects]]
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/tmk_readme.md b/docs/tmk_readme.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 85cf68d571..0000000000
--- a/docs/tmk_readme.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,243 +0,0 @@
-# TMK Documenation
-
-Features
---------
-These features can be used in your keyboard.
-
-* Multi-layer Keymap  - Multiple keyboard layouts with layer switching
-* Mouse key           - Mouse control with keyboard
-* System Control Key  - Power Down, Sleep, Wake Up and USB Remote Wake up
-* Media Control Key   - Volume Down/Up, Mute, Next/Prev track, Play, Stop and etc
-* USB NKRO            - 120 keys(+ 8 modifiers) simultaneously
-* PS/2 mouse support  - PS/2 mouse(TrackPoint) as composite device
-* Keyboard protocols  - PS/2, ADB, M0110, Sun and other old keyboard protocols
-* User Function       - Customizable function of key with writing code
-* Macro               - Very primitive at this time
-* Keyboard Tricks     - Oneshot modifier and modifier with tapping feature
-* Debug Console       - Messages for debug and interaction with firmware
-* Virtual DIP Switch  - Configurations stored EEPROM(Boot Magic)
-* Locking CapsLock    - Mechanical switch support for CapsLock
-* Breathing Sleep LED - Sleep indicator with charm during USB suspend
-* Backlight           - Control backlight levels
-
-
-
-Projects
---------
-You can find some keyboard specific projects under `converter` and `keyboard` directory.
-
-## Main projects
-
-### OLKB products
-* [planck](keyboards/planck/)                - [Planck] Ortholinear 40% keyboard
-* [preonic](keyboards/preonic/)              - [Preonic] Ortholinear 50% keyboard
-* [atomic](keyboards/atomic/)                - [Atomic] Ortholinear 60% keyboard
-
-### Ergodox EZ
-* [ergodox_ez](keyboards/ergodox/ez)         - [Ergodox_EZ] Assembled split keyboard
-
-## Other projects
-
-### converter
-* [ps2_usb](converter/ps2_usb/)             - [PS/2 keyboard to USB][GH_ps2]
-* [adb_usb](converter/adb_usb/)             - [ADB keyboard to USB][GH_adb]
-* [m0110_usb](converter/m0110_usb)          - [Macintosh 128K/512K/Plus keyboard to USB][GH_m0110]
-* [terminal_usb](converter/terminal_usb/)   - [IBM Model M terminal keyboard(PS/2 scancode set3) to USB][GH_terminal]
-* [news_usb](converter/news_usb/)           - [Sony NEWS keyboard to USB][GH_news]
-* [x68k_usb](converter/x68k_usb/)           - [Sharp X68000 keyboard to USB][GH_x68k]
-* [sun_usb](converter/sun_usb/)             - [Sun] to USB(type4, 5 and 3?)
-* [pc98_usb](converter/pc98_usb/)           - [PC98] to USB
-* [usb_usb](converter/usb_usb/)             - USB to USB(experimental)
-* [ascii_usb](converter/ascii_usb/)         - ASCII(Serial console terminal) to USB
-* [ibm4704_usb](converter/ibm4704_usb)      - [IBM 4704 keyboard Converter][GH_ibm4704]
-
-### keyboard
-* [hhkb](keyboards/hhkb/)                    - [Happy Hacking Keyboard pro][GH_hhkb] hasu's main board
-* [gh60](keyboards/gh60/)                    - [GH60] DIY 60% keyboard [prototype][GH60_proto] hasu's second board
-* [hbkb](keyboards/hbkb/)                    - [Happy Buckling spring keyboard][GH_hbkb](IBM Model M 60% mod)
-* [hid_liber](keyboards/hid_liber/)          - [HID liberation][HID_liber] controller (by alaricljs)
-* [phantom](keyboards/phantom/)              - [Phantom] keyboard (by Tranquilite)
-* [IIgs_Standard](keyboards/IIgs/)           - Apple [IIGS] keyboard mod(by JeffreySung)
-* [macway](keyboards/macway/)                - [Compact keyboard mod][GH_macway] [retired]
-* [KMAC](keyboards/kmac/)                    - Korean custom keyboard
-* [Lightsaber](keyboards/lightsaber/)        - Korean custom keyboard
-* [Infinity](keyboards/infinity/)            - Massdrop [Infinity keyboard][Infinity]
-* [NerD](keyboards/nerd/)                    - Korean custom keyboard
-* [KittenPaw](keyboards/kitten_paw)          - Custom Majestouch controller
-* [Lightpad](keyboards/lightpad)             - Korean custom keypad
-* [ghost_squid](keyboards/ghost_squid/)      - [The Ghost Squid][ghost_squid] controller for [Cooler Master QuickFire XT][cmxt]
-
-### Extenal projects using tmk_keyboard
-* [ErgoDox_cub-uanic][cub-uanic]            - Split Ergonomic Keyboard [ErgoDox][ergodox_org]
-* [mcdox][mcdox_tmk]                        - [mcdox][mcdox]
-
-
-[GH_macway]:    http://geekhack.org/showwiki.php?title=Island:11930
-[GH_hhkb]:      http://geekhack.org/showwiki.php?title=Island:12047
-[GH_ps2]:       http://geekhack.org/showwiki.php?title=Island:14618
-[GH_adb]:       http://geekhack.org/showwiki.php?title=Island:14290
-[GH_hhkb_bt]:   http://geekhack.org/showwiki.php?title=Island:20851
-[GH_m0110]:     http://geekhack.org/showwiki.php?title=Island:24965
-[GH_news]:      http://geekhack.org/showwiki.php?title=Island:25759
-[GH_terminal]:  http://geekhack.org/showwiki.php?title=Island:27272
-[GH_x68k]:      http://geekhack.org/showwiki.php?title=Island:29060
-[GH_hbkb]:      http://geekhack.org/showwiki.php?title=Island:29483
-[GH_ibm4704]:   http://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=54706.0
-[HID_liber]:    http://deskthority.net/wiki/HID_Liberation_Device_-_DIY_Instructions
-[Phantom]:      http://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=26742
-[GH60]:         http://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=34959
-[GH60_proto]:   http://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=37570.0
-[PC98]:         http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/NEC_PC-9801
-[Sun]:          http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sun-3
-[IIGS]:         http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Apple_IIGS
-[Infinity]:     https://www.massdrop.com/buy/infinity-keyboard-kit
-[ghost_squid]:  http://deskthority.net/wiki/Costar_replacement_controllers#The_Ghost_Squid
-[cmxt]:         http://gaming.coolermaster.com/en/products/keyboard/quickfirext/
-[ergodox_org]:  http://ergodox.org/
-[cub-uanic]:    https://github.com/cub-uanic/tmk_keyboard/tree/master/keyboard/ergodox
-[mcdox]:        https://github.com/DavidMcEwan/mcdox
-[mcdox_tmk]:    https://github.com/DavidMcEwan/tmk_keyboard/tree/master/keyboard/mcdox
-[Planck]:       http://olkb.co/planck
-[Preonic]:      http://olkb.co/preonic
-[Atomic]:       http://olkb.co/atomic
-[Ergodox_EZ]:   https://www.indiegogo.com/projects/ergodox-ez-an-incredible-mechanical-keyboard
-
-
-License
--------
-**GPLv2** or later. Some protocol files are under **Modified BSD License**.
-
-Third party libraries like LUFA, PJRC and V-USB have their own license respectively.
-
-
-
-Build Firmware and Program Controller
--------------------------------------
-See [build environment setup](build_environment_setup.md), or the readme in the particular keyboards/* folder.
-
-
-
-Change your keymap
-------------------
-See [keymap.md](keymap.md).
-
-
-
-Magic Commands
---------------
-To see help press `Magic` + `H`.
-
-`Magic` key combination is `LShift` + `RShift` in many project, but `Power` key on ADB converter. 
-`Magic` keybind can be vary on each project, check `config.h` in project directory.
-
-Following commands can be also executed with `Magic` + key. In console mode `Magic` keybind is not needed.
-
-    ----- Command Help -----
-    c:      enter console mode
-    d:      toggle debug enable
-    x:      toggle matrix debug
-    k:      toggle keyboard debug
-    m:      toggle mouse debug
-    v:      print device version & info
-    t:      print timer count
-    s:      print status
-    e:	    print eeprom config
-    n:	    toggle NKRO
-    0/F10:  switch to Layer0
-    1/F1:   switch to Layer1
-    2/F2:   switch to Layer2
-    3/F3:   switch to Layer3
-    4/F4:   switch to Layer4
-    PScr:   power down/remote wake-up
-    Caps:   Lock Keyboard(Child Proof)
-    Paus:   jump to bootloader
-
-
-
-Boot Magic Configuration - Virtual DIP Switch
----------------------------------------------
-Boot Magic are executed during boot up time. Press Magic key below then plug in keyboard cable.
-Note that you must use keys of **Layer 0** as Magic keys. These settings are stored in EEPROM so that retain your configure over power cycles.
-
-To avoid configuring accidentally additive salt key `KC_SPACE` also needs to be pressed along with the following configuration keys. The salt key is configurable in `config.h`. See [tmk_core/common/bootmagic.h](/tmk_core/common/bootmagic.h).
-
-#### General
-- Skip reading EEPROM to start with default configuration(`ESC`)
-- Clear configuration stored in EEPROM to reset configuration(`Backspace`)
-
-#### Bootloader
-- Kick up Bootloader(`B`)
-
-#### Debug
-- Debug enable(`D`)
-- Debug matrix enable(`D`+`X`)
-- Debug keyboard enable(`D`+`K`)
-- Debug mouse enable(`D`+`M`)
-
-#### Keymap
-- Swap Control and CapsLock(`Left Control`)
-- Change CapsLock to Control(`Caps Lock`)
-- Swap LeftAlt and Gui(`Left Alt`)
-- Swap RightAlt and Gui(`Right Alt`)
-- Disable Gui(`Left Gui`)
-- Swap Grave and Escape(`Grave`)
-- Swap BackSlash and BackSpace(`Back Slash`)
-- Enable NKRO on boot(`N`)
-
-#### Default Layer
-- Set Default Layer to 0(`0`)
-- Set Default Layer to 1(`1`)
-- Set Default Layer to 2(`2`)
-- Set Default Layer to 3(`3`)
-- Set Default Layer to 4(`4`)
-- Set Default Layer to 5(`5`)
-- Set Default Layer to 6(`6`)
-- Set Default Layer to 7(`7`)
-
-
-
-Mechanical Locking support
---------------------------
-This feature makes it possible for you to use mechanical locking switch for `CapsLock`, `NumLock` 
-or `ScrollLock`. To enable this feature define these macros in `config.h` and use `KC_LCAP`, `KC_LN
-UM` or `KC_LSCR` in keymap for locking key instead of normal `KC_CAPS`, `KC_NLCK` or `KC_SLCK`. Res
-ync option tries to keep switch state consistent with keyboard LED state.
- 
-    #define LOCKING_SUPPORT_ENABLE
-    #define LOCKING_RESYNC_ENABLE
-
-
-
-Start Your Own Project
------------------------
-**TBD**
-
-
-
-Debugging
---------
-Use PJRC's `hid_listen` to see debug messages. You can use the tool for debug even if firmware use LUFA stack.
-
-You can use xprintf() to display debug info on `hid_listen`, see `tmk_core/common/xprintf.h`.
-
-
-
-Files and Directories
--------------------
-### Top
-* tmk_core/     - core library
-* keyboards/     - keyboard projects
-* converter/    - protocol converter projects
-* doc/          - documents
-
-
-
-Coding Style
--------------
-- Doesn't use Tab to indent, use 4-spaces instead.
-
-
-
-Other Keyboard Firmware Projects
-------------------
-You can learn a lot about keyboard firmware from these. See [docs/other_projects.md](other_projects.md).
diff --git a/docs/understanding_qmk.md b/docs/understanding_qmk.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2ac4f30365
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/understanding_qmk.md
@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+# Understanding QMK's Code
+
+This document attempts to explain how the QMK firmware works from a very high level. It assumes you understand basic programming concepts but does not (except where needed to demonstrate) assume familiarity with C. It assumes that you have a basic understanding of the following documents:
+
+* [QMK Overview](qmk_overview.md)
+* [How Keyboards Work](how_keyboards_work.md)
+* [FAQ](faq.md)
+
+## Startup
+
+You can think of QMK as no different from any other computer program. It is started, performs its tasks, and then ends. The entry point for the program is the `main()` function, just like it is on any other C program. However, for a newcomer to QMK it can be confusing because the `main()` function appears in multiple places, and it can be hard to tell which one to look at.
+
+The reason for this is the different platforms that QMK supports. The most common platform is `lufa`, which runs on AVR processors such at the atmega32u4. We also support `chibios` and `vusb`.
+
+We'll focus on AVR processors for the moment, which use the `lufa` platform. You can find the `main()` function in [tmk_core/protocol/lufa/lufa.c](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/lufa.c#L1129). If you browse through that function you'll find that it initializes any hardware that has been configured (including USB to the host) and then it starts the core part of the program with a [`while(1)`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/lufa.c#L1182). This is [The Main Loop](#the_main_loop).
+
+## The Main Loop
+
+This section of code is called "The Main Loop" because it's responsible for looping over the same set of instructions forever. This is where QMK dispatches out to the functions responsible for making the keyboard do everything it is supposed to do. At first glance it can look like a lot of functionality but most of the time the code will be disabled by `#define`'s.
+
+```
+    keyboard_task();
+```
+
+This is where all the keyboard specific functionality is dispatched. The source code for `keyboard_task()` can be found in [tmk_core/common/keyboard.c](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/tmk_core/common/keyboard.c#L154), and it is responsible for detecting changes in the matrix and turning status LED's on and off.
+
+Within `keyboard_task()` you'll find code to handle:
+
+* [Matrix Scanning](#matrix-scanning)
+* Mouse Handling
+* Serial Link(s)
+* Visualizer
+* Keyboard status LED's (Caps Lock, Num Lock, Scroll Lock)
+
+#### Matrix Scanning
+
+Matrix scanning is the core function of a keyboard firmware. It is the process of detecting which keys are currently pressed, and your keyboard runs this function many times a second. It's no exaggeration to say that 99% of your firmware's CPU time is spent on matrix scanning.
+
+While there are different strategies for doing the actual matrix detection, they are out of scope for this document. It is sufficient to treat matrix scanning as a black box, you ask for the matrix's current state and get back a datastructure that looks like this:
+
+
+```
+{
+    {0,0,0,0},
+    {0,0,0,0},
+    {0,0,0,0},
+    {0,0,0,0},
+    {0,0,0,0}
+}
+```
+
+That datastructure is a direct representation of the matrix for a 4 row by 5 column numpad. When a key is pressed that key's position within the matrix will be returned as `1` instead of `0`.
+
+Matrix Scanning runs many times per second. The exact rate varies but typically it runs at least 10 times per second to avoid perceptible lag.
+
+##### Matrix to Physical Layout Map
+
+Once we know the state of every switch on our keyboard we have to map that to a keycode. In QMK this is done by making use of C macros to allow us to separate the definition of the physical layout from the definition of keycodes.
+
+At the keyboard level we define a C macro (typically named `KEYMAP()`) which maps our keyboard's matrix to physical keys. Sometimes the matrix does not have a switch in every location, and we can use this macro to pre-populate those with KC_NO, making the keymap definition easier to work with. Here's an example `KEYMAP()` macro for a numpad:
+
+```c
+#define KEYMAP( \
+    k00, k01, k02, k03, \
+    k10, k11, k12, k13, \
+    k20, k21, k22, \
+    k30, k31, k32, k33, \
+    k40,      k42 \
+) { \
+    { k00, k01, k02, k03, }, \
+    { k10, k11, k12, k13, }, \
+    { k20, k21, k22, KC_NO, }, \
+    { k30, k31, k32, k33, }, \
+    { k40, KC_NO, k42, KC_NO } \
+}
+```
+
+Notice how the second block of our `KEYMAP()` macro matches the Matrix Scanning array above? This macro is what will map the matrix scanning array to keycodes. However, if you look at a 17 key numpad you'll notice that it has 3 places where the matrix could have a switch but doesn't, due to larger keys. We have populated those spaces with `KC_NO` so that our keymap definition doesn't have to.
+
+You can also use this macro to handle unusual matrix layouts, for example the [Clueboard rev 2](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/keyboards/clueboard/rev2/rev2.h). Explaining that is outside the scope of this document.
+
+##### Keycode Assignment
+
+At the keymap level we make use of our `KEYMAP()` macro above to map keycodes to physical locations to matrix locations. It looks like this:
+
+```
+const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+[0] = KEYMAP(
+  KC_NLCK, KC_PSLS, KC_PAST, KC_PMNS, \
+  KC_P7,   KC_P8,   KC_P9,   KC_PPLS, \
+  KC_P4,   KC_P5,   KC_P6, \
+  KC_P1,   KC_P2,   KC_P3,   KC_PENT, \
+  KC_P0,            KC_PDOT)
+}
+```
+
+Notice how all of these arguments match up with the first half of the `KEYMAP()` macro from the last section? This is how we take a keycode and map it to our Matrix Scan from earlier. 
+
+##### State Change Detection
+
+The matrix scanning described above tells us the state of the matrix at a given moment, but your computer only wants to know about changes, it doesn't care about the current state. QMK stores the results from the last matrix scan and compares the results from this matrix to determine when a key has been pressed or released. 
+
+Let's look at an example. We'll hop into the middle of a keyboard scanning loop to find that our previous scan looks like this:
+
+```
+{
+    {0,0,0,0},
+    {0,0,0,0},
+    {0,0,0,0},
+    {0,0,0,0},
+    {0,0,0,0}
+}
+```
+
+And when our current scan completes it will look like this:
+
+```
+{
+    {1,0,0,0},
+    {0,0,0,0},
+    {0,0,0,0},
+    {0,0,0,0},
+    {0,0,0,0}
+}
+```
+
+Comparing against our keymap we can see that the pressed key is KC_NLCK. From here we dispatch to the `process_record` set of functions.
+
+<!-- FIXME: Magic happens between here and process_record -->
+
+##### Process Record
+
+The `process_record()` function itself is deceptively simple, but hidden within is a gateway to overriding functionality at various levels of QMK. The chain of events is described below, using cluecard whenever we need to look at the keyboard/keymap level functions.
+
+* [`void process_record(keyrecord_t *record)`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/tmk_core/common/action.c#L128)
+  * [`bool process_record_quantum(keyrecord_t *record)`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/quantum/quantum.c#L140)
+    * [Map this record to a keycode](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/quantum/quantum.c#L143)
+    * [`bool process_record_kb(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record)`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/keyboards/cluecard/cluecard.c#L20)
+      * [`bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record)`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/keyboards/cluecard/keymaps/default/keymap.c#L58)
+    * [`bool process_midi(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record)`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/quantum/process_keycode/process_midi.c#L102)
+    * [`bool process_audio(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record)`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/quantum/process_keycode/process_audio.c#L10)
+    * [`bool process_music(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record)`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/quantum/process_keycode/process_music.c#L69)
+    * [`bool process_tap_dance(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record)`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/quantum/process_keycode/process_tap_dance.c#L75)
+    * [`bool process_leader(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record)`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/quantum/process_keycode/process_leader.c#L32)
+    * [`bool process_chording(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record)`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/quantum/process_keycode/process_chording.c#L41)
+    * [`bool process_combo(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record)`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/quantum/process_keycode/process_combo.c#L115)
+    * [`bool process_unicode(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record)`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/quantum/process_keycode/process_unicode.c#L22)
+    * [`bool process_ucis(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record)`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/quantum/process_keycode/process_ucis.c#L91)
+    * [`bool process_printer(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record)`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/quantum/process_keycode/process_printer.c#L77)
+    * [`bool process_unicode_map(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record)`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/quantum/process_keycode/process_unicodemap.c#L47)
+    * [Identify and process quantum specific keycodes](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/quantum/quantum.c#L211)
+  
+At any step during this chain of events a function (such as `process_record_kb()`) can `return false` to halt all further processing.
+
+<!--
+#### Mouse Handling
+
+FIXME: This needs to be written
+
+#### Serial Link(s)
+
+FIXME: This needs to be written
+
+#### Visualizer
+
+FIXME: This needs to be written
+
+#### Keyboard state LED's (Caps Lock, Num Lock, Scroll Lock)
+
+FIXME: This needs to be written
+
+-->
diff --git a/docs/unicode.md b/docs/unicode.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ae722fe2b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/unicode.md
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+# Unicode support
+
+There are three Unicode keymap definition method available in QMK:
+
+## UNICODE_ENABLE
+
+Supports Unicode input up to 0xFFFF. The keycode function is `UC(n)` in
+keymap file, where *n* is a 4 digit hexadecimal.
+
+## UNICODEMAP_ENABLE
+
+Supports Unicode up to 0xFFFFFFFF. You need to maintain a separate mapping
+table `const uint32_t PROGMEM unicode_map[] = {...}` in your keymap file.
+The keycode function is `X(n)` where *n* is the array index of the mapping
+table.
+
+## UCIS_ENABLE
+
+TBD
+
+Unicode input in QMK works by inputing a sequence of characters to the OS,
+sort of like macro. Unfortunately, each OS has different ideas on how Unicode is inputted.
+
+This is the current list of Unicode input method in QMK:
+
+* UC_OSX: MacOS Unicode Hex Input support. Works only up to 0xFFFF. Disabled by default. To enable: go to System Preferences -> Keyboard -> Input Sources, and enable Unicode Hex.
+* UC_LNX: Unicode input method under Linux. Works up to 0xFFFFF. Should work almost anywhere on ibus enabled distros. Without ibus, this works under GTK apps, but rarely anywhere else.
+* UC_WIN: (not recommended) Windows built-in Unicode input. To enable: create registry key under `HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Control Panel\Input Method\EnableHexNumpad` of type `REG_SZ` called `EnableHexNumpad`, set its value to 1, and reboot. This method is not recommended because of reliability and compatibility issue, use WinCompose method below instead.
+* UC_WINC: Windows Unicode input using WinCompose. Requires [WinCompose](https://github.com/samhocevar/wincompose). Works reliably under many (all?) variations of Windows.
+
+# Additional language support
+
+In `quantum/keymap_extras/`, you'll see various language files - these work the same way as the alternative layout ones do. Most are defined by their two letter country/language code followed by an underscore and a 4-letter abbreviation of its name. `FR_UGRV` which will result in a `ù` when using a software-implemented AZERTY layout. It's currently difficult to send such characters in just the firmware.
+
+# International Characters on Windows
+
+[AutoHotkey](https://autohotkey.com) allows Windows users to create custom hotkeys among others.
+
+The method does not require Unicode support in the keyboard itself but depends instead of AutoHotkey running in the background.
+
+First you need to select a modifier combination that is not in use by any of your programs.
+CtrlAltWin is not used very widely and should therefore be perfect for this.
+There is a macro defined for a mod-tab combo `LCAG_T`.
+Add this mod-tab combo to a key on your keyboard, e.g.: `LCAG_T(KC_TAB)`.
+This makes the key behave like a tab key if pressed and released immediately but changes it to the modifier if used with another key.
+
+In the default script of AutoHotkey you can define custom hotkeys.
+
+    <^<!<#a::Send, ä
+    <^<!<#<+a::Send, Ä
+
+The hotkeys above are for the combination CtrlAltGui and CtrlAltGuiShift plus the letter a.
+AutoHotkey inserts the Text right of `Send, ` when this combination is pressed.
+
diff --git a/docs/unicode_and_additional_language_support.md b/docs/unicode_and_additional_language_support.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 562dae4b5c..0000000000
--- a/docs/unicode_and_additional_language_support.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-## Unicode support
-
-There are three Unicode keymap definition method available in QMK:
-
-### UNICODE_ENABLE
-
-Supports Unicode input up to 0xFFFF. The keycode function is `UC(n)` in
-keymap file, where *n* is a 4 digit hexadecimal.
-
-### UNICODEMAP_ENABLE
-
-Supports Unicode up to 0xFFFFFFFF. You need to maintain a separate mapping
-table `const uint32_t PROGMEM unicode_map[] = {...}` in your keymap file.
-The keycode function is `X(n)` where *n* is the array index of the mapping
-table.
-
-### UCIS_ENABLE
-
-TBD
-
-Unicode input in QMK works by inputing a sequence of characters to the OS,
-sort of like macro. Unfortunately, each OS has different ideas on how Unicode is inputted.
-
-This is the current list of Unicode input method in QMK:
-
-* UC_OSX: MacOS Unicode Hex Input support. Works only up to 0xFFFF. Disabled by default. To enable: go to System Preferences -> Keyboard -> Input Sources, and enable Unicode Hex.
-* UC_LNX: Unicode input method under Linux. Works up to 0xFFFFF. Should work almost anywhere on ibus enabled distros. Without ibus, this works under GTK apps, but rarely anywhere else.
-* UC_WIN: (not recommended) Windows built-in Unicode input. To enable: create registry key under `HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Control Panel\Input Method\EnableHexNumpad` of type `REG_SZ` called `EnableHexNumpad`, set its value to 1, and reboot. This method is not recommended because of reliability and compatibility issue, use WinCompose method below instead.
-* UC_WINC: Windows Unicode input using WinCompose. Requires [WinCompose](https://github.com/samhocevar/wincompose). Works reliably under many (all?) variations of Windows.
-
-## Additional language support
-
-In `quantum/keymap_extras/`, you'll see various language files - these work the same way as the alternative layout ones do. Most are defined by their two letter country/language code followed by an underscore and a 4-letter abbreviation of its name. `FR_UGRV` which will result in a `ù` when using a software-implemented AZERTY layout. It's currently difficult to send such characters in just the firmware.
-
-## International Characters on Windows
-
-[AutoHotkey](https://autohotkey.com) allows Windows users to create custom hotkeys among others.
-
-The method does not require Unicode support in the keyboard itself but depends instead of AutoHotkey running in the background.
-
-First you need to select a modifier combination that is not in use by any of your programs.
-CtrlAltWin is not used very widely and should therefore be perfect for this.
-There is a macro defined for a mod-tab combo `LCAG_T`.
-Add this mod-tab combo to a key on your keyboard, e.g.: `LCAG_T(KC_TAB)`.
-This makes the key behave like a tab key if pressed and released immediately but changes it to the modifier if used with another key.
-
-In the default script of AutoHotkey you can define custom hotkeys.
-
-    <^<!<#a::Send, ä
-    <^<!<#<+a::Send, Ä
-
-The hotkeys above are for the combination CtrlAltGui and CtrlAltGuiShift plus the letter a.
-AutoHotkey inserts the Text right of `Send, ` when this combination is pressed.
-
diff --git a/docs/usb_hid.md b/docs/usb_hid.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 1d0c458695..0000000000
--- a/docs/usb_hid.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-# Getting Report Descriptor
-```
-  $ cd /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbhid
-  $ ls
-  1-1.3.4:1.0  1-1.3.4:1.2  bind    new_id     uevent
-  1-1.3.4:1.1  1-1.3.4:1.3  module  remove_id  unbind
-  $ echo -n 1-1.4\:1.0 | sudo tee unbind
-  $ sudo lsusb -vvv -d 046d:c01d
-  $ echo -n 1-1.4\:1.0 | sudo tee bind
-```
-
diff --git a/docs/vagrant_guide.md b/docs/vagrant_guide.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 61cd0815bf..0000000000
--- a/docs/vagrant_guide.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-# Quick Start Directions
-
-This project includes a Vagrantfile that will allow you to build a new firmware for your keyboard very easily without major changes to your primary operating system. This also ensures that when you clone the project and perform a build, you have the exact same environment as anyone else using the Vagrantfile to build. This makes it much easier for people to help you troubleshoot any issues you encounter.
-
-## Requirements
-
-Using the `/Vagrantfile` in this repository requires you have [Vagrant](http://www.vagrantup.com/) as well as [VirtualBox](https://www.virtualbox.org/) (or [VMware Workstation](https://www.vmware.com/products/workstation) and [Vagrant VMware plugin](http://www.vagrantup.com/vmware) but the (paid) VMware plugin requires a licensed copy of VMware Workstation/Fusion).
-
-*COMPATIBILITY NOTICE* Certain versions of Virtualbox 5 appear to have an incompatibility with the Virtualbox extensions installed in the boxes in this Vagrantfile. If you encounter any issues with the /vagrant mount not succeeding, please upgrade your version of Virtualbox to at least 5.0.12. **Alternately, you can try running the following command:** `vagrant plugin install vagrant-vbguest`
-
-
-Other than having Vagrant and Virtualbox installed and possibly a restart of your computer afterwards, you can simple run a 'vagrant up' anywhere inside the folder where you checked out this project and it will start a Linux virtual machine that contains all the tools required to build this project. There is a post Vagrant startup hint that will get you off on the right foot, otherwise you can also reference the build documentation below.
-
-Build Firmware and Program Controller
--------------------------------------
-See [build_guide.md](build_guide.md), or the readme in the particular keyboards/* folder.
-
-Change your keymap
-------------------
-See [keymap.md](keymap.md).
-
-## Flashing the firmware
-
-The "easy" way to flash the firmware is using a tool from your host OS like the Teensy programming app. [ErgoDox EZ](/keyboards/ergodox/readme.md) gives a great example.
-
-If you want to program via the command line you can uncomment the ['modifyvm'] lines in the Vagrantfile to enable the USB passthrough into Linux and then program using the command line tools like dfu-util/dfu-programmer or you can install the Teensy CLI version.
-	
diff --git a/quantum/analog.c b/drivers/avr/analog.c
index 1ec38df75d..1ec38df75d 100644
--- a/quantum/analog.c
+++ b/drivers/avr/analog.c
diff --git a/quantum/analog.h b/drivers/avr/analog.h
index 8d93de7dc2..8d93de7dc2 100644
--- a/quantum/analog.h
+++ b/drivers/avr/analog.h
diff --git a/keyboards/lets_split/common/glcdfont.c b/drivers/avr/glcdfont.c
index 6f88bd23a7..6f88bd23a7 100644
--- a/keyboards/lets_split/common/glcdfont.c
+++ b/drivers/avr/glcdfont.c
diff --git a/keyboards/atreus62/pro_micro.h b/drivers/avr/pro_micro.h
index f9e7ed75d9..f9e7ed75d9 100644
--- a/keyboards/atreus62/pro_micro.h
+++ b/drivers/avr/pro_micro.h
diff --git a/drivers/avr/ssd1306.c b/drivers/avr/ssd1306.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bb8938bba3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/drivers/avr/ssd1306.c
@@ -0,0 +1,325 @@
+#ifdef SSD1306OLED
+
+#include "ssd1306.h"
+#include "i2c.h"
+#include <string.h>
+#include "print.h"
+#include "glcdfont.c"
+#ifdef ADAFRUIT_BLE_ENABLE
+#include "adafruit_ble.h"
+#endif
+#ifdef PROTOCOL_LUFA
+#include "lufa.h"
+#endif
+#include "sendchar.h"
+#include "timer.h"
+
+// Set this to 1 to help diagnose early startup problems
+// when testing power-on with ble.  Turn it off otherwise,
+// as the latency of printing most of the debug info messes
+// with the matrix scan, causing keys to drop.
+#define DEBUG_TO_SCREEN 0
+
+//static uint16_t last_battery_update;
+//static uint32_t vbat;
+//#define BatteryUpdateInterval 10000 /* milliseconds */
+#define ScreenOffInterval 300000 /* milliseconds */
+#if DEBUG_TO_SCREEN
+static uint8_t displaying;
+#endif
+static uint16_t last_flush;
+
+// Write command sequence.
+// Returns true on success.
+static inline bool _send_cmd1(uint8_t cmd) {
+  bool res = false;
+
+  if (i2c_start_write(SSD1306_ADDRESS)) {
+    xprintf("failed to start write to %d\n", SSD1306_ADDRESS);
+    goto done;
+  }
+
+  if (i2c_master_write(0x0 /* command byte follows */)) {
+    print("failed to write control byte\n");
+
+    goto done;
+  }
+
+  if (i2c_master_write(cmd)) {
+    xprintf("failed to write command %d\n", cmd);
+    goto done;
+  }
+  res = true;
+done:
+  i2c_master_stop();
+  return res;
+}
+
+// Write 2-byte command sequence.
+// Returns true on success
+static inline bool _send_cmd2(uint8_t cmd, uint8_t opr) {
+  if (!_send_cmd1(cmd)) {
+    return false;
+  }
+  return _send_cmd1(opr);
+}
+
+// Write 3-byte command sequence.
+// Returns true on success
+static inline bool _send_cmd3(uint8_t cmd, uint8_t opr1, uint8_t opr2) {
+  if (!_send_cmd1(cmd)) {
+    return false;
+  }
+  if (!_send_cmd1(opr1)) {
+    return false;
+  }
+  return _send_cmd1(opr2);
+}
+
+#define send_cmd1(c) if (!_send_cmd1(c)) {goto done;}
+#define send_cmd2(c,o) if (!_send_cmd2(c,o)) {goto done;}
+#define send_cmd3(c,o1,o2) if (!_send_cmd3(c,o1,o2)) {goto done;}
+
+static void clear_display(void) {
+  matrix_clear(&display);
+
+  // Clear all of the display bits (there can be random noise
+  // in the RAM on startup)
+  send_cmd3(PageAddr, 0, (DisplayHeight / 8) - 1);
+  send_cmd3(ColumnAddr, 0, DisplayWidth - 1);
+
+  if (i2c_start_write(SSD1306_ADDRESS)) {
+    goto done;
+  }
+  if (i2c_master_write(0x40)) {
+    // Data mode
+    goto done;
+  }
+  for (uint8_t row = 0; row < MatrixRows; ++row) {
+    for (uint8_t col = 0; col < DisplayWidth; ++col) {
+      i2c_master_write(0);
+    }
+  }
+
+  display.dirty = false;
+
+done:
+  i2c_master_stop();
+}
+
+#if DEBUG_TO_SCREEN
+#undef sendchar
+static int8_t capture_sendchar(uint8_t c) {
+  sendchar(c);
+  iota_gfx_write_char(c);
+
+  if (!displaying) {
+    iota_gfx_flush();
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+bool iota_gfx_init(void) {
+  bool success = false;
+
+  send_cmd1(DisplayOff);
+  send_cmd2(SetDisplayClockDiv, 0x80);
+  send_cmd2(SetMultiPlex, DisplayHeight - 1);
+
+  send_cmd2(SetDisplayOffset, 0);
+
+
+  send_cmd1(SetStartLine | 0x0);
+  send_cmd2(SetChargePump, 0x14 /* Enable */);
+  send_cmd2(SetMemoryMode, 0 /* horizontal addressing */);
+
+#ifdef OLED_ROTATE180
+// the following Flip the display orientation 180 degrees
+  send_cmd1(SegRemap);
+  send_cmd1(ComScanInc);
+#endif
+#ifndef OLED_ROTATE180
+// Flips the display orientation 0 degrees
+  send_cmd1(SegRemap | 0x1);
+  send_cmd1(ComScanDec);
+#endif
+  
+  send_cmd2(SetComPins, 0x2);
+  send_cmd2(SetContrast, 0x8f);
+  send_cmd2(SetPreCharge, 0xf1);
+  send_cmd2(SetVComDetect, 0x40);
+  send_cmd1(DisplayAllOnResume);
+  send_cmd1(NormalDisplay);
+  send_cmd1(DeActivateScroll);
+  send_cmd1(DisplayOn);
+
+  send_cmd2(SetContrast, 0); // Dim
+
+  clear_display();
+
+  success = true;
+
+  iota_gfx_flush();
+
+#if DEBUG_TO_SCREEN
+  print_set_sendchar(capture_sendchar);
+#endif
+
+done:
+  return success;
+}
+
+bool iota_gfx_off(void) {
+  bool success = false;
+
+  send_cmd1(DisplayOff);
+  success = true;
+
+done:
+  return success;
+} 
+
+bool iota_gfx_on(void) {
+  bool success = false;
+
+  send_cmd1(DisplayOn);
+  success = true;
+
+done:
+  return success;
+}
+
+void matrix_write_char_inner(struct CharacterMatrix *matrix, uint8_t c) {
+  *matrix->cursor = c;
+  ++matrix->cursor;
+
+  if (matrix->cursor - &matrix->display[0][0] == sizeof(matrix->display)) {
+    // We went off the end; scroll the display upwards by one line
+    memmove(&matrix->display[0], &matrix->display[1],
+            MatrixCols * (MatrixRows - 1));
+    matrix->cursor = &matrix->display[MatrixRows - 1][0];
+    memset(matrix->cursor, ' ', MatrixCols);
+  }
+}
+
+void matrix_write_char(struct CharacterMatrix *matrix, uint8_t c) {
+  matrix->dirty = true;
+
+  if (c == '\n') {
+    // Clear to end of line from the cursor and then move to the
+    // start of the next line
+    uint8_t cursor_col = (matrix->cursor - &matrix->display[0][0]) % MatrixCols;
+
+    while (cursor_col++ < MatrixCols) {
+      matrix_write_char_inner(matrix, ' ');
+    }
+    return;
+  }
+
+  matrix_write_char_inner(matrix, c);
+}
+
+void iota_gfx_write_char(uint8_t c) {
+  matrix_write_char(&display, c);
+}
+
+void matrix_write(struct CharacterMatrix *matrix, const char *data) {
+  const char *end = data + strlen(data);
+  while (data < end) {
+    matrix_write_char(matrix, *data);
+    ++data;
+  }
+}
+
+void iota_gfx_write(const char *data) {
+  matrix_write(&display, data);
+}
+
+void matrix_write_P(struct CharacterMatrix *matrix, const char *data) {
+  while (true) {
+    uint8_t c = pgm_read_byte(data);
+    if (c == 0) {
+      return;
+    }
+    matrix_write_char(matrix, c);
+    ++data;
+  }
+}
+
+void iota_gfx_write_P(const char *data) {
+  matrix_write_P(&display, data);
+}
+
+void matrix_clear(struct CharacterMatrix *matrix) {
+  memset(matrix->display, ' ', sizeof(matrix->display));
+  matrix->cursor = &matrix->display[0][0];
+  matrix->dirty = true;
+}
+
+void iota_gfx_clear_screen(void) {
+  matrix_clear(&display);
+}
+
+void matrix_render(struct CharacterMatrix *matrix) {
+  last_flush = timer_read();
+  iota_gfx_on();
+#if DEBUG_TO_SCREEN
+  ++displaying;
+#endif
+
+  // Move to the home position
+  send_cmd3(PageAddr, 0, MatrixRows - 1);
+  send_cmd3(ColumnAddr, 0, (MatrixCols * FontWidth) - 1);
+
+  if (i2c_start_write(SSD1306_ADDRESS)) {
+    goto done;
+  }
+  if (i2c_master_write(0x40)) {
+    // Data mode
+    goto done;
+  }
+
+  for (uint8_t row = 0; row < MatrixRows; ++row) {
+    for (uint8_t col = 0; col < MatrixCols; ++col) {
+      const uint8_t *glyph = font + (matrix->display[row][col] * (FontWidth - 1));
+
+      for (uint8_t glyphCol = 0; glyphCol < FontWidth - 1; ++glyphCol) {
+        uint8_t colBits = pgm_read_byte(glyph + glyphCol);
+        i2c_master_write(colBits);
+      }
+
+      // 1 column of space between chars (it's not included in the glyph)
+      i2c_master_write(0);
+    }
+  }
+
+  matrix->dirty = false;
+
+done:
+  i2c_master_stop();
+#if DEBUG_TO_SCREEN
+  --displaying;
+#endif
+}
+
+void iota_gfx_flush(void) {
+  matrix_render(&display);
+}
+
+__attribute__ ((weak))
+void iota_gfx_task_user(void) {
+}
+
+void iota_gfx_task(void) {
+  iota_gfx_task_user();
+
+  if (display.dirty) {
+    iota_gfx_flush();
+  }
+
+  if (timer_elapsed(last_flush) > ScreenOffInterval) {
+    iota_gfx_off();
+  }
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/drivers/avr/ssd1306.h b/drivers/avr/ssd1306.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..df6a75359f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/drivers/avr/ssd1306.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+#ifndef SSD1306_H
+#define SSD1306_H
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "pincontrol.h"
+#include "config.h"
+
+enum ssd1306_cmds {
+  DisplayOff = 0xAE,
+  DisplayOn = 0xAF,
+
+  SetContrast = 0x81,
+  DisplayAllOnResume = 0xA4,
+
+  DisplayAllOn = 0xA5,
+  NormalDisplay = 0xA6,
+  InvertDisplay = 0xA7,
+  SetDisplayOffset = 0xD3,
+  SetComPins = 0xda,
+  SetVComDetect = 0xdb,
+  SetDisplayClockDiv = 0xD5,
+  SetPreCharge = 0xd9,
+  SetMultiPlex = 0xa8,
+  SetLowColumn = 0x00,
+  SetHighColumn = 0x10,
+  SetStartLine = 0x40,
+
+  SetMemoryMode = 0x20,
+  ColumnAddr = 0x21,
+  PageAddr = 0x22,
+
+  ComScanInc = 0xc0,
+  ComScanDec = 0xc8,
+  SegRemap = 0xa0,
+  SetChargePump = 0x8d,
+  ExternalVcc = 0x01,
+  SwitchCapVcc = 0x02,
+
+  ActivateScroll = 0x2f,
+  DeActivateScroll = 0x2e,
+  SetVerticalScrollArea = 0xa3,
+  RightHorizontalScroll = 0x26,
+  LeftHorizontalScroll = 0x27,
+  VerticalAndRightHorizontalScroll = 0x29,
+  VerticalAndLeftHorizontalScroll = 0x2a,
+};
+
+// Controls the SSD1306 128x32 OLED display via i2c
+
+#ifndef SSD1306_ADDRESS
+#define SSD1306_ADDRESS 0x3C
+#endif
+
+#define DisplayHeight 32
+#define DisplayWidth 128
+
+#define FontHeight 8
+#define FontWidth 6
+
+#define MatrixRows (DisplayHeight / FontHeight)
+#define MatrixCols (DisplayWidth / FontWidth)
+
+struct CharacterMatrix {
+  uint8_t display[MatrixRows][MatrixCols];
+  uint8_t *cursor;
+  bool dirty;
+};
+
+struct CharacterMatrix display;
+
+bool iota_gfx_init(void);
+void iota_gfx_task(void);
+bool iota_gfx_off(void);
+bool iota_gfx_on(void);
+void iota_gfx_flush(void);
+void iota_gfx_write_char(uint8_t c);
+void iota_gfx_write(const char *data);
+void iota_gfx_write_P(const char *data);
+void iota_gfx_clear_screen(void);
+
+void iota_gfx_task_user(void);
+
+void matrix_clear(struct CharacterMatrix *matrix);
+void matrix_write_char_inner(struct CharacterMatrix *matrix, uint8_t c);
+void matrix_write_char(struct CharacterMatrix *matrix, uint8_t c);
+void matrix_write(struct CharacterMatrix *matrix, const char *data);
+void matrix_write_P(struct CharacterMatrix *matrix, const char *data);
+void matrix_render(struct CharacterMatrix *matrix);
+
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/drivers/avr/ws2812.c b/drivers/avr/ws2812.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..59e032bf71
--- /dev/null
+++ b/drivers/avr/ws2812.c
@@ -0,0 +1,342 @@
+/*
+* light weight WS2812 lib V2.0b
+*
+* Controls WS2811/WS2812/WS2812B RGB-LEDs
+* Author: Tim (cpldcpu@gmail.com)
+*
+* Jan 18th, 2014  v2.0b Initial Version
+* Nov 29th, 2015  v2.3  Added SK6812RGBW support
+*
+* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+* the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+* (at your option) any later version.
+*
+* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+* GNU General Public License for more details.
+*
+* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+* along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include "ws2812.h"
+#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+#include <avr/io.h>
+#include <util/delay.h>
+#include "debug.h"
+
+#ifdef RGBW_BB_TWI
+
+// Port for the I2C
+#define I2C_DDR DDRD
+#define I2C_PIN PIND
+#define I2C_PORT PORTD
+
+// Pins to be used in the bit banging
+#define I2C_CLK 0
+#define I2C_DAT 1
+
+#define I2C_DATA_HI()\
+I2C_DDR &= ~ (1 << I2C_DAT);\
+I2C_PORT |= (1 << I2C_DAT);
+#define I2C_DATA_LO()\
+I2C_DDR |= (1 << I2C_DAT);\
+I2C_PORT &= ~ (1 << I2C_DAT);
+
+#define I2C_CLOCK_HI()\
+I2C_DDR &= ~ (1 << I2C_CLK);\
+I2C_PORT |= (1 << I2C_CLK);
+#define I2C_CLOCK_LO()\
+I2C_DDR |= (1 << I2C_CLK);\
+I2C_PORT &= ~ (1 << I2C_CLK);
+
+#define I2C_DELAY 1
+
+void I2C_WriteBit(unsigned char c)
+{
+    if (c > 0)
+    {
+        I2C_DATA_HI();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        I2C_DATA_LO();
+    }
+
+    I2C_CLOCK_HI();
+    _delay_us(I2C_DELAY);
+
+    I2C_CLOCK_LO();
+    _delay_us(I2C_DELAY);
+
+    if (c > 0)
+    {
+        I2C_DATA_LO();
+    }
+
+    _delay_us(I2C_DELAY);
+}
+
+// Inits bitbanging port, must be called before using the functions below
+//
+void I2C_Init(void)
+{
+    I2C_PORT &= ~ ((1 << I2C_DAT) | (1 << I2C_CLK));
+
+    I2C_CLOCK_HI();
+    I2C_DATA_HI();
+
+    _delay_us(I2C_DELAY);
+}
+
+// Send a START Condition
+//
+void I2C_Start(void)
+{
+    // set both to high at the same time
+    I2C_DDR &= ~ ((1 << I2C_DAT) | (1 << I2C_CLK));
+    _delay_us(I2C_DELAY);
+
+    I2C_DATA_LO();
+    _delay_us(I2C_DELAY);
+
+    I2C_CLOCK_LO();
+    _delay_us(I2C_DELAY);
+}
+
+// Send a STOP Condition
+//
+void I2C_Stop(void)
+{
+    I2C_CLOCK_HI();
+    _delay_us(I2C_DELAY);
+
+    I2C_DATA_HI();
+    _delay_us(I2C_DELAY);
+}
+
+// write a byte to the I2C slave device
+//
+unsigned char I2C_Write(unsigned char c)
+{
+    for (char i = 0; i < 8; i++)
+    {
+        I2C_WriteBit(c & 128);
+
+        c <<= 1;
+    }
+
+    
+    I2C_WriteBit(0);
+    _delay_us(I2C_DELAY);
+    _delay_us(I2C_DELAY);
+  
+    // _delay_us(I2C_DELAY);
+    //return I2C_ReadBit();
+    return 0;
+}
+
+
+#endif
+
+// Setleds for standard RGB
+void inline ws2812_setleds(LED_TYPE *ledarray, uint16_t leds)
+{
+   // ws2812_setleds_pin(ledarray,leds, _BV(ws2812_pin));
+   ws2812_setleds_pin(ledarray,leds, _BV(RGB_DI_PIN & 0xF));
+}
+
+void inline ws2812_setleds_pin(LED_TYPE *ledarray, uint16_t leds, uint8_t pinmask)
+{
+  // ws2812_DDRREG |= pinmask; // Enable DDR
+  // new universal format (DDR)
+  _SFR_IO8((RGB_DI_PIN >> 4) + 1) |= pinmask;
+
+  ws2812_sendarray_mask((uint8_t*)ledarray,leds+leds+leds,pinmask);
+  _delay_us(50);
+}
+
+// Setleds for SK6812RGBW
+void inline ws2812_setleds_rgbw(LED_TYPE *ledarray, uint16_t leds)
+{
+
+  #ifdef RGBW_BB_TWI
+    uint8_t sreg_prev, twcr_prev;
+    sreg_prev=SREG;
+    twcr_prev=TWCR;
+    cli();
+    TWCR &= ~(1<<TWEN);
+    I2C_Init();
+    I2C_Start();
+    I2C_Write(0x84);
+    uint16_t datlen = leds<<2;
+    uint8_t curbyte;
+    uint8_t * data = (uint8_t*)ledarray;
+    while (datlen--) {
+      curbyte=*data++;
+      I2C_Write(curbyte);
+    }
+    I2C_Stop();
+    SREG=sreg_prev;
+    TWCR=twcr_prev;
+  #endif
+
+
+  // ws2812_DDRREG |= _BV(ws2812_pin); // Enable DDR
+  // new universal format (DDR)
+  _SFR_IO8((RGB_DI_PIN >> 4) + 1) |= _BV(RGB_DI_PIN & 0xF);
+
+  ws2812_sendarray_mask((uint8_t*)ledarray,leds<<2,_BV(RGB_DI_PIN & 0xF));
+
+
+  #ifndef RGBW_BB_TWI
+    _delay_us(80);
+  #endif
+}
+
+void ws2812_sendarray(uint8_t *data,uint16_t datlen)
+{
+  ws2812_sendarray_mask(data,datlen,_BV(RGB_DI_PIN & 0xF));
+}
+
+/*
+  This routine writes an array of bytes with RGB values to the Dataout pin
+  using the fast 800kHz clockless WS2811/2812 protocol.
+*/
+
+// Timing in ns
+#define w_zeropulse   350
+#define w_onepulse    900
+#define w_totalperiod 1250
+
+// Fixed cycles used by the inner loop
+#define w_fixedlow    2
+#define w_fixedhigh   4
+#define w_fixedtotal  8
+
+// Insert NOPs to match the timing, if possible
+#define w_zerocycles    (((F_CPU/1000)*w_zeropulse          )/1000000)
+#define w_onecycles     (((F_CPU/1000)*w_onepulse    +500000)/1000000)
+#define w_totalcycles   (((F_CPU/1000)*w_totalperiod +500000)/1000000)
+
+// w1 - nops between rising edge and falling edge - low
+#define w1 (w_zerocycles-w_fixedlow)
+// w2   nops between fe low and fe high
+#define w2 (w_onecycles-w_fixedhigh-w1)
+// w3   nops to complete loop
+#define w3 (w_totalcycles-w_fixedtotal-w1-w2)
+
+#if w1>0
+  #define w1_nops w1
+#else
+  #define w1_nops  0
+#endif
+
+// The only critical timing parameter is the minimum pulse length of the "0"
+// Warn or throw error if this timing can not be met with current F_CPU settings.
+#define w_lowtime ((w1_nops+w_fixedlow)*1000000)/(F_CPU/1000)
+#if w_lowtime>550
+   #error "Light_ws2812: Sorry, the clock speed is too low. Did you set F_CPU correctly?"
+#elif w_lowtime>450
+   #warning "Light_ws2812: The timing is critical and may only work on WS2812B, not on WS2812(S)."
+   #warning "Please consider a higher clockspeed, if possible"
+#endif
+
+#if w2>0
+#define w2_nops w2
+#else
+#define w2_nops  0
+#endif
+
+#if w3>0
+#define w3_nops w3
+#else
+#define w3_nops  0
+#endif
+
+#define w_nop1  "nop      \n\t"
+#define w_nop2  "rjmp .+0 \n\t"
+#define w_nop4  w_nop2 w_nop2
+#define w_nop8  w_nop4 w_nop4
+#define w_nop16 w_nop8 w_nop8
+
+void inline ws2812_sendarray_mask(uint8_t *data,uint16_t datlen,uint8_t maskhi)
+{
+  uint8_t curbyte,ctr,masklo;
+  uint8_t sreg_prev;
+
+  // masklo  =~maskhi&ws2812_PORTREG;
+  // maskhi |=        ws2812_PORTREG;
+  masklo  =~maskhi&_SFR_IO8((RGB_DI_PIN >> 4) + 2);
+  maskhi |=        _SFR_IO8((RGB_DI_PIN >> 4) + 2);
+  sreg_prev=SREG;
+  cli();
+
+  while (datlen--) {
+    curbyte=(*data++);
+
+    asm volatile(
+    "       ldi   %0,8  \n\t"
+    "loop%=:            \n\t"
+    "       out   %2,%3 \n\t"    //  '1' [01] '0' [01] - re
+#if (w1_nops&1)
+w_nop1
+#endif
+#if (w1_nops&2)
+w_nop2
+#endif
+#if (w1_nops&4)
+w_nop4
+#endif
+#if (w1_nops&8)
+w_nop8
+#endif
+#if (w1_nops&16)
+w_nop16
+#endif
+    "       sbrs  %1,7  \n\t"    //  '1' [03] '0' [02]
+    "       out   %2,%4 \n\t"    //  '1' [--] '0' [03] - fe-low
+    "       lsl   %1    \n\t"    //  '1' [04] '0' [04]
+#if (w2_nops&1)
+  w_nop1
+#endif
+#if (w2_nops&2)
+  w_nop2
+#endif
+#if (w2_nops&4)
+  w_nop4
+#endif
+#if (w2_nops&8)
+  w_nop8
+#endif
+#if (w2_nops&16)
+  w_nop16
+#endif
+    "       out   %2,%4 \n\t"    //  '1' [+1] '0' [+1] - fe-high
+#if (w3_nops&1)
+w_nop1
+#endif
+#if (w3_nops&2)
+w_nop2
+#endif
+#if (w3_nops&4)
+w_nop4
+#endif
+#if (w3_nops&8)
+w_nop8
+#endif
+#if (w3_nops&16)
+w_nop16
+#endif
+
+    "       dec   %0    \n\t"    //  '1' [+2] '0' [+2]
+    "       brne  loop%=\n\t"    //  '1' [+3] '0' [+4]
+    :	"=&d" (ctr)
+    :	"r" (curbyte), "I" (_SFR_IO_ADDR(_SFR_IO8((RGB_DI_PIN >> 4) + 2))), "r" (maskhi), "r" (masklo)
+    );
+  }
+
+  SREG=sreg_prev;
+}
diff --git a/quantum/light_ws2812.h b/drivers/avr/ws2812.h
index 60924a0fb6..60924a0fb6 100755..100644
--- a/quantum/light_ws2812.h
+++ b/drivers/avr/ws2812.h
diff --git a/drivers/ugfx/gdisp/is31fl3731c/board_is31fl3731c_template.h b/drivers/ugfx/gdisp/is31fl3731c/board_is31fl3731c_template.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f248cc25ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/drivers/ugfx/gdisp/is31fl3731c/board_is31fl3731c_template.h
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2016 Fred Sundvik <fsundvik@gmail.com>
+
+This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _GDISP_LLD_BOARD_H
+#define _GDISP_LLD_BOARD_H
+
+static const I2CConfig i2ccfg = {
+  400000 // clock speed (Hz); 400kHz max for IS31
+};
+
+static const uint8_t led_mask[] = {
+	0xFF, 0x00, /* C1-1 -> C1-16 */
+	0xFF, 0x00, /* C2-1 -> C2-16 */
+	0xFF, 0x00, /* C3-1 -> C3-16 */
+	0xFF, 0x00, /* C4-1 -> C4-16 */
+	0x3F, 0x00, /* C5-1 -> C5-16 */
+	0x00, 0x00, /* C6-1 -> C6-16 */
+	0x00, 0x00, /* C7-1 -> C7-16 */
+	0x00, 0x00, /* C8-1 -> C8-16 */
+	0x00, 0x00, /* C9-1 -> C9-16 */
+};
+
+// The address of the LED
+#define LA(c, r) (c + r * 16 )
+// Need to be an address that is not mapped, but inside the range of the controller matrix
+#define NA LA(8, 8)
+
+// The numbers in the comments are the led numbers DXX on the PCB
+// The mapping is taken from the schematic of left hand side
+static const uint8_t led_mapping[GDISP_SCREEN_HEIGHT][GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH] = {
+//   45        44        43        42        41        40        39
+   { LA(1, 1), LA(1, 0), LA(0, 4), LA(0, 3), LA(0, 2), LA(0, 1), LA(0, 0)},
+//   52        51        50        49        48        47        46
+   { LA(2, 3), LA(2, 2), LA(2, 1), LA(2, 0), LA(1, 4), LA(1, 3), LA(1, 2) },
+//   58        57        56        55        54        53        N/A
+   { LA(3, 4), LA(3, 3), LA(3, 2), LA(3, 1), LA(3, 0), LA(2, 4), NA },
+//   67        66        65        64        63        62        61
+   { LA(5, 3), LA(5, 2), LA(5, 1), LA(5, 0), LA(4, 4), LA(4, 3), LA(4, 2) },
+//   76        75        74        73        72        60        59
+   { LA(7, 3), LA(7, 2), LA(7, 1), LA(7, 0), LA(6, 3), LA(4, 1), LA(4, 0) },
+//   N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A       68
+   { NA,       NA,       NA,       NA,       NA,       NA,       LA(5, 4) },
+//   N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A       71        70        69
+   { NA,       NA,       NA,       NA,       LA(6, 2), LA(6, 1), LA(6, 0) },
+};
+
+
+#define IS31_ADDR_DEFAULT 0x74 // AD connected to GND
+#define IS31_TIMEOUT 5000
+
+static GFXINLINE void init_board(GDisplay *g) {
+    (void) g;
+    /* I2C pins */
+    palSetPadMode(GPIOB, 0, PAL_MODE_ALTERNATIVE_2); // PTB0/I2C0/SCL
+    palSetPadMode(GPIOB, 1, PAL_MODE_ALTERNATIVE_2); // PTB1/I2C0/SDA
+    palSetPadMode(GPIOB, 16, PAL_MODE_OUTPUT_PUSHPULL);
+    palClearPad(GPIOB, 16);
+    /* start I2C */
+    i2cStart(&I2CD1, &i2ccfg);
+    // try high drive (from kiibohd)
+    I2CD1.i2c->C2 |= I2Cx_C2_HDRS;
+    // try glitch fixing (from kiibohd)
+    I2CD1.i2c->FLT = 4;
+}
+
+static GFXINLINE void post_init_board(GDisplay *g) {
+	(void) g;
+}
+
+static GFXINLINE const uint8_t* get_led_mask(GDisplay* g) {
+    (void) g;
+    return led_mask;
+}
+
+static GFXINLINE uint8_t get_led_address(GDisplay* g, uint16_t x, uint16_t y)
+{
+    (void) g;
+    return led_mapping[y][x];
+}
+
+static GFXINLINE void set_hardware_shutdown(GDisplay* g, bool shutdown) {
+    (void) g;
+    if(!shutdown) {
+        palSetPad(GPIOB, 16);
+    }
+    else {
+        palClearPad(GPIOB, 16);
+    }
+}
+
+static GFXINLINE void write_data(GDisplay *g, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length) {
+	(void) g;
+	i2cMasterTransmitTimeout(&I2CD1, IS31_ADDR_DEFAULT, data, length, 0, 0, US2ST(IS31_TIMEOUT));
+}
+
+#endif /* _GDISP_LLD_BOARD_H */
diff --git a/drivers/ugfx/gdisp/is31fl3731c/driver.mk b/drivers/ugfx/gdisp/is31fl3731c/driver.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4364787c90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/drivers/ugfx/gdisp/is31fl3731c/driver.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+GFXINC += drivers/ugfx/gdisp/is31fl3731c
+GFXSRC += drivers/ugfx/gdisp/is31fl3731c/gdisp_is31fl3731c.c
+GDISP_DRIVER_LIST += GDISPVMT_IS31FL3731C_QMK
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/drivers/ugfx/gdisp/is31fl3731c/gdisp_is31fl3731c.c b/drivers/ugfx/gdisp/is31fl3731c/gdisp_is31fl3731c.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..917adadb84
--- /dev/null
+++ b/drivers/ugfx/gdisp/is31fl3731c/gdisp_is31fl3731c.c
@@ -0,0 +1,308 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2016 Fred Sundvik <fsundvik@gmail.com>
+
+This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include "gfx.h"
+
+#if GFX_USE_GDISP
+
+#define GDISP_DRIVER_VMT          GDISPVMT_IS31FL3731C_QMK
+#define GDISP_SCREEN_HEIGHT       LED_HEIGHT
+#define GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH        LED_WIDTH
+
+#include "gdisp_lld_config.h"
+#include "src/gdisp/gdisp_driver.h"
+
+#include "board_is31fl3731c.h"
+
+
+// Can't include led_tables from here
+extern const uint8_t CIE1931_CURVE[];
+
+/*===========================================================================*/
+/* Driver local definitions.                                                 */
+/*===========================================================================*/
+
+#ifndef GDISP_INITIAL_CONTRAST
+    #define GDISP_INITIAL_CONTRAST    0
+#endif
+#ifndef GDISP_INITIAL_BACKLIGHT
+    #define GDISP_INITIAL_BACKLIGHT   0
+#endif
+
+#define GDISP_FLG_NEEDFLUSH           (GDISP_FLG_DRIVER<<0)
+
+#define IS31_ADDR_DEFAULT 0x74
+
+#define IS31_REG_CONFIG   0x00
+// bits in reg
+#define IS31_REG_CONFIG_PICTUREMODE   0x00
+#define IS31_REG_CONFIG_AUTOPLAYMODE  0x08
+#define IS31_REG_CONFIG_AUDIOPLAYMODE 0x18
+// D2:D0 bits are starting frame for autoplay mode
+
+#define IS31_REG_PICTDISP 0x01 // D2:D0 frame select for picture mode
+
+#define IS31_REG_AUTOPLAYCTRL1 0x02
+// D6:D4 number of loops (000=infty)
+// D2:D0 number of frames to be used
+
+#define IS31_REG_AUTOPLAYCTRL2 0x03 // D5:D0 delay time (*11ms)
+
+#define IS31_REG_DISPLAYOPT 0x05
+#define IS31_REG_DISPLAYOPT_INTENSITY_SAME 0x20 // same intensity for all frames
+#define IS31_REG_DISPLAYOPT_BLINK_ENABLE 0x8
+// D2:D0 bits blink period time (*0.27s)
+
+#define IS31_REG_AUDIOSYNC 0x06
+#define IS31_REG_AUDIOSYNC_ENABLE 0x1
+
+#define IS31_REG_FRAMESTATE 0x07
+
+#define IS31_REG_BREATHCTRL1 0x08
+// D6:D4 fade out time (26ms*2^i)
+// D2:D0 fade in time (26ms*2^i)
+
+#define IS31_REG_BREATHCTRL2 0x09
+#define IS31_REG_BREATHCTRL2_ENABLE 0x10
+// D2:D0 extinguish time (3.5ms*2^i)
+
+#define IS31_REG_SHUTDOWN 0x0A
+#define IS31_REG_SHUTDOWN_OFF 0x0
+#define IS31_REG_SHUTDOWN_ON 0x1
+
+#define IS31_REG_AGCCTRL 0x0B
+#define IS31_REG_ADCRATE 0x0C
+
+#define IS31_COMMANDREGISTER 0xFD
+#define IS31_FUNCTIONREG 0x0B    // helpfully called 'page nine'
+#define IS31_FUNCTIONREG_SIZE 0xD
+
+#define IS31_FRAME_SIZE 0xB4
+
+#define IS31_PWM_REG 0x24
+#define IS31_PWM_SIZE 0x90
+
+#define IS31_LED_MASK_SIZE 0x12
+
+#define IS31
+
+/*===========================================================================*/
+/* Driver local functions.                                                   */
+/*===========================================================================*/
+
+typedef struct{
+    uint8_t write_buffer_offset;
+    uint8_t write_buffer[IS31_FRAME_SIZE];
+    uint8_t frame_buffer[GDISP_SCREEN_HEIGHT * GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH];
+    uint8_t page;
+}__attribute__((__packed__)) PrivData;
+
+// Some common routines and macros
+#define PRIV(g)                         ((PrivData*)g->priv)
+
+/*===========================================================================*/
+/* Driver exported functions.                                                */
+/*===========================================================================*/
+
+static GFXINLINE void write_page(GDisplay* g, uint8_t page) {
+    uint8_t tx[2] __attribute__((aligned(2)));
+    tx[0] = IS31_COMMANDREGISTER;
+    tx[1] = page;
+    write_data(g, tx, 2);
+}
+
+static GFXINLINE void write_register(GDisplay* g, uint8_t page, uint8_t reg, uint8_t data) {
+    uint8_t tx[2] __attribute__((aligned(2)));
+    tx[0] = reg;
+    tx[1] = data;
+    write_page(g, page);
+    write_data(g, tx, 2);
+}
+
+static GFXINLINE void write_ram(GDisplay *g, uint8_t page, uint16_t offset, uint16_t length) {
+    PRIV(g)->write_buffer_offset = offset;
+    write_page(g, page);
+    write_data(g, (uint8_t*)PRIV(g), length + 1);
+}
+
+LLDSPEC bool_t gdisp_lld_init(GDisplay *g) {
+    // The private area is the display surface.
+    g->priv = gfxAlloc(sizeof(PrivData));
+    __builtin_memset(PRIV(g), 0, sizeof(PrivData));
+    PRIV(g)->page = 0;
+
+    // Initialise the board interface
+    init_board(g);
+    gfxSleepMilliseconds(10);
+
+    // zero function page, all registers (assuming full_page is all zeroes)
+    write_ram(g, IS31_FUNCTIONREG, 0, IS31_FUNCTIONREG_SIZE);
+    set_hardware_shutdown(g, false);
+    gfxSleepMilliseconds(10);
+    // software shutdown
+    write_register(g, IS31_FUNCTIONREG, IS31_REG_SHUTDOWN, IS31_REG_SHUTDOWN_OFF);
+    gfxSleepMilliseconds(10);
+    // zero function page, all registers
+    write_ram(g, IS31_FUNCTIONREG, 0, IS31_FUNCTIONREG_SIZE);
+    gfxSleepMilliseconds(10);
+
+
+    // zero all LED registers on all 8 pages, and enable the mask
+    __builtin_memcpy(PRIV(g)->write_buffer, get_led_mask(g), IS31_LED_MASK_SIZE);
+    for(uint8_t i=0; i<8; i++) {
+        write_ram(g, i, 0, IS31_FRAME_SIZE);
+        gfxSleepMilliseconds(1);
+    }
+
+    // software shutdown disable (i.e. turn stuff on)
+    write_register(g, IS31_FUNCTIONREG, IS31_REG_SHUTDOWN, IS31_REG_SHUTDOWN_OFF);
+    gfxSleepMilliseconds(10);
+
+    // Finish Init
+    post_init_board(g);
+
+    /* Initialise the GDISP structure */
+    g->g.Width = GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH;
+    g->g.Height = GDISP_SCREEN_HEIGHT;
+    g->g.Orientation = GDISP_ROTATE_0;
+    g->g.Powermode = powerOff;
+    g->g.Backlight = GDISP_INITIAL_BACKLIGHT;
+    g->g.Contrast = GDISP_INITIAL_CONTRAST;
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+#if GDISP_HARDWARE_FLUSH
+    LLDSPEC void gdisp_lld_flush(GDisplay *g) {
+        // Don't flush if we don't need it.
+        if (!(g->flags & GDISP_FLG_NEEDFLUSH))
+            return;
+
+        PRIV(g)->page++;
+        PRIV(g)->page %= 2;
+        // TODO: some smarter algorithm for this
+        // We should run only one physical page at a time
+        // This way we don't need to send so much data, and
+        // we could use slightly less memory
+        uint8_t* src = PRIV(g)->frame_buffer;
+        for (int y=0;y<GDISP_SCREEN_HEIGHT;y++) {
+            for (int x=0;x<GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH;x++) {
+                uint8_t val = (uint16_t)*src * g->g.Backlight / 100;
+                PRIV(g)->write_buffer[get_led_address(g, x, y)]=CIE1931_CURVE[val];
+                ++src;
+            }
+        }
+        write_ram(g, PRIV(g)->page, IS31_PWM_REG, IS31_PWM_SIZE);
+        gfxSleepMilliseconds(1);
+        write_register(g, IS31_FUNCTIONREG, IS31_REG_PICTDISP, PRIV(g)->page);
+
+        g->flags &= ~GDISP_FLG_NEEDFLUSH;
+    }
+#endif
+
+#if GDISP_HARDWARE_DRAWPIXEL
+    LLDSPEC void gdisp_lld_draw_pixel(GDisplay *g) {
+        coord_t        x, y;
+
+        switch(g->g.Orientation) {
+        default:
+        case GDISP_ROTATE_0:
+            x = g->p.x;
+            y = g->p.y;
+            break;
+        case GDISP_ROTATE_180:
+            x = GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH-1 - g->p.x;
+            y = g->p.y;
+            break;
+        }
+        PRIV(g)->frame_buffer[y * GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH + x] = gdispColor2Native(g->p.color);
+        g->flags |= GDISP_FLG_NEEDFLUSH;
+    }
+#endif
+
+#if GDISP_HARDWARE_PIXELREAD
+    LLDSPEC color_t gdisp_lld_get_pixel_color(GDisplay *g) {
+        coord_t        x, y;
+
+        switch(g->g.Orientation) {
+        default:
+        case GDISP_ROTATE_0:
+            x = g->p.x;
+            y = g->p.y;
+            break;
+        case GDISP_ROTATE_180:
+            x = GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH-1 - g->p.x;
+            y = g->p.y;
+            break;
+        }
+        return gdispNative2Color(PRIV(g)->frame_buffer[y * GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH + x]);
+    }
+#endif
+
+#if GDISP_NEED_CONTROL && GDISP_HARDWARE_CONTROL
+    LLDSPEC void gdisp_lld_control(GDisplay *g) {
+        switch(g->p.x) {
+        case GDISP_CONTROL_POWER:
+            if (g->g.Powermode == (powermode_t)g->p.ptr)
+                return;
+            switch((powermode_t)g->p.ptr) {
+            case powerOff:
+            case powerSleep:
+            case powerDeepSleep:
+                write_register(g, IS31_FUNCTIONREG, IS31_REG_SHUTDOWN, IS31_REG_SHUTDOWN_OFF);
+                break;
+            case powerOn:
+                write_register(g, IS31_FUNCTIONREG, IS31_REG_SHUTDOWN, IS31_REG_SHUTDOWN_ON);
+                break;
+            default:
+                return;
+            }
+            g->g.Powermode = (powermode_t)g->p.ptr;
+            return;
+
+        case GDISP_CONTROL_ORIENTATION:
+            if (g->g.Orientation == (orientation_t)g->p.ptr)
+                return;
+            switch((orientation_t)g->p.ptr) {
+            /* Rotation is handled by the drawing routines */
+            case GDISP_ROTATE_0:
+            case GDISP_ROTATE_180:
+                g->g.Height = GDISP_SCREEN_HEIGHT;
+                g->g.Width = GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH;
+                break;
+            case GDISP_ROTATE_90:
+            case GDISP_ROTATE_270:
+                g->g.Height = GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH;
+                g->g.Width = GDISP_SCREEN_HEIGHT;
+                break;
+            default:
+                return;
+            }
+            g->g.Orientation = (orientation_t)g->p.ptr;
+            return;
+
+        case GDISP_CONTROL_BACKLIGHT:
+            if (g->g.Backlight == (unsigned)g->p.ptr)
+                return;
+            unsigned val = (unsigned)g->p.ptr;
+            g->g.Backlight = val > 100 ? 100 : val;
+            g->flags |= GDISP_FLG_NEEDFLUSH;
+            return;
+        }
+    }
+#endif // GDISP_NEED_CONTROL
+
+#endif // GFX_USE_GDISP
diff --git a/drivers/ugfx/gdisp/is31fl3731c/gdisp_lld_config.h b/drivers/ugfx/gdisp/is31fl3731c/gdisp_lld_config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..588d688cf6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/drivers/ugfx/gdisp/is31fl3731c/gdisp_lld_config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2016 Fred Sundvik <fsundvik@gmail.com>
+
+This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _GDISP_LLD_CONFIG_H
+#define _GDISP_LLD_CONFIG_H
+
+#if GFX_USE_GDISP
+
+/*===========================================================================*/
+/* Driver hardware support.                                                  */
+/*===========================================================================*/
+
+#define GDISP_HARDWARE_FLUSH            TRUE        // This controller requires flushing
+#define GDISP_HARDWARE_DRAWPIXEL        TRUE
+#define GDISP_HARDWARE_PIXELREAD        TRUE
+#define GDISP_HARDWARE_CONTROL          TRUE
+
+#define GDISP_LLD_PIXELFORMAT           GDISP_PIXELFORMAT_GRAY256
+
+#endif    /* GFX_USE_GDISP */
+
+#endif    /* _GDISP_LLD_CONFIG_H */
diff --git a/drivers/ugfx/gdisp/st7565/board_st7565_template.h b/drivers/ugfx/gdisp/st7565/board_st7565_template.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9ab636c95d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/drivers/ugfx/gdisp/st7565/board_st7565_template.h
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+/*
+ * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of
+ * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at:
+ *
+ *              http://ugfx.org/license.html
+ */
+
+#ifndef _GDISP_LLD_BOARD_H
+#define _GDISP_LLD_BOARD_H
+
+#define ST7565_LCD_BIAS         ST7565_LCD_BIAS_9 // actually 6
+#define ST7565_ADC              ST7565_ADC_NORMAL
+#define ST7565_COM_SCAN         ST7565_COM_SCAN_DEC
+#define ST7565_PAGE_ORDER       0,1,2,3
+/*
+ * Custom page order for several LCD boards, e.g. HEM12864-99
+ * #define ST7565_PAGE_ORDER       4,5,6,7,0,1,2,3
+ */
+
+#define ST7565_GPIOPORT GPIOC
+#define ST7565_PORT PORTC
+#define ST7565_A0_PIN 7
+#define ST7565_RST_PIN 8
+#define ST7565_MOSI_PIN 6
+#define ST7565_SLCK_PIN 5
+#define ST7565_SS_PIN 4
+
+#define palSetPadModeRaw(portname, bits) \
+    ST7565_PORT->PCR[ST7565_##portname##_PIN] = bits
+
+#define palSetPadModeNamed(portname, portmode) \
+    palSetPadMode(ST7565_GPIOPORT, ST7565_##portname##_PIN, portmode)
+
+#define ST7565_SPI_MODE PORTx_PCRn_DSE | PORTx_PCRn_MUX(2)
+// DSPI Clock and Transfer Attributes
+// Frame Size: 8 bits
+// MSB First
+// CLK Low by default
+static const SPIConfig spi1config = {
+   // Operation complete callback or @p NULL.
+  .end_cb = NULL,
+   //The chip select line port - when not using pcs.
+  .ssport = ST7565_GPIOPORT,
+   // brief The chip select line pad number - when not using pcs.
+  .sspad=ST7565_SS_PIN,
+   // SPI initialization data.
+  .tar0 =
+    SPIx_CTARn_FMSZ(7) // Frame size = 8 bytes
+    | SPIx_CTARn_ASC(1) // After SCK Delay Scaler (min 50 ns) = 55.56ns
+    | SPIx_CTARn_DT(0) // Delay After Transfer Scaler (no minimum)= 27.78ns
+    | SPIx_CTARn_CSSCK(0) // PCS to SCK Delay Scaler (min 20 ns) = 27.78ns
+    | SPIx_CTARn_PBR(0) // Baud Rate Prescaler = 2
+    | SPIx_CTARn_BR(0) // Baud rate (min 50ns) = 55.56ns
+};
+
+static GFXINLINE void acquire_bus(GDisplay *g) {
+    (void) g;
+    // Only the LCD is using the SPI bus, so no need to acquire
+    // spiAcquireBus(&SPID1);
+    spiSelect(&SPID1);
+}
+
+static GFXINLINE void release_bus(GDisplay *g) {
+    (void) g;
+    // Only the LCD is using the SPI bus, so no need to release
+    //spiReleaseBus(&SPID1);
+    spiUnselect(&SPID1);
+}
+
+static GFXINLINE void init_board(GDisplay *g) {
+    (void) g;
+    palSetPadModeNamed(A0, PAL_MODE_OUTPUT_PUSHPULL);
+    palSetPad(ST7565_GPIOPORT, ST7565_A0_PIN);
+    palSetPadModeNamed(RST, PAL_MODE_OUTPUT_PUSHPULL);
+    palSetPad(ST7565_GPIOPORT, ST7565_RST_PIN);
+    palSetPadModeRaw(MOSI, ST7565_SPI_MODE);
+    palSetPadModeRaw(SLCK, ST7565_SPI_MODE);
+    palSetPadModeNamed(SS, PAL_MODE_OUTPUT_PUSHPULL);
+
+    spiInit();
+    spiStart(&SPID1, &spi1config);
+    release_bus(g);
+}
+
+static GFXINLINE void post_init_board(GDisplay *g) {
+    (void) g;
+}
+
+static GFXINLINE void setpin_reset(GDisplay *g, bool_t state) {
+    (void) g;
+    if (state) {
+        palClearPad(ST7565_GPIOPORT, ST7565_RST_PIN);
+    }
+    else {
+        palSetPad(ST7565_GPIOPORT, ST7565_RST_PIN);
+    }
+}
+
+static GFXINLINE void enter_data_mode(GDisplay *g) {
+    palSetPad(ST7565_GPIOPORT, ST7565_A0_PIN);
+}
+
+static GFXINLINE void enter_cmd_mode(GDisplay *g) {
+    palClearPad(ST7565_GPIOPORT, ST7565_A0_PIN);
+}
+
+
+static GFXINLINE void write_data(GDisplay *g, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length) {
+    (void) g;
+    spiSend(&SPID1, length, data);
+}
+
+#endif /* _GDISP_LLD_BOARD_H */
diff --git a/drivers/ugfx/gdisp/st7565/driver.mk b/drivers/ugfx/gdisp/st7565/driver.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..31fc8f1c76
--- /dev/null
+++ b/drivers/ugfx/gdisp/st7565/driver.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+GFXINC += drivers/ugfx/gdisp/st7565
+GFXSRC += drivers/ugfx/gdisp/st7565/gdisp_lld_ST7565.c
+GDISP_DRIVER_LIST += GDISPVMT_ST7565_QMK
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/drivers/ugfx/gdisp/st7565/gdisp_lld_ST7565.c b/drivers/ugfx/gdisp/st7565/gdisp_lld_ST7565.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c38194b069
--- /dev/null
+++ b/drivers/ugfx/gdisp/st7565/gdisp_lld_ST7565.c
@@ -0,0 +1,329 @@
+/*
+ * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of
+ * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at:
+ *
+ *              http://ugfx.org/license.html
+ */
+
+#include "gfx.h"
+
+#if GFX_USE_GDISP
+
+#define GDISP_DRIVER_VMT            GDISPVMT_ST7565_QMK
+#include "gdisp_lld_config.h"
+#include "src/gdisp/gdisp_driver.h"
+
+#include "board_st7565.h"
+
+/*===========================================================================*/
+/* Driver local definitions.                                                 */
+/*===========================================================================*/
+
+#ifndef GDISP_SCREEN_HEIGHT
+#define GDISP_SCREEN_HEIGHT         LCD_HEIGHT
+#endif
+#ifndef GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH
+#define GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH          LCD_WIDTH
+#endif
+#ifndef GDISP_INITIAL_CONTRAST
+#define GDISP_INITIAL_CONTRAST      35
+#endif
+#ifndef GDISP_INITIAL_BACKLIGHT
+#define GDISP_INITIAL_BACKLIGHT     100
+#endif
+
+#define GDISP_FLG_NEEDFLUSH         (GDISP_FLG_DRIVER<<0)
+
+#include "st7565.h"
+
+/*===========================================================================*/
+/* Driver config defaults for backward compatibility.                        */
+/*===========================================================================*/
+#ifndef ST7565_LCD_BIAS
+#define ST7565_LCD_BIAS         ST7565_LCD_BIAS_7
+#endif
+#ifndef ST7565_ADC
+#define ST7565_ADC              ST7565_ADC_NORMAL
+#endif
+#ifndef ST7565_COM_SCAN
+#define ST7565_COM_SCAN         ST7565_COM_SCAN_INC
+#endif
+#ifndef ST7565_PAGE_ORDER
+#define ST7565_PAGE_ORDER       0,1,2,3
+#endif
+
+/*===========================================================================*/
+/* Driver local functions.                                                   */
+/*===========================================================================*/
+
+typedef struct{
+    bool_t buffer2;
+    uint8_t data_pos;
+    uint8_t data[16];
+    uint8_t ram[GDISP_SCREEN_HEIGHT * GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH / 8];
+}PrivData;
+
+// Some common routines and macros
+#define PRIV(g)                         ((PrivData*)g->priv)
+#define RAM(g)                          (PRIV(g)->ram)
+
+static GFXINLINE void write_cmd(GDisplay* g, uint8_t cmd) {
+    PRIV(g)->data[PRIV(g)->data_pos++] = cmd;
+}
+
+static GFXINLINE void flush_cmd(GDisplay* g) {
+    write_data(g, PRIV(g)->data, PRIV(g)->data_pos);
+    PRIV(g)->data_pos = 0;
+}
+
+#define write_cmd2(g, cmd1, cmd2)        { write_cmd(g, cmd1); write_cmd(g, cmd2); }
+#define write_cmd3(g, cmd1, cmd2, cmd3)  { write_cmd(g, cmd1); write_cmd(g, cmd2); write_cmd(g, cmd3); }
+
+// Some common routines and macros
+#define delay(us)           gfxSleepMicroseconds(us)
+#define delay_ms(ms)        gfxSleepMilliseconds(ms)
+
+#define xyaddr(x, y)        ((x) + ((y)>>3)*GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH)
+#define xybit(y)            (1<<((y)&7))
+
+/*===========================================================================*/
+/* Driver exported functions.                                                */
+/*===========================================================================*/
+
+/*
+ * As this controller can't update on a pixel boundary we need to maintain the
+ * the entire display surface in memory so that we can do the necessary bit
+ * operations. Fortunately it is a small display in monochrome.
+ * 64 * 128 / 8 = 1024 bytes.
+ */
+
+LLDSPEC bool_t gdisp_lld_init(GDisplay *g) {
+    // The private area is the display surface.
+    g->priv = gfxAlloc(sizeof(PrivData));
+    PRIV(g)->buffer2 = false;
+    PRIV(g)->data_pos = 0;
+
+    // Initialise the board interface
+    init_board(g);
+
+    // Hardware reset
+    setpin_reset(g, TRUE);
+    gfxSleepMilliseconds(20);
+    setpin_reset(g, FALSE);
+    gfxSleepMilliseconds(20);
+    acquire_bus(g);
+    enter_cmd_mode(g);
+
+    write_cmd(g, ST7565_RESET);
+    write_cmd(g, ST7565_LCD_BIAS);
+    write_cmd(g, ST7565_ADC);
+    write_cmd(g, ST7565_COM_SCAN);
+
+    write_cmd(g, ST7565_RESISTOR_RATIO | 0x1);
+    write_cmd2(g, ST7565_CONTRAST, GDISP_INITIAL_CONTRAST);
+
+    // turn on internal power supply (VC=1, VR=1, VF=1)
+    write_cmd(g, ST7565_POWER_CONTROL | 0x07);
+
+    write_cmd(g, ST7565_INVERT_DISPLAY);
+    write_cmd(g, ST7565_ALLON_NORMAL);
+
+    write_cmd(g, ST7565_START_LINE | 0);
+    write_cmd(g, ST7565_RMW);
+    flush_cmd(g);
+
+    // Finish Init
+    post_init_board(g);
+
+    // Release the bus
+    release_bus(g);
+
+    /* Initialise the GDISP structure */
+    g->g.Width = GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH;
+    g->g.Height = GDISP_SCREEN_HEIGHT;
+    g->g.Orientation = GDISP_ROTATE_0;
+    g->g.Powermode = powerOff;
+    g->g.Backlight = GDISP_INITIAL_BACKLIGHT;
+    g->g.Contrast = GDISP_INITIAL_CONTRAST;
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+#if GDISP_HARDWARE_FLUSH
+LLDSPEC void gdisp_lld_flush(GDisplay *g) {
+    unsigned    p;
+
+    // Don't flush if we don't need it.
+    if (!(g->flags & GDISP_FLG_NEEDFLUSH))
+        return;
+
+    acquire_bus(g);
+    enter_cmd_mode(g);
+    unsigned dstOffset = (PRIV(g)->buffer2 ? 4 : 0);
+    for (p = 0; p < 4; p++) {
+        write_cmd(g, ST7565_PAGE | (p + dstOffset));
+        write_cmd(g, ST7565_COLUMN_MSB | 0);
+        write_cmd(g, ST7565_COLUMN_LSB | 0);
+        write_cmd(g, ST7565_RMW);
+        flush_cmd(g);
+        enter_data_mode(g);
+        write_data(g, RAM(g) + (p*GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH), GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH);
+        enter_cmd_mode(g);
+    }
+    unsigned line = (PRIV(g)->buffer2 ? 32 : 0);
+    write_cmd(g, ST7565_START_LINE | line);
+    flush_cmd(g);
+    PRIV(g)->buffer2 = !PRIV(g)->buffer2;
+    release_bus(g);
+
+    g->flags &= ~GDISP_FLG_NEEDFLUSH;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if GDISP_HARDWARE_DRAWPIXEL
+LLDSPEC void gdisp_lld_draw_pixel(GDisplay *g) {
+    coord_t        x, y;
+
+    switch(g->g.Orientation) {
+    default:
+    case GDISP_ROTATE_0:
+        x = g->p.x;
+        y = g->p.y;
+        break;
+    case GDISP_ROTATE_90:
+        x = g->p.y;
+        y = GDISP_SCREEN_HEIGHT-1 - g->p.x;
+        break;
+    case GDISP_ROTATE_180:
+        x = GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH-1 - g->p.x;
+        y = GDISP_SCREEN_HEIGHT-1 - g->p.y;
+        break;
+    case GDISP_ROTATE_270:
+        x = GDISP_SCREEN_HEIGHT-1 - g->p.y;
+        y = g->p.x;
+        break;
+    }
+    if (gdispColor2Native(g->p.color) != Black)
+        RAM(g)[xyaddr(x, y)] |= xybit(y);
+    else
+        RAM(g)[xyaddr(x, y)] &= ~xybit(y);
+    g->flags |= GDISP_FLG_NEEDFLUSH;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if GDISP_HARDWARE_PIXELREAD
+LLDSPEC color_t gdisp_lld_get_pixel_color(GDisplay *g) {
+    coord_t        x, y;
+
+    switch(g->g.Orientation) {
+    default:
+    case GDISP_ROTATE_0:
+        x = g->p.x;
+        y = g->p.y;
+        break;
+    case GDISP_ROTATE_90:
+        x = g->p.y;
+        y = GDISP_SCREEN_HEIGHT-1 - g->p.x;
+        break;
+    case GDISP_ROTATE_180:
+        x = GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH-1 - g->p.x;
+        y = GDISP_SCREEN_HEIGHT-1 - g->p.y;
+        break;
+    case GDISP_ROTATE_270:
+        x = GDISP_SCREEN_HEIGHT-1 - g->p.y;
+        y = g->p.x;
+        break;
+    }
+    return (RAM(g)[xyaddr(x, y)] & xybit(y)) ? White : Black;
+}
+#endif
+
+LLDSPEC void gdisp_lld_blit_area(GDisplay *g) {
+    uint8_t* buffer = (uint8_t*)g->p.ptr;
+    int linelength = g->p.cx;
+    for (int i = 0; i < g->p.cy; i++) {
+        unsigned dstx = g->p.x;
+        unsigned dsty = g->p.y + i;
+        unsigned srcx = g->p.x1;
+        unsigned srcy = g->p.y1 + i;
+        unsigned srcbit = srcy * g->p.x2 + srcx;
+        for(int j=0; j < linelength; j++) {
+            uint8_t src = buffer[srcbit / 8];
+            uint8_t bit = 7-(srcbit % 8);
+            uint8_t bitset = (src >> bit) & 1;
+            uint8_t* dst = &(RAM(g)[xyaddr(dstx, dsty)]);
+            if (bitset) {
+                *dst |= xybit(dsty);
+            }
+            else {
+                *dst &= ~xybit(dsty);
+            }
+            dstx++;
+            srcbit++;
+        }
+    }
+    g->flags |= GDISP_FLG_NEEDFLUSH;
+}
+
+#if GDISP_NEED_CONTROL && GDISP_HARDWARE_CONTROL
+LLDSPEC void gdisp_lld_control(GDisplay *g) {
+    switch(g->p.x) {
+    case GDISP_CONTROL_POWER:
+        if (g->g.Powermode == (powermode_t)g->p.ptr)
+            return;
+        switch((powermode_t)g->p.ptr) {
+        case powerOff:
+        case powerSleep:
+        case powerDeepSleep:
+            acquire_bus(g);
+            enter_cmd_mode(g);
+            write_cmd(g, ST7565_DISPLAY_OFF);
+            flush_cmd(g);
+            release_bus(g);
+            break;
+        case powerOn:
+            acquire_bus(g);
+            enter_cmd_mode(g);
+            write_cmd(g, ST7565_DISPLAY_ON);
+            flush_cmd(g);
+            release_bus(g);
+            break;
+        default:
+            return;
+        }
+        g->g.Powermode = (powermode_t)g->p.ptr;
+        return;
+
+        case GDISP_CONTROL_ORIENTATION:
+            if (g->g.Orientation == (orientation_t)g->p.ptr)
+                return;
+            switch((orientation_t)g->p.ptr) {
+            /* Rotation is handled by the drawing routines */
+            case GDISP_ROTATE_0:
+            case GDISP_ROTATE_180:
+                g->g.Height = GDISP_SCREEN_HEIGHT;
+                g->g.Width = GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH;
+                break;
+            case GDISP_ROTATE_90:
+            case GDISP_ROTATE_270:
+                g->g.Height = GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH;
+                g->g.Width = GDISP_SCREEN_HEIGHT;
+                break;
+            default:
+                return;
+            }
+            g->g.Orientation = (orientation_t)g->p.ptr;
+            return;
+
+            case GDISP_CONTROL_CONTRAST:
+                g->g.Contrast = (unsigned)g->p.ptr & 63;
+                acquire_bus(g);
+                enter_cmd_mode(g);
+                write_cmd2(g, ST7565_CONTRAST, g->g.Contrast);
+                flush_cmd(g);
+                release_bus(g);
+                return;
+    }
+}
+#endif // GDISP_NEED_CONTROL
+
+#endif // GFX_USE_GDISP
diff --git a/drivers/ugfx/gdisp/st7565/gdisp_lld_config.h b/drivers/ugfx/gdisp/st7565/gdisp_lld_config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4446bd38bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/drivers/ugfx/gdisp/st7565/gdisp_lld_config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+/*
+ * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of
+ * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at:
+ *
+ *              http://ugfx.org/license.html
+ */
+
+#ifndef _GDISP_LLD_CONFIG_H
+#define _GDISP_LLD_CONFIG_H
+
+#if GFX_USE_GDISP
+
+/*===========================================================================*/
+/* Driver hardware support.                                                  */
+/*===========================================================================*/
+
+#define GDISP_HARDWARE_FLUSH            TRUE        // This controller requires flushing
+#define GDISP_HARDWARE_DRAWPIXEL        TRUE
+#define GDISP_HARDWARE_PIXELREAD        TRUE
+#define GDISP_HARDWARE_CONTROL          TRUE
+#define GDISP_HARDWARE_BITFILLS         TRUE
+
+#define GDISP_LLD_PIXELFORMAT           GDISP_PIXELFORMAT_MONO
+
+#endif    /* GFX_USE_GDISP */
+
+#endif    /* _GDISP_LLD_CONFIG_H */
diff --git a/keyboards/ergodox/infinity/drivers/gdisp/st7565ergodox/st7565.h b/drivers/ugfx/gdisp/st7565/st7565.h
index 24924ff050..24924ff050 100644
--- a/keyboards/ergodox/infinity/drivers/gdisp/st7565ergodox/st7565.h
+++ b/drivers/ugfx/gdisp/st7565/st7565.h
diff --git a/keyboards/alps64/readme.md b/keyboards/alps64/readme.md
index 1798b193a5..f282730490 100644
--- a/keyboards/alps64/readme.md
+++ b/keyboards/alps64/readme.md
@@ -1,4 +1,14 @@
-Alps64 keyboard firmware
-======================
+Alps64
+===
 
-TODO: to be updated.
+An Alps-only 60% board designed by Hasu.
+
+Keyboard Maintainer: QMK Community
+Hardware Supported: Alps64 PCB
+Hardware Availability: https://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=69666.0
+
+Make example for this keyboard (after setting up your build environment):
+
+    make alps64-default
+
+See [build environment setup](https://docs.qmk.fm/build_environment_setup.html) then the [make instructions](https://docs.qmk.fm/make_instructions.html) for more information.
diff --git a/keyboards/amj40/Makefile b/keyboards/amj40/Makefile
new file mode 100755
index 0000000000..4e2a6f00fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/amj40/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+ifndef MAKEFILE_INCLUDED
+	include ../../Makefile
+endif
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/amj40/amj40.c b/keyboards/amj40/amj40.c
new file mode 100755
index 0000000000..5a23769991
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/amj40/amj40.c
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+#include "amj40.h"
+#include "led.h"
+
+void matrix_init_kb(void) {
+	// put your keyboard start-up code here
+	// runs once when the firmware starts up
+	matrix_init_user();
+	led_init_ports();
+};
+
+void matrix_scan_kb(void) {
+	// put your looping keyboard code here
+	// runs every cycle (a lot)
+	matrix_scan_user();
+};
+
+void led_init_ports(void) {
+    // * Set our LED pins as output
+    DDRB |= (1<<2);
+}
+
+void led_set_kb(uint8_t usb_led) {
+    if (usb_led & (1<<USB_LED_CAPS_LOCK)) {
+        // Turn capslock on
+        PORTB &= ~(1<<2);
+    } else {
+        // Turn capslock off
+        PORTB |= (1<<2);
+    }
+}
diff --git a/keyboards/amj40/amj40.h b/keyboards/amj40/amj40.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000000..ab629cba7f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/amj40/amj40.h
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#ifndef AMJ40_H
+#define AMJ40_H
+
+#include "quantum.h"
+
+// readability  
+#define XXX KC_NO
+
+/* AMJ40 ver2.0 layout1 �列一
+ * ,-----------------------------------------------------------.
+ * | 00 | 01 | 02 | 03 | 04 | 05 | 06 | 07 | 08 | 09 | 0A | 0B |
+ * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+ * | 10   | 11 | 12 | 13 | 14 | 15 | 16 | 17 | 18 | 19 | 1B    |
+ * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+ * | 20     | 22 | 23 | 24 | 25 | 26 | 27 | 28 | 29 |  2A | 2B |
+ * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+ * | 30  | 31 | 32  |   34      |  35         | 39  | 3A | 3B  |
+ * `-----------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+#define KEYMAP( \
+    k00, k01, k02, k03, k04, k05, k06, k07, k08, k09, k0a, k0b, \
+    k10, k11, k12, k13, k14, k15, k16, k17, k18, k19,      k1b,  \
+    k20,      k22, k23, k24, k25, k26, k27, k28, k29, k2a, k2b,  \
+    k30, k31, k32,      k34, k35,                k39, k3a, k3b  \
+) { \
+    {k00, k01, k02, k03, k04, k05, k06, k07, k08, k09, k0a, k0b}, \
+    {k10, k11, k12, k13, k14, k15, k16, k17, k18, k19, XXX, k1b}, \
+    {k20, XXX, k22, k23, k24, k25, k26, k27, k28, k29, k2a, k2b}, \
+    {k30, k31, k32, XXX, k34, k35, XXX, XXX, XXX, k39, k3a, k3b} \
+}
+
+
+
+
+void matrix_init_user(void);
+void matrix_scan_user(void);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/amj40/config.h b/keyboards/amj40/config.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000000..4110111223
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/amj40/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2012 Jun Wako <wakojun@gmail.com>
+
+This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifndef CONFIG_H
+#define CONFIG_H
+
+#include "config_common.h"
+
+/* USB Device descriptor parameter */
+#define VENDOR_ID       0xFEED
+#define PRODUCT_ID      0x6072
+#define DEVICE_VER      0x0002
+#define MANUFACTURER    Han Chen
+#define PRODUCT         AMJ40
+#define DESCRIPTION     qmk port of AMJ40 v2 PCB
+
+/* key matrix size */
+#define MATRIX_ROWS 4
+#define MATRIX_COLS 12
+
+// ROWS: Top to bottom, COLS: Left to right
+
+#define MATRIX_ROW_PINS { F4, F5, F6, F7}
+#define MATRIX_COL_PINS { F1, F0, E6, C7, C6, B0, D4, B1, B7, B5, B4, D7}
+#define UNUSED_PINS
+
+#define BACKLIGHT_PIN B6
+
+/* COL2ROW or ROW2COL */
+#define DIODE_DIRECTION COL2ROW
+
+/* define if matrix has ghost */
+//#define MATRIX_HAS_GHOST
+
+/* Set 0 if debouncing isn't needed */
+#define DEBOUNCING_DELAY 5
+
+/* Mechanical locking support. Use KC_LCAP, KC_LNUM or KC_LSCR instead in keymap */
+#define LOCKING_SUPPORT_ENABLE
+/* Locking resynchronize hack */
+#define LOCKING_RESYNC_ENABLE
+
+/* key combination for command */
+#define IS_COMMAND() ( \
+    keyboard_report->mods == (MOD_BIT(KC_LSHIFT) | MOD_BIT(KC_RSHIFT)) \
+)
+
+/* Backlight configuration
+ */
+#define BACKLIGHT_LEVELS 4
+
+/* Underlight configuration
+ */
+
+#define RGB_DI_PIN D3
+#define RGBLIGHT_ANIMATIONS
+#define RGBLED_NUM 4     // Number of LEDs
+#define RGBLIGHT_HUE_STEP 10
+#define RGBLIGHT_SAT_STEP 17
+#define RGBLIGHT_VAL_STEP 17
+
+/*
+ * Feature disable options
+ *  These options are also useful to firmware size reduction.
+ */
+
+/* disable debug print */
+//#define NO_DEBUG
+
+/* disable print */
+//#define NO_PRINT
+
+/* disable action features */
+//#define NO_ACTION_LAYER
+//#define NO_ACTION_TAPPING
+//#define NO_ACTION_ONESHOT
+//#define NO_ACTION_MACRO
+//#define NO_ACTION_FUNCTION
+
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/amj40/keymaps/default/Makefile b/keyboards/amj40/keymaps/default/Makefile
new file mode 100755
index 0000000000..034e697bc2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/amj40/keymaps/default/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+# Build Options
+#   change to "no" to disable the options, or define them in the Makefile in 
+#   the appropriate keymap folder that will get included automatically
+#
+BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE = no  # Virtual DIP switch configuration(+1000)
+MOUSEKEY_ENABLE  = no  # Mouse keys(+4700)
+EXTRAKEY_ENABLE  = yes # Audio control and System control(+450)
+CONSOLE_ENABLE   = no  # Console for debug(+400)
+COMMAND_ENABLE   = yes # Commands for debug and configuration
+NKRO_ENABLE      = yes # Nkey Rollover - if this doesn't work, see here: https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/wiki/FAQ#nkro-doesnt-work
+BACKLIGHT_ENABLE = yes  # Enable keyboard backlight functionality
+MIDI_ENABLE      = no  # MIDI controls
+AUDIO_ENABLE     = no  # Audio output on port C6
+UNICODE_ENABLE   = no  # Unicode
+BLUETOOTH_ENABLE = no  # Enable Bluetooth with the Adafruit EZ-Key HID
+RGBLIGHT_ENABLE  = yes  # Enable WS2812 RGB underlight.  Do not enable this with audio at the same time.
+
+# Do not enable SLEEP_LED_ENABLE. it uses the same timer as BACKLIGHT_ENABLE
+SLEEP_LED_ENABLE = no    # Breathing sleep LED during USB suspend
+
+#define ws2812_PORTREG  PORTD
+#define ws2812_DDRREG   DDRD
+
+
+ifndef QUANTUM_DIR
+	include ../../../../Makefile
+endif
diff --git a/keyboards/amj40/keymaps/default/build.sh b/keyboards/amj40/keymaps/default/build.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000000..6b4b4568f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/amj40/keymaps/default/build.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# adjust for cpu 
+# -j 16 gave best result on a hyperthreaded quad core core i7
+
+LIMIT=10
+THREADS="-j 16"
+KMAP=iso_split_rshift
+
+echo "We need sudo later"
+sudo ls 2>&1 /dev/null
+
+function wait_bootloader {
+	echo "Waiting for Bootloader..."
+	local STARTTIME=$(date +"%s")
+	local REMIND=0
+    local EXEC=dfu-programmer
+    local TARGET=atmega32u4
+	while true
+	do
+		sudo $EXEC $TARGET get > /dev/null 2>&1
+		[ $? -eq 0 ] && break
+		ENDTIME=$(date +"%s")
+		DURATION=$(($ENDTIME-$STARTTIME))
+		if [ $REMIND -eq 0 -a $DURATION -gt $LIMIT ]
+		then 
+			echo "Did you forget to press the reset button?"
+			REMIND=1
+		fi
+        sleep 1
+	done
+}
+make clean
+make KEYMAP=${KMAP} ${THREADS}
+if [[ $? -eq 0 ]]
+then
+    echo "please trigger flashing!"
+    wait_bootloader
+    sudo make KEYMAP=${KMAP} dfu ${THREADS}
+else
+    echo "make failed"
+    exit 77
+fi
diff --git a/keyboards/amj40/keymaps/default/keymap.c b/keyboards/amj40/keymaps/default/keymap.c
new file mode 100755
index 0000000000..13b48c2ada
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/amj40/keymaps/default/keymap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+
+
+// This is the canonical layout file for the Quantum project. If you want to add another keyboard,
+// this is the style you want to emulate.
+
+#include "amj40.h"
+
+// Each layer gets a name for readability, which is then used in the keymap matrix below.
+// The underscores don't mean anything - you can have a layer called STUFF or any other name.
+// Layer names don't all need to be of the same length, obviously, and you can also skip them
+// entirely and just use numbers.
+#define _QWERTY 0
+#define _LOWER 1
+#define _RAISE 2
+#define _ADJUST 3
+
+
+
+enum custom_keycodes {
+  QWERTY = SAFE_RANGE,
+  LOWER,
+  RAISE,
+  ADJUST,
+};
+
+
+
+
+
+// increase readability 
+#define _______ KC_TRNS
+#define XXXXXXX KC_NO
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+        /* Default Layer
+     * ,-----------------------------------------------------------.
+     * | Esc|  Q |  W |  E |  R |  T |  Y |  U |  I |  O |  P | BS |
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+     * | Tab |  A |  S |  D |  F |  G |  H |  J |  K |  L | Ent    |
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+     * | LSft   |  Z |  X |  C |  V |  B |  N |  M |  ,  |  . | /? |
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+     * | LCtl | LGui| LAlt|  spc fn0  |  spc fn1    |fn2|RAlt|RCtl |
+     * `-----------------------------------------------------------'
+     */
+    [_QWERTY] = KEYMAP( \
+        KC_ESC,  KC_Q,   KC_W,   KC_E,   KC_R,   KC_T,   KC_Y,   KC_U,   KC_I,    KC_O,    KC_P,   KC_BSPC,\
+        KC_TAB,  KC_A,   KC_S,   KC_D,   KC_F,   KC_G,   KC_H,   KC_J,   KC_K,    KC_L,    KC_ENT,\
+        KC_LSFT, KC_Z,   KC_X,   KC_C,   KC_V,   KC_B,   KC_N,   KC_M,   KC_COMM, KC_DOT,  KC_SLSH,\
+        KC_LCTL, KC_LGUI, KC_LALT,          F(0),           F(1),        F(2), KC_RALT, KC_RCTL \
+		),
+
+    /* Function Layer 1 HHKB style
+     * ,-----------------------------------------------------------.
+     * |   ~  |   !   |  @  | # | $ | % | ^ | & | * | ( | ) | Bkspc|
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+     * |   F1   | F2 | F3 | F4 | F5 |  F6 | _ | + | [ | ] |  Pipe  |
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+     * |    F7    | F8 | F9 |  F10  |  F11 |  F12 | End|PgDn| ↓ |     |    |
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+     * |     |    |     |           |             | Stop| App|     |
+     * `-----------------------------------------------------------'
+     */
+    [_LOWER] = KEYMAP( \
+        KC_TILD, KC_EXLM, KC_AT,   KC_HASH, KC_DLR,  KC_PERC, KC_CIRC, KC_AMPR, KC_ASTR, KC_LPRN, KC_RPRN, KC_BSPC, \
+		KC_F1,   KC_F2,   KC_F3,   KC_F4,   KC_F5,   KC_F6,   KC_UNDS, KC_PLUS, KC_LCBR, KC_RCBR, KC_PIPE, \
+		KC_F7,   KC_F8,   KC_F9,   KC_F10,  KC_F11,  KC_F12,S(KC_NUHS),S(KC_NUBS),BL_TOGG, BL_INC, BL_DEC, \
+		_______, _______, _______, _______, KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_UP, KC_RGHT \
+		),
+	
+	/* Function Layer 1 HHKB style
+     * ,-----------------------------------------------------------.
+     * |Caps|    |MSel| � | � | � |PSCR|SkLk|Paus|  ↑ | Ins| Del|
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+     * |      | 🔇 | � |    |  * |  / |Hone|PgUp|  � |  → |       |
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+     * |        | 🔉 | 🔊 |    |  + |  - | End|PgDn| ↓ |     |    |
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+     * |     |    |     |           |             | Stop| App|     |
+     * `-----------------------------------------------------------'
+     */
+    [_RAISE] = KEYMAP( \
+        KC_GRV,  KC_1,    KC_2,    KC_3,    KC_4,    KC_5,    KC_6,    KC_7,    KC_8,    KC_9,    KC_0,    KC_BSPC, \
+		KC_F1,   KC_F2,   KC_F3,   KC_F4,   KC_F5,   KC_F6,   KC_MINS, KC_EQL,  KC_LBRC, KC_RBRC, KC_BSLS, \
+		KC_F7,   KC_F8,   KC_F9,   KC_F10,  KC_F11,  KC_F12,  KC_NUHS, KC_NUBS, _______, _______, KC_DEL, \
+		_______, KC_TRNS, _______, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, _______, _______, RGB_TOG \
+		),
+	
+	/* Function Layer 1 HHKB style
+     * ,-----------------------------------------------------------.
+     * |Caps|    |MSel| � | � | � |PSCR|SkLk|Paus|  ↑ | Ins| Del|
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+     * |      | 🔇 | � |    |  * |  / |Hone|PgUp|  � |  → |       |
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+     * |        | 🔉 | 🔊 |    |  + |  - | End|PgDn| ↓ |     |    |
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+     * |     |    |     |           |             | Stop| App|     |
+     * `-----------------------------------------------------------'
+     */
+    [_ADJUST] = KEYMAP( \
+        _______, RESET,   _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, KC_DEL, \
+		_______, _______, _______, AU_ON,   AU_OFF,  AG_NORM, AG_SWAP, _______, _______, _______,  _______,  \
+		_______, _______, _______, RGB_TOG,  RGB_MOD,  RGB_HUI,  RGB_HUD,  RGB_SAI,  RGB_SAD,  RGB_VAI,  RGB_VAD, \
+		KC_SYSTEM_SLEEP, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______ \
+		),
+
+    
+
+};
+
+
+		
+
+enum function_id {
+    LAUNCH,
+    RGBLED_TOGGLE,
+};
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM fn_actions[] = {
+	[0]  = ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(_LOWER, KC_SPC),
+	[1]  = ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(_RAISE, KC_SPC),
+	[2]  = ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(_ADJUST, KC_LGUI),
+
+};
+
+
+
+
+const macro_t *action_get_macro(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt)
+{
+    // MACRODOWN only works in this function
+   
+    return MACRO_NONE;
+};
+
+
+
+
+bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
+ 
+  switch (keycode) {
+    
+    case LOWER:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        layer_on(_LOWER);
+        update_tri_layer(_LOWER, _RAISE, _ADJUST);
+      } else {
+        layer_off(_LOWER);
+        update_tri_layer(_LOWER, _RAISE, _ADJUST);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+    case RAISE:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        layer_on(_RAISE);
+        update_tri_layer(_LOWER, _RAISE, _ADJUST);
+      } else {
+        layer_off(_RAISE);
+        update_tri_layer(_LOWER, _RAISE, _ADJUST);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+    case ADJUST:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        layer_on(_ADJUST);
+      } else {
+        layer_off(_ADJUST);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+  }
+  return true;
+}
diff --git a/keyboards/amj40/keymaps/default/readme.md b/keyboards/amj40/keymaps/default/readme.md
new file mode 100755
index 0000000000..2659292ae5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/amj40/keymaps/default/readme.md
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+AMJ40 Default Layout
+=====================
+
+##Quantum MK Firmware
+For the full Quantum feature list, see the parent readme.md.
+
+# Features
+* Based on a combination of the original AMJ40 keymap from the TMK firmware as well as the Planck Ortholinear keyboard's "Lower," "Raise," and "Adjust" layers.
+* View the keymap.c file to understand they layout of the keymap.
+* Has keys to toggle both the switch LEDs and underglow LEDs.
+
diff --git a/keyboards/amj40/keymaps/default/updatemerge.sh b/keyboards/amj40/keymaps/default/updatemerge.sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000000..da5457e195
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/amj40/keymaps/default/updatemerge.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+git checkout amj60      # gets you on branch amj60
+git fetch origin        # gets you up to date with origin
+git merge origin/master
diff --git a/keyboards/amj40/keymaps/fabian/Makefile b/keyboards/amj40/keymaps/fabian/Makefile
new file mode 100755
index 0000000000..a914e4c0ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/amj40/keymaps/fabian/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+# Build Options
+#   change to "no" to disable the options, or define them in the Makefile in 
+#   the appropriate keymap folder that will get included automatically
+#
+BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE = no  # Virtual DIP switch configuration(+1000)
+MOUSEKEY_ENABLE  = yes  # Mouse keys(+4700)
+EXTRAKEY_ENABLE  = yes # Audio control and System control(+450)
+CONSOLE_ENABLE   = no  # Console for debug(+400)
+COMMAND_ENABLE   = yes # Commands for debug and configuration
+NKRO_ENABLE      = yes # Nkey Rollover - if this doesn't work, see here: https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/wiki/FAQ#nkro-doesnt-work
+BACKLIGHT_ENABLE = yes  # Enable keyboard backlight functionality
+MIDI_ENABLE      = no  # MIDI controls
+AUDIO_ENABLE     = no  # Audio output on port C6
+UNICODE_ENABLE   = no  # Unicode
+BLUETOOTH_ENABLE = no  # Enable Bluetooth with the Adafruit EZ-Key HID
+RGBLIGHT_ENABLE  = yes  # Enable WS2812 RGB underlight.  Do not enable this with audio at the same time.
+
+# Do not enable SLEEP_LED_ENABLE. it uses the same timer as BACKLIGHT_ENABLE
+SLEEP_LED_ENABLE = no    # Breathing sleep LED during USB suspend
+
+#define ws2812_PORTREG  PORTD
+#define ws2812_DDRREG   DDRD
+
+
+ifndef QUANTUM_DIR
+	include ../../../../Makefile
+endif
diff --git a/keyboards/amj40/keymaps/fabian/keymap.c b/keyboards/amj40/keymaps/fabian/keymap.c
new file mode 100755
index 0000000000..aef514153e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/amj40/keymaps/fabian/keymap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,236 @@
+#include "amj40.h"
+
+// Set the custom keymap
+#undef KEYMAP
+#define KEYMAP( \
+    k00, k01, k02, k03, k04, k05, k06, k07, k08, k09, k0a, k0b, \
+    k10, k11, k12, k13, k14, k15, k16, k17, k18, k19, k1a, k1b,  \
+    k20, k21, k22, k23, k24, k25, k26, k27, k28, k29, k2a, k2b,  \
+    k30, k31, k32, k33, k34, k35,                k39, k3a, k3b  \
+) { \
+    {k00, k01, k02, k03, k04, k05, k06, k07, k08, k09, k0a, k0b}, \
+    {k10, k11, k12, k13, k14, k15, k16, k17, k18, k19, k1a, k1b}, \
+    {k20, k21, k22, k23, k24, k25, k26, k27, k28, k29, k2a, k2b}, \
+    {k30, k31, k32, k33, k34, k35, XXX, XXX, XXX, k39, k3a, k3b} \
+}
+
+// Fillers to make layering more clear
+#define _______ KC_TRNS
+#define XXXXXXX KC_NO
+
+// Custom
+#define CTL_ESC CTL_T(KC_ESC)  // Tap for Escape, hold for Control
+#define SFT_ENT SFT_T(KC_ENT)  // Tap for Enter, hold for Shift
+#define SFT_BSP SFT_T(KC_BSPC) // Tap for Backspace, hold for Shift
+#define HPR_TAB ALL_T(KC_TAB)  // Tap for Tab, hold for Hyper (Super+Ctrl+Alt+Shift)
+// #define MEH_GRV MEH_T(KC_GRV)  // Tap for Backtick, hold for Meh (Ctrl+Alt+Shift)
+
+#define _QWERTY 0
+#define _COLEMAK 1
+#define _DVORAK 2
+#define _LOWER 3
+#define _RAISE 4
+#define _ADJUST 16
+
+enum custom_keycodes {
+  QWERTY = SAFE_RANGE,
+  COLEMAK,
+  DVORAK,
+  LOWER,
+  RAISE,
+  ADJUST,
+};
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+/* Qwerty
+ * ,-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+ * | Tab  |   Q  |   W  |   E  |   R  |   T  |   Y  |   U  |   I  |   O  |   P  | Bksp |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+-------------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Esc  |   A  |   S  |   D  |   F  |   G  |   H  |   J  |   K  |   L  |   ;  |  "   |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------|------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Shift|   Z  |   X  |   C  |   V  |   B  |   N  |   M  |   ,  |   .  |   /  |Enter |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |Adjust| Ctrl | Alt  | GUI  | Lower and Space | Raise and Bksp | GUI  |AltGr | Ctrl |
+ * `-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+[_QWERTY] = KEYMAP( \
+  HPR_TAB, KC_Q,    KC_W,    KC_E,    KC_R,    KC_T,    KC_Y,    KC_U,    KC_I,    KC_O,    KC_P,    KC_BSPC, \
+  CTL_ESC, KC_A,    KC_S,    KC_D,    KC_F,    KC_G,    KC_H,    KC_J,    KC_K,    KC_L,    KC_SCLN, KC_QUOT, \
+  SFT_BSP, KC_Z,    KC_X,    KC_C,    KC_V,    KC_B,    KC_N,    KC_M,    KC_COMM, KC_DOT,  KC_SLSH, SFT_ENT , \
+  F(2),    KC_LCTL, KC_LALT, KC_LGUI,          F(0),             F(1),             KC_RGUI, KC_RALT, KC_RCTL \
+),
+
+/* Colemak
+ * ,-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+ * | Tab  |   Q  |   W  |   F  |   P  |   G  |   J  |   L  |   U  |   Y  |   ;  | Bksp |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+-------------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Esc  |   A  |   R  |   S  |   T  |   D  |   H  |   N  |   E  |   I  |   O  |  "   |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------|------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Shift|   Z  |   X  |   C  |   V  |   B  |   K  |   M  |   ,  |   .  |   /  |Enter |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |Adjust| Ctrl | Alt  | GUI  | Lower and Space | Raise and Bksp | GUI  |AltGr | Ctrl |
+ * `-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+[_COLEMAK] = KEYMAP( \
+  HPR_TAB, KC_Q,    KC_W,    KC_F,    KC_P,    KC_G,    KC_J,    KC_L,    KC_U,    KC_Y,    KC_SCLN, KC_BSPC, \
+  CTL_ESC, KC_A,    KC_R,    KC_S,    KC_T,    KC_D,    KC_H,    KC_N,    KC_E,    KC_I,    KC_O,    KC_QUOT, \
+  SFT_BSP, KC_Z,    KC_X,    KC_C,    KC_V,    KC_B,    KC_K,    KC_M,    KC_COMM, KC_DOT,  KC_SLSH, SFT_ENT , \
+  F(2),    KC_LCTL, KC_LALT, KC_LGUI,          F(0),             F(1),             KC_RGUI, KC_RALT, KC_RCTL \
+),
+
+/* Dvorak
+ * ,-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+ * | Tab  |   "  |   ,  |   .  |   P  |   Y  |   F  |   G  |   C  |   R  |   L  | Bksp |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+-------------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Esc  |   A  |   O  |   E  |   U  |   I  |   D  |   H  |   T  |   N  |   S  |  /   |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------|------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Shift|   ;  |   Q  |   J  |   K  |   X  |   B  |   M  |   W  |   V  |   Z  |Enter |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |Adjust| Ctrl | Alt  | GUI  | Lower and Space | Raise and Bksp | GUI  |AltGr | Ctrl |
+ * `-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+[_DVORAK] = KEYMAP( \
+  HPR_TAB, KC_QUOT, KC_COMM, KC_DOT,  KC_P,    KC_Y,    KC_F,    KC_G,    KC_C,    KC_R,    KC_L,    KC_BSPC, \
+  CTL_ESC, KC_A,    KC_O,    KC_E,    KC_U,    KC_I,    KC_D,    KC_H,    KC_T,    KC_N,    KC_S,    KC_SLSH, \
+  SFT_BSP, KC_SCLN, KC_Q,    KC_J,    KC_K,    KC_X,    KC_B,    KC_M,    KC_W,    KC_V,    KC_Z,    SFT_ENT , \
+  F(2),    KC_LCTL, KC_LALT, KC_LGUI,          F(0),             F(1),             KC_RGUI, KC_RALT, KC_RCTL \
+),
+
+/* Lower
+ * ,-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+ * |   ~  |   !  |   @  |   #  |   $  |   %  |   ^  |   &  |   *  |   (  |   )  | Bksp |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+-------------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Del  |  F1  |  F2  |  F3  |  F4  |  F5  |  F6  |   _  |   +  |   {  |   }  |  |   |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------|------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |  F7  |  F8  |  F9  |  F10 |  F11 |  F12 | MS L | MS D |MS U  | MS R |MS Btn|
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      | Next | Vol- | Vol+ | Play |
+ * `-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+[_LOWER] = KEYMAP( \
+  KC_TILD, KC_EXLM, KC_AT,   KC_HASH, KC_DLR,  KC_PERC, KC_CIRC, KC_AMPR, KC_ASTR, KC_LPRN, KC_RPRN, KC_BSPC, \
+  KC_DEL,  KC_F1,   KC_F2,   KC_F3,   KC_F4,   KC_F5,   KC_F6,   KC_UNDS, KC_PLUS, KC_LCBR, KC_RCBR, KC_PIPE, \
+  _______, KC_F7,   KC_F8,   KC_F9,   KC_F10,  KC_F11,  KC_F12,  KC_MS_L, KC_MS_D, KC_MS_U, KC_MS_R, KC_BTN1, \
+  _______, _______, _______, _______,          _______,          _______,          KC_VOLD, KC_VOLU, KC_MPLY \
+),
+
+/* Raise
+ * ,-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+ * |   `  |   1  |   2  |   3  |   4  |   5  |   6  |   7  |   8  |   9  |   0  | Bksp |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+-------------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Del  |  F1  |  F2  |  F3  |  F4  |  F5  |  F6  |   -  |   =  |   [  |   ]  |  \   |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------|------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |  F7  |  F8  |  F9  |  F10 |  F11 |  F12 | Left | Down |  Up  | Rght |MS_BN2|
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      | Next | Vol- | Vol+ | Play |
+ * `-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+[_RAISE] = KEYMAP( \
+  KC_GRV,  KC_1,    KC_2,    KC_3,    KC_4,    KC_5,    KC_6,    KC_7,    KC_8,    KC_9,    KC_0,    KC_BSPC, \
+  KC_DEL,  KC_F1,   KC_F2,   KC_F3,   KC_F4,   KC_F5,   KC_F6,   KC_MINS, KC_EQL,  KC_LBRC, KC_RBRC, KC_BSLS, \
+  _______, KC_F7,   KC_F8,   KC_F9,   KC_F10,  KC_F11,  KC_F12,  KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_UP,   KC_RGHT, KC_BTN2, \
+  _______, _______, _______, _______,          _______,          _______,          KC_VOLD, KC_VOLU, KC_MPLY \
+),
+
+/* Adjust (Lower + Raise)
+ * ,-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+ * |Reset |Colemk|Qwerty|Dvorak|      |      |      |      |  MU  |      |      |Reset |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------|------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |AGNorm|AGSwap|      |      |      |      |  ML  |  MD  |  MR  |      |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |AudOn |AudOff|      |      |      |      |MBtn1 |MBtn2 |MBtn3 |      |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |
+ * `-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+[_ADJUST] = KEYMAP( \
+  RESET,   COLEMAK, QWERTY,  DVORAK,  _______, _______, _______, _______, KC_MS_U, _______, _______, RESET, \
+  _______, AG_NORM, AG_SWAP, _______, _______, _______, _______, KC_MS_L, KC_MS_D, KC_MS_R, _______, _______, \
+  _______, AU_ON,   AU_OFF,  _______, _______, _______, _______, KC_BTN1, KC_BTN2, KC_BTN3, _______, _______, \
+  _______, _______, _______, _______,          _______,          _______,          _______, _______, _______ \
+)
+
+};
+
+#ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+float tone_qwerty[][2]     = SONG(QWERTY_SOUND);
+float tone_dvorak[][2]     = SONG(DVORAK_SOUND);
+float tone_colemak[][2]    = SONG(COLEMAK_SOUND);
+#endif
+
+void persistent_default_layer_set(uint16_t default_layer) {
+  eeconfig_update_default_layer(default_layer);
+  default_layer_set(default_layer);
+}
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM fn_actions[] = {
+        [0]  = ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(_LOWER, KC_SPC),
+        [1]  = ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(_RAISE, KC_BSPC),
+        [2]  = ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(_ADJUST, KC_LGUI),
+};
+
+const macro_t *action_get_macro(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt)
+{
+    return MACRO_NONE;
+};
+
+bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
+  switch (keycode) {
+    case QWERTY:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        #ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+          PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY(tone_qwerty, false, 0);
+        #endif
+        persistent_default_layer_set(1UL<<_QWERTY);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+    case COLEMAK:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        #ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+          PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY(tone_colemak, false, 0);
+        #endif
+        persistent_default_layer_set(1UL<<_COLEMAK);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+    case DVORAK:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        #ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+          PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY(tone_dvorak, false, 0);
+        #endif
+        persistent_default_layer_set(1UL<<_DVORAK);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+    case LOWER:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        layer_on(_LOWER);
+        update_tri_layer(_LOWER, _RAISE, _ADJUST);
+      } else {
+        layer_off(_LOWER);
+        update_tri_layer(_LOWER, _RAISE, _ADJUST);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+    case RAISE:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        layer_on(_RAISE);
+        update_tri_layer(_LOWER, _RAISE, _ADJUST);
+      } else {
+        layer_off(_RAISE);
+        update_tri_layer(_LOWER, _RAISE, _ADJUST);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+    case ADJUST:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        layer_on(_ADJUST);
+      } else {
+        layer_off(_ADJUST);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+  }
+  return true;
+}
diff --git a/keyboards/amj40/readme.md b/keyboards/amj40/readme.md
new file mode 100755
index 0000000000..e705f20fea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/amj40/readme.md
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+AMJ40 keyboard firmware
+======================
+DIY/Assembled compact 40% keyboard.
+
+Ported by N.Hou from the original TMK firmware.
+
+*Supports both backlight LEDs as well as RGB underglow. 
+
+*For reference, the AMJ40 uses pin D3 for underglow lighting.
+
+## Quantum MK Firmware
+
+For the full Quantum feature list, see [the parent readme.md](/readme.md).
+
+## Building
+
+Download or clone the whole firmware and navigate to the keyboards/amj40
+folder. Once your dev env is setup, you'll be able to type `make` to generate
+your .hex - you can then use `make dfu` to program your PCB once you hit the
+reset button. 
+
+Depending on which keymap you would like to use, you will have to compile
+slightly differently.
+
+### Default
+To build with the default keymap, simply run `sudo make all`.
+The .hex file will appear in the root of the qmk firmware folder.
+
+
+
+
+### Original tmk firmware
+The original firmware that was used to port to qmk can be found [here](https://github.com/AMJKeyboard/AMJ40).
+
+
diff --git a/keyboards/amj40/rules.mk b/keyboards/amj40/rules.mk
new file mode 100755
index 0000000000..18403ac328
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/amj40/rules.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+
+# MCU name
+#MCU = at90usb1287
+MCU = atmega32u4
+
+# Processor frequency.
+#     This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the
+#     processor frequency in Hz. You can then use this symbol in your source code to
+#     calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done
+#     automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.
+#
+#     This will be an integer division of F_USB below, as it is sourced by
+#     F_USB after it has run through any CPU prescalers. Note that this value
+#     does not *change* the processor frequency - it should merely be updated to
+#     reflect the processor speed set externally so that the code can use accurate
+#     software delays.
+F_CPU = 16000000
+
+
+#
+# LUFA specific
+#
+# Target architecture (see library "Board Types" documentation).
+ARCH = AVR8
+
+# Input clock frequency.
+#     This will define a symbol, F_USB, in all source code files equal to the
+#     input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed) in Hz. This value may
+#     differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the
+#     raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed
+#     clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL'
+#     at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your
+#     source code.
+#
+#     If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the
+#     CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU.
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+
+# Interrupt driven control endpoint task(+60)
+OPT_DEFS += -DINTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+
+
+# Boot Section Size in *bytes*
+#   Teensy halfKay   512
+#   Teensy++ halfKay 1024
+#   Atmel DFU loader 4096
+#   LUFA bootloader  4096
+#   USBaspLoader     2048
+OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_SIZE=4096
+
+
+# Build Options
+#   comment out to disable the options.
+#
+BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE ?= no  # Virtual DIP switch configuration(+1000)
+MOUSEKEY_ENABLE  ?= no  # Mouse keys(+4700)
+EXTRAKEY_ENABLE  ?= yes # Audio control and System control(+450)
+CONSOLE_ENABLE   ?= yes # Console for debug(+400)
+COMMAND_ENABLE   ?= yes # Commands for debug and configuration
+NKRO_ENABLE      ?= yes # USB Nkey Rollover - if this doesn't work, see here: https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/wiki/FAQ#nkro-doesnt-work
+RGBLIGHT_ENABLE  ?= yes # Enable keyboard underlight functionality (+4870)
+BACKLIGHT_ENABLE ?= yes # Enable keyboard backlight functionality (+1150)
+MIDI_ENABLE      ?= no  # MIDI controls
+AUDIO_ENABLE     ?= no
+UNICODE_ENABLE   ?= no  # Unicode
+BLUETOOTH_ENABLE ?= no  # Enable Bluetooth with the Adafruit EZ-Key HID
diff --git a/keyboards/amj60/readme.md b/keyboards/amj60/readme.md
index 0896134e0c..5b03ff0342 100644
--- a/keyboards/amj60/readme.md
+++ b/keyboards/amj60/readme.md
@@ -1,57 +1,14 @@
-AMJ60 keyboard firmware
-======================
-DIY/Assembled compact 60% keyboard.
+AMJ60
+===
 
-## Quantum MK Firmware
+A 60% keyboard.
 
-For the full Quantum feature list, see [the parent readme.md](/readme.md).
+Keyboard Maintainer: QMK Community
+Hardware Supported: AMJ60
+Hardware Availability: https://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=77636.0
 
-## Building
+Make example for this keyboard (after setting up your build environment):
 
-Download or clone the whole firmware and navigate to the keyboards/amj60
-folder. Once your dev env is setup, you'll be able to type `make` to generate
-your .hex - you can then use `make dfu` to program your PCB once you hit the
-reset button. 
+    make amj60-maximized
 
-Depending on which keymap you would like to use, you will have to compile
-slightly differently.
-
-### Default
-To build with the default keymap, simply run `make`.
-
-### Other Keymaps
-Several version of keymap are available in advance but you are recommended to
-define your favorite layout yourself. To define your own keymap create file
-named `<name>.c` in the keymaps folder, and see keymap document (you can find
-in top readme.md) and existent keymap files.
-
-To build the firmware binary hex file with a keymap just do `make` with
-`KEYMAP` option like:
-``
-$ make KEYMAP=[default|jack|<name>]
-``
-Keymaps follow the format **__\<name\>.c__** and are stored in the `keymaps`
-folder.
-
-## Variations
-KEYMAP macros for the following layouts are available:
-
-* default, for all the available, possible keys
-* ANSI, for 60% ANSI keyboard
-* ISO
-* ISO w/ split right shift key
-* HHKB
-
-Remark: all but "ISO w/ split right shift key" are untested and were done to the best of my knowledge.
-
-### Original tmk firmware
-The original firmware that was used to port to qmk can be found [here](https://github.com/AMJKeyboard/AMJ60).
-
-## Further information
-Since information and documentation for this board are sparse, (at least for non-chinese speaking ppl) here is everything that could be found
-
-* [geekhack discussion](https://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=53070.0)
-* [chinese discussion](https://www.v2ex.com/t/161887)
-* Board has [dedicated pinouts](https://i.imgur.com/D0sWhyh.jpg?1) for a bluetooth module
-* has pins for external power [picture](https://i.imgur.com/00VrtIp.jpg?1).
-* most information comes from [reddit](https://www.reddit.com/r/MechanicalKeyboards/comments/32oonr/gh60_pcb_for_your_custom_keyboard/)
+See [build environment setup](https://docs.qmk.fm/build_environment_setup.html) then the [make instructions](https://docs.qmk.fm/make_instructions.html) for more information.
diff --git a/keyboards/amjpad/readme.md b/keyboards/amjpad/readme.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..beb4988a9c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/amjpad/readme.md
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+AMJ Pad
+===
+
+A DIY Keypad Kit
+
+Keyboard Maintainer: QMK Community
+Hardware Supported: AMJ Pad
+Hardware Availability: https://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=83546.0
+
+Make example for this keyboard (after setting up your build environment):
+
+    make amjpad-default
+
+See [build environment setup](https://docs.qmk.fm/build_environment_setup.html) then the [make instructions](https://docs.qmk.fm/make_instructions.html) for more information.
diff --git a/keyboards/atreus/readme.md b/keyboards/atreus/readme.md
index 476d1bce3d..64ad4ba98a 100644
--- a/keyboards/atreus/readme.md
+++ b/keyboards/atreus/readme.md
@@ -1,187 +1,18 @@
-atreus keyboard firmware
-======================
+Atreus
+===
 
-## Quantum MK Firmware
-
-You have access to a bunch of goodies! Check out the Makefile to enable/disable some of the features. Uncomment the `#` to enable them. Setting them to `no` does nothing and will only confuse future you.
-
-    BACKLIGHT_ENABLE = yes # Enable keyboard backlight functionality
-    MIDI_ENABLE = yes      # MIDI controls
-    # UNICODE_ENABLE = yes # Unicode support - this is commented out, just as an example. You have to use #, not //
-    BLUETOOTH_ENABLE = yes # Enable Bluetooth with the Adafruit EZ-Key HID
-
-## Atreus specific information
+A small mechanical keyboard that is based around the shape of the human hand.
 
 These configuration files are specifically for the Atreus keyboards created by Phil Hagelberg (@technomancy). This keyboard is available in two variants: one powered by a Teensy 2, one powered by an A-Star. This repository currently assumes that you have an A-Star powered Atreus. If you are using a Teensy2, specify that by adding `TEENSY2=yes` to your `make` commands.
 
 If you are coming from the [atreus-firmware](https://github.com/technomancy/atreus-firmware), we've also brought forward the `make upload` command for you to use.
 
-## Quick aliases to common actions
-
-Your keymap can include shortcuts to common operations (called "function actions" in tmk).
-
-### Switching and toggling layers
-
-`MO(layer)` - momentary switch to *layer*. As soon as you let go of the key, the layer is deactivated and you pop back out to the previous layer. When you apply this to a key, that same key must be set as `KC_TRNS` on the destination layer. Otherwise, you won't make it back to the original layer when you release the key (and you'll get a keycode sent). You can only switch to layers *above* your current layer. If you're on layer 0 and you use `MO(1)`, that will switch to layer 1 just fine. But if you include `MO(3)` on layer 5, that won't do anything for you -- because layer 3 is lower than layer 5 on the stack.
-
-`LT(layer, kc)` - momentary switch to *layer* when held, and *kc* when tapped. Like `MO()`, this only works upwards in the layer stack (`layer` must be higher than the current layer).
-
-`TG(layer)` - toggles a layer on or off. As with `MO()`, you should set this key as `KC_TRNS` in the destination layer so that tapping it again actually toggles back to the original layer. Only works upwards in the layer stack.
-
-### Fun with modifier keys
-
-* `LSFT(kc)` - applies left Shift to *kc* (keycode) - `S(kc)` is an alias
-* `RSFT(kc)` - applies right Shift to *kc*
-* `LCTL(kc)` - applies left Control to *kc*
-* `RCTL(kc)` - applies right Control to *kc*
-* `LALT(kc)` - applies left Alt to *kc*
-* `RALT(kc)` - applies right Alt to *kc*
-* `LGUI(kc)` - applies left GUI (command/win) to *kc*
-* `RGUI(kc)` - applies right GUI (command/win) to *kc*
-
-You can also chain these, like this:
-
-    LALT(LCTL(KC_DEL)) -- this makes a key that sends Alt, Control, and Delete in a single keypress.
-
-The following shortcuts automatically add `LSFT()` to keycodes to get commonly used symbols. Their long names are also available and documented in `/quantum/keymap_common.h`.
-
-    KC_TILD  ~
-    KC_EXLM  !
-    KC_AT    @
-    KC_HASH  #
-    KC_DLR   $
-    KC_PERC  %
-    KC_CIRC  ^
-    KC_AMPR  &
-    KC_ASTR  *
-    KC_LPRN  (
-    KC_RPRN  )
-    KC_UNDS  _
-    KC_PLUS  +
-    KC_LCBR  {
-    KC_RCBR  }
-    KC_PIPE  |
-    KC_COLN  :
-
-`MT(mod, kc)` - is *mod* (modifier key - MOD_LCTL, MOD_LSFT) when held, and *kc* when tapped. In other words, you can have a key that sends Esc (or the letter O or whatever) when you tap it, but works as a Control key or a Shift key when you hold it down. 
-
-These are the values you can use for the `mod` in `MT()` (right-hand modifiers are not available):
-
-  * MOD_LCTL
-  * MOD_LSFT
-  * MOD_LALT
-  * MOD_LGUI
-
-These can also be combined like `MOD_LCTL | MOD_LSFT` e.g. `MT(MOD_LCTL | MOD_LSFT, KC_ESC)` which would activate Control and Shift when held, and send Escape when tapped.
-
-We've added shortcuts to make common modifier/tap (mod-tap) mappings more compact:
-
-  * `CTL_T(kc)` - is LCTL when held and *kc* when tapped 
-  * `SFT_T(kc)` - is LSFT when held and *kc* when tapped 
-  * `ALT_T(kc)` - is LALT when held and *kc* when tapped 
-  * `GUI_T(kc)` - is LGUI when held and *kc* when tapped 
-  * `ALL_T(kc)` - is Hyper (all mods) when held and *kc* when tapped. To read more about what you can do with a Hyper key, see [this blog post by Brett Terpstra](http://brettterpstra.com/2012/12/08/a-useful-caps-lock-key/)
-
-### Temporarily setting the default layer 
-
-`DF(layer)` - sets default layer to *layer*. The default layer is the one at the "bottom" of the layer stack - the ultimate fallback layer. This currently does not persist over power loss. When you plug the keyboard back in, layer 0 will always be the default. It is theoretically possible to work around that, but that's not what `DF` does.
-
-### Remember: These are just aliases
-
-These functions work the same way that their `ACTION_*` functions do - they're just quick aliases. To dig into all of the tmk ACTION_* functions, please see the [TMK documentation](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/tmk_core/doc/keymap.md#2-action).
-
-Instead of using `FNx` when defining `ACTION_*` functions, you can use `F(x)` - the benefit here is being able to use more than 32 function actions (up to 4096), if you happen to need them.
-
-## Macro shortcuts: Send a whole string when pressing just one key
-
-Instead of using the `ACTION_MACRO` function, you can simply use `M(n)` to access macro *n* - *n* will get passed into the `action_get_macro` as the `id`, and you can use a switch statement to trigger it. This gets called on the keydown and keyup, so you'll need to use an if statement testing `record->event.pressed` (see keymap_default.c).
-
-```c
-const macro_t *action_get_macro(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt) // this is the function signature -- just copy/paste it into your keymap file as it is.
-{
-  switch(id) {
-    case 0: // this would trigger when you hit a key mapped as M(0)
-      if (record->event.pressed) {
-        return MACRO( I(255), T(H), T(E), T(L), T(L), W(255), T(O), END  ); // this sends the string 'hello' when the macro executes
-      } 
-      break;
-  }
-  return MACRO_NONE;
-};
-```
-A macro can include the following commands:
-
-* I() change interval of stroke in milliseconds.
-* D() press key.
-* U() release key.
-* T() type key(press and release).
-* W() wait (milliseconds).
-* END end mark.
-
-So above you can see the stroke interval changed to 255ms between each keystroke, then a bunch of keys being typed, waits a while, then the macro ends.
-
-Note: Using macros to have your keyboard send passwords for you is a bad idea.
-
-### Additional keycode aliases for software-implemented layouts (Colemak, Dvorak, etc)
-
-Everything is assuming you're in Qwerty (in software) by default, but there is built-in support for using a Colemak or Dvorak layout by including this at the top of your keymap:
-
-   #include "keymap_<layout>.h"
-
-Where <layout> is "colemak" or "dvorak". After including this line, you will get access to:
- 
- * `CM_*` for all of the Colemak-equivalent characters
- * `DV_*` for all of the Dvorak-equivalent characters
- 
-These implementations assume you're using Colemak or Dvorak on your OS, not on your keyboard - this is referred to as a software-implemented layout. If your computer is in Qwerty and your keymap is in Colemak or Dvorak, this is referred to as a firmware-implemented layout, and you won't need these features. 
-
-To give an example, if you're using software-implemented Colemak, and want to get an `F`, you would use `CM_F` - `KC_F` under these same circumstances would result in `T`.
-
-## Additional language support
-
-In `quantum/keymap_extras/`, you'll see various language files - these work the same way as the alternative layout ones do. Most are defined by their two letter country/language code followed by an underscore and a 4-letter abbreviation of its name. `FR_UGRV` which will result in a `ù` when using a software-implemented AZERTY layout. It's currently difficult to send such characters in just the firmware (but it's being worked on - see Unicode support).
-
-## Unicode support
-
-You can currently send 4 hex digits with your OS-specific modifier key (RALT for OSX with the "Unicode Hex Input" layout) - this is currently limited to supporting one OS at a time, and requires a recompile for switching. 8 digit hex codes are being worked on. The keycode function is `UC(n)`, where *n* is a 4 digit hexidecimal. Enable from the Makefile.
-
-## Other firmware shortcut keycodes
-
-* `RESET` - puts the MCU in DFU mode for flashing new firmware (with `make dfu`)
-* `DEBUG` - the firmware into debug mode - you'll need hid_listen to see things
-* `BL_ON` - turns the backlight on
-* `BL_OFF` - turns the backlight off
-* `BL_<n>` - sets the backlight to level *n*
-* `BL_INC` - increments the backlight level by one
-* `BL_DEC` - decrements the backlight level by one
-* `BL_TOGG` - toggles the backlight
-* `BL_STEP` - steps through the backlight levels
-
-Enable the backlight from the Makefile.
-
-## MIDI functionalty
-
-This is still a WIP, but check out `quantum/keymap_midi.c` to see what's happening. Enable from the Makefile.
-
-## Bluetooth functionality
-
-This requires [some hardware changes](https://www.reddit.com/r/MechanicalKeyboards/comments/3psx0q/the_planck_keyboard_with_bluetooth_guide_and/?ref=search_posts), but can be enabled via the Makefile. The firmware will still output characters via USB, so be aware of this when charging via a computer. It would make sense to have a switch on the Bluefruit to turn it off at will.
-
-## Building
-
-Download or clone the whole firmware and navigate to the keyboards/atreus folder. Once your dev env is setup, you'll be able to type `make` to generate your .hex - you can then use `make dfu` to program your PCB once you hit the reset button. 
-
-Depending on which keymap you would like to use, you will have to compile slightly differently.
-
-### Default
-To build with the default keymap, simply run `make default`.
+Keyboard Maintainer: QMK Community
+Hardware Supported: Atreus PCB
+Hardware Availability: https://atreus.technomancy.us
 
-### Other Keymaps
-Several version of keymap are available in advance but you are recommended to define your favorite layout yourself. To define your own keymap create file named `<name>.c` and see keymap document (you can find in top readme.md) and existent keymap files.
+Make example for this keyboard (after setting up your build environment):
 
-To build the firmware binary hex file with a keymap just do `make` with a keymap like this:
+    make atreus-default
 
-```
-$ make [default|jack|<name>]
-```
-Keymaps follow the format **__\<name\>.c__** and are stored in the `keymaps` folder.
+See [build environment setup](https://docs.qmk.fm/build_environment_setup.html) then the [make instructions](https://docs.qmk.fm/make_instructions.html) for more information.
diff --git a/keyboards/atreus62/readme.md b/keyboards/atreus62/readme.md
index 0245b4f9f0..d68d1b615b 100644
--- a/keyboards/atreus62/readme.md
+++ b/keyboards/atreus62/readme.md
@@ -1,10 +1,16 @@
-atreus62 keyboard firmware
-======================
+Atreus
+===
 
-This firmware is for the atreus62 keyboard.
-
-This version utilizes a Pro Micro for its controller and has a 62 key layout.
+A 62 key variant of the Atreus keyboard.
 
 https://github.com/profet23/atreus62
 
-TODO: More information
\ No newline at end of file
+Keyboard Maintainer: QMK Community
+Hardware Supported: Atreus62 PCB
+Hardware Availability: http://shop.profetkeyboards.com/product/atreus62-keyboard
+
+Make example for this keyboard (after setting up your build environment):
+
+    make atreus62-default
+
+See [build environment setup](https://docs.qmk.fm/build_environment_setup.html) then the [make instructions](https://docs.qmk.fm/make_instructions.html) for more information.
diff --git a/keyboards/bananasplit/Makefile b/keyboards/bananasplit/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..57b2ef62e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/bananasplit/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+ifndef MAKEFILE_INCLUDED
+	include ../../Makefile
+endif
diff --git a/keyboards/bananasplit/README.md b/keyboards/bananasplit/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b059a0834d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/bananasplit/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+# BananaSplit60 keyboard firmware
+
+Ported from evangs/tmk_keyboard
+
+## Quantum MK Firmware
+
+For the full Quantum feature list, see [the parent readme](/).
+
+## Building
+
+Download or clone the whole firmware and navigate to the keyboards/bananasplit folder. Once your dev env is setup, you'll be able to type `make` to generate your .hex - you can then use the Teensy Loader to program your .hex file.
+
+Depending on which keymap you would like to use, you will have to compile slightly differently.
+
+### Default
+
+To build with the default keymap, simply run `make default`.
+
+### Other Keymaps
+
+Several version of keymap are available in advance but you are recommended to define your favorite layout yourself. To define your own keymap create a folder with the name of your keymap in the keymaps folder, and see keymap documentation (you can find in top readme.md) and existant keymap files.
+
+To build the firmware binary hex file with a keymap just do `make` with a keymap like this:
+
+```
+$ make [default|jack|<name>]
+```
+
+Keymaps follow the format **__\<name\>.c__** and are stored in the `keymaps` folder.
diff --git a/keyboards/bananasplit/bananasplit.c b/keyboards/bananasplit/bananasplit.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1aa8fb1745
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/bananasplit/bananasplit.c
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+#include "bananasplit.h"
+
+void matrix_init_kb(void) {
+	// put your keyboard start-up code here
+	// runs once when the firmware starts up
+
+	matrix_init_user();
+}
+
+void matrix_scan_kb(void) {
+	// put your looping keyboard code here
+	// runs every cycle (a lot)
+
+	matrix_scan_user();
+}
+
+bool process_record_kb(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
+	// put your per-action keyboard code here
+	// runs for every action, just before processing by the firmware
+
+	return process_record_user(keycode, record);
+}
+
+void led_set_kb(uint8_t usb_led) {
+	// put your keyboard LED indicator (ex: Caps Lock LED) toggling code here
+
+	led_set_user(usb_led);
+}
diff --git a/keyboards/bananasplit/bananasplit.h b/keyboards/bananasplit/bananasplit.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fa4c13258b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/bananasplit/bananasplit.h
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2012,2013 Jun Wako <wakojun@gmail.com>
+
+This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+#ifndef BANANASPLIT_H
+#define BANANASPLIT_H
+
+#include "quantum.h"
+
+/*
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| K00 | K01 | K02 | K03 | K04 | K05 | K06 | K07 | K08 | K09 | K0A | K0B | K0C |    K0D    |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+|  K10   | K11 | K12 | K13 | K14 | K15 | K16 | K17 | K18 | K19 | K1A | K1B | K1C |  K1D   |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+|   K20   | K21 | K22 | K23 | K24 | K25 | K26 | K27 | K28 | K29 | K2A | K2B |     K2C     |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+|     K30     | K32 | K33 | K34 | K35 | K36 | K37 | K38 | K39 | K3A | K3B |   K3C   | K3D |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+|  K40  |  K41  |  K42  |     K44     |  K45  |     K46     | K48 | K49 | K4A | K4B | K4C |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*/
+#define KEYMAP(                                                                     \
+    K00, K01, K02, K03, K04, K05, K06, K07, K08, K09, K0A, K0B, K0C, K0D,           \
+    K10, K11, K12, K13, K14, K15, K16, K17, K18, K19, K1A, K1B, K1C, K1D,           \
+    K20, K21, K22, K23, K24, K25, K26, K27, K28, K29, K2A, K2B, K2C,                \
+    K30,      K32, K33, K34, K35, K36, K37, K38, K39, K3A, K3B, K3C, K3D,           \
+    K40, K41, K42,      K44, K45, K46,      K48, K49, K4A, K4B, K4C                 \
+) {                                                                                 \
+    { K00, K01, K02, K03, K04, K05, K06, K07, K08, K09, K0A, K0B, K0C, K0D },       \
+    { K10, K11, K12, K13, K14, K15, K16, K17, K18, K19, K1A, K1B, K1C, K1D },       \
+    { K20, K21, K22, K23, K24, K25, K26, K27, K28, K29, K2A, K2B, K2C, KC_NO },     \
+    { K30, KC_NO,    K32, K33, K34, K35, K36, K37, K38, K39, K3A, K3B, K3C, K3D },  \
+    { K40, K41, K42, KC_NO,    K44, K45, K46, KC_NO,    K48, K49, K4A, K4B, K4C, KC_NO }   \
+}
+/* Here is the above keymap filled with KC_TRNS. It's a useful starting point when defining layers.
+KEYMAP( \
+    ______, ______, ______, ______, ______, ______, ______, ______, ______, ______, ______, ______, ______, ______, \
+    ______, ______, ______, ______, ______, ______, ______, ______, ______, ______, ______, ______, ______, ______, \
+    ______, ______, ______, ______, ______, ______, ______, ______, ______, ______, ______, ______, ______, \
+    ______,         ______, ______, ______, ______, ______, ______, ______, ______, ______, ______, ______, ______,\
+    ______, ______, ______,         ______, ______, ______,         ______, ______, ______, ______, ______  \
+)
+*/
+
+#define KEYMAP_HHKBANANA(                                                           \
+    K00, K01, K02, K03, K04, K05, K06, K07, K08, K09, K0A, K0B, K0C, K0D, K2D,      \
+    K10, K11, K12, K13, K14, K15, K16, K17, K18, K19, K1A, K1B, K1C, K1D,           \
+    K20, K21, K22, K23, K24, K25, K26, K27, K28, K29, K2A, K2B, K2C,                \
+    K30,      K32, K33, K34, K35, K36, K37, K38, K39, K3A, K3B, K3C,                \
+    K40, K41, K42,      K44, K45, K46,      K48, K49, K4A, K4B, K4C                 \
+) { \
+    { K00, K01, K02, K03, K04, K05, K06, K07, K08, K09, K0A, K0B, K0C, K0D },       \
+    { K10, K11, K12, K13, K14, K15, K16, K17, K18, K19, K1A, K1B, K1C, K1D },       \
+    { K20, K21, K22, K23, K24, K25, K26, K27, K28, K29, K2A, K2B, K2C, K2D },       \
+    { K30, KC_NO,   K32, K33, K34, K35, K36, K37, K38, K39, K3A, K3B, K3C, KC_NO }, \
+    { K40, K41, K42, KC_NO,    K44, K45, K46, KC_NO,    K48, K49, K4A, K4B, K4C, KC_NO }   \
+}
+
+#define KEYMAP_ANSI( \
+    K00, K01, K02, K03, K04, K05, K06, K07, K08, K09, K0A, K0B, K0C, K0D,           \
+    K10, K11, K12, K13, K14, K15, K16, K17, K18, K19, K1A, K1B, K1C, K1D,           \
+    K20, K21, K22, K23, K24, K25, K26, K27, K28, K29, K2A, K2B, K2C,                \
+    K30,      K32, K33, K34, K35, K36, K37, K38, K39, K3A, K3B, K3C,                \
+    K40, K41, K42,           K45,           K48, K49,      K4B, K4C                 \
+) {                                                                                 \
+    { K00, K01, K02, K03, K04, K05, K06, K07, K08, K09, K0A, K0B, K0C, K0D },       \
+    { K10, K11, K12, K13, K14, K15, K16, K17, K18, K19, K1A, K1B, K1C, K1D },       \
+    { K20, K21, K22, K23, K24, K25, K26, K27, K28, K29, K2A, K2B, K2C, KC_NO },     \
+    { K30, KC_NO,   K32, K33, K34, K35, K36, K37, K38, K39, K3A, K3B, K3C, KC_NO }, \
+    { K40, K41, K42, KC_NO,    KC_NO,    K45, KC_NO,    KC_NO,    K48, K49, KC_NO,  K4B, K4C, KC_NO }  \
+}
+
+#define KEYMAP_ISO( \
+    K00, K01, K02, K03, K04, K05, K06, K07, K08, K09, K0A, K0B, K0C, K0D, \
+    K10, K11, K12, K13, K14, K15, K16, K17, K18, K19, K1A, K1B, K1C, K1D, \
+    K20, K21, K22, K23, K24, K25, K26, K27, K28, K29, K2A, K2B, K2C, \
+    K30, K31, K32, K33, K34, K35, K36, K37, K38, K39, K3A, K3B, K3C, \
+    K40, K41, K42,           K45,           K48, K49,      K4B, K4C  \
+) { \
+    { K00, K01, K02, K03, K04, K05, K06, K07, K08, K09, K0A, K0B, K0C, K0D }, \
+    { K10, K11, K12, K13, K14, K15, K16, K17, K18, K19, K1A, K1B, K1C, K1D }, \
+    { K20, K21, K22, K23, K24, K25, K26, K27, K28, K29, K2A, K2B, K2C, KC_NO }, \
+    { K30, K31, K32, K33, K34, K35, K36, K37, K38, K39, K3A, K3B, K3C, KC_NO }, \
+    { K40, K41, K42, KC_NO,    KC_NO,    K45, KC_NO,    KC_NO,    K48, K49, KC_NO,    K4B, K4C, KC_NO }  \
+}
+
+/*
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| K00 | K01 | K02 | K03 | K04 | K05 | K06 | K07 | K08 | K09 | K0A | K0B | K0C | K0D | K2D |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+|  K10   | K11 | K12 | K13 | K14 | K15 | K16 | K17 | K18 | K19 | K1A | K1B | K1C |  K1D   |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+|   K20   | K21 | K22 | K23 | K24 | K25 | K26 | K27 | K28 | K29 | K2A | K2B |     K2C     |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+|  K30  | K31 | K32 | K33 | K34 | K35 | K36 | K37 | K38 | K39 | K3A | K3B |   K3C   | K3D |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+|  K40  |  K41  |  K42  |     K44     |  K45  |     K46     | K48 | K49 | K4A | K4B | K4C |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*/
+#define KEYMAP_ALL( \
+    K00, K01, K02, K03, K04, K05, K06, K07, K08, K09, K0A, K0B, K0C, K0D, K2D, \
+    K10, K11, K12, K13, K14, K15, K16, K17, K18, K19, K1A, K1B, K1C, K1D, \
+    K20, K21, K22, K23, K24, K25, K26, K27, K28, K29, K2A, K2B, K2C, \
+    K30, K31, K32, K33, K34, K35, K36, K37, K38, K39, K3A, K3B, K3C, K3D, \
+    K40, K41, K42,      K44, K45, K46,      K48, K49, K4A, K4B, K4C  \
+) { \
+    { K00, K01, K02, K03, K04, K05, K06, K07, K08, K09, K0A, K0B, K0C, K0D }, \
+    { K10, K11, K12, K13, K14, K15, K16, K17, K18, K19, K1A, K1B, K1C, K1D }, \
+    { K20, K21, K22, K23, K24, K25, K26, K27, K28, K29, K2A, K2B, K2C, K2D }, \
+    { K30, K31, K32, K33, K34, K35, K36, K37, K38, K39, K3A, K3B, K3C, K3D }, \
+    { K40, K41, K42, KC_NO,    K44, K45, K46, KC_NO,    K48, K49, K4A, K4B, K4C, KC_NO }  \
+}
+
+#define KEYMAP_HHKB_ARROW( \
+    K00, K01, K02, K03, K04, K05, K06, K07, K08, K09, K0A, K0B, K0C, K0D, K2D, \
+    K10, K11, K12, K13, K14, K15, K16, K17, K18, K19, K1A, K1B, K1C, K1D, \
+    K20, K21, K22, K23, K24, K25, K26, K27, K28, K29, K2A, K2B, K2C, \
+    K30,      K32, K33, K34, K35, K36, K37, K38, K39, K3A, K3B, K3C, K3D,\
+    K40, K41, K42,      K44, K45, K46,      K48, K49, K4A, K4B, K4C  \
+) { \
+    { K00, K01, K02, K03, K04, K05, K06, K07, K08, K09, K0A, K0B, K0C, K0D }, \
+    { K10, K11, K12, K13, K14, K15, K16, K17, K18, K19, K1A, K1B, K1C, K1D }, \
+    { K20, K21, K22, K23, K24, K25, K26, K27, K28, K29, K2A, K2B, K2C, K2D }, \
+    { K30, KC_NO, K32, K33, K34, K35, K36, K37, K38, K39, K3A, K3B, K3C, K3D }, \
+    { K40, K41, K42, KC_NO,    K44, K45, K46, KC_NO,    K48, K49, K4A, K4B, K4C, KC_NO }  \
+}
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/bananasplit/config.h b/keyboards/bananasplit/config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4bb5b85e05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/bananasplit/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2012 Jun Wako <wakojun@gmail.com>
+
+This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifndef CONFIG_H
+#define CONFIG_H
+
+#include "config_common.h"
+
+/* USB Device descriptor parameter */
+#define VENDOR_ID       0xFEAE
+#define PRODUCT_ID      0x8870
+#define DEVICE_VER      0x0001
+#define MANUFACTURER    TheVan Keyboards
+#define PRODUCT         BananaSplit 60
+#define DESCRIPTION     keyboard firmware for BananaSplit 60
+
+/* key matrix size */
+#define MATRIX_ROWS 5
+#define MATRIX_COLS 14
+
+#define MATRIX_ROW_PINS { B0, B2, B4, B5, B6 }
+#define MATRIX_COL_PINS { F5, B1, F0, F1, F4, B3, D7, D6, D4, D5, D3, D2, D1, D0 }
+#define UNUSED_PINS
+
+#define DIODE_DIRECTION ROW2COL
+
+/* define if matrix has ghost */
+//#define MATRIX_HAS_GHOST
+
+/* number of backlight levels */
+#define BACKLIGHT_LEVELS  1
+
+/* mapping backlight LEDs to correct Pin */
+#define BACKLIGHT_PIN B7
+
+/* Set 0 if debouncing isn't needed */
+#define DEBOUNCING_DELAY  5
+#define TAPPING_TERM      175
+
+/* Mechanical locking support. Use KC_LCAP, KC_LNUM or KC_LSCR instead in keymap */
+#define LOCKING_SUPPORT_ENABLE
+/* Locking resynchronize hack */
+#define LOCKING_RESYNC_ENABLE
+
+/* key combination for command */
+#define IS_COMMAND() ( \
+    keyboard_report->mods == (MOD_BIT(KC_LSHIFT) | MOD_BIT(KC_RSHIFT)) \
+)
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Feature disable options
+ *  These options are also useful to firmware size reduction.
+ */
+
+/* disable debug print */
+//#define NO_DEBUG
+
+/* disable print */
+//#define NO_PRINT
+
+/* disable action features */
+//#define NO_ACTION_LAYER
+//#define NO_ACTION_TAPPING
+//#define NO_ACTION_ONESHOT
+//#define NO_ACTION_MACRO
+//#define NO_ACTION_FUNCTION
+
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/bananasplit/keymaps/0010/Makefile b/keyboards/bananasplit/keymaps/0010/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7d09c322e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/bananasplit/keymaps/0010/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+# Copyright 2017 Balz Guenat
+#
+# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+# QMK Build Options
+#   change to "no" to disable the options, or define them in the Makefile in 
+#   the appropriate keymap folder that will get included automatically
+#
+# BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE = no       # Virtual DIP switch configuration(+1000)
+# MOUSEKEY_ENABLE = yes       # Mouse keys(+4700)
+# EXTRAKEY_ENABLE = yes       # Audio control and System control(+450)
+# CONSOLE_ENABLE = no         # Console for debug(+400)
+# COMMAND_ENABLE = yes        # Commands for debug and configuration
+# NKRO_ENABLE = yes           # Nkey Rollover - if this doesn't work, see here: https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/wiki/FAQ#nkro-doesnt-work
+# BACKLIGHT_ENABLE = no       # Enable keyboard backlight functionality
+# MIDI_ENABLE = no            # MIDI support (+2400 to 4200, depending on config)
+# AUDIO_ENABLE = no           # Audio output on port C6
+# UNICODE_ENABLE = no         # Unicode
+# BLUETOOTH_ENABLE = no       # Enable Bluetooth with the Adafruit EZ-Key HID
+# RGBLIGHT_ENABLE = no        # Enable WS2812 RGB underlight.  Do not enable this with audio at the same time.
+# SLEEP_LED_ENABLE = no       # Breathing sleep LED during USB suspend
+
+ifndef QUANTUM_DIR
+	include ../../../../Makefile
+endif
diff --git a/keyboards/bananasplit/keymaps/0010/config.h b/keyboards/bananasplit/keymaps/0010/config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..060f5922f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/bananasplit/keymaps/0010/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+/* Copyright 2017 Balz Guenat
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ */
+
+#ifndef CONFIG_USER_H
+#define CONFIG_USER_H
+
+#include "../../config.h"
+
+// place overrides here
+
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/bananasplit/keymaps/0010/keymap.c b/keyboards/bananasplit/keymaps/0010/keymap.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a1795a1ef4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/bananasplit/keymaps/0010/keymap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/* Copyright 2017 Balz Guenat
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ */
+
+#include "bananasplit.h"
+
+#define ______ KC_TRNS
+
+/*
+    This switch layout is ANSI with the following modifications:
+        Split right shift
+        225 125 275 spacebar
+        Bottom right singles
+*/
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+/*
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+|Esc|  1  |  2  |  3  |  4  |  5  |  6  |  7  |  8  |  9  |  0  |  -  |  =  |  Backspace  |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+|  Tab   |  Q  |  W  |  E  |  R  |  T  |  Y  |  U  |  I  |  O  |  P  |  [  |  ]  |   \    |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+|  Cpslock  |  A  |  S  |  D  |  F  |  G  |  H  |  J  |  K  |  L  |  ;  |  '  |   Enter   |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+|    Shift    |  Z  |  X  |  C  |  V  |  B  |  N  |  M  |  ,  |  .  |  /  |  Shift  | Up  |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Ctrl  |  GUI |  Alt | L1(Space)  | LED  |     Space     | Home | End | Left |Rght |Down |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*/
+[0] = KEYMAP( \
+    KC_ESC,  KC_1,    KC_2,    KC_3, KC_4,   KC_5,  KC_6,   KC_7, KC_8,    KC_9,    KC_0,    KC_MINS, KC_EQL,  KC_BSPC, \
+    KC_TAB,  KC_Q,    KC_W,    KC_E, KC_R,   KC_T,  KC_Y,   KC_U, KC_I,    KC_O,    KC_P,    KC_LBRC, KC_RBRC, KC_BSLS, \
+    KC_CAPS, KC_A,    KC_S,    KC_D, KC_F,   KC_G,  KC_H,   KC_J, KC_K,    KC_L,    KC_SCLN, KC_QUOT, KC_ENT, \
+    KC_LSFT,          KC_Z,    KC_X, KC_C,   KC_V,  KC_B,   KC_N, KC_M,    KC_COMM, KC_DOT,  KC_SLSH, KC_RSFT, KC_UP,\
+    KC_LCTL, KC_LGUI, KC_LALT, LT(1,KC_SPACE),      BL_TOGG,      KC_SPC,  KC_HOME, KC_END,  KC_LEFT, KC_RGHT, KC_DOWN  \
+),
+/*
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| ~   | F1  | F2  | F3  | F4  | F5  | F6  | F7  | F8  | F9  | F10 | F11 | F12 |  DEL      |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+|      |      | UP |      |     |     |     |     |    |    |      |      |      | PrtSc  |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+|      |Left | Down |Right |  |   |  |  |    | |     |     |             |  SLEEP         |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+|             |     |     |     |     |     | | |     |     |     |         |     |       |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+|       |       |       |            |  Reset  |            |       |       |       |     |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*/
+[1] = KEYMAP( \
+    KC_GRV,  KC_F1,   KC_F2,   KC_F3,   KC_F4,   KC_F5,  KC_F6, KC_F7,         KC_F8,          KC_F9,   KC_F10, KC_F11, KC_F12, KC_DEL, \
+    ______, ______,   KC_UP,   ______, ______, ______, ______, ______, ______,   ______,  ______, ______, ______, KC_PSCR, \
+    ______,  KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_RGHT, ______, ______, ______, ______,       ______,          ______, ______, ______, KC_SLEP, \
+    ______,           ______,  ______,  ______,  ______, ______,  ______, ______,   ______,  ______, ______, ______, KC_PGUP, \
+    ______,  ______,  ______,           ______,  RESET, ______,                 ______,         ______,  ______, ______, KC_PGDN \
+),
+};
+
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM fn_actions[] = {
+};
diff --git a/keyboards/bananasplit/keymaps/coloneljesus/Makefile b/keyboards/bananasplit/keymaps/coloneljesus/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7d09c322e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/bananasplit/keymaps/coloneljesus/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+# Copyright 2017 Balz Guenat
+#
+# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+# QMK Build Options
+#   change to "no" to disable the options, or define them in the Makefile in 
+#   the appropriate keymap folder that will get included automatically
+#
+# BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE = no       # Virtual DIP switch configuration(+1000)
+# MOUSEKEY_ENABLE = yes       # Mouse keys(+4700)
+# EXTRAKEY_ENABLE = yes       # Audio control and System control(+450)
+# CONSOLE_ENABLE = no         # Console for debug(+400)
+# COMMAND_ENABLE = yes        # Commands for debug and configuration
+# NKRO_ENABLE = yes           # Nkey Rollover - if this doesn't work, see here: https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/wiki/FAQ#nkro-doesnt-work
+# BACKLIGHT_ENABLE = no       # Enable keyboard backlight functionality
+# MIDI_ENABLE = no            # MIDI support (+2400 to 4200, depending on config)
+# AUDIO_ENABLE = no           # Audio output on port C6
+# UNICODE_ENABLE = no         # Unicode
+# BLUETOOTH_ENABLE = no       # Enable Bluetooth with the Adafruit EZ-Key HID
+# RGBLIGHT_ENABLE = no        # Enable WS2812 RGB underlight.  Do not enable this with audio at the same time.
+# SLEEP_LED_ENABLE = no       # Breathing sleep LED during USB suspend
+
+ifndef QUANTUM_DIR
+	include ../../../../Makefile
+endif
diff --git a/keyboards/bananasplit/keymaps/coloneljesus/config.h b/keyboards/bananasplit/keymaps/coloneljesus/config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..af6cf8ef1f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/bananasplit/keymaps/coloneljesus/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+/* Copyright 2017 Balz Guenat
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ */
+
+#ifndef CONFIG_USER_H
+#define CONFIG_USER_H
+
+#include "../../config.h"
+
+// place overrides here
+#define GRAVE_ESC_CTRL_OVERRIDE
+
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/bananasplit/keymaps/coloneljesus/keymap.c b/keyboards/bananasplit/keymaps/coloneljesus/keymap.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5d67079f81
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/bananasplit/keymaps/coloneljesus/keymap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+/* Copyright 2017 Balz Guenat
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ */
+#include "bananasplit.h"
+
+#define ______ KC_TRNS
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+/*
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+|GvEsc|  1  |  2  |  3  |  4  |  5  |  6  |  7  |  8  |  9  |  0  |  -  |  =  | Backspace |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+|  Tab   |  Q  |  W  |  E  |  R  |  T  |  Y  |  U  |  I  |  O  |  P  |  [  |  ]  |   \    |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+|   Fn1   |  A  |  S  |  D  |  F  |  G  |  H  |  J  |  K  |  L  |  ;  |  '  |    Enter    |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+|    Shift    |  Z  |  X  |  C  |  V  |  B  |  N  |  M  |  ,  |  .  |  /  |  Shift  |M(0) |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Ctrl  |  GUI  |  Alt  |   Space    |  Fn1  |   Space    |  Alt  |  GUI  |  App  | Ctrl  |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*/
+[0] = KEYMAP( \
+    KC_GESC, KC_1,    KC_2,    KC_3, KC_4,   KC_5,  KC_6,   KC_7, KC_8,    KC_9,    KC_0,    KC_MINS, KC_EQL,  KC_BSPC, \
+    KC_TAB,  KC_Q,    KC_W,    KC_E, KC_R,   KC_T,  KC_Y,   KC_U, KC_I,    KC_O,    KC_P,    KC_LBRC, KC_RBRC, KC_BSLS, \
+    MO(1),   KC_A,    KC_S,    KC_D, KC_F,   KC_G,  KC_H,   KC_J, KC_K,    KC_L,    KC_SCLN, KC_QUOT, KC_ENT, \
+    KC_LSFT,          KC_Z,    KC_X, KC_C,   KC_V,  KC_B,   KC_N, KC_M,    KC_COMM, KC_DOT,  KC_SLSH, KC_RSFT, M(0),\
+    KC_LCTL, KC_LGUI, KC_LALT,       KC_SPC, MO(1), KC_SPC,       KC_RALT, KC_RGUI, KC_NO,   KC_APP,  KC_RCTL \
+),
+/*
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+|     | F1  | F2  | F3  | F4  | F5  | F6  | F7  | F8  | F9  | F10 | F11 | F12 |           |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| CpsLck |Prev |Vol+ |Next |PgUp | Ins |Home |WrdL |WrdR | End |     |     |     | PrtSc  |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+|  TRNS   |Mute |Vol- |Play |PgDn | Del |Left |Down | Up  |Right|     |     |             |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+|             |     |     |     |     |     |DelWL|DelWR|     |     |     |         |     |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+|       |       |       |            | TRNS  |            |       |       |       | Reset |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+*/
+[1] = KEYMAP( \
+    ______,  KC_F1,   KC_F2,   KC_F3,   KC_F4,   KC_F5,  KC_F6,   KC_F7,         KC_F8,          KC_F9,   KC_F10, KC_F11, KC_F12, ______, \
+    KC_CAPS, KC_MPRV, KC_VOLU, KC_MNXT, KC_PGUP, KC_INS, KC_HOME, LCTL(KC_LEFT), LCTL(KC_RGHT),   KC_END,  ______, ______, ______, KC_PSCR, \
+    ______,  KC_MUTE, KC_VOLD, KC_MPLY, KC_PGDN, KC_DEL, KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN,       KC_UP,          KC_RGHT, ______, ______, ______, \
+    ______,           ______,  ______,  ______,  ______, ______,  LCTL(KC_BSPC), LCTL(KC_DEL),   ______,  ______, ______, ______, ______, \
+    ______,  ______,  ______,           ______,  ______, ______,                 ______,         ______,  ______, ______, RESET \
+),
+};
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM fn_actions[] = {
+
+};
+
+const macro_t *action_get_macro(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt) {
+  switch(id) {
+      case 0:
+        // Sends Alt+Shift on both key down and key up. 
+        // Fesigned to switch between two keyboard layouts on Windows using a locking switch.
+        // Does nothing if right shift is pressed for easier resync.
+        if (!(get_mods() & MOD_BIT(KC_RSFT)))
+          return MACRO(D(LALT), T(LSFT), U(LALT), END);
+        else
+          return MACRO_NONE;
+  }
+  return MACRO_NONE;
+};
+
+
+void matrix_init_user(void) {
+
+}
+
+void matrix_scan_user(void) {
+
+}
+
+bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
+  return true;
+}
+
+void led_set_user(uint8_t usb_led) {
+
+}
diff --git a/keyboards/bananasplit/keymaps/coloneljesus/readme.md b/keyboards/bananasplit/keymaps/coloneljesus/readme.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b9ce5f44a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/bananasplit/keymaps/coloneljesus/readme.md
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+# /u/Coloneljesus's keymap for the Bananasplit
+
+Default layer:
+
+```
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+|GvEsc|  1  |  2  |  3  |  4  |  5  |  6  |  7  |  8  |  9  |  0  |  -  |  =  | Backspace |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+|  Tab   |  Q  |  W  |  E  |  R  |  T  |  Y  |  U  |  I  |  O  |  P  |  [  |  ]  |   \    |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+|   Fn1   |  A  |  S  |  D  |  F  |  G  |  H  |  J  |  K  |  L  |  ;  |  '  |    Enter    |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+|    Shift    |  Z  |  X  |  C  |  V  |  B  |  N  |  M  |  ,  |  .  |  /  |     Shift     |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| Ctrl  |  GUI  |  Alt  |   Space    |  Fn1  |   Space    |  Alt  |  GUI  |  App  | Ctrl  |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+```
+
+Fn1 layer:
+
+```
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+|     | F1  | F2  | F3  | F4  | F5  | F6  | F7  | F8  | F9  | F10 | F11 | F12 |           |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+| CpsLck |Prev |Vol+ |Next |PgUp | Ins |Home |WrdL |WrdR | End |     |     |     | PrtSc  |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+|  TRNS   |Mute |Vol- |Play |PgDn | Del |Left |Down | Up  |Right|     |     |             |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+|             |     |     |     |     |     |DelWL|DelWR|     |     |     |               |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+|       |       |       |            | TRNS  |            |       |       |       | Reset |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+```
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/bananasplit/keymaps/default/Makefile b/keyboards/bananasplit/keymaps/default/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7d09c322e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/bananasplit/keymaps/default/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+# Copyright 2017 Balz Guenat
+#
+# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+# QMK Build Options
+#   change to "no" to disable the options, or define them in the Makefile in 
+#   the appropriate keymap folder that will get included automatically
+#
+# BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE = no       # Virtual DIP switch configuration(+1000)
+# MOUSEKEY_ENABLE = yes       # Mouse keys(+4700)
+# EXTRAKEY_ENABLE = yes       # Audio control and System control(+450)
+# CONSOLE_ENABLE = no         # Console for debug(+400)
+# COMMAND_ENABLE = yes        # Commands for debug and configuration
+# NKRO_ENABLE = yes           # Nkey Rollover - if this doesn't work, see here: https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/wiki/FAQ#nkro-doesnt-work
+# BACKLIGHT_ENABLE = no       # Enable keyboard backlight functionality
+# MIDI_ENABLE = no            # MIDI support (+2400 to 4200, depending on config)
+# AUDIO_ENABLE = no           # Audio output on port C6
+# UNICODE_ENABLE = no         # Unicode
+# BLUETOOTH_ENABLE = no       # Enable Bluetooth with the Adafruit EZ-Key HID
+# RGBLIGHT_ENABLE = no        # Enable WS2812 RGB underlight.  Do not enable this with audio at the same time.
+# SLEEP_LED_ENABLE = no       # Breathing sleep LED during USB suspend
+
+ifndef QUANTUM_DIR
+	include ../../../../Makefile
+endif
diff --git a/keyboards/bananasplit/keymaps/default/config.h b/keyboards/bananasplit/keymaps/default/config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..060f5922f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/bananasplit/keymaps/default/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+/* Copyright 2017 Balz Guenat
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ */
+
+#ifndef CONFIG_USER_H
+#define CONFIG_USER_H
+
+#include "../../config.h"
+
+// place overrides here
+
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/bananasplit/keymaps/default/keymap.c b/keyboards/bananasplit/keymaps/default/keymap.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f07278df9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/bananasplit/keymaps/default/keymap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+#include "bananasplit.h"
+
+#define DEFAULT_LAYER 0
+#define LAYER_1       1
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+  [DEFAULT_LAYER] = KEYMAP(
+    KC_ESC, KC_1, KC_2, KC_3, KC_4, KC_5, KC_6, KC_7, KC_8, KC_9, KC_0, KC_MINS, KC_EQL, KC_BSPC, \
+    KC_TAB,  KC_Q,   KC_W,   KC_E,   KC_R,   KC_T,   KC_Y,   KC_U,   KC_I,   KC_O,   KC_P,   KC_LBRC, KC_RBRC, KC_BSLS, \
+    KC_CAPS,   KC_A,   KC_S,   KC_D,   KC_F,   KC_G,   KC_H,   KC_J,   KC_K,   KC_L,   KC_SCLN,   KC_QUOT, KC_ENT, \
+    KC_LSFT,   KC_Z,   KC_X,   KC_C,   KC_V,   KC_B,   KC_N,   KC_M,   KC_COMM, KC_DOT,  RSFT_T(KC_SLSH),  KC_UP, _______, \
+    KC_LCTL,  KC_LGUI,  KC_LALT, KC_ENT,      MO(LAYER_1),      KC_SPC,  KC_RALT, KC_RCTL,  KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_RIGHT
+  ),
+
+  [LAYER_1] = KEYMAP( \
+    _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, \
+    _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, \
+    _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, \
+    _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, \
+    _______, _______, _______,          _______, _______, _______,          _______, _______, _______, _______, _______ \
+  ),
+};
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM fn_actions[] = {
+};
diff --git a/keyboards/bananasplit/keymaps/default/readme.md b/keyboards/bananasplit/keymaps/default/readme.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..aaf6daa08c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/bananasplit/keymaps/default/readme.md
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+# The default keymap for the Bananasplit
diff --git a/keyboards/bananasplit/keymaps/hhkbanana/keymap.c b/keyboards/bananasplit/keymaps/hhkbanana/keymap.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..10593de8db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/bananasplit/keymaps/hhkbanana/keymap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+#include "bananasplit.h"
+
+#define DEFAULT_LAYER 0
+#define LAYER_1       1
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+  [DEFAULT_LAYER] = KEYMAP_HHKBANANA( \
+    KC_ESC, KC_1, KC_2, KC_3, KC_4, KC_5, KC_6, KC_7, KC_8, KC_9, KC_0, KC_MINS, KC_EQL, KC_BSLS,   KC_PSCR, \
+    KC_TAB,  KC_Q,   KC_W,   KC_E,   KC_R,   KC_T,   KC_Y,   KC_U,   KC_I,   KC_O,   KC_P,  KC_LBRC,  KC_RBRC, KC_BSPC, \
+    KC_CAPS,   KC_A,   KC_S,   KC_D,   KC_F,   KC_G,   KC_H,   KC_J,   KC_K,   KC_L,   KC_SCLN,   KC_QUOT,  KC_ENT, \
+    KC_LSFT,   KC_Z,   KC_X,   KC_C,   KC_V,   KC_B,   KC_N,   KC_M,   KC_COMM,  KC_DOT,  KC_SLSH,  KC_RSFT, \
+    KC_LCTL,  KC_LGUI,  KC_LALT, KC_ENT,      MO(LAYER_1),      KC_SPC,  KC_RALT, KC_RCTL,  KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_RIGHT \
+  ),
+
+  [LAYER_1] = KEYMAP_HHKBANANA( \
+    _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, \
+    _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, \
+    _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, \
+    _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, \
+    _______, _______, _______,          _______, _______, _______,          _______, _______, _______, _______, _______ \
+  ),
+};
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM fn_actions[] = {
+};
diff --git a/keyboards/bananasplit/keymaps/nic/keymap.c b/keyboards/bananasplit/keymaps/nic/keymap.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f9794b5b10
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/bananasplit/keymaps/nic/keymap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+#include "bananasplit.h"
+
+#define DEFAULT_LAYER 0
+#define THUMB_LAYER   1
+#define NORMAN_LAYER  2
+#define MOD_LAYER     3
+
+#define HYPER_TAB ALL_T(KC_TAB)
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+  [DEFAULT_LAYER] = KEYMAP_HHKB_ARROW( \
+    KC_GRV, KC_1, KC_2, KC_3, KC_4, KC_5, KC_6, KC_7, KC_8, KC_9, KC_0, KC_MINS, KC_EQL, KC_BSLS, KC_DEL, \
+    HYPER_TAB,  KC_Q,   KC_W,   KC_E,   KC_R,   KC_T,   KC_Y,   KC_U,   KC_I,   KC_O,   KC_P,   KC_LBRC, KC_RBRC, KC_BSPC, \
+    CTL_T(KC_ESC),   KC_A,   KC_S,   KC_D,   KC_F,   KC_G,   KC_H,   KC_J,   KC_K,   KC_L,   KC_SCLN,  KC_QUOT, KC_ENT, \
+    KC_LSFT,   KC_Z,   KC_X,   KC_C,   KC_V,   KC_B,   KC_N,   KC_M,   KC_COMM,  KC_DOT,  RSFT_T(KC_SLSH),  KC_UP, TG(NORMAN_LAYER), \
+    KC_CAPS,  KC_LALT,  KC_LGUI,  KC_SPC,      MO(THUMB_LAYER),      KC_SPC,  KC_LGUI, KC_LALT,  KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_RIGHT \
+  ),
+
+  [THUMB_LAYER] = KEYMAP_HHKB_ARROW( \
+    MO(MOD_LAYER), KC_F1, KC_F2, KC_F3, KC_F4, KC_F5, KC_F6, KC_F7, KC_F8, KC_F9, KC_F10, KC_F11, KC_F12, _______, _______, \
+    _______,  _______,   _______,   _______,   _______,   _______,   _______,   KC_UNDS,   KC_PLUS,   KC_LCBR,   KC_RCBR,   _______, _______, _______, \
+    _______,   _______,   _______,   _______,   _______,   _______,   _______,   KC_MINS,   KC_EQL,   KC_LBRC, KC_RBRC,  _______, _______, \
+    _______,   _______,   _______,   _______,   _______,   _______,   _______,   _______,   _______,  _______,  _______,  _______, _______, \
+    _______,  _______,  _______, _______,      _______,      _______,  _______, _______,  _______, _______, _______ \
+  ),
+
+  [NORMAN_LAYER] = KEYMAP_HHKB_ARROW( \
+    _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, \
+    _______,  _______,   _______,   KC_D,   KC_F,   KC_K,   KC_J,   KC_U,   KC_R,   KC_L,   KC_SCLN,   _______, _______, _______, \
+    _______,   _______,   _______,   KC_E,   KC_T,  _______,   KC_Y,   KC_N,   KC_I,   KC_O,   KC_H,  _______, _______, \
+    _______,   _______,   _______,   _______,   _______,   _______,   KC_P,   _______,   _______,  _______,  _______,  _______, _______, \
+    _______,  _______,  _______, _______,      _______,      _______,  _______, _______,  _______, _______, _______ \
+  ),
+
+  [MOD_LAYER] = KEYMAP_HHKB_ARROW( \
+    _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, \
+    _______,  _______,   _______,   _______,  RESET,  _______,   _______,   _______,   _______,   _______,   _______,   _______, _______, _______, \
+    _______,   _______,   _______,   _______,   _______,   _______,   _______,   _______,   _______,   _______,   _______,  _______, _______, \
+    _______,   _______,   _______,   _______,   _______,   _______,   _______,   _______,   _______,  _______,  _______,  _______, _______, \
+    _______,  _______,  _______, _______,      _______,      _______,  _______, _______,  _______, _______, _______ \
+  ),
+};
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM fn_actions[] = {
+};
diff --git a/keyboards/bananasplit/rules.mk b/keyboards/bananasplit/rules.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..04579d4ce6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/bananasplit/rules.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+# MCU name
+#MCU = at90usb1287
+MCU = atmega32u4
+
+# Processor frequency.
+#     This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the
+#     processor frequency in Hz. You can then use this symbol in your source code to
+#     calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done
+#     automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.
+#
+#     This will be an integer division of F_USB below, as it is sourced by
+#     F_USB after it has run through any CPU prescalers. Note that this value
+#     does not *change* the processor frequency - it should merely be updated to
+#     reflect the processor speed set externally so that the code can use accurate
+#     software delays.
+F_CPU = 16000000
+
+
+#
+# LUFA specific
+#
+# Target architecture (see library "Board Types" documentation).
+ARCH = AVR8
+
+# Input clock frequency.
+#     This will define a symbol, F_USB, in all source code files equal to the
+#     input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed) in Hz. This value may
+#     differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the
+#     raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed
+#     clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL'
+#     at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your
+#     source code.
+#
+#     If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the
+#     CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU.
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+
+# Interrupt driven control endpoint task(+60)
+OPT_DEFS += -DINTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+
+
+# Boot Section Size in *bytes*
+#   Teensy halfKay   512
+#   Teensy++ halfKay 1024
+#   Atmel DFU loader 4096
+#   LUFA bootloader  4096
+#   USBaspLoader     2048
+OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_SIZE=4096
+
+
+# Build Options
+#   comment out to disable the options.
+#
+BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE = yes	# Virtual DIP switch configuration(+1000)
+MOUSEKEY_ENABLE = yes	# Mouse keys(+4700)
+EXTRAKEY_ENABLE = yes	# Audio control and System control(+450)
+CONSOLE_ENABLE = yes	# Console for debug(+400)
+COMMAND_ENABLE = yes    # Commands for debug and configuration
+#SLEEP_LED_ENABLE = yes  # Breathing sleep LED during USB suspend
+NKRO_ENABLE = yes	# USB Nkey Rollover - not yet supported in LUFA
+BACKLIGHT_ENABLE = yes
+
+
+# Optimize size but this may cause error "relocation truncated to fit"
+#EXTRALDFLAGS = -Wl,--relax
diff --git a/keyboards/bantam44/readme.md b/keyboards/bantam44/readme.md
index 462f67c124..494800958e 100644
--- a/keyboards/bantam44/readme.md
+++ b/keyboards/bantam44/readme.md
@@ -1,25 +1,14 @@
-Bantam44 keyboard firmware
-======================
+Bantam-44
+===
 
-## Quantum MK Firmware
+A small mechanical keyboard.
 
-For the full Quantum feature list, see [the parent readme.md](/readme.md).
+Keyboard Maintainer: QMK Community
+Hardware Supported: Bantam-44 PCB
+Hardware Availability: http://www.bantamkeyboards.com
 
-## Building
+Make example for this keyboard (after setting up your build environment):
 
-Download or clone the whole firmware and navigate to the keyboards/Bantam44 folder. Once your dev env is setup, you'll be able to type `make` to generate your .hex - you can then use the Teensy Loader to program your .hex file. 
+    make bantam44-default
 
-Depending on which keymap you would like to use, you will have to compile slightly differently.
-
-### Default
-To build with the default keymap, simply run `make default`.
-
-### Other Keymaps
-Several version of keymap are available in advance but you are recommended to define your favorite layout yourself. To define your own keymap create file named `<name>.c` and see keymap document (you can find in top readme.md) and existent keymap files.
-
-To build the firmware binary hex file with a keymap just do `make` with a keymap like this:
-
-```
-$ make [default|jack|<name>]
-```
-Keymaps follow the format **__\<name\>.c__** and are stored in the `keymaps` folder.
\ No newline at end of file
+See [build environment setup](https://docs.qmk.fm/build_environment_setup.html) then the [make instructions](https://docs.qmk.fm/make_instructions.html) for more information.
diff --git a/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/bloodlvst/Makefile b/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/bloodlvst/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b1c2f32f6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/bloodlvst/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+EXTRAKEY_ENABLE = yes
+COMMAND_ENABLE  = no
diff --git a/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/bloodlvst/config.h b/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/bloodlvst/config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..320401dbda
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/bloodlvst/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+#ifndef CONFIG_USER_H
+#define CONFIG_USER_H
+
+#include "../../config.h"
+
+#define PREVENT_STUCK_MODIFIERS
+#define DISABLE_SPACE_CADET_ROLLOVER
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/bloodlvst/keymap.c b/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/bloodlvst/keymap.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bedb658eaa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/bloodlvst/keymap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+#include "clueboard.h"
+
+// Helpful defines
+#define _______ KC_TRNS
+
+// Each layer gets a name for readability, which is then used in the keymap matrix below.
+// The underscores don't mean anything - you can have a layer called STUFF or any other name.
+// Layer names don't all need to be of the same length, obviously, and you can also skip them
+// entirely and just use numbers.
+#define _BL 0
+#define _FL 1
+#define _CL 2
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+  /* Keymap _BL: Base Layer (Default Layer)
+   */
+[_BL] = KEYMAP(
+  KC_ESC,  KC_1,    KC_2,   KC_3,   KC_4,   KC_5,   KC_6,   KC_7,   KC_8,   KC_9,    KC_0,     KC_MINS,  KC_EQL,   KC_INS,  KC_DEL,           KC_PGUP, \
+  KC_TAB,  KC_Q,    KC_W,   KC_E,   KC_R,   KC_T,   KC_Y,   KC_U,   KC_I,   KC_O,    KC_P,     KC_LBRC,  KC_RBRC,  KC_BSLS,                   KC_PGDN, \
+  KC_CAPS, KC_A,    KC_S,   KC_D,   KC_F,   KC_G,   KC_H,   KC_J,   KC_K,   KC_L,    KC_SCLN,  KC_QUOT,  KC_NUHS,  KC_ENT,                             \
+  KC_LSPO, KC_NUBS, KC_Z,   KC_X,   KC_C,   KC_V,   KC_B,   KC_N,   KC_M,   KC_COMM, KC_DOT,   KC_SLSH,  KC_RO,    KC_RSPC,          KC_UP,            \
+  KC_LCTL, KC_LGUI, MO(_FL), KC_LALT,          KC_BSPC,KC_SPC,                       KC_RALT,  KC_APP,   MO(_FL),  KC_RCTL, KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_RGHT),
+
+  /* Keymap _FL: Function Layer
+   */
+[_FL] = KEYMAP(
+  KC_GRV,  KC_F1,   KC_F2,  KC_F3,  KC_F4,  KC_F5,  KC_F6,  KC_F7,  KC_F8,  KC_F9,   KC_F10,   KC_F11,   KC_F12,   KC_HOME, KC_END,           KC_VOLU, \
+  _______, _______, _______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,KC_SLCK, KC_PAUS,  _______,  _______,  KC_MUTE,                   KC_VOLD, \
+  _______, _______, MO(_CL),_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______, _______,  _______,  _______,  KC_PSCR,                            \
+  _______, _______, _______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______, _______,  _______,  _______,  _______,          KC_MPLY,          \
+  _______, KC_MYCM, MO(_FL), _______,        _______,_______,                        _______,  KC_CALC,  MO(_FL),  _______, KC_MPRV, KC_MSTP, KC_MNXT),
+
+  /* Keymap _CL: Control layer
+   */
+[_CL] = KEYMAP(
+  KC_PWR,  _______, _______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______, _______,  _______,  _______,  _______, RGB_TOG,          RGB_VAI, \
+  _______, _______, _______,_______,RESET,  _______,_______,_______,_______,_______, _______,  _______,  _______,  _______,                   RGB_VAD, \
+  _______, _______, MO(_CL),_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______, _______,  _______,  _______,  RGB_MOD,                            \
+  _______, _______, _______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,RGB_HUD, RGB_HUI,  _______,  _______,  _______,          KC_WAKE,          \
+  _______, _______, MO(_FL), _______,        RGB_SAD,RGB_SAI,                        _______,  _______,  MO(_FL),  _______, _______, KC_SLEP, _______),
+};
diff --git a/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/bloodlvst/readme.md b/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/bloodlvst/readme.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ee287ca476
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/bloodlvst/readme.md
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+```
+ ___     _____ _            _                         _     __    __ _   __
+|__ \   / ____| |          | |                       | |   / /   / /(_) / /
+ ||) | | |    | |_   _  ___| |__   ___   __ _ _ __ __| |  / /_  / /_   / /
+ |/ /  | |    | | | | |/ _ \ '_ \ / _ \ / _` | '__/ _` | | '_ \| '_ \ / /
+ |_|   | |____| | |_| |  __/ |_) | (_) | (_| | | | (_| | | (_) | (_) / / _
+ (_)    \_____|_|\__,_|\___|_.__/ \___/ \__,_|_|  \__,_|  \___/ \___/_/ (_)
+```
+
+![Clueboard Layout Image](http://i.imgur.com/7Capi8W.png)
+
+# Default Clueboard Layout
+
+This is the default layout that comes flashed on every Clueboard. For the most
+part it's a straightforward and easy to follow layout. The only unusual key is 
+the key in the upper left, which sends Escape normally, but Grave when any of
+the Ctrl, Alt, or GUI modifiers are held down.
diff --git a/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/caps_fn/keymap.c b/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/caps_fn/keymap.c
index 7fad9c1b21..2e54fdba8a 100644
--- a/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/caps_fn/keymap.c
+++ b/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/caps_fn/keymap.c
@@ -1,7 +1,6 @@
 #include "clueboard.h"
 
 // Helpful defines
-#define GRAVE_MODS  (MOD_BIT(KC_LSHIFT)|MOD_BIT(KC_RSHIFT)|MOD_BIT(KC_LGUI)|MOD_BIT(KC_RGUI)|MOD_BIT(KC_LALT)|MOD_BIT(KC_RALT))
 #define _______ KC_TRNS
 
 // Each layer gets a name for readability, which is then used in the keymap matrix below.
@@ -16,7 +15,7 @@ const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
   /* Keymap _BL: Base Layer (Default Layer)
    */
 [_BL] = KEYMAP(
-  F(0),    KC_1,    KC_2,   KC_3,   KC_4,   KC_5,   KC_6,   KC_7,   KC_8,   KC_9,    KC_0,     KC_MINS,  KC_EQL,   KC_GRV,  KC_BSPC,          KC_PGUP, \
+  KC_GESC, KC_1,    KC_2,   KC_3,   KC_4,   KC_5,   KC_6,   KC_7,   KC_8,   KC_9,    KC_0,     KC_MINS,  KC_EQL,   KC_GRV,  KC_BSPC,          KC_PGUP, \
   KC_TAB,  KC_Q,    KC_W,   KC_E,   KC_R,   KC_T,   KC_Y,   KC_U,   KC_I,   KC_O,    KC_P,     KC_LBRC,  KC_RBRC,  KC_BSLS,                   KC_PGDN, \
   KC_CAPS, KC_A,    KC_S,   KC_D,   KC_F,   KC_G,   KC_H,   KC_J,   KC_K,   KC_L,    KC_SCLN,  KC_QUOT,  KC_NUHS,  KC_ENT,                             \
   KC_LSFT, KC_NUBS, KC_Z,   KC_X,   KC_C,   KC_V,   KC_B,   KC_N,   KC_M,   KC_COMM, KC_DOT,   KC_SLSH,  KC_RO,    KC_RSFT,          KC_UP,            \
@@ -40,47 +39,3 @@ const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
   MO(_FL), _______, _______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______, _______,  _______,  _______,  MO(_FL),          RGB_SAI,          \
   _______, _______, _______,_______,        RGB_MOD,   RGB_MOD,                            _______,  _______,  _______,  _______, RGB_HUD,    RGB_SAD,    RGB_HUI),
 };
-
-/* This is a list of user defined functions. F(N) corresponds to item N
-   of this list.
- */
-const uint16_t PROGMEM fn_actions[] = {
-  [0] = ACTION_FUNCTION(0),  // Calls action_function()
-};
-
-void action_function(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt) {
-  static uint8_t mods_pressed;
-  static bool mod_flag;
-
-  switch (id) {
-    case 0:
-      /* Handle the combined Grave/Esc key
-       */
-      mods_pressed = get_mods()&GRAVE_MODS; // Check to see what mods are pressed
-
-      if (record->event.pressed) {
-        /* The key is being pressed.
-         */
-        if (mods_pressed) {
-          mod_flag = true;
-          add_key(KC_GRV);
-          send_keyboard_report();
-        } else {
-          add_key(KC_ESC);
-          send_keyboard_report();
-        }
-      } else {
-        /* The key is being released.
-         */
-        if (mod_flag) {
-          mod_flag = false;
-          del_key(KC_GRV);
-          send_keyboard_report();
-        } else {
-          del_key(KC_ESC);
-          send_keyboard_report();
-        }
-      }
-      break;
-  }
-}
diff --git a/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/colemak/keymap.c b/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/colemak/keymap.c
index 42c85ff9d8..2ed3541862 100644
--- a/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/colemak/keymap.c
+++ b/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/colemak/keymap.c
@@ -1,7 +1,6 @@
 #include "clueboard.h"
 
 // Helpful defines
-#define GRAVE_MODS  (MOD_BIT(KC_LSHIFT)|MOD_BIT(KC_RSHIFT)|MOD_BIT(KC_LGUI)|MOD_BIT(KC_RGUI)|MOD_BIT(KC_LALT)|MOD_BIT(KC_RALT))
 #define _______ KC_TRNS
 
 // Each layer gets a name for readability, which is then used in the keymap matrix below.
@@ -16,71 +15,27 @@ const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
   /* Keymap _BL: Base Layer (Default Layer)
    */
 [_BL] = KEYMAP(
-  F(0),    KC_1,    KC_2,   KC_3,   KC_4,   KC_5,   KC_6,   KC_7,   KC_8,   KC_9,    KC_0,     KC_MINS,  KC_EQL,   KC_GRV,  KC_BSPC,          KC_PGUP, \
+  KC_GESC, KC_1,    KC_2,   KC_3,   KC_4,   KC_5,   KC_6,   KC_7,   KC_8,   KC_9,    KC_0,     KC_MINS,  KC_EQL,   KC_GRV,  KC_BSPC,          KC_PGUP, \
   KC_TAB,  KC_Q,    KC_W,   KC_F,   KC_P,   KC_G,   KC_J,   KC_L,   KC_U,   KC_Y,    KC_SCLN,     KC_LBRC,  KC_RBRC,  KC_BSLS,                   KC_PGDN, \
   KC_BSPC, KC_A,    KC_R,   KC_S,   KC_T,   KC_D,   KC_H,   KC_N,   KC_E,   KC_I,    KC_O,  KC_QUOT,  KC_NUHS,  KC_ENT,                             \
   KC_LSFT, KC_NUBS, KC_Z,   KC_X,   KC_C,   KC_V,   KC_B,   KC_K,   KC_M,   KC_COMM, KC_DOT,   KC_SLSH,  KC_RO,    KC_RSFT,          KC_UP,            \
-  KC_LCTL, MO(_FL), KC_LGUI,KC_MHEN,          KC_SPC,KC_SPC,                         KC_HENK,  KC_RALT,  KC_RCTL,  KC_RGUI, KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_RGHT),
+  KC_LCTL, KC_LGUI, KC_LALT,KC_MHEN,          KC_SPC,KC_SPC,                         KC_HENK,  KC_RALT,  MO(_FL),  KC_RCTL, KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_RGHT),
 
   /* Keymap _FL: Function Layer
    */
 [_FL] = KEYMAP(
-  KC_GRV,  KC_F1,   KC_F2,  KC_F3,  KC_F4,  KC_F5,  KC_F6,  KC_F7,  KC_F8,  KC_F9,   KC_F10,   KC_F11,   KC_F12,   _______, KC_CAPS,           BL_STEP, \
-  _______, _______, _______,_______,_______,_______,_______,KC_HOME,KC_PGDN,KC_PGUP, KC_END,   _______,  _______,  _______,                   _______, \
+  KC_GRV,  KC_F1,   KC_F2,  KC_F3,  KC_F4,  KC_F5,  KC_F6,  KC_F7,  KC_F8,  KC_F9,   KC_F10,   KC_F11,   KC_F12,   _______, KC_CAPS,           KC_VOLU, \
+  _______, _______, _______,_______,_______,_______,_______,KC_HOME,KC_PGDN,KC_PGUP, KC_END,   _______,  _______,  _______,                   KC_VOLD, \
   KC_DEL,  _______, MO(_CL),_______,_______,_______,_______,KC_LEFT,KC_DOWN,KC_UP,   KC_RGHT,  _______,  _______,  _______,                           \
   _______, _______, _______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______, _______,  _______,  _______,  _______,          KC_PGUP,         \
-  _______, _______, _______,_______,        _______,_______,                         _______,  _______,  _______,  MO(_FL), KC_HOME, KC_PGDN, KC_END),
+  _______, _______, _______,_______,        _______,_______,                         _______,  _______,  MO(_FL),  _______, KC_HOME, KC_PGDN, KC_END),
 
   /* Keymap _CL: Control layer
    */
 [_CL] = KEYMAP(
-  _______, _______, _______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______, _______,  _______,  _______,  _______, RGB_TOG,             RGB_VAI, \
+  BL_STEP, _______, _______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______, _______,  _______,  _______,  _______, RGB_TOG,             RGB_VAI, \
   _______, _______, _______,_______,RESET,  _______,_______,_______,_______,_______, _______,  _______,  _______,  _______,                   RGB_VAD, \
   _______, _______, MO(_CL),_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______, _______,  _______,  _______,  _______,                         \
-  MO(_FL), _______, _______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______, _______,  _______,  _______,  MO(_FL),          RGB_SAI,          \
+  MO(_FL), _______, _______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______, _______,  _______,  _______,  _______,          RGB_SAI,          \
   _______, _______, _______,_______,        RGB_MOD,   RGB_MOD,                            _______,  _______,  _______,  _______, RGB_HUD,    RGB_SAD,    RGB_HUI),
 };
-
-/* This is a list of user defined functions. F(N) corresponds to item N
-   of this list.
- */
-const uint16_t PROGMEM fn_actions[] = {
-  [0] = ACTION_FUNCTION(0),  // Calls action_function()
-};
-
-void action_function(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt) {
-  static uint8_t mods_pressed;
-  static bool mod_flag;
-
-  switch (id) {
-    case 0:
-      /* Handle the combined Grave/Esc key
-       */
-      mods_pressed = get_mods()&GRAVE_MODS; // Check to see what mods are pressed
-
-      if (record->event.pressed) {
-        /* The key is being pressed.
-         */
-        if (mods_pressed) {
-          mod_flag = true;
-          add_key(KC_GRV);
-          send_keyboard_report();
-        } else {
-          add_key(KC_ESC);
-          send_keyboard_report();
-        }
-      } else {
-        /* The key is being released.
-         */
-        if (mod_flag) {
-          mod_flag = false;
-          del_key(KC_GRV);
-          send_keyboard_report();
-        } else {
-          del_key(KC_ESC);
-          send_keyboard_report();
-        }
-      }
-      break;
-  }
-}
diff --git a/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/default/keymap.c b/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/default/keymap.c
index 7fad9c1b21..c4da561fe3 100644
--- a/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/default/keymap.c
+++ b/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/default/keymap.c
@@ -1,7 +1,6 @@
 #include "clueboard.h"
 
 // Helpful defines
-#define GRAVE_MODS  (MOD_BIT(KC_LSHIFT)|MOD_BIT(KC_RSHIFT)|MOD_BIT(KC_LGUI)|MOD_BIT(KC_RGUI)|MOD_BIT(KC_LALT)|MOD_BIT(KC_RALT))
 #define _______ KC_TRNS
 
 // Each layer gets a name for readability, which is then used in the keymap matrix below.
@@ -16,71 +15,27 @@ const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
   /* Keymap _BL: Base Layer (Default Layer)
    */
 [_BL] = KEYMAP(
-  F(0),    KC_1,    KC_2,   KC_3,   KC_4,   KC_5,   KC_6,   KC_7,   KC_8,   KC_9,    KC_0,     KC_MINS,  KC_EQL,   KC_GRV,  KC_BSPC,          KC_PGUP, \
-  KC_TAB,  KC_Q,    KC_W,   KC_E,   KC_R,   KC_T,   KC_Y,   KC_U,   KC_I,   KC_O,    KC_P,     KC_LBRC,  KC_RBRC,  KC_BSLS,                   KC_PGDN, \
-  KC_CAPS, KC_A,    KC_S,   KC_D,   KC_F,   KC_G,   KC_H,   KC_J,   KC_K,   KC_L,    KC_SCLN,  KC_QUOT,  KC_NUHS,  KC_ENT,                             \
-  KC_LSFT, KC_NUBS, KC_Z,   KC_X,   KC_C,   KC_V,   KC_B,   KC_N,   KC_M,   KC_COMM, KC_DOT,   KC_SLSH,  KC_RO,    KC_RSFT,          KC_UP,            \
-  KC_LCTL, KC_LGUI, KC_LALT, KC_MHEN,          KC_SPC,KC_SPC,                        KC_HENK,  KC_RALT,  KC_RCTL,  MO(_FL), KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_RGHT),
+  KC_GESC,KC_1,   KC_2,   KC_3,   KC_4,   KC_5,   KC_6,   KC_7,   KC_8,   KC_9,   KC_0,   KC_MINS,KC_EQL, KC_GRV, KC_BSPC,        KC_PGUP, \
+  KC_TAB, KC_Q,   KC_W,   KC_E,   KC_R,   KC_T,   KC_Y,   KC_U,   KC_I,   KC_O,   KC_P,   KC_LBRC,KC_RBRC,KC_BSLS,                KC_PGDN, \
+  KC_CAPS,KC_A,   KC_S,   KC_D,   KC_F,   KC_G,   KC_H,   KC_J,   KC_K,   KC_L,   KC_SCLN,KC_QUOT,KC_NUHS,KC_ENT,                          \
+  KC_LSFT,KC_NUBS,KC_Z,   KC_X,   KC_C,   KC_V,   KC_B,   KC_N,   KC_M,   KC_COMM,KC_DOT, KC_SLSH,KC_RO,  KC_RSFT,        KC_UP,           \
+  KC_LCTL,KC_LGUI,KC_LALT,KC_MHEN,        KC_SPC, KC_SPC,                         KC_HENK,KC_RALT,MO(_FL),KC_RCTL,KC_LEFT,KC_DOWN,KC_RGHT),
 
   /* Keymap _FL: Function Layer
    */
 [_FL] = KEYMAP(
-  KC_GRV,  KC_F1,   KC_F2,  KC_F3,  KC_F4,  KC_F5,  KC_F6,  KC_F7,  KC_F8,  KC_F9,   KC_F10,   KC_F11,   KC_F12,   _______, KC_DEL,           BL_STEP, \
-  _______, _______, _______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,KC_PSCR,KC_SLCK, KC_PAUS,  _______,  _______,  _______,                   _______, \
-  _______, _______, MO(_CL),_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______, _______,  _______,  _______,  _______,                           \
-  _______, _______, _______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______, _______,  _______,  _______,  _______,          KC_PGUP,         \
-  _______, _______, _______, _______,        _______,_______,                        _______,  _______,  _______,  MO(_FL), KC_HOME, KC_PGDN, KC_END),
+  KC_GRV, KC_F1,  KC_F2,  KC_F3,  KC_F4,  KC_F5,  KC_F6,  KC_F7,  KC_F8,  KC_F9,  KC_F10, KC_F11, KC_F12, _______,KC_DEL,         KC_VOLU, \
+  _______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,KC_MPRV,KC_MPLY,KC_MNXT,_______,KC_MUTE,                KC_VOLD, \
+  _______,_______,MO(_CL),_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,                         \
+  _______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,        KC_PGUP,         \
+  _______,_______,_______,_______,        _______,_______,                        _______,_______,MO(_FL),_______,KC_HOME,KC_PGDN,KC_END),
 
   /* Keymap _CL: Control layer
    */
 [_CL] = KEYMAP(
-  _______, _______, _______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______, _______,  _______,  _______,  _______, RGB_TOG,             RGB_VAI, \
-  _______, _______, _______,_______,RESET,  _______,_______,_______,_______,_______, _______,  _______,  _______,  _______,                   RGB_VAD, \
-  _______, _______, MO(_CL),_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______, _______,  _______,  _______,  _______,                         \
-  MO(_FL), _______, _______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______, _______,  _______,  _______,  MO(_FL),          RGB_SAI,          \
-  _______, _______, _______,_______,        RGB_MOD,   RGB_MOD,                            _______,  _______,  _______,  _______, RGB_HUD,    RGB_SAD,    RGB_HUI),
+  BL_STEP,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,RGB_TOG,        RGB_VAI, \
+  _______,_______,_______,_______,RESET,  _______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,                RGB_VAD, \
+  _______,_______,MO(_CL),_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,                         \
+  MO(_FL),_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,        RGB_SAI,         \
+  _______,_______,_______,_______,        RGB_MOD,   RGB_MOD,                     _______,_______,MO(_FL),_______,RGB_HUD,RGB_SAD,RGB_HUI),
 };
-
-/* This is a list of user defined functions. F(N) corresponds to item N
-   of this list.
- */
-const uint16_t PROGMEM fn_actions[] = {
-  [0] = ACTION_FUNCTION(0),  // Calls action_function()
-};
-
-void action_function(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt) {
-  static uint8_t mods_pressed;
-  static bool mod_flag;
-
-  switch (id) {
-    case 0:
-      /* Handle the combined Grave/Esc key
-       */
-      mods_pressed = get_mods()&GRAVE_MODS; // Check to see what mods are pressed
-
-      if (record->event.pressed) {
-        /* The key is being pressed.
-         */
-        if (mods_pressed) {
-          mod_flag = true;
-          add_key(KC_GRV);
-          send_keyboard_report();
-        } else {
-          add_key(KC_ESC);
-          send_keyboard_report();
-        }
-      } else {
-        /* The key is being released.
-         */
-        if (mod_flag) {
-          mod_flag = false;
-          del_key(KC_GRV);
-          send_keyboard_report();
-        } else {
-          del_key(KC_ESC);
-          send_keyboard_report();
-        }
-      }
-      break;
-  }
-}
diff --git a/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/jokrik/keymap.c b/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/jokrik/keymap.c
index acde4d9e16..dda6a8b907 100644
--- a/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/jokrik/keymap.c
+++ b/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/jokrik/keymap.c
@@ -1,7 +1,6 @@
 #include "clueboard.h"
 
 // Helpful defines
-#define GRAVE_MODS  (MOD_BIT(KC_LSHIFT)|MOD_BIT(KC_RSHIFT)|MOD_BIT(KC_LGUI)|MOD_BIT(KC_RGUI)|MOD_BIT(KC_LALT)|MOD_BIT(KC_RALT))
 #define _______ KC_TRNS
 
 // Each layer gets a name for readability, which is then used in the keymap matrix below.
@@ -40,47 +39,3 @@ const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
   MO(_FL), _______, _______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______, _______,  _______,  _______,  _______,          RGB_SAI,          \
   _______, _______, _______,_______,        RGB_MOD,   RGB_MOD,                      _______,  _______,  MO(_FL),  _______, RGB_HUD,    RGB_SAD,    RGB_HUI),
 };
-
-/* This is a list of user defined functions. F(N) corresponds to item N
-   of this list.
- */
-const uint16_t PROGMEM fn_actions[] = {
-  [0] = ACTION_FUNCTION(0),  // Calls action_function()
-};
-
-void action_function(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt) {
-  static uint8_t mods_pressed;
-  static bool mod_flag;
-
-  switch (id) {
-    case 0:
-      /* Handle the combined Grave/Esc key
-       */
-      mods_pressed = get_mods()&GRAVE_MODS; // Check to see what mods are pressed
-
-      if (record->event.pressed) {
-        /* The key is being pressed.
-         */
-        if (mods_pressed) {
-          mod_flag = true;
-          add_key(KC_GRV);
-          send_keyboard_report();
-        } else {
-          add_key(KC_ESC);
-          send_keyboard_report();
-        }
-      } else {
-        /* The key is being released.
-         */
-        if (mod_flag) {
-          mod_flag = false;
-          del_key(KC_GRV);
-          send_keyboard_report();
-        } else {
-          del_key(KC_ESC);
-          send_keyboard_report();
-        }
-      }
-      break;
-  }
-}
diff --git a/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/mac_optimized/keymap.c b/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/mac_optimized/keymap.c
index e72733092f..e39edb4d6e 100644
--- a/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/mac_optimized/keymap.c
+++ b/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/mac_optimized/keymap.c
@@ -1,7 +1,6 @@
 #include "clueboard.h"
 
 // Helpful defines
-#define GRAVE_MODS  (MOD_BIT(KC_LSHIFT)|MOD_BIT(KC_RSHIFT)|MOD_BIT(KC_LGUI)|MOD_BIT(KC_RGUI)|MOD_BIT(KC_LALT)|MOD_BIT(KC_RALT))
 #define _______ KC_TRNS
 
 // Each layer gets a name for readability, which is then used in the keymap matrix below.
@@ -16,64 +15,27 @@ const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
   /* Keymap _BL: Base Layer (Default Layer)
    */
 [_BL] = KEYMAP(
-  F(0),    KC_1,    KC_2,   KC_3,   KC_4,   KC_5,   KC_6,   KC_7,   KC_8,   KC_9,    KC_0,     KC_MINS,  KC_EQL,   KC_GRV,  KC_BSPC,          KC_PGUP, \
-  KC_TAB,  KC_Q,    KC_W,   KC_E,   KC_R,   KC_T,   KC_Y,   KC_U,   KC_I,   KC_O,    KC_P,     KC_LBRC,  KC_RBRC,  KC_BSLS,                   KC_PGDN, \
-  KC_CAPS, KC_A,    KC_S,   KC_D,   KC_F,   KC_G,   KC_H,   KC_J,   KC_K,   KC_L,    KC_SCLN,  KC_QUOT,  KC_NUHS,  KC_ENT,                             \
-  KC_LSFT, KC_NUBS, KC_Z,   KC_X,   KC_C,   KC_V,   KC_B,   KC_N,   KC_M,   KC_COMM, KC_DOT,   KC_SLSH,  KC_RO,    KC_RSFT,          KC_UP,            \
-  KC_LCTL, KC_LALT, KC_LGUI,KC_MHEN,        KC_SPC, KC_SPC,                          KC_HENK,  KC_RGUI,  KC_RCTL,  MO(_FL), KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_RGHT),
+  KC_GESC,KC_1,   KC_2,   KC_3,   KC_4,   KC_5,   KC_6,   KC_7,   KC_8,   KC_9,   KC_0,   KC_MINS,KC_EQL, KC_GRV, KC_BSPC,        KC_PGUP, \
+  KC_TAB, KC_Q,   KC_W,   KC_E,   KC_R,   KC_T,   KC_Y,   KC_U,   KC_I,   KC_O,   KC_P,   KC_LBRC,KC_RBRC,KC_BSLS,                KC_PGDN, \
+  KC_CAPS,KC_A,   KC_S,   KC_D,   KC_F,   KC_G,   KC_H,   KC_J,   KC_K,   KC_L,   KC_SCLN,KC_QUOT,KC_NUHS,KC_ENT,                          \
+  KC_LSFT,KC_NUBS,KC_Z,   KC_X,   KC_C,   KC_V,   KC_B,   KC_N,   KC_M,   KC_COMM,KC_DOT, KC_SLSH,KC_RO,  KC_RSFT,        KC_UP,           \
+  KC_LCTL,KC_LALT,KC_LGUI,KC_MHEN,        KC_SPC, KC_SPC,                         KC_HENK,KC_RGUI,MO(_FL),KC_RCTL,KC_LEFT,KC_DOWN,KC_RGHT),
 
   /* Keymap _FL: Function Layer
    */
 [_FL] = KEYMAP(
-  KC_GRV,  KC_F1,   KC_F2,  KC_F3,  KC_F4,  KC_F5,  KC_F6,  KC_F7,  KC_F8,  KC_F9,   KC_F10,   KC_F11,   KC_F12,   _______, KC_DEL,           BL_STEP, \
-  _______, _______, _______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______, _______,  _______,  _______,  _______,                   _______, \
-  _______, _______, MO(_CL),_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______, _______,  _______,  _______,  _______,                           \
-  _______, _______, _______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______, _______,  _______,  _______,  _______,          KC_PGUP,         \
-  _______, _______, _______, _______,        _______,_______,                        _______,  _______,  _______,  MO(_FL), KC_HOME, KC_PGDN, KC_END),
+  KC_GRV, KC_F1,  KC_F2,  KC_F3,  KC_F4,  KC_F5,  KC_F6,  KC_F7,  KC_F8,  KC_F9,  KC_F10, KC_F11, KC_F12, _______,KC_DEL,         KC_VOLU, \
+  _______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,KC_MRWD,KC_MPLY,KC_MFFD,_______,KC_MUTE,                KC_VOLD, \
+  _______,_______,MO(_CL),_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,                         \
+  _______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,        KC_PGUP,         \
+  _______,_______,_______,_______,        _______,_______,                        _______,_______,MO(_FL),_______,KC_HOME,KC_PGDN,KC_END),
 
   /* Keymap _CL: Control layer
    */
 [_CL] = KEYMAP(
-  _______, _______, _______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______, _______,  _______,  _______,  _______, RGB_TOG,             RGB_VAI, \
-  _______, _______, _______,_______,RESET,  _______,_______,_______,_______,_______, _______,  _______,  _______,  _______,                   RGB_VAD, \
-  _______, _______, MO(_CL),_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______, _______,  _______,  _______,  _______,                         \
-  MO(_FL), _______, _______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______, _______,  _______,  _______,  MO(_FL),          RGB_SAI,          \
-  _______, _______, _______,_______,        RGB_MOD,   RGB_MOD,                            _______,  _______,  _______,  _______, RGB_HUD,    RGB_SAD,    RGB_HUI),
+  BL_STEP,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,RGB_TOG,        RGB_VAI, \
+  _______,_______,_______,_______,RESET,  _______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,                RGB_VAD, \
+  _______,_______,MO(_CL),_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,                         \
+  MO(_FL),_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,        RGB_SAI,         \
+  _______,_______,_______,_______,        RGB_MOD,   RGB_MOD,                     _______,_______,MO(_FL),_______,RGB_HUD,RGB_SAD,RGB_HUI),
 };
-
-/* This is a list of user defined functions. F(N) corresponds to item N
-   of this list.
- */
-const uint16_t PROGMEM fn_actions[] = {
-  [0] = ACTION_FUNCTION(0),  // Calls action_function()
-};
-
-void action_function(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt) {
-  static uint8_t mods_pressed;
-
-  switch (id) {
-    case 0:
-      /* Handle the combined Grave/Esc key
-       */
-      if (record->event.pressed) {
-        /* The key is being pressed.
-         */
-        mods_pressed = get_mods()&GRAVE_MODS; // Check to see what mods are pressed
-        if (mods_pressed) {
-          register_code(KC_GRV);
-        } else {
-          register_code(KC_ESC);
-        }
-      } else {
-        /* The key is being released.
-         */
-        if (mods_pressed) {
-          mods_pressed = false;
-          unregister_code(KC_GRV);
-        } else {
-          unregister_code(KC_ESC);
-        }
-      }
-      break;
-  }
-}
diff --git a/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/magicmonty/keymap.c b/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/magicmonty/keymap.c
index 3d00332b09..feef00e7a2 100644
--- a/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/magicmonty/keymap.c
+++ b/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/magicmonty/keymap.c
@@ -1,7 +1,6 @@
 #include "clueboard.h"
 
 // Helpful defines
-#define GRAVE_MODS  (MOD_BIT(KC_LSHIFT)|MOD_BIT(KC_RSHIFT)|MOD_BIT(KC_LGUI)|MOD_BIT(KC_RGUI)|MOD_BIT(KC_LALT)|MOD_BIT(KC_RALT))
 #define _______ KC_TRNS
 #define xxxxxxx KC_NO
 
@@ -45,16 +44,13 @@
 // CTRL when held, ESC when tapped
 #define CTL_ESC CTL_T(KC_ESC)
 
-// ESC/Grave mode
-#define ESC_GRV F(0)
-
 // Reset RGB mode to layer signalling
-#define RGB_RST F(1)
+#define RGB_RST F(0)
 
 const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
   /* Keymap _BL: Base Layer (Default Layer) */
   [_BL] = KEYMAP(
-    ESC_GRV,    KC_1,    KC_2,   KC_3,     KC_4,    KC_5,    KC_6,    KC_7,    KC_8,    KC_9,     KC_0, KC_MINS,   KC_EQL, _______, KC_BSPC,          KC_INS,  \
+    KC_GESC,    KC_1,    KC_2,   KC_3,     KC_4,    KC_5,    KC_6,    KC_7,    KC_8,    KC_9,     KC_0, KC_MINS,   KC_EQL, _______, KC_BSPC,          KC_INS,  \
     HPR_TAB,    KC_Q,    KC_W,   KC_E,     KC_R,    KC_T,    KC_Y,    KC_U,    KC_I,    KC_O,     KC_P, KC_LBRC,  KC_RBRC, KC_BSLS,                   KC_DEL,  \
     ESC_FUN,    KC_A,    KC_S,   KC_D,     KC_F,    KC_G,    KC_H,    KC_J,    KC_K,    KC_L,  KC_SCLN, KC_QUOT,  KC_NUHS,  KC_ENT,                            \
     KC_LSFT, KC_NUBS,    KC_Z,   KC_X,     KC_C,    KC_V,    KC_B,    KC_N,    KC_M, KC_COMM,   KC_DOT, KC_SLSH,  _______, KC_RSFT,          KC_UP,            \
@@ -116,44 +112,11 @@ const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
  */
 const uint16_t PROGMEM fn_actions[] = {
   [0] = ACTION_FUNCTION(0),  // Calls action_function()
-  [1] = ACTION_FUNCTION(1),  // Calls action_function()
 };
 
 void action_function(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt) {
-  static uint8_t mods_pressed;
-  static bool mod_flag;
-
   switch (id) {
     case 0:
-      /* Handle the combined Grave/Esc key
-       */
-      mods_pressed = get_mods()&GRAVE_MODS; // Check to see what mods are pressed
-
-      if (record->event.pressed) {
-        /* The key is being pressed.
-         */
-        if (mods_pressed) {
-          mod_flag = true;
-          add_key(KC_GRV);
-          send_keyboard_report();
-        } else {
-          add_key(KC_ESC);
-          send_keyboard_report();
-        }
-      } else {
-        /* The key is being released.
-         */
-        if (mod_flag) {
-          mod_flag = false;
-          del_key(KC_GRV);
-          send_keyboard_report();
-        } else {
-          del_key(KC_ESC);
-          send_keyboard_report();
-        }
-      }
-      break;
-    case 1:
       if (record->event.pressed) {
         rgblight_mode(1);
         rgblight_sethsv(206, 255, 255);
diff --git a/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/maximised/keymap.c b/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/maximised/keymap.c
index ebaefa6690..583c520917 100644
--- a/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/maximised/keymap.c
+++ b/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/maximised/keymap.c
@@ -39,9 +39,3 @@ const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
   MO(_FL), _______, _______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______, _______,  _______,  _______,  MO(_FL),          RGB_SAI,          \
   _______, _______, _______,_______,        RGB_MOD,   RGB_MOD,                            _______,  _______,  _______,  _______, RGB_HUD,    RGB_SAD,    RGB_HUI),
 };
-
-const uint16_t PROGMEM fn_actions[] = {
-};
-
-void action_function(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt) {
-};
diff --git a/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/mouse_keys/keymap.c b/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/mouse_keys/keymap.c
index d3108d1e2b..259fa29b74 100644
--- a/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/mouse_keys/keymap.c
+++ b/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/mouse_keys/keymap.c
@@ -1,7 +1,6 @@
 #include "clueboard.h"
 
 // Helpful defines
-#define GRAVE_MODS  (MOD_BIT(KC_LSHIFT)|MOD_BIT(KC_RSHIFT)|MOD_BIT(KC_LGUI)|MOD_BIT(KC_RGUI)|MOD_BIT(KC_LALT)|MOD_BIT(KC_RALT))
 #define _______ KC_TRNS
 
 // Each layer gets a name for readability, which is then used in the keymap matrix below.
@@ -17,7 +16,7 @@ const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
   /* Keymap _BL: Base Layer (Default Layer)
    */
 [_BL] = KEYMAP(
-  F(0),    KC_1,    KC_2,   KC_3,   KC_4,   KC_5,   KC_6,   KC_7,   KC_8,   KC_9,    KC_0,     KC_MINS,  KC_EQL,   KC_GRV,  KC_BSPC,          KC_PGUP, \
+  KC_GESC, KC_1,    KC_2,   KC_3,   KC_4,   KC_5,   KC_6,   KC_7,   KC_8,   KC_9,    KC_0,     KC_MINS,  KC_EQL,   KC_GRV,  KC_BSPC,          KC_PGUP, \
   KC_TAB,  KC_Q,    KC_W,   KC_E,   KC_R,   KC_T,   KC_Y,   KC_U,   KC_I,   KC_O,    KC_P,     KC_LBRC,  KC_RBRC,  KC_BSLS,                   KC_PGDN, \
   KC_CAPS, KC_A,    KC_S,   KC_D,   KC_F,   KC_G,   KC_H,   KC_J,   KC_K,   KC_L,    KC_SCLN,  KC_QUOT,  KC_NUHS,  KC_ENT,                             \
   KC_LSFT, KC_NUBS, KC_Z,   KC_X,   KC_C,   KC_V,   KC_B,   KC_N,   KC_M,   KC_COMM, KC_DOT,   KC_SLSH,  KC_RO,    KC_RSFT,          KC_UP,            \
@@ -50,47 +49,3 @@ const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
     _______, _______, _______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______, _______,  _______,  _______,  _______,          KC_MS_U,         \
     _______, _______, _______,_______,        LT(_ML, KC_SPC),LT(_ML, KC_SPC),         _______,  KC_BTN1,  KC_BTN2,  KC_BTN3, KC_MS_L, KC_MS_D,KC_MS_R),
 };
-
-/* This is a list of user defined functions. F(N) corresponds to item N
-   of this list.
- */
-const uint16_t PROGMEM fn_actions[] = {
-  [0] = ACTION_FUNCTION(0),  // Calls action_function()
-};
-
-void action_function(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt) {
-  static uint8_t mods_pressed;
-  static bool mod_flag;
-
-  switch (id) {
-    case 0:
-      /* Handle the combined Grave/Esc key
-       */
-      mods_pressed = get_mods()&GRAVE_MODS; // Check to see what mods are pressed
-
-      if (record->event.pressed) {
-        /* The key is being pressed.
-         */
-        if (mods_pressed) {
-          mod_flag = true;
-          add_key(KC_GRV);
-          send_keyboard_report();
-        } else {
-          add_key(KC_ESC);
-          send_keyboard_report();
-        }
-      } else {
-        /* The key is being released.
-         */
-        if (mod_flag) {
-          mod_flag = false;
-          del_key(KC_GRV);
-          send_keyboard_report();
-        } else {
-          del_key(KC_ESC);
-          send_keyboard_report();
-        }
-      }
-      break;
-  }
-}
diff --git a/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/serubin/keymap.c b/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/serubin/keymap.c
index 18446eb31d..4212e6a529 100644
--- a/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/serubin/keymap.c
+++ b/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/serubin/keymap.c
@@ -1,7 +1,6 @@
 #include "clueboard.h"
 
 // Helpful defines
-#define GRAVE_MODS  (MOD_BIT(KC_LSHIFT)|MOD_BIT(KC_RSHIFT)|MOD_BIT(KC_LGUI)|MOD_BIT(KC_RGUI)|MOD_BIT(KC_LALT)|MOD_BIT(KC_RALT))
 #define _______ KC_TRNS
 
 // Each layer gets a name for readability, which is then used in the keymap matrix below.
@@ -51,53 +50,3 @@ const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
   MO(_FL), _______, _______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______, _______,  _______,  MO(_FL),  _______,          RGB_SAI,          \
   _______, _______, _______,_______,        RGB_MOD,   RGB_MOD,                            _______,  _______,  _______,  _______, RGB_HUD,    RGB_SAD,    RGB_HUI),
 };
-
-/* This is a list of user defined functions. F(N) corresponds to item N
-   of this list.
- */
-const uint16_t PROGMEM fn_actions[] = {
-  [0] = ACTION_FUNCTION(0),  // Calls action_function()
-  [1] = ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_LCTL, KC_ESC),
-};
-
-void action_function(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt) {
-  static uint8_t mods_pressed;
-  static bool mod_flag;
-
-  switch (id) {
-    case 0:
-      /* Handle the combined Grave/Esc key
-       */
-      mods_pressed = get_mods()&GRAVE_MODS; // Check to see what mods are pressed
-
-      if (record->event.pressed) {
-        /* The key is being pressed.
-         */
-        if (mods_pressed) {
-          mod_flag = true;
-          add_key(KC_GRV);
-          send_keyboard_report();
-        } else {
-          add_key(KC_ESC);
-          send_keyboard_report();
-        }
-      } else {
-        /* The key is being released.
-         */
-        if (mod_flag) {
-          mod_flag = false;
-          del_key(KC_GRV);
-          send_keyboard_report();
-        } else {
-          del_key(KC_ESC);
-          send_keyboard_report();
-        }
-      }
-      break;
-    case 1:
-      if(record->event.pressed) {
-        del_key(KC_ESC);
-      }
-    break;
-  }
-}
diff --git a/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/shift_fn/keymap.c b/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/shift_fn/keymap.c
index 83ae1d6154..be29a0a174 100644
--- a/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/shift_fn/keymap.c
+++ b/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/shift_fn/keymap.c
@@ -1,7 +1,6 @@
 #include "clueboard.h"
 
 // Helpful defines
-#define GRAVE_MODS  (MOD_BIT(KC_LSHIFT)|MOD_BIT(KC_RSHIFT)|MOD_BIT(KC_LGUI)|MOD_BIT(KC_RGUI)|MOD_BIT(KC_LALT)|MOD_BIT(KC_RALT))
 #define _______ KC_TRNS
 
 // Each layer gets a name for readability, which is then used in the keymap matrix below.
@@ -16,7 +15,7 @@ const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
   /* Keymap _BL: Base Layer (Default Layer)
    */
 [_BL] = KEYMAP(
-  F(0),    KC_1,    KC_2,   KC_3,   KC_4,   KC_5,   KC_6,   KC_7,   KC_8,   KC_9,    KC_0,     KC_MINS,  KC_EQL,   KC_GRV,  KC_BSPC,          KC_PGUP, \
+  KC_GESC, KC_1,    KC_2,   KC_3,   KC_4,   KC_5,   KC_6,   KC_7,   KC_8,   KC_9,    KC_0,     KC_MINS,  KC_EQL,   KC_GRV,  KC_BSPC,          KC_PGUP, \
   KC_TAB,  KC_Q,    KC_W,   KC_E,   KC_R,   KC_T,   KC_Y,   KC_U,   KC_I,   KC_O,    KC_P,     KC_LBRC,  KC_RBRC,  KC_BSLS,                   KC_PGDN, \
   KC_CAPS, KC_A,    KC_S,   KC_D,   KC_F,   KC_G,   KC_H,   KC_J,   KC_K,   KC_L,    KC_SCLN,  KC_QUOT,  KC_NUHS,  KC_ENT,                             \
   MO(_FL), KC_NUBS, KC_Z,   KC_X,   KC_C,   KC_V,   KC_B,   KC_N,   KC_M,   KC_COMM, KC_DOT,   KC_SLSH,  KC_RO,    KC_RSFT,          KC_UP,            \
@@ -40,47 +39,3 @@ const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
   MO(_FL), _______, _______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______, _______,  _______,  _______,  MO(_FL),               RGB_SAI,         \
   _______, _______, _______,_______,        RGB_MOD,RGB_MOD,                            _______,  _______,  _______,  _______, RGB_HUD,RGB_SAD,RGB_HUI),
 };
-
-/* This is a list of user defined functions. F(N) corresponds to item N
-   of this list.
- */
-const uint16_t PROGMEM fn_actions[] = {
-  [0] = ACTION_FUNCTION(0),  // Calls action_function()
-};
-
-void action_function(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt) {
-  static uint8_t mods_pressed;
-  static bool mod_flag;
-
-  switch (id) {
-    case 0:
-      /* Handle the combined Grave/Esc key
-       */
-      mods_pressed = get_mods()&GRAVE_MODS; // Check to see what mods are pressed
-
-      if (record->event.pressed) {
-        /* The key is being pressed.
-         */
-        if (mods_pressed) {
-          mod_flag = true;
-          add_key(KC_GRV);
-          send_keyboard_report();
-        } else {
-          add_key(KC_ESC);
-          send_keyboard_report();
-        }
-      } else {
-        /* The key is being released.
-         */
-        if (mod_flag) {
-          mod_flag = false;
-          del_key(KC_GRV);
-          send_keyboard_report();
-        } else {
-          del_key(KC_ESC);
-          send_keyboard_report();
-        }
-      }
-      break;
-  }
-}
diff --git a/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/skully/keymap.c b/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/skully/keymap.c
index 47dee8e6d4..81e47811fa 100644
--- a/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/skully/keymap.c
+++ b/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/skully/keymap.c
@@ -1,7 +1,6 @@
 #include "clueboard.h"
 
 // Helpful defines
-#define GRAVE_MODS  (MOD_BIT(KC_LSHIFT)|MOD_BIT(KC_RSHIFT)|MOD_BIT(KC_LGUI)|MOD_BIT(KC_RGUI)|MOD_BIT(KC_LALT)|MOD_BIT(KC_RALT))
 #define _______ KC_TRNS
 
 // Each layer gets a name for readability, which is then used in the keymap matrix below.
@@ -16,7 +15,7 @@ const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
   /* Keymap _BL: Base Layer (Default Layer)
    */
 [_BL] = KEYMAP(
-  F(0),    KC_1,    KC_2,   KC_3,   KC_4,   KC_5,   KC_6,   KC_7,   KC_8,   KC_9,    KC_0,     KC_MINS,  KC_EQL,   KC_GRV,  KC_BSPC,          KC_PGUP, \
+  KC_GESC, KC_1,    KC_2,   KC_3,   KC_4,   KC_5,   KC_6,   KC_7,   KC_8,   KC_9,    KC_0,     KC_MINS,  KC_EQL,   KC_GRV,  KC_BSPC,          KC_PGUP, \
   KC_TAB,  KC_Q,    KC_W,   KC_E,   KC_R,   KC_T,   KC_Y,   KC_U,   KC_I,   KC_O,    KC_P,     KC_LBRC,  KC_RBRC,  KC_BSLS,                   KC_PGDN, \
   KC_LCTL, KC_A,    KC_S,   KC_D,   KC_F,   KC_G,   KC_H,   KC_J,   KC_K,   KC_L,    KC_SCLN,  KC_QUOT,  KC_NUHS,  KC_ENT,                             \
   MO(_FL), KC_NUBS, KC_Z,   KC_X,   KC_C,   KC_V,   KC_B,   KC_N,   KC_M,   KC_COMM, KC_DOT,   KC_SLSH,  KC_RO,    KC_RSFT,          KC_UP,            \
@@ -40,47 +39,3 @@ const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
   MO(_FL), _______, _______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______, _______,  _______,  _______,  MO(_FL),               RGB_SAI,         \
   _______, _______, _______,_______,        RGB_MOD,RGB_MOD,                            _______,  _______,  _______,  _______, RGB_HUD,RGB_SAD,RGB_HUI),
 };
-
-/* This is a list of user defined functions. F(N) corresponds to item N
-   of this list.
- */
-const uint16_t PROGMEM fn_actions[] = {
-  [0] = ACTION_FUNCTION(0),  // Calls action_function()
-};
-
-void action_function(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt) {
-  static uint8_t mods_pressed;
-  static bool mod_flag;
-
-  switch (id) {
-    case 0:
-      /* Handle the combined Grave/Esc key
-       */
-      mods_pressed = get_mods()&GRAVE_MODS; // Check to see what mods are pressed
-
-      if (record->event.pressed) {
-        /* The key is being pressed.
-         */
-        if (mods_pressed) {
-          mod_flag = true;
-          add_key(KC_GRV);
-          send_keyboard_report();
-        } else {
-          add_key(KC_ESC);
-          send_keyboard_report();
-        }
-      } else {
-        /* The key is being released.
-         */
-        if (mod_flag) {
-          mod_flag = false;
-          del_key(KC_GRV);
-          send_keyboard_report();
-        } else {
-          del_key(KC_ESC);
-          send_keyboard_report();
-        }
-      }
-      break;
-  }
-}
diff --git a/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/smt/keymap.c b/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/smt/keymap.c
index f097afaa8d..6797faaa3f 100644
--- a/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/smt/keymap.c
+++ b/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/smt/keymap.c
@@ -19,7 +19,6 @@ enum planck_keycodes {
 // Helpful defines
 #define _______ KC_TRNS
 #define XXXXXXX KC_NO
-#define GRAVE_MODS  (MOD_BIT(KC_LSHIFT)|MOD_BIT(KC_RSHIFT)|MOD_BIT(KC_LGUI)|MOD_BIT(KC_RGUI)|MOD_BIT(KC_LALT)|MOD_BIT(KC_RALT))
 
 // Custom macros
 #define CTL_ESC     CTL_T(KC_ESC)               // Tap for Esc, hold for Ctrl
@@ -42,7 +41,7 @@ const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
    * `------------------------------------------------------------------'
    */
 [_QWERTY] = KEYMAP(
-  F(0),    KC_1,    KC_2,   KC_3,   KC_4,   KC_5,   KC_6,   KC_7,   KC_8,   KC_9,    KC_0,     KC_MINS,  KC_EQL,   KC_BSLS, KC_GRV,           KC_PGUP, \
+  KC_GESC, KC_1,    KC_2,   KC_3,   KC_4,   KC_5,   KC_6,   KC_7,   KC_8,   KC_9,    KC_0,     KC_MINS,  KC_EQL,   KC_BSLS, KC_GRV,           KC_PGUP, \
   HPR_TAB, KC_Q,    KC_W,   KC_E,   KC_R,   KC_T,   KC_Y,   KC_U,   KC_I,   KC_O,    KC_P,     KC_LBRC,  KC_RBRC,  KC_BSPC,                   KC_PGDN, \
   CTL_ESC, KC_A,    KC_S,   KC_D,   KC_F,   KC_G,   KC_H,   KC_J,   KC_K,   KC_L,    KC_SCLN,  KC_QUOT,  XXXXXXX,  KC_ENT,                             \
   KC_LSFT, XXXXXXX, KC_Z,   KC_X,   KC_C,   KC_V,   KC_B,   KC_N,   KC_M,   KC_COMM, KC_DOT,   KC_SLSH,  SFT_ENT,  MO(_FL),          KC_UP,            \
@@ -62,7 +61,7 @@ const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
    * `------------------------------------------------------------------'
    */
 [_COLEMAK] = KEYMAP(
-  F(0),    KC_1,    KC_2,   KC_3,   KC_4,   KC_5,   KC_6,   KC_7,   KC_8,   KC_9,    KC_0,     KC_MINS,  KC_EQL,   KC_BSLS, KC_GRV,           KC_PGUP, \
+  KC_GESC, KC_1,    KC_2,   KC_3,   KC_4,   KC_5,   KC_6,   KC_7,   KC_8,   KC_9,    KC_0,     KC_MINS,  KC_EQL,   KC_BSLS, KC_GRV,           KC_PGUP, \
   HPR_TAB, KC_Q,    KC_W,   KC_F,   KC_P,   KC_G,   KC_J,   KC_L,   KC_U,   KC_Y,    KC_SCLN,  KC_LBRC,  KC_RBRC,  KC_BSPC,                   KC_PGDN, \
   CTL_ESC, KC_A,    KC_R,   KC_S,   KC_T,   KC_D,   KC_H,   KC_N,   KC_E,   KC_I,    KC_O,     KC_QUOT,  XXXXXXX,  KC_ENT,                             \
   KC_LSFT, XXXXXXX, KC_Z,   KC_X,   KC_C,   KC_V,   KC_B,   KC_K,   KC_M,   KC_COMM, KC_DOT,   KC_SLSH,  SFT_ENT,  MO(_FL),          KC_UP,            \
@@ -82,7 +81,7 @@ const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
    * `------------------------------------------------------------------'
    */
 [_DVORAK] = KEYMAP(
-  F(0),    KC_1,    KC_2,   KC_3,   KC_4,   KC_5,   KC_6,   KC_7,   KC_8,   KC_9,    KC_0,     KC_LBRC,  KC_RBRC,  KC_BSLS, KC_GRV,           KC_PGUP, \
+  KC_GESC, KC_1,    KC_2,   KC_3,   KC_4,   KC_5,   KC_6,   KC_7,   KC_8,   KC_9,    KC_0,     KC_LBRC,  KC_RBRC,  KC_BSLS, KC_GRV,           KC_PGUP, \
   HPR_TAB, KC_QUOT, KC_COMM,KC_DOT, KC_P,   KC_Y,   KC_F,   KC_G,   KC_C,   KC_R,    KC_L,     KC_SLSH,  KC_EQL,   KC_BSPC,                   KC_PGDN, \
   CTL_ESC, KC_A,    KC_O,   KC_E,   KC_U,   KC_I,   KC_D,   KC_H,   KC_T,   KC_N,    KC_S,     KC_MINS,  XXXXXXX,  KC_ENT,                             \
   KC_LSFT, XXXXXXX, KC_SCLN,KC_Q,   KC_J,   KC_K,   KC_X,   KC_B,   KC_M,   KC_W,    KC_V,     KC_Z,     SFT_ENT,  MO(_FL),          KC_UP,            \
@@ -107,50 +106,6 @@ const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
   _______, _______, _______,_______,         RGB_MOD,RGB_MOD,                        _______,  _______,  _______,  _______, RGB_HUD, RGB_SAD, RGB_HUI),
 };
 
-/* This is a list of user defined functions. F(N) corresponds to item N
-   of this list.
- */
-const uint16_t PROGMEM fn_actions[] = {
-  [0] = ACTION_FUNCTION(0),  // Calls action_function()
-};
-
-void action_function(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt) {
-  static uint8_t mods_pressed;
-  static bool mod_flag;
-
-  switch (id) {
-    case 0:
-      /* Handle the combined Grave/Esc key
-       */
-      mods_pressed = get_mods()&GRAVE_MODS; // Check to see what mods are pressed
-
-      if (record->event.pressed) {
-        /* The key is being pressed.
-         */
-        if (mods_pressed) {
-          mod_flag = true;
-          add_key(KC_GRV);
-          send_keyboard_report();
-        } else {
-          add_key(KC_ESC);
-          send_keyboard_report();
-        }
-      } else {
-        /* The key is being released.
-         */
-        if (mod_flag) {
-          mod_flag = false;
-          del_key(KC_GRV);
-          send_keyboard_report();
-        } else {
-          del_key(KC_ESC);
-          send_keyboard_report();
-        }
-      }
-      break;
-  }
-}
-
 void persistent_default_layer_set(uint16_t default_layer) {
   eeconfig_update_default_layer(default_layer);
   default_layer_set(default_layer);
@@ -178,4 +133,4 @@ bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
       break;
   }
   return true;
-}
\ No newline at end of file
+}
diff --git a/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/unix_optimized/keymap.c b/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/unix_optimized/keymap.c
index 7c1359954b..0de247ca0c 100644
--- a/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/unix_optimized/keymap.c
+++ b/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/unix_optimized/keymap.c
@@ -1,7 +1,6 @@
 #include "clueboard.h"
 
 // Helpful defines
-#define GRAVE_MODS  (MOD_BIT(KC_LSHIFT)|MOD_BIT(KC_RSHIFT)|MOD_BIT(KC_LGUI)|MOD_BIT(KC_RGUI)|MOD_BIT(KC_LALT)|MOD_BIT(KC_RALT))
 #define _______ KC_TRNS
 
 // Each layer gets a name for readability, which is then used in the keymap matrix below.
@@ -16,7 +15,7 @@ const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
   /* Keymap _BL: Base Layer (Default Layer)
    */
 [_BL] = KEYMAP(
-  F(0),    KC_1,    KC_2,   KC_3,   KC_4,   KC_5,   KC_6,   KC_7,   KC_8,   KC_9,    KC_0,     KC_MINS,  KC_EQL,   KC_GRV,  KC_BSPC,          KC_PGUP, \
+  KC_GESC, KC_1,    KC_2,   KC_3,   KC_4,   KC_5,   KC_6,   KC_7,   KC_8,   KC_9,    KC_0,     KC_MINS,  KC_EQL,   KC_GRV,  KC_BSPC,          KC_PGUP, \
   KC_TAB,  KC_Q,    KC_W,   KC_E,   KC_R,   KC_T,   KC_Y,   KC_U,   KC_I,   KC_O,    KC_P,     KC_LBRC,  KC_RBRC,  KC_BSLS,                   KC_PGDN, \
   KC_LCTL, KC_A,    KC_S,   KC_D,   KC_F,   KC_G,   KC_H,   KC_J,   KC_K,   KC_L,    KC_SCLN,  KC_QUOT,  KC_NUHS,  KC_ENT,                             \
   KC_LSFT, KC_NUBS, KC_Z,   KC_X,   KC_C,   KC_V,   KC_B,   KC_N,   KC_M,   KC_COMM, KC_DOT,   KC_SLSH,  KC_RO,    KC_RSFT,          KC_UP,            \
@@ -40,47 +39,3 @@ const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
   MO(_FL), _______, _______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______, _______,  _______,  _______,  MO(_FL),          RGB_SAI,         \
   _______, _______, _______,_______,        RGB_MOD,RGB_MOD,                         _______,  _______,  _______,  _______, RGB_HUD, RGB_SAD,RGB_HUI),
 };
-
-/* This is a list of user defined functions. F(N) corresponds to item N
-   of this list.
- */
-const uint16_t PROGMEM fn_actions[] = {
-  [0] = ACTION_FUNCTION(0),  // Calls action_function()
-};
-
-void action_function(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt) {
-  static uint8_t mods_pressed;
-  static bool mod_flag;
-
-  switch (id) {
-    case 0:
-      /* Handle the combined Grave/Esc key
-       */
-      mods_pressed = get_mods()&GRAVE_MODS; // Check to see what mods are pressed
-
-      if (record->event.pressed) {
-        /* The key is being pressed.
-         */
-        if (mods_pressed) {
-          mod_flag = true;
-          add_key(KC_GRV);
-          send_keyboard_report();
-        } else {
-          add_key(KC_ESC);
-          send_keyboard_report();
-        }
-      } else {
-        /* The key is being released.
-         */
-        if (mod_flag) {
-          mod_flag = false;
-          del_key(KC_GRV);
-          send_keyboard_report();
-        } else {
-          del_key(KC_ESC);
-          send_keyboard_report();
-        }
-      }
-      break;
-  }
-}
diff --git a/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/win_optimized/keymap.c b/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/win_optimized/keymap.c
index c5553ff1fb..ad02fd59f2 100644
--- a/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/win_optimized/keymap.c
+++ b/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/win_optimized/keymap.c
@@ -1,7 +1,6 @@
 #include "clueboard.h"
 
 // Helpful defines
-#define GRAVE_MODS  (MOD_BIT(KC_LSHIFT)|MOD_BIT(KC_RSHIFT)|MOD_BIT(KC_LGUI)|MOD_BIT(KC_RGUI)|MOD_BIT(KC_LALT)|MOD_BIT(KC_RALT))
 #define _______ KC_TRNS
 
 // Each layer gets a name for readability, which is then used in the keymap matrix below.
@@ -16,7 +15,7 @@ const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
   /* Keymap _BL: Base Layer (Default Layer)
    */
 [_BL] = KEYMAP(
-  F(0),    KC_1,    KC_2,   KC_3,   KC_4,   KC_5,   KC_6,   KC_7,   KC_8,   KC_9,    KC_0,     KC_MINS,  KC_EQL,   KC_GRV,  KC_BSPC,          KC_INS, \
+  KC_GESC, KC_1,    KC_2,   KC_3,   KC_4,   KC_5,   KC_6,   KC_7,   KC_8,   KC_9,    KC_0,     KC_MINS,  KC_EQL,   KC_GRV,  KC_BSPC,          KC_INS, \
   KC_TAB,  KC_Q,    KC_W,   KC_E,   KC_R,   KC_T,   KC_Y,   KC_U,   KC_I,   KC_O,    KC_P,     KC_LBRC,  KC_RBRC,  KC_BSLS,                   KC_DEL, \
   KC_CAPS, KC_A,    KC_S,   KC_D,   KC_F,   KC_G,   KC_H,   KC_J,   KC_K,   KC_L,    KC_SCLN,  KC_QUOT,  KC_NUHS,  KC_ENT,                             \
   KC_LSFT, KC_NUBS, KC_Z,   KC_X,   KC_C,   KC_V,   KC_B,   KC_N,   KC_M,   KC_COMM, KC_DOT,   KC_SLSH,  KC_RO,    KC_RSFT,          KC_UP,            \
@@ -40,47 +39,3 @@ const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
   MO(_FL), _______, _______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______, _______,  _______,  _______,  MO(_FL),          RGB_SAI,          \
   _______, _______, _______,_______,        RGB_MOD,   RGB_MOD,                            _______,  _______,  _______,  _______, RGB_HUD,    RGB_SAD,    RGB_HUI),
 };
-
-/* This is a list of user defined functions. F(N) corresponds to item N
-   of this list.
- */
-const uint16_t PROGMEM fn_actions[] = {
-  [0] = ACTION_FUNCTION(0),  // Calls action_function()
-};
-
-void action_function(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt) {
-  static uint8_t mods_pressed;
-  static bool mod_flag;
-
-  switch (id) {
-    case 0:
-      /* Handle the combined Grave/Esc key
-       */
-      mods_pressed = get_mods()&GRAVE_MODS; // Check to see what mods are pressed
-
-      if (record->event.pressed) {
-        /* The key is being pressed.
-         */
-        if (mods_pressed) {
-          mod_flag = true;
-          add_key(KC_GRV);
-          send_keyboard_report();
-        } else {
-          add_key(KC_ESC);
-          send_keyboard_report();
-        }
-      } else {
-        /* The key is being released.
-         */
-        if (mod_flag) {
-          mod_flag = false;
-          del_key(KC_GRV);
-          send_keyboard_report();
-        } else {
-          del_key(KC_ESC);
-          send_keyboard_report();
-        }
-      }
-      break;
-  }
-}
diff --git a/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/xyverz/keymap.c b/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/xyverz/keymap.c
index 4539119731..540cd79833 100644
--- a/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/xyverz/keymap.c
+++ b/keyboards/clueboard/keymaps/xyverz/keymap.c
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
    * `----------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
    */
 [_BL] = KEYMAP(
-  F(0),    KC_1,    KC_2,    KC_3,    KC_4,    KC_5,    KC_6,    KC_7,    KC_8,    KC_9,    KC_0,    KC_LBRC, KC_RBRC, KC_GRV,  KC_BSPC,          KC_PGUP, \
+  KC_GESC, KC_1,    KC_2,    KC_3,    KC_4,    KC_5,    KC_6,    KC_7,    KC_8,    KC_9,    KC_0,    KC_LBRC, KC_RBRC, KC_GRV,  KC_BSPC,          KC_PGUP, \
   KC_TAB,  KC_QUOT, KC_COMM, KC_DOT,  KC_P,    KC_Y,    KC_F,    KC_G,    KC_C,    KC_R,    KC_L,    KC_SLSH, KC_EQL,  KC_BSLS,                   KC_PGDN, \
   LT(_FL, KC_CAPS), KC_A,    KC_O,    KC_E,    KC_U,    KC_I,    KC_D,    KC_H,    KC_T,    KC_N,    KC_S,    KC_MINS, KC_NUHS, KC_ENT,                    \
   KC_LSFT, KC_RO,   KC_SCLN, KC_Q,    KC_J,    KC_K,    KC_X,    KC_B,    KC_M,    KC_W,    KC_V,    KC_Z,    KC_SLSH, KC_RSFT,          KC_UP,            \
@@ -76,36 +76,3 @@ const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
   KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,          RGB_MOD, RGB_MOD,                            KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, RGB_HUD, RGB_SAD, RGB_HUI),
 };
 
-enum function_id {
-    SHIFT_ESC,
-};
-
-const uint16_t PROGMEM fn_actions[] = {
-  [0]  = ACTION_FUNCTION(SHIFT_ESC),
-};
-
-void action_function(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt) {
-  static uint8_t shift_esc_shift_mask;
-  switch (id) {
-    case SHIFT_ESC:
-      shift_esc_shift_mask = get_mods()&MODS_CTRL_MASK;
-      if (record->event.pressed) {
-        if (shift_esc_shift_mask) {
-          add_key(KC_GRV);
-          send_keyboard_report();
-        } else {
-          add_key(KC_ESC);
-          send_keyboard_report();
-        }
-      } else {
-        if (shift_esc_shift_mask) {
-          del_key(KC_GRV);
-          send_keyboard_report();
-        } else {
-          del_key(KC_ESC);
-          send_keyboard_report();
-        }
-      }
-      break;
-  }
-}
diff --git a/keyboards/clueboard/readme.md b/keyboards/clueboard/readme.md
index 4a76e2908c..95b69befcf 100644
--- a/keyboards/clueboard/readme.md
+++ b/keyboards/clueboard/readme.md
@@ -1,97 +1,17 @@
-Clueboard keyboard firmware
-======================
+# Clueboard 66%
 
-DIY/Assembled compact 66% keyboard by [Clueboard](http://clueboard.co).
+![Clueboard](https://static1.squarespace.com/static/55c13bdee4b099be5dcb82eb/t/5867eeaad2b857fd0d196f4b/1494021396651/IMGP4201.jpg?format=1500w)
 
-For the full Quantum Mechanical Keyboard feature list, see [the parent readme.md](/readme.md).
+A fully customizable 66% keyboard.
 
-## First Time Setup
+* Keyboard Maintainer: [Zach White](https://github.com/skullydazed)
+* Hardware Supported: Clueboard 66% PCB
+  * rev1 (1.0)
+  * rev2 (2.0, 2.0.1, 2.1, 2.5, 2.5.1, 2.6)
+* Hardware Availability: [clueboard.co](https://clueboard.co/)
 
-Download or clone the whole firmware and navigate to the keyboards/clueboard directory. Once your dev env is setup, you'll be able to generate the default .hex:
+Make example for this keyboard (after setting up your build environment):
 
-```
-$ make
-```
+    make cluepad-default
 
-You will see a lot of output and if everything worked correctly you will see something similar to this:
-
-```
-Size after:
-   text	   data	    bss	    dec	    hex	filename
-      0	  19992	      0	  19992	   4e18	clueboard_rev2_default.hex
-```
-
-At this point you can press RESET on your Clueboard and flash your keyboard with this command:
-
-```
-$ make dfu
-```
-
-If you would like to use one of the alternative keymaps, or create your own, see below.
-
-## Clueboard 1.0
-
-If you have a first generation Clueboard (one with a black PCB) you will need to use the revision 1 code. To do so add `rev1` to your make command, like this:
-
-```
-$ make rev1
-```
-
-And when flashing your keyboard:
-
-```
-$ make rev1-dfu
-```
-
-If you are flashing an alternative layout to your rev1, include both `rev1` and `<keymap>` in your command, for example when flashing max:
-
-```
-$ make rev1-max-dfu
-```
-
-## Alternate Keymaps
-
-There are many alternative and user-contributed layouts available in the [keymaps/](keymaps/) directory. To compile and flash an alternative you will want to add `<keymap>` to your command:
-
-```
-$ make skully
-```
-
-And when flashing your keyboard, put `<keymap>` between "make" and "dfu":
-
-```
-$ make skully-dfu
-```
-
-### Notable Layouts
-
-These layouts are notable for one reason or another. If you are looking for ideas or inspiration you should look at these first:
-
-* [keymaps/default](keymaps/default) - The default Clueboard layout
-* [keymaps/max](keymaps/max) - A maximised layout that makes use of every key and feature of the Clueboard 2.0 PCB.
-* [keymaps/skully](keymaps/skully) - The layout that @skullydazed uses on his own Clueboards.
-
-## Create Your Own Keymap
-
-There are a lot of possibilities when creating your own keymap, and the primary documentation for doing that is [Customizing Your Keymap](/readme.md##customizing-your-keymap) in the main readme.md. As a way to get started, here is the procedure I recommend:
-
-* Copy `[keymaps/default](keymaps/default/)` to `keymaps/<your_layout>`.
-* Compile the firmware (`$ make <your_layout>`)
-* Flash the firmware (`$ make <your_layout>-dfu`)
-* Make sure everything works like the default keyboard
-* Modify `keymaps/<your_layout>/readme.md` to tell others about your layout.
-* Modify `keymaps/<your_layout>/keymap.c` to reflect your desired layout.
-* Compile your new custom firmware (`$ make <your_layout>`)
-** If you have warnings you may flash without fixing them, but something may not work right.
-** If you have any errors you must fix them before continuing.
-* Flash the firmware (`$ make <your_layout>-dfu`)
-
-## Share Your Keymap
-
-Got your layout dialed in? Please share it with the world so we can benefit from your work! Simply submit a pull request with your layout and we'll include it in the official repository. Please use the following guidelines when putting together your pull request:
-
-* Include a readme.md that states what your primary keyboard use is, how your layout differs from the default, and highlights anything you think makes your layout particularly great.
-* If your layout requires certain features (EG, RGB underlight or backlighting) ensure you have a Makefile and config.h that reflects that
-* If your layout requires special hardware to be added, please describe that in the readme.md
-
-TODO: Write up or link quick how-to on creating and submitting a PR. (Pull requests accepted. :)
+See [build environment setup](https://docs.qmk.fm/build_environment_setup.html) then the [make instructions](https://docs.qmk.fm/make_instructions.html) for more information.
diff --git a/keyboards/clueboard/rules.mk b/keyboards/clueboard/rules.mk
index f852a01840..74bfcfe745 100644
--- a/keyboards/clueboard/rules.mk
+++ b/keyboards/clueboard/rules.mk
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_SIZE=4096
 #
 BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE = no 	# Virtual DIP switch configuration(+1000)
 MOUSEKEY_ENABLE = no	# Mouse keys(+4700)
-EXTRAKEY_ENABLE = no 	# Audio control and System control(+450)
+EXTRAKEY_ENABLE = yes 	# Audio control and System control(+450)
 CONSOLE_ENABLE = yes	# Console for debug(+400)
 COMMAND_ENABLE = yes   # Commands for debug and configuration
 NKRO_ENABLE = yes		# USB Nkey Rollover - if this doesn't work, see here: https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/wiki/FAQ#nkro-doesnt-work
diff --git a/keyboards/cluecard/readme.md b/keyboards/cluecard/readme.md
index be13fc0171..d9daa0b2b5 100644
--- a/keyboards/cluecard/readme.md
+++ b/keyboards/cluecard/readme.md
@@ -1,28 +1,13 @@
-cluecard keyboard firmware
-======================
+# Cluecard
 
-## Quantum MK Firmware
+A simple QMK dev kit.
 
-For the full Quantum feature list, see [the parent readme.md](/doc/readme.md).
+* Keyboard Maintainer: [Zach White](https://github.com/skullydazed)
+* Hardware Supported: Cluecard 1.0
+* Hardware Availability: Special gift from [skullydazed](https://github.com/skullydazed)
 
-## Building
+Make example for this keyboard (after setting up your build environment):
 
-Download or clone the whole firmware and navigate to the keyboards/cluecard folder. Once your dev env is setup, you'll be able to type `make` to generate your .hex - you can then use the Teensy Loader to program your .hex file.
+    make cluecard-default
 
-Depending on which keymap you would like to use, you will have to compile slightly differently.
-
-### Default
-
-To build with the default keymap, simply run `make default`.
-
-### Other Keymaps
-
-Several version of keymap are available in advance but you are recommended to define your favorite layout yourself. To define your own keymap create a folder with the name of your keymap in the keymaps folder, and see keymap documentation (you can find in top readme.md) and existant keymap files.
-
-To build the firmware binary hex file with a keymap just do `make` with a keymap like this:
-
-```
-$ make [default|jack|<name>]
-```
-
-Keymaps follow the format **__keymap.c__** and are stored in folders in the `keymaps` folder, eg `keymaps/my_keymap/`
+See [build environment setup](https://docs.qmk.fm/build_environment_setup.html) then the [make instructions](https://docs.qmk.fm/make_instructions.html) for more information.
diff --git a/keyboards/cluepad/readme.md b/keyboards/cluepad/readme.md
index 8450340f27..f79d6b5594 100644
--- a/keyboards/cluepad/readme.md
+++ b/keyboards/cluepad/readme.md
@@ -1,4 +1,15 @@
-Cluepad number pad firmware
-======================
+# Cluepad
 
-TODO: to be updated.
+![Cluepad](https://static1.squarespace.com/static/55c13bdee4b099be5dcb82eb/5842fbdce3df28eae5ec557e/5844fb2cb8a79bbdfd63bad1/1498501250178/IMGP3931.jpg?format=750w)
+
+A basic 17 key numpad PCB.
+
+* Keyboard Maintainer: [Zach White](https://github.com/skullydazed)
+* Hardware Supported: Cluepad PCB 1.0
+* Hardware Availability: [clueboard.co](https://clueboard.co/)
+
+Make example for this keyboard (after setting up your build environment):
+
+    make cluepad-default
+
+See [build environment setup](https://docs.qmk.fm/build_environment_setup.html) then the [make instructions](https://docs.qmk.fm/make_instructions.html) for more information.
diff --git a/keyboards/converter/usb_usb/Makefile b/keyboards/converter/usb_usb/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bd09e5885d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/converter/usb_usb/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+ifndef MAKEFILE_INCLUDED
+	include ../../../Makefile
+endif
diff --git a/keyboards/converter/usb_usb/README.md b/keyboards/converter/usb_usb/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..274e11956e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/converter/usb_usb/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+USB to USB keyboard protocol converter
+======================================
+Original code from Hasu's TMK firmware. Ported to QMK by Coloneljesus.
+
+This port has been tested only on the Pro Micro variant described in the next section.
+
+See for detail and discussion.
+https://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=69169.0
+
+
+Hardware requirement
+--------------------
+There are two options.
+
+### TMK USB-USB Converter
+You can buy a fully assembled converter from me here.
+
+    https://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=69169.0
+
+### Arduino Leonardo + Circuit@Home USB Host Shield 2.0
+Buying Arduino Leonardo and USB Host Shield 2.0(from Circuit@home) will be better, you won't need even soldering iron.
+
+    http://arduino.cc/en/Main/ArduinoBoardLeonardo 
+    https://www.circuitsathome.com/products-page/arduino-shields/usb-host-shield-2-0-for-arduino-assembled/
+
+Other compatible boards like Arduino's Shield will also work well but I think Sparkfun's needs to be modified.
+
+    http://arduino.cc/en/Main/ArduinoUSBHostShield
+    https://www.sparkfun.com/products/9947
+
+Also Pro Micro 3.3V(not Mini) or Teensy with mini host shield will work with some fixes on signal/power routing.
+
+    https://www.circuitsathome.com/products-page/arduino-shields/usb-host-shield-for-arduino-pro-mini
+    https://www.sparkfun.com/products/12587
+    https://www.pjrc.com/teensy/td_libs_USBHostShield.html
+
+
+
+Build firmware
+--------------
+Follow normal QMK build instructions to get a binary file. Flashing depends on you hardware.
+
+Limitation
+----------
+Only supports 'HID Boot protocol'.
+
+Note that the converter can host only USB "boot protocol" keyboard(6KRO), not NKRO, it is possible to support NKRO keyboard but you will need to write HID report parser for that. Every NKRO keyboard can have different HID report and it is difficult to support all kind of NKRO keyboards in the market.
+
+
+
+Keymap editor
+-------------
+You can editor keymap and download firmware with web brwoser.
+
+- http://www.tmk-kbd.com/tmk_keyboard/editor/unimap/?usb_usb
+
+
+
+Update
+------
+2014/12/11  Added Hub support(confirmed with HHKB pro2)
+2016/09/10  Unimap editor support
+2016/10/18  Fix LED state at startup
+2017/08/16  Port to QMK
+
+
+Resource
+--------
+USB Host Sheild 2.0
+    https://www.circuitsathome.com/products-page/arduino-shields/usb-host-shield-2-0-for-arduino
+    https://www.circuitsathome.com/products-page/arduino-shields/usb-host-shield-for-arduino-pro-mini
+USB Host Sheild 2.0 source
+    https://github.com/felis/USB_Host_Shield_2.0
+Arduino USB Host Shield(with bootst converter)
+    http://arduino.cc/en/Main/ArduinoUSBHostShield
+Arduino source
+    https://github.com/arduino/Arduino/hardware/arduino/{cores,variants}
+Initial release of TMK USB-USB converter
+    https://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=33057.msg653549#msg653549
+    http://deskthority.net/workshop-f7/is-remapping-a-usb-keyboard-using-teensy-possible-t2841-30.html#p74854
+Arduino-based hardware keyboard remapper - Colemak forum
+    http://forum.colemak.com/viewtopic.php?id=1561
+Teensy + Host Shield
+    http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/td_libs_USBHostShield.html
diff --git a/keyboards/converter/usb_usb/config.h b/keyboards/converter/usb_usb/config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..591d80f32d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/converter/usb_usb/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2017 Balz Guenat <balz.guenat@gmail.com>
+
+This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifndef CONFIG_H
+#define CONFIG_H
+
+// do not #include "config_common.h" because the pin names conflict with the USB HID code.
+// CUSTOM_MATRIX is defined it that file, though, and we need it, so we define it ourselves.
+// It's a hack, yeah...
+#define CUSTOM_MATRIX 2
+
+/* USB Device descriptor parameter */
+#define VENDOR_ID       0xFEED
+#define PRODUCT_ID      0x005B
+#define DEVICE_VER      0x0001
+#define MANUFACTURER    QMK
+#define PRODUCT         QMK USB-USB Converter
+#define DESCRIPTION     USB to USB Keyboard Converter with QMK
+
+
+/* size of virtual matrix */
+#define MATRIX_ROWS 16
+#define MATRIX_COLS 16
+
+/* matrix scanning is done in custom_matrix.cpp */
+#define DIODE_DIRECTION CUSTOM_MATRIX
+
+/* key combination for command */
+#define IS_COMMAND() (keyboard_report->mods == (MOD_BIT(KC_LSHIFT) | MOD_BIT(KC_RSHIFT))) 
+
+/*
+ * Feature disable options
+ *  These options are also useful to firmware size reduction.
+ */
+
+/* disable debug print */
+//#define NO_DEBUG
+
+/* disable print */
+//#define NO_PRINT
+
+/* disable action features */
+//#define NO_ACTION_LAYER
+//#define NO_ACTION_TAPPING
+//#define NO_ACTION_ONESHOT
+//#define NO_ACTION_MACRO
+//#define NO_ACTION_FUNCTION
+
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/converter/usb_usb/custom_matrix.cpp b/keyboards/converter/usb_usb/custom_matrix.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..93d13edf0b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/converter/usb_usb/custom_matrix.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,238 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2016 Jun Wako <wakojun@gmail.com>
+
+This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+
+// USB HID host
+#include "Usb.h"
+#include "usbhub.h"
+#include "hid.h"
+#include "hidboot.h"
+#include "parser.h"
+
+#include "keycode.h"
+#include "util.h"
+#include "print.h"
+#include "debug.h"
+#include "timer.h"
+#include "matrix.h"
+#include "led.h"
+#include "host.h"
+#include "keyboard.h"
+
+
+/* KEY CODE to Matrix
+ *
+ * HID keycode(1 byte):
+ * Higher 5 bits indicates ROW and lower 3 bits COL.
+ *
+ *  7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
+ * +---------------+
+ * |  ROW  |  COL  |
+ * +---------------+
+ *
+ * Matrix space(16 * 16):
+ *   r\c0123456789ABCDEF
+ *   0 +----------------+
+ *   : |                |
+ *   : |                |
+ *  16 +----------------+
+ */
+#define ROW_MASK 0xF0
+#define COL_MASK 0x0F
+#define CODE(row, col)  (((row) << 4) | (col))
+#define ROW(code)       (((code) & ROW_MASK) >> 4)
+#define COL(code)       ((code) & COL_MASK)
+#define ROW_BITS(code)  (1 << COL(code))
+
+
+// Integrated key state of all keyboards
+static report_keyboard_t keyboard_report;
+
+static bool matrix_is_mod = false;
+
+/*
+ * USB Host Shield HID keyboards
+ * This supports two cascaded hubs and four keyboards
+ */
+USB usb_host;
+USBHub hub1(&usb_host);
+USBHub hub2(&usb_host);
+HIDBoot<HID_PROTOCOL_KEYBOARD>    kbd1(&usb_host);
+HIDBoot<HID_PROTOCOL_KEYBOARD>    kbd2(&usb_host);
+HIDBoot<HID_PROTOCOL_KEYBOARD>    kbd3(&usb_host);
+HIDBoot<HID_PROTOCOL_KEYBOARD>    kbd4(&usb_host);
+KBDReportParser kbd_parser1;
+KBDReportParser kbd_parser2;
+KBDReportParser kbd_parser3;
+KBDReportParser kbd_parser4;
+
+
+extern "C"
+{
+    uint8_t matrix_rows(void) { return MATRIX_ROWS; }
+    uint8_t matrix_cols(void) { return MATRIX_COLS; }
+    bool matrix_has_ghost(void) { return false; }
+    void matrix_init(void) {
+        // USB Host Shield setup
+        usb_host.Init();
+        kbd1.SetReportParser(0, (HIDReportParser*)&kbd_parser1);
+        kbd2.SetReportParser(0, (HIDReportParser*)&kbd_parser2);
+        kbd3.SetReportParser(0, (HIDReportParser*)&kbd_parser3);
+        kbd4.SetReportParser(0, (HIDReportParser*)&kbd_parser4);
+    }
+
+    static void or_report(report_keyboard_t report) {
+        // integrate reports into keyboard_report
+        keyboard_report.mods |= report.mods;
+        for (uint8_t i = 0; i < KEYBOARD_REPORT_KEYS; i++) {
+            if (IS_ANY(report.keys[i])) {
+                for (uint8_t j = 0; j < KEYBOARD_REPORT_KEYS; j++) {
+                    if (! keyboard_report.keys[j]) {
+                        keyboard_report.keys[j] = report.keys[i];
+                        break;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    uint8_t matrix_scan(void) {
+        static uint16_t last_time_stamp1 = 0;
+        static uint16_t last_time_stamp2 = 0;
+        static uint16_t last_time_stamp3 = 0;
+        static uint16_t last_time_stamp4 = 0;
+
+        // check report came from keyboards
+        if (kbd_parser1.time_stamp != last_time_stamp1 ||
+            kbd_parser2.time_stamp != last_time_stamp2 ||
+            kbd_parser3.time_stamp != last_time_stamp3 ||
+            kbd_parser4.time_stamp != last_time_stamp4) {
+
+            last_time_stamp1 = kbd_parser1.time_stamp;
+            last_time_stamp2 = kbd_parser2.time_stamp;
+            last_time_stamp3 = kbd_parser3.time_stamp;
+            last_time_stamp4 = kbd_parser4.time_stamp;
+
+            // clear and integrate all reports
+            keyboard_report = {};
+            or_report(kbd_parser1.report);
+            or_report(kbd_parser2.report);
+            or_report(kbd_parser3.report);
+            or_report(kbd_parser4.report);
+
+            matrix_is_mod = true;
+
+            dprintf("state:  %02X %02X", keyboard_report.mods, keyboard_report.reserved);
+            for (uint8_t i = 0; i < KEYBOARD_REPORT_KEYS; i++) {
+                dprintf(" %02X", keyboard_report.keys[i]);
+            }
+            dprint("\r\n");
+        } else {
+            matrix_is_mod = false;
+        }
+
+        uint16_t timer;
+        timer = timer_read();
+        usb_host.Task();
+        timer = timer_elapsed(timer);
+        if (timer > 100) {
+            dprintf("host.Task: %d\n", timer);
+        }
+
+        static uint8_t usb_state = 0;
+        if (usb_state != usb_host.getUsbTaskState()) {
+            usb_state = usb_host.getUsbTaskState();
+            dprintf("usb_state: %02X\n", usb_state);
+
+            // restore LED state when keyboard comes up
+            if (usb_state == USB_STATE_RUNNING) {
+                dprintf("speed: %s\n", usb_host.getVbusState()==FSHOST ? "full" : "low");
+                keyboard_set_leds(host_keyboard_leds());
+            }
+        }
+        return 1;
+    }
+
+    bool matrix_is_modified(void) {
+        return matrix_is_mod;
+    }
+
+    bool matrix_is_on(uint8_t row, uint8_t col) {
+        uint8_t code = CODE(row, col);
+
+        if (IS_MOD(code)) {
+            if (keyboard_report.mods & ROW_BITS(code)) {
+                return true;
+            }
+        }
+        for (uint8_t i = 0; i < KEYBOARD_REPORT_KEYS; i++) {
+            if (keyboard_report.keys[i] == code) {
+                return true;
+            }
+        }
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    matrix_row_t matrix_get_row(uint8_t row) {
+        uint16_t row_bits = 0;
+
+        if (IS_MOD(CODE(row, 0)) && keyboard_report.mods) {
+            row_bits |= keyboard_report.mods;
+        }
+
+        for (uint8_t i = 0; i < KEYBOARD_REPORT_KEYS; i++) {
+            if (IS_ANY(keyboard_report.keys[i])) {
+                if (row == ROW(keyboard_report.keys[i])) {
+                    row_bits |= ROW_BITS(keyboard_report.keys[i]);
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        return row_bits;
+    }
+
+    uint8_t matrix_key_count(void) {
+        uint8_t count = 0;
+
+        count += bitpop(keyboard_report.mods);
+        for (uint8_t i = 0; i < KEYBOARD_REPORT_KEYS; i++) {
+            if (IS_ANY(keyboard_report.keys[i])) {
+                count++;
+            }
+        }
+        return count;
+    }
+
+    void matrix_print(void) {
+        print("\nr/c 0123456789ABCDEF\n");
+        for (uint8_t row = 0; row < matrix_rows(); row++) {
+            xprintf("%02d: ", row);
+            print_bin_reverse16(matrix_get_row(row));
+            print("\n");
+        }
+    }
+
+    void led_set(uint8_t usb_led)
+    {
+        kbd1.SetReport(0, 0, 2, 0, 1, &usb_led);
+        kbd2.SetReport(0, 0, 2, 0, 1, &usb_led);
+        kbd3.SetReport(0, 0, 2, 0, 1, &usb_led);
+        kbd4.SetReport(0, 0, 2, 0, 1, &usb_led);
+    }
+
+};
diff --git a/keyboards/converter/usb_usb/keymap.c b/keyboards/converter/usb_usb/keymap.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..16f2a28092
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/converter/usb_usb/keymap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,288 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2017 Balz Guenat <balz.guenat@gmail.com>
+
+This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include "keymap_common.h"
+
+
+const uint8_t keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] PROGMEM = {
+    /* 0: plain Qwerty without layer switching
+     *         ,---------------. ,---------------. ,---------------.
+     *         |F13|F14|F15|F16| |F17|F18|F19|F20| |F21|F22|F23|F24|
+     * ,---.   |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| ,-----------. ,---------------. ,-------.
+     * |Esc|   |F1 |F2 |F3 |F4 | |F5 |F6 |F7 |F8 | |F9 |F10|F11|F12| |PrS|ScL|Pau| |VDn|VUp|Mut|Pwr| | Help  |
+     * `---'   `---------------' `---------------' `---------------' `-----------' `---------------' `-------'
+     * ,-----------------------------------------------------------. ,-----------. ,---------------. ,-------.
+     * |  `|  1|  2|  3|  4|  5|  6|  7|  8|  9|  0|  -|  =|JPY|Bsp| |Ins|Hom|PgU| |NmL|  /|  *|  -| |Stp|Agn|
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------| |-----------| |---------------| |-------|
+     * |Tab  |  Q|  W|  E|  R|  T|  Y|  U|  I|  O|  P|  [|  ]|  \  | |Del|End|PgD| |  7|  8|  9|  +| |Mnu|Und|
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------| `-----------' |---------------| |-------|
+     * |CapsL |  A|  S|  D|  F|  G|  H|  J|  K|  L|  ;|  :|  #|Retn|               |  4|  5|  6|KP,| |Sel|Cpy|
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------|     ,---.     |---------------| |-------|
+     * |Shft|  <|  Z|  X|  C|  V|  B|  N|  M|  ,|  ,|  /| RO|Shift |     |Up |     |  1|  2|  3|KP=| |Exe|Pst|
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------| ,-----------. |---------------| |-------|
+     * |Ctl|Gui|Alt|MHEN|HNJ| Space  |H/E|HENK|KANA|Alt|Gui|App|Ctl| |Lef|Dow|Rig| |  0    |  .|Ent| |Fnd|Cut|
+     * `-----------------------------------------------------------' `-----------' `---------------' `-------'
+     */
+    // KEYMAP_ALL(
+    //           F13, F14, F15, F16, F17, F18, F19, F20, F21, F22, F23, F24,
+    // ESC,      F1,  F2,  F3,  F4,  F5,  F6,  F7,  F8,  F9,  F10, F11, F12,           PSCR,SLCK,PAUS,    VOLD,VOLU,MUTE,PWR,     HELP,
+    // GRV, 1,   2,   3,   4,   5,   6,   7,   8,   9,   0,   MINS,EQL, JYEN,BSPC,     INS, HOME,PGUP,    NLCK,PSLS,PAST,PMNS,    STOP,AGIN,
+    // TAB, Q,   W,   E,   R,   T,   Y,   U,   I,   O,   P,   LBRC,RBRC,     BSLS,     DEL, END, PGDN,    P7,  P8,  P9,  PPLS,    MENU,UNDO,
+    // CAPS,A,   S,   D,   F,   G,   H,   J,   K,   L,   SCLN,QUOT,     NUHS,ENT,                         P4,  P5,  P6,  PCMM,    SLCT,COPY,
+    // LSFT,NUBS,Z,   X,   C,   V,   B,   N,   M,   COMM,DOT, SLSH,     RO,  RSFT,          UP,           P1,  P2,  P3,  PEQL,    EXEC,PSTE,
+    // LCTL,LGUI,LALT,MHEN,HANJ,     SPC,      HAEN,HENK,KANA,RALT,RGUI,APP, RCTL,     LEFT,DOWN,RGHT,    P0,       PDOT,PENT,    FIND,CUT
+    // ),
+    KEYMAP_ALL(
+              F13, F14, F15, F16, F17, F18, F19, F20, F21, F22, F23, F24,
+    ESC,      F1,  F2,  F3,  F4,  F5,  F6,  F7,  F8,  F9,  F10, F11, F12,           PSCR,SLCK,PAUS,    VOLD,VOLU,MUTE,PWR,     HELP,
+    GRV, 1,   2,   3,   4,   5,   6,   7,   8,   9,   0,   MINS,EQL, JYEN,BSPC,     INS, HOME,PGUP,    NLCK,PSLS,PAST,PMNS,    STOP,AGIN,
+    TAB, Q,   W,   E,   R,   T,   Y,   U,   I,   O,   P,   LBRC,RBRC,     BSLS,     DEL, END, PGDN,    P7,  P8,  P9,  PPLS,    MENU,UNDO,
+    FN0, A,   S,   D,   F,   G,   H,   J,   K,   L,   SCLN,QUOT,     NUHS,ENT,                         P4,  P5,  P6,  PCMM,    SLCT,COPY,
+    LSFT,NUBS,Z,   X,   C,   V,   B,   N,   M,   COMM,DOT, SLSH,     RO,  RSFT,          UP,           P1,  P2,  P3,  PEQL,    EXEC,PSTE,
+    LCTL,LGUI,LALT,MHEN,HANJ,     SPC,      HAEN,HENK,KANA,RALT,RGUI,APP, RCTL,     LEFT,DOWN,RGHT,    P0,       PDOT,PENT,    FIND,CUT
+    ),
+    KEYMAP_ALL(
+              TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,
+    TRNS,     TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,          TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,    TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,    TRNS,
+    GRV, TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,     TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,    TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,    TRNS,TRNS,
+    CAPS,MPRV,VOLU,MNXT,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,     TRNS,     TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,    TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,    TRNS,TRNS,
+    TRNS,MUTE,VOLD,MPLY,TRNS,TRNS,LEFT,DOWN,UP,  RGHT,TRNS,TRNS,     TRNS,TRNS,                        TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,    TRNS,TRNS,
+    TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,     TRNS,TRNS,          TRNS,         TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,    TRNS,TRNS,
+    TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,     TRNS,     TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,     TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,    TRNS,     TRNS,TRNS,    TRNS,TRNS
+    ),
+};
+
+// const action_t fn_actions[] PROGMEM = {};
+
+const action_t PROGMEM fn_actions[] = {
+    [0] = ACTION_LAYER_MOMENTARY(1),
+};
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Keymap samples
+ */
+#if 0
+    /* ANSI layout
+     * ,---.   ,---------------. ,---------------. ,---------------. ,-----------.
+     * |Esc|   |F1 |F2 |F3 |F4 | |F5 |F6 |F7 |F8 | |F9 |F10|F11|F12| |PrS|ScL|Pau|
+     * `---'   `---------------' `---------------' `---------------' `-----------'
+     * ,-----------------------------------------------------------. ,-----------. ,---------------.
+     * |  `|  1|  2|  3|  4|  5|  6|  7|  8|  9|  0|  -|  =|    Bsp| |Ins|Hom|PgU| |NmL|  /|  *|  -|
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------| |-----------| |---------------|
+     * |Tab  |  Q|  W|  E|  R|  T|  Y|  U|  I|  O|  P|  [|  ]|  \  | |Del|End|PgD| |  7|  8|  9|  +|
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------| `-----------' |-----------|   |
+     * |CapsL |  A|  S|  D|  F|  G|  H|  J|  K|  L|  ;|  '|  Return|               |  4|  5|  6|   |
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------|     ,---.     |---------------|
+     * |Shift   |  Z|  X|  C|  V|  B|  N|  M|  ,|  ,|  /|Shift     |     |Up |     |  1|  2|  3|   |
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------| ,-----------. |-----------|   |
+     * |Ctl|Gui|Alt|           Space               |Alt|Gui|App|Ctl| |Lef|Dow|Rig| |      0|  .|Ent|
+     * `-----------------------------------------------------------' `-----------' `---------------'
+     */
+    KEYMAP(
+    ESC,      F1,  F2,  F3,  F4,  F5,  F6,  F7,  F8,  F9,  F10, F11, F12,      PSCR,SLCK,BRK,
+    GRV, 1,   2,   3,   4,   5,   6,   7,   8,   9,   0,   MINS,EQL, BSPC,     INS, HOME,PGUP,    NLCK,PSLS,PAST,PMNS,
+    TAB, Q,   W,   E,   R,   T,   Y,   U,   I,   O,   P,   LBRC,RBRC,BSLS,     DEL, END, PGDN,    P7,  P8,  P9,
+    LCTL,A,   S,   D,   F,   G,   H,   J,   K,   L,   SCLN,QUOT,     ENT,                         P4,  P5,  P6,  PPLS,
+    LSFT,Z,   X,   C,   V,   B,   N,   M,   COMM,DOT, SLSH,          RSFT,          UP,           P1,  P2,  P3,
+    LCTL,LGUI,LALT,          SPC,                     RALT,RGUI,APP, RCTL,     LEFT,DOWN,RGHT,    P0,       PDOT,PENT
+    ),
+
+    /* ISO layout
+     * ,---.   ,---------------. ,---------------. ,---------------. ,-----------.
+     * |Esc|   |F1 |F2 |F3 |F4 | |F5 |F6 |F7 |F8 | |F9 |F10|F11|F12| |PrS|ScL|Pau|
+     * `---'   `---------------' `---------------' `---------------' `-----------'
+     * ,-----------------------------------------------------------. ,-----------. ,---------------.
+     * |  `|  1|  2|  3|  4|  5|  6|  7|  8|  9|  0|  -|  ^|    Bsp| |Ins|Hom|PgU| |NmL|  /|  *|  -|
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------| |-----------| |---------------|
+     * |Tab  |  Q|  W|  E|  R|  T|  Y|  U|  I|  O|  P|  [|  ]| Retn| |Del|End|PgD| |  7|  8|  9|  +|
+     * |------------------------------------------------------`    | `-----------' |-----------|   |
+     * |CapsL |  A|  S|  D|  F|  G|  H|  J|  K|  L|  ;|  '|  #|    |               |  4|  5|  6|   |
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------|     ,---.     |---------------|
+     * |Shft|\  |  Z|  X|  C|  V|  B|  N|  M|  ,|  ,|  /|Shift     |     |Up |     |  1|  2|  3|Ent|
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------| ,-----------. |-----------|   |
+     * |Ctl|Gui|Alt|           Space       |HNK|KNA|Alt|Gui|App|Ctl| |Lef|Dow|Rig| |      0|  .|   |
+     * `-----------------------------------------------------------' `-----------' `---------------'
+     */
+    KEYMAP_ISO(
+    ESC,      F1,  F2,  F3,  F4,  F5,  F6,  F7,  F8,  F9,  F10, F11, F12,      PSCR,SLCK,BRK,
+    GRV, 1,   2,   3,   4,   5,   6,   7,   8,   9,   0,   MINS,EQL, BSPC,     INS, HOME,PGUP,    NLCK,PSLS,PAST,PMNS,
+    TAB, Q,   W,   E,   R,   T,   Y,   U,   I,   O,   P,   LBRC,RBRC,ENT,      DEL, END, PGDN,    P7,  P8,  P9,  PPLS,
+    LCTL,A,   S,   D,   F,   G,   H,   J,   K,   L,   SCLN,QUOT,NUHS,                             P4,  P5,  P6,
+    LSFT,NUBS,Z,   X,   C,   V,   B,   N,   M,   COMM,DOT, SLSH,     RSFT,          UP,           P1,  P2,  P3,  PENT,
+    LCTL,LGUI,LALT,          SPC,                     RALT,RGUI,APP, RCTL,     LEFT,DOWN,RGHT,    P0,       PDOT 
+    ),
+
+    /* JIS layout
+     * ,---.   ,---------------. ,---------------. ,---------------. ,-----------.
+     * |Esc|   |F1 |F2 |F3 |F4 | |F5 |F6 |F7 |F8 | |F9 |F10|F11|F12| |PrS|ScL|Pau|
+     * `---'   `---------------' `---------------' `---------------' `-----------'
+     * ,-----------------------------------------------------------. ,-----------. ,---------------.
+     * |  `|  1|  2|  3|  4|  5|  6|  7|  8|  9|  0|  -|  ^|JPY|Bsp| |Ins|Hom|PgU| |NmL|  /|  *|  -|
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------| |-----------| |---------------|
+     * |Tab  |  Q|  W|  E|  R|  T|  Y|  U|  I|  O|  P|  @|  [| Retn| |Del|End|PgD| |  7|  8|  9|  +|
+     * |------------------------------------------------------`    | `-----------' |-----------|   |
+     * |CapsL |  A|  S|  D|  F|  G|  H|  J|  K|  L|  ;|  :|  ]|    |               |  4|  5|  6|   |
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------|     ,---.     |---------------|
+     * |Shft    |  Z|  X|  C|  V|  B|  N|  M|  ,|  ,|  /| RO|Shift |     |Up |     |  1|  2|  3|Ent|
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------| ,-----------. |-----------|   |
+     * |Ctl|Gui|Alt|MHEN|      Space      |HENK|KNA|Alt|Gui|App|Ctl| |Lef|Dow|Rig| |      0|  .|   |
+     * `-----------------------------------------------------------' `-----------' `---------------'
+     */
+    KEYMAP_JIS(
+    ESC,      F1,  F2,  F3,  F4,  F5,  F6,  F7,  F8,  F9,  F10, F11, F12,           PSCR,SLCK,BRK,
+    GRV, 1,   2,   3,   4,   5,   6,   7,   8,   9,   0,   MINS,EQL, JPY, BSPC,     INS, HOME,PGUP,    NLCK,PSLS,PAST,PMNS,
+    TAB, Q,   W,   E,   R,   T,   Y,   U,   I,   O,   P,   LBRC,RBRC,     ENT,      DEL, END, PGDN,    P7,  P8,  P9,  PPLS,
+    LCTL,A,   S,   D,   F,   G,   H,   J,   K,   L,   SCLN,QUOT,NUHS,                                  P4,  P5,  P6,
+    LSFT,Z,   X,   C,   V,   B,   N,   M,   COMM,DOT, SLSH,          RO,  RSFT,          UP,           P1,  P2,  P3,  PENT,
+    LCTL,LGUI,LALT,MHEN,     SPC,                HENK,KANA,RALT,RGUI,APP, RCTL,     LEFT,DOWN,RGHT,    P0,       PDOT 
+    ),
+
+    /* Colemak http://colemak.com
+     * ,-----------------------------------------------------------.
+     * |  `|  1|  2|  3|  4|  5|  6|  7|  8|  9|  0|  -|  =|Backspa|
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+     * |Tab  |  Q|  W|  F|  P|  G|  J|  L|  U|  Y|  ;|  [|  ]|    \|
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+     * |BackSp|  A|  R|  S|  T|  D|  H|  N|  E|  I|  O|  '|Return  |
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+     * |Shift   |  Z|  X|  C|  V|  B|  K|  M|  ,|  ,|  /|Shift     |
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+     * |Ctrl |Gui |Alt |         Space         |Alt |Gui |Menu|Ctrl|
+     * `----------------------------------------------------------'
+     */
+    KEYMAP_ALL(
+              F13, F14, F15, F16, F17, F18, F19, F20, F21, F22, F23, F24,
+    ESC,      F1,  F2,  F3,  F4,  F5,  F6,  F7,  F8,  F9,  F10, F11, F12,           PSCR,SLCK,PAUS,    VOLD,VOLU,MUTE,PWR,     HELP,
+    GRV, 1,   2,   3,   4,   5,   6,   7,   8,   9,   0,   MINS,EQL, JYEN,BSPC,     INS, HOME,PGUP,    NLCK,PSLS,PAST,PMNS,    STOP,AGIN,
+    TAB, Q,   W,   F,   P,   G,   J,   L,   U,   Y,   SCLN,LBRC,RBRC,     BSLS,     DEL, END, PGDN,    P7,  P8,  P9,  PPLS,    MENU,UNDO,
+    BSPC,A,   R,   S,   T,   D,   H,   N,   E,   I,   O,   QUOT,     NUHS,ENT,                         P4,  P5,  P6,  PCMM,    SLCT,COPY,
+    LSFT,NUBS,Z,   X,   C,   V,   B,   K,   M,   COMM,DOT, SLSH,     RO,  RSFT,          UP,           P1,  P2,  P3,  PEQL,    EXEC,PSTE,
+    LCTL,LGUI,LALT,MHEN,HANJ,     SPC,      HAEN,HENK,KANA,RALT,RGUI,APP, RCTL,     LEFT,DOWN,RGHT,    P0,       PDOT,PENT,    FIND,CUT
+    ),
+
+    /* Dvorak http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dvorak_Simplified_Keyboard
+     * ,-----------------------------------------------------------.
+     * |  `|  1|  2|  3|  4|  5|  6|  7|  8|  9|  0|  [|  ]|Backspa|
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+     * |Tab  |  '|  ,|  .|  P|  Y|  F|  G|  C|  R|  L|  /|  =|    \|
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+     * |BackSp|  A|  O|  E|  U|  I|  D|  H|  T|  N|  S|  -|Return  |
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+     * |Shift   |  ;|  Q|  J|  K|  X|  B|  M|  Wl  V|  Z|Shift     |
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+     * |Ctrl |Gui |Alt |         Space         |Alt |Gui |Menu|Ctrl|
+     * `-----------------------------------------------------------'
+     */
+    KEYMAP_ALL(
+              F13, F14, F15, F16, F17, F18, F19, F20, F21, F22, F23, F24,
+    ESC,      F1,  F2,  F3,  F4,  F5,  F6,  F7,  F8,  F9,  F10, F11, F12,           PSCR,SLCK,PAUS,    VOLD,VOLU,MUTE,PWR,     HELP,
+    GRV, 1,   2,   3,   4,   5,   6,   7,   8,   9,   0,   LBRC,RBRC,JYEN,BSPC,     INS, HOME,PGUP,    NLCK,PSLS,PAST,PMNS,    STOP,AGIN,
+    TAB, QUOT,COMM,DOT, P,   Y,   F,   G,   C,   R,   L,   SLSH,EQL,      BSLS,     DEL, END, PGDN,    P7,  P8,  P9,  PPLS,    MENU,UNDO,
+    CAPS,A,   O,   E,   U,   I,   D,   H,   T,   N,   S,   MINS,     NUHS,ENT,                         P4,  P5,  P6,  PCMM,    SLCT,COPY,
+    LSFT,NUBS,SCLN,Q,   J,   K,   X,   B,   M,   W,   V,   Z,        RO,  RSFT,          UP,           P1,  P2,  P3,  PEQL,    EXEC,PSTE,
+    LCTL,LGUI,LALT,MHEN,HANJ,     SPC,      HAEN,HENK,KANA,RALT,RGUI,APP, RCTL,     LEFT,DOWN,RGHT,    P0,       PDOT,PENT,    FIND,CUT
+    ),
+
+    /* Workman http://viralintrospection.wordpress.com/2010/09/06/a-different-philosophy-in-designing-keyboard-layouts/
+     * ,-----------------------------------------------------------.
+     * |  `|  1|  2|  3|  4|  5|  6|  7|  8|  9|  0|  -|  =|Backspa|
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+     * |Tab  |  Q|  D|  R|  W|  B|  J|  F|  U|  P|  ;|  [|  ]|    \|
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+     * |CapsLo|  A|  S|  H|  T|  G|  Y|  N|  E|  O|  I|  '|Return  |
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+     * |Shift   |  Z|  X|  M|  C|  V|  K|  L|  ,|  ,|  /|Shift     |
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+     * |Ctrl |Gui |Alt |         Space         |Alt |Gui |Menu|Ctrl|
+     * `-----------------------------------------------------------'
+     */
+    KEYMAP_ALL(
+              F13, F14, F15, F16, F17, F18, F19, F20, F21, F22, F23, F24,
+    ESC,      F1,  F2,  F3,  F4,  F5,  F6,  F7,  F8,  F9,  F10, F11, F12,           PSCR,SLCK,PAUS,    VOLD,VOLU,MUTE,PWR,     HELP,
+    GRV, 1,   2,   3,   4,   5,   6,   7,   8,   9,   0,   MINS,EQL, JYEN,BSPC,     INS, HOME,PGUP,    NLCK,PSLS,PAST,PMNS,    STOP,AGIN,
+    TAB, Q,   D,   R,   W,   B,   J,   F,   U,   P,   SCLN,LBRC,RBRC,     BSLS,     DEL, END, PGDN,    P7,  P8,  P9,  PPLS,    MENU,UNDO,
+    CAPS,A,   S,   H,   T,   G,   Y,   N,   E,   O,   I,   QUOT,     NUHS,ENT,                         P4,  P5,  P6,  PCMM,    SLCT,COPY,
+    LSFT,NUBS,Z,   X,   M,   C,   V,   K,   L,   COMM,DOT, SLSH,     RO,  RSFT,          UP,           P1,  P2,  P3,  PEQL,    EXEC,PSTE,
+    LCTL,LGUI,LALT,MHEN,HANJ,     SPC,      HAEN,HENK,KANA,RALT,RGUI,APP, RCTL,     LEFT,DOWN,RGHT,    P0,       PDOT,PENT,    FIND,CUT
+    ),
+
+
+/*
+ * SpaceFN layout
+ * http://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=51069.0
+ */
+const uint8_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+    /* 0: plain Qwerty
+     *         ,---------------. ,---------------. ,---------------.
+     *         |F13|F14|F15|F16| |F17|F18|F19|F20| |F21|F22|F23|F24|
+     * ,---.   |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| ,-----------. ,---------------. ,-------.
+     * |Esc|   |F1 |F2 |F3 |F4 | |F5 |F6 |F7 |F8 | |F9 |F10|F11|F12| |PrS|ScL|Pau| |VDn|VUp|Mut|Pwr| | Help  |
+     * `---'   `---------------' `---------------' `---------------' `-----------' `---------------' `-------'
+     * ,-----------------------------------------------------------. ,-----------. ,---------------. ,-------.
+     * |  `|  1|  2|  3|  4|  5|  6|  7|  8|  9|  0|  -|  =|JPY|Bsp| |Ins|Hom|PgU| |NmL|  /|  *|  -| |Stp|Agn|
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------| |-----------| |---------------| |-------|
+     * |Tab  |  Q|  W|  E|  R|  T|  Y|  U|  I|  O|  P|  [|  ]|  \  | |Del|End|PgD| |  7|  8|  9|  +| |Mnu|Und|
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------| `-----------' |---------------| |-------|
+     * |LCtrl |  A|  S|  D|  F|  G|  H|  J|  K|  L|  ;|  :|  #|Retn|               |  4|  5|  6|KP,| |Sel|Cpy|
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------|     ,---.     |---------------| |-------|
+     * |Shft|  <|  Z|  X|  C|  V|  B|  N|  M|  ,|  ,|  /| RO|Shift |     |Up |     |  1|  2|  3|KP=| |Exe|Pst|
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------| ,-----------. |---------------| |-------|
+     * |Ctl|Gui|Alt|MHEN|HNJ| Space  |H/E|HENK|KANA|Alt|Gui|App|Ctl| |Lef|Dow|Rig| |  0    |  .|Ent| |Fnd|Cut|
+     * `-----------------------------------------------------------' `-----------' `---------------' `-------'
+     */
+    [0] = KEYMAP_ALL(
+              F13, F14, F15, F16, F17, F18, F19, F20, F21, F22, F23, F24,
+    ESC,      F1,  F2,  F3,  F4,  F5,  F6,  F7,  F8,  F9,  F10, F11, F12,           PSCR,SLCK,PAUS,    VOLD,VOLU,MUTE,PWR,     HELP,
+    ESC, 1,   2,   3,   4,   5,   6,   7,   8,   9,   0,   MINS,EQL, JYEN,BSPC,     INS, HOME,PGUP,    NLCK,PSLS,PAST,PMNS,    STOP,AGIN,
+    TAB, Q,   W,   E,   R,   T,   Y,   U,   I,   O,   P,   LBRC,RBRC,     BSLS,     DEL, END, PGDN,    P7,  P8,  P9,  PPLS,    MENU,UNDO,
+    LCTL,A,   S,   D,   F,   G,   H,   J,   K,   L,   SCLN,QUOT,     NUHS,ENT,                         P4,  P5,  P6,  PCMM,    SLCT,COPY,
+    LSFT,NUBS,Z,   X,   C,   V,   B,   N,   M,   COMM,DOT, SLSH,     RO,  RSFT,          UP,           P1,  P2,  P3,  PEQL,    EXEC,PSTE,
+    LCTL,LGUI,LALT,MHEN,HANJ,     FN0,      HAEN,HENK,KANA,RALT,RGUI,APP, RCTL,     LEFT,DOWN,RGHT,    P0,       PDOT,PENT,    FIND,CUT
+    ),
+
+    /* 1: SpaceFN
+     * ,-----------------------------------------------------------.
+     * |`  | F1| F2| F3| F4| F5| F6| F7| F8| F9|F10|F11|F12|Delete |
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+     * |Caps |   |   |Esc|   |   |   |Hom|Up |End|Psc|Slk|Pau|Ins  |
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+     * |      |   |   |   |   |   |PgU|Lef|Dow|Rig|   |   |        |
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+     * |        |   |   |   |   |Spc|PgD|`  |~  |   |Men|          |
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+     * |    |    |    |                        |    |    |    |    |
+     * `-----------------------------------------------------------'
+     */
+    [1] = KEYMAP_ALL(
+              TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,
+    TRNS,     TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,          TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,    TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,    TRNS,
+    GRV, F1,  F2,  F3,  F4,  F5,  F6,  F7,  F8,  F9,  F10, F11, F12, TRNS,DEL,      TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,    TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,    TRNS,TRNS,
+    CAPS,TRNS,TRNS,ESC, TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,HOME,UP,  END, PSCR,SLCK,PAUS,     INS,      TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,    TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,    TRNS,TRNS,
+    TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,PGUP,LEFT,DOWN,RGHT,TRNS,TRNS,     TRNS,TRNS,                        TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,    TRNS,TRNS,
+    TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,SPC, PGDN,GRV, FN1, TRNS,APP,      TRNS,TRNS,          TRNS,         TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,    TRNS,TRNS,
+    TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,     TRNS,     TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,     TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,    TRNS,     TRNS,TRNS,    TRNS,TRNS
+    ),
+};
+
+const action_t PROGMEM fn_actions[] = {
+    [0] = ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(1, KC_SPACE),
+    [1] = ACTION_MODS_KEY(MOD_LSFT, KC_GRV),    // tilde
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/converter/usb_usb/keymaps/coloneljesus/Makefile b/keyboards/converter/usb_usb/keymaps/coloneljesus/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f5c0545059
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/converter/usb_usb/keymaps/coloneljesus/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+ifndef QUANTUM_DIR
+	include ../../../../../Makefile
+endif
diff --git a/keyboards/converter/usb_usb/keymaps/coloneljesus/config.h b/keyboards/converter/usb_usb/keymaps/coloneljesus/config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7fa3bf328e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/converter/usb_usb/keymaps/coloneljesus/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#ifndef CONFIG_USER_H
+#define CONFIG_USER_H
+
+#include "../../config.h"
+
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/converter/usb_usb/keymaps/coloneljesus/keymap.c b/keyboards/converter/usb_usb/keymaps/coloneljesus/keymap.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0cc66fd53d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/converter/usb_usb/keymaps/coloneljesus/keymap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,307 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2017 Balz Guenat <balz.guenat@gmail.com>
+
+This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include "usb_usb.h"
+
+const uint16_t keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] PROGMEM = {
+    /* 0: plain Qwerty without layer switching
+     *         ,---------------. ,---------------. ,---------------.
+     *         |F13|F14|F15|F16| |F17|F18|F19|F20| |F21|F22|F23|F24|
+     * ,---.   |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| ,-----------. ,---------------. ,-------.
+     * |Esc|   |F1 |F2 |F3 |F4 | |F5 |F6 |F7 |F8 | |F9 |F10|F11|F12| |PrS|ScL|Pau| |VDn|VUp|Mut|Pwr| | Help  |
+     * `---'   `---------------' `---------------' `---------------' `-----------' `---------------' `-------'
+     * ,-----------------------------------------------------------. ,-----------. ,---------------. ,-------.
+     * |  `|  1|  2|  3|  4|  5|  6|  7|  8|  9|  0|  -|  =|JPY|Bsp| |Ins|Hom|PgU| |NmL|  /|  *|  -| |Stp|Agn|
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------| |-----------| |---------------| |-------|
+     * |Tab  |  Q|  W|  E|  R|  T|  Y|  U|  I|  O|  P|  [|  ]|  \  | |Del|End|PgD| |  7|  8|  9|  +| |Mnu|Und|
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------| `-----------' |---------------| |-------|
+     * |CapsL |  A|  S|  D|  F|  G|  H|  J|  K|  L|  ;|  :|  #|Retn|               |  4|  5|  6|KP,| |Sel|Cpy|
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------|     ,---.     |---------------| |-------|
+     * |Shft|  <|  Z|  X|  C|  V|  B|  N|  M|  ,|  ,|  /| RO|Shift |     |Up |     |  1|  2|  3|KP=| |Exe|Pst|
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------| ,-----------. |---------------| |-------|
+     * |Ctl|Gui|Alt|MHEN|HNJ| Space  |H/E|HENK|KANA|Alt|Gui|App|Ctl| |Lef|Dow|Rig| |  0    |  .|Ent| |Fnd|Cut|
+     * `-----------------------------------------------------------' `-----------' `---------------' `-------'
+     */
+    // KEYMAP_ALL(
+    //           F13, F14, F15, F16, F17, F18, F19, F20, F21, F22, F23, F24,
+    // ESC,      F1,  F2,  F3,  F4,  F5,  F6,  F7,  F8,  F9,  F10, F11, F12,           PSCR,SLCK,PAUS,    VOLD,VOLU,MUTE,PWR,     HELP,
+    // GRV, 1,   2,   3,   4,   5,   6,   7,   8,   9,   0,   MINS,EQL, JYEN,BSPC,     INS, HOME,PGUP,    NLCK,PSLS,PAST,PMNS,    STOP,AGIN,
+    // TAB, Q,   W,   E,   R,   T,   Y,   U,   I,   O,   P,   LBRC,RBRC,     BSLS,     DEL, END, PGDN,    P7,  P8,  P9,  PPLS,    MENU,UNDO,
+    // CAPS,A,   S,   D,   F,   G,   H,   J,   K,   L,   SCLN,QUOT,     NUHS,ENT,                         P4,  P5,  P6,  PCMM,    SLCT,COPY,
+    // LSFT,NUBS,Z,   X,   C,   V,   B,   N,   M,   COMM,DOT, SLSH,     RO,  RSFT,          UP,           P1,  P2,  P3,  PEQL,    EXEC,PSTE,
+    // LCTL,LGUI,LALT,MHEN,HANJ,     SPC,      HAEN,HENK,KANA,RALT,RGUI,APP, RCTL,     LEFT,DOWN,RGHT,    P0,       PDOT,PENT,    FIND,CUT
+    // ),
+    KEYMAP_ALL(
+                      KC_F13,  KC_F14,  KC_F15,  KC_F16, KC_F17, KC_F18, KC_F19,  KC_F20,  KC_F21,  KC_F22,  KC_F23,  KC_F24,
+    KC_ESC,           KC_F1,   KC_F2,   KC_F3,   KC_F4,  KC_F5,  KC_F6,  KC_F7,   KC_F8,   KC_F9,   KC_F10,  KC_F11,  KC_F12,               KC_PSCR, KC_SLCK, KC_PAUS,    KC_VOLD, KC_VOLU, KC_MUTE, KC_PWR,     KC_HELP, 
+    KC_GRV,  KC_1,    KC_2,    KC_3,    KC_4,    KC_5,   KC_6,   KC_7,   KC_8,    KC_9,    KC_0,    KC_MINS, KC_EQL,  KC_JYEN, KC_BSPC,     KC_INS,  KC_HOME, KC_PGUP,    KC_NLCK, KC_PSLS, KC_PAST, KC_PMNS,    KC_STOP, KC_AGIN,
+    KC_TAB,  KC_Q,    KC_W,    KC_E,    KC_R,    KC_T,   KC_Y,   KC_U,   KC_I,    KC_O,    KC_P,    KC_LBRC, KC_RBRC,          KC_BSLS,     KC_DEL,  KC_END,  KC_PGDN,    KC_P7,   KC_P8,   KC_P9,   KC_PPLS,    KC_MENU, KC_UNDO,
+    MO(1),   KC_A,    KC_S,    KC_D,    KC_F,    KC_G,   KC_H,   KC_J,   KC_K,    KC_L,    KC_SCLN, KC_QUOT,          KC_NUHS, KC_ENT,                                    KC_P4,   KC_P5,   KC_P6,   KC_PCMM,    KC_SLCT, KC_COPY,
+    KC_LSFT, KC_NUBS, KC_Z,    KC_X,    KC_C,    KC_V,   KC_B,   KC_N,   KC_M,    KC_COMM, KC_DOT,  KC_SLSH,          KC_RO,   KC_RSFT,              KC_UP,               KC_P1,   KC_P2,   KC_P3,   KC_PEQL,    KC_EXEC, KC_PSTE,
+    KC_LCTL, KC_LGUI, KC_LALT, KC_MHEN, KC_HANJ,         KC_SPC,         KC_HAEN, KC_HENK, KC_KANA, KC_RALT, KC_RGUI, KC_APP,  KC_RCTL,     KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_RGHT,    KC_P0,            KC_PDOT, KC_PENT,    KC_FIND, KC_CUT
+    ),
+    KEYMAP_ALL(
+                      ______,  ______,  ______, ______, ______,  ______,  ______, ______,  ______, ______, ______, ______, 
+    ______,           ______,  ______,  ______, ______, ______,  ______,  ______, ______,  ______, ______, ______, ______,             ______,______,______,    ______,______,______,______,    ______,
+    KC_GRV,  ______,  ______,  ______,  ______, ______, ______,  ______,  ______, ______,  ______, ______, ______, ______, ______,     ______,______,______,    ______,______,______,______,    ______,______,
+    KC_CAPS, KC_MPRV, KC_VOLU, KC_MNXT, ______, ______, ______,  ______,  ______, ______,  ______, ______, ______,         ______,     ______,______,______,    ______,______,______,______,    ______,______,
+    ______,  KC_MUTE, KC_VOLD, KC_MPLY, ______, ______, KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_UP,  KC_RGHT, ______, ______,         ______, ______,                              ______,______,______,______,    ______,______,
+    ______,  ______,  ______, ______,   ______, ______, ______,  ______,  ______, ______,  ______, ______,         ______, ______,            ______,           ______,______,______,______,    ______,______,
+    ______,  ______,  ______, ______,   ______,         ______,           ______, ______,  ______, ______, ______, ______, RESET,      ______,______,______,    ______,       ______,______,    ______,______
+    ),
+};
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM fn_actions[] = {
+
+};
+
+const macro_t *action_get_macro(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt) {
+  switch(id) {
+    default:
+      return MACRO_NONE;
+  }
+};
+
+
+void matrix_init_user(void) {
+
+}
+
+void matrix_scan_user(void) {
+
+}
+
+bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
+  return true;
+}
+
+void led_set_user(uint8_t usb_led) {
+
+}
+
+/*
+ * Keymap samples
+ */
+#if 0
+    /* ANSI layout
+     * ,---.   ,---------------. ,---------------. ,---------------. ,-----------.
+     * |Esc|   |F1 |F2 |F3 |F4 | |F5 |F6 |F7 |F8 | |F9 |F10|F11|F12| |PrS|ScL|Pau|
+     * `---'   `---------------' `---------------' `---------------' `-----------'
+     * ,-----------------------------------------------------------. ,-----------. ,---------------.
+     * |  `|  1|  2|  3|  4|  5|  6|  7|  8|  9|  0|  -|  =|    Bsp| |Ins|Hom|PgU| |NmL|  /|  *|  -|
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------| |-----------| |---------------|
+     * |Tab  |  Q|  W|  E|  R|  T|  Y|  U|  I|  O|  P|  [|  ]|  \  | |Del|End|PgD| |  7|  8|  9|  +|
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------| `-----------' |-----------|   |
+     * |CapsL |  A|  S|  D|  F|  G|  H|  J|  K|  L|  ;|  '|  Return|               |  4|  5|  6|   |
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------|     ,---.     |---------------|
+     * |Shift   |  Z|  X|  C|  V|  B|  N|  M|  ,|  ,|  /|Shift     |     |Up |     |  1|  2|  3|   |
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------| ,-----------. |-----------|   |
+     * |Ctl|Gui|Alt|           Space               |Alt|Gui|App|Ctl| |Lef|Dow|Rig| |      0|  .|Ent|
+     * `-----------------------------------------------------------' `-----------' `---------------'
+     */
+    KEYMAP(
+    ESC,      F1,  F2,  F3,  F4,  F5,  F6,  F7,  F8,  F9,  F10, F11, F12,      PSCR,SLCK,BRK,
+    GRV, 1,   2,   3,   4,   5,   6,   7,   8,   9,   0,   MINS,EQL, BSPC,     INS, HOME,PGUP,    NLCK,PSLS,PAST,PMNS,
+    TAB, Q,   W,   E,   R,   T,   Y,   U,   I,   O,   P,   LBRC,RBRC,BSLS,     DEL, END, PGDN,    P7,  P8,  P9,
+    LCTL,A,   S,   D,   F,   G,   H,   J,   K,   L,   SCLN,QUOT,     ENT,                         P4,  P5,  P6,  PPLS,
+    LSFT,Z,   X,   C,   V,   B,   N,   M,   COMM,DOT, SLSH,          RSFT,          UP,           P1,  P2,  P3,
+    LCTL,LGUI,LALT,          SPC,                     RALT,RGUI,APP, RCTL,     LEFT,DOWN,RGHT,    P0,       PDOT,PENT
+    ),
+
+    /* ISO layout
+     * ,---.   ,---------------. ,---------------. ,---------------. ,-----------.
+     * |Esc|   |F1 |F2 |F3 |F4 | |F5 |F6 |F7 |F8 | |F9 |F10|F11|F12| |PrS|ScL|Pau|
+     * `---'   `---------------' `---------------' `---------------' `-----------'
+     * ,-----------------------------------------------------------. ,-----------. ,---------------.
+     * |  `|  1|  2|  3|  4|  5|  6|  7|  8|  9|  0|  -|  ^|    Bsp| |Ins|Hom|PgU| |NmL|  /|  *|  -|
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------| |-----------| |---------------|
+     * |Tab  |  Q|  W|  E|  R|  T|  Y|  U|  I|  O|  P|  [|  ]| Retn| |Del|End|PgD| |  7|  8|  9|  +|
+     * |------------------------------------------------------`    | `-----------' |-----------|   |
+     * |CapsL |  A|  S|  D|  F|  G|  H|  J|  K|  L|  ;|  '|  #|    |               |  4|  5|  6|   |
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------|     ,---.     |---------------|
+     * |Shft|\  |  Z|  X|  C|  V|  B|  N|  M|  ,|  ,|  /|Shift     |     |Up |     |  1|  2|  3|Ent|
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------| ,-----------. |-----------|   |
+     * |Ctl|Gui|Alt|           Space       |HNK|KNA|Alt|Gui|App|Ctl| |Lef|Dow|Rig| |      0|  .|   |
+     * `-----------------------------------------------------------' `-----------' `---------------'
+     */
+    KEYMAP_ISO(
+    ESC,      F1,  F2,  F3,  F4,  F5,  F6,  F7,  F8,  F9,  F10, F11, F12,      PSCR,SLCK,BRK,
+    GRV, 1,   2,   3,   4,   5,   6,   7,   8,   9,   0,   MINS,EQL, BSPC,     INS, HOME,PGUP,    NLCK,PSLS,PAST,PMNS,
+    TAB, Q,   W,   E,   R,   T,   Y,   U,   I,   O,   P,   LBRC,RBRC,ENT,      DEL, END, PGDN,    P7,  P8,  P9,  PPLS,
+    LCTL,A,   S,   D,   F,   G,   H,   J,   K,   L,   SCLN,QUOT,NUHS,                             P4,  P5,  P6,
+    LSFT,NUBS,Z,   X,   C,   V,   B,   N,   M,   COMM,DOT, SLSH,     RSFT,          UP,           P1,  P2,  P3,  PENT,
+    LCTL,LGUI,LALT,          SPC,                     RALT,RGUI,APP, RCTL,     LEFT,DOWN,RGHT,    P0,       PDOT 
+    ),
+
+    /* JIS layout
+     * ,---.   ,---------------. ,---------------. ,---------------. ,-----------.
+     * |Esc|   |F1 |F2 |F3 |F4 | |F5 |F6 |F7 |F8 | |F9 |F10|F11|F12| |PrS|ScL|Pau|
+     * `---'   `---------------' `---------------' `---------------' `-----------'
+     * ,-----------------------------------------------------------. ,-----------. ,---------------.
+     * |  `|  1|  2|  3|  4|  5|  6|  7|  8|  9|  0|  -|  ^|JPY|Bsp| |Ins|Hom|PgU| |NmL|  /|  *|  -|
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------| |-----------| |---------------|
+     * |Tab  |  Q|  W|  E|  R|  T|  Y|  U|  I|  O|  P|  @|  [| Retn| |Del|End|PgD| |  7|  8|  9|  +|
+     * |------------------------------------------------------`    | `-----------' |-----------|   |
+     * |CapsL |  A|  S|  D|  F|  G|  H|  J|  K|  L|  ;|  :|  ]|    |               |  4|  5|  6|   |
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------|     ,---.     |---------------|
+     * |Shft    |  Z|  X|  C|  V|  B|  N|  M|  ,|  ,|  /| RO|Shift |     |Up |     |  1|  2|  3|Ent|
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------| ,-----------. |-----------|   |
+     * |Ctl|Gui|Alt|MHEN|      Space      |HENK|KNA|Alt|Gui|App|Ctl| |Lef|Dow|Rig| |      0|  .|   |
+     * `-----------------------------------------------------------' `-----------' `---------------'
+     */
+    KEYMAP_JIS(
+    ESC,      F1,  F2,  F3,  F4,  F5,  F6,  F7,  F8,  F9,  F10, F11, F12,           PSCR,SLCK,BRK,
+    GRV, 1,   2,   3,   4,   5,   6,   7,   8,   9,   0,   MINS,EQL, JPY, BSPC,     INS, HOME,PGUP,    NLCK,PSLS,PAST,PMNS,
+    TAB, Q,   W,   E,   R,   T,   Y,   U,   I,   O,   P,   LBRC,RBRC,     ENT,      DEL, END, PGDN,    P7,  P8,  P9,  PPLS,
+    LCTL,A,   S,   D,   F,   G,   H,   J,   K,   L,   SCLN,QUOT,NUHS,                                  P4,  P5,  P6,
+    LSFT,Z,   X,   C,   V,   B,   N,   M,   COMM,DOT, SLSH,          RO,  RSFT,          UP,           P1,  P2,  P3,  PENT,
+    LCTL,LGUI,LALT,MHEN,     SPC,                HENK,KANA,RALT,RGUI,APP, RCTL,     LEFT,DOWN,RGHT,    P0,       PDOT 
+    ),
+
+    /* Colemak http://colemak.com
+     * ,-----------------------------------------------------------.
+     * |  `|  1|  2|  3|  4|  5|  6|  7|  8|  9|  0|  -|  =|Backspa|
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+     * |Tab  |  Q|  W|  F|  P|  G|  J|  L|  U|  Y|  ;|  [|  ]|    \|
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+     * |BackSp|  A|  R|  S|  T|  D|  H|  N|  E|  I|  O|  '|Return  |
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+     * |Shift   |  Z|  X|  C|  V|  B|  K|  M|  ,|  ,|  /|Shift     |
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+     * |Ctrl |Gui |Alt |         Space         |Alt |Gui |Menu|Ctrl|
+     * `----------------------------------------------------------'
+     */
+    KEYMAP_ALL(
+              F13, F14, F15, F16, F17, F18, F19, F20, F21, F22, F23, F24,
+    ESC,      F1,  F2,  F3,  F4,  F5,  F6,  F7,  F8,  F9,  F10, F11, F12,           PSCR,SLCK,PAUS,    VOLD,VOLU,MUTE,PWR,     HELP,
+    GRV, 1,   2,   3,   4,   5,   6,   7,   8,   9,   0,   MINS,EQL, JYEN,BSPC,     INS, HOME,PGUP,    NLCK,PSLS,PAST,PMNS,    STOP,AGIN,
+    TAB, Q,   W,   F,   P,   G,   J,   L,   U,   Y,   SCLN,LBRC,RBRC,     BSLS,     DEL, END, PGDN,    P7,  P8,  P9,  PPLS,    MENU,UNDO,
+    BSPC,A,   R,   S,   T,   D,   H,   N,   E,   I,   O,   QUOT,     NUHS,ENT,                         P4,  P5,  P6,  PCMM,    SLCT,COPY,
+    LSFT,NUBS,Z,   X,   C,   V,   B,   K,   M,   COMM,DOT, SLSH,     RO,  RSFT,          UP,           P1,  P2,  P3,  PEQL,    EXEC,PSTE,
+    LCTL,LGUI,LALT,MHEN,HANJ,     SPC,      HAEN,HENK,KANA,RALT,RGUI,APP, RCTL,     LEFT,DOWN,RGHT,    P0,       PDOT,PENT,    FIND,CUT
+    ),
+
+    /* Dvorak http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dvorak_Simplified_Keyboard
+     * ,-----------------------------------------------------------.
+     * |  `|  1|  2|  3|  4|  5|  6|  7|  8|  9|  0|  [|  ]|Backspa|
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+     * |Tab  |  '|  ,|  .|  P|  Y|  F|  G|  C|  R|  L|  /|  =|    \|
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+     * |BackSp|  A|  O|  E|  U|  I|  D|  H|  T|  N|  S|  -|Return  |
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+     * |Shift   |  ;|  Q|  J|  K|  X|  B|  M|  Wl  V|  Z|Shift     |
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+     * |Ctrl |Gui |Alt |         Space         |Alt |Gui |Menu|Ctrl|
+     * `-----------------------------------------------------------'
+     */
+    KEYMAP_ALL(
+              F13, F14, F15, F16, F17, F18, F19, F20, F21, F22, F23, F24,
+    ESC,      F1,  F2,  F3,  F4,  F5,  F6,  F7,  F8,  F9,  F10, F11, F12,           PSCR,SLCK,PAUS,    VOLD,VOLU,MUTE,PWR,     HELP,
+    GRV, 1,   2,   3,   4,   5,   6,   7,   8,   9,   0,   LBRC,RBRC,JYEN,BSPC,     INS, HOME,PGUP,    NLCK,PSLS,PAST,PMNS,    STOP,AGIN,
+    TAB, QUOT,COMM,DOT, P,   Y,   F,   G,   C,   R,   L,   SLSH,EQL,      BSLS,     DEL, END, PGDN,    P7,  P8,  P9,  PPLS,    MENU,UNDO,
+    CAPS,A,   O,   E,   U,   I,   D,   H,   T,   N,   S,   MINS,     NUHS,ENT,                         P4,  P5,  P6,  PCMM,    SLCT,COPY,
+    LSFT,NUBS,SCLN,Q,   J,   K,   X,   B,   M,   W,   V,   Z,        RO,  RSFT,          UP,           P1,  P2,  P3,  PEQL,    EXEC,PSTE,
+    LCTL,LGUI,LALT,MHEN,HANJ,     SPC,      HAEN,HENK,KANA,RALT,RGUI,APP, RCTL,     LEFT,DOWN,RGHT,    P0,       PDOT,PENT,    FIND,CUT
+    ),
+
+    /* Workman http://viralintrospection.wordpress.com/2010/09/06/a-different-philosophy-in-designing-keyboard-layouts/
+     * ,-----------------------------------------------------------.
+     * |  `|  1|  2|  3|  4|  5|  6|  7|  8|  9|  0|  -|  =|Backspa|
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+     * |Tab  |  Q|  D|  R|  W|  B|  J|  F|  U|  P|  ;|  [|  ]|    \|
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+     * |CapsLo|  A|  S|  H|  T|  G|  Y|  N|  E|  O|  I|  '|Return  |
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+     * |Shift   |  Z|  X|  M|  C|  V|  K|  L|  ,|  ,|  /|Shift     |
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+     * |Ctrl |Gui |Alt |         Space         |Alt |Gui |Menu|Ctrl|
+     * `-----------------------------------------------------------'
+     */
+    KEYMAP_ALL(
+              F13, F14, F15, F16, F17, F18, F19, F20, F21, F22, F23, F24,
+    ESC,      F1,  F2,  F3,  F4,  F5,  F6,  F7,  F8,  F9,  F10, F11, F12,           PSCR,SLCK,PAUS,    VOLD,VOLU,MUTE,PWR,     HELP,
+    GRV, 1,   2,   3,   4,   5,   6,   7,   8,   9,   0,   MINS,EQL, JYEN,BSPC,     INS, HOME,PGUP,    NLCK,PSLS,PAST,PMNS,    STOP,AGIN,
+    TAB, Q,   D,   R,   W,   B,   J,   F,   U,   P,   SCLN,LBRC,RBRC,     BSLS,     DEL, END, PGDN,    P7,  P8,  P9,  PPLS,    MENU,UNDO,
+    CAPS,A,   S,   H,   T,   G,   Y,   N,   E,   O,   I,   QUOT,     NUHS,ENT,                         P4,  P5,  P6,  PCMM,    SLCT,COPY,
+    LSFT,NUBS,Z,   X,   M,   C,   V,   K,   L,   COMM,DOT, SLSH,     RO,  RSFT,          UP,           P1,  P2,  P3,  PEQL,    EXEC,PSTE,
+    LCTL,LGUI,LALT,MHEN,HANJ,     SPC,      HAEN,HENK,KANA,RALT,RGUI,APP, RCTL,     LEFT,DOWN,RGHT,    P0,       PDOT,PENT,    FIND,CUT
+    ),
+
+
+/*
+ * SpaceFN layout
+ * http://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=51069.0
+ */
+const uint8_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+    /* 0: plain Qwerty
+     *         ,---------------. ,---------------. ,---------------.
+     *         |F13|F14|F15|F16| |F17|F18|F19|F20| |F21|F22|F23|F24|
+     * ,---.   |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| ,-----------. ,---------------. ,-------.
+     * |Esc|   |F1 |F2 |F3 |F4 | |F5 |F6 |F7 |F8 | |F9 |F10|F11|F12| |PrS|ScL|Pau| |VDn|VUp|Mut|Pwr| | Help  |
+     * `---'   `---------------' `---------------' `---------------' `-----------' `---------------' `-------'
+     * ,-----------------------------------------------------------. ,-----------. ,---------------. ,-------.
+     * |  `|  1|  2|  3|  4|  5|  6|  7|  8|  9|  0|  -|  =|JPY|Bsp| |Ins|Hom|PgU| |NmL|  /|  *|  -| |Stp|Agn|
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------| |-----------| |---------------| |-------|
+     * |Tab  |  Q|  W|  E|  R|  T|  Y|  U|  I|  O|  P|  [|  ]|  \  | |Del|End|PgD| |  7|  8|  9|  +| |Mnu|Und|
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------| `-----------' |---------------| |-------|
+     * |LCtrl |  A|  S|  D|  F|  G|  H|  J|  K|  L|  ;|  :|  #|Retn|               |  4|  5|  6|KP,| |Sel|Cpy|
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------|     ,---.     |---------------| |-------|
+     * |Shft|  <|  Z|  X|  C|  V|  B|  N|  M|  ,|  ,|  /| RO|Shift |     |Up |     |  1|  2|  3|KP=| |Exe|Pst|
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------| ,-----------. |---------------| |-------|
+     * |Ctl|Gui|Alt|MHEN|HNJ| Space  |H/E|HENK|KANA|Alt|Gui|App|Ctl| |Lef|Dow|Rig| |  0    |  .|Ent| |Fnd|Cut|
+     * `-----------------------------------------------------------' `-----------' `---------------' `-------'
+     */
+    [0] = KEYMAP_ALL(
+              F13, F14, F15, F16, F17, F18, F19, F20, F21, F22, F23, F24,
+    ESC,      F1,  F2,  F3,  F4,  F5,  F6,  F7,  F8,  F9,  F10, F11, F12,           PSCR,SLCK,PAUS,    VOLD,VOLU,MUTE,PWR,     HELP,
+    ESC, 1,   2,   3,   4,   5,   6,   7,   8,   9,   0,   MINS,EQL, JYEN,BSPC,     INS, HOME,PGUP,    NLCK,PSLS,PAST,PMNS,    STOP,AGIN,
+    TAB, Q,   W,   E,   R,   T,   Y,   U,   I,   O,   P,   LBRC,RBRC,     BSLS,     DEL, END, PGDN,    P7,  P8,  P9,  PPLS,    MENU,UNDO,
+    LCTL,A,   S,   D,   F,   G,   H,   J,   K,   L,   SCLN,QUOT,     NUHS,ENT,                         P4,  P5,  P6,  PCMM,    SLCT,COPY,
+    LSFT,NUBS,Z,   X,   C,   V,   B,   N,   M,   COMM,DOT, SLSH,     RO,  RSFT,          UP,           P1,  P2,  P3,  PEQL,    EXEC,PSTE,
+    LCTL,LGUI,LALT,MHEN,HANJ,     FN0,      HAEN,HENK,KANA,RALT,RGUI,APP, RCTL,     LEFT,DOWN,RGHT,    P0,       PDOT,PENT,    FIND,CUT
+    ),
+
+    /* 1: SpaceFN
+     * ,-----------------------------------------------------------.
+     * |`  | F1| F2| F3| F4| F5| F6| F7| F8| F9|F10|F11|F12|Delete |
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+     * |Caps |   |   |Esc|   |   |   |Hom|Up |End|Psc|Slk|Pau|Ins  |
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+     * |      |   |   |   |   |   |PgU|Lef|Dow|Rig|   |   |        |
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+     * |        |   |   |   |   |Spc|PgD|`  |~  |   |Men|          |
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+     * |    |    |    |                        |    |    |    |    |
+     * `-----------------------------------------------------------'
+     */
+    [1] = KEYMAP_ALL(
+              TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,
+    TRNS,     TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,          TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,    TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,    TRNS,
+    GRV, F1,  F2,  F3,  F4,  F5,  F6,  F7,  F8,  F9,  F10, F11, F12, TRNS,DEL,      TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,    TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,    TRNS,TRNS,
+    CAPS,TRNS,TRNS,ESC, TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,HOME,UP,  END, PSCR,SLCK,PAUS,     INS,      TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,    TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,    TRNS,TRNS,
+    TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,PGUP,LEFT,DOWN,RGHT,TRNS,TRNS,     TRNS,TRNS,                        TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,    TRNS,TRNS,
+    TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,SPC, PGDN,GRV, FN1, TRNS,APP,      TRNS,TRNS,          TRNS,         TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,    TRNS,TRNS,
+    TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,     TRNS,     TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,     TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,    TRNS,     TRNS,TRNS,    TRNS,TRNS
+    ),
+};
+
+const action_t PROGMEM fn_actions[] = {
+    [0] = ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(1, KC_SPACE),
+    [1] = ACTION_MODS_KEY(MOD_LSFT, KC_GRV),    // tilde
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/converter/usb_usb/keymaps/default/Makefile b/keyboards/converter/usb_usb/keymaps/default/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f5c0545059
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/converter/usb_usb/keymaps/default/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+ifndef QUANTUM_DIR
+	include ../../../../../Makefile
+endif
diff --git a/keyboards/converter/usb_usb/keymaps/default/config.h b/keyboards/converter/usb_usb/keymaps/default/config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7fa3bf328e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/converter/usb_usb/keymaps/default/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#ifndef CONFIG_USER_H
+#define CONFIG_USER_H
+
+#include "../../config.h"
+
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/converter/usb_usb/keymaps/default/keymap.c b/keyboards/converter/usb_usb/keymaps/default/keymap.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9817a607d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/converter/usb_usb/keymaps/default/keymap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2017 Balz Guenat <balz.guenat@gmail.com>
+
+This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include "usb_usb.h"
+
+const uint16_t keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] PROGMEM = {
+    /* 0: plain Qwerty without layer switching
+     *         ,---------------. ,---------------. ,---------------.
+     *         |F13|F14|F15|F16| |F17|F18|F19|F20| |F21|F22|F23|F24|
+     * ,---.   |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| ,-----------. ,---------------. ,-------.
+     * |Esc|   |F1 |F2 |F3 |F4 | |F5 |F6 |F7 |F8 | |F9 |F10|F11|F12| |PrS|ScL|Pau| |VDn|VUp|Mut|Pwr| | Help  |
+     * `---'   `---------------' `---------------' `---------------' `-----------' `---------------' `-------'
+     * ,-----------------------------------------------------------. ,-----------. ,---------------. ,-------.
+     * |  `|  1|  2|  3|  4|  5|  6|  7|  8|  9|  0|  -|  =|JPY|Bsp| |Ins|Hom|PgU| |NmL|  /|  *|  -| |Stp|Agn|
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------| |-----------| |---------------| |-------|
+     * |Tab  |  Q|  W|  E|  R|  T|  Y|  U|  I|  O|  P|  [|  ]|  \  | |Del|End|PgD| |  7|  8|  9|  +| |Mnu|Und|
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------| `-----------' |---------------| |-------|
+     * |CapsL |  A|  S|  D|  F|  G|  H|  J|  K|  L|  ;|  :|  #|Retn|               |  4|  5|  6|KP,| |Sel|Cpy|
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------|     ,---.     |---------------| |-------|
+     * |Shft|  <|  Z|  X|  C|  V|  B|  N|  M|  ,|  ,|  /| RO|Shift |     |Up |     |  1|  2|  3|KP=| |Exe|Pst|
+     * |-----------------------------------------------------------| ,-----------. |---------------| |-------|
+     * |Ctl|Gui|Alt|MHEN|HNJ| Space  |H/E|HENK|KANA|Alt|Gui|App|Ctl| |Lef|Dow|Rig| |  0    |  .|Ent| |Fnd|Cut|
+     * `-----------------------------------------------------------' `-----------' `---------------' `-------'
+     */
+    [0] = KEYMAP_ALL(
+                      KC_F13,  KC_F14,  KC_F15,  KC_F16, KC_F17, KC_F18, KC_F19,  KC_F20,  KC_F21,  KC_F22,  KC_F23,  KC_F24,
+    KC_ESC,           KC_F1,   KC_F2,   KC_F3,   KC_F4,  KC_F5,  KC_F6,  KC_F7,   KC_F8,   KC_F9,   KC_F10,  KC_F11,  KC_F12,               KC_PSCR, KC_SLCK, KC_PAUS,    KC_VOLD, KC_VOLU, KC_MUTE, KC_PWR,     KC_HELP, 
+    KC_GRV,  KC_1,    KC_2,    KC_3,    KC_4,    KC_5,   KC_6,   KC_7,   KC_8,    KC_9,    KC_0,    KC_MINS, KC_EQL,  KC_JYEN, KC_BSPC,     KC_INS,  KC_HOME, KC_PGUP,    KC_NLCK, KC_PSLS, KC_PAST, KC_PMNS,    KC_STOP, KC_AGIN,
+    KC_TAB,  KC_Q,    KC_W,    KC_E,    KC_R,    KC_T,   KC_Y,   KC_U,   KC_I,    KC_O,    KC_P,    KC_LBRC, KC_RBRC,          KC_BSLS,     KC_DEL,  KC_END,  KC_PGDN,    KC_P7,   KC_P8,   KC_P9,   KC_PPLS,    KC_MENU, KC_UNDO,
+    KC_CAPS, KC_A,    KC_S,    KC_D,    KC_F,    KC_G,   KC_H,   KC_J,   KC_K,    KC_L,    KC_SCLN, KC_QUOT,          KC_NUHS, KC_ENT,                                    KC_P4,   KC_P5,   KC_P6,   KC_PCMM,    KC_SLCT, KC_COPY,
+    KC_LSFT, KC_NUBS, KC_Z,    KC_X,    KC_C,    KC_V,   KC_B,   KC_N,   KC_M,    KC_COMM, KC_DOT,  KC_SLSH,          KC_RO,   KC_RSFT,              KC_UP,               KC_P1,   KC_P2,   KC_P3,   KC_PEQL,    KC_EXEC, KC_PSTE,
+    KC_LCTL, KC_LGUI, KC_LALT, KC_MHEN, KC_HANJ,         KC_SPC,         KC_HAEN, KC_HENK, KC_KANA, KC_RALT, KC_RGUI, KC_APP,  KC_RCTL,     KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_RGHT,    KC_P0,            KC_PDOT, KC_PENT,    KC_FIND, KC_CUT
+    ),
+    [1] = KEYMAP_ALL(
+                      ______,  ______,  ______, ______, ______,  ______,  ______, ______,  ______, ______, ______, ______, 
+    ______,           ______,  ______,  ______, ______, ______,  ______,  ______, ______,  ______, ______, ______, ______,             ______,______,______,    ______,______,______,______,    ______,
+    ______,  ______,  ______,  ______,  ______, ______, ______,  ______,  ______, ______,  ______, ______, ______, ______, ______,     ______,______,______,    ______,______,______,______,    ______,______,
+    ______,  ______,  ______,  ______,  ______, ______, ______,  ______,  ______, ______,  ______, ______, ______,         ______,     ______,______,______,    ______,______,______,______,    ______,______,
+    ______,  ______,  ______,  ______,  ______, ______, ______,  ______,  ______, ______,  ______, ______,         ______, ______,                              ______,______,______,______,    ______,______,
+    ______,  ______,  ______,  ______,  ______, ______, ______,  ______,  ______, ______,  ______, ______,         ______, ______,            ______,           ______,______,______,______,    ______,______,
+    ______,  ______,  ______,  ______,  ______,         ______,           ______, ______,  ______, ______, ______, ______, ______,     ______,______,______,    ______,       ______,______,    ______,______
+    ),
+};
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM fn_actions[] = {
+
+};
+
+const macro_t *action_get_macro(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt) {
+  switch(id) {
+    default:
+      return MACRO_NONE;
+  }
+};
+
+
+void matrix_init_user(void) {
+
+}
+
+void matrix_scan_user(void) {
+
+}
+
+bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
+  return true;
+}
+
+void led_set_user(uint8_t usb_led) {
+
+}
diff --git a/keyboards/converter/usb_usb/main.c b/keyboards/converter/usb_usb/main.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..76e88922cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/converter/usb_usb/main.c
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+#include <avr/io.h>
+#include <avr/wdt.h>
+#include <avr/power.h>
+#include <util/delay.h>
+
+// LUFA
+#include "lufa.h"
+
+#include "sendchar.h"
+#include "debug.h"
+#include "keyboard.h"
+#include "led.h"
+
+
+/* LED ping configuration */
+#define TMK_LED
+//#define LEONARDO_LED
+#if defined(TMK_LED)
+// For TMK converter and Teensy
+#define LED_TX_INIT    (DDRD  |=  (1<<6))
+#define LED_TX_ON      (PORTD |=  (1<<6))
+#define LED_TX_OFF     (PORTD &= ~(1<<6))
+#define LED_TX_TOGGLE  (PORTD ^=  (1<<6))
+#elif defined(LEONARDO_LED)
+// For Leonardo(TX LED)
+#define LED_TX_INIT    (DDRD  |=  (1<<5))
+#define LED_TX_ON      (PORTD &= ~(1<<5))
+#define LED_TX_OFF     (PORTD |=  (1<<5))
+#define LED_TX_TOGGLE  (PORTD ^=  (1<<5))
+#else
+#define LED_TX_INIT
+#define LED_TX_ON
+#define LED_TX_OFF
+#define LED_TX_TOGGLE
+#endif
+
+
+static void LUFA_setup(void)
+{
+    /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+    MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+    wdt_disable();
+
+    /* Disable clock division */
+#if (F_CPU == 8000000)
+    clock_prescale_set(clock_div_2);    // 16MHz crystal divided by 2
+#else
+    clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+    // Leonardo needs. Without this USB device is not recognized.
+    USB_Disable();
+
+    USB_Init();
+
+    // for Console_Task
+    USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents();
+    print_set_sendchar(sendchar);
+}
+
+
+
+int main(void)
+{
+    // LED for debug
+    LED_TX_INIT;
+    LED_TX_ON;
+
+    debug_enable = true;
+    debug_keyboard = true;
+
+    host_set_driver(&lufa_driver);
+    keyboard_init();
+
+    LUFA_setup();
+
+    /* NOTE: Don't insert time consuming job here.
+     * It'll cause unclear initialization failure when DFU reset(worm start).
+     */
+    sei();
+
+/* Some keyboards bootup quickly and cannot be initialized with this startup wait.
+    // wait for startup of sendchar routine
+    while (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) ;
+    if (debug_enable) {
+        _delay_ms(1000);
+    }
+*/
+
+    debug("init: done\n");
+
+    for (;;) {
+        keyboard_task();
+
+#if !defined(INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT)
+        // LUFA Task for control request
+        USB_USBTask();
+#endif
+    }
+
+    return 0;
+}
diff --git a/keyboards/converter/usb_usb/matrix.c b/keyboards/converter/usb_usb/matrix.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b077febd74
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/converter/usb_usb/matrix.c
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+// Intentionally left empty. This file must exist for this board to build.
diff --git a/keyboards/converter/usb_usb/rules.mk b/keyboards/converter/usb_usb/rules.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4ee6cdb1ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/converter/usb_usb/rules.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+# MCU name
+MCU ?= atmega32u4
+
+
+# Processor frequency.
+#     This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the
+#     processor frequency in Hz. You can then use this symbol in your source code to
+#     calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done
+#     automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.
+#
+#     This will be an integer division of F_USB below, as it is sourced by
+#     F_USB after it has run through any CPU prescalers. Note that this value
+#     does not *change* the processor frequency - it should merely be updated to
+#     reflect the processor speed set externally so that the code can use accurate
+#     software delays.
+F_CPU ?= 8000000
+
+
+#
+# LUFA specific
+#
+# Target architecture (see library "Board Types" documentation).
+ARCH ?= AVR8
+
+# Input clock frequency.
+#     This will define a symbol, F_USB, in all source code files equal to the
+#     input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed) in Hz. This value may
+#     differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the
+#     raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed
+#     clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL'
+#     at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your
+#     source code.
+#
+#     If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the
+#     CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU.
+F_USB ?= $(F_CPU)
+
+# Interrupt driven control endpoint task
+OPT_DEFS += -DINTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+
+
+# Boot Section Size in *bytes*
+#   Teensy halfKay   512
+#   Teensy++ halfKay 1024
+#   Atmel DFU loader 4096
+#   LUFA bootloader  4096
+#   USBaspLoader     2048
+OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_SIZE=4096
+
+
+# Build Options
+#   comment out to disable the options.
+#
+# BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE	?= yes	# Virtual DIP switch configuration(+1000)
+# MOUSEKEY_ENABLE		?= yes	# Mouse keys(+4700)
+EXTRAKEY_ENABLE		?= yes	# Audio control and System control(+450)
+# CONSOLE_ENABLE		?= yes	# Console for debug(+400)
+# COMMAND_ENABLE		?= yes  # Commands for debug and configuration
+# SLEEP_LED_ENABLE ?= yes  # Breathing sleep LED during USB suspend
+# NKRO_ENABLE ?= yes	# USB Nkey Rollover - not yet supported in LUFA
+# BACKLIGHT_ENABLE ?= yes
+
+
+CUSTOM_MATRIX = yes
+SRC = custom_matrix.cpp
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/usb_hid.mk
diff --git a/keyboards/converter/usb_usb/usb_usb.c b/keyboards/converter/usb_usb/usb_usb.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e7657938d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/converter/usb_usb/usb_usb.c
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+#include "usb_usb.h"
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/converter/usb_usb/usb_usb.h b/keyboards/converter/usb_usb/usb_usb.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c31fae1d0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/converter/usb_usb/usb_usb.h
@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2017 Balz Guenat <balz.guenat@gmail.com>
+
+This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifndef USB_USB_H
+#define USB_USB_H
+
+#include "quantum.h"
+
+#define ______ KC_TRNS
+
+/*         ,---------------. ,---------------. ,---------------.
+ *         |F13|F14|F15|F16| |F17|F18|F19|F20| |F21|F22|F23|F24|
+ * ,---.   |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| ,-----------. ,---------------. ,-------.
+ * |Esc|   |F1 |F2 |F3 |F4 | |F5 |F6 |F7 |F8 | |F9 |F10|F11|F12| |PrS|ScL|Pau| |VDn|VUp|Mut|Pwr| | Help  |
+ * `---'   `---------------' `---------------' `---------------' `-----------' `---------------' `-------'
+ * ,-----------------------------------------------------------. ,-----------. ,---------------. ,-------.
+ * |  `|  1|  2|  3|  4|  5|  6|  7|  8|  9|  0|  -|  =|JPY|Bsp| |Ins|Hom|PgU| |NmL|  /|  *|  -| |Stp|Agn|
+ * |-----------------------------------------------------------| |-----------| |---------------| |-------|
+ * |Tab  |  Q|  W|  E|  R|  T|  Y|  U|  I|  O|  P|  [|  ]|  \  | |Del|End|PgD| |  7|  8|  9|  +| |Mnu|Und|
+ * |-----------------------------------------------------------| `-----------' |---------------| |-------|
+ * |CapsL |  A|  S|  D|  F|  G|  H|  J|  K|  L|  ;|  :|  #|Retn|               |  4|  5|  6|KP,| |Sel|Cpy|
+ * |-----------------------------------------------------------|     ,---.     |---------------| |-------|
+ * |Shft|  <|  Z|  X|  C|  V|  B|  N|  M|  ,|  ,|  /| RO|Shift |     |Up |     |  1|  2|  3|KP=| |Exe|Pst|
+ * |-----------------------------------------------------------| ,-----------. |---------------| |-------|
+ * |Ctl|Gui|Alt|MHEN|HNJ| Space  |H/E|HENK|KANA|Alt|Gui|App|Ctl| |Lef|Dow|Rig| |  0    |  .|Ent| |Fnd|Cut|
+ * `-----------------------------------------------------------' `-----------' `---------------' `-------'
+ *
+ *
+ * App:         Windows Menu key
+ * Gui:         Windows key, Mac ⌘ key or Meta key
+ *
+ * Pwr:         Power for Unix and Mac
+ * VDn,Vup,Mut: Volume control for Unix and Mac
+ * Stp,Agn..:   for Unix
+ *
+ * KP,:         Brazilian Keypad Comma
+ * KP=:         Keypad = for Mac
+ * <,#:         ISO keys(UK legend)
+ * JPY:         Japanese Yen(ï¿¥)
+ * RO:          Japanese � or Brazilian /
+ * MHEN:        Japanese 無変� Non Conversion
+ * HENK:        Japanese 変� Conversion
+ * KANA:        Japanese �� Hiragana/Katakana
+ *              https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout#Japanese
+ * H/E:         Korean 한/� Hangul/English
+ * HNJ:         Korean 한� Hanja
+ *              https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout#Hangul_.28for_Korean.29
+ *
+ * TODO: use same keycode to pass through instead of KC_NO?
+ */
+#define KEYMAP_ALL( \
+            K68,K69,K6A,K6B,K6C,K6D,K6E,K6F,K70,K71,K72,K73,                                              \
+    K29,    K3A,K3B,K3C,K3D,K3E,K3F,K40,K41,K42,K43,K44,K45,      K46,K47,K48,  K81,K80,K7F,K66, K75,     \
+    K35,K1E,K1F,K20,K21,K22,K23,K24,K25,K26,K27,K2D,K2E,K89,K2A,  K49,K4A,K4B,  K53,K54,K55,K56, K78,K79, \
+    K2B,K14,K1A,K08,K15,K17,K1C,K18,K0C,K12,K13,K2F,K30,    K31,  K4C,K4D,K4E,  K5F,K60,K61,K57, K76,K7A, \
+    K39,K04,K16,K07,K09,K0A,K0B,K0D,K0E,K0F,K33,K34,    K32,K28,                K5C,K5D,K5E,K85, K77,K7C, \
+    KE1,K64,K1D,K1B,K06,K19,K05,K11,K10,K36,K37,K38,    K87,KE5,      K52,      K59,K5A,K5B,K67, K74,K7D, \
+    KE0,KE3,KE2,K8B,K91,    K2C,    K90,K8A,K88,KE6,KE7,K65,KE4,  K50,K51,K4F,  K62,    K63,K58, K7E,K7B  \
+) { \
+    { KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, K04,   K05,   K06,   K07,      /* 00-07 */ \
+      K08,   K09,   K0A,   K0B,   K0C,   K0D,   K0E,   K0F    }, /* 08-0F */ \
+    { K10,   K11,   K12,   K13,   K14,   K15,   K16,   K17,      /* 10-17 */ \
+      K18,   K19,   K1A,   K1B,   K1C,   K1D,   K1E,   K1F    }, /* 18-1F */ \
+    { K20,   K21,   K22,   K23,   K24,   K25,   K26,   K27,      /* 20-27 */ \
+      K28,   K29,   K2A,   K2B,   K2C,   K2D,   K2E,   K2F    }, /* 28-2F */ \
+    { K30,   K31,   K32,   K33,   K34,   K35,   K36,   K37,      /* 30-37 */ \
+      K38,   K39,   K3A,   K3B,   K3C,   K3D,   K3E,   K3F    }, /* 38-3F */ \
+    { K40,   K41,   K42,   K43,   K44,   K45,   K46,   K47,      /* 40-47 */ \
+      K48,   K49,   K4A,   K4B,   K4C,   K4D,   K4E,   K4F    }, /* 48-4F */ \
+    { K50,   K51,   K52,   K53,   K54,   K55,   K56,   K57,      /* 50-57 */ \
+      K58,   K59,   K5A,   K5B,   K5C,   K5D,   K5E,   K5F    }, /* 58-5F */ \
+    { K60,   K61,   K62,   K63,   K64,   K65,   K66,   K67,      /* 60-67 */ \
+      K68,   K69,   K6A,   K6B,   K6C,   K6D,   K6E,   K6F    }, /* 68-6F */ \
+    { K70,   K71,   K72,   K73,   K74,   K75,   K76,   K77,      /* 70-77 */ \
+      K78,   K79,   K7A,   K7B,   K7C,   K7D,   K7E,   K7F    }, /* 78-7F */ \
+    { K80,   K81,   KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, K85,   KC_NO, K87,      /* 80-87 */ \
+      K88,   K89,   K8A,   K8B,   KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO  }, /* 88-8F */ \
+    { K90,   K91,   KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO,    /* 90-97 */ \
+      KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO  }, /* 98-9F */ \
+    { KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO,    /* A0-A7 */ \
+      KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO  }, /* A8-AF */ \
+    { KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO,    /* B0-B7 */ \
+      KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO  }, /* B8-BF */ \
+    { KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO,    /* C0-C7 */ \
+      KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO  }, /* C8-CF */ \
+    { KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO,    /* D0-D7 */ \
+      KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO  }, /* D8-DF */ \
+    { KE0,   KE1,   KE2,   KE3,   KE4,   KE5,   KE6,   KE7,      /* E0-E7 */ \
+      KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO  }, /* E8-EF */ \
+    { KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO,    /* F0-F7 */ \
+      KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO  }, /* F8-FF */ \
+}
+
+/* ,---.   ,---------------. ,---------------. ,---------------. ,-----------.
+ * |Esc|   |F1 |F2 |F3 |F4 | |F5 |F6 |F7 |F8 | |F9 |F10|F11|F12| |PrS|ScL|Pau|
+ * `---'   `---------------' `---------------' `---------------' `-----------'
+ * ,-----------------------------------------------------------. ,-----------. ,---------------.
+ * |  `|  1|  2|  3|  4|  5|  6|  7|  8|  9|  0|  -|  =|    Bsp| |Ins|Hom|PgU| |NmL|  /|  *|  -|
+ * |-----------------------------------------------------------| |-----------| |---------------|
+ * |Tab  |  Q|  W|  E|  R|  T|  Y|  U|  I|  O|  P|  [|  ]|  \  | |Del|End|PgD| |  7|  8|  9|  +|
+ * |-----------------------------------------------------------| `-----------' |-----------|   |
+ * |CapsL |  A|  S|  D|  F|  G|  H|  J|  K|  L|  ;|  '|  Return|               |  4|  5|  6|  +|
+ * |-----------------------------------------------------------|     ,---.     |---------------|
+ * |Shift   |  Z|  X|  C|  V|  B|  N|  M|  ,|  ,|  /|Shift     |     |Up |     |  1|  2|  3|   |
+ * |-----------------------------------------------------------| ,-----------. |-----------|   |
+ * |Ctl|Gui|Alt|           Space               |Alt|Gui|App|Ctl| |Lef|Dow|Rig| |      0|  .|Ent|
+ * `-----------------------------------------------------------' `-----------' `---------------'
+ */
+#define KEYMAP( \
+    K29,K3A,K3B,K3C,K3D,K3E,K3F,K40,K41,K42,K43,K44,K45,      K46,K47,K48,                   \
+    K35,K1E,K1F,K20,K21,K22,K23,K24,K25,K26,K27,K2D,K2E,K2A,  K49,K4A,K4B,  K53,K54,K55,K56, \
+    K2B,K14,K1A,K08,K15,K17,K1C,K18,K0C,K12,K13,K2F,K30,K31,  K4C,K4D,K4E,  K5F,K60,K61,     \
+    K39,K04,K16,K07,K09,K0A,K0B,K0D,K0E,K0F,K33,K34,    K28,                K5C,K5D,K5E,K57, \
+    KE1,K1D,K1B,K06,K19,K05,K11,K10,K36,K37,K38,        KE5,      K52,      K59,K5A,K5B,     \
+    KE0,KE3,KE2,        K2C,                KE6,KE7,K65,KE4,  K50,K51,K4F,  K62,    K63,K58  \
+) KEYMAP_ALL( \
+            KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO,                                               \
+    K29,    K3A,K3B,K3C,K3D,K3E,K3F,K40,K41,K42,K43,K44,K45,      K46,K47,K48,  KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO,  KC_NO,      \
+    K35,K1E,K1F,K20,K21,K22,K23,K24,K25,K26,K27,K2D,K2E,KC_NO, K2A,  K49,K4A,K4B,  K53,K54,K55,K56, KC_NO, KC_NO,  \
+    K2B,K14,K1A,K08,K15,K17,K1C,K18,K0C,K12,K13,K2F,K30,    K31,  K4C,K4D,K4E,  K5F,K60,K61,K57, KC_NO, KC_NO,  \
+    K39,K04,K16,K07,K09,K0A,K0B,K0D,K0E,K0F,K33,K34,    KC_NO, K28,                K5C,K5D,K5E,KC_NO,  KC_NO, KC_NO,  \
+    KE1,KC_NO, K1D,K1B,K06,K19,K05,K11,K10,K36,K37,K38,    KC_NO, KE5,      K52,      K59,K5A,K5B,KC_NO,  KC_NO, KC_NO,  \
+    KE0,KE3,KE2,KC_NO, KC_NO,     K2C,    KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KE6,KE7,K65,KE4,  K50,K51,K4F,  K62,    K63,K58, KC_NO, KC_NO   \
+)
+
+/* ,---.   ,---------------. ,---------------. ,---------------. ,-----------.
+ * |Esc|   |F1 |F2 |F3 |F4 | |F5 |F6 |F7 |F8 | |F9 |F10|F11|F12| |PrS|ScL|Pau|
+ * `---'   `---------------' `---------------' `---------------' `-----------'
+ * ,-----------------------------------------------------------. ,-----------. ,---------------.
+ * |  `|  1|  2|  3|  4|  5|  6|  7|  8|  9|  0|  -|  =|    Bsp| |Ins|Hom|PgU| |NmL|  /|  *|  -|
+ * |-----------------------------------------------------------| |-----------| |---------------|
+ * |Tab  |  Q|  W|  E|  R|  T|  Y|  U|  I|  O|  P|  [|  ]| Retn| |Del|End|PgD| |  7|  8|  9|  +|
+ * |------------------------------------------------------`    | `-----------' |-----------|   |
+ * |CapsL |  A|  S|  D|  F|  G|  H|  J|  K|  L|  ;|  :|  #|    |               |  4|  5|  6|   |
+ * |-----------------------------------------------------------|     ,---.     |---------------|
+ * |Shft|  <|  Z|  X|  C|  V|  B|  N|  M|  ,|  ,|  /|Shift     |     |Up |     |  1|  2|  3|Ent|
+ * |-----------------------------------------------------------| ,-----------. |-----------|   |
+ * |Ctl|Gui|Alt|           Space               |Alt|Gui|App|Ctl| |Lef|Dow|Rig| |      0|  .|   |
+ * `-----------------------------------------------------------' `-----------' `---------------'
+ */
+#define KEYMAP_ISO( \
+    K29,    K3A,K3B,K3C,K3D,K3E,K3F,K40,K41,K42,K43,K44,K45,  K46,K47,K48,                   \
+    K35,K1E,K1F,K20,K21,K22,K23,K24,K25,K26,K27,K2D,K2E,K2A,  K49,K4A,K4B,  K53,K54,K55,K56, \
+    K2B,K14,K1A,K08,K15,K17,K1C,K18,K0C,K12,K13,K2F,K30,K28,  K4C,K4D,K4E,  K5F,K60,K61,K57, \
+    K39,K04,K16,K07,K09,K0A,K0B,K0D,K0E,K0F,K33,K34,K32,                    K5C,K5D,K5E,     \
+    KE1,K64,K1D,K1B,K06,K19,K05,K11,K10,K36,K37,K38,    KE5,      K52,      K59,K5A,K5B,K58, \
+    KE0,KE3,KE2,        K2C,                KE6,KE7,K65,KE4,  K50,K51,K4F,  K62,    K63      \
+) KEYMAP_ALL( \
+            KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO,                                               \
+    K29,    K3A,K3B,K3C,K3D,K3E,K3F,K40,K41,K42,K43,K44,K45,      K46,K47,K48,  KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO,  KC_NO,      \
+    K35,K1E,K1F,K20,K21,K22,K23,K24,K25,K26,K27,K2D,K2E,KC_NO, K2A,  K49,K4A,K4B,  K53,K54,K55,K56, KC_NO, KC_NO,  \
+    K2B,K14,K1A,K08,K15,K17,K1C,K18,K0C,K12,K13,K2F,K30,    K32,  K4C,K4D,K4E,  K5F,K60,K61,K57, KC_NO, KC_NO,  \
+    K39,K04,K16,K07,K09,K0A,K0B,K0D,K0E,K0F,K33,K34,    K32,K28,                K5C,K5D,K5E,KC_NO,  KC_NO, KC_NO,  \
+    KE1,K64,K1D,K1B,K06,K19,K05,K11,K10,K36,K37,K38,    KC_NO, KE5,      K52,      K59,K5A,K5B,KC_NO,  KC_NO, KC_NO,  \
+    KE0,KE3,KE2,KC_NO, KC_NO,     K2C,    KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KE6,KE7,K65,KE4,  K50,K51,K4F,  K62,    K63,K58, KC_NO, KC_NO   \
+)
+
+/* ,---.   ,---------------. ,---------------. ,---------------. ,-----------.
+ * |Esc|   |F1 |F2 |F3 |F4 | |F5 |F6 |F7 |F8 | |F9 |F10|F11|F12| |PrS|ScL|Pau|
+ * `---'   `---------------' `---------------' `---------------' `-----------'
+ * ,-----------------------------------------------------------. ,-----------. ,---------------.
+ * |  `|  1|  2|  3|  4|  5|  6|  7|  8|  9|  0|  -|  ^|JPY|Bsp| |Ins|Hom|PgU| |NmL|  /|  *|  -|
+ * |-----------------------------------------------------------| |-----------| |---------------|
+ * |Tab  |  Q|  W|  E|  R|  T|  Y|  U|  I|  O|  P|  @|  [| Retn| |Del|End|PgD| |  7|  8|  9|  +|
+ * |------------------------------------------------------`    | `-----------' |-----------|   |
+ * |CapsL |  A|  S|  D|  F|  G|  H|  J|  K|  L|  ;|  :|  ]|    |               |  4|  5|  6|   |
+ * |-----------------------------------------------------------|     ,---.     |---------------|
+ * |Shft    |  Z|  X|  C|  V|  B|  N|  M|  ,|  ,|  /| RO|Shift |     |Up |     |  1|  2|  3|Ent|
+ * |-----------------------------------------------------------| ,-----------. |-----------|   |
+ * |Ctl|Gui|Alt|MHEN|      Space      |HENK|KNA|Alt|Gui|App|Ctl| |Lef|Dow|Rig| |      0|  .|   |
+ * `-----------------------------------------------------------' `-----------' `---------------'
+ */
+#define KEYMAP_JIS( \
+    K29,    K3A,K3B,K3C,K3D,K3E,K3F,K40,K41,K42,K43,K44,K45,      K46,K47,K48,                   \
+    K35,K1E,K1F,K20,K21,K22,K23,K24,K25,K26,K27,K2D,K2E,K89,K2A,  K49,K4A,K4B,  K53,K54,K55,K56, \
+    K2B,K14,K1A,K08,K15,K17,K1C,K18,K0C,K12,K13,K2F,K30,    K28,  K4C,K4D,K4E,  K5F,K60,K61,K57, \
+    K39,K04,K16,K07,K09,K0A,K0B,K0D,K0E,K0F,K33,K34,K32,                        K5C,K5D,K5E,     \
+    KE1,K1D,K1B,K06,K19,K05,K11,K10,K36,K37,K38,        K87,KE5,      K52,      K59,K5A,K5B,K58, \
+    KE0,KE3,KE2,K8B,    K2C,        K8A,K88,KE6,KE7,K65,KE4,      K50,K51,K4F,  K62,    K63      \
+) KEYMAP_ALL( \
+            KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO,                                               \
+    K29,    K3A,K3B,K3C,K3D,K3E,K3F,K40,K41,K42,K43,K44,K45,      K46,K47,K48,  KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO,  KC_NO,      \
+    K35,K1E,K1F,K20,K21,K22,K23,K24,K25,K26,K27,K2D,K2E,K89,K2A,  K49,K4A,K4B,  K53,K54,K55,K56, KC_NO, KC_NO,  \
+    K2B,K14,K1A,K08,K15,K17,K1C,K18,K0C,K12,K13,K2F,K30,    K32,  K4C,K4D,K4E,  K5F,K60,K61,K57, KC_NO, KC_NO,  \
+    K39,K04,K16,K07,K09,K0A,K0B,K0D,K0E,K0F,K33,K34,    K32,K28,                K5C,K5D,K5E,KC_NO,  KC_NO, KC_NO,  \
+    KE1,KC_NO, K1D,K1B,K06,K19,K05,K11,K10,K36,K37,K38,    K87,KE5,      K52,      K59,K5A,K5B,KC_NO,  KC_NO, KC_NO,  \
+    KE0,KE3,KE2,K8B,KC_NO,     K2C,    KC_NO, K8A,K88,KE6,KE7,K65,KE4,  K50,K51,K4F,  K62,    K63,K58, KC_NO, KC_NO   \
+)
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/deltasplit75/Makefile b/keyboards/deltasplit75/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d1dec53302
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/deltasplit75/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+SUBPROJECT_DEFAULT = v2
+
+ifndef MAKEFILE_INCLUDED
+	include ../../Makefile
+endif
diff --git a/keyboards/deltasplit75/config.h b/keyboards/deltasplit75/config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..89d328be64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/deltasplit75/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2012 Jun Wako <wakojun@gmail.com>
+
+This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifndef CONFIG_H
+#define CONFIG_H
+
+#include "config_common.h"
+
+#ifdef SUBPROJECT_protosplit
+    #include "protosplit/config.h"
+#endif
+#ifdef SUBPROJECT_v2
+    #include "v2/config.h"
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/deltasplit75/deltasplit75.c b/keyboards/deltasplit75/deltasplit75.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6a73db4cd6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/deltasplit75/deltasplit75.c
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+#include "deltasplit75.h"
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/deltasplit75/deltasplit75.h b/keyboards/deltasplit75/deltasplit75.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9db16c78c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/deltasplit75/deltasplit75.h
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+#ifndef DELTASPLIT75_H
+#define DELTASPLIT75_H
+
+#ifdef SUBPROJECT_v2
+    #include "v2.h"
+#endif
+#ifdef SUBPROJECT_protosplit
+    #include "protosplit.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "quantum.h"
+
+#endif
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/deltasplit75/eeprom-lefthand.eep b/keyboards/deltasplit75/eeprom-lefthand.eep
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b9666a74c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/deltasplit75/eeprom-lefthand.eep
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+:0B0000000000000000000000000001F4

+:00000001FF

diff --git a/keyboards/deltasplit75/eeprom-righthand.eep b/keyboards/deltasplit75/eeprom-righthand.eep
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..94cc5be7fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/deltasplit75/eeprom-righthand.eep
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+:0B0000000000000000000000000000F5

+:00000001FF

diff --git a/keyboards/deltasplit75/i2c.c b/keyboards/deltasplit75/i2c.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..084c890c40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/deltasplit75/i2c.c
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+#include <util/twi.h>
+#include <avr/io.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+#include <util/twi.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include "i2c.h"
+
+#ifdef USE_I2C
+
+// Limits the amount of we wait for any one i2c transaction.
+// Since were running SCL line 100kHz (=> 10μs/bit), and each transactions is
+// 9 bits, a single transaction will take around 90μs to complete.
+//
+// (F_CPU/SCL_CLOCK)  =>  # of μC cycles to transfer a bit
+// poll loop takes at least 8 clock cycles to execute
+#define I2C_LOOP_TIMEOUT (9+1)*(F_CPU/SCL_CLOCK)/8
+
+#define BUFFER_POS_INC() (slave_buffer_pos = (slave_buffer_pos+1)%SLAVE_BUFFER_SIZE)
+
+volatile uint8_t i2c_slave_buffer[SLAVE_BUFFER_SIZE];
+
+static volatile uint8_t slave_buffer_pos;
+static volatile bool slave_has_register_set = false;
+
+// Wait for an i2c operation to finish
+inline static
+void i2c_delay(void) {
+  uint16_t lim = 0;
+  while(!(TWCR & (1<<TWINT)) && lim < I2C_LOOP_TIMEOUT)
+    lim++;
+
+  // easier way, but will wait slightly longer
+  // _delay_us(100);
+}
+
+// Setup twi to run at 100kHz
+void i2c_master_init(void) {
+  // no prescaler
+  TWSR = 0;
+  // Set TWI clock frequency to SCL_CLOCK. Need TWBR>10.
+  // Check datasheets for more info.
+  TWBR = ((F_CPU/SCL_CLOCK)-16)/2;
+}
+
+// Start a transaction with the given i2c slave address. The direction of the
+// transfer is set with I2C_READ and I2C_WRITE.
+// returns: 0 => success
+//          1 => error
+uint8_t i2c_master_start(uint8_t address) {
+  TWCR = (1<<TWINT) | (1<<TWEN) | (1<<TWSTA);
+
+  i2c_delay();
+
+  // check that we started successfully
+  if ( (TW_STATUS != TW_START) && (TW_STATUS != TW_REP_START))
+    return 1;
+
+  TWDR = address;
+  TWCR = (1<<TWINT) | (1<<TWEN);
+
+  i2c_delay();
+
+  if ( (TW_STATUS != TW_MT_SLA_ACK) && (TW_STATUS != TW_MR_SLA_ACK) )
+    return 1; // slave did not acknowledge
+  else
+    return 0; // success
+}
+
+
+// Finish the i2c transaction.
+void i2c_master_stop(void) {
+  TWCR = (1<<TWINT) | (1<<TWEN) | (1<<TWSTO);
+
+  uint16_t lim = 0;
+  while(!(TWCR & (1<<TWSTO)) && lim < I2C_LOOP_TIMEOUT)
+    lim++;
+}
+
+// Write one byte to the i2c slave.
+// returns 0 => slave ACK
+//         1 => slave NACK
+uint8_t i2c_master_write(uint8_t data) {
+  TWDR = data;
+  TWCR = (1<<TWINT) | (1<<TWEN);
+
+  i2c_delay();
+
+  // check if the slave acknowledged us
+  return (TW_STATUS == TW_MT_DATA_ACK) ? 0 : 1;
+}
+
+// Read one byte from the i2c slave. If ack=1 the slave is acknowledged,
+// if ack=0 the acknowledge bit is not set.
+// returns: byte read from i2c device
+uint8_t i2c_master_read(int ack) {
+  TWCR = (1<<TWINT) | (1<<TWEN) | (ack<<TWEA);
+
+  i2c_delay();
+  return TWDR;
+}
+
+void i2c_reset_state(void) {
+  TWCR = 0;
+}
+
+void i2c_slave_init(uint8_t address) {
+  TWAR = address << 0; // slave i2c address
+  // TWEN  - twi enable
+  // TWEA  - enable address acknowledgement
+  // TWINT - twi interrupt flag
+  // TWIE  - enable the twi interrupt
+  TWCR = (1<<TWIE) | (1<<TWEA) | (1<<TWINT) | (1<<TWEN);
+}
+
+ISR(TWI_vect);
+
+ISR(TWI_vect) {
+  uint8_t ack = 1;
+  switch(TW_STATUS) {
+    case TW_SR_SLA_ACK:
+      // this device has been addressed as a slave receiver
+      slave_has_register_set = false;
+      break;
+
+    case TW_SR_DATA_ACK:
+      // this device has received data as a slave receiver
+      // The first byte that we receive in this transaction sets the location
+      // of the read/write location of the slaves memory that it exposes over
+      // i2c.  After that, bytes will be written at slave_buffer_pos, incrementing
+      // slave_buffer_pos after each write.
+      if(!slave_has_register_set) {
+        slave_buffer_pos = TWDR;
+        // don't acknowledge the master if this memory loctaion is out of bounds
+        if ( slave_buffer_pos >= SLAVE_BUFFER_SIZE ) {
+          ack = 0;
+          slave_buffer_pos = 0;
+        }
+        slave_has_register_set = true;
+      } else {
+        i2c_slave_buffer[slave_buffer_pos] = TWDR;
+        BUFFER_POS_INC();
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case TW_ST_SLA_ACK:
+    case TW_ST_DATA_ACK:
+      // master has addressed this device as a slave transmitter and is
+      // requesting data.
+      TWDR = i2c_slave_buffer[slave_buffer_pos];
+      BUFFER_POS_INC();
+      break;
+
+    case TW_BUS_ERROR: // something went wrong, reset twi state
+      TWCR = 0;
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+  // Reset everything, so we are ready for the next TWI interrupt
+  TWCR |= (1<<TWIE) | (1<<TWINT) | (ack<<TWEA) | (1<<TWEN);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/deltasplit75/i2c.h b/keyboards/deltasplit75/i2c.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..08ce4b0093
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/deltasplit75/i2c.h
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+#ifndef I2C_H
+#define I2C_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#ifndef F_CPU
+#define F_CPU 16000000UL
+#endif
+
+#define I2C_READ 1
+#define I2C_WRITE 0
+
+#define I2C_ACK 1
+#define I2C_NACK 0
+
+#define SLAVE_BUFFER_SIZE 0x10
+
+// i2c SCL clock frequency
+#define SCL_CLOCK  100000L
+
+extern volatile uint8_t i2c_slave_buffer[SLAVE_BUFFER_SIZE];
+
+void i2c_master_init(void);
+uint8_t i2c_master_start(uint8_t address);
+void i2c_master_stop(void);
+uint8_t i2c_master_write(uint8_t data);
+uint8_t i2c_master_read(int);
+void i2c_reset_state(void);
+void i2c_slave_init(uint8_t address);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/deltasplit75/keymaps/default/config.h b/keyboards/deltasplit75/keymaps/default/config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4fb2554e0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/deltasplit75/keymaps/default/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2012 Jun Wako <wakojun@gmail.com>
+
+This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+
+#define USE_SERIAL
+
+#define MASTER_LEFT
+// #define _MASTER_RIGHT
+// #define EE_HANDS
+
+
+#ifdef SUBPROJECT_v2
+    #include "../../v2/config.h"
+#endif
+#ifdef SUBPROJECT_protosplit
+    #include "../../protosplit/config.h"
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/deltasplit75/keymaps/default/keymap.c b/keyboards/deltasplit75/keymaps/default/keymap.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e2657bfa2a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/deltasplit75/keymaps/default/keymap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+#include "deltasplit75.h"
+#include "action_layer.h"
+#include "eeconfig.h"
+
+extern keymap_config_t keymap_config;
+
+// Each layer gets a name for readability, which is then used in the keymap matrix below.
+// The underscores don't mean anything - you can have a layer called STUFF or any other name.
+// Layer names don't all need to be of the same length, obviously, and you can also skip them
+// entirely and just use numbers.
+
+// Fillers to make layering more clear
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {	
+	KEYMAP_V2(
+		KC_ESC, KC_F1, KC_F2, KC_F3, KC_F4, KC_F5, KC_F6, KC_F7, KC_F8, KC_F9, KC_F10, KC_F11, KC_F12, KC_INS, KC_HOME, KC_PGUP, 
+		KC_GRV, KC_1, KC_2, KC_3, KC_4, KC_5, KC_6, KC_7, KC_8, KC_9, KC_0, KC_MINS, KC_EQL, KC_DEL, KC_END, KC_PGDN, 
+		KC_TAB, KC_Q, KC_W, KC_E, KC_R, KC_T, KC_Y, KC_U, KC_I, KC_O, KC_P, KC_LBRC, KC_RBRC, KC_BSPC, KC_SLCK, 
+		KC_LCTL, KC_A, KC_S, KC_D, KC_F, KC_G, KC_H, KC_J, KC_K, KC_L, KC_SCLN, KC_QUOT, KC_TRNS, KC_ENT, KC_PAUS,  //modify KC_TRNS to enable ISO Support
+		KC_LSFT, KC_TRNS, KC_Z, KC_X, KC_C, KC_V, KC_B, KC_B, KC_N, KC_M, KC_COMM, KC_DOT, KC_SLSH, KC_LSFT, KC_UP, KC_PSCR, //modify KC_TRNS to enable ISO Support
+		KC_LCTL, KC_LGUI, KC_LALT, KC_SPC, MO(1), KC_SPC, KC_RALT, KC_RGUI, KC_RCTL, KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_RGHT),
+
+	KEYMAP_V2(
+		KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, RESET, 
+		KC_BSLS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, 
+		KC_TRNS, KC_VOLU, KC_UP, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, 
+		M(1), KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_RGHT, KC_PAUS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, 
+		KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_VOLD, M(0), KC_PSCR, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, 
+		KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS),
+
+};
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/deltasplit75/keymaps/itsaferbie/Makefile b/keyboards/deltasplit75/keymaps/itsaferbie/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bab3b4c564
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/deltasplit75/keymaps/itsaferbie/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+RGBLIGHT_ENABLE = yes        # Enable WS2812 RGB underlight.  Do not enable this with audio at the same time.
+AUDIO_ENABLE = no            # Audio disabled while using RGB underlight.
+EXTRAKEY_ENABLE = yes
+
+ifndef QUANTUM_DIR
+	include ../../../../Makefile
+endif
diff --git a/keyboards/deltasplit75/keymaps/itsaferbie/config.h b/keyboards/deltasplit75/keymaps/itsaferbie/config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4fb2554e0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/deltasplit75/keymaps/itsaferbie/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2012 Jun Wako <wakojun@gmail.com>
+
+This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+
+#define USE_SERIAL
+
+#define MASTER_LEFT
+// #define _MASTER_RIGHT
+// #define EE_HANDS
+
+
+#ifdef SUBPROJECT_v2
+    #include "../../v2/config.h"
+#endif
+#ifdef SUBPROJECT_protosplit
+    #include "../../protosplit/config.h"
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/deltasplit75/keymaps/itsaferbie/keymap.c b/keyboards/deltasplit75/keymaps/itsaferbie/keymap.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..82c292f499
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/deltasplit75/keymaps/itsaferbie/keymap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+#include "deltasplit75.h"
+#include "action_layer.h"
+#include "eeconfig.h"
+
+extern keymap_config_t keymap_config;
+
+// Each layer gets a name for readability, which is then used in the keymap matrix below.
+// The underscores don't mean anything - you can have a layer called STUFF or any other name.
+// Layer names don't all need to be of the same length, obviously, and you can also skip them
+// entirely and just use numbers.
+
+// Fillers to make layering more clear
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {	
+	/* Layer 0: Default Layer
+     *,-----------------------------------------------------------------------.
+     * |Esc| F1| F2| F3| F4| F5| F6|    F7| F8| F9| F10| F11| F12|Prnt|Ins|Del| 
+	 * |----------------------------------------------------------------------|
+     * |  `|  1|  2|  3|  4|  5|  6|    7|  8|  9|  0|  -|  =| Backspace| Home|
+     * |----------------------------------------------------------------------|
+     * |Tab  |  Q|  W|  E|  R|  T|      Y|  U|  I|  O|  P|  [|  ]|  \|    PgUp|
+     * |----------------------------------------------------------------------|
+     * |Ctrl|  A|  S|  D|  F|  G|       H|  J|  K|  L|  ;|  '|Enter  |  PgDown|
+     * |----------------------------------------------------------------------|
+     * |Shif|   |  Z|  X|  C|  V|  B|   N|  M|  ,|  .|  /|Shift |      Up| End|
+     * |----------------------------------------------------------------------|
+     * |CapsLo|Gui |Alt |Sp |Mod |      Sp| Alt| Gui| Ctrl|    | Lef| Dow| Rig|
+     * `----------------------------------------------------------------------'
+     */
+	KEYMAP_V2(
+		KC_ESC,  KC_F1,   KC_F2,   KC_F3,  KC_F4, KC_F5,  KC_F6,            KC_F7,   KC_F8,   KC_F9,   KC_F10,  KC_F11,  KC_F12,  KC_PSCR,  KC_INS,  KC_DEL, 
+		KC_GRV,  KC_1,    KC_2,    KC_3,   KC_4,  KC_5,   KC_6,             KC_7,    KC_8,    KC_9,    KC_0,    KC_MINS, KC_EQL,  KC_BSPC,  KC_TRNS, KC_HOME, // KC_TRNS is the unneeded key in the split backspace.
+		KC_TAB,  KC_Q,    KC_W,    KC_E,   KC_R,  KC_T,                     KC_Y,    KC_U,    KC_I,    KC_O,    KC_P,    KC_LBRC, KC_RBRC,  KC_BSLS, KC_PGUP, 
+		KC_LCTL, KC_A,    KC_S,    KC_D,   KC_F,  KC_G,                     KC_H,    KC_J,    KC_K,    KC_L,    KC_SCLN, KC_QUOT, KC_TRNS,  KC_ENT,  KC_PGDN, // KC_TRNS is unneeded ISO enter key. 
+		KC_LSFT, KC_TRNS, KC_Z,    KC_X,   KC_C,  KC_V,   KC_B,             KC_B,    KC_N,    KC_M,    KC_COMM, KC_DOT,  KC_SLSH, KC_RSFT,  KC_UP,   KC_END,  // KC_TRNS is uneeded ISO layout key.
+		KC_CAPS, KC_LGUI, KC_LALT,         KC_SPC, MO(1),                   KC_SPC,  KC_RALT, KC_RGUI, KC_RCTL,                   KC_LEFT,  KC_DOWN, KC_RGHT),
+
+	KEYMAP_V2(
+		RGB_TOG, RGB_HUI, RGB_SAI, RGB_VAI, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,      KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, RESET, 
+		RGB_MOD, RGB_HUD, RGB_SAD, RGB_VAD, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,      KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, 
+		KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,               KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, 
+		KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,               KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_VOLU, 
+		KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,      KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_MPLY, KC_VOLD, 
+		KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,          KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,               KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,                   KC_MPRV, KC_STOP, KC_MNXT),
+
+};
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/deltasplit75/keymaps/protosplit/config.h b/keyboards/deltasplit75/keymaps/protosplit/config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4fb2554e0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/deltasplit75/keymaps/protosplit/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2012 Jun Wako <wakojun@gmail.com>
+
+This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+
+#define USE_SERIAL
+
+#define MASTER_LEFT
+// #define _MASTER_RIGHT
+// #define EE_HANDS
+
+
+#ifdef SUBPROJECT_v2
+    #include "../../v2/config.h"
+#endif
+#ifdef SUBPROJECT_protosplit
+    #include "../../protosplit/config.h"
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/deltasplit75/keymaps/protosplit/keymap.c b/keyboards/deltasplit75/keymaps/protosplit/keymap.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d8db2b88e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/deltasplit75/keymaps/protosplit/keymap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+#include "deltasplit75.h"
+#include "action_layer.h"
+#include "eeconfig.h"
+
+extern keymap_config_t keymap_config;
+
+// Each layer gets a name for readability, which is then used in the keymap matrix below.
+// The underscores don't mean anything - you can have a layer called STUFF or any other name.
+// Layer names don't all need to be of the same length, obviously, and you can also skip them
+// entirely and just use numbers.
+
+// Fillers to make layering more clear
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {	
+	KEYMAP_PROTOSPLIT(
+		KC_ESC, KC_F1, KC_F2, KC_F3, KC_F4, KC_F5, KC_F6, KC_F7, KC_F8, KC_F9, KC_F10, KC_F11, KC_F12, KC_INS, KC_HOME, KC_PGUP, 
+		KC_GRV, KC_1, KC_2, KC_3, KC_4, KC_5, KC_6, KC_7, KC_8, KC_9, KC_0, KC_MINS, KC_EQL, KC_DEL, KC_END, KC_PGDN, 
+		KC_TAB, KC_Q, KC_W, KC_E, KC_R, KC_T, KC_Y, KC_U, KC_I, KC_O, KC_P, KC_LBRC, KC_RBRC, KC_BSPC, KC_SLCK, 
+		KC_LCTL, KC_A, KC_S, KC_D, KC_F, KC_G, KC_H, KC_J, KC_K, KC_L, KC_SCLN, KC_QUOT, KC_ENT, KC_PAUS,
+		KC_LSFT, KC_Z, KC_X, KC_C, KC_V, KC_B, KC_B, KC_N, KC_M, KC_COMM, KC_DOT, KC_SLSH, KC_LSFT, KC_UP, KC_PSCR,
+		KC_LCTL, KC_LGUI, KC_LALT, KC_SPC, MO(1), KC_SPC, KC_RALT, KC_RGUI, KC_RCTL, KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_RGHT),
+
+	KEYMAP_PROTOSPLIT(
+		KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, RESET, 
+		KC_BSLS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, 
+		KC_TRNS, KC_VOLU, KC_UP, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, 
+		M(1), KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_RGHT, KC_PAUS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, 
+		KC_TRNS, KC_VOLD, M(0), KC_PSCR, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, 
+		KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS),
+		
+
+};
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/deltasplit75/matrix.c b/keyboards/deltasplit75/matrix.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1389690042
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/deltasplit75/matrix.c
@@ -0,0 +1,318 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2012 Jun Wako <wakojun@gmail.com>
+
+This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/*
+ * scan matrix
+ */
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <avr/io.h>
+#include <avr/wdt.h>
+#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+#include <util/delay.h>
+#include "print.h"
+#include "debug.h"
+#include "util.h"
+#include "matrix.h"
+#include "split_util.h"
+#include "pro_micro.h"
+#include "config.h"
+
+#ifdef USE_I2C
+#  include "i2c.h"
+#else // USE_SERIAL
+#  include "serial.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef DEBOUNCE
+#  define DEBOUNCE	5
+#endif
+
+#define ERROR_DISCONNECT_COUNT 5
+
+static uint8_t debouncing = DEBOUNCE;
+static const int ROWS_PER_HAND = MATRIX_ROWS/2;
+static uint8_t error_count = 0;
+
+static const uint8_t row_pins[MATRIX_ROWS] = MATRIX_ROW_PINS;
+static const uint8_t col_pins[MATRIX_COLS] = MATRIX_COL_PINS;
+
+/* matrix state(1:on, 0:off) */
+static matrix_row_t matrix[MATRIX_ROWS];
+static matrix_row_t matrix_debouncing[MATRIX_ROWS];
+
+static matrix_row_t read_cols(void);
+static void init_cols(void);
+static void unselect_rows(void);
+static void select_row(uint8_t row);
+
+__attribute__ ((weak))
+void matrix_init_quantum(void) {
+    matrix_init_kb();
+}
+
+__attribute__ ((weak))
+void matrix_scan_quantum(void) {
+    matrix_scan_kb();
+}
+
+__attribute__ ((weak))
+void matrix_init_kb(void) {
+    matrix_init_user();
+}
+
+__attribute__ ((weak))
+void matrix_scan_kb(void) {
+    matrix_scan_user();
+}
+
+__attribute__ ((weak))
+void matrix_init_user(void) {
+}
+
+__attribute__ ((weak))
+void matrix_scan_user(void) {
+}
+
+inline
+uint8_t matrix_rows(void)
+{
+    return MATRIX_ROWS;
+}
+
+inline
+uint8_t matrix_cols(void)
+{
+    return MATRIX_COLS;
+}
+
+void matrix_init(void)
+{
+    debug_enable = true;
+    debug_matrix = true;
+    debug_mouse = true;
+    // initialize row and col
+    unselect_rows();
+    init_cols();
+
+    TX_RX_LED_INIT;
+
+    // initialize matrix state: all keys off
+    for (uint8_t i=0; i < MATRIX_ROWS; i++) {
+        matrix[i] = 0;
+        matrix_debouncing[i] = 0;
+    }
+
+    matrix_init_quantum();
+}
+
+uint8_t _matrix_scan(void)
+{
+    // Right hand is stored after the left in the matirx so, we need to offset it
+    int offset = isLeftHand ? 0 : (ROWS_PER_HAND);
+
+    for (uint8_t i = 0; i < ROWS_PER_HAND; i++) {
+        select_row(i);
+        _delay_us(30);  // without this wait read unstable value.
+        matrix_row_t cols = read_cols();
+        if (matrix_debouncing[i+offset] != cols) {
+            matrix_debouncing[i+offset] = cols;
+            debouncing = DEBOUNCE;
+        }
+        unselect_rows();
+    }
+
+    if (debouncing) {
+        if (--debouncing) {
+            _delay_ms(1);
+        } else {
+            for (uint8_t i = 0; i < ROWS_PER_HAND; i++) {
+                matrix[i+offset] = matrix_debouncing[i+offset];
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    return 1;
+}
+
+#ifdef USE_I2C
+
+// Get rows from other half over i2c
+int i2c_transaction(void) {
+    int slaveOffset = (isLeftHand) ? (ROWS_PER_HAND) : 0;
+
+    int err = i2c_master_start(SLAVE_I2C_ADDRESS + I2C_WRITE);
+    if (err) goto i2c_error;
+
+    // start of matrix stored at 0x00
+    err = i2c_master_write(0x00);
+    if (err) goto i2c_error;
+
+    // Start read
+    err = i2c_master_start(SLAVE_I2C_ADDRESS + I2C_READ);
+    if (err) goto i2c_error;
+
+    if (!err) {
+        int i;
+        for (i = 0; i < ROWS_PER_HAND-1; ++i) {
+            matrix[slaveOffset+i] = i2c_master_read(I2C_ACK);
+        }
+        matrix[slaveOffset+i] = i2c_master_read(I2C_NACK);
+        i2c_master_stop();
+    } else {
+i2c_error: // the cable is disconnceted, or something else went wrong
+        i2c_reset_state();
+        return err;
+    }
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+#else // USE_SERIAL
+
+int serial_transaction(void) {
+    int slaveOffset = (isLeftHand) ? (ROWS_PER_HAND) : 0;
+
+    if (serial_update_buffers()) {
+        return 1;
+    }
+
+    for (int i = 0; i < ROWS_PER_HAND; ++i) {
+        matrix[slaveOffset+i] = serial_slave_buffer[i];
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+uint8_t matrix_scan(void)
+{
+    int ret = _matrix_scan();
+
+
+
+#ifdef USE_I2C
+    if( i2c_transaction() ) {
+#else // USE_SERIAL
+    if( serial_transaction() ) {
+#endif
+        // turn on the indicator led when halves are disconnected
+        TXLED1;
+
+        error_count++;
+
+        if (error_count > ERROR_DISCONNECT_COUNT) {
+            // reset other half if disconnected
+            int slaveOffset = (isLeftHand) ? (ROWS_PER_HAND) : 0;
+            for (int i = 0; i < ROWS_PER_HAND; ++i) {
+                matrix[slaveOffset+i] = 0;
+            }
+        }
+    } else {
+        // turn off the indicator led on no error
+        TXLED0;
+        error_count = 0;
+    }
+
+    matrix_scan_quantum();
+
+    return ret;
+}
+
+void matrix_slave_scan(void) {
+    _matrix_scan();
+
+    int offset = (isLeftHand) ? 0 : (MATRIX_ROWS / 2);
+
+#ifdef USE_I2C
+    for (int i = 0; i < ROWS_PER_HAND; ++i) {
+        /* i2c_slave_buffer[i] = matrix[offset+i]; */
+        i2c_slave_buffer[i] = matrix[offset+i];
+    }
+#else // USE_SERIAL
+    for (int i = 0; i < ROWS_PER_HAND; ++i) {
+        serial_slave_buffer[i] = matrix[offset+i];
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+bool matrix_is_modified(void)
+{
+    if (debouncing) return false;
+    return true;
+}
+
+inline
+bool matrix_is_on(uint8_t row, uint8_t col)
+{
+    return (matrix[row] & ((matrix_row_t)1<<col));
+}
+
+inline
+matrix_row_t matrix_get_row(uint8_t row)
+{
+    return matrix[row];
+}
+
+void matrix_print(void)
+{
+    print("\nr/c 0123456789ABCDEF\n");
+    for (uint8_t row = 0; row < MATRIX_ROWS; row++) {
+        phex(row); print(": ");
+        pbin_reverse16(matrix_get_row(row));
+        print("\n");
+    }
+}
+
+uint8_t matrix_key_count(void)
+{
+    uint8_t count = 0;
+    for (uint8_t i = 0; i < MATRIX_ROWS; i++) {
+        count += bitpop16(matrix[i]);
+    }
+    return count;
+}
+
+static void  init_cols(void)
+{
+    for(int x = 0; x < MATRIX_COLS; x++) {
+        _SFR_IO8((col_pins[x] >> 4) + 1) &=  ~_BV(col_pins[x] & 0xF);
+        _SFR_IO8((col_pins[x] >> 4) + 2) |= _BV(col_pins[x] & 0xF);
+    }
+}
+
+static matrix_row_t read_cols(void)
+{
+    matrix_row_t result = 0;
+    for(int x = 0; x < MATRIX_COLS; x++) {
+        result |= (_SFR_IO8(col_pins[x] >> 4) & _BV(col_pins[x] & 0xF)) ? 0 : (1 << x);
+    }
+    return result;
+}
+
+static void unselect_rows(void)
+{
+    for(int x = 0; x < ROWS_PER_HAND; x++) {
+        _SFR_IO8((row_pins[x] >> 4) + 1) &=  ~_BV(row_pins[x] & 0xF);
+        _SFR_IO8((row_pins[x] >> 4) + 2) |= _BV(row_pins[x] & 0xF);
+    }
+}
+
+static void select_row(uint8_t row)
+{
+    _SFR_IO8((row_pins[row] >> 4) + 1) |=  _BV(row_pins[row] & 0xF);
+    _SFR_IO8((row_pins[row] >> 4) + 2) &= ~_BV(row_pins[row] & 0xF);
+}
diff --git a/keyboards/deltasplit75/readme.md b/keyboards/deltasplit75/readme.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..04ed35c29e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/deltasplit75/readme.md
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+DeltaSplit75
+======
+
+This readme and most of the code are from https://github.com/ahtn/tmk_keyboard/ and https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/tree/master/keyboards/lets_split
+
+Credit to ahtn and wootpatoot for work on the split keyboard firmware
+
+Split keyboard firmware for Arduino Pro Micro or other ATmega32u4
+based boards.
+
+## Case Files
+Files are available here: https://github.com/xyxjj/DeltaSplit75-Case-files
+
+## Build Guide
+The build guide should be found at https://qmk.fm/deltasplit75
+
+
+## First Time Setup
+
+Download or clone the whole firmware and navigate to the keyboards/deltasplit75 directory. Once your dev env is setup, you'll be able to generate the .hex using:
+
+```
+make v2
+
+or
+
+make v2-YOUR_KEYMAP_NAME (if you make a folder for your keymap)
+
+or
+
+make protosplit (if you have one of the prototype PCBs)
+```
+
+You will see a lot of output and if everything worked correctly you will see the built hex files:
+
+```
+deltasplit75_v2_protosplit.hex 
+
+or
+
+deltasplit74_v2_YOUR_KEYMAP_NAME.hex
+
+or
+
+deltasplit75_v2_default.hex
+
+```
+
+
+For more information on customizing keymaps, take a look at the primary documentation for [Customizing Your Keymap](/readme.md##customizing-your-keymap) in the main readme.md.
+
+### DeltaSplit75 V2
+The PCBs available in groupbuy are all v2, if you've bought one of my prototype PCBs (it says DeltaSplit65 on the silkscreen instead of 75), use the code make protosplit instead
+
+Features
+--------
+
+For the full Quantum Mechanical Keyboard feature list, see [the parent readme.md](/readme.md).
+
+Some features supported by the firmware:
+
+* Either half can connect to the computer via USB, or both halves can be used
+  independently.
+* 75% formfactor
+* Support for multiple Bottom Rows
+* RGB underglow support
+* Split Backspace and ISO support
+
+
+Flashing
+-------
+I personally use xLoader to upload my hex files to the keyboard, though any other working software is fine too
+
+
+Choosing which board to plug the USB cable into (choosing Master)
+--------
+Because the two boards are identical, the firmware has logic to differentiate the left and right board.
+
+It uses two strategies to figure things out: look at the EEPROM (memory on the chip) or looks if the current board has the usb cable.
+
+The EEPROM approach requires additional setup (flashing the eeeprom) but allows you to swap the usb cable to either side.
+
+The USB cable approach is easier to setup and if you just want the usb cable on the left board, you do not need to do anything extra.
+
+### Setting the left hand as master
+If you always plug the usb cable into the left board, nothing extra is needed as this is the default. Comment out `EE_HANDS` and comment out `I2C_MASTER_RIGHT` or `MASTER_RIGHT` if for some reason it was set.
+
+### Setting the right hand as master
+If you always plug the usb cable into the right board, add an extra flag to your `config.h`
+```
+ #define MASTER_RIGHT
+```
+
+### Setting EE_hands to use either hands as master
+If you define `EE_HANDS` in your `config.h`, you will need to set the
+EEPROM for the left and right halves.
+
+The EEPROM is used to store whether the
+half is left handed or right handed. This makes it so that the same firmware
+file will run on both hands instead of having to flash left and right handed
+versions of the firmware to each half. To flash the EEPROM file for the left
+half run:
+```
+avrdude -p atmega32u4 -P $(COM_PORT) -c avr109 -U eeprom:w:eeprom-lefthand.eep
+// or the equivalent in dfu-programmer
+
+```
+and similarly for right half
+```
+avrdude -p atmega32u4 -P $(COM_PORT) -c avr109 -U eeprom:w:eeprom-righhand.eep
+// or the equivalent in dfu-programmer
+```
+
+NOTE: replace `$(COM_PORT)` with the port of your device (e.g. `/dev/ttyACM0`)
+
+After you have flashed the EEPROM, you then need to set `EE_HANDS` in your config.h, rebuild the hex files and reflash.
+
+Note that you need to program both halves, but you have the option of using
+different keymaps for each half. You could program the left half with a QWERTY
+layout and the right half with a Colemak layout using bootmagic's default layout option.
+Then if you connect the left half to a computer by USB the keyboard will use QWERTY and Colemak when the
+right half is connected.
+
+
+Notes on Using Pro Micro 3.3V
+-----------------------------
+
+Do update the `F_CPU` parameter in `rules.mk` to `8000000` which reflects
+the frequency on the 3.3V board.
+
+Also, if the slave board is producing weird characters in certain columns,
+update the following line in `matrix.c` to the following:
+
+```
+// _delay_us(30);  // without this wait read unstable value.
+_delay_us(300);  // without this wait read unstable value.
+```
diff --git a/keyboards/deltasplit75/rules.mk b/keyboards/deltasplit75/rules.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1aee5313c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/deltasplit75/rules.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+SRC += matrix.c \
+	   i2c.c \
+	   split_util.c \
+	   serial.c
+
+# MCU name
+#MCU = at90usb1287
+MCU = atmega32u4
+
+# Processor frequency.
+#     This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the
+#     processor frequency in Hz. You can then use this symbol in your source code to
+#     calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done
+#     automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.
+#
+#     This will be an integer division of F_USB below, as it is sourced by
+#     F_USB after it has run through any CPU prescalers. Note that this value
+#     does not *change* the processor frequency - it should merely be updated to
+#     reflect the processor speed set externally so that the code can use accurate
+#     software delays.
+F_CPU = 16000000
+
+#
+# LUFA specific
+#
+# Target architecture (see library "Board Types" documentation).
+ARCH = AVR8
+
+# Input clock frequency.
+#     This will define a symbol, F_USB, in all source code files equal to the
+#     input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed) in Hz. This value may
+#     differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the
+#     raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed
+#     clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL'
+#     at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your
+#     source code.
+#
+#     If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the
+#     CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU.
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+
+# Interrupt driven control endpoint task(+60)
+OPT_DEFS += -DINTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+
+
+# Boot Section Size in *bytes*
+#   Teensy halfKay   512
+#   Teensy++ halfKay 1024
+#   Atmel DFU loader 4096
+#   LUFA bootloader  4096
+#   USBaspLoader     2048
+OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_SIZE=4096
+
+# Build Options
+#   change to "no" to disable the options, or define them in the Makefile in
+#   the appropriate keymap folder that will get included automatically
+#
+BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE ?= no       # Virtual DIP switch configuration(+1000)
+MOUSEKEY_ENABLE ?= yes       # Mouse keys(+4700)
+EXTRAKEY_ENABLE ?= yes       # Audio control and System control(+450)
+CONSOLE_ENABLE ?= no         # Console for debug(+400)
+COMMAND_ENABLE ?= yes        # Commands for debug and configuration
+NKRO_ENABLE ?= no            # Nkey Rollover - if this doesn't work, see here: https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/wiki/FAQ#nkro-doesnt-work
+BACKLIGHT_ENABLE ?= no      # Enable keyboard backlight functionality
+MIDI_ENABLE ?= no            # MIDI controls
+AUDIO_ENABLE ?= no           # Audio output on port C6
+UNICODE_ENABLE ?= no         # Unicode
+BLUETOOTH_ENABLE ?= no       # Enable Bluetooth with the Adafruit EZ-Key HID
+RGBLIGHT_ENABLE ?= no       # Enable WS2812 RGB underlight.  Do not enable this with audio at the same time.
+SUBPROJECT_rev1 ?= yes
+USE_I2C ?= yes
+# Do not enable SLEEP_LED_ENABLE. it uses the same timer as BACKLIGHT_ENABLE
+SLEEP_LED_ENABLE ?= no    # Breathing sleep LED during USB suspend
+
+CUSTOM_MATRIX = yes
diff --git a/keyboards/deltasplit75/serial.c b/keyboards/deltasplit75/serial.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6faed09ce0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/deltasplit75/serial.c
@@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
+/*
+ * WARNING: be careful changing this code, it is very timing dependent
+ */
+
+#ifndef F_CPU
+#define F_CPU 16000000
+#endif
+
+#include <avr/io.h>
+#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+#include <util/delay.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include "serial.h"
+
+#ifdef USE_SERIAL
+
+// Serial pulse period in microseconds. Its probably a bad idea to lower this
+// value.
+#define SERIAL_DELAY 24
+
+uint8_t volatile serial_slave_buffer[SERIAL_SLAVE_BUFFER_LENGTH] = {0};
+uint8_t volatile serial_master_buffer[SERIAL_MASTER_BUFFER_LENGTH] = {0};
+
+#define SLAVE_DATA_CORRUPT (1<<0)
+volatile uint8_t status = 0;
+
+inline static
+void serial_delay(void) {
+  _delay_us(SERIAL_DELAY);
+}
+
+inline static
+void serial_output(void) {
+  SERIAL_PIN_DDR |= SERIAL_PIN_MASK;
+}
+
+// make the serial pin an input with pull-up resistor
+inline static
+void serial_input(void) {
+  SERIAL_PIN_DDR  &= ~SERIAL_PIN_MASK;
+  SERIAL_PIN_PORT |= SERIAL_PIN_MASK;
+}
+
+inline static
+uint8_t serial_read_pin(void) {
+  return !!(SERIAL_PIN_INPUT & SERIAL_PIN_MASK);
+}
+
+inline static
+void serial_low(void) {
+  SERIAL_PIN_PORT &= ~SERIAL_PIN_MASK;
+}
+
+inline static
+void serial_high(void) {
+  SERIAL_PIN_PORT |= SERIAL_PIN_MASK;
+}
+
+void serial_master_init(void) {
+  serial_output();
+  serial_high();
+}
+
+void serial_slave_init(void) {
+  serial_input();
+
+  // Enable INT0
+  EIMSK |= _BV(INT0);
+  // Trigger on falling edge of INT0
+  EICRA &= ~(_BV(ISC00) | _BV(ISC01));
+}
+
+// Used by the master to synchronize timing with the slave.
+static
+void sync_recv(void) {
+  serial_input();
+  // This shouldn't hang if the slave disconnects because the
+  // serial line will float to high if the slave does disconnect.
+  while (!serial_read_pin());
+  serial_delay();
+}
+
+// Used by the slave to send a synchronization signal to the master.
+static
+void sync_send(void) {
+  serial_output();
+
+  serial_low();
+  serial_delay();
+
+  serial_high();
+}
+
+// Reads a byte from the serial line
+static
+uint8_t serial_read_byte(void) {
+  uint8_t byte = 0;
+  serial_input();
+  for ( uint8_t i = 0; i < 8; ++i) {
+    byte = (byte << 1) | serial_read_pin();
+    serial_delay();
+    _delay_us(1);
+  }
+
+  return byte;
+}
+
+// Sends a byte with MSB ordering
+static
+void serial_write_byte(uint8_t data) {
+  uint8_t b = 8;
+  serial_output();
+  while( b-- ) {
+    if(data & (1 << b)) {
+      serial_high();
+    } else {
+      serial_low();
+    }
+    serial_delay();
+  }
+}
+
+// interrupt handle to be used by the slave device
+ISR(SERIAL_PIN_INTERRUPT) {
+  sync_send();
+
+  uint8_t checksum = 0;
+  for (int i = 0; i < SERIAL_SLAVE_BUFFER_LENGTH; ++i) {
+    serial_write_byte(serial_slave_buffer[i]);
+    sync_send();
+    checksum += serial_slave_buffer[i];
+  }
+  serial_write_byte(checksum);
+  sync_send();
+
+  // wait for the sync to finish sending
+  serial_delay();
+
+  // read the middle of pulses
+  _delay_us(SERIAL_DELAY/2);
+
+  uint8_t checksum_computed = 0;
+  for (int i = 0; i < SERIAL_MASTER_BUFFER_LENGTH; ++i) {
+    serial_master_buffer[i] = serial_read_byte();
+    sync_send();
+    checksum_computed += serial_master_buffer[i];
+  }
+  uint8_t checksum_received = serial_read_byte();
+  sync_send();
+
+  serial_input(); // end transaction
+
+  if ( checksum_computed != checksum_received ) {
+    status |= SLAVE_DATA_CORRUPT;
+  } else {
+    status &= ~SLAVE_DATA_CORRUPT;
+  }
+}
+
+inline
+bool serial_slave_DATA_CORRUPT(void) {
+  return status & SLAVE_DATA_CORRUPT;
+}
+
+// Copies the serial_slave_buffer to the master and sends the
+// serial_master_buffer to the slave.
+//
+// Returns:
+// 0 => no error
+// 1 => slave did not respond
+int serial_update_buffers(void) {
+  // this code is very time dependent, so we need to disable interrupts
+  cli();
+
+  // signal to the slave that we want to start a transaction
+  serial_output();
+  serial_low();
+  _delay_us(1);
+
+  // wait for the slaves response
+  serial_input();
+  serial_high();
+  _delay_us(SERIAL_DELAY);
+
+  // check if the slave is present
+  if (serial_read_pin()) {
+    // slave failed to pull the line low, assume not present
+    sei();
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+  // if the slave is present syncronize with it
+  sync_recv();
+
+  uint8_t checksum_computed = 0;
+  // receive data from the slave
+  for (int i = 0; i < SERIAL_SLAVE_BUFFER_LENGTH; ++i) {
+    serial_slave_buffer[i] = serial_read_byte();
+    sync_recv();
+    checksum_computed += serial_slave_buffer[i];
+  }
+  uint8_t checksum_received = serial_read_byte();
+  sync_recv();
+
+  if (checksum_computed != checksum_received) {
+    sei();
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+  uint8_t checksum = 0;
+  // send data to the slave
+  for (int i = 0; i < SERIAL_MASTER_BUFFER_LENGTH; ++i) {
+    serial_write_byte(serial_master_buffer[i]);
+    sync_recv();
+    checksum += serial_master_buffer[i];
+  }
+  serial_write_byte(checksum);
+  sync_recv();
+
+  // always, release the line when not in use
+  serial_output();
+  serial_high();
+
+  sei();
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/deltasplit75/serial.h b/keyboards/deltasplit75/serial.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6ef52019a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/deltasplit75/serial.h
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+#ifndef MY_SERIAL_H
+#define MY_SERIAL_H
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include <stdbool.h>
+
+/* TODO:  some defines for interrupt setup */
+#define SERIAL_PIN_DDR DDRD
+#define SERIAL_PIN_PORT PORTD
+#define SERIAL_PIN_INPUT PIND
+#define SERIAL_PIN_MASK _BV(PD0)
+#define SERIAL_PIN_INTERRUPT INT0_vect
+
+#define SERIAL_SLAVE_BUFFER_LENGTH ((MATRIX_COLS+7)/8 *MATRIX_ROWS/2)
+#define SERIAL_MASTER_BUFFER_LENGTH 1
+
+// Buffers for master - slave communication
+extern volatile uint8_t serial_slave_buffer[SERIAL_SLAVE_BUFFER_LENGTH];
+extern volatile uint8_t serial_master_buffer[SERIAL_MASTER_BUFFER_LENGTH];
+
+void serial_master_init(void);
+void serial_slave_init(void);
+int serial_update_buffers(void);
+bool serial_slave_data_corrupt(void);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/deltasplit75/split_util.c b/keyboards/deltasplit75/split_util.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..226dc18816
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/deltasplit75/split_util.c
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+#include <avr/io.h>
+#include <avr/wdt.h>
+#include <avr/power.h>
+#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+#include <util/delay.h>
+#include <avr/eeprom.h>
+#include "split_util.h"
+#include "matrix.h"
+#include "keyboard.h"
+#include "config.h"
+
+#ifdef USE_I2C
+#  include "i2c.h"
+#else
+#  include "serial.h"
+#endif
+
+volatile bool isLeftHand = true;
+
+static void setup_handedness(void) {
+  #ifdef EE_HANDS
+    isLeftHand = eeprom_read_byte(EECONFIG_HANDEDNESS);
+  #else
+    // I2C_MASTER_RIGHT is deprecated use MASTER_RIGHT instead since this works for both serial and i2c
+    #if defined(I2C_MASTER_RIGHT) || defined(MASTER_RIGHT)
+      isLeftHand = !has_usb();
+    #else
+      isLeftHand = has_usb();
+    #endif
+  #endif
+}
+
+static void keyboard_master_setup(void) {
+#ifdef USE_I2C
+    i2c_master_init();
+#else
+    serial_master_init();
+#endif
+}
+
+static void keyboard_slave_setup(void) {
+#ifdef USE_I2C
+    i2c_slave_init(SLAVE_I2C_ADDRESS);
+#else
+    serial_slave_init();
+#endif
+}
+
+bool has_usb(void) {
+   USBCON |= (1 << OTGPADE); //enables VBUS pad
+   _delay_us(5);
+   return (USBSTA & (1<<VBUS));  //checks state of VBUS
+}
+
+void split_keyboard_setup(void) {
+   setup_handedness();
+
+   if (has_usb()) {
+      keyboard_master_setup();
+   } else {
+      keyboard_slave_setup();
+   }
+   sei();
+}
+
+void keyboard_slave_loop(void) {
+   matrix_init();
+
+   while (1) {
+      matrix_slave_scan();
+   }
+}
+
+// this code runs before the usb and keyboard is initialized
+void matrix_setup(void) {
+    split_keyboard_setup();
+
+    if (!has_usb()) {
+        keyboard_slave_loop();
+    }
+}
diff --git a/keyboards/deltasplit75/split_util.h b/keyboards/deltasplit75/split_util.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6b896679ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/deltasplit75/split_util.h
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+#ifndef SPLIT_KEYBOARD_UTIL_H
+#define SPLIT_KEYBOARD_UTIL_H
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+
+#ifdef EE_HANDS
+	#define EECONFIG_BOOTMAGIC_END      (uint8_t *)10
+	#define EECONFIG_HANDEDNESS         EECONFIG_BOOTMAGIC_END
+#endif
+
+#define SLAVE_I2C_ADDRESS           0x32
+
+extern volatile bool isLeftHand;
+
+// slave version of matix scan, defined in matrix.c
+void matrix_slave_scan(void);
+
+void split_keyboard_setup(void);
+bool has_usb(void);
+void keyboard_slave_loop(void);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/deltasplit75/v2/Makefile b/keyboards/deltasplit75/v2/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4e2a6f00fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/deltasplit75/v2/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+ifndef MAKEFILE_INCLUDED
+	include ../../Makefile
+endif
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/deltasplit75/v2/config.h b/keyboards/deltasplit75/v2/config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0f4b806e2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/deltasplit75/v2/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2012 Jun Wako <wakojun@gmail.com>
+
+This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifndef CONFIG_H
+#define CONFIG_H
+
+#include "config_common.h"
+
+/* USB Device descriptor parameter */
+#define VENDOR_ID       0xFEED
+#define PRODUCT_ID      0x3060
+#define DEVICE_VER      0x0001
+#define MANUFACTURER    xyxjj
+#define PRODUCT         DeltaSplit75
+#define DESCRIPTION     75% split keyboard
+
+/* key matrix size */
+// Rows are doubled-up
+#define MATRIX_ROWS 14
+#define MATRIX_COLS 8
+
+// wiring of each half
+#define MATRIX_ROW_PINS { F4, F5, F6, F7, B1, B3, B2 }
+#define MATRIX_COL_PINS { B6, B5, B4, E6, D7, C6, D4, D1}
+
+#define CATERINA_BOOTLOADER
+
+/* COL2ROW or ROW2COL */
+#define DIODE_DIRECTION COL2ROW
+
+/* define if matrix has ghost */
+//#define MATRIX_HAS_GHOST
+
+/* number of backlight levels */
+// #define BACKLIGHT_LEVELS 3
+
+/* Set 0 if debouncing isn't needed */
+#define DEBOUNCING_DELAY 5
+
+/* Mechanical locking support. Use KC_LCAP, KC_LNUM or KC_LSCR instead in keymap */
+#define LOCKING_SUPPORT_ENABLE
+/* Locking resynchronize hack */
+#define LOCKING_RESYNC_ENABLE
+
+/* key combination for command */
+#define IS_COMMAND() ( \
+    keyboard_report->mods == (MOD_BIT(KC_LSHIFT) | MOD_BIT(KC_RSHIFT)) \
+)
+
+/* ws2812 RGB LED */
+#define RGB_DI_PIN D3
+#define RGBLIGHT_TIMER
+#define RGBLED_NUM 12    // Number of LEDs
+#define ws2812_PORTREG  PORTD
+#define ws2812_DDRREG   DDRD
+
+/*
+ * Feature disable options
+ *  These options are also useful to firmware size reduction.
+ */
+
+/* disable debug print */
+// #define NO_DEBUG
+
+/* disable print */
+// #define NO_PRINT
+
+/* disable action features */
+//#define NO_ACTION_LAYER
+//#define NO_ACTION_TAPPING
+//#define NO_ACTION_ONESHOT
+//#define NO_ACTION_MACRO
+//#define NO_ACTION_FUNCTION
+
+
+#endif
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/deltasplit75/v2/rules.mk b/keyboards/deltasplit75/v2/rules.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..80a942d06f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/deltasplit75/v2/rules.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+BACKLIGHT_ENABLE = no
+
+ifndef QUANTUM_DIR
+	include ../../../Makefile
+endif
diff --git a/keyboards/deltasplit75/v2/v2.c b/keyboards/deltasplit75/v2/v2.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a7ee1fa8a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/deltasplit75/v2/v2.c
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+#include "deltasplit75.h"
+
+void matrix_init_kb(void) {
+    // // green led on
+    // DDRD |= (1<<5);
+    // PORTD &= ~(1<<5);
+
+    // // orange led on
+    // DDRB |= (1<<0);
+    // PORTB &= ~(1<<0);
+
+	matrix_init_user();
+};
+
diff --git a/keyboards/deltasplit75/v2/v2.h b/keyboards/deltasplit75/v2/v2.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..985a8b267f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/deltasplit75/v2/v2.h
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+#ifndef V2_H
+#define V2_H
+
+#include "deltasplit75.h"
+
+//void promicro_bootloader_jmp(bool program);
+#include "quantum.h"
+
+//void promicro_bootloader_jmp(bool program);
+//matrix is defined in a weird way here; the layout on both sides are asymmetrical, but the "matrix" is symmetrical but with empty gaps
+//the last column is defined as a separate row because the firmware currently doesnt support more than 8 columns (this layout has 9 columns per side) K45 and K110 are the Bs on both sides; K53 and K106 are extra keys for ISO
+#define KEYMAP_V2( \
+	K00,   K01,   K02,   K03,   K04,   K05,   K06,       K70,   K71,   K72,   K73,   K74,   K75,   K76,   K77,   K132, \
+	K10,   K11,   K12,   K13,   K14,   K15,   K16,       K80,   K81,   K82,   K83,   K84,   K85,   K86,   K87,   K133, \
+	K20,   K21,   K22,   K23,   K24,   K25,              K90,   K91,   K92,   K93,   K94,   K95,   K96,   K97,   K134, \
+	K30,   K31,   K32,   K33,   K34,   K35,              K100,  K101,  K102,  K103,  K104,  K105,  K106,  K107,  K135, \
+	K40,   K53,   K41,   K42,   K43,   K44,   K45,              K110,  K111,  K112,  K113,  K114,  K115,  K116,  K117,  K136, \
+	K50,   K51,   K52,          K54,   K55,              K120,  K121,  K122,  K123,                K126,  K127,  K137 \
+	) \
+	{ \
+		{ K00,   K01,   K02,   K03,   K04,   K05,   K06,   KC_NO}, \
+		{ K10,   K11,   K12,   K13,   K14,   K15,   K16,   KC_NO}, \
+		{ K20,   K21,   K22,   K23,   K24,   K25,   KC_NO, KC_NO}, \
+		{ K30,   K31,   K32,   K33,   K34,   K35,   KC_NO, KC_NO}, \
+		{ K40,   K41,   K42,   K43,   K44,   K45,   KC_NO, KC_NO}, \
+		{ K50,   K51,   K52,   K53,   K54,   K55,   KC_NO, KC_NO}, \
+		{ KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO}, \
+		{ K70  , K71,   K72,   K73,   K74,   K75,   K76,   K77}, \
+		{ K80,   K81,   K82,   K83,   K84,   K85,   K86,   K87}, \
+		{ K90,   K91,   K92,   K93,   K94,   K95,   K96,   K97}, \
+		{ K100,  K101,  K102,  K103,  K104,  K105,  K106, K107}, \
+		{ K110,  K111,  K112,  K113,  K114,  K115,  K116,  K117}, \
+		{ K120,  K121,  K122,  K123,  KC_NO, KC_NO, K126,  K127}, \
+		{ KC_NO, KC_NO, K132,  K133,  K134,  K135,  K136,  K137} \
+	}
+
+#define KEYMAP_PROTOSPLIT( \
+	K00,   K01,   K02,   K03,   K04,   K05,   K06,       K70,   K71,   K72,   K73,   K74,   K75,   K76,   K77,   K132, \
+	K10,   K11,   K12,   K13,   K14,   K15,   K16,       K80,   K81,   K82,   K83,   K84,   K85,   K86,   K87,   K133, \
+	K20,   K21,   K22,   K23,   K24,   K25,              K90,   K91,   K92,   K93,   K94,   K95,   K96,   K97,   K134, \
+	K30,   K31,   K32,   K33,   K34,   K35,              K100,  K101,  K102,  K103,  K104,  K105,         K107,  K135, \
+	K40,   K41,   K42,   K43,   K44,   K45,              K110,  K111,  K112,  K113,  K114,  K115,  K116,  K117,  K136, \
+	K50,   K51,   K52,          K54,   K55,              K120,  K121,  K122,  K123,                K126,  K127,  K137 \
+	) \
+	{ \
+		{ K00,   K01,   K02,   K03,   K04,   K05,   K06,   KC_NO}, \
+		{ K10,   K11,   K12,   K13,   K14,   K15,   K16,   KC_NO}, \
+		{ K20,   K21,   K22,   K23,   K24,   K25,   KC_NO, KC_NO}, \
+		{ K30,   K31,   K32,   K33,   K34,   K35,   KC_NO, KC_NO}, \
+		{ K40,   K41,   K42,   K43,   K44,   K45,   KC_NO, KC_NO}, \
+		{ K50,   K51,   K52,   KC_NO, K54,   K55,   KC_NO, KC_NO}, \
+		{ KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO}, \
+		{ K70  , K71,   K72,   K73,   K74,   K75,   K76,   K77}, \
+		{ K80,   K81,   K82,   K83,   K84,   K85,   K86,   K87}, \
+		{ K90,   K91,   K92,   K93,   K94,   K95,   K96,   K97}, \
+		{ K100,  K101,  K102,  K103,  K104,  K105,  KC_NO, K107}, \
+		{ K110,  K111,  K112,  K113,  K114,  K115,  K116,  K117}, \
+		{ K120,  K121,  K122,  K123,  KC_NO, KC_NO, K126,  K127}, \
+		{ KC_NO, KC_NO, K132,  K133,  K134,  K135,  K136,  K137} \
+	}
+
+#endif
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/dk60/config.h b/keyboards/dk60/config.h
index 9c5232ef06..5b712fe9bd 100644
--- a/keyboards/dk60/config.h
+++ b/keyboards/dk60/config.h
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
     /* USB Device descriptor parameter */
     #define VENDOR_ID       0xFEED
     #define PRODUCT_ID      0x6060
-    #define DEVICE_VER      0x0003
+    #define DEVICE_VER      0x0001
     #define MANUFACTURER    DARKOU
     #define PRODUCT         DK60
     #define DESCRIPTION     QMK keyboard firmware for DK60 support
diff --git a/keyboards/dk60/readme.md b/keyboards/dk60/readme.md
index 544b5b0d11..5eba791504 100644
--- a/keyboards/dk60/readme.md
+++ b/keyboards/dk60/readme.md
@@ -1,8 +1,17 @@
-DK60 keyboard firmware
-======================
+DK60
+===
 
-Another 60% keyboard with different HHKB layout
+![DK60](https://github.com/Dbroqua/DK60/raw/master/Previews/DK60.png)
 
-More information here: https://github.com/Dbroqua/DK60
+Another 60% keyboard with different HHKB layout made and sold by dbroqua. [More info on github/dbroqua](https://github.com/Dbroqua/DK60/)
+
+* Keyboard Maintainer: [Damien Broqua aka DarKou](https://github.com/Dbroqua)
+* Hardware Supported: DK60 PCB revA
+
+Make example for this keyboard (after setting up your build environment):
+
+    make dk60-default
+
+See [build environment setup](https://docs.qmk.fm/build_environment_setup.html) then the [make instructions](https://docs.qmk.fm/make_instructions.html) for more information.
 
 Open Hardware project!
diff --git a/keyboards/eco/Makefile b/keyboards/eco/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b9bada8f8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/eco/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+SUBPROJECT_DEFAULT = rev2
+
+ifndef MAKEFILE_INCLUDED
+	include ../../Makefile
+endif
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/eco/config.h b/keyboards/eco/config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..99b057496f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/eco/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2012 Jun Wako <wakojun@gmail.com>
+
+This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifndef CONFIG_H
+#define CONFIG_H
+
+#include "config_common.h"
+
+/* USB Device descriptor parameter */
+#define VENDOR_ID       0x1337
+#define PRODUCT_ID      0x6006
+#define MANUFACTURER    Bishop Keyboards
+#define PRODUCT         The ECO Keyboard
+#define DESCRIPTION     An economical ortholinear keyboard
+
+/* key matrix size */
+#define MATRIX_ROWS 4
+#define MATRIX_COLS 14
+
+#define CATERINA_BOOTLOADER
+
+/* COL2ROW or ROW2COL */
+#define DIODE_DIRECTION COL2ROW
+
+/* define if matrix has ghost */
+//#define MATRIX_HAS_GHOST
+
+/* Set 0 if debouncing isn't needed */
+#define DEBOUNCING_DELAY 5
+
+/* Mechanical locking support. Use KC_LCAP, KC_LNUM or KC_LSCR instead in keymap */
+#define LOCKING_SUPPORT_ENABLE
+/* Locking resynchronize hack */
+#define LOCKING_RESYNC_ENABLE
+
+/* key combination for command */
+#define IS_COMMAND() ( \
+    keyboard_report->mods == (MOD_BIT(KC_LSHIFT) | MOD_BIT(KC_RSHIFT)) \
+)
+
+/*
+ * Feature disable options
+ *  These options are also useful to firmware size reduction.
+ */
+
+/* disable debug print */
+//#define NO_DEBUG
+
+/* disable print */
+//#define NO_PRINT
+
+/* disable action features */
+//#define NO_ACTION_LAYER
+//#define NO_ACTION_TAPPING
+//#define NO_ACTION_ONESHOT
+//#define NO_ACTION_MACRO
+//#define NO_ACTION_FUNCTION
+
+#ifdef SUBPROJECT_rev1
+    #include "rev1/config.h"
+#endif
+#ifdef SUBPROJECT_rev2
+    #include "rev2/config.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/eco/eco.c b/keyboards/eco/eco.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..84097652d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/eco/eco.c
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+#include "eco.h"
diff --git a/keyboards/eco/eco.h b/keyboards/eco/eco.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2cfb8df26b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/eco/eco.h
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+#ifndef ECO_H
+#define ECO_H
+
+#ifdef SUBPROJECT_rev1
+    #include "rev1.h"
+#endif
+#ifdef SUBPROJECT_rev2
+    #include "rev2.h"
+#endif
+
+
+#include "quantum.h"
+
+#endif
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/eco/keymaps/that_canadian/Makefile b/keyboards/eco/keymaps/that_canadian/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7dab979426
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/eco/keymaps/that_canadian/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+
+
+# Build Options
+#   change to "no" to disable the options, or define them in the Makefile in 
+#   the appropriate keymap folder that will get included automatically
+#
+BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE = no       # Virtual DIP switch configuration(+1000)
+MOUSEKEY_ENABLE = yes       # Mouse keys(+4700)
+EXTRAKEY_ENABLE = yes       # Audio control and System control(+450)
+CONSOLE_ENABLE = no         # Console for debug(+400)
+COMMAND_ENABLE = no        # Commands for debug and configuration
+NKRO_ENABLE = yes            # Nkey Rollover - if this doesn't work, see here: https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/wiki/FAQ#nkro-doesnt-work
+BACKLIGHT_ENABLE = no      # Enable keyboard backlight functionality
+MIDI_ENABLE = no            # MIDI controls
+AUDIO_ENABLE = no          # Audio output on port C6
+UNICODE_ENABLE = no         # Unicode
+BLUETOOTH_ENABLE = no       # Enable Bluetooth with the Adafruit EZ-Key HID
+RGBLIGHT_ENABLE = no        # Enable WS2812 RGB underlight.  Do not enable this with audio at the same time.
+
+# Do not enable SLEEP_LED_ENABLE. it uses the same timer as BACKLIGHT_ENABLE
+SLEEP_LED_ENABLE = no    # Breathing sleep LED during USB suspend
+
+ifndef QUANTUM_DIR
+	include ../../../../Makefile
+endif
diff --git a/keyboards/eco/keymaps/that_canadian/keymap.c b/keyboards/eco/keymaps/that_canadian/keymap.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..87f859e8e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/eco/keymaps/that_canadian/keymap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,217 @@
+// This is the canonical layout file for the Quantum project. If you want to add another keyboard,
+// this is the style you want to emulate.
+
+// Below layout is based upon /u/That-Canadian's planck layout
+
+#include "eco.h"
+#include "action_layer.h"
+#ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+  #include "audio.h"
+#endif
+#include "eeconfig.h"
+
+extern keymap_config_t keymap_config;
+
+// Each layer gets a name for readability, which is then used in the keymap matrix below.
+// The underscores don't mean anything - you can have a layer called STUFF or any other name.
+// Layer names don't all need to be of the same length, obviously, and you can also skip them
+// entirely and just use numbers.
+#define _QWERTY 0
+#define _LOWER 2
+#define _RAISE 3
+
+#define _FUNCTION 15
+#define _ADJUST 16
+
+enum eco_keycodes {
+  QWERTY = SAFE_RANGE,
+  LOWER,
+  RAISE
+};
+
+// Fillers to make layering more clear
+#define _______ KC_TRNS
+#define XXXXXXX KC_NO
+
+// Defines for task manager and such
+#define CALTDEL LCTL(LALT(KC_DEL))
+#define TSKMGR LCTL(LSFT(KC_ESC))
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+
+/* Qwerty
+ * ,-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+ * | Tab  |   Q  |   W  |   E  |   R  |   T  |   (  |   )  |   Y  |   U  |   I  |   O  |   P  | Bksp |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Func |   A  |   S  |   D  |   F  |   G  |   [  |   ]  |   H  |   J  |   K  |   L  |   ;  | Enter|
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Shift|   Z  |   X  |   C  |   V  |   B  |   {  |   }  |   N  |   M  |   ,  |   .  |   /  |  '   |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Ctrl |  `   | GUI  | Alt  |Lower | Space|Pg-dwn| Pg-up| Space|Raise | Left | Down |  Up  |Right |
+ * `-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+[_QWERTY] = {
+  {KC_TAB,  	  KC_Q,   KC_W,    KC_E,    KC_R,  KC_T,   KC_LPRN, KC_RPRN, KC_Y,   KC_U,  KC_I,    KC_O,    KC_P,    KC_BSPC},
+  {MO(_FUNCTION), KC_A,   KC_S,    KC_D,    KC_F,  KC_G,   KC_LBRC, KC_RBRC, KC_H,   KC_J,  KC_K,    KC_L,    KC_SCLN, KC_ENT},
+  {OSM(MOD_LSFT), KC_Z,   KC_X,    KC_C,    KC_V,  KC_B,   KC_LCBR, KC_RCBR, KC_N,   KC_M,  KC_COMM, KC_DOT,  KC_SLSH, KC_QUOT},
+  {KC_LCTL, 	  KC_GRV, KC_LGUI, KC_LALT, LOWER, KC_SPC, KC_PGDN, KC_PGUP, KC_SPC, RAISE, KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_UP,   KC_RGHT}
+},
+
+/* Lower
+ * ,-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+ * | Esc  |   !  |   @  |   #  |   $  |   %  |      |      |   ^  |   &  |   *  |   (  |   )  | Del  |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |  F1  |  F2  |  F3  |  F4  |  F5  |      |      |  F6  |   _  |   +  |   {  |   }  |Enter |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |  F7  |  F8  |  F9  |  F10 |  F11 |      |      |  F12 |      |      | Mute |      |  |   |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |      |      |      |Lower |      |      |      | Bksp |Raise | Next | Vol- | Vol+ | Play |
+ * `-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+[_LOWER] = {
+  {KC_ESC,  KC_EXLM, KC_AT,   KC_HASH, KC_DLR,  KC_PERC, _______, _______, KC_CIRC, KC_AMPR, KC_ASTR, KC_LPRN, KC_RPRN, KC_DEL},
+  {_______, KC_F1,   KC_F2,   KC_F3,   KC_F4,   KC_F5,   _______, _______, KC_F6,   KC_UNDS, KC_PLUS, KC_LCBR, KC_RCBR, _______},
+  {_______, KC_F7,   KC_F8,   KC_F9,   KC_F10,  KC_F11,  _______, _______, KC_F12,  _______, _______, KC_MUTE, _______, KC_PIPE},
+  {_______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, KC_BSPC, _______, KC_MNXT, KC_VOLD, KC_VOLU, KC_MPLY}
+},
+
+/* Raise
+ * ,-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+ * | Esc  |   1  |   2  |   3  |   4  |   5  |      |      |   6  |   7  |   8  |   9  |   0  | Del  |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |   4  |   5  |   6  |   +  |      |      |      |      |   -  |   =  |   [  |   ]  |Enter |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |Enter |   7  |   8  |   9  |   -  |      |      |      |      |      |      | Mute |      |   \  |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |   ,  |   0  |  .   |Lower | Bksp |      |      |      |Raise | Next | Vol- | Vol+ | Play |
+ * `-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+[_RAISE] = {
+  {KC_ESC,  KC_1,    KC_2, KC_3,   KC_4,    KC_5,    _______, _______, KC_6,    KC_7,    KC_8,    KC_9,    KC_0,    KC_DEL},
+  {_______, KC_4,    KC_5, KC_6,   KC_PLUS, _______, _______, _______, _______, KC_MINS, KC_EQL,  KC_LBRC, KC_RBRC, _______},
+  {KC_ENT,  KC_7,    KC_8, KC_9,   KC_MINS, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, KC_MUTE, _______, KC_BSLS},
+  {_______, KC_COMM, KC_0, KC_DOT, _______, KC_BSPC, _______, _______, _______, _______, KC_MNXT, KC_VOLD, KC_VOLU, KC_MPLY}
+},
+
+/* Adjust (Lower + Raise)
+ * ,-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+ * |Taskmg| Reset|      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |caltde|
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |
+ * `-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+[_ADJUST] = {
+  {TSKMGR,  RESET,   _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, CALTDEL},
+  {_______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______},
+  {_______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______},
+  {_______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______}
+},
+
+/* Function
+ * ,-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+ * |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |  Up  |      |      |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      | Left | Down |Right |      |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Caps |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |
+ * `-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+[_FUNCTION] = {
+  {_______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, KC_UP,   _______, _______, _______},
+  {_______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_RGHT, _______, _______},
+  {KC_CAPS, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______},
+  {_______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______}
+}
+
+};
+
+#ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+
+float tone_startup[][2]    = SONG(STARTUP_SOUND);
+float tone_qwerty[][2]     = SONG(QWERTY_SOUND);
+float tone_dvorak[][2]     = SONG(DVORAK_SOUND);
+float tone_colemak[][2]    = SONG(COLEMAK_SOUND);
+float music_scale[][2]     = SONG(MUSIC_SCALE_SOUND);
+
+float tone_goodbye[][2] = SONG(GOODBYE_SOUND);
+#endif
+
+
+void persistant_default_layer_set(uint16_t default_layer) {
+  eeconfig_update_default_layer(default_layer);
+  default_layer_set(default_layer);
+}
+
+bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
+  switch (keycode) {
+    case QWERTY:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        #ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+          PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY(tone_qwerty, false, 0);
+        #endif
+        persistant_default_layer_set(1UL<<_QWERTY);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+    case LOWER:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        layer_on(_LOWER);
+        update_tri_layer(_LOWER, _RAISE, _ADJUST);
+      } else {
+        layer_off(_LOWER);
+        update_tri_layer(_LOWER, _RAISE, _ADJUST);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+    case RAISE:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        layer_on(_RAISE);
+        update_tri_layer(_LOWER, _RAISE, _ADJUST);
+      } else {
+        layer_off(_RAISE);
+        update_tri_layer(_LOWER, _RAISE, _ADJUST);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+
+void matrix_init_user(void) {
+    #ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+        startup_user();
+    #endif
+}
+
+#ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+
+void startup_user()
+{
+    _delay_ms(20); // gets rid of tick
+    PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY(tone_startup, false, 0);
+}
+
+void shutdown_user()
+{
+    PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY(tone_goodbye, false, 0);
+    _delay_ms(150);
+    stop_all_notes();
+}
+
+void music_on_user(void)
+{
+    music_scale_user();
+}
+
+void music_scale_user(void)
+{
+    PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY(music_scale, false, 0);
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/eco/keymaps/that_canadian/readme.md b/keyboards/eco/keymaps/that_canadian/readme.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..aa3316af03
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/eco/keymaps/that_canadian/readme.md
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+# ECO Layout by u/That-Canadian
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/eco/readme.md b/keyboards/eco/readme.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d29aa8ece7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/eco/readme.md
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+ECO
+===
+
+![ECO](http://i.imgur.com/YligKxr.jpg)
+
+An economical 4x14 ortholinear keyboard
+
+Keyboard Maintainer: BishopKeyboards and That-Canadian
+Hardware Supported: ECO PCB rev1 Pro Micro
+
+Make example for this keyboard (after setting up your build environment):
+
+    make eco-rev2-that_canadian
+
+See [build environment setup](https://docs.qmk.fm/build_environment_setup.html) then the [make instructions](https://docs.qmk.fm/make_instructions.html) for more information.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/eco/rev1/Makefile b/keyboards/eco/rev1/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4e2a6f00fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/eco/rev1/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+ifndef MAKEFILE_INCLUDED
+	include ../../Makefile
+endif
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/eco/rev1/config.h b/keyboards/eco/rev1/config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1e97a703d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/eco/rev1/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2012 Jun Wako <wakojun@gmail.com>
+
+This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifndef REV1_CONFIG_H
+#define REV1_CONFIG_H
+
+#include "../config.h"
+
+#define DEVICE_VER      0x0001
+
+/* ECO V1 pin-out */
+#define MATRIX_ROW_PINS { B1, B6, B2, B3 }
+#define MATRIX_COL_PINS { F4, F5, F6, F7, B5, B4, E6, D7, C6, D4, D0, D1, D2, D3 }
+#define UNUSED_PINS
+
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/eco/rev1/rev1.c b/keyboards/eco/rev1/rev1.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..84097652d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/eco/rev1/rev1.c
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+#include "eco.h"
diff --git a/keyboards/eco/rev1/rev1.h b/keyboards/eco/rev1/rev1.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..41541ac05b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/eco/rev1/rev1.h
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+#ifndef REV1_H
+#define REV1_H
+
+#include "../eco.h"
+
+//void promicro_bootloader_jmp(bool program);
+#include "quantum.h"
+
+//void promicro_bootloader_jmp(bool program);
+
+#define KEYMAP( \
+	k01, k02, k03, k04, k05, k06, k07, k08, k09, k010, k011, k012, k013, k014, \
+	k11, k12, k13, k14, k15, k16, k17, k18, k19, k110, k111, k112, k113, k114, \
+	k21, k22, k23, k24, k25, k26, k27, k28, k29, k210, k211, k212, k213, k214, \
+	k31, k32, k33, k34, k35, k36, k37, k38, k39, k310, k311, k312, k313, k314  \
+	) \
+	{ \
+		{ k01, k02, k03, k04, k05, k06, k07, k08, k09, k010, k011, k012, k013, k014 }, \
+		{ k11, k12, k13, k14, k15, k16, k17, k18, k19, k110, k111, k112, k113, k114 }, \
+		{ k21, k22, k23, k24, k25, k26, k27, k28, k29, k210, k211, k212, k213, k214 }, \
+		{ k31, k32, k33, k34, k35, k36, k37, k38, k39, k310, k311, k312, k313, k314 }  \
+	}
+
+#endif
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/eco/rev1/rules.mk b/keyboards/eco/rev1/rules.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a0825b4ef6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/eco/rev1/rules.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+BACKLIGHT_ENABLE = no
+
+ifndef QUANTUM_DIR
+	include ../../../Makefile
+endif
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/eco/rev2/Makefile b/keyboards/eco/rev2/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4e2a6f00fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/eco/rev2/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+ifndef MAKEFILE_INCLUDED
+	include ../../Makefile
+endif
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/eco/rev2/config.h b/keyboards/eco/rev2/config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..83f2defc9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/eco/rev2/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2012 Jun Wako <wakojun@gmail.com>
+
+This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifndef REV2_CONFIG_H
+#define REV2_CONFIG_H
+
+#include "../config.h"
+
+#define DEVICE_VER      0x0002
+
+/* ECO V2.1 pin-out */
+#define MATRIX_ROW_PINS { D7, B5, B4, E6 }
+#define MATRIX_COL_PINS { D1, D0, D4, C6, B6, B2, B3, B1, F7, F6, F5, F4, D2, D3 }
+#define UNUSED_PINS
+
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/eco/rev2/rev2.c b/keyboards/eco/rev2/rev2.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..84097652d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/eco/rev2/rev2.c
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+#include "eco.h"
diff --git a/keyboards/eco/rev2/rev2.h b/keyboards/eco/rev2/rev2.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5b377f2908
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/eco/rev2/rev2.h
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+#ifndef REV2_H
+#define REV2_H
+
+#include "../eco.h"
+
+//void promicro_bootloader_jmp(bool program);
+#include "quantum.h"
+
+//void promicro_bootloader_jmp(bool program);
+
+#define KEYMAP( \
+	k01, k02, k03, k04, k05, k06, k07, k08, k09, k010, k011, k012, k013, k014, \
+	k11, k12, k13, k14, k15, k16, k17, k18, k19, k110, k111, k112, k113, k114, \
+	k21, k22, k23, k24, k25, k26, k27, k28, k29, k210, k211, k212, k213, k214, \
+	k31, k32, k33, k34, k35, k36, k37, k38, k39, k310, k311, k312, k313, k314  \
+	) \
+	{ \
+		{ k01, k02, k03, k04, k05, k06, k07, k08, k09, k010, k011, k012, k013, k014 }, \
+		{ k11, k12, k13, k14, k15, k16, k17, k18, k19, k110, k111, k112, k113, k114 }, \
+		{ k21, k22, k23, k24, k25, k26, k27, k28, k29, k210, k211, k212, k213, k214 }, \
+		{ k31, k32, k33, k34, k35, k36, k37, k38, k39, k310, k311, k312, k313, k314 }  \
+	}
+
+#endif
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/eco/rev2/rules.mk b/keyboards/eco/rev2/rules.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a0825b4ef6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/eco/rev2/rules.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+BACKLIGHT_ENABLE = no
+
+ifndef QUANTUM_DIR
+	include ../../../Makefile
+endif
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/eco/rules.mk b/keyboards/eco/rules.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cf26cdc0db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/eco/rules.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+# MCU name
+#MCU = at90usb1287
+MCU = atmega32u4
+
+# Processor frequency.
+#     This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the
+#     processor frequency in Hz. You can then use this symbol in your source code to
+#     calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done
+#     automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.
+#
+#     This will be an integer division of F_USB below, as it is sourced by
+#     F_USB after it has run through any CPU prescalers. Note that this value
+#     does not *change* the processor frequency - it should merely be updated to
+#     reflect the processor speed set externally so that the code can use accurate
+#     software delays.
+F_CPU = 16000000
+
+#
+# LUFA specific
+#
+# Target architecture (see library "Board Types" documentation).
+ARCH = AVR8
+
+# Input clock frequency.
+#     This will define a symbol, F_USB, in all source code files equal to the
+#     input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed) in Hz. This value may
+#     differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the
+#     raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed
+#     clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL'
+#     at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your
+#     source code.
+#
+#     If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the
+#     CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU.
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+
+# Interrupt driven control endpoint task(+60)
+OPT_DEFS += -DINTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+
+
+# Boot Section Size in *bytes*
+#   Teensy halfKay   512
+#   Teensy++ halfKay 1024
+#   Atmel DFU loader 4096
+#   LUFA bootloader  4096
+#   USBaspLoader     2048
+OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_SIZE=4096
+
+# Build Options
+#   change to "no" to disable the options, or define them in the Makefile in 
+#   the appropriate keymap folder that will get included automatically
+#
+BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE = no       # Virtual DIP switch configuration(+1000)
+MOUSEKEY_ENABLE = no       # Mouse keys(+4700)
+EXTRAKEY_ENABLE = yes       # Audio control and System control(+450)
+CONSOLE_ENABLE = no         # Console for debug(+400)
+COMMAND_ENABLE = yes        # Commands for debug and configuration
+NKRO_ENABLE = no            # Nkey Rollover - if this doesn't work, see here: https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/wiki/FAQ#nkro-doesnt-work
+BACKLIGHT_ENABLE = yes      # Enable keyboard backlight functionality
+MIDI_ENABLE = yes            # MIDI controls
+AUDIO_ENABLE = yes           # Audio output on port C6
+UNICODE_ENABLE = no         # Unicode
+BLUETOOTH_ENABLE = no       # Enable Bluetooth with the Adafruit EZ-Key HID
+RGBLIGHT_ENABLE = no        # Enable WS2812 RGB underlight.
+API_SYSEX_ENABLE = no
+
+# Do not enable SLEEP_LED_ENABLE. it uses the same timer as BACKLIGHT_ENABLE
+SLEEP_LED_ENABLE = no    # Breathing sleep LED during USB suspend
diff --git a/keyboards/ergodox/config.h b/keyboards/ergodox/config.h
index 2091999bb3..0e461e59dc 100644
--- a/keyboards/ergodox/config.h
+++ b/keyboards/ergodox/config.h
@@ -32,6 +32,9 @@
 #ifdef SUBPROJECT_infinity
     #include "infinity/config.h"
 #endif
+#ifdef SUBPROJECT_ergodone
+    #include "ergodone/config.h"
+#endif
 
 
 #endif /* KEYBOARDS_ERGODOX_CONFIG_H_ */
diff --git a/keyboards/ergodox/ergodone/Makefile b/keyboards/ergodox/ergodone/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bd09e5885d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/ergodox/ergodone/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+ifndef MAKEFILE_INCLUDED
+	include ../../../Makefile
+endif
diff --git a/keyboards/ergodox/ergodone/config.h b/keyboards/ergodox/ergodone/config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..52ae2d576c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/ergodox/ergodone/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+#ifndef ERGODOX_ERGODONE_CONFIG_H
+#define ERGODOX_ERGODONE_CONFIG_H
+
+#include "../config.h"
+
+#include "config_common.h"
+
+/* USB Device descriptor parameter */
+#define VENDOR_ID       0xFEED
+#define PRODUCT_ID      0x1307
+#define DEVICE_VER      0x0001
+#define MANUFACTURER    ErgoDone
+#define PRODUCT         ErgoDone
+#define DESCRIPTION     QMK keyboard firmware for ErgoDone
+
+/* key matrix size */
+#define MATRIX_ROWS 6
+#define MATRIX_COLS 14
+
+/* number of backlight levels */
+#define BACKLIGHT_LEVELS 3
+
+#define LED_BRIGHTNESS_LO       15
+#define LED_BRIGHTNESS_HI       255
+
+/* fix space cadet rollover issue */
+#define DISABLE_SPACE_CADET_ROLLOVER
+
+/* Set 0 if debouncing isn't needed */
+#define DEBOUNCE    5
+
+#define PREVENT_STUCK_MODIFIERS
+
+#define USB_MAX_POWER_CONSUMPTION 500
+
+/*
+ * Feature disable options
+ *  These options are also useful to firmware size reduction.
+ */
+
+/* disable debug print */
+// #define NO_DEBUG
+
+/* disable print */
+// #define NO_PRINT
+
+/* disable action features */
+//#define NO_ACTION_LAYER
+//#define NO_ACTION_TAPPING
+//#define NO_ACTION_ONESHOT
+//#define NO_ACTION_MACRO
+//#define NO_ACTION_FUNCTION
+//#define DEBUG_MATRIX_SCAN_RATE
+
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/ergodox/ergodone/ergodone.c b/keyboards/ergodox/ergodone/ergodone.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6b8d8a0632
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/ergodox/ergodone/ergodone.c
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+#include "ergodone.h"
+
+void matrix_init_kb(void) {
+  matrix_init_user();
+}
diff --git a/keyboards/ergodox/ergodone/ergodone.h b/keyboards/ergodox/ergodone/ergodone.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cddc1fbe7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/ergodox/ergodone/ergodone.h
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+#ifndef ERGODOX_ERGODONE_H
+#define ERGODOX_ERGODONE_H
+
+#include "quantum.h"
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+
+#define CPU_PRESCALE(n) (CLKPR = 0x80, CLKPR = (n))
+#define CPU_16MHz       0x00
+
+void init_ergodox(void);
+
+inline void ergodox_right_led_1_off(void)               {}
+inline void ergodox_right_led_1_on(void)                {}
+inline void ergodox_right_led_2_off(void)               {}
+inline void ergodox_right_led_2_on(void)                {}
+inline void ergodox_right_led_3_off(void)               {}
+inline void ergodox_right_led_3_on(void)                {}
+inline void ergodox_right_led_on(uint8_t l)             {}
+inline void ergodox_right_led_off(uint8_t l)            {}
+inline void ergodox_board_led_off(void)                 {}
+inline void ergodox_board_led_on(void)                  {}
+inline void ergodox_led_all_on(void)                    {}
+inline void ergodox_led_all_off(void)                   {}
+inline void ergodox_right_led_1_set(uint8_t n)          {}
+inline void ergodox_right_led_2_set(uint8_t n)          {}
+inline void ergodox_right_led_3_set(uint8_t n)          {}
+inline void ergodox_right_led_set(uint8_t l, uint8_t n) {}
+inline void ergodox_led_all_set(uint8_t n)              {}
+
+#define KEYMAP(                                                 \
+                                                                \
+    /* left hand, spatial positions */                          \
+    k00,k01,k02,k03,k04,k05,k06,                                \
+    k10,k11,k12,k13,k14,k15,k16,                                \
+    k20,k21,k22,k23,k24,k25,                                    \
+    k30,k31,k32,k33,k34,k35,k36,                                \
+    k40,k41,k42,k43,k44,                                        \
+                            k55,k56,                            \
+                                k54,                            \
+                        k53,k52,k51,                            \
+                                                                \
+    /* right hand, spatial positions */                         \
+        k07,k08,k09,k0A,k0B,k0C,k0D,                            \
+        k17,k18,k19,k1A,k1B,k1C,k1D,                            \
+            k28,k29,k2A,k2B,k2C,k2D,                            \
+        k37,k38,k39,k3A,k3B,k3C,k3D,                            \
+                k49,k4A,k4B,k4C,k4D,                            \
+    k57,k58,                                                    \
+    k59,                                                        \
+    k5C,k5B,k5A )                                               \
+                                                                \
+   /* matrix positions */                                       \
+   {                                                            \
+    { k00,   k01, k02, k03, k04, k05,   k06,      k07,   k08,   k09, k0A, k0B, k0C, k0D    }, \
+    { k10,   k11, k12, k13, k14, k15,   k16,      k17,   k18,   k19, k1A, k1B, k1C, k1D    }, \
+    { k20,   k21, k22, k23, k24, k25,   KC_NO,    KC_NO, k28,   k29, k2A, k2B, k2C, k2D    }, \
+    { k30,   k31, k32, k33, k34, k35,   k36,      k37,   k38,   k39, k3A, k3B, k3C, k3D    }, \
+    { k40,   k41, k42, k43, k44, KC_NO, KC_NO,    KC_NO, KC_NO, k49, k4A, k4B, k4C, k4D    }, \
+    { KC_NO, k51, k52, k53, k54, k55,   k56,      k57,   k58,   k59, k5A, k5B, k5C, KC_NO  } \
+   }
+
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/ergodox/ergodone/expander.c b/keyboards/ergodox/ergodone/expander.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0c8a2289c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/ergodox/ergodone/expander.c
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include "action.h"
+#include "i2cmaster.h"
+#include "expander.h"
+#include "debug.h"
+
+static uint8_t expander_status = 0;
+static uint8_t expander_input = 0;
+
+void expander_config(void);
+uint8_t expander_write(uint8_t reg, uint8_t data);
+uint8_t expander_read(uint8_t reg, uint8_t *data);
+
+void expander_init(void)
+{
+  i2c_init();
+  expander_scan();
+}
+
+void expander_scan(void)
+{
+  dprintf("expander status: %d ... ", expander_status);
+  uint8_t ret = i2c_start(EXPANDER_ADDR | I2C_WRITE);
+  if (ret == 0) {
+    i2c_stop();
+    if (expander_status == 0) {
+      dprintf("attached\n");
+      expander_status = 1;
+      expander_config();
+      clear_keyboard();
+    }
+  }
+  else {
+    if (expander_status == 1) {
+      dprintf("detached\n");
+      expander_status = 0;
+      clear_keyboard();
+    }
+  }
+  dprintf("%d\n", expander_status);
+}
+
+void expander_read_cols(void)
+{
+  expander_read(EXPANDER_REG_GPIOA, &expander_input);
+}
+
+uint8_t expander_get_col(uint8_t col)
+{
+  if (col > 4) {
+    col++;
+  }
+  return expander_input & (1<<col) ? 1 : 0;
+}
+
+matrix_row_t expander_read_row(void)
+{
+  expander_read_cols();
+
+  /* make cols */
+  matrix_row_t cols = 0;
+  for (uint8_t col = 0; col < MATRIX_COLS; col++) {
+    if (expander_get_col(col)) {
+      cols |= (1UL << (MATRIX_COLS - 1 - col));
+    }
+  }
+
+  return cols;
+}
+
+void expander_unselect_rows(void)
+{
+  expander_write(EXPANDER_REG_IODIRB, 0xFF);
+}
+
+void expander_select_row(uint8_t row)
+{
+  expander_write(EXPANDER_REG_IODIRB, ~(1<<(row+1)));
+}
+
+void expander_config(void)
+{
+  expander_write(EXPANDER_REG_IPOLA, 0xFF);
+  expander_write(EXPANDER_REG_GPPUA, 0xFF);
+  expander_write(EXPANDER_REG_IODIRB, 0xFF);
+}
+
+uint8_t expander_write(uint8_t reg, uint8_t data)
+{
+  if (expander_status == 0) {
+    return 0;
+  }
+  uint8_t ret;
+  ret = i2c_start(EXPANDER_ADDR | I2C_WRITE);
+  if (ret) goto stop;
+  ret = i2c_write(reg);
+  if (ret) goto stop;
+  ret = i2c_write(data);
+ stop:
+  i2c_stop();
+  return ret;
+}
+
+uint8_t expander_read(uint8_t reg, uint8_t *data)
+{
+  if (expander_status == 0) {
+    return 0;
+  }
+  uint8_t ret;
+  ret = i2c_start(EXPANDER_ADDR | I2C_WRITE);
+  if (ret) goto stop;
+  ret = i2c_write(reg);
+  if (ret) goto stop;
+  ret = i2c_rep_start(EXPANDER_ADDR | I2C_READ);
+  if (ret) goto stop;
+  *data = i2c_readNak();
+ stop:
+  i2c_stop();
+  return ret;
+}
diff --git a/keyboards/ergodox/ergodone/expander.h b/keyboards/ergodox/ergodone/expander.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8676fed693
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/ergodox/ergodone/expander.h
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+#ifndef EXPANDER_H
+#define EXPANDER_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "matrix.h"
+
+#define MCP23017
+#define MCP23017_A0 0
+#define MCP23017_A1 0
+#define MCP23017_A2 0
+
+#ifdef MCP23017
+#define EXPANDER_ADDR ((0x20|(MCP23017_A0<<0)|(MCP23017_A1<<1)|(MCP23017_A2<<2)) << 1)
+enum EXPANDER_REG_BANK0 {
+  EXPANDER_REG_IODIRA = 0,
+  EXPANDER_REG_IODIRB,
+  EXPANDER_REG_IPOLA,
+  EXPANDER_REG_IPOLB,
+  EXPANDER_REG_GPINTENA,
+  EXPANDER_REG_GPINTENB,
+  EXPANDER_REG_DEFVALA,
+  EXPANDER_REG_DEFVALB,
+  EXPANDER_REG_INTCONA,
+  EXPANDER_REG_INTCONB,
+  EXPANDER_REG_IOCONA,
+  EXPANDER_REG_IOCONB,
+  EXPANDER_REG_GPPUA,
+  EXPANDER_REG_GPPUB,
+  EXPANDER_REG_INTFA,
+  EXPANDER_REG_INTFB,
+  EXPANDER_REG_INTCAPA,
+  EXPANDER_REG_INTCAPB,
+  EXPANDER_REG_GPIOA,
+  EXPANDER_REG_GPIOB,
+  EXPANDER_REG_OLATA,
+  EXPANDER_REG_OLATB
+};
+#endif
+
+void expander_init(void);
+void expander_scan(void);
+void expander_read_cols(void);
+uint8_t expander_get_col(uint8_t col);
+matrix_row_t expander_read_row(void);
+void expander_unselect_rows(void);
+void expander_select_row(uint8_t row);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/ergodox/ergodone/i2cmaster.h b/keyboards/ergodox/ergodone/i2cmaster.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3917b9e6c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/ergodox/ergodone/i2cmaster.h
@@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
+#ifndef _I2CMASTER_H
+#define _I2CMASTER_H   1
+/************************************************************************* 
+* Title:    C include file for the I2C master interface 
+*           (i2cmaster.S or twimaster.c)
+* Author:   Peter Fleury <pfleury@gmx.ch>  http://jump.to/fleury
+* File:     $Id: i2cmaster.h,v 1.10 2005/03/06 22:39:57 Peter Exp $
+* Software: AVR-GCC 3.4.3 / avr-libc 1.2.3
+* Target:   any AVR device
+* Usage:    see Doxygen manual
+**************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef DOXYGEN
+/**
+ @defgroup pfleury_ic2master I2C Master library
+ @code #include <i2cmaster.h> @endcode
+  
+ @brief I2C (TWI) Master Software Library
+
+ Basic routines for communicating with I2C slave devices. This single master 
+ implementation is limited to one bus master on the I2C bus. 
+
+ This I2c library is implemented as a compact assembler software implementation of the I2C protocol 
+ which runs on any AVR (i2cmaster.S) and as a TWI hardware interface for all AVR with built-in TWI hardware (twimaster.c).
+ Since the API for these two implementations is exactly the same, an application can be linked either against the
+ software I2C implementation or the hardware I2C implementation.
+
+ Use 4.7k pull-up resistor on the SDA and SCL pin.
+ 
+ Adapt the SCL and SDA port and pin definitions and eventually the delay routine in the module 
+ i2cmaster.S to your target when using the software I2C implementation ! 
+ 
+ Adjust the  CPU clock frequence F_CPU in twimaster.c or in the Makfile when using the TWI hardware implementaion.
+
+ @note 
+    The module i2cmaster.S is based on the Atmel Application Note AVR300, corrected and adapted 
+    to GNU assembler and AVR-GCC C call interface.
+    Replaced the incorrect quarter period delays found in AVR300 with 
+    half period delays. 
+    
+ @author Peter Fleury pfleury@gmx.ch  http://jump.to/fleury
+
+ @par API Usage Example
+  The following code shows typical usage of this library, see example test_i2cmaster.c
+
+ @code
+
+ #include <i2cmaster.h>
+
+
+ #define Dev24C02  0xA2      // device address of EEPROM 24C02, see datasheet
+
+ int main(void)
+ {
+     unsigned char ret;
+
+     i2c_init();                             // initialize I2C library
+
+     // write 0x75 to EEPROM address 5 (Byte Write) 
+     i2c_start_wait(Dev24C02+I2C_WRITE);     // set device address and write mode
+     i2c_write(0x05);                        // write address = 5
+     i2c_write(0x75);                        // write value 0x75 to EEPROM
+     i2c_stop();                             // set stop conditon = release bus
+
+
+     // read previously written value back from EEPROM address 5 
+     i2c_start_wait(Dev24C02+I2C_WRITE);     // set device address and write mode
+
+     i2c_write(0x05);                        // write address = 5
+     i2c_rep_start(Dev24C02+I2C_READ);       // set device address and read mode
+
+     ret = i2c_readNak();                    // read one byte from EEPROM
+     i2c_stop();
+
+     for(;;);
+ }
+ @endcode
+
+*/
+#endif /* DOXYGEN */
+
+/**@{*/
+
+#if (__GNUC__ * 100 + __GNUC_MINOR__) < 304
+#error "This library requires AVR-GCC 3.4 or later, update to newer AVR-GCC compiler !"
+#endif
+
+#include <avr/io.h>
+
+/** defines the data direction (reading from I2C device) in i2c_start(),i2c_rep_start() */
+#define I2C_READ    1
+
+/** defines the data direction (writing to I2C device) in i2c_start(),i2c_rep_start() */
+#define I2C_WRITE   0
+
+
+/**
+ @brief initialize the I2C master interace. Need to be called only once 
+ @param  void
+ @return none
+ */
+extern void i2c_init(void);
+
+
+/** 
+ @brief Terminates the data transfer and releases the I2C bus 
+ @param void
+ @return none
+ */
+extern void i2c_stop(void);
+
+
+/** 
+ @brief Issues a start condition and sends address and transfer direction 
+  
+ @param    addr address and transfer direction of I2C device
+ @retval   0   device accessible 
+ @retval   1   failed to access device 
+ */
+extern unsigned char i2c_start(unsigned char addr);
+
+
+/**
+ @brief Issues a repeated start condition and sends address and transfer direction 
+
+ @param   addr address and transfer direction of I2C device
+ @retval  0 device accessible
+ @retval  1 failed to access device
+ */
+extern unsigned char i2c_rep_start(unsigned char addr);
+
+
+/**
+ @brief Issues a start condition and sends address and transfer direction 
+   
+ If device is busy, use ack polling to wait until device ready 
+ @param    addr address and transfer direction of I2C device
+ @return   none
+ */
+extern void i2c_start_wait(unsigned char addr);
+
+ 
+/**
+ @brief Send one byte to I2C device
+ @param    data  byte to be transfered
+ @retval   0 write successful
+ @retval   1 write failed
+ */
+extern unsigned char i2c_write(unsigned char data);
+
+
+/**
+ @brief    read one byte from the I2C device, request more data from device 
+ @return   byte read from I2C device
+ */
+extern unsigned char i2c_readAck(void);
+
+/**
+ @brief    read one byte from the I2C device, read is followed by a stop condition 
+ @return   byte read from I2C device
+ */
+extern unsigned char i2c_readNak(void);
+
+/** 
+ @brief    read one byte from the I2C device
+ 
+ Implemented as a macro, which calls either i2c_readAck or i2c_readNak
+ 
+ @param    ack 1 send ack, request more data from device<br>
+               0 send nak, read is followed by a stop condition 
+ @return   byte read from I2C device
+ */
+extern unsigned char i2c_read(unsigned char ack);
+#define i2c_read(ack)  (ack) ? i2c_readAck() : i2c_readNak(); 
+
+
+/**@}*/
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/ergodox/ergodone/matrix.c b/keyboards/ergodox/ergodone/matrix.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2eb8f24ba8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/ergodox/ergodone/matrix.c
@@ -0,0 +1,295 @@
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <avr/io.h>
+#include "wait.h"
+#include "action_layer.h"
+#include "print.h"
+#include "debug.h"
+#include "util.h"
+#include "matrix.h"
+#include "ergodone.h"
+#include "expander.h"
+#ifdef DEBUG_MATRIX_SCAN_RATE
+#include  "timer.h"
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * This constant define not debouncing time in msecs, but amount of matrix
+ * scan loops which should be made to get stable debounced results.
+ *
+ * On Ergodox matrix scan rate is relatively low, because of slow I2C.
+ * Now it's only 317 scans/second, or about 3.15 msec/scan.
+ * According to Cherry specs, debouncing time is 5 msec.
+ *
+ * And so, there is no sense to have DEBOUNCE higher than 2.
+ */
+
+#ifndef DEBOUNCE
+#   define DEBOUNCE	5
+#endif
+
+/* matrix state(1:on, 0:off) */
+static matrix_row_t matrix[MATRIX_ROWS];
+
+// Debouncing: store for each key the number of scans until it's eligible to
+// change.  When scanning the matrix, ignore any changes in keys that have
+// already changed in the last DEBOUNCE scans.
+static uint8_t debounce_matrix[MATRIX_ROWS * MATRIX_COLS];
+
+static matrix_row_t read_cols(uint8_t row);
+static void init_cols(void);
+static void unselect_rows(void);
+static void select_row(uint8_t row);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_MATRIX_SCAN_RATE
+uint32_t matrix_timer;
+uint32_t matrix_scan_count;
+#endif
+
+
+__attribute__ ((weak))
+void matrix_init_user(void) {}
+
+__attribute__ ((weak))
+void matrix_scan_user(void) {}
+
+__attribute__ ((weak))
+void matrix_init_kb(void) {
+  matrix_init_user();
+}
+
+__attribute__ ((weak))
+void matrix_scan_kb(void) {
+  matrix_scan_user();
+}
+
+inline
+uint8_t matrix_rows(void)
+{
+  return MATRIX_ROWS;
+}
+
+inline
+uint8_t matrix_cols(void)
+{
+  return MATRIX_COLS;
+}
+
+void matrix_init(void)
+{
+  // disable JTAG
+  MCUCR = (1<<JTD);
+  MCUCR = (1<<JTD);
+
+  unselect_rows();
+  init_cols();
+
+  // initialize matrix state: all keys off
+  for (uint8_t i=0; i < MATRIX_ROWS; i++) {
+    matrix[i] = 0;
+    for (uint8_t j=0; j < MATRIX_COLS; ++j) {
+      debounce_matrix[i * MATRIX_COLS + j] = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_MATRIX_SCAN_RATE
+  matrix_timer = timer_read32();
+  matrix_scan_count = 0;
+#endif
+
+  matrix_init_quantum();
+
+}
+
+void matrix_power_up(void) {
+  unselect_rows();
+  init_cols();
+
+  // initialize matrix state: all keys off
+  for (uint8_t i=0; i < MATRIX_ROWS; i++) {
+    matrix[i] = 0;
+  }
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_MATRIX_SCAN_RATE
+  matrix_timer = timer_read32();
+  matrix_scan_count = 0;
+#endif
+}
+
+// Returns a matrix_row_t whose bits are set if the corresponding key should be
+// eligible to change in this scan.
+matrix_row_t debounce_mask(uint8_t row) {
+  matrix_row_t result = 0;
+  for (uint8_t j=0; j < MATRIX_COLS; ++j) {
+    if (debounce_matrix[row * MATRIX_COLS + j]) {
+      --debounce_matrix[row * MATRIX_COLS + j];
+    } else {
+      result |= (1 << j);
+    }
+  }
+  return result;
+}
+
+// Report changed keys in the given row.  Resets the debounce countdowns
+// corresponding to each set bit in 'change' to DEBOUNCE.
+void debounce_report(matrix_row_t change, uint8_t row) {
+  for (uint8_t i = 0; i < MATRIX_COLS; ++i) {
+    if (change & (1 << i)) {
+      debounce_matrix[row * MATRIX_COLS + i] = DEBOUNCE;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+uint8_t matrix_scan(void)
+{
+  expander_scan();
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_MATRIX_SCAN_RATE
+  matrix_scan_count++;
+
+  uint32_t timer_now = timer_read32();
+  if (TIMER_DIFF_32(timer_now, matrix_timer)>1000) {
+    print("matrix scan frequency: ");
+    pdec(matrix_scan_count);
+    print("\n");
+    matrix_print();
+
+    matrix_timer = timer_now;
+    matrix_scan_count = 0;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  for (uint8_t i = 0; i < MATRIX_ROWS; i++) {
+    select_row(i);
+    wait_us(30);  // without this wait read unstable value.
+    matrix_row_t mask = debounce_mask(i);
+    matrix_row_t cols = (read_cols(i) & mask) | (matrix[i] & ~mask);
+    debounce_report(cols ^ matrix[i], i);
+    matrix[i] = cols;
+
+    unselect_rows();
+  }
+
+  matrix_scan_quantum();
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+inline
+bool matrix_is_on(uint8_t row, uint8_t col)
+{
+  return (matrix[row] & ((matrix_row_t)1<<col));
+}
+
+inline
+matrix_row_t matrix_get_row(uint8_t row)
+{
+  return matrix[row];
+}
+
+void matrix_print(void)
+{
+  print("\nr/c 0123456789ABCDEF\n");
+  for (uint8_t row = 0; row < MATRIX_ROWS; row++) {
+    phex(row); print(": ");
+    pbin_reverse16(matrix_get_row(row));
+    print("\n");
+  }
+}
+
+uint8_t matrix_key_count(void)
+{
+  uint8_t count = 0;
+  for (uint8_t i = 0; i < MATRIX_ROWS; i++) {
+    count += bitpop16(matrix[i]);
+  }
+  return count;
+}
+
+/* Column pin configuration
+ *
+ * Pro Micro: 6    5    4    3    2    1    0
+ *            PD3  PD2  PD4  PC6  PD7  PE6  PB4
+ *
+ * Expander:  13   12   11   10   9    8    7
+ */
+static void  init_cols(void)
+{
+  // Pro Micro
+  DDRE  &= ~(1<<PE6);
+  PORTE |=  (1<<PE6);
+  DDRD  &= ~(1<<PD2 | 1<<PD3 | 1<<PD4 | 1<<PD7);
+  PORTD |=  (1<<PD2 | 1<<PD3 | 1<<PD4 | 1<<PD7);
+  DDRC  &= ~(1<<PC6);
+  PORTC |=  (1<<PC6);
+  DDRB  &= ~(1<<PB4);
+  PORTB |=  (1<<PB4);
+
+  // MCP23017
+  expander_init();
+}
+
+static matrix_row_t read_cols(uint8_t row)
+{
+  return expander_read_row() |
+    (PIND&(1<<PD3) ? 0 : (1<<6)) |
+    (PIND&(1<<PD2) ? 0 : (1<<5)) |
+    (PIND&(1<<PD4) ? 0 : (1<<4)) |
+    (PINC&(1<<PC6) ? 0 : (1<<3)) |
+    (PIND&(1<<PD7) ? 0 : (1<<2)) |
+    (PINE&(1<<PE6) ? 0 : (1<<1)) |
+    (PINB&(1<<PB4) ? 0 : (1<<0)) ;
+}
+
+/* Row pin configuration
+ *
+ * Pro Micro: 0   1   2   3   4   5
+ *            F4  F5  F6  F7  B1  B2
+ *
+ * Expander:  0   1   2   3   4   5
+ */
+static void unselect_rows(void)
+{
+  // Pro Micro
+  DDRF  &= ~(1<<PF4 | 1<<PF5 | 1<<PF6 | 1<<PF7);
+  PORTF &= ~(1<<PF4 | 1<<PF5 | 1<<PF6 | 1<<PF7);
+  DDRB  &= ~(1<<PB1 | 1<<PB2);
+  PORTB &= ~(1<<PB1 | 1<<PB2);
+
+  // Expander
+  expander_unselect_rows();
+}
+
+static void select_row(uint8_t row)
+{
+  // Pro Micro
+  switch (row) {
+  case 0:
+    DDRF  |=  (1<<PF4);
+    PORTF &= ~(1<<PF4);
+    break;
+  case 1:
+    DDRF  |=  (1<<PF5);
+    PORTF &= ~(1<<PF5);
+    break;
+  case 2:
+    DDRF  |=  (1<<PF6);
+    PORTF &= ~(1<<PF6);
+    break;
+  case 3:
+    DDRF  |=  (1<<PF7);
+    PORTF &= ~(1<<PF7);
+    break;
+  case 4:
+    DDRB  |=  (1<<PB1);
+    PORTB &= ~(1<<PB1);
+    break;
+  case 5:
+    DDRB  |=  (1<<PB2);
+    PORTB &= ~(1<<PB2);
+    break;
+  }
+
+  expander_select_row(row);
+}
+
diff --git a/keyboards/ergodox/ergodone/readme.md b/keyboards/ergodox/ergodone/readme.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..789819e67a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/ergodox/ergodone/readme.md
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+ErgoDone
+===
+
+![ErgoDone](https://i.imgur.com/QERsQGQ.jpg)
+
+ErgoDone is a modified ErgoDox with pre-soldered components made by K.T.E.C. It has different wiring and uses a Pro Micro instead of Teensy.
+
+  - Keyboard Maintainer: [Yu He](http://github.com/yuhe00)
+  - Hardware Supported: 
+    - ErgoDone ver. 1.3 (tested)
+  - Hardware Availability: [KBDFans](https://kbdfans.myshopify.com/collections/pcb/products/ergodone-keyboard-pcb-1pcs-free-shipping?variant=37178300237)
+
+Make example for this keyboard (after setting up your build environment):
+
+    make ergodox-ergodone-default
+
+See [build environment setup](https://docs.qmk.fm/build_environment_setup.html) then the [make instructions](https://docs.qmk.fm/make_instructions.html) for more information.
+
+# Flashing the keyboard
+
+The ErgoDone uses an HID bootloader rather than the Teensy one, and requires a different way of flashing the firmware.
+
+1. While plugging in the USB cable, hold the two right-most keys on the left half of the ErgoDone to enter FLASH mode.
+2. Use the `hid_bootloader_cli` utlity from [TKG Toolkit](https://github.com/kairyu/tkg-toolkit):
+   
+        hid_bootloader_cli -mmcu=atmega32u4 ergodox_ergodone_default
diff --git a/keyboards/ergodox/ergodone/rules.mk b/keyboards/ergodox/ergodone/rules.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e7fd4e0aba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/ergodox/ergodone/rules.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# On command line:
+#
+# make = Make software.
+#
+# make clean = Clean out built project files.
+#
+# That's pretty much all you need. To compile, always go make clean, 
+# followed by make.
+#
+# For advanced users only:
+# make teensy = Download the hex file to the device, using teensy_loader_cli.
+#               (must have teensy_loader_cli installed).
+#
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# # project specific files
+SRC = \
+    twimaster.c \
+	  matrix.c    \
+    expander.c  \
+
+# MCU name
+MCU = atmega32u4
+
+# Processor frequency.
+#     This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the
+#     processor frequency in Hz. You can then use this symbol in your source code to
+#     calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done
+#     automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.
+#
+#     This will be an integer division of F_USB below, as it is sourced by
+#     F_USB after it has run through any CPU prescalers. Note that this value
+#     does not *change* the processor frequency - it should merely be updated to
+#     reflect the processor speed set externally so that the code can use accurate
+#     software delays.
+F_CPU = 16000000
+
+#
+# LUFA specific
+#
+# Target architecture (see library "Board Types" documentation).
+ARCH = AVR8
+
+# Input clock frequency.
+#     This will define a symbol, F_USB, in all source code files equal to the
+#     input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed) in Hz. This value may
+#     differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the
+#     raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed
+#     clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL'
+#     at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your
+#     source code.
+#
+#     If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the
+#     CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU.
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+
+# Interrupt driven control endpoint task(+60)
+OPT_DEFS += -DINTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+
+
+# Boot Section Size in *bytes*
+#   Teensy halfKay   512
+#   Teensy++ halfKay 1024
+#   Atmel DFU loader 4096
+#   LUFA bootloader  4096
+#   USBaspLoader     2048
+OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_SIZE=4096
+
+# Build Options
+#   comment out to disable the options.
+#
+BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE        = yes	# Virtual DIP switch configuration(+1000)
+MOUSEKEY_ENABLE         = yes	# Mouse keys(+4700)
+EXTRAKEY_ENABLE         = yes	# Audio control and System control(+450)
+CONSOLE_ENABLE          = no	# Console for debug(+400)
+COMMAND_ENABLE          = no  # Commands for debug and configuration
+SLEEP_LED_ENABLE        = no  # Breathing sleep LED during USB suspend
+NKRO_ENABLE             = yes	# USB Nkey Rollover - not yet supported in LUFA
+USB_6KRO_ENABLE         = no  # USB 6key Rollover
+BACKLIGHT_ENABLE        = no	# Enable keyboard backlight functionality
+KEYMAP_IN_EEPROM_ENABLE = no 	# External keymap in eeprom
+KEYMAP_SECTION_ENABLE   = no	# Fixed address keymap for keymap editor
+SOFTPWM_LED_ENABLE      = no  # Enable SoftPWM to drive backlight
+FADING_LED_ENABLE       = no  # Enable fading backlight
+BREATHING_LED_ENABLE    = no  # Enable breathing backlight
+LEDMAP_ENABLE           = no	# Enable LED mapping
+LEDMAP_IN_EEPROM_ENABLE = no  # Read LED mapping from eeprom
+ONEHAND_ENABLE          = no  # Disable Onehand
+RGBLIGHT_ENABLE         = no
+MIDI_ENABLE             = no
diff --git a/keyboards/ergodox/ergodone/twimaster.c b/keyboards/ergodox/ergodone/twimaster.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f91c08e6e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/ergodox/ergodone/twimaster.c
@@ -0,0 +1,208 @@
+/*************************************************************************
+* Title:    I2C master library using hardware TWI interface
+* Author:   Peter Fleury <pfleury@gmx.ch>  http://jump.to/fleury
+* File:     $Id: twimaster.c,v 1.3 2005/07/02 11:14:21 Peter Exp $
+* Software: AVR-GCC 3.4.3 / avr-libc 1.2.3
+* Target:   any AVR device with hardware TWI 
+* Usage:    API compatible with I2C Software Library i2cmaster.h
+**************************************************************************/
+#include <inttypes.h>
+#include <compat/twi.h>
+
+#include <i2cmaster.h>
+
+
+/* define CPU frequency in Mhz here if not defined in Makefile */
+#ifndef F_CPU
+#define F_CPU 16000000UL
+#endif
+
+/* I2C clock in Hz */
+#define SCL_CLOCK  400000L
+
+
+/*************************************************************************
+ Initialization of the I2C bus interface. Need to be called only once
+*************************************************************************/
+void i2c_init(void)
+{
+  /* initialize TWI clock
+   * minimal values in Bit Rate Register (TWBR) and minimal Prescaler
+   * bits in the TWI Status Register should give us maximal possible
+   * I2C bus speed - about 444 kHz
+   *
+   * for more details, see 20.5.2 in ATmega16/32 secification
+   */
+  
+  TWSR = 0;     /* no prescaler */
+  TWBR = 10;    /* must be >= 10 for stable operation */
+
+}/* i2c_init */
+
+
+/*************************************************************************	
+  Issues a start condition and sends address and transfer direction.
+  return 0 = device accessible, 1= failed to access device
+*************************************************************************/
+unsigned char i2c_start(unsigned char address)
+{
+    uint8_t   twst;
+
+	// send START condition
+	TWCR = (1<<TWINT) | (1<<TWSTA) | (1<<TWEN);
+
+	// wait until transmission completed
+	while(!(TWCR & (1<<TWINT)));
+
+	// check value of TWI Status Register. Mask prescaler bits.
+	twst = TW_STATUS & 0xF8;
+	if ( (twst != TW_START) && (twst != TW_REP_START)) return 1;
+
+	// send device address
+	TWDR = address;
+	TWCR = (1<<TWINT) | (1<<TWEN);
+
+	// wail until transmission completed and ACK/NACK has been received
+	while(!(TWCR & (1<<TWINT)));
+
+	// check value of TWI Status Register. Mask prescaler bits.
+	twst = TW_STATUS & 0xF8;
+	if ( (twst != TW_MT_SLA_ACK) && (twst != TW_MR_SLA_ACK) ) return 1;
+
+	return 0;
+
+}/* i2c_start */
+
+
+/*************************************************************************
+ Issues a start condition and sends address and transfer direction.
+ If device is busy, use ack polling to wait until device is ready
+ 
+ Input:   address and transfer direction of I2C device
+*************************************************************************/
+void i2c_start_wait(unsigned char address)
+{
+    uint8_t   twst;
+
+
+    while ( 1 )
+    {
+	    // send START condition
+	    TWCR = (1<<TWINT) | (1<<TWSTA) | (1<<TWEN);
+    
+    	// wait until transmission completed
+    	while(!(TWCR & (1<<TWINT)));
+    
+    	// check value of TWI Status Register. Mask prescaler bits.
+    	twst = TW_STATUS & 0xF8;
+    	if ( (twst != TW_START) && (twst != TW_REP_START)) continue;
+    
+    	// send device address
+    	TWDR = address;
+    	TWCR = (1<<TWINT) | (1<<TWEN);
+    
+    	// wail until transmission completed
+    	while(!(TWCR & (1<<TWINT)));
+    
+    	// check value of TWI Status Register. Mask prescaler bits.
+    	twst = TW_STATUS & 0xF8;
+    	if ( (twst == TW_MT_SLA_NACK )||(twst ==TW_MR_DATA_NACK) ) 
+    	{    	    
+    	    /* device busy, send stop condition to terminate write operation */
+	        TWCR = (1<<TWINT) | (1<<TWEN) | (1<<TWSTO);
+	        
+	        // wait until stop condition is executed and bus released
+	        while(TWCR & (1<<TWSTO));
+	        
+    	    continue;
+    	}
+    	//if( twst != TW_MT_SLA_ACK) return 1;
+    	break;
+     }
+
+}/* i2c_start_wait */
+
+
+/*************************************************************************
+ Issues a repeated start condition and sends address and transfer direction 
+
+ Input:   address and transfer direction of I2C device
+ 
+ Return:  0 device accessible
+          1 failed to access device
+*************************************************************************/
+unsigned char i2c_rep_start(unsigned char address)
+{
+    return i2c_start( address );
+
+}/* i2c_rep_start */
+
+
+/*************************************************************************
+ Terminates the data transfer and releases the I2C bus
+*************************************************************************/
+void i2c_stop(void)
+{
+    /* send stop condition */
+	TWCR = (1<<TWINT) | (1<<TWEN) | (1<<TWSTO);
+	
+	// wait until stop condition is executed and bus released
+	while(TWCR & (1<<TWSTO));
+
+}/* i2c_stop */
+
+
+/*************************************************************************
+  Send one byte to I2C device
+  
+  Input:    byte to be transfered
+  Return:   0 write successful 
+            1 write failed
+*************************************************************************/
+unsigned char i2c_write( unsigned char data )
+{	
+    uint8_t   twst;
+    
+	// send data to the previously addressed device
+	TWDR = data;
+	TWCR = (1<<TWINT) | (1<<TWEN);
+
+	// wait until transmission completed
+	while(!(TWCR & (1<<TWINT)));
+
+	// check value of TWI Status Register. Mask prescaler bits
+	twst = TW_STATUS & 0xF8;
+	if( twst != TW_MT_DATA_ACK) return 1;
+	return 0;
+
+}/* i2c_write */
+
+
+/*************************************************************************
+ Read one byte from the I2C device, request more data from device 
+ 
+ Return:  byte read from I2C device
+*************************************************************************/
+unsigned char i2c_readAck(void)
+{
+	TWCR = (1<<TWINT) | (1<<TWEN) | (1<<TWEA);
+	while(!(TWCR & (1<<TWINT)));    
+
+    return TWDR;
+
+}/* i2c_readAck */
+
+
+/*************************************************************************
+ Read one byte from the I2C device, read is followed by a stop condition 
+ 
+ Return:  byte read from I2C device
+*************************************************************************/
+unsigned char i2c_readNak(void)
+{
+	TWCR = (1<<TWINT) | (1<<TWEN);
+	while(!(TWCR & (1<<TWINT)));
+	
+    return TWDR;
+
+}/* i2c_readNak */
diff --git a/keyboards/ergodox/ergodox.h b/keyboards/ergodox/ergodox.h
index f8ec8b5bf2..f060c8f996 100644
--- a/keyboards/ergodox/ergodox.h
+++ b/keyboards/ergodox/ergodox.h
@@ -6,5 +6,8 @@
 #ifdef SUBPROJECT_infinity
     #include "infinity.h"
 #endif
+#ifdef SUBPROJECT_ergodone
+    #include "ergodone.h"
+#endif
 
 #endif /* KEYBOARDS_ERGODOX_ERGODOX_H_ */
diff --git a/keyboards/ergodox/ez/keymaps/drashna-custom/Makefile b/keyboards/ergodox/ez/keymaps/drashna-custom/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ba71b33eb5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/ergodox/ez/keymaps/drashna-custom/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+TAP_DANCE_ENABLE = yes

+LAYER_UNDERGLOW_LIGHTING = yes

+SLEEP_LED_ENABLE = yes  # Breathing sleep LED during USB suspend

+COMMAND_ENABLE   = no  # Commands for debug and configuration

+RGBLIGHT_ENABLE = yes

+MIDI_ENABLE = no

+

+ifndef QUANTUM_DIR

+	include ../../../../Makefile

+endif

diff --git a/keyboards/ergodox/ez/keymaps/drashna-custom/config.h b/keyboards/ergodox/ez/keymaps/drashna-custom/config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fe33552e15
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/ergodox/ez/keymaps/drashna-custom/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+
+#include "../../config.h"
+
+
+#define TAPPING_TERM 200
+
+
+#define LAYER_UNDERGLOW_LIGHTING
diff --git a/keyboards/ergodox/ez/keymaps/drashna-custom/keymap.c b/keyboards/ergodox/ez/keymaps/drashna-custom/keymap.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1825447fbd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/ergodox/ez/keymaps/drashna-custom/keymap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,867 @@
+#include "ergodox.h"
+#include "debug.h"
+#include "action_layer.h"
+#include "version.h"
+
+
+#include "keymap_german.h"
+
+#include "keymap_nordic.h"
+
+// Define layer names 
+#define BASE 0
+#define COLEMAK 1
+#define DVORAK 2
+#define SYMB 3
+#define OVERWATCH 4
+#define DIABLO 5
+#define MOUS 6
+
+//define modifiers
+#define MODS_SHIFT_MASK  (MOD_BIT(KC_LSHIFT)|MOD_BIT(KC_RSHIFT))
+#define MODS_CTRL_MASK  (MOD_BIT(KC_LCTL)|MOD_BIT(KC_RCTRL))
+#define MODS_ALT_MASK  (MOD_BIT(KC_LALT)|MOD_BIT(KC_RALT))
+
+//define macro keycodes
+#define M_VERSION M(0)
+#define M_SYMM M(1)
+#define M_SALT M(2)
+#define M_HARD M(3)
+#define M_MAKE M(4)
+#define M_COVECUBE M(5)
+#define M_MORESALT M(6)
+#define M_DOOMFIST M(7)
+
+
+//define layer change stuff for underglow indicator
+bool skip_leds = false;
+bool has_layer_changed = false;
+static uint8_t current_layer;
+
+static uint16_t key_timer;
+//define diablo macro timer variables
+static uint16_t diablo_timer[4];
+static uint8_t diablo_times[] = {0, 1, 3, 5, 10, 30};
+static uint8_t diablo_key_time[4];
+
+bool check_dtimer(uint8_t dtimer) {
+    // has the correct number of seconds elapsed (as defined by diablo_times)
+    return (timer_elapsed(diablo_timer[dtimer]) < ( diablo_key_time[dtimer] * 1000 ) ) ? false : true;
+};
+
+bool checktime(void){
+    return (timer_elapsed(key_timer) < 150) ? true : false;
+};
+
+
+enum custom_keycodes {
+	PLACEHOLDER = SAFE_RANGE, // can always be here
+	EPRM,
+	VRSN,
+	RGB_SLD,
+	RGB_0000FF,
+	RGB_008000,
+	RGB_FF0000,
+	RGB_800080,
+	RGB_00FF90,
+    KC_DIABLO_CLEAR
+};
+
+#ifdef TAP_DANCE_ENABLE
+enum {
+	SFT_CAP = 0,
+	TD_DIABLO_J,
+	TD_CLN,
+	TD_EGG,
+	TD_FLSH,
+	TD_DIABLO_1,
+	TD_DIABLO_2,
+	TD_DIABLO_3,
+	TD_DIABLO_4
+};
+
+
+
+void dance_cln_finished (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
+	if (state->count == 1) {
+		register_code (KC_RSFT);
+		register_code (KC_SCLN);
+	} else {
+		register_code (KC_SCLN);
+	}
+}
+
+void dance_cln_reset (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
+	if (state->count == 1) {
+		unregister_code (KC_RSFT);
+		unregister_code (KC_SCLN);
+	} else {
+		unregister_code (KC_SCLN);
+	}
+}
+
+void dance_egg (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
+	if (state->count >= 10) {
+		SEND_STRING ("Safety dance!");
+		reset_tap_dance (state);
+	}
+}
+
+// on each tap, light up one led, from right to left
+// on the forth tap, turn them off from right to left
+void dance_flsh_each(qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
+	if (!skip_leds) {
+		ergodox_board_led_off();
+		ergodox_right_led_1_off();
+		ergodox_right_led_2_off();
+		ergodox_right_led_3_off();
+		skip_leds = true;
+	}
+	switch (state->count) {
+		case 1:
+			ergodox_right_led_3_on();
+            break;
+        case 2:
+			ergodox_right_led_2_on();
+			break;
+		case 3:
+			ergodox_right_led_1_on();
+			break;
+		case 4:
+			ergodox_right_led_3_off();
+			_delay_ms(50);
+			ergodox_right_led_2_off();
+			_delay_ms(50);
+			ergodox_right_led_1_off();
+
+	}
+}
+
+// on the fourth tap, set the keyboard on flash state
+void dance_flsh_finished(qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
+	if (state->count >= 4) {
+#ifdef LAYER_UNDERGLOW_LIGHTING
+        rgblight_enable();
+        rgblight_mode(1);
+        rgblight_setrgb(0xff,0x00,0x00);
+#endif
+		reset_keyboard();
+		reset_tap_dance(state);
+	}
+}
+
+void diablo_tapdance_master (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data, uint8_t diablo_key) {
+    if (state->count >= 7) {
+        diablo_key_time[diablo_key] = diablo_times[0];
+        reset_tap_dance(state);
+    } else {
+        diablo_key_time[diablo_key] = diablo_times[state->count - 1];
+    }
+}
+
+void diablo_tapdance1 (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
+    diablo_tapdance_master (state, user_data, 0);
+}
+
+void diablo_tapdance2 (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
+    diablo_tapdance_master (state, user_data, 1);
+}
+
+void diablo_tapdance3 (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
+    diablo_tapdance_master (state, user_data, 2);
+}
+
+void diablo_tapdance4 (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
+    diablo_tapdance_master (state, user_data, 3);
+}
+
+
+// if the flash state didnt happen, then turn off leds, left to right
+void dance_flsh_reset(qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
+	_delay_ms(200);
+	ergodox_right_led_1_off();
+	_delay_ms(200);
+	ergodox_right_led_2_off();
+	_delay_ms(200);
+	ergodox_right_led_3_off();
+	_delay_ms(500);
+	skip_leds = false;
+}
+
+//Tap Dance Definitions
+qk_tap_dance_action_t tap_dance_actions[] = {
+	//Tap one for Space, and twice for Enter
+	[SFT_CAP]     = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_DOUBLE(KC_LSHIFT, KC_CAPS),
+	// Special Z
+	[TD_DIABLO_J]  = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_DOUBLE(KC_J, S(KC_J)),
+	// Once for colin, twice for semi-colin
+	[TD_CLN] = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN_ADVANCED (NULL, dance_cln_finished, dance_cln_reset),
+	// Tap until you get a surprise
+	[TD_EGG] = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN (dance_egg),
+	//Once for Blue, Twice for Green, Thrice for Red, and four to flash
+	[TD_FLSH] = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN_ADVANCED (dance_flsh_each, dance_flsh_finished, dance_flsh_reset),
+    
+    [TD_DIABLO_1] = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN(diablo_tapdance1),
+    [TD_DIABLO_2] = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN(diablo_tapdance2),
+    [TD_DIABLO_3] = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN(diablo_tapdance3),
+    [TD_DIABLO_4] = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN(diablo_tapdance4),
+
+};
+#endif
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+/* Keymap 0: Basic layer
+ * 
+ * 
+ * ,--------------------------------------------------.           ,--------------------------------------------------.
+ * |   = +  |  1 ! | 2 @  | 3 #  | 4 $  | 5 %  | TG(4)|           | TG(4)| 6 ^  | 7 &  |  8 * | 9 (  |  0 ) |  - _   |
+ * |--------+------+------+------+------+-------------|           |------+------+------+------+------+------+--------|
+ * |   TAB  |   Q  |   W  |   E  |   R  |   T  | TG(3)|           |TG(3) |   Y  |   U  |   I  |   O  |   P  |  \ |   |
+ * |--------+------+------+------+------+------|      |           |      |------+------+------+------+------+--------|
+ * |  Bksp  |   A  |   S  |   D  |   F  |   G  |------|           |------|   H  |   J  |   K  |   L  |   ;  |  ' "   |
+ * |--------+------+------+------+------+------| TG(2)|           | TG(2)|------+------+------+------+------+--------|
+ * | Shift  |   Z  |   X  |   C  |   V  |   B  |      |           |      |   N  |   M  |  , < |  . > |  UP  | Shift  |
+ * `--------+------+------+------+------+-------------'           `-------------+------+------+------+------+--------'
+ *   | `/SYM|  ' " | LGUI |  [ { | ] }  |                                       | SYMB |  ? / | LEFT | DOWN |RIGHT |
+ *   `----------------------------------'                                       `----------------------------------'
+ *                                        ,--------------.       ,--------------.
+ *                                        |Alt/Ap|  Win  |       | Alt  |Ctl/Esc|
+ *                                 ,------|------|-------|       |------+-------+------.
+ *                                 |      |      | Home  |       | PgUp |       |      |
+ *                                 | Space| Bksp |-------|       |------|  DEL  |Enter |
+ *                                 |      |      | End   |       | PgDn |       |      |
+ *                                 `---------------------'       `---------------------'
+ */
+  [BASE] = KEYMAP(
+				KC_EQUAL,       KC_1,       KC_2,       KC_3,       KC_4,       KC_5,       TG(MOUS),
+				KC_TAB,         KC_Q,       KC_W,       KC_E,       KC_R,       KC_T,       TG(DIABLO),
+				KC_BSPACE,      KC_A,       KC_S,       KC_D,       KC_F,       KC_G,
+                KC_LSHIFT,      CTL_T(KC_Z),KC_X,       KC_C,       KC_V,       KC_B,       TG(OVERWATCH),
+				LT(SYMB,KC_GRAVE),KC_QUOTE, KC_LGUI,    KC_LBRACKET,KC_RBRACKET,
+                
+									ALT_T(KC_APPLICATION),  KC_LGUI,
+                                                            KC_HOME,
+									KC_SPACE,   KC_BSPACE,  KC_END,
+									
+				TG(SYMB),       KC_6,       KC_7,       KC_8,       KC_9,       KC_0,           KC_MINUS,
+				TG(DVORAK),     KC_Y,       KC_U,       KC_I,       KC_O,       KC_P,           KC_BSLASH,
+                                KC_H,       KC_J,       KC_K,       KC_L,       KC_SCOLON,      GUI_T(KC_QUOTE),
+				TG(COLEMAK),    KC_N,       KC_M,       KC_COMMA,   KC_DOT,     CTL_T(KC_SLASH),KC_RSHIFT,
+                                            KC_FN1,     KC_LEFT,    KC_UP,      KC_DOWN,       KC_RIGHT,
+				KC_LALT,    CTL_T(KC_ESCAPE),
+				KC_PGUP,
+				KC_PGDOWN,  KC_DELETE,  KC_ENTER
+			),
+/* Keymap 1: Basic layer
+ *
+ * ,--------------------------------------------------.           ,--------------------------------------------------.
+ * |   =    |   1  |   2  |   3  |   4  |   5  | LEFT |           | RIGHT|   6  |   7  |   8  |   9  |   0  |   -    |
+ * |--------+------+------+------+------+-------------|           |------+------+------+------+------+------+--------|
+ * | Del    |   Q  |   W  |   F  |   P  |   G  |  L1  |           |  L1  |   J  |   L  |   U  |   Y  |   ;  |   \    |
+ * |--------+------+------+------+------+------|      |           |      |------+------+------+------+------+--------|
+ * | BkSp   |   A  |   R  |   S  |   T  |   D  |------|           |------|   H  |   N  |   E  |   I  |O / L2|   '    |
+ * |--------+------+------+------+------+------| OVER |           | Meh  |------+------+------+------+------+--------|
+ * | LShift |Z/Ctrl|   X  |   C  |   V  |   B  |      |           |      |   K  |   M  |   ,  |   .  |//Ctrl| RShift |
+ * `--------+------+------+------+------+-------------'           `-------------+------+------+------+------+--------'
+ *   |Grv/L1|  '"  |AltShf| Left | Right|                                       |  Up  | Down |   [  |   ]  | ~L1  |
+ *   `----------------------------------'                                       `----------------------------------'
+ *                                        ,-------------.       ,-------------.
+ *                                        | App  | LGui |       | Alt  |Ctrl/Esc|
+ *                                 ,------|------|------|       |------+--------+------.
+ *                                 |      |      | Home |       | PgUp |        |      |
+ *                                 | Space|Backsp|------|       |------|  Tab   |Enter |
+ *                                 |      |ace   | End  |       | PgDn |        |      |
+ *                                 `--------------------'       `----------------------'
+ */
+// If it accepts an argument (i.e, is a function), it doesn't need KC_.
+// Otherwise, it needs KC_*
+[COLEMAK] = KEYMAP(  
+        // left hand
+        KC_EQL,         KC_1,         KC_2,   KC_3,   KC_4,   KC_5,   TG(MOUS),
+        KC_DELT,        KC_Q,         KC_W,   KC_F,   KC_P,   KC_G,   TG(DIABLO),
+        KC_BSPC,        KC_A,         KC_R,   KC_S,   KC_T,   KC_D,
+        KC_LSFT,        CTL_T(KC_Z),  KC_X,   KC_C,   KC_V,   KC_B,   TG(OVERWATCH),
+        LT(SYMB,KC_GRV),KC_QUOT,      LALT(KC_LSFT),  KC_LBRACKET,KC_RBRACKET,
+                                              ALT_T(KC_APP),  KC_LGUI,
+                                                              KC_HOME,
+                                               KC_SPC,KC_BSPC,KC_END,
+        // right hand
+             KC_TRANSPARENT,     KC_6,   KC_7,   KC_8,   KC_9,   KC_0,             KC_MINS,
+             KC_NO,    KC_J,   KC_L,   KC_U,   KC_Y,   KC_SCLN,          KC_BSLS,
+                          KC_H,   KC_N,   KC_E,   KC_I,   LT(MOUS, KC_O),   KC_QUOTE,
+             KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_K,   KC_M,   KC_COMM,KC_DOT, CTL_T(KC_SLASH),KC_RSHIFT,
+                                            KC_FN1,     KC_LEFT,    KC_UP,      KC_DOWN,       KC_RIGHT,
+             KC_LALT,        CTL_T(KC_ESC),
+             KC_PGUP,
+             KC_PGDN,KC_TAB, KC_ENT
+    ),
+/* Keymap 2: Basic layer
+ *
+ * ,--------------------------------------------------.           ,--------------------------------------------------.
+ * |   =    |   1  |   2  |   3  |   4  |   5  | LEFT |           | RIGHT|   6  |   7  |   8  |   9  |   0  |   \    |
+ * |--------+------+------+------+------+-------------|           |------+------+------+------+------+------+--------|
+ * | Del    |   '  |   ,  |   .  |   P  |   Y  |  L1  |           |  L1  |   F  |   G  |   C  |   R  |   L  |   /    |
+ * |--------+------+------+------+------+------|      |           |      |------+------+------+------+------+--------|
+ * | BkSp   |   A  |   O  |   E  |   U  |   I  |------|           |------|   D  |   H  |   T  |   N  |S / L2|   -    |
+ * |--------+------+------+------+------+------| Hyper|           | Meh  |------+------+------+------+------+--------|
+ * | LShift |:/Ctrl|   Q  |   J  |   K  |   X  |      |           |      |   B  |   M  |   W  |   V  |Z/Ctrl| RShift |
+ * `--------+------+------+------+------+-------------'           `-------------+------+------+------+------+--------'
+ *   |Grv/L1|  '"  |AltShf| Left | Right|                                       |  Up  | Down |   [  |   ]  | ~L1  |
+ *   `----------------------------------'                                       `----------------------------------'
+ *                                        ,-------------.       ,-------------.
+ *                                        | App  | LGui |       | Alt  |Ctrl/Esc|
+ *                                 ,------|------|------|       |------+--------+------.
+ *                                 |      |      | Home |       | PgUp |        |      |
+ *                                 | Space|Backsp|------|       |------|  Tab   |Enter |
+ *                                 |      |ace   | End  |       | PgDn |        |      |
+ *                                 `--------------------'       `----------------------'
+ */
+// If it accepts an argument (i.e, is a function), it doesn't need KC_.
+// Otherwise, it needs KC_*
+[DVORAK] = KEYMAP(  
+        // left hand
+        KC_EQL,         KC_1,           KC_2,    KC_3,   KC_4,   KC_5,   TG(MOUS),
+        KC_DELT,        KC_QUOT,        KC_COMM, KC_DOT, KC_P,   KC_Y,   TG(DIABLO),
+        KC_BSPC,        KC_A,           KC_O,    KC_E,   KC_U,   KC_I,
+        KC_LSFT,        CTL_T(KC_SCLN), KC_Q,    KC_J,   KC_K,   KC_X,   TG(OVERWATCH),
+        LT(SYMB,KC_GRV),KC_QUOT,      LALT(KC_LSFT),  KC_LBRACKET,KC_RBRACKET,
+                                              ALT_T(KC_APP),  KC_LGUI,
+                                                              KC_HOME,
+                                               KC_SPC,KC_BSPC,KC_END,
+        // right hand
+             KC_TRANSPARENT,     KC_6,   KC_7,   KC_8,   KC_9,   KC_0,             KC_BSLS,
+             KC_TRANSPARENT,       KC_F,   KC_G,   KC_C,   KC_R,   KC_L,             KC_SLSH,
+                          KC_D,   KC_H,   KC_T,   KC_N,   LT(MOUS, KC_S),   KC_MINS,
+             KC_NO,KC_B,   KC_M,   KC_W,   KC_V,   CTL_T(KC_Z),      KC_RSHIFT,
+                                            KC_FN1,     KC_LEFT,    KC_UP,      KC_DOWN,       KC_RIGHT,
+             KC_LALT,        CTL_T(KC_ESC),
+             KC_PGUP,
+             KC_PGDN,KC_TAB, KC_ENT
+    ),
+
+    /* Keymap 3: Symbol Layer
+*
+* ,--------------------------------------------------.           ,--------------------------------------------------.
+* |   ESC  |  F1  |  F2  |  F3  |  F4  |  F5  |      |           |      |  F6  |  F7  |  F8  |  F9  | F10  |   F11  |
+* |--------+------+------+------+------+-------------|           |------+------+------+------+------+------+--------|
+* | VERSION|   !  |   @  |  {   |   }  |  |   |      |           |      |  +   |   7  |   8  |   9  |  *   |   F12  |
+* |--------+------+------+------+------+------|      |           |      |------+------+------+------+------+--------|
+* |  MAKE  |   #  |   $  |  (   |   )  |  `   |------|           |------|  -   |   4  |   5  |   6  |  /   | PrtSc  |
+* |--------+------+------+------+------+------| COVE |           |      |------+------+------+------+------+--------|
+* |  RESET |   %  |   ^  |  [   |   ]  |  ~   | CUBE |           |      | NUM  |   1  |   2  |   3  |  =   |  PAUSE |
+* `--------+------+------+------+------+-------------'           `-------------+------+------+------+------+--------'
+*   |  LT0 |   &  |   *  |  :   |   ;  |                                       |   0  |   0  | NUM. | ENT  |  ENT |
+*   `----------------------------------'                                       `----------------------------------'
+*                                        ,-------------.       ,-------------.
+*                                        | RGBM | RED  |       | OFF  | SOLID|
+*                                 ,------|------|------|       |------+------+------.
+*                                 |      |      | GREEN|       |      |      |      |
+*                                 | RGB  | RGB  |------|       |------| NUM. | NUM0 |
+*                                 | DARK |BRITE | BLUE |       |      |      |      |
+*                                 `--------------------'       `--------------------'
+*/
+  [SYMB] = KEYMAP(
+				KC_ESCAPE,KC_F1,      KC_F2,      KC_F3,      KC_F4,      KC_F5,      KC_TRANSPARENT,
+				M_VERSION,      KC_EXLM,    KC_AT,      KC_LCBR,    KC_RCBR,    KC_PIPE,    KC_TRANSPARENT,
+				M_MAKE,         KC_HASH,    KC_DLR,     KC_LPRN,    KC_RPRN,    KC_GRAVE,
+				TD(TD_FLSH),    KC_PERC,    KC_CIRC,    KC_LBRACKET,KC_RBRACKET,KC_TILD,    M_COVECUBE,
+				KC_NO,          KC_AMPR,    KC_ASTR,    KC_COLN,    KC_SCOLON,
+                                        RGB_MOD,    RGB_0000FF,
+                                                    RGB_008000,
+							RGB_VAD,    RGB_VAI,    RGB_FF0000,
+				
+				KC_TRANSPARENT, KC_F6,      KC_F7,      KC_F8,      KC_F9,      KC_F10,         KC_F11,
+				KC_TRANSPARENT, KC_KP_PLUS, KC_KP_7,    KC_KP_8,    KC_KP_9,    KC_KP_ASTERISK, KC_F12,
+				KC_KP_MINUS,    KC_KP_4,    KC_KP_5,    KC_KP_6,    KC_KP_SLASH,KC_PSCREEN,
+				KC_TRANSPARENT, KC_NUMLOCK, KC_KP_1,    KC_KP_2,    KC_KP_3,    KC_EQUAL,       KC_PAUSE,
+                                            KC_KP_0,    KC_KP_0,    KC_KP_DOT,  KC_KP_ENTER,    KC_KP_ENTER,
+				RGB_TOG,    RGB_SLD,
+				RGB_HUI,
+				RGB_HUD,    KC_KP_DOT,  KC_KP_0
+			),
+
+/* Keymap 4: Customized Overwatch Layout
+ *
+ * ,--------------------------------------------------.           ,--------------------------------------------------.
+ * |   ESC  | SALT | SYMM | MORE | DOOM |      |      |           |      |  F9  | F10  | F11  |  F12 |      |        |
+ * |--------+------+------+------+------+-------------|           |------+------+------+------+------+------+--------|
+ * |   F1   |  K   |  Q   |  W   |  E   |  R   |  T   |           |      |      |      |      |      |      |        |
+ * |--------+------+------+------+------+------|      |           |      |------+------+------+------+------+--------|
+ * |   TAB  |  G   |  A   |  S   |  D   |  F   |------|           |------|      |      |      |      |      |        |
+ * |--------+------+------+------+------+------|      |           |      |------+------+------+------+------+--------|
+ * |  LCTR  | LSHFT|  Z   |  X   |  C   |  M   |      |           |      |      |      |      |      |      |        |
+ * `--------+------+------+------+------+-------------'           `-------------+------+------+------+------+--------'
+ *   |   J  |  U   |  I   |  Y   |  T   |                                       |      |      |      |      |      |
+ *   `----------------------------------'                                       `----------------------------------'
+ *                                        ,-------------.       ,-------------.
+ *                                        |  O   |  P   |       |      |      |
+ *                                 ,------|------|------|       |------+------+------.
+ *                                 |      |      | LGUI |       |      |      |      |
+ *                                 |  V   | SPACE|------        |------|      | Enter|
+ *                                 |      |      |  H   |       |      |      |      |
+ *                                 `--------------------'       `--------------------'
+ */
+  [OVERWATCH] = KEYMAP(
+				KC_ESCAPE,      M_SALT,     M_SYMM,     M_MORESALT, M_DOOMFIST, KC_NO,      KC_NO,
+				KC_F1,          KC_K,       KC_Q,       KC_W,       KC_E,       KC_R,       KC_T,
+				KC_TAB,         KC_G,       KC_A,       KC_S,       KC_D,       KC_F,
+				KC_LCTL,        KC_LSHIFT,    KC_Z,       KC_X,       KC_C,       KC_M,       KC_TRANSPARENT,
+				KC_G,           KC_U,       KC_I,       KC_Y,       KC_T,
+                                            KC_O,   KC_P,
+                                                    KC_LGUI,
+                                KC_V,   KC_SPACE,   KC_H,
+									
+				KC_NO,          KC_F9,      KC_F10,     KC_F11,     KC_F12,     KC_NO,      KC_NO,
+				KC_NO,          KC_NO,      KC_NO,      KC_NO,      KC_NO,      KC_NO,      KC_NO,
+				KC_NO,          KC_NO,      KC_NO,      KC_NO,      KC_NO,      KC_NO,
+				KC_NO, KC_NO,      KC_NO,      KC_NO,      KC_NO,      KC_NO,      KC_NO,
+                                            KC_NO,      KC_NO,      KC_NO,      KC_NO,      KC_NO,
+				KC_NO,  KC_NO,
+				KC_NO,
+				KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_ENTER
+			),
+
+/* Keymap 3:
+ *
+ * ,--------------------------------------------------.           ,--------------------------------------------------.
+ * |   ESC  |  V   |  D   | ALT  |      |      |      |           |      |      |      |      |      |      |        |
+ * |--------+------+------+------+------+-------------|           |------+------+------+------+------+------+--------|
+ * |   TAB  |  S   |  I   |  F   |  M   |  T   |      |           |      |      |      |      |      |      |        |
+ * |--------+------+------+------+------+------|      |           |      |------+------+------+------+------+--------|
+ * |    Q   |  1   |  2   |  3   |  4   |  G   |------|           |------|      |      |      |      |      |        |
+ * |--------+------+------+------+------+------|      |           |      |------+------+------+------+------+--------|
+ * | NUMLOCK| NUM1 | NUM2 | NUM3 | NUM4 |  Z   |      |           |      |      |      |      |      |      |        |
+ * `--------+------+------+------+------+-------------'           `-------------+------+------+------+------+--------'
+ *   | LCTL | MAC1 | MAC2 | MAC3 | MAC4 |                                       |      |      |      |      |      |
+ *   `----------------------------------'                                       `----------------------------------'
+ *                                        ,-------------.       ,-------------.
+ *                                        |   L  |  J   |       |      |      |
+ *                                 ,------|------|------|       |------+------+------.
+ *                                 |      |      |  G   |       |      |      |      |
+ *                                 | SPACE|  Q   |------        |------|      |      |
+ *                                 | SHIFT| ALT  | 0MAC |       |      |      |      |
+ *                                 `--------------------'       `--------------------'
+ */
+  [DIABLO] = KEYMAP(
+				KC_ESCAPE,  KC_V,       KC_D,       KC_LALT,    KC_NO,      KC_NO,      KC_NO,
+				KC_TAB,     KC_S,       KC_I,       KC_F,       KC_M,       KC_T,       KC_TRANSPARENT,
+				KC_Q,       KC_1,       KC_2,       KC_3,       KC_4,       KC_G,
+				KC_NUMLOCK, KC_KP_1,    KC_KP_2,    KC_KP_3,    KC_KP_4,    KC_Z,       KC_NO,
+				KC_LCTL,    TD(TD_DIABLO_1),    TD(TD_DIABLO_2),    TD(TD_DIABLO_3),    TD(TD_DIABLO_4),
+                                                KC_L,   KC_J,
+                                                        KC_F,
+                    SFT_T(KC_SPACE),    ALT_T(KC_Q),    KC_DIABLO_CLEAR,
+									
+									
+				KC_NO, KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,
+				KC_NO, KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,
+				KC_NO,          KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,
+				KC_NO, KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,
+				KC_NO,          KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,
+				KC_NO,  KC_NO,
+				KC_NO,
+				KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO
+			),
+
+/* Keymap 4: Media and mouse keys
+ *
+ * ,--------------------------------------------------.           ,--------------------------------------------------.
+ * |        |      |      |      |      |      |      |           |      |      |      |      |      |      |        |
+ * |--------+------+------+------+------+-------------|           |------+------+------+------+------+------+--------|
+ * |        |      | MsUp |      |      |      |      |           |      |      |      |      |      |      |        |
+ * |--------+------+------+------+------+------|      |           |      |------+------+------+------+------+--------|
+ * |        |MsLeft|MsDown|MsRght|      |      |------|           |------|      |      | Acc0 | Acc1 | Acc2 |        |
+ * |--------+------+------+------+------+------|      |           |      |------+------+------+------+------+--------|
+ * |        | Acc0 | Acc1 | Acc2 |      |      |      |           |      | Play | Stop | Mute |VolDn |VolUp |        |
+ * `--------+------+------+------+------+-------------'           `-------------+------+------+------+------+--------'
+ *   |      |      |      |      |      |                                       |      |      |      |      |      |
+ *   `----------------------------------'                                       `----------------------------------'
+ *                                        ,-------------.       ,-------------.
+ *                                        |      |      |       |      |      |
+ *                                 ,------|------|------|       |------+------+------.
+ *                                 |      |      | MWUp |       |      |      |      |
+ *                                 | Lclk | Rclk |------|       |------| MBn4 | MBn4 |
+ *                                 |      |      | MWDn |       | Mclk |      |      |
+ *                                 `--------------------'       `--------------------'
+ */
+  [MOUS] = KEYMAP(
+				KC_NO,      KC_NO,      KC_NO,      KC_NO,      KC_NO,      KC_NO,      KC_TRANSPARENT,
+				KC_NO,      KC_NO,      KC_MS_UP,   KC_NO,      KC_NO,      KC_NO,      KC_TRANSPARENT,
+				KC_NO,      KC_MS_LEFT, KC_MS_DOWN, KC_MS_RIGHT,KC_NO,      KC_NO,
+				KC_NO,      KC_MS_ACCEL0,KC_MS_ACCEL1,KC_MS_ACCEL2,KC_NO,   KC_NO,      KC_TRANSPARENT,
+                KC_NO,      KC_NO,      KC_NO,      KC_NO,      KC_NO,
+									KC_NO,KC_NO,
+									KC_MS_WH_UP,
+									KC_MS_BTN1,KC_MS_BTN2,KC_MS_WH_DOWN,
+				
+				KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_NO,KC_NO,KC_NO,KC_NO,KC_NO,KC_NO,
+				KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_NO,KC_NO,KC_NO,KC_NO,KC_NO,
+				KC_NO,KC_NO,KC_MS_ACCEL0,KC_MS_ACCEL1,KC_MS_ACCEL2,KC_NO,KC_NO,
+				KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_MEDIA_PLAY_PAUSE,KC_MEDIA_STOP,KC_AUDIO_MUTE,KC_AUDIO_VOL_DOWN,KC_AUDIO_VOL_UP,KC_NO,
+				KC_NO,KC_NO,KC_NO,KC_NO,KC_NO,
+				KC_NO,KC_NO,
+				KC_NO,
+				KC_MS_BTN3,KC_MS_BTN4,KC_MS_BTN5
+			),
+
+};
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM fn_actions[] = {
+    [1] = ACTION_LAYER_TAP_TOGGLE(SYMB),
+    // FN1 - Momentary Layer 1 (Symbols)
+    [2] = ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_RCTL, KC_UP),
+    [3] = ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_RGUI, KC_LEFT),
+    [4] = ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_RALT, KC_DOWN),
+    [5] = ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_RSFT, KC_RIGHT),  
+};
+
+void action_function(keyrecord_t *event, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt)
+{
+   
+}
+
+const macro_t *action_get_macro(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt)
+{
+    switch(id) {
+        case 0:
+            if (record->event.pressed) {
+                // Output Keyboard Firmware info
+                SEND_STRING (QMK_KEYBOARD "/" QMK_KEYMAP " @ " QMK_VERSION);
+                return false;
+            }
+        case 1:
+            if (record->event.pressed) {
+                // Symmentra "Left Click to win" salt
+                return MACRO( I(50),  T(ENTER), I(5), D(LSFT), T(L), U(LSFT), T(E), T(F), T(T), T(SPACE), T(C), T(L), T(I), T(C), T(K), T(SPACE), T(T), T(O), T(SPACE), T(W), T(I), T(N), D(LSFT), T(1), U(LSFT), T(ENTER), END );
+            }
+        case 2:
+            if (record->event.pressed) {
+                //salt salt salt
+                return MACRO( I(50), T(ENTER), I(5), D(LSFT), T(S), U(LSFT), T(A), T(L), T(T), T(COMMA), T(SPACE), T(S), T(A), T(L), T(T), T(COMMA), T(SPACE), T(S), T(A), T(L), T(T), T(DOT), T(DOT), T(DOT), T(ENTER), END );
+            }
+        case 3:
+            if (record->event.pressed) {
+                // your saltiness makes me hard
+                return MACRO( I(50),  T(ENTER), I(5), D(LSFT), T(Y), U(LSFT), T(O), T(U), T(R), T(SPACE), T(S), T(A), T(L), T(T), T(SPACE), T(O), T(N), T(L), T(Y), T(SPACE), T(M), T(A), T(K), T(E), T(S), T(SPACE), T(M), T(Y), T(SPACE), T(P), T(E), T(N), T(I), T(S), T(SPACE), T(T), T(H), T(A), T(T), T(SPACE), T(M), T(U), T(C), T(H), T(SPACE), T(H), T(A), T(R), T(D), T(E), T(R), T(COMMA), T(SPACE), T(A), T(N), T(D), T(SPACE), T(E), T(V), T(E), T(N), T(SPACE), T(M), T(O), T(R), T(E), T(SPACE), T(A), T(G), T(G), T(R), T(E), T(S), T(S), T(I), T(V), T(E), D(LSFT), T(1), U(LSFT), T(ENTER), END );
+            }
+        case 4:
+            if (record->event.pressed) {
+                // make ergodox-ez-drashna-custom-teensy
+                return MACRO( I(5), T(M), T(A), T(K), T(E), T(SPACE), T(E), T(R), T(G), T(O), T(D), T(O), T(X), T(MINUS), T(E), T(Z), T(MINUS), T(D), T(R), T(A), T(S), T(H), T(N), T(A), T(MINUS), T(C), T(U), T(S), T(T), T(O), T(M), T(MINUS), T(T), T(E), T(E), T(N), T(S), T(Y), T(ENTER), END );
+            }
+        case 5:
+            if (record->event.pressed) {
+                //super secret hash
+                SEND_STRING("supersecrethash");
+                return MACRO_NONE;
+            }
+        case 6:
+            if (record->event.pressed) {
+                // Please sir, can I have some more salt
+                return MACRO( I(50), T(ENTER), I(5), D(LSFT), T(P), U(LSFT), T(L), T(E), T(A), T(S), T(E), T(SPACE), T(S), T(I), T(R), T(COMMA), T(SPACE), T(C), T(A), T(N), T(SPACE), D(LSFT), T(I), U(LSFT), T(SPACE), T(H), T(A), T(V), T(E), T(SPACE), T(S), T(O), T(M), T(E), T(SPACE), T(M), T(O), T(R), T(E), T(SPACE), T(S), T(A), T(L), T(T), D(LSFT), T(SLASH), U(LSFT), D(LSFT), T(1), U(LSFT), T(ENTER), END );
+            }
+            break;
+        case 7:
+        if (record->event.pressed) {
+                // DoomFisted
+                // Hey, look at me.  I'm Doomfist, and I'm overpowered!  
+                // All I do is spam punches all day!   I'm DPS, tank and 
+                // defense, rolled into one! All I need is team healing to be complete!
+                return MACRO( I(50), T(ENTER), I(5), D(LSFT), T(H), U(LSFT), T(E), T(Y), T(COMMA), T(SPACE), T(L), T(O), T(O), T(K), T(SPACE), T(A), T(T), T(SPACE), T(M), T(E), T(DOT), T(SPACE), T(SPACE), D(LSFT), T(I), U(LSFT), T(QUOTE), T(M), T(SPACE), D(LSFT), T(D), U(LSFT), T(O), T(O), T(M), T(F), T(I), T(S), T(T), T(COMMA), T(SPACE), T(A), T(N), T(D), T(SPACE), D(LSFT), T(I), U(LSFT), T(QUOTE), T(M), T(SPACE), T(O), T(V), T(E), T(R), T(P), T(O), T(W), T(E), T(R), T(E), T(D), D(LSFT), T(1), U(LSFT), T(SPACE), T(SPACE), D(LSFT), T(A), U(LSFT), T(L), T(L), T(SPACE), D(LSFT), T(I), U(LSFT), T(SPACE), T(D), T(O), T(SPACE), T(I), T(S), T(SPACE), T(S), T(P), T(A), T(M), T(SPACE), T(P), T(U), T(N), T(C), T(H), T(E), T(S), T(SPACE), T(A), T(L), T(L), T(SPACE), T(D), T(A), T(Y), D(LSFT), T(1), U(LSFT), T(SPACE), T(SPACE), T(SPACE), D(LSFT), T(I), U(LSFT), T(QUOTE), T(M), T(SPACE), D(LSFT), T(D), U(LSFT), D(LSFT), T(P), U(LSFT), D(LSFT), T(S), U(LSFT), T(COMMA), T(SPACE), T(T), T(A), T(N), T(K), T(SPACE), T(A), T(N), T(D), T(SPACE), T(D), T(E), T(F), T(E), T(N), T(S), T(E), T(COMMA), T(SPACE), T(R), T(O), T(L), T(L), T(E), T(D), T(SPACE), T(I), T(N), T(T), T(O), T(SPACE), T(O), T(N), T(E), D(LSFT), T(1), U(LSFT), T(SPACE), D(LSFT), T(A), U(LSFT), T(L), T(L), T(SPACE), D(LSFT), T(I), U(LSFT), T(SPACE), T(N), T(E), T(E), T(D), T(SPACE), T(I), T(S), T(SPACE), T(T), T(E), T(A), T(M), T(SPACE), T(H), T(E), T(A), T(L), T(I), T(N), T(G), T(SPACE), T(T), T(O), T(SPACE), T(B), T(E), T(SPACE), T(C), T(O), T(M), T(P), T(L), T(E), T(T), T(E), D(LSFT), T(1), U(LSFT), T(ENTER), END );
+            }
+        case 8: //MAC1 - Hold for rshift and } on tap
+            if (record->event.pressed) {
+                key_timer = timer_read();
+                return MACRO(D(LSFT), END );
+            } else {
+                return checktime() ? MACRO(U(LSFT),D(RALT),T(7),U(RALT),END): MACRO(U(LSFT),END);
+            }; break;
+        case 9:	//MAC1 - Hold for rshift and } on tap
+            if (record->event.pressed) {
+                key_timer = timer_read();
+                return MACRO(D(RSFT), END );
+            } else {
+                return checktime()  ? MACRO(U(RSFT),D(RALT),T(0),U(RALT),END): MACRO(U(RSFT),END);
+            }; break;
+        case 10: //MAC2 - Hold for lctrl and [ on tap
+            if (record->event.pressed) {
+                key_timer = timer_read();
+                return MACRO(D(LCTL), END );
+            } else {return checktime() ? MACRO(U(LCTL),D(RALT),T(8),U(RALT),END):MACRO(U(LCTL),END);
+            }; break;
+        case 11: //MAC3 - Hold for rctrl and ] on tap
+            if (record->event.pressed) {
+                key_timer = timer_read();
+                return MACRO(D(RCTL), END );
+            } else {
+                return checktime() ? MACRO(U(RCTL),D(RALT),T(9),U(RALT),END):MACRO(U(RCTL),END);
+            }; break;
+    }
+    return MACRO_NONE;
+};
+
+
+bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
+	switch (keycode) {
+		// dynamically generate these.
+		case EPRM:
+			if (record->event.pressed) {
+                eeconfig_init();
+			}
+			return false;
+			break;
+		case VRSN:
+			if (record->event.pressed) {
+				SEND_STRING (QMK_KEYBOARD "/" QMK_KEYMAP " @ " QMK_VERSION);
+			}
+			return false;
+			break;
+		case RGB_SLD:
+			if (record->event.pressed) {
+				rgblight_mode(1);
+			}
+			return false;
+			break;
+
+		case RGB_0000FF:
+			if (record->event.pressed) {
+				#ifdef RGBLIGHT_ENABLE
+				rgblight_enable();
+				rgblight_mode(1);
+				rgblight_setrgb(0x00,0x00,0xff);
+				#endif
+			}
+			return false;
+			break;
+
+		case RGB_008000:
+			if (record->event.pressed) {
+				#ifdef RGBLIGHT_ENABLE
+				rgblight_enable();
+				rgblight_mode(1);
+				rgblight_setrgb(0x00,0x80,0x00);
+				#endif
+			}
+			return false;
+			break;
+
+		case RGB_FF0000:
+			if (record->event.pressed) {
+				#ifdef RGBLIGHT_ENABLE
+				rgblight_enable();
+				rgblight_mode(1);
+				rgblight_setrgb(0xff,0x00,0x00);
+				#endif
+			}
+			return false;
+			break;
+
+		case RGB_800080:
+			if (record->event.pressed) {
+				#ifdef RGBLIGHT_ENABLE
+				rgblight_enable();
+				rgblight_mode(1);
+				rgblight_setrgb(0x80,0x00,0x80);
+				#endif
+			}
+			return false;
+			break;
+
+		case RGB_00FF90:
+			if (record->event.pressed) {
+				#ifdef RGBLIGHT_ENABLE
+				rgblight_enable();
+				rgblight_mode(1);
+				rgblight_setrgb(0x00,0xff,0x90);
+				#endif
+			}
+			return false;
+			break;
+        case KC_DIABLO_CLEAR:
+            if (record->event.pressed) {
+                uint8_t dtime;
+                
+                for (dtime = 0; dtime < 4; dtime++) {
+                    diablo_key_time[dtime] = diablo_times[0];
+                }
+            }
+            return false;
+            break;
+            
+	}
+	return true;
+}
+
+void send_diablo_keystroke (uint8_t diablo_key) {
+    if (current_layer == DIABLO) {
+        switch (diablo_key) {
+            case 0:
+                SEND_STRING("1");
+                break;
+            case 1:
+                SEND_STRING("2");
+                break;
+            case 2:
+                SEND_STRING("3");
+                break;
+            case 3:
+                SEND_STRING("4");
+                break;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void run_diablo_macro_check(void) {
+    uint8_t dtime;
+    
+    for (dtime = 0; dtime < 4; dtime++) {
+        if (check_dtimer(dtime) && diablo_key_time[dtime]) {
+            diablo_timer[dtime] = timer_read();
+            send_diablo_keystroke(dtime);
+        } 
+    }
+    
+}
+
+void matrix_init_user(void) { // Runs boot tasks for keyboard
+    wait_ms(500);
+    ergodox_board_led_on();
+    wait_ms(200);
+    ergodox_right_led_1_on();
+    wait_ms(200);
+    ergodox_right_led_2_on();
+    wait_ms(200);
+    ergodox_right_led_3_on();
+    wait_ms(200);
+    ergodox_board_led_off();
+    wait_ms(200);
+    ergodox_right_led_1_off();
+    wait_ms(200);
+    ergodox_right_led_2_off();
+    wait_ms(200);
+    ergodox_right_led_3_off();
+
+    
+#ifdef LAYER_UNDERGLOW_LIGHTING
+	rgblight_enable();
+	rgblight_sethsv(195,255,255);
+#endif 
+    has_layer_changed = false;
+    
+    
+    
+};
+
+
+
+void matrix_scan_user(void) {  // runs frequently to update info
+    uint8_t modifiders = get_mods();
+    uint8_t layer = biton32(layer_state);
+	
+	if (!skip_leds) {
+		ergodox_board_led_off();
+		ergodox_right_led_1_off();
+		ergodox_right_led_2_off();
+		ergodox_right_led_3_off();
+        
+        if ( modifiders & MODS_SHIFT_MASK) {
+                ergodox_right_led_1_on();
+        }
+        if ( modifiders & MODS_CTRL_MASK) {
+                ergodox_right_led_2_on();
+        }
+        if ( modifiders & MODS_ALT_MASK) {
+                ergodox_right_led_3_on();
+        }
+        
+    }
+        
+    switch (layer) {
+        case SYMB:
+            #ifdef LAYER_UNDERGLOW_LIGHTING
+            if (has_layer_changed) {
+                rgblight_sethsv (240,255,255);
+            }
+            #else
+            ergodox_right_led_3_on();
+            #endif
+            break;
+        case OVERWATCH:
+            #ifdef LAYER_UNDERGLOW_LIGHTING
+            if (has_layer_changed) {
+                rgblight_sethsv (30,255,255);
+            }
+            #else
+            ergodox_right_led_2_on();
+            #endif
+            break;
+        case DIABLO:
+            #ifdef LAYER_UNDERGLOW_LIGHTING
+            if (has_layer_changed) {
+                rgblight_sethsv (0,255,255);
+            }
+            #else
+            ergodox_right_led_1_on();
+            #endif
+            break;
+        case MOUS:
+            #ifdef LAYER_UNDERGLOW_LIGHTING
+            if (has_layer_changed) {
+                rgblight_sethsv (60,255,255);
+            }
+            #else
+            ergodox_right_led_3_on();
+            ergodox_right_led_2_on();
+            #endif
+            break;
+        case COLEMAK:
+            #ifdef LAYER_UNDERGLOW_LIGHTING
+            if (has_layer_changed) {
+                rgblight_sethsv (300,255,255);
+            }
+            #else
+            ergodox_right_led_1_on();
+            ergodox_right_led_3_on();
+            #endif
+            break;
+        case DVORAK:
+            #ifdef LAYER_UNDERGLOW_LIGHTING
+            if (has_layer_changed) {
+                rgblight_sethsv (120,255,255);
+            }
+            #else
+            ergodox_right_led_2_on();
+            ergodox_right_led_1_on();
+            #endif
+            break;
+        case 7:
+            #ifdef LAYER_UNDERGLOW_LIGHTING
+            if (has_layer_changed) {
+                rgblight_sethsv (255,255,255);
+            }
+            #else
+            ergodox_right_led_1_on();
+            ergodox_right_led_2_on();
+            ergodox_right_led_3_on();
+            #endif
+            break;
+        default:
+            // Do not add anything here, as this will be ran EVERY check, and can cause a significant slowdown
+            #ifdef LAYER_UNDERGLOW_LIGHTING
+            if (has_layer_changed) {
+                rgblight_sethsv (195,255,255);
+            }
+            #endif
+            break;
+    }
+        
+    if (current_layer == layer) {
+        has_layer_changed = false;
+    } else {
+        has_layer_changed = true;
+        current_layer = layer;
+    }
+    run_diablo_macro_check();
+};
+
+
diff --git a/keyboards/ergodox/ez/keymaps/drashna/Makefile b/keyboards/ergodox/ez/keymaps/drashna/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..98da6c4ae6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/ergodox/ez/keymaps/drashna/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+RGBLIGHT_ENABLE = yes

+RGBLIGHT_ANIMATION = no

+

+ifndef QUANTUM_DIR

+	include ../../../../Makefile

+endif

diff --git a/keyboards/ergodox/ez/keymaps/drashna/config.h b/keyboards/ergodox/ez/keymaps/drashna/config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..258dc391fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/ergodox/ez/keymaps/drashna/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+
+#include "../../config.h"
+
+
+
+// make this easy to toggle behavior, so that it can be more easily toggled
+#define LAYER_UNDERGLOW_LIGHTING  
+
+#ifdef LAYER_UNDERGLOW_LIGHTING
+#undef RGBLIGHT_ANIMATIONS
+#endif
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/ergodox/ez/keymaps/drashna/keymap.c b/keyboards/ergodox/ez/keymaps/drashna/keymap.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a6e5b3335a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/ergodox/ez/keymaps/drashna/keymap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,195 @@
+#include "ergodox.h"
+#include "debug.h"
+#include "action_layer.h"
+#include "version.h"
+
+
+#include "keymap_german.h"
+
+#include "keymap_nordic.h"
+
+#define VERSION M(0)
+
+
+// Define layer names 
+#define BASE 0
+#define SYMB 1
+#define MOUS 2
+
+#ifdef LAYER_UNDERGLOW_LIGHTING
+bool has_layer_changed = true;
+
+#define rgblight_set_teal rgblight_setrgb(0x00, 0xFF, 0xFF)
+#define rgblight_set_red rgblight_setrgb(0xFF, 0x00, 0x00)
+#define rgblight_set_blue rgblight_setrgb(0x00, 0xFF, 0x00);
+#define rgblight_set_green rgblight_setrgb(0x00, 0x00, 0xFF);
+#define rgblight_set_yellow rgblight_setrgb(0xFF, 0xFF, 0x00);
+
+
+#define MODS_SHIFT_MASK  (MOD_BIT(KC_LSHIFT)|MOD_BIT(KC_RSHIFT))
+#define MODS_CTRL_MASK  (MOD_BIT(KC_LCTL)|MOD_BIT(KC_RCTRL))
+#define MODS_ALT_MASK  (MOD_BIT(KC_LALT)|MOD_BIT(KC_RALT))
+#endif  
+
+
+enum custom_keycodes {
+  PLACEHOLDER = SAFE_RANGE, // can always be here
+  EPRM,
+  VRSN,
+#ifndef LAYER_UNDERGLOW_LIGHTING
+  RGB_SLD,
+#endif  
+};
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+
+  [0] = KEYMAP(KC_EQUAL,KC_1,KC_2,KC_3,KC_4,KC_5,KC_LEFT,KC_DELETE,KC_Q,KC_W,KC_E,KC_R,KC_T,TG(1),KC_BSPACE,KC_A,KC_S,KC_D,KC_F,KC_G,KC_LSHIFT,CTL_T(KC_Z),KC_X,KC_C,KC_V,KC_B,ALL_T(KC_NO),LT(1,KC_GRAVE),KC_QUOTE,LALT(KC_LSHIFT),KC_LEFT,KC_RIGHT,ALT_T(KC_APPLICATION),KC_LGUI,KC_HOME,KC_SPACE,KC_BSPACE,KC_END,KC_RIGHT,KC_6,KC_7,KC_8,KC_9,KC_0,KC_MINUS,TG(1),KC_Y,KC_U,KC_I,KC_O,KC_P,KC_BSLASH,KC_H,KC_J,KC_K,KC_L,LT(2,KC_SCOLON),GUI_T(KC_QUOTE),MEH_T(KC_NO),KC_N,KC_M,KC_COMMA,KC_DOT,CTL_T(KC_SLASH),KC_RSHIFT,KC_UP,KC_DOWN,KC_LBRACKET,KC_RBRACKET,MO(1),KC_LALT,CTL_T(KC_ESCAPE),KC_PGUP,KC_PGDOWN,KC_TAB,KC_ENTER),
+
+#ifdef LAYER_UNDERGLOW_LIGHTING
+  [1] = KEYMAP(KC_ESCAPE,KC_F1,KC_F2,KC_F3,KC_F4,KC_F5,KC_TRANSPARENT,VERSION,KC_EXLM,KC_AT,KC_LCBR,KC_RCBR,KC_PIPE,KC_TRANSPARENT,VRSN,KC_HASH,KC_DLR,KC_LPRN,KC_RPRN,KC_GRAVE,RESET,KC_PERC,KC_CIRC,KC_LBRACKET,KC_RBRACKET,KC_TILD,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,RGB_VAD,RGB_VAI,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_F6,KC_F7,KC_F8,KC_F9,KC_F10,KC_F11,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_UP,KC_7,KC_8,KC_9,KC_ASTR,KC_F12,KC_DOWN,KC_4,KC_5,KC_6,KC_PLUS,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_AMPR,KC_1,KC_2,KC_3,KC_BSLASH,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_DOT,KC_0,KC_EQUAL,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT),
+#else
+  [1] = KEYMAP(KC_ESCAPE,KC_F1,KC_F2,KC_F3,KC_F4,KC_F5,KC_TRANSPARENT,VERSION,KC_EXLM,KC_AT,KC_LCBR,KC_RCBR,KC_PIPE,KC_TRANSPARENT,VRSN,KC_HASH,KC_DLR,KC_LPRN,KC_RPRN,KC_GRAVE,RESET,KC_PERC,KC_CIRC,KC_LBRACKET,KC_RBRACKET,KC_TILD,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,RGB_MOD,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,RGB_VAD,RGB_VAI,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_F6,KC_F7,KC_F8,KC_F9,KC_F10,KC_F11,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_UP,KC_7,KC_8,KC_9,KC_ASTR,KC_F12,KC_DOWN,KC_4,KC_5,KC_6,KC_PLUS,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_AMPR,KC_1,KC_2,KC_3,KC_BSLASH,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_DOT,KC_0,KC_EQUAL,KC_TRANSPARENT,RGB_TOG,RGB_SLD,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,RGB_HUD,RGB_HUI),
+#endif
+
+  [2] = KEYMAP(KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_MS_UP,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_MS_LEFT,KC_MS_DOWN,KC_MS_RIGHT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_MS_BTN1,KC_MS_BTN2,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_MEDIA_PLAY_PAUSE,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_MEDIA_PREV_TRACK,KC_MEDIA_NEXT_TRACK,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_AUDIO_VOL_UP,KC_AUDIO_VOL_DOWN,KC_AUDIO_MUTE,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_TRANSPARENT,KC_WWW_BACK),
+
+};
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM fn_actions[] = {
+  [1] = ACTION_LAYER_TAP_TOGGLE(1)
+};
+
+// leaving this in place for compatibilty with old keymaps cloned and re-compiled.
+const macro_t *action_get_macro(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt)
+{
+      switch(id) {
+        case 0:
+        if (record->event.pressed) {
+          SEND_STRING (QMK_KEYBOARD "/" QMK_KEYMAP " @ " QMK_VERSION);
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+    return MACRO_NONE;
+};
+
+bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
+  switch (keycode) {
+    // dynamically generate these.
+    case EPRM:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        eeconfig_init();
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+    case VRSN:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        SEND_STRING (QMK_KEYBOARD "/" QMK_KEYMAP " @ " QMK_VERSION);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+#ifndef LAYER_UNDERGLOW_LIGHTING
+    case RGB_SLD:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        rgblight_mode(1);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+#endif
+     
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+
+
+
+
+void matrix_scan_user(void) {
+
+    uint8_t new_layer = biton32(layer_state);
+    
+    ergodox_board_led_off();
+    ergodox_right_led_1_off();
+    ergodox_right_led_2_off();
+    ergodox_right_led_3_off();
+    
+#ifdef LAYER_UNDERGLOW_LIGHTING
+    static uint8_t old_layer = 0;
+    uint8_t modifiders = get_mods();
+    
+    if ( modifiders & MODS_SHIFT_MASK) {
+            ergodox_right_led_1_on();
+    }
+    if ( modifiders & MODS_CTRL_MASK) {
+            ergodox_right_led_2_on();
+    }
+    if ( modifiders & MODS_ALT_MASK) {
+            ergodox_right_led_3_on();
+    }
+    
+    if (old_layer != new_layer) {
+        has_layer_changed = true; 
+        old_layer = new_layer;
+    }
+    if (has_layer_changed) {
+        switch (new_layer) {
+            case 1:
+                rgblight_set_red;
+                break;
+            case 2:
+                rgblight_set_blue;
+                break;
+            case 3:
+                rgblight_set_green;
+                break;
+            case 4:
+                rgblight_set_yellow;
+                break;
+            case 5:
+                rgblight_setrgb(0xFF, 0xFF, 0x00);
+                break;
+            case 6:
+                rgblight_setrgb(0xFF, 0xFF, 0x00);
+                break;
+            case 7:
+                rgblight_setrgb(0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF);
+                break;
+            default:
+                rgblight_set_teal;
+                break;
+        }
+        has_layer_changed = false;
+    }
+    
+#else    
+    switch (new_layer) {
+        case 1:
+            ergodox_right_led_1_on();
+            break;
+        case 2:
+            ergodox_right_led_2_on();
+            break;
+        case 3:
+            ergodox_right_led_3_on();
+            break;
+        case 4:
+            ergodox_right_led_1_on();
+            ergodox_right_led_2_on();
+            break;
+        case 5:
+            ergodox_right_led_1_on();
+            ergodox_right_led_3_on();
+            break;
+        case 6:
+            ergodox_right_led_2_on();
+            ergodox_right_led_3_on();
+            break;
+        case 7:
+            ergodox_right_led_1_on();
+            ergodox_right_led_2_on();
+            ergodox_right_led_3_on();
+            break;
+        default:
+            break;
+     }
+#endif 
+};
diff --git a/keyboards/ergodox/ez/keymaps/drashna/readme.md b/keyboards/ergodox/ez/keymaps/drashna/readme.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..90fe44861a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/ergodox/ez/keymaps/drashna/readme.md
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+# Drashna's ErgoDox EZ Underglow Mod
+
+This is based on the default Ergodox EZ keymap.
+
+This modifieds the keymay so that it uses the underglow to indicate which layer you're on, rather than the top LEDs.
+
+Default colors are "teal" for base layer, "red" for Symbols, and "green" for mouse/media.  Blue would be the next layer, if you had more.
+
+Additionally, the top LEDs are Shift/Control/Alt indicators instead (in that order). 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/ergodox/infinity/animations.c b/keyboards/ergodox/infinity/animations.c
deleted file mode 100644
index ebc08fde36..0000000000
--- a/keyboards/ergodox/infinity/animations.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,154 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright 2017 Fred Sundvik
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
- */
-
-#if defined(VISUALIZER_ENABLE)
-
-#include "animations.h"
-#include "visualizer.h"
-#ifdef LCD_ENABLE
-#include "lcd_keyframes.h"
-#endif
-#ifdef LCD_BACKLIGHT_ENABLE
-#include "lcd_backlight_keyframes.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef BACKLIGHT_ENABLE
-#include "led_keyframes.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "visualizer_keyframes.h"
-
-
-#if defined(LCD_ENABLE) || defined(LCD_BACKLIGHT_ENABLE) || defined(BACKLIGHT_ENABLE)
-
-static bool keyframe_enable(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state) {
-#ifdef LCD_ENABLE
-    lcd_keyframe_enable(animation, state);
-#endif
-#ifdef LCD_BACKLIGHT_ENABLE
-    backlight_keyframe_enable(animation, state);
-#endif
-#ifdef BACKLIGHT_ENABLE
-    led_keyframe_enable(animation, state);
-#endif
-    return false;
-}
-
-static bool keyframe_disable(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state) {
-#ifdef LCD_ENABLE
-    lcd_keyframe_disable(animation, state);
-#endif
-#ifdef LCD_BACKLIGHT_ENABLE
-    backlight_keyframe_disable(animation, state);
-#endif
-#ifdef BACKLIGHT_ENABLE
-    led_keyframe_disable(animation, state);
-#endif
-    return false;
-}
-
-static bool keyframe_fade_in(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state) {
-    bool ret = false;
-#ifdef LCD_BACKLIGHT_ENABLE
-    ret |= backlight_keyframe_animate_color(animation, state);
-#endif
-#ifdef BACKLIGHT_ENABLE
-    ret |= led_keyframe_fade_in_all(animation, state);
-#endif
-    return ret;
-}
-
-static bool keyframe_fade_out(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state) {
-    bool ret = false;
-#ifdef LCD_BACKLIGHT_ENABLE
-    ret |= backlight_keyframe_animate_color(animation, state);
-#endif
-#ifdef BACKLIGHT_ENABLE
-    ret |= led_keyframe_fade_out_all(animation, state);
-#endif
-    return ret;
-}
-
-
-// Don't worry, if the startup animation is long, you can use the keyboard like normal
-// during that time
-keyframe_animation_t default_startup_animation = {
-    .num_frames = 3,
-    .loop = false,
-    .frame_lengths = {0, 0, gfxMillisecondsToTicks(5000)},
-    .frame_functions = {
-            keyframe_enable,
-            lcd_keyframe_draw_logo,
-            keyframe_fade_in,
-    },
-};
-
-keyframe_animation_t default_suspend_animation = {
-    .num_frames = 3,
-    .loop = false,
-    .frame_lengths = {0, gfxMillisecondsToTicks(1000), 0},
-    .frame_functions = {
-            lcd_keyframe_display_layer_text,
-            keyframe_fade_out,
-            keyframe_disable,
-    },
-};
-#endif
-
-#if defined(BACKLIGHT_ENABLE)
-#define CROSSFADE_TIME 1000
-#define GRADIENT_TIME 3000
-
-keyframe_animation_t led_test_animation = {
-    .num_frames = 14,
-    .loop = true,
-    .frame_lengths = {
-        gfxMillisecondsToTicks(1000), // fade in
-        gfxMillisecondsToTicks(1000), // no op (leds on)
-        gfxMillisecondsToTicks(1000), // fade out
-        gfxMillisecondsToTicks(CROSSFADE_TIME), // crossfade
-        gfxMillisecondsToTicks(GRADIENT_TIME), // left to rigt (outside in)
-        gfxMillisecondsToTicks(CROSSFADE_TIME), // crossfade
-        gfxMillisecondsToTicks(GRADIENT_TIME), // top_to_bottom
-        0,           // mirror leds
-        gfxMillisecondsToTicks(CROSSFADE_TIME), // crossfade
-        gfxMillisecondsToTicks(GRADIENT_TIME), // left_to_right (mirrored, so inside out)
-        gfxMillisecondsToTicks(CROSSFADE_TIME), // crossfade
-        gfxMillisecondsToTicks(GRADIENT_TIME), // top_to_bottom
-        0,           // normal leds
-        gfxMillisecondsToTicks(CROSSFADE_TIME), // crossfade
-
-    },
-    .frame_functions = {
-        led_keyframe_fade_in_all,
-        keyframe_no_operation,
-        led_keyframe_fade_out_all,
-        led_keyframe_crossfade,
-        led_keyframe_left_to_right_gradient,
-        led_keyframe_crossfade,
-        led_keyframe_top_to_bottom_gradient,
-        led_keyframe_mirror_orientation,
-        led_keyframe_crossfade,
-        led_keyframe_left_to_right_gradient,
-        led_keyframe_crossfade,
-        led_keyframe_top_to_bottom_gradient,
-        led_keyframe_normal_orientation,
-        led_keyframe_crossfade,
-    },
-};
-#endif
-
-#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/ergodox/infinity/animations.h b/keyboards/ergodox/infinity/animations.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6d8b9830d9..0000000000
--- a/keyboards/ergodox/infinity/animations.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright 2017 Fred Sundvik
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
- */
-
-#ifndef KEYBOARDS_ERGODOX_INFINITY_ANIMATIONS_H_
-#define KEYBOARDS_ERGODOX_INFINITY_ANIMATIONS_H_
-
-#include "visualizer.h"
-
-// You can use these default animations, but of course you can also write your own custom ones instead
-extern keyframe_animation_t default_startup_animation;
-extern keyframe_animation_t default_suspend_animation;
-
-// An animation for testing and demonstrating the led support, should probably not be used for real world
-// cases
-extern keyframe_animation_t led_test_animation;
-
-#endif /* KEYBOARDS_ERGODOX_INFINITY_ANIMATIONS_H_ */
diff --git a/keyboards/ergodox/infinity/board_is31fl3731c.h b/keyboards/ergodox/infinity/board_is31fl3731c.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f248cc25ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/ergodox/infinity/board_is31fl3731c.h
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2016 Fred Sundvik <fsundvik@gmail.com>
+
+This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _GDISP_LLD_BOARD_H
+#define _GDISP_LLD_BOARD_H
+
+static const I2CConfig i2ccfg = {
+  400000 // clock speed (Hz); 400kHz max for IS31
+};
+
+static const uint8_t led_mask[] = {
+	0xFF, 0x00, /* C1-1 -> C1-16 */
+	0xFF, 0x00, /* C2-1 -> C2-16 */
+	0xFF, 0x00, /* C3-1 -> C3-16 */
+	0xFF, 0x00, /* C4-1 -> C4-16 */
+	0x3F, 0x00, /* C5-1 -> C5-16 */
+	0x00, 0x00, /* C6-1 -> C6-16 */
+	0x00, 0x00, /* C7-1 -> C7-16 */
+	0x00, 0x00, /* C8-1 -> C8-16 */
+	0x00, 0x00, /* C9-1 -> C9-16 */
+};
+
+// The address of the LED
+#define LA(c, r) (c + r * 16 )
+// Need to be an address that is not mapped, but inside the range of the controller matrix
+#define NA LA(8, 8)
+
+// The numbers in the comments are the led numbers DXX on the PCB
+// The mapping is taken from the schematic of left hand side
+static const uint8_t led_mapping[GDISP_SCREEN_HEIGHT][GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH] = {
+//   45        44        43        42        41        40        39
+   { LA(1, 1), LA(1, 0), LA(0, 4), LA(0, 3), LA(0, 2), LA(0, 1), LA(0, 0)},
+//   52        51        50        49        48        47        46
+   { LA(2, 3), LA(2, 2), LA(2, 1), LA(2, 0), LA(1, 4), LA(1, 3), LA(1, 2) },
+//   58        57        56        55        54        53        N/A
+   { LA(3, 4), LA(3, 3), LA(3, 2), LA(3, 1), LA(3, 0), LA(2, 4), NA },
+//   67        66        65        64        63        62        61
+   { LA(5, 3), LA(5, 2), LA(5, 1), LA(5, 0), LA(4, 4), LA(4, 3), LA(4, 2) },
+//   76        75        74        73        72        60        59
+   { LA(7, 3), LA(7, 2), LA(7, 1), LA(7, 0), LA(6, 3), LA(4, 1), LA(4, 0) },
+//   N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A       68
+   { NA,       NA,       NA,       NA,       NA,       NA,       LA(5, 4) },
+//   N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A       71        70        69
+   { NA,       NA,       NA,       NA,       LA(6, 2), LA(6, 1), LA(6, 0) },
+};
+
+
+#define IS31_ADDR_DEFAULT 0x74 // AD connected to GND
+#define IS31_TIMEOUT 5000
+
+static GFXINLINE void init_board(GDisplay *g) {
+    (void) g;
+    /* I2C pins */
+    palSetPadMode(GPIOB, 0, PAL_MODE_ALTERNATIVE_2); // PTB0/I2C0/SCL
+    palSetPadMode(GPIOB, 1, PAL_MODE_ALTERNATIVE_2); // PTB1/I2C0/SDA
+    palSetPadMode(GPIOB, 16, PAL_MODE_OUTPUT_PUSHPULL);
+    palClearPad(GPIOB, 16);
+    /* start I2C */
+    i2cStart(&I2CD1, &i2ccfg);
+    // try high drive (from kiibohd)
+    I2CD1.i2c->C2 |= I2Cx_C2_HDRS;
+    // try glitch fixing (from kiibohd)
+    I2CD1.i2c->FLT = 4;
+}
+
+static GFXINLINE void post_init_board(GDisplay *g) {
+	(void) g;
+}
+
+static GFXINLINE const uint8_t* get_led_mask(GDisplay* g) {
+    (void) g;
+    return led_mask;
+}
+
+static GFXINLINE uint8_t get_led_address(GDisplay* g, uint16_t x, uint16_t y)
+{
+    (void) g;
+    return led_mapping[y][x];
+}
+
+static GFXINLINE void set_hardware_shutdown(GDisplay* g, bool shutdown) {
+    (void) g;
+    if(!shutdown) {
+        palSetPad(GPIOB, 16);
+    }
+    else {
+        palClearPad(GPIOB, 16);
+    }
+}
+
+static GFXINLINE void write_data(GDisplay *g, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length) {
+	(void) g;
+	i2cMasterTransmitTimeout(&I2CD1, IS31_ADDR_DEFAULT, data, length, 0, 0, US2ST(IS31_TIMEOUT));
+}
+
+#endif /* _GDISP_LLD_BOARD_H */
diff --git a/keyboards/ergodox/infinity/board_st7565.h b/keyboards/ergodox/infinity/board_st7565.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9ab636c95d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/ergodox/infinity/board_st7565.h
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+/*
+ * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of
+ * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at:
+ *
+ *              http://ugfx.org/license.html
+ */
+
+#ifndef _GDISP_LLD_BOARD_H
+#define _GDISP_LLD_BOARD_H
+
+#define ST7565_LCD_BIAS         ST7565_LCD_BIAS_9 // actually 6
+#define ST7565_ADC              ST7565_ADC_NORMAL
+#define ST7565_COM_SCAN         ST7565_COM_SCAN_DEC
+#define ST7565_PAGE_ORDER       0,1,2,3
+/*
+ * Custom page order for several LCD boards, e.g. HEM12864-99
+ * #define ST7565_PAGE_ORDER       4,5,6,7,0,1,2,3
+ */
+
+#define ST7565_GPIOPORT GPIOC
+#define ST7565_PORT PORTC
+#define ST7565_A0_PIN 7
+#define ST7565_RST_PIN 8
+#define ST7565_MOSI_PIN 6
+#define ST7565_SLCK_PIN 5
+#define ST7565_SS_PIN 4
+
+#define palSetPadModeRaw(portname, bits) \
+    ST7565_PORT->PCR[ST7565_##portname##_PIN] = bits
+
+#define palSetPadModeNamed(portname, portmode) \
+    palSetPadMode(ST7565_GPIOPORT, ST7565_##portname##_PIN, portmode)
+
+#define ST7565_SPI_MODE PORTx_PCRn_DSE | PORTx_PCRn_MUX(2)
+// DSPI Clock and Transfer Attributes
+// Frame Size: 8 bits
+// MSB First
+// CLK Low by default
+static const SPIConfig spi1config = {
+   // Operation complete callback or @p NULL.
+  .end_cb = NULL,
+   //The chip select line port - when not using pcs.
+  .ssport = ST7565_GPIOPORT,
+   // brief The chip select line pad number - when not using pcs.
+  .sspad=ST7565_SS_PIN,
+   // SPI initialization data.
+  .tar0 =
+    SPIx_CTARn_FMSZ(7) // Frame size = 8 bytes
+    | SPIx_CTARn_ASC(1) // After SCK Delay Scaler (min 50 ns) = 55.56ns
+    | SPIx_CTARn_DT(0) // Delay After Transfer Scaler (no minimum)= 27.78ns
+    | SPIx_CTARn_CSSCK(0) // PCS to SCK Delay Scaler (min 20 ns) = 27.78ns
+    | SPIx_CTARn_PBR(0) // Baud Rate Prescaler = 2
+    | SPIx_CTARn_BR(0) // Baud rate (min 50ns) = 55.56ns
+};
+
+static GFXINLINE void acquire_bus(GDisplay *g) {
+    (void) g;
+    // Only the LCD is using the SPI bus, so no need to acquire
+    // spiAcquireBus(&SPID1);
+    spiSelect(&SPID1);
+}
+
+static GFXINLINE void release_bus(GDisplay *g) {
+    (void) g;
+    // Only the LCD is using the SPI bus, so no need to release
+    //spiReleaseBus(&SPID1);
+    spiUnselect(&SPID1);
+}
+
+static GFXINLINE void init_board(GDisplay *g) {
+    (void) g;
+    palSetPadModeNamed(A0, PAL_MODE_OUTPUT_PUSHPULL);
+    palSetPad(ST7565_GPIOPORT, ST7565_A0_PIN);
+    palSetPadModeNamed(RST, PAL_MODE_OUTPUT_PUSHPULL);
+    palSetPad(ST7565_GPIOPORT, ST7565_RST_PIN);
+    palSetPadModeRaw(MOSI, ST7565_SPI_MODE);
+    palSetPadModeRaw(SLCK, ST7565_SPI_MODE);
+    palSetPadModeNamed(SS, PAL_MODE_OUTPUT_PUSHPULL);
+
+    spiInit();
+    spiStart(&SPID1, &spi1config);
+    release_bus(g);
+}
+
+static GFXINLINE void post_init_board(GDisplay *g) {
+    (void) g;
+}
+
+static GFXINLINE void setpin_reset(GDisplay *g, bool_t state) {
+    (void) g;
+    if (state) {
+        palClearPad(ST7565_GPIOPORT, ST7565_RST_PIN);
+    }
+    else {
+        palSetPad(ST7565_GPIOPORT, ST7565_RST_PIN);
+    }
+}
+
+static GFXINLINE void enter_data_mode(GDisplay *g) {
+    palSetPad(ST7565_GPIOPORT, ST7565_A0_PIN);
+}
+
+static GFXINLINE void enter_cmd_mode(GDisplay *g) {
+    palClearPad(ST7565_GPIOPORT, ST7565_A0_PIN);
+}
+
+
+static GFXINLINE void write_data(GDisplay *g, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length) {
+    (void) g;
+    spiSend(&SPID1, length, data);
+}
+
+#endif /* _GDISP_LLD_BOARD_H */
diff --git a/keyboards/ergodox/infinity/config.h b/keyboards/ergodox/infinity/config.h
index 25cc8af0fc..c46edeb7b2 100644
--- a/keyboards/ergodox/infinity/config.h
+++ b/keyboards/ergodox/infinity/config.h
@@ -51,16 +51,9 @@ along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 
 #define SERIAL_LINK_BAUD 562500
 #define SERIAL_LINK_THREAD_PRIORITY (NORMALPRIO - 1)
-// The visualizer needs gfx thread priorities
-#define VISUALIZER_THREAD_PRIORITY (NORMAL_PRIORITY - 2)
 
 #define VISUALIZER_USER_DATA_SIZE 16
 
-#define LCD_DISPLAY_NUMBER 0
-#define LED_DISPLAY_NUMBER 1
-
-#define LED_NUM_ROWS 7
-#define LED_NUM_COLS 7
 /*
  * Feature disable options
  *  These options are also useful to firmware size reduction.
diff --git a/keyboards/ergodox/infinity/drivers/gdisp/IS31FL3731C/board_IS31FL3731C.h b/keyboards/ergodox/infinity/drivers/gdisp/IS31FL3731C/board_IS31FL3731C.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 2ea73f1fb3..0000000000
--- a/keyboards/ergodox/infinity/drivers/gdisp/IS31FL3731C/board_IS31FL3731C.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,113 +0,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright 2016 Fred Sundvik <fsundvik@gmail.com>
-
-This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
-(at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-
-#ifndef _GDISP_LLD_BOARD_H
-#define _GDISP_LLD_BOARD_H
-
-static const I2CConfig i2ccfg = {
-  400000 // clock speed (Hz); 400kHz max for IS31
-};
-
-#define GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH  7
-#define GDISP_SCREEN_HEIGHT 7
-
-static const uint8_t led_mask[] = {
-	0xFF, 0x00, /* C1-1 -> C1-16 */
-	0xFF, 0x00, /* C2-1 -> C2-16 */
-	0xFF, 0x00, /* C3-1 -> C3-16 */
-	0xFF, 0x00, /* C4-1 -> C4-16 */
-	0x3F, 0x00, /* C5-1 -> C5-16 */
-	0x00, 0x00, /* C6-1 -> C6-16 */
-	0x00, 0x00, /* C7-1 -> C7-16 */
-	0x00, 0x00, /* C8-1 -> C8-16 */
-	0x00, 0x00, /* C9-1 -> C9-16 */
-};
-
-// The address of the LED
-#define LA(c, r) (c + r * 16 )
-// Need to be an address that is not mapped, but inside the range of the controller matrix
-#define NA LA(8, 8)
-
-// The numbers in the comments are the led numbers DXX on the PCB
-// The mapping is taken from the schematic of left hand side
-static const uint8_t led_mapping[GDISP_SCREEN_HEIGHT][GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH] = {
-//   45        44        43        42        41        40        39
-   { LA(1, 1), LA(1, 0), LA(0, 4), LA(0, 3), LA(0, 2), LA(0, 1), LA(0, 0)},
-//   52        51        50        49        48        47        46
-   { LA(2, 3), LA(2, 2), LA(2, 1), LA(2, 0), LA(1, 4), LA(1, 3), LA(1, 2) },
-//   58        57        56        55        54        53        N/A
-   { LA(3, 4), LA(3, 3), LA(3, 2), LA(3, 1), LA(3, 0), LA(2, 4), NA },
-//   67        66        65        64        63        62        61
-   { LA(5, 3), LA(5, 2), LA(5, 1), LA(5, 0), LA(4, 4), LA(4, 3), LA(4, 2) },
-//   76        75        74        73        72        60        59
-   { LA(7, 3), LA(7, 2), LA(7, 1), LA(7, 0), LA(6, 3), LA(4, 1), LA(4, 0) },
-//   N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A       68
-   { NA,       NA,       NA,       NA,       NA,       NA,       LA(5, 4) },
-//   N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A       71        70        69
-   { NA,       NA,       NA,       NA,       LA(6, 2), LA(6, 1), LA(6, 0) },
-};
-
-
-#define IS31_ADDR_DEFAULT 0x74 // AD connected to GND
-#define IS31_TIMEOUT 5000
-
-static GFXINLINE void init_board(GDisplay *g) {
-    (void) g;
-    /* I2C pins */
-    palSetPadMode(GPIOB, 0, PAL_MODE_ALTERNATIVE_2); // PTB0/I2C0/SCL
-    palSetPadMode(GPIOB, 1, PAL_MODE_ALTERNATIVE_2); // PTB1/I2C0/SDA
-    palSetPadMode(GPIOB, 16, PAL_MODE_OUTPUT_PUSHPULL);
-    palClearPad(GPIOB, 16);
-    /* start I2C */
-    i2cStart(&I2CD1, &i2ccfg);
-    // try high drive (from kiibohd)
-    I2CD1.i2c->C2 |= I2Cx_C2_HDRS;
-    // try glitch fixing (from kiibohd)
-    I2CD1.i2c->FLT = 4;
-}
-
-static GFXINLINE void post_init_board(GDisplay *g) {
-	(void) g;
-}
-
-static GFXINLINE const uint8_t* get_led_mask(GDisplay* g) {
-    (void) g;
-    return led_mask;
-}
-
-static GFXINLINE uint8_t get_led_address(GDisplay* g, uint16_t x, uint16_t y)
-{
-    (void) g;
-    return led_mapping[y][x];
-}
-
-static GFXINLINE void set_hardware_shutdown(GDisplay* g, bool shutdown) {
-    (void) g;
-    if(!shutdown) {
-        palSetPad(GPIOB, 16);
-    }
-    else {
-        palClearPad(GPIOB, 16);
-    }
-}
-
-static GFXINLINE void write_data(GDisplay *g, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length) {
-	(void) g;
-	i2cMasterTransmitTimeout(&I2CD1, IS31_ADDR_DEFAULT, data, length, 0, 0, US2ST(IS31_TIMEOUT));
-}
-
-#endif /* _GDISP_LLD_BOARD_H */
diff --git a/keyboards/ergodox/infinity/drivers/gdisp/IS31FL3731C/driver.mk b/keyboards/ergodox/infinity/drivers/gdisp/IS31FL3731C/driver.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index f32d0d8685..0000000000
--- a/keyboards/ergodox/infinity/drivers/gdisp/IS31FL3731C/driver.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-GFXINC += drivers/gdisp/IS31FL3731C
-GFXSRC += drivers/gdisp/IS31FL3731C/gdisp_IS31FL3731C.c
diff --git a/keyboards/ergodox/infinity/drivers/gdisp/IS31FL3731C/gdisp_IS31FL3731C.c b/keyboards/ergodox/infinity/drivers/gdisp/IS31FL3731C/gdisp_IS31FL3731C.c
deleted file mode 100644
index b4a5c84b0a..0000000000
--- a/keyboards/ergodox/infinity/drivers/gdisp/IS31FL3731C/gdisp_IS31FL3731C.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,312 +0,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright 2016 Fred Sundvik <fsundvik@gmail.com>
-
-This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
-(at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-
-#include "gfx.h"
-
-#if GFX_USE_GDISP
-
-#define GDISP_DRIVER_VMT			GDISPVMT_IS31FL3731C_ERGODOX
-#include "drivers/gdisp/IS31FL3731C/gdisp_lld_config.h"
-#include "src/gdisp/gdisp_driver.h"
-
-#include "board_IS31FL3731C.h"
-
-
-// Can't include led_tables from here
-extern const uint8_t CIE1931_CURVE[];
-
-/*===========================================================================*/
-/* Driver local definitions.                                                 */
-/*===========================================================================*/
-
-#ifndef GDISP_SCREEN_HEIGHT
-	#define GDISP_SCREEN_HEIGHT		9
-#endif
-#ifndef GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH
-	#define GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH		16
-#endif
-#ifndef GDISP_INITIAL_CONTRAST
-	#define GDISP_INITIAL_CONTRAST	0
-#endif
-#ifndef GDISP_INITIAL_BACKLIGHT
-	#define GDISP_INITIAL_BACKLIGHT	0
-#endif
-
-#define GDISP_FLG_NEEDFLUSH			(GDISP_FLG_DRIVER<<0)
-
-#define IS31_ADDR_DEFAULT 0x74
-
-#define IS31_REG_CONFIG  0x00
-// bits in reg
-#define IS31_REG_CONFIG_PICTUREMODE 0x00
-#define IS31_REG_CONFIG_AUTOPLAYMODE 0x08
-#define IS31_REG_CONFIG_AUDIOPLAYMODE 0x18
-// D2:D0 bits are starting frame for autoplay mode
-
-#define IS31_REG_PICTDISP 0x01 // D2:D0 frame select for picture mode
-
-#define IS31_REG_AUTOPLAYCTRL1 0x02
-// D6:D4 number of loops (000=infty)
-// D2:D0 number of frames to be used
-
-#define IS31_REG_AUTOPLAYCTRL2 0x03 // D5:D0 delay time (*11ms)
-
-#define IS31_REG_DISPLAYOPT 0x05
-#define IS31_REG_DISPLAYOPT_INTENSITY_SAME 0x20 // same intensity for all frames
-#define IS31_REG_DISPLAYOPT_BLINK_ENABLE 0x8
-// D2:D0 bits blink period time (*0.27s)
-
-#define IS31_REG_AUDIOSYNC 0x06
-#define IS31_REG_AUDIOSYNC_ENABLE 0x1
-
-#define IS31_REG_FRAMESTATE 0x07
-
-#define IS31_REG_BREATHCTRL1 0x08
-// D6:D4 fade out time (26ms*2^i)
-// D2:D0 fade in time (26ms*2^i)
-
-#define IS31_REG_BREATHCTRL2 0x09
-#define IS31_REG_BREATHCTRL2_ENABLE 0x10
-// D2:D0 extinguish time (3.5ms*2^i)
-
-#define IS31_REG_SHUTDOWN 0x0A
-#define IS31_REG_SHUTDOWN_OFF 0x0
-#define IS31_REG_SHUTDOWN_ON 0x1
-
-#define IS31_REG_AGCCTRL 0x0B
-#define IS31_REG_ADCRATE 0x0C
-
-#define IS31_COMMANDREGISTER 0xFD
-#define IS31_FUNCTIONREG 0x0B    // helpfully called 'page nine'
-#define IS31_FUNCTIONREG_SIZE 0xD
-
-#define IS31_FRAME_SIZE 0xB4
-
-#define IS31_PWM_REG 0x24
-#define IS31_PWM_SIZE 0x90
-
-#define IS31_LED_MASK_SIZE 0x12
-#define IS31_SCREEN_WIDTH 16
-
-#define IS31
-
-/*===========================================================================*/
-/* Driver local functions.                                                   */
-/*===========================================================================*/
-
-typedef struct{
-    uint8_t write_buffer_offset;
-    uint8_t write_buffer[IS31_FRAME_SIZE];
-    uint8_t frame_buffer[GDISP_SCREEN_HEIGHT * GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH];
-    uint8_t page;
-}__attribute__((__packed__)) PrivData;
-
-// Some common routines and macros
-#define PRIV(g)                         ((PrivData*)g->priv)
-
-/*===========================================================================*/
-/* Driver exported functions.                                                */
-/*===========================================================================*/
-
-static GFXINLINE void write_page(GDisplay* g, uint8_t page) {
-    uint8_t tx[2] __attribute__((aligned(2)));
-    tx[0] = IS31_COMMANDREGISTER;
-    tx[1] = page;
-    write_data(g, tx, 2);
-}
-
-static GFXINLINE void write_register(GDisplay* g, uint8_t page, uint8_t reg, uint8_t data) {
-    uint8_t tx[2] __attribute__((aligned(2)));
-    tx[0] = reg;
-    tx[1] = data;
-    write_page(g, page);
-    write_data(g, tx, 2);
-}
-
-static GFXINLINE void write_ram(GDisplay *g, uint8_t page, uint16_t offset, uint16_t length) {
-    PRIV(g)->write_buffer_offset = offset;
-    write_page(g, page);
-    write_data(g, (uint8_t*)PRIV(g), length + 1);
-}
-
-LLDSPEC bool_t gdisp_lld_init(GDisplay *g) {
-	// The private area is the display surface.
-	g->priv = gfxAlloc(sizeof(PrivData));
-    __builtin_memset(PRIV(g), 0, sizeof(PrivData));
-	PRIV(g)->page = 0;
-
-	// Initialise the board interface
-	init_board(g);
-	gfxSleepMilliseconds(10);
-
-    // zero function page, all registers (assuming full_page is all zeroes)
-    write_ram(g, IS31_FUNCTIONREG, 0, IS31_FUNCTIONREG_SIZE);
-    set_hardware_shutdown(g, false);
-    gfxSleepMilliseconds(10);
-    // software shutdown
-    write_register(g, IS31_FUNCTIONREG, IS31_REG_SHUTDOWN, IS31_REG_SHUTDOWN_OFF);
-    gfxSleepMilliseconds(10);
-    // zero function page, all registers
-    write_ram(g, IS31_FUNCTIONREG, 0, IS31_FUNCTIONREG_SIZE);
-    gfxSleepMilliseconds(10);
-
-
-    // zero all LED registers on all 8 pages, and enable the mask
-    __builtin_memcpy(PRIV(g)->write_buffer, get_led_mask(g), IS31_LED_MASK_SIZE);
-    for(uint8_t i=0; i<8; i++) {
-        write_ram(g, i, 0, IS31_FRAME_SIZE);
-        gfxSleepMilliseconds(1);
-    }
-
-    // software shutdown disable (i.e. turn stuff on)
-    write_register(g, IS31_FUNCTIONREG, IS31_REG_SHUTDOWN, IS31_REG_SHUTDOWN_OFF);
-    gfxSleepMilliseconds(10);
-
-    // Finish Init
-    post_init_board(g);
-
-	/* Initialise the GDISP structure */
-	g->g.Width = GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH;
-	g->g.Height = GDISP_SCREEN_HEIGHT;
-	g->g.Orientation = GDISP_ROTATE_0;
-	g->g.Powermode = powerOff;
-	g->g.Backlight = GDISP_INITIAL_BACKLIGHT;
-	g->g.Contrast = GDISP_INITIAL_CONTRAST;
-	return TRUE;
-}
-
-#if GDISP_HARDWARE_FLUSH
-	LLDSPEC void gdisp_lld_flush(GDisplay *g) {
-		// Don't flush if we don't need it.
-		if (!(g->flags & GDISP_FLG_NEEDFLUSH))
-			return;
-
-		PRIV(g)->page++;
-		PRIV(g)->page %= 2;
-		// TODO: some smarter algorithm for this
-		// We should run only one physical page at a time
-		// This way we don't need to send so much data, and
-		// we could use slightly less memory
-		uint8_t* src = PRIV(g)->frame_buffer;
-		for (int y=0;y<GDISP_SCREEN_HEIGHT;y++) {
-		    for (int x=0;x<GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH;x++) {
-		        uint8_t val = (uint16_t)*src * g->g.Backlight / 100;
-		        PRIV(g)->write_buffer[get_led_address(g, x, y)]=CIE1931_CURVE[val];
-		        ++src;
-		    }
-		}
-        write_ram(g, PRIV(g)->page, IS31_PWM_REG, IS31_PWM_SIZE);
-        gfxSleepMilliseconds(1);
-        write_register(g, IS31_FUNCTIONREG, IS31_REG_PICTDISP, PRIV(g)->page);
-
-		g->flags &= ~GDISP_FLG_NEEDFLUSH;
-	}
-#endif
-
-#if GDISP_HARDWARE_DRAWPIXEL
-	LLDSPEC void gdisp_lld_draw_pixel(GDisplay *g) {
-		coord_t		x, y;
-
-		switch(g->g.Orientation) {
-		default:
-		case GDISP_ROTATE_0:
-			x = g->p.x;
-			y = g->p.y;
-			break;
-		case GDISP_ROTATE_180:
-			x = GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH-1 - g->p.x;
-			y = g->p.y;
-			break;
-		}
-		PRIV(g)->frame_buffer[y * GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH + x] = gdispColor2Native(g->p.color);
-		g->flags |= GDISP_FLG_NEEDFLUSH;
-	}
-#endif
-
-#if GDISP_HARDWARE_PIXELREAD
-	LLDSPEC color_t gdisp_lld_get_pixel_color(GDisplay *g) {
-		coord_t		x, y;
-
-		switch(g->g.Orientation) {
-		default:
-		case GDISP_ROTATE_0:
-			x = g->p.x;
-			y = g->p.y;
-			break;
-		case GDISP_ROTATE_180:
-			x = GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH-1 - g->p.x;
-			y = g->p.y;
-			break;
-		}
-		return gdispNative2Color(PRIV(g)->frame_buffer[y * GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH + x]);
-	}
-#endif
-
-#if GDISP_NEED_CONTROL && GDISP_HARDWARE_CONTROL
-	LLDSPEC void gdisp_lld_control(GDisplay *g) {
-		switch(g->p.x) {
-		case GDISP_CONTROL_POWER:
-			if (g->g.Powermode == (powermode_t)g->p.ptr)
-				return;
-			switch((powermode_t)g->p.ptr) {
-			case powerOff:
-			case powerSleep:
-			case powerDeepSleep:
-                write_register(g, IS31_FUNCTIONREG, IS31_REG_SHUTDOWN, IS31_REG_SHUTDOWN_OFF);
-				break;
-			case powerOn:
-                write_register(g, IS31_FUNCTIONREG, IS31_REG_SHUTDOWN, IS31_REG_SHUTDOWN_ON);
-				break;
-			default:
-				return;
-			}
-			g->g.Powermode = (powermode_t)g->p.ptr;
-			return;
-
-		case GDISP_CONTROL_ORIENTATION:
-			if (g->g.Orientation == (orientation_t)g->p.ptr)
-				return;
-			switch((orientation_t)g->p.ptr) {
-			/* Rotation is handled by the drawing routines */
-			case GDISP_ROTATE_0:
-			case GDISP_ROTATE_180:
-				g->g.Height = GDISP_SCREEN_HEIGHT;
-				g->g.Width = GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH;
-				break;
-			case GDISP_ROTATE_90:
-			case GDISP_ROTATE_270:
-				g->g.Height = GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH;
-				g->g.Width = GDISP_SCREEN_HEIGHT;
-				break;
-			default:
-				return;
-			}
-			g->g.Orientation = (orientation_t)g->p.ptr;
-			return;
-
-		case GDISP_CONTROL_BACKLIGHT:
-		    if (g->g.Backlight == (unsigned)g->p.ptr)
-                return;
-		    unsigned val = (unsigned)g->p.ptr;
-		    g->g.Backlight = val > 100 ? 100 : val;
-            g->flags |= GDISP_FLG_NEEDFLUSH;
-		    return;
-		}
-	}
-#endif // GDISP_NEED_CONTROL
-
-#endif // GFX_USE_GDISP
diff --git a/keyboards/ergodox/infinity/drivers/gdisp/IS31FL3731C/gdisp_lld_config.h b/keyboards/ergodox/infinity/drivers/gdisp/IS31FL3731C/gdisp_lld_config.h
deleted file mode 100644
index bb28ad775e..0000000000
--- a/keyboards/ergodox/infinity/drivers/gdisp/IS31FL3731C/gdisp_lld_config.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright 2016 Fred Sundvik <fsundvik@gmail.com>
-
-This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
-(at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-
-#ifndef _GDISP_LLD_CONFIG_H
-#define _GDISP_LLD_CONFIG_H
-
-#if GFX_USE_GDISP
-
-/*===========================================================================*/
-/* Driver hardware support.                                                  */
-/*===========================================================================*/
-
-#define GDISP_HARDWARE_FLUSH			TRUE		// This controller requires flushing
-#define GDISP_HARDWARE_DRAWPIXEL		TRUE
-#define GDISP_HARDWARE_PIXELREAD		TRUE
-#define GDISP_HARDWARE_CONTROL			TRUE
-
-#define GDISP_LLD_PIXELFORMAT			GDISP_PIXELFORMAT_GRAY256
-
-#endif	/* GFX_USE_GDISP */
-
-#endif	/* _GDISP_LLD_CONFIG_H */
diff --git a/keyboards/ergodox/infinity/drivers/gdisp/st7565ergodox/board_ST7565.h b/keyboards/ergodox/infinity/drivers/gdisp/st7565ergodox/board_ST7565.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 9650ffb440..0000000000
--- a/keyboards/ergodox/infinity/drivers/gdisp/st7565ergodox/board_ST7565.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,113 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of
- * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at:
- *
- *              http://ugfx.org/license.html
- */
-
-#ifndef _GDISP_LLD_BOARD_H
-#define _GDISP_LLD_BOARD_H
-
-#define ST7565_LCD_BIAS         ST7565_LCD_BIAS_9 // actually 6
-#define ST7565_ADC              ST7565_ADC_NORMAL
-#define ST7565_COM_SCAN         ST7565_COM_SCAN_DEC
-#define ST7565_PAGE_ORDER       0,1,2,3
-/*
- * Custom page order for several LCD boards, e.g. HEM12864-99
- * #define ST7565_PAGE_ORDER       4,5,6,7,0,1,2,3
- */
-
-#define ST7565_GPIOPORT GPIOC
-#define ST7565_PORT PORTC
-#define ST7565_A0_PIN 7
-#define ST7565_RST_PIN 8
-#define ST7565_MOSI_PIN 6
-#define ST7565_SLCK_PIN 5
-#define ST7565_SS_PIN 4
-
-#define palSetPadModeRaw(portname, bits) \
-    ST7565_PORT->PCR[ST7565_##portname##_PIN] = bits
-
-#define palSetPadModeNamed(portname, portmode) \
-    palSetPadMode(ST7565_GPIOPORT, ST7565_##portname##_PIN, portmode)
-
-#define ST7565_SPI_MODE PORTx_PCRn_DSE | PORTx_PCRn_MUX(2)
-// DSPI Clock and Transfer Attributes
-// Frame Size: 8 bits
-// MSB First
-// CLK Low by default
-static const SPIConfig spi1config = {
-   // Operation complete callback or @p NULL.
-  .end_cb = NULL,
-   //The chip select line port - when not using pcs.
-  .ssport = ST7565_GPIOPORT,
-   // brief The chip select line pad number - when not using pcs.
-  .sspad=ST7565_SS_PIN,
-   // SPI initialization data.
-  .tar0 =
-    SPIx_CTARn_FMSZ(7) // Frame size = 8 bytes
-    | SPIx_CTARn_ASC(1) // After SCK Delay Scaler (min 50 ns) = 55.56ns
-    | SPIx_CTARn_DT(0) // Delay After Transfer Scaler (no minimum)= 27.78ns
-    | SPIx_CTARn_CSSCK(0) // PCS to SCK Delay Scaler (min 20 ns) = 27.78ns
-    | SPIx_CTARn_PBR(0) // Baud Rate Prescaler = 2
-    | SPIx_CTARn_BR(0) // Baud rate (min 50ns) = 55.56ns
-};
-
-static GFXINLINE void acquire_bus(GDisplay *g) {
-    (void) g;
-    // Only the LCD is using the SPI bus, so no need to acquire
-    // spiAcquireBus(&SPID1);
-    spiSelect(&SPID1);
-}
-
-static GFXINLINE void release_bus(GDisplay *g) {
-    (void) g;
-    // Only the LCD is using the SPI bus, so no need to release
-    //spiReleaseBus(&SPID1);
-    spiUnselect(&SPID1);
-}
-
-static GFXINLINE void init_board(GDisplay *g) {
-    (void) g;
-    palSetPadModeNamed(A0, PAL_MODE_OUTPUT_PUSHPULL);
-    palSetPad(ST7565_GPIOPORT, ST7565_A0_PIN);
-    palSetPadModeNamed(RST, PAL_MODE_OUTPUT_PUSHPULL);
-    palSetPad(ST7565_GPIOPORT, ST7565_RST_PIN);
-    palSetPadModeRaw(MOSI, ST7565_SPI_MODE);
-    palSetPadModeRaw(SLCK, ST7565_SPI_MODE);
-    palSetPadModeNamed(SS, PAL_MODE_OUTPUT_PUSHPULL);
-
-    spiInit();
-    spiStart(&SPID1, &spi1config);
-    release_bus(g);
-}
-
-static GFXINLINE void post_init_board(GDisplay *g) {
-	(void) g;
-}
-
-static GFXINLINE void setpin_reset(GDisplay *g, bool_t state) {
-    (void) g;
-    if (state) {
-        palClearPad(ST7565_GPIOPORT, ST7565_RST_PIN);
-    }
-    else {
-        palSetPad(ST7565_GPIOPORT, ST7565_RST_PIN);
-    }
-}
-
-static GFXINLINE void enter_data_mode(GDisplay *g) {
-    palSetPad(ST7565_GPIOPORT, ST7565_A0_PIN);
-}
-
-static GFXINLINE void enter_cmd_mode(GDisplay *g) {
-    palClearPad(ST7565_GPIOPORT, ST7565_A0_PIN);
-}
-
-
-static GFXINLINE void write_data(GDisplay *g, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length) {
-	(void) g;
-	spiSend(&SPID1, length, data);
-}
-
-#endif /* _GDISP_LLD_BOARD_H */
diff --git a/keyboards/ergodox/infinity/drivers/gdisp/st7565ergodox/driver.mk b/keyboards/ergodox/infinity/drivers/gdisp/st7565ergodox/driver.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 889a1a0317..0000000000
--- a/keyboards/ergodox/infinity/drivers/gdisp/st7565ergodox/driver.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-GFXINC += drivers/gdisp/st7565ergodox
-GFXSRC += drivers/gdisp/st7565ergodox/gdisp_lld_ST7565.c
diff --git a/keyboards/ergodox/infinity/drivers/gdisp/st7565ergodox/gdisp_lld_ST7565.c b/keyboards/ergodox/infinity/drivers/gdisp/st7565ergodox/gdisp_lld_ST7565.c
deleted file mode 100644
index b04ad02935..0000000000
--- a/keyboards/ergodox/infinity/drivers/gdisp/st7565ergodox/gdisp_lld_ST7565.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,329 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of
- * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at:
- *
- *              http://ugfx.org/license.html
- */
-
-#include "gfx.h"
-
-#if GFX_USE_GDISP
-
-#define GDISP_DRIVER_VMT			GDISPVMT_ST7565_ERGODOX
-#include "drivers/gdisp/st7565ergodox/gdisp_lld_config.h"
-#include "src/gdisp/gdisp_driver.h"
-
-#include "board_ST7565.h"
-
-/*===========================================================================*/
-/* Driver local definitions.                                                 */
-/*===========================================================================*/
-
-#ifndef GDISP_SCREEN_HEIGHT
-#define GDISP_SCREEN_HEIGHT		32
-#endif
-#ifndef GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH
-#define GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH		128
-#endif
-#ifndef GDISP_INITIAL_CONTRAST
-#define GDISP_INITIAL_CONTRAST	35
-#endif
-#ifndef GDISP_INITIAL_BACKLIGHT
-#define GDISP_INITIAL_BACKLIGHT	100
-#endif
-
-#define GDISP_FLG_NEEDFLUSH			(GDISP_FLG_DRIVER<<0)
-
-#include "drivers/gdisp/st7565ergodox/st7565.h"
-
-/*===========================================================================*/
-/* Driver config defaults for backward compatibility.               	     */
-/*===========================================================================*/
-#ifndef ST7565_LCD_BIAS
-#define ST7565_LCD_BIAS         ST7565_LCD_BIAS_7
-#endif
-#ifndef ST7565_ADC
-#define ST7565_ADC              ST7565_ADC_NORMAL
-#endif
-#ifndef ST7565_COM_SCAN
-#define ST7565_COM_SCAN         ST7565_COM_SCAN_INC
-#endif
-#ifndef ST7565_PAGE_ORDER
-#define ST7565_PAGE_ORDER       0,1,2,3
-#endif
-
-/*===========================================================================*/
-/* Driver local functions.                                                   */
-/*===========================================================================*/
-
-typedef struct{
-    bool_t buffer2;
-    uint8_t data_pos;
-    uint8_t data[16];
-    uint8_t ram[GDISP_SCREEN_HEIGHT * GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH / 8];
-}PrivData;
-
-// Some common routines and macros
-#define PRIV(g)                         ((PrivData*)g->priv)
-#define RAM(g)							(PRIV(g)->ram)
-
-static GFXINLINE void write_cmd(GDisplay* g, uint8_t cmd) {
-    PRIV(g)->data[PRIV(g)->data_pos++] = cmd;
-}
-
-static GFXINLINE void flush_cmd(GDisplay* g) {
-    write_data(g, PRIV(g)->data, PRIV(g)->data_pos);
-    PRIV(g)->data_pos = 0;
-}
-
-#define write_cmd2(g, cmd1, cmd2)		{ write_cmd(g, cmd1); write_cmd(g, cmd2); }
-#define write_cmd3(g, cmd1, cmd2, cmd3)	{ write_cmd(g, cmd1); write_cmd(g, cmd2); write_cmd(g, cmd3); }
-
-// Some common routines and macros
-#define delay(us)			gfxSleepMicroseconds(us)
-#define delay_ms(ms)		gfxSleepMilliseconds(ms)
-
-#define xyaddr(x, y)		((x) + ((y)>>3)*GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH)
-#define xybit(y)			(1<<((y)&7))
-
-/*===========================================================================*/
-/* Driver exported functions.                                                */
-/*===========================================================================*/
-
-/*
- * As this controller can't update on a pixel boundary we need to maintain the
- * the entire display surface in memory so that we can do the necessary bit
- * operations. Fortunately it is a small display in monochrome.
- * 64 * 128 / 8 = 1024 bytes.
- */
-
-LLDSPEC bool_t gdisp_lld_init(GDisplay *g) {
-    // The private area is the display surface.
-    g->priv = gfxAlloc(sizeof(PrivData));
-    PRIV(g)->buffer2 = false;
-    PRIV(g)->data_pos = 0;
-
-    // Initialise the board interface
-    init_board(g);
-
-    // Hardware reset
-    setpin_reset(g, TRUE);
-    gfxSleepMilliseconds(20);
-    setpin_reset(g, FALSE);
-    gfxSleepMilliseconds(20);
-    acquire_bus(g);
-    enter_cmd_mode(g);
-
-    write_cmd(g, ST7565_RESET);
-    write_cmd(g, ST7565_LCD_BIAS);
-    write_cmd(g, ST7565_ADC);
-    write_cmd(g, ST7565_COM_SCAN);
-
-    write_cmd(g, ST7565_RESISTOR_RATIO | 0x1);
-    write_cmd2(g, ST7565_CONTRAST, GDISP_INITIAL_CONTRAST);
-
-    // turn on internal power supply (VC=1, VR=1, VF=1)
-    write_cmd(g, ST7565_POWER_CONTROL | 0x07);
-
-    write_cmd(g, ST7565_INVERT_DISPLAY);
-    write_cmd(g, ST7565_ALLON_NORMAL);
-
-    write_cmd(g, ST7565_START_LINE | 0);
-    write_cmd(g, ST7565_RMW);
-    flush_cmd(g);
-
-    // Finish Init
-    post_init_board(g);
-
-    // Release the bus
-    release_bus(g);
-
-    /* Initialise the GDISP structure */
-    g->g.Width = GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH;
-    g->g.Height = GDISP_SCREEN_HEIGHT;
-    g->g.Orientation = GDISP_ROTATE_0;
-    g->g.Powermode = powerOff;
-    g->g.Backlight = GDISP_INITIAL_BACKLIGHT;
-    g->g.Contrast = GDISP_INITIAL_CONTRAST;
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-#if GDISP_HARDWARE_FLUSH
-LLDSPEC void gdisp_lld_flush(GDisplay *g) {
-    unsigned	p;
-
-    // Don't flush if we don't need it.
-    if (!(g->flags & GDISP_FLG_NEEDFLUSH))
-        return;
-
-    acquire_bus(g);
-    enter_cmd_mode(g);
-    unsigned dstOffset = (PRIV(g)->buffer2 ? 4 : 0);
-    for (p = 0; p < 4; p++) {
-        write_cmd(g, ST7565_PAGE | (p + dstOffset));
-        write_cmd(g, ST7565_COLUMN_MSB | 0);
-        write_cmd(g, ST7565_COLUMN_LSB | 0);
-        write_cmd(g, ST7565_RMW);
-        flush_cmd(g);
-        enter_data_mode(g);
-        write_data(g, RAM(g) + (p*GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH), GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH);
-        enter_cmd_mode(g);
-    }
-    unsigned line = (PRIV(g)->buffer2 ? 32 : 0);
-    write_cmd(g, ST7565_START_LINE | line);
-    flush_cmd(g);
-    PRIV(g)->buffer2 = !PRIV(g)->buffer2;
-    release_bus(g);
-
-    g->flags &= ~GDISP_FLG_NEEDFLUSH;
-}
-#endif
-
-#if GDISP_HARDWARE_DRAWPIXEL
-LLDSPEC void gdisp_lld_draw_pixel(GDisplay *g) {
-    coord_t		x, y;
-
-    switch(g->g.Orientation) {
-    default:
-    case GDISP_ROTATE_0:
-        x = g->p.x;
-        y = g->p.y;
-        break;
-    case GDISP_ROTATE_90:
-        x = g->p.y;
-        y = GDISP_SCREEN_HEIGHT-1 - g->p.x;
-        break;
-    case GDISP_ROTATE_180:
-        x = GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH-1 - g->p.x;
-        y = GDISP_SCREEN_HEIGHT-1 - g->p.y;
-        break;
-    case GDISP_ROTATE_270:
-        x = GDISP_SCREEN_HEIGHT-1 - g->p.y;
-        y = g->p.x;
-        break;
-    }
-    if (gdispColor2Native(g->p.color) != Black)
-        RAM(g)[xyaddr(x, y)] |= xybit(y);
-    else
-        RAM(g)[xyaddr(x, y)] &= ~xybit(y);
-    g->flags |= GDISP_FLG_NEEDFLUSH;
-}
-#endif
-
-#if GDISP_HARDWARE_PIXELREAD
-LLDSPEC color_t gdisp_lld_get_pixel_color(GDisplay *g) {
-    coord_t		x, y;
-
-    switch(g->g.Orientation) {
-    default:
-    case GDISP_ROTATE_0:
-        x = g->p.x;
-        y = g->p.y;
-        break;
-    case GDISP_ROTATE_90:
-        x = g->p.y;
-        y = GDISP_SCREEN_HEIGHT-1 - g->p.x;
-        break;
-    case GDISP_ROTATE_180:
-        x = GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH-1 - g->p.x;
-        y = GDISP_SCREEN_HEIGHT-1 - g->p.y;
-        break;
-    case GDISP_ROTATE_270:
-        x = GDISP_SCREEN_HEIGHT-1 - g->p.y;
-        y = g->p.x;
-        break;
-    }
-    return (RAM(g)[xyaddr(x, y)] & xybit(y)) ? White : Black;
-}
-#endif
-
-LLDSPEC void gdisp_lld_blit_area(GDisplay *g) {
-    uint8_t* buffer = (uint8_t*)g->p.ptr;
-    int linelength = g->p.cx;
-    for (int i = 0; i < g->p.cy; i++) {
-        unsigned dstx = g->p.x;
-        unsigned dsty = g->p.y + i;
-        unsigned srcx = g->p.x1;
-        unsigned srcy = g->p.y1 + i;
-        unsigned srcbit = srcy * g->p.x2 + srcx;
-        for(int j=0; j < linelength; j++) {
-            uint8_t src = buffer[srcbit / 8];
-            uint8_t bit = 7-(srcbit % 8);
-            uint8_t bitset = (src >> bit) & 1;
-            uint8_t* dst = &(RAM(g)[xyaddr(dstx, dsty)]);
-            if (bitset) {
-                *dst |= xybit(dsty);
-            }
-            else {
-                *dst &= ~xybit(dsty);
-            }
-			dstx++;
-            srcbit++;
-        }
-    }
-    g->flags |= GDISP_FLG_NEEDFLUSH;
-}
-
-#if GDISP_NEED_CONTROL && GDISP_HARDWARE_CONTROL
-LLDSPEC void gdisp_lld_control(GDisplay *g) {
-    switch(g->p.x) {
-    case GDISP_CONTROL_POWER:
-        if (g->g.Powermode == (powermode_t)g->p.ptr)
-            return;
-        switch((powermode_t)g->p.ptr) {
-        case powerOff:
-        case powerSleep:
-        case powerDeepSleep:
-            acquire_bus(g);
-            enter_cmd_mode(g);
-            write_cmd(g, ST7565_DISPLAY_OFF);
-            flush_cmd(g);
-            release_bus(g);
-            break;
-        case powerOn:
-            acquire_bus(g);
-            enter_cmd_mode(g);
-            write_cmd(g, ST7565_DISPLAY_ON);
-            flush_cmd(g);
-            release_bus(g);
-            break;
-        default:
-            return;
-        }
-        g->g.Powermode = (powermode_t)g->p.ptr;
-        return;
-
-        case GDISP_CONTROL_ORIENTATION:
-            if (g->g.Orientation == (orientation_t)g->p.ptr)
-                return;
-            switch((orientation_t)g->p.ptr) {
-            /* Rotation is handled by the drawing routines */
-            case GDISP_ROTATE_0:
-            case GDISP_ROTATE_180:
-                g->g.Height = GDISP_SCREEN_HEIGHT;
-                g->g.Width = GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH;
-                break;
-            case GDISP_ROTATE_90:
-            case GDISP_ROTATE_270:
-                g->g.Height = GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH;
-                g->g.Width = GDISP_SCREEN_HEIGHT;
-                break;
-            default:
-                return;
-            }
-            g->g.Orientation = (orientation_t)g->p.ptr;
-            return;
-
-            case GDISP_CONTROL_CONTRAST:
-                g->g.Contrast = (unsigned)g->p.ptr & 63;
-                acquire_bus(g);
-                enter_cmd_mode(g);
-                write_cmd2(g, ST7565_CONTRAST, g->g.Contrast);
-                flush_cmd(g);
-                release_bus(g);
-                return;
-    }
-}
-#endif // GDISP_NEED_CONTROL
-
-#endif // GFX_USE_GDISP
diff --git a/keyboards/ergodox/infinity/drivers/gdisp/st7565ergodox/gdisp_lld_config.h b/keyboards/ergodox/infinity/drivers/gdisp/st7565ergodox/gdisp_lld_config.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 2b66a877c8..0000000000
--- a/keyboards/ergodox/infinity/drivers/gdisp/st7565ergodox/gdisp_lld_config.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * This file is subject to the terms of the GFX License. If a copy of
- * the license was not distributed with this file, you can obtain one at:
- *
- *              http://ugfx.org/license.html
- */
-
-#ifndef _GDISP_LLD_CONFIG_H
-#define _GDISP_LLD_CONFIG_H
-
-#if GFX_USE_GDISP
-
-/*===========================================================================*/
-/* Driver hardware support.                                                  */
-/*===========================================================================*/
-
-#define GDISP_HARDWARE_FLUSH            TRUE		// This controller requires flushing
-#define GDISP_HARDWARE_DRAWPIXEL        TRUE
-#define GDISP_HARDWARE_PIXELREAD        TRUE
-#define GDISP_HARDWARE_CONTROL          TRUE
-#define GDISP_HARDWARE_BITFILLS         TRUE
-
-#define GDISP_LLD_PIXELFORMAT           GDISP_PIXELFORMAT_MONO
-
-#endif	/* GFX_USE_GDISP */
-
-#endif	/* _GDISP_LLD_CONFIG_H */
diff --git a/keyboards/ergodox/infinity/gfxconf.h b/keyboards/ergodox/infinity/gfxconf.h
index 45b9f58580..ca338399d3 100644
--- a/keyboards/ergodox/infinity/gfxconf.h
+++ b/keyboards/ergodox/infinity/gfxconf.h
@@ -22,310 +22,6 @@
 #ifndef _GFXCONF_H
 #define _GFXCONF_H
 
-
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// GOS - One of these must be defined, preferably in your Makefile       //
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-//#define GFX_USE_OS_CHIBIOS                           TRUE
-//#define GFX_USE_OS_FREERTOS                          FALSE
-//    #define GFX_FREERTOS_USE_TRACE                   FALSE
-//#define GFX_USE_OS_WIN32                             FALSE
-//#define GFX_USE_OS_LINUX                             FALSE
-//#define GFX_USE_OS_OSX                               FALSE
-//#define GFX_USE_OS_ECOS                              FALSE
-//#define GFX_USE_OS_RAWRTOS                           FALSE
-//#define GFX_USE_OS_ARDUINO                           FALSE
-//#define GFX_USE_OS_KEIL                              FALSE
-//#define GFX_USE_OS_CMSIS                             FALSE
-//#define GFX_USE_OS_RAW32                             FALSE
-//    #define INTERRUPTS_OFF()                         optional_code
-//    #define INTERRUPTS_ON()                          optional_code
-// These are not defined by default for some reason
-#define GOS_NEED_X_THREADS	FALSE
-#define GOS_NEED_X_HEAP		FALSE
-
-// Options that (should where relevant) apply to all operating systems
-    #define GFX_NO_INLINE                            FALSE
-//    #define GFX_COMPILER                             GFX_COMPILER_UNKNOWN
-//    #define GFX_CPU                                  GFX_CPU_UNKNOWN
-//    #define GFX_OS_HEAP_SIZE                         0
-//    #define GFX_OS_NO_INIT                           FALSE
-//    #define GFX_OS_INIT_NO_WARNING                   FALSE
-//    #define GFX_OS_PRE_INIT_FUNCTION                 myHardwareInitRoutine
-//    #define GFX_OS_EXTRA_INIT_FUNCTION               myOSInitRoutine
-//    #define GFX_OS_EXTRA_DEINIT_FUNCTION             myOSDeInitRoutine
-
-
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// GDISP                                                                 //
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-#define GFX_USE_GDISP                                TRUE
-
-//#define GDISP_NEED_AUTOFLUSH                         FALSE
-//#define GDISP_NEED_TIMERFLUSH                        FALSE
-//#define GDISP_NEED_VALIDATION                        TRUE
-//#define GDISP_NEED_CLIP                              TRUE
-#define GDISP_NEED_CIRCLE                            TRUE
-#define GDISP_NEED_ELLIPSE                           TRUE
-#define GDISP_NEED_ARC                               TRUE
-#define GDISP_NEED_ARCSECTORS                        TRUE
-#define GDISP_NEED_CONVEX_POLYGON                    TRUE
-//#define GDISP_NEED_SCROLL                            FALSE
-#define GDISP_NEED_PIXELREAD                         TRUE
-#define GDISP_NEED_CONTROL                           TRUE
-//#define GDISP_NEED_QUERY                             FALSE
-//#define GDISP_NEED_MULTITHREAD                       FALSE
-//#define GDISP_NEED_STREAMING                         FALSE
-#define GDISP_NEED_TEXT                              TRUE
-//    #define GDISP_NEED_TEXT_WORDWRAP                 FALSE
-//    #define GDISP_NEED_ANTIALIAS                     FALSE
-//    #define GDISP_NEED_UTF8                          FALSE
-    #define GDISP_NEED_TEXT_KERNING                  TRUE
-//    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_UI1                   FALSE
-//    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_UI2                   FALSE		// The smallest preferred font.
-//    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_LARGENUMBERS          FALSE
-//    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_DEJAVUSANS10          FALSE
-//    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_DEJAVUSANS12          FALSE
-//    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_DEJAVUSANS16          FALSE
-//    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_DEJAVUSANS20          FALSE
-//    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_DEJAVUSANS24          FALSE
-//    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_DEJAVUSANS32          FALSE
-    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_DEJAVUSANSBOLD12      TRUE
-//    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_FIXED_10X20           FALSE
-//    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_FIXED_7X14            FALSE
-    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_FIXED_5X8             TRUE
-//    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_DEJAVUSANS12_AA       FALSE
-//    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_DEJAVUSANS16_AA       FALSE
-//    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_DEJAVUSANS20_AA       FALSE
-//    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_DEJAVUSANS24_AA       FALSE
-//    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_DEJAVUSANS32_AA       FALSE
-//    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_DEJAVUSANSBOLD12_AA   FALSE
-//    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_USER_FONTS                 FALSE
-
-//#define GDISP_NEED_IMAGE                             FALSE
-//    #define GDISP_NEED_IMAGE_NATIVE                  FALSE
-//    #define GDISP_NEED_IMAGE_GIF                     FALSE
-//    #define GDISP_NEED_IMAGE_BMP                     FALSE
-//        #define GDISP_NEED_IMAGE_BMP_1               FALSE
-//        #define GDISP_NEED_IMAGE_BMP_4               FALSE
-//        #define GDISP_NEED_IMAGE_BMP_4_RLE           FALSE
-//        #define GDISP_NEED_IMAGE_BMP_8               FALSE
-//        #define GDISP_NEED_IMAGE_BMP_8_RLE           FALSE
-//        #define GDISP_NEED_IMAGE_BMP_16              FALSE
-//        #define GDISP_NEED_IMAGE_BMP_24              FALSE
-//        #define GDISP_NEED_IMAGE_BMP_32              FALSE
-//    #define GDISP_NEED_IMAGE_JPG                     FALSE
-//    #define GDISP_NEED_IMAGE_PNG                     FALSE
-//    #define GDISP_NEED_IMAGE_ACCOUNTING              FALSE
-#ifdef EMULATOR
-#define GDISP_NEED_PIXMAP                            TRUE
-#endif
-//    #define GDISP_NEED_PIXMAP_IMAGE                  FALSE
-
-//#define GDISP_DEFAULT_ORIENTATION                    GDISP_ROTATE_LANDSCAPE    // If not defined the native hardware orientation is used.
-//#define GDISP_LINEBUF_SIZE                           128
-//#define GDISP_STARTUP_COLOR                          Black
-#define GDISP_NEED_STARTUP_LOGO                      FALSE
-
-//#define GDISP_TOTAL_DISPLAYS		                 2
-
-#ifndef EMULATOR
-#define GDISP_DRIVER_LIST                            GDISPVMT_ST7565_ERGODOX, GDISPVMT_IS31FL3731C_ERGODOX
-#else
-#define GDISP_DRIVER_LIST                            GDISPVMT_EMULATOR_LCD_ERGODOX, GDISPVMT_EMULATOR_LED_ERGODOX
-#endif
-
-    #ifdef GDISP_DRIVER_LIST
-        // For code and speed optimization define as TRUE or FALSE if all controllers have the same capability
-        #define GDISP_HARDWARE_STREAM_WRITE          FALSE
-        #define GDISP_HARDWARE_STREAM_READ           FALSE
-        #define GDISP_HARDWARE_STREAM_POS            FALSE
-        #define GDISP_HARDWARE_DRAWPIXEL             TRUE
-        #define GDISP_HARDWARE_CLEARS                FALSE
-        #define GDISP_HARDWARE_FILLS                 FALSE
-        //#define GDISP_HARDWARE_BITFILLS              FALSE
-        #define GDISP_HARDWARE_SCROLL                FALSE
-        #define GDISP_HARDWARE_PIXELREAD             TRUE
-        #define GDISP_HARDWARE_CONTROL               TRUE
-        #define GDISP_HARDWARE_QUERY                 FALSE
-        #define GDISP_HARDWARE_CLIP                  FALSE
-
-        #define GDISP_PIXELFORMAT                    GDISP_PIXELFORMAT_RGB888
-    #endif
-
-// The custom format is not defined for some reason, so define it as error
-// so we don't get compiler warnings
-#define GDISP_PIXELFORMAT_CUSTOM GDISP_PIXELFORMAT_ERROR
-
-#define GDISP_USE_GFXNET                             FALSE
-//    #define GDISP_GFXNET_PORT                        13001
-//    #define GDISP_GFXNET_CUSTOM_LWIP_STARTUP         FALSE
-//    #define GDISP_DONT_WAIT_FOR_NET_DISPLAY          FALSE
-//    #define GDISP_GFXNET_UNSAFE_SOCKETS              FALSE
-
-
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// GWIN                                                                  //
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-#define GFX_USE_GWIN                                 FALSE
-
-//#define GWIN_NEED_WINDOWMANAGER                      FALSE
-//    #define GWIN_REDRAW_IMMEDIATE                    FALSE
-//    #define GWIN_REDRAW_SINGLEOP                     FALSE
-//    #define GWIN_NEED_FLASHING                       FALSE
-//        #define GWIN_FLASHING_PERIOD                 250
-
-//#define GWIN_NEED_CONSOLE                            FALSE
-//    #define GWIN_CONSOLE_USE_HISTORY                 FALSE
-//        #define GWIN_CONSOLE_HISTORY_AVERAGING       FALSE
-//        #define GWIN_CONSOLE_HISTORY_ATCREATE        FALSE
-//    #define GWIN_CONSOLE_ESCSEQ                      FALSE
-//    #define GWIN_CONSOLE_USE_BASESTREAM              FALSE
-//    #define GWIN_CONSOLE_USE_FLOAT                   FALSE
-//#define GWIN_NEED_GRAPH                              FALSE
-//#define GWIN_NEED_GL3D                               FALSE
-
-//#define GWIN_NEED_WIDGET                             FALSE
-//#define GWIN_FOCUS_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH                   1
-//    #define GWIN_NEED_LABEL                          FALSE
-//        #define GWIN_LABEL_ATTRIBUTE                 FALSE
-//    #define GWIN_NEED_BUTTON                         FALSE
-//        #define GWIN_BUTTON_LAZY_RELEASE             FALSE
-//    #define GWIN_NEED_SLIDER                         FALSE
-//        #define GWIN_SLIDER_NOSNAP                   FALSE
-//        #define GWIN_SLIDER_DEAD_BAND                5
-//        #define GWIN_SLIDER_TOGGLE_INC               20
-//    #define GWIN_NEED_CHECKBOX                       FALSE
-//    #define GWIN_NEED_IMAGE                          FALSE
-//        #define GWIN_NEED_IMAGE_ANIMATION            FALSE
-//    #define GWIN_NEED_RADIO                          FALSE
-//    #define GWIN_NEED_LIST                           FALSE
-//        #define GWIN_NEED_LIST_IMAGES                FALSE
-//    #define GWIN_NEED_PROGRESSBAR                    FALSE
-//        #define GWIN_PROGRESSBAR_AUTO                FALSE
-//    #define GWIN_NEED_KEYBOARD                       FALSE
-//        #define GWIN_KEYBOARD_DEFAULT_LAYOUT         VirtualKeyboard_English1
-//        #define GWIN_NEED_KEYBOARD_ENGLISH1          TRUE
-//    #define GWIN_NEED_TEXTEDIT                       FALSE
-//    #define GWIN_FLAT_STYLING                        FALSE
-//    #define GWIN_WIDGET_TAGS                         FALSE
-
-//#define GWIN_NEED_CONTAINERS                         FALSE
-//    #define GWIN_NEED_CONTAINER                      FALSE
-//    #define GWIN_NEED_FRAME                          FALSE
-//    #define GWIN_NEED_TABSET                         FALSE
-//        #define GWIN_TABSET_TABHEIGHT                18
-
-
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// GEVENT                                                                //
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-#define GFX_USE_GEVENT                               TRUE
-
-//#define GEVENT_ASSERT_NO_RESOURCE                    FALSE
-//#define GEVENT_MAXIMUM_SIZE                          32
-//#define GEVENT_MAX_SOURCE_LISTENERS                  32
-
-
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// GTIMER                                                                //
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-#define GFX_USE_GTIMER                               FALSE
-
-//#define GTIMER_THREAD_PRIORITY                       HIGH_PRIORITY
-//#define GTIMER_THREAD_WORKAREA_SIZE                  2048
-
-
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// GQUEUE                                                                //
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-#define GFX_USE_GQUEUE                               FALSE
-
-//#define GQUEUE_NEED_ASYNC                            FALSE
-//#define GQUEUE_NEED_GSYNC                            FALSE
-//#define GQUEUE_NEED_FSYNC                            FALSE
-//#define GQUEUE_NEED_BUFFERS                          FALSE
-
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// GINPUT                                                                //
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-#define GFX_USE_GINPUT                               FALSE
-
-//#define GINPUT_NEED_MOUSE                            FALSE
-//    #define GINPUT_TOUCH_STARTRAW                    FALSE
-//    #define GINPUT_TOUCH_NOTOUCH                     FALSE
-//    #define GINPUT_TOUCH_NOCALIBRATE                 FALSE
-//    #define GINPUT_TOUCH_NOCALIBRATE_GUI             FALSE
-//    #define GINPUT_MOUSE_POLL_PERIOD                 25
-//    #define GINPUT_MOUSE_CLICK_TIME                  300
-//    #define GINPUT_TOUCH_CXTCLICK_TIME               700
-//    #define GINPUT_TOUCH_USER_CALIBRATION_LOAD       FALSE
-//    #define GINPUT_TOUCH_USER_CALIBRATION_SAVE       FALSE
-//    #define GMOUSE_DRIVER_LIST                       GMOUSEVMT_Win32, GMOUSEVMT_Win32
-//#define GINPUT_NEED_KEYBOARD                         FALSE
-//    #define GINPUT_KEYBOARD_POLL_PERIOD              200
-//    #define GKEYBOARD_DRIVER_LIST                    GKEYBOARDVMT_Win32, GKEYBOARDVMT_Win32
-//    #define GKEYBOARD_LAYOUT_OFF                     FALSE
-//        #define GKEYBOARD_LAYOUT_SCANCODE2_US        FALSE
-//#define GINPUT_NEED_TOGGLE                           FALSE
-//#define GINPUT_NEED_DIAL                             FALSE
-
-
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// GFILE                                                                 //
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-#define GFX_USE_GFILE                                FALSE
-
-//#define GFILE_NEED_PRINTG                            FALSE
-//#define GFILE_NEED_SCANG                             FALSE
-//#define GFILE_NEED_STRINGS                           FALSE
-//#define GFILE_NEED_FILELISTS                         FALSE
-//#define GFILE_NEED_STDIO                             FALSE
-//#define GFILE_NEED_NOAUTOMOUNT                       FALSE
-//#define GFILE_NEED_NOAUTOSYNC                        FALSE
-
-//#define GFILE_NEED_MEMFS                             FALSE
-//#define GFILE_NEED_ROMFS                             FALSE
-//#define GFILE_NEED_RAMFS                             FALSE
-//#define GFILE_NEED_FATFS                             FALSE
-//#define GFILE_NEED_NATIVEFS                          FALSE
-//#define GFILE_NEED_CHBIOSFS                          FALSE
-
-//#define GFILE_ALLOW_FLOATS                           FALSE
-//#define GFILE_ALLOW_DEVICESPECIFIC                   FALSE
-//#define GFILE_MAX_GFILES                             3
-
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// GADC                                                                  //
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-#define GFX_USE_GADC                                 FALSE
-
-//#define GADC_MAX_LOWSPEED_DEVICES                    4
-
-
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// GAUDIO                                                                //
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-#define GFX_USE_GAUDIO                               FALSE
-// There seems to be a bug in the ugfx code, the wrong define is used
-// So define it in order to avoid warnings
-#define GFX_USE_GAUDIN                               GFX_USE_GAUDIO
-//    #define GAUDIO_NEED_PLAY                         FALSE
-//    #define GAUDIO_NEED_RECORD                       FALSE
-
-
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// GMISC                                                                 //
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-#define GFX_USE_GMISC                                TRUE
-
-//#define GMISC_NEED_ARRAYOPS                          FALSE
-//#define GMISC_NEED_FASTTRIG                          FALSE
-//#define GMISC_NEED_FIXEDTRIG                         FALSE
-//#define GMISC_NEED_INVSQRT                           FALSE
-//    #define GMISC_INVSQRT_MIXED_ENDIAN               FALSE
-//    #define GMISC_INVSQRT_REAL_SLOW                  FALSE
-#define GMISC_NEED_MATRIXFLOAT2D                     TRUE
-#define GMISC_NEED_MATRIXFIXED2D                     FALSE
+#include "common_gfxconf.h"
 
 #endif /* _GFXCONF_H */
diff --git a/keyboards/ergodox/infinity/rules.mk b/keyboards/ergodox/infinity/rules.mk
index bbb0f6efea..a341bbfce8 100644
--- a/keyboards/ergodox/infinity/rules.mk
+++ b/keyboards/ergodox/infinity/rules.mk
@@ -1,7 +1,6 @@
 # project specific files
 SRC =	matrix.c \
-	led.c \
-	animations.c
+	led.c
 
 ## chip/board settings
 # - the next two should match the directories in
@@ -67,5 +66,10 @@ LCD_BACKLIGHT_ENABLE = yes
 MIDI_ENABLE = no
 RGBLIGHT_ENABLE = no
 
-include $(SUBPROJECT_PATH)/drivers/gdisp/st7565ergodox/driver.mk
-include $(SUBPROJECT_PATH)/drivers/gdisp/IS31FL3731C/driver.mk
\ No newline at end of file
+LCD_DRIVER = st7565
+LCD_WIDTH = 128 
+LCD_HEIGHT = 32
+
+LED_DRIVER = is31fl3731c
+LED_WIDTH = 7 
+LED_HEIGHT = 7
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/ergodox/infinity/simple_visualizer.h b/keyboards/ergodox/infinity/simple_visualizer.h
index ded8a3222e..73d0e08870 100644
--- a/keyboards/ergodox/infinity/simple_visualizer.h
+++ b/keyboards/ergodox/infinity/simple_visualizer.h
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 #include "lcd_backlight_keyframes.h"
 #include "system/serial_link.h"
 #include "led.h"
-#include "animations.h"
+#include "default_animations.h"
 
 static const uint32_t logo_background_color = LCD_COLOR(0x00, 0x00, 0xFF);
 static const uint32_t initial_color = LCD_COLOR(0, 0, 0);
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ static keyframe_animation_t color_animation = {
     // this prevents the color from changing when activating the layer
     // momentarily
     .frame_lengths = {gfxMillisecondsToTicks(200), gfxMillisecondsToTicks(500)},
-    .frame_functions = {keyframe_no_operation, backlight_keyframe_animate_color},
+    .frame_functions = {keyframe_no_operation, lcd_backlight_keyframe_animate_color},
 };
 
 void initialize_user_visualizer(visualizer_state_t* state) {
diff --git a/keyboards/ergodox/infinity/visualizer.c b/keyboards/ergodox/infinity/visualizer.c
index 5b6b320074..4b16021abc 100644
--- a/keyboards/ergodox/infinity/visualizer.c
+++ b/keyboards/ergodox/infinity/visualizer.c
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 #include "lcd_keyframes.h"
 #include "lcd_backlight_keyframes.h"
 #include "system/serial_link.h"
-#include "animations.h"
+#include "default_animations.h"
 
 static const uint32_t logo_background_color = LCD_COLOR(0x00, 0x00, 0xFF);
 static const uint32_t initial_color = LCD_COLOR(0, 0, 0);
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ static keyframe_animation_t one_led_color = {
     .num_frames = 1,
     .loop = false,
     .frame_lengths = {gfxMillisecondsToTicks(0)},
-    .frame_functions = {backlight_keyframe_set_color},
+    .frame_functions = {lcd_backlight_keyframe_set_color},
 };
 
 bool swap_led_target_color(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state) {
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ static keyframe_animation_t two_led_colors = {
     .num_frames = 2,
     .loop = true,
     .frame_lengths = {gfxMillisecondsToTicks(1000), gfxMillisecondsToTicks(0)},
-    .frame_functions = {backlight_keyframe_set_color, swap_led_target_color},
+    .frame_functions = {lcd_backlight_keyframe_set_color, swap_led_target_color},
 };
 
 // The LCD animation alternates between the layer name display and a
diff --git a/keyboards/ergodox/keymaps/333fred/Makefile b/keyboards/ergodox/keymaps/333fred/Makefile
index 17f736458c..2992054341 100644
--- a/keyboards/ergodox/keymaps/333fred/Makefile
+++ b/keyboards/ergodox/keymaps/333fred/Makefile
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ LCD_BACKLIGHT_ENABLE = yes
 LCD_ENABLE = yes
 BACKLIGHT_ENABLE = yes
 NKRO_ENABLE = yes
-TAP_DANCE_ENABLE = yes
+KEY_LOCK_ENABLE = yes
 
 ifndef QUANTUM_DIR
 	include ../../../../Makefile
diff --git a/keyboards/ergodox/keymaps/333fred/keymap.c b/keyboards/ergodox/keymaps/333fred/keymap.c
index e3f95132d3..c1722c1226 100644
--- a/keyboards/ergodox/keymaps/333fred/keymap.c
+++ b/keyboards/ergodox/keymaps/333fred/keymap.c
@@ -40,15 +40,6 @@ enum custom_macros {
   KEEPASS_TYPE,
 };
 
-// Tap Dance Definitions
-enum tap_dance_custom_keys {
-  TD_SEMICOLON_COLON = 0
-};
-
-qk_tap_dance_action_t tap_dance_actions[] = {
-  [TD_SEMICOLON_COLON] = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_DOUBLE(KC_SCLN, KC_COLON)
-};
-
 // NOTE: Cells marked with ACCESS must remain transparent, they're the keys that actually get to that layer
 
 const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
@@ -59,14 +50,14 @@ const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
  * |--------+------+------+------+------+-------------|           |------+------+------+------+------+------+--------|
  * | TAB    |   Q  |   W  |   E  |   R  |   T  |  L2  |           |  L2  |   Y  |   U  |   I  |   O  |   P  |   \    |
  * |--------+------+------+------+------+------|      |           |      |------+------+------+------+------+--------|
- * | Esc    |   A  |   S  |   D  |LT 3,F|   G  |------|           |------|   H  |   J  |   K  |   L  |; / : |   '    |
+ * | Esc    |   A  |   S  |   D  |LT 3,F|   G  |------|           |------|   H  |   J  |   K  |   L  |   ;  |   '    |
  * |--------+------+------+------+------+------|  L1  |           |MO(3) |------+------+------+------+------+--------|
  * | LShift |Z/Ctrl|   X  |   C  |   V  |   B  |      |           |      |   N  |   M  |   ,  |   .  |//Ctrl| RShift |
  * `--------+------+------+------+------+-------------'           `-------------+------+------+------+------+--------'
  *   |LCTRL |  F4  |  F5  | LGUI | LALT |                                       | Left | Down |  Up  | Right| RGUI |
  *   `----------------------------------'                                       `----------------------------------'
  *                                        ,-------------.       ,-------------.
- *                                        | Copy | Paste|       | Alt  |Ctrl/Esc|
+ *                                        | Copy | Paste|       | Alt  | Lock |
  *                                 ,------|------|------|       |------+--------+------.
  *                                 |      |      | PgUp |       | PgDn |        |      |
  *                                 | Bcksp|OSL(2)|------|       |------|  Ent   |Space |
@@ -86,12 +77,12 @@ const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
                                                                                         KC_PGUP,
                                                                      KC_BSPC,OSL(SYMB), KC_DEL,
         // right hand
-             TG(CODE),    KC_6,   KC_7,   KC_8,   KC_9,   KC_0,                  KC_MINS,
-             TG(SYMB),    KC_Y,   KC_U,   KC_I,   KC_O,   KC_P,                  KC_BSLS,
-                          KC_H,   KC_J,   KC_K,   KC_L,   TD(TD_SEMICOLON_COLON),KC_QUOT,
-             MO(MDIA),    KC_N,   KC_M,   KC_COMM,KC_DOT, CTL_T(KC_SLSH),        OSM(MOD_RSFT),
-                                  KC_LEFT,KC_DOWN,KC_UP,  KC_RIGHT,          KC_RGUI,
-             KC_RALT, CTL_T(KC_ESC),
+             TG(CODE), KC_6,   KC_7,   KC_8,   KC_9,   KC_0,           KC_MINS,
+             TG(SYMB), KC_Y,   KC_U,   KC_I,   KC_O,   KC_P,           KC_BSLS,
+                       KC_H,   KC_J,   KC_K,   KC_L,   KC_SCLN,        KC_QUOT,
+             MO(MDIA), KC_N,   KC_M,   KC_COMM,KC_DOT, CTL_T(KC_SLSH), OSM(MOD_RSFT),
+                                  KC_LEFT,KC_DOWN,KC_UP,  KC_RIGHT,       KC_RGUI,
+             KC_RALT, KC_LOCK,
              KC_PGDN,
              KC_RCTL, KC_ENT, KC_SPC
     ),
diff --git a/keyboards/ergodox/keymaps/french_hacker/keymap.c b/keyboards/ergodox/keymaps/french_hacker/keymap.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..33b84c2d8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/ergodox/keymaps/french_hacker/keymap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,365 @@
+#include "ergodox.h"
+#include "debug.h"
+#include "action_layer.h"
+#include "version.h"
+#include "keymap_french.h"
+
+#define BASE 0 // default Colemak Mod-DH layer
+#define SYMB 1 // symbols
+#define MDIA 2 // media keys
+#define ACC 3 // accented characters
+
+#define QCOPY 0 // Qubes OS VM to VM copy
+#define QPASTE 1 // Qubes OS VM to VM paste
+#define M_ACIRC 2 // â
+#define M_ECIRC 3 // ê
+#define M_ICIRC 4 // î
+#define M_OCIRC 5 // ô
+#define M_UCIRC 6 // û
+#define M_YCIRC 7 // Å·
+#define M_AUMLT 8 // ä
+#define M_EUMLT 9 // ë
+#define M_IUMLT 10 // ï
+#define M_OUMLT 11 // ö
+#define M_UUMLT 12 // ü
+#define M_YUMLT 13 // ÿ
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+/* Keymap 0: Base Colemak Mod-DH layer
+ *
+ * ,--------------------------------------------------.           ,--------------------------------------------------.
+ * | Esc    |   1  |   2  |   3  |   4  |   5  |      |           |      |   6  |   7  |   8  |   9  |   0  |        |
+ * |--------+------+------+------+------+-------------|           |------+------+------+------+------+------+--------|
+ * |        |   Q  |   W  |   F  |   P  |   B  | TO(0)|           |TO(2) |   J  |   L  |   U  |   Y  |   ;  |        |
+ * |--------+------+------+------+------+------|      |           |      |------+------+------+------+------+--------|
+ * | Tab    |   A  |   R  |   S  |   T  |   G  |------|           |------|   M  |   N  |   E  |   I  |   O  | Bcksp  |
+ * |--------+------+------+------+------+------| TO(1)|           |OSL(3)|------+------+------+------+------+--------|
+ * | LShift |   Z  |   X  |   C  |   D  |   V  |      |           |      |   K  |   H  |   ,  |   .  |   :  | Rshift |
+ * `--------+------+------+------+------+-------------'           `-------------+------+------+------+------+--------'
+ *   | Ins  | Caps | Left | Right| MO(2)|                                       | MO(2)| Down |  Up  | PgDn | PgUp  |
+ *   `----------------------------------'                                       `----------------------------------'
+ *                                        ,-------------.       ,-------------.
+ *                                        |QCopy | Ralt |       | Ralt |QPaste|
+ *                                 ,------|------|------|       |------+------+------.
+ *                                 |      |      | Home |       | End  |      |      |
+ *                                 | Space| Ctrl |------|       |------| Ctrl |Enter |
+ *                                 |      |      | LAlt |       | LAlt |      |      |
+ *                                 `--------------------'       `--------------------'
+ */
+  // If it accepts an argument (i.e, is a function), it doesn't need KC_.
+// Otherwise, it needs KC_*
+[BASE] = KEYMAP(  // layer 0 : default
+        // left hand
+        KC_ESC,         KC_1,         KC_2,   KC_3,   KC_4,   KC_5,   KC_TRNS,
+        KC_TRNS,        FR_Q,         FR_W,   KC_F,   KC_P,   KC_B,   TO(BASE),
+        KC_TAB,         FR_A,         KC_R,   KC_S,   KC_T,   KC_G,
+        KC_LSFT,        FR_Z,         KC_X,   KC_C,   KC_D,   KC_V,   TO(SYMB),
+        KC_INS,         KC_CAPS,      KC_LEFT,KC_RIGHT, MO(SYMB),
+                                               M(QCOPY),          KC_RALT,
+                                                                  KC_HOME,
+                                               KC_SPC,KC_LCTRL,   KC_LALT,
+        // right hand
+        KC_TRNS,     KC_6,    KC_7,   KC_8,     KC_9,    KC_0,             KC_TRNS,
+        TO(MDIA),    KC_J,    KC_L,   KC_U,     KC_Y,    FR_SCLN,          KC_TRNS,
+                     FR_M,    KC_N,   KC_E,     KC_I,    KC_O,             KC_BSPC,
+        OSL(ACC),    KC_K,    KC_H,   FR_COMM,  FR_DOT,  FR_COLN,          KC_RSFT,
+        MO(SYMB),    KC_DOWN, KC_UP,  KC_PGDN,  KC_PGUP,
+
+        KC_RALT,        M(QPASTE),
+        KC_END,
+        KC_LALT,KC_RCTL, KC_ENT
+                  ),
+
+
+/* Keymap 1: Symbol Layer
+ * // TODO missing: ¤
+ * ,--------------------------------------------------.           ,--------------------------------------------------.
+ * |Version |  F1  |  F2  |  F3  |  F4  |  F5  |      |           |      |  F6  |  F7  |  F8  |  F9  |  F10 |   F11  |
+ * |--------+------+------+------+------+-------------|           |------+------+------+------+------+------+--------|
+ * |        |   §  |   <  |   {  |   \  |   ~  |      |           |      |   %  |   @  |   }  |  >   |  µ   |   F12  |
+ * |--------+------+------+------+------+------|      |           |      |------+------+------+------+------+--------|
+ * |        |   '  |   =  |   -  |   (  |   +  |------|           |------|   *  |   )  |   _  |  /   |   "  |        |
+ * |--------+------+------+------+------+------|      |           |      |------+------+------+------+------+--------|
+ * |        |   `  |   ?  |   #  |   [  |   |  |      |           |      |   &  |   ]  |   $  |   !  |   ^  |        |
+ * `--------+------+------+------+------+-------------'           `-------------+------+------+------+------+--------'
+ *   |   €  |   £  |   $  |      |      |                                       |      |      |      |   ß  |      |
+ *   `----------------------------------'                                       `----------------------------------'
+ *                                        ,-------------.       ,-------------.
+ *                                        |      |      |       |      |      |
+ *                                 ,------|------|------|       |------+------+------.
+ *                                 |      |      |      |       |      |      |      |
+ *                                 |      |      |------|       |------|      |      |
+ *                                 |      |      |      |       |      |      |      |
+ *                                 `--------------------'       `--------------------'
+ */
+// SYMBOLS
+[SYMB] = KEYMAP(
+       // left hand
+       M(0),   KC_F1,  KC_F2,  KC_F3,  KC_F4,  KC_F5,  KC_TRNS,
+       KC_TRNS,FR_SECT,FR_LESS,  FR_LCBR,FR_BSLS,FR_TILD,KC_TRNS,
+       KC_TRNS,FR_APOS,FR_EQL, FR_MINS,FR_LPRN,FR_PLUS,
+       KC_TRNS,FR_GRV,FR_QUES,FR_HASH,FR_LBRC,FR_PIPE,KC_TRNS,
+          FR_EURO,FR_PND,FR_DLR,KC_TRNS,KC_TRNS,
+                                       KC_TRNS,KC_TRNS,
+                                               KC_TRNS,
+                               KC_TRNS,KC_TRNS,KC_TRNS,
+       // right hand
+       KC_TRNS, KC_F6,   KC_F7,  KC_F8,   KC_F9,   KC_F10,  KC_F11,
+       KC_TRNS, FR_PERC, FR_AT,  FR_RCBR, FR_GRTR, FR_MU, KC_F12,
+                FR_ASTR,   FR_RPRN, FR_UNDS, FR_SLSH, FR_QUOT, KC_TRNS,
+       KC_TRNS, FR_AMP,  FR_RBRC, FR_DLR,  FR_EXLM,  FR_CIRC, KC_TRNS,
+                         KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,  ALGR(KC_S),  KC_TRNS,
+       KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,
+       KC_TRNS,
+       KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS
+),
+/* Keymap 2: Media and mouse keys
+ *
+ * ,--------------------------------------------------.           ,--------------------------------------------------.
+ * |        |      |      |      |      |      |      |           |      |      |      |      |      |      |        |
+ * |--------+------+------+------+------+-------------|           |------+------+------+------+------+------+--------|
+ * |        |      |      | MsUp |      |      |      |           |      |      |      |      |      |      |        |
+ * |--------+------+------+------+------+------|      |           |      |------+------+------+------+------+--------|
+ * |        |      |MsLeft|MsDown|MsRght|      |------|           |------|      | Lclk | Rclk |      |      |  Play  |
+ * |--------+------+------+------+------+------|      |           |      |------+------+------+------+------+--------|
+ * |        |      |      |      |      |      |      |           |      |      |      | Prev | Next |      |        |
+ * `--------+------+------+------+------+-------------'           `-------------+------+------+------+------+--------'
+ *   |      |      |      | Lclk | Rclk |                                       |VolUp |VolDn | Mute |      |      |
+ *   `----------------------------------'                                       `----------------------------------'
+ *                                        ,-------------.       ,-------------.
+ *                                        |      |      |       |      |      |
+ *                                 ,------|------|------|       |------+------+------.
+ *                                 |      |      |      |       |      |      |Brwser|
+ *                                 |      |      |------|       |------|      |Back  |
+ *                                 |      |      |      |       |      |      |      |
+ *                                 `--------------------'       `--------------------'
+ */
+// MEDIA AND MOUSE
+[MDIA] = KEYMAP(
+       KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,
+       KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_MS_U, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,
+       KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_MS_L, KC_MS_D, KC_MS_R, KC_TRNS,
+       KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,
+       KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_BTN1, KC_BTN2,
+                                           KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,
+                                                    KC_TRNS,
+                                  KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,
+       // right hand
+       KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,
+       KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,
+                 KC_TRNS, KC_BTN1, KC_BTN2, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_MPLY,
+       KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_MPRV, KC_MNXT, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,
+                          KC_VOLU, KC_VOLD, KC_MUTE, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,
+       KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,
+       KC_TRNS,
+       KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_WBAK
+),
+
+/* Keymap 3: accented characters
+ *
+ * ,--------------------------------------------------.           ,--------------------------------------------------.
+ * |        |      |      |      |      |      |      |           |      |      |      |      |      |      |        |
+ * |--------+------+------+------+------+-------------|           |------+------+------+------+------+------+--------|
+ * |        |      |  à   |  â   |  ä   |      |      |           |      |      |      |  î   |  ï   |      |        |
+ * |--------+------+------+------+------+------|      |           |      |------+------+------+------+------+--------|
+ * |        |  é   |  è   |  ê   |  ë   |      |------|           |------|      |      |  ô   |  ö   |      |        |
+ * |--------+------+------+------+------+------|      |           |      |------+------+------+------+------+--------|
+ * |        |      |  ù   |  û   |  ü   |      |      |           |      |      |      |  ŷ   |  ÿ   |      |        |
+ * `--------+------+------+------+------+-------------'           `-------------+------+------+------+------+--------'
+ *   |      |      |      |      |      |                                       |      |      |      |      |      |
+ *   `----------------------------------'                                       `----------------------------------'
+ *                                        ,-------------.       ,-------------.
+ *                                        |      |      |       |      |      |
+ *                                 ,------|------|------|       |------+------+------.
+ *                                 |      |      |      |       |      |      |      |
+ *                                 |      |      |------|       |------|      |      |
+ *                                 |      |      |      |       |      |      |      |
+ *                                 `--------------------'       `--------------------'
+ */
+// ACCENTED CHARACTERS
+[ACC] = KEYMAP(
+       KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,     KC_TRNS,    KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,
+
+       KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, FR_AGRV, M(M_ACIRC),  M(M_AUMLT), KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,
+       KC_TRNS, FR_EACU, FR_EGRV, M(M_ECIRC),  M(M_EUMLT), KC_TRNS,
+       KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, FR_UGRV, M(M_UCIRC),  M(M_UUMLT), KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,
+       KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,     KC_TRNS,
+                                               KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,
+                                                    KC_TRNS,
+                                  KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,
+       // right hand
+       KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,
+       KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, M(M_ICIRC), M(M_IUMLT), KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,
+                 KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, M(M_OCIRC), M(M_OUMLT), KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,
+       KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, M(M_YCIRC), M(M_YUMLT), KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,
+                          KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,
+       KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,
+       KC_TRNS,
+       KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS
+),
+};
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM fn_actions[] = {
+    [1] = ACTION_LAYER_TAP_TOGGLE(SYMB)                // FN1 - Momentary Layer 1 (Symbols)
+};
+
+const macro_t *action_get_macro(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt)
+{
+  // MACRODOWN only works in this function
+  switch(id) {
+  case QCOPY:
+    if (record->event.pressed) {
+      return MACRO(I(255),
+                   D(LCTRL),
+                   T(C),
+                   D(LSFT),
+                   T(C),
+                   U(LCTRL),
+                   U(LSFT),
+                   END);
+    }
+    break;
+  case QPASTE:
+    if (record->event.pressed) {
+      return MACRO(I(255),
+                   D(LCTRL),
+                   D(LSFT),
+                   T(V),
+                   U(LCTRL),
+                   T(INS),
+                   U(LSFT),
+                   END);
+    }
+    break;
+  case M_ACIRC:
+    if (record->event.pressed) {
+      return MACRO(T(LBRC), // FR_CIRC
+                   T(Q), // FR_A
+                   END);
+    }
+    break;
+  case M_ECIRC:
+    if (record->event.pressed) {
+      return MACRO(T(LBRC), // FR_CIRC
+                   T(E),
+                   END);
+    }
+    break;
+  case M_UCIRC:
+    if (record->event.pressed) {
+      return MACRO(T(LBRC), // FR_CIRC
+                   T(U),
+                   END);
+    }
+    break;
+  case M_ICIRC:
+    if (record->event.pressed) {
+      return MACRO(T(LBRC), // FR_CIRC
+                   T(I),
+                   END);
+    }
+    break;
+  case M_OCIRC:
+    if (record->event.pressed) {
+      return MACRO(T(LBRC), // FR_CIRC
+                   T(O),
+                   END);
+    }
+    break;
+  case M_YCIRC:
+    if (record->event.pressed) {
+      return MACRO(T(LBRC), // FR_CIRC
+                   T(Y),
+                   END);
+    }
+    break;
+  case M_AUMLT:
+    if (record->event.pressed) {
+      return MACRO(D(LSFT),
+                   T(LBRC),
+                   U(LSFT),
+                   T(Q),
+                   END);
+    }
+    break;
+  case M_EUMLT:
+    if (record->event.pressed) {
+      return MACRO(D(LSFT),
+                   T(LBRC),
+                   U(LSFT),
+                   T(E),
+                   END);
+    }
+    break;
+  case M_UUMLT:
+    if (record->event.pressed) {
+      return MACRO(D(LSFT),
+                   T(LBRC),
+                   U(LSFT),
+                   T(U),
+                   END);
+    }
+    break;
+  case M_IUMLT:
+    if (record->event.pressed) {
+      return MACRO(D(LSFT),
+                   T(LBRC),
+                   U(LSFT),
+                   T(I),
+                   END);
+    }
+    break;
+  case M_OUMLT:
+    if (record->event.pressed) {
+      return MACRO(D(LSFT),
+                   T(LBRC),
+                   U(LSFT),
+                   T(O),
+                   END);
+    }
+    break;
+  case M_YUMLT:
+    if (record->event.pressed) {
+      return MACRO(D(LSFT),
+                   T(LBRC),
+                   U(LSFT),
+                   T(Y),
+                   END);
+    }
+    break;
+
+  }
+  return MACRO_NONE;
+};
+
+// Runs just one time when the keyboard initializes.
+void matrix_init_user(void) {
+
+};
+
+
+// Runs constantly in the background, in a loop.
+void matrix_scan_user(void) {
+
+    uint8_t layer = biton32(layer_state);
+
+    ergodox_board_led_off();
+    ergodox_right_led_1_off();
+    ergodox_right_led_2_off();
+    ergodox_right_led_3_off();
+    switch (layer) {
+    case SYMB:
+      ergodox_right_led_1_on();
+      break;
+    case MDIA:
+      ergodox_right_led_2_on();
+      break;
+    case ACC:
+      ergodox_right_led_3_on();
+      break;
+    default:
+      // none
+      break;
+    }
+
+};
diff --git a/keyboards/ergodox/keymaps/french_hacker/readme.md b/keyboards/ergodox/keymaps/french_hacker/readme.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6b0575af13
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/ergodox/keymaps/french_hacker/readme.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+# French hacker layout
+
+## Introduction
+
+[Colemak Mod-DH](https://colemakmods.github.io/mod-dh/) layout for
+users keeping an `azerty` layout configuration on their OS.
+
+This keymap is for users keeping their operating systems configured with
+`azerty` - for typing passwords or in their native languages - but who
+wants a Colemak Mod-DH layout on their mechanical.
+
+The symbols layers was done after analysing various programming
+languages sources codes and should be close to optimal for typing
+confort.
+
+Special macros for [Qubes OS](https://www.qubes-os.org/) are included.
+
+There is an accented characters layer for infrequent typing of french
+accents.
+
+Special macros for [Qubes OS](https://www.qubes-os.org/) are included.
+
+## Build
+
+    cd keyboards/ergodox
+    make french_hacker
+
+## Design explanations
+
+See my [blog post](http://dialectical-computing.de/blog/blog/2017/01/29/a-better-coder-layout-for-the-ergodox-ez-keyboard/).
diff --git a/keyboards/ergodox/keymaps/replicaJunction/config.h b/keyboards/ergodox/keymaps/replicaJunction/config.h
index d32b46e4e6..df349a72dc 100644
--- a/keyboards/ergodox/keymaps/replicaJunction/config.h
+++ b/keyboards/ergodox/keymaps/replicaJunction/config.h
@@ -58,6 +58,9 @@ along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 #ifdef SUBPROJECT_infinity
     #include "infinity/config.h"
 #endif
+#ifdef SUBPROJECT_ergodone
+    #include "ergodone/config.h"
+#endif
 
 
 #endif /* KEYBOARDS_ERGODOX_CONFIG_H_ */
diff --git a/keyboards/ergodox/keymaps/swedish-lindhe/keymap.c b/keyboards/ergodox/keymaps/swedish-lindhe/keymap.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9f3e82184d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/ergodox/keymaps/swedish-lindhe/keymap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
+/* Copyright 2017 Andreas Lindhé
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ */
+
+#include "ergodox.h"
+#include "debug.h"
+#include "action_layer.h"
+#include "keymap_swedish.h"
+
+#define BASE 0 // default layer
+#define SYMB 1 // symbols
+#define MDIA 2 // media keys
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+/* Keymap 0: Basic layer
+ *
+ * ,--------------------------------------------------.           ,--------------------------------------------------.
+ * | Print  |   !  |  "   |  #   |  #   |  %   |      |           |Middle|   &  |  /   |  (   |  )   |  =   |  ?     |
+ * | Screen |   1  |  2 @ |  3 £ |  4 $ |  5   | F11  |           |Mouse |   6  |  7 { |  8 [ |  9 ] |  0 } |  + \   |
+ * |--------+------+------+------+------+-------------|           |------+------+------+------+------+------+--------|
+ * | Tab    | Q    | W    | E    | R    | T    | ~L1  |           |  L1  | Y    | U    | I    | O    | P    | Ã…      |
+ * |--------+------+------+------+------+------|      |           |      |------+------+------+------+------+--------|
+ * | CapsLk | A    | S    | D    | F    | G    |------|           |------| H    | J    | K    | L    | Ö    | Ä      |
+ * |--------+------+------+------+------+------| `    |           | Del  |------+------+------+------+------+--------|
+ * | LShft  | Z    | X    | C    | V    | B    |  '   |           |      | N    | M    | ,    | .    | -    | RShift |
+ * `--------+------+------+------+------+-------------'           `-------------+------+------+------+------+--------'
+ *   | LCtl |  ^   | *    | LAlt | LGui |                                       | AltGr| Down |  Up  | Left | Right|
+ *   | (')  |  " ~ | '  ´ |      |      |                                       |      |      |      |      |      |
+ *   `----------------------------------'                                       `----------------------------------'
+ *                                        ,-------------.       ,--------------.
+ *                                        | LCtl | LAlt |       | Home |   End  |
+ *                                 ,------|------|------|       |------+-------+------.
+ *                                 |      |      |  ~   |       | PgUp |       |      |
+ *                                 | Space|Back- |------|       |------|  Tab  |Enter |
+ *                                 |      |space | Esc  |       | PgDn |       | L2   |
+ *                                 `--------------------'       `---------------------'
+ */
+
+[BASE] = KEYMAP(  // layer 0 : default
+    // left hand
+    KC_PSCR,         KC_1,     KC_2,     KC_3,    KC_4,    KC_5,   KC_F11,
+    KC_TAB,          KC_Q,     KC_W,     KC_E,    KC_R,    KC_T,   MO(SYMB),
+    KC_CAPS,         KC_A,     KC_S,     KC_D,    KC_F,    KC_G,
+    KC_LSFT,         KC_Z,     KC_X,     KC_C,    KC_V,    KC_B,   NO_ACUT,
+    CTL_T(NO_APOS),  NO_CIRC,  NO_ASTR,  KC_LALT, KC_LGUI,
+                                               KC_LCTRL,  KC_LALT,
+                                                          NO_TILD,
+                                         KC_SPC, KC_BSPC, KC_ESC,
+    // right hand
+         KC_MS_BTN3,   KC_6,   KC_7,    KC_8,    KC_9,    KC_0,     NO_PLUS,
+         TG(SYMB),  KC_Y,   KC_U,    KC_I,    KC_O,    KC_P,     NO_AA,
+                    KC_H,   KC_J,    KC_K,    KC_L,    NO_OSLH,  NO_AE,
+         KC_DELT,   KC_N,   KC_M,    KC_COMM, KC_DOT,  NO_MINS,  KC_RSFT,
+                            NO_ALGR, KC_DOWN, KC_UP,   KC_LEFT,  KC_RGHT,
+         KC_HOME,        KC_END,
+         KC_PGUP,
+         KC_PGDN, KC_TAB, LT(MDIA, KC_ENT)
+),
+
+/* Keymap 1: Symbol Layer
+ *
+ * ,--------------------------------------------------.           ,--------------------------------------------------.
+ * |        |      |      |      |      |      |      |           |      |      |      |  /   |   *  |  -   |        |
+ * |--------+------+------+------+------+-------------|           |------+------+------+------+------+------+--------|
+ * |        |  F1  |  F2  |  F3  |  F4  |      |      |           |      |      |  7   |  8   |  9   |  +   |        |
+ * |--------+------+------+------+------+------|      |           |      |------+------+------+------+------+--------|
+ * |        |  F5  |  F6  |  F7  |  F8  |      |------|           |------|      |  4   |  5   |  6   |  +   |        |
+ * |--------+------+------+------+------+------|      |           |      |------+------+------+------+------+--------|
+ * |        |  F9  |  F10 |  F11 |  F12 |      |      |           |      |      |  1   |  2   |  3   | Enter|        |
+ * `--------+------+------+------+------+-------------'           `-------------+------+------+------+------+--------'
+ *   |      |      |      |      |      |                                       |  0   | ,    | .    | Enter|      |
+ *   `----------------------------------'                                       `----------------------------------'
+ *                                        ,-------------.       ,-------------.
+ *                                        |      |      |       |      |      |
+ *                                 ,------|------|------|       |------+------+------.
+ *                                 |      |      |      |       |      |      |      |
+ *                                 |      |      |------|       |------|      |      |
+ *                                 |      |      |      |       |      |      |      |
+ *                                 `--------------------'       `--------------------'
+ */
+// SYMBOLS
+[SYMB] = KEYMAP(
+       // left hand
+       KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,
+       KC_TRNS, KC_F1,   KC_F2,   KC_F3,   KC_F4,   KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,
+       KC_TRNS, KC_F5,   KC_F6,   KC_F7,   KC_F8,   KC_TRNS,
+       KC_TRNS, KC_F9,   KC_F10,  KC_F11,  KC_F12,  KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,
+       KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,
+                                       KC_TRNS,KC_TRNS,
+                                               KC_TRNS,
+                               KC_TRNS,KC_TRNS,KC_TRNS,
+       // right hand
+       KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_PSLS, KC_PAST, KC_PMNS, KC_TRNS,
+       KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_7,    KC_8,    KC_9,    KC_PPLS, KC_TRNS,
+                KC_TRNS, KC_4,    KC_5,    KC_6,    KC_PPLS, KC_TRNS,
+       RESET,   KC_TRNS, KC_1,    KC_2,    KC_3,    KC_PENT, KC_TRNS,
+                         KC_0,    KC_COMM, KC_DOT,  KC_PENT, KC_TRNS,
+       KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,
+       KC_TRNS,
+       KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS
+),
+/* Keymap 2: Media and mouse keys
+ *
+ * ,--------------------------------------------------.           ,--------------------------------------------------.
+ * |        |      |      |      |      |      |      |           |      |      |      |      |      |      |        |
+ * |--------+------+------+------+------+-------------|           |------+------+------+------+------+------+--------|
+ * |        |      |      | MsUp |      |      |      |           |      |      |      |      |      |      |        |
+ * |--------+------+------+------+------+------|      |           |      |------+------+------+------+------+--------|
+ * |        |      |MsLeft|MsDown|MsRght|      |------|           |------|      | Play | Pause| Prev | Next |        |
+ * |--------+------+------+------+------+------|      |           |      |------+------+------+------+------+--------|
+ * |        |      |      | Lclk | Rclk |      |      |           |      |      |VolDn |VolUp | Mute |      |        |
+ * `--------+------+------+------+------+-------------'           `-------------+------+------+------+------+--------'
+ *   |      |      |      |      |      |                                       |      |      |      |      |      |
+ *   `----------------------------------'                                       `----------------------------------'
+ *                                        ,-------------.       ,-------------.
+ *                                        |      |      |       |      |      |
+ *                                 ,------|------|------|       |------+------+------.
+ *                                 |      |      |      |       |      |      |      |
+ *                                 |LeClk |RiClk |------|       |------|      |      |
+ *                                 |      |      |      |       |      |      |      |
+ *                                 `--------------------'       `--------------------'
+ */
+// MEDIA AND MOUSE
+[MDIA] = KEYMAP(
+       KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,
+       KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_MS_U, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,
+       KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_MS_L, KC_MS_D, KC_MS_R, KC_TRNS,
+       KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_BTN1, KC_BTN2, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,
+       KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,
+                                           KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,
+                                                    KC_TRNS,
+                                  KC_BTN1, KC_BTN2, KC_TRNS,
+    // right hand
+       KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,
+       KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,
+                 KC_TRNS, KC_MPLY, KC_MPLY, KC_MPRV, KC_MNXT, KC_TRNS,
+       KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS, KC_VOLD, KC_VOLU, KC_MUTE, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,
+                          KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,
+       KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,
+       KC_TRNS,
+       KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS
+),
+};
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM fn_actions[] = {
+    [1] = ACTION_LAYER_TAP_TOGGLE(SYMB)                // FN1 - Momentary Layer 1 (Symbols)
+};
+
+// Runs just one time when the keyboard initializes.
+void matrix_init_user(void) {
+
+};
+
+// Runs constantly in the background, in a loop.
+void matrix_scan_user(void) {
+
+    uint8_t layer = biton32(layer_state);
+
+    ergodox_board_led_off();
+    ergodox_right_led_1_off();
+    ergodox_right_led_2_off();
+    ergodox_right_led_3_off();
+    switch (layer) {
+      // TODO: Make this relevant to the ErgoDox EZ.
+        case 1:
+            ergodox_right_led_3_on();
+            break;
+        case 2:
+            ergodox_right_led_2_on();
+            break;
+        case 3:
+            ergodox_right_led_2_on();
+            ergodox_right_led_3_on();
+            break;
+        default:
+            // none
+            break;
+    }
+
+    if (host_keyboard_leds() & (1<<USB_LED_CAPS_LOCK)) {
+        // if capslk is on, set led 1 on
+        ergodox_right_led_1_on();
+    } else {
+        ergodox_right_led_1_off();
+    }
+
+};
diff --git a/keyboards/ergodox/keymaps/swedish-lindhe/readme.md b/keyboards/ergodox/keymaps/swedish-lindhe/readme.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ef62d9499c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/ergodox/keymaps/swedish-lindhe/readme.md
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+# swedish-lindhe ErgoDox (EZ) keymap
+
+This is a setup that is very useful for me. It may or may not be for
+you. I will use it in conjunction with the A5 overlayed sv_SE layout.
+
+The layout is subject to change (in particular I'm thinking about adding
+a macro recording feature), but it have not changed much the past year
+or two so you can expect it to be stable enough to learn it.
+
+A5: http://aoeu.info/s/dvorak/svorak
+My xkb map: https://github.com/lindhe/dotfiles/blob/master/usr/share/X11/xkb/symbols/se-A5
+
+The most major points:
+======================
+
+I think the layout image can be found on
+[www.keyboard-layout-editor.com](http://www.keyboard-layout-editor.com/#/gists/d84bc5915707cb30a4f9f754e06ecea3)
+
+L0:
+---
+
+* Easily accessible F11 key for fullscreening
+* Print screen
+* Middle mouse button for X-paste
+* Improved reachability of meta buttons (LCtrl, LALt, AltGr, LGui etc.)
+* Cluster Page Up/Down + Home/End by the right thumb
+* Vim-like arrow layout in right bottom row
+
+* Set media layer toggle to right thumb (Enter)
+* Set apostrophe on LCtl (putting it next to some other small
+  characters)
+
+L1:
+---
+
+* Full function key layout
+* Teensy button
+
+L2:
+---
+
+* Improved media buttons layout (close by the jkl; Vim binding)
+* Improved layout of emulated mouse buttons
+
+LED behaviour to binary+CAPS
+============================
+
+The ErgoDox LEDs on this layout is using the two rightmost LEDs as the
+two LSB in a two digit binary number, representing layer 0, 1, 2 and 3.
+The leftmost byte/LED indicates CAPS status.
diff --git a/keyboards/ergodox/keymaps/win10_writers-block/config.h b/keyboards/ergodox/keymaps/win10_writers-block/config.h
index 43259db088..c6da3dc6ae 100644
--- a/keyboards/ergodox/keymaps/win10_writers-block/config.h
+++ b/keyboards/ergodox/keymaps/win10_writers-block/config.h
@@ -31,6 +31,9 @@
 #ifdef SUBPROJECT_infinity
     #include "infinity/config.h"
 #endif
+#ifdef SUBPROJECT_ergodone
+    #include "ergodone/config.h"
+#endif
 
 
 #endif /* KEYBOARDS_ERGODOX_CONFIG_H_ */
diff --git a/keyboards/ergodox/readme.md b/keyboards/ergodox/readme.md
index 7327087ffe..3a87606cd0 100644
--- a/keyboards/ergodox/readme.md
+++ b/keyboards/ergodox/readme.md
@@ -1,67 +1,22 @@
-# The Easy Way
+ErgoDox
+==
 
-If you have an ErgoDox EZ, the absolute easiest way for you to customize your firmware is using the [graphical configurator](http://configure.ergodox-ez.com), which uses QMK under the hood.
+The ErgoDox is a split ergonomic keyboard originally developed by Dominic "Dox" Beauchamp.
 
-If you can find firmware someone else has made that does what you want, that
-is the easiest way to customize your ErgoDox.  It requires no programming
-experience or the setup of a build environment.
+* The **ErgoDox EZ** is a Teensy-based split mechanical keyboard, sold assembled and with warranty at [ErgoDox-EZ.com](https://ergodox-ez.com).
+* The **ErgoDox Infinity** is an ARM-based split mechanical keyboard, sold from time to time in kit form at [MassDrop.com](https://www.massdrop.com/buy/infinity-ergodox)
 
-Quickstart:
+The ErgoDox EZ code is maintained by Erez Zukerman and is officially supported by the EZ -- the keyboard ships running QMK from the factory.
 
-  - Find and download an existing firmware
-    [from Other Firmware Options](#other-firmware-options)
+The ErgoDox Infinity code is maintained by Fredizzimo, as a community contribution.
 
-  - Then flash the firmware to your [ErgoDox Ez](#ergodox-ez)
-    or [ErgoDox Infinity](#ergodox-infinity)
+## Standard Build Instructions
 
-# Customizing Keymaps
+To build QMK for the ErgoDox, see the official [build guide](/docs/build_guide.md).
 
-There are many existing keymaps in the "keymaps" directory.  If you just want
-to use one of them, you don't need to modify keymaps and can just build and
-flash the firmware as described below.  These directories each have a
-"readme.md" file which describe them.
+## Additional resources
 
-If none of the existing keymaps suit you, you can create your own custom
-keymap.  This will require some experience with coding.  Follow these steps
-to customize a keymap:
-
-  - Read the [qmk firmware README](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware) from top to bottom.  Then come back here.  :)
-
-  - Clone the qmk_firmware repository
-
-  - Set up your build environment (see below).
-
-  - Make a new directory under "keymaps" to hold your customizations.
-
-  - Copy an existing keymap that is close to what you want, such as
-    "keymaps/default/keymap.c".
-
-  - Use an editor to modify the new "keymap.c".  See "Finding the keycodes you
-    need" below).  Try to edit the comments as well, so the "text graphics"
-    represent your layout correctly.
-
-  - Compile your new firmware (see below)
-
-  - Flash your firmware (see below)
-
-  - Test the changes.
-
-  - Submit your keymap as a pull request to the qmk_firmware repository so
-    others can use it.  You will want to add a "readme.md" that describes the
-    keymap.
-
-# Build Dependencies
-
-Before you can build, you will need the build dependencies.  There is a script
-to try to do this for Linux:
-
-  - Run the `util/install_dependencies.sh` script as root.
-
-For the Infinity, you need the chibios submodules to be checked out or you
-will receive errors about the build process being unable to find the chibios
-files.  Check them out with:
-
-  - Go to the top level repo directory and run: `git submodule update --init --recursive`
+A graphical configurator for the ErgoDox EZ is available at [configure.ergodox-ez.com](http://configure.ergodox-ez.com). It outputs QMK-compiled binaries, as well as source code for your layout, which you can use as a jumping-off point to further customize in QMK.
 
 # Flashing Firmware
 
@@ -145,32 +100,12 @@ You have a few options in how you flash the firmware:
   any part of the firmware code itself, you can program only the MASTER half.
   It is safest to program both halves though.
 
-# Contributing your keymap
-
-The QMK firmware is open-source, so it would be wonderful to have your contribution! Within a very short time after launching we already amassed dozens of user-contributed keymaps, with all sorts of creative improvements and tweaks. This is very valuable for people who aren't comfortable coding, but do want to customize their ErgoDox. To make it easy for these people to use your layout, I recommend submitting your PR in the following format.
-
-1. All work goes inside your keymap subdirectory (`keymaps/german` in this example).
-2. `keymap.c` - this is your actual keymap file; please update the ASCII comments in the file so they correspond with what you did.
-3. `readme.md` - a readme file, which GitHub would display by default when people go to your directory. Explain what's different about your keymap, what you tweaked or how it works. No specific format to follow, just communicate what you did. :)
-4. Any graphics you wish to add must be hosted elsewhere (please don't include images in your PR). This is absolutely not a must. If you feel like it, you can use [Keyboard Layout Editor](http://keyboard-layout-editor.com) to make something and grab a screenshot, but it's really not a must. If you do have graphics, your readme can just embed the graphic as a link (`![alt-text](url)`), just like I did with the default layout.
-
-# Finding the keycodes you need
-
-Let's say you want a certain key in your layout to send a colon; to figure out what keycode to use to make it do that, you're going to need `quantum/keymap_common.h`.
-
-That file contains a big list of all of the special, fancy keys (like, being able to send % on its own and whatnot).
-
-If you want to send a plain vanilla key, you can look up its code under `doc/keycode.txt`. That's where all the boring keys hang out.
-
-# Other Firmware Options
+## ErgoDone
 
-There are external tools for customizing the layout, but those do not use
-the featurs of this qmk firmware.  These sites include:
+The ErgoDone uses its own HID bootloader and needs to be flashed using the [TKG Toolkit](https://github.com/kairyu/tkg-toolkit).
 
-  - The official [ErgoDox EZ configurator](http://configure.ergodox-ez.com)
-  - [Massdrop configurator](https://keyboard-configurator.massdrop.com/ext/ergodox) for EZ, works but not officially supported
-  - [Input Club configurator](https://input.club/configurator-ergodox) for Infinity, provides left and right files
+  - Build the firmware with `make ergodone-keymapname`
 
-You can also find an existing firmware that you like, for example from:
+  - While plugging in the USB cable, hold the two right-most keys on the left half of the ErgoDone to enter FLASH mode.
 
-  - [Dozens of community-contributed keymaps](http://qmk.fm/keyboards/ergodox/)
+  - Use the utility from [TKG Toolkit](https://github.com/kairyu/tkg-toolkit) to flash the keyboard: `hid_bootloader_cli -mmcu=atmega32u4 ergodox_ergodone_keymapname.hex`
diff --git a/keyboards/frosty_flake/readme.md b/keyboards/frosty_flake/readme.md
index ff440e33b6..762eeab3a2 100644
--- a/keyboards/frosty_flake/readme.md
+++ b/keyboards/frosty_flake/readme.md
@@ -1,32 +1,16 @@
-frosty_flake keyboard firmware
-======================
+Frosty Flake Controller
+===
 
 This is the firmware for Rev. 20140521 of the Frosty Flake controller by [Bathroom Epiphanies](http://bathroomepiphanies.com/controllers/), a replacement controller for the [Cooler Master Quick Fire Rapid](http://www.coolermaster.com/peripheral/keyboards/quickfirerapid/).
 
 The code was adapted from the [BathroomEpiphanies TMK Firmware](https://github.com/BathroomEpiphanies/epiphanies_tmk_keyboard/tree/master/be_controllers), but has been cleaned up to match the [schematic](https://deskthority.net/wiki/File:Frosty_Flake_Schematics.pdf) and gone through some minor refactoring for QMK.
 
-## Quantum MK Firmware
+Keyboard Maintainer: QMK Community
+Hardware Supported: Frosty Flake
+Hardware Availability: https://1upkeyboards.com/qfr-frosty-flake-controller.html
 
-For the full Quantum feature list, see [the parent readme](/).
+Make example for this keyboard (after setting up your build environment):
 
-## Building
+    make frosty_flake-default
 
-Download or clone the whole firmware and navigate to the keyboards/frosty_flake folder. Once your dev env is setup, you'll be able to type `make` to generate your .hex - you can then use the Teensy Loader to program your .hex file. 
-
-Depending on which keymap you would like to use, you will have to compile slightly differently.
-
-### Default
-
-To build with the default keymap, simply run `make default`.
-
-### Other Keymaps
-
-Several version of keymap are available in advance but you are recommended to define your favorite layout yourself. To define your own keymap create a folder with the name of your keymap in the keymaps folder, and see keymap documentation (you can find in top readme.md) and existant keymap files.
-
-To build the firmware binary hex file with a keymap just do `make` with a keymap like this:
-
-```
-$ make [default|jack|<name>]
-```
-
-Keymaps follow the format **__\<name\>.c__** and are stored in the `keymaps` folder.
+See [build environment setup](https://docs.qmk.fm/build_environment_setup.html) then the [make instructions](https://docs.qmk.fm/make_instructions.html) for more information.
diff --git a/keyboards/gh60/readme.md b/keyboards/gh60/readme.md
index bbb0b6e19c..e477b279ce 100644
--- a/keyboards/gh60/readme.md
+++ b/keyboards/gh60/readme.md
@@ -1,7 +1,23 @@
-## gh60 Rev C keyboard firmware
+GH60
+===
 
 ![gh60 Rev C PCB](https://i.imgur.com/FejpoNF.jpg)
 
+A common 60% PCB.
+
+Keyboard Maintainer: QMK Community
+Hardware Supported: GH60 PCB
+Hardware Availability: http://blog.komar.be/projects/gh60-programmable-keyboard/
+
+Make example for this keyboard (after setting up your build environment):
+
+    make gh60-default
+
+See [build environment setup](https://docs.qmk.fm/build_environment_setup.html) then the [make instructions](https://docs.qmk.fm/make_instructions.html) for more information.
+
+
+## GH60 Hardware Information
+
     /* Column pin configuration
     * col: 0   1   2   3   4   5   6   7   8   9   10  11  12  13
     * pin: F0  F1  E6  C7  C6  B6  D4  B1  B7  B5  B4  D7  D6  B3  (Rev.C)
@@ -34,29 +50,3 @@ Functions to controls LED clusters
     gh60_fn_led_off()
     gh60_esc_led_off()
     gh60_wasd_leds_off()
-	
-======================
-
-## Quantum MK Firmware
-
-For the full Quantum feature list, see [the parent readme.md](/readme.md).
-
-## Building
-
-Download or clone the whole firmware and navigate to the keyboards/gh60_rev_c folder. Once your dev env is setup, you'll be able to type `make` to generate your .hex - you can then use the Teensy Loader to program your .hex file. 
-
-Depending on which keymap you would like to use, you will have to compile slightly differently.
-
-### Default
-To build with the default keymap, simply run `make default`.
-
-### Other Keymaps
-Several version of keymap are available in advance but you are recommended to define your favorite layout yourself. To define your own keymap create file named `<name>.c` in the keymaps folder, and see keymap document (you can find in top readme.md) and existent keymap files.
-
-To build the firmware binary hex file with a keymap just do `make` with a keymap like this:
-
-```
-$ make [default|jack|<name>]
-```
-
-Keymaps follow the format **__\<name\>.c__** and are stored in the `keymaps` folder.
diff --git a/keyboards/gherkin/README.md b/keyboards/gherkin/README.md
index 0a3d6fabe0..4d2261829e 100644
--- a/keyboards/gherkin/README.md
+++ b/keyboards/gherkin/README.md
@@ -1,12 +1,18 @@
+Gherkin
+===
 
-About
-------
+A 30 key keyboard.
 
-First pass at adding support for the gherkin keyboard. Compiles but completely
-untested. Intended to kick-start development.
-
-* [Gherkin project on 40% Keyboards](http://www.40percent.club/2016/11/gherkin.html)
 * [The original TMK firmware](https://github.com/di0ib/tmk_keyboard/tree/master/keyboard/gherkin)
 
-Credit to JadedC for the initial work.
+Keyboard Maintainer: QMK Community
+Hardware Supported: Gherkin PCB
+Hardware Availability: [Gherkin project on 40% Keyboards](http://www.40percent.club/2016/11/gherkin.html)
+
+Make example for this keyboard (after setting up your build environment):
 
+    make atreus-default
+
+See [build environment setup](https://docs.qmk.fm/build_environment_setup.html) then the [make instructions](https://docs.qmk.fm/make_instructions.html) for more information.
+First pass at adding support for the gherkin keyboard. Compiles but completely
+untested. Intended to kick-start development.
diff --git a/keyboards/gonnerd/keymaps/tkl/Makefile b/keyboards/gonnerd/keymaps/tkl/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5854366f9d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/gonnerd/keymaps/tkl/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+# Build Options
+#   change to "no" to disable the options, or define them in the Makefile in
+#   the appropriate keymap folder that will get included automatically
+#
+BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE = no       # Virtual DIP switch configuration(+1000)
+MOUSEKEY_ENABLE = yes       # Mouse keys(+4700)
+EXTRAKEY_ENABLE = yes       # Audio control and System control(+450)
+CONSOLE_ENABLE = yes        # Console for debug(+400)
+COMMAND_ENABLE = yes        # Commands for debug and configuration
+NKRO_ENABLE = yes           # Nkey Rollover - if this doesn't work, see here: https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/wiki/FAQ#nkro-doesnt-work
+BACKLIGHT_ENABLE = no       # Enable keyboard backlight functionality
+MIDI_ENABLE = no            # MIDI controls
+AUDIO_ENABLE = no           # Audio output on port C6
+UNICODE_ENABLE = no         # Unicode
+BLUETOOTH_ENABLE = no       # Enable Bluetooth with the Adafruit EZ-Key HID
+RGBLIGHT_ENABLE = no        # Enable WS2812 RGB underlight.  Do not enable this with audio at the same time.
+SLEEP_LED_ENABLE = no       # Breathing sleep LED during USB suspend
+
+ifndef QUANTUM_DIR
+	include ../../../../Makefile
+endif
diff --git a/keyboards/gonnerd/keymaps/tkl/keymap.c b/keyboards/gonnerd/keymaps/tkl/keymap.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b0ba335c59
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/gonnerd/keymaps/tkl/keymap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+#include "gonnerd.h"
+
+#define _x_ KC_NO
+#define TRN KC_TRNS
+
+// Keymap layers
+const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+
+  [0] = KEYMAP_TKL( \
+                   KC_ESC,           KC_F1,   KC_F2,  KC_F3, KC_F4,   KC_F5,  KC_F6, KC_F7,  KC_F8,   KC_F9,    KC_F10,  KC_F11,  KC_F12,    KC_PSCR,KC_SLCK,KC_PAUS, \
+                   KC_GRV,  KC_1,    KC_2,    KC_3,   KC_4,   KC_5,   KC_6,   KC_7,   KC_8,   KC_9,    KC_0,    KC_MINS, KC_EQL,  KC_BSPC,   KC_INS, KC_HOME,KC_PGUP, \
+                   KC_TAB,  KC_Q,    KC_W,    KC_E,   KC_R,   KC_T,   KC_Y,   KC_U,   KC_I,   KC_O,    KC_P,    KC_LBRC, KC_RBRC, KC_BSLS,   KC_DEL, KC_END, KC_PGDN, \
+                   KC_LCTL, KC_A,    KC_S,    KC_D,   KC_F,   KC_G,   KC_H,   KC_J,   KC_K,   KC_L,    KC_SCLN, KC_QUOT, _x_,     KC_ENT,                             \
+                   KC_LSFT, _x_,     KC_Z,    KC_X,   KC_C,   KC_V,   KC_B,   KC_N,   KC_M,   KC_COMM, KC_DOT,  KC_SLSH, KC_RSFT, _x_,               KC_UP,           \
+                   KC_LCTL, KC_LALT, KC_LGUI,                         KC_SPC,                          KC_RGUI, KC_RALT, MO(1),   KC_RCTL,   KC_LEFT,KC_DOWN,KC_RGHT \
+                    ),
+
+  [1] = KEYMAP_TKL( \
+                   RESET,    _x_, _x_, _x_, _x_, _x_, _x_, _x_, _x_, _x_, _x_, _x_, _x_,    _x_, _x_, _x_, \
+                   _x_, _x_, _x_, _x_, _x_, _x_, _x_, _x_, _x_, _x_, _x_, _x_, _x_, _x_,    _x_, _x_, _x_, \
+                   _x_, _x_, _x_, _x_, _x_, _x_, _x_, _x_, _x_, _x_, _x_, _x_, _x_, _x_,    _x_, _x_, _x_, \
+                   _x_, _x_, _x_, _x_, _x_, _x_, _x_, _x_, _x_, _x_, _x_, _x_, _x_, _x_,                   \
+                   _x_, _x_, _x_, _x_, _x_, _x_, _x_, _x_, _x_, _x_, _x_, _x_, _x_, _x_,         _x_,      \
+                   _x_, _x_, _x_,                _x_,                _x_, _x_, TRN, _x_,    _x_, _x_, _x_ \
+                    )
+
+};
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM fn_actions[] = {
+
+};
diff --git a/keyboards/gonnerd/readme.md b/keyboards/gonnerd/readme.md
index 807df308a5..388816abb0 100644
--- a/keyboards/gonnerd/readme.md
+++ b/keyboards/gonnerd/readme.md
@@ -1,5 +1,17 @@
-GON NerD keyboard firmware
-======================
+GON NerD
+========
+
+A Korean Custom TKL.
+
+Keyboard Maintainer: QMK Community
+Hardware Supported: GON NerD TKL PCB
+Hardware Availability: http://www.gonskeyboardworks.com/pcbs-and-controllers/60-nerd-tkl-ver20-pcb.html
+
+Make example for this keyboard (after setting up your build environment):
+
+    make gonnerd-default
+
+See [build environment setup](https://docs.qmk.fm/build_environment_setup.html) then the [make instructions](https://docs.qmk.fm/make_instructions.html) for more information.
 
 ## Changing Bootloader
 
@@ -14,25 +26,3 @@ not work anymore. You will lose your warranty and official support from GON!_
 ## Reset button
 
 To run the `make dfu` command to flash keymaps onto the board, you need to put the board into DFU mode. As the GON NerD PCBs do not have a reset button on the board to put it into DFU mode, be sure to include a `RESET` button on your keymap. Otherwise you'll have to unscrew your keyboard from the case and short the GND and RST pins.
-
-## Building
-
-Download or clone the whole firmware and navigate to the keyboards/gonnerd folder. Once your dev env is setup, you'll be able to type `make` to generate your .hex - you can then use the Teensy Loader to program your .hex file.
-
-Depending on which keymap you would like to use, you will have to compile slightly differently.
-
-### Default
-
-To build with the default keymap, simply run `make default`.
-
-### Other Keymaps
-
-Several version of keymap are available in advance but you are recommended to define your favorite layout yourself. To define your own keymap create a folder with the name of your keymap in the keymaps folder, and see keymap documentation (you can find in top readme.md) and existant keymap files.
-
-To build the firmware binary hex file with a keymap just do `make` with a keymap like this:
-
-```
-$ make [default|jack|<name>]
-```
-
-Keymaps follow the format **__\<name\>.c__** and are stored in the `keymaps` folder.
diff --git a/keyboards/hadron/Makefile b/keyboards/hadron/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e0e1cc6fb6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/hadron/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+SUBPROJECT_DEFAULT = ver2
+
+ifndef MAKEFILE_INCLUDED
+	include ../../Makefile
+endif
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/hadron/config.h b/keyboards/hadron/config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0c19d6c791
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/hadron/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2012 Jun Wako <wakojun@gmail.com>
+
+This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifndef CONFIG_H
+#define CONFIG_H
+
+#include "config_common.h"
+
+/* USB Device descriptor parameter */
+#define VENDOR_ID       0xFEED
+#define PRODUCT_ID      0x6060
+#define MANUFACTURER    ishtob
+#define PRODUCT         Hadron Keyboard
+#define DESCRIPTION     A cherry ML ortholinear keyboard
+
+
+
+
+//#define AUDIO_VOICES	
+
+//#define BACKLIGHT_PIN B7
+
+/* COL2ROW or ROW2COL */
+#define DIODE_DIRECTION COL2ROW
+
+/* define if matrix has ghost */
+//#define MATRIX_HAS_GHOST
+
+/* number of backlight levels */
+//#define BACKLIGHT_LEVELS 3
+
+/* Set 0 if debouncing isn't needed */
+#define DEBOUNCING_DELAY 5
+
+/* Mechanical locking support. Use KC_LCAP, KC_LNUM or KC_LSCR instead in keymap */
+#define LOCKING_SUPPORT_ENABLE
+/* Locking resynchronize hack */
+#define LOCKING_RESYNC_ENABLE
+
+/* key combination for command */
+#define IS_COMMAND() ( \
+    keyboard_report->mods == (MOD_BIT(KC_LSHIFT) | MOD_BIT(KC_RSHIFT)) \
+)
+
+/*
+ * Feature disable options
+ *  These options are also useful to firmware size reduction.
+ */
+
+/* disable debug print */
+//#define NO_DEBUG
+
+/* disable print */
+//#define NO_PRINT
+
+/* disable action features */
+//#define NO_ACTION_LAYER
+//#define NO_ACTION_TAPPING
+//#define NO_ACTION_ONESHOT
+//#define NO_ACTION_MACRO
+//#define NO_ACTION_FUNCTION
+#ifdef SUBPROJECT_ver0
+    #include "ver0/config.h"
+#endif
+#ifdef SUBPROJECT_ver2
+    #include "ver2/config.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/hadron/hadron.c b/keyboards/hadron/hadron.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ca5b20e894
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/hadron/hadron.c
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+#include "hadron.h"
+
+
+void matrix_init_kb(void) {
+
+	matrix_init_user();
+}
+
+void matrix_scan_kb(void) {
+	// put your looping keyboard code here
+	// runs every cycle (a lot)
+	matrix_scan_user();
+}
+
+bool process_record_kb(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
+	// put your per-action keyboard code here
+	// runs for every action, just before processing by the firmware
+
+	return process_record_user(keycode, record);
+}
+
+void led_set_kb(uint8_t usb_led) {
+	// put your keyboard LED indicator (ex: Caps Lock LED) toggling code here
+
+	led_set_user(usb_led);
+}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/hadron/hadron.h b/keyboards/hadron/hadron.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fceae50d9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/hadron/hadron.h
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+#ifndef HADRON_H
+#define HADRON_H
+
+#ifdef SUBPROJECT_ver0
+    #include "ver0.h"
+#endif
+#ifdef SUBPROJECT_ver2
+    #include "ver2.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "quantum.h"
+
+
+#define KEYMAP( \
+    K00, K01, K02, K03, K04, K05, K06, K07, K08, K09, K0A, K0B, \
+    K10, K11, K12, K13, K14, K15, K16, K17, K18, K19, K1A, K1B, K1C, K1D, K1E, \
+    K20, K21, K22, K23, K24, K25, K26, K27, K28, K29, K2A, K2B, K2C, K2D, K2E, \
+    K30, K31, K32, K33, K34, K35, K36, K37, K38, K39, K3A, K3B, K3C, K3D, K3E, \
+    K40, K41, K42, K43, K44, K45, K46, K47, K48, K49, K4A, K4B, K4C, K4D, K4E \
+  ) \
+{ \
+  {  K00,  K01,  K02,  K03,  K04,  K05,  K06,   K07,   K08,   K09,   K0A,   K0B, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO  },  \
+  {  K10,  K11,  K12,  K13,  K14,  K15,  K16,   K17,   K18,   K19,   K1A,   K1B,   K1C,   K1D,   K1E  },  \
+  {  K20,  K21,  K22,  K23,  K24,  K25,  K26,   K27,   K28,   K29,   K2A,   K2B,   K2C,   K2D,   K2E  },  \
+  {  K30,  K31,  K32,  K33,  K34,  K35,  K36,   K37,   K38,   K39,   K3A,   K3B,   K3C,   K3D,   K3E  },  \
+  {  K40,  K41,  K42,  K43,  K44,  K45,  K46,   K47,   K48,   K49,   K4A,   K4B,   K4C,   K4D,   K4E  }   \
+}
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/hadron/i2c.c b/keyboards/hadron/i2c.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cd2b835d50
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/hadron/i2c.c
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+#include <util/twi.h>
+#include <avr/io.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+#include <util/twi.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include "i2c.h"
+
+#ifdef USE_I2C
+
+// Limits the amount of we wait for any one i2c transaction.
+// Since were running SCL line 100kHz (=> 10μs/bit), and each transactions is
+// 9 bits, a single transaction will take around 90μs to complete.
+//
+// (F_CPU/SCL_CLOCK)  =>  # of μC cycles to transfer a bit
+// poll loop takes at least 8 clock cycles to execute
+#define I2C_LOOP_TIMEOUT (9+1)*(F_CPU/SCL_CLOCK)/8
+
+#define BUFFER_POS_INC() (slave_buffer_pos = (slave_buffer_pos+1)%SLAVE_BUFFER_SIZE)
+
+volatile uint8_t i2c_slave_buffer[SLAVE_BUFFER_SIZE];
+
+static volatile uint8_t slave_buffer_pos;
+static volatile bool slave_has_register_set = false;
+
+// Wait for an i2c operation to finish
+inline static
+void i2c_delay(void) {
+  uint16_t lim = 0;
+  while(!(TWCR & (1<<TWINT)) && lim < I2C_LOOP_TIMEOUT)
+    lim++;
+
+  // easier way, but will wait slightly longer
+  // _delay_us(100);
+}
+
+// Setup twi to run at 100kHz
+void i2c_master_init(void) {
+  // no prescaler
+  TWSR = 0;
+  // Set TWI clock frequency to SCL_CLOCK. Need TWBR>10.
+  // Check datasheets for more info.
+  TWBR = ((F_CPU/SCL_CLOCK)-16)/2;
+}
+
+// Start a transaction with the given i2c slave address. The direction of the
+// transfer is set with I2C_READ and I2C_WRITE.
+// returns: 0 => success
+//          1 => error
+uint8_t i2c_master_start(uint8_t address) {
+  TWCR = (1<<TWINT) | (1<<TWSTA) | (1<<TWEN);
+
+  i2c_delay();
+
+  // check that we started successfully
+  if ( (TW_STATUS != TW_START) && (TW_STATUS != TW_REP_START))
+    return 1;
+
+  // send device address
+  TWDR = address;
+  TWCR = (1<<TWINT) | (1<<TWEN);
+
+  i2c_delay();
+
+  if ( (TW_STATUS != TW_MT_SLA_ACK) && (TW_STATUS != TW_MR_SLA_ACK) )
+    return 1; // slave did not acknowledge
+  else
+    return 0; // success
+}
+
+
+// Finish the i2c transaction.
+void i2c_master_stop(void) {
+  TWCR = (1<<TWINT) | (1<<TWEN) | (1<<TWSTO);
+
+  uint16_t lim = 0;
+  while(!(TWCR & (1<<TWSTO)) && lim < I2C_LOOP_TIMEOUT)
+    lim++;
+}
+
+// Write one byte to the i2c slave.
+// returns 0 => slave ACK
+//         1 => slave NACK
+uint8_t i2c_master_write(uint8_t data) {
+  TWDR = data;
+  TWCR = (1<<TWINT) | (1<<TWEN);
+
+  i2c_delay();
+
+  // check if the slave acknowledged us
+  return (TW_STATUS == TW_MT_DATA_ACK) ? 0 : 1;
+}
+
+// Read one byte from the i2c slave. If ack=1 the slave is acknowledged,
+// if ack=0 the acknowledge bit is not set.
+// returns: byte read from i2c device
+uint8_t i2c_master_read(int ack) {
+  TWCR = (1<<TWINT) | (1<<TWEN) | (ack<<TWEA);
+
+  i2c_delay();
+  return TWDR;
+}
+
+void i2c_reset_state(void) {
+  TWCR = 0;
+}
+
+void i2c_slave_init(uint8_t address) {
+  TWAR = address << 0; // slave i2c address
+  // TWEN  - twi enable
+  // TWEA  - enable address acknowledgement
+  // TWINT - twi interrupt flag
+  // TWIE  - enable the twi interrupt
+  TWCR = (1<<TWIE) | (1<<TWEA) | (1<<TWINT) | (1<<TWEN);
+}
+
+ISR(TWI_vect);
+
+ISR(TWI_vect) {
+  uint8_t ack = 1;
+  switch(TW_STATUS) {
+    case TW_SR_SLA_ACK:
+      // this device has been addressed as a slave receiver
+      slave_has_register_set = false;
+      break;
+
+    case TW_SR_DATA_ACK:
+      // this device has received data as a slave receiver
+      // The first byte that we receive in this transaction sets the location
+      // of the read/write location of the slaves memory that it exposes over
+      // i2c.  After that, bytes will be written at slave_buffer_pos, incrementing
+      // slave_buffer_pos after each write.
+      if(!slave_has_register_set) {
+        slave_buffer_pos = TWDR;
+        // don't acknowledge the master if this memory loctaion is out of bounds
+        if ( slave_buffer_pos >= SLAVE_BUFFER_SIZE ) {
+          ack = 0;
+          slave_buffer_pos = 0;
+        }
+        slave_has_register_set = true;
+      } else {
+        i2c_slave_buffer[slave_buffer_pos] = TWDR;
+        BUFFER_POS_INC();
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case TW_ST_SLA_ACK:
+    case TW_ST_DATA_ACK:
+      // master has addressed this device as a slave transmitter and is
+      // requesting data.
+      TWDR = i2c_slave_buffer[slave_buffer_pos];
+      BUFFER_POS_INC();
+      break;
+
+    case TW_BUS_ERROR: // something went wrong, reset twi state
+      TWCR = 0;
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+  // Reset everything, so we are ready for the next TWI interrupt
+  TWCR |= (1<<TWIE) | (1<<TWINT) | (ack<<TWEA) | (1<<TWEN);
+}
+
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/hadron/i2c.h b/keyboards/hadron/i2c.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2bd7f40968
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/hadron/i2c.h
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+#ifndef I2C_H
+#define I2C_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#ifndef F_CPU
+#define F_CPU 16000000UL
+#endif
+
+#define I2C_READ 1
+#define I2C_WRITE 0
+
+#define I2C_ACK 1
+#define I2C_NACK 0
+
+#define SLAVE_BUFFER_SIZE 0x10
+
+// i2c SCL clock frequency
+#define SCL_CLOCK  800000L
+
+extern volatile uint8_t i2c_slave_buffer[SLAVE_BUFFER_SIZE];
+
+void i2c_master_init(void);
+uint8_t i2c_master_start(uint8_t address);
+void i2c_master_stop(void);
+uint8_t i2c_master_write(uint8_t data);
+uint8_t i2c_master_read(int);
+void i2c_reset_state(void);
+void i2c_slave_init(uint8_t address);
+
+
+static inline unsigned char i2c_start_read(unsigned char addr) {
+  return i2c_master_start((addr << 1) | I2C_READ);
+}
+
+static inline unsigned char i2c_start_write(unsigned char addr) {
+  return i2c_master_start((addr << 1) | I2C_WRITE);
+}
+
+// from SSD1306 scrips
+extern unsigned char i2c_rep_start(unsigned char addr);
+extern void i2c_start_wait(unsigned char addr);
+extern unsigned char i2c_readAck(void);
+extern unsigned char i2c_readNak(void);
+extern unsigned char i2c_read(unsigned char ack);
+
+#define i2c_read(ack)  (ack) ? i2c_readAck() : i2c_readNak();
+
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/hadron/keymaps/default/Makefile b/keyboards/hadron/keymaps/default/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e24ba04b53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/hadron/keymaps/default/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+
+
+# Build Options
+#   change to "no" to disable the options, or define them in the Makefile in 
+#   the appropriate keymap folder that will get included automatically
+#
+BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE = no       # Virtual DIP switch configuration(+1000)
+MOUSEKEY_ENABLE = yes      # Mouse keys(+4700)
+EXTRAKEY_ENABLE = no       # Audio control and System control(+450)
+CONSOLE_ENABLE = no         # Console for debug(+400)
+COMMAND_ENABLE = no        # Commands for debug and configuration
+NKRO_ENABLE = yes            # Nkey Rollover - if this doesn't work, see here: https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/wiki/FAQ#nkro-doesnt-work
+BACKLIGHT_ENABLE = no      # Enable keyboard backlight functionality
+MIDI_ENABLE = no            # MIDI controls
+AUDIO_ENABLE = no           # Audio output on port C6
+UNICODE_ENABLE = no         # Unicode
+BLUETOOTH_ENABLE = no       # Enable Bluetooth with the Adafruit EZ-Key HID
+RGBLIGHT_ENABLE = yes        # Enable WS2812 RGB underlight.  Do not enable this with audio at the same time.
+ONEHAND_ENABLE = no        # Enable one-hand typing
+
+# Do not enable SLEEP_LED_ENABLE. it uses the same timer as BACKLIGHT_ENABLE
+SLEEP_LED_ENABLE = no    # Breathing sleep LED during USB suspend
+
+ifndef QUANTUM_DIR
+	include ../../../../Makefile
+endif
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/hadron/keymaps/default/config.h b/keyboards/hadron/keymaps/default/config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0f349ad932
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/hadron/keymaps/default/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+#ifndef CONFIG_USER_H
+#define CONFIG_USER_H
+
+#include "../../config.h"
+
+#define LEADER_TIMEOUT 300
+//#define BACKLIGHT_BREATHING
+#define PREVENT_STUCK_MODIFIERS
+
+#define USE_I2C
+#define SSD1306OLED
+#define OLED_ROTATE180
+
+/* ws2812 RGB LED*/
+#define RGB_DI_PIN D4
+#define RGBLIGHT_ANIMATIONS
+#define RGBLED_NUM 14     // Number of LEDs
+#define RGBLIGHT_HUE_STEP 10
+#define RGBLIGHT_SAT_STEP 17
+
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/hadron/keymaps/default/keymap.c b/keyboards/hadron/keymaps/default/keymap.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..01cc8abab7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/hadron/keymaps/default/keymap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,496 @@
+#include "hadron.h"
+#include "bootloader.h"
+#include "action_layer.h"
+#include "eeconfig.h"
+#include "LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h"
+#ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+  #include "audio.h"
+#endif
+#ifdef USE_I2C
+#include "i2c.h"
+#endif
+#ifdef SSD1306OLED
+#include "ssd1306.h"
+#endif
+extern keymap_config_t keymap_config;
+
+//Following line allows macro to read current RGB settings
+extern rgblight_config_t rgblight_config;
+
+// Each layer gets a name for readability, which is then used in the keymap matrix below.
+// The underscores don't mean anything - you can have a layer called STUFF or any other name.
+// Layer names don't all need to be of the same length, obviously, and you can also skip them
+// entirely and just use numbers.
+#define _QWERTY 0
+#define _COLEMAK 1
+#define _DVORAK 2
+#define _LOWER 3
+#define _RAISE 4
+#define _MOUSECURSOR 8
+#define _ADJUST 16
+
+enum preonic_keycodes {
+  QWERTY = SAFE_RANGE,
+  COLEMAK,
+  DVORAK,
+  LOWER,
+  RAISE,
+  BACKLIT,
+  RGBLED_TOGGLE,
+  RGBLED_STEP_MODE,
+  RGBLED_INCREASE_HUE,
+  RGBLED_DECREASE_HUE,
+  RGBLED_INCREASE_SAT,
+  RGBLED_DECREASE_SAT,
+  RGBLED_INCREASE_VAL,
+  RGBLED_DECREASE_VAL,
+};
+
+enum macro_keycodes {
+  KC_DEMOMACRO,
+};
+
+// Fillers to make layering more clear
+#define _______ KC_TRNS
+#define XXXXXXX KC_NO
+// Custom macros
+#define CTL_ESC     CTL_T(KC_ESC)               // Tap for Esc, hold for Ctrl
+#define CTL_TTAB    CTL_T(KC_TAB)               // Tap for Esc, hold for Ctrl
+#define CTL_ENT     CTL_T(KC_ENT)               // Tap for Enter, hold for Ctrl
+#define SFT_ENT     SFT_T(KC_ENT)               // Tap for Enter, hold for Shift
+// Requires KC_TRNS/_______ for the trigger key in the destination layer
+#define LT_MC(kc)   LT(_MOUSECURSOR, kc)        // L-ayer T-ap M-ouse C-ursor
+#define LT_RAI(kc)  LT(_RAISE, kc)              // L-ayer T-ap to Raise
+#define DEMOMACRO   M(KC_DEMOMACRO)            // Sample for macros
+
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+
+/* Qwerty
+ * ,------+------+------+------+------+------------------------------------------------.
+ * | Esc  |  F1  |  F2  |  F3  |  F4  |  F5  |  F6  |  F7  |  F8  |  F9  |  F10 |  DEL |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+--------------------.
+ * | Tab  |   Q  |   W  |   E  |   R  |   T  |   7  |   8  |   9  |   Y  |   U  |   I  |   O  |   P  | Bksp |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | CAPS |   A  |   S  |   D  |   F  |   G  |   4  |   5  |   6  |   H  |   J  |   K  |   L  | ;/Nav|  '   |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Shift|   Z  |   X  |   C  |   V  |   B  |   1  |   2  |   3  |   N  |   M  |   ,  |   .  |   /  |Ctl/Et|
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |  `   | Ctrl | Alt  | GUI  |Lower |Space |   0  |   .  |   =  |Space |Raise | Left | Down |  Up  |Right |
+ * `--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+[_QWERTY] = KEYMAP( 
+  KC_ESC,   KC_F1,    KC_F2,   KC_F3,   KC_F4,   KC_F5,   KC_F6,   KC_F7,   KC_F8,    KC_F9,   KC_F10,  KC_DEL,\
+  KC_TAB,   KC_Q,     KC_W,    KC_E,    KC_R,    KC_T,    KC_P7,   KC_P8,   KC_P9,    KC_Y,    KC_U,    KC_I,   KC_O,    KC_P,     KC_BSPC, \
+  KC_CAPS,  KC_A,     KC_S,    KC_D,    KC_F,    KC_G,    KC_P4,   KC_P5,   KC_P6,    KC_H,    KC_J,    KC_K,   KC_L,LT_MC(KC_SCLN), KC_QUOT, \
+  KC_LSFT,  KC_Z,     KC_X,    KC_C,    KC_V,    KC_B,    KC_P1,   KC_P2,   KC_P3,    KC_N,    KC_M,    KC_COMM,KC_DOT,  KC_SLSH,  CTL_ENT, \
+  KC_GRV,   KC_LCTRL, KC_LGUI, KC_LALT, LOWER,   KC_SPC,  KC_P0,   KC_DOT,  KC_EQL,  KC_SPC,   RAISE,   KC_LEFT,KC_DOWN, KC_UP,    KC_RGHT  \
+),
+
+/* Colemak
+ * ,------+------+------+------+------+------------------------------------------------.
+ * | Esc  |  F1  |  F2  |  F3  |  F4  |  F5  |  F6  |  F7  |  F8  |  F9  |   0  |   -  |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+--------------------.
+ * | Tab  |   Q  |   W  |   F  |   P  |   G  |   7  |   8  |   9  |   J  |   L  |   U  |   Y  |   ;  | Bksp |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+-------------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | CAPS |   A  |   R  |   S  |   T  |   D  |   4  |   5  |   6  |   H  |   N  |   E  |   I  |   O  |  '   |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Shift|   Z  |   X  |   C  |   V  |   B  |   1  |   2  |   3  |   K  |   M  |   ,  |   .  |   /  |Ctl/Et|
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |   `  | Ctrl | Alt  | GUI  |Lower |Space |   0  |   .  |   =  |Space |Raise | Left | Down |  Up  |Right |
+ * `--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+[_COLEMAK] = KEYMAP( 
+  KC_ESC,   KC_F1,   KC_F2,   KC_F3,   KC_F4,   KC_F5,   KC_F6,   KC_F7,   KC_F8,    KC_F9,   KC_F10, KC_DEL,\
+  KC_TAB,   KC_Q,    KC_W,    KC_F,    KC_P,    KC_G,    KC_P7,   KC_P8,   KC_P9,    KC_J,    KC_L,    KC_U,    KC_Y,    KC_SCLN,  KC_BSPC, \
+  KC_LCTRL, KC_A,    KC_R,    KC_S,    KC_T,    KC_D,    KC_P4,   KC_P5,   KC_P6,    KC_H,    KC_N,    KC_E,    KC_I, LT_MC(KC_O), KC_QUOT, \
+  KC_LSFT,  KC_Z,    KC_X,    KC_C,    KC_V,    KC_B,    KC_P1,   KC_P2,   KC_P3,    KC_K,    KC_M,    KC_COMM, KC_DOT,  KC_SLSH,  CTL_ENT, \
+  KC_GRV,   KC_LCTRL, KC_LGUI, KC_LALT, LOWER,  KC_SPC,  KC_P0,   KC_DOT,  KC_EQL,   KC_SPC,  RAISE,   KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_UP,    KC_RGHT  \
+  ),
+
+/* Dvorak
+ * ,------+------+------+------+------+------------------------------------------------.
+ * |  Esc |   1  |   2  |   3  |   4  |   5  |   6  |   7  |   8  |   9  |   0  |   -  |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+--------------------.
+ * | Tab  |   "  |   ,  |   .  |   P  |   Y  |   7  |   8  |   9  |   F  |   G  |   C  |   R  |   L  | Bksp |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+-------------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Esc  |   A  |   O  |   E  |   U  |   I  |   4  |   5  |   6  |   D  |   H  |   T  |   N  |   S  |  /   |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Shift|   ;  |   Q  |   J  |   K  |   X  |   1  |   2  |   3  |   B  |   M  |   W  |   V  |   Z  |Ctl/Et|
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |   `  | Ctrl | Alt  | GUI  |Lower |Space |   0  |   .  |   =  |Space |Raise | Left | Down |  Up  |Right |
+ * `--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+[_DVORAK] = KEYMAP( 
+  KC_ESC,   KC_F1,    KC_F2,   KC_F3,   KC_F4,   KC_F5,   KC_F6,   KC_F7,   KC_F8,    KC_F9,   KC_F10, KC_DEL,\
+  KC_TAB,   KC_QUOT,  KC_COMM, KC_DOT,  KC_P,    KC_Y,    KC_P7,   KC_P8,   KC_P9,    KC_F,    KC_G,   KC_C,    KC_R,    KC_L,     KC_BSPC, \
+  KC_LCTL,  KC_A,     KC_O,    KC_E,    KC_U,    KC_I,    KC_P4,   KC_P5,   KC_P6,    KC_D,    KC_H,   KC_T,    KC_N, LT_MC(KC_S), KC_SLSH, \
+  KC_LSFT,  KC_SCLN,  KC_Q,    KC_J,    KC_K,    KC_X,    KC_P1,   KC_P2,   KC_P3,    KC_B,    KC_M,   KC_W,    KC_V,    KC_Z,     CTL_ENT, \
+  KC_GRV,   KC_LCTRL, KC_LGUI, KC_LALT, LOWER,   KC_SPC,  KC_P0,   KC_DOT,  KC_EQL,   KC_SPC,  RAISE,  KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_UP,    KC_RGHT \
+),
+ 
+/* Lower
+ * ,------+------+------+------+------+------------------------------------------------.
+ * |   ~  |   !  |   @  |   #  |   $  |   %  |   ^  |   &  |   *  |   (  |   )  | Bksp |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+--------------------.
+ * |   ~  |   !  |   @  |   #  |   $  |   %  |      |      |      |   ^  |   &  |   *  |   (  |   )  | Del  |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+-------------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |  F1  |  F2  |  F3  |  F4  |  F5  |      |      |      |  F6  |   _  |   +  |   {  |   }  |  |   |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------|------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |  F7  |  F8  |  F9  |  F10 |  F11 |      |      |      |  F12 |ISO ~ |ISO | |      |      |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      | Next | Vol- | Vol+ | Play |
+ * `--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+[_LOWER] = KEYMAP( 
+  KC_TILD, KC_EXLM, KC_AT,   KC_HASH, KC_DLR,  KC_PERC, KC_CIRC, KC_AMPR, KC_ASTR, KC_LPRN, KC_RPRN, KC_BSPC, \
+  KC_TILD, KC_EXLM, KC_AT,   KC_HASH, KC_DLR,  KC_PERC, _______, _______, _______, KC_CIRC, KC_AMPR, KC_ASTR,  KC_LPRN, KC_RPRN, KC_DEL, \
+  _______, KC_F1,   KC_F2,   KC_F3,   KC_F4,   KC_F5,   _______, _______, _______, KC_F6,   KC_UNDS, KC_PLUS,  KC_LBRC, KC_RBRC, KC_PIPE, \
+  _______, KC_F7,   KC_F8,   KC_F9,   KC_F10,  KC_F11,  _______, _______, _______, KC_F12,S(KC_NUHS),S(KC_NUBS),_______,_______, _______, \
+  _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, KC_MNXT, KC_VOLD, KC_VOLU, KC_MPLY \
+),
+ 
+/* Raise
+ * ,------+------+------+------+------+------------------------------------------------.
+ * |  Esc |   1  |   2  |   3  |   4  |   5  |   6  |   7  |   8  |   9  |   0  |   -  |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+--------------------.
+ * |   `  |   1  |   2  |   3  |   4  |   5  |      |      |      |   6  |   7  |   8  |   9  |   0  | Del  |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+-------------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Del  |  F1  |  F2  |  F3  |  F4  |  F5  |      |      |      |  F6  |   -  |   =  |   [  |   ]  |  \   |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |  F7  |  F8  |  F9  |  F10 |  F11 |      |      |      |  F12 |ISO # |ISO / |      |      |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      | Next | Vol- | Vol+ | Play |
+ * `--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+[_RAISE] = KEYMAP( 
+  KC_GRV,  KC_1,    KC_2,    KC_3,    KC_4,    KC_5,    KC_6,    KC_7,    KC_8,    KC_9,    KC_0,    KC_BSPC, \
+  KC_GRV,  KC_1,    KC_2,    KC_3,    KC_4,    KC_5,    _______, _______, _______, KC_6,    KC_7,    KC_8,    KC_9,    KC_0,    KC_DEL, \
+  KC_DEL,  KC_F1,   KC_F2,   KC_F3,   KC_F4,   KC_F5,   _______, _______, _______, KC_F6,   KC_MINS, KC_EQL,  KC_LBRC, KC_RBRC, KC_BSLS, \
+  _______, KC_F7,   KC_F8,   KC_F9,   KC_F10,  KC_F11,  _______, _______, _______, KC_F12,  KC_NUHS, KC_NUBS, _______, _______, _______, \
+  _______, _______, _______, _______,  _______, KC_SPC, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, KC_MNXT, KC_VOLD, KC_VOLU, KC_MPLY   \
+),
+ 
+/* Mouse Layer (semi-col)
+ * ,------+------+------+------+------+------------------------------------------------.
+ * | ACCL0| ACCL1| ACCL2|      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+--------------------.
+ * |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      | Home | Wh_Up| WHL_L| M_Up | WHL_R| Macro|      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      | End  | Wh_Dn| M_Lft| M_Dn | M_Rt |      |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      | BTN2 | BTN3 | BTN4 | BTN5 |      |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |      |      |      |      | BTN1 |      |      |      | BTN1 |      |      |      |      |      |
+ * `--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+ 
+[_MOUSECURSOR] = KEYMAP( 
+  KC_ACL0, KC_ACL1, KC_ACL2, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, \
+  _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, KC_HOME, KC_PGUP, KC_WH_L, KC_MS_U, KC_WH_R,DEMOMACRO,_______, \
+  _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, KC_END , KC_PGDN, KC_MS_L, KC_MS_D, KC_MS_R, _______, _______, \
+  _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, KC_BTN2, KC_BTN3, KC_BTN4, KC_BTN5, _______, _______, \
+  _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, KC_BTN1, _______, _______, _______, KC_BTN1, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______  \
+),
+ 
+/* Adjust (Lower + Raise)
+ * ,------+------+------+------+------+------------------------------------------------.
+ * |  Esc |   1  |   2  |   3  |   4  |   5  |   6  |   7  |   8  |   9  |   0  |   -  |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+--------------------.
+ * | Reset|RGB TG|RGB ST|RGBH -|RGBH +|RGBS -|RGBS +|RGBV -|RGBV +|      |      |      |      |      |  Del |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |      |      |Aud on|Audoff|AGnorm|      |      |      |AGswap|Qwerty|Colemk|      |      |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |Voice-|Voice+|Mus on|Musoff|      |      |      |      |      |      |      | BL + |BL ST |BL TG |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |
+ * `--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+[_ADJUST] = KEYMAP( 
+  KC_F1,   KC_F2,   KC_F3,   KC_F4,   KC_F5,   KC_F6,   KC_F7,   KC_F8,   KC_F9,   KC_F10,  KC_F11,  KC_F12, \
+  RESET,   RGB_TOG, RGB_MOD, RGB_HUI, RGB_HUD, RGB_SAI, RGB_SAD, RGB_VAI, RGB_VAD, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, KC_DEL, \
+  _______, _______, _______, AU_ON,   AU_OFF,  AG_NORM, _______, _______, _______, AG_SWAP, QWERTY,  COLEMAK, _______,  _______,  _______, \
+  _______, MUV_DE,  MUV_IN,  MU_ON,   MU_OFF,  MI_ON,   MI_OFF, _______, _______, _______,  _______, BL_DEC,  BL_INC,  BL_STEP, BL_TOGG, \
+  _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______\
+)
+ 
+
+
+};
+
+
+#ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+
+float tone_startup[][2]    = SONG(STARTUP_SOUND);
+float tone_qwerty[][2]     = SONG(QWERTY_SOUND);
+float tone_dvorak[][2]     = SONG(DVORAK_SOUND);
+float tone_colemak[][2]    = SONG(COLEMAK_SOUND);
+float music_scale[][2]     = SONG(MUSIC_SCALE_SOUND);
+float tone_goodbye[][2]    = SONG(GOODBYE_SOUND);
+#endif
+
+// define variables for reactive RGB
+bool RGB_INIT = false;
+bool TOG_STATUS = false;
+int RGB_current_mode;
+
+
+
+void persistant_default_layer_set(uint16_t default_layer) {
+  eeconfig_update_default_layer(default_layer);
+  default_layer_set(default_layer);
+}
+
+void update_tri_layer_RGB(uint8_t layer1, uint8_t layer2, uint8_t layer3) {
+  if (IS_LAYER_ON(layer1) && IS_LAYER_ON(layer2)) {
+    rgblight_mode(RGB_current_mode);
+    layer_on(layer3);
+  } else {
+    layer_off(layer3);
+  }
+}
+
+bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
+  switch (keycode) {
+    case QWERTY:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        #ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+          PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY(tone_qwerty, false, 0);
+        #endif
+        persistant_default_layer_set(1UL<<_QWERTY);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+    case COLEMAK:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        #ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+          PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY(tone_colemak, false, 0);
+        #endif
+        persistant_default_layer_set(1UL<<_COLEMAK);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+    case LOWER:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+          //not sure how to have keyboard check mode and set it to a variable, so my work around
+          //uses another variable that would be set to true after the first time a reactive key is pressed.
+        if (RGB_INIT) {} else {
+          RGB_current_mode = rgblight_config.mode;
+          RGB_INIT = true;
+        }
+        if (TOG_STATUS) { //TOG_STATUS checks is another reactive key currently pressed, only changes RGB mode if returns false
+        } else {
+          TOG_STATUS = !TOG_STATUS;
+          rgblight_mode(16);
+        }
+        layer_on(_LOWER);
+        update_tri_layer_RGB(_LOWER, _RAISE, _ADJUST);
+      } else {
+        rgblight_mode(RGB_current_mode);   // revert RGB to initial mode prior to RGB mode change
+        TOG_STATUS = false;
+        layer_off(_LOWER);
+        update_tri_layer_RGB(_LOWER, _RAISE, _ADJUST);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+    case RAISE:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        //not sure how to have keyboard check mode and set it to a variable, so my work around
+        //uses another variable that would be set to true after the first time a reactive key is pressed.
+        if (RGB_INIT) {} else {
+          RGB_current_mode = rgblight_config.mode;
+          RGB_INIT = true;
+        }
+        if (TOG_STATUS) { //TOG_STATUS checks is another reactive key currently pressed, only changes RGB mode if returns false
+        } else {
+          TOG_STATUS = !TOG_STATUS;
+          rgblight_mode(15);
+        }
+        layer_on(_RAISE);
+        update_tri_layer_RGB(_LOWER, _RAISE, _ADJUST);
+      } else {
+        rgblight_mode(RGB_current_mode);  // revert RGB to initial mode prior to RGB mode change
+        layer_off(_RAISE);
+        TOG_STATUS = false;
+        update_tri_layer_RGB(_LOWER, _RAISE, _ADJUST);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+    case BACKLIT:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        register_code(KC_RSFT);
+        #ifdef BACKLIGHT_ENABLE
+          backlight_step();
+        #endif
+      } else {
+        unregister_code(KC_RSFT);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+    case RGB_MOD:
+      //led operations - RGB mode change now updates the RGB_current_mode to allow the right RGB mode to be set after reactive keys are released
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        rgblight_mode(RGB_current_mode);
+        rgblight_step();
+        RGB_current_mode = rgblight_config.mode;
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+
+void matrix_init_user(void) {
+  #ifdef USE_I2C
+    i2c_master_init();
+  #ifdef SSD1306OLED
+  // calls code for the SSD1306 OLED
+        _delay_ms(400);
+        TWI_Init(TWI_BIT_PRESCALE_1, TWI_BITLENGTH_FROM_FREQ(1, 800000));
+        iota_gfx_init();   // turns on the display
+  #endif
+  #endif
+    #ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+        startup_user();
+    #endif
+}
+
+void matrix_scan_user(void) {
+    #ifdef SSD1306OLED
+     iota_gfx_task();  // this is what updates the display continuously
+    #endif
+}
+
+#ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+
+void startup_user()
+{
+    _delay_ms(20); // gets rid of tick
+    PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY(tone_startup, false, 0);
+}
+
+void shutdown_user()
+{cc
+    PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY(tone_goodbye, false, 0);
+    _delay_ms(150);
+    stop_all_notes();
+}
+
+void music_on_user(void)
+{
+    music_scale_user();
+}
+
+void music_scale_user(void)
+{
+    PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY(music_scale, false, 0);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Macro definition
+ */
+const macro_t *action_get_macro(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt)
+{
+    if (!eeconfig_is_enabled()) {
+      eeconfig_init();
+    }
+
+    switch (id) {  
+      case KC_DEMOMACRO:
+        if (record->event.pressed){
+          return MACRO (I(1), T(H),T(E),T(L), T(L), T(O), T(SPACE), T(W), T(O), T(R), T(L), T(D),  END);
+        }  
+    }
+
+    return MACRO_NONE;
+}
+
+void matrix_update(struct CharacterMatrix *dest,
+                          const struct CharacterMatrix *source) {
+  if (memcmp(dest->display, source->display, sizeof(dest->display))) {
+    memcpy(dest->display, source->display, sizeof(dest->display));
+    dest->dirty = true;
+  }
+}
+
+//assign the right code to your layers for OLED display
+#define L_BASE 0
+#define L_LOWER 8
+#define L_RAISE 16
+#define L_FNLAYER 64
+#define L_NUMLAY 128
+#define L_NLOWER 136
+#define L_NFNLAYER 192
+#define L_MOUSECURSOR 256
+#define L_ADJUST 65560
+
+void iota_gfx_task_user(void) {
+#if DEBUG_TO_SCREEN
+  if (debug_enable) {
+    return;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  struct CharacterMatrix matrix;
+
+  matrix_clear(&matrix);
+  matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("USB: "));
+#ifdef PROTOCOL_LUFA
+  switch (USB_DeviceState) {
+    case DEVICE_STATE_Unattached:
+      matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("Unattached"));
+      break;
+    case DEVICE_STATE_Suspended:
+      matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("Suspended"));
+      break;
+    case DEVICE_STATE_Configured:
+      matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("Connected"));
+      break;
+    case DEVICE_STATE_Powered:
+      matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("Powered"));
+      break;
+    case DEVICE_STATE_Default:
+      matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("Default"));
+      break;
+    case DEVICE_STATE_Addressed:
+      matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("Addressed"));
+      break;
+    default:
+      matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("Invalid"));
+  }
+#endif
+
+// Define layers here, Have not worked out how to have text displayed for each layer. Copy down the number you see and add a case for it below
+
+  char buf[40];
+  snprintf(buf,sizeof(buf), "Undef-%ld", layer_state);
+  matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("\n\nLayer: "));
+    switch (layer_state) {
+        case L_BASE:
+           matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("Default"));
+           break;
+        case L_RAISE:
+           matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("Raise"));
+           break;
+        case L_LOWER:
+           matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("Lower"));
+           break;
+        case L_ADJUST:
+           matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("ADJUST"));
+           break;
+        default:
+           matrix_write(&matrix, buf);
+ }
+  
+  // Host Keyboard LED Status
+  char led[40];
+    snprintf(led, sizeof(led), "\n%s  %s  %s",
+            (host_keyboard_leds() & (1<<USB_LED_NUM_LOCK)) ? "NUMLOCK" : "       ",
+            (host_keyboard_leds() & (1<<USB_LED_CAPS_LOCK)) ? "CAPS" : "    ",
+            (host_keyboard_leds() & (1<<USB_LED_SCROLL_LOCK)) ? "SCLK" : "    ");
+  matrix_write(&matrix, led);
+  matrix_update(&display, &matrix);
+}
+
diff --git a/keyboards/hadron/keymaps/default/readme.md b/keyboards/hadron/keymaps/default/readme.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..de9680b498
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/hadron/keymaps/default/readme.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+# The Default Planck Layout
+
diff --git a/keyboards/hadron/keymaps/readme.md b/keyboards/hadron/keymaps/readme.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..54fb5f6d9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/hadron/keymaps/readme.md
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+# How to add your own keymap
+
+Folders can be named however you'd like (will be approved upon merging), or should follow the format with a preceding `_`:
+
+    _[ISO 3166-1 alpha-2 code*]_[layout variant]_[layout name/author]
+
+\* See full list: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1#Officially_assigned_code_elements
+
+and contain the following files:
+
+* `keymap.c`
+* `readme.md` *recommended*
+* `config.h` *optional*, found automatically when compiling
+* `Makefile` *optional*, found automatically when compling
+
+When adding your keymap to this list, keep it organised alphabetically (select list, edit->sort lines), and use this format:
+
+     * **folder_name** description
+
+# List of Planck keymaps
+
+* **default** default Planck layout
+* **cbbrowne** cbbrowne's Planck layout
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/hadron/keymaps/side_numpad/Makefile b/keyboards/hadron/keymaps/side_numpad/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5cdc186cd6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/hadron/keymaps/side_numpad/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+
+
+# Build Options
+#   change to "no" to disable the options, or define them in the Makefile in 
+#   the appropriate keymap folder that will get included automatically
+#
+BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE = no       # Virtual DIP switch configuration(+1000)
+MOUSEKEY_ENABLE = yes      # Mouse keys(+4700)
+EXTRAKEY_ENABLE = yes       # Audio control and System control(+450)
+CONSOLE_ENABLE = no         # Console for debug(+400)
+COMMAND_ENABLE = no        # Commands for debug and configuration
+NKRO_ENABLE = yes            # Nkey Rollover - if this doesn't work, see here: https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/wiki/FAQ#nkro-doesnt-work
+BACKLIGHT_ENABLE = no      # Enable keyboard backlight functionality
+MIDI_ENABLE = yes            # MIDI controls
+AUDIO_ENABLE = no           # Audio output on port C6
+UNICODE_ENABLE = no         # Unicode
+BLUETOOTH_ENABLE = no       # Enable Bluetooth with the Adafruit EZ-Key HID
+RGBLIGHT_ENABLE = yes        # Enable WS2812 RGB underlight.  Do not enable this with audio at the same time.
+ONEHAND_ENABLE = no        # Enable one-hand typing
+
+# Do not enable SLEEP_LED_ENABLE. it uses the same timer as BACKLIGHT_ENABLE
+SLEEP_LED_ENABLE = no    # Breathing sleep LED during USB suspend
+
+ifndef QUANTUM_DIR
+	include ../../../../Makefile
+endif
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/hadron/keymaps/side_numpad/config.h b/keyboards/hadron/keymaps/side_numpad/config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0f349ad932
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/hadron/keymaps/side_numpad/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+#ifndef CONFIG_USER_H
+#define CONFIG_USER_H
+
+#include "../../config.h"
+
+#define LEADER_TIMEOUT 300
+//#define BACKLIGHT_BREATHING
+#define PREVENT_STUCK_MODIFIERS
+
+#define USE_I2C
+#define SSD1306OLED
+#define OLED_ROTATE180
+
+/* ws2812 RGB LED*/
+#define RGB_DI_PIN D4
+#define RGBLIGHT_ANIMATIONS
+#define RGBLED_NUM 14     // Number of LEDs
+#define RGBLIGHT_HUE_STEP 10
+#define RGBLIGHT_SAT_STEP 17
+
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/hadron/keymaps/side_numpad/keymap.c b/keyboards/hadron/keymaps/side_numpad/keymap.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a5ccfd0222
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/hadron/keymaps/side_numpad/keymap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,505 @@
+#include "hadron.h"
+#include "bootloader.h"
+#include "action_layer.h"
+#include "eeconfig.h"
+#include "LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h"
+#ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+  #include "audio.h"
+#endif
+#ifdef USE_I2C
+#include "i2c.h"
+#endif
+#ifdef SSD1306OLED
+#include "ssd1306.h"
+#endif
+extern keymap_config_t keymap_config;
+
+//Following line allows macro to read current RGB settings
+extern rgblight_config_t rgblight_config;
+
+// Each layer gets a name for readability, which is then used in the keymap matrix below.
+// The underscores don't mean anything - you can have a layer called STUFF or any other name.
+// Layer names don't all need to be of the same length, obviously, and you can also skip them
+// entirely and just use numbers.
+#define _QWERTY 0
+#define _LOWER 3
+#define _RAISE 4
+#define _FNLAYER 6
+#define _NUMLAY 7
+#define _MOUSECURSOR 8
+#define _ADJUST 16
+
+enum preonic_keycodes {
+  QWERTY = SAFE_RANGE,
+  COLEMAK,
+  DVORAK,
+  LOWER,
+  RAISE,
+  BACKLIT,
+  RGBLED_TOGGLE,
+  RGBLED_STEP_MODE,
+  RGBLED_INCREASE_HUE,
+  RGBLED_DECREASE_HUE,
+  RGBLED_INCREASE_SAT,
+  RGBLED_DECREASE_SAT,
+  RGBLED_INCREASE_VAL,
+  RGBLED_DECREASE_VAL,
+};
+
+enum macro_keycodes {
+  KC_DEMOMACRO,
+};
+
+// Fillers to make layering more clear
+#define _______ KC_TRNS
+#define XXXXXXX KC_NO
+// Custom macros
+#define CTL_ESC     CTL_T(KC_ESC)               // Tap for Esc, hold for Ctrl
+#define CTL_TTAB    CTL_T(KC_TAB)               // Tap for Esc, hold for Ctrl
+#define CTL_ENT     CTL_T(KC_ENT)               // Tap for Enter, hold for Ctrl
+#define SFT_ENT     SFT_T(KC_ENT)               // Tap for Enter, hold for Shift
+// Requires KC_TRNS/_______ for the trigger key in the destination layer
+#define LT_FN(kc)   LT(_FNLAYER, kc)            // L-ayer T-ap Function Layer
+#define LT_MC(kc)   LT(_MOUSECURSOR, kc)        // L-ayer T-ap M-ouse C-ursor
+#define LT_RAI(kc)  LT(_RAISE, kc)              // L-ayer T-ap to Raise
+#define TG_NUMLAY   TG(_NUMLAY)                 //Toggle for layer _NUMLAY
+#define DEMOMACRO    M(KC_DEMOMACRO)                // My login macros
+
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+
+/* Qwerty
+ * ,------+------+------+------+------+------------------------------------------------.
+ * |  Esc |   1  |   2  |   3  |   4  |   5  |   6  |   7  |   8  |   9  |   0  |   -  |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+--------------------.
+ * | Tab  |   Q  |   W  |   E  |   R  |   T  |   Y  |   U  |   I  |   O  |   P  | Bksp |   7  |   8  |   9  |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | CAPS |   A  |   S  |   D  |   F  |   G  |   H  |   J  |   K  |   L  |   ;  |Enter |   4  |   5  |   6  |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Shift|   Z  |   X  |   C  |   V  |   B  |   N  |   M  |   ,  |   .  |   /  |   =  |   1  |   2  |   3  |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |   ~  | Ctrl | Alt  | GUI  |Lower |Space |Space |Raise | RAlt | Ins  |  Del |NumLay|   0  |   .  |  ENT |
+ * `--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+[_QWERTY] = KEYMAP( 
+  KC_ESC,    KC_1,    KC_2,    KC_3,    KC_4,    KC_5,    KC_6,    KC_7,    KC_8,    KC_9,    KC_0,          KC_MINS,\
+  KC_TAB,    KC_Q,    KC_W,    KC_E,    KC_R,    KC_T,    KC_Y,    KC_U,    KC_I,    KC_O,    KC_P,           KC_BSPC,    KC_P7,   KC_P8,   KC_P9, \
+  KC_CAPS,   KC_A,    KC_S,    KC_D,    KC_F,    KC_G,    KC_H,    KC_J,    KC_K,    KC_L,    LT_MC(KC_SCLN), CTL_ENT,    KC_P4,   KC_P5,   KC_P6, \
+  KC_LSFT,   KC_Z,    KC_X,    KC_C,    KC_V,    KC_B,    KC_N,    KC_M,    KC_COMM, KC_DOT,  KC_SLSH,         KC_EQL,    KC_P1,   KC_P2,   KC_P3, \
+  KC_GRV,    KC_RCTL, KC_LALT, KC_LGUI, LOWER,   KC_SPC,  KC_SPC,  RAISE,   KC_RALT, KC_INS,  KC_DEL,       TG_NUMLAY,    KC_P0,   KC_PDOT, KC_PENT \
+),
+ 
+/* Lower
+ * ,-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+ * |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+--------------------.
+ * |   1  |   2  |   3  |   4  |   5  |   6  |   7  |   8  |   9  |   0  |   ~  |  \   |      |      |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+-------------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | CAPS |  F1  |  F2  |  F3  |  F4  |  F5  |  F6  |   _  |   +  |   {  |   }  |  |   |      |      |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |  F7  |  F8  |  F9  |  F10 |  F11 |  F12 |ISO ~ |ISO | |   [  |   ]  |      |      |      |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      | Next | Vol- | Vol+ | Play |      |      |      |
+ * `--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+[_LOWER] = KEYMAP( 
+  KC_ESC,    KC_NO,   KC_NO,   KC_NO,   KC_NO,   KC_NO,   KC_NO,      KC_NO,      KC_NO,   KC_NO,   KC_NO,   KC_NO, \
+  KC_1,       KC_2,    KC_3,    KC_4,    KC_5,    KC_6,    KC_7,       KC_8,       KC_9,    KC_0,  KC_GRV, KC_BSLS, _______, _______, _______, \
+  KC_CAPS,   KC_F1,   KC_F2,   KC_F3,   KC_F4,   KC_F5,   KC_F6,    KC_UNDS,     KC_EQL, KC_LBRC, KC_RBRC, KC_PIPE, _______, _______, _______, \
+  _______,   KC_F7,   KC_F8,   KC_F9,  KC_F10,  KC_F11,  KC_F12, S(KC_NUHS), S(KC_NUBS), KC_LCBR, KC_RCBR, _______, _______, _______, _______, \
+  _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______,    _______,    KC_MNXT, KC_VOLD, KC_VOLU, KC_MPLY, _______, _______, _______\
+),
+ 
+/* Raise
+ * ,-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+ * |  F1  |  F2  |  F3  |  F4  |  F5  |  F6  |  F7  |  F8  |  F9  |  F10 |  F11 |  F12 |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+--------------------.
+ * |   1  |   2  |   3  |   4  |   5  |   6  |   7  |   8  |   9  |   0  |   ~  |  \   |      |      |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+-------------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |   A  |  Up  |   D  | PrSc |      |   4  |   5  |   6  |   *  |   :  |  '   |      |      |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |  Lt  |  Dn  |  Rt  | Mute |      |   1  |   2  |   3  |  Up  |   /  |      |      |      |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |      |      |      |      |Space |   0  |      | Left | Down | Right|      |      |      |      |
+ * `--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+[_RAISE] = KEYMAP( 
+  KC_F1,    KC_F2,    KC_F3,    KC_F4,    KC_F5,   KC_F6, KC_F7,   KC_F8,      KC_F9,  KC_F10,   KC_F11,  KC_F12, \
+  KC_1,    KC_2,    KC_3,    KC_4,     KC_5,        KC_6,  KC_7,    KC_8,       KC_9,    KC_0,  KC_PLUS, KC_BSLS, _______, _______, _______, \
+  _______, KC_A,    KC_UP,   KC_D,     KC_PSCR,  _______,  KC_4,    KC_5,       KC_6, KC_PAST,  KC_COLN, KC_QUOT, _______, _______, _______, \
+  _______, KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_RIGHT, KC__MUTE, _______,  KC_1,    KC_2,       KC_3,   KC_UP,  KC_SLSH, _______, _______, _______, _______, \
+  _______, _______, _______, _______,   _______,  KC_SPC,  KC_0,   _______,  KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_RIGHT, _______, _______, _______, _______  \
+),
+ 
+/* FN layer on Esc key
+ * ,-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+ * |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+--------------------.
+ * |      |   !  |   @  |   #  |   $  |   %  |   ^  |   &  |   *  |   (  |   )  |   +  |      |      |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |  F1  |  F2  |  F3  |  F4  |  F5  |  F6  |   _  |   =  |   [  |   ]  |  '   |      |      |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |  F7  |  F8  |  F9  |  F10 |  F11 |  F12 |ISO ~ |ISO | |   {  |   }  |      |      |      |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      | Next | Vol- | Vol+ | Play |      |      |      |
+ * `--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+[_FNLAYER] = KEYMAP( 
+  _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______,   _______, _______,\
+  _______, KC_EXLM,   KC_AT, KC_HASH,  KC_DLR, KC_PERC, KC_CIRC,   KC_AMPR,    KC_ASTR, KC_LPRN, KC_RPRN, KC_PLUS, _______, _______, _______, \
+  _______,   KC_F1,   KC_F2,   KC_F3,   KC_F4,   KC_F5,   KC_F6,   KC_UNDS,     KC_EQL, KC_LBRC, KC_RBRC, KC_QUOT, _______, _______, _______, \
+  _______,   KC_F7,   KC_F8,   KC_F9,  KC_F10,  KC_F11,  KC_F12,S(KC_NUHS), S(KC_NUBS), KC_LCBR, KC_RCBR, _______, _______, _______, _______, \
+  _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______,   _______,    KC_MNXT, KC_VOLD, KC_VOLU, KC_MPLY, _______, _______, _______ \
+),
+ 
+/* Num Layer
+ * ,-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+ * |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+--------------------.
+ * |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |  F7  |  F8  |  F9  |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |  F4  |  F5  |  F6  |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |  Up  |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      | Exit | Left | Down | Rght |
+ * `--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+[_NUMLAY] = KEYMAP( 
+  _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______,  _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______,\
+  _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______,  _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, KC_INS,  KC_HOME,  KC_PGUP,   \
+  _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______,  _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, KC_DEL,   KC_END,  KC_PGDN,   \
+  _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______,  _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, KC_PMNS,    KC_UP,   KC_PPLS,   \
+  _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______,  _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_RIGHT \
+),
+ 
+/* Mouse Layer (semi-col)
+ * ,-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+ * |      |ACCL0| ACCL1| ACCL2 |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+--------------------.
+ * |      |      |      |      |      | Home | Wh_Up| WHL_L| M_Up | WHL_R|      |      |      |      |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |      |      |      |      | End  | Wh_Dn| M_Lft| M_Dn | M_Rt |      |      |      |      |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |      |      |      |      |      | BTN2 | BTN3 | BTN4 | BTN5 |      |      |      |      |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |      |      |      |      | BTN1 |      |      |      | BTN1 |      |      |      |      |      |
+ * `--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+ 
+[_MOUSECURSOR] = KEYMAP( 
+  _______, KC_ACL0, KC_ACL1, KC_ACL2, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______,   _______, _______,\
+  _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, KC_HOME, KC_PGUP, KC_WH_L, KC_MS_U, KC_WH_R, DEMOMACRO, _______, _______, _______, _______, \
+  _______, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, KC_END , KC_PGDN, KC_MS_L, KC_MS_D, KC_MS_R,   _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, \
+  _______, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, _______, KC_BTN2, KC_BTN3, KC_BTN4, KC_BTN5,   _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, \
+  _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, KC_BTN1, KC_BTN1, _______, _______, _______,   _______, _______, _______, _______, _______ \
+),
+ 
+/* Adjust (Lower + Raise)
+ 
+ * ,-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+ * | Reset|      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      | VolD | VolU | Mute |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+--------------------.
+ * |      |RGB TG|RGB ST|RGBH -|RGBH +|RGBS -|RGBS +|RGBV -|RGBV +|      |      |  Del |      |      |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |      |      |Aud on|Audoff|AGnorm|AGswap|Qwerty|      |      |      |      |      |      |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |Voice-|Voice+|Mus on|Musoff|MIDIon|MIDIof|      | BL + |BL ST |BLSTEP| BL TG|      |      |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |
+ * `--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+[_ADJUST] = KEYMAP( 
+  RESET,     KC_NO,   KC_NO,   KC_NO,   KC_NO,   KC_NO,   KC_NO,   KC_NO,   KC_NO, KC_VOLD, KC_VOLU, KC_MUTE, \
+  _______, RGB_TOG, RGB_MOD, RGB_HUI, RGB_HUD, RGB_SAI, RGB_SAD, RGB_VAI, RGB_VAD, _______, _______,  KC_DEL, _______, _______, _______, \
+  _______, _______, _______,   AU_ON,  AU_OFF, AG_NORM, AG_SWAP,  QWERTY, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, \
+  _______,  MUV_DE,  MUV_IN,   MU_ON,  MU_OFF,   MI_ON,  MI_OFF, _______, BL_DEC,  BL_INC,  BL_STEP, BL_TOGG, _______, _______, _______, \
+  _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______ \
+)
+ 
+
+
+};
+
+
+#ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+
+float tone_startup[][2]    = SONG(STARTUP_SOUND);
+float tone_qwerty[][2]     = SONG(QWERTY_SOUND);
+float music_scale[][2]     = SONG(MUSIC_SCALE_SOUND);
+float tone_goodbye[][2]    = SONG(GOODBYE_SOUND);
+#endif
+
+// define variables for reactive RGB
+bool RGB_INIT = false;
+bool TOG_STATUS = false;
+bool NUMLAY_STATUS = false;
+int RGB_current_mode;
+
+
+
+void persistant_default_layer_set(uint16_t default_layer) {
+  eeconfig_update_default_layer(default_layer);
+  default_layer_set(default_layer);
+}
+
+void update_tri_layer_RGB(uint8_t layer1, uint8_t layer2, uint8_t layer3) {
+  if (IS_LAYER_ON(layer1) && IS_LAYER_ON(layer2)) {
+    rgblight_mode(RGB_current_mode);
+    layer_on(layer3);
+  } else {
+    layer_off(layer3);
+  }
+}
+
+bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
+  switch (keycode) {
+    case QWERTY:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        #ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+          PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY(tone_qwerty, false, 0);
+        #endif
+        persistant_default_layer_set(1UL<<_QWERTY);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+    case LOWER:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+          //not sure how to have keyboard check mode and set it to a variable, so my work around
+          //uses another variable that would be set to true after the first time a reactive key is pressed.
+        if (RGB_INIT) {} else {
+          RGB_current_mode = rgblight_config.mode;
+          RGB_INIT = true;
+        }
+        if (TOG_STATUS) { //TOG_STATUS checks is another reactive key currently pressed, only changes RGB mode if returns false
+        } else {
+          TOG_STATUS = !TOG_STATUS;
+          rgblight_mode(16);
+        }
+        layer_on(_LOWER);
+        update_tri_layer_RGB(_LOWER, _RAISE, _ADJUST);
+      } else {
+        rgblight_mode(RGB_current_mode);   // revert RGB to initial mode prior to RGB mode change
+        TOG_STATUS = false;
+        layer_off(_LOWER);
+        update_tri_layer_RGB(_LOWER, _RAISE, _ADJUST);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+    case RAISE:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        //not sure how to have keyboard check mode and set it to a variable, so my work around
+        //uses another variable that would be set to true after the first time a reactive key is pressed.
+        if (RGB_INIT) {} else {
+          RGB_current_mode = rgblight_config.mode;
+          RGB_INIT = true;
+        }
+        if (TOG_STATUS) { //TOG_STATUS checks is another reactive key currently pressed, only changes RGB mode if returns false
+        } else {
+          TOG_STATUS = !TOG_STATUS;
+          rgblight_mode(15);
+        }
+        layer_on(_RAISE);
+        update_tri_layer_RGB(_LOWER, _RAISE, _ADJUST);
+      } else {
+        rgblight_mode(RGB_current_mode);  // revert RGB to initial mode prior to RGB mode change
+        layer_off(_RAISE);
+        TOG_STATUS = false;
+        update_tri_layer_RGB(_LOWER, _RAISE, _ADJUST);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+    case BACKLIT:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        register_code(KC_RSFT);
+        #ifdef BACKLIGHT_ENABLE
+          backlight_step();
+        #endif
+      } else {
+        unregister_code(KC_RSFT);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+      //my attempt for RGB layer lock indication via changing the mode, still have to figure out how to not have other keypress not override this mode
+    case TG_NUMLAY:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        if (RGB_INIT) {} else {
+          RGB_current_mode = rgblight_config.mode;
+          RGB_INIT = true;
+        }
+        NUMLAY_STATUS = !NUMLAY_STATUS;
+        if (NUMLAY_STATUS) {
+        rgblight_mode(4);
+        layer_on(_NUMLAY);
+        } else {
+        rgblight_mode(RGB_current_mode);  
+        layer_off(_NUMLAY); }
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+    case RGB_MOD:
+      //led operations - RGB mode change now updates the RGB_current_mode to allow the right RGB mode to be set after reactive keys are released
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        rgblight_mode(RGB_current_mode);
+        rgblight_step();
+        RGB_current_mode = rgblight_config.mode;
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+
+void matrix_init_user(void) {
+  #ifdef USE_I2C
+    i2c_master_init();
+  #ifdef SSD1306OLED
+  // calls code for the SSD1306 OLED
+        _delay_ms(400);
+        TWI_Init(TWI_BIT_PRESCALE_1, TWI_BITLENGTH_FROM_FREQ(1, 800000));
+        iota_gfx_init();   // turns on the display
+  #endif
+  #endif
+    #ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+        startup_user();
+    #endif
+}
+
+void matrix_scan_user(void) {
+    #ifdef SSD1306OLED
+     iota_gfx_task();  // this is what updates the display continuously
+    #endif
+}
+
+#ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+
+void startup_user()
+{
+    _delay_ms(20); // gets rid of tick
+    PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY(tone_startup, false, 0);
+}
+
+void shutdown_user()
+{cc
+    PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY(tone_goodbye, false, 0);
+    _delay_ms(150);
+    stop_all_notes();
+}
+
+void music_on_user(void)
+{
+    music_scale_user();
+}
+
+void music_scale_user(void)
+{
+    PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY(music_scale, false, 0);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Macro definition
+ */
+const macro_t *action_get_macro(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt)
+{
+    if (!eeconfig_is_enabled()) {
+      eeconfig_init();
+    }
+
+    switch (id) {  
+      case KC_DEMOMACRO:
+        if (record->event.pressed){
+          return MACRO (I(1), T(H),T(E),T(L), T(L), T(O), T(SPACE), T(W), T(O), T(R), T(L), T(D),  END);
+        }  
+    }
+
+    return MACRO_NONE;
+}
+
+void matrix_update(struct CharacterMatrix *dest,
+                          const struct CharacterMatrix *source) {
+  if (memcmp(dest->display, source->display, sizeof(dest->display))) {
+    memcpy(dest->display, source->display, sizeof(dest->display));
+    dest->dirty = true;
+  }
+}
+
+//assign the right code to your layers for OLED display
+#define L_BASE 0
+#define L_LOWER 8
+#define L_RAISE 16
+#define L_FNLAYER 64
+#define L_NUMLAY 128
+#define L_NLOWER 136
+#define L_NFNLAYER 192
+#define L_MOUSECURSOR 256
+#define L_ADJUST 65560
+
+void iota_gfx_task_user(void) {
+#if DEBUG_TO_SCREEN
+  if (debug_enable) {
+    return;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  struct CharacterMatrix matrix;
+
+  matrix_clear(&matrix);
+  matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("USB: "));
+#ifdef PROTOCOL_LUFA
+  switch (USB_DeviceState) {
+    case DEVICE_STATE_Unattached:
+      matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("Unattached"));
+      break;
+    case DEVICE_STATE_Suspended:
+      matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("Suspended"));
+      break;
+    case DEVICE_STATE_Configured:
+      matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("Connected"));
+      break;
+    case DEVICE_STATE_Powered:
+      matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("Powered"));
+      break;
+    case DEVICE_STATE_Default:
+      matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("Default"));
+      break;
+    case DEVICE_STATE_Addressed:
+      matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("Addressed"));
+      break;
+    default:
+      matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("Invalid"));
+  }
+#endif
+
+// Define layers here, Have not worked out how to have text displayed for each layer. Copy down the number you see and add a case for it below
+
+  char buf[40];
+  snprintf(buf,sizeof(buf), "Undef-%ld", layer_state);
+  matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("\n\nLayer: "));
+    switch (layer_state) {
+        case L_BASE:
+           matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("Default"));
+           break;
+        case L_RAISE:
+           matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("Raise"));
+           break;
+        case L_LOWER:
+           matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("Lower"));
+           break;
+        case L_ADJUST:
+           matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("ADJUST"));
+           break;
+        default:
+           matrix_write(&matrix, buf);
+ }
+  
+  // Host Keyboard LED Status
+  char led[40];
+    snprintf(led, sizeof(led), "\n%s  %s  %s",
+            (host_keyboard_leds() & (1<<USB_LED_NUM_LOCK)) ? "NUMLOCK" : "       ",
+            (host_keyboard_leds() & (1<<USB_LED_CAPS_LOCK)) ? "CAPS" : "    ",
+            (host_keyboard_leds() & (1<<USB_LED_SCROLL_LOCK)) ? "SCLK" : "    ");
+  matrix_write(&matrix, led);
+  matrix_update(&display, &matrix);
+}
diff --git a/keyboards/hadron/keymaps/side_numpad/readme.md b/keyboards/hadron/keymaps/side_numpad/readme.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..de9680b498
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/hadron/keymaps/side_numpad/readme.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+# The Default Planck Layout
+
diff --git a/keyboards/hadron/out.txt b/keyboards/hadron/out.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..644a6a7774
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/hadron/out.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+-------- begin --------
+avr-gcc.exe (AVR_8_bit_GNU_Toolchain_3.5.0_1662) 4.9.2
+Copyright (C) 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO
+warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+Compiling: ../../keyboards/planck/planck.c                            [OK]
+Compiling: ../../keyboards/planck/keymaps/experimental/keymap.c       [WARNINGS]
+ | 
+ | ../../keyboards/planck/keymaps/experimental/keymap.c: In function 'action_get_macro':
+ | ../../keyboards/planck/keymaps/experimental/keymap.c:227:17: warning: implicit declaration of function 'breathing_speed_set' [-Wimplicit-function-declaration]
+ |                  breathing_speed_set(2);
+ |                  ^
+ | ../../keyboards/planck/keymaps/experimental/keymap.c:228:17: warning: implicit declaration of function 'breathing_pulse' [-Wimplicit-function-declaration]
+ |                  breathing_pulse();
+ |                  ^
+ | 
+Compiling: ../../quantum/quantum.c                                    [OK]
+Compiling: ../../quantum/keymap.c                                     [OK]
+Compiling: ../../quantum/keycode_config.c                             [OK]
+Compiling: ../../quantum/matrix.c                                     [OK]
+Compiling: ../../quantum/audio/audio.c                                [OK]
+Compiling: ../../quantum/audio/voices.c                               [OK]
+Compiling: ../../quantum/audio/luts.c                                 [OK]
+Compiling: ../../tmk_core/protocol/lufa/lufa.c                        [OK]
+Compiling: ../../tmk_core/protocol/lufa/descriptor.c                  [OK]
+Compiling: ../../tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDParser.c [OK]
+Compiling: ../../tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Device_AVR8.c [OK]
+Compiling: ../../tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/EndpointStream_AVR8.c [OK]
+Compiling: ../../tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Endpoint_AVR8.c [OK]
+Compiling: ../../tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Host_AVR8.c [OK]
+Compiling: ../../tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/PipeStream_AVR8.c [OK]
+Compiling: ../../tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Pipe_AVR8.c [OK]
+Compiling: ../../tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBController_AVR8.c [OK]
+Compiling: ../../tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBInterrupt_AVR8.c [OK]
+Compiling: ../../tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/ConfigDescriptors.c [OK]
+Compiling: ../../tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/DeviceStandardReq.c [OK]
+Compiling: ../../tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Events.c [OK]
+Compiling: ../../tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/HostStandardReq.c [OK]
+Compiling: ../../tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBTask.c [OK]
+Compiling: ../../tmk_core/common/host.c                               [OK]
+Compiling: ../../tmk_core/common/keyboard.c                           [OK]
+Compiling: ../../tmk_core/common/action.c                             [OK]
+Compiling: ../../tmk_core/common/action_tapping.c                     [OK]
+Compiling: ../../tmk_core/common/action_macro.c                       [OK]
+Compiling: ../../tmk_core/common/action_layer.c                       [OK]
+Compiling: ../../tmk_core/common/action_util.c                        [OK]
+Compiling: ../../tmk_core/common/print.c                              [OK]
+Compiling: ../../tmk_core/common/debug.c                              [OK]
+Compiling: ../../tmk_core/common/util.c                               [OK]
+Compiling: ../../tmk_core/common/avr/suspend.c                        [OK]
+Assembling: ../../tmk_core/common/avr/xprintf.S                       [OK]
+Compiling: ../../tmk_core/common/avr/timer.c                          [OK]
+Compiling: ../../tmk_core/common/avr/bootloader.c                     [OK]
+Compiling: ../../tmk_core/common/magic.c                              [OK]
+Compiling: ../../tmk_core/common/avr/eeconfig.c                       [OK]
+Compiling: ../../tmk_core/common/mousekey.c                           [OK]
+Compiling: ../../tmk_core/common/command.c                            [OK]
+Compiling: ../../tmk_core/common/backlight.c                          [OK]
+Linking: .build/planck_experimental.elf                               [ERRORS]
+ | 
+ | .build/obj_planck_experimental/keyboards/planck/keymaps/experimental/keymap.o: In function `action_get_macro':
+ | C:\Users\Fred Wales\Documents\Programming\qmk_firmware\keyboards\planck/../../keyboards/planck/keymaps/experimental/keymap.c:240: undefined reference to `breathing_speed_set'
+ | C:\Users\Fred Wales\Documents\Programming\qmk_firmware\keyboards\planck/../../keyboards/planck/keymaps/experimental/keymap.c:241: undefined reference to `breathing_pulse'
+ | collect2.exe: error: ld returned 1 exit status
+ | 
diff --git a/keyboards/hadron/readme.md b/keyboards/hadron/readme.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8b13789179
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/hadron/readme.md
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+
diff --git a/keyboards/hadron/rules.mk b/keyboards/hadron/rules.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..78f86f982d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/hadron/rules.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+# MCU name
+#MCU = at90usb1287
+MCU = atmega32u4
+
+# Processor frequency.
+#     This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the
+#     processor frequency in Hz. You can then use this symbol in your source code to
+#     calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done
+#     automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.
+#
+#     This will be an integer division of F_USB below, as it is sourced by
+#     F_USB after it has run through any CPU prescalers. Note that this value
+#     does not *change* the processor frequency - it should merely be updated to
+#     reflect the processor speed set externally so that the code can use accurate
+#     software delays.
+F_CPU = 16000000
+
+#
+# LUFA specific
+#
+# Target architecture (see library "Board Types" documentation).
+ARCH = AVR8
+
+# Input clock frequency.
+#     This will define a symbol, F_USB, in all source code files equal to the
+#     input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed) in Hz. This value may
+#     differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the
+#     raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed
+#     clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL'
+#     at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your
+#     source code.
+#
+#     If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the
+#     CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU.
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+
+# Interrupt driven control endpoint task(+60)
+OPT_DEFS += -DINTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+
+
+# Boot Section Size in *bytes*
+#   Teensy halfKay   512
+#   Teensy++ halfKay 1024
+#   Atmel DFU loader 4096
+#   LUFA bootloader  4096
+#   USBaspLoader     2048
+OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_SIZE=512
+
+# Build Options
+#   change to "no" to disable the options, or define them in the Makefile in 
+#   the appropriate keymap folder that will get included automatically
+#
+BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE ?= no       # Virtual DIP switch configuration(+1000)
+MOUSEKEY_ENABLE ?= no       # Mouse keys(+4700)
+EXTRAKEY_ENABLE ?= yes       # Audio control and System control(+450)
+CONSOLE_ENABLE ?= no         # Console for debug(+400)
+COMMAND_ENABLE ?= no        # Commands for debug and configuration
+NKRO_ENABLE ?= no            # Nkey Rollover - if this doesn't work, see here: https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/wiki/FAQ#nkro-doesnt-work
+BACKLIGHT_ENABLE ?= no      # Enable keyboard backlight functionality
+MIDI_ENABLE ?= no            # MIDI controls
+AUDIO_ENABLE ?= no           # Audio output on port C6
+UNICODE_ENABLE ?= no         # Unicode
+BLUETOOTH_ENABLE ?= no       # Enable Bluetooth with the Adafruit EZ-Key HID
+RGBLIGHT_ENABLE ?= no        # Enable WS2812 RGB underlight.
+API_SYSEX_ENABLE = yes
+
+# Do not enable SLEEP_LED_ENABLE. it uses the same timer as BACKLIGHT_ENABLE
+SLEEP_LED_ENABLE ?= no    # Breathing sleep LED during USB suspend
+
+SRC = i2c.c \
+	  ssd1306.c
+
diff --git a/keyboards/hadron/ver0/Makefile b/keyboards/hadron/ver0/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..191c6bb664
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/hadron/ver0/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+ifndef MAKEFILE_INCLUDED
+	include ../../../Makefile
+endif
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/hadron/ver0/config.h b/keyboards/hadron/ver0/config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..039d4f1c71
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/hadron/ver0/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2012 Jun Wako <wakojun@gmail.com>
+
+This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+#ifndef VER0_CONFIG_H
+#define VER0_CONFIG_H
+
+#include "../config.h"
+
+/* USB Device descriptor parameter */
+#define DEVICE_VER      0x0001
+
+/* key matrix size */
+#define MATRIX_ROWS 5
+#define MATRIX_COLS 15
+
+/* Hadron Ver0 PCB default pin-out */
+#define MATRIX_ROW_PINS { D7, E6, B4, B5, B6 }
+#define MATRIX_COL_PINS { F6, F7, C6, C7, F5, F4, F1, F0, D2, D3, D5, B3, B2, B1, B0 }
+#define UNUSED_PINS
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/hadron/ver0/rules.mk b/keyboards/hadron/ver0/rules.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0f9667a8ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/hadron/ver0/rules.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+#AUDIO_ENABLE ?= yes           # Audio output on port C6
+
+ifndef QUANTUM_DIR
+	include ../../../Makefile
+endif
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/hadron/ver0/ver0.c b/keyboards/hadron/ver0/ver0.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..acb3a9105f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/hadron/ver0/ver0.c
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+#include "ver0.h"
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/hadron/ver0/ver0.h b/keyboards/hadron/ver0/ver0.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5710af322e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/hadron/ver0/ver0.h
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#ifndef VER0_H
+#define VER0_H
+
+#include "../hadron.h"
+
+#endif
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/hadron/ver2/Makefile b/keyboards/hadron/ver2/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..191c6bb664
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/hadron/ver2/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+ifndef MAKEFILE_INCLUDED
+	include ../../../Makefile
+endif
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/hadron/ver2/config.h b/keyboards/hadron/ver2/config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..71a0ab5b3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/hadron/ver2/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2012 Jun Wako <wakojun@gmail.com>
+
+This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+#ifndef VER2_CONFIG_H
+#define VER2_CONFIG_H
+
+#include "../config.h"
+
+/* USB Device descriptor parameter */
+#define DEVICE_VER      0x0002
+
+/* key matrix size */
+#define MATRIX_ROWS 5
+#define MATRIX_COLS 15
+
+/* Hadron Ver0 PCB default pin-out */
+#define MATRIX_ROW_PINS { D7, E6, B4, B5, B6 }
+#define MATRIX_COL_PINS { F6, F7, D6, C7, F5, F4, F1, F0, D2, D3, D5, B3, B2, B1, B0 }
+#define UNUSED_PINS
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/hadron/ver2/rules.mk b/keyboards/hadron/ver2/rules.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0f9667a8ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/hadron/ver2/rules.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+#AUDIO_ENABLE ?= yes           # Audio output on port C6
+
+ifndef QUANTUM_DIR
+	include ../../../Makefile
+endif
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/hadron/ver2/ver2.c b/keyboards/hadron/ver2/ver2.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bc0917746a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/hadron/ver2/ver2.c
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+#include "ver2.h"
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/hadron/ver2/ver2.h b/keyboards/hadron/ver2/ver2.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..54e141ffac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/hadron/ver2/ver2.h
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#ifndef VER2_H
+#define VER2_H
+
+#include "../hadron.h"
+
+#endif
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/handwired/atreus50/rules.mk b/keyboards/handwired/atreus50/rules.mk
index 5e808dfa7f..2e2d48f6ab 100644
--- a/keyboards/handwired/atreus50/rules.mk
+++ b/keyboards/handwired/atreus50/rules.mk
@@ -67,15 +67,3 @@ RGBLIGHT_ENABLE = no        # Enable WS2812 RGB underlight.  Do not enable this
 
 # Do not enable SLEEP_LED_ENABLE. it uses the same timer as BACKLIGHT_ENABLE
 SLEEP_LED_ENABLE = no    # Breathing sleep LED during USB suspend
-
-avrdude: build
-	ls /dev/tty* > /tmp/1; \
-	echo "Reset your Pro Micro now"; \
-	while [[ -z $$USB ]]; do \
-	  sleep 1; \
-	  ls /dev/tty* > /tmp/2; \
-	  USB=`diff /tmp/1 /tmp/2 | grep -o '/dev/tty.*'`; \
-	done; \
-	avrdude -p $(MCU) -c avr109 -P $$USB -U flash:w:$(BUILD_DIR)/$(TARGET).hex
-
-.PHONY: avrdude
diff --git a/keyboards/handwired/magicforce61/rules.mk b/keyboards/handwired/magicforce61/rules.mk
index 913bcb93e2..a3fdd3d707 100644
--- a/keyboards/handwired/magicforce61/rules.mk
+++ b/keyboards/handwired/magicforce61/rules.mk
@@ -69,15 +69,3 @@ AUDIO_ENABLE ?= no           # Audio output on port C6
 ifndef QUANTUM_DIR
 	include ../../../Makefile
 endif
-
-avrdude: build
-	ls /dev/tty* > /tmp/1; \
-	echo "Reset your Pro Micro now"; \
-	while [[ -z $$USB ]]; do \
-	  sleep 1; \
-	  ls /dev/tty* > /tmp/2; \
-	  USB=`diff /tmp/1 /tmp/2 | grep -o '/dev/tty.*'`; \
-	done; \
-	avrdude -p $(MCU) -c avr109 -P $$USB -U flash:w:$(BUILD_DIR)/$(TARGET).hex
-
-.PHONY: avrdude
diff --git a/keyboards/handwired/magicforce68/README.md b/keyboards/handwired/magicforce68/README.md
index 2877169ef4..a0de66069d 100644
--- a/keyboards/handwired/magicforce68/README.md
+++ b/keyboards/handwired/magicforce68/README.md
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ This firmware is for a Magicforce 68 that's had its PCB removed and is handwired
 
 ## Wiring Layout
 
-![Wiring Layout](http://imgur.com/NmTCv5u)
+![Wiring Layout](http://i.imgur.com/NmTCv5u.png)
 
 ## Pinout
 
diff --git a/keyboards/handwired/magicforce68/rules.mk b/keyboards/handwired/magicforce68/rules.mk
index 0e07bde403..0d21623ced 100644
--- a/keyboards/handwired/magicforce68/rules.mk
+++ b/keyboards/handwired/magicforce68/rules.mk
@@ -69,15 +69,3 @@ AUDIO_ENABLE = no           # Audio output on port C6
 ifndef QUANTUM_DIR
 	include ../../../Makefile
 endif
-
-avrdude: build
-	ls /dev/tty* > /tmp/1; \
-	echo "Reset your Pro Micro now"; \
-	while [[ -z $$USB ]]; do \
-	  sleep 1; \
-	  ls /dev/tty* > /tmp/2; \
-	  USB=`diff /tmp/1 /tmp/2 | grep -o '/dev/tty.*'`; \
-	done; \
-	avrdude -p $(MCU) -c avr109 -P $$USB -U flash:w:$(BUILD_DIR)/$(TARGET).hex
-
-.PHONY: avrdude
diff --git a/keyboards/handwired/numpad20/rules.mk b/keyboards/handwired/numpad20/rules.mk
index 0e07bde403..0d21623ced 100644
--- a/keyboards/handwired/numpad20/rules.mk
+++ b/keyboards/handwired/numpad20/rules.mk
@@ -69,15 +69,3 @@ AUDIO_ENABLE = no           # Audio output on port C6
 ifndef QUANTUM_DIR
 	include ../../../Makefile
 endif
-
-avrdude: build
-	ls /dev/tty* > /tmp/1; \
-	echo "Reset your Pro Micro now"; \
-	while [[ -z $$USB ]]; do \
-	  sleep 1; \
-	  ls /dev/tty* > /tmp/2; \
-	  USB=`diff /tmp/1 /tmp/2 | grep -o '/dev/tty.*'`; \
-	done; \
-	avrdude -p $(MCU) -c avr109 -P $$USB -U flash:w:$(BUILD_DIR)/$(TARGET).hex
-
-.PHONY: avrdude
diff --git a/keyboards/handwired/ortho5x13/rules.mk b/keyboards/handwired/ortho5x13/rules.mk
index 0e07bde403..0d21623ced 100644
--- a/keyboards/handwired/ortho5x13/rules.mk
+++ b/keyboards/handwired/ortho5x13/rules.mk
@@ -69,15 +69,3 @@ AUDIO_ENABLE = no           # Audio output on port C6
 ifndef QUANTUM_DIR
 	include ../../../Makefile
 endif
-
-avrdude: build
-	ls /dev/tty* > /tmp/1; \
-	echo "Reset your Pro Micro now"; \
-	while [[ -z $$USB ]]; do \
-	  sleep 1; \
-	  ls /dev/tty* > /tmp/2; \
-	  USB=`diff /tmp/1 /tmp/2 | grep -o '/dev/tty.*'`; \
-	done; \
-	avrdude -p $(MCU) -c avr109 -P $$USB -U flash:w:$(BUILD_DIR)/$(TARGET).hex
-
-.PHONY: avrdude
diff --git a/keyboards/handwired/promethium/config.h b/keyboards/handwired/promethium/config.h
index efb9ebdd74..ea5f2b76e8 100644
--- a/keyboards/handwired/promethium/config.h
+++ b/keyboards/handwired/promethium/config.h
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 
 #define ___ KC_NO
 
-#define KEYMAP( \
+#define KEYMAP_CUSTOM( \
     k11, k12, k13, k14, k15, k16,      k17, k18, k19, k1a, k1b, k1c, \
     k21, k22, k23, k24, k25, k26,      k27, k28, k29, k2a, k2b, k2c, \
     k31, k32, k33, k34, k35, k36,      k37, k38, k39, k3a, k3b, k3c, \
diff --git a/keyboards/handwired/promethium/keymaps/priyadi/keymap.c b/keyboards/handwired/promethium/keymaps/priyadi/keymap.c
index 763fa5a27a..e229b67e54 100644
--- a/keyboards/handwired/promethium/keymaps/priyadi/keymap.c
+++ b/keyboards/handwired/promethium/keymaps/priyadi/keymap.c
@@ -686,7 +686,7 @@ const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
  * | Ctrl | Alt  | GUI  | Punc | Num  |    Space    | Fun  |Greek | GUI  |AltGr | Ctrl |
  * `-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
  */
-[_QWERTY] = KEYMAP(
+[_QWERTY] = KEYMAP_CUSTOM(
   KC_TAB,  KC_Q,    KC_W,    KC_E,    KC_R,    KC_T,    KC_Y,    KC_U,    KC_I,    KC_O,    KC_P,    KC_BSPC,
   KC_ESC,  KC_A,    KC_S,    KC_D,    KC_F,    KC_G,    KC_H,    KC_J,    KC_K,    KC_L,    KC_QUOT, KC_ENT ,
   KC_LSFT, KC_Z,    KC_X,    KC_C,    KC_V,    KC_B,    KC_N,    KC_M,    KC_COMM, KC_DOT,  KC_SLSH, KC_RSFT,
@@ -706,7 +706,7 @@ const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
  * `-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
  */
 #ifdef LAYOUT_DVORAK
-[_DVORAK] = KEYMAP(
+[_DVORAK] = KEYMAP_CUSTOM(
   _______, KC_QUOT, KC_COMM, KC_DOT,  KC_P,    KC_Y,    KC_F,    KC_G,    KC_C,    KC_R,    KC_L,    _______,
   _______, KC_A,    KC_O,    KC_E,    KC_U,    KC_I,    KC_D,    KC_H,    KC_T,    KC_N,    KC_S,    _______,
   _______, KC_SLSH, KC_Q,    KC_J,    KC_K,    KC_X,    KC_B,    KC_M,    KC_W,    KC_V,    KC_Z,    _______,
@@ -728,7 +728,7 @@ const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
  */
 
 #ifdef LAYOUT_COLEMAK
-[_COLEMAK] = KEYMAP(
+[_COLEMAK] = KEYMAP_CUSTOM(
   _______, KC_Q,    KC_W,    KC_F,    KC_P,    KC_G,    KC_J,    KC_L,    KC_U,    KC_Y,    KC_QUOT, _______,
   _______, KC_A,    KC_R,    KC_S,    KC_T,    KC_D,    KC_H,    KC_N,    KC_E,    KC_I,    KC_O,    _______,
   _______, KC_Z,    KC_X,    KC_C,    KC_V,    KC_B,    KC_K,    KC_M,    KC_COMM, KC_DOT,  KC_SLSH, _______,
@@ -750,7 +750,7 @@ const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
  */
 
 #ifdef LAYOUT_NORMAN
-[_NORMAN] = KEYMAP(
+[_NORMAN] = KEYMAP_CUSTOM(
   _______, KC_Q,    KC_W,    KC_D,    KC_F,    KC_K,    KC_J,    KC_U,    KC_R,    KC_L,    KC_QUOT, _______,
   _______, KC_A,    KC_S,    KC_E,    KC_T,    KC_G,    KC_Y,    KC_N,    KC_I,    KC_O,    KC_H,    _______,
   _______, KC_Z,    KC_X,    KC_C,    KC_V,    KC_B,    KC_P,    KC_M,    KC_COMM, KC_DOT,  KC_SLSH, _______,
@@ -772,7 +772,7 @@ const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
  */
 
 #ifdef LAYOUT_WORKMAN
-[_WORKMAN] = KEYMAP(
+[_WORKMAN] = KEYMAP_CUSTOM(
   _______, KC_Q,    KC_D,    KC_R,    KC_W,    KC_B,    KC_J,    KC_F,    KC_U,    KC_P,    KC_QUOT, _______,
   _______, KC_A,    KC_S,    KC_H,    KC_T,    KC_G,    KC_Y,    KC_N,    KC_E,    KC_O,    KC_I,    _______,
   _______, KC_Z,    KC_X,    KC_M,    KC_C,    KC_V,    KC_K,    KC_L,    KC_COMM, KC_DOT,  KC_SLSH, _______,
@@ -792,7 +792,7 @@ const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
  * |      |      |      |      |      |             |      |      |      |   :  |      |
  * `-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
  */
-[_PUNC] = KEYMAP(
+[_PUNC] = KEYMAP_CUSTOM(
   KC_TILD, KC_EXLM, KC_AT,   KC_HASH, KC_DLR,  KC_PERC, KC_CIRC, KC_AMPR, KC_ASTR, X(LTEQ), X(GTEQ), _______,
   KC_GRV,  KC_ASTR, KC_BSLS, KC_MINS,  KC_EQL, KC_SLSH, X(NOTEQ),KC_LPRN, KC_RPRN, KC_LABK, KC_RABK, _______,
   KC_AMPR, KC_CIRC, KC_PIPE, KC_UNDS, KC_PLUS, KC_QUES, X(PLMIN),KC_LBRC, KC_RBRC, KC_LCBR, KC_RCBR, _______,
@@ -811,7 +811,7 @@ const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
  * |      |      |   x  |      |      |      |      |   0  |   ,  |   .  |   :  |      |
  * `-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
  */
-[_NUM] = KEYMAP(
+[_NUM] = KEYMAP_CUSTOM(
   KC_TILD, KC_EXLM, KC_AT,   KC_HASH, KC_DLR,  KC_PERC, S(KC_A),  KC_1,    KC_2,    KC_3,   S(KC_D), _______,
   KC_GRV,  KC_ASTR, KC_BSLS, KC_MINS,  KC_EQL, KC_SLSH, S(KC_B),  KC_4,    KC_5,    KC_6,   S(KC_E), _______,
   KC_AMPR, KC_CIRC, KC_PIPE, KC_UNDS, KC_PLUS, KC_QUES, S(KC_C),  KC_7,    KC_8,    KC_9,   S(KC_F), _______,
@@ -830,7 +830,7 @@ const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
  * |      |      |      |      |      |             |      |      |      |      |      |
  * `-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
  */
-[_FUN] = KEYMAP(
+[_FUN] = KEYMAP_CUSTOM(
   XXXXXXX,   KC_F1,   KC_F2,   KC_F3,  KC_F4,   KC_INS,  XXXXXXX, KC_PGUP,   KC_UP, KC_PGDN, KC_PGUP, KC_DEL,
   KC_CAPS,   KC_F5,   KC_F6,   KC_F7,  KC_F8,   KC_PSCR, XXXXXXX, KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_RGHT, KC_PGDN, _______,
   _______,   KC_F9,  KC_F10,  KC_F11,  KC_F12,  KC_PAUS, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, KC_HOME,  KC_END, XXXXXXX, _______,
@@ -849,7 +849,7 @@ const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
  * |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |
  * `-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
  */
-[_GREEKU] = KEYMAP(
+[_GREEKU] = KEYMAP_CUSTOM(
   _______, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX,X(UEPSI), X(URHO), X(UTAU),X(UUPSI),X(UTHET),X(UIOTA),X(UOMIC),  X(UPI), _______,
   _______,X(UALPH),X(USIGM),X(UDELT), X(UPHI),X(UGAMM), X(UETA),  X(UXI),X(UKAPP),X(ULAMB), KC_QUOT, _______,
   _______,X(UZETA), X(UCHI), X(UPSI),X(UOMEG),X(UBETA),  X(UNU),  X(UMU), KC_COMM, KC_DOT,  KC_SLSH, _______,
@@ -868,7 +868,7 @@ const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
  * |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |
  * `-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
  */
-[_GREEKL] = KEYMAP(
+[_GREEKL] = KEYMAP_CUSTOM(
   _______, XXXXXXX,X(FSIGM),X(LEPSI), X(LRHO), X(LTAU),X(LUPSI),X(LTHET),X(LIOTA),X(LOMIC),  X(LPI), _______,
   _______,X(LALPH),X(LSIGM),X(LDELT), X(LPHI),X(LGAMM), X(LETA),  X(LXI),X(LKAPP),X(LLAMB), KC_QUOT, _______,
   _______,X(LZETA), X(LCHI), X(LPSI),X(LOMEG),X(LBETA),  X(LNU),  X(LMU), KC_COMM, KC_DOT,  KC_SLSH, _______,
@@ -887,7 +887,7 @@ const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
  * |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |
  * `-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
  */
-[_EMPTY] = KEYMAP(
+[_EMPTY] = KEYMAP_CUSTOM(
   XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX,
   XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX,
   XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX,
@@ -906,7 +906,7 @@ const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
  * |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |
  * `-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
  */
-[_EMOJI] = KEYMAP(
+[_EMOJI] = KEYMAP_CUSTOM(
   X(HART2), X(CRY2),X(WEARY),X(EYERT),X(SMIRK), X(TJOY),X(RECYC),X(UNAMU),X(MUSIC),X(OKHND),X(PENSV), X(PHEW),
   X(THMUP), X(PRAY),X(SMILE),X(SMIL2),X(FLUSH), X(GRIN),X(HEART),  X(BYE), X(KISS),X(CELEB), X(COOL),X(NOEVS),
   X(THMDN),X(SLEEP), X(CLAP),  X(CRY),  X(VIC),X(BHART),  X(SUN),X(SMEYE), X(WINK), X(MOON),X(CONFU),X(NOEVH),
@@ -925,7 +925,7 @@ const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
  * |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |
  * `-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
  */
-[_GUI] = KEYMAP(
+[_GUI] = KEYMAP_CUSTOM(
   XXXXXXX, G(KC_1), G(KC_2), G(KC_3), G(KC_4), G(KC_5), G(KC_6), G(KC_7), G(KC_8), G(KC_9), G(KC_0), XXXXXXX,
   KC_ESC,  XXXXXXX, S(KC_TAB),KC_ESC, KC_TAB,  XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, KC_WWWB, XXXXXXX, KC_WWWF, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX,
   XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, KC_VOLD, KC_MUTE, KC_VOLU, KC_SPC,  KC_SPC,  KC_MPRV, KC_MPLY, KC_MNXT, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX,
@@ -944,7 +944,7 @@ const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
  * |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |
  * `-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
  */
-[_SYS] = KEYMAP(
+[_SYS] = KEYMAP_CUSTOM(
   DEBUG,   QWERTY,  WIN,     XXXXXXX, RESET,   XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, OUT_USB, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, RGBDEMO,
   XXXXXXX, FC_TOG,  XXXXXXX, DVORAK,  XXXXXXX, GLOW,    XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, WORKMAN, LINUX,   XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX,
   XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, COLEMAK, XXXXXXX, OUT_BT,  NORMAN,  OSX,     XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX,
diff --git a/keyboards/handwired/promethium/rgbsps.c b/keyboards/handwired/promethium/rgbsps.c
index f30badd356..84fac1ae1f 100644
--- a/keyboards/handwired/promethium/rgbsps.c
+++ b/keyboards/handwired/promethium/rgbsps.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#include "light_ws2812.h"
+#include "ws2812.h"
 #include "rgbsps.h"
 
 struct cRGB led[RGBSPS_NUM];
diff --git a/keyboards/handwired/promethium/rules.mk b/keyboards/handwired/promethium/rules.mk
index 6fa45b42b6..69903dcebe 100644
--- a/keyboards/handwired/promethium/rules.mk
+++ b/keyboards/handwired/promethium/rules.mk
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ BLUETOOTH = AdafruitBLE
 # Do not enable SLEEP_LED_ENABLE. it uses the same timer as BACKLIGHT_ENABLE
 SLEEP_LED_ENABLE = no    # Breathing sleep LED during USB suspend
 
-SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/light_ws2812.c
+SRC += ws2812.c
 SRC += rgbsps.c
-SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/analog.c
+SRC += analog.c
 SRC += matrix.c
diff --git a/keyboards/hhkb/readme.md b/keyboards/hhkb/readme.md
index ee7d11121c..fe4402a04f 100644
--- a/keyboards/hhkb/readme.md
+++ b/keyboards/hhkb/readme.md
@@ -1,182 +1,14 @@
-hhkb_qmk keyboard firmware
-======================
+HHKB Alternate Controller
+===
 
-## Quantum MK Firmware
+An alternative controler for the HHKB designed by hasu.
 
-You have access to a bunch of goodies! Check out the Makefile to enable/disable some of the features. Uncomment the `#` to enable them. Setting them to `no` does nothing and will only confuse future you.
+Keyboard Maintainer: QMK Community
+Hardware Supported: HHKB Alternate Controller
+Hardware Availability: https://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=12047.0
 
-    BACKLIGHT_ENABLE = yes # Enable keyboard backlight functionality
-    MIDI_ENABLE = yes      # MIDI controls
-    # UNICODE_ENABLE = yes # Unicode support - this is commented out, just as an example. You have to use #, not //
-    BLUETOOTH_ENABLE = yes # Enable Bluetooth with the Adafruit EZ-Key HID
+Make example for this keyboard (after setting up your build environment):
 
-## Quick aliases to common actions
+    make hhkb-default
 
-Your keymap can include shortcuts to common operations (called "function actions" in tmk).
-
-### Switching and toggling layers
-
-`MO(layer)` - momentary switch to *layer*. As soon as you let go of the key, the layer is deactivated and you pop back out to the previous layer. When you apply this to a key, that same key must be set as `KC_TRNS` on the destination layer. Otherwise, you won't make it back to the original layer when you release the key (and you'll get a keycode sent). You can only switch to layers *above* your current layer. If you're on layer 0 and you use `MO(1)`, that will switch to layer 1 just fine. But if you include `MO(3)` on layer 5, that won't do anything for you -- because layer 3 is lower than layer 5 on the stack.
-
-`LT(layer, kc)` - momentary switch to *layer* when held, and *kc* when tapped. Like `MO()`, this only works upwards in the layer stack (`layer` must be higher than the current layer).
-
-`TG(layer)` - toggles a layer on or off. As with `MO()`, you should set this key as `KC_TRNS` in the destination layer so that tapping it again actually toggles back to the original layer. Only works upwards in the layer stack.
-
-### Fun with modifier keys
-
-* `LSFT(kc)` - applies left Shift to *kc* (keycode) - `S(kc)` is an alias
-* `RSFT(kc)` - applies right Shift to *kc*
-* `LCTL(kc)` - applies left Control to *kc*
-* `RCTL(kc)` - applies right Control to *kc*
-* `LALT(kc)` - applies left Alt to *kc*
-* `RALT(kc)` - applies right Alt to *kc*
-* `LGUI(kc)` - applies left GUI (command/win) to *kc*
-* `RGUI(kc)` - applies right GUI (command/win) to *kc*
-
-You can also chain these, like this:
-
-    LALT(LCTL(KC_DEL)) -- this makes a key that sends Alt, Control, and Delete in a single keypress.
-
-The following shortcuts automatically add `LSFT()` to keycodes to get commonly used symbols. Their long names are also available and documented in `/quantum/keymap_common.h`.
-
-    KC_TILD  ~
-    KC_EXLM  !
-    KC_AT    @
-    KC_HASH  #
-    KC_DLR   $
-    KC_PERC  %
-    KC_CIRC  ^
-    KC_AMPR  &
-    KC_ASTR  *
-    KC_LPRN  (
-    KC_RPRN  )
-    KC_UNDS  _
-    KC_PLUS  +
-    KC_LCBR  {
-    KC_RCBR  }
-    KC_PIPE  |
-    KC_COLN  :
-
-`MT(mod, kc)` - is *mod* (modifier key - MOD_LCTL, MOD_LSFT) when held, and *kc* when tapped. In other words, you can have a key that sends Esc (or the letter O or whatever) when you tap it, but works as a Control key or a Shift key when you hold it down. 
-
-These are the values you can use for the `mod` in `MT()` (right-hand modifiers are not available):
-
-  * MOD_LCTL
-  * MOD_LSFT
-  * MOD_LALT
-  * MOD_LGUI
-
-These can also be combined like `MOD_LCTL | MOD_LSFT` e.g. `MT(MOD_LCTL | MOD_LSFT, KC_ESC)` which would activate Control and Shift when held, and send Escape when tapped.
-
-We've added shortcuts to make common modifier/tap (mod-tap) mappings more compact:
-
-  * `CTL_T(kc)` - is LCTL when held and *kc* when tapped 
-  * `SFT_T(kc)` - is LSFT when held and *kc* when tapped 
-  * `ALT_T(kc)` - is LALT when held and *kc* when tapped 
-  * `GUI_T(kc)` - is LGUI when held and *kc* when tapped 
-  * `ALL_T(kc)` - is Hyper (all mods) when held and *kc* when tapped. To read more about what you can do with a Hyper key, see [this blog post by Brett Terpstra](http://brettterpstra.com/2012/12/08/a-useful-caps-lock-key/)
-
-### Temporarily setting the default layer 
-
-`DF(layer)` - sets default layer to *layer*. The default layer is the one at the "bottom" of the layer stack - the ultimate fallback layer. This currently does not persist over power loss. When you plug the keyboard back in, layer 0 will always be the default. It is theoretically possible to work around that, but that's not what `DF` does.
-
-### Remember: These are just aliases
-
-These functions work the same way that their `ACTION_*` functions do - they're just quick aliases. To dig into all of the tmk ACTION_* functions, please see the [TMK documentation](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/tmk_core/doc/keymap.md#2-action).
-
-Instead of using `FNx` when defining `ACTION_*` functions, you can use `F(x)` - the benefit here is being able to use more than 32 function actions (up to 4096), if you happen to need them.
-
-## Macro shortcuts: Send a whole string when pressing just one key
-
-Instead of using the `ACTION_MACRO` function, you can simply use `M(n)` to access macro *n* - *n* will get passed into the `action_get_macro` as the `id`, and you can use a switch statement to trigger it. This gets called on the keydown and keyup, so you'll need to use an if statement testing `record->event.pressed` (see keymap_default.c).
-
-```c
-const macro_t *action_get_macro(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt) // this is the function signature -- just copy/paste it into your keymap file as it is.
-{
-  switch(id) {
-    case 0: // this would trigger when you hit a key mapped as M(0)
-      if (record->event.pressed) {
-        return MACRO( I(255), T(H), T(E), T(L), T(L), W(255), T(O), END  ); // this sends the string 'hello' when the macro executes
-      } 
-      break;
-  }
-  return MACRO_NONE;
-};
-```
-A macro can include the following commands:
-
-* I() change interval of stroke in milliseconds.
-* D() press key.
-* U() release key.
-* T() type key(press and release).
-* W() wait (milliseconds).
-* END end mark.
-
-So above you can see the stroke interval changed to 255ms between each keystroke, then a bunch of keys being typed, waits a while, then the macro ends.
-
-Note: Using macros to have your keyboard send passwords for you is a bad idea.
-
-### Additional keycode aliases for software-implemented layouts (Colemak, Dvorak, etc)
-
-Everything is assuming you're in Qwerty (in software) by default, but there is built-in support for using a Colemak or Dvorak layout by including this at the top of your keymap:
-
-   #include "keymap_<layout>.h"
-
-Where <layout> is "colemak" or "dvorak". After including this line, you will get access to:
- 
- * `CM_*` for all of the Colemak-equivalent characters
- * `DV_*` for all of the Dvorak-equivalent characters
- 
-These implementations assume you're using Colemak or Dvorak on your OS, not on your keyboard - this is referred to as a software-implemented layout. If your computer is in Qwerty and your keymap is in Colemak or Dvorak, this is referred to as a firmware-implemented layout, and you won't need these features. 
-
-To give an example, if you're using software-implemented Colemak, and want to get an `F`, you would use `CM_F` - `KC_F` under these same circumstances would result in `T`.
-
-## Additional language support
-
-In `quantum/keymap_extras/`, you'll see various language files - these work the same way as the alternative layout ones do. Most are defined by their two letter country/language code followed by an underscore and a 4-letter abbreviation of its name. `FR_UGRV` which will result in a `ù` when using a software-implemented AZERTY layout. It's currently difficult to send such characters in just the firmware (but it's being worked on - see Unicode support).
-
-## Unicode support
-
-You can currently send 4 hex digits with your OS-specific modifier key (RALT for OSX with the "Unicode Hex Input" layout) - this is currently limited to supporting one OS at a time, and requires a recompile for switching. 8 digit hex codes are being worked on. The keycode function is `UC(n)`, where *n* is a 4 digit hexidecimal. Enable from the Makefile.
-
-## Other firmware shortcut keycodes
-
-* `RESET` - puts the MCU in DFU mode for flashing new firmware (with `make dfu`)
-* `DEBUG` - the firmware into debug mode - you'll need hid_listen to see things
-* `BL_ON` - turns the backlight on
-* `BL_OFF` - turns the backlight off
-* `BL_<n>` - sets the backlight to level *n*
-* `BL_INC` - increments the backlight level by one
-* `BL_DEC` - decrements the backlight level by one
-* `BL_TOGG` - toggles the backlight
-* `BL_STEP` - steps through the backlight levels
-
-Enable the backlight from the Makefile.
-
-## MIDI functionalty
-
-This is still a WIP, but check out `quantum/keymap_midi.c` to see what's happening. Enable from the Makefile.
-
-## Bluetooth functionality
-
-This requires [some hardware changes](https://www.reddit.com/r/MechanicalKeyboards/comments/3psx0q/the_planck_keyboard_with_bluetooth_guide_and/?ref=search_posts), but can be enabled via the Makefile. The firmware will still output characters via USB, so be aware of this when charging via a computer. It would make sense to have a switch on the Bluefruit to turn it off at will.
-
-## Building
-
-Download or clone the whole firmware and navigate to the keyboards/planck folder. Once your dev env is setup, you'll be able to type `make` to generate your .hex - you can then use `make dfu` to program your PCB once you hit the reset button. 
-
-Depending on which keymap you would like to use, you will have to compile slightly differently.
-
-### Default
-To build with the default keymap, simply run `make default`.
-
-### Other Keymaps
-Several version of keymap are available in advance but you are recommended to define your favorite layout yourself. To define your own keymap create a file in the keymaps folder named `<name>.c` and see keymap document (you can find in top readme.md) and existent keymap files.
-
-To build the firmware binary hex file with a keymap just do `make` with a keymap like this:
-
-```
-$ make [default|jack|<name>]
-```
-
-Keymaps follow the format **__\<name\>.c__** and are stored in the `keymaps` folder.
+See [build environment setup](https://docs.qmk.fm/build_environment_setup.html) then the [make instructions](https://docs.qmk.fm/make_instructions.html) for more information.
diff --git a/keyboards/infinity60/readme.md b/keyboards/infinity60/readme.md
index 97457b4077..bca26c69f9 100644
--- a/keyboards/infinity60/readme.md
+++ b/keyboards/infinity60/readme.md
@@ -1,29 +1,14 @@
-Infinity 60% keyboard firmware
-======================
+Infinity 60%
+============
 
-## Quantum MK Firmware
+A compact community driven keyboard.
 
-For the full Quantum feature list, see [the parent readme](/).
+Keyboard Maintainer: QMK Community
+Hardware Supported: Infinity 60% PCB
+Hardware Availability: https://input.club/devices/infinity-keyboard/
 
-## Keymaps
+Make example for this keyboard (after setting up your build environment):
 
-Several versions of keymaps are available in advance but you are recommended to define your favorite layout yourself. To define your own keymap create a folder with the name of your keymap in the keymaps folder, and see keymap documentation (you can find in top readme.md) and existant keymap files.
-
-Keymaps follow the format **__keymap.c__** and are stored in folders in the `keymaps` folder, eg `keymaps/my_keymap/`
-
-
-## Compiling
-
-Download or clone the whole firmware and navigate to the keyboards/infinity60 folder. Once your dev env is setup, you'll be able to use the `make` command to both compile your keymap and flash it to your keyboard.
-
-To just compile, which generates the output files in the `.build` folder at the root of the repository, run `make keymap`, where keymap is the name of the keymap that you want to compile.
-
-## Flashing
-
-To flash the firmware to the keyboard
-
-1. First press the flash button on the bottom of the keyboard. If you already have a flah button mapped in a keyboard layout running on the keyboard, you can also use that.
-2. Then run `make keymap-dfu-util`, where keymap is the name of the keymap you want to flash. On Linux based operating systems you might need to run the comamnd as root, for example `sudo make keymap-dfu-util` on Ubuntu.
-
-**Tip** `make keymap-dfu-util` will also compile the keymap if needed, so you can skip the compilation step if you want to.
+    make infinity60-default
 
+See [build environment setup](https://docs.qmk.fm/build_environment_setup.html) then the [make instructions](https://docs.qmk.fm/make_instructions.html) for more information.
diff --git a/keyboards/jc65/Makefile b/keyboards/jc65/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..57b2ef62e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/jc65/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+ifndef MAKEFILE_INCLUDED
+	include ../../Makefile
+endif
diff --git a/keyboards/jc65/config.h b/keyboards/jc65/config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6e1306b276
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/jc65/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2012 Jun Wako <wakojun@gmail.com>
+
+This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifndef CONFIG_H
+#define CONFIG_H
+
+#include "config_common.h"
+
+/* USB Device descriptor parameter */
+#define VENDOR_ID       0xFEED
+#define PRODUCT_ID      0x6060
+#define DEVICE_VER      0x0002
+#define MANUFACTURER    dou
+#define PRODUCT         KEYCLACK65-V1
+#define DESCRIPTION     JC65 PCB
+
+/* key matrix size */
+#define MATRIX_ROWS 5
+#define MATRIX_COLS 16
+
+/* QMK JC65 PCB default pin-out */
+#define MATRIX_ROW_PINS { D0, D1, D2, D3, D5 }
+#define MATRIX_COL_PINS { F0, F1, E6, C7, C6, B7, D4, B1, B0, B5, B4, D7, D6, B3, F4, F5 }
+#define UNUSED_PINS
+
+#define RGB_DI_PIN E2
+#ifdef RGB_DI_PIN
+#define RGBLIGHT_ANIMATIONS
+#define RGBLED_NUM 20
+#define RGBLIGHT_HUE_STEP 8
+#define RGBLIGHT_SAT_STEP 8
+#define RGBLIGHT_VAL_STEP 8
+#endif
+
+#define BACKLIGHT_PIN B6
+#ifdef BACKLIGHT_PIN
+#define BACKLIGHT_LEVELS 3
+#endif
+
+#define DIODE_DIRECTION COL2ROW
+#define DEBOUNCING_DELAY 5
+
+#define IS_COMMAND() ( \
+        keyboard_report->mods == (MOD_BIT(KC_LSHIFT) | MOD_BIT(KC_RSHIFT)) \
+    )
+
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/jc65/jc65.c b/keyboards/jc65/jc65.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..82b1d57416
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/jc65/jc65.c
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+#include "jc65.h"
+
+void matrix_init_kb(void) {
+	// put your keyboard start-up code here
+	// runs once when the firmware starts up
+
+	matrix_init_user();
+}
+
+void matrix_scan_kb(void) {
+	// put your looping keyboard code here
+	// runs every cycle (a lot)
+
+	matrix_scan_user();
+}
+
+bool process_record_kb(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
+	// put your per-action keyboard code here
+	// runs for every action, just before processing by the firmware
+
+	return process_record_user(keycode, record);
+}
+
+void led_set_kb(uint8_t usb_led) {
+	// put your keyboard LED indicator (ex: Caps Lock LED) toggling code here
+
+	led_set_user(usb_led);
+}
diff --git a/keyboards/jc65/jc65.h b/keyboards/jc65/jc65.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..41ec3cf64e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/jc65/jc65.h
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+#ifndef JC65_H
+#define JC65_H
+
+#include "quantum.h"
+
+#define KEYMAP( \
+    K00, K01, K02, K03, K04, K05, K06, K07, K08, K09, K0A, K0B, K0C, K0D, K0E, K0F, \
+     K10, K12, K13, K14, K15, K16, K17, K18, K19, K1A, K1B, K1C, K1D,   K1E,   K1F, \
+      K20, K22, K23, K24, K25, K26, K27, K28, K29, K2A, K2B, K2C,     K2D,     K2F, \
+     K30, K31, K32, K33, K34, K35, K36, K37, K38, K39, K3A, K3B,   K3D,   K3E, K3F, \
+    K40,  K41,  K43,    K44,      K46,      K48,      K4A, K4B, K4C, K4D, K4E, K4F \
+)\
+{\
+  {K00, K01,   K02,   K03, K04, K05,   K06, K07,   K08, K09,   K0A, K0B, K0C,   K0D, K0E,   K0F}, \
+  {K10, KC_NO, K12,   K13, K14, K15,   K16, K17,   K18, K19,   K1A, K1B, K1C,   K1D, K1E,   K1F}, \
+  {K20, KC_NO, K22,   K23, K24, K25,   K26, K27,   K28, K29,   K2A, K2B, K2C,   K2D, KC_NO, K2F}, \
+  {K30, K31,   K32,   K33, K34, K35,   K36, K37,   K38, K39,   K3A, K3B, KC_NO, K3D, K3E,   K3F}, \
+  {K40, K41,   KC_NO, K43, K44, KC_NO, K46, KC_NO, K48, KC_NO, K4A, K4B, K4C,   K4D, K4E,   K4F}, \
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/jc65/keymaps/default/Makefile b/keyboards/jc65/keymaps/default/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e69de29bb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/jc65/keymaps/default/Makefile
diff --git a/keyboards/jc65/keymaps/default/config.h b/keyboards/jc65/keymaps/default/config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a5568e400d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/jc65/keymaps/default/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+#include "../../config.h"
diff --git a/keyboards/jc65/keymaps/default/keymap.c b/keyboards/jc65/keymaps/default/keymap.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..de787f3892
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/jc65/keymaps/default/keymap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+#include "jc65.h"
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+  [0] = KEYMAP(
+      KC_GESC, KC_1, KC_2, KC_3, KC_4, KC_5, KC_6, KC_7, KC_8, KC_9, KC_0, KC_MINS, KC_EQL, KC_BSLS, KC_BSPC, KC_INS,
+      KC_TAB, KC_Q, KC_W, KC_E, KC_R, KC_T, KC_Y, KC_U, KC_I, KC_O, KC_P, KC_LBRC, KC_RBRC, KC_BSLS, KC_DEL,
+      KC_CAPS, KC_A, KC_S, KC_D, KC_F, KC_G, KC_H, KC_J, KC_K, KC_L, KC_SCLN, KC_QUOT, KC_ENT, KC_PGUP,
+      KC_LSFT, KC_NUBS, KC_Z, KC_X, KC_C, KC_V, KC_B, KC_N, KC_M, KC_COMM, KC_DOT, KC_SLSH, KC_RSFT, KC_UP, KC_PGDN,
+      KC_LCTL, KC_LGUI, KC_LALT, KC_SPACE, KC_SPACE, KC_SPACE, KC_RALT, KC_RGUI, KC_RCTL, KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_RGHT
+      ),
+};
diff --git a/keyboards/jc65/keymaps/default/readme.md b/keyboards/jc65/keymaps/default/readme.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..13430a630b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/jc65/keymaps/default/readme.md
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+Default Keymap
+===
+
+Super simple default keymap with only a base layer.
+
+Keymap Maintainer: [Ethan Madden](https://github.com/jetpacktuxedo)
+
+Difference from base layout: This is (as close as I can tell) the same as the layout that ships on the boards other than default underglow color.
+
+Intended usage: This is mostly provided for testing before you build your own keymap and as a reference to a stock(ish) configuration
diff --git a/keyboards/jc65/keymaps/jetpacktuxedo/Makefile b/keyboards/jc65/keymaps/jetpacktuxedo/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e69de29bb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/jc65/keymaps/jetpacktuxedo/Makefile
diff --git a/keyboards/jc65/keymaps/jetpacktuxedo/config.h b/keyboards/jc65/keymaps/jetpacktuxedo/config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a5568e400d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/jc65/keymaps/jetpacktuxedo/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+#include "../../config.h"
diff --git a/keyboards/jc65/keymaps/jetpacktuxedo/keymap.c b/keyboards/jc65/keymaps/jetpacktuxedo/keymap.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..af02b6f104
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/jc65/keymaps/jetpacktuxedo/keymap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+#include "jc65.h"
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+  [0] = KEYMAP(
+      KC_GESC, KC_1, KC_2, KC_3, KC_4, KC_5, KC_6, KC_7, KC_8, KC_9, KC_0, KC_MINS, KC_EQL, KC_BSLS, KC_GRV, KC_INS,
+      KC_TAB, KC_Q, KC_W, KC_E, KC_R, KC_T, KC_Y, KC_U, KC_I, KC_O, KC_P, KC_LBRC, KC_RBRC, KC_BSPC, KC_DEL,
+      MO(1), KC_A, KC_S, KC_D, KC_F, KC_G, KC_H, KC_J, KC_K, KC_L, KC_SCLN, KC_QUOT, KC_ENT, KC_PGUP,
+      KC_LSFT, KC_NUBS, KC_Z, KC_X, KC_C, KC_V, KC_B, KC_N, KC_M, KC_COMM, KC_DOT, KC_SLSH, KC_RSFT, KC_UP, KC_PGDN,
+      KC_LCTL, KC_LGUI, KC_LALT, KC_SPACE, KC_SPACE, KC_SPACE, KC_RALT, KC_RGUI, KC_RCTL, KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_RGHT
+      ),
+  [1] = KEYMAP(
+      KC_GRV, KC_F1, KC_F2, KC_F3, KC_F4, KC_F5, KC_F6, KC_F7, KC_F8, KC_F9, KC_F10, KC_F11, KC_F12, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,
+      KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_HOME, KC_END, KC_DEL, KC_TRNS,
+      MO(1), KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_UP, KC_RIGHT, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_VOLU,
+      KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_PGDN, KC_PGUP, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_PGUP, KC_VOLD,
+      KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, MO(2), KC_HOME, KC_PGDN, KC_END
+      ),
+  [2] = KEYMAP(
+      KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, RESET,
+      KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, RGB_TOG, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,
+      MO(1), RGB_SAD, RGB_SAI, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, RGB_HUD, RGB_HUI, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,
+      KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, RGB_VAD, RGB_VAI, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, RGB_MOD, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,
+      KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, MO(2), KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS
+      ),
+};
diff --git a/keyboards/jc65/keymaps/jetpacktuxedo/readme.md b/keyboards/jc65/keymaps/jetpacktuxedo/readme.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4083d8f470
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/jc65/keymaps/jetpacktuxedo/readme.md
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+Jetpacktuxedo's Keymap
+===
+
+Split backspace, 6.25u space, caps is fn, my standard fn layer, reset + rgb controls on layer(2)
+
+Keymap Maintainer: [Ethan Madden](https://github.com/jetpacktuxedo)
+
+Difference from base layout: The base layer is the same, except caps is fn, and there are additional tools on layers
+
+Intended usage: This is my daily driver keymap
diff --git a/keyboards/jc65/readme.md b/keyboards/jc65/readme.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..55ed72229c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/jc65/readme.md
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+JC65
+===
+
+![JC65](https://imgur.com/a/C2oa5)
+
+The JC65 PCB actually has two revisions: A QMK native version, and a PS2AVRGB version. Jchan offered both PCBs as options during the M65-A Round 1 group buy, and were also available choices for the 65% acrylic case group buy. In the near future both PCB versions should be available from keyclack.com when the storefront part opens.
+
+These docs are for the QMK version of the PCB. [More info on qmk.fm](http://qmk.fm/planck/)
+
+Keyboard Maintainer: [Ethan Madden](https://github.com/jetpacktuxedo)
+Hardware Supported: JC65 rev.qmk
+Hardware Availability: [keyclack.com](https://keyclack.com/)
+
+Make example for this keyboard (after setting up your build environment):
+
+    make jc65-default
+
+Or to make and flash:
+
+    make jc65-default-dfu
+
+See [build environment setup](https://docs.qmk.fm/build_environment_setup.html) then the [make instructions](https://docs.qmk.fm/make_instructions.html) for more information.
diff --git a/keyboards/jc65/rules.mk b/keyboards/jc65/rules.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c2c02b6147
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/jc65/rules.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+# MCU name
+#MCU = at90usb1287
+MCU = atmega32u4
+
+# Processor frequency.
+#     This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the
+#     processor frequency in Hz. You can then use this symbol in your source code to
+#     calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done
+#     automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.
+#
+#     This will be an integer division of F_USB below, as it is sourced by
+#     F_USB after it has run through any CPU prescalers. Note that this value
+#     does not *change* the processor frequency - it should merely be updated to
+#     reflect the processor speed set externally so that the code can use accurate
+#     software delays.
+F_CPU = 16000000
+
+
+#
+# LUFA specific
+#
+# Target architecture (see library "Board Types" documentation).
+ARCH = AVR8
+
+# Input clock frequency.
+#     This will define a symbol, F_USB, in all source code files equal to the
+#     input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed) in Hz. This value may
+#     differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the
+#     raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed
+#     clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL'
+#     at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your
+#     source code.
+#
+#     If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the
+#     CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU.
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+
+# Interrupt driven control endpoint task(+60)
+OPT_DEFS += -DINTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+
+
+# Boot Section Size in *bytes*
+#   Teensy halfKay   512
+#   Teensy++ halfKay 1024
+#   Atmel DFU loader 4096
+#   LUFA bootloader  4096
+#   USBaspLoader     2048
+OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_SIZE=4096
+
+
+# Build Options
+#   change yes to no to disable
+#
+BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE = no      # Virtual DIP switch configuration(+1000)
+MOUSEKEY_ENABLE = yes       # Mouse keys(+4700)
+EXTRAKEY_ENABLE = yes       # Audio control and System control(+450)
+CONSOLE_ENABLE = no        # Console for debug(+400)
+COMMAND_ENABLE = no        # Commands for debug and configuration
+# Do not enable SLEEP_LED_ENABLE. it uses the same timer as BACKLIGHT_ENABLE
+SLEEP_LED_ENABLE = no       # Breathing sleep LED during USB suspend
+# if this doesn't work, see here: https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/wiki/FAQ#nkro-doesnt-work
+NKRO_ENABLE = yes           # USB Nkey Rollover
+BACKLIGHT_ENABLE = yes       # Enable keyboard backlight functionality on B7 by default
+RGBLIGHT_ENABLE = yes
+MIDI_ENABLE = no            # MIDI controls
+UNICODE_ENABLE = no         # Unicode
+BLUETOOTH_ENABLE = no       # Enable Bluetooth with the Adafruit EZ-Key HID
+AUDIO_ENABLE = no           # Audio output on port C6
diff --git a/keyboards/jd40/readme.md b/keyboards/jd40/readme.md
index 7daa0980eb..1684a562e0 100644
--- a/keyboards/jd40/readme.md
+++ b/keyboards/jd40/readme.md
@@ -1,17 +1,14 @@
-## jd40 mkii keyboard firmware
+JD40
+===
 
-    Pins:
-    MATRIX_ROW_PINS { F0, F1, F5, B4 }
-    MATRIX_COL_PINS { F4, D7, B5, B6, C6, C7, D4, D6, D5, D0, D1, D2 }
-    RGB_DI_PIN D3	
-	
-======================
+A compact 40% keyboard.
 
-## Quantum MK Firmware
+Keyboard Maintainer: QMK Community
+Hardware Supported: JD40 PCB
+Hardware Availability: [1up](https://1upkeyboards.com/jd40-mkii-1up-keyboards-logo-pcb.html) [mechanicalkeyboards.com](https://mechanicalkeyboards.com/shop/index.php?l=product_detail&p=2452) [originative](https://originative.co/products/jd40-pcb)
 
-For the full Quantum feature list, see [the parent readme.md](/readme.md).
+Make example for this keyboard (after setting up your build environment):
 
-## Building
+    make atreus-default
 
-Download or clone the whole firmware and navigate to the keyboards/jd40 folder. 
-Once your dev env is setup, you'll be able to type `make` to generate your .hex - you can then use the Amtel Flip to program your .hex file. 
+See [build environment setup](https://docs.qmk.fm/build_environment_setup.html) then the [make instructions](https://docs.qmk.fm/make_instructions.html) for more information.
diff --git a/keyboards/jd45/readme.md b/keyboards/jd45/readme.md
index 2822666e89..4bed1be416 100644
--- a/keyboards/jd45/readme.md
+++ b/keyboards/jd45/readme.md
@@ -1,4 +1,14 @@
-JD45 keyboard firmware
-======================
+JD45
+===
 
-TODO: to be updated.
+A compact 45% keyboard.
+
+Keyboard Maintainer: QMK Community
+Hardware Supported: JD45 PCB
+Hardware Availability: https://mechanicalkeyboards.com/shop/index.php?l=product_list&c=346
+
+Make example for this keyboard (after setting up your build environment):
+
+    make jd45-default
+
+See [build environment setup](https://docs.qmk.fm/build_environment_setup.html) then the [make instructions](https://docs.qmk.fm/make_instructions.html) for more information.
diff --git a/keyboards/kbd75/readme.md b/keyboards/kbd75/readme.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..42fdc0d386
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/kbd75/readme.md
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+KBD75
+===
+
+Keyboard Maintainer: QMK Community
+Hardware Supported: KBD75 PCB
+Hardware Availability: https://kbdfans.myshopify.com/products/kbd75-keyboard-set?variant=35638534029
+
+Make example for this keyboard (after setting up your build environment):
+
+    make kbd75-default
+
+See [build environment setup](https://docs.qmk.fm/build_environment_setup.html) then the [make instructions](https://docs.qmk.fm/make_instructions.html) for more information.
diff --git a/keyboards/kc60/keymaps/mechmerlin/keymap.c b/keyboards/kc60/keymaps/mechmerlin/keymap.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..97d458dec4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/kc60/keymaps/mechmerlin/keymap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+// This is the 60% layout preferred by u/merlin36 the host of the MechMerlin YouTube channel.
+// The layout is highly influenced by the WKL B.Face and KBP V60 standard layouts.
+// Layout designed for use on KC60 with no inswitch or underglow lighting. 
+
+#include "kc60.h"
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+  [0] = KEYMAP( /* Basic QWERTY */
+      KC_ESC,   KC_1,     KC_2,     KC_3,    KC_4,     KC_5,     KC_6,     KC_7,    KC_8,  KC_9,     KC_0,     KC_MINS,  KC_EQL,   KC_BSPC,  \
+      KC_TAB,   KC_Q,     KC_W,     KC_E,    KC_R,     KC_T,     KC_Y,     KC_U,    KC_I,  KC_O,     KC_P,     KC_LBRC,  KC_RBRC,  KC_BSLS,  \
+      KC_LCTL,  KC_A,     KC_S,     KC_D,    KC_F,     KC_G,     KC_H,     KC_J,    KC_K,  KC_L,     KC_SCLN,  KC_QUOT,  KC_NO,    KC_ENT,   \
+      KC_LSFT,  KC_NO,    KC_Z,     KC_X,    KC_C,     KC_V,     KC_B,     KC_N,    KC_M,  KC_COMM,  KC_DOT,   KC_SLSH,  KC_NO,    KC_RSFT,  \
+      KC_LCTL,  KC_LGUI,  KC_LALT,                     KC_SPC,                             KC_NO,    MO(2),    KC_RALT,  KC_RGUI,  KC_RCTL \
+      ),
+  [1] = KEYMAP( /* HHKB-ish Base Layout */
+      KC_ESC,   KC_1,     KC_2,     KC_3,    KC_4,     KC_5,     KC_6,     KC_7,    KC_8,  KC_9,     KC_0,     KC_MINS,  KC_EQL,   KC_BSLS,  \
+      KC_TAB,   KC_Q,     KC_W,     KC_E,    KC_R,     KC_T,     KC_Y,     KC_U,    KC_I,  KC_O,     KC_P,     KC_LBRC,  KC_RBRC,  KC_DEL,  \
+      KC_LCTL,  KC_A,     KC_S,     KC_D,    KC_F,     KC_G,     KC_H,     KC_J,    KC_K,  KC_L,     KC_SCLN,  KC_QUOT,  KC_NO,    KC_ENT,   \
+      KC_LSFT,  KC_NO,    KC_Z,     KC_X,    KC_C,     KC_V,     KC_B,     KC_N,    KC_M,  KC_COMM,  KC_DOT,   KC_SLSH,  KC_NO,    KC_RSFT,  \
+      KC_LCTL,  KC_LGUI,  KC_LALT,                     KC_SPC,                             KC_NO,    MO(3),    KC_RALT,  KC_RGUI,  KC_RCTL \
+      ),
+  [2] = KEYMAP( /* FN Layer 1 - Basic QWERTY */
+      KC_GRV,   KC_F1,     KC_F2,     KC_F3,    KC_F4,     KC_F5,     KC_F6,     KC_F7,    KC_F8,    KC_F9,     KC_F10,     KC_F11,   KC_F12,   KC_DEL,  \
+      KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,   KC_TRNS,   KC_TRNS,  RESET,     KC_TRNS,   KC_TRNS,   KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,   KC_TRNS,    KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  \
+      KC_CAPS,  KC_TRNS,   KC_TRNS,   KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,   KC_TRNS,   TO(1),     KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,   KC_TRNS,    KC_TRNS,  KC_NO,    KC_TRNS, \
+      KC_TRNS,  KC_NO,     KC_TRNS,   KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,   KC_TRNS,   KC_TRNS,   KC_TRNS,  KC_MUTE,  KC_VOLD,   KC_VOLU,    KC_TRNS,  KC_NO,    KC_PGUP,  \
+      KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,   KC_TRNS,                        TG(4),                          KC_NO,    KC_TRNS,   KC_HOME,    KC_PGDN,  KC_END \
+      ),
+  [3] = KEYMAP( /* FN Layer 2 - HHKB-ish Base Layout */
+      KC_GRV,   KC_F1,     KC_F2,     KC_F3,    KC_F4,     KC_F5,     KC_F6,     KC_F7,    KC_F8,    KC_F9,     KC_F10,     KC_F11,   KC_F12,   KC_INS,  \
+      KC_CAPS,  KC_TRNS,   KC_TRNS,   KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,   KC_TRNS,   KC_TRNS,   KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,   KC_TRNS,    KC_UP,    KC_TRNS,  KC_BSPC,  \
+      KC_TRNS,  KC_VOLD,   KC_VOLU,   KC_MUTE,  KC_TRNS,   KC_TRNS,   TO(0),     KC_TRNS,  KC_HOME,  KC_PGUP,   KC_LEFT,    KC_RIGHT, KC_NO,    KC_TRNS, \
+      KC_TRNS,  KC_NO,     KC_TRNS,   KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,   KC_TRNS,   KC_TRNS,   KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_END,    KC_PGDN,    KC_DOWN,  KC_NO,    KC_TRNS,  \
+      KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,   KC_TRNS,                        KC_TRNS,                        KC_NO,    KC_TRNS,   KC_TRNS,    KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS \
+      ),
+  [4] = KEYMAP( /* Arrow Layers - Basic QWERTY ONLY */
+      KC_TRNS,   KC_TRNS,    KC_TRNS,     KC_TRNS,    KC_TRNS,     KC_TRNS,     KC_TRNS,     KC_TRNS,    KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,    KC_TRNS,   KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  \
+      KC_TRNS,   KC_TRNS,    KC_TRNS,     KC_TRNS,    KC_TRNS,     KC_TRNS,     KC_TRNS,     KC_TRNS,    KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,    KC_TRNS,   KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  \
+      KC_TRNS,   KC_TRNS,    KC_TRNS,     KC_TRNS,    KC_TRNS,     KC_TRNS,     KC_TRNS,     KC_TRNS,    KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,    KC_TRNS,   KC_TRNS,  KC_NO,    KC_TRNS,   \
+      KC_TRNS,   KC_NO,      KC_TRNS,     KC_TRNS,    KC_TRNS,     KC_TRNS,     KC_TRNS,     KC_TRNS,    KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,    KC_TRNS,   KC_TRNS,  KC_NO,    KC_UP,  \
+      KC_TRNS,   KC_TRNS,    KC_TRNS,                              KC_TRNS,                              KC_NO,    KC_TRNS,    KC_LEFT,   KC_DOWN,  KC_RIGHT \
+      ),
+  [5] = KEYMAP( /* Blank Layer for later usage */
+      KC_TRNS,   KC_TRNS,    KC_TRNS,     KC_TRNS,    KC_TRNS,     KC_TRNS,     KC_TRNS,     KC_TRNS,    KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,    KC_TRNS,   KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  \
+      KC_TRNS,   KC_TRNS,    KC_TRNS,     KC_TRNS,    KC_TRNS,     KC_TRNS,     KC_TRNS,     KC_TRNS,    KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,    KC_TRNS,   KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,  \
+      KC_TRNS,   KC_TRNS,    KC_TRNS,     KC_TRNS,    KC_TRNS,     KC_TRNS,     KC_TRNS,     KC_TRNS,    KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,    KC_TRNS,   KC_TRNS,  KC_NO,    KC_TRNS,   \
+      KC_TRNS,   KC_NO,      KC_TRNS,     KC_TRNS,    KC_TRNS,     KC_TRNS,     KC_TRNS,     KC_TRNS,    KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS,    KC_TRNS,   KC_TRNS,  KC_NO,    KC_TRNS,  \
+      KC_TRNS,   KC_TRNS,    KC_TRNS,                              KC_TRNS,                              KC_NO,    KC_TRNS,    KC_TRNS,   KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS \
+      ),
+
+};
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM fn_actions[] = {
+
+};
+
+const macro_t *action_get_macro(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt)
+{
+  // MACRODOWN only works in this function
+  return MACRO_NONE;
+};
diff --git a/keyboards/kc60/keymaps/mechmerlin/readme.md b/keyboards/kc60/keymaps/mechmerlin/readme.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3a67ab17f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/kc60/keymaps/mechmerlin/readme.md
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+MechMerlin's KC60 Layout
+======================
+
+This is the 60% layout used by u/merlin36, host of the MechMerlin YouTube channel.
+It has 5 layers, base QWERTY, base HHKB, FN 1, FN 2(HHKB), and an arrows only layer.
+
+Merlin's KC60 was acquired from Massdrop: https://www.massdrop.com/buy/kc60-mechanical-keyboard and is the Co-Star stabilizer version
+
+If you would like to program your KC60 using the manufacturer recommended approach, please follow the guide on keychatter: https://www.keychatter.com/2015/07/05/programming-the-kc60/.
+
+## Keymap Notes
+- Highly influenced by the KBP V60 and WKL B.Face standard layouts
+- Does not support any form of inswitch or underglow lighting as Merlin hates them.
+- Arrow toggle switch is FN + Space
+- Reset is FN + R
+- HHKB keymap is approximate as keyboard is not built like HHKB
+
+
+### Build
+To build this keymap, simply run `make KEYMAP=mechmerlin`.
diff --git a/keyboards/kc60/keymaps/workman-dead/keymap.c b/keyboards/kc60/keymaps/workman-dead/keymap.c
index 9e3b9bb656..36e1c6506d 100644
--- a/keyboards/kc60/keymaps/workman-dead/keymap.c
+++ b/keyboards/kc60/keymaps/workman-dead/keymap.c
@@ -6,9 +6,6 @@
 #define _FUN 3
 #define _MS 4
 
-#define _______ KC_NO
-#define XXXXXXX KC_TRNS
-
 #define _DK_ACT 0
 #define _DK_REL 1
 #define _KC_COMS 2
diff --git a/keyboards/kitten_paw/readme.md b/keyboards/kitten_paw/readme.md
index a6ef2a0672..55fac2ba5b 100644
--- a/keyboards/kitten_paw/readme.md
+++ b/keyboards/kitten_paw/readme.md
@@ -1,32 +1,16 @@
-kitten_paw keyboard firmware
-======================
-This is the firmware for the 2016 revision of the Kitten Paw controller by Bathroom Epiphanies.
-Most of the boilerplate code is the work of [BathroomEpiphanies](https://github.com/BathroomEpiphanies).
+kitten_paw
+==========
 
-NKRO doesn't work at the moment, I don't know if I will take the time to find out how to fix this, so far 6KRO is enough for me.
-
-## Quantum MK Firmware
-
-For the full Quantum feature list, see [the parent readme.md](/doc/readme.md).
-
-## Building
-
-Download or clone the whole firmware and navigate to the keyboards/kitten_paw folder. Once your dev env is setup, you'll be able to type `make` to generate your .hex - you can then use the Teensy Loader to program your .hex file. 
+This is the firmware for the 2016 revision of the Kitten Paw controller by Bathroom Epiphanies. Most of the boilerplate code is the work of [BathroomEpiphanies](https://github.com/BathroomEpiphanies).
 
-Depending on which keymap you would like to use, you will have to compile slightly differently.
-
-### Default
-
-To build with the default keymap, simply run `make`.
-
-### Other Keymaps
+NKRO doesn't work at the moment, I don't know if I will take the time to find out how to fix this, so far 6KRO is enough for me.
 
-Several version of keymap are available in advance but you are recommended to define your favorite layout yourself. To define your own keymap create a folder with the name of your keymap in the keymaps folder, and see keymap documentation (you can find in top readme.md) and existant keymap files.
+Keyboard Maintainer: QMK Community
+Hardware Supported: Kitten Paw PCB
+Hardware Availability: https://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=46700.0
 
-To build the firmware binary hex file with a keymap just do `make` with `keymap` option like:
+Make example for this keyboard (after setting up your build environment):
 
-```
-$ make keymap=[default|jack|<name>]
-```
+    make kitten_paw-default
 
-Keymaps follow the format **__keymap.c__** and are stored in folders in the `keymaps` folder, eg `keymaps/my_keymap/`
+See [build environment setup](https://docs.qmk.fm/build_environment_setup.html) then the [make instructions](https://docs.qmk.fm/make_instructions.html) for more information.
diff --git a/keyboards/lets_split/keymaps/OLED_sample/config.h b/keyboards/lets_split/keymaps/OLED_sample/config.h
index c7cbc9372d..57ed7d763b 100644
--- a/keyboards/lets_split/keymaps/OLED_sample/config.h
+++ b/keyboards/lets_split/keymaps/OLED_sample/config.h
@@ -36,6 +36,7 @@ along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 #define FLIP_HALF
 
 #define SSD1306OLED
+//#define OLED_ROTATE180
 
 
 #define PREVENT_STUCK_MODIFIERS
diff --git a/keyboards/lets_split/keymaps/OLED_sample/keymap.c b/keyboards/lets_split/keymaps/OLED_sample/keymap.c
index 274f917e21..9553309f89 100644
--- a/keyboards/lets_split/keymaps/OLED_sample/keymap.c
+++ b/keyboards/lets_split/keymaps/OLED_sample/keymap.c
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 #include "bootloader.h"
 #include "action_layer.h"
 #include "eeconfig.h"
-#include "tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h"
+#include "LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h"
 #ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
   #include "audio.h"
 #endif
@@ -357,3 +357,91 @@ const macro_t *action_get_macro(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt)
 
     return MACRO_NONE;
 }
+
+
+void matrix_update(struct CharacterMatrix *dest,
+                          const struct CharacterMatrix *source) {
+  if (memcmp(dest->display, source->display, sizeof(dest->display))) {
+    memcpy(dest->display, source->display, sizeof(dest->display));
+    dest->dirty = true;
+  }
+}
+
+//assign the right code to your layers for OLED display
+#define L_BASE 0
+#define L_LOWER 8
+#define L_RAISE 16
+#define L_FNLAYER 64
+#define L_NUMLAY 128
+#define L_NLOWER 136
+#define L_NFNLAYER 192
+#define L_MOUSECURSOR 256
+#define L_ADJUST 65560
+
+void iota_gfx_task_user(void) {
+#if DEBUG_TO_SCREEN
+  if (debug_enable) {
+    return;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  struct CharacterMatrix matrix;
+
+  matrix_clear(&matrix);
+  matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("USB: "));
+#ifdef PROTOCOL_LUFA
+  switch (USB_DeviceState) {
+    case DEVICE_STATE_Unattached:
+      matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("Unattached"));
+      break;
+    case DEVICE_STATE_Suspended:
+      matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("Suspended"));
+      break;
+    case DEVICE_STATE_Configured:
+      matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("Connected"));
+      break;
+    case DEVICE_STATE_Powered:
+      matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("Powered"));
+      break;
+    case DEVICE_STATE_Default:
+      matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("Default"));
+      break;
+    case DEVICE_STATE_Addressed:
+      matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("Addressed"));
+      break;
+    default:
+      matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("Invalid"));
+  }
+#endif
+
+// Define layers here, Have not worked out how to have text displayed for each layer. Copy down the number you see and add a case for it below
+
+  char buf[40];
+  snprintf(buf,sizeof(buf), "Undef-%ld", layer_state);
+  matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("\n\nLayer: "));
+    switch (layer_state) {
+        case L_BASE:
+           matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("Default"));
+           break;
+        case L_RAISE:
+           matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("Raise"));
+           break;
+        case L_LOWER:
+           matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("Lower"));
+           break;
+        case L_ADJUST:
+           matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("ADJUST"));
+           break;
+        default:
+           matrix_write(&matrix, buf);
+ }
+  
+  // Host Keyboard LED Status
+  char led[40];
+    snprintf(led, sizeof(led), "\n%s  %s  %s",
+            (host_keyboard_leds() & (1<<USB_LED_NUM_LOCK)) ? "NUMLOCK" : "       ",
+            (host_keyboard_leds() & (1<<USB_LED_CAPS_LOCK)) ? "CAPS" : "    ",
+            (host_keyboard_leds() & (1<<USB_LED_SCROLL_LOCK)) ? "SCLK" : "    ");
+  matrix_write(&matrix, led);
+  matrix_update(&display, &matrix);
+}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/lets_split/keymaps/ergodoxish/Makefile b/keyboards/lets_split/keymaps/ergodoxish/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..457a3d01d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/lets_split/keymaps/ergodoxish/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+ifndef QUANTUM_DIR
+	include ../../../../Makefile
+endif
diff --git a/keyboards/lets_split/keymaps/ergodoxish/config.h b/keyboards/lets_split/keymaps/ergodoxish/config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7f33a43630
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/lets_split/keymaps/ergodoxish/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/*
+This is the c configuration file for the keymap
+
+Copyright 2012 Jun Wako <wakojun@gmail.com>
+Copyright 2015 Jack Humbert
+
+This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifndef CONFIG_USER_H
+#define CONFIG_USER_H
+
+#include "../../config.h"
+
+/* Use I2C or Serial, not both */
+
+#define USE_SERIAL
+// #define USE_I2C
+
+/* Select hand configuration */
+
+#define MASTER_LEFT
+// #define _MASTER_RIGHT
+// #define EE_HANDS
+
+#endif
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/lets_split/keymaps/ergodoxish/keymap.c b/keyboards/lets_split/keymaps/ergodoxish/keymap.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..936312b2e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/lets_split/keymaps/ergodoxish/keymap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,214 @@
+#include "lets_split.h"
+#include "action_layer.h"
+#include "eeconfig.h"
+
+extern keymap_config_t keymap_config;
+
+// Each layer gets a name for readability, which is then used in the keymap matrix below.
+// The underscores don't mean anything - you can have a layer called STUFF or any other name.
+// Layer names don't all need to be of the same length, obviously, and you can also skip them
+// entirely and just use numbers.
+#define _QWERTY 0
+#define _COLEMAK 1
+#define _DVORAK 2
+#define _LOWER 3
+#define _RAISE 4
+#define _ADJUST 16
+
+enum custom_keycodes {
+  QWERTY = SAFE_RANGE,
+  COLEMAK,
+  DVORAK,
+  LOWER,
+  RAISE,
+  ADJUST,
+};
+
+// Fillers to make layering more clear
+#define _______ KC_TRNS
+#define XXXXXXX KC_NO
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+
+/* Qwerty
+ * ,-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+ * | Tab  |   Q  |   W  |   E  |   R  |   T  |   Y  |   U  |   I  |   O  |   P  | Bksp |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+-------------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Esc  |   A  |   S  |   D  |   F  |   G  |   H  |   J  |   K  |   L  |   ;  |  "   |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------|------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Shift|   Z  |   X  |   C  |   V  |   B  |   N  |   M  |   ,  |   .  |   /  |Enter |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |Adjust| Ctrl | Alt  | GUI  |Lower |Space |Space |Raise | Left | Down |  Up  |Right |
+ * `-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+[_QWERTY] = KEYMAP( \
+  KC_TAB,  KC_Q,    KC_W,    KC_E,    KC_R,    KC_T,    KC_Y,    KC_U,    KC_I,    KC_O,    KC_P,    KC_BSPC, \
+  KC_ESC,  KC_A,    KC_S,    KC_D,    KC_F,    KC_G,    KC_H,    KC_J,    KC_K,    KC_L,    KC_SCLN, KC_QUOT, \
+  KC_LSFT, KC_Z,    KC_X,    KC_C,    KC_V,    KC_B,    KC_N,    KC_M,    KC_COMM, KC_DOT,  KC_SLSH, KC_ENT , \
+  ADJUST,  KC_LCTL, KC_LALT, KC_LGUI, LOWER,   KC_SPC,  KC_SPC,  RAISE,   KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_UP,   KC_RGHT \
+),
+
+/* Colemak
+ * ,-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+ * | Tab  |   Q  |   W  |   F  |   P  |   G  |   J  |   L  |   U  |   Y  |   ;  | Bksp |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+-------------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Esc  |   A  |   R  |   S  |   T  |   D  |   H  |   N  |   E  |   I  |   O  |  "   |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------|------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Shift|   Z  |   X  |   C  |   V  |   B  |   K  |   M  |   ,  |   .  |   /  |Enter |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |Adjust| Ctrl | Alt  | GUI  |Lower |Space |Space |Raise | Left | Down |  Up  |Right |
+ * `-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+[_COLEMAK] = KEYMAP( \
+  KC_TAB,  KC_Q,    KC_W,    KC_F,    KC_P,    KC_G,    KC_J,    KC_L,    KC_U,    KC_Y,    KC_SCLN, KC_BSPC, \
+  KC_ESC,  KC_A,    KC_R,    KC_S,    KC_T,    KC_D,    KC_H,    KC_N,    KC_E,    KC_I,    KC_O,    KC_QUOT, \
+  KC_LSFT, KC_Z,    KC_X,    KC_C,    KC_V,    KC_B,    KC_K,    KC_M,    KC_COMM, KC_DOT,  KC_SLSH, KC_ENT , \
+  ADJUST,  KC_LCTL, KC_LALT, KC_LGUI, LOWER,   KC_SPC,  KC_SPC,  RAISE,   KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_UP,   KC_RGHT \
+),
+
+/* Dvorak
+ * ,-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+ * | Tab  |   "  |   ,  |   .  |   P  |   Y  |   F  |   G  |   C  |   R  |   L  | Bksp |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+-------------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Esc  |   A  |   O  |   E  |   U  |   I  |   D  |   H  |   T  |   N  |   S  |  /   |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------|------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Shift|   ;  |   Q  |   J  |   K  |   X  |   B  |   M  |   W  |   V  |   Z  |Enter |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |Adjust| Ctrl | Alt  | GUI  |Lower |Space |Space |Raise | Left | Down |  Up  |Right |
+ * `-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+[_DVORAK] = KEYMAP( \
+  KC_TAB,  KC_QUOT, KC_COMM, KC_DOT,  KC_P,    KC_Y,    KC_F,    KC_G,    KC_C,    KC_R,    KC_L,    KC_BSPC, \
+  KC_ESC,  KC_A,    KC_O,    KC_E,    KC_U,    KC_I,    KC_D,    KC_H,    KC_T,    KC_N,    KC_S,    KC_SLSH, \
+  KC_LSFT, KC_SCLN, KC_Q,    KC_J,    KC_K,    KC_X,    KC_B,    KC_M,    KC_W,    KC_V,    KC_Z,    KC_ENT , \
+  ADJUST,  KC_LCTL, KC_LALT, KC_LGUI, LOWER,   KC_SPC,  KC_SPC,  RAISE,   KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_UP,   KC_RGHT \
+),
+
+/* Lower
+ * ,-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+ * |   ~  |   !  |   @  |   #  |   $  |   %  |   ^  |   &  |   *  |   (  |   )  | Bksp |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+-------------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Del  |  F1  |  F2  |  F3  |  F4  |  F5  |  F6  |   _  |   +  |     |    \  |  |   |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------|------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |  F7  |  F8  |  F9  |  F10 |  F11 |  F12 |ISO ~ |ISO | |      |      |Enter |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |      |      |      |      |             |      | Next | Vol- | Vol+ | Play |
+ * `-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+[_LOWER] = KEYMAP( \
+  KC_TILD, KC_EXLM, KC_AT,   KC_HASH, KC_DLR,  KC_PERC, KC_CIRC, KC_AMPR, KC_ASTR, KC_LPRN, KC_RPRN, KC_BSPC, \
+  KC_DEL,  KC_F1,   KC_F2,   KC_F3,   KC_F4,   KC_F5,   KC_F6,   KC_UNDS, KC_PLUS, KC_LCBR, KC_RCBR, KC_PIPE, \
+  _______, KC_F7,   KC_F8,   KC_F9,   KC_F10,  KC_F11,  KC_F12,S(KC_NUHS),S(KC_NUBS),_______, _______, _______, \
+  _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, KC_MNXT, KC_VOLD, KC_VOLU, KC_MPLY \
+),
+
+/* Raise
+ * ,-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+ * |   `  |   1  |   2  |   3  |   4  |   5  |   6  |   7  |   8  |   9  |   0  | Bksp |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+-------------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Del  |  F1  |  F2  |  F3  |  F4  |  F5  |  F6  |   -  |   =  |   [  |   ]  |  \   |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------|------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |  F7  |  F8  |  F9  |  F10 |  F11 |  F12 |ISO # |ISO / |      |      |Enter |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |      |      |      |      |             |      | Next | Vol- | Vol+ | Play |
+ * `-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+[_RAISE] = KEYMAP( \
+  KC_GRV,  KC_1,    KC_2,    KC_3,    KC_4,    KC_5,    KC_6,    KC_7,    KC_8,    KC_9,    KC_0,    KC_BSPC, \
+  KC_DEL,  KC_F1,   KC_F2,   KC_F3,   KC_F4,   KC_F5,   KC_F6,   KC_MINS, KC_EQL,  KC_LBRC, KC_RBRC, KC_BSLS, \
+  _______, KC_F7,   KC_F8,   KC_F9,   KC_F10,  KC_F11,  KC_F12,  KC_NUHS, KC_NUBS, _______, _______, _______, \
+  _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, KC_MNXT, KC_VOLD, KC_VOLU, KC_MPLY \
+),
+
+/* Adjust (Lower + Raise)
+ * ,-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+ * |      | Reset|      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |  Del |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+-------------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |      |      |Aud on|Audoff|AGnorm|AGswap|Qwerty|Colemk|Dvorak|      |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------|------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |      |      |      |      |             |      |      |      |      |      |
+ * `-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+[_ADJUST] =  KEYMAP( \
+  _______, RESET,   _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, KC_DEL, \
+  _______, _______, _______, AU_ON,   AU_OFF,  AG_NORM, AG_SWAP, QWERTY,  COLEMAK, DVORAK,  _______, _______, \
+  _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, \
+  _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______ \
+)
+
+
+};
+
+#ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+float tone_qwerty[][2]     = SONG(QWERTY_SOUND);
+float tone_dvorak[][2]     = SONG(DVORAK_SOUND);
+float tone_colemak[][2]    = SONG(COLEMAK_SOUND);
+#endif
+
+void persistent_default_layer_set(uint16_t default_layer) {
+  eeconfig_update_default_layer(default_layer);
+  default_layer_set(default_layer);
+}
+
+bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
+  switch (keycode) {
+    case QWERTY:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        #ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+          PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY(tone_qwerty, false, 0);
+        #endif
+        persistent_default_layer_set(1UL<<_QWERTY);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+    case COLEMAK:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        #ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+          PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY(tone_colemak, false, 0);
+        #endif
+        persistent_default_layer_set(1UL<<_COLEMAK);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+    case DVORAK:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        #ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+          PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY(tone_dvorak, false, 0);
+        #endif
+        persistent_default_layer_set(1UL<<_DVORAK);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+    case LOWER:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        layer_on(_LOWER);
+        update_tri_layer(_LOWER, _RAISE, _ADJUST);
+      } else {
+        layer_off(_LOWER);
+        update_tri_layer(_LOWER, _RAISE, _ADJUST);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+    case RAISE:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        layer_on(_RAISE);
+        update_tri_layer(_LOWER, _RAISE, _ADJUST);
+      } else {
+        layer_off(_RAISE);
+        update_tri_layer(_LOWER, _RAISE, _ADJUST);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+    case ADJUST:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        layer_on(_ADJUST);
+      } else {
+        layer_off(_ADJUST);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+  }
+  return true;
+}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/lets_split/keymaps/fabian/Makefile b/keyboards/lets_split/keymaps/fabian/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b8c82cb99d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/lets_split/keymaps/fabian/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+# Build Options
+#   change to "no" to disable the options, or define them in the Makefile in 
+#   the appropriate keymap folder that will get included automatically
+#
+# UNICODE_ENABLE = yes
+
+ifndef QUANTUM_DIR
+	include ../../../../Makefile
+endif
diff --git a/keyboards/lets_split/keymaps/fabian/config.h b/keyboards/lets_split/keymaps/fabian/config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ba271d1ac6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/lets_split/keymaps/fabian/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2012 Jun Wako <wakojun@gmail.com>
+
+This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+
+#define USE_SERIAL
+
+#define MASTER_LEFT
+// #define _MASTER_RIGHT
+// #define EE_HANDS
+
+
+#ifdef SUBPROJECT_rev1
+    #include "../../rev1/config.h"
+#endif
+#ifdef SUBPROJECT_rev2
+    #include "../../rev2/config.h"
+#endif
+#ifdef SUBPROJECT_rev2fliphalf
+	#include "../../rev2fliphalf/config.h"
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/lets_split/keymaps/fabian/keymap.c b/keyboards/lets_split/keymaps/fabian/keymap.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0af505b476
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/lets_split/keymaps/fabian/keymap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,221 @@
+#include "lets_split.h"
+#include "action_layer.h"
+#include "eeconfig.h"
+
+extern keymap_config_t keymap_config;
+
+// Each layer gets a name for readability, which is then used in the keymap matrix below.
+// The underscores don't mean anything - you can have a layer called STUFF or any other name.
+// Layer names don't all need to be of the same length, obviously, and you can also skip them
+// entirely and just use numbers.
+#define _QWERTY 0
+#define _COLEMAK 1
+#define _DVORAK 2
+#define _LOWER 3
+#define _RAISE 4
+#define _ADJUST 16
+
+enum custom_keycodes {
+  QWERTY = SAFE_RANGE,
+  COLEMAK,
+  DVORAK,
+  LOWER,
+  RAISE,
+  ADJUST,
+};
+
+// Fillers to make layering more clear
+#define _______ KC_TRNS
+#define XXXXXXX KC_NO
+
+// Custom
+#define CTL_ESC CTL_T(KC_ESC)  // Tap for Escape, hold for Control
+#define SFT_ENT SFT_T(KC_ENT)  // Tap for Enter, hold for Shift
+#define SFT_BSP SFT_T(KC_BSPC) // Tap for Backspace, hold for Shift
+#define HPR_TAB ALL_T(KC_TAB)  // Tap for Tab, hold for Hyper (Super+Ctrl+Alt+Shift)
+// #define MEH_GRV MEH_T(KC_GRV)  // Tap for Backtick, hold for Meh (Ctrl+Alt+Shift)
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+
+/* Qwerty
+ * ,-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+ * | Tab  |   Q  |   W  |   E  |   R  |   T  |   Y  |   U  |   I  |   O  |   P  | Bksp |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+-------------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Esc  |   A  |   S  |   D  |   F  |   G  |   H  |   J  |   K  |   L  |   ;  |  "   |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------|------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Shift|   Z  |   X  |   C  |   V  |   B  |   N  |   M  |   ,  |   .  |   /  |Enter |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |Adjust| Ctrl | Alt  | GUI  |Lower |Space | Bksp |Raise | GUI  |AltGr | Ctrl |Adjust|
+ * `-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+[_QWERTY] = KEYMAP( \
+  HPR_TAB, KC_Q,    KC_W,    KC_E,    KC_R,    KC_T,    KC_Y,    KC_U,    KC_I,    KC_O,    KC_P,    KC_BSPC, \
+  CTL_ESC, KC_A,    KC_S,    KC_D,    KC_F,    KC_G,    KC_H,    KC_J,    KC_K,    KC_L,    KC_SCLN, KC_QUOT, \
+  SFT_BSP, KC_Z,    KC_X,    KC_C,    KC_V,    KC_B,    KC_N,    KC_M,    KC_COMM, KC_DOT,  KC_SLSH, SFT_ENT , \
+  ADJUST,  KC_LCTL, KC_LALT, KC_LGUI, LOWER,   KC_SPC,  SFT_BSP, RAISE,   KC_RGUI, KC_RALT, KC_RCTL, ADJUST \
+),
+
+/* Colemak
+ * ,-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+ * | Tab  |   Q  |   W  |   F  |   P  |   G  |   J  |   L  |   U  |   Y  |   ;  | Bksp |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+-------------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Esc  |   A  |   R  |   S  |   T  |   D  |   H  |   N  |   E  |   I  |   O  |  "   |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------|------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Shift|   Z  |   X  |   C  |   V  |   B  |   K  |   M  |   ,  |   .  |   /  |Enter |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |Adjust| Ctrl | Alt  | GUI  |Lower |Space | Bksp |Raise | GUI  |AltGr | Ctrl |Adjust|
+ * `-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+[_COLEMAK] = KEYMAP( \
+  HPR_TAB, KC_Q,    KC_W,    KC_F,    KC_P,    KC_G,    KC_J,    KC_L,    KC_U,    KC_Y,    KC_SCLN, KC_BSPC, \
+  CTL_ESC, KC_A,    KC_R,    KC_S,    KC_T,    KC_D,    KC_H,    KC_N,    KC_E,    KC_I,    KC_O,    KC_QUOT, \
+  SFT_BSP, KC_Z,    KC_X,    KC_C,    KC_V,    KC_B,    KC_K,    KC_M,    KC_COMM, KC_DOT,  KC_SLSH, SFT_ENT , \
+  ADJUST,  KC_LCTL, KC_LALT, KC_LGUI, LOWER,   KC_SPC,  SFT_BSP, RAISE,   KC_RGUI, KC_RALT, KC_RCTL, ADJUST \
+),
+
+/* Dvorak
+ * ,-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+ * | Tab  |   "  |   ,  |   .  |   P  |   Y  |   F  |   G  |   C  |   R  |   L  | Bksp |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+-------------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Esc  |   A  |   O  |   E  |   U  |   I  |   D  |   H  |   T  |   N  |   S  |  /   |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------|------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Shift|   ;  |   Q  |   J  |   K  |   X  |   B  |   M  |   W  |   V  |   Z  |Enter |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |Adjust| Ctrl | Alt  | GUI  |Lower |Space | Bksp |Raise | GUI  |AltGr | Ctrl |Adjust|
+ * `-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+[_DVORAK] = KEYMAP( \
+  HPR_TAB, KC_QUOT, KC_COMM, KC_DOT,  KC_P,    KC_Y,    KC_F,    KC_G,    KC_C,    KC_R,    KC_L,    KC_BSPC, \
+  CTL_ESC, KC_A,    KC_O,    KC_E,    KC_U,    KC_I,    KC_D,    KC_H,    KC_T,    KC_N,    KC_S,    KC_SLSH, \
+  SFT_BSP, KC_SCLN, KC_Q,    KC_J,    KC_K,    KC_X,    KC_B,    KC_M,    KC_W,    KC_V,    KC_Z,    SFT_ENT , \
+  ADJUST,  KC_LCTL, KC_LALT, KC_LGUI, LOWER,   KC_SPC,  SFT_BSP, RAISE,   KC_RGUI, KC_RALT, KC_RCTL, ADJUST \
+),
+
+/* Lower
+ * ,-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+ * |   ~  |   !  |   @  |   #  |   $  |   %  |   ^  |   &  |   *  |   (  |   )  | Bksp |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+-------------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Del  |  F1  |  F2  |  F3  |  F4  |  F5  |  F6  |   _  |   +  |   {  |   }  |  |   |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------|------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |  F7  |  F8  |  F9  |  F10 |  F11 |  F12 | MS L | MS D |MS U  | MS R |MS Btn|
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      | Next | Vol- | Vol+ | Play |
+ * `-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+[_LOWER] = KEYMAP( \
+  KC_TILD, KC_EXLM, KC_AT,   KC_HASH, KC_DLR,  KC_PERC, KC_CIRC, KC_AMPR, KC_ASTR, KC_LPRN, KC_RPRN, KC_BSPC, \
+  KC_DEL,  KC_F1,   KC_F2,   KC_F3,   KC_F4,   KC_F5,   KC_F6,   KC_UNDS, KC_PLUS, KC_LCBR, KC_RCBR, KC_PIPE, \
+  _______, KC_F7,   KC_F8,   KC_F9,   KC_F10,  KC_F11,  KC_F12,  KC_MS_L, KC_MS_D, KC_MS_U, KC_MS_R, KC_BTN1, \
+  _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, KC_MNXT, KC_VOLD, KC_VOLU, KC_MPLY \
+),
+
+/* Raise
+ * ,-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+ * |   `  |   1  |   2  |   3  |   4  |   5  |   6  |   7  |   8  |   9  |   0  | Bksp |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+-------------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Del  |  F1  |  F2  |  F3  |  F4  |  F5  |  F6  |   -  |   =  |   [  |   ]  |  \   |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------|------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |  F7  |  F8  |  F9  |  F10 |  F11 |  F12 | Left | Down |  Up  | Rght |MS_BN2|
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      | Next | Vol- | Vol+ | Play |
+ * `-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+[_RAISE] = KEYMAP( \
+  KC_GRV,  KC_1,    KC_2,    KC_3,    KC_4,    KC_5,    KC_6,    KC_7,    KC_8,    KC_9,    KC_0,    KC_BSPC, \
+  KC_DEL,  KC_F1,   KC_F2,   KC_F3,   KC_F4,   KC_F5,   KC_F6,   KC_MINS, KC_EQL,  KC_LBRC, KC_RBRC, KC_BSLS, \
+  _______, KC_F7,   KC_F8,   KC_F9,   KC_F10,  KC_F11,  KC_F12,  KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_UP,   KC_RGHT, KC_BTN2, \
+  _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, KC_MNXT, KC_VOLD, KC_VOLU, KC_MPLY \
+),
+
+/* Adjust (Lower + Raise)
+ * ,-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+ * |      |Reset |      |Aud on|Audoff|AGnorm|AGswap|Qwerty|Colemk|Dvorak|Reset | Del  |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------|------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |
+ * `-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+[_ADJUST] =  KEYMAP( \
+  _______, RESET,   _______, AU_ON,   AU_OFF,  AG_NORM, AG_SWAP, QWERTY,  COLEMAK, DVORAK,  RESET,   KC_DEL, \
+  _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, \
+  _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, \
+  _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______ \
+)
+
+
+};
+
+#ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+float tone_qwerty[][2]     = SONG(QWERTY_SOUND);
+float tone_dvorak[][2]     = SONG(DVORAK_SOUND);
+float tone_colemak[][2]    = SONG(COLEMAK_SOUND);
+#endif
+
+void persistent_default_layer_set(uint16_t default_layer) {
+  eeconfig_update_default_layer(default_layer);
+  default_layer_set(default_layer);
+}
+
+bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
+  switch (keycode) {
+    case QWERTY:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        #ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+          PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY(tone_qwerty, false, 0);
+        #endif
+        persistent_default_layer_set(1UL<<_QWERTY);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+    case COLEMAK:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        #ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+          PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY(tone_colemak, false, 0);
+        #endif
+        persistent_default_layer_set(1UL<<_COLEMAK);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+    case DVORAK:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        #ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+          PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY(tone_dvorak, false, 0);
+        #endif
+        persistent_default_layer_set(1UL<<_DVORAK);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+    case LOWER:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        layer_on(_LOWER);
+        update_tri_layer(_LOWER, _RAISE, _ADJUST);
+      } else {
+        layer_off(_LOWER);
+        update_tri_layer(_LOWER, _RAISE, _ADJUST);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+    case RAISE:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        layer_on(_RAISE);
+        update_tri_layer(_LOWER, _RAISE, _ADJUST);
+      } else {
+        layer_off(_RAISE);
+        update_tri_layer(_LOWER, _RAISE, _ADJUST);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+    case ADJUST:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        layer_on(_ADJUST);
+      } else {
+        layer_off(_ADJUST);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+  }
+  return true;
+}
diff --git a/keyboards/lets_split/keymaps/piemod/README.md b/keyboards/lets_split/keymaps/piemod/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f2a051da14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/lets_split/keymaps/piemod/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+PieMod
+======
+
+A keymap for users that need:
+
+- *P*: Programming symbols.
+
+- *I*: i3wm.
+
+- *E*: Emacs.
+
+- *M*: Macros.
+
+- *O*: Ortholinear.
+
+- *D*: Dvorak.
+
+Still a work-in-progress. Suggestions welcome @ https://github.com/dwrz/piemod.
+
+### Keymap
+
+![PieMod Keymap](./keymap.png)
+
+### TODO
+
+- [ ] Add Emacs layer.
+- [ ] Add Macro layer.
+- [ ] Add system control keys (rotation, brightness).
+- [ ] Switch " and ' quotes (or function to toggle default).
+- [ ] Add capslock.
+.
diff --git a/keyboards/lets_split/keymaps/piemod/config.h b/keyboards/lets_split/keymaps/piemod/config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7f33a43630
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/lets_split/keymaps/piemod/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/*
+This is the c configuration file for the keymap
+
+Copyright 2012 Jun Wako <wakojun@gmail.com>
+Copyright 2015 Jack Humbert
+
+This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifndef CONFIG_USER_H
+#define CONFIG_USER_H
+
+#include "../../config.h"
+
+/* Use I2C or Serial, not both */
+
+#define USE_SERIAL
+// #define USE_I2C
+
+/* Select hand configuration */
+
+#define MASTER_LEFT
+// #define _MASTER_RIGHT
+// #define EE_HANDS
+
+#endif
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/lets_split/keymaps/piemod/keymap.c b/keyboards/lets_split/keymaps/piemod/keymap.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..558370fa86
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/lets_split/keymaps/piemod/keymap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+#include "lets_split.h"
+#include "action_layer.h"
+#include "eeconfig.h"
+
+extern keymap_config_t keymap_config;
+
+#define _DVORAK 0
+#define _ARROW 1 //F(1)
+#define _SYMBOL 2 // F(2)
+#define _NUMBER 3 // F(3)
+#define _FUNCTION 4 // F(4)
+#define _EMACS 5 // F(5)
+#define _MACROS 6 // F(6)
+#define _MOUSE 7 // F(7)
+
+enum custom_keycodes {
+  DVORAK = SAFE_RANGE,
+  ARROW,
+  SYMBOL,
+  NUMBER,
+  FUNCTION,
+  EMACS,
+  MACROS,
+  MOUSE,
+};
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+
+[_DVORAK] = KEYMAP( \
+  KC_ESC,  KC_QUOTE,  F(7),  KC_DOT,  KC_P,  KC_Y,  KC_F,  KC_G,  KC_C,  KC_R,  KC_L,  KC_DELETE, \
+  KC_TAB,  F(1),  F(2),  F(3),  F(4),  KC_I,  KC_D,  KC_H,  KC_T,  KC_N,  KC_S,  KC_ENTER, \
+  KC_LSHIFT,  KC_SCOLON,  F(5),   KC_J,   KC_K,  KC_X,   KC_B,   KC_M,   KC_W,  KC_V,  KC_Z,  KC_MINUS, \
+  F(10), F(6),  KC_MENU, KC_LALT,  KC_LGUI,  KC_BSPACE,  KC_SPACE,  KC_RCTRL,  KC_LEFT,  KC_DOWN,  KC_UP, KC_RIGHT \
+),
+
+[_ARROW] = KEYMAP( \
+  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_HOME,  KC_UP,  KC_END,  KC_PGUP, \
+  KC_NO,  KC_TRNS,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_LEFT,  KC_DOWN,  KC_RIGHT,  KC_PGDN, \
+  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_HOME,  KC_PGDN,  KC_PGUP,  KC_END,  KC_NO, \
+  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO \
+),
+
+[_SYMBOL] = KEYMAP( \
+  KC_TILD,  KC_GRAVE,  KC_NO,  KC_EQUAL,  KC_PLUS,  KC_NO,  KC_LBRACKET,  KC_RBRACKET,  KC_AMPR,  KC_ASTR,  KC_LPRN,  KC_RPRN, \
+  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_TRNS,  KC_SCOLON,  KC_COLN,  KC_NO,  KC_LCBR,  KC_RCBR,  KC_DLR,  KC_PERC,  KC_CIRC,  F(21), \
+  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_BSLASH,  KC_SLASH,  KC_EXLM,  KC_AT,  KC_HASH,  KC_PIPE, \
+  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_ASTR,   KC_SLASH,  KC_MINUS,  KC_PLUS,  KC_EQUAL \
+),
+
+[_NUMBER] = KEYMAP( \
+  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_7,  KC_8,  KC_9,  KC_NO, \
+  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_TRNS,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_4,  KC_5,  KC_6,  KC_NO, \
+ KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_0,  KC_1,  KC_2,  KC_3,  KC_NO, \
+  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_ASTR,  KC_SLASH,  KC_MINUS,  KC_PLUS,  KC_EQUAL \
+),
+
+[_FUNCTION] = KEYMAP( \
+  KC_PSCREEN,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_F1,  KC_F2,  KC_F3,  KC_F4,  KC_F5,  KC_F6, \
+  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_TRNS,  KC_NO,  KC_F7,  KC_F8,  KC_F9,  KC_F10,  KC_F11,  KC_F12, \
+  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO, KC_NO,  KC_AUDIO_MUTE,  KC_AUDIO_VOL_DOWN,  KC_AUDIO_VOL_UP,  KC_MEDIA_PLAY_PAUSE, \
+  RESET,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_DELETE,  KC_INSERT,  KC_HOME,  KC_PGDN,  KC_PGUP,  KC_END \
+),
+
+[_EMACS] = KEYMAP( \
+  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO, \
+  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO, \
+  KC_NO,  KC_TRNS,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO, \
+  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO \
+),
+
+[_MACROS] = KEYMAP( \
+  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO, \
+  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO, \
+  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO, \
+  KC_NO,  KC_TRNS,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO \
+),
+
+[_MOUSE] = KEYMAP( \
+  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_TRNS,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_MS_U,  KC_NO,  KC_NO, \
+  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_MS_L,  KC_MS_D,  KC_MS_R,  KC_NO, \
+  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO, \
+  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_MS_BTN1,  KC_MS_BTN2,  KC_MS_BTN3,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO \
+)
+};
+
+enum function_id {
+    TEENSY_KEY,
+    CUSTOM_KEY,
+    L_CTRL_ALT_ENT,
+    R_CTRL_ALT_ENT,
+};
+
+int CAPSLOCKED = 0;
+
+  const uint16_t PROGMEM fn_actions[] = {
+
+    // DVORAK 0
+    // ARROW 1, F(1)
+    // SYMBOL 2, F(2)
+    // NUMBER 3, F(3)
+    // FUNCTION 4, F(4)
+    // EMACS 5, F(5)
+    // MACROS 6, F(6)
+    // MOUSE 7, F(7)
+
+    // Layers
+    [1] =  ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(1, KC_A),     // FN1 = Momentary Arrow layer on A.
+    [2] =  ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(2, KC_O),     // FN2 = Momentary symbOl layer on O.
+    [3] =  ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(3, KC_E),     // FN3 = Momentary numbEr layer on E.
+    [4] =  ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(4, KC_U),     // FN4 = Momentary fUnction layer on U.
+    [5] =  ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(5, KC_Q),     // FN5 = Momentary emaQs layer on Q. 
+    [6] =  ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(6, KC_LCTRL), // FN6 = Momentary MACROS on ??? key.
+    [7] =  ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(7, KC_COMMA), // FN7 = Momentary MOUSE on , key.
+
+    // Special Keys
+    [10] =  ACTION_MODS_KEY(KC_LCTRL, KC_LALT), // FN10 = Ctrl + Alt.
+    
+    // Symbols
+    [21] =  ACTION_MODS_KEY(MOD_LSFT, KC_SLASH), // FN21 = Question mark.
+
+  };
diff --git a/keyboards/lets_split/keymaps/xk/Makefile b/keyboards/lets_split/keymaps/xk/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..46eb7989d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/lets_split/keymaps/xk/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+MOUSEKEY_ENABLE = yes       # Mouse keys(+4700)
+EXTRAKEY_ENABLE = yes       # Audio control and System control(+450)
+NKRO_ENABLE = no           # Nkey Rollover - if this doesn't work, see here: https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/wiki/FAQ#nkro-doesnt-work
+USE_I2C = yes
+TAP_DANCE_ENABLE = yes
+
+CONSOLE_ENABLE = no         # Console for debug(+400)
+COMMAND_ENABLE = no         # Commands for debug and configuration
+BACKLIGHT_ENABLE = no       # Enable keyboard backlight functionality
+MIDI_ENABLE = no            # MIDI controls
+AUDIO_ENABLE = no           # Audio output on port C6
+UNICODE_ENABLE = no         # Unicode
+BLUETOOTH_ENABLE = no       # Enable Bluetooth with the Adafruit EZ-Key HID
+RGBLIGHT_ENABLE = no        # Enable WS2812 RGB underlight.  Do not enable this with audio at the same time.
+BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE = no       # Virtual DIP switch configuration(+1000)
+
+ifndef QUANTUM_DIR
+	include ../../../../Makefile
+endif
diff --git a/keyboards/lets_split/keymaps/xk/config.h b/keyboards/lets_split/keymaps/xk/config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d37985043c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/lets_split/keymaps/xk/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/*
+This is the c configuration file for the keymap
+
+Copyright 2012 Jun Wako <wakojun@gmail.com>
+Copyright 2015 Jack Humbert
+
+This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+*/
+
+#ifndef CONFIG_USER_H
+#define CONFIG_USER_H
+
+#include "../../config.h"
+
+#define TAPPING_TOGGLE 1
+#define TAPPING_TERM 200
+#define ONESHOT_TAP_TOGGLE 2
+#define ONESHOT_LAYER_TOGGLE 2
+#define ONESHOT_TIMEOUT 300
+
+/* Use I2C or Serial, not both */
+
+// #define USE_SERIAL
+#define USE_I2C
+
+#define MOUSEKEY_INTERVAL 50
+#define MOUSEKEY_DELAY 0
+#define MOUSEKEY_TIME_TO_MAX 60
+#define MOUSEKEY_MAX_SPEED 7
+
+#define MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_DELAY 0
+#define MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_MAX_SPEED   8
+#define MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_TIME_TO_MAX 40
+
+// #define MASTER_LEFT
+// #define _MASTER_RIGHT
+#define EE_HANDS
+
+
+#define PREVENT_STUCK_MODIFIERS
+//#define IGNORE_MOD_TAP_INTERRUPT
+#define PERMISSIVE_HOLD
+
+#endif
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/lets_split/keymaps/xk/keymap.c b/keyboards/lets_split/keymaps/xk/keymap.c
new file mode 100755
index 0000000000..4d89a67f7f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/lets_split/keymaps/xk/keymap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,353 @@
+#include "lets_split.h"
+#include "action_layer.h"
+#include "eeconfig.h"
+
+extern keymap_config_t keymap_config;
+
+#define _COLEMAK  0
+#define _KAMELOC  1
+#define _IKAPILA  2
+#define _IKASHFT  3
+#define _ARROWKY  4
+#define _FNCTION  5
+#define _NINEKEY  6
+#define _NAVIGAT  7
+#define _QWERTY   8
+#define _GRVTABL  15
+
+enum custom_keycodes {
+  COLEMAK = SAFE_RANGE,
+  KAMELOC,
+  IKAPILA,
+  IKASHFT,
+  ARROWKY,
+  FNCTION,
+  NINEKEY,
+  NAVIGAT,
+  QWERTY,
+  GRVTABL,
+};
+
+//TD Declarations
+enum {
+  VOM = 0,
+  PRN,
+  EGT,
+  HRD,
+  DSH,
+  QUT,
+  ESC,
+  EQE,
+  PGN,
+  UND,
+  BSDEL,
+  bsdel_mods,
+  BOOTME,
+};
+
+#define _______     KC_TRNS
+#define XXXXXXX     KC_NO
+
+// action-TAP for key/mod behavior LT(layer, kc)
+#define XK_TAB      LT(_FNCTION, KC_TAB)
+#define XK_BSP      LT(_KAMELOC, M(3))
+
+#define XK_HARD     LT(_FNCTION, M(1))
+#define XK_SPC      LT(_IKAPILA, KC_SPC)
+#define XK_ENT      LT(_IKAPILA, KC_ENT)
+#define XK_PGDN     LT(_NAVIGAT, TD(PGN))
+#define XK_PREN     LT(_IKASHFT, M(0))
+#define PIPBOY      LT(_FNCTION, KC_BSLS)
+
+#define XK_DEL      LT(_KAMELOC, KC_DEL)
+#define XK_GRV      LT(_GRVTABL, KC_GRV)
+
+// mod-TAP for mod/key behavior MT(modkey, kc)
+#define ESC_IT      MT(MOD_MEH, TD(ESC))
+
+#define ALT_IT      MT(MOD_LALT, KC_SCLN)
+#define CTL_IT      MT(MOD_LCTL, KC_SLSH)
+#define XK_EGPT     MT((MOD_LCTL | MOD_LALT | MOD_LGUI), M(2))
+
+#define SFT_IT      MT(MOD_RSFT, TG(_NAVIGAT))
+#define SFT_ENT	    MT(MOD_RSFT, KC_ENT)
+
+//sticky modifiers
+#define KYCTL       OSM(MOD_LCTL)
+#define KYGUI       OSM(MOD_LGUI)
+#define KYSFT       OSM(MOD_LSFT)
+#define KYALT       OSM(MOD_LALT)
+#define CAKY        OSM(MOD_LCTL | MOD_LALT)
+
+//shortcuts
+#define CADEL       LALT(LCTL(KC_DEL))
+#define CAINS       LALT(LCTL(KC_INS))
+#define TGNKRO      MAGIC_TOGGLE_NKRO
+
+#define NAVCH       LCTL(KC_HOME)
+#define NAVCPD      LCTL(KC_PGDN)
+#define NAVCPU      LCTL(KC_PGUP)
+#define NAVCE       LCTL(KC_END)
+#define NAVCU       LCTL(KC_UP)
+#define NAVCD       LCTL(KC_DOWN)
+#define NAVCL       LCTL(KC_LEFT)
+#define NAVCR       LCTL(KC_RGHT)
+#define NAVGU       LGUI(KC_UP)
+#define NAVGD       LGUI(KC_DOWN)
+#define NAVGL       LGUI(KC_LEFT)
+#define NAVGR       LGUI(KC_RGHT)
+
+#define KC_NDSH 	LCTL(KC_PMNS)
+#define KC_MDSH 	LALT(LCTL(KC_PMNS))
+
+//!not sure if this old TMK code will work
+//#define BOOTME      ACTION_FUNCTION(BOOTLOADER)
+#define LCLEAR      ACTION_LAYER_SET_CLEAR(0)
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+
+/*
+  TAP
+  ┌────┬────┬────┬────┬────┬────�    ┌────┬────┬────┬────┬────┬────�
+  │TAB │ Q  │ W  │ F  │ P  │ B  │    │ J  │ L  │ U  │ Y  │ ;  │DEL │
+  ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤    ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤
+  │BKSP│ A  │ R  │ S  │ T  │ G  │    │ M  │ N  │ E  │ I  │ O  │ '  │
+  ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤    ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤
+  │OSFT│ X  │ C  │ D  │ V  │ Z  │    │ K  │ H  │ ,  │ .  │ /  │LNAV│
+  ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤    ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤
+  │OCTL│OALT│L9KY│ [] │OGUI│SPC │    │ENT │PGDN│ () │ {} │ \  │ `  │
+  └────┴────┴────┴────┴────┴────┘    └────┴────┴────┴────┴────┴────┘
+   HOLD
+  ┌────┬────┬────┬────┬────┬────�    ┌────┬────┬────┬────┬────┬────�
+  │L FN│    │    │    │    │    │    │    │    │    │    │ALT │L!@#│
+  ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤    ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤
+  │L OH│    │    │    │    │    │    │    │    │    │    │    │L OH│
+  ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤    ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤
+  │SFT │    │    │    │    │    │    │    │    │    │    │CTL │SFT │
+  ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤    ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤
+  │CTL │ALT │L9KY│L!@#│GUI │L123│    │L123│LNAV│L!@#│MEH │L FN│LGRV│
+  └────┴────┴────┴────┴────┴────┘    └────┴────┴────┴────┴────┴────┘
+   DOUBLETAP
+  ┌────┬────┬────┬────┬────┬────�    ┌────┬────┬────┬────┬────┬────�
+  │    │!F4 │    │    │    │    │    │    │    │    │    │    │    │
+  ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤    ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤
+  │    │    │    │    │    │    │    │    │    │    │    │    │    │
+  ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤    ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤
+  │OSML│    │    │    │    │UNDO│    │    │    │    │    │    │    │
+  ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤    ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤
+  │OSML│OSML│ESC │    │OSML│    │    │    │PGUP│    │    │    │    │
+  └────┴────┴────┴────┴────┴────┘    └────┴────┴────┴────┴────┴────┘
+  Switch type
+  ┌────┬────┬────┬────┬────┬────�    ┌────┬────┬────┬────┬────┬────�
+  │Br  │Z   │Z   │Z   │Z   │Z   │    │Z   │Z   │Z   │Z   │Br  │G   │
+  ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤    ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤
+  │G   │Z   │Z   │Z   │Z   │Z   │    │Z   │Z   │Z   │Z   │Z   │Z   │
+  ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤    ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤
+  │Y   │Z   │Z   │Z   │Z   │Z   │    │Z   │Z   │Z   │Z   │B   │Y   │
+  ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤    ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤
+  │Y   │Y   │C   │Z   │BLK │BLK │    │BLK │BLK │Z   │Z   │B   │G   │
+  └────┴────┴────┴────┴────┴────┘    └────┴────┴────┴────┴────┴────┘
+*/
+
+// Colemak PB&J (Mod-DH)
+[_COLEMAK] = KEYMAP( \
+   XK_TAB, TD(QUT),    KC_W,    KC_F,    KC_P,    KC_B,            KC_J,    KC_L,    KC_U,    KC_Y, ALT_IT,  XK_GRV,  \
+   XK_BSP,    KC_A,    KC_R,    KC_S,    KC_T,    KC_G,            KC_M,    KC_N,    KC_E,    KC_I,    KC_O,  XK_DEL, \
+    KYSFT,    KC_X,    KC_C,    KC_D,    KC_V, TD(UND),            KC_K,    KC_H, KC_COMM,  KC_DOT,  CTL_IT,  SFT_IT, \
+    KYCTL,   KYALT,  ESC_IT,  XK_HARD,  KYGUI,  XK_SPC,          XK_ENT, XK_PGDN, XK_PREN, XK_EGPT,  PIPBOY,  XK_GRV \
+),
+
+// useful for one-handed typing
+[_KAMELOC] = KEYMAP( \
+  _______, KC_SCLN,    KC_Y,    KC_U,    KC_L,    KC_J,            KC_B,    KC_P,    KC_F,    KC_W, TD(QUT), _______, \
+  _______,    KC_O,    KC_I,    KC_E,    KC_N,    KC_M,            KC_G,    KC_T,    KC_S,    KC_R,    KC_A, _______, \
+  _______, KC_SLSH,  KC_DOT, KC_COMM,    KC_H,    KC_K,         TD(UND),    KC_V,    KC_D,    KC_C,    KC_X, _______, \
+  _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______,         _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______ \
+),
+
+/*
+  ┌────┬────┬────┬────┬────┬────�    ┌────┬────┬────┬────┬────┬────�
+  │ ~  │ 1  │ 2  │ 3  │ 4  │ 5  │    │ 6  │ 7  │ 8  │ 9  │ 0  │    │
+  ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤    ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤
+  │    │DASH│MV- │ V+ │NEXT│PLAY│    │ �  │ ↓  │ ↑  │ →  │INS │    │
+  ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤    ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤
+  │    │ -  │ =  │ [  │ ]  │ \  │    │HOME│PGDN│PGUP│END │ \  │    │
+  ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤    ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤
+  │    │    │    │    │    │    │    │    │    │    │    │    │    │
+  └────┴────┴────┴────┴────┴────┘    └────┴────┴────┴────┴────┴────┘
+*/
+[_IKAPILA] = KEYMAP( \
+  KC_TILD,    KC_1,    KC_2,    KC_3,    KC_4,    KC_5,            KC_6,    KC_7,    KC_8,    KC_9,    KC_0, _______, \
+  _______, TD(DSH), TD(VOM), KC_VOLU, KC_MNXT, KC_MPLY,         KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN,   KC_UP, KC_RGHT,  KC_INS, _______, \
+  _______, KC_MINS,  KC_EQL, TD(HRD), KC_RBRC, KC_BSLS,         KC_HOME, KC_PGDN, KC_PGUP,  KC_END, KC_BSLS, _______, \
+  _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______,         _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______ \
+),
+
+/*
+  ┌────┬────┬────┬────┬────┬────�    ┌────┬────┬────┬────┬────┬────�
+  │    │ !  │ @  │ #  │ $  │ %  │    │ ^  │ &  │ *  │ (  │ )  │    │
+  ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤    ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤
+  │    │DASH│MV- │ V+ │NEXT│PLAY│    │HOME│PGDN│PGUP│END │PSCR│    │
+  ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤    ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤
+  │    │ _  │ +  │ {  │ }  │ |  │    │ �  │ ↓  │ ↑  │ →  │    │    │
+  ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤    ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤
+  │    │    │    │    │    │    │    │    │    │    │    │    │    │
+  └────┴────┴────┴────┴────┴────┘    └────┴────┴────┴────┴────┴────┘
+*/
+
+[_IKASHFT] =  KEYMAP( \
+  _______, KC_EXLM,   KC_AT, KC_HASH,  KC_DLR, KC_PERC,         KC_CIRC, KC_AMPR, KC_ASTR, KC_LPRN, KC_RPRN, _______, \
+   KC_DEL, TD(DSH), TD(VOM), KC_VOLU, KC_MNXT, KC_MPLY,         KC_HOME, KC_PGDN, KC_PGUP,  KC_END, KC_PSCR, _______, \
+  _______, KC_UNDS, KC_PLUS, TD(EGT), KC_RCBR, KC_PIPE,         KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN,   KC_UP, KC_RGHT, KC_PAUS, _______, \
+  _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______,         _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______ \
+),
+
+/*
+  ┌────┬────┬────┬────┬────┬────�    ┌────┬────┬────┬────┬────┬────�
+  │    │ →  │ ↑  │ �  │ ↓  │ →  │    │ →  │ ↓  │ �  │ ↑  │ ↑  │    │ just in case someone hacks my IP with a 10MeG pipe, you know?
+  ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤    ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤
+  │    │ �  │ ↓  │ →  │ ↑  │ �  │    │ ↑  │ �  │ ↓  │ →  │ �  │    │ hacker_evasion layer
+  ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤    ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤ >>init network SEQUENCE
+  │    │ ↑  │ �  │ ↓  │ →  │ ↑  │    │ ↓  │ �  │ ↑  │ →  │ �  │    │   sleep 11; echo "DONE\n"
+  ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤    ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤   throttle INPUT 11001001 OUTPUT 010011001 ? FULL )); \
+  │    │    │    │ →  │ �  │ ↓  │    │ →  │ ↑  │ �  │ ↓  │ ↑  │    │ <<chkconfig cargoCode ==== "'1'"
+  └────┴────┴────┴────┴────┴────┘    └────┴────┴────┴────┴────┴────┘   up down left right kc_b kc_a GUI
+*/
+
+[_ARROWKY] =  KEYMAP( \
+  _______, KC_RGHT,   KC_UP, KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_RGHT,           KC_UP, KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_RGHT,   KC_UP, _______, \
+  _______, KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_RGHT,   KC_UP, KC_LEFT,         KC_DOWN, KC_RGHT,   KC_UP, KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, _______, \
+  _______,   KC_UP, KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_RGHT,   KC_UP,         KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_RGHT,   KC_UP, KC_LEFT, _______, \
+  _______, _______, KC_RGHT,   KC_UP, KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN,         KC_RGHT,   KC_UP, KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_RGHT, _______ \
+),
+
+/*
+  ┌────┬────┬────┬────┬────┬────�    ┌────┬────┬────┬────┬────┬────�
+  │    │ F1 │ F2 │ F3 │ F4 │ F5 │    │ F6 │ F7 │ F8 │ F9 │ F10│    │
+  ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤    ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤
+  │    │ F11│ F12│ F13│ F14│ F15│    │ F16│ F17│ F18│ F19│ F20│    │
+  ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤    ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤
+  │    │ F21│ F22│ F23│ F24│PAUS│    │    │    │BOOT│RSET│NKRO│CAPS│
+  ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤    ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤
+  │    │    │    │    │    │    │    │    │    │    │    │    │    │
+  └────┴────┴────┴────┴────┴────┘    └────┴────┴────┴────┴────┴────┘
+*/
+
+[_FNCTION] =  KEYMAP( \
+  _______,   KC_F1,   KC_F2,   KC_F3,   KC_F4,   KC_F5,           KC_F6,   KC_F7,   KC_F8,   KC_F9,  KC_F10, _______, \
+  _______,  KC_F11,  KC_F12,  KC_F13,  KC_F14,  KC_F15,          KC_F16,  KC_F17,  KC_F18,  KC_F19,  KC_F20, _______, \
+  _______,  KC_F21,  KC_F22,  KC_F23,  KC_F24, _______,         _______, _______,M(BOOTME),   RESET,  TGNKRO, KC_CAPS, \
+  _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______,         _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______ \
+),
+
+/*
+  ┌────┬────┬────┬────┬────┬────�    ┌────┬────┬────┬────┬────┬────�
+  │    │ →  │ F7 │ F8 │ F9 │ ↑  │    │NLCK│ P7 │ P8 │ P9 │ P- │BDEL│
+  ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤    ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤
+  │    │ �  │ F4 │ F5 │ F6 │ ↓  │    │^INS│ P4 │ P5 │ P6 │ P+ │ () │
+  ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤    ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤
+  │    │CALT│ F1 │ F2 │ F3 │    │    │CALT│ P1 │ P2 │ P3 │ P* │ =  │
+  ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤    ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤
+  │    │    │ F0?│    │    │    │    │TGL │ P0 │ 0  │ P. │ P/ │    │
+  └────┴────┴────┴────┴────┴────┘    └────┴────┴────┴────┴────┴────┘
+*/
+
+[_NINEKEY] =  KEYMAP( \
+  _______, KC_RGHT,   KC_F7,   KC_F8,   KC_F9,   KC_UP,         KC_NLCK,   KC_P7,   KC_P8,   KC_P9, KC_PMNS, M(BSDEL), \
+  _______, KC_LEFT,   KC_F4,   KC_F5,   KC_F6, KC_DOWN,           CAINS,   KC_P4,   KC_P5,   KC_P6, KC_PPLS, XK_PREN, \
+  _______,    CAKY,   KC_F1,   KC_F2,   KC_F3, _______,            CAKY,   KC_P1,   KC_P2,   KC_P3, KC_PAST, TD(EQE), \
+  _______, _______, _______,  KC_F11, _______, _______,    TG(_NINEKEY),   KC_P0,    KC_0, KC_PDOT, KC_PSLS, _______ \
+),
+
+/*
+  ┌────┬────┬────┬────┬────┬────�    ┌────┬────┬────┬────┬────┬────�
+  │ESC │^PGD│^UP │^PGU│^PGU│^HOM│    │    │MW_L│ MU │MW_R│ AC2│    │
+  ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤    ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤
+  │    │^LFT│^DWN│^RGT│^PGD│^END│    │    │ ML │ MD │ MR │ AC1│    │
+  ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤    ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤
+  │    │ M2 │ M4 │ M3 │ M1 │ M5 │    │    │MW_D│MW_U│SLCK│ AC0│    │
+  ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤    ├────┼────┼────┼────┼────┼────┤
+  │    │    │    │    │    │    │    │    │    │    │    │    │    │
+  └────┴────┴────┴────┴────┴────┘    └────┴────┴────┴────┴────┴────┘
+*/
+
+[_NAVIGAT] =  KEYMAP( \
+   KC_ESC,  NAVCPD,   NAVCU,  NAVCPU,  NAVCPU,   NAVCH,         XXXXXXX, KC_WH_L, KC_MS_U, KC_WH_R, KC_ACL2, _______, \
+  _______,   NAVCL,   NAVCD,   NAVCR,  NAVCPD,   NAVCE,         XXXXXXX, KC_MS_L, KC_MS_D, KC_MS_R, KC_ACL1, _______, \
+  _______, KC_BTN2, KC_BTN4, KC_BTN3, KC_BTN1, KC_BTN5,         XXXXXXX, KC_WH_D, KC_WH_U, KC_SLCK, KC_ACL0, _______, \
+  _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______,         _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______ \
+),
+
+//ew. jk
+[_QWERTY] = KEYMAP( \
+  _______,    KC_Q,    KC_W,    KC_E,    KC_R,    KC_T,            KC_Y,    KC_U,    KC_I,    KC_O,    KC_P, KC_BSPC, \
+  _______,    KC_A,    KC_S,    KC_D,    KC_F,    KC_G,            KC_H,    KC_J,    KC_K,    KC_L, KC_SCLN, KC_QUOT, \
+  _______,    KC_Z,    KC_X,    KC_C,    KC_V,    KC_B,            KC_N,    KC_M, KC_COMM,  KC_DOT, KC_SLSH, SFT_ENT, \
+  _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______,         _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______ \
+),
+
+/*
+//add greek symbols
+//set_unicode_input_mode(UC_WINC); // Windows (with WinCompose, see wiki)
+
+//UC(0x250C),UC(0x252C),UC(0x2510),UC(0x2500),UC(0x2502)
+//UC(0x251C),UC(0x253C),UC(0x2524),
+//UC(0x2514),UC(0x2534),UC(0x2518),
+*/
+[_GRVTABL] =  KEYMAP( \
+    TG(5), XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX,         XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX,   TG(3), \
+    TG(1), XXXXXXX, TD(VOM), KC_VOLU, KC_MNXT, KC_MPLY,         XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX,   TG(1), \
+  XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX,           TG(0), XXXXXXX,   TG(4), XXXXXXX,   TG(8),  LCLEAR, \
+  XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX,   TG(6),   TG(3), XXXXXXX,   TG(2),         TG(2),   TG(7),   TG(3), OSM(MOD_MEH), TG(5), _______ \
+)};
+
+qk_tap_dance_action_t tap_dance_actions[] = {
+ [VOM] = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_DOUBLE(KC_VOLD, KC_MUTE),
+ [PRN] = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_DOUBLE(KC_LPRN, KC_RPRN),
+ [EGT] = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_DOUBLE(KC_LCBR, KC_RCBR),
+ [HRD] = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_DOUBLE(KC_LBRC, KC_RBRC),
+ [DSH] = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_DOUBLE(KC_NDSH, KC_MDSH),
+ [QUT] = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_DOUBLE(KC_Q,    LALT(KC_F4)),
+ [ESC] = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_DOUBLE(TT(_NINEKEY), KC_ESC),
+ [EQE] = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_DOUBLE(KC_EQL,  KC_ENT),
+ [PGN] = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_DOUBLE(KC_PGDN,  KC_PGUP),
+ [UND] = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_DOUBLE(KC_Z, LCTL(KC_Z)),
+};
+
+const macro_t *action_get_macro(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt) {
+	if (record->event.pressed) {
+		switch(id) {
+			case 0:
+				return MACRO(D(LSHIFT),T(9), T(0),U(LSHIFT), T(LEFT), END);
+			case 1:
+				return MACRO(T(LBRC), T(RBRC), T(LEFT), END);
+                        case 2:
+                                return MACRO(D(LSHIFT),T(LBRC), T(RBRC),U(LSHIFT), T(ENT), T(UP), END);
+            case 3:
+                                return MACRO(T(BSPC), END);
+/*                static bool bsdel_mods = false;
+                case BSDEL: {
+                  uint8_t kc = KC_BSPC;
+                if (record->event.pressed) {
+                  if (keyboard_report->mods) {
+                    kc = KC_DEL;
+                  }
+                register_code (kc);
+                bsdel_mods = keyboard_report->mods;
+                }
+                else {
+                if (bsdel_mods) {
+                  kc = KC_DEL;
+                }
+
+                unregister_code (kc);
+                }
+                }
+*/            case 4:
+                if (!record->event.pressed) {
+//                bootloader();
+                }
+        }
+	}
+	return MACRO_NONE;
+};
diff --git a/keyboards/lets_split/matrix.c b/keyboards/lets_split/matrix.c
index 81dfb14455..4def27239c 100644
--- a/keyboards/lets_split/matrix.c
+++ b/keyboards/lets_split/matrix.c
@@ -21,9 +21,7 @@ along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 #include <stdint.h>
 #include <stdbool.h>
 #include <avr/io.h>
-#include <avr/wdt.h>
-#include <avr/interrupt.h>
-#include <util/delay.h>
+#include "wait.h"
 #include "print.h"
 #include "debug.h"
 #include "util.h"
@@ -31,6 +29,7 @@ along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 #include "split_util.h"
 #include "pro_micro.h"
 #include "config.h"
+#include "timer.h"
 
 #ifdef USE_I2C
 #  include "i2c.h"
@@ -38,14 +37,29 @@ along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 #  include "serial.h"
 #endif
 
-#ifndef DEBOUNCE
-#  define DEBOUNCE	5
+#ifndef DEBOUNCING_DELAY
+#   define DEBOUNCING_DELAY 5
 #endif
 
+#if (DEBOUNCING_DELAY > 0)
+    static uint16_t debouncing_time;
+    static bool debouncing = false;
+#endif
+
+#if (MATRIX_COLS <= 8)
+#    define print_matrix_header()  print("\nr/c 01234567\n")
+#    define print_matrix_row(row)  print_bin_reverse8(matrix_get_row(row))
+#    define matrix_bitpop(i)       bitpop(matrix[i])
+#    define ROW_SHIFTER ((uint8_t)1)
+#else
+#    error "Currently only supports 8 COLS"
+#endif
+static matrix_row_t matrix_debouncing[MATRIX_ROWS];
+
 #define ERROR_DISCONNECT_COUNT 5
 
-static uint8_t debouncing = DEBOUNCE;
-static const int ROWS_PER_HAND = MATRIX_ROWS/2;
+#define ROWS_PER_HAND (MATRIX_ROWS/2)
+
 static uint8_t error_count = 0;
 
 static const uint8_t row_pins[MATRIX_ROWS] = MATRIX_ROW_PINS;
@@ -55,11 +69,19 @@ static const uint8_t col_pins[MATRIX_COLS] = MATRIX_COL_PINS;
 static matrix_row_t matrix[MATRIX_ROWS];
 static matrix_row_t matrix_debouncing[MATRIX_ROWS];
 
-static matrix_row_t read_cols(void);
-static void init_cols(void);
-static void unselect_rows(void);
-static void select_row(uint8_t row);
-
+#if (DIODE_DIRECTION == COL2ROW)
+    static void init_cols(void);
+    static bool read_cols_on_row(matrix_row_t current_matrix[], uint8_t current_row);
+    static void unselect_rows(void);
+    static void select_row(uint8_t row);
+    static void unselect_row(uint8_t row);
+#elif (DIODE_DIRECTION == ROW2COL)
+    static void init_rows(void);
+    static bool read_rows_on_col(matrix_row_t current_matrix[], uint8_t current_col);
+    static void unselect_cols(void);
+    static void unselect_col(uint8_t col);
+    static void select_col(uint8_t col);
+#endif
 __attribute__ ((weak))
 void matrix_init_quantum(void) {
     matrix_init_kb();
@@ -118,33 +140,54 @@ void matrix_init(void)
     }
 
     matrix_init_quantum();
+
 }
 
 uint8_t _matrix_scan(void)
 {
-    // Right hand is stored after the left in the matirx so, we need to offset it
     int offset = isLeftHand ? 0 : (ROWS_PER_HAND);
+#if (DIODE_DIRECTION == COL2ROW)
+    // Set row, read cols
+    for (uint8_t current_row = 0; current_row < ROWS_PER_HAND; current_row++) {
+#       if (DEBOUNCING_DELAY > 0)
+            bool matrix_changed = read_cols_on_row(matrix_debouncing+offset, current_row);
+
+            if (matrix_changed) {
+                debouncing = true;
+                debouncing_time = timer_read();
+                PORTD ^= (1 << 2);
+            }
+
+#       else
+            read_cols_on_row(matrix+offset, current_row);
+#       endif
+
+    }
+
+#elif (DIODE_DIRECTION == ROW2COL)
+    // Set col, read rows
+    for (uint8_t current_col = 0; current_col < MATRIX_COLS; current_col++) {
+#       if (DEBOUNCING_DELAY > 0)
+            bool matrix_changed = read_rows_on_col(matrix_debouncing+offset, current_col);
+            if (matrix_changed) {
+                debouncing = true;
+                debouncing_time = timer_read();
+            }
+#       else
+             read_rows_on_col(matrix+offset, current_col);
+#       endif
 
-    for (uint8_t i = 0; i < ROWS_PER_HAND; i++) {
-        select_row(i);
-        _delay_us(30);  // without this wait read unstable value.
-        matrix_row_t cols = read_cols();
-        if (matrix_debouncing[i+offset] != cols) {
-            matrix_debouncing[i+offset] = cols;
-            debouncing = DEBOUNCE;
-        }
-        unselect_rows();
     }
+#endif
 
-    if (debouncing) {
-        if (--debouncing) {
-            _delay_ms(1);
-        } else {
+#   if (DEBOUNCING_DELAY > 0)
+        if (debouncing && (timer_elapsed(debouncing_time) > DEBOUNCING_DELAY)) {
             for (uint8_t i = 0; i < ROWS_PER_HAND; i++) {
                 matrix[i+offset] = matrix_debouncing[i+offset];
             }
+            debouncing = false;
         }
-    }
+#   endif
 
     return 1;
 }
@@ -200,9 +243,7 @@ int serial_transaction(void) {
 
 uint8_t matrix_scan(void)
 {
-    int ret = _matrix_scan();
-
-
+    uint8_t ret = _matrix_scan();
 
 #ifdef USE_I2C
     if( i2c_transaction() ) {
@@ -233,11 +274,10 @@ uint8_t matrix_scan(void)
 void matrix_slave_scan(void) {
     _matrix_scan();
 
-    int offset = (isLeftHand) ? 0 : (MATRIX_ROWS / 2);
+    int offset = (isLeftHand) ? 0 : ROWS_PER_HAND;
 
 #ifdef USE_I2C
     for (int i = 0; i < ROWS_PER_HAND; ++i) {
-        /* i2c_slave_buffer[i] = matrix[offset+i]; */
         i2c_slave_buffer[i] = matrix[offset+i];
     }
 #else // USE_SERIAL
@@ -284,33 +324,141 @@ uint8_t matrix_key_count(void)
     return count;
 }
 
-static void  init_cols(void)
+#if (DIODE_DIRECTION == COL2ROW)
+
+static void init_cols(void)
 {
-    for(int x = 0; x < MATRIX_COLS; x++) {
-        _SFR_IO8((col_pins[x] >> 4) + 1) &=  ~_BV(col_pins[x] & 0xF);
-        _SFR_IO8((col_pins[x] >> 4) + 2) |= _BV(col_pins[x] & 0xF);
+    for(uint8_t x = 0; x < MATRIX_COLS; x++) {
+        uint8_t pin = col_pins[x];
+        _SFR_IO8((pin >> 4) + 1) &= ~_BV(pin & 0xF); // IN
+        _SFR_IO8((pin >> 4) + 2) |=  _BV(pin & 0xF); // HI
     }
 }
 
-static matrix_row_t read_cols(void)
+static bool read_cols_on_row(matrix_row_t current_matrix[], uint8_t current_row)
 {
-    matrix_row_t result = 0;
-    for(int x = 0; x < MATRIX_COLS; x++) {
-        result |= (_SFR_IO8(col_pins[x] >> 4) & _BV(col_pins[x] & 0xF)) ? 0 : (1 << x);
+    // Store last value of row prior to reading
+    matrix_row_t last_row_value = current_matrix[current_row];
+
+    // Clear data in matrix row
+    current_matrix[current_row] = 0;
+
+    // Select row and wait for row selecton to stabilize
+    select_row(current_row);
+    wait_us(30);
+
+    // For each col...
+    for(uint8_t col_index = 0; col_index < MATRIX_COLS; col_index++) {
+
+        // Select the col pin to read (active low)
+        uint8_t pin = col_pins[col_index];
+        uint8_t pin_state = (_SFR_IO8(pin >> 4) & _BV(pin & 0xF));
+
+        // Populate the matrix row with the state of the col pin
+        current_matrix[current_row] |=  pin_state ? 0 : (ROW_SHIFTER << col_index);
     }
-    return result;
+
+    // Unselect row
+    unselect_row(current_row);
+
+    return (last_row_value != current_matrix[current_row]);
+}
+
+static void select_row(uint8_t row)
+{
+    uint8_t pin = row_pins[row];
+    _SFR_IO8((pin >> 4) + 1) |=  _BV(pin & 0xF); // OUT
+    _SFR_IO8((pin >> 4) + 2) &= ~_BV(pin & 0xF); // LOW
+}
+
+static void unselect_row(uint8_t row)
+{
+    uint8_t pin = row_pins[row];
+    _SFR_IO8((pin >> 4) + 1) &= ~_BV(pin & 0xF); // IN
+    _SFR_IO8((pin >> 4) + 2) |=  _BV(pin & 0xF); // HI
 }
 
 static void unselect_rows(void)
 {
-    for(int x = 0; x < ROWS_PER_HAND; x++) {
-        _SFR_IO8((row_pins[x] >> 4) + 1) &=  ~_BV(row_pins[x] & 0xF);
-        _SFR_IO8((row_pins[x] >> 4) + 2) |= _BV(row_pins[x] & 0xF);
+    for(uint8_t x = 0; x < ROWS_PER_HAND; x++) {
+        uint8_t pin = row_pins[x];
+        _SFR_IO8((pin >> 4) + 1) &= ~_BV(pin & 0xF); // IN
+        _SFR_IO8((pin >> 4) + 2) |=  _BV(pin & 0xF); // HI
     }
 }
 
-static void select_row(uint8_t row)
+#elif (DIODE_DIRECTION == ROW2COL)
+
+static void init_rows(void)
+{
+    for(uint8_t x = 0; x < ROWS_PER_HAND; x++) {
+        uint8_t pin = row_pins[x];
+        _SFR_IO8((pin >> 4) + 1) &= ~_BV(pin & 0xF); // IN
+        _SFR_IO8((pin >> 4) + 2) |=  _BV(pin & 0xF); // HI
+    }
+}
+
+static bool read_rows_on_col(matrix_row_t current_matrix[], uint8_t current_col)
+{
+    bool matrix_changed = false;
+
+    // Select col and wait for col selecton to stabilize
+    select_col(current_col);
+    wait_us(30);
+
+    // For each row...
+    for(uint8_t row_index = 0; row_index < ROWS_PER_HAND; row_index++)
+    {
+
+        // Store last value of row prior to reading
+        matrix_row_t last_row_value = current_matrix[row_index];
+
+        // Check row pin state
+        if ((_SFR_IO8(row_pins[row_index] >> 4) & _BV(row_pins[row_index] & 0xF)) == 0)
+        {
+            // Pin LO, set col bit
+            current_matrix[row_index] |= (ROW_SHIFTER << current_col);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // Pin HI, clear col bit
+            current_matrix[row_index] &= ~(ROW_SHIFTER << current_col);
+        }
+
+        // Determine if the matrix changed state
+        if ((last_row_value != current_matrix[row_index]) && !(matrix_changed))
+        {
+            matrix_changed = true;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Unselect col
+    unselect_col(current_col);
+
+    return matrix_changed;
+}
+
+static void select_col(uint8_t col)
+{
+    uint8_t pin = col_pins[col];
+    _SFR_IO8((pin >> 4) + 1) |=  _BV(pin & 0xF); // OUT
+    _SFR_IO8((pin >> 4) + 2) &= ~_BV(pin & 0xF); // LOW
+}
+
+static void unselect_col(uint8_t col)
+{
+    uint8_t pin = col_pins[col];
+    _SFR_IO8((pin >> 4) + 1) &= ~_BV(pin & 0xF); // IN
+    _SFR_IO8((pin >> 4) + 2) |=  _BV(pin & 0xF); // HI
+}
+
+static void unselect_cols(void)
 {
-    _SFR_IO8((row_pins[row] >> 4) + 1) |=  _BV(row_pins[row] & 0xF);
-    _SFR_IO8((row_pins[row] >> 4) + 2) &= ~_BV(row_pins[row] & 0xF);
+    for(uint8_t x = 0; x < MATRIX_COLS; x++) {
+        uint8_t pin = col_pins[x];
+        _SFR_IO8((pin >> 4) + 1) &= ~_BV(pin & 0xF); // IN
+        _SFR_IO8((pin >> 4) + 2) |=  _BV(pin & 0xF); // HI
+    }
 }
+
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/lets_split/readme.md b/keyboards/lets_split/readme.md
index 610b776ee1..0ef7ff59d7 100644
--- a/keyboards/lets_split/readme.md
+++ b/keyboards/lets_split/readme.md
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ Notes on Software Configuration
 -------------------------------
 
 Configuring the firmware is similar to any other QMK project. One thing
-to note is that `MATIX_ROWS` in `config.h` is the total number of rows between
+to note is that `MATRIX_ROWS` in `config.h` is the total number of rows between
 the two halves, i.e. if your split keyboard has 4 rows in each half, then
 `MATRIX_ROWS=8`.
 
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ not be very difficult to adapt it to support more if required.
 
 Flashing
 -------
-From the keymap directory run `make SUBPROJECT-KEYMAP-avrdude` for automatic serial port resolution and flashing.
+From the `lets_split` directory run `make SUBPROJECT-KEYMAP-avrdude` for automatic serial port resolution and flashing.
 Example: `make rev2-default-avrdude`
 
 
diff --git a/keyboards/lets_split/rules.mk b/keyboards/lets_split/rules.mk
index cc87ee31c6..c2b7d556eb 100644
--- a/keyboards/lets_split/rules.mk
+++ b/keyboards/lets_split/rules.mk
@@ -74,15 +74,3 @@ USE_I2C = yes
 SLEEP_LED_ENABLE = no    # Breathing sleep LED during USB suspend
 
 CUSTOM_MATRIX = yes
-
-avrdude: build
-	ls /dev/tty* > /tmp/1; \
-	echo "Reset your Pro Micro now"; \
-	while [ -z $$USB ]; do \
-	  sleep 1; \
-	  ls /dev/tty* > /tmp/2; \
-	  USB=`diff /tmp/1 /tmp/2 | grep -o '/dev/tty.*'`; \
-	done; \
-	avrdude -p $(MCU) -c avr109 -P $$USB -U flash:w:$(BUILD_DIR)/$(TARGET).hex
-
-.PHONY: avrdude
diff --git a/keyboards/lets_split/split_util.c b/keyboards/lets_split/split_util.c
index 39639c3b4b..346cbc9089 100644
--- a/keyboards/lets_split/split_util.c
+++ b/keyboards/lets_split/split_util.c
@@ -8,6 +8,7 @@
 #include "matrix.h"
 #include "keyboard.h"
 #include "config.h"
+#include "timer.h"
 
 #ifdef USE_I2C
 #  include "i2c.h"
@@ -42,6 +43,7 @@ static void keyboard_master_setup(void) {
 }
 
 static void keyboard_slave_setup(void) {
+  timer_init();
 #ifdef USE_I2C
     i2c_slave_init(SLAVE_I2C_ADDRESS);
 #else
diff --git a/keyboards/lets_split/ssd1306.c b/keyboards/lets_split/ssd1306.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 5c6dff27f8..0000000000
--- a/keyboards/lets_split/ssd1306.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,470 +0,0 @@
-#ifdef SSD1306OLED
-
-#include "ssd1306.h"
-#include "config.h"
-#include "i2c.h"
-#include <string.h>
-#include "print.h"
-#include "lets_split.h"
-#include "common/glcdfont.c"
-#ifdef ADAFRUIT_BLE_ENABLE
-#include "adafruit_ble.h"
-#endif
-#ifdef PROTOCOL_LUFA
-#include "lufa.h"
-#endif
-#include "sendchar.h"
-#include "pincontrol.h"
-
-//assign the right code to your layers
-#define _BASE 0
-#define _LOWER 8
-#define _RAISE 16
-#define _FNLAYER 64
-#define _NUMLAY 128
-#define _NLOWER 136
-#define _NFNLAYER 192
-#define _MOUSECURSOR 256
-#define _ADJUST 65560
-
-// Set this to 1 to help diagnose early startup problems
-// when testing power-on with ble.  Turn it off otherwise,
-// as the latency of printing most of the debug info messes
-// with the matrix scan, causing keys to drop.
-#define DEBUG_TO_SCREEN 0
-
-// Controls the SSD1306 128x32 OLED display via i2c
-
-#define i2cAddress 0x3C
-
-#define DisplayHeight 32
-#define DisplayWidth 128
-
-#define FontHeight 8
-#define FontWidth 6
-
-#define MatrixRows (DisplayHeight / FontHeight)
-#define MatrixCols (DisplayWidth / FontWidth)
-
-struct CharacterMatrix {
-  uint8_t display[MatrixRows][MatrixCols];
-  uint8_t *cursor;
-  bool dirty;
-};
-
-static struct CharacterMatrix display;
-//static uint16_t last_battery_update;
-//static uint32_t vbat;
-//#define BatteryUpdateInterval 10000 /* milliseconds */
-#define ScreenOffInterval 300000 /* milliseconds */
-#if DEBUG_TO_SCREEN
-static uint8_t displaying;
-#endif
-static uint16_t last_flush;
-
-enum ssd1306_cmds {
-  DisplayOff = 0xAE,
-  DisplayOn = 0xAF,
-
-  SetContrast = 0x81,
-  DisplayAllOnResume = 0xA4,
-
-  DisplayAllOn = 0xA5,
-  NormalDisplay = 0xA6,
-  InvertDisplay = 0xA7,
-  SetDisplayOffset = 0xD3,
-  SetComPins = 0xda,
-  SetVComDetect = 0xdb,
-  SetDisplayClockDiv = 0xD5,
-  SetPreCharge = 0xd9,
-  SetMultiPlex = 0xa8,
-  SetLowColumn = 0x00,
-  SetHighColumn = 0x10,
-  SetStartLine = 0x40,
-
-  SetMemoryMode = 0x20,
-  ColumnAddr = 0x21,
-  PageAddr = 0x22,
-
-  ComScanInc = 0xc0,
-  ComScanDec = 0xc8,
-  SegRemap = 0xa0,
-  SetChargePump = 0x8d,
-  ExternalVcc = 0x01,
-  SwitchCapVcc = 0x02,
-
-  ActivateScroll = 0x2f,
-  DeActivateScroll = 0x2e,
-  SetVerticalScrollArea = 0xa3,
-  RightHorizontalScroll = 0x26,
-  LeftHorizontalScroll = 0x27,
-  VerticalAndRightHorizontalScroll = 0x29,
-  VerticalAndLeftHorizontalScroll = 0x2a,
-};
-
-
-// Write command sequence.
-// Returns true on success.
-static inline bool _send_cmd1(uint8_t cmd) {
-  bool res = false;
-
-  if (i2c_start_write(i2cAddress)) {
-    xprintf("failed to start write to %d\n", i2cAddress);
-    goto done;
-  }
-
-  if (i2c_master_write(0x0 /* command byte follows */)) {
-    print("failed to write control byte\n");
-
-    goto done;
-  }
-
-  if (i2c_master_write(cmd)) {
-    xprintf("failed to write command %d\n", cmd);
-    goto done;
-  }
-  res = true;
-done:
-  i2c_master_stop();
-  return res;
-}
-
-// Write 2-byte command sequence.
-// Returns true on success
-static inline bool _send_cmd2(uint8_t cmd, uint8_t opr) {
-  if (!_send_cmd1(cmd)) {
-    return false;
-  }
-  return _send_cmd1(opr);
-}
-
-// Write 3-byte command sequence.
-// Returns true on success
-static inline bool _send_cmd3(uint8_t cmd, uint8_t opr1, uint8_t opr2) {
-  if (!_send_cmd1(cmd)) {
-    return false;
-  }
-  if (!_send_cmd1(opr1)) {
-    return false;
-  }
-  return _send_cmd1(opr2);
-}
-
-#define send_cmd1(c) if (!_send_cmd1(c)) {goto done;}
-#define send_cmd2(c,o) if (!_send_cmd2(c,o)) {goto done;}
-#define send_cmd3(c,o1,o2) if (!_send_cmd3(c,o1,o2)) {goto done;}
-
-static void matrix_clear(struct CharacterMatrix *matrix);
-
-static void clear_display(void) {
-  matrix_clear(&display);
-
-  // Clear all of the display bits (there can be random noise
-  // in the RAM on startup)
-  send_cmd3(PageAddr, 0, (DisplayHeight / 8) - 1);
-  send_cmd3(ColumnAddr, 0, DisplayWidth - 1);
-
-  if (i2c_start_write(i2cAddress)) {
-    goto done;
-  }
-  if (i2c_master_write(0x40)) {
-    // Data mode
-    goto done;
-  }
-  for (uint8_t row = 0; row < MatrixRows; ++row) {
-    for (uint8_t col = 0; col < DisplayWidth; ++col) {
-      i2c_master_write(0);
-    }
-  }
-
-  display.dirty = false;
-
-done:
-  i2c_master_stop();
-}
-
-#if DEBUG_TO_SCREEN
-#undef sendchar
-static int8_t capture_sendchar(uint8_t c) {
-  sendchar(c);
-  iota_gfx_write_char(c);
-
-  if (!displaying) {
-    iota_gfx_flush();
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-#endif
-
-bool iota_gfx_init(void) {
-  bool success = false;
-
-  send_cmd1(DisplayOff);
-  send_cmd2(SetDisplayClockDiv, 0x80);
-  send_cmd2(SetMultiPlex, DisplayHeight - 1);
-
-  send_cmd2(SetDisplayOffset, 0);
-
-
-  send_cmd1(SetStartLine | 0x0);
-  send_cmd2(SetChargePump, 0x14 /* Enable */);
-  send_cmd2(SetMemoryMode, 0 /* horizontal addressing */);
-
-/// Flips the display orientation 0 degrees
-  send_cmd1(SegRemap | 0x1);
-  send_cmd1(ComScanDec);
-/*
-// the following Flip the display orientation 180 degrees
-  send_cmd1(SegRemap);
-  send_cmd1(ComScanInc);
-// end flip */
-  send_cmd2(SetComPins, 0x2);
-  send_cmd2(SetContrast, 0x8f);
-  send_cmd2(SetPreCharge, 0xf1);
-  send_cmd2(SetVComDetect, 0x40);
-  send_cmd1(DisplayAllOnResume);
-  send_cmd1(NormalDisplay);
-  send_cmd1(DeActivateScroll);
-  send_cmd1(DisplayOn);
-
-  send_cmd2(SetContrast, 0); // Dim
-
-  clear_display();
-
-  success = true;
-
-  iota_gfx_flush();
-
-#if DEBUG_TO_SCREEN
-  print_set_sendchar(capture_sendchar);
-#endif
-
-done:
-  return success;
-}
-
-bool iota_gfx_off(void) {
-  bool success = false;
-
-  send_cmd1(DisplayOff);
-  success = true;
-
-done:
-  return success;
-} 
-
-bool iota_gfx_on(void) {
-  bool success = false;
-
-  send_cmd1(DisplayOn);
-  success = true;
-
-done:
-  return success;
-}
-
-static void matrix_write_char_inner(struct CharacterMatrix *matrix, uint8_t c) {
-  *matrix->cursor = c;
-  ++matrix->cursor;
-
-  if (matrix->cursor - &matrix->display[0][0] == sizeof(matrix->display)) {
-    // We went off the end; scroll the display upwards by one line
-    memmove(&matrix->display[0], &matrix->display[1],
-            MatrixCols * (MatrixRows - 1));
-    matrix->cursor = &matrix->display[MatrixRows - 1][0];
-    memset(matrix->cursor, ' ', MatrixCols);
-  }
-}
-
-static void matrix_write_char(struct CharacterMatrix *matrix, uint8_t c) {
-  matrix->dirty = true;
-
-  if (c == '\n') {
-    // Clear to end of line from the cursor and then move to the
-    // start of the next line
-    uint8_t cursor_col = (matrix->cursor - &matrix->display[0][0]) % MatrixCols;
-
-    while (cursor_col++ < MatrixCols) {
-      matrix_write_char_inner(matrix, ' ');
-    }
-    return;
-  }
-
-  matrix_write_char_inner(matrix, c);
-}
-
-void iota_gfx_write_char(uint8_t c) {
-  matrix_write_char(&display, c);
-}
-
-static void matrix_write(struct CharacterMatrix *matrix, const char *data) {
-  const char *end = data + strlen(data);
-  while (data < end) {
-    matrix_write_char(matrix, *data);
-    ++data;
-  }
-}
-
-void iota_gfx_write(const char *data) {
-  matrix_write(&display, data);
-}
-
-static void matrix_write_P(struct CharacterMatrix *matrix, const char *data) {
-  while (true) {
-    uint8_t c = pgm_read_byte(data);
-    if (c == 0) {
-      return;
-    }
-    matrix_write_char(matrix, c);
-    ++data;
-  }
-}
-
-void iota_gfx_write_P(const char *data) {
-  matrix_write_P(&display, data);
-}
-
-static void matrix_clear(struct CharacterMatrix *matrix) {
-  memset(matrix->display, ' ', sizeof(matrix->display));
-  matrix->cursor = &matrix->display[0][0];
-  matrix->dirty = true;
-}
-
-void iota_gfx_clear_screen(void) {
-  matrix_clear(&display);
-}
-
-static void matrix_render(struct CharacterMatrix *matrix) {
-  last_flush = timer_read();
-  iota_gfx_on();
-#if DEBUG_TO_SCREEN
-  ++displaying;
-#endif
-
-  // Move to the home position
-  send_cmd3(PageAddr, 0, MatrixRows - 1);
-  send_cmd3(ColumnAddr, 0, (MatrixCols * FontWidth) - 1);
-
-  if (i2c_start_write(i2cAddress)) {
-    goto done;
-  }
-  if (i2c_master_write(0x40)) {
-    // Data mode
-    goto done;
-  }
-
-  for (uint8_t row = 0; row < MatrixRows; ++row) {
-    for (uint8_t col = 0; col < MatrixCols; ++col) {
-      const uint8_t *glyph = font + (matrix->display[row][col] * (FontWidth - 1));
-
-      for (uint8_t glyphCol = 0; glyphCol < FontWidth - 1; ++glyphCol) {
-        uint8_t colBits = pgm_read_byte(glyph + glyphCol);
-        i2c_master_write(colBits);
-      }
-
-      // 1 column of space between chars (it's not included in the glyph)
-      i2c_master_write(0);
-    }
-  }
-
-  matrix->dirty = false;
-
-done:
-  i2c_master_stop();
-#if DEBUG_TO_SCREEN
-  --displaying;
-#endif
-}
-
-void iota_gfx_flush(void) {
-  matrix_render(&display);
-}
-
-static void matrix_update(struct CharacterMatrix *dest,
-                          const struct CharacterMatrix *source) {
-  if (memcmp(dest->display, source->display, sizeof(dest->display))) {
-    memcpy(dest->display, source->display, sizeof(dest->display));
-    dest->dirty = true;
-  }
-}
-
-static void render_status_info(void) {
-#if DEBUG_TO_SCREEN
-  if (debug_enable) {
-    return;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  struct CharacterMatrix matrix;
-
-  matrix_clear(&matrix);
-  matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("USB: "));
-#ifdef PROTOCOL_LUFA
-  switch (USB_DeviceState) {
-    case DEVICE_STATE_Unattached:
-      matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("Unattached"));
-      break;
-    case DEVICE_STATE_Suspended:
-      matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("Suspended"));
-      break;
-    case DEVICE_STATE_Configured:
-      matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("Connected"));
-      break;
-    case DEVICE_STATE_Powered:
-      matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("Powered"));
-      break;
-    case DEVICE_STATE_Default:
-      matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("Default"));
-      break;
-    case DEVICE_STATE_Addressed:
-      matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("Addressed"));
-      break;
-    default:
-      matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("Invalid"));
-  }
-#endif
-
-// Define layers here, Have not worked out how to have text displayed for each layer. Copy down the number you see and add a case for it below
-
-  char buf[40];
-  snprintf(buf,sizeof(buf), "Undef-%ld", layer_state);
-  matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("\n\nLayer: "));
-    switch (layer_state) {
-        case _BASE:
-           matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("Default"));
-           break;
-        case _RAISE:
-           matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("Raise"));
-           break;
-        case _LOWER:
-           matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("Lower"));
-           break;
-        case _ADJUST:
-           matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("ADJUST"));
-           break;
-        default:
-           matrix_write(&matrix, buf);
- }
-  
-  // Host Keyboard LED Status
-  char led[40];
-    snprintf(led, sizeof(led), "\n%s  %s  %s",
-            (host_keyboard_leds() & (1<<USB_LED_NUM_LOCK)) ? "NUMLOCK" : "       ",
-            (host_keyboard_leds() & (1<<USB_LED_CAPS_LOCK)) ? "CAPS" : "    ",
-            (host_keyboard_leds() & (1<<USB_LED_SCROLL_LOCK)) ? "SCLK" : "    ");
-  matrix_write(&matrix, led);
-  matrix_update(&display, &matrix);
-}
-
-void iota_gfx_task(void) {
-  render_status_info();
-
-  if (display.dirty) {
-    iota_gfx_flush();
-  }
-
-  if (timer_elapsed(last_flush) > ScreenOffInterval) {
-    iota_gfx_off();
-  }
-}
-#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/lets_split/ssd1306.h b/keyboards/lets_split/ssd1306.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b0c74f987e..0000000000
--- a/keyboards/lets_split/ssd1306.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef SSD1306_H
-#define SSD1306_H
-
-#include <stdbool.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-bool iota_gfx_init(void);
-void iota_gfx_task(void);
-bool iota_gfx_off(void);
-bool iota_gfx_on(void);
-void iota_gfx_flush(void);
-void iota_gfx_write_char(uint8_t c);
-void iota_gfx_write(const char *data);
-void iota_gfx_write_P(const char *data);
-void iota_gfx_clear_screen(void);
-
-#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/mechmini/README.md b/keyboards/mechmini/README.md
index 72743319fa..ed590f3f1b 100644
--- a/keyboards/mechmini/README.md
+++ b/keyboards/mechmini/README.md
@@ -1,16 +1,24 @@
-mechmini keyboard firmware
-==========================
+mechmini
+========
 
-This is a port of the QMK firmware for boards that are based on the
-ps2avrGB firmware, like the [ps2avrGB
-keyboard](https://www.keyclack.com/product/gb-ps2avrgb/) or the ones sold
-by [Winkeyless](http://winkeyless.kr/product/ps2avrgb-parts/).
+A compact ortholinear/staggered keyboard.
+
+Keyboard Maintainer: QMK Community
+Hardware Supported: mechmini PCB
+Hardware Availability: https://mechkeys.ca/collections/keyboards/products/mechmini-2-0-pcb
+
+Make example for this keyboard (after setting up your build environment):
+
+    make mechmini-default
+
+See [build environment setup](https://docs.qmk.fm/build_environment_setup.html) then the [make instructions](https://docs.qmk.fm/make_instructions.html) for more information.
+
+## Mechmini Notes
 
 Note that this is a complete replacement for the firmware, so you won't be
 using Bootmapper Client to change any keyboard settings, since not all the
 USB report options are supported.
 
-
 ## Installing
 
 First, install the requirements. These commands are for OSX, but all you
diff --git a/keyboards/minidox/Makefile b/keyboards/minidox/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..30b43c4eaa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/minidox/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+SUBPROJECT_DEFAULT = rev1
+
+ifndef MAKEFILE_INCLUDED
+	include ../../Makefile
+endif
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/minidox/config.h b/keyboards/minidox/config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..306a486cb9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/minidox/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2012 Jun Wako <wakojun@gmail.com>
+
+This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifndef CONFIG_H
+#define CONFIG_H
+
+#include "config_common.h"
+
+/* USB Device descriptor parameter */
+#define VENDOR_ID       0xFEED
+#define PRODUCT_ID      0x3060
+#define MANUFACTURER    That-Canadian
+#define PRODUCT         MiniDox
+#define DESCRIPTION     A compact version of the Ergo Dox
+
+/* key matrix size */
+// Rows are doubled-up
+#define MATRIX_ROWS 8
+#define MATRIX_COLS 5
+
+/* COL2ROW or ROW2COL */
+#define DIODE_DIRECTION COL2ROW
+
+/* define if matrix has ghost */
+//#define MATRIX_HAS_GHOST
+
+/* number of backlight levels */
+// #define BACKLIGHT_LEVELS 3
+
+/* Set 0 if debouncing isn't needed */
+#define DEBOUNCING_DELAY 5
+
+/* Mechanical locking support. Use KC_LCAP, KC_LNUM or KC_LSCR instead in keymap */
+#define LOCKING_SUPPORT_ENABLE
+/* Locking resynchronize hack */
+#define LOCKING_RESYNC_ENABLE
+
+/* key combination for command */
+#define IS_COMMAND() ( \
+    keyboard_report->mods == (MOD_BIT(KC_LSHIFT) | MOD_BIT(KC_RSHIFT)) \
+)
+
+/* disable debug print */
+//#define NO_DEBUG
+
+/* disable print */
+//#define NO_PRINT
+
+/* disable action features */
+//#define NO_ACTION_LAYER
+//#define NO_ACTION_TAPPING
+//#define NO_ACTION_ONESHOT
+//#define NO_ACTION_MACRO
+//#define NO_ACTION_FUNCTION
+
+#ifdef SUBPROJECT_rev1
+    #include "rev1/config.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/minidox/eeprom-lefthand.eep b/keyboards/minidox/eeprom-lefthand.eep
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e5a7bc1e57
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/minidox/eeprom-lefthand.eep
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+:0F000000000000000000000000000000000001F0

+:00000001FF

diff --git a/keyboards/minidox/eeprom-righthand.eep b/keyboards/minidox/eeprom-righthand.eep
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7ea44f52ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/minidox/eeprom-righthand.eep
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+:0F000000000000000000000000000000000000F1

+:00000001FF

diff --git a/keyboards/minidox/i2c.c b/keyboards/minidox/i2c.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..084c890c40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/minidox/i2c.c
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+#include <util/twi.h>
+#include <avr/io.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+#include <util/twi.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include "i2c.h"
+
+#ifdef USE_I2C
+
+// Limits the amount of we wait for any one i2c transaction.
+// Since were running SCL line 100kHz (=> 10μs/bit), and each transactions is
+// 9 bits, a single transaction will take around 90μs to complete.
+//
+// (F_CPU/SCL_CLOCK)  =>  # of μC cycles to transfer a bit
+// poll loop takes at least 8 clock cycles to execute
+#define I2C_LOOP_TIMEOUT (9+1)*(F_CPU/SCL_CLOCK)/8
+
+#define BUFFER_POS_INC() (slave_buffer_pos = (slave_buffer_pos+1)%SLAVE_BUFFER_SIZE)
+
+volatile uint8_t i2c_slave_buffer[SLAVE_BUFFER_SIZE];
+
+static volatile uint8_t slave_buffer_pos;
+static volatile bool slave_has_register_set = false;
+
+// Wait for an i2c operation to finish
+inline static
+void i2c_delay(void) {
+  uint16_t lim = 0;
+  while(!(TWCR & (1<<TWINT)) && lim < I2C_LOOP_TIMEOUT)
+    lim++;
+
+  // easier way, but will wait slightly longer
+  // _delay_us(100);
+}
+
+// Setup twi to run at 100kHz
+void i2c_master_init(void) {
+  // no prescaler
+  TWSR = 0;
+  // Set TWI clock frequency to SCL_CLOCK. Need TWBR>10.
+  // Check datasheets for more info.
+  TWBR = ((F_CPU/SCL_CLOCK)-16)/2;
+}
+
+// Start a transaction with the given i2c slave address. The direction of the
+// transfer is set with I2C_READ and I2C_WRITE.
+// returns: 0 => success
+//          1 => error
+uint8_t i2c_master_start(uint8_t address) {
+  TWCR = (1<<TWINT) | (1<<TWEN) | (1<<TWSTA);
+
+  i2c_delay();
+
+  // check that we started successfully
+  if ( (TW_STATUS != TW_START) && (TW_STATUS != TW_REP_START))
+    return 1;
+
+  TWDR = address;
+  TWCR = (1<<TWINT) | (1<<TWEN);
+
+  i2c_delay();
+
+  if ( (TW_STATUS != TW_MT_SLA_ACK) && (TW_STATUS != TW_MR_SLA_ACK) )
+    return 1; // slave did not acknowledge
+  else
+    return 0; // success
+}
+
+
+// Finish the i2c transaction.
+void i2c_master_stop(void) {
+  TWCR = (1<<TWINT) | (1<<TWEN) | (1<<TWSTO);
+
+  uint16_t lim = 0;
+  while(!(TWCR & (1<<TWSTO)) && lim < I2C_LOOP_TIMEOUT)
+    lim++;
+}
+
+// Write one byte to the i2c slave.
+// returns 0 => slave ACK
+//         1 => slave NACK
+uint8_t i2c_master_write(uint8_t data) {
+  TWDR = data;
+  TWCR = (1<<TWINT) | (1<<TWEN);
+
+  i2c_delay();
+
+  // check if the slave acknowledged us
+  return (TW_STATUS == TW_MT_DATA_ACK) ? 0 : 1;
+}
+
+// Read one byte from the i2c slave. If ack=1 the slave is acknowledged,
+// if ack=0 the acknowledge bit is not set.
+// returns: byte read from i2c device
+uint8_t i2c_master_read(int ack) {
+  TWCR = (1<<TWINT) | (1<<TWEN) | (ack<<TWEA);
+
+  i2c_delay();
+  return TWDR;
+}
+
+void i2c_reset_state(void) {
+  TWCR = 0;
+}
+
+void i2c_slave_init(uint8_t address) {
+  TWAR = address << 0; // slave i2c address
+  // TWEN  - twi enable
+  // TWEA  - enable address acknowledgement
+  // TWINT - twi interrupt flag
+  // TWIE  - enable the twi interrupt
+  TWCR = (1<<TWIE) | (1<<TWEA) | (1<<TWINT) | (1<<TWEN);
+}
+
+ISR(TWI_vect);
+
+ISR(TWI_vect) {
+  uint8_t ack = 1;
+  switch(TW_STATUS) {
+    case TW_SR_SLA_ACK:
+      // this device has been addressed as a slave receiver
+      slave_has_register_set = false;
+      break;
+
+    case TW_SR_DATA_ACK:
+      // this device has received data as a slave receiver
+      // The first byte that we receive in this transaction sets the location
+      // of the read/write location of the slaves memory that it exposes over
+      // i2c.  After that, bytes will be written at slave_buffer_pos, incrementing
+      // slave_buffer_pos after each write.
+      if(!slave_has_register_set) {
+        slave_buffer_pos = TWDR;
+        // don't acknowledge the master if this memory loctaion is out of bounds
+        if ( slave_buffer_pos >= SLAVE_BUFFER_SIZE ) {
+          ack = 0;
+          slave_buffer_pos = 0;
+        }
+        slave_has_register_set = true;
+      } else {
+        i2c_slave_buffer[slave_buffer_pos] = TWDR;
+        BUFFER_POS_INC();
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case TW_ST_SLA_ACK:
+    case TW_ST_DATA_ACK:
+      // master has addressed this device as a slave transmitter and is
+      // requesting data.
+      TWDR = i2c_slave_buffer[slave_buffer_pos];
+      BUFFER_POS_INC();
+      break;
+
+    case TW_BUS_ERROR: // something went wrong, reset twi state
+      TWCR = 0;
+    default:
+      break;
+  }
+  // Reset everything, so we are ready for the next TWI interrupt
+  TWCR |= (1<<TWIE) | (1<<TWINT) | (ack<<TWEA) | (1<<TWEN);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/minidox/i2c.h b/keyboards/minidox/i2c.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c15b6bc506
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/minidox/i2c.h
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+#ifndef I2C_H
+#define I2C_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#ifndef F_CPU
+#define F_CPU 16000000UL
+#endif
+
+#define I2C_READ 1
+#define I2C_WRITE 0
+
+#define I2C_ACK 1
+#define I2C_NACK 0
+
+#define SLAVE_BUFFER_SIZE 0x10
+
+// i2c SCL clock frequency
+#define SCL_CLOCK  400000L
+
+extern volatile uint8_t i2c_slave_buffer[SLAVE_BUFFER_SIZE];
+
+void i2c_master_init(void);
+uint8_t i2c_master_start(uint8_t address);
+void i2c_master_stop(void);
+uint8_t i2c_master_write(uint8_t data);
+uint8_t i2c_master_read(int);
+void i2c_reset_state(void);
+void i2c_slave_init(uint8_t address);
+
+
+static inline unsigned char i2c_start_read(unsigned char addr) {
+  return i2c_master_start((addr << 1) | I2C_READ);
+}
+
+static inline unsigned char i2c_start_write(unsigned char addr) {
+  return i2c_master_start((addr << 1) | I2C_WRITE);
+}
+
+// from SSD1306 scrips
+extern unsigned char i2c_rep_start(unsigned char addr);
+extern void i2c_start_wait(unsigned char addr);
+extern unsigned char i2c_readAck(void);
+extern unsigned char i2c_readNak(void);
+extern unsigned char i2c_read(unsigned char ack);
+
+#define i2c_read(ack)  (ack) ? i2c_readAck() : i2c_readNak();
+
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/minidox/keymaps/default/keymap.c b/keyboards/minidox/keymaps/default/keymap.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3fa20e1ebe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/minidox/keymaps/default/keymap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+#include "minidox.h"
+#include "action_layer.h"
+#include "eeconfig.h"
+
+extern keymap_config_t keymap_config;
+
+// Each layer gets a name for readability, which is then used in the keymap matrix below.
+// The underscores don't mean anything - you can have a layer called STUFF or any other name.
+// Layer names don't all need to be of the same length, obviously, and you can also skip them
+// entirely and just use numbers.
+#define _QWERTY 0
+#define _LOWER 1
+#define _RAISE 2
+#define _ADJUST 16
+
+enum custom_keycodes {
+  QWERTY = SAFE_RANGE,
+  LOWER,
+  RAISE,
+  ADJUST,
+};
+
+// Fillers to make layering more clear
+#define _______ KC_TRNS
+#define XXXXXXX KC_NO
+
+// Defines for task manager and such
+#define CALTDEL LCTL(LALT(KC_DEL))
+#define TSKMGR LCTL(LSFT(KC_ESC))
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+
+/* Qwerty
+ *
+ * ,----------------------------------.           ,----------------------------------.
+ * |   Q  |   W  |   E  |   R  |   T  |           |   Y  |   U  |   I  |   O  |   P  |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------|           |------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |   A  |   S  |   D  |   F  |   G  |           |   H  |   J  |   K  |   L  |   ;  |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------|           |------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |   Z  |   X  |   C  |   V  |   B  |           |   N  |   M  |   ,  |   .  |   /  |
+ * `----------------------------------'           `----------------------------------'
+ *                  ,--------------------.    ,------,-------------.
+ *                  | Ctrl | LOWER|      |    |      | RAISE| Shift|
+ *                  `-------------| Space|    |BckSpc|------+------.
+ *                                |      |    |      |
+ *                                `------'    `------'
+ */
+[_QWERTY] = KEYMAP( \
+  KC_Q,    KC_W,    KC_E,    KC_R,    KC_T,         KC_Y,    KC_U,    KC_I,    KC_O,    KC_P,    \
+  KC_A,    KC_S,    KC_D,    KC_F,    KC_G,         KC_H,    KC_J,    KC_K,    KC_L,    KC_SCLN, \
+  KC_Z,    KC_X,    KC_C,    KC_V,    KC_B,         KC_N,    KC_M,    KC_COMM, KC_DOT,  KC_SLSH, \
+                    KC_LCTL, LOWER, KC_SPC,         KC_BSPC, RAISE, OSM(MOD_LSFT)                 \
+),
+
+/* Raise
+ *
+ * ,----------------------------------.           ,----------------------------------.
+ * |   1  |   2  |   3  |   4  |   5  |           |   6  |   7  |   8  |   9  |   0  |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------|           |------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |  Tab | Left | Down |  Up  | Right|           |      |   -  |   =  |   [  |   ]  |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------|           |------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |  Ctrl|   `  |  GUI |  Alt |      |           |      |      |      |   \  |   '  |
+ * `----------------------------------'           `----------------------------------'
+ *                  ,--------------------.    ,------,-------------.
+ *                  |      | LOWER|      |    |      | RAISE|      |
+ *                  `-------------|      |    |      |------+------.
+ *                                |      |    |      |
+ *                                `------'    `------'
+ */
+[_RAISE] = KEYMAP( \
+  KC_1,    KC_2,    KC_3,    KC_4,    KC_5,         KC_6,    KC_7,    KC_8,    KC_9,    KC_0,    \
+  KC_TAB,    KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_UP,   KC_RGHT,      _______, KC_MINS, KC_EQL,  KC_LBRC, KC_RBRC, \
+  KC_LCTL, KC_GRV,  KC_LGUI, KC_LALT, _______,      _______, _______, _______, KC_BSLS,  KC_QUOT, \
+                    _______, _______, _______,      _______, _______, _______                    \
+),
+
+/* Lower
+ *
+ * ,----------------------------------.           ,----------------------------------.
+ * |   !  |   @  |   #  |   $  |   %  |           |   ^  |   &  |   *  |   (  |   )  |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------|           |------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |  Esc |      |      |      |      |           |      |   _  |   +  |   {  |   }  |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------|           |------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |  Caps|   ~  |      |      |      |           |      |      |      |   |  |   "  |
+ * `----------------------------------'           `----------------------------------'
+ *                  ,--------------------.    ,------,-------------.
+ *                  |      | LOWER|      |    |      | RAISE|  Del |
+ *                  `-------------|      |    | Enter|------+------.
+ *                                |      |    |      |
+ *                                `------'    `------'
+ */
+[_LOWER] = KEYMAP( \
+  KC_EXLM, KC_AT,   KC_HASH, KC_DLR,  KC_PERC,      KC_CIRC, KC_AMPR, KC_ASTR, KC_LPRN, KC_RPRN, \
+  KC_ESC,  _______, _______, _______, _______,      _______, KC_UNDS, KC_PLUS, KC_LCBR, KC_RCBR, \
+  KC_CAPS, KC_TILD, _______, _______, _______,      _______, _______, _______, KC_PIPE,  KC_DQT, \
+                    _______, _______, _______,      KC_ENT,  _______, KC_DEL                    \
+),
+
+/* Adjust (Lower + Raise)
+ *
+ * ,----------------------------------.           ,----------------------------------.
+ * |  F1  |  F2  |  F3  |  F4  |  F5  |           |   F6 |  F7  |  F8  |  F9  |  F10 |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------|           |------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |  F11 |  F12 |      |      |      |           |      |      |      |Taskmg|caltde|
+ * |------+------+------+------+------|           |------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Reset|      |      |      |      |           |      |      |      |      |      |
+ * `----------------------------------'           `----------------------------------'
+ *                  ,--------------------.    ,------,-------------.
+ *                  |      | LOWER|      |    |      | RAISE|      |
+ *                  `-------------|      |    |      |------+------.
+ *                                |      |    |      |
+ *                                `------'    `------'
+ */
+[_ADJUST] =  KEYMAP( \
+  KC_F1,   KC_F2,   KC_F3,   KC_F4,   KC_F5,        KC_F6,   KC_F7,   KC_F8,   KC_F9,   KC_F10, \
+  KC_F11,  KC_F12,  _______, _______, _______,      _______, _______, _______, TSKMGR, CALTDEL, \
+  RESET,   _______, _______, _______, _______,      _______, _______, _______, _______,  _______, \
+                    _______, _______, _______,      _______,  _______, _______                    \
+)
+};
+
+void persistant_default_layer_set(uint16_t default_layer) {
+  eeconfig_update_default_layer(default_layer);
+  default_layer_set(default_layer);
+}
+
+bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
+  switch (keycode) {
+    case QWERTY:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        #ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+          PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY(tone_qwerty, false, 0);
+        #endif
+        persistant_default_layer_set(1UL<<_QWERTY);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+    case LOWER:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        layer_on(_LOWER);
+        update_tri_layer(_LOWER, _RAISE, _ADJUST);
+      } else {
+        layer_off(_LOWER);
+        update_tri_layer(_LOWER, _RAISE, _ADJUST);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+    case RAISE:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        layer_on(_RAISE);
+        update_tri_layer(_LOWER, _RAISE, _ADJUST);
+      } else {
+        layer_off(_RAISE);
+        update_tri_layer(_LOWER, _RAISE, _ADJUST);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+    case ADJUST:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        layer_on(_ADJUST);
+      } else {
+        layer_off(_ADJUST);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+  }
+  return true;
+}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/minidox/keymaps/that_canadian/Makefile b/keyboards/minidox/keymaps/that_canadian/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..52ef1ad3e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/minidox/keymaps/that_canadian/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+RGBLIGHT_ENABLE = yes        # Enable WS2812 RGB underlight.  Do not enable this with audio at the same time.
+
+ifndef QUANTUM_DIR
+	include ../../../../Makefile
+endif
diff --git a/keyboards/minidox/keymaps/that_canadian/config.h b/keyboards/minidox/keymaps/that_canadian/config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5832d1866e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/minidox/keymaps/that_canadian/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/*
+This is the c configuration file for the keymap
+
+Copyright 2012 Jun Wako <wakojun@gmail.com>
+Copyright 2015 Jack Humbert
+
+This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifndef CONFIG_USER_H
+#define CONFIG_USER_H
+
+#include "../../config.h"
+
+#define USE_SERIAL
+
+#define EE_HANDS
+
+/* ws2812 RGB LED */
+#define RGB_DI_PIN D7
+#define RGBLIGHT_TIMER
+#define RGBLED_NUM 8   // Number of LEDs
+#define RGBLIGHT_ANIMATIONS
+#define RGBLIGHT_HUE_STEP 10
+#define RGBLIGHT_SAT_STEP 17
+#define RGBLIGHT_VAL_STEP 17
+
+#endif
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/minidox/keymaps/that_canadian/keymap.c b/keyboards/minidox/keymaps/that_canadian/keymap.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b1ca139b7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/minidox/keymaps/that_canadian/keymap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
+#include "minidox.h"
+#include "action_layer.h"
+#include "eeconfig.h"
+
+extern keymap_config_t keymap_config;
+
+// Each layer gets a name for readability, which is then used in the keymap matrix below.
+// The underscores don't mean anything - you can have a layer called STUFF or any other name.
+// Layer names don't all need to be of the same length, obviously, and you can also skip them
+// entirely and just use numbers.
+#define _QWERTY 0
+#define _LOWER 1
+#define _RAISE 2
+#define _ADJUST 16
+
+enum custom_keycodes {
+  QWERTY = SAFE_RANGE,
+  LOWER,
+  RAISE,
+  ADJUST,
+};
+
+// Fillers to make layering more clear
+#define _______ KC_TRNS
+#define XXXXXXX KC_NO
+
+// Defines for task manager and such
+#define CALTDEL LCTL(LALT(KC_DEL))
+#define TSKMGR LCTL(LSFT(KC_ESC))
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+
+/* Qwerty
+ *
+ * ,----------------------------------.           ,----------------------------------.
+ * |   Q  |   W  |   E  |   R  |   T  |           |   Y  |   U  |   I  |   O  |   P  |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------|           |------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |   A  |   S  |   D  |   F  |   G  |           |   H  |   J  |   K  |   L  |   ;  |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------|           |------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |   Z  |   X  |   C  |   V  |   B  |           |   N  |   M  |   ,  |   .  |   /  |
+ * `----------------------------------'           `----------------------------------'
+ *                  ,--------------------.    ,------,-------------.
+ *                  | Shift| LOWER|      |    |      | RAISE| Ctrl |
+ *                  `-------------| Space|    |BckSpc|------+------.
+ *                                |      |    |      |
+ *                                `------'    `------'
+ */
+[_QWERTY] = KEYMAP( \
+  KC_Q,    KC_W,    KC_E,    KC_R,    KC_T,         KC_Y,    KC_U,    KC_I,    KC_O,    KC_P,    \
+  KC_A,    KC_S,    KC_D,    KC_F,    KC_G,         KC_H,    KC_J,    KC_K,    KC_L,    KC_SCLN, \
+  KC_Z,    KC_X,    KC_C,    KC_V,    KC_B,         KC_N,    KC_M,    KC_COMM, KC_DOT,  KC_SLSH, \
+                    OSM(MOD_LSFT), LOWER, KC_SPC,         KC_BSPC, RAISE, KC_LCTL                 \
+),
+
+/* Raise
+ *
+ * ,----------------------------------.           ,----------------------------------.
+ * |   1  |   2  |   3  |   4  |   5  |           |   6  |   7  |   8  |   9  |   0  |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------|           |------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |  Tab | Left | Down |  Up  | Right|           |      |   -  |   =  |   [  |   ]  |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------|           |------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |  Ctrl|   `  |  GUI |  Alt |      |           |      |      |      |   \  |   '  |
+ * `----------------------------------'           `----------------------------------'
+ *                  ,--------------------.    ,------,-------------.
+ *                  |      | LOWER|      |    |      | RAISE|      |
+ *                  `-------------|      |    |      |------+------.
+ *                                |      |    |      |
+ *                                `------'    `------'
+ */
+[_RAISE] = KEYMAP( \
+  KC_1,    KC_2,    KC_3,    KC_4,    KC_5,         KC_6,    KC_7,    KC_8,    KC_9,    KC_0,    \
+  KC_TAB,    KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_UP,   KC_RGHT,      _______, KC_MINS, KC_EQL,  KC_LBRC, KC_RBRC, \
+  KC_LCTL, KC_GRV,  KC_LGUI, KC_LALT, _______,      _______, _______, _______, KC_BSLS,  KC_QUOT, \
+                    _______, _______, _______,      _______, _______, _______                    \
+),
+
+/* Lower
+ *
+ * ,----------------------------------.           ,----------------------------------.
+ * |   !  |   @  |   #  |   $  |   %  |           |   ^  |   &  |   *  |   (  |   )  |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------|           |------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |  Esc |      |      |      |      |           |      |   _  |   +  |   {  |   }  |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------|           |------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |  Caps|   ~  |      |      |      |           |      |      |      |   |  |   "  |
+ * `----------------------------------'           `----------------------------------'
+ *                  ,--------------------.    ,------,-------------.
+ *                  |      | LOWER|      |    |      | RAISE|  Del |
+ *                  `-------------|      |    | Enter|------+------.
+ *                                |      |    |      |
+ *                                `------'    `------'
+ */
+[_LOWER] = KEYMAP( \
+  KC_EXLM, KC_AT,   KC_HASH, KC_DLR,  KC_PERC,      KC_CIRC, KC_AMPR, KC_ASTR, KC_LPRN, KC_RPRN, \
+  KC_ESC,  _______, _______, _______, _______,      _______, KC_UNDS, KC_PLUS, KC_LCBR, KC_RCBR, \
+  KC_CAPS, KC_TILD, _______, _______, _______,      _______, _______, _______, KC_PIPE,  KC_DQT, \
+                    _______, _______, _______,      KC_ENT,  _______, KC_DEL                    \
+),
+
+/* Adjust (Lower + Raise)
+ *
+ * ,----------------------------------.           ,----------------------------------.
+ * |  F1  |  F2  |  F3  |  F4  |  F5  |           |   F6 |  F7  |  Up  |  F9  |  F10 |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------|           |------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |  F11 |  F12 |      |RGBSAI|RGBSAD|           |      | Left | Down |Right |caltde|
+ * |------+------+------+------+------|           |------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Reset|RGBTOG|RGBMOD|RGBHUI|RGBHUD|           |RGBVAI|RGBVAD|  F8  |Taskmg|      |
+ * `----------------------------------'           `----------------------------------'
+ *                  ,--------------------.    ,------,-------------.
+ *                  |      | LOWER|      |    |      | RAISE|      |
+ *                  `-------------|      |    |      |------+------.
+ *                                |      |    |      |
+ *                                `------'    `------'
+ */
+[_ADJUST] =  KEYMAP( \
+  KC_F1,   KC_F2,   KC_F3,   KC_F4,   KC_F5,        KC_F6,   KC_F7,   KC_UP,   KC_F9,   KC_F10, \
+  KC_F11,  KC_F12,  _______, RGB_SAI, RGB_SAD,      _______, KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_RGHT, CALTDEL, \
+  RESET,   RGB_TOG, RGB_MOD, RGB_HUI, RGB_HUD,      RGB_VAI, RGB_VAD, KC_F8, TSKMGR,  _______, \
+                    _______, _______, _______,      _______,  _______, _______                    \
+)
+};
+
+void persistant_default_layer_set(uint16_t default_layer) {
+  eeconfig_update_default_layer(default_layer);
+  default_layer_set(default_layer);
+}
+
+bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
+  switch (keycode) {
+    case QWERTY:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        persistant_default_layer_set(1UL<<_QWERTY);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+    case LOWER:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        layer_on(_LOWER);
+        update_tri_layer(_LOWER, _RAISE, _ADJUST);
+      } else {
+        layer_off(_LOWER);
+        update_tri_layer(_LOWER, _RAISE, _ADJUST);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+    case RAISE:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        layer_on(_RAISE);
+        update_tri_layer(_LOWER, _RAISE, _ADJUST);
+      } else {
+        layer_off(_RAISE);
+        update_tri_layer(_LOWER, _RAISE, _ADJUST);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+    case ADJUST:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        layer_on(_ADJUST);
+      } else {
+        layer_off(_ADJUST);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+  }
+  return true;
+}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/minidox/matrix.c b/keyboards/minidox/matrix.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..81dfb14455
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/minidox/matrix.c
@@ -0,0 +1,316 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2012 Jun Wako <wakojun@gmail.com>
+
+This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/*
+ * scan matrix
+ */
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <avr/io.h>
+#include <avr/wdt.h>
+#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+#include <util/delay.h>
+#include "print.h"
+#include "debug.h"
+#include "util.h"
+#include "matrix.h"
+#include "split_util.h"
+#include "pro_micro.h"
+#include "config.h"
+
+#ifdef USE_I2C
+#  include "i2c.h"
+#else // USE_SERIAL
+#  include "serial.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef DEBOUNCE
+#  define DEBOUNCE	5
+#endif
+
+#define ERROR_DISCONNECT_COUNT 5
+
+static uint8_t debouncing = DEBOUNCE;
+static const int ROWS_PER_HAND = MATRIX_ROWS/2;
+static uint8_t error_count = 0;
+
+static const uint8_t row_pins[MATRIX_ROWS] = MATRIX_ROW_PINS;
+static const uint8_t col_pins[MATRIX_COLS] = MATRIX_COL_PINS;
+
+/* matrix state(1:on, 0:off) */
+static matrix_row_t matrix[MATRIX_ROWS];
+static matrix_row_t matrix_debouncing[MATRIX_ROWS];
+
+static matrix_row_t read_cols(void);
+static void init_cols(void);
+static void unselect_rows(void);
+static void select_row(uint8_t row);
+
+__attribute__ ((weak))
+void matrix_init_quantum(void) {
+    matrix_init_kb();
+}
+
+__attribute__ ((weak))
+void matrix_scan_quantum(void) {
+    matrix_scan_kb();
+}
+
+__attribute__ ((weak))
+void matrix_init_kb(void) {
+    matrix_init_user();
+}
+
+__attribute__ ((weak))
+void matrix_scan_kb(void) {
+    matrix_scan_user();
+}
+
+__attribute__ ((weak))
+void matrix_init_user(void) {
+}
+
+__attribute__ ((weak))
+void matrix_scan_user(void) {
+}
+
+inline
+uint8_t matrix_rows(void)
+{
+    return MATRIX_ROWS;
+}
+
+inline
+uint8_t matrix_cols(void)
+{
+    return MATRIX_COLS;
+}
+
+void matrix_init(void)
+{
+    debug_enable = true;
+    debug_matrix = true;
+    debug_mouse = true;
+    // initialize row and col
+    unselect_rows();
+    init_cols();
+
+    TX_RX_LED_INIT;
+
+    // initialize matrix state: all keys off
+    for (uint8_t i=0; i < MATRIX_ROWS; i++) {
+        matrix[i] = 0;
+        matrix_debouncing[i] = 0;
+    }
+
+    matrix_init_quantum();
+}
+
+uint8_t _matrix_scan(void)
+{
+    // Right hand is stored after the left in the matirx so, we need to offset it
+    int offset = isLeftHand ? 0 : (ROWS_PER_HAND);
+
+    for (uint8_t i = 0; i < ROWS_PER_HAND; i++) {
+        select_row(i);
+        _delay_us(30);  // without this wait read unstable value.
+        matrix_row_t cols = read_cols();
+        if (matrix_debouncing[i+offset] != cols) {
+            matrix_debouncing[i+offset] = cols;
+            debouncing = DEBOUNCE;
+        }
+        unselect_rows();
+    }
+
+    if (debouncing) {
+        if (--debouncing) {
+            _delay_ms(1);
+        } else {
+            for (uint8_t i = 0; i < ROWS_PER_HAND; i++) {
+                matrix[i+offset] = matrix_debouncing[i+offset];
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    return 1;
+}
+
+#ifdef USE_I2C
+
+// Get rows from other half over i2c
+int i2c_transaction(void) {
+    int slaveOffset = (isLeftHand) ? (ROWS_PER_HAND) : 0;
+
+    int err = i2c_master_start(SLAVE_I2C_ADDRESS + I2C_WRITE);
+    if (err) goto i2c_error;
+
+    // start of matrix stored at 0x00
+    err = i2c_master_write(0x00);
+    if (err) goto i2c_error;
+
+    // Start read
+    err = i2c_master_start(SLAVE_I2C_ADDRESS + I2C_READ);
+    if (err) goto i2c_error;
+
+    if (!err) {
+        int i;
+        for (i = 0; i < ROWS_PER_HAND-1; ++i) {
+            matrix[slaveOffset+i] = i2c_master_read(I2C_ACK);
+        }
+        matrix[slaveOffset+i] = i2c_master_read(I2C_NACK);
+        i2c_master_stop();
+    } else {
+i2c_error: // the cable is disconnceted, or something else went wrong
+        i2c_reset_state();
+        return err;
+    }
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+#else // USE_SERIAL
+
+int serial_transaction(void) {
+    int slaveOffset = (isLeftHand) ? (ROWS_PER_HAND) : 0;
+
+    if (serial_update_buffers()) {
+        return 1;
+    }
+
+    for (int i = 0; i < ROWS_PER_HAND; ++i) {
+        matrix[slaveOffset+i] = serial_slave_buffer[i];
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+uint8_t matrix_scan(void)
+{
+    int ret = _matrix_scan();
+
+
+
+#ifdef USE_I2C
+    if( i2c_transaction() ) {
+#else // USE_SERIAL
+    if( serial_transaction() ) {
+#endif
+        // turn on the indicator led when halves are disconnected
+        TXLED1;
+
+        error_count++;
+
+        if (error_count > ERROR_DISCONNECT_COUNT) {
+            // reset other half if disconnected
+            int slaveOffset = (isLeftHand) ? (ROWS_PER_HAND) : 0;
+            for (int i = 0; i < ROWS_PER_HAND; ++i) {
+                matrix[slaveOffset+i] = 0;
+            }
+        }
+    } else {
+        // turn off the indicator led on no error
+        TXLED0;
+        error_count = 0;
+    }
+    matrix_scan_quantum();
+    return ret;
+}
+
+void matrix_slave_scan(void) {
+    _matrix_scan();
+
+    int offset = (isLeftHand) ? 0 : (MATRIX_ROWS / 2);
+
+#ifdef USE_I2C
+    for (int i = 0; i < ROWS_PER_HAND; ++i) {
+        /* i2c_slave_buffer[i] = matrix[offset+i]; */
+        i2c_slave_buffer[i] = matrix[offset+i];
+    }
+#else // USE_SERIAL
+    for (int i = 0; i < ROWS_PER_HAND; ++i) {
+        serial_slave_buffer[i] = matrix[offset+i];
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+bool matrix_is_modified(void)
+{
+    if (debouncing) return false;
+    return true;
+}
+
+inline
+bool matrix_is_on(uint8_t row, uint8_t col)
+{
+    return (matrix[row] & ((matrix_row_t)1<<col));
+}
+
+inline
+matrix_row_t matrix_get_row(uint8_t row)
+{
+    return matrix[row];
+}
+
+void matrix_print(void)
+{
+    print("\nr/c 0123456789ABCDEF\n");
+    for (uint8_t row = 0; row < MATRIX_ROWS; row++) {
+        phex(row); print(": ");
+        pbin_reverse16(matrix_get_row(row));
+        print("\n");
+    }
+}
+
+uint8_t matrix_key_count(void)
+{
+    uint8_t count = 0;
+    for (uint8_t i = 0; i < MATRIX_ROWS; i++) {
+        count += bitpop16(matrix[i]);
+    }
+    return count;
+}
+
+static void  init_cols(void)
+{
+    for(int x = 0; x < MATRIX_COLS; x++) {
+        _SFR_IO8((col_pins[x] >> 4) + 1) &=  ~_BV(col_pins[x] & 0xF);
+        _SFR_IO8((col_pins[x] >> 4) + 2) |= _BV(col_pins[x] & 0xF);
+    }
+}
+
+static matrix_row_t read_cols(void)
+{
+    matrix_row_t result = 0;
+    for(int x = 0; x < MATRIX_COLS; x++) {
+        result |= (_SFR_IO8(col_pins[x] >> 4) & _BV(col_pins[x] & 0xF)) ? 0 : (1 << x);
+    }
+    return result;
+}
+
+static void unselect_rows(void)
+{
+    for(int x = 0; x < ROWS_PER_HAND; x++) {
+        _SFR_IO8((row_pins[x] >> 4) + 1) &=  ~_BV(row_pins[x] & 0xF);
+        _SFR_IO8((row_pins[x] >> 4) + 2) |= _BV(row_pins[x] & 0xF);
+    }
+}
+
+static void select_row(uint8_t row)
+{
+    _SFR_IO8((row_pins[row] >> 4) + 1) |=  _BV(row_pins[row] & 0xF);
+    _SFR_IO8((row_pins[row] >> 4) + 2) &= ~_BV(row_pins[row] & 0xF);
+}
diff --git a/keyboards/minidox/minidox.c b/keyboards/minidox/minidox.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b4bffbb3e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/minidox/minidox.c
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+#include "minidox.h"
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/minidox/minidox.h b/keyboards/minidox/minidox.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..479c7aec71
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/minidox/minidox.h
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+#ifndef MINIDOX_H
+#define MINIDOX_H
+
+#ifdef SUBPROJECT_rev1
+    #include "rev1.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "quantum.h"
+
+#endif
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/lets_split/pro_micro.h b/keyboards/minidox/pro_micro.h
index f9e7ed75d9..f9e7ed75d9 100644
--- a/keyboards/lets_split/pro_micro.h
+++ b/keyboards/minidox/pro_micro.h
diff --git a/keyboards/minidox/readme.md b/keyboards/minidox/readme.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c15fd244a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/minidox/readme.md
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+MiniDox
+=====
+
+![MiniDox](http://i.imgur.com/iWb3yO0.jpg)
+
+A compact version of the ErgoDox
+
+Keyboard Maintainer: That-Canadian
+Hardware Supported: MiniDox PCB rev1 Pro Micro
+
+Make example for this keyboard (after setting up your build environment):
+
+    make minidox-rev1-default
+
+See [build environment setup](https://docs.qmk.fm/build_environment_setup.html) then the [make instructions](https://docs.qmk.fm/make_instructions.html) for more information.
+
+## Build Guide
+
+A build guide for putting together the MiniDox v1 can be found here: [MiniDox Build Log / Guide](http://imgur.com/a/vImo6)
+
+Flashing
+-------
+Note: Most of this is copied from the Let's Split readme, because it is awesome
+
+From the `minidox` directory run `make SUBPROJECT-KEYMAP-avrdude` for automatic serial port resolution and flashing.
+Example: `make rev1-default-avrdude`
+
+Choosing which board to plug the USB cable into (choosing Master)
+--------
+Because the two boards are identical, the firmware has logic to differentiate the left and right board.
+
+It uses two strategies to figure things out: look at the EEPROM (memory on the chip) or looks if the current board has the usb cable.
+
+The EEPROM approach requires additional setup (flashing the eeeprom) but allows you to swap the usb cable to either side.
+
+The USB cable approach is easier to setup and if you just want the usb cable on the left board, you do not need to do anything extra.
+
+### Setting the left hand as master
+If you always plug the usb cable into the left board, nothing extra is needed as this is the default. Comment out `EE_HANDS` and comment out `I2C_MASTER_RIGHT` or `MASTER_RIGHT` if for some reason it was set.
+
+### Setting the right hand as master
+If you always plug the usb cable into the right board, add an extra flag to your `config.h`
+```
+ #define MASTER_RIGHT
+```
+
+### Setting EE_hands to use either hands as master
+If you define `EE_HANDS` in your `config.h`, you will need to set the
+EEPROM for the left and right halves.
+
+The EEPROM is used to store whether the
+half is left handed or right handed. This makes it so that the same firmware
+file will run on both hands instead of having to flash left and right handed
+versions of the firmware to each half. To flash the EEPROM file for the left
+half run:
+```
+avrdude -p atmega32u4 -P $(COM_PORT) -c avr109 -U eeprom:w:eeprom-lefthand.eep
+// or the equivalent in dfu-programmer
+
+```
+and similarly for right half
+```
+avrdude -p atmega32u4 -P $(COM_PORT) -c avr109 -U eeprom:w:eeprom-righhand.eep
+// or the equivalent in dfu-programmer
+```
+
+NOTE: replace `$(COM_PORT)` with the port of your device (e.g. `/dev/ttyACM0`)
+
+After you have flashed the EEPROM, you then need to set `EE_HANDS` in your config.h, rebuild the hex files and reflash.
+
+Note that you need to program both halves, but you have the option of using
+different keymaps for each half. You could program the left half with a QWERTY
+layout and the right half with a Colemak layout using bootmagic's default layout option.
+Then if you connect the left half to a computer by USB the keyboard will use QWERTY and Colemak when the
+right half is connected.
diff --git a/keyboards/minidox/rev1/Makefile b/keyboards/minidox/rev1/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4e2a6f00fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/minidox/rev1/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+ifndef MAKEFILE_INCLUDED
+	include ../../Makefile
+endif
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/minidox/rev1/config.h b/keyboards/minidox/rev1/config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9799c41994
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/minidox/rev1/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2012 Jun Wako <wakojun@gmail.com>
+
+This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifndef REV1_CONFIG_H
+#define REV1_CONFIG_H
+
+#include "../config.h"
+
+#define DEVICE_VER      0x0001
+
+// wiring of each half
+#define MATRIX_ROW_PINS { B2, B6, B4, B5 }
+#define MATRIX_COL_PINS { F4, D3, D2, D1, D4 }
+
+#define CATERINA_BOOTLOADER
+
+#define USE_SERIAL
+
+//#define EE_HANDS
+
+#define I2C_MASTER_LEFT
+//#define I2C_MASTER_RIGHT
+ 
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/minidox/rev1/rev1.c b/keyboards/minidox/rev1/rev1.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..72b473933e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/minidox/rev1/rev1.c
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+#include "minidox.h"
diff --git a/keyboards/minidox/rev1/rev1.h b/keyboards/minidox/rev1/rev1.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..379dbf64ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/minidox/rev1/rev1.h
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+#ifndef REV1_H
+#define REV1_H
+
+#include "../minidox.h"
+
+//void promicro_bootloader_jmp(bool program);
+#include "quantum.h"
+
+//void promicro_bootloader_jmp(bool program);
+
+#define KEYMAP( \
+	k01, k02, k03, k04, k05, k45, k44, k43, k42, k41, \
+	k11, k12, k13, k14, k15, k55, k54, k53, k52, k51, \
+	k21, k22, k23, k24, k25, k65, k64, k63, k62, k61, \
+	          k33, k34, k35, k75, k74, k73            \
+	) \
+	{ \
+		{ k01, k02, k03, k04, k05 }, \
+		{ k11, k12, k13, k14, k15 }, \
+		{ k21, k22, k23, k24, k25 }, \
+		{ KC_NO, KC_NO, k33, k34, k35 }, \
+		{ k41, k42, k43, k44, k45 }, \
+		{ k51, k52, k53, k54, k55 }, \
+		{ k61, k62, k63, k64, k65 }, \
+		{ KC_NO, KC_NO, k73, k74, k75 } \
+	}
+
+#endif
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/minidox/rev1/rules.mk b/keyboards/minidox/rev1/rules.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a0825b4ef6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/minidox/rev1/rules.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+BACKLIGHT_ENABLE = no
+
+ifndef QUANTUM_DIR
+	include ../../../Makefile
+endif
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/minidox/rules.mk b/keyboards/minidox/rules.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..539456ae02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/minidox/rules.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+SRC += matrix.c \
+	   i2c.c \
+	   split_util.c \
+	   serial.c
+
+# MCU name
+#MCU = at90usb1287
+MCU = atmega32u4
+
+# Processor frequency.
+#     This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the
+#     processor frequency in Hz. You can then use this symbol in your source code to
+#     calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done
+#     automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.
+#
+#     This will be an integer division of F_USB below, as it is sourced by
+#     F_USB after it has run through any CPU prescalers. Note that this value
+#     does not *change* the processor frequency - it should merely be updated to
+#     reflect the processor speed set externally so that the code can use accurate
+#     software delays.
+F_CPU = 16000000
+
+#
+# LUFA specific
+#
+# Target architecture (see library "Board Types" documentation).
+ARCH = AVR8
+
+# Input clock frequency.
+#     This will define a symbol, F_USB, in all source code files equal to the
+#     input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed) in Hz. This value may
+#     differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the
+#     raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed
+#     clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL'
+#     at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your
+#     source code.
+#
+#     If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the
+#     CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU.
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+
+# Interrupt driven control endpoint task(+60)
+OPT_DEFS += -DINTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+
+
+# Boot Section Size in *bytes*
+#   Teensy halfKay   512
+#   Teensy++ halfKay 1024
+#   Atmel DFU loader 4096
+#   LUFA bootloader  4096
+#   USBaspLoader     2048
+OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_SIZE=4096
+
+# Build Options
+#   change to "no" to disable the options, or define them in the Makefile in
+#   the appropriate keymap folder that will get included automatically
+#
+BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE ?= no       # Virtual DIP switch configuration(+1000)
+MOUSEKEY_ENABLE ?= yes       # Mouse keys(+4700)
+EXTRAKEY_ENABLE ?= no       # Audio control and System control(+450)
+CONSOLE_ENABLE ?= no         # Console for debug(+400)
+COMMAND_ENABLE ?= yes        # Commands for debug and configuration
+NKRO_ENABLE ?= no            # Nkey Rollover - if this doesn't work, see here: https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/wiki/FAQ#nkro-doesnt-work
+BACKLIGHT_ENABLE ?= no      # Enable keyboard backlight functionality
+MIDI_ENABLE ?= no            # MIDI controls
+AUDIO_ENABLE ?= no           # Audio output on port C6
+UNICODE_ENABLE ?= no         # Unicode
+BLUETOOTH_ENABLE ?= no       # Enable Bluetooth with the Adafruit EZ-Key HID
+RGBLIGHT_ENABLE ?= no       # Enable WS2812 RGB underlight.  Do not enable this with audio at the same time.
+USE_I2C ?= no
+# Do not enable SLEEP_LED_ENABLE. it uses the same timer as BACKLIGHT_ENABLE
+SLEEP_LED_ENABLE ?= no    # Breathing sleep LED during USB suspend
+
+CUSTOM_MATRIX = yes
diff --git a/keyboards/minidox/serial.c b/keyboards/minidox/serial.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6faed09ce0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/minidox/serial.c
@@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
+/*
+ * WARNING: be careful changing this code, it is very timing dependent
+ */
+
+#ifndef F_CPU
+#define F_CPU 16000000
+#endif
+
+#include <avr/io.h>
+#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+#include <util/delay.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include "serial.h"
+
+#ifdef USE_SERIAL
+
+// Serial pulse period in microseconds. Its probably a bad idea to lower this
+// value.
+#define SERIAL_DELAY 24
+
+uint8_t volatile serial_slave_buffer[SERIAL_SLAVE_BUFFER_LENGTH] = {0};
+uint8_t volatile serial_master_buffer[SERIAL_MASTER_BUFFER_LENGTH] = {0};
+
+#define SLAVE_DATA_CORRUPT (1<<0)
+volatile uint8_t status = 0;
+
+inline static
+void serial_delay(void) {
+  _delay_us(SERIAL_DELAY);
+}
+
+inline static
+void serial_output(void) {
+  SERIAL_PIN_DDR |= SERIAL_PIN_MASK;
+}
+
+// make the serial pin an input with pull-up resistor
+inline static
+void serial_input(void) {
+  SERIAL_PIN_DDR  &= ~SERIAL_PIN_MASK;
+  SERIAL_PIN_PORT |= SERIAL_PIN_MASK;
+}
+
+inline static
+uint8_t serial_read_pin(void) {
+  return !!(SERIAL_PIN_INPUT & SERIAL_PIN_MASK);
+}
+
+inline static
+void serial_low(void) {
+  SERIAL_PIN_PORT &= ~SERIAL_PIN_MASK;
+}
+
+inline static
+void serial_high(void) {
+  SERIAL_PIN_PORT |= SERIAL_PIN_MASK;
+}
+
+void serial_master_init(void) {
+  serial_output();
+  serial_high();
+}
+
+void serial_slave_init(void) {
+  serial_input();
+
+  // Enable INT0
+  EIMSK |= _BV(INT0);
+  // Trigger on falling edge of INT0
+  EICRA &= ~(_BV(ISC00) | _BV(ISC01));
+}
+
+// Used by the master to synchronize timing with the slave.
+static
+void sync_recv(void) {
+  serial_input();
+  // This shouldn't hang if the slave disconnects because the
+  // serial line will float to high if the slave does disconnect.
+  while (!serial_read_pin());
+  serial_delay();
+}
+
+// Used by the slave to send a synchronization signal to the master.
+static
+void sync_send(void) {
+  serial_output();
+
+  serial_low();
+  serial_delay();
+
+  serial_high();
+}
+
+// Reads a byte from the serial line
+static
+uint8_t serial_read_byte(void) {
+  uint8_t byte = 0;
+  serial_input();
+  for ( uint8_t i = 0; i < 8; ++i) {
+    byte = (byte << 1) | serial_read_pin();
+    serial_delay();
+    _delay_us(1);
+  }
+
+  return byte;
+}
+
+// Sends a byte with MSB ordering
+static
+void serial_write_byte(uint8_t data) {
+  uint8_t b = 8;
+  serial_output();
+  while( b-- ) {
+    if(data & (1 << b)) {
+      serial_high();
+    } else {
+      serial_low();
+    }
+    serial_delay();
+  }
+}
+
+// interrupt handle to be used by the slave device
+ISR(SERIAL_PIN_INTERRUPT) {
+  sync_send();
+
+  uint8_t checksum = 0;
+  for (int i = 0; i < SERIAL_SLAVE_BUFFER_LENGTH; ++i) {
+    serial_write_byte(serial_slave_buffer[i]);
+    sync_send();
+    checksum += serial_slave_buffer[i];
+  }
+  serial_write_byte(checksum);
+  sync_send();
+
+  // wait for the sync to finish sending
+  serial_delay();
+
+  // read the middle of pulses
+  _delay_us(SERIAL_DELAY/2);
+
+  uint8_t checksum_computed = 0;
+  for (int i = 0; i < SERIAL_MASTER_BUFFER_LENGTH; ++i) {
+    serial_master_buffer[i] = serial_read_byte();
+    sync_send();
+    checksum_computed += serial_master_buffer[i];
+  }
+  uint8_t checksum_received = serial_read_byte();
+  sync_send();
+
+  serial_input(); // end transaction
+
+  if ( checksum_computed != checksum_received ) {
+    status |= SLAVE_DATA_CORRUPT;
+  } else {
+    status &= ~SLAVE_DATA_CORRUPT;
+  }
+}
+
+inline
+bool serial_slave_DATA_CORRUPT(void) {
+  return status & SLAVE_DATA_CORRUPT;
+}
+
+// Copies the serial_slave_buffer to the master and sends the
+// serial_master_buffer to the slave.
+//
+// Returns:
+// 0 => no error
+// 1 => slave did not respond
+int serial_update_buffers(void) {
+  // this code is very time dependent, so we need to disable interrupts
+  cli();
+
+  // signal to the slave that we want to start a transaction
+  serial_output();
+  serial_low();
+  _delay_us(1);
+
+  // wait for the slaves response
+  serial_input();
+  serial_high();
+  _delay_us(SERIAL_DELAY);
+
+  // check if the slave is present
+  if (serial_read_pin()) {
+    // slave failed to pull the line low, assume not present
+    sei();
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+  // if the slave is present syncronize with it
+  sync_recv();
+
+  uint8_t checksum_computed = 0;
+  // receive data from the slave
+  for (int i = 0; i < SERIAL_SLAVE_BUFFER_LENGTH; ++i) {
+    serial_slave_buffer[i] = serial_read_byte();
+    sync_recv();
+    checksum_computed += serial_slave_buffer[i];
+  }
+  uint8_t checksum_received = serial_read_byte();
+  sync_recv();
+
+  if (checksum_computed != checksum_received) {
+    sei();
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+  uint8_t checksum = 0;
+  // send data to the slave
+  for (int i = 0; i < SERIAL_MASTER_BUFFER_LENGTH; ++i) {
+    serial_write_byte(serial_master_buffer[i]);
+    sync_recv();
+    checksum += serial_master_buffer[i];
+  }
+  serial_write_byte(checksum);
+  sync_recv();
+
+  // always, release the line when not in use
+  serial_output();
+  serial_high();
+
+  sei();
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/minidox/serial.h b/keyboards/minidox/serial.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..15fe4db7b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/minidox/serial.h
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+#ifndef MY_SERIAL_H
+#define MY_SERIAL_H
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include <stdbool.h>
+
+/* TODO:  some defines for interrupt setup */
+#define SERIAL_PIN_DDR DDRD
+#define SERIAL_PIN_PORT PORTD
+#define SERIAL_PIN_INPUT PIND
+#define SERIAL_PIN_MASK _BV(PD0)
+#define SERIAL_PIN_INTERRUPT INT0_vect
+
+#define SERIAL_SLAVE_BUFFER_LENGTH MATRIX_ROWS/2
+#define SERIAL_MASTER_BUFFER_LENGTH 1
+
+// Buffers for master - slave communication
+extern volatile uint8_t serial_slave_buffer[SERIAL_SLAVE_BUFFER_LENGTH];
+extern volatile uint8_t serial_master_buffer[SERIAL_MASTER_BUFFER_LENGTH];
+
+void serial_master_init(void);
+void serial_slave_init(void);
+int serial_update_buffers(void);
+bool serial_slave_data_corrupt(void);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/minidox/split_util.c b/keyboards/minidox/split_util.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..39639c3b4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/minidox/split_util.c
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+#include <avr/io.h>
+#include <avr/wdt.h>
+#include <avr/power.h>
+#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+#include <util/delay.h>
+#include <avr/eeprom.h>
+#include "split_util.h"
+#include "matrix.h"
+#include "keyboard.h"
+#include "config.h"
+
+#ifdef USE_I2C
+#  include "i2c.h"
+#else
+#  include "serial.h"
+#endif
+
+volatile bool isLeftHand = true;
+
+static void setup_handedness(void) {
+  #ifdef EE_HANDS
+    isLeftHand = eeprom_read_byte(EECONFIG_HANDEDNESS);
+  #else
+    // I2C_MASTER_RIGHT is deprecated, use MASTER_RIGHT instead, since this works for both serial and i2c
+    #if defined(I2C_MASTER_RIGHT) || defined(MASTER_RIGHT)
+      isLeftHand = !has_usb();
+    #else
+      isLeftHand = has_usb();
+    #endif
+  #endif
+}
+
+static void keyboard_master_setup(void) {
+#ifdef USE_I2C
+    i2c_master_init();
+#ifdef SSD1306OLED
+    matrix_master_OLED_init ();
+#endif
+#else
+    serial_master_init();
+#endif
+}
+
+static void keyboard_slave_setup(void) {
+#ifdef USE_I2C
+    i2c_slave_init(SLAVE_I2C_ADDRESS);
+#else
+    serial_slave_init();
+#endif
+}
+
+bool has_usb(void) {
+   USBCON |= (1 << OTGPADE); //enables VBUS pad
+   _delay_us(5);
+   return (USBSTA & (1<<VBUS));  //checks state of VBUS
+}
+
+void split_keyboard_setup(void) {
+   setup_handedness();
+
+   if (has_usb()) {
+      keyboard_master_setup();
+   } else {
+      keyboard_slave_setup();
+   }
+   sei();
+}
+
+void keyboard_slave_loop(void) {
+   matrix_init();
+
+   while (1) {
+      matrix_slave_scan();
+   }
+}
+
+// this code runs before the usb and keyboard is initialized
+void matrix_setup(void) {
+    split_keyboard_setup();
+
+    if (!has_usb()) {
+        keyboard_slave_loop();
+    }
+}
diff --git a/keyboards/minidox/split_util.h b/keyboards/minidox/split_util.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..595a0659e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/minidox/split_util.h
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+#ifndef SPLIT_KEYBOARD_UTIL_H
+#define SPLIT_KEYBOARD_UTIL_H
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include "eeconfig.h"
+
+#define SLAVE_I2C_ADDRESS           0x32
+
+extern volatile bool isLeftHand;
+
+// slave version of matix scan, defined in matrix.c
+void matrix_slave_scan(void);
+
+void split_keyboard_setup(void);
+bool has_usb(void);
+void keyboard_slave_loop(void);
+
+void matrix_master_OLED_init (void);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/mitosis/readme.md b/keyboards/mitosis/readme.md
index 70755e32ac..ef1eb0d832 100644
--- a/keyboards/mitosis/readme.md
+++ b/keyboards/mitosis/readme.md
@@ -1,33 +1,24 @@
-Mitosis Keyboard Firmware
-======================
+Mitosis
+=======
 
-These configuration files were based off the Atreus keyboard. It assumes a Pro Micro is being used, however retains the 'make upload' feature from the Atreus branch. This keyboard uses a completely different 'matrix scan' system to other keyboards, it relies on an external nRF51822 microcontroller maintaining a matrix of keystates received from the keyboard halves. The matrix.c file contains the code to poll the external microcontroller for the key matrix. As long as this file is not changed, all other QMK features are supported.
-
-Build log of the keyboard can be found [here](https://www.reddit.com/r/MechanicalKeyboards/comments/66588f/wireless_split_qmk_mitosis/)
+A wireless split compact keyboard.
 
-Hardware design files can be found [here](https://github.com/reversebias/mitosis-hardware)
-
-Firmware for the nordic MCUs can be found [here](https://github.com/reversebias/mitosis)
+Keyboard Maintainer: [@reversebias](https://github.com/reversebias]
+Hardware Supported: Mitosis PCB
+Hardware Availability: https://www.reddit.com/r/MechanicalKeyboards/comments/66588f/wireless_split_qmk_mitosis/
 
-## Quantum MK Firmware
+Make example for this keyboard (after setting up your build environment):
 
-For the full Quantum feature list, see [the parent readme](/).
+    make mitosis-default
 
-## Building
+See [build environment setup](https://docs.qmk.fm/build_environment_setup.html) then the [make instructions](https://docs.qmk.fm/make_instructions.html) for more information.
 
-Download or clone the whole firmware and navigate to the keyboards/atreus folder. Once your dev env is setup, you'll be able to type `make` to generate your .hex - you can then use `make dfu` to program your PCB once you hit the reset button. 
+## Mitosis Notes
 
-Depending on which keymap you would like to use, you will have to compile slightly differently.
-
-### Default
-To build with the default keymap, simply run `make default`.
+These configuration files were based off the Atreus keyboard. It assumes a Pro Micro is being used, however retains the 'make upload' feature from the Atreus branch. This keyboard uses a completely different 'matrix scan' system to other keyboards, it relies on an external nRF51822 microcontroller maintaining a matrix of keystates received from the keyboard halves. The matrix.c file contains the code to poll the external microcontroller for the key matrix. As long as this file is not changed, all other QMK features are supported.
 
-### Other Keymaps
-Several version of keymap are available in advance but you are recommended to define your favorite layout yourself. To define your own keymap create file named `<name>.c` and see keymap document (you can find in top readme.md) and existent keymap files.
+Build log of the keyboard can be found [here](https://www.reddit.com/r/MechanicalKeyboards/comments/66588f/wireless_split_qmk_mitosis/)
 
-To build the firmware binary hex file with a keymap just do `make` with a keymap like this:
+Hardware design files can be found [here](https://github.com/reversebias/mitosis-hardware)
 
-```
-$ make [default|jack|<name>]
-```
-Keymaps follow the format **__\<name\>.c__** and are stored in the `keymaps` folder.
+Firmware for the nordic MCUs can be found [here](https://github.com/reversebias/mitosis)
diff --git a/keyboards/miuni32/readme.md b/keyboards/miuni32/readme.md
index 36696ddbcb..3f3ddc8dfb 100644
--- a/keyboards/miuni32/readme.md
+++ b/keyboards/miuni32/readme.md
@@ -1,28 +1,14 @@
-miuni32 keyboard firmware
-======================
+miuni32
+=======
 
-## Quantum MK Firmware
+A compact 30% keyboard.
 
-For the full Quantum feature list, see [the parent readme](/).
+Keyboard Maintainer: QMK Community
+Hardware Supported: miuni32 PCB
+Hardware Availability: https://zealpc.net/products/miuni32
 
-## Building
+Make example for this keyboard (after setting up your build environment):
 
-Download or clone the whole firmware and navigate to the keyboards/miuni32 folder. Once your dev env is setup, you'll be able to type `make` to generate your .hex - you can then use the Teensy Loader to program your .hex file. 
+    make miuni32-default
 
-Depending on which keymap you would like to use, you will have to compile slightly differently.
-
-### Default
-
-To build with the default keymap, simply run `make default`.
-
-### Other Keymaps
-
-Several version of keymap are available in advance but you are recommended to define your favorite layout yourself. To define your own keymap create a folder with the name of your keymap in the keymaps folder, and see keymap documentation (you can find in top readme.md) and existant keymap files.
-
-To build the firmware binary hex file with a keymap just do `make` with a keymap like this:
-
-```
-$ make [default|jack|<name>]
-```
-
-Keymaps follow the format **__\<name\>.c__** and are stored in the `keymaps` folder.
+See [build environment setup](https://docs.qmk.fm/build_environment_setup.html) then the [make instructions](https://docs.qmk.fm/make_instructions.html) for more information.
diff --git a/keyboards/nyquist/eeprom-lefthand.eep b/keyboards/nyquist/eeprom-lefthand.eep
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b9666a74c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/nyquist/eeprom-lefthand.eep
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+:0B0000000000000000000000000001F4

+:00000001FF

diff --git a/keyboards/nyquist/eeprom-righthand.eep b/keyboards/nyquist/eeprom-righthand.eep
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..94cc5be7fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/nyquist/eeprom-righthand.eep
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+:0B0000000000000000000000000000F5

+:00000001FF

diff --git a/keyboards/nyquist/keymaps/333fred/Makefile b/keyboards/nyquist/keymaps/333fred/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f854432807
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/nyquist/keymaps/333fred/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+KEY_LOCK_ENABLE = yes
+NKRO_ENABLE = yes
+CONSOLE_ENABLE = yes
+
+ifndef QUANTUM_DIR
+	include ../../../../Makefile
+endif
diff --git a/keyboards/nyquist/keymaps/333fred/README.md b/keyboards/nyquist/keymaps/333fred/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4276591415
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/nyquist/keymaps/333fred/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+# 333fred's Nyquist Layout
+
+This nyquist layout is based on my Ergodox Infinity Layout, which is [here](../../../ergodox/keymaps/333fred/README.md). It doesn't have all of my VS extensions, as I have my nyquist at home, not at work.
+
+## Layers
+
+### QWERTY
+The shift modifiers on this layer all use OSM to allow for quick single capitalization. Press and hold F to go to the VIM movement layer. Layer is also a one-shot layer toggle, and can be held down to type multiple characters on the Lower layer. Game is a regular toggle layer.
+
+```
+Qwerty
+,-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+|   `  |   1  |   2  |   3  |   4  |   5  |   6  |   7  |   8  |   9  |   0  |  -   |
+|------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+| Tab  |   Q  |   W  |   E  |   R  |   T  |   Y  |   U  |   I  |   O  |   P  |  \   |
+|------+------+------+------+------+-------------+------+------+------+------+------|
+| Esc  |   A  |   S  |   D  |LTVIMF|   G  |   H  |   J  |   K  |   L  |   ;  |  "   |
+|------+------+------+------+------+------|------+------+------+------+------+------|
+| Shift|   Z  |   X  |   C  |   V  |   B  |   N  |   M  |   ,  |   .  |/ Ctrl| Shift|
+|------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+| Ctrl |  Alt |  F4  | GUI  |Lower | Bksp | Spc  | Ent  | Lock |   =  | Game | Del  |
+`-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+```
+
+### Lower
+My symbol and numpad layer. APscr is a macro that sends ALT+PRSC, to take a screenshot of the current application.
+
+```
+Lower
+,-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+| Caps |  F1  |  F2  |  F3  |  F4  |  F5  |  F6  |  F7  |  F8  |  F9  |  F10 |  F11 |
+|------+------+------+------+------+-------------+------+------+------+------+------|
+|      |   !  |   @  |   (  |   )  |   |  |   7  |   8  |   9  |   *  |   )  |  F12 |
+|------+------+------+------+------+-------------+------+------+------+------+------|
+|      |   #  |   $  |   {  |   }  |   `  |   4  |   5  |   6  |   +  |   }  |  |   |
+|------+------+------+------+------+------|------+------+------+------+------+------|
+| APscr|   %  |   ^  |   [  |   ]  |   ~  |   1  |   2  |   3  |   \  | Vol- | Vol+ |
+|------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+| Pscr |      |      |      |      |      |   0  |   .  |   =  | Prev | Next | Play |
+`-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+```
+
+### VIM Movement
+Pressing and holding F moves to this layer, which turns hjkl into vim movement keys. a and d are macros which send WIN+Left and WIN+Right, respectively. Shift and CTRL have been remapped for ease of selecting text.
+```
+Vim Movement (Hold down F)
+,-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+|      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |
+|------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+|      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |
+|------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+|      | DLeft|DRight| LCTRL|      |      | Left | Down |  Up  | Right|      |      |
+|------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+|      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |
+|------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+|      |      |      |      | LShft|      |      |      |      |      |      |      |
+`-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ ```
+
+### Gaming
+This layer is designed for playing games. All one-shot modification has been turned off, and the common game controls keys have been moved around for easier access.
+```
+Gaming mode (Raise)
+,-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+| ESC  |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |
+|------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+|      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |
+|------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+| CTRL |      |      |      |   F  |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |
+|------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+| Shift|   Z  |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |
+|------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+| Enter|      | Lock |      | Alt  |  Spc | Lower| Left |  Up  | Down | Right|QWERTY|
+`-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+```
diff --git a/keyboards/nyquist/keymaps/333fred/config.h b/keyboards/nyquist/keymaps/333fred/config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..86fe521654
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/nyquist/keymaps/333fred/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+#ifndef CONFIG_USER_H
+#define CONFIG_USER_H
+
+#include "../../config.h"
+
+#define USE_SERIAL
+#define MASTER_LEFT
+
+#undef  TAPPING_TERM
+#define TAPPING_TERM 150
+
+#define PERMISSIVE_HOLD
+
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/nyquist/keymaps/333fred/keymap.c b/keyboards/nyquist/keymaps/333fred/keymap.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2edfeefe7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/nyquist/keymaps/333fred/keymap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+#include "nyquist.h"
+#include "action_layer.h"
+#include "eeconfig.h"
+
+extern keymap_config_t keymap_config;
+
+#define _QWERTY 0
+#define _LOWER 1
+#define _VIM 2
+#define _GAME 3
+
+enum custom_macros {
+    DLEFT,
+    DRIGHT,
+    PSCREEN_APP
+};
+
+// Fillers to make layering more clear
+#define _______ KC_TRNS
+#define XXXXXXX KC_NO
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+
+/* Qwerty
+ * ,-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+ * |   `  |   1  |   2  |   3  |   4  |   5  |   6  |   7  |   8  |   9  |   0  |  -   |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Tab  |   Q  |   W  |   E  |   R  |   T  |   Y  |   U  |   I  |   O  |   P  |  \   |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+-------------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Esc  |   A  |   S  |   D  |LTVIMF|   G  |   H  |   J  |   K  |   L  |   ;  |  "   |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------|------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Shift|   Z  |   X  |   C  |   V  |   B  |   N  |   M  |   ,  |   .  |/ Ctrl| Shift|
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Ctrl |  Alt |  F4  | GUI  |Lower | Bksp | Spc  | Ent  |  Alt |   +  | Game | Del  |
+ * `-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+[_QWERTY] = KEYMAP( \
+  KC_GRV,        KC_1,         KC_2,  KC_3,    KC_4,           KC_5,    KC_6,    KC_7,    KC_8,    KC_9,   KC_0,            KC_MINUS, \
+  KC_TAB,        KC_Q,         KC_W,  KC_E,    KC_R,           KC_T,    KC_Y,    KC_U,    KC_I,    KC_O,   KC_P,            KC_BSLASH, \
+  KC_ESC,        KC_A,         KC_S,  KC_D,    LT(_VIM, KC_F), KC_G,    KC_H,    KC_J,    KC_K,    KC_L,   KC_SCLN,         KC_QUOT, \
+  OSM(MOD_LSFT), LCTL_T(KC_Z), KC_X,  KC_C,    KC_V,           KC_B,    KC_N,    KC_M,    KC_COMM, KC_DOT, RCTL_T(KC_SLSH), OSM(MOD_RSFT), \
+  KC_LCTL,       KC_LALT,      KC_F4, KC_LGUI, OSL(_LOWER),    KC_BSPC, KC_SPC,  KC_ENT,  KC_LOCK, KC_EQL, TG(_GAME),       KC_DEL \
+),
+
+/* Lower
+ * ,-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+ * | Caps |  F1  |  F2  |  F3  |  F4  |  F5  |  F6  |  F7  |  F8  |  F9  |  F10 |  F11 |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+-------------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |   !  |   @  |   (  |   )  |   |  |   7  |   8  |   9  |   *  |   )  |  F12 |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+-------------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |   #  |   $  |   {  |   }  |   `  |   4  |   5  |   6  |   +  |   }  |  |   |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------|------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | APscr|   %  |   ^  |   [  |   ]  |   ~  |   1  |   2  |   3  |   \  | Vol- | Vol+ |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Pscr |      |      |      |      |      |   0  |   .  |   =  | Prev | Next | Play |
+ * `-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+[_LOWER] = KEYMAP( \
+  KC_CAPS,        KC_F1,   KC_F2,   KC_F3,   KC_F4,   KC_F5,   KC_F6, KC_F7,  KC_F8,  KC_F9,   KC_F10,  KC_F11, \
+  _______,        KC_EXLM, KC_AT,   KC_LPRN, KC_RPRN, KC_PIPE, KC_7,  KC_8,   KC_9,   KC_ASTR, KC_RPRN, KC_F12, \
+  _______,        KC_HASH, KC_DLR,  KC_LCBR, KC_RCBR, KC_GRV,  KC_4,  KC_5,   KC_6,   KC_PLUS, KC_RCBR, KC_PIPE, \
+  M(PSCREEN_APP), KC_PERC, KC_CIRC, KC_LBRC, KC_RBRC, KC_TILD, KC_1,  KC_2,   KC_3,   KC_BSLS, KC_VOLD, KC_VOLU, \
+  KC_PSCR,        _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, KC_0,  KC_DOT, KC_EQL, KC_MPRV, KC_MNXT, KC_MPLY \
+),
+
+/* Vim Movement (Hold down F)
+ * ,-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+ * |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      | DLeft|DRight| LCTRL|      |      | Left | Down |  Up  | Right|      |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |      |      |      | LShft|      |      |      |      |      |      |      |
+ * `-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+[_VIM] =  KEYMAP( \
+  _______, _______,  _______,   _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, \
+  _______, _______,  _______,   _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, \
+  _______, M(DLEFT), M(DRIGHT), KC_LCTL, _______, _______, KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_UP,   KC_RGHT, _______, _______, \
+  _______, _______,  _______,   _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, \
+  _______, _______,  _______,   _______, KC_LSFT, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______ \
+),
+
+/* Gaming mode (Raise)
+ * All one-shot mods are disabled on this layer
+ * ,-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+ * | ESC  |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | CTRL |      |      |      |   F  |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Shift|   Z  |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Enter|      | Lock |      | Alt  |  Spc | Lower| Left |  Up  | Down | Right|QWERTY|
+ * `-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+[_GAME] =  KEYMAP( \
+  KC_ESC,  _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______,     _______, _______, _______, _______, _______,    \
+  _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______,     _______, _______, _______, _______, _______,    \
+  KC_LCTL, _______, _______, _______, KC_F,    _______, _______,     _______, _______, _______, _______, _______,    \
+  KC_LSFT, KC_Z,    _______, _______, _______, _______, _______,     _______, _______, _______, _______, _______,    \
+  KC_ENT,  _______, KC_LOCK, _______, KC_LALT, KC_SPC,  OSL(_LOWER), KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_UP,   KC_RGHT, TO(_QWERTY) \
+)
+
+};
+
+void persistent_default_layer_set(uint16_t default_layer) {
+  eeconfig_update_default_layer(default_layer);
+  default_layer_set(default_layer);
+}
+
+const macro_t *action_get_macro(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt) {
+    switch(id) {
+        case DLEFT:
+            if (record->event.pressed) { // Windows move desktop left
+                return MACRO(D(LCTL), D(LGUI), T(LEFT), U(LGUI), U(LCTL), END);
+            }
+            break;
+        case DRIGHT:
+            if (record->event.pressed) { // Windows move desktop right
+                return MACRO(D(LCTL), D(LGUI), T(RIGHT), U(LGUI), U(LCTL), END);
+            }
+            break;
+        case PSCREEN_APP:
+            if (record->event.pressed) {
+                return MACRO(D(LALT), T(PSCR), U(LALT), END);
+            }
+            break;
+    }
+    return MACRO_NONE;
+}
diff --git a/keyboards/nyquist/keymaps/default/Makefile b/keyboards/nyquist/keymaps/default/Makefile
index 457a3d01d4..1e57612788 100644
--- a/keyboards/nyquist/keymaps/default/Makefile
+++ b/keyboards/nyquist/keymaps/default/Makefile
@@ -1,3 +1,5 @@
+RGBLIGHT_ENABLE = yes
+
 ifndef QUANTUM_DIR
 	include ../../../../Makefile
 endif
diff --git a/keyboards/nyquist/keymaps/default/config.h b/keyboards/nyquist/keymaps/default/config.h
index 624d284cac..072d4a7ce2 100644
--- a/keyboards/nyquist/keymaps/default/config.h
+++ b/keyboards/nyquist/keymaps/default/config.h
@@ -31,4 +31,11 @@ along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 // #define _MASTER_RIGHT
 // #define EE_HANDS
 
+#undef RGBLED_NUM
+#define RGBLIGHT_ANIMATIONS
+#define RGBLED_NUM 12
+#define RGBLIGHT_HUE_STEP 8
+#define RGBLIGHT_SAT_STEP 8
+#define RGBLIGHT_VAL_STEP 8
+
 #endif
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/nyquist/keymaps/default/keymap.c b/keyboards/nyquist/keymaps/default/keymap.c
index dcb68a6e06..97fee4e1e2 100644
--- a/keyboards/nyquist/keymaps/default/keymap.c
+++ b/keyboards/nyquist/keymaps/default/keymap.c
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
  * ,-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
  * |  F1  |  F2  |  F3  |  F4  |  F5  |  F6  |  F7  |  F8  |  F9  |  F10 |  F11 |  F12 |
  * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
- * |      | Reset|      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |  Del |
+ * |      | Reset|RGB Tg|RGB Md|Hue Up|Hue Dn|Sat Up|Sat Dn|Val Up|Val Dn|      |  Del |
  * |------+------+------+------+------+-------------+------+------+------+------+------|
  * |      |      |      |Aud on|Audoff|AGnorm|AGswap|Qwerty|Colemk|Dvorak|      |      |
  * |------+------+------+------+------+------|------+------+------+------+------+------|
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
  */
 [_ADJUST] =  KEYMAP( \
   KC_F1,   KC_F2,   KC_F3,   KC_F4,   KC_F5,   KC_F6,   KC_F7,   KC_F8,   KC_F9,   KC_F10,  KC_F11,  KC_F12, \
-  _______, RESET,   _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, KC_DEL, \
+  _______, RESET  , RGB_TOG, RGB_MOD, RGB_HUD, RGB_HUI, RGB_SAD, RGB_SAI, RGB_VAD, RGB_VAI, _______, KC_DEL, \
   _______, _______, _______, AU_ON,   AU_OFF,  AG_NORM, AG_SWAP, QWERTY,  COLEMAK, DVORAK,  _______, _______, \
   _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, \
   _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______ \
diff --git a/keyboards/nyquist/matrix.c b/keyboards/nyquist/matrix.c
index dcb94c67c8..21eef94564 100644
--- a/keyboards/nyquist/matrix.c
+++ b/keyboards/nyquist/matrix.c
@@ -21,9 +21,7 @@ along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 #include <stdint.h>
 #include <stdbool.h>
 #include <avr/io.h>
-#include <avr/wdt.h>
-#include <avr/interrupt.h>
-#include <util/delay.h>
+#include "wait.h"
 #include "print.h"
 #include "debug.h"
 #include "util.h"
@@ -31,6 +29,7 @@ along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 #include "split_util.h"
 #include "pro_micro.h"
 #include "config.h"
+#include "timer.h"
 
 #ifdef USE_I2C
 #  include "i2c.h"
@@ -38,14 +37,29 @@ along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 #  include "serial.h"
 #endif
 
-#ifndef DEBOUNCE
-#  define DEBOUNCE	5
+#ifndef DEBOUNCING_DELAY
+#   define DEBOUNCING_DELAY 5
 #endif
 
+#if (DEBOUNCING_DELAY > 0)
+    static uint16_t debouncing_time;
+    static bool debouncing = false;
+#endif
+
+#if (MATRIX_COLS <= 8)
+#    define print_matrix_header()  print("\nr/c 01234567\n")
+#    define print_matrix_row(row)  print_bin_reverse8(matrix_get_row(row))
+#    define matrix_bitpop(i)       bitpop(matrix[i])
+#    define ROW_SHIFTER ((uint8_t)1)
+#else
+#    error "Currently only supports 8 COLS"
+#endif
+static matrix_row_t matrix_debouncing[MATRIX_ROWS];
+
 #define ERROR_DISCONNECT_COUNT 5
 
-static uint8_t debouncing = DEBOUNCE;
-static const int ROWS_PER_HAND = MATRIX_ROWS/2;
+#define ROWS_PER_HAND (MATRIX_ROWS/2)
+
 static uint8_t error_count = 0;
 
 static const uint8_t row_pins[MATRIX_ROWS] = MATRIX_ROW_PINS;
@@ -55,11 +69,19 @@ static const uint8_t col_pins[MATRIX_COLS] = MATRIX_COL_PINS;
 static matrix_row_t matrix[MATRIX_ROWS];
 static matrix_row_t matrix_debouncing[MATRIX_ROWS];
 
-static matrix_row_t read_cols(void);
-static void init_cols(void);
-static void unselect_rows(void);
-static void select_row(uint8_t row);
-
+#if (DIODE_DIRECTION == COL2ROW)
+    static void init_cols(void);
+    static bool read_cols_on_row(matrix_row_t current_matrix[], uint8_t current_row);
+    static void unselect_rows(void);
+    static void select_row(uint8_t row);
+    static void unselect_row(uint8_t row);
+#elif (DIODE_DIRECTION == ROW2COL)
+    static void init_rows(void);
+    static bool read_rows_on_col(matrix_row_t current_matrix[], uint8_t current_col);
+    static void unselect_cols(void);
+    static void unselect_col(uint8_t col);
+    static void select_col(uint8_t col);
+#endif
 __attribute__ ((weak))
 void matrix_init_quantum(void) {
     matrix_init_kb();
@@ -118,33 +140,54 @@ void matrix_init(void)
     }
 
     matrix_init_quantum();
+
 }
 
 uint8_t _matrix_scan(void)
 {
-    // Right hand is stored after the left in the matirx so, we need to offset it
     int offset = isLeftHand ? 0 : (ROWS_PER_HAND);
+#if (DIODE_DIRECTION == COL2ROW)
+    // Set row, read cols
+    for (uint8_t current_row = 0; current_row < ROWS_PER_HAND; current_row++) {
+#       if (DEBOUNCING_DELAY > 0)
+            bool matrix_changed = read_cols_on_row(matrix_debouncing+offset, current_row);
+
+            if (matrix_changed) {
+                debouncing = true;
+                debouncing_time = timer_read();
+                PORTD ^= (1 << 2);
+            }
+
+#       else
+            read_cols_on_row(matrix+offset, current_row);
+#       endif
+
+    }
+
+#elif (DIODE_DIRECTION == ROW2COL)
+    // Set col, read rows
+    for (uint8_t current_col = 0; current_col < MATRIX_COLS; current_col++) {
+#       if (DEBOUNCING_DELAY > 0)
+            bool matrix_changed = read_rows_on_col(matrix_debouncing+offset, current_col);
+            if (matrix_changed) {
+                debouncing = true;
+                debouncing_time = timer_read();
+            }
+#       else
+             read_rows_on_col(matrix+offset, current_col);
+#       endif
 
-    for (uint8_t i = 0; i < ROWS_PER_HAND; i++) {
-        select_row(i);
-        _delay_us(30);  // without this wait read unstable value.
-        matrix_row_t cols = read_cols();
-        if (matrix_debouncing[i+offset] != cols) {
-            matrix_debouncing[i+offset] = cols;
-            debouncing = DEBOUNCE;
-        }
-        unselect_rows();
     }
+#endif
 
-    if (debouncing) {
-        if (--debouncing) {
-            _delay_ms(1);
-        } else {
+#   if (DEBOUNCING_DELAY > 0)
+        if (debouncing && (timer_elapsed(debouncing_time) > DEBOUNCING_DELAY)) {
             for (uint8_t i = 0; i < ROWS_PER_HAND; i++) {
                 matrix[i+offset] = matrix_debouncing[i+offset];
             }
+            debouncing = false;
         }
-    }
+#   endif
 
     return 1;
 }
@@ -200,9 +243,7 @@ int serial_transaction(void) {
 
 uint8_t matrix_scan(void)
 {
-    int ret = _matrix_scan();
-
-
+    uint8_t ret = _matrix_scan();
 
 #ifdef USE_I2C
     if( i2c_transaction() ) {
@@ -233,11 +274,10 @@ uint8_t matrix_scan(void)
 void matrix_slave_scan(void) {
     _matrix_scan();
 
-    int offset = (isLeftHand) ? 0 : (MATRIX_ROWS / 2);
+    int offset = (isLeftHand) ? 0 : ROWS_PER_HAND;
 
 #ifdef USE_I2C
     for (int i = 0; i < ROWS_PER_HAND; ++i) {
-        /* i2c_slave_buffer[i] = matrix[offset+i]; */
         i2c_slave_buffer[i] = matrix[offset+i];
     }
 #else // USE_SERIAL
@@ -284,33 +324,141 @@ uint8_t matrix_key_count(void)
     return count;
 }
 
-static void  init_cols(void)
+#if (DIODE_DIRECTION == COL2ROW)
+
+static void init_cols(void)
 {
-    for(int x = 0; x < MATRIX_COLS; x++) {
-        _SFR_IO8((col_pins[x] >> 4) + 1) &=  ~_BV(col_pins[x] & 0xF);
-        _SFR_IO8((col_pins[x] >> 4) + 2) |= _BV(col_pins[x] & 0xF);
+    for(uint8_t x = 0; x < MATRIX_COLS; x++) {
+        uint8_t pin = col_pins[x];
+        _SFR_IO8((pin >> 4) + 1) &= ~_BV(pin & 0xF); // IN
+        _SFR_IO8((pin >> 4) + 2) |=  _BV(pin & 0xF); // HI
     }
 }
 
-static matrix_row_t read_cols(void)
+static bool read_cols_on_row(matrix_row_t current_matrix[], uint8_t current_row)
 {
-    matrix_row_t result = 0;
-    for(int x = 0; x < MATRIX_COLS; x++) {
-        result |= (_SFR_IO8(col_pins[x] >> 4) & _BV(col_pins[x] & 0xF)) ? 0 : (1 << x);
+    // Store last value of row prior to reading
+    matrix_row_t last_row_value = current_matrix[current_row];
+
+    // Clear data in matrix row
+    current_matrix[current_row] = 0;
+
+    // Select row and wait for row selecton to stabilize
+    select_row(current_row);
+    wait_us(30);
+
+    // For each col...
+    for(uint8_t col_index = 0; col_index < MATRIX_COLS; col_index++) {
+
+        // Select the col pin to read (active low)
+        uint8_t pin = col_pins[col_index];
+        uint8_t pin_state = (_SFR_IO8(pin >> 4) & _BV(pin & 0xF));
+
+        // Populate the matrix row with the state of the col pin
+        current_matrix[current_row] |=  pin_state ? 0 : (ROW_SHIFTER << col_index);
     }
-    return result;
+
+    // Unselect row
+    unselect_row(current_row);
+
+    return (last_row_value != current_matrix[current_row]);
+}
+
+static void select_row(uint8_t row)
+{
+    uint8_t pin = row_pins[row];
+    _SFR_IO8((pin >> 4) + 1) |=  _BV(pin & 0xF); // OUT
+    _SFR_IO8((pin >> 4) + 2) &= ~_BV(pin & 0xF); // LOW
+}
+
+static void unselect_row(uint8_t row)
+{
+    uint8_t pin = row_pins[row];
+    _SFR_IO8((pin >> 4) + 1) &= ~_BV(pin & 0xF); // IN
+    _SFR_IO8((pin >> 4) + 2) |=  _BV(pin & 0xF); // HI
 }
 
 static void unselect_rows(void)
 {
-    for(int x = 0; x < ROWS_PER_HAND; x++) {
-        _SFR_IO8((row_pins[x] >> 4) + 1) &=  ~_BV(row_pins[x] & 0xF);
-        _SFR_IO8((row_pins[x] >> 4) + 2) |= _BV(row_pins[x] & 0xF);
+    for(uint8_t x = 0; x < ROWS_PER_HAND; x++) {
+        uint8_t pin = row_pins[x];
+        _SFR_IO8((pin >> 4) + 1) &= ~_BV(pin & 0xF); // IN
+        _SFR_IO8((pin >> 4) + 2) |=  _BV(pin & 0xF); // HI
     }
 }
 
-static void select_row(uint8_t row)
+#elif (DIODE_DIRECTION == ROW2COL)
+
+static void init_rows(void)
+{
+    for(uint8_t x = 0; x < ROWS_PER_HAND; x++) {
+        uint8_t pin = row_pins[x];
+        _SFR_IO8((pin >> 4) + 1) &= ~_BV(pin & 0xF); // IN
+        _SFR_IO8((pin >> 4) + 2) |=  _BV(pin & 0xF); // HI
+    }
+}
+
+static bool read_rows_on_col(matrix_row_t current_matrix[], uint8_t current_col)
+{
+    bool matrix_changed = false;
+
+    // Select col and wait for col selecton to stabilize
+    select_col(current_col);
+    wait_us(30);
+
+    // For each row...
+    for(uint8_t row_index = 0; row_index < ROWS_PER_HAND; row_index++)
+    {
+
+        // Store last value of row prior to reading
+        matrix_row_t last_row_value = current_matrix[row_index];
+
+        // Check row pin state
+        if ((_SFR_IO8(row_pins[row_index] >> 4) & _BV(row_pins[row_index] & 0xF)) == 0)
+        {
+            // Pin LO, set col bit
+            current_matrix[row_index] |= (ROW_SHIFTER << current_col);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // Pin HI, clear col bit
+            current_matrix[row_index] &= ~(ROW_SHIFTER << current_col);
+        }
+
+        // Determine if the matrix changed state
+        if ((last_row_value != current_matrix[row_index]) && !(matrix_changed))
+        {
+            matrix_changed = true;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Unselect col
+    unselect_col(current_col);
+
+    return matrix_changed;
+}
+
+static void select_col(uint8_t col)
+{
+    uint8_t pin = col_pins[col];
+    _SFR_IO8((pin >> 4) + 1) |=  _BV(pin & 0xF); // OUT
+    _SFR_IO8((pin >> 4) + 2) &= ~_BV(pin & 0xF); // LOW
+}
+
+static void unselect_col(uint8_t col)
+{
+    uint8_t pin = col_pins[col];
+    _SFR_IO8((pin >> 4) + 1) &= ~_BV(pin & 0xF); // IN
+    _SFR_IO8((pin >> 4) + 2) |=  _BV(pin & 0xF); // HI
+}
+
+static void unselect_cols(void)
 {
-    _SFR_IO8((row_pins[row] >> 4) + 1) |=  _BV(row_pins[row] & 0xF);
-    _SFR_IO8((row_pins[row] >> 4) + 2) &= ~_BV(row_pins[row] & 0xF);
+    for(uint8_t x = 0; x < MATRIX_COLS; x++) {
+        uint8_t pin = col_pins[x];
+        _SFR_IO8((pin >> 4) + 1) &= ~_BV(pin & 0xF); // IN
+        _SFR_IO8((pin >> 4) + 2) |=  _BV(pin & 0xF); // HI
+    }
 }
+
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/nyquist/pro_micro.h b/keyboards/nyquist/pro_micro.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f9e7ed75d9..0000000000
--- a/keyboards/nyquist/pro_micro.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,362 +0,0 @@
-/*
-  pins_arduino.h - Pin definition functions for Arduino
-  Part of Arduino - http://www.arduino.cc/
-
-  Copyright (c) 2007 David A. Mellis
-
-  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-  modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
-  License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
-  version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-  Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
-  You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General
-  Public License along with this library; if not, write to the
-  Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330,
-  Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
-
-  $Id: wiring.h 249 2007-02-03 16:52:51Z mellis $
-*/
-
-#ifndef Pins_Arduino_h
-#define Pins_Arduino_h
-
-#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
-
-// Workaround for wrong definitions in "iom32u4.h".
-// This should be fixed in the AVR toolchain.
-#undef UHCON
-#undef UHINT
-#undef UHIEN
-#undef UHADDR
-#undef UHFNUM
-#undef UHFNUML
-#undef UHFNUMH
-#undef UHFLEN
-#undef UPINRQX
-#undef UPINTX
-#undef UPNUM
-#undef UPRST
-#undef UPCONX
-#undef UPCFG0X
-#undef UPCFG1X
-#undef UPSTAX
-#undef UPCFG2X
-#undef UPIENX
-#undef UPDATX
-#undef TCCR2A
-#undef WGM20
-#undef WGM21
-#undef COM2B0
-#undef COM2B1
-#undef COM2A0
-#undef COM2A1
-#undef TCCR2B
-#undef CS20
-#undef CS21
-#undef CS22
-#undef WGM22
-#undef FOC2B
-#undef FOC2A
-#undef TCNT2
-#undef TCNT2_0
-#undef TCNT2_1
-#undef TCNT2_2
-#undef TCNT2_3
-#undef TCNT2_4
-#undef TCNT2_5
-#undef TCNT2_6
-#undef TCNT2_7
-#undef OCR2A
-#undef OCR2_0
-#undef OCR2_1
-#undef OCR2_2
-#undef OCR2_3
-#undef OCR2_4
-#undef OCR2_5
-#undef OCR2_6
-#undef OCR2_7
-#undef OCR2B
-#undef OCR2_0
-#undef OCR2_1
-#undef OCR2_2
-#undef OCR2_3
-#undef OCR2_4
-#undef OCR2_5
-#undef OCR2_6
-#undef OCR2_7
-
-#define NUM_DIGITAL_PINS  30
-#define NUM_ANALOG_INPUTS 12
-
-#define TX_RX_LED_INIT  DDRD |= (1<<5), DDRB |= (1<<0)
-#define TXLED0          PORTD |= (1<<5)
-#define TXLED1          PORTD &= ~(1<<5)
-#define RXLED0          PORTB |= (1<<0)
-#define RXLED1          PORTB &= ~(1<<0)
-
-static const uint8_t SDA = 2;
-static const uint8_t SCL = 3;
-#define LED_BUILTIN 13
-
-// Map SPI port to 'new' pins D14..D17
-static const uint8_t SS   = 17;
-static const uint8_t MOSI = 16;
-static const uint8_t MISO = 14;
-static const uint8_t SCK  = 15;
-
-// Mapping of analog pins as digital I/O
-// A6-A11 share with digital pins
-static const uint8_t ADC0 = 18;
-static const uint8_t ADC1 = 19;
-static const uint8_t ADC2 = 20;
-static const uint8_t ADC3 = 21;
-static const uint8_t ADC4 = 22;
-static const uint8_t ADC5 = 23;
-static const uint8_t ADC6 = 24;   // D4
-static const uint8_t ADC7 = 25;   // D6
-static const uint8_t ADC8 = 26;   // D8
-static const uint8_t ADC9 = 27;   // D9
-static const uint8_t ADC10 = 28;  // D10
-static const uint8_t ADC11 = 29;  // D12
-
-#define digitalPinToPCICR(p)    ((((p) >= 8 && (p) <= 11) || ((p) >= 14 && (p) <= 17) || ((p) >= A8 && (p) <= A10)) ? (&PCICR) : ((uint8_t *)0))
-#define digitalPinToPCICRbit(p) 0
-#define digitalPinToPCMSK(p)    ((((p) >= 8 && (p) <= 11) || ((p) >= 14 && (p) <= 17) || ((p) >= A8 && (p) <= A10)) ? (&PCMSK0) : ((uint8_t *)0))
-#define digitalPinToPCMSKbit(p) ( ((p) >= 8 && (p) <= 11) ? (p) - 4 : ((p) == 14 ? 3 : ((p) == 15 ? 1 : ((p) == 16 ? 2 : ((p) == 17 ? 0 : (p - A8 + 4))))))
-
-//  __AVR_ATmega32U4__ has an unusual mapping of pins to channels
-extern const uint8_t PROGMEM analog_pin_to_channel_PGM[];
-#define analogPinToChannel(P)  ( pgm_read_byte( analog_pin_to_channel_PGM + (P) ) )
-
-#define digitalPinToInterrupt(p) ((p) == 0 ? 2 : ((p) == 1 ? 3 : ((p) == 2 ? 1 : ((p) == 3 ? 0 : ((p) == 7 ? 4 : NOT_AN_INTERRUPT)))))
-
-#ifdef ARDUINO_MAIN
-
-// On the Arduino board, digital pins are also used
-// for the analog output (software PWM).  Analog input
-// pins are a separate set.
-
-// ATMEL ATMEGA32U4 / ARDUINO LEONARDO
-//
-// D0               PD2                 RXD1/INT2
-// D1               PD3                 TXD1/INT3
-// D2               PD1     SDA         SDA/INT1
-// D3#              PD0     PWM8/SCL    OC0B/SCL/INT0
-// D4       A6      PD4                 ADC8
-// D5#              PC6     ???         OC3A/#OC4A
-// D6#      A7      PD7     FastPWM     #OC4D/ADC10
-// D7               PE6                 INT6/AIN0
-//
-// D8       A8      PB4                 ADC11/PCINT4
-// D9#      A9      PB5     PWM16       OC1A/#OC4B/ADC12/PCINT5
-// D10#     A10     PB6     PWM16       OC1B/0c4B/ADC13/PCINT6
-// D11#             PB7     PWM8/16     0C0A/OC1C/#RTS/PCINT7
-// D12      A11     PD6                 T1/#OC4D/ADC9
-// D13#             PC7     PWM10       CLK0/OC4A
-//
-// A0       D18     PF7                 ADC7
-// A1       D19     PF6                 ADC6
-// A2       D20     PF5                 ADC5
-// A3       D21     PF4                 ADC4
-// A4       D22     PF1                 ADC1
-// A5       D23     PF0                 ADC0
-//
-// New pins D14..D17 to map SPI port to digital pins
-//
-// MISO     D14     PB3                 MISO,PCINT3
-// SCK      D15     PB1                 SCK,PCINT1
-// MOSI     D16     PB2                 MOSI,PCINT2
-// SS       D17     PB0                 RXLED,SS/PCINT0
-//
-// Connected LEDs on board for TX and RX
-// TXLED    D24     PD5                 XCK1
-// RXLED    D17     PB0
-// HWB              PE2                 HWB
-
-// these arrays map port names (e.g. port B) to the
-// appropriate addresses for various functions (e.g. reading
-// and writing)
-const uint16_t PROGMEM port_to_mode_PGM[] = {
-    NOT_A_PORT,
-    NOT_A_PORT,
-    (uint16_t) &DDRB,
-    (uint16_t) &DDRC,
-    (uint16_t) &DDRD,
-    (uint16_t) &DDRE,
-    (uint16_t) &DDRF,
-};
-
-const uint16_t PROGMEM port_to_output_PGM[] = {
-    NOT_A_PORT,
-    NOT_A_PORT,
-    (uint16_t) &PORTB,
-    (uint16_t) &PORTC,
-    (uint16_t) &PORTD,
-    (uint16_t) &PORTE,
-    (uint16_t) &PORTF,
-};
-
-const uint16_t PROGMEM port_to_input_PGM[] = {
-    NOT_A_PORT,
-    NOT_A_PORT,
-    (uint16_t) &PINB,
-    (uint16_t) &PINC,
-    (uint16_t) &PIND,
-    (uint16_t) &PINE,
-    (uint16_t) &PINF,
-};
-
-const uint8_t PROGMEM digital_pin_to_port_PGM[] = {
-    PD, // D0 - PD2
-    PD, // D1 - PD3
-    PD, // D2 - PD1
-    PD, // D3 - PD0
-    PD, // D4 - PD4
-    PC, // D5 - PC6
-    PD, // D6 - PD7
-    PE, // D7 - PE6
-
-    PB, // D8 - PB4
-    PB, // D9 - PB5
-    PB, // D10 - PB6
-    PB, // D11 - PB7
-    PD, // D12 - PD6
-    PC, // D13 - PC7
-
-    PB, // D14 - MISO - PB3
-    PB, // D15 - SCK - PB1
-    PB, // D16 - MOSI - PB2
-    PB, // D17 - SS - PB0
-
-    PF, // D18 - A0 - PF7
-    PF, // D19 - A1 - PF6
-    PF, // D20 - A2 - PF5
-    PF, // D21 - A3 - PF4
-    PF, // D22 - A4 - PF1
-    PF, // D23 - A5 - PF0
-
-    PD, // D24 - PD5
-    PD, // D25 / D6 - A7 - PD7
-    PB, // D26 / D8 - A8 - PB4
-    PB, // D27 / D9 - A9 - PB5
-    PB, // D28 / D10 - A10 - PB6
-    PD, // D29 / D12 - A11 - PD6
-};
-
-const uint8_t PROGMEM digital_pin_to_bit_mask_PGM[] = {
-    _BV(2), // D0 - PD2
-    _BV(3), // D1 - PD3
-    _BV(1), // D2 - PD1
-    _BV(0), // D3 - PD0
-    _BV(4), // D4 - PD4
-    _BV(6), // D5 - PC6
-    _BV(7), // D6 - PD7
-    _BV(6), // D7 - PE6
-
-    _BV(4), // D8 - PB4
-    _BV(5), // D9 - PB5
-    _BV(6), // D10 - PB6
-    _BV(7), // D11 - PB7
-    _BV(6), // D12 - PD6
-    _BV(7), // D13 - PC7
-
-    _BV(3), // D14 - MISO - PB3
-    _BV(1), // D15 - SCK - PB1
-    _BV(2), // D16 - MOSI - PB2
-    _BV(0), // D17 - SS - PB0
-
-    _BV(7), // D18 - A0 - PF7
-    _BV(6), // D19 - A1 - PF6
-    _BV(5), // D20 - A2 - PF5
-    _BV(4), // D21 - A3 - PF4
-    _BV(1), // D22 - A4 - PF1
-    _BV(0), // D23 - A5 - PF0
-
-    _BV(5), // D24 - PD5
-    _BV(7), // D25 / D6 - A7 - PD7
-    _BV(4), // D26 / D8 - A8 - PB4
-    _BV(5), // D27 / D9 - A9 - PB5
-    _BV(6), // D28 / D10 - A10 - PB6
-    _BV(6), // D29 / D12 - A11 - PD6
-};
-
-const uint8_t PROGMEM digital_pin_to_timer_PGM[] = {
-    NOT_ON_TIMER,
-    NOT_ON_TIMER,
-    NOT_ON_TIMER,
-    TIMER0B,        /* 3 */
-    NOT_ON_TIMER,
-    TIMER3A,        /* 5 */
-    TIMER4D,        /* 6 */
-    NOT_ON_TIMER,
-
-    NOT_ON_TIMER,
-    TIMER1A,        /* 9 */
-    TIMER1B,        /* 10 */
-    TIMER0A,        /* 11 */
-
-    NOT_ON_TIMER,
-    TIMER4A,        /* 13 */
-
-    NOT_ON_TIMER,
-    NOT_ON_TIMER,
-    NOT_ON_TIMER,
-    NOT_ON_TIMER,
-    NOT_ON_TIMER,
-    NOT_ON_TIMER,
-
-    NOT_ON_TIMER,
-    NOT_ON_TIMER,
-    NOT_ON_TIMER,
-    NOT_ON_TIMER,
-    NOT_ON_TIMER,
-    NOT_ON_TIMER,
-    NOT_ON_TIMER,
-    NOT_ON_TIMER,
-    NOT_ON_TIMER,
-    NOT_ON_TIMER,
-};
-
-const uint8_t PROGMEM analog_pin_to_channel_PGM[] = {
-    7,  // A0               PF7                 ADC7
-    6,  // A1               PF6                 ADC6
-    5,  // A2               PF5                 ADC5
-    4,  // A3               PF4                 ADC4
-    1,  // A4               PF1                 ADC1
-    0,  // A5               PF0                 ADC0
-    8,  // A6       D4      PD4                 ADC8
-    10, // A7       D6      PD7                 ADC10
-    11, // A8       D8      PB4                 ADC11
-    12, // A9       D9      PB5                 ADC12
-    13, // A10      D10     PB6                 ADC13
-    9   // A11      D12     PD6                 ADC9
-};
-
-#endif /* ARDUINO_MAIN */
-
-// These serial port names are intended to allow libraries and architecture-neutral
-// sketches to automatically default to the correct port name for a particular type
-// of use.  For example, a GPS module would normally connect to SERIAL_PORT_HARDWARE_OPEN,
-// the first hardware serial port whose RX/TX pins are not dedicated to another use.
-//
-// SERIAL_PORT_MONITOR        Port which normally prints to the Arduino Serial Monitor
-//
-// SERIAL_PORT_USBVIRTUAL     Port which is USB virtual serial
-//
-// SERIAL_PORT_LINUXBRIDGE    Port which connects to a Linux system via Bridge library
-//
-// SERIAL_PORT_HARDWARE       Hardware serial port, physical RX & TX pins.
-//
-// SERIAL_PORT_HARDWARE_OPEN  Hardware serial ports which are open for use.  Their RX & TX
-//                            pins are NOT connected to anything by default.
-#define SERIAL_PORT_MONITOR        Serial
-#define SERIAL_PORT_USBVIRTUAL     Serial
-#define SERIAL_PORT_HARDWARE       Serial1
-#define SERIAL_PORT_HARDWARE_OPEN  Serial1
-
-#endif /* Pins_Arduino_h */
diff --git a/keyboards/nyquist/readme.md b/keyboards/nyquist/readme.md
index c70bf02576..16debb9870 100644
--- a/keyboards/nyquist/readme.md
+++ b/keyboards/nyquist/readme.md
@@ -1,167 +1,20 @@
-The Nyquist Keyboard
-====================
+Nyquist
+=======
 
-The Nyquist is a 60% split ortholinear board by [Keebio](https://keeb.io). It has been designed in a similar manner to the Let's Split v2 by /u/wootpatoot. Each half of the keyboard is arranged in a 5x6 grid. There is an option to use a 2u key with PCB mounted MX stablizers, in place of the two innermost 1u keys on the bottom row.
+A split 60% split 5x12 ortholinear keyboard made and sold by Keebio. [More info at Keebio](https://keeb.io).
 
+Keyboard Maintainer: [Bakingpy/nooges](https://github.com/nooges)  
+Hardware Supported: Pro Micro  
+Hardware Availability: [Keebio](https://keeb.io)  
 
-## Build Guide
+Make example for this keyboard (after setting up your build environment):
 
-Since the design is very similar to the Let's Split v2, the build guide for that can be used while the build guide for the Nyquist is being fully developed. A build guide for putting together the Let's Split v2 can be found here: [An Overly Verbose Guide to Building a Let's Split Keyboard](https://github.com/nicinabox/lets-split-guide)
+    make nyquist-rev1-default
 
-There is additional information there about flashing and adding RGB underglow.
+Example of flashing this keyboard:
 
-## First Time Setup
+    make nyquist-rev1-default-avrdude
 
-Download or clone the whole firmware and navigate to the keyboards/nyquist directory. Once your development environment is setup, you'll be able to generate the default .hex using:
+See [build environment setup](https://docs.qmk.fm/build_environment_setup.html) then the [make instructions](https://docs.qmk.fm/make_instructions.html) for more information.
 
-```
-$ make serial
-```
-
-You will see a lot of output and if everything worked correctly you will see the built hex file:
-
-```
-nyquist_rev1_serial.hex
-```
-
-If you would like to use one of the alternative keymaps, or create your own, copy one of the existing [keymaps](keymaps/) and run make like so:
-
-
-```
-$ make YOUR_KEYMAP_NAME
-```
-
-If everything worked correctly you will see a file:
-
-```
-nyquist_rev1_YOUR_KEYMAP_NAME.hex
-```
-
-For more information on customizing keymaps, take a look at the primary documentation for [Customizing Your Keymap](/readme.md##customizing-your-keymap) in the main readme.md.
-
-Features
---------
-
-For the full Quantum Mechanical Keyboard feature list, see [the parent readme.md](/readme.md).
-
-Some features supported by the firmware:
-
-* Either half can connect to the computer via USB, or both halves can be used
-  independently.
-* You only need 3 wires to connect the two halves. Two for VCC and GND and one
-  for serial communication.
-* Optional support for I2C connection between the two halves if for some
-  reason you require a faster connection between the two halves. Note this
-  requires an extra wire between halves and pull-up resistors on the data lines.
-
-### 2u Support
-In place of the two innermost 1u keys on the bottom row, a single 2u key can be used. If you choose to use this option, then in your keymap, set the innermost key on the bottom row to what you want the 2u key to be. For example, if using the 2u key on the left half of the board, set the keycode for the lower right key.
-
-Required Hardware
------------------
-
-Apart from diodes and key switches for the keyboard matrix in each half, you
-will need:
-
-* 2 Arduino Pro Micro's. You can find theses on aliexpress for ≈3.50USD each.
-* 2 TRRS sockets and 1 TRRS cable, or 2 TRS sockets and 1 TRS cable
-
-Alternatively, you can use any sort of cable and socket that has at least 3
-wires. If you want to use I2C to communicate between halves, you will need a
-cable with at least 4 wires and 2x 4.7kΩ pull-up resistors
-
-Optional Hardware
------------------
-
-A speaker can be hooked-up to either side to the `5` (`C6`) pin and `GND`, and turned on via `AUDIO_ENABLE`.
-
-Wiring
-------
-
-The 3 wires of the TRS/TRRS cable need to connect GND, VCC, and digital pin 3 (i.e.
-PD0 on the ATmega32u4) between the two Pro Micros.
-
-Then wire your key matrix to any of the remaining 17 IO pins of the pro micro
-and modify the `matrix.c` accordingly.
-
-The wiring for serial:
-
-![serial wiring](http://imgur.com/BnCGU1Y)
-
-The wiring for i2c:
-
-![i2c wiring](http://imgur.com/5eiArDA)
-
-The pull-up resistors may be placed on either half. It is also possible
-to use 4 resistors and have the pull-ups in both halves, but this is
-unnecessary in simple use cases.
-
-Flashing
--------
-From the keymap directory run `make SUBPROJECT-KEYMAP-avrdude` for automatic serial port resolution and flashing.
-Example: `make rev1-serial-avrdude`
-
-
-Choosing which board to plug the USB cable into (choosing Master)
---------
-Because the two boards are identical, the firmware has logic to differentiate the left and right board.
-
-It uses two strategies to figure things out: look at the EEPROM (memory on the chip) or looks if the current board has the usb cable.
-
-The EEPROM approach requires additional setup (flashing the eeeprom) but allows you to swap the usb cable to either side.
-
-The USB cable approach is easier to setup and if you just want the usb cable on the left board, you do not need to do anything extra.
-
-### Setting the left hand as master
-If you always plug the usb cable into the left board, nothing extra is needed as this is the default. Comment out `EE_HANDS` and comment out `I2C_MASTER_RIGHT` or `MASTER_RIGHT` if for some reason it was set.
-
-### Setting the right hand as master
-If you always plug the usb cable into the right board, add an extra flag to your `config.h`
-```
- #define MASTER_RIGHT
-```
-
-### Setting EE_hands to use either hands as master
-If you define `EE_HANDS` in your `config.h`, you will need to set the
-EEPROM for the left and right halves.
-
-The EEPROM is used to store whether the
-half is left handed or right handed. This makes it so that the same firmware
-file will run on both hands instead of having to flash left and right handed
-versions of the firmware to each half. To flash the EEPROM file for the left
-half run:
-```
-avrdude -p atmega32u4 -P $(COM_PORT) -c avr109 -U eeprom:w:eeprom-lefthand.eep
-// or the equivalent in dfu-programmer
-
-```
-and similarly for right half
-```
-avrdude -p atmega32u4 -P $(COM_PORT) -c avr109 -U eeprom:w:eeprom-righhand.eep
-// or the equivalent in dfu-programmer
-```
-
-NOTE: replace `$(COM_PORT)` with the port of your device (e.g. `/dev/ttyACM0`)
-
-After you have flashed the EEPROM, you then need to set `EE_HANDS` in your config.h, rebuild the hex files and reflash.
-
-Note that you need to program both halves, but you have the option of using
-different keymaps for each half. You could program the left half with a QWERTY
-layout and the right half with a Colemak layout using bootmagic's default layout option.
-Then if you connect the left half to a computer by USB the keyboard will use QWERTY and Colemak when the
-right half is connected.
-
-
-Notes on Using Pro Micro 3.3V
------------------------------
-
-Do update the `F_CPU` parameter in `rules.mk` to `8000000` which reflects
-the frequency on the 3.3V board.
-
-Also, if the slave board is producing weird characters in certain columns,
-update the following line in `matrix.c` to the following:
-
-```
-// _delay_us(30);  // without this wait read unstable value.
-_delay_us(300);  // without this wait read unstable value.
-```
+A build guide for this keyboard can be found here: [Nyquist Build Guide](https://docs.keeb.io)
diff --git a/keyboards/nyquist/rules.mk b/keyboards/nyquist/rules.mk
index dfcff1d902..3f40ff2f82 100644
--- a/keyboards/nyquist/rules.mk
+++ b/keyboards/nyquist/rules.mk
@@ -73,15 +73,3 @@ USE_I2C = yes
 SLEEP_LED_ENABLE = no    # Breathing sleep LED during USB suspend
 
 CUSTOM_MATRIX = yes
-
-avrdude: build
-	ls /dev/tty* > /tmp/1; \
-	echo "Reset your Pro Micro now"; \
-	while [[ -z $$USB ]]; do \
-	  sleep 1; \
-	  ls /dev/tty* > /tmp/2; \
-	  USB=`diff /tmp/1 /tmp/2 | grep -o '/dev/tty.*'`; \
-	done; \
-	avrdude -p $(MCU) -c avr109 -P $$USB -U flash:w:$(BUILD_DIR)/$(TARGET).hex
-
-.PHONY: avrdude
diff --git a/keyboards/nyquist/split_util.c b/keyboards/nyquist/split_util.c
index 39639c3b4b..346cbc9089 100644
--- a/keyboards/nyquist/split_util.c
+++ b/keyboards/nyquist/split_util.c
@@ -8,6 +8,7 @@
 #include "matrix.h"
 #include "keyboard.h"
 #include "config.h"
+#include "timer.h"
 
 #ifdef USE_I2C
 #  include "i2c.h"
@@ -42,6 +43,7 @@ static void keyboard_master_setup(void) {
 }
 
 static void keyboard_slave_setup(void) {
+  timer_init();
 #ifdef USE_I2C
     i2c_slave_init(SLAVE_I2C_ADDRESS);
 #else
diff --git a/keyboards/org60/Makefile b/keyboards/org60/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..57b2ef62e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/org60/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+ifndef MAKEFILE_INCLUDED
+	include ../../Makefile
+endif
diff --git a/keyboards/org60/config.h b/keyboards/org60/config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..62b3b69a0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/org60/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2012 Jun Wako <wakojun@gmail.com>
+
+This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifndef CONFIG_H
+#define CONFIG_H
+
+#include "config_common.h"
+
+/* USB Device descriptor parameter */
+#define VENDOR_ID       0xFEED
+#define PRODUCT_ID      0x6060
+#define DEVICE_VER      0x0001
+#define MANUFACTURER    大橘�外设 (Large orange peripherals)
+#define PRODUCT         Org60
+#define DESCRIPTION     Org60 Keyboard PCB by 大橘�外设 (Large orange peripherals)
+
+/* key matrix size */
+#define MATRIX_ROWS 5
+#define MATRIX_COLS 14
+
+/*
+ * Keyboard Matrix Assignments
+ *
+ * Change this to how you wired your keyboard
+ * COLS: AVR pins used for columns, left to right
+ * ROWS: AVR pins used for rows, top to bottom
+ * DIODE_DIRECTION: COL2ROW = COL = Anode (+), ROW = Cathode (-, marked on diode)
+ *         ROW2COL = ROW = Anode (+), COL = Cathode (-, marked on diode)
+ *
+*/
+#define MATRIX_ROW_PINS { D0, D1, D2, D3, D5 }
+#define MATRIX_COL_PINS { F0, F1, E6, C7, C6, B6, D4, B1, B7, B5, B4, D7, D6, B3 }
+#define UNUSED_PINS
+
+/* Backlight Setup */
+#define BACKLIGHT_PIN F5
+#define BACKLIGHT_LEVELS 6
+//#define BACKLIGHT_BREATHING
+
+/* COL2ROW or ROW2COL */
+#define DIODE_DIRECTION COL2ROW
+
+/* Debounce reduces chatter (unintended double-presses) - set 0 if debouncing is not needed */
+#define DEBOUNCING_DELAY 5
+
+/* RGB Underglow
+ * F6 PIN for Org60 that has pre-soldered WS2812 LEDs
+ */
+#define RGB_DI_PIN F6
+#define RGBLIGHT_ANIMATIONS
+#define RGBLED_NUM 20     			// Number of LEDs
+#define RGBLIGHT_HUE_STEP 10
+#define RGBLIGHT_SAT_STEP 17
+#define RGBLIGHT_VAL_STEP 17
+
+/* Mechanical locking support. Use KC_LCAP, KC_LNUM or KC_LSCR instead in keymap */
+#define LOCKING_SUPPORT_ENABLE
+/* Locking resynchronize hack */
+#define LOCKING_RESYNC_ENABLE
+
+/* key combination for magic key command */
+#define IS_COMMAND() ( \
+  keyboard_report->mods == (MOD_BIT(KC_LSHIFT) | MOD_BIT(KC_RSHIFT)) \
+)
+
+#define TAPPING_TERM 200
+
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/org60/keymaps/boardy/Makefile b/keyboards/org60/keymaps/boardy/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0755d50093
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/org60/keymaps/boardy/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+
+# QMK Build Options
+#   change to "no" to disable the options, or define them in the Makefile in 
+#   the appropriate keymap folder that will get included automatically
+#
+CONSOLE_ENABLE = no         # Enable debugging console
+COMMAND_ENABLE = no         # Commands for debug and configuration
+TAP_DANCE_ENABLE = no 		# Tap Dance skills
+UNICODE_ENABLE = no         # Unicode
+
+ifndef QUANTUM_DIR
+	include ../../../../Makefile
+endif
+
+
diff --git a/keyboards/org60/keymaps/boardy/keymap.c b/keyboards/org60/keymaps/boardy/keymap.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..635838f6cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/org60/keymaps/boardy/keymap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+#include "org60.h"
+#include "action_layer.h"
+
+// Keyboard Layers
+enum keyboard_layers {
+  _BASE,        // Base Layer
+  _FUNCTION,    // Function Layer
+};
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+
+  [_BASE] = KEYMAP(
+  /*
+    0: Base Layer
+    .--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+    | ~      | !      | @      | #      | $      | %      | ^      | &      | *      | (      | )      | _      | +      |                 |
+    |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |                 |
+    | Esc    | 1      | 2      | 3      | 4      | 5      | 6      | 7      | 8      | 9      | 0      | -      | =      | Backspace       |
+    |--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+    |            |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        | {      | ]      | |           |
+    |            |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |             |
+    | Tab        | Q      | W      | E      | R      | T      | Y      | U      | I      | O      | P      | [      | ]      | \           |
+    |--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+    |               |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        | :      | "      |                   |
+    |               |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |                   |
+    | PrntScr       | A      | S      | D      | F      | G      | H      | J      | K      | L      | ;      | '      | Enter             |
+    |--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+    |                   |        |        |        |        |        |        |        | <      | >      | ?      |â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘|        |â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘|
+    |                   |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘|        |â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘|
+    | Shift             | Z      | X      | C      | V      | B      | N      | M      | ,      | .      | /      |â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘| Up     |â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘|
+    |--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+    |          |          |          |                                                        |          |â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘|        |        |        |
+    |          |          |          |                                                        |          |â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘|        |        |        |
+    | Ctrl     | Win      | Alt      | Space                                                  | FnO      |â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘| Left   | Down   | Right  |
+    '--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+  */
+
+   //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+   //        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |                 |
+   //        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |                 |
+     KC_GESC, KC_1,    KC_2,    KC_3,    KC_4,    KC_5,    KC_6,    KC_7,    KC_8,    KC_9,    KC_0,    KC_MINS, KC_EQL,  KC_BSPC, KC_NO,   
+   //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+   //            |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |             |
+   //            |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |             |
+     KC_TAB,      KC_Q,    KC_W,    KC_E,    KC_R,    KC_T,    KC_Y,    KC_U,    KC_I,    KC_O,    KC_P,    KC_LBRC, KC_RBRC, KC_BSLS,      
+   //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+   //               |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |                   |
+   //               |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |                   |
+     KC_PSCR,        KC_A,    KC_S,    KC_D,    KC_F,    KC_G,    KC_H,    KC_J,    KC_K,    KC_L,    KC_SCLN, KC_QUOT, KC_NO, KC_ENT,      
+   //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+   //                   |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘|        |â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘|
+   //                   |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘|        |â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘|
+     KC_LSFT, KC_NO,     KC_Z,    KC_X,    KC_C,    KC_V,    KC_B,    KC_N,    KC_M,    KC_COMM, KC_DOT,  KC_SLSH, KC_NO, KC_UP,   KC_NO,   
+   //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+   //          |          |          |                                                        |          |â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘|        |        |        |
+   //          |          |          |                                                        |          |â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘|        |        |        |
+     KC_LCTL,   KC_LGUI,   KC_LALT,   KC_SPC,                                                  F(0),      KC_NO, KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_RIGHT),
+   //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+
+
+  [_FUNCTION] = KEYMAP(
+  /*
+    1: Function Layer
+    .--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+    |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |                 |
+    |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |                 |
+    | Esc    | F1     | F2     | F3     | F4     | F5     | F6     | F7     | F8     | F9     | F10    | F11    | F12    | Delete          |
+    |--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+    |            |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |             |
+    |            |        |        |        | RGB    | RGB    | RGB    | RGB    |        |        |        |        |        |             |
+    | Reset      | 7      | 8      | 9      | Toggle | Mode   | Pwr+   | Pwr-   |        | Insert | Pause  | Home   | End    | Sleep       |
+    |--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+    |               |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |                   |
+    |               |        |        |        | RGB    | RGB    | RGB    | RGB    |        |        | Page   | Page   |                   |
+    | Caps Lock     | 4      | 5      | 6      | Hue+   | Hue-   | Sat+   | Sat-   |        |        | Up     | Down   | Enter             |
+    |--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+    |                   |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘|        |â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘|
+    |                   |        |        |        |        | Back   | Back   |        | Prev   | Next   |        |â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘|        |â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘|
+    | Shift             | 1      | 2      | 3      |        | Light+ | Light- |        | Track  | Track  |        |â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘| Up     |â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘|
+    |--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+    |          |          |          |                                                        |          |â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘|        |        |        |
+    |          |          |          |                                                        |          |â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘|        |        |        |
+    | Ctrl     | Win      | Alt      | 0                                                      | Fn0      |â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘| Mute   | Down   | Right  |
+    '--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+  */
+
+   //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+   //        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |                 |
+   //        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |                 |
+     KC_ESC,  KC_F1,   KC_F2,   KC_F3,   KC_F4,   KC_F5,   KC_F6,   KC_F7,   KC_F8,   KC_F9,   KC_F10,  KC_F11,  KC_F12,  KC_DEL,  KC_NO,   
+   //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+   //            |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |             |
+   //            |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |             |
+     RESET,       KC_7,    KC_8,    KC_9,    RGB_TOG, RGB_MOD, RGB_VAI, RGB_VAD, KC_NO,   KC_INS,  KC_PAUS, KC_HOME, KC_END,  KC_SLEP,      
+   //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+   //               |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |                   |
+   //               |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |                   |
+     KC_CAPS,        KC_4,    KC_5,    KC_6,    RGB_HUI, RGB_HUD, RGB_SAI, RGB_SAD, KC_NO,   KC_NO,   KC_PGUP, KC_PGDN, KC_NO, KC_ENT,      
+   //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+   //                   |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘|        |â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘|
+   //                   |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘|        |â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘|
+     KC_LSFT, KC_NO,     KC_1,    KC_2,    KC_3,    KC_NO,   BL_INC,  BL_DEC,  KC_NO,   KC_MPRV, KC_MNXT, KC_NO,   KC_NO, KC_VOLU, KC_NO,   
+   //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+   //          |          |          |                                                        |          |â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘|        |        |        |
+   //          |          |          |                                                        |          |â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘â–‘|        |        |        |
+     KC_LCTL,   KC_LGUI,   KC_LALT,   KC_0,                                                    F(0),      KC_NO, KC_MUTE, KC_VOLD, KC_MPLY),
+   //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+
+};
+
+
+// Custom Actions
+const uint16_t PROGMEM fn_actions[] = {
+    [0] = ACTION_LAYER_MOMENTARY(_FUNCTION),  // to Function overlay
+};
+
+
+// Loop
+void matrix_scan_user(void) {
+  // Empty
+};
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/org60/keymaps/boardy/readme.md b/keyboards/org60/keymaps/boardy/readme.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3643fbce30
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/org60/keymaps/boardy/readme.md
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+# Boardy layout
+
+![Uses this layout](http://i.imgur.com/k3g488o.jpg)
+
+This is my custom layout for my board Boardy designed to be used with an [Org60] and custom plate.
+
+[Org60]: https://world.taobao.com/item/544441405112.htm
diff --git a/keyboards/org60/keymaps/default/keymap.c b/keyboards/org60/keymaps/default/keymap.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9d18d50e31
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/org60/keymaps/default/keymap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+#include "org60.h"
+#include "action_layer.h"
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+
+  // 0: Base Layer
+  KEYMAP(
+      KC_ESC,  KC_1,    KC_2,    KC_3,    KC_4,   KC_5,   KC_6,   KC_7,   KC_8,   KC_9,    KC_0,    KC_MINS,  KC_EQL,  KC_BSPC  ,  KC_NO,    \
+      KC_TAB,  KC_Q,    KC_W,    KC_E,    KC_R,   KC_T,   KC_Y,   KC_U,   KC_I,   KC_O,    KC_P,    KC_LBRC,  KC_RBRC,           KC_BSLS,   \
+      KC_CAPS, KC_A,    KC_S,    KC_D,    KC_F,   KC_G,   KC_H,   KC_J,   KC_K,   KC_L,    KC_SCLN, KC_QUOT,  KC_NO,             KC_ENT,    \
+      KC_LSFT, KC_NO,   KC_Z,    KC_X,    KC_C,   KC_V,   KC_B,   KC_N,   KC_M,   KC_COMM, KC_DOT,  KC_NO,  KC_RSFT  ,KC_UP,    KC_DEL,      \
+      KC_LCTL, KC_LGUI, KC_LALT,                          KC_SPC,                          KC_RGUI, F(0),     KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN,  KC_RIGHT),
+
+  // 1: Function Layer
+  KEYMAP(
+      RESET,   KC_F1,   KC_F2,   KC_F3,   KC_F4,  KC_F5,  KC_F6,  KC_F7,  KC_F8,  KC_F9,   KC_F10,  KC_F11,   KC_F12,  KC_NO,   KC_NO,    \
+      KC_NO,   KC_WH_U, KC_UP,   KC_WH_D, KC_BSPC,KC_HOME,KC_CALC,KC_NO,  KC_INS, KC_NO,   KC_PSCR, KC_SLCK,  KC_PAUS,           KC_DEL,    \
+      KC_NO,   KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_RIGHT,KC_DEL, KC_END, KC_PGDN,KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,   KC_HOME, KC_PGUP,  KC_NO,             KC_ENT,    \
+      KC_LSFT, KC_NO,   KC_NO,   KC_APP,  BL_STEP,KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_VOLD,KC_VOLU,KC_MUTE, KC_END,  KC_RSFT,  KC_NO  ,KC_PGUP,  KC_INS,      \
+      KC_LCTL, KC_LGUI, KC_LALT,                          KC_SPC,                          KC_RGUI, F(0),     KC_HOME, KC_PGDOWN,KC_END),
+
+};
+
+// Custom Actions
+const uint16_t PROGMEM fn_actions[] = {
+    [0] = ACTION_LAYER_MOMENTARY(1),  // to Fn overlay
+};
+
+// Macros
+const macro_t *action_get_macro(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt) {
+
+  // MACRODOWN only works in this function
+  switch(id) {
+    case 0:
+      if (record->event.pressed) { register_code(KC_RSFT); }
+      else { unregister_code(KC_RSFT); }
+      break;
+  }
+
+  return MACRO_NONE;
+};
+
+// Loop
+void matrix_scan_user(void) {
+  // Empty
+};
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/org60/keymaps/default/readme.md b/keyboards/org60/keymaps/default/readme.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..89f9acaa97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/org60/keymaps/default/readme.md
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+![Uses this layout](https://i.redd.it/v64eqwsrk8jx.jpg)
+
+All of the keys which CAN have a function should be assigned one.
+
+The keys with KC_NO cannot be assigned a value
diff --git a/keyboards/org60/org60.c b/keyboards/org60/org60.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..77a5e7c18b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/org60/org60.c
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+#include "org60.h"
+
+
+extern inline void org60_caps_led_on(void);
+extern inline void org60_bl_led_on(void);
+
+extern inline void org60_caps_led_off(void);
+extern inline void org60_bl_led_off(void);
+
+
+void led_set_kb(uint8_t usb_led) {
+	if (usb_led & (1<<USB_LED_CAPS_LOCK)) {
+		org60_caps_led_on();
+	} else {
+		org60_caps_led_off();
+	}
+
+	led_set_user(usb_led);
+}
diff --git a/keyboards/org60/org60.h b/keyboards/org60/org60.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7c10043429
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/org60/org60.h
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+#ifndef Org60_H
+#define Org60_H
+
+#include "quantum.h"
+#include "led.h"
+
+/* Org60 LEDs
+ *   GPIO pads
+ *   0 F7 not connected
+ *   1 F6 RGB PWM Underglow
+ *   2 F5 Backlight LED
+ *   3 F4 not connected
+ *   B2 Capslock LED
+ *   B0 not connected
+ */
+inline void org60_caps_led_on(void)    { DDRB |=  (1<<2); PORTB &= ~(1<<2); }
+inline void org60_bl_led_on(void)    	{ DDRF |=  (1<<5); PORTF &= ~(1<<5); }
+
+inline void org60_caps_led_off(void)   { DDRB &= ~(1<<2); PORTB &= ~(1<<2); }
+inline void org60_bl_led_off(void)   	{ DDRF &= ~(1<<5); PORTF &= ~(1<<5); }
+
+/* Org60 Keymap Definition Macro */
+#define KEYMAP( \
+      K00,  K01,  K02,  K03,  K04,  K05,  K06,  K07,  K08,  K09,  K0A,  K0B,  K0C,  K0D,  K49, \
+      K10,  K11,  K12,  K13,  K14,  K15,  K16,  K17,  K18,  K19,  K1A,  K1B,  K1C,  K1D,       \
+      K20,  K21,  K22,  K23,  K24,  K25,  K26,  K27,  K28,  K29,  K2A,  K2B,  K2C,  K2D,       \
+      K30,  K31,  K32,  K33,  K34,  K35,  K36,  K37,  K38,  K39,  K3A,  K3B,  K47,  K3D,  K3C, \
+      K40,  K41,  K42,              K45,                          K4A,  K4B,  K48,  K4C,  K4D  \
+) { \
+    { K00,  K01,  K02,  K03,  K04,  K05,  K06,  K07,  K08,  K09,  K0A,  K0B,  K0C,  K0D }, \
+    { K10,  K11,  K12,  K13,  K14,  K15,  K16,  K17,  K18,  K19,  K1A,  K1B,  K1C,  K1D }, \
+    { K20,  K21,  K22,  K23,  K24,  K25,  K26,  K27,  K28,  K29,  K2A,  K2B,  K2C,  K2D }, \
+    { K30,  K31,  K32,  K33,  K34,  K35,  K36,  K37,  K38,  K39,  K3A,  K3B,  K3C,  K3D }, \
+    { K40,  K41,  K42,  KC_NO,KC_NO,K45,  KC_NO,K47,  K48,  K49,  K4A,  K4B,  K4C,  K4D }  \
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/org60/readme.md b/keyboards/org60/readme.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8e02a40211
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/org60/readme.md
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+# QMK Firmware for 大橘�外设 (Large Orange Peripheral)'s 60% Org60 PCB
+
+![Top View of a pair of XD60 Keyboards (same layout as Org60)](https://i.imgur.com/3Jq2743.jpg)
+
+
+## Quantum MK Firmware
+For the full Quantum feature list, see [the parent readme.md](/readme.md).
+
+
+## Additional Notes
+The Org60 seems to be a variant of the XD60 (which is essentially a GH60 rev. C, with support for a right-hand arrow cluster), which has USB-C and built-in RGB underlighting.
+
+Compatibility with GH60 expansion boards is unknown.
+
+Board also supports in-switch LEDs (two-pin, single colour), as well as WS2182 LED strips for underglow lighting.
+
+Default keymap included, matching configuration on sale page.
+
+
+## Build
+To build the default keymap, simply run `make org60-default`.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/org60/rules.mk b/keyboards/org60/rules.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..566ac0cb88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/org60/rules.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+# MCU name
+MCU = atmega32u4
+
+
+# Processor frequency.
+#     This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the
+#     processor frequency in Hz. You can then use this symbol in your source code to
+#     calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done
+#     automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.
+#
+#     This will be an integer division of F_USB below, as it is sourced by
+#     F_USB after it has run through any CPU prescalers. Note that this value
+#     does not *change* the processor frequency - it should merely be updated to
+#     reflect the processor speed set externally so that the code can use accurate
+#     software delays.
+F_CPU = 16000000
+
+
+# LUFA specific
+# Target architecture (see library "Board Types" documentation).
+ARCH = AVR8
+
+
+# Input clock frequency.
+#     This will define a symbol, F_USB, in all source code files equal to the
+#     input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed) in Hz. This value may
+#     differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the
+#     raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed
+#     clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL'
+#     at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your
+#     source code.
+#
+#     If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the
+#     CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU.
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+
+
+# Interrupt driven control endpoint task(+60)
+OPT_DEFS += -DINTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+
+
+# Boot Section Size in *bytes*
+#   Teensy halfKay   512
+#   Teensy++ halfKay 1024
+#   Atmel DFU loader 4096
+#   LUFA bootloader  4096
+#   USBaspLoader     2048
+OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_SIZE=4096
+
+
+# Build Options
+AUDIO_ENABLE = no           # Audio output on port C6
+BACKLIGHT_ENABLE = yes      # Enable keyboard backlight functionality
+BLUETOOTH_ENABLE = no       # Enable Bluetooth with the Adafruit EZ-Key HID
+BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE = yes      # Virtual DIP switch configuration(+1000)
+COMMAND_ENABLE = no         # Commands for debug and configuration
+CONSOLE_ENABLE = no         # Console for debug(+400)
+EXTRAKEY_ENABLE = yes       # Audio control and System control(+450)
+MIDI_ENABLE = no            # MIDI controls
+MOUSEKEY_ENABLE = yes       # Mouse keys(+4700)
+NKRO_ENABLE = yes           # Nkey Rollover - if this doesn't work, see here: https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/wiki/FAQ#nkro-doesnt-work
+RGBLIGHT_ENABLE = yes       # Enable WS2812 RGB underlight.  Do not enable this with audio at the same time.
+SLEEP_LED_ENABLE = no       # Breathing sleep LED during USB suspend
+UNICODE_ENABLE = no         # Unicode
diff --git a/keyboards/orthodox/pro_micro.h b/keyboards/orthodox/pro_micro.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f9e7ed75d9..0000000000
--- a/keyboards/orthodox/pro_micro.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,362 +0,0 @@
-/*
-  pins_arduino.h - Pin definition functions for Arduino
-  Part of Arduino - http://www.arduino.cc/
-
-  Copyright (c) 2007 David A. Mellis
-
-  This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-  modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
-  License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
-  version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-  This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-  Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
-  You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General
-  Public License along with this library; if not, write to the
-  Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330,
-  Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
-
-  $Id: wiring.h 249 2007-02-03 16:52:51Z mellis $
-*/
-
-#ifndef Pins_Arduino_h
-#define Pins_Arduino_h
-
-#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
-
-// Workaround for wrong definitions in "iom32u4.h".
-// This should be fixed in the AVR toolchain.
-#undef UHCON
-#undef UHINT
-#undef UHIEN
-#undef UHADDR
-#undef UHFNUM
-#undef UHFNUML
-#undef UHFNUMH
-#undef UHFLEN
-#undef UPINRQX
-#undef UPINTX
-#undef UPNUM
-#undef UPRST
-#undef UPCONX
-#undef UPCFG0X
-#undef UPCFG1X
-#undef UPSTAX
-#undef UPCFG2X
-#undef UPIENX
-#undef UPDATX
-#undef TCCR2A
-#undef WGM20
-#undef WGM21
-#undef COM2B0
-#undef COM2B1
-#undef COM2A0
-#undef COM2A1
-#undef TCCR2B
-#undef CS20
-#undef CS21
-#undef CS22
-#undef WGM22
-#undef FOC2B
-#undef FOC2A
-#undef TCNT2
-#undef TCNT2_0
-#undef TCNT2_1
-#undef TCNT2_2
-#undef TCNT2_3
-#undef TCNT2_4
-#undef TCNT2_5
-#undef TCNT2_6
-#undef TCNT2_7
-#undef OCR2A
-#undef OCR2_0
-#undef OCR2_1
-#undef OCR2_2
-#undef OCR2_3
-#undef OCR2_4
-#undef OCR2_5
-#undef OCR2_6
-#undef OCR2_7
-#undef OCR2B
-#undef OCR2_0
-#undef OCR2_1
-#undef OCR2_2
-#undef OCR2_3
-#undef OCR2_4
-#undef OCR2_5
-#undef OCR2_6
-#undef OCR2_7
-
-#define NUM_DIGITAL_PINS  30
-#define NUM_ANALOG_INPUTS 12
-
-#define TX_RX_LED_INIT  DDRD |= (1<<5), DDRB |= (1<<0)
-#define TXLED0          PORTD |= (1<<5)
-#define TXLED1          PORTD &= ~(1<<5)
-#define RXLED0          PORTB |= (1<<0)
-#define RXLED1          PORTB &= ~(1<<0)
-
-static const uint8_t SDA = 2;
-static const uint8_t SCL = 3;
-#define LED_BUILTIN 13
-
-// Map SPI port to 'new' pins D14..D17
-static const uint8_t SS   = 17;
-static const uint8_t MOSI = 16;
-static const uint8_t MISO = 14;
-static const uint8_t SCK  = 15;
-
-// Mapping of analog pins as digital I/O
-// A6-A11 share with digital pins
-static const uint8_t ADC0 = 18;
-static const uint8_t ADC1 = 19;
-static const uint8_t ADC2 = 20;
-static const uint8_t ADC3 = 21;
-static const uint8_t ADC4 = 22;
-static const uint8_t ADC5 = 23;
-static const uint8_t ADC6 = 24;   // D4
-static const uint8_t ADC7 = 25;   // D6
-static const uint8_t ADC8 = 26;   // D8
-static const uint8_t ADC9 = 27;   // D9
-static const uint8_t ADC10 = 28;  // D10
-static const uint8_t ADC11 = 29;  // D12
-
-#define digitalPinToPCICR(p)    ((((p) >= 8 && (p) <= 11) || ((p) >= 14 && (p) <= 17) || ((p) >= A8 && (p) <= A10)) ? (&PCICR) : ((uint8_t *)0))
-#define digitalPinToPCICRbit(p) 0
-#define digitalPinToPCMSK(p)    ((((p) >= 8 && (p) <= 11) || ((p) >= 14 && (p) <= 17) || ((p) >= A8 && (p) <= A10)) ? (&PCMSK0) : ((uint8_t *)0))
-#define digitalPinToPCMSKbit(p) ( ((p) >= 8 && (p) <= 11) ? (p) - 4 : ((p) == 14 ? 3 : ((p) == 15 ? 1 : ((p) == 16 ? 2 : ((p) == 17 ? 0 : (p - A8 + 4))))))
-
-//  __AVR_ATmega32U4__ has an unusual mapping of pins to channels
-extern const uint8_t PROGMEM analog_pin_to_channel_PGM[];
-#define analogPinToChannel(P)  ( pgm_read_byte( analog_pin_to_channel_PGM + (P) ) )
-
-#define digitalPinToInterrupt(p) ((p) == 0 ? 2 : ((p) == 1 ? 3 : ((p) == 2 ? 1 : ((p) == 3 ? 0 : ((p) == 7 ? 4 : NOT_AN_INTERRUPT)))))
-
-#ifdef ARDUINO_MAIN
-
-// On the Arduino board, digital pins are also used
-// for the analog output (software PWM).  Analog input
-// pins are a separate set.
-
-// ATMEL ATMEGA32U4 / ARDUINO LEONARDO
-//
-// D0               PD2                 RXD1/INT2
-// D1               PD3                 TXD1/INT3
-// D2               PD1     SDA         SDA/INT1
-// D3#              PD0     PWM8/SCL    OC0B/SCL/INT0
-// D4       A6      PD4                 ADC8
-// D5#              PC6     ???         OC3A/#OC4A
-// D6#      A7      PD7     FastPWM     #OC4D/ADC10
-// D7               PE6                 INT6/AIN0
-//
-// D8       A8      PB4                 ADC11/PCINT4
-// D9#      A9      PB5     PWM16       OC1A/#OC4B/ADC12/PCINT5
-// D10#     A10     PB6     PWM16       OC1B/0c4B/ADC13/PCINT6
-// D11#             PB7     PWM8/16     0C0A/OC1C/#RTS/PCINT7
-// D12      A11     PD6                 T1/#OC4D/ADC9
-// D13#             PC7     PWM10       CLK0/OC4A
-//
-// A0       D18     PF7                 ADC7
-// A1       D19     PF6                 ADC6
-// A2       D20     PF5                 ADC5
-// A3       D21     PF4                 ADC4
-// A4       D22     PF1                 ADC1
-// A5       D23     PF0                 ADC0
-//
-// New pins D14..D17 to map SPI port to digital pins
-//
-// MISO     D14     PB3                 MISO,PCINT3
-// SCK      D15     PB1                 SCK,PCINT1
-// MOSI     D16     PB2                 MOSI,PCINT2
-// SS       D17     PB0                 RXLED,SS/PCINT0
-//
-// Connected LEDs on board for TX and RX
-// TXLED    D24     PD5                 XCK1
-// RXLED    D17     PB0
-// HWB              PE2                 HWB
-
-// these arrays map port names (e.g. port B) to the
-// appropriate addresses for various functions (e.g. reading
-// and writing)
-const uint16_t PROGMEM port_to_mode_PGM[] = {
-    NOT_A_PORT,
-    NOT_A_PORT,
-    (uint16_t) &DDRB,
-    (uint16_t) &DDRC,
-    (uint16_t) &DDRD,
-    (uint16_t) &DDRE,
-    (uint16_t) &DDRF,
-};
-
-const uint16_t PROGMEM port_to_output_PGM[] = {
-    NOT_A_PORT,
-    NOT_A_PORT,
-    (uint16_t) &PORTB,
-    (uint16_t) &PORTC,
-    (uint16_t) &PORTD,
-    (uint16_t) &PORTE,
-    (uint16_t) &PORTF,
-};
-
-const uint16_t PROGMEM port_to_input_PGM[] = {
-    NOT_A_PORT,
-    NOT_A_PORT,
-    (uint16_t) &PINB,
-    (uint16_t) &PINC,
-    (uint16_t) &PIND,
-    (uint16_t) &PINE,
-    (uint16_t) &PINF,
-};
-
-const uint8_t PROGMEM digital_pin_to_port_PGM[] = {
-    PD, // D0 - PD2
-    PD, // D1 - PD3
-    PD, // D2 - PD1
-    PD, // D3 - PD0
-    PD, // D4 - PD4
-    PC, // D5 - PC6
-    PD, // D6 - PD7
-    PE, // D7 - PE6
-
-    PB, // D8 - PB4
-    PB, // D9 - PB5
-    PB, // D10 - PB6
-    PB, // D11 - PB7
-    PD, // D12 - PD6
-    PC, // D13 - PC7
-
-    PB, // D14 - MISO - PB3
-    PB, // D15 - SCK - PB1
-    PB, // D16 - MOSI - PB2
-    PB, // D17 - SS - PB0
-
-    PF, // D18 - A0 - PF7
-    PF, // D19 - A1 - PF6
-    PF, // D20 - A2 - PF5
-    PF, // D21 - A3 - PF4
-    PF, // D22 - A4 - PF1
-    PF, // D23 - A5 - PF0
-
-    PD, // D24 - PD5
-    PD, // D25 / D6 - A7 - PD7
-    PB, // D26 / D8 - A8 - PB4
-    PB, // D27 / D9 - A9 - PB5
-    PB, // D28 / D10 - A10 - PB6
-    PD, // D29 / D12 - A11 - PD6
-};
-
-const uint8_t PROGMEM digital_pin_to_bit_mask_PGM[] = {
-    _BV(2), // D0 - PD2
-    _BV(3), // D1 - PD3
-    _BV(1), // D2 - PD1
-    _BV(0), // D3 - PD0
-    _BV(4), // D4 - PD4
-    _BV(6), // D5 - PC6
-    _BV(7), // D6 - PD7
-    _BV(6), // D7 - PE6
-
-    _BV(4), // D8 - PB4
-    _BV(5), // D9 - PB5
-    _BV(6), // D10 - PB6
-    _BV(7), // D11 - PB7
-    _BV(6), // D12 - PD6
-    _BV(7), // D13 - PC7
-
-    _BV(3), // D14 - MISO - PB3
-    _BV(1), // D15 - SCK - PB1
-    _BV(2), // D16 - MOSI - PB2
-    _BV(0), // D17 - SS - PB0
-
-    _BV(7), // D18 - A0 - PF7
-    _BV(6), // D19 - A1 - PF6
-    _BV(5), // D20 - A2 - PF5
-    _BV(4), // D21 - A3 - PF4
-    _BV(1), // D22 - A4 - PF1
-    _BV(0), // D23 - A5 - PF0
-
-    _BV(5), // D24 - PD5
-    _BV(7), // D25 / D6 - A7 - PD7
-    _BV(4), // D26 / D8 - A8 - PB4
-    _BV(5), // D27 / D9 - A9 - PB5
-    _BV(6), // D28 / D10 - A10 - PB6
-    _BV(6), // D29 / D12 - A11 - PD6
-};
-
-const uint8_t PROGMEM digital_pin_to_timer_PGM[] = {
-    NOT_ON_TIMER,
-    NOT_ON_TIMER,
-    NOT_ON_TIMER,
-    TIMER0B,        /* 3 */
-    NOT_ON_TIMER,
-    TIMER3A,        /* 5 */
-    TIMER4D,        /* 6 */
-    NOT_ON_TIMER,
-
-    NOT_ON_TIMER,
-    TIMER1A,        /* 9 */
-    TIMER1B,        /* 10 */
-    TIMER0A,        /* 11 */
-
-    NOT_ON_TIMER,
-    TIMER4A,        /* 13 */
-
-    NOT_ON_TIMER,
-    NOT_ON_TIMER,
-    NOT_ON_TIMER,
-    NOT_ON_TIMER,
-    NOT_ON_TIMER,
-    NOT_ON_TIMER,
-
-    NOT_ON_TIMER,
-    NOT_ON_TIMER,
-    NOT_ON_TIMER,
-    NOT_ON_TIMER,
-    NOT_ON_TIMER,
-    NOT_ON_TIMER,
-    NOT_ON_TIMER,
-    NOT_ON_TIMER,
-    NOT_ON_TIMER,
-    NOT_ON_TIMER,
-};
-
-const uint8_t PROGMEM analog_pin_to_channel_PGM[] = {
-    7,  // A0               PF7                 ADC7
-    6,  // A1               PF6                 ADC6
-    5,  // A2               PF5                 ADC5
-    4,  // A3               PF4                 ADC4
-    1,  // A4               PF1                 ADC1
-    0,  // A5               PF0                 ADC0
-    8,  // A6       D4      PD4                 ADC8
-    10, // A7       D6      PD7                 ADC10
-    11, // A8       D8      PB4                 ADC11
-    12, // A9       D9      PB5                 ADC12
-    13, // A10      D10     PB6                 ADC13
-    9   // A11      D12     PD6                 ADC9
-};
-
-#endif /* ARDUINO_MAIN */
-
-// These serial port names are intended to allow libraries and architecture-neutral
-// sketches to automatically default to the correct port name for a particular type
-// of use.  For example, a GPS module would normally connect to SERIAL_PORT_HARDWARE_OPEN,
-// the first hardware serial port whose RX/TX pins are not dedicated to another use.
-//
-// SERIAL_PORT_MONITOR        Port which normally prints to the Arduino Serial Monitor
-//
-// SERIAL_PORT_USBVIRTUAL     Port which is USB virtual serial
-//
-// SERIAL_PORT_LINUXBRIDGE    Port which connects to a Linux system via Bridge library
-//
-// SERIAL_PORT_HARDWARE       Hardware serial port, physical RX & TX pins.
-//
-// SERIAL_PORT_HARDWARE_OPEN  Hardware serial ports which are open for use.  Their RX & TX
-//                            pins are NOT connected to anything by default.
-#define SERIAL_PORT_MONITOR        Serial
-#define SERIAL_PORT_USBVIRTUAL     Serial
-#define SERIAL_PORT_HARDWARE       Serial1
-#define SERIAL_PORT_HARDWARE_OPEN  Serial1
-
-#endif /* Pins_Arduino_h */
diff --git a/keyboards/orthodox/readme.md b/keyboards/orthodox/readme.md
index 57e940b0f4..e1fbf94baf 100644
--- a/keyboards/orthodox/readme.md
+++ b/keyboards/orthodox/readme.md
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ the two halves, i.e. if your split keyboard has 3 rows in each half, then
 
 Flashing
 -------
-From the keymap directory run `make SUBPROJECT-KEYMAP-avrdude` for automatic serial port resolution and flashing.
+From the `orthodox` directory run `make SUBPROJECT-KEYMAP-avrdude` for automatic serial port resolution and flashing.
 Example: `make rev2-default-avrdude`
 
 
diff --git a/keyboards/orthodox/rules.mk b/keyboards/orthodox/rules.mk
index dfcff1d902..3f40ff2f82 100644
--- a/keyboards/orthodox/rules.mk
+++ b/keyboards/orthodox/rules.mk
@@ -73,15 +73,3 @@ USE_I2C = yes
 SLEEP_LED_ENABLE = no    # Breathing sleep LED during USB suspend
 
 CUSTOM_MATRIX = yes
-
-avrdude: build
-	ls /dev/tty* > /tmp/1; \
-	echo "Reset your Pro Micro now"; \
-	while [[ -z $$USB ]]; do \
-	  sleep 1; \
-	  ls /dev/tty* > /tmp/2; \
-	  USB=`diff /tmp/1 /tmp/2 | grep -o '/dev/tty.*'`; \
-	done; \
-	avrdude -p $(MCU) -c avr109 -P $$USB -U flash:w:$(BUILD_DIR)/$(TARGET).hex
-
-.PHONY: avrdude
diff --git a/keyboards/orthodox/ssd1306.c b/keyboards/orthodox/ssd1306.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 5c6dff27f8..0000000000
--- a/keyboards/orthodox/ssd1306.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,470 +0,0 @@
-#ifdef SSD1306OLED
-
-#include "ssd1306.h"
-#include "config.h"
-#include "i2c.h"
-#include <string.h>
-#include "print.h"
-#include "lets_split.h"
-#include "common/glcdfont.c"
-#ifdef ADAFRUIT_BLE_ENABLE
-#include "adafruit_ble.h"
-#endif
-#ifdef PROTOCOL_LUFA
-#include "lufa.h"
-#endif
-#include "sendchar.h"
-#include "pincontrol.h"
-
-//assign the right code to your layers
-#define _BASE 0
-#define _LOWER 8
-#define _RAISE 16
-#define _FNLAYER 64
-#define _NUMLAY 128
-#define _NLOWER 136
-#define _NFNLAYER 192
-#define _MOUSECURSOR 256
-#define _ADJUST 65560
-
-// Set this to 1 to help diagnose early startup problems
-// when testing power-on with ble.  Turn it off otherwise,
-// as the latency of printing most of the debug info messes
-// with the matrix scan, causing keys to drop.
-#define DEBUG_TO_SCREEN 0
-
-// Controls the SSD1306 128x32 OLED display via i2c
-
-#define i2cAddress 0x3C
-
-#define DisplayHeight 32
-#define DisplayWidth 128
-
-#define FontHeight 8
-#define FontWidth 6
-
-#define MatrixRows (DisplayHeight / FontHeight)
-#define MatrixCols (DisplayWidth / FontWidth)
-
-struct CharacterMatrix {
-  uint8_t display[MatrixRows][MatrixCols];
-  uint8_t *cursor;
-  bool dirty;
-};
-
-static struct CharacterMatrix display;
-//static uint16_t last_battery_update;
-//static uint32_t vbat;
-//#define BatteryUpdateInterval 10000 /* milliseconds */
-#define ScreenOffInterval 300000 /* milliseconds */
-#if DEBUG_TO_SCREEN
-static uint8_t displaying;
-#endif
-static uint16_t last_flush;
-
-enum ssd1306_cmds {
-  DisplayOff = 0xAE,
-  DisplayOn = 0xAF,
-
-  SetContrast = 0x81,
-  DisplayAllOnResume = 0xA4,
-
-  DisplayAllOn = 0xA5,
-  NormalDisplay = 0xA6,
-  InvertDisplay = 0xA7,
-  SetDisplayOffset = 0xD3,
-  SetComPins = 0xda,
-  SetVComDetect = 0xdb,
-  SetDisplayClockDiv = 0xD5,
-  SetPreCharge = 0xd9,
-  SetMultiPlex = 0xa8,
-  SetLowColumn = 0x00,
-  SetHighColumn = 0x10,
-  SetStartLine = 0x40,
-
-  SetMemoryMode = 0x20,
-  ColumnAddr = 0x21,
-  PageAddr = 0x22,
-
-  ComScanInc = 0xc0,
-  ComScanDec = 0xc8,
-  SegRemap = 0xa0,
-  SetChargePump = 0x8d,
-  ExternalVcc = 0x01,
-  SwitchCapVcc = 0x02,
-
-  ActivateScroll = 0x2f,
-  DeActivateScroll = 0x2e,
-  SetVerticalScrollArea = 0xa3,
-  RightHorizontalScroll = 0x26,
-  LeftHorizontalScroll = 0x27,
-  VerticalAndRightHorizontalScroll = 0x29,
-  VerticalAndLeftHorizontalScroll = 0x2a,
-};
-
-
-// Write command sequence.
-// Returns true on success.
-static inline bool _send_cmd1(uint8_t cmd) {
-  bool res = false;
-
-  if (i2c_start_write(i2cAddress)) {
-    xprintf("failed to start write to %d\n", i2cAddress);
-    goto done;
-  }
-
-  if (i2c_master_write(0x0 /* command byte follows */)) {
-    print("failed to write control byte\n");
-
-    goto done;
-  }
-
-  if (i2c_master_write(cmd)) {
-    xprintf("failed to write command %d\n", cmd);
-    goto done;
-  }
-  res = true;
-done:
-  i2c_master_stop();
-  return res;
-}
-
-// Write 2-byte command sequence.
-// Returns true on success
-static inline bool _send_cmd2(uint8_t cmd, uint8_t opr) {
-  if (!_send_cmd1(cmd)) {
-    return false;
-  }
-  return _send_cmd1(opr);
-}
-
-// Write 3-byte command sequence.
-// Returns true on success
-static inline bool _send_cmd3(uint8_t cmd, uint8_t opr1, uint8_t opr2) {
-  if (!_send_cmd1(cmd)) {
-    return false;
-  }
-  if (!_send_cmd1(opr1)) {
-    return false;
-  }
-  return _send_cmd1(opr2);
-}
-
-#define send_cmd1(c) if (!_send_cmd1(c)) {goto done;}
-#define send_cmd2(c,o) if (!_send_cmd2(c,o)) {goto done;}
-#define send_cmd3(c,o1,o2) if (!_send_cmd3(c,o1,o2)) {goto done;}
-
-static void matrix_clear(struct CharacterMatrix *matrix);
-
-static void clear_display(void) {
-  matrix_clear(&display);
-
-  // Clear all of the display bits (there can be random noise
-  // in the RAM on startup)
-  send_cmd3(PageAddr, 0, (DisplayHeight / 8) - 1);
-  send_cmd3(ColumnAddr, 0, DisplayWidth - 1);
-
-  if (i2c_start_write(i2cAddress)) {
-    goto done;
-  }
-  if (i2c_master_write(0x40)) {
-    // Data mode
-    goto done;
-  }
-  for (uint8_t row = 0; row < MatrixRows; ++row) {
-    for (uint8_t col = 0; col < DisplayWidth; ++col) {
-      i2c_master_write(0);
-    }
-  }
-
-  display.dirty = false;
-
-done:
-  i2c_master_stop();
-}
-
-#if DEBUG_TO_SCREEN
-#undef sendchar
-static int8_t capture_sendchar(uint8_t c) {
-  sendchar(c);
-  iota_gfx_write_char(c);
-
-  if (!displaying) {
-    iota_gfx_flush();
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-#endif
-
-bool iota_gfx_init(void) {
-  bool success = false;
-
-  send_cmd1(DisplayOff);
-  send_cmd2(SetDisplayClockDiv, 0x80);
-  send_cmd2(SetMultiPlex, DisplayHeight - 1);
-
-  send_cmd2(SetDisplayOffset, 0);
-
-
-  send_cmd1(SetStartLine | 0x0);
-  send_cmd2(SetChargePump, 0x14 /* Enable */);
-  send_cmd2(SetMemoryMode, 0 /* horizontal addressing */);
-
-/// Flips the display orientation 0 degrees
-  send_cmd1(SegRemap | 0x1);
-  send_cmd1(ComScanDec);
-/*
-// the following Flip the display orientation 180 degrees
-  send_cmd1(SegRemap);
-  send_cmd1(ComScanInc);
-// end flip */
-  send_cmd2(SetComPins, 0x2);
-  send_cmd2(SetContrast, 0x8f);
-  send_cmd2(SetPreCharge, 0xf1);
-  send_cmd2(SetVComDetect, 0x40);
-  send_cmd1(DisplayAllOnResume);
-  send_cmd1(NormalDisplay);
-  send_cmd1(DeActivateScroll);
-  send_cmd1(DisplayOn);
-
-  send_cmd2(SetContrast, 0); // Dim
-
-  clear_display();
-
-  success = true;
-
-  iota_gfx_flush();
-
-#if DEBUG_TO_SCREEN
-  print_set_sendchar(capture_sendchar);
-#endif
-
-done:
-  return success;
-}
-
-bool iota_gfx_off(void) {
-  bool success = false;
-
-  send_cmd1(DisplayOff);
-  success = true;
-
-done:
-  return success;
-} 
-
-bool iota_gfx_on(void) {
-  bool success = false;
-
-  send_cmd1(DisplayOn);
-  success = true;
-
-done:
-  return success;
-}
-
-static void matrix_write_char_inner(struct CharacterMatrix *matrix, uint8_t c) {
-  *matrix->cursor = c;
-  ++matrix->cursor;
-
-  if (matrix->cursor - &matrix->display[0][0] == sizeof(matrix->display)) {
-    // We went off the end; scroll the display upwards by one line
-    memmove(&matrix->display[0], &matrix->display[1],
-            MatrixCols * (MatrixRows - 1));
-    matrix->cursor = &matrix->display[MatrixRows - 1][0];
-    memset(matrix->cursor, ' ', MatrixCols);
-  }
-}
-
-static void matrix_write_char(struct CharacterMatrix *matrix, uint8_t c) {
-  matrix->dirty = true;
-
-  if (c == '\n') {
-    // Clear to end of line from the cursor and then move to the
-    // start of the next line
-    uint8_t cursor_col = (matrix->cursor - &matrix->display[0][0]) % MatrixCols;
-
-    while (cursor_col++ < MatrixCols) {
-      matrix_write_char_inner(matrix, ' ');
-    }
-    return;
-  }
-
-  matrix_write_char_inner(matrix, c);
-}
-
-void iota_gfx_write_char(uint8_t c) {
-  matrix_write_char(&display, c);
-}
-
-static void matrix_write(struct CharacterMatrix *matrix, const char *data) {
-  const char *end = data + strlen(data);
-  while (data < end) {
-    matrix_write_char(matrix, *data);
-    ++data;
-  }
-}
-
-void iota_gfx_write(const char *data) {
-  matrix_write(&display, data);
-}
-
-static void matrix_write_P(struct CharacterMatrix *matrix, const char *data) {
-  while (true) {
-    uint8_t c = pgm_read_byte(data);
-    if (c == 0) {
-      return;
-    }
-    matrix_write_char(matrix, c);
-    ++data;
-  }
-}
-
-void iota_gfx_write_P(const char *data) {
-  matrix_write_P(&display, data);
-}
-
-static void matrix_clear(struct CharacterMatrix *matrix) {
-  memset(matrix->display, ' ', sizeof(matrix->display));
-  matrix->cursor = &matrix->display[0][0];
-  matrix->dirty = true;
-}
-
-void iota_gfx_clear_screen(void) {
-  matrix_clear(&display);
-}
-
-static void matrix_render(struct CharacterMatrix *matrix) {
-  last_flush = timer_read();
-  iota_gfx_on();
-#if DEBUG_TO_SCREEN
-  ++displaying;
-#endif
-
-  // Move to the home position
-  send_cmd3(PageAddr, 0, MatrixRows - 1);
-  send_cmd3(ColumnAddr, 0, (MatrixCols * FontWidth) - 1);
-
-  if (i2c_start_write(i2cAddress)) {
-    goto done;
-  }
-  if (i2c_master_write(0x40)) {
-    // Data mode
-    goto done;
-  }
-
-  for (uint8_t row = 0; row < MatrixRows; ++row) {
-    for (uint8_t col = 0; col < MatrixCols; ++col) {
-      const uint8_t *glyph = font + (matrix->display[row][col] * (FontWidth - 1));
-
-      for (uint8_t glyphCol = 0; glyphCol < FontWidth - 1; ++glyphCol) {
-        uint8_t colBits = pgm_read_byte(glyph + glyphCol);
-        i2c_master_write(colBits);
-      }
-
-      // 1 column of space between chars (it's not included in the glyph)
-      i2c_master_write(0);
-    }
-  }
-
-  matrix->dirty = false;
-
-done:
-  i2c_master_stop();
-#if DEBUG_TO_SCREEN
-  --displaying;
-#endif
-}
-
-void iota_gfx_flush(void) {
-  matrix_render(&display);
-}
-
-static void matrix_update(struct CharacterMatrix *dest,
-                          const struct CharacterMatrix *source) {
-  if (memcmp(dest->display, source->display, sizeof(dest->display))) {
-    memcpy(dest->display, source->display, sizeof(dest->display));
-    dest->dirty = true;
-  }
-}
-
-static void render_status_info(void) {
-#if DEBUG_TO_SCREEN
-  if (debug_enable) {
-    return;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  struct CharacterMatrix matrix;
-
-  matrix_clear(&matrix);
-  matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("USB: "));
-#ifdef PROTOCOL_LUFA
-  switch (USB_DeviceState) {
-    case DEVICE_STATE_Unattached:
-      matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("Unattached"));
-      break;
-    case DEVICE_STATE_Suspended:
-      matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("Suspended"));
-      break;
-    case DEVICE_STATE_Configured:
-      matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("Connected"));
-      break;
-    case DEVICE_STATE_Powered:
-      matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("Powered"));
-      break;
-    case DEVICE_STATE_Default:
-      matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("Default"));
-      break;
-    case DEVICE_STATE_Addressed:
-      matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("Addressed"));
-      break;
-    default:
-      matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("Invalid"));
-  }
-#endif
-
-// Define layers here, Have not worked out how to have text displayed for each layer. Copy down the number you see and add a case for it below
-
-  char buf[40];
-  snprintf(buf,sizeof(buf), "Undef-%ld", layer_state);
-  matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("\n\nLayer: "));
-    switch (layer_state) {
-        case _BASE:
-           matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("Default"));
-           break;
-        case _RAISE:
-           matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("Raise"));
-           break;
-        case _LOWER:
-           matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("Lower"));
-           break;
-        case _ADJUST:
-           matrix_write_P(&matrix, PSTR("ADJUST"));
-           break;
-        default:
-           matrix_write(&matrix, buf);
- }
-  
-  // Host Keyboard LED Status
-  char led[40];
-    snprintf(led, sizeof(led), "\n%s  %s  %s",
-            (host_keyboard_leds() & (1<<USB_LED_NUM_LOCK)) ? "NUMLOCK" : "       ",
-            (host_keyboard_leds() & (1<<USB_LED_CAPS_LOCK)) ? "CAPS" : "    ",
-            (host_keyboard_leds() & (1<<USB_LED_SCROLL_LOCK)) ? "SCLK" : "    ");
-  matrix_write(&matrix, led);
-  matrix_update(&display, &matrix);
-}
-
-void iota_gfx_task(void) {
-  render_status_info();
-
-  if (display.dirty) {
-    iota_gfx_flush();
-  }
-
-  if (timer_elapsed(last_flush) > ScreenOffInterval) {
-    iota_gfx_off();
-  }
-}
-#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/orthodox/ssd1306.h b/keyboards/orthodox/ssd1306.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b0c74f987e..0000000000
--- a/keyboards/orthodox/ssd1306.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef SSD1306_H
-#define SSD1306_H
-
-#include <stdbool.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-bool iota_gfx_init(void);
-void iota_gfx_task(void);
-bool iota_gfx_off(void);
-bool iota_gfx_on(void);
-void iota_gfx_flush(void);
-void iota_gfx_write_char(uint8_t c);
-void iota_gfx_write(const char *data);
-void iota_gfx_write_P(const char *data);
-void iota_gfx_clear_screen(void);
-
-#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/pegasushoof/README.md b/keyboards/pegasushoof/README.md
index 074222c714..c4c152d401 100644
--- a/keyboards/pegasushoof/README.md
+++ b/keyboards/pegasushoof/README.md
@@ -1,24 +1,12 @@
-pegasushoof keyboard firmware
-=============================
+Pegasus Hoof Controller
+===
 
-## Quantum MK Firmware
+Keyboard Maintainer: QMK Community
+Hardware Supported: Pegasus Hoof
+Hardware Availability: https://1upkeyboards.com/filco-pegasus-hoof-controller.html
 
-For the full Quantum feature list, see [the parent README.md](/README.md).
+Make example for this keyboard (after setting up your build environment):
 
-## Building
+    make pegasus_hoof-default
 
-Download or clone the whole firmware and navigate to the `keyboard/pegasushoof` folder. Once your dev env is setup, you'll be able to type `make` to generate your .hex - you can then use the Teensy Loader to program your `.hex` file.
-
-Depending on which keymap you would like to use, you will have to compile slightly differently.
-
-### Default
-To build all keymaps, simply run `make`, the `.hex` files will end up in the top directory.
-
-### Specific Keymap
-Several version of keymap are available in advance but you are recommended to define your favorite layout yourself. To define your own keymap create file named `<name>/keymap.c` in the `keymaps` folder, and see keymap document (you can find in top README.md) and existent keymap files.
-
-To build the firmware binary hex file with a keymap just enter the keymap directory and type `make`:
-```
-$ cd keymaps/default
-$ make
-```
+See [build environment setup](https://docs.qmk.fm/build_environment_setup.html) then the [make instructions](https://docs.qmk.fm/make_instructions.html) for more information.
diff --git a/keyboards/phantom/readme.md b/keyboards/phantom/readme.md
index 614c21fda0..7a31d106e0 100644
--- a/keyboards/phantom/readme.md
+++ b/keyboards/phantom/readme.md
@@ -1,48 +1,16 @@
-Phantom keyboard firmware
-=========================
+Phantom
+=======
 
 A community-developed keyboard PCB designed to fit inside the case of a Filco Majestouch.
 
 See the [Deskthority wiki](https://deskthority.net/wiki/Phantom) for more information.
 
-## Bootloader
+Keyboard Maintainer: QMK Community
+Hardware Supported: Phantom PCB
+Hardware Availability: https://mechanicalkeyboards.com/shop/index.php?l=product_detail&p=536
 
-The Phantom uses a [Teensy 2.0](https://www.pjrc.com/store/teensy.html) as a controller.
+Make example for this keyboard (after setting up your build environment):
 
-The Teensy has a special bootloader that can be accessed by pressing the button on the Teensy PCB. It is also possible to use Boot Magic and Command to access the bootloader.
+    make phantom-default
 
-To write the firmware to the Teensy use [Teensy loader](https://www.pjrc.com/teensy/loader.html).
-
-## Quantum MK Firmware
-
-For the full Quantum feature list, see the [documentation](https://docs.qmk.fm).
-
-## RGB underlight
-
-It is possible to connect a WS2812B LED strip to the Teensy for RGB underlight support.
-
-For this to work the DIN connection on the WS2812B strip should be soldered to PE2 on the Teensy (see reference image https://i.imgur.com/aDfNoHT.jpg).
-
-See [rgbmod](keymaps/rgbmod) for a keymap that utilizes the RGB underlight feature.
-
-## Building
-
-The Phantom allows for a huge amount of different layouts.
-
-Depending on which layout and keymap you would like to use, you will have to compile the firmware slightly differently. All of the commands should be run in the [keyboards/phantom](/keyboards/phantom) folder.
-
-### Custom keymaps
-
-To define your own keymap, copy one of the [existing keymap](keymaps) folders and give it the name of your keymap. Then check the [keymap documentation](https://docs.qmk.fm/Keymap.html) for details on how to modify the keymap.
-
-To make it easy to define keymaps for the most common layouts a few macros are provided.
-
-| Layout          | Macro                     |
-| --------------- | ------------------------- |
-| Winkey ANSI     | `KEYMAP()`                |
-| Winkeyless ANSI | `KEYMAP_WINKEYLESS()`     |
-| Winkey ISO      | `KEYMAP_ISO()`            |
-| Winkeyless ISO  | `KEYMAP_ISO_WINKEYLESS()` |
-| 7BIT            | `KEYMAP_7BIT()`           |
-
-To build the firmware with a custom keymap, run `make <keymap name>`
+See [build environment setup](https://docs.qmk.fm/build_environment_setup.html) then the [make instructions](https://docs.qmk.fm/make_instructions.html) for more information.
diff --git a/keyboards/planck/keymaps/coloneljesus/Makefile b/keyboards/planck/keymaps/coloneljesus/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..457a3d01d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/planck/keymaps/coloneljesus/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+ifndef QUANTUM_DIR
+	include ../../../../Makefile
+endif
diff --git a/keyboards/planck/keymaps/coloneljesus/config.h b/keyboards/planck/keymaps/coloneljesus/config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b406e2fed9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/planck/keymaps/coloneljesus/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+#ifndef CONFIG_USER_H
+#define CONFIG_USER_H
+
+#include "../../config.h"
+
+#ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+    #define STARTUP_SONG SONG(PLANCK_SOUND)
+    // #define STARTUP_SONG SONG(NO_SOUND)
+
+    #define DEFAULT_LAYER_SONGS { SONG(QWERTY_SOUND), \
+                                  SONG(COLEMAK_SOUND), \
+                                  SONG(DVORAK_SOUND) \
+                                }
+#endif
+
+#define MUSIC_MASK (keycode != KC_NO)
+
+/*
+ * MIDI options
+ */
+
+/* Prevent use of disabled MIDI features in the keymap */
+//#define MIDI_ENABLE_STRICT 1
+
+/* enable basic MIDI features:
+   - MIDI notes can be sent when in Music mode is on
+*/
+                                
+#define MIDI_BASIC
+
+/* enable advanced MIDI features:
+   - MIDI notes can be added to the keymap
+   - Octave shift and transpose
+   - Virtual sustain, portamento, and modulation wheel
+   - etc.
+*/
+//#define MIDI_ADVANCED
+
+/* override number of MIDI tone keycodes (each octave adds 12 keycodes and allocates 12 bytes) */
+//#define MIDI_TONE_KEYCODE_OCTAVES 2
+
+#endif
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/planck/keymaps/coloneljesus/keymap.c b/keyboards/planck/keymaps/coloneljesus/keymap.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..668da5c103
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/planck/keymaps/coloneljesus/keymap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,261 @@
+/* Copyright 2015-2017 Jack Humbert
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ */
+
+#include "planck.h"
+#include "action_layer.h"
+
+extern keymap_config_t keymap_config;
+
+enum planck_layers {
+  _QWERTY,
+  _COLEMAK,
+  _DVORAK,
+  _LOWER,
+  _RAISE,
+  _PLOVER,
+  _ADJUST
+};
+
+enum planck_keycodes {
+  QWERTY = SAFE_RANGE,
+  COLEMAK,
+  DVORAK,
+  PLOVER,
+  LOWER,
+  RAISE,
+  BACKLIT,
+  EXT_PLV
+};
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+
+/* Qwerty
+ * ,-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+ * | Esc  |   Q  |   W  |   E  |   R  |   T  |   Y  |   U  |   I  |   O  |   P  | Bksp |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+-------------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Tab  |   A  |   S  |   D  |   F  |   G  |   H  |   J  |   K  |   L  |   ;  |  "   |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------|------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Shift|   Z  |   X  |   C  |   V  |   B  |   N  |   M  |   ,  |   .  |   /  |Enter |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Ctrl | GUI  | Alt  | App  |Lower |    Space    |Raise |   -  |   =  |   \  | Alt  |
+ * `-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+[_QWERTY] = {
+  {KC_ESC,  KC_Q,    KC_W,    KC_E,    KC_R,    KC_T,    KC_Y,    KC_U,    KC_I,    KC_O,    KC_P,    KC_BSPC},
+  {KC_TAB,  KC_A,    KC_S,    KC_D,    KC_F,    KC_G,    KC_H,    KC_J,    KC_K,    KC_L,    KC_SCLN, KC_QUOT},
+  {KC_LSFT, KC_Z,    KC_X,    KC_C,    KC_V,    KC_B,    KC_N,    KC_M,    KC_COMM, KC_DOT,  KC_SLSH, RSFT_T(KC_ENT) },
+  {KC_LCTL, KC_LGUI, KC_LALT, KC_APP,  LOWER,   KC_SPC,  KC_SPC,  RAISE,   KC_MINS, KC_EQL,  KC_BSLS, KC_RALT}
+},
+
+/* Colemak
+ * ,-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+ * | Tab  |   Q  |   W  |   F  |   P  |   G  |   J  |   L  |   U  |   Y  |   ;  | Bksp |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+-------------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Esc  |   A  |   R  |   S  |   T  |   D  |   H  |   N  |   E  |   I  |   O  |  "   |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------|------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Shift|   Z  |   X  |   C  |   V  |   B  |   K  |   M  |   ,  |   .  |   /  |Enter |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Brite| Ctrl | Alt  | GUI  |Lower |    Space    |Raise | Left | Down |  Up  |Right |
+ * `-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+[_COLEMAK] = {
+  {KC_TAB,  KC_Q,    KC_W,    KC_F,    KC_P,    KC_G,    KC_J,    KC_L,    KC_U,    KC_Y,    KC_SCLN, KC_BSPC},
+  {KC_ESC,  KC_A,    KC_R,    KC_S,    KC_T,    KC_D,    KC_H,    KC_N,    KC_E,    KC_I,    KC_O,    KC_QUOT},
+  {KC_LSFT, KC_Z,    KC_X,    KC_C,    KC_V,    KC_B,    KC_K,    KC_M,    KC_COMM, KC_DOT,  KC_SLSH, KC_ENT },
+  {BACKLIT, KC_LCTL, KC_LALT, KC_LGUI, LOWER,   KC_SPC,  KC_SPC,  RAISE,   KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_UP,   KC_RGHT}
+},
+
+/* Dvorak
+ * ,-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+ * | Tab  |   "  |   ,  |   .  |   P  |   Y  |   F  |   G  |   C  |   R  |   L  | Bksp |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+-------------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Esc  |   A  |   O  |   E  |   U  |   I  |   D  |   H  |   T  |   N  |   S  |  /   |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------|------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Shift|   ;  |   Q  |   J  |   K  |   X  |   B  |   M  |   W  |   V  |   Z  |Enter |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Brite| Ctrl | Alt  | GUI  |Lower |    Space    |Raise | Left | Down |  Up  |Right |
+ * `-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+[_DVORAK] = {
+  {KC_TAB,  KC_QUOT, KC_COMM, KC_DOT,  KC_P,    KC_Y,    KC_F,    KC_G,    KC_C,    KC_R,    KC_L,    KC_BSPC},
+  {KC_ESC,  KC_A,    KC_O,    KC_E,    KC_U,    KC_I,    KC_D,    KC_H,    KC_T,    KC_N,    KC_S,    KC_SLSH},
+  {KC_LSFT, KC_SCLN, KC_Q,    KC_J,    KC_K,    KC_X,    KC_B,    KC_M,    KC_W,    KC_V,    KC_Z,    KC_ENT },
+  {BACKLIT, KC_LCTL, KC_LALT, KC_LGUI, LOWER,   KC_SPC,  KC_SPC,  RAISE,   KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_UP,   KC_RGHT}
+},
+
+/* Lower
+ * ,-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+ * |   ~  |   !  |   @  |   #  |   $  |   %  |   ^  |   &  |   *  |   (  |   )  | Bksp |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+-------------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |      |      |   {  |   }  | Del  | Home | PgDn | PgUp | End  |      |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------|------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |  F1  |  F2  |  F3  |  F4  |  F5  |  F6  |ISO ~ |ISO | |      |      |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |      |      |      |      |             |      | Mute | Vol- | Vol+ | Play |
+ * `-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+[_LOWER] = {
+  {KC_TILD, KC_EXLM, KC_AT,   KC_HASH, KC_DLR,  KC_PERC, KC_CIRC, KC_AMPR,    KC_ASTR,    KC_LPRN, KC_RPRN, KC_BSPC},
+  {_______, _______, _______, KC_LCBR, KC_RCBR, KC_DEL,  KC_HOME, KC_PGDN,    KC_PGUP,    KC_END,  _______, _______},
+  {_______, KC_F1,   KC_F2,   KC_F3,   KC_F4,   KC_F5,   KC_F6,   S(KC_NUHS), S(KC_NUBS), KC_MPRV, KC_MNXT, _______},
+  {_______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______,    KC_MUTE,    KC_VOLD, KC_VOLU, KC_MPLY}
+},
+
+/* Raise
+ * ,-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+ * |   `  |   1  |   2  |   3  |   4  |   5  |   6  |   7  |   8  |   9  |   0  | Bksp |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+-------------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |      |      |   [  |   ]  | Del  | Left | Down |  Up  | Right|      |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------|------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |  F7  |  F8  |  F9  |  F10 |  F11 |  F12 |ISO # |ISO / |      |      |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |      |      |      |      |             |      | Mute | Vol- | Vol+ | Play |
+ * `-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+[_RAISE] = {
+  {KC_GRV,  KC_1,    KC_2,    KC_3,    KC_4,    KC_5,    KC_6,    KC_7,    KC_8,    KC_9,    KC_0,    KC_BSPC},
+  {_______, _______, _______, KC_LBRC, KC_RBRC, KC_DEL,  KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_UP,   KC_RGHT, _______, _______},
+  {_______, KC_F7,   KC_F8,   KC_F9,   KC_F10,  KC_F11,  KC_F12,  KC_NUHS, KC_NUBS, KC_MPRV, KC_MNXT, _______},
+  {_______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, KC_MUTE, KC_VOLD, KC_VOLU, KC_MPLY}
+},
+
+/* Plover layer (http://opensteno.org)
+ * ,-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+ * |   #  |   #  |   #  |   #  |   #  |   #  |   #  |   #  |   #  |   #  |   #  |   #  |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+-------------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |   S  |   T  |   P  |   H  |   *  |   *  |   F  |   P  |   L  |   T  |   D  |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------|------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |   S  |   K  |   W  |   R  |   *  |   *  |   R  |   B  |   G  |   S  |   Z  |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Exit |      |      |   A  |   O  |             |   E  |   U  |      |      |      |
+ * `-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+
+[_PLOVER] = {
+  {KC_1,    KC_1,    KC_1,    KC_1,    KC_1,    KC_1,    KC_1,    KC_1,    KC_1,    KC_1,    KC_1,    KC_1   },
+  {XXXXXXX, KC_Q,    KC_W,    KC_E,    KC_R,    KC_T,    KC_Y,    KC_U,    KC_I,    KC_O,    KC_P,    KC_LBRC},
+  {XXXXXXX, KC_A,    KC_S,    KC_D,    KC_F,    KC_G,    KC_H,    KC_J,    KC_K,    KC_L,    KC_SCLN, KC_QUOT},
+  {EXT_PLV, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, KC_C,    KC_V,    XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, KC_N,    KC_M,    XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX}
+},
+
+/* Adjust (Lower + Raise)
+ * ,-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+ * |      | Reset|      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |  Del |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+-------------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |      |      |Aud on|Audoff|AGnorm|AGswap|Qwerty|Colemk|Dvorak|Plover|      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------|------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |Voice-|Voice+|Mus on|Musoff|MIDIon|MIDIof|      |      |      |      |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |      |      |      |      |             |      |      |      |      |      |
+ * `-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+[_ADJUST] = {
+  {_______, RESET,   _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, KC_DEL },
+  {_______, _______, MU_MOD,  AU_ON,   AU_OFF,  AG_NORM, AG_SWAP, QWERTY,  COLEMAK, DVORAK,  PLOVER,  _______},
+  {_______, MUV_DE,  MUV_IN,  MU_ON,   MU_OFF,  MI_ON,   MI_OFF,  _______, _______, _______, _______, _______},
+  {_______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______}
+}
+
+
+};
+
+#ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+  float plover_song[][2]     = SONG(PLOVER_SOUND);
+  float plover_gb_song[][2]  = SONG(PLOVER_GOODBYE_SOUND);
+#endif
+
+bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
+  switch (keycode) {
+    case QWERTY:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        set_single_persistent_default_layer(_QWERTY);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+    case COLEMAK:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        set_single_persistent_default_layer(_COLEMAK);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+    case DVORAK:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        set_single_persistent_default_layer(_DVORAK);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+    case LOWER:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        layer_on(_LOWER);
+        update_tri_layer(_LOWER, _RAISE, _ADJUST);
+      } else {
+        layer_off(_LOWER);
+        update_tri_layer(_LOWER, _RAISE, _ADJUST);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+    case RAISE:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        layer_on(_RAISE);
+        update_tri_layer(_LOWER, _RAISE, _ADJUST);
+      } else {
+        layer_off(_RAISE);
+        update_tri_layer(_LOWER, _RAISE, _ADJUST);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+    case BACKLIT:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        register_code(KC_RSFT);
+        #ifdef BACKLIGHT_ENABLE
+          backlight_step();
+        #endif
+      } else {
+        unregister_code(KC_RSFT);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+    case PLOVER:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        #ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+          stop_all_notes();
+          PLAY_SONG(plover_song);
+        #endif
+        layer_off(_RAISE);
+        layer_off(_LOWER);
+        layer_off(_ADJUST);
+        layer_on(_PLOVER);
+        if (!eeconfig_is_enabled()) {
+            eeconfig_init();
+        }
+        keymap_config.raw = eeconfig_read_keymap();
+        keymap_config.nkro = 1;
+        eeconfig_update_keymap(keymap_config.raw);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+    case EXT_PLV:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        #ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+          PLAY_SONG(plover_gb_song);
+        #endif
+        layer_off(_PLOVER);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+  }
+  return true;
+}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/planck/keymaps/coloneljesus/readme.md b/keyboards/planck/keymaps/coloneljesus/readme.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..31107f59ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/planck/keymaps/coloneljesus/readme.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+# /u/Coloneljesus's Planck Layout
+
diff --git a/keyboards/planck/keymaps/default/config.h b/keyboards/planck/keymaps/default/config.h
index 4c61581993..b406e2fed9 100644
--- a/keyboards/planck/keymaps/default/config.h
+++ b/keyboards/planck/keymaps/default/config.h
@@ -3,6 +3,18 @@
 
 #include "../../config.h"
 
+#ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+    #define STARTUP_SONG SONG(PLANCK_SOUND)
+    // #define STARTUP_SONG SONG(NO_SOUND)
+
+    #define DEFAULT_LAYER_SONGS { SONG(QWERTY_SOUND), \
+                                  SONG(COLEMAK_SOUND), \
+                                  SONG(DVORAK_SOUND) \
+                                }
+#endif
+
+#define MUSIC_MASK (keycode != KC_NO)
+
 /*
  * MIDI options
  */
@@ -13,6 +25,7 @@
 /* enable basic MIDI features:
    - MIDI notes can be sent when in Music mode is on
 */
+                                
 #define MIDI_BASIC
 
 /* enable advanced MIDI features:
diff --git a/keyboards/planck/keymaps/default/keymap.c b/keyboards/planck/keymaps/default/keymap.c
index 61275cb26a..f71a2b59b9 100644
--- a/keyboards/planck/keymaps/default/keymap.c
+++ b/keyboards/planck/keymaps/default/keymap.c
@@ -1,20 +1,24 @@
-// This is the canonical layout file for the Quantum project. If you want to add another keyboard,
-// this is the style you want to emulate.
+/* Copyright 2015-2017 Jack Humbert
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ */
 
 #include "planck.h"
 #include "action_layer.h"
-#ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
-  #include "audio.h"
-#endif
-#include "eeconfig.h"
 
 extern keymap_config_t keymap_config;
 
-// Each layer gets a name for readability, which is then used in the keymap matrix below.
-// The underscores don't mean anything - you can have a layer called STUFF or any other name.
-// Layer names don't all need to be of the same length, obviously, and you can also skip them
-// entirely and just use numbers.
-
 enum planck_layers {
   _QWERTY,
   _COLEMAK,
@@ -36,10 +40,6 @@ enum planck_keycodes {
   EXT_PLV
 };
 
-// Fillers to make layering more clear
-#define _______ KC_TRNS
-#define XXXXXXX KC_NO
-
 const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
 
 /* Qwerty
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
  */
 [_ADJUST] = {
   {_______, RESET,   _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, KC_DEL },
-  {_______, _______, _______, AU_ON,   AU_OFF,  AG_NORM, AG_SWAP, QWERTY,  COLEMAK, DVORAK,  PLOVER,  _______},
+  {_______, _______, MU_MOD,  AU_ON,   AU_OFF,  AG_NORM, AG_SWAP, QWERTY,  COLEMAK, DVORAK,  PLOVER,  _______},
   {_______, MUV_DE,  MUV_IN,  MU_ON,   MU_OFF,  MI_ON,   MI_OFF,  _______, _______, _______, _______, _______},
   {_______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______}
 }
@@ -173,50 +173,27 @@ const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
 };
 
 #ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
-
-float tone_startup[][2]    = SONG(STARTUP_SOUND);
-float tone_qwerty[][2]     = SONG(QWERTY_SOUND);
-float tone_dvorak[][2]     = SONG(DVORAK_SOUND);
-float tone_colemak[][2]    = SONG(COLEMAK_SOUND);
-float tone_plover[][2]     = SONG(PLOVER_SOUND);
-float tone_plover_gb[][2]  = SONG(PLOVER_GOODBYE_SOUND);
-float music_scale[][2]     = SONG(MUSIC_SCALE_SOUND);
-
-float tone_goodbye[][2] = SONG(GOODBYE_SOUND);
+  float plover_song[][2]     = SONG(PLOVER_SOUND);
+  float plover_gb_song[][2]  = SONG(PLOVER_GOODBYE_SOUND);
 #endif
 
-
-void persistent_default_layer_set(uint16_t default_layer) {
-  eeconfig_update_default_layer(default_layer);
-  default_layer_set(default_layer);
-}
-
 bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
   switch (keycode) {
     case QWERTY:
       if (record->event.pressed) {
-        #ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
-          PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY(tone_qwerty, false, 0);
-        #endif
-        persistent_default_layer_set(1UL<<_QWERTY);
+        set_single_persistent_default_layer(_QWERTY);
       }
       return false;
       break;
     case COLEMAK:
       if (record->event.pressed) {
-        #ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
-          PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY(tone_colemak, false, 0);
-        #endif
-        persistent_default_layer_set(1UL<<_COLEMAK);
+        set_single_persistent_default_layer(_COLEMAK);
       }
       return false;
       break;
     case DVORAK:
       if (record->event.pressed) {
-        #ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
-          PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY(tone_dvorak, false, 0);
-        #endif
-        persistent_default_layer_set(1UL<<_DVORAK);
+        set_single_persistent_default_layer(_DVORAK);
       }
       return false;
       break;
@@ -255,7 +232,7 @@ bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
       if (record->event.pressed) {
         #ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
           stop_all_notes();
-          PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY(tone_plover, false, 0);
+          PLAY_SONG(plover_song);
         #endif
         layer_off(_RAISE);
         layer_off(_LOWER);
@@ -273,7 +250,7 @@ bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
     case EXT_PLV:
       if (record->event.pressed) {
         #ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
-          PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY(tone_plover_gb, false, 0);
+          PLAY_SONG(plover_gb_song);
         #endif
         layer_off(_PLOVER);
       }
@@ -281,37 +258,4 @@ bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
       break;
   }
   return true;
-}
-
-void matrix_init_user(void) {
-    #ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
-        startup_user();
-    #endif
-}
-
-#ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
-
-void startup_user()
-{
-    _delay_ms(20); // gets rid of tick
-    PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY(tone_startup, false, 0);
-}
-
-void shutdown_user()
-{
-    PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY(tone_goodbye, false, 0);
-    _delay_ms(150);
-    stop_all_notes();
-}
-
-void music_on_user(void)
-{
-    music_scale_user();
-}
-
-void music_scale_user(void)
-{
-    PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY(music_scale, false, 0);
-}
-
-#endif
+}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/planck/keymaps/experimental/Makefile b/keyboards/planck/keymaps/experimental/Makefile
index 3a8250a9b5..29108e522b 100644
--- a/keyboards/planck/keymaps/experimental/Makefile
+++ b/keyboards/planck/keymaps/experimental/Makefile
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 
 
 # Build Options
-#   change to "no" to disable the options, or define them in the Makefile in 
+#   change to "no" to disable the options, or define them in the Makefile in
 #   the appropriate keymap folder that will get included automatically
 #
 BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE = no       # Virtual DIP switch configuration(+1000)
-MOUSEKEY_ENABLE = yes       # Mouse keys(+4700)
+MOUSEKEY_ENABLE = no        # Mouse keys(+4700)
 EXTRAKEY_ENABLE = yes       # Audio control and System control(+450)
 CONSOLE_ENABLE = no         # Console for debug(+400)
 COMMAND_ENABLE = yes        # Commands for debug and configuration
@@ -17,6 +17,7 @@ UNICODE_ENABLE = no         # Unicode
 BLUETOOTH_ENABLE = no       # Enable Bluetooth with the Adafruit EZ-Key HID
 RGBLIGHT_ENABLE = yes        # Enable WS2812 RGB underlight.  Do not enable this with audio at the same time.
 ONEHAND_ENABLE = yes        # Enable one-hand typing
+STENO_ENABLE = yes					# Enable TX Bolt protocol for Stenography, requires VIRTSER and may not work with mouse keys
 
 # Do not enable SLEEP_LED_ENABLE. it uses the same timer as BACKLIGHT_ENABLE
 SLEEP_LED_ENABLE = no    # Breathing sleep LED during USB suspend
diff --git a/keyboards/planck/keymaps/experimental/config.h b/keyboards/planck/keymaps/experimental/config.h
index 492490ca1c..0864b5fbc9 100644
--- a/keyboards/planck/keymaps/experimental/config.h
+++ b/keyboards/planck/keymaps/experimental/config.h
@@ -5,6 +5,7 @@
 
 #define LEADER_TIMEOUT 300
 #define BACKLIGHT_BREATHING
+#define PREVENT_STUCK_MODIFIERS
 
 
 /* ws2812 RGB LED */
diff --git a/keyboards/planck/keymaps/experimental/keymap.c b/keyboards/planck/keymaps/experimental/keymap.c
index 17fad784e7..2d648b211a 100644
--- a/keyboards/planck/keymaps/experimental/keymap.c
+++ b/keyboards/planck/keymaps/experimental/keymap.c
@@ -3,6 +3,7 @@
 
 #include "planck.h"
 #include "action_layer.h"
+#include "keymap_steno.h"
 #ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
   #include "audio.h"
 #endif
@@ -49,7 +50,7 @@ enum planck_keycodes {
 
 const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
 [0] = {
-  {KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, RGBLED_TOGGLE, RGBLED_STEP_MODE, RGBLED_INCREASE_HUE, RGBLED_DECREASE_HUE, RGBLED_INCREASE_SAT, RGBLED_DECREASE_SAT, RGBLED_INCREASE_VAL, RGBLED_DECREASE_VAL},
+  {QWERTY, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, RGBLED_TOGGLE, RGBLED_STEP_MODE, RGBLED_INCREASE_HUE, RGBLED_DECREASE_HUE, RGBLED_INCREASE_SAT, RGBLED_DECREASE_SAT, RGBLED_INCREASE_VAL, RGBLED_DECREASE_VAL},
   {KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, RGBLED_TOGGLE, RGBLED_STEP_MODE, RGBLED_INCREASE_HUE, RGBLED_DECREASE_HUE, RGBLED_INCREASE_SAT, RGBLED_DECREASE_SAT, RGBLED_INCREASE_VAL, RGBLED_DECREASE_VAL},
   {KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, RGBLED_TOGGLE, RGBLED_STEP_MODE, RGBLED_INCREASE_HUE, RGBLED_DECREASE_HUE, RGBLED_INCREASE_SAT, RGBLED_DECREASE_SAT, RGBLED_INCREASE_VAL, RGBLED_DECREASE_VAL},
   {KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, RGBLED_TOGGLE, RGBLED_STEP_MODE, RGBLED_INCREASE_HUE, RGBLED_DECREASE_HUE, RGBLED_INCREASE_SAT, RGBLED_DECREASE_SAT, RGBLED_INCREASE_VAL, RGBLED_DECREASE_VAL}
@@ -158,10 +159,10 @@ const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
  */
 
 [_PLOVER] = {
-  {KC_1,    KC_1,    KC_1,    KC_1,    KC_1,    KC_1,    KC_1,    KC_1,    KC_1,    KC_1,    KC_1,    KC_1   },
-  {XXXXXXX, KC_Q,    KC_W,    KC_E,    KC_R,    KC_T,    KC_Y,    KC_U,    KC_I,    KC_O,    KC_P,    KC_LBRC},
-  {XXXXXXX, KC_A,    KC_S,    KC_D,    KC_F,    KC_G,    KC_H,    KC_J,    KC_K,    KC_L,    KC_SCLN, KC_QUOT},
-  {EXT_PLV, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, KC_C,    KC_V,    XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, KC_N,    KC_M,    XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX}
+  {STN_N1,  STN_N2,  STN_N3,  STN_N4,  STN_N5,  STN_N6,  STN_N7,  STN_N8,  STN_N9,  STN_NA,  STN_NB,  STN_NC },
+  {STN_FN,  STN_S1,  STN_TL,  STN_PL,  STN_HL,  STN_ST1, STN_ST3, STN_FR,  STN_PR,  STN_LR,  STN_TR,  STN_DR },
+  {XXXXXXX, STN_S2,  STN_KL,  STN_WL,  STN_RL,  STN_ST2, STN_ST4, STN_RR,  STN_BR,  STN_GR,  STN_SR,  STN_ZR },
+  {EXT_PLV, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, STN_A,   STN_O,   XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, STN_E,   STN_U,   STN_PWR, STN_RE1, STN_RE2}
 },
 
 /* Adjust (Lower + Raise)
@@ -279,21 +280,12 @@ bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
         break;
       return false;
         case PLOVER:
-          if (record->event.pressed) {
+          if (!record->event.pressed) {
             #ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
               stop_all_notes();
               PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY(tone_plover, false, 0);
             #endif
-            layer_off(_RAISE);
-            layer_off(_LOWER);
-            layer_off(_ADJUST);
             layer_on(_PLOVER);
-            if (!eeconfig_is_enabled()) {
-                eeconfig_init();
-            }
-            keymap_config.raw = eeconfig_read_keymap();
-            keymap_config.nkro = 1;
-            eeconfig_update_keymap(keymap_config.raw);
           }
         break;
       return false;
@@ -397,9 +389,9 @@ void music_scale_user(void)
 LEADER_EXTERNS();
 
 void matrix_scan_user(void) {
-  LEADER_DICTIONARY() { 
+  LEADER_DICTIONARY() {
     leading = false;
-    leader_end(); 
+    leader_end();
 
     SEQ_ONE_KEY (KC_R) {
       tap_random_base64();
diff --git a/keyboards/planck/keymaps/piemod/Makefile b/keyboards/planck/keymaps/piemod/Makefile
new file mode 100755
index 0000000000..1e48872e39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/planck/keymaps/piemod/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+SUBPROJECT_DEFAULT = rev4
+
+MOUSEKEY_ENABLE = yes
+BLUETOOTH_ENABLE = yes
+EXTRAKEY_ENABLE = yes
+AUDIO_ENABLE = yes 
+
+ifndef QUANTUM_DIR
+	include ../../../../Makefile
+endif
diff --git a/keyboards/planck/keymaps/piemod/README.md b/keyboards/planck/keymaps/piemod/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f2a051da14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/planck/keymaps/piemod/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+PieMod
+======
+
+A keymap for users that need:
+
+- *P*: Programming symbols.
+
+- *I*: i3wm.
+
+- *E*: Emacs.
+
+- *M*: Macros.
+
+- *O*: Ortholinear.
+
+- *D*: Dvorak.
+
+Still a work-in-progress. Suggestions welcome @ https://github.com/dwrz/piemod.
+
+### Keymap
+
+![PieMod Keymap](./keymap.png)
+
+### TODO
+
+- [ ] Add Emacs layer.
+- [ ] Add Macro layer.
+- [ ] Add system control keys (rotation, brightness).
+- [ ] Switch " and ' quotes (or function to toggle default).
+- [ ] Add capslock.
+.
diff --git a/keyboards/planck/keymaps/piemod/keymap.c b/keyboards/planck/keymaps/piemod/keymap.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e6e7a8a5a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/planck/keymaps/piemod/keymap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+#include "planck.h"
+#include "action_layer.h"
+#ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+  #include "audio.h"
+#endif
+#include "eeconfig.h"
+
+#define DVORAK 0
+#define ARROW 1 //F(1)
+#define SYMBOL 2 // F(2)
+#define NUMBER 3 // F(3)
+#define FUNCTION 4 // F(4)
+#define EMACS 5 // F(5)
+#define CUSTOM_MACROS 6 // F(6)
+#define MOUSE 7 // F(7)
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+  [DVORAK] = {
+    {KC_ESC,  KC_QUOTE,  F(7),  KC_DOT,  KC_P,  KC_Y,  KC_F,  KC_G,  KC_C,  KC_R,  KC_L,  KC_DELETE},
+    {KC_TAB,  F(1),  F(2),  F(3),  F(4),  KC_I,  KC_D,  KC_H,  KC_T,  KC_N,  KC_S,  KC_ENTER},
+    {KC_LSHIFT,  KC_SCOLON,  F(5),   KC_J,   KC_K,  KC_X,   KC_B,   KC_M,   KC_W,  KC_V,  KC_Z,  KC_MINUS},
+    {F(10), F(6),  KC_MENU, KC_LALT,  KC_LGUI,  KC_BSPACE,  KC_SPACE,  KC_RCTRL,  KC_LEFT,  KC_DOWN,  KC_UP, KC_RIGHT},
+  },
+
+  [ARROW] = {
+    {KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_HOME,  KC_UP,  KC_END,  KC_PGUP},
+    {KC_NO,  KC_TRNS,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_LEFT,  KC_DOWN,  KC_RIGHT,  KC_PGDN},
+    {KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_HOME,  KC_PGDN,  KC_PGUP,  KC_END,  KC_NO},
+    {KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO}
+  },
+
+  [SYMBOL] = {
+    {KC_TILD,  KC_GRAVE,  KC_NO,  KC_EQUAL,  KC_PLUS,  KC_NO,  KC_LBRACKET,  KC_RBRACKET,  KC_AMPR,  KC_ASTR,  KC_LPRN,  KC_RPRN},
+    {KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_TRNS,  KC_SCOLON,  KC_COLN,  KC_NO,  KC_LCBR,  KC_RCBR,  KC_DLR,  KC_PERC,  KC_CIRC,  F(21)},
+    {KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_BSLASH,  KC_SLASH,  KC_EXLM,  KC_AT,  KC_HASH,  KC_PIPE},
+    {KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_ASTR,   KC_SLASH,  KC_MINUS,  KC_PLUS,  KC_EQUAL}
+  },
+
+  [NUMBER] = {
+    {KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_7,  KC_8,  KC_9,  KC_NO},
+    {KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_TRNS,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_4,  KC_5,  KC_6,  KC_NO},
+    {KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_0,  KC_1,  KC_2,  KC_3,  KC_NO},
+    {KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_ASTR,  KC_SLASH,  KC_MINUS,  KC_PLUS,  KC_EQUAL}
+  },
+
+  [FUNCTION] = {
+    {KC_PSCREEN,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_F1,  KC_F2,  KC_F3,  KC_F4,  KC_F5,  KC_F6},
+     {KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_TRNS,  KC_NO,  KC_F7,  KC_F8,  KC_F9,  KC_F10,  KC_F11,  KC_F12},
+     {KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO, KC_NO,  KC_AUDIO_MUTE,  KC_AUDIO_VOL_DOWN,  KC_AUDIO_VOL_UP,  KC_MEDIA_PLAY_PAUSE},
+     {RESET,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_DELETE,  KC_INSERT,  KC_HOME,  KC_PGDN,  KC_PGUP,  KC_END}
+    },
+
+    [EMACS] = {
+      {KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO},
+      {KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO},
+      {KC_NO,  KC_TRNS,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO},
+      {KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO}
+    },
+
+    [CUSTOM_MACROS] = {
+      {KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO},
+      {KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO},
+      {KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO},
+      {KC_NO,  KC_TRNS,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO}
+    },
+
+    [MOUSE] = {
+      {KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_TRNS,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_MS_U,  KC_NO,  KC_NO},
+      {KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_MS_L,  KC_MS_D,  KC_MS_R,  KC_NO},
+      {KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO},
+      {KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_MS_BTN1,  KC_MS_BTN2,  KC_MS_BTN3,  KC_NO,  KC_NO,  KC_NO}
+    },
+
+  };
+
+  enum function_id {
+    TEENSY_KEY,
+    CUSTOM_KEY,
+    L_CTRL_ALT_ENT,
+    R_CTRL_ALT_ENT,
+  };
+
+  int CAPSLOCKED = 0;
+
+  const uint16_t PROGMEM fn_actions[] = {
+
+    // DVORAK 0
+    // ARROW 1, F(1)
+    // SYMBOL 2, F(2)
+    // NUMBER 3, F(3)
+    // FUNCTION 4, F(4)
+    // EMACS 5, F(5)
+    // MACROS 6, F(6)
+    // MOUSE 7, F(7)
+
+    // Layers
+    [1] =  ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(1, KC_A),     // FN1 = Momentary Arrow layer on A.
+    [2] =  ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(2, KC_O),     // FN2 = Momentary symbOl layer on O.
+    [3] =  ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(3, KC_E),     // FN3 = Momentary numbEr layer on E.
+    [4] =  ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(4, KC_U),     // FN4 = Momentary fUnction layer on U.
+    [5] =  ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(5, KC_Q),     // FN5 = Momentary emaQs layer on Q. 
+    [6] =  ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(6, KC_LCTRL), // FN6 = Momentary MACROS on ??? key.
+    [7] =  ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(7, KC_COMMA), // FN7 = Momentary MOUSE on , key.
+
+    // Special Keys
+    [10] =  ACTION_MODS_KEY(KC_LCTRL, KC_LALT), // FN10 = Ctrl + Alt.
+    
+    // Symbols
+    [21] =  ACTION_MODS_KEY(MOD_LSFT, KC_SLASH), // FN21 = Question mark.
+
+  };
diff --git a/keyboards/planck/keymaps/priyadi/config.h b/keyboards/planck/keymaps/priyadi/config.h
index adc1c69aa5..448ae3b908 100644
--- a/keyboards/planck/keymaps/priyadi/config.h
+++ b/keyboards/planck/keymaps/priyadi/config.h
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
 #define DOUBLESPACE_LAYER_ENABLE
     // #define TOLELOT_ENABLE
 
-#define KEYMAP( \
+#define KEYMAP_CUSTOM( \
     k11, k12, k13, k14, k15, k16, k17, k18, k19, k1a, k1b, k1c, \
     k21, k22, k23, k24, k25, k26, k27, k28, k29, k2a, k2b, k2c, \
     k31, k32, k33, k34, k35, k36, k37, k38, k39, k3a, k3b, k3c, \
diff --git a/keyboards/planck/keymaps/rai-suta/Makefile b/keyboards/planck/keymaps/rai-suta/Makefile
index 4263440ec1..38efe374cf 100644
--- a/keyboards/planck/keymaps/rai-suta/Makefile
+++ b/keyboards/planck/keymaps/rai-suta/Makefile
@@ -20,9 +20,6 @@ RGBLIGHT_ENABLE = no        # Enable WS2812 RGB underlight.  Do not enable this
 # Do not enable SLEEP_LED_ENABLE. it uses the same timer as BACKLIGHT_ENABLE
 SLEEP_LED_ENABLE = no    # Breathing sleep LED during USB suspend
 
-# Option defines
-OPT_DEFS += -DJIS_KEYCODE
-
 ifndef QUANTUM_DIR
 	include ../../../../Makefile
 endif
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/planck/keymaps/rai-suta/keymap.c b/keyboards/planck/keymaps/rai-suta/keymap.c
index 13fc3677e6..3206ffd35f 100644
--- a/keyboards/planck/keymaps/rai-suta/keymap.c
+++ b/keyboards/planck/keymaps/rai-suta/keymap.c
@@ -3,6 +3,8 @@
 #include "planck.h"
 #include "version.h"
 
+#include "sendstring_jis.h"
+
 // Keycode defines
 #define _______ KC_TRNS
 #define XXXXXXX KC_NO
diff --git a/keyboards/planck/keymaps/steno/Makefile b/keyboards/planck/keymaps/steno/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..874154af63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/planck/keymaps/steno/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+ifndef QUANTUM_DIR
+	include ../../../../Makefile
+endif
+
+MOUSEKEY_ENABLE = no        # Mouse keys(+4700)
+STENO_ENABLE = yes          # Additional protocols for Stenography(+1700), requires VIRTSER
+AUDIO_ENABLE = no           # Audio output on port C6
diff --git a/keyboards/planck/keymaps/steno/config.h b/keyboards/planck/keymaps/steno/config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1879ab007f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/planck/keymaps/steno/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+#ifndef CONFIG_USER_H
+#define CONFIG_USER_H
+
+#include "../../config.h"
+
+#ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+    #define STARTUP_SONG SONG(PLANCK_SOUND)
+    // #define STARTUP_SONG SONG(NO_SOUND)
+
+    #define DEFAULT_LAYER_SONGS { SONG(QWERTY_SOUND), \
+                                  SONG(COLEMAK_SOUND), \
+                                  SONG(DVORAK_SOUND) \
+                                }
+#endif
+
+#define MUSIC_MASK (keycode != KC_NO)
+
+#define PREVENT_STUCK_MODIFIERS
+
+/*
+ * MIDI options
+ */
+
+/* Prevent use of disabled MIDI features in the keymap */
+//#define MIDI_ENABLE_STRICT 1
+
+/* enable basic MIDI features:
+   - MIDI notes can be sent when in Music mode is on
+*/
+
+#define MIDI_BASIC
+
+/* enable advanced MIDI features:
+   - MIDI notes can be added to the keymap
+   - Octave shift and transpose
+   - Virtual sustain, portamento, and modulation wheel
+   - etc.
+*/
+//#define MIDI_ADVANCED
+
+/* override number of MIDI tone keycodes (each octave adds 12 keycodes and allocates 12 bytes) */
+//#define MIDI_TONE_KEYCODE_OCTAVES 2
+
+#endif
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/planck/keymaps/steno/keymap.c b/keyboards/planck/keymaps/steno/keymap.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..38540a2613
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/planck/keymaps/steno/keymap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,256 @@
+/* Copyright 2015-2017 Jack Humbert
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ */
+
+#include "planck.h"
+#include "action_layer.h"
+#include "keymap_steno.h"
+
+extern keymap_config_t keymap_config;
+
+enum planck_layers {
+  _QWERTY,
+  _COLEMAK,
+  _DVORAK,
+  _LOWER,
+  _RAISE,
+  _PLOVER,
+  _ADJUST
+};
+
+enum planck_keycodes {
+  QWERTY = SAFE_RANGE,
+  COLEMAK,
+  DVORAK,
+  PLOVER,
+  LOWER,
+  RAISE,
+  BACKLIT,
+  EXT_PLV
+};
+
+#define ST_BOLT QK_STENO_BOLT
+#define ST_GEM  QK_STENO_GEMINI
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+
+/* Qwerty
+ * ,-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+ * | Tab  |   Q  |   W  |   E  |   R  |   T  |   Y  |   U  |   I  |   O  |   P  | Bksp |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+-------------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Esc  |   A  |   S  |   D  |   F  |   G  |   H  |   J  |   K  |   L  |   ;  |  "   |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------|------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Shift|   Z  |   X  |   C  |   V  |   B  |   N  |   M  |   ,  |   .  |   /  |Enter |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Brite| Ctrl | Alt  | GUI  |Lower |    Space    |Raise | Left | Down |  Up  |Right |
+ * `-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+[_QWERTY] = {
+  {KC_TAB,  KC_Q,    KC_W,    KC_E,    KC_R,    KC_T,    KC_Y,    KC_U,    KC_I,    KC_O,    KC_P,    KC_BSPC},
+  {KC_ESC,  KC_A,    KC_S,    KC_D,    KC_F,    KC_G,    KC_H,    KC_J,    KC_K,    KC_L,    KC_SCLN, KC_QUOT},
+  {KC_LSFT, KC_Z,    KC_X,    KC_C,    KC_V,    KC_B,    KC_N,    KC_M,    KC_COMM, KC_DOT,  KC_SLSH, KC_ENT },
+  {BACKLIT, KC_LCTL, KC_LALT, KC_LGUI, LOWER,   KC_SPC,  KC_SPC,  RAISE,   KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_UP,   KC_RGHT}
+},
+
+/* Colemak
+ * ,-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+ * | Tab  |   Q  |   W  |   F  |   P  |   G  |   J  |   L  |   U  |   Y  |   ;  | Bksp |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+-------------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Esc  |   A  |   R  |   S  |   T  |   D  |   H  |   N  |   E  |   I  |   O  |  "   |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------|------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Shift|   Z  |   X  |   C  |   V  |   B  |   K  |   M  |   ,  |   .  |   /  |Enter |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Brite| Ctrl | Alt  | GUI  |Lower |    Space    |Raise | Left | Down |  Up  |Right |
+ * `-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+[_COLEMAK] = {
+  {KC_TAB,  KC_Q,    KC_W,    KC_F,    KC_P,    KC_G,    KC_J,    KC_L,    KC_U,    KC_Y,    KC_SCLN, KC_BSPC},
+  {KC_ESC,  KC_A,    KC_R,    KC_S,    KC_T,    KC_D,    KC_H,    KC_N,    KC_E,    KC_I,    KC_O,    KC_QUOT},
+  {KC_LSFT, KC_Z,    KC_X,    KC_C,    KC_V,    KC_B,    KC_K,    KC_M,    KC_COMM, KC_DOT,  KC_SLSH, KC_ENT },
+  {BACKLIT, KC_LCTL, KC_LALT, KC_LGUI, LOWER,   KC_SPC,  KC_SPC,  RAISE,   KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_UP,   KC_RGHT}
+},
+
+/* Dvorak
+ * ,-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+ * | Tab  |   "  |   ,  |   .  |   P  |   Y  |   F  |   G  |   C  |   R  |   L  | Bksp |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+-------------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Esc  |   A  |   O  |   E  |   U  |   I  |   D  |   H  |   T  |   N  |   S  |  /   |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------|------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Shift|   ;  |   Q  |   J  |   K  |   X  |   B  |   M  |   W  |   V  |   Z  |Enter |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Brite| Ctrl | Alt  | GUI  |Lower |    Space    |Raise | Left | Down |  Up  |Right |
+ * `-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+[_DVORAK] = {
+  {KC_TAB,  KC_QUOT, KC_COMM, KC_DOT,  KC_P,    KC_Y,    KC_F,    KC_G,    KC_C,    KC_R,    KC_L,    KC_BSPC},
+  {KC_ESC,  KC_A,    KC_O,    KC_E,    KC_U,    KC_I,    KC_D,    KC_H,    KC_T,    KC_N,    KC_S,    KC_SLSH},
+  {KC_LSFT, KC_SCLN, KC_Q,    KC_J,    KC_K,    KC_X,    KC_B,    KC_M,    KC_W,    KC_V,    KC_Z,    KC_ENT },
+  {BACKLIT, KC_LCTL, KC_LALT, KC_LGUI, LOWER,   KC_SPC,  KC_SPC,  RAISE,   KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_UP,   KC_RGHT}
+},
+
+/* Lower
+ * ,-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+ * |   ~  |   !  |   @  |   #  |   $  |   %  |   ^  |   &  |   *  |   (  |   )  | Bksp |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+-------------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Del  |  F1  |  F2  |  F3  |  F4  |  F5  |  F6  |   _  |   +  |   {  |   }  |  |   |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------|------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |  F7  |  F8  |  F9  |  F10 |  F11 |  F12 |ISO ~ |ISO | | Home | End  |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |      |      |      |      |             |      | Next | Vol- | Vol+ | Play |
+ * `-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+[_LOWER] = {
+  {KC_TILD, KC_EXLM, KC_AT,   KC_HASH, KC_DLR,  KC_PERC, KC_CIRC, KC_AMPR,    KC_ASTR,    KC_LPRN, KC_RPRN, KC_BSPC},
+  {KC_DEL,  KC_F1,   KC_F2,   KC_F3,   KC_F4,   KC_F5,   KC_F6,   KC_UNDS,    KC_PLUS,    KC_LCBR, KC_RCBR, KC_PIPE},
+  {_______, KC_F7,   KC_F8,   KC_F9,   KC_F10,  KC_F11,  KC_F12,  S(KC_NUHS), S(KC_NUBS), KC_HOME, KC_END,  _______},
+  {_______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______,    KC_MNXT,    KC_VOLD, KC_VOLU, KC_MPLY}
+},
+
+/* Raise
+ * ,-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+ * |   `  |   1  |   2  |   3  |   4  |   5  |   6  |   7  |   8  |   9  |   0  | Bksp |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+-------------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Del  |  F1  |  F2  |  F3  |  F4  |  F5  |  F6  |   -  |   =  |   [  |   ]  |  \   |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------|------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |  F7  |  F8  |  F9  |  F10 |  F11 |  F12 |ISO # |ISO / |Pg Up |Pg Dn |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |      |      |      |      |             |      | Next | Vol- | Vol+ | Play |
+ * `-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+[_RAISE] = {
+  {KC_GRV,  KC_1,    KC_2,    KC_3,    KC_4,    KC_5,    KC_6,    KC_7,    KC_8,    KC_9,    KC_0,    KC_BSPC},
+  {KC_DEL,  KC_F1,   KC_F2,   KC_F3,   KC_F4,   KC_F5,   KC_F6,   KC_MINS, KC_EQL,  KC_LBRC, KC_RBRC, KC_BSLS},
+  {_______, KC_F7,   KC_F8,   KC_F9,   KC_F10,  KC_F11,  KC_F12,  KC_NUHS, KC_NUBS, KC_PGUP, KC_PGDN, _______},
+  {_______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, KC_MNXT, KC_VOLD, KC_VOLU, KC_MPLY}
+},
+
+/* Plover layer (http://opensteno.org)
+ * ,-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+ * |   #  |   #  |   #  |   #  |   #  |   #  |   #  |   #  |   #  |   #  |   #  |   #  |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+-------------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |  FN  |   S  |   T  |   P  |   H  |   *  |   *  |   F  |   P  |   L  |   T  |   D  |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------|------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |   S  |   K  |   W  |   R  |   *  |   *  |   R  |   B  |   G  |   S  |   Z  |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Exit |      |      |   A  |   O  |             |   E  |   U  |  PWR | RES1 | RES2 |
+ * `-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+
+[_PLOVER] = {
+  {STN_N1,  STN_N2,  STN_N3,  STN_N4,  STN_N5,  STN_N6,  STN_N7,  STN_N8,  STN_N9,  STN_NA,  STN_NB,  STN_NC },
+  {STN_FN,  STN_S1,  STN_TL,  STN_PL,  STN_HL,  STN_ST1, STN_ST3, STN_FR,  STN_PR,  STN_LR,  STN_TR,  STN_DR },
+  {XXXXXXX, STN_S2,  STN_KL,  STN_WL,  STN_RL,  STN_ST2, STN_ST4, STN_RR,  STN_BR,  STN_GR,  STN_SR,  STN_ZR },
+  {EXT_PLV, XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, STN_A,   STN_O,   XXXXXXX, XXXXXXX, STN_E,   STN_U,   STN_PWR, STN_RE1, STN_RE2}
+},
+
+/* Adjust (Lower + Raise)
+ * ,-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+ * |      | Reset|      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |  Del |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+-------------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |      |      |Aud on|Audoff|AGnorm|AGswap|Qwerty|Colemk|Dvorak|Plover|      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------|------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |Voice-|Voice+|Mus on|Musoff|MIDIon|MIDIof|      |      |      |TXBOLT|GEM RP|
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |      |      |      |      |             |      |      |      |      |      |
+ * `-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+[_ADJUST] = {
+  {_______, RESET,   _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, KC_DEL },
+  {_______, _______, MU_MOD,  AU_ON,   AU_OFF,  AG_NORM, AG_SWAP, QWERTY,  COLEMAK, DVORAK,  PLOVER,  _______},
+  {_______, MUV_DE,  MUV_IN,  MU_ON,   MU_OFF,  MI_ON,   MI_OFF,  _______, _______, _______, ST_BOLT, ST_GEM},
+  {_______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______}
+}
+
+
+};
+
+#ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+  float plover_song[][2]     = SONG(PLOVER_SOUND);
+  float plover_gb_song[][2]  = SONG(PLOVER_GOODBYE_SOUND);
+#endif
+
+bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
+  switch (keycode) {
+    case QWERTY:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        set_single_persistent_default_layer(_QWERTY);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+    case COLEMAK:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        set_single_persistent_default_layer(_COLEMAK);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+    case DVORAK:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        set_single_persistent_default_layer(_DVORAK);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+    case LOWER:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        layer_on(_LOWER);
+        update_tri_layer(_LOWER, _RAISE, _ADJUST);
+      } else {
+        layer_off(_LOWER);
+        update_tri_layer(_LOWER, _RAISE, _ADJUST);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+    case RAISE:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        layer_on(_RAISE);
+        update_tri_layer(_LOWER, _RAISE, _ADJUST);
+      } else {
+        layer_off(_RAISE);
+        update_tri_layer(_LOWER, _RAISE, _ADJUST);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+    case BACKLIT:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        register_code(KC_RSFT);
+        #ifdef BACKLIGHT_ENABLE
+          backlight_step();
+        #endif
+      } else {
+        unregister_code(KC_RSFT);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+    case PLOVER:
+      if (!record->event.pressed) {
+        #ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+          stop_all_notes();
+          PLAY_SONG(plover_song);
+        #endif
+        layer_on(_PLOVER);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+    case EXT_PLV:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        #ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+          PLAY_SONG(plover_gb_song);
+        #endif
+        layer_off(_PLOVER);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+  }
+  return true;
+}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/planck/keymaps/steno/readme.md b/keyboards/planck/keymaps/steno/readme.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e8ffd97565
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/planck/keymaps/steno/readme.md
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+# The Default Planck Layout with TX Bolt for the Plover Layer
+
+To use set Plover to TX Bolt and select the COM port that represents your keyboard.
+
diff --git a/keyboards/planck/planck.h b/keyboards/planck/planck.h
index 8cfee5d1cc..10f17b4a46 100644
--- a/keyboards/planck/planck.h
+++ b/keyboards/planck/planck.h
@@ -36,4 +36,6 @@
 	{ k30, k31, k32, k33, k34, k35, k36, k37, k38, k39, k3a, k3b } \
 }
 
+#define KEYMAP PLANCK_GRID
+
 #endif
diff --git a/keyboards/preonic/keymaps/default/config.h b/keyboards/preonic/keymaps/default/config.h
index 4c61581993..003fd259c5 100644
--- a/keyboards/preonic/keymaps/default/config.h
+++ b/keyboards/preonic/keymaps/default/config.h
@@ -3,6 +3,18 @@
 
 #include "../../config.h"
 
+#ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+    #define STARTUP_SONG SONG(PLANCK_SOUND)
+    // #define STARTUP_SONG SONG(NO_SOUND)
+
+    #define DEFAULT_LAYER_SONGS { SONG(QWERTY_SOUND), \
+                                  SONG(COLEMAK_SOUND), \
+                                  SONG(DVORAK_SOUND) \
+                                }
+#endif
+
+#define MUSIC_MASK (keycode != KC_NO)
+
 /*
  * MIDI options
  */
@@ -13,6 +25,7 @@
 /* enable basic MIDI features:
    - MIDI notes can be sent when in Music mode is on
 */
+
 #define MIDI_BASIC
 
 /* enable advanced MIDI features:
diff --git a/keyboards/preonic/keymaps/default/keymap.c b/keyboards/preonic/keymaps/default/keymap.c
index 2516a726bd..01f40542ca 100644
--- a/keyboards/preonic/keymaps/default/keymap.c
+++ b/keyboards/preonic/keymaps/default/keymap.c
@@ -1,14 +1,21 @@
+/* Copyright 2015-2017 Jack Humbert
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ */
+
 #include "preonic.h"
 #include "action_layer.h"
-#include "eeconfig.h"
-#ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
-  #include "audio.h"
-#endif
-
-// Each layer gets a name for readability, which is then used in the keymap matrix below.
-// The underscores don't mean anything - you can have a layer called STUFF or any other name.
-// Layer names don't all need to be of the same length, obviously, and you can also skip them
-// entirely and just use numbers.
 
 enum preonic_layers {
   _QWERTY,
@@ -28,10 +35,6 @@ enum preonic_keycodes {
   BACKLIT
 };
 
-// Fillers to make layering more clear
-#define _______ KC_TRNS
-#define XXXXXXX KC_NO
-
 const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
 
 /* Qwerty
@@ -155,7 +158,7 @@ const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
 [_ADJUST] = {
   {KC_F1,   KC_F2,   KC_F3,   KC_F4,   KC_F5,   KC_F6,   KC_F7,   KC_F8,   KC_F9,   KC_F10,  KC_F11,  KC_F12},
   {_______, RESET,   _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, KC_DEL},
-  {_______, _______, _______, AU_ON,   AU_OFF,  AG_NORM, AG_SWAP, QWERTY,  COLEMAK, DVORAK,  _______, _______},
+  {_______, _______, MU_MOD,  AU_ON,   AU_OFF,  AG_NORM, AG_SWAP, QWERTY,  COLEMAK, DVORAK,  _______, _______},
   {_______, MUV_DE,  MUV_IN,  MU_ON,   MU_OFF,  MI_ON,   MI_OFF,  _______, _______, _______, _______, _______},
   {_______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______}
 }
@@ -163,54 +166,23 @@ const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
 
 };
 
-#ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
-float tone_startup[][2] = {
-  {NOTE_B5, 20},
-  {NOTE_B6, 8},
-  {NOTE_DS6, 20},
-  {NOTE_B6, 8}
-};
-
-float tone_qwerty[][2]     = SONG(QWERTY_SOUND);
-float tone_dvorak[][2]     = SONG(DVORAK_SOUND);
-float tone_colemak[][2]    = SONG(COLEMAK_SOUND);
-
-float tone_goodbye[][2] = SONG(GOODBYE_SOUND);
-
-float music_scale[][2]     = SONG(MUSIC_SCALE_SOUND);
-#endif
-
-void persistent_default_layer_set(uint16_t default_layer) {
-  eeconfig_update_default_layer(default_layer);
-  default_layer_set(default_layer);
-}
-
 bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
   switch (keycode) {
         case QWERTY:
           if (record->event.pressed) {
-            #ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
-              PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY(tone_qwerty, false, 0);
-            #endif
-            persistent_default_layer_set(1UL<<_QWERTY);
+            set_single_persistent_default_layer(_QWERTY);
           }
           return false;
           break;
         case COLEMAK:
           if (record->event.pressed) {
-            #ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
-              PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY(tone_colemak, false, 0);
-            #endif
-            persistent_default_layer_set(1UL<<_COLEMAK);
+            set_single_persistent_default_layer(_COLEMAK);
           }
           return false;
           break;
         case DVORAK:
           if (record->event.pressed) {
-            #ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
-              PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY(tone_dvorak, false, 0);
-            #endif
-            persistent_default_layer_set(1UL<<_DVORAK);
+            set_single_persistent_default_layer(_DVORAK);
           }
           return false;
           break;
@@ -248,36 +220,3 @@ bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
       }
     return true;
 };
-
-void matrix_init_user(void) {
-    #ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
-        startup_user();
-    #endif
-}
-
-#ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
-
-void startup_user()
-{
-    _delay_ms(20); // gets rid of tick
-    PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY(tone_startup, false, 0);
-}
-
-void shutdown_user()
-{
-    PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY(tone_goodbye, false, 0);
-    _delay_ms(150);
-    stop_all_notes();
-}
-
-void music_on_user(void)
-{
-    music_scale_user();
-}
-
-void music_scale_user(void)
-{
-    PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY(music_scale, false, 0);
-}
-
-#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/readme.md b/keyboards/readme.md
index 9ee3fc7abc..5d72a2a413 100644
--- a/keyboards/readme.md
+++ b/keyboards/readme.md
@@ -57,3 +57,4 @@ These keyboards are part of the QMK repository, but their manufacturers are not
 * [TheVan 44](/keyboards/tv44) &mdash; A 44-key staggered keybard by Evangs.
 * [WhiteFox](/keyboards/whitefox) &mdash; A 65% keyboard designed as a partnership by matt3o, Massdrop and Input Club
 * [Vision Division](/keyboards/vision_division) &mdash; Full Size / Split Linear Keyboard by IBNobody.
+* [XD75](/keyboards/xd75) &mdash; 15x5 ortholinear keyboard by XIUDI.
diff --git a/keyboards/roadkit/keymaps/singlesBrent/Makefile b/keyboards/roadkit/keymaps/singlesBrent/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b61d6cca2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/roadkit/keymaps/singlesBrent/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+# Build Options
+#   change to "no" to disable the options, or define them in the Makefile in 
+#   the appropriate keymap folder that will get included automatically
+#
+BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE = no       # Virtual DIP switch configuration(+1000)
+MOUSEKEY_ENABLE = yes       # Mouse keys(+4700)
+EXTRAKEY_ENABLE = yes       # Audio control and System control(+450)
+CONSOLE_ENABLE = no         # Console for debug(+400)
+COMMAND_ENABLE = yes        # Commands for debug and configuration
+NKRO_ENABLE = yes           # Nkey Rollover - if this doesn't work, see here: https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/wiki/FAQ#nkro-doesnt-work
+BACKLIGHT_ENABLE = yes      # Enable keyboard backlight functionality
+MIDI_ENABLE = no            # MIDI controls
+AUDIO_ENABLE = no           # Audio output on port C6
+UNICODE_ENABLE = no         # Unicode
+BLUETOOTH_ENABLE = no       # Enable Bluetooth with the Adafruit EZ-Key HID
+RGBLIGHT_ENABLE = no        # Enable WS2812 RGB underlight.  Do not enable this with audio at the same time.
+SLEEP_LED_ENABLE = no       # Breathing sleep LED during USB suspend
+TAP_DANCE_ENABLE = yes      # Enable Tap Dance functionality
+
+ifndef QUANTUM_DIR
+	include ../../../../Makefile
+endif
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/roadkit/keymaps/singlesBrent/config.h b/keyboards/roadkit/keymaps/singlesBrent/config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..57468e122a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/roadkit/keymaps/singlesBrent/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+#ifndef CONFIG_USER_H
+#define CONFIG_USER_H
+
+#include "../../config.h"
+
+// place overrides here
+#define TAPPING_TERM 175
+
+#ifdef BACKLIGHT_ENABLE
+    #define BACKLIGHT_PIN B5
+	#define BACKLIGHT_LEVELS 3
+    #define BACKLIGHT_ON_STATE 0
+#endif	
+	
+#endif
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/roadkit/keymaps/singlesBrent/keymap.c b/keyboards/roadkit/keymaps/singlesBrent/keymap.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..13197346a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/roadkit/keymaps/singlesBrent/keymap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,242 @@
+#include "roadkit.h"
+#include "action_layer.h"
+#include "eeconfig.h"
+
+extern keymap_config_t keymap_config;
+
+// Each layer gets a name for readability, which is then used in the keymap matrix below.
+// The underscores don't mean anything - you can have a layer called STUFF or any other name.
+// Layer names don't all need to be of the same length, obviously, and you can also skip them
+// entirely and just use numbers.
+
+#define _NP 0
+#define _L1 1
+#define _L2 2
+#define _L3 3
+
+// Macro name shortcuts
+#define NUMPAD M(_NP)
+#define LAYER1 M(_L1)
+#define LAYER2 M(_L2)
+#define LAYER3 M(_L3)
+
+// Fillers to make layering more clear
+#define _______ KC_TRNS
+#define XXXXXXX KC_NO
+
+void matrix_init_user(void) {
+	backlight_level(4);
+}
+
+
+
+//Tap Dance Declarations
+
+enum {
+
+  TD_EQUAL_NP = 0,
+  TD_KP_PLUS_L1,
+  TD_DOT_L2,
+  TD_0_L3
+
+};
+
+//Tap Dance Definitions
+
+
+	//TD equal to turn on layer NP
+void _td_equal_tg_finished (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
+  if (state->count == 1) {
+    register_code(KC_EQUAL);
+  } else if (state->count == 2) {
+    backlight_set(3);
+	layer_on(_NP);
+	layer_off(_L1);
+	layer_off(_L2);
+	layer_off(_L3);
+  }
+}
+
+void _td_equal_tg_reset (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
+  if (state->count == 1) {
+    unregister_code(KC_EQUAL);
+  }
+}
+
+
+	//TD kp plus to toggle layer 1
+void _td_kp_plus_tg_finished (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
+  if (state->count == 1) {
+    register_code(KC_KP_PLUS);
+  } else if (state->count == 2) {
+//    layer_invert(_L1);
+    backlight_set(2);
+	layer_on(_L1);
+	layer_off(_L2);
+	layer_off(_L3);
+  }
+}
+
+void _td_kp_plus_tg_reset (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
+  if (state->count == 1) {
+    unregister_code(KC_KP_PLUS);
+  }
+}
+
+
+	//TD dot to toggle layer 2
+void _td_dot_tg_finished (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
+  if (state->count == 1) {
+    register_code(KC_DOT);
+  } else if (state->count == 2) {
+    backlight_set(1);
+	layer_on(_L2);
+	layer_off(_L1);
+	layer_off(_L3);
+  }
+}
+
+void _td_dot_tg_reset (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
+  if (state->count == 1) {
+    unregister_code(KC_DOT);
+  }
+}
+
+	//TD 0 to toggle layer 3
+void _td_0_tg_finished (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
+  if (state->count == 1) {
+    register_code(KC_0);
+  } else if (state->count == 2) {
+    backlight_set(0);
+	layer_on(_L3);
+	layer_off(_L1);
+	layer_off(_L2);
+  }
+}
+
+void _td_0_tg_reset (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
+  if (state->count == 1) {
+    unregister_code(KC_0);
+  }
+}
+
+//TD Actions
+qk_tap_dance_action_t tap_dance_actions[] = {
+  [TD_EQUAL_NP] = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN_ADVANCED(NULL, _td_equal_tg_finished, _td_equal_tg_reset),
+  [TD_KP_PLUS_L1] = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN_ADVANCED(NULL, _td_kp_plus_tg_finished, _td_kp_plus_tg_reset),
+  [TD_DOT_L2] = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN_ADVANCED(NULL, _td_dot_tg_finished, _td_dot_tg_reset),
+  [TD_0_L3] = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN_ADVANCED(NULL, _td_0_tg_finished, _td_0_tg_reset)
+};
+
+
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+
+/* Numberpad
+ * ,-----------------------.
+ * |  7  |  8  |  9  |  /  |
+ * |-----`-----`-----`-----|
+ * |  4  |  5  |  6  |  *  |
+ * |-----`-----`-----`-----|
+ * |  1  |  2  |  3  |  -  |
+ * |-----`-----`-----`-----|
+ * |  0  |  .  |  +  |  =  |
+ * `-----`-----`-----`-----'
+ * Tapdances:
+ * | L3  | L2  | L1  | NP  |
+ * `-----`-----`-----`-----'
+ */
+  [_NP] = /* Numpad */
+    SINGLES_KEYMAP(KC_7,        KC_8,          KC_9,              KC_SLASH,  \
+                   KC_4,        KC_5,          KC_6,              KC_KP_ASTERISK, \
+                   KC_1,        KC_2,          KC_3,              KC_MINUS, \
+                   TD(TD_0_L3), TD(TD_DOT_L2), TD(TD_KP_PLUS_L1), TD(TD_EQUAL_NP)),
+
+/* L1
+ * ,-----------------------.
+ * | Esc |Bksp |Home |PgUp |
+ * |-----`-----`-----`-----|
+ * | Tab | Up  | End |PgDn |
+ * |-----`-----`-----`-----|
+ * |Left |Down |Right|Enter|
+ * |-----`-----`-----`-----|
+ * |  0  |  .  |  +  |  =  |
+ * `-----`-----`-----`-----'
+ */
+  [_L1] = /* LAYER 1 */
+    SINGLES_KEYMAP(KC_ESCAPE, KC_BSPACE, KC_HOME,  KC_PGUP, \
+                   KC_TAB,    KC_UP,     KC_END,   KC_PGDOWN, \
+                   KC_LEFT,   KC_DOWN,   KC_RIGHT, KC_KP_ENTER, \
+                   KC_TRNS,   KC_TRNS,   KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS),
+
+/* L2
+ * ,-----------------------.
+ * |Sleep|LClik|RClik|VolUp|
+ * |-----`-----`-----`-----|
+ * |AltF4| F11 |WinTb|VolDn|
+ * |-----`-----`-----`-----|
+ * |PrvTk|Play |NxtTk|Mute |
+ * |-----`-----`-----`-----|
+ * |  0  |  .  |  +  |  =  |
+ * `-----`-----`-----`-----'
+ */				   
+  [_L2] = /* LAYER 2 */
+    SINGLES_KEYMAP(KC_SYSTEM_SLEEP,     KC_MS_BTN1,          KC_MS_BTN2,          KC_AUDIO_VOL_UP, \
+                   LALT(KC_F4),         KC_F11,              LGUI(KC_TAB),        KC_AUDIO_VOL_DOWN, \
+                   KC_MEDIA_PREV_TRACK, KC_MEDIA_PLAY_PAUSE, KC_MEDIA_NEXT_TRACK, KC_AUDIO_MUTE, \
+                   KC_TRNS,             KC_TRNS,             KC_TRNS,             KC_TRNS),
+
+				   
+/* L3 needs cut, copy, paste, undo, again (redo), find, calc, www back, www forward, F5
+ * ,-----------------------.
+ * |WBack|WHome|WFor | F5  |
+ * |-----`-----`-----`-----|
+ * |Calc |Undo |Redo |WSrch|
+ * |-----`-----`-----`-----|
+ * | Cut |Copy |Paste|Find |
+ * |-----`-----`-----`-----|
+ * |  0  |  .  |  +  |  =  |
+ * `-----`-----`-----`-----'
+ */	
+  [_L3] = /* LAYER 3 */
+    SINGLES_KEYMAP(KC_WWW_BACK,   KC_WWW_HOME, KC_WWW_FORWARD, KC_F5, \
+                   KC_CALCULATOR, LCTL(KC_Z),  LCTL(KC_Y),     KC_WWW_SEARCH, \
+                   LCTL(KC_X),    LCTL(KC_C),  LCTL(KC_V),     LCTL(KC_F), \
+                   KC_TRNS,       KC_TRNS,     KC_TRNS,        KC_TRNS),
+};
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM fn_actions[] = {
+
+};
+
+void persistent_default_layer_set(uint16_t default_layer) {
+  eeconfig_update_default_layer(default_layer);
+  default_layer_set(default_layer);
+}
+
+const macro_t *action_get_macro(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt)
+{
+      switch(id) {
+        case _L3:
+          if (record->event.pressed) {
+            persistent_default_layer_set(1UL<<_L3);
+          }
+          break;
+		case _L2:
+          if (record->event.pressed) {
+            persistent_default_layer_set(1UL<<_L2);
+          }
+          break;
+        case _L1:
+          if (record->event.pressed) {
+            persistent_default_layer_set(1UL<<_L1);
+          }
+          break;
+        case _NP:
+          if (record->event.pressed) {
+            persistent_default_layer_set(1UL<<_NP);
+          }
+          break;
+      }
+    return MACRO_NONE;
+};
diff --git a/keyboards/roadkit/keymaps/singlesBrent/readme.md b/keyboards/roadkit/keymaps/singlesBrent/readme.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..48ea4a8b35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/roadkit/keymaps/singlesBrent/readme.md
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+# The singles keymap for roadkit
+
+This keymap has a base layer with numpad functionality, and then a second layer with some additional keys. The user is encouraged to develop their own keymap using this as a starting point.
diff --git a/keyboards/roadkit/readme.md b/keyboards/roadkit/readme.md
index d7480a1654..e99b385f37 100644
--- a/keyboards/roadkit/readme.md
+++ b/keyboards/roadkit/readme.md
@@ -1,32 +1,14 @@
-roadkit keyboard firmware
-======================
+roadkit
+=======
 
-## Quantum MK Firmware
+A programmable macro pad.
 
-For the full Quantum feature list, see [the QMK Wiki](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/wiki).
+Keyboard Maintainer: QMK Community
+Hardware Supported: Roadkit PCB
+Hardware Availability: https://thevankeyboards.com/products/roadkit-r2?variant=37353813966
 
-## Building
+Make example for this keyboard (after setting up your build environment):
 
-Download or clone the whole firmware and navigate to the `keyboards/roadkit` folder. Once your dev env is setup, you'll be able to type `make` to generate your .hex. You can then use the programmer of your choice to program your .hex file.
+    make roadkit-default
 
-Depending on which keymap you would like to use, you will have to compile slightly differently.
-
-### Default
-
-To build with the default keymap, simply run `make default`. For the roadkit, the default layout is a standard numpad layout.
-
-### Singles
-
-The singles layout for the roadkit corresponds to the configuration where only 1u keys are used and there are 16 of them on the board. To build the singles keymap, run `make singles`.
-
-### Other Keymaps
-
-Several version of keymap are available in advance but you are recommended to define your favorite layout yourself. To define your own keymap create a folder with the name of your keymap in the keymaps folder, and see keymap documentation (you can find in top readme.md) and existant keymap files.
-
-To build the firmware binary hex file with a keymap just do `make` with a keymap like this:
-
-```
-$ make [default|jack|<name>]
-```
-
-Keymaps follow the format **__keymap.c__** and are stored in folders in the `keymaps` folder, eg `keymaps/my_keymap/`
+See [build environment setup](https://docs.qmk.fm/build_environment_setup.html) then the [make instructions](https://docs.qmk.fm/make_instructions.html) for more information.
diff --git a/keyboards/s60_x/readme.md b/keyboards/s60_x/readme.md
index e30b2f76ce..9e1d06150f 100644
--- a/keyboards/s60_x/readme.md
+++ b/keyboards/s60_x/readme.md
@@ -1,255 +1,13 @@
-S60-x keyboard firmware
-======================
+S60-x
+=====
 DIY compact keyboard designed by VinnyCordeiro for Sentraq. Most of the keymaps are based on GH60 code. This is a port from TMK to QMK based on the [original S60-X Repo](https://github.com/VinnyCordeiro/tmk_keyboard).
 
-## S60X Resources
-- [Massdrop page](https://www.massdrop.com/buy/sentraq-60-diy-keyboard-kit?mode=guest_open)
+Keyboard Maintainer: QMK Community
+Hardware Supported: S60-x PCB
+Hardware Availability: https://www.massdrop.com/buy/sentraq-60-diy-keyboard-kit?mode=guest_open
 
-## Flashing your keyboard
-The recommended programs for flashing your keyboard are [Atmel FLIP](http://www.atmel.com/tools/FLIP.aspx) (Windows) and [dfu-programmer](http://dfu-programmer.sourceforge.net/) (Linux/Windows).
+Make example for this keyboard (after setting up your build environment):
 
-[QMK Firmware Flasher](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware_flasher/releases) may work, as the S60-X keyboard uses the ATMega32U4 microcontroller, but it is untested. Use at your own risk.
+    make s60_x-default
 
-[Easy AVR USB Keyboard Firmware](https://deskthority.net/wiki/Easy_AVR_USB_Keyboard_Firmware) also supports S60-X, but it is completely unrelated to TMK firmware. Use at your own risk.
-
-**Programming the firmware (Windows)**
-
-1. download and install FLIP (http://www.atmel.com/tools/FLIP.aspx)
-2. connect the keyboard, press the program button on the underside of the board (S1) and wait until it enumerates (you'll hear the "disconnect" and "connect" sound)
-3. go to device manager, find the atmega32u4 chip and click "update driver"
-4. choose location manually: folder named "usb" inside the installation directory of FLIP
-5. once the driver is installed, run flip
-6. Device -> Select: choose ATMega32U4
-7. Settings -> Communication -> USB, FLIP should show the signature at this point (58 1E 95 87)
-8. File -> Load HEX file: choose the hex firmware: <firmware>.hex
-9. click "Run"
-10. after programming is done, disconnect the device from USB and connect again.
-
-
-**Programming the firmware (Linux)**
-
-1. Download and install/compile/unpack dfu-programmer from http://dfu-programmer.sourceforge.net/.
-2. Issue the following commands in the command prompt after connecting the device and pressing the programming button (S1). You may need root permissions or udev rules to do that.
-  1. `sudo dfu-programmer atmega32u4 erase`
-  2. `sudo dfu-programmer atmega32u4 flash <firmware>.hex`
-  3. `sudo dfu-programmer atmega32u4 start`
-3. The keyboard should start working. If it doesn't, reconnect the cable.
-
-## Building the firmware
-
-To build the firmware binary hex file with a keymap just do `make` with a keymap like this:
-
-    $ make [custom|poker|poker_set|poker_bit|plain|hasu|spacefn|hhkb|<name>]
-
-For a more detailed explanation of the build process and the environment setup, see the ["Getting Started" section](/readme.md#getting-started).
-
-## List of included Keymaps
-
-Several versions of keymaps are available in advance but you are recommended to define your favorite layout yourself. 
-To define your own keymap, copy the [default keymap template](/quantum/template/keymaps/default) directory into the `keymaps` directory and start modifying the `keymap.c` file. Some options might require you to change the `config.h` or `Makefile` as well, refer to the main documentation for more information on those.
-If you want to later merge your finalised keymap into this repository to make it available for everyone, make sure to also modify the `readme.md` in your keymap directory to show a visual version of your keymap.
-
-Here's a list of the standard layouts that are provided with the precompiled .hex-files.
-
-### 0  Initial explanations
-The █████ blocks on the layouts hides the switch positions that do not exist physically on the PCB. If you feel like hacking the keyboard and adding new keys, those are the positions that can be used. You'll have to modify the [keymap_common.h](keymap_common.h) file for that.
-
-The â–’â–’â–’â–’â–’ blocks hides switch positions not used on this particular layout, but they do exist on the PCB.
-
-There is no LED support on the PCB at the moment, but I'll let the code for that untouched.
-
-
-### 1  [Standard - ANSI (default layout)](keymaps/default/keymap.c)
-The standard keymap is the one that is pre-flashed on the S60-X.
-
-#### 1.0 Default layer
-    ┌─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────�
-    │ ESC │  1  │  2  │  3  │  4  │  5  │  6  │  7  │  8  │  9  │  0  │  -  │  =  │▒▒▒▒▒│BKSPC│
-    ├─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┤
-    │ TAB │  Q  │  W  │  E  │  R  │  T  │  Y  │  U  │  I  │  O  │  P  │  [  │  ]  │  \  │█████│
-    ├─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┤
-    │CAPSL│  A  │  S  │  D  │  F  │  G  │  H  │  J  │  K  │  L  │  ;  │  '  │▒▒▒▒▒│ENTER│█████│
-    ├─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┤
-    │LSHFT│▒▒▒▒▒│  Z  │  X  │  C  │  V  │  B  │  N  │  M  │  ,  │  .  │  /  │▒▒▒▒▒│RSHFT│▒▒▒▒▒│
-    ├─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┤
-    │LCTRL│L_GUI│L_ALT│█████│█████│█████│ SPC │█████│█████│█████│R_ALT│ FN0 │ APP │RCTRL│█████│
-    └─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┘
-#### 1.1 Fn layer
-    ┌─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────�
-    │GRAVE│ F1  │ F2  │ F3  │ F4  │ F5  │ F6  │ F7  │ F8  │ F9  │ F10 │ F11 │ F12 │▒▒▒▒▒│     │
-    ├─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┤
-    │     │     │ Up  │     │     │     │     │     │PGUP │PGDWN│PRTSC│SCLCK│PAUSE│     │█████│
-    ├─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┤
-    │     │Left │Down │Right│     │     │     │     │     │     │     │     │▒▒▒▒▒│     │█████│
-    ├─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┤
-    │     │▒▒▒▒▒│     │     │     │     │     │     │     │     │     │     │▒▒▒▒▒│     │▒▒▒▒▒│
-    ├─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┤
-    │     │     │     │█████│█████│█████│     │█████│█████│█████│     │     │     │     │█████│
-    └─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┘
-
-
-### 2  [Standard - ISO](keymaps/iso/keymap.c)
-The same as the standard keymap, but with additional ISO keys.
-
-
-#### 2.0 Default layer
-    ┌─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────�
-    │ ESC │  1  │  2  │  3  │  4  │  5  │  6  │  7  │  8  │  9  │  0  │  -  │  =  │▒▒▒▒▒│BKSPC│
-    ├─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┤
-    │ TAB │  Q  │  W  │  E  │  R  │  T  │  Y  │  U  │  I  │  O  │  P  │  [  │  ]  │▒▒▒▒▒│█████│
-    ├─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┤
-    │CAPSL│  A  │  S  │  D  │  F  │  G  │  H  │  J  │  K  │  L  │  ;  │  '  │NUHS │ENTER│█████│
-    ├─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┤
-    │LSHFT│  \  │  Z  │  X  │  C  │  V  │  B  │  N  │  M  │  ,  │  .  │  /  │▒▒▒▒▒│RSHFT│▒▒▒▒▒│
-    ├─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┤
-    │LCTRL│L_GUI│L_ALT│█████│█████│█████│ SPC │█████│█████│█████│R_ALT│ FN0 │ APP │RCTRL│█████│
-    └─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┘
-#### 2.1 Fn layer
-    ┌─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────�
-    │GRAVE│ F1  │ F2  │ F3  │ F4  │ F5  │ F6  │ F7  │ F8  │ F9  │ F10 │ F11 │ F12 │▒▒▒▒▒│     │
-    ├─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┤
-    │     │     │ Up  │     │     │     │     │     │PGUP │PGDWN│PRTSC│SCLCK│PAUSE│▒▒▒▒▒│█████│
-    ├─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┤
-    │     │Left │Down │Right│     │     │     │     │     │     │     │     │     │     │█████│
-    ├─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┤
-    │     │     │     │     │     │     │     │     │     │     │     │     │▒▒▒▒▒│     │▒▒▒▒▒│
-    ├─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┤
-    │     │     │     │█████│█████│█████│     │█████│█████│█████│     │     │     │     │█████│
-    └─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┘
-
-    
-### 3  Poker
-[The poker keymap](keymaps/poker/keymap.c) emulates original Vortex Poker layers
-while both [poker_bit](keymaps/poker_bit/keymap.c) and [poker_set](keymap/poker_set/keymap.c) implement the same layout in a slightly different way, fix a minor issue of the original poker Layout and enhance arrow keys.
-
-    Fn + Esc = `
-    Fn + {left, down, up, right}  = {home, pgdown, pgup, end}
-
-#### 3.0 Default layer
-    ┌─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────�
-    │  `  │  1  │  2  │  3  │  4  │  5  │  6  │  7  │  8  │  9  │  0  │  -  │  =  │▒▒▒▒▒│BkSpc│
-    ├─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┤
-    │ Tab │  Q  │  W  │  E  │  R  │  T  │  Y  │  U  │  I  │  O  │  P  │  [  │  ]  │  \  │█████│
-    ├─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┤
-    │Caps │  A  │  S  │  D  │  F  │  G  │  H  │  J  │  K  │  L  │  ;  │  '  │▒▒▒▒▒│Enter│█████│
-    ├─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┤
-    │Shift│▒▒▒▒▒│  Z  │  X  │  C  │  V  │  B  │  N  │  M  │  ,  │  .  │  /  │▒▒▒▒▒│Shift│▒▒▒▒▒│
-    ├─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┤
-    │Ctrl │ Gui │ Alt │█████│█████│█████│Space│█████│█████│█████│ Fn  │ Gui │ App │Ctrl │█████│
-    └─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┘
-#### 3.1 Poker Fn layer
-    ┌─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────�
-    │ Esc │ F1  │ F2  │ F3  │ F4  │ F5  │ F6  │ F7  │ F8  │ F9  │ F10 │ F11 │ F12 │▒▒▒▒▒│     │
-    ├─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┤
-    │     │ FnQ │ Up  │     │     │     │     │     │     │ Cal │     │Home │ Ins │     │█████│
-    ├─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┤
-    │     │Left │Down │Right│     │     │ Psc │ Slk │Pause│     │ Tsk │ End │▒▒▒▒▒│     │█████│
-    ├─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┤
-    │     │▒▒▒▒▒│ Del │     │ Web │Mute │ VoU │ VoD │     │PgUp │PgDwn│ Del │▒▒▒▒▒│ Up  │▒▒▒▒▒│
-    ├─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┤
-    │     │     │     │█████│█████│█████│ FnS │█████│█████│█████│ Fn  │Left │Down │Right│█████│
-    └─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┘
-
-
-### 4. [Plain](keymaps/plain/keymap.c)
-Without any Fn layer this will be useful if you want to use key remapping tool like AHK on host.
-
-#### 4.0 Plain Default layer
-    ┌─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────�
-    │ Esc │  1  │  2  │  3  │  4  │  5  │  6  │  7  │  8  │  9  │  0  │  -  │  =  │▒▒▒▒▒│BkSpc│
-    ├─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┤
-    │ Tab │  Q  │  W  │  E  │  R  │  T  │  Y  │  U  │  I  │  O  │  P  │  [  │  ]  │  \  │█████│
-    ├─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┤
-    │Caps │  A  │  S  │  D  │  F  │  G  │  H  │  J  │  K  │  L  │  ;  │  '  │▒▒▒▒▒│Enter│█████│
-    ├─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┤
-    │Shift│▒▒▒▒▒│  Z  │  X  │  C  │  V  │  B  │  N  │  M  │  ,  │  .  │  /  │▒▒▒▒▒│Shift│▒▒▒▒▒│
-    ├─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┤
-    │Ctrl │ Gui │ Alt │█████│█████│█████│Space│█████│█████│█████│ Alt │ Gui │ App │Ctrl │█████│
-    └─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┘
-
-
-### 5. [Hasu](keymaps/hasu/keymap.c)
-This is Hasu's favorite keymap with HHKB Fn, Vi cursor and Mousekey layer.
-
-(Hasu is the creator of the TMK firmware, for those who do not know that.)
-
-
-### 6. [SpaceFN](keymaps/spacefn/keymap.c)
-This layout proposed by spiceBar uses space bar to change layer with using Dual role key technique. Check the sourcefile and [SpaceFN discussion](http://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=51069.0) for more information.
-
-#### 6.0 Default layer
-    ┌─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────�
-    │ Esc │  1  │  2  │  3  │  4  │  5  │  6  │  7  │  8  │  9  │  0  │  -  │  =  │▒▒▒▒▒│BkSpc│
-    ├─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┤
-    │ Tab │  Q  │  W  │  E  │  R  │  T  │  Y  │  U  │  I  │  O  │  P  │  [  │  ]  │  \  │█████│
-    ├─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┤
-    │Caps │  A  │  S  │  D  │  F  │  G  │  H  │  J  │  K  │  L  │  ;  │  '  │▒▒▒▒▒│Enter│█████│
-    ├─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┤
-    │Shift│▒▒▒▒▒│  Z  │  X  │  C  │  V  │  B  │  N  │  M  │  ,  │  .  │  /  │▒▒▒▒▒│Shift│▒▒▒▒▒│
-    ├─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┤
-    │Ctrl │ Gui │ Alt │█████│█████│████ Space/Fn ███│█████│█████│ Alt │ Gui │ App │Ctrl │█████│
-    └─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┘
-#### 6.1 SpaceFN layer
-    ┌─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────�
-    │  `  │ F1  │ F2  │ F3  │ F4  │ F5  │ F6  │ F7  │ F8  │ F9  │ F10 │ F11 │ F12 │▒▒▒▒▒│ Del │
-    ├─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┤
-    │     │     │     │     │     │     │     │Home │ Up  │ End │ Psc │ Slk │Pause│ Ins │█████│
-    ├─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┤
-    │     │     │     │     │     │     │PgUp │Left │Down │Right│     │     │▒▒▒▒▒│     │█████│
-    ├─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┤
-    │     │▒▒▒▒▒│     │     │     │     │Space│PgDwn│  `  │  ~  │     │     │▒▒▒▒▒│     │▒▒▒▒▒│
-    ├─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┤
-    │     │     │     │█████│█████│█████│ Fn  │█████│█████│█████│ Alt │ Gui │ App │Ctrl │█████│
-    └─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┘
-
-
-### 7. [HHKB](keymap/hhkb/keymap.c)
-The HHKB keymap emulates original HHKB layers.
-#### 7.0: Default layer
-    ┌─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────�
-    │ Esc │  1  │  2  │  3  │  4  │  5  │  6  │  7  │  8  │  9  │  0  │  -  │  =  │  \  │  `  │
-    ├─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┤
-    │ Tab │  Q  │  W  │  E  │  R  │  T  │  Y  │  U  │  I  │  O  │  P  │  [  │  ]  │BkSpc│█████│
-    ├─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┤
-    │Ctrl │  A  │  S  │  D  │  F  │  G  │  H  │  J  │  K  │  L  │ Fn3 │  '  │▒▒▒▒▒│Enter│█████│
-    ├─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┤
-    │Shift│▒▒▒▒▒│  Z  │  X  │  C  │  V  │  B  │  N  │  M  │  ,  │  .  │  /  │▒▒▒▒▒│Shift│ Fn  │
-    ├─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┤
-    │▒▒▒▒▒│ Gui │ Alt │█████│█████│█████│Space│█████│█████│█████│▒▒▒▒▒│ Alt │ Gui │▒▒▒▒▒│█████│
-    └─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┘
-#### 7.1: HHKB Fn layer
-    ┌─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────�
-    │ Pwr │ F1  │ F2  │ F3  │ F4  │ F5  │ F6  │ F7  │ F8  │ F9  │ F10 │ F11 │ F12 │ Ins │ Del │
-    ├─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┤
-    │Caps │     │     │     │     │     │     │     │ Psc │ Slk │ Pus │ Up  │     │     │█████│
-    ├─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┤
-    │     │ VoD │ VoU │ Mut │ Ejc │     │  *  │  /  │Home │PgUp │Left │Right│▒▒▒▒▒│Enter│█████│
-    ├─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┤
-    │     │▒▒▒▒▒│     │     │     │     │     │  +  │  -  │ End │PgDwn│Down │▒▒▒▒▒│     │     │
-    ├─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┤
-    │▒▒▒▒▒│     │     │█████│█████│█████│     │█████│█████│█████│▒▒▒▒▒│     │     │▒▒▒▒▒│█████│
-    └─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┘
-
-    
-### 8  [Custom](keymaps/custom/keymap.c)
-The custom keymap is where I tested all the switches, not being concerned with a specific layout or layers. It's a plain layout option with the extra keys used on ISO & HHKB layouts being assigned some other keys.
-
-#### 8.0 Default layer
-    ┌─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────�
-    │  `  │  1  │  2  │  3  │  4  │  5  │  6  │  7  │  8  │  9  │  0  │  -  │  =  │PgUp │BkSpc│
-    ├─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┤
-    │ Tab │  Q  │  W  │  E  │  R  │  T  │  Y  │  U  │  I  │  O  │  P  │  [  │  ]  │  \  │█████│
-    ├─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┤
-    │Caps │  A  │  S  │  D  │  F  │  G  │  H  │  J  │  K  │  L  │  ;  │  '  │PgDwn│Enter│█████│
-    ├─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┤
-    │Shift│Home │  Z  │  X  │  C  │  V  │  B  │  N  │  M  │  ,  │  .  │  /  │ End │Shift│  Up │
-    ├─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┤
-    │Ctrl │ Gui │ Alt │█████│█████│█████│Space│█████│█████│█████│ Alt │ Gui │ App │Ctrl │█████│
-    └─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┘
-
-### 9. [ANSI_QWERTZ](keymaps/ansi_qwertz/keymap.c)
-
-This keymap was designed for inputting characters with diacritics with ANSI keycaps. 
-It provides toggleable SpaceFn functionality, a dedicated arrow cluster and a microphone mute key on the function layer as well as a bootloader reset key.
-
-For more info, [check here](keymaps/ansi_qwertz/readme.md).
+See [build environment setup](https://docs.qmk.fm/build_environment_setup.html) then the [make instructions](https://docs.qmk.fm/make_instructions.html) for more information.
diff --git a/keyboards/s65_x/readme.md b/keyboards/s65_x/readme.md
index 0c558428b4..9021af4dff 100644
--- a/keyboards/s65_x/readme.md
+++ b/keyboards/s65_x/readme.md
@@ -1,80 +1,13 @@
-S65-x keyboard firmware
-======================
+S65-x
+=====
 DIY 65% keyboard from Sentraq.
 
-## S65X Resources
-- [Sentraq page](https://sentraq.com/collections/group-buys/products/gb-s65-x-rgb-diy-kit?variant=39246723914)
+Keyboard Maintainer: QMK Community
+Hardware Supported: S65-x PCB
+Hardware Availability: https://sentraq.com/collections/group-buys/products/gb-s65-x-rgb-diy-kit?variant=39246723914
 
-## Flashing your keyboard
-The recommended programs for flashing your keyboard are [Atmel FLIP](http://www.atmel.com/tools/FLIP.aspx) (Windows) and [dfu-programmer](http://dfu-programmer.sourceforge.net/) (Linux/Windows).
+Make example for this keyboard (after setting up your build environment):
 
-[QMK Firmware Flasher](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware_flasher/releases) may work, as the S65-X keyboard uses the ATMega32U4 microcontroller, but it is untested. Use at your own risk.
-
-**Programming the firmware (Windows)**
-
-1. download and install FLIP (http://www.atmel.com/tools/FLIP.aspx)
-2. connect the keyboard, press the program button on the underside of the board (S1) and wait until it enumerates (you'll hear the "disconnect" and "connect" sound)
-3. go to device manager, find the atmega32u4 chip and click "update driver"
-4. choose location manually: folder named "usb" inside the installation directory of FLIP
-5. once the driver is installed, run flip
-6. Device -> Select: choose ATMega32U4
-7. Settings -> Communication -> USB, FLIP should show the signature at this point (58 1E 95 87)
-8. File -> Load HEX file: choose the hex firmware: <firmware>.hex
-9. click "Run"
-10. after programming is done, disconnect the device from USB and connect again.
-
-
-**Programming the firmware (Linux/Mac)**
-
-1. Download and install/compile/unpack dfu-programmer from http://dfu-programmer.sourceforge.net/.
-2. Issue the following commands in the command prompt after connecting the device and pressing the programming button (S1). You may need root permissions or udev rules to do that.
-  1. `sudo dfu-programmer atmega32u4 erase`
-  2. `sudo dfu-programmer atmega32u4 flash <firmware>.hex`
-  3. `sudo dfu-programmer atmega32u4 start`
-3. The keyboard should start working. If it doesn't, reconnect the cable.
-
-## Building the firmware
-
-To build the firmware binary hex file with a keymap just do `make` with a keymap like this:
-
-    $ make default
-
-For a more detailed explanation of the build process and the environment setup, see the ["Getting Started" section](/readme.md#getting-started).
-
-## Keymaps
-
-Currently only an ANSI keymap is provided, hopefully others will contribute theirs.
-
-### 0  Initial explanations
-The █████ blocks on the layouts hides the switch positions that do not exist physically on the PCB. If you feel like hacking the keyboard and adding new keys, those are the positions that can be used. You'll have to modify the [keymap_common.h](keymap_common.h) file for that.
-
-The â–’â–’â–’â–’â–’ blocks hides switch positions not used on this particular layout, but they do exist on the PCB.
-
-
-### 1  [Standard - ANSI (default layout)](keymaps/default/keymap.c)
-
-#### 1.0 Default layer
-    ┌─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────�
-    │ ESC │  1  │  2  │  3  │  4  │  5  │  6  │  7  │  8  │  9  │  0  │  -  │  =  │▒▒▒▒▒│BKSPC│DEL  │
-    ├─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┤
-    │ TAB │  Q  │  W  │  E  │  R  │  T  │  Y  │  U  │  I  │  O  │  P  │  [  │  ]  │  \  │▒▒▒▒▒│END  │
-    ├─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┤
-    │CAPSL│  A  │  S  │  D  │  F  │  G  │  H  │  J  │  K  │  L  │  ;  │  '  │▒▒▒▒▒│ENTER│▒▒▒▒▒│PG_UP│
-    ├─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┤
-    │LSHFT│▒▒▒▒▒│  Z  │  X  │  C  │  V  │  B  │  N  │  M  │  ,  │  .  │  /  │▒▒▒▒▒│RSHFT│ UP  │PG_DN│
-    ├─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┤
-    │LCTRL│L_ALT│L_GUI│█████│█████│█████│ SPC │█████│█████│█████│R_ALT│ FN0 │ APP │LEFT │DOWN │RIGHT│
-    └─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┘
-#### 1.1 Fn layer
-    ┌─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────�
-    │GRAVE│ F1  │ F2  │ F3  │ F4  │ F5  │ F6  │ F7  │ F8  │ F9  │ F10 │ F11 │ F12 │▒▒▒▒▒│▒▒▒▒▒│     │
-    ├─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┤
-    │     │ _AL │ Up  │     │     │     │     │     │PGUP │PGDWN│PRTSC│SCLCK│PAUSE│     │▒▒▒▒▒│     │
-    ├─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┤
-    │     │Left │Down │Right│     │     │Left │Down │ Up  │Right│     │     │▒▒▒▒▒│     │▒▒▒▒▒│     │
-    ├─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┤
-    │     │▒▒▒▒▒│_UL  │     │     │     │     │     │     │Home │ End │     │▒▒▒▒▒│Vol+ │▒▒▒▒▒│     │
-    ├─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┼─────┤
-    │     │     │     │█████│█████│█████│     │█████│█████│█████│     │     │Mute │Vol- │Play │     │
-    └─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┴─────┘
+    make s65_x-default
 
+See [build environment setup](https://docs.qmk.fm/build_environment_setup.html) then the [make instructions](https://docs.qmk.fm/make_instructions.html) for more information.
diff --git a/keyboards/satan/keymaps/poker/keymap.c b/keyboards/satan/keymaps/poker/keymap.c
index 9da7d29b78..b7e6fac219 100644
--- a/keyboards/satan/keymaps/poker/keymap.c
+++ b/keyboards/satan/keymaps/poker/keymap.c
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
    * ,-----------------------------------------------------------.
    * | ~ | F1|F2 |F3 |F4 |F5 |F6 |F7 |F8 |F9 |F10|F11|F12|  DEL  |
    * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
-   * |     | Up|  |  |  |  |Cal|   |Ins|   |PrSc|Sclk|Paus|      |
+   * |     |   |Up|  |  |  |Cal|   |Ins|   |PrSc|Sclk|Paus|      |
    * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
    * |      |Left|Down|Rig|  |  |  |  |   |   |Home|PgUp|        |
    * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
   KC_TRNS, KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_RGHT, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,  KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_HOME, KC_PGUP,          KC_TRNS, \
   KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_APP,  KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_VOLD, KC_VOLU,  KC_MUTE, KC_END,  KC_PGDN,                   KC_TRNS, \
   KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,                            KC_TRNS,                             KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS),
-  
+
   /* Keymap _RL: Function Layer
    * ,-----------------------------------------------------------.
    * |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |  RESET|
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
    * |        | F1|F2 | F3|F4 | F5| F6| F7| F8|   |   |          |
    * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
    * |    |    |    |                        |    |    |    |    |
-   * `-----------------------------------------------------------'   
+   * `-----------------------------------------------------------'
    */
 [_RL] = KEYMAP_ANSI(
   #ifdef RGBLIGHT_ENABLE
diff --git a/keyboards/satan/readme.md b/keyboards/satan/readme.md
index 1fd388935e..33310ce251 100644
--- a/keyboards/satan/readme.md
+++ b/keyboards/satan/readme.md
@@ -1,7 +1,15 @@
-Satan GH60 keyboard firmware
-======================
-
-TODO: to be updated.
+Satan GH60
+==========
 
 ![controller](https://i.imgur.com/9vyRBoT.jpg)
-![power](https://i.imgur.com/pHMZHLP.jpg)
\ No newline at end of file
+![power](https://i.imgur.com/pHMZHLP.jpg)
+
+Keyboard Maintainer: QMK Community
+Hardware Supported: Satan GH60 PCB
+Hardware Availability: https://1upkeyboards.com/gh60-satan-pcb.html
+
+Make example for this keyboard (after setting up your build environment):
+
+    make satan-default
+
+See [build environment setup](https://docs.qmk.fm/build_environment_setup.html) then the [make instructions](https://docs.qmk.fm/make_instructions.html) for more information.
diff --git a/keyboards/sixkeyboard/readme.md b/keyboards/sixkeyboard/readme.md
index 7d78a0cae5..a2fc9eb46b 100644
--- a/keyboards/sixkeyboard/readme.md
+++ b/keyboards/sixkeyboard/readme.md
@@ -1,6 +1,17 @@
-# Techkeys SixKeyBoard
+Techkeys SixKeyBoard
+===
 
-[Get one here!](http://techkeys.us/collections/accessories/products/sixkeyboard)
+Keyboard Maintainer: QMK Community
+Hardware Supported: Techkeys SixKeyBoard PCB
+Hardware Availability: http://techkeys.us/collections/accessories/products/sixkeyboard
+
+Make example for this keyboard (after setting up your build environment):
+
+    make sixkeyboard-default
+
+See [build environment setup](https://docs.qmk.fm/build_environment_setup.html) then the [make instructions](https://docs.qmk.fm/make_instructions.html) for more information.
+
+## Hardware Info
 
 The schematic is like this:
 
@@ -15,4 +26,4 @@ The schematic is like this:
 
 The LED on the bottom is `C4`. All 7 of the leds are turned on when the keyboard boots-up in the `sixkeyboard.c` file - backlight_enable is not required. The MCU is an Atmega16u2, so the flash memory is limited to 0x3000 bytes - the current setup uses just about all of that! I'm sure things can be opitimised a bit.
 
-There is a jumper on the bottom of the board (next to the USB port) that serves as a reset button - I drilled a hole in my case to allow for quick access via a screwdriver/metal object.
\ No newline at end of file
+There is a jumper on the bottom of the board (next to the USB port) that serves as a reset button - I drilled a hole in my case to allow for quick access via a screwdriver/metal object.
diff --git a/keyboards/tada68/Makefile b/keyboards/tada68/Makefile
index 4e2a6f00fd..4e2a6f00fd 100644..100755
--- a/keyboards/tada68/Makefile
+++ b/keyboards/tada68/Makefile
diff --git a/keyboards/tada68/config.h b/keyboards/tada68/config.h
index 19cf9c9b39..3e011bc754 100644..100755
--- a/keyboards/tada68/config.h
+++ b/keyboards/tada68/config.h
@@ -63,19 +63,6 @@ along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  */
 #define BACKLIGHT_LEVELS 4
 
-/* Underlight configuration
- */
-
-/*#define RGB_DI_PIN E2
-#define RGBLIGHT_ANIMATIONS
-#define RGBLED_NUM 2     // Number of LEDs
-#define RGBLIGHT_HUE_STEP 10
-#define RGBLIGHT_SAT_STEP 17
-#define RGBLIGHT_VAL_STEP 17*/
-//Disabled while I figure out a suitable pin for RGB support.
-//I've tried F5, D2, D3, and E2 but it's possible the end of my
-//strand is bad. New LEDs on order.
-
 /*
  * Feature disable options
  *  These options are also useful to firmware size reduction.
diff --git a/keyboards/tada68/keymaps/default/Makefile b/keyboards/tada68/keymaps/default/Makefile
index 2a7ff27793..2a7ff27793 100644..100755
--- a/keyboards/tada68/keymaps/default/Makefile
+++ b/keyboards/tada68/keymaps/default/Makefile
diff --git a/keyboards/tada68/keymaps/default/keymap.c b/keyboards/tada68/keymaps/default/keymap.c
index f28116e0a5..8e7cbdaf26 100644..100755
--- a/keyboards/tada68/keymaps/default/keymap.c
+++ b/keyboards/tada68/keymaps/default/keymap.c
@@ -38,14 +38,14 @@ const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
    * |----------------------------------------------------------------|
    * |      |<- |Dn | ->|   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |        |End |
    * |----------------------------------------------------------------|
-   * |        |   |   |Bl-|BL |BL+|   |VU-|VU+|MUT|   |MouseL|MsU|Rck |
+   * |        |   |   |Bl-|BL |BL+|   |VU-|VU+|MUT|   |   McL|MsU|McR |
    * |----------------------------------------------------------------|
    * |    |    |    |                       |   |   |    |MsL|MsD|MsR |
    * `----------------------------------------------------------------'
    */
 [_FL] = KEYMAP_ANSI(
   _______, KC_F1 ,KC_F2, KC_F3, KC_F4, KC_F5, KC_F6, KC_F7, KC_F8, KC_F9, KC_F10, KC_F11, KC_F12, KC_DEL, KC_INS ,  \
-  _______,_______,KC_UP, _______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______, BL_DEC,BL_INC, BL_TOGG,KC_HOME, \
+  _______,_______, KC_UP,_______,_______, _______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______, _______,KC_HOME, \
   _______,KC_LEFT,KC_DOWN,KC_RIGHT,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,        _______,KC_END, \
   _______,_______,_______,BL_DEC, BL_TOGG,BL_INC, _______,KC_VOLD,KC_VOLU,KC_MUTE,_______,KC_BTN1, KC_MS_U, KC_BTN2, \
   _______,_______,_______,                 _______,               _______,_______,_______,KC_MS_L,KC_MS_D, KC_MS_R),
diff --git a/keyboards/tada68/keymaps/default/readme.md b/keyboards/tada68/keymaps/default/readme.md
index 53412d7c25..53412d7c25 100644..100755
--- a/keyboards/tada68/keymaps/default/readme.md
+++ b/keyboards/tada68/keymaps/default/readme.md
diff --git a/keyboards/tada68/keymaps/maartenwut/Makefile b/keyboards/tada68/keymaps/maartenwut/Makefile
new file mode 100755
index 0000000000..f9e1699063
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/tada68/keymaps/maartenwut/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+# Build Options
+#   change to "no" to disable the options, or define them in the Makefile in 
+#   the appropriate keymap folder that will get included automatically
+#
+BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE = no       # Virtual DIP switch configuration(+1000)
+MOUSEKEY_ENABLE = yes       # Mouse keys(+4700)
+EXTRAKEY_ENABLE = yes       # Audio control and System control(+450)
+CONSOLE_ENABLE = no         # Console for debug(+400)
+COMMAND_ENABLE = no        	# Commands for debug and configuration
+NKRO_ENABLE = yes           # Nkey Rollover - if this doesn't work, see here: https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/wiki/FAQ#nkro-doesnt-work
+BACKLIGHT_ENABLE = yes		# Enable keyboard backlight functionality
+MIDI_ENABLE = no            # MIDI controls
+AUDIO_ENABLE = no           # Audio output on port C6
+UNICODE_ENABLE = yes		# Unicode
+BLUETOOTH_ENABLE = no       # Enable Bluetooth with the Adafruit EZ-Key HID
+RGBLIGHT_ENABLE = no       # Enable WS2812 RGB underlight.  Do not enable this with audio at the same time.
+SLEEP_LED_ENABLE = no       # Breathing sleep LED during USB suspend
+COMBO_ENABLE = no 			# Enable key combinations
+
+ifndef QUANTUM_DIR
+	include ../../../../Makefile
+endif
diff --git a/keyboards/tada68/keymaps/maartenwut/config.h b/keyboards/tada68/keymaps/maartenwut/config.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000000..7d81548b7f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/tada68/keymaps/maartenwut/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+#include "../../config.h"
+
+#define BACKLIGHT_BREATHING
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/tada68/keymaps/maartenwut/keymap.c b/keyboards/tada68/keymaps/maartenwut/keymap.c
new file mode 100755
index 0000000000..8ddd6e3056
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/tada68/keymaps/maartenwut/keymap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,414 @@
+#include "tada68.h"
+#include "action_layer.h"
+#include "timer.h"
+#include "bootloader.h"
+#include "command.h"
+
+#define _MA 0
+#define _GA 1
+#define _FL 2
+#define _AR 3
+#define _LO 4
+#define _UL 5
+
+#define TRNS KC_TRNS
+#define trigger_time 400
+
+#define T1 M(1)
+#define T2 M(2)
+#define T3 M(3)
+#define T4 M(4)
+#define T5 M(5)
+#define T6 M(6)
+#define T7 M(7)
+#define T8 M(8)
+#define T9 M(9)
+#define T10 M(10)
+#define T11 M(11)
+#define T12 M(12)
+#define END_HOME M(0)
+#define LSHIFT OSM(MOD_LSFT)
+#define SPACE LT(_AR, KC_SPC)
+
+static uint16_t key_timer;
+
+enum emoticons {
+	LENNY = SAFE_RANGE,
+	DWNHRT,
+	SHRUG
+};
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+  /* Keymap _MA: Main Layer, Default
+   * ,----------------------------------------------------------------.
+   * |Esc | 1|  2|  3|  4|  5|  6|  7|  8|  9|  0|  -|  =|Backsp |P/P |
+   * |----------------------------------------------------------------| 
+   * |Tab  |  Q|  W|  E|  R|  T|  Y|  U|  I|  O|  P|  [|  ]|  \  |Del |
+   * |----------------------------------------------------------------|
+   * |CAPS   |  A|  S|  D|  F|  G|  H|  J|  K|  L|  ;|  '|Return |PgUp|
+   * |----------------------------------------------------------------|
+   * |Shft|End|  Z|  X|  C|  V|  B|  N|  M|  ,|  .|  /|Shift | Up|PgDn|
+   * |----------------------------------------------------------------|
+   * |Ctrl|Win |Alt |        Space          |Alt|Ctrl| FN|Lef|Dow|Rig |
+   * `----------------------------------------------------------------'
+   */
+[_MA] = KEYMAP_ANSI(
+  KC_ESC,	T1, 		T2, 		T3, 		T4, 		T5, 		T6, 		T7, 		T8, 		T9, 		T10, 		T11, 		T12,		KC_BSPC,	KC_MPLY, \
+  KC_TAB,	KC_Q, 		KC_W, 		KC_E, 		KC_R, 		KC_T, 		KC_Y, 		KC_U, 		KC_I,  		KC_O,  		KC_P, 		KC_LBRC,	KC_RBRC,	KC_BSLS,	KC_DEL, \
+  KC_CAPS,	KC_A, 		KC_S,   	KC_D, 		KC_F, 		KC_G, 		KC_H, 		KC_J, 		KC_K,  		KC_L,  		KC_SCLN, 	KC_QUOT,  				KC_ENT,		KC_PGUP, \
+  LSHIFT, 	END_HOME,	KC_Z, 		KC_X,   	KC_C, 		KC_V, 		KC_B, 		KC_N, 		KC_M, 		KC_COMM, 	KC_DOT,		KC_SLSH, 	KC_RSFT,    KC_UP,		KC_PGDN, \
+  KC_LCTL, 	KC_LGUI, 	KC_LALT,							SPACE,											KC_RALT,	KC_RCTRL, 	MO(_FL),	KC_LEFT, 	KC_DOWN, 	KC_RGHT),
+  
+  /* Keymap _FL: Function Layer
+   * ,----------------------------------------------------------------.
+   * |~` | F1|F2 |F3 |F4 |F5 |F6 |F7 |F8 |F9 |F10|F11|F12|Reset  |Prsc|
+   * |----------------------------------------------------------------|
+   * |     |MbL|MsU|MbR|   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |     |_LO |
+   * |----------------------------------------------------------------|
+   * |      |MsL|MsD|MsR|   |_GA|   |   |   |   |   |   |        |Hme |
+   * |----------------------------------------------------------------|
+   * |    |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |VoU|VoD|Mut|      |MwU|End |
+   * |----------------------------------------------------------------|
+   * |    |    |    |                       |   |   |    |MwL|MwD|MwR |  
+   * `----------------------------------------------------------------'
+   */
+[_FL] = KEYMAP_ANSI(
+  KC_GRV,	KC_F1,		KC_F2,  	KC_F3,  	KC_F4,  	KC_F5,		KC_F6,		KC_F7, 		KC_F8,		KC_F9,		KC_F10,  	KC_F11,		KC_F12,		RESET,		KC_PSCR, \
+  TRNS, 	KC_BTN1,	KC_MS_U,  	KC_BTN2, 	TRNS, 		TRNS, 		TRNS,		TRNS, 		TRNS, 		TRNS, 		TRNS, 		TRNS,		TRNS,		TRNS,		TO(_LO), \
+  TRNS, 	KC_MS_L,	KC_MS_D, 	KC_MS_R,	TRNS,		TG(_GA),	TRNS,		TRNS,		TRNS,		TRNS,		TRNS,		TRNS,					TRNS,		KC_HOME, \
+  TRNS, 	TRNS,		TRNS,		TRNS,		TRNS,	 	TRNS, 		TRNS, 		TRNS,		TRNS,		KC_VOLD,	KC_VOLU,	KC_MUTE,	TRNS,		KC_WH_U,	KC_END, \
+  TRNS, 	TRNS, 		TRNS,								TRNS,											TRNS,		TRNS,		TRNS,   	KC_WH_L,	KC_WH_D, 	KC_WH_R),
+
+  /* Keymap _AR: Arrow layer
+   * ,----------------------------------------------------------------.
+   * |~` | F1|F2 |F3 |F4 |F5 |F6 |F7 |F8 |F9 |F10|F11|F12|       |    |
+   * |----------------------------------------------------------------|
+   * |Lenny|   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |     |    |
+   * |----------------------------------------------------------------|
+   * |Dwnhrt|   |   |   |   |   |Lft|Dwn| Up|Rgt|   |   |        |    |
+   * |----------------------------------------------------------------|
+   * |Shrg|   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |      |   |    |
+   * |----------------------------------------------------------------|
+   * |    |    |    |                       |   |   |    |   |   |    |
+   * `----------------------------------------------------------------'
+   */
+[_AR] = KEYMAP_ANSI(
+ KC_GRV,	KC_F1,		KC_F2,  	KC_F3,  	KC_F4,  	KC_F5,		KC_F6,		KC_F7, 		KC_F8,		KC_F9,		KC_F10,  	KC_F11,		KC_F12,		TRNS,		TRNS, \
+  LENNY,	TRNS, 		TRNS, 		TRNS, 		TRNS, 		TRNS, 		TRNS, 		TRNS, 		TRNS,  		TRNS,  		TRNS, 		TRNS,		TRNS,		TRNS,		TRNS, \
+  DWNHRT,	TRNS, 		TRNS,   	TRNS, 		TRNS, 		TRNS, 		KC_LEFT, 	KC_DOWN, 	KC_UP,  	KC_RGHT,  	TRNS, 		TRNS, 	 				TRNS,		TRNS, \
+  SHRUG, 	TRNS,   	TRNS,		TRNS,		TRNS,		TRNS,	 	TRNS, 		TRNS, 		TRNS, 		TRNS, 		TRNS,		TRNS, 		TRNS,   	TRNS,		TRNS, \
+  TRNS, 	TRNS, 		TRNS,								TRNS,											TRNS,		TRNS, 		TRNS,		TRNS, 		TRNS, 		TRNS),
+
+  /* Keymap _GA: Game layer
+   * ,----------------------------------------------------------------.
+   * |Esc | 1|  2|  3|  4|  5|  6|  7|  8|  9|  0|  -|  =|Backsp |P/P |
+   * |----------------------------------------------------------------| 
+   * |Tab  |  Q|  W|  E|  R|  T|  Y|  U|  I|  O|  P|  [|  ]|  \  |Del |
+   * |----------------------------------------------------------------|
+   * |CAPS   |  A|  S|  D|  F|  G|  H|  J|  K|  L|  ;|  '|Return |PgUp|
+   * |----------------------------------------------------------------|
+   * |Shft|End|  Z|  X|  C|  V|  B|  N|  M|  ,|  .|  /|Shift | Up|PgDn|
+   * |----------------------------------------------------------------|
+   * |Ctrl|Win |Alt |        Space          |Alt|Ctrl| FN|Lef|Dow|Rig |
+   * `----------------------------------------------------------------'
+   */
+[_GA] = KEYMAP_ANSI(
+  KC_ESC,	T1, 		T2, 		T3, 		T4, 		T5, 		T6, 		T7, 		T8, 		T9, 		T10, 		T11, 		T12,		KC_BSPC,	KC_MPLY, \
+  KC_TAB,	KC_Q, 		KC_W, 		KC_E, 		KC_R, 		KC_T, 		KC_Y, 		KC_U, 		KC_I,  		KC_O,  		KC_P, 		KC_LBRC,	KC_RBRC,	KC_BSLS,	KC_DEL, \
+  KC_CAPS,	KC_A, 		KC_S,   	KC_D, 		KC_F, 		KC_G, 		KC_H, 		KC_J, 		KC_K,  		KC_L,  		KC_SCLN, 	KC_QUOT,  				KC_ENT,		KC_PGUP, \
+  KC_LSFT, 	END_HOME,	KC_Z, 		KC_X,   	KC_C, 		KC_V, 		KC_B, 		KC_N, 		KC_M, 		KC_COMM, 	KC_DOT,		KC_SLSH, 	KC_RSFT,    KC_UP,		KC_PGDN, \
+  KC_LCTL, 	KC_LGUI, 	KC_LALT,							KC_SPC,											KC_RALT,	KC_RCTRL, 	MO(_FL),	KC_LEFT, 	KC_DOWN, 	KC_RGHT),
+
+  /* Keymap _UL: Unlock layer
+   * ,----------------------------------------------------------------.
+   * |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |       |    |
+   * |----------------------------------------------------------------|
+   * |     |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |     |_MA |
+   * |----------------------------------------------------------------|
+   * |      |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |        |    |
+   * |----------------------------------------------------------------|
+   * |    |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |      |   |    |
+   * |----------------------------------------------------------------|
+   * |    |    |    |                       |   |   |    |   |   |    |
+   * `----------------------------------------------------------------'
+   */
+[_UL] = KEYMAP_ANSI(
+  KC_NO,	KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO,  	KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO,  	KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, \
+  KC_NO, 	KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO,  	KC_NO, 		KC_NO,  	KC_NO, 		TO(_MA), \
+  KC_NO, 	KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 					KC_NO, 		KC_NO, \
+  KC_NO, 	KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, \
+  KC_NO, 	KC_NO, 		KC_NO,    							KC_NO,											KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		TRNS, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO),
+
+  /* Keymap _LO: Lock layer
+   * ,----------------------------------------------------------------.
+   * |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |       |    |
+   * |----------------------------------------------------------------|
+   * |     |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |     |    |
+   * |----------------------------------------------------------------|
+   * |      |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |        |    |
+   * |----------------------------------------------------------------|
+   * |    |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |      |   |    |
+   * |----------------------------------------------------------------|
+   * |    |    |    |                      |   |   | _UL |   |   |    |
+   * `----------------------------------------------------------------'
+   */
+[_LO] = KEYMAP_ANSI(
+  KC_NO,	KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO,  	KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO,  	KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, \
+  KC_NO, 	KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO,  	KC_NO, 		KC_NO,  	KC_NO, 		KC_NO, \
+  KC_NO, 	KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 					KC_NO, 		KC_NO, \
+  KC_NO, 	KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO, \
+  KC_NO, 	KC_NO, 		KC_NO,    							KC_NO,											KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		MO(_UL), 	KC_NO, 		KC_NO, 		KC_NO),
+};
+
+void tap(uint16_t keycode){
+    register_code(keycode);
+    unregister_code(keycode);
+};
+
+bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
+	switch (keycode) {
+		case LENNY:			// ( ͡° ͜ʖ ͡°)
+			if(record->event.pressed){
+				set_unicode_input_mode(UC_WIN);
+				register_code(KC_LSFT);
+				tap(KC_9);										// Head
+				unregister_code(KC_LSFT);
+				tap(KC_SPC);									// Space
+				process_unicode((0x0361|QK_UNICODE), record);	// Eyebrow
+				process_unicode((0x00B0|QK_UNICODE), record);	// Eye
+				tap(KC_SPC);
+				process_unicode((0x035C|QK_UNICODE), record);	// Mouth
+				process_unicode((0x0296|QK_UNICODE), record);	// Nose
+				tap(KC_SPC);
+				process_unicode((0x0361|QK_UNICODE), record);	// Eyebrow
+				process_unicode((0x00B0|QK_UNICODE), record);	// Eye
+				register_code(KC_LSFT);
+				tap(KC_0);										// Head
+				unregister_code(KC_LSFT);
+			}
+			return false;
+			break;
+		case DWNHRT:		// (´・ω・`)
+			if(record->event.pressed){
+				set_unicode_input_mode(UC_WIN);
+				register_code(KC_LSFT);
+				tap(KC_9);										// Head
+				unregister_code(KC_LSFT);
+				process_unicode((0x00B4|QK_UNICODE), record);	// Eyebrow
+				process_unicode((0x30FB|QK_UNICODE), record);	// Eye
+				process_unicode((0x03C9|QK_UNICODE), record);	// Mouth
+				process_unicode((0x30FB|QK_UNICODE), record);	// Eye
+				process_unicode((0x0060|QK_UNICODE), record);	// Eyebrow
+				register_code(KC_LSFT);
+				tap(KC_0);										// Head
+				unregister_code(KC_LSFT);
+			}
+			return false;
+			break;
+		case SHRUG:			// ¯\_(ツ)_/¯
+			if(record->event.pressed){
+				set_unicode_input_mode(UC_WIN);
+				process_unicode((0x00AF|QK_UNICODE), record);	// Hand
+				tap(KC_BSLS);									// Arm
+				register_code(KC_LSFT);
+				tap(KC_UNDS);									// Arm
+				tap(KC_LPRN);									// Head
+				unregister_code(KC_LSFT);
+				process_unicode((0x30C4|QK_UNICODE), record);	// Face
+				register_code(KC_LSFT);
+				tap(KC_RPRN);									// Head
+				tap(KC_UNDS);									// Arm
+				unregister_code(KC_LSFT);
+				tap(KC_SLSH);									// Arm
+				process_unicode((0x00AF|QK_UNICODE), record);	// Hand
+			}
+			return false;
+			break;
+	}
+	return true;
+};
+
+const macro_t *action_get_macro(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt) {
+    switch (id) {
+		case 0:
+			if (record->event.pressed) {
+				key_timer = timer_read();
+			}
+			else {
+				if (timer_elapsed(key_timer) > trigger_time) {
+					return MACRO( T(END), END );
+				}
+				else {
+					return MACRO( T(HOME), END );
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+		case 1:
+			if (record->event.pressed) {
+				key_timer = timer_read();
+			}
+			else { 
+				if (timer_elapsed(key_timer) > trigger_time) {
+					return MACRO( T(F1), END );
+				}
+				else {
+					return MACRO( T(1), END );
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+		case 2:
+			if (record->event.pressed) {
+				key_timer = timer_read();
+			}
+			else { 
+				if (timer_elapsed(key_timer) > trigger_time) {
+					return MACRO( T(F2), END );
+				}
+				else {
+					return MACRO( T(2), END );
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+		case 3:
+			if (record->event.pressed) {
+				key_timer = timer_read();
+			}
+			else { 
+				if (timer_elapsed(key_timer) > trigger_time) {
+					return MACRO( T(F3), END );
+				}
+				else {
+					return MACRO( T(3), END );
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+		case 4:
+			if (record->event.pressed) {
+				key_timer = timer_read();
+			}
+			else { 
+				if (timer_elapsed(key_timer) > trigger_time) {
+					return MACRO( T(F4), END );
+				}
+				else {
+					return MACRO( T(4), END );
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+		case 5:
+			if (record->event.pressed) {
+				key_timer = timer_read();
+			}
+			else { 
+				if (timer_elapsed(key_timer) > trigger_time) {
+					return MACRO( T(F5), END );
+				}
+				else {
+					return MACRO( T(5), END );
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+		case 6:
+			if (record->event.pressed) {
+				key_timer = timer_read();
+			}
+			else { 
+				if (timer_elapsed(key_timer) > trigger_time) {
+					return MACRO( T(F6), END );
+				}
+				else {
+					return MACRO( T(6), END );
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+		case 7:
+			if (record->event.pressed) {
+				key_timer = timer_read();
+			}
+			else { 
+				if (timer_elapsed(key_timer) > trigger_time) {
+					return MACRO( T(F7), END );
+				}
+				else {
+					return MACRO( T(7), END );
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+		case 8:
+			if (record->event.pressed) {
+				key_timer = timer_read();
+			}
+			else { 
+				if (timer_elapsed(key_timer) > trigger_time) {
+					return MACRO( T(F8), END );
+				}
+				else {
+					return MACRO( T(8), END );
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+		case 9:
+			if (record->event.pressed) {
+				key_timer = timer_read();
+			}
+			else { 
+				if (timer_elapsed(key_timer) > trigger_time) {
+					return MACRO( T(F9), END );
+				}
+				else {
+					return MACRO( T(9), END );
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+		case 10:
+			if (record->event.pressed) {
+				key_timer = timer_read();
+			}
+			else { 
+				if (timer_elapsed(key_timer) > trigger_time) {
+					return MACRO( T(F10), END );
+				}
+				else {
+					return MACRO( T(0), END );
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+		case 11:
+			if (record->event.pressed) {
+				key_timer = timer_read();
+			}
+			else { 
+				if (timer_elapsed(key_timer) > trigger_time) {
+					return MACRO( T(F11), END );
+				}
+				else {
+					return MACRO( T(MINS), END );
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+		case 12:
+			if (record->event.pressed) {
+				key_timer = timer_read();
+			}
+			else { 
+				if (timer_elapsed(key_timer) > trigger_time) {
+					return MACRO( T(F12), END );
+				}
+				else {
+					return MACRO( T(EQL), END );
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+	}
+    return MACRO_NONE;
+};
+
+void led_set_user(uint8_t usb_led) {
+	if (usb_led & (1<<USB_LED_CAPS_LOCK)) {
+        // Turn capslock on
+        PORTB |= (1<<6);
+    } else {
+        // Turn capslock off
+        PORTB &= ~(1<<6);
+    }
+}
diff --git a/keyboards/tada68/keymaps/maartenwut/readme.md b/keyboards/tada68/keymaps/maartenwut/readme.md
new file mode 100755
index 0000000000..a3c97cd26d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/tada68/keymaps/maartenwut/readme.md
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+# Maartenwut's layout
+
+Well, this is my keyboard layout. You can call it a Tada69 if you want.
diff --git a/keyboards/tada68/keymaps/maartenwut/tada68.h b/keyboards/tada68/keymaps/maartenwut/tada68.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000000..e7e17a9386
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/tada68/keymaps/maartenwut/tada68.h
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#ifndef TADA68_H
+#define TADA68_H
+
+#include "quantum.h"
+
+// readability
+#define XXX KC_NO
+
+/* TADA68 ANSI layout
+   * ,----------------------------------------------------------------.
+   * | 00 |01| 02| 03| 04| 05| 06| 07| 08| 09| 0a| 0b| 0c| 0d    | 0e |
+   * |----------------------------------------------------------------|
+   * | 10  | 11| 12| 13| 14| 15| 16| 17| 18| 19| 1a| 1b| 1c|  1d | 1e |
+   * |----------------------------------------------------------------|
+   * | 20    | 21| 22| 23| 24| 25| 26| 27| 28| 29| 2a| 2b| 2d    | 2e |
+   * |----------------------------------------------------------------|
+   * | 30 | 31| 32| 33| 34| 35| 36| 37| 38| 39| 3a| 3b|    3c| 3d| 3e |
+   * |----------------------------------------------------------------|
+   * | 40 | 41 | 42 |        45             | 49| 4a|  4b| 4c| 4d| 4e |
+   * `----------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+// The first section contains all of the arguments
+// The second converts the arguments into a two-dimensional array
+
+#define KEYMAP_ANSI( \
+    k00, k01, k02, k03, k04, k05, k06, k07, k08, k09, k0a, k0b, k0c, k0d, k0e, \
+	k10, k11, k12, k13, k14, k15, k16, k17, k18, k19, k1a, k1b, k1c, k1d, k1e, \
+	k20, k21, k22, k23, k24, k25, k26, k27, k28, k29, k2a, k2b,      k2d, k2e, \
+	k30, k31, k32, k33, k34, k35, k36, k37, k38, k39, k3a, k3b, k3c, k3d, k3e, \
+	k40, k41, k42,           k45,                k49, k4a, k4b, k4c, k4d, k4e  \
+) \
+{ \
+	{k00, k01, k02, k03, k04, k05, k06, k07, k08, k09, k0a, k0b, k0c, k0d, k0e}, \
+	{k10, k11, k12, k13, k14, k15, k16, k17, k18, k19, k1a, k1b, k1c, k1d, k1e}, \
+	{k20, k21, k22, k23, k24, k25, k26, k27, k28, k29, k2a, k2b, XXX, k2d, k2e}, \
+	{k30, k31, k32, k33, k34, k35, k36, k37, k38, k39, k3a, k3b, k3c, k3d, k3e}, \
+	{k40, k41, k42, XXX, XXX, k45, XXX, XXX, XXX, k49, k4a, k4b, k4c, k4d, k4e}  \
+}
+
+void matrix_init_user(void);
+void matrix_scan_user(void);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/tada68/keymaps/rgb/Makefile b/keyboards/tada68/keymaps/rgb/Makefile
new file mode 100755
index 0000000000..ee94a67b4e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/tada68/keymaps/rgb/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+# Build Options
+#   change to "no" to disable the options, or define them in the Makefile in 
+#   the appropriate keymap folder that will get included automatically
+#
+BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE = no       # Virtual DIP switch configuration(+1000)
+MOUSEKEY_ENABLE = yes       # Mouse keys(+4700)
+EXTRAKEY_ENABLE = yes       # Audio control and System control(+450)
+CONSOLE_ENABLE = no         # Console for debug(+400)
+COMMAND_ENABLE = yes        # Commands for debug and configuration
+NKRO_ENABLE = yes           # Nkey Rollover - if this doesn't work, see here: https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/wiki/FAQ#nkro-doesnt-work
+BACKLIGHT_ENABLE = yes       # Enable keyboard backlight functionality
+MIDI_ENABLE = no            # MIDI controls
+AUDIO_ENABLE = no           # Audio output on port C6
+UNICODE_ENABLE = no         # Unicode
+BLUETOOTH_ENABLE = no       # Enable Bluetooth with the Adafruit EZ-Key HID
+RGBLIGHT_ENABLE = yes        # Enable WS2812 RGB underlight.  Do not enable this with audio at the same time.
+SLEEP_LED_ENABLE = no       # Breathing sleep LED during USB suspend
+
+ifndef QUANTUM_DIR
+	include ../../../../Makefile
+endif
diff --git a/keyboards/tada68/keymaps/rgb/config.h b/keyboards/tada68/keymaps/rgb/config.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000000..5dcdad12e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/tada68/keymaps/rgb/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+#include "../../config.h"
+
+/* WS2812B RGB Underglow LED */
+#define RGB_DI_PIN F5   // See readme.md for wiring your led's
+#define RGBLIGHT_ANIMATIONS       
+#define RGBLED_NUM 16         // Number of LEDs. Change this to match your use case.
+#define RGBLIGHT_HUE_STEP 8
+#define RGBLIGHT_SAT_STEP 8
+#define RGBLIGHT_VAL_STEP 8
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/tada68/keymaps/rgb/keymap.c b/keyboards/tada68/keymaps/rgb/keymap.c
new file mode 100755
index 0000000000..4634e5e3a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/tada68/keymaps/rgb/keymap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+#include "tada68.h"
+
+// Each layer gets a name for readability, which is then used in the keymap matrix below.
+// The underscores don't mean anything - you can have a layer called STUFF or any other name.
+// Layer names don't all need to be of the same length, obviously, and you can also skip them
+// entirely and just use numbers.
+#define _BL 0
+#define _FL 1
+
+#define _______ KC_TRNS
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+  /* Keymap _BL: (Base Layer) Default Layer
+   * ,----------------------------------------------------------------.
+   * |Esc | 1|  2|  3|  4|  5|  6|  7|  8|  9|  0|  -|  =|Backsp |~ ` |
+   * |----------------------------------------------------------------|
+   * |Tab  |  Q|  W|  E|  R|  T|  Y|  U|  I|  O|  P|  [|  ]|  \  |Del |
+   * |----------------------------------------------------------------|
+   * |CAPS   |  A|  S|  D|  F|  G|  H|  J|  K|  L|  ;|  '|Return |PgUp|
+   * |----------------------------------------------------------------|
+   * |Shift   |  Z|  X|  C|  V|  B|  N|  M|  ,|  .|  /|Shift | Up|PgDn|
+   * |----------------------------------------------------------------|
+   * |Ctrl|Win |Alt |        Space          |Alt| FN|Ctrl|Lef|Dow|Rig |
+   * `----------------------------------------------------------------'
+   */
+[_BL] = KEYMAP_ANSI(
+  KC_ESC,    KC_1,   KC_2,   KC_3,   KC_4,   KC_5,   KC_6,   KC_7,   KC_8,   KC_9,   KC_0,   KC_MINS, KC_EQL, KC_BSPC,KC_GRV, \
+  KC_TAB,  KC_Q,   KC_W,   KC_E,   KC_R,   KC_T,   KC_Y,   KC_U,   KC_I,   KC_O,   KC_P,   KC_LBRC, KC_RBRC,KC_BSLS,KC_DEL, \
+  KC_CAPS, KC_A,   KC_S,   KC_D,   KC_F,   KC_G,   KC_H,   KC_J,   KC_K,   KC_L,   KC_SCLN,KC_QUOT,         KC_ENT,KC_PGUP,  \
+  KC_LSFT,         KC_Z,   KC_X,   KC_C,   KC_V,   KC_B,   KC_N,   KC_M,   KC_COMM,KC_DOT, KC_SLSH,   KC_RSFT,KC_UP,KC_PGDN, \
+  KC_LCTL, KC_LGUI,KC_LALT,                KC_SPC,                        KC_RALT,MO(_FL),KC_RCTRL, KC_LEFT,KC_DOWN,KC_RGHT),
+
+  /* Keymap _FL: Function Layer
+   * ,----------------------------------------------------------------.
+   * |   | F1|F2 |F3 |F4 |F5 |F6 |F7 |F8 |F9 |F10|F11|F12|Del    |Ins |
+   * |----------------------------------------------------------------|
+   * |     |   |Up |   |   |RGB|MOD|HU-|HU+|SA-|SA+|VA-|VA+|     |Hme |
+   * |----------------------------------------------------------------|
+   * |      |<- |Dn | ->|   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |        |End |
+   * |----------------------------------------------------------------|
+   * |        |   |   |Bl-|BL |BL+|   |VU-|VU+|MUT|   |   McL|MsU|McR |
+   * |----------------------------------------------------------------|
+   * |    |    |    |                       |   |   |    |MsL|MsD|MsR |
+   * `----------------------------------------------------------------'
+   */
+[_FL] = KEYMAP_ANSI(
+  _______, KC_F1 ,KC_F2, KC_F3, KC_F4, KC_F5, KC_F6, KC_F7, KC_F8, KC_F9, KC_F10, KC_F11, KC_F12, KC_DEL, KC_INS ,  \
+  _______,_______,KC_UP,_______,_______,  RGB_TOG,RGB_MOD,RGB_HUI,RGB_HUD,RGB_SAI,RGB_SAD,RGB_VAI,RGB_VAD, _______,KC_HOME, \
+  _______,KC_LEFT,KC_DOWN,KC_RIGHT,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,        _______,KC_END, \
+  _______,_______,_______,BL_DEC, BL_TOGG,BL_INC, _______,KC_VOLD,KC_VOLU,KC_MUTE,_______,KC_BTN1, KC_MS_U, KC_BTN2, \
+  _______,_______,_______,                 _______,               _______,_______,_______,KC_MS_L,KC_MS_D, KC_MS_R),
+};
diff --git a/keyboards/tada68/keymaps/rgb/readme.md b/keyboards/tada68/keymaps/rgb/readme.md
new file mode 100755
index 0000000000..fb5a5abd0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/tada68/keymaps/rgb/readme.md
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+# RGB on the TADA68
+This board has unused pins, which means that you can add some nice RGB leds, although they have no use at this momen because not a single transparent case has been made yet. Here's where you have to solder the wires on the PCB:
+![Image of solder points for RGB on the Tada68](http://i.imgur.com/5Xmiz6Q.jpg)
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/tada68/readme.md b/keyboards/tada68/readme.md
index dbe2fdca1b..1986008bdc 100644..100755
--- a/keyboards/tada68/readme.md
+++ b/keyboards/tada68/readme.md
@@ -1,9 +1,23 @@
-TADA68 keyboard firmware
-========================
+TADA68
+======
 
-1) from the keyboards/tada68 directory run:
+A compact 65% keyboard.
+
+Keyboard Maintainer: QMK Community
+Hardware Supported: TADA68 PCB
+Hardware Availability: [kbdfans](https://kbdfans.myshopify.com/products/tada68-mechanical-keyboard-gateron-swtich-65-layout-dye-sub-keycaps-cherry-profils?variant=34710238797) [kbdist](http://www.kbdist.com/shop/saber-68)
+
+Make example for this keyboard (after setting up your build environment):
+
+    make tada68-default-bin
+
+See [build environment setup](https://docs.qmk.fm/build_environment_setup.html) then the [make instructions](https://docs.qmk.fm/make_instructions.html) for more information.
+
+## Flashing Instructions
+
+1) from the `qmk_firmware` directory run:
 ```
-$ make flashbin
+$ make tada68-default-bin
 ```
 
 2) hit the reset button on the TADA, the lights will start flashing.
@@ -12,4 +26,4 @@ $ make flashbin
 
 4) Delete `FLASH.BIN` from the TADA drive and copy `tada68_default.bin` that was generated at the root of the qmk directory into the TADA drive.
 
-5) Hit ESC on the keyboard. The lights will stop flashing and your firmware is loaded!
\ No newline at end of file
+5) Hit ESC on the keyboard. The lights will stop flashing and your firmware is loaded!
diff --git a/keyboards/tada68/rules.mk b/keyboards/tada68/rules.mk
index dd5b2bbe0c..dd5b2bbe0c 100644..100755
--- a/keyboards/tada68/rules.mk
+++ b/keyboards/tada68/rules.mk
diff --git a/keyboards/tada68/tada68.c b/keyboards/tada68/tada68.c
index 24f89048cb..e4fab98101 100644..100755
--- a/keyboards/tada68/tada68.c
+++ b/keyboards/tada68/tada68.c
@@ -27,4 +27,5 @@ void led_set_kb(uint8_t usb_led) {
         // Turn capslock off
         PORTB |= (1<<2);
     }
+	led_set_user(usb_led);
 }
diff --git a/keyboards/tada68/tada68.h b/keyboards/tada68/tada68.h
index d0e027a6f4..d0e027a6f4 100644..100755
--- a/keyboards/tada68/tada68.h
+++ b/keyboards/tada68/tada68.h
diff --git a/keyboards/tiger_lily/readme.md b/keyboards/tiger_lily/readme.md
index b5f30f2e11..b24c468366 100644
--- a/keyboards/tiger_lily/readme.md
+++ b/keyboards/tiger_lily/readme.md
@@ -1,32 +1,16 @@
-tiger_lily keyboard firmware
-======================
+tiger_lily
+==========
 
 This is the firmware for Rev. 20161114 of the Tiger Lily controller by [Bathroom Epiphanies](http://bathroomepiphanies.com/controllers/), a replacement controller for the [Filco Majestouch 2 104 key](https://mechanicalkeyboards.com/shop/index.php?l=product_detail&p=1819). Bathroom Epiphanies has advised that the source is also compatible with the Black Petal controller, however I do not own an example to test against.
 
 The code was adapted from the [BathroomEpiphanies TMK Firmware](https://github.com/BathroomEpiphanies/epiphanies_tmk_keyboard/tree/master/be_controllers).
 
-## Quantum MK Firmware
+Keyboard Maintainer: QMK Community
+Hardware Supported: Tiger Lily
+Hardware Availability: https://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=46700.0
 
-For the full Quantum feature list, see [the parent readme](/).
+Make example for this keyboard (after setting up your build environment):
 
-## Building
+    make tiger_lily-default
 
-Download or clone the whole firmware and navigate to the keyboards/tiger_lily folder. Once your dev env is setup, you'll be able to type `make` to generate your .hex - you can then use the Teensy Loader to program your .hex file. 
-
-Depending on which keymap you would like to use, you will have to compile slightly differently.
-
-### Default
-
-To build with the default keymap, simply run `make default`.
-
-### Other Keymaps
-
-Several version of keymap are available in advance but you are recommended to define your favorite layout yourself. To define your own keymap create a folder with the name of your keymap in the keymaps folder, and see keymap documentation (you can find in top readme.md) and existant keymap files.
-
-To build the firmware binary hex file with a keymap just do `make` with a keymap like this:
-
-```
-$ make [default|jack|<name>]
-```
-
-Keymaps follow the format **__\<name\>.c__** and are stored in the `keymaps` folder.
+See [build environment setup](https://docs.qmk.fm/build_environment_setup.html) then the [make instructions](https://docs.qmk.fm/make_instructions.html) for more information.
diff --git a/keyboards/tv44/readme.md b/keyboards/tv44/readme.md
index 4f691a4ca0..f0a277dec9 100644
--- a/keyboards/tv44/readme.md
+++ b/keyboards/tv44/readme.md
@@ -1,28 +1,14 @@
-tv44 keyboard firmware
-======================
+The Van 44
+==========
 
-## Quantum MK Firmware
+A compact 44% keyboard.
 
-For the full Quantum feature list, see [the parent readme.md](/doc/readme.md).
+Keyboard Maintainer: QMK Community
+Hardware Supported: The Van PCB
+Hardware Availability: https://thevankeyboards.com/products/minivan-r4-keyboard-kit?variant=37353952718
 
-## Building
+Make example for this keyboard (after setting up your build environment):
 
-Download or clone the whole firmware and navigate to the keyboards/tv44 folder. Once your dev env is setup, you'll be able to type `make` to generate your .hex - you can then use the Teensy Loader to program your .hex file. 
+    make tv44-default
 
-Depending on which keymap you would like to use, you will have to compile slightly differently.
-
-### Default
-
-To build with the default keymap, simply run `make default`.
-
-### Other Keymaps
-
-Several version of keymap are available in advance but you are recommended to define your favorite layout yourself. To define your own keymap create a folder with the name of your keymap in the keymaps folder, and see keymap documentation (you can find in top readme.md) and existant keymap files.
-
-To build the firmware binary hex file with a keymap just do `make` with a keymap like this:
-
-```
-$ make [default|jack|<name>]
-```
-
-Keymaps follow the format **__keymap.c__** and are stored in folders in the `keymaps` folder, eg `keymaps/my_keymap/`
\ No newline at end of file
+See [build environment setup](https://docs.qmk.fm/build_environment_setup.html) then the [make instructions](https://docs.qmk.fm/make_instructions.html) for more information.
diff --git a/keyboards/uk78/Makefile b/keyboards/uk78/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..57b2ef62e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/uk78/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+ifndef MAKEFILE_INCLUDED
+	include ../../Makefile
+endif
diff --git a/keyboards/uk78/config.h b/keyboards/uk78/config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e538ad33b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/uk78/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2012 Jun Wako <ukkeyboards@gmail.com>
+
+This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifndef CONFIG_H
+#define CONFIG_H
+
+#include "config_common.h"
+
+/* USB Device descriptor parameter */
+#define VENDOR_ID       0x554B /* Ascii */
+#define PRODUCT_ID      0x004E
+#define DEVICE_VER      0x0002
+#define MANUFACTURER    UK Keyboards
+#define PRODUCT         UK78
+#define DESCRIPTION     QMK keyboard firmware for UK78
+
+/* key matrix size */
+#define MATRIX_ROWS 5
+#define MATRIX_COLS 19
+
+/* key matrix pins */
+#define MATRIX_ROW_PINS { F3, F2, F1, F0, A0 }
+#define MATRIX_COL_PINS { A2, A1, F5, F4, E6, E7, E5, E4, B7, D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, B5, E0 }
+#define UNUSED_PINS
+
+/* COL2ROW or ROW2COL */
+#define DIODE_DIRECTION COL2ROW
+
+/* number of backlight levels */
+#define BACKLIGHT_PIN B6
+#ifdef BACKLIGHT_PIN
+#define BACKLIGHT_LEVELS 3
+#endif
+
+/* Set 0 if debouncing isn't needed */
+#define DEBOUNCING_DELAY 5
+
+/* Mechanical locking support. Use KC_LCAP, KC_LNUM or KC_LSCR instead in keymap */
+#define LOCKING_SUPPORT_ENABLE
+
+/* Locking resynchronize hack */
+#define LOCKING_RESYNC_ENABLE
+
+/* key combination for command */
+#define IS_COMMAND() ( \
+    keyboard_report->mods == (MOD_BIT(KC_LSHIFT) | MOD_BIT(KC_RSHIFT)) \
+)
+
+/* prevent stuck modifiers */
+#define PREVENT_STUCK_MODIFIERS
+
+/* ws2812b options */
+#define RGB_DI_PIN F6
+#ifdef RGB_DI_PIN
+#define RGBLIGHT_ANIMATIONS
+#define RGBLED_NUM 20
+#define RGBLIGHT_HUE_STEP 8
+#define RGBLIGHT_SAT_STEP 8
+#define RGBLIGHT_VAL_STEP 8
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/uk78/keymaps/default/keymap.c b/keyboards/uk78/keymaps/default/keymap.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b01beae182
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/uk78/keymaps/default/keymap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+#include "uk78.h"
+
+// Helpful defines
+#define _______ KC_TRNS
+
+// Each layer gets a name for readability, which is then used in the keymap matrix below.
+// The underscores don't mean anything - you can have a layer called STUFF or any other name.
+// Layer names don't all need to be of the same length, obviously, and you can also skip them
+// entirely and just use numbers.
+#define _BL 0
+#define _FL1 1
+#define _FL2 2
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+    /* _BL: Base Layer(Default) - For ISO enter use ANSI \
+    * ,-------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+    * |Esc | 1|  2|  3|  4|  5|  6|  7|  8|  9|  0|  -|  =| /|BSpc| Del|  P/|  P*|  P-|
+    * |-------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+    * |Tab  |  Q|  W|  E|  R|  T|  Y|  U|  I|  O|  P|  [|  ]|  \  |  P7|  P8|  P9|  P=|
+    * |-------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+    * |CAPS   |  A|  S|  D|  F|  G|  H|  J|  K|  L|  ;|  '| #| Ent|  P4|  P5|  P6|  P+|
+    * |-------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+    * |Shift| \|  Z|  X|  C|  V|  B|  N|  M|  ,|  .|  /|Shift | Up|  P1|  P2|  P3|SLck|
+    * |-------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+    * |Ctrl|Win |Alt |        Space        |Alt|Mo(1)|Ctrl|Lef|Dow| Rig|  P0|  P.|PEnt|
+    * `-------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+    */
+    [_BL] = KEYMAP(
+        KC_ESC,  KC_1,    KC_2,    KC_3,   KC_4,    KC_5,  KC_6,    KC_7,    KC_8,    KC_9,    KC_0,    KC_MINS, KC_EQL,   KC_BSLS, KC_BSPC, KC_DEL,  KC_PSLS, KC_PAST, KC_PMNS,
+        KC_TAB,  KC_Q,    KC_W,    KC_E,   KC_R,    KC_T,  KC_Y,    KC_U,    KC_I,    KC_O,    KC_P,    KC_LBRC, KC_RBRC,           KC_BSLS, KC_P7,   KC_P8,   KC_P9,   KC_PEQL,
+        KC_CAPS, KC_A,    KC_S,    KC_D,   KC_F,    KC_G,  KC_H,    KC_J,    KC_K,    KC_L,    KC_SCLN, KC_QUOT, KC_NUHS,           KC_ENT,  KC_P4,   KC_P5,   KC_P6,   KC_PPLS,
+        KC_LSFT, KC_NUBS, KC_Z,    KC_X,   KC_C,    KC_V,  KC_B,    KC_N,    KC_M,    KC_COMM, KC_DOT,  KC_SLSH, KC_RSFT,  KC_RSFT, KC_UP,   KC_P1,   KC_P2,   KC_P3,   KC_SLCK,
+        KC_LCTL, KC_LGUI, KC_LALT,                         KC_SPC,                             KC_RALT, MO(_FL1), KC_RCTL, KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_RGHT, KC_P0,   KC_PDOT, KC_PENT),
+    /* _FL1: Function Layer 1 - For ISO enter use ANSI \
+    * ,-------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+    * |  `|F1| F2| F3| F4| F5| F6| F7| F8| F9|F10|F11|F12|PScr|Ins|NLck|    |    |    |
+    * |-------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+    * |     |   |   |   |RST|   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |     |    |    |    |    |
+    * |-------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+    * |       |   |   |   |   |   |Hu+|Va+|Sa+|   |   |   |  |    |    |    |    |    |
+    * |-------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+    * |     |   |   |   |   |RGB|Hu-|Va-|Sa-|Bl-|Bl+|   |Mute|Vol+|    |    |    |    |
+    * |-------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+    * |    |    |    |      BL_Toggle       |   |   |   |    |Vol-|    |    |    |    |
+    * `-------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+    */
+    [_FL1] = KEYMAP(
+        KC_GRV,  KC_F1,   KC_F2,   KC_F3,   KC_F4,   KC_F5,   KC_F6,   KC_F7,   KC_F8,   KC_F9,   KC_F10,  KC_F11,  KC_F12,  KC_PSCR, KC_INS,  KC_NLCK, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,
+        KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, RESET,   KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,          KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,
+        KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, RGB_HUI, RGB_SAI, RGB_VAI, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,          KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,
+        KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, RGB_TOG, RGB_HUD, RGB_SAD, RGB_VAD, BL_DEC,  BL_INC,  KC_TRNS, KC_MUTE, KC_MUTE, KC_VOLU, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,
+        KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,                            BL_TOGG,                            KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_VOLD, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS),
+    /* _FL2: Function Layer 2 - For ISO enter use ANSI \
+    * ,-------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+    * |   |  |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |    |   |    |    |    |    |
+    * |-------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+    * |     |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |     |    |    |    |    |
+    * |-------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+    * |       |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |  |    |    |    |    |    |
+    * |-------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+    * |     |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |    |    |    |    |    |    |
+    * |-------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+    * |    |    |    |                      |   |   |   |    |    |    |    |    |    |
+    * `-------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+    */
+    [_FL2] = KEYMAP(
+		KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, 
+		KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,          KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, 
+		KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,          KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, 
+		KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, 
+		KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS,                            KC_TRNS,                            KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS, KC_TRNS),
+
+
+};
+
+
+void matrix_init_user(void) {
+}
+
+void matrix_scan_user(void) {
+}
+
+bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
+	return true;
+}
+
+void led_set_user(uint8_t usb_led) {
+
+	if (usb_led & (1 << USB_LED_NUM_LOCK)) {
+		
+	} else {
+		
+	}
+
+	if (usb_led & (1 << USB_LED_CAPS_LOCK)) {
+		DDRA |= (1 << 3); PORTA |= (1 << 3);
+	} else {
+		DDRA &= ~(1 << 3); PORTA &= ~(1 << 3);
+	}
+
+	if (usb_led & (1 << USB_LED_SCROLL_LOCK)) {
+		
+	} else {
+		
+	}
+
+	if (usb_led & (1 << USB_LED_COMPOSE)) {
+		
+	} else {
+		
+	}
+
+	if (usb_led & (1 << USB_LED_KANA)) {
+		
+	} else {
+		
+	}
+
+}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/uk78/readme.md b/keyboards/uk78/readme.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..46f2936143
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/uk78/readme.md
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+# UK78
+
+![UK78](http://i.imgur.com/42pg6RS.png)
+
+A fully customizable 60%+numpad keyboard.
+
+* Keyboard Maintainer: [Rozakiin](https://github.com/rozakiin)
+* Hardware Supported: UK78 PCB
+  * rev2 
+* Hardware Availability: [ukkeyboards.](http://ukkeyboards.bigcartel.com/)
+
+Make example for this keyboard (after setting up your build environment):
+
+    make uk78-default
+
+See [build environment setup](https://docs.qmk.fm/build_environment_setup.html) then the [make instructions](https://docs.qmk.fm/make_instructions.html) for more information.
diff --git a/keyboards/uk78/rules.mk b/keyboards/uk78/rules.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4e8d14812f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/uk78/rules.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+# MCU name
+MCU = at90usb1286
+
+# Processor frequency.
+#     This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the
+#     processor frequency in Hz. You can then use this symbol in your source code to
+#     calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done
+#     automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.
+#
+#     This will be an integer division of F_USB below, as it is sourced by
+#     F_USB after it has run through any CPU prescalers. Note that this value
+#     does not *change* the processor frequency - it should merely be updated to
+#     reflect the processor speed set externally so that the code can use accurate
+#     software delays.
+F_CPU = 16000000
+
+#
+# LUFA specific
+#
+# Target architecture (see library "Board Types" documentation).
+ARCH = AVR8
+
+# Input clock frequency.
+#     This will define a symbol, F_USB, in all source code files equal to the
+#     input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed) in Hz. This value may
+#     differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the
+#     raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed
+#     clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL'
+#     at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your
+#     source code.
+#
+#     If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the
+#     CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU.
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+
+# Interrupt driven control endpoint task(+60)
+OPT_DEFS += -DINTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+
+
+# Boot Section Size in *bytes*
+OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_SIZE=8192
+
+
+# Build Options
+#   comment out to disable the options.
+#
+BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE ?= yes	# Virtual DIP switch configuration(+1000)
+MOUSEKEY_ENABLE ?= yes	# Mouse keys(+4700)
+EXTRAKEY_ENABLE ?= yes	# Audio control and System control(+450)
+CONSOLE_ENABLE ?= no	# Console for debug(+400)
+COMMAND_ENABLE ?= no    # Commands for debug and configuration
+SLEEP_LED_ENABLE ?= no  # Breathing sleep LED during USB suspend
+NKRO_ENABLE ?= yes		# USB Nkey Rollover - if this doesn't work, see here: https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/wiki/FAQ#nkro-doesnt-work
+BACKLIGHT_ENABLE ?= yes  # Enable keyboard backlight functionality
+AUDIO_ENABLE ?= no
+RGBLIGHT_ENABLE ?= yes
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/uk78/uk78.c b/keyboards/uk78/uk78.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3611427d02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/uk78/uk78.c
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+#include "uk78.h"
diff --git a/keyboards/uk78/uk78.h b/keyboards/uk78/uk78.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6cc5eee479
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/uk78/uk78.h
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+#ifndef UK78_H
+#define UK78_H
+
+#include "quantum.h"
+
+#define KEYMAP( \
+	K000, K001, K002, K003, K004, K005, K006, K007, K008, K009, K010, K011, K012, K013, K014, K015, K016, K017, K018, \
+	K100, K101, K102, K103, K104, K105, K106, K107, K108, K109, K110, K111, K112,       K114, K115, K116, K117, K118, \
+	K200, K201, K202, K203, K204, K205, K206, K207, K208, K209, K210, K211, K212,       K214, K215, K216, K217, K218, \
+	K300, K301, K302, K303, K304, K305, K306, K307, K308, K309, K310, K311, K312, K313, K314, K315, K316, K317, K318, \
+	K400, K401, K402,                   K406,                   K410, K411, K412, K413, K414, K415, K416, K417, K418  \
+) { \
+	{ K000,  K001,  K002,  K003,  K004,  K005,  K006,  K007,  K008,  K009,  K010,  K011,  K012,  K013,  K014,  K015,  K016,  K017,  K018 }, \
+	{ K100,  K101,  K102,  K103,  K104,  K105,  K106,  K107,  K108,  K109,  K110,  K111,  K112,  KC_NO, K114,  K115,  K116,  K117,  K118 }, \
+	{ K200,  K201,  K202,  K203,  K204,  K205,  K206,  K207,  K208,  K209,  K210,  K211,  K212,  KC_NO, K214,  K215,  K216,  K217,  K218 }, \
+	{ K300,  K301,  K302,  K303,  K304,  K305,  K306,  K307,  K308,  K309,  K310,  K311,  K312,  K313,  K314,  K315,  K316,  K317,  K318 }, \
+	{ K400,  K401,  K402,  KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, K406,  KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, K410,  K411,  K412,  K413,  K414,  K415,  K416,  K417,  K418 }  \
+}
+
+#endif
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/vision_division/readme.md b/keyboards/vision_division/readme.md
index de200d7c5b..880c62f58d 100644
--- a/keyboards/vision_division/readme.md
+++ b/keyboards/vision_division/readme.md
@@ -1,34 +1,14 @@
-vision_division keyboard firmware
-======================
+Vision Division
+===============
 
-## Keyboard Info
+Full Size / Split Linear Keyboard PCB
 
-[See this thread.](https://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=83692.msg2227856#msg2227856)
+Keyboard Maintainer: QMK Community
+Hardware Supported: Vision Division PCB
+Hardware Availability: https://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=83692.msg2227856#msg2227856
 
-Vision/Division is a full size or split keyboard that can be customized due to its pcb.
+Make example for this keyboard (after setting up your build environment):
 
-## Quantum MK Firmware
+    make vision_division-default
 
-For the full Quantum feature list, see [the parent readme.md](/doc/readme.md).
-
-## Building
-
-Download or clone the whole firmware and navigate to the keyboards/vision_division folder. Once your dev env is setup, you'll be able to type `make` to generate your .hex - you can then use the Teensy Loader to program your .hex file. 
-
-Depending on which keymap you would like to use, you will have to compile slightly differently.
-
-### Default
-
-To build with the default keymap, simply run `make`.
-
-### Other Keymaps
-
-Several version of keymap are available in advance but you are recommended to define your favorite layout yourself. To define your own keymap create a folder with the name of your keymap in the keymaps folder, and see keymap documentation (you can find in top readme.md) and existant keymap files.
-
-To build the firmware binary hex file with a keymap just do `make` with `keymap` option like:
-
-```
-$ make keymap=[default|jack|<name>]
-```
-
-Keymaps follow the format **__keymap.c__** and are stored in folders in the `keymaps` folder, eg `keymaps/my_keymap/`
\ No newline at end of file
+See [build environment setup](https://docs.qmk.fm/build_environment_setup.html) then the [make instructions](https://docs.qmk.fm/make_instructions.html) for more information.
diff --git a/keyboards/whitefox/animations.c b/keyboards/whitefox/animations.c
deleted file mode 100644
index ed1d75efb8..0000000000
--- a/keyboards/whitefox/animations.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,128 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright 2017 Fred Sundvik
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
- */
-
-#if defined(VISUALIZER_ENABLE)
-
-#include "animations.h"
-#include "visualizer.h"
-
-#ifdef BACKLIGHT_ENABLE
-#include "led_keyframes.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "visualizer_keyframes.h"
-
-
-#if defined(LCD_ENABLE) || defined(LCD_BACKLIGHT_ENABLE) || defined(BACKLIGHT_ENABLE)
-
-static bool keyframe_enable(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state) {
-#ifdef BACKLIGHT_ENABLE
-    led_keyframe_enable(animation, state);
-#endif
-    return false;
-}
-
-static bool keyframe_disable(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state) {
-#ifdef BACKLIGHT_ENABLE
-    led_keyframe_disable(animation, state);
-#endif
-    return false;
-}
-
-static bool keyframe_fade_in(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state) {
-    bool ret = false;
-#ifdef BACKLIGHT_ENABLE
-    ret |= led_keyframe_fade_in_all(animation, state);
-#endif
-    return ret;
-}
-
-static bool keyframe_fade_out(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state) {
-    bool ret = false;
-#ifdef BACKLIGHT_ENABLE
-    ret |= led_keyframe_fade_out_all(animation, state);
-#endif
-    return ret;
-}
-
-
-// Don't worry, if the startup animation is long, you can use the keyboard like normal
-// during that time
-keyframe_animation_t default_startup_animation = {
-    .num_frames = 2,
-    .loop = false,
-    .frame_lengths = {0, gfxMillisecondsToTicks(5000)},
-    .frame_functions = {
-            keyframe_enable,
-            keyframe_fade_in,
-    },
-};
-
-keyframe_animation_t default_suspend_animation = {
-    .num_frames = 2,
-    .loop = false,
-    .frame_lengths = {gfxMillisecondsToTicks(1000), 0},
-    .frame_functions = {
-            keyframe_fade_out,
-            keyframe_disable,
-    },
-};
-#endif
-
-#if defined(BACKLIGHT_ENABLE)
-#define CROSSFADE_TIME 1000
-#define GRADIENT_TIME 3000
-
-keyframe_animation_t led_test_animation = {
-    .num_frames = 14,
-    .loop = true,
-    .frame_lengths = {
-        gfxMillisecondsToTicks(1000), // fade in
-        gfxMillisecondsToTicks(1000), // no op (leds on)
-        gfxMillisecondsToTicks(1000), // fade out
-        gfxMillisecondsToTicks(CROSSFADE_TIME), // crossfade
-        gfxMillisecondsToTicks(GRADIENT_TIME), // left to rigt (outside in)
-        gfxMillisecondsToTicks(CROSSFADE_TIME), // crossfade
-        gfxMillisecondsToTicks(GRADIENT_TIME), // top_to_bottom
-        0,           // mirror leds
-        gfxMillisecondsToTicks(CROSSFADE_TIME), // crossfade
-        gfxMillisecondsToTicks(GRADIENT_TIME), // left_to_right (mirrored, so inside out)
-        gfxMillisecondsToTicks(CROSSFADE_TIME), // crossfade
-        gfxMillisecondsToTicks(GRADIENT_TIME), // top_to_bottom
-        0,           // normal leds
-        gfxMillisecondsToTicks(CROSSFADE_TIME), // crossfade
-
-    },
-    .frame_functions = {
-        led_keyframe_fade_in_all,
-        keyframe_no_operation,
-        led_keyframe_fade_out_all,
-        led_keyframe_crossfade,
-        led_keyframe_left_to_right_gradient,
-        led_keyframe_crossfade,
-        led_keyframe_top_to_bottom_gradient,
-        led_keyframe_mirror_orientation,
-        led_keyframe_crossfade,
-        led_keyframe_left_to_right_gradient,
-        led_keyframe_crossfade,
-        led_keyframe_top_to_bottom_gradient,
-        led_keyframe_normal_orientation,
-        led_keyframe_crossfade,
-    },
-};
-#endif
-
-#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/whitefox/animations.h b/keyboards/whitefox/animations.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6d8b9830d9..0000000000
--- a/keyboards/whitefox/animations.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright 2017 Fred Sundvik
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
- */
-
-#ifndef KEYBOARDS_ERGODOX_INFINITY_ANIMATIONS_H_
-#define KEYBOARDS_ERGODOX_INFINITY_ANIMATIONS_H_
-
-#include "visualizer.h"
-
-// You can use these default animations, but of course you can also write your own custom ones instead
-extern keyframe_animation_t default_startup_animation;
-extern keyframe_animation_t default_suspend_animation;
-
-// An animation for testing and demonstrating the led support, should probably not be used for real world
-// cases
-extern keyframe_animation_t led_test_animation;
-
-#endif /* KEYBOARDS_ERGODOX_INFINITY_ANIMATIONS_H_ */
diff --git a/keyboards/whitefox/board_is31fl3731c.h b/keyboards/whitefox/board_is31fl3731c.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dea643f107
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/whitefox/board_is31fl3731c.h
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2016 Fred Sundvik <fsundvik@gmail.com>
+
+This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _GDISP_LLD_BOARD_H
+#define _GDISP_LLD_BOARD_H
+
+static const I2CConfig i2ccfg = {
+  400000 // clock speed (Hz); 400kHz max for IS31
+};
+
+static const uint8_t led_mask[] = {
+	0xFF, 0x00, /* C1-1 -> C1-16 */
+	0xFF, 0x00, /* C2-1 -> C2-16 */
+	0xFF, 0x00, /* C3-1 -> C3-16 */
+	0xFF, 0x00, /* C4-1 -> C4-16 */
+	0xFF, 0x00, /* C5-1 -> C5-16 */
+	0xFF, 0x00, /* C6-1 -> C6-16 */
+	0xFF, 0x00, /* C7-1 -> C7-16 */
+	0xFF, 0x00, /* C8-1 -> C8-16 */
+	0xFE, 0x00, /* C9-1 -> C9-16 */
+};
+
+// The address of the LED
+#define LA(c, r) (c + r * 16 )
+// Need to be an address that is not mapped, but inside the range of the controller matrix
+#define NA LA(8, 8)
+
+// The numbers in the comments are the led numbers DXX on the PCB
+// The mapping is taken from the schematic of left hand side
+static const uint8_t led_mapping[GDISP_SCREEN_HEIGHT][GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH] = {
+//   1         2         3         4         5         6         7         8         9         10        11        12        13        14        15        16
+   { LA(0, 0), LA(1, 0), LA(2, 0), LA(3, 0), LA(4, 0), LA(5, 0), LA(6, 0), LA(7, 0), LA(0, 1), LA(1, 1), LA(2, 1), LA(3, 1), LA(4, 1), LA(5, 1), LA(6, 1), LA(7, 1)},
+//   17        18        19        20        21        22        23        24        25        26                  27        28        29        30        31
+   { LA(0, 2), LA(1, 2), LA(2, 2), LA(3, 2), LA(4, 2), LA(5, 2), LA(6, 2), LA(7, 2), LA(0, 3), LA(1, 3), NA,       LA(2, 3), LA(3, 3), LA(4, 3), LA(5, 3), LA(6, 3)},
+//   32        33        34        35        36        37        38        39        40        41                  42        43        44        45        46
+   { LA(7, 3), LA(0, 4), LA(1, 4), LA(2, 4), LA(3, 4), LA(4, 4), LA(5, 4), LA(6, 4), LA(7, 4), LA(0, 5), NA,       LA(1, 5), LA(2, 5), LA(3, 5), LA(4, 5), LA(5, 5)},
+//   47        48        49        50        51        52        53        54        55        56                  57        58        59        60        61
+   { LA(6, 5), LA(7, 5), LA(0, 6), LA(1, 6), LA(2, 6), LA(3, 6), LA(4, 6), LA(5, 6), LA(6, 6), LA(7, 6), NA,       LA(0, 7), LA(1, 7), LA(2, 7), LA(3, 7), LA(4, 7)},
+//   62        63        64                                      65                                      66        67        68        69        70        71
+   { LA(5, 7), LA(6, 7), LA(7, 7), NA,       NA,       NA,       LA(0, 8), NA,       NA,       NA,       LA(1, 8), LA(2, 8), LA(3, 8), LA(4, 8), LA(5, 8), LA(6, 8)},
+};
+
+
+#define IS31_ADDR_DEFAULT 0x74 // AD connected to GND
+#define IS31_TIMEOUT 5000
+
+static GFXINLINE void init_board(GDisplay *g) {
+    (void) g;
+    /* I2C pins */
+    palSetPadMode(GPIOB, 0, PAL_MODE_ALTERNATIVE_2); // PTB0/I2C0/SCL
+    palSetPadMode(GPIOB, 1, PAL_MODE_ALTERNATIVE_2); // PTB1/I2C0/SDA
+    palSetPadMode(GPIOB, 16, PAL_MODE_OUTPUT_PUSHPULL);
+    palClearPad(GPIOB, 16);
+    /* start I2C */
+    i2cStart(&I2CD1, &i2ccfg);
+    // try high drive (from kiibohd)
+    I2CD1.i2c->C2 |= I2Cx_C2_HDRS;
+    // try glitch fixing (from kiibohd)
+    I2CD1.i2c->FLT = 4;
+}
+
+static GFXINLINE void post_init_board(GDisplay *g) {
+	(void) g;
+}
+
+static GFXINLINE const uint8_t* get_led_mask(GDisplay* g) {
+    (void) g;
+    return led_mask;
+}
+
+static GFXINLINE uint8_t get_led_address(GDisplay* g, uint16_t x, uint16_t y)
+{
+    (void) g;
+    return led_mapping[y][x];
+}
+
+static GFXINLINE void set_hardware_shutdown(GDisplay* g, bool shutdown) {
+    (void) g;
+    if(!shutdown) {
+        palSetPad(GPIOB, 16);
+    }
+    else {
+        palClearPad(GPIOB, 16);
+    }
+}
+
+static GFXINLINE void write_data(GDisplay *g, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length) {
+	(void) g;
+	i2cMasterTransmitTimeout(&I2CD1, IS31_ADDR_DEFAULT, data, length, 0, 0, US2ST(IS31_TIMEOUT));
+}
+
+#endif /* _GDISP_LLD_BOARD_H */
diff --git a/keyboards/whitefox/config.h b/keyboards/whitefox/config.h
index 08de9b9aa8..dc33a7ce5b 100644
--- a/keyboards/whitefox/config.h
+++ b/keyboards/whitefox/config.h
@@ -81,12 +81,4 @@ along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 //#define NO_ACTION_MACRO
 //#define NO_ACTION_FUNCTION
 
-#endif
-
-// The visualizer needs gfx thread priorities
-#define LED_DISPLAY_NUMBER 0
-
-#define LED_NUM_ROWS 5
-#define LED_NUM_COLS 16
-
-#define VISUALIZER_THREAD_PRIORITY (NORMAL_PRIORITY - 2)
+#endif
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/whitefox/drivers/gdisp/IS31FL3731C/board_IS31FL3731C.h b/keyboards/whitefox/drivers/gdisp/IS31FL3731C/board_IS31FL3731C.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 3dc5327a58..0000000000
--- a/keyboards/whitefox/drivers/gdisp/IS31FL3731C/board_IS31FL3731C.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,109 +0,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright 2016 Fred Sundvik <fsundvik@gmail.com>
-
-This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
-(at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-
-#ifndef _GDISP_LLD_BOARD_H
-#define _GDISP_LLD_BOARD_H
-
-static const I2CConfig i2ccfg = {
-  400000 // clock speed (Hz); 400kHz max for IS31
-};
-
-#define GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH  16
-#define GDISP_SCREEN_HEIGHT 5
-
-static const uint8_t led_mask[] = {
-	0xFF, 0x00, /* C1-1 -> C1-16 */
-	0xFF, 0x00, /* C2-1 -> C2-16 */
-	0xFF, 0x00, /* C3-1 -> C3-16 */
-	0xFF, 0x00, /* C4-1 -> C4-16 */
-	0xFF, 0x00, /* C5-1 -> C5-16 */
-	0xFF, 0x00, /* C6-1 -> C6-16 */
-	0xFF, 0x00, /* C7-1 -> C7-16 */
-	0xFF, 0x00, /* C8-1 -> C8-16 */
-	0xFE, 0x00, /* C9-1 -> C9-16 */
-};
-
-// The address of the LED
-#define LA(c, r) (c + r * 16 )
-// Need to be an address that is not mapped, but inside the range of the controller matrix
-#define NA LA(8, 8)
-
-// The numbers in the comments are the led numbers DXX on the PCB
-// The mapping is taken from the schematic of left hand side
-static const uint8_t led_mapping[GDISP_SCREEN_HEIGHT][GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH] = {
-//   1         2         3         4         5         6         7         8         9         10        11        12        13        14        15        16
-   { LA(0, 0), LA(1, 0), LA(2, 0), LA(3, 0), LA(4, 0), LA(5, 0), LA(6, 0), LA(7, 0), LA(0, 1), LA(1, 1), LA(2, 1), LA(3, 1), LA(4, 1), LA(5, 1), LA(6, 1), LA(7, 1)},
-//   17        18        19        20        21        22        23        24        25        26                  27        28        29        30        31
-   { LA(0, 2), LA(1, 2), LA(2, 2), LA(3, 2), LA(4, 2), LA(5, 2), LA(6, 2), LA(7, 2), LA(0, 3), LA(1, 3), NA,       LA(2, 3), LA(3, 3), LA(4, 3), LA(5, 3), LA(6, 3)},
-//   32        33        34        35        36        37        38        39        40        41                  42        43        44        45        46
-   { LA(7, 3), LA(0, 4), LA(1, 4), LA(2, 4), LA(3, 4), LA(4, 4), LA(5, 4), LA(6, 4), LA(7, 4), LA(0, 5), NA,       LA(1, 5), LA(2, 5), LA(3, 5), LA(4, 5), LA(5, 5)},
-//   47        48        49        50        51        52        53        54        55        56                  57        58        59        60        61
-   { LA(6, 5), LA(7, 5), LA(0, 6), LA(1, 6), LA(2, 6), LA(3, 6), LA(4, 6), LA(5, 6), LA(6, 6), LA(7, 6), NA,       LA(0, 7), LA(1, 7), LA(2, 7), LA(3, 7), LA(4, 7)},
-//   62        63        64                                      65                                      66        67        68        69        70        71
-   { LA(5, 7), LA(6, 7), LA(7, 7), NA,       NA,       NA,       LA(0, 8), NA,       NA,       NA,       LA(1, 8), LA(2, 8), LA(3, 8), LA(4, 8), LA(5, 8), LA(6, 8)},
-};
-
-
-#define IS31_ADDR_DEFAULT 0x74 // AD connected to GND
-#define IS31_TIMEOUT 5000
-
-static GFXINLINE void init_board(GDisplay *g) {
-    (void) g;
-    /* I2C pins */
-    palSetPadMode(GPIOB, 0, PAL_MODE_ALTERNATIVE_2); // PTB0/I2C0/SCL
-    palSetPadMode(GPIOB, 1, PAL_MODE_ALTERNATIVE_2); // PTB1/I2C0/SDA
-    palSetPadMode(GPIOB, 16, PAL_MODE_OUTPUT_PUSHPULL);
-    palClearPad(GPIOB, 16);
-    /* start I2C */
-    i2cStart(&I2CD1, &i2ccfg);
-    // try high drive (from kiibohd)
-    I2CD1.i2c->C2 |= I2Cx_C2_HDRS;
-    // try glitch fixing (from kiibohd)
-    I2CD1.i2c->FLT = 4;
-}
-
-static GFXINLINE void post_init_board(GDisplay *g) {
-	(void) g;
-}
-
-static GFXINLINE const uint8_t* get_led_mask(GDisplay* g) {
-    (void) g;
-    return led_mask;
-}
-
-static GFXINLINE uint8_t get_led_address(GDisplay* g, uint16_t x, uint16_t y)
-{
-    (void) g;
-    return led_mapping[y][x];
-}
-
-static GFXINLINE void set_hardware_shutdown(GDisplay* g, bool shutdown) {
-    (void) g;
-    if(!shutdown) {
-        palSetPad(GPIOB, 16);
-    }
-    else {
-        palClearPad(GPIOB, 16);
-    }
-}
-
-static GFXINLINE void write_data(GDisplay *g, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length) {
-	(void) g;
-	i2cMasterTransmitTimeout(&I2CD1, IS31_ADDR_DEFAULT, data, length, 0, 0, US2ST(IS31_TIMEOUT));
-}
-
-#endif /* _GDISP_LLD_BOARD_H */
diff --git a/keyboards/whitefox/drivers/gdisp/IS31FL3731C/driver.mk b/keyboards/whitefox/drivers/gdisp/IS31FL3731C/driver.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index f32d0d8685..0000000000
--- a/keyboards/whitefox/drivers/gdisp/IS31FL3731C/driver.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-GFXINC += drivers/gdisp/IS31FL3731C
-GFXSRC += drivers/gdisp/IS31FL3731C/gdisp_IS31FL3731C.c
diff --git a/keyboards/whitefox/drivers/gdisp/IS31FL3731C/gdisp_IS31FL3731C.c b/keyboards/whitefox/drivers/gdisp/IS31FL3731C/gdisp_IS31FL3731C.c
deleted file mode 100644
index c807cbd1e2..0000000000
--- a/keyboards/whitefox/drivers/gdisp/IS31FL3731C/gdisp_IS31FL3731C.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,312 +0,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright 2016 Fred Sundvik <fsundvik@gmail.com>
-
-This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
-(at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-
-#include "gfx.h"
-
-#if GFX_USE_GDISP
-
-#define GDISP_DRIVER_VMT			GDISPVMT_IS31FL3731C_WHITEFOX
-#include "drivers/gdisp/IS31FL3731C/gdisp_lld_config.h"
-#include "src/gdisp/gdisp_driver.h"
-
-#include "board_IS31FL3731C.h"
-
-
-// Can't include led_tables from here
-extern const uint8_t CIE1931_CURVE[];
-
-/*===========================================================================*/
-/* Driver local definitions.                                                 */
-/*===========================================================================*/
-
-#ifndef GDISP_SCREEN_HEIGHT
-	#define GDISP_SCREEN_HEIGHT		9
-#endif
-#ifndef GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH
-	#define GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH		16
-#endif
-#ifndef GDISP_INITIAL_CONTRAST
-	#define GDISP_INITIAL_CONTRAST	0
-#endif
-#ifndef GDISP_INITIAL_BACKLIGHT
-	#define GDISP_INITIAL_BACKLIGHT	0
-#endif
-
-#define GDISP_FLG_NEEDFLUSH			(GDISP_FLG_DRIVER<<0)
-
-#define IS31_ADDR_DEFAULT 0x74
-
-#define IS31_REG_CONFIG  0x00
-// bits in reg
-#define IS31_REG_CONFIG_PICTUREMODE 0x00
-#define IS31_REG_CONFIG_AUTOPLAYMODE 0x08
-#define IS31_REG_CONFIG_AUDIOPLAYMODE 0x18
-// D2:D0 bits are starting frame for autoplay mode
-
-#define IS31_REG_PICTDISP 0x01 // D2:D0 frame select for picture mode
-
-#define IS31_REG_AUTOPLAYCTRL1 0x02
-// D6:D4 number of loops (000=infty)
-// D2:D0 number of frames to be used
-
-#define IS31_REG_AUTOPLAYCTRL2 0x03 // D5:D0 delay time (*11ms)
-
-#define IS31_REG_DISPLAYOPT 0x05
-#define IS31_REG_DISPLAYOPT_INTENSITY_SAME 0x20 // same intensity for all frames
-#define IS31_REG_DISPLAYOPT_BLINK_ENABLE 0x8
-// D2:D0 bits blink period time (*0.27s)
-
-#define IS31_REG_AUDIOSYNC 0x06
-#define IS31_REG_AUDIOSYNC_ENABLE 0x1
-
-#define IS31_REG_FRAMESTATE 0x07
-
-#define IS31_REG_BREATHCTRL1 0x08
-// D6:D4 fade out time (26ms*2^i)
-// D2:D0 fade in time (26ms*2^i)
-
-#define IS31_REG_BREATHCTRL2 0x09
-#define IS31_REG_BREATHCTRL2_ENABLE 0x10
-// D2:D0 extinguish time (3.5ms*2^i)
-
-#define IS31_REG_SHUTDOWN 0x0A
-#define IS31_REG_SHUTDOWN_OFF 0x0
-#define IS31_REG_SHUTDOWN_ON 0x1
-
-#define IS31_REG_AGCCTRL 0x0B
-#define IS31_REG_ADCRATE 0x0C
-
-#define IS31_COMMANDREGISTER 0xFD
-#define IS31_FUNCTIONREG 0x0B    // helpfully called 'page nine'
-#define IS31_FUNCTIONREG_SIZE 0xD
-
-#define IS31_FRAME_SIZE 0xB4
-
-#define IS31_PWM_REG 0x24
-#define IS31_PWM_SIZE 0x90
-
-#define IS31_LED_MASK_SIZE 0x12
-#define IS31_SCREEN_WIDTH 16
-
-#define IS31
-
-/*===========================================================================*/
-/* Driver local functions.                                                   */
-/*===========================================================================*/
-
-typedef struct{
-    uint8_t write_buffer_offset;
-    uint8_t write_buffer[IS31_FRAME_SIZE];
-    uint8_t frame_buffer[GDISP_SCREEN_HEIGHT * GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH];
-    uint8_t page;
-}__attribute__((__packed__)) PrivData;
-
-// Some common routines and macros
-#define PRIV(g)                         ((PrivData*)g->priv)
-
-/*===========================================================================*/
-/* Driver exported functions.                                                */
-/*===========================================================================*/
-
-static GFXINLINE void write_page(GDisplay* g, uint8_t page) {
-    uint8_t tx[2] __attribute__((aligned(2)));
-    tx[0] = IS31_COMMANDREGISTER;
-    tx[1] = page;
-    write_data(g, tx, 2);
-}
-
-static GFXINLINE void write_register(GDisplay* g, uint8_t page, uint8_t reg, uint8_t data) {
-    uint8_t tx[2] __attribute__((aligned(2)));
-    tx[0] = reg;
-    tx[1] = data;
-    write_page(g, page);
-    write_data(g, tx, 2);
-}
-
-static GFXINLINE void write_ram(GDisplay *g, uint8_t page, uint16_t offset, uint16_t length) {
-    PRIV(g)->write_buffer_offset = offset;
-    write_page(g, page);
-    write_data(g, (uint8_t*)PRIV(g), length + 1);
-}
-
-LLDSPEC bool_t gdisp_lld_init(GDisplay *g) {
-	// The private area is the display surface.
-	g->priv = gfxAlloc(sizeof(PrivData));
-    __builtin_memset(PRIV(g), 0, sizeof(PrivData));
-	PRIV(g)->page = 0;
-
-	// Initialise the board interface
-	init_board(g);
-	gfxSleepMilliseconds(10);
-
-    // zero function page, all registers (assuming full_page is all zeroes)
-    write_ram(g, IS31_FUNCTIONREG, 0, IS31_FUNCTIONREG_SIZE);
-    set_hardware_shutdown(g, false);
-    gfxSleepMilliseconds(10);
-    // software shutdown
-    write_register(g, IS31_FUNCTIONREG, IS31_REG_SHUTDOWN, IS31_REG_SHUTDOWN_OFF);
-    gfxSleepMilliseconds(10);
-    // zero function page, all registers
-    write_ram(g, IS31_FUNCTIONREG, 0, IS31_FUNCTIONREG_SIZE);
-    gfxSleepMilliseconds(10);
-
-
-    // zero all LED registers on all 8 pages, and enable the mask
-    __builtin_memcpy(PRIV(g)->write_buffer, get_led_mask(g), IS31_LED_MASK_SIZE);
-    for(uint8_t i=0; i<8; i++) {
-        write_ram(g, i, 0, IS31_FRAME_SIZE);
-        gfxSleepMilliseconds(1);
-    }
-
-    // software shutdown disable (i.e. turn stuff on)
-    write_register(g, IS31_FUNCTIONREG, IS31_REG_SHUTDOWN, IS31_REG_SHUTDOWN_OFF);
-    gfxSleepMilliseconds(10);
-
-    // Finish Init
-    post_init_board(g);
-
-	/* Initialise the GDISP structure */
-	g->g.Width = GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH;
-	g->g.Height = GDISP_SCREEN_HEIGHT;
-	g->g.Orientation = GDISP_ROTATE_0;
-	g->g.Powermode = powerOff;
-	g->g.Backlight = GDISP_INITIAL_BACKLIGHT;
-	g->g.Contrast = GDISP_INITIAL_CONTRAST;
-	return TRUE;
-}
-
-#if GDISP_HARDWARE_FLUSH
-	LLDSPEC void gdisp_lld_flush(GDisplay *g) {
-		// Don't flush if we don't need it.
-		if (!(g->flags & GDISP_FLG_NEEDFLUSH))
-			return;
-
-		PRIV(g)->page++;
-		PRIV(g)->page %= 2;
-		// TODO: some smarter algorithm for this
-		// We should run only one physical page at a time
-		// This way we don't need to send so much data, and
-		// we could use slightly less memory
-		uint8_t* src = PRIV(g)->frame_buffer;
-		for (int y=0;y<GDISP_SCREEN_HEIGHT;y++) {
-		    for (int x=0;x<GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH;x++) {
-		        uint8_t val = (uint16_t)*src * g->g.Backlight / 100;
-		        PRIV(g)->write_buffer[get_led_address(g, x, y)]=CIE1931_CURVE[val];
-		        ++src;
-		    }
-		}
-        write_ram(g, PRIV(g)->page, IS31_PWM_REG, IS31_PWM_SIZE);
-        gfxSleepMilliseconds(1);
-        write_register(g, IS31_FUNCTIONREG, IS31_REG_PICTDISP, PRIV(g)->page);
-
-		g->flags &= ~GDISP_FLG_NEEDFLUSH;
-	}
-#endif
-
-#if GDISP_HARDWARE_DRAWPIXEL
-	LLDSPEC void gdisp_lld_draw_pixel(GDisplay *g) {
-		coord_t		x, y;
-
-		switch(g->g.Orientation) {
-		default:
-		case GDISP_ROTATE_0:
-			x = g->p.x;
-			y = g->p.y;
-			break;
-		case GDISP_ROTATE_180:
-			x = GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH-1 - g->p.x;
-			y = g->p.y;
-			break;
-		}
-		PRIV(g)->frame_buffer[y * GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH + x] = gdispColor2Native(g->p.color);
-		g->flags |= GDISP_FLG_NEEDFLUSH;
-	}
-#endif
-
-#if GDISP_HARDWARE_PIXELREAD
-	LLDSPEC color_t gdisp_lld_get_pixel_color(GDisplay *g) {
-		coord_t		x, y;
-
-		switch(g->g.Orientation) {
-		default:
-		case GDISP_ROTATE_0:
-			x = g->p.x;
-			y = g->p.y;
-			break;
-		case GDISP_ROTATE_180:
-			x = GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH-1 - g->p.x;
-			y = g->p.y;
-			break;
-		}
-		return gdispNative2Color(PRIV(g)->frame_buffer[y * GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH + x]);
-	}
-#endif
-
-#if GDISP_NEED_CONTROL && GDISP_HARDWARE_CONTROL
-	LLDSPEC void gdisp_lld_control(GDisplay *g) {
-		switch(g->p.x) {
-		case GDISP_CONTROL_POWER:
-			if (g->g.Powermode == (powermode_t)g->p.ptr)
-				return;
-			switch((powermode_t)g->p.ptr) {
-			case powerOff:
-			case powerSleep:
-			case powerDeepSleep:
-                write_register(g, IS31_FUNCTIONREG, IS31_REG_SHUTDOWN, IS31_REG_SHUTDOWN_OFF);
-				break;
-			case powerOn:
-                write_register(g, IS31_FUNCTIONREG, IS31_REG_SHUTDOWN, IS31_REG_SHUTDOWN_ON);
-				break;
-			default:
-				return;
-			}
-			g->g.Powermode = (powermode_t)g->p.ptr;
-			return;
-
-		case GDISP_CONTROL_ORIENTATION:
-			if (g->g.Orientation == (orientation_t)g->p.ptr)
-				return;
-			switch((orientation_t)g->p.ptr) {
-			/* Rotation is handled by the drawing routines */
-			case GDISP_ROTATE_0:
-			case GDISP_ROTATE_180:
-				g->g.Height = GDISP_SCREEN_HEIGHT;
-				g->g.Width = GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH;
-				break;
-			case GDISP_ROTATE_90:
-			case GDISP_ROTATE_270:
-				g->g.Height = GDISP_SCREEN_WIDTH;
-				g->g.Width = GDISP_SCREEN_HEIGHT;
-				break;
-			default:
-				return;
-			}
-			g->g.Orientation = (orientation_t)g->p.ptr;
-			return;
-
-		case GDISP_CONTROL_BACKLIGHT:
-		    if (g->g.Backlight == (unsigned)g->p.ptr)
-                return;
-		    unsigned val = (unsigned)g->p.ptr;
-		    g->g.Backlight = val > 100 ? 100 : val;
-            g->flags |= GDISP_FLG_NEEDFLUSH;
-		    return;
-		}
-	}
-#endif // GDISP_NEED_CONTROL
-
-#endif // GFX_USE_GDISP
diff --git a/keyboards/whitefox/drivers/gdisp/IS31FL3731C/gdisp_lld_config.h b/keyboards/whitefox/drivers/gdisp/IS31FL3731C/gdisp_lld_config.h
deleted file mode 100644
index bb28ad775e..0000000000
--- a/keyboards/whitefox/drivers/gdisp/IS31FL3731C/gdisp_lld_config.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright 2016 Fred Sundvik <fsundvik@gmail.com>
-
-This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
-(at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-
-#ifndef _GDISP_LLD_CONFIG_H
-#define _GDISP_LLD_CONFIG_H
-
-#if GFX_USE_GDISP
-
-/*===========================================================================*/
-/* Driver hardware support.                                                  */
-/*===========================================================================*/
-
-#define GDISP_HARDWARE_FLUSH			TRUE		// This controller requires flushing
-#define GDISP_HARDWARE_DRAWPIXEL		TRUE
-#define GDISP_HARDWARE_PIXELREAD		TRUE
-#define GDISP_HARDWARE_CONTROL			TRUE
-
-#define GDISP_LLD_PIXELFORMAT			GDISP_PIXELFORMAT_GRAY256
-
-#endif	/* GFX_USE_GDISP */
-
-#endif	/* _GDISP_LLD_CONFIG_H */
diff --git a/keyboards/whitefox/gfxconf.h b/keyboards/whitefox/gfxconf.h
index 890317a0f4..ca338399d3 100644
--- a/keyboards/whitefox/gfxconf.h
+++ b/keyboards/whitefox/gfxconf.h
@@ -22,308 +22,6 @@
 #ifndef _GFXCONF_H
 #define _GFXCONF_H
 
-
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// GOS - One of these must be defined, preferably in your Makefile       //
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-//#define GFX_USE_OS_CHIBIOS                           TRUE
-//#define GFX_USE_OS_FREERTOS                          FALSE
-//    #define GFX_FREERTOS_USE_TRACE                   FALSE
-//#define GFX_USE_OS_WIN32                             FALSE
-//#define GFX_USE_OS_LINUX                             FALSE
-//#define GFX_USE_OS_OSX                               FALSE
-//#define GFX_USE_OS_ECOS                              FALSE
-//#define GFX_USE_OS_RAWRTOS                           FALSE
-//#define GFX_USE_OS_ARDUINO                           FALSE
-//#define GFX_USE_OS_KEIL                              FALSE
-//#define GFX_USE_OS_CMSIS                             FALSE
-//#define GFX_USE_OS_RAW32                             FALSE
-//    #define INTERRUPTS_OFF()                         optional_code
-//    #define INTERRUPTS_ON()                          optional_code
-// These are not defined by default for some reason
-#define GOS_NEED_X_THREADS	FALSE
-#define GOS_NEED_X_HEAP		FALSE
-
-// Options that (should where relevant) apply to all operating systems
-    #define GFX_NO_INLINE                            FALSE
-//    #define GFX_COMPILER                             GFX_COMPILER_UNKNOWN
-//    #define GFX_CPU                                  GFX_CPU_UNKNOWN
-//    #define GFX_OS_HEAP_SIZE                         0
-//    #define GFX_OS_NO_INIT                           FALSE
-//    #define GFX_OS_INIT_NO_WARNING                   FALSE
-//    #define GFX_OS_PRE_INIT_FUNCTION                 myHardwareInitRoutine
-//    #define GFX_OS_EXTRA_INIT_FUNCTION               myOSInitRoutine
-//    #define GFX_OS_EXTRA_DEINIT_FUNCTION             myOSDeInitRoutine
-
-
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// GDISP                                                                 //
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-#define GFX_USE_GDISP                                TRUE
-
-//#define GDISP_NEED_AUTOFLUSH                         FALSE
-//#define GDISP_NEED_TIMERFLUSH                        FALSE
-//#define GDISP_NEED_VALIDATION                        TRUE
-//#define GDISP_NEED_CLIP                              TRUE
-#define GDISP_NEED_CIRCLE                            TRUE
-#define GDISP_NEED_ELLIPSE                           TRUE
-#define GDISP_NEED_ARC                               TRUE
-#define GDISP_NEED_ARCSECTORS                        TRUE
-#define GDISP_NEED_CONVEX_POLYGON                    TRUE
-//#define GDISP_NEED_SCROLL                            FALSE
-#define GDISP_NEED_PIXELREAD                         TRUE
-#define GDISP_NEED_CONTROL                           TRUE
-//#define GDISP_NEED_QUERY                             FALSE
-//#define GDISP_NEED_MULTITHREAD                       FALSE
-//#define GDISP_NEED_STREAMING                         FALSE
-#define GDISP_NEED_TEXT                              TRUE
-//    #define GDISP_NEED_TEXT_WORDWRAP                 FALSE
-//    #define GDISP_NEED_ANTIALIAS                     FALSE
-//    #define GDISP_NEED_UTF8                          FALSE
-    #define GDISP_NEED_TEXT_KERNING                  TRUE
-//    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_UI1                   FALSE
-//    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_UI2                   FALSE		// The smallest preferred font.
-//    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_LARGENUMBERS          FALSE
-//    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_DEJAVUSANS10          FALSE
-//    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_DEJAVUSANS12          FALSE
-//    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_DEJAVUSANS16          FALSE
-//    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_DEJAVUSANS20          FALSE
-//    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_DEJAVUSANS24          FALSE
-//    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_DEJAVUSANS32          FALSE
-    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_DEJAVUSANSBOLD12      TRUE
-//    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_FIXED_10X20           FALSE
-//    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_FIXED_7X14            FALSE
-    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_FIXED_5X8             TRUE
-//    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_DEJAVUSANS12_AA       FALSE
-//    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_DEJAVUSANS16_AA       FALSE
-//    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_DEJAVUSANS20_AA       FALSE
-//    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_DEJAVUSANS24_AA       FALSE
-//    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_DEJAVUSANS32_AA       FALSE
-//    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_DEJAVUSANSBOLD12_AA   FALSE
-//    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_USER_FONTS                 FALSE
-
-//#define GDISP_NEED_IMAGE                             FALSE
-//    #define GDISP_NEED_IMAGE_NATIVE                  FALSE
-//    #define GDISP_NEED_IMAGE_GIF                     FALSE
-//    #define GDISP_NEED_IMAGE_BMP                     FALSE
-//        #define GDISP_NEED_IMAGE_BMP_1               FALSE
-//        #define GDISP_NEED_IMAGE_BMP_4               FALSE
-//        #define GDISP_NEED_IMAGE_BMP_4_RLE           FALSE
-//        #define GDISP_NEED_IMAGE_BMP_8               FALSE
-//        #define GDISP_NEED_IMAGE_BMP_8_RLE           FALSE
-//        #define GDISP_NEED_IMAGE_BMP_16              FALSE
-//        #define GDISP_NEED_IMAGE_BMP_24              FALSE
-//        #define GDISP_NEED_IMAGE_BMP_32              FALSE
-//    #define GDISP_NEED_IMAGE_JPG                     FALSE
-//    #define GDISP_NEED_IMAGE_PNG                     FALSE
-//    #define GDISP_NEED_IMAGE_ACCOUNTING              FALSE
-#ifdef EMULATOR
-#define GDISP_NEED_PIXMAP                            TRUE
-#endif
-//    #define GDISP_NEED_PIXMAP_IMAGE                  FALSE
-
-//#define GDISP_DEFAULT_ORIENTATION                    GDISP_ROTATE_LANDSCAPE    // If not defined the native hardware orientation is used.
-//#define GDISP_LINEBUF_SIZE                           128
-//#define GDISP_STARTUP_COLOR                          Black
-#define GDISP_NEED_STARTUP_LOGO                      FALSE
-
-//#define GDISP_TOTAL_DISPLAYS		                 2
-
-#ifndef EMULATOR
-#define GDISP_DRIVER_LIST                            GDISPVMT_IS31FL3731C_WHITEFOX
-#endif
-
-    #ifdef GDISP_DRIVER_LIST
-        // For code and speed optimization define as TRUE or FALSE if all controllers have the same capability
-        #define GDISP_HARDWARE_STREAM_WRITE          FALSE
-        #define GDISP_HARDWARE_STREAM_READ           FALSE
-        #define GDISP_HARDWARE_STREAM_POS            FALSE
-        #define GDISP_HARDWARE_DRAWPIXEL             TRUE
-        #define GDISP_HARDWARE_CLEARS                FALSE
-        #define GDISP_HARDWARE_FILLS                 FALSE
-        //#define GDISP_HARDWARE_BITFILLS              FALSE
-        #define GDISP_HARDWARE_SCROLL                FALSE
-        #define GDISP_HARDWARE_PIXELREAD             TRUE
-        #define GDISP_HARDWARE_CONTROL               TRUE
-        #define GDISP_HARDWARE_QUERY                 FALSE
-        #define GDISP_HARDWARE_CLIP                  FALSE
-
-        #define GDISP_PIXELFORMAT                    GDISP_PIXELFORMAT_RGB888
-    #endif
-
-// The custom format is not defined for some reason, so define it as error
-// so we don't get compiler warnings
-#define GDISP_PIXELFORMAT_CUSTOM GDISP_PIXELFORMAT_ERROR
-
-#define GDISP_USE_GFXNET                             FALSE
-//    #define GDISP_GFXNET_PORT                        13001
-//    #define GDISP_GFXNET_CUSTOM_LWIP_STARTUP         FALSE
-//    #define GDISP_DONT_WAIT_FOR_NET_DISPLAY          FALSE
-//    #define GDISP_GFXNET_UNSAFE_SOCKETS              FALSE
-
-
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// GWIN                                                                  //
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-#define GFX_USE_GWIN                                 FALSE
-
-//#define GWIN_NEED_WINDOWMANAGER                      FALSE
-//    #define GWIN_REDRAW_IMMEDIATE                    FALSE
-//    #define GWIN_REDRAW_SINGLEOP                     FALSE
-//    #define GWIN_NEED_FLASHING                       FALSE
-//        #define GWIN_FLASHING_PERIOD                 250
-
-//#define GWIN_NEED_CONSOLE                            FALSE
-//    #define GWIN_CONSOLE_USE_HISTORY                 FALSE
-//        #define GWIN_CONSOLE_HISTORY_AVERAGING       FALSE
-//        #define GWIN_CONSOLE_HISTORY_ATCREATE        FALSE
-//    #define GWIN_CONSOLE_ESCSEQ                      FALSE
-//    #define GWIN_CONSOLE_USE_BASESTREAM              FALSE
-//    #define GWIN_CONSOLE_USE_FLOAT                   FALSE
-//#define GWIN_NEED_GRAPH                              FALSE
-//#define GWIN_NEED_GL3D                               FALSE
-
-//#define GWIN_NEED_WIDGET                             FALSE
-//#define GWIN_FOCUS_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH                   1
-//    #define GWIN_NEED_LABEL                          FALSE
-//        #define GWIN_LABEL_ATTRIBUTE                 FALSE
-//    #define GWIN_NEED_BUTTON                         FALSE
-//        #define GWIN_BUTTON_LAZY_RELEASE             FALSE
-//    #define GWIN_NEED_SLIDER                         FALSE
-//        #define GWIN_SLIDER_NOSNAP                   FALSE
-//        #define GWIN_SLIDER_DEAD_BAND                5
-//        #define GWIN_SLIDER_TOGGLE_INC               20
-//    #define GWIN_NEED_CHECKBOX                       FALSE
-//    #define GWIN_NEED_IMAGE                          FALSE
-//        #define GWIN_NEED_IMAGE_ANIMATION            FALSE
-//    #define GWIN_NEED_RADIO                          FALSE
-//    #define GWIN_NEED_LIST                           FALSE
-//        #define GWIN_NEED_LIST_IMAGES                FALSE
-//    #define GWIN_NEED_PROGRESSBAR                    FALSE
-//        #define GWIN_PROGRESSBAR_AUTO                FALSE
-//    #define GWIN_NEED_KEYBOARD                       FALSE
-//        #define GWIN_KEYBOARD_DEFAULT_LAYOUT         VirtualKeyboard_English1
-//        #define GWIN_NEED_KEYBOARD_ENGLISH1          TRUE
-//    #define GWIN_NEED_TEXTEDIT                       FALSE
-//    #define GWIN_FLAT_STYLING                        FALSE
-//    #define GWIN_WIDGET_TAGS                         FALSE
-
-//#define GWIN_NEED_CONTAINERS                         FALSE
-//    #define GWIN_NEED_CONTAINER                      FALSE
-//    #define GWIN_NEED_FRAME                          FALSE
-//    #define GWIN_NEED_TABSET                         FALSE
-//        #define GWIN_TABSET_TABHEIGHT                18
-
-
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// GEVENT                                                                //
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-#define GFX_USE_GEVENT                               TRUE
-
-//#define GEVENT_ASSERT_NO_RESOURCE                    FALSE
-//#define GEVENT_MAXIMUM_SIZE                          32
-//#define GEVENT_MAX_SOURCE_LISTENERS                  32
-
-
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// GTIMER                                                                //
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-#define GFX_USE_GTIMER                               FALSE
-
-//#define GTIMER_THREAD_PRIORITY                       HIGH_PRIORITY
-//#define GTIMER_THREAD_WORKAREA_SIZE                  2048
-
-
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// GQUEUE                                                                //
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-#define GFX_USE_GQUEUE                               FALSE
-
-//#define GQUEUE_NEED_ASYNC                            FALSE
-//#define GQUEUE_NEED_GSYNC                            FALSE
-//#define GQUEUE_NEED_FSYNC                            FALSE
-//#define GQUEUE_NEED_BUFFERS                          FALSE
-
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// GINPUT                                                                //
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-#define GFX_USE_GINPUT                               FALSE
-
-//#define GINPUT_NEED_MOUSE                            FALSE
-//    #define GINPUT_TOUCH_STARTRAW                    FALSE
-//    #define GINPUT_TOUCH_NOTOUCH                     FALSE
-//    #define GINPUT_TOUCH_NOCALIBRATE                 FALSE
-//    #define GINPUT_TOUCH_NOCALIBRATE_GUI             FALSE
-//    #define GINPUT_MOUSE_POLL_PERIOD                 25
-//    #define GINPUT_MOUSE_CLICK_TIME                  300
-//    #define GINPUT_TOUCH_CXTCLICK_TIME               700
-//    #define GINPUT_TOUCH_USER_CALIBRATION_LOAD       FALSE
-//    #define GINPUT_TOUCH_USER_CALIBRATION_SAVE       FALSE
-//    #define GMOUSE_DRIVER_LIST                       GMOUSEVMT_Win32, GMOUSEVMT_Win32
-//#define GINPUT_NEED_KEYBOARD                         FALSE
-//    #define GINPUT_KEYBOARD_POLL_PERIOD              200
-//    #define GKEYBOARD_DRIVER_LIST                    GKEYBOARDVMT_Win32, GKEYBOARDVMT_Win32
-//    #define GKEYBOARD_LAYOUT_OFF                     FALSE
-//        #define GKEYBOARD_LAYOUT_SCANCODE2_US        FALSE
-//#define GINPUT_NEED_TOGGLE                           FALSE
-//#define GINPUT_NEED_DIAL                             FALSE
-
-
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// GFILE                                                                 //
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-#define GFX_USE_GFILE                                FALSE
-
-//#define GFILE_NEED_PRINTG                            FALSE
-//#define GFILE_NEED_SCANG                             FALSE
-//#define GFILE_NEED_STRINGS                           FALSE
-//#define GFILE_NEED_FILELISTS                         FALSE
-//#define GFILE_NEED_STDIO                             FALSE
-//#define GFILE_NEED_NOAUTOMOUNT                       FALSE
-//#define GFILE_NEED_NOAUTOSYNC                        FALSE
-
-//#define GFILE_NEED_MEMFS                             FALSE
-//#define GFILE_NEED_ROMFS                             FALSE
-//#define GFILE_NEED_RAMFS                             FALSE
-//#define GFILE_NEED_FATFS                             FALSE
-//#define GFILE_NEED_NATIVEFS                          FALSE
-//#define GFILE_NEED_CHBIOSFS                          FALSE
-
-//#define GFILE_ALLOW_FLOATS                           FALSE
-//#define GFILE_ALLOW_DEVICESPECIFIC                   FALSE
-//#define GFILE_MAX_GFILES                             3
-
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// GADC                                                                  //
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-#define GFX_USE_GADC                                 FALSE
-
-//#define GADC_MAX_LOWSPEED_DEVICES                    4
-
-
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// GAUDIO                                                                //
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-#define GFX_USE_GAUDIO                               FALSE
-// There seems to be a bug in the ugfx code, the wrong define is used
-// So define it in order to avoid warnings
-#define GFX_USE_GAUDIN                               GFX_USE_GAUDIO
-//    #define GAUDIO_NEED_PLAY                         FALSE
-//    #define GAUDIO_NEED_RECORD                       FALSE
-
-
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// GMISC                                                                 //
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-#define GFX_USE_GMISC                                TRUE
-
-//#define GMISC_NEED_ARRAYOPS                          FALSE
-//#define GMISC_NEED_FASTTRIG                          FALSE
-//#define GMISC_NEED_FIXEDTRIG                         FALSE
-//#define GMISC_NEED_INVSQRT                           FALSE
-//    #define GMISC_INVSQRT_MIXED_ENDIAN               FALSE
-//    #define GMISC_INVSQRT_REAL_SLOW                  FALSE
-#define GMISC_NEED_MATRIXFLOAT2D                     TRUE
-#define GMISC_NEED_MATRIXFIXED2D                     FALSE
+#include "common_gfxconf.h"
 
 #endif /* _GFXCONF_H */
diff --git a/keyboards/whitefox/readme.md b/keyboards/whitefox/readme.md
index 0714ad5639..2f1445d33d 100644
--- a/keyboards/whitefox/readme.md
+++ b/keyboards/whitefox/readme.md
@@ -1,7 +1,14 @@
-WhiteFox keyboard firmware
-======================
+WhiteFox
+========
 
-This is an experimental port which came from the original TMK WhiteFox repo.
+A compact 65% keyboard.
 
-The LED controller was not ported, as the original was a dirty hack and it would
-be good to have complete support.
+Keyboard Maintainer: QMK Community
+Hardware Supported: Whitefox PCB
+Hardware Availability: https://input.club/whitefox/
+
+Make example for this keyboard (after setting up your build environment):
+
+    make whitefox-default
+
+See [build environment setup](https://docs.qmk.fm/build_environment_setup.html) then the [make instructions](https://docs.qmk.fm/make_instructions.html) for more information.
diff --git a/keyboards/whitefox/rules.mk b/keyboards/whitefox/rules.mk
index fb34dbb9a4..32273e08aa 100644
--- a/keyboards/whitefox/rules.mk
+++ b/keyboards/whitefox/rules.mk
@@ -1,7 +1,6 @@
 # project specific files
 SRC =	matrix.c \
-	led.c \
-	animations.c
+	led.c
 
 ## chip/board settings
 # - the next two should match the directories in
@@ -70,4 +69,6 @@ CUSTOM_MATRIX = yes # Custom matrix file
 BACKLIGHT_ENABLE = yes
 VISUALIZER_ENABLE = yes
 
-include $(KEYBOARD_PATH)/drivers/gdisp/IS31FL3731C/driver.mk
+LED_DRIVER = is31fl3731c
+LED_WIDTH = 16 
+LED_HEIGHT = 5
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/keyboards/whitefox/visualizer.c b/keyboards/whitefox/visualizer.c
index 167e0ec4de..e5bafcbe95 100644
--- a/keyboards/whitefox/visualizer.c
+++ b/keyboards/whitefox/visualizer.c
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
 #include "visualizer.h"
 #include "visualizer_keyframes.h"
 #include "led.h"
-#include "animations.h"
+#include "default_animations.h"
 
 
 static bool initial_update = true;
diff --git a/keyboards/xd60/readme.md b/keyboards/xd60/readme.md
index 1e8e52caa1..d7aa3d9b9e 100644
--- a/keyboards/xd60/readme.md
+++ b/keyboards/xd60/readme.md
@@ -1,17 +1,16 @@
-# QMK Firmware for XIUDI's 60% XD60 PCB
+XD60
+==
 
-![Top View of a pair of XD60 Keyboard](https://i.imgur.com/3Jq2743.jpg)
+Compact 60% with arrows.
 
-## Quantum MK Firmware
-For the full Quantum feature list, see [the parent readme.md](/readme.md).
+![Top View of a pair of XD60 Keyboard](https://i.imgur.com/3Jq2743.jpg)
 
-## Additional Notes
-The XD60 is essentially a GH60 rev. C, with support for a right-hand arrow cluster. Includes full compatibility with GH60 expansion boards. Board also supports in-switch LEDs (two-pin, single colour), as well as WS2182 LED strips for underglow lighting. Default keymap included, matching configuration on sale page.
+Keyboard Maintainer: QMK Community
+Hardware Supported: XD60 PCB
+Hardware Availability: https://www.massdrop.com/buy/xd60-xd64-custom-mechanical-keyboard-kit?mode=guest_open
 
-Version 2 PCBs include 6 soldered on RGB underglow LEDs on the bottom, and are labelled "XD60v2" on the top. They are otherwise identical to v1 PCBs.
+Make example for this keyboard (after setting up your build environment):
 
-## Known Issues
-In-switch backlight LEDs seem to only support 1 brightness level.
+    make xd60-default
 
-## Build
-To build the default keymap, simply run `make xd60-default`.
+See [build environment setup](https://docs.qmk.fm/build_environment_setup.html) then the [make instructions](https://docs.qmk.fm/make_instructions.html) for more information.
diff --git a/keyboards/xd75/Makefile b/keyboards/xd75/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..840dc9a286
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/xd75/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+# Copyright 2013 Jun Wako <wakojun@gmail.com>
+#
+# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+ifndef MAKEFILE_INCLUDED
+	include ../../Makefile
+endif
diff --git a/keyboards/xd75/config.h b/keyboards/xd75/config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3764cfba4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/xd75/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2017 REPLACE_WITH_YOUR_NAME
+
+This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifndef CONFIG_H
+#define CONFIG_H
+
+#include "config_common.h"
+
+/* USB Device descriptor parameter */
+#define VENDOR_ID       0xCDCD
+#define PRODUCT_ID      0x7575
+#define DEVICE_VER      0x0001
+#define MANUFACTURER    xiudi
+#define PRODUCT         XD75
+#define DESCRIPTION     XD75Re 15x5 ortholinear keyboard
+
+/* key matrix size */
+#define MATRIX_ROWS 5
+#define MATRIX_COLS 15
+
+/*
+ * Keyboard Matrix Assignments
+ *
+ * Change this to how you wired your keyboard
+ * COLS: AVR pins used for columns, left to right
+ * ROWS: AVR pins used for rows, top to bottom
+ * DIODE_DIRECTION: COL2ROW = COL = Anode (+), ROW = Cathode (-, marked on diode)
+ *                  ROW2COL = ROW = Anode (+), COL = Cathode (-, marked on diode)
+ *
+*/
+#define MATRIX_ROW_PINS { D0, D1, D2, D3, D5 }
+#define MATRIX_COL_PINS { F0, F1, E6, C7, C6, B6, D4, B1, B7, B5, B4, D7, D6, B3, B0 }
+#define UNUSED_PINS
+
+/* COL2ROW, ROW2COL, or CUSTOM_MATRIX */
+#define DIODE_DIRECTION COL2ROW
+ 
+#define BACKLIGHT_PIN F5
+#define BACKLIGHT_BREATHING
+#define BACKLIGHT_LEVELS 3
+
+
+/* Debounce reduces chatter (unintended double-presses) - set 0 if debouncing is not needed */
+#define DEBOUNCING_DELAY 5
+
+/* define if matrix has ghost (lacks anti-ghosting diodes) */
+//#define MATRIX_HAS_GHOST
+
+/* number of backlight levels */
+
+/* Mechanical locking support. Use KC_LCAP, KC_LNUM or KC_LSCR instead in keymap */
+#define LOCKING_SUPPORT_ENABLE
+/* Locking resynchronize hack */
+#define LOCKING_RESYNC_ENABLE
+
+/*
+ * Force NKRO
+ *
+ * Force NKRO (nKey Rollover) to be enabled by default, regardless of the saved
+ * state in the bootmagic EEPROM settings. (Note that NKRO must be enabled in the
+ * makefile for this to work.)
+ *
+ * If forced on, NKRO can be disabled via magic key (default = LShift+RShift+N)
+ * until the next keyboard reset.
+ *
+ * NKRO may prevent your keystrokes from being detected in the BIOS, but it is
+ * fully operational during normal computer usage.
+ *
+ * For a less heavy-handed approach, enable NKRO via magic key (LShift+RShift+N)
+ * or via bootmagic (hold SPACE+N while plugging in the keyboard). Once set by
+ * bootmagic, NKRO mode will always be enabled until it is toggled again during a
+ * power-up.
+ *
+ */
+//#define FORCE_NKRO
+
+/*
+ * Magic Key Options
+ *
+ * Magic keys are hotkey commands that allow control over firmware functions of
+ * the keyboard. They are best used in combination with the HID Listen program,
+ * found here: https://www.pjrc.com/teensy/hid_listen.html
+ *
+ * The options below allow the magic key functionality to be changed. This is
+ * useful if your keyboard/keypad is missing keys and you want magic key support.
+ *
+ */
+
+/* key combination for magic key command */
+#define IS_COMMAND() ( \
+    keyboard_report->mods == (MOD_BIT(KC_LSHIFT) | MOD_BIT(KC_RSHIFT)) \
+)
+
+/* control how magic key switches layers */
+//#define MAGIC_KEY_SWITCH_LAYER_WITH_FKEYS  true
+//#define MAGIC_KEY_SWITCH_LAYER_WITH_NKEYS  true
+//#define MAGIC_KEY_SWITCH_LAYER_WITH_CUSTOM false
+
+/* override magic key keymap */
+//#define MAGIC_KEY_SWITCH_LAYER_WITH_FKEYS
+//#define MAGIC_KEY_SWITCH_LAYER_WITH_NKEYS
+//#define MAGIC_KEY_SWITCH_LAYER_WITH_CUSTOM
+//#define MAGIC_KEY_HELP1          H
+//#define MAGIC_KEY_HELP2          SLASH
+//#define MAGIC_KEY_DEBUG          D
+//#define MAGIC_KEY_DEBUG_MATRIX   X
+//#define MAGIC_KEY_DEBUG_KBD      K
+//#define MAGIC_KEY_DEBUG_MOUSE    M
+//#define MAGIC_KEY_VERSION        V
+//#define MAGIC_KEY_STATUS         S
+//#define MAGIC_KEY_CONSOLE        C
+//#define MAGIC_KEY_LAYER0_ALT1    ESC
+//#define MAGIC_KEY_LAYER0_ALT2    GRAVE
+//#define MAGIC_KEY_LAYER0         0
+//#define MAGIC_KEY_LAYER1         1
+//#define MAGIC_KEY_LAYER2         2
+//#define MAGIC_KEY_LAYER3         3
+//#define MAGIC_KEY_LAYER4         4
+//#define MAGIC_KEY_LAYER5         5
+//#define MAGIC_KEY_LAYER6         6
+//#define MAGIC_KEY_LAYER7         7
+//#define MAGIC_KEY_LAYER8         8
+//#define MAGIC_KEY_LAYER9         9
+//#define MAGIC_KEY_BOOTLOADER     PAUSE
+//#define MAGIC_KEY_LOCK           CAPS
+//#define MAGIC_KEY_EEPROM         E
+//#define MAGIC_KEY_NKRO           N
+//#define MAGIC_KEY_SLEEP_LED      Z
+
+/*
+ * Feature disable options
+ *  These options are also useful to firmware size reduction.
+ */
+
+/* disable debug print */
+//#define NO_DEBUG
+
+/* disable print */
+//#define NO_PRINT
+
+/* disable action features */
+//#define NO_ACTION_LAYER
+//#define NO_ACTION_TAPPING
+//#define NO_ACTION_ONESHOT
+//#define NO_ACTION_MACRO
+//#define NO_ACTION_FUNCTION
+
+// ws2812 options
+#define RGB_DI_PIN F6 // pin the DI on the ws2812 is hooked-up to
+#define RGBLIGHT_ANIMATIONS // run RGB animations
+#define RGBLED_NUM 6 // number of LEDs
+#define RGBLIGHT_HUE_STEP 12 // units to step when in/decreasing hue
+#define RGBLIGHT_SAT_STEP 25 // units to step when in/decresing saturation
+#define RGBLIGHT_VAL_STEP 12 // units to step when in/decreasing value (brightness)
+
+/*
+ * MIDI options
+ */
+
+/* Prevent use of disabled MIDI features in the keymap */
+//#define MIDI_ENABLE_STRICT 1
+
+/* enable basic MIDI features:
+   - MIDI notes can be sent when in Music mode is on
+*/
+//#define MIDI_BASIC
+
+/* enable advanced MIDI features:
+   - MIDI notes can be added to the keymap
+   - Octave shift and transpose
+   - Virtual sustain, portamento, and modulation wheel
+   - etc.
+*/
+//#define MIDI_ADVANCED
+
+/* override number of MIDI tone keycodes (each octave adds 12 keycodes and allocates 12 bytes) */
+//#define MIDI_TONE_KEYCODE_OCTAVES 1
+
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/xd75/keymaps/default/Makefile b/keyboards/xd75/keymaps/default/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6e8941fdfd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/xd75/keymaps/default/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+# Copyright 2013 Jun Wako <wakojun@gmail.com>
+#
+# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+# QMK Build Options
+#   change to "no" to disable the options, or define them in the Makefile in 
+#   the appropriate keymap folder that will get included automatically
+#
+BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE = yes       # Virtual DIP switch configuration(+1000)
+MOUSEKEY_ENABLE = yes       # Mouse keys(+4700)
+EXTRAKEY_ENABLE = yes       # Audio control and System control(+450)
+CONSOLE_ENABLE = no         # Console for debug(+400)
+COMMAND_ENABLE = yes        # Commands for debug and configuration
+NKRO_ENABLE = yes           # Nkey Rollover - if this doesn't work, see here: https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/wiki/FAQ#nkro-doesnt-work
+BACKLIGHT_ENABLE = no       # Enable keyboard backlight functionality
+MIDI_ENABLE = no            # MIDI support (+2400 to 4200, depending on config)
+AUDIO_ENABLE = no           # Audio output on port C6
+UNICODE_ENABLE = no         # Unicode
+BLUETOOTH_ENABLE = no       # Enable Bluetooth with the Adafruit EZ-Key HID
+RGBLIGHT_ENABLE = yes        # Enable WS2812 RGB underlight.  Do not enable this with audio at the same time.
+SLEEP_LED_ENABLE = no       # Breathing sleep LED during USB suspend
+
+ifndef QUANTUM_DIR
+	include ../../../../Makefile
+endif
diff --git a/keyboards/xd75/keymaps/default/config.h b/keyboards/xd75/keymaps/default/config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f52a97bbc8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/xd75/keymaps/default/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+/* Copyright 2017 REPLACE_WITH_YOUR_NAME
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ */
+
+#ifndef CONFIG_USER_H
+#define CONFIG_USER_H
+
+#include "../../config.h"
+
+// place overrides here
+
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/xd75/keymaps/default/keymap.c b/keyboards/xd75/keymaps/default/keymap.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..82ea1f2be8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/xd75/keymaps/default/keymap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
+/* Copyright 2017 REPLACE_WITH_YOUR_NAME
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ */
+#include "xd75.h"
+
+// Fillers to make layering more clear
+#define _______ KC_TRNS
+#define ___T___ KC_TRNS
+#define XXXXXXX KC_NO
+
+// Layer shorthand
+#define _QW 0
+#define _CM 1
+#define _DV 2
+#define _LW 3
+#define _RS 4
+#define _FN 5
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+
+/* QWERTY - MIT ENHANCED / GRID COMPATIBLE
+ * .---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2u ------------.
+ * | `      | 1      | 2      | 3      | 4      | 5      | 6      | 7      | 8      | 9      | 0      | -      | =      | XXXXXX . BACKSP |
+ * |--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+-----------------|
+ * | TAB    | Q      | W      | E      | R      | T      | Y      | U      | I      | O      | P      | [      | ]      | \      | DEL    |
+ * |--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+- 2u ------------+--------|
+ * | ESC    | A      | S      | D      | F      | G      | H      | J      | K      | L      | ;      | '      | XXXXXX . ENTER  | PG UP  |
+ * |--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+- 2u ---------------------+--------|
+ * | LSHIFT | Z      | X      | C      | V      | B      | N      | M      | ,      | .      | /      | XXXXXX . RSHIFT | UP     | PG DN  |
+ * |--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+- 2u ------------+--------+--------+--------+--------+-----------------+--------+--------|
+ * | BRITE  | LCTRL  | LALT   | LGUI   | RAISE  | XXXXXX . SPACE  | LOWER  | RGUI   | RALT   | RCTRL  | FN     | LEFT   | DOWN   | RIGHT  |
+ * '--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+	
+ [_QW] = { /* QWERTY */
+  { KC_GRV,  KC_1,    KC_2,    KC_3,    KC_4,    KC_5,    KC_6,    KC_7,    KC_8,    KC_9,    KC_0,    KC_MINS, KC_EQL,  KC_BSPC, KC_BSPC  },
+  { KC_TAB,  KC_Q,    KC_W,    KC_E,    KC_R,    KC_T,    KC_Y,    KC_U,    KC_I,    KC_O,    KC_P,    KC_LBRC, KC_RBRC, KC_BSLS, KC_DEL   },
+  { KC_ESC,  KC_A,    KC_S,    KC_D,    KC_F,    KC_G,    KC_H,    KC_J,    KC_K,    KC_L,    KC_SCLN, KC_QUOT, KC_ENT,  KC_ENT,  KC_PGUP  },
+  { KC_LSFT, KC_Z,    KC_X,    KC_C,    KC_V,    KC_B,    KC_N,    KC_M,    KC_COMM, KC_DOT,  KC_SLSH, KC_RSFT, KC_RSFT, KC_UP,   KC_PGDN  },
+  { M(0),    KC_LCTL, KC_LALT, KC_LGUI, MO(_RS), KC_SPC,  KC_SPC,  MO(_LW), KC_RGUI, KC_RALT, KC_RCTL, MO(_FN), KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_RGHT  },
+ },
+
+/* COLEMAK - MIT ENHANCED / GRID COMPATIBLE
+ * .---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2u ------------.
+ * | `      | 1      | 2      | 3      | 4      | 5      | 6      | 7      | 8      | 9      | 0      | -      | =      | XXXXXX . BACKSP |
+ * |--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+-----------------|
+ * | TAB    | Q      | W      | F      | P      | G      | J      | L      | U      | Y      | ;      | [      | ]      | \      | DEL    |
+ * |--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+- 2u ------------+--------|
+ * | ESC    | A      | R      | S      | T      | D      | H      | N      | E      | I      | O      | '      | XXXXXX . ENTER  | PG UP  |
+ * |--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+- 2u ---------------------+--------|
+ * | LSHIFT | Z      | X      | C      | V      | B      | K      | M      | ,      | .      | /      | XXXXXX . RSHIFT | UP     | PG DN  |
+ * |--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+- 2u ------------+--------+--------+--------+--------+-----------------+--------+--------|
+ * | BRITE  | LCTRL  | LALT   | LGUI   | RAISE  | XXXXXX . SPACE  | LOWER  | RGUI   | RALT   | RCTRL  | FN     | LEFT   | DOWN   | RIGHT  |
+ * '--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+	
+ [_CM] = { /* COLEMAK */
+  { KC_GRV,  KC_1,    KC_2,    KC_3,    KC_4,    KC_5,    KC_6,    KC_7,    KC_8,    KC_9,    KC_0,    KC_MINS, KC_EQL,  KC_BSPC, KC_BSPC  },
+  { KC_TAB,  KC_Q,    KC_W,    KC_F,    KC_P,    KC_G,    KC_J,    KC_L,    KC_U,    KC_Y,    KC_SCLN, KC_LBRC, KC_RBRC, KC_BSLS, KC_DEL   },
+  { KC_ESC,  KC_A,    KC_R,    KC_S,    KC_T,    KC_D,    KC_H,    KC_N,    KC_E,    KC_I,    KC_O,    KC_QUOT, KC_ENT,  KC_ENT,  KC_PGUP  },
+  { KC_LSFT, KC_Z,    KC_X,    KC_C,    KC_V,    KC_B,    KC_K,    KC_M,    KC_COMM, KC_DOT,  KC_SLSH, KC_RSFT, KC_RSFT, KC_UP,   KC_PGDN  },
+  { M(0),    KC_LCTL, KC_LALT, KC_LGUI, MO(_RS), KC_SPC,  KC_SPC,  MO(_LW), KC_RGUI, KC_RALT, KC_RCTL, MO(_FN), KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_RGHT  },
+ },
+	
+/* DVORAK - MIT ENHANCED / GRID COMPATIBLE
+ * .---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2u ------------.
+ * | `      | 1      | 2      | 3      | 4      | 5      | 6      | 7      | 8      | 9      | 0      | -      | =      | XXXXXX . BACKSP |
+ * |--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+-----------------|
+ * | TAB    | '      | ,      | .      | P      | Y      | F      | G      | C      | R      | L      | [      | ]      | \      | DEL    |
+ * |--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+- 2u ------------+--------|
+ * | ESC    | A      | O      | E      | U      | I      | D      | H      | T      | N      | S      | /      | XXXXXX . ENTER  | PG UP  |
+ * |--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+- 2u ---------------------+--------|
+ * | LSHIFT | ;      | Q      | J      | K      | X      | B      | M      | W      | V      | Z      | XXXXXX . RSHIFT | UP     | PG DN  |
+ * |--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+- 2u ------------+--------+--------+--------+--------+-----------------+--------+--------|
+ * | BRITE  | LCTRL  | LALT   | LGUI   | RAISE  | XXXXXX . SPACE  | LOWER  | RGUI   | RALT   | RCTRL  | FN     | LEFT   | DOWN   | RIGHT  |
+ * '--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+
+ [_DV] = { /* DVORAK */
+  { KC_GRV,  KC_1,    KC_2,    KC_3,    KC_4,    KC_5,    KC_6,    KC_7,    KC_8,    KC_9,    KC_0,    KC_MINS, KC_EQL,  KC_BSPC, KC_BSPC  },
+  { KC_TAB,  KC_QUOT, KC_COMM, KC_DOT,  KC_P,    KC_Y,    KC_F,    KC_G,    KC_C,    KC_R,    KC_L,    KC_LBRC, KC_RBRC, KC_BSLS, KC_DEL   },
+  { KC_ESC,  KC_A,    KC_O,    KC_E,    KC_U,    KC_I,    KC_D,    KC_H,    KC_T,    KC_N,    KC_S,    KC_SLSH, KC_ENT,  KC_ENT,  KC_PGUP  },
+  { KC_LSFT, KC_SCLN, KC_Q,    KC_J,    KC_K,    KC_X,    KC_B,    KC_M,    KC_W,    KC_V,    KC_Z,    KC_RSFT, KC_RSFT, KC_UP,   KC_PGDN  },
+  { M(0),    KC_LCTL, KC_LALT, KC_LGUI, MO(_RS), KC_SPC,  KC_SPC,  MO(_LW), KC_RGUI, KC_RALT, KC_RCTL, MO(_FN), KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_RGHT  },
+ },
+
+/* LOWERED
+ * .---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2u ------------.
+ * |        | F1     | F2     | F3     | F4     | F5     | F6     | F7     | F8     | F9     | F10    | F11    | F12    | XXXXXX .        |
+ * |--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+-----------------|
+ * |        | !      | @      | #      | $      | %      | ^      | &      | *      | (      | )      |        |        |        | INS    |
+ * |--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+- 2u ------------+--------|
+ * |        | F1     | F2     | F3     | F4     | F5     | F6     | _      | +      | {      | }      | |      | XXXXXX .        |        |
+ * |--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+- 2u ---------------------+--------|
+ * |        | F7     | F8     | F9     | F10    | F11    | F12    |        |        |        |        | XXXXXX .        |        |        |
+ * |--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+- 2u ------------+--------+--------+--------+--------+-----------------+--------+--------|
+ * |        |        |        |        |        | XXXXXX .        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |
+ * '--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+ 
+ [_LW] = { /* LOWERED */
+  { _______, KC_F1,   KC_F2,   KC_F3,   KC_F4,   KC_F5,   KC_F6,   KC_F7,   KC_F8,   KC_F9,   KC_F10,  KC_F11,  KC_F12,  ___T___, ___T___  },
+  { _______, KC_EXLM, KC_AT,   KC_HASH, KC_DLR,  KC_PERC, KC_CIRC, KC_AMPR, KC_ASTR, KC_LPRN, KC_RPRN, _______, _______, _______, KC_INS   },
+  { _______, KC_F1,   KC_F2,   KC_F3,   KC_F4,   KC_F5,   KC_F6,   KC_UNDS, KC_PLUS, KC_LCBR, KC_RCBR, KC_PIPE, ___T___, ___T___, _______  },
+  { _______, KC_F7,   KC_F8,   KC_F9,   KC_F10,  KC_F11,  KC_F12,  _______, _______, _______, _______, ___T___, ___T___, _______, _______  },
+  { _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______  },
+ },
+
+/* RAISED
+ * .---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2u ------------.
+ * |        | F1     | F2     | F3     | F4     | F5     | F6     | F7     | F8     | F9     | F10    | F11    | F12    | XXXXXX .        |
+ * |--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+-----------------|
+ * |        | 1      | 2      | 3      | 4      | 5      | 6      | 7      | 8      | 9      | 0      |        |        |        | INS    |
+ * |--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+- 2u ------------+--------|
+ * |        | F1     | F2     | F3     | F4     | F5     | F6     | -      | =      | [      | ]      | \      | XXXXXX .        |        |
+ * |--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+- 2u ---------------------+--------|
+ * |        | F7     | F8     | F9     | F10    | F11    | F12    |        |        |        |        | XXXXXX .        |        |        |
+ * |--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+- 2u ------------+--------+--------+--------+--------+-----------------+--------+--------|
+ * |        |        |        |        |        | XXXXXX .        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |
+ * '--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+ 
+ [_RS] = { /* RAISED */
+  { _______, KC_F1,   KC_F2,   KC_F3,   KC_F4,   KC_F5,   KC_F6,   KC_F7,   KC_F8,   KC_F9,   KC_F10,  KC_F11,  KC_F12,  ___T___, ___T___  },
+  { _______, KC_1,    KC_2,    KC_3,    KC_4,    KC_5,    KC_6,    KC_7,    KC_8,    KC_9,    KC_0,    _______, _______, _______, KC_INS   },
+  { _______, KC_F1,   KC_F2,   KC_F3,   KC_F4,   KC_F5,   KC_F6,   KC_MINS, KC_EQL,  KC_LBRC, KC_RBRC, KC_BSLS, ___T___, ___T___, _______  },
+  { _______, KC_F7,   KC_F8,   KC_F9,   KC_F10,  KC_F11,  KC_F12,  _______, _______, _______, _______, ___T___, ___T___, _______, _______  },
+  { _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______  },
+ },
+ 
+/* FUNCTION
+ * .---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2u ------------.
+ * | NUM LK | F1     | F2     | F3     | F4     | F5     | F6     | F7     | F8     | F9     | F10    | F11    | F12    | XXXXXX .        |
+ * |--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+-----------------|
+ * | SCR LK | F13    | F14    | F15    | F16    | F17    | F18    | F19    | F20    | F21    | F22    | F23    | F24    | PAUSE  | PR SCR |
+ * |--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+- 2u ------------+--------|
+ * | CAP LK | MS BT5 | MS BT4 | MS BT3 | MS BT2 | SLOW M | FAST M | NEXT   | VOL+   | VOL-   | PLAY   |        | XXXXXX .        | WHEEL+ |
+ * |--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+- 2u ---------------------+--------|
+ * | RGB TG | RGB MD | RGB HI | RGB HD | RGB SI | RGB SD | RGB VI | RGB VD | BL TOG | BL INC | BL DEC | XXXXXX .        | MOUS U | WHEEL- |
+ * |--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+-- 2u -----------+--------+--------+--------+--------+-----------------+--------+--------|
+ * | RESET  |        | QWERTY | COLEMK | DVORAK | XXXXXX . MS BT1 |        |        |        |        |        | MOUS L | MOUS D | MOUS R |
+ * '--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+ 
+ [_FN] = { /* FUNCTION */
+  { KC_NLCK, KC_F1,   KC_F2,   KC_F3,   KC_F4,   KC_F5,   KC_F6,   KC_F7,   KC_F8,   KC_F9,   KC_F10,  KC_F11,  KC_F12,  ___T___, ___T___  },
+  { KC_SLCK, KC_F13,  KC_F14,  KC_F15,  KC_F16,  KC_F17,  KC_F18,  KC_F19,  KC_F20,  KC_F21,  KC_F22,  KC_F23,  KC_F24,  KC_PAUS, KC_PSCR  },
+  { KC_CAPS, KC_BTN5, KC_BTN4, KC_BTN3, KC_BTN2, KC_ACL0, KC_ACL2, KC_MNXT, KC_VOLD, KC_VOLU, KC_MPLY, _______, ___T___, ___T___, KC_WH_U  },
+  { RGB_TOG, RGB_MOD, RGB_HUI, RGB_HUD, RGB_SAI, RGB_SAD, RGB_VAI, RGB_VAD, BL_TOGG, BL_INC,  BL_DEC,   ___T___, ___T___, KC_MS_U, KC_WH_D  },
+  { RESET  , _______, DF(_QW), DF(_CM), DF(_DV), KC_BTN1, KC_BTN1, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, KC_MS_L, KC_MS_D, KC_MS_R  },
+ },
+};
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM fn_actions[] = {
+
+};
+
+const macro_t *action_get_macro(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt)
+{
+  // MACRODOWN only works in this function
+      switch(id) {
+        case 0:
+          if (record->event.pressed) {
+            register_code(KC_RSFT);
+            #ifdef BACKLIGHT_ENABLE
+              backlight_step();
+            #endif
+          } else {
+            unregister_code(KC_RSFT);
+          }
+        break;
+      }
+    return MACRO_NONE;
+};
diff --git a/keyboards/xd75/keymaps/default/readme.md b/keyboards/xd75/keymaps/default/readme.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d53c0f34a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/xd75/keymaps/default/readme.md
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+# The default keymap for xd75
diff --git a/keyboards/xd75/keymaps/fabian/Makefile b/keyboards/xd75/keymaps/fabian/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6e8941fdfd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/xd75/keymaps/fabian/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+# Copyright 2013 Jun Wako <wakojun@gmail.com>
+#
+# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+# QMK Build Options
+#   change to "no" to disable the options, or define them in the Makefile in 
+#   the appropriate keymap folder that will get included automatically
+#
+BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE = yes       # Virtual DIP switch configuration(+1000)
+MOUSEKEY_ENABLE = yes       # Mouse keys(+4700)
+EXTRAKEY_ENABLE = yes       # Audio control and System control(+450)
+CONSOLE_ENABLE = no         # Console for debug(+400)
+COMMAND_ENABLE = yes        # Commands for debug and configuration
+NKRO_ENABLE = yes           # Nkey Rollover - if this doesn't work, see here: https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/wiki/FAQ#nkro-doesnt-work
+BACKLIGHT_ENABLE = no       # Enable keyboard backlight functionality
+MIDI_ENABLE = no            # MIDI support (+2400 to 4200, depending on config)
+AUDIO_ENABLE = no           # Audio output on port C6
+UNICODE_ENABLE = no         # Unicode
+BLUETOOTH_ENABLE = no       # Enable Bluetooth with the Adafruit EZ-Key HID
+RGBLIGHT_ENABLE = yes        # Enable WS2812 RGB underlight.  Do not enable this with audio at the same time.
+SLEEP_LED_ENABLE = no       # Breathing sleep LED during USB suspend
+
+ifndef QUANTUM_DIR
+	include ../../../../Makefile
+endif
diff --git a/keyboards/xd75/keymaps/fabian/config.h b/keyboards/xd75/keymaps/fabian/config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f52a97bbc8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/xd75/keymaps/fabian/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+/* Copyright 2017 REPLACE_WITH_YOUR_NAME
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ */
+
+#ifndef CONFIG_USER_H
+#define CONFIG_USER_H
+
+#include "../../config.h"
+
+// place overrides here
+
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboards/xd75/keymaps/fabian/keymap.c b/keyboards/xd75/keymaps/fabian/keymap.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f6cc95ba28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/xd75/keymaps/fabian/keymap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,237 @@
+#include "xd75.h"
+#include "action_layer.h"
+#include "eeconfig.h"
+
+extern keymap_config_t keymap_config;
+
+// Each layer gets a name for readability, which is then used in the keymap matrix below.
+// The underscores don't mean anything - you can have a layer called STUFF or any other name.
+// Layer names don't all need to be of the same length, obviously, and you can also skip them
+// entirely and just use numbers.
+#define _QWERTY 0
+#define _COLEMAK 1
+#define _DVORAK 2
+#define _LOWER 3
+#define _RAISE 4
+#define _ADJUST 16
+
+enum custom_keycodes {
+  QWERTY = SAFE_RANGE,
+  COLEMAK,
+  DVORAK,
+  LOWER,
+  RAISE,
+  ADJUST,
+};
+
+// Fillers to make layering more clear
+#define _______ KC_TRNS
+#define XXXXXXX KC_NO
+
+// Custom
+#define CTL_ESC CTL_T(KC_ESC)  // Tap for Escape, hold for Control
+#define SFT_ENT SFT_T(KC_ENT)  // Tap for Enter, hold for Shift
+#define SFT_BSP SFT_T(KC_BSPC) // Tap for Backspace, hold for Shift
+#define HPR_TAB ALL_T(KC_TAB)  // Tap for Tab, hold for Hyper (Super+Ctrl+Alt+Shift)
+// #define MEH_GRV MEH_T(KC_GRV)  // Tap for Backtick, hold for Meh (Ctrl+Alt+Shift)
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+
+/* Qwerty
+ * ,--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+ * |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Tab  |   Q  |   W  |   E  |   R  |   T  |      |      |      |   Y  |   U  |   I  |   O  |   P  | Bksp |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Esc  |   A  |   S  |   D  |   F  |   G  |      |      |      |   H  |   J  |   K  |   L  |   ;  |  "   |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Shift|   Z  |   X  |   C  |   V  |   B  |      |      |      |   N  |   M  |   ,  |   .  |   /  |Enter |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |Adjust| Ctrl | Alt  | GUI  |Lower |Space |      |      |      | Bksp |Raise | GUI  |AltGr | Ctrl |Adjust|
+ * `--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+[_QWERTY] = {
+  { _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______ },
+  { HPR_TAB, KC_Q,    KC_W,    KC_E,    KC_R,    KC_T,    _______, _______, _______, KC_Y,    KC_U,    KC_I,    KC_O,    KC_P,    KC_BSPC },
+  { CTL_ESC, KC_A,    KC_S,    KC_D,    KC_F,    KC_G,    _______, _______, _______, KC_H,    KC_J,    KC_K,    KC_L,    KC_SCLN, KC_QUOT },
+  { SFT_BSP, KC_Z,    KC_X,    KC_C,    KC_V,    KC_B,    _______, _______, _______, KC_N,    KC_M,    KC_COMM, KC_DOT,  KC_SLSH, SFT_ENT },
+  { ADJUST,  KC_LCTL, KC_LALT, KC_LGUI, LOWER,   KC_SPC,  _______, _______, _______, SFT_BSP, RAISE,   KC_RGUI, KC_RALT, KC_RCTL, ADJUST  },
+},
+
+/* Colemak
+ * ,--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+ * |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Tab  |   Q  |   W  |   F  |   P  |   G  |      |      |      |   J  |   L  |   U  |   Y  |   ;  | Bksp |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+-------------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Esc  |   A  |   R  |   S  |   T  |   D  |      |      |      |   H  |   N  |   E  |   I  |   O  |  "   |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Shift|   Z  |   X  |   C  |   V  |   B  |      |      |      |   K  |   M  |   ,  |   .  |   /  |Enter |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |Adjust| Ctrl | Alt  | GUI  |Lower |Space |      |      |      | Bksp |Raise | GUI  |AltGr | Ctrl |Adjust|
+ * `--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+[_COLEMAK] = {
+  { _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______ },
+  { HPR_TAB, KC_Q,    KC_W,    KC_F,    KC_P,    KC_G,    _______, _______, _______, KC_J,    KC_L,    KC_U,    KC_Y,    KC_SCLN, KC_BSPC },
+  { CTL_ESC, KC_A,    KC_R,    KC_S,    KC_T,    KC_D,    _______, _______, _______, KC_H,    KC_N,    KC_E,    KC_I,    KC_O,    KC_QUOT },
+  { SFT_BSP, KC_Z,    KC_X,    KC_C,    KC_V,    KC_B,    _______, _______, _______, KC_K,    KC_M,    KC_COMM, KC_DOT,  KC_SLSH, SFT_ENT },
+  { ADJUST,  KC_LCTL, KC_LALT, KC_LGUI, LOWER,   KC_SPC,  _______, _______, _______, SFT_BSP, RAISE,   KC_RGUI, KC_RALT, KC_RCTL, ADJUST  },
+},
+
+/* Dvorak
+ * ,--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+ * |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Tab  |   "  |   ,  |   .  |   P  |   Y  |      |      |      |   F  |   G  |   C  |   R  |   L  | Bksp |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+-------------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Esc  |   A  |   O  |   E  |   U  |   I  |      |      |      |   D  |   H  |   T  |   N  |   S  |  /   |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------|------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Shift|   ;  |   Q  |   J  |   K  |   X  |      |      |      |   B  |   M  |   W  |   V  |   Z  |Enter |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |Adjust| Ctrl | Alt  | GUI  |Lower |Space |      |      |      | Bksp |Raise | GUI  |AltGr | Ctrl |Adjust|
+ * `--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+[_DVORAK] = {
+  { _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______ },  
+  { HPR_TAB, KC_QUOT, KC_COMM, KC_DOT,  KC_P,    KC_Y,    _______, _______, _______, KC_F,    KC_G,    KC_C,    KC_R,    KC_L,    KC_BSPC },
+  { CTL_ESC, KC_A,    KC_O,    KC_E,    KC_U,    KC_I,    _______, _______, _______, KC_D,    KC_H,    KC_T,    KC_N,    KC_S,    KC_SLSH },
+  { SFT_BSP, KC_SCLN, KC_Q,    KC_J,    KC_K,    KC_X,    _______, _______, _______, KC_B,    KC_M,    KC_W,    KC_V,    KC_Z,    SFT_ENT },
+  { ADJUST,  KC_LCTL, KC_LALT, KC_LGUI, LOWER,   KC_SPC,  _______, _______, _______, SFT_BSP, RAISE,   KC_RGUI, KC_RALT, KC_RCTL, ADJUST  },
+},
+
+/* Lower
+ * ,--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+ * |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |   ~  |   !  |   @  |   #  |   $  |   %  |      |      |      |   ^  |   &  |   *  |   (  |   )  | Bksp |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+-------------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Del  |  F1  |  F2  |  F3  |  F4  |  F5  |      |      |      |  F6  |   _  |   +  |   {  |   }  |  |   |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------|------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |  F7  |  F8  |  F9  |  F10 |  F11 |      |      |      |  F12 | MS L | MS D |MS U  | MS R |MS Btn|
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      | Next | Vol- | Vol+ | Play |
+ * `--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+  */
+[_LOWER] = {
+  { _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______ },
+  { KC_TILD, KC_EXLM, KC_AT,   KC_HASH, KC_DLR,  KC_PERC, _______, _______, _______, KC_CIRC, KC_AMPR, KC_ASTR, KC_LPRN, KC_RPRN, KC_BSPC },
+  { KC_DEL,  KC_F1,   KC_F2,   KC_F3,   KC_F4,   KC_F5,   _______, _______, _______, KC_F6,   KC_UNDS, KC_PLUS, KC_LCBR, KC_RCBR, KC_PIPE },
+  { _______, KC_F7,   KC_F8,   KC_F9,   KC_F10,  KC_F11,  _______, _______, _______, KC_F12,  KC_MS_L, KC_MS_D, KC_MS_U, KC_MS_R, KC_BTN1 },
+  { _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, KC_MNXT, KC_VOLD, KC_VOLU, KC_MPLY },
+},
+
+/* Raise
+ * ,--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+ * |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |   `  |   1  |   2  |   3  |   4  |   5  |      |      |      |   6  |   7  |   8  |   9  |   0  | Bksp |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+-------------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * | Del  |  F1  |  F2  |  F3  |  F4  |  F5  |      |      |      |  F6  |   -  |   =  |   [  |   ]  |  \   |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------|------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |  F7  |  F8  |  F9  |  F10 |  F11 |      |      |      |  F12 | Left | Down |  Up  | Rght |MS_BN2|
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      | Next | Vol- | Vol+ | Play |
+ * `--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+[_RAISE] = {
+  { _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______ },
+  { KC_GRV,  KC_1,    KC_2,    KC_3,    KC_4,    KC_5,    _______, _______, _______, KC_6,    KC_7,    KC_8,    KC_9,    KC_0,    KC_BSPC },
+  { KC_DEL,  KC_F1,   KC_F2,   KC_F3,   KC_F4,   KC_F5,   _______, _______, _______, KC_F6,   KC_MINS, KC_EQL,  KC_LBRC, KC_RBRC, KC_BSLS },
+  { _______, KC_F7,   KC_F8,   KC_F9,   KC_F10,  KC_F11,  _______, _______, _______, KC_F12,  KC_LEFT, KC_DOWN, KC_UP,   KC_RGHT, KC_BTN2 },
+  { _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, KC_MNXT, KC_VOLD, KC_VOLU, KC_MPLY },
+},
+
+/* Adjust (Lower + Raise)
+ * ,--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+ * |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |Reset |      |Aud on|Audoff|AGnorm|      |      |      |AGswap|Qwerty|Colemk|Dvorak|Reset | Del  |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------|------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |
+ * |------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------|
+ * |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |      |
+ * `--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+[_ADJUST] =  {
+  { _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______ },
+  { _______, RESET,   _______, AU_ON,   AU_OFF,  AG_NORM, _______, _______, _______, AG_SWAP, QWERTY,  COLEMAK, DVORAK,  RESET,   KC_DEL  },
+  { _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______ },
+  { _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______ },
+  { _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______, _______ },
+},
+};
+
+#ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+float tone_qwerty[][2]     = SONG(QWERTY_SOUND);
+float tone_dvorak[][2]     = SONG(DVORAK_SOUND);
+float tone_colemak[][2]    = SONG(COLEMAK_SOUND);
+#endif
+
+void persistent_default_layer_set(uint16_t default_layer) {
+  eeconfig_update_default_layer(default_layer);
+  default_layer_set(default_layer);
+}
+
+bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
+  switch (keycode) {
+    case QWERTY:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        #ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+          PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY(tone_qwerty, false, 0);
+        #endif
+        persistent_default_layer_set(1UL<<_QWERTY);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+    case COLEMAK:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        #ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+          PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY(tone_colemak, false, 0);
+        #endif
+        persistent_default_layer_set(1UL<<_COLEMAK);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+    case DVORAK:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        #ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+          PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY(tone_dvorak, false, 0);
+        #endif
+        persistent_default_layer_set(1UL<<_DVORAK);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+    case LOWER:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        layer_on(_LOWER);
+        update_tri_layer(_LOWER, _RAISE, _ADJUST);
+      } else {
+        layer_off(_LOWER);
+        update_tri_layer(_LOWER, _RAISE, _ADJUST);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+    case RAISE:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        layer_on(_RAISE);
+        update_tri_layer(_LOWER, _RAISE, _ADJUST);
+      } else {
+        layer_off(_RAISE);
+        update_tri_layer(_LOWER, _RAISE, _ADJUST);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+    case ADJUST:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        layer_on(_ADJUST);
+      } else {
+        layer_off(_ADJUST);
+      }
+      return false;
+      break;
+  }
+  return true;
+}
diff --git a/keyboards/xd75/readme.md b/keyboards/xd75/readme.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0bc82be91e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/xd75/readme.md
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+xd75 keyboard firmware
+======================
+
+The XD75Re is a 15x5 full-grid ortholinear keyboard manufactured by XIUDI. This port of the QMK firmware is my first shot at using QMK, so if you see any features done wrong (or just plain missing), feel free to fix them and put in a pull request!
+
+## Quantum MK Firmware
+
+For more info on this firmware (and how to make it your own), head over to [qmk.fm](http://qmk.fm).
+
+## Building
+
+Download or clone the whole firmware and navigate to the keyboards/xd75 folder. Once your dev env is setup, you'll be able to type `make` to generate your .hex - you can then use the Teensy Loader to program your .hex file. 
+
+Depending on which keymap you would like to use, you will have to compile slightly differently.
+
+### Default
+
+To build with the default keymap, simply run `make default`.
+
+### Other Keymaps
+
+The "default" keymap included is basically the OLKB Atomic keymap with a few buttons added for RGB underglow control. This should be usable as a starting point, but most people will be best served creating their own keymap and flashing it - more info on creating your own keymap is available in [the official QMK documentation](https://docs.qmk.fm).
+
+To build the firmware binary hex file with a keymap just do `make` with a keymap like this:
+
+```
+$ make [default|jack|<name>]
+```
+
+Keymaps follow the format **__\<name\>.c__** and are stored in the `keymaps` folder.
diff --git a/keyboards/xd75/rules.mk b/keyboards/xd75/rules.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f6d8978301
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/xd75/rules.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+# MCU name
+#MCU = at90usb1286
+MCU = atmega32u4
+
+# Processor frequency.
+#     This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the
+#     processor frequency in Hz. You can then use this symbol in your source code to
+#     calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done
+#     automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.
+#
+#     This will be an integer division of F_USB below, as it is sourced by
+#     F_USB after it has run through any CPU prescalers. Note that this value
+#     does not *change* the processor frequency - it should merely be updated to
+#     reflect the processor speed set externally so that the code can use accurate
+#     software delays.
+F_CPU = 16000000
+
+
+#
+# LUFA specific
+#
+# Target architecture (see library "Board Types" documentation).
+ARCH = AVR8
+
+# Input clock frequency.
+#     This will define a symbol, F_USB, in all source code files equal to the
+#     input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed) in Hz. This value may
+#     differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the
+#     raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed
+#     clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL'
+#     at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your
+#     source code.
+#
+#     If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the
+#     CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU.
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+
+# Interrupt driven control endpoint task(+60)
+OPT_DEFS += -DINTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+
+
+# Boot Section Size in *bytes*
+#   Teensy halfKay   512
+#   Teensy++ halfKay 1024
+#   Atmel DFU loader 4096
+#   LUFA bootloader  4096
+#   USBaspLoader     2048
+OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_SIZE=4996
+
+
+# Build Options
+#   change yes to no to disable
+#
+BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE ?= yes      # Virtual DIP switch configuration(+1000)
+MOUSEKEY_ENABLE ?= yes       # Mouse keys(+4700)
+EXTRAKEY_ENABLE ?= yes       # Audio control and System control(+450)
+CONSOLE_ENABLE ?= yes        # Console for debug(+400)
+COMMAND_ENABLE ?= yes        # Commands for debug and configuration
+# Do not enable SLEEP_LED_ENABLE. it uses the same timer as BACKLIGHT_ENABLE
+SLEEP_LED_ENABLE ?= no       # Breathing sleep LED during USB suspend
+# if this doesn't work, see here: https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/wiki/FAQ#nkro-doesnt-work
+NKRO_ENABLE ?= no            # USB Nkey Rollover
+BACKLIGHT_ENABLE ?= yes       # Enable keyboard backlight functionality on B7 by default
+MIDI_ENABLE ?= no            # MIDI support (+2400 to 4200, depending on config)
+UNICODE_ENABLE ?= no         # Unicode
+BLUETOOTH_ENABLE ?= no       # Enable Bluetooth with the Adafruit EZ-Key HID
+AUDIO_ENABLE ?= no           # Audio output on port C6
+FAUXCLICKY_ENABLE ?= no      # Use buzzer to emulate clicky switches
diff --git a/keyboards/xd75/xd75.c b/keyboards/xd75/xd75.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3d635f3c10
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/xd75/xd75.c
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/* Copyright 2017 REPLACE_WITH_YOUR_NAME
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ */
+#include "xd75.h"
+
+void matrix_init_kb(void) {
+	// put your keyboard start-up code here
+	// runs once when the firmware starts up
+
+	matrix_init_user();
+}
+
+void matrix_scan_kb(void) {
+	// put your looping keyboard code here
+	// runs every cycle (a lot)
+
+	matrix_scan_user();
+}
+
+bool process_record_kb(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
+	// put your per-action keyboard code here
+	// runs for every action, just before processing by the firmware
+
+	return process_record_user(keycode, record);
+}
+
+void led_set_kb(uint8_t usb_led) {
+	// put your keyboard LED indicator (ex: Caps Lock LED) toggling code here
+
+	led_set_user(usb_led);
+}
diff --git a/keyboards/xd75/xd75.h b/keyboards/xd75/xd75.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..22bc2ecc0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/xd75/xd75.h
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/* Copyright 2017 REPLACE_WITH_YOUR_NAME
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ */
+#ifndef XD75_H
+#define XD75_H
+
+#include "quantum.h"
+
+// This a shortcut to help you visually see your layout.
+// The following is an example using the Planck MIT layout
+// The first section contains all of the arguments
+// The second converts the arguments into a two-dimensional array
+#define KEYMAP( \
+    K00, K01, K02, K03, K04, K05, K06, K07, K08, K09, K0A, K0B, K0C, K0D, K0E,\
+    K10, K11, K12, K13, K14, K15, K16, K17, K18, K19, K1A, K1B, K1C, K1D, K1E,\
+    K20, K21, K22, K23, K24, K25, K26, K27, K28, K29, K2A, K2B, K2C, K2D, K2E,\
+    K30, K31, K32, K33, K34, K35, K36, K37, K38, K39, K3A, K3B, K3C, K3D, K3E,\
+    K40, K41, K42, K43, K44, K45, K46, K47, K48, K49, K4A, K4B, K4C, K4D, K4E \
+) { \
+    { KC_##K00, KC_##K01, KC_##K02, KC_##K03, KC_##K04, KC_##K05, KC_##K06, KC_##K07, KC_##K08, KC_##K09, KC_##K0A, KC_##K0B, KC_##K0C, KC_##K0D, KC_##K0E }, \
+    { KC_##K10, KC_##K11, KC_##K12, KC_##K13, KC_##K14, KC_##K15, KC_##K16, KC_##K17, KC_##K18, KC_##K19, KC_##K1A, KC_##K1B, KC_##K1C, KC_##K1D, KC_##K1E }, \
+    { KC_##K20, KC_##K21, KC_##K22, KC_##K23, KC_##K24, KC_##K25, KC_##K26, KC_##K27, KC_##K28, KC_##K29, KC_##K2A, KC_##K2B, KC_##K2C, KC_##K2D, KC_##K2E }, \
+    { KC_##K30, KC_##K31, KC_##K32, KC_##K33, KC_##K34, KC_##K35, KC_##K36, KC_##K37, KC_##K38, KC_##K39, KC_##K3A, KC_##K3B, KC_##K3C, KC_##K3D, KC_##K3E }, \
+    { KC_##K40, KC_##K41, KC_##K42, KC_##K43, KC_##K44, KC_##K45, KC_##K46, KC_##K47, KC_##K48, KC_##K49, KC_##K4A, KC_##K4B, KC_##K4C, KC_##K4D, KC_##K4E }  \
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lcd_backlight_keyframes.h b/lcd_backlight_keyframes.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bde118449b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lcd_backlight_keyframes.h
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/* Copyright 2017 Fred Sundvik
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ */
+
+#ifndef QUANTUM_VISUALIZER_LCD_BACKLIGHT_KEYFRAMES_H_
+#define QUANTUM_VISUALIZER_LCD_BACKLIGHT_KEYFRAMES_H_
+
+#include "visualizer.h"
+
+// Animates the LCD backlight color between the current color and the target color (of the state)
+bool lcd_backlight_keyframe_animate_color(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state);
+// Sets the backlight color to the target color
+bool lcd_backlight_keyframe_set_color(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state);
+
+bool lcd_backlight_keyframe_disable(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state);
+bool lcd_backlight_keyframe_enable(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state);
+
+#endif /* QUANTUM_VISUALIZER_LCD_BACKLIGHT_KEYFRAMES_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/chibios b/lib/chibios
-Subproject 8fce03b3a75c743e5d5c40b9d59c1637c59d22a
+Subproject d34e8eb83101a95f98892bf68605fe545821f32
diff --git a/lib/lufa/.gitattributes b/lib/lufa/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..92dfc3c617
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+# auto for anything unspecified
+* text=auto
+
+# sources
+*.c text
+*.cc text
+*.cxx text
+*.cpp text
+*.c++ text
+*.hpp text
+*.h text
+*.h++ text
+*.hh text
+*.bat    text
+*.coffee text
+*.css    text
+*.htm    text
+*.html   text
+*.inc    text
+*.ini    text
+*.js     text
+*.jsx    text
+*.json   text
+*.less   text
+*.php    text
+*.pl     text
+*.py     text
+*.rb     text
+*.sass   text
+*.scm    text
+*.scss   text
+*.sh     text
+*.sql    text
+*.styl   text
+*.ts     text
+*.xml    text
+*.xhtml  text
+
+# make files (need to always use lf for compatibility with Windows 10 bash)
+Makefile eol=lf
+*.mk eol=lf
+
+# make files (need to always use lf for compatibility with Windows 10 bash)
+*.sh eol=lf
+
+# documentation
+*.markdown   text
+*.md         text
+*.mdwn       text
+*.mdown      text
+*.mkd        text
+*.mkdn       text
+*.mdtxt      text
+*.mdtext     text
+*.txt        text
+AUTHORS      text
+CHANGELOG    text
+CHANGES      text
+CONTRIBUTING text
+COPYING      text
+INSTALL      text
+license      text
+LICENSE      text
+NEWS         text
+readme       text
+*README*     text
+TODO         text
+
+GRAPHICS
+*.ai   binary
+*.bmp  binary
+*.eps  binary
+*.gif  binary
+*.ico  binary
+*.jng  binary
+*.jp2  binary
+*.jpg  binary
+*.jpeg binary
+*.jpx  binary
+*.jxr  binary
+*.pdf  binary
+*.png  binary
+*.psb  binary
+*.psd  binary
+*.svg  text
+*.svgz binary
+*.tif  binary
+*.tiff binary
+*.wbmp binary
+*.webp binary
+
+# hex files
+*.hex binary
+*.eep binary
diff --git a/lib/lufa/.gitignore b/lib/lufa/.gitignore
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9f9d39491d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/.gitignore
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+*.o
+*.d
+*.elf
+*.hex
+*.eep
+*.sym
+*.bin
+*.lss
+*.map
+*.bak
+*.class
+Documentation/
+LUFA/StudioIntegration/ProjectGenerator/*
+LUFA/StudioIntegration/DocBook/*
+!LUFA/StudioIntegration/Docbook/mshelp/*
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderAPI.c b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderAPI.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2be1568082
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderAPI.c
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Bootloader user application API functions.
+ */
+
+#include "BootloaderAPI.h"
+
+void BootloaderAPI_ErasePage(const uint32_t Address)
+{
+	boot_page_erase_safe(Address);
+	boot_spm_busy_wait();
+	boot_rww_enable();
+}
+
+void BootloaderAPI_WritePage(const uint32_t Address)
+{
+	boot_page_write_safe(Address);
+	boot_spm_busy_wait();
+	boot_rww_enable();
+}
+
+void BootloaderAPI_FillWord(const uint32_t Address, const uint16_t Word)
+{
+	boot_page_fill_safe(Address, Word);
+}
+
+uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature(const uint16_t Address)
+{
+	return boot_signature_byte_get(Address);
+}
+
+uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse(const uint16_t Address)
+{
+	return boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(Address);
+}
+
+uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadLock(void)
+{
+	return boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(GET_LOCK_BITS);
+}
+
+void BootloaderAPI_WriteLock(const uint8_t LockBits)
+{
+	boot_lock_bits_set_safe(LockBits);
+}
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderAPI.h b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderAPI.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5169bbc3c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderAPI.h
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for BootloaderAPI.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _BOOTLOADER_API_H_
+#define _BOOTLOADER_API_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/boot.h>
+		#include <stdbool.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
+
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void    BootloaderAPI_ErasePage(const uint32_t Address);
+		void    BootloaderAPI_WritePage(const uint32_t Address);
+		void    BootloaderAPI_FillWord(const uint32_t Address, const uint16_t Word);
+		uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature(const uint16_t Address);
+		uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse(const uint16_t Address);
+		uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadLock(void);
+		void    BootloaderAPI_WriteLock(const uint8_t LockBits);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderAPITable.S b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderAPITable.S
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2c60f84e8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderAPITable.S
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+; Trampolines to actual API implementations if the target address is outside the
+; range of a rjmp instruction (can happen with large bootloader sections)
+.section .apitable_trampolines, "ax"
+.global BootloaderAPI_Trampolines
+BootloaderAPI_Trampolines:
+
+	BootloaderAPI_ErasePage_Trampoline:
+		jmp BootloaderAPI_ErasePage
+	BootloaderAPI_WritePage_Trampoline:
+		jmp BootloaderAPI_WritePage
+	BootloaderAPI_FillWord_Trampoline:
+		jmp BootloaderAPI_FillWord
+	BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature_Trampoline:
+		jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature
+	BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse_Trampoline:
+		jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse
+	BootloaderAPI_ReadLock_Trampoline:
+		jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadLock
+	BootloaderAPI_WriteLock_Trampoline:
+		jmp BootloaderAPI_WriteLock
+	BootloaderAPI_UNUSED1:
+		ret
+	BootloaderAPI_UNUSED2:
+		ret
+	BootloaderAPI_UNUSED3:
+		ret
+	BootloaderAPI_UNUSED4:
+		ret
+	BootloaderAPI_UNUSED5:
+		ret
+
+
+
+; API function jump table
+.section .apitable_jumptable, "ax"
+.global BootloaderAPI_JumpTable
+BootloaderAPI_JumpTable:
+
+	rjmp BootloaderAPI_ErasePage_Trampoline
+	rjmp BootloaderAPI_WritePage_Trampoline
+	rjmp BootloaderAPI_FillWord_Trampoline
+	rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature_Trampoline
+	rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse_Trampoline
+	rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadLock_Trampoline
+	rjmp BootloaderAPI_WriteLock_Trampoline
+	rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED1 ; UNUSED ENTRY 1
+	rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED2 ; UNUSED ENTRY 2
+	rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED3 ; UNUSED ENTRY 3
+	rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED4 ; UNUSED ENTRY 4
+	rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED5 ; UNUSED ENTRY 5
+
+
+
+; Bootloader table signatures and information
+.section .apitable_signatures, "ax"
+.global BootloaderAPI_Signatures
+BootloaderAPI_Signatures:
+
+	.long BOOT_START_ADDR ; Start address of the bootloader
+	.word 0xDF00 ; Signature for the CDC class bootloader
+	.word 0xDCFB ; Signature for a LUFA class bootloader
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderCDC.c b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderCDC.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..aa17bc15bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderCDC.c
@@ -0,0 +1,673 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the CDC class bootloader. This file contains the complete bootloader logic.
+ */
+
+#define  INCLUDE_FROM_BOOTLOADERCDC_C
+#include "BootloaderCDC.h"
+
+/** Contains the current baud rate and other settings of the first virtual serial port. This must be retained as some
+ *  operating systems will not open the port unless the settings can be set successfully.
+ */
+static CDC_LineEncoding_t LineEncoding = { .BaudRateBPS = 0,
+                                           .CharFormat  = CDC_LINEENCODING_OneStopBit,
+                                           .ParityType  = CDC_PARITY_None,
+                                           .DataBits    = 8                            };
+
+/** Current address counter. This stores the current address of the FLASH or EEPROM as set by the host,
+ *  and is used when reading or writing to the AVRs memory (either FLASH or EEPROM depending on the issued
+ *  command.)
+ */
+static uint32_t CurrAddress;
+
+/** Flag to indicate if the bootloader should be running, or should exit and allow the application code to run
+ *  via a watchdog reset. When cleared the bootloader will exit, starting the watchdog and entering an infinite
+ *  loop until the AVR restarts and the application runs.
+ */
+static bool RunBootloader = true;
+
+/** Magic lock for forced application start. If the HWBE fuse is programmed and BOOTRST is unprogrammed, the bootloader
+ *  will start if the /HWB line of the AVR is held low and the system is reset. However, if the /HWB line is still held
+ *  low when the application attempts to start via a watchdog reset, the bootloader will re-start. If set to the value
+ *  \ref MAGIC_BOOT_KEY the special init function \ref Application_Jump_Check() will force the application to start.
+ */
+uint16_t MagicBootKey ATTR_NO_INIT;
+
+
+/** Special startup routine to check if the bootloader was started via a watchdog reset, and if the magic application
+ *  start key has been loaded into \ref MagicBootKey. If the bootloader started via the watchdog and the key is valid,
+ *  this will force the user application to start via a software jump.
+ */
+void Application_Jump_Check(void)
+{
+	bool JumpToApplication = false;
+
+	#if (BOARD == BOARD_LEONARDO)
+		/* Enable pull-up on the IO13 pin so we can use it to select the mode */
+		PORTC |= (1 << 7);
+		Delay_MS(10);
+
+		/* If IO13 is not jumpered to ground, start the user application instead */
+		JumpToApplication = ((PINC & (1 << 7)) != 0);
+
+		/* Disable pull-up after the check has completed */
+		PORTC &= ~(1 << 7);
+	#elif ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
+		/* Disable JTAG debugging */
+		JTAG_DISABLE();
+
+		/* Enable pull-up on the JTAG TCK pin so we can use it to select the mode */
+		PORTF |= (1 << 4);
+		Delay_MS(10);
+
+		/* If the TCK pin is not jumpered to ground, start the user application instead */
+		JumpToApplication = ((PINF & (1 << 4)) != 0);
+
+		/* Re-enable JTAG debugging */
+		JTAG_ENABLE();
+	#else
+		/* Check if the device's BOOTRST fuse is set */
+		if (boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(GET_HIGH_FUSE_BITS) & FUSE_BOOTRST)
+		{
+			/* If the reset source was not an external reset or the key is correct, clear it and jump to the application */
+			if (!(MCUSR & (1 << EXTRF)) || (MagicBootKey == MAGIC_BOOT_KEY))
+			  JumpToApplication = true;
+
+			/* Clear reset source */
+			MCUSR &= ~(1 << EXTRF);
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* If the reset source was the bootloader and the key is correct, clear it and jump to the application;
+			 * this can happen in the HWBE fuse is set, and the HBE pin is low during the watchdog reset */
+			if ((MCUSR & (1 << WDRF)) && (MagicBootKey == MAGIC_BOOT_KEY))
+				JumpToApplication = true;
+
+			/* Clear reset source */
+			MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+		}
+	#endif
+
+	/* Don't run the user application if the reset vector is blank (no app loaded) */
+	bool ApplicationValid = (pgm_read_word_near(0) != 0xFFFF);
+
+	/* If a request has been made to jump to the user application, honor it */
+	if (JumpToApplication && ApplicationValid)
+	{
+		/* Turn off the watchdog */
+		MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+		wdt_disable();
+
+		/* Clear the boot key and jump to the user application */
+		MagicBootKey = 0;
+
+		// cppcheck-suppress constStatement
+		((void (*)(void))0x0000)();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the bootloader, then continuously
+ *  runs the bootloader processing routine until instructed to soft-exit, or hard-reset via the watchdog to start
+ *  the loaded application code.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	/* Setup hardware required for the bootloader */
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	/* Turn on first LED on the board to indicate that the bootloader has started */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_LED1);
+
+	/* Enable global interrupts so that the USB stack can function */
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	while (RunBootloader)
+	{
+		CDC_Task();
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+
+	/* Wait a short time to end all USB transactions and then disconnect */
+	_delay_us(1000);
+
+	/* Disconnect from the host - USB interface will be reset later along with the AVR */
+	USB_Detach();
+
+	/* Unlock the forced application start mode of the bootloader if it is restarted */
+	MagicBootKey = MAGIC_BOOT_KEY;
+
+	/* Enable the watchdog and force a timeout to reset the AVR */
+	wdt_enable(WDTO_250MS);
+
+	for (;;);
+}
+
+/** Configures all hardware required for the bootloader. */
+static void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+
+	/* Relocate the interrupt vector table to the bootloader section */
+	MCUCR = (1 << IVCE);
+	MCUCR = (1 << IVSEL);
+
+	/* Initialize the USB and other board hardware drivers */
+	USB_Init();
+	LEDs_Init();
+
+	/* Bootloader active LED toggle timer initialization */
+	TIMSK1 = (1 << TOIE1);
+	TCCR1B = ((1 << CS11) | (1 << CS10));
+}
+
+/** ISR to periodically toggle the LEDs on the board to indicate that the bootloader is active. */
+ISR(TIMER1_OVF_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+	LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This configures the device's endpoints ready
+ *  to relay data to and from the attached USB host.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+	/* Setup CDC Notification, Rx and Tx Endpoints */
+	Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT,
+	                           CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE, 1);
+
+	Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC_TX_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, 1);
+
+	Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC_RX_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, 1);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
+ *  the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
+ *  internally.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+	/* Ignore any requests that aren't directed to the CDC interface */
+	if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & (CONTROL_REQTYPE_TYPE | CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT)) !=
+	    (REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+	{
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* Activity - toggle indicator LEDs */
+	LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
+
+	/* Process CDC specific control requests */
+	switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+	{
+		case CDC_REQ_GetLineEncoding:
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+			{
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+				/* Write the line coding data to the control endpoint */
+				Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(&LineEncoding, sizeof(CDC_LineEncoding_t));
+				Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case CDC_REQ_SetLineEncoding:
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+			{
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+				/* Read the line coding data in from the host into the global struct */
+				Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(&LineEncoding, sizeof(CDC_LineEncoding_t));
+				Endpoint_ClearIN();
+			}
+
+			break;
+        case CDC_REQ_SetControlLineState:
+	        if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+	        {
+	            Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+	            Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+	        }
+
+	        break;
+	}
+}
+
+#if !defined(NO_BLOCK_SUPPORT)
+/** Reads or writes a block of EEPROM or FLASH memory to or from the appropriate CDC data endpoint, depending
+ *  on the AVR109 protocol command issued.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] Command  Single character AVR109 protocol command indicating what memory operation to perform
+ */
+static void ReadWriteMemoryBlock(const uint8_t Command)
+{
+	uint16_t BlockSize;
+	char     MemoryType;
+
+	uint8_t  HighByte = 0;
+	uint8_t  LowByte  = 0;
+
+	BlockSize  = (FetchNextCommandByte() << 8);
+	BlockSize |=  FetchNextCommandByte();
+
+	MemoryType =  FetchNextCommandByte();
+
+	if ((MemoryType != MEMORY_TYPE_FLASH) && (MemoryType != MEMORY_TYPE_EEPROM))
+	{
+		/* Send error byte back to the host */
+		WriteNextResponseByte('?');
+
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* Check if command is to read a memory block */
+	if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_BlockRead)
+	{
+		/* Re-enable RWW section */
+		boot_rww_enable();
+
+		while (BlockSize--)
+		{
+			if (MemoryType == MEMORY_TYPE_FLASH)
+			{
+				/* Read the next FLASH byte from the current FLASH page */
+				#if (FLASHEND > 0xFFFF)
+				WriteNextResponseByte(pgm_read_byte_far(CurrAddress | HighByte));
+				#else
+				WriteNextResponseByte(pgm_read_byte(CurrAddress | HighByte));
+				#endif
+
+				/* If both bytes in current word have been read, increment the address counter */
+				if (HighByte)
+				  CurrAddress += 2;
+
+				HighByte = !HighByte;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				/* Read the next EEPROM byte into the endpoint */
+				WriteNextResponseByte(eeprom_read_byte((uint8_t*)(intptr_t)(CurrAddress >> 1)));
+
+				/* Increment the address counter after use */
+				CurrAddress += 2;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		uint32_t PageStartAddress = CurrAddress;
+
+		if (MemoryType == MEMORY_TYPE_FLASH)
+		{
+			boot_page_erase(PageStartAddress);
+			boot_spm_busy_wait();
+		}
+
+		while (BlockSize--)
+		{
+			if (MemoryType == MEMORY_TYPE_FLASH)
+			{
+				/* If both bytes in current word have been written, increment the address counter */
+				if (HighByte)
+				{
+					/* Write the next FLASH word to the current FLASH page */
+					boot_page_fill(CurrAddress, ((FetchNextCommandByte() << 8) | LowByte));
+
+					/* Increment the address counter after use */
+					CurrAddress += 2;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					LowByte = FetchNextCommandByte();
+				}
+
+				HighByte = !HighByte;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				/* Write the next EEPROM byte from the endpoint */
+				eeprom_update_byte((uint8_t*)((intptr_t)(CurrAddress >> 1)), FetchNextCommandByte());
+
+				/* Increment the address counter after use */
+				CurrAddress += 2;
+			}
+		}
+
+		/* If in FLASH programming mode, commit the page after writing */
+		if (MemoryType == MEMORY_TYPE_FLASH)
+		{
+			/* Commit the flash page to memory */
+			boot_page_write(PageStartAddress);
+
+			/* Wait until write operation has completed */
+			boot_spm_busy_wait();
+		}
+
+		/* Send response byte back to the host */
+		WriteNextResponseByte('\r');
+	}
+}
+#endif
+
+/** Retrieves the next byte from the host in the CDC data OUT endpoint, and clears the endpoint bank if needed
+ *  to allow reception of the next data packet from the host.
+ *
+ *  \return Next received byte from the host in the CDC data OUT endpoint
+ */
+static uint8_t FetchNextCommandByte(void)
+{
+	/* Select the OUT endpoint so that the next data byte can be read */
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC_RX_EPADDR);
+
+	/* If OUT endpoint empty, clear it and wait for the next packet from the host */
+	while (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+	{
+		Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+		while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
+		{
+			if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+			  return 0;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Fetch the next byte from the OUT endpoint */
+	return Endpoint_Read_8();
+}
+
+/** Writes the next response byte to the CDC data IN endpoint, and sends the endpoint back if needed to free up the
+ *  bank when full ready for the next byte in the packet to the host.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] Response  Next response byte to send to the host
+ */
+static void WriteNextResponseByte(const uint8_t Response)
+{
+	/* Select the IN endpoint so that the next data byte can be written */
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC_TX_EPADDR);
+
+	/* If IN endpoint full, clear it and wait until ready for the next packet to the host */
+	if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+	{
+		Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+		while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
+		{
+			if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+			  return;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Write the next byte to the IN endpoint */
+	Endpoint_Write_8(Response);
+}
+
+/** Task to read in AVR109 commands from the CDC data OUT endpoint, process them, perform the required actions
+ *  and send the appropriate response back to the host.
+ */
+static void CDC_Task(void)
+{
+	/* Select the OUT endpoint */
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC_RX_EPADDR);
+
+	/* Check if endpoint has a command in it sent from the host */
+	if (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
+	  return;
+
+	/* Read in the bootloader command (first byte sent from host) */
+	uint8_t Command = FetchNextCommandByte();
+
+	if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ExitBootloader)
+	{
+		RunBootloader = false;
+
+		/* Send confirmation byte back to the host */
+		WriteNextResponseByte('\r');
+	}
+	else if ((Command == AVR109_COMMAND_SetLED) || (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ClearLED) ||
+	         (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_SelectDeviceType))
+	{
+		FetchNextCommandByte();
+
+		/* Send confirmation byte back to the host */
+		WriteNextResponseByte('\r');
+	}
+	else if ((Command == AVR109_COMMAND_EnterProgrammingMode) || (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_LeaveProgrammingMode))
+	{
+		/* Send confirmation byte back to the host */
+		WriteNextResponseByte('\r');
+	}
+	else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadPartCode)
+	{
+		/* Return ATMEGA128 part code - this is only to allow AVRProg to use the bootloader */
+		WriteNextResponseByte(0x44);
+		WriteNextResponseByte(0x00);
+	}
+	else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadAutoAddressIncrement)
+	{
+		/* Indicate auto-address increment is supported */
+		WriteNextResponseByte('Y');
+	}
+	else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_SetCurrentAddress)
+	{
+		/* Set the current address to that given by the host (translate 16-bit word address to byte address) */
+		CurrAddress   = (FetchNextCommandByte() << 9);
+		CurrAddress  |= (FetchNextCommandByte() << 1);
+
+		/* Send confirmation byte back to the host */
+		WriteNextResponseByte('\r');
+	}
+	else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadBootloaderInterface)
+	{
+		/* Indicate serial programmer back to the host */
+		WriteNextResponseByte('S');
+	}
+	else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadBootloaderIdentifier)
+	{
+		/* Write the 7-byte software identifier to the endpoint */
+		for (uint8_t CurrByte = 0; CurrByte < 7; CurrByte++)
+		  WriteNextResponseByte(SOFTWARE_IDENTIFIER[CurrByte]);
+	}
+	else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadBootloaderSWVersion)
+	{
+		WriteNextResponseByte('0' + BOOTLOADER_VERSION_MAJOR);
+		WriteNextResponseByte('0' + BOOTLOADER_VERSION_MINOR);
+	}
+	else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadSignature)
+	{
+		WriteNextResponseByte(AVR_SIGNATURE_3);
+		WriteNextResponseByte(AVR_SIGNATURE_2);
+		WriteNextResponseByte(AVR_SIGNATURE_1);
+	}
+	else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_EraseFLASH)
+	{
+		/* Clear the application section of flash */
+		for (uint32_t CurrFlashAddress = 0; CurrFlashAddress < (uint32_t)BOOT_START_ADDR; CurrFlashAddress += SPM_PAGESIZE)
+		{
+			boot_page_erase(CurrFlashAddress);
+			boot_spm_busy_wait();
+			boot_page_write(CurrFlashAddress);
+			boot_spm_busy_wait();
+		}
+
+		/* Send confirmation byte back to the host */
+		WriteNextResponseByte('\r');
+	}
+	#if !defined(NO_LOCK_BYTE_WRITE_SUPPORT)
+	else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_WriteLockbits)
+	{
+		/* Set the lock bits to those given by the host */
+		boot_lock_bits_set(FetchNextCommandByte());
+
+		/* Send confirmation byte back to the host */
+		WriteNextResponseByte('\r');
+	}
+	#endif
+	else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadLockbits)
+	{
+		WriteNextResponseByte(boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(GET_LOCK_BITS));
+	}
+	else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadLowFuses)
+	{
+		WriteNextResponseByte(boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(GET_LOW_FUSE_BITS));
+	}
+	else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadHighFuses)
+	{
+		WriteNextResponseByte(boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(GET_HIGH_FUSE_BITS));
+	}
+	else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadExtendedFuses)
+	{
+		WriteNextResponseByte(boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(GET_EXTENDED_FUSE_BITS));
+	}
+	#if !defined(NO_BLOCK_SUPPORT)
+	else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_GetBlockWriteSupport)
+	{
+		WriteNextResponseByte('Y');
+
+		/* Send block size to the host */
+		WriteNextResponseByte(SPM_PAGESIZE >> 8);
+		WriteNextResponseByte(SPM_PAGESIZE & 0xFF);
+	}
+	else if ((Command == AVR109_COMMAND_BlockWrite) || (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_BlockRead))
+	{
+		/* Delegate the block write/read to a separate function for clarity */
+		ReadWriteMemoryBlock(Command);
+	}
+	#endif
+	#if !defined(NO_FLASH_BYTE_SUPPORT)
+	else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_FillFlashPageWordHigh)
+	{
+		/* Write the high byte to the current flash page */
+		boot_page_fill(CurrAddress, FetchNextCommandByte());
+
+		/* Send confirmation byte back to the host */
+		WriteNextResponseByte('\r');
+	}
+	else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_FillFlashPageWordLow)
+	{
+		/* Write the low byte to the current flash page */
+		boot_page_fill(CurrAddress | 0x01, FetchNextCommandByte());
+
+		/* Increment the address */
+		CurrAddress += 2;
+
+		/* Send confirmation byte back to the host */
+		WriteNextResponseByte('\r');
+	}
+	else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_WriteFlashPage)
+	{
+		/* Commit the flash page to memory */
+		boot_page_write(CurrAddress);
+
+		/* Wait until write operation has completed */
+		boot_spm_busy_wait();
+
+		/* Send confirmation byte back to the host */
+		WriteNextResponseByte('\r');
+	}
+	else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadFLASHWord)
+	{
+		#if (FLASHEND > 0xFFFF)
+		uint16_t ProgramWord = pgm_read_word_far(CurrAddress);
+		#else
+		uint16_t ProgramWord = pgm_read_word(CurrAddress);
+		#endif
+
+		WriteNextResponseByte(ProgramWord >> 8);
+		WriteNextResponseByte(ProgramWord & 0xFF);
+	}
+	#endif
+	#if !defined(NO_EEPROM_BYTE_SUPPORT)
+	else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_WriteEEPROM)
+	{
+		/* Read the byte from the endpoint and write it to the EEPROM */
+		eeprom_update_byte((uint8_t*)((intptr_t)(CurrAddress >> 1)), FetchNextCommandByte());
+
+		/* Increment the address after use */
+		CurrAddress += 2;
+
+		/* Send confirmation byte back to the host */
+		WriteNextResponseByte('\r');
+	}
+	else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadEEPROM)
+	{
+		/* Read the EEPROM byte and write it to the endpoint */
+		WriteNextResponseByte(eeprom_read_byte((uint8_t*)((intptr_t)(CurrAddress >> 1))));
+
+		/* Increment the address after use */
+		CurrAddress += 2;
+	}
+	#endif
+	else if (Command != AVR109_COMMAND_Sync)
+	{
+		/* Unknown (non-sync) command, return fail code */
+		WriteNextResponseByte('?');
+	}
+
+	/* Select the IN endpoint */
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC_TX_EPADDR);
+
+	/* Remember if the endpoint is completely full before clearing it */
+	bool IsEndpointFull = !(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed());
+
+	/* Send the endpoint data to the host */
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+	/* If a full endpoint's worth of data was sent, we need to send an empty packet afterwards to signal end of transfer */
+	if (IsEndpointFull)
+	{
+		while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
+		{
+			if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+			  return;
+		}
+
+		Endpoint_ClearIN();
+	}
+
+	/* Wait until the data has been sent to the host */
+	while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
+	{
+		if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+		  return;
+	}
+
+	/* Select the OUT endpoint */
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC_RX_EPADDR);
+
+	/* Acknowledge the command from the host */
+	Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+}
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderCDC.h b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderCDC.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b6543aa738
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderCDC.h
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for BootloaderCDC.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CDC_H_
+#define _CDC_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/boot.h>
+		#include <avr/eeprom.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <stdbool.h>
+
+		#include "Descriptors.h"
+		#include "BootloaderAPI.h"
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__OPTIMIZE_SIZE__)
+			#error This bootloader requires that it be optimized for size, not speed, to fit into the target device. Change optimization settings and try again.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Version major of the CDC bootloader. */
+		#define BOOTLOADER_VERSION_MAJOR     0x01
+
+		/** Version minor of the CDC bootloader. */
+		#define BOOTLOADER_VERSION_MINOR     0x00
+
+		/** Hardware version major of the CDC bootloader. */
+		#define BOOTLOADER_HWVERSION_MAJOR   0x01
+
+		/** Hardware version minor of the CDC bootloader. */
+		#define BOOTLOADER_HWVERSION_MINOR   0x00
+
+		/** Eight character bootloader firmware identifier reported to the host when requested. */
+		#define SOFTWARE_IDENTIFIER          "LUFACDC"
+
+		/** Magic bootloader key to unlock forced application start mode. */
+		#define MAGIC_BOOT_KEY               0xDC42
+
+	/* Enums: */
+		/** Possible memory types that can be addressed via the bootloader. */
+		enum AVR109_Memories
+		{
+			MEMORY_TYPE_FLASH  = 'F',
+			MEMORY_TYPE_EEPROM = 'E',
+		};
+
+		/** Possible commands that can be issued to the bootloader. */
+		enum AVR109_Commands
+		{
+			AVR109_COMMAND_Sync                     = 27,
+			AVR109_COMMAND_ReadEEPROM               = 'd',
+			AVR109_COMMAND_WriteEEPROM              = 'D',
+			AVR109_COMMAND_ReadFLASHWord            = 'R',
+			AVR109_COMMAND_WriteFlashPage           = 'm',
+			AVR109_COMMAND_FillFlashPageWordLow     = 'c',
+			AVR109_COMMAND_FillFlashPageWordHigh    = 'C',
+			AVR109_COMMAND_GetBlockWriteSupport     = 'b',
+			AVR109_COMMAND_BlockWrite               = 'B',
+			AVR109_COMMAND_BlockRead                = 'g',
+			AVR109_COMMAND_ReadExtendedFuses        = 'Q',
+			AVR109_COMMAND_ReadHighFuses            = 'N',
+			AVR109_COMMAND_ReadLowFuses             = 'F',
+			AVR109_COMMAND_ReadLockbits             = 'r',
+			AVR109_COMMAND_WriteLockbits            = 'l',
+			AVR109_COMMAND_EraseFLASH               = 'e',
+			AVR109_COMMAND_ReadSignature            = 's',
+			AVR109_COMMAND_ReadBootloaderSWVersion  = 'V',
+			AVR109_COMMAND_ReadBootloaderHWVersion  = 'v',
+			AVR109_COMMAND_ReadBootloaderIdentifier = 'S',
+			AVR109_COMMAND_ReadBootloaderInterface  = 'p',
+			AVR109_COMMAND_SetCurrentAddress        = 'A',
+			AVR109_COMMAND_ReadAutoAddressIncrement = 'a',
+			AVR109_COMMAND_ReadPartCode             = 't',
+			AVR109_COMMAND_EnterProgrammingMode     = 'P',
+			AVR109_COMMAND_LeaveProgrammingMode     = 'L',
+			AVR109_COMMAND_SelectDeviceType         = 'T',
+			AVR109_COMMAND_SetLED                   = 'x',
+			AVR109_COMMAND_ClearLED                 = 'y',
+			AVR109_COMMAND_ExitBootloader           = 'E',
+		};
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for a non-returning pointer to the start of the loaded application in flash memory. */
+		typedef void (*AppPtr_t)(void) ATTR_NO_RETURN;
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		static void CDC_Task(void);
+		static void SetupHardware(void);
+
+		void Application_Jump_Check(void) ATTR_INIT_SECTION(3);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+
+		#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_BOOTLOADERCDC_C) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			#if !defined(NO_BLOCK_SUPPORT)
+			static void    ReadWriteMemoryBlock(const uint8_t Command);
+			#endif
+			static uint8_t FetchNextCommandByte(void);
+			static void    WriteNextResponseByte(const uint8_t Response);
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderCDC.txt b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderCDC.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f8c349cded
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderCDC.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,242 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage CDC Class USB AVR Bootloader
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *  \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ *  \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ *  \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Abstract Control Model (ACM)</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF CDC Class Standard</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  This bootloader enumerates to the host as a CDC Class device (virtual serial port), allowing for AVR109
+ *  protocol compatible programming software to load firmware onto the AVR.
+ *
+ *  Out of the box this bootloader builds for the AT90USB1287 with an 8KB bootloader section size, and will fit
+ *  into 4KB of bootloader space. If you wish to alter this size and/or change the AVR model, you will need to
+ *  edit the MCU, FLASH_SIZE_KB and BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB values in the accompanying makefile.
+ *
+ *  When the bootloader is running, the board's LED(s) will flash at regular intervals to distinguish the
+ *  bootloader from the normal user application.
+ *
+ *  \warning <b>THIS BOOTLOADER IS NOT SECURE.</b> Malicious entities can recover written data, even if the device
+ *           lockbits are set.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Running Running the Bootloader
+ *
+ *  On the USB AVR8 devices, setting the \c HWBE device fuse will cause the bootloader to run if the \c HWB pin of
+ *  the AVR is grounded when the device is reset.
+ *
+ *  The are two behaviours of this bootloader, depending on the device's fuses:
+ *
+ *  <b>If the device's BOOTRST fuse is set</b>, the bootloader will run any time the system is reset from
+ *  the external reset pin, unless no valid user application has been loaded. To initiate the bootloader, the
+ *  device's external reset pin should be grounded momentarily.
+ *
+ *  <b>If the device's BOOTRST fuse is not set</b>, the bootloader will run only if initiated via a software
+ *  jump, or if the \c HWB pin was low during the last device reset (if the \c HWBE fuse is set).
+ *
+ *  For board specific exceptions to the above, see below.
+ *
+ *  \subsection SSec_XPLAIN Atmel Xplain Board
+ *  Ground the USB AVR JTAG's \c TCK pin to ground when powering on the board to start the bootloader. This assumes the
+ *  \c HWBE fuse is cleared and the \c BOOTRST fuse is set as the HWBE pin is not user accessible on this board.
+ *
+ *  \subsection SSec_Leonardo Arduino Leonardo Board
+ *  Ground \c IO13 when powering the board to start the bootloader. This assumes the \c HWBE fuse is cleared and the
+ *  \c BOOTRST fuse is set as the HWBE pin is not user accessible on this board.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Installation Driver Installation
+ *
+ *  After running this bootloader for the first time on a new computer, you will need to supply the .INF
+ *  file located in this bootloader project's directory as the device's driver when running under Windows.
+ *  This will enable Windows to use its inbuilt CDC drivers, negating the need for custom drivers for the
+ *  device. Other Operating Systems should automatically use their own inbuilt CDC-ACM drivers.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_HostApp Host Controller Application
+ *
+ *  This bootloader is compatible with the open source application AVRDUDE, Atmel's AVRPROG, or other
+ *  applications implementing the AVR109 protocol, which is documented on the Atmel website as an application
+ *  note.
+ *
+ *  \subsection SSec_AVRDude AVRDUDE (Windows, Mac, Linux)
+ *
+ *  AVRDude is a free, cross-platform and open source command line programmer for Atmel and third party AVR
+ *  programmers. It is available on the the Windows platform as part of the "WinAVR" package, or on other systems
+ *  either from a build from the official source code, or in many distributions as a precompiled binary package.
+ *
+ *  To load a new HEX file with AVRDude, specify "AVR109" as the programmer, with the allocated COM port. On Windows
+ *  platforms this will be a COMx port name:
+ *  \code
+ *  avrdude -c AVR109 -p at90usb1287 -P COM0 -U flash:w:Mouse.hex
+ *  \endcode
+ *
+ *  On Linux systems, this will typically be a /dev/ttyACMx port name:
+ *  \code
+ *  avrdude -c AVR109 -p at90usb1287 -P /dev/ttyACM0 -U flash:w:Mouse.hex
+ *  \endcode
+ *
+ *  Refer to the AVRDude project documentation for additional usage instructions.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_API User Application API
+ *
+ *  Several user application functions for FLASH and other special memory area manipulations are exposed by the bootloader,
+ *  allowing the user application to call into the bootloader at runtime to read and write FLASH data.
+ *
+ *  By default, the bootloader API jump table is located 32 bytes from the end of the device's FLASH memory, and follows the
+ *  following layout:
+ *
+ *  \code
+ *  #define BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE          32
+ *  #define BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START         ((FLASHEND + 1UL) - BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE)
+ *  #define BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(Index)         (void*)((BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (Index * 2)) / 2)
+ *
+ *  void    (*BootloaderAPI_ErasePage)(uint32_t Address)               = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(0);
+ *  void    (*BootloaderAPI_WritePage)(uint32_t Address)               = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(1);
+ *  void    (*BootloaderAPI_FillWord)(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Word) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(2);
+ *  uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature)(uint16_t Address)           = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(3);
+ *  uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse)(uint16_t Address)                = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(4);
+ *  uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadLock)(void)                            = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(5);
+ *  void    (*BootloaderAPI_WriteLock)(uint8_t LockBits)               = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(6);
+ *
+ *  #define BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE_START   (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 2))
+ *  #define BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE         0xDCFB
+ *
+ *  #define BOOTLOADER_CLASS_SIGNATURE_START   (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 4))
+ *  #define BOOTLOADER_CDC_SIGNATURE           0xDF00
+ *
+ *  #define BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_START           (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 8))
+ *  #define BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_LENGTH          4
+ *  \endcode
+ *
+ *  From the application the API support of the bootloader can be detected by reading the FLASH memory bytes located at address
+ *  \c BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE_START and comparing them to the value \c BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE. The class of bootloader
+ *  can be determined by reading the FLASH memory bytes located at address \c BOOTLOADER_CLASS_SIGNATURE_START and comparing them
+ *  to the value \c BOOTLOADER_CDC_SIGNATURE. The start address of the bootloader can be retrieved by reading the bytes of FLASH
+ *  memory starting from address \c BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_START.
+ *
+ *  \subsection SSec_API_MemLayout Device Memory Map
+ *  The following illustration indicates the final memory map of the device when loaded with the bootloader.
+ *
+ *  \verbatim
+ *  +----------------------------+ 0x0000
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |      User Application      |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - BOOT_SECTION_SIZE
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |   Bootloader Application   |
+ *  | (Not User App. Accessible) |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 96
+ *  |   API Table Trampolines    |
+ *  | (Not User App. Accessible) |
+ *  +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 32
+ *  |    Bootloader API Table    |
+ *  |   (User App. Accessible)   |
+ *  +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 8
+ *  |   Bootloader ID Constants  |
+ *  |   (User App. Accessible)   |
+ *  +----------------------------+ FLASHEND
+ *  \endverbatim
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_KnownIssues Known Issues:
+ *
+ *  \par On Linux machines, the CDC bootloader is unstable or inaccessible.
+ *  A change to the \c ModemManager module in many Linux distributions causes
+ *  this module to try to take control over inserted CDC devices, corrupting the
+ *  datastream. A UDEV rule is required to prevent this.
+ *  See <a href=https://groups.google.com/d/msg/lufa-support/CP9cy2bc8yo/kBqsOu-RBeMJ>here</a> for resolution steps.
+ *  If the issue still persists then uninstall modemmanager by executing <tt>sudo apt-get remove modemmanager</tt>, or
+ *  the equivalent using your chosen distribution's package manager.
+ *
+ *  \par On Linux machines, the CDC bootloader is inaccessible.
+ *  On many Linux systems, non-root users do not have automatic access to newly
+ *  inserted CDC devices. Root privileges or a UDEV rule is required to gain
+ *  access.
+ *  See <a href=https://groups.google.com/d/msg/lufa-support/CP9cy2bc8yo/kBqsOu-RBeMJ>here</a> for resolution steps.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ *    <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ *    <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>NO_BLOCK_SUPPORT</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>Define to disable memory block read/write support in the bootloader, requiring all reads and writes to be made
+ *        using the byte-level commands.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>NO_EEPROM_BYTE_SUPPORT</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>Define to disable EEPROM memory byte read/write support in the bootloader, requiring all EEPROM reads and writes
+ *        to be made using the block-level commands.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>NO_FLASH_BYTE_SUPPORT</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>Define to disable FLASH memory byte read/write support in the bootloader, requiring all FLASH reads and writes
+ *        to be made using the block-level commands.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>NO_LOCK_BYTE_WRITE_SUPPORT</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>Define to disable lock byte write support in the bootloader, preventing the lock bits from being set programmatically.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/Config/AppConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..22972b72fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This is a header file which is be used to configure LUFA's
+ *  compile time options, as an alternative to the compile time
+ *  constants supplied through a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ *  \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+//	#define NO_BLOCK_SUPPORT
+//	#define NO_EEPROM_BYTE_SUPPORT
+//	#define NO_FLASH_BYTE_SUPPORT
+//	#define NO_LOCK_BYTE_WRITE_SUPPORT
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5aa0e765bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            0
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6276570373
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ *  the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, describes the overall
+ *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ *  process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+	.Class                  = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+	.SubClass               = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificSubclass,
+	.Protocol               = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificProtocol,
+
+	.Endpoint0Size          = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+	.VendorID               = 0x03EB,
+	.ProductID              = 0x204A,
+	.ReleaseNumber          = VERSION_BCD(1,0,0),
+
+	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+	.ProductStrIndex        = STRING_ID_Product,
+	.SerialNumStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+	.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, describes the usage
+ *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+	.Config =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+			.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+			.TotalInterfaces        = 2,
+
+			.ConfigurationNumber    = 1,
+			.ConfigurationStrIndex  = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+			.ConfigAttributes       = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED,
+
+			.MaxPowerConsumption    = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+		},
+
+	.CDC_CCI_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 1,
+
+			.Class                  = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+			.SubClass               = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.CDC_Functional_Header =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                = 0x00,
+
+			.CDCSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+		},
+
+	.CDC_Functional_ACM =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                = 0x02,
+
+			.Capabilities           = 0x02,
+		},
+
+	.CDC_Functional_Union =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                = 0x06,
+
+			.MasterInterfaceNumber  = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+			.SlaveInterfaceNumber   = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+		},
+
+	.CDC_NotificationEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0xFF
+		},
+
+	.CDC_DCI_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 2,
+
+			.Class                  = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass,
+			.SubClass               = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.CDC_DataOutEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		},
+
+	.CDC_DataInEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		}
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, is returned when the host requests
+ *  the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ *  via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ *  form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ *  and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA CDC");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see LUFA library "USB Descriptors"
+ *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ *  USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8);
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+	const void* Address = NULL;
+	uint16_t    Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+	switch (DescriptorType)
+	{
+		case DTYPE_Device:
+			Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_Configuration:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_String:
+			if (DescriptorNumber == STRING_ID_Language)
+			{
+				Address = &LanguageString;
+				Size    = LanguageString.Header.Size;
+			}
+			else if (DescriptorNumber == STRING_ID_Manufacturer)
+			{
+				Address = &ManufacturerString;
+				Size    = ManufacturerString.Header.Size;
+			}
+			else if (DescriptorNumber == STRING_ID_Product)
+			{
+				Address = &ProductString;
+				Size    = ProductString.Header.Size;
+			}
+
+			break;
+	}
+
+	*DescriptorAddress = Address;
+	return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a6fbf5262b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		#if defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__)
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_1               0x1E
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_2               0x97
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_3               0x82
+		#elif defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__)
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_1               0x1E
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_2               0x96
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_3               0x82
+		#elif defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__)
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_1               0x1E
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_2               0x97
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_3               0x82
+		#elif defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__)
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_1               0x1E
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_2               0x96
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_3               0x82
+		#elif defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__)
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_1               0x1E
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_2               0x95
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_3               0x87
+		#elif defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__)
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_1               0x1E
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_2               0x94
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_3               0x88
+		#elif defined(__AVR_ATmega32U2__)
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_1               0x1E
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_2               0x95
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_3               0x8A
+		#elif defined(__AVR_ATmega16U2__)
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_1               0x1E
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_2               0x94
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_3               0x89
+		#elif defined(__AVR_AT90USB162__)
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_1               0x1E
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_2               0x94
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_3               0x82
+		#elif defined(__AVR_ATmega8U2__)
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_1               0x1E
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_2               0x93
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_3               0x89
+		#elif defined(__AVR_AT90USB82__)
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_1               0x1E
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_2               0x93
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_3               0x82
+		#else
+			#error The selected AVR part is not currently supported by this bootloader.
+		#endif
+
+		/** Endpoint address for the CDC control interface event notification endpoint. */
+		#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR        (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 2)
+
+		/** Endpoint address for the CDC data interface TX (data IN) endpoint. */
+		#define CDC_TX_EPADDR                  (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3)
+
+		/** Endpoint address for the CDC data interface RX (data OUT) endpoint. */
+		#define CDC_RX_EPADDR                  (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4)
+
+		/** Size of the CDC data interface TX and RX data endpoint banks, in bytes. */
+		#define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE                16
+
+		/** Size of the CDC control interface notification endpoint bank, in bytes. */
+		#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE        8
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t    Config;
+
+			// CDC Control Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t               CDC_CCI_Interface;
+			USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t    CDC_Functional_Header;
+			USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t       CDC_Functional_ACM;
+			USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t     CDC_Functional_Union;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t                CDC_NotificationEndpoint;
+
+			// CDC Data Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t               CDC_DCI_Interface;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t                CDC_DataOutEndpoint;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t                CDC_DataInEndpoint;
+		} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+		/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+		 *  should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+		 *  interface from other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+		{
+			INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI = 0, /**< CDC CCI interface descriptor ID */
+			INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI = 1, /**< CDC DCI interface descriptor ID */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+		 *  have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+		 *  other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum StringDescriptors_t
+		{
+			STRING_ID_Language     = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+			STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+			STRING_ID_Product      = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+		};
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+		                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+		                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+		                                    ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/LUFA CDC Bootloader.inf b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/LUFA CDC Bootloader.inf
index 61624c7318..61624c7318 100644
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/LUFA CDC Bootloader.inf
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/LUFA CDC Bootloader.inf
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/asf.xml
index 02e7063c66..02e7063c66 100644
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/asf.xml
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/asf.xml
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..414693479f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2396 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - CDC Class Bootloader"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM \
+                         ATTR_NO_INIT
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/makefile b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..aa5a2117df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/CDC/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = BootloaderCDC
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c BootloaderAPI.c BootloaderAPITable.S $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/ -DBOOT_START_ADDR=$(BOOT_START_OFFSET)
+LD_FLAGS     = -Wl,--section-start=.text=$(BOOT_START_OFFSET) $(BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS)
+
+# Flash size and bootloader section sizes of the target, in KB. These must
+# match the target's total FLASH size and the bootloader size set in the
+# device's fuses.
+FLASH_SIZE_KB         = 128
+BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB  = 8
+
+# Bootloader address calculation formulas
+# Do not modify these macros, but rather modify the dependent values above.
+CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX   = $(shell printf "0x%X" $$(( $(1) )) )
+BOOT_START_OFFSET     = $(call CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX, ($(FLASH_SIZE_KB) - $(BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB)) * 1024 )
+BOOT_SEC_OFFSET       = $(call CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX, ($(FLASH_SIZE_KB) * 1024) - ($(strip $(1))) )
+
+# Bootloader linker section flags for relocating the API table sections to
+# known FLASH addresses - these should not normally be user-edited.
+BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG  = -Wl,--section-start=$(strip $(1))=$(call BOOT_SEC_OFFSET, $(3)) -Wl,--undefined=$(strip $(2))
+BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS     = $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_trampolines, BootloaderAPI_Trampolines, 96)
+BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS    += $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_jumptable,   BootloaderAPI_JumpTable,   32)
+BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS    += $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_signatures,  BootloaderAPI_Signatures,  8)
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderAPI.c b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderAPI.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..491c506d0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderAPI.c
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Bootloader user application API functions.
+ */
+
+#include "BootloaderAPI.h"
+
+void BootloaderAPI_ErasePage(const uint32_t Address)
+{
+	boot_page_erase_safe(Address);
+	boot_spm_busy_wait();
+	boot_rww_enable();
+}
+
+void BootloaderAPI_WritePage(const uint32_t Address)
+{
+	boot_page_write_safe(Address);
+	boot_spm_busy_wait();
+	boot_rww_enable();
+}
+
+void BootloaderAPI_FillWord(const uint32_t Address, const uint16_t Word)
+{
+	boot_page_fill_safe(Address, Word);
+}
+
+uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature(const uint16_t Address)
+{
+	return boot_signature_byte_get(Address);
+}
+
+uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse(const uint16_t Address)
+{
+	return boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(Address);
+}
+
+uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadLock(void)
+{
+	return boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(GET_LOCK_BITS);
+}
+
+void BootloaderAPI_WriteLock(const uint8_t LockBits)
+{
+	boot_lock_bits_set_safe(LockBits);
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderAPI.h b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderAPI.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5169bbc3c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderAPI.h
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for BootloaderAPI.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _BOOTLOADER_API_H_
+#define _BOOTLOADER_API_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/boot.h>
+		#include <stdbool.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
+
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void    BootloaderAPI_ErasePage(const uint32_t Address);
+		void    BootloaderAPI_WritePage(const uint32_t Address);
+		void    BootloaderAPI_FillWord(const uint32_t Address, const uint16_t Word);
+		uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature(const uint16_t Address);
+		uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse(const uint16_t Address);
+		uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadLock(void);
+		void    BootloaderAPI_WriteLock(const uint8_t LockBits);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderAPITable.S b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderAPITable.S
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..95fd8e5c37
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderAPITable.S
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+; Trampolines to actual API implementations if the target address is outside the
+; range of a rjmp instruction (can happen with large bootloader sections)
+.section .apitable_trampolines, "ax"
+.global BootloaderAPI_Trampolines
+BootloaderAPI_Trampolines:
+
+	BootloaderAPI_ErasePage_Trampoline:
+		jmp BootloaderAPI_ErasePage
+	BootloaderAPI_WritePage_Trampoline:
+		jmp BootloaderAPI_WritePage
+	BootloaderAPI_FillWord_Trampoline:
+		jmp BootloaderAPI_FillWord
+	BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature_Trampoline:
+		jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature
+	BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse_Trampoline:
+		jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse
+	BootloaderAPI_ReadLock_Trampoline:
+		jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadLock
+	BootloaderAPI_WriteLock_Trampoline:
+		jmp BootloaderAPI_WriteLock
+	BootloaderAPI_UNUSED1:
+		ret
+	BootloaderAPI_UNUSED2:
+		ret
+	BootloaderAPI_UNUSED3:
+		ret
+	BootloaderAPI_UNUSED4:
+		ret
+	BootloaderAPI_UNUSED5:
+		ret
+
+
+
+; API function jump table
+.section .apitable_jumptable, "ax"
+.global BootloaderAPI_JumpTable
+BootloaderAPI_JumpTable:
+
+	rjmp BootloaderAPI_ErasePage_Trampoline
+	rjmp BootloaderAPI_WritePage_Trampoline
+	rjmp BootloaderAPI_FillWord_Trampoline
+	rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature_Trampoline
+	rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse_Trampoline
+	rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadLock_Trampoline
+	rjmp BootloaderAPI_WriteLock_Trampoline
+	rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED1 ; UNUSED ENTRY 1
+	rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED2 ; UNUSED ENTRY 2
+	rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED3 ; UNUSED ENTRY 3
+	rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED4 ; UNUSED ENTRY 4
+	rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED5 ; UNUSED ENTRY 5
+
+
+
+; Bootloader table signatures and information
+.section .apitable_signatures, "ax"
+.global BootloaderAPI_Signatures
+BootloaderAPI_Signatures:
+
+	.long BOOT_START_ADDR ; Start address of the bootloader
+	.word 0xDF10 ; Signature for the DFU class bootloader, V1
+	.word 0xDCFB ; Signature for a LUFA class bootloader
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderDFU.c b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderDFU.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..928cf6fe3b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderDFU.c
@@ -0,0 +1,891 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the DFU class bootloader. This file contains the complete bootloader logic.
+ */
+
+#define  INCLUDE_FROM_BOOTLOADER_C
+#include "BootloaderDFU.h"
+
+/** Flag to indicate if the bootloader is currently running in secure mode, disallowing memory operations
+ *  other than erase. This is initially set to the value set by SECURE_MODE, and cleared by the bootloader
+ *  once a memory erase has completed in a bootloader session.
+ */
+static bool IsSecure = SECURE_MODE;
+
+/** Flag to indicate if the bootloader should be running, or should exit and allow the application code to run
+ *  via a soft reset. When cleared, the bootloader will abort, the USB interface will shut down and the application
+ *  jumped to via an indirect jump to location 0x0000 (or other location specified by the host).
+ */
+static bool RunBootloader = true;
+
+/** Flag to indicate if the bootloader is waiting to exit. When the host requests the bootloader to exit and
+ *  jump to the application address it specifies, it sends two sequential commands which must be properly
+ *  acknowledged. Upon reception of the first the RunBootloader flag is cleared and the WaitForExit flag is set,
+ *  causing the bootloader to wait for the final exit command before shutting down.
+ */
+static bool WaitForExit = false;
+
+/** Current DFU state machine state, one of the values in the DFU_State_t enum. */
+static uint8_t DFU_State = dfuIDLE;
+
+/** Status code of the last executed DFU command. This is set to one of the values in the DFU_Status_t enum after
+ *  each operation, and returned to the host when a Get Status DFU request is issued.
+ */
+static uint8_t DFU_Status = OK;
+
+/** Data containing the DFU command sent from the host. */
+static DFU_Command_t SentCommand;
+
+/** Response to the last issued Read Data DFU command. Unlike other DFU commands, the read command
+ *  requires a single byte response from the bootloader containing the read data when the next DFU_UPLOAD command
+ *  is issued by the host.
+ */
+static uint8_t ResponseByte;
+
+/** Pointer to the start of the user application. By default this is 0x0000 (the reset vector), however the host
+ *  may specify an alternate address when issuing the application soft-start command.
+ */
+static AppPtr_t AppStartPtr = (AppPtr_t)0x0000;
+
+/** 64-bit flash page number. This is concatenated with the current 16-bit address on USB AVRs containing more than
+ *  64KB of flash memory.
+ */
+static uint8_t Flash64KBPage = 0;
+
+/** Memory start address, indicating the current address in the memory being addressed (either FLASH or EEPROM
+ *  depending on the issued command from the host).
+ */
+static uint16_t StartAddr = 0x0000;
+
+/** Memory end address, indicating the end address to read from/write to in the memory being addressed (either FLASH
+ *  of EEPROM depending on the issued command from the host).
+ */
+static uint16_t EndAddr = 0x0000;
+
+/** Magic lock for forced application start. If the HWBE fuse is programmed and BOOTRST is unprogrammed, the bootloader
+ *  will start if the /HWB line of the AVR is held low and the system is reset. However, if the /HWB line is still held
+ *  low when the application attempts to start via a watchdog reset, the bootloader will re-start. If set to the value
+ *  \ref MAGIC_BOOT_KEY the special init function \ref Application_Jump_Check() will force the application to start.
+ */
+uint16_t MagicBootKey ATTR_NO_INIT;
+
+
+/** Special startup routine to check if the bootloader was started via a watchdog reset, and if the magic application
+ *  start key has been loaded into \ref MagicBootKey. If the bootloader started via the watchdog and the key is valid,
+ *  this will force the user application to start via a software jump.
+ */
+void Application_Jump_Check(void)
+{
+	bool JumpToApplication = false;
+
+	#if (BOARD == BOARD_LEONARDO)
+		/* Enable pull-up on the IO13 pin so we can use it to select the mode */
+		PORTC |= (1 << 7);
+		Delay_MS(10);
+
+		/* If IO13 is not jumpered to ground, start the user application instead */
+		JumpToApplication = ((PINC & (1 << 7)) != 0);
+
+		/* Disable pull-up after the check has completed */
+		PORTC &= ~(1 << 7);
+	#elif ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
+		/* Disable JTAG debugging */
+		JTAG_DISABLE();
+
+		/* Enable pull-up on the JTAG TCK pin so we can use it to select the mode */
+		PORTF |= (1 << 4);
+		Delay_MS(10);
+
+		/* If the TCK pin is not jumpered to ground, start the user application instead */
+		JumpToApplication = ((PINF & (1 << 4)) != 0);
+
+		/* Re-enable JTAG debugging */
+		JTAG_ENABLE();
+	#else
+		/* Check if the device's BOOTRST fuse is set */
+		if (boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(GET_HIGH_FUSE_BITS) & FUSE_BOOTRST)
+		{
+			/* If the reset source was not an external reset or the key is correct, clear it and jump to the application */
+			//if (!(MCUSR & (1 << EXTRF)) || (MagicBootKey == MAGIC_BOOT_KEY))
+			//  JumpToApplication = true;
+
+			/* Clear reset source */
+			MCUSR &= ~(1 << EXTRF);
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* If the reset source was the bootloader and the key is correct, clear it and jump to the application;
+			 * this can happen in the HWBE fuse is set, and the HBE pin is low during the watchdog reset */
+			//if ((MCUSR & (1 << WDRF)) && (MagicBootKey == MAGIC_BOOT_KEY))
+			//	JumpToApplication = true;
+
+			/* Clear reset source */
+			MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+		}
+	#endif
+
+	/* Don't run the user application if the reset vector is blank (no app loaded) */
+	bool ApplicationValid = (pgm_read_word_near(0) != 0xFFFF);
+
+	/* If a request has been made to jump to the user application, honor it */
+	if (JumpToApplication && ApplicationValid)
+	{
+		/* Turn off the watchdog */
+		MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+		wdt_disable();
+
+		/* Clear the boot key and jump to the user application */
+		MagicBootKey = 0;
+
+		// cppcheck-suppress constStatement
+		((void (*)(void))0x0000)();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the bootloader, then continuously
+ *  runs the bootloader processing routine until instructed to soft-exit, or hard-reset via the watchdog to start
+ *  the loaded application code.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	/* Configure hardware required by the bootloader */
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	/* Turn on first LED on the board to indicate that the bootloader has started */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
+
+	/* Enable global interrupts so that the USB stack can function */
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+
+	#if (BOARD == BOARD_QMK)
+		uint16_t keypress = 0;
+	#endif
+
+	/* Run the USB management task while the bootloader is supposed to be running */
+	while (RunBootloader || WaitForExit) {
+	  USB_USBTask();
+	  #if (BOARD == BOARD_QMK)
+	  	bool pressed = (PIN(QMK_ESC_ROW) & NUM(QMK_ESC_ROW));
+		if ((DFU_State == dfuIDLE) && (keypress > 5000) && pressed) {
+			break;
+		}
+		if (pressed) {
+		  	keypress++;
+		} else {
+		  	keypress = 0;
+		}
+
+	  #endif
+	}
+
+	/* Reset configured hardware back to their original states for the user application */
+	ResetHardware();
+
+	/* Start the user application */
+	AppStartPtr();
+}
+
+/** Configures all hardware required for the bootloader. */
+static void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+
+	/* Relocate the interrupt vector table to the bootloader section */
+	MCUCR = (1 << IVCE);
+	MCUCR = (1 << IVSEL);
+
+	#if (BOARD == BOARD_QMK)
+		// column setup
+		DDR(QMK_ESC_COL) |= NUM(QMK_ESC_COL);
+		PORT(QMK_ESC_COL) |= NUM(QMK_ESC_COL);
+
+		// row setup
+		DDR(QMK_ESC_ROW) |= NUM(QMK_ESC_ROW);
+	#endif
+
+	/* Initialize the USB and other board hardware drivers */
+	USB_Init();
+	LEDs_Init();
+
+	/* Bootloader active LED toggle timer initialization */
+	TIMSK1 = (1 << TOIE1);
+	TCCR1B = ((1 << CS11) | (1 << CS10));
+
+}	
+
+/** Resets all configured hardware required for the bootloader back to their original states. */
+static void ResetHardware(void)
+{
+	/* Shut down the USB and other board hardware drivers */
+	USB_Disable();
+	LEDs_Disable();
+
+	/* Disable Bootloader active LED toggle timer */
+	TIMSK1 = 0;
+	TCCR1B = 0;
+
+	/* Relocate the interrupt vector table back to the application section */
+	MCUCR = (1 << IVCE);
+	MCUCR = 0;
+
+	#if (BOARD == BOARD_QMK)
+		DDR(QMK_ESC_COL) = PORT(QMK_ESC_COL) = DDR(QMK_ESC_ROW) = PORT(QMK_ESC_ROW) = 0;
+	#endif
+}
+
+/** ISR to periodically toggle the LEDs on the board to indicate that the bootloader is active. */
+ISR(TIMER1_OVF_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+	LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
+ *  the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
+ *  internally.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+	/* Ignore any requests that aren't directed to the DFU interface */
+	if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & (CONTROL_REQTYPE_TYPE | CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT)) !=
+	    (REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+	{
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* Activity - toggle indicator LEDs */
+	LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
+
+	/* Get the size of the command and data from the wLength value */
+	SentCommand.DataSize = USB_ControlRequest.wLength;
+
+	switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+	{
+		case DFU_REQ_DNLOAD:
+			Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+			/* Check if bootloader is waiting to terminate */
+			if (WaitForExit)
+			{
+				/* Bootloader is terminating - process last received command */
+				ProcessBootloaderCommand();
+
+				/* Indicate that the last command has now been processed - free to exit bootloader */
+				WaitForExit = false;
+			}
+
+			/* If the request has a data stage, load it into the command struct */
+			if (SentCommand.DataSize)
+			{
+				while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
+				{
+					if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+					  return;
+				}
+
+				/* First byte of the data stage is the DNLOAD request's command */
+				SentCommand.Command = Endpoint_Read_8();
+
+				/* One byte of the data stage is the command, so subtract it from the total data bytes */
+				SentCommand.DataSize--;
+
+				/* Load in the rest of the data stage as command parameters */
+				for (uint8_t DataByte = 0; (DataByte < sizeof(SentCommand.Data)) &&
+				     Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint(); DataByte++)
+				{
+					SentCommand.Data[DataByte] = Endpoint_Read_8();
+					SentCommand.DataSize--;
+				}
+
+				/* Process the command */
+				ProcessBootloaderCommand();
+			}
+
+			/* Check if currently downloading firmware */
+			if (DFU_State == dfuDNLOAD_IDLE)
+			{
+				if (!(SentCommand.DataSize))
+				{
+					DFU_State = dfuIDLE;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					/* Throw away the filler bytes before the start of the firmware */
+					DiscardFillerBytes(DFU_FILLER_BYTES_SIZE);
+
+					/* Throw away the packet alignment filler bytes before the start of the firmware */
+					DiscardFillerBytes(StartAddr % FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE);
+
+					/* Calculate the number of bytes remaining to be written */
+					uint16_t BytesRemaining = ((EndAddr - StartAddr) + 1);
+
+					if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x00))        // Write flash
+					{
+						/* Calculate the number of words to be written from the number of bytes to be written */
+						uint16_t WordsRemaining = (BytesRemaining >> 1);
+
+						union
+						{
+							uint16_t Words[2];
+							uint32_t Long;
+						} CurrFlashAddress                 = {.Words = {StartAddr, Flash64KBPage}};
+
+						uint32_t CurrFlashPageStartAddress = CurrFlashAddress.Long;
+						uint8_t  WordsInFlashPage          = 0;
+
+						while (WordsRemaining--)
+						{
+							/* Check if endpoint is empty - if so clear it and wait until ready for next packet */
+							if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
+							{
+								Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+								while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
+								{
+									if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+									  return;
+								}
+							}
+
+							/* Write the next word into the current flash page */
+							boot_page_fill(CurrFlashAddress.Long, Endpoint_Read_16_LE());
+
+							/* Adjust counters */
+							WordsInFlashPage      += 1;
+							CurrFlashAddress.Long += 2;
+
+							/* See if an entire page has been written to the flash page buffer */
+							if ((WordsInFlashPage == (SPM_PAGESIZE >> 1)) || !(WordsRemaining))
+							{
+								/* Commit the flash page to memory */
+								boot_page_write(CurrFlashPageStartAddress);
+								boot_spm_busy_wait();
+
+								/* Check if programming incomplete */
+								if (WordsRemaining)
+								{
+									CurrFlashPageStartAddress = CurrFlashAddress.Long;
+									WordsInFlashPage          = 0;
+
+									/* Erase next page's temp buffer */
+									boot_page_erase(CurrFlashAddress.Long);
+									boot_spm_busy_wait();
+								}
+							}
+						}
+
+						/* Once programming complete, start address equals the end address */
+						StartAddr = EndAddr;
+
+						/* Re-enable the RWW section of flash */
+						boot_rww_enable();
+					}
+					else                                                   // Write EEPROM
+					{
+						while (BytesRemaining--)
+						{
+							/* Check if endpoint is empty - if so clear it and wait until ready for next packet */
+							if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
+							{
+								Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+								while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
+								{
+									if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+									  return;
+								}
+							}
+
+							/* Read the byte from the USB interface and write to to the EEPROM */
+							eeprom_update_byte((uint8_t*)StartAddr, Endpoint_Read_8());
+
+							/* Adjust counters */
+							StartAddr++;
+						}
+					}
+
+					/* Throw away the currently unused DFU file suffix */
+					DiscardFillerBytes(DFU_FILE_SUFFIX_SIZE);
+				}
+			}
+
+			Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+			Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+			break;
+		case DFU_REQ_UPLOAD:
+			Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+			while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
+			{
+				if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+				  return;
+			}
+
+			if (DFU_State != dfuUPLOAD_IDLE)
+			{
+				if ((DFU_State == dfuERROR) && IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x01))       // Blank Check
+				{
+					/* Blank checking is performed in the DFU_DNLOAD request - if we get here we've told the host
+					   that the memory isn't blank, and the host is requesting the first non-blank address */
+					Endpoint_Write_16_LE(StartAddr);
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					/* Idle state upload - send response to last issued command */
+					Endpoint_Write_8(ResponseByte);
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				/* Determine the number of bytes remaining in the current block */
+				uint16_t BytesRemaining = ((EndAddr - StartAddr) + 1);
+
+				if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x00))            // Read FLASH
+				{
+					/* Calculate the number of words to be written from the number of bytes to be written */
+					uint16_t WordsRemaining = (BytesRemaining >> 1);
+
+					union
+					{
+						uint16_t Words[2];
+						uint32_t Long;
+					} CurrFlashAddress = {.Words = {StartAddr, Flash64KBPage}};
+
+					while (WordsRemaining--)
+					{
+						/* Check if endpoint is full - if so clear it and wait until ready for next packet */
+						if (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint() == FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE)
+						{
+							Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+							while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
+							{
+								if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+								  return;
+							}
+						}
+
+						/* Read the flash word and send it via USB to the host */
+						#if (FLASHEND > 0xFFFF)
+							Endpoint_Write_16_LE(pgm_read_word_far(CurrFlashAddress.Long));
+						#else
+							Endpoint_Write_16_LE(pgm_read_word(CurrFlashAddress.Long));
+						#endif
+
+						/* Adjust counters */
+						CurrFlashAddress.Long += 2;
+					}
+
+					/* Once reading is complete, start address equals the end address */
+					StartAddr = EndAddr;
+				}
+				else if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x02))       // Read EEPROM
+				{
+					while (BytesRemaining--)
+					{
+						/* Check if endpoint is full - if so clear it and wait until ready for next packet */
+						if (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint() == FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE)
+						{
+							Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+							while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
+							{
+								if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+								  return;
+							}
+						}
+
+						/* Read the EEPROM byte and send it via USB to the host */
+						Endpoint_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte((uint8_t*)StartAddr));
+
+						/* Adjust counters */
+						StartAddr++;
+					}
+				}
+
+				/* Return to idle state */
+				DFU_State = dfuIDLE;
+			}
+
+			Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+			Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+			break;
+		case DFU_REQ_GETSTATUS:
+			Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+			while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
+			{
+				if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+				  return;
+			}
+
+			/* Write 8-bit status value */
+			Endpoint_Write_8(DFU_Status);
+
+			/* Write 24-bit poll timeout value */
+			Endpoint_Write_8(0);
+			Endpoint_Write_16_LE(0);
+
+			/* Write 8-bit state value */
+			Endpoint_Write_8(DFU_State);
+
+			/* Write 8-bit state string ID number */
+			Endpoint_Write_8(0);
+
+			Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+			Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+			break;
+		case DFU_REQ_CLRSTATUS:
+			Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+			/* Reset the status value variable to the default OK status */
+			DFU_Status = OK;
+
+			Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+			break;
+		case DFU_REQ_GETSTATE:
+			Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+			while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
+			{
+				if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+				  return;
+			}
+
+			/* Write the current device state to the endpoint */
+			Endpoint_Write_8(DFU_State);
+
+			Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+			Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+			break;
+		case DFU_REQ_ABORT:
+			Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+			/* Reset the current state variable to the default idle state */
+			DFU_State = dfuIDLE;
+
+			Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+			break;
+	}
+}
+
+/** Routine to discard the specified number of bytes from the control endpoint stream. This is used to
+ *  discard unused bytes in the stream from the host, including the memory program block suffix.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] NumberOfBytes  Number of bytes to discard from the host from the control endpoint
+ */
+static void DiscardFillerBytes(uint8_t NumberOfBytes)
+{
+	while (NumberOfBytes--)
+	{
+		if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
+		{
+			Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+			/* Wait until next data packet received */
+			while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
+			{
+				if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+				  return;
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			Endpoint_Discard_8();
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+/** Routine to process an issued command from the host, via a DFU_DNLOAD request wrapper. This routine ensures
+ *  that the command is allowed based on the current secure mode flag value, and passes the command off to the
+ *  appropriate handler function.
+ */
+static void ProcessBootloaderCommand(void)
+{
+	/* Check if device is in secure mode */
+	if (IsSecure)
+	{
+		/* Don't process command unless it is a READ or chip erase command */
+		if (!(((SentCommand.Command == COMMAND_WRITE)             &&
+		        IS_TWOBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x00, 0xFF)) ||
+			   (SentCommand.Command == COMMAND_READ)))
+		{
+			/* Set the state and status variables to indicate the error */
+			DFU_State  = dfuERROR;
+			DFU_Status = errWRITE;
+
+			/* Stall command */
+			Endpoint_StallTransaction();
+
+			/* Don't process the command */
+			return;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Dispatch the required command processing routine based on the command type */
+	switch (SentCommand.Command)
+	{
+		case COMMAND_PROG_START:
+			ProcessMemProgCommand();
+			break;
+		case COMMAND_DISP_DATA:
+			ProcessMemReadCommand();
+			break;
+		case COMMAND_WRITE:
+			ProcessWriteCommand();
+			break;
+		case COMMAND_READ:
+			ProcessReadCommand();
+			break;
+		case COMMAND_CHANGE_BASE_ADDR:
+			if (IS_TWOBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x03, 0x00))              // Set 64KB flash page command
+			  Flash64KBPage = SentCommand.Data[2];
+
+			break;
+	}
+}
+
+/** Routine to concatenate the given pair of 16-bit memory start and end addresses from the host, and store them
+ *  in the StartAddr and EndAddr global variables.
+ */
+static void LoadStartEndAddresses(void)
+{
+	union
+	{
+		uint8_t  Bytes[2];
+		uint16_t Word;
+	} Address[2] = {{.Bytes = {SentCommand.Data[2], SentCommand.Data[1]}},
+	                {.Bytes = {SentCommand.Data[4], SentCommand.Data[3]}}};
+
+	/* Load in the start and ending read addresses from the sent data packet */
+	StartAddr = Address[0].Word;
+	EndAddr   = Address[1].Word;
+}
+
+/** Handler for a Memory Program command issued by the host. This routine handles the preparations needed
+ *  to write subsequent data from the host into the specified memory.
+ */
+static void ProcessMemProgCommand(void)
+{
+	if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x00) ||                          // Write FLASH command
+	    IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x01))                            // Write EEPROM command
+	{
+		/* Load in the start and ending read addresses */
+		LoadStartEndAddresses();
+
+		/* If FLASH is being written to, we need to pre-erase the first page to write to */
+		if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x00))
+		{
+			union
+			{
+				uint16_t Words[2];
+				uint32_t Long;
+			} CurrFlashAddress = {.Words = {StartAddr, Flash64KBPage}};
+
+			/* Erase the current page's temp buffer */
+			boot_page_erase(CurrFlashAddress.Long);
+			boot_spm_busy_wait();
+		}
+
+		/* Set the state so that the next DNLOAD requests reads in the firmware */
+		DFU_State = dfuDNLOAD_IDLE;
+	}
+}
+
+/** Handler for a Memory Read command issued by the host. This routine handles the preparations needed
+ *  to read subsequent data from the specified memory out to the host, as well as implementing the memory
+ *  blank check command.
+ */
+static void ProcessMemReadCommand(void)
+{
+	if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x00) ||                          // Read FLASH command
+        IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x02))                            // Read EEPROM command
+	{
+		/* Load in the start and ending read addresses */
+		LoadStartEndAddresses();
+
+		/* Set the state so that the next UPLOAD requests read out the firmware */
+		DFU_State = dfuUPLOAD_IDLE;
+	}
+	else if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x01))                       // Blank check FLASH command
+	{
+		uint32_t CurrFlashAddress = 0;
+
+		while (CurrFlashAddress < (uint32_t)BOOT_START_ADDR)
+		{
+			/* Check if the current byte is not blank */
+			#if (FLASHEND > 0xFFFF)
+			if (pgm_read_byte_far(CurrFlashAddress) != 0xFF)
+			#else
+			if (pgm_read_byte(CurrFlashAddress) != 0xFF)
+			#endif
+			{
+				/* Save the location of the first non-blank byte for response back to the host */
+				Flash64KBPage = (CurrFlashAddress >> 16);
+				StartAddr     = CurrFlashAddress;
+
+				/* Set state and status variables to the appropriate error values */
+				DFU_State  = dfuERROR;
+				DFU_Status = errCHECK_ERASED;
+
+				break;
+			}
+
+			CurrFlashAddress++;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+/** Handler for a Data Write command issued by the host. This routine handles non-programming commands such as
+ *  bootloader exit (both via software jumps and hardware watchdog resets) and flash memory erasure.
+ */
+static void ProcessWriteCommand(void)
+{
+	if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x03))                            // Start application
+	{
+		/* Indicate that the bootloader is terminating */
+		WaitForExit = true;
+
+		/* Check if data supplied for the Start Program command - no data executes the program */
+		if (SentCommand.DataSize)
+		{
+			if (SentCommand.Data[1] == 0x01)                                   // Start via jump
+			{
+				union
+				{
+					uint8_t  Bytes[2];
+					AppPtr_t FuncPtr;
+				} Address = {.Bytes = {SentCommand.Data[4], SentCommand.Data[3]}};
+
+				/* Load in the jump address into the application start address pointer */
+				AppStartPtr = Address.FuncPtr;
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			if (SentCommand.Data[1] == 0x00)                                   // Start via watchdog
+			{
+				/* Unlock the forced application start mode of the bootloader if it is restarted */
+				MagicBootKey = MAGIC_BOOT_KEY;
+
+				/* Start the watchdog to reset the AVR once the communications are finalized */
+				wdt_enable(WDTO_250MS);
+			}
+			else                                                               // Start via jump
+			{
+				/* Set the flag to terminate the bootloader at next opportunity if a valid application has been loaded */
+				if (pgm_read_word_near(0) == 0xFFFF)
+				  RunBootloader = false;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	else if (IS_TWOBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x00, 0xFF))                 // Erase flash
+	{
+		uint32_t CurrFlashAddress = 0;
+
+		/* Clear the application section of flash */
+		while (CurrFlashAddress < (uint32_t)BOOT_START_ADDR)
+		{
+			boot_page_erase(CurrFlashAddress);
+			boot_spm_busy_wait();
+			boot_page_write(CurrFlashAddress);
+			boot_spm_busy_wait();
+
+			CurrFlashAddress += SPM_PAGESIZE;
+		}
+
+		/* Re-enable the RWW section of flash as writing to the flash locks it out */
+		boot_rww_enable();
+
+		/* Memory has been erased, reset the security bit so that programming/reading is allowed */
+		IsSecure = false;
+	}
+}
+
+/** Handler for a Data Read command issued by the host. This routine handles bootloader information retrieval
+ *  commands such as device signature and bootloader version retrieval.
+ */
+static void ProcessReadCommand(void)
+{
+	const uint8_t BootloaderInfo[3] = {BOOTLOADER_VERSION, BOOTLOADER_ID_BYTE1, BOOTLOADER_ID_BYTE2};
+	const uint8_t SignatureInfo[4]  = {0x58, AVR_SIGNATURE_1, AVR_SIGNATURE_2, AVR_SIGNATURE_3};
+
+	uint8_t DataIndexToRead    = SentCommand.Data[1];
+	bool    ReadAddressInvalid = false;
+
+	if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x00))                        // Read bootloader info
+	{
+		if (DataIndexToRead < 3)
+		  ResponseByte = BootloaderInfo[DataIndexToRead];
+		else
+		  ReadAddressInvalid = true;
+	}
+	else if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x01))                    // Read signature byte
+	{
+		switch (DataIndexToRead)
+		{
+			case 0x30:
+				ResponseByte = SignatureInfo[0];
+				break;
+			case 0x31:
+				ResponseByte = SignatureInfo[1];
+				break;
+			case 0x60:
+				ResponseByte = SignatureInfo[2];
+				break;
+			case 0x61:
+				ResponseByte = SignatureInfo[3];
+				break;
+			default:
+				ReadAddressInvalid = true;
+				break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (ReadAddressInvalid)
+	{
+		/* Set the state and status variables to indicate the error */
+		DFU_State  = dfuERROR;
+		DFU_Status = errADDRESS;
+	}
+}
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderDFU.h b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderDFU.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a97ba6c7ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderDFU.h
@@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for BootloaderDFU.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _BOOTLOADER_H_
+#define _BOOTLOADER_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/boot.h>
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+		#include <avr/eeprom.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <util/delay.h>
+		#include <stdbool.h>
+
+		#include "Descriptors.h"
+		#include "BootloaderAPI.h"
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__OPTIMIZE_SIZE__)
+			#error This bootloader requires that it be optimized for size, not speed, to fit into the target device. Change optimization settings and try again.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Major bootloader version number. */
+		#define BOOTLOADER_VERSION_MINOR 2
+
+		/** Minor bootloader version number. */
+		#define BOOTLOADER_VERSION_REV   0
+
+		/** Magic bootloader key to unlock forced application start mode. */
+		#define MAGIC_BOOT_KEY           0xDC42
+
+		/** Complete bootloader version number expressed as a packed byte, constructed from the
+		 *  two individual bootloader version macros.
+		 */
+		#define BOOTLOADER_VERSION       ((BOOTLOADER_VERSION_MINOR << 4) | BOOTLOADER_VERSION_REV)
+
+		/** First byte of the bootloader identification bytes, used to identify a device's bootloader. */
+		#define BOOTLOADER_ID_BYTE1      0xDC
+
+		/** Second byte of the bootloader identification bytes, used to identify a device's bootloader. */
+		#define BOOTLOADER_ID_BYTE2      0xFB
+
+		/** Convenience macro, used to determine if the issued command is the given one-byte long command.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in] dataarr  Command byte array to check against
+		 *  \param[in] cb1      First command byte to check
+		 */
+		#define IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(dataarr, cb1)       (dataarr[0] == (cb1))
+
+		/** Convenience macro, used to determine if the issued command is the given two-byte long command.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in] dataarr  Command byte array to check against
+		 *  \param[in] cb1      First command byte to check
+		 *  \param[in] cb2      Second command byte to check
+		 */
+		#define IS_TWOBYTE_COMMAND(dataarr, cb1, cb2) ((dataarr[0] == (cb1)) && (dataarr[1] == (cb2)))
+
+		/** Length of the DFU file suffix block, appended to the end of each complete memory write command.
+		 *  The DFU file suffix is currently unused (but is designed to give extra file information, such as
+		 *  a CRC of the complete firmware for error checking) and so is discarded.
+		 */
+		#define DFU_FILE_SUFFIX_SIZE     16
+
+		/** Length of the DFU file filler block, appended to the start of each complete memory write command.
+		 *  Filler bytes are added to the start of each complete memory write command, and must be discarded.
+		 */
+		#define DFU_FILLER_BYTES_SIZE    26
+
+		/** DFU class command request to detach from the host. */
+		#define DFU_REQ_DETATCH          0x00
+
+		/** DFU class command request to send data from the host to the bootloader. */
+		#define DFU_REQ_DNLOAD           0x01
+
+		/** DFU class command request to send data from the bootloader to the host. */
+		#define DFU_REQ_UPLOAD           0x02
+
+		/** DFU class command request to get the current DFU status and state from the bootloader. */
+		#define DFU_REQ_GETSTATUS        0x03
+
+		/** DFU class command request to reset the current DFU status and state variables to their defaults. */
+		#define DFU_REQ_CLRSTATUS        0x04
+
+		/** DFU class command request to get the current DFU state of the bootloader. */
+		#define DFU_REQ_GETSTATE         0x05
+
+		/** DFU class command request to abort the current multi-request transfer and return to the dfuIDLE state. */
+		#define DFU_REQ_ABORT            0x06
+
+		/** DFU command to begin programming the device's memory. */
+		#define COMMAND_PROG_START       0x01
+
+		/** DFU command to begin reading the device's memory. */
+		#define COMMAND_DISP_DATA        0x03
+
+		/** DFU command to issue a write command. */
+		#define COMMAND_WRITE            0x04
+
+		/** DFU command to issue a read command. */
+		#define COMMAND_READ             0x05
+
+		/** DFU command to issue a memory base address change command, to set the current 64KB flash page
+		 *  that subsequent flash operations should use. */
+		#define COMMAND_CHANGE_BASE_ADDR 0x06
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for a non-returning function pointer to the loaded application. */
+		typedef void (*AppPtr_t)(void) ATTR_NO_RETURN;
+
+		/** Type define for a structure containing a complete DFU command issued by the host. */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint8_t  Command; /**< Single byte command to perform, one of the \c COMMAND_* macro values */
+			uint8_t  Data[5]; /**< Command parameters */
+			uint16_t DataSize; /**< Size of the command parameters */
+		} DFU_Command_t;
+
+	/* Enums: */
+		/** DFU bootloader states. Refer to the DFU class specification for information on each state. */
+		enum DFU_State_t
+		{
+			appIDLE                      = 0,
+			appDETACH                    = 1,
+			dfuIDLE                      = 2,
+			dfuDNLOAD_SYNC               = 3,
+			dfuDNBUSY                    = 4,
+			dfuDNLOAD_IDLE               = 5,
+			dfuMANIFEST_SYNC             = 6,
+			dfuMANIFEST                  = 7,
+			dfuMANIFEST_WAIT_RESET       = 8,
+			dfuUPLOAD_IDLE               = 9,
+			dfuERROR                     = 10
+		};
+
+		/** DFU command status error codes. Refer to the DFU class specification for information on each error code. */
+		enum DFU_Status_t
+		{
+			OK                           = 0,
+			errTARGET                    = 1,
+			errFILE                      = 2,
+			errWRITE                     = 3,
+			errERASE                     = 4,
+			errCHECK_ERASED              = 5,
+			errPROG                      = 6,
+			errVERIFY                    = 7,
+			errADDRESS                   = 8,
+			errNOTDONE                   = 9,
+			errFIRMWARE                  = 10,
+			errVENDOR                    = 11,
+			errUSBR                      = 12,
+			errPOR                       = 13,
+			errUNKNOWN                   = 14,
+			errSTALLEDPKT                = 15
+		};
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		static void SetupHardware(void);
+		static void ResetHardware(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+		#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_BOOTLOADER_C)
+			static void DiscardFillerBytes(uint8_t NumberOfBytes);
+			static void ProcessBootloaderCommand(void);
+			static void LoadStartEndAddresses(void);
+			static void ProcessMemProgCommand(void);
+			static void ProcessMemReadCommand(void);
+			static void ProcessWriteCommand(void);
+			static void ProcessReadCommand(void);
+		#endif
+
+		void Application_Jump_Check(void) ATTR_INIT_SECTION(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderDFU.txt b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderDFU.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b2540a5b6c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderDFU.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,235 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage DFU Class USB AVR Bootloader
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *  \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ *  \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4) - <i>See \ref SSec_Aux_Space</i>
+ *  \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2) - <i>See \ref SSec_Aux_Space</i>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *   <td>Device</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *   <td>Device Firmware Update Class (DFU)</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *   <td>None</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *   <td>USBIF DFU Class Standard, Atmel USB Bootloader Datasheet</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *   <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ *       Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  This bootloader enumerates to the host as a DFU Class device, allowing for DFU-compatible programming
+ *  software to load firmware onto the AVR.
+ *
+ *  Out of the box this bootloader builds for the AT90USB1287 with an 8KB bootloader section size, and will fit
+ *  into 4KB of bootloader space. If you wish to alter this size and/or change the AVR model, you will need to
+ *  edit the MCU, FLASH_SIZE_KB and BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB values in the accompanying makefile.
+ *
+ *  When the bootloader is running, the board's LED(s) will flash at regular intervals to distinguish the
+ *  bootloader from the normal user application.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Running Running the Bootloader
+ *
+ *  On the USB AVR8 devices, setting the \c HWBE device fuse will cause the bootloader to run if the \c HWB pin of
+ *  the AVR is grounded when the device is reset.
+ *
+ *  The are two behaviours of this bootloader, depending on the device's fuses:
+ *
+ *  <b>If the device's BOOTRST fuse is set</b>, the bootloader will run any time the system is reset from
+ *  the external reset pin, unless no valid user application has been loaded. To initiate the bootloader, the
+ *  device's external reset pin should be grounded momentarily.
+ *
+ *  <b>If the device's BOOTRST fuse is not set</b>, the bootloader will run only if initiated via a software
+ *  jump, or if the \c HWB pin was low during the last device reset (if the \c HWBE fuse is set).
+ *
+ *  For board specific exceptions to the above, see below.
+ *
+ *  \subsection SSec_XPLAIN Atmel Xplain Board
+ *  Ground the USB AVR JTAG's \c TCK pin to ground when powering on the board to start the bootloader. This assumes the
+ *  \c HWBE fuse is cleared and the \c BOOTRST fuse is set as the HWBE pin is not user accessible on this board.
+ *
+ *  \subsection SSec_Leonardo Arduino Leonardo Board
+ *  Ground \c IO13 when powering the board to start the bootloader. This assumes the \c HWBE fuse is cleared and the
+ *  \c BOOTRST fuse is set as the HWBE pin is not user accessible on this board.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Installation Driver Installation
+ *
+ *  This bootloader is designed to be compatible with Atmel's provided Windows DFU class drivers. You will need to
+ *  install Atmel's DFU drivers prior to using this bootloader on Windows platforms. If you are using a 64 bit Windows
+ *  OS, you will need to either disable the driver signing requirement (see online tutorials for details) or use a
+ *  digitally signed version of the official Atmel driver provided by a third party AVR user at
+ *  <a>http://www.avrfreaks.net/index.php?module=Freaks%20Academy&func=viewItem&item_id=2196&item_type=project</a>.
+ *
+ *  \note This device spoofs Atmel's DFU Bootloader USB VID and PID so that the Atmel DFU bootloader
+ *        drivers included with FLIP will work. If you do not wish to use Atmel's ID codes, please
+ *        manually change them in Descriptors.c and alter your driver's INF file accordingly.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_HostApp Host Controller Application
+ *
+ *  This bootloader is compatible with Atmel's FLIP utility on Windows machines, and dfu-programmer on Linux machines.
+ *
+ *  \subsection SSec_FLIP FLIP (Windows)
+ *
+ *  FLIP (Flexible In-System Programmer) is a utility written by Atmel, and distributed for free on the Atmel website.
+ *  The FLIP utility is designed to assist in the bootloader programming of a range of Atmel devices, through several
+ *  popular physical interfaces including USB. It is written in Java, however makes use of native extensions for USB
+ *  support and thus is only offered on Windows.
+ *
+ *  To program a device using FLIP, refer to the Atmel FLIP documentation.
+ *
+ *  \subsection SSec_DFUProgrammer dfu-programmer (Linux)
+ *
+ *  dfu-programmer is an open-source command line solution for the bootloader programming of Atmel devices through a
+ *  USB connection, using the DFU protocol, available for download at <a>http://sourceforge.net/projects/dfu-programmer/</a>.
+ *
+ *  The following example loads a HEX file into the AVR's FLASH memory using dfu-programmer:
+ *  \code
+ *  dfu-programmer at90usb1287 erase flash Mouse.hex
+ *  \endcode
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_API User Application API
+ *
+ *  Several user application functions for FLASH and other special memory area manipulations are exposed by the bootloader,
+ *  allowing the user application to call into the bootloader at runtime to read and write FLASH data.
+ *
+ *  \warning The APIs exposed by the DFU class bootloader are \b NOT compatible with the API exposed by the official Atmel DFU bootloader.
+ *
+ *  By default, the bootloader API jump table is located 32 bytes from the end of the device's FLASH memory, and follows the
+ *  following layout:
+ *
+ *  \code
+ *  #define BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE          32
+ *  #define BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START         ((FLASHEND + 1UL) - BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE)
+ *  #define BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(Index)         (void*)((BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (Index * 2)) / 2)
+ *
+ *  void    (*BootloaderAPI_ErasePage)(uint32_t Address)               = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(0);
+ *  void    (*BootloaderAPI_WritePage)(uint32_t Address)               = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(1);
+ *  void    (*BootloaderAPI_FillWord)(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Word) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(2);
+ *  uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature)(uint16_t Address)           = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(3);
+ *  uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse)(uint16_t Address)                = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(4);
+ *  uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadLock)(void)                            = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(5);
+ *  void    (*BootloaderAPI_WriteLock)(uint8_t LockBits)               = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(6);
+ *
+ *  #define BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE_START   (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 2))
+ *  #define BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE         0xDCFB
+ *
+ *  #define BOOTLOADER_CLASS_SIGNATURE_START   (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 4))
+ *  #define BOOTLOADER_DFU_SIGNATURE           0xDF10
+ *
+ *  #define BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_START           (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 8))
+ *  #define BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_LENGTH          4
+ *  \endcode
+ *
+ *  From the application the API support of the bootloader can be detected by reading the FLASH memory bytes located at address
+ *  \c BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE_START and comparing them to the value \c BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE. The class of bootloader
+ *  can be determined by reading the FLASH memory bytes located at address \c BOOTLOADER_CLASS_SIGNATURE_START and comparing them
+ *  to the value \c BOOTLOADER_DFU_SIGNATURE. The start address of the bootloader can be retrieved by reading the bytes of FLASH
+ *  memory starting from address \c BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_START.
+ *
+ *  \subsection SSec_API_MemLayout Device Memory Map
+ *  The following illustration indicates the final memory map of the device when loaded with the bootloader.
+ *
+ *  \verbatim
+ *  +----------------------------+ 0x0000
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |      User Application      |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - BOOT_AUX_SECTION_SIZE
+ *  | Booloader Start Trampoline |
+ *  | (Not User App. Accessible) |
+ *  +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - (BOOT_AUX_SECTION_SIZE - 4)
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |     Auxillery Bootloader   |
+ *  |  Space for Smaller Devices |
+ *  | (Not User App. Accessible) |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - BOOT_SECTION_SIZE
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |   Bootloader Application   |
+ *  | (Not User App. Accessible) |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 96
+ *  |   API Table Trampolines    |
+ *  | (Not User App. Accessible) |
+ *  +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 32
+ *  |    Bootloader API Table    |
+ *  |   (User App. Accessible)   |
+ *  +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 8
+ *  |   Bootloader ID Constants  |
+ *  |   (User App. Accessible)   |
+ *  +----------------------------+ FLASHEND
+ *  \endverbatim
+ *
+ *  \subsection SSec_Aux_Space Auxiliary Bootloader Section
+ *  To make the bootloader function on smaller devices (those with a physical
+ *  bootloader section of smaller than 6KB)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_KnownIssues Known Issues:
+ *
+ *  \par On Linux machines, the DFU bootloader is inaccessible.
+ *  On many Linux systems, non-root users do not have automatic access to newly
+ *  inserted DFU devices. Root privileges or a UDEV rule is required to gain
+ *  access.
+ *  See <a href=https://groups.google.com/d/msg/lufa-support/CP9cy2bc8yo/kBqsOu-RBeMJ>here</a> for resolution steps.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ *    <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ *    <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>SECURE_MODE</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>If defined to \c true, the bootloader will not accept any memory commands other than a chip erase on start-up, until an
+ *        erase has been performed. This can be used in conjunction with the AVR's lockbits to prevent the AVRs firmware from
+ *        being dumped by unauthorized persons. When false, all memory operations are allowed at any time.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/Config/AppConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3acf33c7ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ *  the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ *  specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ *  makefile or build system.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ *  \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#define SECURE_MODE              false
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..59ae519e4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      32
+		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            0
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6b7b6d4900
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ *  the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, describes the overall
+ *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ *  process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+	.Class                  = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+	.SubClass               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+	.Protocol               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+	.Endpoint0Size          = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+	.VendorID               = 0x03EB,
+	.ProductID              = PRODUCT_ID_CODE,
+	.ReleaseNumber          = VERSION_BCD(0,0,0),
+
+	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+	.ProductStrIndex        = STRING_ID_Product,
+	.SerialNumStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+	.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, describes the usage
+ *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+	.Config =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+			.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+			.TotalInterfaces        = 1,
+
+			.ConfigurationNumber    = 1,
+			.ConfigurationStrIndex  = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+			.ConfigAttributes       = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED,
+
+			.MaxPowerConsumption    = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+		},
+
+	.DFU_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_DFU,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 0,
+
+			.Class                  = 0xFE,
+			.SubClass               = 0x01,
+			.Protocol               = 0x02,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.DFU_Functional =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_DFU_Functional_t), .Type = DTYPE_DFUFunctional},
+
+			.Attributes             = (ATTR_CAN_UPLOAD | ATTR_CAN_DOWNLOAD),
+
+			.DetachTimeout          = 0x0000,
+			.TransferSize           = 0x0C00,
+
+			.DFUSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0)
+		}
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, is returned when the host requests
+ *  the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ *  via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ *  form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"QMK");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ *  and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"KB");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ *  USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8);
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+	const void* Address = NULL;
+	uint16_t    Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+	switch (DescriptorType)
+	{
+		case DTYPE_Device:
+			Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_Configuration:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_String:
+			if (DescriptorNumber == STRING_ID_Language)
+			{
+				Address = &LanguageString;
+				Size    = LanguageString.Header.Size;
+			}
+			else if (DescriptorNumber == STRING_ID_Manufacturer)
+			{
+				Address = &ManufacturerString;
+				Size    = ManufacturerString.Header.Size;
+			}
+			else if (DescriptorNumber == STRING_ID_Product)
+			{
+				Address = &ProductString;
+				Size    = ProductString.Header.Size;
+			}
+
+			break;
+	}
+
+	*DescriptorAddress = Address;
+	return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5487f88f35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Descriptor type value for a DFU class functional descriptor. */
+		#define DTYPE_DFUFunctional               0x21
+
+		/** DFU attribute mask, indicating that the DFU device will detach and re-attach when a DFU_DETACH
+		 *  command is issued, rather than the host issuing a USB Reset.
+		 */
+		#define ATTR_WILL_DETATCH                 (1 << 3)
+
+		/** DFU attribute mask, indicating that the DFU device can communicate during the manifestation phase
+		 *  (memory programming phase).
+		 */
+		#define ATTR_MANEFESTATION_TOLLERANT      (1 << 2)
+
+		/** DFU attribute mask, indicating that the DFU device can accept DFU_UPLOAD requests to send data from
+		 *  the device to the host.
+		 */
+		#define ATTR_CAN_UPLOAD                   (1 << 1)
+
+		/** DFU attribute mask, indicating that the DFU device can accept DFU_DNLOAD requests to send data from
+		 *  the host to the device.
+		 */
+		#define ATTR_CAN_DOWNLOAD                 (1 << 0)
+
+		#if defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__)
+			#define PRODUCT_ID_CODE               0x2FFB
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_1               0x1E
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_2               0x97
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_3               0x82
+		#elif defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__)
+			#define PRODUCT_ID_CODE               0x2FF9
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_1               0x1E
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_2               0x96
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_3               0x82
+		#elif defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__)
+			#define PRODUCT_ID_CODE               0x2FFB
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_1               0x1E
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_2               0x97
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_3               0x82
+		#elif defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__)
+			#define PRODUCT_ID_CODE               0x2FF9
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_1               0x1E
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_2               0x96
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_3               0x82
+		#elif defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__)
+			#define PRODUCT_ID_CODE               0x2FF4
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_1               0x1E
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_2               0x95
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_3               0x87
+		#elif defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__)
+			#define PRODUCT_ID_CODE               0x2FF3
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_1               0x1E
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_2               0x94
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_3               0x88
+		#elif defined(__AVR_ATmega32U2__)
+			#define PRODUCT_ID_CODE               0x2FF0
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_1               0x1E
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_2               0x95
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_3               0x8A
+		#elif defined(__AVR_ATmega16U2__)
+			#define PRODUCT_ID_CODE               0x2FEF
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_1               0x1E
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_2               0x94
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_3               0x89
+		#elif defined(__AVR_AT90USB162__)
+			#define PRODUCT_ID_CODE               0x2FFA
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_1               0x1E
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_2               0x94
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_3               0x82
+		#elif defined(__AVR_ATmega8U2__)
+			#define PRODUCT_ID_CODE               0x2FEE
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_1               0x1E
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_2               0x93
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_3               0x89
+		#elif defined(__AVR_AT90USB82__)
+			#define PRODUCT_ID_CODE               0x2FF7
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_1               0x1E
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_2               0x93
+			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_3               0x82
+		#else
+			#error The selected AVR part is not currently supported by this bootloader.
+		#endif
+
+		#if !defined(PRODUCT_ID_CODE)
+			#error Current AVR model is not supported by this bootloader.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for a DFU class function descriptor. This descriptor gives DFU class information
+		 *  to the host when read, indicating the DFU device's capabilities.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Standard descriptor header structure */
+
+			uint8_t                 Attributes; /**< DFU device attributes, a mask comprising of the
+			                                     *  ATTR_* macros listed in this source file
+			                                     */
+			uint16_t                DetachTimeout; /**< Timeout in milliseconds between a USB_DETACH
+			                                        *  command being issued and the device detaching
+			                                        *  from the USB bus
+			                                        */
+			uint16_t                TransferSize; /**< Maximum number of bytes the DFU device can accept
+			                                       *  from the host in a transaction
+			                                       */
+			uint16_t                DFUSpecification; /**< BCD packed DFU specification number this DFU
+			                                           *  device complies with
+			                                           */
+		} USB_Descriptor_DFU_Functional_t;
+
+		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+			// DFU Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t            DFU_Interface;
+			USB_Descriptor_DFU_Functional_t       DFU_Functional;
+		} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+		/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+		 *  should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+		 *  interface from other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+		{
+			INTERFACE_ID_DFU = 0, /**< DFU interface descriptor ID */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+		 *  have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+		 *  other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum StringDescriptors_t
+		{
+			STRING_ID_Language     = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+			STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+			STRING_ID_Product      = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+		};
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+		                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+		                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+		                                    ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/asf.xml
index f56aba69f5..f56aba69f5 100644
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/asf.xml
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/asf.xml
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cbb03d6fa9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2396 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - DFU Class Bootloader"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM \
+                         ATTR_NO_INIT
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/makefile b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0d2014015d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/DFU/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = atmega32u4
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = QMK
+F_CPU        = 16000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = BootloaderDFU
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c BootloaderAPI.c BootloaderAPITable.S $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/ -DBOOT_START_ADDR=$(BOOT_START_OFFSET)
+LD_FLAGS     = -Wl,--section-start=.text=$(BOOT_START_OFFSET) $(BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS)
+
+# Flash size and bootloader section sizes of the target, in KB. These must
+# match the target's total FLASH size and the bootloader size set in the
+# device's fuses.
+FLASH_SIZE_KB         = 32
+BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB  = 4
+
+# Bootloader address calculation formulas
+# Do not modify these macros, but rather modify the dependent values above.
+CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX   = $(shell printf "0x%X" $$(( $(1) )) )
+BOOT_START_OFFSET     = $(call CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX, ($(FLASH_SIZE_KB) - $(BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB)) * 1024 )
+BOOT_SEC_OFFSET       = $(call CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX, ($(FLASH_SIZE_KB) * 1024) - ($(strip $(1))) )
+
+# Bootloader linker section flags for relocating the API table sections to
+# known FLASH addresses - these should not normally be user-edited.
+BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG  = -Wl,--section-start=$(strip $(1))=$(call BOOT_SEC_OFFSET, $(3)) -Wl,--undefined=$(strip $(2))
+BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS     = $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_trampolines, BootloaderAPI_Trampolines, 96)
+BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS    += $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_jumptable,   BootloaderAPI_JumpTable,   32)
+BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS    += $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_signatures,  BootloaderAPI_Signatures,  8)
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/BootloaderHID.c b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/BootloaderHID.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fa1dd5873e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/BootloaderHID.c
@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the HID class bootloader. This file contains the complete bootloader logic.
+ */
+
+#include "BootloaderHID.h"
+
+/** Flag to indicate if the bootloader should be running, or should exit and allow the application code to run
+ *  via a soft reset. When cleared, the bootloader will abort, the USB interface will shut down and the application
+ *  started via a forced watchdog reset.
+ */
+static bool RunBootloader = true;
+
+/** Magic lock for forced application start. If the HWBE fuse is programmed and BOOTRST is unprogrammed, the bootloader
+ *  will start if the /HWB line of the AVR is held low and the system is reset. However, if the /HWB line is still held
+ *  low when the application attempts to start via a watchdog reset, the bootloader will re-start. If set to the value
+ *  \ref MAGIC_BOOT_KEY the special init function \ref Application_Jump_Check() will force the application to start.
+ */
+uint16_t MagicBootKey ATTR_NO_INIT;
+
+
+/** Special startup routine to check if the bootloader was started via a watchdog reset, and if the magic application
+ *  start key has been loaded into \ref MagicBootKey. If the bootloader started via the watchdog and the key is valid,
+ *  this will force the user application to start via a software jump.
+ */
+void Application_Jump_Check(void)
+{
+	/* If the reset source was the bootloader and the key is correct, clear it and jump to the application */
+	if ((MCUSR & (1 << WDRF)) && (MagicBootKey == MAGIC_BOOT_KEY))
+	{
+		/* Turn off the watchdog */
+		MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+		wdt_disable();
+
+		/* Clear the boot key and jump to the user application */
+		MagicBootKey = 0;
+
+		// cppcheck-suppress constStatement
+		((void (*)(void))0x0000)();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the bootloader, then continuously
+ *  runs the bootloader processing routine until instructed to soft-exit.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	/* Setup hardware required for the bootloader */
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	/* Enable global interrupts so that the USB stack can function */
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	while (RunBootloader)
+	  USB_USBTask();
+
+	/* Disconnect from the host - USB interface will be reset later along with the AVR */
+	USB_Detach();
+
+	/* Unlock the forced application start mode of the bootloader if it is restarted */
+	MagicBootKey = MAGIC_BOOT_KEY;
+
+	/* Enable the watchdog and force a timeout to reset the AVR */
+	wdt_enable(WDTO_250MS);
+
+	for (;;);
+}
+
+/** Configures all hardware required for the bootloader. */
+static void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+
+	/* Relocate the interrupt vector table to the bootloader section */
+	MCUCR = (1 << IVCE);
+	MCUCR = (1 << IVSEL);
+
+	/* Initialize USB subsystem */
+	USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This configures the device's endpoints ready
+ *  to relay data to and from the attached USB host.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+	/* Setup HID Report Endpoint */
+	Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(HID_IN_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, HID_IN_EPSIZE, 1);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
+ *  the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
+ *  internally.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+	/* Ignore any requests that aren't directed to the HID interface */
+	if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & (CONTROL_REQTYPE_TYPE | CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT)) !=
+	    (REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+	{
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* Process HID specific control requests */
+	switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+	{
+		case HID_REQ_SetReport:
+			Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+			/* Wait until the command has been sent by the host */
+			while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()));
+
+			/* Read in the write destination address */
+			#if (FLASHEND > 0xFFFF)
+			uint32_t PageAddress = ((uint32_t)Endpoint_Read_16_LE() << 8);
+			#else
+			uint16_t PageAddress = Endpoint_Read_16_LE();
+			#endif
+
+			/* Check if the command is a program page command, or a start application command */
+			#if (FLASHEND > 0xFFFF)
+			if ((uint16_t)(PageAddress >> 8) == COMMAND_STARTAPPLICATION)
+			#else
+			if (PageAddress == COMMAND_STARTAPPLICATION)
+			#endif
+			{
+				RunBootloader = false;
+			}
+			else if (PageAddress < BOOT_START_ADDR)
+			{
+				/* Erase the given FLASH page, ready to be programmed */
+				boot_page_erase(PageAddress);
+				boot_spm_busy_wait();
+
+				/* Write each of the FLASH page's bytes in sequence */
+				for (uint8_t PageWord = 0; PageWord < (SPM_PAGESIZE / 2); PageWord++)
+				{
+					/* Check if endpoint is empty - if so clear it and wait until ready for next packet */
+					if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
+					{
+						Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+						while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()));
+					}
+
+					/* Write the next data word to the FLASH page */
+					boot_page_fill(PageAddress + ((uint16_t)PageWord << 1), Endpoint_Read_16_LE());
+				}
+
+				/* Write the filled FLASH page to memory */
+				boot_page_write(PageAddress);
+				boot_spm_busy_wait();
+
+				/* Re-enable RWW section */
+				boot_rww_enable();
+			}
+
+			Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+			Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+			break;
+	}
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/BootloaderHID.h b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/BootloaderHID.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..62ee07de30
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/BootloaderHID.h
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for BootloaderHID.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _BOOTLOADERHID_H_
+#define _BOOTLOADERHID_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/boot.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <stdbool.h>
+
+		#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__OPTIMIZE_SIZE__)
+			#error This bootloader requires that it be optimized for size, not speed, to fit into the target device. Change optimization settings and try again.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Bootloader special address to start the user application */
+		#define COMMAND_STARTAPPLICATION   0xFFFF
+
+		/** Magic bootloader key to unlock forced application start mode. */
+		#define MAGIC_BOOT_KEY             0xDC42
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		static void SetupHardware(void);
+
+		void Application_Jump_Check(void) ATTR_INIT_SECTION(3);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/BootloaderHID.txt b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/BootloaderHID.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e340703c41
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/BootloaderHID.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage HID Class USB AVR Bootloader
+ *
+ *  \section SSec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *  \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ *  \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ *  \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ *
+ *  \section SSec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *   <td>Device</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *   <td>Human Interface Device Class (HID)</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *   <td>N/A</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *   <td>USBIF HID Class Standard \n
+ *       Teensy Programming Protocol Specification</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *   <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ *       Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ *  \section SSec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  This bootloader enumerates to the host as a HID Class device, allowing for device FLASH programming through
+ *  the supplied command line software, which is a modified version of Paul's TeensyHID Command Line loader code
+ *  from PJRC (used with permission). This bootloader is deliberately non-compatible with the proprietary PJRC
+ *  HalfKay bootloader GUI; only the command line interface software accompanying this bootloader will work with it.
+ *
+ *  Out of the box this bootloader builds for the AT90USB1287 with an 8KB bootloader section size, and will fit
+ *  into 2KB of bootloader space for the Series 2 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU2, AT90USBxx2) or 4KB of bootloader space for
+ *  all other models. If you wish to alter this size and/or change the AVR model, you will need to edit the MCU,
+ *  FLASH_SIZE_KB and BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB values in the accompanying makefile.
+ *
+ *  \warning <b>THIS BOOTLOADER IS NOT SECURE.</b> Malicious entities can recover written data, even if the device
+ *           lockbits are set.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Running Running the Bootloader
+ *
+ *  This bootloader is designed to be started via the \c HWB mechanism of the USB AVRs; ground the \c HWB pin (see device
+ *  datasheet) then momentarily ground \c /RESET to start the bootloader. This assumes the \c HWBE fuse is set and the
+ *  \c BOOTRST fuse is cleared.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Installation Driver Installation
+ *
+ *  This bootloader uses the HID class driver inbuilt into all modern operating systems, thus no additional drivers
+ *  need to be supplied for correct operation.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_HostApp Host Controller Application
+ *
+ *  Due to licensing issues, the supplied bootloader is compatible with the HalfKay bootloader protocol designed
+ *  by PJRC, but is <b>not compatible with the cross-platform loader GUI</b>. A modified version of the open source
+ *  cross-platform TeensyLoader application is supplied, which can be compiled under most operating systems. The
+ *  command-line loader application should remain compatible with genuine Teensy boards in addition to boards using
+ *  this custom bootloader.
+ *
+ *  Once compiled, programs can be loaded into the AVR's FLASH memory through the following example command:
+ *  \code
+ *  hid_bootloader_cli -mmcu=at90usb1287 Mouse.hex
+ *  \endcode
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_KnownIssues Known Issues:
+ *
+ *  \par After loading an application, it is not run automatically on startup.
+ *  Some USB AVR boards ship with the \c BOOTRST fuse set, causing the bootloader
+ *  to run automatically when the device is reset. This booloader requires the
+ *  \c BOOTRST be disabled and the HWBE fuse used instead to run the bootloader
+ *  when needed.
+ *
+ *  \section SSec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>
+ *     None
+ *    </td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5aa0e765bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            0
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..854ae1b636
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ *  the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
+ *  USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
+ *  descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
+ *  the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
+ *  more details on HID report descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t HIDReport[] =
+{
+	HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(16, 0xFFDC), /* Vendor Page 0xDC */
+	HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0xFB), /* Vendor Usage 0xFB */
+	HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x01), /* Vendor Usage 1 */
+		HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x02), /* Vendor Usage 2 */
+		HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00),
+		HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0xFF),
+		HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08),
+		HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(16, (sizeof(uint16_t) + SPM_PAGESIZE)),
+		HID_RI_OUTPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE | HID_IOF_NON_VOLATILE),
+	HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0),
+};
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, describes the overall
+ *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ *  process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+	.Class                  = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+	.SubClass               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+	.Protocol               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+	.Endpoint0Size          = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+	.VendorID               = 0x03EB,
+	.ProductID              = 0x2067,
+	.ReleaseNumber          = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+	.ProductStrIndex        = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+	.SerialNumStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+	.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, describes the usage
+ *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+	.Config =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+			.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+			.TotalInterfaces        = 1,
+
+			.ConfigurationNumber    = 1,
+			.ConfigurationStrIndex  = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+			.ConfigAttributes       = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED,
+
+			.MaxPowerConsumption    = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+		},
+
+	.HID_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_GenericHID,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0x00,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 1,
+
+			.Class                  = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
+			.SubClass               = HID_CSCP_NonBootSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = HID_CSCP_NonBootProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.HID_VendorHID =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
+
+			.HIDSpec                = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
+			.CountryCode            = 0x00,
+			.TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
+			.HIDReportType          = HID_DTYPE_Report,
+			.HIDReportLength        = sizeof(HIDReport)
+		},
+
+	.HID_ReportINEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = HID_IN_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = HID_IN_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		},
+};
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ *  USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+	const uint8_t DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8);
+
+	const void* Address = NULL;
+	uint16_t    Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+	/* If/Else If chain compiles slightly smaller than a switch case */
+	if (DescriptorType == DTYPE_Device)
+	{
+		Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+		Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+	}
+	else if (DescriptorType == DTYPE_Configuration)
+	{
+		Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+		Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+	}
+	else if (DescriptorType == HID_DTYPE_HID)
+	{
+		Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_VendorHID;
+		Size    = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+	}
+	else if (DescriptorType == HID_DTYPE_Report)
+	{
+		Address = &HIDReport;
+		Size    = sizeof(HIDReport);
+	}
+
+	*DescriptorAddress = Address;
+	return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5516b16354
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+			// Generic HID Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t            HID_Interface;
+			USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t              HID_VendorHID;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             HID_ReportINEndpoint;
+		} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+		/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+		 *  should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+		 *  interface from other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+		{
+			INTERFACE_ID_GenericHID = 0, /**< GenericHID interface descriptor ID */
+		};
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Endpoint address of the HID data IN endpoint. */
+		#define HID_IN_EPADDR                (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+		/** Size in bytes of the HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+		#define HID_IN_EPSIZE                64
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+		                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+		                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+		                                    ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/.gitignore b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/.gitignore
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4e73d1ec5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/.gitignore
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+hid_bootloader_cli
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/Makefile b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d7d6458a5c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+OS ?= LINUX
+#OS ?= WINDOWS
+#OS ?= MACOSX
+#OS ?= BSD
+
+ifeq ($(OS), LINUX)  # also works on FreeBSD
+CC ?= gcc
+CFLAGS ?= -O2 -Wall
+hid_bootloader_cli: hid_bootloader_cli.c
+	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -s -DUSE_LIBUSB -o hid_bootloader_cli hid_bootloader_cli.c -lusb
+
+
+else ifeq ($(OS), WINDOWS)
+CC = i586-mingw32msvc-gcc
+CFLAGS ?= -O2 -Wall
+LDLIB = -lsetupapi -lhid
+hid_bootloader_cli.exe: hid_bootloader_cli.c
+	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -s -DUSE_WIN32 -o hid_bootloader_cli.exe hid_bootloader_cli.c $(LDLIB)
+
+
+else ifeq ($(OS), MACOSX)
+CC ?= gcc
+SDK ?= /Developer/SDKs/MacOSX10.5.sdk
+CFLAGS ?= -O2 -Wall
+hid_bootloader_cli: hid_bootloader_cli.c
+	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -DUSE_APPLE_IOKIT -isysroot $(SDK) -o hid_bootloader_cli hid_bootloader_cli.c -Wl,-syslibroot,$(SDK) -framework IOKit -framework CoreFoundation
+
+
+else ifeq ($(OS), BSD)  # works on NetBSD and OpenBSD
+CC ?= gcct
+CFLAGS ?= -O2 -Wall
+hid_bootloader_cli: hid_bootloader_cli.c
+	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -s -DUSE_UHID -o hid_bootloader_cli hid_bootloader_cli.c
+
+
+endif
+
+
+clean:
+	rm -f hid_bootloader_cli hid_bootloader_cli.exe
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/Makefile.bsd b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/Makefile.bsd
index a15a664053..a15a664053 100644
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/Makefile.bsd
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/Makefile.bsd
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/gpl3.txt b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/gpl3.txt
index 94a9ed024d..94a9ed024d 100644
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/gpl3.txt
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/gpl3.txt
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/hid_bootloader_cli.c b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/hid_bootloader_cli.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b54f943b1c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/hid_bootloader_cli.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1013 @@
+/* Modified for the LUFA HID Bootloader by Dean Camera
+ *           http://www.lufa-lib.org
+ *
+ *   THIS MODIFIED VERSION IS UNSUPPORTED BY PJRC.
+ */
+
+/* Teensy Loader, Command Line Interface
+ * Program and Reboot Teensy Board with HalfKay Bootloader
+ * http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/loader_cli.html
+ * Copyright 2008-2010, PJRC.COM, LLC
+ *
+ *
+ * You may redistribute this program and/or modify it under the terms
+ * of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software
+ * Foundation, version 3 of the License.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/
+ */
+
+/* Want to incorporate this code into a proprietary application??
+ * Just email paul@pjrc.com to ask.  Usually it's not a problem,
+ * but you do need to ask to use this code in any way other than
+ * those permitted by the GNU General Public License, version 3  */
+
+/* For non-root permissions on ubuntu or similar udev-based linux
+ * http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/49-teensy.rules
+ */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+void usage(void)
+{
+	fprintf(stderr, "Usage: hid_bootloader_cli -mmcu=<MCU> [-w] [-h] [-n] [-v] <file.hex>\n");
+	fprintf(stderr, "\t-w : Wait for device to appear\n");
+	fprintf(stderr, "\t-r : Use hard reboot if device not online\n");
+	fprintf(stderr, "\t-n : No reboot after programming\n");
+	fprintf(stderr, "\t-v : Verbose output\n");
+	fprintf(stderr, "\n<MCU> = atmegaXXuY or at90usbXXXY");
+
+	fprintf(stderr, "\nFor support and more information, please visit:\n");
+	fprintf(stderr, "http://www.lufa-lib.org\n");
+
+	fprintf(stderr, "\nBased on the TeensyHID command line programmer software:\n");
+	fprintf(stderr, "http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/loader_cli.html\n");
+	exit(1);
+}
+
+// USB Access Functions
+int teensy_open(void);
+int teensy_write(void *buf, int len, double timeout);
+void teensy_close(void);
+int hard_reboot(void);
+
+// Intel Hex File Functions
+int read_intel_hex(const char *filename);
+int ihex_bytes_within_range(int begin, int end);
+void ihex_get_data(int addr, int len, unsigned char *bytes);
+
+// Misc stuff
+int printf_verbose(const char *format, ...);
+void delay(double seconds);
+void die(const char *str, ...);
+void parse_options(int argc, char **argv);
+
+// options (from user via command line args)
+int wait_for_device_to_appear = 0;
+int hard_reboot_device = 0;
+int reboot_after_programming = 1;
+int verbose = 0;
+int code_size = 0, block_size = 0;
+const char *filename=NULL;
+
+
+/****************************************************************/
+/*                                                              */
+/*                       Main Program                           */
+/*                                                              */
+/****************************************************************/
+
+int main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	unsigned char buf[260];
+	int num, addr, r, first_block=1, waited=0;
+
+	// parse command line arguments
+	parse_options(argc, argv);
+	if (!filename) {
+		fprintf(stderr, "Filename must be specified\n\n");
+		usage();
+	}
+	if (!code_size) {
+		fprintf(stderr, "MCU type must be specified\n\n");
+		usage();
+	}
+	printf_verbose("Teensy Loader, Command Line, Version 2.0\n");
+
+	// read the intel hex file
+	// this is done first so any error is reported before using USB
+	num = read_intel_hex(filename);
+	if (num < 0) die("error reading intel hex file \"%s\"", filename);
+	printf_verbose("Read \"%s\": %d bytes, %.1f%% usage\n",
+		filename, num, (double)num / (double)code_size * 100.0);
+
+	// open the USB device
+	while (1) {
+		if (teensy_open()) break;
+		if (hard_reboot_device) {
+			if (!hard_reboot()) die("Unable to find rebootor\n");
+			printf_verbose("Hard Reboot performed\n");
+			hard_reboot_device = 0; // only hard reboot once
+			wait_for_device_to_appear = 1;
+		}
+		if (!wait_for_device_to_appear) die("Unable to open device\n");
+		if (!waited) {
+			printf_verbose("Waiting for Teensy device...\n");
+			printf_verbose(" (hint: press the reset button)\n");
+			waited = 1;
+		}
+		delay(0.25);
+	}
+	printf_verbose("Found HalfKay Bootloader\n");
+
+	// if we waited for the device, read the hex file again
+	// perhaps it changed while we were waiting?
+	if (waited) {
+		num = read_intel_hex(filename);
+		if (num < 0) die("error reading intel hex file \"%s\"", filename);
+		printf_verbose("Read \"%s\": %d bytes, %.1f%% usage\n",
+		 	filename, num, (double)num / (double)code_size * 100.0);
+	}
+
+	// program the data
+	printf_verbose("Programming");
+	fflush(stdout);
+	for (addr = 0; addr < code_size; addr += block_size) {
+		if (addr > 0 && !ihex_bytes_within_range(addr, addr + block_size - 1)) {
+			// don't waste time on blocks that are unused,
+			// but always do the first one to erase the chip
+			continue;
+		}
+		printf_verbose(".");
+		if (code_size < 0x10000) {
+			buf[0] = addr & 255;
+			buf[1] = (addr >> 8) & 255;
+		} else {
+			buf[0] = (addr >> 8) & 255;
+			buf[1] = (addr >> 16) & 255;
+		}
+		ihex_get_data(addr, block_size, buf + 2);
+		r = teensy_write(buf, block_size + 2, first_block ? 3.0 : 0.25);
+		if (!r) die("error writing to Teensy\n");
+		first_block = 0;
+	}
+	printf_verbose("\n");
+
+	// reboot to the user's new code
+	if (reboot_after_programming) {
+		printf_verbose("Booting\n");
+		buf[0] = 0xFF;
+		buf[1] = 0xFF;
+		memset(buf + 2, 0, sizeof(buf) - 2);
+		teensy_write(buf, block_size + 2, 0.25);
+	}
+	teensy_close();
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/****************************************************************/
+/*                                                              */
+/*             USB Access - libusb (Linux & FreeBSD)            */
+/*                                                              */
+/****************************************************************/
+
+#if defined(USE_LIBUSB)
+
+// http://libusb.sourceforge.net/doc/index.html
+#include <usb.h>
+
+usb_dev_handle * open_usb_device(int vid, int pid)
+{
+	struct usb_bus *bus;
+	struct usb_device *dev;
+	usb_dev_handle *h;
+	#ifdef LIBUSB_HAS_GET_DRIVER_NP
+	char buf[128];
+	#endif
+	int r;
+
+	usb_init();
+	usb_find_busses();
+	usb_find_devices();
+	//printf_verbose("\nSearching for USB device:\n");
+	for (bus = usb_get_busses(); bus; bus = bus->next) {
+		for (dev = bus->devices; dev; dev = dev->next) {
+			//printf_verbose("bus \"%s\", device \"%s\" vid=%04X, pid=%04X\n",
+			//	bus->dirname, dev->filename,
+			//	dev->descriptor.idVendor,
+			//	dev->descriptor.idProduct
+			//);
+			if (dev->descriptor.idVendor != vid) continue;
+			if (dev->descriptor.idProduct != pid) continue;
+			h = usb_open(dev);
+			if (!h) {
+				printf_verbose("Found device but unable to open");
+				continue;
+			}
+			#ifdef LIBUSB_HAS_GET_DRIVER_NP
+			r = usb_get_driver_np(h, 0, buf, sizeof(buf));
+			if (r >= 0) {
+				r = usb_detach_kernel_driver_np(h, 0);
+				if (r < 0) {
+					usb_close(h);
+					printf_verbose("Device is in use by \"%s\" driver", buf);
+					continue;
+				}
+			}
+			#endif
+			// Mac OS-X - removing this call to usb_claim_interface() might allow
+			// this to work, even though it is a clear misuse of the libusb API.
+			// normally Apple's IOKit should be used on Mac OS-X
+			r = usb_claim_interface(h, 0);
+			if (r < 0) {
+				usb_close(h);
+				printf_verbose("Unable to claim interface, check USB permissions");
+				continue;
+			}
+			return h;
+		}
+	}
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+static usb_dev_handle *libusb_teensy_handle = NULL;
+
+int teensy_open(void)
+{
+	teensy_close();
+	libusb_teensy_handle = open_usb_device(0x16C0, 0x0478);
+
+	if (!libusb_teensy_handle)
+		libusb_teensy_handle = open_usb_device(0x03eb, 0x2067);
+
+	if (!libusb_teensy_handle) return 0;
+	return 1;
+}
+
+int teensy_write(void *buf, int len, double timeout)
+{
+	int r;
+
+	if (!libusb_teensy_handle) return 0;
+	r = usb_control_msg(libusb_teensy_handle, 0x21, 9, 0x0200, 0, (char *)buf,
+		len, (int)(timeout * 1000.0));
+	if (r < 0) return 0;
+	return 1;
+}
+
+void teensy_close(void)
+{
+	if (!libusb_teensy_handle) return;
+	usb_release_interface(libusb_teensy_handle, 0);
+	usb_close(libusb_teensy_handle);
+	libusb_teensy_handle = NULL;
+}
+
+int hard_reboot(void)
+{
+	usb_dev_handle *rebootor;
+	int r;
+
+	rebootor = open_usb_device(0x16C0, 0x0477);
+
+	if (!rebootor)
+		rebootor = open_usb_device(0x03eb, 0x2067);
+
+	if (!rebootor) return 0;
+	r = usb_control_msg(rebootor, 0x21, 9, 0x0200, 0, "reboot", 6, 100);
+	usb_release_interface(rebootor, 0);
+	usb_close(rebootor);
+	if (r < 0) return 0;
+	return 1;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+
+/****************************************************************/
+/*                                                              */
+/*               USB Access - Microsoft WIN32                   */
+/*                                                              */
+/****************************************************************/
+
+#if defined(USE_WIN32)
+
+// http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ms790932.aspx
+#include <windows.h>
+#include <setupapi.h>
+#include <ddk/hidsdi.h>
+#include <ddk/hidclass.h>
+
+HANDLE open_usb_device(int vid, int pid)
+{
+	GUID guid;
+	HDEVINFO info;
+	DWORD index, required_size;
+	SP_DEVICE_INTERFACE_DATA iface;
+	SP_DEVICE_INTERFACE_DETAIL_DATA *details;
+	HIDD_ATTRIBUTES attrib;
+	HANDLE h;
+	BOOL ret;
+
+	HidD_GetHidGuid(&guid);
+	info = SetupDiGetClassDevs(&guid, NULL, NULL, DIGCF_PRESENT | DIGCF_DEVICEINTERFACE);
+	if (info == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) return NULL;
+	for (index=0; 1 ;index++) {
+		iface.cbSize = sizeof(SP_DEVICE_INTERFACE_DATA);
+		ret = SetupDiEnumDeviceInterfaces(info, NULL, &guid, index, &iface);
+		if (!ret) {
+			SetupDiDestroyDeviceInfoList(info);
+			break;
+		}
+		SetupDiGetInterfaceDeviceDetail(info, &iface, NULL, 0, &required_size, NULL);
+		details = (SP_DEVICE_INTERFACE_DETAIL_DATA *)malloc(required_size);
+		if (details == NULL) continue;
+		memset(details, 0, required_size);
+		details->cbSize = sizeof(SP_DEVICE_INTERFACE_DETAIL_DATA);
+		ret = SetupDiGetDeviceInterfaceDetail(info, &iface, details,
+			required_size, NULL, NULL);
+		if (!ret) {
+			free(details);
+			continue;
+		}
+		h = CreateFile(details->DevicePath, GENERIC_READ|GENERIC_WRITE,
+			FILE_SHARE_READ|FILE_SHARE_WRITE, NULL, OPEN_EXISTING,
+			FILE_FLAG_OVERLAPPED, NULL);
+		free(details);
+		if (h == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) continue;
+		attrib.Size = sizeof(HIDD_ATTRIBUTES);
+		ret = HidD_GetAttributes(h, &attrib);
+		if (!ret) {
+			CloseHandle(h);
+			continue;
+		}
+		if (attrib.VendorID != vid || attrib.ProductID != pid) {
+			CloseHandle(h);
+			continue;
+		}
+		SetupDiDestroyDeviceInfoList(info);
+		return h;
+	}
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+int write_usb_device(HANDLE h, void *buf, int len, int timeout)
+{
+	static HANDLE event = NULL;
+	unsigned char tmpbuf[1040];
+	OVERLAPPED ov;
+	DWORD n, r;
+
+	if (len > sizeof(tmpbuf) - 1) return 0;
+	if (event == NULL) {
+		event = CreateEvent(NULL, TRUE, TRUE, NULL);
+		if (!event) return 0;
+	}
+	ResetEvent(&event);
+	memset(&ov, 0, sizeof(ov));
+	ov.hEvent = event;
+	tmpbuf[0] = 0;
+	memcpy(tmpbuf + 1, buf, len);
+	if (!WriteFile(h, tmpbuf, len + 1, NULL, &ov)) {
+		if (GetLastError() != ERROR_IO_PENDING) return 0;
+		r = WaitForSingleObject(event, timeout);
+		if (r == WAIT_TIMEOUT) {
+			CancelIo(h);
+			return 0;
+		}
+		if (r != WAIT_OBJECT_0) return 0;
+	}
+	if (!GetOverlappedResult(h, &ov, &n, FALSE)) return 0;
+	return 1;
+}
+
+static HANDLE win32_teensy_handle = NULL;
+
+int teensy_open(void)
+{
+	teensy_close();
+	win32_teensy_handle = open_usb_device(0x16C0, 0x0478);
+
+	if (!win32_teensy_handle)
+		win32_teensy_handle = open_usb_device(0x03eb, 0x2067);
+
+	if (!win32_teensy_handle) return 0;
+	return 1;
+}
+
+int teensy_write(void *buf, int len, double timeout)
+{
+	int r;
+	if (!win32_teensy_handle) return 0;
+	r = write_usb_device(win32_teensy_handle, buf, len, (int)(timeout * 1000.0));
+	return r;
+}
+
+void teensy_close(void)
+{
+	if (!win32_teensy_handle) return;
+	CloseHandle(win32_teensy_handle);
+	win32_teensy_handle = NULL;
+}
+
+int hard_reboot(void)
+{
+	HANDLE rebootor;
+	int r;
+
+	rebootor = open_usb_device(0x16C0, 0x0477);
+
+	if (!rebootor)
+		rebootor = open_usb_device(0x03eb, 0x2067);
+
+	if (!rebootor) return 0;
+	r = write_usb_device(rebootor, "reboot", 6, 100);
+	CloseHandle(rebootor);
+	return r;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+/****************************************************************/
+/*                                                              */
+/*             USB Access - Apple's IOKit, Mac OS-X             */
+/*                                                              */
+/****************************************************************/
+
+#if defined(USE_APPLE_IOKIT)
+
+// http://developer.apple.com/technotes/tn2007/tn2187.html
+#include <IOKit/IOKitLib.h>
+#include <IOKit/hid/IOHIDLib.h>
+#include <IOKit/hid/IOHIDDevice.h>
+
+struct usb_list_struct {
+	IOHIDDeviceRef ref;
+	int pid;
+	int vid;
+	struct usb_list_struct *next;
+};
+
+static struct usb_list_struct *usb_list=NULL;
+static IOHIDManagerRef hid_manager=NULL;
+
+void attach_callback(void *context, IOReturn r, void *hid_mgr, IOHIDDeviceRef dev)
+{
+	CFTypeRef type;
+	struct usb_list_struct *n, *p;
+	int32_t pid, vid;
+
+	if (!dev) return;
+	type = IOHIDDeviceGetProperty(dev, CFSTR(kIOHIDVendorIDKey));
+	if (!type || CFGetTypeID(type) != CFNumberGetTypeID()) return;
+	if (!CFNumberGetValue((CFNumberRef)type, kCFNumberSInt32Type, &vid)) return;
+	type = IOHIDDeviceGetProperty(dev, CFSTR(kIOHIDProductIDKey));
+	if (!type || CFGetTypeID(type) != CFNumberGetTypeID()) return;
+	if (!CFNumberGetValue((CFNumberRef)type, kCFNumberSInt32Type, &pid)) return;
+	n = (struct usb_list_struct *)malloc(sizeof(struct usb_list_struct));
+	if (!n) return;
+	//printf("attach callback: vid=%04X, pid=%04X\n", vid, pid);
+	n->ref = dev;
+	n->vid = vid;
+	n->pid = pid;
+	n->next = NULL;
+	if (usb_list == NULL) {
+		usb_list = n;
+	} else {
+		for (p = usb_list; p->next; p = p->next) ;
+		p->next = n;
+	}
+}
+
+void detach_callback(void *context, IOReturn r, void *hid_mgr, IOHIDDeviceRef dev)
+{
+	struct usb_list_struct *p, *tmp, *prev=NULL;
+
+	p = usb_list;
+	while (p) {
+		if (p->ref == dev) {
+			if (prev) {
+				prev->next = p->next;
+			} else {
+				usb_list = p->next;
+			}
+			tmp = p;
+			p = p->next;
+			free(tmp);
+		} else {
+			prev = p;
+			p = p->next;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+void init_hid_manager(void)
+{
+	CFMutableDictionaryRef dict;
+	IOReturn ret;
+
+	if (hid_manager) return;
+	hid_manager = IOHIDManagerCreate(kCFAllocatorDefault, kIOHIDOptionsTypeNone);
+	if (hid_manager == NULL || CFGetTypeID(hid_manager) != IOHIDManagerGetTypeID()) {
+		if (hid_manager) CFRelease(hid_manager);
+		printf_verbose("no HID Manager - maybe this is a pre-Leopard (10.5) system?\n");
+		return;
+	}
+	dict = CFDictionaryCreateMutable(kCFAllocatorDefault, 0,
+		&kCFTypeDictionaryKeyCallBacks, &kCFTypeDictionaryValueCallBacks);
+	if (!dict) return;
+	IOHIDManagerSetDeviceMatching(hid_manager, dict);
+	CFRelease(dict);
+	IOHIDManagerScheduleWithRunLoop(hid_manager, CFRunLoopGetCurrent(), kCFRunLoopDefaultMode);
+	IOHIDManagerRegisterDeviceMatchingCallback(hid_manager, attach_callback, NULL);
+	IOHIDManagerRegisterDeviceRemovalCallback(hid_manager, detach_callback, NULL);
+	ret = IOHIDManagerOpen(hid_manager, kIOHIDOptionsTypeNone);
+	if (ret != kIOReturnSuccess) {
+		IOHIDManagerUnscheduleFromRunLoop(hid_manager,
+			CFRunLoopGetCurrent(), kCFRunLoopDefaultMode);
+		CFRelease(hid_manager);
+		printf_verbose("Error opening HID Manager");
+	}
+}
+
+static void do_run_loop(void)
+{
+	while (CFRunLoopRunInMode(kCFRunLoopDefaultMode, 0, true) == kCFRunLoopRunHandledSource) ;
+}
+
+IOHIDDeviceRef open_usb_device(int vid, int pid)
+{
+	struct usb_list_struct *p;
+	IOReturn ret;
+
+	init_hid_manager();
+	do_run_loop();
+	for (p = usb_list; p; p = p->next) {
+		if (p->vid == vid && p->pid == pid) {
+			ret = IOHIDDeviceOpen(p->ref, kIOHIDOptionsTypeNone);
+			if (ret == kIOReturnSuccess) return p->ref;
+		}
+	}
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+void close_usb_device(IOHIDDeviceRef dev)
+{
+	struct usb_list_struct *p;
+
+	do_run_loop();
+	for (p = usb_list; p; p = p->next) {
+		if (p->ref == dev) {
+			IOHIDDeviceClose(dev, kIOHIDOptionsTypeNone);
+			return;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+static IOHIDDeviceRef iokit_teensy_reference = NULL;
+
+int teensy_open(void)
+{
+	teensy_close();
+	iokit_teensy_reference = open_usb_device(0x16C0, 0x0478);
+
+	if (!iokit_teensy_reference)
+		iokit_teensy_reference = open_usb_device(0x03eb, 0x2067);
+
+	if (!iokit_teensy_reference) return 0;
+	return 1;
+}
+
+int teensy_write(void *buf, int len, double timeout)
+{
+	IOReturn ret;
+
+	// timeouts do not work on OS-X
+	// IOHIDDeviceSetReportWithCallback is not implemented
+	// even though Apple documents it with a code example!
+	// submitted to Apple on 22-sep-2009, problem ID 7245050
+	if (!iokit_teensy_reference) return 0;
+	ret = IOHIDDeviceSetReport(iokit_teensy_reference,
+		kIOHIDReportTypeOutput, 0, buf, len);
+	if (ret == kIOReturnSuccess) return 1;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+void teensy_close(void)
+{
+	if (!iokit_teensy_reference) return;
+	close_usb_device(iokit_teensy_reference);
+	iokit_teensy_reference = NULL;
+}
+
+int hard_reboot(void)
+{
+	IOHIDDeviceRef rebootor;
+	IOReturn ret;
+
+	rebootor = open_usb_device(0x16C0, 0x0477);
+
+	if (!rebootor)
+		rebootor = open_usb_device(0x03eb, 0x2067);
+
+	if (!rebootor) return 0;
+	ret = IOHIDDeviceSetReport(rebootor,
+		kIOHIDReportTypeOutput, 0, (uint8_t *)("reboot"), 6);
+	close_usb_device(rebootor);
+	if (ret == kIOReturnSuccess) return 1;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+/****************************************************************/
+/*                                                              */
+/*              USB Access - BSD's UHID driver                  */
+/*                                                              */
+/****************************************************************/
+
+#if defined(USE_UHID)
+
+// Thanks to Todd T Fries for help getting this working on OpenBSD
+// and to Chris Kuethe for the initial patch to use UHID.
+
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <dirent.h>
+#include <dev/usb/usb.h>
+#ifndef USB_GET_DEVICEINFO
+#include <dev/usb/usb_ioctl.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef USB_GET_DEVICEINFO
+# define USB_GET_DEVICEINFO 0
+# error The USB_GET_DEVICEINFO ioctl() value is not defined for your system.
+#endif
+
+int open_usb_device(int vid, int pid)
+{
+	int r, fd;
+	DIR *dir;
+	struct dirent *d;
+	struct usb_device_info info;
+	char buf[256];
+
+	dir = opendir("/dev");
+	if (!dir) return -1;
+	while ((d = readdir(dir)) != NULL) {
+		if (strncmp(d->d_name, "uhid", 4) != 0) continue;
+		snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "/dev/%s", d->d_name);
+		fd = open(buf, O_RDWR);
+		if (fd < 0) continue;
+		r = ioctl(fd, USB_GET_DEVICEINFO, &info);
+		if (r < 0) {
+			// NetBSD: added in 2004
+			// OpenBSD: added November 23, 2009
+			// FreeBSD: missing (FreeBSD 8.0) - USE_LIBUSB works!
+			die("Error: your uhid driver does not support"
+			  " USB_GET_DEVICEINFO, please upgrade!\n");
+			close(fd);
+			closedir(dir);
+			exit(1);
+		}
+		//printf("%s: v=%d, p=%d\n", buf, info.udi_vendorNo, info.udi_productNo);
+		if (info.udi_vendorNo == vid && info.udi_productNo == pid) {
+			closedir(dir);
+			return fd;
+		}
+		close(fd);
+	}
+	closedir(dir);
+	return -1;
+}
+
+static int uhid_teensy_fd = -1;
+
+int teensy_open(void)
+{
+	teensy_close();
+	uhid_teensy_fd = open_usb_device(0x16C0, 0x0478);
+
+	if (uhid_teensy_fd < 0)
+		uhid_teensy_fd = open_usb_device(0x03eb, 0x2067);
+
+	if (uhid_teensy_fd < 0) return 0;
+	return 1;
+}
+
+int teensy_write(void *buf, int len, double timeout)
+{
+	int r;
+
+	// TODO: implement timeout... how??
+	r = write(uhid_teensy_fd, buf, len);
+	if (r == len) return 1;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+void teensy_close(void)
+{
+	if (uhid_teensy_fd >= 0) {
+		close(uhid_teensy_fd);
+		uhid_teensy_fd = -1;
+	}
+}
+
+int hard_reboot(void)
+{
+	int r, rebootor_fd;
+
+	rebootor_fd = open_usb_device(0x16C0, 0x0477);
+
+	if (rebootor_fd < 0)
+		rebootor_fd = open_usb_device(0x03eb, 0x2067);
+
+	if (rebootor_fd < 0) return 0;
+	r = write(rebootor_fd, "reboot", 6);
+	delay(0.1);
+	close(rebootor_fd);
+	if (r == 6) return 1;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+/****************************************************************/
+/*                                                              */
+/*                     Read Intel Hex File                      */
+/*                                                              */
+/****************************************************************/
+
+// the maximum flash image size we can support
+// chips with larger memory may be used, but only this
+// much intel-hex data can be loaded into memory!
+#define MAX_MEMORY_SIZE 0x10000
+
+static unsigned char firmware_image[MAX_MEMORY_SIZE];
+static unsigned char firmware_mask[MAX_MEMORY_SIZE];
+static int end_record_seen=0;
+static int byte_count;
+static unsigned int extended_addr = 0;
+static int parse_hex_line(char *line);
+
+int read_intel_hex(const char *filename)
+{
+	FILE *fp;
+	int i, lineno=0;
+	char buf[1024];
+
+	byte_count = 0;
+	end_record_seen = 0;
+	for (i=0; i<MAX_MEMORY_SIZE; i++) {
+		firmware_image[i] = 0xFF;
+		firmware_mask[i] = 0;
+	}
+	extended_addr = 0;
+
+	fp = fopen(filename, "r");
+	if (fp == NULL) {
+		//printf("Unable to read file %s\n", filename);
+		return -1;
+	}
+	while (!feof(fp)) {
+		*buf = '\0';
+		if (!fgets(buf, sizeof(buf), fp)) break;
+		lineno++;
+		if (*buf) {
+			if (parse_hex_line(buf) == 0) {
+				//printf("Warning, parse error line %d\n", lineno);
+				fclose(fp);
+				return -2;
+			}
+		}
+		if (end_record_seen) break;
+		if (feof(stdin)) break;
+	}
+	fclose(fp);
+	return byte_count;
+}
+
+
+/* from ihex.c, at http://www.pjrc.com/tech/8051/pm2_docs/intel-hex.html */
+
+/* parses a line of intel hex code, stores the data in bytes[] */
+/* and the beginning address in addr, and returns a 1 if the */
+/* line was valid, or a 0 if an error occurred.  The variable */
+/* num gets the number of bytes that were stored into bytes[] */
+
+
+int
+parse_hex_line(char *line)
+{
+	int addr, code, num;
+        int sum, len, cksum, i;
+        char *ptr;
+
+        num = 0;
+        if (line[0] != ':') return 0;
+        if (strlen(line) < 11) return 0;
+        ptr = line+1;
+        if (!sscanf(ptr, "%02x", &len)) return 0;
+        ptr += 2;
+        if ((int)strlen(line) < (11 + (len * 2)) ) return 0;
+        if (!sscanf(ptr, "%04x", &addr)) return 0;
+        ptr += 4;
+          /* printf("Line: length=%d Addr=%d\n", len, addr); */
+        if (!sscanf(ptr, "%02x", &code)) return 0;
+	if (addr + extended_addr + len >= MAX_MEMORY_SIZE) return 0;
+        ptr += 2;
+        sum = (len & 255) + ((addr >> 8) & 255) + (addr & 255) + (code & 255);
+	if (code != 0) {
+		if (code == 1) {
+			end_record_seen = 1;
+			return 1;
+		}
+		if (code == 2 && len == 2) {
+			if (!sscanf(ptr, "%04x", &i)) return 1;
+			ptr += 4;
+			sum += ((i >> 8) & 255) + (i & 255);
+        		if (!sscanf(ptr, "%02x", &cksum)) return 1;
+			if (((sum & 255) + (cksum & 255)) & 255) return 1;
+			extended_addr = i << 4;
+			//printf("ext addr = %05X\n", extended_addr);
+		}
+		if (code == 4 && len == 2) {
+			if (!sscanf(ptr, "%04x", &i)) return 1;
+			ptr += 4;
+			sum += ((i >> 8) & 255) + (i & 255);
+        		if (!sscanf(ptr, "%02x", &cksum)) return 1;
+			if (((sum & 255) + (cksum & 255)) & 255) return 1;
+			extended_addr = i << 16;
+			//printf("ext addr = %08X\n", extended_addr);
+		}
+		return 1;	// non-data line
+	}
+	byte_count += len;
+        while (num != len) {
+                if (sscanf(ptr, "%02x", &i) != 1) return 0;
+		i &= 255;
+		firmware_image[addr + extended_addr + num] = i;
+		firmware_mask[addr + extended_addr + num] = 1;
+                ptr += 2;
+                sum += i;
+                (num)++;
+                if (num >= 256) return 0;
+        }
+        if (!sscanf(ptr, "%02x", &cksum)) return 0;
+        if (((sum & 255) + (cksum & 255)) & 255) return 0; /* checksum error */
+        return 1;
+}
+
+int ihex_bytes_within_range(int begin, int end)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	if (begin < 0 || begin >= MAX_MEMORY_SIZE ||
+	   end < 0 || end >= MAX_MEMORY_SIZE) {
+		return 0;
+	}
+	for (i=begin; i<=end; i++) {
+		if (firmware_mask[i]) return 1;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+void ihex_get_data(int addr, int len, unsigned char *bytes)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	if (addr < 0 || len < 0 || addr + len >= MAX_MEMORY_SIZE) {
+		for (i=0; i<len; i++) {
+			bytes[i] = 255;
+		}
+		return;
+	}
+	for (i=0; i<len; i++) {
+		if (firmware_mask[addr]) {
+			bytes[i] = firmware_image[addr];
+		} else {
+			bytes[i] = 255;
+		}
+		addr++;
+	}
+}
+
+/****************************************************************/
+/*                                                              */
+/*                       Misc Functions                         */
+/*                                                              */
+/****************************************************************/
+
+int printf_verbose(const char *format, ...)
+{
+	va_list ap;
+	int r = 0;
+
+	va_start(ap, format);
+	if (verbose) {
+		r = vprintf(format, ap);
+		fflush(stdout);
+	}
+	va_end(ap);
+
+	return r;
+}
+
+void delay(double seconds)
+{
+	#ifdef USE_WIN32
+	sleep(seconds * 1000.0);
+	#else
+	usleep(seconds * 1000000.0);
+	#endif
+}
+
+void die(const char *str, ...)
+{
+	va_list  ap;
+
+	va_start(ap, str);
+	vfprintf(stderr, str, ap);
+	fprintf(stderr, "\n");
+	va_end(ap);
+
+	exit(1);
+}
+
+#if defined USE_WIN32
+#define strcasecmp stricmp
+#endif
+
+void parse_options(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+	int i;
+	const char *arg;
+
+	for (i=1; i<argc; i++) {
+		arg = argv[i];
+
+		if (*arg == '-') {
+			if (strcmp(arg, "-w") == 0) {
+				wait_for_device_to_appear = 1;
+			} else if (strcmp(arg, "-r") == 0) {
+				hard_reboot_device = 1;
+			} else if (strcmp(arg, "-n") == 0) {
+				reboot_after_programming = 0;
+			} else if (strcmp(arg, "-v") == 0) {
+				verbose = 1;
+			} else if (strncmp(arg, "-mmcu=", 6) == 0) {
+				arg += 6;
+
+				if (strncmp(arg, "at90usb", 7) == 0) {
+					arg += 7;
+				} else if (strncmp(arg, "atmega", 6) == 0) {
+					arg += 6;
+				} else {
+					die("Unknown MCU type\n");
+				}
+
+				if (strncmp(arg, "128", 3) == 0) {
+					code_size  = 128 * 1024;
+					block_size = 256;
+				} else if (strncmp(arg, "64", 2) == 0) {
+					code_size  = 64 * 1024;
+					block_size = 256;
+				} else if (strncmp(arg, "32", 2) == 0) {
+					code_size  = 32 * 1024;
+					block_size = 128;
+				} else if (strncmp(arg, "16", 2) == 0) {
+					code_size  = 16 * 1024;
+					block_size = 128;
+				} else if (strncmp(arg, "8", 1) == 0) {
+					code_size  = 8 * 1024;
+					block_size = 128;
+				} else {
+					die("Unknown MCU type\n");
+				}
+			}
+		} else {
+			filename = argv[i];
+		}
+	}
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp_Python/hid_bootloader_loader.py b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp_Python/hid_bootloader_loader.py
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cb824f5822
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp_Python/hid_bootloader_loader.py
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+"""
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+"""
+
+"""
+    Front-end programmer for the LUFA HID class bootloader.
+
+    Usage:
+        python hid_bootloader_loader.py <Device> <Input>.hex
+
+    Example:
+        python hid_bootloader_loader.py at90usb1287 Mouse.hex
+
+    Requires the pywinusb (https://pypi.python.org/pypi/pywinusb/) and
+    IntelHex (https://pypi.python.org/pypi/IntelHex/) libraries.
+"""
+
+import sys
+from pywinusb import hid
+from intelhex import IntelHex
+
+
+# Device information table
+device_info_map = dict()
+device_info_map['at90usb1287'] = {'page_size': 256, 'flash_kb': 128}
+device_info_map['at90usb1286'] = {'page_size': 256, 'flash_kb': 128}
+device_info_map['at90usb647']  = {'page_size': 256, 'flash_kb': 64}
+device_info_map['at90usb646']  = {'page_size': 256, 'flash_kb': 64}
+device_info_map['atmega32u4']  = {'page_size': 128, 'flash_kb': 32}
+device_info_map['atmega32u2']  = {'page_size': 128, 'flash_kb': 32}
+device_info_map['atmega16u4']  = {'page_size': 128, 'flash_kb': 16}
+device_info_map['atmega16u2']  = {'page_size': 128, 'flash_kb': 16}
+device_info_map['at90usb162']  = {'page_size': 128, 'flash_kb': 16}
+device_info_map['atmega8u2']   = {'page_size': 128, 'flash_kb': 8}
+device_info_map['at90usb82']   = {'page_size': 128, 'flash_kb': 8}
+
+
+def get_hid_device_handle():
+    hid_device_filter = hid.HidDeviceFilter(vendor_id=0x03EB,
+                                            product_id=0x2067)
+
+    valid_hid_devices = hid_device_filter.get_devices()
+
+    if len(valid_hid_devices) is 0:
+        return None
+    else:
+        return valid_hid_devices[0]
+
+
+def send_page_data(hid_device, address, data):
+    # Bootloader page data should be the HID Report ID (always zero) followed
+    # by the starting address to program, then one device's flash page worth
+    # of data
+    output_report_data = [0]
+    output_report_data.extend([address & 0xFF, address >> 8])
+    output_report_data.extend(data)
+
+    hid_device.send_output_report(output_report_data)
+
+
+def program_device(hex_data, device_info):
+    hid_device = get_hid_device_handle()
+
+    if hid_device is None:
+        print("No valid HID device found.")
+        sys.exit(1)
+
+    try:
+        hid_device.open()
+        print("Connected to bootloader.")
+
+        # Program in all data from the loaded HEX file, in a number of device
+        # page sized chunks
+        for addr in range(0, hex_data.maxaddr(), device_info['page_size']):
+            # Compute the address range of the current page in the device
+            current_page_range = range(addr, addr+device_info['page_size'])
+
+            # Extract the data from the hex file at the specified start page
+            # address and convert it to a regular list of bytes
+            page_data = [hex_data[i] for i in current_page_range]
+
+            print("Writing address 0x%04X-0x%04X" % (current_page_range[0], current_page_range[-1]))
+
+            # Devices with more than 64KB of flash should shift down the page
+            # address so that it is 16-bit (page size is guaranteed to be
+            # >= 256 bytes so no non-zero address bits are discarded)
+            if device_info['flash_kb'] < 64:
+                send_page_data(hid_device, addr, page_data)
+            else:
+                send_page_data(hid_device, addr >> 8, page_data)
+
+        # Once programming is complete, start the application via a dummy page
+        # program to the page address 0xFFFF
+        print("Programming complete, starting application.")
+        send_page_data(hid_device, 0xFFFF, [0] * device_info['page_size'])
+
+    finally:
+        hid_device.close()
+
+
+if __name__ == '__main__':
+    # Load the specified HEX file
+    try:
+        hex_data = IntelHex(sys.argv[2])
+    except:
+        print("Could not open the specified HEX file.")
+        sys.exit(1)
+
+    # Retrieve the device information entry for the specified device
+    try:
+        device_info = device_info_map[sys.argv[1]]
+    except:
+        print("Unknown device name specified.")
+        sys.exit(1)
+
+    program_device(hex_data, device_info)
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/asf.xml
index c67b9419ed..c67b9419ed 100644
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/asf.xml
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/asf.xml
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4c3de5ab98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2398 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - HID Class Bootloader"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/ \
+                         HostLoaderApp/ \
+                         HostLoaderApp_Python/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM \
+                         ATTR_NO_INIT
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/makefile b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..12cfadb5d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/HID/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = BootloaderHID
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -DBOOT_START_ADDR=$(BOOT_START_OFFSET) -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     = -Wl,--section-start=.text=$(BOOT_START_OFFSET)
+
+# Flash size and bootloader section sizes of the target, in KB. These must
+# match the target's total FLASH size and the bootloader size set in the
+# device's fuses.
+FLASH_SIZE_KB        := 128
+BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB := 8
+
+# Bootloader address calculation formulas
+# Do not modify these macros, but rather modify the dependent values above.
+CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX   = $(shell printf "0x%X" $$(( $(1) )) )
+BOOT_START_OFFSET     = $(call CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX, ($(FLASH_SIZE_KB) - $(BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB)) * 1024 )
+BOOT_SEC_OFFSET       = $(call CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX, ($(FLASH_SIZE_KB) * 1024) - ($(strip $(1))) )
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderAPI.c b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderAPI.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..491c506d0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderAPI.c
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Bootloader user application API functions.
+ */
+
+#include "BootloaderAPI.h"
+
+void BootloaderAPI_ErasePage(const uint32_t Address)
+{
+	boot_page_erase_safe(Address);
+	boot_spm_busy_wait();
+	boot_rww_enable();
+}
+
+void BootloaderAPI_WritePage(const uint32_t Address)
+{
+	boot_page_write_safe(Address);
+	boot_spm_busy_wait();
+	boot_rww_enable();
+}
+
+void BootloaderAPI_FillWord(const uint32_t Address, const uint16_t Word)
+{
+	boot_page_fill_safe(Address, Word);
+}
+
+uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature(const uint16_t Address)
+{
+	return boot_signature_byte_get(Address);
+}
+
+uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse(const uint16_t Address)
+{
+	return boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(Address);
+}
+
+uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadLock(void)
+{
+	return boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(GET_LOCK_BITS);
+}
+
+void BootloaderAPI_WriteLock(const uint8_t LockBits)
+{
+	boot_lock_bits_set_safe(LockBits);
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderAPI.h b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderAPI.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4889b4c0db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderAPI.h
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for BootloaderAPI.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _BOOTLOADER_API_H_
+#define _BOOTLOADER_API_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/boot.h>
+		#include <stdbool.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		#if AUX_BOOT_SECTION_SIZE > 0
+			#define AUX_BOOT_SECTION       __attribute__((section(".boot_aux")))
+		#else
+			#define AUX_BOOT_SECTION
+		#endif
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void    BootloaderAPI_ErasePage(const uint32_t Address);
+		void    BootloaderAPI_WritePage(const uint32_t Address);
+		void    BootloaderAPI_FillWord(const uint32_t Address, const uint16_t Word);
+		uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature(const uint16_t Address);
+		uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse(const uint16_t Address);
+		uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadLock(void);
+		void    BootloaderAPI_WriteLock(const uint8_t LockBits);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderAPITable.S b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderAPITable.S
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..44eb15ea9d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderAPITable.S
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#if AUX_BOOT_SECTION_SIZE > 0
+#warning Using a AUX bootloader section in addition to the defined bootloader space (see documentation).
+
+; Trampoline to jump over the AUX bootloader section to the start of the bootloader,
+; on devices where an AUX bootloader section is used.
+.section .boot_aux_trampoline, "ax"
+.global Boot_AUX_Trampoline
+Boot_AUX_Trampoline:
+	jmp BOOT_START_ADDR
+#endif
+
+; Trampolines to actual API implementations if the target address is outside the
+; range of a rjmp instruction (can happen with large bootloader sections)
+.section .apitable_trampolines, "ax"
+.global BootloaderAPI_Trampolines
+BootloaderAPI_Trampolines:
+
+	BootloaderAPI_ErasePage_Trampoline:
+		jmp BootloaderAPI_ErasePage
+	BootloaderAPI_WritePage_Trampoline:
+		jmp BootloaderAPI_WritePage
+	BootloaderAPI_FillWord_Trampoline:
+		jmp BootloaderAPI_FillWord
+	BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature_Trampoline:
+		jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature
+	BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse_Trampoline:
+		jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse
+	BootloaderAPI_ReadLock_Trampoline:
+		jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadLock
+	BootloaderAPI_WriteLock_Trampoline:
+		jmp BootloaderAPI_WriteLock
+	BootloaderAPI_UNUSED1:
+		ret
+	BootloaderAPI_UNUSED2:
+		ret
+	BootloaderAPI_UNUSED3:
+		ret
+	BootloaderAPI_UNUSED4:
+		ret
+	BootloaderAPI_UNUSED5:
+		ret
+
+
+
+; API function jump table
+.section .apitable_jumptable, "ax"
+.global BootloaderAPI_JumpTable
+BootloaderAPI_JumpTable:
+
+	rjmp BootloaderAPI_ErasePage_Trampoline
+	rjmp BootloaderAPI_WritePage_Trampoline
+	rjmp BootloaderAPI_FillWord_Trampoline
+	rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature_Trampoline
+	rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse_Trampoline
+	rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadLock_Trampoline
+	rjmp BootloaderAPI_WriteLock_Trampoline
+	rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED1 ; UNUSED ENTRY 1
+	rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED2 ; UNUSED ENTRY 2
+	rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED3 ; UNUSED ENTRY 3
+	rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED4 ; UNUSED ENTRY 4
+	rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED5 ; UNUSED ENTRY 5
+
+
+
+; Bootloader table signatures and information
+.section .apitable_signatures, "ax"
+.global BootloaderAPI_Signatures
+BootloaderAPI_Signatures:
+
+	.long BOOT_START_ADDR ; Start address of the bootloader
+	.word 0xDF30 ; Signature for the MS class bootloader, V1
+	.word 0xDCFB ; Signature for a LUFA class bootloader
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderMassStorage.c b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderMassStorage.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6c9697b660
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderMassStorage.c
@@ -0,0 +1,263 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the Mass Storage class bootloader. This file contains the complete bootloader logic.
+ */
+
+#define  INCLUDE_FROM_BOOTLOADER_MASSSTORAGE_C
+#include "BootloaderMassStorage.h"
+
+/** LUFA Mass Storage Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ *  passed to all Mass Storage Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ *  within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t Disk_MS_Interface =
+	{
+		.Config =
+			{
+				.InterfaceNumber           = INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage,
+				.DataINEndpoint            =
+					{
+						.Address           = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR,
+						.Size              = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks             = 1,
+					},
+				.DataOUTEndpoint           =
+					{
+						.Address           = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR,
+						.Size              = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks             = 1,
+					},
+				.TotalLUNs                 = 1,
+			},
+	};
+
+/** Flag to indicate if the bootloader should be running, or should exit and allow the application code to run
+ *  via a soft reset. When cleared, the bootloader will abort, the USB interface will shut down and the application
+ *  started via a forced watchdog reset.
+ */
+bool RunBootloader = true;
+
+/** Magic lock for forced application start. If the HWBE fuse is programmed and BOOTRST is unprogrammed, the bootloader
+ *  will start if the /HWB line of the AVR is held low and the system is reset. However, if the /HWB line is still held
+ *  low when the application attempts to start via a watchdog reset, the bootloader will re-start. If set to the value
+ *  \ref MAGIC_BOOT_KEY the special init function \ref Application_Jump_Check() will force the application to start.
+ */
+uint16_t MagicBootKey ATTR_NO_INIT;
+
+/** Indicates if the bootloader is allowed to exit immediately if \ref RunBootloader is \c false. During shutdown all
+ *  pending commands must be processed before jumping to the user-application, thus this tracks the main program loop
+ *  iterations since a SCSI command from the host was received.
+ */
+static uint8_t TicksSinceLastCommand = 0;
+
+
+/** Special startup routine to check if the bootloader was started via a watchdog reset, and if the magic application
+ *  start key has been loaded into \ref MagicBootKey. If the bootloader started via the watchdog and the key is valid,
+ *  this will force the user application to start via a software jump.
+ */
+void Application_Jump_Check(void)
+{
+	bool JumpToApplication = false;
+
+	#if (BOARD == BOARD_LEONARDO)
+		/* Enable pull-up on the IO13 pin so we can use it to select the mode */
+		PORTC |= (1 << 7);
+		Delay_MS(10);
+
+		/* If IO13 is not jumpered to ground, start the user application instead */
+		JumpToApplication = ((PINC & (1 << 7)) != 0);
+
+		/* Disable pull-up after the check has completed */
+		PORTC &= ~(1 << 7);
+	#elif ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
+		/* Disable JTAG debugging */
+		JTAG_DISABLE();
+
+		/* Enable pull-up on the JTAG TCK pin so we can use it to select the mode */
+		PORTF |= (1 << 4);
+		Delay_MS(10);
+
+		/* If the TCK pin is not jumpered to ground, start the user application instead */
+		JumpToApplication = ((PINF & (1 << 4)) != 0);
+
+		/* Re-enable JTAG debugging */
+		JTAG_ENABLE();
+	#else
+		/* Check if the device's BOOTRST fuse is set */
+		if (boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(GET_HIGH_FUSE_BITS) & FUSE_BOOTRST)
+		{
+			/* If the reset source was not an external reset or the key is correct, clear it and jump to the application */
+			if (!(MCUSR & (1 << EXTRF)) || (MagicBootKey == MAGIC_BOOT_KEY))
+			  JumpToApplication = true;
+
+			/* Clear reset source */
+			MCUSR &= ~(1 << EXTRF);
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* If the reset source was the bootloader and the key is correct, clear it and jump to the application;
+			 * this can happen in the HWBE fuse is set, and the HBE pin is low during the watchdog reset */
+			if ((MCUSR & (1 << WDRF)) && (MagicBootKey == MAGIC_BOOT_KEY))
+				JumpToApplication = true;
+
+			/* Clear reset source */
+			MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+		}
+	#endif
+
+	/* Don't run the user application if the reset vector is blank (no app loaded) */
+	bool ApplicationValid = (pgm_read_word_near(0) != 0xFFFF);
+
+	/* If a request has been made to jump to the user application, honor it */
+	if (JumpToApplication && ApplicationValid)
+	{
+		/* Turn off the watchdog */
+		MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+		wdt_disable();
+
+		/* Clear the boot key and jump to the user application */
+		MagicBootKey = 0;
+
+		// cppcheck-suppress constStatement
+		((void (*)(void))0x0000)();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ *  enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	while (RunBootloader || TicksSinceLastCommand++ < 0xFF)
+	{
+		MS_Device_USBTask(&Disk_MS_Interface);
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+
+	/* Disconnect from the host - USB interface will be reset later along with the AVR */
+	USB_Detach();
+
+	/* Unlock the forced application start mode of the bootloader if it is restarted */
+	MagicBootKey = MAGIC_BOOT_KEY;
+
+	/* Enable the watchdog and force a timeout to reset the AVR */
+	wdt_enable(WDTO_250MS);
+
+	for (;;);
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+static void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+
+	/* Relocate the interrupt vector table to the bootloader section */
+	MCUCR = (1 << IVCE);
+	MCUCR = (1 << IVSEL);
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	LEDs_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+
+	/* Bootloader active LED toggle timer initialization */
+	TIMSK1 = (1 << TOIE1);
+	TCCR1B = ((1 << CS11) | (1 << CS10));
+}
+
+/** ISR to periodically toggle the LEDs on the board to indicate that the bootloader is active. */
+ISR(TIMER1_OVF_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+	LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+	/* Indicate USB enumerating */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
+ *  the status LEDs and stops the Mass Storage management task.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+	/* Indicate USB not ready */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+	bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+	/* Setup Mass Storage Data Endpoints */
+	ConfigSuccess &= MS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Disk_MS_Interface);
+
+	/* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+	MS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Disk_MS_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Mass Storage class driver callback function the reception of SCSI commands from the host, which must be processed.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	bool CommandSuccess;
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+	CommandSuccess = SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(MSInterfaceInfo);
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+
+	/* Signal that a command was processed, must not exit bootloader yet */
+	TicksSinceLastCommand = 0;
+
+	return CommandSuccess;
+}
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderMassStorage.h b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderMassStorage.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c9ddee4d7f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderMassStorage.h
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for BootloaderMassStorage.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _BOOTLOADER_MASS_STORAGE_H_
+#define _BOOTLOADER_MASS_STORAGE_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <string.h>
+
+		#include "Descriptors.h"
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+		#include "Lib/SCSI.h"
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__OPTIMIZE_SIZE__)
+			#error This bootloader requires that it be optimized for size, not speed, to fit into the target device. Change optimization settings and try again.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY          LEDS_LED2
+
+		/** Magic bootloader key to unlock forced application start mode. */
+		#define MAGIC_BOOT_KEY             0xDC42
+
+	/* Global Variables: */
+		extern bool RunBootloader;
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		int main(void) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+
+		void Application_Jump_Check(void) ATTR_INIT_SECTION(3);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+
+		bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+
+		#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_BOOTLOADER_MASSSTORAGE_C)
+			static void SetupHardware(void) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderMassStorage.txt b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderMassStorage.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0fea9d9fb5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderMassStorage.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,240 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Mass Storage Class USB AVR Bootloader
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *  \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ *  \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4) - <i>See \ref SSec_Aux_Space</i>
+ *  \li ATMEGA32U2 - <i>See \ref SSec_Aux_Space</i>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Mass Storage Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Bulk-Only Transport</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF Mass Storage Standard \n
+ *        USB Bulk-Only Transport Standard \n
+ *        SCSI Primary Commands Specification \n
+ *        SCSI Block Commands Specification</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  This bootloader enumerates to the host as a Mass Storage device, capable of reading and writing a new binary
+ *  firmware image file, to load firmware onto the AVR.
+ *
+ *  Out of the box this bootloader builds for the AT90USB1287 with an 8KB bootloader section size, and will fit
+ *  into 6KB of bootloader space. If you wish to alter this size and/or change the AVR model, you will need to
+ *  edit the MCU, FLASH_SIZE_KB and BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB values in the accompanying makefile.
+ *
+ *  When the bootloader is running, the board's LED(s) will flash at regular intervals to distinguish the
+ *  bootloader from the normal user application.
+ *
+ *  \warning <b>THIS BOOTLOADER IS NOT SECURE.</b> Malicious entities can recover written data, even if the device
+ *           lockbits are set.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Running Running the Bootloader
+ *
+ *  On the USB AVR8 devices, setting the \c HWBE device fuse will cause the bootloader to run if the \c HWB pin of
+ *  the AVR is grounded when the device is reset.
+ *
+ *  The are two behaviours of this bootloader, depending on the device's fuses:
+ *
+ *  <b>If the device's BOOTRST fuse is set</b>, the bootloader will run any time the system is reset from
+ *  the external reset pin, unless no valid user application has been loaded. To initiate the bootloader, the
+ *  device's external reset pin should be grounded momentarily.
+ *
+ *  <b>If the device's BOOTRST fuse is not set</b>, the bootloader will run only if initiated via a software
+ *  jump, or if the \c HWB pin was low during the last device reset (if the \c HWBE fuse is set).
+ *
+ *  For board specific exceptions to the above, see below.
+ *
+ *  \subsection SSec_XPLAIN Atmel Xplain Board
+ *  Ground the USB AVR JTAG's \c TCK pin to ground when powering on the board to start the bootloader. This assumes the
+ *  \c HWBE fuse is cleared and the \c BOOTRST fuse is set as the HWBE pin is not user accessible on this board.
+ *
+ *  \subsection SSec_Leonardo Arduino Leonardo Board
+ *  Ground \c IO13 when powering the board to start the bootloader. This assumes the \c HWBE fuse is cleared and the
+ *  \c BOOTRST fuse is set as the HWBE pin is not user accessible on this board.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Installation Driver Installation
+ *
+ *  This bootloader uses the Mass Storage drivers inbuilt into all modern operating systems, thus no additional
+ *  drivers need to be supplied for correct operation.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_HostApp Host Controller Application
+ *
+ *  This bootloader is compatible with all operating systems that support the FAT12 file system format. To reprogram the
+ *  device, overwrite a file stored on the virtual FAT filesystem with a new binary (BIN format) image. Remember to safely
+ *  remove your device from the host using the host OS's ejection APIs, to ensure all data is correctly flushed to the
+ *  bootloader's virtual filesystem and not cached in the OS's file system driver.
+ *
+ *  The current device firmware can be read from the device by reading a file from the virtual FAT filesystem. Two files will
+ *  be present:
+ *    - <b>FLASH.BIN</b>, representing the AVR's internal flash memory
+ *    - <b>EEPROM.BIN</b>, representing the AVR's internal EEPROM memory
+ *
+ *  To convert an existing Intel HEX (.HEX) program file to a binary (.BIN) file suitable for this bootloader, run:
+ *    \code
+ *		avr-objcopy -O binary -R .eeprom -R .fuse -R .lock -R .signature input.hex output.bin
+ *    \endcode
+ *  From a terminal, replacing <tt>input.hex</tt> and <tt>output.bin</tt> with the respective input and output filenames.
+ *  AVR EEPROM data files in Intel HEX format (.EEP) uses a similar technique:
+ *    \code
+ *		avr-objcopy -O binary input.eep output.bin
+ *    \endcode
+ *
+ *  \warning This bootloader is currently <b>incompatible with the Apple MacOS X OS Finder GUI</b>, due to the
+ *           large amount of meta files this OS attempts to write to the disk along with the new binaries. On
+ *           this platform, firmwares must be copied to the disk via the Terminal application only to prevent
+ *           firmware corruption.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_API User Application API
+ *
+ *  Several user application functions for FLASH and other special memory area manipulations are exposed by the bootloader,
+ *  allowing the user application to call into the bootloader at runtime to read and write FLASH data.
+ *
+ *  By default, the bootloader API jump table is located 32 bytes from the end of the device's FLASH memory, and follows the
+ *  following layout:
+ *
+ *  \code
+ *  #define BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE          32
+ *  #define BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START         ((FLASHEND + 1UL) - BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE)
+ *  #define BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(Index)         (void*)((BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (Index * 2)) / 2)
+ *
+ *  void    (*BootloaderAPI_ErasePage)(uint32_t Address)               = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(0);
+ *  void    (*BootloaderAPI_WritePage)(uint32_t Address)               = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(1);
+ *  void    (*BootloaderAPI_FillWord)(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Word) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(2);
+ *  uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature)(uint16_t Address)           = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(3);
+ *  uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse)(uint16_t Address)                = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(4);
+ *  uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadLock)(void)                            = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(5);
+ *  void    (*BootloaderAPI_WriteLock)(uint8_t LockBits)               = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(6);
+ *
+ *  #define BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE_START   (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 2))
+ *  #define BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE         0xDCFB
+ *
+ *  #define BOOTLOADER_CLASS_SIGNATURE_START   (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 4))
+ *  #define BOOTLOADER_MASS_STORAGE_SIGNATURE  0xDF30
+ *
+ *  #define BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_START           (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 8))
+ *  #define BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_LENGTH          4
+ *  \endcode
+ *
+ *  From the application the API support of the bootloader can be detected by reading the FLASH memory bytes located at address
+ *  \c BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE_START and comparing them to the value \c BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE. The class of bootloader
+ *  can be determined by reading the FLASH memory bytes located at address \c BOOTLOADER_CLASS_SIGNATURE_START and comparing them
+ *  to the value \c BOOTLOADER_MASS_STORAGE_SIGNATURE. The start address of the bootloader can be retrieved by reading the bytes
+ *  of FLASH memory starting from address \c BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_START.
+ *
+ *  \subsection SSec_Aux_Space Auxiliary Bootloader Section
+ *  To make the bootloader function on smaller devices (those with a physical bootloader section of smaller than 6KB) a second
+ *  section of memory (called the <i>Auxiliary Bootloader Section</i>) is added before the start of the real bootloader section,
+ *  and is filled with a portion of the bootloader code. This allows smaller devices to run the bootloader, at the cost of an
+ *  additional portion of the device's FLASH (the bootloader section size in KB subtracted from the 6KB total size). A small
+ *  trampoline is inserted at the start of the auxiliary section so that the bootloader will run normally in the case of a blank
+ *  application section.
+ *
+ *  On devices supporting a 8KB bootloader section size, the AUX section is not created in the final binary.
+ *
+ *  \subsection SSec_API_MemLayout Device Memory Map
+ *  The following illustration indicates the final memory map of the device when loaded with the bootloader.
+ *
+ *  \verbatim
+ *  +----------------------------+ 0x0000
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |      User Application      |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - BOOT_SECTION_SIZE - BOOT_AUX_SECTION_SIZE
+ *  | Booloader Start Trampoline |
+ *  | (Not User App. Accessible) |
+ *  +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - BOOT_SECTION_SIZE - BOOT_AUX_SECTION_SIZE + 4
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |     Auxiliary Bootloader   |
+ *  |  Space for Smaller Devices |
+ *  | (Not User App. Accessible) |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - BOOT_SECTION_SIZE
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |   Bootloader Application   |
+ *  | (Not User App. Accessible) |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 96
+ *  |   API Table Trampolines    |
+ *  | (Not User App. Accessible) |
+ *  +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 32
+ *  |    Bootloader API Table    |
+ *  |   (User App. Accessible)   |
+ *  +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 8
+ *  |   Bootloader ID Constants  |
+ *  |   (User App. Accessible)   |
+ *  +----------------------------+ FLASHEND
+ *  \endverbatim
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_KnownIssues Known Issues:
+ *
+ *  \par In some cases, the application is not fully loaded into the device.
+ *  Write-caching on some operating systems may interfere with the normal
+ *  operation of the bootloader. Write caching should be disabled when using the
+ *  Mass Storage bootloader, or the file system synced via an appropriate command
+ *  (such as the OS's normal disk ejection command) before disconnecting the device.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ *    <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ *    <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>NO_APP_START_ON_EJECT</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>Define to disable automatic start of the loaded application when the virtual
+ *        Mass Storage disk is ejected on the host.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Config/AppConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..92eb364dc9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This is a header file which is be used to configure LUFA's
+ *  compile time options, as an alternative to the compile time
+ *  constants supplied through a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ *  \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+//	#define NO_APP_START_ON_EJECT
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7353178673
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            0
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e8bdbd4f5c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ *  the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, describes the overall
+ *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ *  process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+	.Class                  = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+	.SubClass               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+	.Protocol               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+	.Endpoint0Size          = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+	.VendorID               = 0x03EB,
+	.ProductID              = 0x2045,
+	.ReleaseNumber          = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+	.ProductStrIndex        = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+	.SerialNumStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+	.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+	.Config =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+			.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+			.TotalInterfaces        = 1,
+
+			.ConfigurationNumber    = 1,
+			.ConfigurationStrIndex  = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+			.ConfigAttributes       = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED,
+
+			.MaxPowerConsumption    = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+		},
+
+	.MS_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 2,
+
+			.Class                  = MS_CSCP_MassStorageClass,
+			.SubClass               = MS_CSCP_SCSITransparentSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = MS_CSCP_BulkOnlyTransportProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.MS_DataInEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		},
+
+	.MS_DataOutEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		}
+};
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ *  USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+	const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+
+	const void* Address = NULL;
+	uint16_t    Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+	/* If/Else If chain compiles slightly smaller than a switch case */
+	if (DescriptorType == DTYPE_Device)
+	{
+		Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+		Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+	}
+	else if (DescriptorType == DTYPE_Configuration)
+	{
+		Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+		Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+	}
+
+	*DescriptorAddress = Address;
+	return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..506f41af83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include "BootloaderAPI.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+		#define MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR         (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 3)
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+		#define MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR        (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4)
+
+		/** Size in bytes of the Mass Storage data endpoints. */
+		#define MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE         64
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+			// Mass Storage Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t            MS_Interface;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             MS_DataInEndpoint;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             MS_DataOutEndpoint;
+		} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+
+		/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+		 *  should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+		 *  interface from other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+		{
+			INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage = 0, /**< Mass storage interface descriptor ID */
+		};
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+		                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+		                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+		                                    ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.c b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3c14eb9010
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.c
@@ -0,0 +1,294 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  SCSI command processing routines, for SCSI commands issued by the host. Mass Storage
+ *  devices use a thin "Bulk-Only Transport" protocol for issuing commands and status information,
+ *  which wrap around standard SCSI device commands for controlling the actual storage medium.
+ */
+
+#define  INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C
+#include "SCSI.h"
+
+/** Structure to hold the SCSI response data to a SCSI INQUIRY command. This gives information about the device's
+ *  features and capabilities.
+ */
+static const SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t InquiryData =
+	{
+		.DeviceType          = DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK,
+		.PeripheralQualifier = 0,
+
+		.Removable           = true,
+
+		.Version             = 0,
+
+		.ResponseDataFormat  = 2,
+		.NormACA             = false,
+		.TrmTsk              = false,
+		.AERC                = false,
+
+		.AdditionalLength    = 0x1F,
+
+		.SoftReset           = false,
+		.CmdQue              = false,
+		.Linked              = false,
+		.Sync                = false,
+		.WideBus16Bit        = false,
+		.WideBus32Bit        = false,
+		.RelAddr             = false,
+
+		.VendorID            = "LUFA",
+		.ProductID           = "Bootloader",
+		.RevisionID          = {'0','.','0','0'},
+	};
+
+/** Structure to hold the sense data for the last issued SCSI command, which is returned to the host after a SCSI REQUEST SENSE
+ *  command is issued. This gives information on exactly why the last command failed to complete.
+ */
+static SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t SenseData =
+	{
+		.ResponseCode        = 0x70,
+		.AdditionalLength    = 0x0A,
+	};
+
+
+/** Main routine to process the SCSI command located in the Command Block Wrapper read from the host. This dispatches
+ *  to the appropriate SCSI command handling routine if the issued command is supported by the device, else it returns
+ *  a command failure due to a ILLEGAL REQUEST.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	bool CommandSuccess = false;
+
+	/* Run the appropriate SCSI command hander function based on the passed command */
+	switch (MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[0])
+	{
+		case SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY:
+			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Inquiry(MSInterfaceInfo);
+			break;
+		case SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE:
+			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(MSInterfaceInfo);
+			break;
+		case SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10:
+			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(MSInterfaceInfo);
+			break;
+		case SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10:
+			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_WRITE);
+			break;
+		case SCSI_CMD_READ_10:
+			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_READ);
+			break;
+		case SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_6:
+			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(MSInterfaceInfo);
+			break;
+		case SCSI_CMD_START_STOP_UNIT:
+#if !defined(NO_APP_START_ON_EJECT)
+			/* If the user ejected the volume, signal bootloader exit at next opportunity. */
+			RunBootloader = ((MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4] & 0x03) != 0x02);
+#endif
+		case SCSI_CMD_SEND_DIAGNOSTIC:
+		case SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY:
+		case SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL:
+		case SCSI_CMD_VERIFY_10:
+			/* These commands should just succeed, no handling required */
+			CommandSuccess = true;
+			MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
+			break;
+		default:
+			/* Update the SENSE key to reflect the invalid command */
+			SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+		                   SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_COMMAND,
+		                   SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+			break;
+	}
+
+	/* Check if command was successfully processed */
+	if (CommandSuccess)
+	{
+		SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD,
+		               SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
+		               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+		return true;
+	}
+
+	return false;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI INQUIRY command. This command returns information about the device's features
+ *  and capabilities to the host.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	uint16_t AllocationLength  = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[3]);
+	uint16_t BytesTransferred  = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(InquiryData));
+
+	/* Only the standard INQUIRY data is supported, check if any optional INQUIRY bits set */
+	if ((MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & ((1 << 0) | (1 << 1))) ||
+	     MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2])
+	{
+		/* Optional but unsupported bits set - update the SENSE key and fail the request */
+		SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+		               SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
+		               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&InquiryData, BytesTransferred, NULL);
+
+	/* Pad out remaining bytes with 0x00 */
+	Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL);
+
+	/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+	/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+	MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI REQUEST SENSE command. This command returns information about the last issued command,
+ *  including the error code and additional error information so that the host can determine why a command failed to complete.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	uint8_t AllocationLength = MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4];
+	uint8_t BytesTransferred = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(SenseData));
+
+	Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&SenseData, BytesTransferred, NULL);
+	Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL);
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+	/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+	MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ CAPACITY (10) command. This command returns information about the device's capacity
+ *  on the selected Logical Unit (drive), as a number of OS-sized blocks.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	Endpoint_Write_32_BE(LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS - 1);
+	Endpoint_Write_32_BE(SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES);
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+	/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+	MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 8;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ (10) or WRITE (10) command. This command reads in the block start address
+ *  and total number of blocks to process, then calls the appropriate low-level Dataflash routine to handle the actual
+ *  reading and writing of the data.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *  \param[in] IsDataRead  Indicates if the command is a READ (10) command or WRITE (10) command (DATA_READ or DATA_WRITE)
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+                                      const bool IsDataRead)
+{
+	uint16_t BlockAddress;
+	uint16_t TotalBlocks;
+
+	/* Load in the 32-bit block address (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */
+	BlockAddress = SwapEndian_32(*(uint32_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2]);
+
+	/* Load in the 16-bit total blocks (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */
+	TotalBlocks  = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[7]);
+
+	/* Check if the block address is outside the maximum allowable value for the LUN */
+	if (BlockAddress >= LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS)
+	{
+		/* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */
+		SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+		               SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_BLOCK_ADDRESS_OUT_OF_RANGE,
+		               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	/* Determine if the packet is a READ (10) or WRITE (10) command, call appropriate function */
+	for (uint16_t i = 0; i < TotalBlocks; i++)
+	{
+		if (IsDataRead == DATA_READ)
+		  VirtualFAT_ReadBlock(BlockAddress + i);
+		else
+		  VirtualFAT_WriteBlock(BlockAddress + i);
+	}
+
+	/* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */
+	MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= ((uint32_t)TotalBlocks * SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES);
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI MODE SENSE (6) command. This command returns various informational pages about
+ *  the SCSI device, as well as the device's Write Protect status.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	/* Send an empty header response indicating Write Protect flag is off */
+	Endpoint_Write_32_LE(0);
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+	/* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */
+	MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 4;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.h b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4195593363
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.h
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for SCSI.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SCSI_H_
+#define _SCSI_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include "../BootloaderMassStorage.h"
+		#include "../Descriptors.h"
+		#include "VirtualFAT.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Macro to set the current SCSI sense data to the given key, additional sense code and additional sense qualifier. This
+		 *  is for convenience, as it allows for all three sense values (returned upon request to the host to give information about
+		 *  the last command failure) in a quick and easy manner.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in] Key    New SCSI sense key to set the sense code to
+		 *  \param[in] Acode  New SCSI additional sense key to set the additional sense code to
+		 *  \param[in] Aqual  New SCSI additional sense key qualifier to set the additional sense qualifier code to
+		 */
+		#define SCSI_SET_SENSE(Key, Acode, Aqual)  do { SenseData.SenseKey                 = (Key);   \
+		                                                SenseData.AdditionalSenseCode      = (Acode); \
+		                                                SenseData.AdditionalSenseQualifier = (Aqual); } while (0)
+
+		/** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be read from the storage medium. */
+		#define DATA_READ           true
+
+		/** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be written to the storage medium. */
+		#define DATA_WRITE          false
+
+		/** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a Block Media device. */
+		#define DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK   0x00
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+
+		#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C)
+			static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+			static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+			static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+			static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+			                                      const bool IsDataRead) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+			static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/VirtualFAT.c b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/VirtualFAT.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ffd453128e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/VirtualFAT.c
@@ -0,0 +1,482 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Virtualized FAT12 filesystem implementation, to perform self-programming
+ *  in response to read and write requests to the virtual filesystem by the
+ *  host PC.
+ */
+
+#define  INCLUDE_FROM_VIRTUAL_FAT_C
+#include "VirtualFAT.h"
+
+/** FAT filesystem boot sector block, must be the first sector on the physical
+ *  disk so that the host can identify the presence of a FAT filesystem. This
+ *  block is truncated; normally a large bootstrap section is located near the
+ *  end of the block for booting purposes however as this is not meant to be a
+ *  bootable disk it is omitted for space reasons.
+ *
+ *  \note When returning the boot block to the host, the magic signature 0xAA55
+ *        must be added to the very end of the block to identify it as a boot
+ *        block.
+ */
+static const FATBootBlock_t BootBlock =
+	{
+		.Bootstrap               = {0xEB, 0x3C, 0x90},
+		.Description             = "mkdosfs",
+		.SectorSize              = SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES,
+		.SectorsPerCluster       = SECTOR_PER_CLUSTER,
+		.ReservedSectors         = 1,
+		.FATCopies               = 2,
+		.RootDirectoryEntries    = (SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES / sizeof(FATDirectoryEntry_t)),
+		.TotalSectors16          = LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS,
+		.MediaDescriptor         = 0xF8,
+		.SectorsPerFAT           = 1,
+		.SectorsPerTrack         = (LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS % 64),
+		.Heads                   = (LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS / 64),
+		.HiddenSectors           = 0,
+		.TotalSectors32          = 0,
+		.PhysicalDriveNum        = 0,
+		.ExtendedBootRecordSig   = 0x29,
+		.VolumeSerialNumber      = 0x12345678,
+		.VolumeLabel             = "LUFA BOOT  ",
+		.FilesystemIdentifier    = "FAT12   ",
+	};
+
+/** FAT 8.3 style directory entry, for the virtual FLASH contents file. */
+static FATDirectoryEntry_t FirmwareFileEntries[] =
+	{
+		/* Root volume label entry; disk label is contained in the Filename and
+		 * Extension fields (concatenated) with a special attribute flag - other
+		 * fields are ignored. Should be the same as the label in the boot block.
+		 */
+		[DISK_FILE_ENTRY_VolumeID] =
+		{
+			.MSDOS_Directory =
+				{
+					.Name            = "LUFA BOOT  ",
+					.Attributes      = FAT_FLAG_VOLUME_NAME,
+					.Reserved        = {0},
+					.CreationTime    = 0,
+					.CreationDate    = 0,
+					.StartingCluster = 0,
+					.Reserved2       = 0,
+				}
+		},
+
+		/* VFAT Long File Name entry for the virtual firmware file; required to
+		 * prevent corruption from systems that are unable to detect the device
+		 * as being a legacy MSDOS style FAT12 volume. */
+		[DISK_FILE_ENTRY_FLASH_LFN] =
+		{
+			.VFAT_LongFileName =
+				{
+					.Ordinal         = 1 | FAT_ORDINAL_LAST_ENTRY,
+					.Attribute       = FAT_FLAG_LONG_FILE_NAME,
+					.Reserved1       = 0,
+					.Reserved2       = 0,
+
+					.Checksum        = FAT_CHECKSUM('F','L','A','S','H',' ',' ',' ','B','I','N'),
+
+					.Unicode1        = 'F',
+					.Unicode2        = 'L',
+					.Unicode3        = 'A',
+					.Unicode4        = 'S',
+					.Unicode5        = 'H',
+					.Unicode6        = '.',
+					.Unicode7        = 'B',
+					.Unicode8        = 'I',
+					.Unicode9        = 'N',
+					.Unicode10       = 0,
+					.Unicode11       = 0,
+					.Unicode12       = 0,
+					.Unicode13       = 0,
+				}
+		},
+
+		/* MSDOS file entry for the virtual Firmware image. */
+		[DISK_FILE_ENTRY_FLASH_MSDOS] =
+		{
+			.MSDOS_File =
+				{
+					.Filename        = "FLASH   ",
+					.Extension       = "BIN",
+					.Attributes      = 0,
+					.Reserved        = {0},
+					.CreationTime    = FAT_TIME(1, 1, 0),
+					.CreationDate    = FAT_DATE(14, 2, 1989),
+					.StartingCluster = 2,
+					.FileSizeBytes   = FLASH_FILE_SIZE_BYTES,
+				}
+		},
+
+		[DISK_FILE_ENTRY_EEPROM_LFN] =
+		{
+			.VFAT_LongFileName =
+				{
+					.Ordinal         = 1 | FAT_ORDINAL_LAST_ENTRY,
+					.Attribute       = FAT_FLAG_LONG_FILE_NAME,
+					.Reserved1       = 0,
+					.Reserved2       = 0,
+
+					.Checksum        = FAT_CHECKSUM('E','E','P','R','O','M',' ',' ','B','I','N'),
+
+					.Unicode1        = 'E',
+					.Unicode2        = 'E',
+					.Unicode3        = 'P',
+					.Unicode4        = 'R',
+					.Unicode5        = 'O',
+					.Unicode6        = 'M',
+					.Unicode7        = '.',
+					.Unicode8        = 'B',
+					.Unicode9        = 'I',
+					.Unicode10       = 'N',
+					.Unicode11       = 0,
+					.Unicode12       = 0,
+					.Unicode13       = 0,
+				}
+		},
+
+		[DISK_FILE_ENTRY_EEPROM_MSDOS] =
+		{
+			.MSDOS_File =
+				{
+					.Filename        = "EEPROM  ",
+					.Extension       = "BIN",
+					.Attributes      = 0,
+					.Reserved        = {0},
+					.CreationTime    = FAT_TIME(1, 1, 0),
+					.CreationDate    = FAT_DATE(14, 2, 1989),
+					.StartingCluster = 2 + FILE_CLUSTERS(FLASH_FILE_SIZE_BYTES),
+					.FileSizeBytes   = EEPROM_FILE_SIZE_BYTES,
+				}
+		},
+	};
+
+/** Starting cluster of the virtual FLASH.BIN file on disk, tracked so that the
+ *  offset from the start of the data sector can be determined. On Windows
+ *  systems files are usually replaced using the original file's disk clusters,
+ *  while Linux appears to overwrite with an offset which must be compensated for.
+ */
+static const uint16_t* FLASHFileStartCluster  = &FirmwareFileEntries[DISK_FILE_ENTRY_FLASH_MSDOS].MSDOS_File.StartingCluster;
+
+/** Starting cluster of the virtual EEPROM.BIN file on disk, tracked so that the
+ *  offset from the start of the data sector can be determined. On Windows
+ *  systems files are usually replaced using the original file's disk clusters,
+ *  while Linux appears to overwrite with an offset which must be compensated for.
+ */
+static const uint16_t* EEPROMFileStartCluster = &FirmwareFileEntries[DISK_FILE_ENTRY_EEPROM_MSDOS].MSDOS_File.StartingCluster;
+
+/** Reads a byte of EEPROM out from the EEPROM memory space.
+ *
+ *  \note This function is required as the avr-libc EEPROM functions do not cope
+ *        with linker relaxations, and a jump longer than 4K of FLASH on the
+ *        larger USB AVRs will break the linker. This function is marked as
+ *        never inlinable and placed into the normal text segment so that the
+ *        call to the EEPROM function will be short even if the AUX boot section
+ *        is used.
+ *
+ *  \param[in]  Address   Address of the EEPROM location to read from
+ *
+ *  \return Read byte of EEPROM data.
+ */
+static uint8_t ReadEEPROMByte(const uint8_t* const Address)
+{
+	return eeprom_read_byte(Address);
+}
+
+/** Writes a byte of EEPROM out to the EEPROM memory space.
+ *
+ *  \note This function is required as the avr-libc EEPROM functions do not cope
+ *        with linker relaxations, and a jump longer than 4K of FLASH on the
+ *        larger USB AVRs will break the linker. This function is marked as
+ *        never inlinable and placed into the normal text segment so that the
+ *        call to the EEPROM function will be short even if the AUX boot section
+ *        is used.
+ *
+ *  \param[in]  Address   Address of the EEPROM location to write to
+ *  \param[in]  Data      New data to write to the EEPROM location
+ */
+static void WriteEEPROMByte(uint8_t* const Address,
+                            const uint8_t Data)
+{
+	 eeprom_update_byte(Address, Data);
+}
+
+/** Updates a FAT12 cluster entry in the FAT file table with the specified next
+ *  chain index. If the cluster is the last in the file chain, the magic value
+ *  \c 0xFFF should be used.
+ *
+ *  \note FAT data cluster indexes are offset by 2, so that cluster 2 is the
+ *        first file data cluster on the disk. See the FAT specification.
+ *
+ *  \param[out]  FATTable    Pointer to the FAT12 allocation table
+ *  \param[in]   Index       Index of the cluster entry to update
+ *  \param[in]   ChainEntry  Next cluster index in the file chain
+ */
+static void UpdateFAT12ClusterEntry(uint8_t* const FATTable,
+                                    const uint16_t Index,
+                                    const uint16_t ChainEntry)
+{
+	/* Calculate the starting offset of the cluster entry in the FAT12 table */
+	uint8_t FATOffset   = (Index + (Index >> 1));
+	bool    UpperNibble = ((Index & 1) != 0);
+
+	/* Check if the start of the entry is at an upper nibble of the byte, fill
+	 * out FAT12 entry as required */
+	if (UpperNibble)
+	{
+		FATTable[FATOffset]     = (FATTable[FATOffset] & 0x0F) | ((ChainEntry & 0x0F) << 4);
+		FATTable[FATOffset + 1] = (ChainEntry >> 4);
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		FATTable[FATOffset]     = ChainEntry;
+		FATTable[FATOffset + 1] = (FATTable[FATOffset] & 0xF0) | (ChainEntry >> 8);
+	}
+}
+
+/** Updates a FAT12 cluster chain in the FAT file table with a linear chain of
+ *  the specified length.
+ *
+ *  \note FAT data cluster indexes are offset by 2, so that cluster 2 is the
+ *        first file data cluster on the disk. See the FAT specification.
+ *
+ *  \param[out]  FATTable     Pointer to the FAT12 allocation table
+ *  \param[in]   Index        Index of the start of the cluster chain to update
+ *  \param[in]   ChainLength  Length of the chain to write, in clusters
+ */
+static void UpdateFAT12ClusterChain(uint8_t* const FATTable,
+                                    const uint16_t Index,
+                                    const uint8_t ChainLength)
+{
+	for (uint8_t i = 0; i < ChainLength; i++)
+	{
+		uint16_t CurrentCluster = Index + i;
+		uint16_t NextCluster    = CurrentCluster + 1;
+
+		/* Mark last cluster as end of file */
+		if (i == (ChainLength - 1))
+		  NextCluster = 0xFFF;
+
+		UpdateFAT12ClusterEntry(FATTable, CurrentCluster, NextCluster);
+	}
+}
+
+/** Reads or writes a block of data from/to the physical device FLASH using a
+ *  block buffer stored in RAM, if the requested block is within the virtual
+ *  firmware file's sector ranges in the emulated FAT file system.
+ *
+ *  \param[in]      BlockNumber  Physical disk block to read from/write to
+ *  \param[in,out]  BlockBuffer  Pointer to the start of the block buffer in RAM
+ *  \param[in]      Read         If \c true, the requested block is read, if
+ *                               \c false, the requested block is written
+ */
+static void ReadWriteFLASHFileBlock(const uint16_t BlockNumber,
+                                    uint8_t* BlockBuffer,
+                                    const bool Read)
+{
+	uint16_t FileStartBlock = DISK_BLOCK_DataStartBlock + (*FLASHFileStartCluster - 2) * SECTOR_PER_CLUSTER;
+	uint16_t FileEndBlock   = FileStartBlock + (FILE_SECTORS(FLASH_FILE_SIZE_BYTES) - 1);
+
+	/* Range check the write request - abort if requested block is not within the
+	 * virtual firmware file sector range */
+	if (!((BlockNumber >= FileStartBlock) && (BlockNumber <= FileEndBlock)))
+	  return;
+
+	#if (FLASHEND > 0xFFFF)
+	uint32_t FlashAddress = (uint32_t)(BlockNumber - FileStartBlock) * SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES;
+	#else
+	uint16_t FlashAddress = (uint16_t)(BlockNumber - FileStartBlock) * SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES;
+	#endif
+
+	if (Read)
+	{
+		/* Read out the mapped block of data from the device's FLASH */
+		for (uint16_t i = 0; i < SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES; i++)
+		{
+			#if (FLASHEND > 0xFFFF)
+			  BlockBuffer[i] = pgm_read_byte_far(FlashAddress++);
+			#else
+			  BlockBuffer[i] = pgm_read_byte(FlashAddress++);
+			#endif
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* Write out the mapped block of data to the device's FLASH */
+		for (uint16_t i = 0; i < SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES; i += 2)
+		{
+			if ((FlashAddress % SPM_PAGESIZE) == 0)
+			{
+				/* Erase the given FLASH page, ready to be programmed */
+				BootloaderAPI_ErasePage(FlashAddress);
+			}
+
+			/* Write the next data word to the FLASH page */
+			BootloaderAPI_FillWord(FlashAddress, (BlockBuffer[i + 1] << 8) | BlockBuffer[i]);
+			FlashAddress += 2;
+
+			if ((FlashAddress % SPM_PAGESIZE) == 0)
+			{
+				/* Write the filled FLASH page to memory */
+				BootloaderAPI_WritePage(FlashAddress - SPM_PAGESIZE);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+/** Reads or writes a block of data from/to the physical device EEPROM using a
+ *  block buffer stored in RAM, if the requested block is within the virtual
+ *  firmware file's sector ranges in the emulated FAT file system.
+ *
+ *  \param[in]      BlockNumber  Physical disk block to read from/write to
+ *  \param[in,out]  BlockBuffer  Pointer to the start of the block buffer in RAM
+ *  \param[in]      Read         If \c true, the requested block is read, if
+ *                               \c false, the requested block is written
+ */
+static void ReadWriteEEPROMFileBlock(const uint16_t BlockNumber,
+                                     uint8_t* BlockBuffer,
+                                     const bool Read)
+{
+	uint16_t FileStartBlock = DISK_BLOCK_DataStartBlock + (*EEPROMFileStartCluster - 2) * SECTOR_PER_CLUSTER;
+	uint16_t FileEndBlock   = FileStartBlock + (FILE_SECTORS(EEPROM_FILE_SIZE_BYTES) - 1);
+
+	/* Range check the write request - abort if requested block is not within the
+	 * virtual firmware file sector range */
+	if (!((BlockNumber >= FileStartBlock) && (BlockNumber <= FileEndBlock)))
+	  return;
+
+	uint16_t EEPROMAddress = (uint16_t)(BlockNumber - FileStartBlock) * SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES;
+
+	if (Read)
+	{
+		/* Read out the mapped block of data from the device's EEPROM */
+		for (uint16_t i = 0; i < SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES; i++)
+		  BlockBuffer[i] = ReadEEPROMByte((uint8_t*)EEPROMAddress++);
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* Write out the mapped block of data to the device's EEPROM */
+		for (uint16_t i = 0; i < SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES; i++)
+		  WriteEEPROMByte((uint8_t*)EEPROMAddress++, BlockBuffer[i]);
+	}
+}
+
+/** Writes a block of data to the virtual FAT filesystem, from the USB Mass
+ *  Storage interface.
+ *
+ *  \param[in]  BlockNumber  Index of the block to write.
+ */
+void VirtualFAT_WriteBlock(const uint16_t BlockNumber)
+{
+	uint8_t BlockBuffer[SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES];
+
+	/* Buffer the entire block to be written from the host */
+	Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(BlockBuffer, sizeof(BlockBuffer), NULL);
+	Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+	switch (BlockNumber)
+	{
+		case DISK_BLOCK_BootBlock:
+		case DISK_BLOCK_FATBlock1:
+		case DISK_BLOCK_FATBlock2:
+			/* Ignore writes to the boot and FAT blocks */
+
+			break;
+
+		case DISK_BLOCK_RootFilesBlock:
+			/* Copy over the updated directory entries */
+			memcpy(FirmwareFileEntries, BlockBuffer, sizeof(FirmwareFileEntries));
+
+			break;
+
+		default:
+			ReadWriteFLASHFileBlock(BlockNumber, BlockBuffer, false);
+			ReadWriteEEPROMFileBlock(BlockNumber, BlockBuffer, false);
+
+			break;
+	}
+}
+
+/** Reads a block of data from the virtual FAT filesystem, and sends it to the
+ *  host via the USB Mass Storage interface.
+ *
+ *  \param[in]  BlockNumber  Index of the block to read.
+ */
+void VirtualFAT_ReadBlock(const uint16_t BlockNumber)
+{
+	uint8_t BlockBuffer[SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES];
+	memset(BlockBuffer, 0x00, sizeof(BlockBuffer));
+
+	switch (BlockNumber)
+	{
+		case DISK_BLOCK_BootBlock:
+			memcpy(BlockBuffer, &BootBlock, sizeof(FATBootBlock_t));
+
+			/* Add the magic signature to the end of the block */
+			BlockBuffer[SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES - 2] = 0x55;
+			BlockBuffer[SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES - 1] = 0xAA;
+
+			break;
+
+		case DISK_BLOCK_FATBlock1:
+		case DISK_BLOCK_FATBlock2:
+			/* Cluster 0: Media type/Reserved */
+			UpdateFAT12ClusterEntry(BlockBuffer, 0, 0xF00 | BootBlock.MediaDescriptor);
+
+			/* Cluster 1: Reserved */
+			UpdateFAT12ClusterEntry(BlockBuffer, 1, 0xFFF);
+
+			/* Cluster 2 onwards: Cluster chain of FLASH.BIN */
+			UpdateFAT12ClusterChain(BlockBuffer, *FLASHFileStartCluster, FILE_CLUSTERS(FLASH_FILE_SIZE_BYTES));
+
+			/* Cluster 2+n onwards: Cluster chain of EEPROM.BIN */
+			UpdateFAT12ClusterChain(BlockBuffer, *EEPROMFileStartCluster, FILE_CLUSTERS(EEPROM_FILE_SIZE_BYTES));
+
+			break;
+
+		case DISK_BLOCK_RootFilesBlock:
+			memcpy(BlockBuffer, FirmwareFileEntries, sizeof(FirmwareFileEntries));
+
+			break;
+
+		default:
+			ReadWriteFLASHFileBlock(BlockNumber, BlockBuffer, true);
+			ReadWriteEEPROMFileBlock(BlockNumber, BlockBuffer, true);
+
+			break;
+	}
+
+	/* Write the entire read block Buffer to the host */
+	Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(BlockBuffer, sizeof(BlockBuffer), NULL);
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+}
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/VirtualFAT.h b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/VirtualFAT.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ea80eae4d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/VirtualFAT.h
@@ -0,0 +1,302 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _VIRTUALFAT_H_
+#define _VIRTUALFAT_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include "../BootloaderAPI.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Size of the virtual FLASH.BIN file in bytes. */
+		#define FLASH_FILE_SIZE_BYTES     (FLASHEND - (FLASHEND - BOOT_START_ADDR) - AUX_BOOT_SECTION_SIZE)
+
+		/** Size of the virtual EEPROM.BIN file in bytes. */
+		#define EEPROM_FILE_SIZE_BYTES    E2END
+
+		/** Number of sectors that comprise a single logical disk cluster. */
+		#define SECTOR_PER_CLUSTER        4
+
+		/** Size of a single logical sector on the disk. */
+		#define SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES         512
+
+		/** Size of a logical cluster on the disk, in bytes */
+		#define CLUSTER_SIZE_BYTES        (SECTOR_PER_CLUSTER * SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES)
+
+		/** Number of sectors required to store a given size in bytes.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in] size  Size of the data that needs to be stored
+		 *
+		 *  \return Number of sectors required to store the given data on the disk.
+		 */
+		#define FILE_SECTORS(size)        ((size / SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES)  + ((size % SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES)  ? 1 : 0))
+
+		/** Number of clusters required to store a given size in bytes.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in] size  Size of the data that needs to be stored
+		 *
+		 *  \return Number of clusters required to store the given data on the disk.
+		 */
+		#define FILE_CLUSTERS(size)       ((size / CLUSTER_SIZE_BYTES) + ((size % CLUSTER_SIZE_BYTES) ? 1 : 0))
+
+		/** Total number of logical sectors/blocks on the disk. */
+		#define LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS          (FILE_SECTORS(FLASH_FILE_SIZE_BYTES) + FILE_SECTORS(EEPROM_FILE_SIZE_BYTES) + 32)
+
+		/** Converts a given time in HH:MM:SS format to a FAT filesystem time.
+		 *
+		 *  \note The minimum seconds resolution of FAT is 2, thus odd seconds
+		 *        will be truncated to the previous integer multiple of 2 seconds.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in] hh  Hours (0-23)
+		 *  \param[in] mm  Minutes (0-59)
+		 *  \param[in] ss  Seconds (0-59)
+		 *
+		 *  \return Given time encoded as a FAT filesystem timestamp
+		 */
+		#define FAT_TIME(hh, mm, ss)      ((hh << 11) | (mm << 5) | (ss >> 1))
+
+		/** Converts a given date in DD/MM/YYYY format to a FAT filesystem date.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in] dd    Days in the month (1-31)
+		 *  \param[in] mm    Months in the year (1-12)
+		 *  \param[in] yyyy  Year (1980 - 2107)
+		 *
+		 *  \return Given date encoded as a FAT filesystem datestamp
+		 */
+		#define FAT_DATE(dd, mm, yyyy)    (((yyyy - 1980) << 9) | (mm << 5) | (dd << 0))
+
+		/** Bit-rotates a given 8-bit value once to the right.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in] x  Value to rotate right once
+		 *
+		 *  \return Bit-rotated input value, rotated once to the right.
+		 */
+		#define ROT8(x)                   ((((x) & 0xFE) >> 1) | (((x) & 1) ? 0x80 : 0x00))
+
+		/** Computes the LFN entry checksum of a MSDOS 8.3 format file entry,
+		 *  to associate a LFN entry with its short file entry.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in] n0  MSDOS Filename character 1
+		 *  \param[in] n1  MSDOS Filename character 2
+		 *  \param[in] n2  MSDOS Filename character 3
+		 *  \param[in] n3  MSDOS Filename character 4
+		 *  \param[in] n4  MSDOS Filename character 5
+		 *  \param[in] n5  MSDOS Filename character 6
+		 *  \param[in] n6  MSDOS Filename character 7
+		 *  \param[in] n7  MSDOS Filename character 8
+		 *  \param[in] e0  MSDOS Extension character 1
+		 *  \param[in] e1  MSDOS Extension character 2
+		 *  \param[in] e2  MSDOS Extension character 3
+		 *
+		 *  \return LFN checksum of the given MSDOS 8.3 filename.
+		 */
+		#define FAT_CHECKSUM(n0, n1, n2, n3, n4, n5, n6, n7, e0, e1, e2) \
+		   (uint8_t)(ROT8(ROT8(ROT8(ROT8(ROT8(ROT8(ROT8(ROT8(ROT8(ROT8(n0)+n1)+n2)+n3)+n4)+n5)+n6)+n7)+e0)+e1)+e2)
+
+		/** \name FAT Filesystem Flags */
+		//@{
+		/** FAT attribute flag to indicate a read-only file. */
+		#define FAT_FLAG_READONLY         (1 << 0)
+
+		/** FAT attribute flag to indicate a hidden file. */
+		#define FAT_FLAG_HIDDEN           (1 << 1)
+
+		/** FAT attribute flag to indicate a system file. */
+		#define FAT_FLAG_SYSTEM           (1 << 2)
+
+		/** FAT attribute flag to indicate a Volume name entry. */
+		#define FAT_FLAG_VOLUME_NAME      (1 << 3)
+
+		/** FAT attribute flag to indicate a directory entry. */
+		#define FAT_FLAG_DIRECTORY        (1 << 4)
+
+		/** FAT attribute flag to indicate a file ready for archiving. */
+		#define FAT_FLAG_ARCHIVE          (1 << 5)
+
+		/** FAT pseudo-attribute flag to indicate a Long File Name entry. */
+		#define FAT_FLAG_LONG_FILE_NAME   0x0F
+
+		/** Ordinal flag marker for FAT Long File Name entries to mark the last entry. */
+		#define FAT_ORDINAL_LAST_ENTRY    (1 << 6)
+		//@}
+
+	/* Enums: */
+		/** Enum for the Root FAT file entry indexes on the disk. This can be used
+		 *  to retrieve the current contents of a known directory entry.
+		 */
+		enum
+		{
+			/** Volume ID directory entry, giving the name of the virtual disk. */
+			DISK_FILE_ENTRY_VolumeID      = 0,
+			/** Long File Name FAT file entry of the virtual FLASH.BIN image file. */
+			DISK_FILE_ENTRY_FLASH_LFN     = 1,
+			/** Legacy MSDOS FAT file entry of the virtual FLASH.BIN image file. */
+			DISK_FILE_ENTRY_FLASH_MSDOS   = 2,
+			/** Long File Name FAT file entry of the virtual EEPROM.BIN image file. */
+			DISK_FILE_ENTRY_EEPROM_LFN    = 3,
+			/** Legacy MSDOS FAT file entry of the virtual EEPROM.BIN image file. */
+			DISK_FILE_ENTRY_EEPROM_MSDOS  = 4,
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the physical disk blocks of the virtual disk. */
+		enum
+		{
+			/** Boot sector disk block. */
+			DISK_BLOCK_BootBlock          = 0,
+			/** First copy of the FAT table block. */
+			DISK_BLOCK_FATBlock1          = 1,
+			/** Second copy of the FAT table block. */
+			DISK_BLOCK_FATBlock2          = 2,
+			/** Root file and directory entries block. */
+			DISK_BLOCK_RootFilesBlock     = 3,
+			/** Start block of the disk data section. */
+			DISK_BLOCK_DataStartBlock     = 4,
+		};
+
+	/* Type Definitions: */
+		/** FAT boot block structure definition, used to identify the core
+		 *  parameters of a FAT file system stored on a disk.
+		 *
+		 *  \note This definition is truncated to save space; the magic signature
+		 *        \c 0xAA55 must be appended to the very end of the block for it
+		 *        to be detected by the host as a valid boot block.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint8_t  Bootstrap[3];
+			uint8_t  Description[8];
+			uint16_t SectorSize;
+			uint8_t  SectorsPerCluster;
+			uint16_t ReservedSectors;
+			uint8_t  FATCopies;
+			uint16_t RootDirectoryEntries;
+			uint16_t TotalSectors16;
+			uint8_t  MediaDescriptor;
+			uint16_t SectorsPerFAT;
+			uint16_t SectorsPerTrack;
+			uint16_t Heads;
+			uint32_t HiddenSectors;
+			uint32_t TotalSectors32;
+			uint16_t PhysicalDriveNum;
+			uint8_t  ExtendedBootRecordSig;
+			uint32_t VolumeSerialNumber;
+			uint8_t  VolumeLabel[11];
+			uint8_t  FilesystemIdentifier[8];
+			/* uint8_t  BootstrapProgram[448]; */
+			/* uint16_t MagicSignature; */
+		} FATBootBlock_t;
+
+		/** FAT directory entry structure, for the various kinds of File and
+		 *  directory descriptors on a FAT disk.
+		 */
+		typedef union
+		{
+			/** VFAT Long File Name file entry. */
+			struct
+			{
+				uint8_t  Ordinal;
+				uint16_t Unicode1;
+				uint16_t Unicode2;
+				uint16_t Unicode3;
+				uint16_t Unicode4;
+				uint16_t Unicode5;
+				uint8_t  Attribute;
+				uint8_t  Reserved1;
+				uint8_t  Checksum;
+				uint16_t Unicode6;
+				uint16_t Unicode7;
+				uint16_t Unicode8;
+				uint16_t Unicode9;
+				uint16_t Unicode10;
+				uint16_t Unicode11;
+				uint16_t Reserved2;
+				uint16_t Unicode12;
+				uint16_t Unicode13;
+			} VFAT_LongFileName;
+
+			/** Legacy FAT MSDOS 8.3 file entry. */
+			struct
+			{
+				uint8_t  Filename[8];
+				uint8_t  Extension[3];
+				uint8_t  Attributes;
+				uint8_t  Reserved[10];
+				uint16_t CreationTime;
+				uint16_t CreationDate;
+				uint16_t StartingCluster;
+				uint32_t FileSizeBytes;
+			} MSDOS_File;
+
+			/** Legacy FAT MSDOS (sub-)directory entry. */
+			struct
+			{
+				uint8_t  Name[11];
+				uint8_t  Attributes;
+				uint8_t  Reserved[10];
+				uint16_t CreationTime;
+				uint16_t CreationDate;
+				uint16_t StartingCluster;
+				uint32_t Reserved2;
+			} MSDOS_Directory;
+		} FATDirectoryEntry_t;
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_VIRTUAL_FAT_C)
+			static uint8_t ReadEEPROMByte(const uint8_t* const Address) ATTR_NO_INLINE;
+
+			static void WriteEEPROMByte(uint8_t* const Address,
+			                            const uint8_t Data) ATTR_NO_INLINE;
+
+			static void UpdateFAT12ClusterEntry(uint8_t* const FATTable,
+			                                    const uint16_t Index,
+			                                    const uint16_t ChainEntry) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+
+			static void UpdateFAT12ClusterChain(uint8_t* const FATTable,
+			                                    const uint16_t StartIndex,
+			                                    const uint8_t ChainLength) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+
+			static void ReadWriteFLASHFileBlock(const uint16_t BlockNumber,
+			                                    uint8_t* BlockBuffer,
+			                                    const bool Read) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+
+			static void ReadWriteEEPROMFileBlock(const uint16_t BlockNumber,
+			                                     uint8_t* BlockBuffer,
+			                                     const bool Read) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+		#endif
+
+		void VirtualFAT_WriteBlock(const uint16_t BlockNumber) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+		void VirtualFAT_ReadBlock(const uint16_t BlockNumber) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/asf.xml
index 700ffa26ff..700ffa26ff 100644
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/asf.xml
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/asf.xml
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..795c6e81ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2396 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Mass Storage Class Bootloader"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM \
+                         ATTR_NO_INIT
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/makefile b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f3948e754f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/MassStorage/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = BootloaderMassStorage
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c BootloaderAPI.c BootloaderAPITable.S Lib/SCSI.c Lib/VirtualFAT.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/ -DBOOT_START_ADDR=$(BOOT_START_OFFSET)
+LD_FLAGS     = -Wl,--section-start=.text=$(BOOT_START_OFFSET) $(BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS)
+
+# Flash size and bootloader section sizes of the target, in KB. These must
+# match the target's total FLASH size and the bootloader size set in the
+# device's fuses.
+FLASH_SIZE_KB         = 128
+BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB  = 8
+
+# Bootloader address calculation formulas
+# Do not modify these macros, but rather modify the dependent values above.
+CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX   = $(shell printf "0x%X" $$(( $(1) )) )
+BOOT_START_OFFSET     = $(call CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX, ($(FLASH_SIZE_KB) - $(BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB)) * 1024 )
+BOOT_SEC_OFFSET       = $(call CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX, ($(FLASH_SIZE_KB) * 1024) - ($(strip $(1))) )
+
+# Bootloader linker section flags for relocating the API table sections to
+# known FLASH addresses - these should not normally be user-edited.
+BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG  = -Wl,--section-start=$(strip $(1))=$(call BOOT_SEC_OFFSET, $(3)) -Wl,--undefined=$(strip $(2))
+BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS     = $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_trampolines, BootloaderAPI_Trampolines, 96)
+BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS    += $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_jumptable,   BootloaderAPI_JumpTable,   32)
+BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS    += $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_signatures,  BootloaderAPI_Signatures,  8)
+
+# Check if the bootloader needs an AUX section, located before the real bootloader section to store some of the
+# bootloader code. This is required for 32KB and smaller devices, where the actual bootloader is 6KB but the maximum
+# bootloader section size is 4KB. The actual usable application space will be reduced by 6KB for these devices.
+ifeq ($(BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB),8)
+  CC_FLAGS           += -DAUX_BOOT_SECTION_SIZE=0
+else
+  AUX_BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB = (6 - $(BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB))
+
+  CC_FLAGS           += -DAUX_BOOT_SECTION_SIZE='($(AUX_BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB) * 1024)'
+  LD_FLAGS           += -Wl,--section-start=.boot_aux=$(call BOOT_SEC_OFFSET, (($(BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB) + $(AUX_BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB)) * 1024 - 16))
+  LD_FLAGS           += $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .boot_aux_trampoline, Boot_AUX_Trampoline, ($(BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB) + $(AUX_BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB)) * 1024)
+endif
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderAPI.c b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderAPI.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2be1568082
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderAPI.c
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Bootloader user application API functions.
+ */
+
+#include "BootloaderAPI.h"
+
+void BootloaderAPI_ErasePage(const uint32_t Address)
+{
+	boot_page_erase_safe(Address);
+	boot_spm_busy_wait();
+	boot_rww_enable();
+}
+
+void BootloaderAPI_WritePage(const uint32_t Address)
+{
+	boot_page_write_safe(Address);
+	boot_spm_busy_wait();
+	boot_rww_enable();
+}
+
+void BootloaderAPI_FillWord(const uint32_t Address, const uint16_t Word)
+{
+	boot_page_fill_safe(Address, Word);
+}
+
+uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature(const uint16_t Address)
+{
+	return boot_signature_byte_get(Address);
+}
+
+uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse(const uint16_t Address)
+{
+	return boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(Address);
+}
+
+uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadLock(void)
+{
+	return boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(GET_LOCK_BITS);
+}
+
+void BootloaderAPI_WriteLock(const uint8_t LockBits)
+{
+	boot_lock_bits_set_safe(LockBits);
+}
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderAPI.h b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderAPI.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c2d9b4a188
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderAPI.h
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for BootloaderAPI.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _BOOTLOADER_API_H_
+#define _BOOTLOADER_API_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/boot.h>
+		#include <stdbool.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void    BootloaderAPI_ErasePage(const uint32_t Address);
+		void    BootloaderAPI_WritePage(const uint32_t Address);
+		void    BootloaderAPI_FillWord(const uint32_t Address, const uint16_t Word);
+		uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature(const uint16_t Address);
+		uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse(const uint16_t Address);
+		uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadLock(void);
+		void    BootloaderAPI_WriteLock(const uint8_t LockBits);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderAPITable.S b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderAPITable.S
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d8358c31ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderAPITable.S
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+; Trampolines to actual API implementations if the target address is outside the
+; range of a rjmp instruction (can happen with large bootloader sections)
+.section .apitable_trampolines, "ax"
+.global BootloaderAPI_Trampolines
+BootloaderAPI_Trampolines:
+
+	BootloaderAPI_ErasePage_Trampoline:
+		jmp BootloaderAPI_ErasePage
+	BootloaderAPI_WritePage_Trampoline:
+		jmp BootloaderAPI_WritePage
+	BootloaderAPI_FillWord_Trampoline:
+		jmp BootloaderAPI_FillWord
+	BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature_Trampoline:
+		jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature
+	BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse_Trampoline:
+		jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse
+	BootloaderAPI_ReadLock_Trampoline:
+		jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadLock
+	BootloaderAPI_WriteLock_Trampoline:
+		jmp BootloaderAPI_WriteLock
+	BootloaderAPI_UNUSED1:
+		ret
+	BootloaderAPI_UNUSED2:
+		ret
+	BootloaderAPI_UNUSED3:
+		ret
+	BootloaderAPI_UNUSED4:
+		ret
+	BootloaderAPI_UNUSED5:
+		ret
+
+
+
+; API function jump table
+.section .apitable_jumptable, "ax"
+.global BootloaderAPI_JumpTable
+BootloaderAPI_JumpTable:
+
+	rjmp BootloaderAPI_ErasePage_Trampoline
+	rjmp BootloaderAPI_WritePage_Trampoline
+	rjmp BootloaderAPI_FillWord_Trampoline
+	rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature_Trampoline
+	rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse_Trampoline
+	rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadLock_Trampoline
+	rjmp BootloaderAPI_WriteLock_Trampoline
+	rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED1 ; UNUSED ENTRY 1
+	rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED2 ; UNUSED ENTRY 2
+	rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED3 ; UNUSED ENTRY 3
+	rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED4 ; UNUSED ENTRY 4
+	rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED5 ; UNUSED ENTRY 5
+
+
+
+; Bootloader table signatures and information
+.section .apitable_signatures, "ax"
+.global BootloaderAPI_Signatures
+BootloaderAPI_Signatures:
+
+	.long BOOT_START_ADDR ; Start address of the bootloader
+	.word 0xDF20 ; Signature for the Printer class bootloader
+	.word 0xDCFB ; Signature for a LUFA class bootloader
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderPrinter.c b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderPrinter.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9021f998f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderPrinter.c
@@ -0,0 +1,487 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the Printer class bootloader. This file contains the complete bootloader logic.
+ */
+
+#include "BootloaderPrinter.h"
+
+/** LUFA Printer Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ *  passed to all Printer Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ *  within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t TextOnly_Printer_Interface =
+	{
+		.Config =
+			{
+				.InterfaceNumber          = INTERFACE_ID_Printer,
+				.DataINEndpoint           =
+					{
+						.Address          = PRINTER_IN_EPADDR,
+						.Size             = PRINTER_IO_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks            = 1,
+					},
+				.DataOUTEndpoint =
+					{
+						.Address          = PRINTER_OUT_EPADDR,
+						.Size             = PRINTER_IO_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks            = 1,
+					},
+				.IEEE1284String =
+					"MFG:Generic;"
+					"MDL:Generic_/_Text_Only;"
+					"CMD:1284.4;"
+					"CLS:PRINTER",
+			},
+	};
+
+/** Intel HEX parser state machine state information, to track the contents of
+ *  a HEX file streamed in as a sequence of arbitrary bytes.
+ */
+struct
+{
+	/** Current HEX parser state machine state. */
+	uint8_t  ParserState;
+	/** Previously decoded numerical byte of data. */
+	uint8_t  PrevData;
+	/** Currently decoded numerical byte of data. */
+	uint8_t  Data;
+	/** Indicates if both bytes that correspond to a single decoded numerical
+	 *  byte of data (HEX encodes values in ASCII HEX, two characters per byte)
+	 *  have been read.
+	 */
+	bool     ReadMSB;
+	/** Intel HEX record type of the current Intel HEX record. */
+	uint8_t  RecordType;
+	/** Numerical bytes of data remaining to be read in the current record. */
+	uint8_t  DataRem;
+	/** Checksum of the current record received so far. */
+	uint8_t  Checksum;
+	/** Starting address of the last addressed FLASH page. */
+	uint32_t PageStartAddress;
+	/** Current 32-bit byte extended base address in FLASH being targeted. */
+	uint32_t CurrBaseAddress;
+	/** Current 32-bit byte address in FLASH being targeted. */
+	uint32_t CurrAddress;
+} HEXParser;
+
+/** Indicates if there is data waiting to be written to a physical page of
+ *  memory in FLASH.
+ */
+static bool PageDirty = false;
+
+/** Flag to indicate if the bootloader should be running, or should exit and allow the application code to run
+ *  via a soft reset. When cleared, the bootloader will abort, the USB interface will shut down and the application
+ *  started via a forced watchdog reset.
+ */
+static bool RunBootloader = true;
+
+/** Magic lock for forced application start. If the HWBE fuse is programmed and BOOTRST is unprogrammed, the bootloader
+ *  will start if the /HWB line of the AVR is held low and the system is reset. However, if the /HWB line is still held
+ *  low when the application attempts to start via a watchdog reset, the bootloader will re-start. If set to the value
+ *  \ref MAGIC_BOOT_KEY the special init function \ref Application_Jump_Check() will force the application to start.
+ */
+uint16_t MagicBootKey ATTR_NO_INIT;
+
+
+/** Special startup routine to check if the bootloader was started via a watchdog reset, and if the magic application
+ *  start key has been loaded into \ref MagicBootKey. If the bootloader started via the watchdog and the key is valid,
+ *  this will force the user application to start via a software jump.
+ */
+void Application_Jump_Check(void)
+{
+	bool JumpToApplication = false;
+
+	#if (BOARD == BOARD_LEONARDO)
+		/* Enable pull-up on the IO13 pin so we can use it to select the mode */
+		PORTC |= (1 << 7);
+		Delay_MS(10);
+
+		/* If IO13 is not jumpered to ground, start the user application instead */
+		JumpToApplication = ((PINC & (1 << 7)) != 0);
+
+		/* Disable pull-up after the check has completed */
+		PORTC &= ~(1 << 7);
+	#elif ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
+		/* Disable JTAG debugging */
+		JTAG_DISABLE();
+
+		/* Enable pull-up on the JTAG TCK pin so we can use it to select the mode */
+		PORTF |= (1 << 4);
+		Delay_MS(10);
+
+		/* If the TCK pin is not jumpered to ground, start the user application instead */
+		JumpToApplication = ((PINF & (1 << 4)) != 0);
+
+		/* Re-enable JTAG debugging */
+		JTAG_ENABLE();
+	#else
+		/* Check if the device's BOOTRST fuse is set */
+		if (boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(GET_HIGH_FUSE_BITS) & FUSE_BOOTRST)
+		{
+			/* If the reset source was not an external reset or the key is correct, clear it and jump to the application */
+			if (!(MCUSR & (1 << EXTRF)) || (MagicBootKey == MAGIC_BOOT_KEY))
+			  JumpToApplication = true;
+
+			/* Clear reset source */
+			MCUSR &= ~(1 << EXTRF);
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* If the reset source was the bootloader and the key is correct, clear it and jump to the application;
+			 * this can happen in the HWBE fuse is set, and the HBE pin is low during the watchdog reset */
+			if ((MCUSR & (1 << WDRF)) && (MagicBootKey == MAGIC_BOOT_KEY))
+				JumpToApplication = true;
+
+			/* Clear reset source */
+			MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+		}
+	#endif
+
+	/* Don't run the user application if the reset vector is blank (no app loaded) */
+	bool ApplicationValid = (pgm_read_word_near(0) != 0xFFFF);
+
+	/* If a request has been made to jump to the user application, honor it */
+	if (JumpToApplication && ApplicationValid)
+	{
+		/* Turn off the watchdog */
+		MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+		wdt_disable();
+
+		/* Clear the boot key and jump to the user application */
+		MagicBootKey = 0;
+
+		// cppcheck-suppress constStatement
+		((void (*)(void))0x0000)();
+	}
+}
+
+/**
+ * Converts a given input byte of data from an ASCII encoded HEX value to an integer value.
+ *
+ * \note Input HEX bytes are expected to be in uppercase only.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Byte  ASCII byte of data to convert
+ *
+ * \return Integer converted value of the input ASCII encoded HEX byte of data, or -1 if the
+ *         input is not valid ASCII encoded HEX.
+ */
+static int8_t HexToDecimal(const char Byte)
+{
+	if ((Byte >= 'A') && (Byte <= 'F'))
+	  return (10 + (Byte - 'A'));
+	else if ((Byte >= '0') && (Byte <= '9'))
+	  return (Byte - '0');
+
+	return -1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Flushes a partially written page of data to physical FLASH, if a page
+ * boundary has been crossed.
+ *
+ * \note If a page flush occurs the global HEX parser state is updated.
+ */
+static void FlushPageIfRequired(void)
+{
+	/* Abort if no data has been buffered for writing to the current page */
+	if (!PageDirty)
+	  return;
+
+	/* Flush the FLASH page to physical memory if we are crossing a page boundary */
+	uint32_t NewPageStartAddress = (HEXParser.CurrAddress & ~(SPM_PAGESIZE - 1));
+	if (HEXParser.PageStartAddress != NewPageStartAddress)
+	{
+		boot_page_write(HEXParser.PageStartAddress);
+		boot_spm_busy_wait();
+
+		HEXParser.PageStartAddress = NewPageStartAddress;
+
+		PageDirty = false;
+	}
+}
+
+/**
+ * Parses an input Intel HEX formatted stream one character at a time, loading
+ * the data contents into the device's internal FLASH memory.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ReadCharacter  Next input ASCII byte of data to parse
+ */
+static void ParseIntelHEXByte(const char ReadCharacter)
+{
+	/* Reset the line parser while waiting for a new line to start */
+	if ((HEXParser.ParserState == HEX_PARSE_STATE_WAIT_LINE) || (ReadCharacter == ':'))
+	{
+		HEXParser.Checksum     = 0;
+		HEXParser.CurrAddress  = HEXParser.CurrBaseAddress;
+		HEXParser.ReadMSB      = false;
+
+		/* ASCII ':' indicates the start of a new HEX record */
+		if (ReadCharacter == ':')
+		  HEXParser.ParserState = HEX_PARSE_STATE_BYTE_COUNT;
+
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* Only allow ASCII HEX encoded digits, ignore all other characters */
+	int8_t ReadCharacterDec = HexToDecimal(ReadCharacter);
+	if (ReadCharacterDec < 0)
+	  return;
+
+	/* Read and convert the next nibble of data from the current character */
+	HEXParser.Data    = (HEXParser.Data << 4) | ReadCharacterDec;
+	HEXParser.ReadMSB = !HEXParser.ReadMSB;
+
+	/* Only process further when a full byte (two nibbles) have been read */
+	if (HEXParser.ReadMSB)
+	  return;
+
+	/* Intel HEX checksum is for all fields except starting character and the
+	 * checksum itself
+	 */
+	if (HEXParser.ParserState != HEX_PARSE_STATE_CHECKSUM)
+	  HEXParser.Checksum += HEXParser.Data;
+
+	switch (HEXParser.ParserState)
+	{
+		case HEX_PARSE_STATE_BYTE_COUNT:
+			HEXParser.DataRem      = HEXParser.Data;
+			HEXParser.ParserState  = HEX_PARSE_STATE_ADDRESS_HIGH;
+			break;
+
+		case HEX_PARSE_STATE_ADDRESS_HIGH:
+			HEXParser.CurrAddress += ((uint16_t)HEXParser.Data << 8);
+			HEXParser.ParserState  = HEX_PARSE_STATE_ADDRESS_LOW;
+			break;
+
+		case HEX_PARSE_STATE_ADDRESS_LOW:
+			HEXParser.CurrAddress += HEXParser.Data;
+			HEXParser.ParserState  = HEX_PARSE_STATE_RECORD_TYPE;
+			break;
+
+		case HEX_PARSE_STATE_RECORD_TYPE:
+			HEXParser.RecordType   = HEXParser.Data;
+			HEXParser.ParserState  = (HEXParser.DataRem ? HEX_PARSE_STATE_READ_DATA : HEX_PARSE_STATE_CHECKSUM);
+			break;
+
+		case HEX_PARSE_STATE_READ_DATA:
+			/* Track the number of read data bytes in the record */
+			HEXParser.DataRem--;
+
+			/* Protect the bootloader against being written to */
+			if (HEXParser.CurrAddress >= BOOT_START_ADDR)
+			{
+				HEXParser.ParserState = HEX_PARSE_STATE_WAIT_LINE;
+				PageDirty = false;
+				return;
+			}
+
+			/* Wait for a machine word (two bytes) of data to be read */
+			if (HEXParser.DataRem & 0x01)
+			{
+				HEXParser.PrevData = HEXParser.Data;
+				break;
+			}
+
+			/* Convert the last two received data bytes into a 16-bit word */
+			uint16_t NewDataWord = ((uint16_t)HEXParser.Data << 8) | HEXParser.PrevData;
+
+			switch (HEXParser.RecordType)
+			{
+				case HEX_RECORD_TYPE_Data:
+					/* If we are writing to a new page, we need to erase it first */
+					if (!(PageDirty))
+					{
+						boot_page_erase(HEXParser.PageStartAddress);
+						boot_spm_busy_wait();
+
+						PageDirty = true;
+					}
+
+					/* Fill the FLASH memory buffer with the new word of data */
+					boot_page_fill(HEXParser.CurrAddress, NewDataWord);
+					HEXParser.CurrAddress += 2;
+
+					/* Flush the FLASH page to physical memory if we are crossing a page boundary */
+					FlushPageIfRequired();
+					break;
+
+				case HEX_RECORD_TYPE_ExtendedSegmentAddress:
+					/* Extended address data - store the upper 12-bits of the new address */
+					HEXParser.CurrBaseAddress = ((uint32_t)NewDataWord << 4);
+					break;
+
+				case HEX_RECORD_TYPE_ExtendedLinearAddress:
+					/* Extended address data - store the upper 16-bits of the new address */
+					HEXParser.CurrBaseAddress = ((uint32_t)NewDataWord << 16);
+					break;
+			}
+
+			if (!HEXParser.DataRem)
+			  HEXParser.ParserState = HEX_PARSE_STATE_CHECKSUM;
+			break;
+
+		case HEX_PARSE_STATE_CHECKSUM:
+			/* Verify checksum of the completed record */
+			if (HEXParser.Data != ((~HEXParser.Checksum + 1) & 0xFF))
+			  break;
+
+			/* Flush the FLASH page to physical memory if we are crossing a page boundary */
+			FlushPageIfRequired();
+
+			/* If end of the HEX file reached, the bootloader should exit at next opportunity */
+			if (HEXParser.RecordType == HEX_RECORD_TYPE_EndOfFile)
+			  RunBootloader = false;
+
+			break;
+
+		default:
+			HEXParser.ParserState = HEX_PARSE_STATE_WAIT_LINE;
+			break;
+	}
+}
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ *  enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	while (RunBootloader)
+	{
+		uint8_t BytesReceived = PRNT_Device_BytesReceived(&TextOnly_Printer_Interface);
+
+		if (BytesReceived)
+		{
+			LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+
+			while (BytesReceived--)
+			{
+				int16_t ReceivedByte = PRNT_Device_ReceiveByte(&TextOnly_Printer_Interface);
+
+				/* Feed the next byte of data to the HEX parser */
+				ParseIntelHEXByte(ReceivedByte);
+			}
+
+			LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+		}
+
+		PRNT_Device_USBTask(&TextOnly_Printer_Interface);
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+
+	/* Disconnect from the host - USB interface will be reset later along with the AVR */
+	USB_Detach();
+
+	/* Unlock the forced application start mode of the bootloader if it is restarted */
+	MagicBootKey = MAGIC_BOOT_KEY;
+
+	/* Enable the watchdog and force a timeout to reset the AVR */
+	wdt_enable(WDTO_250MS);
+
+	for (;;);
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+static void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+
+	/* Relocate the interrupt vector table to the bootloader section */
+	MCUCR = (1 << IVCE);
+	MCUCR = (1 << IVSEL);
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	LEDs_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+
+	/* Bootloader active LED toggle timer initialization */
+	TIMSK1 = (1 << TOIE1);
+	TCCR1B = ((1 << CS11) | (1 << CS10));
+}
+
+/** ISR to periodically toggle the LEDs on the board to indicate that the bootloader is active. */
+ISR(TIMER1_OVF_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+	LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+	/* Indicate USB enumerating */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
+ *  the status LEDs and stops the Printer management task.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+	/* Indicate USB not ready */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host set the current configuration
+ *  of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured and the Mass Storage management task started.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+	bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+	/* Setup Printer Data Endpoints */
+	ConfigSuccess &= PRNT_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&TextOnly_Printer_Interface);
+
+	/* Reset the HEX parser upon successful connection to a host */
+	HEXParser.ParserState = HEX_PARSE_STATE_WAIT_LINE;
+
+	/* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
+ *  the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
+ *  internally.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+	PRNT_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&TextOnly_Printer_Interface);
+}
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderPrinter.h b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderPrinter.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8bc1a68799
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderPrinter.h
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for BootloaderPrinter.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _BOOTLOADER_PRINTER_H_
+#define _BOOTLOADER_PRINTER_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+
+		#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__OPTIMIZE_SIZE__)
+			#error This bootloader requires that it be optimized for size, not speed, to fit into the target device. Change optimization settings and try again.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY       LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING   (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY         (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR         (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY           LEDS_LED2
+
+		/** Magic bootloader key to unlock forced application start mode. */
+		#define MAGIC_BOOT_KEY             0xDC42
+
+	/* Enums: */
+		/** Intel HEX parser state machine states. */
+		enum HEX_Parser_States_t
+		{
+			HEX_PARSE_STATE_WAIT_LINE,    /**< Parser is waiting for a HEX Start of Line character. */
+			HEX_PARSE_STATE_BYTE_COUNT,   /**< Parser is waiting for a record byte count. */
+			HEX_PARSE_STATE_ADDRESS_HIGH, /**< Parser is waiting for the MSB of a record address. */
+			HEX_PARSE_STATE_ADDRESS_LOW,  /**< Parser is waiting for the LSB of a record address. */
+			HEX_PARSE_STATE_RECORD_TYPE,  /**< Parser is waiting for the record type. */
+			HEX_PARSE_STATE_READ_DATA,    /**< Parser is waiting for more data in the current record. */
+			HEX_PARSE_STATE_CHECKSUM,     /**< Parser is waiting for the checksum of the current record. */
+		};
+
+		/** Intel HEX record types, used to indicate the type of record contained in a line of a HEX file. */
+		enum HEX_Record_Types_t
+		{
+			HEX_RECORD_TYPE_Data                   = 0, /**< Record contains loadable data. */
+			HEX_RECORD_TYPE_EndOfFile              = 1, /**< End of file record. */
+			HEX_RECORD_TYPE_ExtendedSegmentAddress = 2, /**< Extended segment start record. */
+			HEX_RECORD_TYPE_StartSegmentAddress    = 3, /**< Normal segment start record. */
+			HEX_RECORD_TYPE_ExtendedLinearAddress  = 4, /**< Extended linear address start record. */
+			HEX_RECORD_TYPE_StartLinearAddress     = 5, /**< Linear address start record. */
+		};
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		static void SetupHardware(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderPrinter.txt b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderPrinter.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d9aa79686f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderPrinter.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Printer Class USB AVR Bootloader
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *  \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ *  \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ *  \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Printer Class</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Printer Subclass</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF Printer Class Standard</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  This bootloader enumerates to the host as a Generic Text Only Printer device, capable of reading and parsing
+ *  "printed" plain-text Intel HEX files to load firmware onto the AVR.
+ *
+ *  Out of the box this bootloader builds for the AT90USB1287 with an 8KB bootloader section size, and will fit
+ *  into 4KB of bootloader space. If you wish to alter this size and/or change the AVR model, you will need to
+ *  edit the MCU, FLASH_SIZE_KB and BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB values in the accompanying makefile.
+ *
+ *  When the bootloader is running, the board's LED(s) will flash at regular intervals to distinguish the
+ *  bootloader from the normal user application.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Running Running the Bootloader
+ *
+ *  On the USB AVR8 devices, setting the \c HWBE device fuse will cause the bootloader to run if the \c HWB pin of
+ *  the AVR is grounded when the device is reset.
+ *
+ *  The are two behaviours of this bootloader, depending on the device's fuses:
+ *
+ *  <b>If the device's BOOTRST fuse is set</b>, the bootloader will run any time the system is reset from
+ *  the external reset pin, unless no valid user application has been loaded. To initiate the bootloader, the
+ *  device's external reset pin should be grounded momentarily.
+ *
+ *  <b>If the device's BOOTRST fuse is not set</b>, the bootloader will run only if initiated via a software
+ *  jump, or if the \c HWB pin was low during the last device reset (if the \c HWBE fuse is set).
+ *
+ *  For board specific exceptions to the above, see below.
+ *
+ *  \subsection SSec_XPLAIN Atmel Xplain Board
+ *  Ground the USB AVR JTAG's \c TCK pin to ground when powering on the board to start the bootloader. This assumes the
+ *  \c HWBE fuse is cleared and the \c BOOTRST fuse is set as the HWBE pin is not user accessible on this board.
+ *
+ *  \subsection SSec_Leonardo Arduino Leonardo Board
+ *  Ground \c IO13 when powering the board to start the bootloader. This assumes the \c HWBE fuse is cleared and the
+ *  \c BOOTRST fuse is set as the HWBE pin is not user accessible on this board.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Installation Driver Installation
+ *
+ *  This bootloader uses the Generic Text-Only printer drivers inbuilt into all modern operating systems, thus no
+ *  additional drivers need to be supplied for correct operation.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_HostApp Host Controller Application
+ *
+ *  This bootloader is compatible with Notepad under Windows, and the command line \c lpr utility under Linux.
+ *
+ *  \subsection SSec_Notepad Notepad (Windows)
+ *
+ *  While most text applications under Windows will be compatible with the bootloader, the inbuilt Notepad utility
+ *  is recommended as it will introduce minimal formatting changes to the output stream. To program with Notepad,
+ *  open the target HEX file and print it to the Generic Text Only printer device the bootloader creates.
+ *
+ *  \subsection SSec_LPR LPR (Linux)
+ *
+ *  While the CUPS framework under Linux will enumerate the bootloader as a Generic Text-Only printer, many
+ *  applications will refuse to print to the device due to the lack of rich formatting options available. As a result,
+ *  under Linux HEX files must be printed via the low level \c lpr utility instead.
+ *
+ *  \code
+ *  cat Mouse.hex | lpr
+ *  \endcode
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_API User Application API
+ *
+ *  Several user application functions for FLASH and other special memory area manipulations are exposed by the bootloader,
+ *  allowing the user application to call into the bootloader at runtime to read and write FLASH data.
+ *
+ *  By default, the bootloader API jump table is located 32 bytes from the end of the device's FLASH memory, and follows the
+ *  following layout:
+ *
+ *  \code
+ *  #define BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE          32
+ *  #define BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START         ((FLASHEND + 1UL) - BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE)
+ *  #define BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(Index)         (void*)((BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (Index * 2)) / 2)
+ *
+ *  void    (*BootloaderAPI_ErasePage)(uint32_t Address)               = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(0);
+ *  void    (*BootloaderAPI_WritePage)(uint32_t Address)               = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(1);
+ *  void    (*BootloaderAPI_FillWord)(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Word) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(2);
+ *  uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature)(uint16_t Address)           = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(3);
+ *  uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse)(uint16_t Address)                = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(4);
+ *  uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadLock)(void)                            = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(5);
+ *  void    (*BootloaderAPI_WriteLock)(uint8_t LockBits)               = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(6);
+ *
+ *  #define BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE_START   (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 2))
+ *  #define BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE         0xDCFB
+ *
+ *  #define BOOTLOADER_CLASS_SIGNATURE_START   (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 4))
+ *  #define BOOTLOADER_PRINTER_SIGNATURE       0xDF20
+ *
+ *  #define BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_START           (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 8))
+ *  #define BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_LENGTH          4
+ *  \endcode
+ *
+ *  From the application the API support of the bootloader can be detected by reading the FLASH memory bytes located at address
+ *  \c BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE_START and comparing them to the value \c BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE. The class of bootloader
+ *  can be determined by reading the FLASH memory bytes located at address \c BOOTLOADER_CLASS_SIGNATURE_START and comparing them
+ *  to the value \c BOOTLOADER_PRINTER_SIGNATURE. The start address of the bootloader can be retrieved by reading the bytes of FLASH
+ *  memory starting from address \c BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_START.
+ *
+ *  \subsection SSec_API_MemLayout Device Memory Map
+ *  The following illustration indicates the final memory map of the device when loaded with the bootloader.
+ *
+ *  \verbatim
+ *  +----------------------------+ 0x0000
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |      User Application      |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - BOOT_SECTION_SIZE
+ *  |                            |
+ *  |   Bootloader Application   |
+ *  | (Not User App. Accessible) |
+ *  |                            |
+ *  +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 96
+ *  |   API Table Trampolines    |
+ *  | (Not User App. Accessible) |
+ *  +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 32
+ *  |    Bootloader API Table    |
+ *  |   (User App. Accessible)   |
+ *  +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 8
+ *  |   Bootloader ID Constants  |
+ *  |   (User App. Accessible)   |
+ *  +----------------------------+ FLASHEND
+ *  \endverbatim
+ *
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_KnownIssues Known Issues:
+ *
+ *  \par On Linux machines, new firmware fails to be sent to the device via CUPS.
+ *  Only a limited subset of normal printer functionality is exposed via the
+ *  bootloader, causing CUPS to reject print requests from applications that
+ *  are unable to handle true plain-text printing. For best results, the low
+ *  level \c lpr command should be used to print new firmware to the bootloader.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>
+ *     None
+ *    </td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5aa0e765bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            0
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..99625d605a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ *  the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, describes the overall
+ *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ *  process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+	.Class                  = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+	.SubClass               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+	.Protocol               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+	.Endpoint0Size          = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+	.VendorID               = 0x03EB,
+	.ProductID              = 0x206B,
+	.ReleaseNumber          = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+	.ProductStrIndex        = STRING_ID_Product,
+	.SerialNumStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+	.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, describes the usage
+ *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+	.Config =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+			.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+			.TotalInterfaces        = 1,
+
+			.ConfigurationNumber    = 1,
+			.ConfigurationStrIndex  = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+			.ConfigAttributes       = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED,
+
+			.MaxPowerConsumption    = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+		},
+
+	.Printer_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_Printer,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 2,
+
+			.Class                  = PRNT_CSCP_PrinterClass,
+			.SubClass               = PRNT_CSCP_PrinterSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = PRNT_CSCP_BidirectionalProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.Printer_DataInEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = PRINTER_IN_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = PRINTER_IO_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		},
+
+	.Printer_DataOutEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = PRINTER_OUT_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = PRINTER_IO_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		}
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, is returned when the host requests
+ *  the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ *  via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ *  form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ *  and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Printer Bootloader");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ *  USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8);
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+	const void* Address = NULL;
+	uint16_t    Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+	switch (DescriptorType)
+	{
+		case DTYPE_Device:
+			Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_Configuration:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_String:
+			switch (DescriptorNumber)
+			{
+				case STRING_ID_Language:
+					Address = &LanguageString;
+					Size    = LanguageString.Header.Size;
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+					Address = &ManufacturerString;
+					Size    = ManufacturerString.Header.Size;
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Product:
+					Address = &ProductString;
+					Size    = ProductString.Header.Size;
+					break;
+			}
+
+			break;
+	}
+
+	*DescriptorAddress = Address;
+	return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..adb0dddb64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Endpoint address of the Printer device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+		#define PRINTER_IN_EPADDR         (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 3)
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the Printer host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+		#define PRINTER_OUT_EPADDR        (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4)
+
+		/** Size in bytes of the Printer data endpoints. */
+		#define PRINTER_IO_EPSIZE         64
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+			// Printer Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t            Printer_Interface;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             Printer_DataInEndpoint;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             Printer_DataOutEndpoint;
+		} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+		/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor
+		 *  should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+		 *  interface from other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+		{
+			INTERFACE_ID_Printer = 0, /**< Printer interface descriptor ID */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+		 *  have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+		 *  other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum StringDescriptors_t
+		{
+			STRING_ID_Language     = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+			STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+			STRING_ID_Product      = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+		};
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+		                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+		                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+		                                    ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/asf.xml
index b5c0c6b3a5..b5c0c6b3a5 100644
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/asf.xml
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/asf.xml
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0f96bb9b73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2396 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Printer Class Bootloader"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM \
+                         ATTR_NO_INIT
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/makefile b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1de35bba02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/Printer/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = BootloaderPrinter
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c BootloaderAPI.c BootloaderAPITable.S $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/ -DBOOT_START_ADDR=$(BOOT_START_OFFSET)
+LD_FLAGS     = -Wl,--section-start=.text=$(BOOT_START_OFFSET) $(BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS)
+
+# Flash size and bootloader section sizes of the target, in KB. These must
+# match the target's total FLASH size and the bootloader size set in the
+# device's fuses.
+FLASH_SIZE_KB         = 128
+BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB  = 8
+
+# Bootloader address calculation formulas
+# Do not modify these macros, but rather modify the dependent values above.
+CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX   = $(shell printf "0x%X" $$(( $(1) )) )
+BOOT_START_OFFSET     = $(call CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX, ($(FLASH_SIZE_KB) - $(BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB)) * 1024 )
+BOOT_SEC_OFFSET       = $(call CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX, ($(FLASH_SIZE_KB) * 1024) - ($(strip $(1))) )
+
+# Bootloader linker section flags for relocating the API table sections to
+# known FLASH addresses - these should not normally be user-edited.
+BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG  = -Wl,--section-start=$(strip $(1))=$(call BOOT_SEC_OFFSET, $(3)) -Wl,--undefined=$(strip $(2))
+BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS     = $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_trampolines, BootloaderAPI_Trampolines, 96)
+BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS    += $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_jumptable,   BootloaderAPI_JumpTable,   32)
+BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS    += $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_signatures,  BootloaderAPI_Signatures,  8)
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/makefile b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e030ad44ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Bootloaders/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+# Makefile to build all the LUFA USB Bootloaders. Call with "make all" to
+# rebuild all bootloaders.
+
+# Bootloaders are pre-cleaned before each one is built, to ensure any
+# custom LUFA library build options are reflected in the compiled
+# code.
+
+PROJECT_DIRECTORIES := $(shell ls -d */)
+
+# This makefile is potentially infinitely recursive if something really bad
+# happens when determining the set of project directories - hard-abort if
+# more than 10 levels deep to avoid angry emails.
+ifeq ($(MAKELEVEL), 10)
+   $(error EMERGENCY ABORT: INFINITE RECURSION DETECTED)
+endif
+
+# Need to special-case building without a per-project object directory
+ifeq ($(OBJDIR),)
+   # If no target specified, force "clean all" and disallow parallel build
+   ifeq ($(MAKECMDGOALS),)
+      MAKECMDGOALS := clean all
+      .NOTPARALLEL:
+   endif
+
+   # If one of the targets is to build, force "clean" beforehand and disallow parallel build
+   ifneq ($(findstring all, $(MAKECMDGOALS)),)
+      MAKECMDGOALS := clean $(MAKECMDGOALS)
+      .NOTPARALLEL:
+   endif
+endif
+
+%: $(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES)
+	@echo . > /dev/null
+
+$(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES):
+	@$(MAKE) -C $@ $(MAKECMDGOALS)
+
+.PHONY: $(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES)
diff --git a/lib/lufa/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/Board.h b/lib/lufa/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..33b65fe4cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Custom Board Hardware Information Driver (Template)
+ *
+ *  This is a stub driver header file, for implementing custom board
+ *  layout hardware with compatible LUFA board specific drivers. If
+ *  the library is configured to use the BOARD_USER board mode, this
+ *  driver file should be completed and copied into the "/Board/" folder
+ *  inside the application's folder.
+ *
+ *  This stub is for the board-specific component of the LUFA Board Hardware
+ *  information driver.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_USER_H__
+#define __BOARD_USER_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		// TODO: Add any required includes here
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Indicates the board has a hardware Buttons mounted if defined. */
+//			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+			/** Indicates the board has a hardware Dataflash mounted if defined. */
+//			#define BOARD_HAS_DATAFLASH
+
+			/** Indicates the board has a hardware Joystick mounted if defined. */
+//			#define BOARD_HAS_JOYSTICK
+
+			/** Indicates the board has a hardware LEDs mounted if defined. */
+//			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/Buttons.h b/lib/lufa/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c1a23ef087
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Custom Board Button Hardware Driver (Template)
+ *
+ *  This is a stub driver header file, for implementing custom board
+ *  layout hardware with compatible LUFA board specific drivers. If
+ *  the library is configured to use the BOARD_USER board mode, this
+ *  driver file should be completed and copied into the "/Board/" folder
+ *  inside the application's folder.
+ *
+ *  This stub is for the board-specific component of the LUFA Buttons driver,
+ *  for the control of physical board-mounted GPIO pushbuttons.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_USER_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_USER_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		// TODO: Add any required includes here
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+		#define BOARD_DUMMY_BUTTONS_IMPLEMENTATION
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1          (1 << 0)
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+			{
+
+			}
+
+			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+			{
+
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+			{
+				return 0;
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/Dataflash.h b/lib/lufa/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/Dataflash.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..86726a2923
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/Dataflash.h
@@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Custom Board Dataflash Hardware Driver (Template)
+ *
+ *  This is a stub driver header file, for implementing custom board
+ *  layout hardware with compatible LUFA board specific drivers. If
+ *  the library is configured to use the BOARD_USER board mode, this
+ *  driver file should be completed and copied into the "/Board/" folder
+ *  inside the application's folder.
+ *
+ *  This stub is for the board-specific component of the LUFA Dataflash
+ *  driver.
+*/
+
+#ifndef __DATAFLASH_USER_H__
+#define __DATAFLASH_USER_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		// TODO: Add any required includes here
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+		#define BOARD_DUMMY_DATAFLASH_IMPLEMENTATION
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Macros: */
+			#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK                0
+			#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR                 0
+			#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT                0
+	#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Constant indicating the total number of dataflash ICs mounted on the selected board. */
+			#define DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS                 1
+
+			/** Mask for no dataflash chip selected. */
+			#define DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP                    0
+
+			/** Mask for the first dataflash chip selected. */
+			#define DATAFLASH_CHIP1                      0
+
+			/** Mask for the second dataflash chip selected. */
+			#define DATAFLASH_CHIP2                      0
+
+			/** Internal main memory page size for the board's dataflash ICs. */
+			#define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE                  0
+
+			/** Total number of pages inside each of the board's dataflash ICs. */
+			#define DATAFLASH_PAGES                      0
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			/** Initializes the dataflash driver so that commands and data may be sent to an attached dataflash IC.
+			 *  The microcontroller's SPI driver MUST be initialized before any of the dataflash commands are used.
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_Init(void)
+			{
+
+			}
+
+			/** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns a byte from the dataflash.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Byte  Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+			 *
+			 *  \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+			{
+				return 0;
+			}
+
+			/** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and ignores the next byte from the dataflash.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Byte  Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+			{
+
+			}
+
+			/** Sends a dummy byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns the next byte from the dataflash.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void)
+			{
+				return 0;
+			}
+
+			/** Determines the currently selected dataflash chip.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Mask of the currently selected Dataflash chip, either \ref DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP if no chip is selected
+			 *          or a DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is the chip number).
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void)
+			{
+				return 0;
+			}
+
+			/** Selects the given dataflash chip.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in]  ChipMask  Mask of the Dataflash IC to select, in the form of a \c DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is
+			 *              the chip number).
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask)
+			{
+
+			}
+
+			/** Deselects the current dataflash chip, so that no dataflash is selected. */
+			static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void)
+			{
+
+			}
+
+			/** Selects a dataflash IC from the given page number, which should range from 0 to
+			 *  ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1). For boards containing only one
+			 *  dataflash IC, this will select DATAFLASH_CHIP1. If the given page number is outside
+			 *  the total number of pages contained in the boards dataflash ICs, all dataflash ICs
+			 *  are deselected.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] PageAddress  Address of the page to manipulate, ranging from
+			 *                          0 to ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1).
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress)
+			{
+
+			}
+
+			/** Toggles the select line of the currently selected dataflash IC, so that it is ready to receive
+			 *  a new command.
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void)
+			{
+
+			}
+
+			/** Spin-loops while the currently selected dataflash is busy executing a command, such as a main
+			 *  memory page program or main memory to buffer transfer.
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void)
+			{
+
+			}
+
+			/** Sends a set of page and buffer address bytes to the currently selected dataflash IC, for use with
+			 *  dataflash commands which require a complete 24-bit address.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] PageAddress  Page address within the selected dataflash IC
+			 *  \param[in] BufferByte   Address within the dataflash's buffer
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress, const uint16_t BufferByte)
+			{
+
+			}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/Joystick.h b/lib/lufa/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/Joystick.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..86a7d7681d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/Joystick.h
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Custom Board Joystick Hardware Driver (Template)
+ *
+ *  This is a stub driver header file, for implementing custom board
+ *  layout hardware with compatible LUFA board specific drivers. If
+ *  the library is configured to use the BOARD_USER board mode, this
+ *  driver file should be completed and copied into the "/Board/" folder
+ *  inside the application's folder.
+ *
+ *  This stub is for the board-specific component of the LUFA Joystick
+ *  driver, for a digital four-way (plus button) joystick.
+*/
+
+#ifndef __JOYSTICK_USER_H__
+#define __JOYSTICK_USER_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		// TODO: Add any required includes here
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+		#define BOARD_DUMMY_JOYSTICK_IMPLEMENTATION
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the left direction. */
+			#define JOY_LEFT                  0
+
+			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the right direction. */
+			#define JOY_RIGHT                 0
+
+			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the upward direction. */
+			#define JOY_UP                    0
+
+			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the downward direction. */
+			#define JOY_DOWN                  0
+
+			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed inward. */
+			#define JOY_PRESS                 0
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void Joystick_Init(void)
+			{
+
+			}
+
+			static inline void Joystick_Disable(void)
+			{
+
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void)
+			{
+				return 0;
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/LEDs.h b/lib/lufa/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..548d24232c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Custom Board LED Hardware Driver (Template)
+ *
+ *  This is a stub driver header file, for implementing custom board
+ *  layout hardware with compatible LUFA board specific drivers. If
+ *  the library is configured to use the BOARD_USER board mode, this
+ *  driver file should be completed and copied into the "/Board/" folder
+ *  inside the application's folder.
+ *
+ *  This stub is for the board-specific component of the LUFA LEDs driver,
+ *  for the LEDs (up to four) mounted on most development boards.
+*/
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_USER_H__
+#define __LEDS_USER_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		// TODO: Add any required includes here
+
+/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+		#define BOARD_DUMMY_LEDS_IMPLEMENTATION
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 0)
+
+			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED2        (1 << 1)
+
+			/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED3        (1 << 2)
+
+			/** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED4        (1 << 3)
+
+			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+			{
+
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+			{
+
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask, const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+			{
+
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+			{
+				return 0;
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/BoardDeviceMap.cfg b/lib/lufa/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/BoardDeviceMap.cfg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c12050941d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/BoardDeviceMap.cfg
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+#
+# =============================================================================
+# Board configuration map script, processed with the "BoardDriverTest"
+# makefile. This script file maps the possible LUFA target BOARD makefile
+# values in user projects to a specific architecture and device. This mapping is
+# then used by the makefile to build all possible drivers for that board, to
+# detect any missing or erroneous functions. To add a new board mapping, use
+# the syntax:
+#
+#    BOARD DEFINE = {ARCH} : {MCU} :
+#
+# And re-run the makefile. Note that each board may have only one target.
+# =============================================================================
+#
+#
+# ----------------- AVR8 Boards ------------------
+BOARD_ADAFRUITU4        = AVR8  : atmega32u4     :
+BOARD_ATAVRUSBRF01      = AVR8  : at90usb1287    :
+BOARD_BENITO            = AVR8  : at90usb162     :
+BOARD_BIGMULTIO         = AVR8  : atmega32u4     :
+BOARD_BLACKCAT          = AVR8  : at90usb162     :
+BOARD_BUI               = AVR8  : at90usb646     :
+BOARD_BUMBLEB           = AVR8  : at90usb162     :
+BOARD_CULV3             = AVR8  : atmega32u4     :
+BOARD_DUCE              = AVR8  : atmega32u2     :
+BOARD_EVK527            = AVR8  : atmega32u4     :
+BOARD_JMDBU2            = AVR8  : atmega32u2     :
+BOARD_LEONARDO          = AVR8  : atmega32u4     :
+BOARD_MAXIMUS           = AVR8  : at90usb162     :
+BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 = AVR8  : atmega32u2     :
+BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_A    = AVR8  : at90usb1287    :
+BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_1    = AVR8  : at90usb162     :
+BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_2    = AVR8  : atmega32u4     :
+BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_3    = AVR8  : at90usb1287    :
+BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_4    = AVR8  : at90usb1287    :
+BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_DIP  = AVR8  : at90usb1287    :
+BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV1 = AVR8  : at90usb1287    :
+BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV2 = AVR8  : at90usb1287    :
+BOARD_MICROSIN162       = AVR8  : atmega162      :
+BOARD_MINIMUS           = AVR8  : atmega32u2     :
+BOARD_MULTIO            = AVR8  : at90usb162     :
+BOARD_NONE              = AVR8  : at90usb1287    :
+BOARD_OLIMEX162         = AVR8  : at90usb162     :
+BOARD_OLIMEX32U4        = AVR8  : atmega32u4     :
+BOARD_OLIMEXT32U4       = AVR8  : atmega32u4     :
+BOARD_OLIMEXISPMK2      = AVR8  : at90usb162     :
+BOARD_RZUSBSTICK        = AVR8  : at90usb1287    :
+BOARD_SPARKFUN8U2       = AVR8  : atmega8u2      :
+BOARD_STK525            = AVR8  : at90usb647     :
+BOARD_STK526            = AVR8  : at90usb162     :
+BOARD_TEENSY            = AVR8  : at90usb162     :
+BOARD_TEENSY2           = AVR8  : at90usb646     :
+BOARD_TUL               = AVR8  : atmega32u4     :
+BOARD_UDIP              = AVR8  : atmega32u2     :
+BOARD_UNO               = AVR8  : atmega8u2      :
+BOARD_USB2AX            = AVR8  : atmega32u2     :
+BOARD_USB2AX_V3         = AVR8  : atmega32u2     :
+BOARD_USB2AX_V31        = AVR8  : atmega32u2     :
+BOARD_USBFOO            = AVR8  : atmega162      :
+BOARD_USBKEY            = AVR8  : at90usb1287    :
+BOARD_USBTINYMKII       = AVR8  : at90usb162     :
+BOARD_USER              = AVR8  : at90usb1287    :
+BOARD_XPLAIN            = AVR8  : at90usb1287    :
+BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1       = AVR8  : at90usb1287    :
+BOARD_STANGE_ISP        = AVR8  : at90usb162     :
+BOARD_U2S               = AVR8  : atmega32u2     :
+BOARD_YUN               = AVR8  : atmega32u4     :
+BOARD_MICRO             = AVR8  : atmega32u4     :
+BOARD_POLOLUMICRO       = AVR8  : atmega32u4     :
+BOARD_XPLAINED_MINI     = AVR8  : atmega32u4     :
+#
+# ----------------- XMEGA Boards -----------------
+BOARD_A3BU_XPLAINED     = XMEGA : atxmega256a3bu :
+BOARD_B1_XPLAINED       = XMEGA : atxmega128b1   :
+BOARD_C3_XPLAINED       = XMEGA : atxmega384c3   :
+#
+# ------------------ UC3 Boards ------------------
+BOARD_EVK1100           = UC3   : uc3a0512       :
+BOARD_EVK1101           = UC3   : uc3b0256       :
+BOARD_EVK1104           = UC3   : uc3a3256       :
+BOARD_UC3A3_XPLAINED    = UC3   : uc3a3256       :
+#
diff --git a/lib/lufa/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Test.c b/lib/lufa/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Test.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8baa4460ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Test.c
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
+#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h>
+#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h>
+#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+
+#if defined(BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS) == defined(BOARD_DUMMY_BUTTONS_IMPLEMENTATION)
+	#error Mismatch between BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS and implementation.
+#endif
+
+#if defined(BOARD_HAS_DATAFLASH) == defined(BOARD_DUMMY_DATAFLASH_IMPLEMENTATION)
+	#error Mismatch between BOARD_HAS_DATAFLASH and implementation.
+#endif
+
+#if defined(BOARD_HAS_LEDS) == defined(BOARD_DUMMY_LEDS_IMPLEMENTATION)
+	#error Mismatch between BOARD_HAS_LEDS and implementation.
+#endif
+
+#if defined(BOARD_HAS_JOYSTICK) == defined(BOARD_DUMMY_JOYSTICK_IMPLEMENTATION)
+	#error Mismatch between BOARD_HAS_JOYSTICK and implementation.
+#endif
+
+int main(void)
+{
+	uint_reg_t Dummy;
+
+	/* =============================
+	 *     Buttons Compile Check
+	 * ============================= */
+	// cppcheck-suppress redundantAssignment
+	Dummy = BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+	Buttons_Init();
+	// cppcheck-suppress redundantAssignment
+	Dummy = Buttons_GetStatus();
+	Buttons_Disable();
+
+	/* =============================
+	 *    Dataflash Compile Check
+	 * ============================= */
+	// cppcheck-suppress redundantAssignment
+	Dummy = DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS + DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP + DATAFLASH_CHIP1 + DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE + DATAFLASH_PAGES;
+	Dataflash_Init();
+	Dataflash_TransferByte(0);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(0);
+	// cppcheck-suppress redundantAssignment
+	Dummy = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+	// cppcheck-suppress redundantAssignment
+	Dummy = Dataflash_GetSelectedChip();
+	Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+	Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+	Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(0);
+	Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+	Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
+
+	/* =============================
+	 *       LEDs Compile Check
+	 * ============================= */
+	// cppcheck-suppress redundantAssignment
+	Dummy = LEDS_LED1 + LEDS_LED2 + LEDS_LED3 + LEDS_LED4;
+	LEDs_Init();
+	LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+	LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+	LEDs_ChangeLEDs(LEDS_ALL_LEDS, LEDS_NO_LEDS);
+	LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+	// cppcheck-suppress redundantAssignment
+	Dummy = LEDs_GetLEDs();
+	LEDs_Disable();
+
+	/* =============================
+	 *     Joystick Compile Check
+	 * ============================= */
+	// cppcheck-suppress redundantAssignment
+	Dummy = JOY_LEFT + JOY_RIGHT + JOY_UP + JOY_DOWN + JOY_PRESS;
+	Joystick_Init();
+	// cppcheck-suppress redundantAssignment
+	Dummy = Joystick_GetStatus();
+	Joystick_Disable();
+
+	(void)Dummy;
+}
+
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/makefile b/lib/lufa/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8414d91862
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+# Makefile for the board driver build test. This
+# test attempts to build a dummy project with all
+# possible board targets using their respective
+# compiler.
+
+# Path to the LUFA library core
+LUFA_PATH := ../../LUFA/
+
+# Build test cannot be run with multiple parallel jobs
+.NOTPARALLEL:
+
+all: begin makeboardlist testboards clean end
+
+begin:
+	@echo Executing build test "BoardDriverTest".
+	@echo
+
+end:
+	@echo Build test "BoardDriverTest" complete.
+	@echo
+
+makeboardlist:
+	@grep "BOARD_" $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_PATH))/Common/BoardTypes.h | cut -d'#' -f2 | cut -d' ' -f2 | grep "BOARD_" > BoardList.txt
+
+testboards:
+	@echo "buildtest:" > BuildMakefile
+
+	@while read line;                                                                               \
+	 do                                                                                             \
+	   build_cfg=`grep "$$line " BoardDeviceMap.cfg | grep -v "#" | cut -d'=' -f2- | sed 's/ //g'`; \
+	                                                                                                \
+	   build_board=$$line;                                                                          \
+	   build_arch=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d':' -f1`;                                               \
+	   build_mcu=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d':' -f2`;                                                \
+	                                                                                                \
+	   if ( test -z "$$build_cfg" ); then                                                           \
+	     echo "No matching information set for board $$build_board";                                \
+	   else                                                                                         \
+	     echo "Found board configuration for $$build_board - $$build_arch, $$build_mcu";            \
+		                                                                                            \
+		 printf "\t@echo Building dummy project for $$build_board...\n" >> BuildMakefile;           \
+		 printf "\t$(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean elf MCU=%s ARCH=%s BOARD=%s\n\n" $$build_mcu $$build_arch $$build_board >> BuildMakefile; \
+	   fi;                                                                                          \
+	 done < BoardList.txt
+
+	 $(MAKE) -f BuildMakefile buildtest
+
+clean:
+	rm -f BuildMakefile
+	rm -f BoardList.txt
+	$(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean BOARD=NONE ARCH=AVR8 MCU=at90usb1287
+	$(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean BOARD=NONE ARCH=XMEGA MCU=atxmega128a1u
+	$(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean BOARD=NONE ARCH=UC3 MCU=uc3a0256
+
+%:
+
+.PHONY: all begin end makeboardlist testboards clean
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/makefile.test b/lib/lufa/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/makefile.test
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..373a15e753
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/makefile.test
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          =
+ARCH         =
+BOARD        =
+F_CPU        = $(F_USB)
+F_USB        = 8000000
+OPTIMIZATION = 1
+TARGET       = Test
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -Werror
+DEBUG_LEVEL  = 0
+
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/BuildTests/BootloaderTest/BootloaderDeviceMap.cfg b/lib/lufa/BuildTests/BootloaderTest/BootloaderDeviceMap.cfg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e02d0a30d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/BuildTests/BootloaderTest/BootloaderDeviceMap.cfg
@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+#
+# =============================================================================
+# Bootloader configuration map script, processed with the "BootloaderTest"
+# makefile. This script file defines the targets for each LUFA bootloader,
+# which are then built as part of the build test to ensure that there are no
+# failures on all standard configurations. To add a new build target for a
+# bootloader to this script, use the format:
+#
+#    BOOTLOADER = {ARCH} : {MCU} : {BOARD} : {FLASH SIZE KB} : {BOOT SIZE KB} : {F_USB MHZ}
+#
+# And re-run the makefile.
+# =============================================================================
+#
+#
+# ------------ CDC Bootloader --------------------
+CDC         = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : XPLAIN   : 128 : 8 :  8 :
+CDC         = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE     : 128 : 8 :  8 :
+CDC         = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE     : 128 : 4 :  8 :
+CDC         = AVR8 : at90usb647  : NONE     :  64 : 4 :  8 :
+CDC         = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE     : 128 : 8 :  8 :
+CDC         = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE     : 128 : 4 :  8 :
+CDC         = AVR8 : at90usb646  : NONE     :  64 : 4 :  8 :
+CDC         = AVR8 : atmega32u4  : NONE     :  32 : 4 :  8 :
+CDC         = AVR8 : atmega16u4  : NONE     :  16 : 4 :  8 :
+CDC         = AVR8 : atmega32u2  : NONE     :  32 : 4 :  8 :
+CDC         = AVR8 : atmega16u2  : NONE     :  16 : 4 :  8 :
+CDC         = AVR8 : atmega8u2   : NONE     :   8 : 4 :  8 :
+CDC         = AVR8 : at90usb162  : NONE     :  16 : 4 :  8 :
+CDC         = AVR8 : at90usb82   : NONE     :   8 : 4 :  8 :
+CDC         = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE     : 128 : 8 : 16 :
+CDC         = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE     : 128 : 4 : 16 :
+CDC         = AVR8 : at90usb647  : NONE     :  64 : 4 : 16 :
+CDC         = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE     : 128 : 8 : 16 :
+CDC         = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE     : 128 : 4 : 16 :
+CDC         = AVR8 : at90usb646  : NONE     :  64 : 4 : 16 :
+CDC         = AVR8 : atmega32u4  : NONE     :  32 : 4 : 16 :
+CDC         = AVR8 : atmega16u4  : NONE     :  16 : 4 : 16 :
+CDC         = AVR8 : atmega32u2  : NONE     :  32 : 4 : 16 :
+CDC         = AVR8 : atmega16u2  : NONE     :  16 : 4 : 16 :
+CDC         = AVR8 : atmega8u2   : NONE     :   8 : 4 : 16 :
+CDC         = AVR8 : at90usb162  : NONE     :  16 : 4 : 16 :
+CDC         = AVR8 : at90usb82   : NONE     :   8 : 4 : 16 :
+#
+# ------------ DFU Bootloader --------------------
+DFU         = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : XPLAIN   : 128 : 8 :  8 :
+DFU         = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE     : 128 : 8 :  8 :
+DFU         = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE     : 128 : 4 :  8 :
+DFU         = AVR8 : at90usb647  : NONE     :  64 : 4 :  8 :
+DFU         = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE     : 128 : 8 :  8 :
+DFU         = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE     : 128 : 4 :  8 :
+DFU         = AVR8 : at90usb646  : NONE     :  64 : 4 :  8 :
+DFU         = AVR8 : atmega32u4  : NONE     :  32 : 4 :  8 :
+DFU         = AVR8 : atmega16u4  : NONE     :  16 : 4 :  8 :
+DFU         = AVR8 : atmega32u2  : NONE     :  32 : 4 :  8 :
+DFU         = AVR8 : atmega16u2  : NONE     :  16 : 4 :  8 :
+DFU         = AVR8 : atmega8u2   : NONE     :   8 : 4 :  8 :
+DFU         = AVR8 : at90usb162  : NONE     :  16 : 4 :  8 :
+DFU         = AVR8 : at90usb82   : NONE     :   8 : 4 :  8 :
+DFU         = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE     : 128 : 8 : 16 :
+DFU         = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE     : 128 : 4 : 16 :
+DFU         = AVR8 : at90usb647  : NONE     :  64 : 4 : 16 :
+DFU         = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE     : 128 : 8 : 16 :
+DFU         = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE     : 128 : 4 : 16 :
+DFU         = AVR8 : at90usb646  : NONE     :  64 : 4 : 16 :
+DFU         = AVR8 : atmega32u4  : NONE     :  32 : 4 : 16 :
+DFU         = AVR8 : atmega16u4  : NONE     :  16 : 4 : 16 :
+DFU         = AVR8 : atmega32u2  : NONE     :  32 : 4 : 16 :
+DFU         = AVR8 : atmega16u2  : NONE     :  16 : 4 : 16 :
+DFU         = AVR8 : atmega8u2   : NONE     :   8 : 4 : 16 :
+DFU         = AVR8 : at90usb162  : NONE     :  16 : 4 : 16 :
+DFU         = AVR8 : at90usb82   : NONE     :   8 : 4 : 16 :
+#
+# ------------ HID Bootloader --------------------
+HID         = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE     : 128 : 8 :  8 :
+HID         = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE     : 128 : 4 :  8 :
+HID         = AVR8 : at90usb647  : NONE     :  64 : 4 :  8 :
+HID         = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE     : 128 : 8 :  8 :
+HID         = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE     : 128 : 4 :  8 :
+HID         = AVR8 : at90usb646  : NONE     :  64 : 4 :  8 :
+HID         = AVR8 : atmega32u4  : NONE     :  32 : 4 :  8 :
+HID         = AVR8 : atmega16u4  : NONE     :  16 : 4 :  8 :
+HID         = AVR8 : atmega32u2  : NONE     :  32 : 2 :  8 :
+HID         = AVR8 : atmega32u2  : NONE     :  32 : 4 :  8 :
+HID         = AVR8 : atmega16u2  : NONE     :  16 : 2 :  8 :
+HID         = AVR8 : atmega16u2  : NONE     :  16 : 4 :  8 :
+HID         = AVR8 : atmega8u2   : NONE     :   8 : 2 :  8 :
+HID         = AVR8 : atmega8u2   : NONE     :   8 : 4 :  8 :
+HID         = AVR8 : at90usb162  : NONE     :  16 : 2 :  8 :
+HID         = AVR8 : at90usb162  : NONE     :  16 : 4 :  8 :
+HID         = AVR8 : at90usb162  : NONE     :  16 : 2 :  8 :
+HID         = AVR8 : at90usb162  : NONE     :  16 : 4 :  8 :
+HID         = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE     : 128 : 8 :  8 :
+HID         = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE     : 128 : 4 :  8 :
+HID         = AVR8 : at90usb647  : NONE     :  64 : 4 :  8 :
+HID         = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE     : 128 : 8 : 16 :
+HID         = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE     : 128 : 4 : 16 :
+HID         = AVR8 : at90usb646  : NONE     :  64 : 4 : 16 :
+HID         = AVR8 : atmega32u4  : NONE     :  32 : 4 : 16 :
+HID         = AVR8 : atmega16u4  : NONE     :  16 : 4 : 16 :
+HID         = AVR8 : atmega32u2  : NONE     :  32 : 2 : 16 :
+HID         = AVR8 : atmega32u2  : NONE     :  32 : 4 : 16 :
+HID         = AVR8 : atmega16u2  : NONE     :  16 : 2 : 16 :
+HID         = AVR8 : atmega16u2  : NONE     :  16 : 4 : 16 :
+HID         = AVR8 : atmega8u2   : NONE     :   8 : 2 : 16 :
+HID         = AVR8 : atmega8u2   : NONE     :   8 : 4 : 16 :
+HID         = AVR8 : at90usb162  : NONE     :  16 : 2 : 16 :
+HID         = AVR8 : at90usb162  : NONE     :  16 : 4 : 16 :
+HID         = AVR8 : at90usb162  : NONE     :  16 : 2 : 16 :
+HID         = AVR8 : at90usb162  : NONE     :  16 : 4 : 16 :
+#
+# ---------- Printer Bootloader ------------------
+Printer     = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE     : 128 : 8 :  8 :
+Printer     = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE     : 128 : 4 :  8 :
+Printer     = AVR8 : at90usb647  : NONE     :  64 : 4 :  8 :
+Printer     = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE     : 128 : 8 :  8 :
+Printer     = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE     : 128 : 4 :  8 :
+Printer     = AVR8 : at90usb646  : NONE     :  64 : 4 :  8 :
+Printer     = AVR8 : atmega32u4  : NONE     :  32 : 4 :  8 :
+Printer     = AVR8 : atmega16u4  : NONE     :  16 : 4 :  8 :
+Printer     = AVR8 : atmega32u2  : NONE     :  32 : 4 :  8 :
+Printer     = AVR8 : atmega16u2  : NONE     :  16 : 4 :  8 :
+Printer     = AVR8 : atmega8u2   : NONE     :   8 : 4 :  8 :
+Printer     = AVR8 : at90usb162  : NONE     :  16 : 4 :  8 :
+Printer     = AVR8 : at90usb82   : NONE     :   8 : 4 :  8 :
+Printer     = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE     : 128 : 8 : 16 :
+Printer     = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE     : 128 : 4 : 16 :
+Printer     = AVR8 : at90usb647  : NONE     :  64 : 4 : 16 :
+Printer     = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE     : 128 : 8 : 16 :
+Printer     = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE     : 128 : 4 : 16 :
+Printer     = AVR8 : at90usb646  : NONE     :  64 : 4 : 16 :
+Printer     = AVR8 : atmega32u4  : NONE     :  32 : 4 : 16 :
+Printer     = AVR8 : atmega16u4  : NONE     :  16 : 4 : 16 :
+Printer     = AVR8 : atmega32u2  : NONE     :  32 : 4 : 16 :
+Printer     = AVR8 : atmega16u2  : NONE     :  16 : 4 : 16 :
+Printer     = AVR8 : atmega8u2   : NONE     :   8 : 4 : 16 :
+Printer     = AVR8 : at90usb162  : NONE     :  16 : 4 : 16 :
+Printer     = AVR8 : at90usb82   : NONE     :   8 : 4 : 16 :
+#
+# ---------- Mass Storage Bootloader -----------------
+MassStorage = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : XPLAIN   : 128 : 8 :  8 :
+MassStorage = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE     : 128 : 8 :  8 :
+MassStorage = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE     : 128 : 4 :  8 :
+MassStorage = AVR8 : at90usb647  : NONE     :  64 : 4 :  8 :
+MassStorage = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE     : 128 : 8 :  8 :
+MassStorage = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE     : 128 : 4 :  8 :
+MassStorage = AVR8 : at90usb646  : NONE     :  64 : 4 :  8 :
+MassStorage = AVR8 : atmega32u4  : LEONARDO :  32 : 4 : 16 :
+MassStorage = AVR8 : atmega32u4  : NONE     :  32 : 4 :  8 :
+MassStorage = AVR8 : atmega16u4  : NONE     :  16 : 4 :  8 :
+MassStorage = AVR8 : atmega32u2  : NONE     :  32 : 4 :  8 :
+MassStorage = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE     : 128 : 8 : 16 :
+MassStorage = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE     : 128 : 4 : 16 :
+MassStorage = AVR8 : at90usb647  : NONE     :  64 : 4 : 16 :
+MassStorage = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE     : 128 : 8 : 16 :
+MassStorage = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE     : 128 : 4 : 16 :
+MassStorage = AVR8 : at90usb646  : NONE     :  64 : 4 : 16 :
+MassStorage = AVR8 : atmega32u4  : NONE     :  32 : 4 : 16 :
+MassStorage = AVR8 : atmega16u4  : NONE     :  16 : 4 : 16 :
+MassStorage = AVR8 : atmega32u2  : NONE     :  32 : 4 : 16 :
+#
diff --git a/lib/lufa/BuildTests/BootloaderTest/makefile b/lib/lufa/BuildTests/BootloaderTest/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..34bdf1b364
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/BuildTests/BootloaderTest/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+# Makefile for the bootloader build test. This
+# test attempts to build all the bootloaders
+# with all supported device configurations.
+
+# Path to the LUFA library core
+LUFA_PATH := ../../LUFA/
+
+# Build test cannot be run with multiple parallel jobs
+.NOTPARALLEL:
+
+all: begin testbootloaders clean end
+
+begin:
+	@echo Executing build test "BootloaderTest".
+	@echo
+
+end:
+	@echo Build test "BootloaderTest" complete.
+	@echo
+
+testbootloaders:
+	@echo "buildtest:" > BuildMakefile
+
+	@while read line;                                         \
+	 do                                                       \
+	   build_cfg=`echo $$line | grep -v "#" | sed 's/ //g'`;  \
+	                                                          \
+	   if ( test -n "$$build_cfg" ); then                     \
+	     build_bootloader=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d'=' -f1`; \
+		 build_cfg=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d'=' -f2-`;       \
+		                                                      \
+	     build_arch=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d':' -f1`;       \
+	     build_mcu=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d':' -f2`;        \
+	     build_board=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d':' -f3`;      \
+	     build_flashsize=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d':' -f4`;  \
+	     build_bootsize=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d':' -f5`;   \
+	     build_fusb=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d':' -f6`;       \
+	                                                          \
+	     printf "Found '%s' bootloader configuration (FLASH: %3s KB | BOOT: %3s KB | MCU: %12s / %4s | BOARD: %s | F_USB: %sMHz)\n" $$build_bootloader $$build_flashsize $$build_bootsize $$build_mcu $$build_arch $$build_board $$build_fusb; \
+	                                                          \
+	     printf "\t@echo Building bootloader %s - %s - FLASH: %s KB, BOOT: %s KB, BOARD: %s, F_USB: %sMHz\n" $$build_bootloader $$build_mcu $$build_flashsize $$build_bootsize $$build_board $$build_fusb >> BuildMakefile; \
+	     printf "\t$(MAKE) -C $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_PATH))/../Bootloaders/%s/ clean elf ARCH=%s MCU=%s BOARD=%s FLASH_SIZE_KB=%s BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB=%s F_USB=%s000000 DEBUG_LEVEL=0\n\n" $$build_bootloader $$build_arch $$build_mcu $$build_board $$build_flashsize $$build_bootsize $$build_fusb >> BuildMakefile; \
+	   fi;                                                    \
+	 done < BootloaderDeviceMap.cfg
+
+	 $(MAKE) -f BuildMakefile buildtest
+
+clean:
+	rm -f BuildMakefile
+
+%:
+
+.PHONY: all begin end testbootloaders clean
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/BuildTests/ModuleTest/Dummy.S b/lib/lufa/BuildTests/ModuleTest/Dummy.S
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b44cf4c256
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/BuildTests/ModuleTest/Dummy.S
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+.section .text
+
+
+# Mandatory entry point for successful compilation and link
+.global main
+main:
+
+
+# Mandatory callback needed for base compile of the USB driver
+.global CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor
+CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor:
diff --git a/lib/lufa/BuildTests/ModuleTest/Modules.h b/lib/lufa/BuildTests/ModuleTest/Modules.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..686183245d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/BuildTests/ModuleTest/Modules.h
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
+
+#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/RingBuffer.h>
+#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	#if defined(ADC)
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h>
+	#endif
+
+	#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+	#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialSPI.h>
+	#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h>
+
+	#if defined(TWCR)
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h>
+	#endif
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+	#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+	#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialSPI.h>
+	#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h>
+	#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h>
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/BuildTests/ModuleTest/Test_C.c b/lib/lufa/BuildTests/ModuleTest/Test_C.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3c3f5a2ab7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/BuildTests/ModuleTest/Test_C.c
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#include "Modules.h"
diff --git a/lib/lufa/BuildTests/ModuleTest/Test_CPP.cpp b/lib/lufa/BuildTests/ModuleTest/Test_CPP.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3c3f5a2ab7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/BuildTests/ModuleTest/Test_CPP.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#include "Modules.h"
diff --git a/lib/lufa/BuildTests/ModuleTest/makefile b/lib/lufa/BuildTests/ModuleTest/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..50f1909a38
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/BuildTests/ModuleTest/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+# Makefile for the module build test. This test
+# attempts to build as many modules as possible
+# under all supported architectures, and include
+# all module headers in a simple C and C++
+# application.
+
+# Path to the LUFA library core
+LUFA_PATH := ../../LUFA/
+
+# Build test cannot be run with multiple parallel jobs
+.NOTPARALLEL:
+
+# List of device families per architecture, one device per architecture sub-family
+AVR8_FAMILIES   := at90usb1287 at90usb1286 atmega16u4 atmega16u2 at90usb162
+XMEGA_FAMILIES  := atxmega128a1u atxmega128a3u atxmega256a3bu atxmega128a4u atxmega128b1 atxmega128b3 atxmega128c3 atxmega32c4
+UC3_FAMILIES    := uc3a0256 uc3a1256 uc3a3256 uc3a4256 uc3b0256 uc3b1256
+
+# List of all device families, with a family postfix
+DEVICE_FAMILIES := $(AVR8_FAMILIES:%=%.avr8) $(XMEGA_FAMILIES:%=%.xmega) $(UC3_FAMILIES:%=%.uc3)
+
+
+all: begin $(DEVICE_FAMILIES) clean end
+
+arch_avr8:  begin $(AVR8_FAMILIES:%=%.avr8) end
+arch_xmega: begin $(XMEGA_FAMILIES:%=%.xmega) end
+arch_uc3:   begin $(UC3_FAMILIES:%=%.uc3) end
+
+begin:
+	@echo Executing build test "ModuleTest".
+	@echo
+
+end:
+	@echo Build test "ModuleTest" complete.
+	@echo
+
+%.avr8:
+	@echo Building ModuleTest for ARCH=AVR8 MCU=$(@:%.avr8=%)...
+	$(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean elf ARCH=AVR8 MCU=$(@:%.avr8=%)
+
+%.xmega:
+	@echo Building ModuleTest for ARCH=XMEGA MCU=$(@:%.xmega=%)...
+	$(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean elf ARCH=XMEGA MCU=$(@:%.xmega=%)
+
+%.uc3:
+	@echo Building ModuleTest for ARCH=UC3 MCU=$(@:%.uc3=%)...
+	$(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean elf ARCH=UC3 MCU=$(@:%.uc3=%)
+
+clean:
+	$(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean ARCH=AVR8 MCU=$(firstword $(AVR8_FAMILIES))
+	$(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean ARCH=XMEGA MCU=$(firstword $(XMEGA_FAMILIES))
+	$(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean ARCH=UC3 MCU=$(firstword $(UC3_FAMILIES))
+
+%:
+
+.PHONY: all arch_avr8 arch_xmega arch_uc3 begin end
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/BuildTests/ModuleTest/makefile.test b/lib/lufa/BuildTests/ModuleTest/makefile.test
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5eeb40398c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/BuildTests/ModuleTest/makefile.test
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          =
+ARCH         =
+BOARD        = NONE
+F_CPU        = $(F_USB)
+OPTIMIZATION = 1
+TARGET       = Test
+SRC          = $(TARGET)_C.c $(TARGET)_CPP.cpp Dummy.S $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../LUFA
+DEBUG_LEVEL  = 0
+
+ifeq ($(ARCH), AVR8)
+  F_USB        = 8000000
+else ifeq ($(ARCH), XMEGA)
+  F_USB        = 48000000
+else ifeq ($(ARCH), UC3)
+  F_USB        = 48000000
+endif
+
+# Generic C/C++ compiler flags
+CC_FLAGS  = -Wextra
+CC_FLAGS += -Werror
+CC_FLAGS += -Wformat=2
+CC_FLAGS += -Winit-self
+CC_FLAGS += -Wswitch-enum
+CC_FLAGS += -Wunused
+CC_FLAGS += -Wundef
+CC_FLAGS += -Wpointer-arith
+CC_FLAGS += -Wcast-align
+CC_FLAGS += -Wwrite-strings
+CC_FLAGS += -Wlogical-op
+CC_FLAGS += -Wmissing-declarations
+CC_FLAGS += -Wmissing-field-initializers
+CC_FLAGS += -Wmissing-format-attribute
+CC_FLAGS += -Woverlength-strings
+CC_FLAGS += -Wswitch-default
+CC_FLAGS += -Wfloat-equal
+CC_FLAGS += -Waggregate-return
+CC_FLAGS += -Wmissing-include-dirs
+
+# Disable warnings not supported by the version of GCC used for UC3 targets (FIXME)
+ifneq ($(ARCH), UC3)
+  CC_FLAGS += -Wdouble-promotion
+endif
+
+# Only enable redundant declaration warnings for AVR8 target (FIXME)
+ifeq ($(ARCH), AVR8)
+  CC_FLAGS += -Wredundant-decls
+endif
+
+# C compiler only flags
+C_FLAGS += -Wmissing-parameter-type
+C_FLAGS += -Wmissing-prototypes
+C_FLAGS += -Wnested-externs
+C_FLAGS += -Wbad-function-cast
+C_FLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
+C_FLAGS += -Wold-style-definition
+
+# Disable warnings not supported by the version of GCC used for UC3 targets (FIXME)
+ifneq ($(ARCH), UC3)
+  C_FLAGS += -Wunsuffixed-float-constants
+  C_FLAGS += -Wjump-misses-init
+endif
+
+# Only check C++ compatibility on the build files, to ensure headers are C++ compatible
+Test_C.c Test_CPP.cpp: CC_FLAGS += -Wc++-compat
+
+# Potential additional warnings to enable in the future (FIXME)
+#CC_FLAGS += -Wcast-qual
+#CC_FLAGS += -Wconversion
+#CC_FLAGS += -Wsign-conversion
+#CC_FLAGS += -pedantic
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/BuildTests/SingleUSBModeTest/Dummy.S b/lib/lufa/BuildTests/SingleUSBModeTest/Dummy.S
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1be4228d2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/BuildTests/SingleUSBModeTest/Dummy.S
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+.section .text
+
+
+# Mandatory entry point for successful compilation and link
+.global main
+main:
+	# Force code generation of the base USB stack
+	call USB_Init
+
+# Mandatory callback needed for base compile of the USB driver
+.global CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor
+CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor:
diff --git a/lib/lufa/BuildTests/SingleUSBModeTest/Test.c b/lib/lufa/BuildTests/SingleUSBModeTest/Test.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7ac2e008f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/BuildTests/SingleUSBModeTest/Test.c
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
+#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/BuildTests/SingleUSBModeTest/makefile b/lib/lufa/BuildTests/SingleUSBModeTest/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7921ab6ca2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/BuildTests/SingleUSBModeTest/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+# Makefile for the single USB mode build test.
+# This test attempts to build the USB module
+# under fixed device and fixed host modes under
+# all supported architectures
+
+# Path to the LUFA library core
+LUFA_PATH := ../../LUFA/
+
+# Build test cannot be run with multiple parallel jobs
+.NOTPARALLEL:
+
+all: begin compile clean end
+
+begin:
+	@echo Executing build test "SingleUSBModeTest".
+	@echo
+
+end:
+	@echo Build test "SingleUSBModeTest" complete.
+	@echo
+
+compile:
+	@echo Building SingleUSBModeTest for ARCH=AVR8 in device only mode...
+	$(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean elf ARCH=AVR8 MCU=at90usb1287 CC_FLAGS='-D USB_DEVICE_ONLY'
+
+	@echo Building SingleUSBModeTest for ARCH=AVR8 in host only mode...
+	$(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean elf ARCH=AVR8 MCU=at90usb1287 CC_FLAGS='-D USB_HOST_ONLY'
+
+	@echo Building SingleUSBModeTest for ARCH=XMEGA in device only mode...
+	$(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean elf ARCH=XMEGA MCU=atxmega128a1u CC_FLAGS='-D USB_DEVICE_ONLY'
+
+	@echo Building SingleUSBModeTest for ARCH=UC3 in device only mode...
+	$(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean elf ARCH=UC3 MCU=uc3a0256 CC_FLAGS='-D USB_DEVICE_ONLY'
+
+	@echo Building SingleUSBModeTest for ARCH=UC3 in host only mode...
+	$(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean elf ARCH=UC3 MCU=uc3a0256 CC_FLAGS='-D USB_HOST_ONLY'
+
+clean:
+	$(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean ARCH=AVR8 MCU=at90usb1287
+	$(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean ARCH=XMEGA MCU=atxmega128a1u
+	$(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean ARCH=UC3 MCU=uc3a0256
+
+%:
+
+.PHONY: begin end compile clean
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/BuildTests/SingleUSBModeTest/makefile.test b/lib/lufa/BuildTests/SingleUSBModeTest/makefile.test
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..365c7d00b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/BuildTests/SingleUSBModeTest/makefile.test
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          =
+ARCH         =
+BOARD        = NONE
+F_CPU        = $(F_USB)
+DEBUG_LEVEL  = 0
+
+ifeq ($(ARCH), AVR8)
+  F_USB      = 8000000
+else ifeq ($(ARCH), XMEGA)
+  F_USB      = 48000000
+else ifeq ($(ARCH), UC3)
+  F_USB      = 48000000
+endif
+
+OPTIMIZATION = 1
+TARGET       = Test
+SRC          = Test.c Dummy.S $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../LUFA
+
+# Generic C/C++ compiler flags
+CC_FLAGS  = -Wextra
+CC_FLAGS += -Werror
+CC_FLAGS += -Wformat=2
+CC_FLAGS += -Winit-self
+CC_FLAGS += -Wswitch-enum
+CC_FLAGS += -Wunused
+CC_FLAGS += -Wundef
+CC_FLAGS += -Wpointer-arith
+CC_FLAGS += -Wcast-align
+CC_FLAGS += -Wwrite-strings
+CC_FLAGS += -Wlogical-op
+CC_FLAGS += -Wmissing-declarations
+CC_FLAGS += -Wmissing-field-initializers
+CC_FLAGS += -Wmissing-format-attribute
+CC_FLAGS += -Woverlength-strings
+
+# Only enable rendundant declaration warnings for AVR8 target (FIXME)
+ifeq ($(ARCH), AVR8)
+  CC_FLAGS += -Wredundant-decls
+endif
+
+# C compiler only flags
+C_FLAGS += -Wmissing-parameter-type
+C_FLAGS += -Wnested-externs
+
+# Potential additional warnings to enable in the future (FIXME)
+#CC_FLAGS += -Wswitch-default
+#CC_FLAGS += -Wc++-compat
+#CC_FLAGS += -Wcast-qual
+#CC_FLAGS += -Wconversion
+#CC_FLAGS += -Wjump-misses-init
+#CC_FLAGS += -pedantic
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/BuildTests/StaticAnalysisTest/makefile b/lib/lufa/BuildTests/StaticAnalysisTest/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0041234d19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/BuildTests/StaticAnalysisTest/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+# Static anlysis of the entire LUFA source tree, using the free cross-platform "cppcheck" tool.
+
+# Path to the LUFA library core
+LUFA_PATH := ../../LUFA/
+
+CPPCHECK_EXCLUDES := FATFs/            \
+                     PetiteFATFs/      \
+                     uip/
+
+CPPCHECK_INCLUDES := $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_PATH))/CodeTemplates/               \
+                     $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_PATH))/../Projects/AVRISP-MKII/
+
+CPPCHECK_FLAGS    := -U TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME -U __GNUC__ -U __DOXYGEN__
+
+CPPCHECK_SUPPRESS := variableScope missingInclude unusedFunction
+
+SRC               := $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_PATH))/..
+
+# Build test cannot be run with multiple parallel jobs
+.NOTPARALLEL:
+
+all: begin cppcheck end
+
+begin:
+	@echo Executing build test "StaticAnalysisTest".
+	@echo
+
+end:
+	@echo Build test "StaticAnalysisTest" complete.
+	@echo
+
+%:
+
+.PHONY: all begin end
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/BuildTests/makefile b/lib/lufa/BuildTests/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..369ea9ad29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/BuildTests/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+# Makefile to build all the LUFA Build Tests. Build Tests are
+# used to verify the correctness of the LUFA library, and are
+# not intended to be modified or compiled by non-developers.
+
+all:
+
+%:
+	@echo Executing \"make $@\" on all LUFA build tests.
+	@echo
+	$(MAKE) -C BoardDriverTest $@
+	$(MAKE) -C BootloaderTest $@
+	$(MAKE) -C ModuleTest $@
+	$(MAKE) -C SingleUSBModeTest $@
+	$(MAKE) -C StaticAnalysisTest $@
+	@echo
+	@echo LUFA build test \"make $@\" operation complete.
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/AudioInput.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/AudioInput.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2870bcd6f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/AudioInput.c
@@ -0,0 +1,274 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the AudioInput demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "AudioInput.h"
+
+/** LUFA Audio Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ *  passed to all Audio Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ *  within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t Microphone_Audio_Interface =
+	{
+		.Config =
+			{
+				.ControlInterfaceNumber   = INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl,
+				.StreamingInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+				.DataINEndpoint           =
+					{
+						.Address          = AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR,
+						.Size             = AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks            = 2,
+					},
+			},
+	};
+
+/** Current audio sampling frequency of the streaming audio endpoint. */
+static uint32_t CurrentAudioSampleFrequency = 48000;
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ *  setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		Audio_Device_USBTask(&Microphone_Audio_Interface);
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	LEDs_Init();
+	Buttons_Init();
+	ADC_Init(ADC_FREE_RUNNING | ADC_PRESCALE_32);
+	ADC_SetupChannel(MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL);
+	USB_Init();
+
+	/* Start the ADC conversion in free running mode */
+	ADC_StartReading(ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC | ADC_RIGHT_ADJUSTED | ADC_GET_CHANNEL_MASK(MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL));
+}
+
+/** ISR to handle the reloading of the data endpoint with the next sample. */
+ISR(TIMER0_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+	uint8_t PrevEndpoint = Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint();
+
+	/* Check that the USB bus is ready for the next sample to write */
+	if (Audio_Device_IsReadyForNextSample(&Microphone_Audio_Interface))
+	{
+		int16_t AudioSample;
+
+		#if defined(USE_TEST_TONE)
+			static uint8_t SquareWaveSampleCount;
+			static int16_t CurrentWaveValue;
+
+			/* In test tone mode, generate a square wave at 1/256 of the sample rate */
+			if (SquareWaveSampleCount++ == 0xFF)
+			  CurrentWaveValue ^= 0x8000;
+
+			/* Only generate audio if the board button is being pressed */
+			AudioSample = (Buttons_GetStatus() & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ? CurrentWaveValue : 0;
+		#else
+			/* Audio sample is ADC value scaled to fit the entire range */
+			AudioSample = ((SAMPLE_MAX_RANGE / ADC_MAX_RANGE) * ADC_GetResult());
+
+			#if defined(MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL)
+			/* Microphone is biased to half rail voltage, subtract the bias from the sample value */
+			AudioSample -= (SAMPLE_MAX_RANGE / 2);
+			#endif
+		#endif
+
+		Audio_Device_WriteSample16(&Microphone_Audio_Interface, AudioSample);
+	}
+
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PrevEndpoint);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+	/* Sample reload timer initialization */
+	TIMSK0  = (1 << OCIE0A);
+	OCR0A   = ((F_CPU / 8 / CurrentAudioSampleFrequency) - 1);
+	TCCR0A  = (1 << WGM01);  // CTC mode
+	TCCR0B  = (1 << CS01);   // Fcpu/8 speed
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+	/* Stop the sample reload timer */
+	TCCR0B = 0;
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+	bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+	ConfigSuccess &= Audio_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Microphone_Audio_Interface);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+	Audio_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Microphone_Audio_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Audio class driver callback for the setting and retrieval of streaming endpoint properties. This callback must be implemented
+ *  in the user application to handle property manipulations on streaming audio endpoints.
+ *
+ *  When the DataLength parameter is NULL, this callback should only indicate whether the specified operation is valid for
+ *  the given endpoint index, and should return as fast as possible. When non-NULL, this value may be altered for GET operations
+ *  to indicate the size of the retrieved data.
+ *
+ *  \note The length of the retrieved data stored into the Data buffer on GET operations should not exceed the initial value
+ *        of the \c DataLength parameter.
+ *
+ *  \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+ *  \param[in]     EndpointProperty    Property of the endpoint to get or set, a value from Audio_ClassRequests_t.
+ *  \param[in]     EndpointAddress     Address of the streaming endpoint whose property is being referenced.
+ *  \param[in]     EndpointControl     Parameter of the endpoint to get or set, a value from Audio_EndpointControls_t.
+ *  \param[in,out] DataLength          For SET operations, the length of the parameter data to set. For GET operations, the maximum
+ *                                     length of the retrieved data. When NULL, the function should return whether the given property
+ *                                     and parameter is valid for the requested endpoint without reading or modifying the Data buffer.
+ *  \param[in,out] Data                Pointer to a location where the parameter data is stored for SET operations, or where
+ *                                     the retrieved data is to be stored for GET operations.
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the property get/set was successful, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetEndpointProperty(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+                                                  const uint8_t EndpointProperty,
+                                                  const uint8_t EndpointAddress,
+                                                  const uint8_t EndpointControl,
+                                                  uint16_t* const DataLength,
+                                                  uint8_t* Data)
+{
+	/* Check the requested endpoint to see if a supported endpoint is being manipulated */
+	if (EndpointAddress == Microphone_Audio_Interface.Config.DataINEndpoint.Address)
+	{
+		/* Check the requested control to see if a supported control is being manipulated */
+		if (EndpointControl == AUDIO_EPCONTROL_SamplingFreq)
+		{
+			switch (EndpointProperty)
+			{
+				case AUDIO_REQ_SetCurrent:
+					/* Check if we are just testing for a valid property, or actually adjusting it */
+					if (DataLength != NULL)
+					{
+						/* Set the new sampling frequency to the value given by the host */
+						CurrentAudioSampleFrequency = (((uint32_t)Data[2] << 16) | ((uint32_t)Data[1] << 8) | (uint32_t)Data[0]);
+
+						/* Adjust sample reload timer to the new frequency */
+						OCR0A = ((F_CPU / 8 / CurrentAudioSampleFrequency) - 1);
+					}
+
+					return true;
+				case AUDIO_REQ_GetCurrent:
+					/* Check if we are just testing for a valid property, or actually reading it */
+					if (DataLength != NULL)
+					{
+						*DataLength = 3;
+
+						Data[2] = (CurrentAudioSampleFrequency >> 16);
+						Data[1] = (CurrentAudioSampleFrequency >> 8);
+						Data[0] = (CurrentAudioSampleFrequency &  0xFF);
+					}
+
+					return true;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	return false;
+}
+
+/** Audio class driver callback for the setting and retrieval of streaming interface properties. This callback must be implemented
+ *  in the user application to handle property manipulations on streaming audio interfaces.
+ *
+ *  When the DataLength parameter is NULL, this callback should only indicate whether the specified operation is valid for
+ *  the given entity and should return as fast as possible. When non-NULL, this value may be altered for GET operations
+ *  to indicate the size of the retrieved data.
+ *
+ *  \note The length of the retrieved data stored into the Data buffer on GET operations should not exceed the initial value
+ *        of the \c DataLength parameter.
+ *
+ *  \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+ *  \param[in]     Property            Property of the interface to get or set, a value from Audio_ClassRequests_t.
+ *  \param[in]     EntityAddress       Address of the audio entity whose property is being referenced.
+ *  \param[in]     Parameter           Parameter of the entity to get or set, specific to each type of entity (see USB Audio specification).
+ *  \param[in,out] DataLength          For SET operations, the length of the parameter data to set. For GET operations, the maximum
+ *                                     length of the retrieved data. When NULL, the function should return whether the given property
+ *                                     and parameter is valid for the requested endpoint without reading or modifying the Data buffer.
+ *  \param[in,out] Data                Pointer to a location where the parameter data is stored for SET operations, or where
+ *                                     the retrieved data is to be stored for GET operations.
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the property GET/SET was successful, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetInterfaceProperty(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+                                                   const uint8_t Property,
+                                                   const uint8_t EntityAddress,
+                                                   const uint16_t Parameter,
+                                                   uint16_t* const DataLength,
+                                                   uint8_t* Data)
+{
+	/* No audio interface entities in the device descriptor, thus no properties to get or set. */
+	return false;
+}
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/AudioInput.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/AudioInput.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1deaa76885
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/AudioInput.h
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for AudioInput.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _AUDIO_INPUT_H_
+#define _AUDIO_INPUT_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+		#include "Descriptors.h"
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Maximum audio sample value for the microphone input. */
+		#define SAMPLE_MAX_RANGE          0xFFFF
+
+		/** Maximum ADC range for the microphone input. */
+		#define ADC_MAX_RANGE             0x3FF
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+		bool CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetEndpointProperty(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+		                                                  const uint8_t EndpointProperty,
+		                                                  const uint8_t EndpointAddress,
+		                                                  const uint8_t EndpointControl,
+		                                                  uint16_t* const DataLength,
+		                                                  uint8_t* Data) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+		bool CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetInterfaceProperty(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+		                                                   const uint8_t Property,
+		                                                   const uint8_t EntityAddress,
+		                                                   const uint16_t Parameter,
+		                                                   uint16_t* const DataLength,
+		                                                   uint8_t* Data);
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/AudioInput.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/AudioInput.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4b0594244d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/AudioInput.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Audio Input Device Demo
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *  \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ *  \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Audio Class</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Standard Audio Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF Audio 1.0 Class Specification \n
+ *        USBIF Audio 1.0 Class Terminal Types Specification \n
+ *        USBIF Audio 1.0 Data Formats Specification</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Audio demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ *  application for implementing a USB Audio Input device using the
+ *  basic USB Audio 1.0 drivers in all modern OSes (i.e. no special drivers
+ *  required).
+ *
+ *  On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function as a
+ *  USB microphone. By default, the demo will produce a square wave test tone
+ *  when the board button is pressed. If USE_TEST_TONE is not defined in the
+ *  project makefile, incoming audio from the ADC channel 1 will be sampled
+ *  and sent to the host computer instead.
+ *
+ *  When in microphone mode, connect a microphone to the ADC channel 2.
+ *
+ *  Under Windows, if a driver request dialogue pops up, select the option
+ *  to automatically install the appropriate drivers.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ *    <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ *    <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>Sets the ADC channel used by the demo for the input audio samples from an attached microphone.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>USE_TEST_TONE</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>When defined, this alters the demo to produce a square wave test tone when the first board button is pressed
+ *        instead of sampling the board microphone.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>When defined, this alters the demo so that the half VCC bias of the microphone input is subtracted.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/Config/AppConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ff8ed270de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ *  the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ *  specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ *  makefile or build system.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ *  \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#define MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL               2
+
+	#define MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL
+	#define USE_TEST_TONE
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6048c1d809
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..82cb337da6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,312 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ *  the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ *  process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(2,0,0),
+	.Class                  = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+	.SubClass               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+	.Protocol               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+	.Endpoint0Size          = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+	.VendorID               = 0x03EB,
+	.ProductID              = 0x2047,
+	.ReleaseNumber          = VERSION_BCD(0,0,2),
+
+	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+	.ProductStrIndex        = STRING_ID_Product,
+	.SerialNumStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+	.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+	.Config =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+			.TotalConfigurationSize   = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+			.TotalInterfaces          = 2,
+
+			.ConfigurationNumber      = 1,
+			.ConfigurationStrIndex    = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+			.ConfigAttributes         = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+			.MaxPowerConsumption      = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+		},
+
+	.Audio_ControlInterface =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber          = INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl,
+			.AlternateSetting         = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints           = 0,
+
+			.Class                    = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
+			.SubClass                 = AUDIO_CSCP_ControlSubclass,
+			.Protocol                 = AUDIO_CSCP_ControlProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex        = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.Audio_ControlInterface_SPC =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+			.ACSpecification          = VERSION_BCD(1,0,0),
+			.TotalLength              = (sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t) +
+			                             sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_InputTerminal_t) +
+			                             sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_OutputTerminal_t)),
+
+			.InCollection             = 1,
+			.InterfaceNumber          = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+		},
+
+	.Audio_InputTerminal =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_InputTerminal_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal,
+
+			.TerminalID               = 0x01,
+			.TerminalType             = AUDIO_TERMINAL_IN_MIC,
+			.AssociatedOutputTerminal = 0x00,
+
+			.TotalChannels            = 1,
+			.ChannelConfig            = 0,
+
+			.ChannelStrIndex          = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+			.TerminalStrIndex         = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.Audio_OutputTerminal =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_OutputTerminal_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal,
+
+			.TerminalID               = 0x02,
+			.TerminalType             = AUDIO_TERMINAL_STREAMING,
+			.AssociatedInputTerminal  = 0x00,
+
+			.SourceID                 = 0x01,
+
+			.TerminalStrIndex         = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.Audio_StreamInterface_Alt0 =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber          = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+			.AlternateSetting         = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints           = 0,
+
+			.Class                    = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
+			.SubClass                 = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioStreamingSubclass,
+			.Protocol                 = AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex        = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.Audio_StreamInterface_Alt1 =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber          = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+			.AlternateSetting         = 1,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints           = 1,
+
+			.Class                    = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
+			.SubClass                 = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioStreamingSubclass,
+			.Protocol                 = AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex        = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.Audio_StreamInterface_SPC =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AS_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_General,
+
+			.TerminalLink             = 0x02,
+
+			.FrameDelay               = 1,
+			.AudioFormat              = 0x0001
+		},
+
+	.Audio_AudioFormat =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Format_t) +
+			                                     sizeof(ConfigurationDescriptor.Audio_AudioFormatSampleRates),
+			                             .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_FormatType,
+
+			.FormatType               = 0x01,
+			.Channels                 = 0x01,
+
+			.SubFrameSize             = 0x02,
+			.BitResolution            = 16,
+
+			.TotalDiscreteSampleRates = (sizeof(ConfigurationDescriptor.Audio_AudioFormatSampleRates) / sizeof(USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t))
+		},
+
+	.Audio_AudioFormatSampleRates =
+		{
+			AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(8000),
+			AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(11025),
+			AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(22050),
+			AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(44100),
+			AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(48000),
+		},
+
+	.Audio_StreamEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Endpoint =
+				{
+					.Header              = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+					.EndpointAddress     = AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR,
+					.Attributes          = (EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS | ENDPOINT_ATTR_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+					.EndpointSize        = AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE,
+					.PollingIntervalMS   = 0x01
+				},
+
+			.Refresh                  = 0,
+			.SyncEndpointNumber       = 0
+		},
+
+	.Audio_StreamEndpoint_SPC =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSEndpoint},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSEndpoint_General,
+
+			.Attributes               = (AUDIO_EP_ACCEPTS_SMALL_PACKETS | AUDIO_EP_SAMPLE_FREQ_CONTROL),
+
+			.LockDelayUnits           = 0x00,
+			.LockDelay                = 0x0000
+		}
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ *  the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ *  via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ *  form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ *  and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Audio In Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ *  USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8);
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+	const void* Address = NULL;
+	uint16_t    Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+	switch (DescriptorType)
+	{
+		case DTYPE_Device:
+			Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_Configuration:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_String:
+			switch (DescriptorNumber)
+			{
+				case STRING_ID_Language:
+					Address = &LanguageString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+					Address = &ManufacturerString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Product:
+					Address = &ProductString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+			}
+
+			break;
+	}
+
+	*DescriptorAddress = Address;
+	return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bb73220a27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Endpoint address of the Audio isochronous streaming data IN endpoint. */
+		#define AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR           (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+		/** Endpoint size in bytes of the Audio isochronous streaming data endpoint. */
+		#define AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE           256
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t     Config;
+
+			// Audio Control Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t                Audio_ControlInterface;
+			USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t       Audio_ControlInterface_SPC;
+			USB_Audio_Descriptor_InputTerminal_t      Audio_InputTerminal;
+			USB_Audio_Descriptor_OutputTerminal_t     Audio_OutputTerminal;
+
+			// Audio Streaming Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t                Audio_StreamInterface_Alt0;
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t                Audio_StreamInterface_Alt1;
+			USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AS_t       Audio_StreamInterface_SPC;
+			USB_Audio_Descriptor_Format_t             Audio_AudioFormat;
+			USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t                    Audio_AudioFormatSampleRates[5];
+			USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t Audio_StreamEndpoint;
+			USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t Audio_StreamEndpoint_SPC;
+		} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+		/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+		 *  should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+		 *  interface from other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+		{
+			INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl = 0, /**< Audio control interface descriptor ID */
+			INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream  = 1, /**< Audio stream interface descriptor ID */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+		 *  have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+		 *  other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum StringDescriptors_t
+		{
+			STRING_ID_Language     = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+			STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+			STRING_ID_Product      = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+		};
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+		                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+		                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+		                                    ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a915925af6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="Audio Input Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.audio_input.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.audio_input"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.class.audio_input" caption="Audio Input Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Audio 1.0 Input device demo, implementing a basic USB microphone. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Device"/>
+			<keyword value="Audio Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="AudioInput.txt"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="AudioInput.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="AudioInput.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.adc"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d52d22cdcb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Audio Input Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..db4048243a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = AudioInput
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4c78deb9f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.c
@@ -0,0 +1,311 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the AudioOutput demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "AudioOutput.h"
+
+/** LUFA Audio Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ *  passed to all Audio Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ *  within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t Speaker_Audio_Interface =
+	{
+		.Config =
+			{
+				.ControlInterfaceNumber   = INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl,
+				.StreamingInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+				.DataOUTEndpoint          =
+					{
+						.Address          = AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR,
+						.Size             = AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks            = 2,
+					},
+			},
+	};
+
+/** Current audio sampling frequency of the streaming audio endpoint. */
+static uint32_t CurrentAudioSampleFrequency = 48000;
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ *  setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		Audio_Device_USBTask(&Speaker_Audio_Interface);
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	LEDs_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** ISR to handle the reloading of the PWM timer with the next sample. */
+ISR(TIMER0_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+	uint8_t PrevEndpoint = Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint();
+
+	/* Check that the USB bus is ready for the next sample to read */
+	if (Audio_Device_IsSampleReceived(&Speaker_Audio_Interface))
+	{
+		/* Retrieve the signed 16-bit left and right audio samples, convert to 8-bit */
+		int8_t LeftSample_8Bit  = (Audio_Device_ReadSample16(&Speaker_Audio_Interface) >> 8);
+		int8_t RightSample_8Bit = (Audio_Device_ReadSample16(&Speaker_Audio_Interface) >> 8);
+
+		/* Mix the two channels together to produce a mono, 8-bit sample */
+		int8_t MixedSample_8Bit = (((int16_t)LeftSample_8Bit + (int16_t)RightSample_8Bit) >> 1);
+
+		#if defined(AUDIO_OUT_MONO)
+		/* Load the sample into the PWM timer channel */
+		OCR3A = (MixedSample_8Bit ^ (1 << 7));
+		#elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_STEREO)
+		/* Load the dual 8-bit samples into the PWM timer channels */
+		OCR3A = (LeftSample_8Bit  ^ (1 << 7));
+		OCR3B = (RightSample_8Bit ^ (1 << 7));
+		#elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_PORTC)
+		/* Load the 8-bit mixed sample into PORTC */
+		PORTC = MixedSample_8Bit;
+		#endif
+
+		uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
+
+		/* Turn on LEDs as the sample amplitude increases */
+		if (MixedSample_8Bit > 16)
+		  LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4);
+		else if (MixedSample_8Bit > 8)
+		  LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3);
+		else if (MixedSample_8Bit > 4)
+		  LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
+		else if (MixedSample_8Bit > 2)
+		  LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1);
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+	}
+
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PrevEndpoint);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+	/* Sample reload timer initialization */
+	TIMSK0  = (1 << OCIE0A);
+	OCR0A   = ((F_CPU / 8 / CurrentAudioSampleFrequency) - 1);
+	TCCR0A  = (1 << WGM01);  // CTC mode
+	TCCR0B  = (1 << CS01);   // Fcpu/8 speed
+
+	#if defined(AUDIO_OUT_MONO)
+	/* Set speaker as output */
+	DDRC   |= (1 << 6);
+	#elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_STEREO)
+	/* Set speakers as outputs */
+	DDRC   |= ((1 << 6) | (1 << 5));
+	#elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_PORTC)
+	/* Set PORTC as outputs */
+	DDRC   |= 0xFF;
+	#endif
+
+	#if (defined(AUDIO_OUT_MONO) || defined(AUDIO_OUT_STEREO))
+	/* PWM speaker timer initialization */
+	TCCR3A  = ((1 << WGM30) | (1 << COM3A1) | (1 << COM3A0)
+	        | (1 << COM3B1) | (1 << COM3B0)); // Set on match, clear on TOP
+	TCCR3B  = ((1 << WGM32) | (1 << CS30));  // Fast 8-Bit PWM, F_CPU speed
+	#endif
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+
+	/* Stop the sample reload timer */
+	TCCR0B = 0;
+
+	#if (defined(AUDIO_OUT_MONO) || defined(AUDIO_OUT_STEREO))
+	/* Stop the PWM generation timer */
+	TCCR3B = 0;
+	#endif
+
+	#if defined(AUDIO_OUT_MONO)
+	/* Set speaker as input to reduce current draw */
+	DDRC  &= ~(1 << 6);
+	#elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_STEREO)
+	/* Set speakers as inputs to reduce current draw */
+	DDRC  &= ~((1 << 6) | (1 << 5));
+	#elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_PORTC)
+	/* Set PORTC low */
+	PORTC = 0x00;
+	#endif
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+	bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+	ConfigSuccess &= Audio_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Speaker_Audio_Interface);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+	Audio_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Speaker_Audio_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Audio class driver callback for the setting and retrieval of streaming endpoint properties. This callback must be implemented
+ *  in the user application to handle property manipulations on streaming audio endpoints.
+ *
+ *  When the DataLength parameter is NULL, this callback should only indicate whether the specified operation is valid for
+ *  the given endpoint index, and should return as fast as possible. When non-NULL, this value may be altered for GET operations
+ *  to indicate the size of the retrieved data.
+ *
+ *  \note The length of the retrieved data stored into the Data buffer on GET operations should not exceed the initial value
+ *        of the \c DataLength parameter.
+ *
+ *  \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+ *  \param[in]     EndpointProperty    Property of the endpoint to get or set, a value from Audio_ClassRequests_t.
+ *  \param[in]     EndpointAddress     Address of the streaming endpoint whose property is being referenced.
+ *  \param[in]     EndpointControl     Parameter of the endpoint to get or set, a value from Audio_EndpointControls_t.
+ *  \param[in,out] DataLength          For SET operations, the length of the parameter data to set. For GET operations, the maximum
+ *                                     length of the retrieved data. When NULL, the function should return whether the given property
+ *                                     and parameter is valid for the requested endpoint without reading or modifying the Data buffer.
+ *  \param[in,out] Data                Pointer to a location where the parameter data is stored for SET operations, or where
+ *                                     the retrieved data is to be stored for GET operations.
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the property get/set was successful, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetEndpointProperty(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+                                                  const uint8_t EndpointProperty,
+                                                  const uint8_t EndpointAddress,
+                                                  const uint8_t EndpointControl,
+                                                  uint16_t* const DataLength,
+                                                  uint8_t* Data)
+{
+	/* Check the requested endpoint to see if a supported endpoint is being manipulated */
+	if (EndpointAddress == Speaker_Audio_Interface.Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address)
+	{
+		/* Check the requested control to see if a supported control is being manipulated */
+		if (EndpointControl == AUDIO_EPCONTROL_SamplingFreq)
+		{
+			switch (EndpointProperty)
+			{
+				case AUDIO_REQ_SetCurrent:
+					/* Check if we are just testing for a valid property, or actually adjusting it */
+					if (DataLength != NULL)
+					{
+						/* Set the new sampling frequency to the value given by the host */
+						CurrentAudioSampleFrequency = (((uint32_t)Data[2] << 16) | ((uint32_t)Data[1] << 8) | (uint32_t)Data[0]);
+
+						/* Adjust sample reload timer to the new frequency */
+						OCR0A = ((F_CPU / 8 / CurrentAudioSampleFrequency) - 1);
+					}
+
+					return true;
+				case AUDIO_REQ_GetCurrent:
+					/* Check if we are just testing for a valid property, or actually reading it */
+					if (DataLength != NULL)
+					{
+						*DataLength = 3;
+
+						Data[2] = (CurrentAudioSampleFrequency >> 16);
+						Data[1] = (CurrentAudioSampleFrequency >> 8);
+						Data[0] = (CurrentAudioSampleFrequency &  0xFF);
+					}
+
+					return true;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	return false;
+}
+
+/** Audio class driver callback for the setting and retrieval of streaming interface properties. This callback must be implemented
+ *  in the user application to handle property manipulations on streaming audio interfaces.
+ *
+ *  When the DataLength parameter is NULL, this callback should only indicate whether the specified operation is valid for
+ *  the given entity and should return as fast as possible. When non-NULL, this value may be altered for GET operations
+ *  to indicate the size of the retrieved data.
+ *
+ *  \note The length of the retrieved data stored into the Data buffer on GET operations should not exceed the initial value
+ *        of the \c DataLength parameter.
+ *
+ *  \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+ *  \param[in]     Property            Property of the interface to get or set, a value from Audio_ClassRequests_t.
+ *  \param[in]     EntityAddress       Address of the audio entity whose property is being referenced.
+ *  \param[in]     Parameter           Parameter of the entity to get or set, specific to each type of entity (see USB Audio specification).
+ *  \param[in,out] DataLength          For SET operations, the length of the parameter data to set. For GET operations, the maximum
+ *                                     length of the retrieved data. When NULL, the function should return whether the given property
+ *                                     and parameter is valid for the requested endpoint without reading or modifying the Data buffer.
+ *  \param[in,out] Data                Pointer to a location where the parameter data is stored for SET operations, or where
+ *                                     the retrieved data is to be stored for GET operations.
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the property GET/SET was successful, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetInterfaceProperty(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+                                                   const uint8_t Property,
+                                                   const uint8_t EntityAddress,
+                                                   const uint16_t Parameter,
+                                                   uint16_t* const DataLength,
+                                                   uint8_t* Data)
+{
+	/* No audio interface entities in the device descriptor, thus no properties to get or set. */
+	return false;
+}
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4dbec315e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.h
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for AudioOutput.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _AUDIO_OUTPUT_H_
+#define _AUDIO_OUTPUT_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <stdlib.h>
+
+		#include "Descriptors.h"
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+		bool CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetEndpointProperty(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+		                                                  const uint8_t EndpointProperty,
+		                                                  const uint8_t EndpointAddress,
+		                                                  const uint8_t EndpointControl,
+		                                                  uint16_t* const DataLength,
+		                                                  uint8_t* Data) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+		bool CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetInterfaceProperty(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+		                                                   const uint8_t Property,
+		                                                   const uint8_t EntityAddress,
+		                                                   const uint16_t Parameter,
+		                                                   uint16_t* const DataLength,
+		                                                   uint8_t* Data);
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8f0c7d656c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Audio Output Device Demo
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *  \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ *  \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Audio Class</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Standard Audio Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF Audio 1.0 Class Specification \n
+ *        USBIF Audio 1.0 Class Terminal Types Specification \n
+ *        USBIF Audio 1.0 Data Formats Specification</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Audio demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ *  application for implementing a USB Audio Output device using the
+ *  basic USB Audio 1.0 drivers in all modern OSes (i.e. no special drivers
+ *  required).
+ *
+ *  On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function
+ *  as a USB speaker. Outgoing audio will output in 8-bit PWM onto
+ *  the timer 3 output compare channel A for AUDIO_OUT_MONO mode, on
+ *  timer 3 channels A and B for AUDIO_OUT_STEREO and on PORTC as a signed
+ *  mono sample for AUDIO_OUT_PORTC. Audio output will also be indicated on
+ *  the board LEDs in all modes. Decouple audio outputs with a capacitor and
+ *  attach to a speaker to hear the audio.
+ *
+ *  Under Windows, if a driver request dialogue pops up, select the option
+ *  to automatically install the appropriate drivers.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ *    <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ *    <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>AUDIO_OUT_STEREO</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>When defined, this outputs the audio samples in stereo to the timer output pins of the microcontroller.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>AUDIO_OUT_MONO</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>When defined, this outputs the audio samples in mono to the timer output pin of the microcontroller.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>AUDIO_OUT_PORTC</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>When defined, this outputs the audio samples in mono to port C of the microcontroller, for connection to an
+ *        external DAC.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/Config/AppConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e93cfc8136
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ *  the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ *  specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ *  makefile or build system.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ *  \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#define AUDIO_OUT_STEREO
+//	#define AUDIO_OUT_MONO
+//	#define AUDIO_OUT_PORTC
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6048c1d809
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..42bd528bca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,312 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ *  the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ *  process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(2,0,0),
+	.Class                  = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+	.SubClass               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+	.Protocol               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+	.Endpoint0Size          = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+	.VendorID               = 0x03EB,
+	.ProductID              = 0x2046,
+	.ReleaseNumber          = VERSION_BCD(0,0,2),
+
+	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+	.ProductStrIndex        = STRING_ID_Product,
+	.SerialNumStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+	.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+	.Config =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+			.TotalConfigurationSize   = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+			.TotalInterfaces          = 2,
+
+			.ConfigurationNumber      = 1,
+			.ConfigurationStrIndex    = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+			.ConfigAttributes         = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+			.MaxPowerConsumption      = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+		},
+
+	.Audio_ControlInterface =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber          = INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl,
+			.AlternateSetting         = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints           = 0,
+
+			.Class                    = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
+			.SubClass                 = AUDIO_CSCP_ControlSubclass,
+			.Protocol                 = AUDIO_CSCP_ControlProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex        = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.Audio_ControlInterface_SPC =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+			.ACSpecification          = VERSION_BCD(1,0,0),
+			.TotalLength              = (sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t) +
+			                             sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_InputTerminal_t) +
+			                             sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_OutputTerminal_t)),
+
+			.InCollection             = 1,
+			.InterfaceNumber          = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+		},
+
+	.Audio_InputTerminal =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_InputTerminal_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal,
+
+			.TerminalID               = 0x01,
+			.TerminalType             = AUDIO_TERMINAL_STREAMING,
+			.AssociatedOutputTerminal = 0x00,
+
+			.TotalChannels            = 2,
+			.ChannelConfig            = (AUDIO_CHANNEL_LEFT_FRONT | AUDIO_CHANNEL_RIGHT_FRONT),
+
+			.ChannelStrIndex          = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+			.TerminalStrIndex         = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.Audio_OutputTerminal =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_OutputTerminal_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal,
+
+			.TerminalID               = 0x02,
+			.TerminalType             = AUDIO_TERMINAL_OUT_SPEAKER,
+			.AssociatedInputTerminal  = 0x00,
+
+			.SourceID                 = 0x01,
+
+			.TerminalStrIndex         = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.Audio_StreamInterface_Alt0 =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber          = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+			.AlternateSetting         = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints           = 0,
+
+			.Class                    = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
+			.SubClass                 = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioStreamingSubclass,
+			.Protocol                 = AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex        = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.Audio_StreamInterface_Alt1 =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber          = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+			.AlternateSetting         = 1,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints           = 1,
+
+			.Class                    = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
+			.SubClass                 = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioStreamingSubclass,
+			.Protocol                 = AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex        = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.Audio_StreamInterface_SPC =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AS_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_General,
+
+			.TerminalLink             = 0x01,
+
+			.FrameDelay               = 1,
+			.AudioFormat              = 0x0001
+		},
+
+	.Audio_AudioFormat =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Format_t) +
+			                                     sizeof(ConfigurationDescriptor.Audio_AudioFormatSampleRates),
+			                             .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_FormatType,
+
+			.FormatType               = 0x01,
+			.Channels                 = 0x02,
+
+			.SubFrameSize             = 0x02,
+			.BitResolution            = 16,
+
+			.TotalDiscreteSampleRates = (sizeof(ConfigurationDescriptor.Audio_AudioFormatSampleRates) / sizeof(USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t)),
+		},
+
+	.Audio_AudioFormatSampleRates =
+		{
+			AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(8000),
+			AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(11025),
+			AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(22050),
+			AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(44100),
+			AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(48000),
+		},
+
+	.Audio_StreamEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Endpoint =
+				{
+					.Header              = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+					.EndpointAddress     = AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR,
+					.Attributes          = (EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS | ENDPOINT_ATTR_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+					.EndpointSize        = AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE,
+					.PollingIntervalMS   = 0x01
+				},
+
+			.Refresh                  = 0,
+			.SyncEndpointNumber       = 0
+		},
+
+	.Audio_StreamEndpoint_SPC =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSEndpoint},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSEndpoint_General,
+
+			.Attributes               = (AUDIO_EP_ACCEPTS_SMALL_PACKETS | AUDIO_EP_SAMPLE_FREQ_CONTROL),
+
+			.LockDelayUnits           = 0x00,
+			.LockDelay                = 0x0000
+		}
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ *  the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ *  via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ *  form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ *  and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Audio Out Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ *  USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8);
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+	const void* Address = NULL;
+	uint16_t    Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+	switch (DescriptorType)
+	{
+		case DTYPE_Device:
+			Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_Configuration:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_String:
+			switch (DescriptorNumber)
+			{
+				case STRING_ID_Language:
+					Address = &LanguageString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+					Address = &ManufacturerString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Product:
+					Address = &ProductString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+			}
+
+			break;
+	}
+
+	*DescriptorAddress = Address;
+	return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3774cc5409
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Endpoint address of the Audio isochronous streaming data OUT endpoint. */
+		#define AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR           (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 1)
+
+		/** Endpoint size in bytes of the Audio isochronous streaming data endpoint. */
+		#define AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE           256
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t     Config;
+
+			// Audio Control Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t                Audio_ControlInterface;
+			USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t       Audio_ControlInterface_SPC;
+			USB_Audio_Descriptor_InputTerminal_t      Audio_InputTerminal;
+			USB_Audio_Descriptor_OutputTerminal_t     Audio_OutputTerminal;
+
+			// Audio Streaming Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t                Audio_StreamInterface_Alt0;
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t                Audio_StreamInterface_Alt1;
+			USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AS_t       Audio_StreamInterface_SPC;
+			USB_Audio_Descriptor_Format_t             Audio_AudioFormat;
+			USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t                    Audio_AudioFormatSampleRates[5];
+			USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t Audio_StreamEndpoint;
+			USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t Audio_StreamEndpoint_SPC;
+		} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+		/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+		 *  should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+		 *  interface from other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+		{
+			INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl = 0, /**< Audio control interface descriptor ID */
+			INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream  = 1, /**< Audio stream interface descriptor ID */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+		 *  have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+		 *  other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum StringDescriptors_t
+		{
+			STRING_ID_Language     = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+			STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+			STRING_ID_Product      = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+		};
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+		                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+		                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+		                                    ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b372ac6086
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="Audio Output Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.audio_output.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.audio_output"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.class.audio_output" caption="Audio Output Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Audio 1.0 Output device demo, implementing a basic USB speaker. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Device"/>
+			<keyword value="Audio Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="AudioOutput.txt"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="AudioOutput.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="AudioOutput.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..937ef3907b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Audio Output Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = YES
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dc4c7bb1c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = AudioOutput
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..00eefc7bf7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+		#define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX               2
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a286c5e9e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,366 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ *  the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ *  process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+	.Class                  = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+	.SubClass               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+	.Protocol               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+	.Endpoint0Size          = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+	.VendorID               = 0x03EB,
+	.ProductID              = 0x206D,
+	.ReleaseNumber          = VERSION_BCD(0,0,2),
+
+	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+	.ProductStrIndex        = STRING_ID_Product,
+	.SerialNumStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+	.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+	.Config =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+			.TotalConfigurationSize   = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+			.TotalInterfaces          = 2,
+
+			.ConfigurationNumber      = 1,
+			.ConfigurationStrIndex    = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+			.ConfigAttributes         = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+			.MaxPowerConsumption      = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+		},
+
+	.Audio_ControlInterface =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber          = INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl,
+			.AlternateSetting         = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints           = 0,
+
+			.Class                    = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
+			.SubClass                 = AUDIO_CSCP_ControlSubclass,
+			.Protocol                 = AUDIO_CSCP_ControlProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex        = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.Audio_ControlInterface_SPC =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+			.ACSpecification          = VERSION_BCD(1,0,0),
+			.TotalLength              = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t),
+
+			.InCollection             = 1,
+			.InterfaceNumber          = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+		},
+
+	.Audio_StreamInterface =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber          = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+			.AlternateSetting         = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints           = 2,
+
+			.Class                    = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
+			.SubClass                 = AUDIO_CSCP_MIDIStreamingSubclass,
+			.Protocol                 = AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex        = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.Audio_StreamInterface_SPC =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_AudioInterface_AS_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_General,
+
+			.AudioSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,0,0),
+
+			.TotalLength              = (sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t) -
+			                             offsetof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t, Audio_StreamInterface_SPC))
+		},
+
+	.MIDI_In_Jack_Emb =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal,
+
+			.JackType                 = MIDI_JACKTYPE_Embedded,
+			.JackID                   = 0x01,
+
+			.JackStrIndex             = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.MIDI_In_Jack_Emb2 =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal,
+
+			.JackType                 = MIDI_JACKTYPE_Embedded,
+			.JackID                   = 0x02,
+
+			.JackStrIndex             = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.MIDI_In_Jack_Ext =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal,
+
+			.JackType                 = MIDI_JACKTYPE_External,
+			.JackID                   = 0x03,
+
+			.JackStrIndex             = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.MIDI_In_Jack_Ext2 =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal,
+
+			.JackType                 = MIDI_JACKTYPE_External,
+			.JackID                   = 0x04,
+
+			.JackStrIndex             = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.MIDI_Out_Jack_Emb =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal,
+
+			.JackType                 = MIDI_JACKTYPE_Embedded,
+			.JackID                   = 0x05,
+
+			.NumberOfPins             = 1,
+			.SourceJackID             = {0x03},
+			.SourcePinID              = {0x01},
+
+			.JackStrIndex             = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.MIDI_Out_Jack_Emb2 =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal,
+
+			.JackType                 = MIDI_JACKTYPE_Embedded,
+			.JackID                   = 0x06,
+
+			.NumberOfPins             = 1,
+			.SourceJackID             = {0x04},
+			.SourcePinID              = {0x01},
+
+			.JackStrIndex             = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.MIDI_Out_Jack_Ext =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal,
+
+			.JackType                 = MIDI_JACKTYPE_External,
+			.JackID                   = 0x07,
+
+			.NumberOfPins             = 1,
+			.SourceJackID             = {0x01},
+			.SourcePinID              = {0x01},
+
+			.JackStrIndex             = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.MIDI_Out_Jack_Ext2 =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal,
+
+			.JackType                 = MIDI_JACKTYPE_External,
+			.JackID                   = 0x08,
+
+			.NumberOfPins             = 1,
+			.SourceJackID             = {0x02},
+			.SourcePinID              = {0x01},
+
+			.JackStrIndex             = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint =
+		{
+			.Endpoint =
+				{
+					.Header              = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+					.EndpointAddress     = MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPADDR,
+					.Attributes          = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+					.EndpointSize        = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
+					.PollingIntervalMS   = 0x05
+				},
+
+			.Refresh                  = 0,
+			.SyncEndpointNumber       = 0
+		},
+
+	.MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint_SPC =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_DualJack_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSEndpoint},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSEndpoint_General,
+
+			.TotalEmbeddedJacks       = 0x02,
+			.AssociatedJackID         = {0x01, 0x02}
+		},
+
+	.MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint =
+		{
+			.Endpoint =
+				{
+					.Header              = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+					.EndpointAddress     = MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPADDR,
+					.Attributes          = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+					.EndpointSize        = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
+					.PollingIntervalMS   = 0x05
+				},
+
+			.Refresh                  = 0,
+			.SyncEndpointNumber       = 0
+		},
+
+	.MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint_SPC =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_DualJack_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSEndpoint},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSEndpoint_General,
+
+			.TotalEmbeddedJacks       = 0x02,
+			.AssociatedJackID         = {0x05, 0x06}
+		}
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ *  the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ *  via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ *  form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ *  and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Dual MIDI Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ *  USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8);
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+	const void* Address = NULL;
+	uint16_t    Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+	switch (DescriptorType)
+	{
+		case DTYPE_Device:
+			Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_Configuration:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_String:
+			switch (DescriptorNumber)
+			{
+				case STRING_ID_Language:
+					Address = &LanguageString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+					Address = &ManufacturerString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Product:
+					Address = &ProductString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+			}
+
+			break;
+	}
+
+	*DescriptorAddress = Address;
+	return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a7ce6d2cd6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Endpoint address of the MIDI streaming data IN endpoint, for device-to-host data transfers. */
+		#define MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPADDR       (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 2)
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the MIDI streaming data OUT endpoint, for host-to-device data transfers. */
+		#define MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPADDR      (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 1)
+
+		/** Endpoint size in bytes of the Audio isochronous streaming data IN and OUT endpoints. */
+		#define MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE          64
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+ 		/** Type define for a dual jack endpoint descriptor. This is identical to the LUFA MIDI class driver's
+ 		 *  USB_MIDI_Descriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t, except that it contains two jack association entries.
+ 		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Header_t   Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
+			uint8_t                   Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors. */
+
+			uint8_t                   TotalEmbeddedJacks; /**< Total number of jacks inside this endpoint. */
+			uint8_t                   AssociatedJackID[2]; /**< IDs of each jack inside the endpoint. */
+		} ATTR_PACKED USB_MIDI_Descriptor_DualJack_Endpoint_t;
+
+		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t     Config;
+
+			// MIDI Audio Control Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t                Audio_ControlInterface;
+			USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t       Audio_ControlInterface_SPC;
+
+			// MIDI Audio Streaming Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t                Audio_StreamInterface;
+			USB_MIDI_Descriptor_AudioInterface_AS_t   Audio_StreamInterface_SPC;
+			USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t           MIDI_In_Jack_Emb;
+			USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t           MIDI_In_Jack_Emb2;
+			USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t           MIDI_In_Jack_Ext;
+			USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t           MIDI_In_Jack_Ext2;
+			USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t          MIDI_Out_Jack_Emb;
+			USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t          MIDI_Out_Jack_Emb2;
+			USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t          MIDI_Out_Jack_Ext;
+			USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t          MIDI_Out_Jack_Ext2;
+			USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint;
+			USB_MIDI_Descriptor_DualJack_Endpoint_t   MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint_SPC;
+			USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint;
+			USB_MIDI_Descriptor_DualJack_Endpoint_t   MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint_SPC;
+		} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+		/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+		 *  should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+		 *  interface from other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+		{
+			INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl = 0, /**< Audio control interface descriptor ID */
+			INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream  = 1, /**< Audio streaming interface descriptor ID */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+		 *  have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+		 *  other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum StringDescriptors_t
+		{
+			STRING_ID_Language     = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+			STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+			STRING_ID_Product      = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+		};
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+		                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+		                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+		                                    ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/DualMIDI.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/DualMIDI.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b31f602498
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/DualMIDI.c
@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the Dual MIDI demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "DualMIDI.h"
+
+/** LUFA MIDI Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ *  passed to all MIDI Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ *  within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t Keyboard_MIDI_Interface =
+	{
+		.Config =
+			{
+				.StreamingInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+				.DataINEndpoint           =
+					{
+						.Address          = MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPADDR,
+						.Size             = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks            = 1,
+					},
+				.DataOUTEndpoint          =
+					{
+						.Address          = MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPADDR,
+						.Size             = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks            = 1,
+					},
+			},
+	};
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ *  setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		CheckJoystickMovement();
+
+		MIDI_EventPacket_t ReceivedMIDIEvent;
+		while (MIDI_Device_ReceiveEventPacket(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface, &ReceivedMIDIEvent))
+		{
+			if ((ReceivedMIDIEvent.Event == MIDI_EVENT(0, MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON)) && (ReceivedMIDIEvent.Data3 > 0))
+			  LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ReceivedMIDIEvent.Data2 > 64 ? LEDS_LED1 : LEDS_LED2);
+			else
+			  LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_NO_LEDS);
+		}
+
+		MIDI_Device_USBTask(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface);
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+	/* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+	XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+	XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+	/* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+	XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+	XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+	PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	Joystick_Init();
+	LEDs_Init();
+	Buttons_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Checks for changes in the position of the board joystick, sending MIDI events to the host upon each change. */
+void CheckJoystickMovement(void)
+{
+	static uint8_t PrevJoystickStatus;
+
+	uint8_t MIDICommand = 0;
+	uint8_t MIDIPitch;
+
+	/* Get current joystick mask, XOR with previous to detect joystick changes */
+	uint8_t JoystickStatus  = Joystick_GetStatus();
+	uint8_t JoystickChanges = (JoystickStatus ^ PrevJoystickStatus);
+
+	/* Get board button status - if pressed use second virtual cable, otherwise use the first */
+	uint8_t VirtualCable = (Buttons_GetStatus() & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ? 1 : 0;
+
+	if (JoystickChanges & JOY_LEFT)
+	{
+		MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_LEFT)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+		MIDIPitch   = 0x3C;
+	}
+
+	if (JoystickChanges & JOY_UP)
+	{
+		MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_UP)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+		MIDIPitch   = 0x3D;
+	}
+
+	if (JoystickChanges & JOY_RIGHT)
+	{
+		MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_RIGHT)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+		MIDIPitch   = 0x3E;
+	}
+
+	if (JoystickChanges & JOY_DOWN)
+	{
+		MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_DOWN)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+		MIDIPitch   = 0x3F;
+	}
+
+	if (JoystickChanges & JOY_PRESS)
+	{
+		MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_PRESS)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+		MIDIPitch   = 0x3B;
+	}
+
+	if (MIDICommand)
+	{
+		MIDI_EventPacket_t MIDIEvent = (MIDI_EventPacket_t)
+			{
+				.Event       = MIDI_EVENT(VirtualCable, MIDICommand),
+
+				.Data1       = MIDICommand | MIDI_CHANNEL(1),
+				.Data2       = MIDIPitch,
+				.Data3       = MIDI_STANDARD_VELOCITY,
+			};
+
+		MIDI_Device_SendEventPacket(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface, &MIDIEvent);
+		MIDI_Device_Flush(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface);
+	}
+
+	PrevJoystickStatus = JoystickStatus;
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+	bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+	ConfigSuccess &= MIDI_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+	MIDI_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface);
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/DualMIDI.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/DualMIDI.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3b0dac3be3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/DualMIDI.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for DualMIDI.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DUAL_MIDI_H_
+#define _DUAL_MIDI_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <stdbool.h>
+		#include <string.h>
+
+		#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+		void CheckJoystickMovement(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/DualMIDI.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/DualMIDI.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..19d4dbc04b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/DualMIDI.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage MIDI Dual Input Device Demo
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *  \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ *  \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ *  \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ *  \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ *  \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx)
+ *  \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Audio Class</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Standard Audio Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF Audio Class Specification \n
+ *        USB-MIDI Audio Class Extension Specification \n
+ *        General MIDI Specification</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Dual MIDI demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ *  application for implementing the USB-MIDI class in USB devices.
+ *  It is built upon the USB Audio class.
+ *
+ *  Joystick movements are translated into note on/off messages and
+ *  are sent to the host PC as MIDI streams which can be read by any
+ *  MIDI program supporting MIDI IN devices.
+ *
+ *  If the HWB is not pressed, the first virtual MIDI cable to the host is
+ *  used. If the HWB is pressed, then the second virtual cable is selected.
+ *
+ *  This device implements MIDI-THRU mode, with the IN MIDI data being
+ *  generated by the device itself. OUT MIDI data is discarded.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>
+ *     None
+ *    </td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ba85a3b56b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="Dual MIDI Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.dual_midi.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.dual_midi"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<project caption="MIDI Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.dual_midi.example.xmega">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.dual_midi"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.class.dual_midi" caption="Dual MIDI Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Dual MIDI device demo, implementing a basic USB MIDI device with two virtual cables that can send messages to the host. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Device"/>
+			<keyword value="MIDI Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="DualMIDI.txt"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="DualMIDI.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="DualMIDI.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..879aae3e87
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Dual MIDI Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..04e06d1df6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = DualMIDI
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..070eac4712
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+		#define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX               6
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..553223a2b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,360 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ *  the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ *  process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+	.Class                  = USB_CSCP_IADDeviceClass,
+	.SubClass               = USB_CSCP_IADDeviceSubclass,
+	.Protocol               = USB_CSCP_IADDeviceProtocol,
+
+	.Endpoint0Size          = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+	.VendorID               = 0x03EB,
+	.ProductID              = 0x204E,
+	.ReleaseNumber          = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+	.ProductStrIndex        = STRING_ID_Product,
+	.SerialNumStrIndex      = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
+
+	.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+	.Config =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+			.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+			.TotalInterfaces        = 4,
+
+			.ConfigurationNumber    = 1,
+			.ConfigurationStrIndex  = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+			.ConfigAttributes       = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+			.MaxPowerConsumption    = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+		},
+
+	.CDC1_IAD =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t), .Type = DTYPE_InterfaceAssociation},
+
+			.FirstInterfaceIndex    = INTERFACE_ID_CDC1_CCI,
+			.TotalInterfaces        = 2,
+
+			.Class                  = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+			.SubClass               = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
+
+			.IADStrIndex            = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.CDC1_CCI_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_CDC1_CCI,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 1,
+
+			.Class                  = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+			.SubClass               = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.CDC1_Functional_Header =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+			.CDCSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+		},
+
+	.CDC1_Functional_ACM =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM,
+
+			.Capabilities           = 0x06,
+		},
+
+	.CDC1_Functional_Union =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union,
+
+			.MasterInterfaceNumber  = INTERFACE_ID_CDC1_CCI,
+			.SlaveInterfaceNumber   = INTERFACE_ID_CDC1_DCI,
+		},
+
+	.CDC1_ManagementEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = CDC1_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0xFF
+		},
+
+	.CDC1_DCI_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_CDC1_DCI,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 2,
+
+			.Class                  = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass,
+			.SubClass               = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.CDC1_DataOutEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = CDC1_RX_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		},
+
+	.CDC1_DataInEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = CDC1_TX_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		},
+
+	.CDC2_IAD =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t), .Type = DTYPE_InterfaceAssociation},
+
+			.FirstInterfaceIndex    = INTERFACE_ID_CDC2_CCI,
+			.TotalInterfaces        = 2,
+
+			.Class                  = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+			.SubClass               = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
+
+			.IADStrIndex            = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.CDC2_CCI_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_CDC2_CCI,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 1,
+
+			.Class                  = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+			.SubClass               = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.CDC2_Functional_Header =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+			.CDCSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+		},
+
+	.CDC2_Functional_ACM =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM,
+
+			.Capabilities           = 0x06,
+		},
+
+	.CDC2_Functional_Union =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union,
+
+			.MasterInterfaceNumber  = INTERFACE_ID_CDC2_CCI,
+			.SlaveInterfaceNumber   = INTERFACE_ID_CDC2_DCI,
+		},
+
+	.CDC2_ManagementEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = CDC2_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0xFF
+		},
+
+	.CDC2_DCI_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_CDC2_DCI,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 2,
+
+			.Class                  = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass,
+			.SubClass               = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.CDC2_DataOutEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = CDC2_RX_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		},
+
+	.CDC2_DataInEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = CDC2_TX_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		}
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ *  the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ *  via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ *  form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ *  and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Dual CDC Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ *  USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8);
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+	const void* Address = NULL;
+	uint16_t    Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+	switch (DescriptorType)
+	{
+		case DTYPE_Device:
+			Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_Configuration:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_String:
+			switch (DescriptorNumber)
+			{
+				case STRING_ID_Language:
+					Address = &LanguageString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+					Address = &ManufacturerString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Product:
+					Address = &ProductString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+			}
+
+			break;
+	}
+
+	*DescriptorAddress = Address;
+	return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dfc7a77930
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Endpoint address of the first CDC interface's device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+		#define CDC1_TX_EPADDR                 (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 1)
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the first CDC interface's host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+		#define CDC1_RX_EPADDR                 (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 2)
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the first CDC interface's device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+		#define CDC1_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR       (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 3)
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the second CDC interface's device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+		#define CDC2_TX_EPADDR                 (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 4)
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the second CDC interface's host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+		#define CDC2_RX_EPADDR                 (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 5)
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the second CDC interface's device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+		#define CDC2_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR       (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 6)
+
+		/** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoints. */
+		#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE        8
+
+		/** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */
+		#define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE                16
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t    Config;
+
+			// First CDC Control Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t   CDC1_IAD;
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t               CDC1_CCI_Interface;
+			USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t    CDC1_Functional_Header;
+			USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t       CDC1_Functional_ACM;
+			USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t     CDC1_Functional_Union;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t                CDC1_ManagementEndpoint;
+
+			// First CDC Data Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t               CDC1_DCI_Interface;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t                CDC1_DataOutEndpoint;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t                CDC1_DataInEndpoint;
+
+			// Second CDC Control Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t   CDC2_IAD;
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t               CDC2_CCI_Interface;
+			USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t    CDC2_Functional_Header;
+			USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t       CDC2_Functional_ACM;
+			USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t     CDC2_Functional_Union;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t                CDC2_ManagementEndpoint;
+
+			// Second CDC Data Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t               CDC2_DCI_Interface;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t                CDC2_DataOutEndpoint;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t                CDC2_DataInEndpoint;
+		} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+		/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+		 *  should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+		 *  interface from other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+		{
+			INTERFACE_ID_CDC1_CCI = 0, /**< CDC1 CCI interface descriptor ID */
+			INTERFACE_ID_CDC1_DCI = 1, /**< CDC1 DCI interface descriptor ID */
+			INTERFACE_ID_CDC2_CCI = 2, /**< CDC2 CCI interface descriptor ID */
+			INTERFACE_ID_CDC2_DCI = 3, /**< CDC2 DCI interface descriptor ID */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+		 *  have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+		 *  other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum StringDescriptors_t
+		{
+			STRING_ID_Language     = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+			STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+			STRING_ID_Product      = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+		};
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+		                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+		                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+		                                    ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9a7ff4725e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.c
@@ -0,0 +1,242 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the DualVirtualSerial demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "DualVirtualSerial.h"
+
+/** LUFA CDC Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ *  passed to all CDC Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ *  within a device can be differentiated from one another. This is for the first CDC interface,
+ *  which sends strings to the host for each joystick movement.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t VirtualSerial1_CDC_Interface =
+	{
+		.Config =
+			{
+				.ControlInterfaceNumber   = INTERFACE_ID_CDC1_CCI,
+				.DataINEndpoint           =
+					{
+						.Address          = CDC1_TX_EPADDR,
+						.Size             = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks            = 1,
+					},
+				.DataOUTEndpoint =
+					{
+						.Address          = CDC1_RX_EPADDR,
+						.Size             = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks            = 1,
+					},
+				.NotificationEndpoint =
+					{
+						.Address          = CDC1_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+						.Size             = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks            = 1,
+					},
+			},
+	};
+
+/** LUFA CDC Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ *  passed to all CDC Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ *  within a device can be differentiated from one another. This is for the second CDC interface,
+ *  which echos back all received data from the host.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t VirtualSerial2_CDC_Interface =
+	{
+		.Config =
+			{
+				.ControlInterfaceNumber   = INTERFACE_ID_CDC2_CCI,
+				.DataINEndpoint           =
+					{
+						.Address          = CDC2_TX_EPADDR,
+						.Size             = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks            = 1,
+					},
+				.DataOUTEndpoint =
+					{
+						.Address          = CDC2_RX_EPADDR,
+						.Size             = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks            = 1,
+					},
+				.NotificationEndpoint =
+					{
+						.Address          = CDC2_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+						.Size             = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks            = 1,
+					},
+
+			},
+	};
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ *  setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		CheckJoystickMovement();
+
+		/* Discard all received data on the first CDC interface */
+		CDC_Device_ReceiveByte(&VirtualSerial1_CDC_Interface);
+
+		/* Echo all received data on the second CDC interface */
+		int16_t ReceivedByte = CDC_Device_ReceiveByte(&VirtualSerial2_CDC_Interface);
+		if (!(ReceivedByte < 0))
+		  CDC_Device_SendByte(&VirtualSerial2_CDC_Interface, (uint8_t)ReceivedByte);
+
+		CDC_Device_USBTask(&VirtualSerial1_CDC_Interface);
+		CDC_Device_USBTask(&VirtualSerial2_CDC_Interface);
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+	/* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+	XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+	XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+	/* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+	XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+	XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+	PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	Joystick_Init();
+	LEDs_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Checks for changes in the position of the board joystick, sending strings to the host upon each change
+ *  through the first of the CDC interfaces.
+ */
+void CheckJoystickMovement(void)
+{
+	uint8_t     JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
+	char*       ReportString  = NULL;
+	static bool ActionSent = false;
+
+	if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+	  ReportString = "Joystick Up\r\n";
+	else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+	  ReportString = "Joystick Down\r\n";
+	else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+	  ReportString = "Joystick Left\r\n";
+	else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+	  ReportString = "Joystick Right\r\n";
+	else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+	  ReportString = "Joystick Pressed\r\n";
+	else
+	  ActionSent = false;
+
+	if ((ReportString != NULL) && (ActionSent == false))
+	{
+		ActionSent = true;
+
+		CDC_Device_SendString(&VirtualSerial1_CDC_Interface, ReportString);
+	}
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+	bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+	ConfigSuccess &= CDC_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&VirtualSerial1_CDC_Interface);
+	ConfigSuccess &= CDC_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&VirtualSerial2_CDC_Interface);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+	CDC_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&VirtualSerial1_CDC_Interface);
+	CDC_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&VirtualSerial2_CDC_Interface);
+}
+
+/** CDC class driver callback function the processing of changes to the virtual
+ *  control lines sent from the host..
+ *
+ *  \param[in] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the CDC class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ */
+void EVENT_CDC_Device_ControLineStateChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t *const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	/* You can get changes to the virtual CDC lines in this callback; a common
+	   use-case is to use the Data Terminal Ready (DTR) flag to enable and
+	   disable CDC communications in your application when set to avoid the
+	   application blocking while waiting for a host to become ready and read
+	   in the pending data from the USB endpoints.
+	*/
+	bool HostReady = (CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlLineStates.HostToDevice & CDC_CONTROL_LINE_OUT_DTR) != 0;
+
+	if (CDCInterfaceInfo == &VirtualSerial1_CDC_Interface)
+	{
+		// CDC interface 1's host is ready to send/receive data
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		// CDC interface 2's host is ready to send/receive data
+	}
+}
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..28d125adf7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.h
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for DualVirtualSerial.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DUAL_VIRTUALSERIAL_H_
+#define _DUAL_VIRTUALSERIAL_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <string.h>
+
+		#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+		void CheckJoystickMovement(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c325e9ced9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Dual Communications Device Class (Dual Virtual Serial Port) Device
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *  \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ *  \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ *  \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ *  \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx)
+ *  \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Abstract Control Model (ACM)</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF CDC Class Standard</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF Interface Association Descriptor ECN \n
+ *        USBIF CDC Class Standard</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Dual Communications Device Class demonstration application.
+ *  This gives a simple reference application for implementing
+ *  a composite device with dual CDC functions acting as a pair
+ *  of virtual serial ports. This demo uses Interface Association
+ *  Descriptors to link together the pair of related CDC
+ *  descriptors for each virtual serial port, which may not be
+ *  supported in all OSes - Windows Vista is supported, as is
+ *  XP (although the latter may need a hotfix to function).
+ *
+ *  Joystick actions are transmitted to the host as strings
+ *  through the first serial port. The device does not respond to
+ *  serial data sent from the host in the first serial port.
+ *
+ *  The second serial port echoes back data sent from the host.
+ *
+ *  After running this demo for the first time on a new computer,
+ *  you will need to supply the .INF file located in this demo
+ *  project's directory as the device's driver when running under
+ *  Windows. This will enable Windows to use its inbuilt CDC drivers,
+ *  negating the need for custom drivers for the device. Other
+ *  Operating Systems should automatically use their own inbuilt
+ *  CDC-ACM drivers.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>
+ *     None
+ *    </td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/LUFA DualVirtualSerial.inf b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/LUFA DualVirtualSerial.inf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1a0e0248af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/LUFA DualVirtualSerial.inf
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+;************************************************************
+; Windows USB CDC ACM Setup File
+; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
+;************************************************************
+
+[DefaultInstall]
+CopyINF="LUFA DualVirtualSerial.inf"
+
+[Version]
+Signature="$Windows NT$"
+Class=Ports
+ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318}
+Provider=%MFGNAME%
+DriverVer=7/1/2012,10.0.0.0
+
+[Manufacturer]
+%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTx86, NTamd64, NTia64
+
+[SourceDisksNames]
+
+[SourceDisksFiles]
+
+[DestinationDirs]
+DefaultDestDir=12
+
+[DriverInstall]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+CopyFiles=FakeModemCopyFileSection
+AddReg=DriverInstall.AddReg
+
+[DriverInstall.Services]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, LowerFilter_Service_Inst
+
+[DriverInstall.AddReg]
+HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"msports.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;  Vendor and Product ID Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side
+; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match.
+; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID.  Use the format as shown below.
+; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs.
+; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line.
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[DeviceList]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_00, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_02
+
+[DeviceList.NTx86]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_00, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_02
+
+[DeviceList.NTamd64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_00, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_02
+
+[DeviceList.NTia64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_00, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_02
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;  String Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;Modify these strings to customize your device
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[Strings]
+MFGNAME="http://www.lufa-lib.org"
+DESCRIPTION="LUFA CDC-ACM Virtual Serial Port"
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d136f1c8b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="Dual Virtual Serial Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.dual_cdc.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.dual_cdc"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<project caption="Dual Virtual Serial Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.dual_cdc.example.xmega">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.dual_cdc"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.class.dual_cdc" caption="Dual Virtual Serial Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Dual Virtual Serial (CDC) demo, implementing a pair of virtual serial port interfaces. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Device"/>
+			<keyword value="CDC Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="DualVirtualSerial.txt"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="LUFA DualVirtualSerial.inf"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="DualVirtualSerial.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="DualVirtualSerial.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..40dcfe9157
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Dual Virtual Serial Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3bdd0259bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = DualVirtualSerial
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/Config/AppConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..636200ec6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ *  the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ *  specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ *  makefile or build system.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ *  \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#define GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE       8
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..299d2ec852
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+		#define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX               1
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c0f1b0de97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ *  the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
+ *  USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
+ *  descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
+ *  the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
+ *  more details on HID report descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM GenericReport[] =
+{
+	/* Use the HID class driver's standard Vendor HID report.
+	 *  Vendor Usage Page: 0
+	 *  Vendor Collection Usage: 1
+	 *  Vendor Report IN Usage: 2
+	 *  Vendor Report OUT Usage: 3
+	 *  Vendor Report Size: GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE
+	 */
+	HID_DESCRIPTOR_VENDOR(0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE)
+};
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ *  process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+	.Class                  = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+	.SubClass               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+	.Protocol               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+	.Endpoint0Size          = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+	.VendorID               = 0x03EB,
+	.ProductID              = 0x204F,
+	.ReleaseNumber          = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+	.ProductStrIndex        = STRING_ID_Product,
+	.SerialNumStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+	.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+	.Config =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+			.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+			.TotalInterfaces        = 1,
+
+			.ConfigurationNumber    = 1,
+			.ConfigurationStrIndex  = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+			.ConfigAttributes       = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+			.MaxPowerConsumption    = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+		},
+
+	.HID_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_GenericHID,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0x00,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 1,
+
+			.Class                  = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
+			.SubClass               = HID_CSCP_NonBootSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = HID_CSCP_NonBootProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.HID_GenericHID =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
+
+			.HIDSpec                = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
+			.CountryCode            = 0x00,
+			.TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
+			.HIDReportType          = HID_DTYPE_Report,
+			.HIDReportLength        = sizeof(GenericReport)
+		},
+
+	.HID_ReportINEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = GENERIC_IN_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = GENERIC_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		},
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ *  the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ *  via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ *  form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ *  and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Generic HID Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ *  USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8);
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+	const void* Address = NULL;
+	uint16_t    Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+	switch (DescriptorType)
+	{
+		case DTYPE_Device:
+			Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_Configuration:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_String:
+			switch (DescriptorNumber)
+			{
+				case STRING_ID_Language:
+					Address = &LanguageString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+					Address = &ManufacturerString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Product:
+					Address = &ProductString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case HID_DTYPE_HID:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_GenericHID;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+			break;
+		case HID_DTYPE_Report:
+			Address = &GenericReport;
+			Size    = sizeof(GenericReport);
+			break;
+	}
+
+	*DescriptorAddress = Address;
+	return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4fa644ff2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+			// Generic HID Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t            HID_Interface;
+			USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t              HID_GenericHID;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             HID_ReportINEndpoint;
+		} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+		/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+		 *  should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+		 *  interface from other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+		{
+			INTERFACE_ID_GenericHID = 0, /**< GenericHID interface descriptor ID */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+		 *  have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+		 *  other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum StringDescriptors_t
+		{
+			STRING_ID_Language     = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+			STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+			STRING_ID_Product      = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+		};
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Endpoint address of the Generic HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+		#define GENERIC_IN_EPADDR         (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+		/** Size in bytes of the Generic HID reporting endpoint. */
+		#define GENERIC_EPSIZE            8
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+		                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+		                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+		                                    ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/GenericHID.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/GenericHID.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d7f3e3c23e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/GenericHID.c
@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the GenericHID demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "GenericHID.h"
+
+/** Buffer to hold the previously generated HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */
+static uint8_t PrevHIDReportBuffer[GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE];
+
+/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ *  passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ *  within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Generic_HID_Interface =
+	{
+		.Config =
+			{
+				.InterfaceNumber              = INTERFACE_ID_GenericHID,
+				.ReportINEndpoint             =
+					{
+						.Address              = GENERIC_IN_EPADDR,
+						.Size                 = GENERIC_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks                = 1,
+					},
+				.PrevReportINBuffer           = PrevHIDReportBuffer,
+				.PrevReportINBufferSize       = sizeof(PrevHIDReportBuffer),
+			},
+	};
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ *  setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		HID_Device_USBTask(&Generic_HID_Interface);
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+	/* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+	XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+	XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+	/* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+	XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+	XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+	PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	LEDs_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+	bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+	ConfigSuccess &= HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Generic_HID_Interface);
+
+	USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents();
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+	HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Generic_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void)
+{
+	HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(&Generic_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the creation of HID reports to the host.
+ *
+ *  \param[in]     HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ *  \param[in,out] ReportID    Report ID requested by the host if non-zero, otherwise callback should set to the generated report ID
+ *  \param[in]     ReportType  Type of the report to create, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_In or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ *  \param[out]    ReportData  Pointer to a buffer where the created report should be stored
+ *  \param[out]    ReportSize  Number of bytes written in the report (or zero if no report is to be sent)
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true to force the sending of the report, \c false to let the library determine if it needs to be sent
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+                                         uint8_t* const ReportID,
+                                         const uint8_t ReportType,
+                                         void* ReportData,
+                                         uint16_t* const ReportSize)
+{
+	uint8_t* Data        = (uint8_t*)ReportData;
+	uint8_t  CurrLEDMask = LEDs_GetLEDs();
+
+	Data[0] = ((CurrLEDMask & LEDS_LED1) ? 1 : 0);
+	Data[1] = ((CurrLEDMask & LEDS_LED2) ? 1 : 0);
+	Data[2] = ((CurrLEDMask & LEDS_LED3) ? 1 : 0);
+	Data[3] = ((CurrLEDMask & LEDS_LED4) ? 1 : 0);
+
+	*ReportSize = GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE;
+	return false;
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the processing of HID reports from the host.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ *  \param[in] ReportID    Report ID of the received report from the host
+ *  \param[in] ReportType  The type of report that the host has sent, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ *  \param[in] ReportData  Pointer to a buffer where the received report has been stored
+ *  \param[in] ReportSize  Size in bytes of the received HID report
+ */
+void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+                                          const uint8_t ReportID,
+                                          const uint8_t ReportType,
+                                          const void* ReportData,
+                                          const uint16_t ReportSize)
+{
+	uint8_t* Data       = (uint8_t*)ReportData;
+	uint8_t  NewLEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
+
+	if (Data[0])
+	  NewLEDMask |= LEDS_LED1;
+
+	if (Data[1])
+	  NewLEDMask |= LEDS_LED2;
+
+	if (Data[2])
+	  NewLEDMask |= LEDS_LED3;
+
+	if (Data[3])
+	  NewLEDMask |= LEDS_LED4;
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(NewLEDMask);
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/GenericHID.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/GenericHID.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0528585a63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/GenericHID.h
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for GenericHID.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _GENERICHID_H_
+#define _GENERICHID_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <string.h>
+
+		#include "Descriptors.h"
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
+
+		bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+		                                         uint8_t* const ReportID,
+		                                         const uint8_t ReportType,
+		                                         void* ReportData,
+		                                         uint16_t* const ReportSize);
+		void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+		                                          const uint8_t ReportID,
+		                                          const uint8_t ReportType,
+		                                          const void* ReportData,
+		                                          const uint16_t ReportSize);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/GenericHID.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/GenericHID.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0d780f49d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/GenericHID.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Generic HID Device
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *  \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ *  \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ *  \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ *  \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ *  \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx)
+ *  \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>N/A</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ *        USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ *        Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Generic HID device demonstration application. This gives a simple reference application
+ *  for implementing a generic HID device, using the basic USB HID drivers in all modern
+ *  OSes (i.e. no special drivers required). By default it accepts and sends up to 8 byte reports
+ *  to and from a USB Host, and transmits the last sent report back to the host.
+ *
+ *  On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function as a vendor HID device.
+ *  When controlled by a custom HID class application, reports can be sent and received by
+ *  both the standard data endpoint and control request methods defined in the HID specification.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ *    <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ *    <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>This token defines the size of the device reports, both sent and received (including report ID byte). The value
+ *        must be an integer ranging from 1 to 255.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/HostTestApp/test_generic_hid_libusb.js b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/HostTestApp/test_generic_hid_libusb.js
new file mode 100755
index 0000000000..363786429a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/HostTestApp/test_generic_hid_libusb.js
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env node
+
+//             LUFA Library
+//     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+//
+//  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+//           www.lufa-lib.org
+
+// LUFA Generic HID device demo host test script. This script will send a
+// continuous stream of generic reports to the device, to show a variable LED
+// pattern on the target board. Send and received report data is printed to
+// the terminal.
+//
+// You have to install the usb and async modules prior to executing this script:
+// apt-get install libusb-1.0-0-dev
+// npm install usb async sprintf
+
+var usb = require('usb');
+var async = require('async');
+var sprintf = require('sprintf');
+
+var deviceVid = 0x03EB;
+var devicePid = 0x204F;
+var reportLength = 8;
+
+function getAndInitHidDeviceAndInterface()
+{
+    device = usb.findByIds(deviceVid, devicePid);
+    if (!device) {
+        console.log('No device found');
+        process.exit(1);
+    }
+    device.open();
+
+    var hidInterface = device.interface(0);
+    if (hidInterface.isKernelDriverActive()) {
+        hidInterface.detachKernelDriver();
+    }
+    hidInterface.claim();
+
+    async.series([
+        function(callback) {
+            setConfiguration(0, function(error, data) {
+                callback();
+            });
+        }
+    ]);
+
+    return {hidDevice:device, hidInterface:hidInterface};
+}
+
+function read(hidInterface, callback)
+{
+    endpoint = hidInterface.endpoints[0];
+    endpoint.transfer(reportLength, function(error, data) {
+        if (error) {
+            console.log(error)
+        } else {
+            console.log("Received LED Pattern:", data.slice(0, 4));
+        }
+        callback();
+    });
+}
+
+function write(hidDevice, message, callback)
+{
+    hidDevice.controlTransfer(    // Send a Set Report control request
+        parseInt('00100001', 2),  // bmRequestType (constant for this control request)
+        0x09,                     // bmRequest (constant for this control request)
+        0x0809,                   // wValue (MSB is report type, LSB is report number)
+        0,                        // wIndex (interface number)
+        message,                  // message to be sent
+        function(error, data) {   // callback to be executed upon finishing the transfer
+            console.log("Sent LED Pattern:", message.slice(1, 5))
+            callback();
+        }
+    );
+}
+
+function setConfiguration(configurationNumber, callback)
+{
+    device.controlTransfer(                 // Send a Set Configuration control request
+        parseInt('00000000', 2),            // bmRequestType
+        0x09,                               // bmRequest
+        0,                                  // wValue (Configuration value)
+        0,                                  // wIndex
+        new Buffer(0),                      // message to be sent
+        callback                            // callback to be executed upon finishing the transfer
+    );
+}
+
+// @TODO: Fix this function because apparently it doesn't work for some reason.
+function getStringDescriptor(stringId, languageId, callback)
+{
+    var STRING_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE = 0x03;
+    var wValue = (STRING_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE << 8) | stringId;
+
+    device.controlTransfer(       // Send a Get Descriptor control request
+        parseInt('10000000', 2),  // bmRequestType
+        0x06,                     // bmRequest
+        wValue,                   // wValue
+        languageId,               // wIndex
+        64,                       // response length
+        callback                  // callback to be executed upon finishing the transfer
+    );
+}
+
+function setNextPattern()
+{
+    var pattern = [
+        hidInterface.interface,
+        (p >> 3) & 1,
+        (p >> 2) & 1,
+        (p >> 1) & 1,
+        (p >> 0) & 1
+    ];
+
+    async.series([
+        function(callback) {
+            write(hidDevice, new Buffer(pattern), callback);
+        },
+        function(callback) {
+            read(hidInterface, callback);
+        },
+        function(callback) {
+            p = (p + 1) % 16
+            setTimeout(setNextPattern, 200);
+            callback();
+        }]);
+}
+
+var hidDeviceAndInterface = getAndInitHidDeviceAndInterface();
+var hidDevice = hidDeviceAndInterface.hidDevice
+var hidInterface = hidDeviceAndInterface.hidInterface;
+
+console.log(sprintf("Connected to device 0x%04X/0x%04X - %s [%s]",
+            hidDevice.deviceDescriptor.idVendor,
+            hidDevice.deviceDescriptor.idProduct,
+            hidDevice.deviceDescriptor.iProduct,
+            hidDevice.deviceDescriptor.iManufacturer));
+
+p = 0
+setNextPattern();
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/HostTestApp/test_generic_hid_libusb.py b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/HostTestApp/test_generic_hid_libusb.py
new file mode 100755
index 0000000000..4efa4a0ab4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/HostTestApp/test_generic_hid_libusb.py
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env python
+
+"""
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+"""
+
+"""
+    LUFA Generic HID device demo host test script. This script will send a
+    continuous stream of generic reports to the device, to show a variable LED
+    pattern on the target board. Send and received report data is printed to
+    the terminal.
+
+    Requires the PyUSB library (http://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/pyusb/).
+"""
+
+import sys
+from time import sleep
+import usb.core
+import usb.util
+
+# Generic HID device VID, PID and report payload length (length is increased
+# by one to account for the Report ID byte that must be pre-pended)
+device_vid = 0x03EB
+device_pid = 0x204F
+
+def get_and_init_hid_device():
+    device = usb.core.find(idVendor=device_vid, idProduct=device_pid)
+
+    if device is None:
+        sys.exit("Could not find USB device.")
+
+    if device.is_kernel_driver_active(0):
+        try:
+            device.detach_kernel_driver(0)
+        except usb.core.USBError as exception:
+            sys.exit("Could not detatch kernel driver: %s" % str(exception))
+
+    try:
+        device.set_configuration()
+    except usb.core.USBError as exception:
+        sys.exit("Could not set configuration: %s" % str(exception))
+
+    return device
+
+def send_led_pattern(device, led1, led2, led3, led4):
+    # Report data for the demo is LED on/off data
+    report_data = [led1, led2, led3, led4]
+
+    # Send the generated report to the device
+    number_of_bytes_written = device.ctrl_transfer(  # Set Report control request
+        0b00100001,  # bmRequestType (constant for this control request)
+        0x09,        # bmRequest (constant for this control request)
+        0,           # wValue (MSB is report type, LSB is report number)
+        0,           # wIndex (interface number)
+        report_data  # report data to be sent
+    );
+    assert number_of_bytes_written == len(report_data)
+
+    print("Sent LED Pattern: {0}".format(report_data))
+
+def receive_led_pattern(hid_device):
+    endpoint = hid_device[0][(0,0)][0]
+    report_data = hid_device.read(endpoint.bEndpointAddress, endpoint.wMaxPacketSize)
+    return list(report_data)
+
+def main():
+    hid_device = get_and_init_hid_device()
+
+    print("Connected to device 0x%04X/0x%04X - %s [%s]" %
+          (hid_device.idVendor, hid_device.idProduct,
+           usb.util.get_string(hid_device, 256, hid_device.iProduct),
+           usb.util.get_string(hid_device, 256, hid_device.iManufacturer)))
+
+    p = 0
+    while (True):
+        # Convert the current pattern index to a bit-mask and send
+        send_led_pattern(hid_device,
+                         (p >> 3) & 1,
+                         (p >> 2) & 1,
+                         (p >> 1) & 1,
+                         (p >> 0) & 1)
+
+        # Receive and print the current LED pattern
+        led_pattern = receive_led_pattern(hid_device)[0:4]
+        print("Received LED Pattern: {0}".format(led_pattern))
+
+        # Compute next LED pattern in sequence
+        p = (p + 1) % 16
+
+        # Delay a bit for visual effect
+        sleep(.2)
+
+if __name__ == '__main__':
+    main()
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/HostTestApp/test_generic_hid_winusb.py b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/HostTestApp/test_generic_hid_winusb.py
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1e5f430195
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/HostTestApp/test_generic_hid_winusb.py
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+"""
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+"""
+
+"""
+    LUFA Generic HID device demo host test script. This script will send a
+    continuous stream of generic reports to the device, to show a variable LED
+    pattern on the target board. Send and received report data is printed to
+    the terminal.
+
+    Requires the pywinusb library (https://pypi.python.org/pypi/pywinusb/).
+"""
+
+import sys
+from time import sleep
+import pywinusb.hid as hid
+
+# Generic HID device VID, PID and report payload length (length is increased
+# by one to account for the Report ID byte that must be pre-pended)
+device_vid = 0x03EB
+device_pid = 0x204F
+report_length = 1 + 8
+
+
+def get_hid_device_handle():
+    hid_device_filter = hid.HidDeviceFilter(vendor_id=device_vid,
+                                            product_id=device_pid)
+
+    valid_hid_devices = hid_device_filter.get_devices()
+
+    if len(valid_hid_devices) is 0:
+        return None
+    else:
+        return valid_hid_devices[0]
+
+
+def send_led_pattern(device, led1, led2, led3, led4):
+    # Report data for the demo is the report ID (always zero) followed by the
+    # LED on/off data
+    report_data = [0, led1, led2, led3, led4]
+
+    # Zero-extend the array to the length the report should be
+    report_data.extend([0] * (report_length - len(report_data)))
+
+    # Send the generated report to the device
+    device.send_output_report(report_data)
+
+    print("Sent LED Pattern: {0}".format(report_data[1:5]))
+
+
+def received_led_pattern(report_data):
+    print("Received LED Pattern: {0}".format(report_data[1:5]))
+
+
+def main():
+    hid_device = get_hid_device_handle()
+
+    if hid_device is None:
+        print("No valid HID device found.")
+        sys.exit(1)
+
+    try:
+        hid_device.open()
+
+        print("Connected to device 0x%04X/0x%04X - %s [%s]" %
+              (hid_device.vendor_id, hid_device.product_id,
+               hid_device.product_name, hid_device.vendor_name))
+
+        # Set up the HID input report handler to receive reports
+        hid_device.set_raw_data_handler(received_led_pattern)
+
+        p = 0
+        while (hid_device.is_plugged()):
+            # Convert the current pattern index to a bit-mask and send
+            send_led_pattern(hid_device,
+                             (p >> 3) & 1,
+                             (p >> 2) & 1,
+                             (p >> 1) & 1,
+                             (p >> 0) & 1)
+
+            # Compute next LED pattern in sequence
+            p = (p + 1) % 16
+
+            # Delay a bit for visual effect
+            sleep(.2)
+
+    finally:
+        hid_device.close()
+
+
+if __name__ == '__main__':
+    main()
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..df8b08b656
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="Generic HID Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.generic_hid.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.generic_hid"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<project caption="Generic HID Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.generic_hid.example.xmega">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.generic_hid"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.class.generic_hid" caption="Generic HID Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Generic HID device demo, implementing a device whose LEDs can be controlled via HID messages from the host. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Device"/>
+			<keyword value="HID Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="GenericHID.txt"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="directory" value="HostTestApp"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="GenericHID.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="GenericHID.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ffc0d05905
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2396 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Generic HID Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/ \
+                         HostTestApp/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..62fa2136a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = GenericHID
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..299d2ec852
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+		#define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX               1
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4364cafa45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ *  the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
+ *  USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
+ *  descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
+ *  the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
+ *  more details on HID report descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM JoystickReport[] =
+{
+	/* Use the HID class driver's standard Joystick report.
+	 *   Min X/Y/Z Axis values: -100
+	 *   Max X/Y/Z Axis values:  100
+	 *   Min physical X/Y/Z Axis values (used to determine resolution): -1
+	 *   Max physical X/Y/Z Axis values (used to determine resolution):  1
+	 *   Buttons: 2
+	 */
+	HID_DESCRIPTOR_JOYSTICK(-100, 100, -1, 1, 2)
+};
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ *  process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+	.Class                  = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+	.SubClass               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+	.Protocol               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+	.Endpoint0Size          = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+	.VendorID               = 0x03EB,
+	.ProductID              = 0x2043,
+	.ReleaseNumber          = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+	.ProductStrIndex        = STRING_ID_Product,
+	.SerialNumStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+	.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+	.Config =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+			.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+			.TotalInterfaces        = 1,
+
+			.ConfigurationNumber    = 1,
+			.ConfigurationStrIndex  = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+			.ConfigAttributes       = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+			.MaxPowerConsumption    = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+		},
+
+	.HID_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_Joystick,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0x00,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 1,
+
+			.Class                  = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
+			.SubClass               = HID_CSCP_NonBootSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = HID_CSCP_NonBootProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.HID_JoystickHID =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
+
+			.HIDSpec                = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
+			.CountryCode            = 0x00,
+			.TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
+			.HIDReportType          = HID_DTYPE_Report,
+			.HIDReportLength        = sizeof(JoystickReport)
+		},
+
+	.HID_ReportINEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = JOYSTICK_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = JOYSTICK_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		}
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ *  the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ *  via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ *  form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ *  and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Joystick Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ *  USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8);
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+	const void* Address = NULL;
+	uint16_t    Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+	switch (DescriptorType)
+	{
+		case DTYPE_Device:
+			Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_Configuration:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_String:
+			switch (DescriptorNumber)
+			{
+				case STRING_ID_Language:
+					Address = &LanguageString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+					Address = &ManufacturerString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Product:
+					Address = &ProductString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case HID_DTYPE_HID:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_JoystickHID;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+			break;
+		case HID_DTYPE_Report:
+			Address = &JoystickReport;
+			Size    = sizeof(JoystickReport);
+			break;
+	}
+
+	*DescriptorAddress = Address;
+	return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9de556268c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+			// Joystick HID Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t            HID_Interface;
+			USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t              HID_JoystickHID;
+	        USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             HID_ReportINEndpoint;
+		} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+		/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+		 *  should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+		 *  interface from other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+		{
+			INTERFACE_ID_Joystick = 0, /**< Joystick interface desciptor ID */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+		 *  have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+		 *  other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum StringDescriptors_t
+		{
+			STRING_ID_Language     = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+			STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+			STRING_ID_Product      = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+		};
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Endpoint address of the Joystick HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+		#define JOYSTICK_EPADDR              (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+		/** Size in bytes of the Joystick HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+		#define JOYSTICK_EPSIZE              8
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+		                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+		                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+		                                    ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Joystick.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Joystick.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d1f40ec0d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Joystick.c
@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the Joystick demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "Joystick.h"
+
+/** Buffer to hold the previously generated HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */
+static uint8_t PrevJoystickHIDReportBuffer[sizeof(USB_JoystickReport_Data_t)];
+
+/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ *  passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ *  within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Joystick_HID_Interface =
+	{
+		.Config =
+			{
+				.InterfaceNumber              = INTERFACE_ID_Joystick,
+				.ReportINEndpoint             =
+					{
+						.Address              = JOYSTICK_EPADDR,
+						.Size                 = JOYSTICK_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks                = 1,
+					},
+				.PrevReportINBuffer           = PrevJoystickHIDReportBuffer,
+				.PrevReportINBufferSize       = sizeof(PrevJoystickHIDReportBuffer),
+			},
+	};
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ *  setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		HID_Device_USBTask(&Joystick_HID_Interface);
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+	/* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+	XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+	XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+	/* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+	XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+	XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+	PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	Joystick_Init();
+	LEDs_Init();
+	Buttons_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+	bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+	ConfigSuccess &= HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Joystick_HID_Interface);
+
+	USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents();
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+	HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Joystick_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void)
+{
+	HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(&Joystick_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the creation of HID reports to the host.
+ *
+ *  \param[in]     HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ *  \param[in,out] ReportID    Report ID requested by the host if non-zero, otherwise callback should set to the generated report ID
+ *  \param[in]     ReportType  Type of the report to create, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_In or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ *  \param[out]    ReportData  Pointer to a buffer where the created report should be stored
+ *  \param[out]    ReportSize  Number of bytes written in the report (or zero if no report is to be sent)
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true to force the sending of the report, \c false to let the library determine if it needs to be sent
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+                                         uint8_t* const ReportID,
+                                         const uint8_t ReportType,
+                                         void* ReportData,
+                                         uint16_t* const ReportSize)
+{
+	USB_JoystickReport_Data_t* JoystickReport = (USB_JoystickReport_Data_t*)ReportData;
+
+	uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL    = Joystick_GetStatus();
+	uint8_t ButtonStatus_LCL = Buttons_GetStatus();
+
+	if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+	  JoystickReport->Y = -100;
+	else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+	  JoystickReport->Y =  100;
+
+	if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+	  JoystickReport->X = -100;
+	else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+	  JoystickReport->X =  100;
+
+	if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+	  JoystickReport->Button |= (1 << 1);
+
+	if (ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1)
+	  JoystickReport->Button |= (1 << 0);
+
+	*ReportSize = sizeof(USB_JoystickReport_Data_t);
+	return false;
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the processing of HID reports from the host.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ *  \param[in] ReportID    Report ID of the received report from the host
+ *  \param[in] ReportType  The type of report that the host has sent, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ *  \param[in] ReportData  Pointer to a buffer where the received report has been stored
+ *  \param[in] ReportSize  Size in bytes of the received HID report
+ */
+void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+                                          const uint8_t ReportID,
+                                          const uint8_t ReportType,
+                                          const void* ReportData,
+                                          const uint16_t ReportSize)
+{
+	// Unused (but mandatory for the HID class driver) in this demo, since there are no Host->Device reports
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Joystick.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Joystick.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e6e61bc1bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Joystick.h
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Joystick.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _JOYSTICK_H_
+#define _JOYSTICK_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <string.h>
+
+		#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for the joystick HID report structure, for creating and sending HID reports to the host PC.
+		 *  This mirrors the layout described to the host in the HID report descriptor, in Descriptors.c.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			int8_t  X; /**< Current absolute joystick X position, as a signed 8-bit integer */
+			int8_t  Y; /**< Current absolute joystick Y position, as a signed 8-bit integer */
+			int8_t  Z; /**< Current absolute joystick Z position, as a signed 8-bit integer */
+			uint8_t Button; /**< Bit mask of the currently pressed joystick buttons */
+		} USB_JoystickReport_Data_t;
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
+
+		bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+		                                         uint8_t* const ReportID,
+		                                         const uint8_t ReportType,
+		                                         void* ReportData,
+		                                         uint16_t* const ReportSize);
+		void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+		                                          const uint8_t ReportID,
+		                                          const uint8_t ReportType,
+		                                          const void* ReportData,
+		                                          const uint16_t ReportSize);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Joystick.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Joystick.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b174642f4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Joystick.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Joystick Device Demo
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *  \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ *  \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ *  \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ *  \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ *  \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx)
+ *  \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>N/A</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ *        USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ *        Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Joystick demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ *  application for implementing a USB Keyboard device, for USB Joysticks
+ *  using the standard Keyboard HID profile.
+ *
+ *  This device will show up as a generic joystick device, with two buttons.
+ *  Pressing the joystick inwards is the first button, and the HWB button
+ *  is the second.
+ *
+ *  Moving the joystick on the selected board moves the joystick location on
+ *  the host computer.
+ *
+ *  Currently only single interface joysticks are supported.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>
+ *     None
+ *    </td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cd7b72c0c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="Joystick HID Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.joystick.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.joystick"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<project caption="Joystick HID Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.joystick.example.xmega">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.joystick"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.class.joystick" caption="Joystick HID Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Joystick HID device demo, implementing a basic USB joystick that can send movement information to the host. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Device"/>
+			<keyword value="HID Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="Joystick.txt"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="Joystick.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Joystick.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..45ebd1341a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Joystick Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b6f6e2e2ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = Joystick
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..299d2ec852
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+		#define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX               1
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4a1e1297bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ *  the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
+ *  USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
+ *  descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
+ *  the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
+ *  more details on HID report descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM KeyboardReport[] =
+{
+	/* Use the HID class driver's standard Keyboard report.
+	 *   Max simultaneous keys: 6
+	 */
+	HID_DESCRIPTOR_KEYBOARD(6)
+};
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ *  process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+	.Class                  = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+	.SubClass               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+	.Protocol               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+	.Endpoint0Size          = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+	.VendorID               = 0x03EB,
+	.ProductID              = 0x2042,
+	.ReleaseNumber          = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+	.ProductStrIndex        = STRING_ID_Product,
+	.SerialNumStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+	.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+	.Config =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+			.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+			.TotalInterfaces        = 1,
+
+			.ConfigurationNumber    = 1,
+			.ConfigurationStrIndex  = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+			.ConfigAttributes       = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+			.MaxPowerConsumption    = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+		},
+
+	.HID_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0x00,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 1,
+
+			.Class                  = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
+			.SubClass               = HID_CSCP_BootSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = HID_CSCP_KeyboardBootProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.HID_KeyboardHID =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
+
+			.HIDSpec                = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
+			.CountryCode            = 0x00,
+			.TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
+			.HIDReportType          = HID_DTYPE_Report,
+			.HIDReportLength        = sizeof(KeyboardReport)
+		},
+
+	.HID_ReportINEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = KEYBOARD_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = KEYBOARD_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		},
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ *  the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ *  via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ *  form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ *  and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Keyboard Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ *  USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8);
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+	const void* Address = NULL;
+	uint16_t    Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+	switch (DescriptorType)
+	{
+		case DTYPE_Device:
+			Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_Configuration:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_String:
+			switch (DescriptorNumber)
+			{
+				case STRING_ID_Language:
+					Address = &LanguageString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+					Address = &ManufacturerString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Product:
+					Address = &ProductString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case HID_DTYPE_HID:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_KeyboardHID;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+			break;
+		case HID_DTYPE_Report:
+			Address = &KeyboardReport;
+			Size    = sizeof(KeyboardReport);
+			break;
+	}
+
+	*DescriptorAddress = Address;
+	return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3e6a021da0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+			// Keyboard HID Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t            HID_Interface;
+			USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t              HID_KeyboardHID;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             HID_ReportINEndpoint;
+		} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+		/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+		 *  should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+		 *  interface from other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+		{
+			INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard = 0, /**< Keyboard interface descriptor ID */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+		 *  have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+		 *  other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum StringDescriptors_t
+		{
+			STRING_ID_Language     = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+			STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+			STRING_ID_Product      = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+		};
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Endpoint address of the Keyboard HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+		#define KEYBOARD_EPADDR              (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+		/** Size in bytes of the Keyboard HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+		#define KEYBOARD_EPSIZE              8
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+		                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+		                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+		                                    ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Keyboard.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Keyboard.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..99799f6d53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Keyboard.c
@@ -0,0 +1,219 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the Keyboard demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "Keyboard.h"
+
+/** Buffer to hold the previously generated Keyboard HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */
+static uint8_t PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer[sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t)];
+
+/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ *  passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ *  within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Keyboard_HID_Interface =
+	{
+		.Config =
+			{
+				.InterfaceNumber              = INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard,
+				.ReportINEndpoint             =
+					{
+						.Address              = KEYBOARD_EPADDR,
+						.Size                 = KEYBOARD_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks                = 1,
+					},
+				.PrevReportINBuffer           = PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer,
+				.PrevReportINBufferSize       = sizeof(PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer),
+			},
+	};
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ *  setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		HID_Device_USBTask(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware()
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+	/* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+	XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+	XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+	/* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+	XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+	XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+	PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	Joystick_Init();
+	LEDs_Init();
+	Buttons_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+	bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+	ConfigSuccess &= HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
+
+	USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents();
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+	HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void)
+{
+	HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the creation of HID reports to the host.
+ *
+ *  \param[in]     HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ *  \param[in,out] ReportID    Report ID requested by the host if non-zero, otherwise callback should set to the generated report ID
+ *  \param[in]     ReportType  Type of the report to create, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_In or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ *  \param[out]    ReportData  Pointer to a buffer where the created report should be stored
+ *  \param[out]    ReportSize  Number of bytes written in the report (or zero if no report is to be sent)
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true to force the sending of the report, \c false to let the library determine if it needs to be sent
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+                                         uint8_t* const ReportID,
+                                         const uint8_t ReportType,
+                                         void* ReportData,
+                                         uint16_t* const ReportSize)
+{
+	USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t* KeyboardReport = (USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t*)ReportData;
+
+	uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL    = Joystick_GetStatus();
+	uint8_t ButtonStatus_LCL = Buttons_GetStatus();
+
+	uint8_t UsedKeyCodes = 0;
+
+	if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+	  KeyboardReport->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_A;
+	else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+	  KeyboardReport->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_B;
+
+	if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+	  KeyboardReport->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_C;
+	else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+	  KeyboardReport->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_D;
+
+	if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+	  KeyboardReport->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_E;
+
+	if (ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1)
+	  KeyboardReport->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F;
+
+	if (UsedKeyCodes)
+	  KeyboardReport->Modifier = HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_LEFTSHIFT;
+
+	*ReportSize = sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t);
+	return false;
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the processing of HID reports from the host.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ *  \param[in] ReportID    Report ID of the received report from the host
+ *  \param[in] ReportType  The type of report that the host has sent, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ *  \param[in] ReportData  Pointer to a buffer where the received report has been stored
+ *  \param[in] ReportSize  Size in bytes of the received HID report
+ */
+void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+                                          const uint8_t ReportID,
+                                          const uint8_t ReportType,
+                                          const void* ReportData,
+                                          const uint16_t ReportSize)
+{
+	uint8_t  LEDMask   = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
+	uint8_t* LEDReport = (uint8_t*)ReportData;
+
+	if (*LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_NUMLOCK)
+	  LEDMask |= LEDS_LED1;
+
+	if (*LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_CAPSLOCK)
+	  LEDMask |= LEDS_LED3;
+
+	if (*LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_SCROLLLOCK)
+	  LEDMask |= LEDS_LED4;
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Keyboard.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Keyboard.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..45d7423303
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Keyboard.h
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Keyboard.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _KEYBOARD_H_
+#define _KEYBOARD_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <stdbool.h>
+		#include <string.h>
+
+		#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
+
+		bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+		                                         uint8_t* const ReportID,
+		                                         const uint8_t ReportType,
+		                                         void* ReportData,
+		                                         uint16_t* const ReportSize);
+		void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+		                                          const uint8_t ReportID,
+		                                          const uint8_t ReportType,
+		                                          const void* ReportData,
+		                                          const uint16_t ReportSize);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Keyboard.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Keyboard.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3813745c8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Keyboard.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Keyboard Device Demo
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *  \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ *  \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ *  \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ *  \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ *  \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx)
+ *  \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Keyboard Subclass</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ *        USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ *        Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Keyboard demonstration application. This gives a simple reference application
+ *  for implementing a USB Keyboard using the basic USB HID drivers in all modern
+ *  OSes (i.e. no special drivers required). It is boot protocol compatible, and thus
+ *  works under compatible BIOS as if it was a native keyboard (e.g. PS/2).
+ *
+ *  On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function as a keyboard
+ *  when the USB connection to a host is present. To use the keyboard example,
+ *  manipulate the joystick to send the letters a, b, c, d and e. See the USB HID
+ *  documentation for more information on sending keyboard event and key presses. Unlike
+ *  other LUFA Keyboard demos, this example shows explicitly how to send multiple key presses
+ *  inside the same report to the host.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>
+ *     None
+ *    </td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6adef2e4f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="Keyboard HID Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.keyboard.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.keyboard"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<project caption="Keyboard HID Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.keyboard.example.xmega">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.keyboard"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.class.keyboard" caption="Keyboard HID Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Keyboard HID device demo, implementing a basic USB keyboard that can send key press information to the host. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Device"/>
+			<keyword value="HID Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="Keyboard.txt"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="Keyboard.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Keyboard.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e397319372
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Keyboard Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a02c41c644
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = Keyboard
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cc828a108d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+		#define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX               3
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7a810ca5eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,289 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ *  the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
+ *  USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
+ *  descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
+ *  the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
+ *  more details on HID report descriptors.
+ *
+ *  This descriptor describes the mouse HID interface's report structure.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM MouseReport[] =
+{
+	/* Use the HID class driver's standard Mouse report.
+	 *   Min X/Y Axis values: -1
+	 *   Max X/Y Axis values:  1
+	 *   Min physical X/Y Axis values (used to determine resolution): -1
+	 *   Max physical X/Y Axis values (used to determine resolution):  1
+	 *   Buttons: 3
+	 *   Absolute screen coordinates: false
+	 */
+	HID_DESCRIPTOR_MOUSE(-1, 1, -1, 1, 3, false)
+};
+
+/** Same as the MouseReport structure, but defines the keyboard HID interface's report structure. */
+const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM KeyboardReport[] =
+{
+	/* Use the HID class driver's standard Keyboard report.
+	 *   Max simultaneous keys: 6
+	 */
+	HID_DESCRIPTOR_KEYBOARD(6)
+};
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ *  process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+	.Class                  = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+	.SubClass               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+	.Protocol               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+	.Endpoint0Size          = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+	.VendorID               = 0x03EB,
+	.ProductID              = 0x204D,
+	.ReleaseNumber          = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+	.ProductStrIndex        = STRING_ID_Product,
+	.SerialNumStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+	.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+	.Config =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+			.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+			.TotalInterfaces        = 2,
+
+			.ConfigurationNumber    = 1,
+			.ConfigurationStrIndex  = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+			.ConfigAttributes       = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+			.MaxPowerConsumption    = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+		},
+
+	.HID1_KeyboardInterface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0x00,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 1,
+
+			.Class                  = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
+			.SubClass               = HID_CSCP_BootSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = HID_CSCP_KeyboardBootProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.HID1_KeyboardHID =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
+
+			.HIDSpec                = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
+			.CountryCode            = 0x00,
+			.TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
+			.HIDReportType          = HID_DTYPE_Report,
+			.HIDReportLength        = sizeof(KeyboardReport)
+		},
+
+	.HID1_ReportINEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = KEYBOARD_IN_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = HID_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		},
+
+	.HID2_MouseInterface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_Mouse,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0x00,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 1,
+
+			.Class                  = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
+			.SubClass               = HID_CSCP_BootSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = HID_CSCP_MouseBootProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.HID2_MouseHID =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
+
+			.HIDSpec                = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
+			.CountryCode            = 0x00,
+			.TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
+			.HIDReportType          = HID_DTYPE_Report,
+			.HIDReportLength        = sizeof(MouseReport)
+		},
+
+	.HID2_ReportINEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = MOUSE_IN_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = HID_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		}
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ *  the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ *  via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ *  form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ *  and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Mouse and Keyboard Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ *  USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8);
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+	const void* Address = NULL;
+	uint16_t    Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+	switch (DescriptorType)
+	{
+		case DTYPE_Device:
+			Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_Configuration:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_String:
+			switch (DescriptorNumber)
+			{
+				case STRING_ID_Language:
+					Address = &LanguageString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+					Address = &ManufacturerString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Product:
+					Address = &ProductString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case HID_DTYPE_HID:
+			switch (wIndex)
+			{
+				case INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard:
+					Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID1_KeyboardHID;
+					Size    = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+					break;
+				case INTERFACE_ID_Mouse:
+					Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID2_MouseHID;
+					Size    = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+					break;
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case HID_DTYPE_Report:
+			switch (wIndex)
+			{
+				case INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard:
+					Address = &KeyboardReport;
+					Size    = sizeof(KeyboardReport);
+					break;
+				case INTERFACE_ID_Mouse:
+					Address = &MouseReport;
+					Size    = sizeof(MouseReport);
+					break;
+			}
+
+			break;
+	}
+
+	*DescriptorAddress = Address;
+	return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1baaa3c02c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+			// Keyboard HID Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t            HID1_KeyboardInterface;
+			USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t              HID1_KeyboardHID;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             HID1_ReportINEndpoint;
+
+			// Mouse HID Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t            HID2_MouseInterface;
+			USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t              HID2_MouseHID;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             HID2_ReportINEndpoint;
+		} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+		/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+		 *  should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+		 *  interface from other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+		{
+			INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard = 0, /**< Keyboard interface descriptor ID */
+			INTERFACE_ID_Mouse    = 1, /**< Mouse interface descriptor ID */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+		 *  have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+		 *  other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum StringDescriptors_t
+		{
+			STRING_ID_Language     = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+			STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+			STRING_ID_Product      = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+		};
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Endpoint address of the Keyboard HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+		#define KEYBOARD_IN_EPADDR        (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the Mouse HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+		#define MOUSE_IN_EPADDR           (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3)
+
+		/** Size in bytes of each of the HID reporting IN endpoints. */
+		#define HID_EPSIZE                8
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+		                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+		                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+		                                    ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4405fe745e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.c
@@ -0,0 +1,276 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the KeyboardMouse demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "KeyboardMouse.h"
+
+/** Buffer to hold the previously generated Keyboard HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */
+static uint8_t PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer[sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t)];
+
+/** Buffer to hold the previously generated Mouse HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */
+static uint8_t PrevMouseHIDReportBuffer[sizeof(USB_MouseReport_Data_t)];
+
+/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ *  passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ *  within a device can be differentiated from one another. This is for the keyboard HID
+ *  interface within the device.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Keyboard_HID_Interface =
+	{
+		.Config =
+			{
+				.InterfaceNumber              = INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard,
+				.ReportINEndpoint             =
+					{
+						.Address              = KEYBOARD_IN_EPADDR,
+						.Size                 = HID_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks                = 1,
+					},
+				.PrevReportINBuffer           = PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer,
+				.PrevReportINBufferSize       = sizeof(PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer),
+			},
+	};
+
+/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ *  passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ *  within a device can be differentiated from one another. This is for the mouse HID
+ *  interface within the device.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Mouse_HID_Interface =
+	{
+		.Config =
+			{
+				.InterfaceNumber              = INTERFACE_ID_Mouse,
+				.ReportINEndpoint             =
+					{
+						.Address              = MOUSE_IN_EPADDR,
+						.Size                 = HID_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks                = 1,
+					},
+				.PrevReportINBuffer           = PrevMouseHIDReportBuffer,
+				.PrevReportINBufferSize       = sizeof(PrevMouseHIDReportBuffer),
+			},
+	};
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ *  setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		HID_Device_USBTask(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
+		HID_Device_USBTask(&Mouse_HID_Interface);
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware()
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+	/* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+	XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+	XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+	/* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+	XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+	XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+	PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	Joystick_Init();
+	LEDs_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+    LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+    LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+	bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+	ConfigSuccess &= HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
+	ConfigSuccess &= HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Mouse_HID_Interface);
+
+	USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents();
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+	HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
+	HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Mouse_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void)
+{
+	HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
+	HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(&Mouse_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the creation of HID reports to the host.
+ *
+ *  \param[in]     HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ *  \param[in,out] ReportID    Report ID requested by the host if non-zero, otherwise callback should set to the generated report ID
+ *  \param[in]     ReportType  Type of the report to create, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_In or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ *  \param[out]    ReportData  Pointer to a buffer where the created report should be stored
+ *  \param[out]    ReportSize  Number of bytes written in the report (or zero if no report is to be sent)
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true to force the sending of the report, \c false to let the library determine if it needs to be sent
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+                                         uint8_t* const ReportID,
+                                         const uint8_t ReportType,
+                                         void* ReportData,
+                                         uint16_t* const ReportSize)
+{
+	uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL    = Joystick_GetStatus();
+	uint8_t ButtonStatus_LCL = Buttons_GetStatus();
+
+	/* Determine which interface must have its report generated */
+	if (HIDInterfaceInfo == &Keyboard_HID_Interface)
+	{
+		USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t* KeyboardReport = (USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t*)ReportData;
+
+		/* If first board button not being held down, no keyboard report */
+		if (!(ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1))
+		  return 0;
+
+		KeyboardReport->Modifier = HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_LEFTSHIFT;
+
+		if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+		  KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_A;
+		else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+		  KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_B;
+
+		if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+		  KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_C;
+		else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+		  KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_D;
+
+		if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+		  KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_E;
+
+		*ReportSize = sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t);
+		return false;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		USB_MouseReport_Data_t* MouseReport = (USB_MouseReport_Data_t*)ReportData;
+
+		/* If first board button being held down, no mouse report */
+		if (ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1)
+		  return 0;
+
+		if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+		  MouseReport->Y = -1;
+		else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+		  MouseReport->Y =  1;
+
+		if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+		  MouseReport->X = -1;
+		else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+		  MouseReport->X =  1;
+
+		if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+		  MouseReport->Button |= (1 << 0);
+
+		*ReportSize = sizeof(USB_MouseReport_Data_t);
+		return true;
+	}
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the processing of HID reports from the host.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ *  \param[in] ReportID    Report ID of the received report from the host
+ *  \param[in] ReportType  The type of report that the host has sent, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ *  \param[in] ReportData  Pointer to a buffer where the received report has been stored
+ *  \param[in] ReportSize  Size in bytes of the received HID report
+ */
+void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+                                          const uint8_t ReportID,
+                                          const uint8_t ReportType,
+                                          const void* ReportData,
+                                          const uint16_t ReportSize)
+{
+	if (HIDInterfaceInfo == &Keyboard_HID_Interface)
+	{
+		uint8_t  LEDMask   = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
+		uint8_t* LEDReport = (uint8_t*)ReportData;
+
+		if (*LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_NUMLOCK)
+		  LEDMask |= LEDS_LED1;
+
+		if (*LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_CAPSLOCK)
+		  LEDMask |= LEDS_LED3;
+
+		if (*LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_SCROLLLOCK)
+		  LEDMask |= LEDS_LED4;
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+	}
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dba805d6a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.h
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _KEYBOARD_MOUSE_H_
+#define _KEYBOARD_MOUSE_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <stdbool.h>
+		#include <string.h>
+
+		#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
+
+		bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+		                                         uint8_t* const ReportID,
+		                                         const uint8_t ReportType,
+		                                         void* ReportData,
+		                                         uint16_t* const ReportSize);
+		void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+		                                          const uint8_t ReportID,
+		                                          const uint8_t ReportType,
+		                                          const void* ReportData,
+		                                          const uint16_t ReportSize);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..262a84f0ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Dual HID Keyboard and Mouse Device Demo
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *  \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ *  \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ *  \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ *  \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ *  \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx)
+ *  \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>N/A</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ *        USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ *        Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Keyboard/Mouse demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ *  application for implementing a composite device containing both USB Keyboard
+ *  and USB Mouse functionality using the basic USB HID drivers in all modern OSes
+ *  (i.e. no special drivers required). This example uses two separate HID
+ *  interfaces for each function. It is boot protocol compatible, and thus works under
+ *  compatible BIOS as if it was a native keyboard and mouse (e.g. PS/2).
+ *
+ *  On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function
+ *  as a keyboard when the USB connection to a host is present and the HWB is not
+ *  pressed. When enabled, manipulate the joystick to send the letters
+ *  a, b, c, d and e. See the USB HID documentation for more information
+ *  on sending keyboard event and key presses.
+ *
+ *  When the HWB is pressed, the mouse mode is enabled. When enabled, move the
+ *  joystick to move the pointer, and push the joystick inwards to simulate a
+ *  left-button click.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>
+ *     None
+ *    </td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5eeafc8ec4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="Keyboard and Mouse HID Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.keyboard_mouse.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.keyboard_mouse"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<project caption="Keyboard and Mouse HID Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.keyboard_mouse.example.xmega">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.keyboard_mouse"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.class.keyboard_mouse" caption="Keyboard and Mouse HID Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Keyboard and Mouse HID device demo, implementing a basic USB keyboard and mouse using a pair of HID interfaces. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Device"/>
+			<keyword value="HID Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="KeyboardMouse.txt"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="KeyboardMouse.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="KeyboardMouse.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6648a78d11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Combined Keyboard/Mouse Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e4eddb7368
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = KeyboardMouse
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..299d2ec852
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+		#define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX               1
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..af1d5380b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,279 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ *  the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
+ *  USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
+ *  descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
+ *  the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
+ *  more details on HID report descriptors.
+ *
+ *  This descriptor describes the multiple possible reports of the HID interface's report structure.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM HIDReport[] =
+{
+	/* Mouse Report */
+	HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x01), /* Generic Desktop */
+	HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x02), /* Mouse */
+	HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x01), /* Application */
+		HID_RI_REPORT_ID(8, HID_REPORTID_MouseReport),
+		HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x01), /* Pointer */
+		HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x00), /* Physical */
+			HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x09), /* Button */
+			HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0x01),
+			HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0x03),
+			HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00),
+			HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0x01),
+			HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x03),
+			HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01),
+			HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE),
+			HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x01),
+			HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x05),
+			HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT),
+			HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x01), /* Generic Desktop */
+			HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x30), /* Usage X */
+			HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x31), /* Usage Y */
+			HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, -1),
+			HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 1),
+			HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MINIMUM(8, -1),
+			HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 1),
+			HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x02),
+			HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08),
+			HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_RELATIVE),
+		HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0),
+	HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0),
+
+	/* Keyboard Report */
+	HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x01), /* Generic Desktop */
+	HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x06), /* Keyboard */
+	HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x01), /* Application */
+		HID_RI_REPORT_ID(8, HID_REPORTID_KeyboardReport),
+		HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x07), /* Key Codes */
+		HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0xE0), /* Keyboard Left Control */
+		HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0xE7), /* Keyboard Right GUI */
+		HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00),
+		HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0x01),
+		HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01),
+		HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x08),
+		HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE),
+		HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x01),
+		HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08),
+		HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT),
+		HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x08), /* LEDs */
+		HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0x01), /* Num Lock */
+		HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0x05), /* Kana */
+		HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x05),
+		HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01),
+		HID_RI_OUTPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE | HID_IOF_NON_VOLATILE),
+		HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x01),
+		HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x03),
+		HID_RI_OUTPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT),
+		HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00),
+		HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0x65),
+		HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x07), /* Keyboard */
+		HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0x00), /* Reserved (no event indicated) */
+		HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0x65), /* Keyboard Application */
+		HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x06),
+		HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08),
+		HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_ARRAY | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE),
+	HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0),
+};
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ *  process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+	.Class                  = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+	.SubClass               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+	.Protocol               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+	.Endpoint0Size          = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+	.VendorID               = 0x03EB,
+	.ProductID              = 0x2066,
+	.ReleaseNumber          = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+	.ProductStrIndex        = STRING_ID_Product,
+	.SerialNumStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+	.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+	.Config =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+			.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+			.TotalInterfaces        = 1,
+
+			.ConfigurationNumber    = 1,
+			.ConfigurationStrIndex  = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+			.ConfigAttributes       = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+			.MaxPowerConsumption    = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+		},
+
+	.HID_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_KeyboardAndMouse,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0x00,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 1,
+
+			.Class                  = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
+			.SubClass               = HID_CSCP_NonBootSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = HID_CSCP_NonBootProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.HID_HIDData =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
+
+			.HIDSpec                = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
+			.CountryCode            = 0x00,
+			.TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
+			.HIDReportType          = HID_DTYPE_Report,
+			.HIDReportLength        = sizeof(HIDReport)
+		},
+
+	.HID_ReportINEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = HID_IN_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = HID_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		},
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ *  the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ *  via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ *  form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ *  and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Multi HID Report Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ *  USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8);
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+	const void* Address = NULL;
+	uint16_t    Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+	switch (DescriptorType)
+	{
+		case DTYPE_Device:
+			Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_Configuration:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_String:
+			switch (DescriptorNumber)
+			{
+				case STRING_ID_Language:
+					Address = &LanguageString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+					Address = &ManufacturerString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Product:
+					Address = &ProductString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case HID_DTYPE_HID:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_HIDData;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+			break;
+		case HID_DTYPE_Report:
+			Address = &HIDReport;
+			Size    = sizeof(HIDReport);
+			break;
+	}
+
+	*DescriptorAddress = Address;
+	return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..aaaf550c8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+			// Combined Keyboard/Mouse HID Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t            HID_Interface;
+			USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t              HID_HIDData;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             HID_ReportINEndpoint;
+		} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+		/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+		 *  should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+		 *  interface from other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+		{
+			INTERFACE_ID_KeyboardAndMouse = 0, /**< Combined keyboard and mouse interface descriptor ID */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+		 *  have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+		 *  other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum StringDescriptors_t
+		{
+			STRING_ID_Language     = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+			STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+			STRING_ID_Product      = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+		};
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Endpoint address of the HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+		#define HID_IN_EPADDR             (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+		/** Size in bytes of each of the HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+		#define HID_EPSIZE                8
+
+	/* Enums: */
+		/** Enum for the HID report IDs used in the device. */
+		enum
+		{
+			HID_REPORTID_MouseReport    = 0x01, /**< Report ID for the Mouse report within the device. */
+			HID_REPORTID_KeyboardReport = 0x02, /**< Report ID for the Keyboard report within the device. */
+		} HID_Report_IDs;
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+		                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+		                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+		                                    ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/KeyboardMouseMultiReport.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/KeyboardMouseMultiReport.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c49124974e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/KeyboardMouseMultiReport.c
@@ -0,0 +1,237 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the KeyboardMouseMultiReport demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "KeyboardMouseMultiReport.h"
+
+/** Buffer to hold the previously generated HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */
+static uint8_t PrevHIDReportBuffer[MAX(sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t), sizeof(USB_MouseReport_Data_t))];
+
+/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ *  passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ *  within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Device_HID_Interface =
+	{
+		.Config =
+			{
+				.InterfaceNumber              = INTERFACE_ID_KeyboardAndMouse,
+				.ReportINEndpoint             =
+					{
+						.Address              = HID_IN_EPADDR,
+						.Size                 = HID_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks                = 1,
+					},
+				.PrevReportINBuffer           = PrevHIDReportBuffer,
+				.PrevReportINBufferSize       = sizeof(PrevHIDReportBuffer),
+			},
+	};
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ *  setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		HID_Device_USBTask(&Device_HID_Interface);
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware()
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+	/* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+	XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+	XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+	/* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+	XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+	XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+	PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	Joystick_Init();
+	LEDs_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+	bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+	ConfigSuccess &= HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Device_HID_Interface);
+
+	USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents();
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+	HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Device_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void)
+{
+	HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(&Device_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the creation of HID reports to the host.
+ *
+ *  \param[in]     HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ *  \param[in,out] ReportID    Report ID requested by the host if non-zero, otherwise callback should set to the generated report ID
+ *  \param[in]     ReportType  Type of the report to create, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_In or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ *  \param[out]    ReportData  Pointer to a buffer where the created report should be stored
+ *  \param[out]    ReportSize  Number of bytes written in the report (or zero if no report is to be sent)
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true to force the sending of the report, \c false to let the library determine if it needs to be sent
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+                                         uint8_t* const ReportID,
+                                         const uint8_t ReportType,
+                                         void* ReportData,
+                                         uint16_t* const ReportSize)
+{
+	uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL    = Joystick_GetStatus();
+	uint8_t ButtonStatus_LCL = Buttons_GetStatus();
+
+	if (!(ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1))
+	{
+		USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t* KeyboardReport = (USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t*)ReportData;
+
+		KeyboardReport->Modifier = HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_LEFTSHIFT;
+
+		if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+		  KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_A;
+		else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+		  KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_B;
+
+		if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+		  KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_C;
+		else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+		  KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_D;
+
+		if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+		  KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_E;
+
+		*ReportID   = HID_REPORTID_KeyboardReport;
+		*ReportSize = sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t);
+		return false;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		USB_MouseReport_Data_t* MouseReport = (USB_MouseReport_Data_t*)ReportData;
+
+		if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+		  MouseReport->Y = -1;
+		else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+		  MouseReport->Y =  1;
+
+		if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+		  MouseReport->X = -1;
+		else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+		  MouseReport->X =  1;
+
+		if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+		  MouseReport->Button |= (1 << 0);
+
+		*ReportID   = HID_REPORTID_MouseReport;
+		*ReportSize = sizeof(USB_MouseReport_Data_t);
+		return true;
+	}
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the processing of HID reports from the host.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ *  \param[in] ReportID    Report ID of the received report from the host
+ *  \param[in] ReportType  The type of report that the host has sent, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ *  \param[in] ReportData  Pointer to a buffer where the received report has been stored
+ *  \param[in] ReportSize  Size in bytes of the received HID report
+ */
+void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+                                          const uint8_t ReportID,
+                                          const uint8_t ReportType,
+                                          const void* ReportData,
+                                          const uint16_t ReportSize)
+{
+	uint8_t  LEDMask   = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
+	uint8_t* LEDReport = (uint8_t*)ReportData;
+
+	if (*LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_NUMLOCK)
+	  LEDMask |= LEDS_LED1;
+
+	if (*LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_CAPSLOCK)
+	  LEDMask |= LEDS_LED3;
+
+	if (*LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_SCROLLLOCK)
+	  LEDMask |= LEDS_LED4;
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/KeyboardMouseMultiReport.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/KeyboardMouseMultiReport.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dba805d6a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/KeyboardMouseMultiReport.h
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _KEYBOARD_MOUSE_H_
+#define _KEYBOARD_MOUSE_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <stdbool.h>
+		#include <string.h>
+
+		#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
+
+		bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+		                                         uint8_t* const ReportID,
+		                                         const uint8_t ReportType,
+		                                         void* ReportData,
+		                                         uint16_t* const ReportSize);
+		void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+		                                          const uint8_t ReportID,
+		                                          const uint8_t ReportType,
+		                                          const void* ReportData,
+		                                          const uint16_t ReportSize);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/KeyboardMouseMultiReport.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/KeyboardMouseMultiReport.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ed55f595a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/KeyboardMouseMultiReport.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Multiple Report HID Keyboard and Mouse Device Demo
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *  \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ *  \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ *  \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ *  \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ *  \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx)
+ *  \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>N/A</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ *        USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ *        Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Keyboard/Mouse demonstration application, using a single HID interface. This gives
+ *  a simple reference application for implementing a multiple HID report device
+ *  containing both USB Keyboard and USB Mouse functionality using the basic USB HID
+ *  drivers in all modern OSes (i.e. no special drivers required). This example uses a
+ *  single HID interface that is shared between the two functions.
+ *
+ *  On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function as a keyboard when
+ *  the USB connection to a host is present and the HWB is not pressed. When enabled,
+ *  manipulate the joystick to send the letters a, b, c, d and e. See the USB HID
+ *  documentation for more information on sending keyboard event and key presses.
+ *
+ *  When the HWB is pressed, the mouse mode is enabled. When enabled, move the joystick
+ *  to move the pointer, and push the joystick inwards to simulate a left-button click.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>
+ *     None
+ *    </td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2106bc254e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="Keyboard and Mouse HID (Multi Report) Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.keyboard_mouse_mr.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.keyboard_mouse_mr"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<project caption="Keyboard and Mouse HID (Multi Report) Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.keyboard_mouse_mr.example.xmega">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.keyboard_mouse_mr"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.class.keyboard_mouse_mr" caption="Keyboard and Mouse HID (Multi Report) Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Keyboard and Mouse HID device demo, implementing a basic USB keyboard and mouse using a single HID interface and multiple logical reports. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Device"/>
+			<keyword value="HID Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="KeyboardMouseMultiReport.txt"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="KeyboardMouseMultiReport.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="KeyboardMouseMultiReport.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6ea750cfc7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Combined Keyboard/Mouse (Multiple HID Report) Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..22957f87d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = KeyboardMouseMultiReport
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..00eefc7bf7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+		#define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX               2
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b4bcea1ee7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,314 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ *  the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ *  process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+	.Class                  = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+	.SubClass               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+	.Protocol               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+	.Endpoint0Size          = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+	.VendorID               = 0x03EB,
+	.ProductID              = 0x2048,
+	.ReleaseNumber          = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+	.ProductStrIndex        = STRING_ID_Product,
+	.SerialNumStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+	.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+	.Config =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+			.TotalConfigurationSize   = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+			.TotalInterfaces          = 2,
+
+			.ConfigurationNumber      = 1,
+			.ConfigurationStrIndex    = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+			.ConfigAttributes         = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+			.MaxPowerConsumption      = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+		},
+
+	.Audio_ControlInterface =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber          = INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl,
+			.AlternateSetting         = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints           = 0,
+
+			.Class                    = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
+			.SubClass                 = AUDIO_CSCP_ControlSubclass,
+			.Protocol                 = AUDIO_CSCP_ControlProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex        = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.Audio_ControlInterface_SPC =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+			.ACSpecification          = VERSION_BCD(1,0,0),
+			.TotalLength              = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t),
+
+			.InCollection             = 1,
+			.InterfaceNumber          = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+		},
+
+	.Audio_StreamInterface =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber          = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+			.AlternateSetting         = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints           = 2,
+
+			.Class                    = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
+			.SubClass                 = AUDIO_CSCP_MIDIStreamingSubclass,
+			.Protocol                 = AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex        = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.Audio_StreamInterface_SPC =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_AudioInterface_AS_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_General,
+
+			.AudioSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,0,0),
+
+			.TotalLength              = (sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t) -
+			                             offsetof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t, Audio_StreamInterface_SPC))
+		},
+
+	.MIDI_In_Jack_Emb =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal,
+
+			.JackType                 = MIDI_JACKTYPE_Embedded,
+			.JackID                   = 0x01,
+
+			.JackStrIndex             = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.MIDI_In_Jack_Ext =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal,
+
+			.JackType                 = MIDI_JACKTYPE_External,
+			.JackID                   = 0x02,
+
+			.JackStrIndex             = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.MIDI_Out_Jack_Emb =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal,
+
+			.JackType                 = MIDI_JACKTYPE_Embedded,
+			.JackID                   = 0x03,
+
+			.NumberOfPins             = 1,
+			.SourceJackID             = {0x02},
+			.SourcePinID              = {0x01},
+
+			.JackStrIndex             = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.MIDI_Out_Jack_Ext =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal,
+
+			.JackType                 = MIDI_JACKTYPE_External,
+			.JackID                   = 0x04,
+
+			.NumberOfPins             = 1,
+			.SourceJackID             = {0x01},
+			.SourcePinID              = {0x01},
+
+			.JackStrIndex             = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint =
+		{
+			.Endpoint =
+				{
+					.Header              = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+					.EndpointAddress     = MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPADDR,
+					.Attributes          = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+					.EndpointSize        = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
+					.PollingIntervalMS   = 0x05
+				},
+
+			.Refresh                  = 0,
+			.SyncEndpointNumber       = 0
+		},
+
+	.MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint_SPC =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSEndpoint},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSEndpoint_General,
+
+			.TotalEmbeddedJacks       = 0x01,
+			.AssociatedJackID         = {0x01}
+		},
+
+	.MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint =
+		{
+			.Endpoint =
+				{
+					.Header              = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+					.EndpointAddress     = MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPADDR,
+					.Attributes          = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+					.EndpointSize        = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
+					.PollingIntervalMS   = 0x05
+				},
+
+			.Refresh                  = 0,
+			.SyncEndpointNumber       = 0
+		},
+
+	.MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint_SPC =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSEndpoint},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSEndpoint_General,
+
+			.TotalEmbeddedJacks       = 0x01,
+			.AssociatedJackID         = {0x03}
+		}
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ *  the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ *  via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ *  form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ *  and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA MIDI Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ *  USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8);
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+	const void* Address = NULL;
+	uint16_t    Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+	switch (DescriptorType)
+	{
+		case DTYPE_Device:
+			Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_Configuration:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_String:
+			switch (DescriptorNumber)
+			{
+				case STRING_ID_Language:
+					Address = &LanguageString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+					Address = &ManufacturerString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Product:
+					Address = &ProductString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+			}
+
+			break;
+	}
+
+	*DescriptorAddress = Address;
+	return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..44737d7c41
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Endpoint address of the MIDI streaming data IN endpoint, for device-to-host data transfers. */
+		#define MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPADDR       (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 2)
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the MIDI streaming data OUT endpoint, for host-to-device data transfers. */
+		#define MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPADDR      (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 1)
+
+		/** Endpoint size in bytes of the Audio isochronous streaming data IN and OUT endpoints. */
+		#define MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE          64
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t     Config;
+
+			// MIDI Audio Control Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t                Audio_ControlInterface;
+			USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t       Audio_ControlInterface_SPC;
+
+			// MIDI Audio Streaming Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t                Audio_StreamInterface;
+			USB_MIDI_Descriptor_AudioInterface_AS_t   Audio_StreamInterface_SPC;
+			USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t           MIDI_In_Jack_Emb;
+			USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t           MIDI_In_Jack_Ext;
+			USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t          MIDI_Out_Jack_Emb;
+			USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t          MIDI_Out_Jack_Ext;
+			USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint;
+			USB_MIDI_Descriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t       MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint_SPC;
+			USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint;
+			USB_MIDI_Descriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t       MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint_SPC;
+		} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+		/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+		 *  should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+		 *  interface from other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+		{
+			INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl = 0, /**< Audio control interface descriptor ID */
+			INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream  = 1, /**< Audio streaming interface descriptor ID */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+		 *  have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+		 *  other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum StringDescriptors_t
+		{
+			STRING_ID_Language     = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+			STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+			STRING_ID_Product      = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+		};
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+		                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+		                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+		                                    ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/MIDI.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/MIDI.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d52542234a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/MIDI.c
@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the MIDI demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "MIDI.h"
+
+/** LUFA MIDI Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ *  passed to all MIDI Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ *  within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t Keyboard_MIDI_Interface =
+	{
+		.Config =
+			{
+				.StreamingInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+				.DataINEndpoint           =
+					{
+						.Address          = MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPADDR,
+						.Size             = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks            = 1,
+					},
+				.DataOUTEndpoint          =
+					{
+						.Address          = MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPADDR,
+						.Size             = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks            = 1,
+					},
+			},
+	};
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ *  setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		CheckJoystickMovement();
+
+		MIDI_EventPacket_t ReceivedMIDIEvent;
+		while (MIDI_Device_ReceiveEventPacket(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface, &ReceivedMIDIEvent))
+		{
+			if ((ReceivedMIDIEvent.Event == MIDI_EVENT(0, MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON)) && (ReceivedMIDIEvent.Data3 > 0))
+			  LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ReceivedMIDIEvent.Data2 > 64 ? LEDS_LED1 : LEDS_LED2);
+			else
+			  LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_NO_LEDS);
+		}
+
+		MIDI_Device_USBTask(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface);
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+	/* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+	XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+	XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+	/* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+	XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+	XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+	PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	Joystick_Init();
+	LEDs_Init();
+	Buttons_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Checks for changes in the position of the board joystick, sending MIDI events to the host upon each change. */
+void CheckJoystickMovement(void)
+{
+	static uint8_t PrevJoystickStatus;
+
+	uint8_t MIDICommand = 0;
+	uint8_t MIDIPitch;
+
+	/* Get current joystick mask, XOR with previous to detect joystick changes */
+	uint8_t JoystickStatus  = Joystick_GetStatus();
+	uint8_t JoystickChanges = (JoystickStatus ^ PrevJoystickStatus);
+
+	/* Get board button status - if pressed use channel 10 (percussion), otherwise use channel 1 */
+	uint8_t Channel = ((Buttons_GetStatus() & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ? MIDI_CHANNEL(10) : MIDI_CHANNEL(1));
+
+	if (JoystickChanges & JOY_LEFT)
+	{
+		MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_LEFT)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+		MIDIPitch   = 0x3C;
+	}
+
+	if (JoystickChanges & JOY_UP)
+	{
+		MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_UP)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+		MIDIPitch   = 0x3D;
+	}
+
+	if (JoystickChanges & JOY_RIGHT)
+	{
+		MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_RIGHT)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+		MIDIPitch   = 0x3E;
+	}
+
+	if (JoystickChanges & JOY_DOWN)
+	{
+		MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_DOWN)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+		MIDIPitch   = 0x3F;
+	}
+
+	if (JoystickChanges & JOY_PRESS)
+	{
+		MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_PRESS)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+		MIDIPitch   = 0x3B;
+	}
+
+	if (MIDICommand)
+	{
+		MIDI_EventPacket_t MIDIEvent = (MIDI_EventPacket_t)
+			{
+				.Event       = MIDI_EVENT(0, MIDICommand),
+
+				.Data1       = MIDICommand | Channel,
+				.Data2       = MIDIPitch,
+				.Data3       = MIDI_STANDARD_VELOCITY,
+			};
+
+		MIDI_Device_SendEventPacket(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface, &MIDIEvent);
+		MIDI_Device_Flush(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface);
+	}
+
+	PrevJoystickStatus = JoystickStatus;
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+	bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+	ConfigSuccess &= MIDI_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+	MIDI_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface);
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/MIDI.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/MIDI.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c59b4253d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/MIDI.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for MIDI.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MIDI_H_
+#define _MIDI_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <stdbool.h>
+		#include <string.h>
+
+		#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+		void CheckJoystickMovement(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/MIDI.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/MIDI.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..97a92a1907
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/MIDI.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage MIDI Input Device Demo
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *  \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ *  \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ *  \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ *  \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ *  \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx)
+ *  \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Audio Class</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Standard Audio Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF Audio Class Specification \n
+ *        USB-MIDI Audio Class Extension Specification \n
+ *        General MIDI Specification</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  MIDI demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ *  application for implementing the USB-MIDI class in USB devices.
+ *  It is built upon the USB Audio class.
+ *
+ *  Joystick movements are translated into note on/off messages and
+ *  are sent to the host PC as MIDI streams which can be read by any
+ *  MIDI program supporting MIDI IN devices.
+ *
+ *  If the HWB is not pressed, channel 1 (default piano) is used. If
+ *  the HWB is pressed, then channel 10 (default percussion) is selected.
+ *
+ *  This device implements MIDI-THRU mode, with the IN MIDI data being
+ *  generated by the device itself. OUT MIDI data is discarded.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>
+ *     None
+ *    </td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4cbc1c90aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="MIDI Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.midi.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.midi"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<project caption="MIDI Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.midi.example.xmega">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.midi"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.class.midi" caption="MIDI Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		MIDI device demo, implementing a basic USB MIDI device that can send messages to the host. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Device"/>
+			<keyword value="MIDI Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="MIDI.txt"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="MIDI.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="MIDI.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e7bfea0c02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - MIDI Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f030a1e724
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = MIDI
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Config/AppConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b18b2c4149
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ *  the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ *  specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ *  makefile or build system.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ *  \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#define TOTAL_LUNS                1
+
+	#define DISK_READ_ONLY            false
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0ec4635eb0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+		#define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX               4
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..115a7482c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ *  the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ *  process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+	.Class                  = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+	.SubClass               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+	.Protocol               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+	.Endpoint0Size          = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+	.VendorID               = 0x03EB,
+	.ProductID              = 0x2045,
+	.ReleaseNumber          = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+	.ProductStrIndex        = STRING_ID_Product,
+	.SerialNumStrIndex      = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
+
+	.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+	.Config =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+			.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+			.TotalInterfaces        = 1,
+
+			.ConfigurationNumber    = 1,
+			.ConfigurationStrIndex  = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+			.ConfigAttributes       = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED,
+
+			.MaxPowerConsumption    = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+		},
+
+	.MS_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 2,
+
+			.Class                  = MS_CSCP_MassStorageClass,
+			.SubClass               = MS_CSCP_SCSITransparentSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = MS_CSCP_BulkOnlyTransportProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.MS_DataInEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		},
+
+	.MS_DataOutEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		}
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ *  the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ *  via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ *  form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ *  and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Mass Storage Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ *  USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8);
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+	const void* Address = NULL;
+	uint16_t    Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+	switch (DescriptorType)
+	{
+		case DTYPE_Device:
+			Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_Configuration:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_String:
+			switch (DescriptorNumber)
+			{
+				case STRING_ID_Language:
+					Address = &LanguageString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+					Address = &ManufacturerString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Product:
+					Address = &ProductString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+			}
+
+			break;
+	}
+
+	*DescriptorAddress = Address;
+	return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1124deb643
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+		#define MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR         (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 3)
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+		#define MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR        (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4)
+
+		/** Size in bytes of the Mass Storage data endpoints. */
+		#define MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE         64
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+			// Mass Storage Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t            MS_Interface;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             MS_DataInEndpoint;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             MS_DataOutEndpoint;
+		} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+		/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+		 *  should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+		 *  interface from other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+		{
+			INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage = 0, /**< Mass storage interface descriptor ID */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+		 *  have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+		 *  other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum StringDescriptors_t
+		{
+			STRING_ID_Language     = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+			STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+			STRING_ID_Product      = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+		};
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+		                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+		                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+		                                    ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c0fd16ccc4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.c
@@ -0,0 +1,534 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Functions to manage the physical Dataflash media, including reading and writing of
+ *  blocks of data. These functions are called by the SCSI layer when data must be stored
+ *  or retrieved to/from the physical storage media. If a different media is used (such
+ *  as a SD card or EEPROM), functions similar to these will need to be generated.
+ */
+
+#define  INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASHMANAGER_C
+#include "DataflashManager.h"
+
+/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), from
+ *  the pre-selected data OUT endpoint. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the endpoint and writes
+ *  them to the Dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state
+ *  \param[in] BlockAddress  Data block starting address for the write sequence
+ *  \param[in] TotalBlocks   Number of blocks of data to write
+ */
+void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+                                  const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+                                  uint16_t TotalBlocks)
+{
+	uint16_t CurrDFPage          = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+	uint16_t CurrDFPageByte      = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+	uint8_t  CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+	bool     UsingSecondBuffer   = false;
+
+	/* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+	Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+	/* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+	Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+#endif
+
+	/* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte);
+
+	/* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */
+	if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+	  return;
+
+	while (TotalBlocks)
+	{
+		uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+		/* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */
+		while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+		{
+			/* Check if the endpoint is currently empty */
+			if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+			{
+				/* Clear the current endpoint bank */
+				Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+				/* Wait until the host has sent another packet */
+				if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+				  return;
+			}
+
+			/* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+			if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+			{
+				/* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+				Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+				Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+				Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+
+				/* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+				CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+				CurrDFPage++;
+
+				/* Once all the Dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */
+				if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
+				  UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer);
+
+				/* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+				Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+				/* If less than one Dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */
+				if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+				{
+					/* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+					Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+					Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+					Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+					Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+				}
+#endif
+
+				/* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+				Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE : DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+				Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
+			}
+
+			/* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the Dataflash */
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+
+			/* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+			CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+			/* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+			BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+
+			/* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
+			if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
+			  return;
+		}
+
+		/* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+		TotalBlocks--;
+	}
+
+	/* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+	Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+	Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00);
+	Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+
+	/* If the endpoint is empty, clear it ready for the next packet from the host */
+	if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+	  Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+	/* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+	Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), into
+ *  the pre-selected data IN endpoint. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash
+ *  and writes them in OS sized blocks to the endpoint.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state
+ *  \param[in] BlockAddress  Data block starting address for the read sequence
+ *  \param[in] TotalBlocks   Number of blocks of data to read
+ */
+void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+                                 const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+                                 uint16_t TotalBlocks)
+{
+	uint16_t CurrDFPage          = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+	uint16_t CurrDFPageByte      = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+	uint8_t  CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+
+	/* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+	Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+	/* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+
+	/* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */
+	if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+	  return;
+
+	while (TotalBlocks)
+	{
+		uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+		/* Read an endpoint packet sized data block from the Dataflash */
+		while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+		{
+			/* Check if the endpoint is currently full */
+			if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+			{
+				/* Clear the endpoint bank to send its contents to the host */
+				Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+				/* Wait until the endpoint is ready for more data */
+				if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+				  return;
+			}
+
+			/* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+			if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+			{
+				/* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+				CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+				CurrDFPage++;
+
+				/* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+				Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+				/* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+				Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+				Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+			}
+
+			/* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the Dataflash */
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+
+			/* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+			CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+			/* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+			BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+
+			/* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
+			if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
+			  return;
+		}
+
+		/* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+		TotalBlocks--;
+	}
+
+	/* If the endpoint is full, send its contents to the host */
+	if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+	  Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+	/* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+	Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), from
+ *  the given RAM buffer. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the buffer and writes them to the
+ *  Dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks. This can be linked to FAT libraries to write files to the
+ *  Dataflash.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] BlockAddress  Data block starting address for the write sequence
+ *  \param[in] TotalBlocks   Number of blocks of data to write
+ *  \param[in] BufferPtr     Pointer to the data source RAM buffer
+ */
+void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+                                      uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+                                      uint8_t* BufferPtr)
+{
+	uint16_t CurrDFPage          = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+	uint16_t CurrDFPageByte      = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+	uint8_t  CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+	bool     UsingSecondBuffer   = false;
+
+	/* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+	Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+	/* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+	Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+#endif
+
+	/* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte);
+
+	while (TotalBlocks)
+	{
+		uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+		/* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */
+		while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+		{
+			/* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+			if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+			{
+				/* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+				Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+				Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+				Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+
+				/* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+				CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+				CurrDFPage++;
+
+				/* Once all the Dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */
+				if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
+				  UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer);
+
+				/* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+				Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+				/* If less than one Dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */
+				if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+				{
+					/* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+					Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+					Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+					Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+					Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+				}
+#endif
+
+				/* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+				Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+				Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE : DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+				Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
+			}
+
+			/* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the Dataflash */
+			for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++)
+			  Dataflash_SendByte(*(BufferPtr++));
+
+			/* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+			CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+			/* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+			BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+		}
+
+		/* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+		TotalBlocks--;
+	}
+
+	/* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+	Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+	Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00);
+	Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+
+	/* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+	Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), into
+ *  the preallocated RAM buffer. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash
+ *  and writes them in OS sized blocks to the given buffer. This can be linked to FAT libraries to read
+ *  the files stored on the Dataflash.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] BlockAddress  Data block starting address for the read sequence
+ *  \param[in] TotalBlocks   Number of blocks of data to read
+ *  \param[out] BufferPtr    Pointer to the data destination RAM buffer
+ */
+void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+                                     uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+                                     uint8_t* BufferPtr)
+{
+	uint16_t CurrDFPage          = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+	uint16_t CurrDFPageByte      = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+	uint8_t  CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+
+	/* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+	Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+	/* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+
+	while (TotalBlocks)
+	{
+		uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+		/* Read an endpoint packet sized data block from the Dataflash */
+		while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+		{
+			/* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+			if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+			{
+				/* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+				CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+				CurrDFPage++;
+
+				/* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+				Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+				/* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+				Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+				Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+			}
+
+			/* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the Dataflash */
+			for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++)
+			  *(BufferPtr++) = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+
+			/* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+			CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+			/* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+			BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+		}
+
+		/* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+		TotalBlocks--;
+	}
+
+	/* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+	Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Disables the Dataflash memory write protection bits on the board Dataflash ICs, if enabled. */
+void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void)
+{
+	/* Select first Dataflash chip, send the read status register command */
+	Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+
+	/* Check if sector protection is enabled */
+	if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON)
+	{
+		Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+
+		/* Send the commands to disable sector protection */
+		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]);
+		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]);
+		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]);
+		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]);
+	}
+
+	/* Select second Dataflash chip (if present on selected board), send read status register command */
+	#if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
+	Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+
+	/* Check if sector protection is enabled */
+	if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON)
+	{
+		Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+
+		/* Send the commands to disable sector protection */
+		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]);
+		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]);
+		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]);
+		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]);
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	/* Deselect current Dataflash chip */
+	Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Performs a simple test on the attached Dataflash IC(s) to ensure that they are working.
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if all media chips are working, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void)
+{
+	uint8_t ReturnByte;
+
+	/* Test first Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */
+	Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO);
+	ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+	Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+	/* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */
+	if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL)
+	  return false;
+
+	#if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
+	/* Test second Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */
+	Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO);
+	ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+	Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+	/* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */
+	if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL)
+	  return false;
+	#endif
+
+	return true;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b33f3f46d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.h
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for DataflashManager.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_
+#define _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+
+		#include "../MassStorage.h"
+		#include "../Descriptors.h"
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+		#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h>
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE % 16)
+			#error Dataflash page size must be a multiple of 16 bytes.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Defines: */
+		/** Total number of bytes of the storage medium, comprised of one or more Dataflash ICs. */
+		#define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES                ((uint32_t)DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS)
+
+		/** Block size of the device. This is kept at 512 to remain compatible with the OS despite the underlying
+		 *  storage media (Dataflash) using a different native block size. Do not change this value.
+		 */
+		#define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE           512
+
+		/** Total number of blocks of the virtual memory for reporting to the host as the device's total capacity. Do not
+		 *  change this value; change VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES instead to alter the media size.
+		 */
+		#define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS               (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES / VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+
+		/** Blocks in each LUN, calculated from the total capacity divided by the total number of Logical Units in the device. */
+		#define LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS                    (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS / TOTAL_LUNS)
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+		                                  const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+		                                  uint16_t TotalBlocks);
+		void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+		                                 const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+		                                 uint16_t TotalBlocks);
+		void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+		                                      uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+		                                      uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+		void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+		                                     uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+		                                     uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+		void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void);
+		bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8780d1603d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.c
@@ -0,0 +1,349 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  SCSI command processing routines, for SCSI commands issued by the host. Mass Storage
+ *  devices use a thin "Bulk-Only Transport" protocol for issuing commands and status information,
+ *  which wrap around standard SCSI device commands for controlling the actual storage medium.
+ */
+
+#define  INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C
+#include "SCSI.h"
+
+/** Structure to hold the SCSI response data to a SCSI INQUIRY command. This gives information about the device's
+ *  features and capabilities.
+ */
+static const SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t InquiryData =
+	{
+		.DeviceType          = DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK,
+		.PeripheralQualifier = 0,
+
+		.Removable           = true,
+
+		.Version             = 0,
+
+		.ResponseDataFormat  = 2,
+		.NormACA             = false,
+		.TrmTsk              = false,
+		.AERC                = false,
+
+		.AdditionalLength    = 0x1F,
+
+		.SoftReset           = false,
+		.CmdQue              = false,
+		.Linked              = false,
+		.Sync                = false,
+		.WideBus16Bit        = false,
+		.WideBus32Bit        = false,
+		.RelAddr             = false,
+
+		.VendorID            = "LUFA",
+		.ProductID           = "Dataflash Disk",
+		.RevisionID          = {'0','.','0','0'},
+	};
+
+/** Structure to hold the sense data for the last issued SCSI command, which is returned to the host after a SCSI REQUEST SENSE
+ *  command is issued. This gives information on exactly why the last command failed to complete.
+ */
+static SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t SenseData =
+	{
+		.ResponseCode        = 0x70,
+		.AdditionalLength    = 0x0A,
+	};
+
+
+/** Main routine to process the SCSI command located in the Command Block Wrapper read from the host. This dispatches
+ *  to the appropriate SCSI command handling routine if the issued command is supported by the device, else it returns
+ *  a command failure due to a ILLEGAL REQUEST.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	bool CommandSuccess = false;
+
+	/* Run the appropriate SCSI command hander function based on the passed command */
+	switch (MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[0])
+	{
+		case SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY:
+			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Inquiry(MSInterfaceInfo);
+			break;
+		case SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE:
+			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(MSInterfaceInfo);
+			break;
+		case SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10:
+			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(MSInterfaceInfo);
+			break;
+		case SCSI_CMD_SEND_DIAGNOSTIC:
+			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(MSInterfaceInfo);
+			break;
+		case SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10:
+			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_WRITE);
+			break;
+		case SCSI_CMD_READ_10:
+			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_READ);
+			break;
+		case SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_6:
+			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(MSInterfaceInfo);
+			break;
+		case SCSI_CMD_START_STOP_UNIT:
+		case SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY:
+		case SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL:
+		case SCSI_CMD_VERIFY_10:
+			/* These commands should just succeed, no handling required */
+			CommandSuccess = true;
+			MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
+			break;
+		default:
+			/* Update the SENSE key to reflect the invalid command */
+			SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+		                   SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_COMMAND,
+		                   SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+			break;
+	}
+
+	/* Check if command was successfully processed */
+	if (CommandSuccess)
+	{
+		SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD,
+		               SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
+		               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+		return true;
+	}
+
+	return false;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI INQUIRY command. This command returns information about the device's features
+ *  and capabilities to the host.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	uint16_t AllocationLength  = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[3]);
+	uint16_t BytesTransferred  = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(InquiryData));
+
+	/* Only the standard INQUIRY data is supported, check if any optional INQUIRY bits set */
+	if ((MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & ((1 << 0) | (1 << 1))) ||
+	     MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2])
+	{
+		/* Optional but unsupported bits set - update the SENSE key and fail the request */
+		SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+		               SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
+		               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&InquiryData, BytesTransferred, NULL);
+
+	/* Pad out remaining bytes with 0x00 */
+	Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL);
+
+	/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+	/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+	MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI REQUEST SENSE command. This command returns information about the last issued command,
+ *  including the error code and additional error information so that the host can determine why a command failed to complete.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	uint8_t  AllocationLength = MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4];
+	uint8_t  BytesTransferred = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(SenseData));
+
+	Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&SenseData, BytesTransferred, NULL);
+	Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL);
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+	/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+	MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ CAPACITY (10) command. This command returns information about the device's capacity
+ *  on the selected Logical Unit (drive), as a number of OS-sized blocks.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	uint32_t LastBlockAddressInLUN = (LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS - 1);
+	uint32_t MediaBlockSize        = VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE;
+
+	Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&LastBlockAddressInLUN, sizeof(LastBlockAddressInLUN), NULL);
+	Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&MediaBlockSize, sizeof(MediaBlockSize), NULL);
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+	/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+	MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 8;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI SEND DIAGNOSTIC command. This command performs a quick check of the Dataflash ICs on the
+ *  board, and indicates if they are present and functioning correctly. Only the Self-Test portion of the diagnostic command is
+ *  supported.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	/* Check to see if the SELF TEST bit is not set */
+	if (!(MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & (1 << 2)))
+	{
+		/* Only self-test supported - update SENSE key and fail the command */
+		SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+		               SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
+		               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	/* Check to see if all attached Dataflash ICs are functional */
+	if (!(DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation()))
+	{
+		/* Update SENSE key with a hardware error condition and return command fail */
+		SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_HARDWARE_ERROR,
+		               SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
+		               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+	MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ (10) or WRITE (10) command. This command reads in the block start address
+ *  and total number of blocks to process, then calls the appropriate low-level Dataflash routine to handle the actual
+ *  reading and writing of the data.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *  \param[in] IsDataRead  Indicates if the command is a READ (10) command or WRITE (10) command (DATA_READ or DATA_WRITE)
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+                                      const bool IsDataRead)
+{
+	uint32_t BlockAddress;
+	uint16_t TotalBlocks;
+
+	/* Check if the disk is write protected or not */
+	if ((IsDataRead == DATA_WRITE) && DISK_READ_ONLY)
+	{
+		/* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */
+		SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_DATA_PROTECT,
+		               SCSI_ASENSE_WRITE_PROTECTED,
+		               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	/* Load in the 32-bit block address (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */
+	BlockAddress = SwapEndian_32(*(uint32_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2]);
+
+	/* Load in the 16-bit total blocks (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */
+	TotalBlocks  = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[7]);
+
+	/* Check if the block address is outside the maximum allowable value for the LUN */
+	if (BlockAddress >= LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS)
+	{
+		/* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */
+		SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+		               SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_BLOCK_ADDRESS_OUT_OF_RANGE,
+		               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	#if (TOTAL_LUNS > 1)
+	/* Adjust the given block address to the real media address based on the selected LUN */
+	BlockAddress += ((uint32_t)MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.LUN * LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS);
+	#endif
+
+	/* Determine if the packet is a READ (10) or WRITE (10) command, call appropriate function */
+	if (IsDataRead == DATA_READ)
+	  DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);
+	else
+	  DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);
+
+	/* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */
+	MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= ((uint32_t)TotalBlocks * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE);
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI MODE SENSE (6) command. This command returns various informational pages about
+ *  the SCSI device, as well as the device's Write Protect status.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	/* Send an empty header response with the Write Protect flag status */
+	Endpoint_Write_8(0x00);
+	Endpoint_Write_8(0x00);
+	Endpoint_Write_8(DISK_READ_ONLY ? 0x80 : 0x00);
+	Endpoint_Write_8(0x00);
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+	/* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */
+	MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 4;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..16eb78aa12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.h
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for SCSI.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SCSI_H_
+#define _SCSI_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include "../MassStorage.h"
+		#include "../Descriptors.h"
+		#include "DataflashManager.h"
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Macro to set the current SCSI sense data to the given key, additional sense code and additional sense qualifier. This
+		 *  is for convenience, as it allows for all three sense values (returned upon request to the host to give information about
+		 *  the last command failure) in a quick and easy manner.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in] Key    New SCSI sense key to set the sense code to
+		 *  \param[in] Acode  New SCSI additional sense key to set the additional sense code to
+		 *  \param[in] Aqual  New SCSI additional sense key qualifier to set the additional sense qualifier code to
+		 */
+		#define SCSI_SET_SENSE(Key, Acode, Aqual)  do { SenseData.SenseKey                 = (Key);   \
+		                                                SenseData.AdditionalSenseCode      = (Acode); \
+		                                                SenseData.AdditionalSenseQualifier = (Aqual); } while (0)
+
+		/** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be read from the storage medium. */
+		#define DATA_READ           true
+
+		/** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be written to the storage medium. */
+		#define DATA_WRITE          false
+
+		/** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a Block Media device. */
+		#define DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK   0x00
+
+		/** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a CD-ROM device. */
+		#define DEVICE_TYPE_CDROM   0x05
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+
+		#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C)
+			static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+			static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+			static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+			static bool SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+			static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+			                                      const bool IsDataRead);
+			static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/MassStorage.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/MassStorage.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7cf8a3e5d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/MassStorage.c
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the MassStorage demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "MassStorage.h"
+
+/** LUFA Mass Storage Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ *  passed to all Mass Storage Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ *  within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t Disk_MS_Interface =
+	{
+		.Config =
+			{
+				.InterfaceNumber           = INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage,
+				.DataINEndpoint            =
+					{
+						.Address           = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR,
+						.Size              = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks             = 1,
+					},
+				.DataOUTEndpoint           =
+					{
+						.Address           = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR,
+						.Size              = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks             = 1,
+					},
+				.TotalLUNs                 = TOTAL_LUNS,
+			},
+	};
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ *  setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		MS_Device_USBTask(&Disk_MS_Interface);
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+	/* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+	XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+	XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+	/* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+	XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+	XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+	PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	LEDs_Init();
+	Dataflash_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+
+	/* Check if the Dataflash is working, abort if not */
+	if (!(DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation()))
+	{
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		for(;;);
+	}
+
+	/* Clear Dataflash sector protections, if enabled */
+	DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+	bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+	ConfigSuccess &= MS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Disk_MS_Interface);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+	MS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Disk_MS_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Mass Storage class driver callback function the reception of SCSI commands from the host, which must be processed.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	bool CommandSuccess;
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+	CommandSuccess = SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(MSInterfaceInfo);
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+
+	return CommandSuccess;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/MassStorage.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/MassStorage.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2d07a21985
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/MassStorage.h
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for MassStorage.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MASS_STORAGE_H_
+#define _MASS_STORAGE_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <string.h>
+
+		#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+		#include "Lib/SCSI.h"
+		#include "Lib/DataflashManager.h"
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY          LEDS_LED2
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+		bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/MassStorage.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/MassStorage.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5759efa6b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/MassStorage.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Mass Storage Device Demo
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *  \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ *  \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ *  \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ *  \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ *  \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx)
+ *  \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Mass Storage Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Bulk-Only Transport</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF Mass Storage Standard \n
+ *        USB Bulk-Only Transport Standard \n
+ *        SCSI Primary Commands Specification \n
+ *        SCSI Block Commands Specification</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Mass Storage device demonstration application. This gives a simple
+ *  reference application for implementing a USB Mass Storage device using
+ *  the basic USB UFI drivers in all modern OSes (i.e. no special drivers
+ *  required).
+ *
+ *  On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function as an
+ *  external mass storage device which may be formatted and used in the same
+ *  manner as commercial USB Mass Storage devices.
+ *
+ *  You will need to format the mass storage drive upon first run of this
+ *  demonstration - as the device acts only as a data block transport between
+ *  the host and the storage media, it does not matter what file system is used,
+ *  as the data interpretation is performed by the host and not the USB device.
+ *
+ *  This demo is not restricted to only a single LUN (logical disk); by changing
+ *  the TOTAL_LUNS value in DataflashManager.h, any number of LUNs can be used
+ *  (from 1 to 255), with each LUN being allocated an equal portion of the available
+ *  Dataflash memory.
+ *
+ *  The USB control endpoint is managed entirely by the library using endpoint
+ *  interrupts, as the INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT option is enabled. This allows for
+ *  the host to reset the Mass Storage device state during long transfers without
+ *  the need for complicated polling logic.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ *    <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ *    <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>TOTAL_LUNS</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>Total number of Logical Units (drives) in the device. The total device capacity is shared equally between each drive -
+ *        this can be set to any positive non-zero amount.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>DISK_READ_ONLY</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>Configuration define, indicating if the disk should be write protected or not.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8e91819ff4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="Mass Storage Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.mass_storage.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.mass_storage"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<project caption="Mass Storage Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.mass_storage.example.xmega">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.mass_storage"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.class.mass_storage" caption="Mass Storage Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Mass Storage device demo, implementing a basic USB storage disk using a Dataflash memory IC. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Device"/>
+			<keyword value="Mass Storage Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="MassStorage.txt"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="MassStorage.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/DataflashManager.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/SCSI.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="MassStorage.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/DataflashManager.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/SCSI.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.dataflash"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..84c2d3d0b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Mass Storage Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3239b24db1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = MassStorage
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c Lib/DataflashManager.c Lib/SCSI.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Config/AppConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b18b2c4149
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ *  the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ *  specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ *  makefile or build system.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ *  \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#define TOTAL_LUNS                1
+
+	#define DISK_READ_ONLY            false
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..62549878d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+		#define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX               5
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..15cbc63b26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,254 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+  Copyright 2010  Matthias Hullin (lufa [at] matthias [dot] hullin [dot] net)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ *  the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+
+/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
+ *  USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
+ *  descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
+ *  the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
+ *  more details on HID report descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM KeyboardReport[] =
+{
+	/* Use the HID class driver's standard Keyboard report.
+	 *   Max simultaneous keys: 6
+	 */
+	HID_DESCRIPTOR_KEYBOARD(6)
+};
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ *  process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+	.Class                  = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+	.SubClass               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+	.Protocol               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+	.Endpoint0Size          = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+	.VendorID               = 0x03EB,
+	.ProductID              = 0x2061,
+	.ReleaseNumber          = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+	.ProductStrIndex        = STRING_ID_Product,
+	.SerialNumStrIndex      = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
+
+	.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+	.Config =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+			.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+			.TotalInterfaces        = 2,
+
+			.ConfigurationNumber    = 1,
+			.ConfigurationStrIndex  = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+			.ConfigAttributes       = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED,
+
+			.MaxPowerConsumption    = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+		},
+
+	.MS_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 2,
+
+			.Class                  = MS_CSCP_MassStorageClass,
+			.SubClass               = MS_CSCP_SCSITransparentSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = MS_CSCP_BulkOnlyTransportProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.MS_DataInEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		},
+
+	.MS_DataOutEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		},
+
+	.HID_KeyboardInterface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 1,
+
+			.Class                  = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
+			.SubClass               = HID_CSCP_BootSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = HID_CSCP_KeyboardBootProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.HID_KeyboardHID =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
+
+			.HIDSpec                = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
+			.CountryCode            = 0x00,
+			.TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
+			.HIDReportType          = HID_DTYPE_Report,
+			.HIDReportLength        = sizeof(KeyboardReport)
+		},
+
+	.HID_ReportINEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = KEYBOARD_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = KEYBOARD_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		},
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ *  the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ *  via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ *  form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ *  and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Mass Storage and Keyboard Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ *  USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8);
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+	const void* Address = NULL;
+	uint16_t    Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+	switch (DescriptorType)
+	{
+		case DTYPE_Device:
+			Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_Configuration:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_String:
+			switch (DescriptorNumber)
+			{
+				case STRING_ID_Language:
+					Address = &LanguageString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+					Address = &ManufacturerString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Product:
+					Address = &ProductString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case HID_DTYPE_HID:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_KeyboardHID;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+			break;
+		case HID_DTYPE_Report:
+			Address = &KeyboardReport;
+			Size    = sizeof(KeyboardReport);
+			break;
+	}
+
+	*DescriptorAddress = Address;
+	return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b16e900e4e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+  Copyright 2010  Matthias Hullin (lufa [at] matthias [dot] hullin [dot] net)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Endpoint address of the Keyboard HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+		#define KEYBOARD_EPADDR              (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 1)
+
+		/** Size in bytes of the Keyboard HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+		#define KEYBOARD_EPSIZE              8
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+		#define MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR       (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 3)
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+		#define MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR      (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4)
+
+		/** Size in bytes of the Mass Storage data endpoints. */
+		#define MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE       64
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+			// Mass Storage Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t            MS_Interface;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             MS_DataInEndpoint;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             MS_DataOutEndpoint;
+
+			// Generic HID Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t            HID_KeyboardInterface;
+			USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t              HID_KeyboardHID;
+	        USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             HID_ReportINEndpoint;
+		} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+		/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+		 *  should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+		 *  interface from other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+		{
+			INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage = 0, /**< Mass storage interface descriptor ID */
+			INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard    = 1, /**< Keyboard interface descriptor ID */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+		 *  have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+		 *  other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum StringDescriptors_t
+		{
+			STRING_ID_Language     = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+			STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+			STRING_ID_Product      = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+		};
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+		                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+		                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+		                                    ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Lib/DataflashManager.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Lib/DataflashManager.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c0fd16ccc4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Lib/DataflashManager.c
@@ -0,0 +1,534 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Functions to manage the physical Dataflash media, including reading and writing of
+ *  blocks of data. These functions are called by the SCSI layer when data must be stored
+ *  or retrieved to/from the physical storage media. If a different media is used (such
+ *  as a SD card or EEPROM), functions similar to these will need to be generated.
+ */
+
+#define  INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASHMANAGER_C
+#include "DataflashManager.h"
+
+/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), from
+ *  the pre-selected data OUT endpoint. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the endpoint and writes
+ *  them to the Dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state
+ *  \param[in] BlockAddress  Data block starting address for the write sequence
+ *  \param[in] TotalBlocks   Number of blocks of data to write
+ */
+void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+                                  const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+                                  uint16_t TotalBlocks)
+{
+	uint16_t CurrDFPage          = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+	uint16_t CurrDFPageByte      = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+	uint8_t  CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+	bool     UsingSecondBuffer   = false;
+
+	/* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+	Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+	/* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+	Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+#endif
+
+	/* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte);
+
+	/* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */
+	if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+	  return;
+
+	while (TotalBlocks)
+	{
+		uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+		/* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */
+		while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+		{
+			/* Check if the endpoint is currently empty */
+			if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+			{
+				/* Clear the current endpoint bank */
+				Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+				/* Wait until the host has sent another packet */
+				if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+				  return;
+			}
+
+			/* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+			if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+			{
+				/* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+				Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+				Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+				Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+
+				/* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+				CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+				CurrDFPage++;
+
+				/* Once all the Dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */
+				if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
+				  UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer);
+
+				/* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+				Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+				/* If less than one Dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */
+				if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+				{
+					/* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+					Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+					Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+					Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+					Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+				}
+#endif
+
+				/* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+				Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE : DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+				Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
+			}
+
+			/* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the Dataflash */
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+
+			/* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+			CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+			/* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+			BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+
+			/* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
+			if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
+			  return;
+		}
+
+		/* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+		TotalBlocks--;
+	}
+
+	/* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+	Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+	Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00);
+	Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+
+	/* If the endpoint is empty, clear it ready for the next packet from the host */
+	if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+	  Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+	/* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+	Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), into
+ *  the pre-selected data IN endpoint. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash
+ *  and writes them in OS sized blocks to the endpoint.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state
+ *  \param[in] BlockAddress  Data block starting address for the read sequence
+ *  \param[in] TotalBlocks   Number of blocks of data to read
+ */
+void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+                                 const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+                                 uint16_t TotalBlocks)
+{
+	uint16_t CurrDFPage          = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+	uint16_t CurrDFPageByte      = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+	uint8_t  CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+
+	/* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+	Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+	/* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+
+	/* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */
+	if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+	  return;
+
+	while (TotalBlocks)
+	{
+		uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+		/* Read an endpoint packet sized data block from the Dataflash */
+		while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+		{
+			/* Check if the endpoint is currently full */
+			if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+			{
+				/* Clear the endpoint bank to send its contents to the host */
+				Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+				/* Wait until the endpoint is ready for more data */
+				if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+				  return;
+			}
+
+			/* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+			if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+			{
+				/* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+				CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+				CurrDFPage++;
+
+				/* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+				Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+				/* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+				Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+				Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+			}
+
+			/* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the Dataflash */
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+
+			/* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+			CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+			/* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+			BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+
+			/* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
+			if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
+			  return;
+		}
+
+		/* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+		TotalBlocks--;
+	}
+
+	/* If the endpoint is full, send its contents to the host */
+	if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+	  Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+	/* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+	Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), from
+ *  the given RAM buffer. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the buffer and writes them to the
+ *  Dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks. This can be linked to FAT libraries to write files to the
+ *  Dataflash.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] BlockAddress  Data block starting address for the write sequence
+ *  \param[in] TotalBlocks   Number of blocks of data to write
+ *  \param[in] BufferPtr     Pointer to the data source RAM buffer
+ */
+void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+                                      uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+                                      uint8_t* BufferPtr)
+{
+	uint16_t CurrDFPage          = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+	uint16_t CurrDFPageByte      = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+	uint8_t  CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+	bool     UsingSecondBuffer   = false;
+
+	/* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+	Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+	/* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+	Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+#endif
+
+	/* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte);
+
+	while (TotalBlocks)
+	{
+		uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+		/* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */
+		while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+		{
+			/* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+			if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+			{
+				/* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+				Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+				Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+				Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+
+				/* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+				CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+				CurrDFPage++;
+
+				/* Once all the Dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */
+				if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
+				  UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer);
+
+				/* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+				Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+				/* If less than one Dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */
+				if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+				{
+					/* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+					Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+					Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+					Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+					Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+				}
+#endif
+
+				/* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+				Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+				Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE : DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+				Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
+			}
+
+			/* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the Dataflash */
+			for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++)
+			  Dataflash_SendByte(*(BufferPtr++));
+
+			/* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+			CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+			/* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+			BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+		}
+
+		/* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+		TotalBlocks--;
+	}
+
+	/* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+	Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+	Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00);
+	Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+
+	/* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+	Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), into
+ *  the preallocated RAM buffer. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash
+ *  and writes them in OS sized blocks to the given buffer. This can be linked to FAT libraries to read
+ *  the files stored on the Dataflash.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] BlockAddress  Data block starting address for the read sequence
+ *  \param[in] TotalBlocks   Number of blocks of data to read
+ *  \param[out] BufferPtr    Pointer to the data destination RAM buffer
+ */
+void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+                                     uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+                                     uint8_t* BufferPtr)
+{
+	uint16_t CurrDFPage          = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+	uint16_t CurrDFPageByte      = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+	uint8_t  CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+
+	/* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+	Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+	/* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+
+	while (TotalBlocks)
+	{
+		uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+		/* Read an endpoint packet sized data block from the Dataflash */
+		while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+		{
+			/* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+			if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+			{
+				/* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+				CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+				CurrDFPage++;
+
+				/* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+				Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+				/* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+				Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+				Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+			}
+
+			/* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the Dataflash */
+			for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++)
+			  *(BufferPtr++) = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+
+			/* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+			CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+			/* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+			BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+		}
+
+		/* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+		TotalBlocks--;
+	}
+
+	/* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+	Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Disables the Dataflash memory write protection bits on the board Dataflash ICs, if enabled. */
+void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void)
+{
+	/* Select first Dataflash chip, send the read status register command */
+	Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+
+	/* Check if sector protection is enabled */
+	if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON)
+	{
+		Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+
+		/* Send the commands to disable sector protection */
+		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]);
+		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]);
+		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]);
+		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]);
+	}
+
+	/* Select second Dataflash chip (if present on selected board), send read status register command */
+	#if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
+	Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+
+	/* Check if sector protection is enabled */
+	if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON)
+	{
+		Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+
+		/* Send the commands to disable sector protection */
+		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]);
+		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]);
+		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]);
+		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]);
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	/* Deselect current Dataflash chip */
+	Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Performs a simple test on the attached Dataflash IC(s) to ensure that they are working.
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if all media chips are working, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void)
+{
+	uint8_t ReturnByte;
+
+	/* Test first Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */
+	Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO);
+	ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+	Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+	/* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */
+	if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL)
+	  return false;
+
+	#if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
+	/* Test second Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */
+	Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO);
+	ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+	Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+	/* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */
+	if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL)
+	  return false;
+	#endif
+
+	return true;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Lib/DataflashManager.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Lib/DataflashManager.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..076847a7d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Lib/DataflashManager.h
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for DataflashManager.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_
+#define _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+
+		#include "../MassStorageKeyboard.h"
+		#include "../Descriptors.h"
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+		#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h>
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE % 16)
+			#error Dataflash page size must be a multiple of 16 bytes.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Defines: */
+		/** Total number of bytes of the storage medium, comprised of one or more Dataflash ICs. */
+		#define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES                ((uint32_t)DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS)
+
+		/** Block size of the device. This is kept at 512 to remain compatible with the OS despite the underlying
+		 *  storage media (Dataflash) using a different native block size.
+		 */
+		#define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE           512
+
+		/** Total number of blocks of the virtual memory for reporting to the host as the device's total capacity. */
+		#define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS              (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES / VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+
+		/** Blocks in each LUN, calculated from the total capacity divided by the total number of Logical Units in the device. */
+		#define LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS         (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS / TOTAL_LUNS)
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+		                                  const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+		                                  uint16_t TotalBlocks);
+		void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+		                                 const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+		                                 uint16_t TotalBlocks);
+		void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+		                                      uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+		                                      uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+		void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+		                                     uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+		                                     uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+		void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void);
+		bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Lib/SCSI.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Lib/SCSI.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8780d1603d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Lib/SCSI.c
@@ -0,0 +1,349 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  SCSI command processing routines, for SCSI commands issued by the host. Mass Storage
+ *  devices use a thin "Bulk-Only Transport" protocol for issuing commands and status information,
+ *  which wrap around standard SCSI device commands for controlling the actual storage medium.
+ */
+
+#define  INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C
+#include "SCSI.h"
+
+/** Structure to hold the SCSI response data to a SCSI INQUIRY command. This gives information about the device's
+ *  features and capabilities.
+ */
+static const SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t InquiryData =
+	{
+		.DeviceType          = DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK,
+		.PeripheralQualifier = 0,
+
+		.Removable           = true,
+
+		.Version             = 0,
+
+		.ResponseDataFormat  = 2,
+		.NormACA             = false,
+		.TrmTsk              = false,
+		.AERC                = false,
+
+		.AdditionalLength    = 0x1F,
+
+		.SoftReset           = false,
+		.CmdQue              = false,
+		.Linked              = false,
+		.Sync                = false,
+		.WideBus16Bit        = false,
+		.WideBus32Bit        = false,
+		.RelAddr             = false,
+
+		.VendorID            = "LUFA",
+		.ProductID           = "Dataflash Disk",
+		.RevisionID          = {'0','.','0','0'},
+	};
+
+/** Structure to hold the sense data for the last issued SCSI command, which is returned to the host after a SCSI REQUEST SENSE
+ *  command is issued. This gives information on exactly why the last command failed to complete.
+ */
+static SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t SenseData =
+	{
+		.ResponseCode        = 0x70,
+		.AdditionalLength    = 0x0A,
+	};
+
+
+/** Main routine to process the SCSI command located in the Command Block Wrapper read from the host. This dispatches
+ *  to the appropriate SCSI command handling routine if the issued command is supported by the device, else it returns
+ *  a command failure due to a ILLEGAL REQUEST.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	bool CommandSuccess = false;
+
+	/* Run the appropriate SCSI command hander function based on the passed command */
+	switch (MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[0])
+	{
+		case SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY:
+			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Inquiry(MSInterfaceInfo);
+			break;
+		case SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE:
+			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(MSInterfaceInfo);
+			break;
+		case SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10:
+			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(MSInterfaceInfo);
+			break;
+		case SCSI_CMD_SEND_DIAGNOSTIC:
+			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(MSInterfaceInfo);
+			break;
+		case SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10:
+			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_WRITE);
+			break;
+		case SCSI_CMD_READ_10:
+			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_READ);
+			break;
+		case SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_6:
+			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(MSInterfaceInfo);
+			break;
+		case SCSI_CMD_START_STOP_UNIT:
+		case SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY:
+		case SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL:
+		case SCSI_CMD_VERIFY_10:
+			/* These commands should just succeed, no handling required */
+			CommandSuccess = true;
+			MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
+			break;
+		default:
+			/* Update the SENSE key to reflect the invalid command */
+			SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+		                   SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_COMMAND,
+		                   SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+			break;
+	}
+
+	/* Check if command was successfully processed */
+	if (CommandSuccess)
+	{
+		SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD,
+		               SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
+		               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+		return true;
+	}
+
+	return false;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI INQUIRY command. This command returns information about the device's features
+ *  and capabilities to the host.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	uint16_t AllocationLength  = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[3]);
+	uint16_t BytesTransferred  = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(InquiryData));
+
+	/* Only the standard INQUIRY data is supported, check if any optional INQUIRY bits set */
+	if ((MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & ((1 << 0) | (1 << 1))) ||
+	     MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2])
+	{
+		/* Optional but unsupported bits set - update the SENSE key and fail the request */
+		SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+		               SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
+		               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&InquiryData, BytesTransferred, NULL);
+
+	/* Pad out remaining bytes with 0x00 */
+	Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL);
+
+	/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+	/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+	MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI REQUEST SENSE command. This command returns information about the last issued command,
+ *  including the error code and additional error information so that the host can determine why a command failed to complete.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	uint8_t  AllocationLength = MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4];
+	uint8_t  BytesTransferred = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(SenseData));
+
+	Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&SenseData, BytesTransferred, NULL);
+	Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL);
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+	/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+	MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ CAPACITY (10) command. This command returns information about the device's capacity
+ *  on the selected Logical Unit (drive), as a number of OS-sized blocks.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	uint32_t LastBlockAddressInLUN = (LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS - 1);
+	uint32_t MediaBlockSize        = VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE;
+
+	Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&LastBlockAddressInLUN, sizeof(LastBlockAddressInLUN), NULL);
+	Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&MediaBlockSize, sizeof(MediaBlockSize), NULL);
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+	/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+	MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 8;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI SEND DIAGNOSTIC command. This command performs a quick check of the Dataflash ICs on the
+ *  board, and indicates if they are present and functioning correctly. Only the Self-Test portion of the diagnostic command is
+ *  supported.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	/* Check to see if the SELF TEST bit is not set */
+	if (!(MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & (1 << 2)))
+	{
+		/* Only self-test supported - update SENSE key and fail the command */
+		SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+		               SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
+		               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	/* Check to see if all attached Dataflash ICs are functional */
+	if (!(DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation()))
+	{
+		/* Update SENSE key with a hardware error condition and return command fail */
+		SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_HARDWARE_ERROR,
+		               SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
+		               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+	MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ (10) or WRITE (10) command. This command reads in the block start address
+ *  and total number of blocks to process, then calls the appropriate low-level Dataflash routine to handle the actual
+ *  reading and writing of the data.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *  \param[in] IsDataRead  Indicates if the command is a READ (10) command or WRITE (10) command (DATA_READ or DATA_WRITE)
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+                                      const bool IsDataRead)
+{
+	uint32_t BlockAddress;
+	uint16_t TotalBlocks;
+
+	/* Check if the disk is write protected or not */
+	if ((IsDataRead == DATA_WRITE) && DISK_READ_ONLY)
+	{
+		/* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */
+		SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_DATA_PROTECT,
+		               SCSI_ASENSE_WRITE_PROTECTED,
+		               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	/* Load in the 32-bit block address (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */
+	BlockAddress = SwapEndian_32(*(uint32_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2]);
+
+	/* Load in the 16-bit total blocks (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */
+	TotalBlocks  = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[7]);
+
+	/* Check if the block address is outside the maximum allowable value for the LUN */
+	if (BlockAddress >= LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS)
+	{
+		/* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */
+		SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+		               SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_BLOCK_ADDRESS_OUT_OF_RANGE,
+		               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	#if (TOTAL_LUNS > 1)
+	/* Adjust the given block address to the real media address based on the selected LUN */
+	BlockAddress += ((uint32_t)MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.LUN * LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS);
+	#endif
+
+	/* Determine if the packet is a READ (10) or WRITE (10) command, call appropriate function */
+	if (IsDataRead == DATA_READ)
+	  DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);
+	else
+	  DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);
+
+	/* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */
+	MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= ((uint32_t)TotalBlocks * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE);
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI MODE SENSE (6) command. This command returns various informational pages about
+ *  the SCSI device, as well as the device's Write Protect status.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	/* Send an empty header response with the Write Protect flag status */
+	Endpoint_Write_8(0x00);
+	Endpoint_Write_8(0x00);
+	Endpoint_Write_8(DISK_READ_ONLY ? 0x80 : 0x00);
+	Endpoint_Write_8(0x00);
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+	/* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */
+	MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 4;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Lib/SCSI.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Lib/SCSI.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c442e45386
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Lib/SCSI.h
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for SCSI.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SCSI_H_
+#define _SCSI_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include "../MassStorageKeyboard.h"
+		#include "../Descriptors.h"
+		#include "DataflashManager.h"
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Macro to set the current SCSI sense data to the given key, additional sense code and additional sense qualifier. This
+		 *  is for convenience, as it allows for all three sense values (returned upon request to the host to give information about
+		 *  the last command failure) in a quick and easy manner.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in] Key    New SCSI sense key to set the sense code to
+		 *  \param[in] Acode  New SCSI additional sense key to set the additional sense code to
+		 *  \param[in] Aqual  New SCSI additional sense key qualifier to set the additional sense qualifier code to
+		 */
+		#define SCSI_SET_SENSE(Key, Acode, Aqual)  do { SenseData.SenseKey                 = (Key);   \
+		                                                SenseData.AdditionalSenseCode      = (Acode); \
+		                                                SenseData.AdditionalSenseQualifier = (Aqual); } while (0)
+
+		/** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be read from the storage medium. */
+		#define DATA_READ           true
+
+		/** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be written to the storage medium. */
+		#define DATA_WRITE          false
+
+		/** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a Block Media device. */
+		#define DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK   0x00
+
+		/** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a CD-ROM device. */
+		#define DEVICE_TYPE_CDROM   0x05
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+
+		#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C)
+			static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+			static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+			static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+			static bool SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+			static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+			                                      const bool IsDataRead);
+			static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/MassStorageKeyboard.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/MassStorageKeyboard.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3a1b7805e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/MassStorageKeyboard.c
@@ -0,0 +1,270 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+  Copyright 2010  Matthias Hullin (lufa [at] matthias [dot] hullin [dot] net)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the MassStorageKeyboard demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "MassStorageKeyboard.h"
+
+/** LUFA Mass Storage Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ *  passed to all Mass Storage Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ *  within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t Disk_MS_Interface =
+	{
+		.Config =
+			{
+				.InterfaceNumber           = INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage,
+				.DataINEndpoint            =
+					{
+						.Address           = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR,
+						.Size              = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks             = 1,
+					},
+				.DataOUTEndpoint            =
+					{
+						.Address           = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR,
+						.Size              = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks             = 1,
+					},
+				.TotalLUNs                 = TOTAL_LUNS,
+			},
+	};
+
+/** Buffer to hold the previously generated Keyboard HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */
+static uint8_t PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer[sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t)];
+
+/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ *  passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ *  within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Keyboard_HID_Interface =
+ 	{
+		.Config =
+			{
+				.InterfaceNumber              = INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard,
+				.ReportINEndpoint             =
+					{
+						.Address              = KEYBOARD_EPADDR,
+						.Size                 = KEYBOARD_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks                = 1,
+					},
+				.PrevReportINBuffer           = PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer,
+				.PrevReportINBufferSize       = sizeof(PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer),
+			},
+    };
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ *  setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		MS_Device_USBTask(&Disk_MS_Interface);
+		HID_Device_USBTask(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+	/* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+	XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+	XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+	/* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+	XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+	XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+	PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	LEDs_Init();
+	Joystick_Init();
+	Buttons_Init();
+	Dataflash_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+
+	/* Check if the Dataflash is working, abort if not */
+	if (!(DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation()))
+	{
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		for(;;);
+	}
+
+	/* Clear Dataflash sector protections, if enabled */
+	DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+	bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+	ConfigSuccess &= HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
+	ConfigSuccess &= MS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Disk_MS_Interface);
+
+	USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents();
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+	MS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Disk_MS_Interface);
+	HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Mass Storage class driver callback function the reception of SCSI commands from the host, which must be processed.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	bool CommandSuccess;
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+	CommandSuccess = SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(MSInterfaceInfo);
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+
+	return CommandSuccess;
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void)
+{
+    HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the creation of HID reports to the host.
+ *
+ *  \param[in]     HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ *  \param[in,out] ReportID    Report ID requested by the host if non-zero, otherwise callback should set to the generated report ID
+ *  \param[in]     ReportType  Type of the report to create, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_In or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ *  \param[out]    ReportData  Pointer to a buffer where the created report should be stored
+ *  \param[out]    ReportSize  Number of bytes written in the report (or zero if no report is to be sent)
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true to force the sending of the report, \c false to let the library determine if it needs to be sent
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+                                         uint8_t* const ReportID,
+                                         const uint8_t ReportType,
+                                         void* ReportData,
+                                         uint16_t* const ReportSize)
+{
+	USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t* KeyboardReport = (USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t*)ReportData;
+
+	uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL    = Joystick_GetStatus();
+	uint8_t ButtonStatus_LCL = Buttons_GetStatus();
+
+	KeyboardReport->Modifier = HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_LEFTSHIFT;
+
+	if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+	  KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_A;
+	else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+	  KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_B;
+
+	if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+	  KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_C;
+	else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+	  KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_D;
+
+	if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+	  KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_E;
+
+	if (ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1)
+	  KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F;
+
+	*ReportSize = sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t);
+	return false;
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the processing of HID reports from the host.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ *  \param[in] ReportID    Report ID of the received report from the host
+ *  \param[in] ReportType  The type of report that the host has sent, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ *  \param[in] ReportData  Pointer to a buffer where the received report has been stored
+ *  \param[in] ReportSize  Size in bytes of the received HID report
+ */
+void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+                                          const uint8_t ReportID,
+                                          const uint8_t ReportType,
+                                          const void* ReportData,
+                                          const uint16_t ReportSize)
+{
+	uint8_t  LEDMask   = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
+	uint8_t* LEDReport = (uint8_t*)ReportData;
+
+	if (*LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_NUMLOCK)
+	  LEDMask |= LEDS_LED1;
+
+	if (*LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_CAPSLOCK)
+	  LEDMask |= LEDS_LED3;
+
+	if (*LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_SCROLLLOCK)
+	  LEDMask |= LEDS_LED4;
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/MassStorageKeyboard.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/MassStorageKeyboard.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e122a4913a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/MassStorageKeyboard.h
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+  Copyright 2010  Matthias Hullin (lufa [at] matthias [dot] hullin [dot] net)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for MassStorageKeyboard.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MASS_STORAGE_KEYBOARD_H_
+#define _MASS_STORAGE_KEYBOARD_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <stdbool.h>
+		#include <string.h>
+
+		#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+		#include "Lib/SCSI.h"
+		#include "Lib/DataflashManager.h"
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY         LEDS_LED2
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
+
+		bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+
+		bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+		                                         uint8_t* const ReportID,
+		                                         const uint8_t ReportType,
+		                                         void* ReportData,
+		                                         uint16_t* const ReportSize);
+		void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+		                                          const uint8_t ReportID,
+		                                          const uint8_t ReportType,
+		                                          const void* ReportData,
+		                                          const uint16_t ReportSize);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/MassStorageKeyboard.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/MassStorageKeyboard.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d8b3b31db1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/MassStorageKeyboard.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Combined Mass Storage and Keyboard Device Demo
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *  \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ *  \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ *  \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ *  \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ *  \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx)
+ *  \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Classes:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Mass Storage Device \n
+ *        Human Interface Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclasses:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Bulk-Only Transport \n
+ *        Keyboard Subclass</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF Mass Storage Standard \n
+ *        USB Bulk-Only Transport Standard \n
+ *        SCSI Primary Commands Specification \n
+ *        SCSI Block Commands Specification \n
+ *        USBIF HID Specification \n
+ *        USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Combined Mass Storage and Keyboard demonstration application. This gives a
+ *  simple reference application for implementing a dual class USB Mass Storage
+ *  and USB HID Keyboard device using the basic USB UFI and HID drivers in all
+ *  modern OSes (i.e. no special drivers required).
+ *
+ *  On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function as an
+ *  external mass storage device (which may be formatted and used in the same
+ *  manner as commercial USB Mass Storage devices) and a USB keyboard.
+ *
+ *  You will need to format the mass storage drive upon first run of this
+ *  demonstration - as the device acts only as a data block transport between
+ *  the host and the storage media, it does not matter what file system is used,
+ *  as the data interpretation is performed by the host and not the USB device.
+ *
+ *  Keys on the USB keyboard can be pressed by moving the board's Joystick.
+ *
+ *  The USB control endpoint is managed entirely by the library using endpoint
+ *  interrupts, as the INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT option is enabled. This allows for
+ *  the host to reset the Mass Storage device state during long transfers without
+ *  the need for complicated polling logic.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ *    <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ *    <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>TOTAL_LUNS</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>Total number of Logical Units (drives) in the device. The total device capacity is shared equally between each drive -
+ *        this can be set to any positive non-zero amount.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>DISK_READ_ONLY</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>Configuration define, indicating if the disk should be write protected or not.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7aac4ffaa3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="Mass Storage and HID Keyboard Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.mass_storage_keyboard.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.mass_storage_keyboard"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<project caption="Mass Storage and HID Keyboard Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.mass_storage_keyboard.example.xmega">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.mass_storage_keyboard"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.class.mass_storage_keyboard" caption="Mass Storage and HID Keyboard Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Mass Storage and Keyboard device demo, implementing a basic USB storage disk using a Dataflash memory IC, and a basic HID keyboard. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Device"/>
+			<keyword value="HID Class"/>
+			<keyword value="Mass Storage Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="MassStorageKeyboard.txt"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="MassStorageKeyboard.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/DataflashManager.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/SCSI.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="MassStorageKeyboard.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/DataflashManager.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/SCSI.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.dataflash"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7f0c541ba1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Combined Mass Storage and Keyboard Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4768cfc9b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = MassStorageKeyboard
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c Lib/DataflashManager.c Lib/SCSI.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..299d2ec852
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+		#define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX               1
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..af08f81cfa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,221 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ *  the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
+ *  USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
+ *  descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
+ *  the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
+ *  more details on HID report descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM MouseReport[] =
+{
+	/* Use the HID class driver's standard Mouse report.
+	 *   Min X/Y Axis values: -1
+	 *   Max X/Y Axis values:  1
+	 *   Min physical X/Y Axis values (used to determine resolution): -1
+	 *   Max physical X/Y Axis values (used to determine resolution):  1
+	 *   Buttons: 3
+	 *   Absolute screen coordinates: false
+	 */
+	HID_DESCRIPTOR_MOUSE(-1, 1, -1, 1, 3, false)
+};
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ *  process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+	.Class                  = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+	.SubClass               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+	.Protocol               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+	.Endpoint0Size          = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+	.VendorID               = 0x03EB,
+	.ProductID              = 0x2041,
+	.ReleaseNumber          = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+	.ProductStrIndex        = STRING_ID_Product,
+	.SerialNumStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+	.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+	.Config =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+			.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+			.TotalInterfaces        = 1,
+
+			.ConfigurationNumber    = 1,
+			.ConfigurationStrIndex  = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+			.ConfigAttributes       = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+			.MaxPowerConsumption    = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+		},
+
+	.HID_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_Mouse,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0x00,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 1,
+
+			.Class                  = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
+			.SubClass               = HID_CSCP_BootSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = HID_CSCP_MouseBootProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.HID_MouseHID =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
+
+			.HIDSpec                = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
+			.CountryCode            = 0x00,
+			.TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
+			.HIDReportType          = HID_DTYPE_Report,
+			.HIDReportLength        = sizeof(MouseReport)
+		},
+
+	.HID_ReportINEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = MOUSE_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = MOUSE_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		}
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ *  the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ *  via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ *  form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ *  and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Mouse Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ *  USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8);
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+	const void* Address = NULL;
+	uint16_t    Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+	switch (DescriptorType)
+	{
+		case DTYPE_Device:
+			Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_Configuration:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_String:
+			switch (DescriptorNumber)
+			{
+				case STRING_ID_Language:
+					Address = &LanguageString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+					Address = &ManufacturerString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Product:
+					Address = &ProductString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case HID_DTYPE_HID:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_MouseHID;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+			break;
+		case HID_DTYPE_Report:
+			Address = &MouseReport;
+			Size    = sizeof(MouseReport);
+			break;
+	}
+
+	*DescriptorAddress = Address;
+	return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b3fc968908
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Endpoint address of the Mouse HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+		#define MOUSE_EPADDR              (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+		/** Size in bytes of the Mouse HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+		#define MOUSE_EPSIZE              8
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+			// Mouse HID Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t            HID_Interface;
+			USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t              HID_MouseHID;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             HID_ReportINEndpoint;
+		} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+		/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+		 *  should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+		 *  interface from other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+		{
+			INTERFACE_ID_Mouse = 0, /**< Mouse interface descriptor ID */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+		 *  have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+		 *  other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum StringDescriptors_t
+		{
+			STRING_ID_Language     = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+			STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+			STRING_ID_Product      = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+		};
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+		                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+		                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+		                                    ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Mouse.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Mouse.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..475fb62ad1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Mouse.c
@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the Mouse demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "Mouse.h"
+
+/** Buffer to hold the previously generated Mouse HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */
+static uint8_t PrevMouseHIDReportBuffer[sizeof(USB_MouseReport_Data_t)];
+
+/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ *  passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ *  within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Mouse_HID_Interface =
+	{
+		.Config =
+			{
+				.InterfaceNumber              = INTERFACE_ID_Mouse,
+				.ReportINEndpoint             =
+					{
+						.Address              = MOUSE_EPADDR,
+						.Size                 = MOUSE_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks                = 1,
+					},
+				.PrevReportINBuffer           = PrevMouseHIDReportBuffer,
+				.PrevReportINBufferSize       = sizeof(PrevMouseHIDReportBuffer),
+			},
+	};
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ *  setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		HID_Device_USBTask(&Mouse_HID_Interface);
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+	/* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+	XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+	XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+	/* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+	XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+	XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+	PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	Joystick_Init();
+	LEDs_Init();
+	Buttons_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+	bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+	ConfigSuccess &= HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Mouse_HID_Interface);
+
+	USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents();
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+	HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Mouse_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void)
+{
+	HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(&Mouse_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the creation of HID reports to the host.
+ *
+ *  \param[in]     HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ *  \param[in,out] ReportID    Report ID requested by the host if non-zero, otherwise callback should set to the generated report ID
+ *  \param[in]     ReportType  Type of the report to create, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_In or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ *  \param[out]    ReportData  Pointer to a buffer where the created report should be stored
+ *  \param[out]    ReportSize  Number of bytes written in the report (or zero if no report is to be sent)
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true to force the sending of the report, \c false to let the library determine if it needs to be sent
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+                                         uint8_t* const ReportID,
+                                         const uint8_t ReportType,
+                                         void* ReportData,
+                                         uint16_t* const ReportSize)
+{
+	USB_MouseReport_Data_t* MouseReport = (USB_MouseReport_Data_t*)ReportData;
+
+	uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL    = Joystick_GetStatus();
+	uint8_t ButtonStatus_LCL = Buttons_GetStatus();
+
+	if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+	  MouseReport->Y = -1;
+	else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+	  MouseReport->Y =  1;
+
+	if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+	  MouseReport->X = -1;
+	else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+	  MouseReport->X =  1;
+
+	if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+	  MouseReport->Button |= (1 << 0);
+
+	if (ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1)
+	  MouseReport->Button |= (1 << 1);
+
+	*ReportSize = sizeof(USB_MouseReport_Data_t);
+	return true;
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the processing of HID reports from the host.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ *  \param[in] ReportID    Report ID of the received report from the host
+ *  \param[in] ReportType  The type of report that the host has sent, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ *  \param[in] ReportData  Pointer to a buffer where the received report has been stored
+ *  \param[in] ReportSize  Size in bytes of the received HID report
+ */
+void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+                                          const uint8_t ReportID,
+                                          const uint8_t ReportType,
+                                          const void* ReportData,
+                                          const uint16_t ReportSize)
+{
+	// Unused (but mandatory for the HID class driver) in this demo, since there are no Host->Device reports
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Mouse.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Mouse.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..62bf47d7b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Mouse.h
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Mouse.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MOUSE_H_
+#define _MOUSE_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <stdbool.h>
+		#include <string.h>
+
+		#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
+
+		bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+		                                         uint8_t* const ReportID,
+		                                         const uint8_t ReportType,
+		                                         void* ReportData,
+		                                         uint16_t* const ReportSize);
+		void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+		                                          const uint8_t ReportID,
+		                                          const uint8_t ReportType,
+		                                          const void* ReportData,
+		                                          const uint16_t ReportSize);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Mouse.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Mouse.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dc65b88793
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Mouse.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Mouse Device Demo
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *  \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ *  \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ *  \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ *  \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ *  \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx)
+ *  \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Mouse Subclass</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ *        USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ *        Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Mouse demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ *  application for implementing a USB Mouse using the basic USB HID
+ *  drivers in all modern OSes (i.e. no special drivers required). It is
+ *  boot protocol compatible, and thus works under compatible BIOS as if
+ *  it was a native mouse (e.g. PS/2).
+ *
+ *  On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function
+ *  as a mouse when the USB connection to a host is present. To use
+ *  the mouse, move the joystick to move the pointer, and push the
+ *  joystick inwards to simulate a left-button click. The HWB serves as
+ *  the right mouse button.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>
+ *     None
+ *    </td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b3bea4fa3a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="Mouse HID Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.mouse.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.mouse"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<project caption="Mouse HID Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.mouse.example.xmega">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.mouse"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.class.mouse" caption="Mouse HID Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Mouse device demo, implementing a basic USB mouse device that can send movement information to the host. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Device"/>
+			<keyword value="HID Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="Mouse.txt"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="Mouse.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Mouse.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..37bc830184
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Mouse Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0ca85b318b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = Mouse
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Config/AppConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0e4d1780a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ *  the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ *  specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ *  makefile or build system.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ *  \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#define CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS                { 10,     0,    0,    1}
+	#define SERVER_IP_ADDRESS                { 10,     0,    0,    2}
+
+	#define ADAPTER_MAC_ADDRESS              {0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00}
+	#define SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS               {0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x01}
+
+	#define NO_DECODE_ETHERNET
+	#define NO_DECODE_ARP
+	#define NO_DECODE_IP
+	#define NO_DECODE_ICMP
+	#define NO_DECODE_TCP
+	#define NO_DECODE_UDP
+	#define NO_DECODE_DHCP
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cc828a108d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+		#define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX               3
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e42b318602
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ *  the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ *  process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+	.Class                  = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+	.SubClass               = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificSubclass,
+	.Protocol               = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificProtocol,
+
+	.Endpoint0Size          = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+	.VendorID               = 0x03EB,
+	.ProductID              = 0x204C,
+	.ReleaseNumber          = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+	.ProductStrIndex        = STRING_ID_Product,
+	.SerialNumStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+	.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+	.Config =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+			.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+			.TotalInterfaces        = 2,
+
+			.ConfigurationNumber    = 1,
+			.ConfigurationStrIndex  = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+			.ConfigAttributes       = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+			.MaxPowerConsumption    = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+		},
+
+	.CDC_CCI_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 1,
+
+			.Class                  = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+			.SubClass               = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = CDC_CSCP_VendorSpecificProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.CDC_Functional_Header =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+			.CDCSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+		},
+
+	.CDC_Functional_ACM =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM,
+
+			.Capabilities           = 0x00,
+		},
+
+	.CDC_Functional_Union =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union,
+
+			.MasterInterfaceNumber  = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+			.SlaveInterfaceNumber   = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+		},
+
+	.CDC_NotificationEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0xFF
+		},
+
+	.CDC_DCI_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 2,
+
+			.Class                  = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass,
+			.SubClass               = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.RNDIS_DataOutEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		},
+
+	.RNDIS_DataInEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		}
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ *  the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ *  via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ *  form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ *  and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA RNDIS CDC Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ *  USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8);
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+	const void* Address = NULL;
+	uint16_t    Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+	switch (DescriptorType)
+	{
+		case DTYPE_Device:
+			Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_Configuration:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_String:
+			switch (DescriptorNumber)
+			{
+				case STRING_ID_Language:
+					Address = &LanguageString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+					Address = &ManufacturerString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Product:
+					Address = &ProductString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+			}
+
+			break;
+	}
+
+	*DescriptorAddress = Address;
+	return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..866ccd61ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+		#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR        (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 3)
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+		#define CDC_TX_EPADDR                  (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 1)
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the CDC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+		#define CDC_RX_EPADDR                  (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 2)
+
+		/** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+		#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE        8
+
+		/** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */
+		#define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE                64
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+			// RNDIS CDC Control Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t            CDC_CCI_Interface;
+			USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t CDC_Functional_Header;
+			USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t    CDC_Functional_ACM;
+			USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t  CDC_Functional_Union;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             CDC_NotificationEndpoint;
+
+			// RNDIS CDC Data Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t            CDC_DCI_Interface;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             RNDIS_DataOutEndpoint;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             RNDIS_DataInEndpoint;
+		} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+		/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+		 *  should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+		 *  interface from other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+		{
+			INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI = 0, /**< CDC CCI interface descriptor ID */
+			INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI = 1, /**< CDC DCI interface descriptor ID */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+		 *  have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+		 *  other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum StringDescriptors_t
+		{
+			STRING_ID_Language     = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+			STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+			STRING_ID_Product      = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+		};
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+		                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+		                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+		                                    ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/LUFA RNDIS.inf b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/LUFA RNDIS.inf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f34e55f995
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/LUFA RNDIS.inf
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+;     Windows LUFA RNDIS Setup File
+; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
+
+[DefaultInstall]
+CopyINF="LUFA RNDIS.inf"
+
+[Version]
+Signature="$Windows NT$"
+Class=Net
+ClassGuid={4d36e972-e325-11ce-bfc1-08002be10318}
+Provider=%MFGNAME%
+DriverVer=7/1/2012,10.0.0.0
+
+[Manufacturer]
+%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTx86, NTamd64, NTia64
+
+[ControlFlags]
+ExcludeFromSelect=*
+
+[DriverInstall]
+Characteristics=0x84 ; NCF_PHYSICAL + NCF_HAS_UI
+BusType=15
+include=netrndis.inf
+needs=Usb_Rndis.ndi
+AddReg=Rndis_AddReg_Vista
+
+[DriverInstall.Services]
+include=netrndis.inf
+needs=Usb_Rndis.ndi.Services
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;  Vendor and Product ID Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side
+; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match.
+; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID.  Use the format as shown below.
+; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs.
+; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line.
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[DeviceList]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204C
+
+[DeviceList.NTx86]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204C
+
+[DeviceList.NTamd64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204C
+
+[DeviceList.NTia64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204C
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;  String Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;Modify these strings to customize your device
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[Strings]
+MFGNAME="http://www.lufa-lib.org"
+DESCRIPTION="LUFA USB RNDIS Demo"
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ARP.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ARP.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..518ba8c6a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ARP.c
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) packet handling routines. This protocol handles the
+ *  conversion of physical MAC addresses to protocol IP addresses between the host and the
+ *  device.
+ */
+
+#include "ARP.h"
+
+/** Processes an ARP packet inside an Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response
+ *  to the output Ethernet frame if the host is requesting the IP or MAC address of the
+ *  virtual server device on the network.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] InDataStart   Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's ARP header
+ *  \param[out] OutDataStart  Pointer to the start of the outgoing packet's ARP header
+ *
+ *  \return The number of bytes written to the out Ethernet frame if any, NO_RESPONSE otherwise
+ */
+int16_t ARP_ProcessARPPacket(void* InDataStart,
+                             void* OutDataStart)
+{
+	DecodeARPHeader(InDataStart);
+
+	ARP_Header_t* ARPHeaderIN  = (ARP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
+	ARP_Header_t* ARPHeaderOUT = (ARP_Header_t*)OutDataStart;
+
+	/* Ensure that the ARP request is a IPv4 request packet */
+	if ((SwapEndian_16(ARPHeaderIN->ProtocolType) == ETHERTYPE_IPV4) &&
+	    (SwapEndian_16(ARPHeaderIN->Operation) == ARP_OPERATION_REQUEST))
+	{
+		/* If the ARP packet is requesting the MAC or IP of the virtual webserver, return the response */
+		if (IP_COMPARE(&ARPHeaderIN->TPA, &ServerIPAddress) ||
+		    MAC_COMPARE(&ARPHeaderIN->THA, &ServerMACAddress))
+		{
+			/* Fill out the ARP response header */
+			ARPHeaderOUT->HardwareType = ARPHeaderIN->HardwareType;
+			ARPHeaderOUT->ProtocolType = ARPHeaderIN->ProtocolType;
+			ARPHeaderOUT->HLEN         = ARPHeaderIN->HLEN;
+			ARPHeaderOUT->PLEN         = ARPHeaderIN->PLEN;
+			ARPHeaderOUT->Operation    = SwapEndian_16(ARP_OPERATION_REPLY);
+
+			/* Copy over the sender MAC/IP to the target fields for the response */
+			ARPHeaderOUT->THA = ARPHeaderIN->SHA;
+			ARPHeaderOUT->TPA = ARPHeaderIN->SPA;
+
+			/* Copy over the new sender MAC/IP - MAC and IP addresses of the virtual webserver */
+			ARPHeaderOUT->SHA = ServerMACAddress;
+			ARPHeaderOUT->SPA = ServerIPAddress;
+
+			/* Return the size of the response so far */
+			return sizeof(ARP_Header_t);
+		}
+	}
+
+	return NO_RESPONSE;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ARP.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ARP.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e64c38ec5f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ARP.h
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for ARP.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _ARP_H_
+#define _ARP_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <string.h>
+
+		#include "EthernetProtocols.h"
+		#include "Ethernet.h"
+		#include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** ARP header operation constant, indicating a request from a host for an address translation. */
+		#define ARP_OPERATION_REQUEST            1
+
+		/** ARP header operation constant, indicating a reply from a host giving an address translation. */
+		#define ARP_OPERATION_REPLY              2
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for an ARP packet inside an Ethernet frame. */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint16_t      HardwareType; /**< Hardware type constant, indicating the hardware used */
+			uint16_t      ProtocolType; /**< Protocol being resolved, usually ETHERTYPE_IPV4 */
+
+			uint8_t       HLEN; /**< Length in bytes of the source/destination hardware addresses */
+			uint8_t       PLEN; /**< Length in bytes of the source/destination protocol addresses */
+			uint16_t      Operation; /**< Type of operation, either ARP_OPERATION_REQUEST or ARP_OPERATION_REPLY */
+
+			MAC_Address_t SHA; /**< Sender's hardware address */
+			IP_Address_t  SPA; /**< Sender's protocol address */
+			MAC_Address_t THA; /**< Target's hardware address */
+			IP_Address_t  TPA; /**< Target's protocol address */
+		} ARP_Header_t;
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		int16_t ARP_ProcessARPPacket(void* InDataStart,
+		                             void* OutDataStart);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/DHCP.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/DHCP.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7adc648360
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/DHCP.c
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) packet handling routines. This protocol
+ *  handles the automatic IP negotiation to the host, so that the host will use the provided
+ *  IP address given to it by the device.
+ */
+
+#include "DHCP.h"
+
+/** Processes a DHCP packet inside an Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response
+ *  to the output Ethernet frame if the host is requesting or accepting an IP address.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] IPHeaderInStart     Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's IP header
+ *  \param[in] DHCPHeaderInStart   Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's DHCP header
+ *  \param[out] DHCPHeaderOutStart  Pointer to the start of the outgoing packet's DHCP header
+ *
+ *  \return The number of bytes written to the out Ethernet frame if any, NO_RESPONSE otherwise
+ */
+int16_t DHCP_ProcessDHCPPacket(void* IPHeaderInStart,
+                               void* DHCPHeaderInStart,
+                               void* DHCPHeaderOutStart)
+{
+	IP_Header_t*   IPHeaderIN    = (IP_Header_t*)IPHeaderInStart;
+	DHCP_Header_t* DHCPHeaderIN  = (DHCP_Header_t*)DHCPHeaderInStart;
+	DHCP_Header_t* DHCPHeaderOUT = (DHCP_Header_t*)DHCPHeaderOutStart;
+
+	uint8_t* DHCPOptionsINStart  = ((uint8_t*)DHCPHeaderInStart  + sizeof(DHCP_Header_t));
+	uint8_t* DHCPOptionsOUTStart = ((uint8_t*)DHCPHeaderOutStart + sizeof(DHCP_Header_t));
+
+	DecodeDHCPHeader(DHCPHeaderInStart);
+
+	/* Zero out the response DHCP packet, as much of it is legacy and left at 0 */
+	memset(DHCPHeaderOUT, 0, sizeof(DHCP_Header_t));
+
+	/* Fill out the response DHCP packet */
+	DHCPHeaderOUT->HardwareType          = DHCPHeaderIN->HardwareType;
+	DHCPHeaderOUT->Operation             = DHCP_OP_BOOTREPLY;
+	DHCPHeaderOUT->HardwareAddressLength = DHCPHeaderIN->HardwareAddressLength;
+	DHCPHeaderOUT->Hops                  = 0;
+	DHCPHeaderOUT->TransactionID         = DHCPHeaderIN->TransactionID;
+	DHCPHeaderOUT->ElapsedSeconds        = 0;
+	DHCPHeaderOUT->Flags                 = DHCPHeaderIN->Flags;
+	DHCPHeaderOUT->YourIP                = ClientIPAddress;
+	memmove(&DHCPHeaderOUT->ClientHardwareAddress, &DHCPHeaderIN->ClientHardwareAddress, sizeof(MAC_Address_t));
+	DHCPHeaderOUT->Cookie                = SwapEndian_32(DHCP_MAGIC_COOKIE);
+
+	/* Alter the incoming IP packet header so that the corrected IP source and destinations are used - this means that
+	   when the response IP header is generated, it will use the corrected addresses and not the null/broatcast addresses */
+	IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress      = ClientIPAddress;
+	IPHeaderIN->DestinationAddress = ServerIPAddress;
+
+	/* Process the incoming DHCP packet options */
+	while (DHCPOptionsINStart[0] != DHCP_OPTION_END)
+	{
+		/* Find the Message Type DHCP option, to determine the type of DHCP packet */
+		if (DHCPOptionsINStart[0] == DHCP_OPTION_MESSAGETYPE)
+		{
+			if ((DHCPOptionsINStart[2] == DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DISCOVER) || (DHCPOptionsINStart[2] == DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_REQUEST))
+			{
+				/* Fill out the response DHCP packet options for a DHCP OFFER or ACK response */
+
+				*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = DHCP_OPTION_MESSAGETYPE;
+				*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 1;
+				*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = (DHCPOptionsINStart[2] == DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DISCOVER) ? DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_OFFER
+																								: DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_ACK;
+
+				*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = DHCP_OPTION_SUBNETMASK;
+				*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = sizeof(IP_Address_t);
+				*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0xFF;
+				*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0xFF;
+				*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0xFF;
+				*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0x00;
+
+				*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = DHCP_OPTION_LEASETIME;
+				*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = sizeof(uint32_t);
+				/* Lease Time 86400s (ONE_DAY) */
+				*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0x00;
+				*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0x01;
+				*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0x51;
+				*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0x80;
+
+				*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = DHCP_OPTION_DHCPSERVER;
+				*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = sizeof(IP_Address_t);
+				memcpy(DHCPOptionsOUTStart, &ServerIPAddress, sizeof(IP_Address_t));
+				DHCPOptionsOUTStart     += sizeof(IP_Address_t);
+
+				*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = DHCP_OPTION_END;
+
+				return (sizeof(DHCP_Header_t) + 18 + sizeof(IP_Address_t));
+			}
+		}
+
+		/* Go to the next DHCP option - skip one byte if option is a padding byte, else skip the complete option's size */
+		DHCPOptionsINStart += ((DHCPOptionsINStart[0] == DHCP_OPTION_PAD) ? 1 : (DHCPOptionsINStart[1] + 2));
+	}
+
+	return NO_RESPONSE;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/DHCP.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/DHCP.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5ef78469ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/DHCP.h
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for DHCP.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DHCP_H_
+#define _DHCP_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <string.h>
+
+		#include "EthernetProtocols.h"
+		#include "Ethernet.h"
+		#include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** DHCP operation constant, indicating a request from a host to a DHCP server. */
+		#define DHCP_OP_BOOTREQUEST       0x01
+
+		/** DHCP operation constant, indicating a reply from a DHCP server to a host. */
+		#define DHCP_OP_BOOTREPLY         0x02
+
+		/** Hardware type constant, indicating Ethernet as a carrier. */
+		#define DHCP_HTYPE_ETHERNET       0x01
+
+		/** Magic boot protocol "cookie", inserted into all BOOTP packets (BOOTP is the carrier of DHCP). */
+		#define DHCP_MAGIC_COOKIE         0x63825363
+
+		/** DHCP option list entry header, indicating that a subnet mask will follow. */
+		#define DHCP_OPTION_SUBNETMASK    1
+
+		/** DHCP option list entry header, indicating that the Lease Time will follow. */
+		#define DHCP_OPTION_LEASETIME     51
+
+		/** DHCP option list entry header, indicating that the DHCP message type constant will follow. */
+		#define DHCP_OPTION_MESSAGETYPE   53
+
+		/** DHCP option list entry header, indicating that the IP address of the DHCP server will follow. */
+		#define DHCP_OPTION_DHCPSERVER    54
+
+		/** DHCP option list entry header, used to pad out option data. */
+		#define DHCP_OPTION_PAD           0
+
+		/** DHCP option list entry header, indicating the end of option data. */
+		#define DHCP_OPTION_END           255
+
+		/** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, requesting that a DHCP server offer an IP address. */
+		#define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DISCOVER 1
+
+		/** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, indicating that a DHCP server is offering an IP address. */
+		#define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_OFFER    2
+
+		/** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, requesting that a DHCP server lease a given IP address. */
+		#define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_REQUEST  3
+
+		/** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, declining an offered DHCP server IP address lease. */
+		#define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DECLINE  4
+
+		/** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, ACKing a host IP lease request. */
+		#define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_ACK      5
+
+		/** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, NACKing a host IP lease request. */
+		#define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_NACK     6
+
+		/** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, indicating that a host is releasing a leased IP address. */
+		#define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_RELEASE  7
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for a DHCP packet inside an Ethernet frame. */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint8_t  Operation; /**< DHCP operation, either DHCP_OP_BOOTREQUEST or DHCP_OP_BOOTREPLY */
+			uint8_t  HardwareType; /**< Hardware carrier type constant */
+			uint8_t  HardwareAddressLength;  /**< Length in bytes of a hardware (MAC) address on the network */
+			uint8_t  Hops; /**< Number of hops required to reach the server, unused */
+
+			uint32_t TransactionID; /**< Unique ID of the DHCP packet, for positive matching between sent and received packets */
+
+			uint16_t ElapsedSeconds; /**< Elapsed seconds since the request was made */
+			uint16_t Flags; /**< BOOTP packet flags */
+
+			IP_Address_t ClientIP; /**< Client IP address, if already leased an IP */
+			IP_Address_t YourIP; /**< Client IP address */
+			IP_Address_t NextServerIP; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */
+			IP_Address_t RelayAgentIP; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */
+
+			uint8_t ClientHardwareAddress[16]; /**< Hardware (MAC) address of the client making a request to the DHCP server */
+			uint8_t ServerHostnameString[64]; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */
+			uint8_t BootFileName[128]; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */
+
+			uint32_t Cookie; /**< Magic BOOTP protocol cookie to indicate a valid packet */
+		} DHCP_Header_t;
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		int16_t DHCP_ProcessDHCPPacket(void* IPHeaderInStart,
+		                               void* DHCPHeaderInStart,
+		                               void* DHCPHeaderOutStart);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Ethernet.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Ethernet.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c28fa2336b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Ethernet.c
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Ethernet frame packet handling routines. This protocol handles the processing of raw Ethernet
+ *  frames sent and received, deferring the processing of sub-packet protocols to the appropriate
+ *  protocol handlers, such as DHCP or ARP.
+ */
+
+#include "Ethernet.h"
+
+/** Constant for convenience when checking against or setting a MAC address to the virtual server MAC address. */
+const MAC_Address_t ServerMACAddress    = {SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS};
+
+/** Constant for convenience when checking against or setting an IP address to the virtual server IP address. */
+const IP_Address_t  ServerIPAddress     = {SERVER_IP_ADDRESS};
+
+/** Constant for convenience when checking against or setting a MAC address to the broadcast MAC address. */
+const MAC_Address_t BroadcastMACAddress = {BROADCAST_MAC_ADDRESS};
+
+/** Constant for convenience when checking against or setting a IP address to the broadcast IP address. */
+const IP_Address_t  BroadcastIPAddress  = {BROADCAST_IP_ADDRESS};
+
+/** Constant for convenience when checking against or setting an IP address to the client (host) IP address. */
+const IP_Address_t  ClientIPAddress     = {CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS};
+
+
+/** Processes an incoming Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response to the output Ethernet
+ *  frame buffer if the sub protocol handlers create a valid response.
+ */
+void Ethernet_ProcessPacket(Ethernet_Frame_Info_t* const FrameIN,
+                            Ethernet_Frame_Info_t* const FrameOUT)
+{
+	DecodeEthernetFrameHeader(FrameIN->FrameData);
+
+	/* Cast the incoming Ethernet frame to the Ethernet header type */
+	Ethernet_Frame_Header_t* FrameINHeader  = (Ethernet_Frame_Header_t*)&FrameIN->FrameData;
+	Ethernet_Frame_Header_t* FrameOUTHeader = (Ethernet_Frame_Header_t*)&FrameOUT->FrameData;
+
+	int16_t                  RetSize        = NO_RESPONSE;
+
+	/* Ensure frame is addressed to either all (broadcast) or the virtual webserver, and is a type II frame */
+	if ((MAC_COMPARE(&FrameINHeader->Destination, &ServerMACAddress) ||
+	     MAC_COMPARE(&FrameINHeader->Destination, &BroadcastMACAddress)) &&
+		 (SwapEndian_16(FrameIN->FrameLength) > ETHERNET_VER2_MINSIZE))
+	{
+		/* Process the packet depending on its protocol */
+		switch (SwapEndian_16(FrameINHeader->EtherType))
+		{
+			case ETHERTYPE_ARP:
+				RetSize = ARP_ProcessARPPacket(&FrameIN->FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t)],
+				                               &FrameOUT->FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t)]);
+				break;
+			case ETHERTYPE_IPV4:
+				RetSize = IP_ProcessIPPacket(FrameIN,
+				                             &FrameIN->FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t)],
+				                             &FrameOUT->FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t)]);
+				break;
+		}
+
+		/* Protocol processing routine has filled a response, complete the ethernet frame header */
+		if (RetSize > 0)
+		{
+			/* Fill out the response Ethernet frame header */
+			FrameOUTHeader->Source          = ServerMACAddress;
+			FrameOUTHeader->Destination     = FrameINHeader->Source;
+			FrameOUTHeader->EtherType       = FrameINHeader->EtherType;
+
+			/* Set the response length in the buffer and indicate that a response is ready to be sent */
+			FrameOUT->FrameLength           = (sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t) + RetSize);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Check if the packet was processed */
+	if (RetSize != NO_PROCESS)
+	{
+		/* Clear the frame buffer */
+		FrameIN->FrameLength = 0;
+	}
+}
+
+/** Calculates the appropriate ethernet checksum, consisting of the addition of the one's
+ *  compliment of each word, complimented.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] Data   Pointer to the packet buffer data whose checksum must be calculated
+ *  \param[in] Bytes  Number of bytes in the data buffer to process
+ *
+ *  \return A 16-bit Ethernet checksum value
+ */
+uint16_t Ethernet_Checksum16(void* Data,
+                             uint16_t Bytes)
+{
+	uint16_t* Words    = (uint16_t*)Data;
+	uint32_t  Checksum = 0;
+
+	for (uint16_t CurrWord = 0; CurrWord < (Bytes >> 1); CurrWord++)
+	  Checksum += Words[CurrWord];
+
+	while (Checksum & 0xFFFF0000)
+	  Checksum = ((Checksum & 0xFFFF) + (Checksum >> 16));
+
+	return ~Checksum;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Ethernet.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Ethernet.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9bdb71c8f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Ethernet.h
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Ethernet.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _ETHERNET_H_
+#define _ETHERNET_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <string.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+		#include "EthernetProtocols.h"
+		#include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
+		#include "ICMP.h"
+		#include "TCP.h"
+		#include "UDP.h"
+		#include "DHCP.h"
+		#include "ARP.h"
+		#include "IP.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Physical MAC address of the network broadcast address. */
+		#define BROADCAST_MAC_ADDRESS            {0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF}
+
+		/** Performs a comparison between two MAC addresses, indicating if they are identical.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in] MAC1  First MAC address
+		 *  \param[in] MAC2  Second MAC address
+		 *
+		 *  \return True if the addresses match, \c false otherwise
+		 */
+		#define MAC_COMPARE(MAC1, MAC2)          (memcmp(MAC1, MAC2, sizeof(MAC_Address_t)) == 0)
+
+		/** Minimum size of an Ethernet packet in bytes, to conform to the Ethernet V2 packet standard. */
+		#define ETHERNET_VER2_MINSIZE            0x0600
+
+		/** Return value for all sub protocol handling routines, indicating that no response packet has been generated. */
+		#define NO_RESPONSE                      0
+
+		/** Return value for all sub protocol handling routines, indicating that the packet has not yet been handled. */
+		#define NO_PROCESS                       -1
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for an Ethernet frame header. */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			MAC_Address_t Destination; /**< Physical MAC address of the packet recipient */
+			MAC_Address_t Source; /**< Physics MAC address of the packet source */
+			uint16_t      EtherType; /**< Ethernet packet sub-protocol type, for Ethernet V2 packets */
+		} Ethernet_Frame_Header_t;
+
+	/* External Variables: */
+		extern const MAC_Address_t ServerMACAddress;
+		extern const IP_Address_t  ServerIPAddress;
+		extern const MAC_Address_t BroadcastMACAddress;
+		extern const IP_Address_t  BroadcastIPAddress;
+		extern const IP_Address_t  ClientIPAddress;
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void     Ethernet_ProcessPacket(Ethernet_Frame_Info_t* const FrameIN,
+		                                Ethernet_Frame_Info_t* const FrameOUT);
+		uint16_t Ethernet_Checksum16(void* Data,
+		                             uint16_t Bytes);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/EthernetProtocols.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/EthernetProtocols.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..51d3f32ee3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/EthernetProtocols.h
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  General Ethernet protocol constants and type defines, for use by
+ *  all network protocol portions of the TCP/IP stack.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _ETHERNET_PROTOCOLS_H_
+#define _ETHERNET_PROTOCOLS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		#define ETHERTYPE_IPV4                   0x0800
+		#define ETHERTYPE_ARP                    0x0806
+		#define ETHERTYPE_RARP                   0x8035
+		#define ETHERTYPE_APPLETALK              0x809b
+		#define ETHERTYPE_APPLETALKARP           0x80f3
+		#define ETHERTYPE_IEEE8021Q              0x8100
+		#define ETHERTYPE_NOVELLIPX              0x8137
+		#define ETHERTYPE_NOVELL                 0x8138
+		#define ETHERTYPE_IPV6                   0x86DD
+		#define ETHERTYPE_COBRANET               0x8819
+		#define ETHERTYPE_PROVIDERBRIDGING       0x88a8
+		#define ETHERTYPE_MPLSUNICAST            0x8847
+		#define ETHERTYPE_MPLSMULTICAST          0x8848
+		#define ETHERTYPE_PPPoEDISCOVERY         0x8863
+		#define ETHERTYPE_PPPoESESSION           0x8864
+		#define ETHERTYPE_EAPOVERLAN             0x888E
+		#define ETHERTYPE_HYPERSCSI              0x889A
+		#define ETHERTYPE_ATAOVERETHERNET        0x88A2
+		#define ETHERTYPE_ETHERCAT               0x88A4
+		#define ETHERTYPE_SERCOSIII              0x88CD
+		#define ETHERTYPE_CESoE                  0x88D8
+		#define ETHERTYPE_MACSECURITY            0x88E5
+		#define ETHERTYPE_FIBRECHANNEL           0x8906
+		#define ETHERTYPE_QINQ                   0x9100
+		#define ETHERTYPE_VLLT                   0xCAFE
+
+		#define PROTOCOL_ICMP                    1
+		#define PROTOCOL_IGMP                    2
+		#define PROTOCOL_TCP                     6
+		#define PROTOCOL_UDP                     17
+		#define PROTOCOL_OSPF                    89
+		#define PROTOCOL_SCTP                    132
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for an Ethernet frame buffer data and information structure. */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint8_t  FrameData[ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX]; /**< Ethernet frame contents. */
+			uint16_t FrameLength; /**< Length in bytes of the Ethernet frame stored in the buffer. */
+		} Ethernet_Frame_Info_t;
+
+		/** Type define for a protocol IP address of a device on a network. */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint8_t  Octets[4]; /**< Individual bytes of an IP address */
+		} IP_Address_t;
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ICMP.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ICMP.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..24bc4b53fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ICMP.c
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) packet handling routines. This protocol handles
+ *  Echo requests from the host, to indicate a successful network connection between the host
+ *  and the virtual server.
+ */
+
+#include "ICMP.h"
+
+/** Processes an ICMP packet inside an Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response
+ *  to the output Ethernet frame if the host is issuing a ICMP ECHO request.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] FrameIN        Pointer to the incoming Ethernet frame information structure
+ *  \param[in] InDataStart    Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's ICMP header
+ *  \param[out] OutDataStart  Pointer to the start of the outgoing packet's ICMP header
+ *
+ *  \return The number of bytes written to the out Ethernet frame if any, NO_RESPONSE otherwise
+ */
+int16_t ICMP_ProcessICMPPacket(Ethernet_Frame_Info_t* const FrameIN,
+                               void* InDataStart,
+                               void* OutDataStart)
+{
+	ICMP_Header_t* ICMPHeaderIN  = (ICMP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
+	ICMP_Header_t* ICMPHeaderOUT = (ICMP_Header_t*)OutDataStart;
+
+	DecodeICMPHeader(InDataStart);
+
+	/* Determine if the ICMP packet is an echo request (ping) */
+	if (ICMPHeaderIN->Type == ICMP_TYPE_ECHOREQUEST)
+	{
+		/* Fill out the ICMP response packet */
+		ICMPHeaderOUT->Type     = ICMP_TYPE_ECHOREPLY;
+		ICMPHeaderOUT->Code     = 0;
+		ICMPHeaderOUT->Checksum = 0;
+		ICMPHeaderOUT->Id       = ICMPHeaderIN->Id;
+		ICMPHeaderOUT->Sequence = ICMPHeaderIN->Sequence;
+
+		intptr_t DataSize = FrameIN->FrameLength - ((((intptr_t)InDataStart + sizeof(ICMP_Header_t)) - (intptr_t)FrameIN->FrameData));
+
+		/* Copy the remaining payload to the response - echo requests should echo back any sent data */
+		memmove(&((uint8_t*)OutDataStart)[sizeof(ICMP_Header_t)],
+		        &((uint8_t*)InDataStart)[sizeof(ICMP_Header_t)],
+			    DataSize);
+
+		ICMPHeaderOUT->Checksum = Ethernet_Checksum16(ICMPHeaderOUT, (DataSize + sizeof(ICMP_Header_t)));
+
+		/* Return the size of the response so far */
+		return (DataSize + sizeof(ICMP_Header_t));
+	}
+
+	return NO_RESPONSE;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ICMP.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ICMP.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..594dfffb24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ICMP.h
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for ICMP.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _ICMP_H_
+#define _ICMP_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <string.h>
+
+		#include "EthernetProtocols.h"
+		#include "Ethernet.h"
+		#include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** ICMP message type constant, indicating an ICMP ECHO Reply message. */
+		#define ICMP_TYPE_ECHOREPLY              0
+
+		/** ICMP message type constant, indicating a packet destination is unreachable. */
+		#define ICMP_TYPE_DESTINATIONUNREACHABLE 3
+
+		/** ICMP message type constant, indicating an ICMP Source Quench message. */
+		#define ICMP_TYPE_SOURCEQUENCH           4
+
+		/** ICMP message type constant, indicating an ICMP Redirect message. */
+		#define ICMP_TYPE_REDIRECTMESSAGE        5
+
+		/** ICMP message type constant, indicating an ICMP ECHO Request message. */
+		#define ICMP_TYPE_ECHOREQUEST            8
+
+		/** ICMP message type constant, indicating an ICMP Time Exceeded message. */
+		#define ICMP_TYPE_TIMEEXCEEDED           11
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for an ICMP message header. */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint8_t       Type; /**< ICMP message type, an \c ICMP_TYPE_* constant */
+			uint8_t       Code; /**< ICMP message code, indicating the message value */
+			uint16_t      Checksum; /**< Ethernet checksum of the ICMP message */
+			uint16_t      Id; /**< Id of the ICMP message */
+			uint16_t      Sequence; /**< Sequence number of the ICMP message, to link together message responses */
+		} ICMP_Header_t;
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		int16_t ICMP_ProcessICMPPacket(Ethernet_Frame_Info_t* const FrameIN,
+		                               void* InDataStart,
+		                               void* OutDataStart);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/IP.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/IP.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..05d4ebeeee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/IP.c
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Internet Protocol (IP) packet handling routines. This protocol handles IP packets from the
+ *  host which typically encapsulate other protocols such as ICMP, UDP and TCP.
+ */
+
+#include "IP.h"
+
+/** Processes an IP packet inside an Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response
+ *  to the output Ethernet frame if one is created by a sub-protocol handler.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] FrameIN        Pointer to the incoming Ethernet frame information structure
+ *  \param[in] InDataStart    Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's IP header
+ *  \param[out] OutDataStart  Pointer to the start of the outgoing packet's IP header
+ *
+ *  \return The number of bytes written to the out Ethernet frame if any, NO_RESPONSE if no
+ *           response was generated, NO_PROCESS if the packet processing was deferred until the
+ *           next Ethernet packet handler iteration
+ */
+int16_t IP_ProcessIPPacket(Ethernet_Frame_Info_t* const FrameIN,
+                           void* InDataStart,
+                           void* OutDataStart)
+{
+	DecodeIPHeader(InDataStart);
+
+	IP_Header_t* IPHeaderIN  = (IP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
+	IP_Header_t* IPHeaderOUT = (IP_Header_t*)OutDataStart;
+
+	/* Header length is specified in number of longs in the packet header, convert to bytes */
+	uint16_t HeaderLengthBytes = (IPHeaderIN->HeaderLength * sizeof(uint32_t));
+
+	int16_t  RetSize = NO_RESPONSE;
+
+	/* Check to ensure the IP packet is addressed to the virtual webserver's IP or the broadcast IP address */
+	if (!(IP_COMPARE(&IPHeaderIN->DestinationAddress, &ServerIPAddress)) &&
+	    !(IP_COMPARE(&IPHeaderIN->DestinationAddress, &BroadcastIPAddress)))
+	{
+		return NO_RESPONSE;
+	}
+
+	/* Pass off the IP payload to the appropriate protocol processing routine */
+	switch (IPHeaderIN->Protocol)
+	{
+		case PROTOCOL_ICMP:
+			RetSize = ICMP_ProcessICMPPacket(FrameIN,
+			                                 &((uint8_t*)InDataStart)[HeaderLengthBytes],
+			                                 &((uint8_t*)OutDataStart)[sizeof(IP_Header_t)]);
+			break;
+		case PROTOCOL_TCP:
+			RetSize = TCP_ProcessTCPPacket(InDataStart,
+			                               &((uint8_t*)InDataStart)[HeaderLengthBytes],
+			                               &((uint8_t*)OutDataStart)[sizeof(IP_Header_t)]);
+			break;
+		case PROTOCOL_UDP:
+			RetSize = UDP_ProcessUDPPacket(InDataStart,
+			                               &((uint8_t*)InDataStart)[HeaderLengthBytes],
+			                               &((uint8_t*)OutDataStart)[sizeof(IP_Header_t)]);
+			break;
+	}
+
+	/* Check to see if the protocol processing routine has filled out a response */
+	if (RetSize > 0)
+	{
+		/* Fill out the response IP packet header */
+		IPHeaderOUT->TotalLength        = SwapEndian_16(sizeof(IP_Header_t) + RetSize);
+		IPHeaderOUT->TypeOfService      = 0;
+		IPHeaderOUT->HeaderLength       = (sizeof(IP_Header_t) / sizeof(uint32_t));
+		IPHeaderOUT->Version            = 4;
+		IPHeaderOUT->Flags              = 0;
+		IPHeaderOUT->FragmentOffset     = 0;
+		IPHeaderOUT->Identification     = 0;
+		IPHeaderOUT->HeaderChecksum     = 0;
+		IPHeaderOUT->Protocol           = IPHeaderIN->Protocol;
+		IPHeaderOUT->TTL                = DEFAULT_TTL;
+		IPHeaderOUT->SourceAddress      = IPHeaderIN->DestinationAddress;
+		IPHeaderOUT->DestinationAddress = IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress;
+
+		IPHeaderOUT->HeaderChecksum     = Ethernet_Checksum16(IPHeaderOUT, sizeof(IP_Header_t));
+
+		/* Return the size of the response so far */
+		return (sizeof(IP_Header_t) + RetSize);
+	}
+
+	return RetSize;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/IP.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/IP.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0dd6db8a41
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/IP.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for IP.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _IP_H_
+#define _IP_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <string.h>
+
+		#include "EthernetProtocols.h"
+		#include "Ethernet.h"
+		#include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Protocol IP address of the broadcast address. */
+		#define BROADCAST_IP_ADDRESS             {0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF}
+
+		/** Default Time To Live (TTL) value for sent packets, indicating the maximum allowable hops until their destination
+		 *  is reached.
+		 */
+		#define DEFAULT_TTL                      128
+
+		/** Performs a comparison between two IP addresses, indicating if they are identical.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in] IP1  First IP address
+		 *  \param[in] IP2  Second IP address
+		 *
+		 *  \return True if the addresses match, \c false otherwise
+		 */
+		#define IP_COMPARE(IP1, IP2)             (memcmp(IP1, IP2, sizeof(IP_Address_t)) == 0)
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define of an IP packet header. */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			unsigned     HeaderLength   : 4; /**< Total length of the packet header, in 4-byte blocks */
+			unsigned     Version        : 4; /**< IP protocol version */
+			uint8_t      TypeOfService; /**< Special service type identifier, indicating delay/throughput/reliability levels */
+			uint16_t     TotalLength; /**< Total length of the IP packet, in bytes */
+
+			uint16_t     Identification; /**< Identification value for identifying fragmented packets */
+			unsigned     FragmentOffset : 13; /**< Offset of this IP fragment */
+			unsigned     Flags          : 3; /**< Fragment flags, to indicate if a packet is fragmented */
+
+			uint8_t      TTL; /**< Maximum allowable number of hops to reach the packet destination */
+			uint8_t      Protocol; /**< Encapsulated protocol type */
+			uint16_t     HeaderChecksum; /**< Ethernet checksum of the IP header */
+
+			IP_Address_t SourceAddress; /**< Source protocol IP address of the packet */
+			IP_Address_t DestinationAddress; /**< Destination protocol IP address of the packet */
+		} IP_Header_t;
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		int16_t IP_ProcessIPPacket(Ethernet_Frame_Info_t* const FrameIN,
+		                           void* InDataStart,
+		                           void* OutDataStart);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ProtocolDecoders.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ProtocolDecoders.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4c72f81b39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ProtocolDecoders.c
@@ -0,0 +1,277 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/* Protocol decoders for Ethernet, TCP, IP, ICMP and ARP. Each of these routines
+   accepts a header to the appropriate protocol and prints out pertinent information
+   on the packet through the serial port.
+
+   To disable printing of a specific protocol, define the token NO_DECODE_{Protocol}
+   in the project makefile, and pass it to the compiler using the -D switch.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Protocol decoding routines, for the plain-text decoding of Ethernet frames for debugging purposes.
+ *  Enabled protocol decoders will print incoming Ethernet frame contents through the USART in a human
+ *  readable format.
+ *
+ *  Note that the USART is a slow transmission medium, and will slow down packet processing considerably.
+ *  Packet decoding routines can be disabled by defining NO_DECODE_{Protocol Name} in the project makefile
+ *  and passing it to the compiler via the -D switch.
+ */
+
+#include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
+
+/** Decodes an Ethernet frame header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] InDataStart  Pointer to the start of an Ethernet frame of data
+ */
+void DecodeEthernetFrameHeader(void* InDataStart)
+{
+	#if !defined(NO_DECODE_ETHERNET)
+	Ethernet_Frame_Header_t* FrameHeader = (Ethernet_Frame_Header_t*)InDataStart;
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("\r\n"));
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("  ETHERNET\r\n"));
+
+	if (!(MAC_COMPARE(&FrameHeader->Destination, &ServerMACAddress)) &&
+	    !(MAC_COMPARE(&FrameHeader->Destination, &BroadcastMACAddress)))
+	{
+		printf_P(PSTR("  + NOT ADDRESSED TO DEVICE\r\n"));
+		return;
+	}
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("  + MAC Source : %02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X\r\n"), FrameHeader->Source.Octets[0],
+	                                                                     FrameHeader->Source.Octets[1],
+	                                                                     FrameHeader->Source.Octets[2],
+	                                                                     FrameHeader->Source.Octets[3],
+	                                                                     FrameHeader->Source.Octets[4],
+	                                                                     FrameHeader->Source.Octets[5]);
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("  + MAC Dest: %02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X\r\n"),    FrameHeader->Destination.Octets[0],
+	                                                                     FrameHeader->Destination.Octets[1],
+	                                                                     FrameHeader->Destination.Octets[2],
+	                                                                     FrameHeader->Destination.Octets[3],
+	                                                                     FrameHeader->Destination.Octets[4],
+	                                                                     FrameHeader->Destination.Octets[5]);
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("  + Protocol: 0x%04x\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(FrameHeader->EtherType));
+	#endif
+}
+
+/** Decodes an ARP header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] InDataStart  Pointer to the start of an ARP packet header
+ */
+void DecodeARPHeader(void* InDataStart)
+{
+	#if !defined(NO_DECODE_ARP)
+	ARP_Header_t* ARPHeader = (ARP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("   \\\r\n    ARP\r\n"));
+
+	if (!(IP_COMPARE(&ARPHeader->TPA, &ServerIPAddress)) &&
+	    !(MAC_COMPARE(&ARPHeader->THA, &ServerMACAddress)))
+	{
+		printf_P(PSTR("    + NOT ADDRESSED TO DEVICE\r\n"));
+		return;
+	}
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("    + Protocol: %x\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(ARPHeader->ProtocolType));
+	printf_P(PSTR("    + Operation: %u\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(ARPHeader->Operation));
+
+	if (SwapEndian_16(ARPHeader->ProtocolType) == ETHERTYPE_IPV4)
+	{
+		printf_P(PSTR("    + SHA MAC: %02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X\r\n"), ARPHeader->SHA.Octets[0],
+		                                                                   ARPHeader->SHA.Octets[1],
+		                                                                   ARPHeader->SHA.Octets[2],
+		                                                                   ARPHeader->SHA.Octets[3],
+		                                                                   ARPHeader->SHA.Octets[4],
+		                                                                   ARPHeader->SHA.Octets[5]);
+
+		printf_P(PSTR("    + SPA IP: %u.%u.%u.%u\r\n"), ARPHeader->SPA.Octets[0],
+		                                                ARPHeader->SPA.Octets[1],
+		                                                ARPHeader->SPA.Octets[2],
+		                                                ARPHeader->SPA.Octets[3]);
+
+		printf_P(PSTR("    + THA MAC: %02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X\r\n"), ARPHeader->THA.Octets[0],
+		                                                                   ARPHeader->THA.Octets[1],
+		                                                                   ARPHeader->THA.Octets[2],
+		                                                                   ARPHeader->THA.Octets[3],
+		                                                                   ARPHeader->THA.Octets[4],
+		                                                                   ARPHeader->THA.Octets[5]);
+
+		printf_P(PSTR("    + TPA IP: %u.%u.%u.%u\r\n"), ARPHeader->TPA.Octets[0],
+		                                                ARPHeader->TPA.Octets[1],
+		                                                ARPHeader->TPA.Octets[2],
+		                                                ARPHeader->TPA.Octets[3]);
+	}
+	#endif
+}
+
+/** Decodes an IP header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] InDataStart  Pointer to the start of an IP packet header
+ */
+void DecodeIPHeader(void* InDataStart)
+{
+	#if !defined(NO_DECODE_IP)
+	IP_Header_t* IPHeader  = (IP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
+
+	uint16_t HeaderLengthBytes = (IPHeader->HeaderLength * sizeof(uint32_t));
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("   \\\r\n    IP\r\n"));
+
+	if (!(IP_COMPARE(&IPHeader->DestinationAddress, &ServerIPAddress)))
+	{
+		printf_P(PSTR("    + NOT ADDRESSED TO DEVICE\r\n"));
+		return;
+	}
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("    + Header Length: %u Bytes\r\n"), HeaderLengthBytes);
+	printf_P(PSTR("    + Packet Version: %u\r\n"), IPHeader->Version);
+	printf_P(PSTR("    + Total Length: %u\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(IPHeader->TotalLength));
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("    + Protocol: %u\r\n"), IPHeader->Protocol);
+	printf_P(PSTR("    + TTL: %u\r\n"), IPHeader->TTL);
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("    + IP Src: %u.%u.%u.%u\r\n"), IPHeader->SourceAddress.Octets[0],
+	                                                IPHeader->SourceAddress.Octets[1],
+	                                                IPHeader->SourceAddress.Octets[2],
+	                                                IPHeader->SourceAddress.Octets[3]);
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("    + IP Dst: %u.%u.%u.%u\r\n"), IPHeader->DestinationAddress.Octets[0],
+	                                                IPHeader->DestinationAddress.Octets[1],
+	                                                IPHeader->DestinationAddress.Octets[2],
+	                                                IPHeader->DestinationAddress.Octets[3]);
+	#endif
+}
+
+/** Decodes an ICMP header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] InDataStart  Pointer to the start of an ICMP packet header
+ */
+void DecodeICMPHeader(void* InDataStart)
+{
+	#if !defined(NO_DECODE_ICMP)
+	ICMP_Header_t* ICMPHeader  = (ICMP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("    \\\r\n     ICMP\r\n"));
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("     + Type: %u\r\n"), ICMPHeader->Type);
+	printf_P(PSTR("     + Code: %u\r\n"), ICMPHeader->Code);
+	#endif
+}
+
+/** Decodes a TCP header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] InDataStart  Pointer to the start of a TCP packet header
+ */
+void DecodeTCPHeader(void* InDataStart)
+{
+	#if !defined(NO_DECODE_TCP)
+	TCP_Header_t* TCPHeader  = (TCP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
+
+	uint16_t               HeaderLengthBytes = (TCPHeader->DataOffset * sizeof(uint32_t));
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("    \\\r\n     TCP\r\n"));
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("     + Header Length: %u Bytes\r\n"), HeaderLengthBytes);
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("     + Source Port: %u\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(TCPHeader->SourcePort));
+	printf_P(PSTR("     + Destination Port: %u\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(TCPHeader->DestinationPort));
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("     + Sequence Number: %lu\r\n"), SwapEndian_32(TCPHeader->SequenceNumber));
+	printf_P(PSTR("     + Acknowledgment Number: %lu\r\n"), SwapEndian_32(TCPHeader->AcknowledgmentNumber));
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("     + Flags: 0x%02X\r\n"), TCPHeader->Flags);
+
+	if (TCP_GetPortState(TCPHeader->DestinationPort) == TCP_Port_Closed)
+	  printf_P(PSTR("     + NOT LISTENING ON DESTINATION PORT\r\n"));
+	#endif
+}
+
+/** Decodes an UDP header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] InDataStart  Pointer to the start of a UDP packet header
+ */
+void DecodeUDPHeader(void* InDataStart)
+{
+	#if !defined(NO_DECODE_UDP)
+	UDP_Header_t* UDPHeader = (UDP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("    \\\r\n     UDP\r\n"));
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("     + Source Port: %u\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(UDPHeader->SourcePort));
+	printf_P(PSTR("     + Destination Port: %u\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(UDPHeader->DestinationPort));
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("     + Data Length: %d\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(UDPHeader->Length));
+	#endif
+}
+
+/** Decodes an DHCP header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] InDataStart  Pointer to the start of a DHCP packet header
+ */
+void DecodeDHCPHeader(void* InDataStart)
+{
+	#if !defined(NO_DECODE_DHCP)
+	uint8_t* DHCPOptions = ((uint8_t*)InDataStart + sizeof(DHCP_Header_t));
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("     \\\r\n      DHCP\r\n"));
+
+	while (DHCPOptions[0] != DHCP_OPTION_END)
+	{
+		if (DHCPOptions[0] == DHCP_OPTION_MESSAGETYPE)
+		{
+			switch (DHCPOptions[2])
+			{
+				case DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DISCOVER:
+					printf_P(PSTR("      + DISCOVER\r\n"));
+					break;
+				case DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_REQUEST:
+					printf_P(PSTR("      + REQUEST\r\n"));
+					break;
+				case DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_RELEASE:
+					printf_P(PSTR("      + RELEASE\r\n"));
+					break;
+				case DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DECLINE:
+					printf_P(PSTR("      + DECLINE\r\n"));
+					break;
+			}
+		}
+
+		DHCPOptions += ((DHCPOptions[0] == DHCP_OPTION_PAD) ? 1 : (DHCPOptions[1] + 2));
+	}
+
+	#endif
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ProtocolDecoders.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ProtocolDecoders.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..77a50f02f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ProtocolDecoders.h
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for ProtocolDecoders.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _PROTOCOL_DECODERS_H_
+#define _PROTOCOL_DECODERS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+		#include <stdio.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+
+		#include "EthernetProtocols.h"
+		#include "Ethernet.h"
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void DecodeEthernetFrameHeader(void* InDataStart);
+		void DecodeARPHeader(void* InDataStart);
+		void DecodeIPHeader(void* InDataStart);
+		void DecodeICMPHeader(void* InDataStart);
+		void DecodeTCPHeader(void* InDataStart);
+		void DecodeUDPHeader(void* InDataStart);
+		void DecodeDHCPHeader(void* InDataStart);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/TCP.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/TCP.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dcc527aa97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/TCP.c
@@ -0,0 +1,632 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) packet handling routines. This protocol handles the reliable in-order transmission
+ *  and reception of packets to and from devices on a network, to "ports" on the device. It is used in situations where data
+ *  delivery must be reliable and correct, e.g. HTTP, TELNET and most other non-streaming protocols.
+ */
+
+#define  INCLUDE_FROM_TCP_C
+#include "TCP.h"
+
+/** Port state table array. This contains the current status of TCP ports in the device. To save on space, only open ports are
+ *  stored - closed ports may be overwritten at any time, and the system will assume any ports not present in the array are closed. This
+ *  allows for MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS to be less than the number of ports used by the application if desired.
+ */
+TCP_PortState_t        PortStateTable[MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS];
+
+/** Connection state table array. This contains the current status of TCP connections in the device. To save on space, only active
+ *  (non-closed) connections are stored - closed connections may be overwritten at any time, and the system will assume any connections
+ *  not present in the array are closed.
+ */
+TCP_ConnectionState_t  ConnectionStateTable[MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS];
+
+
+/** Task to handle the calling of each registered application's callback function, to process and generate TCP packets at the application
+ *  level. If an application produces a response, this task constructs the appropriate Ethernet frame and places it into the Ethernet OUT
+ *  buffer for later transmission.
+ */
+void TCP_TCPTask(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+		         Ethernet_Frame_Info_t* const FrameOUT)
+{
+	/* Run each application in sequence, to process incoming and generate outgoing packets */
+	for (uint8_t CSTableEntry = 0; CSTableEntry < MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS; CSTableEntry++)
+	{
+		/* Find the corresponding port entry in the port table */
+		for (uint8_t PTableEntry = 0; PTableEntry < MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS; PTableEntry++)
+		{
+			/* Run the application handler for the port */
+			if ((PortStateTable[PTableEntry].Port  == ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Port) &&
+			    (PortStateTable[PTableEntry].State == TCP_Port_Open))
+			{
+				PortStateTable[PTableEntry].ApplicationHandler(&ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry],
+				                                               &ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.Buffer);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Bail out early if there is already a frame waiting to be sent in the Ethernet OUT buffer */
+	if (FrameOUT->FrameLength)
+	  return;
+
+	/* Send response packets from each application as the TCP packet buffers are filled by the applications */
+	for (uint8_t CSTableEntry = 0; CSTableEntry < MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS; CSTableEntry++)
+	{
+		/* For each completely received packet, pass it along to the listening application */
+		if ((ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.Buffer.Direction == TCP_PACKETDIR_OUT) &&
+		    (ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.Buffer.Ready))
+		{
+			Ethernet_Frame_Header_t* FrameOUTHeader = (Ethernet_Frame_Header_t*)&FrameOUT->FrameData;
+			IP_Header_t*             IPHeaderOUT    = (IP_Header_t*)&FrameOUT->FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t)];
+			TCP_Header_t*            TCPHeaderOUT   = (TCP_Header_t*)&FrameOUT->FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t) +
+			                                                                              sizeof(IP_Header_t)];
+			void*                    TCPDataOUT     = &FrameOUT->FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t) +
+			                                                               sizeof(IP_Header_t) +
+			                                                               sizeof(TCP_Header_t)];
+
+			uint16_t PacketSize = ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.Buffer.Length;
+
+			/* Fill out the TCP data */
+			TCPHeaderOUT->SourcePort           = ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Port;
+			TCPHeaderOUT->DestinationPort      = ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemotePort;
+			TCPHeaderOUT->SequenceNumber       = SwapEndian_32(ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.SequenceNumberOut);
+			TCPHeaderOUT->AcknowledgmentNumber = SwapEndian_32(ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.SequenceNumberIn);
+			TCPHeaderOUT->DataOffset           = (sizeof(TCP_Header_t) / sizeof(uint32_t));
+			TCPHeaderOUT->WindowSize           = SwapEndian_16(TCP_WINDOW_SIZE);
+
+			TCPHeaderOUT->Flags                = TCP_FLAG_ACK;
+			TCPHeaderOUT->UrgentPointer        = 0;
+			TCPHeaderOUT->Checksum             = 0;
+			TCPHeaderOUT->Reserved             = 0;
+
+			memcpy(TCPDataOUT, ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.Buffer.Data, PacketSize);
+
+			ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.SequenceNumberOut += PacketSize;
+
+			TCPHeaderOUT->Checksum             = TCP_Checksum16(TCPHeaderOUT, &ServerIPAddress,
+			                                                    &ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemoteAddress,
+			                                                    (sizeof(TCP_Header_t) + PacketSize));
+
+			PacketSize += sizeof(TCP_Header_t);
+
+			/* Fill out the response IP header */
+			IPHeaderOUT->TotalLength        = SwapEndian_16(sizeof(IP_Header_t) + PacketSize);
+			IPHeaderOUT->TypeOfService      = 0;
+			IPHeaderOUT->HeaderLength       = (sizeof(IP_Header_t) / sizeof(uint32_t));
+			IPHeaderOUT->Version            = 4;
+			IPHeaderOUT->Flags              = 0;
+			IPHeaderOUT->FragmentOffset     = 0;
+			IPHeaderOUT->Identification     = 0;
+			IPHeaderOUT->HeaderChecksum     = 0;
+			IPHeaderOUT->Protocol           = PROTOCOL_TCP;
+			IPHeaderOUT->TTL                = DEFAULT_TTL;
+			IPHeaderOUT->SourceAddress      = ServerIPAddress;
+			IPHeaderOUT->DestinationAddress = ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemoteAddress;
+
+			IPHeaderOUT->HeaderChecksum     = Ethernet_Checksum16(IPHeaderOUT, sizeof(IP_Header_t));
+
+			PacketSize += sizeof(IP_Header_t);
+
+			/* Fill out the response Ethernet frame header */
+			FrameOUTHeader->Source          = ServerMACAddress;
+			FrameOUTHeader->Destination     = (MAC_Address_t){{0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00}};
+			FrameOUTHeader->EtherType       = SwapEndian_16(ETHERTYPE_IPV4);
+
+			PacketSize += sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t);
+
+			/* Set the response length in the buffer and indicate that a response is ready to be sent */
+			FrameOUT->FrameLength           = PacketSize;
+
+			ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.Buffer.Ready = false;
+
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+/** Initializes the TCP protocol handler, clearing the port and connection state tables. This must be called before TCP packets are
+ *  processed.
+ */
+void TCP_Init(void)
+{
+	/* Initialize the port state table with all CLOSED entries */
+	for (uint8_t PTableEntry = 0; PTableEntry < MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS; PTableEntry++)
+	  PortStateTable[PTableEntry].State = TCP_Port_Closed;
+
+	/* Initialize the connection table with all CLOSED entries */
+	for (uint8_t CSTableEntry = 0; CSTableEntry < MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS; CSTableEntry++)
+	  ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].State = TCP_Connection_Closed;
+}
+
+/** Sets the state and callback handler of the given port, specified in big endian to the given state.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] Port     Port whose state and callback function to set, specified in big endian
+ *  \param[in] State    New state of the port, a value from the \ref TCP_PortStates_t enum
+ *  \param[in] Handler  Application callback handler for the port
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the port state was set, \c false otherwise (no more space in the port state table)
+ */
+bool TCP_SetPortState(const uint16_t Port,
+                      const uint8_t State,
+                      void (*Handler)(TCP_ConnectionState_t*, TCP_ConnectionBuffer_t*))
+{
+	/* Note, Port number should be specified in BIG endian to simplify network code */
+
+	/* Check to see if the port entry is already in the port state table */
+	for (uint8_t PTableEntry = 0; PTableEntry < MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS; PTableEntry++)
+	{
+		/* Find existing entry for the port in the table, update it if found */
+		if (PortStateTable[PTableEntry].Port == Port)
+		{
+			PortStateTable[PTableEntry].State = State;
+			PortStateTable[PTableEntry].ApplicationHandler = Handler;
+			return true;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Check if trying to open the port -- if so we need to find an unused (closed) entry and replace it */
+	if (State == TCP_Port_Open)
+	{
+		for (uint8_t PTableEntry = 0; PTableEntry < MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS; PTableEntry++)
+		{
+			/* Find a closed port entry in the table, change it to the given port and state */
+			if (PortStateTable[PTableEntry].State == TCP_Port_Closed)
+			{
+				PortStateTable[PTableEntry].Port  = Port;
+				PortStateTable[PTableEntry].State = State;
+				PortStateTable[PTableEntry].ApplicationHandler = Handler;
+				return true;
+			}
+		}
+
+		/* Port not in table and no room to add it, return failure */
+		return false;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* Port not in table but trying to close it, so operation successful */
+		return true;
+	}
+}
+
+/** Retrieves the current state of a given TCP port, specified in big endian.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] Port  TCP port whose state is to be retrieved, given in big-endian
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the \ref TCP_PortStates_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t TCP_GetPortState(const uint16_t Port)
+{
+	/* Note, Port number should be specified in BIG endian to simplify network code */
+
+	for (uint8_t PTableEntry = 0; PTableEntry < MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS; PTableEntry++)
+	{
+		/* Find existing entry for the port in the table, return the port status if found */
+		if (PortStateTable[PTableEntry].Port == Port)
+		  return PortStateTable[PTableEntry].State;
+	}
+
+	/* Port not in table, assume closed */
+	return TCP_Port_Closed;
+}
+
+/** Sets the connection state of the given port, remote address and remote port to the given TCP connection state. If the
+ *  connection exists in the connection state table it is updated, otherwise it is created if possible.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] Port           TCP port of the connection on the device, specified in big endian
+ *  \param[in] RemoteAddress  Remote protocol IP address of the connected device
+ *  \param[in] RemotePort     TCP port of the remote device in the connection, specified in big endian
+ *  \param[in] State          TCP connection state, a value from the \ref TCP_ConnectionStates_t enum
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the connection was updated or created, \c false otherwise (no more space in the connection state table)
+ */
+bool TCP_SetConnectionState(const uint16_t Port,
+                            const IP_Address_t* RemoteAddress,
+                            const uint16_t RemotePort,
+                            const uint8_t State)
+{
+	/* Note, Port number should be specified in BIG endian to simplify network code */
+
+	for (uint8_t CSTableEntry = 0; CSTableEntry < MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS; CSTableEntry++)
+	{
+		/* Find port entry in the table */
+		if ((ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Port == Port) &&
+		     IP_COMPARE(&ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemoteAddress, RemoteAddress) &&
+			 ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemotePort == RemotePort)
+		{
+			ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].State = State;
+			return true;
+		}
+	}
+
+	for (uint8_t CSTableEntry = 0; CSTableEntry < MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS; CSTableEntry++)
+	{
+		/* Find empty entry in the table */
+		if (ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].State == TCP_Connection_Closed)
+		{
+			ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Port          = Port;
+			ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemoteAddress = *RemoteAddress;
+			ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemotePort    = RemotePort;
+			ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].State         = State;
+			return true;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return false;
+}
+
+/** Retrieves the current state of a given TCP connection to a host.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] Port           TCP port on the device in the connection, specified in big endian
+ *  \param[in] RemoteAddress  Remote protocol IP address of the connected host
+ *  \param[in] RemotePort     Remote TCP port of the connected host, specified in big endian
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the \ref TCP_ConnectionStates_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t TCP_GetConnectionState(const uint16_t Port,
+                               const IP_Address_t* RemoteAddress,
+                               const uint16_t RemotePort)
+{
+	/* Note, Port number should be specified in BIG endian to simplify network code */
+
+	for (uint8_t CSTableEntry = 0; CSTableEntry < MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS; CSTableEntry++)
+	{
+		/* Find port entry in the table */
+		if ((ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Port == Port) &&
+		     IP_COMPARE(&ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemoteAddress, RemoteAddress) &&
+			 ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemotePort == RemotePort)
+
+		{
+			return ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].State;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return TCP_Connection_Closed;
+}
+
+/** Retrieves the connection info structure of a given connection to a host.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] Port           TCP port on the device in the connection, specified in big endian
+ *  \param[in] RemoteAddress  Remote protocol IP address of the connected host
+ *  \param[in] RemotePort     Remote TCP port of the connected host, specified in big endian
+ *
+ *  \return ConnectionInfo structure of the connection if found, NULL otherwise
+ */
+TCP_ConnectionInfo_t* TCP_GetConnectionInfo(const uint16_t Port,
+                                            const IP_Address_t* RemoteAddress,
+                                            const uint16_t RemotePort)
+{
+	/* Note, Port number should be specified in BIG endian to simplify network code */
+
+	for (uint8_t CSTableEntry = 0; CSTableEntry < MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS; CSTableEntry++)
+	{
+		/* Find port entry in the table */
+		if ((ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Port == Port) &&
+		     IP_COMPARE(&ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemoteAddress, RemoteAddress) &&
+			 ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemotePort == RemotePort)
+		{
+			return &ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+/** Processes a TCP packet inside an Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response
+ *  to the output Ethernet frame if one is created by a application handler.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] IPHeaderInStart     Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's IP header
+ *  \param[in] TCPHeaderInStart    Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's TCP header
+ *  \param[out] TCPHeaderOutStart  Pointer to the start of the outgoing packet's TCP header
+ *
+ *  \return The number of bytes written to the out Ethernet frame if any, NO_RESPONSE if no
+ *           response was generated, NO_PROCESS if the packet processing was deferred until the
+ *           next Ethernet packet handler iteration
+ */
+int16_t TCP_ProcessTCPPacket(void* IPHeaderInStart,
+                             void* TCPHeaderInStart,
+                             void* TCPHeaderOutStart)
+{
+	IP_Header_t*  IPHeaderIN   = (IP_Header_t*)IPHeaderInStart;
+	TCP_Header_t* TCPHeaderIN  = (TCP_Header_t*)TCPHeaderInStart;
+	TCP_Header_t* TCPHeaderOUT = (TCP_Header_t*)TCPHeaderOutStart;
+
+	TCP_ConnectionInfo_t* ConnectionInfo;
+
+	DecodeTCPHeader(TCPHeaderInStart);
+
+	bool PacketResponse = false;
+
+	/* Check if the destination port is open and allows incoming connections */
+	if (TCP_GetPortState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort) == TCP_Port_Open)
+	{
+		/* Detect SYN from host to start a connection */
+		if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags & TCP_FLAG_SYN)
+		  TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress, TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_Listen);
+
+		/* Detect RST from host to abort existing connection */
+		if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags & TCP_FLAG_RST)
+		{
+			if (TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+			                           TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_Closed))
+			{
+				TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = (TCP_FLAG_RST | TCP_FLAG_ACK);
+				PacketResponse = true;
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* Process the incoming TCP packet based on the current connection state for the sender and port */
+			switch (TCP_GetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress, TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort))
+			{
+				case TCP_Connection_Listen:
+					if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags == TCP_FLAG_SYN)
+					{
+						/* SYN connection starts a connection with a peer */
+						if (TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+						                           TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_SYNReceived))
+						{
+							TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = (TCP_FLAG_SYN | TCP_FLAG_ACK);
+
+							ConnectionInfo = TCP_GetConnectionInfo(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress, TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort);
+
+							ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberIn  = (SwapEndian_32(TCPHeaderIN->SequenceNumber) + 1);
+							ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberOut = 0;
+							ConnectionInfo->Buffer.InUse      = false;
+						}
+						else
+						{
+							TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = TCP_FLAG_RST;
+						}
+
+						PacketResponse      = true;
+					}
+
+					break;
+				case TCP_Connection_SYNReceived:
+					if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags == TCP_FLAG_ACK)
+					{
+						/* ACK during the connection process completes the connection to a peer */
+
+						TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+											   TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_Established);
+
+						ConnectionInfo = TCP_GetConnectionInfo(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+															   TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort);
+
+						ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberOut++;
+					}
+
+					break;
+				case TCP_Connection_Established:
+					if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags == (TCP_FLAG_FIN | TCP_FLAG_ACK))
+					{
+						/* FIN ACK when connected to a peer starts the finalization process */
+
+						TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = (TCP_FLAG_FIN | TCP_FLAG_ACK);
+						PacketResponse      = true;
+
+						TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+											   TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_CloseWait);
+
+						ConnectionInfo = TCP_GetConnectionInfo(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+															   TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort);
+
+						ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberIn++;
+						ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberOut++;
+					}
+					else if ((TCPHeaderIN->Flags == TCP_FLAG_ACK) || (TCPHeaderIN->Flags == (TCP_FLAG_ACK | TCP_FLAG_PSH)))
+					{
+						ConnectionInfo = TCP_GetConnectionInfo(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+															   TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort);
+
+						/* Check if the buffer is currently in use either by a buffered data to send, or receive */
+						if ((ConnectionInfo->Buffer.InUse == false) && (ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Ready == false))
+						{
+							ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Direction = TCP_PACKETDIR_IN;
+							ConnectionInfo->Buffer.InUse     = true;
+							ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Length    = 0;
+						}
+
+						/* Check if the buffer has been claimed by us to read in data from the peer */
+						if ((ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Direction == TCP_PACKETDIR_IN) &&
+							(ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Length != TCP_WINDOW_SIZE))
+						{
+							uint16_t IPOffset   = (IPHeaderIN->HeaderLength * sizeof(uint32_t));
+							uint16_t TCPOffset  = (TCPHeaderIN->DataOffset * sizeof(uint32_t));
+							uint16_t DataLength = (SwapEndian_16(IPHeaderIN->TotalLength) - IPOffset - TCPOffset);
+
+							/* Copy the packet data into the buffer */
+							memcpy(&ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Data[ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Length],
+								   &((uint8_t*)TCPHeaderInStart)[TCPOffset],
+								   DataLength);
+
+							ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberIn += DataLength;
+							ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Length    += DataLength;
+
+							/* Check if the buffer is full or if the PSH flag is set, if so indicate buffer ready */
+							if ((!(TCP_WINDOW_SIZE - ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Length)) || (TCPHeaderIN->Flags & TCP_FLAG_PSH))
+							{
+								ConnectionInfo->Buffer.InUse = false;
+								ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Ready = true;
+
+								TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = TCP_FLAG_ACK;
+								PacketResponse      = true;
+							}
+						}
+						else
+						{
+							/* Buffer is currently in use by the application, defer processing of the incoming packet */
+							return NO_PROCESS;
+						}
+					}
+
+					break;
+				case TCP_Connection_Closing:
+						ConnectionInfo = TCP_GetConnectionInfo(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+															   TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort);
+
+						TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = (TCP_FLAG_ACK | TCP_FLAG_FIN);
+						PacketResponse      = true;
+
+						ConnectionInfo->Buffer.InUse = false;
+
+						TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+											   TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_FINWait1);
+
+					break;
+				case TCP_Connection_FINWait1:
+					if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags == (TCP_FLAG_FIN | TCP_FLAG_ACK))
+					{
+						ConnectionInfo = TCP_GetConnectionInfo(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+															   TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort);
+
+						TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = TCP_FLAG_ACK;
+						PacketResponse      = true;
+
+						ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberIn++;
+						ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberOut++;
+
+						TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+											   TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_Closed);
+					}
+					else if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags == TCP_FLAG_ACK)
+					{
+						TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+											   TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_FINWait2);
+					}
+
+					break;
+				case TCP_Connection_FINWait2:
+					if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags == (TCP_FLAG_FIN | TCP_FLAG_ACK))
+					{
+						ConnectionInfo = TCP_GetConnectionInfo(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+															   TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort);
+
+						TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = TCP_FLAG_ACK;
+						PacketResponse      = true;
+
+						ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberIn++;
+						ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberOut++;
+
+						TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+											   TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_Closed);
+					}
+
+					break;
+				case TCP_Connection_CloseWait:
+					if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags == TCP_FLAG_ACK)
+					{
+						TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+											   TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_Closed);
+					}
+
+					break;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* Port is not open, indicate via a RST/ACK response to the sender */
+		TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = (TCP_FLAG_RST | TCP_FLAG_ACK);
+		PacketResponse      = true;
+	}
+
+	/* Check if we need to respond to the sent packet */
+	if (PacketResponse)
+	{
+		ConnectionInfo = TCP_GetConnectionInfo(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+		                                       TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort);
+
+		TCPHeaderOUT->SourcePort           = TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort;
+		TCPHeaderOUT->DestinationPort      = TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort;
+		TCPHeaderOUT->SequenceNumber       = SwapEndian_32(ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberOut);
+		TCPHeaderOUT->AcknowledgmentNumber = SwapEndian_32(ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberIn);
+		TCPHeaderOUT->DataOffset           = (sizeof(TCP_Header_t) / sizeof(uint32_t));
+
+		if (!(ConnectionInfo->Buffer.InUse))
+		  TCPHeaderOUT->WindowSize         = SwapEndian_16(TCP_WINDOW_SIZE);
+		else
+		  TCPHeaderOUT->WindowSize         = SwapEndian_16(TCP_WINDOW_SIZE - ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Length);
+
+		TCPHeaderOUT->UrgentPointer        = 0;
+		TCPHeaderOUT->Checksum             = 0;
+		TCPHeaderOUT->Reserved             = 0;
+
+		TCPHeaderOUT->Checksum             = TCP_Checksum16(TCPHeaderOUT, &IPHeaderIN->DestinationAddress,
+		                                                    &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress, sizeof(TCP_Header_t));
+
+		return sizeof(TCP_Header_t);
+	}
+
+	return NO_RESPONSE;
+}
+
+/** Calculates the appropriate TCP checksum, consisting of the addition of the one's compliment of each word,
+ *  complimented.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] TCPHeaderOutStart   Pointer to the start of the packet's outgoing TCP header
+ *  \param[in] SourceAddress       Source protocol IP address of the outgoing IP header
+ *  \param[in] DestinationAddress  Destination protocol IP address of the outgoing IP header
+ *  \param[in] TCPOutSize          Size in bytes of the TCP data header and payload
+ *
+ *  \return A 16-bit TCP checksum value
+ */
+static uint16_t TCP_Checksum16(void* TCPHeaderOutStart,
+                               const IP_Address_t* SourceAddress,
+                               const IP_Address_t* DestinationAddress,
+                               uint16_t TCPOutSize)
+{
+	uint32_t Checksum = 0;
+
+	/* TCP/IP checksums are the addition of the one's compliment of each word including the IP pseudo-header,
+	   complimented */
+
+	Checksum += ((uint16_t*)SourceAddress)[0];
+	Checksum += ((uint16_t*)SourceAddress)[1];
+	Checksum += ((uint16_t*)DestinationAddress)[0];
+	Checksum += ((uint16_t*)DestinationAddress)[1];
+	Checksum += SwapEndian_16(PROTOCOL_TCP);
+	Checksum += SwapEndian_16(TCPOutSize);
+
+	for (uint16_t CurrWord = 0; CurrWord < (TCPOutSize >> 1); CurrWord++)
+	  Checksum += ((uint16_t*)TCPHeaderOutStart)[CurrWord];
+
+	if (TCPOutSize & 0x01)
+	  Checksum += (((uint16_t*)TCPHeaderOutStart)[TCPOutSize >> 1] & 0x00FF);
+
+	while (Checksum & 0xFFFF0000)
+	  Checksum = ((Checksum & 0xFFFF) + (Checksum >> 16));
+
+	return ~Checksum;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/TCP.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/TCP.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b8eb4cfa1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/TCP.h
@@ -0,0 +1,260 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for TCP.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _TCP_H_
+#define _TCP_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <stdbool.h>
+
+		#include "EthernetProtocols.h"
+		#include "Ethernet.h"
+		#include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Maximum number of TCP ports which can be open at the one time. */
+		#define MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS              1
+
+		/** Maximum number of TCP connections which can be sustained at the one time. */
+		#define MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS             3
+
+		/** TCP window size, giving the maximum number of bytes which can be buffered at the one time. */
+		#define TCP_WINDOW_SIZE                 512
+
+		/** Port number for HTTP transmissions. */
+		#define TCP_PORT_HTTP                   SwapEndian_16(80)
+
+		/** Data direction indicator for a TCP application buffer, indicating data from host-to-device. */
+		#define TCP_PACKETDIR_IN                false
+
+		/** Data direction indicator for a TCP application buffer, indicating data from device-to-host. */
+		#define TCP_PACKETDIR_OUT               true
+
+		/** Congestion Window Reduced TCP flag mask. */
+		#define TCP_FLAG_CWR                    (1 << 7)
+
+		/** Explicit Congestion Notification TCP flag mask. */
+		#define TCP_FLAG_ECE                    (1 << 6)
+
+		/** Urgent TCP flag mask. */
+		#define TCP_FLAG_URG                    (1 << 5)
+
+		/** Data Acknowledge TCP flag mask. */
+		#define TCP_FLAG_ACK                    (1 << 4)
+
+		/** Data Push TCP flag mask. */
+		#define TCP_FLAG_PSH                    (1 << 3)
+
+		/** Reset TCP flag mask. */
+		#define TCP_FLAG_RST                    (1 << 2)
+
+		/** Synchronize TCP flag mask. */
+		#define TCP_FLAG_SYN                    (1 << 1)
+
+		/** Connection Finalize TCP flag mask. */
+		#define TCP_FLAG_FIN                    (1 << 0)
+
+		/** Application macro: Determines if the given application buffer contains a packet received from the host
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in] Buffer  Application buffer to check
+		 *
+		 *  \return Boolean \c true if the buffer contains a packet from the host, \c false otherwise
+		 */
+		#define TCP_APP_HAS_RECEIVED_PACKET(Buffer)  (Buffer->Ready && (Buffer->Direction == TCP_PACKETDIR_IN))
+
+		/** Application macro: Indicates if the application buffer is currently locked by the application for device-to-host transfers.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in] Buffer  Application buffer to check
+		 *
+		 *  \return Boolean \c true if the buffer has been captured by the application for device-to-host transmissions, \c false otherwise
+		 */
+		#define TCP_APP_HAVE_CAPTURED_BUFFER(Buffer) (!(Buffer->Ready) && Buffer->InUse && (Buffer->Direction == TCP_PACKETDIR_OUT))
+
+		/** Application macro: Indicates if the application can lock the buffer for multiple continued device-to-host transmissions.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in] Buffer  Application buffer to check
+		 *
+		 *  \return Boolean \c true if the buffer may be captured by the application for device-to-host transmissions, \c false otherwise
+		 */
+		#define TCP_APP_CAN_CAPTURE_BUFFER(Buffer)   Buffer->InUse
+
+		/** Application macro: Captures the application buffer, locking it for device-to-host transmissions only. This should be
+		 *  performed when the application needs to transmit several packets worth of data in succession with no interruptions from the host.
+		 *
+		 *  \pre The application must check that the buffer can be locked first using TCP_APP_CAN_CAPTURE_BUFFER().
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in] Buffer  Application buffer to lock
+		 */
+		#define TCP_APP_CAPTURE_BUFFER(Buffer)       do { Buffer->Direction = TCP_PACKETDIR_OUT; Buffer->InUse = true; } while (0)
+
+		/** Application macro: Releases a captured application buffer, allowing for host-to-device packets to be received.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in] Buffer  Application buffer to release
+		 */
+		#define TCP_APP_RELEASE_BUFFER(Buffer)       do { Buffer->InUse = false; } while (0)
+
+		/** Application macro: Sends the contents of the given application buffer to the host.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in] Buffer  Application buffer to send
+		 *  \param[in] Len     Length of data contained in the buffer
+		 */
+		#define TCP_APP_SEND_BUFFER(Buffer, Len)     do { Buffer->Direction = TCP_PACKETDIR_OUT; Buffer->Length = Len; Buffer->Ready = true; } while (0)
+
+		/** Application macro: Clears the application buffer, ready for a packet to be written to it.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in] Buffer  Application buffer to clear
+		 */
+		#define TCP_APP_CLEAR_BUFFER(Buffer)         do { Buffer->Ready = false; Buffer->Length = 0; } while (0)
+
+		/** Application macro: Closes an open connection to a host.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in] Connection  Open TCP connection to close
+		 */
+		#define TCP_APP_CLOSECONNECTION(Connection)  do { Connection->State = TCP_Connection_Closing;  } while (0)
+
+	/* Enums: */
+		/** Enum for possible TCP port states. */
+		enum TCP_PortStates_t
+		{
+			TCP_Port_Closed            = 0, /**< TCP port closed, no connections to a host may be made on this port. */
+			TCP_Port_Open              = 1, /**< TCP port open, connections to a host may be made on this port. */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for possible TCP connection states. */
+		enum TCP_ConnectionStates_t
+		{
+			TCP_Connection_Listen      = 0, /**< Listening for a connection from a host */
+			TCP_Connection_SYNSent     = 1, /**< Unused */
+			TCP_Connection_SYNReceived = 2, /**< SYN received, waiting for ACK */
+			TCP_Connection_Established = 3, /**< Connection established in both directions */
+			TCP_Connection_FINWait1    = 4, /**< Closing, waiting for ACK */
+			TCP_Connection_FINWait2    = 5, /**< Closing, waiting for FIN ACK */
+			TCP_Connection_CloseWait   = 6, /**< Closing, waiting for ACK */
+			TCP_Connection_Closing     = 7, /**< Unused */
+			TCP_Connection_LastACK     = 8, /**< Unused */
+			TCP_Connection_TimeWait    = 9, /**< Unused */
+			TCP_Connection_Closed      = 10, /**< Connection closed in both directions */
+		};
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for a TCP connection buffer structure, including size, data and direction. */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint16_t               Length; /**< Length of data in the TCP application buffer */
+			uint8_t                Data[TCP_WINDOW_SIZE]; /**< TCP application data buffer */
+			bool                   Direction; /**< Buffer transmission direction, either TCP_PACKETDIR_IN  or TCP_PACKETDIR_OUT */
+			bool                   Ready; /**< If data from host, indicates buffer ready to be read, otherwise indicates
+			                               *   buffer ready to be sent to the host
+			                               */
+			bool                   InUse; /**< Indicates if the buffer is locked to to the current direction, and cannot be changed */
+		} TCP_ConnectionBuffer_t;
+
+		/** Type define for a TCP connection information structure. */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint32_t               SequenceNumberIn; /**< Current TCP sequence number for host-to-device */
+			uint32_t               SequenceNumberOut; /**< Current TCP sequence number for device-to-host */
+			TCP_ConnectionBuffer_t Buffer; /**< Connection application data buffer */
+		} TCP_ConnectionInfo_t;
+
+		/** Type define for a complete TCP connection state. */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint16_t               Port; /**< Connection port number on the device */
+			uint16_t               RemotePort; /**< Connection port number on the host */
+			IP_Address_t           RemoteAddress; /**< Connection protocol IP address of the host */
+			TCP_ConnectionInfo_t   Info; /**< Connection information, including application buffer */
+			uint8_t                State; /**< Current connection state, a value from the \ref TCP_ConnectionStates_t enum */
+		} TCP_ConnectionState_t;
+
+		/** Type define for a TCP port state. */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint16_t               Port; /**< TCP port number on the device */
+			uint8_t                State; /**< Current port state, a value from the \ref TCP_PortStates_t enum */
+			void                   (*ApplicationHandler) (TCP_ConnectionState_t* ConnectionState,
+			                                              TCP_ConnectionBuffer_t* Buffer); /**< Port application handler */
+		} TCP_PortState_t;
+
+		/** Type define for a TCP packet header. */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint16_t               SourcePort; /**< Source port of the TCP packet */
+			uint16_t               DestinationPort; /**< Destination port of the TCP packet */
+
+			uint32_t               SequenceNumber; /**< Data sequence number of the packet */
+			uint32_t               AcknowledgmentNumber; /**< Data acknowledgment number of the packet */
+
+			unsigned               Reserved : 4; /**< Reserved, must be all 0 */
+			unsigned               DataOffset : 4; /**< Offset of the data from the start of the header, in 4 byte chunks */
+			uint8_t                Flags; /**< TCP packet flags */
+			uint16_t               WindowSize; /**< Current data window size (bytes remaining in reception buffer) */
+
+			uint16_t               Checksum; /**< TCP checksum */
+			uint16_t               UrgentPointer; /**< Urgent data pointer */
+		} TCP_Header_t;
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void                  TCP_TCPTask(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+		                                  Ethernet_Frame_Info_t* const FrameOUT);
+		void                  TCP_Init(void);
+		bool                  TCP_SetPortState(const uint16_t Port,
+		                                       const uint8_t State,
+		                                       void (*Handler)(TCP_ConnectionState_t*, TCP_ConnectionBuffer_t*));
+		uint8_t               TCP_GetPortState(const uint16_t Port);
+		bool                  TCP_SetConnectionState(const uint16_t Port,
+		                                             const IP_Address_t* RemoteAddress,
+		                                             const uint16_t RemotePort,
+		                                             const uint8_t State);
+		uint8_t               TCP_GetConnectionState(const uint16_t Port,
+		                                             const IP_Address_t* RemoteAddress,
+		                                             const uint16_t RemotePort);
+		TCP_ConnectionInfo_t* TCP_GetConnectionInfo(const uint16_t Port,
+		                                            const IP_Address_t* RemoteAddress,
+		                                            const uint16_t RemotePort);
+		int16_t               TCP_ProcessTCPPacket(void* IPHeaderInStart,
+		                                           void* TCPHeaderInStart,
+		                                           void* TCPHeaderOutStart);
+
+		#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_TCP_C)
+			static uint16_t TCP_Checksum16(void* TCPHeaderOutStart,
+			                               const IP_Address_t* SourceAddress,
+			                               const IP_Address_t* DestinationAddress,
+			                               uint16_t TCPOutSize);
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/UDP.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/UDP.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..03c19e00ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/UDP.c
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  User Datagram Protocol (UDP) packet handling routines. This protocol handles high throughput, low
+ *  reliability packets which are typically used to encapsulate streaming data.
+ */
+
+#define  INCLUDE_FROM_UDP_C
+#include "UDP.h"
+
+/** Processes a UDP packet inside an Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response
+ *  to the output Ethernet frame if a sub-protocol handler has created a response packet.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] IPHeaderInStart     Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's IP header
+ *  \param[in] UDPHeaderInStart    Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's UDP header
+ *  \param[out] UDPHeaderOutStart  Pointer to the start of the outgoing packet's UDP header
+ *
+ *  \return The number of bytes written to the out Ethernet frame if any, NO_RESPONSE otherwise
+ */
+int16_t UDP_ProcessUDPPacket(void* IPHeaderInStart,
+                             void* UDPHeaderInStart,
+                             void* UDPHeaderOutStart)
+{
+	UDP_Header_t* UDPHeaderIN  = (UDP_Header_t*)UDPHeaderInStart;
+	UDP_Header_t* UDPHeaderOUT = (UDP_Header_t*)UDPHeaderOutStart;
+
+	int16_t RetSize = NO_RESPONSE;
+
+	DecodeUDPHeader(UDPHeaderInStart);
+
+	switch (SwapEndian_16(UDPHeaderIN->DestinationPort))
+	{
+		case UDP_PORT_DHCP_REQUEST:
+			RetSize = DHCP_ProcessDHCPPacket(IPHeaderInStart,
+			                                 &((uint8_t*)UDPHeaderInStart)[sizeof(UDP_Header_t)],
+		                                     &((uint8_t*)UDPHeaderOutStart)[sizeof(UDP_Header_t)]);
+			break;
+	}
+
+	/* Check to see if the protocol processing routine has filled out a response */
+	if (RetSize > 0)
+	{
+		/* Fill out the response UDP packet header */
+		UDPHeaderOUT->SourcePort      = UDPHeaderIN->DestinationPort;
+		UDPHeaderOUT->DestinationPort = UDPHeaderIN->SourcePort;
+		UDPHeaderOUT->Checksum        = 0;
+		UDPHeaderOUT->Length          = SwapEndian_16(sizeof(UDP_Header_t) + RetSize);
+
+		/* Return the size of the response so far */
+		return (sizeof(UDP_Header_t) + RetSize);
+	}
+
+	return NO_RESPONSE;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/UDP.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/UDP.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..459d8be40f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/UDP.h
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for UDP.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _UDP_H_
+#define _UDP_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+
+		#include "EthernetProtocols.h"
+		#include "Ethernet.h"
+		#include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
+		#include "DHCP.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Source UDP port for a DHCP request. */
+		#define UDP_PORT_DHCP_REQUEST 67
+
+		/** Destination UDP port for a DHCP reply. */
+		#define UDP_PORT_DHCP_REPLY   68
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for a UDP packet header. */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint16_t SourcePort; /**< Packet source port */
+			uint16_t DestinationPort; /**< Packet destination port */
+			uint16_t Length; /**< Total packet length, in bytes */
+			uint16_t Checksum; /**< Optional UDP packet checksum */
+		} UDP_Header_t;
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		int16_t UDP_ProcessUDPPacket(void* IPHeaderInStart,
+		                             void* UDPHeaderInStart,
+		                             void* UDPHeaderOutStart);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Webserver.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Webserver.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..be4c3a6f6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Webserver.c
@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Simple webserver application for demonstrating the RNDIS demo and TCP/IP stack. This
+ *  application will serve up a static HTTP web page when requested by the host.
+ */
+
+#include "Webserver.h"
+
+/** HTTP server response header, for transmission before the page contents. This indicates to the host that a page exists at the
+ *  given location, and gives extra connection information.
+ */
+const char HTTP200Header[] PROGMEM = "HTTP/1.1 200 OK\r\n"
+                                     "Server: LUFA RNDIS\r\n"
+                                     "Content-type: text/html\r\n"
+                                     "Connection: close\r\n\r\n";
+
+/** HTTP server response header, for transmission before a resource not found error. This indicates to the host that the given
+ *  given URL is invalid, and gives extra error information.
+ */
+const char HTTP404Header[] PROGMEM = "HTTP/1.1 404 Not Found\r\n"
+                                     "Server: LUFA RNDIS\r\n"
+                                     "Connection: close\r\n\r\n";
+
+/** HTTP page to serve to the host when a HTTP request is made. This page is too long for a single response, thus it is automatically
+ *  broken up into smaller blocks and sent as a series of packets each time the webserver application callback is run.
+ */
+const char HTTPPage[] PROGMEM =
+		"<html>"
+		"	<head>"
+		"		<title>"
+		"			LUFA Webserver Demo"
+		"		</title>"
+		"	</head>"
+		"	<body>"
+		"		<h1>Hello from your USB AVR!</h1>"
+		"		<p>"
+		"			Hello! Welcome to the LUFA RNDIS Demo Webserver test page, running on your USB AVR via the LUFA library. This demonstrates the HTTP webserver, TCP/IP stack and RNDIS demo all running atop the LUFA USB stack."
+		"			<br /><br />"
+		"			<small>Project Information: <a href=\"http://www.lufa-lib.org\">http://www.lufa-lib.org</a>.</small>"
+		"			<hr />"
+		"			<i>LUFA Version: </i>" LUFA_VERSION_STRING
+		"		</p>"
+		"	</body>"
+		"</html>";
+
+
+/** Initializes the Webserver application, opening the appropriate HTTP port in the TCP handler and registering the application
+ *  callback routine for packets sent to the HTTP protocol port.
+ */
+void Webserver_Init(void)
+{
+	/* Open the HTTP port in the TCP protocol so that HTTP connections to the device can be established */
+	TCP_SetPortState(TCP_PORT_HTTP, TCP_Port_Open, Webserver_ApplicationCallback);
+}
+
+/** Indicates if a given request equals the given HTTP command.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] RequestHeader  HTTP request made by the host
+ *  \param[in] Command        HTTP command to compare the request to
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command matches the request, \c false otherwise
+ */
+static bool IsHTTPCommand(uint8_t* RequestHeader,
+                          char* Command)
+{
+	/* Returns true if the non null terminated string in RequestHeader matches the null terminated string Command */
+	return (strncmp((char*)RequestHeader, Command, strlen(Command)) == 0);
+}
+
+/** Application callback routine, executed each time the TCP processing task runs. This callback determines what request
+ *  has been made (if any), and serves up appropriate responses.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] ConnectionState  Pointer to a TCP Connection State structure giving connection information
+ *  \param[in,out] Buffer       Pointer to the application's send/receive packet buffer
+ */
+void Webserver_ApplicationCallback(TCP_ConnectionState_t* const ConnectionState,
+                                   TCP_ConnectionBuffer_t* const Buffer)
+{
+	char*          BufferDataStr = (char*)Buffer->Data;
+	static uint8_t PageBlock     = 0;
+
+	/* Check to see if a packet has been received on the HTTP port from a remote host */
+	if (TCP_APP_HAS_RECEIVED_PACKET(Buffer))
+	{
+		if (IsHTTPCommand(Buffer->Data, "GET"))
+		{
+			if (IsHTTPCommand(Buffer->Data, "GET / "))
+			{
+				PageBlock = 0;
+
+				/* Copy the HTTP 200 response header into the packet buffer */
+				strcpy_P(BufferDataStr, HTTP200Header);
+
+				/* Send the buffer contents to the host */
+				TCP_APP_SEND_BUFFER(Buffer, strlen(BufferDataStr));
+
+				/* Lock the buffer to Device->Host transmissions only while we send the page contents */
+				TCP_APP_CAPTURE_BUFFER(Buffer);
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				/* Copy the HTTP 404 response header into the packet buffer */
+				strcpy_P(BufferDataStr, HTTP404Header);
+
+				/* Send the buffer contents to the host */
+				TCP_APP_SEND_BUFFER(Buffer, strlen(BufferDataStr));
+
+				/* All data sent, close the connection */
+				TCP_APP_CLOSECONNECTION(ConnectionState);
+			}
+		}
+		else if (IsHTTPCommand(Buffer->Data, "HEAD"))
+		{
+			if (IsHTTPCommand(Buffer->Data, "HEAD / "))
+			{
+				/* Copy the HTTP response header into the packet buffer */
+				strcpy_P(BufferDataStr, HTTP200Header);
+
+				/* Send the buffer contents to the host */
+				TCP_APP_SEND_BUFFER(Buffer, strlen(BufferDataStr));
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				/* Copy the HTTP response header into the packet buffer */
+				strcpy_P(BufferDataStr, HTTP404Header);
+
+				/* Send the buffer contents to the host */
+				TCP_APP_SEND_BUFFER(Buffer, strlen(BufferDataStr));
+			}
+
+			/* All data sent, close the connection */
+			TCP_APP_CLOSECONNECTION(ConnectionState);
+		}
+		else if (IsHTTPCommand(Buffer->Data, "TRACE"))
+		{
+			/* Echo the host's query back to the host */
+			TCP_APP_SEND_BUFFER(Buffer, Buffer->Length);
+
+			/* All data sent, close the connection */
+			TCP_APP_CLOSECONNECTION(ConnectionState);
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* Unknown request, just clear the buffer (drop the packet) */
+			TCP_APP_CLEAR_BUFFER(Buffer);
+		}
+	}
+	else if (TCP_APP_HAVE_CAPTURED_BUFFER(Buffer))
+	{
+		uint16_t RemLength = strlen_P(&HTTPPage[PageBlock * HTTP_REPLY_BLOCK_SIZE]);
+		uint16_t Length;
+
+		/* Determine the length of the loaded block */
+		Length = ((RemLength > HTTP_REPLY_BLOCK_SIZE) ? HTTP_REPLY_BLOCK_SIZE : RemLength);
+
+		/* Copy the next buffer sized block of the page to the packet buffer */
+		strncpy_P(BufferDataStr, &HTTPPage[PageBlock * HTTP_REPLY_BLOCK_SIZE], Length);
+
+		/* Send the buffer contents to the host */
+		TCP_APP_SEND_BUFFER(Buffer, Length);
+
+		/* Check to see if the entire page has been sent */
+		if (PageBlock++ == (sizeof(HTTPPage) / HTTP_REPLY_BLOCK_SIZE))
+		{
+			/* Unlock the buffer so that the host can fill it with future packets */
+			TCP_APP_RELEASE_BUFFER(Buffer);
+
+			/* Close the connection to the host */
+			TCP_APP_CLOSECONNECTION(ConnectionState);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Webserver.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Webserver.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e8bb542c14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Webserver.h
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Webserver.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _WEBSERVER_H_
+#define _WEBSERVER_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Version.h>
+
+		#include "TCP.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Maximum size of a HTTP response per transmission */
+		#define HTTP_REPLY_BLOCK_SIZE     128
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void Webserver_Init(void);
+		void Webserver_ApplicationCallback(TCP_ConnectionState_t* const ConnectionState,
+		                                   TCP_ConnectionBuffer_t* const Buffer);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..aac1b146d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.c
@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the RNDISEthernet demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "RNDISEthernet.h"
+
+/** Message buffer for RNDIS messages processed by the RNDIS device class driver. */
+static uint8_t RNDIS_Message_Buffer[192];
+
+/** Global to store the incoming frame from the host before it is processed by the device. */
+static Ethernet_Frame_Info_t FrameIN;
+
+/** Global to store the outgoing frame created in the device before it is sent to the host. */
+static Ethernet_Frame_Info_t FrameOUT;
+
+/** LUFA RNDIS Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ *  passed to all RNDIS Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ *  within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface =
+	{
+		.Config =
+			{
+				.ControlInterfaceNumber         = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+				.DataINEndpoint                 =
+					{
+						.Address                = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
+						.Size                   = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks                  = 1,
+					},
+				.DataOUTEndpoint                =
+					{
+						.Address                = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
+						.Size                   = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks                  = 1,
+					},
+				.NotificationEndpoint           =
+					{
+						.Address                = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+						.Size                   = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks                  = 1,
+					},
+				.AdapterVendorDescription       = "LUFA RNDIS Demo Adapter",
+				.AdapterMACAddress              = {ADAPTER_MAC_ADDRESS},
+				.MessageBuffer                  = RNDIS_Message_Buffer,
+				.MessageBufferLength            = sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Buffer),
+			},
+	};
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ *  setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	TCP_Init();
+	Webserver_Init();
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		if (RNDIS_Device_IsPacketReceived(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface))
+		{
+			LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+
+			RNDIS_Device_ReadPacket(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface, &FrameIN.FrameData, &FrameIN.FrameLength);
+			Ethernet_ProcessPacket(&FrameIN, &FrameOUT);
+
+			if (FrameOUT.FrameLength)
+			{
+				RNDIS_Device_SendPacket(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface, &FrameOUT.FrameData, FrameOUT.FrameLength);
+				FrameOUT.FrameLength = 0;
+			}
+
+			LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+		}
+
+		TCP_TCPTask(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface, &FrameOUT);
+
+		RNDIS_Device_USBTask(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface);
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+	/* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+	XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+	XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+	/* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+	XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+	XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+	PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	LEDs_Init();
+	Serial_Init(9600, false);
+	USB_Init();
+
+	/* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+	Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+	bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+	ConfigSuccess &= RNDIS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+	RNDIS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface);
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ab2488b77e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.h
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for RNDISEthernet.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _RNDISETHERNET_H_
+#define _RNDISETHERNET_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <string.h>
+
+		#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+		#include "Lib/Ethernet.h"
+		#include "Lib/TCP.h"
+		#include "Lib/ARP.h"
+		#include "Lib/Webserver.h"
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY          LEDS_LED2
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a2c2ac604b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage RNDIS Class Ethernet Demo (with Webserver/Telnet)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *  \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ *  \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ *  \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx)
+ *  \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Remote NDIS (Microsoft Proprietary CDC Class Networking Standard)</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Microsoft RNDIS Specification</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Remote Network Driver Interface demonstration application.
+ *  This gives a simple reference application for implementing
+ *  a CDC RNDIS device acting as a simple network interface for
+ *  ethernet packet exchange. RNDIS is a proprietary Microsoft
+ *  standard; this demo will only work on Windows 2000 (manually
+ *  patched with the Microsoft RNDIS hotfix) and above (with no
+ *  manual patches), or on the latest Linux kernels.
+ *
+ *  Before running, you will need to install the INF file that
+ *  is located in the RNDISEthernet project directory. This will
+ *  enable Windows to use its inbuilt RNDIS drivers, negating the
+ *  need for special Windows drivers for the device. To install,
+ *  right-click the .INF file and choose the Install option. If
+ *  Windows 2000 is used, the Microsoft INF file in the hotfix
+ *  will need to be altered to use the VID/PID of the demo and
+ *  then chosen instead of the LUFA RNDIS INF file when prompted.
+ *
+ *  When enumerated, this demo will install as a new network
+ *  adapter which ethernet packets can be sent to and received
+ *  from. Running on top of the adapter is a very simple TCP/IP
+ *  stack with a HTTP webserver and TELNET host which can be
+ *  accessed through a web browser at IP address 10.0.0.2:80 or
+ *  through a TELNET client at 10.0.0.2:25. This device also supports
+ *  ping echos via the ICMP protocol.
+ *
+ *  \note The TCP/IP stack in this demo has a number of limitations
+ *  and should serve as an example only - it is not fully featured nor
+ *  compliant to the TCP/IP specification. For complete projects, it is
+ *  recommended that it be replaced with an external open source TCP/IP
+ *  stack that is feature complete, such as the uIP stack.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ *    <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ *    <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>Configures the IP address given to the client (PC) via the DHCP server.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>SERVER_IP_ADDRESS</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>Configures the IP address of the virtual server.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>ADAPTER_MAC_ADDRESS</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>Configures the MAC address of the RNDIS adapter on the host (PC) side.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>Configures the MAC address of the virtual server on the network.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>NO_DECODE_ETHERNET</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>When defined, received Ethernet headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>NO_DECODE_ARP</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>When defined, received ARP headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>NO_DECODE_IP</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>When defined, received IP headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>NO_DECODE_ICMP</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>When defined, received ICMP headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>NO_DECODE_TCP</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>When defined, received TCP headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>NO_DECODE_UDP</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>When defined, received UDP headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>NO_DECODE_DHCP</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>When defined, received DHCP headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..08104c4e74
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="RNDIS Ethernet Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.rndis.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.rndis"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<project caption="RNDIS Ethernet Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.rndis.example.xmega">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.rndis"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.class.rndis" caption="RNDIS Ethernet Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Microsoft RNDIS Ethernet networking device demo, implementing a basic HTTP webserver. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Device"/>
+			<keyword value="RNDIS Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="RNDISEthernet.txt"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="LUFA RNDIS.inf"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="RNDISEthernet.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/ARP.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/DHCP.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/Ethernet.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/ICMP.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/IP.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/ProtocolDecoders.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/TCP.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/UDP.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/Webserver.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="RNDISEthernet.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/ARP.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/DHCP.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/Ethernet.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/ICMP.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/IP.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/ProtocolDecoders.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/TCP.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/UDP.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/Webserver.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/EthernetProtocols.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..29d07c317f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - RNDIS Ethernet Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c6a3a54a44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = RNDISEthernet
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c Lib/Ethernet.c Lib/ProtocolDecoders.c Lib/ICMP.c Lib/TCP.c Lib/UDP.c Lib/DHCP.c Lib/ARP.c \
+               Lib/IP.c Lib/Webserver.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0ec4635eb0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+		#define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX               4
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5ec042cb04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,245 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ *  the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ *  process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+	.Class                  = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+	.SubClass               = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificSubclass,
+	.Protocol               = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificProtocol,
+
+	.Endpoint0Size          = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+	.VendorID               = 0x03EB,
+	.ProductID              = 0x2044,
+	.ReleaseNumber          = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+	.ProductStrIndex        = STRING_ID_Product,
+	.SerialNumStrIndex      = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
+
+	.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+	.Config =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+			.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+			.TotalInterfaces        = 2,
+
+			.ConfigurationNumber    = 1,
+			.ConfigurationStrIndex  = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+			.ConfigAttributes       = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+			.MaxPowerConsumption    = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+		},
+
+	.CDC_CCI_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 1,
+
+			.Class                  = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+			.SubClass               = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.CDC_Functional_Header =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+			.CDCSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+		},
+
+	.CDC_Functional_ACM =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM,
+
+			.Capabilities           = 0x06,
+		},
+
+	.CDC_Functional_Union =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union,
+
+			.MasterInterfaceNumber  = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+			.SlaveInterfaceNumber   = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+		},
+
+	.CDC_NotificationEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0xFF
+		},
+
+	.CDC_DCI_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 2,
+
+			.Class                  = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass,
+			.SubClass               = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.CDC_DataOutEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		},
+
+	.CDC_DataInEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		}
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ *  the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ *  via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ *  form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ *  and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA CDC Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ *  USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8);
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+	const void* Address = NULL;
+	uint16_t    Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+	switch (DescriptorType)
+	{
+		case DTYPE_Device:
+			Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_Configuration:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_String:
+			switch (DescriptorNumber)
+			{
+				case STRING_ID_Language:
+					Address = &LanguageString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+					Address = &ManufacturerString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Product:
+					Address = &ProductString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+			}
+
+			break;
+	}
+
+	*DescriptorAddress = Address;
+	return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5b4bf2aa7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+		#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR        (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 2)
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+		#define CDC_TX_EPADDR                  (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 3)
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the CDC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+		#define CDC_RX_EPADDR                  (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4)
+
+		/** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+		#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE        8
+
+		/** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */
+		#define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE                16
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t    Config;
+
+			// CDC Control Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t               CDC_CCI_Interface;
+			USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t    CDC_Functional_Header;
+			USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t       CDC_Functional_ACM;
+			USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t     CDC_Functional_Union;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t                CDC_NotificationEndpoint;
+
+			// CDC Data Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t               CDC_DCI_Interface;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t                CDC_DataOutEndpoint;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t                CDC_DataInEndpoint;
+		} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+		/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+		 *  should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+		 *  interface from other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+		{
+			INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI = 0, /**< CDC CCI interface descriptor ID */
+			INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI = 1, /**< CDC DCI interface descriptor ID */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+		 *  have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+		 *  other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum StringDescriptors_t
+		{
+			STRING_ID_Language     = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+			STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+			STRING_ID_Product      = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+		};
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+		                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+		                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+		                                    ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/LUFA VirtualSerial.inf b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/LUFA VirtualSerial.inf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..21d2d12b6e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/LUFA VirtualSerial.inf
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+;************************************************************
+; Windows USB CDC ACM Setup File
+; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
+;************************************************************
+
+[DefaultInstall]
+CopyINF="LUFA VirtualSerial.inf"
+
+[Version]
+Signature="$Windows NT$"
+Class=Ports
+ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318}
+Provider=%MFGNAME%
+DriverVer=7/1/2012,10.0.0.0
+
+[Manufacturer]
+%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTx86, NTamd64, NTia64
+
+[SourceDisksNames]
+
+[SourceDisksFiles]
+
+[DestinationDirs]
+DefaultDestDir=12
+
+[DriverInstall]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+CopyFiles=FakeModemCopyFileSection
+AddReg=DriverInstall.AddReg
+
+[DriverInstall.Services]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, LowerFilter_Service_Inst
+
+[DriverInstall.AddReg]
+HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"msports.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;  Vendor and Product ID Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side
+; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match.
+; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID.  Use the format as shown below.
+; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs.
+; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line.
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[DeviceList]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044
+
+[DeviceList.NTx86]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044
+
+[DeviceList.NTamd64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044
+
+[DeviceList.NTia64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;  String Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;Modify these strings to customize your device
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[Strings]
+MFGNAME="http://www.lufa-lib.org"
+DESCRIPTION="LUFA CDC-ACM Virtual Serial Port"
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a3d419ae5c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.c
@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the VirtualSerial demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "VirtualSerial.h"
+
+/** LUFA CDC Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ *  passed to all CDC Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ *  within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface =
+	{
+		.Config =
+			{
+				.ControlInterfaceNumber   = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+				.DataINEndpoint           =
+					{
+						.Address          = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
+						.Size             = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks            = 1,
+					},
+				.DataOUTEndpoint =
+					{
+						.Address          = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
+						.Size             = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks            = 1,
+					},
+				.NotificationEndpoint =
+					{
+						.Address          = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+						.Size             = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks            = 1,
+					},
+			},
+	};
+
+/** Standard file stream for the CDC interface when set up, so that the virtual CDC COM port can be
+ *  used like any regular character stream in the C APIs.
+ */
+static FILE USBSerialStream;
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ *  setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	/* Create a regular character stream for the interface so that it can be used with the stdio.h functions */
+	CDC_Device_CreateStream(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface, &USBSerialStream);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		CheckJoystickMovement();
+
+		/* Must throw away unused bytes from the host, or it will lock up while waiting for the device */
+		CDC_Device_ReceiveByte(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+
+		CDC_Device_USBTask(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+	/* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+	XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+	XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+	/* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+	XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+	XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+	PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	Joystick_Init();
+	LEDs_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Checks for changes in the position of the board joystick, sending strings to the host upon each change. */
+void CheckJoystickMovement(void)
+{
+	uint8_t     JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
+	char*       ReportString  = NULL;
+	static bool ActionSent    = false;
+
+	if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+	  ReportString = "Joystick Up\r\n";
+	else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+	  ReportString = "Joystick Down\r\n";
+	else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+	  ReportString = "Joystick Left\r\n";
+	else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+	  ReportString = "Joystick Right\r\n";
+	else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+	  ReportString = "Joystick Pressed\r\n";
+	else
+	  ActionSent = false;
+
+	if ((ReportString != NULL) && (ActionSent == false))
+	{
+		ActionSent = true;
+
+		/* Write the string to the virtual COM port via the created character stream */
+		fputs(ReportString, &USBSerialStream);
+
+		/* Alternatively, without the stream: */
+		// CDC_Device_SendString(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface, ReportString);
+	}
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+	bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+	ConfigSuccess &= CDC_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+	CDC_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+}
+
+/** CDC class driver callback function the processing of changes to the virtual
+ *  control lines sent from the host..
+ *
+ *  \param[in] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the CDC class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ */
+void EVENT_CDC_Device_ControLineStateChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t *const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	/* You can get changes to the virtual CDC lines in this callback; a common
+	   use-case is to use the Data Terminal Ready (DTR) flag to enable and
+	   disable CDC communications in your application when set to avoid the
+	   application blocking while waiting for a host to become ready and read
+	   in the pending data from the USB endpoints.
+	*/
+	bool HostReady = (CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlLineStates.HostToDevice & CDC_CONTROL_LINE_OUT_DTR) != 0;
+}
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..89f809982b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.h
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for VirtualSerial.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _VIRTUALSERIAL_H_
+#define _VIRTUALSERIAL_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <string.h>
+		#include <stdio.h>
+
+		#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+		void CheckJoystickMovement(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c802d99504
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Communications Device Class (Virtual Serial Port) Demo
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *  \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ *  \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ *  \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ *  \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ *  \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx)
+ *  \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Abstract Control Model (ACM)</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF CDC Class Standard</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Communications Device Class demonstration application.
+ *  This gives a simple reference application for implementing
+ *  a CDC device acting as a virtual serial port. Joystick
+ *  actions are transmitted to the host as strings. The device
+ *  does not respond to serial data sent from the host.
+ *
+ *  After running this demo for the first time on a new computer,
+ *  you will need to supply the .INF file located in this demo
+ *  project's directory as the device's driver when running under
+ *  Windows. This will enable Windows to use its inbuilt CDC drivers,
+ *  negating the need for custom drivers for the device. Other
+ *  Operating Systems should automatically use their own inbuilt
+ *  CDC-ACM drivers.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>
+ *     None
+ *    </td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f17a214fa8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="Virtual Serial CDC Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.cdc.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.cdc"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<project caption="Virtual Serial CDC Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.cdc.example.xmega">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.cdc"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.class.cdc" caption="Virtual Serial CDC Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Virtual Serial device demo, implementing a virtual serial channel between the host PC and the device. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Device"/>
+			<keyword value="CDC Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="VirtualSerial.txt"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="LUFA VirtualSerial.inf"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="VirtualSerial.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="VirtualSerial.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..aa21df5823
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Virtual Serial Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f0f73257a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = VirtualSerial
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Config/AppConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b18b2c4149
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ *  the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ *  specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ *  makefile or build system.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ *  \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#define TOTAL_LUNS                1
+
+	#define DISK_READ_ONLY            false
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..62549878d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+		#define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX               5
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9c8792c336
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,295 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ *  the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ *  process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+	.Class                  = USB_CSCP_IADDeviceClass,
+	.SubClass               = USB_CSCP_IADDeviceSubclass,
+	.Protocol               = USB_CSCP_IADDeviceProtocol,
+
+	.Endpoint0Size          = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+	.VendorID               = 0x03EB,
+	.ProductID              = 0x2068,
+	.ReleaseNumber          = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+	.ProductStrIndex        = STRING_ID_Product,
+	.SerialNumStrIndex      = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
+
+	.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+	.Config =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+			.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+			.TotalInterfaces        = 3,
+
+			.ConfigurationNumber    = 1,
+			.ConfigurationStrIndex  = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+			.ConfigAttributes       = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+			.MaxPowerConsumption    = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+		},
+
+	.CDC_IAD =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t), .Type = DTYPE_InterfaceAssociation},
+
+			.FirstInterfaceIndex    = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+			.TotalInterfaces        = 2,
+
+			.Class                  = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+			.SubClass               = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
+
+			.IADStrIndex            = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.CDC_CCI_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 1,
+
+			.Class                  = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+			.SubClass               = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.CDC_Functional_Header =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+			.CDCSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+		},
+
+	.CDC_Functional_ACM =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM,
+
+			.Capabilities           = 0x06,
+		},
+
+	.CDC_Functional_Union =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union,
+
+			.MasterInterfaceNumber  = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+			.SlaveInterfaceNumber   = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+		},
+
+	.CDC_NotificationEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0xFF
+		},
+
+	.CDC_DCI_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 2,
+
+			.Class                  = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass,
+			.SubClass               = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.CDC_DataOutEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		},
+
+	.CDC_DataInEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		},
+
+	.MS_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 2,
+
+			.Class                  = MS_CSCP_MassStorageClass,
+			.SubClass               = MS_CSCP_SCSITransparentSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = MS_CSCP_BulkOnlyTransportProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.MS_DataInEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		},
+
+	.MS_DataOutEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		}
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ *  the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ *  via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ *  form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ *  and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA CDC and Mass Storage Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ *  USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8);
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+	const void* Address = NULL;
+	uint16_t    Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+	switch (DescriptorType)
+	{
+		case DTYPE_Device:
+			Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_Configuration:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_String:
+			switch (DescriptorNumber)
+			{
+				case STRING_ID_Language:
+					Address = &LanguageString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+					Address = &ManufacturerString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Product:
+					Address = &ProductString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+			}
+
+			break;
+	}
+
+	*DescriptorAddress = Address;
+	return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..43c2b3165c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+		#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR        (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 1)
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+		#define CDC_TX_EPADDR                  (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 2)
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the CDC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+		#define CDC_RX_EPADDR                  (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 3)
+
+		/** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+		#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE        8
+
+		/** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */
+		#define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE                16
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+		#define MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR         (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 4)
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+		#define MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR        (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 5)
+
+		/** Size in bytes of the Mass Storage data endpoints. */
+		#define MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE         64
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t    Config;
+
+			// CDC Control Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t   CDC_IAD;
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t               CDC_CCI_Interface;
+			USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t    CDC_Functional_Header;
+			USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t       CDC_Functional_ACM;
+			USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t     CDC_Functional_Union;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t                CDC_NotificationEndpoint;
+
+			// CDC Data Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t               CDC_DCI_Interface;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t                CDC_DataOutEndpoint;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t                CDC_DataInEndpoint;
+
+			// Mass Storage Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t               MS_Interface;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t                MS_DataInEndpoint;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t                MS_DataOutEndpoint;
+		} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+		/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+		 *  should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+		 *  interface from other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+		{
+			INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI     = 0, /**< CDC CCI interface descriptor ID */
+			INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI     = 1, /**< CDC DCI interface descriptor ID */
+			INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage = 2, /**< Mass storage interface descriptor ID */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+		 *  have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+		 *  other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum StringDescriptors_t
+		{
+			STRING_ID_Language     = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+			STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+			STRING_ID_Product      = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+		};
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+		                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+		                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+		                                    ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/LUFA VirtualSerialMassStorage.inf b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/LUFA VirtualSerialMassStorage.inf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e5d8da5e38
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/LUFA VirtualSerialMassStorage.inf
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+;************************************************************
+; Windows USB CDC ACM Setup File
+; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
+;************************************************************
+
+[DefaultInstall]
+CopyINF="LUFA VirtualSerialMassStorage.inf"
+
+[Version]
+Signature="$Windows NT$"
+Class=Ports
+ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318}
+Provider=%MFGNAME%
+DriverVer=7/1/2012,10.0.0.0
+
+[Manufacturer]
+%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTx86, NTamd64, NTia64
+
+[SourceDisksNames]
+
+[SourceDisksFiles]
+
+[DestinationDirs]
+DefaultDestDir=12
+
+[DriverInstall]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+CopyFiles=FakeModemCopyFileSection
+AddReg=DriverInstall.AddReg
+
+[DriverInstall.Services]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, LowerFilter_Service_Inst
+
+[DriverInstall.AddReg]
+HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"msports.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;  Vendor and Product ID Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side
+; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match.
+; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID.  Use the format as shown below.
+; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs.
+; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line.
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[DeviceList]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2068&MI_00
+
+[DeviceList.NTx86]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2068&MI_00
+
+[DeviceList.NTamd64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2068&MI_00
+
+[DeviceList.NTia64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2068&MI_00
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;  String Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;Modify these strings to customize your device
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[Strings]
+MFGNAME="http://www.lufa-lib.org"
+DESCRIPTION="LUFA CDC-ACM Virtual Serial Port"
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c0fd16ccc4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.c
@@ -0,0 +1,534 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Functions to manage the physical Dataflash media, including reading and writing of
+ *  blocks of data. These functions are called by the SCSI layer when data must be stored
+ *  or retrieved to/from the physical storage media. If a different media is used (such
+ *  as a SD card or EEPROM), functions similar to these will need to be generated.
+ */
+
+#define  INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASHMANAGER_C
+#include "DataflashManager.h"
+
+/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), from
+ *  the pre-selected data OUT endpoint. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the endpoint and writes
+ *  them to the Dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state
+ *  \param[in] BlockAddress  Data block starting address for the write sequence
+ *  \param[in] TotalBlocks   Number of blocks of data to write
+ */
+void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+                                  const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+                                  uint16_t TotalBlocks)
+{
+	uint16_t CurrDFPage          = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+	uint16_t CurrDFPageByte      = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+	uint8_t  CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+	bool     UsingSecondBuffer   = false;
+
+	/* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+	Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+	/* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+	Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+#endif
+
+	/* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte);
+
+	/* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */
+	if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+	  return;
+
+	while (TotalBlocks)
+	{
+		uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+		/* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */
+		while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+		{
+			/* Check if the endpoint is currently empty */
+			if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+			{
+				/* Clear the current endpoint bank */
+				Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+				/* Wait until the host has sent another packet */
+				if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+				  return;
+			}
+
+			/* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+			if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+			{
+				/* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+				Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+				Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+				Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+
+				/* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+				CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+				CurrDFPage++;
+
+				/* Once all the Dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */
+				if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
+				  UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer);
+
+				/* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+				Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+				/* If less than one Dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */
+				if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+				{
+					/* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+					Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+					Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+					Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+					Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+				}
+#endif
+
+				/* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+				Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE : DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+				Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
+			}
+
+			/* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the Dataflash */
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+
+			/* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+			CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+			/* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+			BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+
+			/* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
+			if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
+			  return;
+		}
+
+		/* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+		TotalBlocks--;
+	}
+
+	/* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+	Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+	Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00);
+	Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+
+	/* If the endpoint is empty, clear it ready for the next packet from the host */
+	if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+	  Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+	/* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+	Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), into
+ *  the pre-selected data IN endpoint. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash
+ *  and writes them in OS sized blocks to the endpoint.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state
+ *  \param[in] BlockAddress  Data block starting address for the read sequence
+ *  \param[in] TotalBlocks   Number of blocks of data to read
+ */
+void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+                                 const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+                                 uint16_t TotalBlocks)
+{
+	uint16_t CurrDFPage          = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+	uint16_t CurrDFPageByte      = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+	uint8_t  CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+
+	/* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+	Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+	/* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+
+	/* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */
+	if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+	  return;
+
+	while (TotalBlocks)
+	{
+		uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+		/* Read an endpoint packet sized data block from the Dataflash */
+		while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+		{
+			/* Check if the endpoint is currently full */
+			if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+			{
+				/* Clear the endpoint bank to send its contents to the host */
+				Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+				/* Wait until the endpoint is ready for more data */
+				if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+				  return;
+			}
+
+			/* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+			if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+			{
+				/* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+				CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+				CurrDFPage++;
+
+				/* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+				Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+				/* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+				Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+				Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+			}
+
+			/* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the Dataflash */
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+
+			/* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+			CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+			/* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+			BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+
+			/* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
+			if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
+			  return;
+		}
+
+		/* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+		TotalBlocks--;
+	}
+
+	/* If the endpoint is full, send its contents to the host */
+	if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+	  Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+	/* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+	Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), from
+ *  the given RAM buffer. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the buffer and writes them to the
+ *  Dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks. This can be linked to FAT libraries to write files to the
+ *  Dataflash.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] BlockAddress  Data block starting address for the write sequence
+ *  \param[in] TotalBlocks   Number of blocks of data to write
+ *  \param[in] BufferPtr     Pointer to the data source RAM buffer
+ */
+void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+                                      uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+                                      uint8_t* BufferPtr)
+{
+	uint16_t CurrDFPage          = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+	uint16_t CurrDFPageByte      = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+	uint8_t  CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+	bool     UsingSecondBuffer   = false;
+
+	/* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+	Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+	/* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+	Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+#endif
+
+	/* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte);
+
+	while (TotalBlocks)
+	{
+		uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+		/* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */
+		while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+		{
+			/* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+			if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+			{
+				/* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+				Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+				Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+				Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+
+				/* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+				CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+				CurrDFPage++;
+
+				/* Once all the Dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */
+				if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
+				  UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer);
+
+				/* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+				Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+				/* If less than one Dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */
+				if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+				{
+					/* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+					Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+					Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+					Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+					Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+				}
+#endif
+
+				/* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+				Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+				Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE : DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+				Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
+			}
+
+			/* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the Dataflash */
+			for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++)
+			  Dataflash_SendByte(*(BufferPtr++));
+
+			/* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+			CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+			/* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+			BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+		}
+
+		/* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+		TotalBlocks--;
+	}
+
+	/* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+	Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+	Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00);
+	Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+
+	/* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+	Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), into
+ *  the preallocated RAM buffer. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash
+ *  and writes them in OS sized blocks to the given buffer. This can be linked to FAT libraries to read
+ *  the files stored on the Dataflash.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] BlockAddress  Data block starting address for the read sequence
+ *  \param[in] TotalBlocks   Number of blocks of data to read
+ *  \param[out] BufferPtr    Pointer to the data destination RAM buffer
+ */
+void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+                                     uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+                                     uint8_t* BufferPtr)
+{
+	uint16_t CurrDFPage          = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+	uint16_t CurrDFPageByte      = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+	uint8_t  CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+
+	/* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+	Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+	/* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+
+	while (TotalBlocks)
+	{
+		uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+		/* Read an endpoint packet sized data block from the Dataflash */
+		while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+		{
+			/* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+			if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+			{
+				/* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+				CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+				CurrDFPage++;
+
+				/* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+				Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+				/* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+				Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+				Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+			}
+
+			/* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the Dataflash */
+			for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++)
+			  *(BufferPtr++) = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+
+			/* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+			CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+			/* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+			BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+		}
+
+		/* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+		TotalBlocks--;
+	}
+
+	/* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+	Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Disables the Dataflash memory write protection bits on the board Dataflash ICs, if enabled. */
+void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void)
+{
+	/* Select first Dataflash chip, send the read status register command */
+	Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+
+	/* Check if sector protection is enabled */
+	if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON)
+	{
+		Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+
+		/* Send the commands to disable sector protection */
+		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]);
+		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]);
+		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]);
+		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]);
+	}
+
+	/* Select second Dataflash chip (if present on selected board), send read status register command */
+	#if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
+	Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+
+	/* Check if sector protection is enabled */
+	if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON)
+	{
+		Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+
+		/* Send the commands to disable sector protection */
+		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]);
+		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]);
+		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]);
+		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]);
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	/* Deselect current Dataflash chip */
+	Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Performs a simple test on the attached Dataflash IC(s) to ensure that they are working.
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if all media chips are working, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void)
+{
+	uint8_t ReturnByte;
+
+	/* Test first Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */
+	Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO);
+	ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+	Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+	/* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */
+	if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL)
+	  return false;
+
+	#if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
+	/* Test second Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */
+	Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO);
+	ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+	Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+	/* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */
+	if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL)
+	  return false;
+	#endif
+
+	return true;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e44e61835e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.h
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for DataflashManager.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_
+#define _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+
+		#include "../VirtualSerialMassStorage.h"
+		#include "../Descriptors.h"
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+		#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h>
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE % 16)
+			#error Dataflash page size must be a multiple of 16 bytes.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Defines: */
+		/** Total number of bytes of the storage medium, comprised of one or more Dataflash ICs. */
+		#define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES                ((uint32_t)DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS)
+
+		/** Block size of the device. This is kept at 512 to remain compatible with the OS despite the underlying
+		 *  storage media (Dataflash) using a different native block size. Do not change this value.
+		 */
+		#define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE           512
+
+		/** Total number of blocks of the virtual memory for reporting to the host as the device's total capacity. Do not
+		 *  change this value; change VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES instead to alter the media size.
+		 */
+		#define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS               (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES / VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+
+		/** Blocks in each LUN, calculated from the total capacity divided by the total number of Logical Units in the device. */
+		#define LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS         (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS / TOTAL_LUNS)
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+		                                  const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+		                                  uint16_t TotalBlocks);
+		void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+		                                 const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+		                                 uint16_t TotalBlocks);
+		void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+		                                      uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+		                                      uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+		void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+		                                     uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+		                                     uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+		void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void);
+		bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Lib/SCSI.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Lib/SCSI.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8780d1603d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Lib/SCSI.c
@@ -0,0 +1,349 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  SCSI command processing routines, for SCSI commands issued by the host. Mass Storage
+ *  devices use a thin "Bulk-Only Transport" protocol for issuing commands and status information,
+ *  which wrap around standard SCSI device commands for controlling the actual storage medium.
+ */
+
+#define  INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C
+#include "SCSI.h"
+
+/** Structure to hold the SCSI response data to a SCSI INQUIRY command. This gives information about the device's
+ *  features and capabilities.
+ */
+static const SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t InquiryData =
+	{
+		.DeviceType          = DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK,
+		.PeripheralQualifier = 0,
+
+		.Removable           = true,
+
+		.Version             = 0,
+
+		.ResponseDataFormat  = 2,
+		.NormACA             = false,
+		.TrmTsk              = false,
+		.AERC                = false,
+
+		.AdditionalLength    = 0x1F,
+
+		.SoftReset           = false,
+		.CmdQue              = false,
+		.Linked              = false,
+		.Sync                = false,
+		.WideBus16Bit        = false,
+		.WideBus32Bit        = false,
+		.RelAddr             = false,
+
+		.VendorID            = "LUFA",
+		.ProductID           = "Dataflash Disk",
+		.RevisionID          = {'0','.','0','0'},
+	};
+
+/** Structure to hold the sense data for the last issued SCSI command, which is returned to the host after a SCSI REQUEST SENSE
+ *  command is issued. This gives information on exactly why the last command failed to complete.
+ */
+static SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t SenseData =
+	{
+		.ResponseCode        = 0x70,
+		.AdditionalLength    = 0x0A,
+	};
+
+
+/** Main routine to process the SCSI command located in the Command Block Wrapper read from the host. This dispatches
+ *  to the appropriate SCSI command handling routine if the issued command is supported by the device, else it returns
+ *  a command failure due to a ILLEGAL REQUEST.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	bool CommandSuccess = false;
+
+	/* Run the appropriate SCSI command hander function based on the passed command */
+	switch (MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[0])
+	{
+		case SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY:
+			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Inquiry(MSInterfaceInfo);
+			break;
+		case SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE:
+			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(MSInterfaceInfo);
+			break;
+		case SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10:
+			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(MSInterfaceInfo);
+			break;
+		case SCSI_CMD_SEND_DIAGNOSTIC:
+			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(MSInterfaceInfo);
+			break;
+		case SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10:
+			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_WRITE);
+			break;
+		case SCSI_CMD_READ_10:
+			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_READ);
+			break;
+		case SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_6:
+			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(MSInterfaceInfo);
+			break;
+		case SCSI_CMD_START_STOP_UNIT:
+		case SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY:
+		case SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL:
+		case SCSI_CMD_VERIFY_10:
+			/* These commands should just succeed, no handling required */
+			CommandSuccess = true;
+			MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
+			break;
+		default:
+			/* Update the SENSE key to reflect the invalid command */
+			SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+		                   SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_COMMAND,
+		                   SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+			break;
+	}
+
+	/* Check if command was successfully processed */
+	if (CommandSuccess)
+	{
+		SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD,
+		               SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
+		               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+		return true;
+	}
+
+	return false;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI INQUIRY command. This command returns information about the device's features
+ *  and capabilities to the host.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	uint16_t AllocationLength  = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[3]);
+	uint16_t BytesTransferred  = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(InquiryData));
+
+	/* Only the standard INQUIRY data is supported, check if any optional INQUIRY bits set */
+	if ((MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & ((1 << 0) | (1 << 1))) ||
+	     MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2])
+	{
+		/* Optional but unsupported bits set - update the SENSE key and fail the request */
+		SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+		               SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
+		               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&InquiryData, BytesTransferred, NULL);
+
+	/* Pad out remaining bytes with 0x00 */
+	Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL);
+
+	/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+	/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+	MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI REQUEST SENSE command. This command returns information about the last issued command,
+ *  including the error code and additional error information so that the host can determine why a command failed to complete.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	uint8_t  AllocationLength = MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4];
+	uint8_t  BytesTransferred = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(SenseData));
+
+	Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&SenseData, BytesTransferred, NULL);
+	Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL);
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+	/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+	MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ CAPACITY (10) command. This command returns information about the device's capacity
+ *  on the selected Logical Unit (drive), as a number of OS-sized blocks.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	uint32_t LastBlockAddressInLUN = (LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS - 1);
+	uint32_t MediaBlockSize        = VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE;
+
+	Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&LastBlockAddressInLUN, sizeof(LastBlockAddressInLUN), NULL);
+	Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&MediaBlockSize, sizeof(MediaBlockSize), NULL);
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+	/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+	MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 8;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI SEND DIAGNOSTIC command. This command performs a quick check of the Dataflash ICs on the
+ *  board, and indicates if they are present and functioning correctly. Only the Self-Test portion of the diagnostic command is
+ *  supported.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	/* Check to see if the SELF TEST bit is not set */
+	if (!(MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & (1 << 2)))
+	{
+		/* Only self-test supported - update SENSE key and fail the command */
+		SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+		               SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
+		               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	/* Check to see if all attached Dataflash ICs are functional */
+	if (!(DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation()))
+	{
+		/* Update SENSE key with a hardware error condition and return command fail */
+		SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_HARDWARE_ERROR,
+		               SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
+		               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+	MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ (10) or WRITE (10) command. This command reads in the block start address
+ *  and total number of blocks to process, then calls the appropriate low-level Dataflash routine to handle the actual
+ *  reading and writing of the data.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *  \param[in] IsDataRead  Indicates if the command is a READ (10) command or WRITE (10) command (DATA_READ or DATA_WRITE)
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+                                      const bool IsDataRead)
+{
+	uint32_t BlockAddress;
+	uint16_t TotalBlocks;
+
+	/* Check if the disk is write protected or not */
+	if ((IsDataRead == DATA_WRITE) && DISK_READ_ONLY)
+	{
+		/* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */
+		SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_DATA_PROTECT,
+		               SCSI_ASENSE_WRITE_PROTECTED,
+		               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	/* Load in the 32-bit block address (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */
+	BlockAddress = SwapEndian_32(*(uint32_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2]);
+
+	/* Load in the 16-bit total blocks (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */
+	TotalBlocks  = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[7]);
+
+	/* Check if the block address is outside the maximum allowable value for the LUN */
+	if (BlockAddress >= LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS)
+	{
+		/* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */
+		SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+		               SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_BLOCK_ADDRESS_OUT_OF_RANGE,
+		               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	#if (TOTAL_LUNS > 1)
+	/* Adjust the given block address to the real media address based on the selected LUN */
+	BlockAddress += ((uint32_t)MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.LUN * LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS);
+	#endif
+
+	/* Determine if the packet is a READ (10) or WRITE (10) command, call appropriate function */
+	if (IsDataRead == DATA_READ)
+	  DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);
+	else
+	  DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);
+
+	/* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */
+	MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= ((uint32_t)TotalBlocks * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE);
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI MODE SENSE (6) command. This command returns various informational pages about
+ *  the SCSI device, as well as the device's Write Protect status.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	/* Send an empty header response with the Write Protect flag status */
+	Endpoint_Write_8(0x00);
+	Endpoint_Write_8(0x00);
+	Endpoint_Write_8(DISK_READ_ONLY ? 0x80 : 0x00);
+	Endpoint_Write_8(0x00);
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+	/* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */
+	MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 4;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Lib/SCSI.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Lib/SCSI.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e16c2d46d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Lib/SCSI.h
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for SCSI.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SCSI_H_
+#define _SCSI_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include "../VirtualSerialMassStorage.h"
+		#include "../Descriptors.h"
+		#include "DataflashManager.h"
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Macro to set the current SCSI sense data to the given key, additional sense code and additional sense qualifier. This
+		 *  is for convenience, as it allows for all three sense values (returned upon request to the host to give information about
+		 *  the last command failure) in a quick and easy manner.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in] Key    New SCSI sense key to set the sense code to
+		 *  \param[in] Acode  New SCSI additional sense key to set the additional sense code to
+		 *  \param[in] Aqual  New SCSI additional sense key qualifier to set the additional sense qualifier code to
+		 */
+		#define SCSI_SET_SENSE(Key, Acode, Aqual)  do { SenseData.SenseKey                 = (Key);   \
+		                                                SenseData.AdditionalSenseCode      = (Acode); \
+		                                                SenseData.AdditionalSenseQualifier = (Aqual); } while (0)
+
+		/** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be read from the storage medium. */
+		#define DATA_READ           true
+
+		/** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be written to the storage medium. */
+		#define DATA_WRITE          false
+
+		/** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a Block Media device. */
+		#define DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK   0x00
+
+		/** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a CD-ROM device. */
+		#define DEVICE_TYPE_CDROM   0x05
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+
+		#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C)
+			static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+			static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+			static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+			static bool SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+			static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+			                                      const bool IsDataRead);
+			static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/VirtualSerialMassStorage.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/VirtualSerialMassStorage.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f298e39cb8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/VirtualSerialMassStorage.c
@@ -0,0 +1,257 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the VirtualSerialMassStorage demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "VirtualSerialMassStorage.h"
+
+/** LUFA CDC Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ *  passed to all CDC Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ *  within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface =
+	{
+		.Config =
+			{
+				.ControlInterfaceNumber         = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+				.DataINEndpoint                 =
+					{
+						.Address                = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
+						.Size                   = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks                  = 1,
+					},
+				.DataOUTEndpoint                =
+					{
+						.Address                = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
+						.Size                   = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks                  = 1,
+					},
+				.NotificationEndpoint           =
+					{
+						.Address                = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+						.Size                   = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks                  = 1,
+					},
+			},
+	};
+
+/** LUFA Mass Storage Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ *  passed to all Mass Storage Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ *  within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t Disk_MS_Interface =
+	{
+		.Config =
+			{
+				.InterfaceNumber                = INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage,
+				.DataINEndpoint                 =
+					{
+						.Address                = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR,
+						.Size                   = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks                  = 1,
+					},
+				.DataOUTEndpoint                =
+					{
+						.Address                = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR,
+						.Size                   = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks                  = 1,
+					},
+				.TotalLUNs                      = TOTAL_LUNS,
+			},
+	};
+
+/** Standard file stream for the CDC interface when set up, so that the virtual CDC COM port can be
+ *  used like any regular character stream in the C APIs.
+ */
+static FILE USBSerialStream;
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ *  setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	/* Create a regular character stream for the interface so that it can be used with the stdio.h functions */
+	CDC_Device_CreateStream(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface, &USBSerialStream);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		CheckJoystickMovement();
+
+		/* Must throw away unused bytes from the host, or it will lock up while waiting for the device */
+		CDC_Device_ReceiveByte(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+
+		CDC_Device_USBTask(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+		MS_Device_USBTask(&Disk_MS_Interface);
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+	/* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+	XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+	XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+	/* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+	XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+	XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+	PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	LEDs_Init();
+	Joystick_Init();
+	Dataflash_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+
+	/* Check if the Dataflash is working, abort if not */
+	if (!(DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation()))
+	{
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		for(;;);
+	}
+
+	/* Clear Dataflash sector protections, if enabled */
+	DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections();
+}
+
+/** Checks for changes in the position of the board joystick, sending strings to the host upon each change. */
+void CheckJoystickMovement(void)
+{
+	uint8_t     JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
+	char*       ReportString  = NULL;
+	static bool ActionSent    = false;
+
+	if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+	  ReportString = "Joystick Up\r\n";
+	else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+	  ReportString = "Joystick Down\r\n";
+	else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+	  ReportString = "Joystick Left\r\n";
+	else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+	  ReportString = "Joystick Right\r\n";
+	else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+	  ReportString = "Joystick Pressed\r\n";
+	else
+	  ActionSent = false;
+
+	if ((ReportString != NULL) && (ActionSent == false))
+	{
+		ActionSent = true;
+
+		/* Write the string to the virtual COM port via the created character stream */
+		fputs(ReportString, &USBSerialStream);
+
+		/* Alternatively, without the stream: */
+		// CDC_Device_SendString(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface, ReportString);
+	}
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+	bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+	ConfigSuccess &= CDC_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+	ConfigSuccess &= MS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Disk_MS_Interface);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+	CDC_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+	MS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Disk_MS_Interface);
+}
+
+/** CDC class driver callback function the processing of changes to the virtual
+ *  control lines sent from the host..
+ *
+ *  \param[in] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the CDC class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ */
+void EVENT_CDC_Device_ControLineStateChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t *const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	/* You can get changes to the virtual CDC lines in this callback; a common
+	   use-case is to use the Data Terminal Ready (DTR) flag to enable and
+	   disable CDC communications in your application when set to avoid the
+	   application blocking while waiting for a host to become ready and read
+	   in the pending data from the USB endpoints.
+	*/
+	bool HostReady = (CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlLineStates.HostToDevice & CDC_CONTROL_LINE_OUT_DTR) != 0;
+}
+
+/** Mass Storage class driver callback function the reception of SCSI commands from the host, which must be processed.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	bool CommandSuccess;
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+	CommandSuccess = SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(MSInterfaceInfo);
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+
+	return CommandSuccess;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/VirtualSerialMassStorage.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/VirtualSerialMassStorage.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6df452db35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/VirtualSerialMassStorage.h
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for VirtualSerial.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _VIRTUALSERIAL_H_
+#define _VIRTUALSERIAL_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <string.h>
+
+		#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+		#include "Lib/SCSI.h"
+		#include "Lib/DataflashManager.h"
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY          LEDS_LED2
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+		void CheckJoystickMovement(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/VirtualSerialMassStorage.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/VirtualSerialMassStorage.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..246775c221
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/VirtualSerialMassStorage.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Communications Device Class (Virtual Serial Port) and Mass Storage Demo
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *  \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ *  \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ *  \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ *  \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx)
+ *  \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Communications Device Class (CDC) \n
+ *        Mass Storage Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Abstract Control Model (ACM) \n
+ *        Bulk-Only Transport</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF CDC Class Standard \n
+ *        USBIF Mass Storage Standard \n
+ *        USB Bulk-Only Transport Standard \n
+ *        SCSI Primary Commands Specification \n
+ *        SCSI Block Commands Specification</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Combined Communications Device Class/Mass Storage demonstration application.
+ *  This gives a simple reference application for implementing a combined
+ *  CDC and Mass Storage device acting as a both a virtual serial port and a flash
+ *  drive. Joystick actions are transmitted to the host as strings, and data can be
+ *  written to or read from the exposed flash drive interface in the same manner as
+ *  other USB flash drives. The device does not respond to serial data sent from the
+ *  host.
+ *
+ *  After running this demo for the first time on a new computer,
+ *  you will need to supply the .INF file located in this demo
+ *  project's directory as the device's driver when running under
+ *  Windows. This will enable Windows to use its inbuilt CDC drivers,
+ *  negating the need for custom drivers for the device. Other
+ *  Operating Systems should automatically use their own inbuilt
+ *  CDC-ACM drivers.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ *    <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ *    <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>TOTAL_LUNS</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>Total number of Logical Units (drives) in the device. The total device capacity is shared equally between each drive -
+ *        this can be set to any positive non-zero amount.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>DISK_READ_ONLY</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>Configuration define, indicating if the disk should be write protected or not.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0da80087eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="Virtual Serial CDC and Mass Storage Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.cdc_ms.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.cdc_ms"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<project caption="Virtual Serial CDC and Mass Storage Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.cdc_ms.example.xmega">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.cdc_ms"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.class.cdc_ms" caption="Virtual Serial CDC and Mass Storage Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Virtual Serial and Mass Storage device demo, implementing a virtual serial channel between the host PC and the device, and a basic USB storage disk using a Dataflash memory IC. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Device"/>
+			<keyword value="CDC Class"/>
+			<keyword value="Mass Storage Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="VirtualSerialMassStorage.txt"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="LUFA VirtualSerialMassStorage.inf"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="VirtualSerialMassStorage.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/DataflashManager.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/SCSI.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="VirtualSerialMassStorage.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/DataflashManager.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/SCSI.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.dataflash"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ff418b91dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Virtual Serial/Mass Storage Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e40ee286f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = VirtualSerialMassStorage
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c Lib/DataflashManager.c Lib/SCSI.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0ec4635eb0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+		#define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX               4
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b4133d8b8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,323 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ *  the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+
+/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
+ *  USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
+ *  descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
+ *  the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
+ *  more details on HID report descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM MouseReport[] =
+{
+	/* Use the HID class driver's standard Mouse report.
+	 *   Min X/Y Axis values: -1
+	 *   Max X/Y Axis values:  1
+	 *   Min physical X/Y Axis values (used to determine resolution): -1
+	 *   Max physical X/Y Axis values (used to determine resolution):  1
+	 *   Buttons: 3
+	 *   Absolute screen coordinates: false
+	 */
+	HID_DESCRIPTOR_MOUSE(-1, 1, -1, 1, 3, false)
+};
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ *  process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+	.Class                  = USB_CSCP_IADDeviceClass,
+	.SubClass               = USB_CSCP_IADDeviceSubclass,
+	.Protocol               = USB_CSCP_IADDeviceProtocol,
+
+	.Endpoint0Size          = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+	.VendorID               = 0x03EB,
+	.ProductID              = 0x2062,
+	.ReleaseNumber          = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+	.ProductStrIndex        = STRING_ID_Product,
+	.SerialNumStrIndex      = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
+
+	.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+	.Config =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+			.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+			.TotalInterfaces        = 3,
+
+			.ConfigurationNumber    = 1,
+			.ConfigurationStrIndex  = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+			.ConfigAttributes       = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+			.MaxPowerConsumption    = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+		},
+
+	.CDC_IAD =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t), .Type = DTYPE_InterfaceAssociation},
+
+			.FirstInterfaceIndex    = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+			.TotalInterfaces        = 2,
+
+			.Class                  = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+			.SubClass               = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
+
+			.IADStrIndex            = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.CDC_CCI_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 1,
+
+			.Class                  = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+			.SubClass               = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.CDC_Functional_Header =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+			.CDCSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+		},
+
+	.CDC_Functional_ACM =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM,
+
+			.Capabilities           = 0x06,
+		},
+
+	.CDC_Functional_Union =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union,
+
+			.MasterInterfaceNumber  = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+			.SlaveInterfaceNumber   = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+		},
+
+	.CDC_NotificationEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0xFF
+		},
+
+	.CDC_DCI_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 2,
+
+			.Class                  = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass,
+			.SubClass               = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.CDC_DataOutEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		},
+
+	.CDC_DataInEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		},
+
+	.HID_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_Mouse,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 1,
+
+			.Class                  = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
+			.SubClass               = HID_CSCP_BootSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = HID_CSCP_MouseBootProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.HID_MouseHID =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
+
+			.HIDSpec                = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
+			.CountryCode            = 0x00,
+			.TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
+			.HIDReportType          = HID_DTYPE_Report,
+			.HIDReportLength        = sizeof(MouseReport)
+		},
+
+	.HID_ReportINEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = MOUSE_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = MOUSE_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		}
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ *  the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ *  via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ *  form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ *  and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA CDC and Mouse Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ *  USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8);
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+	const void* Address = NULL;
+	uint16_t    Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+	switch (DescriptorType)
+	{
+		case DTYPE_Device:
+			Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_Configuration:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_String:
+			switch (DescriptorNumber)
+			{
+				case STRING_ID_Language:
+					Address = &LanguageString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+					Address = &ManufacturerString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Product:
+					Address = &ProductString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case HID_DTYPE_HID:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_MouseHID;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+			break;
+		case HID_DTYPE_Report:
+			Address = &MouseReport;
+			Size    = sizeof(MouseReport);
+			break;
+	}
+
+	*DescriptorAddress = Address;
+	return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..85c1e2c963
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+		#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR        (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 2)
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+		#define CDC_TX_EPADDR                  (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 3)
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the CDC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+		#define CDC_RX_EPADDR                  (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4)
+
+		/** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+		#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE        8
+
+		/** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */
+		#define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE                16
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the Mouse HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+		#define MOUSE_EPADDR                   (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 1)
+
+		/** Size in bytes of the Mouse HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+		#define MOUSE_EPSIZE                   8
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t    Config;
+
+			// CDC Control Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t   CDC_IAD;
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t               CDC_CCI_Interface;
+			USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t    CDC_Functional_Header;
+			USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t       CDC_Functional_ACM;
+			USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t     CDC_Functional_Union;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t                CDC_NotificationEndpoint;
+
+			// CDC Data Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t               CDC_DCI_Interface;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t                CDC_DataOutEndpoint;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t                CDC_DataInEndpoint;
+
+			// Mouse HID Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t               HID_Interface;
+			USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t                 HID_MouseHID;
+	        USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t                HID_ReportINEndpoint;
+		} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+		/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+		 *  should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+		 *  interface from other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+		{
+			INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI = 0, /**< CDC CCI interface descriptor ID */
+			INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI = 1, /**< CDC DCI interface descriptor ID */
+			INTERFACE_ID_Mouse   = 2, /**< Mouse interface descriptor ID */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+		 *  have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+		 *  other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum StringDescriptors_t
+		{
+			STRING_ID_Language     = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+			STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+			STRING_ID_Product      = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+		};
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+		                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+		                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+		                                    ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/LUFA VirtualSerialMouse.inf b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/LUFA VirtualSerialMouse.inf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ac47e066b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/LUFA VirtualSerialMouse.inf
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+;************************************************************
+; Windows USB CDC ACM Setup File
+; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
+;************************************************************
+
+[DefaultInstall]
+CopyINF="LUFA VirtualSerialMouse.inf"
+
+[Version]
+Signature="$Windows NT$"
+Class=Ports
+ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318}
+Provider=%MFGNAME%
+DriverVer=7/1/2012,10.0.0.0
+
+[Manufacturer]
+%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTx86, NTamd64, NTia64
+
+[SourceDisksNames]
+
+[SourceDisksFiles]
+
+[DestinationDirs]
+DefaultDestDir=12
+
+[DriverInstall]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+CopyFiles=FakeModemCopyFileSection
+AddReg=DriverInstall.AddReg
+
+[DriverInstall.Services]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, LowerFilter_Service_Inst
+
+[DriverInstall.AddReg]
+HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"msports.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;  Vendor and Product ID Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side
+; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match.
+; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID.  Use the format as shown below.
+; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs.
+; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line.
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[DeviceList]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2062&MI_00
+
+[DeviceList.NTx86]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2062&MI_00
+
+[DeviceList.NTamd64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2062&MI_00
+
+[DeviceList.NTia64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2062&MI_00
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;  String Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;Modify these strings to customize your device
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[Strings]
+MFGNAME="http://www.lufa-lib.org"
+DESCRIPTION="LUFA CDC-ACM Virtual Serial Port"
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/VirtualSerialMouse.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/VirtualSerialMouse.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1349580604
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/VirtualSerialMouse.c
@@ -0,0 +1,282 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the VirtualSerialMouse demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "VirtualSerialMouse.h"
+
+/** LUFA CDC Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ *  passed to all CDC Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ *  within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface =
+	{
+		.Config =
+			{
+				.ControlInterfaceNumber         = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+				.DataINEndpoint                 =
+					{
+						.Address                = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
+						.Size                   = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks                  = 1,
+					},
+				.DataOUTEndpoint                =
+					{
+						.Address                = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
+						.Size                   = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks                  = 1,
+					},
+				.NotificationEndpoint           =
+					{
+						.Address                = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+						.Size                   = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks                  = 1,
+					},
+			},
+	};
+
+/** Buffer to hold the previously generated Mouse HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */
+static uint8_t PrevMouseHIDReportBuffer[sizeof(USB_MouseReport_Data_t)];
+
+/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ *  passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ *  within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Mouse_HID_Interface =
+	{
+		.Config =
+			{
+				.InterfaceNumber                = INTERFACE_ID_Mouse,
+				.ReportINEndpoint               =
+					{
+						.Address                = MOUSE_EPADDR,
+						.Size                   = MOUSE_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks                  = 1,
+					},
+				.PrevReportINBuffer             = PrevMouseHIDReportBuffer,
+				.PrevReportINBufferSize         = sizeof(PrevMouseHIDReportBuffer),
+			},
+	};
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ *  setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		CheckJoystickMovement();
+
+		/* Must throw away unused bytes from the host, or it will lock up while waiting for the device */
+		CDC_Device_ReceiveByte(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+
+		CDC_Device_USBTask(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+		HID_Device_USBTask(&Mouse_HID_Interface);
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+	/* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+	XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+	XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+	/* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+	XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+	XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+	PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	Joystick_Init();
+	LEDs_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Checks for changes in the position of the board joystick, sending strings to the host upon each change. */
+void CheckJoystickMovement(void)
+{
+	uint8_t     JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
+	char*       ReportString  = NULL;
+	static bool ActionSent    = false;
+
+	if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+	  ReportString = "Joystick Up\r\n";
+	else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+	  ReportString = "Joystick Down\r\n";
+	else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+	  ReportString = "Joystick Left\r\n";
+	else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+	  ReportString = "Joystick Right\r\n";
+	else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+	  ReportString = "Joystick Pressed\r\n";
+	else
+	  ActionSent = false;
+
+	if ((ReportString != NULL) && (ActionSent == false))
+	{
+		ActionSent = true;
+
+		CDC_Device_SendString(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface, ReportString);
+	}
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+	bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+	ConfigSuccess &= HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Mouse_HID_Interface);
+	ConfigSuccess &= CDC_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+
+	USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents();
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+	CDC_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+	HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Mouse_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void)
+{
+	HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(&Mouse_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the creation of HID reports to the host.
+ *
+ *  \param[in]     HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ *  \param[in,out] ReportID    Report ID requested by the host if non-zero, otherwise callback should set to the generated report ID
+ *  \param[in]     ReportType  Type of the report to create, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_In or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ *  \param[out]    ReportData  Pointer to a buffer where the created report should be stored
+ *  \param[out]    ReportSize  Number of bytes written in the report (or zero if no report is to be sent)
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true to force the sending of the report, \c false to let the library determine if it needs to be sent
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+                                         uint8_t* const ReportID,
+                                         const uint8_t ReportType,
+                                         void* ReportData,
+                                         uint16_t* const ReportSize)
+{
+	USB_MouseReport_Data_t* MouseReport = (USB_MouseReport_Data_t*)ReportData;
+
+	uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL    = Joystick_GetStatus();
+	uint8_t ButtonStatus_LCL = Buttons_GetStatus();
+
+	if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+	  MouseReport->Y = -1;
+	else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+	  MouseReport->Y =  1;
+
+	if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+	  MouseReport->X = -1;
+	else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+	  MouseReport->X =  1;
+
+	if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+	  MouseReport->Button |= (1 << 0);
+
+	if (ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1)
+	  MouseReport->Button |= (1 << 1);
+
+	*ReportSize = sizeof(USB_MouseReport_Data_t);
+	return true;
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the processing of HID reports from the host.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ *  \param[in] ReportID    Report ID of the received report from the host
+ *  \param[in] ReportType  The type of report that the host has sent, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ *  \param[in] ReportData  Pointer to a buffer where the received report has been stored
+ *  \param[in] ReportSize  Size in bytes of the received HID report
+ */
+void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+                                          const uint8_t ReportID,
+                                          const uint8_t ReportType,
+                                          const void* ReportData,
+                                          const uint16_t ReportSize)
+{
+	// Unused (but mandatory for the HID class driver) in this demo, since there are no Host->Device reports
+}
+
+/** CDC class driver callback function the processing of changes to the virtual
+ *  control lines sent from the host..
+ *
+ *  \param[in] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the CDC class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ */
+void EVENT_CDC_Device_ControLineStateChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t *const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	/* You can get changes to the virtual CDC lines in this callback; a common
+	   use-case is to use the Data Terminal Ready (DTR) flag to enable and
+	   disable CDC communications in your application when set to avoid the
+	   application blocking while waiting for a host to become ready and read
+	   in the pending data from the USB endpoints.
+	*/
+	bool HostReady = (CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlLineStates.HostToDevice & CDC_CONTROL_LINE_OUT_DTR) != 0;
+}
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/VirtualSerialMouse.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/VirtualSerialMouse.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0b8a035686
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/VirtualSerialMouse.h
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for VirtualSerialMouse.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _VIRTUALSERIAL_MOUSE_H_
+#define _VIRTUALSERIAL_MOUSE_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <string.h>
+
+		#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+		void CheckJoystickMovement(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
+
+		bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+		                                         uint8_t* const ReportID,
+		                                         const uint8_t ReportType,
+		                                         void* ReportData,
+		                                         uint16_t* const ReportSize);
+		void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+		                                          const uint8_t ReportID,
+		                                          const uint8_t ReportType,
+		                                          const void* ReportData,
+		                                          const uint16_t ReportSize);
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/VirtualSerialMouse.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/VirtualSerialMouse.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..97ba8714e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/VirtualSerialMouse.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Combined Communications Device Class (Virtual Serial Port) and Mouse Demo
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *  \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ *  \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ *  \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ *  \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx)
+ *  \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Communications Device Class (CDC) \n
+ *        Human Interface Device Class (HID)</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Abstract Control Model (ACM) \n
+ *        Mouse Subclass</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF CDC Class Standard</td>
+ *    <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ *        USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Combined Communications Device Class/Mouse demonstration application.
+ *  This gives a simple reference application for implementing a combined
+ *  CDC and HID device acting as a both a virtual serial port and a mouse.
+ *  Joystick actions are transmitted to the host as strings and as mouse
+ *  movements. The device does not respond to serial data sent from the host.
+ *
+ *  After running this demo for the first time on a new computer,
+ *  you will need to supply the .INF file located in this demo
+ *  project's directory as the device's driver when running under
+ *  Windows. This will enable Windows to use its inbuilt CDC drivers,
+ *  negating the need for custom drivers for the device. Other
+ *  Operating Systems should automatically use their own inbuilt
+ *  CDC-ACM drivers.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>
+ *     None
+ *    </td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fbb40021b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="Virtual Serial CDC and Mouse HID Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.cdc_mouse.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.cdc_mouse"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<project caption="Virtual Serial CDC and Mouse HID Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.cdc_mouse.example.xmega">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.cdc_mouse"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.class.cdc_mouse" caption="Virtual Serial CDC and Mouse HID Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Virtual Serial and Mouse device demo, implementing a virtual serial channel between the host PC and the device, and a USB mouse. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Device"/>
+			<keyword value="CDC Class"/>
+			<keyword value="HID Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="VirtualSerialMouse.txt"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="LUFA VirtualSerialMouse.inf"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="VirtualSerialMouse.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="VirtualSerialMouse.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..36c6a6ecc0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Combined Virtual Serial and Mouse Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5272b2b96b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = VirtualSerialMouse
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a713c9d4cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+# Makefile to build all the LUFA Device Demos. Call with "make all" to
+# rebuild all Device demos.
+
+# Projects are pre-cleaned before each one is built, to ensure any
+# custom LUFA library build options are reflected in the compiled
+# code.
+
+PROJECT_DIRECTORIES := $(shell ls -d */)
+
+# This makefile is potentially infinitely recursive if something really bad
+# happens when determining the set of project directories - hard-abort if
+# more than 10 levels deep to avoid angry emails.
+ifeq ($(MAKELEVEL), 10)
+   $(error EMERGENCY ABORT: INFINITE RECURSION DETECTED)
+endif
+
+# Need to special-case building without a per-project object directory
+ifeq ($(OBJDIR),)
+   # If no target specified, force "clean all" and disallow parallel build
+   ifeq ($(MAKECMDGOALS),)
+      MAKECMDGOALS := clean all
+      .NOTPARALLEL:
+   endif
+
+   # If one of the targets is to build, force "clean" beforehand and disallow parallel build
+   ifneq ($(findstring all, $(MAKECMDGOALS)),)
+      MAKECMDGOALS := clean $(MAKECMDGOALS)
+      .NOTPARALLEL:
+   endif
+endif
+
+%: $(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES)
+	@echo . > /dev/null
+
+$(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES):
+	@$(MAKE) -C $@ $(MAKECMDGOALS)
+
+.PHONY: $(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES)
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0ec4635eb0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+		#define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX               4
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..96596c1619
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+  Copyright 2010  Peter Lawrence (majbthrd [at] gmail [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ *  the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ *  process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+	.Class                  = 0x00,
+	.SubClass               = 0x00,
+	.Protocol               = 0x00,
+
+	.Endpoint0Size          = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+	.VendorID               = 0x03EB,
+	.ProductID              = 0x2065,
+	.ReleaseNumber          = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+	.ProductStrIndex        = STRING_ID_Product,
+	.SerialNumStrIndex      = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
+
+	.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+	.Config =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+			.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+			.TotalInterfaces        = 1,
+
+			.ConfigurationNumber    = 1,
+			.ConfigurationStrIndex  = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+			.ConfigAttributes       = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+			.MaxPowerConsumption    = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+		},
+
+	.TM_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_TestAndMeasurement,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0x00,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 3,
+
+			.Class                  = 0xFE,
+			.SubClass               = 0x03,
+			.Protocol               = 0x01,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.TM_DataOutEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = TMC_OUT_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = TMC_IO_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		},
+
+	.TM_DataInEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = TMC_IN_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = TMC_IO_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		},
+
+	.TM_NotificationEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = TMC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = TMC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0xFF
+		}
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ *  the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ *  via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ *  form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ *  and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA TMC Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ *  USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8);
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+	const void* Address = NULL;
+	uint16_t    Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+	switch (DescriptorType)
+	{
+		case DTYPE_Device:
+			Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_Configuration:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_String:
+			switch (DescriptorNumber)
+			{
+				case STRING_ID_Language:
+					Address = &LanguageString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+					Address = &ManufacturerString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Product:
+					Address = &ProductString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+			}
+
+			break;
+	}
+
+	*DescriptorAddress = Address;
+	return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..628b63a503
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+  Copyright 2010  Peter Lawrence (majbthrd [at] gmail [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Endpoint address of the TMC notification IN endpoint. */
+		#define TMC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR  (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 2)
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the TMC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+		#define TMC_IN_EPADDR            (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 3)
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the TMC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+		#define TMC_OUT_EPADDR           (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4)
+
+		/** Size in bytes of the TMC data endpoints. */
+		#define TMC_IO_EPSIZE            64
+
+		/** Size in bytes of the TMC notification endpoint. */
+		#define TMC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE  8
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+			// Test and Measurement Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t            TM_Interface;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             TM_DataOutEndpoint;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             TM_DataInEndpoint;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             TM_NotificationEndpoint;
+		} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+		/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+		 *  should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+		 *  interface from other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+		{
+			INTERFACE_ID_TestAndMeasurement = 0, /**< Test and measurement interface descriptor ID */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+		 *  have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+		 *  other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum StringDescriptors_t
+		{
+			STRING_ID_Language     = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+			STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+			STRING_ID_Product      = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+		};
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+		                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+		                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+		                                    ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/TestAndMeasurement.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/TestAndMeasurement.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c324be2d13
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/TestAndMeasurement.c
@@ -0,0 +1,476 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#include "TestAndMeasurement.h"
+
+/** Contains the (usually static) capabilities of the TMC device. This table is requested by the
+ *  host upon enumeration to give it information on what features of the Test and Measurement USB
+ *  Class the device supports.
+ */
+TMC_Capabilities_t Capabilities =
+	{
+		.Status     = TMC_STATUS_SUCCESS,
+		.TMCVersion = VERSION_BCD(1.00),
+
+		.Interface  =
+			{
+				.ListenOnly             = false,
+				.TalkOnly               = false,
+				.PulseIndicateSupported = false,
+			},
+
+		.Device     =
+			{
+				.SupportsAbortINOnMatch = false,
+			},
+	};
+
+/** Current TMC control request that is being processed */
+static uint8_t RequestInProgress = 0;
+
+/** Stream callback abort flag for bulk IN data */
+static bool IsTMCBulkINReset = false;
+
+/** Stream callback abort flag for bulk OUT data */
+static bool IsTMCBulkOUTReset = false;
+
+/** Last used tag value for data transfers */
+static uint8_t CurrentTransferTag = 0;
+
+/** Length of last data transfer, for reporting to the host in case an in-progress transfer is aborted */
+static uint16_t LastTransferLength = 0;
+
+/** Buffer to hold the next message to sent to the TMC host */
+static uint8_t NextResponseBuffer[64];
+
+/** Indicates the length of the next response to send */
+static uint8_t NextResponseLen;
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ *  setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		TMC_Task();
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+	/* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+	XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+	XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+	/* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+	XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+	XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+	PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	LEDs_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs and
+ *  starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
+ *  the status LEDs and stops the USB management and CDC management tasks.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host set the current configuration
+ *  of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured and the CDC management task started.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+	bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+	/* Setup TMC In, Out and Notification Endpoints */
+	ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(TMC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, TMC_IO_EPSIZE, 1);
+	ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(TMC_IN_EPADDR,  EP_TYPE_BULK, TMC_IO_EPSIZE, 1);
+	ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(TMC_OUT_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, TMC_IO_EPSIZE, 1);
+
+	/* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
+ *  the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
+ *  internally.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+	uint8_t TMCRequestStatus = TMC_STATUS_SUCCESS;
+
+	/* Process TMC specific control requests */
+	switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+	{
+		case Req_InitiateAbortBulkOut:
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_ENDPOINT))
+			{
+				/* Check that no split transaction is already in progress and the data transfer tag is valid */
+				if (RequestInProgress != 0)
+				{
+					TMCRequestStatus = TMC_STATUS_SPLIT_IN_PROGRESS;
+				}
+				else if (USB_ControlRequest.wValue != CurrentTransferTag)
+				{
+					TMCRequestStatus = TMC_STATUS_TRANSFER_NOT_IN_PROGRESS;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					/* Indicate that all in-progress/pending data OUT requests should be aborted */
+					IsTMCBulkOUTReset = true;
+
+					/* Save the split request for later checking when a new request is received */
+					RequestInProgress = Req_InitiateAbortBulkOut;
+				}
+
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+				/* Write the request response byte */
+				Endpoint_Write_8(TMCRequestStatus);
+
+				Endpoint_ClearIN();
+				Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case Req_CheckAbortBulkOutStatus:
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_ENDPOINT))
+			{
+				/* Check that an ABORT BULK OUT transaction has been requested and that the request has completed */
+				if (RequestInProgress != Req_InitiateAbortBulkOut)
+				  TMCRequestStatus = TMC_STATUS_SPLIT_NOT_IN_PROGRESS;
+				else if (IsTMCBulkOUTReset)
+				  TMCRequestStatus = TMC_STATUS_PENDING;
+				else
+				  RequestInProgress = 0;
+
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+				/* Write the request response bytes */
+				Endpoint_Write_8(TMCRequestStatus);
+				Endpoint_Write_16_LE(0);
+				Endpoint_Write_32_LE(LastTransferLength);
+
+				Endpoint_ClearIN();
+				Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case Req_InitiateAbortBulkIn:
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_ENDPOINT))
+			{
+				/* Check that no split transaction is already in progress and the data transfer tag is valid */
+				if (RequestInProgress != 0)
+				{
+					TMCRequestStatus = TMC_STATUS_SPLIT_IN_PROGRESS;
+				}
+				else if (USB_ControlRequest.wValue != CurrentTransferTag)
+				{
+					TMCRequestStatus = TMC_STATUS_TRANSFER_NOT_IN_PROGRESS;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					/* Indicate that all in-progress/pending data IN requests should be aborted */
+					IsTMCBulkINReset = true;
+
+					/* Save the split request for later checking when a new request is received */
+					RequestInProgress = Req_InitiateAbortBulkIn;
+				}
+
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+				/* Write the request response bytes */
+				Endpoint_Write_8(TMCRequestStatus);
+				Endpoint_Write_8(CurrentTransferTag);
+
+				Endpoint_ClearIN();
+				Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case Req_CheckAbortBulkInStatus:
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_ENDPOINT))
+			{
+				/* Check that an ABORT BULK IN transaction has been requested and that the request has completed */
+				if (RequestInProgress != Req_InitiateAbortBulkIn)
+				  TMCRequestStatus = TMC_STATUS_SPLIT_NOT_IN_PROGRESS;
+				else if (IsTMCBulkINReset)
+				  TMCRequestStatus = TMC_STATUS_PENDING;
+				else
+				  RequestInProgress = 0;
+
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+				/* Write the request response bytes */
+				Endpoint_Write_8(TMCRequestStatus);
+				Endpoint_Write_16_LE(0);
+				Endpoint_Write_32_LE(LastTransferLength);
+
+				Endpoint_ClearIN();
+				Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case Req_InitiateClear:
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+			{
+				/* Check that no split transaction is already in progress */
+				if (RequestInProgress != 0)
+				{
+					Endpoint_Write_8(TMC_STATUS_SPLIT_IN_PROGRESS);
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					/* Indicate that all in-progress/pending data IN and OUT requests should be aborted */
+					IsTMCBulkINReset  = true;
+					IsTMCBulkOUTReset = true;
+
+					/* Save the split request for later checking when a new request is received */
+					RequestInProgress = Req_InitiateClear;
+				}
+
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+				/* Write the request response byte */
+				Endpoint_Write_8(TMCRequestStatus);
+
+				Endpoint_ClearIN();
+				Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case Req_CheckClearStatus:
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+			{
+				/* Check that a CLEAR transaction has been requested and that the request has completed */
+				if (RequestInProgress != Req_InitiateClear)
+				  TMCRequestStatus = TMC_STATUS_SPLIT_NOT_IN_PROGRESS;
+				else if (IsTMCBulkINReset || IsTMCBulkOUTReset)
+				  TMCRequestStatus = TMC_STATUS_PENDING;
+				else
+				  RequestInProgress = 0;
+
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+				/* Write the request response bytes */
+				Endpoint_Write_8(TMCRequestStatus);
+				Endpoint_Write_8(0);
+
+				Endpoint_ClearIN();
+				Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case Req_GetCapabilities:
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+			{
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+				/* Write the device capabilities to the control endpoint */
+				Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(&Capabilities, sizeof(TMC_Capabilities_t));
+				Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+			}
+
+			break;
+	}
+}
+
+void ProcessSentMessage(uint8_t* const Data, const uint8_t Length)
+{
+	if (strncmp((char*)Data, "*IDN?", 5) == 0)
+	  strcpy((char*)NextResponseBuffer, "LUFA TMC DEMO");
+
+	NextResponseLen = strlen((char*)NextResponseBuffer);
+}
+
+uint8_t GetNextMessage(uint8_t* const Data)
+{
+	  strcpy((char*)NextResponseBuffer, "LUFA TMC DEMO");
+
+	NextResponseLen = strlen((char*)NextResponseBuffer);
+// ---
+	uint8_t DataLen = MIN(NextResponseLen, 64);
+
+	strlcpy((char*)Data, (char*)NextResponseBuffer, DataLen);
+
+	return DataLen;
+}
+
+/** Function to manage TMC data transmission and reception to and from the host. */
+void TMC_Task(void)
+{
+	/* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
+	if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+	  return;
+
+	TMC_MessageHeader_t MessageHeader;
+	uint8_t             MessagePayload[128];
+
+	/* Try to read in a TMC message from the interface, process if one is available */
+	if (ReadTMCHeader(&MessageHeader))
+	{
+		/* Indicate busy */
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+
+		switch (MessageHeader.MessageID)
+		{
+			case TMC_MESSAGEID_DEV_DEP_MSG_OUT:
+				LastTransferLength = 0;
+				while (Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(MessagePayload, MIN(MessageHeader.TransferSize, sizeof(MessagePayload)), &LastTransferLength) ==
+				       ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+				{
+					if (IsTMCBulkOUTReset)
+					  break;
+				}
+
+				Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+				ProcessSentMessage(MessagePayload, LastTransferLength);
+				break;
+			case TMC_MESSAGEID_DEV_DEP_MSG_IN:
+				Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+				MessageHeader.TransferSize = GetNextMessage(MessagePayload);
+				MessageHeader.MessageIDSpecific.DeviceOUT.LastMessageTransaction = true;
+				WriteTMCHeader(&MessageHeader);
+
+				LastTransferLength = 0;
+				while (Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(MessagePayload, MessageHeader.TransferSize, &LastTransferLength) ==
+				       ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+				{
+					if (IsTMCBulkINReset)
+					  break;
+				}
+
+				Endpoint_ClearIN();
+				break;
+			default:
+				Endpoint_StallTransaction();
+				break;
+		}
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+	}
+
+	/* All pending data has been processed - reset the data abort flags */
+	IsTMCBulkINReset  = false;
+	IsTMCBulkOUTReset = false;
+}
+
+/** Attempts to read in the TMC message header from the TMC interface.
+ *
+ *  \param[out] MessageHeader  Pointer to a location where the read header (if any) should be stored
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if a header was read, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool ReadTMCHeader(TMC_MessageHeader_t* const MessageHeader)
+{
+	uint16_t BytesTransferred;
+	uint8_t  ErrorCode;
+
+	/* Select the Data Out endpoint */
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(TMC_OUT_EPADDR);
+
+	/* Abort if no command has been sent from the host */
+	if (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
+	  return false;
+
+	/* Read in the header of the command from the host */
+	BytesTransferred = 0;
+	while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(MessageHeader, sizeof(TMC_MessageHeader_t), &BytesTransferred)) ==
+	       ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+	{
+		if (IsTMCBulkOUTReset)
+		  break;
+	}
+
+	/* Store the new command tag value for later use */
+	CurrentTransferTag = MessageHeader->Tag;
+
+	/* Indicate if the command has been aborted or not */
+	return (!(IsTMCBulkOUTReset) && (ErrorCode == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError));
+}
+
+bool WriteTMCHeader(TMC_MessageHeader_t* const MessageHeader)
+{
+	uint16_t BytesTransferred;
+	uint8_t  ErrorCode;
+
+	/* Set the message tag of the command header */
+	MessageHeader->Tag        =  CurrentTransferTag;
+	MessageHeader->InverseTag = ~CurrentTransferTag;
+
+	/* Select the Data In endpoint */
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(TMC_IN_EPADDR);
+
+	/* Send the command header to the host */
+	BytesTransferred = 0;
+	while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(MessageHeader, sizeof(TMC_MessageHeader_t), &BytesTransferred)) ==
+	       ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+	{
+		if (IsTMCBulkINReset)
+		  break;
+	}
+
+	/* Indicate if the command has been aborted or not */
+	return (!(IsTMCBulkINReset) && (ErrorCode == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError));
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/TestAndMeasurement.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/TestAndMeasurement.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..50e865bedd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/TestAndMeasurement.h
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _TESTANDMEASUREMENT_H_
+#define _TESTANDMEASUREMENT_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+
+		#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY                  LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING              (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY                    (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR                    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY                      LEDS_LED2
+
+		#define Req_InitiateAbortBulkOut              0x01
+		#define Req_CheckAbortBulkOutStatus           0x02
+		#define Req_InitiateAbortBulkIn               0x03
+		#define Req_CheckAbortBulkInStatus            0x04
+		#define Req_InitiateClear                     0x05
+		#define Req_CheckClearStatus                  0x06
+		#define Req_GetCapabilities                   0x07
+		#define Req_IndicatorPulse                    0x40
+
+		#define TMC_STATUS_SUCCESS                    0x01
+		#define TMC_STATUS_PENDING                    0x02
+		#define TMC_STATUS_FAILED                     0x80
+		#define TMC_STATUS_TRANSFER_NOT_IN_PROGRESS   0x81
+		#define TMC_STATUS_SPLIT_NOT_IN_PROGRESS      0x82
+		#define TMC_STATUS_SPLIT_IN_PROGRESS          0x83
+
+		#define TMC_MESSAGEID_DEV_DEP_MSG_OUT         0x01
+		#define TMC_MESSAGEID_DEV_DEP_MSG_IN          0x02
+		#define TMC_MESSAGEID_DEV_VENDOR_OUT          0x7E
+		#define TMC_MESSAGEID_DEV_VENDOR_IN           0x7F
+
+	/* Type Defines */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint8_t  Status;
+			uint8_t  Reserved;
+
+			uint16_t TMCVersion;
+
+			struct
+			{
+				unsigned ListenOnly             : 1;
+				unsigned TalkOnly               : 1;
+				unsigned PulseIndicateSupported : 1;
+				unsigned Reserved               : 5;
+			} Interface;
+
+			struct
+			{
+				unsigned SupportsAbortINOnMatch : 1;
+				unsigned Reserved               : 7;
+			} Device;
+
+			uint8_t Reserved2[6];
+			uint8_t Reserved3[12];
+		} TMC_Capabilities_t;
+
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint8_t LastMessageTransaction;
+			uint8_t TermChar;
+			uint8_t Reserved[2];
+		} TMC_DevOUTMessageHeader_t;
+
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint8_t LastMessageTransaction;
+			uint8_t Reserved[3];
+		} TMC_DevINMessageHeader_t;
+
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint8_t  MessageID;
+			uint8_t  Tag;
+			uint8_t  InverseTag;
+			uint8_t  Reserved;
+			uint32_t TransferSize;
+
+			union
+			{
+				TMC_DevOUTMessageHeader_t DeviceOUT;
+				TMC_DevINMessageHeader_t  DeviceIN;
+				uint32_t                  VendorSpecific;
+			} MessageIDSpecific;
+		} TMC_MessageHeader_t;
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+		void TMC_Task(void);
+		bool ReadTMCHeader(TMC_MessageHeader_t* const MessageHeader);
+		bool WriteTMCHeader(TMC_MessageHeader_t* const MessageHeader);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e0d89ccd70
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = TestAndMeasurement
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/AudioInput.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/AudioInput.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2cf2414663
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/AudioInput.c
@@ -0,0 +1,259 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the Audio Input demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
+ *  is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "AudioInput.h"
+
+/** Flag to indicate if the streaming audio alternative interface has been selected by the host. */
+static bool StreamingAudioInterfaceSelected = false;
+
+/** Current audio sampling frequency of the streaming audio endpoint. */
+static uint32_t CurrentAudioSampleFrequency = 48000;
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ *  setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	LEDs_Init();
+	Buttons_Init();
+	ADC_Init(ADC_FREE_RUNNING | ADC_PRESCALE_32);
+	ADC_SetupChannel(MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL);
+	USB_Init();
+
+	/* Start the ADC conversion in free running mode */
+	ADC_StartReading(ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC | ADC_RIGHT_ADJUSTED | ADC_GET_CHANNEL_MASK(MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL));
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs, and
+ *  configures the sample update and PWM timers.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+	/* Indicate USB enumerating */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+	/* Sample reload timer initialization */
+	TIMSK0  = (1 << OCIE0A);
+	OCR0A   = ((F_CPU / 8 / CurrentAudioSampleFrequency) - 1);
+	TCCR0A  = (1 << WGM01);  // CTC mode
+	TCCR0B  = (1 << CS01);   // Fcpu/8 speed
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
+ *  the status LEDs, disables the sample update and PWM output timers and stops the USB and Audio management tasks.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+	/* Stop the sample reload timer */
+	TCCR0B = 0;
+
+	/* Indicate streaming audio interface not selected */
+	StreamingAudioInterfaceSelected = false;
+
+	/* Indicate USB not ready */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host set the current configuration
+ *  of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+	bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+	/* Setup Audio Stream Endpoint */
+	ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS, AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE, 2);
+
+	/* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
+ *  the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
+ *  internally.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+	/* Process General and Audio specific control requests */
+	switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+	{
+		case REQ_SetInterface:
+			/* Set Interface is not handled by the library, as its function is application-specific */
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+			{
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+				Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+				/* Check if the host is enabling the audio interface (setting AlternateSetting to 1) */
+				StreamingAudioInterfaceSelected = ((USB_ControlRequest.wValue) != 0);
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case AUDIO_REQ_GetStatus:
+			/* Get Status request can be directed at either the interface or endpoint, neither is currently used
+			 * according to the latest USB Audio 1.0 standard, but must be ACKed with no data when requested */
+			if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) ||
+			    (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_ENDPOINT)))
+			{
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+				Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case AUDIO_REQ_SetCurrent:
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_ENDPOINT))
+			{
+				/* Extract out the relevant request information to get the target Endpoint address and control being set */
+				uint8_t EndpointAddress = (uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wIndex;
+				uint8_t EndpointControl = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue >> 8);
+
+				/* Only handle SET CURRENT requests to the audio endpoint's sample frequency property */
+				if ((EndpointAddress == AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR) && (EndpointControl == AUDIO_EPCONTROL_SamplingFreq))
+				{
+					uint8_t SampleRate[3];
+
+					Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+					Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(SampleRate, sizeof(SampleRate));
+					Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+					/* Set the new sampling frequency to the value given by the host */
+					CurrentAudioSampleFrequency = (((uint32_t)SampleRate[2] << 16) | ((uint32_t)SampleRate[1] << 8) | (uint32_t)SampleRate[0]);
+
+					/* Adjust sample reload timer to the new frequency */
+					OCR0A = ((F_CPU / 8 / CurrentAudioSampleFrequency) - 1);
+				}
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case AUDIO_REQ_GetCurrent:
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_ENDPOINT))
+			{
+				/* Extract out the relevant request information to get the target Endpoint address and control being retrieved */
+				uint8_t EndpointAddress = (uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wIndex;
+				uint8_t EndpointControl = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue >> 8);
+
+				/* Only handle GET CURRENT requests to the audio endpoint's sample frequency property */
+				if ((EndpointAddress == AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR) && (EndpointControl == AUDIO_EPCONTROL_SamplingFreq))
+				{
+					uint8_t SampleRate[3];
+
+					/* Convert the sampling rate value into the 24-bit format the host expects for the property */
+					SampleRate[2] = (CurrentAudioSampleFrequency >> 16);
+					SampleRate[1] = (CurrentAudioSampleFrequency >> 8);
+					SampleRate[0] = (CurrentAudioSampleFrequency &  0xFF);
+
+					Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+					Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(SampleRate, sizeof(SampleRate));
+					Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+				}
+			}
+
+			break;
+	}
+}
+
+/** ISR to handle the reloading of the data endpoint with the next sample. */
+ISR(TIMER0_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+	uint8_t PrevEndpoint = Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint();
+
+	/* Select the audio stream endpoint */
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR);
+
+	/* Check if the current endpoint can be written to and that the audio interface is enabled */
+	if (Endpoint_IsINReady() && StreamingAudioInterfaceSelected)
+	{
+		int16_t AudioSample;
+
+		#if defined(USE_TEST_TONE)
+			static uint8_t SquareWaveSampleCount;
+			static int16_t CurrentWaveValue;
+
+			/* In test tone mode, generate a square wave at 1/256 of the sample rate */
+			if (SquareWaveSampleCount++ == 0xFF)
+			  CurrentWaveValue ^= 0x8000;
+
+			/* Only generate audio if the board button is being pressed */
+			AudioSample = (Buttons_GetStatus() & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ? CurrentWaveValue : 0;
+		#else
+			/* Audio sample is ADC value scaled to fit the entire range */
+			AudioSample = ((SAMPLE_MAX_RANGE / ADC_MAX_RANGE) * ADC_GetResult());
+
+			#if defined(MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL)
+			/* Microphone is biased to half rail voltage, subtract the bias from the sample value */
+			AudioSample -= (SAMPLE_MAX_RANGE / 2);
+			#endif
+		#endif
+
+		/* Write the sample to the buffer */
+		Endpoint_Write_16_LE(AudioSample);
+
+		/* Check to see if the bank is now full */
+		if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+		{
+			/* Send the full packet to the host */
+			Endpoint_ClearIN();
+		}
+	}
+
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PrevEndpoint);
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/AudioInput.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/AudioInput.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..718df7cb7c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/AudioInput.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for AudioInput.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _AUDIO_INPUT_H_
+#define _AUDIO_INPUT_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+
+		#include "Descriptors.h"
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Maximum audio sample value for the microphone input. */
+		#define SAMPLE_MAX_RANGE          0xFFFF
+
+		/** Maximum ADC range for the microphone input. */
+		#define ADC_MAX_RANGE             0x3FF
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/AudioInput.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/AudioInput.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9dc6c36b88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/AudioInput.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Audio Input Device Demo
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *  \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ *  \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Audio Class</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Standard Audio Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF Audio 1.0 Class Specification \n
+ *        USBIF Audio 1.0 Class Terminal Types Specification \n
+ *        USBIF Audio 1.0 Data Formats Specification</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Audio demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ *  application for implementing a USB Audio Input device using the
+ *  basic USB Audio 1.0 drivers in all modern OSes (i.e. no special drivers
+ *  required).
+ *
+ *  On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function as a
+ *  USB microphone. By default, the demo will produce a square wave test tone
+ *  when the board button is pressed. If USE_TEST_TONE is not defined in the
+ *  project makefile, incoming audio from the ADC channel 1 will be sampled
+ *  and sent to the host computer instead.
+ *
+ *  When in microphone mode, connect a microphone to the ADC channel 2.
+ *
+ *  Under Windows, if a driver request dialogue pops up, select the option
+ *  to automatically install the appropriate drivers.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ *    <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ *    <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>USE_TEST_TONE</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>When defined, this alters the demo to produce a square wave test tone when the first board button is pressed
+ *        instead of sampling the board microphone.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>When defined, this alters the demo so that the half VCC bias of the microphone input is subtracted.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/Config/AppConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ff8ed270de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ *  the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ *  specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ *  makefile or build system.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ *  \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#define MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL               2
+
+	#define MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL
+	#define USE_TEST_TONE
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6048c1d809
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..55e09244c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,312 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ *  the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ *  process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+	.Class                  = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+	.SubClass               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+	.Protocol               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+	.Endpoint0Size          = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+	.VendorID               = 0x03EB,
+	.ProductID              = 0x2047,
+	.ReleaseNumber          = VERSION_BCD(0,0,2),
+
+	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+	.ProductStrIndex        = STRING_ID_Product,
+	.SerialNumStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+	.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+	.Config =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+			.TotalConfigurationSize   = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+			.TotalInterfaces          = 2,
+
+			.ConfigurationNumber      = 1,
+			.ConfigurationStrIndex    = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+			.ConfigAttributes         = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+			.MaxPowerConsumption      = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+		},
+
+	.Audio_ControlInterface =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber          = INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl,
+			.AlternateSetting         = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints           = 0,
+
+			.Class                    = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
+			.SubClass                 = AUDIO_CSCP_ControlSubclass,
+			.Protocol                 = AUDIO_CSCP_ControlProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex        = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.Audio_ControlInterface_SPC =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+			.ACSpecification          = VERSION_BCD(1,0,0),
+			.TotalLength              = (sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t) +
+			                             sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_InputTerminal_t) +
+			                             sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_OutputTerminal_t)),
+
+			.InCollection             = 1,
+			.InterfaceNumber          = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+		},
+
+	.Audio_InputTerminal =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_InputTerminal_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal,
+
+			.TerminalID               = 0x01,
+			.TerminalType             = AUDIO_TERMINAL_IN_MIC,
+			.AssociatedOutputTerminal = 0x00,
+
+			.TotalChannels            = 1,
+			.ChannelConfig            = 0,
+
+			.ChannelStrIndex          = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+			.TerminalStrIndex         = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.Audio_OutputTerminal =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_OutputTerminal_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal,
+
+			.TerminalID               = 0x02,
+			.TerminalType             = AUDIO_TERMINAL_STREAMING,
+			.AssociatedInputTerminal  = 0x00,
+
+			.SourceID                 = 0x01,
+
+			.TerminalStrIndex         = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.Audio_StreamInterface_Alt0 =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber          = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+			.AlternateSetting         = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints           = 0,
+
+			.Class                    = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
+			.SubClass                 = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioStreamingSubclass,
+			.Protocol                 = AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex        = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.Audio_StreamInterface_Alt1 =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber          = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+			.AlternateSetting         = 1,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints           = 1,
+
+			.Class                    = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
+			.SubClass                 = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioStreamingSubclass,
+			.Protocol                 = AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex        = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.Audio_StreamInterface_SPC =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AS_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_General,
+
+			.TerminalLink             = 0x02,
+
+			.FrameDelay               = 1,
+			.AudioFormat              = 0x0001
+		},
+
+	.Audio_AudioFormat =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Format_t) +
+			                                     sizeof(ConfigurationDescriptor.Audio_AudioFormatSampleRates),
+			                             .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_FormatType,
+
+			.FormatType               = 0x01,
+			.Channels                 = 0x01,
+
+			.SubFrameSize             = 0x02,
+			.BitResolution            = 16,
+
+			.TotalDiscreteSampleRates = (sizeof(ConfigurationDescriptor.Audio_AudioFormatSampleRates) / sizeof(USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t)),
+		},
+
+	.Audio_AudioFormatSampleRates =
+		{
+			AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(8000),
+			AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(11025),
+			AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(22050),
+			AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(44100),
+			AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(48000),
+		},
+
+	.Audio_StreamEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Endpoint =
+				{
+					.Header              = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+					.EndpointAddress     = AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR,
+					.Attributes          = (EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS | ENDPOINT_ATTR_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+					.EndpointSize        = AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE,
+					.PollingIntervalMS   = 0x01
+				},
+
+			.Refresh                  = 0,
+			.SyncEndpointNumber       = 0
+		},
+
+	.Audio_StreamEndpoint_SPC =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSEndpoint},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSEndpoint_General,
+
+			.Attributes               = (AUDIO_EP_ACCEPTS_SMALL_PACKETS | AUDIO_EP_SAMPLE_FREQ_CONTROL),
+
+			.LockDelayUnits           = 0x00,
+			.LockDelay                = 0x0000
+		}
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ *  the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ *  via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ *  form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ *  and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Audio In Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ *  USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8);
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+	const void* Address = NULL;
+	uint16_t    Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+	switch (DescriptorType)
+	{
+		case DTYPE_Device:
+			Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_Configuration:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_String:
+			switch (DescriptorNumber)
+			{
+				case STRING_ID_Language:
+					Address = &LanguageString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+					Address = &ManufacturerString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Product:
+					Address = &ProductString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+			}
+
+			break;
+	}
+
+	*DescriptorAddress = Address;
+	return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cf832efb96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Endpoint address of the Audio isochronous streaming data IN endpoint. */
+		#define AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR          (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+		/** Endpoint size in bytes of the Audio isochronous streaming data endpoint. */
+		#define AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE           256
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t     Config;
+
+			// Audio Control Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t                Audio_ControlInterface;
+			USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t       Audio_ControlInterface_SPC;
+			USB_Audio_Descriptor_InputTerminal_t      Audio_InputTerminal;
+			USB_Audio_Descriptor_OutputTerminal_t     Audio_OutputTerminal;
+
+			// Audio Streaming Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t                Audio_StreamInterface_Alt0;
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t                Audio_StreamInterface_Alt1;
+			USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AS_t       Audio_StreamInterface_SPC;
+			USB_Audio_Descriptor_Format_t             Audio_AudioFormat;
+			USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t                    Audio_AudioFormatSampleRates[5];
+			USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t Audio_StreamEndpoint;
+			USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t Audio_StreamEndpoint_SPC;
+		} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+		/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+		 *  should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+		 *  interface from other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+		{
+			INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl = 0, /**< Audio control interface descriptor ID */
+			INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream  = 1, /**< Audio stream interface descriptor ID */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+		 *  have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+		 *  other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum StringDescriptors_t
+		{
+			STRING_ID_Language     = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+			STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+			STRING_ID_Product      = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+		};
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+		                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+		                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+		                                    ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7fec744900
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="Audio Input Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.audio_input.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.audio_input"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.audio_input" caption="Audio Input Device Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Audio 1.0 Input device demo, implementing a basic USB microphone. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Device"/>
+			<keyword value="Audio Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="AudioInput.txt"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="AudioInput.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="AudioInput.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.adc"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d52d22cdcb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Audio Input Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..694e7fb1ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = AudioInput
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7966ba6ea2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.c
@@ -0,0 +1,293 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the AudioOutput demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
+ *  is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "AudioOutput.h"
+
+/** Flag to indicate if the streaming audio alternative interface has been selected by the host. */
+static bool StreamingAudioInterfaceSelected = false;
+
+/** Current audio sampling frequency of the streaming audio endpoint. */
+static uint32_t CurrentAudioSampleFrequency = 48000;
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ *  setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	LEDs_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs, and
+ *  configures the sample update and PWM timers.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+	/* Indicate USB enumerating */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+	/* Sample reload timer initialization */
+	TIMSK0 = (1 << OCIE0A);
+	OCR0A  = ((F_CPU / 8 / CurrentAudioSampleFrequency) - 1);
+	TCCR0A = (1 << WGM01);  // CTC mode
+	TCCR0B = (1 << CS01);   // Fcpu/8 speed
+
+	#if defined(AUDIO_OUT_MONO)
+	/* Set speaker as output */
+	DDRC  |= (1 << 6);
+	#elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_STEREO)
+	/* Set speakers as outputs */
+	DDRC  |= ((1 << 6) | (1 << 5));
+	#elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_PORTC)
+	/* Set PORTC as outputs */
+	DDRC  |= 0xFF;
+	#endif
+
+	#if (defined(AUDIO_OUT_MONO) || defined(AUDIO_OUT_STEREO))
+	/* PWM speaker timer initialization */
+	TCCR3A = ((1 << WGM30) | (1 << COM3A1) | (1 << COM3A0)
+	                       | (1 << COM3B1) | (1 << COM3B0)); // Set on match, clear on TOP
+	TCCR3B = ((1 << WGM32) | (1 << CS30));  // Fast 8-Bit PWM, F_CPU speed
+	#endif
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
+ *  the status LEDs, disables the sample update and PWM output timers and stops the USB and Audio management tasks.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+	/* Stop the timers */
+	TCCR0B = 0;
+	#if (defined(AUDIO_OUT_MONO) || defined(AUDIO_OUT_STEREO))
+	TCCR3B = 0;
+	#endif
+
+	#if defined(AUDIO_OUT_MONO)
+	/* Set speaker as input to reduce current draw */
+	DDRC  &= ~(1 << 6);
+	#elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_STEREO)
+	/* Set speakers as inputs to reduce current draw */
+	DDRC  &= ~((1 << 6) | (1 << 5));
+	#elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_PORTC)
+	/* Set PORTC low */
+	PORTC = 0x00;
+	#endif
+
+	/* Indicate streaming audio interface not selected */
+	StreamingAudioInterfaceSelected = false;
+
+	/* Indicate USB not ready */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host set the current configuration
+ *  of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+	bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+	/* Setup Audio Stream Endpoint */
+	ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS, AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE, 2);
+
+	/* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
+ *  the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
+ *  internally.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+	/* Process General and Audio specific control requests */
+	switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+	{
+		case REQ_SetInterface:
+			/* Set Interface is not handled by the library, as its function is application-specific */
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+			{
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+				Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+				/* Check if the host is enabling the audio interface (setting AlternateSetting to 1) */
+				StreamingAudioInterfaceSelected = ((USB_ControlRequest.wValue) != 0);
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case AUDIO_REQ_GetStatus:
+			/* Get Status request can be directed at either the interface or endpoint, neither is currently used
+			 * according to the latest USB Audio 1.0 standard, but must be ACKed with no data when requested */
+			if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) ||
+			    (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_ENDPOINT)))
+			{
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+				Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case AUDIO_REQ_SetCurrent:
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_ENDPOINT))
+			{
+				/* Extract out the relevant request information to get the target Endpoint address and control being set */
+				uint8_t EndpointAddress = (uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wIndex;
+				uint8_t EndpointControl = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue >> 8);
+
+				/* Only handle SET CURRENT requests to the audio endpoint's sample frequency property */
+				if ((EndpointAddress == AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR) && (EndpointControl == AUDIO_EPCONTROL_SamplingFreq))
+				{
+					uint8_t SampleRate[3];
+
+					Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+					Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(SampleRate, sizeof(SampleRate));
+					Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+					/* Set the new sampling frequency to the value given by the host */
+					CurrentAudioSampleFrequency = (((uint32_t)SampleRate[2] << 16) | ((uint32_t)SampleRate[1] << 8) | (uint32_t)SampleRate[0]);
+
+					/* Adjust sample reload timer to the new frequency */
+					OCR0A = ((F_CPU / 8 / CurrentAudioSampleFrequency) - 1);
+				}
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case AUDIO_REQ_GetCurrent:
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_ENDPOINT))
+			{
+				/* Extract out the relevant request information to get the target Endpoint address and control being retrieved */
+				uint8_t EndpointAddress = (uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wIndex;
+				uint8_t EndpointControl = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue >> 8);
+
+				/* Only handle GET CURRENT requests to the audio endpoint's sample frequency property */
+				if ((EndpointAddress == AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR) && (EndpointControl == AUDIO_EPCONTROL_SamplingFreq))
+				{
+					uint8_t SampleRate[3];
+
+					/* Convert the sampling rate value into the 24-bit format the host expects for the property */
+					SampleRate[2] = (CurrentAudioSampleFrequency >> 16);
+					SampleRate[1] = (CurrentAudioSampleFrequency >> 8);
+					SampleRate[0] = (CurrentAudioSampleFrequency &  0xFF);
+
+					Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+					Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(SampleRate, sizeof(SampleRate));
+					Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+				}
+			}
+
+			break;
+	}
+}
+
+/** ISR to handle the reloading of the PWM timer with the next sample. */
+ISR(TIMER0_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+	uint8_t PrevEndpoint = Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint();
+
+	/* Select the audio stream endpoint */
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR);
+
+	/* Check if the current endpoint can be read from (contains a packet) and the host is sending data */
+	if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived() && StreamingAudioInterfaceSelected)
+	{
+		/* Retrieve the signed 16-bit left and right audio samples, convert to 8-bit */
+		int8_t LeftSample_8Bit   = ((int16_t)Endpoint_Read_16_LE() >> 8);
+		int8_t RightSample_8Bit  = ((int16_t)Endpoint_Read_16_LE() >> 8);
+
+		/* Mix the two channels together to produce a mono, 8-bit sample */
+		int8_t MixedSample_8Bit  = (((int16_t)LeftSample_8Bit + (int16_t)RightSample_8Bit) >> 1);
+
+		/* Check to see if the bank is now empty */
+		if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+		{
+			/* Acknowledge the packet, clear the bank ready for the next packet */
+			Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+		}
+
+		#if defined(AUDIO_OUT_MONO)
+		/* Load the sample into the PWM timer channel */
+		OCR3A = (MixedSample_8Bit ^ (1 << 7));
+		#elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_STEREO)
+		/* Load the dual 8-bit samples into the PWM timer channels */
+		OCR3A = (LeftSample_8Bit  ^ (1 << 7));
+		OCR3B = (RightSample_8Bit ^ (1 << 7));
+		#elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_PORTC)
+		/* Load the 8-bit mixed sample into PORTC */
+		PORTC = MixedSample_8Bit;
+		#endif
+
+		uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
+
+		/* Turn on LEDs as the sample amplitude increases */
+		if (MixedSample_8Bit > 16)
+		  LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4);
+		else if (MixedSample_8Bit > 8)
+		  LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3);
+		else if (MixedSample_8Bit > 4)
+		  LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
+		else if (MixedSample_8Bit > 2)
+		  LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1);
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+	}
+
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PrevEndpoint);
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..15c8c458d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.h
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for AudioOutput.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _AUDIO_OUTPUT_H_
+#define _AUDIO_OUTPUT_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+
+		#include "Descriptors.h"
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8f0c7d656c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Audio Output Device Demo
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *  \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ *  \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Audio Class</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Standard Audio Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF Audio 1.0 Class Specification \n
+ *        USBIF Audio 1.0 Class Terminal Types Specification \n
+ *        USBIF Audio 1.0 Data Formats Specification</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Audio demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ *  application for implementing a USB Audio Output device using the
+ *  basic USB Audio 1.0 drivers in all modern OSes (i.e. no special drivers
+ *  required).
+ *
+ *  On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function
+ *  as a USB speaker. Outgoing audio will output in 8-bit PWM onto
+ *  the timer 3 output compare channel A for AUDIO_OUT_MONO mode, on
+ *  timer 3 channels A and B for AUDIO_OUT_STEREO and on PORTC as a signed
+ *  mono sample for AUDIO_OUT_PORTC. Audio output will also be indicated on
+ *  the board LEDs in all modes. Decouple audio outputs with a capacitor and
+ *  attach to a speaker to hear the audio.
+ *
+ *  Under Windows, if a driver request dialogue pops up, select the option
+ *  to automatically install the appropriate drivers.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ *    <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ *    <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>AUDIO_OUT_STEREO</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>When defined, this outputs the audio samples in stereo to the timer output pins of the microcontroller.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>AUDIO_OUT_MONO</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>When defined, this outputs the audio samples in mono to the timer output pin of the microcontroller.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>AUDIO_OUT_PORTC</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>When defined, this outputs the audio samples in mono to port C of the microcontroller, for connection to an
+ *        external DAC.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/Config/AppConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e93cfc8136
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ *  the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ *  specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ *  makefile or build system.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ *  \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#define AUDIO_OUT_STEREO
+//	#define AUDIO_OUT_MONO
+//	#define AUDIO_OUT_PORTC
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6048c1d809
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..64be54bf07
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,312 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ *  the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ *  process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+	.Class                  = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+	.SubClass               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+	.Protocol               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+	.Endpoint0Size          = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+	.VendorID               = 0x03EB,
+	.ProductID              = 0x2046,
+	.ReleaseNumber          = VERSION_BCD(0,0,2),
+
+	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+	.ProductStrIndex        = STRING_ID_Product,
+	.SerialNumStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+	.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+	.Config =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+			.TotalConfigurationSize   = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+			.TotalInterfaces          = 2,
+
+			.ConfigurationNumber      = 1,
+			.ConfigurationStrIndex    = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+			.ConfigAttributes         = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+			.MaxPowerConsumption      = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+		},
+
+	.Audio_ControlInterface =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber          = INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl,
+			.AlternateSetting         = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints           = 0,
+
+			.Class                    = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
+			.SubClass                 = AUDIO_CSCP_ControlSubclass,
+			.Protocol                 = AUDIO_CSCP_ControlProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex        = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.Audio_ControlInterface_SPC =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+			.ACSpecification          = VERSION_BCD(1,0,0),
+			.TotalLength              = (sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t) +
+			                             sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_InputTerminal_t) +
+			                             sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_OutputTerminal_t)),
+
+			.InCollection             = 1,
+			.InterfaceNumber          = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+		},
+
+	.Audio_InputTerminal =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_InputTerminal_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal,
+
+			.TerminalID               = 0x01,
+			.TerminalType             = AUDIO_TERMINAL_STREAMING,
+			.AssociatedOutputTerminal = 0x00,
+
+			.TotalChannels            = 2,
+			.ChannelConfig            = (AUDIO_CHANNEL_LEFT_FRONT | AUDIO_CHANNEL_RIGHT_FRONT),
+
+			.ChannelStrIndex          = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+			.TerminalStrIndex         = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.Audio_OutputTerminal =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_OutputTerminal_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal,
+
+			.TerminalID               = 0x02,
+			.TerminalType             = AUDIO_TERMINAL_OUT_SPEAKER,
+			.AssociatedInputTerminal  = 0x00,
+
+			.SourceID                 = 0x01,
+
+			.TerminalStrIndex         = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.Audio_StreamInterface_Alt0 =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber          = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+			.AlternateSetting         = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints           = 0,
+
+			.Class                    = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
+			.SubClass                 = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioStreamingSubclass,
+			.Protocol                 = AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex        = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.Audio_StreamInterface_Alt1 =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber          = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+			.AlternateSetting         = 1,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints           = 1,
+
+			.Class                    = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
+			.SubClass                 = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioStreamingSubclass,
+			.Protocol                 = AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex        = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.Audio_StreamInterface_SPC =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AS_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_General,
+
+			.TerminalLink             = 0x01,
+
+			.FrameDelay               = 1,
+			.AudioFormat              = 0x0001
+		},
+
+	.Audio_AudioFormat =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Format_t) +
+			                                     sizeof(ConfigurationDescriptor.Audio_AudioFormatSampleRates),
+			                             .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_FormatType,
+
+			.FormatType               = 0x01,
+			.Channels                 = 0x02,
+
+			.SubFrameSize             = 0x02,
+			.BitResolution            = 16,
+
+			.TotalDiscreteSampleRates = (sizeof(ConfigurationDescriptor.Audio_AudioFormatSampleRates) / sizeof(USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t)),
+		},
+
+	.Audio_AudioFormatSampleRates =
+		{
+			AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(8000),
+			AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(11025),
+			AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(22050),
+			AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(44100),
+			AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(48000),
+		},
+
+	.Audio_StreamEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Endpoint =
+				{
+					.Header              = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+					.EndpointAddress     = AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR,
+					.Attributes          = (EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS | ENDPOINT_ATTR_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+					.EndpointSize        = AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE,
+					.PollingIntervalMS   = 0x01
+				},
+
+			.Refresh                  = 0,
+			.SyncEndpointNumber       = 0
+		},
+
+	.Audio_StreamEndpoint_SPC =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSEndpoint},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSEndpoint_General,
+
+			.Attributes               = (AUDIO_EP_ACCEPTS_SMALL_PACKETS | AUDIO_EP_SAMPLE_FREQ_CONTROL),
+
+			.LockDelayUnits           = 0x00,
+			.LockDelay                = 0x0000
+		}
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ *  the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ *  via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ *  form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ *  and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Audio Out Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ *  USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8);
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+	const void* Address = NULL;
+	uint16_t    Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+	switch (DescriptorType)
+	{
+		case DTYPE_Device:
+			Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_Configuration:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_String:
+			switch (DescriptorNumber)
+			{
+				case STRING_ID_Language:
+					Address = &LanguageString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+					Address = &ManufacturerString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Product:
+					Address = &ProductString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+			}
+
+			break;
+	}
+
+	*DescriptorAddress = Address;
+	return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d9be070fad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Endpoint address of the Audio isochronous streaming data OUT endpoint. */
+		#define AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR          (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 1)
+
+		/** Endpoint size in bytes of the Audio isochronous streaming data endpoint. */
+		#define AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE           256
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t     Config;
+
+			// Audio Control Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t                Audio_ControlInterface;
+			USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t       Audio_ControlInterface_SPC;
+			USB_Audio_Descriptor_InputTerminal_t      Audio_InputTerminal;
+			USB_Audio_Descriptor_OutputTerminal_t     Audio_OutputTerminal;
+
+			// Audio Streaming Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t                Audio_StreamInterface_Alt0;
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t                Audio_StreamInterface_Alt1;
+			USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AS_t       Audio_StreamInterface_SPC;
+			USB_Audio_Descriptor_Format_t             Audio_AudioFormat;
+			USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t                    Audio_AudioFormatSampleRates[5];
+			USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t Audio_StreamEndpoint;
+			USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t Audio_StreamEndpoint_SPC;
+		} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+		/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+		 *  should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+		 *  interface from other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+		{
+			INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl = 0, /**< Audio control interface descriptor ID */
+			INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream  = 1, /**< Audio stream interface descriptor ID */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+		 *  have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+		 *  other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum StringDescriptors_t
+		{
+			STRING_ID_Language     = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+			STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+			STRING_ID_Product      = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+		};
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+		                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+		                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+		                                    ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f7ad173070
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="Audio Output Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.audio_output.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.audio_output"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.audio_output" caption="Audio Output Device Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Audio 1.0 Output device demo, implementing a basic USB speaker. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Device"/>
+			<keyword value="Audio Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="AudioOutput.txt"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="AudioOutput.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="AudioOutput.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..937ef3907b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Audio Output Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = YES
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a0f34c4a4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = AudioOutput
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/BulkVendor.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/BulkVendor.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fe7ad84bbb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/BulkVendor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the Bulk Vendor demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
+ *  is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#define  INCLUDE_FROM_BULKVENDOR_C
+#include "BulkVendor.h"
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ *  enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		USB_USBTask();
+
+		uint8_t ReceivedData[VENDOR_IO_EPSIZE];
+		memset(ReceivedData, 0x00, sizeof(ReceivedData));
+
+		Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(VENDOR_OUT_EPADDR);
+		if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+		{
+			Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(ReceivedData, VENDOR_IO_EPSIZE, NULL);
+			Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+			Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(VENDOR_IN_EPADDR);
+			Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(ReceivedData, VENDOR_IO_EPSIZE, NULL);
+			Endpoint_ClearIN();
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+	/* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+	XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+	XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+	/* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+	XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+	XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+	PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	LEDs_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+	/* Indicate USB enumerating */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
+ *  the status LEDs.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+	/* Indicate USB not ready */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host set the current configuration
+ *  of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+	bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+	/* Setup Vendor Data Endpoints */
+	ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(VENDOR_IN_EPADDR,  EP_TYPE_BULK, VENDOR_IO_EPSIZE, 1);
+	ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(VENDOR_OUT_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, VENDOR_IO_EPSIZE, 1);
+
+	/* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
+ *  the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
+ *  internally.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+	// Process vendor specific control requests here
+}
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/BulkVendor.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/BulkVendor.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3d74ac001a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/BulkVendor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for BulkVendor.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _BULK_VENDOR_H_
+#define _BULK_VENDOR_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+
+		#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY       LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING   (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY         (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR         (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY           LEDS_LED2
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/BulkVendor.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/BulkVendor.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d6688a9cdf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/BulkVendor.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Bulk Vendor Device Demo
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *  \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ *  \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ *  \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ *  \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ *  \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx)
+ *  \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Vendor (no official class)</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Vendor (no official subclass)</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>None</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Bulk Vendor demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ *  application for implementing a USB device that contains read/write bulk type
+ *  endpoints, for implementing custom USB protocols.
+ *
+ *  On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and echo back packets
+ *  sent from the host.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>
+ *     None
+ *    </td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0ec4635eb0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+		#define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX               4
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9a4c2792b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ *  the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ *  process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+	.Class                  = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+	.SubClass               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+	.Protocol               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+	.Endpoint0Size          = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+	.VendorID               = 0x03EB,
+	.ProductID              = 0x206C,
+	.ReleaseNumber          = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+	.ProductStrIndex        = STRING_ID_Product,
+	.SerialNumStrIndex      = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
+
+	.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+	.Config =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+			.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+			.TotalInterfaces        = 1,
+
+			.ConfigurationNumber    = 1,
+			.ConfigurationStrIndex  = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+			.ConfigAttributes       = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED,
+
+			.MaxPowerConsumption    = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+		},
+
+	.Vendor_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_Vendor,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 2,
+
+			.Class                  = 0xFF,
+			.SubClass               = 0xFF,
+			.Protocol               = 0xFF,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.Vendor_DataInEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = VENDOR_IN_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = VENDOR_IO_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		},
+
+	.Vendor_DataOutEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = VENDOR_OUT_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = VENDOR_IO_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		}
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ *  the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ *  via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ *  form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ *  and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Bulk Vendor Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ *  USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8);
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+	const void* Address = NULL;
+	uint16_t    Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+	switch (DescriptorType)
+	{
+		case DTYPE_Device:
+			Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_Configuration:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_String:
+			switch (DescriptorNumber)
+			{
+				case STRING_ID_Language:
+					Address = &LanguageString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+					Address = &ManufacturerString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Product:
+					Address = &ProductString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+			}
+
+			break;
+	}
+
+	*DescriptorAddress = Address;
+	return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..939717ea3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Endpoint address of the Bulk Vendor device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+		#define VENDOR_IN_EPADDR               (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 3)
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the Bulk Vendor host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+		#define VENDOR_OUT_EPADDR              (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4)
+
+		/** Size in bytes of the Bulk Vendor data endpoints. */
+		#define VENDOR_IO_EPSIZE               64
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+			// Vendor Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t            Vendor_Interface;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             Vendor_DataInEndpoint;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             Vendor_DataOutEndpoint;
+		} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+		/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+		 *  should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+		 *  interface from other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+		{
+			INTERFACE_ID_Vendor = 0, /**< Vendor interface descriptor ID */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+		 *  have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+		 *  other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum StringDescriptors_t
+		{
+			STRING_ID_Language     = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+			STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+			STRING_ID_Product      = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+		};
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+		                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+		                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+		                                    ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/HostTestApp/test_bulk_vendor.py b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/HostTestApp/test_bulk_vendor.py
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fff8ecd780
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/HostTestApp/test_bulk_vendor.py
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+"""
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+"""
+
+"""
+    LUFA Bulk Vendor device demo host test script. This script will send and
+    receive a continuous stream of packets to/from to the device, to show
+    bidirectional communications.
+
+    Requires the pyUSB library (http://sourceforge.net/projects/pyusb/).
+"""
+
+import sys
+from time import sleep
+import usb.core
+import usb.util
+
+# Bulk Vendor HID device VID and PID
+device_vid = 0x03EB
+device_pid = 0x206C
+device_in_ep  = 3
+device_out_ep = 4
+
+
+def get_vendor_device_handle():
+	dev_handle = usb.core.find(idVendor=device_vid, idProduct=device_pid)
+	return dev_handle
+
+
+def write(device, packet):
+    device.write(usb.util.ENDPOINT_OUT | device_out_ep, packet, 0, 1000)
+    print("Sent Packet: {0}".format(packet))
+
+
+def read(device):
+    packet = device.read(usb.util.ENDPOINT_IN | device_in_ep, 64, 0, 1000)
+    print("Received Packet: {0}".format(''.join([chr(x) for x in packet])))
+    return packet
+
+
+def main():
+    vendor_device = get_vendor_device_handle()
+
+    if vendor_device is None:
+        print("No valid Vendor device found.")
+        sys.exit(1)
+
+    vendor_device.set_configuration()
+
+    print("Connected to device 0x%04X/0x%04X - %s [%s]" %
+          (vendor_device.idVendor, vendor_device.idProduct,
+           usb.util.get_string(vendor_device, 255, vendor_device.iProduct),
+           usb.util.get_string(vendor_device, 255, vendor_device.iManufacturer)))
+
+    x = 0
+    while 1:
+    	x = x + 1 % 255
+    	write(vendor_device, "TEST PACKET %d" % x)
+    	read(vendor_device)
+    	sleep(1)
+
+if __name__ == '__main__':
+    main()
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/LUFA_Bulk_Vendor_Demo.inf b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/LUFA_Bulk_Vendor_Demo.inf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..32a29fdc50
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/LUFA_Bulk_Vendor_Demo.inf
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/amd64/libusb0.dll b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/amd64/libusb0.dll
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f916b08986
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/amd64/libusb0.dll
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/amd64/libusb0.sys b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/amd64/libusb0.sys
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0718dfb7c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/amd64/libusb0.sys
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/ia64/libusb0.dll b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/ia64/libusb0.dll
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..292df27857
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/ia64/libusb0.dll
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/ia64/libusb0.sys b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/ia64/libusb0.sys
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f17914b8c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/ia64/libusb0.sys
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/installer_x64.exe b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/installer_x64.exe
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c38919ee50
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/installer_x64.exe
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/installer_x86.exe b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/installer_x86.exe
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..030ec300c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/installer_x86.exe
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/license/libusb0/installer_license.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/license/libusb0/installer_license.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..56bb2cda25
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/license/libusb0/installer_license.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,851 @@
+Copyright (c) 2002-2004 Stephan Meyer, <ste_meyer@web.de>
+Copyright (c) 2000-2004 Johannes Erdfelt, <johannes@erdfelt.com>
+Copyright (c) 2000-2004 Thomas Sailer, <sailer@ife.ee.ethz.ch>
+Copyright (c) 2010 Travis Robinson, <libusbdotnet@gmail.com>
+
+This software is distributed under the following licenses:
+Driver:      GNU General Public License (GPL)
+Library, Test Files, Installer:    GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL)
+
+***********************************************************************
+                    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+                       Version 3, 29 June 2007
+
+ Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+                            Preamble
+
+  The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
+software and other kinds of works.
+
+  The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
+to take away your freedom to share and change the works.  By contrast,
+the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
+share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
+software for all its users.  We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
+GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
+any other work released this way by its authors.  You can apply it to
+your programs, too.
+
+  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
+want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
+free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
+
+  To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
+these rights or asking you to surrender the rights.  Therefore, you have
+certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
+you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
+
+  For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
+gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
+freedoms that you received.  You must make sure that they, too, receive
+or can get the source code.  And you must show them these terms so they
+know their rights.
+
+  Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
+(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
+giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
+
+  For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
+that there is no warranty for this free software.  For both users' and
+authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
+changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
+authors of previous versions.
+
+  Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
+modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
+can do so.  This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
+protecting users' freedom to change the software.  The systematic
+pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
+use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable.  Therefore, we
+have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
+products.  If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
+stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
+of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
+
+  Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
+States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
+software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
+avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
+make it effectively proprietary.  To prevent this, the GPL assures that
+patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
+
+  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.
+
+                       TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+  0. Definitions.
+
+  "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
+
+  "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
+works, such as semiconductor masks.
+
+  "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
+License.  Each licensee is addressed as "you".  "Licensees" and
+"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
+
+  To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
+in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
+exact copy.  The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
+earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
+
+  A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
+on the Program.
+
+  To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
+permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
+infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
+computer or modifying a private copy.  Propagation includes copying,
+distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
+public, and in some countries other activities as well.
+
+  To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
+parties to make or receive copies.  Mere interaction with a user through
+a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
+
+  An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
+to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
+feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
+tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
+extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
+work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License.  If
+the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
+menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
+
+  1. Source Code.
+
+  The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
+for making modifications to it.  "Object code" means any non-source
+form of a work.
+
+  A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
+standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
+interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
+is widely used among developers working in that language.
+
+  The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
+than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
+packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
+Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
+Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
+implementation is available to the public in source code form.  A
+"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
+(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
+(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
+produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
+
+  The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
+the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
+work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
+control those activities.  However, it does not include the work's
+System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
+programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
+which are not part of the work.  For example, Corresponding Source
+includes interface definition files associated with source files for
+the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
+linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
+such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
+subprograms and other parts of the work.
+
+  The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
+can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
+Source.
+
+  The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
+same work.
+
+  2. Basic Permissions.
+
+  All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
+copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
+conditions are met.  This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
+permission to run the unmodified Program.  The output from running a
+covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
+content, constitutes a covered work.  This License acknowledges your
+rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
+
+  You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
+convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
+in force.  You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
+of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
+with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
+the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
+not control copyright.  Those thus making or running the covered works
+for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
+and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
+your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
+
+  Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
+the conditions stated below.  Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
+makes it unnecessary.
+
+  3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
+
+  No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
+measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
+11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
+similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
+measures.
+
+  When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
+circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
+is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
+the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
+modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
+users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
+technological measures.
+
+  4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
+
+  You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
+receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
+appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
+keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
+non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
+keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
+recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
+
+  You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
+and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
+
+  5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
+
+  You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
+produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
+terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+    a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
+    it, and giving a relevant date.
+
+    b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
+    released under this License and any conditions added under section
+    7.  This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
+    "keep intact all notices".
+
+    c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
+    License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy.  This
+    License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
+    additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
+    regardless of how they are packaged.  This License gives no
+    permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
+    invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
+
+    d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
+    Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
+    interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
+    work need not make them do so.
+
+  A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
+works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
+and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
+in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
+"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
+used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
+beyond what the individual works permit.  Inclusion of a covered work
+in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
+parts of the aggregate.
+
+  6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
+
+  You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
+of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
+machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
+in one of these ways:
+
+    a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
+    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
+    Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
+    customarily used for software interchange.
+
+    b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
+    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
+    written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
+    long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
+    model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
+    copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
+    product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
+    medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
+    more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
+    conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
+    Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
+
+    c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
+    written offer to provide the Corresponding Source.  This
+    alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
+    only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
+    with subsection 6b.
+
+    d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
+    place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
+    Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
+    further charge.  You need not require recipients to copy the
+    Corresponding Source along with the object code.  If the place to
+    copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
+    may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
+    that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
+    clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
+    Corresponding Source.  Regardless of what server hosts the
+    Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
+    available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
+
+    e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
+    you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
+    Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
+    charge under subsection 6d.
+
+  A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
+from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
+included in conveying the object code work.
+
+  A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
+tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
+or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
+into a dwelling.  In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
+doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage.  For a particular
+product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
+typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
+of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
+actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product.  A product
+is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
+commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
+the only significant mode of use of the product.
+
+  "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
+procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
+and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
+a modified version of its Corresponding Source.  The information must
+suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
+code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
+modification has been made.
+
+  If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
+specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
+part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
+User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
+fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
+Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
+by the Installation Information.  But this requirement does not apply
+if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
+modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
+been installed in ROM).
+
+  The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
+requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
+for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
+the User Product in which it has been modified or installed.  Access to a
+network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
+adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
+protocols for communication across the network.
+
+  Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
+in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
+documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
+source code form), and must require no special password or key for
+unpacking, reading or copying.
+
+  7. Additional Terms.
+
+  "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
+License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
+Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
+be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
+that they are valid under applicable law.  If additional permissions
+apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
+under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
+this License without regard to the additional permissions.
+
+  When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
+remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
+it.  (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
+removal in certain cases when you modify the work.)  You may place
+additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
+for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
+
+  Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
+add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
+that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
+
+    a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
+    terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
+
+    b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
+    author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
+    Notices displayed by works containing it; or
+
+    c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
+    requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
+    reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
+
+    d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
+    authors of the material; or
+
+    e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
+    trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
+
+    f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
+    material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
+    it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
+    any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
+    those licensors and authors.
+
+  All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
+restrictions" within the meaning of section 10.  If the Program as you
+received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
+governed by this License along with a term that is a further
+restriction, you may remove that term.  If a license document contains
+a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
+License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
+of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
+not survive such relicensing or conveying.
+
+  If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
+must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
+additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
+where to find the applicable terms.
+
+  Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
+form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
+the above requirements apply either way.
+
+  8. Termination.
+
+  You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
+provided under this License.  Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
+modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
+this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
+paragraph of section 11).
+
+  However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
+license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
+provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
+finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
+holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
+prior to 60 days after the cessation.
+
+  Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
+reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
+violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
+received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
+copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
+your receipt of the notice.
+
+  Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
+licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
+this License.  If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
+reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
+material under section 10.
+
+  9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
+
+  You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
+run a copy of the Program.  Ancillary propagation of a covered work
+occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
+to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance.  However,
+nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
+modify any covered work.  These actions infringe copyright if you do
+not accept this License.  Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
+covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
+
+  10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
+
+  Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
+receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
+propagate that work, subject to this License.  You are not responsible
+for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
+
+  An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
+organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
+organization, or merging organizations.  If propagation of a covered
+work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
+transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
+licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
+give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
+Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
+the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
+
+  You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
+rights granted or affirmed under this License.  For example, you may
+not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
+rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
+(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
+any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
+sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
+
+  11. Patents.
+
+  A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
+License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based.  The
+work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
+
+  A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
+owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
+hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
+by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
+but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
+consequence of further modification of the contributor version.  For
+purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
+patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
+this License.
+
+  Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
+patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
+make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
+propagate the contents of its contributor version.
+
+  In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
+agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
+(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
+sue for patent infringement).  To "grant" such a patent license to a
+party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
+patent against the party.
+
+  If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
+and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
+to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
+publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
+then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
+available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
+patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
+consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
+license to downstream recipients.  "Knowingly relying" means you have
+actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
+covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
+in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
+country that you have reason to believe are valid.
+
+  If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
+arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
+covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
+receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
+or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
+you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
+work and works based on it.
+
+  A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
+the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
+conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
+specifically granted under this License.  You may not convey a covered
+work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
+in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
+to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
+the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
+parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
+patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
+conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
+for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
+contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
+or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
+
+  Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
+any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
+otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
+
+  12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
+
+  If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot convey a
+covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
+not convey it at all.  For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
+to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
+the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
+License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
+
+  13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
+
+  Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
+permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
+under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
+combined work, and to convey the resulting work.  The terms of this
+License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
+but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
+section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
+combination as such.
+
+  14. Revised Versions of this License.
+
+  The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
+the GNU General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
+be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
+address new problems or concerns.
+
+  Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the
+Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
+Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
+option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
+version or of any later version published by the Free Software
+Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of the
+GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
+by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+  If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
+versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
+public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
+to choose that version for the Program.
+
+  Later license versions may give you additional or different
+permissions.  However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
+author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
+later version.
+
+  15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
+
+  THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
+APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
+HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
+OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
+IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
+ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+  16. Limitation of Liability.
+
+  IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
+THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
+GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
+USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
+DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
+PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
+EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+  17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
+
+  If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
+above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
+reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
+an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
+Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
+copy of the Program in return for a fee.
+
+                     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+            How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+
+  If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
+free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
+
+  To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
+to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+    <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
+    Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+  If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
+notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
+
+    <program>  Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
+    This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
+    This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
+    under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
+
+The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
+parts of the General Public License.  Of course, your program's commands
+might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
+
+  You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
+if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
+For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
+<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+  The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
+into proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you
+may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
+the library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
+Public License instead of this License.  But first, please read
+<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>.
+
+                   GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+                       Version 3, 29 June 2007
+
+ Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+
+  This version of the GNU Lesser General Public License incorporates
+the terms and conditions of version 3 of the GNU General Public
+License, supplemented by the additional permissions listed below.
+
+  0. Additional Definitions.
+
+  As used herein, "this License" refers to version 3 of the GNU Lesser
+General Public License, and the "GNU GPL" refers to version 3 of the GNU
+General Public License.
+
+  "The Library" refers to a covered work governed by this License,
+other than an Application or a Combined Work as defined below.
+
+  An "Application" is any work that makes use of an interface provided
+by the Library, but which is not otherwise based on the Library.
+Defining a subclass of a class defined by the Library is deemed a mode
+of using an interface provided by the Library.
+
+  A "Combined Work" is a work produced by combining or linking an
+Application with the Library.  The particular version of the Library
+with which the Combined Work was made is also called the "Linked
+Version".
+
+  The "Minimal Corresponding Source" for a Combined Work means the
+Corresponding Source for the Combined Work, excluding any source code
+for portions of the Combined Work that, considered in isolation, are
+based on the Application, and not on the Linked Version.
+
+  The "Corresponding Application Code" for a Combined Work means the
+object code and/or source code for the Application, including any data
+and utility programs needed for reproducing the Combined Work from the
+Application, but excluding the System Libraries of the Combined Work.
+
+  1. Exception to Section 3 of the GNU GPL.
+
+  You may convey a covered work under sections 3 and 4 of this License
+without being bound by section 3 of the GNU GPL.
+
+  2. Conveying Modified Versions.
+
+  If you modify a copy of the Library, and, in your modifications, a
+facility refers to a function or data to be supplied by an Application
+that uses the facility (other than as an argument passed when the
+facility is invoked), then you may convey a copy of the modified
+version:
+
+   a) under this License, provided that you make a good faith effort to
+   ensure that, in the event an Application does not supply the
+   function or data, the facility still operates, and performs
+   whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful, or
+
+   b) under the GNU GPL, with none of the additional permissions of
+   this License applicable to that copy.
+
+  3. Object Code Incorporating Material from Library Header Files.
+
+  The object code form of an Application may incorporate material from
+a header file that is part of the Library.  You may convey such object
+code under terms of your choice, provided that, if the incorporated
+material is not limited to numerical parameters, data structure
+layouts and accessors, or small macros, inline functions and templates
+(ten or fewer lines in length), you do both of the following:
+
+   a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the object code that the
+   Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are
+   covered by this License.
+
+   b) Accompany the object code with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license
+   document.
+
+  4. Combined Works.
+
+  You may convey a Combined Work under terms of your choice that,
+taken together, effectively do not restrict modification of the
+portions of the Library contained in the Combined Work and reverse
+engineering for debugging such modifications, if you also do each of
+the following:
+
+   a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the Combined Work that
+   the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are
+   covered by this License.
+
+   b) Accompany the Combined Work with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license
+   document.
+
+   c) For a Combined Work that displays copyright notices during
+   execution, include the copyright notice for the Library among
+   these notices, as well as a reference directing the user to the
+   copies of the GNU GPL and this license document.
+
+   d) Do one of the following:
+
+       0) Convey the Minimal Corresponding Source under the terms of this
+       License, and the Corresponding Application Code in a form
+       suitable for, and under terms that permit, the user to
+       recombine or relink the Application with a modified version of
+       the Linked Version to produce a modified Combined Work, in the
+       manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL for conveying
+       Corresponding Source.
+
+       1) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the
+       Library.  A suitable mechanism is one that (a) uses at run time
+       a copy of the Library already present on the user's computer
+       system, and (b) will operate properly with a modified version
+       of the Library that is interface-compatible with the Linked
+       Version.
+
+   e) Provide Installation Information, but only if you would otherwise
+   be required to provide such information under section 6 of the
+   GNU GPL, and only to the extent that such information is
+   necessary to install and execute a modified version of the
+   Combined Work produced by recombining or relinking the
+   Application with a modified version of the Linked Version. (If
+   you use option 4d0, the Installation Information must accompany
+   the Minimal Corresponding Source and Corresponding Application
+   Code. If you use option 4d1, you must provide the Installation
+   Information in the manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL
+   for conveying Corresponding Source.)
+
+  5. Combined Libraries.
+
+  You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
+Library side by side in a single library together with other library
+facilities that are not Applications and are not covered by this
+License, and convey such a combined library under terms of your
+choice, if you do both of the following:
+
+   a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based
+   on the Library, uncombined with any other library facilities,
+   conveyed under the terms of this License.
+
+   b) Give prominent notice with the combined library that part of it
+   is a work based on the Library, and explaining where to find the
+   accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
+
+  6. Revised Versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License.
+
+  The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
+of the GNU Lesser General Public License from time to time. Such new
+versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
+differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
+
+  Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
+Library as you received it specifies that a certain numbered version
+of the GNU Lesser General Public License "or any later version"
+applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and
+conditions either of that published version or of any later version
+published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Library as you
+received it does not specify a version number of the GNU Lesser
+General Public License, you may choose any version of the GNU Lesser
+General Public License ever published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+  If the Library as you received it specifies that a proxy can decide
+whether future versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License shall
+apply, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of any version is
+permanent authorization for you to choose that version for the
+Library.
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/x86/libusb0.sys b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/x86/libusb0.sys
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5322e5b978
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/x86/libusb0.sys
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/x86/libusb0_x86.dll b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/x86/libusb0_x86.dll
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6e475b90ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/x86/libusb0_x86.dll
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e87f33eb01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="Bulk Vendor Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.vendor.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.vendor"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<project caption="Bulk Vendor Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.vendor.example.xmega">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.vendor"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.vendor" caption="Bulk Vendor Device Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Bulk Vendor Device demo, implementing a basic USB device with vendor-specific endpoints for custom protocol implementations. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Device"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="BulkVendor.txt"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="directory" value="HostTestApp"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="directory" value="WindowsDriver"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="BulkVendor.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="BulkVendor.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7c307b0940
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2397 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Bulk Vendor Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/ \
+                         HostTestApp/ \
+                         WindowsDriver/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..17fd24ae1e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = BulkVendor
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..070eac4712
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+		#define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX               6
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..553223a2b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,360 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ *  the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ *  process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+	.Class                  = USB_CSCP_IADDeviceClass,
+	.SubClass               = USB_CSCP_IADDeviceSubclass,
+	.Protocol               = USB_CSCP_IADDeviceProtocol,
+
+	.Endpoint0Size          = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+	.VendorID               = 0x03EB,
+	.ProductID              = 0x204E,
+	.ReleaseNumber          = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+	.ProductStrIndex        = STRING_ID_Product,
+	.SerialNumStrIndex      = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
+
+	.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+	.Config =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+			.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+			.TotalInterfaces        = 4,
+
+			.ConfigurationNumber    = 1,
+			.ConfigurationStrIndex  = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+			.ConfigAttributes       = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+			.MaxPowerConsumption    = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+		},
+
+	.CDC1_IAD =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t), .Type = DTYPE_InterfaceAssociation},
+
+			.FirstInterfaceIndex    = INTERFACE_ID_CDC1_CCI,
+			.TotalInterfaces        = 2,
+
+			.Class                  = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+			.SubClass               = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
+
+			.IADStrIndex            = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.CDC1_CCI_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_CDC1_CCI,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 1,
+
+			.Class                  = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+			.SubClass               = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.CDC1_Functional_Header =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+			.CDCSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+		},
+
+	.CDC1_Functional_ACM =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM,
+
+			.Capabilities           = 0x06,
+		},
+
+	.CDC1_Functional_Union =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union,
+
+			.MasterInterfaceNumber  = INTERFACE_ID_CDC1_CCI,
+			.SlaveInterfaceNumber   = INTERFACE_ID_CDC1_DCI,
+		},
+
+	.CDC1_ManagementEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = CDC1_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0xFF
+		},
+
+	.CDC1_DCI_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_CDC1_DCI,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 2,
+
+			.Class                  = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass,
+			.SubClass               = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.CDC1_DataOutEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = CDC1_RX_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		},
+
+	.CDC1_DataInEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = CDC1_TX_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		},
+
+	.CDC2_IAD =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t), .Type = DTYPE_InterfaceAssociation},
+
+			.FirstInterfaceIndex    = INTERFACE_ID_CDC2_CCI,
+			.TotalInterfaces        = 2,
+
+			.Class                  = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+			.SubClass               = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
+
+			.IADStrIndex            = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.CDC2_CCI_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_CDC2_CCI,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 1,
+
+			.Class                  = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+			.SubClass               = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.CDC2_Functional_Header =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+			.CDCSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+		},
+
+	.CDC2_Functional_ACM =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM,
+
+			.Capabilities           = 0x06,
+		},
+
+	.CDC2_Functional_Union =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union,
+
+			.MasterInterfaceNumber  = INTERFACE_ID_CDC2_CCI,
+			.SlaveInterfaceNumber   = INTERFACE_ID_CDC2_DCI,
+		},
+
+	.CDC2_ManagementEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = CDC2_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0xFF
+		},
+
+	.CDC2_DCI_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_CDC2_DCI,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 2,
+
+			.Class                  = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass,
+			.SubClass               = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.CDC2_DataOutEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = CDC2_RX_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		},
+
+	.CDC2_DataInEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = CDC2_TX_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		}
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ *  the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ *  via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ *  form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ *  and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Dual CDC Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ *  USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8);
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+	const void* Address = NULL;
+	uint16_t    Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+	switch (DescriptorType)
+	{
+		case DTYPE_Device:
+			Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_Configuration:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_String:
+			switch (DescriptorNumber)
+			{
+				case STRING_ID_Language:
+					Address = &LanguageString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+					Address = &ManufacturerString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Product:
+					Address = &ProductString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+			}
+
+			break;
+	}
+
+	*DescriptorAddress = Address;
+	return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f54fe9c36d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Endpoint address of the first CDC interface's device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+		#define CDC1_TX_EPADDR                 (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 1)
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the first CDC interface's host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+		#define CDC1_RX_EPADDR                 (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 2)
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the first CDC interface's device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+		#define CDC1_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR       (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 3)
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the second CDC interface's device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+		#define CDC2_TX_EPADDR                 (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 4)
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the second CDC interface's host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+		#define CDC2_RX_EPADDR                 (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 5)
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the second CDC interface's device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+		#define CDC2_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR       (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 6)
+
+		/** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoints. */
+		#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE        8
+
+		/** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */
+		#define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE                16
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t    Config;
+
+			// First CDC Control Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t   CDC1_IAD;
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t               CDC1_CCI_Interface;
+			USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t    CDC1_Functional_Header;
+			USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t       CDC1_Functional_ACM;
+			USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t     CDC1_Functional_Union;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t                CDC1_ManagementEndpoint;
+
+			// First CDC Data Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t               CDC1_DCI_Interface;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t                CDC1_DataOutEndpoint;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t                CDC1_DataInEndpoint;
+
+			// Second CDC Control Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t   CDC2_IAD;
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t               CDC2_CCI_Interface;
+			USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t    CDC2_Functional_Header;
+			USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t       CDC2_Functional_ACM;
+			USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t     CDC2_Functional_Union;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t                CDC2_ManagementEndpoint;
+
+			// Second CDC Data Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t               CDC2_DCI_Interface;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t                CDC2_DataOutEndpoint;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t                CDC2_DataInEndpoint;
+		} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+		/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+		 *  should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+		 *  interface from other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+		{
+			INTERFACE_ID_CDC1_CCI = 0, /**< CDC1 CCI interface descriptor ID */
+			INTERFACE_ID_CDC1_DCI = 1, /**< CDC1 DCI interface descriptor ID */
+			INTERFACE_ID_CDC2_CCI = 2, /**< CDC2 CCI interface descriptor ID */
+			INTERFACE_ID_CDC2_DCI = 3, /**< CDC2 DCI interface descriptor ID */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+		 *  have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+		 *  other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum StringDescriptors_t
+		{
+			STRING_ID_Language     = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+			STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+			STRING_ID_Product      = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+		};
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+		                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+		                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+		                                    ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b94a67dab5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.c
@@ -0,0 +1,299 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the DualVirtualSerial demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
+ *  is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "DualVirtualSerial.h"
+
+/** Contains the current baud rate and other settings of the first virtual serial port. While this demo does not use
+ *  the physical USART and thus does not use these settings, they must still be retained and returned to the host
+ *  upon request or the host will assume the device is non-functional.
+ *
+ *  These values are set by the host via a class-specific request, however they are not required to be used accurately.
+ *  It is possible to completely ignore these value or use other settings as the host is completely unaware of the physical
+ *  serial link characteristics and instead sends and receives data in endpoint streams.
+ */
+static CDC_LineEncoding_t LineEncoding1 = { .BaudRateBPS = 0,
+                                            .CharFormat  = CDC_LINEENCODING_OneStopBit,
+                                            .ParityType  = CDC_PARITY_None,
+                                            .DataBits    = 8                            };
+
+/** Contains the current baud rate and other settings of the second virtual serial port. While this demo does not use
+ *  the physical USART and thus does not use these settings, they must still be retained and returned to the host
+ *  upon request or the host will assume the device is non-functional.
+ *
+ *  These values are set by the host via a class-specific request, however they are not required to be used accurately.
+ *  It is possible to completely ignore these value or use other settings as the host is completely unaware of the physical
+ *  serial link characteristics and instead sends and receives data in endpoint streams.
+ */
+static CDC_LineEncoding_t LineEncoding2 = { .BaudRateBPS = 0,
+                                            .CharFormat  = CDC_LINEENCODING_OneStopBit,
+                                            .ParityType  = CDC_PARITY_None,
+                                            .DataBits    = 8                            };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ *  enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		CDC1_Task();
+		CDC2_Task();
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+	/* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+	XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+	XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+	/* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+	XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+	XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+	PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	Joystick_Init();
+	LEDs_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs and
+ *  starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+	/* Indicate USB enumerating */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
+ *  the status LEDs and stops the USB management and CDC management tasks.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+	/* Indicate USB not ready */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host set the current configuration
+ *  of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured and the CDC management tasks are started.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+	bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+	/* Setup first CDC Interface's Endpoints */
+	ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC1_TX_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, 1);
+	ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC1_RX_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, 1);
+	ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC1_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE, 1);
+
+	/* Setup second CDC Interface's Endpoints */
+	ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC2_TX_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, 1);
+	ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC2_RX_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, 1);
+	ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC2_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE, 1);
+
+	/* Reset line encoding baud rates so that the host knows to send new values */
+	LineEncoding1.BaudRateBPS = 0;
+	LineEncoding2.BaudRateBPS = 0;
+
+	/* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
+ *  the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
+ *  internally.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+	/* Determine which interface's Line Coding data is being set from the wIndex parameter */
+	void* LineEncodingData = (USB_ControlRequest.wIndex == 0) ? &LineEncoding1 : &LineEncoding2;
+
+	/* Process CDC specific control requests */
+	switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+	{
+		case CDC_REQ_GetLineEncoding:
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+			{
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+				/* Write the line coding data to the control endpoint */
+				Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(LineEncodingData, sizeof(CDC_LineEncoding_t));
+				Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case CDC_REQ_SetLineEncoding:
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+			{
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+				/* Read the line coding data in from the host into the global struct */
+				Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(LineEncodingData, sizeof(CDC_LineEncoding_t));
+				Endpoint_ClearIN();
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case CDC_REQ_SetControlLineState:
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+			{
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+				Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+			}
+
+			break;
+	}
+}
+
+/** Function to manage CDC data transmission and reception to and from the host for the first CDC interface, which sends joystick
+ *  movements to the host as ASCII strings.
+ */
+void CDC1_Task(void)
+{
+	char*       ReportString    = NULL;
+	uint8_t     JoyStatus_LCL   = Joystick_GetStatus();
+	static bool ActionSent      = false;
+
+	/* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
+	if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+	  return;
+
+	/* Determine if a joystick action has occurred */
+	if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+	  ReportString = "Joystick Up\r\n";
+	else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+	  ReportString = "Joystick Down\r\n";
+	else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+	  ReportString = "Joystick Left\r\n";
+	else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+	  ReportString = "Joystick Right\r\n";
+	else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+	  ReportString = "Joystick Pressed\r\n";
+	else
+	  ActionSent = false;
+
+	/* Flag management - Only allow one string to be sent per action */
+	if ((ReportString != NULL) && (ActionSent == false) && LineEncoding1.BaudRateBPS)
+	{
+		ActionSent = true;
+
+		/* Select the Serial Tx Endpoint */
+		Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC1_TX_EPADDR);
+
+		/* Write the String to the Endpoint */
+		Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(ReportString, strlen(ReportString), NULL);
+
+		/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+		Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+		/* Wait until the endpoint is ready for another packet */
+		Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
+
+		/* Send an empty packet to ensure that the host does not buffer data sent to it */
+		Endpoint_ClearIN();
+	}
+
+	/* Select the Serial Rx Endpoint */
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC1_RX_EPADDR);
+
+	/* Throw away any received data from the host */
+	if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+	  Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+}
+
+/** Function to manage CDC data transmission and reception to and from the host for the second CDC interface, which echoes back
+ *  all data sent to it from the host.
+ */
+void CDC2_Task(void)
+{
+	/* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
+	if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+	  return;
+
+	/* Select the Serial Rx Endpoint */
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC2_RX_EPADDR);
+
+	/* Check to see if any data has been received */
+	if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+	{
+		/* Create a temp buffer big enough to hold the incoming endpoint packet */
+		uint8_t  Buffer[Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()];
+
+		/* Remember how large the incoming packet is */
+		uint16_t DataLength = Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint();
+
+		/* Read in the incoming packet into the buffer */
+		Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Buffer, DataLength, NULL);
+
+		/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+		Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+		/* Select the Serial Tx Endpoint */
+		Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC2_TX_EPADDR);
+
+		/* Write the received data to the endpoint */
+		Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&Buffer, DataLength, NULL);
+
+		/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+		Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+		/* Wait until the endpoint is ready for the next packet */
+		Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
+
+		/* Send an empty packet to prevent host buffering */
+		Endpoint_ClearIN();
+	}
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..56a510b7a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.h
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for DualVirtualSerial.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DUAL_VIRTUALSERIAL_H_
+#define _DUAL_VIRTUALSERIAL_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <string.h>
+
+		#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void CDC1_Task(void);
+		void CDC2_Task(void);
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fb763b7a2a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Dual Communications Device Class (Dual Virtual Serial Port) Device
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *  \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ *  \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ *  \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ *  \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx)
+ *  \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Abstract Control Model (ACM)</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF CDC Class Standard</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF Interface Association Descriptor ECN \n
+ *        USBIF CDC Class Standard</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Dual Communications Device Class demonstration application.
+ *  This gives a simple reference application for implementing
+ *  a compound device with dual CDC functions acting as a pair
+ *  of virtual serial ports. This demo uses Interface Association
+ *  Descriptors to link together the pair of related CDC
+ *  descriptors for each virtual serial port, which may not be
+ *  supported in all OSes - Windows Vista is supported, as is
+ *  XP (although the latter may need a hotfix to function).
+ *
+ *  Joystick actions are transmitted to the host as strings
+ *  through the first serial port. The device does not respond to
+ *  serial data sent from the host in the first serial port.
+ *
+ *  The second serial port echoes back data sent from the host.
+ *
+ *  After running this demo for the first time on a new computer,
+ *  you will need to supply the .INF file located in this demo
+ *  project's directory as the device's driver when running under
+ *  Windows. This will enable Windows to use its inbuilt CDC drivers,
+ *  negating the need for custom drivers for the device. Other
+ *  Operating Systems should automatically use their own inbuilt
+ *  CDC-ACM drivers.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>
+ *     None
+ *    </td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/LUFA DualVirtualSerial.inf b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/LUFA DualVirtualSerial.inf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1a0e0248af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/LUFA DualVirtualSerial.inf
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+;************************************************************
+; Windows USB CDC ACM Setup File
+; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
+;************************************************************
+
+[DefaultInstall]
+CopyINF="LUFA DualVirtualSerial.inf"
+
+[Version]
+Signature="$Windows NT$"
+Class=Ports
+ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318}
+Provider=%MFGNAME%
+DriverVer=7/1/2012,10.0.0.0
+
+[Manufacturer]
+%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTx86, NTamd64, NTia64
+
+[SourceDisksNames]
+
+[SourceDisksFiles]
+
+[DestinationDirs]
+DefaultDestDir=12
+
+[DriverInstall]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+CopyFiles=FakeModemCopyFileSection
+AddReg=DriverInstall.AddReg
+
+[DriverInstall.Services]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, LowerFilter_Service_Inst
+
+[DriverInstall.AddReg]
+HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"msports.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;  Vendor and Product ID Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side
+; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match.
+; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID.  Use the format as shown below.
+; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs.
+; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line.
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[DeviceList]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_00, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_02
+
+[DeviceList.NTx86]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_00, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_02
+
+[DeviceList.NTamd64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_00, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_02
+
+[DeviceList.NTia64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_00, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_02
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;  String Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;Modify these strings to customize your device
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[Strings]
+MFGNAME="http://www.lufa-lib.org"
+DESCRIPTION="LUFA CDC-ACM Virtual Serial Port"
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6951608306
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="Dual Virtual Serial Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.dual_cdc.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.dual_cdc"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<project caption="Dual Virtual Serial Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.dual_cdc.example.xmega">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.dual_cdc"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.dual_cdc" caption="Dual Virtual Serial Device Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Dual Virtual Serial (CDC) demo, implementing a pair of virtual serial port interfaces. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Device"/>
+			<keyword value="CDC Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="DualVirtualSerial.txt"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="LUFA DualVirtualSerial.inf"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="DualVirtualSerial.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="DualVirtualSerial.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..40dcfe9157
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Dual Virtual Serial Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c91ec4f880
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = DualVirtualSerial
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/Config/AppConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..636200ec6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ *  the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ *  specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ *  makefile or build system.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ *  \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#define GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE       8
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..00eefc7bf7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+		#define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX               2
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2a248075ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,238 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ *  the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
+ *  USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
+ *  descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
+ *  the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
+ *  more details on HID report descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM GenericReport[] =
+{
+	HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(16, 0xFF00), /* Vendor Page 0 */
+	HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x01), /* Vendor Usage 1 */
+	HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x01), /* Vendor Usage 1 */
+	    HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x02), /* Vendor Usage 2 */
+	    HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00),
+	    HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0xFF),
+	    HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08),
+	    HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE),
+	    HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE),
+	    HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x03), /* Vendor Usage 3 */
+	    HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00),
+	    HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0xFF),
+	    HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08),
+	    HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE),
+	    HID_RI_OUTPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE | HID_IOF_NON_VOLATILE),
+	HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0),
+};
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ *  process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+	.Class                  = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+	.SubClass               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+	.Protocol               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+	.Endpoint0Size          = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+	.VendorID               = 0x03EB,
+	.ProductID              = 0x204F,
+	.ReleaseNumber          = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+	.ProductStrIndex        = STRING_ID_Product,
+	.SerialNumStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+	.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+	.Config =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+			.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+			.TotalInterfaces        = 1,
+
+			.ConfigurationNumber    = 1,
+			.ConfigurationStrIndex  = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+			.ConfigAttributes       = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+			.MaxPowerConsumption    = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+		},
+
+	.HID_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_GenericHID,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0x00,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 2,
+
+			.Class                  = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
+			.SubClass               = HID_CSCP_NonBootSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = HID_CSCP_NonBootProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.HID_GenericHID =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
+
+			.HIDSpec                = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
+			.CountryCode            = 0x00,
+			.TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
+			.HIDReportType          = HID_DTYPE_Report,
+			.HIDReportLength        = sizeof(GenericReport)
+		},
+
+	.HID_ReportINEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = GENERIC_IN_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = GENERIC_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		},
+
+	.HID_ReportOUTEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = GENERIC_OUT_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = GENERIC_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		}
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ *  the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ *  via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ *  form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ *  and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Generic HID Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ *  USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8);
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+	const void* Address = NULL;
+	uint16_t    Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+	switch (DescriptorType)
+	{
+		case DTYPE_Device:
+			Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_Configuration:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_String:
+			switch (DescriptorNumber)
+			{
+				case STRING_ID_Language:
+					Address = &LanguageString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+					Address = &ManufacturerString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Product:
+					Address = &ProductString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case HID_DTYPE_HID:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_GenericHID;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+			break;
+		case HID_DTYPE_Report:
+			Address = &GenericReport;
+			Size    = sizeof(GenericReport);
+			break;
+	}
+
+	*DescriptorAddress = Address;
+	return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..30fc7e1ea0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+			// Generic HID Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t            HID_Interface;
+			USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t              HID_GenericHID;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             HID_ReportINEndpoint;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             HID_ReportOUTEndpoint;
+		} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+		/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+		 *  should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+		 *  interface from other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+		{
+			INTERFACE_ID_GenericHID = 0, /**< GenericHID interface descriptor ID */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+		 *  have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+		 *  other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum StringDescriptors_t
+		{
+			STRING_ID_Language     = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+			STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+			STRING_ID_Product      = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+		};
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Endpoint address of the Generic HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+		#define GENERIC_IN_EPADDR         (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 1)
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the Generic HID reporting OUT endpoint. */
+		#define GENERIC_OUT_EPADDR        (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 2)
+
+		/** Size in bytes of the Generic HID reporting endpoint. */
+		#define GENERIC_EPSIZE            8
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+		                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+		                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+		                                    ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/GenericHID.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/GenericHID.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..916457a2f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/GenericHID.c
@@ -0,0 +1,253 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the GenericHID demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
+ *  is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "GenericHID.h"
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ *  enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		HID_Task();
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+	/* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+	XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+	XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+	/* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+	XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+	XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+	PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	LEDs_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs and
+ *  starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+	/* Indicate USB enumerating */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
+ *  the status LEDs and stops the USB management task.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+	/* Indicate USB not ready */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host sets the current configuration
+ *  of the USB device after enumeration, and configures the generic HID device endpoints.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+	bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+	/* Setup HID Report Endpoints */
+	ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(GENERIC_IN_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, GENERIC_EPSIZE, 1);
+	ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(GENERIC_OUT_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, GENERIC_EPSIZE, 1);
+
+	/* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
+ *  the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
+ *  internally.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+	/* Handle HID Class specific requests */
+	switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+	{
+		case HID_REQ_GetReport:
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+			{
+				uint8_t GenericData[GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE];
+				CreateGenericHIDReport(GenericData);
+
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+				/* Write the report data to the control endpoint */
+				Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(&GenericData, sizeof(GenericData));
+				Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case HID_REQ_SetReport:
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+			{
+				uint8_t GenericData[GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE];
+
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+				/* Read the report data from the control endpoint */
+				Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(&GenericData, sizeof(GenericData));
+				Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+				ProcessGenericHIDReport(GenericData);
+			}
+
+			break;
+	}
+}
+
+/** Function to process the last received report from the host.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] DataArray  Pointer to a buffer where the last received report has been stored
+ */
+void ProcessGenericHIDReport(uint8_t* DataArray)
+{
+	/*
+		This is where you need to process reports sent from the host to the device. This
+		function is called each time the host has sent a new report. DataArray is an array
+		holding the report sent from the host.
+	*/
+
+	uint8_t NewLEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
+
+	if (DataArray[0])
+	  NewLEDMask |= LEDS_LED1;
+
+	if (DataArray[1])
+	  NewLEDMask |= LEDS_LED2;
+
+	if (DataArray[2])
+	  NewLEDMask |= LEDS_LED3;
+
+	if (DataArray[3])
+	  NewLEDMask |= LEDS_LED4;
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(NewLEDMask);
+}
+
+/** Function to create the next report to send back to the host at the next reporting interval.
+ *
+ *  \param[out] DataArray  Pointer to a buffer where the next report data should be stored
+ */
+void CreateGenericHIDReport(uint8_t* DataArray)
+{
+	/*
+		This is where you need to create reports to be sent to the host from the device. This
+		function is called each time the host is ready to accept a new report. DataArray is
+		an array to hold the report to the host.
+	*/
+
+	uint8_t CurrLEDMask = LEDs_GetLEDs();
+
+	DataArray[0] = ((CurrLEDMask & LEDS_LED1) ? 1 : 0);
+	DataArray[1] = ((CurrLEDMask & LEDS_LED2) ? 1 : 0);
+	DataArray[2] = ((CurrLEDMask & LEDS_LED3) ? 1 : 0);
+	DataArray[3] = ((CurrLEDMask & LEDS_LED4) ? 1 : 0);
+}
+
+void HID_Task(void)
+{
+	/* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
+	if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+	  return;
+
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(GENERIC_OUT_EPADDR);
+
+	/* Check to see if a packet has been sent from the host */
+	if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+	{
+		/* Check to see if the packet contains data */
+		if (Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())
+		{
+			/* Create a temporary buffer to hold the read in report from the host */
+			uint8_t GenericData[GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE];
+
+			/* Read Generic Report Data */
+			Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&GenericData, sizeof(GenericData), NULL);
+
+			/* Process Generic Report Data */
+			ProcessGenericHIDReport(GenericData);
+		}
+
+		/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+		Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+	}
+
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(GENERIC_IN_EPADDR);
+
+	/* Check to see if the host is ready to accept another packet */
+	if (Endpoint_IsINReady())
+	{
+		/* Create a temporary buffer to hold the report to send to the host */
+		uint8_t GenericData[GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE];
+
+		/* Create Generic Report Data */
+		CreateGenericHIDReport(GenericData);
+
+		/* Write Generic Report Data */
+		Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&GenericData, sizeof(GenericData), NULL);
+
+		/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+		Endpoint_ClearIN();
+	}
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/GenericHID.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/GenericHID.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4e6100c435
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/GenericHID.h
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for GenericHID.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _GENERICHID_H_
+#define _GENERICHID_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <stdbool.h>
+		#include <string.h>
+
+		#include "Descriptors.h"
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+		void HID_Task(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
+
+		void ProcessGenericHIDReport(uint8_t* DataArray);
+		void CreateGenericHIDReport(uint8_t* DataArray);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/GenericHID.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/GenericHID.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0d780f49d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/GenericHID.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Generic HID Device
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *  \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ *  \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ *  \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ *  \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ *  \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx)
+ *  \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>N/A</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ *        USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ *        Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Generic HID device demonstration application. This gives a simple reference application
+ *  for implementing a generic HID device, using the basic USB HID drivers in all modern
+ *  OSes (i.e. no special drivers required). By default it accepts and sends up to 8 byte reports
+ *  to and from a USB Host, and transmits the last sent report back to the host.
+ *
+ *  On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function as a vendor HID device.
+ *  When controlled by a custom HID class application, reports can be sent and received by
+ *  both the standard data endpoint and control request methods defined in the HID specification.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ *    <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ *    <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>This token defines the size of the device reports, both sent and received (including report ID byte). The value
+ *        must be an integer ranging from 1 to 255.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/HostTestApp/test_generic_hid.py b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/HostTestApp/test_generic_hid.py
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1e5f430195
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/HostTestApp/test_generic_hid.py
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+"""
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+"""
+
+"""
+    LUFA Generic HID device demo host test script. This script will send a
+    continuous stream of generic reports to the device, to show a variable LED
+    pattern on the target board. Send and received report data is printed to
+    the terminal.
+
+    Requires the pywinusb library (https://pypi.python.org/pypi/pywinusb/).
+"""
+
+import sys
+from time import sleep
+import pywinusb.hid as hid
+
+# Generic HID device VID, PID and report payload length (length is increased
+# by one to account for the Report ID byte that must be pre-pended)
+device_vid = 0x03EB
+device_pid = 0x204F
+report_length = 1 + 8
+
+
+def get_hid_device_handle():
+    hid_device_filter = hid.HidDeviceFilter(vendor_id=device_vid,
+                                            product_id=device_pid)
+
+    valid_hid_devices = hid_device_filter.get_devices()
+
+    if len(valid_hid_devices) is 0:
+        return None
+    else:
+        return valid_hid_devices[0]
+
+
+def send_led_pattern(device, led1, led2, led3, led4):
+    # Report data for the demo is the report ID (always zero) followed by the
+    # LED on/off data
+    report_data = [0, led1, led2, led3, led4]
+
+    # Zero-extend the array to the length the report should be
+    report_data.extend([0] * (report_length - len(report_data)))
+
+    # Send the generated report to the device
+    device.send_output_report(report_data)
+
+    print("Sent LED Pattern: {0}".format(report_data[1:5]))
+
+
+def received_led_pattern(report_data):
+    print("Received LED Pattern: {0}".format(report_data[1:5]))
+
+
+def main():
+    hid_device = get_hid_device_handle()
+
+    if hid_device is None:
+        print("No valid HID device found.")
+        sys.exit(1)
+
+    try:
+        hid_device.open()
+
+        print("Connected to device 0x%04X/0x%04X - %s [%s]" %
+              (hid_device.vendor_id, hid_device.product_id,
+               hid_device.product_name, hid_device.vendor_name))
+
+        # Set up the HID input report handler to receive reports
+        hid_device.set_raw_data_handler(received_led_pattern)
+
+        p = 0
+        while (hid_device.is_plugged()):
+            # Convert the current pattern index to a bit-mask and send
+            send_led_pattern(hid_device,
+                             (p >> 3) & 1,
+                             (p >> 2) & 1,
+                             (p >> 1) & 1,
+                             (p >> 0) & 1)
+
+            # Compute next LED pattern in sequence
+            p = (p + 1) % 16
+
+            # Delay a bit for visual effect
+            sleep(.2)
+
+    finally:
+        hid_device.close()
+
+
+if __name__ == '__main__':
+    main()
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6e98adca84
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="Generic HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.generic_hid.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.generic_hid"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<project caption="Generic HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.generic_hid.example.xmega">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.generic_hid"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.generic_hid" caption="Generic HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Generic HID device demo, implementing a device whose LEDs can be controlled via HID messages from the host. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Device"/>
+			<keyword value="HID Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="GenericHID.txt"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="directory" value="HostTestApp"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="GenericHID.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="GenericHID.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ffc0d05905
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2396 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Generic HID Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/ \
+                         HostTestApp/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7cd0aac47a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = GenericHID
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..299d2ec852
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+		#define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX               1
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..45949897c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,240 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ *  the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
+ *  USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
+ *  descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
+ *  the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
+ *  more details on HID report descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM JoystickReport[] =
+{
+	HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x01), /* Generic Desktop */
+	HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x04), /* Joystick */
+	HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x01), /* Application */
+		HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x01), /* Pointer */
+		HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x00), /* Physical */
+			HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x30), /* Usage X */
+			HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x31), /* Usage Y */
+			HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x32), /* Usage Z */
+			HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, -100),
+			HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 100),
+			HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MINIMUM(8, -1),
+			HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 1),
+			HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x03),
+			HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08),
+			HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE),
+		HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0),
+		HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x09), /* Button */
+		HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0x01),
+		HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0x02),
+		HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00),
+		HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0x01),
+		HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01),
+		HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x02),
+		HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE),
+		HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x06),
+		HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x01),
+		HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT),
+	HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0),
+};
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ *  process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+	.Class                  = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+	.SubClass               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+	.Protocol               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+	.Endpoint0Size          = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+	.VendorID               = 0x03EB,
+	.ProductID              = 0x2043,
+	.ReleaseNumber          = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+	.ProductStrIndex        = STRING_ID_Product,
+	.SerialNumStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+	.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+	.Config =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+			.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+			.TotalInterfaces        = 1,
+
+			.ConfigurationNumber    = 1,
+			.ConfigurationStrIndex  = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+			.ConfigAttributes       = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+			.MaxPowerConsumption    = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+		},
+
+	.HID_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_Joystick,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0x00,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 1,
+
+			.Class                  = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
+			.SubClass               = HID_CSCP_NonBootSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = HID_CSCP_NonBootProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.HID_JoystickHID =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
+
+			.HIDSpec                = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
+			.CountryCode            = 0x00,
+			.TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
+			.HIDReportType          = HID_DTYPE_Report,
+			.HIDReportLength        = sizeof(JoystickReport)
+		},
+
+	.HID_ReportINEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = JOYSTICK_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = JOYSTICK_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		}
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ *  the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ *  via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ *  form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ *  and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Joystick Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ *  USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8);
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+	const void* Address = NULL;
+	uint16_t    Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+	switch (DescriptorType)
+	{
+		case DTYPE_Device:
+			Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_Configuration:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_String:
+			switch (DescriptorNumber)
+			{
+				case STRING_ID_Language:
+					Address = &LanguageString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+					Address = &ManufacturerString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Product:
+					Address = &ProductString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_HID:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_JoystickHID;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_Report:
+			Address = &JoystickReport;
+			Size    = sizeof(JoystickReport);
+			break;
+	}
+
+	*DescriptorAddress = Address;
+	return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..30ab1059b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+			// Joystick HID Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t            HID_Interface;
+			USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t              HID_JoystickHID;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             HID_ReportINEndpoint;
+		} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+		/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+		 *  should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+		 *  interface from other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+		{
+			INTERFACE_ID_Joystick = 0, /**< Joystick interface descriptor ID */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+		 *  have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+		 *  other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum StringDescriptors_t
+		{
+			STRING_ID_Language     = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+			STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+			STRING_ID_Product      = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+		};
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Endpoint address of the Joystick HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+		#define JOYSTICK_EPADDR           (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+		/** Size in bytes of the Joystick HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+		#define JOYSTICK_EPSIZE           8
+
+		/** Descriptor header type value, to indicate a HID class HID descriptor. */
+		#define DTYPE_HID                 0x21
+
+		/** Descriptor header type value, to indicate a HID class HID report descriptor. */
+		#define DTYPE_Report              0x22
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+		                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+		                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+		                                    ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Joystick.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Joystick.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7536d1a5fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Joystick.c
@@ -0,0 +1,217 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the Joystick demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
+ *  is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "Joystick.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ *  enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		HID_Task();
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+	/* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+	XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+	XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+	/* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+	XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+	XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+	PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	Joystick_Init();
+	LEDs_Init();
+	Buttons_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs and
+ *  starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+	/* Indicate USB enumerating */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
+ *  the status LEDs and stops the USB management and joystick reporting tasks.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+	/* Indicate USB not ready */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host set the current configuration
+ *  of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured and the joystick reporting task started.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+	bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+	/* Setup HID Report Endpoint */
+	ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(JOYSTICK_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, JOYSTICK_EPSIZE, 1);
+
+	/* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
+ *  the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
+ *  internally.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+	/* Handle HID Class specific requests */
+	switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+	{
+		case HID_REQ_GetReport:
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+			{
+				USB_JoystickReport_Data_t JoystickReportData;
+
+				/* Create the next HID report to send to the host */
+				GetNextReport(&JoystickReportData);
+
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+				/* Write the report data to the control endpoint */
+				Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(&JoystickReportData, sizeof(JoystickReportData));
+				Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+			}
+
+			break;
+	}
+}
+
+/** Fills the given HID report data structure with the next HID report to send to the host.
+ *
+ *  \param[out] ReportData  Pointer to a HID report data structure to be filled
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the new report differs from the last report, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool GetNextReport(USB_JoystickReport_Data_t* const ReportData)
+{
+	static uint8_t PrevJoyStatus    = 0;
+	static uint8_t PrevButtonStatus = 0;
+	uint8_t        JoyStatus_LCL    = Joystick_GetStatus();
+	uint8_t        ButtonStatus_LCL = Buttons_GetStatus();
+	bool           InputChanged     = false;
+
+	/* Clear the report contents */
+	memset(ReportData, 0, sizeof(USB_JoystickReport_Data_t));
+
+	if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+	  ReportData->Y = -100;
+	else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+	  ReportData->Y =  100;
+
+	if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+	  ReportData->X = -100;
+	else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+	  ReportData->X =  100;
+
+	if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+	  ReportData->Button |= (1 << 1);
+
+	if (ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1)
+	  ReportData->Button |= (1 << 0);
+
+	/* Check if the new report is different to the previous report */
+	InputChanged = (uint8_t)(PrevJoyStatus ^ JoyStatus_LCL) | (uint8_t)(PrevButtonStatus ^ ButtonStatus_LCL);
+
+	/* Save the current joystick status for later comparison */
+	PrevJoyStatus    = JoyStatus_LCL;
+	PrevButtonStatus = ButtonStatus_LCL;
+
+	/* Return whether the new report is different to the previous report or not */
+	return InputChanged;
+}
+
+/** Function to manage HID report generation and transmission to the host. */
+void HID_Task(void)
+{
+	/* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
+	if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+	  return;
+
+	/* Select the Joystick Report Endpoint */
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(JOYSTICK_EPADDR);
+
+	/* Check to see if the host is ready for another packet */
+	if (Endpoint_IsINReady())
+	{
+		USB_JoystickReport_Data_t JoystickReportData;
+
+		/* Create the next HID report to send to the host */
+		GetNextReport(&JoystickReportData);
+
+		/* Write Joystick Report Data */
+		Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&JoystickReportData, sizeof(JoystickReportData), NULL);
+
+		/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+		Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+		/* Clear the report data afterwards */
+		memset(&JoystickReportData, 0, sizeof(JoystickReportData));
+	}
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Joystick.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Joystick.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d5fdcccbd3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Joystick.h
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Joystick.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _JOYSTICK_H_
+#define _JOYSTICK_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <string.h>
+
+		#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for the joystick HID report structure, for creating and sending HID reports to the host PC.
+		 *  This mirrors the layout described to the host in the HID report descriptor, in Descriptors.c.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			int8_t  X; /**< Current absolute joystick X position, as a signed 8-bit integer */
+			int8_t  Y; /**< Current absolute joystick Y position, as a signed 8-bit integer */
+			int8_t  Z; /**< Current absolute joystick Z position, as a signed 8-bit integer */
+			uint8_t Button; /**< Bit mask of the currently pressed joystick buttons */
+		} USB_JoystickReport_Data_t;
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+		void HID_Task(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+		bool GetNextReport(USB_JoystickReport_Data_t* const ReportData);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Joystick.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Joystick.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b174642f4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Joystick.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Joystick Device Demo
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *  \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ *  \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ *  \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ *  \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ *  \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx)
+ *  \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>N/A</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ *        USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ *        Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Joystick demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ *  application for implementing a USB Keyboard device, for USB Joysticks
+ *  using the standard Keyboard HID profile.
+ *
+ *  This device will show up as a generic joystick device, with two buttons.
+ *  Pressing the joystick inwards is the first button, and the HWB button
+ *  is the second.
+ *
+ *  Moving the joystick on the selected board moves the joystick location on
+ *  the host computer.
+ *
+ *  Currently only single interface joysticks are supported.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>
+ *     None
+ *    </td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c67eb642b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="Joystick HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.joystick.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.joystick"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<project caption="Joystick HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.joystick.example.xmega">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.joystick"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.joystick" caption="Joystick HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Joystick HID device demo, implementing a basic USB joystick that can send movement information to the host. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Device"/>
+			<keyword value="HID Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="Joystick.txt"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="Joystick.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Joystick.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..45ebd1341a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Joystick Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8a29ff4d0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = Joystick
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..00eefc7bf7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+		#define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX               2
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d0e5bc4459
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,255 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+  Copyright 2010  Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ *  the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
+ *  USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
+ *  descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
+ *  the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
+ *  more details on HID report descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM KeyboardReport[] =
+{
+	HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x01), /* Generic Desktop */
+	HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x06), /* Keyboard */
+	HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x01), /* Application */
+		HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x07), /* Key Codes */
+		HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0xE0), /* Keyboard Left Control */
+		HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0xE7), /* Keyboard Right GUI */
+		HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00),
+		HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0x01),
+		HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01),
+		HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x08),
+		HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE),
+		HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x01),
+		HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08),
+		HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT),
+		HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x08), /* LEDs */
+		HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0x01), /* Num Lock */
+		HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0x05), /* Kana */
+		HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x05),
+		HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01),
+		HID_RI_OUTPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE | HID_IOF_NON_VOLATILE),
+		HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x01),
+		HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x03),
+		HID_RI_OUTPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT),
+		HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00),
+		HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0x65),
+		HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x07), /* Keyboard */
+		HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0x00), /* Reserved (no event indicated) */
+		HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0x65), /* Keyboard Application */
+		HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x06),
+		HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08),
+		HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_ARRAY | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE),
+	HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0),
+};
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ *  process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+	.Class                  = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+	.SubClass               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+	.Protocol               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+	.Endpoint0Size          = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+	.VendorID               = 0x03EB,
+	.ProductID              = 0x2042,
+	.ReleaseNumber          = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+	.ProductStrIndex        = STRING_ID_Product,
+	.SerialNumStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+	.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+	.Config =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+			.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+			.TotalInterfaces        = 1,
+
+			.ConfigurationNumber    = 1,
+			.ConfigurationStrIndex  = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+			.ConfigAttributes       = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+			.MaxPowerConsumption    = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+		},
+
+	.HID_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0x00,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 2,
+
+			.Class                  = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
+			.SubClass               = HID_CSCP_BootSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = HID_CSCP_KeyboardBootProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.HID_KeyboardHID =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
+
+			.HIDSpec                = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
+			.CountryCode            = 0x00,
+			.TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
+			.HIDReportType          = HID_DTYPE_Report,
+			.HIDReportLength        = sizeof(KeyboardReport)
+		},
+
+	.HID_ReportINEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = KEYBOARD_IN_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = KEYBOARD_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		},
+
+	.HID_ReportOUTEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = KEYBOARD_OUT_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = KEYBOARD_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		}
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ *  the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ *  via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ *  form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ *  and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Keyboard Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ *  USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8);
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+	const void* Address = NULL;
+	uint16_t    Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+	switch (DescriptorType)
+	{
+		case DTYPE_Device:
+			Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_Configuration:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_String:
+			switch (DescriptorNumber)
+			{
+				case STRING_ID_Language:
+					Address = &LanguageString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+					Address = &ManufacturerString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Product:
+					Address = &ProductString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case HID_DTYPE_HID:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_KeyboardHID;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+			break;
+		case HID_DTYPE_Report:
+			Address = &KeyboardReport;
+			Size    = sizeof(KeyboardReport);
+			break;
+	}
+
+	*DescriptorAddress = Address;
+	return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f9d26e4823
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+  Copyright 2010  Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+			// Keyboard HID Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t            HID_Interface;
+			USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t              HID_KeyboardHID;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             HID_ReportINEndpoint;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             HID_ReportOUTEndpoint;
+		} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+		/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+		 *  should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+		 *  interface from other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+		{
+			INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard = 0, /**< Keyboard interface descriptor ID */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+		 *  have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+		 *  other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum StringDescriptors_t
+		{
+			STRING_ID_Language     = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+			STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+			STRING_ID_Product      = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+		};
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Endpoint address of the Keyboard HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+		#define KEYBOARD_IN_EPADDR        (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 1)
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the Keyboard HID reporting OUT endpoint. */
+		#define KEYBOARD_OUT_EPADDR       (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 2)
+
+		/** Size in bytes of the Keyboard HID reporting IN and OUT endpoints. */
+		#define KEYBOARD_EPSIZE           8
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+		                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+		                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+		                                    ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Keyboard.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Keyboard.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c412991e8b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Keyboard.c
@@ -0,0 +1,383 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+  Copyright 2010  Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the Keyboard demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
+ *  is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "Keyboard.h"
+
+/** Indicates what report mode the host has requested, true for normal HID reporting mode, \c false for special boot
+ *  protocol reporting mode.
+ */
+static bool UsingReportProtocol = true;
+
+/** Current Idle period. This is set by the host via a Set Idle HID class request to silence the device's reports
+ *  for either the entire idle duration, or until the report status changes (e.g. the user presses a key).
+ */
+static uint16_t IdleCount = 500;
+
+/** Current Idle period remaining. When the IdleCount value is set, this tracks the remaining number of idle
+ *  milliseconds. This is separate to the IdleCount timer and is incremented and compared as the host may request
+ *  the current idle period via a Get Idle HID class request, thus its value must be preserved.
+ */
+static uint16_t IdleMSRemaining = 0;
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ *  enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		HID_Task();
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+	/* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+	XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+	XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+	/* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+	XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+	XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+	PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	Joystick_Init();
+	LEDs_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+	Buttons_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs and
+ *  starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+	/* Indicate USB enumerating */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+	/* Default to report protocol on connect */
+	UsingReportProtocol = true;
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
+ *  the status LEDs.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+	/* Indicate USB not ready */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host sets the current configuration
+ *  of the USB device after enumeration, and configures the keyboard device endpoints.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+	bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+	/* Setup HID Report Endpoints */
+	ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(KEYBOARD_IN_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, KEYBOARD_EPSIZE, 1);
+	ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(KEYBOARD_OUT_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, KEYBOARD_EPSIZE, 1);
+
+	/* Turn on Start-of-Frame events for tracking HID report period expiry */
+	USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents();
+
+	/* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
+ *  the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
+ *  internally.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+	/* Handle HID Class specific requests */
+	switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+	{
+		case HID_REQ_GetReport:
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+			{
+				USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t KeyboardReportData;
+
+				/* Create the next keyboard report for transmission to the host */
+				CreateKeyboardReport(&KeyboardReportData);
+
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+				/* Write the report data to the control endpoint */
+				Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(&KeyboardReportData, sizeof(KeyboardReportData));
+				Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case HID_REQ_SetReport:
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+			{
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+				/* Wait until the LED report has been sent by the host */
+				while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
+				{
+					if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+					  return;
+				}
+
+				/* Read in the LED report from the host */
+				uint8_t LEDStatus = Endpoint_Read_8();
+
+				Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+				Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+				/* Process the incoming LED report */
+				ProcessLEDReport(LEDStatus);
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case HID_REQ_GetProtocol:
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+			{
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+				/* Write the current protocol flag to the host */
+				Endpoint_Write_8(UsingReportProtocol);
+
+				Endpoint_ClearIN();
+				Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case HID_REQ_SetProtocol:
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+			{
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+				Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+				/* Set or clear the flag depending on what the host indicates that the current Protocol should be */
+				UsingReportProtocol = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue != 0);
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case HID_REQ_SetIdle:
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+			{
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+				Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+				/* Get idle period in MSB, IdleCount must be multiplied by 4 to get number of milliseconds */
+				IdleCount = ((USB_ControlRequest.wValue & 0xFF00) >> 6);
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case HID_REQ_GetIdle:
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+			{
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+				/* Write the current idle duration to the host, must be divided by 4 before sent to host */
+				Endpoint_Write_8(IdleCount >> 2);
+
+				Endpoint_ClearIN();
+				Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+			}
+
+			break;
+	}
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void)
+{
+	/* One millisecond has elapsed, decrement the idle time remaining counter if it has not already elapsed */
+	if (IdleMSRemaining)
+	  IdleMSRemaining--;
+}
+
+/** Fills the given HID report data structure with the next HID report to send to the host.
+ *
+ *  \param[out] ReportData  Pointer to a HID report data structure to be filled
+ */
+void CreateKeyboardReport(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t* const ReportData)
+{
+	uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL     = Joystick_GetStatus();
+	uint8_t ButtonStatus_LCL  = Buttons_GetStatus();
+
+	uint8_t UsedKeyCodes      = 0;
+
+	/* Clear the report contents */
+	memset(ReportData, 0, sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t));
+
+	/* Make sent key uppercase by indicating that the left shift key is pressed */
+	ReportData->Modifier = HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_LEFTSHIFT;
+
+	if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+	  ReportData->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_A;
+	else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+	  ReportData->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_B;
+
+	if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+	  ReportData->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_C;
+	else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+	  ReportData->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_D;
+
+	if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+	  ReportData->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_E;
+
+	if (ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1)
+	  ReportData->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F;
+}
+
+/** Processes a received LED report, and updates the board LEDs states to match.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] LEDReport  LED status report from the host
+ */
+void ProcessLEDReport(const uint8_t LEDReport)
+{
+	uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_LED2;
+
+	if (LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_NUMLOCK)
+	  LEDMask |= LEDS_LED1;
+
+	if (LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_CAPSLOCK)
+	  LEDMask |= LEDS_LED3;
+
+	if (LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_SCROLLLOCK)
+	  LEDMask |= LEDS_LED4;
+
+	/* Set the status LEDs to the current Keyboard LED status */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+}
+
+/** Sends the next HID report to the host, via the keyboard data endpoint. */
+void SendNextReport(void)
+{
+	static USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t PrevKeyboardReportData;
+	USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t        KeyboardReportData;
+	bool                             SendReport = false;
+
+	/* Create the next keyboard report for transmission to the host */
+	CreateKeyboardReport(&KeyboardReportData);
+
+	/* Check if the idle period is set and has elapsed */
+	if (IdleCount && (!(IdleMSRemaining)))
+	{
+		/* Reset the idle time remaining counter */
+		IdleMSRemaining = IdleCount;
+
+		/* Idle period is set and has elapsed, must send a report to the host */
+		SendReport = true;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* Check to see if the report data has changed - if so a report MUST be sent */
+		SendReport = (memcmp(&PrevKeyboardReportData, &KeyboardReportData, sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t)) != 0);
+	}
+
+	/* Select the Keyboard Report Endpoint */
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(KEYBOARD_IN_EPADDR);
+
+	/* Check if Keyboard Endpoint Ready for Read/Write and if we should send a new report */
+	if (Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed() && SendReport)
+	{
+		/* Save the current report data for later comparison to check for changes */
+		PrevKeyboardReportData = KeyboardReportData;
+
+		/* Write Keyboard Report Data */
+		Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&KeyboardReportData, sizeof(KeyboardReportData), NULL);
+
+		/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+		Endpoint_ClearIN();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Reads the next LED status report from the host from the LED data endpoint, if one has been sent. */
+void ReceiveNextReport(void)
+{
+	/* Select the Keyboard LED Report Endpoint */
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(KEYBOARD_OUT_EPADDR);
+
+	/* Check if Keyboard LED Endpoint contains a packet */
+	if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+	{
+		/* Check to see if the packet contains data */
+		if (Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())
+		{
+			/* Read in the LED report from the host */
+			uint8_t LEDReport = Endpoint_Read_8();
+
+			/* Process the read LED report from the host */
+			ProcessLEDReport(LEDReport);
+		}
+
+		/* Handshake the OUT Endpoint - clear endpoint and ready for next report */
+		Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Function to manage HID report generation and transmission to the host, when in report mode. */
+void HID_Task(void)
+{
+	/* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
+	if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+	  return;
+
+	/* Send the next keypress report to the host */
+	SendNextReport();
+
+	/* Process the LED report sent from the host */
+	ReceiveNextReport();
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Keyboard.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Keyboard.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5c6bad371c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Keyboard.h
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+  Copyright 2010  Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Keyboard.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _KEYBOARD_H_
+#define _KEYBOARD_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <stdbool.h>
+		#include <string.h>
+
+		#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY        LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING     (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY           (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR           (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+		void HID_Task(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
+
+		void CreateKeyboardReport(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t* const ReportData);
+		void ProcessLEDReport(const uint8_t LEDReport);
+		void SendNextReport(void);
+		void ReceiveNextReport(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Keyboard.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Keyboard.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e945dccfeb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Keyboard.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Keyboard Device Demo
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *  \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ *  \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ *  \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ *  \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ *  \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx)
+ *  \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>N/A</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ *        USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ *        Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Keyboard demonstration application. This gives a simple reference application
+ *  for implementing a USB Keyboard using the basic USB HID drivers in all modern
+ *  OSes (i.e. no special drivers required). It is boot protocol compatible, and thus
+ *  works under compatible BIOS as if it was a native keyboard (e.g. PS/2).
+ *
+ *  On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function as a keyboard
+ *  when the USB connection to a host is present. To use the keyboard example,
+ *  manipulate the joystick to send the letters a, b, c, d and e. See the USB HID
+ *  documentation for more information on sending keyboard event and key presses. Unlike
+ *  other LUFA Keyboard demos, this example shows explicitly how to send multiple key presses
+ *  inside the same report to the host.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>
+ *     None
+ *    </td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2280f4dd63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="Keyboard HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.keyboard.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.keyboard"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<project caption="Keyboard HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.keyboard.example.xmega">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.keyboard"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.keyboard" caption="Keyboard HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Keyboard HID device demo, implementing a basic USB keyboard that can send key press information to the host. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Device"/>
+			<keyword value="HID Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="Keyboard.txt"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="Keyboard.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Keyboard.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e397319372
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Keyboard Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dd53f3fa0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = Keyboard
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cc828a108d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+		#define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX               3
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7efc6d2eeb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,346 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+  Copyright 2010  Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ *  the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
+ *  USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
+ *  descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
+ *  the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
+ *  more details on HID report descriptors.
+ *
+ *  This descriptor describes the mouse HID interface's report structure.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM MouseReport[] =
+{
+	HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x01), /* Generic Desktop */
+	HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x02), /* Mouse */
+	HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x01), /* Application */
+		HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x01), /* Pointer */
+		HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x00), /* Physical */
+			HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x09), /* Button */
+			HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0x01),
+			HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0x03),
+			HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00),
+			HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0x01),
+			HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x03),
+			HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01),
+			HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE),
+			HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x01),
+			HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x05),
+			HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT),
+			HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x01), /* Generic Desktop */
+			HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x30), /* Usage X */
+			HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x31), /* Usage Y */
+			HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, -1),
+			HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 1),
+			HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MINIMUM(8, -1),
+			HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 1),
+			HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x02),
+			HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08),
+			HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_RELATIVE),
+		HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0),
+	HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0),
+};
+
+/** Same as the MouseReport structure, but defines the keyboard HID interface's report structure. */
+const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM KeyboardReport[] =
+{
+	HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x01), /* Generic Desktop */
+	HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x06), /* Keyboard */
+	HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x01), /* Application */
+		HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x07), /* Key Codes */
+		HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0xE0), /* Keyboard Left Control */
+		HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0xE7), /* Keyboard Right GUI */
+		HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00),
+		HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0x01),
+		HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01),
+		HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x08),
+		HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE),
+		HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x01),
+		HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08),
+		HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT),
+		HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x08), /* LEDs */
+		HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0x01), /* Num Lock */
+		HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0x05), /* Kana */
+		HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x05),
+		HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01),
+		HID_RI_OUTPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE | HID_IOF_NON_VOLATILE),
+		HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x01),
+		HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x03),
+		HID_RI_OUTPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT),
+		HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00),
+		HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0x65),
+		HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x07), /* Keyboard */
+		HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0x00), /* Reserved (no event indicated) */
+		HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0x65), /* Keyboard Application */
+		HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x06),
+		HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08),
+		HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_ARRAY | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE),
+	HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0),
+};
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ *  process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+	.Class                  = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+	.SubClass               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+	.Protocol               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+	.Endpoint0Size          = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+	.VendorID               = 0x03EB,
+	.ProductID              = 0x204D,
+	.ReleaseNumber          = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+	.ProductStrIndex        = STRING_ID_Product,
+	.SerialNumStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+	.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+	.Config =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+			.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+			.TotalInterfaces        = 2,
+
+			.ConfigurationNumber    = 1,
+			.ConfigurationStrIndex  = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+			.ConfigAttributes       = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+			.MaxPowerConsumption    = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+		},
+
+	.HID1_KeyboardInterface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0x00,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 2,
+
+			.Class                  = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
+			.SubClass               = HID_CSCP_BootSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = HID_CSCP_KeyboardBootProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.HID1_KeyboardHID =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
+
+			.HIDSpec                = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
+			.CountryCode            = 0x00,
+			.TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
+			.HIDReportType          = HID_DTYPE_Report,
+			.HIDReportLength        = sizeof(KeyboardReport)
+		},
+
+	.HID1_ReportINEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = KEYBOARD_IN_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = HID_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		},
+
+	.HID1_ReportOUTEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = KEYBOARD_OUT_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = HID_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		},
+
+	.HID2_MouseInterface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_Mouse,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0x00,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 1,
+
+			.Class                  = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
+			.SubClass               = HID_CSCP_BootSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = HID_CSCP_MouseBootProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.HID2_MouseHID =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
+
+			.HIDSpec                = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
+			.CountryCode            = 0x00,
+			.TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
+			.HIDReportType          = HID_DTYPE_Report,
+			.HIDReportLength        = sizeof(MouseReport)
+		},
+
+	.HID2_ReportINEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = MOUSE_IN_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = HID_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		}
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ *  the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ *  via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ *  form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ *  and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Mouse and Keyboard Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ *  USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8);
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+	const void* Address = NULL;
+	uint16_t    Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+	switch (DescriptorType)
+	{
+		case DTYPE_Device:
+			Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_Configuration:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_String:
+			switch (DescriptorNumber)
+			{
+				case STRING_ID_Language:
+					Address = &LanguageString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+					Address = &ManufacturerString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Product:
+					Address = &ProductString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case HID_DTYPE_HID:
+			switch (wIndex)
+			{
+				case (INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard):
+					Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID1_KeyboardHID;
+					Size    = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+					break;
+				case (INTERFACE_ID_Mouse):
+					Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID2_MouseHID;
+					Size    = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+					break;
+			}
+			break;
+		case HID_DTYPE_Report:
+			switch (wIndex)
+			{
+				case INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard:
+					Address = &KeyboardReport;
+					Size    = sizeof(KeyboardReport);
+					break;
+				case INTERFACE_ID_Mouse:
+					Address = &MouseReport;
+					Size    = sizeof(MouseReport);
+					break;
+			}
+
+			break;
+	}
+
+	*DescriptorAddress = Address;
+	return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f59ac97ec1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+  Copyright 2010  Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+			// Keyboard HID Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t            HID1_KeyboardInterface;
+			USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t              HID1_KeyboardHID;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             HID1_ReportINEndpoint;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             HID1_ReportOUTEndpoint;
+
+			// Mouse HID Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t            HID2_MouseInterface;
+			USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t              HID2_MouseHID;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             HID2_ReportINEndpoint;
+		} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+		/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+		 *  should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+		 *  interface from other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+		{
+			INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard = 0, /**< Keyboard interface descriptor ID */
+			INTERFACE_ID_Mouse    = 1, /**< Mouse interface descriptor ID */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+		 *  have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+		 *  other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum StringDescriptors_t
+		{
+			STRING_ID_Language     = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+			STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+			STRING_ID_Product      = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+		};
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Endpoint address of the Keyboard HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+		#define KEYBOARD_IN_EPADDR        (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 1)
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the Keyboard HID reporting OUT endpoint. */
+		#define KEYBOARD_OUT_EPADDR       (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 2)
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the Mouse HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+		#define MOUSE_IN_EPADDR           (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 3)
+
+		/** Size in bytes of each of the HID reporting IN and OUT endpoints. */
+		#define HID_EPSIZE                8
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+		                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+		                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+		                                    ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0f2719ce77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.c
@@ -0,0 +1,321 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+  Copyright 2010  Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the KeyboardMouse demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
+ *  is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "KeyboardMouse.h"
+
+/** Global structure to hold the current keyboard interface HID report, for transmission to the host */
+static USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t KeyboardReportData;
+
+/** Global structure to hold the current mouse interface HID report, for transmission to the host */
+static USB_MouseReport_Data_t MouseReportData;
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ *  enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		Keyboard_HID_Task();
+		Mouse_HID_Task();
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+	/* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+	XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+	XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+	/* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+	XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+	XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+	PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	Joystick_Init();
+	LEDs_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs and
+ *  starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+	/* Indicate USB enumerating */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
+ *  the status LEDs and stops the USB management task.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+	/* Indicate USB not ready */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host sets the current configuration
+ *  of the USB device after enumeration, and configures the keyboard and mouse device endpoints.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+	bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+	/* Setup Keyboard HID Report Endpoints */
+	ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(KEYBOARD_IN_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, HID_EPSIZE, 1);
+	ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(KEYBOARD_OUT_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, HID_EPSIZE, 1);
+
+	/* Setup Mouse HID Report Endpoint */
+	ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(MOUSE_IN_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, HID_EPSIZE, 1);
+
+	/* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
+ *  the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
+ *  internally.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+	uint8_t* ReportData;
+	uint8_t  ReportSize;
+
+	/* Handle HID Class specific requests */
+	switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+	{
+		case HID_REQ_GetReport:
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+			{
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+				/* Determine if it is the mouse or the keyboard data that is being requested */
+				if (!(USB_ControlRequest.wIndex))
+				{
+					ReportData = (uint8_t*)&KeyboardReportData;
+					ReportSize = sizeof(KeyboardReportData);
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					ReportData = (uint8_t*)&MouseReportData;
+					ReportSize = sizeof(MouseReportData);
+				}
+
+				/* Write the report data to the control endpoint */
+				Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(ReportData, ReportSize);
+				Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+				/* Clear the report data afterwards */
+				memset(ReportData, 0, ReportSize);
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case HID_REQ_SetReport:
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+			{
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+				/* Wait until the LED report has been sent by the host */
+				while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
+				{
+					if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+					  return;
+				}
+
+				/* Read in the LED report from the host */
+				uint8_t LEDStatus = Endpoint_Read_8();
+
+				Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+				Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+				/* Process the incoming LED report */
+				Keyboard_ProcessLEDReport(LEDStatus);
+			}
+
+			break;
+	}
+}
+
+/** Processes a given Keyboard LED report from the host, and sets the board LEDs to match. Since the Keyboard
+ *  LED report can be sent through either the control endpoint (via a HID SetReport request) or the HID OUT
+ *  endpoint, the processing code is placed here to avoid duplicating it and potentially having different
+ *  behavior depending on the method used to sent it.
+ */
+void Keyboard_ProcessLEDReport(const uint8_t LEDStatus)
+{
+	uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_LED2;
+
+	if (LEDStatus & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_NUMLOCK)
+	  LEDMask |= LEDS_LED1;
+
+	if (LEDStatus & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_CAPSLOCK)
+	  LEDMask |= LEDS_LED3;
+
+	if (LEDStatus & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_SCROLLLOCK)
+	  LEDMask |= LEDS_LED4;
+
+	/* Set the status LEDs to the current Keyboard LED status */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+}
+
+/** Keyboard task. This generates the next keyboard HID report for the host, and transmits it via the
+ *  keyboard IN endpoint when the host is ready for more data. Additionally, it processes host LED status
+ *  reports sent to the device via the keyboard OUT reporting endpoint.
+ */
+void Keyboard_HID_Task(void)
+{
+	uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
+
+	/* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
+	if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+	  return;
+
+	/* Check if board button is not pressed, if so mouse mode enabled */
+	if (!(Buttons_GetStatus() & BUTTONS_BUTTON1))
+	{
+		/* Make sent key uppercase by indicating that the left shift key is pressed */
+		KeyboardReportData.Modifier = HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_LEFTSHIFT;
+
+		if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+		  KeyboardReportData.KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_A;
+		else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+		  KeyboardReportData.KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_B;
+
+		if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+		  KeyboardReportData.KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_C;
+		else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+		  KeyboardReportData.KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_D;
+
+		if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+		  KeyboardReportData.KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_E;
+	}
+
+	/* Select the Keyboard Report Endpoint */
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(KEYBOARD_IN_EPADDR);
+
+	/* Check if Keyboard Endpoint Ready for Read/Write */
+	if (Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())
+	{
+		/* Write Keyboard Report Data */
+		Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&KeyboardReportData, sizeof(KeyboardReportData), NULL);
+
+		/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+		Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+		/* Clear the report data afterwards */
+		memset(&KeyboardReportData, 0, sizeof(KeyboardReportData));
+	}
+
+	/* Select the Keyboard LED Report Endpoint */
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(KEYBOARD_OUT_EPADDR);
+
+	/* Check if Keyboard LED Endpoint Ready for Read/Write */
+	if (Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())
+	{
+		/* Read in and process the LED report from the host */
+		Keyboard_ProcessLEDReport(Endpoint_Read_8());
+
+		/* Handshake the OUT Endpoint - clear endpoint and ready for next report */
+		Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Mouse task. This generates the next mouse HID report for the host, and transmits it via the
+ *  mouse IN endpoint when the host is ready for more data.
+ */
+void Mouse_HID_Task(void)
+{
+	uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
+
+	/* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
+	if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+	  return;
+
+	/* Check if board button is pressed, if so mouse mode enabled */
+	if (Buttons_GetStatus() & BUTTONS_BUTTON1)
+	{
+		if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+		  MouseReportData.Y =  1;
+		else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+		  MouseReportData.Y = -1;
+
+		if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+		  MouseReportData.X =  1;
+		else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+		  MouseReportData.X = -1;
+
+		if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+		  MouseReportData.Button |= (1 << 0);
+	}
+
+	/* Select the Mouse Report Endpoint */
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MOUSE_IN_EPADDR);
+
+	/* Check if Mouse Endpoint Ready for Read/Write */
+	if (Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())
+	{
+		/* Write Mouse Report Data */
+		Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&MouseReportData, sizeof(MouseReportData), NULL);
+
+		/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+		Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+		/* Clear the report data afterwards */
+		memset(&MouseReportData, 0, sizeof(MouseReportData));
+	}
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4bcb33c06c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.h
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+  Copyright 2010  Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _KEYBOARD_MOUSE_H_
+#define _KEYBOARD_MOUSE_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <stdbool.h>
+		#include <string.h>
+
+		#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY        LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING     (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY           (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR           (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+		void Keyboard_ProcessLEDReport(const uint8_t LEDStatus);
+		void Keyboard_HID_Task(void);
+		void Mouse_HID_Task(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..262a84f0ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Dual HID Keyboard and Mouse Device Demo
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *  \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ *  \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ *  \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ *  \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ *  \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx)
+ *  \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>N/A</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ *        USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ *        Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Keyboard/Mouse demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ *  application for implementing a composite device containing both USB Keyboard
+ *  and USB Mouse functionality using the basic USB HID drivers in all modern OSes
+ *  (i.e. no special drivers required). This example uses two separate HID
+ *  interfaces for each function. It is boot protocol compatible, and thus works under
+ *  compatible BIOS as if it was a native keyboard and mouse (e.g. PS/2).
+ *
+ *  On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function
+ *  as a keyboard when the USB connection to a host is present and the HWB is not
+ *  pressed. When enabled, manipulate the joystick to send the letters
+ *  a, b, c, d and e. See the USB HID documentation for more information
+ *  on sending keyboard event and key presses.
+ *
+ *  When the HWB is pressed, the mouse mode is enabled. When enabled, move the
+ *  joystick to move the pointer, and push the joystick inwards to simulate a
+ *  left-button click.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>
+ *     None
+ *    </td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..77e1a6642f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="Keyboard and Mouse HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.keyboard_mouse.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.keyboard_mouse"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<project caption="Keyboard and Mouse HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.keyboard_mouse.example.xmega">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.keyboard_mouse"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.keyboard_mouse" caption="Keyboard and Mouse HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Keyboard and Mouse HID device demo, implementing a basic USB keyboard and mouse using a pair of HID interfaces. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Device"/>
+			<keyword value="HID Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="KeyboardMouse.txt"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="KeyboardMouse.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="KeyboardMouse.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6648a78d11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Combined Keyboard/Mouse Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cff064f9ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = KeyboardMouse
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..00eefc7bf7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+		#define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX               2
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b4bcea1ee7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,314 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ *  the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ *  process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+	.Class                  = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+	.SubClass               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+	.Protocol               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+	.Endpoint0Size          = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+	.VendorID               = 0x03EB,
+	.ProductID              = 0x2048,
+	.ReleaseNumber          = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+	.ProductStrIndex        = STRING_ID_Product,
+	.SerialNumStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+	.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+	.Config =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+			.TotalConfigurationSize   = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+			.TotalInterfaces          = 2,
+
+			.ConfigurationNumber      = 1,
+			.ConfigurationStrIndex    = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+			.ConfigAttributes         = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+			.MaxPowerConsumption      = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+		},
+
+	.Audio_ControlInterface =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber          = INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl,
+			.AlternateSetting         = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints           = 0,
+
+			.Class                    = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
+			.SubClass                 = AUDIO_CSCP_ControlSubclass,
+			.Protocol                 = AUDIO_CSCP_ControlProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex        = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.Audio_ControlInterface_SPC =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+			.ACSpecification          = VERSION_BCD(1,0,0),
+			.TotalLength              = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t),
+
+			.InCollection             = 1,
+			.InterfaceNumber          = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+		},
+
+	.Audio_StreamInterface =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber          = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+			.AlternateSetting         = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints           = 2,
+
+			.Class                    = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
+			.SubClass                 = AUDIO_CSCP_MIDIStreamingSubclass,
+			.Protocol                 = AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex        = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.Audio_StreamInterface_SPC =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_AudioInterface_AS_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_General,
+
+			.AudioSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,0,0),
+
+			.TotalLength              = (sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t) -
+			                             offsetof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t, Audio_StreamInterface_SPC))
+		},
+
+	.MIDI_In_Jack_Emb =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal,
+
+			.JackType                 = MIDI_JACKTYPE_Embedded,
+			.JackID                   = 0x01,
+
+			.JackStrIndex             = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.MIDI_In_Jack_Ext =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal,
+
+			.JackType                 = MIDI_JACKTYPE_External,
+			.JackID                   = 0x02,
+
+			.JackStrIndex             = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.MIDI_Out_Jack_Emb =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal,
+
+			.JackType                 = MIDI_JACKTYPE_Embedded,
+			.JackID                   = 0x03,
+
+			.NumberOfPins             = 1,
+			.SourceJackID             = {0x02},
+			.SourcePinID              = {0x01},
+
+			.JackStrIndex             = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.MIDI_Out_Jack_Ext =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal,
+
+			.JackType                 = MIDI_JACKTYPE_External,
+			.JackID                   = 0x04,
+
+			.NumberOfPins             = 1,
+			.SourceJackID             = {0x01},
+			.SourcePinID              = {0x01},
+
+			.JackStrIndex             = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint =
+		{
+			.Endpoint =
+				{
+					.Header              = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+					.EndpointAddress     = MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPADDR,
+					.Attributes          = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+					.EndpointSize        = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
+					.PollingIntervalMS   = 0x05
+				},
+
+			.Refresh                  = 0,
+			.SyncEndpointNumber       = 0
+		},
+
+	.MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint_SPC =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSEndpoint},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSEndpoint_General,
+
+			.TotalEmbeddedJacks       = 0x01,
+			.AssociatedJackID         = {0x01}
+		},
+
+	.MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint =
+		{
+			.Endpoint =
+				{
+					.Header              = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+					.EndpointAddress     = MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPADDR,
+					.Attributes          = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+					.EndpointSize        = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
+					.PollingIntervalMS   = 0x05
+				},
+
+			.Refresh                  = 0,
+			.SyncEndpointNumber       = 0
+		},
+
+	.MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint_SPC =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSEndpoint},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSEndpoint_General,
+
+			.TotalEmbeddedJacks       = 0x01,
+			.AssociatedJackID         = {0x03}
+		}
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ *  the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ *  via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ *  form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ *  and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA MIDI Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ *  USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8);
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+	const void* Address = NULL;
+	uint16_t    Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+	switch (DescriptorType)
+	{
+		case DTYPE_Device:
+			Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_Configuration:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_String:
+			switch (DescriptorNumber)
+			{
+				case STRING_ID_Language:
+					Address = &LanguageString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+					Address = &ManufacturerString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Product:
+					Address = &ProductString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+			}
+
+			break;
+	}
+
+	*DescriptorAddress = Address;
+	return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a477d9dc82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Endpoint address of the MIDI streaming data IN endpoint, for device-to-host data transfers. */
+		#define MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPADDR       (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 1)
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the MIDI streaming data OUT endpoint, for host-to-device data transfers. */
+		#define MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPADDR      (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 2)
+
+		/** Endpoint size in bytes of the Audio isochronous streaming data IN and OUT endpoints. */
+		#define MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE          64
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t     Config;
+
+			// MIDI Audio Control Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t                Audio_ControlInterface;
+			USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t       Audio_ControlInterface_SPC;
+
+			// MIDI Audio Streaming Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t                Audio_StreamInterface;
+			USB_MIDI_Descriptor_AudioInterface_AS_t   Audio_StreamInterface_SPC;
+			USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t           MIDI_In_Jack_Emb;
+			USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t           MIDI_In_Jack_Ext;
+			USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t          MIDI_Out_Jack_Emb;
+			USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t          MIDI_Out_Jack_Ext;
+			USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint;
+			USB_MIDI_Descriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t       MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint_SPC;
+			USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint;
+			USB_MIDI_Descriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t       MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint_SPC;
+		} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+		/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+		 *  should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+		 *  interface from other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+		{
+			INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl = 0, /**< Audio control interface descriptor ID */
+			INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream  = 1, /**< Audio stream interface descriptor ID */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+		 *  have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+		 *  other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum StringDescriptors_t
+		{
+			STRING_ID_Language     = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+			STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+			STRING_ID_Product      = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+		};
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+		                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+		                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+		                                    ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/MIDI.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/MIDI.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0fdb04597c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/MIDI.c
@@ -0,0 +1,224 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the MIDI input demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
+ *  is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "MIDI.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ *  enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		MIDI_Task();
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+	/* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+	XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+	XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+	/* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+	XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+	XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+	PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	Joystick_Init();
+	LEDs_Init();
+	Buttons_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+	/* Indicate USB enumerating */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
+ *  the status LEDs, disables the sample update and PWM output timers and stops the USB and MIDI management tasks.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+	/* Indicate USB not ready */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host set the current configuration
+ *  of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured and the MIDI management task started.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+	bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+	/* Setup MIDI Data Endpoints */
+	ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE, 1);
+	ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE, 1);
+
+	/* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Task to handle the generation of MIDI note change events in response to presses of the board joystick, and send them
+ *  to the host.
+ */
+void MIDI_Task(void)
+{
+	static uint8_t PrevJoystickStatus;
+
+	/* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
+	if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+	  return;
+
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPADDR);
+
+	if (Endpoint_IsINReady())
+	{
+		uint8_t MIDICommand = 0;
+		uint8_t MIDIPitch;
+
+		uint8_t JoystickStatus  = Joystick_GetStatus();
+		uint8_t JoystickChanges = (JoystickStatus ^ PrevJoystickStatus);
+
+		/* Get board button status - if pressed use channel 10 (percussion), otherwise use channel 1 */
+		uint8_t Channel = ((Buttons_GetStatus() & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ? MIDI_CHANNEL(10) : MIDI_CHANNEL(1));
+
+		if (JoystickChanges & JOY_LEFT)
+		{
+			MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_LEFT)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+			MIDIPitch   = 0x3C;
+		}
+
+		if (JoystickChanges & JOY_UP)
+		{
+			MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_UP)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+			MIDIPitch   = 0x3D;
+		}
+
+		if (JoystickChanges & JOY_RIGHT)
+		{
+			MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_RIGHT)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+			MIDIPitch   = 0x3E;
+		}
+
+		if (JoystickChanges & JOY_DOWN)
+		{
+			MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_DOWN)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+			MIDIPitch   = 0x3F;
+		}
+
+		if (JoystickChanges & JOY_PRESS)
+		{
+			MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_PRESS)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+			MIDIPitch   = 0x3B;
+		}
+
+		/* Check if a MIDI command is to be sent */
+		if (MIDICommand)
+		{
+			MIDI_EventPacket_t MIDIEvent = (MIDI_EventPacket_t)
+				{
+					.Event       = MIDI_EVENT(0, MIDICommand),
+
+					.Data1       = MIDICommand | Channel,
+					.Data2       = MIDIPitch,
+					.Data3       = MIDI_STANDARD_VELOCITY,
+				};
+
+			/* Write the MIDI event packet to the endpoint */
+			Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&MIDIEvent, sizeof(MIDIEvent), NULL);
+
+			/* Send the data in the endpoint to the host */
+			Endpoint_ClearIN();
+		}
+
+		/* Save previous joystick value for next joystick change detection */
+		PrevJoystickStatus = JoystickStatus;
+	}
+
+	/* Select the MIDI OUT stream */
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPADDR);
+
+	/* Check if a MIDI command has been received */
+	if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+	{
+		MIDI_EventPacket_t MIDIEvent;
+
+		/* Read the MIDI event packet from the endpoint */
+		Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&MIDIEvent, sizeof(MIDIEvent), NULL);
+
+		/* Check to see if the sent command is a note on message with a non-zero velocity */
+		if ((MIDIEvent.Event == MIDI_EVENT(0, MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON)) && (MIDIEvent.Data3 > 0))
+		{
+			/* Change LEDs depending on the pitch of the sent note */
+			LEDs_SetAllLEDs(MIDIEvent.Data2 > 64 ? LEDS_LED1 : LEDS_LED2);
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* Turn off all LEDs in response to non Note On messages */
+			LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_NO_LEDS);
+		}
+
+		/* If the endpoint is now empty, clear the bank */
+		if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
+		{
+			/* Clear the endpoint ready for new packet */
+			Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+		}
+	}
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/MIDI.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/MIDI.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..55ba499b50
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/MIDI.h
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for AudioOutput.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _AUDIO_OUTPUT_H_
+#define _AUDIO_OUTPUT_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <stdbool.h>
+
+		#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+   /* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+   /* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+		void MIDI_Task(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/MIDI.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/MIDI.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..97a92a1907
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/MIDI.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage MIDI Input Device Demo
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *  \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ *  \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ *  \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ *  \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ *  \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx)
+ *  \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Audio Class</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Standard Audio Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF Audio Class Specification \n
+ *        USB-MIDI Audio Class Extension Specification \n
+ *        General MIDI Specification</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  MIDI demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ *  application for implementing the USB-MIDI class in USB devices.
+ *  It is built upon the USB Audio class.
+ *
+ *  Joystick movements are translated into note on/off messages and
+ *  are sent to the host PC as MIDI streams which can be read by any
+ *  MIDI program supporting MIDI IN devices.
+ *
+ *  If the HWB is not pressed, channel 1 (default piano) is used. If
+ *  the HWB is pressed, then channel 10 (default percussion) is selected.
+ *
+ *  This device implements MIDI-THRU mode, with the IN MIDI data being
+ *  generated by the device itself. OUT MIDI data is discarded.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>
+ *     None
+ *    </td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..896a5e2aee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="MIDI Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.midi.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.midi"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<project caption="MIDI Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.midi.example.xmega">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.midi"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.midi" caption="MIDI Device Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		MIDI device demo, implementing a basic USB MIDI device that can send messages to the host. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Device"/>
+			<keyword value="MIDI Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="MIDI.txt"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="MIDI.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="MIDI.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e7bfea0c02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - MIDI Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5f98afa2ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = MIDI
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Config/AppConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b18b2c4149
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ *  the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ *  specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ *  makefile or build system.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ *  \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#define TOTAL_LUNS                1
+
+	#define DISK_READ_ONLY            false
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0ec4635eb0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+		#define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX               4
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..115a7482c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ *  the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ *  process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+	.Class                  = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+	.SubClass               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+	.Protocol               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+	.Endpoint0Size          = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+	.VendorID               = 0x03EB,
+	.ProductID              = 0x2045,
+	.ReleaseNumber          = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+	.ProductStrIndex        = STRING_ID_Product,
+	.SerialNumStrIndex      = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
+
+	.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+	.Config =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+			.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+			.TotalInterfaces        = 1,
+
+			.ConfigurationNumber    = 1,
+			.ConfigurationStrIndex  = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+			.ConfigAttributes       = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED,
+
+			.MaxPowerConsumption    = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+		},
+
+	.MS_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 2,
+
+			.Class                  = MS_CSCP_MassStorageClass,
+			.SubClass               = MS_CSCP_SCSITransparentSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = MS_CSCP_BulkOnlyTransportProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.MS_DataInEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		},
+
+	.MS_DataOutEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		}
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ *  the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ *  via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ *  form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ *  and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Mass Storage Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ *  USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8);
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+	const void* Address = NULL;
+	uint16_t    Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+	switch (DescriptorType)
+	{
+		case DTYPE_Device:
+			Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_Configuration:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_String:
+			switch (DescriptorNumber)
+			{
+				case STRING_ID_Language:
+					Address = &LanguageString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+					Address = &ManufacturerString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Product:
+					Address = &ProductString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+			}
+
+			break;
+	}
+
+	*DescriptorAddress = Address;
+	return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c8614c942d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+		#define MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR         (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 3)
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+		#define MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR        (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4)
+
+		/** Size in bytes of the Mass Storage data endpoints. */
+		#define MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE         64
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+			// Mass Storage Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t            MS_Interface;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             MS_DataInEndpoint;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             MS_DataOutEndpoint;
+		} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+		/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+		 *  should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+		 *  interface from other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+		{
+			INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage = 0, /**< Mass storage interface descriptor ID */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+		 *  have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+		 *  other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum StringDescriptors_t
+		{
+			STRING_ID_Language     = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+			STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+			STRING_ID_Product      = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+		};
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+		                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+		                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+		                                    ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ebd1b39c3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.c
@@ -0,0 +1,530 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Functions to manage the physical Dataflash media, including reading and writing of
+ *  blocks of data. These functions are called by the SCSI layer when data must be stored
+ *  or retrieved to/from the physical storage media. If a different media is used (such
+ *  as a SD card or EEPROM), functions similar to these will need to be generated.
+ */
+
+#define  INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASHMANAGER_C
+#include "DataflashManager.h"
+
+/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), from
+ *  the pre-selected data OUT endpoint. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the endpoint and writes
+ *  them to the Dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] BlockAddress  Data block starting address for the write sequence
+ *  \param[in] TotalBlocks   Number of blocks of data to write
+ */
+void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+                                  uint16_t TotalBlocks)
+{
+	uint16_t CurrDFPage          = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+	uint16_t CurrDFPageByte      = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+	uint8_t  CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+	bool     UsingSecondBuffer   = false;
+
+	/* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+	Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+	/* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+	Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+#endif
+
+	/* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte);
+
+	/* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */
+	if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+	  return;
+
+	while (TotalBlocks)
+	{
+		uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+		/* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */
+		while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+		{
+			/* Check if the endpoint is currently empty */
+			if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+			{
+				/* Clear the current endpoint bank */
+				Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+				/* Wait until the host has sent another packet */
+				if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+				  return;
+			}
+
+			/* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+			if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+			{
+				/* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+				Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+				Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+				Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+
+				/* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+				CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+				CurrDFPage++;
+
+				/* Once all the Dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */
+				if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
+				  UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer);
+
+				/* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+				Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+				/* If less than one Dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */
+				if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+				{
+					/* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+					Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+					Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+					Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+					Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+				}
+#endif
+
+				/* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+				Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE : DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+				Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
+			}
+
+			/* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the Dataflash */
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+
+			/* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+			CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+			/* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+			BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+
+			/* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
+			if (IsMassStoreReset)
+			  return;
+		}
+
+		/* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+		TotalBlocks--;
+	}
+
+	/* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+	Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+	Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00);
+	Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+
+	/* If the endpoint is empty, clear it ready for the next packet from the host */
+	if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+	  Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+	/* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+	Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), into
+ *  the pre-selected data IN endpoint. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash
+ *  and writes them in OS sized blocks to the endpoint.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] BlockAddress  Data block starting address for the read sequence
+ *  \param[in] TotalBlocks   Number of blocks of data to read
+ */
+void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+                                 uint16_t TotalBlocks)
+{
+	uint16_t CurrDFPage          = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+	uint16_t CurrDFPageByte      = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+	uint8_t  CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+
+	/* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+	Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+	/* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+
+	/* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */
+	if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+	  return;
+
+	while (TotalBlocks)
+	{
+		uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+		/* Read an endpoint packet sized data block from the Dataflash */
+		while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+		{
+			/* Check if the endpoint is currently full */
+			if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+			{
+				/* Clear the endpoint bank to send its contents to the host */
+				Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+				/* Wait until the endpoint is ready for more data */
+				if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+				  return;
+			}
+
+			/* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+			if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+			{
+				/* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+				CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+				CurrDFPage++;
+
+				/* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+				Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+				/* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+				Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+				Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+			}
+
+			/* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the Dataflash */
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+
+			/* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+			CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+			/* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+			BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+
+			/* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
+			if (IsMassStoreReset)
+			  return;
+		}
+
+		/* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+		TotalBlocks--;
+	}
+
+	/* If the endpoint is full, send its contents to the host */
+	if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+	  Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+	/* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+	Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), from
+ *  the given RAM buffer. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the buffer and writes them to the
+ *  Dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks. This can be linked to FAT libraries to write files to the
+ *  Dataflash.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] BlockAddress  Data block starting address for the write sequence
+ *  \param[in] TotalBlocks   Number of blocks of data to write
+ *  \param[in] BufferPtr     Pointer to the data source RAM buffer
+ */
+void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+                                      uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+                                      uint8_t* BufferPtr)
+{
+	uint16_t CurrDFPage          = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+	uint16_t CurrDFPageByte      = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+	uint8_t  CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+	bool     UsingSecondBuffer   = false;
+
+	/* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+	Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+	/* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+	Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+#endif
+
+	/* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte);
+
+	while (TotalBlocks)
+	{
+		uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+		/* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */
+		while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+		{
+			/* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+			if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+			{
+				/* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+				Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+				Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+				Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+
+				/* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+				CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+				CurrDFPage++;
+
+				/* Once all the Dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */
+				if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
+				  UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer);
+
+				/* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+				Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+				/* If less than one Dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */
+				if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+				{
+					/* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+					Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+					Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+					Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+					Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+				}
+#endif
+
+				/* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+				Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+				Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE : DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+				Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
+			}
+
+			/* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the Dataflash */
+			for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++)
+			  Dataflash_SendByte(*(BufferPtr++));
+
+			/* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+			CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+			/* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+			BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+		}
+
+		/* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+		TotalBlocks--;
+	}
+
+	/* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+	Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+	Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00);
+	Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+
+	/* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+	Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), into
+ *  the preallocated RAM buffer. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash
+ *  and writes them in OS sized blocks to the given buffer. This can be linked to FAT libraries to read
+ *  the files stored on the Dataflash.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] BlockAddress  Data block starting address for the read sequence
+ *  \param[in] TotalBlocks   Number of blocks of data to read
+ *  \param[out] BufferPtr    Pointer to the data destination RAM buffer
+ */
+void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+                                     uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+                                     uint8_t* BufferPtr)
+{
+	uint16_t CurrDFPage          = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+	uint16_t CurrDFPageByte      = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+	uint8_t  CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+
+	/* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+	Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+	/* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+
+	while (TotalBlocks)
+	{
+		uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+		/* Read an endpoint packet sized data block from the Dataflash */
+		while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+		{
+			/* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+			if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+			{
+				/* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+				CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+				CurrDFPage++;
+
+				/* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+				Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+				/* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+				Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+				Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+			}
+
+			/* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the Dataflash */
+			for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++)
+			  *(BufferPtr++) = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+
+			/* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+			CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+			/* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+			BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+		}
+
+		/* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+		TotalBlocks--;
+	}
+
+	/* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+	Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Disables the Dataflash memory write protection bits on the board Dataflash ICs, if enabled. */
+void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void)
+{
+	/* Select first Dataflash chip, send the read status register command */
+	Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+
+	/* Check if sector protection is enabled */
+	if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON)
+	{
+		Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+
+		/* Send the commands to disable sector protection */
+		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]);
+		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]);
+		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]);
+		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]);
+	}
+
+	/* Select second Dataflash chip (if present on selected board), send read status register command */
+	#if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
+	Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+
+	/* Check if sector protection is enabled */
+	if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON)
+	{
+		Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+
+		/* Send the commands to disable sector protection */
+		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]);
+		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]);
+		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]);
+		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]);
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	/* Deselect current Dataflash chip */
+	Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Performs a simple test on the attached Dataflash IC(s) to ensure that they are working.
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if all media chips are working, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void)
+{
+	uint8_t ReturnByte;
+
+	/* Test first Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */
+	Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO);
+	ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+	Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+	/* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */
+	if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL)
+	  return false;
+
+	#if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
+	/* Test second Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */
+	Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO);
+	ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+	Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+	/* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */
+	if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL)
+	  return false;
+	#endif
+
+	return true;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bfb7b55c5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.h
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for DataflashManager.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_
+#define _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+
+		#include "../MassStorage.h"
+		#include "../Descriptors.h"
+
+		#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h>
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE % 16)
+			#error Dataflash page size must be a multiple of 16 bytes.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Defines: */
+		/** Total number of bytes of the storage medium, comprised of one or more Dataflash ICs. */
+		#define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES                ((uint32_t)DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS)
+
+		/** Block size of the device. This is kept at 512 to remain compatible with the OS despite the underlying
+		 *  storage media (Dataflash) using a different native block size. Do not change this value.
+		 */
+		#define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE           512
+
+		/** Total number of blocks of the virtual memory for reporting to the host as the device's total capacity. Do not
+		 *  change this value; change VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES instead to alter the media size.
+		 */
+		#define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS               (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES / VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+
+		/** Blocks in each LUN, calculated from the total capacity divided by the total number of Logical Units in the device. */
+		#define LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS                    (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS / TOTAL_LUNS)
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+		                                  uint16_t TotalBlocks);
+		void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+		                                 uint16_t TotalBlocks);
+		void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+		                                      uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+		                                      uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+		void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+		                                     uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+		                                     uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+		void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void);
+		bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bb5775ca66
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.c
@@ -0,0 +1,344 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  SCSI command processing routines, for SCSI commands issued by the host. Mass Storage
+ *  devices use a thin "Bulk-Only Transport" protocol for issuing commands and status information,
+ *  which wrap around standard SCSI device commands for controlling the actual storage medium.
+ */
+
+#define  INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C
+#include "SCSI.h"
+
+/** Structure to hold the SCSI response data to a SCSI INQUIRY command. This gives information about the device's
+ *  features and capabilities.
+ */
+static const SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t InquiryData =
+	{
+		.DeviceType          = DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK,
+		.PeripheralQualifier = 0,
+
+		.Removable           = true,
+
+		.Version             = 0,
+
+		.ResponseDataFormat  = 2,
+		.NormACA             = false,
+		.TrmTsk              = false,
+		.AERC                = false,
+
+		.AdditionalLength    = 0x1F,
+
+		.SoftReset           = false,
+		.CmdQue              = false,
+		.Linked              = false,
+		.Sync                = false,
+		.WideBus16Bit        = false,
+		.WideBus32Bit        = false,
+		.RelAddr             = false,
+
+		.VendorID            = "LUFA",
+		.ProductID           = "Dataflash Disk",
+		.RevisionID          = {'0','.','0','0'},
+	};
+
+/** Structure to hold the sense data for the last issued SCSI command, which is returned to the host after a SCSI REQUEST SENSE
+ *  command is issued. This gives information on exactly why the last command failed to complete.
+ */
+static SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t SenseData =
+	{
+		.ResponseCode        = 0x70,
+		.AdditionalLength    = 0x0A,
+	};
+
+
+/** Main routine to process the SCSI command located in the Command Block Wrapper read from the host. This dispatches
+ *  to the appropriate SCSI command handling routine if the issued command is supported by the device, else it returns
+ *  a command failure due to a ILLEGAL REQUEST.
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(void)
+{
+	bool CommandSuccess = false;
+
+	/* Run the appropriate SCSI command hander function based on the passed command */
+	switch (CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[0])
+	{
+		case SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY:
+			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Inquiry();
+			break;
+		case SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE:
+			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Request_Sense();
+			break;
+		case SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10:
+			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10();
+			break;
+		case SCSI_CMD_SEND_DIAGNOSTIC:
+			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic();
+			break;
+		case SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10:
+			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(DATA_WRITE);
+			break;
+		case SCSI_CMD_READ_10:
+			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(DATA_READ);
+			break;
+		case SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_6:
+			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6();
+			break;
+		case SCSI_CMD_START_STOP_UNIT:
+		case SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY:
+		case SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL:
+		case SCSI_CMD_VERIFY_10:
+			/* These commands should just succeed, no handling required */
+			CommandSuccess = true;
+			CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
+			break;
+		default:
+			/* Update the SENSE key to reflect the invalid command */
+			SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+		                   SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_COMMAND,
+		                   SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+			break;
+	}
+
+	/* Check if command was successfully processed */
+	if (CommandSuccess)
+	{
+		SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD,
+		               SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
+		               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+		return true;
+	}
+
+	return false;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI INQUIRY command. This command returns information about the device's features
+ *  and capabilities to the host.
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(void)
+{
+	uint16_t AllocationLength  = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[3]);
+	uint16_t BytesTransferred  = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(InquiryData));
+
+	/* Only the standard INQUIRY data is supported, check if any optional INQUIRY bits set */
+	if ((CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & ((1 << 0) | (1 << 1))) ||
+	     CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2])
+	{
+		/* Optional but unsupported bits set - update the SENSE key and fail the request */
+		SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+		               SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
+		               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	/* Write the INQUIRY data to the endpoint */
+	Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&InquiryData, BytesTransferred, NULL);
+
+	/* Pad out remaining bytes with 0x00 */
+	Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL);
+
+	/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+	/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+	CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI REQUEST SENSE command. This command returns information about the last issued command,
+ *  including the error code and additional error information so that the host can determine why a command failed to complete.
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(void)
+{
+	uint8_t  AllocationLength = CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4];
+	uint8_t  BytesTransferred = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(SenseData));
+
+	/* Send the SENSE data - this indicates to the host the status of the last command */
+	Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&SenseData, BytesTransferred, NULL);
+
+	/* Pad out remaining bytes with 0x00 */
+	Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL);
+
+	/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+	/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+	CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ CAPACITY (10) command. This command returns information about the device's capacity
+ *  on the selected Logical Unit (drive), as a number of OS-sized blocks.
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(void)
+{
+	/* Send the total number of logical blocks in the current LUN */
+	Endpoint_Write_32_BE(LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS - 1);
+
+	/* Send the logical block size of the device (must be 512 bytes) */
+	Endpoint_Write_32_BE(VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE);
+
+	/* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
+	if (IsMassStoreReset)
+	  return false;
+
+	/* Send the endpoint data packet to the host */
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+	/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+	CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 8;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI SEND DIAGNOSTIC command. This command performs a quick check of the Dataflash ICs on the
+ *  board, and indicates if they are present and functioning correctly. Only the Self-Test portion of the diagnostic command is
+ *  supported.
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(void)
+{
+	/* Check to see if the SELF TEST bit is not set */
+	if (!(CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & (1 << 2)))
+	{
+		/* Only self-test supported - update SENSE key and fail the command */
+		SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+		               SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
+		               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	/* Check to see if all attached Dataflash ICs are functional */
+	if (!(DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation()))
+	{
+		/* Update SENSE key with a hardware error condition and return command fail */
+		SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_HARDWARE_ERROR,
+		               SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
+		               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+	CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ (10) or WRITE (10) command. This command reads in the block start address
+ *  and total number of blocks to process, then calls the appropriate low-level Dataflash routine to handle the actual
+ *  reading and writing of the data.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] IsDataRead  Indicates if the command is a READ (10) command or WRITE (10) command (DATA_READ or DATA_WRITE)
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(const bool IsDataRead)
+{
+	uint32_t BlockAddress;
+	uint16_t TotalBlocks;
+
+	/* Check if the disk is write protected or not */
+	if ((IsDataRead == DATA_WRITE) && DISK_READ_ONLY)
+	{
+		/* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */
+		SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_DATA_PROTECT,
+		               SCSI_ASENSE_WRITE_PROTECTED,
+		               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	BlockAddress = SwapEndian_32(*(uint32_t*)&CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2]);
+	TotalBlocks  = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[7]);
+
+	/* Check if the block address is outside the maximum allowable value for the LUN */
+	if (BlockAddress >= LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS)
+	{
+		/* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */
+		SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+		               SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_BLOCK_ADDRESS_OUT_OF_RANGE,
+		               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	#if (TOTAL_LUNS > 1)
+	/* Adjust the given block address to the real media address based on the selected LUN */
+	BlockAddress += ((uint32_t)CommandBlock.LUN * LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS);
+	#endif
+
+	/* Determine if the packet is a READ (10) or WRITE (10) command, call appropriate function */
+	if (IsDataRead == DATA_READ)
+	  DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);
+	else
+	  DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);
+
+	/* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */
+	CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= ((uint32_t)TotalBlocks * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE);
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI MODE SENSE (6) command. This command returns various informational pages about
+ *  the SCSI device, as well as the device's Write Protect status.
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(void)
+{
+	/* Send an empty header response with the Write Protect flag status */
+	Endpoint_Write_8(0x00);
+	Endpoint_Write_8(0x00);
+	Endpoint_Write_8(DISK_READ_ONLY ? 0x80 : 0x00);
+	Endpoint_Write_8(0x00);
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+	/* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */
+	CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 4;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b1488b492c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.h
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for SCSI.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SCSI_H_
+#define _SCSI_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+
+		#include "../MassStorage.h"
+		#include "../Descriptors.h"
+		#include "DataflashManager.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Macro to set the current SCSI sense data to the given key, additional sense code and additional sense qualifier. This
+		 *  is for convenience, as it allows for all three sense values (returned upon request to the host to give information about
+		 *  the last command failure) in a quick and easy manner.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in] Key    New SCSI sense key to set the sense code to
+		 *  \param[in] Acode  New SCSI additional sense key to set the additional sense code to
+		 *  \param[in] Aqual  New SCSI additional sense key qualifier to set the additional sense qualifier code to
+		 */
+		#define SCSI_SET_SENSE(Key, Acode, Aqual)  do { SenseData.SenseKey                 = (Key);   \
+		                                                SenseData.AdditionalSenseCode      = (Acode); \
+		                                                SenseData.AdditionalSenseQualifier = (Aqual); } while (0)
+
+		/** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be read from the storage medium. */
+		#define DATA_READ           true
+
+		/** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be written to the storage medium. */
+		#define DATA_WRITE          false
+
+		/** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a Block Media device. */
+		#define DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK   0x00
+
+		/** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a CD-ROM device. */
+		#define DEVICE_TYPE_CDROM   0x05
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for a SCSI response structure to a SCSI INQUIRY command. For details of the
+		 *  structure contents, refer to the SCSI specifications.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			unsigned DeviceType          : 5;
+			unsigned PeripheralQualifier : 3;
+
+			unsigned Reserved            : 7;
+			unsigned Removable           : 1;
+
+			uint8_t  Version;
+
+			unsigned ResponseDataFormat  : 4;
+			unsigned Reserved2           : 1;
+			unsigned NormACA             : 1;
+			unsigned TrmTsk              : 1;
+			unsigned AERC                : 1;
+
+			uint8_t  AdditionalLength;
+			uint8_t  Reserved3[2];
+
+			unsigned SoftReset           : 1;
+			unsigned CmdQue              : 1;
+			unsigned Reserved4           : 1;
+			unsigned Linked              : 1;
+			unsigned Sync                : 1;
+			unsigned WideBus16Bit        : 1;
+			unsigned WideBus32Bit        : 1;
+			unsigned RelAddr             : 1;
+
+			uint8_t  VendorID[8];
+			uint8_t  ProductID[16];
+			uint8_t  RevisionID[4];
+		} MS_SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t;
+
+		/** Type define for a SCSI sense structure to a SCSI REQUEST SENSE command. For details of the
+		 *  structure contents, refer to the SCSI specifications.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint8_t  ResponseCode;
+
+			uint8_t  SegmentNumber;
+
+			unsigned SenseKey            : 4;
+			unsigned Reserved            : 1;
+			unsigned ILI                 : 1;
+			unsigned EOM                 : 1;
+			unsigned FileMark            : 1;
+
+			uint8_t  Information[4];
+			uint8_t  AdditionalLength;
+			uint8_t  CmdSpecificInformation[4];
+			uint8_t  AdditionalSenseCode;
+			uint8_t  AdditionalSenseQualifier;
+			uint8_t  FieldReplaceableUnitCode;
+			uint8_t  SenseKeySpecific[3];
+		} MS_SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t;
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(void);
+
+		#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C)
+			static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(void);
+			static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(void);
+			static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(void);
+			static bool SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(void);
+			static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(const bool IsDataRead);
+			static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(void);
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/MassStorage.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/MassStorage.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f30969c671
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/MassStorage.c
@@ -0,0 +1,332 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the Mass Storage demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
+ *  is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#define  INCLUDE_FROM_MASSSTORAGE_C
+#include "MassStorage.h"
+
+/** Structure to hold the latest Command Block Wrapper issued by the host, containing a SCSI command to execute. */
+MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t  CommandBlock;
+
+/** Structure to hold the latest Command Status Wrapper to return to the host, containing the status of the last issued command. */
+MS_CommandStatusWrapper_t CommandStatus = { .Signature = MS_CSW_SIGNATURE };
+
+/** Flag to asynchronously abort any in-progress data transfers upon the reception of a mass storage reset command. */
+volatile bool IsMassStoreReset = false;
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ *  enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		MassStorage_Task();
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+	/* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+	XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+	XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+	/* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+	XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+	XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+	PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	LEDs_Init();
+	Dataflash_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+
+	/* Check if the Dataflash is working, abort if not */
+	if (!(DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation()))
+	{
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		for(;;);
+	}
+
+	/* Clear Dataflash sector protections, if enabled */
+	DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+	/* Indicate USB enumerating */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+	/* Reset the MSReset flag upon connection */
+	IsMassStoreReset = false;
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
+ *  the status LEDs and stops the Mass Storage management task.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+	/* Indicate USB not ready */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host set the current configuration
+ *  of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured and the Mass Storage management task started.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+	bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+	/* Setup Mass Storage Data Endpoints */
+	ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR,  EP_TYPE_BULK, MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE, 1);
+	ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE, 1);
+
+	/* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
+ *  the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
+ *  internally.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+	/* Process UFI specific control requests */
+	switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+	{
+		case MS_REQ_MassStorageReset:
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+			{
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+				Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+				/* Indicate that the current transfer should be aborted */
+				IsMassStoreReset = true;
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case MS_REQ_GetMaxLUN:
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+			{
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+				/* Indicate to the host the number of supported LUNs (virtual disks) on the device */
+				Endpoint_Write_8(TOTAL_LUNS - 1);
+
+				Endpoint_ClearIN();
+				Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+			}
+
+			break;
+	}
+}
+
+/** Task to manage the Mass Storage interface, reading in Command Block Wrappers from the host, processing the SCSI commands they
+ *  contain, and returning Command Status Wrappers back to the host to indicate the success or failure of the last issued command.
+ */
+void MassStorage_Task(void)
+{
+	/* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
+	if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+	  return;
+
+	/* Process sent command block from the host if one has been sent */
+	if (ReadInCommandBlock())
+	{
+		/* Indicate busy */
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+
+		/* Check direction of command, select Data IN endpoint if data is from the device */
+		if (CommandBlock.Flags & MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN)
+		  Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR);
+
+		/* Decode the received SCSI command, set returned status code */
+		CommandStatus.Status = SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand() ? MS_SCSI_COMMAND_Pass : MS_SCSI_COMMAND_Fail;
+
+		/* Load in the CBW tag into the CSW to link them together */
+		CommandStatus.Tag = CommandBlock.Tag;
+
+		/* Load in the data residue counter into the CSW */
+		CommandStatus.DataTransferResidue = CommandBlock.DataTransferLength;
+
+		/* Stall the selected data pipe if command failed (if data is still to be transferred) */
+		if ((CommandStatus.Status == MS_SCSI_COMMAND_Fail) && (CommandStatus.DataTransferResidue))
+		  Endpoint_StallTransaction();
+
+		/* Return command status block to the host */
+		ReturnCommandStatus();
+
+		/* Indicate ready */
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+	}
+
+	/* Check if a Mass Storage Reset occurred */
+	if (IsMassStoreReset)
+	{
+		/* Reset the data endpoint banks */
+		Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR);
+		Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR);
+
+		Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR);
+		Endpoint_ClearStall();
+		Endpoint_ResetDataToggle();
+		Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR);
+		Endpoint_ClearStall();
+		Endpoint_ResetDataToggle();
+
+		/* Clear the abort transfer flag */
+		IsMassStoreReset = false;
+	}
+}
+
+/** Function to read in a command block from the host, via the bulk data OUT endpoint. This function reads in the next command block
+ *  if one has been issued, and performs validation to ensure that the block command is valid.
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if a valid command block has been read in from the endpoint, \c false otherwise
+ */
+static bool ReadInCommandBlock(void)
+{
+	uint16_t BytesTransferred;
+
+	/* Select the Data Out endpoint */
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR);
+
+	/* Abort if no command has been sent from the host */
+	if (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
+	  return false;
+
+	/* Read in command block header */
+	BytesTransferred = 0;
+	while (Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&CommandBlock, (sizeof(CommandBlock) - sizeof(CommandBlock.SCSICommandData)),
+	                               &BytesTransferred) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+	{
+		/* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
+		if (IsMassStoreReset)
+		  return false;
+	}
+
+	/* Verify the command block - abort if invalid */
+	if ((CommandBlock.Signature         != MS_CBW_SIGNATURE) ||
+	    (CommandBlock.LUN               >= TOTAL_LUNS)       ||
+		(CommandBlock.Flags              & 0x1F)             ||
+		(CommandBlock.SCSICommandLength == 0)                ||
+		(CommandBlock.SCSICommandLength >  sizeof(CommandBlock.SCSICommandData)))
+	{
+		/* Stall both data pipes until reset by host */
+		Endpoint_StallTransaction();
+		Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR);
+		Endpoint_StallTransaction();
+
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	/* Read in command block command data */
+	BytesTransferred = 0;
+	while (Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&CommandBlock.SCSICommandData, CommandBlock.SCSICommandLength,
+	                               &BytesTransferred) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+	{
+		/* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
+		if (IsMassStoreReset)
+		  return false;
+	}
+
+	/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+	Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+/** Returns the filled Command Status Wrapper back to the host via the bulk data IN endpoint, waiting for the host to clear any
+ *  stalled data endpoints as needed.
+ */
+static void ReturnCommandStatus(void)
+{
+	uint16_t BytesTransferred;
+
+	/* Select the Data Out endpoint */
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR);
+
+	/* While data pipe is stalled, wait until the host issues a control request to clear the stall */
+	while (Endpoint_IsStalled())
+	{
+		/* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
+		if (IsMassStoreReset)
+		  return;
+	}
+
+	/* Select the Data In endpoint */
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR);
+
+	/* While data pipe is stalled, wait until the host issues a control request to clear the stall */
+	while (Endpoint_IsStalled())
+	{
+		/* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
+		if (IsMassStoreReset)
+		  return;
+	}
+
+	/* Write the CSW to the endpoint */
+	BytesTransferred = 0;
+	while (Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&CommandStatus, sizeof(CommandStatus),
+	                                &BytesTransferred) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+	{
+		/* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
+		if (IsMassStoreReset)
+		  return;
+	}
+
+	/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/MassStorage.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/MassStorage.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f59e18735a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/MassStorage.h
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for MassStorage.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MASS_STORAGE_H_
+#define _MASS_STORAGE_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+
+		#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+		#include "Lib/SCSI.h"
+		#include "Lib/DataflashManager.h"
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY       LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING   (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY         (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR         (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY           LEDS_LED2
+
+	/* Global Variables: */
+		extern MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t  CommandBlock;
+		extern MS_CommandStatusWrapper_t CommandStatus;
+		extern volatile bool             IsMassStoreReset;
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+		void MassStorage_Task(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+		#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_MASSSTORAGE_C)
+			static bool ReadInCommandBlock(void);
+			static void ReturnCommandStatus(void);
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/MassStorage.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/MassStorage.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b070dc83a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/MassStorage.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Mass Storage Device Demo
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *  \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ *  \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ *  \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ *  \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ *  \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx)
+ *  \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Mass Storage Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Bulk-Only Transport</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF Mass Storage Standard \n
+ *        USB Bulk-Only Transport Standard \n
+ *        SCSI Primary Commands Specification \n
+ *        SCSI Block Commands Specification</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Mass Storage device demonstration application. This gives a simple
+ *  reference application for implementing a USB Mass Storage device using
+ *  the basic USB UFI drivers in all modern OSes (i.e. no special drivers
+ *  required).
+ *
+ *  On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function as an
+ *  external mass storage device which may be formatted and used in the same
+ *  manner as commercial USB Mass Storage devices.
+ *
+ *  You will need to format the mass storage drive upon first run of this
+ *  demonstration - as the device acts only as a data block transport between
+ *  the host and the storage media, it does not matter what file system is used,
+ *  as the data interpretation is performed by the host and not the USB device.
+ *
+ *  This demo is not restricted to only a single LUN (logical disk); by changing
+ *  the TOTAL_LUNS value in DataflashManager.h, any number of LUNs can be used
+ *  (from 1 to 255), with each LUN being allocated an equal portion of the available
+ *  Dataflash memory.
+ *
+ *  The USB control endpoint is managed entirely by the library using endpoint
+ *  interrupts, as the INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT option is enabled. This allows for
+ *  the host to reset the Mass Storage device state during long transfers without
+ *  the need for complicated polling logic.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ *    <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ *    <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>TOTAL_LUNS</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>Total number of Logical Units (drives) in the device. The total device capacity is shared equally between each drive
+ *        - this can be set to any positive non-zero amount.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>DISK_READ_ONLY</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>Indicates if the disk should be write protected or not.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a0612bb17b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="Mass Storage Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.mass_storage.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.mass_storage"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<project caption="Mass Storage Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.mass_storage.example.xmega">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.mass_storage"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.mass_storage" caption="Mass Storage Device Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Mass Storage device demo, implementing a basic USB storage disk using a Dataflash memory IC. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Device"/>
+			<keyword value="Mass Storage Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="MassStorage.txt"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="MassStorage.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/DataflashManager.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/SCSI.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="MassStorage.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/DataflashManager.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/SCSI.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.dataflash"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..84c2d3d0b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Mass Storage Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..58646499f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = MassStorage
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c Lib/DataflashManager.c Lib/SCSI.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..299d2ec852
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+		#define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX               1
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..368ddc66ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,240 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ *  the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
+ *  USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
+ *  descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
+ *  the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
+ *  more details on HID report descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM MouseReport[] =
+{
+	HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x01), /* Generic Desktop */
+	HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x02), /* Mouse */
+	HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x01), /* Application */
+		HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x01), /* Pointer */
+		HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x00), /* Physical */
+			HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x09), /* Button */
+			HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0x01),
+			HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0x03),
+			HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00),
+			HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0x01),
+			HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x03),
+			HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01),
+			HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE),
+			HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x01),
+			HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x05),
+			HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT),
+			HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x01), /* Generic Desktop */
+			HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x30), /* Usage X */
+			HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x31), /* Usage Y */
+			HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, -1),
+			HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 1),
+			HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MINIMUM(8, -1),
+			HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 1),
+			HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x02),
+			HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08),
+			HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_RELATIVE),
+		HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0),
+	HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0),
+};
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ *  process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+	.Class                  = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+	.SubClass               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+	.Protocol               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+	.Endpoint0Size          = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+	.VendorID               = 0x03EB,
+	.ProductID              = 0x2041,
+	.ReleaseNumber          = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+	.ProductStrIndex        = STRING_ID_Product,
+	.SerialNumStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+	.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+	.Config =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+			.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+			.TotalInterfaces        = 1,
+
+			.ConfigurationNumber    = 1,
+			.ConfigurationStrIndex  = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+			.ConfigAttributes       = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+			.MaxPowerConsumption    = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+		},
+
+	.HID_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_Mouse,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0x00,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 1,
+
+			.Class                  = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
+			.SubClass               = HID_CSCP_BootSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = HID_CSCP_MouseBootProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.HID_MouseHID =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
+
+			.HIDSpec                = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
+			.CountryCode            = 0x00,
+			.TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
+			.HIDReportType          = HID_DTYPE_Report,
+			.HIDReportLength        = sizeof(MouseReport)
+		},
+
+	.HID_ReportINEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = MOUSE_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = MOUSE_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		}
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ *  the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ *  via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ *  form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ *  and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Mouse Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ *  USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8);
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+	const void* Address = NULL;
+	uint16_t    Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+	switch (DescriptorType)
+	{
+		case DTYPE_Device:
+			Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_Configuration:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_String:
+			switch (DescriptorNumber)
+			{
+				case STRING_ID_Language:
+					Address = &LanguageString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+					Address = &ManufacturerString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Product:
+					Address = &ProductString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case HID_DTYPE_HID:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_MouseHID;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+			break;
+		case HID_DTYPE_Report:
+			Address = &MouseReport;
+			Size    = sizeof(MouseReport);
+			break;
+	}
+
+	*DescriptorAddress = Address;
+	return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b3fc968908
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Endpoint address of the Mouse HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+		#define MOUSE_EPADDR              (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+		/** Size in bytes of the Mouse HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+		#define MOUSE_EPSIZE              8
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+			// Mouse HID Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t            HID_Interface;
+			USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t              HID_MouseHID;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             HID_ReportINEndpoint;
+		} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+		/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+		 *  should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+		 *  interface from other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+		{
+			INTERFACE_ID_Mouse = 0, /**< Mouse interface descriptor ID */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+		 *  have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+		 *  other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum StringDescriptors_t
+		{
+			STRING_ID_Language     = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+			STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+			STRING_ID_Product      = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+		};
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+		                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+		                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+		                                    ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Mouse.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Mouse.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0065a9bb4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Mouse.c
@@ -0,0 +1,311 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the Mouse demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
+ *  is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "Mouse.h"
+
+/** Indicates what report mode the host has requested, true for normal HID reporting mode, \c false for special boot
+ *  protocol reporting mode.
+ */
+static bool UsingReportProtocol = true;
+
+/** Current Idle period. This is set by the host via a Set Idle HID class request to silence the device's reports
+ *  for either the entire idle duration, or until the report status changes (e.g. the user moves the mouse).
+ */
+static uint16_t IdleCount = 0;
+
+/** Current Idle period remaining. When the IdleCount value is set, this tracks the remaining number of idle
+ *  milliseconds. This is separate to the IdleCount timer and is incremented and compared as the host may request
+ *  the current idle period via a Get Idle HID class request, thus its value must be preserved.
+ */
+static uint16_t IdleMSRemaining = 0;
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ *  enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		Mouse_Task();
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+	/* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+	XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+	XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+	/* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+	XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+	XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+	PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	Joystick_Init();
+	LEDs_Init();
+	Buttons_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs and
+ *  starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+	/* Indicate USB enumerating */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+	/* Default to report protocol on connect */
+	UsingReportProtocol = true;
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
+ *  the status LEDs and stops the USB management and Mouse reporting tasks.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+	/* Indicate USB not ready */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host sets the current configuration
+ *  of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured and the mouse reporting task started.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+	bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+	/* Setup HID Report Endpoint */
+	ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(MOUSE_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, MOUSE_EPSIZE, 1);
+
+	/* Turn on Start-of-Frame events for tracking HID report period expiry */
+	USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents();
+
+	/* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
+ *  the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
+ *  internally.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+	/* Handle HID Class specific requests */
+	switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+	{
+		case HID_REQ_GetReport:
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+			{
+				USB_MouseReport_Data_t MouseReportData;
+
+				/* Create the next mouse report for transmission to the host */
+				CreateMouseReport(&MouseReportData);
+
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+				/* Write the report data to the control endpoint */
+				Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(&MouseReportData, sizeof(MouseReportData));
+				Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+				/* Clear the report data afterwards */
+				memset(&MouseReportData, 0, sizeof(MouseReportData));
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case HID_REQ_GetProtocol:
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+			{
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+				/* Write the current protocol flag to the host */
+				Endpoint_Write_8(UsingReportProtocol);
+
+				Endpoint_ClearIN();
+				Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case HID_REQ_SetProtocol:
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+			{
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+				Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+				/* Set or clear the flag depending on what the host indicates that the current Protocol should be */
+				UsingReportProtocol = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue != 0);
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case HID_REQ_SetIdle:
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+			{
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+				Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+				/* Get idle period in MSB, must multiply by 4 to get the duration in milliseconds */
+				IdleCount = ((USB_ControlRequest.wValue & 0xFF00) >> 6);
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case HID_REQ_GetIdle:
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+			{
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+				/* Write the current idle duration to the host, must be divided by 4 before sent to host */
+				Endpoint_Write_8(IdleCount >> 2);
+
+				Endpoint_ClearIN();
+				Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+			}
+
+			break;
+	}
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void)
+{
+	/* One millisecond has elapsed, decrement the idle time remaining counter if it has not already elapsed */
+	if (IdleMSRemaining)
+	  IdleMSRemaining--;
+}
+
+/** Fills the given HID report data structure with the next HID report to send to the host.
+ *
+ *  \param[out] ReportData  Pointer to a HID report data structure to be filled
+ */
+void CreateMouseReport(USB_MouseReport_Data_t* const ReportData)
+{
+	uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL    = Joystick_GetStatus();
+	uint8_t ButtonStatus_LCL = Buttons_GetStatus();
+
+	/* Clear the report contents */
+	memset(ReportData, 0, sizeof(USB_MouseReport_Data_t));
+
+	if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+	  ReportData->Y = -1;
+	else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+	  ReportData->Y =  1;
+
+	if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+	  ReportData->X = -1;
+	else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+	  ReportData->X =  1;
+
+	if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+	  ReportData->Button |= (1 << 0);
+
+	if (ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1)
+	  ReportData->Button |= (1 << 1);
+}
+
+/** Sends the next HID report to the host, via the keyboard data endpoint. */
+void SendNextReport(void)
+{
+	static USB_MouseReport_Data_t PrevMouseReportData;
+	USB_MouseReport_Data_t        MouseReportData;
+	bool                          SendReport;
+
+	/* Create the next mouse report for transmission to the host */
+	CreateMouseReport(&MouseReportData);
+
+	/* Check to see if the report data has changed - if so a report MUST be sent */
+	SendReport = (memcmp(&PrevMouseReportData, &MouseReportData, sizeof(USB_MouseReport_Data_t)) != 0);
+
+	/* Override the check if the Y or X values are non-zero - we want continuous movement while the joystick
+	 * is being held down (via continuous reports), otherwise the cursor will only move once per joystick toggle */
+	if ((MouseReportData.Y != 0) || (MouseReportData.X != 0))
+	  SendReport = true;
+
+	/* Check if the idle period is set and has elapsed */
+	if (IdleCount && (!(IdleMSRemaining)))
+	{
+		/* Reset the idle time remaining counter */
+		IdleMSRemaining = IdleCount;
+
+		/* Idle period is set and has elapsed, must send a report to the host */
+		SendReport = true;
+	}
+
+	/* Select the Mouse Report Endpoint */
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MOUSE_EPADDR);
+
+	/* Check if Mouse Endpoint Ready for Read/Write and if we should send a new report */
+	if (Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed() && SendReport)
+	{
+		/* Save the current report data for later comparison to check for changes */
+		PrevMouseReportData = MouseReportData;
+
+		/* Write Mouse Report Data */
+		Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&MouseReportData, sizeof(MouseReportData), NULL);
+
+		/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+		Endpoint_ClearIN();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Task to manage HID report generation and transmission to the host, when in report mode. */
+void Mouse_Task(void)
+{
+	/* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
+	if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+	  return;
+
+	/* Send the next mouse report to the host */
+	SendNextReport();
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Mouse.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Mouse.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9d72b79776
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Mouse.h
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Mouse.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MOUSE_H_
+#define _MOUSE_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <stdbool.h>
+		#include <string.h>
+
+		#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+		void Mouse_Task(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
+
+		void CreateMouseReport(USB_MouseReport_Data_t* const ReportData);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Mouse.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Mouse.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7246ede31e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Mouse.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Mouse Device Demo
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *  \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ *  \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ *  \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ *  \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ *  \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx)
+ *  \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>N/A</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ *        USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ *        Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Mouse demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ *  application for implementing a USB Mouse using the basic USB HID
+ *  drivers in all modern OSes (i.e. no special drivers required). It is
+ *  boot protocol compatible, and thus works under compatible BIOS as if
+ *  it was a native mouse (e.g. PS/2).
+ *
+ *  On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function
+ *  as a mouse when the USB connection to a host is present. To use
+ *  the mouse, move the joystick to move the pointer, and push the
+ *  joystick inwards to simulate a left-button click. The HWB serves as
+ *  the right mouse button.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>
+ *     None
+ *    </td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b62a3c5d0b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="Mouse HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.mouse.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.mouse"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<project caption="Mouse HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.mouse.example.xmega">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.mouse"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.mouse" caption="Mouse HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Mouse device demo, implementing a basic USB mouse device that can send movement information to the host. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Device"/>
+			<keyword value="HID Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="Mouse.txt"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="Mouse.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Mouse.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..37bc830184
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Mouse Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..37303b3e4f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = Mouse
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Config/AppConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0e4d1780a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ *  the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ *  specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ *  makefile or build system.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ *  \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#define CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS                { 10,     0,    0,    1}
+	#define SERVER_IP_ADDRESS                { 10,     0,    0,    2}
+
+	#define ADAPTER_MAC_ADDRESS              {0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00}
+	#define SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS               {0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x01}
+
+	#define NO_DECODE_ETHERNET
+	#define NO_DECODE_ARP
+	#define NO_DECODE_IP
+	#define NO_DECODE_ICMP
+	#define NO_DECODE_TCP
+	#define NO_DECODE_UDP
+	#define NO_DECODE_DHCP
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cc828a108d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+		#define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX               3
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e42b318602
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ *  the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ *  process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+	.Class                  = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+	.SubClass               = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificSubclass,
+	.Protocol               = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificProtocol,
+
+	.Endpoint0Size          = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+	.VendorID               = 0x03EB,
+	.ProductID              = 0x204C,
+	.ReleaseNumber          = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+	.ProductStrIndex        = STRING_ID_Product,
+	.SerialNumStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+	.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+	.Config =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+			.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+			.TotalInterfaces        = 2,
+
+			.ConfigurationNumber    = 1,
+			.ConfigurationStrIndex  = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+			.ConfigAttributes       = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+			.MaxPowerConsumption    = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+		},
+
+	.CDC_CCI_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 1,
+
+			.Class                  = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+			.SubClass               = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = CDC_CSCP_VendorSpecificProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.CDC_Functional_Header =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+			.CDCSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+		},
+
+	.CDC_Functional_ACM =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM,
+
+			.Capabilities           = 0x00,
+		},
+
+	.CDC_Functional_Union =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union,
+
+			.MasterInterfaceNumber  = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+			.SlaveInterfaceNumber   = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+		},
+
+	.CDC_NotificationEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0xFF
+		},
+
+	.CDC_DCI_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 2,
+
+			.Class                  = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass,
+			.SubClass               = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.RNDIS_DataOutEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		},
+
+	.RNDIS_DataInEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		}
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ *  the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ *  via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ *  form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ *  and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA RNDIS CDC Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ *  USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8);
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+	const void* Address = NULL;
+	uint16_t    Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+	switch (DescriptorType)
+	{
+		case DTYPE_Device:
+			Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_Configuration:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_String:
+			switch (DescriptorNumber)
+			{
+				case STRING_ID_Language:
+					Address = &LanguageString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+					Address = &ManufacturerString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Product:
+					Address = &ProductString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+			}
+
+			break;
+	}
+
+	*DescriptorAddress = Address;
+	return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..84c336f169
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+		#define CDC_TX_EPADDR                  (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 1)
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the CDC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+		#define CDC_RX_EPADDR                  (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 2)
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+		#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR        (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 3)
+
+		/** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */
+		#define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE                64
+
+		/** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+		#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE        8
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+			// RNDIS CDC Control Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t            CDC_CCI_Interface;
+			USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t CDC_Functional_Header;
+			USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t    CDC_Functional_ACM;
+			USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t  CDC_Functional_Union;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             CDC_NotificationEndpoint;
+
+			// RNDIS CDC Data Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t            CDC_DCI_Interface;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             RNDIS_DataOutEndpoint;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             RNDIS_DataInEndpoint;
+		} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+		/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+		 *  should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+		 *  interface from other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+		{
+			INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI = 0, /**< CDC CCI interface descriptor ID */
+			INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI = 1, /**< CDC DCI interface descriptor ID */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+		 *  have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+		 *  other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum StringDescriptors_t
+		{
+			STRING_ID_Language     = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+			STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+			STRING_ID_Product      = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+		};
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+		                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+		                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+		                                    ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/LUFA RNDIS.inf b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/LUFA RNDIS.inf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f34e55f995
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/LUFA RNDIS.inf
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+;     Windows LUFA RNDIS Setup File
+; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
+
+[DefaultInstall]
+CopyINF="LUFA RNDIS.inf"
+
+[Version]
+Signature="$Windows NT$"
+Class=Net
+ClassGuid={4d36e972-e325-11ce-bfc1-08002be10318}
+Provider=%MFGNAME%
+DriverVer=7/1/2012,10.0.0.0
+
+[Manufacturer]
+%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTx86, NTamd64, NTia64
+
+[ControlFlags]
+ExcludeFromSelect=*
+
+[DriverInstall]
+Characteristics=0x84 ; NCF_PHYSICAL + NCF_HAS_UI
+BusType=15
+include=netrndis.inf
+needs=Usb_Rndis.ndi
+AddReg=Rndis_AddReg_Vista
+
+[DriverInstall.Services]
+include=netrndis.inf
+needs=Usb_Rndis.ndi.Services
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;  Vendor and Product ID Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side
+; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match.
+; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID.  Use the format as shown below.
+; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs.
+; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line.
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[DeviceList]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204C
+
+[DeviceList.NTx86]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204C
+
+[DeviceList.NTamd64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204C
+
+[DeviceList.NTia64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204C
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;  String Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;Modify these strings to customize your device
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[Strings]
+MFGNAME="http://www.lufa-lib.org"
+DESCRIPTION="LUFA USB RNDIS Demo"
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ARP.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ARP.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..24008705c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ARP.c
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) packet handling routines. This protocol handles the
+ *  conversion of physical MAC addresses to protocol IP addresses between the host and the
+ *  device.
+ */
+
+#include "ARP.h"
+
+/** Processes an ARP packet inside an Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response
+ *  to the output Ethernet frame if the host is requesting the IP or MAC address of the
+ *  virtual server device on the network.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] InDataStart    Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's ARP header
+ *  \param[out] OutDataStart  Pointer to the start of the outgoing packet's ARP header
+ *
+ *  \return The number of bytes written to the out Ethernet frame if any, NO_RESPONSE otherwise
+ */
+int16_t ARP_ProcessARPPacket(void* InDataStart,
+                             void* OutDataStart)
+{
+	DecodeARPHeader(InDataStart);
+
+	ARP_Header_t* ARPHeaderIN  = (ARP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
+	ARP_Header_t* ARPHeaderOUT = (ARP_Header_t*)OutDataStart;
+
+	/* Ensure that the ARP request is a IPv4 request packet */
+	if ((SwapEndian_16(ARPHeaderIN->ProtocolType) == ETHERTYPE_IPV4) &&
+	    (SwapEndian_16(ARPHeaderIN->Operation) == ARP_OPERATION_REQUEST))
+	{
+		/* If the ARP packet is requesting the MAC or IP of the virtual webserver, return the response */
+		if (IP_COMPARE(&ARPHeaderIN->TPA, &ServerIPAddress) ||
+		    MAC_COMPARE(&ARPHeaderIN->THA, &ServerMACAddress))
+		{
+			/* Fill out the ARP response header */
+			ARPHeaderOUT->HardwareType = ARPHeaderIN->HardwareType;
+			ARPHeaderOUT->ProtocolType = ARPHeaderIN->ProtocolType;
+			ARPHeaderOUT->HLEN         = ARPHeaderIN->HLEN;
+			ARPHeaderOUT->PLEN         = ARPHeaderIN->PLEN;
+			ARPHeaderOUT->Operation    = SwapEndian_16(ARP_OPERATION_REPLY);
+
+			/* Copy over the sender MAC/IP to the target fields for the response */
+			ARPHeaderOUT->THA = ARPHeaderIN->SHA;
+			ARPHeaderOUT->TPA = ARPHeaderIN->SPA;
+
+			/* Copy over the new sender MAC/IP - MAC and IP addresses of the virtual webserver */
+			ARPHeaderOUT->SHA = ServerMACAddress;
+			ARPHeaderOUT->SPA = ServerIPAddress;
+
+			/* Return the size of the response so far */
+			return sizeof(ARP_Header_t);
+		}
+	}
+
+	return NO_RESPONSE;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ARP.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ARP.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c809cbf44a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ARP.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for ARP.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _ARP_H_
+#define _ARP_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <string.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include "EthernetProtocols.h"
+		#include "Ethernet.h"
+		#include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** ARP header operation constant, indicating a request from a host for an address translation. */
+		#define ARP_OPERATION_REQUEST            1
+
+		/** ARP header operation constant, indicating a reply from a host giving an address translation. */
+		#define ARP_OPERATION_REPLY              2
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for an ARP packet inside an Ethernet frame. */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint16_t      HardwareType; /**< Hardware type constant, indicating the hardware used */
+			uint16_t      ProtocolType; /**< Protocol being resolved, usually ETHERTYPE_IPV4 */
+
+			uint8_t       HLEN; /**< Length in bytes of the source/destination hardware addresses */
+			uint8_t       PLEN; /**< Length in bytes of the source/destination protocol addresses */
+			uint16_t      Operation; /**< Type of operation, either ARP_OPERATION_REQUEST or ARP_OPERATION_REPLY */
+
+			MAC_Address_t SHA; /**< Sender's hardware address */
+			IP_Address_t  SPA; /**< Sender's protocol address */
+			MAC_Address_t THA; /**< Target's hardware address */
+			IP_Address_t  TPA; /**< Target's protocol address */
+		} ARP_Header_t;
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		int16_t ARP_ProcessARPPacket(void* InDataStart,
+		                             void* OutDataStart);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/DHCP.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/DHCP.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6f7b40af69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/DHCP.c
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) packet handling routines. This protocol
+ *  handles the automatic IP negotiation to the host, so that the host will use the provided
+ *  IP address given to it by the device.
+ */
+
+#include "DHCP.h"
+
+/** Processes a DHCP packet inside an Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response
+ *  to the output Ethernet frame if the host is requesting or accepting an IP address.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] IPHeaderInStart      Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's IP header
+ *  \param[in] DHCPHeaderInStart    Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's DHCP header
+ *  \param[out] DHCPHeaderOutStart  Pointer to the start of the outgoing packet's DHCP header
+ *
+ *  \return The number of bytes written to the out Ethernet frame if any, NO_RESPONSE otherwise
+ */
+int16_t DHCP_ProcessDHCPPacket(void* IPHeaderInStart,
+                               void* DHCPHeaderInStart,
+                               void* DHCPHeaderOutStart)
+{
+	IP_Header_t*   IPHeaderIN    = (IP_Header_t*)IPHeaderInStart;
+	DHCP_Header_t* DHCPHeaderIN  = (DHCP_Header_t*)DHCPHeaderInStart;
+	DHCP_Header_t* DHCPHeaderOUT = (DHCP_Header_t*)DHCPHeaderOutStart;
+
+	uint8_t* DHCPOptionsINStart  = (uint8_t*)(DHCPHeaderInStart  + sizeof(DHCP_Header_t));
+	uint8_t* DHCPOptionsOUTStart = (uint8_t*)(DHCPHeaderOutStart + sizeof(DHCP_Header_t));
+
+	DecodeDHCPHeader(DHCPHeaderInStart);
+
+	/* Zero out the response DHCP packet, as much of it is legacy and left at 0 */
+	memset(DHCPHeaderOUT, 0, sizeof(DHCP_Header_t));
+
+	/* Fill out the response DHCP packet */
+	DHCPHeaderOUT->HardwareType          = DHCPHeaderIN->HardwareType;
+	DHCPHeaderOUT->Operation             = DHCP_OP_BOOTREPLY;
+	DHCPHeaderOUT->HardwareAddressLength = DHCPHeaderIN->HardwareAddressLength;
+	DHCPHeaderOUT->Hops                  = 0;
+	DHCPHeaderOUT->TransactionID         = DHCPHeaderIN->TransactionID;
+	DHCPHeaderOUT->ElapsedSeconds        = 0;
+	DHCPHeaderOUT->Flags                 = DHCPHeaderIN->Flags;
+	DHCPHeaderOUT->YourIP                = ClientIPAddress;
+	memmove(&DHCPHeaderOUT->ClientHardwareAddress, &DHCPHeaderIN->ClientHardwareAddress, sizeof(MAC_Address_t));
+	DHCPHeaderOUT->Cookie                = SwapEndian_32(DHCP_MAGIC_COOKIE);
+
+	/* Alter the incoming IP packet header so that the corrected IP source and destinations are used - this means that
+	   when the response IP header is generated, it will use the corrected addresses and not the null/broatcast addresses */
+	IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress      = ClientIPAddress;
+	IPHeaderIN->DestinationAddress = ServerIPAddress;
+
+	/* Process the incoming DHCP packet options */
+	while (DHCPOptionsINStart[0] != DHCP_OPTION_END)
+	{
+		/* Find the Message Type DHCP option, to determine the type of DHCP packet */
+		if (DHCPOptionsINStart[0] == DHCP_OPTION_MESSAGETYPE)
+		{
+			if ((DHCPOptionsINStart[2] == DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DISCOVER) || (DHCPOptionsINStart[2] == DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_REQUEST))
+			{
+				/* Fill out the response DHCP packet options for a DHCP OFFER or ACK response */
+
+				*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = DHCP_OPTION_MESSAGETYPE;
+				*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 1;
+				*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = (DHCPOptionsINStart[2] == DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DISCOVER) ? DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_OFFER
+																								: DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_ACK;
+
+				*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = DHCP_OPTION_SUBNETMASK;
+				*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = sizeof(IP_Address_t);
+				*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0xFF;
+				*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0xFF;
+				*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0xFF;
+				*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0x00;
+
+				*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = DHCP_OPTION_LEASETIME;
+				*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = sizeof(uint32_t);
+				/* Lease Time 86400s (ONE_DAY) */
+				*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0x00;
+				*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0x01;
+				*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0x51;
+				*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0x80;
+
+				*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = DHCP_OPTION_DHCPSERVER;
+				*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = sizeof(IP_Address_t);
+				memcpy(DHCPOptionsOUTStart, &ServerIPAddress, sizeof(IP_Address_t));
+				DHCPOptionsOUTStart     += sizeof(IP_Address_t);
+
+				*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = DHCP_OPTION_END;
+
+				return (sizeof(DHCP_Header_t) + 18 + sizeof(IP_Address_t));
+			}
+		}
+
+		/* Go to the next DHCP option - skip one byte if option is a padding byte, else skip the complete option's size */
+		DHCPOptionsINStart += ((DHCPOptionsINStart[0] == DHCP_OPTION_PAD) ? 1 : (DHCPOptionsINStart[1] + 2));
+	}
+
+	return NO_RESPONSE;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/DHCP.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/DHCP.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5ef78469ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/DHCP.h
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for DHCP.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DHCP_H_
+#define _DHCP_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <string.h>
+
+		#include "EthernetProtocols.h"
+		#include "Ethernet.h"
+		#include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** DHCP operation constant, indicating a request from a host to a DHCP server. */
+		#define DHCP_OP_BOOTREQUEST       0x01
+
+		/** DHCP operation constant, indicating a reply from a DHCP server to a host. */
+		#define DHCP_OP_BOOTREPLY         0x02
+
+		/** Hardware type constant, indicating Ethernet as a carrier. */
+		#define DHCP_HTYPE_ETHERNET       0x01
+
+		/** Magic boot protocol "cookie", inserted into all BOOTP packets (BOOTP is the carrier of DHCP). */
+		#define DHCP_MAGIC_COOKIE         0x63825363
+
+		/** DHCP option list entry header, indicating that a subnet mask will follow. */
+		#define DHCP_OPTION_SUBNETMASK    1
+
+		/** DHCP option list entry header, indicating that the Lease Time will follow. */
+		#define DHCP_OPTION_LEASETIME     51
+
+		/** DHCP option list entry header, indicating that the DHCP message type constant will follow. */
+		#define DHCP_OPTION_MESSAGETYPE   53
+
+		/** DHCP option list entry header, indicating that the IP address of the DHCP server will follow. */
+		#define DHCP_OPTION_DHCPSERVER    54
+
+		/** DHCP option list entry header, used to pad out option data. */
+		#define DHCP_OPTION_PAD           0
+
+		/** DHCP option list entry header, indicating the end of option data. */
+		#define DHCP_OPTION_END           255
+
+		/** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, requesting that a DHCP server offer an IP address. */
+		#define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DISCOVER 1
+
+		/** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, indicating that a DHCP server is offering an IP address. */
+		#define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_OFFER    2
+
+		/** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, requesting that a DHCP server lease a given IP address. */
+		#define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_REQUEST  3
+
+		/** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, declining an offered DHCP server IP address lease. */
+		#define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DECLINE  4
+
+		/** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, ACKing a host IP lease request. */
+		#define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_ACK      5
+
+		/** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, NACKing a host IP lease request. */
+		#define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_NACK     6
+
+		/** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, indicating that a host is releasing a leased IP address. */
+		#define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_RELEASE  7
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for a DHCP packet inside an Ethernet frame. */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint8_t  Operation; /**< DHCP operation, either DHCP_OP_BOOTREQUEST or DHCP_OP_BOOTREPLY */
+			uint8_t  HardwareType; /**< Hardware carrier type constant */
+			uint8_t  HardwareAddressLength;  /**< Length in bytes of a hardware (MAC) address on the network */
+			uint8_t  Hops; /**< Number of hops required to reach the server, unused */
+
+			uint32_t TransactionID; /**< Unique ID of the DHCP packet, for positive matching between sent and received packets */
+
+			uint16_t ElapsedSeconds; /**< Elapsed seconds since the request was made */
+			uint16_t Flags; /**< BOOTP packet flags */
+
+			IP_Address_t ClientIP; /**< Client IP address, if already leased an IP */
+			IP_Address_t YourIP; /**< Client IP address */
+			IP_Address_t NextServerIP; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */
+			IP_Address_t RelayAgentIP; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */
+
+			uint8_t ClientHardwareAddress[16]; /**< Hardware (MAC) address of the client making a request to the DHCP server */
+			uint8_t ServerHostnameString[64]; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */
+			uint8_t BootFileName[128]; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */
+
+			uint32_t Cookie; /**< Magic BOOTP protocol cookie to indicate a valid packet */
+		} DHCP_Header_t;
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		int16_t DHCP_ProcessDHCPPacket(void* IPHeaderInStart,
+		                               void* DHCPHeaderInStart,
+		                               void* DHCPHeaderOutStart);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Ethernet.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Ethernet.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a48de2c717
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Ethernet.c
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Ethernet frame packet handling routines. This protocol handles the processing of raw Ethernet
+ *  frames sent and received, deferring the processing of sub-packet protocols to the appropriate
+ *  protocol handlers, such as DHCP or ARP.
+ */
+
+#include "Ethernet.h"
+
+/** Ethernet Frame buffer structure, to hold the incoming Ethernet frame from the host. */
+Ethernet_Frame_Info_t FrameIN;
+
+/** Ethernet Frame buffer structure, to hold the outgoing Ethernet frame to the host. */
+Ethernet_Frame_Info_t FrameOUT;
+
+/** Constant for convenience when checking against or setting a MAC address to the virtual server MAC address. */
+const MAC_Address_t ServerMACAddress    = {SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS};
+
+/** Constant for convenience when checking against or setting an IP address to the virtual server IP address. */
+const IP_Address_t  ServerIPAddress     = {SERVER_IP_ADDRESS};
+
+/** Constant for convenience when checking against or setting a MAC address to the broadcast MAC address. */
+const MAC_Address_t BroadcastMACAddress = {BROADCAST_MAC_ADDRESS};
+
+/** Constant for convenience when checking against or setting a IP address to the broadcast IP address. */
+const IP_Address_t  BroadcastIPAddress  = {BROADCAST_IP_ADDRESS};
+
+/** Constant for convenience when checking against or setting an IP address to the client (host) IP address. */
+const IP_Address_t  ClientIPAddress     = {CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS};
+
+
+/** Processes an incoming Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response to the output Ethernet
+ *  frame buffer if the sub protocol handlers create a valid response.
+ */
+void Ethernet_ProcessPacket(void)
+{
+	DecodeEthernetFrameHeader(FrameIN.FrameData);
+
+	/* Cast the incoming Ethernet frame to the Ethernet header type */
+	Ethernet_Frame_Header_t* FrameINHeader  = (Ethernet_Frame_Header_t*)&FrameIN.FrameData;
+	Ethernet_Frame_Header_t* FrameOUTHeader = (Ethernet_Frame_Header_t*)&FrameOUT.FrameData;
+
+	int16_t                  RetSize        = NO_RESPONSE;
+
+	/* Ensure frame is addressed to either all (broadcast) or the virtual webserver, and is a type II frame */
+	if ((MAC_COMPARE(&FrameINHeader->Destination, &ServerMACAddress) ||
+	     MAC_COMPARE(&FrameINHeader->Destination, &BroadcastMACAddress)) &&
+		(SwapEndian_16(FrameIN.FrameLength) > ETHERNET_VER2_MINSIZE))
+	{
+		/* Process the packet depending on its protocol */
+		switch (SwapEndian_16(FrameINHeader->EtherType))
+		{
+			case ETHERTYPE_ARP:
+				RetSize = ARP_ProcessARPPacket(&FrameIN.FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t)],
+				                               &FrameOUT.FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t)]);
+				break;
+			case ETHERTYPE_IPV4:
+				RetSize = IP_ProcessIPPacket(&FrameIN.FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t)],
+				                             &FrameOUT.FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t)]);
+				break;
+		}
+
+		/* Protocol processing routine has filled a response, complete the ethernet frame header */
+		if (RetSize > 0)
+		{
+			/* Fill out the response Ethernet frame header */
+			FrameOUTHeader->Source          = ServerMACAddress;
+			FrameOUTHeader->Destination     = FrameINHeader->Source;
+			FrameOUTHeader->EtherType       = FrameINHeader->EtherType;
+
+			/* Set the response length in the buffer and indicate that a response is ready to be sent */
+			FrameOUT.FrameLength            = (sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t) + RetSize);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Check if the packet was processed */
+	if (RetSize != NO_PROCESS)
+	{
+		/* Clear the frame buffer */
+		FrameIN.FrameLength = 0;
+	}
+}
+
+/** Calculates the appropriate ethernet checksum, consisting of the addition of the one's
+ *  compliment of each word, complimented.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] Data   Pointer to the packet buffer data whose checksum must be calculated
+ *  \param[in] Bytes  Number of bytes in the data buffer to process
+ *
+ *  \return A 16-bit Ethernet checksum value
+ */
+uint16_t Ethernet_Checksum16(void* Data,
+                             uint16_t Bytes)
+{
+	uint16_t* Words    = (uint16_t*)Data;
+	uint32_t  Checksum = 0;
+
+	for (uint16_t CurrWord = 0; CurrWord < (Bytes >> 1); CurrWord++)
+	  Checksum += Words[CurrWord];
+
+	while (Checksum & 0xFFFF0000)
+	  Checksum = ((Checksum & 0xFFFF) + (Checksum >> 16));
+
+	return ~Checksum;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Ethernet.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Ethernet.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8eaf64080b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Ethernet.h
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Ethernet.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _ETHERNET_H_
+#define _ETHERNET_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <string.h>
+
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+		#include "EthernetProtocols.h"
+		#include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
+		#include "ICMP.h"
+		#include "TCP.h"
+		#include "UDP.h"
+		#include "DHCP.h"
+		#include "ARP.h"
+		#include "IP.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Physical MAC address of the network broadcast address. */
+		#define BROADCAST_MAC_ADDRESS            {0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF}
+
+		/** Performs a comparison between two MAC addresses, indicating if they are identical.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in] MAC1  First MAC address
+		 *  \param[in] MAC2  Second MAC address
+		 *
+		 *  \return True if the addresses match, \c false otherwise
+		 */
+		#define MAC_COMPARE(MAC1, MAC2)          (memcmp(MAC1, MAC2, sizeof(MAC_Address_t)) == 0)
+
+		/** Maximum size of an incoming or outgoing Ethernet frame in bytes. */
+		#define ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX          1500
+
+		/** Minimum size of an Ethernet packet in bytes, to conform to the Ethernet V2 packet standard. */
+		#define ETHERNET_VER2_MINSIZE            0x0600
+
+		/** Return value for all sub protocol handling routines, indicating that no response packet has been generated. */
+		#define NO_RESPONSE                      0
+
+		/** Return value for all sub protocol handling routines, indicating that the packet has not yet been handled. */
+		#define NO_PROCESS                       -1
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for an Ethernet frame buffer data and information structure. */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint8_t  FrameData[ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX]; /**< Ethernet frame contents. */
+			uint16_t FrameLength; /**< Length in bytes of the Ethernet frame stored in the buffer. */
+		} Ethernet_Frame_Info_t;
+
+		/** Type define for an Ethernet frame header. */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			MAC_Address_t Destination; /**< Physical MAC address of the packet recipient */
+			MAC_Address_t Source; /**< Physics MAC address of the packet source */
+			uint16_t      EtherType; /**< Ethernet packet sub-protocol type, for Ethernet V2 packets */
+		} Ethernet_Frame_Header_t;
+
+	/* External Variables: */
+		extern Ethernet_Frame_Info_t FrameIN;
+		extern Ethernet_Frame_Info_t FrameOUT;
+
+		extern const MAC_Address_t ServerMACAddress;
+		extern const IP_Address_t  ServerIPAddress;
+		extern const MAC_Address_t BroadcastMACAddress;
+		extern const IP_Address_t  BroadcastIPAddress;
+		extern const IP_Address_t  ClientIPAddress;
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void     Ethernet_ProcessPacket(void);
+		uint16_t Ethernet_Checksum16(void* Data,
+		                             uint16_t Bytes);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/EthernetProtocols.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/EthernetProtocols.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ca738cd0db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/EthernetProtocols.h
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  General Ethernet protocol constants and type defines, for use by
+ *  all network protocol portions of the TCP/IP stack.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _ETHERNET_PROTOCOLS_H_
+#define _ETHERNET_PROTOCOLS_H_
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		#define ETHERTYPE_IPV4                   0x0800
+		#define ETHERTYPE_ARP                    0x0806
+		#define ETHERTYPE_RARP                   0x8035
+		#define ETHERTYPE_APPLETALK              0x809b
+		#define ETHERTYPE_APPLETALKARP           0x80f3
+		#define ETHERTYPE_IEEE8021Q              0x8100
+		#define ETHERTYPE_NOVELLIPX              0x8137
+		#define ETHERTYPE_NOVELL                 0x8138
+		#define ETHERTYPE_IPV6                   0x86DD
+		#define ETHERTYPE_COBRANET               0x8819
+		#define ETHERTYPE_PROVIDERBRIDGING       0x88a8
+		#define ETHERTYPE_MPLSUNICAST            0x8847
+		#define ETHERTYPE_MPLSMULTICAST          0x8848
+		#define ETHERTYPE_PPPoEDISCOVERY         0x8863
+		#define ETHERTYPE_PPPoESESSION           0x8864
+		#define ETHERTYPE_EAPOVERLAN             0x888E
+		#define ETHERTYPE_HYPERSCSI              0x889A
+		#define ETHERTYPE_ATAOVERETHERNET        0x88A2
+		#define ETHERTYPE_ETHERCAT               0x88A4
+		#define ETHERTYPE_SERCOSIII              0x88CD
+		#define ETHERTYPE_CESoE                  0x88D8
+		#define ETHERTYPE_MACSECURITY            0x88E5
+		#define ETHERTYPE_FIBRECHANNEL           0x8906
+		#define ETHERTYPE_QINQ                   0x9100
+		#define ETHERTYPE_VLLT                   0xCAFE
+
+		#define PROTOCOL_ICMP                    1
+		#define PROTOCOL_IGMP                    2
+		#define PROTOCOL_TCP                     6
+		#define PROTOCOL_UDP                     17
+		#define PROTOCOL_OSPF                    89
+		#define PROTOCOL_SCTP                    132
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for a physical MAC address of a device on a network. */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint8_t       Octets[6]; /**< Individual bytes of a MAC address */
+		} RNDIS_MAC_Address_t;
+
+		/** Type define for a protocol IP address of a device on a network. */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint8_t       Octets[4]; /**< Individual bytes of an IP address */
+		} IP_Address_t;
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ICMP.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ICMP.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b144c4c517
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ICMP.c
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) packet handling routines. This protocol handles
+ *  Echo requests from the host, to indicate a successful network connection between the host
+ *  and the virtual server.
+ */
+
+#include "ICMP.h"
+
+/** Processes an ICMP packet inside an Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response
+ *  to the output Ethernet frame if the host is issuing a ICMP ECHO request.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] InDataStart    Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's ICMP header
+ *  \param[out] OutDataStart  Pointer to the start of the outgoing packet's ICMP header
+ *
+ *  \return The number of bytes written to the out Ethernet frame if any, NO_RESPONSE otherwise
+ */
+int16_t ICMP_ProcessICMPPacket(void* InDataStart,
+                               void* OutDataStart)
+{
+	ICMP_Header_t* ICMPHeaderIN  = (ICMP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
+	ICMP_Header_t* ICMPHeaderOUT = (ICMP_Header_t*)OutDataStart;
+
+	DecodeICMPHeader(InDataStart);
+
+	/* Determine if the ICMP packet is an echo request (ping) */
+	if (ICMPHeaderIN->Type == ICMP_TYPE_ECHOREQUEST)
+	{
+		/* Fill out the ICMP response packet */
+		ICMPHeaderOUT->Type     = ICMP_TYPE_ECHOREPLY;
+		ICMPHeaderOUT->Code     = 0;
+		ICMPHeaderOUT->Checksum = 0;
+		ICMPHeaderOUT->Id       = ICMPHeaderIN->Id;
+		ICMPHeaderOUT->Sequence = ICMPHeaderIN->Sequence;
+
+		intptr_t DataSize = FrameIN.FrameLength - ((((intptr_t)InDataStart + sizeof(ICMP_Header_t)) - (intptr_t)FrameIN.FrameData));
+
+		/* Copy the remaining payload to the response - echo requests should echo back any sent data */
+		memmove(&((uint8_t*)OutDataStart)[sizeof(ICMP_Header_t)],
+		        &((uint8_t*)InDataStart)[sizeof(ICMP_Header_t)],
+			    DataSize);
+
+		ICMPHeaderOUT->Checksum = Ethernet_Checksum16(ICMPHeaderOUT, (DataSize + sizeof(ICMP_Header_t)));
+
+		/* Return the size of the response so far */
+		return (DataSize + sizeof(ICMP_Header_t));
+	}
+
+	return NO_RESPONSE;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ICMP.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ICMP.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e8039da3e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ICMP.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for ICMP.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _ICMP_H_
+#define _ICMP_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <string.h>
+
+		#include "EthernetProtocols.h"
+		#include "Ethernet.h"
+		#include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** ICMP message type constant, indicating an ICMP ECHO Reply message. */
+		#define ICMP_TYPE_ECHOREPLY              0
+
+		/** ICMP message type constant, indicating a packet destination is unreachable. */
+		#define ICMP_TYPE_DESTINATIONUNREACHABLE 3
+
+		/** ICMP message type constant, indicating an ICMP Source Quench message. */
+		#define ICMP_TYPE_SOURCEQUENCH           4
+
+		/** ICMP message type constant, indicating an ICMP Redirect message. */
+		#define ICMP_TYPE_REDIRECTMESSAGE        5
+
+		/** ICMP message type constant, indicating an ICMP ECHO Request message. */
+		#define ICMP_TYPE_ECHOREQUEST            8
+
+		/** ICMP message type constant, indicating an ICMP Time Exceeded message. */
+		#define ICMP_TYPE_TIMEEXCEEDED           11
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for an ICMP message header. */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint8_t       Type; /**< ICMP message type, an \c ICMP_TYPE_* constant */
+			uint8_t       Code; /**< ICMP message code, indicating the message value */
+			uint16_t      Checksum; /**< Ethernet checksum of the ICMP message */
+			uint16_t      Id; /**< Id of the ICMP message */
+			uint16_t      Sequence; /**< Sequence number of the ICMP message, to link together message responses */
+		} ICMP_Header_t;
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		int16_t ICMP_ProcessICMPPacket(void* InDataStart,
+		                               void* OutDataStart);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/IP.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/IP.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dfa583b853
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/IP.c
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Internet Protocol (IP) packet handling routines. This protocol handles IP packets from the
+ *  host which typically encapsulate other protocols such as ICMP, UDP and TCP.
+ */
+
+#include "IP.h"
+
+/** Processes an IP packet inside an Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response
+ *  to the output Ethernet frame if one is created by a sub-protocol handler.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] InDataStart    Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's IP header
+ *  \param[out] OutDataStart  Pointer to the start of the outgoing packet's IP header
+ *
+ *  \return The number of bytes written to the out Ethernet frame if any, NO_RESPONSE if no
+ *           response was generated, NO_PROCESS if the packet processing was deferred until the
+ *           next Ethernet packet handler iteration
+ */
+int16_t IP_ProcessIPPacket(void* InDataStart,
+                           void* OutDataStart)
+{
+	DecodeIPHeader(InDataStart);
+
+	IP_Header_t* IPHeaderIN  = (IP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
+	IP_Header_t* IPHeaderOUT = (IP_Header_t*)OutDataStart;
+
+	/* Header length is specified in number of longs in the packet header, convert to bytes */
+	uint16_t HeaderLengthBytes = (IPHeaderIN->HeaderLength * sizeof(uint32_t));
+
+	int16_t  RetSize = NO_RESPONSE;
+
+	/* Check to ensure the IP packet is addressed to the virtual webserver's IP or the broadcast IP address */
+	if (!(IP_COMPARE(&IPHeaderIN->DestinationAddress, &ServerIPAddress)) &&
+	    !(IP_COMPARE(&IPHeaderIN->DestinationAddress, &BroadcastIPAddress)))
+	{
+		return NO_RESPONSE;
+	}
+
+	/* Pass off the IP payload to the appropriate protocol processing routine */
+	switch (IPHeaderIN->Protocol)
+	{
+		case PROTOCOL_ICMP:
+			RetSize = ICMP_ProcessICMPPacket(&((uint8_t*)InDataStart)[HeaderLengthBytes],
+			                                 &((uint8_t*)OutDataStart)[sizeof(IP_Header_t)]);
+			break;
+		case PROTOCOL_TCP:
+			RetSize = TCP_ProcessTCPPacket(InDataStart,
+			                               &((uint8_t*)InDataStart)[HeaderLengthBytes],
+			                               &((uint8_t*)OutDataStart)[sizeof(IP_Header_t)]);
+			break;
+		case PROTOCOL_UDP:
+			RetSize = UDP_ProcessUDPPacket(InDataStart,
+			                               &((uint8_t*)InDataStart)[HeaderLengthBytes],
+			                               &((uint8_t*)OutDataStart)[sizeof(IP_Header_t)]);
+			break;
+	}
+
+	/* Check to see if the protocol processing routine has filled out a response */
+	if (RetSize > 0)
+	{
+		/* Fill out the response IP packet header */
+		IPHeaderOUT->TotalLength        = SwapEndian_16(sizeof(IP_Header_t) + RetSize);
+		IPHeaderOUT->TypeOfService      = 0;
+		IPHeaderOUT->HeaderLength       = (sizeof(IP_Header_t) / sizeof(uint32_t));
+		IPHeaderOUT->Version            = 4;
+		IPHeaderOUT->Flags              = 0;
+		IPHeaderOUT->FragmentOffset     = 0;
+		IPHeaderOUT->Identification     = 0;
+		IPHeaderOUT->HeaderChecksum     = 0;
+		IPHeaderOUT->Protocol           = IPHeaderIN->Protocol;
+		IPHeaderOUT->TTL                = DEFAULT_TTL;
+		IPHeaderOUT->SourceAddress      = IPHeaderIN->DestinationAddress;
+		IPHeaderOUT->DestinationAddress = IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress;
+
+		IPHeaderOUT->HeaderChecksum     = Ethernet_Checksum16(IPHeaderOUT, sizeof(IP_Header_t));
+
+		/* Return the size of the response so far */
+		return (sizeof(IP_Header_t) + RetSize);
+	}
+
+	return RetSize;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/IP.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/IP.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..48f2c9086f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/IP.h
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for IP.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _IP_H_
+#define _IP_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <string.h>
+
+		#include "EthernetProtocols.h"
+		#include "Ethernet.h"
+		#include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Protocol IP address of the broadcast address. */
+		#define BROADCAST_IP_ADDRESS             {0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF}
+
+		/** Default Time To Live (TTL) value for sent packets, indicating the maximum allowable hops until their destination
+		 *  is reached.
+		 */
+		#define DEFAULT_TTL                      128
+
+		/** Performs a comparison between two IP addresses, indicating if they are identical.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in] IP1  First IP address
+		 *  \param[in] IP2  Second IP address
+		 *
+		 *  \return True if the addresses match, \c false otherwise
+		 */
+		#define IP_COMPARE(IP1, IP2)             (memcmp(IP1, IP2, sizeof(IP_Address_t)) == 0)
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define of an IP packet header. */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			unsigned     HeaderLength   : 4; /**< Total length of the packet header, in 4-byte blocks */
+			unsigned     Version        : 4; /**< IP protocol version */
+			uint8_t      TypeOfService; /**< Special service type identifier, indicating delay/throughput/reliability levels */
+			uint16_t     TotalLength; /**< Total length of the IP packet, in bytes */
+
+			uint16_t     Identification; /**< Identification value for identifying fragmented packets */
+			unsigned     FragmentOffset : 13; /**< Offset of this IP fragment */
+			unsigned     Flags          : 3; /**< Fragment flags, to indicate if a packet is fragmented */
+
+			uint8_t      TTL; /**< Maximum allowable number of hops to reach the packet destination */
+			uint8_t      Protocol; /**< Encapsulated protocol type */
+			uint16_t     HeaderChecksum; /**< Ethernet checksum of the IP header */
+
+			IP_Address_t SourceAddress; /**< Source protocol IP address of the packet */
+			IP_Address_t DestinationAddress; /**< Destination protocol IP address of the packet */
+		} IP_Header_t;
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		int16_t IP_ProcessIPPacket(void* InDataStart,
+		                           void* OutDataStart);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ProtocolDecoders.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ProtocolDecoders.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..90d678bf4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ProtocolDecoders.c
@@ -0,0 +1,276 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/* Protocol decoders for Ethernet, TCP, IP, ICMP and ARP. Each of these routines
+   accepts a header to the appropriate protocol and prints out pertinent information
+   on the packet through the serial port.
+
+   To disable printing of a specific protocol, define the token NO_DECODE_{Protocol}
+   in the project makefile, and pass it to the compiler using the -D switch.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Protocol decoding routines, for the plain-text decoding of Ethernet frames for debugging purposes.
+ *  Enabled protocol decoders will print incoming Ethernet frame contents through the USART in a human
+ *  readable format.
+ *
+ *  Note that the USART is a slow transmission medium, and will slow down packet processing considerably.
+ *  Packet decoding routines can be disabled by defining NO_DECODE_{Protocol Name} in the project makefile
+ *  and passing it to the compiler via the -D switch.
+ */
+
+#include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
+
+/** Decodes an Ethernet frame header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] InDataStart  Pointer to the start of an Ethernet frame header
+ */
+void DecodeEthernetFrameHeader(void* InDataStart)
+{
+	#if !defined(NO_DECODE_ETHERNET)
+	Ethernet_Frame_Header_t* FrameHeader = (Ethernet_Frame_Header_t*)InDataStart;
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("\r\n"));
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("  ETHERNET\r\n"));
+
+	if (!(MAC_COMPARE(&FrameHeader->Destination, &ServerMACAddress)) &&
+	    !(MAC_COMPARE(&FrameHeader->Destination, &BroadcastMACAddress)))
+	{
+		printf_P(PSTR("  + NOT ADDRESSED TO DEVICE\r\n"));
+		return;
+	}
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("  + MAC Source : %02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X\r\n"), FrameHeader->Source.Octets[0],
+	                                                                     FrameHeader->Source.Octets[1],
+	                                                                     FrameHeader->Source.Octets[2],
+	                                                                     FrameHeader->Source.Octets[3],
+	                                                                     FrameHeader->Source.Octets[4],
+	                                                                     FrameHeader->Source.Octets[5]);
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("  + MAC Dest: %02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X\r\n"),    FrameHeader->Destination.Octets[0],
+	                                                                     FrameHeader->Destination.Octets[1],
+	                                                                     FrameHeader->Destination.Octets[2],
+	                                                                     FrameHeader->Destination.Octets[3],
+	                                                                     FrameHeader->Destination.Octets[4],
+	                                                                     FrameHeader->Destination.Octets[5]);
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("  + Protocol: 0x%04x\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(FrameHeader->EtherType));
+	#endif
+}
+
+/** Decodes an ARP header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] InDataStart  Pointer to the start of an ARP packet header
+ */
+void DecodeARPHeader(void* InDataStart)
+{
+	#if !defined(NO_DECODE_ARP)
+	ARP_Header_t* ARPHeader = (ARP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("   \\\r\n    ARP\r\n"));
+
+	if (!(IP_COMPARE(&ARPHeader->TPA, &ServerIPAddress)) &&
+	    !(MAC_COMPARE(&ARPHeader->THA, &ServerMACAddress)))
+	{
+		printf_P(PSTR("    + NOT ADDRESSED TO DEVICE\r\n"));
+		return;
+	}
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("    + Protocol: %x\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(ARPHeader->ProtocolType));
+	printf_P(PSTR("    + Operation: %u\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(ARPHeader->Operation));
+
+	if (SwapEndian_16(ARPHeader->ProtocolType) == ETHERTYPE_IPV4)
+	{
+		printf_P(PSTR("    + SHA MAC: %02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X\r\n"), ARPHeader->SHA.Octets[0],
+		                                                                   ARPHeader->SHA.Octets[1],
+		                                                                   ARPHeader->SHA.Octets[2],
+		                                                                   ARPHeader->SHA.Octets[3],
+		                                                                   ARPHeader->SHA.Octets[4],
+		                                                                   ARPHeader->SHA.Octets[5]);
+
+		printf_P(PSTR("    + SPA IP: %u.%u.%u.%u\r\n"), ARPHeader->SPA.Octets[0],
+		                                                ARPHeader->SPA.Octets[1],
+		                                                ARPHeader->SPA.Octets[2],
+		                                                ARPHeader->SPA.Octets[3]);
+
+		printf_P(PSTR("    + THA MAC: %02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X\r\n"), ARPHeader->THA.Octets[0],
+		                                                                   ARPHeader->THA.Octets[1],
+		                                                                   ARPHeader->THA.Octets[2],
+		                                                                   ARPHeader->THA.Octets[3],
+		                                                                   ARPHeader->THA.Octets[4],
+		                                                                   ARPHeader->THA.Octets[5]);
+
+		printf_P(PSTR("    + TPA IP: %u.%u.%u.%u\r\n"), ARPHeader->TPA.Octets[0],
+		                                                ARPHeader->TPA.Octets[1],
+		                                                ARPHeader->TPA.Octets[2],
+		                                                ARPHeader->TPA.Octets[3]);
+	}
+	#endif
+}
+
+/** Decodes an IP header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] InDataStart  Pointer to the start of an IP packet header
+ */
+void DecodeIPHeader(void* InDataStart)
+{
+	#if !defined(NO_DECODE_IP)
+	IP_Header_t* IPHeader  = (IP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
+
+	uint16_t HeaderLengthBytes = (IPHeader->HeaderLength * sizeof(uint32_t));
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("   \\\r\n    IP\r\n"));
+
+	if (!(IP_COMPARE(&IPHeader->DestinationAddress, &ServerIPAddress)))
+	{
+		printf_P(PSTR("    + NOT ADDRESSED TO DEVICE\r\n"));
+		return;
+	}
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("    + Header Length: %u Bytes\r\n"), HeaderLengthBytes);
+	printf_P(PSTR("    + Packet Version: %u\r\n"), IPHeader->Version);
+	printf_P(PSTR("    + Total Length: %u\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(IPHeader->TotalLength));
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("    + Protocol: %u\r\n"), IPHeader->Protocol);
+	printf_P(PSTR("    + TTL: %u\r\n"), IPHeader->TTL);
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("    + IP Src: %u.%u.%u.%u\r\n"), IPHeader->SourceAddress.Octets[0],
+	                                                IPHeader->SourceAddress.Octets[1],
+	                                                IPHeader->SourceAddress.Octets[2],
+	                                                IPHeader->SourceAddress.Octets[3]);
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("    + IP Dst: %u.%u.%u.%u\r\n"), IPHeader->DestinationAddress.Octets[0],
+	                                                IPHeader->DestinationAddress.Octets[1],
+	                                                IPHeader->DestinationAddress.Octets[2],
+	                                                IPHeader->DestinationAddress.Octets[3]);
+	#endif
+}
+
+/** Decodes an ICMP header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] InDataStart  Pointer to the start of an ICMP packet header
+ */
+void DecodeICMPHeader(void* InDataStart)
+{
+	#if !defined(NO_DECODE_ICMP)
+	ICMP_Header_t* ICMPHeader  = (ICMP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("    \\\r\n     ICMP\r\n"));
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("     + Type: %u\r\n"), ICMPHeader->Type);
+	printf_P(PSTR("     + Code: %u\r\n"), ICMPHeader->Code);
+	#endif
+}
+
+/** Decodes a TCP header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] InDataStart  Pointer to the start of a TCP packet header
+ */
+void DecodeTCPHeader(void* InDataStart)
+{
+	#if !defined(NO_DECODE_TCP)
+	TCP_Header_t* TCPHeader  = (TCP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
+
+	uint16_t               HeaderLengthBytes = (TCPHeader->DataOffset * sizeof(uint32_t));
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("    \\\r\n     TCP\r\n"));
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("     + Header Length: %u Bytes\r\n"), HeaderLengthBytes);
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("     + Source Port: %u\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(TCPHeader->SourcePort));
+	printf_P(PSTR("     + Destination Port: %u\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(TCPHeader->DestinationPort));
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("     + Sequence Number: %lu\r\n"), SwapEndian_32(TCPHeader->SequenceNumber));
+	printf_P(PSTR("     + Acknowledgment Number: %lu\r\n"), SwapEndian_32(TCPHeader->AcknowledgmentNumber));
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("     + Flags: 0x%02X\r\n"), TCPHeader->Flags);
+
+	if (TCP_GetPortState(TCPHeader->DestinationPort) == TCP_Port_Closed)
+	  printf_P(PSTR("     + NOT LISTENING ON DESTINATION PORT\r\n"));
+	#endif
+}
+
+/** Decodes an UDP header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] InDataStart  Pointer to the start of a UDP packet header
+ */
+void DecodeUDPHeader(void* InDataStart)
+{
+	#if !defined(NO_DECODE_UDP)
+	UDP_Header_t* UDPHeader = (UDP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("    \\\r\n     UDP\r\n"));
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("     + Source Port: %u\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(UDPHeader->SourcePort));
+	printf_P(PSTR("     + Destination Port: %u\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(UDPHeader->DestinationPort));
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("     + Data Length: %d\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(UDPHeader->Length));
+	#endif
+}
+
+/** Decodes an DHCP header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] InDataStart  Pointer to the start of a DHCP packet header
+ */
+void DecodeDHCPHeader(void* InDataStart)
+{
+	#if !defined(NO_DECODE_DHCP)
+	uint8_t* DHCPOptions = ((uint8_t*)InDataStart + sizeof(DHCP_Header_t));
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("     \\\r\n      DHCP\r\n"));
+
+	while (DHCPOptions[0] != DHCP_OPTION_END)
+	{
+		if (DHCPOptions[0] == DHCP_OPTION_MESSAGETYPE)
+		{
+			switch (DHCPOptions[2])
+			{
+				case DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DISCOVER:
+					printf_P(PSTR("      + DISCOVER\r\n"));
+					break;
+				case DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_REQUEST:
+					printf_P(PSTR("      + REQUEST\r\n"));
+					break;
+				case DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_RELEASE:
+					printf_P(PSTR("      + RELEASE\r\n"));
+					break;
+				case DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DECLINE:
+					printf_P(PSTR("      + DECLINE\r\n"));
+					break;
+			}
+		}
+
+		DHCPOptions += ((DHCPOptions[0] == DHCP_OPTION_PAD) ? 1 : (DHCPOptions[1] + 2));
+	}
+	#endif
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ProtocolDecoders.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ProtocolDecoders.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..77a50f02f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ProtocolDecoders.h
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for ProtocolDecoders.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _PROTOCOL_DECODERS_H_
+#define _PROTOCOL_DECODERS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+		#include <stdio.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+
+		#include "EthernetProtocols.h"
+		#include "Ethernet.h"
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void DecodeEthernetFrameHeader(void* InDataStart);
+		void DecodeARPHeader(void* InDataStart);
+		void DecodeIPHeader(void* InDataStart);
+		void DecodeICMPHeader(void* InDataStart);
+		void DecodeTCPHeader(void* InDataStart);
+		void DecodeUDPHeader(void* InDataStart);
+		void DecodeDHCPHeader(void* InDataStart);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/RNDIS.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/RNDIS.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..00052ed39d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/RNDIS.c
@@ -0,0 +1,394 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  RNDIS command handler functions. This handles RNDIS commands according to
+ *  the Microsoft RNDIS specification, creating a USB Ethernet network adapter.
+ */
+
+#define  INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_C
+#include "RNDIS.h"
+
+/** Physical MAC address of the network adapter, which becomes the MAC address of the host for packets sent to the adapter. */
+static const MAC_Address_t PROGMEM AdapterMACAddress     = {ADAPTER_MAC_ADDRESS};
+
+/** Vendor description of the adapter. This is overridden by the INF file required to install the appropriate RNDIS drivers for
+ *  the device, but may still be used by the OS in some circumstances.
+ */
+static const char PROGMEM AdapterVendorDescription[]     = "LUFA RNDIS Adapter";
+
+/** List of RNDIS OID commands supported by this adapter. */
+static const uint32_t PROGMEM AdapterSupportedOIDList[]  =
+							{
+								OID_GEN_SUPPORTED_LIST,
+								OID_GEN_PHYSICAL_MEDIUM,
+								OID_GEN_HARDWARE_STATUS,
+								OID_GEN_MEDIA_SUPPORTED,
+								OID_GEN_MEDIA_IN_USE,
+								OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_FRAME_SIZE,
+								OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_TOTAL_SIZE,
+								OID_GEN_LINK_SPEED,
+								OID_GEN_TRANSMIT_BLOCK_SIZE,
+								OID_GEN_RECEIVE_BLOCK_SIZE,
+								OID_GEN_VENDOR_ID,
+								OID_GEN_VENDOR_DESCRIPTION,
+								OID_GEN_CURRENT_PACKET_FILTER,
+								OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_TOTAL_SIZE,
+								OID_GEN_MEDIA_CONNECT_STATUS,
+								OID_GEN_XMIT_OK,
+								OID_GEN_RCV_OK,
+								OID_GEN_XMIT_ERROR,
+								OID_GEN_RCV_ERROR,
+								OID_GEN_RCV_NO_BUFFER,
+								OID_802_3_PERMANENT_ADDRESS,
+								OID_802_3_CURRENT_ADDRESS,
+								OID_802_3_MULTICAST_LIST,
+								OID_802_3_MAXIMUM_LIST_SIZE,
+								OID_802_3_RCV_ERROR_ALIGNMENT,
+								OID_802_3_XMIT_ONE_COLLISION,
+								OID_802_3_XMIT_MORE_COLLISIONS,
+							};
+
+/** Buffer for RNDIS messages (as distinct from Ethernet frames sent through the adapter. This must be big enough to hold the entire
+ *  Supported OID list, plus the response header. The buffer is half-duplex, and is written to as it is read to save on SRAM - for this
+ *  reason, care must be taken when constructing RNDIS responses that unread data is not overwritten when writing in responses.
+ */
+uint8_t                 RNDISMessageBuffer[sizeof(AdapterSupportedOIDList) + sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Complete_t)];
+
+/** Pointer to the RNDIS message header at the top of the RNDIS message buffer, for convenience. */
+RNDIS_Message_Header_t* MessageHeader = (RNDIS_Message_Header_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer;
+
+/** Indicates if a RNDIS message response is ready to be sent back to the host. */
+bool                    ResponseReady               = false;
+
+/** Current RNDIS adapter state, a value from the \c RNDIS_States_t enum. */
+uint8_t                 CurrRNDISState              = RNDIS_Uninitialized;
+
+/** Current Ethernet packet filter mask. This is non-zero when the adapter is initialized, or zero when disabled. */
+uint32_t                CurrPacketFilter            = 0;
+
+
+/** Processes the RNDIS message received by the host and stored in the RNDISMessageBuffer global buffer. If a response is
+ *  created, the ResponseReady global is updated so that the response is written back to the host upon request.
+ */
+void ProcessRNDISControlMessage(void)
+{
+	/* Note: Only a single buffer is used for both the received message and its response to save SRAM. Because of
+	         this, response bytes should be filled in order so that they do not clobber unread data in the buffer. */
+
+	switch (MessageHeader->MessageType)
+	{
+		case REMOTE_NDIS_INITIALIZE_MSG:
+			/* Initialize the adapter - return information about the supported RNDIS version and buffer sizes */
+
+			ResponseReady = true;
+
+			RNDIS_Initialize_Message_t*  INITIALIZE_Message  = (RNDIS_Initialize_Message_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer;
+			RNDIS_Initialize_Complete_t* INITIALIZE_Response = (RNDIS_Initialize_Complete_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer;
+
+			INITIALIZE_Response->MessageType           = REMOTE_NDIS_INITIALIZE_CMPLT;
+			INITIALIZE_Response->MessageLength         = sizeof(RNDIS_Initialize_Complete_t);
+			INITIALIZE_Response->RequestId             = INITIALIZE_Message->RequestId;
+			INITIALIZE_Response->Status                = REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS;
+
+			INITIALIZE_Response->MajorVersion          = REMOTE_NDIS_VERSION_MAJOR;
+			INITIALIZE_Response->MinorVersion          = REMOTE_NDIS_VERSION_MINOR;
+			INITIALIZE_Response->DeviceFlags           = REMOTE_NDIS_DF_CONNECTIONLESS;
+			INITIALIZE_Response->Medium                = REMOTE_NDIS_MEDIUM_802_3;
+			INITIALIZE_Response->MaxPacketsPerTransfer = 1;
+			INITIALIZE_Response->MaxTransferSize       = (sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t) + ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX);
+			INITIALIZE_Response->PacketAlignmentFactor = 0;
+			INITIALIZE_Response->AFListOffset          = 0;
+			INITIALIZE_Response->AFListSize            = 0;
+
+			CurrRNDISState = RNDIS_Initialized;
+
+			break;
+		case REMOTE_NDIS_HALT_MSG:
+			/* Halt the adapter, reset the adapter state - note that no response should be returned when completed */
+
+			ResponseReady = false;
+			MessageHeader->MessageLength = 0;
+
+			CurrRNDISState = RNDIS_Uninitialized;
+
+			break;
+		case REMOTE_NDIS_QUERY_MSG:
+			/* Request for information about a parameter about the adapter, specified as an OID token */
+
+			ResponseReady = true;
+
+			RNDIS_Query_Message_t*  QUERY_Message  = (RNDIS_Query_Message_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer;
+			RNDIS_Query_Complete_t* QUERY_Response = (RNDIS_Query_Complete_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer;
+			uint32_t                Query_Oid      = QUERY_Message->Oid;
+
+			void*     QueryData                 = &RNDISMessageBuffer[sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t) +
+			                                                          QUERY_Message->InformationBufferOffset];
+			void*     ResponseData              = &RNDISMessageBuffer[sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Complete_t)];
+			uint16_t  ResponseSize;
+
+			QUERY_Response->MessageType         = REMOTE_NDIS_QUERY_CMPLT;
+			QUERY_Response->MessageLength       = sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Complete_t);
+
+			if (ProcessNDISQuery(Query_Oid, QueryData, QUERY_Message->InformationBufferLength,
+			                     ResponseData, &ResponseSize))
+			{
+				QUERY_Response->Status                  = REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS;
+				QUERY_Response->MessageLength          += ResponseSize;
+
+				QUERY_Response->InformationBufferLength = ResponseSize;
+				QUERY_Response->InformationBufferOffset = (sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Complete_t) - sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t));
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				QUERY_Response->Status                  = REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_NOT_SUPPORTED;
+
+				QUERY_Response->InformationBufferLength = 0;
+				QUERY_Response->InformationBufferOffset = 0;
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case REMOTE_NDIS_SET_MSG:
+			/* Request to set a parameter of the adapter, specified as an OID token */
+
+			ResponseReady = true;
+
+			RNDIS_Set_Message_t*  SET_Message  = (RNDIS_Set_Message_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer;
+			RNDIS_Set_Complete_t* SET_Response = (RNDIS_Set_Complete_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer;
+			uint32_t              SET_Oid      = SET_Message->Oid;
+
+			SET_Response->MessageType       = REMOTE_NDIS_SET_CMPLT;
+			SET_Response->MessageLength     = sizeof(RNDIS_Set_Complete_t);
+			SET_Response->RequestId         = SET_Message->RequestId;
+
+			void* SetData                   = &RNDISMessageBuffer[sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t) +
+			                                                      SET_Message->InformationBufferOffset];
+
+			if (ProcessNDISSet(SET_Oid, SetData, SET_Message->InformationBufferLength))
+			  SET_Response->Status        = REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS;
+			else
+			  SET_Response->Status        = REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_NOT_SUPPORTED;
+
+			break;
+		case REMOTE_NDIS_RESET_MSG:
+			/* Soft reset the adapter */
+
+			ResponseReady = true;
+
+			RNDIS_Reset_Complete_t* RESET_Response = (RNDIS_Reset_Complete_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer;
+
+			RESET_Response->MessageType         = REMOTE_NDIS_RESET_CMPLT;
+			RESET_Response->MessageLength       = sizeof(RNDIS_Reset_Complete_t);
+			RESET_Response->Status              = REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS;
+			RESET_Response->AddressingReset     = 0;
+
+			break;
+		case REMOTE_NDIS_KEEPALIVE_MSG:
+			/* Keep alive message sent to the adapter every 5 seconds when idle to ensure it is still responding */
+
+			ResponseReady = true;
+
+			RNDIS_KeepAlive_Message_t*  KEEPALIVE_Message  = (RNDIS_KeepAlive_Message_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer;
+			RNDIS_KeepAlive_Complete_t* KEEPALIVE_Response = (RNDIS_KeepAlive_Complete_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer;
+
+			KEEPALIVE_Response->MessageType     = REMOTE_NDIS_KEEPALIVE_CMPLT;
+			KEEPALIVE_Response->MessageLength   = sizeof(RNDIS_KeepAlive_Complete_t);
+			KEEPALIVE_Response->RequestId       = KEEPALIVE_Message->RequestId;
+			KEEPALIVE_Response->Status          = REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS;
+
+			break;
+	}
+}
+
+/** Processes RNDIS query commands, retrieving information from the adapter and reporting it back to the host. The requested
+ *  parameter is given as an OID value.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] OId            OId value of the parameter being queried
+ *  \param[in] QueryData      Pointer to any extra query data being sent by the host to the device inside the RNDIS message buffer
+ *  \param[in] QuerySize      Size in bytes of the extra query data being sent by the host
+ *  \param[out] ResponseData  Pointer to the start of the query response inside the RNDIS message buffer
+ *  \param[out] ResponseSize  Pointer to the size in bytes of the response data being sent to the host
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the query was handled, \c false otherwise
+ */
+static bool ProcessNDISQuery(const uint32_t OId, void* QueryData, uint16_t QuerySize,
+                             void* ResponseData, uint16_t* ResponseSize)
+{
+	/* Handler for REMOTE_NDIS_QUERY_MSG messages */
+
+	switch (OId)
+	{
+		case OID_GEN_SUPPORTED_LIST:
+			*ResponseSize = sizeof(AdapterSupportedOIDList);
+
+			/* Copy the list of supported NDIS OID tokens to the response buffer */
+			memcpy_P(ResponseData, AdapterSupportedOIDList, sizeof(AdapterSupportedOIDList));
+
+			return true;
+		case OID_GEN_PHYSICAL_MEDIUM:
+			*ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+			/* Indicate that the device is a true ethernet link */
+			*((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = 0;
+
+			return true;
+		case OID_GEN_HARDWARE_STATUS:
+			*ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+			/* Always indicate hardware ready */
+			*((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = NDIS_HardwareStatus_Ready;
+
+			return true;
+		case OID_GEN_MEDIA_SUPPORTED:
+		case OID_GEN_MEDIA_IN_USE:
+			*ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+			/* Indicate 802.3 (Ethernet) supported by the adapter */
+			*((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = REMOTE_NDIS_MEDIUM_802_3;
+
+			return true;
+		case OID_GEN_VENDOR_ID:
+			*ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+			/* Vendor ID 0x0xFFFFFF is reserved for vendors who have not purchased a NDIS VID */
+			*((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = 0x00FFFFFF;
+
+			return true;
+		case OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_FRAME_SIZE:
+		case OID_GEN_TRANSMIT_BLOCK_SIZE:
+		case OID_GEN_RECEIVE_BLOCK_SIZE:
+			*ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+			/* Indicate that the maximum frame size is the size of the ethernet frame buffer */
+			*((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX;
+
+			return true;
+		case OID_GEN_VENDOR_DESCRIPTION:
+			*ResponseSize = sizeof(AdapterVendorDescription);
+
+			/* Copy vendor description string to the response buffer */
+			memcpy_P(ResponseData, AdapterVendorDescription, sizeof(AdapterVendorDescription));
+
+			return true;
+		case OID_GEN_MEDIA_CONNECT_STATUS:
+			*ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+			/* Always indicate that the adapter is connected to a network */
+			*((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = REMOTE_NDIS_MEDIA_STATE_CONNECTED;
+
+			return true;
+		case OID_GEN_LINK_SPEED:
+			*ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+			/* Indicate 10Mb/s link speed */
+			*((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = 100000;
+
+			return true;
+		case OID_802_3_PERMANENT_ADDRESS:
+		case OID_802_3_CURRENT_ADDRESS:
+			*ResponseSize = sizeof(MAC_Address_t);
+
+			/* Copy over the fixed adapter MAC to the response buffer */
+			memcpy_P(ResponseData, &AdapterMACAddress, sizeof(MAC_Address_t));
+
+			return true;
+		case OID_802_3_MAXIMUM_LIST_SIZE:
+			*ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+			/* Indicate only one multicast address supported */
+			*((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = 1;
+
+			return true;
+		case OID_GEN_CURRENT_PACKET_FILTER:
+			*ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+			/* Indicate the current packet filter mask */
+			*((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = CurrPacketFilter;
+
+			return true;
+		case OID_GEN_XMIT_OK:
+		case OID_GEN_RCV_OK:
+		case OID_GEN_XMIT_ERROR:
+		case OID_GEN_RCV_ERROR:
+		case OID_GEN_RCV_NO_BUFFER:
+		case OID_802_3_RCV_ERROR_ALIGNMENT:
+		case OID_802_3_XMIT_ONE_COLLISION:
+		case OID_802_3_XMIT_MORE_COLLISIONS:
+			*ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+			/* Unused statistic OIDs - always return 0 for each */
+			*((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = 0;
+
+			return true;
+		case OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_TOTAL_SIZE:
+			*ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+			/* Indicate maximum overall buffer (Ethernet frame and RNDIS header) the adapter can handle */
+			*((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = (sizeof(RNDISMessageBuffer) + ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX);
+
+			return true;
+		default:
+			return false;
+	}
+}
+
+/** Processes RNDIS set commands, setting adapter parameters to values given by the host. The requested parameter is given
+ *  as an OID value.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] OId      OId value of the parameter being set
+ *  \param[in] SetData  Pointer to the parameter value in the RNDIS message buffer
+ *  \param[in] SetSize  Size in bytes of the parameter value being sent by the host
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the set was handled, \c false otherwise
+ */
+static bool ProcessNDISSet(uint32_t OId, void* SetData, uint16_t SetSize)
+{
+	/* Handler for REMOTE_NDIS_SET_MSG messages */
+
+	switch (OId)
+	{
+		case OID_GEN_CURRENT_PACKET_FILTER:
+			/* Save the packet filter mask in case the host queries it again later */
+			CurrPacketFilter = *((uint32_t*)SetData);
+
+			/* Set the RNDIS state to initialized if the packet filter is non-zero */
+			CurrRNDISState = ((CurrPacketFilter) ? RNDIS_Data_Initialized : RNDIS_Initialized);
+
+			return true;
+		case OID_802_3_MULTICAST_LIST:
+			/* Do nothing - throw away the value from the host as it is unused */
+
+			return true;
+		default:
+			return false;
+	}
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/RNDIS.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/RNDIS.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bea97f79df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/RNDIS.h
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for RNDIS.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _RNDIS_H_
+#define _RNDIS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <stdbool.h>
+
+		#include "../RNDISEthernet.h"
+		#include "Ethernet.h"
+
+	/* External Variables: */
+		extern uint8_t                 RNDISMessageBuffer[];
+		extern RNDIS_Message_Header_t* MessageHeader;
+		extern bool                    ResponseReady;
+		extern uint8_t                 CurrRNDISState;
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void ProcessRNDISControlMessage(void);
+
+		#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_C)
+			static bool ProcessNDISQuery(const uint32_t OId,
+			                             void* QueryData,
+			                             uint16_t QuerySize,
+			                             void* ResponseData,
+			                             uint16_t* ResponseSize);
+			static bool ProcessNDISSet(const uint32_t OId,
+			                           void* SetData,
+			                           uint16_t SetSize);
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/TCP.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/TCP.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a6f1f6adfc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/TCP.c
@@ -0,0 +1,631 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) packet handling routines. This protocol handles the reliable in-order transmission
+ *  and reception of packets to and from devices on a network, to "ports" on the device. It is used in situations where data
+ *  delivery must be reliable and correct, e.g. HTTP, TELNET and most other non-streaming protocols.
+ */
+
+#define  INCLUDE_FROM_TCP_C
+#include "TCP.h"
+
+/** Port state table array. This contains the current status of TCP ports in the device. To save on space, only open ports are
+ *  stored - closed ports may be overwritten at any time, and the system will assume any ports not present in the array are closed. This
+ *  allows for MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS to be less than the number of ports used by the application if desired.
+ */
+TCP_PortState_t        PortStateTable[MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS];
+
+/** Connection state table array. This contains the current status of TCP connections in the device. To save on space, only active
+ *  (non-closed) connections are stored - closed connections may be overwritten at any time, and the system will assume any connections
+ *  not present in the array are closed.
+ */
+TCP_ConnectionState_t  ConnectionStateTable[MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS];
+
+
+/** Task to handle the calling of each registered application's callback function, to process and generate TCP packets at the application
+ *  level. If an application produces a response, this task constructs the appropriate Ethernet frame and places it into the Ethernet OUT
+ *  buffer for later transmission.
+ */
+void TCP_Task(void)
+{
+	/* Run each application in sequence, to process incoming and generate outgoing packets */
+	for (uint8_t CSTableEntry = 0; CSTableEntry < MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS; CSTableEntry++)
+	{
+		/* Find the corresponding port entry in the port table */
+		for (uint8_t PTableEntry = 0; PTableEntry < MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS; PTableEntry++)
+		{
+			/* Run the application handler for the port */
+			if ((PortStateTable[PTableEntry].Port  == ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Port) &&
+			    (PortStateTable[PTableEntry].State == TCP_Port_Open))
+			{
+				PortStateTable[PTableEntry].ApplicationHandler(&ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry],
+				                                               &ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.Buffer);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Bail out early if there is already a frame waiting to be sent in the Ethernet OUT buffer */
+	if (FrameOUT.FrameLength)
+	  return;
+
+	/* Send response packets from each application as the TCP packet buffers are filled by the applications */
+	for (uint8_t CSTableEntry = 0; CSTableEntry < MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS; CSTableEntry++)
+	{
+		/* For each completely received packet, pass it along to the listening application */
+		if ((ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.Buffer.Direction == TCP_PACKETDIR_OUT) &&
+		    (ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.Buffer.Ready))
+		{
+			Ethernet_Frame_Header_t* FrameOUTHeader = (Ethernet_Frame_Header_t*)&FrameOUT.FrameData;
+			IP_Header_t*             IPHeaderOUT    = (IP_Header_t*)&FrameOUT.FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t)];
+			TCP_Header_t*            TCPHeaderOUT   = (TCP_Header_t*)&FrameOUT.FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t) +
+			                                                                             sizeof(IP_Header_t)];
+			void*                    TCPDataOUT     = &FrameOUT.FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t) +
+			                                                              sizeof(IP_Header_t) +
+			                                                              sizeof(TCP_Header_t)];
+
+			uint16_t PacketSize = ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.Buffer.Length;
+
+			/* Fill out the TCP data */
+			TCPHeaderOUT->SourcePort           = ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Port;
+			TCPHeaderOUT->DestinationPort      = ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemotePort;
+			TCPHeaderOUT->SequenceNumber       = SwapEndian_32(ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.SequenceNumberOut);
+			TCPHeaderOUT->AcknowledgmentNumber = SwapEndian_32(ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.SequenceNumberIn);
+			TCPHeaderOUT->DataOffset           = (sizeof(TCP_Header_t) / sizeof(uint32_t));
+			TCPHeaderOUT->WindowSize           = SwapEndian_16(TCP_WINDOW_SIZE);
+
+			TCPHeaderOUT->Flags                = TCP_FLAG_ACK;
+			TCPHeaderOUT->UrgentPointer        = 0;
+			TCPHeaderOUT->Checksum             = 0;
+			TCPHeaderOUT->Reserved             = 0;
+
+			memcpy(TCPDataOUT, ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.Buffer.Data, PacketSize);
+
+			ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.SequenceNumberOut += PacketSize;
+
+			TCPHeaderOUT->Checksum             = TCP_Checksum16(TCPHeaderOUT, &ServerIPAddress,
+			                                                    &ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemoteAddress,
+			                                                    (sizeof(TCP_Header_t) + PacketSize));
+
+			PacketSize += sizeof(TCP_Header_t);
+
+			/* Fill out the response IP header */
+			IPHeaderOUT->TotalLength        = SwapEndian_16(sizeof(IP_Header_t) + PacketSize);
+			IPHeaderOUT->TypeOfService      = 0;
+			IPHeaderOUT->HeaderLength       = (sizeof(IP_Header_t) / sizeof(uint32_t));
+			IPHeaderOUT->Version            = 4;
+			IPHeaderOUT->Flags              = 0;
+			IPHeaderOUT->FragmentOffset     = 0;
+			IPHeaderOUT->Identification     = 0;
+			IPHeaderOUT->HeaderChecksum     = 0;
+			IPHeaderOUT->Protocol           = PROTOCOL_TCP;
+			IPHeaderOUT->TTL                = DEFAULT_TTL;
+			IPHeaderOUT->SourceAddress      = ServerIPAddress;
+			IPHeaderOUT->DestinationAddress = ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemoteAddress;
+
+			IPHeaderOUT->HeaderChecksum     = Ethernet_Checksum16(IPHeaderOUT, sizeof(IP_Header_t));
+
+			PacketSize += sizeof(IP_Header_t);
+
+			/* Fill out the response Ethernet frame header */
+			FrameOUTHeader->Source          = ServerMACAddress;
+			FrameOUTHeader->Destination     = (MAC_Address_t){{0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00}};
+			FrameOUTHeader->EtherType       = SwapEndian_16(ETHERTYPE_IPV4);
+
+			PacketSize += sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t);
+
+			/* Set the response length in the buffer and indicate that a response is ready to be sent */
+			FrameOUT.FrameLength            = PacketSize;
+
+			ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.Buffer.Ready = false;
+
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+/** Initializes the TCP protocol handler, clearing the port and connection state tables. This must be called before TCP packets are
+ *  processed.
+ */
+void TCP_Init(void)
+{
+	/* Initialize the port state table with all CLOSED entries */
+	for (uint8_t PTableEntry = 0; PTableEntry < MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS; PTableEntry++)
+	  PortStateTable[PTableEntry].State = TCP_Port_Closed;
+
+	/* Initialize the connection table with all CLOSED entries */
+	for (uint8_t CSTableEntry = 0; CSTableEntry < MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS; CSTableEntry++)
+	  ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].State = TCP_Connection_Closed;
+}
+
+/** Sets the state and callback handler of the given port, specified in big endian to the given state.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] Port     Port whose state and callback function to set, specified in big endian
+ *  \param[in] State    New state of the port, a value from the \ref TCP_PortStates_t enum
+ *  \param[in] Handler  Application callback handler for the port
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the port state was set, \c false otherwise (no more space in the port state table)
+ */
+bool TCP_SetPortState(const uint16_t Port,
+                      const uint8_t State,
+                      void (*Handler)(TCP_ConnectionState_t*, TCP_ConnectionBuffer_t*))
+{
+	/* Note, Port number should be specified in BIG endian to simplify network code */
+
+	/* Check to see if the port entry is already in the port state table */
+	for (uint8_t PTableEntry = 0; PTableEntry < MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS; PTableEntry++)
+	{
+		/* Find existing entry for the port in the table, update it if found */
+		if (PortStateTable[PTableEntry].Port == Port)
+		{
+			PortStateTable[PTableEntry].State = State;
+			PortStateTable[PTableEntry].ApplicationHandler = Handler;
+			return true;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Check if trying to open the port -- if so we need to find an unused (closed) entry and replace it */
+	if (State == TCP_Port_Open)
+	{
+		for (uint8_t PTableEntry = 0; PTableEntry < MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS; PTableEntry++)
+		{
+			/* Find a closed port entry in the table, change it to the given port and state */
+			if (PortStateTable[PTableEntry].State == TCP_Port_Closed)
+			{
+				PortStateTable[PTableEntry].Port  = Port;
+				PortStateTable[PTableEntry].State = State;
+				PortStateTable[PTableEntry].ApplicationHandler = Handler;
+				return true;
+			}
+		}
+
+		/* Port not in table and no room to add it, return failure */
+		return false;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* Port not in table but trying to close it, so operation successful */
+		return true;
+	}
+}
+
+/** Retrieves the current state of a given TCP port, specified in big endian.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] Port  TCP port whose state is to be retrieved, given in big-endian
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the \ref TCP_PortStates_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t TCP_GetPortState(const uint16_t Port)
+{
+	/* Note, Port number should be specified in BIG endian to simplify network code */
+
+	for (uint8_t PTableEntry = 0; PTableEntry < MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS; PTableEntry++)
+	{
+		/* Find existing entry for the port in the table, return the port status if found */
+		if (PortStateTable[PTableEntry].Port == Port)
+		  return PortStateTable[PTableEntry].State;
+	}
+
+	/* Port not in table, assume closed */
+	return TCP_Port_Closed;
+}
+
+/** Sets the connection state of the given port, remote address and remote port to the given TCP connection state. If the
+ *  connection exists in the connection state table it is updated, otherwise it is created if possible.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] Port           TCP port of the connection on the device, specified in big endian
+ *  \param[in] RemoteAddress  Remote protocol IP address of the connected device
+ *  \param[in] RemotePort     TCP port of the remote device in the connection, specified in big endian
+ *  \param[in] State          TCP connection state, a value from the \ref TCP_ConnectionStates_t enum
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the connection was updated or created, \c false otherwise (no more space in the connection state table)
+ */
+bool TCP_SetConnectionState(const uint16_t Port,
+                            const IP_Address_t* RemoteAddress,
+                            const uint16_t RemotePort,
+                            const uint8_t State)
+{
+	/* Note, Port number should be specified in BIG endian to simplify network code */
+
+	for (uint8_t CSTableEntry = 0; CSTableEntry < MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS; CSTableEntry++)
+	{
+		/* Find port entry in the table */
+		if ((ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Port == Port) &&
+		     IP_COMPARE(&ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemoteAddress, RemoteAddress) &&
+			 ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemotePort == RemotePort)
+		{
+			ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].State = State;
+			return true;
+		}
+	}
+
+	for (uint8_t CSTableEntry = 0; CSTableEntry < MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS; CSTableEntry++)
+	{
+		/* Find empty entry in the table */
+		if (ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].State == TCP_Connection_Closed)
+		{
+			ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Port          = Port;
+			ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemoteAddress = *RemoteAddress;
+			ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemotePort    = RemotePort;
+			ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].State         = State;
+			return true;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return false;
+}
+
+/** Retrieves the current state of a given TCP connection to a host.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] Port           TCP port on the device in the connection, specified in big endian
+ *  \param[in] RemoteAddress  Remote protocol IP address of the connected host
+ *  \param[in] RemotePort     Remote TCP port of the connected host, specified in big endian
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the \ref TCP_ConnectionStates_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t TCP_GetConnectionState(const uint16_t Port,
+                               const IP_Address_t* RemoteAddress,
+                               const uint16_t RemotePort)
+{
+	/* Note, Port number should be specified in BIG endian to simplify network code */
+
+	for (uint8_t CSTableEntry = 0; CSTableEntry < MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS; CSTableEntry++)
+	{
+		/* Find port entry in the table */
+		if ((ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Port == Port) &&
+		     IP_COMPARE(&ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemoteAddress, RemoteAddress) &&
+			 ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemotePort == RemotePort)
+
+		{
+			return ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].State;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return TCP_Connection_Closed;
+}
+
+/** Retrieves the connection info structure of a given connection to a host.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] Port           TCP port on the device in the connection, specified in big endian
+ *  \param[in] RemoteAddress  Remote protocol IP address of the connected host
+ *  \param[in] RemotePort     Remote TCP port of the connected host, specified in big endian
+ *
+ *  \return ConnectionInfo structure of the connection if found, NULL otherwise
+ */
+TCP_ConnectionInfo_t* TCP_GetConnectionInfo(const uint16_t Port,
+                                            const IP_Address_t* RemoteAddress,
+                                            const uint16_t RemotePort)
+{
+	/* Note, Port number should be specified in BIG endian to simplify network code */
+
+	for (uint8_t CSTableEntry = 0; CSTableEntry < MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS; CSTableEntry++)
+	{
+		/* Find port entry in the table */
+		if ((ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Port == Port) &&
+		     IP_COMPARE(&ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemoteAddress, RemoteAddress) &&
+			 ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemotePort == RemotePort)
+		{
+			return &ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+/** Processes a TCP packet inside an Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response
+ *  to the output Ethernet frame if one is created by a application handler.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] IPHeaderInStart     Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's IP header
+ *  \param[in] TCPHeaderInStart    Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's TCP header
+ *  \param[out] TCPHeaderOutStart  Pointer to the start of the outgoing packet's TCP header
+ *
+ *  \return The number of bytes written to the out Ethernet frame if any, NO_RESPONSE if no
+ *           response was generated, NO_PROCESS if the packet processing was deferred until the
+ *           next Ethernet packet handler iteration
+ */
+int16_t TCP_ProcessTCPPacket(void* IPHeaderInStart,
+                             void* TCPHeaderInStart,
+                             void* TCPHeaderOutStart)
+{
+	IP_Header_t*  IPHeaderIN   = (IP_Header_t*)IPHeaderInStart;
+	TCP_Header_t* TCPHeaderIN  = (TCP_Header_t*)TCPHeaderInStart;
+	TCP_Header_t* TCPHeaderOUT = (TCP_Header_t*)TCPHeaderOutStart;
+
+	TCP_ConnectionInfo_t* ConnectionInfo;
+
+	DecodeTCPHeader(TCPHeaderInStart);
+
+	bool PacketResponse = false;
+
+	/* Check if the destination port is open and allows incoming connections */
+	if (TCP_GetPortState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort) == TCP_Port_Open)
+	{
+		/* Detect SYN from host to start a connection */
+		if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags & TCP_FLAG_SYN)
+		  TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress, TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_Listen);
+
+		/* Detect RST from host to abort existing connection */
+		if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags & TCP_FLAG_RST)
+		{
+			if (TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+			                           TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_Closed))
+			{
+				TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = (TCP_FLAG_RST | TCP_FLAG_ACK);
+				PacketResponse = true;
+			}
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* Process the incoming TCP packet based on the current connection state for the sender and port */
+			switch (TCP_GetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress, TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort))
+			{
+				case TCP_Connection_Listen:
+					if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags == TCP_FLAG_SYN)
+					{
+						/* SYN connection starts a connection with a peer */
+						if (TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+						                           TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_SYNReceived))
+						{
+							TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = (TCP_FLAG_SYN | TCP_FLAG_ACK);
+
+							ConnectionInfo = TCP_GetConnectionInfo(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress, TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort);
+
+							ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberIn  = (SwapEndian_32(TCPHeaderIN->SequenceNumber) + 1);
+							ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberOut = 0;
+							ConnectionInfo->Buffer.InUse      = false;
+						}
+						else
+						{
+							TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = TCP_FLAG_RST;
+						}
+
+						PacketResponse      = true;
+					}
+
+					break;
+				case TCP_Connection_SYNReceived:
+					if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags == TCP_FLAG_ACK)
+					{
+						/* ACK during the connection process completes the connection to a peer */
+
+						TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+											   TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_Established);
+
+						ConnectionInfo = TCP_GetConnectionInfo(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+															   TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort);
+
+						ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberOut++;
+					}
+
+					break;
+				case TCP_Connection_Established:
+					if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags == (TCP_FLAG_FIN | TCP_FLAG_ACK))
+					{
+						/* FIN ACK when connected to a peer starts the finalization process */
+
+						TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = (TCP_FLAG_FIN | TCP_FLAG_ACK);
+						PacketResponse      = true;
+
+						TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+											   TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_CloseWait);
+
+						ConnectionInfo = TCP_GetConnectionInfo(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+															   TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort);
+
+						ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberIn++;
+						ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberOut++;
+					}
+					else if ((TCPHeaderIN->Flags == TCP_FLAG_ACK) || (TCPHeaderIN->Flags == (TCP_FLAG_ACK | TCP_FLAG_PSH)))
+					{
+						ConnectionInfo = TCP_GetConnectionInfo(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+															   TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort);
+
+						/* Check if the buffer is currently in use either by a buffered data to send, or receive */
+						if ((ConnectionInfo->Buffer.InUse == false) && (ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Ready == false))
+						{
+							ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Direction = TCP_PACKETDIR_IN;
+							ConnectionInfo->Buffer.InUse     = true;
+							ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Length    = 0;
+						}
+
+						/* Check if the buffer has been claimed by us to read in data from the peer */
+						if ((ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Direction == TCP_PACKETDIR_IN) &&
+							(ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Length != TCP_WINDOW_SIZE))
+						{
+							uint16_t IPOffset   = (IPHeaderIN->HeaderLength * sizeof(uint32_t));
+							uint16_t TCPOffset  = (TCPHeaderIN->DataOffset * sizeof(uint32_t));
+							uint16_t DataLength = (SwapEndian_16(IPHeaderIN->TotalLength) - IPOffset - TCPOffset);
+
+							/* Copy the packet data into the buffer */
+							memcpy(&ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Data[ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Length],
+								   &((uint8_t*)TCPHeaderInStart)[TCPOffset],
+								   DataLength);
+
+							ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberIn += DataLength;
+							ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Length    += DataLength;
+
+							/* Check if the buffer is full or if the PSH flag is set, if so indicate buffer ready */
+							if ((!(TCP_WINDOW_SIZE - ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Length)) || (TCPHeaderIN->Flags & TCP_FLAG_PSH))
+							{
+								ConnectionInfo->Buffer.InUse = false;
+								ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Ready = true;
+
+								TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = TCP_FLAG_ACK;
+								PacketResponse      = true;
+							}
+						}
+						else
+						{
+							/* Buffer is currently in use by the application, defer processing of the incoming packet */
+							return NO_PROCESS;
+						}
+					}
+
+					break;
+				case TCP_Connection_Closing:
+						ConnectionInfo = TCP_GetConnectionInfo(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+															   TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort);
+
+						TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = (TCP_FLAG_ACK | TCP_FLAG_FIN);
+						PacketResponse      = true;
+
+						ConnectionInfo->Buffer.InUse = false;
+
+						TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+											   TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_FINWait1);
+
+					break;
+				case TCP_Connection_FINWait1:
+					if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags == (TCP_FLAG_FIN | TCP_FLAG_ACK))
+					{
+						ConnectionInfo = TCP_GetConnectionInfo(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+															   TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort);
+
+						TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = TCP_FLAG_ACK;
+						PacketResponse      = true;
+
+						ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberIn++;
+						ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberOut++;
+
+						TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+											   TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_Closed);
+					}
+					else if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags == TCP_FLAG_ACK)
+					{
+						TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+											   TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_FINWait2);
+					}
+
+					break;
+				case TCP_Connection_FINWait2:
+					if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags == (TCP_FLAG_FIN | TCP_FLAG_ACK))
+					{
+						ConnectionInfo = TCP_GetConnectionInfo(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+															   TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort);
+
+						TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = TCP_FLAG_ACK;
+						PacketResponse      = true;
+
+						ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberIn++;
+						ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberOut++;
+
+						TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+											   TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_Closed);
+					}
+
+					break;
+				case TCP_Connection_CloseWait:
+					if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags == TCP_FLAG_ACK)
+					{
+						TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+											   TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_Closed);
+					}
+
+					break;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* Port is not open, indicate via a RST/ACK response to the sender */
+		TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = (TCP_FLAG_RST | TCP_FLAG_ACK);
+		PacketResponse      = true;
+	}
+
+	/* Check if we need to respond to the sent packet */
+	if (PacketResponse)
+	{
+		ConnectionInfo = TCP_GetConnectionInfo(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+		                                       TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort);
+
+		TCPHeaderOUT->SourcePort           = TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort;
+		TCPHeaderOUT->DestinationPort      = TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort;
+		TCPHeaderOUT->SequenceNumber       = SwapEndian_32(ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberOut);
+		TCPHeaderOUT->AcknowledgmentNumber = SwapEndian_32(ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberIn);
+		TCPHeaderOUT->DataOffset           = (sizeof(TCP_Header_t) / sizeof(uint32_t));
+
+		if (!(ConnectionInfo->Buffer.InUse))
+		  TCPHeaderOUT->WindowSize         = SwapEndian_16(TCP_WINDOW_SIZE);
+		else
+		  TCPHeaderOUT->WindowSize         = SwapEndian_16(TCP_WINDOW_SIZE - ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Length);
+
+		TCPHeaderOUT->UrgentPointer        = 0;
+		TCPHeaderOUT->Checksum             = 0;
+		TCPHeaderOUT->Reserved             = 0;
+
+		TCPHeaderOUT->Checksum             = TCP_Checksum16(TCPHeaderOUT, &IPHeaderIN->DestinationAddress,
+		                                                    &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress, sizeof(TCP_Header_t));
+
+		return sizeof(TCP_Header_t);
+	}
+
+	return NO_RESPONSE;
+}
+
+/** Calculates the appropriate TCP checksum, consisting of the addition of the one's compliment of each word,
+ *  complimented.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] TCPHeaderOutStart   Pointer to the start of the packet's outgoing TCP header
+ *  \param[in] SourceAddress       Source protocol IP address of the outgoing IP header
+ *  \param[in] DestinationAddress  Destination protocol IP address of the outgoing IP header
+ *  \param[in] TCPOutSize          Size in bytes of the TCP data header and payload
+ *
+ *  \return A 16-bit TCP checksum value
+ */
+static uint16_t TCP_Checksum16(void* TCPHeaderOutStart,
+                               const IP_Address_t* SourceAddress,
+                               const IP_Address_t* DestinationAddress,
+                               uint16_t TCPOutSize)
+{
+	uint32_t Checksum = 0;
+
+	/* TCP/IP checksums are the addition of the one's compliment of each word including the IP pseudo-header,
+	   complimented */
+
+	Checksum += ((uint16_t*)SourceAddress)[0];
+	Checksum += ((uint16_t*)SourceAddress)[1];
+	Checksum += ((uint16_t*)DestinationAddress)[0];
+	Checksum += ((uint16_t*)DestinationAddress)[1];
+	Checksum += SwapEndian_16(PROTOCOL_TCP);
+	Checksum += SwapEndian_16(TCPOutSize);
+
+	for (uint16_t CurrWord = 0; CurrWord < (TCPOutSize >> 1); CurrWord++)
+	  Checksum += ((uint16_t*)TCPHeaderOutStart)[CurrWord];
+
+	if (TCPOutSize & 0x01)
+	  Checksum += (((uint16_t*)TCPHeaderOutStart)[TCPOutSize >> 1] & 0x00FF);
+
+	while (Checksum & 0xFFFF0000)
+	  Checksum = ((Checksum & 0xFFFF) + (Checksum >> 16));
+
+	return ~Checksum;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/TCP.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/TCP.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ce8a9a2d0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/TCP.h
@@ -0,0 +1,260 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for TCP.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _TCP_H_
+#define _TCP_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <stdbool.h>
+
+		#include "EthernetProtocols.h"
+		#include "Ethernet.h"
+		#include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Maximum number of TCP ports which can be open at the one time. */
+		#define MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS              1
+
+		/** Maximum number of TCP connections which can be sustained at the one time. */
+		#define MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS             3
+
+		/** TCP window size, giving the maximum number of bytes which can be buffered at the one time. */
+		#define TCP_WINDOW_SIZE                 512
+
+		/** Port number for HTTP transmissions. */
+		#define TCP_PORT_HTTP                   SwapEndian_16(80)
+
+		/** Data direction indicator for a TCP application buffer, indicating data from host-to-device. */
+		#define TCP_PACKETDIR_IN                false
+
+		/** Data direction indicator for a TCP application buffer, indicating data from device-to-host. */
+		#define TCP_PACKETDIR_OUT               true
+
+		/** Congestion Window Reduced TCP flag mask. */
+		#define TCP_FLAG_CWR                    (1 << 7)
+
+		/** Explicit Congestion Notification TCP flag mask. */
+		#define TCP_FLAG_ECE                    (1 << 6)
+
+		/** Urgent TCP flag mask. */
+		#define TCP_FLAG_URG                    (1 << 5)
+
+		/** Data Acknowledge TCP flag mask. */
+		#define TCP_FLAG_ACK                    (1 << 4)
+
+		/** Data Push TCP flag mask. */
+		#define TCP_FLAG_PSH                    (1 << 3)
+
+		/** Reset TCP flag mask. */
+		#define TCP_FLAG_RST                    (1 << 2)
+
+		/** Synchronize TCP flag mask. */
+		#define TCP_FLAG_SYN                    (1 << 1)
+
+		/** Connection Finalize TCP flag mask. */
+		#define TCP_FLAG_FIN                    (1 << 0)
+
+		/** Application macro: Determines if the given application buffer contains a packet received from the host
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in] Buffer  Application buffer to check
+		 *
+		 *  \return Boolean \c true if the buffer contains a packet from the host, \c false otherwise
+		 */
+		#define TCP_APP_HAS_RECEIVED_PACKET(Buffer)  (Buffer->Ready && (Buffer->Direction == TCP_PACKETDIR_IN))
+
+		/** Application macro: Indicates if the application buffer is currently locked by the application for device-to-host transfers.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in] Buffer  Application buffer to check
+		 *
+		 *  \return Boolean \c true if the buffer has been captured by the application for device-to-host transmissions, \c false otherwise
+		 */
+		#define TCP_APP_HAVE_CAPTURED_BUFFER(Buffer) (!(Buffer->Ready) && Buffer->InUse && \
+		                                              (Buffer->Direction == TCP_PACKETDIR_OUT))
+
+		/** Application macro: Indicates if the application can lock the buffer for multiple continued device-to-host transmissions.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in] Buffer  Application buffer to check
+		 *
+		 *  \return Boolean \c true if the buffer may be captured by the application for device-to-host transmissions, \c false otherwise
+		 */
+		#define TCP_APP_CAN_CAPTURE_BUFFER(Buffer)   Buffer->InUse
+
+		/** Application macro: Captures the application buffer, locking it for device-to-host transmissions only. This should be
+		 *  performed when the application needs to transmit several packets worth of data in succession with no interruptions from the host.
+		 *
+		 *  \pre The application must check that the buffer can be locked first using TCP_APP_CAN_CAPTURE_BUFFER().
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in] Buffer  Application buffer to lock
+		 */
+		#define TCP_APP_CAPTURE_BUFFER(Buffer)       do { Buffer->Direction = TCP_PACKETDIR_OUT; Buffer->InUse = true; } while (0)
+
+		/** Application macro: Releases a captured application buffer, allowing for host-to-device packets to be received.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in] Buffer  Application buffer to release
+		 */
+		#define TCP_APP_RELEASE_BUFFER(Buffer)       do { Buffer->InUse = false; } while (0)
+
+		/** Application macro: Sends the contents of the given application buffer to the host.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in] Buffer  Application buffer to send
+		 *  \param[in] Len     Length of data contained in the buffer
+		 */
+		#define TCP_APP_SEND_BUFFER(Buffer, Len)     do { Buffer->Direction = TCP_PACKETDIR_OUT; Buffer->Length = Len; Buffer->Ready = true; } while (0)
+
+		/** Application macro: Clears the application buffer, ready for a packet to be written to it.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in] Buffer  Application buffer to clear
+		 */
+		#define TCP_APP_CLEAR_BUFFER(Buffer)         do { Buffer->Ready = false; Buffer->Length = 0; } while (0)
+
+		/** Application macro: Closes an open connection to a host.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in] Connection  Open TCP connection to close
+		 */
+		#define TCP_APP_CLOSECONNECTION(Connection)  do { Connection->State = TCP_Connection_Closing;  } while (0)
+
+	/* Enums: */
+		/** Enum for possible TCP port states. */
+		enum TCP_PortStates_t
+		{
+			TCP_Port_Closed            = 0, /**< TCP port closed, no connections to a host may be made on this port. */
+			TCP_Port_Open              = 1, /**< TCP port open, connections to a host may be made on this port. */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for possible TCP connection states. */
+		enum TCP_ConnectionStates_t
+		{
+			TCP_Connection_Listen      = 0, /**< Listening for a connection from a host */
+			TCP_Connection_SYNSent     = 1, /**< Unused */
+			TCP_Connection_SYNReceived = 2, /**< SYN received, waiting for ACK */
+			TCP_Connection_Established = 3, /**< Connection established in both directions */
+			TCP_Connection_FINWait1    = 4, /**< Closing, waiting for ACK */
+			TCP_Connection_FINWait2    = 5, /**< Closing, waiting for FIN ACK */
+			TCP_Connection_CloseWait   = 6, /**< Closing, waiting for ACK */
+			TCP_Connection_Closing     = 7, /**< Unused */
+			TCP_Connection_LastACK     = 8, /**< Unused */
+			TCP_Connection_TimeWait    = 9, /**< Unused */
+			TCP_Connection_Closed      = 10, /**< Connection closed in both directions */
+		};
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for a TCP connection buffer structure, including size, data and direction. */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint16_t               Length; /**< Length of data in the TCP application buffer */
+			uint8_t                Data[TCP_WINDOW_SIZE]; /**< TCP application data buffer */
+			bool                   Direction; /**< Buffer transmission direction, either TCP_PACKETDIR_IN  or TCP_PACKETDIR_OUT */
+			bool                   Ready; /**< If data from host, indicates buffer ready to be read, otherwise indicates
+			                               *   buffer ready to be sent to the host
+			                               */
+			bool                   InUse; /**< Indicates if the buffer is locked to to the current direction, and cannot be changed */
+		} TCP_ConnectionBuffer_t;
+
+		/** Type define for a TCP connection information structure. */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint32_t               SequenceNumberIn; /**< Current TCP sequence number for host-to-device */
+			uint32_t               SequenceNumberOut; /**< Current TCP sequence number for device-to-host */
+			TCP_ConnectionBuffer_t Buffer; /**< Connection application data buffer */
+		} TCP_ConnectionInfo_t;
+
+		/** Type define for a complete TCP connection state. */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint16_t               Port; /**< Connection port number on the device */
+			uint16_t               RemotePort; /**< Connection port number on the host */
+			IP_Address_t           RemoteAddress; /**< Connection protocol IP address of the host */
+			TCP_ConnectionInfo_t   Info; /**< Connection information, including application buffer */
+			uint8_t                State; /**< Current connection state, a value from the \ref TCP_ConnectionStates_t enum */
+		} TCP_ConnectionState_t;
+
+		/** Type define for a TCP port state. */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint16_t               Port; /**< TCP port number on the device */
+			uint8_t                State; /**< Current port state, a value from the \ref TCP_PortStates_t enum */
+			void                   (*ApplicationHandler) (TCP_ConnectionState_t* ConnectionState,
+			                                              TCP_ConnectionBuffer_t* Buffer); /**< Port application handler */
+		} TCP_PortState_t;
+
+		/** Type define for a TCP packet header. */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint16_t               SourcePort; /**< Source port of the TCP packet */
+			uint16_t               DestinationPort; /**< Destination port of the TCP packet */
+
+			uint32_t               SequenceNumber; /**< Data sequence number of the packet */
+			uint32_t               AcknowledgmentNumber; /**< Data acknowledgment number of the packet */
+
+			unsigned               Reserved   : 4; /**< Reserved, must be all 0 */
+			unsigned               DataOffset : 4; /**< Offset of the data from the start of the header, in 4 byte chunks */
+			uint8_t                Flags; /**< TCP packet flags */
+			uint16_t               WindowSize; /**< Current data window size (bytes remaining in reception buffer) */
+
+			uint16_t               Checksum; /**< TCP checksum */
+			uint16_t               UrgentPointer; /**< Urgent data pointer */
+		} TCP_Header_t;
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void                  TCP_Init(void);
+		void                  TCP_Task(void);
+		bool                  TCP_SetPortState(const uint16_t Port,
+		                                       const uint8_t State,
+		                                       void (*Handler)(TCP_ConnectionState_t*, TCP_ConnectionBuffer_t*));
+		uint8_t               TCP_GetPortState(const uint16_t Port);
+		bool                  TCP_SetConnectionState(const uint16_t Port,
+		                                             const IP_Address_t* RemoteAddress,
+		                                             const uint16_t RemotePort,
+		                                             const uint8_t State);
+		uint8_t               TCP_GetConnectionState(const uint16_t Port,
+		                                             const IP_Address_t* RemoteAddress,
+		                                             const uint16_t RemotePort);
+		TCP_ConnectionInfo_t* TCP_GetConnectionInfo(const uint16_t Port,
+		                                            const IP_Address_t* RemoteAddress,
+		                                            const uint16_t RemotePort);
+		int16_t               TCP_ProcessTCPPacket(void* IPHeaderInStart,
+		                                           void* TCPHeaderInStart,
+		                                           void* TCPHeaderOutStart);
+
+		#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_TCP_C)
+			static uint16_t TCP_Checksum16(void* TCPHeaderOutStart,
+			                               const IP_Address_t* SourceAddress,
+			                               const IP_Address_t* DestinationAddress,
+			                               uint16_t TCPOutSize);
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/UDP.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/UDP.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..03c19e00ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/UDP.c
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  User Datagram Protocol (UDP) packet handling routines. This protocol handles high throughput, low
+ *  reliability packets which are typically used to encapsulate streaming data.
+ */
+
+#define  INCLUDE_FROM_UDP_C
+#include "UDP.h"
+
+/** Processes a UDP packet inside an Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response
+ *  to the output Ethernet frame if a sub-protocol handler has created a response packet.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] IPHeaderInStart     Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's IP header
+ *  \param[in] UDPHeaderInStart    Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's UDP header
+ *  \param[out] UDPHeaderOutStart  Pointer to the start of the outgoing packet's UDP header
+ *
+ *  \return The number of bytes written to the out Ethernet frame if any, NO_RESPONSE otherwise
+ */
+int16_t UDP_ProcessUDPPacket(void* IPHeaderInStart,
+                             void* UDPHeaderInStart,
+                             void* UDPHeaderOutStart)
+{
+	UDP_Header_t* UDPHeaderIN  = (UDP_Header_t*)UDPHeaderInStart;
+	UDP_Header_t* UDPHeaderOUT = (UDP_Header_t*)UDPHeaderOutStart;
+
+	int16_t RetSize = NO_RESPONSE;
+
+	DecodeUDPHeader(UDPHeaderInStart);
+
+	switch (SwapEndian_16(UDPHeaderIN->DestinationPort))
+	{
+		case UDP_PORT_DHCP_REQUEST:
+			RetSize = DHCP_ProcessDHCPPacket(IPHeaderInStart,
+			                                 &((uint8_t*)UDPHeaderInStart)[sizeof(UDP_Header_t)],
+		                                     &((uint8_t*)UDPHeaderOutStart)[sizeof(UDP_Header_t)]);
+			break;
+	}
+
+	/* Check to see if the protocol processing routine has filled out a response */
+	if (RetSize > 0)
+	{
+		/* Fill out the response UDP packet header */
+		UDPHeaderOUT->SourcePort      = UDPHeaderIN->DestinationPort;
+		UDPHeaderOUT->DestinationPort = UDPHeaderIN->SourcePort;
+		UDPHeaderOUT->Checksum        = 0;
+		UDPHeaderOUT->Length          = SwapEndian_16(sizeof(UDP_Header_t) + RetSize);
+
+		/* Return the size of the response so far */
+		return (sizeof(UDP_Header_t) + RetSize);
+	}
+
+	return NO_RESPONSE;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/UDP.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/UDP.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d008cb8ed8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/UDP.h
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for UDP.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _UDP_H_
+#define _UDP_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+
+		#include "EthernetProtocols.h"
+		#include "Ethernet.h"
+		#include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
+		#include "DHCP.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Source UDP port for a DHCP request. */
+		#define UDP_PORT_DHCP_REQUEST 67
+
+		/** Destination UDP port for a DHCP reply. */
+		#define UDP_PORT_DHCP_REPLY   68
+
+		/** Source UDP port for a DNS request/response. */
+		#define UDP_PORT_DNS          53
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for a UDP packet header. */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint16_t SourcePort; /**< Packet source port */
+			uint16_t DestinationPort; /**< Packet destination port */
+			uint16_t Length; /**< Total packet length, in bytes */
+			uint16_t Checksum; /**< Optional UDP packet checksum */
+		} UDP_Header_t;
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		int16_t UDP_ProcessUDPPacket(void* IPHeaderInStart,
+		                             void* UDPHeaderInStart,
+		                             void* UDPHeaderOutStart);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Webserver.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Webserver.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e0d9e36473
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Webserver.c
@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Simple webserver application for demonstrating the RNDIS demo and TCP/IP stack. This
+ *  application will serve up a static HTTP webpage when requested by the host.
+ */
+
+#include "Webserver.h"
+
+/** HTTP server response header, for transmission before the page contents. This indicates to the host that a page exists at the
+ *  given location, and gives extra connection information.
+ */
+const char PROGMEM HTTP200Header[] = "HTTP/1.1 200 OK\r\n"
+                                     "Server: LUFA RNDIS\r\n"
+                                     "Content-type: text/html\r\n"
+                                     "Connection: close\r\n\r\n";
+
+/** HTTP server response header, for transmission before a resource not found error. This indicates to the host that the given
+ *  given URL is invalid, and gives extra error information.
+ */
+const char PROGMEM HTTP404Header[] = "HTTP/1.1 404 Not Found\r\n"
+                                     "Server: LUFA RNDIS\r\n"
+                                     "Connection: close\r\n\r\n";
+
+/** HTTP page to serve to the host when a HTTP request is made. This page is too long for a single response, thus it is automatically
+ *  broken up into smaller blocks and sent as a series of packets each time the webserver application callback is run.
+ */
+const char PROGMEM HTTPPage[]   =
+		"<html>"
+		"	<head>"
+		"		<title>"
+		"			LUFA Webserver Demo"
+		"		</title>"
+		"	</head>"
+		"	<body>"
+		"		<h1>Hello from your USB AVR!</h1>"
+		"		<p>"
+		"			Hello! Welcome to the LUFA RNDIS Demo Webserver test page, running on your USB AVR via the LUFA library. This demonstrates the HTTP webserver, TCP/IP stack and RNDIS demo all running atop the LUFA USB stack."
+		"			<br /><br />"
+		"			<small>Project Information: <a href=\"http://www.lufa-lib.org\">http://www.lufa-lib.org</a>.</small>"
+		"			<hr />"
+		"			<i>LUFA Version: </i>" LUFA_VERSION_STRING
+		"		</p>"
+		"	</body>"
+		"</html>";
+
+
+/** Initializes the Webserver application, opening the appropriate HTTP port in the TCP handler and registering the application
+ *  callback routine for packets sent to the HTTP protocol port.
+ */
+void Webserver_Init(void)
+{
+	/* Open the HTTP port in the TCP protocol so that HTTP connections to the device can be established */
+	TCP_SetPortState(TCP_PORT_HTTP, TCP_Port_Open, Webserver_ApplicationCallback);
+}
+
+/** Indicates if a given request equals the given HTTP command.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] RequestHeader  HTTP request made by the host
+ *  \param[in] Command        HTTP command to compare the request to
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command matches the request, \c false otherwise
+ */
+static bool IsHTTPCommand(uint8_t* RequestHeader,
+                          char* Command)
+{
+	/* Returns true if the non null terminated string in RequestHeader matches the null terminated string Command */
+	return (strncmp((char*)RequestHeader, Command, strlen(Command)) == 0);
+}
+
+/** Application callback routine, executed each time the TCP processing task runs. This callback determines what request
+ *  has been made (if any), and serves up appropriate responses.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] ConnectionState  Pointer to a TCP Connection State structure giving connection information
+ *  \param[in,out] Buffer       Pointer to the application's send/receive packet buffer
+ */
+void Webserver_ApplicationCallback(TCP_ConnectionState_t* const ConnectionState,
+                                   TCP_ConnectionBuffer_t* const Buffer)
+{
+	char*          BufferDataStr = (char*)Buffer->Data;
+	static uint8_t PageBlock     = 0;
+
+	/* Check to see if a packet has been received on the HTTP port from a remote host */
+	if (TCP_APP_HAS_RECEIVED_PACKET(Buffer))
+	{
+		if (IsHTTPCommand(Buffer->Data, "GET"))
+		{
+			if (IsHTTPCommand(Buffer->Data, "GET / "))
+			{
+				PageBlock = 0;
+
+				/* Copy the HTTP 200 response header into the packet buffer */
+				strcpy_P(BufferDataStr, HTTP200Header);
+
+				/* Send the buffer contents to the host */
+				TCP_APP_SEND_BUFFER(Buffer, strlen(BufferDataStr));
+
+				/* Lock the buffer to Device->Host transmissions only while we send the page contents */
+				TCP_APP_CAPTURE_BUFFER(Buffer);
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				/* Copy the HTTP 404 response header into the packet buffer */
+				strcpy_P(BufferDataStr, HTTP404Header);
+
+				/* Send the buffer contents to the host */
+				TCP_APP_SEND_BUFFER(Buffer, strlen(BufferDataStr));
+
+				/* All data sent, close the connection */
+				TCP_APP_CLOSECONNECTION(ConnectionState);
+			}
+		}
+		else if (IsHTTPCommand(Buffer->Data, "HEAD"))
+		{
+			if (IsHTTPCommand(Buffer->Data, "HEAD / "))
+			{
+				/* Copy the HTTP response header into the packet buffer */
+				strcpy_P(BufferDataStr, HTTP200Header);
+
+				/* Send the buffer contents to the host */
+				TCP_APP_SEND_BUFFER(Buffer, strlen(BufferDataStr));
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				/* Copy the HTTP response header into the packet buffer */
+				strcpy_P(BufferDataStr, HTTP404Header);
+
+				/* Send the buffer contents to the host */
+				TCP_APP_SEND_BUFFER(Buffer, strlen(BufferDataStr));
+			}
+
+			/* All data sent, close the connection */
+			TCP_APP_CLOSECONNECTION(ConnectionState);
+		}
+		else if (IsHTTPCommand(Buffer->Data, "TRACE"))
+		{
+			/* Echo the host's query back to the host */
+			TCP_APP_SEND_BUFFER(Buffer, Buffer->Length);
+
+			/* All data sent, close the connection */
+			TCP_APP_CLOSECONNECTION(ConnectionState);
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* Unknown request, just clear the buffer (drop the packet) */
+			TCP_APP_CLEAR_BUFFER(Buffer);
+		}
+	}
+	else if (TCP_APP_HAVE_CAPTURED_BUFFER(Buffer))
+	{
+		uint16_t RemLength = strlen_P(&HTTPPage[PageBlock * HTTP_REPLY_BLOCK_SIZE]);
+		uint16_t Length;
+
+		/* Determine the length of the loaded block */
+		Length = MIN(RemLength, HTTP_REPLY_BLOCK_SIZE);
+
+		/* Copy the next buffer sized block of the page to the packet buffer */
+		strncpy_P(BufferDataStr, &HTTPPage[PageBlock * HTTP_REPLY_BLOCK_SIZE], Length);
+
+		/* Send the buffer contents to the host */
+		TCP_APP_SEND_BUFFER(Buffer, Length);
+
+		/* Check to see if the entire page has been sent */
+		if (PageBlock++ == (sizeof(HTTPPage) / HTTP_REPLY_BLOCK_SIZE))
+		{
+			/* Unlock the buffer so that the host can fill it with future packets */
+			TCP_APP_RELEASE_BUFFER(Buffer);
+
+			/* Close the connection to the host */
+			TCP_APP_CLOSECONNECTION(ConnectionState);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Webserver.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Webserver.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a73bd33384
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Webserver.h
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Webserver.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _WEBSERVER_H_
+#define _WEBSERVER_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Version.h>
+
+		#include "TCP.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Maximum size of a HTTP response per transmission */
+		#define  HTTP_REPLY_BLOCK_SIZE     128
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void Webserver_Init(void);
+		void Webserver_ApplicationCallback(TCP_ConnectionState_t* const ConnectionState,
+		                                   TCP_ConnectionBuffer_t* const Buffer);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f1dd7a7885
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.c
@@ -0,0 +1,294 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the RNDISEthernet demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
+ *  is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "RNDISEthernet.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ *  enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	/* Webserver Initialization */
+	TCP_Init();
+	Webserver_Init();
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		Ethernet_Task();
+		TCP_Task();
+		RNDIS_Task();
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+	/* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+	XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+	XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+	/* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+	XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+	XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+	PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	LEDs_Init();
+	Serial_Init(9600, false);
+	USB_Init();
+
+	/* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+	Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs and
+ *  starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+	/* Indicate USB enumerating */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
+ *  the status LEDs and stops all the relevant tasks.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+	/* Indicate USB not ready */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host sets the current configuration
+ *  of the USB device after enumeration, and configures the RNDIS device endpoints and starts the relevant tasks.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+	bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+	/* Setup RNDIS Data Endpoints */
+	ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC_TX_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, 1);
+	ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC_RX_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, 1);
+	ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE, 1);
+
+	/* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
+ *  the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
+ *  internally.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+	/* Process RNDIS class commands */
+	switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+	{
+		case RNDIS_REQ_SendEncapsulatedCommand:
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+			{
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+				/* Read in the RNDIS message into the message buffer */
+				Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(RNDISMessageBuffer, USB_ControlRequest.wLength);
+				Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+				/* Process the RNDIS message */
+				ProcessRNDISControlMessage();
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case RNDIS_REQ_GetEncapsulatedResponse:
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+			{
+				/* Check if a response to the last message is ready */
+				if (!(MessageHeader->MessageLength))
+				{
+					/* Set the response to a single 0x00 byte to indicate that no response is ready */
+					RNDISMessageBuffer[0] = 0;
+					MessageHeader->MessageLength = 1;
+				}
+
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+				/* Write the message response data to the endpoint */
+				Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(RNDISMessageBuffer, MessageHeader->MessageLength);
+				Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+				/* Reset the message header once again after transmission */
+				MessageHeader->MessageLength = 0;
+			}
+
+			break;
+	}
+}
+
+/** Task to manage the sending and receiving of encapsulated RNDIS data and notifications. This removes the RNDIS
+ *  wrapper from received Ethernet frames and places them in the FrameIN global buffer, or adds the RNDIS wrapper
+ *  to a frame in the FrameOUT global before sending the buffer contents to the host.
+ */
+void RNDIS_Task(void)
+{
+	/* Select the notification endpoint */
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR);
+
+	/* Check if a message response is ready for the host */
+	if (Endpoint_IsINReady() && ResponseReady)
+	{
+		USB_Request_Header_t Notification = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+			{
+				.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+				.bRequest      = RNDIS_NOTIF_ResponseAvailable,
+				.wValue        = 0,
+				.wIndex        = 0,
+				.wLength       = 0,
+			};
+
+		/* Indicate that a message response is ready for the host */
+		Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&Notification, sizeof(Notification), NULL);
+
+		/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+		Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+		/* Indicate a response is no longer ready */
+		ResponseReady = false;
+	}
+
+	/* Don't process the data endpoints until the system is in the data initialized state, and the buffer is free */
+	if ((CurrRNDISState == RNDIS_Data_Initialized) && !(MessageHeader->MessageLength))
+	{
+		/* Create a new packet header for reading/writing */
+		RNDIS_Packet_Message_t RNDISPacketHeader;
+
+		/* Select the data OUT endpoint */
+		Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC_RX_EPADDR);
+
+		/* Check if the data OUT endpoint contains data, and that the IN buffer is empty */
+		if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived() && !(FrameIN.FrameLength))
+		{
+			/* Read in the packet message header */
+			Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&RNDISPacketHeader, sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t), NULL);
+
+			/* Stall the request if the data is too large */
+			if (RNDISPacketHeader.DataLength > ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX)
+			{
+				Endpoint_StallTransaction();
+				return;
+			}
+
+			/* Read in the Ethernet frame into the buffer */
+			Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(FrameIN.FrameData, RNDISPacketHeader.DataLength, NULL);
+
+			/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+			Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+			/* Store the size of the Ethernet frame */
+			FrameIN.FrameLength = RNDISPacketHeader.DataLength;
+		}
+
+		/* Select the data IN endpoint */
+		Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC_TX_EPADDR);
+
+		/* Check if the data IN endpoint is ready for more data, and that the IN buffer is full */
+		if (Endpoint_IsINReady() && FrameOUT.FrameLength)
+		{
+			/* Clear the packet header with all 0s so that the relevant fields can be filled */
+			memset(&RNDISPacketHeader, 0, sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t));
+
+			/* Construct the required packet header fields in the buffer */
+			RNDISPacketHeader.MessageType   = REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_MSG;
+			RNDISPacketHeader.MessageLength = (sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t) + FrameOUT.FrameLength);
+			RNDISPacketHeader.DataOffset    = (sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t) - sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t));
+			RNDISPacketHeader.DataLength    = FrameOUT.FrameLength;
+
+			/* Send the packet header to the host */
+			Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&RNDISPacketHeader, sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t), NULL);
+
+			/* Send the Ethernet frame data to the host */
+			Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(FrameOUT.FrameData, RNDISPacketHeader.DataLength, NULL);
+
+			/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+			Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+			/* Indicate Ethernet OUT buffer no longer full */
+			FrameOUT.FrameLength = 0;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+/** Ethernet frame processing task. This task checks to see if a frame has been received, and if so hands off the processing
+ *  of the frame to the Ethernet processing routines.
+ */
+void Ethernet_Task(void)
+{
+	/* Task for Ethernet processing. Incoming ethernet frames are loaded into the FrameIN structure, and
+	   outgoing frames should be loaded into the FrameOUT structure. Both structures can only hold a single
+	   Ethernet frame at a time, so the FrameInBuffer bool is used to indicate when the buffers contain data. */
+
+	/* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
+	if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+	  return;
+
+	/* Check if a frame has been written to the IN frame buffer */
+	if (FrameIN.FrameLength)
+	{
+		/* Indicate packet processing started */
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+
+		/* Process the ethernet frame - replace this with your own Ethernet handler code as desired */
+		Ethernet_ProcessPacket();
+
+		/* Indicate packet processing complete */
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+	}
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..89858a58b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.h
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for RNDISEthernet.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _RNDISETHERNET_H_
+#define _RNDISETHERNET_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <string.h>
+
+		#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+		#include "Lib/RNDIS.h"
+		#include "Lib/Ethernet.h"
+		#include "Lib/TCP.h"
+		#include "Lib/ARP.h"
+		#include "Lib/Webserver.h"
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY          LEDS_LED2
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+		void RNDIS_Task(void);
+		void Ethernet_Task(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a2c2ac604b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage RNDIS Class Ethernet Demo (with Webserver/Telnet)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *  \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ *  \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ *  \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx)
+ *  \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Remote NDIS (Microsoft Proprietary CDC Class Networking Standard)</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Microsoft RNDIS Specification</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Remote Network Driver Interface demonstration application.
+ *  This gives a simple reference application for implementing
+ *  a CDC RNDIS device acting as a simple network interface for
+ *  ethernet packet exchange. RNDIS is a proprietary Microsoft
+ *  standard; this demo will only work on Windows 2000 (manually
+ *  patched with the Microsoft RNDIS hotfix) and above (with no
+ *  manual patches), or on the latest Linux kernels.
+ *
+ *  Before running, you will need to install the INF file that
+ *  is located in the RNDISEthernet project directory. This will
+ *  enable Windows to use its inbuilt RNDIS drivers, negating the
+ *  need for special Windows drivers for the device. To install,
+ *  right-click the .INF file and choose the Install option. If
+ *  Windows 2000 is used, the Microsoft INF file in the hotfix
+ *  will need to be altered to use the VID/PID of the demo and
+ *  then chosen instead of the LUFA RNDIS INF file when prompted.
+ *
+ *  When enumerated, this demo will install as a new network
+ *  adapter which ethernet packets can be sent to and received
+ *  from. Running on top of the adapter is a very simple TCP/IP
+ *  stack with a HTTP webserver and TELNET host which can be
+ *  accessed through a web browser at IP address 10.0.0.2:80 or
+ *  through a TELNET client at 10.0.0.2:25. This device also supports
+ *  ping echos via the ICMP protocol.
+ *
+ *  \note The TCP/IP stack in this demo has a number of limitations
+ *  and should serve as an example only - it is not fully featured nor
+ *  compliant to the TCP/IP specification. For complete projects, it is
+ *  recommended that it be replaced with an external open source TCP/IP
+ *  stack that is feature complete, such as the uIP stack.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ *    <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ *    <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>Configures the IP address given to the client (PC) via the DHCP server.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>SERVER_IP_ADDRESS</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>Configures the IP address of the virtual server.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>ADAPTER_MAC_ADDRESS</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>Configures the MAC address of the RNDIS adapter on the host (PC) side.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>Configures the MAC address of the virtual server on the network.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>NO_DECODE_ETHERNET</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>When defined, received Ethernet headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>NO_DECODE_ARP</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>When defined, received ARP headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>NO_DECODE_IP</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>When defined, received IP headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>NO_DECODE_ICMP</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>When defined, received ICMP headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>NO_DECODE_TCP</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>When defined, received TCP headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>NO_DECODE_UDP</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>When defined, received UDP headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>NO_DECODE_DHCP</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>When defined, received DHCP headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7970b2b04a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="RNDIS Ethernet Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.rndis.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.rndis"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<project caption="RNDIS Ethernet Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.rndis.example.xmega">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.rndis"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.rndis" caption="RNDIS Ethernet Device Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Microsoft RNDIS Ethernet networking device demo, implementing a basic HTTP webserver. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Device"/>
+			<keyword value="RNDIS Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="RNDISEthernet.txt"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="LUFA RNDIS.inf"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="RNDISEthernet.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/ARP.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/DHCP.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/Ethernet.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/ICMP.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/IP.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/ProtocolDecoders.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/RNDIS.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/TCP.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/UDP.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/Webserver.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="RNDISEthernet.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/ARP.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/DHCP.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/Ethernet.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/ICMP.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/IP.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/ProtocolDecoders.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/RNDIS.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/TCP.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/UDP.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/Webserver.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/EthernetProtocols.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..29d07c317f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - RNDIS Ethernet Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..82687c1f15
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = RNDISEthernet
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c Lib/Ethernet.c Lib/ProtocolDecoders.c Lib/RNDIS.c Lib/ICMP.c Lib/TCP.c Lib/UDP.c \
+               Lib/DHCP.c Lib/ARP.c Lib/IP.c Lib/Webserver.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c2d3227ac2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+		#define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX               4
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5ec042cb04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,245 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ *  the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ *  process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+	.Class                  = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+	.SubClass               = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificSubclass,
+	.Protocol               = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificProtocol,
+
+	.Endpoint0Size          = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+	.VendorID               = 0x03EB,
+	.ProductID              = 0x2044,
+	.ReleaseNumber          = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+	.ProductStrIndex        = STRING_ID_Product,
+	.SerialNumStrIndex      = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
+
+	.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+	.Config =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+			.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+			.TotalInterfaces        = 2,
+
+			.ConfigurationNumber    = 1,
+			.ConfigurationStrIndex  = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+			.ConfigAttributes       = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+			.MaxPowerConsumption    = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+		},
+
+	.CDC_CCI_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 1,
+
+			.Class                  = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+			.SubClass               = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.CDC_Functional_Header =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+			.CDCSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+		},
+
+	.CDC_Functional_ACM =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM,
+
+			.Capabilities           = 0x06,
+		},
+
+	.CDC_Functional_Union =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union,
+
+			.MasterInterfaceNumber  = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+			.SlaveInterfaceNumber   = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+		},
+
+	.CDC_NotificationEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0xFF
+		},
+
+	.CDC_DCI_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 2,
+
+			.Class                  = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass,
+			.SubClass               = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.CDC_DataOutEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		},
+
+	.CDC_DataInEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		}
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ *  the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ *  via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ *  form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ *  and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA CDC Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ *  USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8);
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+	const void* Address = NULL;
+	uint16_t    Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+	switch (DescriptorType)
+	{
+		case DTYPE_Device:
+			Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_Configuration:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_String:
+			switch (DescriptorNumber)
+			{
+				case STRING_ID_Language:
+					Address = &LanguageString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+					Address = &ManufacturerString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Product:
+					Address = &ProductString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+			}
+
+			break;
+	}
+
+	*DescriptorAddress = Address;
+	return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c50899ef9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+		#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR        (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 2)
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+		#define CDC_TX_EPADDR                  (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 3)
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the CDC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+		#define CDC_RX_EPADDR                  (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4)
+
+		/** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+		#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE        8
+
+		/** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */
+		#define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE                16
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t    Config;
+
+			// CDC Control Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t               CDC_CCI_Interface;
+			USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t    CDC_Functional_Header;
+			USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t       CDC_Functional_ACM;
+			USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t     CDC_Functional_Union;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t                CDC_NotificationEndpoint;
+
+			// CDC Data Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t               CDC_DCI_Interface;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t                CDC_DataOutEndpoint;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t                CDC_DataInEndpoint;
+		} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+		/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+		 *  should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+		 *  interface from other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+		{
+			INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI = 0, /**< CDC CCI interface descriptor ID */
+			INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI = 1, /**< CDC DCI interface descriptor ID */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+		 *  have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+		 *  other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum StringDescriptors_t
+		{
+			STRING_ID_Language     = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+			STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+			STRING_ID_Product      = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+		};
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+		                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+		                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+		                                    ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/LUFA VirtualSerial.inf b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/LUFA VirtualSerial.inf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..21d2d12b6e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/LUFA VirtualSerial.inf
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+;************************************************************
+; Windows USB CDC ACM Setup File
+; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
+;************************************************************
+
+[DefaultInstall]
+CopyINF="LUFA VirtualSerial.inf"
+
+[Version]
+Signature="$Windows NT$"
+Class=Ports
+ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318}
+Provider=%MFGNAME%
+DriverVer=7/1/2012,10.0.0.0
+
+[Manufacturer]
+%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTx86, NTamd64, NTia64
+
+[SourceDisksNames]
+
+[SourceDisksFiles]
+
+[DestinationDirs]
+DefaultDestDir=12
+
+[DriverInstall]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+CopyFiles=FakeModemCopyFileSection
+AddReg=DriverInstall.AddReg
+
+[DriverInstall.Services]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, LowerFilter_Service_Inst
+
+[DriverInstall.AddReg]
+HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"msports.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;  Vendor and Product ID Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side
+; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match.
+; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID.  Use the format as shown below.
+; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs.
+; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line.
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[DeviceList]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044
+
+[DeviceList.NTx86]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044
+
+[DeviceList.NTamd64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044
+
+[DeviceList.NTia64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;  String Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;Modify these strings to customize your device
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[Strings]
+MFGNAME="http://www.lufa-lib.org"
+DESCRIPTION="LUFA CDC-ACM Virtual Serial Port"
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6f83a84af0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.c
@@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the VirtualSerial demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
+ *  is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "VirtualSerial.h"
+
+/** Contains the current baud rate and other settings of the virtual serial port. While this demo does not use
+ *  the physical USART and thus does not use these settings, they must still be retained and returned to the host
+ *  upon request or the host will assume the device is non-functional.
+ *
+ *  These values are set by the host via a class-specific request, however they are not required to be used accurately.
+ *  It is possible to completely ignore these value or use other settings as the host is completely unaware of the physical
+ *  serial link characteristics and instead sends and receives data in endpoint streams.
+ */
+static CDC_LineEncoding_t LineEncoding = { .BaudRateBPS = 0,
+                                           .CharFormat  = CDC_LINEENCODING_OneStopBit,
+                                           .ParityType  = CDC_PARITY_None,
+                                           .DataBits    = 8                            };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ *  setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		CDC_Task();
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+	/* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+	XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+	XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+	/* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+	XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+	XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+	PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	Joystick_Init();
+	LEDs_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs and
+ *  starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+	/* Indicate USB enumerating */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
+ *  the status LEDs and stops the USB management and CDC management tasks.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+	/* Indicate USB not ready */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host set the current configuration
+ *  of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured and the CDC management task started.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+	bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+	/* Setup CDC Data Endpoints */
+	ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE, 1);
+	ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC_TX_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, 1);
+	ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC_RX_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK,  CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, 1);
+
+	/* Reset line encoding baud rate so that the host knows to send new values */
+	LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS = 0;
+
+	/* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
+ *  the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
+ *  internally.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+	/* Process CDC specific control requests */
+	switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+	{
+		case CDC_REQ_GetLineEncoding:
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+			{
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+				/* Write the line coding data to the control endpoint */
+				Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(&LineEncoding, sizeof(CDC_LineEncoding_t));
+				Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case CDC_REQ_SetLineEncoding:
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+			{
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+				/* Read the line coding data in from the host into the global struct */
+				Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(&LineEncoding, sizeof(CDC_LineEncoding_t));
+				Endpoint_ClearIN();
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case CDC_REQ_SetControlLineState:
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+			{
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+				Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+				/* NOTE: Here you can read in the line state mask from the host, to get the current state of the output handshake
+				         lines. The mask is read in from the wValue parameter in USB_ControlRequest, and can be masked against the
+						 CONTROL_LINE_OUT_* masks to determine the RTS and DTR line states using the following code:
+				*/
+			}
+
+			break;
+	}
+}
+
+/** Function to manage CDC data transmission and reception to and from the host. */
+void CDC_Task(void)
+{
+	char*       ReportString    = NULL;
+	uint8_t     JoyStatus_LCL   = Joystick_GetStatus();
+	static bool ActionSent      = false;
+
+	/* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
+	if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+	  return;
+
+	/* Determine if a joystick action has occurred */
+	if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+	  ReportString = "Joystick Up\r\n";
+	else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+	  ReportString = "Joystick Down\r\n";
+	else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+	  ReportString = "Joystick Left\r\n";
+	else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+	  ReportString = "Joystick Right\r\n";
+	else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+	  ReportString = "Joystick Pressed\r\n";
+	else
+	  ActionSent = false;
+
+	/* Flag management - Only allow one string to be sent per action */
+	if ((ReportString != NULL) && (ActionSent == false) && LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS)
+	{
+		ActionSent = true;
+
+		/* Select the Serial Tx Endpoint */
+		Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC_TX_EPADDR);
+
+		/* Write the String to the Endpoint */
+		Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(ReportString, strlen(ReportString), NULL);
+
+		/* Remember if the packet to send completely fills the endpoint */
+		bool IsFull = (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint() == CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE);
+
+		/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+		Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+		/* If the last packet filled the endpoint, send an empty packet to release the buffer on
+		 * the receiver (otherwise all data will be cached until a non-full packet is received) */
+		if (IsFull)
+		{
+			/* Wait until the endpoint is ready for another packet */
+			Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
+
+			/* Send an empty packet to ensure that the host does not buffer data sent to it */
+			Endpoint_ClearIN();
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Select the Serial Rx Endpoint */
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC_RX_EPADDR);
+
+	/* Throw away any received data from the host */
+	if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+	  Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dab3d56d6c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.h
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for VirtualSerial.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _VIRTUALSERIAL_H_
+#define _VIRTUALSERIAL_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <string.h>
+
+		#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY         LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING     (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY           (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR           (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+		void CDC_Task(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c802d99504
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Communications Device Class (Virtual Serial Port) Demo
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *  \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ *  \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ *  \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ *  \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ *  \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx)
+ *  \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Abstract Control Model (ACM)</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF CDC Class Standard</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Communications Device Class demonstration application.
+ *  This gives a simple reference application for implementing
+ *  a CDC device acting as a virtual serial port. Joystick
+ *  actions are transmitted to the host as strings. The device
+ *  does not respond to serial data sent from the host.
+ *
+ *  After running this demo for the first time on a new computer,
+ *  you will need to supply the .INF file located in this demo
+ *  project's directory as the device's driver when running under
+ *  Windows. This will enable Windows to use its inbuilt CDC drivers,
+ *  negating the need for custom drivers for the device. Other
+ *  Operating Systems should automatically use their own inbuilt
+ *  CDC-ACM drivers.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>
+ *     None
+ *    </td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bf04660fe3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="Virtual Serial CDC Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.cdc.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.cdc"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<project caption="Virtual Serial CDC Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.cdc.example.xmega">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.cdc"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.cdc" caption="Virtual Serial CDC Device Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Virtual Serial device demo, implementing a virtual serial channel between the host PC and the device. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Device"/>
+			<keyword value="CDC Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="VirtualSerial.txt"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="LUFA VirtualSerial.inf"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="VirtualSerial.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="VirtualSerial.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..aa21df5823
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Virtual Serial Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b33840cae3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = VirtualSerial
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a713c9d4cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+# Makefile to build all the LUFA Device Demos. Call with "make all" to
+# rebuild all Device demos.
+
+# Projects are pre-cleaned before each one is built, to ensure any
+# custom LUFA library build options are reflected in the compiled
+# code.
+
+PROJECT_DIRECTORIES := $(shell ls -d */)
+
+# This makefile is potentially infinitely recursive if something really bad
+# happens when determining the set of project directories - hard-abort if
+# more than 10 levels deep to avoid angry emails.
+ifeq ($(MAKELEVEL), 10)
+   $(error EMERGENCY ABORT: INFINITE RECURSION DETECTED)
+endif
+
+# Need to special-case building without a per-project object directory
+ifeq ($(OBJDIR),)
+   # If no target specified, force "clean all" and disallow parallel build
+   ifeq ($(MAKECMDGOALS),)
+      MAKECMDGOALS := clean all
+      .NOTPARALLEL:
+   endif
+
+   # If one of the targets is to build, force "clean" beforehand and disallow parallel build
+   ifneq ($(findstring all, $(MAKECMDGOALS)),)
+      MAKECMDGOALS := clean $(MAKECMDGOALS)
+      .NOTPARALLEL:
+   endif
+endif
+
+%: $(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES)
+	@echo . > /dev/null
+
+$(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES):
+	@$(MAKE) -C $@ $(MAKECMDGOALS)
+
+.PHONY: $(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES)
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..abeb3f4a81
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+# Makefile to build all the LUFA Class Driver and Low Level Demos. Call with
+# "make all" to rebuild all demos of both types.
+
+# Projects are pre-cleaned before each one is built, to ensure any
+# custom LUFA library build options are reflected in the compiled
+# code.
+
+all:
+
+%:
+	$(MAKE) -C ClassDriver $@
+	$(MAKE) -C LowLevel $@
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0a8074e71b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+//		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9889422a56
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,221 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ *  the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
+ *  USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
+ *  descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
+ *  the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
+ *  more details on HID report descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM MouseReport[] =
+{
+	/* Use the HID class driver's standard Mouse report.
+	 *   Min X/Y Axis values: -1
+	 *   Max X/Y Axis values:  1
+	 *   Min physical X/Y Axis values (used to determine resolution): -1
+	 *   Max physical X/Y Axis values (used to determine resolution):  1
+	 *   Buttons: 3
+	 *   Absolute screen coordinates: false
+	 */
+	HID_DESCRIPTOR_MOUSE(-1, 1, -1, 1, 3, false)
+};
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ *  process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+	.Class                  = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+	.SubClass               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+	.Protocol               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+	.Endpoint0Size          = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+	.VendorID               = 0x03EB,
+	.ProductID              = 0x2041,
+	.ReleaseNumber          = 0x0000,
+
+	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+	.ProductStrIndex        = STRING_ID_Product,
+	.SerialNumStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+	.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+	.Config =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+			.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+			.TotalInterfaces        = 1,
+
+			.ConfigurationNumber    = 1,
+			.ConfigurationStrIndex  = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+			.ConfigAttributes       = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+			.MaxPowerConsumption    = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+		},
+
+	.HID_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_Mouse,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0x00,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 1,
+
+			.Class                  = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
+			.SubClass               = HID_CSCP_BootSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = HID_CSCP_MouseBootProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.HID_MouseHID =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
+
+			.HIDSpec                = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
+			.CountryCode            = 0x00,
+			.TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
+			.HIDReportType          = HID_DTYPE_Report,
+			.HIDReportLength        = sizeof(MouseReport)
+		},
+
+	.HID_ReportINEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = MOUSE_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = MOUSE_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		}
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ *  the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ *  via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ *  form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ *  and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Mouse Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ *  USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8);
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+	const void* Address = NULL;
+	uint16_t    Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+	switch (DescriptorType)
+	{
+		case DTYPE_Device:
+			Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_Configuration:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_String:
+			switch (DescriptorNumber)
+			{
+				case STRING_ID_Language:
+					Address = &LanguageString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+					Address = &ManufacturerString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Product:
+					Address = &ProductString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case HID_DTYPE_HID:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_MouseHID;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+			break;
+		case HID_DTYPE_Report:
+			Address = &MouseReport;
+			Size    = sizeof(MouseReport);
+			break;
+	}
+
+	*DescriptorAddress = Address;
+	return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d5fdd3c888
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+			// Mouse HID Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t            HID_Interface;
+			USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t              HID_MouseHID;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             HID_ReportINEndpoint;
+		} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+		/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+		 *  should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+		 *  interface from other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+		{
+			INTERFACE_ID_Mouse = 0, /**< Mouse interface descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+		 *  have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+		 *  other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum StringDescriptors_t
+		{
+			STRING_ID_Language     = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+			STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+			STRING_ID_Product      = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+		};
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Endpoint address of the Mouse HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+		#define MOUSE_EPADDR              (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+		/** Size in bytes of the Mouse HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+		#define MOUSE_EPSIZE              8
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+		                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+		                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+		                                    ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/DeviceFunctions.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/DeviceFunctions.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3598462be6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/DeviceFunctions.c
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Device Mode USB Mouse functionality for the MouseHostDevice demo. This file contains the Device mode
+ *  USB Mouse related code of the demo and is responsible for all the Device mode Mouse functionality.
+ */
+
+#include "DeviceFunctions.h"
+
+/** Buffer to hold the previously generated Mouse Device HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */
+static uint8_t PrevMouseHIDReportBuffer[sizeof(USB_MouseReport_Data_t)];
+
+/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ *  passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ *  within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Mouse_HID_Device_Interface =
+	{
+		.Config =
+			{
+				.InterfaceNumber            = INTERFACE_ID_Mouse,
+				.ReportINEndpoint           =
+					{
+						.Address            = MOUSE_EPADDR,
+						.Size               = MOUSE_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks              = 1,
+					},
+				.PrevReportINBuffer         = PrevMouseHIDReportBuffer,
+				.PrevReportINBufferSize     = sizeof(PrevMouseHIDReportBuffer),
+			},
+	};
+
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB WakeUp event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Suspend event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+
+	if (!(HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Mouse_HID_Device_Interface)))
+	  LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+
+	USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+	HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Mouse_HID_Device_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void)
+{
+	HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(&Mouse_HID_Device_Interface);
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the creation of HID reports to the host.
+ *
+ *  \param[in]     HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ *  \param[in,out] ReportID    Report ID requested by the host if non-zero, otherwise callback should set to the generated report ID
+ *  \param[in]     ReportType  Type of the report to create, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_In or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ *  \param[out]    ReportData  Pointer to a buffer where the created report should be stored
+ *  \param[out]    ReportSize  Number of bytes written in the report (or zero if no report is to be sent)
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true to force the sending of the report, \c false to let the library determine if it needs to be sent
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+                                         uint8_t* const ReportID,
+                                         const uint8_t ReportType,
+                                         void* ReportData,
+                                         uint16_t* const ReportSize)
+{
+	USB_MouseReport_Data_t* MouseReport = (USB_MouseReport_Data_t*)ReportData;
+
+	uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL    = Joystick_GetStatus();
+	uint8_t ButtonStatus_LCL = Buttons_GetStatus();
+
+	if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+	  MouseReport->Y = -1;
+	else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+	  MouseReport->Y =  1;
+
+	if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+	  MouseReport->X =  1;
+	else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+	  MouseReport->X = -1;
+
+	if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+	  MouseReport->Button |= (1 << 0);
+
+	if (ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1)
+	  MouseReport->Button |= (1 << 1);
+
+	*ReportSize = sizeof(USB_MouseReport_Data_t);
+	return true;
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the processing of HID reports from the host.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ *  \param[in] ReportID    Report ID of the received report from the host
+ *  \param[in] ReportType  The type of report that the host has sent, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ *  \param[in] ReportData  Pointer to a buffer where the received report has been stored
+ *  \param[in] ReportSize  Size in bytes of the received HID report
+ */
+void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+                                          const uint8_t ReportID,
+                                          const uint8_t ReportType,
+                                          const void* ReportData,
+                                          const uint16_t ReportSize)
+{
+	// Unused (but mandatory for the HID class driver) in this demo, since there are no Host->Device reports
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/DeviceFunctions.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/DeviceFunctions.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..36ad50acf3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/DeviceFunctions.h
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for DeviceFunctions.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MOUSE_DEVICE_FUNCTIONS_H_
+#define _MOUSE_DEVICE_FUNCTIONS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "MouseHostDevice.h"
+
+	/* External Variables: */
+		extern USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Mouse_HID_Device_Interface;
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+		                                         uint8_t* const ReportID,
+		                                         const uint8_t ReportType,
+		                                         void* ReportData,
+		                                         uint16_t* const ReportSize);
+		void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+		                                          const uint8_t ReportID,
+		                                          const uint8_t ReportType,
+		                                          const void* ReportData,
+		                                          const uint16_t ReportSize);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/HostFunctions.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/HostFunctions.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8e602add1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/HostFunctions.c
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Host Mode USB Mouse functionality for the MouseHostDevice demo. This file contains the Host mode
+ *  USB Mouse related code of the demo and is responsible for all the Host mode Mouse functionality.
+ */
+
+#include "HostFunctions.h"
+
+/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ *  passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ *  within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t Mouse_HID_Host_Interface =
+	{
+		.Config =
+			{
+				.DataINPipe             =
+					{
+						.Address        = (PIPE_DIR_IN  | 1),
+						.Banks          = 1,
+					},
+				.DataINPipe             =
+					{
+						.Address        = (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2),
+						.Banks          = 1,
+					},
+				.HIDInterfaceProtocol   = HID_CSCP_MouseBootProtocol,
+			},
+	};
+
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ *  starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ *  stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ *  enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+	uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
+	uint8_t  ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+
+	if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
+	                                       sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
+	{
+		printf("Error Retrieving Configuration Descriptor.\r\n");
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (HID_Host_ConfigurePipes(&Mouse_HID_Host_Interface,
+	                            ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != HID_ENUMERROR_NoError)
+	{
+		printf("Attached Device Not a Valid Mouse.\r\n");
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		printf("Error Setting Device Configuration.\r\n");
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (HID_Host_SetBootProtocol(&Mouse_HID_Host_Interface) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		printf("Could not Set Boot Protocol Mode.\r\n");
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	printf("Mouse Enumerated.\r\n");
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+	USB_Disable();
+
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+	for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ *  enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Host USB management task. This task handles the control of USB Mice while in USB Host mode,
+ *  setting up the appropriate data pipes and processing reports from the attached device.
+ */
+void MouseHost_Task(void)
+{
+	if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+	  return;
+
+	if (HID_Host_IsReportReceived(&Mouse_HID_Host_Interface))
+	{
+		uint8_t LEDMask  = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
+
+		USB_MouseReport_Data_t MouseReport;
+		HID_Host_ReceiveReport(&Mouse_HID_Host_Interface, &MouseReport);
+
+		printf_P(PSTR("dX:%2d dY:%2d Button:%d\r\n"), MouseReport.X,
+		                                              MouseReport.Y,
+		                                              MouseReport.Button);
+		if (MouseReport.X > 0)
+		  LEDMask |= LEDS_LED1;
+		else if (MouseReport.X < 0)
+		  LEDMask |= LEDS_LED2;
+
+		if (MouseReport.Y > 0)
+		  LEDMask |= LEDS_LED3;
+		else if (MouseReport.Y < 0)
+		  LEDMask |= LEDS_LED4;
+
+		if (MouseReport.Button)
+		  LEDMask  = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+	}
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/HostFunctions.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/HostFunctions.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..02d4e72474
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/HostFunctions.h
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for HostFunctions.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MOUSE_HOST_FUNCTIONS_H_
+#define _MOUSE_HOST_FUNCTIONS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "MouseHostDevice.h"
+
+	/* External Variables: */
+		extern USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t Mouse_HID_Host_Interface;
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void MouseHost_Task(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+		                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/MouseHostDevice.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/MouseHostDevice.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fc6421ac02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/MouseHostDevice.c
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the MouseHostDevice demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the demo and is responsible for the overall control flow of the demo.
+ */
+
+#include "MouseHostDevice.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ *  enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Mouse Host/Device Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		/* Determine which USB mode we are currently in */
+		if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Host)
+		{
+			MouseHost_Task();
+			HID_Host_USBTask(&Mouse_HID_Host_Interface);
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			HID_Device_USBTask(&Mouse_HID_Device_Interface);
+		}
+
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	Serial_Init(9600, false);
+	LEDs_Init();
+	Joystick_Init();
+	Buttons_Init();
+	USB_Init(USB_MODE_UID);
+
+	/* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+	Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB mode change event. */
+void EVENT_USB_UIDChange(void)
+{
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_YELLOW "UID Change to %S mode\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE),
+	         (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Device) ? PSTR("Device") : PSTR("Host"));
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/MouseHostDevice.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/MouseHostDevice.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4b6fe4f6de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/MouseHostDevice.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for MouseHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MOUSE_HOST_DEVICE_H_
+#define _MOUSE_HOST_DEVICE_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <stdio.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+		#include "Descriptors.h"
+		#include "DeviceFunctions.h"
+		#include "HostFunctions.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_UIDChange(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/MouseHostDevice.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/MouseHostDevice.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d3fb9a5618
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/MouseHostDevice.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Mouse Host/Device Dual Role Demo
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Dual Mode Host/Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>N/A</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF HID Specification, USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Low Speed Mode, Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Mouse host/device dual role demonstration application. This gives a simple
+ *  reference application for implementing a dual role USB Mouse, for USB mice
+ *  using the standard mouse boot protocol HID profile.
+ *
+ *  <b>When in host mode:</b>
+ *  Mouse movement and button presses are displayed on the board LEDs,
+ *  as well as printed out the serial terminal as formatted dY, dY and
+ *  button status information.
+ *
+ *  This uses a naive method where the mouse is set to Boot Protocol mode, so
+ *  that the report structure is fixed and known. A better implementation
+ *  uses the HID report parser for correct report data processing across
+ *  all compatible mice with advanced characteristics, as shown in the
+ *  MouseHostWithParser Host demo application.
+ *
+ *  Currently only single interface mice are supported.
+ *
+ *  <b>When in device mode:</b>
+ *  Upon enumeration the system will automatically enumerate and function
+ *  as a mouse when the USB connection to a host is present. To use
+ *  the mouse, move the joystick to move the pointer, and push the
+ *  joystick inwards to simulate a left-button click. The HWB serves as
+ *  the right mouse button.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>
+ *     None
+ *    </td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..df36eb9af1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="Mouse HID Dual USB Mode Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.dualrole.class.mouse.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.dualrole.class.mouse"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.dualrole.class.mouse" caption="Mouse HID Dual USB Mode Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Mouse host and device dual role demo, implementing a basic mouse device and host. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Dual Role"/>
+			<keyword value="HID Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="MouseHostDevice.txt"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="MouseHostDevice.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="DeviceFunctions.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="HostFunctions.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="MouseHostDevice.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="DeviceFunctions.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="HostFunctions.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0bfe97d548
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Mouse Host/Device Dual Role Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b965229902
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = MouseHostDevice
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c DeviceFunctions.c HostFunctions.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e5cc04939f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+# Makefile to build all the LUFA Dual Role Demos. Call with "make all" to
+# rebuild all Dual Role demos.
+
+# Projects are pre-cleaned before each one is built, to ensure any
+# custom LUFA library build options are reflected in the compiled
+# code.
+
+PROJECT_DIRECTORIES := $(shell ls -d */)
+
+# This makefile is potentially infinitely recursive if something really bad
+# happens when determining the set of project directories - hard-abort if
+# more than 10 levels deep to avoid angry emails.
+ifeq ($(MAKELEVEL), 10)
+   $(error EMERGENCY ABORT: INFINITE RECURSION DETECTED)
+endif
+
+# Need to special-case building without a per-project object directory
+ifeq ($(OBJDIR),)
+   # If no target specified, force "clean all" and disallow parallel build
+   ifeq ($(MAKECMDGOALS),)
+      MAKECMDGOALS := clean all
+      .NOTPARALLEL:
+   endif
+
+   # If one of the targets is to build, force "clean" beforehand and disallow parallel build
+   ifneq ($(findstring all, $(MAKECMDGOALS)),)
+      MAKECMDGOALS := clean $(MAKECMDGOALS)
+      .NOTPARALLEL:
+   endif
+endif
+
+%: $(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES)
+	@echo . > /dev/null
+
+$(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES):
+	@$(MAKE) -C $@ $(MAKECMDGOALS)
+
+.PHONY: $(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES)
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/DualRole/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/DualRole/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f2530c57a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/DualRole/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+# Makefile to build all the LUFA Class Driver and Low Level Demos. Call with
+# "make all" to rebuild all demos of both types.
+
+# Projects are pre-cleaned before each one is built, to ensure any
+# custom LUFA library build options are reflected in the compiled
+# code.
+
+all:
+
+%:
+	$(MAKE) -C ClassDriver $@
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..48178d68de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the AndroidAccessoryHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "AndroidAccessoryHost.h"
+
+/** LUFA Android Open Accessory Class driver interface configuration and state information. This
+ *  structure is passed to all Android Open Accessory Class driver functions, so that multiple
+ *  instances of the same class within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t AndroidDevice_AOA_Interface =
+	{
+		.Config =
+			{
+				.DataINPipe             =
+					{
+						.Address        = (PIPE_DIR_IN  | 1),
+						.Banks          = 1,
+					},
+				.DataOUTPipe            =
+					{
+						.Address        = (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2),
+						.Banks          = 1,
+					},
+				.PropertyStrings =
+					{
+						[AOA_STRING_Manufacturer] = "Dean Camera",
+						[AOA_STRING_Model]        = "LUFA Android Demo",
+						[AOA_STRING_Description]  = "LUFA Android Demo",
+						[AOA_STRING_Version]      = "1.0",
+						[AOA_STRING_URI]          = "http://www.lufa-lib.org",
+						[AOA_STRING_Serial]       = "0000000012345678",
+					},
+			},
+	};
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ *  enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Android Accessory Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		AOAHost_Task();
+
+		AOA_Host_USBTask(&AndroidDevice_AOA_Interface);
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	Serial_Init(9600, false);
+	LEDs_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+
+	/* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+	Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Task to manage an enumerated USB Android Accessory device once connected, to print received data
+ *  from the device to the serial port.
+ */
+void AOAHost_Task(void)
+{
+	if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+	  return;
+
+	if (AOA_Host_BytesReceived(&AndroidDevice_AOA_Interface))
+	{
+		/* Echo received bytes from the attached device through the USART */
+		int16_t ReceivedByte = AOA_Host_ReceiveByte(&AndroidDevice_AOA_Interface);
+		if (!(ReceivedByte < 0))
+		{
+			/* Turn on and off LED1 based on the bytes received */
+			LEDs_ChangeLEDs(LEDS_LED1, ReceivedByte ? LEDS_LED1 : LEDS_NO_LEDS);
+
+			putchar(ReceivedByte);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ *  starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ *  stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ *  enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+	USB_Descriptor_Device_t DeviceDescriptor;
+
+	if (USB_Host_GetDeviceDescriptor(&DeviceDescriptor) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Error Retrieving Device Descriptor.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	bool NeedModeSwitch;
+	if (!(AOA_Host_ValidateAccessoryDevice(&AndroidDevice_AOA_Interface, &DeviceDescriptor, &NeedModeSwitch)))
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Not an Android device.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (NeedModeSwitch)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Not in Accessory mode, switching...\r\n"));
+		AOA_Host_StartAccessoryMode(&AndroidDevice_AOA_Interface);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
+	uint8_t  ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+
+	if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
+	                                       sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Error Retrieving Configuration Descriptor.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (AOA_Host_ConfigurePipes(&AndroidDevice_AOA_Interface,
+	                            ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != AOA_ENUMERROR_NoError)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Attached Device Not a Valid Android Accessory Class Device.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Device Configuration.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	puts_P(PSTR("Android Device Enumerated.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+	USB_Disable();
+
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+	for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ *  enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d7c868f7f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for AndroidAccessoryHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _ANDROIDACCESSORY_HOST_H_
+#define _ANDROIDACCESSORY_HOST_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <stdio.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+		void AOAHost_Task(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+		                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+#endif
+
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..63d192d1a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Android Accessory Host Demo
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Host</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Android Accessory Host Class</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>N/A</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Android Accessory Host Specification</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Android Accessory Host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ *  application for implementing an Android Accessory Host device capable of hosting
+ *  Android powered mobile devices to send and receive data.
+ *
+ *  Data sent from the Android device will be sent out the AVR's serial port.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>
+ *     None
+ *    </td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidHostApp/AndroidHostApp.zip b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidHostApp/AndroidHostApp.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c433d79e16
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidHostApp/AndroidHostApp.zip
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1d840f618c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+//		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+//		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     0
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dfd74fd8ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="Android Accessory Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.class.android.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.host.class.android"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.class.android" caption="Android Accessory Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Android Accessory Host demo, implementing a basic USB device whose LEDs can be controlled via an Android device. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Host"/>
+			<keyword value="Android Accessory Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="AndroidAccessoryHost.txt"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="directory" value="AndroidHostApp"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="AndroidAccessoryHost.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="AndroidAccessoryHost.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6fd6211d32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Android Accessory Mode Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a769ee3d1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = AndroidAccessoryHost
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ad45011512
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the AudioInputHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "AudioInputHost.h"
+
+/** LUFA Audio Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ *  passed to all Audio Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ *  within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t Microphone_Audio_Interface =
+	{
+		.Config =
+			{
+				.DataINPipe             =
+					{
+						.Address        = (PIPE_DIR_IN  | 1),
+					},
+			},
+	};
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ *  enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Audio Input Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		Audio_Host_USBTask(&Microphone_Audio_Interface);
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** ISR to handle the reloading of the PWM timer with the next sample. */
+ISR(TIMER0_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+	uint8_t PrevPipe = Pipe_GetCurrentPipe();
+
+	/* Check that the USB bus is ready for the next sample to read */
+	if (Audio_Host_IsSampleReceived(&Microphone_Audio_Interface))
+	{
+		/* Retrieve the signed 16-bit audio sample, convert to 8-bit */
+		int8_t Sample_8Bit = (Audio_Host_ReadSample16(&Microphone_Audio_Interface) >> 8);
+
+		/* Load the sample into the PWM timer channel */
+		OCR3A = (Sample_8Bit ^ (1 << 7));
+
+		uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
+
+		/* Turn on LEDs as the sample amplitude increases */
+		if (Sample_8Bit > 16)
+		  LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4);
+		else if (Sample_8Bit > 8)
+		  LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3);
+		else if (Sample_8Bit > 4)
+		  LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
+		else if (Sample_8Bit > 2)
+		  LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1);
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+	}
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(PrevPipe);
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	Serial_Init(9600, false);
+	LEDs_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+
+	/* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+	Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ *  starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ *  stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ *  enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+	uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
+	uint8_t  ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+
+	if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
+	                                       sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Error Retrieving Configuration Descriptor.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (Audio_Host_ConfigurePipes(&Microphone_Audio_Interface,
+	                              ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != AUDIO_ENUMERROR_NoError)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Attached Device Not a Valid Audio Input Device.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Device Configuration.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (Audio_Host_StartStopStreaming(&Microphone_Audio_Interface, true) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Error Enabling Audio Stream.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t SampleRate = AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(48000);
+	if (Audio_Host_GetSetEndpointProperty(&Microphone_Audio_Interface, Microphone_Audio_Interface.Config.DataINPipe.Address,
+	                                      AUDIO_REQ_SetCurrent, AUDIO_EPCONTROL_SamplingFreq,
+	                                      sizeof(SampleRate), &SampleRate) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Audio Sampling Frequency.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* Sample reload timer initialization */
+	TIMSK0  = (1 << OCIE0A);
+	OCR0A   = ((F_CPU / 8 / 48000) - 1);
+	TCCR0A  = (1 << WGM01);  // CTC mode
+	TCCR0B  = (1 << CS01);   // Fcpu/8 speed
+
+	/* Set speaker as output */
+	DDRC   |= (1 << 6);
+
+	/* PWM speaker timer initialization */
+	TCCR3A  = ((1 << WGM30) | (1 << COM3A1) | (1 << COM3A0)); // Set on match, clear on TOP
+	TCCR3B  = ((1 << WGM32) | (1 << CS30));  // Fast 8-Bit PWM, F_CPU speed
+
+	puts_P(PSTR("Audio Device Enumerated.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+	USB_Disable();
+
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+	for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ *  enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dfdc319129
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for AudioInputHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _AUDIO_INPUT_HOST_H_
+#define _AUDIO_INPUT_HOST_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <stdio.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+		                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0736e0df47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Audio Input Host Demo
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Host</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Audio Class</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Standard Audio Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF Audio 1.0 Class Specification \n
+ *        USBIF Audio 1.0 Class Terminal Types Specification \n
+ *        USBIF Audio 1.0 Data Formats Specification</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Audio Input host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ *  application for implementing a USB Audio host, for USB Audio devices using
+ *  the USB Audio 1.0 class profile.
+ *
+ *  Incoming audio will output in 8-bit PWM onto the timer 3 output compare
+ *  channel A, and will also be indicated on the board LEDs. Decouple the PWM
+ *  output with a capacitor and attach to a speaker to hear the audio.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>
+ *     None
+ *    </td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..197122fce1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+//		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+//		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6bcda37947
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="Audio Input Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.class.audio_input.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.host.class.audio_input"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.class.audio_input" caption="Audio Input Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Audio Input Host demo, implementing a basic USB audio sink that can output incoming audio data to a speaker. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Host"/>
+			<keyword value="Audio Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="AudioInputHost.txt"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="AudioInputHost.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="AudioInputHost.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dda0086588
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Audio Input Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..35294e9642
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = AudioInputHost
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6ef74c3aa9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the AudioOutputHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "AudioOutputHost.h"
+
+/** LUFA Audio Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ *  passed to all Audio Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ *  within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t Speaker_Audio_Interface =
+	{
+		.Config =
+			{
+				.DataOUTPipe            =
+					{
+						.Address        = (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2),
+					},
+			},
+	};
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ *  enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Audio Output Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		Audio_Host_USBTask(&Speaker_Audio_Interface);
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** ISR to handle the reloading of the PWM timer with the next sample. */
+ISR(TIMER0_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+	uint8_t PrevPipe = Pipe_GetCurrentPipe();
+
+	/* Check that the USB bus is ready for the next sample to write */
+	if (Audio_Host_IsReadyForNextSample(&Speaker_Audio_Interface))
+	{
+		int16_t AudioSample;
+
+		#if defined(USE_TEST_TONE)
+			static uint8_t SquareWaveSampleCount;
+			static int16_t CurrentWaveValue;
+
+			/* In test tone mode, generate a square wave at 1/256 of the sample rate */
+			if (SquareWaveSampleCount++ == 0xFF)
+			  CurrentWaveValue ^= 0x8000;
+
+			/* Only generate audio if the board button is being pressed */
+			AudioSample = (Buttons_GetStatus() & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ? CurrentWaveValue : 0;
+		#else
+			/* Audio sample is ADC value scaled to fit the entire range */
+			AudioSample = ((SAMPLE_MAX_RANGE / ADC_MAX_RANGE) * ADC_GetResult());
+
+			#if defined(MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL)
+			/* Microphone is biased to half rail voltage, subtract the bias from the sample value */
+			AudioSample -= (SAMPLE_MAX_RANGE / 2);
+			#endif
+		#endif
+
+		Audio_Host_WriteSample16(&Speaker_Audio_Interface, AudioSample);
+		Audio_Host_WriteSample16(&Speaker_Audio_Interface, AudioSample);
+	}
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(PrevPipe);
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	Serial_Init(9600, false);
+	LEDs_Init();
+	Buttons_Init();
+	ADC_Init(ADC_FREE_RUNNING | ADC_PRESCALE_32);
+	ADC_SetupChannel(MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL);
+	USB_Init();
+
+	/* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+	Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+
+	/* Start the ADC conversion in free running mode */
+	ADC_StartReading(ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC | ADC_RIGHT_ADJUSTED | ADC_GET_CHANNEL_MASK(MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL));
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ *  starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ *  stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ *  enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+	uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
+	uint8_t  ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+
+	if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
+	                                       sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Error Retrieving Configuration Descriptor.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (Audio_Host_ConfigurePipes(&Speaker_Audio_Interface,
+	                              ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != AUDIO_ENUMERROR_NoError)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Attached Device Not a Valid Audio Output Device.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Device Configuration.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (Audio_Host_StartStopStreaming(&Speaker_Audio_Interface, true) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Error Enabling Audio Stream.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t SampleRate = AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(48000);
+	if (Audio_Host_GetSetEndpointProperty(&Speaker_Audio_Interface, Speaker_Audio_Interface.Config.DataOUTPipe.Address,
+	                                      AUDIO_REQ_SetCurrent, AUDIO_EPCONTROL_SamplingFreq,
+	                                      sizeof(SampleRate), &SampleRate) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Audio Sampling Frequency.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* Sample reload timer initialization */
+	TIMSK0  = (1 << OCIE0A);
+	OCR0A   = ((F_CPU / 8 / 48000) - 1);
+	TCCR0A  = (1 << WGM01);  // CTC mode
+	TCCR0B  = (1 << CS01);   // Fcpu/8 speed
+
+	puts_P(PSTR("Audio Device Enumerated.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+	USB_Disable();
+
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+	for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ *  enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ff8a452d01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for AudioOutputHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _AUDIO_OUTPUT_HOST_H_
+#define _AUDIO_OUTPUT_HOST_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <stdio.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Maximum audio sample value for the microphone input. */
+		#define SAMPLE_MAX_RANGE          0xFFFF
+
+		/** Maximum ADC range for the microphone input. */
+		#define ADC_MAX_RANGE             0x3FF
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+		                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5e79a33e38
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Audio Output Host Demo
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Host</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Audio Class</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Standard Audio Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF Audio 1.0 Class Specification \n
+ *        USBIF Audio 1.0 Class Terminal Types Specification \n
+ *        USBIF Audio 1.0 Data Formats Specification</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Audio Output host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ *  application for implementing a USB Audio host, for USB Audio devices using
+ *  the USB Audio 1.0 class profile.
+ *
+ *  By default, the demo will produce a square wave test tone when the board
+ *  button is pressed. If USE_TEST_TONE is not defined in the project makefile,
+ *  incoming audio from the ADC channel 1 will be sampled and sent to the attached
+ *  USB audio device instead.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ *    <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ *    <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>Sets the ADC channel used by the demo for the input audio samples from an attached microphone.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>USE_TEST_TONE</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>When defined, this alters the demo to produce a square wave test tone when the first board button is pressed
+ *        instead of sampling the board microphone.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>When defined, this alters the demo so that the half VCC bias of the microphone input is subtracted.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/Config/AppConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ff8ed270de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ *  the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ *  specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ *  makefile or build system.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ *  \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#define MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL               2
+
+	#define MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL
+	#define USE_TEST_TONE
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..197122fce1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+//		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+//		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..39d735284a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="Audio Output Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.class.audio_output.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.host.class.audio_output"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.class.audio_output" caption="Audio Output Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Audio Output Host demo, implementing a basic USB audio source that can output audio data to an attached device. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Host"/>
+			<keyword value="Audio Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="AudioOutputHost.txt"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="AudioOutputHost.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="AudioOutputHost.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.adc"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c27221c69f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Audio Output Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4d8611b64b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = AudioOutputHost
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..197122fce1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+//		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+//		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0951328599
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.c
@@ -0,0 +1,286 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the JoystickHostWithParser demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "JoystickHostWithParser.h"
+
+/** Processed HID report descriptor items structure, containing information on each HID report element */
+static HID_ReportInfo_t HIDReportInfo;
+
+/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ *  passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ *  within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t Joystick_HID_Interface =
+	{
+		.Config =
+			{
+				.DataINPipe             =
+					{
+						.Address        = (PIPE_DIR_IN  | 1),
+						.Banks          = 1,
+					},
+				.DataOUTPipe            =
+					{
+						.Address        = (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2),
+						.Banks          = 1,
+					},
+				.HIDInterfaceProtocol   = HID_CSCP_NonBootProtocol,
+				.HIDParserData          = &HIDReportInfo
+			},
+	};
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ *  enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Joystick Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		JoystickHost_Task();
+
+		HID_Host_USBTask(&Joystick_HID_Interface);
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	Serial_Init(9600, false);
+	LEDs_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+
+	/* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+	Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Task to manage an enumerated USB joystick once connected, to display movement
+ *  data as it is received.
+ */
+void JoystickHost_Task(void)
+{
+	if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+	  return;
+
+	if (HID_Host_IsReportReceived(&Joystick_HID_Interface))
+	{
+		uint8_t JoystickReport[Joystick_HID_Interface.State.LargestReportSize];
+		HID_Host_ReceiveReport(&Joystick_HID_Interface, &JoystickReport);
+
+		uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
+
+		for (uint8_t ReportNumber = 0; ReportNumber < HIDReportInfo.TotalReportItems; ReportNumber++)
+		{
+			HID_ReportItem_t* ReportItem = &HIDReportInfo.ReportItems[ReportNumber];
+
+			/* Update the report item value if it is contained within the current report */
+			if (!(USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo(JoystickReport, ReportItem)))
+			  continue;
+
+			/* Determine what report item is being tested, process updated value as needed */
+			if ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Page        == USAGE_PAGE_BUTTON) &&
+			    (ReportItem->ItemType                     == HID_REPORT_ITEM_In))
+			{
+				if (ReportItem->Value)
+				  LEDMask = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+			}
+			else if ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Page   == USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL) &&
+			         ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage == USAGE_X)                  ||
+			          (ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage == USAGE_Y))                 &&
+			         (ReportItem->ItemType                == HID_REPORT_ITEM_In))
+			{
+				int16_t DeltaMovement = HID_ALIGN_DATA(ReportItem, int16_t);
+
+				if (DeltaMovement)
+				{
+					if (ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage == USAGE_X)
+					  LEDMask |= ((DeltaMovement > 0) ? LEDS_LED1 : LEDS_LED2);
+					else
+					  LEDMask |= ((DeltaMovement > 0) ? LEDS_LED3 : LEDS_LED4);
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+	}
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ *  starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ *  stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ *  enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+	uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
+	uint8_t  ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+
+	if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
+	                                       sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Error Retrieving Configuration Descriptor.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (HID_Host_ConfigurePipes(&Joystick_HID_Interface,
+	                            ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != HID_ENUMERROR_NoError)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Attached Device Not a Valid Joystick.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Device Configuration.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (HID_Host_SetReportProtocol(&Joystick_HID_Interface) != 0)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Report Protocol Mode or Not a Valid Joystick.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	puts_P(PSTR("Joystick Enumerated.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+	USB_Disable();
+
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+	for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ *  enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Callback for the HID Report Parser. This function is called each time the HID report parser is about to store
+ *  an IN, OUT or FEATURE item into the HIDReportInfo structure. To save on RAM, we are able to filter out items
+ *  we aren't interested in (preventing us from being able to extract them later on, but saving on the RAM they would
+ *  have occupied).
+ *
+ *  \param[in] CurrentItem  Pointer to the item the HID report parser is currently working with
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the item should be stored into the HID report structure, \c false if it should be discarded
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem(HID_ReportItem_t* const CurrentItem)
+{
+	bool IsJoystick = false;
+
+	/* Iterate through the item's collection path, until either the root collection node or a collection with the
+	 * Joystick Usage is found - this prevents Mice, which use identical descriptors except for the Joystick usage
+	 * parent node, from being erroneously treated as a joystick by the demo
+	 */
+	for (HID_CollectionPath_t* CurrPath = CurrentItem->CollectionPath; CurrPath != NULL; CurrPath = CurrPath->Parent)
+	{
+		if ((CurrPath->Usage.Page  == USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL) &&
+		    (CurrPath->Usage.Usage == USAGE_JOYSTICK))
+		{
+			IsJoystick = true;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* If a collection with the joystick usage was not found, indicate that we are not interested in this item */
+	if (!IsJoystick)
+	  return false;
+
+	/* Check the attributes of the current item - see if we are interested in it or not;
+	 * only store BUTTON and GENERIC_DESKTOP_CONTROL items into the Processed HID Report
+	 * structure to save RAM and ignore the rest
+	 */
+	return ((CurrentItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_BUTTON) ||
+	        (CurrentItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL));
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..798900ecdc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.h
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for JoystickHostWithParser.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _JOYSTICK_HOST_H_
+#define _JOYSTICK_HOST_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <stdio.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY         LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING     (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY           (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR           (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** HID Report Descriptor Usage Page value for a toggle button. */
+		#define USAGE_PAGE_BUTTON           0x09
+
+		/** HID Report Descriptor Usage Page value for a Generic Desktop Control. */
+		#define USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL    0x01
+
+		/** HID Report Descriptor Usage for a Joystick. */
+		#define USAGE_JOYSTICK              0x04
+
+		/** HID Report Descriptor Usage value for a X axis movement. */
+		#define USAGE_X                     0x30
+
+		/** HID Report Descriptor Usage value for a Y axis movement. */
+		#define USAGE_Y                     0x31
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+		void JoystickHost_Task(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+		                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+		bool CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem(HID_ReportItem_t* const CurrentItem);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9eba4ed864
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Joystick Host With HID Descriptor Parser Demo
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Host</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>N/A</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ *        USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ *        Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Joystick host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ *  application for implementing a USB Joystick host, for USB joysticks using
+ *  the standard joystick HID profile. It uses a HID parser for the HID
+ *  reports, allowing for correct operation across all USB joysticks. This
+ *  demo supports joysticks with a single HID report.
+ *
+ *  Joystick movement and button presses are displayed on the board LEDs.
+ *  On connection to a USB joystick, the report items will be processed and
+ *  printed as a formatted list through the USART before the joystick is
+ *  fully enumerated.
+ *
+ *  Currently only single interface joysticks are supported.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>
+ *     None
+ *    </td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1ff6a804ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="Joystick HID (with parser) Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.class.joystick_parser.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.host.class.joystick_parser"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.class.joystick_parser" caption="Joystick HID (with parser) Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Joystick HID Host demo with HID parser, implementing a basic USB joystick host that can display movement data on the board LEDs. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Host"/>
+			<keyword value="HID Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="JoystickHostWithParser.txt"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="JoystickHostWithParser.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="JoystickHostWithParser.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e8f82b8fed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Joystick Host Demo (Using HID Descriptor Parser)"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cbb44cffcb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = JoystickHostWithParser
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..197122fce1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+//		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+//		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..57dcdb0ac9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the KeyboardHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "KeyboardHost.h"
+
+/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ *  passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ *  within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t Keyboard_HID_Interface =
+	{
+		.Config =
+			{
+				.DataINPipe             =
+					{
+						.Address        = (PIPE_DIR_IN  | 1),
+						.Banks          = 1,
+					},
+				.DataOUTPipe            =
+					{
+						.Address        = (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2),
+						.Banks          = 1,
+					},
+				.HIDInterfaceProtocol   = HID_CSCP_KeyboardBootProtocol,
+			},
+	};
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ *  enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Keyboard Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		KeyboardHost_Task();
+
+		HID_Host_USBTask(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	Serial_Init(9600, false);
+	LEDs_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+
+	/* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+	Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Task to manage an enumerated USB keyboard once connected, to display key state
+ *  data as it is received.
+ */
+void KeyboardHost_Task(void)
+{
+	if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+	  return;
+
+	if (HID_Host_IsReportReceived(&Keyboard_HID_Interface))
+	{
+		USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t KeyboardReport;
+		HID_Host_ReceiveReport(&Keyboard_HID_Interface, &KeyboardReport);
+
+		LEDs_ChangeLEDs(LEDS_LED1, (KeyboardReport.Modifier) ? LEDS_LED1 : 0);
+
+		uint8_t KeyCode = KeyboardReport.KeyCode[0];
+
+		if (KeyCode)
+		{
+			char PressedKey = 0;
+
+			LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDS_LED2);
+
+			/* Retrieve pressed key character if alphanumeric */
+			if ((KeyCode >= HID_KEYBOARD_SC_A) && (KeyCode <= HID_KEYBOARD_SC_Z))
+			{
+				PressedKey = (KeyCode - HID_KEYBOARD_SC_A) + 'A';
+			}
+			else if ((KeyCode >= HID_KEYBOARD_SC_1_AND_EXCLAMATION) &
+			         (KeyCode  < HID_KEYBOARD_SC_0_AND_CLOSING_PARENTHESIS))
+			{
+				PressedKey = (KeyCode - HID_KEYBOARD_SC_1_AND_EXCLAMATION) + '1';
+			}
+			else if (KeyCode == HID_KEYBOARD_SC_0_AND_CLOSING_PARENTHESIS)
+			{
+				PressedKey = '0';
+			}
+			else if (KeyCode == HID_KEYBOARD_SC_SPACE)
+			{
+				PressedKey = ' ';
+			}
+			else if (KeyCode == HID_KEYBOARD_SC_ENTER)
+			{
+				PressedKey = '\n';
+			}
+
+			if (PressedKey)
+			  putchar(PressedKey);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ *  starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ *  stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ *  enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+	uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
+	uint8_t  ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+
+	if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
+	                                       sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Error Retrieving Configuration Descriptor.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (HID_Host_ConfigurePipes(&Keyboard_HID_Interface,
+	                            ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != HID_ENUMERROR_NoError)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Attached Device Not a Valid Keyboard.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Device Configuration.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (HID_Host_SetBootProtocol(&Keyboard_HID_Interface) != 0)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Could not Set Boot Protocol Mode.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	puts_P(PSTR("Keyboard Enumerated.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+	USB_Disable();
+
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+	for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ *  enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cf04504a41
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for KeyboardHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _KEYBOARD_HOST_H_
+#define _KEYBOARD_HOST_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <stdio.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+		void KeyboardHost_Task(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+		                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..49cc672a4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Keyboard Host Demo
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Host</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>N/A</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF HID Specification, USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Low Speed Mode, Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Keyboard host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ *  application for implementing a USB keyboard host, for USB keyboards using
+ *  the standard keyboard HID profile.
+ *
+ *  Pressed alpha-numeric, enter or space key is transmitted through the serial
+ *  USART at serial settings 9600, 8, N, 1.
+ *
+ *  This uses a naive method where the keyboard is set to Boot Protocol mode, so
+ *  that the report structure is fixed and known. A better implementation
+ *  uses the HID report parser for correct report data processing across
+ *  all compatible mice with advanced characteristics, as shown in the
+ *  KeyboardHostWithParser demo application.
+ *
+ *  Currently only single interface keyboards are supported.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>
+ *     None
+ *    </td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fd19216b01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="Keyboard HID Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.class.keyboard.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.host.class.keyboard"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.class.keyboard" caption="Keyboard HID Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Keyboard HID Host demo, implementing a basic USB keyboard host that can display key press data on the board LEDs. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Host"/>
+			<keyword value="HID Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="KeyboardHost.txt"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="KeyboardHost.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="KeyboardHost.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..968ab03f18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Keyboard Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f3f34d20d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = KeyboardHost
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..197122fce1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+//		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+//		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ac93ab5c3b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.c
@@ -0,0 +1,287 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the KeyboardHostWithParser demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "KeyboardHostWithParser.h"
+
+/** Processed HID report descriptor items structure, containing information on each HID report element */
+static HID_ReportInfo_t HIDReportInfo;
+
+/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ *  passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ *  within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t Keyboard_HID_Interface =
+	{
+		.Config =
+			{
+				.DataINPipe             =
+					{
+						.Address        = (PIPE_DIR_IN  | 1),
+						.Banks          = 1,
+					},
+				.DataOUTPipe            =
+					{
+						.Address        = (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2),
+						.Banks          = 1,
+					},
+				.HIDInterfaceProtocol   = HID_CSCP_NonBootProtocol,
+				.HIDParserData          = &HIDReportInfo
+			},
+	};
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ *  enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Keyboard Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		KeyboardHost_Task();
+
+		HID_Host_USBTask(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	Serial_Init(9600, false);
+	LEDs_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+
+	/* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+	Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Task to manage an enumerated USB keyboard once connected, to display key state
+ *  data as it is received.
+ */
+void KeyboardHost_Task(void)
+{
+	if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+	  return;
+
+	if (HID_Host_IsReportReceived(&Keyboard_HID_Interface))
+	{
+		uint8_t KeyboardReport[Keyboard_HID_Interface.State.LargestReportSize];
+		HID_Host_ReceiveReport(&Keyboard_HID_Interface, &KeyboardReport);
+
+		for (uint8_t ReportNumber = 0; ReportNumber < HIDReportInfo.TotalReportItems; ReportNumber++)
+		{
+			HID_ReportItem_t* ReportItem = &HIDReportInfo.ReportItems[ReportNumber];
+
+			/* Update the report item value if it is contained within the current report */
+			if (!(USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo(KeyboardReport, ReportItem)))
+			  continue;
+
+			/* Determine what report item is being tested, process updated value as needed */
+			if ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Page      == USAGE_PAGE_KEYBOARD) &&
+				(ReportItem->Attributes.BitSize         == 8)                   &&
+				(ReportItem->Attributes.Logical.Maximum > 1)                    &&
+				(ReportItem->ItemType                   == HID_REPORT_ITEM_In))
+			{
+				/* Key code is an unsigned char in length, cast to the appropriate type */
+				uint8_t KeyCode = (uint8_t)ReportItem->Value;
+
+				/* If scan-code is non-zero, a key is being pressed */
+				if (KeyCode)
+				{
+					/* Toggle status LED to indicate keypress */
+					LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDS_LED2);
+
+					char PressedKey = 0;
+
+					/* Convert scan-code to printable character if alphanumeric */
+					if ((KeyCode >= HID_KEYBOARD_SC_A) && (KeyCode <= HID_KEYBOARD_SC_Z))
+					{
+						PressedKey = (KeyCode - HID_KEYBOARD_SC_A) + 'A';
+					}
+					else if ((KeyCode >= HID_KEYBOARD_SC_1_AND_EXCLAMATION) &
+							 (KeyCode  < HID_KEYBOARD_SC_0_AND_CLOSING_PARENTHESIS))
+					{
+						PressedKey = (KeyCode - HID_KEYBOARD_SC_1_AND_EXCLAMATION) + '1';
+					}
+					else if (KeyCode == HID_KEYBOARD_SC_0_AND_CLOSING_PARENTHESIS)
+					{
+						PressedKey = '0';
+					}
+					else if (KeyCode == HID_KEYBOARD_SC_SPACE)
+					{
+						PressedKey = ' ';
+					}
+					else if (KeyCode == HID_KEYBOARD_SC_ENTER)
+					{
+						PressedKey = '\n';
+					}
+
+					/* Print the pressed key character out through the serial port if valid */
+					if (PressedKey)
+					  putchar(PressedKey);
+				}
+
+				/* Once a scan-code is found, stop scanning through the report items */
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ *  starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ *  stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ *  enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+	uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
+	uint8_t  ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+
+	if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
+	                                       sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Error Retrieving Configuration Descriptor.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (HID_Host_ConfigurePipes(&Keyboard_HID_Interface,
+	                            ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != HID_ENUMERROR_NoError)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Attached Device Not a Valid Keyboard.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Device Configuration.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (HID_Host_SetReportProtocol(&Keyboard_HID_Interface) != 0)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Report Protocol Mode or Not a Valid Keyboard.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	puts_P(PSTR("Keyboard Enumerated.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+	USB_Disable();
+
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+	for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ *  enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Callback for the HID Report Parser. This function is called each time the HID report parser is about to store
+ *  an IN, OUT or FEATURE item into the HIDReportInfo structure. To save on RAM, we are able to filter out items
+ *  we aren't interested in (preventing us from being able to extract them later on, but saving on the RAM they would
+ *  have occupied).
+ *
+ *  \param[in] CurrentItem  Pointer to the item the HID report parser is currently working with
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the item should be stored into the HID report structure, \c false if it should be discarded
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem(HID_ReportItem_t* const CurrentItem)
+{
+	/* Check the attributes of the current item - see if we are interested in it or not;
+	 * only store KEYBOARD usage page items into the Processed HID Report structure to
+	 * save RAM and ignore the rest
+	 */
+	return (CurrentItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_KEYBOARD);
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2d2a27b09f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.h
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for KeyboardHostWithParser.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _KEYBOARD_HOST_H_
+#define _KEYBOARD_HOST_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <stdio.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** HID Report Descriptor Usage Page value for a desktop keyboard. */
+		#define USAGE_PAGE_KEYBOARD      0x07
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+		void KeyboardHost_Task(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+		                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+		bool CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem(HID_ReportItem_t* const CurrentItem);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4c87965ca4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Keyboard Host With HID Descriptor Parser Demo
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Host</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>N/A</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ *        USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ *        Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Keyboard host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ *  application for implementing a USB Keyboard host, for USB keyboards using
+ *  the standard Keyboard HID profile. It uses a HID parser for the HID reports,
+ *  allowing for correct operation across all USB keyboards. This demo supports
+ *  keyboards with a single HID report.
+ *
+ *  Pressed alpha-numeric, enter or space key is transmitted through the serial
+ *  USART at serial settings 9600, 8, N, 1. On connection to a USB keyboard, the
+ *  report items will be processed and printed as a formatted list through the
+ *  USART before the keyboard is fully enumerated.
+ *
+ *  Currently only single interface keyboards are supported.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>
+ *     None
+ *    </td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..656224b158
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="Keyboard HID (with parser) Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.class.keyboard_parser.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.host.class.keyboard_parser"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.class.keyboard_parser" caption="Keyboard HID (with parser) Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Keyboard HID Host demo with HID parser, implementing a basic USB keyboard host that can display key press data on the board LEDs. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Host"/>
+			<keyword value="HID Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="KeyboardHostWithParser.txt"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="KeyboardHostWithParser.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="KeyboardHostWithParser.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..084a65242f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Keyboard Host Demo (Using HID Descriptor Parser)"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f14d332a3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = KeyboardHostWithParser
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..197122fce1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+//		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+//		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a220eae645
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,272 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the MIDIHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "MIDIHost.h"
+
+/** LUFA MIDI Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ *  passed to all MIDI Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ *  within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t Keyboard_MIDI_Interface =
+	{
+		.Config =
+			{
+				.DataINPipe             =
+					{
+						.Address        = (PIPE_DIR_IN  | 1),
+						.Banks          = 1,
+					},
+				.DataOUTPipe            =
+					{
+						.Address        = (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2),
+						.Banks          = 1,
+					},
+			},
+	};
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ *  enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "MIDI Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		JoystickHost_Task();
+
+		MIDI_Host_USBTask(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface);
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	Serial_Init(9600, false);
+	LEDs_Init();
+	Buttons_Init();
+	Joystick_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+
+	/* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+	Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Task to manage an enumerated USB MIDI device once connected, to display received
+ *  note events from the host and send note changes in response to the board's joystick.
+ */
+void JoystickHost_Task(void)
+{
+	if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+	  return;
+
+	MIDI_EventPacket_t MIDIEvent;
+	while (MIDI_Host_ReceiveEventPacket(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface, &MIDIEvent))
+	{
+		bool NoteOnEvent  = (MIDIEvent.Event == MIDI_EVENT(0, MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON));
+		bool NoteOffEvent = (MIDIEvent.Event == MIDI_EVENT(0, MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF));
+
+		/* Display note events from the host */
+		if (NoteOnEvent || NoteOffEvent)
+		{
+			printf_P(PSTR("MIDI Note %s - Channel %d, Pitch %d, Velocity %d\r\n"), NoteOnEvent ? "On" : "Off",
+																				   ((MIDIEvent.Data1 & 0x0F) + 1),
+																				   MIDIEvent.Data2, MIDIEvent.Data3);
+		}
+	}
+
+	CheckJoystickMovement();
+}
+
+/** Checks for movement of the board's joystick, and sends corresponding MIDI note on/off
+ *  messages to the host.
+ */
+void CheckJoystickMovement(void)
+{
+	static uint8_t PrevJoystickStatus;
+
+	uint8_t MIDICommand = 0;
+	uint8_t MIDIPitch;
+
+	/* Get current joystick mask, XOR with previous to detect joystick changes */
+	uint8_t JoystickStatus  = Joystick_GetStatus();
+	uint8_t JoystickChanges = (JoystickStatus ^ PrevJoystickStatus);
+
+	/* Get board button status - if pressed use channel 10 (percussion), otherwise use channel 1 */
+	uint8_t Channel = ((Buttons_GetStatus() & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ? MIDI_CHANNEL(10) : MIDI_CHANNEL(1));
+
+	if (JoystickChanges & JOY_LEFT)
+	{
+		MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_LEFT)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+		MIDIPitch   = 0x3C;
+	}
+	else if (JoystickChanges & JOY_UP)
+	{
+		MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_UP)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+		MIDIPitch   = 0x3D;
+	}
+	else if (JoystickChanges & JOY_RIGHT)
+	{
+		MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_RIGHT)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+		MIDIPitch   = 0x3E;
+	}
+	else if (JoystickChanges & JOY_DOWN)
+	{
+		MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_DOWN)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+		MIDIPitch   = 0x3F;
+	}
+	else if (JoystickChanges & JOY_PRESS)
+	{
+		MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_PRESS)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+		MIDIPitch   = 0x3B;
+	}
+
+	if (MIDICommand)
+	{
+		MIDI_EventPacket_t MIDIEvent = (MIDI_EventPacket_t)
+			{
+				.Event       = MIDI_EVENT(0, MIDICommand),
+
+				.Data1       = MIDICommand | Channel,
+				.Data2       = MIDIPitch,
+				.Data3       = MIDI_STANDARD_VELOCITY,
+			};
+
+		MIDI_Host_SendEventPacket(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface, &MIDIEvent);
+		MIDI_Host_Flush(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface);
+	}
+
+	PrevJoystickStatus = JoystickStatus;
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ *  starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ *  stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ *  enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+	uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
+	uint8_t  ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+
+	if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
+	                                       sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Error Retrieving Configuration Descriptor.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (MIDI_Host_ConfigurePipes(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface,
+	                             ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != MIDI_ENUMERROR_NoError)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Attached Device Not a Valid MIDI Class Device.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Device Configuration.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	puts_P(PSTR("MIDI Device Enumerated.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+	USB_Disable();
+
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+	for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ *  enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6667716bae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for MIDIHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MIDI_HOST_H_
+#define _MIDI_HOST_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <stdio.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+		void CheckJoystickMovement(void);
+		void JoystickHost_Task(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+		                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..33a8319f06
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage MIDI Host Demo
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Host</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Audio Class Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>MIDI Subclass</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF USB MIDI Audio Class Standard</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  MIDI host demonstration application. This demo will enumerate an attached USB-MIDI device, and print incoming MIDI note
+ *  on and off messages on any channel to the serial port. Pressing the board joystick will send note on and off messages to
+ *  the attached MIDI device, with the board HWB controlling the note channel.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>
+ *     None
+ *    </td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..420ddb13a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="MIDI Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.class.midi.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.host.class.midi"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.class.midi" caption="MIDI Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		MIDI Host demo, capable of sending and receiving MIDI messages to and from an attached device. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Host"/>
+			<keyword value="MIDI Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="MIDIHost.txt"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="MIDIHost.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="MIDIHost.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7a6906a271
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - MIDI Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2ed4e4bd57
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = MIDIHost
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e2b5166f25
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+//		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            5000
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+//		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..62a4071c3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,311 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the MassStorageHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "MassStorageHost.h"
+
+/** LUFA Mass Storage Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ *  passed to all Mass Storage Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ *  within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t FlashDisk_MS_Interface =
+	{
+		.Config =
+			{
+				.DataINPipe             =
+					{
+						.Address        = (PIPE_DIR_IN  | 1),
+						.Banks          = 1,
+					},
+				.DataOUTPipe            =
+					{
+						.Address        = (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2),
+						.Banks          = 1,
+					},
+			},
+	};
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ *  enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Mass Storage Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		MassStorageHost_Task();
+
+		MS_Host_USBTask(&FlashDisk_MS_Interface);
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	Serial_Init(9600, false);
+	LEDs_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+
+	/* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+	Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Task to manage an enumerated USB Mass Storage device once connected, to print out
+ *  data from the device.
+ */
+void MassStorageHost_Task(void)
+{
+	if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+	  return;
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+
+	puts_P(PSTR("Waiting until ready...\r\n"));
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		uint8_t ErrorCode = MS_Host_TestUnitReady(&FlashDisk_MS_Interface, 0);
+
+		if (!(ErrorCode))
+		  break;
+
+		/* Check if an error other than a logical command error (device busy) received */
+		if (ErrorCode != MS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED)
+		{
+			puts_P(PSTR("Error waiting for device to be ready.\r\n"));
+			LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+			USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+			return;
+		}
+	}
+
+	puts_P(PSTR("Retrieving Capacity...\r\n"));
+
+	SCSI_Capacity_t DiskCapacity;
+	if (MS_Host_ReadDeviceCapacity(&FlashDisk_MS_Interface, 0, &DiskCapacity))
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Error retrieving device capacity.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("%lu blocks of %lu bytes.\r\n"), DiskCapacity.Blocks, DiskCapacity.BlockSize);
+
+	uint8_t BlockBuffer[DiskCapacity.BlockSize];
+
+	if (MS_Host_ReadDeviceBlocks(&FlashDisk_MS_Interface, 0, 0x00000000, 1, DiskCapacity.BlockSize, BlockBuffer))
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Error reading device block.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	puts_P(PSTR("\r\nContents of first block:\r\n"));
+
+	for (uint16_t Chunk = 0; Chunk < (DiskCapacity.BlockSize >> 4); Chunk++)
+	{
+		uint8_t* ChunkPtr = &BlockBuffer[Chunk << 4];
+
+		/* Print out the 16 bytes of the chunk in HEX format */
+		for (uint8_t ByteOffset = 0; ByteOffset < (1 << 4); ByteOffset++)
+		{
+			char CurrByte = *(ChunkPtr + ByteOffset);
+			printf_P(PSTR("%.2X "), CurrByte);
+		}
+
+		printf_P(PSTR("    "));
+
+		/* Print out the 16 bytes of the chunk in ASCII format */
+		for (uint8_t ByteOffset = 0; ByteOffset < (1 << 4); ByteOffset++)
+		{
+			char CurrByte = *(ChunkPtr + ByteOffset);
+			putchar(isprint(CurrByte) ? CurrByte : '.');
+		}
+
+		printf_P(PSTR("\r\n"));
+	}
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+	USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ *  starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ *  stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ *  enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+	uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
+	uint8_t  ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+
+	if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
+	                                       sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Error Retrieving Configuration Descriptor.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (MS_Host_ConfigurePipes(&FlashDisk_MS_Interface,
+	                           ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != MS_ENUMERROR_NoError)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Attached Device Not a Valid Mass Storage Device.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Device Configuration.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	uint8_t MaxLUNIndex;
+	if (MS_Host_GetMaxLUN(&FlashDisk_MS_Interface, &MaxLUNIndex))
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Error retrieving max LUN index.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("Total LUNs: %d - Using first LUN in device.\r\n"), (MaxLUNIndex + 1));
+
+	if (MS_Host_ResetMSInterface(&FlashDisk_MS_Interface))
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Error resetting Mass Storage interface.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t SenseData;
+	if (MS_Host_RequestSense(&FlashDisk_MS_Interface, 0, &SenseData) != 0)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Error retrieving device sense.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (MS_Host_PreventAllowMediumRemoval(&FlashDisk_MS_Interface, 0, true))
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Error setting Prevent Device Removal bit.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t InquiryData;
+	if (MS_Host_GetInquiryData(&FlashDisk_MS_Interface, 0, &InquiryData))
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Error retrieving device Inquiry data.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("Vendor \"%.8s\", Product \"%.16s\"\r\n"), InquiryData.VendorID, InquiryData.ProductID);
+
+	puts_P(PSTR("Mass Storage Device Enumerated.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+	USB_Disable();
+
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+	for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ *  enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..088f5c1400
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for MassStorage.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MASS_STORAGE_HOST_H_
+#define _MASS_STORAGE_HOST_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <ctype.h>
+		#include <stdio.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY          LEDS_LED2
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+		void MassStorageHost_Task(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+		                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4b07261c4f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Mass Storage Host Demo
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Host</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Mass Storage Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Bulk Only</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF Mass Storage Standard \n
+ *        USB Bulk-Only Transport Standard \n
+ *        SCSI Primary Commands Specification \n
+ *        SCSI Block Commands Specification</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Mass Storage host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ *  application for implementing a USB Mass Storage host, for USB storage devices
+ *  using the standard Mass Storage USB profile.
+ *
+ *  The first 512 bytes (boot sector) of an attached disk's memory will be dumped
+ *  out of the serial port in HEX and ASCII form when it is attached to the AT90USB1287
+ *  AVR. The device will then wait for HWB to be pressed, whereupon the entire ASCII contents
+ *  of the disk will be dumped to the serial port.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>
+ *     None
+ *    </td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3198fcfc45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="Mass Storage Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.class.ms.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.host.class.ms"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.class.ms" caption="Mass Storage Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Mass Storage Host demo, capable of reading and writing raw 512 byte segments to the device's serial port. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Host"/>
+			<keyword value="Mass Storage Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="MassStorageHost.txt"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="MassStorageHost.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="MassStorageHost.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..58657165ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Mass Storage Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2423ff4ca7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = MassStorageHost
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..197122fce1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+//		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+//		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ffcdc4754f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the MouseHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "MouseHost.h"
+
+/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ *  passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ *  within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t Mouse_HID_Interface =
+	{
+		.Config =
+			{
+				.DataINPipe             =
+					{
+						.Address        = (PIPE_DIR_IN  | 1),
+						.Banks          = 1,
+					},
+				.DataOUTPipe            =
+					{
+						.Address        = (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2),
+						.Banks          = 1,
+					},
+				.HIDInterfaceProtocol   = HID_CSCP_MouseBootProtocol,
+			},
+	};
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ *  enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Mouse Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		MouseHost_Task();
+
+		HID_Host_USBTask(&Mouse_HID_Interface);
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	Serial_Init(9600, false);
+	LEDs_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+
+	/* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+	Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Task to manage an enumerated USB mouse once connected, to display movement
+ *  data as it is received.
+ */
+void MouseHost_Task(void)
+{
+	if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+	  return;
+
+	if (HID_Host_IsReportReceived(&Mouse_HID_Interface))
+	{
+		uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
+
+		USB_MouseReport_Data_t MouseReport;
+		HID_Host_ReceiveReport(&Mouse_HID_Interface, &MouseReport);
+
+		printf_P(PSTR("dX:%2d dY:%2d Button:%d\r\n"), MouseReport.X,
+		                                              MouseReport.Y,
+		                                              MouseReport.Button);
+		if (MouseReport.X > 0)
+		  LEDMask |= LEDS_LED1;
+		else if (MouseReport.X < 0)
+		  LEDMask |= LEDS_LED2;
+
+		if (MouseReport.Y > 0)
+		  LEDMask |= LEDS_LED3;
+		else if (MouseReport.Y < 0)
+		  LEDMask |= LEDS_LED4;
+
+		if (MouseReport.Button)
+		  LEDMask  = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+	}
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ *  starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ *  stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ *  enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+	uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
+	uint8_t  ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+
+	if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
+	                                       sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Error Retrieving Configuration Descriptor.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (HID_Host_ConfigurePipes(&Mouse_HID_Interface,
+	                            ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != HID_ENUMERROR_NoError)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Attached Device Not a Valid Mouse.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Device Configuration.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (HID_Host_SetBootProtocol(&Mouse_HID_Interface) != 0)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Could not Set Boot Protocol Mode.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	puts_P(PSTR("Mouse Enumerated.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+	USB_Disable();
+
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+	for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ *  enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e167e0b788
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for MouseHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MOUSE_HOST_H_
+#define _MOUSE_HOST_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <stdio.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+		void MouseHost_Task(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+		                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..29364537b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Mouse Host Demo
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Host</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>N/A</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ *        USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ *        Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Mouse host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ *  application for implementing a USB Mouse host, for USB mice using
+ *  the standard mouse HID profile.
+ *
+ *  Mouse movement and button presses are displayed on the board LEDs,
+ *  as well as printed out the serial terminal as formatted dY, dY and
+ *  button status information.
+ *
+ *  This uses a naive method where the mouse is set to Boot Protocol mode, so
+ *  that the report structure is fixed and known. A better implementation
+ *  uses the HID report parser for correct report data processing across
+ *  all compatible mice with advanced characteristics, as shown in the
+ *  MouseHostWithParser demo application.
+ *
+ *  Currently only single interface mice are supported.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>
+ *     None
+ *    </td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..96ea9adc74
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="Mouse HID Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.class.mouse.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.host.class.mouse"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.class.mouse" caption="Mouse HID Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Mouse HID Host demo, implementing a basic USB mouse host that can display movement data on the board LEDs. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Host"/>
+			<keyword value="HID Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="MouseHost.txt"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="MouseHost.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="MouseHost.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a025dd58d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Mouse Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..feb16f5835
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = MouseHost
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..197122fce1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+//		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+//		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e4d8a0f08f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.c
@@ -0,0 +1,300 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the MouseHostWithParser demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "MouseHostWithParser.h"
+
+/** Processed HID report descriptor items structure, containing information on each HID report element */
+static HID_ReportInfo_t HIDReportInfo;
+
+/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ *  passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ *  within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t Mouse_HID_Interface =
+	{
+		.Config =
+			{
+				.DataINPipe             =
+					{
+						.Address        = (PIPE_DIR_IN  | 1),
+						.Banks          = 1,
+					},
+				.DataOUTPipe            =
+					{
+						.Address        = (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2),
+						.Banks          = 1,
+					},
+				.HIDInterfaceProtocol   = HID_CSCP_NonBootProtocol,
+				.HIDParserData          = &HIDReportInfo
+			},
+	};
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ *  enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Mouse Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		MouseHost_Task();
+
+		HID_Host_USBTask(&Mouse_HID_Interface);
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	Serial_Init(9600, false);
+	LEDs_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+
+	/* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+	Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Task to manage an enumerated USB mouse once connected, to display movement
+ *  data as it is received.
+ */
+void MouseHost_Task(void)
+{
+	if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+	  return;
+
+	if (HID_Host_IsReportReceived(&Mouse_HID_Interface))
+	{
+		uint8_t MouseReport[Mouse_HID_Interface.State.LargestReportSize];
+		HID_Host_ReceiveReport(&Mouse_HID_Interface, &MouseReport);
+
+		uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
+
+		for (uint8_t ReportNumber = 0; ReportNumber < HIDReportInfo.TotalReportItems; ReportNumber++)
+		{
+			HID_ReportItem_t* ReportItem = &HIDReportInfo.ReportItems[ReportNumber];
+
+			/* Update the report item value if it is contained within the current report */
+			if (!(USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo(MouseReport, ReportItem)))
+			  continue;
+
+			/* Determine what report item is being tested, process updated value as needed */
+			if ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Page        == USAGE_PAGE_BUTTON) &&
+			    (ReportItem->ItemType                     == HID_REPORT_ITEM_In))
+			{
+				/* Buttons are numbered sequentially in their HID usages, button 1 is the left mouse button */
+				uint8_t ButtonID = ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage;
+
+				if ((ButtonID == 1) && (ReportItem->Value != 0))
+				  LEDMask = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+			}
+			else if ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Page   == USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL) &&
+			         (ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage  == USAGE_SCROLL_WHEEL)       &&
+			         (ReportItem->ItemType                == HID_REPORT_ITEM_In))
+			{
+				/* Convert wheel data to a 16-bit signed value */
+				int16_t WheelDelta = HID_ALIGN_DATA(ReportItem, int16_t);
+
+				if (WheelDelta)
+				  LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | ((WheelDelta > 0) ? LEDS_LED3 : LEDS_LED4));
+			}
+			else if ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Page   == USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL) &&
+			         ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage == USAGE_X)                  ||
+			          (ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage == USAGE_Y))                 &&
+			         (ReportItem->ItemType                == HID_REPORT_ITEM_In))
+			{
+				/* Convert X/Y movement to 16-bit signed value */
+				int16_t DeltaMovement = HID_ALIGN_DATA(ReportItem, int16_t);
+
+				if (DeltaMovement)
+				{
+					if (ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage == USAGE_X)
+					  LEDMask |= ((DeltaMovement > 0) ? LEDS_LED1 : LEDS_LED2);
+					else
+					  LEDMask |= ((DeltaMovement > 0) ? LEDS_LED3 : LEDS_LED4);
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+	}
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ *  starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ *  stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ *  enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+	uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
+	uint8_t  ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+
+	if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
+	                                       sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Error Retrieving Configuration Descriptor.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (HID_Host_ConfigurePipes(&Mouse_HID_Interface,
+	                            ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != HID_ENUMERROR_NoError)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Attached Device Not a Valid Mouse.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Device Configuration.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (HID_Host_SetReportProtocol(&Mouse_HID_Interface) != 0)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Report Protocol Mode or Not a Valid Mouse.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	puts_P(PSTR("Mouse Enumerated.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+	USB_Disable();
+
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+	for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ *  enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Callback for the HID Report Parser. This function is called each time the HID report parser is about to store
+ *  an IN, OUT or FEATURE item into the HIDReportInfo structure. To save on RAM, we are able to filter out items
+ *  we aren't interested in (preventing us from being able to extract them later on, but saving on the RAM they would
+ *  have occupied).
+ *
+ *  \param[in] CurrentItem  Pointer to the item the HID report parser is currently working with
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the item should be stored into the HID report structure, \c false if it should be discarded
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem(HID_ReportItem_t* const CurrentItem)
+{
+	bool IsMouse = false;
+
+	/* Iterate through the item's collection path, until either the root collection node or a collection with the
+	 * Mouse Usage is found - this prevents Joysticks, which use identical descriptors except for the Joystick usage
+	 * parent node, from being erroneously treated as a mouse by the demo
+	 */
+	for (HID_CollectionPath_t* CurrPath = CurrentItem->CollectionPath; CurrPath != NULL; CurrPath = CurrPath->Parent)
+	{
+		if ((CurrPath->Usage.Page  == USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL) &&
+		    (CurrPath->Usage.Usage == USAGE_MOUSE))
+		{
+			IsMouse = true;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* If a collection with the mouse usage was not found, indicate that we are not interested in this item */
+	if (!IsMouse)
+	  return false;
+
+	/* Check the attributes of the current item - see if we are interested in it or not;
+	 * only store BUTTON and GENERIC_DESKTOP_CONTROL items into the Processed HID Report
+	 * structure to save RAM and ignore the rest
+	 */
+	return ((CurrentItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_BUTTON) ||
+	        (CurrentItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL));
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2ec1348eaa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.h
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for MouseHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MOUSE_HOST_H_
+#define _MOUSE_HOST_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <stdio.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY        LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING     (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY           (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR           (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** HID Report Descriptor Usage Page value for a toggle button. */
+		#define USAGE_PAGE_BUTTON           0x09
+
+		/** HID Report Descriptor Usage Page value for a Generic Desktop Control. */
+		#define USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL    0x01
+
+		/** HID Report Descriptor Usage for a Mouse. */
+		#define USAGE_MOUSE                 0x02
+
+		/** HID Report Descriptor Usage value for a X axis movement. */
+		#define USAGE_X                     0x30
+
+		/** HID Report Descriptor Usage value for a Y axis movement. */
+		#define USAGE_Y                     0x31
+
+		/** HID Report Descriptor Usage value for a Scroll Wheel movement. */
+		#define USAGE_SCROLL_WHEEL          0x38
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+		void MouseHost_Task(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+		                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+		bool CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem(HID_ReportItem_t* const CurrentItem);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9b1b7d055c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Mouse Host With HID Descriptor Parser Demo
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Host</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>N/A</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ *        USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ *        Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Mouse host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ *  application for implementing a USB Mouse host, for USB mice using
+ *  the standard mouse HID profile. It uses a HID parser for the HID
+ *  reports, allowing for correct operation across all USB mice. This
+ *  demo supports mice with a single HID report.
+ *
+ *  Mouse and scroll wheel movement and button presses are displayed
+ *  on the board LEDs. On connection to a USB mouse, the report items
+ *  will be processed and printed as a formatted list through the USART
+ *  before the mouse is fully enumerated.
+ *
+ *  Currently only single interface mice are supported.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>
+ *     None
+ *    </td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c0c254c362
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="Mouse HID (with parser) Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.class.mouse_parser.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.host.class.mouse_parser"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.class.mouse_parser" caption="Mouse HID (with parser) Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Mouse HID Host demo with HID parser, implementing a basic USB mouse host that can display movement data on the board LEDs. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Host"/>
+			<keyword value="HID Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="MouseHostWithParser.txt"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="MouseHostWithParser.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="MouseHostWithParser.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f12fda279d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Mouse Host Demo (Using HID Descriptor Parser)"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7df0417ecb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = MouseHostWithParser
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..197122fce1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+//		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+//		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..499204fc26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the PrinterHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "PrinterHost.h"
+
+/** LUFA Printer Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ *  passed to all Printer Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ *  within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t Printer_PRNT_Interface =
+	{
+		.Config =
+			{
+				.DataINPipe             =
+					{
+						.Address        = (PIPE_DIR_IN  | 1),
+						.Banks          = 1,
+					},
+				.DataOUTPipe            =
+					{
+						.Address        = (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2),
+						.Banks          = 1,
+					},
+			},
+	};
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ *  enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Printer Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		PrinterHost_Task();
+
+		PRNT_Host_USBTask(&Printer_PRNT_Interface);
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	Serial_Init(9600, false);
+	LEDs_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+
+	/* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+	Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Task to manage an enumerated USB printer once connected, to display device
+ *  information and print a test PCL page.
+ */
+void PrinterHost_Task(void)
+{
+	if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+	  return;
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+
+	puts_P(PSTR("Retrieving Device ID...\r\n"));
+
+	char DeviceIDString[300];
+	if (PRNT_Host_GetDeviceID(&Printer_PRNT_Interface, DeviceIDString,
+	                          sizeof(DeviceIDString)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Error Getting Device ID.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("Device ID: %s.\r\n"), DeviceIDString);
+
+	char     TestPageData[] = "\033%-12345X\033E" "LUFA PCL Test Page" "\033E\033%-12345X";
+	uint16_t TestPageLength = strlen(TestPageData);
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("Sending Test Page (%d bytes)...\r\n"), TestPageLength);
+
+	if (PRNT_Host_SendData(&Printer_PRNT_Interface, &TestPageData, TestPageLength) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Error Sending Page Data.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	puts_P(PSTR("Test Page Sent.\r\n"));
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+	USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ *  starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ *  stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ *  enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+	uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
+	uint8_t  ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+
+	if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
+	                                       sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Error Retrieving Configuration Descriptor.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (PRNT_Host_ConfigurePipes(&Printer_PRNT_Interface,
+	                             ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != PRNT_ENUMERROR_NoError)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Attached Device Not a Valid Printer Class Device.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Device Configuration.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (PRNT_Host_SetBidirectionalMode(&Printer_PRNT_Interface) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Bidirectional Mode.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	puts_P(PSTR("Printer Device Enumerated.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+	USB_Disable();
+
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+	for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ *  enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a05e727e75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for PrinterHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _PRINTER_HOST_H_
+#define _PRINTER_HOST_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <stdio.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY          LEDS_LED2
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+		void PrinterHost_Task(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+		                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e2a4820583
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Printer Host Demo
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Host</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Printer Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Bidirectional Protocol</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF Printer Class Specification \n
+ *        PCL Language Specification</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ *        Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Printer host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ *  application for implementing a USB Printer host, for USB printers using
+ *  the bidirectional data encapsulation protocol and PCL language.
+ *
+ *  Upon connection of a compatible printer, the printer's device ID is sent
+ *  to the AVR's serial port, and a simple test page is printed using the PCL
+ *  printer language.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>
+ *     None
+ *    </td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ef93cdedb4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="Printer Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.class.printer.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.host.class.printer"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.class.printer" caption="Printer Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Printer Host demo, implementing a basic USB printer host that can send raw printer control data to an attached device. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Host"/>
+			<keyword value="Printer Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="PrinterHost.txt"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="PrinterHost.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="PrinterHost.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3fcf03b2b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Printer Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0d63256088
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = PrinterHost
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..197122fce1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+//		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+//		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISEthernetHost.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISEthernetHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..21afed3386
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISEthernetHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,253 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the RNDISEthernetHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "RNDISEthernetHost.h"
+
+/** Buffer to hold incoming and outgoing Ethernet packets. */
+static int8_t PacketBuffer[1024];
+
+/** LUFA RNDIS Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ *  passed to all RNDIS Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ *  within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface =
+	{
+		.Config =
+			{
+				.DataINPipe             =
+					{
+						.Address        = (PIPE_DIR_IN  | 1),
+						.Banks          = 1,
+					},
+				.DataOUTPipe            =
+					{
+						.Address        = (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2),
+						.Banks          = 1,
+					},
+				.NotificationPipe       =
+					{
+						.Address        = (PIPE_DIR_IN  | 3),
+						.Banks          = 1,
+					},
+				.HostMaxPacketSize      = sizeof(PacketBuffer),
+			},
+	};
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ *  enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "RNDIS Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	sei();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		RNDISHost_Task();
+
+		RNDIS_Host_USBTask(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface);
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Task to manage an enumerated USB RNDIS device once connected, to display device
+ *  received data packets.
+ */
+void RNDISHost_Task(void)
+{
+	if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+	  return;
+
+	if (RNDIS_Host_IsPacketReceived(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface))
+	{
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+
+		uint16_t PacketLength;
+		RNDIS_Host_ReadPacket(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface, &PacketBuffer, &PacketLength);
+
+		printf_P(PSTR("***PACKET (Size %d)***\r\n"), PacketLength);
+
+		for (uint16_t i = 0; i < PacketLength; i++)
+		  printf("0x%02x ", PacketBuffer[i]);
+
+		printf_P(PSTR("\r\n\r\n"));
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	Serial_Init(9600, false);
+	LEDs_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+
+	/* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+	Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ *  starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ *  stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ *  enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+	uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
+	uint8_t  ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+
+	if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
+	                                       sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Error Retrieving Configuration Descriptor.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (RNDIS_Host_ConfigurePipes(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface,
+	                              ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != RNDIS_ENUMERROR_NoError)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Attached Device Not a Valid RNDIS Class Device.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Device Configuration.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (RNDIS_Host_InitializeDevice(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Error Initializing Device.\r\n"));
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("Device Max Transfer Size: %lu bytes.\r\n"), Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface.State.DeviceMaxPacketSize);
+
+	uint32_t PacketFilter = (REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_DIRECTED | REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_BROADCAST | REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_ALL_MULTICAST);
+	if (RNDIS_Host_SetRNDISProperty(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface, OID_GEN_CURRENT_PACKET_FILTER,
+	                                &PacketFilter, sizeof(PacketFilter)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Device Packet Filter.\r\n"));
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	uint32_t VendorID;
+	if (RNDIS_Host_QueryRNDISProperty(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface, OID_GEN_VENDOR_ID,
+	                                  &VendorID, sizeof(VendorID)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Error Getting Vendor ID.\r\n"));
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("Device Vendor ID: 0x%08lX\r\n"), VendorID);
+
+	puts_P(PSTR("RNDIS Device Enumerated.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+	USB_Disable();
+
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+	for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ *  enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISEthernetHost.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISEthernetHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c6fd1a4301
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISEthernetHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for RNDISEthernetHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _RNDIS_HOST_H_
+#define _RNDIS_HOST_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <stdio.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY          LEDS_LED2
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+		void RNDISHost_Task(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+		                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISEthernetHost.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISEthernetHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e9edd6d668
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISEthernetHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage RNDIS Host Demo
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Host</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Remote NDIS (Microsoft Proprietary CDC Class Networking Standard)</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Microsoft RNDIS Specification</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  RNDIS host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ *  application for implementing a RNDIS Ethernet host, for USB devices such as
+ *  modems.
+ *
+ *  This demo will enumerate an attached USB RNDIS device, print out its vendor ID
+ *  and any received packets in raw form through the serial USART.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>
+ *     None
+ *    </td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..da7e0ceb76
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="RNDIS Ethernet Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.class.rndis.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.host.class.rndis"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.class.rndis" caption="RNDIS Ethernet Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Microsoft RNDIS Ethernet Host demo, implementing a RNDIS host that can send and receive Ethernet data to and from an attached device. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Host"/>
+			<keyword value="RNDIS Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="RNDISEthernetHost.txt"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="RNDISEthernetHost.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="RNDISEthernetHost.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6f97bee2c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - RNDIS Ethernet Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b959ece429
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = RNDISEthernetHost
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..197122fce1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+//		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+//		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fc0c4fa9a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,230 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the StillImageHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "StillImageHost.h"
+
+/** LUFA Still Image Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ *  passed to all Still Image Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ *  within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t DigitalCamera_SI_Interface =
+	{
+		.Config =
+			{
+				.DataINPipe             =
+					{
+						.Address        = (PIPE_DIR_IN  | 1),
+						.Banks          = 1,
+					},
+				.DataOUTPipe            =
+					{
+						.Address        = (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2),
+						.Banks          = 1,
+					},
+				.EventsPipe             =
+					{
+						.Address        = (PIPE_DIR_IN  | 3),
+						.Banks          = 1,
+					},
+			},
+	};
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ *  enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Still Image Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		StillImageHost_Task();
+
+		SI_Host_USBTask(&DigitalCamera_SI_Interface);
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	Serial_Init(9600, false);
+	LEDs_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+
+	/* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+	Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Task to manage an enumerated USB Still Image device once connected, to manage a
+ *  new PIMA session in order to send commands to the attached device.
+ */
+void StillImageHost_Task(void)
+{
+	if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+	  return;
+
+	puts_P(PSTR("Opening Session...\r\n"));
+
+	if (SI_Host_OpenSession(&DigitalCamera_SI_Interface) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Could not open PIMA session.\r\n"));
+		USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	puts_P(PSTR("Turning off Device...\r\n"));
+
+	SI_Host_SendCommand(&DigitalCamera_SI_Interface, 0x1013, 0, NULL);
+	if (SI_Host_ReceiveResponse(&DigitalCamera_SI_Interface))
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Could not turn off device.\r\n"));
+		USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	puts_P(PSTR("Device Off.\r\n"));
+
+	puts_P(PSTR("Closing Session...\r\n"));
+
+	if (SI_Host_CloseSession(&DigitalCamera_SI_Interface) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Could not close PIMA session.\r\n"));
+		USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+	USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ *  starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ *  stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ *  enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+	uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
+	uint8_t  ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+
+	if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
+	                                       sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Error Retrieving Configuration Descriptor.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (SI_Host_ConfigurePipes(&DigitalCamera_SI_Interface,
+	                           ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != SI_ENUMERROR_NoError)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Attached Device Not a Valid Still Image Class Device.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Device Configuration.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	puts_P(PSTR("Still Image Device Enumerated.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+	USB_Disable();
+
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+	for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ *  enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..00d966fad1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for StillImageHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _STILL_IMAGE_HOST_H_
+#define _STILL_IMAGE_HOST_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <stdio.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+		void StillImageHost_Task(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+		                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..193228a207
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Still Image Host Demo
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Host</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Still Image Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>N/A</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF Still Image Class Specification \n
+ *        PIMA 15740 Specification</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Still Image host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ *  application for implementing a Still Image host, for USB devices such as
+ *  digital cameras.
+ *
+ *  This demo will enumerate an attached USB Still Image device, print out its
+ *  information structure, open a session with the device and finally close the
+ *  session.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>
+ *     None
+ *    </td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9ef93f140f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="Still Image Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.class.si.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.host.class.si"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.class.si" caption="Still Image Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Still Image Host demo, implementing a Still Image host that can send and receive PIMA data to and from an attached device. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Host"/>
+			<keyword value="Still Image Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="StillImageHost.txt"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="StillImageHost.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="StillImageHost.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7eca05a943
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Still Image Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b3d044aa10
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = StillImageHost
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..197122fce1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+//		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+//		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..740f285f6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,217 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the VirtualSerialHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "VirtualSerialHost.h"
+
+/** LUFA CDC Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ *  passed to all CDC Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ *  within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface =
+	{
+		.Config =
+			{
+				.DataINPipe             =
+					{
+						.Address        = (PIPE_DIR_IN  | 1),
+						.Banks          = 1,
+					},
+				.DataOUTPipe            =
+					{
+						.Address        = (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2),
+						.Banks          = 1,
+					},
+				.NotificationPipe       =
+					{
+						.Address        = (PIPE_DIR_IN  | 3),
+						.Banks          = 1,
+					},
+			},
+	};
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ *  enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "CDC Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		CDCHost_Task();
+
+		CDC_Host_USBTask(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	Serial_Init(9600, false);
+	LEDs_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+
+	/* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+	Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Task to manage an enumerated USB CDC device once connected, to print received data
+ *  from the device to the serial port.
+ */
+void CDCHost_Task(void)
+{
+	if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+	  return;
+
+	if (CDC_Host_BytesReceived(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface))
+	{
+		/* Echo received bytes from the attached device through the USART */
+		int16_t ReceivedByte = CDC_Host_ReceiveByte(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+		if (!(ReceivedByte < 0))
+		  putchar(ReceivedByte);
+	}
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ *  starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ *  stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ *  enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+	uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
+	uint8_t  ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+
+	if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
+	                                       sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Error Retrieving Configuration Descriptor.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (CDC_Host_ConfigurePipes(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface,
+	                            ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != CDC_ENUMERROR_NoError)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Attached Device Not a Valid CDC Class Device.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Device Configuration.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface.State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS = 9600;
+	VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface.State.LineEncoding.CharFormat  = CDC_LINEENCODING_OneStopBit;
+	VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface.State.LineEncoding.ParityType  = CDC_PARITY_None;
+	VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface.State.LineEncoding.DataBits    = 8;
+
+	if (CDC_Host_SetLineEncoding(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface))
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Device Line Encoding.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	puts_P(PSTR("CDC Device Enumerated.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+	USB_Disable();
+
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+	for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ *  enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a2f8fd7145
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for VirtualSerialHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _VIRTUALSERIAL_HOST_H_
+#define _VIRTUALSERIAL_HOST_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <stdio.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+		void CDCHost_Task(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+		                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1e1f9f1ae2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage CDC Host Demo
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Host</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Abstract Control Model (ACM)</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF CDC Class Standard</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  CDC host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference application
+ *  for implementing a USB CDC host, for CDC devices using the standard ACM profile.
+ *
+ *  This demo prints out received CDC data through the serial port.
+ *
+ *  Note that this demo is only compatible with devices which report the correct CDC
+ *  and ACM class, subclass and protocol values. Most USB-Serial cables have vendor
+ *  specific features, thus use vendor-specific class/subclass/protocol codes to force
+ *  the user to use specialized drivers. This demo is not compatible with such devices.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>
+ *     None
+ *    </td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2e5fb66865
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="Virtual Serial CDC Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.class.cdc.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.host.class.cdc"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.class.cdc" caption="Virtual Serial CDC Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Virtual Serial Host demo, implementing a CDC host that can send and receive data to and from an attached device. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Host"/>
+			<keyword value="CDC Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="VirtualSerialHost.txt"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="VirtualSerialHost.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="VirtualSerialHost.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..df50a03e9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Virtual Serial Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..57cf89a358
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = VirtualSerialHost
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..90c1562194
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+# Makefile to build all the LUFA Host Demos. Call with "make all" to
+# rebuild all Host demos.
+
+# Projects are pre-cleaned before each one is built, to ensure any
+# custom LUFA library build options are reflected in the compiled
+# code.
+
+PROJECT_DIRECTORIES := $(shell ls -d */)
+
+# This makefile is potentially infinitely recursive if something really bad
+# happens when determining the set of project directories - hard-abort if
+# more than 10 levels deep to avoid angry emails.
+ifeq ($(MAKELEVEL), 10)
+   $(error EMERGENCY ABORT: INFINITE RECURSION DETECTED)
+endif
+
+# Need to special-case building without a per-project object directory
+ifeq ($(OBJDIR),)
+   # If no target specified, force "clean all" and disallow parallel build
+   ifeq ($(MAKECMDGOALS),)
+      MAKECMDGOALS := clean all
+      .NOTPARALLEL:
+   endif
+
+   # If one of the targets is to build, force "clean" beforehand and disallow parallel build
+   ifneq ($(findstring all, $(MAKECMDGOALS)),)
+      MAKECMDGOALS := clean $(MAKECMDGOALS)
+      .NOTPARALLEL:
+   endif
+endif
+
+%: $(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES)
+	@echo . > /dev/null
+
+$(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES):
+	@$(MAKE) -C $@ $(MAKECMDGOALS)
+
+.PHONY: $(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES)
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..63d94f78ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,263 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the AndroidAccessoryHost demo. This file contains the main tasks
+ *  of the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "AndroidAccessoryHost.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ *  enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Android Accessory Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		AndroidHost_Task();
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	Serial_Init(9600, false);
+	LEDs_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+
+	/* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+	Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Task to set the configuration of the attached device after it has been enumerated. */
+void AndroidHost_Task(void)
+{
+	if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+	  return;
+
+	/* Select the data IN pipe */
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(ANDROID_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+	/* Check to see if a packet has been received */
+	if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+	{
+		/* Re-freeze IN pipe after the packet has been received */
+		Pipe_Freeze();
+
+		/* Check if data is in the pipe */
+		if (Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed())
+		{
+			uint8_t NextReceivedByte = Pipe_Read_8();
+			uint8_t LEDMask          = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
+
+			if (NextReceivedByte & 0x01)
+			  LEDMask |= LEDS_LED1;
+
+			if (NextReceivedByte & 0x02)
+			  LEDMask |= LEDS_LED2;
+
+			if (NextReceivedByte & 0x04)
+			  LEDMask |= LEDS_LED3;
+
+			if (NextReceivedByte & 0x08)
+			  LEDMask |= LEDS_LED4;
+
+			LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* Clear the pipe after all data in the packet has been read, ready for the next packet */
+			Pipe_ClearIN();
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Re-freeze IN pipe after use */
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ *  starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Attached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ *  stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ *  enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR("Getting Device Data.\r\n"));
+
+	/* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
+	uint8_t ErrorCode = ProcessDeviceDescriptor();
+
+	bool RequiresModeSwitch = (ErrorCode == NonAccessoryModeAndroidDevice);
+
+	/* Error out if the device is not an Android device or an error occurred */
+	if ((ErrorCode != AccessoryModeAndroidDevice) && (ErrorCode != NonAccessoryModeAndroidDevice))
+	{
+		if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
+		  puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Get Device).\r\n"));
+		else
+		  puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Invalid Device.\r\n"));
+
+		printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("Android Device Detected - %sAccessory mode.\r\n"), (RequiresModeSwitch ? "Non-" : ""));
+
+	/* Check if a valid Android device was attached, but it is not current in Accessory mode */
+	if (RequiresModeSwitch)
+	{
+		uint16_t AndroidProtocol;
+
+		/* Fetch the version of the Android Accessory Protocol supported by the device */
+		if ((ErrorCode = Android_GetAccessoryProtocol(&AndroidProtocol)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+		{
+			printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Get Protocol).\r\n"
+			                         " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+			LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+			return;
+		}
+
+		/* Validate the returned protocol version */
+		if (AndroidProtocol != AOA_PROTOCOL_AccessoryV1)
+		{
+			puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Accessory Mode Not Supported."));
+
+			LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+			return;
+		}
+
+		/* Send the device strings and start the Android Accessory Mode */
+		Android_SendString(AOA_STRING_Manufacturer, "Dean Camera");
+		Android_SendString(AOA_STRING_Model,        "LUFA Android Demo");
+		Android_SendString(AOA_STRING_Description,  "LUFA Android Demo");
+		Android_SendString(AOA_STRING_Version,      "1.0");
+		Android_SendString(AOA_STRING_URI,          "http://www.lufa-lib.org");
+		Android_SendString(AOA_STRING_Serial,       "0000000012345678");
+
+		Android_StartAccessoryMode();
+		return;
+	}
+
+	puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
+
+	/* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
+	if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
+	{
+		if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
+		  puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
+		else
+		  puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Invalid Device.\r\n"));
+
+		printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* Set the device configuration to the first configuration (rarely do devices use multiple configurations) */
+	if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"
+		                         " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	puts_P(PSTR("Accessory Mode Android Enumerated.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+	USB_Disable();
+
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+	for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ *  enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..36b2bf91e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for AndroidAccessoryHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _ANDROID_ACCESSORY_HOST_H_
+#define _ANDROID_ACCESSORY_HOST_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <stdio.h>
+
+		#include "DeviceDescriptor.h"
+		#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+		#include "Lib/AndroidAccessoryCommands.h"
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY          LEDS_LED2
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+		void AndroidHost_Task(void);
+
+	/* Event Handlers: */
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+		                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..70e0935c9f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Android Accessory Host Demo
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Host</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Android Accessory Host Class</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>N/A</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Android Accessory Host Specification</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Android Accessory Host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ *  application for implementing an Android Accessory Host device capable of hosting
+ *  Android powered mobile devices to send and receive data.
+ *
+ *  Sent data from the Android device will be indicated onto the board's LEDs.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>
+ *     None
+ *    </td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1d840f618c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+//		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+//		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     0
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/ConfigDescriptor.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d4aa877620
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
+ *  needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special  computer-readable structures
+ *  which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
+ *  routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
+ *  with compatible devices.
+ *
+ *  This routine searches for the first interface containing bulk IN and OUT data endpoints.
+ *
+ *  \return An error code from the \ref AndroidHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
+ */
+uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
+{
+	uint8_t  ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+	void*    CurrConfigLocation = ConfigDescriptorData;
+	uint16_t CurrConfigBytesRem;
+
+	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataINEndpoint  = NULL;
+	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+
+	/* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
+	switch (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &CurrConfigBytesRem, ConfigDescriptorData, sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)))
+	{
+		case HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful:
+			break;
+		case HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData:
+			return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
+		case HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow:
+			return DescriptorTooLarge;
+		default:
+			return DevControlError;
+	}
+
+	/* There should be only one compatible Android Accessory Mode interface in the device, attempt to find it */
+	if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+	                              DCOMP_NextAndroidAccessoryInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+	{
+		return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+	}
+
+	while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint))
+	{
+		/* Get the next Android Accessory Mode interface's data endpoint descriptor */
+		if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+		                              DCOMP_NextInterfaceBulkEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+		{
+			/* Data endpoints not found within the first Android Accessory device interface, error out */
+			return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+		}
+
+		/* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
+		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+		/* If the endpoint is a IN type endpoint */
+		if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+		  DataINEndpoint  = EndpointData;
+		else
+		  DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
+	}
+
+	/* Configure the Android Accessory data IN pipe */
+	Pipe_ConfigurePipe(ANDROID_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+
+	/* Configure the Android Accessory data OUT pipe */
+	Pipe_ConfigurePipe(ANDROID_DATA_OUT_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+
+	/* Valid data found, return success */
+	return SuccessfulConfigRead;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ *  configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ *  descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ *  This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor containing the correct Android Accessory Mode Class, Subclass
+ *  and Protocol values.
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DCOMP_NextAndroidAccessoryInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+	{
+		USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+		if ((Interface->Class    == AOA_CSCP_AOADataClass)    &&
+		    (Interface->SubClass == AOA_CSCP_AOADataSubclass) &&
+		    (Interface->Protocol == AOA_CSCP_AOADataProtocol))
+		{
+			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ *  configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ *  descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ *  This comparator searches for the next bulk Endpoint descriptor inside the current interface descriptor, aborting the
+ *  search if another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint.
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DCOMP_NextInterfaceBulkEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+	{
+		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+		uint8_t EndpointType = (Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK);
+
+		if ((EndpointType == EP_TYPE_BULK) && (!(Pipe_IsEndpointBound(Endpoint->EndpointAddress))))
+		  return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+	}
+	else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+	{
+		return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+	}
+
+	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/ConfigDescriptor.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f422f8c2e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Pipe address of the Android Accessory data IN pipe. */
+		#define ANDROID_DATA_IN_PIPE         (PIPE_DIR_IN  | 1)
+
+		/** Pipe address of the Android Accessory data OUT pipe. */
+		#define ANDROID_DATA_OUT_PIPE        (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2)
+
+	/* Enums: */
+		/** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
+		enum AndroidHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
+		{
+			SuccessfulConfigRead            = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
+			DevControlError                 = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
+			DescriptorTooLarge              = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
+			InvalidConfigDataReturned       = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
+			NoCompatibleInterfaceFound      = 4, /**< A compatible interface with the required endpoints was not found */
+		};
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
+
+		uint8_t DCOMP_NextAndroidAccessoryInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor);
+		uint8_t DCOMP_NextInterfaceBulkEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/DeviceDescriptor.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/DeviceDescriptor.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..03841a9903
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/DeviceDescriptor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Descriptor processing routines, to determine the overall device parameters. Descriptors are special
+ *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine information about
+ *  the attached device.
+ */
+
+#include "DeviceDescriptor.h"
+
+/** Reads and processes an attached device's Device Descriptor, to determine compatibility
+ *
+ *  This routine checks to ensure that the attached device's VID and PID matches Google's for Android devices.
+ *
+ *  \return An error code from the \ref AndroidHost_GetDeviceDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
+ */
+uint8_t ProcessDeviceDescriptor(void)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Device_t DeviceDescriptor;
+
+	/* Send the request to retrieve the device descriptor */
+	if (USB_Host_GetDeviceDescriptor(&DeviceDescriptor) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	  return DevControlError;
+
+	/* Validate returned data - ensure the returned data is a device descriptor */
+	if (DeviceDescriptor.Header.Type != DTYPE_Device)
+	  return InvalidDeviceDataReturned;
+
+	/* Check the product ID to determine if the Android device is in accessory mode */
+	if ((DeviceDescriptor.ProductID != ANDROID_ACCESSORY_PRODUCT_ID) &&
+	    (DeviceDescriptor.ProductID != ANDROID_ACCESSORY_ADB_PRODUCT_ID))
+	{
+		return NonAccessoryModeAndroidDevice;
+	}
+
+	return AccessoryModeAndroidDevice;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/DeviceDescriptor.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/DeviceDescriptor.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3324b2a551
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/DeviceDescriptor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for DeviceDescriptor.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DEVICEDESCRIPTOR_H_
+#define _DEVICEDESCRIPTOR_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include "AndroidAccessoryHost.h"
+
+	/* Enums: */
+		/** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref ProcessDeviceDescriptor() function. */
+		enum AndroidHost_GetDeviceDescriptorDataCodes_t
+		{
+			SuccessfulDeviceRead            = 0, /**< Device Descriptor was processed successfully */
+			ControlError                    = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
+			InvalidDeviceDataReturned       = 2, /**< The device returned an invalid Device Descriptor */
+			IncorrectAndroidDevice          = 3, /**< The attached device is not an Android device */
+			NonAccessoryModeAndroidDevice   = 4, /**< The attached device is an Android device in non-accessory mode */
+			AccessoryModeAndroidDevice      = 5, /**< The attached device is an Android device in accessory mode */
+		};
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint8_t ProcessDeviceDescriptor(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/Lib/AndroidAccessoryCommands.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/Lib/AndroidAccessoryCommands.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7446e073a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/Lib/AndroidAccessoryCommands.c
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Android Accessory Mode utility functions, for the configuration of an attached
+ *  Android device into Android Accessory Mode ready for general communication.
+ */
+
+#include "AndroidAccessoryCommands.h"
+
+uint8_t Android_GetAccessoryProtocol(uint16_t* const Protocol)
+{
+	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+	{
+		.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_VENDOR | REQREC_DEVICE),
+		.bRequest      = AOA_REQ_GetAccessoryProtocol,
+		.wValue        = 0,
+		.wIndex        = 0,
+		.wLength       = sizeof(uint16_t),
+	};
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+	return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(Protocol);
+}
+
+uint8_t Android_SendString(const uint8_t StringIndex,
+                           const char* const String)
+{
+	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+	{
+		.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_VENDOR | REQREC_DEVICE),
+		.bRequest      = AOA_REQ_SendString,
+		.wValue        = 0,
+		.wIndex        = StringIndex,
+		.wLength       = (strlen(String) + 1),
+	};
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+	return USB_Host_SendControlRequest((char*)String);
+}
+
+uint8_t Android_StartAccessoryMode(void)
+{
+	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+	{
+		.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_VENDOR | REQREC_DEVICE),
+		.bRequest      = AOA_REQ_StartAccessoryMode,
+		.wValue        = 0,
+		.wIndex        = 0,
+		.wLength       = 0,
+	};
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+	return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL);
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/Lib/AndroidAccessoryCommands.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/Lib/AndroidAccessoryCommands.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..98fb0365df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/Lib/AndroidAccessoryCommands.h
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for AndroidAccessoryCommands.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _ANDROID_ACCESSORY_COMMANDS_H_
+#define _ANDROID_ACCESSORY_COMMANDS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <stdint.h>
+		#include <stdbool.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint8_t Android_GetAccessoryProtocol(uint16_t* const Protocol);
+		uint8_t Android_SendString(const uint8_t StringIndex,
+		                           const char* const String);
+		uint8_t Android_StartAccessoryMode(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5449b5dc5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="Android Accessory Host Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.android.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.android"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.android" caption="Android Accessory Host Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Android Accessory Host demo, implementing a basic USB device whose LEDs can be controlled via an Android device. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Host"/>
+			<keyword value="Android Accessory Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="AndroidAccessoryHost.txt"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="AndroidAccessoryHost.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="DeviceDescriptor.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="ConfigDescriptor.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="AndroidAccessoryHost.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="DeviceDescriptor.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="ConfigDescriptor.h"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/AndroidAccessoryCommands.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/AndroidAccessoryCommands.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6fd6211d32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Android Accessory Mode Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dff7ea60fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = AndroidAccessoryHost
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c ConfigDescriptor.c DeviceDescriptor.c Lib/AndroidAccessoryCommands.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9db4798a56
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,250 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the AudioInputHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "AudioInputHost.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ *  enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Audio Input Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	Serial_Init(9600, false);
+	LEDs_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+
+	/* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+	Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ *  starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Attached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ *  stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Unattached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ *  enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
+
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	/* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
+	if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
+	{
+		if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
+		  puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
+		else
+		  puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Invalid Device.\r\n"));
+
+		printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* Set the device configuration to the first configuration (rarely do devices use multiple configurations) */
+	if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"
+		                         " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetInterfaceAltSetting(StreamingInterfaceIndex,
+	                                                 StreamingInterfaceAltSetting)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Could not set alternative streaming interface setting.\r\n"
+		                         " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+		{
+			.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_ENDPOINT),
+			.bRequest      = AUDIO_REQ_SetCurrent,
+			.wValue        = (AUDIO_EPCONTROL_SamplingFreq << 8),
+			.wIndex        = StreamingEndpointAddress,
+			.wLength       = sizeof(USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t),
+		};
+
+	USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t SampleRate = AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(48000);
+
+	/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+	/* Set the sample rate on the streaming interface endpoint */
+	if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(&SampleRate)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Could not set requested Audio sample rate.\r\n"
+		                         " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* Sample reload timer initialization */
+	TIMSK0  = (1 << OCIE0A);
+	OCR0A   = ((F_CPU / 8 / 48000) - 1);
+	TCCR0A  = (1 << WGM01);  // CTC mode
+	TCCR0B  = (1 << CS01);   // Fcpu/8 speed
+
+	/* Set speaker as output */
+	DDRC   |= (1 << 6);
+
+	/* PWM speaker timer initialization */
+	TCCR3A  = ((1 << WGM30) | (1 << COM3A1) | (1 << COM3A0)); // Set on match, clear on TOP
+	TCCR3B  = ((1 << WGM32) | (1 << CS30));  // Fast 8-Bit PWM, F_CPU speed
+
+	puts_P(PSTR("Microphone Enumerated.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+	USB_Disable();
+
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+	for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ *  enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** ISR to handle the reloading of the PWM timer with the next sample. */
+ISR(TIMER0_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+	uint8_t PrevPipe = Pipe_GetCurrentPipe();
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(AUDIO_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+	/* Check if the current pipe can be read from (contains a packet) and the device is sending data */
+	if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+	{
+		/* Retrieve the signed 16-bit audio sample, convert to 8-bit */
+		int8_t Sample_8Bit = (Pipe_Read_16_LE() >> 8);
+
+		/* Check to see if the bank is now empty */
+		if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+		{
+			/* Acknowledge the packet, clear the bank ready for the next packet */
+			Pipe_ClearIN();
+		}
+
+		/* Load the sample into the PWM timer channel */
+		OCR3A = (Sample_8Bit ^ (1 << 7));
+
+		uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
+
+		/* Turn on LEDs as the sample amplitude increases */
+		if (Sample_8Bit > 16)
+		  LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4);
+		else if (Sample_8Bit > 8)
+		  LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3);
+		else if (Sample_8Bit > 4)
+		  LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
+		else if (Sample_8Bit > 2)
+		  LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1);
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+	}
+
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(PrevPipe);
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cc83270f61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for AudioInputHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _AUDIO_INPUT_HOST_H_
+#define _AUDIO_INPUT_HOST_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <stdio.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+		#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+		                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0736e0df47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Audio Input Host Demo
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Host</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Audio Class</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Standard Audio Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF Audio 1.0 Class Specification \n
+ *        USBIF Audio 1.0 Class Terminal Types Specification \n
+ *        USBIF Audio 1.0 Data Formats Specification</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Audio Input host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ *  application for implementing a USB Audio host, for USB Audio devices using
+ *  the USB Audio 1.0 class profile.
+ *
+ *  Incoming audio will output in 8-bit PWM onto the timer 3 output compare
+ *  channel A, and will also be indicated on the board LEDs. Decouple the PWM
+ *  output with a capacitor and attach to a speaker to hear the audio.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>
+ *     None
+ *    </td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..197122fce1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+//		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+//		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/ConfigDescriptor.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..81ebf9d85f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
+ *  needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special  computer-readable structures
+ *  which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+/** Index of the currently used Audio Streaming Interface within the device. */
+uint8_t StreamingInterfaceIndex      = 0;
+
+/** Alternative Setting of the currently used Audio Streaming Interface within the device. */
+uint8_t StreamingInterfaceAltSetting = 0;
+
+/** Address of the streaming audio endpoint currently in use within the device. */
+uint8_t StreamingEndpointAddress     = 0;
+
+
+/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
+ *  routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
+ *  with compatible devices.
+ *
+ *  This routine searches for a Streaming Audio interface descriptor containing a valid Isochronous audio endpoint.
+ *
+ *  \return An error code from the \ref AudioHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
+ */
+uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
+{
+	uint8_t  ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+	void*    CurrConfigLocation = ConfigDescriptorData;
+	uint16_t CurrConfigBytesRem;
+
+	USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* AudioControlInterface   = NULL;
+	USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* AudioStreamingInterface = NULL;
+	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  DataINEndpoint          = NULL;
+
+	/* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
+	switch (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &CurrConfigBytesRem, ConfigDescriptorData, sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)))
+	{
+		case HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful:
+			break;
+		case HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData:
+			return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
+		case HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow:
+			return DescriptorTooLarge;
+		default:
+			return ControlError;
+	}
+
+	while (!(DataINEndpoint))
+	{
+		/* See if we've found a likely compatible interface, and if there is an endpoint within that interface */
+		if (!(AudioControlInterface) ||
+		    USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+		                              DComp_NextAudioInterfaceDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+		{
+			/* Check if we haven't found an Audio Control interface yet, or if we have run out of related Audio Streaming interfaces */
+			if (!(AudioControlInterface) ||
+			    USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+			                              DComp_NextAudioStreamInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+			{
+				/* Find a new Audio Control interface if the current one doesn't contain a compatible streaming interface */
+				if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+				                              DComp_NextAudioControlInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+				{
+					/* Descriptor not found, error out */
+					return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+				}
+
+				/* Save the interface in case we need to refer back to it later */
+				AudioControlInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+				/* Find the next Audio Streaming interface within that Audio Control interface */
+				if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+				                              DComp_NextAudioStreamInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+				{
+					/* Descriptor not found, error out */
+					return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+				}
+			}
+
+			/* Save the interface in case we need to refer back to it later */
+			AudioStreamingInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+			/* Skip the remainder of the loop as we have not found an endpoint yet */
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
+		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+		/* Save the endpoint if it is an IN type endpoint */
+		if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+		  DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+	}
+
+	StreamingInterfaceIndex      = AudioStreamingInterface->InterfaceNumber;
+	StreamingInterfaceAltSetting = AudioStreamingInterface->AlternateSetting;
+	StreamingEndpointAddress     = DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+
+	/* Configure the Audio data IN pipe */
+	Pipe_ConfigurePipe(AUDIO_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS, DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize, 2);
+
+	/* Valid data found, return success */
+	return SuccessfulConfigRead;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ *  configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ *  descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ *  This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct Audio Control Class, Subclass and Protocol values.
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextAudioControlInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+	{
+		USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+		if ((Interface->Class    == AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass) &&
+		    (Interface->SubClass == AUDIO_CSCP_ControlSubclass) &&
+		    (Interface->Protocol == AUDIO_CSCP_ControlProtocol))
+		{
+			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ *  configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ *  descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ *  This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct Audio Streaming Class, Subclass and Protocol values.
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextAudioStreamInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+	{
+		USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+		if ((Interface->Class    == AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass) &&
+		    (Interface->SubClass == AUDIO_CSCP_AudioStreamingSubclass) &&
+		    (Interface->Protocol == AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol))
+		{
+			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ *  configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ *  descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ *  This comparator searches for the next Isochronous Endpoint descriptor within the current interface, aborting the
+ *  search if another interface descriptor is found before the next endpoint.
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextAudioInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+	{
+		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+		if ((Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS)
+		  return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+	}
+	else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+	{
+		return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+	}
+
+	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/ConfigDescriptor.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..036319d723
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include "AudioInputHost.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Pipe address for the Audio data IN pipe. */
+		#define AUDIO_DATA_IN_PIPE          (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+	/* Enums: */
+		/** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
+		enum AudioHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
+		{
+			SuccessfulConfigRead            = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
+			ControlError                    = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
+			DescriptorTooLarge              = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
+			InvalidConfigDataReturned       = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
+			NoCompatibleInterfaceFound      = 4, /**< A compatible interface with the required endpoints was not found */
+		};
+
+	/* External Variables: */
+		extern uint8_t StreamingInterfaceIndex;
+		extern uint8_t StreamingInterfaceAltSetting;
+		extern uint8_t StreamingEndpointAddress;
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
+
+		uint8_t DComp_NextAudioControlInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+		uint8_t DComp_NextAudioStreamInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+		uint8_t DComp_NextAudioInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2967050572
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="Audio Input Host Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.audio_input.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.audio_input"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.audio_input" caption="Audio Input Host Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Audio Input Host demo, implementing a basic USB audio sink that can output incoming audio data to a speaker. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Host"/>
+			<keyword value="Audio Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="AudioInputHost.txt"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="AudioInputHost.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="ConfigDescriptor.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="AudioInputHost.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="ConfigDescriptor.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dda0086588
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Audio Input Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0f6098e2a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = AudioInputHost
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c ConfigDescriptor.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2e56d7f356
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,250 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the AudioOutputHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "AudioOutputHost.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ *  enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Audio Output Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	Serial_Init(9600, false);
+	Buttons_Init();
+	ADC_Init(ADC_FREE_RUNNING | ADC_PRESCALE_32);
+	ADC_SetupChannel(MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL);
+	LEDs_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+
+	/* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+	Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+
+	/* Start the ADC conversion in free running mode */
+	ADC_StartReading(ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC | ADC_RIGHT_ADJUSTED | ADC_GET_CHANNEL_MASK(MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL));
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ *  starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Attached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ *  stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Unattached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ *  enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
+
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	/* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
+	if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
+	{
+		if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
+		  puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
+		else
+		  puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Invalid Device.\r\n"));
+
+		printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* Set the device configuration to the first configuration (rarely do devices use multiple configurations) */
+	if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"
+		                         " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetInterfaceAltSetting(StreamingInterfaceIndex,
+	                                                 StreamingInterfaceAltSetting)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Could not set alternative streaming interface setting.\r\n"
+		                         " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+		{
+			.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_ENDPOINT),
+			.bRequest      = AUDIO_REQ_SetCurrent,
+			.wValue        = (AUDIO_EPCONTROL_SamplingFreq << 8),
+			.wIndex        = StreamingEndpointAddress,
+			.wLength       = sizeof(USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t),
+		};
+
+	USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t SampleRate = AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(48000);
+
+	/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+	/* Set the sample rate on the streaming interface endpoint */
+	if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(&SampleRate)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Could not set requested Audio sample rate.\r\n"
+		                         " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* Sample reload timer initialization */
+	TIMSK0  = (1 << OCIE0A);
+	OCR0A   = ((F_CPU / 8 / 48000) - 1);
+	TCCR0A  = (1 << WGM01);  // CTC mode
+	TCCR0B  = (1 << CS01);   // Fcpu/8 speed
+
+	puts_P(PSTR("Speaker Enumerated.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+	USB_Disable();
+
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+	for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ *  enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** ISR to handle the reloading of the endpoint with the next sample. */
+ISR(TIMER0_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+	uint8_t PrevPipe = Pipe_GetCurrentPipe();
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(AUDIO_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+	/* Check if the current pipe can be written to (device ready for more data) */
+	if (Pipe_IsOUTReady())
+	{
+		int16_t AudioSample;
+
+		#if defined(USE_TEST_TONE)
+			static uint8_t SquareWaveSampleCount;
+			static int16_t CurrentWaveValue;
+
+			/* In test tone mode, generate a square wave at 1/256 of the sample rate */
+			if (SquareWaveSampleCount++ == 0xFF)
+			  CurrentWaveValue ^= 0x8000;
+
+			/* Only generate audio if the board button is being pressed */
+			AudioSample = (Buttons_GetStatus() & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ? CurrentWaveValue : 0;
+		#else
+			/* Audio sample is ADC value scaled to fit the entire range */
+			AudioSample = ((SAMPLE_MAX_RANGE / ADC_MAX_RANGE) * ADC_GetResult());
+
+			#if defined(MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL)
+			/* Microphone is biased to half rail voltage, subtract the bias from the sample value */
+			AudioSample -= (SAMPLE_MAX_RANGE / 2);
+			#endif
+		#endif
+
+		Pipe_Write_16_LE(AudioSample);
+		Pipe_Write_16_LE(AudioSample);
+
+		if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+		  Pipe_ClearOUT();
+	}
+
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(PrevPipe);
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a37113b84a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for AudioOutputHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _AUDIO_OUTPUT_HOST_H_
+#define _AUDIO_OUTPUT_HOST_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <stdio.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+		#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Maximum audio sample value for the microphone input. */
+		#define SAMPLE_MAX_RANGE          0xFFFF
+
+		/** Maximum ADC range for the microphone input. */
+		#define ADC_MAX_RANGE             0x3FF
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+		                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5e79a33e38
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Audio Output Host Demo
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Host</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Audio Class</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Standard Audio Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF Audio 1.0 Class Specification \n
+ *        USBIF Audio 1.0 Class Terminal Types Specification \n
+ *        USBIF Audio 1.0 Data Formats Specification</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Audio Output host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ *  application for implementing a USB Audio host, for USB Audio devices using
+ *  the USB Audio 1.0 class profile.
+ *
+ *  By default, the demo will produce a square wave test tone when the board
+ *  button is pressed. If USE_TEST_TONE is not defined in the project makefile,
+ *  incoming audio from the ADC channel 1 will be sampled and sent to the attached
+ *  USB audio device instead.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ *    <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ *    <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>Sets the ADC channel used by the demo for the input audio samples from an attached microphone.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>USE_TEST_TONE</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>When defined, this alters the demo to produce a square wave test tone when the first board button is pressed
+ *        instead of sampling the board microphone.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>When defined, this alters the demo so that the half VCC bias of the microphone input is subtracted.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/Config/AppConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ff8ed270de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ *  the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ *  specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ *  makefile or build system.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ *  \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#define MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL               2
+
+	#define MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL
+	#define USE_TEST_TONE
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..197122fce1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+//		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+//		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/ConfigDescriptor.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c9d442107b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
+ *  needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special  computer-readable structures
+ *  which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+/** Index of the currently used Audio Streaming Interface within the device. */
+uint8_t StreamingInterfaceIndex      = 0;
+
+/** Alternative Setting of the currently used Audio Streaming Interface within the device. */
+uint8_t StreamingInterfaceAltSetting = 0;
+
+/** Address of the streaming audio endpoint currently in use within the device. */
+uint8_t StreamingEndpointAddress     = 0;
+
+
+/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
+ *  routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
+ *  with compatible devices.
+ *
+ *  This routine searches for a Streaming Audio interface descriptor containing a valid Isochronous audio endpoint.
+ *
+ *  \return An error code from the \ref AudioHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
+ */
+uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
+{
+	uint8_t  ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+	void*    CurrConfigLocation = ConfigDescriptorData;
+	uint16_t CurrConfigBytesRem;
+
+	USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* AudioControlInterface   = NULL;
+	USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* AudioStreamingInterface = NULL;
+	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  DataOUTEndpoint         = NULL;
+
+	/* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
+	switch (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &CurrConfigBytesRem, ConfigDescriptorData, sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)))
+	{
+		case HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful:
+			break;
+		case HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData:
+			return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
+		case HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow:
+			return DescriptorTooLarge;
+		default:
+			return ControlError;
+	}
+
+	while (!(DataOUTEndpoint))
+	{
+		/* See if we've found a likely compatible interface, and if there is an endpoint within that interface */
+		if (!(AudioControlInterface) ||
+		    USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+		                              DComp_NextAudioInterfaceDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+		{
+			/* Check if we haven't found an Audio Control interface yet, or if we have run out of related Audio Streaming interfaces */
+			if (!(AudioControlInterface) ||
+			    USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+				                          DComp_NextAudioStreamInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+			{
+				/* Find a new Audio Control interface if the current one doesn't contain a compatible streaming interface */
+				if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+				                              DComp_NextAudioControlInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+				{
+					/* Descriptor not found, error out */
+					return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+				}
+
+				/* Save the interface in case we need to refer back to it later */
+				AudioControlInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+				/* Find the next Audio Streaming interface within that Audio Control interface */
+				if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+				                              DComp_NextAudioStreamInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+				{
+					/* Descriptor not found, error out */
+					return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+				}
+			}
+
+			/* Save the interface in case we need to refer back to it later */
+			AudioStreamingInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+			/* Skip the remainder of the loop as we have not found an endpoint yet */
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
+		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+		/* Save the endpoint if it is an OUT type endpoint */
+		if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT)
+		  DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
+	}
+
+	StreamingInterfaceIndex      = AudioStreamingInterface->InterfaceNumber;
+	StreamingInterfaceAltSetting = AudioStreamingInterface->AlternateSetting;
+	StreamingEndpointAddress     = DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+
+	/* Configure the Audio data OUT pipe */
+	Pipe_ConfigurePipe(AUDIO_DATA_OUT_PIPE, EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize, 2);
+
+	/* Valid data found, return success */
+	return SuccessfulConfigRead;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ *  configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ *  descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ *  This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct Audio Control Class, Subclass and Protocol values.
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextAudioControlInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+	{
+		USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+		if ((Interface->Class    == AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass) &&
+		    (Interface->SubClass == AUDIO_CSCP_ControlSubclass) &&
+		    (Interface->Protocol == AUDIO_CSCP_ControlProtocol))
+		{
+			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ *  configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ *  descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ *  This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct Audio Streaming Class, Subclass and Protocol values.
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextAudioStreamInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+	{
+		USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+		if ((Interface->Class    == AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass) &&
+		    (Interface->SubClass == AUDIO_CSCP_AudioStreamingSubclass) &&
+		    (Interface->Protocol == AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol))
+		{
+			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ *  configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ *  descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ *  This comparator searches for the next Isochronous Endpoint descriptor within the current interface, aborting the
+ *  search if another interface descriptor is found before the next endpoint.
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextAudioInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+	{
+		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+		if ((Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS)
+		  return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+	}
+	else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+	{
+		return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+	}
+
+	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/ConfigDescriptor.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0ed865edcc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include "AudioOutputHost.h"
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Pipe address for the Audio data OUT pipe. */
+		#define AUDIO_DATA_OUT_PIPE          (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 1)
+
+	/* Enums: */
+		/** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
+		enum AudioHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
+		{
+			SuccessfulConfigRead            = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
+			ControlError                    = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
+			DescriptorTooLarge              = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
+			InvalidConfigDataReturned       = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
+			NoCompatibleInterfaceFound      = 4, /**< A compatible interface with the required endpoints was not found */
+		};
+
+	/* External Variables: */
+		extern uint8_t StreamingInterfaceIndex;
+		extern uint8_t StreamingInterfaceAltSetting;
+		extern uint8_t StreamingEndpointAddress;
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
+
+		uint8_t DComp_NextAudioControlInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+		uint8_t DComp_NextAudioStreamInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+		uint8_t DComp_NextAudioInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c568eb98b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="Audio Output Host Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.audio_output.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.audio_output"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.audio_output" caption="Audio Output Host Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Audio Output Host demo, implementing a basic USB audio source that can output audio data to an attached device. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Host"/>
+			<keyword value="Audio Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="AudioOutputHost.txt"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="AudioOutputHost.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="ConfigDescriptor.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="AudioOutputHost.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="ConfigDescriptor.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.adc"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c27221c69f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Audio Output Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b5acb9b294
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = AudioOutputHost
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c ConfigDescriptor.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..197122fce1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+//		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+//		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/ConfigDescriptor.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c98f0fbcec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
+ *  needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special  computer-readable structures
+ *  which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
+ *  routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
+ *  with compatible devices.
+ *
+ *  This routine searches for a HID interface descriptor containing at least one Interrupt type IN endpoint.
+ *
+ *  \return An error code from the \ref GenericHIDHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
+ */
+uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
+{
+	uint8_t  ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+	void*    CurrConfigLocation = ConfigDescriptorData;
+	uint16_t CurrConfigBytesRem;
+
+	USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* HIDInterface    = NULL;
+	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  DataINEndpoint  = NULL;
+	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+
+	/* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
+	switch (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &CurrConfigBytesRem, ConfigDescriptorData, sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)))
+	{
+		case HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful:
+			break;
+		case HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData:
+			return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
+		case HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow:
+			return DescriptorTooLarge;
+		default:
+			return ControlError;
+	}
+
+	while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint))
+	{
+		/* See if we've found a likely compatible interface, and if there is an endpoint within that interface */
+		if (!(HIDInterface) ||
+		    USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+		                              DComp_NextHIDInterfaceDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+		{
+			/* Not all HID devices have an OUT endpoint - if we've reached the end of the HID descriptor
+			 * but only found the mandatory IN endpoint, it's safe to continue with the device enumeration */
+			if (DataINEndpoint)
+			  break;
+
+			/* Get the next HID interface from the configuration descriptor */
+			if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+										  DComp_NextHIDInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+			{
+				/* Descriptor not found, error out */
+				return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+			}
+
+			/* Save the interface in case we need to refer back to it later */
+			HIDInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+			/* Clear any found endpoints */
+			DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+
+			/* Skip the remainder of the loop as we have not found an endpoint yet */
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
+		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+		/* If the endpoint is a IN type endpoint */
+		if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+		  DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+		else
+		  DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
+	}
+
+	/* Configure the HID data IN pipe */
+	Pipe_ConfigurePipe(HID_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+	Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(DataINEndpoint->PollingIntervalMS);
+
+	/* Check if the HID interface contained an optional OUT data endpoint */
+	if (DataOUTEndpoint)
+	{
+		/* Configure the HID data OUT pipe */
+		Pipe_ConfigurePipe(HID_DATA_OUT_PIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+	}
+
+	/* Valid data found, return success */
+	return SuccessfulConfigRead;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ *  configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ *  descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ *  This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct HID Class value.
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextHIDInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	/* Determine if the current descriptor is an interface descriptor */
+	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+	{
+		USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+		/* Check the HID descriptor class, break out if correct class/protocol interface found */
+		if (Interface->Class == HID_CSCP_HIDClass)
+		{
+			/* Indicate that the descriptor being searched for has been found */
+			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Current descriptor does not match what this comparator is looking for */
+	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ *  configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ *  descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ *  This comparator searches for the next Endpoint descriptor inside the current interface descriptor,
+ *  aborting the search if another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint.
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextHIDInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	/* Determine the type of the current descriptor */
+	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+	{
+		/* Indicate that the descriptor being searched for has been found */
+		return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+	}
+	else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+	{
+		/* Indicate that the search has failed prematurely and should be aborted */
+		return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+	}
+
+	/* Current descriptor does not match what this comparator is looking for */
+	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/ConfigDescriptor.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8e7289124b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include "GenericHIDHost.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Pipe address for the HID data IN pipe. */
+		#define HID_DATA_IN_PIPE          (PIPE_DIR_IN  | 1)
+
+		/** Pipe address for the HID data OUT pipe. */
+		#define HID_DATA_OUT_PIPE         (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2)
+
+	/* Enums: */
+		/** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
+		enum GenericHIDHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
+		{
+			SuccessfulConfigRead            = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
+			ControlError                    = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
+			DescriptorTooLarge              = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
+			InvalidConfigDataReturned       = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
+			NoCompatibleInterfaceFound      = 4, /**< A compatible interface with the required endpoints was not found */
+		};
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
+
+		uint8_t DComp_NextHIDInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+		uint8_t DComp_NextHIDInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..413ce375b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,269 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the GenericHIDHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "GenericHIDHost.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ *  enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Generic HID Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		ReadNextReport();
+
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	Serial_Init(9600, false);
+	LEDs_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+
+	/* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+	Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ *  starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Attached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ *  stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Unattached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ *  enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
+
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	/* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
+	if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
+	{
+		if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
+		  puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
+		else
+		  puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Invalid Device.\r\n"));
+
+		printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* Set the device configuration to the first configuration (rarely do devices use multiple configurations) */
+	if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"
+		                         " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	puts_P(PSTR("HID Device Enumerated.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+	USB_Disable();
+
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+	for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ *  enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Reads in and processes the next report from the attached device, displaying the report
+ *  contents on the board LEDs and via the serial port.
+ */
+void ReadNextReport(void)
+{
+	if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+	  return;
+
+	/* Select and unfreeze HID data IN pipe */
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(HID_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+	/* Check to see if a packet has been received */
+	if (!(Pipe_IsINReceived()))
+	{
+		/* Refreeze HID data IN pipe */
+		Pipe_Freeze();
+
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* Ensure pipe contains data before trying to read from it */
+	if (Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed())
+	{
+		uint8_t ReportINData[Pipe_BytesInPipe()];
+
+		/* Read in HID report data */
+		Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&ReportINData, sizeof(ReportINData), NULL);
+
+		/* Print report data through the serial port */
+		for (uint16_t CurrByte = 0; CurrByte < sizeof(ReportINData); CurrByte++)
+		  printf_P(PSTR("0x%02X "), ReportINData[CurrByte]);
+
+		puts_P(PSTR("\r\n"));
+	}
+
+	/* Clear the IN endpoint, ready for next data packet */
+	Pipe_ClearIN();
+
+	/* Refreeze HID data IN pipe */
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+}
+
+/** Writes a report to the attached device.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] ReportOUTData  Buffer containing the report to send to the device
+ *  \param[in] ReportIndex    Index of the report in the device (zero if the device does not use multiple reports)
+ *  \param[in] ReportType     Type of report to send, either REPORT_TYPE_OUT or REPORT_TYPE_FEATURE
+ *  \param[in] ReportLength   Length of the report to send
+ */
+void WriteNextReport(uint8_t* ReportOUTData,
+                     const uint8_t ReportIndex,
+                     const uint8_t ReportType,
+                     uint16_t ReportLength)
+{
+	if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+	  return;
+
+	/* Select the HID data OUT pipe */
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(HID_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
+
+	/* Not all HID devices have an OUT endpoint (some require OUT reports to be sent over the
+	 * control endpoint instead) - check to see if the OUT endpoint has been initialized */
+	if (Pipe_IsConfigured() && (ReportType == REPORT_TYPE_OUT))
+	{
+		Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+		/* Ensure pipe is ready to be written to before continuing */
+		if (!(Pipe_IsOUTReady()))
+		{
+			/* Refreeze the data OUT pipe */
+			Pipe_Freeze();
+
+			return;
+		}
+
+		/* If the report index is used, send it before the report data */
+		if (ReportIndex)
+		  Pipe_Write_8(ReportIndex);
+
+		/* Write out HID report data */
+		Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(ReportOUTData, ReportLength, NULL);
+
+		/* Clear the OUT endpoint, send last data packet */
+		Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+		/* Refreeze the data OUT pipe */
+		Pipe_Freeze();
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* Class specific request to send a HID report to the device */
+		USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+			{
+				.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+				.bRequest      = HID_REQ_SetReport,
+				.wValue        = ((ReportType << 8) | ReportIndex),
+				.wIndex        = 0,
+				.wLength       = ReportLength,
+			};
+
+		/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
+		Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+		/* Send the request to the device */
+		USB_Host_SendControlRequest(ReportOUTData);
+	}
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..39ee9ed1c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for GenericHIDHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _GENERICHID_HOST_H_
+#define _GENERICHID_HOST_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <stdio.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+		#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** HID Report Type to indicate an IN report. */
+		#define REPORT_TYPE_IN           1
+
+		/** HID Report Type to indicate an OUT report. */
+		#define REPORT_TYPE_OUT          2
+
+		/** HID Report Type to indicate a FEATURE report. */
+		#define REPORT_TYPE_FEATURE      3
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+		void ReadNextReport(void);
+		void WriteNextReport(uint8_t* ReportOUTData,
+		                     const uint8_t ReportIndex,
+		                     const uint8_t ReportType,
+		                     uint16_t ReportLength);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+		                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1c9b1875a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Generic HID Host Demo
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Host</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>N/A</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ *        USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ *        Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Generic HID host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ *  application for implementing a Generic HID USB host, for any device implementing
+ *  the HID profile.
+ *
+ *  Received reports from the attached device are printed to the serial port.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>
+ *     None
+ *    </td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e0890865d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="Generic HID Host Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.generic_hid.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.generic_hid"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.generic_hid" caption="Generic HID Host Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Generic HID Host demo, implementing a basic USB HID device that can send and receive data to and from an attached device. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Host"/>
+			<keyword value="HID Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="GenericHIDHost.txt"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="GenericHIDHost.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="ConfigDescriptor.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="GenericHIDHost.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="ConfigDescriptor.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1a87042649
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Generic HID Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e42dad7720
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = GenericHIDHost
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c ConfigDescriptor.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..197122fce1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+//		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+//		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5bfc1a9bec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
+ *  needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special  computer-readable structures
+ *  which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
+ *  routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
+ *  with compatible devices.
+ *
+ *  This routine searches for a HID interface descriptor containing at least one Interrupt type IN endpoint and HID descriptor.
+ *
+ *  \return An error code from the \ref JoystickHostWithParser_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
+ */
+uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
+{
+	uint8_t  ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+	void*    CurrConfigLocation = ConfigDescriptorData;
+	uint16_t CurrConfigBytesRem;
+
+	USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* HIDInterface   = NULL;
+	USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t*   HIDDescriptor  = NULL;
+	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+
+	/* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
+	switch (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &CurrConfigBytesRem, ConfigDescriptorData, sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)))
+	{
+		case HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful:
+			break;
+		case HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData:
+			return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
+		case HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow:
+			return DescriptorTooLarge;
+		default:
+			return ControlError;
+	}
+
+	while (!(DataINEndpoint))
+	{
+		/* See if we've found a likely compatible interface, and if there is an endpoint within that interface */
+		if (!(HIDInterface) ||
+		    USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+		                              DComp_NextJoystickInterfaceDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+		{
+			/* Get the next HID interface from the configuration descriptor */
+			if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+										  DComp_NextJoystickInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+			{
+				/* Descriptor not found, error out */
+				return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+			}
+
+			/* Save the interface in case we need to refer back to it later */
+			HIDInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+			/* Get the HID descriptor from the configuration descriptor */
+			if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+										  DComp_NextHID) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+			{
+				/* Descriptor not found, error out */
+				return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+			}
+
+			/* Save the HID descriptor for later use */
+			HIDDescriptor = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+
+			/* Skip the remainder of the loop as we have not found an endpoint yet */
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
+		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+		/* If the endpoint is a IN type endpoint */
+		if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+		  DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+	}
+
+	/* Configure the HID data IN pipe */
+	Pipe_ConfigurePipe(JOYSTICK_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+	Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(DataINEndpoint->PollingIntervalMS);
+
+	/* Get the HID report size from the HID report descriptor */
+	HIDReportSize = HIDDescriptor->HIDReportLength;
+
+	/* Valid data found, return success */
+	return SuccessfulConfigRead;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ *  configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ *  descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ *  This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct Joystick HID Class and Protocol values.
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextJoystickInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+	{
+		USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+		/* Check the HID descriptor class, break out if correct class interface found */
+		if ((Interface->Class == HID_CSCP_HIDClass))
+		{
+			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ *  configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ *  descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ *  This comparator searches for the next Endpoint descriptor inside the current interface descriptor, aborting the
+ *  search if another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint.
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextJoystickInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+	  return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+	else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+	  return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+	else
+	  return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ *  configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ *  descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ *  This comparator searches for the next HID descriptor within the current HID interface descriptor.
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextHID(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	if (Header->Type == HID_DTYPE_HID)
+	  return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+	else
+	  return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fccf5ebc15
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include "HIDReport.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Pipe address for the joystick report data pipe. */
+		#define JOYSTICK_DATA_IN_PIPE       (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+	/* Enums: */
+		/** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
+		enum JoystickHostWithParser_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
+		{
+			SuccessfulConfigRead            = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
+			ControlError                    = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
+			DescriptorTooLarge              = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
+			InvalidConfigDataReturned       = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
+			NoHIDInterfaceFound             = 4, /**< A compatible HID interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor */
+			NoHIDDescriptorFound            = 5, /**< A compatible HID descriptor was not found in the device's HID interface */
+			NoCompatibleInterfaceFound      = 4, /**< A compatible interface with the required endpoints was not found */
+		};
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
+
+		uint8_t DComp_NextJoystickInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+		uint8_t DComp_NextJoystickInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+		uint8_t DComp_NextHID(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/HIDReport.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/HIDReport.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dadbb395de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/HIDReport.c
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#include "HIDReport.h"
+
+/** Size in bytes of the attached device's HID report descriptor */
+uint16_t         HIDReportSize;
+
+/** Processed HID report descriptor items structure, containing information on each HID report element */
+HID_ReportInfo_t HIDReportInfo;
+
+
+/** Function to read in the HID report descriptor from the attached device, and process it into easy-to-read
+ *  structures via the HID parser routines in the LUFA library.
+ *
+ *  \return  A value from the \ref JoystickHostWithParser_GetHIDReportDataCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t GetHIDReportData(void)
+{
+	/* Create a buffer big enough to hold the entire returned HID report */
+	uint8_t HIDReportData[HIDReportSize];
+
+	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+		{
+			.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+			.bRequest      = REQ_GetDescriptor,
+			.wValue        = (HID_DTYPE_Report << 8),
+			.wIndex        = 0,
+			.wLength       = HIDReportSize,
+		};
+
+	/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+	/* Send control request to retrieve the HID report from the attached device */
+	if (USB_Host_SendControlRequest(HIDReportData) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	  return ParseControlError;
+
+	/* Send the HID report to the parser for processing */
+	if (USB_ProcessHIDReport(HIDReportData, HIDReportSize, &HIDReportInfo) != HID_PARSE_Successful)
+	  return ParseError;
+
+	return ParseSuccessful;
+}
+
+/** Callback for the HID Report Parser. This function is called each time the HID report parser is about to store
+ *  an IN, OUT or FEATURE item into the HIDReportInfo structure. To save on RAM, we are able to filter out items
+ *  we aren't interested in (preventing us from being able to extract them later on, but saving on the RAM they would
+ *  have occupied).
+ *
+ *  \param[in] CurrentItem  Pointer to the item the HID report parser is currently working with
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the item should be stored into the HID report structure, \c false if it should be discarded
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem(HID_ReportItem_t* const CurrentItem)
+{
+	bool IsJoystick = false;
+
+	/* Iterate through the item's collection path, until either the root collection node or a collection with the
+	 * Joystick Usage is found - this prevents Mice, which use identical descriptors except for the Mouse usage
+	 * parent node, from being erroneously treated as a joystick
+	 */
+	for (HID_CollectionPath_t* CurrPath = CurrentItem->CollectionPath; CurrPath != NULL; CurrPath = CurrPath->Parent)
+	{
+		if ((CurrPath->Usage.Page  == USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL) &&
+		    (CurrPath->Usage.Usage == USAGE_JOYSTICK))
+		{
+			IsJoystick = true;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* If a collection with the joystick usage was not found, indicate that we are not interested in this item */
+	if (!IsJoystick)
+	  return false;
+
+	/* Check the attributes of the current joystick item - see if we are interested in it or not;
+	 * only store BUTTON and GENERIC_DESKTOP_CONTROL items into the Processed HID Report
+	 * structure to save RAM and ignore the rest
+	 */
+	return ((CurrentItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_BUTTON) ||
+	        (CurrentItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL));
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/HIDReport.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/HIDReport.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..63e6b6ceb0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/HIDReport.h
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for HIDReport.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _HID_REPORT_H_
+#define _HID_REPORT_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include "JoystickHostWithParser.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** HID Report Descriptor Usage Page value for a toggle button. */
+		#define USAGE_PAGE_BUTTON           0x09
+
+		/** HID Report Descriptor Usage Page value for a Generic Desktop Control. */
+		#define USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL    0x01
+
+		/** HID Report Descriptor Usage for a Joystick. */
+		#define USAGE_JOYSTICK              0x04
+
+		/** HID Report Descriptor Usage value for a X axis movement. */
+		#define USAGE_X                     0x30
+
+		/** HID Report Descriptor Usage value for a Y axis movement. */
+		#define USAGE_Y                     0x31
+
+	/* Enums: */
+		/** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref GetHIDReportData() function. */
+		enum JoystickHostWithParser_GetHIDReportDataCodes_t
+		{
+			ParseSuccessful         = 0, /**< HID report descriptor parsed successfully */
+			ParseError              = 1, /**< Failed to fully process the HID report descriptor */
+			ParseControlError       = 2, /**< Control error occurred while trying to read the device HID descriptor */
+		};
+
+	/* External Variables: */
+		extern uint16_t         HIDReportSize;
+		extern HID_ReportInfo_t HIDReportInfo;
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint8_t GetHIDReportData(void);
+
+		bool CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem(HID_ReportItem_t* const CurrentItem);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a903c5767e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.c
@@ -0,0 +1,273 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the JoystickHostWithParser demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "JoystickHostWithParser.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ *  enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Joystick HID Parser Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		JoystickHost_Task();
+
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	Serial_Init(9600, false);
+	LEDs_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+
+	/* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+	Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ *  starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Attached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ *  stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Unattached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ *  enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
+
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	/* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
+	if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
+	{
+		if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
+		  puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
+		else
+		  puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Invalid Device.\r\n"));
+
+		printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* Set the device configuration to the first configuration (rarely do devices use multiple configurations) */
+	if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"
+		                         " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("Processing HID Report (Size %d Bytes).\r\n"), HIDReportSize);
+
+	/* Get and process the device's first HID report descriptor */
+	if ((ErrorCode = GetHIDReportData()) != ParseSuccessful)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Report Parse Error.\r\n"));
+
+		if (!(HIDReportInfo.TotalReportItems))
+			puts_P(PSTR("Not a valid Joystick." ESC_FG_WHITE));
+		else
+			printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	puts_P(PSTR("Joystick Enumerated.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+	USB_Disable();
+
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+	for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ *  enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Task to read and process the HID report descriptor and HID reports from the device
+ *  and display the results onto the board LEDs.
+ */
+void JoystickHost_Task(void)
+{
+	if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+	  return;
+
+	/* Select and unfreeze joystick data pipe */
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(JOYSTICK_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+	/* Check to see if a packet has been received */
+	if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+	{
+		/* Check if data has been received from the attached joystick */
+		if (Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed())
+		{
+			/* Create buffer big enough for the report */
+			uint8_t JoystickReport[Pipe_BytesInPipe()];
+
+			/* Load in the joystick report */
+			Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(JoystickReport, Pipe_BytesInPipe(), NULL);
+
+			/* Process the read in joystick report from the device */
+			ProcessJoystickReport(JoystickReport);
+		}
+
+		/* Clear the IN endpoint, ready for next data packet */
+		Pipe_ClearIN();
+	}
+
+	/* Freeze joystick data pipe */
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+}
+
+/** Processes a read HID report from an attached joystick, extracting out elements via the HID parser results
+ *  as required and displays movement and button presses on the board LEDs.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] JoystickReport  Pointer to a HID report from an attached joystick device
+ */
+void ProcessJoystickReport(uint8_t* JoystickReport)
+{
+	uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
+
+	/* Check each HID report item in turn, looking for joystick X/Y/button reports */
+	for (uint8_t ReportNumber = 0; ReportNumber < HIDReportInfo.TotalReportItems; ReportNumber++)
+	{
+		/* Create a temporary item pointer to the next report item */
+		HID_ReportItem_t* ReportItem = &HIDReportInfo.ReportItems[ReportNumber];
+
+		bool FoundData;
+
+		if ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Page        == USAGE_PAGE_BUTTON) &&
+			(ReportItem->ItemType                     == HID_REPORT_ITEM_In))
+		{
+			/* Get the joystick button value */
+			FoundData = USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo(JoystickReport, ReportItem);
+
+			/* For multi-report devices - if the requested data was not in the issued report, continue */
+			if (!(FoundData))
+			  continue;
+
+			/* If button is pressed, all LEDs are turned on */
+			if (ReportItem->Value)
+			  LEDMask = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+		}
+		else if ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Page   == USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL) &&
+				 ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage == USAGE_X)                  ||
+				  (ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage == USAGE_Y))                 &&
+				 (ReportItem->ItemType                == HID_REPORT_ITEM_In))
+		{
+			/* Get the joystick relative position value */
+			FoundData = USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo(JoystickReport, ReportItem);
+
+			/* For multi-report devices - if the requested data was not in the issued report, continue */
+			if (!(FoundData))
+			  continue;
+
+			int16_t DeltaMovement = HID_ALIGN_DATA(ReportItem, int16_t);
+
+			/* Check to see if a (non-zero) delta movement has been indicated */
+			if (DeltaMovement)
+			{
+				/* Determine if the report is for the X or Y delta movement, light LEDs as appropriate */
+				if (ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage == USAGE_X)
+				  LEDMask |= ((DeltaMovement > 0) ? LEDS_LED1 : LEDS_LED2);
+				else
+				  LEDMask |= ((DeltaMovement > 0) ? LEDS_LED3 : LEDS_LED4);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Display the button information on the board LEDs */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..944664f972
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.h
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for JoystickHostWithParser.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _JOYSTICK_HOST_H_
+#define _JOYSTICK_HOST_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <stdio.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+		#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+		#include "HIDReport.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+		void JoystickHost_Task(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+		                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+		void ProcessJoystickReport(uint8_t* JoystickReport);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9eba4ed864
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Joystick Host With HID Descriptor Parser Demo
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Host</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>N/A</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ *        USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ *        Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Joystick host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ *  application for implementing a USB Joystick host, for USB joysticks using
+ *  the standard joystick HID profile. It uses a HID parser for the HID
+ *  reports, allowing for correct operation across all USB joysticks. This
+ *  demo supports joysticks with a single HID report.
+ *
+ *  Joystick movement and button presses are displayed on the board LEDs.
+ *  On connection to a USB joystick, the report items will be processed and
+ *  printed as a formatted list through the USART before the joystick is
+ *  fully enumerated.
+ *
+ *  Currently only single interface joysticks are supported.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>
+ *     None
+ *    </td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7052bbc502
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="Joystick HID (with parser) Host Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.joystick_parser.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.joystick_parser"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.joystick_parser" caption="Joystick HID (with parser) Host Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Joystick HID Host demo with HID parser, implementing a basic USB joystick host that can display movement data on the board LEDs. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Host"/>
+			<keyword value="HID Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="JoystickHostWithParser.txt"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="JoystickHostWithParser.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="ConfigDescriptor.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="HIDReport.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="JoystickHostWithParser.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="ConfigDescriptor.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="HIDReport.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e8f82b8fed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Joystick Host Demo (Using HID Descriptor Parser)"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..45c20b790d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = JoystickHostWithParser
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c ConfigDescriptor.c HIDReport.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..197122fce1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+//		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+//		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/ConfigDescriptor.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1c152b7402
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
+ *  needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special  computer-readable structures
+ *  which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
+ *  routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
+ *  with compatible devices.
+ *
+ *  This routine searches for a HID interface descriptor containing at least one Interrupt type IN endpoint.
+ *
+ *  \return An error code from the \ref KeyboardHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
+ */
+uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
+{
+	uint8_t  ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+	void*    CurrConfigLocation = ConfigDescriptorData;
+	uint16_t CurrConfigBytesRem;
+
+	USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* HIDInterface   = NULL;
+	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+
+	/* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
+	switch (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &CurrConfigBytesRem, ConfigDescriptorData, sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)))
+	{
+		case HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful:
+			break;
+		case HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData:
+			return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
+		case HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow:
+			return DescriptorTooLarge;
+		default:
+			return ControlError;
+	}
+
+	while (!(DataINEndpoint))
+	{
+		/* See if we've found a likely compatible interface, and if there is an endpoint within that interface */
+		if (!(HIDInterface) ||
+		    USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+		                              DComp_NextKeyboardInterfaceDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+		{
+			/* Get the next HID interface from the configuration descriptor */
+			if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+										  DComp_NextKeyboardInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+			{
+				/* Descriptor not found, error out */
+				return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+			}
+
+			/* Save the interface in case we need to refer back to it later */
+			HIDInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+			/* Skip the remainder of the loop as we have not found an endpoint yet */
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
+		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+		/* If the endpoint is a IN type endpoint */
+		if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+		  DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+	}
+
+	/* Configure the HID data IN pipe */
+	Pipe_ConfigurePipe(KEYBOARD_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+	Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(DataINEndpoint->PollingIntervalMS);
+
+	/* Valid data found, return success */
+	return SuccessfulConfigRead;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ *  configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ *  descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ *  This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct Keyboard HID Class and Protocol values.
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextKeyboardInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+	{
+		USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+		/* Check the HID descriptor class and protocol, break out if correct class/protocol interface found */
+		if ((Interface->Class    == HID_CSCP_HIDClass) &&
+		    (Interface->Protocol == HID_CSCP_KeyboardBootProtocol))
+		{
+			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ *  configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ *  descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ *  This comparator searches for the next Endpoint descriptor inside the current interface descriptor, aborting the
+ *  search if another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint.
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextKeyboardInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+	  return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+	else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+	  return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+	else
+	  return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/ConfigDescriptor.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e6da558bfd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include "KeyboardHost.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Pipe address for the keyboard data IN pipe. */
+		#define KEYBOARD_DATA_IN_PIPE          (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+	/* Enums: */
+		/** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
+		enum KeyboardHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
+		{
+			SuccessfulConfigRead            = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
+			ControlError                    = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
+			DescriptorTooLarge              = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
+			InvalidConfigDataReturned       = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
+			NoCompatibleInterfaceFound      = 4, /**< A compatible interface with the required endpoints was not found */
+		};
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
+
+		uint8_t DComp_NextKeyboardInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+		uint8_t DComp_NextKeyboardInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..df73383392
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,264 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the KeyboardHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "KeyboardHost.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ *  enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Keyboard HID Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		KeyboardHost_Task();
+
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	Serial_Init(9600, false);
+	LEDs_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+
+	/* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+	Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ *  starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Attached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ *  stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Unattached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ *  enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
+
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	/* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
+	if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
+	{
+		if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
+		  puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
+		else
+		  puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Invalid Device.\r\n"));
+
+		printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* Set the device configuration to the first configuration (rarely do devices use multiple configurations) */
+	if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"
+		                         " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* HID class request to set the keyboard protocol to the Boot Protocol */
+	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+		{
+			.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+			.bRequest      = HID_REQ_SetProtocol,
+			.wValue        = 0,
+			.wIndex        = 0,
+			.wLength       = 0,
+		};
+
+	/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+	/* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */
+	if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Set Protocol).\r\n"
+		                         " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	puts_P(PSTR("Keyboard Enumerated.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+	USB_Disable();
+
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+	for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ *  enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Task to read in and processes the next report from the attached device, displaying the report
+ *  contents on the board LEDs and via the serial port.
+ */
+void KeyboardHost_Task(void)
+{
+	if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+	  return;
+
+	/* Select keyboard data pipe */
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(KEYBOARD_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+
+	/* Unfreeze keyboard data pipe */
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+	/* Check to see if a packet has been received */
+	if (!(Pipe_IsINReceived()))
+	{
+		/* Refreeze HID data IN pipe */
+		Pipe_Freeze();
+
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* Ensure pipe contains data before trying to read from it */
+	if (Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed())
+	{
+		USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t KeyboardReport;
+
+		/* Read in keyboard report data */
+		Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&KeyboardReport, sizeof(KeyboardReport), NULL);
+
+		/* Indicate if the modifier byte is non-zero (special key such as shift is being pressed) */
+		LEDs_ChangeLEDs(LEDS_LED1, (KeyboardReport.Modifier) ? LEDS_LED1 : 0);
+
+		uint8_t KeyCode = KeyboardReport.KeyCode[0];
+
+		/* Check if a key has been pressed */
+		if (KeyCode)
+		{
+			/* Toggle status LED to indicate keypress */
+			LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDS_LED2);
+
+			char PressedKey = 0;
+
+			/* Retrieve pressed key character if alphanumeric */
+			if ((KeyCode >= HID_KEYBOARD_SC_A) && (KeyCode <= HID_KEYBOARD_SC_Z))
+			{
+				PressedKey = (KeyCode - HID_KEYBOARD_SC_A) + 'A';
+			}
+			else if ((KeyCode >= HID_KEYBOARD_SC_1_AND_EXCLAMATION) &
+					 (KeyCode  < HID_KEYBOARD_SC_0_AND_CLOSING_PARENTHESIS))
+			{
+				PressedKey = (KeyCode - HID_KEYBOARD_SC_1_AND_EXCLAMATION) + '1';
+			}
+			else if (KeyCode == HID_KEYBOARD_SC_0_AND_CLOSING_PARENTHESIS)
+			{
+				PressedKey = '0';
+			}
+			else if (KeyCode == HID_KEYBOARD_SC_SPACE)
+			{
+				PressedKey = ' ';
+			}
+			else if (KeyCode == HID_KEYBOARD_SC_ENTER)
+			{
+				PressedKey = '\n';
+			}
+
+			/* Print the pressed key character out through the serial port if valid */
+			if (PressedKey)
+			  putchar(PressedKey);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Clear the IN endpoint, ready for next data packet */
+	Pipe_ClearIN();
+
+	/* Refreeze keyboard data pipe */
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..317c06565c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for KeyboardHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _KEYBOARD_HOST_H_
+#define _KEYBOARD_HOST_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <stdio.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+		#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+		void KeyboardHost_Task(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+		                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..206ccc0118
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Keyboard Host Demo
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Host</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>N/A</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ *        USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ *        Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Keyboard host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ *  application for implementing a USB keyboard host, for USB keyboards using
+ *  the standard keyboard HID profile.
+ *
+ *  Pressed alpha-numeric, enter or space key is transmitted through the serial
+ *  USART at serial settings 9600, 8, N, 1.
+ *
+ *  This uses a naive method where the keyboard is set to Boot Protocol mode, so
+ *  that the report structure is fixed and known. A better implementation
+ *  uses the HID report parser for correct report data processing across
+ *  all compatible mice with advanced characteristics, as shown in the
+ *  KeyboardHostWithParser demo application.
+ *
+ *  Currently only single interface keyboards are supported.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>
+ *     None
+ *    </td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2da7ed7fc6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="Keyboard HID Host Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.keyboard.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.keyboard"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.keyboard" caption="Keyboard HID Host Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Keyboard HID Host demo, implementing a basic USB keyboard host that can display key press data on the board LEDs. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Host"/>
+			<keyword value="HID Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="KeyboardHost.txt"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="KeyboardHost.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="ConfigDescriptor.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="KeyboardHost.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="ConfigDescriptor.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..968ab03f18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Keyboard Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..02a3aeb0a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = KeyboardHost
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c ConfigDescriptor.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..197122fce1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+//		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+//		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ab67915661
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
+ *  needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special  computer-readable structures
+ *  which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
+ *  routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
+ *  with compatible devices.
+ *
+ *  This routine searches for a HID interface descriptor containing at least one Interrupt type IN endpoint and HID descriptor.
+ *
+ *  \return An error code from the \ref KeyboardHostWithParser_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
+ */
+uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
+{
+	uint8_t  ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+	void*    CurrConfigLocation = ConfigDescriptorData;
+	uint16_t CurrConfigBytesRem;
+
+	USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* HIDInterface   = NULL;
+	USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t*   HIDDescriptor  = NULL;
+	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+
+	/* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
+	switch (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &CurrConfigBytesRem, ConfigDescriptorData, sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)))
+	{
+		case HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful:
+			break;
+		case HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData:
+			return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
+		case HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow:
+			return DescriptorTooLarge;
+		default:
+			return ControlError;
+	}
+
+	while (!(DataINEndpoint))
+	{
+		/* See if we've found a likely compatible interface, and if there is an endpoint within that interface */
+		if (!(HIDInterface) ||
+		    USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+		                              DComp_NextKeyboardInterfaceDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+		{
+			/* Get the next HID interface from the configuration descriptor */
+			if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+										  DComp_NextKeyboardInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+			{
+				/* Descriptor not found, error out */
+				return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+			}
+
+			/* Save the interface in case we need to refer back to it later */
+			HIDInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+			/* Get the HID descriptor from the configuration descriptor */
+			if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+										  DComp_NextHID) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+			{
+				/* Descriptor not found, error out */
+				return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+			}
+
+			/* Save the HID descriptor for later use */
+			HIDDescriptor = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+
+			/* Skip the remainder of the loop as we have not found an endpoint yet */
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
+		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+		/* If the endpoint is a IN type endpoint */
+		if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+		  DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+	}
+
+	/* Configure the HID data IN pipe */
+	Pipe_ConfigurePipe(KEYBOARD_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+	Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(DataINEndpoint->PollingIntervalMS);
+
+	/* Get the HID report size from the HID report descriptor */
+	HIDReportSize = HIDDescriptor->HIDReportLength;
+
+	/* Valid data found, return success */
+	return SuccessfulConfigRead;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ *  configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ *  descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ *  This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct Keyboard HID Class and Protocol values.
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextKeyboardInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+	{
+		USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+		/* Check the HID descriptor class, break out if correct class interface found */
+		if (Interface->Class == HID_CSCP_HIDClass)
+		{
+			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ *  configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ *  descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ *  This comparator searches for the next Endpoint descriptor inside the current interface descriptor, aborting the
+ *  search if another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint.
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextKeyboardInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+	  return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+	else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+	  return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+	else
+	  return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ *  configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ *  descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ *  This comparator searches for the next HID descriptor within the current HID interface descriptor.
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextHID(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	if (Header->Type == HID_DTYPE_HID)
+	  return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+	else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+	  return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+	else
+	  return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4cf111ba57
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include "HIDReport.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Pipe address for the keyboard report data IN pipe. */
+		#define KEYBOARD_DATA_IN_PIPE          (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+	/* Enums: */
+		/** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
+		enum KeyboardHostWithParser_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
+		{
+			SuccessfulConfigRead            = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
+			ControlError                    = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
+			DescriptorTooLarge              = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
+			InvalidConfigDataReturned       = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
+			NoCompatibleInterfaceFound      = 4, /**< A compatible interface with the required endpoints was not found */
+		};
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
+
+		uint8_t DComp_NextKeyboardInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+		uint8_t DComp_NextKeyboardInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+		uint8_t DComp_NextHID(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/HIDReport.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/HIDReport.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..95ef8b476d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/HIDReport.c
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#include "HIDReport.h"
+
+/** Size in bytes of the attached device's HID report descriptor */
+uint16_t         HIDReportSize;
+
+/** Processed HID report descriptor items structure, containing information on each HID report element */
+HID_ReportInfo_t HIDReportInfo;
+
+
+/** Function to read in the HID report descriptor from the attached device, and process it into easy-to-read
+ *  structures via the HID parser routines in the LUFA library.
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the \ref KeyboardHostWithParser_GetHIDReportDataCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t GetHIDReportData(void)
+{
+	/* Create a buffer big enough to hold the entire returned HID report */
+	uint8_t HIDReportData[HIDReportSize];
+
+	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+		{
+			.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+			.bRequest      = REQ_GetDescriptor,
+			.wValue        = (HID_DTYPE_Report << 8),
+			.wIndex        = 0,
+			.wLength       = HIDReportSize,
+		};
+
+	/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+	/* Send control request to retrieve the HID report from the attached device */
+	if (USB_Host_SendControlRequest(HIDReportData) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	  return ParseControlError;
+
+	/* Send the HID report to the parser for processing */
+	if (USB_ProcessHIDReport(HIDReportData, HIDReportSize, &HIDReportInfo) != HID_PARSE_Successful)
+	  return ParseError;
+
+	return ParseSuccessful;
+}
+
+/** Callback for the HID Report Parser. This function is called each time the HID report parser is about to store
+ *  an IN, OUT or FEATURE item into the HIDReportInfo structure. To save on RAM, we are able to filter out items
+ *  we aren't interested in (preventing us from being able to extract them later on, but saving on the RAM they would
+ *  have occupied).
+ *
+ *  \param[in] CurrentItem  Pointer to the item the HID report parser is currently working with
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the item should be stored into the HID report structure, \c false if it should be discarded
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem(HID_ReportItem_t* const CurrentItem)
+{
+	/* Check the attributes of the current item - see if we are interested in it or not;
+	 * only store KEYBOARD usage page items into the Processed HID Report structure to
+	 * save RAM and ignore the rest
+	 */
+	return (CurrentItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_KEYBOARD);
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/HIDReport.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/HIDReport.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3ad3109c25
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/HIDReport.h
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for HIDReport.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _HID_REPORT_H_
+#define _HID_REPORT_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include "KeyboardHostWithParser.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** HID Report Descriptor Usage Page value for a desktop keyboard. */
+		#define USAGE_PAGE_KEYBOARD             0x07
+
+	/* Enums: */
+		/** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref GetHIDReportData() function. */
+		enum KeyboardHostWithParser_GetHIDReportDataCodes_t
+		{
+			ParseSuccessful         = 0, /**< HID report descriptor parsed successfully */
+			ParseError              = 1, /**< Failed to fully process the HID report descriptor */
+			ParseControlError       = 2, /**< Control error occurred while trying to read the device HID descriptor */
+		};
+
+	/* External Variables: */
+		extern uint16_t         HIDReportSize;
+		extern HID_ReportInfo_t HIDReportInfo;
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint8_t GetHIDReportData(void);
+
+		bool CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem(HID_ReportItem_t* const CurrentItem);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e645cee037
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.c
@@ -0,0 +1,285 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the KeyboardHostWithParser demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "KeyboardHostWithParser.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ *  enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Keyboard HID Parser Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		KeyboardHost_Task();
+
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	Serial_Init(9600, false);
+	LEDs_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+
+	/* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+	Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ *  starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Attached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ *  stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ *  enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
+
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	/* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
+	if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
+	{
+		if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
+		  puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
+		else
+		  puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Invalid Device.\r\n"));
+
+		printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* Set the device configuration to the first configuration (rarely do devices use multiple configurations) */
+	if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"));
+		printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("Processing HID Report (Size %d Bytes).\r\n"), HIDReportSize);
+
+	/* Get and process the device's first HID report descriptor */
+	if ((ErrorCode = GetHIDReportData()) != ParseSuccessful)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Report Parse Error.\r\n"));
+
+		if (!(HIDReportInfo.TotalReportItems))
+			puts_P(PSTR("Not a valid Keyboard." ESC_FG_WHITE));
+		else
+			printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	puts_P(PSTR("Keyboard Enumerated.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+	USB_Disable();
+
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+	for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ *  enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Task to read in and processes the next report from the attached device, displaying the report
+ *  contents on the board LEDs and via the serial port.
+ */
+void KeyboardHost_Task(void)
+{
+	if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+	  return;
+
+	/* Select and unfreeze keyboard data pipe */
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(KEYBOARD_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+	/* Check to see if a packet has been received */
+	if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+	{
+		/* Check if data has been received from the attached keyboard */
+		if (Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed())
+		{
+			/* Create buffer big enough for the report */
+			uint8_t KeyboardReport[Pipe_BytesInPipe()];
+
+			/* Load in the keyboard report */
+			Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(KeyboardReport, Pipe_BytesInPipe(), NULL);
+
+			/* Process the read in keyboard report from the device */
+			ProcessKeyboardReport(KeyboardReport);
+		}
+
+		/* Clear the IN endpoint, ready for next data packet */
+		Pipe_ClearIN();
+	}
+
+	/* Freeze keyboard data pipe */
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+}
+
+/** Processes a read HID report from an attached keyboard, extracting out elements via the HID parser results
+ *  as required and prints pressed characters to the serial port. Each time a key is typed, a board LED is toggled.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] KeyboardReport  Pointer to a HID report from an attached keyboard device
+ */
+void ProcessKeyboardReport(uint8_t* KeyboardReport)
+{
+	/* Check each HID report item in turn, looking for keyboard scan code reports */
+	for (uint8_t ReportNumber = 0; ReportNumber < HIDReportInfo.TotalReportItems; ReportNumber++)
+	{
+		/* Create a temporary item pointer to the next report item */
+		HID_ReportItem_t* ReportItem = &HIDReportInfo.ReportItems[ReportNumber];
+
+		/* Check if the current report item is a keyboard scan-code */
+		if ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Page      == USAGE_PAGE_KEYBOARD) &&
+			(ReportItem->Attributes.BitSize         == 8)                   &&
+			(ReportItem->Attributes.Logical.Maximum > 1)                    &&
+			(ReportItem->ItemType                   == HID_REPORT_ITEM_In))
+		{
+			/* Retrieve the keyboard scan-code from the report data retrieved from the device */
+			bool FoundData = USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo(KeyboardReport, ReportItem);
+
+			/* For multi-report devices - if the requested data was not in the issued report, continue */
+			if (!(FoundData))
+			  continue;
+
+			/* Key code is an unsigned char in length, cast to the appropriate type */
+			uint8_t KeyCode = (uint8_t)ReportItem->Value;
+
+			/* If scan-code is non-zero, a key is being pressed */
+			if (KeyCode)
+			{
+				/* Toggle status LED to indicate keypress */
+				LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDS_LED2);
+
+				char PressedKey = 0;
+
+				/* Retrieve pressed key character if alphanumeric */
+				if ((KeyCode >= HID_KEYBOARD_SC_A) && (KeyCode <= HID_KEYBOARD_SC_Z))
+				{
+					PressedKey = (KeyCode - HID_KEYBOARD_SC_A) + 'A';
+				}
+				else if ((KeyCode >= HID_KEYBOARD_SC_1_AND_EXCLAMATION) &
+						 (KeyCode  < HID_KEYBOARD_SC_0_AND_CLOSING_PARENTHESIS))
+				{
+					PressedKey = (KeyCode - HID_KEYBOARD_SC_1_AND_EXCLAMATION) + '1';
+				}
+				else if (KeyCode == HID_KEYBOARD_SC_0_AND_CLOSING_PARENTHESIS)
+				{
+					PressedKey = '0';
+				}
+				else if (KeyCode == HID_KEYBOARD_SC_SPACE)
+				{
+					PressedKey = ' ';
+				}
+				else if (KeyCode == HID_KEYBOARD_SC_ENTER)
+				{
+					PressedKey = '\n';
+				}
+
+				/* Print the pressed key character out through the serial port if valid */
+				if (PressedKey)
+				  putchar(PressedKey);
+			}
+
+			/* Once a scan-code is found, stop scanning through the report items */
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ce29a84918
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _KEYBOARD_HOST_H_
+#define _KEYBOARD_HOST_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <stdio.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+		#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+		#include "HIDReport.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+		void KeyboardHost_Task(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+		                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+		void ProcessKeyboardReport(uint8_t* KeyboardReport);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4c87965ca4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Keyboard Host With HID Descriptor Parser Demo
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Host</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>N/A</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ *        USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ *        Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Keyboard host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ *  application for implementing a USB Keyboard host, for USB keyboards using
+ *  the standard Keyboard HID profile. It uses a HID parser for the HID reports,
+ *  allowing for correct operation across all USB keyboards. This demo supports
+ *  keyboards with a single HID report.
+ *
+ *  Pressed alpha-numeric, enter or space key is transmitted through the serial
+ *  USART at serial settings 9600, 8, N, 1. On connection to a USB keyboard, the
+ *  report items will be processed and printed as a formatted list through the
+ *  USART before the keyboard is fully enumerated.
+ *
+ *  Currently only single interface keyboards are supported.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>
+ *     None
+ *    </td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..430eec7a29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="Keyboard HID (with parser) Host Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.keyboard_parser.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.keyboard_parser"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.keyboard_parser" caption="Keyboard HID (with parser) Host Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Keyboard HID Host demo with HID parser, implementing a basic USB keyboard host that can display key press data on the board LEDs. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Host"/>
+			<keyword value="HID Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="KeyboardHostWithParser.txt"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="KeyboardHostWithParser.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="ConfigDescriptor.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="HIDReport.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="KeyboardHostWithParser.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="ConfigDescriptor.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="HIDReport.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..084a65242f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Keyboard Host Demo (Using HID Descriptor Parser)"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f5910ea5da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = KeyboardHostWithParser
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c ConfigDescriptor.c HIDReport.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..197122fce1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+//		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+//		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/ConfigDescriptor.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c02ec555c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
+ *  needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special  computer-readable structures
+ *  which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
+ *  routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
+ *  with compatible devices.
+ *
+ *  This routine searches for a MIDI interface descriptor pair containing bulk data IN and OUT endpoints.
+ *
+ *  \return An error code from the \ref MIDIHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
+ */
+uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
+{
+	uint8_t  ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+	void*    CurrConfigLocation = ConfigDescriptorData;
+	uint16_t CurrConfigBytesRem;
+
+	USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* MIDIInterface   = NULL;
+	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  DataINEndpoint  = NULL;
+	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+
+	/* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
+	switch (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &CurrConfigBytesRem, ConfigDescriptorData, sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)))
+	{
+		case HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful:
+			break;
+		case HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData:
+			return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
+		case HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow:
+			return DescriptorTooLarge;
+		default:
+			return ControlError;
+	}
+
+	while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint))
+	{
+		/* See if we've found a likely compatible interface, and if there is an endpoint within that interface */
+		if (!(MIDIInterface) ||
+		    USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+		                              DComp_NextMIDIStreamingDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+		{
+			/* Get the next Mass Storage interface from the configuration descriptor */
+			if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+										  DComp_NextMIDIStreamingInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+			{
+				/* Descriptor not found, error out */
+				return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+			}
+
+			/* Save the interface in case we need to refer back to it later */
+			MIDIInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+			/* Clear any found endpoints */
+			DataINEndpoint  = NULL;
+			DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+
+			/* Skip the remainder of the loop as we have not found an endpoint yet */
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
+		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+		/* If the endpoint is a IN type endpoint */
+		if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+		  DataINEndpoint  = EndpointData;
+		else
+		  DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
+	}
+
+	/* Configure the MIDI data IN pipe */
+	Pipe_ConfigurePipe(MIDI_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+
+	/* Configure the MIDI data OUT pipe */
+	Pipe_ConfigurePipe(MIDI_DATA_OUT_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+
+	/* Valid data found, return success */
+	return SuccessfulConfigRead;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ *  configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ *  descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ *  This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct MIDI Streaming Class, Subclass and Protocol values.
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextMIDIStreamingInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+	{
+		USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+		/* Check the MIDI descriptor class, subclass and protocol, break out if correct data interface found */
+		if ((Interface->Class    == AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass)            &&
+		    (Interface->SubClass == AUDIO_CSCP_MIDIStreamingSubclass) &&
+		    (Interface->Protocol == AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol))
+		{
+			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ *  configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ *  descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ *  This comparator searches for the next bulk IN or OUT endpoint within the current interface, aborting the search if
+ *  another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint.
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextMIDIStreamingDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+	{
+		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+		/* Check the endpoint type, break out if correct BULK type endpoint found */
+		if ((Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_BULK)
+		  return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+	}
+	else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+	{
+		return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+	}
+
+	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/ConfigDescriptor.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7cceba0597
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include "MIDIHost.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Pipe address for the MIDI data IN pipe. */
+		#define MIDI_DATA_IN_PIPE              (PIPE_DIR_IN  | 1)
+
+		/** Pipe address for the MIDI data OUT pipe. */
+		#define MIDI_DATA_OUT_PIPE             (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2)
+
+	/* Enums: */
+		/** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
+		enum MIDIHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
+		{
+			SuccessfulConfigRead            = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
+			ControlError                    = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
+			DescriptorTooLarge              = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
+			InvalidConfigDataReturned       = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
+			NoCompatibleInterfaceFound      = 4, /**< A compatible interface with the required endpoints was not found */
+		};
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
+
+		uint8_t DComp_NextMIDIStreamingInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+		uint8_t DComp_NextMIDIStreamingDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..95043d724e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,266 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the MIDIHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "MIDIHost.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ *  enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "MIDI Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		MIDIHost_Task();
+
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	Serial_Init(9600, false);
+	LEDs_Init();
+	Buttons_Init();
+	Joystick_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+
+	/* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+	Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ *  starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Attached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ *  stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ *  enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
+
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	/* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
+	if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
+	{
+		if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
+		  puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
+		else
+		  puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Invalid Device.\r\n"));
+
+		printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* Set the device configuration to the first configuration (rarely do devices use multiple configurations) */
+	if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"
+		                         " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	puts_P(PSTR("MIDI Device Enumerated.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+	USB_Disable();
+
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+	for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ *  enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Task to read in note on/off messages from the attached MIDI device and print it to the serial port.
+ *  When the board joystick or buttons are pressed, note on/off messages are sent to the attached device.
+ */
+void MIDIHost_Task(void)
+{
+	if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+	  return;
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(MIDI_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+	if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+	{
+		MIDI_EventPacket_t MIDIEvent;
+
+		Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&MIDIEvent, sizeof(MIDIEvent), NULL);
+
+		if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
+		  Pipe_ClearIN();
+
+		bool NoteOnEvent  = (MIDIEvent.Event == MIDI_EVENT(0, MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON));
+		bool NoteOffEvent = (MIDIEvent.Event == MIDI_EVENT(0, MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF));
+
+		if (NoteOnEvent || NoteOffEvent)
+		{
+			printf_P(PSTR("MIDI Note %s - Channel %d, Pitch %d, Velocity %d\r\n"), NoteOnEvent ? "On" : "Off",
+																				   ((MIDIEvent.Data1 & 0x0F) + 1),
+																				   MIDIEvent.Data2, MIDIEvent.Data3);
+		}
+	}
+
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(MIDI_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+	if (Pipe_IsOUTReady())
+	{
+		uint8_t MIDICommand = 0;
+		uint8_t MIDIPitch;
+
+		static uint8_t PrevJoystickStatus;
+		uint8_t JoystickStatus  = Joystick_GetStatus();
+		uint8_t JoystickChanges = (JoystickStatus ^ PrevJoystickStatus);
+
+		/* Get board button status - if pressed use channel 10 (percussion), otherwise use channel 1 */
+		uint8_t Channel = ((Buttons_GetStatus() & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ? MIDI_CHANNEL(10) : MIDI_CHANNEL(1));
+
+		if (JoystickChanges & JOY_LEFT)
+		{
+			MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_LEFT)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+			MIDIPitch   = 0x3C;
+		}
+
+		if (JoystickChanges & JOY_UP)
+		{
+			MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_UP)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+			MIDIPitch   = 0x3D;
+		}
+
+		if (JoystickChanges & JOY_RIGHT)
+		{
+			MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_RIGHT)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+			MIDIPitch   = 0x3E;
+		}
+
+		if (JoystickChanges & JOY_DOWN)
+		{
+			MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_DOWN)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+			MIDIPitch   = 0x3F;
+		}
+
+		if (JoystickChanges & JOY_PRESS)
+		{
+			MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_PRESS)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+			MIDIPitch   = 0x3B;
+		}
+
+		/* Check if a MIDI command is to be sent */
+		if (MIDICommand)
+		{
+			MIDI_EventPacket_t MIDIEvent = (MIDI_EventPacket_t)
+				{
+					.Event       = MIDI_EVENT(0, MIDICommand),
+
+					.Data1       = MIDICommand | Channel,
+					.Data2       = MIDIPitch,
+					.Data3       = MIDI_STANDARD_VELOCITY,
+				};
+
+			/* Write the MIDI event packet to the pipe */
+			Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(&MIDIEvent, sizeof(MIDIEvent), NULL);
+
+			/* Send the data in the pipe to the device */
+			Pipe_ClearOUT();
+		}
+
+		Pipe_Freeze();
+
+		/* Save previous joystick value for next joystick change detection */
+		PrevJoystickStatus = JoystickStatus;
+	}
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..eceea09778
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for MIDIHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MIDI_HOST_H_
+#define _MIDI_HOST_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <stdio.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+		#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+		void MIDIHost_Task(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+		                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..33a8319f06
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage MIDI Host Demo
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Host</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Audio Class Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>MIDI Subclass</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF USB MIDI Audio Class Standard</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  MIDI host demonstration application. This demo will enumerate an attached USB-MIDI device, and print incoming MIDI note
+ *  on and off messages on any channel to the serial port. Pressing the board joystick will send note on and off messages to
+ *  the attached MIDI device, with the board HWB controlling the note channel.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>
+ *     None
+ *    </td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f2c933bfd8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="MIDI Host Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.midi.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.midi"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.midi" caption="MIDI Host Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		MIDI Host demo, capable of sending and receiving MIDI messages to and from an attached device. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Host"/>
+			<keyword value="MIDI Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="MIDIHost.txt"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="MIDIHost.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="ConfigDescriptor.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="MIDIHost.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="ConfigDescriptor.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7a6906a271
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - MIDI Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cf24a871da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = MIDIHost
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c ConfigDescriptor.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e2b5166f25
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+//		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            5000
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+//		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/ConfigDescriptor.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b65912d51a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
+ *  needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special  computer-readable structures
+ *  which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
+ *  routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
+ *  with compatible devices.
+ *
+ *  This routine searches for a MSD interface descriptor containing bulk IN and OUT data endpoints.
+ *
+ *  \return An error code from the \ref MassStorageHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
+ */
+uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
+{
+	uint8_t  ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+	void*    CurrConfigLocation = ConfigDescriptorData;
+	uint16_t CurrConfigBytesRem;
+
+	USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* MSInterface     = NULL;
+	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  DataINEndpoint  = NULL;
+	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+
+	/* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
+	switch (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &CurrConfigBytesRem, ConfigDescriptorData, sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)))
+	{
+		case HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful:
+			break;
+		case HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData:
+			return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
+		case HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow:
+			return DescriptorTooLarge;
+		default:
+			return ControlError;
+	}
+
+	while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint))
+	{
+		/* See if we've found a likely compatible interface, and if there is an endpoint within that interface */
+		if (!(MSInterface) ||
+		    USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+		                              DComp_NextMSInterfaceBulkDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+		{
+			/* Get the next Mass Storage interface from the configuration descriptor */
+			if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+										  DComp_NextMSInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+			{
+				/* Descriptor not found, error out */
+				return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+			}
+
+			/* Save the interface in case we need to refer back to it later */
+			MSInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+			/* Clear any found endpoints */
+			DataINEndpoint  = NULL;
+			DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+
+			/* Skip the remainder of the loop as we have not found an endpoint yet */
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
+		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+		/* If the endpoint is a IN type endpoint */
+		if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+		  DataINEndpoint  = EndpointData;
+		else
+		  DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
+	}
+
+	/* Configure the Mass Storage data IN pipe */
+	Pipe_ConfigurePipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+
+	/* Configure the Mass Storage data OUT pipe */
+	Pipe_ConfigurePipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+
+	/* Valid data found, return success */
+	return SuccessfulConfigRead;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ *  configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ *  descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ *  This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct Mass Storage Class, Subclass and Protocol values.
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextMSInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+	{
+		USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+		/* Check the descriptor class and protocol, break out if correct class/protocol interface found */
+		if ((Interface->Class    == MASS_STORE_CLASS)    &&
+		    (Interface->SubClass == MASS_STORE_SUBCLASS) &&
+		    (Interface->Protocol == MASS_STORE_PROTOCOL))
+		{
+			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ *  configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ *  descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ *  This comparator searches for the next Bulk Endpoint descriptor of the correct MSD interface, aborting the search if
+ *  another interface descriptor is found before the next endpoint.
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextMSInterfaceBulkDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+	{
+		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+		/* Check the endpoint type, break out if correct BULK type endpoint found */
+		if ((Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_BULK)
+		  return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+	}
+	else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+	{
+		return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+	}
+
+	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/ConfigDescriptor.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..eaf4d28de6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include "MassStorageHost.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Interface Class value for the Mass Storage Device class. */
+		#define MASS_STORE_CLASS               0x08
+
+		/** Interface Class value for the Mass Storage Device subclass. */
+		#define MASS_STORE_SUBCLASS            0x06
+
+		/** Interface Protocol value for the Bulk Only transport protocol. */
+		#define MASS_STORE_PROTOCOL            0x50
+
+		/** Pipe address of the Mass Storage data IN pipe. */
+		#define MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE        (PIPE_DIR_IN  | 1)
+
+		/** Pipe address of the Mass Storage data OUT pipe. */
+		#define MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE       (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2)
+
+	/* Enums: */
+		/** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
+		enum MassStorageHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
+		{
+			SuccessfulConfigRead            = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
+			ControlError                    = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
+			DescriptorTooLarge              = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
+			InvalidConfigDataReturned       = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
+			NoCompatibleInterfaceFound      = 4, /**< A compatible interface with the required endpoints was not found */
+		};
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
+
+		uint8_t DComp_NextMSInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+		uint8_t DComp_NextMSInterfaceBulkDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5f0dd6f1a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.c
@@ -0,0 +1,635 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Mass Storage Device commands, to issue MSD commands to the device for
+ *  reading device status, capacity, and other characteristics. This file
+ *  also contains block read and write functions, so that device blocks
+ *  can be read and written. In general, these functions would be chained
+ *  to a FAT library to give file-level access to an attached device's contents.
+ *
+ *  \note Many Mass Storage devices on the market are non-compliant to the
+ *        specifications and thus can prove difficult to interface with. It
+ *        may be necessary to retry the functions in the module several times
+ *        after they have returned and error to successfully send the command
+ *        to the device. Some devices may also need to have the stream function
+ *        timeout period extended beyond 100ms (some badly designed devices exceeding
+ *        1.5 seconds occasionally) by defining USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS to a
+ *        larger value in the project makefile and passing it to the compiler
+ *        via the -D switch.
+ */
+
+#define  INCLUDE_FROM_MASSSTORE_COMMANDS_C
+#include "MassStoreCommands.h"
+
+/** Current Tag value used in issued CBWs to the device. This is automatically incremented
+ *  each time a command is sent, and is not externally accessible.
+ */
+static uint32_t MassStore_Tag = 1;
+
+
+/** Routine to send the current CBW to the device, and increment the Tag value as needed.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] SCSICommandBlock  Pointer to a SCSI command block structure to send to the attached device
+ *  \param[in,out] BufferPtr     Pointer to a buffer for the data to send or receive to/from the device, or NULL if no data
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+static uint8_t MassStore_SendCommand(MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t* const SCSICommandBlock,
+                                     void* BufferPtr)
+{
+	uint8_t ErrorCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+
+	/* Wrap Tag value when invalid - MS class defines tag values of 0 and 0xFFFFFFFF to be invalid */
+	if (++MassStore_Tag == 0xFFFFFFFF)
+	  MassStore_Tag = 1;
+
+	/* Each transmission should have a unique tag value, increment before use */
+	SCSICommandBlock->Tag = MassStore_Tag;
+
+	/* Select the OUT data pipe for CBW transmission */
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+	/* Write the CBW command to the OUT pipe */
+	if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(SCSICommandBlock, sizeof(MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t), NULL)) !=
+	                                      PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+	{
+		Pipe_Freeze();
+		return ErrorCode;
+	}
+
+	/* Send the data in the OUT pipe to the attached device */
+	Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+	/* Wait until command has been sent */
+	Pipe_WaitUntilReady();
+
+	/* Freeze pipe after use */
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+
+	if (BufferPtr != NULL)
+	{
+		/* Transfer the requested data (if any) to or from the device */
+		ErrorCode = MassStore_SendReceiveData(SCSICommandBlock, (void*)BufferPtr);
+
+		/* Only fail completely if the transfer fails without a STALL, as a logical STALL can be recovered from */
+		if ((ErrorCode != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError) && (ErrorCode != PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled))
+		{
+			Pipe_Freeze();
+			return ErrorCode;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Retrieve the returned SCSI status from the device */
+	MS_CommandStatusWrapper_t SCSIStatusBlock;
+	return MassStore_GetReturnedStatus(&SCSIStatusBlock);
+}
+
+/** Waits until the attached device is ready to accept data following a CBW, checking
+ *  to ensure that the device has not stalled the transaction.
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+static uint8_t MassStore_WaitForDataReceived(void)
+{
+	uint16_t TimeoutMSRem        = COMMAND_DATA_TIMEOUT_MS;
+	uint16_t PreviousFrameNumber = USB_Host_GetFrameNumber();
+
+	/* Select the IN data pipe for data reception */
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+	/* Wait until data received in the IN pipe */
+	while (!(Pipe_IsINReceived()))
+	{
+		uint16_t CurrentFrameNumber = USB_Host_GetFrameNumber();
+
+		/* Check to see if a new frame has been issued (1ms elapsed) */
+		if (CurrentFrameNumber != PreviousFrameNumber)
+		{
+			/* Save the new frame number and decrement the timeout period */
+			PreviousFrameNumber = CurrentFrameNumber;
+			TimeoutMSRem--;
+
+			/* Check to see if the timeout period for the command has elapsed */
+			if (!(TimeoutMSRem))
+			  return PIPE_RWSTREAM_Timeout;
+		}
+
+		Pipe_Freeze();
+		Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
+		Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+		/* Check if pipe stalled (command failed by device) */
+		if (Pipe_IsStalled())
+		{
+			/* Clear the stall condition on the OUT pipe */
+			USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress());
+
+			return PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled;
+		}
+
+		Pipe_Freeze();
+		Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+		Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+		/* Check if pipe stalled (command failed by device) */
+		if (Pipe_IsStalled())
+		{
+			/* Clear the stall condition on the IN pipe */
+			USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress());
+
+			return PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled;
+		}
+
+		/* Check to see if the device was disconnected, if so exit function */
+		if (USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached)
+		  return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+	};
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+
+	return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+/** Sends or receives the transaction's data stage to or from the attached device, reading or
+ *  writing to the nominated buffer.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] SCSICommandBlock  Pointer to a SCSI command block structure being sent to the attached device
+ *  \param[in,out]  BufferPtr    Pointer to the data buffer to read from or write to
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+static uint8_t MassStore_SendReceiveData(MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t* const SCSICommandBlock,
+                                         void* BufferPtr)
+{
+	uint8_t  ErrorCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+	uint16_t BytesRem  = SCSICommandBlock->DataTransferLength;
+
+	/* Check the direction of the SCSI command data stage */
+	if (SCSICommandBlock->Flags & MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN)
+	{
+		/* Wait until the device has replied with some data */
+		if ((ErrorCode = MassStore_WaitForDataReceived()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+		  return ErrorCode;
+
+		/* Select the IN data pipe for data reception */
+		Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+		Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+		/* Read in the block data from the pipe */
+		if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(BufferPtr, BytesRem, NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+		  return ErrorCode;
+
+		/* Acknowledge the packet */
+		Pipe_ClearIN();
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* Select the OUT data pipe for data transmission */
+		Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
+		Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+		/* Write the block data to the pipe */
+		if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(BufferPtr, BytesRem, NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+		  return ErrorCode;
+
+		/* Acknowledge the packet */
+		Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+		while (!(Pipe_IsOUTReady()))
+		{
+			if (USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached)
+			  return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Freeze used pipe after use */
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+
+	return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+/** Routine to receive the current CSW from the device.
+ *
+ *  \param[out] SCSICommandStatus  Pointer to a destination where the returned status data should be stored
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum, or MASS_STORE_SCSI_COMMAND_FAILED if the SCSI command fails
+ */
+static uint8_t MassStore_GetReturnedStatus(MS_CommandStatusWrapper_t* const SCSICommandStatus)
+{
+	uint8_t ErrorCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+
+	/* If an error in the command occurred, abort */
+	if ((ErrorCode = MassStore_WaitForDataReceived()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+	  return ErrorCode;
+
+	/* Select the IN data pipe for data reception */
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+	/* Load in the CSW from the attached device */
+	if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(SCSICommandStatus, sizeof(MS_CommandStatusWrapper_t), NULL)) !=
+	                                     PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+	{
+		return ErrorCode;
+	}
+
+	/* Clear the data ready for next reception */
+	Pipe_ClearIN();
+
+	/* Freeze the IN pipe after use */
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+
+	/* Check to see if command failed */
+	if (SCSICommandStatus->Status != MS_SCSI_COMMAND_Pass)
+	  ErrorCode = MASS_STORE_SCSI_COMMAND_FAILED;
+
+	return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/** Issues a Mass Storage class specific request to reset the attached device's Mass Storage interface,
+ *  readying the device for the next CBW. The Data endpoints are cleared of any STALL condition once this
+ *  command completes successfully.
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum, or MASS_STORE_SCSI_COMMAND_FAILED if the SCSI command fails
+ */
+uint8_t MassStore_MassStorageReset(void)
+{
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+		{
+			.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+			.bRequest      = MS_REQ_MassStorageReset,
+			.wValue        = 0,
+			.wIndex        = 0,
+			.wLength       = 0,
+		};
+
+	/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	  return ErrorCode;
+
+	/* Select first data pipe to clear STALL condition if one exists */
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress())) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	  return ErrorCode;
+
+	/* Select second data pipe to clear STALL condition if one exists */
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress())) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	  return ErrorCode;
+
+	return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+}
+
+/** Issues a Mass Storage class specific request to determine the index of the highest numbered Logical
+ *  Unit in the attached device.
+ *
+ *  \note Some devices do not support this request, and will STALL it when issued. To get around this,
+ *        on unsupported devices the max LUN index will be reported as zero and no error will be returned
+ *        if the device STALLs the request.
+ *
+ *  \param[out] MaxLUNIndex  Pointer to the location that the maximum LUN index value should be stored
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum, or MASS_STORE_SCSI_COMMAND_FAILED if the SCSI command fails
+ */
+uint8_t MassStore_GetMaxLUN(uint8_t* const MaxLUNIndex)
+{
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+		{
+			.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+			.bRequest      = MS_REQ_GetMaxLUN,
+			.wValue        = 0,
+			.wIndex        = 0,
+			.wLength       = 1,
+		};
+
+	/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(MaxLUNIndex)) == HOST_SENDCONTROL_SetupStalled)
+	{
+		/* Clear the pipe stall */
+		Pipe_ClearStall();
+
+		/* Some faulty Mass Storage devices don't implement the GET_MAX_LUN request, so assume a single LUN */
+		*MaxLUNIndex = 0;
+
+		/* Clear the error, and pretend the request executed correctly if the device STALLed it */
+		ErrorCode = HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+	}
+
+	return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/** Issues a SCSI Inquiry command to the attached device, to determine the device's information. This
+ *  gives information on the device's capabilities.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] LUNIndex    Index of the LUN inside the device the command is being addressed to
+ *  \param[out] InquiryPtr  Pointer to the inquiry data structure where the inquiry data from the device is to be stored
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum, or MASS_STORE_SCSI_COMMAND_FAILED if the SCSI command fails
+ */
+uint8_t MassStore_Inquiry(const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+                          SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t* const InquiryPtr)
+{
+	/* Create a CBW with a SCSI command to issue INQUIRY command */
+	MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock = (MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t)
+		{
+			.Signature          = MS_CBW_SIGNATURE,
+			.DataTransferLength = sizeof(SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t),
+			.Flags              = MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN,
+			.LUN                = LUNIndex,
+			.SCSICommandLength  = 6,
+			.SCSICommandData    =
+				{
+					SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY,
+					0x00,                   // Reserved
+					0x00,                   // Reserved
+					0x00,                   // Reserved
+					sizeof(SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t), // Allocation Length
+					0x00                    // Unused (control)
+				}
+		};
+
+	/* Send the command and any data to the attached device */
+	return MassStore_SendCommand(&SCSICommandBlock, InquiryPtr);
+}
+
+/** Issues a SCSI Request Sense command to the attached device, to determine the current SCSI sense information. This
+ *  gives error codes for the last issued SCSI command to the device.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] LUNIndex   Index of the LUN inside the device the command is being addressed to
+ *  \param[out] SensePtr  Pointer to the sense data structure where the sense data from the device is to be stored
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum, or MASS_STORE_SCSI_COMMAND_FAILED if the SCSI command fails
+ */
+uint8_t MassStore_RequestSense(const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+                               SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t* const SensePtr)
+{
+	/* Create a CBW with a SCSI command to issue REQUEST SENSE command */
+	MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock = (MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t)
+		{
+			.Signature          = MS_CBW_SIGNATURE,
+			.DataTransferLength = sizeof(SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t),
+			.Flags              = MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN,
+			.LUN                = LUNIndex,
+			.SCSICommandLength  = 6,
+			.SCSICommandData =
+				{
+					SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE,
+					0x00,                   // Reserved
+					0x00,                   // Reserved
+					0x00,                   // Reserved
+					sizeof(SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t), // Allocation Length
+					0x00                    // Unused (control)
+				}
+		};
+
+	/* Send the command and any data to the attached device */
+	return MassStore_SendCommand(&SCSICommandBlock, SensePtr);
+}
+
+/** Issues a SCSI Device Block Read command to the attached device, to read in one or more data blocks from the
+ *  storage medium into a buffer.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] LUNIndex      Index of the LUN inside the device the command is being addressed to
+ *  \param[in] BlockAddress  Start block address to read from
+ *  \param[in] Blocks        Number of blocks to read from the device
+ *  \param[in] BlockSize     Size in bytes of each block to read
+ *  \param[out] BufferPtr    Pointer to the buffer where the read data is to be written to
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum, or MASS_STORE_SCSI_COMMAND_FAILED if the SCSI command fails
+ */
+uint8_t MassStore_ReadDeviceBlock(const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+                                  const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+                                  const uint8_t Blocks,
+                                  const uint16_t BlockSize,
+                                  void* BufferPtr)
+{
+	/* Create a CBW with a SCSI command to read in the given blocks from the device */
+	MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock = (MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t)
+		{
+			.Signature          = MS_CBW_SIGNATURE,
+			.DataTransferLength = ((uint32_t)Blocks * BlockSize),
+			.Flags              = MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN,
+			.LUN                = LUNIndex,
+			.SCSICommandLength  = 10,
+			.SCSICommandData    =
+				{
+					SCSI_CMD_READ_10,
+					0x00,                   // Unused (control bits, all off)
+					(BlockAddress >> 24),   // MSB of Block Address
+					(BlockAddress >> 16),
+					(BlockAddress >> 8),
+					(BlockAddress & 0xFF),  // LSB of Block Address
+					0x00,                   // Reserved
+					0x00,                   // MSB of Total Blocks to Read
+					Blocks,                 // LSB of Total Blocks to Read
+					0x00                    // Unused (control)
+				}
+		};
+
+	/* Send the command and any data to the attached device */
+	return MassStore_SendCommand(&SCSICommandBlock, BufferPtr);
+}
+
+/** Issues a SCSI Device Block Write command to the attached device, to write one or more data blocks to the
+ *  storage medium from a buffer.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] LUNIndex      Index of the LUN inside the device the command is being addressed to
+ *  \param[in] BlockAddress  Start block address to write to
+ *  \param[in] Blocks        Number of blocks to write to in the device
+ *  \param[in] BlockSize     Size in bytes of each block to write
+ *  \param[in] BufferPtr     Pointer to the buffer where the write data is to be sourced from
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum, or MASS_STORE_SCSI_COMMAND_FAILED if the SCSI command fails
+ */
+uint8_t MassStore_WriteDeviceBlock(const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+                                   const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+                                   const uint8_t Blocks,
+                                   const uint16_t BlockSize,
+                                   void* BufferPtr)
+{
+	/* Create a CBW with a SCSI command to write the given blocks to the device */
+	MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock = (MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t)
+		{
+			.Signature          = MS_CBW_SIGNATURE,
+			.DataTransferLength = ((uint32_t)Blocks * BlockSize),
+			.Flags              = MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_OUT,
+			.LUN                = LUNIndex,
+			.SCSICommandLength  = 10,
+			.SCSICommandData    =
+				{
+					SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10,
+					0x00,                   // Unused (control bits, all off)
+					(BlockAddress >> 24),   // MSB of Block Address
+					(BlockAddress >> 16),
+					(BlockAddress >> 8),
+					(BlockAddress & 0xFF),  // LSB of Block Address
+					0x00,                   // Unused (reserved)
+					0x00,                   // MSB of Total Blocks to Write
+					Blocks,                 // LSB of Total Blocks to Write
+					0x00                    // Unused (control)
+				}
+		};
+
+	/* Send the command and any data to the attached device */
+	return MassStore_SendCommand(&SCSICommandBlock, BufferPtr);
+}
+
+/** Issues a SCSI Device Test Unit Ready command to the attached device, to determine if the device is ready to accept
+ *  other commands.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] LUNIndex      Index of the LUN inside the device the command is being addressed to
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum, or MASS_STORE_SCSI_COMMAND_FAILED if the SCSI command fails
+ */
+uint8_t MassStore_TestUnitReady(const uint8_t LUNIndex)
+{
+	/* Create a CBW with a SCSI command to issue TEST UNIT READY command */
+	MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock = (MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t)
+		{
+			.Signature          = MS_CBW_SIGNATURE,
+			.DataTransferLength = 0,
+			.Flags              = MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN,
+			.LUN                = LUNIndex,
+			.SCSICommandLength  = 6,
+			.SCSICommandData    =
+				{
+					SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY,
+					0x00,                   // Reserved
+					0x00,                   // Reserved
+					0x00,                   // Reserved
+					0x00,                   // Reserved
+					0x00                    // Unused (control)
+				}
+		};
+
+	/* Send the command and any data to the attached device */
+	return MassStore_SendCommand(&SCSICommandBlock, NULL);
+}
+
+/** Issues a SCSI Device Read Capacity command to the attached device, to determine the capacity of the
+ *  given Logical Unit within the device.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] LUNIndex      Index of the LUN inside the device the command is being addressed to
+ *  \param[out] CapacityPtr  Device capacity structure where the capacity data is to be stored
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum, or MASS_STORE_SCSI_COMMAND_FAILED if the SCSI command fails
+ */
+uint8_t MassStore_ReadCapacity(const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+                               SCSI_Capacity_t* const CapacityPtr)
+{
+	uint8_t ErrorCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+
+	/* Create a CBW with a SCSI command to issue READ CAPACITY command */
+	MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock = (MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t)
+		{
+			.Signature          = MS_CBW_SIGNATURE,
+			.DataTransferLength = sizeof(SCSI_Capacity_t),
+			.Flags              = MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN,
+			.LUN                = LUNIndex,
+			.SCSICommandLength  = 10,
+			.SCSICommandData    =
+				{
+					SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10,
+					0x00,                   // Reserved
+					0x00,                   // MSB of Logical block address
+					0x00,
+					0x00,
+					0x00,                   // LSB of Logical block address
+					0x00,                   // Reserved
+					0x00,                   // Reserved
+					0x00,                   // Partial Medium Indicator
+					0x00                    // Unused (control)
+				}
+		};
+
+	/* Send the command and any data to the attached device */
+	if ((ErrorCode = MassStore_SendCommand(&SCSICommandBlock, CapacityPtr)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+	  return ErrorCode;
+
+	/* Endian-correct the read data */
+	CapacityPtr->Blocks    = SwapEndian_32(CapacityPtr->Blocks);
+	CapacityPtr->BlockSize = SwapEndian_32(CapacityPtr->BlockSize);
+
+	return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/** Issues a SCSI Device Prevent/Allow Medium Removal command to the attached device, to lock the physical media from
+ *  being removed. This is a legacy command for SCSI disks with removable storage (such as ZIP disks), but should still
+ *  be issued before the first read or write command is sent.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] LUNIndex        Index of the LUN inside the device the command is being addressed to
+ *  \param[in] PreventRemoval  Whether or not the LUN media should be locked to prevent removal or not
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum, or MASS_STORE_SCSI_COMMAND_FAILED if the SCSI command fails
+ */
+uint8_t MassStore_PreventAllowMediumRemoval(const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+                                            const bool PreventRemoval)
+{
+	/* Create a CBW with a SCSI command to issue PREVENT ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL command */
+	MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock = (MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t)
+		{
+			.Signature          = MS_CBW_SIGNATURE,
+			.DataTransferLength = 0,
+			.Flags              = MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_OUT,
+			.LUN                = LUNIndex,
+			.SCSICommandLength  = 6,
+			.SCSICommandData    =
+				{
+					SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL,
+					0x00,                   // Reserved
+					0x00,                   // Reserved
+					PreventRemoval,         // Prevent flag
+					0x00,                   // Reserved
+					0x00                    // Unused (control)
+				}
+		};
+
+	/* Send the command and any data to the attached device */
+	return MassStore_SendCommand(&SCSICommandBlock, NULL);
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4447687489
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.h
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for MassStoreCommands.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MASS_STORE_COMMANDS_H_
+#define _MASS_STORE_COMMANDS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+
+		#include "../MassStorageHost.h"
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Timeout period between the issuing of a CBW to a device, and the reception of the first packet. */
+		#define COMMAND_DATA_TIMEOUT_MS             10000
+
+		/** Additional error code for Mass Storage functions when a device returns a logical command failure. */
+		#define MASS_STORE_SCSI_COMMAND_FAILED      0xC0
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_MASSSTORE_COMMANDS_C)
+			static uint8_t MassStore_SendCommand(MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t* const SCSICommandBlock,
+			                                     void* BufferPtr);
+			static uint8_t MassStore_WaitForDataReceived(void);
+			static uint8_t MassStore_SendReceiveData(MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t* const SCSICommandBlock,
+			                                         void* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+			static uint8_t MassStore_GetReturnedStatus(MS_CommandStatusWrapper_t* const SCSICommandStatus) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+		#endif
+
+		uint8_t MassStore_MassStorageReset(void);
+		uint8_t MassStore_GetMaxLUN(uint8_t* const MaxLUNIndex);
+		uint8_t MassStore_RequestSense(const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+		                               SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t* const SensePtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+		uint8_t MassStore_Inquiry(const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+		                          SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t* const InquiryPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+		uint8_t MassStore_ReadDeviceBlock(const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+		                                  const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+		                                  const uint8_t Blocks,
+		                                  const uint16_t BlockSize,
+		                                  void* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(5);
+		uint8_t MassStore_WriteDeviceBlock(const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+		                                   const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+                                           const uint8_t Blocks,
+		                                   const uint16_t BlockSize,
+		                                   void* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(5);
+		uint8_t MassStore_ReadCapacity(const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+		                               SCSI_Capacity_t* const CapacityPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+		uint8_t MassStore_TestUnitReady(const uint8_t LUNIndex);
+		uint8_t MassStore_PreventAllowMediumRemoval(const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+		                                            const bool PreventRemoval);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4d52470433
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,373 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the MassStorageHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "MassStorageHost.h"
+
+/** Index of the highest available LUN (Logical Unit) in the attached Mass Storage Device */
+uint8_t MassStore_MaxLUNIndex;
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ *  enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Mass Storage Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		MassStorageHost_Task();
+
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	Serial_Init(9600, false);
+	LEDs_Init();
+	Buttons_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+
+	/* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+	Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ *  starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Attached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ *  stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ *  enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
+
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	/* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
+	if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
+	{
+		if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
+		  puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
+		else
+		  puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Invalid Device.\r\n"));
+
+		printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* Set the device configuration to the first configuration (rarely do devices use multiple configurations) */
+	if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"
+		                         " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	puts_P(PSTR("Mass Storage Disk Enumerated.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+	USB_Disable();
+
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+	for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ *  enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Task to set the configuration of the attached device after it has been enumerated, and to read in blocks from
+ *  the device and print them to the serial port.
+ */
+void MassStorageHost_Task(void)
+{
+	if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+	  return;
+
+	/* Indicate device busy via the status LEDs */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	/* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */
+	if ((ErrorCode = MassStore_GetMaxLUN(&MassStore_MaxLUNIndex)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Get Max LUN"), ErrorCode);
+		USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* Print number of LUNs detected in the attached device */
+	printf_P(PSTR("Total LUNs: %d - Using first LUN in device.\r\n"), (MassStore_MaxLUNIndex + 1));
+
+	/* Reset the Mass Storage device interface, ready for use */
+	if ((ErrorCode = MassStore_MassStorageReset()) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Mass Storage Reset"), ErrorCode);
+		USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* Get sense data from the device - many devices will not accept any other commands until the sense data
+	 * is read - both on start-up and after a failed command */
+	SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t SenseData;
+	if ((ErrorCode = MassStore_RequestSense(0, &SenseData)) != 0)
+	{
+		ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Request Sense"), ErrorCode);
+		USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* Set the prevent removal flag for the device, allowing it to be accessed */
+	if ((ErrorCode = MassStore_PreventAllowMediumRemoval(0, true)) != 0)
+	{
+		ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Prevent/Allow Medium Removal"), ErrorCode);
+		USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* Get inquiry data from the device */
+	SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t InquiryData;
+	if ((ErrorCode = MassStore_Inquiry(0, &InquiryData)) != 0)
+	{
+		ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Inquiry"), ErrorCode);
+		USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* Print vendor and product names of attached device */
+	printf_P(PSTR("Vendor \"%.8s\", Product \"%.16s\"\r\n"), InquiryData.VendorID, InquiryData.ProductID);
+
+	/* Wait until disk ready */
+	puts_P(PSTR("Waiting until ready.."));
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		Serial_SendByte('.');
+
+		/* Abort if device removed */
+		if (USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached)
+		  break;
+
+		/* Check to see if the attached device is ready for new commands */
+		ErrorCode = MassStore_TestUnitReady(0);
+
+		/* If attached device is ready, abort the loop */
+		if (!(ErrorCode))
+		  break;
+
+		/* If an error other than a logical command failure (indicating device busy) returned, abort */
+		if (ErrorCode != MASS_STORE_SCSI_COMMAND_FAILED)
+		{
+			ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Test Unit Ready"), ErrorCode);
+			USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+			return;
+		}
+	}
+
+	puts_P(PSTR("\r\nRetrieving Capacity... "));
+
+	/* Create new structure for the disk's capacity in blocks and block size */
+	SCSI_Capacity_t DiskCapacity;
+
+	/* Retrieve disk capacity */
+	if ((ErrorCode = MassStore_ReadCapacity(0, &DiskCapacity)) != 0)
+	{
+		ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Read Capacity"), ErrorCode);
+		USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* Display the disk capacity in blocks * block size bytes */
+	printf_P(PSTR("%lu blocks of %lu bytes.\r\n"), DiskCapacity.Blocks, DiskCapacity.BlockSize);
+
+	/* Create a new buffer capable of holding a single block from the device */
+	uint8_t BlockBuffer[DiskCapacity.BlockSize];
+
+	/* Read in the first 512 byte block from the device */
+	if ((ErrorCode = MassStore_ReadDeviceBlock(0, 0x00000000, 1, DiskCapacity.BlockSize, BlockBuffer)) != 0)
+	{
+		ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Read Device Block"), ErrorCode);
+		USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	puts_P(PSTR("\r\nContents of first block:\r\n"));
+
+	/* Print out the first block in both HEX and ASCII, 16 bytes per line */
+	for (uint16_t Chunk = 0; Chunk < (DiskCapacity.BlockSize >> 4); Chunk++)
+	{
+		/* Pointer to the start of the current 16-byte chunk in the read block of data */
+		uint8_t* ChunkPtr = &BlockBuffer[Chunk << 4];
+
+		/* Print out the 16 bytes of the chunk in HEX format */
+		for (uint8_t ByteOffset = 0; ByteOffset < (1 << 4); ByteOffset++)
+		{
+			char CurrByte = *(ChunkPtr + ByteOffset);
+
+			printf_P(PSTR("%.2X "), CurrByte);
+		}
+
+		puts_P(PSTR("    "));
+
+		/* Print out the 16 bytes of the chunk in ASCII format */
+		for (uint8_t ByteOffset = 0; ByteOffset < (1 << 4); ByteOffset++)
+		{
+			char CurrByte = *(ChunkPtr + ByteOffset);
+
+			putchar(isprint(CurrByte) ? CurrByte : '.');
+		}
+
+		puts_P(PSTR("\r\n"));
+	}
+
+	puts_P(PSTR("\r\n\r\nPress board button to read entire ASCII contents of disk...\r\n\r\n"));
+
+	/* Wait for the board button to be pressed */
+	while (!(Buttons_GetStatus() & BUTTONS_BUTTON1))
+	{
+		/* Abort if device removed */
+		if (USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached)
+		  return;
+	}
+
+	/* Print out the entire disk contents in ASCII format */
+	for (uint32_t CurrBlockAddress = 0; CurrBlockAddress < DiskCapacity.Blocks; CurrBlockAddress++)
+	{
+		/* Read in the next block of data from the device */
+		if ((ErrorCode = MassStore_ReadDeviceBlock(0, CurrBlockAddress, 1, DiskCapacity.BlockSize, BlockBuffer)) != 0)
+		{
+			ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Read Device Block"), ErrorCode);
+			USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+			return;
+		}
+
+		/* Send the ASCII data in the read in block to the serial port */
+		for (uint16_t Byte = 0; Byte < DiskCapacity.BlockSize; Byte++)
+		{
+			char CurrByte = BlockBuffer[Byte];
+
+			putchar(isprint(CurrByte) ? CurrByte : '.');
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Indicate device no longer busy */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+	USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+}
+
+/** Indicates that a communication error has occurred with the attached Mass Storage Device,
+ *  printing error codes to the serial port and waiting until the device is removed before
+ *  continuing.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] CommandString  ASCII string located in PROGMEM space indicating what operation failed
+ *  \param[in] ErrorCode      Error code of the function which failed to complete successfully
+ */
+void ShowDiskReadError(const char* CommandString,
+                       const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+	if (ErrorCode == MASS_STORE_SCSI_COMMAND_FAILED)
+	{
+		/* Display the error code */
+		printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "SCSI command error (%S).\r\n"), CommandString);
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* Display the error code */
+		printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Command error (%S).\r\n"), CommandString);
+		printf_P(PSTR("  -- Error Code: %d" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+	}
+
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+
+	/* Indicate device error via the status LEDs */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8459ecfe0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for MassStoreHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MASS_STORE_HOST_H_
+#define _MASS_STORE_HOST_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <stdio.h>
+		#include <ctype.h>
+		#include <string.h>
+
+		#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+		#include "Lib/MassStoreCommands.h"
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY          LEDS_LED2
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+		void MassStorageHost_Task(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+		                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+		void ShowDiskReadError(const char* CommandString,
+		                       const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4b07261c4f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Mass Storage Host Demo
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Host</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Mass Storage Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Bulk Only</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF Mass Storage Standard \n
+ *        USB Bulk-Only Transport Standard \n
+ *        SCSI Primary Commands Specification \n
+ *        SCSI Block Commands Specification</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Mass Storage host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ *  application for implementing a USB Mass Storage host, for USB storage devices
+ *  using the standard Mass Storage USB profile.
+ *
+ *  The first 512 bytes (boot sector) of an attached disk's memory will be dumped
+ *  out of the serial port in HEX and ASCII form when it is attached to the AT90USB1287
+ *  AVR. The device will then wait for HWB to be pressed, whereupon the entire ASCII contents
+ *  of the disk will be dumped to the serial port.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>
+ *     None
+ *    </td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..218b89854b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="Mass Storage Host Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.ms.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.ms"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.ms" caption="Mass Storage Host Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Mass Storage Host demo, capable of reading and writing raw 512 byte segments to the device's serial port. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Host"/>
+			<keyword value="Mass Storage Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="MassStorageHost.txt"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="MassStorageHost.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="ConfigDescriptor.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="MassStorageHost.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="ConfigDescriptor.h"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/MassStoreCommands.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/MassStoreCommands.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..58657165ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Mass Storage Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ad1bddec9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = MassStorageHost
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c ConfigDescriptor.c Lib/MassStoreCommands.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..197122fce1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+//		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+//		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/ConfigDescriptor.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a7c16425ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
+ *  needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special  computer-readable structures
+ *  which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
+ *  routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
+ *  with compatible devices.
+ *
+ *  This routine searches for a HID interface descriptor containing at least one Interrupt type IN endpoint.
+ *
+ *  \return An error code from the \ref MouseHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
+ */
+uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
+{
+	uint8_t  ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+	void*    CurrConfigLocation = ConfigDescriptorData;
+	uint16_t CurrConfigBytesRem;
+
+	USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* HIDInterface   = NULL;
+	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+
+	/* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
+	switch (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &CurrConfigBytesRem, ConfigDescriptorData, sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)))
+	{
+		case HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful:
+			break;
+		case HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData:
+			return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
+		case HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow:
+			return DescriptorTooLarge;
+		default:
+			return ControlError;
+	}
+
+	while (!(DataINEndpoint))
+	{
+		/* See if we've found a likely compatible interface, and if there is an endpoint within that interface */
+		if (!(HIDInterface) ||
+		    USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+		                              DComp_NextMouseInterfaceDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+		{
+			/* Get the next HID interface from the configuration descriptor */
+			if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+										  DComp_NextMouseInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+			{
+				/* Descriptor not found, error out */
+				return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+			}
+
+			/* Save the interface in case we need to refer back to it later */
+			HIDInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+			/* Skip the remainder of the loop as we have not found an endpoint yet */
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
+		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+		/* If the endpoint is a IN type endpoint */
+		if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+		  DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+	}
+
+	/* Configure the HID data IN pipe */
+	Pipe_ConfigurePipe(MOUSE_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+	Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(DataINEndpoint->PollingIntervalMS);
+
+	/* Valid data found, return success */
+	return SuccessfulConfigRead;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ *  configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ *  descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ *  This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct Mouse HID Class and Protocol values.
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextMouseInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	/* Determine if the current descriptor is an interface descriptor */
+	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+	{
+		USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+		/* Check the HID descriptor class and protocol, break out if correct class/protocol interface found */
+		if ((Interface->Class    == HID_CSCP_HIDClass) &&
+		    (Interface->Protocol == HID_CSCP_MouseBootProtocol))
+		{
+			/* Indicate that the descriptor being searched for has been found */
+			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Current descriptor does not match what this comparator is looking for */
+	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ *  configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ *  descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ *  This comparator searches for the next Endpoint descriptor inside the current interface descriptor, aborting the
+ *  search if another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint.
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextMouseInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	/* Determine the type of the current descriptor */
+	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+	  return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+	else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+	  return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+	else
+	  return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/ConfigDescriptor.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9a84559e4d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include "MouseHost.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Pipe address for the mouse data IN pipe. */
+		#define MOUSE_DATA_IN_PIPE          (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+	/* Enums: */
+		/** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
+		enum MouseHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
+		{
+			SuccessfulConfigRead            = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
+			ControlError                    = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
+			DescriptorTooLarge              = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
+			InvalidConfigDataReturned       = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
+			NoCompatibleInterfaceFound      = 4, /**< A compatible interface with the required endpoints was not found */
+		};
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
+
+		uint8_t DComp_NextMouseInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+		uint8_t DComp_NextMouseInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/MouseHost.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/MouseHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d05cde41a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/MouseHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,250 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the MouseHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "MouseHost.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ *  enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Mouse HID Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		MouseHost_Task();
+
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	Serial_Init(9600, false);
+	LEDs_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+
+	/* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+	Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ *  starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Attached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ *  stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Unattached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ *  enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
+
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	/* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
+	if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
+	{
+		if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
+		  puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
+		else
+		  puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Invalid Device.\r\n"));
+
+		printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* Set the device configuration to the first configuration (rarely do devices use multiple configurations) */
+	if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"
+		                         " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* HID class request to set the mouse protocol to the Boot Protocol */
+	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+		{
+			.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+			.bRequest      = HID_REQ_SetProtocol,
+			.wValue        = 0,
+			.wIndex        = 0,
+			.wLength       = 0,
+		};
+
+	/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+	/* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */
+	if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Set Protocol).\r\n"
+								 " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	puts_P(PSTR("Mouse Enumerated.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+	USB_Disable();
+
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+	for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ *  enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Reads in and processes the next report from the attached device, displaying the report
+ *  contents on the board LEDs and via the serial port.
+ */
+void MouseHost_Task(void)
+{
+	if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+	  return;
+
+	USB_MouseReport_Data_t MouseReport;
+	uint8_t                LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
+
+	/* Select mouse data pipe */
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(MOUSE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+
+	/* Unfreeze mouse data pipe */
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+	/* Check to see if a packet has been received */
+	if (!(Pipe_IsINReceived()))
+	{
+		/* No packet received (no movement), turn off LEDs */
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_NO_LEDS);
+
+		/* Refreeze HID data IN pipe */
+		Pipe_Freeze();
+
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* Ensure pipe contains data before trying to read from it */
+	if (Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed())
+	{
+		/* Read in mouse report data */
+		Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&MouseReport, sizeof(MouseReport), NULL);
+
+		/* Alter status LEDs according to mouse X movement */
+		if (MouseReport.X > 0)
+		  LEDMask |= LEDS_LED1;
+		else if (MouseReport.X < 0)
+		  LEDMask |= LEDS_LED2;
+
+		/* Alter status LEDs according to mouse Y movement */
+		if (MouseReport.Y > 0)
+		  LEDMask |= LEDS_LED3;
+		else if (MouseReport.Y < 0)
+		  LEDMask |= LEDS_LED4;
+
+		/* Alter status LEDs according to mouse button position */
+		if (MouseReport.Button)
+		  LEDMask  = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+
+		/* Print mouse report data through the serial port */
+		printf_P(PSTR("dX:%2d dY:%2d Button:%d\r\n"), MouseReport.X,
+													  MouseReport.Y,
+													  MouseReport.Button);
+	}
+
+	/* Clear the IN endpoint, ready for next data packet */
+	Pipe_ClearIN();
+
+	/* Refreeze mouse data pipe */
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/MouseHost.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/MouseHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..58b863ab90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/MouseHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for MouseHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MOUSE_HOST_H_
+#define _MOUSE_HOST_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <stdio.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+		#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+		void MouseHost_Task(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+		                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+		void ReadNextReport(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/MouseHost.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/MouseHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..29364537b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/MouseHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Mouse Host Demo
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Host</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>N/A</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ *        USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ *        Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Mouse host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ *  application for implementing a USB Mouse host, for USB mice using
+ *  the standard mouse HID profile.
+ *
+ *  Mouse movement and button presses are displayed on the board LEDs,
+ *  as well as printed out the serial terminal as formatted dY, dY and
+ *  button status information.
+ *
+ *  This uses a naive method where the mouse is set to Boot Protocol mode, so
+ *  that the report structure is fixed and known. A better implementation
+ *  uses the HID report parser for correct report data processing across
+ *  all compatible mice with advanced characteristics, as shown in the
+ *  MouseHostWithParser demo application.
+ *
+ *  Currently only single interface mice are supported.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>
+ *     None
+ *    </td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ab037f0f2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="Mouse HID Host Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.mouse.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.mouse"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.mouse" caption="Mouse HID Host Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Keyboard HID Host demo, implementing a basic USB mouse host that can display movement data on the board LEDs. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Host"/>
+			<keyword value="HID Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="MouseHost.txt"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="MouseHost.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="ConfigDescriptor.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="MouseHost.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="ConfigDescriptor.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a025dd58d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Mouse Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4fb6c13c87
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = MouseHost
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c ConfigDescriptor.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..197122fce1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+//		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+//		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c2c6301e09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
+ *  needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special  computer-readable structures
+ *  which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
+ *  routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
+ *  with compatible devices.
+ *
+ *  This routine searches for a HID interface descriptor containing at least one Interrupt type IN endpoint and HID descriptor.
+ *
+ *  \return An error code from the \ref MouseHostWithParser_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
+ */
+uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
+{
+	uint8_t  ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+	void*    CurrConfigLocation = ConfigDescriptorData;
+	uint16_t CurrConfigBytesRem;
+
+	USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* HIDInterface   = NULL;
+	USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t*   HIDDescriptor  = NULL;
+	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+
+	/* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
+	switch (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &CurrConfigBytesRem, ConfigDescriptorData, sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)))
+	{
+		case HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful:
+			break;
+		case HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData:
+			return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
+		case HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow:
+			return DescriptorTooLarge;
+		default:
+			return ControlError;
+	}
+
+	while (!(DataINEndpoint))
+	{
+		/* See if we've found a likely compatible interface, and if there is an endpoint within that interface */
+		if (!(HIDInterface) ||
+		    USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+		                              DComp_NextMouseInterfaceDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+		{
+			/* Get the next HID interface from the configuration descriptor */
+			if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+										  DComp_NextMouseInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+			{
+				/* Descriptor not found, error out */
+				return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+			}
+
+			/* Save the interface in case we need to refer back to it later */
+			HIDInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+			/* Get the HID descriptor from the configuration descriptor */
+			if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+										  DComp_NextHID) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+			{
+				/* Descriptor not found, error out */
+				return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+			}
+
+			/* Save the HID descriptor for later use */
+			HIDDescriptor = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+
+			/* Skip the remainder of the loop as we have not found an endpoint yet */
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
+		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+		/* If the endpoint is a IN type endpoint */
+		if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+		  DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+	}
+
+	/* Configure the HID data IN pipe */
+	Pipe_ConfigurePipe(MOUSE_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+	Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(DataINEndpoint->PollingIntervalMS);
+
+	/* Get the HID report size from the HID report descriptor */
+	HIDReportSize = HIDDescriptor->HIDReportLength;
+
+	/* Valid data found, return success */
+	return SuccessfulConfigRead;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ *  configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ *  descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ *  This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct Mouse HID Class and Protocol values.
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextMouseInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+	{
+		USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+		/* Check the HID descriptor class, break out if correct class interface found */
+		if (Interface->Class == HID_CSCP_HIDClass)
+		{
+			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ *  configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ *  descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ *  This comparator searches for the next Endpoint descriptor inside the current interface descriptor, aborting the
+ *  search if another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint.
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextMouseInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+	  return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+	else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+	  return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+	else
+	  return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ *  configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ *  descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ *  This comparator searches for the next HID descriptor within the current HID interface descriptor.
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextHID(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	if (Header->Type == HID_DTYPE_HID)
+	  return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+	else
+	  return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c43e176265
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include "HIDReport.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Pipe address for the mouse report data IN pipe. */
+		#define MOUSE_DATA_IN_PIPE          (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+	/* Enums: */
+		/** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
+		enum MouseHostWithParser_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
+		{
+			SuccessfulConfigRead            = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
+			ControlError                    = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
+			DescriptorTooLarge              = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
+			InvalidConfigDataReturned       = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
+			NoCompatibleInterfaceFound      = 4, /**< A compatible interface with the required endpoints was not found */
+		};
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
+
+		uint8_t DComp_NextMouseInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+		uint8_t DComp_NextMouseInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+		uint8_t DComp_NextHID(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/HIDReport.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/HIDReport.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3ec766fbdd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/HIDReport.c
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#include "HIDReport.h"
+
+/** Size in bytes of the attached device's HID report descriptor */
+uint16_t         HIDReportSize;
+
+/** Processed HID report descriptor items structure, containing information on each HID report element */
+HID_ReportInfo_t HIDReportInfo;
+
+
+/** Function to read in the HID report descriptor from the attached device, and process it into easy-to-read
+ *  structures via the HID parser routines in the LUFA library.
+ *
+ *  \return  A value from the \ref MouseHostWithParser_GetHIDReportDataCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t GetHIDReportData(void)
+{
+	/* Create a buffer big enough to hold the entire returned HID report */
+	uint8_t HIDReportData[HIDReportSize];
+
+	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+		{
+			.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+			.bRequest      = REQ_GetDescriptor,
+			.wValue        = (HID_DTYPE_Report << 8),
+			.wIndex        = 0,
+			.wLength       = HIDReportSize,
+		};
+
+	/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+	/* Send control request to retrieve the HID report from the attached device */
+	if (USB_Host_SendControlRequest(HIDReportData) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	  return ParseControlError;
+
+	/* Send the HID report to the parser for processing */
+	if (USB_ProcessHIDReport(HIDReportData, HIDReportSize, &HIDReportInfo) != HID_PARSE_Successful)
+	  return ParseError;
+
+	return ParseSuccessful;
+}
+
+/** Callback for the HID Report Parser. This function is called each time the HID report parser is about to store
+ *  an IN, OUT or FEATURE item into the HIDReportInfo structure. To save on RAM, we are able to filter out items
+ *  we aren't interested in (preventing us from being able to extract them later on, but saving on the RAM they would
+ *  have occupied).
+ *
+ *  \param[in] CurrentItem  Pointer to the item the HID report parser is currently working with
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the item should be stored into the HID report structure, \c false if it should be discarded
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem(HID_ReportItem_t* const CurrentItem)
+{
+	bool IsMouse = false;
+
+	/* Iterate through the item's collection path, until either the root collection node or a collection with the
+	 * Mouse Usage is found - this prevents Joysticks, which use identical descriptors except for the Joystick usage
+	 * parent node, from being erroneously treated as a mouse
+	 */
+	for (HID_CollectionPath_t* CurrPath = CurrentItem->CollectionPath; CurrPath != NULL; CurrPath = CurrPath->Parent)
+	{
+		if ((CurrPath->Usage.Page  == USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL) &&
+		    (CurrPath->Usage.Usage == USAGE_MOUSE))
+		{
+			IsMouse = true;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* If a collection with the mouse usage was not found, indicate that we are not interested in this item */
+	if (!IsMouse)
+	  return false;
+
+	/* Check the attributes of the current mouse item - see if we are interested in it or not;
+	 * only store BUTTON and GENERIC_DESKTOP_CONTROL items into the Processed HID Report
+	 * structure to save RAM and ignore the rest
+	 */
+	return ((CurrentItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_BUTTON) ||
+	        (CurrentItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL));
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/HIDReport.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/HIDReport.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1296f57a71
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/HIDReport.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for HIDReport.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _HID_REPORT_H_
+#define _HID_REPORT_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include "MouseHostWithParser.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** HID Report Descriptor Usage for a Mouse. */
+		#define USAGE_MOUSE                 0x02
+
+		/** HID Report Descriptor Usage Page value for a toggle button. */
+		#define USAGE_PAGE_BUTTON           0x09
+
+		/** HID Report Descriptor Usage Page value for a Generic Desktop Control. */
+		#define USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL    0x01
+
+		/** HID Report Descriptor Usage value for a X axis movement. */
+		#define USAGE_X                     0x30
+
+		/** HID Report Descriptor Usage value for a Y axis movement. */
+		#define USAGE_Y                     0x31
+
+		/** HID Report Descriptor Usage value for a Scroll Wheel movement. */
+		#define USAGE_SCROLL_WHEEL          0x38
+
+	/* Enums: */
+		/** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref GetHIDReportData() function. */
+		enum MouseHostWithParser_GetHIDReportDataCodes_t
+		{
+			ParseSuccessful         = 0, /**< HID report descriptor parsed successfully */
+			ParseError              = 1, /**< Failed to fully process the HID report descriptor */
+			ParseControlError       = 2, /**< Control error occurred while trying to read the device HID descriptor */
+		};
+
+	/* External Variables: */
+		extern uint16_t         HIDReportSize;
+		extern HID_ReportInfo_t HIDReportInfo;
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint8_t GetHIDReportData(void);
+
+		bool CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem(HID_ReportItem_t* const CurrentItem);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4ad4d580e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.c
@@ -0,0 +1,289 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the MouseHostWithParser demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "MouseHostWithParser.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ *  enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Mouse HID Parser Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		MouseHost_Task();
+
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	Serial_Init(9600, false);
+	LEDs_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+
+	/* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+	Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ *  starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Attached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ *  stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Unattached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ *  enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
+
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	/* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
+	if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
+	{
+		if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
+		  puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
+		else
+		  puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Invalid Device.\r\n"));
+
+		printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* Set the device configuration to the first configuration (rarely do devices use multiple configurations) */
+	if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"
+		                         " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("Processing HID Report (Size %d Bytes).\r\n"), HIDReportSize);
+
+	/* Get and process the device's first HID report descriptor */
+	if ((ErrorCode = GetHIDReportData()) != ParseSuccessful)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Report Parse Error.\r\n"));
+
+		if (!(HIDReportInfo.TotalReportItems))
+			puts_P(PSTR("Not a valid Mouse." ESC_FG_WHITE));
+		else
+			printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	puts_P(PSTR("Mouse Enumerated.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+	USB_Disable();
+
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+	for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ *  enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Task to read and process the HID report descriptor and HID reports from the device and display the
+ *  results onto the board LEDs.
+ */
+void MouseHost_Task(void)
+{
+	if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+	  return;
+
+	/* Select and unfreeze mouse data pipe */
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(MOUSE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+	/* Check to see if a packet has been received */
+	if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+	{
+		/* Check if data has been received from the attached mouse */
+		if (Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed())
+		{
+			/* Create buffer big enough for the report */
+			uint8_t MouseReport[Pipe_BytesInPipe()];
+
+			/* Load in the mouse report */
+			Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(MouseReport, Pipe_BytesInPipe(), NULL);
+
+			/* Process the read in mouse report from the device */
+			ProcessMouseReport(MouseReport);
+		}
+
+		/* Clear the IN endpoint, ready for next data packet */
+		Pipe_ClearIN();
+	}
+
+	/* Freeze mouse data pipe */
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+}
+
+/** Processes a read HID report from an attached mouse, extracting out elements via the HID parser results
+ *  as required and displays movement and button presses on the board LEDs.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MouseReport  Pointer to a HID report from an attached mouse device
+ */
+void ProcessMouseReport(uint8_t* MouseReport)
+{
+	uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
+
+	/* Check each HID report item in turn, looking for mouse X/Y/button reports */
+	for (uint8_t ReportNumber = 0; ReportNumber < HIDReportInfo.TotalReportItems; ReportNumber++)
+	{
+		/* Create a temporary item pointer to the next report item */
+		HID_ReportItem_t* ReportItem = &HIDReportInfo.ReportItems[ReportNumber];
+
+		bool FoundData;
+
+		if ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Page        == USAGE_PAGE_BUTTON) &&
+			(ReportItem->ItemType                     == HID_REPORT_ITEM_In))
+		{
+			/* Get the mouse button value */
+			FoundData = USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo(MouseReport, ReportItem);
+
+			/* For multi-report devices - if the requested data was not in the issued report, continue */
+			if (!(FoundData))
+			  continue;
+
+			/* If button is pressed, all LEDs are turned on */
+			if (ReportItem->Value)
+			  LEDMask = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+		}
+		else if ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Page   == USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL) &&
+				 (ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage  == USAGE_SCROLL_WHEEL)       &&
+				 (ReportItem->ItemType                == HID_REPORT_ITEM_In))
+		{
+			/* Get the mouse wheel value if it is contained within the current
+			 * report, if not, skip to the next item in the parser list
+			 */
+			if (!(USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo(MouseReport, ReportItem)))
+			  continue;
+
+			int16_t WheelDelta = HID_ALIGN_DATA(ReportItem, int16_t);
+
+			if (WheelDelta)
+			  LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | ((WheelDelta > 0) ? LEDS_LED3 : LEDS_LED4));
+		}
+		else if ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Page   == USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL) &&
+				 ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage == USAGE_X)                  ||
+				  (ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage == USAGE_Y))                 &&
+				 (ReportItem->ItemType                == HID_REPORT_ITEM_In))
+		{
+			/* Get the mouse relative position value */
+			FoundData = USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo(MouseReport, ReportItem);
+
+			/* For multi-report devices - if the requested data was not in the issued report, continue */
+			if (!(FoundData))
+			  continue;
+
+			int16_t DeltaMovement = HID_ALIGN_DATA(ReportItem, int16_t);
+
+			/* Check to see if a (non-zero) delta movement has been indicated */
+			if (DeltaMovement)
+			{
+				/* Determine if the report is for the X or Y delta movement, light LEDs as appropriate */
+				if (ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage == USAGE_X)
+				  LEDMask |= ((DeltaMovement > 0) ? LEDS_LED1 : LEDS_LED2);
+				else
+				  LEDMask |= ((DeltaMovement > 0) ? LEDS_LED3 : LEDS_LED4);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Display the button information on the board LEDs */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8812cacbea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.h
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for MouseHostWithParser.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MOUSE_HOST_H_
+#define _MOUSE_HOST_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <stdio.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+		#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+		#include "HIDReport.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+		void MouseHost_Task(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+		                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+		void ProcessMouseReport(uint8_t* MouseReport);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9b1b7d055c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Mouse Host With HID Descriptor Parser Demo
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Host</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>N/A</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ *        USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ *        Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Mouse host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ *  application for implementing a USB Mouse host, for USB mice using
+ *  the standard mouse HID profile. It uses a HID parser for the HID
+ *  reports, allowing for correct operation across all USB mice. This
+ *  demo supports mice with a single HID report.
+ *
+ *  Mouse and scroll wheel movement and button presses are displayed
+ *  on the board LEDs. On connection to a USB mouse, the report items
+ *  will be processed and printed as a formatted list through the USART
+ *  before the mouse is fully enumerated.
+ *
+ *  Currently only single interface mice are supported.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>
+ *     None
+ *    </td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..de45fd379a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="Mouse HID (with parser) Host Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.mouse_parser.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.mouse_parser"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.mouse_parser" caption="Mouse HID (with parser) Host Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Mouse HID Host demo with HID parser, implementing a basic USB mouse host that can display movement data on the board LEDs. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Host"/>
+			<keyword value="HID Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="MouseHostWithParser.txt"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="MouseHostWithParser.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="ConfigDescriptor.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="HIDReport.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="MouseHostWithParser.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="ConfigDescriptor.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="HIDReport.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f12fda279d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Mouse Host Demo (Using HID Descriptor Parser)"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..df0fc00fce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = MouseHostWithParser
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c ConfigDescriptor.c HIDReport.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..197122fce1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+//		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+//		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/ConfigDescriptor.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6e92b1760d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+/** Interface number for the bidirectional Printer interface found within the device. */
+uint8_t PrinterInterfaceNumber;
+
+/** Interface Alternate Setting number for the bidirectional Printer interface found within the device. */
+uint8_t PrinterAltSetting;
+
+/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
+ *  routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
+ *  with compatible devices.
+ *
+ *  This routine searches for a bidirectional Printer interface descriptor containing bulk IN and OUT data endpoints.
+ *
+ *  \return An error code from the \ref PrinterHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
+ */
+uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
+{
+	uint8_t  ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+	void*    CurrConfigLocation = ConfigDescriptorData;
+	uint16_t CurrConfigBytesRem;
+
+	USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* PrinterInterface = NULL;
+	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  DataINEndpoint   = NULL;
+	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  DataOUTEndpoint  = NULL;
+
+	/* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
+	switch (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &CurrConfigBytesRem, ConfigDescriptorData, sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)))
+	{
+		case HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful:
+			break;
+		case HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData:
+			return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
+		case HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow:
+			return DescriptorTooLarge;
+		default:
+			return ControlError;
+	}
+
+	while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint))
+	{
+		/* See if we've found a likely compatible interface, and if there is an endpoint within that interface */
+		if (!(PrinterInterface) ||
+		    USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+		                              DComp_NextPrinterInterfaceBulkDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+		{
+			/* Get the next Printer interface from the configuration descriptor */
+			if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+										  DComp_NextBidirectionalPrinterInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+			{
+				/* Descriptor not found, error out */
+				return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+			}
+
+			/* Save the interface in case we need to refer back to it later */
+			PrinterInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+			/* Clear any found endpoints */
+			DataINEndpoint  = NULL;
+			DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+
+			/* Skip the remainder of the loop as we have not found an endpoint yet */
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
+		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+		/* If the endpoint is a IN type endpoint */
+		if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+		  DataINEndpoint  = EndpointData;
+		else
+		  DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
+	}
+
+	/* Save Printer interface details for later use */
+	PrinterInterfaceNumber = PrinterInterface->InterfaceNumber;
+	PrinterAltSetting      = PrinterInterface->AlternateSetting;
+
+	/* Configure the Printer data IN pipe */
+	Pipe_ConfigurePipe(PRINTER_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+
+	/* Configure the Printer data OUT pipe */
+	Pipe_ConfigurePipe(PRINTER_DATA_OUT_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+
+	/* Valid data found, return success */
+	return SuccessfulConfigRead;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ *  configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ *  descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ *  This comparator searches for the next Bidirectional Printer Interface descriptor of the current Printer interface,
+ *  aborting the search if the end of the descriptors is found.
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextBidirectionalPrinterInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+	{
+		USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+		/* Check the descriptor class, subclass and protocol, break out if correct value interface found */
+		if ((Interface->Class    == PRNT_CSCP_PrinterClass)    &&
+		    (Interface->SubClass == PRNT_CSCP_PrinterSubclass) &&
+			(Interface->Protocol == PRNT_CSCP_BidirectionalProtocol))
+		{
+			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ *  configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ *  descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ *  This comparator searches for the next Bulk Endpoint descriptor of the current Printer interface, aborting the
+ *  search if another interface descriptor is found before the next endpoint.
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextPrinterInterfaceBulkDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+	{
+		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+		/* Check the endpoint type, break out if correct BULK type endpoint found */
+		if ((Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_BULK)
+		  return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+	}
+	else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+	{
+		return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+	}
+
+	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/ConfigDescriptor.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..34c7785982
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include "PrinterHost.h"
+		#include "Lib/PrinterCommands.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Pipe address of the Printer data IN pipe. */
+		#define PRINTER_DATA_IN_PIPE             (PIPE_DIR_IN  | 1)
+
+		/** Pipe address of the Printer data OUT pipe. */
+		#define PRINTER_DATA_OUT_PIPE            (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2)
+
+	/* Enums: */
+		/** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
+		enum PrinterHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
+		{
+			SuccessfulConfigRead            = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
+			ControlError                    = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
+			DescriptorTooLarge              = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
+			InvalidConfigDataReturned       = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
+			NoCompatibleInterfaceFound      = 4, /**< A compatible interface with the required endpoints was not found */
+		};
+
+	/* External Variables: */
+		/** Interface index of the Bidirectional Printer interface within the device, once the Configuration
+		 *  Descriptor has been processed.
+		 */
+		extern uint8_t PrinterInterfaceNumber;
+
+		/** Interface Alternate Setting index of the Bidirectional Printer interface within the device, once
+		 *  the Configuration Descriptor has been processed.
+		 */
+		extern uint8_t PrinterAltSetting;
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
+
+		uint8_t DComp_NextBidirectionalPrinterInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+		uint8_t DComp_NextPrinterInterfaceBulkDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/Lib/PrinterCommands.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/Lib/PrinterCommands.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7507891259
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/Lib/PrinterCommands.c
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Printer Device commands, to send/receive data to and from an attached USB
+ *  printer, and to send and receive Printer Class control requests.
+ */
+
+#include "PrinterCommands.h"
+
+/** Sends the given data directly to the printer via the data endpoints, for the sending of print commands in printer
+ *  languages accepted by the attached printer (e.g. PCL).
+ *
+ *  \param[in] PrinterCommands  Pointer to the data to send to the attached printer
+ *  \param[in] CommandSize  Size of the data to send to the attached printer
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t Printer_SendData(const void* const PrinterCommands,
+                         const uint16_t CommandSize)
+{
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(PRINTER_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(PrinterCommands, CommandSize, NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+	  return ErrorCode;
+
+	Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+	Pipe_WaitUntilReady();
+
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+
+	return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+/** Issues a Printer class Get Device ID command to the attached device, to retrieve the device ID string (which indicates
+ *  the accepted printer languages, the printer's model and other pertinent information).
+ *
+ *  \param[out] DeviceIDString Pointer to the destination where the returned string should be stored
+ *  \param[in] BufferSize  Size in bytes of the allocated buffer for the returned Device ID string
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t Printer_GetDeviceID(char* DeviceIDString,
+                            const uint16_t BufferSize)
+{
+	uint8_t  ErrorCode;
+	uint16_t DeviceIDStringLength = 0;
+
+	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+		{
+			.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+			.bRequest      = PRNT_REQ_GetDeviceID,
+			.wValue        = 0,
+			.wIndex        = PrinterInterfaceNumber,
+			.wLength       = sizeof(DeviceIDStringLength),
+		};
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(&DeviceIDStringLength)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	  return ErrorCode;
+
+	if (!(DeviceIDStringLength))
+	{
+		DeviceIDString[0] = 0x00;
+		return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+	}
+
+	DeviceIDStringLength = SwapEndian_16(DeviceIDStringLength);
+
+	if (DeviceIDStringLength > BufferSize)
+	  DeviceIDStringLength = BufferSize;
+
+	USB_ControlRequest.wLength = DeviceIDStringLength;
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(DeviceIDString)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	  return ErrorCode;
+
+	/* Move string back two characters to remove the string length value from the start of the array */
+	memmove(&DeviceIDString[0], &DeviceIDString[2], DeviceIDStringLength - 2);
+
+	DeviceIDString[DeviceIDStringLength - 2] = 0x00;
+
+	return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+}
+
+/** Issues a Printer class Get Port Status command to the attached device, to retrieve the current status flags of the
+ *  printer.
+ *
+ *  \param[out] PortStatus  Pointer to the destination where the printer's status flag values should be stored
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t Printer_GetPortStatus(uint8_t* const PortStatus)
+{
+	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+		{
+			.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+			.bRequest      = PRNT_REQ_GetPortStatus,
+			.wValue        = 0,
+			.wIndex        = PrinterInterfaceNumber,
+			.wLength       = sizeof(uint8_t),
+		};
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+	return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(PortStatus);
+}
+
+/** Issues a Printer class Soft Reset command to the attached device, to reset the printer ready for new input without
+ *  physically cycling the printer's power.
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t Printer_SoftReset(void)
+{
+	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+		{
+			.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+			.bRequest      = PRNT_REQ_SoftReset,
+			.wValue        = 0,
+			.wIndex        = PrinterInterfaceNumber,
+			.wLength       = 0,
+		};
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+	return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL);
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/Lib/PrinterCommands.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/Lib/PrinterCommands.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f29b18e454
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/Lib/PrinterCommands.h
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for PrinterCommands.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _PRINTER_COMMANDS_H_
+#define _PRINTER_COMMANDS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <string.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include "../PrinterHost.h"
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint8_t Printer_SendData(const void* const PrinterCommands,
+		                         const uint16_t CommandSize);
+		uint8_t Printer_GetDeviceID(char* DeviceIDString,
+		                            const uint16_t BufferSize);
+		uint8_t Printer_GetPortStatus(uint8_t* const PortStatus);
+		uint8_t Printer_SoftReset(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..44e8f12743
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the PrinterHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "PrinterHost.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ *  enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Printer Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		PrinterHost_Task();
+
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	Serial_Init(9600, false);
+	LEDs_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+
+	/* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+	Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ *  starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Attached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ *  stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ *  enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
+
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	/* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
+	if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
+	{
+		if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
+		  puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
+		else
+		  puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Invalid Device.\r\n"));
+
+		printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* Set the device configuration to the first configuration (rarely do devices use multiple configurations) */
+	if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"
+		                         " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* Some printers use alternate settings to determine the communication protocol used - if so, send a SetInterface
+	 * request to switch to the interface alternate setting with the Bidirectional protocol */
+	if (PrinterAltSetting)
+	{
+		if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetInterfaceAltSetting(PrinterInterfaceNumber, PrinterAltSetting)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+		{
+			printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Set Interface).\r\n"
+			                         " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+			LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+			USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+			return;
+		}
+	}
+
+	puts_P(PSTR("Retrieving Device ID...\r\n"));
+
+	char DeviceIDString[300];
+	if ((ErrorCode = Printer_GetDeviceID(DeviceIDString, sizeof(DeviceIDString))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Get Device ID).\r\n"
+		                         " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("Printer Device ID: %s\r\n"), DeviceIDString);
+
+	puts_P(PSTR("Printer Enumerated.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+	USB_Disable();
+
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+	for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ *  enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Task to manage an enumerated USB printer once connected, to display device
+ *  information and print a test PCL page.
+ */
+void PrinterHost_Task(void)
+{
+	if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+	  return;
+
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	/* Indicate device busy via the status LEDs */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+
+	char  TestPageData[]    = "\033%-12345X\033E" "LUFA PCL Test Page" "\033E\033%-12345X";
+	uint16_t TestPageLength = strlen(TestPageData);
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("Sending Test Page (%d bytes)...\r\n"), TestPageLength);
+
+	/* Send the test page to the attached printer */
+	if ((ErrorCode = Printer_SendData(&TestPageData, TestPageLength)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+	{
+		printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Error Sending Test Page.\r\n"
+		                         " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	puts_P(PSTR("Test Page Sent.\r\n"));
+
+	/* Indicate device no longer busy */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+	USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c1daa6247e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for PrinterHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MASS_STORE_HOST_H_
+#define _MASS_STORE_HOST_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <stdio.h>
+		#include <string.h>
+
+		#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+		#include "Lib/PrinterCommands.h"
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY          LEDS_LED2
+
+	/* External Variables: */
+		extern uint8_t PrinterInterfaceNumber;
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+		void PrinterHost_Task(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+		                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e2a4820583
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Printer Host Demo
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Host</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Printer Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Bidirectional Protocol</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF Printer Class Specification \n
+ *        PCL Language Specification</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ *        Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Printer host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ *  application for implementing a USB Printer host, for USB printers using
+ *  the bidirectional data encapsulation protocol and PCL language.
+ *
+ *  Upon connection of a compatible printer, the printer's device ID is sent
+ *  to the AVR's serial port, and a simple test page is printed using the PCL
+ *  printer language.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>
+ *     None
+ *    </td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5677ddb533
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="Printer Host Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.printer.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.printer"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.printer" caption="Printer Host Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Printer Host demo, implementing a basic USB printer host that can send raw printer control data to an attached device. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Host"/>
+			<keyword value="Printer Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="PrinterHost.txt"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="PrinterHost.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="ConfigDescriptor.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="PrinterHost.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="ConfigDescriptor.h"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/PrinterCommands.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/PrinterCommands.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3fcf03b2b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Printer Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bcaa0b4737
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = PrinterHost
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c ConfigDescriptor.c Lib/PrinterCommands.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..197122fce1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+//		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+//		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/ConfigDescriptor.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c7a45da09e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,235 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
+ *  needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special  computer-readable structures
+ *  which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
+ *  routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
+ *  with compatible devices.
+ *
+ *  This routine searches for a RNDIS interface descriptor containing bulk data IN and OUT endpoints, and an interrupt event endpoint.
+ *
+ *  \return An error code from the \ref RNDISHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
+ */
+uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
+{
+	uint8_t  ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+	void*    CurrConfigLocation = ConfigDescriptorData;
+	uint16_t CurrConfigBytesRem;
+
+	USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* RNDISControlInterface  = NULL;
+	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  DataINEndpoint         = NULL;
+	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  DataOUTEndpoint        = NULL;
+	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  NotificationEndpoint   = NULL;
+
+	/* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
+	switch (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &CurrConfigBytesRem, ConfigDescriptorData, sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)))
+	{
+		case HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful:
+			break;
+		case HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData:
+			return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
+		case HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow:
+			return DescriptorTooLarge;
+		default:
+			return ControlError;
+	}
+
+	while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint) || !(NotificationEndpoint))
+	{
+		/* See if we've found a likely compatible interface, and if there is an endpoint within that interface */
+		if (!(RNDISControlInterface) ||
+		    USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+		                              DComp_NextCDCDataInterfaceEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+		{
+			/* Check if we have already found the control interface's notification endpoint or not */
+			if (NotificationEndpoint)
+			{
+				/* Get the next RNDIS data interface from the configuration descriptor */
+				if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+											  DComp_NextCDCDataInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+				{
+					/* Descriptor not found, error out */
+					return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+				}
+
+				/* Clear any found endpoints */
+				DataINEndpoint       = NULL;
+				DataOUTEndpoint      = NULL;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				/* Get the next RNDIS control interface from the configuration descriptor */
+				if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+											  DComp_NextCDCControlInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+				{
+					/* Descriptor not found, error out */
+					return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+				}
+
+				/* Save the interface in case we need to refer back to it later */
+				RNDISControlInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+				/* Clear any found endpoints */
+				NotificationEndpoint = NULL;
+			}
+
+			/* Skip the remainder of the loop as we have not found an endpoint yet */
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
+		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+		/* If the endpoint is a IN type endpoint */
+		if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+		{
+			/* Check if the found endpoint is a interrupt or bulk type descriptor */
+			if ((EndpointData->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT)
+			  NotificationEndpoint = EndpointData;
+			else
+			  DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Configure the RNDIS data IN pipe */
+	Pipe_ConfigurePipe(RNDIS_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+
+	/* Configure the RNDIS data OUT pipe */
+	Pipe_ConfigurePipe(RNDIS_DATA_OUT_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+
+	/* Configure the RNDIS notification pipe */
+	Pipe_ConfigurePipe(RNDIS_NOTIFICATION_PIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, NotificationEndpoint->EndpointAddress, NotificationEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+	Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(NotificationEndpoint->PollingIntervalMS);
+
+	/* Valid data found, return success */
+	return SuccessfulConfigRead;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ *  configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ *  descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ *  This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct CDC control Class, Subclass and Protocol values.
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextCDCControlInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+	{
+		USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+		/* Check the CDC descriptor class, subclass and protocol, break out if correct control interface found */
+		if ((Interface->Class    == CDC_CSCP_CDCClass)    &&
+		    (Interface->SubClass == CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass) &&
+		    (Interface->Protocol == CDC_CSCP_VendorSpecificProtocol))
+		{
+			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ *  configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ *  descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ *  This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct CDC data Class, Subclass and Protocol values.
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextCDCDataInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+	{
+		USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+		/* Check the CDC descriptor class, subclass and protocol, break out if correct data interface found */
+		if ((Interface->Class    == CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass)   &&
+		    (Interface->SubClass == CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass) &&
+		    (Interface->Protocol == CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol))
+		{
+			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ *  configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ *  descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ *  This comparator searches for the next bulk IN or OUT endpoint, or interrupt IN endpoint within the current interface,
+ *  aborting the search if another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint (so that it may be compared
+ *  using a different comparator to determine if it is another CDC class interface).
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextCDCDataInterfaceEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+	{
+		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+		/* Check the endpoint type, break out if correct BULK or INTERRUPT type endpoint found */
+		if (((Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_BULK) ||
+		    ((Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT))
+		{
+			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+		}
+	}
+	else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+	{
+		return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+	}
+
+	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/ConfigDescriptor.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0be574b588
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include "RNDISEthernetHost.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Pipe address for the RNDIS data IN pipe. */
+		#define RNDIS_DATA_IN_PIPE             (PIPE_DIR_IN  | 1)
+
+		/** Pipe address for the RNDIS data OUT pipe. */
+		#define RNDIS_DATA_OUT_PIPE            (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2)
+
+		/** Pipe address for the RNDIS notification IN pipe. */
+		#define RNDIS_NOTIFICATION_PIPE        (PIPE_DIR_IN  | 3)
+
+	/* Enums: */
+		/** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
+		enum RNDISHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
+		{
+			SuccessfulConfigRead            = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
+			ControlError                    = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
+			DescriptorTooLarge              = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
+			InvalidConfigDataReturned       = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
+			NoCompatibleInterfaceFound      = 4, /**< A compatible interface with the required endpoints was not found */
+		};
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
+
+		uint8_t DComp_NextCDCControlInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+		uint8_t DComp_NextCDCDataInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+		uint8_t DComp_NextCDCDataInterfaceEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/Lib/RNDISCommands.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/Lib/RNDISCommands.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..137648c2cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/Lib/RNDISCommands.c
@@ -0,0 +1,311 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  RNDIS Device commands, to issue RNDIS commands to the device for
+ *  the control and data transfer between the host and RNDIS device.
+ */
+
+#include "RNDISCommands.h"
+
+/** Current RNDIS Request ID, for associating sent commands with received data */
+uint32_t RequestID = 0;
+
+
+/** Function to send the given encapsulated RNDIS command to the device.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] Buffer  Source command data buffer to send to the device
+ *  \param[in] Length   Number of bytes to send
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t RNDIS_SendEncapsulatedCommand(void* const Buffer,
+                                      const uint16_t Length)
+{
+	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+		{
+			.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+			.bRequest      = RNDIS_REQ_SendEncapsulatedCommand,
+			.wValue        = 0,
+			.wIndex        = 0,
+			.wLength       = Length,
+		};
+
+	/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+	return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(Buffer);
+}
+
+/** Function to receive the given encapsulated RNDIS response from the device.
+ *
+ *  \param[out] Buffer  Destination command data buffer to write read data from the device to
+ *  \param[in] Length   Number of bytes to read
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t RNDIS_GetEncapsulatedResponse(void* const Buffer,
+                                      const uint16_t Length)
+{
+	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+		{
+			.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+			.bRequest      = RNDIS_REQ_GetEncapsulatedResponse,
+			.wValue        = 0,
+			.wIndex        = 0,
+			.wLength       = Length,
+		};
+
+	/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+	return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(Buffer);
+}
+
+/** Sends a RNDIS KEEPALIVE command to the device, to ensure that it does not enter standby mode after periods
+ *  of long inactivity.
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum or RNDIS_COMMAND_FAILED if the device returned a
+ *          logical command failure
+ */
+uint8_t RNDIS_SendKeepAlive(void)
+{
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	RNDIS_KeepAlive_Message_t  KeepAliveMessage;
+	RNDIS_KeepAlive_Complete_t KeepAliveMessageResponse;
+
+	KeepAliveMessage.MessageType     = REMOTE_NDIS_KEEPALIVE_MSG;
+	KeepAliveMessage.MessageLength   = sizeof(RNDIS_KeepAlive_Message_t);
+	KeepAliveMessage.RequestId       = RequestID++;
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_SendEncapsulatedCommand(&KeepAliveMessage,
+	                                               sizeof(RNDIS_KeepAlive_Message_t))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		return ErrorCode;
+	}
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_GetEncapsulatedResponse(&KeepAliveMessageResponse,
+	                                               sizeof(RNDIS_KeepAlive_Complete_t))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		return ErrorCode;
+	}
+
+	return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+}
+
+/** Initializes the attached RNDIS device's RNDIS interface.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] HostMaxPacketSize  Size of the packet buffer on the host
+ *  \param[out] DeviceMaxPacketSize   Pointer to where the packet buffer size of the device is to be stored
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum or RNDIS_COMMAND_FAILED if the device returned a
+ *          logical command failure
+ */
+uint8_t RNDIS_InitializeDevice(const uint16_t HostMaxPacketSize,
+                               uint16_t* const DeviceMaxPacketSize)
+{
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	RNDIS_Initialize_Message_t  InitMessage;
+	RNDIS_Initialize_Complete_t InitMessageResponse;
+
+	InitMessage.MessageType     = REMOTE_NDIS_INITIALIZE_MSG;
+	InitMessage.MessageLength   = sizeof(RNDIS_Initialize_Message_t);
+	InitMessage.RequestId       = RequestID++;
+
+	InitMessage.MajorVersion    = REMOTE_NDIS_VERSION_MAJOR;
+	InitMessage.MinorVersion    = REMOTE_NDIS_VERSION_MINOR;
+	InitMessage.MaxTransferSize = HostMaxPacketSize;
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_SendEncapsulatedCommand(&InitMessage,
+	                                               sizeof(RNDIS_Initialize_Message_t))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		return ErrorCode;
+	}
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_GetEncapsulatedResponse(&InitMessageResponse,
+	                                               sizeof(RNDIS_Initialize_Complete_t))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		return ErrorCode;
+	}
+
+	if (InitMessageResponse.Status != REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS)
+	  return RNDIS_COMMAND_FAILED;
+
+	*DeviceMaxPacketSize = InitMessageResponse.MaxTransferSize;
+
+	return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+}
+
+/** Sets a given RNDIS property of an attached RNDIS device.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] Oid  OID number of the parameter to set
+ *  \param[in] Buffer  Pointer to where the property data is to be sourced from
+ *  \param[in] Length  Length in bytes of the property data to sent to the device
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum or RNDIS_COMMAND_FAILED if the device returned a
+ *          logical command failure
+ */
+uint8_t RNDIS_SetRNDISProperty(const uint32_t Oid,
+                               void* Buffer,
+                               const uint16_t Length)
+{
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	struct
+	{
+		RNDIS_Set_Message_t SetMessage;
+		uint8_t             ContiguousBuffer[Length];
+	} SetMessageData;
+
+	RNDIS_Set_Complete_t SetMessageResponse;
+
+	SetMessageData.SetMessage.MessageType    = REMOTE_NDIS_SET_MSG;
+	SetMessageData.SetMessage.MessageLength  = sizeof(RNDIS_Set_Message_t) + Length;
+	SetMessageData.SetMessage.RequestId      = RequestID++;
+
+	SetMessageData.SetMessage.Oid            = Oid;
+	SetMessageData.SetMessage.InformationBufferLength = Length;
+	SetMessageData.SetMessage.InformationBufferOffset = (sizeof(RNDIS_Set_Message_t) - sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t));
+	SetMessageData.SetMessage.DeviceVcHandle = 0;
+
+	memcpy(SetMessageData.ContiguousBuffer, Buffer, Length);
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_SendEncapsulatedCommand(&SetMessageData,
+	                                               SetMessageData.SetMessage.MessageLength)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		return ErrorCode;
+	}
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_GetEncapsulatedResponse(&SetMessageResponse,
+	                                               sizeof(RNDIS_Set_Complete_t))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		return ErrorCode;
+	}
+
+	if (SetMessageResponse.Status != REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS)
+	  return RNDIS_COMMAND_FAILED;
+
+	return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+}
+
+/** Gets a given RNDIS property of an attached RNDIS device.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] Oid  OID number of the parameter to get
+ *  \param[in] Buffer  Pointer to where the property data is to be written to
+ *  \param[in] MaxLength  Length in bytes of the destination buffer size
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum or RNDIS_COMMAND_FAILED if the device returned a
+ *          logical command failure
+ */
+uint8_t RNDIS_QueryRNDISProperty(const uint32_t Oid,
+                                 void* Buffer,
+                                 const uint16_t MaxLength)
+{
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	RNDIS_Query_Message_t QueryMessage;
+
+	struct
+	{
+		RNDIS_Query_Complete_t QueryMessageResponse;
+		uint8_t                ContiguousBuffer[MaxLength];
+	} QueryMessageResponseData;
+
+	QueryMessage.MessageType    = REMOTE_NDIS_QUERY_MSG;
+	QueryMessage.MessageLength  = sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Message_t);
+	QueryMessage.RequestId      = RequestID++;
+
+	QueryMessage.Oid            = Oid;
+	QueryMessage.InformationBufferLength = 0;
+	QueryMessage.InformationBufferOffset = 0;
+	QueryMessage.DeviceVcHandle = 0;
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_SendEncapsulatedCommand(&QueryMessage,
+	                                               sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Message_t))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		return ErrorCode;
+	}
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_GetEncapsulatedResponse(&QueryMessageResponseData,
+	                                               sizeof(QueryMessageResponseData))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		return ErrorCode;
+	}
+
+	if (QueryMessageResponseData.QueryMessageResponse.Status != REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS)
+	  return RNDIS_COMMAND_FAILED;
+
+	memcpy(Buffer, &QueryMessageResponseData.ContiguousBuffer, MaxLength);
+
+	return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+}
+
+/** Retrieves the size of a received packet, discarding the remainder of the RNDIS packet header to leave only the
+ *  packet contents for processing by the host.
+ *
+ *  \param[out] PacketLength  Size of the packet currently in the pipe
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t RNDIS_GetPacketLength(uint16_t* const PacketLength)
+{
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(RNDIS_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+	Pipe_SetPipeToken(PIPE_TOKEN_IN);
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+	if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+	{
+		*PacketLength = 0;
+		Pipe_Freeze();
+		return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+	}
+
+	RNDIS_Packet_Message_t DeviceMessage;
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&DeviceMessage, sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t), NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+	{
+		return ErrorCode;
+	}
+
+	*PacketLength = (uint16_t)DeviceMessage.DataLength;
+
+	Pipe_Discard_Stream(DeviceMessage.DataOffset - (sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t) - sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t)),
+	                    NULL);
+
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+
+	return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/Lib/RNDISCommands.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/Lib/RNDISCommands.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..44dc4e7468
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/Lib/RNDISCommands.h
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for RNDISCommands.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _RNDIS_COMMANDS_H_
+#define _RNDIS_COMMANDS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <stdio.h>
+		#include <string.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include "../RNDISEthernetHost.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Additional error code for RNDIS functions when a device returns a logical command failure. */
+		#define RNDIS_COMMAND_FAILED                  0xC0
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint8_t RNDIS_SendEncapsulatedCommand(void* const Buffer,
+		                                      const uint16_t Length);
+		uint8_t RNDIS_GetEncapsulatedResponse(void* const Buffer,
+		                                      const uint16_t Length);
+
+		uint8_t RNDIS_SendKeepAlive(void);
+		uint8_t RNDIS_InitializeDevice(const uint16_t HostMaxPacketSize,
+		                               uint16_t* const DeviceMaxPacketSize);
+		uint8_t RNDIS_SetRNDISProperty(const uint32_t Oid,
+		                               void* Buffer,
+		                               const uint16_t Length);
+		uint8_t RNDIS_QueryRNDISProperty(const uint32_t Oid,
+		                                 void* Buffer,
+		                                 const uint16_t MaxLength);
+		uint8_t RNDIS_GetPacketLength(uint16_t* const PacketLength);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISEthernetHost.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISEthernetHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..68d05b95e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISEthernetHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,249 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the RNDISEthernetHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "RNDISEthernetHost.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ *  enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "RNDIS Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		RNDISHost_Task();
+
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	Serial_Init(9600, false);
+	LEDs_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+
+	/* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+	Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ *  starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Attached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ *  stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ *  enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
+
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	/* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
+	if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
+	{
+		if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
+		  puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
+		else
+		  puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Invalid Device.\r\n"));
+
+		printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* Set the device configuration to the first configuration (rarely do devices use multiple configurations) */
+	if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"
+		                         " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	uint16_t DeviceMaxPacketSize;
+	if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_InitializeDevice(1024, &DeviceMaxPacketSize)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Error Initializing Device.\r\n"
+		                         " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("Device Max Transfer Size: %lu bytes.\r\n"), DeviceMaxPacketSize);
+
+	/* We set the default filter to only receive packets we would be interested in */
+	uint32_t PacketFilter = (REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_DIRECTED | REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_BROADCAST | REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_ALL_MULTICAST);
+	if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_SetRNDISProperty(OID_GEN_CURRENT_PACKET_FILTER,
+	                                        &PacketFilter, sizeof(PacketFilter))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Error Setting Device Packet Filter.\r\n"
+		                         " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	uint32_t VendorID;
+	if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_QueryRNDISProperty(OID_GEN_VENDOR_ID,
+	                                          &VendorID, sizeof(VendorID))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Error Getting Vendor ID.\r\n"
+		                         " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("Device Vendor ID: 0x%08lX\r\n"), VendorID);
+
+	puts_P(PSTR("RNDIS Device Enumerated.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+	USB_Disable();
+
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+	for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ *  enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Task to read in data received from the attached RNDIS device and print it to the serial port.
+ */
+void RNDISHost_Task(void)
+{
+	if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+	  return;
+
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+
+	uint16_t PacketLength;
+	if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_GetPacketLength(&PacketLength)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Packet Reception Error.\r\n"
+		                         " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (!(PacketLength))
+	  return;
+
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("***PACKET (Size %d)***\r\n"), PacketLength);
+
+	if (PacketLength > 1024)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Packet too large.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+		Pipe_Discard_Stream(PacketLength, NULL);
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		uint8_t PacketBuffer[PacketLength];
+
+		Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&PacketBuffer, PacketLength, NULL);
+
+		for (uint16_t i = 0; i < PacketLength; i++)
+		  printf("0x%02x ", PacketBuffer[i]);
+	}
+
+	Pipe_ClearIN();
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+
+	printf("\r\n\r\n");
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISEthernetHost.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISEthernetHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ee8b3a8398
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISEthernetHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for RNDISEthernetHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _RNDIS_HOST_H_
+#define _RNDIS_HOST_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <stdio.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+		#include "Lib/RNDISCommands.h"
+
+		#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY          LEDS_LED2
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+		void RNDISHost_Task(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+		                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISHost.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e9edd6d668
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage RNDIS Host Demo
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Host</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Remote NDIS (Microsoft Proprietary CDC Class Networking Standard)</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Microsoft RNDIS Specification</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  RNDIS host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ *  application for implementing a RNDIS Ethernet host, for USB devices such as
+ *  modems.
+ *
+ *  This demo will enumerate an attached USB RNDIS device, print out its vendor ID
+ *  and any received packets in raw form through the serial USART.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>
+ *     None
+ *    </td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f18f5f7e83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="RNDIS Ethernet Host Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.rndis.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.rndis"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.rndis" caption="RNDIS Ethernet Host Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Microsoft RNDIS Ethernet Host demo, implementing a RNDIS host that can send and receive Ethernet data to and from an attached device. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Host"/>
+			<keyword value="RNDIS Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="RNDISHost.txt"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="RNDISEthernetHost.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="ConfigDescriptor.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="RNDISEthernetHost.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="ConfigDescriptor.h"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/RNDISCommands.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/RNDISCommands.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..50e1cc59ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - RNDIS Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..eaaf3ba214
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = RNDISEthernetHost
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c ConfigDescriptor.c Lib/RNDISCommands.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..197122fce1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+//		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+//		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/ConfigDescriptor.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8b48257581
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
+ *  needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special  computer-readable structures
+ *  which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
+ *  routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
+ *  with compatible devices.
+ *
+ *  This routine searches for a SI interface descriptor containing bulk IN and OUT data endpoints.
+ *
+ *  \return An error code from the \ref StillImageHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
+ */
+uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
+{
+	uint8_t  ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+	void*    CurrConfigLocation = ConfigDescriptorData;
+	uint16_t CurrConfigBytesRem;
+
+	USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* StillImageInterface = NULL;
+	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  DataINEndpoint      = NULL;
+	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  DataOUTEndpoint     = NULL;
+	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  EventsEndpoint      = NULL;
+
+	/* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
+	switch (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &CurrConfigBytesRem, ConfigDescriptorData, sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)))
+	{
+		case HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful:
+			break;
+		case HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData:
+			return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
+		case HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow:
+			return DescriptorTooLarge;
+		default:
+			return ControlError;
+	}
+
+	while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint))
+	{
+		/* See if we've found a likely compatible interface, and if there is an endpoint within that interface */
+		if (!(StillImageInterface) ||
+		    USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+		                              DComp_NextStillImageInterfaceDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+		{
+			/* Get the next Still Image interface from the configuration descriptor */
+			if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+										  DComp_NextStillImageInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+			{
+				/* Descriptor not found, error out */
+				return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+			}
+
+			/* Save the interface in case we need to refer back to it later */
+			StillImageInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+			/* Clear any found endpoints */
+			DataINEndpoint  = NULL;
+			DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+			EventsEndpoint  = NULL;
+
+			/* Skip the remainder of the loop as we have not found an endpoint yet */
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
+		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+		/* If the endpoint is a IN type endpoint */
+		if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+		{
+			/* Check if the found endpoint is a interrupt or bulk type descriptor */
+			if ((EndpointData->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT)
+			  EventsEndpoint = EndpointData;
+			else
+			  DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Configure the Still Image data IN pipe */
+	Pipe_ConfigurePipe(SIMAGE_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+
+	/* Configure the Still Image data OUT pipe */
+	Pipe_ConfigurePipe(SIMAGE_DATA_OUT_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+
+	/* Configure the Still Image events pipe */
+	Pipe_ConfigurePipe(SIMAGE_EVENTS_PIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, EventsEndpoint->EndpointAddress, EventsEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+	Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(EventsEndpoint->PollingIntervalMS);
+
+	/* Valid data found, return success */
+	return SuccessfulConfigRead;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ *  configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ *  descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ *  This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct Still Image Class, Subclass and Protocol values.
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextStillImageInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+	{
+		USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+		/* Check the descriptor class, subclass and protocol, break out if correct interface found */
+		if ((Interface->Class    == SI_CSCP_StillImageClass)    &&
+		    (Interface->SubClass == SI_CSCP_StillImageSubclass) &&
+		    (Interface->Protocol == SI_CSCP_BulkOnlyProtocol))
+		{
+			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ *  configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ *  descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ *  This comparator searches for the next Interrupt or Bulk Endpoint descriptor of the current SI interface, aborting the
+ *  search if another interface descriptor is found before the next endpoint.
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextStillImageInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+	{
+		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+		/* Check the endpoint type, break out if correct BULK or INTERRUPT type endpoint found */
+		if (((Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_BULK) ||
+		    ((Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT))
+		{
+			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+		}
+	}
+	else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+	{
+		return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+	}
+
+	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/ConfigDescriptor.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6a3a87a208
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include "StillImageHost.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Pipe address of the Still Image data IN pipe. */
+		#define SIMAGE_DATA_IN_PIPE            (PIPE_DIR_IN  | 1)
+
+		/** Pipe address of the Still Image data OUT pipe. */
+		#define SIMAGE_DATA_OUT_PIPE           (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2)
+
+		/** Pipe address of the Still Image events IN pipe. */
+		#define SIMAGE_EVENTS_PIPE             (PIPE_DIR_IN  | 3)
+
+	/* Enums: */
+		/** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
+		enum StillImageHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
+		{
+			SuccessfulConfigRead            = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
+			ControlError                    = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
+			DescriptorTooLarge              = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
+			InvalidConfigDataReturned       = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
+			NoCompatibleInterfaceFound      = 4, /**< A compatible interface with the required endpoints was not found */
+		};
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
+
+		uint8_t DComp_NextStillImageInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+		uint8_t DComp_NextStillImageInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/Lib/PIMACodes.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/Lib/PIMACodes.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7c3880b274
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/Lib/PIMACodes.h
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header containing macros for possible PIMA commands. Refer to the PIMA standard
+ *  documentation for more information on each PIMA command.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _PIMA_CODES_H_
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		#define PIMA_OPERATION_GETDEVICEINFO         0x1001
+		#define PIMA_OPERATION_OPENSESSION           0x1002
+		#define PIMA_OPERATION_CLOSESESSION          0x1003
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/Lib/StillImageCommands.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/Lib/StillImageCommands.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d233e27700
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/Lib/StillImageCommands.c
@@ -0,0 +1,268 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Still Image Device commands, to issue PIMA commands to the device for
+ *  reading device status, capacity, and other characteristics as well as
+ *  reading and writing of stored image data.
+ */
+
+#include "StillImageCommands.h"
+
+/** PIMA block container for the block to send to the device */
+PIMA_Container_t PIMA_SendBlock;
+
+/** PIMA block container for the last received block from the device */
+PIMA_Container_t PIMA_ReceivedBlock;
+
+/** PIMA block container for the last event block received from the device */
+PIMA_Container_t PIMA_EventBlock;
+
+
+/** Function to send the PIMA command container to the attached still image device. */
+void SImage_SendBlockHeader(void)
+{
+	/* Unfreeze the data OUT pipe ready for data transmission */
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+	/* Write the PIMA block to the data OUT pipe */
+	Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(&PIMA_SendBlock, PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0), NULL);
+
+	/* If the block type is a command, send its parameters (if any) */
+	if (PIMA_SendBlock.Type == PIMA_CONTAINER_CommandBlock)
+	{
+		/* Determine the size of the parameters in the block via the data length attribute */
+		uint8_t ParamBytes = (PIMA_SendBlock.DataLength - PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0));
+
+		/* Check if any parameters in the command block */
+		if (ParamBytes)
+		{
+			/* Write the PIMA parameters to the data OUT pipe */
+			Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(&PIMA_SendBlock.Params, ParamBytes, NULL);
+		}
+
+		/* Send the PIMA command block to the attached device */
+		Pipe_ClearOUT();
+	}
+
+	/* Freeze pipe after use */
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+}
+
+/** Function to receive a PIMA event container from the attached still image device.
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t SImage_ReceiveEventHeader(void)
+{
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	/* Unfreeze the events pipe */
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_EVENTS_PIPE);
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+	/* Read in the event data into the global structure */
+	ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&PIMA_EventBlock, sizeof(PIMA_EventBlock), NULL);
+
+	/* Clear the pipe after read complete to prepare for next event */
+	Pipe_ClearIN();
+
+	/* Freeze the event pipe again after use */
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+
+	return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/** Function to receive a PIMA response container from the attached still image device.
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t SImage_ReceiveBlockHeader(void)
+{
+	uint16_t TimeoutMSRem        = COMMAND_DATA_TIMEOUT_MS;
+	uint16_t PreviousFrameNumber = USB_Host_GetFrameNumber();
+
+	/* Unfreeze the data IN pipe */
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+	/* Wait until data received on the IN pipe */
+	while (!(Pipe_IsINReceived()))
+	{
+		uint16_t CurrentFrameNumber = USB_Host_GetFrameNumber();
+
+		/* Check to see if a new frame has been issued (1ms elapsed) */
+		if (CurrentFrameNumber != PreviousFrameNumber)
+		{
+			/* Save the new frame number and decrement the timeout period */
+			PreviousFrameNumber = CurrentFrameNumber;
+			TimeoutMSRem--;
+
+			/* Check to see if the timeout period for the command has elapsed */
+			if (!(TimeoutMSRem))
+			  return PIPE_RWSTREAM_Timeout;
+		}
+
+		Pipe_Freeze();
+		Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
+		Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+		/* Check if pipe stalled (command failed by device) */
+		if (Pipe_IsStalled())
+		{
+			/* Clear the stall condition on the OUT pipe */
+			USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress());
+
+			/* Return error code and break out of the loop */
+			return PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled;
+		}
+
+		Pipe_Freeze();
+		Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+		Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+		/* Check if pipe stalled (command failed by device) */
+		if (Pipe_IsStalled())
+		{
+			/* Clear the stall condition on the IN pipe */
+			USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress());
+
+			/* Return error code */
+			return PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled;
+		}
+
+		/* Check to see if the device was disconnected, if so exit function */
+		if (USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached)
+		  return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+	}
+
+	/* Load in the response from the attached device */
+	Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&PIMA_ReceivedBlock, PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0), NULL);
+
+	/* Check if the returned block type is a response block */
+	if (PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Type == PIMA_CONTAINER_ResponseBlock)
+	{
+		/* Determine the size of the parameters in the block via the data length attribute */
+		uint8_t ParamBytes = (PIMA_ReceivedBlock.DataLength - PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0));
+
+		/* Check if the device has returned any parameters */
+		if (ParamBytes)
+		{
+			/* Read the PIMA parameters from the data IN pipe */
+			Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Params, ParamBytes, NULL);
+		}
+
+		/* Clear pipe bank after use */
+		Pipe_ClearIN();
+	}
+
+	/* Freeze the IN pipe after use */
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+
+	return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+/** Function to send the given data to the device, after a command block has been issued.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] Buffer  Source data buffer to send to the device
+ *  \param[in] Bytes   Number of bytes to send
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t SImage_SendData(void* const Buffer,
+                        const uint16_t Bytes)
+{
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	/* Unfreeze the data OUT pipe */
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+	/* Write the data contents to the pipe */
+	ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(Buffer, Bytes, NULL);
+
+	/* Send the last packet to the attached device */
+	Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+	/* Freeze the pipe again after use */
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+
+	return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/** Function to receive the given data from the device, after a response block has been received.
+ *
+ *  \param[out] Buffer  Destination data buffer to put read bytes from the device
+ *  \param[in] Bytes    Number of bytes to receive
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t SImage_ReadData(void* const Buffer,
+                        const uint16_t Bytes)
+{
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	/* Unfreeze the data IN pipe */
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+	/* Read in the data into the buffer */
+	ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(Buffer, Bytes, NULL);
+
+	/* Freeze the pipe again after use */
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+
+	return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/** Function to test if a PIMA event block is waiting to be read in from the attached device.
+ *
+ *  \return True if an event is waiting to be read in from the device, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool SImage_IsEventReceived(void)
+{
+	bool IsEventReceived = false;
+
+	/* Unfreeze the Event pipe */
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_EVENTS_PIPE);
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+	/* If the pipe contains data, an event has been received */
+	if (Pipe_BytesInPipe())
+	  IsEventReceived = true;
+
+	/* Freeze the pipe after use */
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+
+	return IsEventReceived;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/Lib/StillImageCommands.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/Lib/StillImageCommands.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..15ef75dcfc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/Lib/StillImageCommands.h
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for StillImageCommands.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _STILL_IMAGE_COMMANDS_H_
+#define _STILL_IMAGE_COMMANDS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include "PIMACodes.h"
+		#include "../StillImageHost.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Timeout period between the issuing of a command to a device, and the reception of the first packet. */
+		#define COMMAND_DATA_TIMEOUT_MS        10000
+
+	/* External Variables: */
+		extern PIMA_Container_t PIMA_SendBlock;
+		extern PIMA_Container_t PIMA_ReceivedBlock;
+		extern PIMA_Container_t PIMA_EventBlock;
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void    SImage_SendBlockHeader(void);
+		uint8_t SImage_ReceiveBlockHeader(void);
+		uint8_t SImage_ReceiveEventHeader(void);
+		uint8_t SImage_SendData(void* const Buffer,
+		                        const uint16_t Bytes);
+		uint8_t SImage_ReadData(void* const Buffer,
+		                        const uint16_t Bytes);
+		bool    SImage_IsEventReceived(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9df9531bfc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,365 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the StillImageHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "StillImageHost.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ *  enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Still Image Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		StillImageHost_Task();
+
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	Serial_Init(9600, false);
+	LEDs_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+
+	/* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+	Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ *  starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Attached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ *  stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ *  enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
+
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	/* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
+	if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
+	{
+		if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
+		  puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
+		else
+		  puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Invalid Device.\r\n"));
+
+		printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* Set the device configuration to the first configuration (rarely do devices use multiple configurations) */
+	if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"
+		                         " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	puts_P(PSTR("Still Image Device Enumerated.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+	USB_Disable();
+
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+	for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ *  enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Task to print device information through the serial port, and open/close a test PIMA session with the
+ *  attached Still Image device.
+ */
+void StillImageHost_Task(void)
+{
+	if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+	  return;
+
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	/* Indicate device busy via the status LEDs */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+
+	puts_P(PSTR("Retrieving Device Info...\r\n"));
+
+	PIMA_SendBlock = (PIMA_Container_t)
+		{
+			.DataLength    = PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0),
+			.Type          = PIMA_CONTAINER_CommandBlock,
+			.Code          = PIMA_OPERATION_GETDEVICEINFO,
+			.TransactionID = 0x00000000,
+			.Params        = {},
+		};
+
+	/* Send the GETDEVICEINFO block */
+	SImage_SendBlockHeader();
+
+	/* Receive the response data block */
+	if ((ErrorCode = SImage_ReceiveBlockHeader()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+	{
+		ShowCommandError(ErrorCode, false);
+		USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* Calculate the size of the returned device info data structure */
+	uint16_t DeviceInfoSize = (PIMA_ReceivedBlock.DataLength - PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0));
+
+	/* Create a buffer large enough to hold the entire device info */
+	uint8_t DeviceInfo[DeviceInfoSize];
+
+	/* Read in the data block data (containing device info) */
+	SImage_ReadData(DeviceInfo, DeviceInfoSize);
+
+	/* Once all the data has been read, the pipe must be cleared before the response can be sent */
+	Pipe_ClearIN();
+
+	/* Create a pointer for walking through the info dataset */
+	uint8_t* DeviceInfoPos = DeviceInfo;
+
+	/* Skip over the data before the unicode device information strings */
+	DeviceInfoPos +=  8;                                          // Skip to VendorExtensionDesc String
+	DeviceInfoPos += (1 + UNICODE_STRING_LENGTH(*DeviceInfoPos)); // Skip over VendorExtensionDesc String
+	DeviceInfoPos +=  2;                                          // Skip over FunctionalMode
+	DeviceInfoPos += (4 + (*(uint32_t*)DeviceInfoPos << 1));      // Skip over Supported Operations Array
+	DeviceInfoPos += (4 + (*(uint32_t*)DeviceInfoPos << 1));      // Skip over Supported Events Array
+	DeviceInfoPos += (4 + (*(uint32_t*)DeviceInfoPos << 1));      // Skip over Supported Device Properties Array
+	DeviceInfoPos += (4 + (*(uint32_t*)DeviceInfoPos << 1));      // Skip over Capture Formats Array
+	DeviceInfoPos += (4 + (*(uint32_t*)DeviceInfoPos << 1));      // Skip over Image Formats Array
+
+	/* Extract and convert the Manufacturer Unicode string to ASCII and print it through the USART */
+	char Manufacturer[*DeviceInfoPos];
+	UnicodeToASCII(DeviceInfoPos, Manufacturer);
+	printf_P(PSTR("   Manufacturer: %s\r\n"), Manufacturer);
+
+	DeviceInfoPos += 1 + UNICODE_STRING_LENGTH(*DeviceInfoPos);   // Skip over Manufacturer String
+
+	/* Extract and convert the Model Unicode string to ASCII and print it through the USART */
+	char Model[*DeviceInfoPos];
+	UnicodeToASCII(DeviceInfoPos, Model);
+	printf_P(PSTR("   Model: %s\r\n"), Model);
+
+	DeviceInfoPos += 1 + UNICODE_STRING_LENGTH(*DeviceInfoPos);   // Skip over Model String
+
+	/* Extract and convert the Device Version Unicode string to ASCII and print it through the USART */
+	char DeviceVersion[*DeviceInfoPos];
+	UnicodeToASCII(DeviceInfoPos, DeviceVersion);
+	printf_P(PSTR("   Device Version: %s\r\n"), DeviceVersion);
+
+	/* Receive the final response block from the device */
+	if ((ErrorCode = SImage_ReceiveBlockHeader()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+	{
+		ShowCommandError(ErrorCode, false);
+		USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* Verify that the command completed successfully */
+	if ((PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Type != PIMA_CONTAINER_ResponseBlock) || (PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Code != PIMA_RESPONSE_OK))
+	{
+		ShowCommandError(PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Code, true);
+		USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	puts_P(PSTR("Opening Session...\r\n"));
+
+	PIMA_SendBlock = (PIMA_Container_t)
+		{
+			.DataLength    = PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(1),
+			.Type          = PIMA_CONTAINER_CommandBlock,
+			.Code          = PIMA_OPERATION_OPENSESSION,
+			.TransactionID = 0x00000000,
+			.Params        = {0x00000001},
+		};
+
+	/* Send the OPENSESSION block, open a session with an ID of 0x0001 */
+	SImage_SendBlockHeader();
+
+	/* Receive the response block from the device */
+	if ((ErrorCode = SImage_ReceiveBlockHeader()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+	{
+		ShowCommandError(ErrorCode, false);
+		USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* Verify that the command completed successfully */
+	if ((PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Type != PIMA_CONTAINER_ResponseBlock) || (PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Code != PIMA_RESPONSE_OK))
+	{
+		ShowCommandError(PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Code, true);
+		USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	puts_P(PSTR("Closing Session...\r\n"));
+
+	PIMA_SendBlock = (PIMA_Container_t)
+		{
+			.DataLength    = PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(1),
+			.Type          = PIMA_CONTAINER_CommandBlock,
+			.Code          = PIMA_OPERATION_CLOSESESSION,
+			.TransactionID = 0x00000001,
+			.Params        = {0x00000001},
+		};
+
+	/* Send the CLOSESESSION block, close the session with an ID of 0x0001 */
+	SImage_SendBlockHeader();
+
+	/* Receive the response block from the device */
+	if ((ErrorCode = SImage_ReceiveBlockHeader()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+	{
+		ShowCommandError(ErrorCode, false);
+		USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* Verify that the command completed successfully */
+	if ((PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Type != PIMA_CONTAINER_ResponseBlock) || (PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Code != PIMA_RESPONSE_OK))
+	{
+		ShowCommandError(PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Code, true);
+		USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	puts_P(PSTR("Done.\r\n"));
+
+	/* Indicate device no longer busy */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+	USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+}
+
+/** Function to convert a given Unicode encoded string to ASCII. This function will only work correctly on Unicode
+ *  strings which contain ASCII printable characters only.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] UnicodeString  Pointer to a Unicode encoded input string
+ *  \param[out] Buffer        Pointer to a buffer where the converted ASCII string should be stored
+ */
+void UnicodeToASCII(uint8_t* UnicodeString,
+                    char* Buffer)
+{
+	/* Get the number of characters in the string, skip to the start of the string data */
+	uint8_t CharactersRemaining = *(UnicodeString++);
+
+	/* Loop through the entire unicode string */
+	while (CharactersRemaining--)
+	{
+		/* Load in the next unicode character (only the lower byte, as only Unicode coded ASCII is supported) */
+		*(Buffer++) = *UnicodeString;
+
+		/* Jump to the next unicode character */
+		UnicodeString += 2;
+	}
+
+	/* Null terminate the string */
+	*Buffer = 0;
+}
+
+/** Displays a PIMA command error via the device's serial port.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] ErrorCode          Error code of the function which failed to complete successfully
+ *  \param[in] ResponseCodeError  Indicates if the error is due to a command failed indication from the device, or a communication failure
+ */
+void ShowCommandError(uint8_t ErrorCode,
+                      bool ResponseCodeError)
+{
+	const char* FailureType = ((ResponseCodeError) ? PSTR("Response Code != OK") : PSTR("Transaction Fail"));
+
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Command Error (%S).\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), FailureType, ErrorCode);
+
+	/* Indicate error via status LEDs */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..43ad59c967
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for StillImageHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _STILL_IMAGE_HOST_H_
+#define _STILL_IMAGE_HOST_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <stdio.h>
+
+		#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+		#include "Lib/StillImageCommands.h"
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY          LEDS_LED2
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+		void StillImageHost_Task(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+		                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+		void UnicodeToASCII(uint8_t* UnicodeString,
+		                    char* Buffer);
+		void ShowCommandError(uint8_t ErrorCode,
+		                      bool ResponseCodeError);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..193228a207
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Still Image Host Demo
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Host</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Still Image Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>N/A</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF Still Image Class Specification \n
+ *        PIMA 15740 Specification</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Still Image host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ *  application for implementing a Still Image host, for USB devices such as
+ *  digital cameras.
+ *
+ *  This demo will enumerate an attached USB Still Image device, print out its
+ *  information structure, open a session with the device and finally close the
+ *  session.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>
+ *     None
+ *    </td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f12d6ff756
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="Still Image Host Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.si.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.si"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.si" caption="Still Image Host Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Still Image Host demo, implementing a Still Image host that can send and receive PIMA data to and from an attached device. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Host"/>
+			<keyword value="Still Image Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="StillImageHost.txt"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="StillImageHost.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="ConfigDescriptor.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="StillImageHost.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="ConfigDescriptor.h"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/StillImageCommands.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/StillImageCommands.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/PIMACodes.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7eca05a943
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Still Image Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dd7b4529a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = StillImageHost
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c ConfigDescriptor.c Lib/StillImageCommands.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..197122fce1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+//		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+//		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/ConfigDescriptor.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fa5312ffe2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
+ *  needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special  computer-readable structures
+ *  which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
+ *  routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
+ *  with compatible devices.
+ *
+ *  This routine searches for a CDC interface descriptor containing bulk data IN and OUT endpoints, and an interrupt event endpoint.
+ *
+ *  \return An error code from the \ref CDCHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
+ */
+uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
+{
+	uint8_t  ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+	void*    CurrConfigLocation = ConfigDescriptorData;
+	uint16_t CurrConfigBytesRem;
+
+	USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* CDCControlInterface  = NULL;
+	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  DataINEndpoint       = NULL;
+	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  DataOUTEndpoint      = NULL;
+	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  NotificationEndpoint = NULL;
+
+	/* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
+	switch (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &CurrConfigBytesRem, ConfigDescriptorData, sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)))
+	{
+		case HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful:
+			break;
+		case HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData:
+			return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
+		case HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow:
+			return DescriptorTooLarge;
+		default:
+			return ControlError;
+	}
+
+	while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint) || !(NotificationEndpoint))
+	{
+		/* See if we've found a likely compatible interface, and if there is an endpoint within that interface */
+		if (!(CDCControlInterface) ||
+		    USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+		                              DComp_NextCDCDataInterfaceEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+		{
+			/* Check if we have already found the control interface's notification endpoint or not */
+			if (NotificationEndpoint)
+			{
+				/* Get the next CDC data interface from the configuration descriptor */
+				if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+											  DComp_NextCDCDataInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+				{
+					/* Descriptor not found, error out */
+					return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+				}
+
+				/* Clear any found endpoints */
+				DataINEndpoint       = NULL;
+				DataOUTEndpoint      = NULL;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				/* Get the next CDC control interface from the configuration descriptor */
+				if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+											  DComp_NextCDCControlInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+				{
+					/* Descriptor not found, error out */
+					return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+				}
+
+				/* Save the interface in case we need to refer back to it later */
+				CDCControlInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+				/* Clear any found endpoints */
+				NotificationEndpoint = NULL;
+			}
+
+			/* Skip the remainder of the loop as we have not found an endpoint yet */
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
+		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+		/* If the endpoint is a IN type endpoint */
+		if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+		{
+			/* Check if the found endpoint is a interrupt or bulk type descriptor */
+			if ((EndpointData->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT)
+			  NotificationEndpoint = EndpointData;
+			else
+			  DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Configure the CDC data IN pipe */
+	Pipe_ConfigurePipe(CDC_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+
+	/* Configure the CDC data OUT pipe */
+	Pipe_ConfigurePipe(CDC_DATA_OUT_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+
+	/* Configure the CDC notification pipe */
+	Pipe_ConfigurePipe(CDC_NOTIFICATION_PIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, NotificationEndpoint->EndpointAddress, NotificationEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+	Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(NotificationEndpoint->PollingIntervalMS);
+
+	/* Valid data found, return success */
+	return SuccessfulConfigRead;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ *  configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ *  descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ *  This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct CDC control Class, Subclass and Protocol values.
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextCDCControlInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+	{
+		USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+		/* Check the CDC descriptor class, subclass and protocol, break out if correct control interface found */
+		if ((Interface->Class    == CDC_CSCP_CDCClass)    &&
+		    (Interface->SubClass == CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass) &&
+		    (Interface->Protocol == CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol))
+		{
+			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ *  configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ *  descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ *  This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct CDC data Class, Subclass and Protocol values.
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextCDCDataInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+	{
+		USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+		/* Check the CDC descriptor class, subclass and protocol, break out if correct data interface found */
+		if ((Interface->Class    == CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass)   &&
+		    (Interface->SubClass == CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass) &&
+		    (Interface->Protocol == CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol))
+		{
+			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ *  configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ *  descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ *  This comparator searches for the next bulk IN or OUT endpoint, or interrupt IN endpoint within the current interface,
+ *  aborting the search if another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint (so that it may be compared
+ *  using a different comparator to determine if it is another CDC class interface).
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextCDCDataInterfaceEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+	{
+		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+		if (((Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_BULK) ||
+		    ((Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT))
+		{
+			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+		}
+	}
+	else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+	{
+		return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+	}
+
+	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/ConfigDescriptor.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..303e59007e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include "VirtualSerialHost.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Pipe address for the CDC data IN pipe. */
+		#define CDC_DATA_IN_PIPE               (PIPE_DIR_IN  | 1)
+
+		/** Pipe address for the CDC data OUT pipe. */
+		#define CDC_DATA_OUT_PIPE              (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2)
+
+		/** Pipe address for the CDC notification IN pipe. */
+		#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_PIPE          (PIPE_DIR_IN  | 3)
+
+	/* Enums: */
+		/** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
+		enum CDCHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
+		{
+			SuccessfulConfigRead            = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
+			ControlError                    = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
+			DescriptorTooLarge              = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
+			InvalidConfigDataReturned       = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
+			NoCompatibleInterfaceFound      = 4, /**< A compatible interface with the required endpoints was not found */
+		};
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
+
+		uint8_t DComp_NextCDCControlInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+		uint8_t DComp_NextCDCDataInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+		uint8_t DComp_NextCDCDataInterfaceEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..832fdc20d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the VirtualSerialHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "VirtualSerialHost.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ *  enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "CDC Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		CDCHost_Task();
+
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	Serial_Init(9600, false);
+	LEDs_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+
+	/* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+	Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ *  starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Attached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ *  stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ *  enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
+
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	/* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
+	if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
+	{
+		if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
+		  puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
+		else
+		  puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Invalid Device.\r\n"));
+
+		printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* Set the device configuration to the first configuration (rarely do devices use multiple configurations) */
+	if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"
+		                         " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	CDC_LineEncoding_t LineEncoding = { .BaudRateBPS = 9600,
+	                                    .CharFormat  = CDC_LINEENCODING_OneStopBit,
+	                                    .ParityType  = CDC_PARITY_None,
+	                                    .DataBits    = 8                            };
+
+	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+	{
+		.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+		.bRequest      = CDC_REQ_SetLineEncoding,
+		.wValue        = 0,
+		.wIndex        = 0,
+		.wLength       = sizeof(LineEncoding),
+	};
+
+	/* Set the Line Encoding of the CDC interface within the device, so that it is ready to accept data */
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+	if (USB_Host_SendControlRequest(&LineEncoding) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Set Line Encoding).\r\n"
+		                         " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	puts_P(PSTR("CDC Device Enumerated.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+	USB_Disable();
+
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+	for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ *  enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Task to read in data received from the attached CDC device and print it to the serial port.
+ */
+void CDCHost_Task(void)
+{
+	if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+	  return;
+
+	/* Select the data IN pipe */
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(CDC_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+	/* Check to see if a packet has been received */
+	if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+	{
+		/* Re-freeze IN pipe after the packet has been received */
+		Pipe_Freeze();
+
+		/* Check if data is in the pipe */
+		if (Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed())
+		{
+			/* Get the length of the pipe data, and create a new buffer to hold it */
+			uint16_t BufferLength = Pipe_BytesInPipe();
+			uint8_t  Buffer[BufferLength];
+
+			/* Read in the pipe data to the temporary buffer */
+			Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(Buffer, BufferLength, NULL);
+
+			/* Print out the buffer contents to the USART */
+			for (uint16_t BufferByte = 0; BufferByte < BufferLength; BufferByte++)
+			  putchar(Buffer[BufferByte]);
+		}
+
+		/* Clear the pipe after it is read, ready for the next packet */
+		Pipe_ClearIN();
+	}
+
+	/* Re-freeze IN pipe after use */
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+
+	/* Select and unfreeze the notification pipe */
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(CDC_NOTIFICATION_PIPE);
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+	/* Check if a packet has been received */
+	if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+	{
+		/* Discard the unused event notification */
+		Pipe_ClearIN();
+	}
+
+	/* Freeze notification IN pipe after use */
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1c0c9b2808
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for VirtualSerialHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _VIRTUALSERIAL_HOST_H_
+#define _VIRTUALSERIAL_HOST_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <stdio.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+		#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+		void CDCHost_Task(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+		                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1e1f9f1ae2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage CDC Host Demo
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Host</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Abstract Control Model (ACM)</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF CDC Class Standard</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  CDC host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference application
+ *  for implementing a USB CDC host, for CDC devices using the standard ACM profile.
+ *
+ *  This demo prints out received CDC data through the serial port.
+ *
+ *  Note that this demo is only compatible with devices which report the correct CDC
+ *  and ACM class, subclass and protocol values. Most USB-Serial cables have vendor
+ *  specific features, thus use vendor-specific class/subclass/protocol codes to force
+ *  the user to use specialized drivers. This demo is not compatible with such devices.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>
+ *     None
+ *    </td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..828702c52b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="Virtual Serial CDC Host Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.cdc.example.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.cdc"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.cdc" caption="Virtual Serial CDC Host Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Virtual Serial Host demo, implementing a CDC host that can send and receive data to and from an attached device. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Host"/>
+			<keyword value="CDC Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="VirtualSerialHost.txt"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="VirtualSerialHost.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="ConfigDescriptor.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="VirtualSerialHost.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="ConfigDescriptor.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..df50a03e9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Virtual Serial Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0cb6c60636
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = VirtualSerialHost
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c ConfigDescriptor.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..90c1562194
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/LowLevel/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+# Makefile to build all the LUFA Host Demos. Call with "make all" to
+# rebuild all Host demos.
+
+# Projects are pre-cleaned before each one is built, to ensure any
+# custom LUFA library build options are reflected in the compiled
+# code.
+
+PROJECT_DIRECTORIES := $(shell ls -d */)
+
+# This makefile is potentially infinitely recursive if something really bad
+# happens when determining the set of project directories - hard-abort if
+# more than 10 levels deep to avoid angry emails.
+ifeq ($(MAKELEVEL), 10)
+   $(error EMERGENCY ABORT: INFINITE RECURSION DETECTED)
+endif
+
+# Need to special-case building without a per-project object directory
+ifeq ($(OBJDIR),)
+   # If no target specified, force "clean all" and disallow parallel build
+   ifeq ($(MAKECMDGOALS),)
+      MAKECMDGOALS := clean all
+      .NOTPARALLEL:
+   endif
+
+   # If one of the targets is to build, force "clean" beforehand and disallow parallel build
+   ifneq ($(findstring all, $(MAKECMDGOALS)),)
+      MAKECMDGOALS := clean $(MAKECMDGOALS)
+      .NOTPARALLEL:
+   endif
+endif
+
+%: $(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES)
+	@echo . > /dev/null
+
+$(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES):
+	@$(MAKE) -C $@ $(MAKECMDGOALS)
+
+.PHONY: $(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES)
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..abeb3f4a81
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Host/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+# Makefile to build all the LUFA Class Driver and Low Level Demos. Call with
+# "make all" to rebuild all demos of both types.
+
+# Projects are pre-cleaned before each one is built, to ensure any
+# custom LUFA library build options are reflected in the compiled
+# code.
+
+all:
+
+%:
+	$(MAKE) -C ClassDriver $@
+	$(MAKE) -C LowLevel $@
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..38694d9942
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+# Makefile to build all the LUFA Demos. Call with "make all" to
+# rebuild all demos.
+
+# Projects are pre-cleaned before each one is built, to ensure any
+# custom LUFA library build options are reflected in the compiled
+# code.
+
+all:
+
+%:
+	$(MAKE) -C Device $@
+	$(MAKE) -C Host $@
+	$(MAKE) -C DualRole $@
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/.gitignore b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/.gitignore
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..938768908a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/.gitignore
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+*.lss
+*.bin
+*.elf
+*.hex
+*.eep
+*.map
+*.o
+*.d
+*.sym
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/HID_EEPROM_Loader/HID_EEPROM_Loader.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/HID_EEPROM_Loader/HID_EEPROM_Loader.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..35ea2d79b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/HID_EEPROM_Loader/HID_EEPROM_Loader.c
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/*
+             DMBS Build System
+      Released into the public domain.
+
+   dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+         www.fourwalledcubicle.com
+ */
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Special application to extract an EEPROM image stored in FLASH memory, and
+ *  copy it to the device EEPROM. This application is designed to be used with
+ *  the HID build system module of DMBS to program the EEPROM of a target device
+ *  that uses the HID bootloader protocol, which does not have native EEPROM
+ *  programming support.
+ */
+
+#include <avr/io.h>
+#include <avr/eeprom.h>
+#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+/* References to the binary EEPROM data linked in the AVR's FLASH memory space */
+extern const char _binary_InputEEData_bin_start[];
+extern const char _binary_InputEEData_bin_end[];
+extern const char _binary_InputEEData_bin_size[];
+
+/* Friendly names for the embedded binary data stored in FLASH memory space */
+#define InputEEData       _binary_InputEEData_bin_start
+#define InputEEData_size  ((int)_binary_InputEEData_bin_size)
+
+int main(void)
+{
+	/* Copy out the embedded EEPROM data from FLASH to EEPROM memory space */
+	for (uint16_t i = 0; i < InputEEData_size; i++)
+	  eeprom_update_byte((uint8_t*)i, pgm_read_byte(&InputEEData[i]));
+
+	/* Infinite loop once complete */
+	for (;;);
+}
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/HID_EEPROM_Loader/makefile b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/HID_EEPROM_Loader/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..879eda8cf2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/HID_EEPROM_Loader/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+#
+#            DMBS Build System
+#     Released into the public domain.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#        www.fourwalledcubicle.com
+#
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = atmega128
+ARCH         = AVR8
+F_CPU        = 1000000
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = HID_EEPROM_Loader
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c
+CC_FLAGS     =
+LD_FLAGS     =
+OBJECT_FILES = InputEEData.o
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Determine the AVR sub-architecture of the build main application object file
+FIND_AVR_SUBARCH = avr$(shell avr-objdump -f $(TARGET).o | grep architecture | cut -d':' -f3 | cut -d',' -f1)
+
+# Create a linkable object file with the input binary EEPROM data stored in the FLASH section
+InputEEData.o: InputEEData.bin $(TARGET).o $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+	@echo $(MSG_OBJCPY_CMD) Converting \"$<\" to a object file \"$@\"
+	avr-objcopy -I binary -O elf32-avr -B $(call FIND_AVR_SUBARCH) --rename-section .data=.progmem.data,contents,alloc,readonly,data $< $@
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include ../core.mk
+include ../gcc.mk
+include ../hid.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/License.txt b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/License.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..322c7624e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/License.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+             DMBS Build System
+      Released into the public domain.
+
+   dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+         www.fourwalledcubicle.com
+
+
+
+This is free and unencumbered software released into the public domain.
+
+Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or
+distribute this software, either in source code form or as a compiled
+binary, for any purpose, commercial or non-commercial, and by any
+means.
+
+In jurisdictions that recognize copyright laws, the author or authors
+of this software dedicate any and all copyright interest in the
+software to the public domain. We make this dedication for the benefit
+of the public at large and to the detriment of our heirs and
+successors. We intend this dedication to be an overt act of
+relinquishment in perpetuity of all present and future rights to this
+software under copyright law.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+For more information, please refer to <http://unlicense.org/>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/ModulesOverview.md b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/ModulesOverview.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1fd9cc11cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/ModulesOverview.md
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+DMBS - Dean's Makefile Build System
+===================================
+
+
+Modules Overview
+----------------
+
+The following modules are currently included:
+
+ - [ATPROGRAM](atprogram.md) - Device Programming
+ - [AVRDUDE](avrdude.md) - Device Programming
+ - [CORE](core.md) - DMBS Core Functionality
+ - [CPPCHECK](cppcheck.md) - Static Code Analysis
+ - [DFU](dfu.md) - Device Programming
+ - [DOXYGEN](doxygen.md) - Automated Source Code Documentation
+ - [GCC](gcc.md) - Compiling/Assembling/Linking with GCC
+ - [HID](hid.md) - Device Programming
+
+## Importing modules into your project makefile
+
+To use a module, it is recommended to add the following boilerplate to your
+makefile:
+
+    # Include DMBS build script makefiles
+    DMBS_PATH   ?= ../DMBS
+
+Which can then used to indicate the location of your DMBS installation, relative
+to the current directory, when importing modules. For example:
+
+    DMBS_PATH   ?= ../DMBS
+    include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+    include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+
+Imports the `CORE` and `GCC` modules from DMBS using a single path relative to
+your project's makefile.
+
+If you wish to write your own DMBS module(s),
+[see the documentation here for more details.](WritingYourOwnModules.md)
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/WritingYourOwnModules.md b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/WritingYourOwnModules.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..16df7a53bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/WritingYourOwnModules.md
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+DMBS - Dean's Makefile Build System
+===================================
+
+
+Writing Your Own Modules
+------------------------
+
+A DMBS module consists of the several boilerplate sections, explained below.
+
+## The DMBS module hooks
+
+Your module needs to advertise to DMBS its name, its makefile targets, the
+required and optional variables, and the variables and macros the module
+provides for use elsewhere. This is achieved with the following section:
+
+    DMBS_BUILD_MODULES         += EXAMPLE
+    DMBS_BUILD_TARGETS         += example-target another-target
+    DMBS_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS  += MANDATORY_NAME ALSO_MANDATORY
+    DMBS_BUILD_OPTIONAL_VARS   += OPTIONAL_NAME ALSO_OPTIONAL
+    DMBS_BUILD_PROVIDED_VARS   += MEANING_OF_LIFE
+    DMBS_BUILD_PROVIDED_MACROS += STRIP_WHITESPACE
+
+The example above declares that this module is called `EXAMPLE`, and exposes the
+listed targets, variable requirements and provides variables and macros.
+
+Your module name and provided variable/macro names must be unique, however you
+can (and should) re-use variable names where appropriate if they apply to
+several modules (such as `ARCH` to specify the project's microcontroller
+architecture). Re-using targets is not recommended, but can be used to extend
+the dependencies of another module's targets.
+
+## Importing the CORE module
+
+Next, your module should always import the DMBS `CORE` module, via the
+following:
+
+    # Conditionally import the CORE module of DMBS if it is not already imported
+    DMBS_MODULE_PATH := $(patsubst %/,%,$(dir $(lastword $(MAKEFILE_LIST))))
+    ifeq ($(findstring CORE, $(DMBS_BUILD_MODULES)),)
+      include $(DMBS_MODULE_PATH)/core.mk
+    endif
+
+This ensures that the `make help` target is always available. In addition, the
+`CORE` module exposes some [commonly used macros and variables](core.md) to
+your module.
+
+## Setting optional variable's defaults
+
+If a variable is optional, you should provide a default value. Do this via the
+`?=` operator of `make`, which sets a variable's value if it has not yet been
+set:
+
+    MY_OPTIONAL_VARIABLE ?= some_default_value
+
+## Sanity checking user input
+
+Sanity checks are what make DMBS useful. Where possible, validate user input and
+convert generated errors to human-friendly messages. This can be achieved by
+enforcing that all the declared module mandatory variables have been set by the
+user:
+
+    # Sanity-check values of mandatory user-supplied variables
+    $(foreach MANDATORY_VAR, $(DMBS_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS), $(call ERROR_IF_UNSET, $(MANDATORY_VAR)))
+
+As well as complaining if they are set, but currently empty:
+
+    $(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, SOME_MANDATORY_VARIABLE)
+    $(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, SOME_OPTIONAL_BUT_NON_EMPTY_VARIABLE)
+
+Or even if they are boolean (`Y` or `N`) variables that have an invalid value:
+
+    $(call ERROR_IF_NONBOOL, SOME_BOOL_VARIABLE)
+
+## Adding targets
+
+The meat of a DMBS module is the targets, which are run when the user types
+`make {target name}` from the command line. These can be as complex or simple
+as you like. See the GNU make manual for information on writing make targets.
+
+    example-target:
+        echo "Your DMBS module works!"
+
+## And finally, list the PHONYs
+
+Important in GNU Make is the concept of phony targets; this special directive
+tells make that a given target should never be considered a valid file. Listing
+phonies ensures that, for example, if your module had a target called `build`,
+it would always run when the user types `make build` from the command line, even
+if a file called `build` existed in the user project folder.
+
+You can list module-internal targets here, as well as mark all public targets
+via the module header's `DMBS_BUILD_TARGETS` variable.
+
+    # Phony build targets for this module
+    .PHONY: $(DMBS_BUILD_TARGETS) some-module-internal-target another-internal-target
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/atprogram.md b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/atprogram.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ea1b0d9194
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/atprogram.md
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+DMBS - Dean's Makefile Build System
+===================================
+
+
+Module: ATPROGRAM
+-----------------
+
+The ATPROGRAM module provides build targets for use with the official
+`ATPROGRAM` back-end utility distributed with the free
+[Atmel Studio](http://www.atmel.com) software released by Atmel.
+
+## Importing This Module into a Makefile:
+
+To use this module in your application makefile, add the following code to your
+makefile:
+
+    include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
+
+## Prerequisites:
+
+This module requires the `atprogram.exe` utility to be available in your
+system's `PATH` variable. The `atprogram.exe` utility is distributed in Atmel
+Studio (usually) inside the application install folder's `atbackend`
+subdirectory.
+
+## Build Targets:
+
+The following targets are supported by this module:
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+   <tr>
+    <td>atprogram</td>
+    <td>Program the device FLASH memory with the application's executable data.</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>atprogram-ee</td>
+    <td>Program the device EEPROM memory with the application's EEPROM data.</td>
+   </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Mandatory Variables:
+
+The following variables must be defined (with a `NAME = VALUE` syntax, one
+variable per line) in the user makefile to be able to use this module:
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+   <tr>
+    <td>MCU</td>
+    <td>Name of the Atmel processor model (e.g. `at90usb1287`).</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>TARGET</td>
+    <td>Name of the application output file prefix (e.g. `TestApplication`).</td>
+   </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Optional Variables:
+
+The following variables may be defined (with a `NAME = VALUE` syntax, one
+variable per line) in the user makefile. If not specified, a default value will
+be assumed.
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+   <tr>
+    <td>ATPROGRAM_PROGRAMMER</td>
+    <td>Name of the Atmel programmer or debugger tool to communicate with (e.g. `jtagice3`). Default is `atmelice`.</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>ATPROGRAM_INTERFACE</td>
+    <td>Name of the programming interface to use when programming the target (e.g. `spi`). Default is `jtag`.</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>ATPROGRAM_PORT</td>
+    <td>Name of the communication port to use when when programming with a serially connected tool (e.g. `COM2`). Default is `usb`.</td>
+   </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Provided Variables:
+
+The following variables may be referenced in a user makefile (via `$(NAME)`
+syntax) if desired, as they are provided by this module.
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+   <tr>
+    <td>N/A</td>
+    <td>This module provides no variables.</td>
+   </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Provided Macros:
+
+The following macros may be referenced in a user makefile (via
+`$(call NAME, ARG1, ARG2, ...)` syntax) if desired, as they are provided by
+this module.
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+   <tr>
+    <td>N/A</td>
+    <td>This module provides no macros.</td>
+   </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Module Changelog:
+
+The changes to this module since its initial release are listed below, as of the
+DMBS version where the change was made.
+
+### 20160403
+Initial release.
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/atprogram.mk b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/atprogram.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a505275aed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/atprogram.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+#
+#            DMBS Build System
+#     Released into the public domain.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#        www.fourwalledcubicle.com
+#
+
+DMBS_BUILD_MODULES         += ATPROGRAM
+DMBS_BUILD_TARGETS         += atprogram atprogram-ee
+DMBS_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS  += MCU TARGET
+DMBS_BUILD_OPTIONAL_VARS   += ATPROGRAM_PROGRAMMER ATPROGRAM_INTERFACE ATPROGRAM_PORT
+DMBS_BUILD_PROVIDED_VARS   +=
+DMBS_BUILD_PROVIDED_MACROS +=
+
+# Conditionally import the CORE module of DMBS if it is not already imported
+DMBS_MODULE_PATH := $(patsubst %/,%,$(dir $(lastword $(MAKEFILE_LIST))))
+ifeq ($(findstring CORE, $(DMBS_BUILD_MODULES)),)
+  include $(DMBS_MODULE_PATH)/core.mk
+endif
+
+# Default values of optionally user-supplied variables
+ATPROGRAM_PROGRAMMER ?= atmelice
+ATPROGRAM_INTERFACE  ?= jtag
+ATPROGRAM_PORT       ?=
+
+# Sanity check user supplied values
+$(foreach MANDATORY_VAR, $(DMBS_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS), $(call ERROR_IF_UNSET, $(MANDATORY_VAR)))
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, MCU)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, TARGET)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, ATPROGRAM_PROGRAMMER)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, ATPROGRAM_INTERFACE)
+
+# Output Messages
+MSG_ATPROGRAM_CMD    := ' [ATPRGRM] :'
+
+# Construct base atprogram command flags
+BASE_ATPROGRAM_FLAGS := --tool $(ATPROGRAM_PROGRAMMER) --interface $(ATPROGRAM_INTERFACE) --device $(MCU)
+ifneq ($(ATPROGRAM_PORT),)
+   BASE_ATPROGRAM_FLAGS += --port $(ATPROGRAM_PORT)
+endif
+
+# Construct the flags to use for the various memory spaces
+ifeq ($(ARCH), AVR8)
+   ATPROGRAM_FLASH_FLAGS  := --chiperase --flash
+   ATPROGRAM_EEPROM_FLAGS := --eeprom
+else ifeq ($(ARCH), XMEGA)
+   ATPROGRAM_FLASH_FLAGS  := --erase --flash
+   ATPROGRAM_EEPROM_FLAGS := --eeprom
+else ifeq ($(ARCH), UC3)
+   ATPROGRAM_FLASH_FLAGS  := --erase
+   ATPROGRAM_EEPROM_FLAGS := --eeprom
+else
+   $(error Unsupported architecture "$(ARCH)")
+endif
+
+# Programs in the target FLASH memory using ATPROGRAM
+atprogram: $(TARGET).elf $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+	@echo $(MSG_ATPROGRAM_CMD) Programming device \"$(MCU)\" FLASH using \"$(ATPROGRAM_PROGRAMMER)\"
+	atprogram $(BASE_ATPROGRAM_FLAGS) program $(ATPROGRAM_FLASH_FLAGS) --file $<
+
+# Programs in the target EEPROM memory using ATPROGRAM
+atprogram-ee: $(TARGET).elf $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+	@echo $(MSG_ATPROGRAM_CMD) Programming device \"$(MCU)\" EEPROM using \"$(ATPROGRAM_PROGRAMMER)\"
+	atprogram $(BASE_ATPROGRAM_FLAGS) program $(ATPROGRAM_EEPROM_FLAGS) --file $<
+
+# Phony build targets for this module
+.PHONY: $(DMBS_BUILD_TARGETS)
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/avrdude.md b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/avrdude.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d6c71ce6db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/avrdude.md
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+DMBS - Dean's Makefile Build System
+===================================
+
+
+Module: AVRDUDE
+-----------------
+
+The AVRDUDE module provides build targets for use with the official
+open source `AVRDUDE` programmer utility, for the reprogramming of Atmel devices
+using a wide variety of official and non-official programming devices and
+bootloaders.
+
+## Importing This Module into a Makefile:
+
+To use this module in your application makefile, add the following code to your
+makefile:
+
+    include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+
+## Prerequisites:
+
+This module requires the `avrdude` utility to be available in your
+system's `PATH` variable. The `avrdude` utility is distributed on the project's
+[official site](https://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/avrdude) but is also
+made available in many *nix operating system's package managers.
+
+## Build Targets:
+
+The following targets are supported by this module:
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+   <tr>
+    <td>avrdude</td>
+    <td>Program the device FLASH memory with the application's executable data.</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>avrdude-ee</td>
+    <td>Program the device EEPROM memory with the application's EEPROM data.</td>
+   </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Mandatory Variables:
+
+The following variables must be defined (with a `NAME = VALUE` syntax, one
+variable per line) in the user makefile to be able to use this module:
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+   <tr>
+    <td>MCU</td>
+    <td>Name of the Atmel processor model (e.g. `at90usb1287`).</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>TARGET</td>
+    <td>Name of the application output file prefix (e.g. `TestApplication`).</td>
+   </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Optional Variables:
+
+The following variables may be defined (with a `NAME = VALUE` syntax, one
+variable per line) in the user makefile. If not specified, a default value will
+be assumed.
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+   <tr>
+    <td>AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER</td>
+    <td>Name of the programmer/debugger tool or bootloader to communicate with (e.g. `jtagicemkii`). Default is `jtagicemkii`.</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>AVRDUDE_PORT</td>
+    <td>Name of the communication port to use when when programming with a serially connected tool (e.g. `COM2`). Default is `usb`.</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>AVRDUDE_FLAGS</td>
+    <td>Additional flags to pass to `avrdude` when invoking the tool. Default is empty (no additional flags).</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>AVRDUDE_MEMORY</td>
+    <td>Memory space to program when executing the `avrdude` target (e.g. 'application` for an XMEGA device). Default is `flash`.</td>
+   </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Provided Variables:
+
+The following variables may be referenced in a user makefile (via `$(NAME)`
+syntax) if desired, as they are provided by this module.
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+   <tr>
+    <td>N/A</td>
+    <td>This module provides no variables.</td>
+   </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Provided Macros:
+
+The following macros may be referenced in a user makefile (via
+`$(call NAME, ARG1, ARG2, ...)` syntax) if desired, as they are provided by
+this module.
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+   <tr>
+    <td>N/A</td>
+    <td>This module provides no macros.</td>
+   </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Module Changelog:
+
+The changes to this module since its initial release are listed below, as of the
+DMBS version where the change was made.
+
+### 20160403
+Initial release.
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/avrdude.mk b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/avrdude.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c4bac8fd0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/avrdude.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+#
+#            DMBS Build System
+#     Released into the public domain.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#        www.fourwalledcubicle.com
+#
+
+DMBS_BUILD_MODULES         += AVRDUDE
+DMBS_BUILD_TARGETS         += avrdude avrdude-ee
+DMBS_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS  += MCU TARGET
+DMBS_BUILD_OPTIONAL_VARS   += AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER AVRDUDE_PORT AVRDUDE_FLAGS AVRDUDE_MEMORY
+DMBS_BUILD_PROVIDED_VARS   +=
+DMBS_BUILD_PROVIDED_MACROS +=
+
+# Conditionally import the CORE module of DMBS if it is not already imported
+DMBS_MODULE_PATH := $(patsubst %/,%,$(dir $(lastword $(MAKEFILE_LIST))))
+ifeq ($(findstring CORE, $(DMBS_BUILD_MODULES)),)
+  include $(DMBS_MODULE_PATH)/core.mk
+endif
+
+# Default values of optionally user-supplied variables
+AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER ?= jtagicemkii
+AVRDUDE_PORT       ?= usb
+AVRDUDE_FLAGS      ?=
+AVRDUDE_MEMORY     ?= flash
+
+# Sanity check user supplied values
+$(foreach MANDATORY_VAR, $(DMBS_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS), $(call ERROR_IF_UNSET, $(MANDATORY_VAR)))
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, MCU)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, TARGET)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, AVRDUDE_PORT)
+
+# Output Messages
+MSG_AVRDUDE_CMD    := ' [AVRDUDE] :'
+
+# Construct base avrdude command flags
+BASE_AVRDUDE_FLAGS := -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)
+
+# Programs in the target FLASH memory using AVRDUDE
+avrdude: $(TARGET).hex $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+	@echo $(MSG_AVRDUDE_CMD) Programming device \"$(MCU)\" FLASH using \"$(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)\" on port \"$(AVRDUDE_PORT)\"
+	avrdude $(BASE_AVRDUDE_FLAGS) -U $(AVRDUDE_MEMORY):w:$< $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS)
+
+# Programs in the target EEPROM memory using AVRDUDE
+avrdude-ee: $(TARGET).eep $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+	@echo $(MSG_AVRDUDE_CMD) Programming device \"$(MCU)\" EEPROM using \"$(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)\" on port \"$(AVRDUDE_PORT)\"
+	avrdude $(BASE_AVRDUDE_FLAGS) -U eeprom:w:$< $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS)
+
+# Phony build targets for this module
+.PHONY: $(DMBS_BUILD_TARGETS)
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/core.md b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/core.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..406abfecd7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/core.md
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+DMBS - Dean's Makefile Build System
+===================================
+
+
+Module: CORE
+------------
+
+The CORE module provides the core DMBS infrastructure used by other DMBS
+modules, and must always be imported. Additionally, this module provides the
+help system for DMBS.
+
+## Importing This Module into a Makefile:
+
+To use this module in your application makefile, add the following code to your
+makefile:
+
+    include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+
+## Prerequisites:
+
+None.
+
+## Build Targets:
+
+The following targets are supported by this module:
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+   <tr>
+    <td>help</td>
+    <td>Show help for the current project, including a list of all available targets, variables and macros from the imported modules.</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>list_targets</td>
+    <td>Show a list of all build targets from the imported modules.</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>list_modules</td>
+    <td>Show a list of all imported modules.</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>list_mandatory</td>
+    <td>Show a list of all mandatory variables from the imported modules.</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>list_optional</td>
+    <td>Show a list of all optional variables from the imported modules.</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>list_provided</td>
+    <td>Show a list of all variables provided by the imported modules.</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>list_macros</td>
+    <td>Show a list of all macros provided by the imported modules.</td>
+   </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Mandatory Variables:
+
+The following variables must be defined (with a `NAME = VALUE` syntax, one
+variable per line) in the user makefile to be able to use this module:
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+   <tr>
+    <td>N/A</td>
+    <td>This module has no mandatory variables.</td>
+   </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Optional Variables:
+
+The following variables may be defined (with a `NAME = VALUE` syntax, one
+variable per line) in the user makefile. If not specified, a default value will
+be assumed.
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+   <tr>
+    <td>N/A</td>
+    <td>This module has no optional variables.</td>
+   </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Provided Variables:
+
+The following variables may be referenced in a user makefile (via `$(NAME)`
+syntax) if desired, as they are provided by this module.
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+   <tr>
+    <td>DMBS_VERSION</td>
+    <td>Current version of this DMBS release, as a ISO 8601 integer (such as `20160403` for `2016-04-03`).</td>
+   </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Provided Macros:
+
+The following macros may be referenced in a user makefile (via
+`$(call NAME, ARG1, ARG2, ...)` syntax) if desired, as they are provided by
+this module.
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+   <tr>
+    <td>DMBS_CHECK_VERSION</td>
+    <td>Macro to check the current DMBS version against the first argument and abort if the required version is newer than the current version.</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>ERROR_IF_UNSET</td>
+    <td>Macro to check the given makefile variable name passed as the first argument, and abort if it has not been set by any makefile module.</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>ERROR_IF_EMPTY</td>
+    <td>Macro to check the given makefile variable name passed as the first argument, and abort if it has an empty value.</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>ERROR_IF_NONBOOL</td>
+    <td>Macro to check the given makefile variable name passed as the first argument, and abort if it has a value other than `Y` or `N`.</td>
+   </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Module Changelog:
+
+The changes to this module since its initial release are listed below, as of the
+DMBS version where the change was made.
+
+### 20160403
+Initial release.
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/core.mk b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/core.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1edbd178c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/core.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+#
+#            DMBS Build System
+#     Released into the public domain.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#        www.fourwalledcubicle.com
+#
+
+DMBS_BUILD_MODULES         += CORE
+DMBS_BUILD_TARGETS         += help list_targets list_modules list_mandatory list_optional list_provided list_macros
+DMBS_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS  +=
+DMBS_BUILD_OPTIONAL_VARS   +=
+DMBS_BUILD_PROVIDED_VARS   += DMBS_VERSION
+DMBS_BUILD_PROVIDED_MACROS += DMBS_CHECK_VERSION ERROR_IF_UNSET ERROR_IF_EMPTY ERROR_IF_NONBOOL
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+
+# Current DMBS release version
+DMBS_VERSION       := 20170426
+
+# Macro to check the DMBS version, aborts if the given DMBS version is below the current version
+DMBS_CHECK_VERSION ?= $(if $(filter-out 0, $(shell test $(DMBS_VERSION) -lt $(1); echo $$?)), , $(error DMBS version $(1) or newer required, current version is $(DMBS_VERSION)))
+
+# Macros to use in other modules to check various conditions
+ERROR_IF_UNSET     ?= $(if $(filter undefined, $(origin $(strip $(1)))), $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) value not set))
+ERROR_IF_EMPTY     ?= $(if $(strip $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option cannot be blank))
+ERROR_IF_NONBOOL   ?= $(if $(filter Y N, $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option must be Y or N))
+
+# Converts a given input to a printable output using "(None)" if no items are in the list
+CONVERT_TO_PRINTABLE           = $(if $(strip $(1)), $(1), (None))
+
+# Build sorted and filtered lists of the included build module data
+SORTED_DMBS_BUILD_MODULES      = $(sort $(DMBS_BUILD_MODULES))
+SORTED_DMBS_BUILD_TARGETS      = $(sort $(DMBS_BUILD_TARGETS))
+SORTED_DMBS_MANDATORY_VARS     = $(sort $(DMBS_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS))
+SORTED_DMBS_OPTIONAL_VARS      = $(filter-out $(SORTED_DMBS_MANDATORY_VARS), $(sort $(DMBS_BUILD_OPTIONAL_VARS)))
+SORTED_DMBS_PROVIDED_VARS      = $(sort $(DMBS_BUILD_PROVIDED_VARS))
+SORTED_DMBS_PROVIDED_MACROS    = $(sort $(DMBS_BUILD_PROVIDED_MACROS))
+
+# Create printable versions of the sorted build module data (use "(None)" when no data is available)
+PRINTABLE_DMBS_BUILD_MODULES   = $(call CONVERT_TO_PRINTABLE, $(SORTED_DMBS_BUILD_MODULES))
+PRINTABLE_DMBS_BUILD_TARGETS   = $(call CONVERT_TO_PRINTABLE, $(SORTED_DMBS_BUILD_TARGETS))
+PRINTABLE_DMBS_MANDATORY_VARS  = $(call CONVERT_TO_PRINTABLE, $(SORTED_DMBS_MANDATORY_VARS))
+PRINTABLE_DMBS_OPTIONAL_VARS   = $(call CONVERT_TO_PRINTABLE, $(SORTED_DMBS_OPTIONAL_VARS))
+PRINTABLE_DMBS_PROVIDED_VARS   = $(call CONVERT_TO_PRINTABLE, $(SORTED_DMBS_PROVIDED_VARS))
+PRINTABLE_DMBS_PROVIDED_MACROS = $(call CONVERT_TO_PRINTABLE, $(SORTED_DMBS_PROVIDED_MACROS))
+
+help:
+	@echo "==================================================================="
+	@echo "                       The DMBS Build System                       "
+	@echo "         By Dean Camera { dean @ fourwalledcubicle . com }         "
+	@echo "==================================================================="
+	@echo "DESCRIPTION:                                                       "
+	@echo " This build system is a set of makefile modules for (GNU) Make, to "
+	@echo " provide a simple system for building DMBS powered applications.   "
+	@echo " Each makefile module can be included from within a user makefile, "
+	@echo " to expose the build rules documented in the comments at the top of"
+	@echo " each build module.                                                "
+	@echo "                                                                   "
+	@echo "USAGE:                                                             "
+	@echo " To execute a rule, define all variables indicated in the desired  "
+	@echo " module as a required parameter before including the build module  "
+	@echo " in your project makefile. Parameters marked as optional will      "
+	@echo " assume a default value in the modules if not user-assigned.       "
+	@echo "                                                                   "
+	@echo " By default the target output shows both a friendly summary, as    "
+	@echo " well as the actual invoked command. To suppress the output of the "
+	@echo " invoked commands and show only the friendly command output, run   "
+	@echo " make with the \"-s\" switch added before the target(s).           "
+	@echo "==================================================================="
+	@echo "                                                                   "
+	@echo "  Currently used build system modules in this application:         "
+	@echo "                                                                   "
+	@printf " %b" "$(PRINTABLE_DMBS_BUILD_MODULES:%=   - %\n)"
+	@echo "                                                                   "
+	@echo "                                                                   "
+	@echo "  Currently available build targets in this application:           "
+	@echo "                                                                   "
+	@printf " %b" "$(PRINTABLE_DMBS_BUILD_TARGETS:%=   - %\n)"
+	@echo "                                                                   "
+	@echo "                                                                   "
+	@echo "  Mandatory variables required by the selected build Modules:      "
+	@echo "                                                                   "
+	@printf " %b" "$(PRINTABLE_DMBS_MANDATORY_VARS:%=   - %\n)"
+	@echo "                                                                   "
+	@echo "                                                                   "
+	@echo "  Optional variables required by the selected build Modules:       "
+	@echo "                                                                   "
+	@printf " %b" "$(PRINTABLE_DMBS_OPTIONAL_VARS:%=   - %\n)"
+	@echo "                                                                   "
+	@echo "                                                                   "
+	@echo "  Variables provided by the selected build Modules:                "
+	@echo "                                                                   "
+	@printf " %b" "$(PRINTABLE_DMBS_PROVIDED_VARS:%=   - %\n)"
+	@echo "                                                                   "
+	@echo "                                                                   "
+	@echo "  Macros provided by the selected build Modules:                   "
+	@echo "                                                                   "
+	@printf " %b" "$(PRINTABLE_DMBS_PROVIDED_MACROS:%=   - %\n)"
+	@echo "                                                                   "
+	@echo "==================================================================="
+	@echo "          The DMBS Build System $(DMBS_VERSION) - Making MAKE easier."
+	@echo "==================================================================="
+
+# Lists build modules included by the project makefile, in alphabetical order
+list_modules:
+	@echo Currently Used Build System Modules:
+	@printf " %b" "$(PRINTABLE_DMBS_BUILD_MODULES:%=   - %\n)"
+
+# Lists build targets included by the project makefile, in alphabetical order
+list_targets:
+	@echo Currently Available Build Targets:
+	@printf " %b" "$(PRINTABLE_DMBS_BUILD_TARGETS:%=   - %\n)"
+
+# Lists mandatory variables that must be set by the project makefile, in alphabetical order
+list_mandatory:
+	@echo Mandatory Variables for Included Modules:
+	@printf " %b" "$(PRINTABLE_DMBS_MANDATORY_VARS:%=   - %\n)"
+
+# Lists optional variables that must be set by the project makefile, in alphabetical order
+list_optional:
+	@echo Optional Variables for Included Modules:
+	@printf " %b" "$(PRINTABLE_DMBS_OPTIONAL_VARS:%=   - %\n)"
+
+# Lists variables provided by the included build modules, in alphabetical order
+list_provided:
+	@echo Variables Provided by the Included Modules:
+	@printf " %b" "$(PRINTABLE_DMBS_PROVIDED_VARS:%=   - %\n)"
+
+# Lists macros provided by the included build modules, in alphabetical order
+list_macros:
+	@echo Macros Provided by the Included Modules:
+	@printf " %b" "$(PRINTABLE_DMBS_PROVIDED_MACROS:%=   - %\n)"
+
+# Debugging; "make print-VARNAME" will output the variable VARNAME's value
+print-%:
+	@printf "%s = %s" $(@:print-%=%) $($(@:print-%=%))
+
+# Disable default in-built make rules (those that are needed are explicitly
+# defined, and doing so has performance benefits when recursively building)
+ifeq ($(filter -r,$(MAKEFLAGS)),)
+  MAKEFLAGS += -r
+endif
+.SUFFIXES:
+
+# Phony build targets for this module
+.PHONY: $(DMBS_BUILD_TARGETS)
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/cppcheck.md b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/cppcheck.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ec0e38d020
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/cppcheck.md
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+DMBS - Dean's Makefile Build System
+===================================
+
+
+Module: CPPCHECK
+-----------------
+
+The CPPCHECK module provides build targets to perform static analysis of the
+user application, using the open source `cppcheck` tool.
+
+## Importing This Module into a Makefile:
+
+To use this module in your application makefile, add the following code to your
+makefile:
+
+    include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+
+## Prerequisites:
+
+This module requires the `cppcheck` utility to be available in your system's
+`PATH` variable. The `cppcheck` utility is distributed on the project's
+[official site](http://cppcheck.sourceforge.net/) but is also
+made available in many *nix operating system's package managers.
+
+## Build Targets:
+
+The following targets are supported by this module:
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+   <tr>
+    <td>cppcheck</td>
+    <td>Scan the project with CPPCHECK, and show all discovered issues.</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>cppcheck-config</td>
+    <td>Check the project with CPPCHECK, to find missing header paths.</td>
+   </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Mandatory Variables:
+
+The following variables must be defined (with a `NAME = VALUE` syntax, one
+variable per line) in the user makefile to be able to use this module:
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+   <tr>
+    <td>SRC</td>
+    <td>List of all project source files to scan.</td>
+   </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Optional Variables:
+
+The following variables may be defined (with a `NAME = VALUE` syntax, one
+variable per line) in the user makefile. If not specified, a default value will
+be assumed.
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+   <tr>
+    <td>CPPCHECK_INCLUDES</td>
+    <td>Extra include paths to search, for any missing header files. Default is empty (no additional paths).</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>CPPCHECK_EXCLUDES</td>
+    <td>List of source files, file paths or path fragments to exclude from the scan. Default is empty (no exclusions).</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>CPPCHECK_MSG_TEMPLATE</td>
+    <td>Template for error and warning message output. Default is `{file}:{line}: {severity} ({id}): {message}`.</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>CPPCHECK_ENABLE</td>
+    <td>List of CPPCHECK checks to enable. Default is `all`.</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>CPPCHECK_SUPPRESS</td>
+    <td>List of CPPCHECK checks to ignore. Default is `variableScope missingInclude`.</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>CPPCHECK_FAIL_ON_WARNING</td>
+    <td>Boolean, if `Y` the build will fail if CPPCHECK discovers any errors or warnings. If `N`, fail only on errors. Default is `Y`.</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>CPPCHECK_QUIET</td>
+    <td>Boolean, if `Y` CPPCHECK will suppress all output except for discovered errors or warnings. If `N`, scan progress will be emitted. Default is `Y`.</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>CPPCHECK_FLAGS_</td>
+    <td>Additional flags to pass to CPPCHECK when scans are started. Default is empty (no additional flags).</td>
+   </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Provided Variables:
+
+The following variables may be referenced in a user makefile (via `$(NAME)`
+syntax) if desired, as they are provided by this module.
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+   <tr>
+    <td>N/A</td>
+    <td>This module provides no variables.</td>
+   </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Provided Macros:
+
+The following macros may be referenced in a user makefile (via
+`$(call NAME, ARG1, ARG2, ...)` syntax) if desired, as they are provided by
+this module.
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+   <tr>
+    <td>N/A</td>
+    <td>This module provides no macros.</td>
+   </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Module Changelog:
+
+The changes to this module since its initial release are listed below, as of the
+DMBS version where the change was made.
+
+### 20160403
+Initial release.
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/cppcheck.mk b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/cppcheck.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9b82fc3b08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/cppcheck.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+#
+#            DMBS Build System
+#     Released into the public domain.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#        www.fourwalledcubicle.com
+#
+
+DMBS_BUILD_MODULES         += CPPCHECK
+DMBS_BUILD_TARGETS         += cppcheck cppcheck-config
+DMBS_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS  += SRC
+DMBS_BUILD_OPTIONAL_VARS   += CPPCHECK_INCLUDES CPPCHECK_EXCLUDES CPPCHECK_MSG_TEMPLATE CPPCHECK_ENABLE \
+                              CPPCHECK_SUPPRESS CPPCHECK_FAIL_ON_WARNING CPPCHECK_QUIET CPPCHECK_FLAGS
+DMBS_BUILD_PROVIDED_VARS   +=
+DMBS_BUILD_PROVIDED_MACROS +=
+
+# Conditionally import the CORE module of DMBS if it is not already imported
+DMBS_MODULE_PATH := $(patsubst %/,%,$(dir $(lastword $(MAKEFILE_LIST))))
+ifeq ($(findstring CORE, $(DMBS_BUILD_MODULES)),)
+  include $(DMBS_MODULE_PATH)/core.mk
+endif
+
+# Default values of optionally user-supplied variables
+CPPCHECK_INCLUDES            ?=
+CPPCHECK_EXCLUDES            ?=
+CPPCHECK_MSG_TEMPLATE        ?= {file}:{line}: {severity} ({id}): {message}
+CPPCHECK_ENABLE              ?= all
+CPPCHECK_SUPPRESS            ?= variableScope missingInclude
+CPPCHECK_FAIL_ON_WARNING     ?= Y
+CPPCHECK_QUIET               ?= Y
+CPPCHECK_FLAGS               ?=
+
+# Sanity check user supplied values
+$(foreach MANDATORY_VAR, $(DMBS_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS), $(call ERROR_IF_UNSET, $(MANDATORY_VAR)))
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, SRC)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, CPPCHECK_MSG_TEMPLATE)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, CPPCHECK_ENABLE)
+$(call ERROR_IF_NONBOOL, CPPCHECK_FAIL_ON_WARNING)
+$(call ERROR_IF_NONBOOL, CPPCHECK_QUIET)
+
+# Build a default argument list for cppcheck
+BASE_CPPCHECK_FLAGS := --template="$(CPPCHECK_MSG_TEMPLATE)" $(CPPCHECK_INCLUDES:%=-I%) $(CPPCHECK_EXCLUDES:%=-i%) --inline-suppr --force --std=c99
+
+# Sanity check parameters and construct additional command line arguments to cppcheck
+ifeq ($(CPPCHECK_FAIL_ON_WARNING), Y)
+   BASE_CPPCHECK_FLAGS += --error-exitcode=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(CPPCHECK_QUIET), Y)
+   BASE_CPPCHECK_FLAGS += --quiet
+endif
+
+# Output Messages
+MSG_CPPCHECK_CMD         := ' [CPPCHECK]:'
+
+# Checks the CPPCheck configuration as used in the user project, to determine if any paths are missing or invalid
+cppcheck-config: $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+	@echo $(MSG_CPPCHECK_CMD) Checking cppcheck configuration check on source files
+	cppcheck $(BASE_CPPCHECK_FLAGS) --check-config $(CPPCHECK_FLAGS) $(SRC)
+
+# Runs a static analysis using CPPCheck to determine if there are any issues
+cppcheck: $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+	@echo $(MSG_CPPCHECK_CMD) Performing static analysis on source files
+	cppcheck $(BASE_CPPCHECK_FLAGS) --enable=$(CPPCHECK_ENABLE) $(CPPCHECK_SUPPRESS:%=--suppress=%) $(CPPCHECK_FLAGS) $(SRC)
+
+# Phony build targets for this module
+.PHONY: $(DMBS_BUILD_TARGETS)
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/dfu.md b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/dfu.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..456bbf6f5f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/dfu.md
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+DMBS - Dean's Makefile Build System
+===================================
+
+
+Module: DFU
+-----------------
+
+The DFU module provides build targets to program a USB connected target running
+a DFU class bootloader, via the official Atmel FLIP utility running via the
+command line, or the open source `DFU-Programmer` tool.
+
+## Importing This Module into a Makefile:
+
+To use this module in your application makefile, add the following code to your
+makefile:
+
+    include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+
+## Prerequisites:
+
+This module requires the `batchisp` utility to be available in your system's
+`PATH` variable. The `batchisp` utility is distributed as part of Atmel's FLIP
+software which can be downloaded from the [official site](http://www.atmel.com).
+
+This module requires the `dfu-programmer` utility to be available in your
+system's `PATH` variable. The `dfu-programmer` utility is distributed from the
+[official project site](https://dfu-programmer.github.io/).
+
+## Build Targets:
+
+The following targets are supported by this module:
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+   <tr>
+    <td>flip</td>
+    <td>Program the application into the device's flash memory, using Atmel FLIP.</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>flip-ee</td>
+    <td>Program the application's EEPROM data into the device's EEPROM memory, using Atmel FLIP.</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>dfu</td>
+    <td>Program the application into the device's flash memory, using `dfu-programmer`.</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>dfu-ee</td>
+    <td>Program the application's EEPROM data into the device's EEPROM memory, using `dfu-programmer`.</td>
+   </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Mandatory Variables:
+
+The following variables must be defined (with a `NAME = VALUE` syntax, one
+variable per line) in the user makefile to be able to use this module:
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+   <tr>
+    <td>MCU</td>
+    <td>Name of the Atmel processor model (e.g. `at90usb1287`).</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>TARGET</td>
+    <td>Name of the application output file prefix (e.g. `TestApplication`).</td>
+   </tr>   
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Optional Variables:
+
+The following variables may be defined (with a `NAME = VALUE` syntax, one
+variable per line) in the user makefile. If not specified, a default value will
+be assumed.
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+   <tr>
+    <td>N/A</td>
+    <td>This module has no optional variables.</td>
+   </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Provided Variables:
+
+The following variables may be referenced in a user makefile (via `$(NAME)`
+syntax) if desired, as they are provided by this module.
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+   <tr>
+    <td>N/A</td>
+    <td>This module provides no variables.</td>
+   </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Provided Macros:
+
+The following macros may be referenced in a user makefile (via
+`$(call NAME, ARG1, ARG2, ...)` syntax) if desired, as they are provided by
+this module.
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+   <tr>
+    <td>N/A</td>
+    <td>This module provides no macros.</td>
+   </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Module Changelog:
+
+The changes to this module since its initial release are listed below, as of the
+DMBS version where the change was made.
+
+### 20160403
+Initial release.
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/dfu.mk b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/dfu.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1eb22b864f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/dfu.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+#
+#            DMBS Build System
+#     Released into the public domain.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#        www.fourwalledcubicle.com
+#
+
+DMBS_BUILD_MODULES         += DFU
+DMBS_BUILD_TARGETS         += flip flip-ee dfu dfu-ee
+DMBS_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS  += MCU TARGET
+DMBS_BUILD_OPTIONAL_VARS   +=
+DMBS_BUILD_PROVIDED_VARS   +=
+DMBS_BUILD_PROVIDED_MACROS +=
+
+# Conditionally import the CORE module of DMBS if it is not already imported
+DMBS_MODULE_PATH := $(patsubst %/,%,$(dir $(lastword $(MAKEFILE_LIST))))
+ifeq ($(findstring CORE, $(DMBS_BUILD_MODULES)),)
+  include $(DMBS_MODULE_PATH)/core.mk
+endif
+
+# Sanity-check values of mandatory user-supplied variables
+$(foreach MANDATORY_VAR, $(DMBS_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS), $(call ERROR_IF_UNSET, $(MANDATORY_VAR)))
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, MCU)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, TARGET)
+
+# Output Messages
+MSG_COPY_CMD   := ' [CP]      :'
+MSG_REMOVE_CMD := ' [RM]      :'
+MSG_DFU_CMD    := ' [DFU]     :'
+
+# Programs in the target FLASH memory using BATCHISP, the command line tool used by FLIP
+flip: $(TARGET).hex $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+	@echo $(MSG_DFU_CMD) Programming FLASH with batchisp using \"$<\"
+	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f loadbuffer $< program
+	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
+
+# Programs in the target EEPROM memory using BATCHISP, the command line tool used by FLIP
+flip-ee: $(TARGET).eep $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+	@echo $(MSG_COPY_CMD) Copying EEP file to temporary file \"$<.hex\"
+	cp $< $<.hex
+	@echo $(MSG_DFU_CMD) Programming EEPROM with batchisp using \"$<.hex\"
+	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $<.hex program
+	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
+	@echo $(MSG_REMOVE_CMD) Removing temporary file \"$<.hex\"
+	rm $<.hex
+
+# Programs in the target FLASH memory using DFU-PROGRAMMER
+dfu: $(TARGET).hex $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+	@echo $(MSG_DFU_CMD) Programming FLASH with dfu-programmer using \"$<\"
+	dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase
+	dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash $<
+	dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
+
+# Programs in the target EEPROM memory using DFU-PROGRAMMER
+dfu-ee: $(TARGET).eep $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+	@echo $(MSG_DFU_CMD) Programming EEPROM with dfu-programmer using \"$<\"
+	dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash --eeprom $<
+	dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
+
+# Phony build targets for this module
+.PHONY: $(DMBS_BUILD_TARGETS)
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/doxygen.md b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/doxygen.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..837704aca0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/doxygen.md
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+DMBS - Dean's Makefile Build System
+===================================
+
+
+Module: DOXYGEN
+-----------------
+
+The DOXYGEN module provides build targets to automatically generate API
+documentation for a project, using the open-source Doxygen tool.
+
+## Importing This Module into a Makefile:
+
+To use this module in your application makefile, add the following code to your
+makefile:
+
+    include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+
+## Prerequisites:
+
+This module requires the `doxygen` utility to be available in your system's
+`PATH` variable. The `doxygen` utility is distributed on the project's
+[official site](http://doxygen.org/) but is also
+made available in many *nix operating system's package managers.
+
+## Build Targets:
+
+The following targets are supported by this module:
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+   <tr>
+    <td>doxygen</td>
+    <td>Generate project documentation, via Doxygen.</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>doxygen-create</td>
+    <td>Create a new project Doxygen template, which can then be customized.</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>doxygen-upgrade</td>
+    <td>Upgrade an existing project Doxygen template to the latest Doxygen version.</td>
+   </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Mandatory Variables:
+
+The following variables must be defined (with a `NAME = VALUE` syntax, one
+variable per line) in the user makefile to be able to use this module:
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+   <tr>
+    <td>N/A</td>
+    <td>This module has no mandatory variables.</td>
+   </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Optional Variables:
+
+The following variables may be defined (with a `NAME = VALUE` syntax, one
+variable per line) in the user makefile. If not specified, a default value will
+be assumed.
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+   <tr>
+    <td>DOXYGEN_CONF</td>
+    <td>Name of the Doxygen project configuration file that should be used when generating documentation, or creating/upgrading the configuration file.</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>DOXYGEN_FAIL_ON_WARNING</td>
+    <td>Boolean, if `Y` the build will fail if Doxygen encounters any errors or warnings. If `N`, fail only on errors. Default is `Y`.</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>DOXYGEN_OVERRIDE_PARAMS</td>
+    <td>List of `NAME=VALUE` parameters which should override the values specified in the project configuration file, when building documentation.</td>
+   </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Provided Variables:
+
+The following variables may be referenced in a user makefile (via `$(NAME)`
+syntax) if desired, as they are provided by this module.
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+   <tr>
+    <td>N/A</td>
+    <td>This module provides no variables.</td>
+   </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Provided Macros:
+
+The following macros may be referenced in a user makefile (via
+`$(call NAME, ARG1, ARG2, ...)` syntax) if desired, as they are provided by
+this module.
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+   <tr>
+    <td>N/A</td>
+    <td>This module provides no macros.</td>
+   </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Module Changelog:
+
+The changes to this module since its initial release are listed below, as of the
+DMBS version where the change was made.
+
+### 20160403
+Initial release.
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/doxygen.mk b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/doxygen.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..45639ad156
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/doxygen.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+#
+#            DMBS Build System
+#     Released into the public domain.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#        www.fourwalledcubicle.com
+#
+
+DMBS_BUILD_MODULES         += DOXYGEN
+DMBS_BUILD_TARGETS         += doxygen doxygen-upgrade doxygen-create
+DMBS_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS  +=
+DMBS_BUILD_OPTIONAL_VARS   += DOXYGEN_CONF DOXYGEN_FAIL_ON_WARNING DOXYGEN_OVERRIDE_PARAMS
+DMBS_BUILD_PROVIDED_VARS   +=
+DMBS_BUILD_PROVIDED_MACROS +=
+
+# Conditionally import the CORE module of DMBS if it is not already imported
+DMBS_MODULE_PATH := $(patsubst %/,%,$(dir $(lastword $(MAKEFILE_LIST))))
+ifeq ($(findstring CORE, $(DMBS_BUILD_MODULES)),)
+  include $(DMBS_MODULE_PATH)/core.mk
+endif
+
+# Default values of optionally user-supplied variables
+DOXYGEN_CONF            ?= doxyfile
+DOXYGEN_FAIL_ON_WARNING ?= Y
+DOXYGEN_OVERRIDE_PARAMS ?= QUIET=YES
+
+# Sanity check user supplied values
+$(foreach MANDATORY_VAR, $(DMBS_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS), $(call ERROR_IF_UNSET, $(MANDATORY_VAR)))
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, DOXYGEN_CONF)
+$(call ERROR_IF_NONBOOL, DOXYGEN_FAIL_ON_WARNING)
+
+# Output Messages
+MSG_DOXYGEN_CMD         := ' [DOXYGEN] :'
+
+# Determine Doxygen invocation command
+BASE_DOXYGEN_CMD := ( cat $(DOXYGEN_CONF) $(DOXYGEN_OVERRIDE_PARAMS:%=; echo "%") ) | doxygen -
+ifeq ($(DOXYGEN_FAIL_ON_WARNING), Y)
+   DOXYGEN_CMD := if ( $(BASE_DOXYGEN_CMD) 2>&1 | grep -v "warning: ignoring unsupported tag" ;); then exit 1; fi;
+else
+   DOXYGEN_CMD := $(BASE_DOXYGEN_CMD)
+endif
+
+# Error if the specified Doxygen configuration file does not exist
+$(DOXYGEN_CONF):
+	$(error Doxygen configuration file $@ does not exist)
+
+# Builds the project documentation using the specified configuration file and the DOXYGEN tool
+doxygen: $(DOXYGEN_CONF) $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+	@echo $(MSG_DOXYGEN_CMD) Configuration file \"$(DOXYGEN_CONF)\" with parameters \"$(DOXYGEN_OVERRIDE_PARAMS)\"
+	$(DOXYGEN_CMD)
+
+# Upgrades an existing Doxygen configuration file to the latest Doxygen template, preserving settings
+doxygen-upgrade: $(DOXYGEN_CONF) $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+	@echo $(MSG_DOXYGEN_CMD) Upgrading configuration file \"$(DOXYGEN_CONF)\" with latest template
+	doxygen -u $(DOXYGEN_CONF) > /dev/null
+
+# Creates a new Doxygen configuration file with the set file name
+doxygen-create: $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+	@echo $(MSG_DOXYGEN_CMD) Creating new configuration file \"$(DOXYGEN_CONF)\" with latest template
+	doxygen -g $(DOXYGEN_CONF) > /dev/null
+
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/gcc.md b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/gcc.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d28fd9ae45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/gcc.md
@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
+DMBS - Dean's Makefile Build System
+===================================
+
+
+Module: GCC
+-----------------
+
+The GCC module provides build targets to compile a user application, using a
+variant of GCC for a specific target architecture (such as `avr-gcc`).
+
+## Importing This Module into a Makefile:
+
+To use this module in your application makefile, add the following code to your
+makefile:
+
+    include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+
+## Prerequisites:
+
+This module requires the GCC compiler to be installed and available in the
+system's `PATH` variable for the desired target architecture.
+
+## Build Targets:
+
+The following targets are supported by this module:
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+   <tr>
+    <td>size</td>
+    <td>Show the compiled binary size for the various memory segments.</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>symbol-sizes</td>
+    <td>Show the size of each symbol in the compiled binary (useful to find large functions to optimize further).</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>all</td>
+    <td>Build application and generate all binary (BIN, ELF, HEX) and auxiliary (LSS, MAP, SYM, etc.) output files.</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>lib</td>
+    <td>Generate a static `.a` library from the application code, containing the flash region's data.</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>elf</td>
+    <td>Generate an ELF debug file from the application code, containing all region's data.</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>bin</td>
+    <td>Generate a flat BIN binary file from the application code, containing the flash region's data.</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>hex</td>
+    <td>Generate a pair of Intel HEX files from the application code, containing the flash region's data (HEX) and EEPROM data (EEP).</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>lss</td>
+    <td>Generate a LSS listing file showing the disassembly of the compiled application.</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>clean</td>
+    <td>Remove all generated project intermediary and binary output files.</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>mostlyclean</td>
+    <td>Remove all generated project intermediary output files, but preserve the binary output files.</td>
+   </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Mandatory Variables:
+
+The following variables must be defined (with a `NAME = VALUE` syntax, one
+variable per line) in the user makefile to be able to use this module:
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+   <tr>
+    <td>MCU</td>
+    <td>Name of the Atmel processor model (e.g. `at90usb1287`).</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>TARGET</td>
+    <td>Name of the application output file prefix (e.g. `TestApplication`).</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>ARCH</td>
+    <td>Target device architecture (e.g. `AVR8`).</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+     <td>SRC</td>
+     <td>List of all project source files (C, C++, ASM).</td>
+   </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Optional Variables:
+
+The following variables may be defined (with a `NAME = VALUE` syntax, one
+variable per line) in the user makefile. If not specified, a default value will
+be assumed.
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+   <tr>
+    <td>COMPILER_PATH</td>
+    <td>Path to the compiler to use, in case a specific compiler should be substituted for the one in the system's `PATH` variable. Default is blank (use `PATH` provided compiler).</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>OPTIMIZATION</td>
+    <td>Optimization level to use when compiling C and C++ source files. Default is `s` (optimize for smallest size).</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>C_STANDARD</td>
+    <td>C language standard used when compiling C language source files. Default is `gnu99` (C99 standard with GNU extensions)./td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>CPP_STANDARD</td>
+    <td>C++ language standard used when compiling C++ language source files. Default is `gnu++98` (C++98 standard with GNU extensions)./td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>F_CPU</td>
+    <td>Processor core clock frequency, in Hz. This is used by some architectures for functions such as software spin-loop delays. Default is blank (no value defined).</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>C_FLAGS</td>
+    <td>Common GCC flags passed to the compiler for C language (C) input files. Default is blank (no additional flags).</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>CPP_FLAGS</td>
+    <td>Common GCC flags passed to the compiler for C++ language (CPP) input files. Default is blank (no additional flags).</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>ASM_FLAGS</td>
+    <td>Common GCC flags passed to the assembler for assembly language (S) input files. Default is blank (no additional flags).</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>CC_FLAGS</td>
+    <td>Common GCC flags passed to the compiler for all source file types. Default is blank (no additional flags).</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>LD_FLAGS</td>
+    <td>Extra flags to pass to the GNU linker when linking the compiled object files into the resulting binary. Default is blank (no additional flags).</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>LINKER_RELAXATIONS</td>
+    <td>Boolean, if `Y` linker relaxations will be enabled to slightly reduce the resulting binary's size. Default is `Y`.</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>JUMP_TABLES</td>
+    <td>Boolean, if `Y` jump tables will be enabled to slightly reduce the resulting binary's size - note that this can cause incorrect jumps if the binary is relocated after compilation, such as for a bootloader. Default is `N`.</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>OBJDIR</td>
+    <td>Directory to store the intermediate object files, as they are generated from the source files. Default is `obj`.</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>OBJECT_FILES</td>
+    <td>List of additional `.o` object files to link into the final binary. Default is blank (no additional objects).</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>DEBUG_FORMAT</td>
+    <td>Debug ELF file format to generate. Default is `dwarf-2`.</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>DEBUG_LEVEL</td>
+    <td>Level of the debugging information to generate in the compiled object files. Debug is 2 (medium level debugging information).</td>
+   </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Provided Variables:
+
+The following variables may be referenced in a user makefile (via `$(NAME)`
+syntax) if desired, as they are provided by this module.
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+   <tr>
+    <td>N/A</td>
+    <td>This module provides no variables.</td>
+   </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Provided Macros:
+
+The following macros may be referenced in a user makefile (via
+`$(call NAME, ARG1, ARG2, ...)` syntax) if desired, as they are provided by
+this module.
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+   <tr>
+    <td>N/A</td>
+    <td>This module provides no macros.</td>
+   </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Module Changelog:
+
+The changes to this module since its initial release are listed below, as of the
+DMBS version where the change was made.
+
+### 20170426
+Added `JUMP_TABLES` optional variable.
+
+### 20160403
+Initial release.
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/gcc.mk b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/gcc.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6126cf97fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/gcc.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,273 @@
+#
+#            DMBS Build System
+#     Released into the public domain.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#        www.fourwalledcubicle.com
+#
+
+DMBS_BUILD_MODULES         += GCC
+DMBS_BUILD_TARGETS         += size symbol-sizes all lib elf bin hex lss clean mostlyclean
+DMBS_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS  += TARGET ARCH MCU SRC
+DMBS_BUILD_OPTIONAL_VARS   += COMPILER_PATH OPTIMIZATION C_STANDARD CPP_STANDARD F_CPU C_FLAGS CPP_FLAGS ASM_FLAGS CC_FLAGS LD_FLAGS OBJDIR OBJECT_FILES DEBUG_TYPE DEBUG_LEVEL LINKER_RELAXATIONS JUMP_TABLES
+DMBS_BUILD_PROVIDED_VARS   +=
+DMBS_BUILD_PROVIDED_MACROS +=
+
+# Conditionally import the CORE module of DMBS if it is not already imported
+DMBS_MODULE_PATH := $(patsubst %/,%,$(dir $(lastword $(MAKEFILE_LIST))))
+ifeq ($(findstring CORE, $(DMBS_BUILD_MODULES)),)
+  include $(DMBS_MODULE_PATH)/core.mk
+endif
+
+# Default values of optionally user-supplied variables
+COMPILER_PATH      ?=
+OPTIMIZATION       ?= s
+F_CPU              ?=
+C_STANDARD         ?= gnu99
+CPP_STANDARD       ?= gnu++98
+C_FLAGS            ?=
+CPP_FLAGS          ?=
+ASM_FLAGS          ?=
+CC_FLAGS           ?=
+OBJDIR             ?= obj
+OBJECT_FILES       ?=
+DEBUG_FORMAT       ?= dwarf-2
+DEBUG_LEVEL        ?= 2
+LINKER_RELAXATIONS ?= Y
+JUMP_TABLES        ?= N
+
+# Sanity check user supplied values
+$(foreach MANDATORY_VAR, $(DMBS_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS), $(call ERROR_IF_UNSET, $(MANDATORY_VAR)))
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, MCU)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, TARGET)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, ARCH)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, OPTIMIZATION)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, C_STANDARD)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, CPP_STANDARD)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, OBJDIR)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, DEBUG_FORMAT)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, DEBUG_LEVEL)
+$(call ERROR_IF_NONBOOL, LINKER_RELAXATIONS)
+$(call ERROR_IF_NONBOOL, JUMP_TABLES)
+
+# Determine the utility prefix to use for the selected architecture
+ifeq ($(ARCH), AVR8)
+   CROSS        := $(COMPILER_PATH)avr
+else ifeq ($(ARCH), XMEGA)
+   CROSS        := $(COMPILER_PATH)avr
+else ifeq ($(ARCH), UC3)
+   CROSS        := $(COMPILER_PATH)avr32
+else
+   $(error Unsupported architecture "$(ARCH)")
+endif
+
+# Output Messages
+MSG_INFO_MESSAGE := ' [INFO]    :'
+MSG_COMPILE_CMD  := ' [GCC]     :'
+MSG_ASSEMBLE_CMD := ' [GAS]     :'
+MSG_NM_CMD       := ' [NM]      :'
+MSG_REMOVE_CMD   := ' [RM]      :'
+MSG_LINK_CMD     := ' [LNK]     :'
+MSG_ARCHIVE_CMD  := ' [AR]      :'
+MSG_SIZE_CMD     := ' [SIZE]    :'
+MSG_OBJCPY_CMD   := ' [OBJCPY]  :'
+MSG_OBJDMP_CMD   := ' [OBJDMP]  :'
+
+# Convert input source file list to differentiate them by type
+C_SOURCE   := $(filter %.c, $(SRC))
+CPP_SOURCE := $(filter %.cpp, $(SRC))
+ASM_SOURCE := $(filter %.S, $(SRC))
+
+# Create a list of unknown source file types, if any are found throw an error
+UNKNOWN_SOURCE := $(filter-out $(C_SOURCE) $(CPP_SOURCE) $(ASM_SOURCE), $(SRC))
+ifneq ($(UNKNOWN_SOURCE),)
+   $(error Unknown input source file formats: $(UNKNOWN_SOURCE))
+endif
+
+# Convert input source filenames into a list of required output object files
+OBJECT_FILES += $(addsuffix .o, $(basename $(SRC)))
+
+# Check if an output object file directory was specified instead of the input file location
+ifneq ($(OBJDIR),.)
+   # Prefix all the object filenames with the output object file directory path
+   OBJECT_FILES    := $(addprefix $(patsubst %/,%,$(OBJDIR))/, $(notdir $(OBJECT_FILES)))
+
+   # Check if any object file (without path) appears more than once in the object file list
+   ifneq ($(words $(sort $(OBJECT_FILES))), $(words $(OBJECT_FILES)))
+       $(error Cannot build with OBJDIR parameter set - one or more object file name is not unique)
+   endif
+
+   # Create the output object file directory if it does not exist and add it to the virtual path list
+   $(shell mkdir -p $(OBJDIR) 2> /dev/null)
+   VPATH           += $(dir $(SRC))
+endif
+
+# Create a list of dependency files from the list of object files
+DEPENDENCY_FILES := $(OBJECT_FILES:%.o=%.d)
+
+# Create a list of common flags to pass to the compiler/linker/assembler
+BASE_CC_FLAGS    := -pipe -g$(DEBUG_FORMAT) -g$(DEBUG_LEVEL)
+ifneq ($(findstring $(ARCH), AVR8 XMEGA),)
+   BASE_CC_FLAGS += -mmcu=$(MCU) -fshort-enums -fno-inline-small-functions -fpack-struct
+else ifneq ($(findstring $(ARCH), UC3),)
+   BASE_CC_FLAGS += -mpart=$(MCU:at32%=%) -masm-addr-pseudos
+endif
+BASE_CC_FLAGS += -Wall -fno-strict-aliasing -funsigned-char -funsigned-bitfields -ffunction-sections
+BASE_CC_FLAGS += -I.
+BASE_CC_FLAGS += -DARCH=ARCH_$(ARCH)
+ifneq ($(F_CPU),)
+   BASE_CC_FLAGS += -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL
+endif
+ifeq ($(LINKER_RELAXATIONS), Y)
+   BASE_CC_FLAGS += -mrelax
+endif
+ifeq ($(JUMP_TABLES), N)
+   # This flag is required for bootloaders as GCC will emit invalid jump table
+   # assembly code for devices with large amounts of flash; the jump table target
+   # is extracted from FLASH without using the correct ELPM instruction, resulting
+   # in a pseudo-random jump target.
+   BASE_CC_FLAGS += -fno-jump-tables
+endif
+
+# Additional language specific compiler flags
+BASE_C_FLAGS   := -x c -O$(OPTIMIZATION) -std=$(C_STANDARD) -Wstrict-prototypes
+BASE_CPP_FLAGS := -x c++ -O$(OPTIMIZATION) -std=$(CPP_STANDARD)
+BASE_ASM_FLAGS := -x assembler-with-cpp
+
+# Create a list of flags to pass to the linker
+BASE_LD_FLAGS := -lm -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref -Wl,--gc-sections
+ifeq ($(LINKER_RELAXATIONS), Y)
+   BASE_LD_FLAGS += -Wl,--relax
+endif
+ifneq ($(findstring $(ARCH), AVR8 XMEGA),)
+   BASE_LD_FLAGS += -mmcu=$(MCU)
+else ifneq ($(findstring $(ARCH), UC3),)
+   BASE_LD_FLAGS += -mpart=$(MCU:at32%=%) --rodata-writable --direct-data
+endif
+
+# Determine flags to pass to the size utility based on its reported features (only invoke if size target required)
+# and on an architecture where this non-standard patch is available
+ifneq ($(ARCH), UC3)
+size: SIZE_MCU_FLAG    := $(shell $(CROSS)-size --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) )
+size: SIZE_FORMAT_FLAG := $(shell $(CROSS)-size --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr )
+endif
+
+# Pre-build informational target, to give compiler and project name information when building
+build_begin:
+	@echo $(MSG_INFO_MESSAGE) Begin compilation of project \"$(TARGET)\"...
+	@echo ""
+	@$(CROSS)-gcc --version
+
+# Post-build informational target, to project name information when building has completed
+build_end:
+	@echo $(MSG_INFO_MESSAGE) Finished building project \"$(TARGET)\".
+
+# Prints size information of a compiled application (FLASH, RAM and EEPROM usages)
+size: $(TARGET).elf
+	@echo $(MSG_SIZE_CMD) Determining size of \"$<\"
+	@echo ""
+	$(CROSS)-size $(SIZE_MCU_FLAG) $(SIZE_FORMAT_FLAG) $<
+
+# Prints size information on the symbols within a compiled application in decimal bytes
+symbol-sizes: $(TARGET).elf
+	@echo $(MSG_NM_CMD) Extracting \"$<\" symbols with decimal byte sizes
+	$(CROSS)-nm --size-sort --demangle --radix=d $<
+
+# Cleans intermediary build files, leaving only the compiled application files
+mostlyclean:
+	@echo $(MSG_REMOVE_CMD) Removing object files of \"$(TARGET)\"
+	rm -f $(OBJECT_FILES)
+	@echo $(MSG_REMOVE_CMD) Removing dependency files of \"$(TARGET)\"
+	rm -f $(DEPENDENCY_FILES)
+
+# Cleans all build files, leaving only the original source code
+clean: mostlyclean
+	@echo $(MSG_REMOVE_CMD) Removing output files of \"$(TARGET)\"
+	rm -f $(TARGET).elf $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).bin $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET).map $(TARGET).lss $(TARGET).sym lib$(TARGET).a
+
+# Performs a complete build of the user application and prints size information afterwards
+all: build_begin elf hex bin lss sym size build_end
+
+# Helper targets, to build a specific type of output file without having to know the project target name
+lib: lib$(TARGET).a
+elf: $(TARGET).elf
+hex: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
+bin: $(TARGET).bin
+lss: $(TARGET).lss
+sym: $(TARGET).sym
+
+# Default target to *create* the user application's specified source files; if this rule is executed by
+# make, the input source file doesn't exist and an error needs to be presented to the user
+$(SRC):
+	$(error Source file does not exist: $@)
+
+# Compiles an input C source file and generates an assembly listing for it
+%.s: %.c $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+	@echo $(MSG_COMPILE_CMD) Generating assembly from C file \"$(notdir $<)\"
+	$(CROSS)-gcc -S $(BASE_CC_FLAGS) $(BASE_C_FLAGS) $(CC_FLAGS) $(C_FLAGS) $< -o $@
+
+# Compiles an input C++ source file and generates an assembly listing for it
+%.s: %.cpp $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+	@echo $(MSG_COMPILE_CMD) Generating assembly from C++ file \"$(notdir $<)\"
+	$(CROSS)-gcc -S $(BASE_CC_FLAGS) $(BASE_CPP_FLAGS) $(CC_FLAGS) $(CPP_FLAGS) $< -o $@
+
+# Compiles an input C source file and generates a linkable object file for it
+$(OBJDIR)/%.o: %.c $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+	@echo $(MSG_COMPILE_CMD) Compiling C file \"$(notdir $<)\"
+	$(CROSS)-gcc -c $(BASE_CC_FLAGS) $(BASE_C_FLAGS) $(CC_FLAGS) $(C_FLAGS) -MMD -MP -MF $(@:%.o=%.d) $< -o $@
+
+# Compiles an input C++ source file and generates a linkable object file for it
+$(OBJDIR)/%.o: %.cpp $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+	@echo $(MSG_COMPILE_CMD) Compiling C++ file \"$(notdir $<)\"
+	$(CROSS)-gcc -c $(BASE_CC_FLAGS) $(BASE_CPP_FLAGS) $(CC_FLAGS) $(CPP_FLAGS) -MMD -MP -MF $(@:%.o=%.d) $< -o $@
+
+# Assembles an input ASM source file and generates a linkable object file for it
+$(OBJDIR)/%.o: %.S $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+	@echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLE_CMD) Assembling \"$(notdir $<)\"
+	$(CROSS)-gcc -c $(BASE_CC_FLAGS) $(BASE_ASM_FLAGS) $(CC_FLAGS) $(ASM_FLAGS) -MMD -MP -MF $(@:%.o=%.d) $< -o $@
+
+# Generates a library archive file from the user application, which can be linked into other applications
+.PRECIOUS  : $(OBJECT_FILES)
+.SECONDARY : %.a
+%.a: $(OBJECT_FILES)
+	@echo $(MSG_ARCHIVE_CMD) Archiving object files into \"$@\"
+	$(CROSS)-ar rcs $@ $(OBJECT_FILES)
+
+# Generates an ELF debug file from the user application, which can be further processed for FLASH and EEPROM data
+# files, or used for programming and debugging directly
+.PRECIOUS  : $(OBJECT_FILES)
+.SECONDARY : %.elf
+%.elf: $(OBJECT_FILES)
+	@echo $(MSG_LINK_CMD) Linking object files into \"$@\"
+	$(CROSS)-gcc $^ -o $@ $(BASE_LD_FLAGS) $(LD_FLAGS)
+
+# Extracts out the loadable FLASH memory data from the project ELF file, and creates an Intel HEX format file of it
+%.hex: %.elf
+	@echo $(MSG_OBJCPY_CMD) Extracting HEX file data from \"$<\"
+	$(CROSS)-objcopy -O ihex -R .eeprom -R .fuse -R .lock -R .signature $< $@
+
+# Extracts out the loadable FLASH memory data from the project ELF file, and creates an Binary format file of it
+%.bin: %.elf
+	@echo $(MSG_OBJCPY_CMD) Extracting BIN file data from \"$<\"
+	$(CROSS)-objcopy -O binary -R .eeprom -R .fuse -R .lock -R .signature $< $@
+
+# Extracts out the loadable EEPROM memory data from the project ELF file, and creates an Intel HEX format file of it
+%.eep: %.elf
+	@echo $(MSG_OBJCPY_CMD) Extracting EEP file data from \"$<\"
+	$(CROSS)-objcopy -O ihex -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" --change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings $< $@ || exit 0
+
+# Creates an assembly listing file from an input project ELF file, containing interleaved assembly and source data
+%.lss: %.elf
+	@echo $(MSG_OBJDMP_CMD) Extracting LSS file data from \"$<\"
+	$(CROSS)-objdump -h -d -S -z $< > $@
+
+# Creates a symbol file listing the loadable and discarded symbols from an input project ELF file
+%.sym: %.elf
+	@echo $(MSG_NM_CMD) Extracting SYM file data from \"$<\"
+	$(CROSS)-nm -n $< > $@
+
+# Include build dependency files
+-include $(DEPENDENCY_FILES)
+
+# Phony build targets for this module
+.PHONY: build_begin build_end $(DMBS_BUILD_TARGETS)
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/hid.md b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/hid.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b2dfbf7136
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/hid.md
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+DMBS - Dean's Makefile Build System
+===================================
+
+
+Module: HID
+-----------------
+
+The HID module provides build targets to program a target running a PJRC Teensy
+or LUFA compatible HID class bootloader.
+
+## Importing This Module into a Makefile:
+
+To use this module in your application makefile, add the following code to your
+makefile:
+
+    include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+
+## Prerequisites:
+
+This module requires the `teensy_loader_cli` utility to be available in your
+system's `PATH` variable. The `teensy_loader_cli` utility is distributed in
+a modified form (from PJRC) in the LUFA project's
+[official site](http://www.lufa-lib.org/), but is also
+made available in its original form directly from the 
+[PJRC website](https://www.pjrc.com/teensy/loader_cli.html). Note that the
+original tool works with Teensy boards only, and not LUFA HID bootloader
+devices.
+
+This module requires the `hid_bootloader_cli` utility to be available in your
+system's `PATH` variable. The `hid_bootloader_cli` Python script utility is
+distributed in LUFA project's [official site](http://www.lufa-lib.org/).
+
+This module requires the AVR-GCC compiler to be installed and available in the
+system's `PATH` variable.
+
+## Build Targets:
+
+The following targets are supported by this module:
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+   <tr>
+    <td>hid</td>
+    <td>Program a LUFA HID class bootloader device, using the `hid_bootloader_cli.py` Python script.</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>hid-ee</td>
+    <td>Program a LUFA HID class bootloader device's EEPROM, using the `hid_bootloader_cli.py` Python script and a shim application which is programmed into the target's flash.</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>teensy</td>
+    <td>Program a LUFA HID class bootloader device or Teensy board, using the `teensy_loader_cli` tool.</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>teensy-ee</td>
+    <td>Program a LUFA HID class bootloader device's EEPROM, using the `teensy_loader_cli` tool and a shim application which is programmed into the target's flash.</td>
+   </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Mandatory Variables:
+
+The following variables must be defined (with a `NAME = VALUE` syntax, one
+variable per line) in the user makefile to be able to use this module:
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+   <tr>
+    <td>MCU</td>
+    <td>Name of the Atmel processor model (e.g. `at90usb1287`).</td>
+   </tr>
+   <tr>
+    <td>TARGET</td>
+    <td>Name of the application output file prefix (e.g. `TestApplication`).</td>
+   </tr>   
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Optional Variables:
+
+The following variables may be defined (with a `NAME = VALUE` syntax, one
+variable per line) in the user makefile. If not specified, a default value will
+be assumed.
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+   <tr>
+    <td>N/A</td>
+    <td>This module has no optional variables.</td>
+   </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Provided Variables:
+
+The following variables may be referenced in a user makefile (via `$(NAME)`
+syntax) if desired, as they are provided by this module.
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+   <tr>
+    <td>N/A</td>
+    <td>This module provides no variables.</td>
+   </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Provided Macros:
+
+The following macros may be referenced in a user makefile (via
+`$(call NAME, ARG1, ARG2, ...)` syntax) if desired, as they are provided by
+this module.
+
+<table>
+ <tbody>
+   <tr>
+    <td>N/A</td>
+    <td>This module provides no macros.</td>
+   </tr>
+ </tbody>
+</table>
+
+## Module Changelog:
+
+The changes to this module since its initial release are listed below, as of the
+DMBS version where the change was made.
+
+### 20160403
+Initial release.
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/hid.mk b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/hid.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7a0ad9d0e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/DMBS/hid.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+#
+#            DMBS Build System
+#     Released into the public domain.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#        www.fourwalledcubicle.com
+#
+
+DMBS_BUILD_MODULES         += HID
+DMBS_BUILD_TARGETS         += hid hid-ee teensy teensy-ee
+DMBS_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS  += MCU TARGET
+DMBS_BUILD_OPTIONAL_VARS   +=
+DMBS_BUILD_PROVIDED_VARS   +=
+DMBS_BUILD_PROVIDED_MACROS +=
+
+# Conditionally import the CORE module of DMBS if it is not already imported
+DMBS_MODULE_PATH := $(patsubst %/,%,$(dir $(lastword $(MAKEFILE_LIST))))
+ifeq ($(findstring CORE, $(DMBS_BUILD_MODULES)),)
+  include $(DMBS_MODULE_PATH)/core.mk
+endif
+
+# Sanity-check values of mandatory user-supplied variables
+$(foreach MANDATORY_VAR, $(DMBS_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS), $(call ERROR_IF_UNSET, $(MANDATORY_VAR)))
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, MCU)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, TARGET)
+
+# Output Messages
+MSG_HID_BOOTLOADER_CMD := ' [HID]     :'
+MSG_OBJCPY_CMD         := ' [OBJCPY]  :'
+MSG_MAKE_CMD           := ' [MAKE]    :'
+
+# Programs in the target FLASH memory using the HID_BOOTLOADER_CLI tool
+hid: $(TARGET).hex $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+	@echo $(MSG_HID_BOOTLOADER_CMD) Programming FLASH with hid_bootloader_cli using \"$<\"
+	hid_bootloader_cli -mmcu=$(MCU) -v $<
+
+# Programs in the target EEPROM memory using the HID_BOOTLOADER_CLI tool (note: clears target FLASH memory)
+hid-ee: $(TARGET).eep $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+	@echo $(MSG_OBJCPY_CMD) Converting \"$<\" to a binary file \"InputEEData.bin\"
+	avr-objcopy -I ihex -O binary $< $(DMBS_MODULE_PATH)/HID_EEPROM_Loader/InputEEData.bin
+	@echo $(MSG_MAKE_CMD) Making EEPROM loader application for \"$<\"
+	$(MAKE) -C $(DMBS_MODULE_PATH)/HID_EEPROM_Loader/ MCU=$(MCU) clean hid
+
+# Programs in the target FLASH memory using the TEENSY_BOOTLOADER_CLI tool
+teensy: $(TARGET).hex $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+	@echo $(MSG_HID_BOOTLOADER_CMD) Programming FLASH with teensy_loader_cli using \"$<\"
+	teensy_loader_cli -mmcu=$(MCU) -v $<
+
+# Programs in the target EEPROM memory using the TEENSY_BOOTLOADER_CLI tool (note: clears target FLASH memory)
+teensy-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+	@echo $(MSG_OBJCPY_CMD) Converting \"$<\" to a binary file \"InputEEData.bin\"
+	avr-objcopy -I ihex -O binary $< $(DMBS_MODULE_PATH)/HID_EEPROM_Loader/InputEEData.bin
+	@echo $(MSG_MAKE_CMD) Making EEPROM loader application for \"$<\"
+	$(MAKE) -s -C $(DMBS_MODULE_PATH)/HID_EEPROM_Loader/ MCU=$(MCU) clean teensy
+
+# Phony build targets for this module
+.PHONY: $(DMBS_BUILD_TARGETS)
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/Readme.md b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/Readme.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f4f7a5f15c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/Readme.md
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+DMBS - Dean's Makefile Build System
+===================================
+
+
+Project Overview
+----------------
+
+GNU Make is scary, and it's tough to get the rules right sometimes. Many
+projects get by via simple copy-pasting of old makefiles, resulting in many
+redundant copies of the same old rules. DMBS aims to solve this by providing a
+simple modular set of makefiles which can be included by your project to quickly
+add various build functionality.
+
+This aims to replace the old WinAVR "mfile" makefile template, giving better
+functionality and much simpler user makefiles.
+
+
+Benefits:
+----------------
+
+Apart from much simpler, cleaner makefiles DMBS carries the aim of making the
+process of troubleshooting build issues a little easier. Lots can go wrong, so
+DMBS tries to sanity check its inputs wherever possible, and produce
+human-readable error messages. Forgotten to set a variable? Get a
+`Makefile {X} value not set.` message, rather than a possibly unrelated message.
+Have the wrong filename? See `Source file does not exist: {X}` rather than the
+infamous `No rule to make target {X}` message.
+
+
+Use:
+----------------
+
+A template user makefile is provided in the `Template` directory. DMBS modules
+are included via a GNU Make `include` directive. While the DMBS `core` module is
+always required, you can pick and choose what other modules you wish to add to
+your user project.
+
+[See here for the documentation on the individual modules provided by DMBS.](DMBS/ModulesOverview.md)
+If you're interested in writing your own DMBS module(s), [see here.](DMBS/WritingYourOwnModules.md)
+
+Here's an example user makefile:
+
+	MCU          = atmega128
+	ARCH         = AVR8
+	F_CPU        = 8000000
+	OPTIMIZATION = s
+	TARGET       = Template
+	SRC          = $(TARGET).c
+	CC_FLAGS     =
+	LD_FLAGS     =
+
+	# Default target
+	all:
+
+	# Include DMBS build script makefiles
+	DMBS_PATH   ?= ../DMBS
+	include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+	include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+	include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+	include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+	include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+	include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+	include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+	include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
+
+Each DMBS module can optionally supply one or more Make variables and macros,
+which you can reference in your user makefile. Additionally, modules can require
+one or more variables to be set by the user makefile, with (in some cases) sane
+defaults used if left out.
+
+As modules are added, you can get a list of available targets by simply typing
+`make help` from the command line. This will produce a formatted list of targets
+as well as mandatory and optional variables and exposed variables and macros.
+
+
+Distribution
+----------------
+
+You can embed DMBS in your project any way you like - some options are:
+1. A git submodule
+2. A source tarball
+3. A manually copied extracted archive
+
+The intention of DMBS is that users can just import it from whatever source
+they like. If your project needs to extend the existing modules in an unusual
+manner, or if you want to provide your own modules, you can include them in
+your project repository (or submit a patch to DMBS if your module is generic
+enough to warrant wide use).
+
+
+License
+----------------
+
+DMBS is released into the public domain, making is suitable for use everywhere,
+by everyone. Contributions are greatly appreciated however, in order to make
+DMBS better for everyone.
+
+The actual license text is as follows:
+
+	This is free and unencumbered software released into the public domain.
+
+	Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or
+	distribute this software, either in source code form or as a compiled
+	binary, for any purpose, commercial or non-commercial, and by any
+	means.
+
+	In jurisdictions that recognize copyright laws, the author or authors
+	of this software dedicate any and all copyright interest in the
+	software to the public domain. We make this dedication for the benefit
+	of the public at large and to the detriment of our heirs and
+	successors. We intend this dedication to be an overt act of
+	relinquishment in perpetuity of all present and future rights to this
+	software under copyright law.
+
+	THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+	EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+	MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+	IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+	OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+	ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+	OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+	For more information, please refer to <http://unlicense.org/>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/Template/Template.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/Template/Template.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..95d36f7dbf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/Template/Template.c
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+/*
+             DMBS Build System
+      Released into the public domain.
+
+   dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+         www.fourwalledcubicle.com
+ */
+
+int main(void)
+{
+	// Application code here.
+}
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/Template/makefile b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/Template/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d88292388c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/DMBS/Template/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+#
+#            DMBS Build System
+#     Released into the public domain.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#        www.fourwalledcubicle.com
+#
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = atmega128
+ARCH         = AVR8
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = Template
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c
+CC_FLAGS     =
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include DMBS build script makefiles
+DMBS_PATH   ?= ../DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/LUFA/lufa-gcc.mk b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/LUFA/lufa-gcc.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f824362e4d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/LUFA/lufa-gcc.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2015.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+DMBS_BUILD_MODULES         += LUFA_GCC
+DMBS_BUILD_TARGETS         +=
+DMBS_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS  += LUFA_PATH ARCH F_USB
+DMBS_BUILD_OPTIONAL_VARS   += BOARD
+DMBS_BUILD_PROVIDED_VARS   +=
+DMBS_BUILD_PROVIDED_MACROS +=
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+
+ERROR_IF_UNSET   ?= $(if $(filter undefined, $(origin $(strip $(1)))), $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) value not set))
+ERROR_IF_EMPTY   ?= $(if $(strip $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option cannot be blank))
+ERROR_IF_NONBOOL ?= $(if $(filter Y N, $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option must be Y or N))
+
+# Sanity check user supplied values
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, LUFA_PATH)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, ARCH)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, F_USB)
+
+# Default values of optionally user-supplied variables
+BOARD ?= NONE
+
+# Determine the utility prefix to use for the selected architecture
+ifeq ($(ARCH), XMEGA)
+   $(warning The XMEGA device support is currently EXPERIMENTAL (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only.)
+else ifeq ($(ARCH), UC3)
+   $(warning The UC3 device support is currently EXPERIMENTAL (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only.)
+endif
+
+# Common LUFA C/C++ includes/definitions
+LUFA_CXX_INCLUDES = -I. -I$(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_PATH))/..
+LUFA_CXX_DEFINES  = -DARCH=ARCH_$(ARCH) -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD) -DF_USB=$(F_USB)UL
+
+# LUFA specific standard build options
+C_FLAGS   += $(LUFA_CXX_INCLUDES) $(LUFA_CXX_DEFINES) $(LUFA_CXX_FLAGS)
+CPP_FLAGS += $(LUFA_CXX_INCLUDES) $(LUFA_CXX_DEFINES) $(LUFA_CXX_FLAGS)
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/LUFA/lufa-sources.mk b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/LUFA/lufa-sources.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7ca9a28dc9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/LUFA/lufa-sources.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2015.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+DMBS_BUILD_MODULES         += LUFA_SOURCES
+DMBS_BUILD_TARGETS         +=
+DMBS_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS  += LUFA_PATH ARCH
+DMBS_BUILD_OPTIONAL_VARS   +=
+DMBS_BUILD_PROVIDED_VARS   += LUFA_SRC_USB_DEVICE LUFA_SRC_USB_HOST    \
+                              LUFA_SRC_USB LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS_DEVICE    \
+                              LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS_HOST LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS \
+                              LUFA_SRC_TEMPERATURE LUFA_SRC_SERIAL     \
+                              LUFA_SRC_TWI LUFA_SRC_PLATFORM
+DMBS_BUILD_PROVIDED_MACROS +=
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+
+ERROR_IF_UNSET   ?= $(if $(filter undefined, $(origin $(strip $(1)))), $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) value not set))
+ERROR_IF_EMPTY   ?= $(if $(strip $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option cannot be blank))
+ERROR_IF_NONBOOL ?= $(if $(filter Y N, $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option must be Y or N))
+
+# Sanity check user supplied values
+$(foreach MANDATORY_VAR, $(LUFA_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS), $(call ERROR_IF_UNSET, $(MANDATORY_VAR)))
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, LUFA_PATH)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, ARCH)
+
+# Allow LUFA_ROOT_PATH to be overridden elsewhere to support legacy LUFA makefiles
+LUFA_ROOT_PATH ?= $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_PATH))
+
+# Construct LUFA module source variables
+LUFA_SRC_USB_COMMON      := $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/$(ARCH)/USBController_$(ARCH).c   \
+                            $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/$(ARCH)/USBInterrupt_$(ARCH).c    \
+                            $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/ConfigDescriptors.c               \
+                            $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/Events.c                          \
+                            $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/USBTask.c                         \
+                            $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDParser.c               \
+
+LUFA_SRC_USB_HOST        := $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/$(ARCH)/Host_$(ARCH).c            \
+                            $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/$(ARCH)/Pipe_$(ARCH).c            \
+                            $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/$(ARCH)/PipeStream_$(ARCH).c      \
+                            $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/HostStandardReq.c                 \
+                            $(LUFA_SRC_USB_COMMON)
+
+LUFA_SRC_USB_DEVICE      := $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/$(ARCH)/Device_$(ARCH).c          \
+                            $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/$(ARCH)/Endpoint_$(ARCH).c        \
+                            $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/$(ARCH)/EndpointStream_$(ARCH).c  \
+                            $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/DeviceStandardReq.c               \
+                            $(LUFA_SRC_USB_COMMON)
+
+LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS_DEVICE := $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.c        \
+                            $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.c          \
+                            $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.c          \
+                            $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.c  \
+                            $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.c         \
+                            $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/PrinterClassDevice.c      \
+                            $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.c        \
+
+LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS_HOST   := $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.c \
+                            $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.c            \
+                            $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.c              \
+                            $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.c              \
+                            $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.c      \
+                            $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.c             \
+                            $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.c          \
+                            $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.c            \
+                            $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/StillImageClassHost.c
+
+LUFA_SRC_USB             := $(sort $(LUFA_SRC_USB_COMMON) $(LUFA_SRC_USB_HOST) $(LUFA_SRC_USB_DEVICE))
+
+LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS        := $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS_DEVICE) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS_HOST)
+
+LUFA_SRC_TEMPERATURE     := $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/Board/Temperature.c
+
+LUFA_SRC_SERIAL          := $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/Peripheral/$(ARCH)/Serial_$(ARCH).c
+
+LUFA_SRC_TWI             := $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/Peripheral/$(ARCH)/TWI_$(ARCH).c
+
+ifeq ($(ARCH), UC3)
+   LUFA_SRC_PLATFORM     := $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Platform/UC3/Exception.S   \
+                            $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Platform/UC3/InterruptManagement.c
+else
+   LUFA_SRC_PLATFORM     :=
+endif
+
+# Build a list of all available module sources
+LUFA_SRC_ALL_FILES   := $(LUFA_SRC_USB)            \
+                        $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)       \
+                        $(LUFA_SRC_TEMPERATURE)    \
+                        $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)         \
+                        $(LUFA_SRC_TWI)            \
+                        $(LUFA_SRC_PLATFORM)
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..86988d1cae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2015.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+DMBS_PATH := $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..649215f5a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2015.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+DMBS_PATH := $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/lufa_build.mk b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/lufa_build.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f7c496e183
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/lufa_build.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2015.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/lufa_core.mk b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/lufa_core.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..62cef9046a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/lufa_core.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2015.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+DMBS_PATH := $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..801a4c15c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2015.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+DMBS_PATH := $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/lufa_dfu.mk b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2100ae8f78
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2015.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+DMBS_PATH := $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..64afd4a5ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2015.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+DMBS_PATH := $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/lufa_hid.mk b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/lufa_hid.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..86ca145bfa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/lufa_hid.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2015.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+DMBS_PATH := $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/lufa_sources.mk b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/lufa_sources.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..48291c7317
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Build/lufa_sources.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2015.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0b44c0df28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ *  the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor describes the overall device
+ *  characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size
+ *  and the number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the
+ *  USB host when the enumeration process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(2,0,0),
+	.Class                  = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+	.SubClass               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+	.Protocol               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+	.Endpoint0Size          = 64,
+
+	.VendorID               = 0x0000,
+	.ProductID              = 0x0000,
+	.ReleaseNumber          = VERSION_BCD(0,0,2),
+
+	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = 0x01,
+	.ProductStrIndex        = 0x02,
+	.SerialNumStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+	.NumberOfConfigurations = 1
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+	.Config =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+			.TotalConfigurationSize   = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+			.TotalInterfaces          = 0,
+
+			.ConfigurationNumber      = 1,
+			.ConfigurationStrIndex    = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+			.ConfigAttributes         = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+			.MaxPowerConsumption      = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+		},
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ *  the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ *  via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t LanguageString =
+{
+	.Header                 = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
+
+	.UnicodeString          = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
+};
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ *  form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t ManufacturerString =
+{
+	.Header                 = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(14), .Type = DTYPE_String},
+
+	.UnicodeString          = L"Your Name Here"
+};
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ *  and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t ProductString =
+{
+	.Header                 = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(15), .Type = DTYPE_String},
+
+	.UnicodeString          = L"LUFA USB Device"
+};
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ *  USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress
+									#if defined(HAS_MULTIPLE_DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS_SPACES)
+									, uint8_t* const DescriptorMemorySpace
+									#endif
+									)
+{
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8);
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+	const void* Address = NULL;
+	uint16_t    Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+	switch (DescriptorType)
+	{
+		case DTYPE_Device:
+			Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_Configuration:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_String:
+			switch (DescriptorNumber)
+			{
+				case 0x00:
+					Address = &LanguageString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case 0x01:
+					Address = &ManufacturerString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case 0x02:
+					Address = &ProductString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+			}
+
+			break;
+	}
+
+	#if defined(HAS_MULTIPLE_DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS_SPACES)
+	*DescriptorMemorySpace = MEMSPACE_RAM;
+	#endif
+
+	*DescriptorAddress = Address;
+	return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2bf6a6a346
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+  /* Macros: */
+    #if (defined(ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE) && \
+         !(defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS)))
+      #define HAS_MULTIPLE_DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS_SPACES
+    #endif
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+		} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/DeviceApplication.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/DeviceApplication.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2bc44b492c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/DeviceApplication.c
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the USB device application. This file contains the
+ *  main tasks of the application and is responsible for the initial
+ *  application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "DeviceApplication.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ *  setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+		/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+		MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+		wdt_disable();
+
+		/* Disable clock division */
+		clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+
+		/* Hardware Initialization */
+		USB_Init(USB_MODE_Device, USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL);
+	#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+		/* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+		XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+		XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+		/* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+		XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+		XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+		PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+
+		/* Hardware Initialization */
+		USB_Init(USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH);
+	#endif
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+
+}
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/DeviceApplication.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/DeviceApplication.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b3429099af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/DeviceApplication.h
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for DeviceApplication.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _USB_DEVICE_APPLICATION_H_
+#define _USB_DEVICE_APPLICATION_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/asf.xml
index e952714e16..e952714e16 100644
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/asf.xml
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/asf.xml
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Board.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9dce2f5907
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Custom Board Hardware Information Driver (Template)
+ *
+ *  This is a stub driver header file, for implementing custom board
+ *  layout hardware with compatible LUFA board specific drivers. If
+ *  the library is configured to use the BOARD_USER board mode, this
+ *  driver file should be completed and copied into the "/Board/" folder
+ *  inside the application's folder.
+ *
+ *  This stub is for the board-specific component of the LUFA Board Hardware
+ *  information driver.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_USER_H__
+#define __BOARD_USER_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		// TODO: Add any required includes here
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted if defined. */
+//			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+			/** Indicates the board has a hardware Dataflash mounted if defined. */
+//			#define BOARD_HAS_DATAFLASH
+
+			/** Indicates the board has a hardware Joystick mounted if defined. */
+//			#define BOARD_HAS_JOYSTICK
+
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted if defined. */
+//			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Buttons.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fd74652c91
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Custom Board Button Hardware Driver (Template)
+ *
+ *  This is a stub driver header file, for implementing custom board
+ *  layout hardware with compatible LUFA board specific drivers. If
+ *  the library is configured to use the BOARD_USER board mode, this
+ *  driver file should be completed and copied into the "/Board/" folder
+ *  inside the application's folder.
+ *
+ *  This stub is for the board-specific component of the LUFA Buttons driver,
+ *  for the control of physical board-mounted GPIO pushbuttons.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_USER_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_USER_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		// TODO: Add any required includes here
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1          // TODO: Add mask for first board button here
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+			{
+				// TODO: Initialize the appropriate port pins as an inputs here, with pull-ups
+			}
+
+			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+			{
+				// TODO: Clear the appropriate port pins as high impedance inputs here
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+			{
+				// TODO: Return current button status here, debounced if required
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Dataflash.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Dataflash.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f405a80d52
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Dataflash.h
@@ -0,0 +1,223 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Custom Board Dataflash Hardware Driver (Template)
+ *
+ *  This is a stub driver header file, for implementing custom board
+ *  layout hardware with compatible LUFA board specific drivers. If
+ *  the library is configured to use the BOARD_USER board mode, this
+ *  driver file should be completed and copied into the "/Board/" folder
+ *  inside the application's folder.
+ *
+ *  This stub is for the board-specific component of the LUFA Dataflash
+ *  driver.
+*/
+
+#ifndef __DATAFLASH_USER_H__
+#define __DATAFLASH_USER_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		// TODO: Add any required includes here
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Macros: */
+			#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK                // TODO: Replace this with a mask of all the /CS pins of all Dataflashes
+			#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR                 // TODO: Replace with the DDR register name for the board's Dataflash ICs
+			#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT                // TODO: Replace with the PORT register name for the board's Dataflash ICs
+	#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Constant indicating the total number of dataflash ICs mounted on the selected board. */
+			#define DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS                 1 // TODO: Replace with the number of Dataflashes on the board, max 2
+
+			/** Mask for no dataflash chip selected. */
+			#define DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP                    0
+
+			/** Mask for the first dataflash chip selected. */
+			#define DATAFLASH_CHIP1                      // TODO: Replace with mask with the pin attached to the first Dataflash /CS set
+
+			/** Mask for the second dataflash chip selected. */
+			#define DATAFLASH_CHIP2                      // TODO: Replace with mask with the pin attached to the second Dataflash /CS set
+
+			/** Internal main memory page size for the board's dataflash ICs. */
+			#define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE                  // TODO: Replace with the page size for the Dataflash ICs
+
+			/** Total number of pages inside each of the board's dataflash ICs. */
+			#define DATAFLASH_PAGES                      // TODO: Replace with the total number of pages inside one of the Dataflash ICs
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			/** Initializes the dataflash driver so that commands and data may be sent to an attached dataflash IC.
+			 *  The microcontroller's SPI driver MUST be initialized before any of the dataflash commands are used.
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_Init(void)
+			{
+				DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR  |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
+				DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
+			}
+
+			/** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns a byte from the dataflash.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Byte  Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+			 *
+			 *  \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+			{
+				// TODO
+			}
+
+			/** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and ignores the next byte from the dataflash.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Byte  Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+			{
+				// TODO
+			}
+
+			/** Sends a dummy byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns the next byte from the dataflash.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void)
+			{
+				// TODO
+			}
+
+			/** Determines the currently selected dataflash chip.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Mask of the currently selected Dataflash chip, either \ref DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP if no chip is selected
+			 *          or a DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is the chip number).
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void)
+			{
+				return (~DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT & DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK);
+			}
+
+			/** Selects the given dataflash chip.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in]  ChipMask  Mask of the Dataflash IC to select, in the form of a \c DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is
+			 *              the chip number).
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask)
+			{
+				DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT = ((DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT | DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK) & ~ChipMask);
+			}
+
+			/** Deselects the current dataflash chip, so that no dataflash is selected. */
+			static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void)
+			{
+				Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP);
+			}
+
+			/** Selects a dataflash IC from the given page number, which should range from 0 to
+			 *  ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1). For boards containing only one
+			 *  dataflash IC, this will select DATAFLASH_CHIP1. If the given page number is outside
+			 *  the total number of pages contained in the boards dataflash ICs, all dataflash ICs
+			 *  are deselected.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] PageAddress  Address of the page to manipulate, ranging from
+			 *                          0 to ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1).
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress)
+			{
+				Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+				if (PageAddress >= (DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
+				  return;
+
+				#if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
+					if (PageAddress & 0x01)
+					  Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);
+					else
+					  Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+				#else
+					Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+				#endif
+			}
+
+			/** Toggles the select line of the currently selected dataflash IC, so that it is ready to receive
+			 *  a new command.
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void)
+			{
+				uint8_t SelectedChipMask = Dataflash_GetSelectedChip();
+
+				Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+				Dataflash_SelectChip(SelectedChipMask);
+			}
+
+			/** Spin-loops while the currently selected dataflash is busy executing a command, such as a main
+			 *  memory page program or main memory to buffer transfer.
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void)
+			{
+				Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+				Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+				while (!(Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_READY));
+				Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+			}
+
+			/** Sends a set of page and buffer address bytes to the currently selected dataflash IC, for use with
+			 *  dataflash commands which require a complete 24-bit address.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] PageAddress  Page address within the selected dataflash IC
+			 *  \param[in] BufferByte   Address within the dataflash's buffer
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress,
+			                                              const uint16_t BufferByte)
+			{
+				#if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
+					PageAddress >>= 1;
+				#endif
+
+				Dataflash_SendByte(PageAddress >> 5);
+				Dataflash_SendByte((PageAddress << 3) | (BufferByte >> 8));
+				Dataflash_SendByte(BufferByte);
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Joystick.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Joystick.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bf17c43c4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Joystick.h
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Custom Board Joystick Hardware Driver (Template)
+ *
+ *  This is a stub driver header file, for implementing custom board
+ *  layout hardware with compatible LUFA board specific drivers. If
+ *  the library is configured to use the BOARD_USER board mode, this
+ *  driver file should be completed and copied into the "/Board/" folder
+ *  inside the application's folder.
+ *
+ *  This stub is for the board-specific component of the LUFA Joystick
+ *  driver, for a digital four-way (plus button) joystick.
+*/
+
+#ifndef __JOYSTICK_USER_H__
+#define __JOYSTICK_USER_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		// TODO: Add any required includes here
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the left direction. */
+			#define JOY_LEFT                  // TODO: Add mask to indicate joystick left position here
+
+			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the right direction. */
+			#define JOY_RIGHT                 // TODO: Add mask to indicate joystick right position here
+
+			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the upward direction. */
+			#define JOY_UP                    // TODO: Add mask to indicate joystick up position here
+
+			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the downward direction. */
+			#define JOY_DOWN                  // TODO: Add mask to indicate joystick down position here
+
+			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed inward. */
+			#define JOY_PRESS                 // TODO: Add mask to indicate joystick pressed position here
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void Joystick_Init(void)
+			{
+				// TODO: Initialize joystick port pins as inputs with pull-ups
+			}
+
+			static inline void Joystick_Disable(void)
+			{
+				// TODO: Clear the joystick pins as high impedance inputs here
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void)
+			{
+				// TODO: Return current joystick position data which can be obtained by masking against the JOY_* macros
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/LEDs.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d7d2f50236
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Custom Board LED Hardware Driver (Template)
+ *
+ *  This is a stub driver header file, for implementing custom board
+ *  layout hardware with compatible LUFA board specific drivers. If
+ *  the library is configured to use the BOARD_USER board mode, this
+ *  driver file should be completed and copied into the "/Board/" folder
+ *  inside the application's folder.
+ *
+ *  This stub is for the board-specific component of the LUFA LEDs driver,
+ *  for the LEDs (up to four) mounted on most development boards.
+*/
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_USER_H__
+#define __LEDS_USER_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		// TODO: Add any required includes here
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED1        // TODO: Add mask for first board LED here
+
+			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED2        // TODO: Add mask for second board LED here
+
+			/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED3        // TODO: Add mask for third board LED here
+
+			/** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED4        // TODO: Add mask for fourth board LED here
+
+			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+			{
+				// TODO: Add code to initialize LED port pins as outputs here
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+			{
+				// TODO: Clear the LED port pins as high impedance inputs here
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				// TODO: Add code to turn on LEDs given in the LEDMask mask here, leave others as-is
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				// TODO: Add code to turn off LEDs given in the LEDMask mask here, leave others as-is
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				// TODO: Add code to turn on only LEDs given in the LEDMask mask here, all others off
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask, const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+			{
+				// TODO: Add code to set the Leds in the given LEDMask to the status given in ActiveMask here
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				// TODO: Add code to toggle the Leds in the given LEDMask, ignoring all others
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+			{
+				// TODO: Add code to return the current LEDs status' here which can be masked against LED_LED* macros
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/CodeTemplates/HostTemplate/HostApplication.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/CodeTemplates/HostTemplate/HostApplication.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e0774b3cd3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/CodeTemplates/HostTemplate/HostApplication.c
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the USB host application. This file contains the
+ *  main tasks of the application and is responsible for the initial
+ *  application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "HostApplication.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ *  enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	USB_Init(USB_MODE_Host, USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ *  starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ *  stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ *  enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+	uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
+	uint8_t  ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+
+	if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
+	                                       sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
+	{
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		return;
+	}
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+	USB_Disable();
+	for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ *  enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+
+}
+
+/* Required callback for retrieving descriptors from a LUFA device - unless the USB_HOST_ONLY configuration
+ * option is set, this is still required even in an application that uses host mode only.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+		const uint16_t wIndex,
+		const void** const DescriptorAddress
+#if defined(HAS_MULTIPLE_DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS_SPACES)
+		, uint8_t* const DescriptorMemorySpace
+#endif
+)
+{
+	return 0;
+}
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/CodeTemplates/HostTemplate/HostApplication.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/CodeTemplates/HostTemplate/HostApplication.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..31eea287ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/CodeTemplates/HostTemplate/HostApplication.h
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for HostApplication.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _USB_HOST_APPLICATION_H_
+#define _USB_HOST_APPLICATION_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		#if (defined(ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE) && \
+			 !(defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS)))
+		  #define HAS_MULTIPLE_DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS_SPACES
+		#endif
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/HostTemplate/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/LUFA/CodeTemplates/HostTemplate/asf.xml
index c3860c056d..c3860c056d 100644
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/HostTemplate/asf.xml
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/CodeTemplates/HostTemplate/asf.xml
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/CodeTemplates/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/CodeTemplates/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bf6ee37e2e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/CodeTemplates/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File (Template)
+ *
+ *  This is a header file which can be used to configure LUFA's
+ *  compile time options, as an alternative to the compile time
+ *  constants supplied through a makefile. To use this configuration
+ *  header, copy this into your project's root directory and supply
+ *  the \c USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER token to the compiler so that it is
+ *  defined in all compiled source files.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LUFA_CONFIG_H__
+#define __LUFA_CONFIG_H__
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+//		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+//		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+//		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// 		#define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+	#elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+//		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+//		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/WindowsINF/LUFA CDC-ACM.inf b/lib/lufa/LUFA/CodeTemplates/WindowsINF/LUFA CDC-ACM.inf
index 212b5bbcb3..212b5bbcb3 100644
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/WindowsINF/LUFA CDC-ACM.inf
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/CodeTemplates/WindowsINF/LUFA CDC-ACM.inf
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/WindowsINF/LUFA RNDIS.inf b/lib/lufa/LUFA/CodeTemplates/WindowsINF/LUFA RNDIS.inf
index 73ca50e687..73ca50e687 100644
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/WindowsINF/LUFA RNDIS.inf
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/CodeTemplates/WindowsINF/LUFA RNDIS.inf
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/CodeTemplates/makefile_template b/lib/lufa/LUFA/CodeTemplates/makefile_template
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..945d6fd613
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/CodeTemplates/makefile_template
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = Target
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_PLATFORM)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Common/ArchitectureSpecific.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Common/ArchitectureSpecific.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..28f2900b96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Common/ArchitectureSpecific.h
@@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Architecture specific definitions relating to specific processor architectures.
+ *
+ *  \copydetails Group_ArchitectureSpecific
+ *
+ *  \note Do not include this file directly, rather include the Common.h header file instead to gain this file's
+ *        functionality.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Common
+ *  \defgroup Group_ArchitectureSpecific Architecture Specific Definitions
+ *  \brief Architecture specific definitions relating to specific processor architectures.
+ *
+ *  Architecture specific macros, functions and other definitions, which relate to specific architectures. This
+ *  definitions may or may not be available in some form on other architectures, and thus should be protected by
+ *  preprocessor checks in portable code to prevent compile errors.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LUFA_ARCHSPEC_H__
+#define __LUFA_ARCHSPEC_H__
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_COMMON_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Common/Common.h instead to gain this functionality.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) || (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+				#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+					/** Re-enables the AVR's JTAG bus in software, until a system reset. This will re-enable JTAG debugging
+					 *  interface after is has been disabled in software via \ref JTAG_DISABLE().
+					 *
+					 *  \note This macro is not available for all architectures.
+					 */
+					#define JTAG_ENABLE()               do {                                     \
+					                                        __asm__ __volatile__ (               \
+					                                        "in __tmp_reg__,__SREG__" "\n\t"     \
+					                                        "cli" "\n\t"                         \
+					                                        "out %1, %0" "\n\t"                  \
+					                                        "out __SREG__, __tmp_reg__" "\n\t"   \
+					                                        "out %1, %0" "\n\t"                  \
+					                                        :                                    \
+					                                        : "r" (MCUCR & ~(1 << JTD)),         \
+					                                          "M" (_SFR_IO_ADDR(MCUCR))          \
+					                                        : "r0");                             \
+					                                    } while (0)
+
+					/** Disables the AVR's JTAG bus in software, until a system reset. This will override the current JTAG
+					 *  status as set by the JTAGEN fuse, disabling JTAG debugging and reverting the JTAG pins back to GPIO
+					 *  mode.
+					 *
+					 *  \note This macro is not available for all architectures.
+					 */
+					#define JTAG_DISABLE()              do {                                     \
+					                                        __asm__ __volatile__ (               \
+					                                        "in __tmp_reg__,__SREG__" "\n\t"     \
+					                                        "cli" "\n\t"                         \
+					                                        "out %1, %0" "\n\t"                  \
+					                                        "out __SREG__, __tmp_reg__" "\n\t"   \
+					                                        "out %1, %0" "\n\t"                  \
+					                                        :                                    \
+					                                        : "r" (MCUCR | (1 << JTD)),          \
+					                                          "M" (_SFR_IO_ADDR(MCUCR))          \
+					                                        : "r0");                             \
+					                                    } while (0)
+				#endif
+
+				/** Defines a volatile \c NOP statement which cannot be optimized out by the compiler, and thus can always
+				 *  be set as a breakpoint in the resulting code. Useful for debugging purposes, where the optimizer
+				 *  removes/reorders code to the point where break points cannot reliably be set.
+				 *
+				 *  \note This macro is not available for all architectures.
+				 */
+				#define JTAG_DEBUG_POINT()              __asm__ __volatile__ ("nop" ::)
+
+				/** Defines an explicit JTAG break point in the resulting binary via the assembly \c BREAK statement. When
+				 *  a JTAG is used, this causes the program execution to halt when reached until manually resumed.
+				 *
+				 *  \note This macro is not available for all architectures.
+				 */
+				#define JTAG_DEBUG_BREAK()              __asm__ __volatile__ ("break" ::)
+
+				/** Macro for testing condition "x" and breaking via \ref JTAG_DEBUG_BREAK() if the condition is false.
+				 *
+				 *  \note This macro is not available for all architectures.
+				 *
+				 *  \param[in] Condition  Condition that will be evaluated.
+				*/
+				#define JTAG_ASSERT(Condition)          do {                       \
+				                                            if (!(Condition))      \
+				                                              JTAG_DEBUG_BREAK();  \
+				                                        } while (0)
+
+				/** Macro for testing condition \c "x" and writing debug data to the stdout stream if \c false. The stdout stream
+				 *  must be pre-initialized before this macro is run and linked to an output device, such as the microcontroller's
+				 *  USART peripheral.
+				 *
+				 *  The output takes the form "{FILENAME}: Function {FUNCTION NAME}, Line {LINE NUMBER}: Assertion {Condition} failed."
+				 *
+				 *  \note This macro is not available for all architectures.
+				 *
+				 *  \param[in] Condition  Condition that will be evaluated,
+				 */
+				#define STDOUT_ASSERT(Condition)        do {                                                           \
+				                                            if (!(Condition))                                          \
+				                                              printf_P(PSTR("%s: Function \"%s\", Line %d: "           \
+				                                                            "Assertion \"%s\" failed.\r\n"),           \
+				                                                            __FILE__, __func__, __LINE__, #Condition); \
+				                                        } while (0)
+
+				#if !defined(pgm_read_ptr) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+					/** Reads a pointer out of PROGMEM space on the AVR8 architecture. This is a wrapper for the avr-libc
+					 *  \c pgm_read_word() macro with a \c void* cast, so that its value can be assigned directly to a
+					 *  pointer variable or used in pointer arithmetic without further casting in C.
+					 *
+					 *  \note This macro is not available for all architectures.
+					 *
+					 *  \param[in] Address  Address of the pointer to read.
+					 *
+					 *  \return Pointer retrieved from PROGMEM space.
+					 */
+					#define pgm_read_ptr(Address)       (void*)pgm_read_word(Address)
+				#endif
+			#elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+				#define JTAG_DEBUG_POINT()              __asm__ __volatile__ ("nop" ::)
+				#define JTAG_DEBUG_BREAK()              __asm__ __volatile__ ("breakpoint" ::)
+				#define JTAG_ASSERT(Condition)          do {                                                    \
+				                                            if (!(Condition))                                   \
+				                                              JTAG_DEBUG_BREAK();                               \
+				                                        } while (0)
+				#define STDOUT_ASSERT(Condition)        do {                                                    \
+				                                            if (!(Condition))                                   \
+				                                              printf("%s: Function \"%s\", Line %d: "           \
+				                                                     "Assertion \"%s\" failed.\r\n",            \
+				                                                     __FILE__, __func__, __LINE__, #Condition); \
+				                                        } while (0)
+			#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Common/Architectures.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Common/Architectures.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..587367413e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Common/Architectures.h
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Supported library architecture defines.
+ *
+ *  \copydetails Group_Architectures
+ *
+ *  \note Do not include this file directly, rather include the Common.h header file instead to gain this file's
+ *        functionality.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Common
+ *  \defgroup Group_Architectures Hardware Architectures
+ *  \brief Supported library architecture defines.
+ *
+ *  Architecture macros for selecting the desired target microcontroller architecture. One of these values should be
+ *  defined as the value of \c ARCH in the user project makefile via the \c -D compiler switch to GCC, to select the
+ *  target architecture.
+ *
+ *  The selected architecture should remain consistent with the makefile \c ARCH value, which is used to select the
+ *  underlying driver source files for each architecture.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LUFA_ARCHITECTURES_H__
+#define __LUFA_ARCHITECTURES_H__
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_COMMON_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Common/Common.h instead to gain this functionality.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Selects the Atmel 8-bit AVR (AT90USB* and ATMEGA*U* chips) architecture. */
+			#define ARCH_AVR8           0
+
+			/** Selects the Atmel 32-bit UC3 AVR (AT32UC3* chips) architecture. */
+			#define ARCH_UC3            1
+
+			/** Selects the Atmel XMEGA AVR (ATXMEGA* chips) architecture. */
+			#define ARCH_XMEGA          2
+
+			#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+				#define ARCH_           ARCH_AVR8
+
+				#if !defined(ARCH)
+					#define ARCH        ARCH_AVR8
+				#endif
+			#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Common/Attributes.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Common/Attributes.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c8e4104d72
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Common/Attributes.h
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Special function/variable attribute macros.
+ *
+ *  \copydetails Group_FuncVarAttributes
+ *
+ *  \note Do not include this file directly, rather include the Common.h header file instead to gain this file's
+ *        functionality.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Common
+ *  \defgroup Group_FuncVarAttributes Function/Variable Attributes
+ *  \brief Special function/variable attribute macros.
+ *
+ *  This module contains macros for applying specific attributes to functions and variables to control various
+ *  optimizer and code generation features of the compiler. Attributes may be placed in the function prototype
+ *  or variable declaration in any order, and multiple attributes can be specified for a single item via a space
+ *  separated list.
+ *
+ *  On incompatible versions of GCC or on other compilers, these macros evaluate to nothing unless they are
+ *  critical to the code's function and thus must throw a compile error when used.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LUFA_ATTR_H__
+#define __LUFA_ATTR_H__
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_COMMON_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Common/Common.h instead to gain this functionality.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			#if (__GNUC__ >= 3) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+				/** Indicates to the compiler that the function can not ever return, so that any stack restoring or
+				 *  return code may be omitted by the compiler in the resulting binary.
+				 */
+				#define ATTR_NO_RETURN               __attribute__ ((noreturn))
+
+				/** Indicates that the function returns a value which should not be ignored by the user code. When
+				 *  applied, any ignored return value from calling the function will produce a compiler warning.
+				 */
+				#define ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT      __attribute__ ((warn_unused_result))
+
+				/** Indicates that the specified parameters of the function are pointers which should never be \c NULL.
+				 *  When applied as a 1-based comma separated list the compiler will emit a warning if the specified
+				 *  parameters are known at compiler time to be \c NULL at the point of calling the function.
+				 */
+				#define ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(...)   __attribute__ ((nonnull (__VA_ARGS__)))
+
+				/** Removes any preamble or postamble from the function. When used, the function will not have any
+				 *  register or stack saving code. This should be used with caution, and when used the programmer
+				 *  is responsible for maintaining stack and register integrity.
+				 */
+				#define ATTR_NAKED                   __attribute__ ((naked))
+
+				/** Prevents the compiler from considering a specified function for in-lining. When applied, the given
+				 *  function will not be in-lined under any circumstances.
+				 */
+				#define ATTR_NO_INLINE               __attribute__ ((noinline))
+
+				/** Forces the compiler to inline the specified function. When applied, the given function will be
+				 *  in-lined under all circumstances.
+				 */
+				#define ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE           __attribute__ ((always_inline))
+
+				/** Indicates that the specified function is pure, in that it has no side-effects other than global
+				 *  or parameter variable access.
+				 */
+				#define ATTR_PURE                    __attribute__ ((pure))
+
+				/** Indicates that the specified function is constant, in that it has no side effects other than
+				 *  parameter access.
+				 */
+				#define ATTR_CONST                   __attribute__ ((const))
+
+				/** Marks a given function as deprecated, which produces a warning if the function is called. */
+				#define ATTR_DEPRECATED              __attribute__ ((deprecated))
+
+				/** Marks a function as a weak reference, which can be overridden by other functions with an
+				 *  identical name (in which case the weak reference is discarded at link time).
+				 */
+				#define ATTR_WEAK                    __attribute__ ((weak))
+			#endif
+
+			/** Forces the compiler to not automatically zero the given global variable on startup, so that the
+			 *  current RAM contents is retained. Under most conditions this value will be random due to the
+			 *  behavior of volatile memory once power is removed, but may be used in some specific circumstances,
+			 *  like the passing of values back after a system watchdog reset.
+			 */
+			#define ATTR_NO_INIT                     __attribute__ ((section (".noinit")))
+
+			/** Places the function in one of the initialization sections, which execute before the main function
+			 *  of the application. Refer to the avr-libc manual for more information on the initialization sections.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] SectionIndex  Initialization section number where the function should be placed.
+			 */
+			#define ATTR_INIT_SECTION(SectionIndex)  __attribute__ ((used, naked, section (".init" #SectionIndex )))
+
+			/** Marks a function as an alias for another function.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Func  Name of the function which the given function name should alias.
+			 */
+			#define ATTR_ALIAS(Func)                 __attribute__ ((alias( #Func )))
+
+			/** Marks a variable or struct element for packing into the smallest space available, omitting any
+			 *  alignment bytes usually added between fields to optimize field accesses.
+			 */
+			#define ATTR_PACKED                      __attribute__ ((packed))
+
+			/** Indicates the minimum alignment in bytes for a variable or struct element.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Bytes  Minimum number of bytes the item should be aligned to.
+			 */
+			#define ATTR_ALIGNED(Bytes)              __attribute__ ((aligned(Bytes)))
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Common/BoardTypes.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Common/BoardTypes.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e945523427
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Common/BoardTypes.h
@@ -0,0 +1,263 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Supported pre-made board hardware defines.
+ *
+ *  \copydetails Group_BoardTypes
+ *
+ *  \note Do not include this file directly, rather include the Common.h header file instead to gain this file's
+ *        functionality.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Common
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardTypes Board Types
+ *  \brief Supported pre-made board hardware defines.
+ *
+ *  Board macros for indicating the chosen physical board hardware to the library. These macros should be used when
+ *  defining the \c BOARD token to the chosen hardware via the \c -D switch in the project makefile. If a custom
+ *  board is used, the \ref BOARD_NONE or \ref BOARD_USER values should be selected.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LUFA_BOARDTYPES_H__
+#define __LUFA_BOARDTYPES_H__
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_COMMON_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Common/Common.h instead to gain this functionality.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Selects the user-defined board drivers, which should be placed in the user project's folder
+			 *  under a directory named \c /Board/. Each board driver should be named identically to the LUFA
+			 *  master board driver (i.e., driver in the \c LUFA/Drivers/Board directory) so that the library
+			 *  can correctly identify it.
+			 */
+			#define BOARD_USER                 0
+
+			/** Disables board drivers when operation will not be adversely affected (e.g. LEDs) - use of board drivers
+			 *  such as the Joystick driver, where the removal would adversely affect the code's operation is still disallowed. */
+			#define BOARD_NONE                 1
+
+			/** Selects the USBKEY specific board drivers, including Temperature, Button, Dataflash, Joystick and LED drivers. */
+			#define BOARD_USBKEY               2
+
+			/** Selects the STK525 specific board drivers, including Temperature, Button, Dataflash, Joystick and LED drivers. */
+			#define BOARD_STK525               3
+
+			/** Selects the STK526 specific board drivers, including Temperature, Button, Dataflash, Joystick and LED drivers. */
+			#define BOARD_STK526               4
+
+			/** Selects the RZUSBSTICK specific board drivers, including the driver for the boards LEDs. */
+			#define BOARD_RZUSBSTICK           5
+
+			/** Selects the ATAVRUSBRF01 specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
+			#define BOARD_ATAVRUSBRF01         6
+
+			/** Selects the BUMBLEB specific board drivers, using the officially recommended peripheral layout. */
+			#define BOARD_BUMBLEB              7
+
+			/** Selects the XPLAIN (Revision 2 or newer) specific board drivers, including LED and Dataflash drivers. */
+			#define BOARD_XPLAIN               8
+
+			/** Selects the XPLAIN (Revision 1) specific board drivers, including LED and Dataflash drivers. */
+			#define BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1          9
+
+			/** Selects the EVK527 specific board drivers, including Temperature, Button, Dataflash, Joystick and LED drivers. */
+			#define BOARD_EVK527               10
+
+			/** Selects the Teensy version 1.x specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
+			#define BOARD_TEENSY               11
+
+			/** Selects the USBTINY MKII specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
+			#define BOARD_USBTINYMKII          12
+
+			/** Selects the Benito specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
+			#define BOARD_BENITO               13
+
+			/** Selects the JM-DB-U2 specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
+			#define BOARD_JMDBU2               14
+
+			/** Selects the Olimex AVR-USB-162 specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
+			#define BOARD_OLIMEX162            15
+
+			/** Selects the UDIP specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
+			#define BOARD_UDIP                 16
+
+			/** Selects the BUI specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
+			#define BOARD_BUI                  17
+
+			/** Selects the Arduino Uno specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
+			#define BOARD_UNO                  18
+
+			/** Selects the Busware CUL V3 specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
+			#define BOARD_CULV3                19
+
+			/** Selects the Blackcat USB JTAG specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
+			#define BOARD_BLACKCAT             20
+
+			/** Selects the Maximus specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
+			#define BOARD_MAXIMUS              21
+
+			/** Selects the Minimus specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
+			#define BOARD_MINIMUS              22
+
+			/** Selects the Adafruit U4 specific board drivers, including the Button driver. */
+			#define BOARD_ADAFRUITU4           23
+
+			/** Selects the Microsin AVR-USB162 specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
+			#define BOARD_MICROSIN162          24
+
+			/** Selects the Kernel Concepts USBFOO specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
+			#define BOARD_USBFOO               25
+
+			/** Selects the Sparkfun ATMEGA8U2 specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
+			#define BOARD_SPARKFUN8U2          26
+
+			/** Selects the Atmel EVK1101 specific board drivers, including the Button, Joystick and LED drivers. */
+			#define BOARD_EVK1101              27
+
+			/** Selects the Busware TUL specific board drivers, including the Button and LED drivers. */
+			#define BOARD_TUL                  28
+
+			/** Selects the Atmel EVK1100 specific board drivers, including the Button, Joystick and LED drivers. */
+			#define BOARD_EVK1100              29
+
+			/** Selects the Atmel EVK1104 specific board drivers, including the Button and LED drivers. */
+			#define BOARD_EVK1104              30
+
+			/** Selects the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained specific board drivers, including Dataflash, Button and LED drivers. */
+			#define BOARD_A3BU_XPLAINED        31
+
+			/** Selects the Teensy version 2.x specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
+			#define BOARD_TEENSY2              32
+
+			/** Selects the USB2AX version 1 and 2 specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
+			#define BOARD_USB2AX               33
+
+			/** Selects the USB2AX version 3 specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
+			#define BOARD_USB2AX_V3            34
+
+			/** Selects the Micropendous 32U2 specific board drivers, including the Button and LED drivers. */
+			#define BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_32U2    35
+
+			/** Selects the Micropendous A specific board drivers, including the driver for the board Button. */
+			#define BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_A       36
+
+			/** Selects the Micropendous 1 specific board drivers, including the driver for the board Button. */
+			#define BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_1       37
+
+			/** Selects the Micropendous 2 specific board drivers, including the driver for the board Button. */
+			#define BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_2       38
+
+			/** Selects the Micropendous 3 specific board drivers, including the driver for the board Button. */
+			#define BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_3       39
+
+			/** Selects the Micropendous 4 specific board drivers, including the driver for the board Button. */
+			#define BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_4       40
+
+			/** Selects the Micropendous DIP specific board drivers, including the driver for the board Button. */
+			#define BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_DIP     41
+
+			/** Selects the Micropendous (Arduino-like) revision 1 specific board drivers, including the Button and LED drivers. */
+			#define BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV1    42
+
+			/** Selects the Micropendous (Arduino-like) revision 2 specific board drivers, including the Button and LED drivers. */
+			#define BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV2    43
+
+			/** Selects the XMEGA B1 Xplained specific board drivers, including the Button and LED drivers. */
+			#define BOARD_B1_XPLAINED          44
+
+			/** Selects the Bitwizard Multio specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
+			#define BOARD_MULTIO               45
+
+			/** Selects the Bitwizard Big-Multio specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
+			#define BOARD_BIGMULTIO            46
+
+			/** Selects the DorkbotPDX Duce specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
+			#define BOARD_DUCE                 47
+
+			/** Selects the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4 specific board drivers, including the Button and LED drivers. */
+			#define BOARD_OLIMEX32U4           48
+
+			/** Selects the Olimex AVR-USB-T32U4 specific board drivers, including the Button and LED drivers. */
+			#define BOARD_OLIMEXT32U4          49
+
+			/** Selects the Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2 specific board drivers, including the Button and LED drivers. */
+			#define BOARD_OLIMEXISPMK2         50
+
+			/** Selects the Arduino Leonardo specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
+			#define BOARD_LEONARDO             51
+
+			/** Selects the UC3-A3 Xplained specific board drivers, including the Button and LED drivers. */
+			#define BOARD_UC3A3_XPLAINED       52
+
+			/** Selects the USB2AX version 3.1 specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
+			#define BOARD_USB2AX_V31           53
+
+			/** Selects the Stange-ISP specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
+			#define BOARD_STANGE_ISP           54
+
+			/** Selects the XMEGA C3 XPLAINED specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
+			#define BOARD_C3_XPLAINED          55
+
+			/** Selects the U2S specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
+			#define BOARD_U2S                  56
+
+			/** Selects the Arduino YUN specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
+			#define BOARD_YUN                  57
+
+			/** Selects the Arduino Micro specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
+			#define BOARD_MICRO                58
+
+			/** Selects the Pololu A-Star Micro specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
+			#define BOARD_POLOLUMICRO          59
+
+			/** Selects the Atmel Xplained-MINI specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
+			#define BOARD_XPLAINED_MINI        60
+
+			/** Selects the QMK specific board drivres, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
+			#define BOARD_QMK                  61
+
+			#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+				#define BOARD_                 BOARD_NONE
+
+				#if !defined(BOARD)
+					#define BOARD              BOARD_NONE
+				#endif
+			#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Common/Common.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Common/Common.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6864eb64ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Common/Common.h
@@ -0,0 +1,393 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \dir
+ *  \brief Common library header files.
+ *
+ *  This folder contains header files which are common to all parts of the LUFA library. They may be used freely in
+ *  user applications.
+ */
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Common library convenience headers, macros and functions.
+ *
+ *  \copydetails Group_Common
+ */
+
+/** \defgroup Group_Common Common Utility Headers - LUFA/Drivers/Common/Common.h
+ *  \brief Common library convenience headers, macros and functions.
+ *
+ *  Common utility headers containing macros, functions, enums and types which are common to all
+ *  aspects of the library.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+/** \defgroup Group_GlobalInt Global Interrupt Macros
+ *  \brief Convenience macros for the management of interrupts globally within the device.
+ *
+ *  Macros and functions to create and control global interrupts within the device.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LUFA_COMMON_H__
+#define __LUFA_COMMON_H__
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_COMMON_H
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <stdint.h>
+		#include <stdbool.h>
+		#include <string.h>
+		#include <stddef.h>
+
+		#include "Architectures.h"
+		#include "BoardTypes.h"
+		#include "ArchitectureSpecific.h"
+		#include "CompilerSpecific.h"
+		#include "Attributes.h"
+
+		#if defined(USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER)
+			#include "LUFAConfig.h"
+		#endif
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Architecture specific utility includes: */
+		#if defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			/** Type define for an unsigned integer the same width as the selected architecture's machine register.
+			 *  This is distinct from the non-specific standard int data type, whose width is machine dependant but
+			 *  which may not reflect the actual machine register width on some targets (e.g. AVR8).
+			 */
+			typedef MACHINE_REG_t uint_reg_t;
+		#elif (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+			#include <avr/io.h>
+			#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+			#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+			#include <avr/eeprom.h>
+			#include <avr/boot.h>
+			#include <math.h>
+			#include <util/delay.h>
+
+			typedef uint8_t uint_reg_t;
+
+			#define ARCH_HAS_EEPROM_ADDRESS_SPACE
+			#define ARCH_HAS_FLASH_ADDRESS_SPACE
+			#define ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE
+			#define ARCH_LITTLE_ENDIAN
+
+			#include "Endianness.h"
+		#elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+			#include <avr32/io.h>
+			#include <math.h>
+
+			// === TODO: Find abstracted way to handle these ===
+			#define PROGMEM
+			#define pgm_read_byte(x)         *x
+			#define memcmp_P(...)            memcmp(__VA_ARGS__)
+			#define memcpy_P(...)            memcpy(__VA_ARGS__)
+			// =================================================
+
+			typedef uint32_t uint_reg_t;
+
+			#define ARCH_BIG_ENDIAN
+
+			#include "Endianness.h"
+		#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+			#include <avr/io.h>
+			#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+			#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+			#include <avr/eeprom.h>
+			#include <math.h>
+			#include <util/delay.h>
+
+			typedef uint8_t uint_reg_t;
+
+			#define ARCH_HAS_EEPROM_ADDRESS_SPACE
+			#define ARCH_HAS_FLASH_ADDRESS_SPACE
+			#define ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE
+			#define ARCH_LITTLE_ENDIAN
+
+			#include "Endianness.h"
+		#else
+			#error Unknown device architecture specified.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+				// Obsolete, retained for compatibility with user code
+				#define MACROS                  do
+				#define MACROE                  while (0)
+			#endif
+
+			/** Convenience macro to determine the larger of two values.
+			 *
+			 *  \attention This macro should only be used with operands that do not have side effects from being evaluated
+			 *             multiple times.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] x  First value to compare
+			 *  \param[in] y  First value to compare
+			 *
+			 *  \return The larger of the two input parameters
+			 */
+			#if !defined(MAX) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+				#define MAX(x, y)               (((x) > (y)) ? (x) : (y))
+			#endif
+
+			/** Convenience macro to determine the smaller of two values.
+			 *
+			 *  \attention This macro should only be used with operands that do not have side effects from being evaluated
+			 *             multiple times.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] x  First value to compare.
+			 *  \param[in] y  First value to compare.
+			 *
+			 *  \return The smaller of the two input parameters
+			 */
+			#if !defined(MIN) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+				#define MIN(x, y)               (((x) < (y)) ? (x) : (y))
+			#endif
+
+			#if !defined(STRINGIFY) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+				/** Converts the given input into a string, via the C Preprocessor. This macro puts literal quotation
+				 *  marks around the input, converting the source into a string literal.
+				 *
+				 *  \param[in] x  Input to convert into a string literal.
+				 *
+				 *  \return String version of the input.
+				 */
+				#define STRINGIFY(x)            #x
+
+				/** Converts the given input into a string after macro expansion, via the C Preprocessor. This macro puts
+				 *  literal quotation marks around the expanded input, converting the source into a string literal.
+				 *
+				 *  \param[in] x  Input to expand and convert into a string literal.
+				 *
+				 *  \return String version of the expanded input.
+				 */
+				#define STRINGIFY_EXPANDED(x)   STRINGIFY(x)
+			#endif
+
+			#if !defined(CONCAT) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+				/** Concatenates the given input into a single token, via the C Preprocessor.
+				 *
+				 *  \param[in] x  First item to concatenate.
+				 *  \param[in] y  Second item to concatenate.
+				 *
+				 *  \return Concatenated version of the input.
+				 */
+				#define CONCAT(x, y)            x ## y
+
+				/** CConcatenates the given input into a single token after macro expansion, via the C Preprocessor.
+				 *
+				 *  \param[in] x  First item to concatenate.
+				 *  \param[in] y  Second item to concatenate.
+				 *
+				 *  \return Concatenated version of the expanded input.
+				 */
+				#define CONCAT_EXPANDED(x, y)   CONCAT(x, y)
+			#endif
+
+			#if !defined(ISR) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+				/** Macro for the definition of interrupt service routines, so that the compiler can insert the required
+				 *  prologue and epilogue code to properly manage the interrupt routine without affecting the main thread's
+				 *  state with unintentional side-effects.
+				 *
+				 *  Interrupt handlers written using this macro may still need to be registered with the microcontroller's
+				 *  Interrupt Controller (if present) before they will properly handle incoming interrupt events.
+				 *
+				 *  \note This macro is only supplied on some architectures, where the standard library does not include a valid
+				 *        definition. If an existing definition exists, the alternative definition here will be ignored.
+				 *
+				 *  \ingroup Group_GlobalInt
+				 *
+				 *  \param[in] Name  Unique name of the interrupt service routine.
+				 */
+				#define ISR(Name, ...)          void Name (void) __attribute__((__interrupt__)) __VA_ARGS__; void Name (void)
+			#endif
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			/** Function to reverse the individual bits in a byte - i.e. bit 7 is moved to bit 0, bit 6 to bit 1,
+			 *  etc.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Byte  Byte of data whose bits are to be reversed.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Input data with the individual bits reversed (mirrored).
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t BitReverse(uint8_t Byte) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_CONST;
+			static inline uint8_t BitReverse(uint8_t Byte)
+			{
+				Byte = (((Byte & 0xF0) >> 4) | ((Byte & 0x0F) << 4));
+				Byte = (((Byte & 0xCC) >> 2) | ((Byte & 0x33) << 2));
+				Byte = (((Byte & 0xAA) >> 1) | ((Byte & 0x55) << 1));
+
+				return Byte;
+			}
+
+			/** Function to perform a blocking delay for a specified number of milliseconds. The actual delay will be
+			 *  at a minimum the specified number of milliseconds, however due to loop overhead and internal calculations
+			 *  may be slightly higher.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Milliseconds  Number of milliseconds to delay
+			 */
+			static inline void Delay_MS(uint16_t Milliseconds) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Delay_MS(uint16_t Milliseconds)
+			{
+				#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+				if (GCC_IS_COMPILE_CONST(Milliseconds))
+				{
+					_delay_ms(Milliseconds);
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					while (Milliseconds--)
+					  _delay_ms(1);
+				}
+				#elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+				while (Milliseconds--)
+				{
+					__builtin_mtsr(AVR32_COUNT, 0);
+					while ((uint32_t)__builtin_mfsr(AVR32_COUNT) < (F_CPU / 1000));
+				}
+				#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+				if (GCC_IS_COMPILE_CONST(Milliseconds))
+				{
+					_delay_ms(Milliseconds);
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					while (Milliseconds--)
+					  _delay_ms(1);
+				}
+				#endif
+			}
+
+			/** Retrieves a mask which contains the current state of the global interrupts for the device. This
+			 *  value can be stored before altering the global interrupt enable state, before restoring the
+			 *  flag(s) back to their previous values after a critical section using \ref SetGlobalInterruptMask().
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_GlobalInt
+			 *
+			 *  \return  Mask containing the current Global Interrupt Enable Mask bit(s).
+			 */
+			static inline uint_reg_t GetGlobalInterruptMask(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint_reg_t GetGlobalInterruptMask(void)
+			{
+				GCC_MEMORY_BARRIER();
+
+				#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+				return SREG;
+				#elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+				return __builtin_mfsr(AVR32_SR);
+				#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+				return SREG;
+				#endif
+			}
+
+			/** Sets the global interrupt enable state of the microcontroller to the mask passed into the function.
+			 *  This can be combined with \ref GetGlobalInterruptMask() to save and restore the Global Interrupt Enable
+			 *  Mask bit(s) of the device after a critical section has completed.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_GlobalInt
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] GlobalIntState  Global Interrupt Enable Mask value to use
+			 */
+			static inline void SetGlobalInterruptMask(const uint_reg_t GlobalIntState) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void SetGlobalInterruptMask(const uint_reg_t GlobalIntState)
+			{
+				GCC_MEMORY_BARRIER();
+
+				#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+				SREG = GlobalIntState;
+				#elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+				if (GlobalIntState & AVR32_SR_GM)
+				  __builtin_ssrf(AVR32_SR_GM_OFFSET);
+				else
+				  __builtin_csrf(AVR32_SR_GM_OFFSET);
+				#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+				SREG = GlobalIntState;
+				#endif
+
+				GCC_MEMORY_BARRIER();
+			}
+
+			/** Enables global interrupt handling for the device, allowing interrupts to be handled.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_GlobalInt
+			 */
+			static inline void GlobalInterruptEnable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void GlobalInterruptEnable(void)
+			{
+				GCC_MEMORY_BARRIER();
+
+				#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+				sei();
+				#elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+				__builtin_csrf(AVR32_SR_GM_OFFSET);
+				#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+				sei();
+				#endif
+
+				GCC_MEMORY_BARRIER();
+			}
+
+			/** Disabled global interrupt handling for the device, preventing interrupts from being handled.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_GlobalInt
+			 */
+			static inline void GlobalInterruptDisable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void GlobalInterruptDisable(void)
+			{
+				GCC_MEMORY_BARRIER();
+
+				#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+				cli();
+				#elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+				__builtin_ssrf(AVR32_SR_GM_OFFSET);
+				#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+				cli();
+				#endif
+
+				GCC_MEMORY_BARRIER();
+			}
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Common/CompilerSpecific.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Common/CompilerSpecific.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..41e5305b1d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Common/CompilerSpecific.h
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Compiler specific definitions for code optimization and correctness.
+ *
+ *  \copydetails Group_CompilerSpecific
+ *
+ *  \note Do not include this file directly, rather include the Common.h header file instead to gain this file's
+ *        functionality.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Common
+ *  \defgroup Group_CompilerSpecific Compiler Specific Definitions
+ *  \brief Compiler specific definitions for code optimization and correctness.
+ *
+ *  Compiler specific definitions to expose certain compiler features which may increase the level of code optimization
+ *  for a specific compiler, or correct certain issues that may be present such as memory barriers for use in conjunction
+ *  with atomic variable access.
+ *
+ *  Where possible, on alternative compilers, these macros will either have no effect, or default to returning a sane value
+ *  so that they can be used in existing code without the need for extra compiler checks in the user application code.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LUFA_COMPILERSPEC_H__
+#define __LUFA_COMPILERSPEC_H__
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_COMMON_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Common/Common.h instead to gain this functionality.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+				/** Forces GCC to use pointer indirection (via the device's pointer register pairs) when accessing the given
+				 *  struct pointer. In some cases GCC will emit non-optimal assembly code when accessing a structure through
+				 *  a pointer, resulting in a larger binary. When this macro is used on a (non \c const) structure pointer before
+				 *  use, it will force GCC to use pointer indirection on the elements rather than direct store and load
+				 *  instructions.
+				 *
+				 *  \param[in, out] StructPtr  Pointer to a structure which is to be forced into indirect access mode.
+				 */
+				#define GCC_FORCE_POINTER_ACCESS(StructPtr)   __asm__ __volatile__("" : "=b" (StructPtr) : "0" (StructPtr))
+
+				/** Forces GCC to create a memory barrier, ensuring that memory accesses are not reordered past the barrier point.
+				 *  This can be used before ordering-critical operations, to ensure that the compiler does not re-order the resulting
+				 *  assembly output in an unexpected manner on sections of code that are ordering-specific.
+				 */
+				#define GCC_MEMORY_BARRIER()                  __asm__ __volatile__("" ::: "memory");
+
+				/** Determines if the specified value can be determined at compile-time to be a constant value when compiling under GCC.
+				 *
+				 *  \param[in] x  Value to check compile-time constantness of.
+				 *
+				 *  \return Boolean \c true if the given value is known to be a compile time constant, \c false otherwise.
+				 */
+				#define GCC_IS_COMPILE_CONST(x)               __builtin_constant_p(x)
+			#else
+				#define GCC_FORCE_POINTER_ACCESS(StructPtr)
+				#define GCC_MEMORY_BARRIER()
+				#define GCC_IS_COMPILE_CONST(x)               0
+			#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Common/Endianness.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Common/Endianness.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8be9e0d699
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Common/Endianness.h
@@ -0,0 +1,493 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Endianness and Byte Ordering macros and functions.
+ *
+ *  \copydetails Group_Endianness
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Endianness
+ *  \defgroup Group_ByteSwapping Byte Reordering
+ *  \brief Macros and functions for forced byte reordering.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Endianness
+ *  \defgroup Group_EndianConversion Endianness Conversion
+ *  \brief Macros and functions for automatic endianness conversion.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Common
+ *  \defgroup Group_Endianness Endianness and Byte Ordering
+ *  \brief Convenience macros and functions relating to byte (re-)ordering
+ *
+ *  Common library convenience macros and functions relating to byte (re-)ordering.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LUFA_ENDIANNESS_H__
+#define __LUFA_ENDIANNESS_H__
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_COMMON_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Common/Common.h instead to gain this functionality.
+		#endif
+
+		#if !(defined(ARCH_BIG_ENDIAN) || defined(ARCH_LITTLE_ENDIAN))
+			#error ARCH_BIG_ENDIAN or ARCH_LITTLE_ENDIAN not set for the specified architecture.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Swaps the byte ordering of a 16-bit value at compile-time. Do not use this macro for swapping byte orderings
+			 *  of dynamic values computed at runtime, use \ref SwapEndian_16() instead. The result of this macro can be used
+			 *  inside struct or other variable initializers outside of a function, something that is not possible with the
+			 *  inline function variant.
+			 *
+			 *  \hideinitializer
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_ByteSwapping
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] x  16-bit value whose byte ordering is to be swapped.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Input value with the byte ordering reversed.
+			 */
+			#define SWAPENDIAN_16(x)            (uint16_t)((((x) & 0xFF00) >> 8) | (((x) & 0x00FF) << 8))
+
+			/** Swaps the byte ordering of a 32-bit value at compile-time. Do not use this macro for swapping byte orderings
+			 *  of dynamic values computed at runtime- use \ref SwapEndian_32() instead. The result of this macro can be used
+			 *  inside struct or other variable initializers outside of a function, something that is not possible with the
+			 *  inline function variant.
+			 *
+			 *  \hideinitializer
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_ByteSwapping
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] x  32-bit value whose byte ordering is to be swapped.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Input value with the byte ordering reversed.
+			 */
+			#define SWAPENDIAN_32(x)            (uint32_t)((((x) & 0xFF000000UL) >> 24UL) | (((x) & 0x00FF0000UL) >> 8UL) | \
+			                                               (((x) & 0x0000FF00UL) << 8UL)  | (((x) & 0x000000FFUL) << 24UL))
+
+			#if defined(ARCH_BIG_ENDIAN) && !defined(le16_to_cpu)
+				#define le16_to_cpu(x)           SwapEndian_16(x)
+				#define le32_to_cpu(x)           SwapEndian_32(x)
+				#define be16_to_cpu(x)           (x)
+				#define be32_to_cpu(x)           (x)
+				#define cpu_to_le16(x)           SwapEndian_16(x)
+				#define cpu_to_le32(x)           SwapEndian_32(x)
+				#define cpu_to_be16(x)           (x)
+				#define cpu_to_be32(x)           (x)
+				#define LE16_TO_CPU(x)           SWAPENDIAN_16(x)
+				#define LE32_TO_CPU(x)           SWAPENDIAN_32(x)
+				#define BE16_TO_CPU(x)           (x)
+				#define BE32_TO_CPU(x)           (x)
+				#define CPU_TO_LE16(x)           SWAPENDIAN_16(x)
+				#define CPU_TO_LE32(x)           SWAPENDIAN_32(x)
+				#define CPU_TO_BE16(x)           (x)
+				#define CPU_TO_BE32(x)           (x)
+			#elif !defined(le16_to_cpu)
+				/** \name Run-time endianness conversion */
+				//@{
+
+				/** Performs a conversion between a Little Endian encoded 16-bit piece of data and the
+				 *  Endianness of the currently selected CPU architecture.
+				 *
+				 *  On little endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
+				 *
+				 *  \note This macro is designed for run-time conversion of data - for compile-time endianness
+				 *        conversion, use \ref LE16_TO_CPU instead.
+				 *
+				 *  \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
+				 *
+				 *  \param[in] x  Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
+				 *
+				 *  \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
+				 */
+				#define le16_to_cpu(x)           (x)
+
+				/** Performs a conversion between a Little Endian encoded 32-bit piece of data and the
+				 *  Endianness of the currently selected CPU architecture.
+				 *
+				 *  On little endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
+				 *
+				 *  \note This macro is designed for run-time conversion of data - for compile-time endianness
+				 *        conversion, use \ref LE32_TO_CPU instead.
+				 *
+				 *  \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
+				 *
+				 *  \param[in] x  Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
+				 *
+				 *  \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
+				 */
+				#define le32_to_cpu(x)           (x)
+
+				/** Performs a conversion between a Big Endian encoded 16-bit piece of data and the
+				 *  Endianness of the currently selected CPU architecture.
+				 *
+				 *  On big endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
+				 *
+				 *  \note This macro is designed for run-time conversion of data - for compile-time endianness
+				 *        conversion, use \ref BE16_TO_CPU instead.
+				 *
+				 *  \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
+				 *
+				 *  \param[in] x  Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
+				 *
+				 *  \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
+				 */
+				#define be16_to_cpu(x)           SwapEndian_16(x)
+
+				/** Performs a conversion between a Big Endian encoded 32-bit piece of data and the
+				 *  Endianness of the currently selected CPU architecture.
+				 *
+				 *  On big endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
+				 *
+				 *  \note This macro is designed for run-time conversion of data - for compile-time endianness
+				 *        conversion, use \ref BE32_TO_CPU instead.
+				 *
+				 *  \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
+				 *
+				 *  \param[in] x  Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
+				 *
+				 *  \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
+				 */
+				#define be32_to_cpu(x)           SwapEndian_32(x)
+
+				/** Performs a conversion on a natively encoded 16-bit piece of data to ensure that it
+				 *  is in Little Endian format regardless of the currently selected CPU architecture.
+				 *
+				 *  On little endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
+				 *
+				 *  \note This macro is designed for run-time conversion of data - for compile-time endianness
+				 *        conversion, use \ref CPU_TO_LE16 instead.
+				 *
+				 *  \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
+				 *
+				 *  \param[in] x  Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
+				 *
+				 *  \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
+				 */
+				#define cpu_to_le16(x)           (x)
+
+				/** Performs a conversion on a natively encoded 32-bit piece of data to ensure that it
+				 *  is in Little Endian format regardless of the currently selected CPU architecture.
+				 *
+				 *  On little endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
+				 *
+				 *  \note This macro is designed for run-time conversion of data - for compile-time endianness
+				 *        conversion, use \ref CPU_TO_LE32 instead.
+				 *
+				 *  \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
+				 *
+				 *  \param[in] x  Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
+				 *
+				 *  \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
+				 */
+				#define cpu_to_le32(x)           (x)
+
+				/** Performs a conversion on a natively encoded 16-bit piece of data to ensure that it
+				 *  is in Big Endian format regardless of the currently selected CPU architecture.
+				 *
+				 *  On big endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
+				 *
+				 *  \note This macro is designed for run-time conversion of data - for compile-time endianness
+				 *        conversion, use \ref CPU_TO_BE16 instead.
+				 *
+				 *  \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
+				 *
+				 *  \param[in] x  Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
+				 *
+				 *  \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
+				 */
+				#define cpu_to_be16(x)           SwapEndian_16(x)
+
+				/** Performs a conversion on a natively encoded 32-bit piece of data to ensure that it
+				 *  is in Big Endian format regardless of the currently selected CPU architecture.
+				 *
+				 *  On big endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
+				 *
+				 *  \note This macro is designed for run-time conversion of data - for compile-time endianness
+				 *        conversion, use \ref CPU_TO_BE32 instead.
+				 *
+				 *  \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
+				 *
+				 *  \param[in] x  Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
+				 *
+				 *  \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
+				 */
+				#define cpu_to_be32(x)           SwapEndian_32(x)
+
+				//@}
+
+				/** \name Compile-time endianness conversion */
+				//@{
+
+				/** Performs a conversion between a Little Endian encoded 16-bit piece of data and the
+				 *  Endianness of the currently selected CPU architecture.
+				 *
+				 *  On little endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
+				 *
+				 *  \note This macro is designed for compile-time conversion of data - for run time endianness
+				 *        conversion, use \ref le16_to_cpu instead.
+				 *
+				 *  \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
+				 *
+				 *  \param[in] x  Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
+				 *
+				 *  \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
+				 */
+				#define LE16_TO_CPU(x)           (x)
+
+				/** Performs a conversion between a Little Endian encoded 32-bit piece of data and the
+				 *  Endianness of the currently selected CPU architecture.
+				 *
+				 *  On little endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
+				 *
+				 *  \note This macro is designed for compile-time conversion of data - for run time endianness
+				 *        conversion, use \ref le32_to_cpu instead.
+				 *
+				 *  \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
+				 *
+				 *  \param[in] x  Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
+				 *
+				 *  \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
+				 */
+				#define LE32_TO_CPU(x)           (x)
+
+				/** Performs a conversion between a Big Endian encoded 16-bit piece of data and the
+				 *  Endianness of the currently selected CPU architecture.
+				 *
+				 *  On big endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
+				 *
+				 *  \note This macro is designed for compile-time conversion of data - for run-time endianness
+				 *        conversion, use \ref be16_to_cpu instead.
+				 *
+				 *  \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
+				 *
+				 *  \param[in] x  Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
+				 *
+				 *  \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
+				 */
+				#define BE16_TO_CPU(x)           SWAPENDIAN_16(x)
+
+				/** Performs a conversion between a Big Endian encoded 32-bit piece of data and the
+				 *  Endianness of the currently selected CPU architecture.
+				 *
+				 *  On big endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
+				 *
+				 *  \note This macro is designed for compile-time conversion of data - for run-time endianness
+				 *        conversion, use \ref be32_to_cpu instead.
+				 *
+				 *  \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
+				 *
+				 *  \param[in] x  Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
+				 *
+				 *  \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
+				 */
+				#define BE32_TO_CPU(x)           SWAPENDIAN_32(x)
+
+				/** Performs a conversion on a natively encoded 16-bit piece of data to ensure that it
+				 *  is in Little Endian format regardless of the currently selected CPU architecture.
+				 *
+				 *  On little endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
+				 *
+				 *  \note This macro is designed for compile-time conversion of data - for run-time endianness
+				 *        conversion, use \ref cpu_to_le16 instead.
+				 *
+				 *  \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
+				 *
+				 *  \param[in] x  Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
+				 *
+				 *  \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
+				 */
+				#define CPU_TO_LE16(x)           (x)
+
+				/** Performs a conversion on a natively encoded 32-bit piece of data to ensure that it
+				 *  is in Little Endian format regardless of the currently selected CPU architecture.
+				 *
+				 *  On little endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
+				 *
+				 *  \note This macro is designed for compile-time conversion of data - for run-time endianness
+				 *        conversion, use \ref cpu_to_le32 instead.
+				 *
+				 *  \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
+				 *
+				 *  \param[in] x  Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
+				 *
+				 *  \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
+				 */
+				#define CPU_TO_LE32(x)           (x)
+
+				/** Performs a conversion on a natively encoded 16-bit piece of data to ensure that it
+				 *  is in Big Endian format regardless of the currently selected CPU architecture.
+				 *
+				 *  On big endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
+				 *
+				 *  \note This macro is designed for compile-time conversion of data - for run-time endianness
+				 *        conversion, use \ref cpu_to_be16 instead.
+				 *
+				 *  \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
+				 *
+				 *  \param[in] x  Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
+				 *
+				 *  \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
+				 */
+				#define CPU_TO_BE16(x)           SWAPENDIAN_16(x)
+
+				/** Performs a conversion on a natively encoded 32-bit piece of data to ensure that it
+				 *  is in Big Endian format regardless of the currently selected CPU architecture.
+				 *
+				 *  On big endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
+				 *
+				 *  \note This macro is designed for compile-time conversion of data - for run-time endianness
+				 *        conversion, use \ref cpu_to_be32 instead.
+				 *
+				 *  \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
+				 *
+				 *  \param[in] x  Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
+				 *
+				 *  \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
+				 */
+				#define CPU_TO_BE32(x)           SWAPENDIAN_32(x)
+
+				//! @}
+			#endif
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			/** Function to reverse the byte ordering of the individual bytes in a 16 bit value.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_ByteSwapping
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Word  Word of data whose bytes are to be swapped.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Input data with the individual bytes reversed.
+			 */
+			static inline uint16_t SwapEndian_16(const uint16_t Word) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_CONST ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint16_t SwapEndian_16(const uint16_t Word)
+			{
+				if (GCC_IS_COMPILE_CONST(Word))
+				  return SWAPENDIAN_16(Word);
+
+				uint8_t Temp;
+
+				union
+				{
+					uint16_t Word;
+					uint8_t  Bytes[2];
+				} Data;
+
+				Data.Word = Word;
+
+				Temp = Data.Bytes[0];
+				Data.Bytes[0] = Data.Bytes[1];
+				Data.Bytes[1] = Temp;
+
+				return Data.Word;
+			}
+
+			/** Function to reverse the byte ordering of the individual bytes in a 32 bit value.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_ByteSwapping
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] DWord  Double word of data whose bytes are to be swapped.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Input data with the individual bytes reversed.
+			 */
+			static inline uint32_t SwapEndian_32(const uint32_t DWord) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_CONST ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint32_t SwapEndian_32(const uint32_t DWord)
+			{
+				if (GCC_IS_COMPILE_CONST(DWord))
+				  return SWAPENDIAN_32(DWord);
+
+				uint8_t Temp;
+
+				union
+				{
+					uint32_t DWord;
+					uint8_t  Bytes[4];
+				} Data;
+
+				Data.DWord = DWord;
+
+				Temp = Data.Bytes[0];
+				Data.Bytes[0] = Data.Bytes[3];
+				Data.Bytes[3] = Temp;
+
+				Temp = Data.Bytes[1];
+				Data.Bytes[1] = Data.Bytes[2];
+				Data.Bytes[2] = Temp;
+
+				return Data.DWord;
+			}
+
+			/** Function to reverse the byte ordering of the individual bytes in a n byte value.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_ByteSwapping
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] Data    Pointer to a number containing an even number of bytes to be reversed.
+			 *  \param[in]     Length  Length of the data in bytes.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Input data with the individual bytes reversed.
+			 */
+			static inline void SwapEndian_n(void* const Data,
+			                                uint8_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+			static inline void SwapEndian_n(void* const Data,
+			                                uint8_t Length)
+			{
+				uint8_t* CurrDataPos = (uint8_t*)Data;
+
+				while (Length > 1)
+				{
+					uint8_t Temp = *CurrDataPos;
+					*CurrDataPos = *(CurrDataPos + Length - 1);
+					*(CurrDataPos + Length - 1) = Temp;
+
+					CurrDataPos++;
+					Length -= 2;
+				}
+			}
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/BuildSystem.txt b/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/BuildSystem.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e0d84f0acd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/BuildSystem.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,281 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \page Page_BuildSystem The LUFA Build System
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_BuildSystem_Overview Overview of the LUFA Build System
+ *  The LUFA build system was originally an attempt at making a set of
+ *  re-usable, modular build make files which could be referenced in a LUFA
+ *  powered project, to minimize the amount of code required in an
+ *  application makefile.
+ *
+ *  As it turned out to be fairly generic in nature, it was split out into its
+ *  own separate project, called DMBS (<i>Dean's Makefile Build System</i>)
+ *  which is released into the public domain. LUFA-specific portions of the
+ *  LUFA build system extend DMBS, and provide a universal build system for all
+ *  LUFA projects.
+ *
+ *  The latest DMBS project information and documentation can be found at:
+ *  https://github.com/abcminiuser/dmbs
+ *
+ *  DMBS is written in GNU Make, and each module is independent of one-another.
+ *
+ *  LUFA now uses DMBS for its build system, with some LUFA specific extension
+ *  modules.
+ *
+ *  If you have problems building using LUFA, see \subpage Page_BuildTroubleshooting for resolution steps.
+ *
+ *  \li \subpage Page_BuildModule_LUFA_SOURCES - The LUFA SOURCES extension module for DMBS
+ *  \li \subpage Page_BuildModule_LUFA_GCC - The LUFA GCC extension module for DMBS
+ */
+
+/** \page Page_BuildModule_LUFA_SOURCES LUFA SOURCES extension module for DMBS
+ *
+ *  The LUFA SOURCES extension more for DMBS provides LUFA specific variables
+ *  listing the various LUFA source files required to be build by a project for
+ *  a given LUFA module. This module gives a way to reference LUFA source files
+ *  symbolically, so that changes to the library structure do not break the
+ *  library makefile.
+ *
+ *  To use this module in your application makefile, add the following code:
+ *  \code
+ *  include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA/lufa-sources.mk
+ *  \endcode
+ *
+ *  \section SSec_BuildModule_LUFA_SOURCES_Requirements Requirements
+ *  None.
+ *
+ *  \section SSec_BuildModule_LUFA_SOURCES_Targets Targets
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><i>None</i></td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section SSec_BuildModule_LUFA_SOURCES_MandatoryParams Mandatory Parameters
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><tt>LUFA_PATH</tt></td>
+ *    <td>Path to the LUFA library core, either relative or absolute (e.g. <tt>../LUFA-000000/LUFA/</tt>).</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><tt>ARCH</tt></td>
+ *    <td>Architecture of the target processor (see \ref Page_DeviceSupport).</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section SSec_BuildModule_LUFA_SOURCES_OptionalParams Optional Parameters
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><i>None</i></td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section SSec_BuildModule_LUFA_SOURCES_ProvidedVariables Module Provided Variables
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><tt>LUFA_SRC_USB</tt></td>
+ *    <td>List of LUFA USB driver source files.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><tt>LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS</tt></td>
+ *    <td>List of LUFA USB Class driver source files.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><tt>LUFA_SRC_TEMPERATURE</tt></td>
+ *    <td>List of LUFA temperature sensor driver source files.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><tt>LUFA_SRC_SERIAL</tt></td>
+ *    <td>List of LUFA Serial U(S)ART driver source files.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><tt>LUFA_SRC_TWI</tt></td>
+ *    <td>List of LUFA TWI driver source files.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><tt>LUFA_SRC_PLATFORM</tt></td>
+ *    <td>List of LUFA architecture specific platform management source files.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section SSec_BuildModule_LUFA_SOURCES_ProvidedMacros Module Provided Macros
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><i>None</i></td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
+/** \page Page_BuildModule_LUFA_GCC LUFA GCC extension module for DMBS
+ *
+ *  The LUFA GCC extension module for the standard DMBS GCC module extends the
+ *  latter to support the compilation of LUFA powered projects. It should be
+ *  imported into your LUFA powered project makefiles to ensure that the correct
+ *  build settings are used for the project's configuration.
+ *
+ *  To use this module in your application makefile, add the following code:
+ *  \code
+ *  include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA/lufa-gcc.mk
+ *  \endcode
+ *
+ *  \section SSec_BuildModule_LUFA_GCC_Requirements Requirements
+ *  This module should be included in your makefile *after* the DMBS GCC module.
+ *
+ *  \section SSec_BuildModule_LUFA_GCC_Targets Targets
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><i>None</i></td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section SSec_BuildModule_LUFA_GCC_MandatoryParams Mandatory Parameters
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><tt>LUFA_PATH</tt></td>
+ *    <td>Path to the LUFA library core, either relative or absolute (e.g. <tt>../LUFA-000000/LUFA/</tt>).</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section SSec_BuildModule_LUFA_GCC_OptionalParams Optional Parameters
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><tt>BOARD</tt></td>
+ *    <td>LUFA board hardware drivers to use (see \ref Page_DeviceSupport).</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section SSec_BuildModule_LUFA_GCC_ProvidedVariables Module Provided Variables
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><i>None</i></td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section SSec_BuildModule_LUFA_GCC_ProvidedMacros Module Provided Macros
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><i>None</i></td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
+/** \page Page_BuildTroubleshooting Troubleshooting Information
+ *
+ *  LUFA uses a lot of advanced features of the AVR-GCC compiler, linker, and
+ *  surrounding binaries. This can sometimes lead to problems compiling
+ *  applications if one of these features is buggy in the version of the tools
+ *  used in a build environment. Missing utilities and incorrectly set makefile
+ *  configuration options can also result in different errors being produced
+ *  when compilation or other operations are attempted. The table below lists a
+ *  set of commonly encountered errors and their resolutions.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr>
+ *    <th>Problem</th>
+ *    <th>Resolution</th>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>relocation truncated to fit: R_AVR_13_PCREL against symbol <i>{X}</i></tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling.</td>
+ *    <td>Try compiling with the setting <tt>LINKER_RELAXATIONS=N</tt> in your LUFA Build System 2.0 makefile, or remove the line <tt>-Wl,--relax</tt>
+ *        from other makefiles. Alternatively, make sure you have the latest version of the Atmel Toolchain installed for your system.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>error: ld terminated with signal 11 [Segmentation fault]</tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling.</td>
+ *    <td>Try compiling with the setting <tt>DEBUG_LEVEL=2</tt> in your LUFA Build System 2.0 makefile, or make sure you are using <tt>binutils</tt> version 2.22 or later.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>EMERGENCY ABORT: INFINITE RECURSION DETECTED</tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling.</td>
+ *    <td>Make sure you are using an up to date version of GNU Make when compiling. This error is a safety system added to the mid-level makefiles, to prevent an issue with
+ *        GNU make or other variants of Make causing an infinitely recursive build.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>Unsupported architecture &quot;<i>{X}</i>&quot;</tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling.</td>
+ *    <td>Ensure your makefile's <tt>ARCH</tt> setting is set to one of the architecture names (case-sensitive) supported by the version of LUFA you are compiling against.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>Makefile <i>{X}</i> value not set</tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling.</td>
+ *    <td>The specified Makefile value was not configured in your project's makefile or on the command line, and the nominated setting is required by one or more LUFA
+ *        build system modules. Define the value in your project makefile and try again.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>Makefile <i>{X}</i> option cannot be blank</tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling.</td>
+ *    <td>The specified Makefile value was configured in your project's makefile or on the command line, but was set to an empty value. For the nominated configuration
+ *        option, an empty value is not allowed. Define the nominated setting to a correct non-blank value and try again.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>Makefile <i>{X}</i> option must be Y or N</tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling.</td>
+ *    <td>The specified Makefile value was configured in your project's makefile or on the command line, but was set to a value other than a Y (for "Yes") or "N" (for "No").
+ *        This configuration option is required to be one of the aforementioned boolean values, and other values are invalid. Set this option to either Y or N and try again.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>Unknown input source file formats: <i>{X}</i></tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling.</td>
+ *    <td>The nominated source files, specified in your project's makefile in the <tt>SRC</tt> configuration option, has an extension that the LUFA build system does not
+ *        recognise. The file extensions are case sensitive, and must be one of the supported formats (<tt>*.c</tt>, <tt>*.cpp</tt> or <tt>*.S</tt>).</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>Cannot build with OBJDIR parameter set - one or more object file name is not unique</tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling.</td>
+ *    <td>When a project is built with a non-empty <tt>OBJDIR</tt> object directory name set, all input source files must have unique names, excluding extension and path.
+ *        This means that input files that are named identically and differ only by their path or extension are invalid when this mode is used.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>Source file does not exist: <i>{X}</i></tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling.</td>
+ *    <td>The nominated input source file, specified in the user project's <tt>SRC</tt> parameter, could not be found. Ensure the source file exists and the absolute or
+ *        relative path given in the user project makefile is correct and try again.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>Doxygen configuration file <i>{X}</i> does not exist</tt></b>&quot; shown when upgrading a Doxygen configuration file.</td>
+ *    <td>The nominated Doxygen configuration file, specified in the user project's <tt>DOXYGEN_CONF</tt> parameter, could not be found. Ensure the configuration file exists
+ *        and the absolute or relative path given in the user project makefile is correct and try again, or run the appropriate makefile target to generate a new configuration
+ *        file.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>avr-gcc: error: unrecognized option '<i>{X}</i>'</tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling.</td>
+ *    <td>An unrecognised option was supplied to the compiler, usually in the <tt>C_FLAGS</tt>, <tt>CPP_FLAGS</tt>, <tt>ASM_FLAGS</tt> or <tt>CC_FLAGS</tt> configuration
+ *        options. The nominated compiler switch may be invalid, or unsupported by the version of AVR-GCC on the host system. Remove the unrecognised flag if invalid, or
+ *        upgrade to the latest AVR-GCC. If the option is a valid linker option, use the prefix "-Wl," to ensure it is passed to the linker correctly.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>makefile:{X}: {Y}.mk: No such file or directory</tt></b>&quot; shown when make is invoked.</td>
+ *    <td>The path to the nominated makefile module was incorrect. This usually indicates that the makefile <tt>LUFA_PATH</tt> option is not set to a valid relative or
+ *        absolute path to the LUFA library core.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>fatal error: LUFAConfig.h: No such file or directory</tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling.</td>
+ *    <td>The <tt>USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER</tt> compile time option was set in the user project makefile, but the user supplied <tt>LUFAConfig.h</tt> header could not be
+ *        found. Ensure that the directory that contains this configuration file is correctly passed to the compiler via the -I switch in the makefile <tt>CC_FLAGS</tt>
+ *        parameter.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>ld.exe: section .apitable_trampolines loaded at <i>{X}</i> overlaps section .text</tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling a bootloader.</td>
+ *    <td>The bootloader is compiling too large for the given <tt>FLASH_SIZE_KB</tt> and <tt>BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB</tt> parameters set in the bootloader makefile. This
+ *        usually indicates that these values are incorrect for the specified device the bootloader is targeting. If these values are correct, a newer version of the
+ *        compiler may need to be used to ensure that the bootloader is built within the section size constraints of the target device.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>unknown MCU '<i>{X}</i>' specified</tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling.</td>
+ *    <td>The specified microcontroller device model name set in the user application's makefile as the <tt>MCU</tt> parameter is incorrect, or unsupported by the
+ *        version of the compiler being used. Make sure the model name is correct, or upgrade to the latest Atmel Toolchain to obtain newer device support.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>undefined reference to `<i>{X}</i>'</tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling.</td>
+ *    <td>This is usually caused by a missing source file in the user application's <tt>SRC</tt> configuration parameter. If the indicated symbol is one from the LUFA
+ *        library, you may be missing a LUFA source makefile module (see \ref Page_BuildModule_LUFA_SOURCES).</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  For troubleshooting other errors you encounter, please see \ref Sec_ProjectHelp.
+ */
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/BuildingLinkableLibraries.txt b/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/BuildingLinkableLibraries.txt
index cbbae4b8e9..cbbae4b8e9 100644
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/BuildingLinkableLibraries.txt
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/BuildingLinkableLibraries.txt
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/ChangeLog.txt b/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/ChangeLog.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..aedfd3ce53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/ChangeLog.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,1653 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+ /** \page Page_ChangeLog Project Changelog
+  *
+  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog170418 Version 170418
+  *  <b>New:</b>
+  *  - Core:
+  *   - Added support for the Pololu A-Star Micro board (thanks to Joh Schneider)
+  *   - Added new \c LUFA_VERSION_RELEASE_TYPE macro to the library version header, to determine release type (thanks to NicoHood)
+  *
+  *  <b>Fixed:</b>
+  *  - Core:
+  *   - The CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor() callback function into the user application erroneously had a uint8_t type for the wIndex
+  *     parameter, instead of uint16_t (thanks to Matlo)
+  *   - Fixed broken USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS compile time option when the FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS compile time option is not enabled
+  *     in a user application (thanks to Matlo)
+  *   - Fixed missing \c va_end() calls in the HID bootloader CLI app which could cause portability issues
+  *   - Fixed void pointer arithmetic in the \c Serial_SendData() functions for AVR8 and XMEGA architectures
+  *   - Fixed void pointer arithmetic in the low level and class driver RNDIS demo protocol decoders
+  *   - Fixed low level RNDIS demo incorrectly setting the RNDIS state when a null packet filter was requested
+  *   - Fixed missing entries in several project's Atmel Studio integration files, such as driver INF files
+  *   - Fixed invalid endpoint indexes causing memory corruption in device Clear/Set Feature standard requests (thanks to Peter Popovec)
+  *   - Fixed incorrect serialization in USB_SetHIDReportItemInfo() function (thanks to e-chip)
+  *
+  *  <b>Changed:</b>
+  *   - Added signed alternative libUSB driver for the AVRISP-MKII clone project, to support Atmel Studio 7 (thanks to Atmel)
+  *   - Removed no longer required LIBUSB_DRIVER_COMPAT and RESET_TOGGLES_LIBUSB_COMPAT configuration options from the AVRISP-MKII
+  *     clone project, as the new libUSB driver works for AVRDUDE and Atmel Studio 7 under Windows
+  *   - Replaced the LUFA build system with its (compatible) successor, DMBS (Dean's Makefile Build System)
+  *   - Removed obsolete library TAR export and associated documentation
+  *   - Fixed incorrect HID_DESCRIPTOR_KEYBOARD() macro definition (thanks to Eric Tang)
+  *
+  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog151115 Version 151115
+  *  <b>New:</b>
+  *   - Added support for the Atmel Xplained-MINI series of development kits
+  *   - Added new PROGMEM variant send functions to the CDC class device driver (thanks to Stefan Hellermann)
+  *   - Added new PROGMEM variant send functions to the CDC class host driver
+  *   - Added additional Arduino Uno board definitions for the main processor reset (thanks to NicoHood)
+  *   - Added modified DocBook transforms to generate Atmel Studio 6/7 internal help documentation (thanks to Morten Engelhardt Olsen)
+  *
+  *  <b>Changed:</b>
+  *  - Core:
+  *   - The TWI peripheral driver's TWI_WritePacket() and TWI_ReadPacket() functions now takes a 16-bit Length rather than an 8-bit
+  *     length, for longer transfers
+  *  - Library Applications:
+  *   - The CDC, DFU, Mass Storage and Printer class bootloaders will no longer run the user application if the application reset
+  *     vector is blank (thanks to Alex Kazik)
+  *   - The CDC, DFU and Printer class bootloaders are now compatible with the original Atmel XPLAIN and Arduino Leonardo boards
+  *   - The CDC, DFU, Mass Storage and Printer class bootloaders are not compatible with devices with the BOOTRST fuse set and will
+  *     exit automatically unless an external reset was the last reset cause (thanks to Alex Kazik)
+  *   - Added missing force-inline attribute to the endianness utility functions (thanks to Stefan Hellermann)
+  *   - Updated the DFU build system module to use updated EEPROM programming command arguments for dfu-programmer 0.6.2 or newer
+  *
+  *  <b>Fixed:</b>
+  *   - Fixed broken XMEGA serial stream driver due to missing USART base pointer parameter (thanks to William Patterson)
+  *   - Fixed incorrect signature reported in the CDC/DFU bootloaders for the AT90USB82 (thanks to NicoHood)
+  *   - Fixed broken RNDIS demos on Linux machines whose DHCP hosts require a Lease Time option (thanks to Stefan Hellermann)
+  *   - Fixed broken LEDs_Disable() implementation for the Arduino Uno board (thanks to NicoHood)
+  *   - Fixed missing bounds checks and off-by-one in the DFU bootloader signature bytes (thanks to Reuti)
+  *
+  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog140928 Version 140928
+  *  <b>New:</b>
+  *  - Core:
+  *   - Updated the BUILD build system module to add a new COMPILER_PATH optional variable
+  *   - Added Serial_IsSendReady() and Serial_IsSendComplete() functions to the Serial hardware peripheral driver
+  *   - Added support for the Arduino Yun board (ATMEGA32U4 co-processor)
+  *   - Added support for the Arduino Micro board (thanks to Zoltán Szőke)
+  *  - Library Applications:
+  *   - Added new Dual MIDI class driver device demo
+  *
+  *  <b>Changed:</b>
+  *  - Core:
+  *   - The RNDIS device class driver now takes a user-supplied buffer and buffer length for the internal RNDIS
+  *     message management (thanks to Peter Mc Shane)
+  *
+  *  <b>Fixed:</b>
+  *  - Core:
+  *   - Fixed device class driver pipe configuration routines returning success with a partially constructed instance
+  *     when a pipe configuration failed (thanks to Helge Suess)
+  *   - Fixed incorrect XMEGA DFLL reference frequency (thanks to Martin Aakerberg)
+  *   - Fixed possible infinite loop in the control endpoint stream write function (thanks to Clayton Knight)
+  *   - Fixed missing HID report ID prefix on HID class driver GetReport request responses (thanks to Bert van Hall)
+  *   - Fixed incorrect XMEGA USB controller clock division factory for non-Full Speed operation (thanks to Bert van Hall)
+  *   - Fixed the LUFA build system to prevent incorrect code from being generated in newer toolchains when building for larger
+  *     FLASH memory devices (thanks to demultiplexer)
+  *   - Fixed missing parenthesis in the MIDI_EVENT() macro which could cause incorrect results (thanks to hexwab)
+  *   - Fixed mixed capitalization of TWI in the XMEGA TWI driver causing compilation failures (thanks to Jacob Schloss)
+  *   - Fixed broken AVR8 USART-SPI peripheral driver (thanks to Phil Zakielarz)
+  *  - Library Applications:
+  *   - Fixed spurious 0xFE USART byte sent in the USBtoSerial project when the baud rate is changed (thanks to Carl Kjeldsen)
+  *   - Fixed blocking USART reads causing low throughput on slow baud rates in the USBtoSerial project (thanks to Nevada Smith)
+  *   - Fixed USART reception overrun corrupting the internal buffers in the USBtoSerial project (thanks to Nevada Smith)
+  *   - Fixed broken LowLevel Audio Out demo sampling frequency configuration (thanks to Torsten Duwe)
+  *
+  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog140302 Version 140302
+  *  <b>New:</b>
+  *  - Library Applications:
+  *   - Added new Bulk Vendor low level device demo
+  *   - Added new libUSB host Python and NodeJS application examples for the Class driver GenericHID demo (thanks to Laszlo Monda)
+  *   - Added new AVR8 USB option to keep 3.3V regulator enabled (thanks to Michael Hanselmann)
+  *   - Added new USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR() and USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY() convenience macros (thanks to Laszlo Monda)
+  *
+  *  <b>Changed:</b>
+  *  - Library Applications:
+  *   - Refactored out USB interface IDs in the demo applications into enums (thanks to Laszlo Monda)
+  *   - AVRISP-MKII Clone Project PDI/TPI frequency increased from 250KHz to 2MHz as it is now stable
+  *   - Increased TPI/PDI handshake delay to 100us from 1us to support targets with high amounts of capacitance on their
+  *     /RESET lines (thanks to Paul Duke)
+  *   - Changed the VERSION_BCD() macro to accept the major/minor/revision values as separate parameters
+  *
+  *  <b>Fixed:</b>
+  *  - Core:
+  *   - Fixed MIDI device class driver MIDI_Device_ReceiveEventPacket() for the XMEGA architecture
+  *  - Library Applications:
+  *   - Fixed incorrect signature bytes returned in the DFU bootloader
+  *
+  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog130901 Version 130901
+  *  <b>New:</b>
+  *  - Core:
+  *   - Added additional MIDI command definitions to the MIDI class driver (thanks to Daniel Dreibrodt)
+  *   - Added new CONCAT() and CONCAT_EXPANDED() convenience macros
+  *   - Added new Printer Device Class driver
+  *   - Added support for the XMEGA C3 Xplained board
+  *   - Added support for the U2S board (thanks to megal0maniac)
+  *   - Added TWI Master driver for the XMEGA architecture (thanks to Michael Janssen)
+  *  - Library Applications:
+  *   - Added new Printer class bootloader
+  *   - Added new Mass Storage class bootloader
+  *   - Added XMEGA support for class driver device demos (where applicable)
+  *   - Added Python host application example for the Generic HID class driver device demo
+  *   - Added Python alternative host application for the HID class bootloader
+  *
+  *  <b>Changed:</b>
+  *  - Core:
+  *   - Updated the BUILD build system module to produce binary BIN files in addition to Intel HEX files
+  *   - Updated the Android Accessory Class to accept version 2 protocol devices (with version 1 functionality)
+  *   - All board drivers now implement dummy functions and constants when BOARD is set to NONE
+  *   - Added missing LEDs to the XMEGA A3BU Xplained board LED driver (thanks to Michael Janssen)
+  *   - Changed board Dataflash drivers to automatically configure the appropriate SPI interface for the selected board
+  *  - Library Applications:
+  *   - Re-added Set Control Line State request handling to the CDC class bootloader to prevent issues with the .NET serial
+  *     class (thanks to Erik Lins)
+  *   - TemperatureDataLogger project dummy RTC mode now tracks real time (thanks to David Lazarus)
+  *
+  *  <b>Fixed:</b>
+  *  - Core:
+  *   - Fixed Low Speed USB devices broken when using the library HID Class driver (thanks to Michael)
+  *   - Fixed possible register corruption in USB Host mode on AVR8 devices when ORDERED_EP_CONFIG is used (thanks to Martin Aakerberg)
+  *   - Fixed Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress() returning invalid endpoint directions on AVR8 architecture devices (thanks to decerri)
+  *     under some circumstances
+  *   - Fixed incorrect USB device state set when a suspended LUFA device is woken while addressed but not configured (thanks to Balaji Krishnan)
+  *   - Fixed broken USART SPI driver for the AVR8 architecture due to incorrect initialization
+  *   - Fixed re-enumeration issue of XMEGA architecture targets (thanks to Jaroslav Jedlinsky)
+  *   - Fixed error receiving PIMA events via the Still Image Host class driver
+  *  - Library Applications:
+  *   - Added handler for SCSI_CMD_START_STOP_UNIT in demos using the Mass Storage class, to prevent ejection errors on *nix systems due to an
+  *     unknown SCSI command
+  *   - Fixed incorrect HID report descriptor generated for 16-bit axis ranges by the HID_DESCRIPTOR_MOUSE() and HID_DESCRIPTOR_JOYSTICK()
+  *     macros (thanks to Armory)
+  *   - Fixed incorrect HID report descriptor generated for button multiples of 8 by the HID_DESCRIPTOR_MOUSE() and HID_DESCRIPTOR_JOYSTICK()
+  *     macros
+  *   - Fixed race condition in the DFU class bootloader causing failed device reprogramming in some circumstances (thanks to Luis Mendes)
+  *   - Fixed incorrect time/date configuration data order in the TempDataLogger host application (thanks to David Lazarus)
+  *
+  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog130303 Version 130303
+  *  <b>New:</b>
+  *  - Core:
+  *   - Added support for the Arduino Leonardo board
+  *   - Added support for the Atmel UC3-A3 Xplained board
+  *   - Added support for the Xevelabs USB2AX revision 3.1 board
+  *   - Added support for the Dimex Stange-ISP board (thanks to Gerhard Wesser)
+  *   - Added new \c doxygen_upgrade and \c doxygen_create targets to the DOXYGEN build system module
+  *   - Added new Board Hardware Information board driver
+  *  - Library Applications:
+  *   - Added a different device serial number when the AVRISP-MKII Clone project is in libUSB compatibility mode, so that
+  *     both the libUSB and Jungo drivers can be installed at the same time without having to use a filter driver
+  *
+  *  <b>Changed:</b>
+  *  - Core:
+  *   - Added workaround for broken VBUS detection on AVR8 devices when a bootloader starts the application
+  *     via a software jump without first turning off the OTG pad (thanks to Simon Inns)
+  *  - Library Applications:
+  *   - Increased throughput in the USBtoSerial project now that data transmission is non-blocking (thanks to Joseph Lacerte)
+  *   - Updated bootloader makefiles to remove dependency on the \c bc command line calculator tool
+  *   - Updated AVRISP-MKII Clone Programmer project so that the SCK clock period is saved in EEPROM (thanks to Gerhard Wesser)
+  *   - Changed all *_SendByte() function prototypes to accept a void pointer for the input buffer (thanks to Simon Kuppers)
+  *
+  *  <b>Fixed:</b>
+  *  - Core:
+  *   - Fixed incorrectly issuing STALL response to unsupported control request SETUP packets, rather than in the data/status stage
+  *   - Fixed inverted LEDs_GetLEDs() function implementation for the Benito, Minimus and Arduino UNO boards
+  *   - Fixed missing Windows 32-bit compatibility sections in the LUFA INF driver files (thanks to Christan Beharrell)
+  *   - Fixed logic hole breaking USB operations on a USB controller with only one supported USB mode and no USB_DEVICE_ONLY or USB_HOST_ONLY
+  *     configuration token set
+  *   - Fixed possible rounding in the VERSION_BCD() macros for some 0.01 step increments (thanks to Oliver Zander)
+  *   - Fixed incorrect Dataflash functionality in the USBKEY board if the driver is modified for a single Dataflash chip (thanks to Jonathan Oakley)
+  *   - Fixed incorrect definitions of \c HID_KEYBOARD_LED_KANA, \c HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_EQUAL_SIGN and \c HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_EQUAL_SIGN_AS400
+  *     and added a missing definition for \c HID_KEYBOARD_SC_APPLICATION (thanks to David Monro)
+  *   - Fixed maximum allowed keyboard key code usage of \c 0x65 rather than \c 0xFF for the \c HID_DESCRIPTOR_KEYBOARD() macro (thanks to David Monro)
+  *   - Fixed hardware race condition that could cause failed device enumerations for AVR8 and UC3 architectures (thanks to Mike Beyhs)
+  *   - Fixed incorrect Minimus board LED definitions (thanks to Joonas Lahtinen)
+  *   - Fixed incorrect ordering of the linker options in the build system causing link failures in some cases
+  *   - Fixed bug in the TWI peripheral driver for the AVR8 devices causing incorrect failure codes to be returned in some cases (thanks to Peter K)
+  *   - Fixed swapped LED3 and LED4 masks for the Olimex-32U4 development board LED driver
+  *   - Fixed potential NULL pointer dereference in the HID Host mode Class Driver (thanks to Pavel Kuzmin)
+  *  - Library Applications:
+  *   - Fixed broken RESET_TOGGLES_LIBUSB_COMPAT compile time option in the AVRISP-MKII project
+  *   - Fixed incompatibility in the CDC class bootloader on some systems (thanks to Sylvain Munaut)
+  *   - Fixed lengthy timeouts in the USBtoSerial project if no application on the host is consuming data (thanks to Nicolas Saugnier)
+  *   - Fixed lengthy automatic data flushing in the CDC and MIDI device class drivers
+  *   - Fixed incorrect LED masks for received data display in the Device GenericHID demos (thanks to Denys Berkovskyy)
+  *   - Fixed incorrect output in the HIDReportViewer project when no device is connected (thanks to Pavel Kuzmin)
+  *
+  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog120730 Version 120730
+  *  <b>New:</b>
+  *  - Core:
+  *   - Added new, revamped modular build system with new makefile templates
+  *   - Added support for the BitWizard Multio and Big-Multio boards
+  *   - Added support for the DorkbotPDX Duce board
+  *   - Added support for the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4 board
+  *   - Added support for the Olimex AVR-USB-T32U4 board
+  *   - Added support for the Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2 board
+  *   - Added new Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable() function
+  *   - Added new Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable() function
+  *   - Added build test to verify correct compilation of all board drivers using all driver APIs
+  *   - Added build test to verify correct compilation of all bootloaders using all supported devices
+  *   - Added build test to verify that there are no detectable errors in the codebase via static analysis
+  *   - Added new JTAG_ENABLE() macro for the AVR8 architecture
+  *  - Library Applications:
+  *   - Modified the CDC Host demos to set a default CDC Line Encoding on enumerated devices
+  *   - Added Dataflash operational checks and aborts to all projects using the Dataflash to ensure it is working correctly before use
+  *   - Added new SerialToLCD user project contributed by Simon Foster
+  *   - Added new RESET_TOGGLES_LIBUSB_COMPAT compile time option to the AVRISP-MKII clone programmer project (thanks to Robert Spitzenpfeil)
+  *
+  *  <b>Changed:</b>
+  *  - Core:
+  *   - Android Accessory Host property strings changed from a struct of pointer to an array to prevent unaligned access on greater than 8-bit architectures
+  *   - Audio Device Class driver changed to also require the index of the Audio Control interface within the device, for SET/GET/CUR/MIN/MAX/RES property adjustments
+  *   - Removed variable axis support from the HID_DESCRIPTOR_JOYSTICK() macro due to OS incompatibilities, replaced with fixed 3-axis joystick report structure
+  *   - Removed the old pseudo-scheduler from the library as it was unused and deprecated since the 090810 release
+  *   - Endpoint indexes are now specified as full endpoint addresses within the device in device mode, rather than a logical index
+  *   - The Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint() function no longer takes an endpoint direction as a parameter, as this is now deduced from the specified full endpoint
+  *     address and type
+  *   - The Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint() function no longer takes a number of banks as a special mask; the number of banks is now specified as an integer parameter
+  *   - Endpoints are now configured via instances of a new struct USB_Endpoint_Table_t in all device mode class drivers, rather than a list of endpoint parameters
+  *   - Pipe indexes are now specified as full pipe addresses within the host in host mode, rather than a logical index
+  *   - The Pipe_ConfigurePipe() function no longer takes an pipe token as a parameter, as this is now deduced from the specified full pipe address and type
+  *   - The Pipe_ConfigurePipe() function no longer takes a number of banks as a special mask; the number of banks is now specified as an integer parameter
+  *   - Pipes are now configured via instances of a new struct USB_Pipe_Table_t in all host mode class drivers, rather than a list of pipe parameters
+  *   - Added support for various assert and debugging macros for the UC3 devices
+  *   - Changed MIDI event structure MIDI_EventPacket_t to use a single field for the combined virtual cable index and command ID, to prevent bitfield packing issues
+  *     on some architectures (thanks to Darren Gibbs)
+  *   - Changed board LED driver implementations of LEDs_ToggleLEDs() for the AVR8 architecture to use the fast PIN register toggle alternative function for speed
+  *  - Library Applications:
+  *   - Raised the guard bits in the AVRISP-MKII clone project when in PDI and TPI to 32, to prevent communication errors on low quality connections to a target
+  *   - Added additional bootloader API data to expose the bootloader start address and class to the DFU and CDC class bootloaders
+  *   - Reverted AVRISP-MKII clone project watchdog based command timeout patch in favour of a hardware timer, to allow for use in devices with WDTRST fuse programmed
+  *   - The library bootloaders will now correctly start the user application after a watchdog-based application start, even if the /HWB line is held low externally
+  *     during the reset phase
+  *   - Increased endpoint polling interval for all demos and projects to 5ms, as 1ms was causing some enumeration issues on some machines (thanks to Riku Salminen)
+  *
+  *  <b>Fixed:</b>
+  *  - Core:
+  *   - Fixed possible enumeration error if the user application selects a pipe other than the default Control pipe between the Powered and Default states of
+  *     the host state machine
+  *   - Fixed incorrect call to the user callback CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetInterfaceProperty() in the Audio Class device driver (thanks to Tiit Ratsep)
+  *   - Fixed compile error for the UC3 architecture when INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT is specified (thanks to Andrus Aaslaid)
+  *   - Fixed compile error if LEDs_Disable() is called and BOARD=NONE is set (thanks to Sam Lin)
+  *   - Fixed inverted LED logic in the OLIMEX162 board LED driver
+  *   - Fixed incorrect response to GET STATUS requests in device mode if NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER or NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP tokens are defined (thanks to Georg Glock)
+  *   - Fixed inverted LED logic in the USB2AX board LED driver
+  *   - Fixed possible deadlock in the CDC device driver if the USB connection is dropped while the CDC_REQ_SetLineEncoding control request is being processed by
+  *     the stack (thanks to Jonathan Hudgins)
+  *   - Fixed broken MIDI host driver MIDI_Host_ReceiveEventPacket() function due to not unfreezing the MIDI data IN pipe before use (thanks to Michael Brown)
+  *   - Fixed swapped Little Endian/Big Endian endpoint and pipe write code for the UC3 devices (thanks to Andrew Chu)
+  *   - Fixed the JTAG_DISABLE() macro clearing all other bits in MCUSR when called
+  *   - Fixed incorrect Micropendous board LED driver LEDs_SetAllLEDs() and LEDs_ChangeLEDs() function implementations (thanks to MitchJS)
+  *   - Fixed endianess issues in the RNDIS host class driver for UC3 devices (thanks to Andrew Chu)
+  *  - Library Applications:
+  *   - Fixed error in the AVRISP-MKII programmer when ISP mode is used at 64KHz (thanks to Ben R. Porter)
+  *   - Fixed AVRISP-MKII programmer project failing to compile for the U4 chips when VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL is defined to an invalid channel and NO_VTARGET_DETECT is
+  *     defined (thanks to Steven Morehouse)
+  *   - Fixed AVRISP-MKII programmer project reset line polarity inverted when the generated EEP file is loaded into the USB AVR's EEPROM and avr-dude is used
+  *   - Fixed CDC and DFU bootloaders failing to compile when the bootloader section size is 8KB or more (thanks to Georg Glock)
+  *   - Fixed CDC and DFU bootloaders API function offsets incorrect on some devices (thanks to Rod DeMay)
+  *   - Fixed incorrect DFU version number reported to the host in the  DFU bootloader descriptors (thanks to Georg Glock)
+  *   - Fixed incorrect version hundredths value encoding in VERSION_BCD() macro (thanks to Georg Glock)
+  *   - Fixed invalid configuration descriptor in the low level KeyboardMouse device demo (thanks to Jun Wako)
+  *   - Fixed CDC and DFU bootloaders API page erase and write function failures (thanks to Martin Lambert)
+  *
+  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog120219 Version 120219
+  *  <b>New:</b>
+  *  - Core:
+  *   - Added support for the XMEGA A3BU Xplained board
+  *   - Added support for the new B series XMEGA devices
+  *   - Added support for version 2 of the Teensy boards (thanks to Christoph Redecker)
+  *   - Added support for the USB2AX boards, hardware revision 1-3
+  *   - Added new Android Accessory Host class driver
+  *   - Added new USB_Host_GetDescriptor(), USB_Host_GetDeviceConfiguration() and USB_Host_GetInterfaceAltSetting() functions
+  *   - Added new CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetInterfaceProperty() callback to the Audio Device Class driver
+  *   - Added new LEDs_Disable(), Buttons_Disable() and Joystick_Disable() functions to the board hardware drivers
+  *   - Added support for the Micropendous family of boards (Arduino-like revisions 1 and 2, DIP, 32U2, A, 1, 2, 3 and 4)
+  *   - Added INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE and NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT compile time options (thanks to Opendous Inc.)
+  *   - Added support for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained board
+  *   - Added Serial USART peripheral driver for the XMEGA architecture
+  *   - Added Master Mode SPI USART peripheral driver for the XMEGA and AVR8 architectures
+  *   - Added build test to verify correct compilation of as many modules as possible under as many architectures as possible under the C and C++ languages
+  *   - Added build test to verify correct compilation of the USB driver when forced into single USB mode under as many architectures as possible
+  *  - Library Applications:
+  *   - Added User Application APIs to the CDC and DFU class bootloaders
+  *   - Added INVERTED_ISP_MISO compile time option to the AVRISP-MKII clone project (thanks to Chuck Rohs)
+  *   - Added new Android Accessory Host demo (thanks to Opendous Inc.)
+  *
+  *  <b>Changed:</b>
+  *  - Core:
+  *   - When automatic PLL management mode is enabled on the U4 series AVR8 chips, the PLL is now configured for 48MHz and not
+  *     a divided 96MHz, to lower power consumption and to keep the system within the datasheet specs for 3.3V operation (thanks to Scott Vitale)
+  *   - Added Class, ClassDevice, ClassHost and ClassCommon to the internal class driver source filenames to prevent ambiguities
+  *   - Altered the Mass Storage Host class driver so that SCSI data STALLs from the attached device can be recovered from automatically without
+  *     having to reset the Mass Storage interface
+  *   - USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED constant renamed to USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED, as this was misnamed (thanks to NXP Semiconductors)
+  *   - Reordered board name definition indexes so that a misspelled BOARD compile option will default to BOARD_USER rather than BOARD_USBKEY
+  *   - Altered the HID class driver to only try to construct at maximum one packet per USB frame, to reduce CPU usage
+  *   - All USB Class Driver configuration struct values are now non-const, to allow for run-time modifications if required before configuring an instance
+  *  - Library Applications:
+  *   - Altered the Mass Storage Host LowLevel demo so that SCSI data STALLs from the attached device can be recovered from automatically without
+  *     having to reset the Mass Storage interface
+  *   - Updated the AVRISP-MKII Clone programmer project to be compatible with the latest version of AVR Studio (version 5.1)
+  *   - Changed the AVRISP-MKII Clone programmer project to report a fixed 3.3V VTARGET voltage on USB AVRs lacking an ADC instead of 5V to prevent
+  *     warnings in AVR Studio 5.1 when programming XMEGA devices
+  *   - Allow serial strings to be generated on the older AVR8 devices which do not explicitly state they contain unique values in the datasheet,
+  *     as this appears to be implemented in hardware
+  *
+  *  <b>Fixed:</b>
+  *  - Core:
+  *   - Fixed ring buffer size limited to 255 elements, instead of the intended 65535 elements.
+  *   - Fixed CDC class drivers not saving and sending all 16-bits of the control line states (thanks to Matthew Swabey)
+  *   - Fixed race conditions in the CDC, HID and Mass Storage class drivers when processing some control requests
+  *   - Fixed misspelled HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_* macros in the HID class driver (thanks to Laszlo Monda)
+  *   - Fixed broken AVR32 endpoint/pipe communications when ORDERED_EP_CONFIG compile time option is not enabled (thanks to Matthias Jahr)
+  *   - Fixed broken compilation for the AVR32 devices if the NO_SOF_EVENTS compile time option was not enabled (thanks to Matthias Jahr)
+  *   - Fixed compiler warning on GCC with \c -wundef compile flag is used (thanks to Georg Glock)
+  *   - Fixed incorrect implementation of LEDs_ToggleLEDs() for the Adafruit-U4 board (thanks to Caroline Saliman)
+  *   - Fixed broken compilation of LUFA under C++ compilers when the Serial peripheral module header file is included in a C++ source file
+  *   - Fixed missing semicolon in the UC3 architecture host pipe functions
+  *   - Fixed failed compilation for the XMEGA architecture if USB_DEVICE_ONLY us not specified
+  *   - Fixed UC3 architecture ignoring the pipe size when Pipe_ConfigurePipe() is called
+  *  - Library Applications:
+  *   - Added reliability patches to the AVRISP-MKII Clone project's PDI/TPI protocols (thanks to Justin Mattair)
+  *   - Fixed AVRISP-MKII Clone compile warning on AVR8 U4 targets even when NO_VTARGET_DETECT is enabled
+  *   - Fixed AVRISP-MKII Clone failing to start application firmware once a TPI programming session is exited
+  *   - Fixed DFU class bootloader not resetting the LED pins as high impedance inputs when a software jump to the user applications is requested
+  *   - Fixed AVRISP-MKII Clone timing out on long programming commands such as programming the EEPROM on an ATMEGA8 (thanks to Martin Kelling)
+  *   - Fixed invalid PID value used in the TempDataLogger project host application (thanks to Anupam Pathak)
+  *
+  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog111009 Version 111009
+  *  <b>New:</b>
+  *  - Core:
+  *   - Added USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER compile time option to include a LUFAConfig.h header in the user director for LUFA configuration
+  *     tokens as an alternative to tokens defined in the project makefile
+  *   - Added new USB_Host_SetInterfaceAltSetting() convenience function for the selection of an interface's alternative setting
+  *   - Added Audio class control request definitions
+  *   - Added new CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetEndpointProperty() callback to the Audio Device Class driver to allow for endpoint control manipulations
+  *     such as data sample rates
+  *   - Added support for the Audio class GET STATUS request in the Audio Device Class driver so that it is correctly ACKed when sent by the host
+  *   - Added new EVENT_Audio_Device_StreamStartStop() event to the Audio Device Class driver to detect stream start/stop events
+  *   - Added board driver support for the Busware TUL board
+  *   - Added board hardware driver support for the EVK1100 board
+  *   - Added board hardware driver support for the EVK1104 board
+  *   - Added new Host mode Audio Class driver
+  *   - Added new SPI_GetCurrentMode() function to the SPI peripheral driver
+  *   - Added RingBuffer_GetFreeCount() function to the Ring Buffer driver
+  *   - Added new HID_Host_SetIdlePeriod() function to the HID Host Class driver
+  *   - Added new USB_Host_ConfigurationNumber global variable to indicate the selected configuration in an attached device
+  *   - Added new USB_Host_GetDeviceStatus() function to the host standard request function set
+  *   - Added AVR USB XMEGA architecture port (currently incomplete/experimental)
+  *   - Added new STRINGIFY() and STRINGIFY_EXPANDED() convenience macros
+  *   - Added new JTAG_DISABLE() macro for the AVR8 architecture
+  *   - Added Device Qualifier standard descriptor structure definitions USB_StdDescriptor_DeviceQualifier_t and USB_Descriptor_DeviceQualifier_t
+  *  - Library Applications:
+  *   - Added RNDIS device mode to the Webserver project
+  *   - Added new incomplete AndroidAccessoryHost Host LowLevel demo
+  *   - Added new HIDReportViewer project
+  *   - Added new MediaControl project
+  *   - Added new AudioInputHost Host ClassDriver demo
+  *   - Added new AudioOutputHost Host ClassDriver demo
+  *   - Added new AudioInputHost Host LowLevel demo
+  *   - Added new AudioOutputHost Host LowLevel demo
+  *   - Added new "checksource" target to all library project makefiles
+  *   - Added new VTARGET_USE_INTERNAL_REF configuration option to the AVRISP-MKII clone project (thanks to Volker Bosch)
+  *
+  *  <b>Changed:</b>
+  *  - Core:
+  *   - Altered the definition of the USB_Audio_Descriptor_Format_t descriptor so that the user is now responsible for supplying
+  *     the supported audio sampling rates, to allow for multiple audio interfaces with different numbers of supported rates and/or
+  *     continuous sample rates
+  *   - Pipe_BoundEndpointNumber() has been renamed to Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress(), and now returns the correct endpoint direction
+  *     as part of the endpoint address
+  *   - Renamed global state variables that are specific to a certain USB mode to clearly indicate which mode the variable relates to,
+  *     by changing the USB_* prefix to USB_Device_* or USB_Host_*
+  *   - Removed the HOST_STATE_WaitForDeviceRemoval and HOST_STATE_Suspended host state machine states, as these are no longer required
+  *   - Altered the USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration() function to update the global Host state machine state and the new
+  *     USB_Host_ConfigurationNumber global as required
+  *   - Added endian correcting code to the library USB class drivers for multiple architecture support
+  *   - Removed the ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_* macros, replaced by ENDPOINT_DIR_* instead
+  *   - Renamed the JTAG_DEBUG_ASSERT() macro to JTAG_ASSERT()
+  *   - Added variable number of axis to HID_DESCRIPTOR_JOYSTICK() for multi-axis joysticks above just X and Y
+  *   - Renamed USB_Host_ClearPipeStall() to USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall() as the function works on an endpoint address within the attached device,
+  *     and not a Pipe within the host
+  *   - The MS_Host_ResetMSInterface() now performs a full Mass Storage reset sequence to prevent data corruption in the event of a device
+  *     lock up or timeout (thanks to David Lyons)
+  *   - Added endian-correction to the CDC driver's Line Encoding control request handlers.
+  *  - Library Applications:
+  *   - Modified the Low Level and Class Driver AudioInput and AudioOutput demos to support multiple audio sample rates
+  *   - Updated all host mode demos and projects to use the EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete() event callback for device configuration
+  *     instead of manual host state machine manipulations in the main application task
+  *   - Changed the reports in the GenericHID device demos to control the board LEDs, to reduce user confusion over the callback routines
+  *   - Added reliability patches to the AVRISP-MKII Clone project's ISP and PDI/TPI protocols (thanks to Justin Mattair)
+  *
+  *  <b>Fixed:</b>
+  *  - Core:
+  *   - Large number of documentation and code comment corrections (thanks to Andrey from Microsin.ru)
+  *   - Fixed possibility of the AVR's SPI interface being pulled out of master mode if the /SS pin is a input and pulled low (thanks
+  *     to Andrey from Microsin.ru)
+  *   - Fixed compile error when FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE compile time option was disabled, and a USE_*_DESCRIPTORS compile time
+  *     option was not enabled on the AVR8s
+  *   - Fixed lack of C++ compatibility in some internal header files causing compile errors when using LUFA in C++ projects
+  *   - Fixed error in the pipe unordered allocation algorithm for the AVR8 devices breaking compatibility with some devices
+  *   - Fixed USB_USBTask not being called internally in stream transfers between packets when Partial Stream Transfers are used
+  *   - Fixed swapped TWI_ADDRESS_READ and TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE values
+  *   - Fixed TWI_ReadPacket() not releasing the TWI bus on read completion
+  *   - Fixed optimization error in the HID Parser item value USB_SetHIDReportItemInfo() and USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo() routines if the report item was
+  *     \c NULL (which should be allowable according to the API)
+  *   - Fixed HID Parser CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem() callback function not being passed a cacheable report item pointer
+  *   - Fixed HID Parser's largest report size bit count not including the size of the last parsed report item
+  *   - Fixed HID host driver's largest HID report size count corrupt when the number of report bits exceeds 255
+  *  - Library Applications:
+  *   - Fixed incorrect signature in the CDC and DFU class bootloaders for the ATMEGA8U2
+  *   - Fixed KeyboardHost and KeyboardHostWithParser demos displaying incorrect values when numerical keys were pressed
+  *   - Fixed compile errors in the incomplete BluetoothHost demo application (thanks to Timo Lindfors)
+  *   - Fixed incorrect Dataflash buffer use in the DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM() function of several demos/projects (thanks to Jeremy Willden)
+  *   - Fixed incorrect logging interval (always 500ms longer than requested) in the TempDataLogger project
+  *   - Fixed incorrect buffer size check in the USBtoSerial project (thanks to Yuri A Nikiforov)
+  *   - Fixed port state table corruption in the TCP layer of the RNDIS Ethernet device demos
+  *
+  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog110528 Version 110528
+  *  <b>New:</b>
+  *  - Core:
+  *   - Added new ORDERED_EP_CONFIG compile time option to restrict endpoint/pipe configuration to ascending order
+  *     in exchange for a smaller compiled program binary size
+  *   - Added a new general RingBuff.h miscellaneous ring buffer library driver header
+  *   - Added new GCC_FORCE_POINTER_ACCESS() macro to correct GCC's mishandling of struct pointer accesses
+  *   - Added new GCC_MEMORY_BARRIER() macro to prevent instruction reordering across boundaries
+  *   - Added basic driver example use code to the library documentation
+  *   - Added new Endpoint_Null_Stream() and Pipe_Null_Stream() functions
+  *   - Added new ADC_GET_CHANNEL_MASK() convenience macro
+  *   - Added new HID report item macros (with HID_RI_ prefix) to allow for easy creation and editing of HID report descriptors
+  *   - Added new HID_DESCRIPTOR_MOUSE(), HID_DESCRIPTOR_KEYBOARD(), HID_DESCRIPTOR_JOYSTICK() and HID_DESCRIPTOR_VENDOR() macros
+  *     for easy automatic creation of basic USB HID device reports
+  *   - Added new MAX() and MIN() convenience macros
+  *   - Added new Serial_SendData() function to the Serial driver
+  *   - Added board driver support for the Sparkfun ATMEGA8U2 breakout board
+  *   - Added TWI baud rate prescaler and bit length parameters to the TWI_Init() function (thanks to Thomas Herlinghaus)
+  *   - Internal restructuring for eventual multiple architecture ports
+  *   - Added AVR32 UC3 architecture port (currently incomplete/experimental)
+  *   - Added new architecture independent functions to enable, disable, save and restore the Global Interrupt Enable flags
+  *   - Added new RNDIS Device Class Driver packet send and receive functions
+  *  - Library Applications:
+  *   - Added ability to write protect Mass Storage disk write operations from the host OS
+  *   - Added new MIDIToneGenerator project
+  *   - Added new KeyboardMouseMultiReport Device ClassDriver demo
+  *   - Added new VirtualSerialMassStorage Device ClassDriver demo
+  *   - Added HID class bootloader, compatible with a modified version of the command line Teensy loader from PJRC.com
+  *   - Added LED flashing to the CDC and DFU class bootloaders to indicate when they are running
+  *
+  *  <b>Changed:</b>
+  *  - Core:
+  *   - Unordered Endpoint/Pipe configuration is now allowed once again by default via the previous reconfig workaround
+  *   - Refactored Host mode Class Driver *_Host_ConfigurePipes() routines to be more space efficient when compiled
+  *   - Added new *_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed error codes for the *_Host_ConfigurePipes() routines
+  *   - The USARTStream global is now public and documented in the SerialStream module, allowing for the serial USART
+  *     stream to be accessed via its handle rather than via the implicit stdout and stdin streams
+  *   - The FAST_STREAM_TRANSFERS compile time option has been removed due to lack of use and low cost/benefit ratio
+  *   - Altered all endpoint/pipe stream transfers so that the new BytesProcessed parameter now points to a location
+  *     where the number of bytes in the transfer that have been completed can be stored (or NULL if entire transaction
+  *     should be performed in one chunk)
+  *   - The NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS compile time option has now been removed due to the new partial stream transfer feature
+  *   - Changed over all project and demo HID report descriptors to use the new HID report item macros
+  *   - Moved the HIDParser.c source file to the LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/ directory from the LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/
+  *   - Added support to the HID parser for extended USAGE items that contain the usage page as well as the usage index
+  *   - Removed the SerialStream driver, rolled functionality into the regular Serial peripheral driver via the new
+  *     Serial_CreateStream() and Serial_CreateBlockingStream() functions
+  *   - Renamed the low level Serial byte send/receive functions, to be consistent with the CDC class driver byte functions
+  *   - Altered the behaviour of the serial byte reception function so that is is non-blocking, and now returns a negative
+  *     value if no character is received (to remain consistent with the CDC class driver byte reception routines)
+  *   - Renamed the PRNT_Host_SendString(), CDC_Host_SendString() and CDC_Device_SendString() functions to *_SendData(), and
+  *     added new versions of the *_SendString() routines that expect a null terminated string instead
+  *   - Renamed all driver termination *_ShutDown() functions to the more logical name *_Disable()
+  *   - Reduced latency for executing the Start-Of-Frame events (if enabled in the user application)
+  *   - Removed Pipe_ClearErrorFlags(), pipe error flags are now automatically cleared when Pipe_ClearError() is called
+  *   - Endpoint_ResetFIFO() renamed to Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(), to be consistent with the Pipe_ResetPipe() function name
+  *   - Implemented on-demand PLL clock generation for the U4, U6 and U7 series USB AVRs when automatic PLL mode is specified
+  *   - F_CLOCK changed to F_USB to be more descriptive, and applicable on future architecture ports
+  *   - Renamed all low level Endpoint_Read_*, Endpoint_Write_* and Endpoint_Discard_* functions to use the number of bits instead of
+  *     a symbolic size (Byte, Word, DWord) so that the function names are applicable and correct across all architectures
+  *   - Renamed all low level Pipe_Read_*, Pipe_Write_* and Pipe_Discard_* functions to use the number of bits instead of
+  *     a symbolic size (Byte, Word, DWord) so that the function names are applicable and correct across all architectures
+  *   - Separated out board drivers by architecture in the library internals for better organisation
+  *  - Library Applications:
+  *   - Changed the XPLAINBridge software UART to use the regular timer CTC mode instead of the alternative CTC mode
+  *     via the Input Capture register, to reduce user confusion
+  *   - Combined page and word ISP programming mode code in the AVRISP-MKII clone project to reduce compiled size and
+  *     increase maintainability of the code
+  *   - Changed over library projects to use the new general ring buffer library driver module
+  *   - Added new high level TWI packet read/write commands, altered behaviour of the TWI_StartTransmission() function
+  *   - Changed TempDataLogger project's DS1307 driver to simplify the function interface and prevent a possible race condition
+  *   - Changed AVRISP-MKII project to use the Watchdog interrupt for command timeouts, to reduce CPU usage and free timer 0
+  *     for other uses
+  *   - Updated the software USART code in the XPLAIN Bridge application so that the incoming bits are sampled at their mid-point
+  *     instead of starting point, to give maximum reliability (thanks to Anton Staaf)
+  *
+  *  <b>Fixed:</b>
+  *  - Core:
+  *   - Fixed broken USBFOO board drivers due to missing BOARD_USBFOO define
+  *   - Fixed HID host class driver incorrectly binding to HID devices that do not have an OUT endpoint
+  *   - Fixed incorrect definition of the HID_KEYBOARD_SC_D constant in the HID class driver (thanks to Opendous Inc.)
+  *   - Fixed incorrect definition of the HID_KEYBOARD_SC_RIGHT_ARROW constant in the HID class driver (thanks to Joby Taffey)
+  *   - Fixed incorrect endpoint initialisation order in the several device demos (thanks to Rick Drolet)
+  *   - Fixed inverted Minimus board LEDs
+  *   - Fixed incorrect byte ordering in the Audio_Device_WriteSample24 function (thanks to WZab)
+  *   - Fixed several functions in the Host mode Still Image Class driver returning an error code from the incorrect
+  *     error code enum (thanks to Daniel Seibert)
+  *   - Fixed ReportID not being removed from the feature/out report data array in the HID class driver when Report IDs are used
+  *   - Fixed incorrect BUTTONS_BUTTON1 definition for the Minimus board
+  *   - Fixed Still Image Host class driver exiting the descriptor search routine prematurely if the data pipes (but not event pipe)
+  *     is found
+  *   - Fixed missing call to Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests() in the Pipe_ConfigurePipe() routine
+  *   - Fixed Remote Wakeup broken on the AVRs due to the mechanism only operating when the SUSPI bit is set (thanks to Holger Steinhaus)
+  *   - Fixed possible invalid program execution when in host mode if corrupt descriptor lengths are supplied by the attached device
+  *  - Library Applications:
+  *   - Fixed Benito project discarding incoming data from the USB virtual serial port when the USART is busy
+  *   - Fixed broken DFU bootloader, added XPLAIN support for bootloader start when XCK jumpered to ground
+  *   - Fixed broken HID_REQ_GetReport request handler in the Low Level GenericHID demo
+  *   - Fixed possible lost data in the XPLAINBridge, USBtoSerial and Benito projects when the host exceeds the packet
+  *     timeout period on received packets as set by USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS (thanks to Justin Rajewski)
+  *   - Fixed possible programming problem in the AVRISP-MKII clone project when programming specific patterns into a target
+  *     memory space that is only byte (not page) addressable
+  *   - Fixed errors in the incomplete Test and Measurement device demo preventing proper operation (thanks to Pavel Plotnikov)
+  *   - Fixed programming errors in the AVRISP-MKII project when the programming packet is a round multiple of the endpoint bank
+  *     size under avrdude (thanks to Steffan Woltjer)
+  *
+  *
+  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog101122 Version 101122
+  *  <b>New:</b>
+  *  - Core:
+  *    - Added new SCSI_ASENSE_NOT_READY_TO_READY_CHANGE constant to the Mass Storage class driver, to indicate when a previously
+  *      not ready removable medium has now become ready for the host's use (thanks to Martin Degelsegger)
+  *    - Moved the Pipe and Endpoint stream related code to two new USB library core source files EndpointStream.c and PipeStream.c
+  *    - Added new USB_Device_GetFrameNumber() and USB_Host_GetFrameNumber() functions to retrieve the current USB frame number
+  *    - Added new USB_Host_EnableSOFEvents(), USB_Host_DisableSOFEvents() and EVENT_USB_Host_StartOfFrame() for the user application
+  *      handling of USB Start of Frame events while in USB Host mode
+  *    - Added new PRNT_Host_BytesReceived(), PRNT_Host_ReceiveByte(), PRNT_Host_SendByte() and PRNT_Host_Flush() functions to the
+  *      Print Host Class driver
+  *    - Added class specific descriptor alternative struct type defines with standard USB-IF element naming
+  *    - Added new project makefile template to the library and moved board driver stub files into in a new "CodeTemplates" directory
+  *    - Added board hardware driver support for the Adafruit U4 breakout board
+  *    - Added board hardware driver support for the Arduino Uno development board
+  *    - Added board hardware driver support for the Blackcat USB JTAG board (thanks to the PSGroove team)
+  *    - Added board hardware driver support for the Busware BUI development board
+  *    - Added board hardware driver support for the Busware CUL V3 868MHZ radio board (thanks to Dirk Tostmann)
+  *    - Added board hardware driver support for the Kernel Concepts USBFOO development board
+  *    - Added board hardware driver support for the Linnix UDIP development board
+  *    - Added board hardware driver support for the Olimex AVR-USB-162 development board (thanks to Steve Fawcett)
+  *    - Added board hardware driver support for the Maximus board (thanks to the PSGroove team)
+  *    - Added board hardware driver support for the Microsin AVR-USB162 breakout board
+  *    - Added board hardware driver support for the Minimus board (thanks to the PSGroove team)
+  *    - Added new NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH compile time option to disable automatic flushing of interfaces when the USB management
+  *      tasks for each driver is called
+  *    - Added standard keyboard HID report scan-code defines (thanks to Laszlo Monda)
+  *    - Added new Pipe_GetBusyBanks(), Endpoint_GetBusyBanks() and Endpoint_AbortPendingIN() functions
+  *  - Library Applications:
+  *    - Added default test tone generation mode to the Device mode AudioInput demos
+  *    - Added new NO_BLOCK_SUPPORT, NO_EEPROM_BYTE_SUPPORT, NO_FLASH_BYTE_SUPPORT and NO_LOCK_BYTE_WRITE_SUPPORT compile time options to the
+  *      CDC class bootloader
+  *    - Added new XCK_RESCUE_CLOCK_ENABLE compile time option to the AVRISP-MKII clone programmer project (thanks to Tom Light)
+  *
+  *  <b>Changed:</b>
+  *  - Core:
+  *    - Removed complicated logic for the Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint() function to use inlined or function called versions
+  *      depending of if the given bank size is a compile time constant, as the compiler does a better job of optimizing
+  *      with basic code
+  *    - Changed the signature of the CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor() callback function so that the descriptor pointer is const, to remove
+  *      the need for extra casting inside the callback (thanks to Jonathan Kollasch)
+  *    - Reduced HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS to 1000ms down from 1500ms to improve device compatibility while in USB Host mode
+  *    - Removed the EVENT_USB_InitFailure() event, not specifying a USB mode correctly now defaults to UID selection mode
+  *    - Renamed and moved class driver common constant definitions to make the naming scheme more uniform
+  *    - Moved the USB mode specifier constants into a new enum, so that they are semantically related to one another
+  *    - Renamed ENDPOINT_DOUBLEBANK_SUPPORTED() to ENDPOINT_BANKS_SUPPORTED() and changed it to return the maximum number of supported banks for
+  *      the given endpoint
+  *    - Better algorithm to extract and convert the internal device serial number into a string descriptor (if present)
+  *    - All USB class drivers are now automatically included when LUFA/Drivers/USB.h is included, and no longer need to be separately included
+  *    - The MIDI class drivers now automatically flushes the MIDI interface when the MIDI class driver's USBTask() function is called
+  *    - Renamed the EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest() event to EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() as it is now fired before the library
+  *      request handlers, not afterwards
+  *  - Library Applications:
+  *    - Changed over all device demos to use a clearer algorithm for the configuring of the application's endpoints
+  *    - Added missing DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation() function to the MassStorageKeyboard demo, removed redundant
+  *      SCSI_Codes.h file as these values are part of the MassStorage Class Driver
+  *    - Added compile time error to the AVRISP-MKII project when built for the U4 chips, as the default VTARGET detection ADC channel
+  *      does not exist on these chips (thanks to Marco)
+  *    - Changed all Device mode LowLevel demos and Device Class drivers so that the control request is acknowledged and any data
+  *      transferred as quickly as possible without any processing in between sections, so that long callbacks or event handlers will
+  *      not break communications with the host by exceeding the maximum control request stage timeout period
+  *    - Changed over all demos, drivers and internal functions to use the current frame number over the Start of Frame flag where possible
+  *      to free up the Start of Frame flag for interrupt use in the user application
+  *    - All project makefiles now correctly clean intermediate build files from assembly and C++ sources (thanks to Daniel Czigany)
+  *    - Changed default value for the reset polarity parameter in the AVRISP-MKII project so that it defaults to active low drive
+  *    - Changed configuration descriptor parser for all host mode projects and class drivers to ensure better compatibility with devices
+  *    - All LowLevel demos changed to use the constants and types defined in the USB class drivers
+  *    - Changed AudioInput and AudioOutput demos to reload the next sample via an interrupt rather than polling the sample timer
+  *    - Rescue clock of the AVRISP-MKII moved to the AVR's OCR1A pin, so that the clock can be generated at all times
+  *    - Changed ClassDriver MIDI demos to process all incoming events in a loop until the bank becomes empty rather than one at a time
+  *    - Changed LowLevel MIDI demos to only clear the incoming event bank once it has become empty to support packed event packets
+  *
+  *  <b>Fixed:</b>
+  *  - Core:
+  *    - Fixed USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo() function modifying the given report item's data when the report item does not exist
+  *      within the supplied report of a multiple report HID device
+  *    - Fixed critical pipe/endpoint memory allocation issue where the bank memory address space could be silently overlapped
+  *      in the USB controller if the endpoints or pipes were allocated in anything other than ascending order (thanks to Martin Degelsegger)
+  *    - Added LEDs_ToggleLEDs() function to several board LED drivers which were missing it (thanks to Andrei Krainev)
+  *    - Fixed SET FEATURE and CLEAR FEATURE control requests directed at an unconfigured endpoint causing request timeouts
+  *    - Fixed USB_Host_ClearPipeStall() incorrectly determining the endpoint direction from the currently selected pipe
+  *    - Fixed JTAG_DEBUG_POINT() and JTAG_DEBUG_BREAK() macros not compiling under pure C99 standards mode
+  *    - Fixed endpoint selection within the CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport() callback function causing broken GET REPORT requests
+  *    - Fixed incorrect command name for EEPROM memory programming in the makefile dfu-ee target
+  *    - Fixed incorrect LEDs_ChangeLEDs() function in the Benito board LED driver
+  *    - Fixed incorrect USB_DeviceState value when unconfiguring the device without an address set
+  *    - Fixed SPI driver not explicitly setting /SS and MISO pins as inputs when SPI_Init() is called
+  *    - Fixed random enumeration failure while in device mode due to interrupts causing the Set Address request to exceed maximum timings
+  *    - Fixed MIDI_Host_Flush() not aborting early when the specified MIDI host interface was not configured
+  *    - Fixed MIDI class driver send routines silently discarding packets if the endpoint or pipe is busy (thanks to Robin Green)
+  *  - Library Applications:
+  *    - Fixed MassStorage based demos and projects resetting the SCSI sense values before the command is executed, leading to
+  *      missed SCSI sense values when the host retrieves the sense key (thanks to Martin Degelsegger)
+  *    - Fixed USBtoSerial and Benito project SetLineEncoding calls failing if the USART is busy, due to the RX ISR delaying the control
+  *      request handler
+  *    - Fixed LowLevel PrinterHost demo not sending control requests to the attached printer with the correct printer interface wIndex value
+  *    - Fixed incorrect signature reported in the CDC class bootloader for the ATMEGA32U2
+  *    - Fixed BootloaderCDC project failing on some operating systems due to removed Line Encoding options (thanks to Alexey Belyaev)
+  *    - Fixed broken FLASH/EEPROM programming in the AVRISP-MKII clone project when writing in non-paged mode and the polling byte cannot be used
+  *    - Fixed ISR definition conflict in the XPLAIN bridge between the software UART and the AVRISP-MKII ISP modules
+  *    - Fixed USBtoSerial and XPLAINBridge demos discarding data from the PC if the send buffer becomes full
+  *    - Fixed broken input in the MagStripe reader project due to an incorrect HID report descriptor
+  *    - Fixed incorrect PollingIntervalMS values in the demo/project/bootloader endpoint descriptors (thanks to MCS Electronics)
+  *    - Fixed AVRISP-MKII clone project not starting the target's program automatically after exiting TPI programming mode
+  *
+  *
+  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog100807 Version 100807
+  *  <b>New:</b>
+  *  - Added new ADC_DisableChannel() function (thanks to Mich Davis)
+  *  - Added new VTARGET_REF_VOLTS and VTARGET_SCALE_FACTOR compile time defines to the AVRISP-MKII programmer project to set
+  *    the VTARGET reference voltage and scale factor
+  *  - Added new pgm_read_ptr() macro to Common.h for reading of pointers out of flash memory space
+  *  - Added new SWAPENDIAN_16() and SWAPENDIAN_32() macros to Common.h for statically initialized variables at compile time
+  *  - Added new Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Device.c file to house Device mode specific functions that are more complicated than simple macros
+  *  - Added new AVRStudio 4 project files for all library demos, projects and bootloaders
+  *  - Added ability to set the serial baud rate via the user's terminal in the XPLAINBridge project
+  *  - Added new LUFA module variables for the different source modules in the core library makefile to simplify project makefiles
+  *  - Added start of a new Test and Measurement class demo (thanks to Peter Lawrence)
+  *  - Added new SPI_ORDER_* data order masks to the SPI peripheral driver
+  *  - Added support to the AVRISP-MKII project for ISP speeds slower than 125KHz via a new software SPI driver
+  *  - Added support for the new button/LED on the latest model USBTINY-MKII
+  *
+  *  <b>Changed:</b>
+  *  - The RingBuff library code has been replaced in the XPLAINBridge, Benito and USBtoSerial projects with an ultra lightweight
+  *    ring buffer to help improve the reliability of the projects
+  *  - The EEPROM stream read/write functions now use eeprom_update_byte() instead of eeprom_write_byte(), so that only
+  *    changed bytes are written to EEPROM to preserve its lifespan
+  *  - Changed over the AVRISP-MKII and TemperatureDataLogger projects to use eeprom_update_byte() when writing non-volatile
+  *    parameters to EEPROM to preserve its lifespan
+  *  - Removed unused line encoding data and control requests from the CDC Bootloader code, to save space
+  *  - Renamed SERIAL_STREAM_ASSERT() macro to STDOUT_ASSERT()
+  *  - The USB_Device_IsRemoteWakeupSent() and USB_Device_IsUSBSuspended() macros have been deleted, as they are now obsolete
+  *  - Rewrote the implementation of the SwapEndian_16() and SwapEndian_32() functions so that they compile down in most instances to
+  *    minimal loads and stores rather than complicated shifts
+  *  - The software UART in the XPLAINBridge has been largely altered to try to improve upon its performance and reliability
+  *  - The USBtoSerial and Benito projects now flushes received data via a flush timer, so that several bytes can be transmitted at once
+  *  - Removed the automated checking of event names in the demo, project and bootloader makefiles due to inconsistencies between the
+  *    behaviour of the command line tools used to perform the check on each platform
+  *  - Internal USB driver source files renamed and moved to ease future possible architecture ports
+  *  - All internal pseudo-function macros have been converted to true inline functions for type-safety and readability
+  *  - Changed LED indicator masks for the AVRISP-MKII project, so that there are defined roles for each LED
+  *  - Altered the CDC Device and Host Class drivers' receive byte routines, so that no data is indicated by the function returning a
+  *    negative value (thanks to Andreas Paulin)
+  *  - Added auto flushing of OUT data to the CDC Host Class driver's USBTask function to automatically flush the send pipe buffer
+  *
+  *  <b>Fixed:</b>
+  *  - Fixed AVRISP project sending a LOAD EXTENDED ADDRESS command to 128KB AVRs after programming or reading from
+  *    the last page of FLASH (thanks to Gerard Sexton)
+  *  - Fixed AVRISP project not sending a full erase-and-write EEPROM command to XMEGA targets when writing to the EEPROM
+  *    instead of the split write-only command (thanks to Tim Margush)
+  *  - Fixed RNDISEthernet demos crashing when calculating checksums for Ethernet/TCP packets of more than ~500 bytes due to
+  *    an overflow in the checksum calculation loop (thanks to Kevin Malec)
+  *  - Fixed XPLAINBridge project not correctly reading the XMEGA's supply voltage when reporting back to the host
+  *  - Fixed incorrect signature for the ATMEGA32U2 in the DFU bootloader (thanks to Axel Rohde)
+  *  - Fixed internal device serial not being accessible on the ATMEGAXXU2 AVRs (thanks to Axel Rohde)
+  *  - Fixed void pointer arithmetic in ConfigDescriptor.h breaking C++ compatibility (thanks to Michael Hennebry)
+  *  - Fixed broken PDI EEPROM Section Erase functionality in the AVRISP-MKII project
+  *  - Fixed USB_Device_SendRemoteWakeup() not working when the USB clock was frozen during USB bus suspend (thanks to Brian Dickman)
+  *  - Fixed occasional lockup of the AVRISP project due to the timeout extension code incorrectly extending the timeout in
+  *    PDI and TPI programming modes infinitely
+  *  - Fixed HID device class driver still using PrevReportINBuffer for GetReport control requests even when it has been
+  *    set to NULL by the user application (thanks to Axel Rohde)
+  *  - Fixed MIDI_Device_SendEventPacket() not correctly waiting for the endpoint to become ready (thanks to Robin Green)
+  *  - Fixed Benito and USBtoSerial projects not turning off the USART before reconfiguring it, which could cause incorrect
+  *    operation to occur (thanks to Bob Paddock)
+  *  - Fixed Serial peripheral driver not turning off the USART before reconfiguring it, which would cause incorrect operation
+  *    to occur (thanks to Bob Paddock)
+  *  - Fixed software application start command broken in the DFU class bootloader when dfu-programmer is used due to application
+  *    start address corruption
+  *
+  *
+  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog100513 Version 100513
+  *  <b>New:</b>
+  *  - Added incomplete MIDIToneGenerator project
+  *  - Added new Relay Controller Board project (thanks to OBinou)
+  *  - Added board hardware driver support for the Teensy, USBTINY MKII, Benito and JM-DB-U2 lines of third party USB AVR boards
+  *  - Added new ATTR_NO_INIT variable attribute for global variables that should not be automatically cleared on startup
+  *  - Added new ENDPOINT_*_BusSuspended error code to the Endpoint function, so that the stream functions early-abort if the bus
+  *    is suspended before or during a transfer
+  *  - Added new EVENT_CDC_Device_BreakSent() event and CDC_Host_SendBreak() function to the Device and Host CDC Class drivers
+  *  - Added ReportType parameter to the HID device class driver CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport() function so that FEATURE
+  *    reports from the host to the device can be correctly processed
+  *  - Added ReportType parameter to the HID host class driver HID_Host_SendReportByID() function so that FEATURE reports can be
+  *    issued to the attached device
+  *
+  *  <b>Changed:</b>
+  *  - AVRISP programmer project now has a more robust timeout system
+  *  - Added a timeout value to the TWI_StartTransmission() function, within which the addressed device must respond
+  *  - Webserver project now uses the board LEDs to indicate the current IP configuration state
+  *  - Added ENABLE_TELNET_SERVER compile time option to the Webserver project to disable the TELNET server if desired
+  *  - Increased throughput of the USBtoSerial demo on systems that send multiple bytes per packet (thanks to Opendous Inc.)
+  *  - Double bank CDC endpoints in the XPLAIN Bridge project, re-enable JTAG once the mode selection pin has been sampled.
+  *  - Standardized the naming scheme given to configuration descriptor sub-elements in the Device mode demos, bootloaders
+  *    and projects
+  *  - All Class Driver Host mode demos now correctly set the board LEDs to READY once the enumeration process has completed
+  *  - Added LIBUSB_FILTERDRV_COMPAT compile time option to the AVRISP programmer project to make the code compatible with Windows
+  *    builds of avrdude at the expense of AVRStudio compatibility
+  *  - Removed two-step endpoint/pipe bank clear and switch sequence for smaller, faster endpoint/pipe code
+  *  - The USB_Init() function no longer calls sei() - the user is now responsible for enabling interrupts when they are ready
+  *    for them to be enabled (thanks to Andrei Krainev)
+  *  - The Audio_Device_IsSampleReceived() and Audio_Device_IsReadyForNextSample() functions are now inline, to reduce overhead
+  *  - Removed the cast to uint16_t on the set baud rate in the USBtoSerial project, so that the higher >1M baud rates can be
+  *    selected (thanks to Steffan Woltjer)
+  *  - Removed software PDI and TPI emulation from the AVRISP-MKII clone project as it was very buggy and slow - PDI and TPI must
+  *    now be implemented via separate programming headers
+  *  - The CDC class bootloader now uses a watchdog reset rather than a soft-reset when exited to ensure that all hardware is
+  *    properly reset to their defaults
+  *  - Device mode class driver callbacks are now fired before the control request status stage is sent to prevent the host from
+  *    timing out if another request is immediately fired and the device has a lengthy callback routine
+  *  - The TeensyHID bootloader has been removed, per request from Paul at PJRC
+  *  - The LIBUSB_FILTERDRV_COMPAT compile time option in the XPLAINBridge and AVRISP-MKII projects has been renamed
+  *    LIBUSB_DRIVER_COMPAT, as it applies to all software on all platforms using the libUSB driver
+  *
+  *  <b>Fixed:</b>
+  *  - Fixed possible device lockup when INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT is enabled and the control endpoint is not properly
+  *    selected when the ISR completes
+  *  - Fixed AVRISP-MKII clone project not correctly issuing LOAD EXTENDED ADDRESS commands when the extended address
+  *    boundary is crossed during programming or read back (thanks to Gerard Sexton)
+  *  - Fixed warnings when building the AVRISP-MKII clone project with the ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL compile time option disabled
+  *  - Fixed software PDI/TPI programming mode in the AVRISP project not correctly toggling just the clock pin
+  *  - Fixed TWI_StartTransmission() corrupting the contents of the GPIOR0 register
+  *  - Fixed TWI driver not aborting when faced with no response after attempting to address a device on the bus
+  *  - Fixed ADC routines not correctly returning the last result when multiple channels were read
+  *  - Fixed ADC routines failing to read the extended channels (Channels 8 to 13, Internal Temperature Sensor) on the
+  *    U4 series USB AVR parts
+  *  - Fixed LowLevel MassStorage demo broken on the U2 series USB AVRs due to unsupported double-banked endpoint modes used
+  *  - Fixed compilation error in the AudioInput demos when MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL is defined (thanks to C. Scott Ananian)
+  *  - Fixed incorrect definition of HID_ALIGN_DATA() causing incorrect HID report item data alignment
+  *  - Fixed Still Image Host class driver not resetting the transaction ID when a new session is opened, fixed driver not sending
+  *    a valid session ID to the device
+  *  - Removed invalid dfu and flip related targets from the bootloaders - bootloaders can only be replaced with an external programmer
+  *  - Fixed Set/Clear Feature requests directed to a non-configured endpoint not returning a stall to the host
+  *  - Fixed HID Device Class Driver not allocating a temporary buffer when the host requests a report via the control endpoint and the
+  *    user has set the PrevReportINBuffer driver configuration element to NULL (thanks to Lars Noschinski)
+  *  - Fixed device state not being reset to DEVICE_STATE_Default if the host sets a 0x00 device address
+  *  - Fixed device not stalling configuration requests before the device's address has been set
+  *  - Fixed possibility of internal signature retrieval being corrupted if an interrupt occurs during a signature byte
+  *    read (thanks to Andrei Krainev)
+  *  - Fixed device state not being reset back to the default state if the host sets the address to 0
+  *  - Fixed Set Configuration requests not being stalled until the host has set the device's address
+  *  - Fixed Host mode HID class driver not sending the correct report type when HID_Host_SendReportByID() was called and the
+  *    HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY compile time option is set
+  *  - Fixed INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT compile time option preventing other interrupts from occurring while the control endpoint
+  *    request is being processed, causing possible lockups if a USB interrupt occurs during a transfer
+  *  - Remove incorrect Abstract Call Management class specific descriptor from the CDC demos, bootloaders and projects
+  *
+  *
+  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog100219 Version 100219
+  *
+  *  <b>New:</b>
+  *  - Added TPI programming support for 6-pin ATTINY devices to the AVRISP programmer project (thanks to Tom Light)
+  *  - Added command timeout counter to the AVRISP project so that the device no longer freezes when incorrectly connected
+  *    to a target
+  *  - Added new TemperatureDataLogger application, a USB data logger which writes to the device's dataflash and appears to
+  *    the host as a standard Mass Storage device when inserted
+  *  - Added MIDI event packing support to the MIDI Device and Host mode Class drivers, allowing for multiple MIDI events to
+  *    sent or received in packed form in a single USB packet
+  *  - Added new MIDI send buffer flush routines to the MIDI Device and Host mode Class drivers, to flush packed events
+  *  - Added master mode hardware TWI driver for easy TWI peripheral control
+  *  - Added ADC MUX masks for the standard ADC input channels on all AVR models with an ADC, altered demos to use these masks
+  *    as on some models, the channel number is not identical to its single-ended ADC MUX mask
+  *  - New Webserver project, a RNDIS host USB webserver using the open source uIP TCP/IP network stack and FatFS library
+  *  - New BOARD value option BOARD_NONE (equivalent to not specifying BOARD) which will remove all board hardware drivers which
+  *    do not adversely affect the code operation (currently only the LEDs driver)
+  *  - Added keyboard modifier masks (HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFER_*) and LED report masks (KEYBOARD_LED_*) to the HID class driver and
+  *    Keyboard demos
+  *  - Added .5MHz recovery clock to the AVRISP programmer project when in ISP programming mode to correct mis-set fuses
+  *
+  *  <b>Changed:</b>
+  *  - Slowed down software USART carried PDI programming in the AVRISP project to prevent transmission errors
+  *  - Renamed the AVRISP project folder to AVRISP-MKII to reduce confusion
+  *  - Renamed the RESET_LINE_* makefile tokens in the AVRISP MKII Project to AUX_LINE_*, as they are not always used for target
+  *    reset
+  *  - Changed over the MassStorageKeyboard Class driver device demo to use Start of Frame events rather than a timer to keep track
+  *    of elapsed milliseconds
+  *  - Inlined currently unused (but standardized) maintenance functions in the Device and Host Class drivers to save space
+  *  - The XPLAINBridge project now selects between a USB to Serial bridge and a PDI programmer on startup, reading the JTAG port's
+  *    TDI pin to determine which mode to use
+  *  - Removed the stream example code from the Low Level VirtualSerial demos, as they were buggy and only served to add clutter
+  *
+  *  <b>Fixed:</b>
+  *  - Fixed AVRISP project not able to enter programming mode when ISP protocol is used
+  *  - Fixed AVRISP PDI race condition where the guard time between direction changes could be interpreted as a start bit
+  *  - Fixed ADC_IsReadingComplete() returning an inverted result
+  *  - Fixed blocking CDC streams not aborting when the host is disconnected
+  *  - Fixed XPLAIN board Dataflash driver broken due to incorrect preprocessor commands
+  *  - Fixed inverted XPLAIN LED driver output (LED turned on when it was supposed to be turned off, and vice-versa)
+  *  - Fixed Class Driver struct interface numbers in the KeyboardMouse and VirtualSerialMouse demos (thanks to Renaud Cerrato)
+  *  - Fixed invalid USB controller PLL prescaler values for the ATMEGAxxU2 controllers
+  *  - Fixed lack of support for the ATMEGA32U2 in the DFU and CDC class bootloaders
+  *  - Fixed Benito project not resetting the target AVR automatically when programming has completed
+  *  - Fixed DFU bootloader programming not discarding the correct number of filler bytes from the host when non-aligned programming
+  *    ranges are specified (thanks to Thomas Bleeker)
+  *  - Fixed CDC and RNDIS host demos and class drivers - bidirectional endpoints should use two separate pipes, not one half-duplex pipe
+  *  - Fixed Pipe_IsEndpointBound() not taking the endpoint's direction into account
+  *  - Fixed EEPROM and FLASH ISP programming in the AVRISP project
+  *  - Fixed incorrect values of USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED and USB_CONFIG_ATTR_REMOTEWAKEUP tokens (thanks to Claus Christensen)
+  *  - Fixed SerialStream driver blocking while waiting for characters to be received instead of returning EOF
+  *  - Fixed SerialStream driver not setting stdin to the created serial stream (thanks to Mike Alexander)
+  *  - Fixed USB_GetHIDReportSize() returning the number of bits in the specified report instead of bytes
+  *  - Fixed AVRISP project not extending the command delay after each successful page/word/byte program
+  *  - Fixed accuracy of the SERIAL_UBBRVAL() and SERIAL_2X_UBBRVAL() macros for higher baud rates (thanks to Renaud Cerrato)
+  *
+  *
+  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog091223 Version 091223
+  *
+  *  <b>New:</b>
+  *  - Added activity LED indicators to the AVRISP project to indicate when the device is busy processing a command
+  *  - The USB target family and allowable USB mode tokens are now public and documented (USB_CAN_BE_*, USB_SERIES_*_AVR)
+  *  - Added new XPLAIN USB to Serial Bridge project (thanks to John Steggall for initial proof-of-concept, David Prentice
+  *    and Peter Danneger for revised software USART code)
+  *  - Added new RNDIS Ethernet Host LowLevel demo
+  *  - Added new RNDIS Ethernet Host Class Driver
+  *  - Added new RNDIS Ethernet Host ClassDriver demo
+  *  - Added CDC_Host_Flush() function to the CDC Host Class driver to flush sent data to the attached device
+  *  - Added PDI programming support for XMEGA devices to the AVRISP programmer project (thanks to Justin Mattair)
+  *  - Added support for the XPLAIN board Dataflash, with new XPLAIN_REV1 board target for the different Dataflash used
+  *    on the first revision boards compared to the one mounted on later revisions
+  *  - Added new HID_ALIGN_DATA() macro to return the pre-retrieved value of a HID report item, left-aligned to a given datatype
+  *  - Added new PreviousValue to the HID Report Parser report item structure, for easy monitoring of previous report item values
+  *  - Added new EVK527 board target
+  *  - Added new USB_Host_GetDeviceStringDescriptor() convenience function
+  *  - Added new LEDNotification project to the library, to give a visual LED notification on new events from the host
+  *  - Added new NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP and NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER compile time options
+  *
+  *  <b>Changed:</b>
+  *  - Removed code in the Keyboard demos to send zeroed reports between two reports with differing numbers of key codes
+  *    as this relied on non-standard OS driver behaviour to repeat key groups
+  *  - The SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t and SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t type defines are now part of the Mass Storage Class
+  *    driver common defines, rather than being defined in the Host mode Class driver section only
+  *  - The USB_MODE_HOST token is now defined even when host mode is not available
+  *  - The CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport() HID Device Class driver callback now has a new ReportType parameter to
+  *    indicate the report type to generate
+  *  - All Class Drivers now return false or the "DeviceDisconnected" error code of their respective error enums when a function
+  *    is called when no host/device is connected where possible
+  *  - The HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnect enum value has been renamed to HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected to be in line
+  *    with the rest of the library error codes
+  *  - Make MIDI device demos also turn off the on board LEDs if MIDI Note On messages are sent with a velocity of zero,
+  *    which some devices use instead of Note Off messages (thanks to Robin Green)
+  *  - The CDC demos are now named "VirtualSerial" instead to indicate the demos' function rather than its implemented USB class,
+  *    to reduce confusion and to be in line with the rest of the LUFA demos
+  *  - The SImage_Host_SendBlockHeader() and SImage_Host_ReceiveBlockHeader() Still Image Host Class driver functions are now public
+  *
+  *  <b>Fixed:</b>
+  *  - Added missing CDC_Host_CreateBlockingStream() function code to the CDC Host Class driver
+  *  - Fixed incorrect values for REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_* enum values causing corrupt data in the HID Host Parser
+  *  - Fixed misnamed SI_Host_USBTask() and SI_Host_ConfigurePipes() functions
+  *  - Fixed broken USB_GetNextDescriptor() function causing the descriptor to jump ahead double the expected amount
+  *  - Fixed Pipe_IsEndpointBound() not masking the given Endpoint Address against PIPE_EPNUM_MASK
+  *  - Fixed host state machine not enabling Auto VBUS mode when HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS is set to zero
+  *  - Fixed misnamed Pipe_SetPipeToken() macro for setting a pipe's direction
+  *  - Fixed CDCHost failing on devices with bidirectional endpoints
+  *  - Fixed USB driver failing to define the PLL prescaler mask for the ATMEGA8U2 and ATMEGA16U2
+  *  - Fixed HID Parser not distributing the Usage Min and Usage Max values across an array of report items
+  *  - Fixed Mass Storage Host Class driver and Low Level demo not clearing the error condition if an attached device returns a
+  *    STALL to a GET MAX LUN request (thanks to Martin Luxen)
+  *  - Fixed TeensyHID bootloader not properly shutting down the USB interface to trigger a disconnection on the host before resetting
+  *  - Fixed MassStorageHost Class driver demo not having USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS compile time option set properly to prevent slow
+  *    devices from timing out the data pipes
+  *  - Fixed the definition of the Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint() macro for the U4 series AVR parts
+  *  - Fixed MIDI host Class driver MIDI_Host_SendEventPacket() routine not properly checking for Pipe ready before writing
+  *  - Fixed use of deprecated struct initializers, removed library unused parameter warnings when compiled with -Wextra enabled
+  *  - Fixed Still Image Host Class driver truncating the PIMA response code (thanks to Daniel Seibert)
+  *  - Fixed USB_CurrentMode not being reset to USB_MODE_NONE when the USB interface is shut down and both Host and Device modes can be
+  *    used (thanks to Daniel Levy)
+  *  - Fixed TeensyHID bootloader not enumerating to the host correctly (thanks to Clint Fisher)
+  *  - Fixed AVRISP project timeouts not checking for the correct timeout period (thanks to Carl Ott)
+  *  - Fixed STK525 Dataflash driver using incorrect bit-shifting for Dataflash addresses (thanks to Tim Mitchell)
+  *
+  *
+  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog091122 Version 091122
+  *
+  *  <b>New:</b>
+  *  - Added new Dual Role Keyboard/Mouse demo
+  *  - Added new HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY compile time token to reduce the size of the HID Host Class driver when
+  *    Report protocol is not needed
+  *  - Added new MIDI LowLevel and ClassDriver Host demo, add new MIDI Host Class driver
+  *  - Added new CDC/Mouse ClassDriver device demo
+  *  - Added new Joystick Host ClassDriver and LowLevel demos
+  *  - Added new Printer Host mode Class driver
+  *  - Added new Printer Host mode ClassDriver demo
+  *  - Added optional support for double banked endpoints and pipes in the Device and Host mode Class drivers
+  *  - Added new stream creation function to the CDC Class drivers, to easily make standard I/O streams from CDC Class driver instances
+  *
+  *  <b>Changed:</b>
+  *  - Removed mostly useless "TestApp" demo, as it was mainly useful only for checking for syntax errors in the library
+  *  - MIDI device demos now receive MIDI events from the host and display note ON messages via the board LEDs
+  *  - Cleanups to the Device mode Mass Storage demo application SCSI routines
+  *  - Changed Audio Class driver sample read/write functions to be inline, to reduce the number of cycles needed to transfer
+  *    samples to and from the device (allowing more time for sample processing and output)
+  *  - Audio class Device mode demos now work at both 16MHz and 8MHz, rather than just at 8MHz
+  *  - The previous USBtoSerial demo has been moved into the projects directory, as it was just a modified CDC demo
+  *  - The Endpoint/Pipe functions now use the const qualifier on the input buffer
+  *  - Changed the CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem() callback to pass a HID_ReportItem_t rather than just the current
+  *    item's attributes, to expose more information on the item (including it's type, collection path, etc.)
+  *  - Changed MouseHostWithParser demos to check that the report items have a Mouse usage collection as a parent at some point,
+  *    to prevent Joysticks from enumerating with the demo
+  *  - Corrected the name of the misnamed USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor() function to USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor().
+  *  - Keyboard LowLevel/ClassDriver demos now support multiple simultaneous key presses (up to 6) per report
+  *
+  *  <b>Fixed:</b>
+  *  - Fixed PrinterHost demo returning invalid Device ID data when the attached device does not have a
+  *    device ID (thanks to Andrei Krainev)
+  *  - Changed LUFA_VERSION_INTEGER define to use BCD values, to make comparisons easier
+  *  - Fixed issue in the HID Host class driver's HID_Host_SendReportByID() routine using the incorrect mode (control/pipe)
+  *    to send report to the attached device
+  *  - Fixed ClassDriver AudioOutput device demo not selecting an audio output mode
+  *  - Fixed incorrect SampleFrequencyType value in the AudioInput and AudioOutput ClassDriver demos' descriptors
+  *  - Fixed incorrect event name rule in demo/project/bootloader makefiles
+  *  - Fixed HID device class driver not reselecting the correct endpoint once the user callback routines have been called
+  *  - Corrected HID descriptor in the Joystick Device demos - buttons should be placed outside the pointer collection
+  *  - Fixed HID report parser collection paths invalid due to misplaced semicolon in the free path item search loop
+  *  - Fixed HID host Class driver report send/receive report broken when issued through the control pipe
+  *  - Fixed HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR compile time option being ignored when in host mode (thanks to David Lyons)
+  *  - Fixed LowLevel Keyboard demo not saving the issues report only after it has been sent to the host
+  *  - Fixed Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_* functions not sending a terminating IN when given data Length is zero
+  *
+  *
+  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog090924 Version 090924
+  *
+  *  <b>New:</b>
+  *  - Added new host mode class drivers and matching demos to the library for rapid application development
+  *  - Added flag to the HID report parser to indicate if a device has multiple reports
+  *  - Added new EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame() event, controlled by the new USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents() and
+  *    USB_Device_DisableSOFEvents() macros to give bus-synchronized millisecond interrupts when in USB device mode
+  *  - Added new Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection() macro for bidirectional endpoints
+  *  - Added new AVRISP project, a LUFA powered clone of the Atmel AVRISP-MKII programmer
+  *  - Added ShutDown() functions for all hardware peripheral drivers, so that peripherals can be turned off after use
+  *  - Added new CDC_Device_Flush() command to the device mode CDC Class driver to flush Device->Host data
+  *  - Added extra masks to the SPI driver, changed SPI_Init() so that the clock polarity and sample modes can be set
+  *  - Added new callback to the HID report parser, so that the user application can filter only the items it is interested
+  *    in to be stored into the HIDReportInfo structure to save RAM
+  *  - Added support for the officially recommended external peripheral layout for the BUMBLEB board (thanks to Dave Fletcher)
+  *  - Added new Pipe_IsFrozen() macro to determine if the currently selected pipe is frozen
+  *  - Added new USB_GetHIDReportSize() function to the HID report parser to retrieve the size of a given report by its ID
+  *  - Added new combined Mass Storage and Keyboard demo (thanks to Matthias Hullin)
+  *
+  *  <b>Changed:</b>
+  *  - SetIdle requests to the HID device driver with a 0 idle period (send changes only) now only affect the requested
+  *    HID interface within the device, not all HID interfaces
+  *  - Added explicit attribute masks to the device mode demos' descriptors
+  *  - Added return values to the CDC and MIDI class driver transmit functions
+  *  - Optimized Endpoint_Read_Word_* and Pipe_Read_Word_* macros to reduce compiled size
+  *  - Added non-null function parameter pointer restrictions to USB Class drivers to improve user code reliability
+  *  - Added new "Common" section to the class drivers, to hold all mode-independent definitions for clarity
+  *  - Moved SCSI command/sense constants into the Mass Storage Class driver, instead of the user-code
+  *  - Altered the SCSI commands in the LowLevel Mass Storage Host to save on FLASH space by reducing function calls
+  *  - Changed the parameters and behaviour of the USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor() function so that it now performs size checks
+  *    and data validations internally, to simplify user code
+  *  - Changed HIDParser to only zero out important values in the Parsed HID Report Item Information structure to save cycles
+  *  - The HID report parser now always processed FEATURE items - HID_ENABLE_FEATURE_PROCESSING token now has no effect
+  *  - The HID report parser now always ignores constant-data items, HID_INCLUDE_CONSTANT_DATA_ITEMS token now has no effect
+  *  - The Benito Programmer project now has its own unique VID/PID pair allocated from the Atmel donated LUFA VID/PID pool
+  *  - Add in new invalid event hook check targets to project makefiles to produce compilation errors when invalid event names
+  *    are used in a project
+  *  - The HID Report Parser now gives information on the total length of each report within a HID interface
+  *  - The USE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES compile time token has been removed - there are now separate USB_Descriptor_* and
+  *    USB_StdDescriptor_* structures for both the LUFA and standardized element naming conventions so both may be used
+  *
+  *  <b>Fixed:</b>
+  *  - Fixed possible lockup in the CDC device class driver, when the host sends data that is a multiple of the
+  *    endpoint's bank
+  *  - Fixed swapped parameters in the HID state memory copy call while processing a HID PUSH item in the HID report parser
+  *  - Fixed memory corruption HID report parser when too many COLLECTION or PUSH items were processed
+  *  - Fixed HID report parser not resetting the FEATURE item count when a REPORT ID item is encountered
+  *  - Fixed USBtoSerial demos not reading in UDR1 when the USART receives data but the USB interface is not enumerated,
+  *    causing continuous USART receive interrupts
+  *  - Fixed misspelled event name in the Class driver USBtoSerial demo, preventing correct operation
+  *  - Fixed invalid data being returned when a GetStatus request is issued in Device mode with an unhandled data recipient
+  *  - Added hardware USART receive interrupt and software buffering to the Benito project to ensure received data is not
+  *    missed or corrupted
+  *  - Fixed Device mode HID Class driver always sending IN packets, even when nothing to report
+  *  - Fixed Device mode HID Class driver not explicitly initializing the ReportSize parameter to zero before calling callback
+  *    routine, so that ignored callbacks don't cause incorrect data to be sent
+  *  - Fixed StillImageHost not correctly freezing and unfreezing data pipes while waiting for a response block header
+  *  - Fixed error in the PrinterHost demo preventing the full page data from being sent to the attached device (thanks to John Andrews)
+  *  - Fixed CDC based demos and projects' INF driver files under 64 bit versions of Windows (thanks to Ronny Hanson, Thomas Bleeker)
+  *  - Re-add in missing flip, flip-ee, dfu and dfu-ee targets to project makefiles (thanks to Opendous Inc.)
+  *  - Fix allowable F_CPU values comment in project makefiles to more accurately reflect the allowable values on the USB AVRs
+  *  - Fixed DFU and CDC class bootloaders on the series 2 USB AVRs, corrected invalid signatures, added support for the new
+  *    ATMEGAxx2 series 2 variant AVRs to the DFU bootloader
+  *  - Fixed Low Level USBtoSerial demo not storing received characters (thanks to Michael Cooper)
+  *  - Fixed MIDI Device Class driver not sending/receiving MIDI packets of the correct size (thanks to Thomas Bleeker)
+  *
+  *
+  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog090810 Version 090810
+  *
+  *  <b>New:</b>
+  *  - Added new device class drivers and matching demos to the library for rapid application development
+  *  - Added new PrinterHost demo (thanks to John Andrews)
+  *  - Added USB Missile Launcher project, submitted by Dave Fletcher
+  *  - Added new Benito Arduino Programmer project
+  *  - Added incomplete device and host mode demos for later enhancement
+  *  - Updated MassStorage device block write routines to use ping-pong Dataflash buffering to increase throughput by around 30%
+  *  - Error status LEDs shown when device endpoint configuration fails to complete in all demos and projects
+  *  - Added new USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration() convenience function for easy configuration selection of devices while in USB
+  *    host mode
+  *  - Added new USB_Host_ClearPipeStall() convenience function to clear a stall condition on an attached device's endpoint
+  *  - Added new USB_Host_GetDeviceDescriptor() convenience function to retrieve the attached device's Device descriptor
+  *  - Added new Endpoint_ClearStatusStage() convenience function to assist with the status stages of control transfers
+  *  - Added new USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL define for using the unique serial numbers in some AVR models as the USB device's serial number,
+  *    added NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL compile time option to turn off new serial number reading code
+  *  - Added new DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK() macro to the Dataflash driver, which returns the Dataflash select mask for the given chip index
+  *  - Added new HOST_STATE_WaitForDeviceRemoval host state machine state for non-blocking disabling of device communications until the
+  *    device has been removed (for use when an error occurs or communications with the device have completed)
+  *  - Added new FAST_STREAM_TRANSFERS compile time option for faster stream transfers via multiple bytes copied per stream loop
+  *  - Added stdio stream demo code to the CDC device demos, to show how to create standard streams out of the virtual serial ports
+  *  - Added new EEPROM and FLASH buffer versions of the Endpoint and Pipe stream functions
+  *  - Added new USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS and FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS compile time options
+  *  - Added support for the new ATMEGA32U2, ATMEGA16U2 and ATMEGA8U2 AVR models
+  *  - Added new USB_DeviceState variable to keep track of the current Device mode USB state
+  *  - Added new LEDs_ToggleLEDs() function to the LEDs driver
+  *  - Added new Pipe_BoundEndpointNumber() and Pipe_IsEndpointBound() functions
+  *  - Added new DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR and HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR compile time options
+  *  - Added 404 Not Found errors to the webserver in the RNDIS demos to indicate invalid URLs
+  *
+  *  <b>Changed:</b>
+  *  - Deprecated pseudo-scheduler and removed dynamic memory allocator from the library (first no longer needed and second unused)
+  *  - The device-mode CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor() function now has an extra parameter so that the memory space in which the requested
+  *    descriptor is located can be specified. This means that descriptors can now be located in multiple memory spaces within a device.
+  *  - Removed vague USB_IsConnected global - test USB_DeviceState or USB_HostState explicitly to gain previous functionality
+  *  - Removed USB_IsSuspended global - test USB_DeviceState against DEVICE_STATE_Suspended instead
+  *  - Extended USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor() routine to require the configuration number within the device to fetch
+  *  - Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy() now always ensures that the dataflash is ready for the next command immediately after returning,
+  *    no need to call Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS() afterwards
+  *  - Low level API MIDI device demo no longer blocks if a note change event is sent while the endpoint is not ready
+  *  - Pipe_GetErrorFlags() now returns additional error flags for overflow and underflow errors
+  *  - Pipe stream functions now automatically set the correct pipe token, so that bidirectional pipes can be used
+  *  - Pipe_ConfigurePipe() now automatically defaults IN pipes to accepting infinite IN requests, this can still be changed by calling
+  *    the existing Pipe_SetFiniteINRequests() function
+  *  - Changed F_USB entries in project makefiles to alias to F_CPU by default, as this is the most common case
+  *  - Host mode demos now use sane terminal escape codes, so that text is always readable and events/program output is visually distinguished
+  *    from one another using foreground colours
+  *  - Internal per-device preprocessing conditions changed to per-device series rather than per-controller group for finer-grain
+  *    internal control
+  *  - Interrupts are no longer disabled during the processing of Control Requests on the default endpoint while in device mode
+  *  - AudioOutput demos now always output to board LEDs, regardless of output mode (removed AUDIO_OUT_LEDS project option)
+  *  - Removed SINGLE_DEVICE_CONFIGURATION compile time option in favor of the new FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS option so that the exact number
+  *    of device configurations can be defined statically
+  *  - Removed VBUS events, as they are already exposed to the user application via the regular device connection and disconnection events
+  *  - Renamed and altered existing events to properly separate out Host and Device mode events
+  *  - All demos switched over from GNU99 standards mode to C99 standards mode, to reduce the dependencies on GCC-only language extensions
+  *
+  *  <b>Fixed:</b>
+  *  - Changed bootloaders to use FLASHEND rather than the existence of RAMPZ to determine if far FLASH pointers are needed to fix
+  *    bootloaders on some of the USB AVR devices where avr-libc erroneously defines RAMPZ
+  *  - Fixes to MassStorageHost for better device compatibility (increase command timeout, change MassStore_WaitForDataReceived()
+  *    to only unfreeze and check one data pipe at a time) to prevent incorrect device enumerations and freezes while transferring data
+  *  - Make Pipe_ConfigurePipe() mask the given endpoint number against PIPE_EPNUM_MASK to ensure the endpoint IN direction bit is
+  *    cleared to prevent endpoint type corruption
+  *  - Fixed issue opening CDC-ACM ports on hosts when the CDC device tries to send data before the host has set the line encoding
+  *  - Fixed USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL option being ignored during device disconnects on some models (thanks to Brian Dickman)
+  *  - Fixed documentation mentioning Pipe_GetCurrentToken() function when correct function name is Pipe_GetPipeToken()
+  *  - Fixed ADC driver for the ATMEGA32U4 and ATMEGA16U4 (thanks to Opendous Inc.)
+  *  - Fixed CDCHost demo unfreezing the pipes at the point of configuration, rather than use
+  *  - Fixed MassStorage demo not clearing the reset flag when a Mass Storage Reset is issued while not processing a command
+  *  - Fixed USB_Host_SendControlRequest() not re-suspending the USB bus when initial device ready-wait fails
+  *  - Fixed USB Pad regulator not being disabled on some AVR models when the USB_OPT_REG_DISABLED option is used
+  *  - Fixed Host mode to Device mode UID change not causing a USB Disconnect event when a device was connected
+  *  - Fixed Mouse/Keyboard demos not performing the correct arithmetic on the Idle period at the right times (thanks to Brian Dickman)
+  *  - Fixed GenericHID failing HID class tests due to incorrect Logical Minimum and Logical Maximum values (thanks to Soren Greiner)
+  *  - Fixed incorrect PIPE_EPNUM_MASK mask causing pipe failures on devices with endpoint addresses of 8 and above (thanks to John Andrews)
+  *  - Fixed report data alignment issues in the MouseHostWithParser demo when X and Y movement data size is not a multiple of 8 bits
+  *  - Fixed HID Report Descriptor Parser not correctly resetting internal states when a REPORT ID element is encountered
+  *  - Fixed incorrect BUTTONS_BUTTON1 for the STK526 target
+  *  - Fixed RNDIS demos freezing when more than one connection was attempted simultaneously, causing memory corruption
+  *  - Fixed USBtoSerial demo receiving noise from the USART due to pull-up not being enabled
+  *
+  *
+  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog090605 Version 090605
+  *
+  *  - Fixed bug in RNDISEthernet and DualCDC demos not using the correct USB_ControlRequest structure for control request data
+  *  - Fixed documentation showing incorrect USB mode support on the supported AVRs list
+  *  - Fixed RNDISEthernet not working under Linux due to Linux requiring an "optional" RNDIS request which was unhandled
+  *  - Fixed Mouse and Keyboard device demos not acting in accordance with the HID specification for idle periods (thanks to Brian Dickman)
+  *  - Removed support for endpoint/pipe non-control interrupts; these did not act in the way users expected, and had many subtle issues
+  *  - Fixed Device Mode not handling Set Feature and Clear Feature Chapter 9 requests that are addressed to the device (thanks to Brian Dickman)
+  *  - Moved control endpoint interrupt handling into the library itself, enable via the new INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT token
+  *  - Fixed CDCHost not clearing configured pipes and resetting configured pipes mask when a partially enumerated invalid CDC
+  *    interface is skipped
+  *  - Clarified the size of library tokens which accept integer values in the Compile Time Tokens page, values now use the smallest datatype
+  *    inside the library that is able to hold their defined value to save space
+  *  - Removed DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS() macro as it was largely superfluous and only served to obfuscate code
+  *  - Rewritten event system to remove all macros, to make user code clearer
+  *  - Fixed incorrect ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK mask preventing endpoints above EP3 from being selected (thanks to Jonathan Oakley)
+  *  - Removed STREAM_CALLBACK() macro - callbacks now use regular function definitions to clarify user code
+  *  - Removed DESCRIPTOR_COMPARATOR() macro - comparators should now use regular function definitions to clarify user code
+  *  - USB_IsConnected is now cleared before the USB_Disconnect() event is fired in response to VBUS being removed
+  *  - Fixed incorrect PID value being used in the USBtoSerial project (thanks to Phill)
+  *  - Deleted StdDescriptors.c, renamed USB_GetDescriptor() to CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor, moved ConfigDescriptor.c/.h from the
+  *    LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/ directory to LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ in preparation for the new USB class APIs
+  *  - Moved out each demos' functionality library files (e.g. Ring Buffer library) to /Lib directories for a better directory structure
+  *  - Removed Tx interrupt from the USBtoSerial demo; now sends characters via polling to ensure more time for the Rx interrupt
+  *  - Fixed possible enumeration errors from spin-loops which may fail to exit if the USB connection is severed before the exit condition
+  *    becomes true
+  *
+  *
+  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog090510 Version 090510
+  *
+  *  - Added new GenericHIDHost demo
+  *  - Corrections to the KeyboardHost and MouseHost demos' pipe handling to freeze and unfreeze the data pipes at the point of use
+  *  - KeyboardHost, MouseHost and GenericHIDHost demos now save and restore the currently selected pipe inside the pipe ISR
+  *  - Changed GenericHID device demo to use the LUFA scheduler, added INTERRUPT_DATA_ENDPOINT and INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT compile
+  *    time options
+  *  - All comments in the library, bootloaders, demos and projects have now been spell-checked and spelling mistakes/typos corrected
+  *  - Added new PIMA_DATA_SIZE() define to the Still Image Host demo
+  *  - Add call to MassStore_WaitForDataReceived() in MassStore_GetReturnedStatus() to ensure that the CSW has been received in the
+  *    extended MSC timeout period before continuing, to prevent long processing delays from causing the MassStore_GetReturnedStatus()
+  *    to early-abort (thanks to Dmitry Maksimov)
+  *  - Move StdRequestType.h, StreamCallbacks.h, USBMode.h from the LowLevel USB driver directory to the HighLevel USB driver directory,
+  *    where they are more suited
+  *  - Removed all binary constants and replaced with decimal or hexadecimal constants so that unpatched GCC compilers can still build the
+  *    code without having to be itself patched and recompiled first
+  *  - Added preprocessor checks and documentation to the bootloaders giving information about missing SIGNATURE_x defines due to
+  *    outdated avr-libc versions.
+  *  - Added support to the CDCHost demo for devices with multiple CDC interfaces which are not the correct ACM type preceding the desired
+  *    ACM CDC interface
+  *  - Fixed GenericHID demo not starting USB and HID management tasks when not using interrupt driven modes (thanks to Carl Kjeldsen)
+  *  - Fixed RNDISEthenet demo checking the incorrect message field for packet size constraints (thanks to Jonathan Oakley)
+  *  - Fixed WriteNextReport code in the GenericHIDHost demo using incorrect parameter types and not selecting the correct endpoint
+  *  - Adjusted sample CTC timer calculations in the AudioOutput and AudioInput demos to match the CTC calculations in the AVR datasheet,
+  *    and to fix instances where rounding caused the endpoint to underflow (thanks to Robin Theunis)
+  *  - The USB_Host_SendControlRequest() function no longer automatically selects the Control pipe (pipe 0), so that other control type
+  *    pipes can be used with the function
+  *  - The USB Host management task now saves and restores the currently selected pipe before and after the task completes
+  *  - Fixed GenericHIDHost demo report write routine incorrect for control type requests (thanks to Andrei Krainev)
+  *  - Removed Endpoint_ClearCurrentBank() and Pipe_ClearCurrentBank() in favor of new Endpoint_ClearIN(), Endpoint_ClearOUT(),
+  *    Pipe_ClearIN() and Pipe_ClearOUT() macros (done to allow for the detection of packets of zero length)
+  *  - Renamed *_ReadWriteAllowed() macros to *_IsReadWriteAllowed() to remain consistent with the rest of the LUFA API
+  *  - Endpoint_IsSetupReceived() macro has been renamed to Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived(), Endpoint_ClearSetupReceived() macro has been
+  *    renamed to Endpoint_ClearSETUP(), the Pipe_IsSetupSent() macro has been renamed to Pipe_IsSETUPSent() and the
+  *    Pipe_ClearSetupSent() macro is no longer applicable and should be removed - changes made to compliment the new endpoint and pipe
+  *    bank management API
+  *  - Updated all demos, bootloaders and projects to use the new endpoint and pipe management APIs (thanks to Roman Thiel from Curetis AG)
+  *  - Updated library Doxygen documentation, added groups, changed documentation macro functions to real functions for clarity
+  *  - Removed old endpoint and pipe aliased read/write/discard routines which did not have an explicit endian specifier for clarity
+  *  - Removed the ButtLoadTag.h header file, as no one used for its intended purpose anyway
+  *  - Renamed the main Drivers/AT90USBXXX directory to Drivers/Peripheral, renamed the Serial_Stream driver to SerialStream
+  *  - Fixed CDC and USBtoSerial demos freezing where buffers were full while still transmitting or receiving (thanks to Peter Hand)
+  *  - Removed "Host_" section of the function names in ConfigDescriptor.h, as most of the routines can now be used in device mode on the
+  *    device descriptor
+  *  - Renamed functions in the HID parser to have a "USB_" prefix and the acronym "HID" in the name
+  *  - Fixed incorrect HID interface class and subclass values in the Mouse and KeyboardMouse demos (thanks to Brian Dickman)
+  *  - Capitalized the "Descriptor_Search" and "Descriptor_Search_Comp" prefixes of the values in the DSearch_Return_ErrorCodes_t and
+  *    DSearch_Comp_Return_ErrorCodes_t enums
+  *  - Removed "ERROR" from the enum names in the endpoint and pipe stream error code enums
+  *  - Renamed the USB_PowerOnErrorCodes_t enum to USB_InitErrorCodes_t, renamed the POWERON_ERROR_NoUSBModeSpecified enum value to
+  *    USB_INITERROR_NoUSBModeSpecified
+  *  - Renamed USB_PowerOnFail event to USB_InitFailure
+  *  - Renamed OTG.h header functions to be more consistent with the rest of the library API
+  *  - Changed over all deprecated GCC structure tag initializers to the standardized C99 format (thanks to Mike Alexander)
+  *  - USB_HostRequest renamed to USB_ControlRequest, entire control request header is now read into USB_ControlRequest in Device mode
+  *    rather than having the library pass only partially read header data to the application
+  *  - The USB_UnhandledControlPacket event has had its parameters removed, in favor of accessing the new USB_ControlRequest structure
+  *  - The Endpoint control stream functions now correctly send a ZLP to the host when less data than requested is sent
+  *  - Fixed USB_RemoteWakeupEnabled flag never being set (the REMOTE WAKEUP Set Feature request was not being handled)
+  *  - Renamed the FEATURELESS_CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE compile-time token to CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+  *  - Endpoint configuration is now refined to give better output when all configurations have static inputs - removed the now useless
+  *    STATIC_ENDPOINT_CONFIGURATION compile time token
+  *  - Fixed SPI driver init function not clearing SPI2X bit when not needed
+  *  - Fixed PREVENT ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL command issuing in the MassStorageHost demo using incorrect parameters (thanks to Mike Alex)
+  *  - Fixed MassStorageHost demo broken due to an incorrect if statement test in MassStore_GetReturnedStatus()
+  *  - Fixed reversed signature byte ordering in the CDC bootloader (thanks to Johannes Raschke)
+  *  - Changed PIPE_CONTROLPIPE_DEFAULT_SIZE from 8 to 64 to try to prevent problems with faulty devices which do not respect the given
+  *    wLength value when reading in the device descriptor
+  *  - Fixed missing semicolon in the ATAVRUSBRF01 LED board driver code (thanks to Morten Lund)
+  *  - Changed LED board driver code to define dummy LED masks for the first four board LEDs, so that user code can be compiled for boards
+  *    with less than four LEDs without code modifications (thanks to Morten Lund)
+  *  - Changed HWB board driver to Buttons driver, to allow for the support of future boards with more than one mounted GPIO button
+  *  - Serial driver now correctly calculates the baud register value when in double speed mode
+  *  - Init function of the Serial driver is now static inline to product smaller code for the common-case of static init values
+  *
+  *
+  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog090401 Version 090401
+  *
+  *  - Fixed MagStripe project configuration descriptor containing an unused (blank) endpoint descriptor
+  *  - Incorporated makefile changes by Denver Gingerich to retain compatibility with stock (non-WinAVR) AVR-GCC installations
+  *  - Fixed makefile EEPROM programming targets programming FLASH data in addition to EEPROM data
+  *  - LUFA devices now enumerate correctly with LUFA hosts
+  *  - Fixed Configuration Descriptor search routine freezing when a comparator returned a failure
+  *  - Removed HID report item serial dump in the MouseHostWithParser and KeyboardHostWithParser - useful only for debugging, and
+  *    slowed down the enumeration of HID devices too much
+  *  - Increased the number of bits per track which can be read in the MagStripe project to 8192 when compiled for the AT90USBXXX6/7
+  *  - Fixed KeyboardMouse demo discarding the wIndex value in the REQ_GetReport request
+  *  - USBtoSerial demo now discards all Rx data when not connected to a USB host, rather than buffering characters for transmission
+  *    next time the device is attached to a host.
+  *  - Added new F_USB compile time constant to the library and makefiles, to give the raw input clock (used to feed the PLL before any
+  *    clock prescaling is performed) frequency, so that the PLL prescale mask can be determined
+  *  - Changed stream wait timeout counter to be 16-bit, so that very long timeout periods can be set for correct communications with
+  *    badly designed hosts or devices which greatly exceed the USB specification limits
+  *  - Mass Storage Host demo now uses a USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS of two seconds to maintain compatibility with poorly designed devices
+  *  - Function attribute ATTR_ALWAYSINLINE renamed to ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE to match other function attribute macro naming conventions
+  *  - Added ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE attribute to several key inlined library components, to ensure they are inlined in all circumstances
+  *  - Removed SetSystemClockPrescaler() macro, the clock_prescale_set() avr-libc macro has been corrected in recent avr-libc versions
+  *  - Fixed incorrect/missing control status stage transfers on demos, bootloaders and applications (thanks to Nate Lawson)
+  *  - The NO_CLEARSET_FEATURE_REQUEST compile time token has been renamed to FEATURELESS_CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE, and its function expanded
+  *    to also remove parts of the Get Status chapter 9 request to further reduce code usage
+  *  - Makefile updated to include output giving the currently selected BOARD parameter value
+  *  - Board Dataflash driver now allows for dataflash ICs which use different shifts for setting the current page/byte address (thanks
+  *    to Kenneth Clubb)
+  *  - Added DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM() and DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM() functions to the MassStorage demo, to allow for easy
+  *    interfacing with a FAT library for dataflash file level access
+  *  - Corrected CDC class bootloader to fix a few bugs, changed address counter to store x2 addresses for convenience
+  *  - Fixed typos in the SPI driver SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_64 and SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_128 masks (thanks to Markus Zocholl)
+  *  - Keyboard and Mouse device demos (normal, data interrupt and fully interrupt driven) combined into unified keyboard and mouse demos
+  *  - Keyboard and Mouse host demos (normal and data interrupt driven) combined into unified keyboard and mouse demos
+  *  - Removed AVRISP_Programmer project due to code quality concerns
+  *  - Fixed CDC demo not sending an empty packet after each transfer to prevent the host from buffering incoming data
+  *  - Fixed documentation typos and preprocessor checks relating to misspellings of the USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS token (thanks to Ian Gregg)
+  *  - Fixed USBTask.h not conditionally including HostChapter9.h only when USB_CAN_BE_HOST is defined (thanks to Ian Gregg)
+  *  - Fixed incorrect ADC driver init register manipulation (thanks to Tobias)
+  *  - Added new GenericHID device demo application
+  *  - Fixed Still Image Host SImage_SendData() function not clearing the pipe bank after sending data
+  *
+  *
+  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog090209 Version 090209
+  *
+  *  - PWM timer mode in AudioOut demo changed to Fast PWM for speed
+  *  - Updated Magstripe project to work with the latest hardware revision
+  *  - Fixed library not responding to the BCERRI flag correctly in host mode, leading to device lockups
+  *  - Fixed library handling Get Descriptor requests when not addressed as standard requests to the device or interface (thanks to
+  *    Nate Lawson)
+  *  - Fixed serious data corruption issue in MassStorage demo dataflash write routine
+  *  - Added new NO_CLEARSET_FEATURE_REQUEST compile time token
+  *  - USB task now restores previous global interrupt state after execution, rather than forcing global interrupts to be enabled
+  *  - Fixed USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event firing after each configuration change, rather than once after the initial configuration
+  *  - Added ENDPOINT_DOUBLEBANK_SUPPORTED() macros to Endpoint.h, altered ENDPOINT_MAX_SIZE() to allow user to specify endpoint
+  *  - ENDPOINT_MAX_ENDPOINTS changed to ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS, PIPE_MAX_PIPES changed to PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES
+  *  - Endpoint and Pipe non-control stream functions now ensure endpoint or pipe is ready before reading or writing
+  *  - Changed Teensy bootloader to use a watchdog reset when exiting rather than a software jump
+  *  - Fixed integer promotion error in MassStorage and MassStorageHost demos, corrupting read/write transfers
+  *  - SPI_SendByte is now SPI_TransferByte, added new SPI_SendByte and SPI_ReceiveByte functions for fast one-way transfer
+  *  - MassStorage demo changed to use new fast one-way SPI transfers to increase throughput
+  *  - MassStorage handling of Mass Storage Reset class request improved
+  *  - Altered MassStorage demo dataflash block read code for speed
+  *  - Added USB_IsSuspended global flag
+  *  - Simplified internal Dual Mode (OTG) USB library code to reduce code size
+  *  - Extended stream timeout period to 100ms from 50ms
+  *  - Mass Storage Host demo commands now all return an error code from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
+  *  - Added SubErrorCode parameter to the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event
+  *  - VBUS drop interrupt now disabled during the manual-to-auto VBUS delivery handoff
+  *  - Simplified low level backend so that device/host mode initialization uses the same code paths
+  *  - Added workaround for faulty Mass Storage devices which do not implement the required GET_MAX_LUN request
+  *  - Removed buggy Telnet application from the RNDIS demo
+  *  - Moved Mass Storage class requests in the Mass Storage Host demo to wrapper functions in MassStoreCommands.c
+  *  - Fixed incorrect SCSI command size value in the Request Sense command in MassStoreCommands.c
+  *  - Added SetProtocol request to HID class non-parser Mouse and Keyboard demos to force devices to use the correct Boot Protocol
+  *  - Added new "dfu" and "flip" programming targets to project makefiles
+  *  - HID_PARSE_Sucessful enum member typo corrected to HID_PARSE_Successful
+  *  - Changed COLLECTION item structures in the HID descriptor parser to include the collection's Usage Page value
+  *  - Serial driver now sets Tx line as output, enables pull-up on Rx line
+  *  - Fixed smaller USB AVRs raising multiple connection and disconnection events when NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT is disabled
+  *  - Added HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS to give the host delay after a device is connected before it is enumerated
+  *  - Fixed KeyboardHostWithParser demo linking against the wrong global variables
+  *  - Completed doxygen documentation of remaining library bootloaders, demos and projects
+  *  - Fixed incorrect bootloader start address in the TeensyHID bootloader
+  *  - Added HWB button whole-disk ASCII dump functionality to MassStoreHost demo
+  *  - Replaced printf_P(PSTR("%c"), {Variable}) calls with putchar(<Variable>) for speed and size savings
+  *  - Serial driver now accepts baud rates over 16-bits in size, added double speed flag option
+  *  - Fixed incorrect callback abort return value in Pipe.c
+  *  - Added new flip-ee and dfu-ee makefile targets (courtesy of Opendous Inc.)
+  *  - Removed reboot-on-disconnect code from the TeensyHID bootloader, caused problems on some systems
+  *  - Fixed AudioOutput and AudioInput demos looping on the endpoint data, rather than processing a sample at a time and returning
+  *    each time the task runs to allow for other tasks to execute
+  *  - Added support for the Atmel ATAVRUSBRF01 board
+  *  - Added AVRISP Programmer Project, courtesy of Opendous Inc.
+  *  - Fixed CDC Host demo not searching through both CDC interfaces for endpoints
+  *  - Fixed incorrect Product String descriptor length in the DFU class bootloader
+  *
+  *
+  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog081224 Version 081224
+  *
+  *  - MyUSB name changed to LUFA, the Lightweight USB Framework for AVRs
+  *  - Fixed Mass Storage Host demo's MassStore_SendCommand() delay in the incorrect place
+  *  - Fixed USBtoSerial demo not calling ReconfigureUSART() after a change in the line encoding
+  *  - Fixed infinite loop in host mode Host-to-Device control transfers with data stages
+  *  - HID report parser now supports devices with multiple reports in one interface via Report IDs
+  *  - Fixed RZUSBSTICK board LED driver header incorrect macro definition order causing compile errors
+  *  - Calling USB_Init() when the USB interface is already configured now forces a complete interface reset
+  *    and re-enumeration - fixes MyUSB DFU bootloader not switching to app code correctly when soft reset used
+  *  - Fixed "No newline at end of file" warning when stream callbacks are enabled
+  *  - DFU bootloader now uses fixed signature bytes per device, rather than reading them out dynamically for size
+  *  - Added new FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE and USE_SINGLE_DEVICE_CONFIGURATION switches to statically define certain values to
+  *    reduce compiled binary size
+  *  - Added new NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT switch to prevent the library from trying to determine bus connection
+  *    state from the suspension and wake up events on the smaller USB AVRs
+  *  - Added summary of all library compile time tokens to the documentation
+  *  - Added overview of the LUFA scheduler to the documentation
+  *  - Removed MANUAL_PLL_CONTROL compile time token, replaced with a mask for the USB_Init() Options parameter
+  *  - CDC bootloader now uses the correct non-far or far versions of the pgm_* functions depending on if RAMPZ is defined
+  *  - Doxygen documentation now contains documentation on all the projects, bootloaders and most demos included with the library
+  *  - CDC bootloader now runs user application when USB disconnected rather than waiting for a hard reset
+  *  - MouseHostWithParser and KeyboardHostWithParser now support multiple-report devices
+  *  - RNDIS demo can now close connections correctly using the new TCP_APP_CLOSECONNECTION() macro - used in Webserver
+  *  - Fixed the DFU bootloader, no longer freezes up when certain files are programmed into an AVR, made reading/writing faster
+  *  - Fixed mouse/joystick up/down movements reversed - HID mouse X/Y coordinates use a left-handed coordinate system, not a normal
+  *    right-handed system
+  *  - Added stub code to the CDC and USBtoSerial demos showing how to read and set the RS-232 handshake lines - not currently used in
+  *    the demos, but the example code and supporting defines are now in place
+  *  - Interrupts are now disabled when processing a control request in device mode, to avoid exceeding the strict control request
+  *    timing requirements.
+  *  - All demos now use a central StatusUpdate() function rather than direct calls to the board LED functions, so that the demos can
+  *    easily be altered to show different LED combinations (or do something else entirely) as the demo's status changes
+  *  - Removed LED commands from the CDC bootloader, unused by most AVR910 programming software
+  *  - Fixed RNDIS demo ICMP ping requests echoing back incorrect data
+  *  - Added DHCP server code to RNDIS demo, allowing for hands-free auto configuration on any PC
+  *  - Fixed DFU bootloader PID value for the ATMEGA16U4 AVR
+  *  - Endpoint and Pipe configuration functions now return an error code indicating success or failure
+  *  - USB Reset in device mode now resets and disables all device endpoints
+  *  - Added intermediate states to the host mode state machine, reducing the USB task blocking time to no more than 1ms explicitly per
+  *    invocation when in host mode
+  *  - Added support for the ATMEGA32U6 microcontroller
+  *  - Added STATIC_ENDPOINT_CONFIGURATION compile time option, enabled in the bootloaders to minimize space usage
+  *  - Removed redundant code from the USB device GetStatus() chapter 9 processing routine
+  *  - Added new TeensyHID bootloader, compatible with the Teensy HID protocol (http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/)
+  *  - Versions are now numbered by release dates, rather than arbitrary major/minor revision numbers
+  *  - USB_RemoteWakeupEnabled is now correctly set and cleared by SetFeature and ClearFeature requests from the host
+  *  - Changed prototype of GetDescriptor, so that it now returns the descriptor size (or zero if the descriptor doesn't exist)
+  *    rather than passing the size back to the caller through a parameter and returning a boolean
+  *
+  *
+  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog153 Version 1.5.3 (081002)
+  *
+  *  - Fixed CDC bootloader using pgmspace macros for some descriptors inappropriately
+  *  - Updated all Mouse and Keyboard device demos to include boot protocol support (now works in BIOS)
+  *  - Renamed bootloader directories to remove spaces, which were causing build problems on several OSes
+  *  - Removed serial number strings from all but the MassStore demo where it is required - users were not
+  *    modifying the code to either omit the descriptor or use a unique serial per device causing problems
+  *    when multiple units of the same device were plugged in at the same time
+  *  - AudioOutput and AudioInput demos now correctly silence endpoints when not enabled by the host
+  *  - Added KeyboardMouse demo (Keyboard and Mouse functionality combined into a single demo)
+  *  - Added DriverStubs directory to house board level driver templates, to make MyUSB compatible custom board
+  *    driver creation easier
+  *  - Extended MassStorage demo to support multiple LUNs, 2 by default
+  *  - Fixed incorrect device address mask, preventing the device from enumerating with addresses larger than 63
+  *  - Fixed incorrect data direction mask in the GetStatus standard request, preventing it from being handled
+  *  - Fixed incorrect GetStatus standard request for endpoints, now returns the endpoint STALL status correctly
+  *  - Added in new USB_RemoteWakeupEnabled and USB_CurrentlySelfPowered flags rather than using fixed values
+  *  - Added DualCDC demo to demonstrate the use of Interface Association Descriptors
+  *  - Added pipe NAK detection and clearing API
+  *  - Added pipe status change (NAK, STALL, etc.) interrupt API
+  *  - Fixed MassStorageHost demo so that it no longer freezes randomly when issuing several commands in a row
+  *  - Host demos configuration descriptor routines now return a unique error code when the returned data does
+  *    not have a valid configuration descriptor header
+  *  - Added Endpoint_WaitUntilReady() and Pipe_WaitUntilReady() functions
+  *  - Stream functions now have software timeouts, timeout period can be set by the USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS token
+  *  - All demos now pass the USB.org automated Chapter 9 device compliance tests
+  *  - All HID demos now pass the USB.org automated HID compliance tests
+  *  - Polling interval of the interrupt endpoint in the CDC based demos changed to 0xFF to fix problems on Linux systems
+  *  - Changed stream functions to accept a new callback function, with NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS used to disable all callbacks
+  *  - Mass Storage demo Dataflash management routines changed to use the endpoint stream functions
+  *  - Added AVRStudio project files for each demo in addition to the existing Programmer's Notepad master project file
+  *  - Re-added call to ReconfigureUSART() in USBtoSerial SetLineCoding request, so that baud rate changes
+  *    are reflected in the hardware (change was previously lost)
+  *
+  *
+  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog152 Version 1.5.2 (080731)
+  *
+  *  - Fixed SwapEndian_32() function in Common.h so that it now works correctly (wrong parameter types)
+  *  - Updated RNDIS demo - notification endpoint is no longer blocking so that it works with faulty Linux RNDIS
+  *    implementations (where the notification endpoint is ignored in favor of polling the control endpoint)
+  *  - Fixed incorrect Vendor Description string return size in RNDIS demo for the OID_GEN_VENDOR_DESCRIPTION OID token
+  *  - Added very basic TCP/IP stack and HTTP/TELNET servers to RNDIS demo
+  *  - Fixed DFU bootloader exit causing programming software to complain about failed writes
+  *  - Fixed DFU bootloader EEPROM programming mode wiping first flash page
+  *  - Fixed Clear/Set Feature device standard request processing code (fixing MassStorage demo in the process)
+  *  - Added support for the ATMEGA16U4 AVR microcontroller
+  *  - Library license changed from LGPLv3 to MIT license
+  *
+  *
+  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog151 Version 1.5.1 (080707)
+  *
+  *  - Changed host demos to enable the host function task on the firing of the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event
+  *    rather than the USB_DeviceAttached event
+  *  - HID Usage Stack now forcefully cleared after an IN/OUT/FEATURE item has been completely processed to remove
+  *    any referenced but not created usages
+  *  - Changed USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts() and USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts(), USB_Host_GetNextDescriptorOfType(),
+  *    USB_Host_GetNextDescriptorOfTypeBefore(), USB_Host_GetNextDescriptorOfTypeAfter() to normal functions (from inline)
+  *  - Fixed USBtoSerial demo not sending data, only receiving
+  *  - Fixed main makefile to make all by default, fixed MagStripe directory case to prevent case-sensitive path problems
+  *  - ConfigDescriptor functions made normal, instead of static inline
+  *  - Pipe/Endpoint *_Ignore_* functions changed to *_Discard_*, old names still present as aliases
+  *  - Fixed ENDPOINT_MAX_SIZE define to be correct on limited USB controller AVRs
+  *  - Changed endpoint and pipe size translation routines to use previous IF/ELSE IF cascade code, new algorithmic
+  *    approach was buggy and caused problems
+  *  - Bootloaders now compile with -fno-inline-small-functions option to reduce code size
+  *  - Audio demos now use correct endpoint sizes for full and limited controller USB AVRs, double banking in all cases
+  *    to be in line with the specification (isochronous endpoints MUST be double banked)
+  *  - Added Interface Association descriptor to StdDescriptors.h, based on the relevant USB2.0 ECN
+  *  - Fixed MIDI demo, corrected Audio Streaming descriptor to follow the MIDI-specific AS structure
+  *  - Fixed HID class demo descriptors so that the HID interface's protocol is 0x00 (required for non-boot protocol HID
+  *    devices) to prevent problems on hosts expecting the boot protocol functions to be supported
+  *  - Added read/write control stream functions to Endpoint.h
+  *  - Fixed AudioOut demo not setting port pins to inputs on USB disconnect properly
+  *  - Added RNDISEthernet demo application
+  *
+  *
+  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog150 Version 1.5.0 (080610)
+  *
+  *  - Fixed MIDI demo, now correctly waits for the endpoint to be ready between multiple note messages
+  *  - Added CDC Host demo application
+  *  - Added KeyboardFullInt demo application
+  *  - Endpoint and Pipe creation routines now mask endpoint/pipe size with the size mask, to remove transaction
+  *    size bits not required for the routines (improves compatibility with devices)
+  *  - Fixed AudioInput demo - now correctly sends sampled audio to the host PC
+  *  - Fixed AudioOutput demo once more -- apparently Windows requires endpoint packets to be >=192 bytes
+  *  - Shrunk round-robin scheduler code slightly via the use of struct pointers rather than array indexes
+  *  - Fixed off-by-one error when determining if the Usage Stack is full inside the HID Report parser
+  *  - Renamed Magstripe.h to MagstripeHW.h and moved driver out of the library and into the MagStripe demo folder
+  *  - Added preprocessor checks to enable C linkage on the library components when used with a C++ compiler
+  *  - Added Still Image Host demo application
+  *  - The USB device task now restores the previously selected endpoint, allowing control requests to be transparently
+  *    handled via interrupts while other endpoints are serviced through polling
+  *  - Fixed device signature being sent in reverse order in the CDC bootloader
+  *  - Host demos now have a separate ConfigDescriptor.c/.h file for configuration descriptor processing
+  *  - HostWithParser demos now have a separate HIDReport.c/.h file for HID report processing and dumping
+  *  - Removed non-mandatory commands from MassStorage demo to save space, fixed SENSE ResponseCode value
+  *  - CDC demos now send empty packets after sending a full one to prevent buffering issues on the host
+  *  - Updated demo descriptors to use VID/PID values donated by Atmel
+  *  - Added DoxyGen documentation to the source files
+  *  - Fixed Serial_IsCharReceived() definition, was previously reversed
+  *  - Removed separate USB_Descriptor_Language_t descriptor, USB_Descriptor_String_t is used instead
+  *  - Removed unused Device Qualifier descriptor structure
+  *  - Renamed the USB_CreateEndpoints event to the more appropriate USB_ConfigurationChanged
+  *  - Fixed MassStorageHost demo reading in the block data in reverse
+  *  - Removed outdated typedefs in StdRequestType.h, superseded by the macro masks
+  *  - Corrected OTG.h is now included when the AVR supports both Host and Device modes, for creating OTG products
+  *  - USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event is now also fired when in device mode and the host has finished its enumeration
+  *  - Interrupt driven demos now properly restore previously selected endpoint when ISR is complete
+  *  - The value of USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS can now be overridden in the user project makefile to a custom fixed timeout value
+  *  - Renamed USB_Host_SOFGeneration_* macros to more friendly USB_Host_SuspendBus(), USB_Host_ResumeBus()
+  *    and USB_Host_IsBusSuspended()
+  *  - Renamed *_*_Is* macros to *_Is* to make all flag checking macros consistent, Pipe_SetInterruptFreq() is now
+  *    Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod() to use the correct terminology
+  *  - UnicodeString member of USB_Descriptor_String_t struct changed to an ordinary int array type, so that the GCC
+  *    Unicode strings (prefixed with an L before the opening quotation mark) can be used instead of explicit arrays
+  *    of ASCII characters
+  *  - Fixed Endpoint/Pipes being configured incorrectly if the maximum endpoint/pipe size for the selected USB AVR
+  *    model was given as the bank size
+  *  - HID device demos now use a true raw array for the HID report descriptor rather than a struct wrapped array
+  *  - Added VERSION_BCD() macro, fixed reported HID and USB version numbers in demo descriptors
+  *  - Cleaned up GetDescriptor device chapter 9 handler function
+  *  - Added GET_REPORT class specific request to HID demos to make them complaint to the HID class
+  *  - Cleaned up setting of USB_IsInitialized and USB_IsConnected values to only when needed
+  *  - Removed Atomic.c and ISRMacro.h; the library was already only compatible with recent avr-lib-c for other reasons
+  *  - All demos and library functions now use USB standardized names for the USB data (bRequest, wLength, etc.)
+  *  - Added USE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES token to switch back to the non-standard descriptor element names
+  *
+  *
+  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog141 Version 1.4.1 (090519)
+  *
+  *  - Enhanced KeyboardWithParser demo, now prints out pressed alphanumeric characters like the standard demo
+  *  - Fixed MassStorage demo, read/writes using non mode-10 commands now work correctly
+  *  - Corrected version number in Version.h
+  *
+  *
+  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog140 Version 1.4.0 (090505)
+  *
+  *  - Added HID Report Parser API to the library
+  *  - Added Mouse and Keyboard host demo applications, using the new HID report parser engine
+  *  - Added MouseFullInt demo, which demonstrates a fully interrupt (including control requests) mouse device
+  *  - Fixed incorrect length value in the audio control descriptor of the AudioOutput and AudioInput demos
+  *  - Added MIDI device demo application to the library
+  *  - Fixed problem preventing USB devices from being resumed from a suspended state
+  *  - Added new CDC class bootloader to the library, based on the AVR109 bootloader protocol
+  *  - Added header to each demo application indicating the mode, class, subclass, standards used and supported speed
+  *  - Functions expecting endpoint/pipe numbers are no longer automatically masked against ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK or
+  *    PIPE_PIPENUM_MASK - this should be manually added to code which requires it
+  *  - Fixed DFU class bootloader - corrected frequency of flash page writes, greatly reducing programming time
+  *  - Renamed AVR_HOST_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor() to USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor() and AVR_HOST_GetNextDescriptor()
+  *    to USB_Host_GetNextDescriptor()
+  *  - Added new USB_Host_GetNextDescriptorOfTypeBefore() and USB_Host_GetNextDescriptorOfTypeAfter() routines
+  *  - Moved configuration descriptor routines to MyUSB/Drivers/USB/Class/, new accompanying ConfigDescriptors.c file
+  *  - Added new configuration descriptor comparator API for more powerful descriptor parsing, updated host demos to use the
+  *    new comparator API
+  *  - Fixed MassStorageHost demo capacity printout, and changed data read/write mode from little-endian to the correct
+  *    big-endian for SCSI devices
+  *  - Fixed macro/function naming consistency; USB_HOST is now USB_Host, USB_DEV is now USB_Device
+  *  - Added better error reporting to host demos
+  *  - Added 10 microsecond delay after addressing devices in host mode, to prevent control stalls
+  *
+  *
+  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog132 Version 1.3.2 (080401)
+  *
+  *  - Added call to ReconfigureUSART() in USBtoSerial SetLineCoding request, so that baud rate changes
+  *    are reflected in the hardware
+  *  - Fixed CDC and USBtoSerial demos - Stream commands do not work for control endpoints, and the
+  *    GetLineCoding request had an incorrect RequestType mask preventing it from being processed
+  *  - Improved reliability of the USBtoSerial demo, adding a busy wait while the buffer is full
+  *  - Device control endpoint size is now determined from the device's descriptors rather than being fixed
+  *  - Separated out SPI code into new SPI driver in AT90USBXXX driver directory
+  *  - Bootloader now returns correct PID for the selected USB AVR model, not just the AT90USB128X PID
+  *  - Added support for the RZUSBSTICK board
+  *  - Bicolour driver removed in favor of generic LEDs driver
+  *  - Added support for the ATMEGA32U4 AVR
+  *  - Added MANUAL_PLL_CONTROL compile time option to prevent the USB library from manipulating the PLL
+  *
+  *
+  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog131 Version 1.3.1 (080319)
+  *
+  *  - Fixed USB to Serial demo - class value in the descriptors was incorrect
+  *  - Control endpoint size changed from 64 bytes to 8 bytes to save on USB FIFO RAM and to allow low
+  *    speed mode devices to enumerate properly
+  *  - USB to Serial demo data endpoints changed to dual-banked 16 byte to allow the demo to work
+  *    on USB AVRs with limited USB FIFO RAM
+  *  - Changed demo endpoint numbers to use endpoints 3 and 4 for double banking, to allow limited
+  *    USB device controller AVRs (AT90USB162, AT90USB82) to function correctly
+  *  - Updated Audio Out demo to use timer 1 for AVRs lacking a timer 3 for the PWM output
+  *  - Fixed incorrect USB_DEV_OPT_HIGHSPEED entry in the Mass Storage device demo makefile
+  *  - Optimized Mass Storage demo for a little extra transfer speed
+  *  - Added LED indicators to the Keyboard demo for Caps Lock, Num Lock and Scroll Lock
+  *  - Added Endpoint_Read_Stream, Endpoint_Write_Stream, Pipe_Read_Stream and Pipe_Write_Stream functions
+  *    (including Big and Little Endian variants)
+  *  - Made Dataflash functions inline for speed, removed now empty Dataflash.c driver file
+  *  - Added new SetSystemClockPrescaler() macro (thanks to Joerg Wunsch)
+  *  - Fixed Endpoint_ClearStall() to function correctly on full USB controller AVRs (AT90USBXXX6/7)
+  *  - Endpoint_Setup_In_Clear() and Endpoint_Setup_Out_Clear() no longer set FIFOCON, in line with the
+  *    directives in the datasheet
+  *  - Fixed PLL prescaler defines for all AVR models and frequencies
+  *  - Fixed ENDPOINT_INT_IN and ENDPOINT_INT_OUT definitions
+  *  - Added interrupt driven keyboard and mouse device demos
+  *  - Combined USB_Device_ClearFeature and USB_Device_SetFeature requests into a single routine for code
+  *    size savings
+  *  - Added missing Pipe_GetCurrentPipe() macro to Pipe.h
+  *
+  *
+  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog130 Version 1.3.0 (080307)
+  *
+  *  - Unnecessary control endpoint config removed from device mode
+  *  - Fixed device standard request interpreter accidentally processing some class-specific requests
+  *  - Added USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS and USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS compile time options to instruct the library
+  *    to use descriptors stored in RAM or EEPROM rather than flash memory
+  *  - All demos now disable watchdog on startup, in case it has been enabled by fuses or the bootloader
+  *  - USB_DEV_OPT_LOWSPEED option now works correctly
+  *  - Added ability to set the USB options statically for a binary size reduction via the USE_STATIC_OPTIONS
+  *    compile time define
+  *  - USB_Init no longer takes a Mode parameter if compiled for a USB device with no host mode option, or
+  *    if forced to a particular mode via the USB_HOST_ONLY or USB_DEVICE_ONLY compile time options
+  *  - USB_Init no longer takes an Options parameter if options statically configured by USE_STATIC_OPTIONS
+  *  - Endpoint_Ignore_* and Pipe_Ignore_* made smaller by making the dummy variable non-volatile so that the
+  *    compiler can throw away the result more efficiently
+  *  - Added in an optional GroupID value to each scheduler entry, so that groups of tasks can once again be
+  *    controlled by the new Scheduler_SetGroupTaskMode() routine
+  *  - Added support for AT90USB162 and AT90USB82 AVR models
+  *  - Added support for the STK525 and STK526 boards
+  *  - Added support for custom board drivers to be supplied by selecting the board type as BOARD_USER, and
+  *    placing board drivers in {Application Directory}/Board/
+  *  - PLL is now stopped and USB clock is frozen when detached from host in device mode, to save power
+  *  - Joystick defines are now in sync with the schematics - orientation will be rotated for the USBKEY
+  *  - Fixed USB_DEV_IsUSBSuspended() - now checks the correct register
+  *  - Fixed data transfers to devices when in host mode
+  *  - Renamed USB_DEV_OPT_HIGHSPEED to USB_DEV_OPT_FULLSPEED and USB_HOST_IsDeviceHighSpeed() to
+  *    USB_HOST_IsDeviceFullSpeed() to be in line with the official USB speed names (to avoid confusion with
+  *    the real high speed mode, which is unavailable on the USB AVRs)
+  *
+  *
+  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog120 Version 1.2.0 (080204)
+  *
+  *  - Added USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event for host mode
+  *  - Added new Scheduler_Init routine to prepare the scheduler, so that tasks can be started and
+  *    stopped before the scheduler has been started (via Scheduler_Start)
+  *  - Connection events in both Device and Host mode are now interrupt-driven, allowing the USB management
+  *    task to be stopped when the USB is not connected to a host or device
+  *  - All demos updated to stop the USB task when not in use via the appropriate USB events
+  *  - Mass Storage Host demo application updated to function correctly with all USB flash disks
+  *  - Mass Storage Host demo application now prints out the capacity and number of LUNs in the attached
+  *    device, and prints the first block as hexadecimal numbers rather than ASCII characters
+  *  - Endpoint and Pipe clearing routines now clear the Endpoint/Pipe interrupt and status flags
+  *  - Shifted error handling code in the host enum state machine to a single block, to reduce code complexity
+  *  - Added in DESCRIPTOR_TYPE, DESCRIPTOR_SIZE and DESCRIPTOR_CAST macros to make config descriptor processing
+  *    clearer in USB hosts and DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS for convenience in USB devices
+  *  - Added in alloca macro to common.h, in case the user is using an old version of avr-lib-c missing the macro
+  *
+  *
+  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog110 Version 1.1.0 (080125)
+  *
+  *  - Fixed DCONNI interrupt being enabled accidentally after a USB reset
+  *  - Fixed DDISCI interrupt not being disabled when a device is not connected
+  *  - Added workaround for powerless pull-up devices causing false disconnect interrupts
+  *  - Added USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event for Host mode
+  *  - AVR_HOST_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor routine no longer modifies ConfigSizePtr if a valid buffer
+  *    pointer is passed
+  *  - Added ALLOCABLE_BYTES to DynAlloc, and added code to make the size of key storage variables
+  *    dependent on size of memory parameters passed in via the user project's makefile
+  *  - Fixed incorrect device reset routine being called in USBTask
+  *  - Devices which do not connect within the standard 300mS are now supported
+  *  - Removed incorrect ATTR_PURE from Scheduler_SetTaskMode(), which was preventing tasks from being
+  *    started/stopped, as well as USB_InitTaskPointer(), which was breaking dual device/host USB projects
+  *  - Changed scheduler to use the task name rather than IDs for setting the task mode, eliminating the
+  *    need to have a task ID list
+  *  - ID transition interrupt now raises the appropriate device/host disconnect event if device attached
+  *  - Fixed double VBUS change (and VBUS -) event when detaching in device mode
+  *  - Added ability to disable ANSI terminal codes by the defining of DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES in makefile
+  *  - Removed return from ConfigurePipe and ConfigureEndpoint functions - use Pipe_IsConfigured() and
+  *    Endpoint_IsConfigured() after calling the config functions to determine success
+  */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/CompileTimeTokens.txt b/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/CompileTimeTokens.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..92adf0dccf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/CompileTimeTokens.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,223 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \page Page_TokenSummary Summary of Compile Tokens
+ *
+ *  The following lists all the possible tokens which can be defined in a project makefile, and passed to the
+ *  compiler via the -D switch, to alter the LUFA library code. These tokens may alter the library behaviour,
+ *  or remove features unused by a given application in order to save flash space.
+ *
+ *  \note If the \c USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER token is defined, the library will include a header file named \c LUFAConfig.h located
+ *        in the user directory where the below compile time tokens may be defined. This allows for an alternative to makefile
+ *        defined tokens for configuring the library.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_TokenSummary_NonUSBTokens Non USB Related Tokens
+ *  This section describes compile tokens which affect non-USB sections of the LUFA library.
+ *
+ *  \li <b>DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES</b> - (\ref Group_Terminal) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ *      If an application contains ANSI terminal control codes listed in TerminalCodes.h, it might be desired to remove them
+ *      at compile time for use with a terminal which is non-ANSI control code aware, without modifying the source code. If
+ *      this token is defined, all ANSI control codes in the application code from the TerminalCodes.h header are removed from
+ *      the source code at compile time.
+ *
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_TokenSummary_USBClassTokens USB Class Driver Related Tokens
+ *  This section describes compile tokens which affect USB class-specific drivers in the LUFA library.
+ *
+ *  \li <b>HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY</b> - (\ref Group_USBClassHIDHost) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ *      By default, the USB HID Host class driver is designed to work with HID devices using either the Boot or Report HID
+ *      communication protocols. On devices where the Report protocol is not used (i.e. in applications where only basic
+ *      Mouse or Keyboard operation is desired, using boot compatible devices), the code responsible for the Report protocol
+ *      mode can be removed to save space in the compiled application by defining this token. When defined, it is still necessary
+ *      to explicitly put the attached device into Boot protocol mode via a call to \ref HID_Host_SetBootProtocol().
+ *
+ *  \li <b>HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH</b>=<i>x</i> - (\ref Group_HIDParser) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ *      HID reports may contain PUSH and POP elements, to store and retrieve the current HID state table onto a stack. This
+ *      allows for reports to save the state table before modifying it slightly for a data item, and then restore the previous
+ *      state table in a compact manner. This token may be defined to a non-zero 8-bit value to give the maximum depth of the state
+ *      table stack. If not defined, this defaults to the value indicated in the HID.h file documentation.
+ *
+ *  \li <b>HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH</b>=<i>x</i> - (\ref Group_HIDParser) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ *      HID reports generally contain many USAGE elements, which are assigned to INPUT, OUTPUT and FEATURE items in succession
+ *      when multiple items are defined at once (via REPORT COUNT elements). This allows for several items to be defined with
+ *      different usages in a compact manner. This token may be defined to a non-zero 8-bit value to set the maximum depth of the
+ *      usage stack, indicating the maximum number of USAGE items which can be stored temporarily until the next INPUT, OUTPUT
+ *      and FEATURE item. If not defined, this defaults to the value indicated in the HID.h file documentation.
+ *
+ *  \li <b>HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS</b>=<i>x</i> - (\ref Group_HIDParser) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ *      HID reports generally contain several COLLECTION elements, used to group related data items together. Collection information
+ *      is stored separately in the processed usage structure (and referred to by the data elements in the structure) to save space.
+ *      This token may be defined to a non-zero 8-bit value to set the maximum number of COLLECTION items which can be processed by the
+ *      parser into the resultant processed report structure. If not defined, this defaults to the value indicated in the HID.h file
+ *      documentation.
+ *
+ *  \li <b>HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS</b>=<i>x</i> - (\ref Group_HIDParser) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ *      All HID reports contain one or more INPUT, OUTPUT and/or FEATURE items describing the data which can be sent to and from the HID
+ *      device. Each item has associated usages, bit offsets in the item reports and other associated data indicating the manner in which
+ *      the report data should be interpreted by the host. This token may be defined to a non-zero 8-bit value to set the maximum number of
+ *      data elements which can be stored in the processed HID report structure, including INPUT, OUTPUT and (if enabled) FEATURE items.
+ *      If a item has a multiple count (i.e. a REPORT COUNT of more than 1), each item in the report count is placed separately in the
+ *      processed HID report table. If not defined, this defaults to the value indicated in the HID.h file documentation.
+ *
+ *  \li <b>HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS</b>=<i>x</i> - (\ref Group_HIDParser) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ *      HID reports may contain several report IDs, to logically distinguish grouped device data from one another - for example, a combination
+ *      keyboard and mouse might use report IDs to separate the keyboard reports from the mouse reports. In order to determine the size of each
+ *      report, and thus know how many bytes must be read or written, the size of each report (IN, OUT and FEATURE) must be calculated and
+ *      stored. This token may be defined to a non-zero 8-bit value to set the maximum number of report IDs in a device which can be processed
+ *      and their sizes calculated/stored into the resultant processed report structure. If not defined, this defaults to the value indicated in
+ *      the HID.h file documentation.
+ *
+ *  \li <b>NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH</b> - (\ref Group_USBClassDrivers) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ *      Many of the device and host mode class drivers automatically flush any data waiting to be written to an interface, when the corresponding
+ *      USB management task is executed. This is usually desirable to ensure that any queued data is sent as soon as possible once and new data is
+ *      constructed in the main program loop. However, if flushing is to be controlled manually by the user application via the *_Flush() commands,
+ *      the compile time token may be defined in the application's makefile to disable automatic flushing during calls to the class driver USB
+ *      management tasks.
+ *
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_TokenSummary_USBTokens General USB Driver Related Tokens
+ *  This section describes compile tokens which affect USB driver stack as a whole in the LUFA library.
+ *
+ *  \li <b>ORDERED_EP_CONFIG</b> - (\ref Group_EndpointManagement , \ref Group_PipeManagement) - <i>AVR8, UC3</i> \n
+ *      The USB AVRs do not allow for Endpoints and Pipes to be configured out of order; they <i>must</i> be configured in an ascending order to
+ *      prevent data corruption issues. However, by default LUFA employs a workaround to allow for unordered Endpoint/Pipe initialization. This compile
+ *      time token may be used to restrict the initialization order to ascending indexes only in exchange for a smaller compiled binary size. Use
+ *      caution when applied to applications using the library USB Class drivers; the user application must ensure that all endpoints and pipes are
+ *      allocated sequentially.
+ *
+ *  \li <b>USE_STATIC_OPTIONS</b>=<i>x</i> - (\ref Group_USBManagement) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ *      By default, the USB_Init() function accepts dynamic options at runtime to alter the library behaviour, including whether the USB pad
+ *      voltage regulator is enabled, and the device speed when in device mode. By defining this token to a mask comprised of the USB options
+ *      mask defines usually passed as the Options parameter to USB_Init(), the resulting compiled binary can be decreased in size by removing
+ *      the dynamic options code, and replacing it with the statically set options. When defined, the USB_Init() function no longer accepts an
+ *      Options parameter.
+ *
+ *  \li <b>USB_DEVICE_ONLY</b> - (\ref Group_USBManagement) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ *      For the USB AVR models supporting both device and host USB modes, the USB_Init() function contains a Mode parameter which specifies the
+ *      mode the library should be initialized to. If only device mode is required, the code for USB host mode can be removed from the binary to
+ *      save space. When defined, the USB_Init() function no longer accepts a Mode parameter. This define is irrelevant on smaller USB AVRs which
+ *      do not support host mode.
+ *
+ *  \li <b>USB_HOST_ONLY</b> - (\ref Group_USBManagement) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ *      Same as USB_DEVICE_ONLY, except the library is fixed to USB host mode rather than USB device mode. Not available on some USB AVR models.
+ *
+ *  \li <b>USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS</b>=<i>x</i> - (\ref Group_USBManagement) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ *      When endpoint and/or pipe stream functions are used, by default there is a timeout between each transfer which the connected device or host
+ *      must satisfy, or the stream function aborts the remaining data transfer. This token may be defined to a non-zero 16-bit value to set the timeout
+ *      period for stream transfers, specified in milliseconds. If not defined, the default value specified in LowLevel.h is used instead.
+ *
+ *  \li <b>NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT</b> - (\ref Group_Events) - <i>AVR8 Only</i> \n
+ *      On the smaller USB AVRs, the USB controller lacks VBUS events to determine the physical connection state of the USB bus to a host. In lieu of
+ *      VBUS events, the library attempts to determine the connection state via the bus suspension and wake up events instead. This however may be
+ *      slightly inaccurate due to the possibility of the host suspending the bus while the device is still connected. If accurate connection status is
+ *      required, the VBUS line of the USB connector should be routed to an AVR pin to detect its level, so that the \ref USB_DeviceState global
+ *      can be accurately set and the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_Connect() and \ref EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect() events manually raised by the user application.
+ *      When defined, this token disables the library's auto-detection of the connection state by the aforementioned suspension and wake up events.
+ *
+ *  \li <b>NO_SOF_EVENTS</b> - (\ref Group_Events) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ *      By default, there exists a LUFA application event for the start of each USB frame while the USB bus is not suspended in either host or device mode.
+ *      This event can be selectively enabled or disabled by calling the appropriate device or host mode function. When this compile time token is defined,
+ *      the ability to receive USB Start of Frame events via the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame() or \ref EVENT_USB_Host_StartOfFrame() events is removed,
+ *      reducing the compiled program's binary size.
+ *
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_TokenSummary_USBDeviceTokens USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens
+ *  This section describes compile tokens which affect USB driver stack of the LUFA library when used in Device mode.
+ *
+ *  \li <b>USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS</b> - (\ref Group_StdDescriptors) - <i>AVR8 Only</i> \n
+ *      Define this token to indicate to the USB driver that all device descriptors are stored in RAM, rather than being located in any one
+ *      of the AVR's memory spaces. RAM descriptors may be desirable in applications where the descriptors need to be modified at runtime.
+ *
+ *  \li <b>USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS</b> - (\ref Group_StdDescriptors) - <i>AVR8 Only</i> \n
+ *      Similar to USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS, but all descriptors are stored in the AVR's FLASH memory rather than RAM.
+ *
+ *  \li <b>USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS</b> - (\ref Group_StdDescriptors) - <i>AVR8 Only</i> \n
+ *      Similar to USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS, but all descriptors are stored in the AVR's EEPROM memory rather than RAM.
+ *
+ *  \li <b>NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL</b> - (\ref Group_StdDescriptors) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ *      Some AVR models contain a unique serial number which can be used as the device serial number, while in device mode. This allows
+ *      the host to uniquely identify the device regardless of if it is moved between USB ports on the same computer, allowing allocated
+ *      resources (such as drivers, COM Port number allocations) to be preserved. This is not needed in many apps, and so the code that
+ *      performs this task can be disabled by defining this option and passing it to the compiler via the -D switch.
+ *
+ *  \li <b>FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE</b>=<i>x</i> - (\ref Group_EndpointManagement) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ *      By default, the library determines the size of the control endpoint (when in device mode) by reading the device descriptor.
+ *      Normally this reduces the amount of configuration required for the library, allows the value to change dynamically (if
+ *      descriptors are stored in EEPROM or RAM rather than flash memory) and reduces code maintenance. However, this token can be
+ *      defined to a non-zero value instead to give the size in bytes of the control endpoint, to reduce the size of the compiled
+ *      binary.
+ *
+ *  \li <b>DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR</b> - (\ref Group_Device) - <i>AVR8 Only</i> \n
+ *      One of the most frequently used global variables in the stack is the USB_DeviceState global, which indicates the current state of
+ *      the Device State Machine. To reduce the amount of code and time required to access and modify this global in an application, this token
+ *      may be defined to a value between 0 and 2 to fix the state variable into one of the three general purpose IO registers inside the AVR
+ *      reserved for application use. When defined, the corresponding GPIOR register should not be used within the user application except
+ *      implicitly via the library APIs.
+ *
+ *  \li <b>FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS</b>=<i>x</i> - (\ref Group_Device) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ *      By default, the library determines the number of configurations a USB device supports by reading the device descriptor. This reduces
+ *      the amount of configuration required to set up the library, and allows the value to change dynamically (if descriptors are stored in
+ *      EEPROM or RAM rather than flash memory) and reduces code maintenance. However, this value may be fixed via this token in the project
+ *      makefile to reduce the compiled size of the binary at the expense of flexibility.
+ *
+ *  \li <b>CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE</b> - (\ref Group_Device) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ *      In some limited USB device applications, there are no device endpoints other than the control endpoint; i.e. all device communication
+ *      is through control endpoint requests. Defining this token will remove several features related to the selection and control of device
+ *      endpoints internally, saving space. Generally, this is usually only useful in (some) bootloaders and is best avoided.
+ *
+ *  \li <b>MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX</b> - (\ref Group_Device) - <i>XMEGA Only</i> \n
+ *      Defining this value to the highest index (not address - this excludes the direction flag) endpoint within the device will restrict the
+ *      number of FIFOs created internally for the endpoint buffers, reducing the total RAM usage.
+ *
+ *  \li <b>INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT</b> - (\ref Group_USBManagement) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ *      Some applications prefer to not call the USB_USBTask() management task regularly while in device mode, as it can complicate code significantly.
+ *      Instead, when device mode is used this token can be passed to the library via the -D switch to allow the library to manage the USB control
+ *      endpoint entirely via USB controller interrupts asynchronously to the user application. When defined, USB_USBTask() does not need to be called
+ *      when in USB device mode.
+ *
+ *  \li <b>NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP</b> - (\ref Group_Device) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ *      Many devices do not require the use of the Remote Wakeup features of USB, used to wake up the USB host when suspended. On these devices,
+ *      the code required to manage device Remote Wakeup can be disabled by defining this token and passing it to the library via the -D switch.
+ *
+ *  \li <b>NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER</b> - (\ref Group_Device) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ *      USB devices may be bus powered, self powered, or a combination of both. When a device can be both bus powered and self powered, the host may
+ *      query the device to determine the current power source, via \ref USB_Device_CurrentlySelfPowered. For solely bus powered devices, this global
+ *      and the code required to manage it may be disabled by passing this token to the library via the -D switch.
+ *
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_TokenSummary_USBHostTokens USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens
+ *
+ *  This section describes compile tokens which affect USB driver stack of the LUFA library when used in Host mode.
+ *
+ *  \li <b>HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR</b> - (\ref Group_Host) - <i>AVR8 Only</i> \n
+ *      One of the most frequently used global variables in the stack is the USB_HostState global, which indicates the current state of
+ *      the Host State Machine. To reduce the amount of code and time required to access and modify this global in an application, this token
+ *      may be defined to a value between 0 and 2 to fix the state variable into one of the three general purpose IO registers inside the AVR
+ *      reserved for application use. When defined, the corresponding GPIOR register should not be used within the user application except
+ *      implicitly via the library APIs.
+ *
+ *  \li <b>USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS</b>=<i>x</i> - (\ref Group_Host) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ *      When a control transfer is initiated in host mode to an attached device, a timeout is used to abort the transfer if the attached
+ *      device fails to respond within the timeout period. This token may be defined to a non-zero 16-bit value to set the timeout period for
+ *      control transfers, specified in milliseconds. If not defined, the default value specified in Host.h is used instead.
+ *
+ *  \li <b>HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS</b>=<i>x</i> - (\ref Group_Host) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ *      Some devices require a delay of up to 5 seconds after they are connected to VBUS before the enumeration process can be started, or
+ *      they will fail to enumerate correctly. By placing a delay before the enumeration process, it can be ensured that the bus has settled
+ *      back to a known idle state before communications occur with the device. This token may be defined to a 16-bit value to set the device
+ *      settle period, specified in milliseconds. If not defined, the default value specified in Host.h is used instead.
+ *
+ *  \li <b>INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE</b> - (\ref Group_Host) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ *      If enabled, this will indicate that the USB target VBUS line polarity is inverted; i.e. it should be pulled low to enable VBUS to the
+ *      target, and pulled high to stop the target VBUS generation.
+ *      \n
+ *      \attention On AVR8 architecture devices, this compile time option requires \c NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT to be set.
+ *
+ *  \li <b>NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT</b> - (\ref Group_Host) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ *      Disables the automatic management of VBUS to the target, i.e. automatic shut down in the even of an overcurrent situation. When enabled, VBUS
+ *      is enabled while the USB controller is initialized in USB Host mode.
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/CompilingApps.txt b/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/CompilingApps.txt
index 08f81d2ba2..08f81d2ba2 100644
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/CompilingApps.txt
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/CompilingApps.txt
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/ConfiguringApps.txt b/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/ConfiguringApps.txt
index 15b660e927..15b660e927 100644
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/ConfiguringApps.txt
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/ConfiguringApps.txt
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/DevelopingWithLUFA.txt b/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/DevelopingWithLUFA.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..31b58fa2af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/DevelopingWithLUFA.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/**
+ *  \page Page_DevelopingWithLUFA Developing With LUFA
+ *
+ *  This section of the manual contains information on LUFA development, such as Getting Started information,
+ *  information on compile-time tuning of the library and other developer-related sections.
+ *
+ *  <b>Subsections:</b>
+ *  \li \subpage Page_BuildSystem - The LUFA Buildsystem
+ *  \li \subpage Page_TokenSummary - Summary of Compile Time Tokens
+ *  \li \subpage Page_Migration - Migrating from an Older LUFA Version
+ *  \li \subpage Page_VIDPID - Allocated USB VID and PID Values
+ *  \li \subpage Page_OSDrivers - Operating System Driver Information
+ *  \li \subpage Page_BuildLibrary - Building as a Linkable Library
+ *  \li \subpage Page_WritingBoardDrivers - How to Write Custom Board Drivers
+ *  \li \subpage Page_SoftwareBootloaderStart - How to jump to the bootloader in software
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/DeviceSupport.txt b/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/DeviceSupport.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cff2cda4b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/DeviceSupport.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,424 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/**
+ *  \page Page_DeviceSupport Device and Hardware Support
+ *
+ *  <b>Atmel Microcontrollers:</b>
+ *  \li \subpage Page_AVR8Support - Atmel AVR8 Support
+ *  \li \subpage Page_UC3Support - Atmel AVR32 UC3 Support
+ *  \li \subpage Page_XMEGASupport - Atmel XMEGA Support
+ */
+
+/**
+ *  \page Page_AVR8Support Atmel 8-Bit AVR (AVR8) Support
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_AVR8Support_Devices Supported Microcontroller Models
+ *
+ *  Currently supported AVR8 models:
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <th width="150px">Part</th>
+ *   <th width="150px">USB Device Mode</th>
+ *   <th width="150px">USB Host Mode</th>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>AT90USB82</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>ATMEGA8U2</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>AT90USB162</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>ATMEGA16U2</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>ATMEGA16U4</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>ATMEGA32U2</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>ATMEGA32U4</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>AT90USB646</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>AT90USB647</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>AT90USB1286</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>AT90USB1287</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_AVR8Support_Boards Supported Atmel Boards
+ *  Currently supported Atmel AVR8 boards (see \ref Group_BoardTypes):
+ *   - AT90USBKEY
+ *   - ATAVRUSBRF01
+ *   - EVK527
+ *   - RZUSBSTICK
+ *   - STK525
+ *   - STK526
+ *   - XPLAIN (Original green board, <i>not</i> the newer blue XPLAINED family boards)
+ *   - Xplained-MINI
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_AVR8Support_ThirdParty Supported Third Party Boards
+ *  Currently supported third-party boards (see \ref Group_BoardTypes for makefile \c BOARD constant names):
+ *   - Adafruit U4 Breakout Board
+ *   - Arduino Leonardo
+ *   - Arduino Micro
+ *   - Arduino Uno
+ *   - Arduino Yun
+ *   - Bitwizard Multio and Big-Multio
+ *   - Busware BUI
+ *   - Busware CUL V3
+ *   - Busware TUL
+ *   - DorkbotPDX Duce
+ *   - Fletchtronics Bumble-B (using manufacturer recommended peripheral layout)
+ *   - Kernel Concepts USBFOO
+ *   - Linnix UDIP
+ *   - MattairTech JM-DB-U2
+ *   - Maximus USB
+ *   - Micropendous Boards (Micropendous-32U2, Micropendous-1, Micropendous-2)
+ *   - Microsin AVR-USB162
+ *   - Minimus USB
+ *   - Olimex AVR-USB-162, AVR-USB-32U4 and AVR-USB-T32U4 Boards
+ *   - Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2
+ *   - Paranoid Studio's US2AX (V1, V2 and V3 hardware revisions)
+ *   - PJRC Teensy (1.x and 2.x versions)
+ *   - Pololu A-Star Micro
+ *   - Rikus' U2S
+ *   - Sparkfun U2 Breakout Board
+ *   - Stange ISP Programmer Board
+ *   - TCNISO Blackcat USB JTAG
+ *   - Tempusdictum Benito
+ *   - Tom's USBTINY-MKII (all revisions and versions)
+ *   - Custom User Boards (with Board Drivers if desired, see \ref Page_WritingBoardDrivers)
+ */
+
+/**
+ *  \page Page_UC3Support Atmel 32-Bit UC3 AVR (UC3)
+ *
+ *  \warning The AVR32 UC3 device support is currently <b>experimental</b>, and is included for preview purposes only.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_UC3Support_Devices Supported Microcontroller Models
+ *
+ *  Currently supported UC3 models:
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <th width="150px">Part</th>
+ *   <th width="150px">USB Device Mode</th>
+ *   <th width="150px">USB Host Mode</th>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>AT32UC3A364</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>AT32UC3A364S</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>AT32UC3A464</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>AT32UC3A464S</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>AT32UC3B064</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>AT32UC3B164</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>AT32UC3A0128</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>AT32UC3A1128</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>AT32UC3A3128</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>AT32UC3A3128S</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>AT32UC3A4128</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>AT32UC3A4128S</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>AT32UC3B0128</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>AT32UC3B1128</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>AT32UC3A0256</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>AT32UC3A1256</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>AT32UC3A3256</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>AT32UC3A3256S</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>AT32UC3A4256</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>AT32UC3A4256S</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>AT32UC3B0256</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>AT32UC3B1256</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>AT32UC3A0512</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>AT32UC3A1512</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>AT32UC3B0512</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>AT32UC3B1512</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_UC3Support_Boards Supported Atmel Boards
+ *
+ *  Currently supported Atmel UC3 boards (see \ref Group_BoardTypes):
+ *   - EVK1100
+ *   - EVK1101
+ *   - EVK1104
+ *   - UC3-A3 Xplained
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_UC3Support_ThirdParty Supported Third Party Boards
+ *
+ *  Currently supported third-party boards (see \ref Group_BoardTypes for makefile \c BOARD constant names):
+ *   - Custom User Boards (with Board Drivers if desired, see \ref Page_WritingBoardDrivers)
+ */
+
+/**
+ *  \page Page_XMEGASupport Atmel USB XMEGA AVR (XMEGA)
+ *
+ *  \warning The XMEGA device support is currently <b>experimental</b> (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_XMEGASupport_Devices Supported Microcontroller Models
+ *
+ *  Currently supported XMEGA models:
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <th width="150px">Part</th>
+ *   <th width="150px">USB Device Mode</th>
+ *   <th width="150px">USB Host Mode</th>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>ATXMEGA16A4U</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>ATXMEGA32A4U</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>ATXMEGA64A4U</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>ATXMEGA128A4U</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>ATXMEGA64A3U</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>ATXMEGA128A3U</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>ATXMEGA192A3U</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>ATXMEGA256A3U</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>ATXMEGA256A3BU</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>ATXMEGA128A1U</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>ATXMEGA64B3</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>ATXMEGA128B3</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>ATXMEGA64B1</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>ATXMEGA128B1</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>ATXMEGA64C3</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>ATXMEGA128C3</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>ATXMEGA192C3</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>ATXMEGA256C3</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>ATXMEGA384C3</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>ATXMEGA16C4</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>ATXMEGA32C4</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_XMEGASupport_Boards Supported Atmel Boards
+ *  Currently supported Atmel XMEGA boards (see \ref Group_BoardTypes):
+ *   - XMEGA A3BU Xplained
+ *   - XMEGA B1 Xplained
+ *   - XMEGA C3 Xplained
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_XMEGASupport_ThirdParty Supported Third Party Boards
+ *  Currently supported third-party boards (see \ref Group_BoardTypes for makefile \c BOARD constant names):
+ *   - Custom User Boards (with Board Drivers if desired, see \ref Page_WritingBoardDrivers)
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/DirectorySummaries.txt b/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/DirectorySummaries.txt
index 87b863c28b..87b863c28b 100644
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/DirectorySummaries.txt
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/DirectorySummaries.txt
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Donating.txt b/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Donating.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..68228ac944
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Donating.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/**
+ *  \page Page_Donating Donating to Support This Project
+ *
+ *  \image html Images/Author.jpg "Dean Camera, LUFA Developer"
+ *
+ *  I am a software developer working on LUFA in my spare time. The development and support of this library requires
+ *  much effort from myself, as I am the sole developer, maintainer and supporter. Please consider donating a small
+ *  amount to support this and my future Open Source projects - All donations are <i>greatly</i> appreciated.
+ *
+ *  Note that commercial entities can remove the attribution portion of the LUFA license by a one-time fee - see
+ *  \ref Page_LicenseInfo for more details (<b>Note: Please do NOT pay this in advance through the donation link below -
+ *  contact author for payment details.</b>).
+ *
+ *  \htmlonly
+ *    \image html "http://www.pledgie.com/campaigns/6927.png"
+ *  \endhtmlonly
+ *  <a href="http://www.lufa-lib.org/donate">Donate to this project via PayPal</a> - Thanks in Advance!
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/FutureChanges.txt b/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/FutureChanges.txt
index af11863743..af11863743 100644
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/FutureChanges.txt
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/FutureChanges.txt
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/GettingStarted.txt b/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/GettingStarted.txt
index 9ceec1e04e..9ceec1e04e 100644
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/GettingStarted.txt
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/GettingStarted.txt
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Groups.txt b/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Groups.txt
index 2dfa4209d4..2dfa4209d4 100644
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Groups.txt
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Groups.txt
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/Author.jpg b/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/Author.jpg
index e8f5541a0e..e8f5541a0e 100644
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/Author.jpg
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/Author.jpg
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/LUFA.png b/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/LUFA.png
index 54fa1a6643..54fa1a6643 100644
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/LUFA.png
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/LUFA.png
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/LUFA_thumb.png b/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/LUFA_thumb.png
index efa5386778..efa5386778 100644
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/LUFA_thumb.png
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/LUFA_thumb.png
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/KnownIssues.txt b/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/KnownIssues.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..183036c483
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/KnownIssues.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+ /** \page Page_KnownIssues Known Issues
+  *  The following are known issues present in each official LUFA release. This list should contain all known
+  *  issues in the library. Most of these issues should be corrected in the future release - see
+  *  \ref Page_FutureChanges for a list of planned changes in future releases.
+  *
+  *  \section Sec_KnownIssues170418 Version 170418
+  *  - AVR8 Architecture
+  *    - No known issues.
+  *  - UC3 Architecture
+  *    \warning The UC3 device support is currently <b>experimental</b> (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only. \n
+  *
+  *    - No demos, bootloaders or projects have been ported for the UC3 devices in the current release,
+  *      although the architecture is supported in the LUFA core library.
+  *    - DMA transfers to and from the USB controller are not yet implemented for this release.
+  *    - The UC3C, UC3D and UC3L sub-families of UC3 are not currently supported by the library due to their
+  *      altered USB controller design.
+  *    - The various \c *_CreateStream() functions for creating standard \c <stdio.h> compatible virtual file
+  *      streams are not available on the UC3 architecture, due to a lack of suitable library support.
+  *  - XMEGA Architecture
+  *    \warning The XMEGA device support is currently <b>experimental</b> (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only.
+  *
+  *    - Endpoints of more than 64 bytes are not currently supported in this release.
+  *    - Isochronous endpoints are not currently supported in this release. As a result, the audio class
+  *      cannot be used on XMEGA devices.
+  *    - Multiple-bank endpoints are not currently supported in this release.
+  *    - Early silicon revisions of the ATXMEGA128A1U are incompatible with LUFA, due to their various errata
+  *      relating to the USB controller.
+  *  - Architecture Independent
+  *    - The LUFA library is not watchdog aware, and thus timeouts are possible if short periods are used
+  *      and a lengthy USB operation is initiated.
+  *    - No LUFA provided driver INF files for Windows are signed, and thus may fail to install on systems where driver signing is enforced (e.g. Windows 8/10).
+  *  - Build System
+  *    - No known issues.
+  *  - Atmel Studio Integration
+  *    - Not all devices are listed in the "Supported Parts" screen when selecting a device. To select an alternative device, change the "Show Device" drop-down to "All Parts".
+  *    - When switching boards after changing the device selection, a second conflicting \c BOARD symbol definition can be created that prevents successful compilation. To fix, open the project properties window (<i>Project->Project {name} Properties...</i> menu item), click the "Toolchain" tab, click "Symbols" under the "AVR/GNU C Compiler" section and remove the incorrect definition.
+  *
+  *  \section Sec_KnownIssues151115 Version 151115
+  *  - AVR8 Architecture
+  *    - No known issues.
+  *  - UC3 Architecture
+  *    \warning The UC3 device support is currently <b>experimental</b> (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only. \n
+  *
+  *    - No demos, bootloaders or projects have been ported for the UC3 devices in the current release,
+  *      although the architecture is supported in the LUFA core library.
+  *    - DMA transfers to and from the USB controller are not yet implemented for this release.
+  *    - The UC3C, UC3D and UC3L sub-families of UC3 are not currently supported by the library due to their
+  *      altered USB controller design.
+  *    - The various \c *_CreateStream() functions for creating standard \c <stdio.h> compatible virtual file
+  *      streams are not available on the UC3 architecture, due to a lack of suitable library support.
+  *  - XMEGA Architecture
+  *    \warning The XMEGA device support is currently <b>experimental</b> (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only.
+  *
+  *    - Endpoints of more than 64 bytes are not currently supported in this release.
+  *    - Isochronous endpoints are not currently supported in this release. As a result, the audio class
+  *      cannot be used on XMEGA devices.
+  *    - Multiple-bank endpoints are not currently supported in this release.
+  *    - Early silicon revisions of the ATXMEGA128A1U are incompatible with LUFA, due to their various errata
+  *      relating to the USB controller.
+  *  - Architecture Independent
+  *    - The LUFA library is not watchdog aware, and thus timeouts are possible if short periods are used
+  *      and a lengthy USB operation is initiated.
+  *    - No LUFA provided driver INF files for Windows are signed, and thus may fail to install on systems where driver signing is enforced (e.g. Windows 8).
+  *  - Build System
+  *    - No known issues.
+  *  - Atmel Studio Integration
+  *    - Not all devices are listed in the "Supported Parts" screen when selecting a device. To select an alternative device, change the "Show Device" drop-down to "All Parts".
+  *    - When switching boards after changing the device selection, a second conflicting \c BOARD symbol definition can be created that prevents successful compilation. To fix, open the project properties window (<i>Project->Project {name} Properties...</i> menu item), click the "Toolchain" tab, click "Symbols" under the "AVR/GNU C Compiler" section and remove the incorrect definition.
+  *
+  *  \section Sec_KnownIssues140928 Version 140928
+  *  - AVR8 Architecture
+  *    - No known issues.
+  *  - UC3 Architecture
+  *    \warning The UC3 device support is currently <b>experimental</b> (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only. \n
+  *
+  *    - No demos, bootloaders or projects have been ported for the UC3 devices in the current release,
+  *      although the architecture is supported in the LUFA core library.
+  *    - DMA transfers to and from the USB controller are not yet implemented for this release.
+  *    - The UC3C, UC3D and UC3L sub-families of UC3 are not currently supported by the library due to their
+  *      altered USB controller design.
+  *    - The various \c *_CreateStream() functions for creating standard \c <stdio.h> compatible virtual file
+  *      streams are not available on the UC3 architecture, due to a lack of suitable library support.
+  *  - XMEGA Architecture
+  *    \warning The XMEGA device support is currently <b>experimental</b> (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only.
+  *
+  *    - Endpoints of more than 64 bytes are not currently supported in this release.
+  *    - Isochronous endpoints are not currently supported in this release. As a result, the audio class
+  *      cannot be used on XMEGA devices.
+  *    - Multiple-bank endpoints are not currently supported in this release.
+  *    - Early silicon revisions of the ATXMEGA128A1U are incompatible with LUFA, due to their various errata
+  *      relating to the USB controller.
+  *  - Architecture Independent
+  *    - The LUFA library is not watchdog aware, and thus timeouts are possible if short periods are used
+  *      and a lengthy USB operation is initiated.
+  *    - No LUFA provided driver INF files for Windows are signed, and thus may fail to install on systems where driver signing is enforced (e.g. Windows 8).
+  *  - Build System
+  *    - No known issues.
+  *  - Atmel Studio Integration
+  *    - Not all devices are listed in the "Supported Parts" screen when selecting a device. To select an alternative device, change the "Show Device" drop-down to "All Parts".
+  *    - When switching boards after changing the device selection, a second conflicting \c BOARD symbol definition can be created that prevents successful compilation. To fix, open the project properties window (<i>Project->Project {name} Properties...</i> menu item), click the "Toolchain" tab, click "Symbols" under the "AVR/GNU C Compiler" section and remove the incorrect definition.
+  *
+  *  \section Sec_KnownIssues140302 Version 140302
+  *  - AVR8 Architecture
+  *    - No known issues.
+  *  - UC3 Architecture
+  *    \warning The UC3 device support is currently <b>experimental</b> (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only. \n
+  *
+  *    - No demos, bootloaders or projects have been ported for the UC3 devices in the current release,
+  *      although the architecture is supported in the LUFA core library.
+  *    - DMA transfers to and from the USB controller are not yet implemented for this release.
+  *    - The UC3C, UC3D and UC3L sub-families of UC3 are not currently supported by the library due to their
+  *      altered USB controller design.
+  *    - The various \c *_CreateStream() functions for creating standard \c <stdio.h> compatible virtual file
+  *      streams are not available on the UC3 architecture, due to a lack of suitable library support.
+  *  - XMEGA Architecture
+  *    \warning The XMEGA device support is currently <b>experimental</b> (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only.
+  *
+  *    - Endpoints of more than 64 bytes are not currently supported in this release.
+  *    - Isochronous endpoints are not currently supported in this release. As a result, the audio class
+  *      cannot be used on XMEGA devices.
+  *    - Multiple-bank endpoints are not currently supported in this release.
+  *    - Early silicon revisions of the ATXMEGA128A1U are incompatible with LUFA, due to their various errata
+  *      relating to the USB controller.
+  *  - Architecture Independent
+  *    - The LUFA library is not watchdog aware, and thus timeouts are possible if short periods are used
+  *      and a lengthy USB operation is initiated.
+  *    - No LUFA provided driver INF files for Windows are signed, and thus may fail to install on systems where driver signing is enforced (e.g. Windows 8).
+  *  - Build System
+  *    - No known issues.
+  *  - Atmel Studio Integration
+  *    - Not all devices are listed in the "Supported Parts" screen when selecting a device. To select an alternative device, change the "Show Device" drop-down to "All Parts".
+  *    - When switching boards after changing the device selection, a second conflicting BOARD symbol definition can be created that prevents successful compilation. To fix, open the project properties window (<i>Project->Project {name} Properties...</i> menu item), click the Toolchain tab, click "Symbols" under the "AVR/GNU C Compiler" section and remove the incorrect definition.
+  *
+  *  \section Sec_KnownIssues130901 Version 130901
+  *  - AVR8 Architecture
+  *    - No known issues.
+  *  - UC3 Architecture
+  *    \warning The UC3 device support is currently <b>experimental</b> (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only. \n
+  *
+  *    - No demos, bootloaders or projects have been ported for the UC3 devices in the current release,
+  *      although the architecture is supported in the LUFA core library.
+  *    - DMA transfers to and from the USB controller are not yet implemented for this release.
+  *    - The UC3C, UC3D and UC3L sub-families of UC3 are not currently supported by the library due to their
+  *      altered USB controller design.
+  *    - The various \c *_CreateStream() functions for creating standard \c <stdio.h> compatible virtual file
+  *      streams are not available on the UC3 architecture, due to a lack of suitable library support.
+  *  - XMEGA Architecture
+  *    \warning The XMEGA device support is currently <b>experimental</b> (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only.
+  *
+  *    - Endpoints of more than 64 bytes are not currently supported in this release.
+  *    - Isochronous endpoints are not currently supported in this release. As a result, the audio class
+  *      cannot be used on XMEGA devices.
+  *    - Multiple-bank endpoints are not currently supported in this release.
+  *    - Early silicon revisions of the ATXMEGA128A1U are incompatible with LUFA, due to their various errata
+  *      relating to the USB controller.
+  *  - Architecture Independent
+  *    - The LUFA library is not watchdog aware, and thus timeouts are possible if short periods are used
+  *      and a lengthy USB operation is initiated.
+  *    - No LUFA provided driver INF files for Windows are signed, and thus may fail to install on systems where driver signing is enforced (e.g. Windows 8).
+  *  - Build System
+  *    - No known issues.
+  *  - Atmel Studio Integration
+  *    - Not all devices are listed in the "Supported Parts" screen when selecting a device. To select an alternative device, change the "Show Device" drop-down to "All Parts".
+  *    - When switching boards after changing the device selection, a second conflicting BOARD symbol definition can be created that prevents successful compilation. To fix, open the project properties window (<i>Project->Project {name} Properties...</i> menu item), click the Toolchain tab, click "Symbols" under the "AVR/GNU C Compiler" section and remove the incorrect definition.
+  *
+  *  \section Sec_KnownIssues130303 Version 130303
+  *  - AVR8 Architecture
+  *    - No known issues.
+  *  - UC3 Architecture
+  *    \warning The UC3 device support is currently <b>experimental</b> (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only. \n
+  *
+  *    - No demos, bootloaders or projects have been ported for the UC3 devices in the current release,
+  *      although the architecture is supported in the LUFA core library.
+  *    - DMA transfers to and from the USB controller are not yet implemented for this release.
+  *    - The UC3C, UC3D and UC3L sub-families of UC3 are not currently supported by the library due to their
+  *      altered USB controller design.
+  *    - The various \c CreateStream() functions for creating standard \c <stdio.h> compatible virtual file
+  *      streams are not available on the UC3 architecture, due to a lack of suitable library support.
+  *  - XMEGA Architecture
+  *    \warning The XMEGA device support is currently <b>experimental</b> (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only.
+  *
+  *    - No demos, bootloaders or projects have been ported for the XMEGA devices in the current release,
+  *      although the architecture is supported in the LUFA core library.
+  *    - Endpoints of more than 64 bytes are not currently supported in this release.
+  *    - Isochronous endpoints are not currently supported in this release. As a result, the audio class
+  *      cannot be used on XMEGA devices.
+  *    - Multiple-bank endpoints are not currently supported in this release.
+  *    - Early revisions of the ATXMEGA128A1U are incompatible with LUFA, due to their various errata
+  *      relating to the USB controller.
+  *  - Architecture Independent
+  *    - The LUFA library is not watchdog aware, and thus timeouts are possible if short periods are used
+  *      and a lengthy USB operation is initiated.
+  *    - No LUFA provided driver INF files for Windows are signed, and thus may fail to install on systems where driver signing is enforced (e.g. Windows 8).
+  *  - Build System
+  *    - No known issues.
+  *
+  *  \section Sec_KnownIssues120730 Version 120730
+  *  - AVR8 Architecture
+  *    - No known issues.
+  *  - UC3 Architecture
+  *    \warning The UC3 device support is currently <b>experimental</b> (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only. \n
+  *
+  *    - No demos, bootloaders or projects have been ported for the UC3 devices in the current release,
+  *      although the architecture is supported in the LUFA core library.
+  *    - DMA transfers to and from the USB controller are not yet implemented for this release.
+  *    - The UC3C, UC3D and UC3L sub-families of UC3 are not currently supported by the library due to their
+  *      altered USB controller design.
+  *    - The various \c CreateStream() functions for creating standard \c <stdio.h> compatible virtual file
+  *      streams are not available on the UC3 architecture, due to a lack of suitable library support.
+  *  - XMEGA Architecture
+  *    \warning The XMEGA device support is currently <b>experimental</b> (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only.
+  *
+  *    - No demos, bootloaders or projects have been ported for the XMEGA devices in the current release,
+  *      although the architecture is supported in the LUFA core library.
+  *    - Endpoints of more than 64 bytes are not currently supported in this release.
+  *    - Isochronous endpoints are not currently supported in this release. As a result, the audio class
+  *      cannot be used on XMEGA devices.
+  *    - Multiple-bank endpoints are not currently supported in this release.
+  *    - Early revisions of the ATXMEGA128A1U are incompatible with LUFA, due to their various errata
+  *      relating to the USB controller.
+  *  - Architecture Independent
+  *    - The LUFA library is not watchdog aware, and thus timeouts are possible if short periods are used
+  *      and a lengthy USB operation is initiated.
+  *    - No LUFA provided driver INF files for Windows are signed, and thus may fail to install on systems where driver signing is enforced (e.g. Windows 8).
+  *  - Build System
+  *    - No known issues.
+  */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/LUFAPoweredProjects.txt b/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/LUFAPoweredProjects.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fa94add496
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/LUFAPoweredProjects.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \page Page_LUFAPoweredProjects User Projects Powered by LUFA
+ *
+ *  LUFA is currently in use all around the world, in many applications both commercial and non-commercial. Below is a
+ *  list of known public LUFA powered projects, which all use the LUFA library in some way. Feel free to visit each project's
+ *  home page for more information on each project.
+ *
+ *  If you have a project that you would like to add to this list, please contact me via the details on the main page of this
+ *  documentation.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_BoardsUsingLUFA AVR-USB Development Boards Using LUFA
+ *
+ *  The following is a list of known AVR USB development boards, which recommend using LUFA for the USB stack. Some of these
+ *  are open design, and all are available for purchase as completed development boards suitable for project development.
+ *
+ *  \li AVR-USB-162, a USBKEY-like development board for the AT90USB162: http://olimex.com/dev/avr-usb-162.html
+ *  \li Benito #7, a no-frills USB board: http://www.dorkbotpdx.org/wiki/benito
+ *  \li Duce, the successor to the Benito #7: http://dorkbotpdx.org/wiki/duce
+ *  \li JM-DB-U2, an ATMEGA32U2 development board: http://u2.mattair.net/index.html
+ *  \li Micropendous, an open design/source set of AVR USB development boards: http://micropendous.org/
+ *  \li Microsin AVR-USB162 breakout board, a DIY AT90USB162 development board: http://microsin.ru/content/view/685/44/
+ *  \li Minimus USB, a board specially designed for PSGroove: http://www.minimususb.com/
+ *  \li Nanduino, a do-it-yourself AT90USB162 board: http://www.makestuff.eu/wordpress/?page_id=569
+ *  \li Sparkfun ATMEGA8U2 breakout board: http://www.sparkfun.com/products/10277
+ *  \li Teensy and Teensy++, two other AVR USB development boards: http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/index.html
+ *  \li U2DIL/U4DIL, a set of DIP layout USB AVR boards: http://www.reworld.eu/re/en/products/u2dil/
+ *  \li USB2AX, a tiny USB to serial converter board: http://paranoidstudio.assembla.com/wiki/show/paranoidstudio/USB2AX
+ *  \li USBFOO 2, AT90USB162 based development board: http://shop.kernelconcepts.de/product_info.php?products_id=102
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_LUFAProjects Projects Using LUFA (Hobbyist)
+ *
+ *  The following are known hobbyist projects using LUFA. Most are open source, and show off interesting ways that the LUFA library
+ *  can be incorporated into many different applications.
+ *
+ *  \li Accelerometer Game Joystick: http://www.crictor.co.il/he/episodes/joystick/
+ *  \li Adjacent Reality Motion Tracker: http://www.adjacentreality.org/
+ *  \li AD9833 based USB Function Generator: http://tuomasnylund.fi/drupal6/content/ad9833-based-usb-function-generator
+ *  \li AERY development platform for the AVR32 devices: http://www.aery32.com/
+ *  \li AM Radio transmitter: http://amcinnes.info/2012/uc_am_xmit/
+ *  \li Arcade Controller: http://fletchtronics.net/arcade-controller-made-petunia
+ *  \li Arcade Joystick: http://jamie.lentin.co.uk/embedded/arcade-joystick/
+ *  \li AttoBasic AVR BASIC interpreter: http://cappels.org/dproj/AttoBasic_Home/AttoBasic_Home.html
+ *  \li AVR USB Modem, a 3G Wireless Modem host: http://code.google.com/p/avrusbmodem/
+ *  \li Bicycle POV: http://www.code.google.com/p/bicycleledpov/
+ *  \li Bluetooth Explorerbot: http://code.google.com/p/bluetooth-explorerbot/
+ *  \li Bus Ninja, an AVR clone of the popular BusPirate project: http://blog.hodgepig.org/busninja/
+ *  \li CAMTRIG, a remote Camera Trigger device: http://code.astraw.com/projects/motmot/camtrig
+ *  \li ChameleonMini, a smart card emulator: https://github.com/skuep/ChameleonMini
+ *  \li CD Driver Emulator Dongle for ISO Files: http://cdemu.blogspot.com/
+ *  \li ChipWhisperer, a signal capture device: https://www.assembla.com/spaces/chipwhisperer/wiki/ChipWhisperer_Rev2_Capture_Hardware
+ *  \li ClockTamer, a configurable clock generator: http://code.google.com/p/clock-tamer/
+ *  \li Collection of alternative Arduino Uno firmwares: http://hunt.net.nz/users/darran/
+ *  \li Computer controlled LED matrix (Russian): http://we.easyelectronics.ru/AVR/nebolshoy-primer-s-lufa-hidapi.html
+ *  \li CULFW, a 868MHz RF packet encoder/decoder: http://www.koeniglich.de/culfw/culfw.html
+ *  \li Dashkey, a custom PC keyboard controller: http://geekhack.org/showwiki.php?title=Island:19096
+ *  \li DIY PS3 controller emulator: https://code.google.com/p/diyps3controller/
+ *  \li EMuSer, a USB-RS422 adapter for E-Mu samplers: http://www.emxp.net/EMuSer.htm
+ *  \li EQ Track, a telescope mount controller: http://sourceforge.net/projects/eqtrack/
+ *  \li Estick JTAG, an ARM JTAG debugger: http://code.google.com/p/estick-jtag/
+ *  \li "Fingerlicking Wingdinger" (WARNING: Bad language if no Javascript), a MIDI controller: http://noisybox.net/electronics/wingdinger/
+ *  \li Flyatar, a real-time fly tracking system: https://github.com/peterpolidoro/Flyatar
+ *  \li FootJoy, a 22 button, 6-axis josystick with keyboard and mouse modes: https://bitbucket.org/sirbrialliance/foot-joy/
+ *  \li Gamecube controller to USB adapter: https://www.facebook.com/media/set/?set=a.10150202447076304.310536.688776303&l=df53851c50
+ *  \li Garmin GPS USB to NMEA standard serial sentence translator: http://github.com/nall/garmin-transmogrifier/tree/master
+ *  \li Geiger Counter with USB interface: http://www.hforsten.com/i-made-a-geiger-counter.html
+ *  \li Generic HID Device Creator: http://generichid.sourceforge.net/
+ *  \li Generic HID Open Source Framework: http://www.waitingforfriday.com/index.php/USB_Generic_HID_Open_Source_Framework_for_Atmel_AVR_and_Windows
+ *  \li Ghetto Drum, a MIDI drum controller: http://noisybox.net/art/gdrum/
+ *  \li GPS enabled lap timer for vehicles: http://www.assembla.com/code/ironlung/subversion/nodes/trunk/LapTimer
+ *  \li GSynth, an 8-bit sound synthesizer: https://github.com/gcielniak/GSynth
+ *  \li Gumbi, a Python library and USB GPIO controller: https://code.google.com/p/gumbi/
+ *  \li Hardware Volume Control: https://github.com/davidk/hw-volume-control
+ *  \li Hiduino, a USB-MIDI replacement firmware for the Arduino Uno: http://code.google.com/p/hiduino/
+ *  \li HoodLoader2, an Arduino Uno enhanced USB AVR coprocessor firmware: https://github.com/NicoHood/HoodLoader2
+ *  \li IBM capacitive keybord replacement controller: http://downloads.cornall.co/ibm-capsense-usb-web/ibm-capsense-usb.html
+ *  \li Ikea RGB LED USB modification: http://slashhome.se/p/projects/id/ikea_dioder_usb/#project
+ *  \li IR electricity meter monitor: http://sourceforge.net/projects/irmetermon/
+ *  \li IR Remote to Keyboard decoder: http://netzhansa.blogspot.com/2010/04/our-living-room-hi-fi-setup-needs-mp3.html
+ *  \li Jukebox panic button: http://thinkl33t.co.uk/the-panic-button
+ *  \li Kinesis replacement firmware: https://github.com/chrisandreae/kinesis-firmware
+ *  \li LED Panel controller: http://projects.peterpolidoro.net/caltech/panelscontroller/panelscontroller.htm
+ *  \li Linux Secure Storage Dongle: http://github.com/TomMD/teensy
+ *  \li LUFA powered DDR dance mat (French): http://logicien-parfait.fr/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=projet:ddr_repair
+ *  \li Macintosh SIMM ROM Programmer: https://code.google.com/p/mac-rom-simm-programmer/
+ *  \li MakeTV Episode Dispenser: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BkWUi18hl3g
+ *  \li Mec64,a Commodore 64 keyboard: http://deskthority.net/workshop-f7/mec64-keyboard-t4522.html
+ *  \li MidiMonster, a USB-to-MIDI gateway board: http://www.dorkbotpdx.org/wiki/midimonster
+ *  \li MIDI Theremin: http://baldwisdom.com/usb-midi-controller-theremin-style-on-arduino-uno/
+ *  \li MIDI interface hack of a toy Guitar: http://blog.x37v.info/2011/06/26/toy-guitar-hacked-midi-conroller
+ *  \li MiniBloq, a graphical Ardunio programming environment : http://minibloq.org/
+ *  \li MiXley, a port of the Teacup 3D printer firmware for the USB AVRs: http://codaset.com/michielh/mixley
+ *  \li Mobo 4.3, a USB controlled all band (160-10m) HF SDR transceiver: http://sites.google.com/site/lofturj/mobo4_3
+ *  \li Moco, a native Arduino Uno MIDI replacement firmware: http://web.mac.com/kuwatay/morecat_lab./MocoLUFA.html
+ *  \li Monash ECSE Smart Packet Radio Testbed: http://www.ecse.monash.edu.au/twiki/bin/view/WSRNLab/SmartPacketRadio
+ *  \li Motherboard BIOS flasher: http://www.coreboot.org/InSystemFlasher
+ *  \li Multi-button Joystick (French): http://logicien-parfait.fr/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=projet:joystick
+ *  \li Music Playing Alarm Clock (Tutorial): http://www.instructables.com/id/Music-Playing-Alarm-Clock/
+ *  \li Nehebkau, Laptop Controlled Keyboard and Mouse: http://www.frank-zhao.com/cache/nehebkau.php
+ *  \li NeroJTAG, a JTAG dongle: https://github.com/makestuff/neroJtag
+ *  \li NES Controller USB modification: https://github.com/nfd/nes_adapter
+ *  \li Nikon wireless camera remote control (Norwegian): http://hekta.org/~hpe1119/
+ *  \li Nintendo Four-Score, USB NES 4-player controller adapter: http://www.waitingforfriday.com/index.php/Nintendo_Four_Score_USB
+ *  \li Numpad keyboard: http://tuomasnylund.fi/drupal6/content/usb-cherry-mx-numpad
+ *  \li Opendous-JTAG, an open source ARM JTAG debugger: http://code.google.com/p/opendous-jtag/
+ *  \li Openkubus, an open source hardware-based authentication dongle: http://code.google.com/p/openkubus/
+ *  \li Orbee, a USB connected RGB Orb for notifications: http://www.franksworkshop.com.au/Electronics/Orbee/Orbee.htm
+ *  \li Password keyring: http://owlsan.blogspot.no/2014/06/keyring-project-version-10.html
+ *  \li Picade alternative firmware, a retro Arcade controller/cabinet: https://github.com/rktrlng/picade_lufa
+ *  \li PPM signal generator over USB: https://github.com/G33KatWork/USBPPM
+ *  \li Programmable keyboard controller: http://41j.com/blog/2011/10/a-programmable-keyboard-controller/
+ *  \li Programmable XBOX controller: http://richard-burke.dyndns.org/wordpress/pan-galactic-gargantuan-gargle-brain-aka-xbox-360-usb-controller/
+ *  \li Project Surface, a touch interface controller for Windows 8: https://code.google.com/p/project-surface/
+ *  \li PSGroove, a Playstation 3 Homebrew dongle: http://github.com/psgroove
+ *  \li PS/2 to USB adapter: https://github.com/makestuff/p2ukbd
+ *  \li RaspiFace, an Arduino platform bridge for the Raspberry Pi: http://www.raspiface.com/
+ *  \li Reflow oven controller: http://danstrother.com/2011/01/15/reflow-oven-controller/
+ *  \li RFPirate, a RF experimentation platform: https://github.com/ebuller/RF-Pirate
+ *  \li RF Power Meter, based on the AD8307 log amp: https://sites.google.com/site/lofturj/ad8307-power-meter
+ *  \li RF Transceiver using the MRF49XA: http://alternet.us.com/?page_id=1494
+ *  \li SD Card reader: http://elasticsheep.com/2010/04/teensy2-usb-mass-storage-with-an-sd-card/
+ *  \li SDR1, a Software Defined Radio firmware: https://code.google.com/p/sdr-mk1/
+ *  \li SEGA Megadrive/Genesis Development Cartridge: http://www.makestuff.eu/wordpress/?page_id=398
+ *  \li Serial Line bus analyser: http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/projects/SerialAnalyzer.html
+ *  \li Simple USB LED Controller (SULC): https://github.com/scottbez1/sulc
+ *  \li SNES custom FLASH ROM: http://electrifiedfoolingmachine.co/?page_id=633
+ *  \li Smartcard Detective: https://code.google.com/p/smartcarddetective/
+ *  \li SmartportVHD Apple II Mass Storage adapter: http://pcedric3.free.fr/SmartportVHD/
+ *  \li Single LED Matrix Display: http://guysoft.wordpress.com/2009/10/08/bumble-b/
+ *  \li Simple USB LED Controller: https://github.com/scottbez1/sulc
+ *  \li Stripe Snoop, a Magnetic Card reader: http://www.ossguy.com/ss_usb/
+ *  \li Stylophone, with USB MIDI connectivity: http://www.waitingforfriday.com/index.php/Stylophone_Studio_5
+ *  \li Teensy SD Card .WAV file player: http://elasticsheep.com/2010/04/teensy2-usb-wav-player-part-1/
+ *  \li Touch It (Fabulously), presumably art: http://touch.it.fa.bulo.us/ly/
+ *  \li Touchscreen Input Device: http://capnstech.blogspot.com/2010/07/touchscreen-update.html
+ *  \li UDFS, a BBC Micro USB disk filing system: https://github.com/makestuff/udfs
+ *  \li Universal USB AVR Module: http://usbavr.bplaced.net/
+ *  \li USB2AX, a USB to Dynamixel network adapter: http://paranoidstudio.assembla.com/wiki/show/paranoidstudio/USB2AX
+ *  \li USBPass, a USB password keeper: http://sroz.net/projects/usbpass/
+ *  \li USB Business Card: http://www.limpkin.fr/index.php?post/2012/09/15/My-new-business-card
+ *  \li USB Function Generator: http://tuomasnylund.fi/drupal6/content/ad9833-based-usb-function-generator
+ *  \li USB Infrared Receiver/Transmitter: http://vaton4.web2001.cz/
+ *  \li USB Interface for Playstation Portable Devices: http://forums.ps2dev.org/viewtopic.php?t=11001
+ *  \li USB MIDI to DMX controller: http://github.com/hanshuebner/miDiMX
+ *  \li USB Mood Light: https://github.com/hsbp/usb_moodlight
+ *  \li USB powered Geiger Counter: http://uhrheber.wordpress.com/2011/04/28/a-usb-powered-geiger-counter-for-the-z2-and-other-computers/
+ *  \li Userial, a USB to Serial converter with SPI, I2C and other protocols: http://www.tty1.net/userial/
+ *  \li Wii Classic Controller to USB converter: https://github.com/crazyiop/wii-classic-2-usb
+ *  \li Wireless MIDI Guitar system: http://www.ise.pw.edu.pl/~wzab/wireless_guitar_system/
+ *  \li XBOX 360 Startup Sound Changer: http://www.homebrew-connection.org/change-your-xbox-360-startup-sounds-yourself/
+ *  \li Xnormidi, a C MIDI library: http://x37v.info/projects/xnormidi
+ *  \li XUM1541, a Commodore 64 floppy drive to USB adapter: http://www.root.org/~nate/c64/xum1541/
+ *  \li Zeus, a touch screen computer for music manipulation: http://www.benbengler.com/developments_zeus.html
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_LUFACommercialProjects Projects Using LUFA (Commercial)
+ *
+ *  The following is a list of known commercial products using LUFA. Some of these are open source, although many are "black-box"
+ *  solutions with no source code given. Those companies which have purchased a Commercial License to LUFA (see \ref Page_LicenseInfo)
+ *  are not listed here unless specifically requested.
+ *
+ *  \li Alphasphere, a MIDI input sphere device for music creation: http://www.alphasphere.com/
+ *  \li Arduino Uno and Leonardo, official Arduino boards: http://www.arduino.cc
+ *  \li ARPS Locator: http://la3t.hamradio.no/lab//?id=tracker_en
+ *  \li AsTeRICS assistive technologies project, HID actuator: http://www.asterics.eu
+ *  \li BitFury, a Bitcoin ASIC miner: https://github.com/aauer1/LUFA-BitFury/tree/master/Projects/BitfuryBTC
+ *  \li Ceberus, a MadCatz Xbox 360 arcade stick modifier: http://www.phreakmods.com/products/cerberus
+ *  \li CFFA3000, a CompactFlash interface for the Apple II: http://www.dreher.net/CFforAppleII
+ *  \li ChameleonMini, a RFID monitoring tool: https://github.com/emsec/ChameleonMini/wiki
+ *  \li Digital Survey Instruments Magnetometer and Pointer: http://www.digitalsurveyinstruments.com/
+ *  \li FinchRobot, a robot designed for educational use: http://www.finchrobot.com/
+ *  \li Flysight, a GPS logger for wingsuit pilots: http://flysight.ca/
+ *  \li Goldilocks, an Arduino compatible clone: http://feilipu.me/2014/03/08/goldilocks-1284p-arduino-uno-clone/
+ *  \li HummingBird Kit, a robotics learning platform: http://www.hummingbirdkit.com/
+ *  \li LP1, an AVRISP-MKII Clone AVR Programmer: http://embeddedglow.com/items/LP1/LP1.php
+ *  \li Penguino, an Arduino Board With On-Board LUFA Powered Debugger/Programmer: http://wiki.icy.com.au/PenguinoAVR
+ *  \li PhatIO, a filesystem based I/O interface: http://www.phatio.com/
+ *  \li PIR-1, an IR control interface for consumer electronics: http://www.promixis.com/pir-1.php
+ *  \li PIR-4, a USB Connected 4 port IR transmitter: http://promixis.com/pir-4.php
+ *  \li PortPilot, a USB device charger with power meter: http://portpilot.net/
+ *  \li KeyGlove, an alternative input system: http://www.keyglove.net/
+ *  \li Many of Busware's Products: http://www.busware.de/
+ *  \li MIDIFighter, a USB-MIDI controller: http://www.midifighter.com/
+ *  \li MIDI USB Arduino Shield: http://openpipe.cc/products/midi-usb-shield/
+ *  \li Norduino, a wireless Arduino: http://norduino.robomotic.com/norduino-is-now-usb-hid/
+ *  \li Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2, an AVRISP-MKII Clone AVR Programmer: https://www.olimex.com/dev/avr-isp-mk2.html
+ *  \li Retrode, a USB Games Console Cartridge Reader: http://www.retrode.org
+ *  \li RFI21.1EU UHF RFID reader: http://www.metra.cz/rfid/uhf-rfid-ctecky/rfi21-1eu-uhf-rfid-ctecka.htm
+ *  \li SmartCardDetective, a Smart Card analysis tool: http://www.smartcarddetective.com/
+ *  \li TimelapsePlus, a digital camera time lapse tool: https://github.com/timelapseplus/TimelapsePlus-Firmware
+ *  \li USBTINY-MKII, an AVRISP-MKII Clone AVR Programmer: http://tom-itx.no-ip.biz:81/~webpage/boards/USBTiny_Mkii/USBTiny_Mkii_index.php
+ *  \li UDS18B20 USB Temperature sensor: http://toughlog.org/uds18b20/
+ *  \li VMeter, a USB MIDI touch strip controller: http://www.vmeter.net/
+ *  \li XMEGA Development Board, using LUFA as an On-Board Programmer: http://xmega.mattair.net/
+ *  \li Zeptoprog, a multifunction AVR programmer: http://www.mattairtech.com/index.php/featured/zeptoprog.html
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_LUFAPublications Publications Mentioning LUFA
+ *  The following are published magazines which have either mentioned or featured the LUFA library.
+ *
+ *  \li Elektor Magazine, "My First AVR-USB" by Antoine Authier (feature), January 2010 Issue
+ *  \li Elektor Magazine, "USB is Cool/Sucks" by Jerry Jacobs and Chris Vossen (minor mention), January 2010 Issue
+ *  \li Elektor Magazine, "20 x Open Source" by Jens Nickel, March 2010 Issue
+ *  \li Circuit Cellar Magazine, "Advanced USB Design Debugging" by Collin O'Flynn, August 2010 Issue
+ *  \li "Some Assembly Required: Assembly Language Programming with the AVR Microcontroller" by Timothy S. Margush
+ *  \li Elektor Magazine, "Taming the Beast (2)" by Clemens Valens/Raymond Vermeulen, January 2014 Issue
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_LUFANotableMentions Other Notable Mentions of LUFA
+ *  The following are non-print but notable mentions of the LUFA library.
+ *
+ *  \li Adafruit "Ask an Engineer", 7th November 2010
+ *  \li Arduino 2010 Keynote speech
+ *  \li The Amp Hour podcast blog #11
+ *  \li Blackhat 2011 conference, "Exploiting USB Devices with Arduino"
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_PortsAndForks Non-Official LUFA Ports and Forks
+ *  The following are unofficial forks of the LUFA codebase, which implement different features such as support for
+ *  additional architectures.
+ *
+ *  \li NXP's official LPCOpen "LPCUSBLib" LUFA fork, for LPC devices: http://www.lpcware.com/
+ *  \li Kevin Mehall's LUFA port to the NXP LPC13xx: https://github.com/kevinmehall/LUFA-LPC13xx
+ *  \li Mark Ding's port for the Silicon Labs SiM3U1xx: https://www.github.com/MarkDing/USB_CDC
+ *  \li Mark Ding's port for the Silicon Labs EFM32 Giant Gecko: https://github.com/MarkDing/lufa-efm32
+ */
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/LibraryResources.txt b/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/LibraryResources.txt
index f69d4344c1..f69d4344c1 100644
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/LibraryResources.txt
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/LibraryResources.txt
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/LicenseInfo.txt b/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/LicenseInfo.txt
index 86ed124bb2..86ed124bb2 100644
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/LicenseInfo.txt
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/LicenseInfo.txt
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/MainPage.txt b/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/MainPage.txt
index e737c39b5a..e737c39b5a 100644
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/MainPage.txt
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/MainPage.txt
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/MigrationInformation.txt b/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/MigrationInformation.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7efb312ea8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/MigrationInformation.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,717 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \page Page_Migration Migrating from Older Versions
+ *
+ *  Below is migration information for updating existing projects based on previous versions of the LUFA library
+ *  to the next version released. It does not indicate all new additions to the library in each version change, only
+ *  areas relevant to making older projects compatible with the API changes of each new release.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Migration170418 Version 170418
+ *  <b>Device Mode</b>
+ *   - The \c CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor() callback function into the user application's \c wIndex parameter is now \c uint16_t, not \c uint8_t.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Migration151115 Migrating from 140928 to 151115
+ *  <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
+ *    - The ATPROGRAM LUFA build system module now defaults to the Atmel ICE debugger tool, instead of the Atmel JTAG ICE3.
+ *    - The \c Serial_CreateStream() and \c Serial_CreateBlockingStream() functions now require a USART base pointer for XMEGA devices as the first parameter.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Migration140928 Migrating from 140302 to 140928
+ *  <b>Device Mode</b>
+ *    - The device mode RNDIS class driver now requires a user-supplied buffer and buffer length to operate, rather
+ *      than allocating this buffer internally.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Migration140302 Migrating from 130901 to 140302
+ *  <b>USB Core</b>
+ *    - The \c VERSION_BCD() macro has changed from accepting one floating point parameter to taking three distinct major/minor/revision integer parameters, as
+ *      some edge cases caused incorrect parsing of the input float into the final integer BCD encoded value.
+ *
+ *  <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
+ *    - The \c ATTR_NEVER_INLINE macro, erroneously introduced in a previous release has been removed, as it duplicates the existing \c ATTR_NO_INLINE macro.
+ *
+ *  <b>Build System</b>
+ *    - The default configuration file for Doxygen is now "doxyfile" rather than "Doxygen.conf", to conform to the Doxygen project's own default file name.
+ *      Set \c DOXYGEN_CONF to override the new default file name.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Migration130901 Migrating from 130303 to 130901
+ *  <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
+ *    - The Board Dataflash \c Dataflash_Init() function now automatically configures the appropriate communication interface.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Migration130303 Migrating from 120730 to 130303
+ *  <b>Device Mode</b>
+ *    - The \ref HID_KEYBOARD_LED_KANA macro was previously misspelled as \c HID_KEYBOARD_LED_KATANA, and had an incorrect value. User applications requiring this
+ *      constant should use the new name, and remove any workarounds for the previously incorrect macro definition.
+ *    - The \c HID_KEYBOARD_SC_EQUAL_SIGN macro has been renamed to \ref HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_EQUAL_SIGN, and the previous definition of
+ *      \c HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_EQUAL_SIGN has been renamed \ref HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_EQUAL_SIGN_AS400 to conform to the definitions in the HID specification.
+ *
+ *  <b>Host Mode</b>
+ *    - The \ref HID_KEYBOARD_LED_KANA macro was previously misspelled as \c HID_KEYBOARD_LED_KATANA, and had an incorrect value. User applications requiring this
+ *      constant should use the new name, and remove any workarounds for the previously incorrect macro definition.
+ *    - The \c HID_KEYBOARD_SC_EQUAL_SIGN macro has been renamed to \ref HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_EQUAL_SIGN, and the previous definition of
+ *      \c HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_EQUAL_SIGN has been renamed \ref HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_EQUAL_SIGN_AS400 to conform to the definitions in the HID specification.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Migration120730 Migrating from 120219 to 120730
+ *  <b>Device Mode</b>
+ *    - The device mode Audio Class driver now requires an additional configuration parameter, the Audio Control interface index. Existing applications should
+ *      be adjusted to specify the additional configuration parameter.
+ *    - The HID_DESCRIPTOR_JOYSTICK() macro no longer takes a variable number of axis as a parameter, due to OS incompatibilities; this macro now uses a fixed
+ *      3 axis of data. User applications should update their calls to this macro and their report structures to suit a fixed 3-axis joystick report. If a user
+ *      application requires more than 3 axis' of data, a custom report descriptor will need to be constructed by hand.
+ *    - The \ref Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint() function no longer takes in masks for the banks and direction; the number of banks is now an integer argument, and
+ *      the direction is obtained from the full endpoint address within the device. Applications calling Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint() should update their API
+ *      call to use a full endpoint address (including ENDPOINT_DIR_IN or ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT direction in the MSB of the endpoint address) and an integer number
+ *      of banks.
+ *    - All endpoint functions now operate on full endpoint addresses within the device, rather than a directionless endpoint index. Applications should update
+ *      their API calls to use full endpoint addresses when required within the device.
+ *    - All device mode class drivers have been updated to use a new unified endpoint description structure for all endpoints; existing applications will need
+ *      to update their class driver struct instantiation to match the new scheme (see \ref USB_Endpoint_Table_t).
+ *    - The \c ENDPOINT_BANKS_SUPPORTED() and \c ENDPOINT_MAX_ENDPOINT_SIZE() macros have been removed, as these do not function correctly with the new addressing
+ *      scheme for the endpoint APIs. Please refer to the target device's datasheet for the maximum bank size of each endpoint.
+ *    - The MIDI class driver \ref MIDI_EventPacket_t event packet no longer contains separate \c CableIndex and \c Command entries; these have been combined
+ *      into a single \c Event element which can be constructed using the new macro \ref MIDI_EVENT(). Existing applications should use the new macro and structure
+ *      element name.
+ *
+ *  <b>Host Mode</b>
+ *    - The Android Accessory Host class driver property strings are now a array of \c char* rather than a struct of named pointers. Existing applications
+ *      should use C99 Designated Initializers with the property string indexes located in \ref AOA_Strings_t instead.
+ *    - The \ref Pipe_ConfigurePipe() function no longer takes in masks for the banks and token; the number of banks is now an integer argument, and the token
+ *      is now inferred from the full pipe address within the device, and the pipe type. Applications calling Pipe_ConfigurePipe() should update their API
+ *      call to use a full pipe address (including PIPE_DIR_IN or PIPE_DIR_OUT direction in the MSB of the pipe address) and an integer number of banks.
+ *    - All pipe functions now operate on full pipe addresses within the device, rather than a directionless pipe index. Applications should update their API
+ *      calls to use full pipe addresses when required within the device.
+ *    - All host mode class drivers have been updated to use a new unified pipe description structure for all pipes; existing applications will need to update
+ *      their class driver struct instantiation to match the new scheme (see \ref USB_Pipe_Table_t).
+ *    - The MIDI class driver \ref MIDI_EventPacket_t event packet no longer contains seperate \c CableIndex and \c Command entries; these have been combined
+ *      into a single \c Event element which can be constructed using the new macro \ref MIDI_EVENT(). Existing applications should use the new macro and structure
+ *      element name.
+ *    - The library "LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/ConfigDescriptor.c" source file has been renamed "LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/ConfigDescriptors.c" as this was clashing with
+ *      files in some low level host mode demo applications, preventing parallel project builds. If you are referencing the project source files directly instead
+ *      of using the makefile module names, you will need to adjust your project makefile.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Migration120219 Migrating from 111009 to 120219
+ *  <b>USB Core</b>
+ *    - The HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFER_* macros in the HID class driver have been corrected to HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_* (note the spelling of "modifier").
+ *      Existing applications should switch over to the correctly spelled macro names.
+ *    - The names of the USB Device and USB Host class driver files have changed; a new "ClassDevice" and "ClassHost" postfix has been added to the
+ *      respective class driver files. Projects referencing the class driver source files by filename rather than the LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS makefile
+ *      variable should append these postfixes to the source file names. Projects including the USB class driver dispatch headers directly should either
+ *      switch to including the main USB driver header instead, or use the updated header filenames.
+ *    - The USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED constant has been renamed to USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED, as this was misnamed. All devices must set this bit in
+ *      the Configuration descriptor's attributes field. As all devices are assumed to be bus-powered unless stated otherwise with the
+ *      USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED flag a replacement constant for bus powered devices is not provided.
+ *
+ *  <b>Device Mode</b>
+ *    - The device mode Audio class driver now requires a new user application callback, \ref CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetInterfaceProperty().
+ *      Existing applications must implement this new callback, however if no audio entities are defined in the audio device's descriptors,
+ *      this function may be hard-coded to always return false for previous behaviour to be retained.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Migration111009 Migrating from 110528 to 111009
+ *  <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
+ *    - The \c JTAG_DEBUG_ASSERT() macro has been renamed \ref JTAG_ASSERT() to be consistent with \ref STDOUT_ASSERT().
+ *
+ *  <b>USB Core</b>
+ *    - By default, unordered Endpoint and Pipe configuration is now allowed once again, via the previous workaround of
+ *      reconfiguring all Endpoints/Pipes in order each time a new Endpoint/Pipe is created. To minimize the compiled program
+ *      size, the new \c ORDERED_EP_CONFIG compile time option may be defined in the project makefile to restrict the ordering
+ *      in exchange for a smaller compiled binary size.
+ *    - The previous \c F_CLOCK symbol, required in the project makefile, has been renamed to \c F_USB. This is due to the previous name
+ *      being far too generic for use in future architecture ports, where multiple clock domains are used.
+ *
+ *  <b>Device Mode</b>
+ *    - The Endpoint stream functions now all require a \c BytesProcessed parameter instead of the previous callback parameter.
+ *      This should be set to \c NULL to retain previous behaviour of the functions, or point to a location where the number of bytes
+ *      processed in the current transaction can be stored. If the \c BytesProcessed parameter is non \c NULL, each time the endpoint
+ *      bank becomes full and the packet is sent, the routine will exit with the new \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer
+ *      error code to allow the user application to determine when to send the next chunk of data.
+ *    - The \ref CDC_Device_SendString() function now expects a null terminated string instead of an explicit length. Existing code
+ *      should use the new \ref CDC_Device_SendData() function, or remove the length parameter from the function call.
+ *    - The \c Endpoint_ResetFIFO() function has been renamed to \ref Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(), to make the API function names more
+ *      consistent. Existing applications using the old function name should simply replace it with a call to the new function name.
+ *    - The \c Endpoint_*_Byte() functions have been renamed Endpoint_*_8() to ensure they are correct across all architectures. Existing
+ *      code using these functions should replace the previous function names with the new function names.
+ *    - The \c Endpoint_*_Word() functions have been renamed Endpoint_*_16() to ensure they are correct across all architectures. Existing
+ *      code using these functions should replace the previous function names with the new function names.
+ *    - The \c Endpoint_*_DWord() functions have been renamed Endpoint_*_32() to ensure they are correct across all architectures. Existing
+ *      code using these functions should replace the previous function names with the new function names.
+ *    - The Device mode RNDIS class driver no longer stores the incoming and outgoing packets in the class driver instance; the user is
+ *      now expected to manually define a storage location for the packet data. Packets must now be sent and received manually via a call
+ *      to \ref RNDIS_Device_ReadPacket() and/or \ref RNDIS_Device_SendPacket().
+ *    - The definition of the Audio class \ref USB_Audio_Descriptor_Format_t has been altered, to remove the fixed singular
+ *      audio sample rate in the descriptor definition, and to rename the \c SampleFrequencyType to the more appropriate
+ *      \c TotalDiscreteSampleRates. Existing applications will need to add an array of \ref USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t elements
+ *      immediately following any \ref USB_Audio_Descriptor_Format_t descriptors, and insert the appropriate sampling rates
+ *      supported by the device, as well as rename the descriptor elements to match the updated element names.
+ *    - The device mode Audio class driver now requires a new user application callback, \ref CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetEndpointProperty().
+ *      Existing applications must implement this new callback, however if multiple sample rates or pitch control is not used,
+ *      this function may be hard-coded to always return false for previous behaviour to be retained.
+ *    - The \c USB_ConfigurationNumber, \c USB_RemoteWakeupEnabled and \c USB_CurrentlySelfPowered globals have been renamed to
+ *      \ref USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber, \ref USB_Device_RemoteWakeupEnabled and \ref USB_Device_CurrentlySelfPowered to clearly indicate
+ *      the USB mode they relate to. Existing applications using these variables should rename all references to the previous names.
+ *    - The \c ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN and \c ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT macros have now been replaced by \ref ENDPOINT_DIR_IN and
+ *      \ref ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT to improve code clarity.
+ *    - The \ref HID_DESCRIPTOR_JOYSTICK() macro now takes an additional (first) parameter indicating the number of axis in the joystick.
+ *
+ *  <b>Host Mode</b>
+ *    - The Pipe stream functions now all require a \c BytesProcessed parameter instead of the previous callback parameter.
+ *      This should be set to \c NULL to retain previous behaviour of the functions, or point to a location where the number of bytes
+ *      processed in the current transaction can be stored. If the BytesProcessed parameter is non \c NULL, each time the pipe
+ *      bank becomes full and the packet is sent, the routine will exit with the new \ref PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer
+ *      error code to allow the user application to determine when to send the next chunk of data.
+ *    - The \ref PRNT_Host_SendString() and \ref CDC_Host_SendString() functions now expect a null terminated string instead of an explicit
+ *      length. Existing code should use the new \ref PRNT_Host_SendData() and \ref CDC_Host_SendData() functions, or remove the
+ *      length parameter from the function call.
+ *    - The \c Pipe_ClearErrorFlags() function has been removed, as the pipe error flags are now automatically cleared when the
+ *      \ref Pipe_ClearError() function is called.
+ *    - The \c Pipe_*_Byte() functions have been renamed Pipe_*_8() to ensure they are correct across all architectures. Existing code using
+ *      these functions should replace the previous function names with the new function names.
+ *    - The \c Pipe_*_Word() functions have been renamed Pipe_*_16() to ensure they are correct across all architectures. Existing code using
+ *      these functions should replace the previous function names with the new function names.
+ *    - The \c Pipe_*_DWord() functions have been renamed Pipe_*_32() to ensure they are correct across all architectures. Existing code using
+ *      these functions should replace the previous function names with the new function names.
+ *    - The \c USB_Host_ClearPipeStall() function has been renamed to USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(), as it operates on a full endpoint address
+ *      within the attached device and not a pipe within the host. Existing code using the old function name should update the function calls and
+ *      check for correct usage.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Migration101122 Migrating from 100807 to 101122
+ *  <b>USB Core</b>
+ *    - A new USB driver source file, \c Drivers/USB/HighLevel/EndpointStream.c now exists. This source file should be added
+ *      to all project makefiles using the USB driver of LUFA, or the makefile should be updated to use the new module source
+ *      variables.
+ *    - A new USB driver source file, \c Drivers/USB/HighLevel/PipeStream.c now exists. This source file should be added to all
+ *      project makefiles using the USB driver of LUFA, or the makefile should be updated to use the new module source variables.
+ *    - The \c EVENT_USB_InitFailure() event has been removed, as the \ref USB_Init() function will no longer fail; if not USB mode is
+ *      specified, the controller will default to UID selection mode.
+ *    - The USB mode specifier constants have been moved into a new enum and renamed. Existing projects should use the equivalent
+ *      value in the new \ref USB_Modes_t enum.
+ *    - All class driver headers are now included as part of the standard \c LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h master dispatch header, and should
+ *      no longer be included separately. Class driver module source files must still be added as a separate module in the project's
+ *      makefile if used.
+ *
+ *  <b>Device Mode</b>
+ *    - Endpoints MUST be allocated in ascending order to ensure that bank corruption does not occur. Ensure that your user application
+ *      allocated endpoints in ascending order - or if your application uses the USB device mode class drivers, ensure that each instance's
+ *      endpoint indexes are not overlapped with other interface's endpoints.
+ *    - The signature for the \ref CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor() callback has changed, the \c void** \c const \c DescriptorAddress parameter is
+ *      now \c const \c void** \c const \c DescriptorAddress. Existing applications should update their callback signatures to match this, and
+ *      eliminate any casting of descriptor pointers to a non \c const pointer.
+ *    - The names of the class specific descriptor type defines in the USB Class drivers have changed - refer to the driver documentation
+ *      for each class driver for the new class specific descriptor type names.
+ *    - The \c ENDPOINT_DOUBLEBANK_SUPPORTED() macro is has been renamed \c ENDPOINT_BANKS_SUPPORTED() and now returns the total number of
+ *      banks supported by the given endpoint. Existing code should switch to the new naming scheme, and test that the return value of the
+ *      macro is equal to or greater than 2 to regain the previous functionality.
+ *    - The \c EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest() event is now named \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() and fires before (not after)
+ *      the internal library event handlers. Existing code should rename the event handlers in the user application to match the new event
+ *      name, and should ensure that the new execution order does not affect the application's operation.
+ *
+ *  <b>Host Mode</b>
+ *    - Pipes MUST be allocated in ascending order to ensure that bank corruption does not occur. Ensure that your user application
+ *      allocated pipes in ascending order - or if your application uses the USB host mode class drivers, ensure that each instance's
+ *      pipe indexes are not overlapped with other interface's pipes.
+ *    - The \c PRNT_Host_SendData() function has been renamed to \ref PRNT_Host_SendString(). Existing applications should simply
+ *      replace all references to the obsolete function name with the new function name.
+ *    - The names of the class specific descriptor type defines in the USB Class drivers have changed - refer to the driver documentation
+ *      for each class driver for the new class specific descriptor type names.
+ *    - The Still Image Host class' function prefix has been changed from \c SImage_ to  \c SI_, to remain consistent with the rest of the
+ *      driver's enums, type defines and constants.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Migration100807 Migrating from 100513 to 100807
+ *
+ *  <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
+ *    - The Dataflash board driver stub file has changed, as dataflash functions previously located in the internal
+ *      Dataflash driver of the library have now been moved to the individual board files. Existing drivers can
+ *      copy-paste the new functions from the board Dataflash stub driver.
+ *
+ *  <b>USB Core</b>
+ *    - A new USB driver source file, \c Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Device.c now exists. This source file should be added to all project
+ *      makefiles using the USB driver of LUFA, or the makefile should be updated to use the new module source variables.
+ *    - The \c Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c source file has moved to \c Drivers/USB/HighLevel/DeviceStandardReq.c - this should
+ *      be updated in all project makefiles, or the makefile should be updated to use the new module source variables.
+ *    - The \c Drivers/USB/LowLevel/HostChapter9.h source file has moved to \c Drivers/USB/HighLevel/HostStandardReq.c - this should
+ *      be updated in all project makefiles, or the makefile should be updated to use the new module source variables.
+ *    - The \c Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c source file has moved to \c Drivers/LowLevel/USBController.c - this should be updated
+ *      in all project makefiles, or the makefile should be updated to use the new module source variables.
+ *
+ *  <b>Device Mode</b>
+ *    - The \c USB_Device_IsRemoteWakeupSent() macro has been removed, as the remote wakeup request is now fully handled by the
+ *      enhanced \ref USB_Device_SendRemoteWakeup() function. Existing code may now discard any checks to \c USB_Device_IsRemoteWakeupSent().
+ *    - The \c USB_Device_IsUSBSuspended() macro has been removed, as it is obsolete. Existing code should compare \ref USB_DeviceState
+ *      to see if it the device is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Suspended state instead.
+ *    - The \ref CDC_Device_ReceiveByte() function has changed, and now returns a signed 16-bit integer, with -1 indicating no data was
+ *      received. This allows for more efficient coding, as a call to \ref CDC_Device_BytesReceived() is no longer needed if the exact
+ *      number of queued bytes received is not needed.
+ *
+ *  <b>Host Mode</b>
+ *    - The \ref CDC_Host_ReceiveByte() function has changed, and now returns a signed 16-bit integer, with -1 indicating no data was
+ *      received. This allows for more efficient coding, as a call to \ref CDC_Host_BytesReceived() is no longer needed if the exact
+ *      number of queued bytes received is not needed.
+ *    - The \ref CDC_Host_USBTask() now calls \ref CDC_Host_Flush() automatically, flushing any queued data to the attached device. Manual
+ *      flushing of the interface is no longer needed if the flushes should be in sync with calls to \ref CDC_Host_USBTask().
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Migration100513 Migrating from 100219 to 100513
+ *
+ *  <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
+ *    - The \ref TWI_StartTransmission() function now takes in a timeout period, expressed in milliseconds, within which the addressed
+ *      device must respond or the function will abort.
+ *
+ *  <b>Device Mode</b>
+ *    - The \ref USB_Init() function no longer calls \c sei() to enable global interrupts, as the user application may need
+ *      to perform other initialization before it is ready to handle global interrupts. The user application is now responsible
+ *      for enabling global interrupts before or shortly after calling \ref USB_Init() to ensure that the enumeration process
+ *      functions correctly.
+ *    - The \c USBInterrupt.c USB driver source file has been relocated from \c LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ to \c LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel.
+ *      Projects must update their makefile SRC values accordingly.
+ *    - The HID Device Class driver's function signature for the \ref CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport() function has been changed, to
+ *      allow for a new \c ReportType parameter. This new parameter must be added in all user applications using the Device mode HID Class
+ *      Driver, but may be ignored unless Host-to-Device FEATURE HID reports are used.
+ *
+ *  <b>Host Mode</b>
+ *    - The \ref USB_Init() function no longer calls \c sei() to enable global interrupts, as the user application may need
+ *      to perform other initialization before it is ready to handle global interrupts. The user application is now responsible
+ *      for enabling global interrupts before or shortly after calling \ref USB_Init() to ensure that the enumeration process
+ *      functions correctly.
+ *    - The \c USBInterrupt.c USB driver source file has been relocated from \c LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ to \c LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel.
+ *      Projects must update their makefile \c SRC values accordingly.
+ *    - The HID Host Class driver's function signature for the \ref HID_Host_SendReportByID() function has been changed, to allow for a new
+ *      ReportType parameter. Existing calls to this function should substitute \c REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_Out as this parameter's value.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Migration100219 Migrating from 091223 to 100219
+ *
+ *  <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
+ *    - Due to some ADC channels not being identical to their ADC MUX selection masks for single-ended conversions on some AVR models,
+ *      the ADC driver now has explicit masks for each of the standard ADC channels (see \ref Group_ADC). These masks should be used
+ *      when calling the ADC functions to ensure proper operation across all AVR models. Note that the \ref ADC_SetupChannel() function
+ *      is an exception, and should always be called with a channel number rather than a channel mask.
+ *
+ *  <b>Host Mode</b>
+ *    - The MIDI Host Class driver send and receive routines now operate on packed events, where multiple MIDI events may be
+ *      packed into a single USB packet. This means that the sending of MIDI events will now be delayed until the MIDI send
+ *      pipe bank is full. To override this new behaviour and revert to the previous behaviour, the user application may manually
+ *      flush the queued event(s) to the device by calling \ref MIDI_Host_Flush().
+ *    - The \ref Pipe_IsEndpointBound() function now takes the endpoint's direction into account, by checking if the MSB of the endpoint's address
+ *      is set to denote IN endpoints. If the previous functionality where the direction is to be discounted is required, mask the endpoint
+ *      address against the \ref PIPE_EPNUM_MASK token before calling \ref Pipe_IsEndpointBound().
+ *
+ *  <b>Device Mode</b>
+ *    - The MIDI Device Class driver send and receive routines now operate on packed events, where multiple MIDI events may be
+ *      packed into a single USB packet. This means that the sending of MIDI events will now be delayed until the MIDI send
+ *      endpoint bank is full. To override this new behaviour and revert to the previous behaviour, the user application may manually
+ *      flush the queued event(s) to the host by calling \ref MIDI_Device_Flush().
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Migration091223 Migrating from 091122 to 091223
+ *
+ *  <b>Host Mode</b>
+ *    - The Still Image Host Class driver \ref SI_Host_USBTask() and \ref SI_Host_ConfigurePipes() functions were misnamed, and are
+ *      now named \c SImage_Host_USBTask() and \c SImage_Host_ConfigurePipes() respectively.
+ *    - The \c HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnect enum value has been renamed to \ref HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected to be in
+ *      line with the rest of the library error codes.
+ *    - The HID Parser item usages no longer contain separate minimum and maximum values, as this was a violation of the HID
+ *      specification. Instead, the values are distributed evenly across each item as its usage value, to ensure that all items
+ *      can be distinguished from one-another.
+ *
+ *  <b>Device Mode</b>
+ *    - The \ref CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport() HID Device Class driver callback now has a new \c ReportType parameter to
+ *      indicate the report type to generate. Existing applications may simply add and ignore this additional parameter.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Migration091122 Migrating from 090924 to 091122
+ *
+ *  <b>Host Mode</b>
+ *    - The \c HID_PARSE_UsageStackOverflow HID parser error constant is now named \ref HID_PARSE_UsageListOverflow
+ *    - The \ref CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem() HID Parser callback now passes a complete \ref HID_ReportItem_t to the
+ *      user application, instead of just its attributes.
+ *    - The \c USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor() function was incorrectly named and is now called \ref USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor().
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Migration090924 Migrating from 090810 to 090924
+ *
+ *  <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
+ *    - The \c ADC_Off() function has been renamed to \c ADC_ShutDown() to be consistent with the rest of the library.
+ *    - The \ref SPI_Init() routine's parameters have changed, so that the clock polarity and data sampling modes can be set. See
+ *      the \ref SPI_Init() function documentation for more details
+ *    - The \ref Dataflash_Init() routine no longer initializes the SPI bus - the SPI bus should be initialized manually via a
+ *      call to \ref SPI_Init() before using the Dataflash driver
+ *
+ *  <b>Host Mode</b>
+ *    - The \c USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor() function's parameters and behaviour has changed; the user is required to
+ *      preallocate the largest allowable buffer, and pass the size of the buffer to the function. This allows for a single
+ *      call to the function to retrieve, size check and validate the Configuration Descriptor rather than having the user
+ *      application perform these intermediary steps.
+ *    - The HID report parser now requires a mandatory callback in the user code, to filter only the items the application
+ *      is interested in into the processed HID report item structure to save RAM. See \ref CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem().
+ *    - The HID report parser now always parses FEATURE and always ignores constant-data items - the \c HID_ENABLE_FEATURE_PROCESSING
+ *      and \c HID_INCLUDE_CONSTANT_DATA_ITEMS compile time tokens now have no effect.
+ *    - The \c USE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES compile time token has been removed - there are now separate \c USB_Descriptor_*
+ *      and \c USB_StdDescriptor_* structures for both the LUFA and standardized element naming conventions so that both may be used in
+ *      the one project. For existing projects using the standardized names, change all code to use the \c USB_StdDescriptor_* variants.
+ *
+ *  <b>Device Mode</b>
+ *    - The \c USE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES compile time token has been removed - there are now separate \c USB_Descriptor_*
+ *      and \c USB_StdDescriptor_* structures for both the LUFA and standardized element naming conventions so that both may be used in
+ *      the one project. For existing projects using the standardized names, change all code to use the \c USB_StdDescriptor_* variants.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Migration090810 Migrating from 090605 to 090810
+ *
+ *  <b>All</b>
+ *    - The "Simple Scheduler" has been <i>deprecated</i>, as it was little more than an abstracted loop and caused much confusion.
+ *      User applications using the scheduler should switch to regular loops instead. The scheduler code will be removed in a future
+ *      release.
+ *    - The "Dynamic Memory Block Allocator" has been removed, as it was unused in (and unrelated to) the LUFA library and never
+ *      used in user applications.
+ *
+ *  <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
+ *    - The \c ATTR_NOINLINE function attribute macro has been renamed to \ref ATTR_NO_INLINE to be in line with the rest of the function attribute
+ *      macro names.
+ *
+ *  <b>Library Demos</b>
+ *    - Most demos now have a corresponding Class Driver implementation, which uses the new internal library class drivers for the standard
+ *      USB classes. This allows for more rapid device and host development, and so should be used in preference to the low level APIs where
+ *      possible so that fixes to the class drivers propagate to all applications which use them automatically with each new LUFA release.
+ *
+ *  <b>Host Mode</b>
+ *    - The \c HIDParser.c module has moved from \c LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/ to \c LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/.
+ *    - The \c USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor() function now requires the desired configuration index within the device as its first
+ *      parameter, to add support for multi-configuration devices. Existing code should use a configuration index of 1 to indicate the
+ *      first configuration descriptor within the device.
+ *    - The non-standard "Ready" host state has been removed. Existing \ref HOST_STATE_Configured code should be moved to the end of
+ *      the existing \ref HOST_STATE_Addressed state, and the existing HOST_STATE_Ready state code should be moved to the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured
+ *      state.
+ *    - The \c USB_IsConnected global has been removed, as it is too vague for general use. Test \ref USB_HostState explicitly to ensure the host is
+ *      in the desired state instead.
+ *    - The USB event names have been changed and their firing conditions changed to properly separate out Host mode events from Device mode
+ *      events. See the \ref Group_Events page for details on the new event names and firing conditions.
+ *
+ *  <b>Device Mode</b>
+ *    - The \ref CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor() function now takes an extra parameter to specify the descriptor's memory space so that
+ *      descriptors in mixed memory spaces can be used. The previous functionality can be returned by defining the \c USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+ *      token in the project makefile to fix all descriptors into FLASH space and remove the extra function parameter.
+ *    - The \c USB_IsSuspended global has been removed - test \ref USB_DeviceState against \ref DEVICE_STATE_Suspended instead.
+ *    - The \c USB_IsConnected global has been removed, as it is too vague for general use. Test \ref USB_DeviceState explicitly to ensure the device
+ *      is in the desired state instead.
+ *    - The VBUS events have been removed, as they are already exposed to the user via the \c USB_Connect and \c USB_Disconnect events.
+ *    - The USB event names have been changed and their firing conditions changed to properly separate out Host mode events from Device mode
+ *      events. See the \ref Group_Events page for details on the new event names and firing conditions.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Migration090605 Migrating from 090510 to 090605
+ *
+ *  <b>Device Mode</b>
+ *    - Support for non-control data endpoint interrupts has been dropped due to many issues in the implementation. All existing
+ *      projects using interrupts on non-control endpoints should switch to polling. For control interrupts, the library can
+ *      manage the control endpoint via interrupts automatically by compiling with the \c INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT token defined.
+ *    - The \c DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS() macro has been removed. User applications should use normal casts to obtain a descriptor's memory
+ *      address.
+ *    - The library events system has been rewritten, so that all macros have been removed to allow for clearer user code. See
+ *      \ref Group_Events for new API details.
+ *    - The \c STREAM_CALLBACK() macro has been removed. User applications should replace all instances of the macro with regular
+ *      function signatures of a function accepting no arguments and returning a \c uint8_t value.
+ *    - The \c Event_DeviceError() event no longer exists, as its sole caller (unlinked \c USB_GetDescriptor() function) now produces a
+ *      compilation error rather than a runtime error. The \c StdDescriptors.c file no longer exists as a result, and should be removed
+ *      from project makefiles.
+ *    - The \c USB_GetDescriptor() function has been renamed to \ref CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor() to be in line with the new \c CALLBACK_
+ *      function prefixes for functions which <i>must</i> be implemented in the user application.
+ *
+ *  <b>Host Mode</b>
+ *    - Support for non-control data pipe interrupts has been dropped due to many issues in the implementation. All existing
+ *      projects using interrupts on non-control pipes should switch to polling.
+ *    - The library events system has been rewritten, so that all macros have been removed to allow for clearer user code. See
+ *      \ref Group_Events for new API details.
+ *    - The \c STREAM_CALLBACK() macro has been removed. User applications should replace all instances of the macro with regular
+ *      function signatures of a function accepting no arguments and returning a \c uint8_t value.
+ *    - The \c DESCRIPTOR_COMPARATOR() macro has been removed. User applications should replace all instances of the macro with
+ *      regular function signatures of a function accepting a void pointer to the descriptor to test, and returning a \c uint8_t value.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Migration090510 Migrating from 090401 to 090510
+ *
+ *  <b>All</b>
+ *    - The \c ButtLoadTag.h header has been removed, as it was never used for its intended purpose. Projects should either remove all
+ *      \c BUTTLOADTAG() elements, or download and extract \c ButtLoadTag.h header from the ButtLoad project.
+ *    - The \c Drivers/AT90USBXXX/ directory has been renamed to \c Drivers/Peripheral/.
+ *    - The \c Serial_Stream driver has been renamed to \c SerialStream to remain consistent with the rest of the library naming scheme.
+ *    - The HWB driver has changed to the \c Buttons driver. See the board Buttons driver documentation for the new API.
+ *
+ *  <b>Dual Role Mode</b>
+ *    - The \c USB_PowerOnFail event has been renamed to \c USB_InitFailure.
+ *    - The functions in \c OTG.h have been renamed to remain more consistent with the library API. See the functions in \c OTG.h for more
+ *      details.
+ *
+ *  <b>Device Mode</b>
+ *    - The \c Endpoint_ClearCurrentBank() macro has been removed, and is now replaced with the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN(), \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT()
+ *      macros. See \c Endpoint.h documentation for more details on the new endpoint management macros.
+ *    - The \c Endpoint_ReadWriteAllowed() macro has been renamed to \ref Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed() to be more consistent with the rest of
+ *      the API naming scheme.
+ *    - The \c Endpoint_IsSetupINReady() and \c Endpoint_IsSetupOUTReceived() macros have been renamed to \ref Endpoint_IsINReady() and
+ *      \ref Endpoint_IsOUTReceived() respectively.
+ *    - The \c Endpoint_IsSetupReceived() macro has been renamed to \ref Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived().
+ *    - The \c Endpoint_ClearSetupReceived() macro has been renamed to \ref Endpoint_ClearSETUP().
+ *    - All endpoint read/write/discard aliases which did not have an explicitly endianness specifier (such as \c Endpoint_Read_Word()) have
+ *      been removed for clarity. Existing projects should use the \c _LE suffix on such calls to use the explicit Little Endian versions.
+ *    - The \c USB_UnhandledControlPacket event no longer has any parameters. User code should no longer attempt to read in the remainder of
+ *      the Control Request header as all Control Request header data is now preloaded by the library and made available in the
+ *      USB_ControlRequest structure.
+ *    - The \c FEATURELESS_CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE token has been renamed to \c CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE.
+ *    - The \c STATIC_ENDPOINT_CONFIGURATION is no longer applicable as the library will apply this optimization when appropriate automatically.
+ *    - The values of the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t and \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enums have had the \c ERROR_ portion
+ *      of their names removed.
+ *
+ *  <b>Host Mode</b>
+ *    - The \ref USB_Host_SendControlRequest() function no longer automatically selects the Control pipe (pipe 0) to allow it to be used on
+ *      other control type pipes. Care should be taken to ensure that the Control pipe is always selected before the function is called
+ *      in existing projects where the Control pipe is to be operated on.
+ *    - The USB Host management task now saves and restores the currently selected pipe before and after the task runs. Projects no longer
+ *      need to manage this manually when calling the USB management task.
+ *    - The \c Pipe_ClearCurrentBank() macro has been removed, and is now replaced with the Pipe_ClearIN(), Pipe_ClearOUT() macros. See
+ *      Pipe.h documentation for more details on the new pipe management macros.
+ *    - The \c Pipe_ReadWriteAllowed() macro has been renamed to \ref Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed() to be more consistent with the rest of the API
+ *      naming scheme.
+ *    - The \c Pipe_IsSetupINReceived() and \c Pipe_IsOutReady() macros have been renamed to \ref Pipe_IsINReceived() and \ref Pipe_IsOUTReady()
+ *      respectively.
+ *    - The new \ref Pipe_ClearSETUP() macro should be used to send SETUP transactions, rather than the previous \c Pipe_ClearSetupOUT() macro.
+ *    - The \c Pipe_IsSetupSent() macro has been renamed to \ref Pipe_IsSETUPSent().
+ *    - The \c Pipe_ClearSetupSent() macro is no longer applicable and should be removed.
+ *    - All pipe read/write/discard aliases which did not have an explicitly endianness specifier (such as \c Pipe_Read_Word()) have
+ *      been removed for clarity. Existing projects should use the \c _LE suffix on such calls to use the explicit Little Endian versions.
+ *    - The \c Host_IsResetBusDone() macro has been renamed to \c Host_IsBusResetComplete().
+ *    - The \c Pipe_Ignore_Word() and \c Pipe_Ignore_DWord() functions have been renamed to \c Pipe_Discard_Word() and \c Pipe_Discard_DWord()
+ *      to remain consistent with the rest of the pipe API.
+ *    - It is no longer needed to manually include the headers from \c LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class, as they are now included along with the rest
+ *      of the USB headers when \c LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h is included.
+ *    - Functions in the \c ConfigDescriptor.h header file no longer have \c Host_ as part of their names.
+ *    - The \c ProcessHIDReport() has been renamed to \ref USB_ProcessHIDReport(), \c GetReportItemInfo() has been renamed to \ref USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo()
+ *      and \c SetReportItemInfo() has been renamed to \ref USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo().
+ *    - The values of the \ref DSearch_Return_ErrorCodes_t and \ref DSearch_Comp_Return_ErrorCodes_t enums have had their respective \c Descriptor_Search
+ *      and \c Descriptor_Search_Comp prefixes changed to all caps.
+ *    - The \c USB_HostRequest global has been renamed to \ref USB_ControlRequest, and is used in Device mode also. The \c USB_Host_Request_Header_t
+ *      structure type has been renamed to \ref USB_Request_Header_t.
+ *    - The values of the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum have had the \c ERROR_ portion of their names removed.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Migration090401 Migrating from 090209 to 090401
+ *
+ *  <b>All</b>
+ *    - LUFA projects must now give the raw input clock frequency (before any prescaling) as a compile time constant \c F_USB,
+ *      defined in the project makefile and passed to the compiler via the -D switch.
+ *    - The makefile EEPROM programming targets for FLIP and dfu-programmer no longer program in the FLASH data in addition to the
+ *      EEPROM data into the device. If both are to be programmed, both the EEPROM and FLASH programming targets must be called.
+ *    - As the avr-libc macro has been corrected in recent avr-libc distributions, the \c SetSystemClockPrescaler() macro has been removed.
+ *      Include \c <avr/power.h> and call \c clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1); instead on recent avr-libc distributions.
+ *
+ *  <b>Library Demos</b>
+ *    - The USBtoSerial demo now discards all data when not connected to a host, rather than buffering it for later transmission.
+ *
+ *  <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
+ *    - The \c ATTR_ALWAYSINLINE function attribute macro has been renamed to \ref ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE.
+ *    - Custom board Dataflash drivers now require the implementation of \ref Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage() and \ref Dataflash_SendAddressBytes().
+ *
+ *  <b>Device Mode</b>
+ *    - The \c NO_CLEARSET_FEATURE_REQUEST compile time token has been renamed to \c FEATURELESS_CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE, and its function expanded
+ *      to also remove parts of the Get Status chapter 9 request to further reduce code usage. On all applications currently using the
+ *      \c NO_CLEARSET_FEATURE_REQUEST compile time token, it can be replaced with the \c FEATURELESS_CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE token with no further
+ *      modifications required.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Migration090209 Migrating from 081217 to 090209
+ *
+ *  <b>Device Mode</b>
+ *    - The \c ENDPOINT_MAX_ENDPOINTS constant has been renamed to the more appropriate name of \c ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS.
+ *    - The \c USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS stream timeout default period has been extended to 100ms. This can be overridden in the user
+ *      makefile if desired to restore the previous 50ms timeout.
+ *
+ *  <b>Host Mode</b>
+ *    - The \c PIPE_MAX_ENDPOINTS constant has been renamed to the more appropriate name of \c PIPE_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS.
+ *    - The \c USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS stream timeout default period has been extended to 100ms. This can be overridden in the user
+ *      makefile if desired to restore the previous 50ms timeout.
+ *    - The \c USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event now contains a second \c SubErrorCode parameter, giving the error code of the function
+ *      which failed.
+ *    - The \c HID_PARSE_Sucessful enum member constant name has been corrected to \ref HID_PARSE_Successful.
+ *
+ *  <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
+ *    - The previous \c SPI_SendByte() functionality is now located in \ref SPI_TransferByte(). \ref SPI_SendByte() now discards the return byte
+ *      for speed, to compliment the new \ref SPI_ReceiveByte() function. If bidirectional SPI transfers are required, calls to \ref SPI_SendByte()
+ *      should be changed to \ref SPI_TransferByte().
+ *    - The serial driver now sets the Tx line as an output explicitly, and enables the pull-up of the Rx line.
+ *    - The \ref Serial_Init() and \c SerialStream_Init() functions now take a second \c DoubleSpeed parameter, which indicates if the USART
+ *      should be initialized in double speed mode - useful in some circumstances for attaining baud rates not usually possible at the given AVR
+ *      clock speed.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Migration171208 Migrating from V1.5.3 to 081217
+ *
+ *  <b>All</b>
+ *    - The MyUSB project name has been changed to LUFA (Lightweight Framework for USB AVRs). All references to MyUSB, including macro names,
+ *      have been changed to LUFA.
+ *
+ *  <b>Library Demos</b>
+ *    - The ReconfigureUSART() routine in the USBtoSerial demo was not being called after new line encoding
+ *      parameters were set by the host. Projects built on the USBtoSerial code should update to the latest version.
+ *    - The HID Parser now supports multiple report (on a single endpoint) HID devices. The MouseHostWithParser and
+ *      KeyboardHostWithPaser demos use the updated API functions to function correctly on such devices. Projects
+ *      built on either "WithParser" demo should update to the latest code.
+ *    - The RNDIS demo TCP stack has been modified so that connections can be properly closed. It is still not
+ *      recommended that the MyUSB RNDIS demo TCP/IP stack be used for anything other than demonstration purposes,
+ *      as it is neither a full nor a standards compliant implementation.
+ *
+ *  <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
+ *    - The Serial_IsCharReceived() macro has been changed to the correct spelling of Serial_IsCharReceived() in Serial.h.
+ *
+ *  <b>Device Mode</b>
+ *    - The MANUAL_PLL_CONTROL compile time token has been removed, and replaced with a USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL mask
+ *      to be used in the Options parameter of the USB_Init() function.
+ *    - Calling USB_Init() now forces a complete USB interface reset and enumeration, even if the USB interface is
+ *      currently initialized.
+ *    - Interrupts are now disabled when processing control requests, to avoid problems with interrupts causing the library
+ *      or user request processing code to exceed the strict USB timing requirements on control transfers.
+ *    - The USB Reset event now resets and disables all device endpoints. If user code depends on endpoints remaining configured
+ *      after a Reset event, it should be altered to explicitly re-initialize all user endpoints.
+ *    - The prototype for the GetDescriptor function has been changed, as the return value was redundant. The function now
+ *      returns the size of the descriptor, rather than passing it back via a parameter, or returns NO_DESCRIPTOR if the specified
+ *      descriptor does not exist.
+ *    - The NO_DESCRIPTOR_STRING macro has been renamed NO_DESCRIPTOR, and is now also used as a possible return value for the
+ *      GetDescriptor function.
+ *
+ *  <b>Host Mode</b>
+ *    - The MANUAL_PLL_CONTROL compile time token has been removed, and replaced with a USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL mask
+ *      to be used in the Options parameter of the USB_Init() function.
+ *    - The HID report parser now supports multiple Report IDs. The HID report parser GetReportItemInfo() and
+ *      SetReportItemInfo() routines now return a boolean, set if the requested report item was located in the
+ *      current report. If sending a report to a multi-report device, the first byte of the report is automatically
+ *      set to the report ID of the given report item.
+ *    - Calling USB_Init() now forces a complete USB interface reset and enumeration, even if the USB interface is
+ *      currently initialized.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Migration152 Migrating from V1.5.2 to V1.5.3
+ *
+ *  <b>Library Demos</b>
+ *    - Previously, all demos contained a serial number string descriptor, filled with all zeros. A serial number
+ *      string is required in Mass Storage devices, or devices which are to retain settings when moved between
+ *      ports on a machine. As people were not changing the serial number value, this was causing conflicts and so
+ *      the serial number descriptor has been removed from all but the Mass Storage demo, which requires it.
+ *    - The AudioOut and AudioIn demos did not previously silence their endpoints when the host has deactivated
+ *      them. Projects built upon either demo should upgrade to the latest code.
+ *    - The FEATURE_ENDPOINT macro has been renamed FEATURE_ENDPOINT_HALT, and is now correctly documented.
+ *    - The MassStoreHost demo contained errors which caused it to lock up randomly on certain devices. Projects built
+ *      on the MassStoreDemo code should update to the latest version.
+ *    - The Interrupt type endpoint in the CDC based demos previously had a polling interval of 0x02, which caused
+ *      problems on some Linux systems. This has been changed to 0xFF, projects built on the CDC demos should upgrade
+ *      to the latest code.
+ *    - The HID keyboard and mouse demos were not previously boot mode compatible. To enable boot mode support, projects
+ *      built on the keyboard or mouse demos (or derivatives) should upgrade to the latest code.
+ *    - The Mass Storage demo was not previously standards compliant. Projects built on the Mass Storage demo should
+ *      upgrade to the latest code.
+ *    - The USART was not being reconfigured after the host sent new encoding settings in the USBtoSerial demo. This was
+ *      previously discovered and fixed, but the change was lost. Projects built on the USBtoSerial demo should update
+ *      to the latest code.
+ *
+ *  <b>Device Mode</b>
+ *    - The endpoint non-control stream functions now have a default timeout of 50ms between packets in the stream.
+ *      If this timeout is exceeded, the function returns the new ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_ERROR_Timeout error value. The
+ *      timeout value can be overridden by defining the USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS in the project makefile to the desired
+ *      timeout duration in ms.
+ *    - Rather than returning fixed values, the flags indicating if the device has Remote Wakeup currently enabled
+ *      and/or is self-powered are now accessed and set through the new USB_RemoteWakeupEnabled and
+ *      USB_CurrentlySelfPowered macros. See the DevChapter9.h documentation for more details.
+ *    - All endpoint stream functions now require an extra Callback function parameter. Existing code may be updated
+ *      to either supply NO_STREAM_CALLBACK as the extra parameter, or disable stream callbacks altogether by passing
+ *      the token NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS to the compiler using the -D switch.
+ *
+ *  <b>Host Mode</b>
+ *    - The pipe non-control stream functions now have a default timeout of 50ms between packets in the stream.
+ *      If this timeout is exceeded, the function returns the new PIPE_RWSTREAM_ERROR_Timeout error value. The
+ *      timeout value can be overridden by defining the USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS in the project makefile to the desired
+ *      timeout duration in ms.
+ *    - CollectionPath_t has been renamed to HID_CollectionPath_t to be more in line with the other HID parser structures.
+ *    - All pipe stream functions now require an extra Callback function parameter. Existing code may be updated
+ *      to either supply NO_STREAM_CALLBACK as the extra parameter, or disable stream callbacks altogether by passing
+ *      the token NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS to the compiler using the -D switch.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Migration151 Migrating from V1.5.1 to V1.5.2
+ *
+ *  <b>Library Demos</b>
+ *    - The RNDIS demo application has been updated so that it is functional on Linux under earlier implementations
+ *      of the RNDIS specification, which had non-standard behaviour. Projects built upon the demo should upgrade
+ *      to the latest code.
+ *    - The DFU class bootloader has had several bugs corrected in this release. It is recommended that where
+ *      possible any existing devices upgrade to the latest bootloader code.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Migration150 Migrating from V1.5.0 to V1.5.1
+ *
+ *  <b>Library Demos</b>
+ *    - The USBtoSerial demo was broken in the 1.5.0 release, due to incorrect register polling in place of the
+ *      global "Transmitting" flag. The change has been reverted in this release. Projects built upon the demo
+ *      should upgrade to the latest code.
+ *    - The HID class demos did not implement the mandatory GetReport HID class request. Projects built upon the HID
+ *      demos should upgrade to the latest code.
+ *    - The HID class demos incorrectly reported themselves as boot-protocol enabled HID devices in their descriptors.
+ *      Projects built upon the HID demos should upgrade to the latest code.
+ *    - The MIDI device demo had incorrect AudioStreaming interface descriptors. Projects built upon the MIDI demo
+ *      should upgrade to the latest code.
+ *    - The AudioOut demo did not correctly tristate the speaker pins when USB was disconnected, wasting power.
+ *      Projects built upon the AudioOut demo should upgrade to the latest code.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Migration141 Migrating from V1.4.1 to V1.5.0
+ *
+ *  <b>Library Demos</b>
+ *    - Previous versions of the library demos had incorrectly encoded BCD version numbers in the descriptors. To
+ *      avoid such mistakes in the future, the VERSION_BCD macro has been added to StdDescriptors.h. Existing
+ *      projects should at least manually correct the BCD version numbers, or preferably update the descriptors to
+ *      encode the version number in BCD format using the new macro.
+ *    - The mandatory GetReport class-specific request was accidentally omitted from previous versions of the demos
+ *      based on the Human Interface Device (HID) class. This has been corrected, and any user projects based on the
+ *      HID demos should also be updated accordingly.
+ *    - The CDC demos now correctly send an empty packet directly after a full packet, to end the transmission.
+ *      Failure to do this on projects which always or frequently send full packets will cause buffering issues on
+ *      the host OS. All CDC user projects are advised to update their transmission routines in the same manner as
+ *      the library CDC demos.
+ *    - The previous interrupt-driven Endpoint/Pipe demos did not properly save and restore the currently selected
+ *      Endpoint/Pipe when the ISR fired. This has been corrected - user projects based on the interrupt driven
+ *      demos should also update to properly save and restore the selected Endpoint/Pipe.
+ *
+ *  <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
+ *    - The Atomic.h and ISRMacro.h header files in MyUSB/Common have been removed, as the library is now only
+ *      compatible with avr-libc library versions newer than the time before the functionality of the deleted
+ *      headers was available.
+ *
+ *  <b>Device Mode</b>
+ *    - The GetDescriptor function (see StdDescriptors.h) now has a new prototype, with altered parameter names and
+ *      functions. Existing projects will need to update the GetDescriptor implementation to reflect the new API.
+ *      The previously split Type and Index parameters are now passed as the original wValue parameter to the
+ *      function, to make way for the USB specification wIndex parameter which is <i>not</i> the same as the
+ *      previous Index parameter.
+ *    - The USB_UnhandledControlPacket event (see Events.h) now has new parameter names, to be in line with the
+ *      official USB specification. Existing code will need to be altered to use the new parameter names.
+ *    - The USB_CreateEndpoints event (see Events.h) has been renamed to USB_ConfigurationChanged, which is more
+ *      appropriate. It fires in an identical manner to the previously named event, thus the only change to be made
+ *      is the event name itself in the user project.
+ *    - The USB_Descriptor_Language_t structure no longer exists in StdDescriptors.h, as this was a
+ *      pseudo-descriptor modeled on the string descriptor. It is replaced by the true USB_Descriptor_String_t type
+ *      descriptor as indicated in the USB specification, thus all device code must be updated accordingly.
+ *    - The names of several Endpoint macros have been changed to be more consistent with the rest of the library,
+ *      with no implementation changes. This means that existing code can be altered to use the new macro names
+ *      with no other considerations required. See Endpoint.h for the new macro names.
+ *    - The previous version of the MassStorage demo had an incorrect value in the SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t
+ *      structure named SenseData in SCSI.c which caused some problems with some hosts. User projects based on this
+ *      demo should correct the structure value to maintain compatibility across multiple OS platforms.
+ *    - By default, the descriptor structures use the official USB specification names for the elements. Previous
+ *      versions of the library used non-standard (but more verbose) names, which are still usable in the current
+ *      and future releases when the correct compile time option is enabled. See the StdDescriptors.h file
+ *      documentation for more details.
+ *
+ *  <b>Host Mode</b>
+ *    - The USB_Host_Request_Header_t structure in HostChapter9.h (used for issuing control requests) has had its
+ *      members renamed to the official USB specification names for requests. Existing code will need to be updated
+ *      to use the new names.
+ *    - The names of several Pipe macros have been changed to be more consistent with the rest of the library,
+ *      with no implementation changes. This means that existing code can be altered to use the new macro names
+ *      with no other considerations required. See Pipe.h for the new macro names.
+ *    - By default, the descriptor structures use the official USB specification names for the elements. Previous
+ *      versions of the library used non-standard (but more verbose) names, which are still usable in the current
+ *      and future releases when the correct compile time option is enabled. See the StdDescriptors.h file
+ *      documentation for more details.
+ *    - The names of the macros in Host.h for controlling the SOF generation have been renamed, see the Host.h
+ *      module documentation for the new macro names.
+ *
+ *  <b>Dual Role Mode</b>
+ *    - The OTG.h header file has been corrected so that the macros now perform their stated functions. Any existing
+ *      projects using custom headers to fix the broken OTG header should now be altered to once again use the OTG
+ *      header inside the library.
+ *    - The USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event (see Events.h) now also fires in Device mode, when the host has
+ *      finished enumerating the device. Projects relying on the event only firing in Host mode should be updated
+ *      so that the event action only occurs when the USB_Mode global is set to USB_MODE_HOST.
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/OSDrivers.txt b/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/OSDrivers.txt
index 4823c5b089..4823c5b089 100644
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/OSDrivers.txt
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/OSDrivers.txt
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/ProgrammingApps.txt b/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/ProgrammingApps.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..653b4ad04b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/ProgrammingApps.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \page Page_ProgrammingApps Programming an Application into a USB AVR
+ *
+ *  Once you have built an application, you will need a way to program in the resulting ".HEX" file (and, if your
+ *  application uses EEPROM variables with initial values, also a ".EEP" file) into your USB AVR. Normally, the
+ *  reprogramming of an AVR device must be performed using a special piece of programming hardware, through one of the
+ *  supported AVR programming protocols - ISP, HVSP, HVPP, JTAG, dW or PDI. This can be done through a custom programmer,
+ *  a third party programmer, or an official Atmel AVR tool - for more information, see the <a>atmel.com</a> website.
+ *
+ *  Alternatively, you can use the bootloader. From the Atmel factory, each USB AVR comes preloaded with the Atmel
+ *  DFU (Device Firmware Update) class bootloader, a small piece of AVR firmware which allows the remainder of the
+ *  AVR to be programmed through a non-standard interface such as the serial USART port, SPI, or (in this case) USB.
+ *  Bootloaders have the advantage of not requiring any special hardware for programming, and cannot usually be erased
+ *  or broken without an external programming device. They have disadvantages however; they cannot change the fuses of
+ *  the AVR (special configuration settings that control the operation of the chip itself) and a small portion of the
+ *  AVR's FLASH program memory must be reserved to contain the bootloader firmware, and thus cannot be used by the
+ *  loaded application.
+ *
+ *  If you wish to use the DFU bootloader to program in your application, refer to your DFU programmer's documentation.
+ *  Atmel provides a free utility called FLIP which is USB AVR compatible, and an open source (Linux compatible)
+ *  alternative exists called "dfu-programmer".
+ */
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/SoftwareBootloaderJump.txt b/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/SoftwareBootloaderJump.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f8c2523d7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/SoftwareBootloaderJump.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/**
+ *  \page Page_SoftwareBootloaderStart Entering the Bootloader via Software
+ *
+ *  A common requirement of many applications is the ability to jump to the programmed bootloader of a chip
+ *  on demand, via the code's firmware (i.e. not as a result of any physical user interaction with the
+ *  hardware). This might be required because the device does not have any physical user input, or simply
+ *  just to streamline the device upgrade process on the host PC.
+ *
+ *  The following C code snippets may be used to enter the bootloader upon request by the user application.
+ *  By using the watchdog to physically reset the controller, it is ensured that all system hardware is
+ *  completely reset to their defaults before the bootloader is run. This is important; since bootloaders
+ *  are written to occupy a very limited space, they usually make assumptions about the register states based
+ *  on the default values after a hard-reset of the chip.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_SoftareBootAVR8 AVR8 Architecture
+ *  The following software bootloader jump code is written for the AVR8 architecture.
+ *
+ *  \code
+ *  #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ *  #include <avr/io.h>
+ *  #include <util/delay.h>
+ *
+ *  #include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
+ *  #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ *
+ *  uint32_t Boot_Key ATTR_NO_INIT;
+ *
+ *  #define MAGIC_BOOT_KEY            0xBADCAFE5
+ *  #define BOOTLOADER_START_ADDRESS  ((FLASH_SIZE_BYTES - BOOTLOADER_SEC_SIZE_BYTES) >> 1)
+ *
+ *  void Bootloader_Jump_Check(void) ATTR_INIT_SECTION(3);
+ *  void Bootloader_Jump_Check(void)
+ *  {
+ *      // If the reset source was the bootloader and the key is correct, clear it and jump to the bootloader
+ *      if ((MCUSR & (1 << WDRF)) && (Boot_Key == MAGIC_BOOT_KEY))
+ *      {
+ *          Boot_Key = 0;
+ *          ((void (*)(void))BOOTLOADER_START_ADDRESS)();
+ *      }
+ *  }
+ *
+ *  void Jump_To_Bootloader(void)
+ *  {
+ *      // If USB is used, detach from the bus and reset it
+ *      USB_Disable();
+ *
+ *      // Disable all interrupts
+ *      cli();
+ *
+ *      // Wait two seconds for the USB detachment to register on the host
+ *      Delay_MS(2000);
+ *
+ *      // Set the bootloader key to the magic value and force a reset
+ *      Boot_Key = MAGIC_BOOT_KEY;
+ *      wdt_enable(WDTO_250MS);
+ *      for (;;);
+ *  }
+ *  \endcode
+ *
+ *  Note that the bootloader magic key can be any arbitrary value. The <em>FLASH_SIZE_BYTES</em> and
+ *  <em>BOOTLOADER_SEC_SIZE_BYTES</em> tokens should be replaced with the total flash size of the AVR
+ *  in bytes, and the allocated size of the bootloader section for the target AVR.
+ *
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Style/Footer.htm b/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Style/Footer.htm
index a72c5bdd24..a72c5bdd24 100644
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Style/Footer.htm
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Style/Footer.htm
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Style/Style.css b/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Style/Style.css
index 933215546f..933215546f 100644
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Style/Style.css
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Style/Style.css
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/VIDAndPIDValues.txt b/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/VIDAndPIDValues.txt
index 8b17220445..8b17220445 100644
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/VIDAndPIDValues.txt
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/VIDAndPIDValues.txt
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/WritingBoardDrivers.txt b/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/WritingBoardDrivers.txt
index b2ff07e666..b2ff07e666 100644
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/WritingBoardDrivers.txt
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/DoxygenPages/WritingBoardDrivers.txt
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ADAFRUITU4/Board.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ADAFRUITU4/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a640ddcc2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ADAFRUITU4/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Adafruit U4 Breakout board.
+ *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_ADAFRUITU4
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_ADAFRUITU4 ADAFRUITU4
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Adafruit U4 Breakout board.
+ *
+ *  Board specific information header for the Adafruit U4 Breakout board (http://ladyada.net/products/atmega32u4breakout).
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_ADAFRUITU4_H__
+#define __BOARD_ADAFRUITU4_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ADAFRUITU4/LEDs.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ADAFRUITU4/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..be7180c052
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ADAFRUITU4/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Adafruit U4 Breakout board.
+ *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_ADAFRUITU4
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_ADAFRUITU4 ADAFRUITU4
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Adafruit U4 Breakout board.
+ *
+ *  Board specific LED driver header for the Adafruit U4 Breakout board (http://ladyada.net/products/atmega32u4breakout).
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTE.6</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_ADAFRUITU4_H__
+#define __LEDS_ADAFRUITU4_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 6)
+
+			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    LEDS_LED1
+
+			/** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs. */
+			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRE  |=  LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				PORTE &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+         	}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRE  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				PORTE &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+         	}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTE |= LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTE &= ~LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTE  = ((PORTE & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+			{
+				PORTE  = ((PORTE & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PINE   = LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+			{
+				return (PORTE & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/Board.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..11e6e0e676
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel ATAVRUSBRF01.
+ *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_ATAVRUSBRF01
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_ATAVRUSBRF01 ATAVRUSBRF01
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel ATAVRUSBRF01.
+ *
+ *  Board specific information header for the Atmel ATAVRUSBRF01.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_ATAVRUSBRF01_H__
+#define __BOARD_ATAVRUSBRF01_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../../Buttons.h"
+		#include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/Buttons.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7d5a48bb9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel ATAVRUSBRF01.
+ *  \copydetails Group_Buttons_ATAVRUSBRF01
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_ATAVRUSBRF01 ATAVRUSBRF01
+ *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel ATAVRUSBRF01.
+ *
+ *  Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel ATAVRUSBRF01.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_ATAVRUSBRF01_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_ATAVRUSBRF01_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1      (1 << 7)
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+				PORTD |=  BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+			}
+
+			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+				PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+			{
+				return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/LEDs.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cd7bff7885
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel ATAVRUSBRF01.
+ *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_ATAVRUSBRF01
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_ATAVRUSBRF01 ATAVRUSBRF01
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel ATAVRUSBRF01.
+ *
+ *  Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel ATAVRUSBRF01.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>RX LED</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.0</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Red</td><td>TX LED</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.1</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_ATAVRUSBRF01_H__
+#define __LEDS_ATAVRUSBRF01_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 0)
+
+			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED2        (1 << 1)
+
+			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
+
+			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  |=  LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTD |= (LEDMask & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTD &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTD = (PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+			{
+				PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PIND  = LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+			{
+				return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BENITO/Board.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BENITO/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9f5b291aa3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BENITO/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Tempusdictum Benito.
+ *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_BENITO
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_BENITO BENITO
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Tempusdictum Benito.
+ *
+ *  Board specific information header for the Tempusdictum Benito (http://dorkbotpdx.org/wiki/benito).
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_BENITO_H__
+#define __BOARD_BENITO_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../../Buttons.h"
+		#include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BENITO/Buttons.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BENITO/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5e9128eb34
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BENITO/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Tempusdictum Benito.
+ *  \copydetails Group_Buttons_BENITO
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_BENITO BENITO
+ *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Tempusdictum Benito.
+ *
+ *  Board specific Buttons driver header for the Tempusdictum Benito (http://dorkbotpdx.org/wiki/benito).
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_BENITO_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_BENITO_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1      (1 << 7)
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+				PORTD |=  BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+			}
+
+			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+				PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+			{
+				return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BENITO/LEDs.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BENITO/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f968d7ce89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BENITO/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Tempusdictum Benito.
+ *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_BENITO
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_BENITO BENITO
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Tempusdictum Benito.
+ *
+ *  Board specific LED driver header for the Tempusdictum Benito (http://dorkbotpdx.org/wiki/benito).
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>TX LED</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTC.7</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Red</td><td>RX LED</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTC.6</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_BENITO_H__
+#define __LEDS_BENITO_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 7)
+
+			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED2        (1 << 6)
+
+			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
+
+			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRC  |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				PORTC |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRC  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				PORTC &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTC &= ~LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTC |= LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTC = ((PORTC | LEDS_ALL_LEDS) & ~LEDMask);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+			{
+				PORTC = ((PORTC | LEDMask) & ~ActiveMask);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PINC  = LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+			{
+				return (~PORTC & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BIGMULTIO/Board.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BIGMULTIO/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..02ebe0941c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BIGMULTIO/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Bitwizard Big-Multio.
+ *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_BIGMULTIO
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_BIGMULTIO BIGMULTIO
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Bitwizard Big-Multio.
+ *
+ *  Board specific information header for the Bitwizard Big-Multio (http://www.bitwizard.nl/wiki/index.php/Usbbigmultio).
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_BIGMULTIO_H__
+#define __BOARD_BIGMULTIO_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BIGMULTIO/LEDs.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BIGMULTIO/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..93048f5640
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BIGMULTIO/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Bitwizard Big-Multio.
+ *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_BIGMULTIO
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_BIGMULTIO BIGMULTIO
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Bitwizard Big-Multio.
+ *
+ *  Board specific LED driver header for the Bitwizard Big-Multio (http://www.bitwizard.nl/wiki/index.php/Usbbigmultio).
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Unknown</td><td>LED0</td><td>High</td><td>PORTF.6</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Unknown</td><td>LED1</td><td>High</td><td>PORTF.7</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Unknown</td><td>LED2</td><td>High</td><td>PORTE.2</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_BIGMULTIO_H__
+#define __LEDS_BIGMULTIO_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Macros: */
+			#define LEDS_PORTF_LEDS       (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
+			#define LEDS_PORTE_LEDS       LEDS_LED3
+	#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 6)
+
+			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED2        (1 << 7)
+
+			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED3        (1 << 2)
+
+			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRF  |=  LEDS_PORTF_LEDS;
+				DDRE  |=  LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
+
+				PORTF &= ~LEDS_PORTF_LEDS;
+				PORTE &= ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRF  &= ~LEDS_PORTF_LEDS;
+				DDRE  &= ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
+
+				PORTF &= ~LEDS_PORTF_LEDS;
+				PORTE &= ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTF |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTF_LEDS);
+				PORTE |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTF &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTF_LEDS);
+				PORTE &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTF = (PORTF & ~LEDS_PORTF_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTF_LEDS);
+				PORTE = (PORTE & ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+			{
+				PORTF = (PORTF & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTF_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTF_LEDS);
+				PORTE = (PORTE & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PINF  = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTF_LEDS);
+				PINE  = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+			{
+				return ((PORTF & LEDS_PORTF_LEDS) | (PORTE & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS));
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BLACKCAT/Board.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BLACKCAT/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a9aef6e9eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BLACKCAT/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the BLACKCAT USB JTAG.
+ *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_BLACKCAT
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_BLACKCAT BLACKCAT
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the BLACKCAT USB JTAG.
+ *
+ *  Board specific information header for the TCNISO Blackcat USB JTAG (http://www.embeddedcomputers.net/products/BlackcatUSB).
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_BLACKCAT_H__
+#define __BOARD_BLACKCAT_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BLACKCAT/LEDs.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BLACKCAT/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5a7c4f2332
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BLACKCAT/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the BLACKCAT USB JTAG.
+ *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_BLACKCAT
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_BLACKCAT BLACKCAT
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the BLACKCAT USB JTAG.
+ *
+ *  Board specific LED driver header for the TCNISO Blackcat USB JTAG (http://www.embeddedcomputers.net/products/BlackcatUSB).
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Unknown</td><td>LED0</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.6</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Unknown</td><td>LED1</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.3</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_BLACKCAT_H__
+#define __LEDS_BLACKCAT_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 6)
+
+			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED2        (1 << 3)
+
+			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
+
+			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  |=  LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTD |= LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+			{
+				PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PIND  = LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+			{
+				return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUI/Board.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUI/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..87102b60f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUI/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Busware BUI.
+ *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_BUI
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_BUI BUI
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Busware BUI.
+ *
+ *  Board specific information header for the Busware BUI (http://www.busware.de/tiki-index.php?page=BUI).
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_BUI_H__
+#define __BOARD_BUI_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUI/LEDs.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUI/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d982bcd67d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUI/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Busware BUI.
+ *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_BUI
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_BUI BUI
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Busware BUI.
+ *
+ *  Board specific LED driver header for the Busware BUI (http://www.busware.de/tiki-index.php?page=BUI).
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Red</td><td>RGB LED</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.2</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>RGB LED</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.3</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Blue</td><td>RGB LED</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.4</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_BUI_H__
+#define __LEDS_BUI_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 2)
+
+			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED2        (1 << 3)
+
+			/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED3        (1 << 4)
+
+			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRC  |=  LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				PORTC &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRC  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				PORTC &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTC |= LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTC &= ~LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTC = (PORTC & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+			{
+				PORTC = (PORTC & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PINC  = LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+			{
+				return (PORTC & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/Board.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5af60abe1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Fletchtronics BUMBLEB.
+ *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_BUMBLEB
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_BUMBLEB BUMBLEB
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Fletchtronics BUMBLEB.
+ *
+ *  Board specific information header for the Fletchtronics BUMBLEB (http://fletchtronics.net/bumble-b).
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_BUMBLEB_H__
+#define __BOARD_BUMBLEB_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../../Buttons.h"
+		#include "../../Joystick.h"
+		#include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+			/** Indicates the board has a hardware Joystick mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_JOYSTICK
+
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/Buttons.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..812cf79246
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Fletchtronics BUMBLEB.
+ *  \copydetails Group_Buttons_BUMBLEB
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_BUMBLEB BUMBLEB
+ *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Fletchtronics BUMBLEB.
+ *
+ *  Board specific buttons driver header for the Fletchtronics BUMBLEB (http://fletchtronics.net/bumble-b). The BUMBLEB
+ *  third-party board does not include any on-board peripherals, but does have an officially recommended external peripheral
+ *  layout for buttons, LEDs and a Joystick.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_BUMBLEB_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_BUMBLEB_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1      (1 << 7)
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+				PORTD |=  BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+			}
+
+			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+				PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+			{
+				return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/Joystick.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/Joystick.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..259c674d6e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/Joystick.h
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Fletchtronics BUMBLEB.
+ *  \copydetails Group_Joystick_BUMBLEB
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the joystick driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Joystick
+ *  \defgroup Group_Joystick_BUMBLEB BUMBLEB
+ *  \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Fletchtronics BUMBLEB.
+ *
+ *  Board specific joystick driver header for the Fletchtronics BUMBLEB (http://fletchtronics.net/bumble-b). The BUMBLEB
+ *  third-party board does not include any on-board peripherals, but does have an officially recommended external peripheral
+ *  layout for buttons, LEDs and a Joystick.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Left Port Pin</th><th>Up Port Pin</th><th>Right Port Pin</th><th>Down Port Pin</th><th>Press Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>PORTD.2</td><td>PORTD.3</td><td>PORTD.0</td><td>PORTD.1</td><td>PORTD.4</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __JOYSTICK_BUMBLEB_H__
+#define __JOYSTICK_BUMBLEB_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Macros: */
+			#define JOY_MASK                 ((1 << 0) | (1 << 1) | (1 << 2) | (1 << 3) | (1 << 4))
+	#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the left direction. */
+			#define JOY_LEFT                  (1 << 2)
+
+			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the upward direction. */
+			#define JOY_UP                    (1 << 3)
+
+			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the right direction. */
+			#define JOY_RIGHT                 (1 << 0)
+
+			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the downward direction. */
+			#define JOY_DOWN                  (1 << 1)
+
+			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed inward. */
+			#define JOY_PRESS                 (1 << 4)
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void Joystick_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  &= ~JOY_MASK;
+				PORTD |=  JOY_MASK;
+			}
+
+			static inline void Joystick_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  &= ~JOY_MASK;
+				PORTD &= ~JOY_MASK;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void)
+			{
+				return (uint8_t)(~PIND & JOY_MASK);
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/LEDs.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bb070db970
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Fletchtronics BUMBLEB.
+ *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_BUMBLEB
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_BUMBLEB BUMBLEB
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Fletchtronics BUMBLEB.
+ *
+ *  Board specific LED driver header for the Fletchtronics BUMBLEB (http://fletchtronics.net/bumble-b). The BUMBLEB
+ *  third-party board does not include any on-board peripherals, but does have an officially recommended external
+ *  peripheral layout for buttons, LEDs and a Joystick.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>N/A</td><td>User Supplied</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.4</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>N/A</td><td>User Supplied</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.5</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>N/A</td><td>User Supplied</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.6</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>N/A</td><td>User Supplied</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.7</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_BUMBLEB_H__
+#define __LEDS_BUMBLEB_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 4)
+
+			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED2        (1 << 5)
+
+			/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED3        (1 << 6)
+
+			/** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED4        (1 << 7)
+
+			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRB  |=  LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				PORTB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRB  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				PORTB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask)
+			{
+				PORTB |= LedMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask)
+			{
+				PORTB &= ~LedMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask)
+			{
+				PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LedMask);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask,
+			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+			{
+				PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LedMask) | ActiveMask);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PINB  = LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+			{
+				return (PORTB & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/CULV3/Board.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/CULV3/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..88679d1b84
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/CULV3/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Busware CUL V3.
+ *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_CULV3
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_CULV3 CULV3
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Busware CUL V3.
+ *
+ *  Board specific information header for the Busware CUL V3 (http://busware.de/tiki-index.php?page=CUL).
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_CULV3_H__
+#define __BOARD_CULV3_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../../Buttons.h"
+		#include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/CULV3/Buttons.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/CULV3/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..21b6e1c08b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/CULV3/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Busware CULV3.
+ *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_CULV3
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_CULV3 CULV3
+ *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Busware CULV3.
+ *
+ *  Board specific Buttons driver header for the Busware CUL V3 (http://busware.de/tiki-index.php?page=CUL).
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.2</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_CULV3_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_CULV3_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1      (1 << 2)
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRE  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+				PORTE |=  BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+			}
+
+			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRE  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+				PORTE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+			{
+				return ((PINE & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/CULV3/LEDs.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/CULV3/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..da3ebf85f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/CULV3/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Busware CUL V3.
+ *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_CULV3
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_CULV3 CULV3
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Busware CUL V3.
+ *
+ *  Board specific LED driver header for the Busware CUL V3 (http://busware.de/tiki-index.php?page=CUL).
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTE.6</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_CULV3_H__
+#define __LEDS_CULV3_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 6)
+
+			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    LEDS_LED1
+
+			/** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs. */
+			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRE  |=  LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				PORTE &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+         	}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRE  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				PORTE &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+         	}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTE |= LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTE &= ~LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTE = ((PORTE & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+			{
+				PORTE = ((PORTE & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PINE  = LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+			{
+				return (PORTE & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/DUCE/Board.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/DUCE/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8521ec9bd6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/DUCE/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the DorkbotPDX Duce.
+ *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_DUCE
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_DUCE DUCE
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the DorkbotPDX Duce.
+ *
+ *  Board specific information header for the DorkbotPDX Duce (http://dorkbotpdx.org/wiki/duce).
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_DUCE_H__
+#define __BOARD_DUCE_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/DUCE/LEDs.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/DUCE/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ad866b96d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/DUCE/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the DorkbotPDX Duce.
+ *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_DUCE
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_DUCE DUCE
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the DorkbotPDX Duce.
+ *
+ *  Board specific LED driver header for the DorkbotPDX Duce (http://dorkbotpdx.org/wiki/duce).
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Red</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 1</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.4</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 1</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.5</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Red</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 2</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.6</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Green</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 2</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.7</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_DUCE_H__
+#define __LEDS_DUCE_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 4)
+
+			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED2        (1 << 5)
+
+			/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED3        (1 << 6)
+
+			/** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED4        (1 << 7)
+
+			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRC  |=  LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				PORTC &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRC  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				PORTC &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTC |= LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTC &= ~LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTC = ((PORTC & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+			{
+				PORTC = ((PORTC & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PINC  = LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+			{
+				return (PORTC & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Board.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..01b6b93ff0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel EVK527.
+ *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_EVK527
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_EVK527 EVK527
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel EVK527.
+ *
+ *  Board specific information header for the Atmel EVK527.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_EVK527_H__
+#define __BOARD_EVK527_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../../Buttons.h"
+		#include "../../Dataflash.h"
+		#include "../../Joystick.h"
+		#include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+			/** Indicates the board has a hardware Dataflash mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_DATAFLASH
+
+			/** Indicates the board has a hardware Joystick mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_JOYSTICK
+
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Buttons.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3094fbe0e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
+ *  \copydetails Group_Buttons_EVK527
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_EVK527 EVK527
+ *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
+ *
+ *  Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.2</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_EVK527_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_EVK527_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1      (1 << 2)
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRE  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+				PORTE |=  BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+			}
+
+			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRE  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+				PORTE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+			{
+				return ((PINE & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Dataflash.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Dataflash.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2ec973e233
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Dataflash.h
@@ -0,0 +1,222 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
+ *  \copydetails Group_Dataflash_EVK527
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Dataflash
+ *  \defgroup Group_Dataflash_EVK527 EVK527
+ *  \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
+ *
+ *  Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Select Pin</th><th>SPI Port</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>DATAFLASH_CHIP1</td><td>AT45DB321C (4MB)</td><td>PORTE.6</td><td>SPI0</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __DATAFLASH_EVK527_H__
+#define __DATAFLASH_EVK527_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../../../Misc/AT45DB321C.h"
+		#include "../../../Peripheral/SPI.h"
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Macros: */
+			#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK                DATAFLASH_CHIP1
+			#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR                 DDRE
+			#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT                PORTE
+	#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Constant indicating the total number of dataflash ICs mounted on the selected board. */
+			#define DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS                 1
+
+			/** Mask for no dataflash chip selected. */
+			#define DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP                    0
+
+			/** Mask for the first dataflash chip selected. */
+			#define DATAFLASH_CHIP1                      (1 << 6)
+
+			/** Internal main memory page size for the board's dataflash IC. */
+			#define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE                  512
+
+			/** Total number of pages inside the board's dataflash IC. */
+			#define DATAFLASH_PAGES                      8192
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			/** Initializes the dataflash driver so that commands and data may be sent to an attached dataflash IC.
+			 *  The appropriate SPI interface will be automatically configured.
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_Init(void)
+			{
+				DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR  |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
+				DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
+
+				SPI_Init(SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2 | SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST | SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING | SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING | SPI_MODE_MASTER);
+			}
+
+			/** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns a byte from the dataflash.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Byte  Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+			 *
+			 *  \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+			{
+				return SPI_TransferByte(Byte);
+			}
+
+			/** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and ignores the next byte from the dataflash.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Byte  Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+			{
+				SPI_SendByte(Byte);
+			}
+
+			/** Sends a dummy byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns the next byte from the dataflash.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void)
+			{
+				return SPI_ReceiveByte();
+			}
+
+			/** Determines the currently selected dataflash chip.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Mask of the currently selected Dataflash chip, either \ref DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP if no chip is selected
+			 *          or a DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is the chip number).
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void)
+			{
+				return (~DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT & DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK);
+			}
+
+			/** Selects the given dataflash chip.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in]  ChipMask  Mask of the Dataflash IC to select, in the form of a \c DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is
+			 *              the chip number).
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask)
+			{
+				DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT = ((DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT | DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK) & ~ChipMask);
+			}
+
+			/** Deselects the current dataflash chip, so that no dataflash is selected. */
+			static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void)
+			{
+				Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP);
+			}
+
+			/** Selects a dataflash IC from the given page number, which should range from 0 to
+			 *  ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1). For boards containing only one
+			 *  dataflash IC, this will select DATAFLASH_CHIP1. If the given page number is outside
+			 *  the total number of pages contained in the boards dataflash ICs, all dataflash ICs
+			 *  are deselected.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] PageAddress  Address of the page to manipulate, ranging from
+			 *                          0 to ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1).
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress)
+			{
+				Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+				if (PageAddress >= DATAFLASH_PAGES)
+				  return;
+
+				Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+			}
+
+			/** Toggles the select line of the currently selected dataflash IC, so that it is ready to receive
+			 *  a new command.
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void)
+			{
+				uint8_t SelectedChipMask = Dataflash_GetSelectedChip();
+
+				Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+				Dataflash_SelectChip(SelectedChipMask);
+			}
+
+			/** Spin-loops while the currently selected dataflash is busy executing a command, such as a main
+			 *  memory page program or main memory to buffer transfer.
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void)
+			{
+				Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+				Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+				while (!(Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_READY));
+				Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+			}
+
+			/** Sends a set of page and buffer address bytes to the currently selected dataflash IC, for use with
+			 *  dataflash commands which require a complete 24-bit address.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] PageAddress  Page address within the selected dataflash IC
+			 *  \param[in] BufferByte   Address within the dataflash's buffer
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress,
+			                                              const uint16_t BufferByte)
+			{
+				Dataflash_SendByte(PageAddress >> 5);
+				Dataflash_SendByte((PageAddress << 3) | (BufferByte >> 8));
+				Dataflash_SendByte(BufferByte);
+			}
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Joystick.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Joystick.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..909fa02c58
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Joystick.h
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
+ *  \copydetails Group_Joystick_EVK527
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the joystick driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Joystick
+ *  \defgroup Group_Joystick_EVK527 EVK527
+ *  \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
+ *
+ *  Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Left Port Pin</th><th>Up Port Pin</th><th>Right Port Pin</th><th>Down Port Pin</th><th>Press Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>PORTF.4</td><td>PORTF.5</td><td>PORTF.7</td><td>PORTC.6</td><td>PORTF.6</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __JOYSTICK_EVK527_H__
+#define __JOYSTICK_EVK527_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Macros: */
+			#define JOY_FMASK                 ((1 << 4) | (1 << 5) | (1 << 6) | (1 << 7))
+			#define JOY_CMASK                 (1 << 6)
+
+			#define JOY_PORTC_MASK_SHIFT      3
+	#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the left direction. */
+			#define JOY_LEFT                  (1 << 4)
+
+			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the right direction. */
+			#define JOY_RIGHT                 (1 << 7)
+
+			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the upward direction. */
+			#define JOY_UP                    (1 << 5)
+
+			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the downward direction. */
+			#define JOY_DOWN                 ((1 << 6) >> JOY_PORTC_MASK_SHIFT)
+
+			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed inward. */
+			#define JOY_PRESS                 (1 << 6)
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void Joystick_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRF  &= ~JOY_FMASK;
+				DDRC  &= ~JOY_CMASK;
+
+				PORTF |=  JOY_FMASK;
+				PORTC |=  JOY_CMASK;
+			}
+
+			static inline void Joystick_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRF  &= ~JOY_FMASK;
+				DDRC  &= ~JOY_CMASK;
+
+				PORTF &= ~JOY_FMASK;
+				PORTC &= ~JOY_CMASK;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void)
+			{
+				return (((uint8_t)~PINF & JOY_FMASK) | (((uint8_t)~PINC & JOY_CMASK) >> JOY_PORTC_MASK_SHIFT));
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/LEDs.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a10b8229e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
+ *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_EVK527
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_EVK527 EVK527
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
+ *
+ *  Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.6</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_EVK527_H__
+#define __LEDS_EVK527_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 5)
+
+			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED2        (1 << 6)
+
+			/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED3        (1 << 7)
+
+			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  |=  LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTD |= LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+			{
+				PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PIND  = LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+			{
+				return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/JMDBU2/Board.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/JMDBU2/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0e46a578b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/JMDBU2/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Mattairtech JM-DB-U2.
+ *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_JMDBU2
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_JMDBU2 JMDBU2
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Mattairtech JM-DB-U2.
+ *
+ *  Board specific information header for the Mattairtech JM-DB-U2 (http://u2.mattair.net/index.html).
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_JMDBU2_H__
+#define __BOARD_JMDBU2_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../../Buttons.h"
+		#include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/JMDBU2/Buttons.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/JMDBU2/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8da45e402e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/JMDBU2/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Mattairtech JM-DB-U2.
+ *  \copydetails Group_Buttons_JMDBU2
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_JMDBU2 JMDBU2
+ *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Mattairtech JM-DB-U2.
+ *
+ *  Board specific Buttons driver header for the Mattairtech JM-DB-U2 (http://u2.mattair.net/index.html).
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_JMDBU2_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_JMDBU2_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1      (1 << 7)
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+				PORTD |=  BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+			}
+
+			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+				PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+			{
+				return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/JMDBU2/LEDs.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/JMDBU2/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bd2c191a5a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/JMDBU2/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Mattairtech JM-DB-U2.
+ *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_JMDBU2
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_JMDBU2 JMDBU2
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Mattairtech JM-DB-U2.
+ *
+ *  Board specific LED driver header for the Mattairtech JM-DB-U2 (http://u2.mattair.net/index.html).
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.4</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_JMDBU2_H__
+#define __LEDS_JMDBU2_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 4)
+
+			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    LEDS_LED1
+
+			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  |=  LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTD |= LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+			{
+				PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PIND  = LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+			{
+				return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/LEONARDO/Board.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/LEONARDO/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..400bb11c4a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/LEONARDO/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Arduino Leonardo board.
+ *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_LEONARDO
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_LEONARDO LEONARDO
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Arduino Leonardo board.
+ *
+ *  Board specific information header for the Arduino Leonardo board (http://arduino.cc/en/Main/arduinoBoardLeonardo).
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_LEONARDO_H__
+#define __BOARD_LEONARDO_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/LEONARDO/LEDs.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/LEONARDO/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6f26cc1820
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/LEONARDO/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Arduino Leonardo board.
+ *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_LEONARDO
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_LEONARDO LEONARDO
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Arduino Leonardo board.
+ *
+ *  Board specific LED driver header for the Arduino Leonardo board (http://arduino.cc/en/Main/arduinoBoardLeonardo).
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>RX</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTB.0</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Yellow</td><td>TX</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Yellow</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.7</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_LEONARDO_H__
+#define __LEDS_LEONARDO_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Macros: */
+			#define LEDS_PORTB_LEDS       (LEDS_LED1)
+			#define LEDS_PORTD_LEDS       (LEDS_LED2)
+			#define LEDS_PORTC_LEDS       (LEDS_LED3)
+	#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 0)
+
+			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED2        (1 << 5)
+
+			/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED3        (1 << 7)
+
+			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRB  |=  LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+				PORTB |=  LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+				DDRD  |=  LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+				PORTD |=  LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+				DDRC  |=  LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
+				PORTC &= ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRB  &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+				PORTB &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+				DDRD  &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+				PORTD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+				DDRC  &= ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
+				PORTC &= ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTB &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+				PORTD &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+				PORTC |=  (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTB |=  (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+				PORTD |=  (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+				PORTC &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTB = ((PORTB |  LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS));
+				PORTD = ((PORTD |  LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS));
+				PORTC = ((PORTC & ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS) |  (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS));
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+			{
+				PORTB = ((PORTB |  (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS)) & ~(ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS));
+				PORTD = ((PORTD |  (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS)) & ~(ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS));
+				PORTC = ((PORTC & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS)) |  (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS));
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PINB  = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+				PIND  = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+				PINC  = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+			{
+				return ((~PORTB & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) | (~PORTD & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) | (PORTC & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS));
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MAXIMUS/Board.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MAXIMUS/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7de7501e43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MAXIMUS/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Maximus board.
+ *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_MAXIMUS
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_MAXIMUS MAXIMUS
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Maximus board.
+ *
+ *  Board specific information header for the Maximus (http://www.avrusb.com/).
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_MAXIMUS_H__
+#define __BOARD_MAXIMUS_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MAXIMUS/LEDs.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MAXIMUS/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..aba85abd46
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MAXIMUS/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Maximus.
+ *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_MAXIMUS
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_MAXIMUS MAXIMUS
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Maximus.
+ *
+ *  Board specific LED driver header for the Maximus (http://www.avrusb.com/).
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>LG</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.6</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Red</td><td>LR</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.7</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_MAXIMUS_H__
+#define __LEDS_MAXIMUS_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 6)
+
+			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED2        (1 << 7)
+
+			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
+
+			/** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs. */
+			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRB  |=  LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				PORTB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRB  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				PORTB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTB |= LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTB &= ~LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+			{
+				PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PINB  = LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+			{
+				return (PORTB & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICRO/Board.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICRO/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..279dc3aafe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICRO/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Arduino Micro board.
+ *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_MICRO
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_MICRO MICRO
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Arduino Micro board.
+ *
+ *  Board specific information header for the Arduino Micro board (http://arduino.cc/en/Main/arduinoBoardMicro).
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_MICRO_H__
+#define __BOARD_MICRO_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICRO/LEDs.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICRO/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..445e1a3347
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICRO/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Arduino Micro board.
+ *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_MICRO
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_MICRO MICRO
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Arduino Micro board.
+ *
+ *  Board specific LED driver header for the Arduino Micro board (http://arduino.cc/en/Main/arduinoBoardMicro).
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>RX</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.0</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Yellow</td><td>TX</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.7</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_MICRO_H__
+#define __LEDS_MICRO_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Macros: */
+			#define LEDS_PORTB_LEDS       (LEDS_LED1)
+			#define LEDS_PORTD_LEDS       (LEDS_LED2)
+			#define LEDS_PORTC_LEDS       (LEDS_LED3)
+	#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 0)
+
+			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED2        (1 << 5)
+
+			/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED3        (1 << 7)
+
+			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRB  |=  LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+				PORTB &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+				DDRD  |=  LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+				PORTD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+				DDRC  |=  LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
+				PORTC &= ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRB  &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+				PORTB &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+				DDRD  &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+				PORTD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+				DDRC  &= ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
+				PORTC &= ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTB |=  (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+				PORTD |=  (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+				PORTC |=  (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTB &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+				PORTD &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+				PORTC &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS));
+				PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS));
+				PORTC = ((PORTC & ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS));
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+			{
+				PORTB = ((PORTB & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS));
+				PORTD = ((PORTD & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS));
+				PORTC = ((PORTC & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS));
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTB ^= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+				PORTD ^= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+				PORTC ^= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+			{
+				return ((PORTB & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) | (PORTD & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) | (PORTC & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS));
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Board.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1ae3d6f200
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Micropendous series boards.
+ *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_32U2
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_A MICROPENDOUS_A
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Micropendous A (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/MicropendousA).
+ *
+ *  See \ref Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_1 MICROPENDOUS_1
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Micropendous 1 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous1).
+ *
+ *  See \ref Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_2 MICROPENDOUS_2
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Micropendous 2 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous2).
+ *
+ *  See \ref Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_3 MICROPENDOUS_3
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Micropendous 3 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous3).
+ *
+ *  See \ref Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_4 MICROPENDOUS_4
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Micropendous 4 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous4).
+ *
+ *  See \ref Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_DIP MICROPENDOUS_DIP
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Micropendous DIP (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/MicropendousDIP).
+ *
+ *  See \ref Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_REV1 MICROPENDOUS_REV1
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Micropendous Arduino-like Revision 1 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous).
+ *
+ *  See \ref Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_REV2 MICROPENDOUS_REV2
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Micropendous Arduino-like Revision 2 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous).
+ *
+ *  See \ref Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 MICROPENDOUS_32U2
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Micropendous series boards.
+ *
+ *  Board specific information header for the Micropendous series boards (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous).
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_H__
+#define __BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			#if ((BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_32U2) || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_A) || \
+			     (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_1)    || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_2) || \
+			     (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_3)    || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_4) || \
+			     (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV1) || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV2) || \
+			     (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_DIP) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+				#include "../../Buttons.h"
+
+				/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+				#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+			#endif
+
+			#if ((BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV1) || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV2) || \
+			     (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_32U2) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+				#include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+				/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+				#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+			#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Buttons.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c40ac1fe7c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Micropendous series boards.
+ *  \copydetails Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_32U2
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_A MICROPENDOUS_A
+ *  \brief Board specific Button driver header for the Micropendous A (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/MicropendousA).
+ *
+ *  See \ref Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_1 MICROPENDOUS_1
+ *  \brief Board specific Button driver header for the Micropendous 1 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous1).
+ *
+ *  See \ref Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_2 MICROPENDOUS_2
+ *  \brief Board specific Button driver header for the Micropendous 2 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous2).
+ *
+ *  See \ref Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_3 MICROPENDOUS_3
+ *  \brief Board specific Button driver header for the Micropendous 3 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous3).
+ *
+ *  See \ref Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_4 MICROPENDOUS_4
+ *  \brief Board specific Button driver header for the Micropendous 4 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous4).
+ *
+ *  See \ref Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_DIP MICROPENDOUS_DIP
+ *  \brief Board specific Button driver header for the Micropendous DIP (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/MicropendousDIP).
+ *
+ *  See \ref Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_REV1 MICROPENDOUS_REV1
+ *  \brief Board specific Button driver header for the Micropendous Arduino-like Revision 1 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous).
+ *
+ *  See \ref Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_REV2 MICROPENDOUS_REV2
+ *  \brief Board specific Button driver header for the Micropendous Arduino-like Revision 2 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous).
+ *
+ *  See \ref Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 MICROPENDOUS_32U2
+ *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Micropendous 32U2.
+ *
+ *  \note There are multiple supported Micropendous boards, compile with <code>BOARD = MICROPENDOUS_{VERSION}</code>.
+ *
+ *  Board specific Buttons driver header for the Micropendous 32U2 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous_32U2).
+ *
+ *  <b>BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_1 and BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_32U2</b>:
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  <b>Other Revisions</b>:
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.2</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_MICROPENDOUS_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_MICROPENDOUS_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		#if (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_32U2)
+			#define _BOARD_BUTTON1_MASK             (1 << 7)
+			#define _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER        D
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_A)
+			#define _BOARD_BUTTON1_MASK             (1 << 2)
+			#define _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER        E
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_1)
+			#define _BOARD_BUTTON1_MASK             (1 << 7)
+			#define _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER        D
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_2)
+			#define _BOARD_BUTTON1_MASK             (1 << 2)
+			#define _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER        E
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_3)
+			#define _BOARD_BUTTON1_MASK             (1 << 2)
+			#define _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER        E
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_4)
+			#define _BOARD_BUTTON1_MASK             (1 << 2)
+			#define _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER        E
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_DIP)
+			#define _BOARD_BUTTON1_MASK             (1 << 2)
+			#define _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER        E
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV1)
+			#define _BOARD_BUTTON1_MASK             (1 << 2)
+			#define _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER        E
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV2)
+			#define _BOARD_BUTTON1_MASK             (1 << 2)
+			#define _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER        E
+		#endif
+
+		#define _BOARD_BUTTON_PORT                  CONCAT_EXPANDED(PORT, _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER)
+		#define _BOARD_BUTTON_PIN                   CONCAT_EXPANDED(PIN,  _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER)
+		#define _BOARD_BUTTON_DDR                   CONCAT_EXPANDED(DDR,  _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER)
+	#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1     _BOARD_BUTTON1_MASK
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+			{
+				_BOARD_BUTTON_DDR  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+				_BOARD_BUTTON_PORT |=  BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+			}
+
+			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+			{
+				_BOARD_BUTTON_DDR  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+				_BOARD_BUTTON_PORT &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+			{
+				return ((_BOARD_BUTTON_PIN & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/LEDs.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2ab89eb5b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Micropendous series boards.
+ *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_MICROPENDOUS_32U2
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_MICROPENDOUS_REV1 MICROPENDOUS_REV1
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Micropendous Arduino-like Revision 1 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous).
+ *
+ *  See \ref Group_LEDs_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_MICROPENDOUS_REV2 MICROPENDOUS_REV2
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Micropendous Arduino-like Revision 2 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous).
+ *
+ *  See \ref Group_LEDs_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 MICROPENDOUS_32U2
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Micropendous-32U2.
+ *
+ *  Board specific LED driver header for the Micropendous 32U2 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous_32U2).
+ *
+ *  <b>BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_32U2</b>:
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.6</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  <b>Other Revisions</b>:
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.1</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_MICROPENDOUS_H__
+#define __LEDS_MICROPENDOUS_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		#if (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_32U2)
+			#define _BOARD_LED1_MASK                (1 << 6)
+			#define _BOARD_LED_PORTLETTER           D
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV1)
+			#define _BOARD_LED1_MASK                (1 << 1)
+			#define _BOARD_LED_PORTLETTER           B
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV2)
+			#define _BOARD_LED1_MASK                (1 << 1)
+			#define _BOARD_LED_PORTLETTER           B
+		#endif
+
+		#define _BOARD_LED_PORT                     CONCAT_EXPANDED(PORT, _BOARD_LED_PORTLETTER)
+		#define _BOARD_LED_PIN                      CONCAT_EXPANDED(PIN,  _BOARD_LED_PORTLETTER)
+		#define _BOARD_LED_DDR                      CONCAT_EXPANDED(DDR,  _BOARD_LED_PORTLETTER)
+	#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED1        _BOARD_LED1_MASK
+
+			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    LEDS_LED1
+
+			/** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs. */
+			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+			{
+				_BOARD_LED_DDR  |=  LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				_BOARD_LED_PORT &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+			{
+				_BOARD_LED_DDR  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				_BOARD_LED_PORT &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				_BOARD_LED_PORT |= LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				_BOARD_LED_PORT &= ~LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				_BOARD_LED_PORT = ((_BOARD_LED_PORT & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+			{
+				_BOARD_LED_PORT = ((_BOARD_LED_PORT & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				_BOARD_LED_PIN  = LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+			{
+				return (_BOARD_LED_PORT & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROSIN162/Board.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROSIN162/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1e503c3c8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROSIN162/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Microsin AVR-USB162 board.
+ *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_MICROSIN162
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_MICROSIN162 MICROSIN162
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Microsin AVR-USB162 board.
+ *
+ *  Board specific information header for the Microsin AVR-USB162 board (http://microsin.ru/content/view/685/44/).
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_MICROSIN162_H__
+#define __BOARD_MICROSIN162_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../../Buttons.h"
+		#include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROSIN162/Buttons.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROSIN162/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1c90fab1e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROSIN162/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Microsin AVR-USB162 board.
+ *  \copydetails Group_Buttons_MICROSIN162
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_MICROSIN162 MICROSIN162
+ *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Microsin AVR-USB162 board.
+ *
+ *  Board specific Buttons driver header for the Microsin AVR-USB162 board (http://microsin.ru/content/view/685/44/).
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_MICROSIN162_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_MICROSIN162_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1      (1 << 7)
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+				PORTD |=  BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+			}
+
+			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+				PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+			{
+				return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROSIN162/LEDs.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROSIN162/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..690ce7df8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROSIN162/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Microsin AVR-USB162 board.
+ *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_MICROSIN162
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_MICROSIN162 MICROSIN162
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Microsin AVR-USB162 board.
+ *
+ *  Board specific LED driver header for the Microsin AVR-USB162 board (http://microsin.ru/content/view/685/44/).
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.4</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_MICROSIN162_H__
+#define __LEDS_MICROSIN162_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 4)
+
+			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    LEDS_LED1
+
+			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				PORTD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTD |= LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDS_ALL_LEDS) & ~LEDMask);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+			{
+				PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDMask) & ~ActiveMask);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PIND  = LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+			{
+				return (~PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MINIMUS/Board.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MINIMUS/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..53bc2daf57
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MINIMUS/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the MINIMUS.
+ *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_MINIMUS
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_MINIMUS MINIMUS
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the MINIMUS.
+ *
+ *  Board specific information header for the MINIMUS.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_MINIMUS_H__
+#define __BOARD_MINIMUS_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../../Buttons.h"
+		#include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MINIMUS/Buttons.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MINIMUS/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f83924c52e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MINIMUS/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the MINIMUS.
+ *  \copydetails Group_Buttons_MINIMUS
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_MINIMUS MINIMUS
+ *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the MINIMUS.
+ *
+ *  Board specific Buttons driver header for the MINIMUS.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_MINIMUS_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_MINIMUS_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1      (1 << 7)
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+				PORTD |=  BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+			}
+
+			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+				PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+			{
+				return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MINIMUS/LEDs.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MINIMUS/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5569323081
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MINIMUS/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the MINIMUS.
+ *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_MINIMUS
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_MINIMUS MINIMUS
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the MINIMUS.
+ *
+ *  Board specific LED driver header for the Minimus USB (http://www.minimususb.com/).
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Blue</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Red</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.6</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_MINIMUS_H__
+#define __LEDS_MINIMUS_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 5)
+
+			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED2        (1 << 6)
+
+			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
+
+			/** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs. */
+			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				PORTD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTD |=  LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDS_ALL_LEDS) & ~LEDMask);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+			{
+				PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PIND  = LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+			{
+				return (~PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MULTIO/Board.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MULTIO/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d701dc31b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MULTIO/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Bitwizard Multio.
+ *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_MULTIO
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_MULTIO MULTIO
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Bitwizard Multio.
+ *
+ *  Board specific information header for the Bitwizard Multio (http://www.bitwizard.nl/wiki/index.php/USB-multio).
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_MULTIO_H__
+#define __BOARD_MULTIO_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MULTIO/LEDs.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MULTIO/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9d3bf6a49f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MULTIO/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Bitwizard Multio.
+ *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_MULTIO
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_MULTIO MULTIO
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Bitwizard Multio.
+ *
+ *  Board specific LED driver header for the Bitwizard Multio (http://www.bitwizard.nl/wiki/index.php/USB-multio).
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.0</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.2</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_MULTIO_H__
+#define __LEDS_MULTIO_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Macros: */
+			#define LEDS_PORTD_LEDS       (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+			#define LEDS_PORTC_LEDS       LEDS_LED2
+	#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 0)
+
+			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED2        (1 << 2)
+
+			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED3        (1 << 7)
+
+			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  |=  LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+				DDRC  |=  LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
+
+				PORTD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+				PORTC &= ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+				DDRC  &= ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
+
+				PORTD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+				PORTC &= ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTD |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+				PORTC |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTD &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+				PORTC &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTD = (PORTD & ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+				PORTC = (PORTC & ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+			{
+				PORTD = (PORTD & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+				PORTC = (PORTC & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PIND  = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+				PINC  = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+			{
+				return ((PORTD & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) | (PORTC & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS));
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX162/Board.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX162/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..64c657758a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX162/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Olimex AVR-USB-162 Development Board.
+ *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_OLIMEX162
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_OLIMEX162 OLIMEX162
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Olimex AVR-USB-162 Development Board.
+ *
+ *  Board specific information header for the Olimex AVR-USB-162 Development Board (http://www.olimex.com/dev/avr-usb-162.html).
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_OLIMEX162_H__
+#define __BOARD_OLIMEX162_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../../Buttons.h"
+		#include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX162/Buttons.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX162/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f8ed8714d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX162/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-162 Development Board.
+ *  \copydetails Group_Buttons_OLIMEX162
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_OLIMEX162 OLIMEX162
+ *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-162 Development Board.
+ *
+ *  Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-162 Development Board (http://www.olimex.com/dev/avr-usb-162.html).
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_OLIMEX162_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_OLIMEX162_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1      (1 << 7)
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+				PORTD |=  BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+			}
+
+			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+				PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+			{
+				return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX162/LEDs.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX162/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..52d82ef96a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX162/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-162.
+ *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_OLIMEX162
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_OLIMEX162 OLIMEX162
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-162.
+ *
+ *  Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-162 (http://www.olimex.com/dev/avr-usb-162.html).
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.4</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_OLIMEX162_H__
+#define __LEDS_OLIMEX162_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 4)
+
+			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    LEDS_LED1
+
+			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  |=  LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTD |= LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+			{
+				PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PIND  = LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+			{
+				return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/Board.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f063b9f9e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4 Development Board.
+ *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_OLIMEX32U4
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_OLIMEX32U4 OLIMEX32U4
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4 Development Board.
+ *
+ *  Board specific information header for the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4 Development Board (http://www.olimex.com/dev/olimexino-32u4.html).
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_OLIMEX32U4_H__
+#define __BOARD_OLIMEX32U4_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../../Buttons.h"
+		#include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/Buttons.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fecc637043
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4 Development Board.
+ *  \copydetails Group_Buttons_OLIMEX32U4
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_OLIMEX32U4 OLIMEX32U4
+ *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4 Development Board.
+ *
+ *  Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4 Development Board (http://www.olimex.com/dev/olimexino-32u4.html).
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.2</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_OLIMEX32U4_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_OLIMEX32U4_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1      (1 << 2)
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRE  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+				PORTE |=  BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+			}
+
+			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRE  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+				PORTE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+			{
+				return ((PINE & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/LEDs.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..51eeaceab5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4.
+ *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_OLIMEX32U4
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_OLIMEX32U4 OLIMEX32U4
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4.
+ *
+ *  Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4 (http://www.olimex.com/dev/olimexino-32u4.html).
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>TX</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Yellow</td><td>RX</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.0</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator (Default Unconnected)</td><td>High</td><td>PORTE.6</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Yellow</td><td>General Indicator (Default Unconnected)</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.5</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_OLIMEX32U4_H__
+#define __LEDS_OLIMEX32U4_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Macros: */
+			#define LEDS_PORTB_LEDS       (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+			#define LEDS_PORTD_LEDS       (LEDS_LED1)
+			#define LEDS_PORTE_LEDS       (LEDS_LED3)
+
+			#define LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT 1
+	#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED1        ((1 << 5) >> LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT)
+
+			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED2        (1 << 0)
+
+			/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED3        (1 << 6)
+
+			/** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED4        (1 << 5)
+
+			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRB  |=  LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+				PORTB &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+				DDRD  |=  (LEDS_PORTD_LEDS << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
+				PORTD &= ~(LEDS_PORTD_LEDS << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
+				DDRE  |=  LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
+				PORTE &= ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRB  &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+				PORTB &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+				DDRD  &= ~(LEDS_PORTD_LEDS << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
+				PORTD &= ~(LEDS_PORTD_LEDS << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
+				DDRE  &= ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
+				PORTE &= ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTB |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+				PORTD |= ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
+				PORTE |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTB &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+				PORTD &= ~((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
+				PORTE &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS));
+				PORTD = ((PORTD & ~(LEDS_PORTD_LEDS << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT)) |
+				         ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT));
+				PORTE = ((PORTE & ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS));
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+			{
+				PORTB = ((PORTB & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS));
+				PORTD = ((PORTD & ~((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT)) |
+				         ((ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT));
+				PORTE = ((PORTE & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS));
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PINB  = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+				PIND  = ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
+				PINE  = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+			{
+				return ((PORTB & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) |
+				        ((PORTD & (LEDS_PORTD_LEDS << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT)) >> LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT) |
+				        (PORTE & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS));
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/Board.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..52129fb739
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2 Development Board.
+ *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_OLIMEXISPMK2
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_OLIMEXISPMK2 OLIMEXISPMK2
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2 Development Board.
+ *
+ *  Board specific information header for the Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2 Development Board (https://www.olimex.com/dev/avr-isp-mk2.html).
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_OLIMEXISPMK2_H__
+#define __BOARD_OLIMEXISPMK2_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../../Buttons.h"
+		#include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/Buttons.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3240dda075
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2 Development Board.
+ *  \copydetails Group_Buttons_OLIMEXISPMK2
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_OLIMEXISPMK2 OLIMEXISPMK2
+ *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2.
+ *
+ *  Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2 Development Board (https://www.olimex.com/dev/avr-isp-mk2.html).
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_OLIMEXISPMK2_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_OLIMEXISPMK2_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1      (1 << 7)
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+				PORTD |=  BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+			}
+
+			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+				PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+			{
+				return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/LEDs.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6bf924d36f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2 Development Board.
+ *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_OLIMEXISPMK2
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_OLIMEXISPMK2 OLIMEXISPMK2
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2.
+ *
+ *  Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2 Development Board (https://www.olimex.com/dev/avr-isp-mk2.html).
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>Target Power</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.5</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Red</td><td>Activity</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.6</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Green</td><td>Ready</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.7</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_OLIMEXISPMK2_H__
+#define __LEDS_OLIMEXISPMK2_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 5)
+
+			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED2        (1 << 6)
+
+			/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED3        (1 << 7)
+
+			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRB  |=  LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				PORTB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRB  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				PORTB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTB |= LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTB &= ~LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+			{
+				PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PINB  = LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+			{
+				return (PORTB & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/Board.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9b0b28cca2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Olimex AVR-USB-T32U4 Development Board.
+ *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_OLIMEXT32U4
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_OLIMEXT32U4 OLIMEXT32U4
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Olimex AVR-USB-T32U4 Development Board.
+ *
+ *  Board specific information header for the Olimex AVR-USB-T32U4 Development Board (http://www.olimex.com/dev/avr-t32u4.html).
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_OLIMEXT32U4_H__
+#define __BOARD_OLIMEXT32U4_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../../Buttons.h"
+		#include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/Buttons.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5db1c59b28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-T32U4 Development Board.
+ *  \copydetails Group_Buttons_OLIMEXT32U4
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_OLIMEXT32U4 OLIMEXT32U4
+ *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4 Development Board.
+ *
+ *  Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-T32U4 Development Board (http://www.olimex.com/dev/avr-t32u4.html).
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.2</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_OLIMEXT32U4_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_OLIMEXT32U4_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1      (1 << 2)
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRE  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+				PORTE |=  BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+			}
+
+			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRE  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+				PORTE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+			{
+				return ((PINE & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/LEDs.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..96cf3ed692
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-T32U4.
+ *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_OLIMEXT32U4
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_OLIMEXT32U4 OLIMEXT32U4
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-T32U4.
+ *
+ *  Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-T32U4 (http://www.olimex.com/dev/avr-t32u4.html).
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>RX</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.0</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>TX</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>N/A</td><td>General Indicator (Not Mounted)</td><td>High</td><td>PORTE.6</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_OLIMEXT32U4_H__
+#define __LEDS_OLIMEXT32U4_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Macros: */
+			#define LEDS_PORTB_LEDS       (LEDS_LED1)
+			#define LEDS_PORTD_LEDS       (LEDS_LED2)
+			#define LEDS_PORTE_LEDS       (LEDS_LED3)
+	#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 0)
+
+			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED2        (1 << 5)
+
+			/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED3        (1 << 6)
+
+			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRB  |=  LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+				PORTB &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+				DDRD  |=  LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+				PORTD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+				DDRE  |=  LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
+				PORTE &= ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRB  &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+				PORTB &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+				DDRD  &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+				PORTD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+				DDRE  &= ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
+				PORTE &= ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTB |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+				PORTD |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+				PORTE |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTB &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+				PORTD &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+				PORTE &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS));
+				PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS));
+				PORTE = ((PORTE & ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS));
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+			{
+				PORTB = ((PORTB & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS));
+				PORTD = ((PORTD & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS));
+				PORTE = ((PORTE & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS));
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PINB  = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+				PIND  = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+				PINE  = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+			{
+				return ((PORTB & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) | (PORTD & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) | (PORTE & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS));
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/POLOLUMICRO/Board.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/POLOLUMICRO/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bf68e392cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/POLOLUMICRO/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the "Pololu A-Star Micro" board.
+ *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_POLOLUMICRO
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_POLOLUMICRO POLOLUMICRO
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the "Pololu A-Star Micro" board.
+ *
+ *  Board specific information header:
+ * https://www.pololu.com/docs/0J61 -> https://www.pololu.com/docs/0J61/3.1
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_POLOLUMICRO_H__
+#define __BOARD_POLOLUMICRO_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/POLOLUMICRO/LEDs.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/POLOLUMICRO/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..454a9e2b01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/POLOLUMICRO/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Pololu A-Star Micro board.
+ *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_MICRO
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_MICRO MICRO
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Pololu A-Star Micro board.
+ *
+ *  Board specific LED driver header for the Pololu A-Star Micro board https://www.pololu.com/docs/0J61/3.1
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.7</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>Bootloader, USB-activity</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_MICRO_H__
+#define __LEDS_MICRO_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Macros: */
+			#define LEDS_PORTC_LEDS       (LEDS_LED1)
+			#define LEDS_PORTD_LEDS       (LEDS_LED2)
+	#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 7)
+
+			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED2        (1 << 5)
+
+			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
+
+			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  |=  LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+				PORTD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+				DDRC  |=  LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
+				PORTC &= ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+				PORTD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+				DDRC  &= ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
+				PORTC &= ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTD |=  (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+				PORTC |=  (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTD &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+				PORTC &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS));
+				PORTC = ((PORTC & ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS));
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+			{
+				PORTD = ((PORTD & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS));
+				PORTC = ((PORTC & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS));
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTD ^= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+				PORTC ^= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+			{
+				return ((PORTD & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) | (PORTC & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS));
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/QMK/Board.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/QMK/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b0d5ac447d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/QMK/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2017 Jack Humbert
+
+This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief General driver header for QMK-powered keyboards.
+ *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_QMK
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_QMK QMK
+ *  \brief General driver header for QMK-powered keyboards.
+ *
+ *  General driver header for QMK-powered keyboards (http://qmk.fm).
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_QMK_H__
+#define __BOARD_QMK_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/QMK/LEDs.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/QMK/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9fc696be97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/QMK/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2017 Jack Humbert
+
+This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief General driver header for QMK-powered keyboards.
+ *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_QMK
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_QMK QMK
+ *  \brief General driver header for QMK-powered keyboards.
+ *
+ *  General driver header for QMK-powered keyboards (http://qmk.fm).
+ *
+ *  <b>QMK</b>:
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORT(QMK_LED).6</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_QMK_H__
+#define __LEDS_QMK_H__
+
+    /* Includes: */
+        #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+    /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+        #if defined(__cplusplus)
+            extern "C" {
+        #endif
+
+    /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+        #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+            #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+        #endif
+
+        #define B0 0x30
+        #define B1 0x31
+        #define B2 0x32
+        #define B3 0x33
+        #define B4 0x34
+        #define B5 0x35
+        #define B6 0x36
+        #define B7 0x37
+        #define C0 0x60
+        #define C1 0x61
+        #define C2 0x62
+        #define C3 0x63
+        #define C4 0x64
+        #define C5 0x65
+        #define C6 0x66
+        #define C7 0x67
+        #define D0 0x90
+        #define D1 0x91
+        #define D2 0x92
+        #define D3 0x93
+        #define D4 0x94
+        #define D5 0x95
+        #define D6 0x96
+        #define D7 0x97
+        #define E0 0xC0
+        #define E1 0xC1
+        #define E2 0xC2
+        #define E3 0xC3
+        #define E4 0xC4
+        #define E5 0xC5
+        #define E6 0xC6
+        #define E7 0xC7
+        #define F0 0xF0
+        #define F1 0xF1
+        #define F2 0xF2
+        #define F3 0xF3
+        #define F4 0xF4
+        #define F5 0xF5
+        #define F6 0xF6
+        #define F7 0xF7
+        #define A0 0x00
+        #define A1 0x01
+        #define A2 0x02
+        #define A3 0x03
+        #define A4 0x04
+        #define A5 0x05
+        #define A6 0x06
+        #define A7 0x07
+
+        #define QMK_ESC_COL F1
+        #define QMK_ESC_ROW D5
+        #define QMK_LED     E6
+        #define QMK_SPEAKER C6
+
+        #define DDR(pin) _SFR_IO8(((pin) >> 4) + 1)
+        #define PORT(pin) _SFR_IO8(((pin) >> 4) + 2)
+        #define PIN(pin) _SFR_IO8((pin) >> 4)
+        #define NUM(pin) _BV((pin) & 0xF)
+
+    /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+        /* Macros: */
+            /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+            #define LEDS_LED1        NUM(QMK_LED)
+            #define LEDS_LED2        NUM(QMK_SPEAKER)
+
+            /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+            #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2
+
+            /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+            #define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
+
+        /* Inline Functions: */
+        #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+            static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+            {
+                DDR(QMK_LED)  |= LEDS_LED1;
+                PORT(QMK_LED) |= LEDS_LED1;
+
+                DDR(QMK_SPEAKER)  |= LEDS_LED2;
+                PORT(QMK_SPEAKER) |= LEDS_LED2;
+            }
+
+            static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+            {
+                DDR(QMK_LED)  &= ~LEDS_LED1;
+                PORT(QMK_LED) &= ~LEDS_LED2;
+
+                DDR(QMK_SPEAKER)  &= ~LEDS_LED1;
+                PORT(QMK_SPEAKER) &= ~LEDS_LED2;
+            }
+
+            static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+            {
+                PORT(QMK_LED) &= (LEDS_LED1 & ~LEDMask);
+                PORT(QMK_SPEAKER) &= (LEDS_LED2 & ~LEDMask);
+            }
+
+            static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+            {
+                PORT(QMK_LED) |=  (LEDS_LED1 & LEDMask);
+                PORT(QMK_SPEAKER) |=  (LEDS_LED2 & LEDMask);
+            }
+
+            static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+            {
+                PORT(QMK_LED) = ((PORT(QMK_LED) | LEDS_LED1) & ~LEDMask);
+                PORT(QMK_SPEAKER) = ((PORT(QMK_SPEAKER) | LEDS_LED2) & ~LEDMask);
+            }
+
+            static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+                                               const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+            {
+                PORT(QMK_LED) = ((PORT(QMK_LED) | (LEDS_LED1 & LEDMask)) & ~ActiveMask);
+                PORT(QMK_SPEAKER) = ((PORT(QMK_SPEAKER) | (LEDS_LED1 & LEDMask)) & ~ActiveMask);
+            }
+
+            static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+            {
+                PIN(QMK_LED)  = (LEDS_LED1 & LEDMask);
+                PIN(QMK_SPEAKER)  = (LEDS_LED2 & LEDMask);
+            }
+
+            static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+            static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+            {
+                return (~PORT(QMK_LED) & LEDS_LED1) | (~(PORT(QMK_SPEAKER) & LEDS_LED2));
+            }
+        #endif
+
+    /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+        #if defined(__cplusplus)
+            }
+        #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/RZUSBSTICK/Board.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/RZUSBSTICK/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..83219b9420
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/RZUSBSTICK/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel RZUSBSTICK.
+ *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_RZUSBSTICK
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_RZUSBSTICK RZUSBSTICK
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel RZUSBSTICK.
+ *
+ *  Board specific information header for the Atmel RZUSBSTICK.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_RZUSBSTICK_H__
+#define __BOARD_RZUSBSTICK_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/RZUSBSTICK/LEDs.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/RZUSBSTICK/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..25bdae1ae8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/RZUSBSTICK/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel RZUSBSTICK.
+ *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_RZUSBSTICK
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_RZUSBSTICK RZUSBSTICK
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel RZUSBSTICK.
+ *
+ *  Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel RZUSBSTICK.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Blue</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Red</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.6</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.7</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_RZUSBSTICK_H__
+#define __LEDS_RZUSBSTICK_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Macros: */
+			#define LEDS_PORTD_LEDS       (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
+			#define LEDS_PORTE_LEDS       (LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+			#define LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT 4
+	#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 7)
+
+			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED2        (1 << 5)
+
+			/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED3        ((1 << 6) >> LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)
+
+			/** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED4        ((1 << 7) >> LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)
+
+			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  |=  LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+				PORTD &= ~LEDS_LED1;
+				PORTD |=  LEDS_LED2;
+
+				DDRE  |=  (LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
+				PORTE |=  (LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+				PORTD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+
+				DDRE  &= ~(LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
+				PORTE &= ~(LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTD |=  (LEDMask & LEDS_LED1);
+				PORTD &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_LED2);
+				PORTE &= ~((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTD &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_LED1);
+				PORTD |=  (LEDMask & LEDS_LED2);
+				PORTE |=  ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTD = (((PORTD & ~LEDS_LED1) |  (LEDMask & LEDS_LED1)) |
+				         ((PORTD |  LEDS_LED2) & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_LED2)));
+				PORTE = ((PORTE | (LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)) &
+				        ~((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT));
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+			{
+				PORTD = (((PORTD & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_LED1)) |  (ActiveMask & LEDS_LED1)) |
+				         ((PORTD |  (LEDMask & LEDS_LED2)) & ~(ActiveMask & LEDS_LED2)));
+				PORTE = ((PORTE | ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)) &
+				        ~((ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT));
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PIND  = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+				PINE  = ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+			{
+				return (((PORTD & LEDS_LED1) | (~PORTD & LEDS_LED2)) |
+				        ((~PORTE & (LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)) >> LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT));
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/SPARKFUN8U2/Board.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/SPARKFUN8U2/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7803ecdef4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/SPARKFUN8U2/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Sparkfun ATMEGA8U2 breakout board.
+ *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_SPARKFUN8U2
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_SPARKFUN8U2 SPARKFUN8U2
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Sparkfun ATMEGA8U2 breakout board.
+ *
+ *  Board specific information header for the Sparkfun ATMEGA8U2 breakout board (http://www.sparkfun.com/products/10277).
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_SPARKFUN8U2_H__
+#define __BOARD_SPARKFUN8U2_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/SPARKFUN8U2/LEDs.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/SPARKFUN8U2/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..70ca608240
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/SPARKFUN8U2/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Sparkfun ATMEGA8U2 breakout board.
+ *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_SPARKFUN8U2
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_SPARKFUN8U2 SPARKFUN8U2
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Sparkfun ATMEGA8U2 breakout board.
+ *
+ *  Board specific LED driver header for the Sparkfun ATMEGA8U2 breakout board (http://www.sparkfun.com/products/10277).
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTB.4</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_SPARKFUN8U2_H__
+#define __LEDS_SPARKFUN8U2_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 4)
+
+			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    LEDS_LED1
+
+			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRB  |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				PORTB |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRB  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				PORTB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTB &= ~LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTB |= LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTB = ((PORTB | LEDS_ALL_LEDS) & ~LEDMask);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+			{
+				PORTB = ((PORTB | LEDMask) & ~ActiveMask);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PINB  = LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+			{
+				return (~PORTB & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STANGE_ISP/Board.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STANGE_ISP/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..45472f139f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STANGE_ISP/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Dimex Stange-ISP board.
+ *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_STANGE_ISP
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_STANGE_ISP STANGE_ISP
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Dimex Stange-ISP board.
+ *
+ *  Board specific information header for the Dimex Stange-ISP board (http://www.diamex.de/dxshop/USB-ISP-Programmer-fuer-Atmel-AVR).
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_STANGE_ISP_H__
+#define __BOARD_STANGE_ISP_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../../Buttons.h"
+		#include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STANGE_ISP/Buttons.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STANGE_ISP/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2607622bd1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STANGE_ISP/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific button driver header for the Dimex Stange-ISP board.
+ *  \copydetails Group_Buttons_STANGE_ISP
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_STANGE_ISP STANGE_ISP
+ *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Dimex Stange-ISP.
+ *
+ *  Board specific Buttons driver header for the Dimex Stange-ISP board (http://www.diamex.de/dxshop/USB-ISP-Programmer-fuer-Atmel-AVR).
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_STANGE_ISP_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_STANGE_ISP_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1      (1 << 7)
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+				PORTD |=  BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+			}
+
+			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+				PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+			{
+				return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STANGE_ISP/LEDs.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STANGE_ISP/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..97a7e37220
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STANGE_ISP/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Dimex Stange-ISP board.
+ *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_STANGE_ISP
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_STANGE_ISP STANGE_ISP
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Dimex Stange-ISP board.
+ *
+ *  Board specific LED driver header for the Dimex Stange-ISP board (http://www.diamex.de/dxshop/USB-ISP-Programmer-fuer-Atmel-AVR).
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.0</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Red</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.1</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_STANGE_ISP_LEDS_H__
+#define __LEDS_STANGE_ISP_LEDS_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+	#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+	#if defined(__cplusplus)
+	extern "C" {
+	#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+	#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+		#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+	#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 0)
+
+			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED2        (1 << 1)
+
+			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
+
+			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				PORTD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTD |= LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs (const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDS_ALL_LEDS) & ~LEDMask);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs ( const uint8_t LEDMask, const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+			{
+				PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDMask) & ~ActiveMask);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PIND  = LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+			{
+				return (~PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+	#if defined(__cplusplus)
+	}
+	#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Board.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a6831a7bbd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel STK525.
+ *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_STK525
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_STK525 STK525
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel STK525.
+ *
+ *  Board specific information header for the Atmel STK525.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_STK525_H__
+#define __BOARD_STK525_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../../Buttons.h"
+		#include "../../Dataflash.h"
+		#include "../../Joystick.h"
+		#include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+			/** Indicates the board has a hardware Dataflash mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_DATAFLASH
+
+			/** Indicates the board has a hardware Joystick mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_JOYSTICK
+
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Buttons.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5770d070d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel STK525.
+ *  \copydetails Group_Buttons_STK525
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_STK525 STK525
+ *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel STK525.
+ *
+ *  Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel STK525.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.2</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_STK525_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_STK525_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1      (1 << 2)
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRE  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+				PORTE |=  BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+			}
+
+			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRE  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+				PORTE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+			{
+				return ((PINE & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Dataflash.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Dataflash.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b0b2855f6c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Dataflash.h
@@ -0,0 +1,222 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel STK525.
+ *  \copydetails Group_Dataflash_STK525
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Dataflash
+ *  \defgroup Group_Dataflash_STK525 STK525
+ *  \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel STK525.
+ *
+ *  Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel STK525.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Select Pin</th><th>SPI Port</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>DATAFLASH_CHIP1</td><td>AT45DB321C (4MB)</td><td>PORTB.4</td><td>SPI0</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __DATAFLASH_STK525_H__
+#define __DATAFLASH_STK525_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../../../Misc/AT45DB321C.h"
+		#include "../../../Peripheral/SPI.h"
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Macros: */
+			#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK                DATAFLASH_CHIP1
+			#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR                 DDRB
+			#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT                PORTB
+	#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Constant indicating the total number of dataflash ICs mounted on the selected board. */
+			#define DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS                 1
+
+			/** Mask for no dataflash chip selected. */
+			#define DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP                    0
+
+			/** Mask for the first dataflash chip selected. */
+			#define DATAFLASH_CHIP1                      (1 << 4)
+
+			/** Internal main memory page size for the board's dataflash IC. */
+			#define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE                  512
+
+			/** Total number of pages inside the board's dataflash IC. */
+			#define DATAFLASH_PAGES                      8192
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			/** Initializes the dataflash driver so that commands and data may be sent to an attached dataflash IC.
+			 *  The appropriate SPI interface will be automatically configured.
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_Init(void)
+			{
+				DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR  |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
+				DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
+
+				SPI_Init(SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2 | SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST | SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING | SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING | SPI_MODE_MASTER);
+			}
+
+			/** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns a byte from the dataflash.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Byte  Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+			 *
+			 *  \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+			{
+				return SPI_TransferByte(Byte);
+			}
+
+			/** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and ignores the next byte from the dataflash.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Byte  Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+			{
+				SPI_SendByte(Byte);
+			}
+
+			/** Sends a dummy byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns the next byte from the dataflash.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void)
+			{
+				return SPI_ReceiveByte();
+			}
+
+			/** Determines the currently selected dataflash chip.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Mask of the currently selected Dataflash chip, either \ref DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP if no chip is selected
+			 *          or a DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is the chip number).
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void)
+			{
+				return (~DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT & DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK);
+			}
+
+			/** Selects the given dataflash chip.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in]  ChipMask  Mask of the Dataflash IC to select, in the form of a \c DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is
+			 *              the chip number).
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask)
+			{
+				DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT = ((DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT | DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK) & ~ChipMask);
+			}
+
+			/** Deselects the current dataflash chip, so that no dataflash is selected. */
+			static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void)
+			{
+				Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP);
+			}
+
+			/** Selects a dataflash IC from the given page number, which should range from 0 to
+			 *  ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1). For boards containing only one
+			 *  dataflash IC, this will select DATAFLASH_CHIP1. If the given page number is outside
+			 *  the total number of pages contained in the boards dataflash ICs, all dataflash ICs
+			 *  are deselected.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] PageAddress  Address of the page to manipulate, ranging from
+			 *                          0 to ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1).
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress)
+			{
+				Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+				if (PageAddress >= DATAFLASH_PAGES)
+				  return;
+
+				Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+			}
+
+			/** Toggles the select line of the currently selected dataflash IC, so that it is ready to receive
+			 *  a new command.
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void)
+			{
+				uint8_t SelectedChipMask = Dataflash_GetSelectedChip();
+
+				Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+				Dataflash_SelectChip(SelectedChipMask);
+			}
+
+			/** Spin-loops while the currently selected dataflash is busy executing a command, such as a main
+			 *  memory page program or main memory to buffer transfer.
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void)
+			{
+				Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+				Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+				while (!(Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_READY));
+				Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+			}
+
+			/** Sends a set of page and buffer address bytes to the currently selected dataflash IC, for use with
+			 *  dataflash commands which require a complete 24-bit address.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] PageAddress  Page address within the selected dataflash IC
+			 *  \param[in] BufferByte   Address within the dataflash's buffer
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress,
+			                                              const uint16_t BufferByte)
+			{
+				Dataflash_SendByte(PageAddress >> 6);
+				Dataflash_SendByte((PageAddress << 2) | (BufferByte >> 8));
+				Dataflash_SendByte(BufferByte);
+			}
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Joystick.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Joystick.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0224a723e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Joystick.h
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel STK525.
+ *  \copydetails Group_Joystick_STK525
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the joystick driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Joystick
+ *  \defgroup Group_Joystick_STK525 STK525
+ *  \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel STK525.
+ *
+ *  Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel STK525.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Left Port Pin</th><th>Up Port Pin</th><th>Right Port Pin</th><th>Down Port Pin</th><th>Press Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>PORTB.6</td><td>PORTB.7</td><td>PORTE.4</td><td>PORTE.5</td><td>PORTB.5</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __JOYSTICK_STK525_H__
+#define __JOYSTICK_STK525_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Macros: */
+			#define JOY_BMASK                 ((1 << 5) | (1 << 6) | (1 << 7))
+			#define JOY_EMASK                 ((1 << 4) | (1 << 5))
+
+			#define JOY_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT      1
+	#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the left direction. */
+			#define JOY_LEFT                  (1 << 6)
+
+			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the right direction. */
+			#define JOY_RIGHT                ((1 << 4) >> JOY_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)
+
+			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the upward direction. */
+			#define JOY_UP                    (1 << 7)
+
+			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the downward direction. */
+			#define JOY_DOWN                 ((1 << 5) >> JOY_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)
+
+			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed inward. */
+			#define JOY_PRESS                 (1 << 5)
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void Joystick_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRB  &= ~JOY_BMASK;
+				DDRE  &= ~JOY_EMASK;
+
+				PORTB |=  JOY_BMASK;
+				PORTE |=  JOY_EMASK;
+			}
+
+			static inline void Joystick_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRB  &= ~JOY_BMASK;
+				DDRE  &= ~JOY_EMASK;
+
+				PORTB &= ~JOY_BMASK;
+				PORTE &= ~JOY_EMASK;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void)
+			{
+				return (((uint8_t)~PINB & JOY_BMASK) | (((uint8_t)~PINE & JOY_EMASK) >> JOY_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT));
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/LEDs.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e4138166d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel STK525.
+ *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_STK525
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_STK525 STK525
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel STK525.
+ *
+ *  Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel STK525.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.4</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.6</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_STK525_H__
+#define __LEDS_STK525_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 4)
+
+			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED2        (1 << 5)
+
+			/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED3        (1 << 7)
+
+			/** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED4        (1 << 6)
+
+			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  |=  LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTD |= LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+			{
+				PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PIND  = LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+			{
+				return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Board.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1c4ee85c15
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel STK526.
+ *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_STK526
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_STK526 STK526
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel STK526.
+ *
+ *  Board specific information header for the Atmel STK526.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_STK526_H__
+#define __BOARD_STK526_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../../Buttons.h"
+		#include "../../Dataflash.h"
+		#include "../../Joystick.h"
+		#include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+			/** Indicates the board has a hardware Dataflash mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_DATAFLASH
+
+			/** Indicates the board has a hardware Joystick mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_JOYSTICK
+
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Buttons.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..168adaa9bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel STK526.
+ *  \copydetails Group_Buttons_STK526
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_STK526 STK526
+ *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel STK526.
+ *
+ *  Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel STK526.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_STK526_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_STK526_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1      (1 << 7)
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+				PORTD |=  BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+			}
+
+			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+				PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+			{
+				return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Dataflash.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Dataflash.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..82b311bbc2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Dataflash.h
@@ -0,0 +1,222 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel STK525.
+ *  \copydetails Group_Dataflash_STK526
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Dataflash
+ *  \defgroup Group_Dataflash_STK526 STK526
+ *  \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel STK525.
+ *
+ *  Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel STK525.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Select Pin</th><th>SPI Port</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>DATAFLASH_CHIP1</td><td>AT45DB642D (8MB)</td><td>PORTC.2</td><td>SPI0</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __DATAFLASH_STK526_H__
+#define __DATAFLASH_STK526_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../../../Misc/AT45DB642D.h"
+		#include "../../../Peripheral/SPI.h"
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Macros: */
+			#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK                DATAFLASH_CHIP1
+			#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR                 DDRC
+			#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT                PORTC
+	#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Constant indicating the total number of dataflash ICs mounted on the selected board. */
+			#define DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS                 1
+
+			/** Mask for no dataflash chip selected. */
+			#define DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP                    0
+
+			/** Mask for the first dataflash chip selected. */
+			#define DATAFLASH_CHIP1                      (1 << 2)
+
+			/** Internal main memory page size for the board's dataflash IC. */
+			#define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE                  1024
+
+			/** Total number of pages inside the board's dataflash IC. */
+			#define DATAFLASH_PAGES                      8192
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			/** Initializes the dataflash driver so that commands and data may be sent to an attached dataflash IC.
+			 *  The appropriate SPI interface will be automatically configured.
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_Init(void)
+			{
+				DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR  |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
+				DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
+
+				SPI_Init(SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2 | SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST | SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING | SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING | SPI_MODE_MASTER);
+			}
+
+			/** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns a byte from the dataflash.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Byte  Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+			 *
+			 *  \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+			{
+				return SPI_TransferByte(Byte);
+			}
+
+			/** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and ignores the next byte from the dataflash.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Byte  Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+			{
+				SPI_SendByte(Byte);
+			}
+
+			/** Sends a dummy byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns the next byte from the dataflash.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void)
+			{
+				return SPI_ReceiveByte();
+			}
+
+			/** Determines the currently selected dataflash chip.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Mask of the currently selected Dataflash chip, either \ref DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP if no chip is selected
+			 *          or a DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is the chip number).
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void)
+			{
+				return (~DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT & DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK);
+			}
+
+			/** Selects the given dataflash chip.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in]  ChipMask  Mask of the Dataflash IC to select, in the form of a \c DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is
+			 *              the chip number).
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask)
+			{
+				DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT = ((DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT | DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK) & ~ChipMask);
+			}
+
+			/** Deselects the current dataflash chip, so that no dataflash is selected. */
+			static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void)
+			{
+				Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP);
+			}
+
+			/** Selects a dataflash IC from the given page number, which should range from 0 to
+			 *  ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1). For boards containing only one
+			 *  dataflash IC, this will select DATAFLASH_CHIP1. If the given page number is outside
+			 *  the total number of pages contained in the boards dataflash ICs, all dataflash ICs
+			 *  are deselected.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] PageAddress  Address of the page to manipulate, ranging from
+			 *                          0 to ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1).
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress)
+			{
+				Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+				if (PageAddress >= DATAFLASH_PAGES)
+				  return;
+
+				Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+			}
+
+			/** Toggles the select line of the currently selected dataflash IC, so that it is ready to receive
+			 *  a new command.
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void)
+			{
+				uint8_t SelectedChipMask = Dataflash_GetSelectedChip();
+
+				Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+				Dataflash_SelectChip(SelectedChipMask);
+			}
+
+			/** Spin-loops while the currently selected dataflash is busy executing a command, such as a main
+			 *  memory page program or main memory to buffer transfer.
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void)
+			{
+				Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+				Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+				while (!(Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_READY));
+				Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+			}
+
+			/** Sends a set of page and buffer address bytes to the currently selected dataflash IC, for use with
+			 *  dataflash commands which require a complete 24-bit address.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] PageAddress  Page address within the selected dataflash IC
+			 *  \param[in] BufferByte   Address within the dataflash's buffer
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress,
+			                                              const uint16_t BufferByte)
+			{
+				Dataflash_SendByte(PageAddress >> 5);
+				Dataflash_SendByte((PageAddress << 3) | (BufferByte >> 8));
+				Dataflash_SendByte(BufferByte);
+			}
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Joystick.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Joystick.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c7d816c83d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Joystick.h
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel STK526.
+ *  \copydetails Group_Joystick_STK526
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the joystick driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Joystick
+ *  \defgroup Group_Joystick_STK526 STK526
+ *  \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel STK526.
+ *
+ *  Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel STK526.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Left Port Pin</th><th>Up Port Pin</th><th>Right Port Pin</th><th>Down Port Pin</th><th>Press Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>PORTB.4</td><td>PORTB.5</td><td>PORTB.6</td><td>PORTB.7</td><td>PORTB.0</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __JOYSTICK_STK526_H__
+#define __JOYSTICK_STK526_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Macros: */
+			#define JOY_BMASK                 ((1 << 0) | (1 << 4) | (1 << 5) | (1 << 6) | (1 << 7))
+	#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the left direction. */
+			#define JOY_LEFT                  (1 << 4)
+
+			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the right direction. */
+			#define JOY_RIGHT                 (1 << 6)
+
+			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the upward direction. */
+			#define JOY_UP                    (1 << 5)
+
+			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the downward direction. */
+			#define JOY_DOWN                  (1 << 7)
+
+			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed inward. */
+			#define JOY_PRESS                 (1 << 0)
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void Joystick_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRB  &= ~JOY_BMASK;
+
+				PORTB |=  JOY_BMASK;
+			}
+
+			static inline void Joystick_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRB  &= ~JOY_BMASK;
+
+				PORTB &= ~JOY_BMASK;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void)
+			{
+				return ((uint8_t)~PINB & JOY_BMASK);
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/LEDs.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fc561e7336
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel STK526.
+ *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_STK526
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_STK526 STK526
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel STK526.
+ *
+ *  Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel STK526.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.1</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.0</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.4</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_STK526_H__
+#define __LEDS_STK526_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 1)
+
+			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED2        (1 << 0)
+
+			/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED3        (1 << 5)
+
+			/** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED4        (1 << 4)
+
+			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  |=  LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTD |= LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+			{
+				PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PIND  = LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+			{
+				return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TEENSY/Board.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TEENSY/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..15237b625a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TEENSY/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the PJRC Teensy 1.x/2.x boards.
+ *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_TEENSY
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_TEENSY2 TEENSY2
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the PJRC Teensy 2 boards.
+ *
+ *  See \ref Group_BoardInfo_TEENSY for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_TEENSY TEENSY
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the PJRC Teensy 1.x/2.x boards.
+ *
+ *  Board specific information header for the PJRC Teensy boards (http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/index.html).
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_TEENSY_H__
+#define __BOARD_TEENSY_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TEENSY/LEDs.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TEENSY/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ed7fbf0946
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TEENSY/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the PJRC Teensy 1.x/2.x boards.
+ *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_TEENSY
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_TEENSY2 TEENSY2
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the PJRC Teensy 2 boards.
+ *
+ *  See \ref Group_LEDs_TEENSY for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_TEENSY TEENSY
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the PJRC Teensy 1.x/2.x boards.
+ *
+ *  \note For version 2 Teensy boards, compile with <code>BOARD = TEENSY2</code>.
+ *
+ *  Board specific LED driver header for the PJRC Teensy boards (http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/index.html).
+ *
+ *  <b>TEENSY</b>:
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.6</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  <b>TEENSY2</b>:
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.6</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_TEENSY_H__
+#define __LEDS_TEENSY_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 6)
+
+			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    LEDS_LED1
+
+			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+
+				#if (BOARD == BOARD_TEENSY2)
+				PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				#else
+				PORTD |=  LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				#endif
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				#if (BOARD == BOARD_TEENSY2)
+				PORTD |=  LEDMask;
+				#else
+				PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
+				#endif
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				#if (BOARD == BOARD_TEENSY2)
+				PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
+				#else
+				PORTD |=  LEDMask;
+				#endif
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				#if (BOARD == BOARD_TEENSY2)
+				PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
+				#else
+				PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDS_ALL_LEDS) & ~LEDMask);
+				#endif
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+			{
+				#if (BOARD == BOARD_TEENSY2)
+				PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
+				#else
+				PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDMask) & ~ActiveMask);
+				#endif
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PIND  = LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+			{
+				#if (BOARD == BOARD_TEENSY2)
+				return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+				#else
+				return (~PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+				#endif
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TUL/Board.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TUL/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..066e6c3ed7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TUL/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the TUL.
+ *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_TUL
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_TUL TUL
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the TUL.
+ *
+ *  Board specific information header for the Busware TUL (http://www.busware.de/tiki-index.php?page=TUL).
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_TUL_H__
+#define __BOARD_TUL_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../../Buttons.h"
+		#include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TUL/Buttons.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TUL/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..af6b2ae611
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TUL/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the TUL.
+ *  \copydetails Group_Buttons_TUL
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_TUL TUL
+ *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the TUL.
+ *
+ *  Board specific Buttons driver header for the Busware TUL (http://www.busware.de/tiki-index.php?page=TUL).
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.2</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_TUL_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_TUL_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1      (1 << 2)
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRE  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+				PORTE |=  BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+			}
+
+			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRE  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+				PORTE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+			{
+				return ((PINE & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TUL/LEDs.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TUL/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9417b67638
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TUL/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Busware TUL.
+ *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_TUL
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_TUL TUL
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Busware TUL.
+ *
+ *  Board specific LED driver header for the Busware TUL (http://www.busware.de/tiki-index.php?page=TUL).
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTF.0</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_TUL_H__
+#define __LEDS_TUL_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 0)
+
+			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    LEDS_LED1
+
+			/** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs. */
+			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRF  |=  LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				PORTF &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRF  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				PORTF &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTF |= LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTF &= ~LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTF = ((PORTF & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+			{
+				PORTF = ((PORTF & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PINF  = LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+			{
+				return (PORTF & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/U2S/Board.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/U2S/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6ea238028c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/U2S/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the U2S.
+ *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_U2S
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_U2S U2S
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the U2S.
+ *
+ *  Board specific information header for the U2S (http://sites.google.com/site/megau2s/).
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_U2S__
+#define __BOARD_U2S__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../../Buttons.h"
+		#include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Indicates the board has a hardware Buttons mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+			/** Indicates the board has a hardware LEDs mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/U2S/Buttons.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/U2S/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ea5c1af4fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/U2S/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the U2S.
+ *  \copydetails Group_Buttons_U2S
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_U2S U2S
+ *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the U2S.
+ *
+ *  Board specific Buttons driver header for the U2S (http://sites.google.com/site/megau2s/).
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTC.4</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_U2S__
+#define __BUTTONS_U2S__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1      (1 << 4)
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRC  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+				PORTC |=  BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+			}
+
+			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRC  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+				PORTC &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+			{
+				return ((PINC & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/U2S/LEDs.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/U2S/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..942fdc0e6c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/U2S/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the U2S.
+ *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_U2S
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_U2S U2S
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the U2S.
+ *
+ *  Board specific LED driver header for the U2S (http://sites.google.com/site/megau2s/).
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Red</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTC.2</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_U2S__
+#define __LEDS_U2S__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 2)
+
+			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    LEDS_LED1
+
+			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRC  |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				PORTC |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRC  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				PORTC &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTC &= ~LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTC |= LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTC = ((PORTC | LEDS_ALL_LEDS) & ~LEDMask);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+			{
+				PORTC = ((PORTC | LEDMask) & ~ActiveMask);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PINC  = LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+			{
+				return (~PORTC & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UDIP/Board.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UDIP/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c8b6e77656
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UDIP/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the UDIP.
+ *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_UDIP
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_UDIP UDIP
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the UDIP.
+ *
+ *  Board specific information header for the Linnix UDIP (http://linnix.com/udip/).
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_UDIP_H__
+#define __BOARD_UDIP_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../../Buttons.h"
+		#include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UDIP/Buttons.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UDIP/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f579b29b75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UDIP/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the UDIP.
+ *  \copydetails Group_Buttons_UDIP
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_UDIP UDIP
+ *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the UDIP.
+ *
+ *  Board specific Buttons driver header for the Linnix UDIP (http://linnix.com/udip/).
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_UDIP_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_UDIP_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1      (1 << 7)
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+				PORTD |=  BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+			}
+
+			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+				PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+			{
+				return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UDIP/LEDs.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UDIP/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1bf839823a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UDIP/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Linnix UDIP.
+ *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_UDIP
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_UDIP UDIP
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Linnix UDIP.
+ *
+ *  Board specific LED driver header for the Linnix UDIP (http://linnix.com/udip/).
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 1</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.6</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Red</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 1</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.5</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Green</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 2</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Red</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 2</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.4</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_UDIP_H__
+#define __LEDS_UDIP_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Macros: */
+			#define LEDS_PORTB_LEDS       (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
+			#define LEDS_PORTD_LEDS       (LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+			#define LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT 1
+	#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 6)
+
+			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED2        (1 << 5)
+
+			/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED3        ((1 << 5) >> LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT)
+
+			/** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED4        ((1 << 4) >> LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT)
+
+			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRB |= LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+				DDRD |= (LEDS_PORTD_LEDS << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRB &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+				DDRD &= ~(LEDS_PORTD_LEDS << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTB |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+				PORTD |= ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTB &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+				PORTD &= ~((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTB = (PORTB & ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+				PORTD = (PORTD & ~(LEDS_PORTD_LEDS << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT)) |
+				        ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+			{
+				PORTB = (PORTB & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+				PORTD = (PORTD & ~((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT)) |
+				        ((ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PINB  = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+				PIND  = ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+			{
+				return ((PORTB & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) | ((PORTD & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) >> LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT));
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UNO/Board.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UNO/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9277a3824c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UNO/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Arduino Uno.
+ *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_UNO
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_UNO UNO
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Arduino Uno.
+ *
+ *  Board specific information header for the Arduino Uno (http://arduino.cc/en/Main/ArduinoBoardUno).
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_UNO_H__
+#define __BOARD_UNO_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+			/** Pin that can reset the main MCU. */
+			#define AVR_RESET_LINE_PORT  PORTD
+			#define AVR_RESET_LINE_DDR   DDRD
+			#define AVR_RESET_LINE_PIN   PIND
+			#define AVR_RESET_LINE_MASK  (1 << PD7)
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UNO/LEDs.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UNO/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..17526f3c56
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UNO/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Arduino Uno.
+ *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_UNO
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_UNO UNO
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Arduino Uno.
+ *
+ *  Board specific LED driver header for the Arduino Uno (http://arduino.cc/en/Main/ArduinoBoardUno).
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>RX</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Yellow</td><td>TX</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.4</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_UNO_H__
+#define __LEDS_UNO_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 5)
+
+			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED2        (1 << 4)
+
+			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
+
+			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
+
+			/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate TX activity. */
+			#define LEDMASK_TX       LEDS_LED1
+
+			/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate RX activity. */
+			#define LEDMASK_RX       LEDS_LED2
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				PORTD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				PORTD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTD |= LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDS_ALL_LEDS) & ~LEDMask);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+			{
+				PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDMask) & ~ActiveMask);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PIND  = LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+			{
+				return (~PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/Board.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c6fcd43ff5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Xevelabs USB2AX.
+ *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_USB2AX
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_USB2AX_V31 USB2AX_V31
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Xevelabs USB2AX revision 3.1.
+ *
+ *  See \ref Group_BoardInfo_USB2AX for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_USB2AX_V3 USB2AX_V3
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Xevelabs USB2AX revision 3.
+ *
+ *  See \ref Group_BoardInfo_USB2AX for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_USB2AX USB2AX
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Xevelabs USB2AX.
+ *
+ *  Board specific information header for the Xevelabs USB2AX (http://paranoidstudio.assembla.com/wiki/show/paranoidstudio/USB2AX).
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_USB2AX_H__
+#define __BOARD_USB2AX_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../../Buttons.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			#if (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX) || (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX_V3) || \
+			    defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+				#include "../../Buttons.h"
+
+				/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+				#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+			#endif
+
+			#if ((BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX) || (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX_V3) || \
+			     (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX_V31) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+				#include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+				/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+				#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+			#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/Buttons.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..df6ef64ba3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Xevelabs USB2AX.
+ *  \copydetails Group_Buttons_USB2AX
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_USB2AX_V31 USB2AX_V31
+ *  \brief Board specific Button driver header for the Xevelabs USB2AX revision 3.1.
+ *
+ *  See \ref Group_Buttons_USB2AX for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_USB2AX_V3 USB2AX_V3
+ *  \brief Board specific Button driver header for the Xevelabs USB2AX revision 3.
+ *
+ *  See \ref Group_Buttons_USB2AX for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_USB2AX USB2AX
+ *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Xevelabs USB2AX revisions 1 and 2.
+ *
+ *  \note For version 3 USB2AX boards, compile with <code>BOARD = USB2AX_V3</code> and for version 3.1, with <code>BOARD = USB2AX_V31</code>.
+ *
+ *  Board specific Buttons driver header for the Paranoid Studio USB2AX (http://paranoidstudio.assembla.com/wiki/show/paranoidstudio/USB2AX).
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_USB2AX_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_USB2AX_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1      (1 << 7)
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+				PORTD |=  BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+			}
+
+			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+				PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+			{
+				return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/LEDs.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b4ed1ca09c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,218 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Xevelabs USB2AX.
+ *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_USB2AX
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_USB2AX_V31 USB2AX_V31
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Xevelabs USB2AX revision 3.1.
+ *
+ *  See \ref Group_LEDs_USB2AX for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_USB2AX_V3 USB2AX_V3
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Xevelabs USB2AX revision 3.
+ *
+ *  See \ref Group_LEDs_USB2AX for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_USB2AX USB2AX
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Xevelabs USB2AX revisions 1 and 2.
+ *
+ *  \note For version 3 USB2AX boards, compile with <code>BOARD = USB2AX_V3</code> and for version 3.1, with <code>BOARD = USB2AX_V31</code>.
+ *
+ *  Board specific LED driver header for the Xevelabs USB2AX (http://paranoidstudio.assembla.com/wiki/show/paranoidstudio/USB2AX).
+ *
+ *  <b>USB2AX</b>:
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.6</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  <b>USB2AX_V3</b>:
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.1</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  <b>USB2AX_V31</b>:
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Red</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.6</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_USB2AX_H__
+#define __LEDS_USB2AX_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Macros: */
+			#if (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX_V31)
+                #define USB2AX_LEDS_LED1   (1 << 5)
+                #define USB2AX_LEDS_LED2   (1 << 6)
+            #elif (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX_V3)
+				#define USB2AX_LEDS_LED1   (1 << 1)
+                #define USB2AX_LEDS_LED2   0
+			#else
+				#define USB2AX_LEDS_LED1   (1 << 6)
+                #define USB2AX_LEDS_LED2   0
+			#endif
+	#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED1        USB2AX_LEDS_LED1
+
+			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED2        USB2AX_LEDS_LED2
+
+			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
+
+			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+			{
+				#if (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX)
+				DDRC  |=  LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				PORTC &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				#else
+				DDRD  |=  LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				#endif
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+			{
+				#if (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX)
+				DDRC  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				PORTC &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				#else
+				DDRD  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				#endif
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				#if (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX)
+				PORTC |= LEDMask;
+				#else
+				PORTD |= LEDMask;
+				#endif
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				#if (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX)
+				PORTC &= ~LEDMask;
+				#else
+				PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
+				#endif
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				#if (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX)
+				PORTC = ((PORTC & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
+				#else
+				PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
+				#endif
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+			{
+				#if (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX)
+				PORTC = ((PORTC & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
+				#else
+				PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
+				#endif
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				#if (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX)
+				PINC  = LEDMask;
+				#else
+				PIND  = LEDMask;
+				#endif
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+			{
+				#if (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX)
+				return (PORTC & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+				#else
+				return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+				#endif
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBFOO/Board.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBFOO/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fa01b5bab0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBFOO/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Kernel Concepts USBFOO.
+ *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_USBFOO
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_USBFOO USBFOO
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Kernel Concepts USBFOO.
+ *
+ *  Board specific information header for the Kernel Concepts USBFOO (http://shop.kernelconcepts.de/product_info.php?products_id=102).
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_USBFOO_H__
+#define __BOARD_USBFOO_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../../Buttons.h"
+		#include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBFOO/Buttons.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBFOO/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9c2476cc29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBFOO/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Kernel Concepts USBFOO.
+ *  \copydetails Group_Buttons_USBFOO
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_USBFOO USBFOO
+ *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Kernel Concepts USBFOO.
+ *
+ *  Board specific Buttons driver header for the Kernel Concepts USBFOO (http://shop.kernelconcepts.de/product_info.php?products_id=102).
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_USBFOO_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_USBFOO_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1      (1 << 7)
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+				PORTD |=  BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+			}
+
+			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+				PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+			{
+				return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBFOO/LEDs.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBFOO/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9c5b8bc353
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBFOO/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Kernel Concepts USBFOO.
+ *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_USBFOO
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_USBFOO USBFOO
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Kernel Concepts USBFOO.
+ *
+ *  Board specific LED driver header for the Kernel Concepts USBFOO (http://shop.kernelconcepts.de/product_info.php?products_id=102).
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.4</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_USBFOO_H__
+#define __LEDS_USBFOO_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 4)
+
+			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    LEDS_LED1
+
+			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				PORTD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTD |= LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDS_ALL_LEDS) & ~LEDMask);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+			{
+				PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDMask) & ~ActiveMask);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PIND  = LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+			{
+				return (~PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Board.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..920681d036
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel USBKEY.
+ *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_USBKEY
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_USBKEY USBKEY
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel USBKEY.
+ *
+ *  Board specific information header for the Atmel USBKEY.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_USBKEY_H__
+#define __BOARD_USBKEY_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../../Buttons.h"
+		#include "../../Dataflash.h"
+		#include "../../Joystick.h"
+		#include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+			/** Indicates the board has a hardware Dataflash mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_DATAFLASH
+
+			/** Indicates the board has a hardware Joystick mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_JOYSTICK
+
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Buttons.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..068fd0b723
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel USBKEY.
+ *  \copydetails Group_Buttons_USBKEY
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_USBKEY USBKEY
+ *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel USBKEY.
+ *
+ *  Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel USBKEY.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.2</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_USBKEY_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_USBKEY_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1      (1 << 2)
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRE  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+				PORTE |=  BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+			}
+
+			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRE  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+				PORTE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+			{
+				return ((PINE & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Dataflash.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Dataflash.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..77be220118
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Dataflash.h
@@ -0,0 +1,237 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel USBKEY.
+ *  \copydetails Group_Dataflash_USBKEY
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Dataflash
+ *  \defgroup Group_Dataflash_USBKEY USBKEY
+ *  \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel USBKEY.
+ *
+ *  Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel USBKEY board.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Select Pin</th><th>SPI Port</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>DATAFLASH_CHIP1</td><td>AT45DB642D (8MB)</td><td>PORTE.0</td><td>SPI0</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>DATAFLASH_CHIP2</td><td>AT45DB642D (8MB)</td><td>PORTE.1</td><td>SPI0</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __DATAFLASH_USBKEY_H__
+#define __DATAFLASH_USBKEY_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../../../Misc/AT45DB642D.h"
+		#include "../../../Peripheral/SPI.h"
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Macros: */
+			#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK                (DATAFLASH_CHIP1 | DATAFLASH_CHIP2)
+			#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR                 DDRE
+			#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT                PORTE
+	#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Constant indicating the total number of dataflash ICs mounted on the selected board. */
+			#define DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS                 2
+
+			/** Mask for no dataflash chip selected. */
+			#define DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP                    0
+
+			/** Mask for the first dataflash chip selected. */
+			#define DATAFLASH_CHIP1                      (1 << 0)
+
+			/** Mask for the second dataflash chip selected. */
+			#define DATAFLASH_CHIP2                      (1 << 1)
+
+			/** Internal main memory page size for the board's dataflash ICs. */
+			#define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE                  1024
+
+			/** Total number of pages inside each of the board's dataflash ICs. */
+			#define DATAFLASH_PAGES                      8192
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			/** Initializes the dataflash driver so that commands and data may be sent to an attached dataflash IC.
+			 *  The appropriate SPI interface will be automatically configured.
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_Init(void)
+			{
+				DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR  |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
+				DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
+
+				SPI_Init(SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2 | SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST | SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING | SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING | SPI_MODE_MASTER);
+			}
+
+			/** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns a byte from the dataflash.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Byte  Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+			 *
+			 *  \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+			{
+				return SPI_TransferByte(Byte);
+			}
+
+			/** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and ignores the next byte from the dataflash.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Byte  Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+			{
+				SPI_SendByte(Byte);
+			}
+
+			/** Sends a dummy byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns the next byte from the dataflash.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void)
+			{
+				return SPI_ReceiveByte();
+			}
+
+			/** Determines the currently selected dataflash chip.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Mask of the currently selected Dataflash chip, either \ref DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP if no chip is selected
+			 *          or a DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is the chip number).
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void)
+			{
+				return (~DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT & DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK);
+			}
+
+			/** Selects the given dataflash chip.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in]  ChipMask  Mask of the Dataflash IC to select, in the form of a \c DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is
+			 *              the chip number).
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask)
+			{
+				DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT = ((DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT | DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK) & ~ChipMask);
+			}
+
+			/** Deselects the current dataflash chip, so that no dataflash is selected. */
+			static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void)
+			{
+				Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP);
+			}
+
+			/** Selects a dataflash IC from the given page number, which should range from 0 to
+			 *  ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1). For boards containing only one
+			 *  dataflash IC, this will select DATAFLASH_CHIP1. If the given page number is outside
+			 *  the total number of pages contained in the boards dataflash ICs, all dataflash ICs
+			 *  are deselected.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] PageAddress  Address of the page to manipulate, ranging from
+			 *                          0 to ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1).
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress)
+			{
+				Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+				if (PageAddress >= (DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
+				  return;
+
+				#if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
+					if (PageAddress & 0x01)
+					  Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);
+					else
+					  Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+				#else
+					Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+				#endif
+			}
+
+			/** Toggles the select line of the currently selected dataflash IC, so that it is ready to receive
+			 *  a new command.
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void)
+			{
+				uint8_t SelectedChipMask = Dataflash_GetSelectedChip();
+
+				Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+				Dataflash_SelectChip(SelectedChipMask);
+			}
+
+			/** Spin-loops while the currently selected dataflash is busy executing a command, such as a main
+			 *  memory page program or main memory to buffer transfer.
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void)
+			{
+				Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+				Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+				while (!(Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_READY));
+				Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+			}
+
+			/** Sends a set of page and buffer address bytes to the currently selected dataflash IC, for use with
+			 *  dataflash commands which require a complete 24-bit address.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] PageAddress  Page address within the selected dataflash IC
+			 *  \param[in] BufferByte   Address within the dataflash's buffer
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress,
+			                                              const uint16_t BufferByte)
+			{
+				#if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
+					PageAddress >>= 1;
+				#endif
+
+				Dataflash_SendByte(PageAddress >> 5);
+				Dataflash_SendByte((PageAddress << 3) | (BufferByte >> 8));
+				Dataflash_SendByte(BufferByte);
+			}
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Joystick.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Joystick.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7410364445
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Joystick.h
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel USBKEY.
+ *  \copydetails Group_Joystick_USBKEY
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the joystick driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Joystick
+ *  \defgroup Group_Joystick_USBKEY USBKEY
+ *  \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel USBKEY.
+ *
+ *  Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel USBKEY.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Left Port Pin</th><th>Up Port Pin</th><th>Right Port Pin</th><th>Down Port Pin</th><th>Press Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>PORTB.6</td><td>PORTB.7</td><td>PORTE.4</td><td>PORTE.5</td><td>PORTB.5</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __JOYSTICK_USBKEY_H__
+#define __JOYSTICK_USBKEY_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Macros: */
+			#define JOY_BMASK                 ((1 << 5) | (1 << 6) | (1 << 7))
+			#define JOY_EMASK                 ((1 << 4) | (1 << 5))
+
+			#define JOY_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT      1
+	#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the left direction. */
+			#define JOY_LEFT                  (1 << 6)
+
+			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the right direction. */
+			#define JOY_RIGHT                ((1 << 4) >> JOY_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)
+
+			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the upward direction. */
+			#define JOY_UP                    (1 << 7)
+
+			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the downward direction. */
+			#define JOY_DOWN                 ((1 << 5) >> JOY_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)
+
+			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed inward. */
+			#define JOY_PRESS                 (1 << 5)
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void Joystick_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRB  &= ~JOY_BMASK;
+				DDRE  &= ~JOY_EMASK;
+
+				PORTB |=  JOY_BMASK;
+				PORTE |=  JOY_EMASK;
+			}
+
+			static inline void Joystick_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRB  &= ~JOY_BMASK;
+				DDRE  &= ~JOY_EMASK;
+
+				PORTB &= ~JOY_BMASK;
+				PORTE &= ~JOY_EMASK;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void)
+			{
+				return (((uint8_t)~PINB & JOY_BMASK) | (((uint8_t)~PINE & JOY_EMASK) >> JOY_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT));
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/LEDs.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..18ff756c8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel USBKEY.
+ *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_USBKEY
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_USBKEY USBKEY
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel USBKEY.
+ *
+ *  Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel USBKEY.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Red</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 1</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.4</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 1</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Red</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 2</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.6</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Green</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 2</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_USBKEY_H__
+#define __LEDS_USBKEY_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 4)
+
+			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED2        (1 << 5)
+
+			/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED3        (1 << 7)
+
+			/** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED4        (1 << 6)
+
+			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  |=  LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTD |= LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+			{
+				PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PIND  = LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+			{
+				return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBTINYMKII/Board.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBTINYMKII/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5501bf6be7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBTINYMKII/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for Tom's USBTINY MKII.
+ *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_USBTINYMKII
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_USBTINYMKII USBTINYMKII
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for Tom's USBTINY MKII.
+ *
+ *  Board specific information header for Tom's USBTINY MKII (http://tom-itx.dyndns.org:81/~webpage/).
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_USBTINYMKII_H__
+#define __BOARD_USBTINYMKII_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../../Buttons.h"
+		#include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBTINYMKII/Buttons.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBTINYMKII/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e87f611d5c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBTINYMKII/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for Tom's USBTINY MKII.
+ *  \copydetails Group_Buttons_USBTINYMKII
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_USBTINYMKII USBTINYMKII
+ *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for Tom's USBTINY MKII.
+ *
+ *  Board specific Buttons driver header for Tom's USBTINY MKII (http://tom-itx.dyndns.org:81/~webpage/).
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_USBTINYMKII_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_USBTINYMKII_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1      (1 << 7)
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+				PORTD |=  BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+			}
+
+			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRD  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+				PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+			{
+				return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBTINYMKII/LEDs.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBTINYMKII/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..288f5505fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBTINYMKII/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for Tom's USBTINY MKII.
+ *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_USBTINYMKII
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_USBTINYMKII USBTINYMKII
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for Tom's USBTINY MKII.
+ *
+ *  Board specific LED driver header for Tom's USBTINY MKII (http://tom-itx.dyndns.org:81/~webpage/).
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Red</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 1</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.6</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 1</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.7</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Red</td><td>Target Power</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.5</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_USBTINYMKII_H__
+#define __LEDS_USBTINYMKII_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 6)
+
+			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED2        (1 << 7)
+
+			/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED3        (1 << 5)
+
+			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRB  |=  LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				PORTB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRB  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				PORTB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask)
+			{
+				PORTB |= LedMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask)
+			{
+				PORTB &= ~LedMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask)
+			{
+				PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LedMask);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask,
+			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+			{
+				PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LedMask) | ActiveMask);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PINB  = LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+			{
+				return (PORTB & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/Board.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..713e065697
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the original Atmel XPLAIN.
+ *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_XPLAIN
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_XPLAIN_REV1 XPLAIN_REV1
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the original Atmel XPLAIN, revision 1.
+ *
+ *  See \ref Group_BoardInfo_XPLAIN for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_XPLAIN XPLAIN
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the original Atmel XPLAIN.
+ *
+ *  Board specific information header for the original Atmel XPLAIN.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_XPLAIN_H__
+#define __BOARD_XPLAIN_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../../Dataflash.h"
+		#include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Indicates the board has a hardware Dataflash mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_DATAFLASH
+
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/Dataflash.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/Dataflash.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ed6a48c6a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/Dataflash.h
@@ -0,0 +1,245 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the original Atmel XPLAIN.
+ *  \copydetails Group_Dataflash_XPLAIN
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Dataflash
+ *  \defgroup Group_Dataflash_XPLAIN_REV1 XPLAIN_REV1
+ *  \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the original Atmel XPLAIN, revision 1.
+ *
+ *  See \ref Group_Dataflash_XPLAIN for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Dataflash
+ *  \defgroup Group_Dataflash_XPLAIN XPLAIN
+ *  \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the original Atmel XPLAIN.
+ *
+ *  \note For the first revision XPLAIN board, compile with <code>BOARD = BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1</code>.
+ *
+ *  Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel XPLAIN.
+ *
+ *  <b>Revision 1 Boards</b>:
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Select Pin</th><th>SPI Port</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>DATAFLASH_CHIP1</td><td>AT45DB041D (512KB)</td><td>PORTB.5</td><td>SPI0</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  <b>Other Board Revisions</b>:
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Select Pin</th><th>SPI Port</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>DATAFLASH_CHIP1</td><td>AT45DB642D (8MB)</td><td>PORTB.5</td><td>SPI0</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __DATAFLASH_XPLAIN_H__
+#define __DATAFLASH_XPLAIN_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+		#include "../../../Misc/AT45DB642D.h"
+		#include "../../../Peripheral/SPI.h"
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Macros: */
+			#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK                DATAFLASH_CHIP1
+			#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR                 DDRB
+			#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT                PORTB
+	#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Constant indicating the total number of dataflash ICs mounted on the selected board. */
+			#define DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS                 1
+
+			/** Mask for no dataflash chip selected. */
+			#define DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP                    0
+
+			/** Mask for the first dataflash chip selected. */
+			#define DATAFLASH_CHIP1                      (1 << 5)
+
+			#if ((BOARD != BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+				/** Internal main memory page size for the board's dataflash ICs. */
+				#define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE              1024
+
+				/** Total number of pages inside each of the board's dataflash ICs. */
+				#define DATAFLASH_PAGES                  8192
+			#else
+				#define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE              256
+
+				#define DATAFLASH_PAGES                  2048
+			#endif
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			/** Initializes the dataflash driver so that commands and data may be sent to an attached dataflash IC.
+			 *  The appropriate SPI interface will be automatically configured.
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_Init(void)
+			{
+				DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR  |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
+				DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
+
+				SPI_Init(SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2 | SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST | SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING | SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING | SPI_MODE_MASTER);
+			}
+
+			/** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns a byte from the dataflash.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Byte  Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+			 *
+			 *  \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+			{
+				return SPI_TransferByte(Byte);
+			}
+
+			/** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and ignores the next byte from the dataflash.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Byte  Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+			{
+				SPI_SendByte(Byte);
+			}
+
+			/** Sends a dummy byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns the next byte from the dataflash.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void)
+			{
+				return SPI_ReceiveByte();
+			}
+
+			/** Determines the currently selected dataflash chip.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Mask of the currently selected Dataflash chip, either \ref DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP if no chip is selected
+			 *          or a DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is the chip number).
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void)
+			{
+				return (~DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT & DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK);
+			}
+
+			/** Selects the given dataflash chip.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in]  ChipMask  Mask of the Dataflash IC to select, in the form of a \c DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is
+			 *              the chip number).
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask)
+			{
+				DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT = ((DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT | DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK) & ~ChipMask);
+			}
+
+			/** Deselects the current dataflash chip, so that no dataflash is selected. */
+			static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void)
+			{
+				Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP);
+			}
+
+			/** Selects a dataflash IC from the given page number, which should range from 0 to
+			 *  ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1). For boards containing only one
+			 *  dataflash IC, this will select DATAFLASH_CHIP1. If the given page number is outside
+			 *  the total number of pages contained in the boards dataflash ICs, all dataflash ICs
+			 *  are deselected.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] PageAddress  Address of the page to manipulate, ranging from
+			 *                          0 to ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1).
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress)
+			{
+				Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+				if (PageAddress >= DATAFLASH_PAGES)
+				  return;
+
+				Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+			}
+
+			/** Toggles the select line of the currently selected dataflash IC, so that it is ready to receive
+			 *  a new command.
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void)
+			{
+				uint8_t SelectedChipMask = Dataflash_GetSelectedChip();
+
+				Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+				Dataflash_SelectChip(SelectedChipMask);
+			}
+
+			/** Spin-loops while the currently selected dataflash is busy executing a command, such as a main
+			 *  memory page program or main memory to buffer transfer.
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void)
+			{
+				Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+				Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+				while (!(Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_READY));
+				Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+			}
+
+			/** Sends a set of page and buffer address bytes to the currently selected dataflash IC, for use with
+			 *  dataflash commands which require a complete 24-bit address.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] PageAddress  Page address within the selected dataflash IC
+			 *  \param[in] BufferByte   Address within the dataflash's buffer
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress,
+			                                              const uint16_t BufferByte)
+			{
+				Dataflash_SendByte(PageAddress >> 5);
+				Dataflash_SendByte((PageAddress << 3) | (BufferByte >> 8));
+				Dataflash_SendByte(BufferByte);
+			}
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/LEDs.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9da3fade53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the original Atmel XPLAIN.
+ *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_XPLAIN
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_XPLAIN_REV1 XPLAIN_REV1
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the original Atmel XPLAIN, revision 1.
+ *
+ *  See \ref Group_LEDs_XPLAIN for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_XPLAIN XPLAIN
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the original Atmel XPLAIN.
+ *
+ *  Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel XPLAIN.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTB.6</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_XPLAIN_H__
+#define __LEDS_XPLAIN_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 6)
+
+			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    LEDS_LED1
+
+			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRB  |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				PORTB |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRB  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				PORTB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTB &= ~LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTB |= LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTB = ((PORTB | LEDS_ALL_LEDS) & ~LEDMask);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+			{
+				PORTB = ((PORTB | LEDMask) & ~ActiveMask);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PINB  = LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+			{
+				return (~PORTB & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAINED_MINI/Board.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAINED_MINI/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2253e33ea3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAINED_MINI/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel Xplained-MINI series kits.
+ *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_XPLAINED_MINI
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_XPLAINED_MINI XPLAINED_MINI
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel Xplained-MINI series kits.
+ *
+ *  Board specific information header for the Atmel Xplained-MINI series kits.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_XPLAINED_MINI_H__
+#define __BOARD_XPLAINED_MINI_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAINED_MINI/LEDs.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAINED_MINI/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5c8f1967b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAINED_MINI/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel Xplained-MINI series kits..
+ *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_XPLAINED_MINI
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_XPLAINED_MINI XPLAINED_MINI
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel Xplained-MINI series kits.
+ *
+ *  Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel Xplained-MINI series kits.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTC.6</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_XPLAINED_MINI_H__
+#define __LEDS_XPLAINED_MINI_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 6)
+
+			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    LEDS_LED1
+
+			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRC  |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				PORTC |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRC  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				PORTC &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTC &= ~LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTC |= LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTC = ((PORTC | LEDS_ALL_LEDS) & ~LEDMask);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+			{
+				PORTC = ((PORTC | LEDMask) & ~ActiveMask);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PINC  = LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+			{
+				return (~PORTC & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/YUN/Board.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/YUN/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..035f66a52b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/YUN/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Arduino Yun board.
+ *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_YUN
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_YUN YUN
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Arduino Yun board.
+ *
+ *  Board specific information header for the Arduino Yun board (http://arduino.cc/en/Main/arduinoBoardYun).
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_YUN_H__
+#define __BOARD_YUN_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/YUN/LEDs.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/YUN/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d06acd7e32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/YUN/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Arduino Yun board.
+ *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_YUN
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_YUN YUN
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Arduino Yun board.
+ *
+ *  Board specific LED driver header for the Arduino Yun board (http://arduino.cc/en/Main/arduinoBoardYun).
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>RX</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTB.0</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Yellow</td><td>TX</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Red</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.7</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_YUN_H__
+#define __LEDS_YUN_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Macros: */
+			#define LEDS_PORTB_LEDS       (LEDS_LED1)
+			#define LEDS_PORTD_LEDS       (LEDS_LED2)
+			#define LEDS_PORTC_LEDS       (LEDS_LED3)
+	#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 0)
+
+			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED2        (1 << 5)
+
+			/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED3        (1 << 7)
+
+			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+			{
+				DDRB  |=  LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+				PORTB |=  LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+				DDRD  |=  LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+				PORTD |=  LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+				DDRC  |=  LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
+				PORTC &= ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRB  &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+				PORTB &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+				DDRD  &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+				PORTD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+				DDRC  &= ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
+				PORTC &= ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTB &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+				PORTD &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+				PORTC |=  (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTB |=  (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+				PORTD |=  (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+				PORTC &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTB = ((PORTB |  LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS));
+				PORTD = ((PORTD |  LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS));
+				PORTC = ((PORTC & ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS) |  (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS));
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+			{
+				PORTB = ((PORTB |  (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS)) & ~(ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS));
+				PORTD = ((PORTD |  (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS)) & ~(ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS));
+				PORTC = ((PORTC & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS)) |  (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS));
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PINB  = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+				PIND  = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+				PINC  = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+			{
+				return ((~PORTB & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) | (~PORTD & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) | (PORTC & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS));
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3b28e6cca3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board hardware information driver.
+ *
+ *  This file is the master dispatch header file for the board-specific information driver, to give information
+ *  on the hardware contained on a specific board.
+ *
+ *  User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct board driver header file for the
+ *  currently selected board.
+ *
+ *  If the \c BOARD value is set to \c BOARD_USER, this will include the \c /Board/Board.h file in the user project
+ *  directory.
+ *
+ *  For possible \c BOARD makefile values, see \ref Group_BoardTypes.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardDrivers
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo Board Information Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h
+ *  \brief Board hardware information driver.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_BoardInfo_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ *    - None
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_H__
+#define __BOARD_H__
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../Common/Common.h"
+
+		#if (BOARD == BOARD_USBKEY)
+			#include "AVR8/USBKEY/Board.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK525)
+			#include "AVR8/STK525/Board.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK526)
+			#include "AVR8/STK526/Board.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_RZUSBSTICK)
+			#include "AVR8/RZUSBSTICK/Board.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_ATAVRUSBRF01)
+			#include "AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/Board.h"
+		#elif ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
+			#include "AVR8/XPLAIN/Board.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_BUMBLEB)
+			#include "AVR8/BUMBLEB/Board.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK527)
+			#include "AVR8/EVK527/Board.h"
+		#elif ((BOARD == BOARD_TEENSY) || (BOARD == BOARD_TEENSY2))
+			#include "AVR8/TEENSY/Board.h"
+		#elif ((BOARD == BOARD_QMK))
+			#include "AVR8/QMK/Board.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_USBTINYMKII)
+			#include "AVR8/USBTINYMKII/Board.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_BENITO)
+			#include "AVR8/BENITO/Board.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_JMDBU2)
+			#include "AVR8/JMDBU2/Board.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_OLIMEX162)
+			#include "AVR8/OLIMEX162/Board.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_USBFOO)
+			#include "AVR8/USBFOO/Board.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_UDIP)
+			#include "AVR8/UDIP/Board.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_BUI)
+			#include "AVR8/BUI/Board.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_UNO)
+			#include "AVR8/UNO/Board.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_CULV3)
+			#include "AVR8/CULV3/Board.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_BLACKCAT)
+			#include "AVR8/BLACKCAT/Board.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_MAXIMUS)
+			#include "AVR8/MAXIMUS/Board.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_MINIMUS)
+			#include "AVR8/MINIMUS/Board.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_ADAFRUITU4)
+			#include "AVR8/ADAFRUITU4/Board.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROSIN162)
+			#include "AVR8/MICROSIN162/Board.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_SPARKFUN8U2)
+			#include "AVR8/SPARKFUN8U2/Board.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK1101)
+			#include "UC3/EVK1101/Board.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_TUL)
+			#include "AVR8/TUL/Board.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK1100)
+			#include "UC3/EVK1100/Board.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK1104)
+			#include "UC3/EVK1104/Board.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_A3BU_XPLAINED)
+			#include "XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Board.h"
+		#elif ((BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX) || (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX_V3) || (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX_V31))
+			#include "AVR8/USB2AX/Board.h"
+		#elif ((BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV1) || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV2) || \
+		       (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_32U2) || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_A) || \
+		       (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_1)    || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_2) || \
+		       (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_3)    || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_4) || \
+		       (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_DIP))
+			#include "AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Board.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_B1_XPLAINED)
+			#include "XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Board.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_MULTIO)
+			#include "AVR8/MULTIO/Board.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_BIGMULTIO)
+			#include "AVR8/BIGMULTIO/Board.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_DUCE)
+			#include "AVR8/DUCE/Board.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_OLIMEX32U4)
+			#include "AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/Board.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_OLIMEXT32U4)
+			#include "AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/Board.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_OLIMEXISPMK2)
+			#include "AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/Board.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_LEONARDO)
+			#include "AVR8/LEONARDO/Board.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_UC3A3_XPLAINED)
+			#include "UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/Board.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_STANGE_ISP)
+			#include "AVR8/STANGE_ISP/Board.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_C3_XPLAINED)
+			#include "XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/Board.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_U2S)
+			#include "AVR8/U2S/Board.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_YUN)
+			#include "AVR8/YUN/Board.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICRO)
+			#include "AVR8/MICRO/Board.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_POLOLUMICRO)
+			#include "AVR8/POLOLUMICRO/Board.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAINED_MINI)
+			#include "AVR8/XPLAINED_MINI/Board.h"
+		#else
+			#include "Board/Board.h"
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..00ebe8c15d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Digital button board hardware driver.
+ *
+ *  This file is the master dispatch header file for the board-specific Buttons driver, for boards containing
+ *  physical pushbuttons connected to the microcontroller's GPIO pins.
+ *
+ *  User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct Button driver header file for the
+ *  currently selected board.
+ *
+ *  If the \c BOARD value is set to \c BOARD_USER, this will include the \c /Board/Buttons.h file in the user project
+ *  directory.
+ *
+ *  For possible \c BOARD makefile values, see \ref Group_BoardTypes.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardDrivers
+ *  \defgroup Group_Buttons Buttons Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h
+ *  \brief Digital button board hardware driver.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Buttons_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ *    - None
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Buttons_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  Hardware buttons driver. This provides an easy to use driver for the hardware buttons present on many boards.
+ *  It provides a way to easily configure and check the status of all the buttons on the board so that appropriate
+ *  actions can be taken.
+ *
+ *  If the \c BOARD value is set to \c BOARD_USER, this will include the \c /Board/Buttons.h file in the user project
+ *  directory. Otherwise, it will include the appropriate built-in board driver header file.
+ *
+ *  For possible \c BOARD makefile values, see \ref Group_BoardTypes.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Buttons_ExampleUsage Example Usage
+ *  The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
+ *  application.
+ *
+ *  \code
+ *      // Initialize the button driver before first use
+ *      Buttons_Init();
+ *
+ *      printf("Waiting for button press...\r\n");
+ *
+ *      // Loop until a board button has been pressed
+ *      uint8_t ButtonPress;
+ *      while (!(ButtonPress = Buttons_GetStatus())) {};
+ *
+ *      // Display which button was pressed (assuming two board buttons)
+ *      printf("Button pressed: %s\r\n", (ButtonPress == BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ? "Button 1" : "Button 2");
+ *  \endcode
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_H__
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../Common/Common.h"
+
+		#if (BOARD == BOARD_NONE)
+			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1  0
+			static inline void       Buttons_Init(void) {}
+			static inline void       Buttons_Disable(void) {}
+			static inline uint_reg_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) { return 0; }
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_USBKEY)
+			#include "AVR8/USBKEY/Buttons.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK525)
+			#include "AVR8/STK525/Buttons.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK526)
+			#include "AVR8/STK526/Buttons.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_ATAVRUSBRF01)
+			#include "AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/Buttons.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_BUMBLEB)
+			#include "AVR8/BUMBLEB/Buttons.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK527)
+			#include "AVR8/EVK527/Buttons.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_USBTINYMKII)
+			#include "AVR8/USBTINYMKII/Buttons.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_BENITO)
+			#include "AVR8/BENITO/Buttons.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_JMDBU2)
+			#include "AVR8/JMDBU2/Buttons.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_OLIMEX162)
+			#include "AVR8/OLIMEX162/Buttons.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_USBFOO)
+			#include "AVR8/USBFOO/Buttons.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_UDIP)
+			#include "AVR8/UDIP/Buttons.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_CULV3)
+			#include "AVR8/CULV3/Buttons.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_MINIMUS)
+			#include "AVR8/MINIMUS/Buttons.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROSIN162)
+			#include "AVR8/MICROSIN162/Buttons.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK1101)
+			#include "UC3/EVK1101/Buttons.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_TUL)
+			#include "AVR8/TUL/Buttons.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK1100)
+			#include "UC3/EVK1100/Buttons.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK1104)
+			#include "UC3/EVK1104/Buttons.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_A3BU_XPLAINED)
+			#include "XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Buttons.h"
+		#elif ((BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX) || (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX_V3))
+			#include "AVR8/USB2AX/Buttons.h"
+		#elif ((BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_32U2) || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_A) || \
+		       (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_1)    || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_2) || \
+		       (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_3)    || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_4) || \
+		       (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV1) || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV2) || \
+		       (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_DIP))
+			#include "AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Buttons.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_B1_XPLAINED)
+			#include "XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Buttons.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_OLIMEX32U4)
+			#include "AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/Buttons.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_OLIMEXT32U4)
+			#include "AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/Buttons.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_OLIMEXISPMK2)
+			#include "AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/Buttons.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_UC3A3_XPLAINED)
+			#include "UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/Buttons.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_STANGE_ISP)
+			#include "AVR8/STANGE_ISP/Buttons.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_C3_XPLAINED)
+			#include "XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/Buttons.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_U2S)
+			#include "AVR8/U2S/Buttons.h"
+		#else
+			#include "Board/Buttons.h"
+		#endif
+
+	/* Pseudo-Functions for Doxygen: */
+	#if defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/** Initializes the buttons driver, so that the current button position can be read. This sets the appropriate
+		 *  I/O pins to an inputs with pull-ups enabled.
+		 *
+		 *  This must be called before any Button driver functions are used.
+		 */
+		static inline void Buttons_Init(void);
+
+		/** Disables the buttons driver, releasing the I/O pins back to their default high-impedance input mode. */
+		static inline void Buttons_Disable(void);
+
+		/** Returns a mask indicating which board buttons are currently pressed.
+		 *
+		 *  \return Mask of \c BUTTONS_BUTTON* constants indicating which board buttons are currently pressed.
+		 */
+		static inline uint_reg_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+	#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b634dccaa6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h
@@ -0,0 +1,264 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Master include file for the board dataflash IC driver.
+ *  \brief Atmel Dataflash storage IC board hardware driver.
+ *
+ *  This file is the master dispatch header file for the board-specific Atmel dataflash driver, for boards containing
+ *  Atmel Dataflash ICs for external non-volatile storage.
+ *
+ *  User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct dataflash driver header file for
+ *  the currently selected board.
+ *
+ *  If the \c BOARD value is set to \c BOARD_USER, this will include the \c /Board/Dataflash.h file in the user project
+ *  directory.
+ *
+ *  For possible \c BOARD makefile values, see \ref Group_BoardTypes.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardDrivers
+ *  \defgroup Group_Dataflash Dataflash Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h
+ *  \brief Atmel Dataflash storage IC board hardware driver.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Dataflash_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ *    - None
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Dataflash_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  Dataflash driver. This module provides an easy to use interface for the Dataflash ICs located on many boards,
+ *  for the storage of large amounts of data into the Dataflash's non-volatile memory.
+ *
+ *  If the \c BOARD value is set to \c BOARD_USER, this will include the \c /Board/Dataflash.h file in the user project
+ *  directory. Otherwise, it will include the appropriate built-in board driver header file.
+ *
+ *  For possible \c BOARD makefile values, see \ref Group_BoardTypes.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Dataflash_ExampleUsage Example Usage
+ *  The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
+ *  application.
+ *
+ *  \code
+ *      // Initialize the board Dataflash driver before first use
+ *      Dataflash_Init();
+ *
+ *      uint8_t WriteBuffer[DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE];
+ *      uint8_t ReadBuffer[DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE];
+ *
+ *      // Fill page write buffer with a repeating pattern
+ *      for (uint16_t i = 0; i < DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE; i++)
+ *        WriteBuffer[i] = (i & 0xFF);
+ *
+ *      // Must select the chip of interest first before operating on it
+ *      Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+ *
+ *      // Write to the Dataflash's first internal memory buffer
+ *      printf("Writing data to first dataflash buffer:\r\n");
+ *      Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+ *      Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
+ *
+ *      for (uint16_t i = 0; i < DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE; i++)
+ *        Dataflash_SendByte(WriteBuffer[i]);
+ *
+ *      // Commit the Dataflash's first memory buffer to the non-volatile FLASH memory
+ *      printf("Committing page to non-volatile memory page index 5:\r\n");
+ *      Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+ *      Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(5, 0);
+ *      Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ *
+ *      // Read the page from non-volatile FLASH memory into the Dataflash's second memory buffer
+ *      printf("Reading data into second dataflash buffer:\r\n");
+ *      Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2);
+ *      Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(5, 0);
+ *      Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ *
+ *      // Read the Dataflash's second internal memory buffer
+ *      Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF2READ);
+ *      Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
+ *
+ *      for (uint16_t i = 0; i < DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE; i++)
+ *        ReadBuffer[i] = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+ *
+ *      // Deselect the chip after use
+ *      Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+ *  \endcode
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __DATAFLASH_H__
+#define __DATAFLASH_H__
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Retrieves the Dataflash chip select mask for the given Dataflash chip index.
+			 *
+			 *  \attention This macro will only work correctly on chip index numbers that are compile-time
+			 *             constants defined by the preprocessor.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] index  Index of the dataflash chip mask to retrieve.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Mask for the given Dataflash chip's /CS pin
+			 */
+			#define DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(index)      CONCAT_EXPANDED(DATAFLASH_CHIP, index)
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			/** Initializes the dataflash driver so that commands and data may be sent to an attached dataflash IC.
+			 *
+			 *  \note The microcontroller's physical interface driver connected to the Dataflash IC must be initialized before
+			 *        any of the dataflash commands are used. This is usually a SPI hardware port, but on some devices/boards may
+			 *        be a USART operating in SPI Master mode.
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_Init(void);
+
+			/** Determines the currently selected dataflash chip.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Mask of the currently selected Dataflash chip, either \ref DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP if no chip is selected
+			 *  or a \c DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is the chip number).
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+
+			/** Selects the given dataflash chip.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in]  ChipMask  Mask of the Dataflash IC to select, in the form of a \c DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is
+			 *              the chip number).
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+
+			/** Deselects the current dataflash chip, so that no dataflash is selected. */
+			static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+
+			/** Selects a dataflash IC from the given page number, which should range from 0 to
+			 *  ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1). For boards containing only one
+			 *  dataflash IC, this will select \ref DATAFLASH_CHIP1. If the given page number is outside
+			 *  the total number of pages contained in the boards dataflash ICs, all dataflash ICs
+			 *  are deselected.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] PageAddress  Address of the page to manipulate, ranging from
+			 *                          0 to ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1).
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress);
+
+			/** Toggles the select line of the currently selected dataflash IC, so that it is ready to receive
+			 *  a new command.
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void);
+
+			/** Spin-loops while the currently selected dataflash is busy executing a command, such as a main
+			 *  memory page program or main memory to buffer transfer.
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void);
+
+			/** Sends a set of page and buffer address bytes to the currently selected dataflash IC, for use with
+			 *  dataflash commands which require a complete 24-bit address.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] PageAddress  Page address within the selected dataflash IC
+			 *  \param[in] BufferByte   Address within the dataflash's buffer
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress,
+			                                              const uint16_t BufferByte);
+
+			/** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns a byte from the dataflash.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Byte  Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+			 *
+			 *  \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+
+			/** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and ignores the next byte from the dataflash.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Byte  Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+
+			/** Sends a dummy byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns the next byte from the dataflash.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+
+		/* Includes: */
+			#if (BOARD == BOARD_NONE)
+				#define DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS  0
+				#define DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP     0
+				#define DATAFLASH_CHIP1       0
+				#define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE   0
+				#define DATAFLASH_PAGES       0
+				static inline void    Dataflash_Init(void) {};
+				static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) { return 0; };
+				static inline void    Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) {};
+				static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void) { return 0; };
+				static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) { return 0; };
+				static inline void    Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) {};
+				static inline void    Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) {};
+				static inline void    Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress) {};
+				static inline void    Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void) {};
+				static inline void    Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void) {};
+				static inline void    Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress,
+				                                                 const uint16_t BufferByte) {};
+			#elif (BOARD == BOARD_USBKEY)
+				#include "AVR8/USBKEY/Dataflash.h"
+			#elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK525)
+				#include "AVR8/STK525/Dataflash.h"
+			#elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK526)
+				#include "AVR8/STK526/Dataflash.h"
+			#elif ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
+				#include "AVR8/XPLAIN/Dataflash.h"
+			#elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK527)
+				#include "AVR8/EVK527/Dataflash.h"
+			#elif (BOARD == BOARD_A3BU_XPLAINED)
+				#include "XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Dataflash.h"
+			#elif (BOARD == BOARD_B1_XPLAINED)
+				#include "XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Dataflash.h"
+			#else
+				#include "Board/Dataflash.h"
+			#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0d0fe89344
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Digital joystick board hardware driver.
+ *
+ *  This file is the master dispatch header file for the board-specific Joystick driver, for boards containing a
+ *  digital joystick.
+ *
+ *  User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct joystick driver header file for the
+ *  currently selected board.
+ *
+ *  If the \c BOARD value is set to \c BOARD_USER, this will include the \c /Board/Joystick.h file in the user project
+ *  directory.
+ *
+ *  For possible \c BOARD makefile values, see \ref Group_BoardTypes.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardDrivers
+ *  \defgroup Group_Joystick Joystick Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h
+ *  \brief Digital joystick board hardware driver.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Joystick_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ *    - None
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Joystick_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  Hardware Joystick driver. This module provides an easy to use interface to control the hardware digital Joystick
+ *  located on many boards.
+ *
+ *  If the \c BOARD value is set to \c BOARD_USER, this will include the \c /Board/Joystick.h file in the user project
+ *  directory. Otherwise, it will include the appropriate built-in board driver header file.
+ *
+ *  For possible \c BOARD makefile values, see \ref Group_BoardTypes.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Joystick_ExampleUsage Example Usage
+ *  The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
+ *  application.
+ *
+ *  \code
+ *      // Initialize the board Joystick driver before first use
+ *      Joystick_Init();
+ *
+ *      printf("Waiting for joystick movement...\r\n");
+ *
+ *      // Loop until a the joystick has been moved
+ *      uint8_t JoystickMovement;
+ *      while (!(JoystickMovement = Joystick_GetStatus())) {};
+ *
+ *      // Display which direction the joystick was moved in
+ *      printf("Joystick moved:\r\n");
+ *
+ *      if (JoystickMovement & (JOY_UP | JOY_DOWN))
+ *        printf("%s ", (JoystickMovement & JOY_UP) ? "Up" : "Down");
+ *
+ *      if (JoystickMovement & (JOY_LEFT | JOY_RIGHT))
+ *        printf("%s ", (JoystickMovement & JOY_LEFT) ? "Left" : "Right");
+ *
+ *      if (JoystickMovement & JOY_PRESS)
+ *        printf("Pressed");
+ *  \endcode
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __JOYSTICK_H__
+#define __JOYSTICK_H__
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../Common/Common.h"
+
+		#if (BOARD == BOARD_NONE)
+			#define JOY_UP           0
+			#define JOY_DOWN         0
+			#define JOY_LEFT         0
+			#define JOY_RIGHT        0
+			#define JOY_PRESS        0
+			static inline void       Joystick_Init(void) {}
+			static inline void       Joystick_Disable(void) {}
+			static inline uint_reg_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) { return 0; }
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_USBKEY)
+			#include "AVR8/USBKEY/Joystick.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK525)
+			#include "AVR8/STK525/Joystick.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK526)
+			#include "AVR8/STK526/Joystick.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_BUMBLEB)
+			#include "AVR8/BUMBLEB/Joystick.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK527)
+			#include "AVR8/EVK527/Joystick.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK1101)
+			#include "UC3/EVK1101/Joystick.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK1100)
+			#include "UC3/EVK1100/Joystick.h"
+		#else
+			#include "Board/Joystick.h"
+		#endif
+
+	/* Pseudo-Functions for Doxygen: */
+	#if defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/** Initializes the joystick driver so that the joystick position can be read. This sets the appropriate
+		 *  I/O pins to inputs with their pull-ups enabled.
+		 *
+		 *  This must be called before any Joystick driver functions are used.
+		 */
+		static inline void Joystick_Init(void);
+
+		/** Disables the joystick driver, releasing the I/O pins back to their default high-impedance input mode. */
+		static inline void Joystick_Disable(void);
+
+		/** Returns the current status of the joystick, as a mask indicating the direction the joystick is
+		 *  currently facing in (multiple bits can be set).
+		 *
+		 *  \return Mask of \c JOYSTICK_* constants indicating the current joystick direction(s).
+		 */
+		static inline uint_reg_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+	#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..74abb37238
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,304 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LED board hardware driver.
+ *
+ *  This file is the master dispatch header file for the board-specific LED driver, for boards containing user
+ *  controllable LEDs.
+ *
+ *  User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct LED driver header file for the
+ *  currently selected board.
+ *
+ *  If the \c BOARD value is set to \c BOARD_USER, this will include the \c /Board/LEDs.h file in the user project
+ *  directory.
+ *
+ *  For possible \c BOARD makefile values, see \ref Group_BoardTypes.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardDrivers
+ *  \defgroup Group_LEDs LEDs Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h
+ *  \brief LED board hardware driver.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_LEDs_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ *    - None
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_LEDs_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  Hardware LEDs driver. This provides an easy to use driver for the hardware LEDs present on many boards. It
+ *  provides an interface to configure, test and change the status of all the board LEDs.
+ *
+ *  If the \c BOARD value is set to \c BOARD_USER, this will include the \c /Board/LEDs.h file in the user project
+ *  directory. Otherwise, it will include the appropriate built-in board driver header file. If the BOARD value
+ *  is set to \c BOARD_NONE, this driver is silently disabled.
+ *
+ *  For possible \c BOARD makefile values, see \ref Group_BoardTypes.
+ *
+ *  \note To make code as compatible as possible, it is assumed that all boards carry a minimum of four LEDs. If
+ *        a board contains less than four LEDs, the remaining LED masks are defined to 0 so as to have no effect.
+ *        If other behavior is desired, either alias the remaining LED masks to existing LED masks via the -D
+ *        switch in the project makefile, or alias them to nothing in the makefile to cause compilation errors when
+ *        a non-existing LED is referenced in application code. Note that this means that it is possible to make
+ *        compatible code for a board with no LEDs by making a board LED driver (see \ref Page_WritingBoardDrivers)
+ *        which contains only stub functions and defines no LEDs.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_LEDs_ExampleUsage Example Usage
+ *  The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
+ *  application.
+ *
+ *  \code
+ *      // Initialize the board LED driver before first use
+ *      LEDs_Init();
+ *
+ *      // Turn on each of the four LEDs in turn
+ *      LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_LED1);
+ *      Delay_MS(500);
+ *      LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_LED2);
+ *      Delay_MS(500);
+ *      LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_LED3);
+ *      Delay_MS(500);
+ *      LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_LED4);
+ *      Delay_MS(500);
+ *
+ *      // Turn on all LEDs
+ *      LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ *      Delay_MS(1000);
+ *
+ *      // Turn on LED 1, turn off LED 2, leaving LEDs 3 and 4 in their current state
+ *      LEDs_ChangeLEDs((LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2), LEDS_LED1);
+ *  \endcode
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_H__
+#define __LEDS_H__
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../Common/Common.h"
+
+		#if (BOARD == BOARD_NONE)
+			static inline void       LEDs_Init(void) {}
+			static inline void       LEDs_Disable(void) {}
+			static inline void       LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint_reg_t LEDMask) {}
+			static inline void       LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint_reg_t LEDMask) {}
+			static inline void       LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint_reg_t LEDMask) {}
+			static inline void       LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint_reg_t LEDMask, const uint_reg_t ActiveMask) {}
+			static inline void       LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint_reg_t LEDMask) {}
+			static inline uint_reg_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) { return 0; }
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_USBKEY)
+			#include "AVR8/USBKEY/LEDs.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK525)
+			#include "AVR8/STK525/LEDs.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK526)
+			#include "AVR8/STK526/LEDs.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_RZUSBSTICK)
+			#include "AVR8/RZUSBSTICK/LEDs.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_ATAVRUSBRF01)
+			#include "AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/LEDs.h"
+		#elif ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
+			#include "AVR8/XPLAIN/LEDs.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_BUMBLEB)
+			#include "AVR8/BUMBLEB/LEDs.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK527)
+			#include "AVR8/EVK527/LEDs.h"
+		#elif ((BOARD == BOARD_TEENSY) || (BOARD == BOARD_TEENSY2))
+			#include "AVR8/TEENSY/LEDs.h"
+		#elif ((BOARD == BOARD_QMK))
+			#include "AVR8/QMK/LEDs.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_USBTINYMKII)
+			#include "AVR8/USBTINYMKII/LEDs.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_BENITO)
+			#include "AVR8/BENITO/LEDs.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_JMDBU2)
+			#include "AVR8/JMDBU2/LEDs.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_OLIMEX162)
+			#include "AVR8/OLIMEX162/LEDs.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_USBFOO)
+			#include "AVR8/USBFOO/LEDs.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_UDIP)
+			#include "AVR8/UDIP/LEDs.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_BUI)
+			#include "AVR8/BUI/LEDs.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_UNO)
+			#include "AVR8/UNO/LEDs.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_CULV3)
+			#include "AVR8/CULV3/LEDs.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_BLACKCAT)
+			#include "AVR8/BLACKCAT/LEDs.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_MAXIMUS)
+			#include "AVR8/MAXIMUS/LEDs.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_MINIMUS)
+			#include "AVR8/MINIMUS/LEDs.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_ADAFRUITU4)
+			#include "AVR8/ADAFRUITU4/LEDs.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROSIN162)
+			#include "AVR8/MICROSIN162/LEDs.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_SPARKFUN8U2)
+			#include "AVR8/SPARKFUN8U2/LEDs.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK1101)
+			#include "UC3/EVK1101/LEDs.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_TUL)
+			#include "AVR8/TUL/LEDs.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK1100)
+			#include "UC3/EVK1100/LEDs.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK1104)
+			#include "UC3/EVK1104/LEDs.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_A3BU_XPLAINED)
+			#include "XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/LEDs.h"
+		#elif ((BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX) || (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX_V3) || (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX_V31))
+			#include "AVR8/USB2AX/LEDs.h"
+		#elif ((BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV1) || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV2) || \
+		       (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_32U2))
+			#include "AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/LEDs.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_B1_XPLAINED)
+			#include "XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/LEDs.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_MULTIO)
+			#include "AVR8/MULTIO/LEDs.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_BIGMULTIO)
+			#include "AVR8/BIGMULTIO/LEDs.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_DUCE)
+			#include "AVR8/DUCE/LEDs.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_OLIMEX32U4)
+			#include "AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/LEDs.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_OLIMEXT32U4)
+			#include "AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/LEDs.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_OLIMEXISPMK2)
+			#include "AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/LEDs.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_LEONARDO)
+			#include "AVR8/LEONARDO/LEDs.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_UC3A3_XPLAINED)
+			#include "UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/LEDs.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_STANGE_ISP)
+			#include "AVR8/STANGE_ISP/LEDs.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_C3_XPLAINED)
+			#include "XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/LEDs.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_U2S)
+			#include "AVR8/U2S/LEDs.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_YUN)
+			#include "AVR8/YUN/LEDs.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICRO)
+			#include "AVR8/MICRO/LEDs.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_POLOLUMICRO)
+			#include "AVR8/POLOLUMICRO/LEDs.h"
+		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAINED_MINI)
+			#include "AVR8/XPLAINED_MINI/LEDs.h"
+		#else
+			#include "Board/LEDs.h"
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			#if !defined(LEDS_NO_LEDS)
+				#define LEDS_NO_LEDS   0
+			#endif
+
+			#if !defined(LEDS_ALL_LEDS)
+				#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS  (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+			#endif
+
+			#if !defined(LEDS_LED1)
+				#define LEDS_LED1      0
+			#endif
+
+			#if !defined(LEDS_LED2)
+				#define LEDS_LED2      0
+			#endif
+
+			#if !defined(LEDS_LED3)
+				#define LEDS_LED3      0
+			#endif
+
+			#if !defined(LEDS_LED4)
+				#define LEDS_LED4      0
+			#endif
+		#endif
+
+	/* Pseudo-Functions for Doxygen: */
+	#if defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/** Initializes the board LED driver so that the LEDs can be controlled. This sets the appropriate port
+		 *  I/O pins as outputs, and sets the LEDs to default to off.
+		 *
+		 *  This must be called before any LED driver functions are used.
+		 */
+		static inline void LEDs_Init(void);
+
+		/** Disables the board LED driver, releasing the I/O pins back to their default high-impedance input mode. */
+		static inline void LEDs_Disable(void);
+
+		/** Turns on the LEDs specified in the given LED mask.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in] LEDMask  Mask of the board LEDs to manipulate (see board-specific LEDs.h driver file).
+		 */
+		static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint_reg_t LEDMask);
+
+		/** Turns off the LEDs specified in the given LED mask.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in] LEDMask  Mask of the board LEDs to manipulate (see board-specific LEDs.h driver file).
+		 */
+		static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint_reg_t LEDMask);
+
+		/** Turns off all LEDs not specified in the given LED mask, and turns on all the LEDs in the given LED
+		 *  mask.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in] LEDMask  Mask of the board LEDs to manipulate (see board-specific LEDs.h driver file).
+		 */
+		static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint_reg_t LEDMask);
+
+		/** Turns off all LEDs in the LED mask that are not set in the active mask, and turns on all the LEDs
+		 *  specified in both the LED and active masks.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in] LEDMask     Mask of the board LEDs to manipulate (see board-specific LEDs.h driver file).
+		 *  \param[in] ActiveMask  Mask of whether the LEDs in the LED mask should be turned on or off.
+		 */
+		static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint_reg_t LEDMask,
+		                                   const uint_reg_t ActiveMask);
+
+		/** Toggles all LEDs in the LED mask, leaving all others in their current states.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in] LEDMask  Mask of the board LEDs to manipulate (see board-specific LEDs.h driver file).
+		 */
+		static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint_reg_t LEDMask);
+
+		/** Returns the status of all the board LEDs; set LED masks in the return value indicate that the
+		 *  corresponding LED is on.
+		 *
+		 *  \return Mask of \c LEDS_LED* constants indicating which of the board LEDs are currently turned on.
+		 */
+		static inline uint_reg_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+	#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Temperature.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Temperature.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2fb1976272
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Temperature.c
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_TEMPERATURE_C
+#include "Temperature.h"
+
+#if defined(TEMPERATURE_SENSOR_DRIVER_COMPATIBLE)
+
+static const uint16_t PROGMEM Temperature_Lookup[TEMP_TABLE_SIZE] =
+{
+	0x3B4, 0x3B0, 0x3AB, 0x3A6, 0x3A0, 0x39A, 0x394, 0x38E, 0x388, 0x381, 0x37A, 0x373,
+	0x36B, 0x363, 0x35B, 0x353, 0x34A, 0x341, 0x338, 0x32F, 0x325, 0x31B, 0x311, 0x307,
+	0x2FC, 0x2F1, 0x2E6, 0x2DB, 0x2D0, 0x2C4, 0x2B8, 0x2AC, 0x2A0, 0x294, 0x288, 0x27C,
+	0x26F, 0x263, 0x256, 0x24A, 0x23D, 0x231, 0x225, 0x218, 0x20C, 0x200, 0x1F3, 0x1E7,
+	0x1DB, 0x1CF, 0x1C4, 0x1B8, 0x1AC, 0x1A1, 0x196, 0x18B, 0x180, 0x176, 0x16B, 0x161,
+	0x157, 0x14D, 0x144, 0x13A, 0x131, 0x128, 0x11F, 0x117, 0x10F, 0x106, 0x0FE, 0x0F7,
+	0x0EF, 0x0E8, 0x0E1, 0x0DA, 0x0D3, 0x0CD, 0x0C7, 0x0C0, 0x0BA, 0x0B5, 0x0AF, 0x0AA,
+	0x0A4, 0x09F, 0x09A, 0x096, 0x091, 0x08C, 0x088, 0x084, 0x080, 0x07C, 0x078, 0x074,
+	0x071, 0x06D, 0x06A, 0x067, 0x064, 0x061, 0x05E, 0x05B, 0x058, 0x055, 0x053, 0x050,
+	0x04E, 0x04C, 0x049, 0x047, 0x045, 0x043, 0x041, 0x03F, 0x03D, 0x03C, 0x03A, 0x038
+};
+
+int8_t Temperature_GetTemperature(void)
+{
+	uint16_t Temp_ADC = ADC_GetChannelReading(ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC | ADC_RIGHT_ADJUSTED | TEMP_ADC_CHANNEL_MASK);
+
+	if (Temp_ADC > pgm_read_word(&Temperature_Lookup[0]))
+	  return TEMP_MIN_TEMP;
+
+	for (uint16_t Index = 0; Index < TEMP_TABLE_SIZE; Index++)
+	{
+		if (Temp_ADC > pgm_read_word(&Temperature_Lookup[Index]))
+		  return (Index + TEMP_TABLE_OFFSET_DEGREES);
+	}
+
+	return TEMP_MAX_TEMP;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Temperature.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Temperature.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f381cc92d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Temperature.h
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief NTC Temperature Sensor board hardware driver.
+ *
+ *  Master include file for the board temperature sensor driver, for the USB boards which contain a temperature sensor.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardDrivers
+ *  \defgroup Group_Temperature Temperature Sensor Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Board/Temperature.h
+ *  \brief NTC Temperature Sensor board hardware driver.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Temperature_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ *    - LUFA/Drivers/Board/Temperature.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_TEMPERATURE)</i>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Temperature_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  Temperature sensor driver. This provides an easy to use interface for the hardware temperature sensor located
+ *  on many boards. It provides an interface to configure the sensor and appropriate ADC channel, plus read out the
+ *  current temperature in degrees C. It is designed for and will only work with the temperature sensor located on the
+ *  official Atmel USB AVR boards, as each sensor has different characteristics.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Temperature_ExampleUsage Example Usage
+ *  The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
+ *  application.
+ *
+ *  \code
+ *      // Initialize the ADC and board temperature sensor drivers before first use
+ *      ADC_Init(ADC_FREE_RUNNING | ADC_PRESCALE_128);
+ *      Temperature_Init();
+ *
+ *      // Display converted temperature in degrees Celsius
+ *      printf("Current Temperature: %d Degrees\r\n", Temperature_GetTemperature());
+ *  \endcode
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __TEMPERATURE_H__
+#define __TEMPERATURE_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if ((BOARD == BOARD_USBKEY) || (BOARD == BOARD_STK525) || \
+		     (BOARD == BOARD_STK526) || (BOARD == BOARD_EVK527))
+			#define TEMPERATURE_SENSOR_DRIVER_COMPATIBLE
+		#endif
+
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_TEMPERATURE_C) && !defined(TEMPERATURE_SENSOR_DRIVER_COMPATIBLE)
+			#error The selected board does not contain a compatible temperature sensor.
+		#endif
+
+	#if defined(TEMPERATURE_SENSOR_DRIVER_COMPATIBLE)
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../Peripheral/ADC.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** ADC channel number for the temperature sensor. */
+			#define TEMP_ADC_CHANNEL       0
+
+			/** ADC channel MUX mask for the temperature sensor. */
+			#define TEMP_ADC_CHANNEL_MASK  ADC_CHANNEL0
+
+			/** Size of the temperature sensor lookup table, in lookup values */
+			#define TEMP_TABLE_SIZE        120
+
+			/** Minimum returnable temperature from the \ref Temperature_GetTemperature() function. */
+			#define TEMP_MIN_TEMP          TEMP_TABLE_OFFSET_DEGREES
+
+			/** Maximum returnable temperature from the \ref Temperature_GetTemperature() function. */
+			#define TEMP_MAX_TEMP          ((TEMP_TABLE_SIZE - 1) + TEMP_TABLE_OFFSET_DEGREES)
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			/** Initializes the temperature sensor driver, including setting up the appropriate ADC channel.
+			 *  This must be called before any other temperature sensor routines.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre The ADC itself (not the ADC channel) must be configured separately before calling the
+			 *       temperature sensor functions.
+			 */
+			static inline void Temperature_Init(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Temperature_Init(void)
+			{
+				ADC_SetupChannel(TEMP_ADC_CHANNEL);
+			}
+
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			/** Performs a complete ADC on the temperature sensor channel, and converts the result into a
+			 *  valid temperature between \ref TEMP_MIN_TEMP and \ref TEMP_MAX_TEMP in degrees Celsius.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Signed temperature value in degrees Celsius.
+			 */
+			int8_t Temperature_GetTemperature(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Macros: */
+			#define TEMP_TABLE_OFFSET_DEGREES   -21
+	#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/Board.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bd68cf5774
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel EVK1100.
+ *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_EVK1100
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_EVK1100 EVK1100
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel Atmel EVK1100.
+ *
+ *  Board specific information header for the Atmel Atmel EVK1100.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_EVK1100_H__
+#define __BOARD_EVK1100_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../../Buttons.h"
+		#include "../../Joystick.h"
+		#include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+			/** Indicates the board has a hardware Joystick mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_JOYSTICK
+
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/Buttons.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a2bd15d285
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK1100.
+ *  \copydetails Group_Buttons_EVK1100
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_EVK1100 EVK1100
+ *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK1100.
+ *
+ *  Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK1100.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>SW0 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO88</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON2</td><td>SW1 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO85</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON3</td><td>SW2 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO82</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_EVK1100_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_EVK1100_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Macros: */
+			#define BUTTONS_PORT          2
+	#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Mask of the first button on the board */
+			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1       (1UL << 24)
+
+			/** Mask of the second button on the board */
+			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON2       (1UL << 21)
+
+			/** Mask of the third button on the board */
+			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON3       (1UL << 18)
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+			{
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].gpers = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].puers = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
+			}
+
+			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+			{
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].gperc = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].puerc = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
+			}
+
+			static inline uint32_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint32_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+			{
+				return (~(AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_MOVE_PORT].pvr & (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2)));
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/Joystick.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/Joystick.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7117bc519d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/Joystick.h
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel EVK1100.
+ *  \copydetails Group_Joystick_EVK1100
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the joystick driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Joystick
+ *  \defgroup Group_Joystick_EVK1100 EVK1100
+ *  \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel EVK1100.
+ *
+ *  Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel EVK1100.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Left Port Pin</th><th>Up Port Pin</th><th>Right Port Pin</th><th>Down Port Pin</th><th>Press Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>GPIO25</td><td>GPIO26</td><td>GPIO28</td><td>GPIO27</td><td>GPIO20</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __JOYSTICK_EVK1100_H__
+#define __JOYSTICK_EVK1100_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Macros: */
+			#define JOY_PORT                 0
+			#define JOY_MASK                ((1UL << 28) | (1UL << 27) | (1UL << 26) | (1UL << 25) | (1UL << 20))
+	#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the left direction. */
+			#define JOY_LEFT                  (1UL << 25)
+
+			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the upward direction. */
+			#define JOY_UP                    (1UL << 26)
+
+			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the right direction. */
+			#define JOY_RIGHT                 (1UL << 28)
+
+			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the downward direction. */
+			#define JOY_DOWN                  (1UL << 27)
+
+			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed inward. */
+			#define JOY_PRESS                 (1UL << 20)
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void Joystick_Init(void)
+			{
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_PORT].gpers = JOY_MASK;
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_PORT].gpers = JOY_MASK;
+			};
+
+			static inline void Joystick_Disable(void)
+			{
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_PORT].gperc = JOY_MASK;
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_PORT].gperc = JOY_MASK;
+			};
+
+			static inline uint32_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint32_t Joystick_GetStatus(void)
+			{
+				return (uint32_t)(~(AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_PORT].pvr & JOY_MASK));
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/LEDs.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ca6a37f3ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK1100.
+ *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_EVK1100
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_EVK1100 EVK1100
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK1100.
+ *
+ *  Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK1100.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>LED0 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO51</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>LED1 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO52</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Green</td><td>LED2 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO53</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Green</td><td>LED3 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO54</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED5</td><td>Green</td><td>LED4 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO59</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED6</td><td>Green</td><td>LED5 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO60</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED7</td><td>Green</td><td>LED6 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO61</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED8</td><td>Green</td><td>LED7 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO62</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_EVK1100_H__
+#define __LEDS_EVK1100_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Macros: */
+			#define LEDS_PORT        1
+	#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED1        (1UL << 19)
+
+			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED2        (1UL << 20)
+
+			/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED3        (1UL << 21)
+
+			/** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED4        (1UL << 22)
+
+			/** LED mask for the fifth LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED5        (1UL << 27)
+
+			/** LED mask for the sixth LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED6        (1UL << 28)
+
+			/** LED mask for the seventh LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED7        (1UL << 29)
+
+			/** LED mask for the eighth LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED8        (1UL << 30)
+
+			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4 \
+			                          LEDS_LED5 | LEDS_LED6 | LEDS_LED7 | LEDS_LED8)
+
+			/** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs */
+			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+			{
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].gpers = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].oders = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrs  = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+			{
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].gperc = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].oderc = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrc  = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrc  = LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrs  = LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrs  = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrc  = LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask, const uint32_t ActiveMask)
+			{
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrs  = LEDMask;
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrc  = ActiveMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrt  = LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint32_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint32_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+			{
+				return (~AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovr & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/Board.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..46d79f00a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel EVK1101.
+ *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_EVK1101
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_EVK1101 EVK1101
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel Atmel EVK1101.
+ *
+ *  Board specific information header for the Atmel Atmel EVK1101.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_EVK1101_H__
+#define __BOARD_EVK1101_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../../Buttons.h"
+		#include "../../Joystick.h"
+		#include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+			/** Indicates the board has a hardware Joystick mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_JOYSTICK
+
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/Buttons.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..41bf42c668
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK1101.
+ *  \copydetails Group_Buttons_EVK1101
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_EVK1101 EVK1101
+ *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK1101.
+ *
+ *  Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK1101.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>SW0 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO34</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON2</td><td>SW1 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO35</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_EVK1101_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_EVK1101_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Macros: */
+			#define BUTTONS_PORT          1
+	#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Mask of the first button on the board */
+			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1       (1UL << 2)
+
+			/** Mask of the second button on the board */
+			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON2       (1UL << 3)
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+			{
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].gpers = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].puers = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
+			}
+
+			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+			{
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].gperc = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].puerc = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
+			}
+
+			static inline uint32_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint32_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+			{
+				return (~(AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].pvr & (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2)));
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/Joystick.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/Joystick.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1351213017
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/Joystick.h
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel EVK1101.
+ *  \copydetails Group_Joystick_EVK1101
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the joystick driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Joystick
+ *  \defgroup Group_Joystick_EVK1101 EVK1101
+ *  \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel EVK1101.
+ *
+ *  Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel EVK1101.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Left Port Pin</th><th>Up Port Pin</th><th>Right Port Pin</th><th>Down Port Pin</th><th>Press Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>GPIO38</td><td>GPIO39</td><td>GPIO41</td><td>GPIO40</td><td>GPIO13</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __JOYSTICK_EVK1101_H__
+#define __JOYSTICK_EVK1101_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Macros: */
+			#define JOY_MOVE_PORT            1
+			#define JOY_MOVE_MASK            ((1UL << 6) | (1UL << 7) | (1UL << 8) | (1UL << 9))
+			#define JOY_PRESS_PORT           0
+			#define JOY_PRESS_MASK           (1UL << 13)
+	#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the left direction. */
+			#define JOY_LEFT                  (1UL << 6)
+
+			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the upward direction. */
+			#define JOY_UP                    (1UL << 7)
+
+			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the right direction. */
+			#define JOY_RIGHT                 (1UL << 9)
+
+			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the downward direction. */
+			#define JOY_DOWN                  (1UL << 8)
+
+			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed inward. */
+			#define JOY_PRESS                 (1UL << 13)
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void Joystick_Init(void)
+			{
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_MOVE_PORT].gpers  = JOY_MOVE_MASK;
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_PRESS_PORT].gpers = JOY_PRESS_MASK;
+
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_MOVE_PORT].puers  = JOY_MOVE_MASK;
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_PRESS_PORT].puers = JOY_PRESS_MASK;
+			};
+
+			static inline void Joystick_Disable(void)
+			{
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_MOVE_PORT].gperc  = JOY_MOVE_MASK;
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_PRESS_PORT].gperc = JOY_PRESS_MASK;
+
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_MOVE_PORT].puerc  = JOY_MOVE_MASK;
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_PRESS_PORT].puerc = JOY_PRESS_MASK;
+			};
+
+			static inline uint32_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint32_t Joystick_GetStatus(void)
+			{
+				return (uint32_t)(~((AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_MOVE_PORT].pvr  & JOY_MOVE_MASK) |
+				                    (AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_PRESS_PORT].pvr & JOY_PRESS_MASK)));
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/LEDs.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..71d45d2ad3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK1101.
+ *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_EVK1101
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_EVK1101 EVK1101
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK1101.
+ *
+ *  Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK1101.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>LED0 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO7</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>LED1 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO8</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Green</td><td>LED2 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO21</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Green</td><td>LED3 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO22</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_EVK1101_H__
+#define __LEDS_EVK1101_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Macros: */
+			#define LEDS_PORT        0
+	#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED1        (1UL << 7)
+
+			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED2        (1UL << 8)
+
+			/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED3        (1UL << 21)
+
+			/** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED4        (1UL << 22)
+
+			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+			/** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs */
+			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+			{
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].gpers = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].oders = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrs  = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+			{
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].gperc = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].oderc = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrc  = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrc  = LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrs  = LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrs  = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrc  = LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask, const uint32_t ActiveMask)
+			{
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrs  = LEDMask;
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrc  = ActiveMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrt  = LEDMask;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint32_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint32_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+			{
+				return (~AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovr & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1104/Board.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1104/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0c8b762d71
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1104/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel EVK1104.
+ *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_EVK1104
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_EVK1104 EVK1104
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel Atmel EVK1104.
+ *
+ *  Board specific information header for the Atmel Atmel EVK1104.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_EVK1104_H__
+#define __BOARD_EVK1104_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../../Buttons.h"
+		#include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1104/Buttons.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1104/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d12fda5739
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1104/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK1104.
+ *  \copydetails Group_Buttons_EVK1104
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_EVK1104 EVK1104
+ *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK1104.
+ *
+ *  Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK1104.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>SW0 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO42</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_EVK1104_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_EVK1104_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Macros: */
+			#define BUTTONS_PORT          1
+	#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Mask of the first button on the board */
+			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1       (1UL << 10)
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+			{
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].gpers = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].puers = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
+			}
+
+			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+			{
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].gperc = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].puerc = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
+			}
+
+			static inline uint32_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint32_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+			{
+				return (~(AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_MOVE_PORT].pvr & (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2)));
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1104/LEDs.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1104/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..793ea86dea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1104/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK1104.
+ *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_EVK1104
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_EVK1104 EVK1104
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK1104.
+ *
+ *  Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK1104.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>LED0 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO67</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>LED1 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO101</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Green</td><td>LED2 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO102</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Green</td><td>LED3 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO105</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_EVK1104_H__
+#define __LEDS_EVK1104_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Macros: */
+			#define LEDS_LEDMASK2    (1UL << 3)
+			#define LEDS_LEDMASK3   ((1UL << 9) | (1UL << 6) | (1UL << 5))
+	#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED1        (1UL << 3)
+
+			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED2        (1UL << 5)
+
+			/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED3        (1UL << 9)
+
+			/** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED4        (1UL << 6)
+
+			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+			/** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs */
+			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+			{
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[2].gpers = LEDS_LEDMASK2;
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[2].oders = LEDS_LEDMASK2;
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[2].ovrs  = LEDS_LEDMASK2;
+
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[3].gpers = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[3].oders = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrs  = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+			{
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[2].gperc = LEDS_LEDMASK2;
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[2].oderc = LEDS_LEDMASK2;
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[2].ovrc  = LEDS_LEDMASK2;
+
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[3].gperc = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[3].oderc = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrc  = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[2].ovrc  = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK2);
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrc  = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK3);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[2].ovrs  = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK2);
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrs  = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK3);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[2].ovrs  = LEDS_LEDMASK2;
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[2].ovrc  = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK2);
+
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrs  = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrc  = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK3);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask, const uint32_t ActiveMask)
+			{
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[2].ovrs  = (LEDMask    & LEDS_LEDMASK2);
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[2].ovrc  = (ActiveMask & LEDS_LEDMASK2);
+
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrs  = (LEDMask    & LEDS_LEDMASK3);
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrc  = (ActiveMask & LEDS_LEDMASK3);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[2].ovrt  = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK2);
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrt  = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK3);
+			}
+
+			static inline uint32_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint32_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+			{
+				return ((~AVR32_GPIO.port[2].ovr & LEDS_LEDMASK2) | (~AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovr & LEDS_LEDMASK3));
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/Board.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..94abc3e49d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel UC3-A3 Xplained.
+ *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_UC3_A3_XPLAINED
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_UC3_A3_XPLAINED UC3_A3_XPLAINED
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel UC3-A3 Xplained.
+ *
+ *  Board specific information header for the Atmel UC3-A3 Xplained.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_UC3_A3_XPLAINED_H__
+#define __BOARD_UC3_A3_XPLAINED_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../../Buttons.h"
+		#include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/Buttons.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..879373e0ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel UC3-A3 Xplained.
+ *  \copydetails Group_Buttons_UC3A3_XPLAINED
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_UC3A3_XPLAINED UC3A3_XPLAINED
+ *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel UC3-A3 Xplained.
+ *
+ *  Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel UC3-A3 Xplained.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>SW0 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO32</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_UC3A3_XPLAINED_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_UC3A3_XPLAINED_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Macros: */
+			#define BUTTONS_PORT          1
+	#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Mask of the first button on the board */
+			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1       (1UL << 0)
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+			{
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].gpers = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].puers = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
+			}
+
+			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+			{
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].gperc = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].puerc = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
+			}
+
+			static inline uint32_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint32_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+			{
+				return (~(AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_MOVE_PORT].pvr & (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2)));
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/LEDs.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cbd2bde32d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel UC3-A3 Xplained.
+ *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_UC3A3_XPLAINED
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_UC3A3_XPLAINED UC3A3_XPLAINED
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel UC3-A3 Xplained.
+ *
+ *  Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel UC3-A3 Xplained.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>LED0 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO35</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Yellow</td><td>LED1 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO73</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Yellow</td><td>LED2 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO34</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Yellow</td><td>LED3 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO38</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED5</td><td>Green</td><td>Status</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO50</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED6</td><td>Red</td><td>Power</td><td>High</td><td>GPIO49</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_UC3A3_XPLAINED_H__
+#define __LEDS_UC3A3_XPLAINED_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Macros: */
+			#define LEDS_LEDMASK1   ((1UL << 3) | (1UL << 2) | (1UL << 6) | (1UL << 18) | (1UL << 17))
+			#define LEDS_LEDMASK3    (1UL << 9)
+	#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED1        (1UL << 3)
+
+			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED2        (1UL << 9)
+
+			/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED3        (1UL << 2)
+
+			/** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED4        (1UL << 6)
+
+			/** LED mask for the fifth LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED5        (1UL << 18)
+
+			/** LED mask for the sixth LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED6        (1UL << 17)
+
+			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4 | LEDS_LED5 | LEDS_LED6)
+
+			/** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs */
+			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+			{
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[1].gpers = LEDS_LEDMASK1;
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[1].oders = LEDS_LEDMASK1;
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[1].ovrs  = LEDS_LEDMASK1;
+
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[3].gpers = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[3].oders = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrs  = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+			{
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[1].gperc = LEDS_LEDMASK1;
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[1].oderc = LEDS_LEDMASK1;
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[1].ovrc  = LEDS_LEDMASK1;
+
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[3].gperc = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[3].oderc = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrc  = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[1].ovrc  = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK1);
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrc  = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK3);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[1].ovrs  = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK1);
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrs  = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK3);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[1].ovrs  = LEDS_LEDMASK1;
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[1].ovrc  = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK1);
+
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrs  = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrc  = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK3);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask, const uint32_t ActiveMask)
+			{
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[1].ovrs  = (LEDMask    & LEDS_LEDMASK1);
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[1].ovrc  = (ActiveMask & LEDS_LEDMASK1);
+
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrs  = (LEDMask    & LEDS_LEDMASK3);
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrc  = (ActiveMask & LEDS_LEDMASK3);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[1].ovrt  = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK1);
+				AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrt  = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK3);
+			}
+
+			static inline uint32_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint32_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+			{
+				return ((~AVR32_GPIO.port[1].ovr & LEDS_LEDMASK1) | (~AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovr & LEDS_LEDMASK3));
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Board.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2bc2377c2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained.
+ *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_A3BU_XPLAINED
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_A3BU_XPLAINED A3BU_XPLAINED
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained.
+ *
+ *  Board specific information header for the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_A3BU_XPLAINED_H__
+#define __BOARD_A3BU_XPLAINED_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../../Buttons.h"
+		#include "../../Dataflash.h"
+		#include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+			/** Indicates the board has a hardware Dataflash mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_DATAFLASH
+
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Buttons.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..901869d35e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained.
+ *  \copydetails Group_Buttons_A3BU_XPLAINED
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_A3BU_XPLAINED A3BU_XPLAINED
+ *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained.
+ *
+ *  Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>SW0 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.5</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON2</td><td>SW1 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTF.1</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON3</td><td>SW2 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTF.2</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_A3BU_XPLAINED_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_A3BU_XPLAINED_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1          (1 << 5)
+
+			/** Button mask for the second button on the board. */
+			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON2          (1 << 1)
+
+			/** Button mask for the third button on the board. */
+			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON3          (1 << 2)
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+			{
+				PORTE.OUTCLR   = BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+				PORTE.PIN5CTRL = (PORT_OPC_PULLUP_gc | PORT_INVEN_bm);
+
+				PORTF.OUTCLR   = (BUTTONS_BUTTON2 | BUTTONS_BUTTON3);
+				PORTF.PIN1CTRL = (PORT_OPC_PULLUP_gc | PORT_INVEN_bm);
+				PORTF.PIN2CTRL = (PORT_OPC_PULLUP_gc | PORT_INVEN_bm);
+			}
+
+			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+			{
+				PORTE.OUTCLR   = BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+				PORTE.PIN5CTRL = 0;
+
+				PORTF.OUTCLR   = (BUTTONS_BUTTON2 | BUTTONS_BUTTON3);
+				PORTF.PIN1CTRL = 0;
+				PORTF.PIN2CTRL = 0;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+			{
+				return ((PORTE_IN & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) | (PORTF_IN & (BUTTONS_BUTTON2 | BUTTONS_BUTTON3)));
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Dataflash.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Dataflash.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b48473890b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Dataflash.h
@@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained.
+ *  \copydetails Group_Dataflash_A3BU_XPLAINED
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Dataflash
+ *  \defgroup Group_Dataflash_A3BU_XPLAINED A3BU_XPLAINED
+ *  \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained.
+ *
+ *  Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained board.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Select Pin</th><th>SPI Port</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>DATAFLASH_CHIP1</td><td>AT45DB642D (8MB)</td><td>PORTF.4</td><td>USARTD0 (In SPI Mode)</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __DATAFLASH_A3BU_XPLAINED_H__
+#define __DATAFLASH_A3BU_XPLAINED_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../../../Misc/AT45DB642D.h"
+		#include "../../../Peripheral/SerialSPI.h"
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Macros: */
+			#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK                DATAFLASH_CHIP1
+			#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT                PORTF
+	#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Constant indicating the total number of dataflash ICs mounted on the selected board. */
+			#define DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS                 1
+
+			/** Mask for no dataflash chip selected. */
+			#define DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP                    0
+
+			/** Mask for the first dataflash chip selected. */
+			#define DATAFLASH_CHIP1                      (1 << 4)
+
+			/** Internal main memory page size for the board's dataflash ICs. */
+			#define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE                  1024
+
+			/** Total number of pages inside each of the board's dataflash ICs. */
+			#define DATAFLASH_PAGES                      8192
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			/** Initializes the dataflash driver so that commands and data may be sent to an attached dataflash IC.
+			 *  The appropriate SPI interface will be automatically configured.
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_Init(void)
+			{
+				DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT.DIRSET   = DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
+
+				PORTCFG.MPCMASK                = DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
+				DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT.PIN0CTRL = PORT_INVEN_bm;
+
+				SerialSPI_Init(&USARTD0, (USART_SPI_SCK_LEAD_RISING | USART_SPI_SAMPLE_LEADING | USART_SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST), (F_CPU / 2));
+
+				PORTD.DIRSET   = PIN3_bm | PIN1_bm;
+				PORTD.DIRCLR   = PIN2_bm;
+				PORTC.PIN2CTRL = PORT_OPC_PULLUP_gc;
+			}
+
+			/** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns a byte from the dataflash.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Byte  Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+			 *
+			 *  \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+			{
+				return SerialSPI_TransferByte(&USARTD0, Byte);
+			}
+
+			/** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and ignores the next byte from the dataflash.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Byte  Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+			{
+				SerialSPI_SendByte(&USARTD0, Byte);
+			}
+
+			/** Sends a dummy byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns the next byte from the dataflash.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void)
+			{
+				return SerialSPI_ReceiveByte(&USARTD0);
+			}
+
+			/** Determines the currently selected dataflash chip.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Mask of the currently selected Dataflash chip, either \ref DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP if no chip is selected
+			 *          or a DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is the chip number).
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void)
+			{
+				return (DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT.OUT & DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK);
+			}
+
+			/** Selects the given dataflash chip.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in]  ChipMask  Mask of the Dataflash IC to select, in the form of a \c DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is
+			 *              the chip number).
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask)
+			{
+				DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT.OUTCLR = DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
+				DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT.OUTSET = ChipMask;
+			}
+
+			/** Deselects the current dataflash chip, so that no dataflash is selected. */
+			static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void)
+			{
+				Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP);
+			}
+
+			/** Selects a dataflash IC from the given page number, which should range from 0 to
+			 *  ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1). For boards containing only one
+			 *  dataflash IC, this will select DATAFLASH_CHIP1. If the given page number is outside
+			 *  the total number of pages contained in the boards dataflash ICs, all dataflash ICs
+			 *  are deselected.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] PageAddress  Address of the page to manipulate, ranging from
+			 *                          0 to ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1).
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress)
+			{
+				Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+				if (PageAddress >= (DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
+				  return;
+
+				Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+			}
+
+			/** Toggles the select line of the currently selected dataflash IC, so that it is ready to receive
+			 *  a new command.
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void)
+			{
+				uint8_t SelectedChipMask = Dataflash_GetSelectedChip();
+
+				Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+				Dataflash_SelectChip(SelectedChipMask);
+			}
+
+			/** Spin-loops while the currently selected dataflash is busy executing a command, such as a main
+			 *  memory page program or main memory to buffer transfer.
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void)
+			{
+				Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+				Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+				while (!(Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_READY));
+				Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+			}
+
+			/** Sends a set of page and buffer address bytes to the currently selected dataflash IC, for use with
+			 *  dataflash commands which require a complete 24-bit address.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] PageAddress  Page address within the selected dataflash IC
+			 *  \param[in] BufferByte   Address within the dataflash's buffer
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress,
+			                                              const uint16_t BufferByte)
+			{
+				Dataflash_SendByte(PageAddress >> 5);
+				Dataflash_SendByte((PageAddress << 3) | (BufferByte >> 8));
+				Dataflash_SendByte(BufferByte);
+			}
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/LEDs.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a0c5b3af4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained.
+ *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_A3BU_XPLAINED
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_A3BU_XPLAINED A3BU_XPLAINED
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained.
+ *
+ *  Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>LED0 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTR.0</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Yellow</td><td>LED1 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTR.1</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Red</td><td>Status Bicolour Red LED</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.4</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Green</td><td>Status Bicolour Green LED</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_A3BU_XPLAINED_H__
+#define __LEDS_A3BU_XPLAINED_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Macros: */
+			#define LEDS_PORTR_LEDS       (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
+			#define LEDS_PORTD_LEDS       (LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+	#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 0)
+
+			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED2        (1 << 1)
+
+			/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED3        (1 << 4)
+
+			/** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED4        (1 << 5)
+
+			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+			{
+				PORTR.DIRSET    = LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
+				PORTR.OUTCLR    = LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
+
+				PORTCFG.MPCMASK = LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
+				PORTR.PIN0CTRL  = PORT_INVEN_bm;
+
+				PORTD.DIRSET    = LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+				PORTD.OUTCLR    = LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+
+				PORTD.PIN4CTRL  = PORT_INVEN_bm;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+			{
+				PORTR.DIRCLR    = LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
+				PORTR.OUTCLR    = LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
+
+				PORTCFG.MPCMASK = 0;
+				PORTR.PIN0CTRL  = LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
+
+				PORTD.DIRCLR    = LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+				PORTD.OUTCLR    = LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+
+				PORTD.PIN4CTRL  = 0;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTR_OUTSET = LEDMask & LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
+				PORTD_OUTSET = LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTR_OUTCLR = LEDMask & LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
+				PORTD_OUTCLR = LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTR_OUTCLR = LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
+				PORTD_OUTCLR = LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+
+				PORTR_OUTSET = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTR_LEDS);
+				PORTD_OUTSET = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+			{
+				PORTR_OUTCLR = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTR_LEDS);
+				PORTD_OUTCLR = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+
+				PORTR_OUTSET = (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTR_LEDS);
+				PORTD_OUTSET = (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTR_OUTTGL = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTR_LEDS);
+				PORTD_OUTTGL = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+			{
+				return ((PORTR_OUT & LEDS_PORTR_LEDS) | (PORTD_OUT & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS));
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Board.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b133b9ae3a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained.
+ *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_B1_XPLAINED
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_B1_XPLAINED B1_XPLAINED
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained.
+ *
+ *  Board specific information header for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_B1_XPLAINED_H__
+#define __BOARD_B1_XPLAINED_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../../Buttons.h"
+		#include "../../Dataflash.h"
+		#include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+			/** Indicates the board has a hardware Dataflash mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_DATAFLASH
+
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Buttons.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..01c7c084a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained.
+ *  \copydetails Group_Buttons_B1_XPLAINED
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_B1_XPLAINED B1_XPLAINED
+ *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained.
+ *
+ *  Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>Touch CS0 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.0</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON2</td><td>Touch CS1 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.1</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON3</td><td>Touch CS2 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.2</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON4</td><td>Touch CS3 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.3</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_B1_XPLAINED_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_B1_XPLAINED_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1          (1 << 0)
+
+			/** Button mask for the second button on the board. */
+			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON2          (1 << 1)
+
+			/** Button mask for the third button on the board. */
+			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON3          (1 << 2)
+
+			/** Button mask for the fourth button on the board. */
+			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON4          (1 << 3)
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+			{
+				PORTE.OUTSET    = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2 | BUTTONS_BUTTON3 | BUTTONS_BUTTON4);
+
+				PORTCFG.MPCMASK = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2 | BUTTONS_BUTTON3 | BUTTONS_BUTTON4);
+				PORTE.PIN0CTRL  = (PORT_INVEN_bm | PORT_OPC_PULLUP_gc);
+			}
+
+			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+			{
+				PORTE.OUTCLR    = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2 | BUTTONS_BUTTON3 | BUTTONS_BUTTON4);
+
+				PORTCFG.MPCMASK = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2 | BUTTONS_BUTTON3 | BUTTONS_BUTTON4);
+				PORTE.PIN0CTRL  = 0;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+			{
+				return (PORTE_IN & (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2 | BUTTONS_BUTTON3 | BUTTONS_BUTTON4));
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Dataflash.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Dataflash.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..71402661cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Dataflash.h
@@ -0,0 +1,229 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained.
+ *  \copydetails Group_Dataflash_B1_XPLAINED
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Dataflash
+ *  \defgroup Group_Dataflash_B1_XPLAINED B1_XPLAINED
+ *  \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained.
+ *
+ *  Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained board.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Select Pin</th><th>SPI Port</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>DATAFLASH_CHIP1</td><td>AT45DB642D (8MB)</td><td>PORTD.2</td><td>USARTC0 (In SPI Mode, Remapped)</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __DATAFLASH_B1_XPLAINED_H__
+#define __DATAFLASH_B1_XPLAINED_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../../../Misc/AT45DB642D.h"
+		#include "../../../Peripheral/SerialSPI.h"
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Macros: */
+			#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK                DATAFLASH_CHIP1
+			#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT                PORTD
+	#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Constant indicating the total number of dataflash ICs mounted on the selected board. */
+			#define DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS                 1
+
+			/** Mask for no dataflash chip selected. */
+			#define DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP                    0
+
+			/** Mask for the first dataflash chip selected. */
+			#define DATAFLASH_CHIP1                      (1 << 2)
+
+			/** Internal main memory page size for the board's dataflash ICs. */
+			#define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE                  1024
+
+			/** Total number of pages inside each of the board's dataflash ICs. */
+			#define DATAFLASH_PAGES                      8192
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			/** Initializes the dataflash driver so that commands and data may be sent to an attached dataflash IC.
+			 *  The appropriate SPI interface will be automatically configured.
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_Init(void)
+			{
+				DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT.DIRSET   = DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
+
+				PORTCFG.MPCMASK                = DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
+				DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT.PIN0CTRL = PORT_INVEN_bm;
+
+				SerialSPI_Init(&USARTC0, (USART_SPI_SCK_LEAD_RISING | USART_SPI_SAMPLE_LEADING | USART_SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST), (F_CPU / 2));
+
+				PORTC.REMAP   |= PORT_USART0_bm;
+				PORTC.DIRSET   = PIN7_bm | PIN5_bm;
+				PORTC.DIRCLR   = PIN6_bm;
+				PORTC.PIN6CTRL = PORT_OPC_PULLUP_gc;
+			}
+
+			/** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns a byte from the dataflash.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Byte  Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+			 *
+			 *  \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+			{
+				return SerialSPI_TransferByte(&USARTC0, Byte);
+			}
+
+			/** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and ignores the next byte from the dataflash.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Byte  Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+			{
+				SerialSPI_SendByte(&USARTC0, Byte);
+			}
+
+			/** Sends a dummy byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns the next byte from the dataflash.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void)
+			{
+				return SerialSPI_ReceiveByte(&USARTC0);
+			}
+
+			/** Determines the currently selected dataflash chip.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Mask of the currently selected Dataflash chip, either \ref DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP if no chip is selected
+			 *          or a DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is the chip number).
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void)
+			{
+				return (DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT.OUT & DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK);
+			}
+
+			/** Selects the given dataflash chip.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in]  ChipMask  Mask of the Dataflash IC to select, in the form of a \c DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is
+			 *              the chip number).
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask)
+			{
+				DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT.OUTCLR = DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
+				DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT.OUTSET = (ChipMask & DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK);
+			}
+
+			/** Deselects the current dataflash chip, so that no dataflash is selected. */
+			static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void)
+			{
+				Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP);
+			}
+
+			/** Selects a dataflash IC from the given page number, which should range from 0 to
+			 *  ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1). For boards containing only one
+			 *  dataflash IC, this will select DATAFLASH_CHIP1. If the given page number is outside
+			 *  the total number of pages contained in the boards dataflash ICs, all dataflash ICs
+			 *  are deselected.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] PageAddress  Address of the page to manipulate, ranging from
+			 *                          0 to ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1).
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress)
+			{
+				Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+				if (PageAddress >= (DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
+				  return;
+
+				Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+			}
+
+			/** Toggles the select line of the currently selected dataflash IC, so that it is ready to receive
+			 *  a new command.
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void)
+			{
+				uint8_t SelectedChipMask = Dataflash_GetSelectedChip();
+
+				Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+				Dataflash_SelectChip(SelectedChipMask);
+			}
+
+			/** Spin-loops while the currently selected dataflash is busy executing a command, such as a main
+			 *  memory page program or main memory to buffer transfer.
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void)
+			{
+				Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+				Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+				while (!(Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_READY));
+				Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+			}
+
+			/** Sends a set of page and buffer address bytes to the currently selected dataflash IC, for use with
+			 *  dataflash commands which require a complete 24-bit address.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] PageAddress  Page address within the selected dataflash IC
+			 *  \param[in] BufferByte   Address within the dataflash's buffer
+			 */
+			static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress,
+			                                              const uint16_t BufferByte)
+			{
+				Dataflash_SendByte(PageAddress >> 5);
+				Dataflash_SendByte((PageAddress << 3) | (BufferByte >> 8));
+				Dataflash_SendByte(BufferByte);
+			}
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/LEDs.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..078532ac4f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained.
+ *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_B1_XPLAINED
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_B1_XPLAINED B1_XPLAINED
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained.
+ *
+ *  Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>LED0 LED</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.4</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Yellow</td><td>LED1 LED</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.5</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Yellow</td><td>LED2 LED</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.6</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Yellow</td><td>LED3 LED</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.7</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED5</td><td>Green</td><td>USB LED</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.4</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_B1_XPLAINED_H__
+#define __LEDS_B1_XPLAINED_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Macros: */
+			#define LEDS_PORTB_LEDS        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+			#define LEDS_PORTE_LEDS        LEDS_LED5
+
+			#define LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT  1
+	#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 4)
+
+			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED2        (1 << 5)
+
+			/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED3        (1 << 6)
+
+			/** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED4        (1 << 7)
+
+			/** LED mask for the fifth LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED5       ((1 << 4) >> LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)
+
+			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4 | LEDS_LED5)
+
+			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+			{
+				PORTB.DIRSET    = LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+				PORTB.OUTCLR    = LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+
+				PORTCFG.MPCMASK = LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+				PORTB.PIN0CTRL  = PORT_INVEN_bm;
+
+				PORTE.DIRSET    = (LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
+				PORTE.OUTCLR    = (LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+			{
+				PORTB.DIRCLR    = LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+				PORTB.OUTCLR    = LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+
+				PORTCFG.MPCMASK = 0;
+				PORTB.PIN0CTRL  = LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+
+				PORTE.DIRCLR    = (LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
+				PORTE.OUTCLR    = (LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTB_OUTSET = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+				PORTE_OUTSET = ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTB_OUTCLR = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+				PORTE_OUTCLR = ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTB_OUTCLR = LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+				PORTE_OUTCLR = (LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
+
+				PORTB_OUTSET = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+				PORTE_OUTSET = ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+			{
+				PORTB_OUTCLR =  (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+				PORTE_OUTCLR = ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
+
+				PORTB_OUTSET =  (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+				PORTE_OUTSET = ((ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTB_OUTTGL = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+				PORTE_OUTTGL = ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+			{
+				return ((PORTB_OUT & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) | (PORTE_OUT & (LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)));
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/Board.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e48bd5836f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel XMEGA C3 Xplained.
+ *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_C3_XPLAINED
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_C3_XPLAINED C3_XPLAINED
+ *  \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel XMEGA C3 Xplained.
+ *
+ *  Board specific information header for the Atmel XMEGA C3 Xplained.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_C3_XPLAINED_H__
+#define __BOARD_C3_XPLAINED_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../../Buttons.h"
+		#include "../../Dataflash.h"
+		#include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/Buttons.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1a8c1fc7e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel XMEGA C3 Xplained.
+ *  \copydetails Group_Buttons_C3_XPLAINED
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_C3_XPLAINED C3_XPLAINED
+ *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel XMEGA C3 Xplained.
+ *
+ *  Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel XMEGA C3 Xplained.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>SW0 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTF.1</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON2</td><td>SW1 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTF.2</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_C3_XPLAINED_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_C3_XPLAINED_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1          (1 << 1)
+
+			/** Button mask for the second button on the board. */
+			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON2          (1 << 2)
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+			{
+				PORTF.OUTCLR   = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
+				PORTF.PIN1CTRL = (PORT_OPC_PULLUP_gc | PORT_INVEN_bm);
+				PORTF.PIN2CTRL = (PORT_OPC_PULLUP_gc | PORT_INVEN_bm);
+			}
+
+			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+			{
+				PORTF.OUTCLR   = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
+				PORTF.PIN1CTRL = 0;
+				PORTF.PIN2CTRL = 0;
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+			{
+				return (PORTF_IN & (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2));
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/LEDs.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f701c883e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel XMEGA C3 Xplained.
+ *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_C3_XPLAINED
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_C3_XPLAINED C3_XPLAINED
+ *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel XMEGA C3 Xplained.
+ *
+ *  Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel XMEGA C3 Xplained.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>LED0 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTR.0</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Yellow</td><td>LED1 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTR.1</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Red</td><td>Status Bicolour Red LED</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.4</td></tr>
+ *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Green</td><td>Status Bicolour Green LED</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_C3_XPLAINED_H__
+#define __LEDS_C3_XPLAINED_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Macros: */
+			#define LEDS_PORTR_LEDS       (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
+			#define LEDS_PORTD_LEDS       (LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+	#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 0)
+
+			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED2        (1 << 1)
+
+			/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED3        (1 << 4)
+
+			/** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_LED4        (1 << 5)
+
+			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+			{
+				PORTR.DIRSET    = LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
+				PORTR.OUTCLR    = LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
+
+				PORTCFG.MPCMASK = LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
+				PORTR.PIN0CTRL  = PORT_INVEN_bm;
+
+				PORTD.DIRSET    = LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+				PORTD.OUTCLR    = LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+
+				PORTD.PIN4CTRL  = PORT_INVEN_bm;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+			{
+				PORTR.DIRCLR    = LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
+				PORTR.OUTCLR    = LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
+
+				PORTCFG.MPCMASK = 0;
+				PORTR.PIN0CTRL  = LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
+
+				PORTD.DIRCLR    = LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+				PORTD.OUTCLR    = LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+
+				PORTD.PIN4CTRL  = 0;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTR_OUTSET = LEDMask & LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
+				PORTD_OUTSET = LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTR_OUTCLR = LEDMask & LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
+				PORTD_OUTCLR = LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTR_OUTCLR = LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
+				PORTD_OUTCLR = LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+
+				PORTR_OUTSET = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTR_LEDS);
+				PORTD_OUTSET = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+			{
+				PORTR_OUTCLR = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTR_LEDS);
+				PORTD_OUTCLR = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+
+				PORTR_OUTSET = (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTR_LEDS);
+				PORTD_OUTSET = (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+			}
+
+			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+			{
+				PORTR_OUTTGL = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTR_LEDS);
+				PORTD_OUTTGL = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+			}
+
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+			{
+				return ((PORTR_OUT & LEDS_PORTR_LEDS) | (PORTD_OUT & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS));
+			}
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/AT45DB321C.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/AT45DB321C.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e354ca47be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/AT45DB321C.h
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Command constants for the Atmel AT45DB321C Dataflash.
+ *  \copydetails Group_AT45DB321C
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_MiscDrivers
+ *  \defgroup Group_AT45DB321C Atmel AT45DB321C Dataflash Commands - LUFA/Drivers/Misc/AT45DB321C.h
+ *  \brief Command constants for the Atmel AT45DB321C Dataflash.
+ *
+ *  Dataflash command constants for the Atmel AT45DB321C Dataflash IC.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __AT45DB321C_CMDS_H__
+#define __AT45DB321C_CMDS_H__
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** \name Dataflash Status Values */
+			//@{
+			#define DF_STATUS_READY                         (1 << 7)
+			#define DF_STATUS_COMPMISMATCH                  (1 << 6)
+			#define DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON           (1 << 1)
+			//@}
+
+			/** \name Dataflash Commands */
+			//@{
+			#define DF_CMD_GETSTATUS                        0xD7
+
+			#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1                   0x53
+			#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2                   0x55
+			#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1COMP               0x60
+			#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2COMP               0x61
+			#define DF_CMD_AUTOREWRITEBUFF1                 0x58
+			#define DF_CMD_AUTOREWRITEBUFF2                 0x59
+
+			#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD                  0xD2
+			#define DF_CMD_CONTARRAYREAD_LF                 0xE8
+			#define DF_CMD_BUFF1READ_LF                     0xD4
+			#define DF_CMD_BUFF2READ_LF                     0xD6
+
+			#define DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE                       0x84
+			#define DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE                       0x87
+			#define DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE          0x83
+			#define DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE          0x86
+			#define DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEM                   0x88
+			#define DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEM                   0x89
+			#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGETHROUGHBUFF1          0x82
+			#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGETHROUGHBUFF2          0x85
+
+			#define DF_CMD_PAGEERASE                        0x81
+			#define DF_CMD_BLOCKERASE                       0x50
+
+			#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF              ((char[]){0x3D, 0x2A, 0x7F, 0xCF})
+			#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE1        0x3D
+			#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE2        0x2A
+			#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE3        0x7F
+			#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE4        0xCF
+
+			#define DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO       0x9F
+			//@}
+
+			/** Manufacturer code for Atmel Corporation, returned by Atmel Dataflash ICs in response to the \c DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO command. */
+			#define DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL                   0x1F
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/AT45DB642D.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/AT45DB642D.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..76a7a5cb6c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/AT45DB642D.h
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Command constants for the Atmel AT45DB642D Dataflash.
+ *  \copydetails Group_AT45DB642D
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_MiscDrivers
+ *  \defgroup Group_AT45DB642D Atmel AT45DB642D Dataflash Commands - LUFA/Drivers/Misc/AT45DB642D.h
+ *  \brief Command constants for the Atmel AT45DB642D Dataflash.
+ *
+ *  Dataflash command constants for the Atmel AT45DB642D Dataflash IC.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __AT45DB642D_CMDS_H__
+#define __AT45DB642D_CMDS_H__
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** \name Dataflash Status Values */
+			//@{
+			#define DF_STATUS_READY                         (1 << 7)
+			#define DF_STATUS_COMPMISMATCH                  (1 << 6)
+			#define DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON           (1 << 1)
+			#define DF_STATUS_BINARYPAGESIZE_ON             (1 << 0)
+			//@}
+
+			/** \name Dataflash Commands */
+			//@{
+			#define DF_CMD_GETSTATUS                        0xD7
+			#define DF_CMD_POWERDOWN                        0xB9
+			#define DF_CMD_WAKEUP                           0xAB
+
+			#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1                   0x53
+			#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2                   0x55
+			#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1COMP               0x60
+			#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2COMP               0x61
+			#define DF_CMD_AUTOREWRITEBUFF1                 0x58
+			#define DF_CMD_AUTOREWRITEBUFF2                 0x59
+
+			#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD                  0xD2
+			#define DF_CMD_CONTARRAYREAD_LF                 0x03
+			#define DF_CMD_BUFF1READ_LF                     0xD1
+			#define DF_CMD_BUFF2READ_LF                     0xD3
+
+			#define DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE                       0x84
+			#define DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE                       0x87
+			#define DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE          0x83
+			#define DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE          0x86
+			#define DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEM                   0x88
+			#define DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEM                   0x89
+			#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGETHROUGHBUFF1          0x82
+			#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGETHROUGHBUFF2          0x85
+
+			#define DF_CMD_PAGEERASE                        0x81
+			#define DF_CMD_BLOCKERASE                       0x50
+			#define DF_CMD_SECTORERASE                      0x7C
+
+			#define DF_CMD_CHIPERASE                        ((char[]){0xC7, 0x94, 0x80, 0x9A})
+			#define DF_CMD_CHIPERASE_BYTE1                  0xC7
+			#define DF_CMD_CHIPERASE_BYTE2                  0x94
+			#define DF_CMD_CHIPERASE_BYTE3                  0x80
+			#define DF_CMD_CHIPERASE_BYTE4                  0x9A
+
+			#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF              ((char[]){0x3D, 0x2A, 0x7F, 0x9A})
+			#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE1        0x3D
+			#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE2        0x2A
+			#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE3        0x7F
+			#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE4        0x9A
+
+			#define DF_CMD_BINARYPAGESIZEMODEON             ((char[]){0x3D, 0x2A, 0x80, 0xA6})
+			#define DF_CMD_BINARYPAGESIZEMODEON_BYTE1       0x3D
+			#define DF_CMD_BINARYPAGESIZEMODEON_BYTE2       0x2A
+			#define DF_CMD_BINARYPAGESIZEMODEON_BYTE3       0x80
+			#define DF_CMD_BINARYPAGESIZEMODEON_BYTE4       0xA6
+
+			#define DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO       0x9F
+			//@}
+
+			/** Manufacturer code for Atmel Corporation, returned by Atmel Dataflash ICs in response to the \c DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO command. */
+			#define DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL                   0x1F
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/RingBuffer.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/RingBuffer.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0e76a0779a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/RingBuffer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,308 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Lightweight ring (circular) buffer, for fast insertion/deletion of bytes.
+ *
+ *  Lightweight ring buffer, for fast insertion/deletion. Multiple buffers can be created of
+ *  different sizes to suit different needs.
+ *
+ *  Note that for each buffer, insertion and removal operations may occur at the same time (via
+ *  a multi-threaded ISR based system) however the same kind of operation (two or more insertions
+ *  or deletions) must not overlap. If there is possibility of two or more of the same kind of
+ *  operating occurring at the same point in time, atomic (mutex) locking should be used.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_MiscDrivers
+ *  \defgroup Group_RingBuff Generic Byte Ring Buffer - LUFA/Drivers/Misc/RingBuffer.h
+ *  \brief Lightweight ring buffer, for fast insertion/deletion of bytes.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_RingBuff_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ *    - None
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_RingBuff_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  Lightweight ring buffer, for fast insertion/deletion. Multiple buffers can be created of
+ *  different sizes to suit different needs.
+ *
+ *  Note that for each buffer, insertion and removal operations may occur at the same time (via
+ *  a multi-threaded ISR based system) however the same kind of operation (two or more insertions
+ *  or deletions) must not overlap. If there is possibility of two or more of the same kind of
+ *  operating occurring at the same point in time, atomic (mutex) locking should be used.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_RingBuff_ExampleUsage Example Usage
+ *  The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
+ *  application.
+ *
+ *  \code
+ *      // Create the buffer structure and its underlying storage array
+ *      RingBuffer_t Buffer;
+ *      uint8_t      BufferData[128];
+ *
+ *      // Initialize the buffer with the created storage array
+ *      RingBuffer_InitBuffer(&Buffer, BufferData, sizeof(BufferData));
+ *
+ *      // Insert some data into the buffer
+ *      RingBuffer_Insert(&Buffer, 'H');
+ *      RingBuffer_Insert(&Buffer, 'E');
+ *      RingBuffer_Insert(&Buffer, 'L');
+ *      RingBuffer_Insert(&Buffer, 'L');
+ *      RingBuffer_Insert(&Buffer, 'O');
+ *
+ *      // Cache the number of stored bytes in the buffer
+ *      uint16_t BufferCount = RingBuffer_GetCount(&Buffer);
+ *
+ *      // Printer stored data length
+ *      printf("Buffer Length: %d, Buffer Data: \r\n", BufferCount);
+ *
+ *      // Print contents of the buffer one character at a time
+ *      while (BufferCount--)
+ *        putc(RingBuffer_Remove(&Buffer));
+ *  \endcode
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __RING_BUFFER_H__
+#define __RING_BUFFER_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** \brief Ring Buffer Management Structure.
+		 *
+		 *  Type define for a new ring buffer object. Buffers should be initialized via a call to
+		 *  \ref RingBuffer_InitBuffer() before use.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint8_t* In; /**< Current storage location in the circular buffer. */
+			uint8_t* Out; /**< Current retrieval location in the circular buffer. */
+			uint8_t* Start; /**< Pointer to the start of the buffer's underlying storage array. */
+			uint8_t* End; /**< Pointer to the end of the buffer's underlying storage array. */
+			uint16_t Size; /**< Size of the buffer's underlying storage array. */
+			uint16_t Count; /**< Number of bytes currently stored in the buffer. */
+		} RingBuffer_t;
+
+	/* Inline Functions: */
+		/** Initializes a ring buffer ready for use. Buffers must be initialized via this function
+		 *  before any operations are called upon them. Already initialized buffers may be reset
+		 *  by re-initializing them using this function.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[out] Buffer   Pointer to a ring buffer structure to initialize.
+		 *  \param[out] DataPtr  Pointer to a global array that will hold the data stored into the ring buffer.
+		 *  \param[out] Size     Maximum number of bytes that can be stored in the underlying data array.
+		 */
+		static inline void RingBuffer_InitBuffer(RingBuffer_t* Buffer,
+		                                         uint8_t* const DataPtr,
+		                                         const uint16_t Size) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+		static inline void RingBuffer_InitBuffer(RingBuffer_t* Buffer,
+		                                         uint8_t* const DataPtr,
+		                                         const uint16_t Size)
+		{
+			GCC_FORCE_POINTER_ACCESS(Buffer);
+
+			uint_reg_t CurrentGlobalInt = GetGlobalInterruptMask();
+			GlobalInterruptDisable();
+
+			Buffer->In     = DataPtr;
+			Buffer->Out    = DataPtr;
+			Buffer->Start  = &DataPtr[0];
+			Buffer->End    = &DataPtr[Size];
+			Buffer->Size   = Size;
+			Buffer->Count  = 0;
+
+			SetGlobalInterruptMask(CurrentGlobalInt);
+		}
+
+		/** Retrieves the current number of bytes stored in a particular buffer. This value is computed
+		 *  by entering an atomic lock on the buffer, so that the buffer cannot be modified while the
+		 *  computation takes place. This value should be cached when reading out the contents of the buffer,
+		 *  so that as small a time as possible is spent in an atomic lock.
+		 *
+		 *  \note The value returned by this function is guaranteed to only be the minimum number of bytes
+		 *        stored in the given buffer; this value may change as other threads write new data, thus
+		 *        the returned number should be used only to determine how many successive reads may safely
+		 *        be performed on the buffer.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in] Buffer  Pointer to a ring buffer structure whose count is to be computed.
+		 *
+		 *  \return Number of bytes currently stored in the buffer.
+		 */
+		static inline uint16_t RingBuffer_GetCount(RingBuffer_t* const Buffer) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+		static inline uint16_t RingBuffer_GetCount(RingBuffer_t* const Buffer)
+		{
+			uint16_t Count;
+
+			uint_reg_t CurrentGlobalInt = GetGlobalInterruptMask();
+			GlobalInterruptDisable();
+
+			Count = Buffer->Count;
+
+			SetGlobalInterruptMask(CurrentGlobalInt);
+			return Count;
+		}
+
+		/** Retrieves the free space in a particular buffer. This value is computed by entering an atomic lock
+		 *  on the buffer, so that the buffer cannot be modified while the computation takes place.
+		 *
+		 *  \note The value returned by this function is guaranteed to only be the maximum number of bytes
+		 *        free in the given buffer; this value may change as other threads write new data, thus
+		 *        the returned number should be used only to determine how many successive writes may safely
+		 *        be performed on the buffer when there is a single writer thread.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in] Buffer  Pointer to a ring buffer structure whose free count is to be computed.
+		 *
+		 *  \return Number of free bytes in the buffer.
+		 */
+		static inline uint16_t RingBuffer_GetFreeCount(RingBuffer_t* const Buffer) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+		static inline uint16_t RingBuffer_GetFreeCount(RingBuffer_t* const Buffer)
+		{
+			return (Buffer->Size - RingBuffer_GetCount(Buffer));
+		}
+
+		/** Atomically determines if the specified ring buffer contains any data. This should
+		 *  be tested before removing data from the buffer, to ensure that the buffer does not
+		 *  underflow.
+		 *
+		 *  If the data is to be removed in a loop, store the total number of bytes stored in the
+		 *  buffer (via a call to the \ref RingBuffer_GetCount() function) in a temporary variable
+		 *  to reduce the time spent in atomicity locks.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in,out] Buffer  Pointer to a ring buffer structure to insert into.
+		 *
+		 *  \return Boolean \c true if the buffer contains no free space, \c false otherwise.
+		 */
+		static inline bool RingBuffer_IsEmpty(RingBuffer_t* const Buffer) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+		static inline bool RingBuffer_IsEmpty(RingBuffer_t* const Buffer)
+		{
+			return (RingBuffer_GetCount(Buffer) == 0);
+		}
+
+		/** Atomically determines if the specified ring buffer contains any free space. This should
+		 *  be tested before storing data to the buffer, to ensure that no data is lost due to a
+		 *  buffer overrun.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in,out] Buffer  Pointer to a ring buffer structure to insert into.
+		 *
+		 *  \return Boolean \c true if the buffer contains no free space, \c false otherwise.
+		 */
+		static inline bool RingBuffer_IsFull(RingBuffer_t* const Buffer) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+		static inline bool RingBuffer_IsFull(RingBuffer_t* const Buffer)
+		{
+			return (RingBuffer_GetCount(Buffer) == Buffer->Size);
+		}
+
+		/** Inserts an element into the ring buffer.
+		 *
+		 *  \warning Only one execution thread (main program thread or an ISR) may insert into a single buffer
+		 *           otherwise data corruption may occur. Insertion and removal may occur from different execution
+		 *           threads.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in,out] Buffer  Pointer to a ring buffer structure to insert into.
+		 *  \param[in]     Data    Data element to insert into the buffer.
+		 */
+		static inline void RingBuffer_Insert(RingBuffer_t* Buffer,
+		                                     const uint8_t Data) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+		static inline void RingBuffer_Insert(RingBuffer_t* Buffer,
+		                                     const uint8_t Data)
+		{
+			GCC_FORCE_POINTER_ACCESS(Buffer);
+
+			*Buffer->In = Data;
+
+			if (++Buffer->In == Buffer->End)
+			  Buffer->In = Buffer->Start;
+
+			uint_reg_t CurrentGlobalInt = GetGlobalInterruptMask();
+			GlobalInterruptDisable();
+
+			Buffer->Count++;
+
+			SetGlobalInterruptMask(CurrentGlobalInt);
+		}
+
+		/** Removes an element from the ring buffer.
+		 *
+		 *  \warning Only one execution thread (main program thread or an ISR) may remove from a single buffer
+		 *           otherwise data corruption may occur. Insertion and removal may occur from different execution
+		 *           threads.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in,out] Buffer  Pointer to a ring buffer structure to retrieve from.
+		 *
+		 *  \return Next data element stored in the buffer.
+		 */
+		static inline uint8_t RingBuffer_Remove(RingBuffer_t* Buffer) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+		static inline uint8_t RingBuffer_Remove(RingBuffer_t* Buffer)
+		{
+			GCC_FORCE_POINTER_ACCESS(Buffer);
+
+			uint8_t Data = *Buffer->Out;
+
+			if (++Buffer->Out == Buffer->End)
+			  Buffer->Out = Buffer->Start;
+
+			uint_reg_t CurrentGlobalInt = GetGlobalInterruptMask();
+			GlobalInterruptDisable();
+
+			Buffer->Count--;
+
+			SetGlobalInterruptMask(CurrentGlobalInt);
+
+			return Data;
+		}
+
+		/** Returns the next element stored in the ring buffer, without removing it.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in,out] Buffer  Pointer to a ring buffer structure to retrieve from.
+		 *
+		 *  \return Next data element stored in the buffer.
+		 */
+		static inline uint8_t RingBuffer_Peek(RingBuffer_t* const Buffer) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+		static inline uint8_t RingBuffer_Peek(RingBuffer_t* const Buffer)
+		{
+			return *Buffer->Out;
+		}
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b12a247ed1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h
@@ -0,0 +1,231 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief ANSI terminal special escape code macros.
+ *
+ *  ANSI terminal compatible escape sequences. These escape sequences are designed to be concatenated with existing
+ *  strings to modify their display on a compatible terminal application.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_MiscDrivers
+ *  \defgroup Group_Terminal ANSI Terminal Escape Codes - LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h
+ *  \brief ANSI terminal special escape code macros.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Terminal_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ *    - None
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Terminal_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  Escape code macros for ANSI compliant text terminals.
+ *
+ *  \note If desired, the macro \c DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES can be defined in the project makefile and passed to the GCC
+ *        compiler via the -D switch to disable the terminal codes without modifying the source, for use with non
+ *        compatible terminals (any terminal codes then equate to empty strings).
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Terminal_ExampleUsage Example Usage
+ *  The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
+ *  application.
+ *
+ *  \code
+ *      printf("Normal String, "
+ *             ESC_BOLD_ON "Bold String, "
+ *             ESC_UNDERLINE_ON "Bold and Underlined String"
+ *             ESC_RESET ESC_FG_BLUE ESC_BG_YELLOW "Normal Blue-on-Yellow String");
+ *  \endcode
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __TERMINALCODES_H__
+#define __TERMINALCODES_H__
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			#if !defined(DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES)
+				/** Creates an ANSI escape sequence with the specified payload.
+				 *
+				 *  \param[in] EscapeSeq  Payload to encode as an ANSI escape sequence, a \c ESC_* mask.
+				 */
+				#define ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE(EscapeSeq)  "\33[" EscapeSeq
+			#else
+				#define ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE(EscapeSeq)
+			#endif
+
+			/** \name Text Display Modifier Control Sequences */
+			//@{
+			/** Turns on bold so that any following text is printed to the terminal in bold. */
+			#define ESC_BOLD_ON                     ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("1m")
+
+			/** Turns on italics so that any following text is printed to the terminal in italics. */
+			#define ESC_ITALICS_ON                  ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("3m")
+
+			/** Turns on underline so that any following text is printed to the terminal underlined. */
+			#define ESC_UNDERLINE_ON                ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("4m")
+
+			/** Turns on inverse so that any following text is printed to the terminal in inverted colours. */
+			#define ESC_INVERSE_ON                  ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("7m")
+
+			/** Turns on strike-through so that any following text is printed to the terminal with a line through the
+			 *  center.
+			 */
+			#define ESC_STRIKETHROUGH_ON            ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("9m")
+
+			/** Turns off bold so that any following text is printed to the terminal in non bold. */
+			#define ESC_BOLD_OFF                    ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("22m")
+
+			/** Turns off italics so that any following text is printed to the terminal in non italics. */
+			#define ESC_ITALICS_OFF                 ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("23m")
+
+			/** Turns off underline so that any following text is printed to the terminal non underlined. */
+			#define ESC_UNDERLINE_OFF               ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("24m")
+
+			/** Turns off inverse so that any following text is printed to the terminal in non inverted colours. */
+			#define ESC_INVERSE_OFF                 ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("27m")
+
+			/** Turns off strike-through so that any following text is printed to the terminal without a line through
+			 *  the center.
+			 */
+			#define ESC_STRIKETHROUGH_OFF           ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("29m")
+			//@}
+
+			/** \name Text Colour Control Sequences */
+			//@{
+			/** Sets the foreground (text) colour to black. */
+			#define ESC_FG_BLACK                    ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("30m")
+
+			/** Sets the foreground (text) colour to red. */
+			#define ESC_FG_RED                      ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("31m")
+
+			/** Sets the foreground (text) colour to green. */
+			#define ESC_FG_GREEN                    ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("32m")
+
+			/** Sets the foreground (text) colour to yellow. */
+			#define ESC_FG_YELLOW                   ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("33m")
+
+			/** Sets the foreground (text) colour to blue. */
+			#define ESC_FG_BLUE                     ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("34m")
+
+			/** Sets the foreground (text) colour to magenta. */
+			#define ESC_FG_MAGENTA                  ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("35m")
+
+			/** Sets the foreground (text) colour to cyan. */
+			#define ESC_FG_CYAN                     ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("36m")
+
+			/** Sets the foreground (text) colour to white. */
+			#define ESC_FG_WHITE                    ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("37m")
+
+			/** Sets the foreground (text) colour to the terminal's default. */
+			#define ESC_FG_DEFAULT                  ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("39m")
+
+			/** Sets the text background colour to black. */
+			#define ESC_BG_BLACK                    ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("40m")
+
+			/** Sets the text background colour to red. */
+			#define ESC_BG_RED                      ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("41m")
+
+			/** Sets the text background colour to green. */
+			#define ESC_BG_GREEN                    ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("42m")
+
+			/** Sets the text background colour to yellow. */
+			#define ESC_BG_YELLOW                   ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("43m")
+
+			/** Sets the text background colour to blue. */
+			#define ESC_BG_BLUE                     ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("44m")
+
+			/** Sets the text background colour to magenta. */
+			#define ESC_BG_MAGENTA                  ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("45m")
+
+			/** Sets the text background colour to cyan. */
+			#define ESC_BG_CYAN                     ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("46m")
+
+			/** Sets the text background colour to white. */
+			#define ESC_BG_WHITE                    ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("47m")
+
+			/** Sets the text background colour to the terminal's default. */
+			#define ESC_BG_DEFAULT                  ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("49m")
+			//@}
+
+			/** \name Cursor Positioning Control Sequences */
+			//@{
+			/** Saves the current cursor position so that it may be restored with \ref ESC_CURSOR_POS_RESTORE. */
+			#define ESC_CURSOR_POS_SAVE             ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("s")
+
+			/** Restores the cursor position to the last position saved with \ref ESC_CURSOR_POS_SAVE. */
+			#define ESC_CURSOR_POS_RESTORE          ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("u")
+
+			/** Sets the cursor position to the given line and column.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Line    Line number to position the cursor at.
+			 *  \param[in] Column  Column number to position the cursor at.
+			 */
+			#define ESC_CURSOR_POS(Line, Column)    ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE(#Line ";" #Column "H")
+
+			/** Moves the cursor up the given number of lines.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Lines  Number of lines to move the cursor position
+			 */
+			#define ESC_CURSOR_UP(Lines)            ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE(#Lines "A")
+
+			/** Moves the cursor down the given number of lines.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Lines  Number of lines to move the cursor position
+			 */
+			#define ESC_CURSOR_DOWN(Lines)          ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE(#Lines "B")
+
+			/** Moves the cursor to the right the given number of columns.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Columns  Number of columns to move the cursor position
+			 */
+			#define ESC_CURSOR_FORWARD(Columns)     ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE(#Columns "C")
+
+			/** Moves the cursor to the left the given number of columns.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Columns  Number of columns to move the cursor position
+			 */
+			#define ESC_CURSOR_BACKWARD(Columns)    ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE(#Columns "D")
+			//@}
+
+			/** \name Miscellaneous Control Sequences */
+			//@{
+			/** Resets any escape sequence modifiers back to their defaults. */
+			#define ESC_RESET                       ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("0m")
+
+			/** Erases the entire display, returning the cursor to the top left. */
+			#define ESC_ERASE_DISPLAY               ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("2J")
+
+			/** Erases the current line, returning the cursor to the far left. */
+			#define ESC_ERASE_LINE                  ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("K")
+			//@}
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a0182b3c77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Hardware Analogue-to-Digital converter driver.
+ *
+ *  This file is the master dispatch header file for the device-specific ADC driver, for microcontrollers
+ *  containing an ADC.
+ *
+ *  User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct ADC driver header file for the
+ *  currently selected architecture and microcontroller model.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PeripheralDrivers
+ *  \defgroup Group_ADC ADC Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h
+ *  \brief Hardware Analogue-to-Digital converter driver.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_ADC_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ *    - None
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_ADC_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  Hardware ADC driver. This module provides an easy to use driver for the hardware ADC
+ *  present on many microcontrollers, for the conversion of analogue signals into the
+ *  digital domain.
+ *
+ *  \note The exact API for this driver may vary depending on the target used - see
+ *        individual target module documentation for the API specific to your target processor.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __ADC_H__
+#define __ADC_H__
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_ADC_H
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+			#include "AVR8/ADC_AVR8.h"
+		#else
+			#error The ADC peripheral driver is not currently available for your selected architecture.
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/ADC_AVR8.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/ADC_AVR8.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a2b7eded3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/ADC_AVR8.h
@@ -0,0 +1,446 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief ADC Peripheral Driver (AVR8)
+ *
+ *  On-chip Analogue-to-Digital converter (ADC) driver for supported U4, U6 and U7 model AVRs that contain an ADC
+ *  peripheral internally.
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the ADC driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_ADC
+ *  \defgroup Group_ADC_AVR8 ADC Peripheral Driver (AVR8)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_ADC_AVR8_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  On-chip Analogue-to-Digital converter (ADC) driver for supported U4, U6 and U7 model AVRs that contain an ADC
+ *  peripheral internally.
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the ADC driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_ADC_AVR8_ExampleUsage Example Usage
+ *  The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
+ *  application.
+ *
+ *  \code
+ *      // Initialize the ADC driver before first use
+ *      ADC_Init(ADC_FREE_RUNNING | ADC_PRESCALE_32);
+ *
+ *      // Must setup the ADC channel to read beforehand
+ *      ADC_SetupChannel(1);
+ *
+ *      // Perform a single conversion of the ADC channel 1
+ *      ADC_GetChannelReading(ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC | ADC_RIGHT_ADJUSTED | ADC_CHANNEL1);
+ *      printf("Conversion Result: %d\r\n", ADC_GetResult());
+ *
+ *      // Start reading ADC channel 1 in free running (continuous conversion) mode
+ *      ADC_StartReading(ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC | ADC_RIGHT_ADJUSTED | ADC_CHANNEL1);
+ *      for (;;)
+ *      {
+ *           while (!(ADC_IsReadingComplete())) {};
+ *           printf("Conversion Result: %d\r\n", ADC_GetResult());
+ *      }
+ *  \endcode
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __ADC_AVR8_H__
+#define __ADC_AVR8_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_ADC_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+		#if !(defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__) || \
+		      defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__) || \
+			  defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__)  || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__))
+			#error The ADC peripheral driver is not currently available for your selected microcontroller model.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** \name ADC Reference Configuration Masks */
+			//@{
+			/** Reference mask, for using the voltage present at the AVR's AREF pin for the ADC reference. */
+			#define ADC_REFERENCE_AREF              0
+
+			/** Reference mask, for using the voltage present at the AVR's AVCC pin for the ADC reference. */
+			#define ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC              (1 << REFS0)
+
+			/** Reference mask, for using the internally generated 2.56V reference voltage as the ADC reference. */
+			#define ADC_REFERENCE_INT2560MV         ((1 << REFS1) | (1 << REFS0))
+			//@}
+
+			/** \name ADC Result Adjustment Configuration Masks */
+			//@{
+			/** Left-adjusts the 10-bit ADC result, so that the upper 8 bits of the value returned by the
+			 *  \ref ADC_GetResult() macro contain the 8 most significant bits of the result.
+			 */
+			#define ADC_LEFT_ADJUSTED               (1 << ADLAR)
+
+			/** Right-adjusts the 10-bit ADC result, so that the lower 8 bits of the value returned by the
+			 *  \ref ADC_GetResult() macro contain the 8 least significant bits of the result.
+			 */
+			#define ADC_RIGHT_ADJUSTED              (0 << ADLAR)
+			//@}
+
+			/** \name ADC Mode Configuration Masks */
+			//@{
+			/** Sets the ADC mode to free running, so that conversions take place continuously as fast as the ADC
+			 *  is capable of at the given input clock speed.
+			 */
+			#define ADC_FREE_RUNNING                (1 << ADATE)
+
+			/** Sets the ADC mode to single conversion, so that only a single conversion will take place before
+			 *  the ADC returns to idle.
+			 */
+			#define ADC_SINGLE_CONVERSION           (0 << ADATE)
+			//@}
+
+			/** \name ADC Prescaler Configuration Masks */
+			//@{
+			/** Sets the ADC input clock to prescale by a factor of 2 the AVR's system clock. */
+			#define ADC_PRESCALE_2                  (1 << ADPS0)
+
+			/** Sets the ADC input clock to prescale by a factor of 4 the AVR's system clock. */
+			#define ADC_PRESCALE_4                  (1 << ADPS1)
+
+			/** Sets the ADC input clock to prescale by a factor of 8 the AVR's system clock. */
+			#define ADC_PRESCALE_8                  ((1 << ADPS0) | (1 << ADPS1))
+
+			/** Sets the ADC input clock to prescale by a factor of 16 the AVR's system clock. */
+			#define ADC_PRESCALE_16                 (1 << ADPS2)
+
+			/** Sets the ADC input clock to prescale by a factor of 32 the AVR's system clock. */
+			#define ADC_PRESCALE_32                 ((1 << ADPS2) | (1 << ADPS0))
+
+			/** Sets the ADC input clock to prescale by a factor of 64 the AVR's system clock. */
+			#define ADC_PRESCALE_64                 ((1 << ADPS2) | (1 << ADPS1))
+
+			/** Sets the ADC input clock to prescale by a factor of 128 the AVR's system clock. */
+			#define ADC_PRESCALE_128                ((1 << ADPS2) | (1 << ADPS1) | (1 << ADPS0))
+			//@}
+
+			/** \name ADC MUX Masks */
+			//@{
+			/** MUX mask define for the ADC0 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading(). */
+			#define ADC_CHANNEL0                    (0x00 << MUX0)
+
+			/** MUX mask define for the ADC1 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading(). */
+			#define ADC_CHANNEL1                    (0x01 << MUX0)
+
+			#if (!(defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__)) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+				/** MUX mask define for the ADC2 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading().
+				 *
+				 *  \note Not available on all AVR models.
+				 */
+				#define ADC_CHANNEL2                (0x02 << MUX0)
+
+				/** MUX mask define for the ADC3 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading().
+				 *
+				 *  \note Not available on all AVR models.
+				 */
+				#define ADC_CHANNEL3                (0x03 << MUX0)
+			#endif
+
+			/** MUX mask define for the ADC4 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading(). */
+			#define ADC_CHANNEL4                    (0x04 << MUX0)
+
+			/** MUX mask define for the ADC5 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading(). */
+			#define ADC_CHANNEL5                    (0x05 << MUX0)
+
+			/** MUX mask define for the ADC6 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading(). */
+			#define ADC_CHANNEL6                    (0x06 << MUX0)
+
+			/** MUX mask define for the ADC7 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading. */
+			#define ADC_CHANNEL7                    (0x07 << MUX0)
+
+			#if (defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__)  || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+				/** MUX mask define for the ADC8 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading().
+				 *
+				 *  \note Not available on all AVR models.
+				 */
+				#define ADC_CHANNEL8                ((1 << 8) | (0x00 << MUX0))
+
+				/** MUX mask define for the ADC9 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading().
+				 *
+				 *  \note Not available on all AVR models.
+				 */
+				#define ADC_CHANNEL9                ((1 << 8) | (0x01 << MUX0))
+
+				/** MUX mask define for the ADC10 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading().
+				 *
+				 *  \note Not available on all AVR models.
+				 */
+				#define ADC_CHANNEL10               ((1 << 8) | (0x02 << MUX0))
+
+				/** MUX mask define for the ADC11 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading().
+				 *
+				 *  \note Not available on all AVR models.
+				 */
+				#define ADC_CHANNEL11               ((1 << 8) | (0x03 << MUX0))
+
+				/** MUX mask define for the ADC12 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading().
+				 *
+				 *  \note Not available on all AVR models.
+				 */
+				#define ADC_CHANNEL12               ((1 << 8) | (0x04 << MUX0))
+
+				/** MUX mask define for the ADC13 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading().
+				 *
+				 *  \note Not available on all AVR models.
+				 */
+				#define ADC_CHANNEL13               ((1 << 8) | (0x05 << MUX0))
+
+				/** MUX mask define for the internal temperature sensor channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and
+				 *  \ref ADC_GetChannelReading().
+				 *
+				 *  \note Not available on all AVR models.
+				 */
+				#define ADC_INT_TEMP_SENS           ((1 << 8) | (0x07 << MUX0))
+			#endif
+
+			/** MUX mask define for the internal 1.1V band-gap channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading(). */
+			#define ADC_1100MV_BANDGAP              (0x1E << MUX0)
+
+			/** Retrieves the ADC MUX mask for the given ADC channel number.
+			 *
+			 *  \attention This macro will only work correctly on channel numbers that are compile-time
+			 *             constants defined by the preprocessor.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Channel  Index of the ADC channel whose MUX mask is to be retrieved.
+			 */
+			#define ADC_GET_CHANNEL_MASK(Channel)   CONCAT_EXPANDED(ADC_CHANNEL, Channel)
+			//@}
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			/** Configures the given ADC channel, ready for ADC conversions. This function sets the
+			 *  associated port pin as an input and disables the digital portion of the I/O to reduce
+			 *  power consumption.
+			 *
+			 *  \note This must only be called for ADC channels with are connected to a physical port
+			 *        pin of the AVR, denoted by its special alternative function ADCx.
+			 *
+			 *  \warning The channel number must be specified as an integer, and <b>not</b> a \c ADC_CHANNEL* mask.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] ChannelIndex  ADC channel number to set up for conversions.
+			 */
+			static inline void ADC_SetupChannel(const uint8_t ChannelIndex)
+			{
+				#if (defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__) || \
+					 defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__))
+				DDRF  &= ~(1 << ChannelIndex);
+				DIDR0 |=  (1 << ChannelIndex);
+				#elif (defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__))
+				if (ChannelIndex < 8)
+				{
+					DDRF  &= ~(1 << ChannelIndex);
+					DIDR0 |=  (1 << ChannelIndex);
+				}
+				else if (ChannelIndex == 8)
+				{
+					DDRD  &= ~(1 << 4);
+					DIDR2 |=  (1 << 0);
+				}
+				else if (ChannelIndex < 11)
+				{
+					DDRD  &= ~(1 << (ChannelIndex - 3));
+					DIDR2 |=  (1 << (ChannelIndex - 8));
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					DDRB  &= ~(1 << (ChannelIndex - 7));
+					DIDR2 |=  (1 << (ChannelIndex - 8));
+				}
+				#endif
+			}
+
+			/** De-configures the given ADC channel, re-enabling digital I/O mode instead of analog. This
+			 *  function sets the associated port pin as an input and re-enabled the digital portion of
+			 *  the I/O.
+			 *
+			 *  \note This must only be called for ADC channels with are connected to a physical port
+			 *        pin of the AVR, denoted by its special alternative function ADCx.
+			 *
+			 *  \warning The channel number must be specified as an integer, and <b>not</b> a \c ADC_CHANNEL* mask.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] ChannelIndex  ADC channel number to set up for conversions.
+			 */
+			static inline void ADC_DisableChannel(const uint8_t ChannelIndex)
+			{
+				#if (defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__) || \
+					 defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__))
+				DDRF  &= ~(1 << ChannelIndex);
+				DIDR0 &= ~(1 << ChannelIndex);
+				#elif (defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__))
+				if (ChannelIndex < 8)
+				{
+					DDRF  &= ~(1 << ChannelIndex);
+					DIDR0 &= ~(1 << ChannelIndex);
+				}
+				else if (ChannelIndex == 8)
+				{
+					DDRD  &= ~(1 << 4);
+					DIDR2 &= ~(1 << 0);
+				}
+				else if (ChannelIndex < 11)
+				{
+					DDRD  &= ~(1 << (ChannelIndex - 3));
+					DIDR2 &= ~(1 << (ChannelIndex - 8));
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					DDRB  &= ~(1 << (ChannelIndex - 7));
+					DIDR2 &= ~(1 << (ChannelIndex - 8));
+				}
+				#endif
+			}
+
+			/** Starts the reading of the given channel, but does not wait until the conversion has completed.
+			 *  Once executed, the conversion status can be determined via the \ref ADC_IsReadingComplete() macro and
+			 *  the result read via the \ref ADC_GetResult() macro.
+			 *
+			 *  If the ADC has been initialized in free running mode, calling this function once will begin the repeated
+			 *  conversions. If the ADC is in single conversion mode (or the channel to convert from is to be changed),
+			 *  this function must be called each time a conversion is to take place.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] MUXMask  ADC channel mask, reference mask and adjustment mask.
+			 */
+			static inline void ADC_StartReading(const uint16_t MUXMask)
+			{
+				ADMUX = MUXMask;
+
+				#if (defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__)  || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+				if (MUXMask & (1 << 8))
+				  ADCSRB |=  (1 << MUX5);
+				else
+				  ADCSRB &= ~(1 << MUX5);
+				#endif
+
+				ADCSRA |= (1 << ADSC);
+			}
+
+			/** Indicates if the current ADC conversion is completed, or still in progress.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c false if the reading is still taking place, or true if the conversion is
+			 *          complete and ready to be read out with \ref ADC_GetResult().
+			 */
+			static inline bool ADC_IsReadingComplete(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool ADC_IsReadingComplete(void)
+			{
+				return ((ADCSRA & (1 << ADIF)) ? true : false);
+			}
+
+			/** Retrieves the conversion value of the last completed ADC conversion and clears the reading
+			 *  completion flag.
+			 *
+			 *  \return The result of the last ADC conversion as an unsigned value.
+			 */
+			static inline uint16_t ADC_GetResult(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint16_t ADC_GetResult(void)
+			{
+				ADCSRA |= (1 << ADIF);
+				return ADC;
+			}
+
+			/** Performs a complete single reading from channel, including a polling spin-loop to wait for the
+			 *  conversion to complete, and the returning of the converted value.
+			 *
+			 *  \note For free running mode, the automated conversions should be initialized with a single call
+			 *        to \ref ADC_StartReading() to select the channel and begin the automated conversions, and
+			 *        the results read directly from the \ref ADC_GetResult() instead to reduce overhead.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] MUXMask  Mask comprising of an ADC channel mask, reference mask and adjustment mask.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Converted ADC result for the given ADC channel.
+			 */
+			static inline uint16_t ADC_GetChannelReading(const uint16_t MUXMask) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint16_t ADC_GetChannelReading(const uint16_t MUXMask)
+			{
+				ADC_StartReading(MUXMask);
+
+				while (!(ADC_IsReadingComplete()));
+
+				return ADC_GetResult();
+			}
+
+			/** Initializes the ADC, ready for conversions. This must be called before any other ADC operations.
+			 *  The "mode" parameter should be a mask comprised of a conversion mode (free running or single) and
+			 *  prescaler masks.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Mode  Mask of ADC prescale and mode settings.
+			 */
+			static inline void ADC_Init(const uint8_t Mode) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void ADC_Init(const uint8_t Mode)
+			{
+				ADCSRA = ((1 << ADEN) | Mode);
+			}
+
+			/** Turns off the ADC. If this is called, any further ADC operations will require a call to
+			 *  \ref ADC_Init() before the ADC can be used again.
+			 */
+			static inline void ADC_Disable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void ADC_Disable(void)
+			{
+				ADCSRA = 0;
+			}
+
+			/** Indicates if the ADC is currently enabled.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the ADC subsystem is currently enabled, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool ADC_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool ADC_GetStatus(void)
+			{
+				return ((ADCSRA & (1 << ADEN)) ? true : false);
+			}
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/SPI_AVR8.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/SPI_AVR8.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7244f4a954
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/SPI_AVR8.h
@@ -0,0 +1,258 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief SPI Peripheral Driver (AVR8)
+ *
+ *  On-chip SPI driver for the 8-bit AVR microcontrollers.
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the SPI driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_SPI
+ *  \defgroup Group_SPI_AVR8 SPI Peripheral Driver (AVR8)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_SPI_AVR8_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  Driver for the hardware SPI port available on most 8-bit AVR microcontroller models. This
+ *  module provides an easy to use driver for the setup and transfer of data over the
+ *  AVR's SPI port.
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the SPI driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_SPI_AVR8_ExampleUsage Example Usage
+ *  The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
+ *  application.
+ *
+ *  \code
+ *      // Initialize the SPI driver before first use
+ *      SPI_Init(SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2 | SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST | SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING |
+ *               SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING | SPI_MODE_MASTER);
+ *
+ *      // Send several bytes, ignoring the returned data
+ *      SPI_SendByte(0x01);
+ *      SPI_SendByte(0x02);
+ *      SPI_SendByte(0x03);
+ *
+ *      // Receive several bytes, sending a dummy 0x00 byte each time
+ *      uint8_t Byte1 = SPI_ReceiveByte();
+ *      uint8_t Byte2 = SPI_ReceiveByte();
+ *      uint8_t Byte3 = SPI_ReceiveByte();
+ *
+ *      // Send a byte, and store the received byte from the same transaction
+ *      uint8_t ResponseByte = SPI_TransferByte(0xDC);
+ *  \endcode
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __SPI_AVR8_H__
+#define __SPI_AVR8_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_SPI_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Macros: */
+			#define SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED            (1 << SPE)
+	#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** \name SPI Prescaler Configuration Masks */
+			//@{
+			/** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 2. */
+			#define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2           SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED
+
+			/** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 4. */
+			#define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_4           0
+
+			/** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 8. */
+			#define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_8           (SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED | (1 << SPR0))
+
+			/** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 16. */
+			#define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_16          (1 << SPR0)
+
+			/** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 32. */
+			#define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_32          (SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED | (1 << SPR1))
+
+			/** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 64. */
+			#define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_64          (SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED | (1 << SPR1) | (1 << SPR0))
+
+			/** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 128. */
+			#define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_128         ((1 << SPR1) | (1 << SPR0))
+			//@}
+
+			/** \name SPI SCK Polarity Configuration Masks */
+			//@{
+			/** SPI clock polarity mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the SCK should lead on the rising edge. */
+			#define SPI_SCK_LEAD_RISING            (0 << CPOL)
+
+			/** SPI clock polarity mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the SCK should lead on the falling edge. */
+			#define SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING           (1 << CPOL)
+			//@}
+
+			/** \name SPI Sample Edge Configuration Masks */
+			//@{
+			/** SPI data sample mode mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the data should sampled on the leading edge. */
+			#define SPI_SAMPLE_LEADING             (0 << CPHA)
+
+			/** SPI data sample mode mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the data should be sampled on the trailing edge. */
+			#define SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING            (1 << CPHA)
+			//@}
+
+			/** \name SPI Data Ordering Configuration Masks */
+			//@{
+			/** SPI data order mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that data should be shifted out MSB first. */
+			#define SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST            (0 << DORD)
+
+			/** SPI data order mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that data should be shifted out LSB first. */
+			#define SPI_ORDER_LSB_FIRST            (1 << DORD)
+			//@}
+
+			/** \name SPI Mode Configuration Masks */
+			//@{
+			/** SPI mode mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the SPI interface should be initialized into slave mode. */
+			#define SPI_MODE_SLAVE                 (0 << MSTR)
+
+			/** SPI mode mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the SPI interface should be initialized into master mode. */
+			#define SPI_MODE_MASTER                (1 << MSTR)
+			//@}
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			/** Initializes the SPI subsystem, ready for transfers. Must be called before calling any other
+			 *  SPI routines.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] SPIOptions  SPI Options, a mask consisting of one of each of the \c SPI_SPEED_*,
+			 *                         \c SPI_SCK_*, \c SPI_SAMPLE_*, \c SPI_ORDER_* and \c SPI_MODE_* masks.
+			 */
+			static inline void SPI_Init(const uint8_t SPIOptions);
+			static inline void SPI_Init(const uint8_t SPIOptions)
+			{
+				/* Prevent high rise times on PB.0 (/SS) from forcing a change to SPI slave mode */
+				DDRB  |= (1 << 0);
+				PORTB |= (1 << 0);
+
+				DDRB  |=  ((1 << 1) | (1 << 2));
+				DDRB  &= ~(1 << 3);
+				PORTB |=  (1 << 3);
+
+				if (SPIOptions & SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED)
+				  SPSR |= (1 << SPI2X);
+				else
+				  SPSR &= ~(1 << SPI2X);
+
+				/* Switch /SS to input mode after configuration to allow for forced mode changes */
+				DDRB &= ~(1 << 0);
+
+				SPCR  = ((1 << SPE) | SPIOptions);
+			}
+
+			/** Turns off the SPI driver, disabling and returning used hardware to their default configuration. */
+			static inline void SPI_Disable(void);
+			static inline void SPI_Disable(void)
+			{
+				DDRB  &= ~((1 << 1) | (1 << 2));
+				PORTB &= ~((1 << 0) | (1 << 3));
+
+				SPCR   = 0;
+				SPSR   = 0;
+			}
+
+			/** Retrieves the currently selected SPI mode, once the SPI interface has been configured.
+			 *
+			 *  \return \ref SPI_MODE_MASTER if the interface is currently in SPI Master mode, \ref SPI_MODE_SLAVE otherwise
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t SPI_GetCurrentMode(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint8_t SPI_GetCurrentMode(void)
+			{
+				return (SPCR & SPI_MODE_MASTER);
+			}
+
+			/** Sends and receives a byte through the SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Byte  Byte to send through the SPI interface.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Response byte from the attached SPI device.
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t SPI_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint8_t SPI_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+			{
+				SPDR = Byte;
+				while (!(SPSR & (1 << SPIF)));
+				return SPDR;
+			}
+
+			/** Sends a byte through the SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete. The response
+			 *  byte sent to from the attached SPI device is ignored.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Byte  Byte to send through the SPI interface.
+			 */
+			static inline void SPI_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void SPI_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+			{
+				SPDR = Byte;
+				while (!(SPSR & (1 << SPIF)));
+			}
+
+			/** Sends a dummy byte through the SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete. The response
+			 *  byte from the attached SPI device is returned.
+			 *
+			 *  \return The response byte from the attached SPI device.
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t SPI_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t SPI_ReceiveByte(void)
+			{
+				SPDR = 0x00;
+				while (!(SPSR & (1 << SPIF)));
+				return SPDR;
+			}
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/SerialSPI_AVR8.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/SerialSPI_AVR8.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..052780e733
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/SerialSPI_AVR8.h
@@ -0,0 +1,208 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Master SPI Mode Serial USART Peripheral Driver (XMEGA)
+ *
+ *  On-chip Master SPI mode USART driver for the XMEGA AVR microcontrollers.
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the SPI Master
+ *        Mode USART driver dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_SerialSPI
+ *  \defgroup Group_SerialSPI_AVR8 Master SPI Mode Serial USART Peripheral Driver (AVR8)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_SerialSPI_AVR8_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  On-chip serial USART driver for the 8-bit AVR8 microcontrollers.
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the SPI Master
+ *        driver dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialSPI.h.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_SerialSPI_AVR8_ExampleUsage Example Usage
+ *  The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
+ *  application.
+ *
+ *  \code
+ *      // Initialize the Master SPI mode USART driver before first use, with 1Mbit baud
+ *      SerialSPI_Init((USART_SPI_SCK_LEAD_RISING | USART_SPI_SAMPLE_LEADING | USART_SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST), 1000000);
+ *
+ *      // Send several bytes, ignoring the returned data
+ *      SerialSPI_SendByte(0x01);
+ *      SerialSPI_SendByte(0x02);
+ *      SerialSPI_SendByte(0x03);
+ *
+ *      // Receive several bytes, sending a dummy 0x00 byte each time
+ *      uint8_t Byte1 = SerialSPI_ReceiveByte();
+ *      uint8_t Byte2 = SerialSPI_ReceiveByte();
+ *      uint8_t Byte3 = SerialSPI_ReceiveByte();
+ *
+ *      // Send a byte, and store the received byte from the same transaction
+ *      uint8_t ResponseByte = SerialSPI_TransferByte(0xDC);
+ *  \endcode
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __SERIAL_SPI_AVR8_H__
+#define __SERIAL_SPI_AVR8_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+		#include <stdio.h>
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_SERIAL_SPI_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			#define SERIAL_SPI_UBBRVAL(Baud)             ((Baud < (F_CPU / 2)) ? ((F_CPU / (2 * Baud)) - 1) : 0)
+
+			/* Master USART SPI mode flag definitions missing in the AVR8 toolchain */
+			#if !defined(UCPHA1)
+				#define UCPHA1                           1
+			#endif
+			#if !defined(UDORD1)
+				#define UDORD1                           2
+			#endif
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** \name SPI SCK Polarity Configuration Masks */
+			//@{
+			/** SPI clock polarity mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the SCK should lead on the rising edge. */
+			#define USART_SPI_SCK_LEAD_RISING            (0 << UCPOL1)
+
+			/** SPI clock polarity mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the SCK should lead on the falling edge. */
+			#define USART_SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING           (1 << UCPOL1)
+			//@}
+
+			/** \name SPI Sample Edge Configuration Masks */
+			//@{
+			/** SPI data sample mode mask for \ref SerialSPI_Init(). Indicates that the data should sampled on the leading edge. */
+			#define USART_SPI_SAMPLE_LEADING             (0 << UCPHA1)
+
+			/** SPI data sample mode mask for \ref SerialSPI_Init(). Indicates that the data should be sampled on the trailing edge. */
+			#define USART_SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING            (1 << UCPHA1)
+			//@}
+
+			/** \name SPI Data Ordering Configuration Masks */
+			//@{
+			/** SPI data order mask for \ref SerialSPI_Init(). Indicates that data should be shifted out MSB first. */
+			#define USART_SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST            (0 << UDORD1)
+
+			/** SPI data order mask for \ref SerialSPI_Init(). Indicates that data should be shifted out LSB first. */
+			#define USART_SPI_ORDER_LSB_FIRST            (1 << UDORD1)
+			//@}
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			/** Initialize the USART module in Master SPI mode.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in]     SPIOptions   USART SPI Options, a mask consisting of one of each of the \c USART_SPI_SCK_*,
+			 *                              \c USART_SPI_SAMPLE_* and \c USART_SPI_ORDER_* masks.
+			 *  \param[in]     BaudRate     SPI baud rate, in bits per second.
+			 */
+			static inline void SerialSPI_Init(const uint8_t SPIOptions,
+			                                  const uint32_t BaudRate)
+			{
+				DDRD  |= ((1 << 3) | (1 << 5));
+				PORTD |= (1 << 2);
+
+				UCSR1C = ((1 << UMSEL11) | (1 << UMSEL10) | SPIOptions);
+				UCSR1B = ((1 << TXEN1)  | (1 << RXEN1));
+
+				UBRR1  = SERIAL_SPI_UBBRVAL(BaudRate);
+			}
+
+			/** Turns off the USART driver, disabling and returning used hardware to their default configuration. */
+			static inline void SerialSPI_Disable(void)
+			{
+				UCSR1B = 0;
+				UCSR1A = 0;
+				UCSR1C = 0;
+
+				UBRR1  = 0;
+
+				DDRD  &= ~((1 << 3) | (1 << 5));
+				PORTD &= ~(1 << 2);
+			}
+
+			/** Sends and receives a byte through the USART SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] DataByte  Byte to send through the USART SPI interface.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Response byte from the attached SPI device.
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t SerialSPI_TransferByte(const uint8_t DataByte)
+			{
+				UDR1 = DataByte;
+				while (!(UCSR1A & (1 << TXC1)));
+				UCSR1A = (1 << TXC1);
+				return UDR1;
+			}
+
+			/** Sends a byte through the USART SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete. The response
+			 *  byte sent to from the attached SPI device is ignored.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] DataByte  Byte to send through the USART SPI interface.
+			 */
+			static inline void SerialSPI_SendByte(const uint8_t DataByte)
+			{
+				SerialSPI_TransferByte(DataByte);
+			}
+
+			/** Sends a dummy byte through the USART SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete. The response
+			 *  byte from the attached SPI device is returned.
+			 *
+			 *  \return The response byte from the attached SPI device.
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t SerialSPI_ReceiveByte(void)
+			{
+				return SerialSPI_TransferByte(0);
+			}
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/Serial_AVR8.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/Serial_AVR8.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..779a80c48c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/Serial_AVR8.c
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_SERIAL_C
+#include "../Serial.h"
+
+FILE USARTSerialStream;
+
+int Serial_putchar(char DataByte,
+                   FILE *Stream)
+{
+	(void)Stream;
+
+	Serial_SendByte(DataByte);
+	return 0;
+}
+
+int Serial_getchar(FILE *Stream)
+{
+	(void)Stream;
+
+	if (!(Serial_IsCharReceived()))
+	  return _FDEV_EOF;
+
+	return Serial_ReceiveByte();
+}
+
+int Serial_getchar_Blocking(FILE *Stream)
+{
+	(void)Stream;
+
+	while (!(Serial_IsCharReceived()));
+	return Serial_ReceiveByte();
+}
+
+void Serial_SendString_P(const char* FlashStringPtr)
+{
+	uint8_t CurrByte;
+
+	while ((CurrByte = pgm_read_byte(FlashStringPtr)) != 0x00)
+	{
+		Serial_SendByte(CurrByte);
+		FlashStringPtr++;
+	}
+}
+
+void Serial_SendString(const char* StringPtr)
+{
+	uint8_t CurrByte;
+
+	while ((CurrByte = *StringPtr) != 0x00)
+	{
+		Serial_SendByte(CurrByte);
+		StringPtr++;
+	}
+}
+
+void Serial_SendData(const void* Buffer,
+                     uint16_t Length)
+{
+	uint8_t* CurrByte = (uint8_t*)Buffer;
+
+	while (Length--)
+	  Serial_SendByte(*(CurrByte++));
+}
+
+void Serial_CreateStream(FILE* Stream)
+{
+	if (!(Stream))
+	{
+		Stream = &USARTSerialStream;
+		stdin  = Stream;
+		stdout = Stream;
+	}
+
+	*Stream = (FILE)FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(Serial_putchar, Serial_getchar, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
+}
+
+void Serial_CreateBlockingStream(FILE* Stream)
+{
+	if (!(Stream))
+	{
+		Stream = &USARTSerialStream;
+		stdin  = Stream;
+		stdout = Stream;
+	}
+
+	*Stream = (FILE)FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(Serial_putchar, Serial_getchar_Blocking, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/Serial_AVR8.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/Serial_AVR8.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b3e7ee36a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/Serial_AVR8.h
@@ -0,0 +1,271 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Serial USART Peripheral Driver (AVR8)
+ *
+ *  On-chip serial USART driver for the 8-bit AVR microcontrollers.
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USART driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Serial
+ *  \defgroup Group_Serial_AVR8 Serial USART Peripheral Driver (AVR8)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Serial_AVR8_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  On-chip serial USART driver for the 8-bit AVR microcontrollers.
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USART driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Serial_AVR8_ExampleUsage Example Usage
+ *  The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
+ *  application.
+ *
+ *  \code
+ *      // Initialize the serial USART driver before first use, with 9600 baud (and no double-speed mode)
+ *      Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ *
+ *      // Send a string through the USART
+ *      Serial_SendString("Test String\r\n");
+ *
+ *      // Send a raw byte through the USART
+ *      Serial_SendByte(0xDC);
+ *
+ *      // Receive a byte through the USART (or -1 if no data received)
+ *      int16_t DataByte = Serial_ReceiveByte();
+ *  \endcode
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __SERIAL_AVR8_H__
+#define __SERIAL_AVR8_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../../Misc/TerminalCodes.h"
+
+		#include <stdio.h>
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_SERIAL_H) && !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_SERIAL_C)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* External Variables: */
+			extern FILE USARTSerialStream;
+
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			int Serial_putchar(char DataByte,
+			                   FILE *Stream);
+			int Serial_getchar(FILE *Stream);
+			int Serial_getchar_Blocking(FILE *Stream);
+	#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Macro for calculating the baud value from a given baud rate when the \c U2X (double speed) bit is
+			 *  not set.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Baud  Target serial UART baud rate.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Closest UBRR register value for the given UART frequency.
+			 */
+			#define SERIAL_UBBRVAL(Baud)    ((((F_CPU / 16) + (Baud / 2)) / (Baud)) - 1)
+
+			/** Macro for calculating the baud value from a given baud rate when the \c U2X (double speed) bit is
+			 *  set.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Baud  Target serial UART baud rate.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Closest UBRR register value for the given UART frequency.
+			 */
+			#define SERIAL_2X_UBBRVAL(Baud) ((((F_CPU / 8) + (Baud / 2)) / (Baud)) - 1)
+
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			/** Transmits a given NUL terminated string located in program space (FLASH) through the USART.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] FlashStringPtr  Pointer to a string located in program space.
+			 */
+			void Serial_SendString_P(const char* FlashStringPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Transmits a given NUL terminated string located in SRAM memory through the USART.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] StringPtr  Pointer to a string located in SRAM space.
+			 */
+			void Serial_SendString(const char* StringPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Transmits a given buffer located in SRAM memory through the USART.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Buffer  Pointer to a buffer containing the data to send.
+			 *  \param[in] Length  Length of the data to send, in bytes.
+			 */
+			void Serial_SendData(const void* Buffer, uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Creates a standard character stream from the USART so that it can be used with all the regular functions
+			 *  in the avr-libc \c <stdio.h> library that accept a \c FILE stream as a destination (e.g. \c fprintf). The created
+			 *  stream is bidirectional and can be used for both input and output functions.
+			 *
+			 *  Reading data from this stream is non-blocking, i.e. in most instances, complete strings cannot be read in by a single
+			 *  fetch, as the endpoint will not be ready at some point in the transmission, aborting the transfer. However, this may
+			 *  be used when the read data is processed byte-per-bye (via \c getc()) or when the user application will implement its own
+			 *  line buffering.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] Stream  Pointer to a FILE structure where the created stream should be placed, if \c NULL, \c stdout
+			 *                         and \c stdin will be configured to use the USART.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre The USART must first be configured via a call to \ref Serial_Init() before the stream is used.
+			 */
+			void Serial_CreateStream(FILE* Stream);
+
+			/** Identical to \ref Serial_CreateStream(), except that reads are blocking until the calling stream function terminates
+			 *  the transfer.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] Stream  Pointer to a FILE structure where the created stream should be placed, if \c NULL, \c stdout
+			 *                         and \c stdin will be configured to use the USART.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre The USART must first be configured via a call to \ref Serial_Init() before the stream is used.
+			 */
+			void Serial_CreateBlockingStream(FILE* Stream);
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			/** Initializes the USART, ready for serial data transmission and reception. This initializes the interface to
+			 *  standard 8-bit, no parity, 1 stop bit settings suitable for most applications.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] BaudRate     Serial baud rate, in bits per second. This should be the target baud rate regardless of the
+			 *                          \c DoubleSpeed parameter's value.
+			 *  \param[in] DoubleSpeed  Enables double speed mode when set, halving the sample time to double the baud rate.
+			 */
+			static inline void Serial_Init(const uint32_t BaudRate,
+			                               const bool DoubleSpeed);
+			static inline void Serial_Init(const uint32_t BaudRate,
+			                               const bool DoubleSpeed)
+			{
+				UBRR1  = (DoubleSpeed ? SERIAL_2X_UBBRVAL(BaudRate) : SERIAL_UBBRVAL(BaudRate));
+
+				UCSR1C = ((1 << UCSZ11) | (1 << UCSZ10));
+				UCSR1A = (DoubleSpeed ? (1 << U2X1) : 0);
+				UCSR1B = ((1 << TXEN1)  | (1 << RXEN1));
+
+				DDRD  |= (1 << 3);
+				PORTD |= (1 << 2);
+			}
+
+			/** Turns off the USART driver, disabling and returning used hardware to their default configuration. */
+			static inline void Serial_Disable(void);
+			static inline void Serial_Disable(void)
+			{
+				UCSR1B = 0;
+				UCSR1A = 0;
+				UCSR1C = 0;
+
+				UBRR1  = 0;
+
+				DDRD  &= ~(1 << 3);
+				PORTD &= ~(1 << 2);
+			}
+
+			/** Indicates whether a character has been received through the USART.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if a character has been received, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool Serial_IsCharReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool Serial_IsCharReceived(void)
+			{
+				return ((UCSR1A & (1 << RXC1)) ? true : false);
+			}
+
+			/** Indicates whether there is hardware buffer space for a new transmit on the USART. This
+			 *  function can be used to determine if a call to \ref Serial_SendByte() will block in advance.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if a character can be queued for transmission immediately, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool Serial_IsSendReady(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool Serial_IsSendReady(void)
+			{
+				return ((UCSR1A & (1 << UDRE1)) ? true : false);
+			}
+
+			/** Indicates whether the hardware USART transmit buffer is completely empty, indicating all
+			 *  pending transmissions have completed.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if no characters are buffered for transmission, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool Serial_IsSendComplete(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool Serial_IsSendComplete(void)
+			{
+				return ((UCSR1A & (1 << TXC1)) ? true : false);
+			}
+
+			/** Transmits a given byte through the USART.
+			 *
+			 *  \note If no buffer space is available in the hardware USART, this function will block. To check if
+			 *        space is available before calling this function, see \ref Serial_IsSendReady().
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] DataByte  Byte to transmit through the USART.
+			 */
+			static inline void Serial_SendByte(const char DataByte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Serial_SendByte(const char DataByte)
+			{
+				while (!(Serial_IsSendReady()));
+				UDR1 = DataByte;
+			}
+
+			/** Receives the next byte from the USART.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Next byte received from the USART, or a negative value if no byte has been received.
+			 */
+			static inline int16_t Serial_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline int16_t Serial_ReceiveByte(void)
+			{
+				if (!(Serial_IsCharReceived()))
+				  return -1;
+
+				return UDR1;
+			}
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/TWI_AVR8.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/TWI_AVR8.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..eb08687be3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/TWI_AVR8.c
@@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) && defined(TWCR)
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_TWI_C
+#include "../TWI.h"
+
+uint8_t TWI_StartTransmission(const uint8_t SlaveAddress,
+                              const uint8_t TimeoutMS)
+{
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		bool     BusCaptured = false;
+		uint16_t TimeoutRemaining;
+
+		TWCR = ((1 << TWINT) | (1 << TWSTA) | (1 << TWEN));
+
+		TimeoutRemaining = (TimeoutMS * 100);
+		while (TimeoutRemaining && !(BusCaptured))
+		{
+			if (TWCR & (1 << TWINT))
+			{
+				switch (TWSR & TW_STATUS_MASK)
+				{
+					case TW_START:
+					case TW_REP_START:
+						BusCaptured = true;
+						break;
+					case TW_MT_ARB_LOST:
+						TWCR = ((1 << TWINT) | (1 << TWSTA) | (1 << TWEN));
+						continue;
+					default:
+						TWCR = (1 << TWEN);
+						return TWI_ERROR_BusFault;
+				}
+			}
+
+			_delay_us(10);
+			TimeoutRemaining--;
+		}
+
+		if (!(TimeoutRemaining))
+		{
+			TWCR = (1 << TWEN);
+			return TWI_ERROR_BusCaptureTimeout;
+		}
+
+		TWDR = SlaveAddress;
+		TWCR = ((1 << TWINT) | (1 << TWEN));
+
+		TimeoutRemaining = (TimeoutMS * 100);
+		while (TimeoutRemaining)
+		{
+			if (TWCR & (1 << TWINT))
+			  break;
+
+			_delay_us(10);
+			TimeoutRemaining--;
+		}
+
+		if (!(TimeoutRemaining))
+		  return TWI_ERROR_SlaveResponseTimeout;
+
+		switch (TWSR & TW_STATUS_MASK)
+		{
+			case TW_MT_SLA_ACK:
+			case TW_MR_SLA_ACK:
+				return TWI_ERROR_NoError;
+			default:
+				TWCR = ((1 << TWINT) | (1 << TWSTO) | (1 << TWEN));
+				return TWI_ERROR_SlaveNotReady;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+bool TWI_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+{
+	TWDR = Byte;
+	TWCR = ((1 << TWINT) | (1 << TWEN));
+	while (!(TWCR & (1 << TWINT)));
+
+	return ((TWSR & TW_STATUS_MASK) == TW_MT_DATA_ACK);
+}
+
+bool TWI_ReceiveByte(uint8_t* const Byte,
+					 const bool LastByte)
+{
+	uint8_t TWCRMask;
+
+	if (LastByte)
+	  TWCRMask = ((1 << TWINT) | (1 << TWEN));
+	else
+	  TWCRMask = ((1 << TWINT) | (1 << TWEN) | (1 << TWEA));
+
+	TWCR = TWCRMask;
+	while (!(TWCR & (1 << TWINT)));
+	*Byte = TWDR;
+
+	uint8_t Status = (TWSR & TW_STATUS_MASK);
+
+	return ((LastByte) ? (Status == TW_MR_DATA_NACK) : (Status == TW_MR_DATA_ACK));
+}
+
+uint8_t TWI_ReadPacket(const uint8_t SlaveAddress,
+                       const uint8_t TimeoutMS,
+                       const uint8_t* InternalAddress,
+                       uint8_t InternalAddressLen,
+                       uint8_t* Buffer,
+                       uint16_t Length)
+{
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = TWI_StartTransmission((SlaveAddress & TWI_DEVICE_ADDRESS_MASK) | TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE,
+	                                       TimeoutMS)) == TWI_ERROR_NoError)
+	{
+		while (InternalAddressLen--)
+		{
+			if (!(TWI_SendByte(*(InternalAddress++))))
+			{
+				ErrorCode = TWI_ERROR_SlaveNAK;
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+
+		if ((ErrorCode = TWI_StartTransmission((SlaveAddress & TWI_DEVICE_ADDRESS_MASK) | TWI_ADDRESS_READ,
+											   TimeoutMS)) == TWI_ERROR_NoError)
+		{
+			while (Length--)
+			{
+				if (!(TWI_ReceiveByte(Buffer++, (Length == 0))))
+				{
+					ErrorCode = TWI_ERROR_SlaveNAK;
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+
+			TWI_StopTransmission();
+		}
+	}
+
+	return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+uint8_t TWI_WritePacket(const uint8_t SlaveAddress,
+                        const uint8_t TimeoutMS,
+                        const uint8_t* InternalAddress,
+                        uint8_t InternalAddressLen,
+                        const uint8_t* Buffer,
+                        uint16_t Length)
+{
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = TWI_StartTransmission((SlaveAddress & TWI_DEVICE_ADDRESS_MASK) | TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE,
+	                                       TimeoutMS)) == TWI_ERROR_NoError)
+	{
+		while (InternalAddressLen--)
+		{
+			if (!(TWI_SendByte(*(InternalAddress++))))
+			{
+				ErrorCode = TWI_ERROR_SlaveNAK;
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+
+		while (Length--)
+		{
+			if (!(TWI_SendByte(*(Buffer++))))
+			{
+				ErrorCode = TWI_ERROR_SlaveNAK;
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+
+		TWI_StopTransmission();
+	}
+
+	return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/TWI_AVR8.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/TWI_AVR8.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a8b845a5d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/TWI_AVR8.h
@@ -0,0 +1,305 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief TWI Peripheral Driver (AVR8)
+ *
+ *  On-chip TWI driver for the 8-bit AVR microcontrollers.
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the TWI driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_TWI
+ *  \defgroup Group_TWI_AVR8 TWI Peripheral Driver (AVR8)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_TWI_AVR8_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  Master mode TWI driver for the 8-bit AVR microcontrollers which contain a hardware TWI module.
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the TWI driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_TWI_AVR8_ExampleUsage Example Usage
+ *  The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
+ *  application.
+ *
+ *  <b>Low Level API Example:</b>
+ *  \code
+ *      // Initialize the TWI driver before first use at 200KHz
+ *      TWI_Init(TWI_BIT_PRESCALE_1, TWI_BITLENGTH_FROM_FREQ(1, 200000));
+ *
+ *      // Start a write session to device at device address 0xA0, internal address 0xDC with a 10ms timeout
+ *      if (TWI_StartTransmission(0xA0 | TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE, 10) == TWI_ERROR_NoError)
+ *      {
+ *          TWI_SendByte(0xDC);
+ *
+ *          TWI_SendByte(0x01);
+ *          TWI_SendByte(0x02);
+ *          TWI_SendByte(0x03);
+ *
+ *          // Must stop transmission afterwards to release the bus
+ *          TWI_StopTransmission();
+ *      }
+ *
+ *      // Start a read session to device at address 0xA0, internal address 0xDC with a 10ms timeout
+ *      if (TWI_StartTransmission(0xA0 | TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE, 10) == TWI_ERROR_NoError)
+ *      {
+ *          TWI_SendByte(0xDC);
+ *          TWI_StopTransmission();
+ *
+ *          if (TWI_StartTransmission(0xA0 | TWI_ADDRESS_READ, 10) == TWI_ERROR_NoError)
+ *          {
+ *              uint8_t Byte1, Byte2, Byte3;
+ *
+ *              // Read three bytes, acknowledge after the third byte is received
+ *              TWI_ReceiveByte(&Byte1, false);
+ *              TWI_ReceiveByte(&Byte2, false);
+ *              TWI_ReceiveByte(&Byte3, true);
+ *
+ *              // Must stop transmission afterwards to release the bus
+ *              TWI_StopTransmission();
+ *          }
+ *      }
+ *  \endcode
+ *
+ *  <b>High Level API Example:</b>
+ *  \code
+ *      // Initialize the TWI driver before first use at 200KHz
+ *      TWI_Init(TWI_BIT_PRESCALE_1, TWI_BITLENGTH_FROM_FREQ(1, 200000));
+ *
+ *      // Start a write session to device at device address 0xA0, internal address 0xDC with a 10ms timeout
+ *      uint8_t InternalWriteAddress = 0xDC;
+ *      uint8_t WritePacket[3] = {0x01, 0x02, 0x03};
+ *
+ *      TWI_WritePacket(0xA0, 10, &InternalWriteAddress, sizeof(InternalWriteAddress),
+ *                      &WritePacket, sizeof(WritePacket);
+ *
+ *      // Start a read session to device at address 0xA0, internal address 0xDC with a 10ms timeout
+ *      uint8_t InternalReadAddress = 0xDC;
+ *      uint8_t ReadPacket[3];
+ *
+ *      TWI_ReadPacket(0xA0, 10, &InternalReadAddress, sizeof(InternalReadAddress),
+ *                     &ReadPacket, sizeof(ReadPacket);
+ *  \endcode
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __TWI_AVR8_H__
+#define __TWI_AVR8_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+		#include <stdio.h>
+		#include <util/twi.h>
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_TWI_H) && !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_TWI_C)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+		#if !(defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__) || \
+		      defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__) || \
+			  defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__)  || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__))
+			#error The TWI peripheral driver is not currently available for your selected microcontroller model.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** TWI slave device address mask for a read session. Mask with a slave device base address to obtain
+			 *  the correct TWI bus address for the slave device when reading data from it.
+			 */
+			#define TWI_ADDRESS_READ         0x01
+
+			/** TWI slave device address mask for a write session. Mask with a slave device base address to obtain
+			 *  the correct TWI bus address for the slave device when writing data to it.
+			 */
+			#define TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE        0x00
+
+			/** Mask to retrieve the base address for a TWI device, which can then be ORed with \ref TWI_ADDRESS_READ
+			 *  or \ref TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE to obtain the device's read and write address respectively.
+			 */
+			#define TWI_DEVICE_ADDRESS_MASK  0xFE
+
+			/** Bit length prescaler for \ref TWI_Init(). This mask multiplies the TWI bit length prescaler by 1. */
+			#define TWI_BIT_PRESCALE_1       ((0 << TWPS1) | (0 << TWPS0))
+
+			/** Bit length prescaler for \ref TWI_Init(). This mask multiplies the TWI bit length prescaler by 4. */
+			#define TWI_BIT_PRESCALE_4       ((0 << TWPS1) | (1 << TWPS0))
+
+			/** Bit length prescaler for \ref TWI_Init(). This mask multiplies the TWI bit length prescaler by 16. */
+			#define TWI_BIT_PRESCALE_16      ((1 << TWPS1) | (0 << TWPS0))
+
+			/** Bit length prescaler for \ref TWI_Init(). This mask multiplies the TWI bit length prescaler by 64. */
+			#define TWI_BIT_PRESCALE_64      ((1 << TWPS1) | (1 << TWPS0))
+
+			/** Calculates the length of each bit on the TWI bus for a given target frequency. This may be used with
+			 *  the \ref TWI_Init() function to convert a bus frequency to a number of clocks for the \c BitLength
+			 *  parameter.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Prescale   Prescaler set on the TWI bus.
+			 *  \param[in] Frequency  Desired TWI bus frequency in Hz.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Bit length in clocks for the given TWI bus frequency at the given prescaler value.
+			 */
+			#define TWI_BITLENGTH_FROM_FREQ(Prescale, Frequency) ((((F_CPU / (Prescale)) / (Frequency)) - 16) / 2)
+
+		/* Enums: */
+			/** Enum for the possible return codes of the TWI transfer start routine and other dependant TWI functions. */
+			enum TWI_ErrorCodes_t
+			{
+				TWI_ERROR_NoError              = 0, /**< Indicates that the command completed successfully. */
+				TWI_ERROR_BusFault             = 1, /**< A TWI bus fault occurred while attempting to capture the bus. */
+				TWI_ERROR_BusCaptureTimeout    = 2, /**< A timeout occurred whilst waiting for the bus to be ready. */
+				TWI_ERROR_SlaveResponseTimeout = 3, /**< No ACK received at the nominated slave address within the timeout period. */
+				TWI_ERROR_SlaveNotReady        = 4, /**< Slave NAKed the TWI bus START condition. */
+				TWI_ERROR_SlaveNAK             = 5, /**< Slave NAKed whilst attempting to send data to the device. */
+			};
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			/** Initializes the TWI hardware into master mode, ready for data transmission and reception. This must be
+			 *  before any other TWI operations.
+			 *
+			 *  The generated SCL frequency will be according to the formula <pre>F_CPU / (16 + 2 * BitLength + 4 ^ Prescale)</pre>.
+			 *
+			 *  \attention The value of the \c BitLength parameter should not be set below 10 or invalid bus conditions may
+			 *             occur, as indicated in the AVR8 microcontroller datasheet.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Prescale   Prescaler to use when determining the bus frequency, a \c TWI_BIT_PRESCALE_* value.
+			 *  \param[in] BitLength  Length of the bits sent on the bus.
+			 */
+			static inline void TWI_Init(const uint8_t Prescale,
+			                            const uint8_t BitLength) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void TWI_Init(const uint8_t Prescale,
+			                            const uint8_t BitLength)
+			{
+				TWCR |= (1 << TWEN);
+				TWSR  = Prescale;
+				TWBR  = BitLength;
+			}
+
+			/** Turns off the TWI driver hardware. If this is called, any further TWI operations will require a call to
+			 *  \ref TWI_Init() before the TWI can be used again.
+			 */
+			static inline void TWI_Disable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void TWI_Disable(void)
+			{
+				TWCR &= ~(1 << TWEN);
+			}
+
+			/** Sends a TWI STOP onto the TWI bus, terminating communication with the currently addressed device. */
+			static inline void TWI_StopTransmission(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void TWI_StopTransmission(void)
+			{
+				TWCR = ((1 << TWINT) | (1 << TWSTO) | (1 << TWEN));
+			}
+
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			/** Begins a master mode TWI bus communication with the given slave device address.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] SlaveAddress  Address of the slave TWI device to communicate with.
+			 *  \param[in] TimeoutMS     Timeout period within which the slave must respond, in milliseconds.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref TWI_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t TWI_StartTransmission(const uint8_t SlaveAddress,
+			                              const uint8_t TimeoutMS);
+
+			/** Sends a byte to the currently addressed device on the TWI bus.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Byte  Byte to send to the currently addressed device
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the recipient ACKed the byte, \c false otherwise
+			 */
+			bool TWI_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte);
+
+			/** Receives a byte from the currently addressed device on the TWI bus.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Byte      Location where the read byte is to be stored.
+			 *  \param[in] LastByte  Indicates if the byte should be ACKed if false, NAKed if true.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the byte reception successfully completed, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			bool TWI_ReceiveByte(uint8_t* const Byte,
+			                     const bool LastByte) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** High level function to perform a complete packet transfer over the TWI bus to the specified
+			 *  device.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] SlaveAddress        Base address of the TWI slave device to communicate with.
+			 *  \param[in] TimeoutMS           Timeout for bus capture and slave START ACK, in milliseconds.
+			 *  \param[in] InternalAddress     Pointer to a location where the internal slave read start address is stored.
+			 *  \param[in] InternalAddressLen  Size of the internal device address, in bytes.
+			 *  \param[in] Buffer              Pointer to a buffer where the read packet data is to be stored.
+			 *  \param[in] Length              Size of the packet to read, in bytes.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref TWI_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t TWI_ReadPacket(const uint8_t SlaveAddress,
+			                       const uint8_t TimeoutMS,
+			                       const uint8_t* InternalAddress,
+			                       uint8_t InternalAddressLen,
+			                       uint8_t* Buffer,
+			                       uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+			/** High level function to perform a complete packet transfer over the TWI bus from the specified
+			 *  device.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] SlaveAddress        Base address of the TWI slave device to communicate with
+			 *  \param[in] TimeoutMS           Timeout for bus capture and slave START ACK, in milliseconds
+			 *  \param[in] InternalAddress     Pointer to a location where the internal slave write start address is stored
+			 *  \param[in] InternalAddressLen  Size of the internal device address, in bytes
+			 *  \param[in] Buffer              Pointer to a buffer where the packet data to send is stored
+			 *  \param[in] Length              Size of the packet to send, in bytes
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref TWI_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t TWI_WritePacket(const uint8_t SlaveAddress,
+			                        const uint8_t TimeoutMS,
+			                        const uint8_t* InternalAddress,
+			                        uint8_t InternalAddressLen,
+			                        const uint8_t* Buffer,
+			                        uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f0cd177e00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Hardware Serial Peripheral Interface driver.
+ *
+ *  This file is the master dispatch header file for the device-specific SPI driver, for microcontrollers
+ *  containing a hardware SPI.
+ *
+ *  User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct SPI driver header file for the
+ *  currently selected architecture and microcontroller model.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PeripheralDrivers
+ *  \defgroup Group_SPI SPI Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h
+ *  \brief Hardware Serial Peripheral Interface driver.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_SPI_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ *    - None
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_SPI_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  Hardware SPI driver. This module provides an easy to use driver for the setup and transfer of data over
+ *  the selected architecture and microcontroller model's SPI port.
+ *
+ *  \note The exact API for this driver may vary depending on the target used - see
+ *        individual target module documentation for the API specific to your target processor.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __SPI_H__
+#define __SPI_H__
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_SPI_H
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+			#include "AVR8/SPI_AVR8.h"
+		#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+			#include "XMEGA/SPI_XMEGA.h"
+		#else
+			#error The SPI peripheral driver is not currently available for your selected architecture.
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0c537bcd34
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Hardware Serial USART driver.
+ *
+ *  This file is the master dispatch header file for the device-specific USART driver, for microcontrollers
+ *  containing a hardware USART.
+ *
+ *  User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct ADC driver header file for the
+ *  currently selected architecture and microcontroller model.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PeripheralDrivers
+ *  \defgroup Group_Serial Serial USART Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h
+ *  \brief Hardware Serial USART driver.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Serial_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ *    - LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/<i>ARCH</i>/Serial_<i>ARCH</i>.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)</i>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Serial_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  Hardware serial USART driver. This module provides an easy to use driver for the setup and transfer
+ *  of data over the selected architecture and microcontroller model's USART port.
+ *
+ *  \note The exact API for this driver may vary depending on the target used - see
+ *        individual target module documentation for the API specific to your target processor.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __SERIAL_H__
+#define __SERIAL_H__
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_SERIAL_H
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+			#include "AVR8/Serial_AVR8.h"
+		#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+			#include "XMEGA/Serial_XMEGA.h"
+		#else
+			#error The Serial peripheral driver is not currently available for your selected architecture.
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialSPI.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialSPI.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dbab9dbf03
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialSPI.h
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Hardware SPI Master Mode Serial USART driver.
+ *
+ *  This file is the master dispatch header file for the device-specific SPI Master Mode USART driver, for
+ *  microcontrollers containing a hardware USART capable of operating in a Master SPI mode.
+ *
+ *  User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct ADC driver header file for the
+ *  currently selected architecture and microcontroller model.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PeripheralDrivers
+ *  \defgroup Group_SerialSPI Master SPI Mode Serial USART Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialSPI.h
+ *  \brief Hardware SPI Master Mode Serial USART driver.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_SerialSPI_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ *    - None
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_SerialSPI_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  Hardware SPI Master Mode serial USART driver. This module provides an easy to use driver for the setup and transfer
+ *  of data over the selected architecture and microcontroller model's USART port, using a SPI framing format.
+ *
+ *  \note The exact API for this driver may vary depending on the target used - see
+ *        individual target module documentation for the API specific to your target processor.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __SERIAL_SPI_H__
+#define __SERIAL_SPI_H__
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_SERIAL_SPI_H
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+			#include "AVR8/SerialSPI_AVR8.h"
+		#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+			#include "XMEGA/SerialSPI_XMEGA.h"
+		#else
+			#error The Serial SPI Master Mode peripheral driver is not currently available for your selected architecture.
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..24483d8e13
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Hardware Two Wire Interface (I2C) driver.
+ *
+ *  This file is the master dispatch header file for the device-specific SPI driver, for microcontrollers
+ *  containing a hardware TWI.
+ *
+ *  User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct TWI driver header file for the
+ *  currently selected architecture and microcontroller model.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PeripheralDrivers
+ *  \defgroup Group_TWI TWI Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h
+ *  \brief Hardware Two Wire Interface (I2C) driver.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_TWI_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ *    - LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/<i>ARCH</i>/TWI_<i>ARCH</i>.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_TWI)</i>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_TWI_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  Hardware TWI driver. This module provides an easy to use driver for the setup and transfer of data over
+ *  the selected architecture and microcontroller model's TWI bus port.
+ *
+ *  \note The exact API for this driver may vary depending on the target used - see
+ *        individual target module documentation for the API specific to your target processor.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __TWI_H__
+#define __TWI_H__
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_TWI_H
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+			#include "AVR8/TWI_AVR8.h"
+		#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+			#include "XMEGA/TWI_XMEGA.h"
+		#else
+			#error The TWI peripheral driver is not currently available for your selected architecture.
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/SPI_XMEGA.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/SPI_XMEGA.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7797df11a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/SPI_XMEGA.h
@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief SPI Peripheral Driver (XMEGA)
+ *
+ *  On-chip SPI driver for the XMEGA microcontrollers.
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the SPI driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_SPI
+ *  \defgroup Group_SPI_XMEGA SPI Peripheral Driver (XMEGA)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_SPI_XMEGA_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  Driver for the hardware SPI port(s) available on XMEGA AVR microcontroller models. This
+ *  module provides an easy to use driver for the setup and transfer of data over the AVR's
+ *  SPI ports.
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the SPI driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h.
+ *
+ *  \code
+ *      // Initialize the SPI driver before first use
+ *      SPI_Init(&SPIC,
+ *               SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2 | SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST | SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING |
+ *               SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING | SPI_MODE_MASTER);
+ *
+ *      // Send several bytes, ignoring the returned data
+ *      SPI_SendByte(&SPIC, 0x01);
+ *      SPI_SendByte(&SPIC, 0x02);
+ *      SPI_SendByte(&SPIC, 0x03);
+ *
+ *      // Receive several bytes, sending a dummy 0x00 byte each time
+ *      uint8_t Byte1 = SPI_ReceiveByte(&SPIC);
+ *      uint8_t Byte2 = SPI_ReceiveByte(&SPIC);
+ *      uint8_t Byte3 = SPI_ReceiveByte(&SPIC);
+ *
+ *      // Send a byte, and store the received byte from the same transaction
+ *      uint8_t ResponseByte = SPI_TransferByte(&SPIC, 0xDC);
+ *  \endcode
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __SPI_XMEGA_H__
+#define __SPI_XMEGA_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_SPI_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Macros: */
+			#define SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED            SPI_CLK2X_bm
+	#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** \name SPI Prescaler Configuration Masks */
+			//@{
+			/** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 2. */
+			#define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2           SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED
+
+			/** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 4. */
+			#define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_4           0
+
+			/** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 8. */
+			#define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_8           (SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED | (1 << SPI_PRESCALER_gp))
+
+			/** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 16. */
+			#define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_16          (1 << SPI_PRESCALER_gp)
+
+			/** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 32. */
+			#define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_32          (SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED | (2 << SPI_PRESCALER_gp))
+
+			/** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 64. */
+			#define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_64          (2 << SPI_PRESCALER_gp)
+
+			/** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 128. */
+			#define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_128         (3 << SPI_PRESCALER_gp)
+			//@}
+
+			/** \name SPI SCK Polarity Configuration Masks */
+			//@{
+			/** SPI clock polarity mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the SCK should lead on the rising edge. */
+			#define SPI_SCK_LEAD_RISING            0
+
+			/** SPI clock polarity mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the SCK should lead on the falling edge. */
+			#define SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING           SPI_MODE1_bm
+			//@}
+
+			/** \name SPI Sample Edge Configuration Masks */
+			//@{
+			/** SPI data sample mode mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the data should sampled on the leading edge. */
+			#define SPI_SAMPLE_LEADING             0
+
+			/** SPI data sample mode mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the data should be sampled on the trailing edge. */
+			#define SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING            SPI_MODE0_bm
+			//@}
+
+			/** \name SPI Data Ordering Configuration Masks */
+			//@{
+			/** SPI data order mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that data should be shifted out MSB first. */
+			#define SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST            0
+
+			/** SPI data order mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that data should be shifted out LSB first. */
+			#define SPI_ORDER_LSB_FIRST            SPI_DORD_bm
+			//@}
+
+			/** \name SPI Mode Configuration Masks */
+			//@{
+			/** SPI mode mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the SPI interface should be initialized into slave mode. */
+			#define SPI_MODE_SLAVE                 0
+
+			/** SPI mode mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the SPI interface should be initialized into master mode. */
+			#define SPI_MODE_MASTER                SPI_MASTER_bm
+			//@}
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			/** Initializes the SPI subsystem, ready for transfers. Must be called before calling any other
+			 *  SPI routines.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] SPI         Pointer to the base of the SPI peripheral within the device.
+			 *  \param[in]     SPIOptions  SPI Options, a mask consisting of one of each of the \c SPI_SPEED_*,
+			 *                             \c SPI_SCK_*, \c SPI_SAMPLE_*, \c SPI_ORDER_* and \c SPI_MODE_* masks.
+			 */
+			static inline void SPI_Init(SPI_t* const SPI,
+			                            const uint8_t SPIOptions) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+			static inline void SPI_Init(SPI_t* const SPI,
+			                            const uint8_t SPIOptions)
+			{
+				SPI->CTRL = (SPIOptions | SPI_ENABLE_bm);
+			}
+
+			/** Turns off the SPI driver, disabling and returning used hardware to their default configuration.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] SPI   Pointer to the base of the SPI peripheral within the device.
+			 */
+			static inline void SPI_Disable(SPI_t* const SPI) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+			static inline void SPI_Disable(SPI_t* const SPI)
+			{
+				SPI->CTRL &= ~SPI_ENABLE_bm;
+			}
+
+			/** Retrieves the currently selected SPI mode, once the SPI interface has been configured.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] SPI  Pointer to the base of the SPI peripheral within the device.
+			 *
+			 *  \return \ref SPI_MODE_MASTER if the interface is currently in SPI Master mode, \ref SPI_MODE_SLAVE otherwise
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t SPI_GetCurrentMode(SPI_t* const SPI) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+			static inline uint8_t SPI_GetCurrentMode(SPI_t* const SPI)
+			{
+				return (SPI->CTRL & SPI_MASTER_bm);
+			}
+
+			/** Sends and receives a byte through the SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] SPI   Pointer to the base of the SPI peripheral within the device.
+			 *  \param[in]     Byte  Byte to send through the SPI interface.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Response byte from the attached SPI device.
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t SPI_TransferByte(SPI_t* const SPI,
+			                                       const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+			static inline uint8_t SPI_TransferByte(SPI_t* const SPI,
+			                                       const uint8_t Byte)
+			{
+				SPI->DATA = Byte;
+				while (!(SPI->STATUS & SPI_IF_bm));
+				return SPI->DATA;
+			}
+
+			/** Sends a byte through the SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete. The response
+			 *  byte sent to from the attached SPI device is ignored.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] SPI   Pointer to the base of the SPI peripheral within the device.
+			 *  \param[in]     Byte  Byte to send through the SPI interface.
+			 */
+			static inline void SPI_SendByte(SPI_t* const SPI,
+			                                const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+			static inline void SPI_SendByte(SPI_t* const SPI,
+			                                const uint8_t Byte)
+			{
+				SPI->DATA = Byte;
+				while (!(SPI->STATUS & SPI_IF_bm));
+			}
+
+			/** Sends a dummy byte through the SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete. The response
+			 *  byte from the attached SPI device is returned.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] SPI  Pointer to the base of the SPI peripheral within the device.
+			 *
+			 *  \return The response byte from the attached SPI device.
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t SPI_ReceiveByte(SPI_t* const SPI) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+			static inline uint8_t SPI_ReceiveByte(SPI_t* const SPI)
+			{
+				SPI->DATA = 0;
+				while (!(SPI->STATUS & SPI_IF_bm));
+				return SPI->DATA;
+			}
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/SerialSPI_XMEGA.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/SerialSPI_XMEGA.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ca3235083c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/SerialSPI_XMEGA.h
@@ -0,0 +1,212 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Master SPI Mode Serial USART Peripheral Driver (XMEGA)
+ *
+ *  On-chip Master SPI mode USART driver for the XMEGA AVR microcontrollers.
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the SPI Master
+ *        Mode USART driver dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_SerialSPI
+ *  \defgroup Group_SerialSPI_XMEGA Master SPI Mode Serial USART Peripheral Driver (XMEGA)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_SerialSPI_XMEGA_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  On-chip serial USART driver for the XMEGA AVR microcontrollers.
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the ADC driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialSPI.h.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_SerialSPI_XMEGA_ExampleUsage Example Usage
+ *  The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
+ *  application.
+ *
+ *  \code
+ *      // Initialize the Master SPI mode USART driver before first use, with 1Mbit baud
+ *      SerialSPI_Init(&USARTD0, (USART_SPI_SCK_LEAD_RISING | USART_SPI_SAMPLE_LEADING | USART_SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST), 1000000);
+ *
+ *      // Send several bytes, ignoring the returned data
+ *      SerialSPI_SendByte(&USARTD0, 0x01);
+ *      SerialSPI_SendByte(&USARTD0, 0x02);
+ *      SerialSPI_SendByte(&USARTD0, 0x03);
+ *
+ *      // Receive several bytes, sending a dummy 0x00 byte each time
+ *      uint8_t Byte1 = SerialSPI_ReceiveByte(&USARTD);
+ *      uint8_t Byte2 = SerialSPI_ReceiveByte(&USARTD);
+ *      uint8_t Byte3 = SerialSPI_ReceiveByte(&USARTD);
+ *
+ *      // Send a byte, and store the received byte from the same transaction
+ *      uint8_t ResponseByte = SerialSPI_TransferByte(&USARTD0, 0xDC);
+ *  \endcode
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __SERIAL_SPI_XMEGA_H__
+#define __SERIAL_SPI_XMEGA_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+		#include <stdio.h>
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_SERIAL_SPI_H)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			#define SERIAL_SPI_UBBRVAL(Baud)       ((Baud < (F_CPU / 2)) ? ((F_CPU / (2 * Baud)) - 1) : 0)
+	#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** \name SPI SCK Polarity Configuration Masks */
+			//@{
+			/** SPI clock polarity mask for \ref SerialSPI_Init(). Indicates that the SCK should lead on the rising edge. */
+			#define USART_SPI_SCK_LEAD_RISING      0
+			//@}
+
+			/** \name SPI Sample Edge Configuration Masks */
+			//@{
+			/** SPI data sample mode mask for \ref SerialSPI_Init(). Indicates that the data should sampled on the leading edge. */
+			#define USART_SPI_SAMPLE_LEADING       0
+
+			/** SPI data sample mode mask for \ref SerialSPI_Init(). Indicates that the data should be sampled on the trailing edge. */
+			#define USART_SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING      (1 << 1)
+			//@}
+
+			/** \name SPI Data Ordering Configuration Masks */
+			//@{
+			/** SPI data order mask for \ref SerialSPI_Init(). Indicates that data should be shifted out MSB first. */
+			#define USART_SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST      0
+
+			/** SPI data order mask for \ref SerialSPI_Init(). Indicates that data should be shifted out LSB first. */
+			#define USART_SPI_ORDER_LSB_FIRST      (1 << 2)
+			//@}
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			/** Initialize the USART module in Master SPI mode.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] USART        Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
+			 *  \param[in]     SPIOptions   USART SPI Options, a mask consisting of one of each of the \c USART_SPI_SCK_*,
+			 *                              \c USART_SPI_SAMPLE_* and \c USART_SPI_ORDER_* masks.
+			 *  \param[in]     BaudRate     SPI baud rate, in bits per second.
+			 */
+			static inline void SerialSPI_Init(USART_t* const USART,
+			                                  const uint8_t SPIOptions,
+			                                  const uint32_t BaudRate) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+			static inline void SerialSPI_Init(USART_t* const USART,
+			                                  const uint8_t SPIOptions,
+			                                  const uint32_t BaudRate)
+			{
+				uint16_t BaudValue = SERIAL_SPI_UBBRVAL(BaudRate);
+
+				USART->BAUDCTRLB = (BaudValue >> 8);
+				USART->BAUDCTRLA = (BaudValue & 0xFF);
+
+				USART->CTRLC = (USART_CMODE_MSPI_gc | SPIOptions);
+				USART->CTRLB = (USART_RXEN_bm | USART_TXEN_bm);
+			}
+
+			/** Turns off the USART driver, disabling and returning used hardware to their default configuration.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] USART  Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
+			 */
+			static inline void SerialSPI_Disable(USART_t* const USART) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+			static inline void SerialSPI_Disable(USART_t* const USART)
+			{
+				USART->CTRLA = 0;
+				USART->CTRLB = 0;
+				USART->CTRLC = 0;
+			}
+
+			/** Sends and receives a byte through the USART SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] USART     Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
+			 *  \param[in]     DataByte  Byte to send through the USART SPI interface.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Response byte from the attached SPI device.
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t SerialSPI_TransferByte(USART_t* const USART,
+			                                             const uint8_t DataByte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+			static inline uint8_t SerialSPI_TransferByte(USART_t* const USART,
+			                                             const uint8_t DataByte)
+			{
+				USART->DATA   = DataByte;
+				while (!(USART->STATUS & USART_TXCIF_bm));
+				USART->STATUS = USART_TXCIF_bm;
+				return USART->DATA;
+			}
+
+			/** Sends a byte through the USART SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete. The response
+			 *  byte sent to from the attached SPI device is ignored.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] USART     Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
+			 *  \param[in]     DataByte  Byte to send through the USART SPI interface.
+			 */
+			static inline void SerialSPI_SendByte(USART_t* const USART,
+			                                      const uint8_t DataByte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+			static inline void SerialSPI_SendByte(USART_t* const USART,
+			                                      const uint8_t DataByte)
+			{
+				SerialSPI_TransferByte(USART, DataByte);
+			}
+
+			/** Sends a dummy byte through the USART SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete. The response
+			 *  byte from the attached SPI device is returned.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] USART  Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
+			 *
+			 *  \return The response byte from the attached SPI device.
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t SerialSPI_ReceiveByte(USART_t* const USART) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+			static inline uint8_t SerialSPI_ReceiveByte(USART_t* const USART)
+			{
+				return SerialSPI_TransferByte(USART, 0);
+			}
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/Serial_XMEGA.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/Serial_XMEGA.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9ecda47d2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/Serial_XMEGA.c
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_SERIAL_C
+#include "../Serial.h"
+
+FILE USARTSerialStream;
+
+int Serial_putchar(char DataByte,
+                   FILE *Stream)
+{
+	USART_t* USART = fdev_get_udata(Stream);
+
+	Serial_SendByte(USART, DataByte);
+	return 0;
+}
+
+int Serial_getchar(FILE *Stream)
+{
+	USART_t* USART = fdev_get_udata(Stream);
+
+	if (!(Serial_IsCharReceived(USART)))
+	  return _FDEV_EOF;
+
+	return Serial_ReceiveByte(USART);
+}
+
+int Serial_getchar_Blocking(FILE *Stream)
+{
+	USART_t* USART = fdev_get_udata(Stream);
+
+	while (!(Serial_IsCharReceived(USART)));
+	return Serial_ReceiveByte(USART);
+}
+
+void Serial_SendString_P(USART_t* const USART,
+                         const char* FlashStringPtr)
+{
+	uint8_t CurrByte;
+
+	while ((CurrByte = pgm_read_byte(FlashStringPtr)) != 0x00)
+	{
+		Serial_SendByte(USART, CurrByte);
+		FlashStringPtr++;
+	}
+}
+
+void Serial_SendString(USART_t* const USART,
+                       const char* StringPtr)
+{
+	uint8_t CurrByte;
+
+	while ((CurrByte = *StringPtr) != 0x00)
+	{
+		Serial_SendByte(USART, CurrByte);
+		StringPtr++;
+	}
+}
+
+void Serial_SendData(USART_t* const USART,
+                     const void* Buffer,
+                     uint16_t Length)
+{
+	uint8_t* CurrByte = (uint8_t*)Buffer;
+
+	while (Length--)
+	  Serial_SendByte(USART, *(CurrByte++));
+}
+
+void Serial_CreateStream(USART_t* USART, FILE* Stream)
+{
+	if (!(Stream))
+	{
+		Stream = &USARTSerialStream;
+		stdin  = Stream;
+		stdout = Stream;
+    }
+
+    *Stream = (FILE)FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(Serial_putchar, Serial_getchar, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
+    fdev_set_udata(Stream, USART);
+}
+
+void Serial_CreateBlockingStream(USART_t* USART, FILE* Stream)
+{
+	if (!(Stream))
+	{
+		Stream = &USARTSerialStream;
+		stdin  = Stream;
+		stdout = Stream;
+	}
+
+    *Stream = (FILE)FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(Serial_putchar, Serial_getchar_Blocking, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
+    fdev_set_udata(Stream, USART);
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/Serial_XMEGA.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/Serial_XMEGA.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..36f507d43e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/Serial_XMEGA.h
@@ -0,0 +1,289 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Serial USART Peripheral Driver (XMEGA)
+ *
+ *  On-chip serial USART driver for the XMEGA AVR microcontrollers.
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USART driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Serial
+ *  \defgroup Group_Serial_XMEGA Serial USART Peripheral Driver (XMEGA)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Serial_XMEGA_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  On-chip serial USART driver for the XMEGA AVR microcontrollers.
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USART driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Serial_XMEGA_ExampleUsage Example Usage
+ *  The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
+ *  application.
+ *
+ *  \code
+ *      // Initialize the serial USART driver before first use, with 9600 baud (and no double-speed mode)
+ *      Serial_Init(&USARTD0, 9600, false);
+ *
+ *      // Send a string through the USART
+ *      Serial_TxString(&USARTD0, "Test String\r\n");
+ *
+ *      // Receive a byte through the USART
+ *      uint8_t DataByte = Serial_RxByte(&USARTD0);
+ *  \endcode
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __SERIAL_XMEGA_H__
+#define __SERIAL_XMEGA_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../../Misc/TerminalCodes.h"
+
+		#include <stdio.h>
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_SERIAL_H) && !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_SERIAL_C)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* External Variables: */
+			extern FILE USARTSerialStream;
+
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			int Serial_putchar(char DataByte,
+			                   FILE *Stream);
+			int Serial_getchar(FILE *Stream);
+			int Serial_getchar_Blocking(FILE *Stream);
+	#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Macro for calculating the baud value from a given baud rate when the \c U2X (double speed) bit is
+			 *  not set.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Baud  Target serial UART baud rate.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Closest UBRR register value for the given UART frequency.
+			 */
+			#define SERIAL_UBBRVAL(Baud)    ((((F_CPU / 16) + (Baud / 2)) / (Baud)) - 1)
+
+			/** Macro for calculating the baud value from a given baud rate when the \c U2X (double speed) bit is
+			 *  set.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Baud  Target serial UART baud rate.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Closest UBRR register value for the given UART frequency.
+			 */
+			#define SERIAL_2X_UBBRVAL(Baud) ((((F_CPU / 8) + (Baud / 2)) / (Baud)) - 1)
+
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			/** Transmits a given string located in program space (FLASH) through the USART.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] USART           Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
+			 *  \param[in]     FlashStringPtr  Pointer to a string located in program space.
+			 */
+			void Serial_SendString_P(USART_t* const USART,
+			                         const char* FlashStringPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Transmits a given string located in SRAM memory through the USART.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] USART      Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
+			 *  \param[in]     StringPtr  Pointer to a string located in SRAM space.
+			 */
+			void Serial_SendString(USART_t* const USART,
+			                       const char* StringPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Transmits a given buffer located in SRAM memory through the USART.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] USART   Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
+			 *  \param[in]     Buffer  Pointer to a buffer containing the data to send.
+			 *  \param[in]     Length  Length of the data to send, in bytes.
+			 */
+			void Serial_SendData(USART_t* const USART,
+			                     const void* Buffer,
+			                     uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Creates a standard character stream from the USART so that it can be used with all the regular functions
+			 *  in the avr-libc \c <stdio.h> library that accept a \c FILE stream as a destination (e.g. \c fprintf). The created
+			 *  stream is bidirectional and can be used for both input and output functions.
+			 *
+			 *  Reading data from this stream is non-blocking, i.e. in most instances, complete strings cannot be read in by a single
+			 *  fetch, as the endpoint will not be ready at some point in the transmission, aborting the transfer. However, this may
+			 *  be used when the read data is processed byte-per-bye (via \c getc()) or when the user application will implement its own
+			 *  line buffering.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] USART   Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
+			 *  \param[in,out] Stream  Pointer to a FILE structure where the created stream should be placed, if \c NULL, \c stdout
+			 *                         and \c stdin will be configured to use the USART.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre The USART must first be configured via a call to \ref Serial_Init() before the stream is used.
+			 */
+			void Serial_CreateStream(USART_t* USART, FILE* Stream);
+
+            /** Identical to \ref Serial_CreateStream(), except that reads are blocking until the calling stream function terminates
+			 *  the transfer.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] USART   Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
+			 *  \param[in,out] Stream  Pointer to a FILE structure where the created stream should be placed, if \c NULL, \c stdout
+			 *                         and \c stdin will be configured to use the USART.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre The USART must first be configured via a call to \ref Serial_Init() before the stream is used.
+			 */
+			void Serial_CreateBlockingStream(USART_t* USART, FILE* Stream);
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			/** Initializes the USART, ready for serial data transmission and reception. This initializes the interface to
+			 *  standard 8-bit, no parity, 1 stop bit settings suitable for most applications.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] USART        Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
+			 *  \param[in]     BaudRate     Serial baud rate, in bits per second. This should be the target baud rate regardless of
+			 *                              the \c DoubleSpeed parameter's value.
+			 *  \param[in]     DoubleSpeed  Enables double speed mode when set, halving the sample time to double the baud rate.
+			 */
+			static inline void Serial_Init(USART_t* const USART,
+			                               const uint32_t BaudRate,
+			                               const bool DoubleSpeed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+			static inline void Serial_Init(USART_t* const USART,
+			                               const uint32_t BaudRate,
+			                               const bool DoubleSpeed)
+			{
+				uint16_t BaudValue = (DoubleSpeed ? SERIAL_2X_UBBRVAL(BaudRate) : SERIAL_UBBRVAL(BaudRate));
+
+				USART->BAUDCTRLB = (BaudValue >> 8);
+				USART->BAUDCTRLA = (BaudValue & 0xFF);
+
+				USART->CTRLC = (USART_CMODE_ASYNCHRONOUS_gc | USART_PMODE_DISABLED_gc | USART_CHSIZE_8BIT_gc);
+				USART->CTRLB = (USART_RXEN_bm | USART_TXEN_bm | (DoubleSpeed ? USART_CLK2X_bm : 0));
+			}
+
+			/** Turns off the USART driver, disabling and returning used hardware to their default configuration.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] USART  Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
+			 */
+			static inline void Serial_Disable(USART_t* const USART) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+			static inline void Serial_Disable(USART_t* const USART)
+			{
+				USART->CTRLA = 0;
+				USART->CTRLB = 0;
+				USART->CTRLC = 0;
+			}
+
+			/** Indicates whether a character has been received through the USART.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] USART  Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if a character has been received, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool Serial_IsCharReceived(USART_t* const USART) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+			static inline bool Serial_IsCharReceived(USART_t* const USART)
+			{
+				return ((USART->STATUS & USART_RXCIF_bm) ? true : false);
+			}
+
+			/** Indicates whether there is hardware buffer space for a new transmit on the USART. This
+			 *  function can be used to determine if a call to \ref Serial_SendByte() will block in advance.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] USART  Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if a character can be queued for transmission immediately, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool Serial_IsSendReady(USART_t* const USART) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+			static inline bool Serial_IsSendReady(USART_t* const USART)
+			{
+				return (USART->STATUS & USART_DREIF_bm) ? true : false;
+			}
+
+			/** Indicates whether the hardware USART transmit buffer is completely empty, indicating all
+			 *  pending transmissions have completed.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] USART  Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if no characters are buffered for transmission, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool Serial_IsSendComplete(USART_t* const USART) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+			static inline bool Serial_IsSendComplete(USART_t* const USART)
+			{
+				return (USART->STATUS & USART_TXCIF_bm) ? true : false;
+			}
+
+			/** Transmits a given byte through the USART.
+			 *
+			 *  \note If no buffer space is available in the hardware USART, this function will block. To check if
+			 *        space is available before calling this function, see \ref Serial_IsSendReady().
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] USART     Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
+			 *  \param[in]     DataByte  Byte to transmit through the USART.
+			 */
+			static inline void Serial_SendByte(USART_t* const USART,
+			                                   const char DataByte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+			static inline void Serial_SendByte(USART_t* const USART,
+			                                   const char DataByte)
+			{
+				while (!(Serial_IsSendReady(USART)));
+				USART->DATA = DataByte;
+			}
+
+			/** Receives the next byte from the USART.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] USART  Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Next byte received from the USART, or a negative value if no byte has been received.
+			 */
+			static inline int16_t Serial_ReceiveByte(USART_t* const USART) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+			static inline int16_t Serial_ReceiveByte(USART_t* const USART)
+			{
+				if (!(Serial_IsCharReceived(USART)))
+				  return -1;
+
+				USART->STATUS = USART_RXCIF_bm;
+				return USART->DATA;
+			}
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/TWI_XMEGA.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/TWI_XMEGA.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..92cc643b9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/TWI_XMEGA.c
@@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_TWI_C
+#include "../TWI.h"
+
+uint8_t TWI_StartTransmission(TWI_t* const TWI,
+                              const uint8_t SlaveAddress,
+                              const uint8_t TimeoutMS)
+{
+	uint16_t TimeoutRemaining;
+
+	TWI->MASTER.ADDR = SlaveAddress;
+
+	TimeoutRemaining = (TimeoutMS * 100);
+	while (TimeoutRemaining)
+	{
+		uint8_t status = TWI->MASTER.STATUS;
+
+		if ((status & (TWI_MASTER_WIF_bm | TWI_MASTER_ARBLOST_bm)) == (TWI_MASTER_WIF_bm | TWI_MASTER_ARBLOST_bm))
+		{
+			TWI->MASTER.ADDR = SlaveAddress;
+		}
+		else if ((status & (TWI_MASTER_WIF_bm | TWI_MASTER_RXACK_bm)) == (TWI_MASTER_WIF_bm | TWI_MASTER_RXACK_bm))
+		{
+			TWI_StopTransmission(TWI);
+			return TWI_ERROR_SlaveResponseTimeout;
+		}
+		else if (status & (TWI_MASTER_WIF_bm | TWI_MASTER_RIF_bm))
+		{
+			return TWI_ERROR_NoError;
+		}
+
+		_delay_us(10);
+		TimeoutRemaining--;
+	}
+
+	if (!(TimeoutRemaining)) {
+		if (TWI->MASTER.STATUS & TWI_MASTER_CLKHOLD_bm) {
+			TWI_StopTransmission(TWI);
+		}
+	}
+
+	return TWI_ERROR_BusCaptureTimeout;
+}
+
+bool TWI_SendByte(TWI_t* const TWI,
+                  const uint8_t Byte)
+{
+	TWI->MASTER.DATA = Byte;
+
+	while (!(TWI->MASTER.STATUS & TWI_MASTER_WIF_bm));
+
+	return (TWI->MASTER.STATUS & TWI_MASTER_WIF_bm) && !(TWI->MASTER.STATUS & TWI_MASTER_RXACK_bm);
+}
+
+bool TWI_ReceiveByte(TWI_t* const TWI,
+                     uint8_t* const Byte,
+                     const bool LastByte)
+{
+	if ((TWI->MASTER.STATUS & (TWI_MASTER_BUSERR_bm | TWI_MASTER_ARBLOST_bm)) == (TWI_MASTER_BUSERR_bm | TWI_MASTER_ARBLOST_bm)) {
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	while (!(TWI->MASTER.STATUS & TWI_MASTER_RIF_bm));
+
+	*Byte = TWI->MASTER.DATA;
+
+	if (LastByte)
+	  TWI->MASTER.CTRLC = TWI_MASTER_ACKACT_bm | TWI_MASTER_CMD_STOP_gc;
+	else
+	  TWI->MASTER.CTRLC = TWI_MASTER_CMD_RECVTRANS_gc;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+uint8_t TWI_ReadPacket(TWI_t* const TWI,
+                       const uint8_t SlaveAddress,
+                       const uint8_t TimeoutMS,
+                       const uint8_t* InternalAddress,
+                       uint8_t InternalAddressLen,
+                       uint8_t* Buffer,
+                       uint16_t Length)
+{
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = TWI_StartTransmission(TWI, (SlaveAddress & TWI_DEVICE_ADDRESS_MASK) | TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE,
+	                                       TimeoutMS)) == TWI_ERROR_NoError)
+	{
+		while (InternalAddressLen--)
+		{
+			if (!(TWI_SendByte(TWI, *(InternalAddress++))))
+			{
+				ErrorCode = TWI_ERROR_SlaveNAK;
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+
+		if ((ErrorCode = TWI_StartTransmission(TWI, (SlaveAddress & TWI_DEVICE_ADDRESS_MASK) | TWI_ADDRESS_READ,
+		                                       TimeoutMS)) == TWI_ERROR_NoError)
+		{
+			while (Length--)
+			{
+				if (!(TWI_ReceiveByte(TWI, Buffer++, (Length == 0))))
+				{
+					ErrorCode = TWI_ERROR_SlaveNAK;
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		TWI_StopTransmission(TWI);
+	}
+
+	return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+uint8_t TWI_WritePacket(TWI_t* const TWI,
+                        const uint8_t SlaveAddress,
+                        const uint8_t TimeoutMS,
+                        const uint8_t* InternalAddress,
+                        uint8_t InternalAddressLen,
+                        const uint8_t* Buffer,
+                        uint16_t Length)
+{
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = TWI_StartTransmission(TWI, (SlaveAddress & TWI_DEVICE_ADDRESS_MASK) | TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE,
+	                                       TimeoutMS)) == TWI_ERROR_NoError)
+	{
+		while (InternalAddressLen--)
+		{
+			if (!(TWI_SendByte(TWI, *(InternalAddress++))))
+			{
+				ErrorCode = TWI_ERROR_SlaveNAK;
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+
+		while (Length--)
+		{
+			if (!(TWI_SendByte(TWI, *(Buffer++))))
+			{
+				ErrorCode = TWI_ERROR_SlaveNAK;
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+
+		TWI_StopTransmission(TWI);
+	}
+
+	return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/TWI_XMEGA.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/TWI_XMEGA.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..94ada73719
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/TWI_XMEGA.h
@@ -0,0 +1,302 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief TWI Peripheral Driver (XMEGA)
+ *
+ *  On-chip TWI driver for the XMEGA Family of AVR microcontrollers.
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the TWI driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_TWI
+ *  \defgroup Group_TWI_XMEGA TWI Peripheral Driver (XMEGA)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_TWI_XMEGA_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  Master mode TWI driver for the 8-bit AVR microcontrollers which contain a hardware TWI module.
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the TWI driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_TWI_XMEGA_ExampleUsage Example Usage
+ *  The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
+ *  application.
+ *
+ *  <b>Low Level API Example:</b>
+ *  \code
+ *      // Initialize the TWI driver before first use at 200KHz
+ *      TWI_Init(&TWIC, TWI_BAUD_FROM_FREQ(200000));
+ *
+ *      // Start a write session to device at device address 0xA0, internal address 0xDC with a 10ms timeout
+ *      if (TWI_StartTransmission(&TWIC, 0xA0 | TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE, 10) == TWI_ERROR_NoError)
+ *      {
+ *          TWI_SendByte(&TWIC, 0xDC);
+ *
+ *          TWI_SendByte(&TWIC, 0x01);
+ *          TWI_SendByte(&TWIC, 0x02);
+ *          TWI_SendByte(&TWIC, 0x03);
+ *
+ *          // Must stop transmission afterwards to release the bus
+ *          TWI_StopTransmission(&TWIC);
+ *      }
+ *
+ *      // Start a read session to device at address 0xA0, internal address 0xDC with a 10ms timeout
+ *      if (TWI_StartTransmission(&TWIC, 0xA0 | TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE, 10) == TWI_ERROR_NoError)
+ *      {
+ *          TWI_SendByte(&TWIC, 0xDC);
+ *          TWI_StopTransmission(&TWIC);
+ *
+ *          if (TWI_StartTransmission(&TWIC, 0xA0 | TWI_ADDRESS_READ, 10) == TWI_ERROR_NoError)
+ *          {
+ *              uint8_t Byte1, Byte2, Byte3;
+ *
+ *              // Read three bytes, acknowledge after the third byte is received
+ *              TWI_ReceiveByte(&TWIC, &Byte1, false);
+ *              TWI_ReceiveByte(&TWIC, &Byte2, false);
+ *              TWI_ReceiveByte(&TWIC, &Byte3, true);
+ *
+ *              // Must stop transmission afterwards to release the bus
+ *              TWI_StopTransmission(&TWIC);
+ *          }
+ *      }
+ *  \endcode
+ *
+ *  <b>High Level API Example:</b>
+ *  \code
+ *      // Initialize the TWI driver before first use at 200KHz
+ *      TWI_Init(&TWIC, TWI_BAUD_FROM_FREQ(200000));
+ *
+ *      // Start a write session to device at device address 0xA0, internal address 0xDC with a 10ms timeout
+ *      uint8_t InternalWriteAddress = 0xDC;
+ *      uint8_t WritePacket[3] = {0x01, 0x02, 0x03};
+ *
+ *      TWI_WritePacket(&TWIC, 0xA0, 10, &InternalWriteAddress, sizeof(InternalWriteAddress),
+ *                      &WritePacket, sizeof(WritePacket);
+ *
+ *      // Start a read session to device at address 0xA0, internal address 0xDC with a 10ms timeout
+ *      uint8_t InternalReadAddress = 0xDC;
+ *      uint8_t ReadPacket[3];
+ *
+ *      TWI_ReadPacket(&TWIC, 0xA0, 10, &InternalReadAddress, sizeof(InternalReadAddress),
+ *                     &ReadPacket, sizeof(ReadPacket);
+ *  \endcode
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __TWI_XMEGA_H__
+#define __TWI_XMEGA_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+		#include <stdio.h>
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_TWI_H) && !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_TWI_C)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** TWI slave device address mask for a read session. Mask with a slave device base address to obtain
+			 *  the correct TWI bus address for the slave device when reading data from it.
+			 */
+			#define TWI_ADDRESS_READ         0x01
+
+			/** TWI slave device address mask for a write session. Mask with a slave device base address to obtain
+			 *  the correct TWI bus address for the slave device when writing data to it.
+			 */
+			#define TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE        0x00
+
+			/** Mask to retrieve the base address for a TWI device, which can then be ORed with \ref TWI_ADDRESS_READ
+			 *  or \ref TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE to obtain the device's read and write address respectively.
+			 */
+			#define TWI_DEVICE_ADDRESS_MASK  0xFE
+
+			/** Calculates the length of each bit on the TWI bus for a given target frequency. This may be used with
+			 *  the \ref TWI_Init() function to convert a bus frequency to a number of clocks for the \c BitLength
+			 *  parameter.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Frequency  Desired TWI bus frequency in Hz.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Bit length in clocks for the given TWI bus frequency at the given prescaler value.
+			 */
+			#define TWI_BAUD_FROM_FREQ(Frequency) ((F_CPU / (2 * Frequency)) - 5)
+
+		/* Enums: */
+			/** Enum for the possible return codes of the TWI transfer start routine and other dependant TWI functions. */
+			enum TWI_ErrorCodes_t
+			{
+				TWI_ERROR_NoError              = 0, /**< Indicates that the command completed successfully. */
+				TWI_ERROR_BusFault             = 1, /**< A TWI bus fault occurred while attempting to capture the bus. */
+				TWI_ERROR_BusCaptureTimeout    = 2, /**< A timeout occurred whilst waiting for the bus to be ready. */
+				TWI_ERROR_SlaveResponseTimeout = 3, /**< No ACK received at the nominated slave address within the timeout period. */
+				TWI_ERROR_SlaveNotReady        = 4, /**< Slave NAKed the TWI bus START condition. */
+				TWI_ERROR_SlaveNAK             = 5, /**< Slave NAKed whilst attempting to send data to the device. */
+			};
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			/** Initializes the TWI hardware into master mode, ready for data transmission and reception. This must be
+			 *  before any other TWI operations.
+			 *
+			 *  The generated SCL frequency will be according to the formula <pre>F_CPU / (2 * (5 + (BAUD)))</pre>.
+			 *
+			 *  \attention The value of the \c BitLength parameter should not be set below 10 or invalid bus conditions may
+			 *             occur, as indicated in the XMEGA microcontroller datasheet.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] TWI   Pointer to the base of the TWI peripheral within the device.
+			 *  \param[in] Baud  Value of the BAUD register of the TWI Master.
+			 */
+			static inline void TWI_Init(TWI_t* const TWI,
+			                            const uint8_t Baud) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+			static inline void TWI_Init(TWI_t* const TWI,
+			                            const uint8_t Baud)
+			{
+				TWI->CTRL          = 0x00;
+				TWI->MASTER.BAUD   = Baud;
+				TWI->MASTER.CTRLA  = TWI_MASTER_ENABLE_bm;
+				TWI->MASTER.CTRLB  = 0;
+				TWI->MASTER.STATUS = TWI_MASTER_BUSSTATE_IDLE_gc;
+			}
+
+			/** Turns off the TWI driver hardware. If this is called, any further TWI operations will require a call to
+			 *  \ref TWI_Init() before the TWI can be used again.
+	   		 *
+			 *  \param[in] TWI  Pointer to the base of the TWI peripheral within the device.
+			 */
+			static inline void TWI_Disable(TWI_t* const TWI) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+			static inline void TWI_Disable(TWI_t* const TWI)
+			{
+				TWI->MASTER.CTRLA &= ~TWI_MASTER_ENABLE_bm;
+			}
+
+			/** Sends a TWI STOP onto the TWI bus, terminating communication with the currently addressed device.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] TWI  Pointer to the base of the TWI peripheral within the device.
+			 */
+			static inline void TWI_StopTransmission(TWI_t* const TWI) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+			static inline void TWI_StopTransmission(TWI_t* const TWI)
+			{
+				TWI->MASTER.CTRLC = TWI_MASTER_ACKACT_bm | TWI_MASTER_CMD_STOP_gc;
+			}
+
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			/** Begins a master mode TWI bus communication with the given slave device address.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] TWI           Pointer to the base of the TWI peripheral within the device.
+			 *  \param[in] SlaveAddress  Address of the slave TWI device to communicate with.
+			 *  \param[in] TimeoutMS     Timeout period within which the slave must respond, in milliseconds.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref TWI_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t TWI_StartTransmission(TWI_t* const TWI,
+			                              const uint8_t SlaveAddress,
+			                              const uint8_t TimeoutMS) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Sends a byte to the currently addressed device on the TWI bus.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] TWI   Pointer to the base of the TWI peripheral within the device.
+			 *  \param[in] Byte  Byte to send to the currently addressed device
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the recipient ACKed the byte, \c false otherwise
+			 */
+			bool TWI_SendByte(TWI_t* const TWI,
+			                  const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Receives a byte from the currently addressed device on the TWI bus.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] TWI       Pointer to the base of the TWI peripheral within the device.
+			 *  \param[in] Byte      Location where the read byte is to be stored.
+			 *  \param[in] LastByte  Indicates if the byte should be ACKed if false, NAKed if true.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the byte reception successfully completed, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			bool TWI_ReceiveByte(TWI_t* const TWI,
+			                     uint8_t* const Byte,
+			                     const bool LastByte) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+			/** High level function to perform a complete packet transfer over the TWI bus to the specified
+			 *  device.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] TWI                 Pointer to the base of the TWI peripheral within the device.
+			 *  \param[in] SlaveAddress        Base address of the TWI slave device to communicate with.
+			 *  \param[in] TimeoutMS           Timeout for bus capture and slave START ACK, in milliseconds.
+			 *  \param[in] InternalAddress     Pointer to a location where the internal slave read start address is stored.
+			 *  \param[in] InternalAddressLen  Size of the internal device address, in bytes.
+			 *  \param[in] Buffer              Pointer to a buffer where the read packet data is to be stored.
+			 *  \param[in] Length              Size of the packet to read, in bytes.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref TWI_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t TWI_ReadPacket(TWI_t* const TWI,
+			                       const uint8_t SlaveAddress,
+			                       const uint8_t TimeoutMS,
+			                       const uint8_t* InternalAddress,
+			                       uint8_t InternalAddressLen,
+			                       uint8_t* Buffer,
+			                       uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(4);
+
+			/** High level function to perform a complete packet transfer over the TWI bus from the specified
+			 *  device.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] TWI                 Pointer to the base of the TWI peripheral within the device.
+			 *  \param[in] SlaveAddress        Base address of the TWI slave device to communicate with
+			 *  \param[in] TimeoutMS           Timeout for bus capture and slave START ACK, in milliseconds
+			 *  \param[in] InternalAddress     Pointer to a location where the internal slave write start address is stored
+			 *  \param[in] InternalAddressLen  Size of the internal device address, in bytes
+			 *  \param[in] Buffer              Pointer to a buffer where the packet data to send is stored
+			 *  \param[in] Length              Size of the packet to send, in bytes
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref TWI_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t TWI_WritePacket(TWI_t* const TWI,
+			                        const uint8_t SlaveAddress,
+			                        const uint8_t TimeoutMS,
+			                        const uint8_t* InternalAddress,
+			                        uint8_t InternalAddressLen,
+			                        const uint8_t* Buffer,
+			                        uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(4);
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/AndroidAccessoryClass.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/AndroidAccessoryClass.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f1c0109ea0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/AndroidAccessoryClass.h
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Master include file for the library USB Android Open Accessory Class driver.
+ *
+ *  Master include file for the library USB Android Open Accessory Class driver, for both host and device modes, where available.
+ *
+ *  This file should be included in all user projects making use of this optional class driver, instead of
+ *  including any headers in the USB/ClassDriver/Device, USB/ClassDriver/Host or USB/ClassDriver/Common subdirectories.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassDrivers
+ *  \defgroup Group_USBClassAOA Android Open Accessory Class Driver
+ *  \brief USB class driver for the Google Android Open Accessory class standard.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USBClassAOA_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USBClassAOA_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  Android Open Accessory Class Driver module. This module contains an internal implementation of the USB Android Open Accessory
+ *  Class, for Host USB mode. User applications can use this class driver instead of implementing the Android Open Accessory Class
+ *  manually via the low-level LUFA APIs.
+ *
+ *  This module is designed to simplify the user code by exposing only the required interface needed to interface with
+ *  Host using the USB Android Open Accessory Class.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _AOA_CLASS_H_
+#define _AOA_CLASS_H_
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_AOA_DRIVER
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+			#include "Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.h"
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/AudioClass.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/AudioClass.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d6ced05dc6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/AudioClass.h
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Master include file for the library USB Audio 1.0 Class driver.
+ *
+ *  Master include file for the library USB Audio 1.0 Class driver, for both host and device modes, where available.
+ *
+ *  This file should be included in all user projects making use of this optional class driver, instead of
+ *  including any headers in the USB/ClassDriver/Device, USB/ClassDriver/Host or USB/ClassDriver/Common subdirectories.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassDrivers
+ *  \defgroup Group_USBClassAudio Audio 1.0 Class Driver
+ *  \brief USB class driver for the USB-IF Audio 1.0 class standard.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USBClassAudio_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USBClassAudio_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  Audio 1.0 Class Driver module. This module contains an internal implementation of the USB Audio 1.0 Class, for both
+ *  Device and Host USB modes. User applications can use this class driver instead of implementing the Audio 1.0 class
+ *  manually via the low-level LUFA APIs.
+ *
+ *  This module is designed to simplify the user code by exposing only the required interface needed to interface with
+ *  Hosts or Devices using the USB Audio 1.0 Class.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _AUDIO_CLASS_H_
+#define _AUDIO_CLASS_H_
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_AUDIO_DRIVER
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+			#include "Device/AudioClassDevice.h"
+		#endif
+
+		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+			#include "Host/AudioClassHost.h"
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/CDCClass.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/CDCClass.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..30b3ee237d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/CDCClass.h
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Master include file for the library USB CDC-ACM Class driver.
+ *
+ *  Master include file for the library USB CDC Class driver, for both host and device modes, where available.
+ *
+ *  This file should be included in all user projects making use of this optional class driver, instead of
+ *  including any headers in the USB/ClassDriver/Device, USB/ClassDriver/Host or USB/ClassDriver/Common subdirectories.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassDrivers
+ *  \defgroup Group_USBClassCDC CDC-ACM (Virtual Serial) Class Driver
+ *  \brief USB class driver for the USB-IF CDC-ACM (Virtual Serial) class standard.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USBClassCDC_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USBClassCDC_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  CDC Class Driver module. This module contains an internal implementation of the USB CDC-ACM class Virtual Serial
+ *  Ports, for both Device and Host USB modes. User applications can use this class driver instead of implementing the
+ *  CDC class manually via the low-level LUFA APIs.
+ *
+ *  This module is designed to simplify the user code by exposing only the required interface needed to interface with
+ *  Hosts or Devices using the USB CDC Class.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CDC_CLASS_H_
+#define _CDC_CLASS_H_
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_CDC_DRIVER
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+			#include "Device/CDCClassDevice.h"
+		#endif
+
+		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+			#include "Host/CDCClassHost.h"
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/AndroidAccessoryClassCommon.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/AndroidAccessoryClassCommon.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fdf8671fc9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/AndroidAccessoryClassCommon.h
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Common definitions and declarations for the library USB Android Open Accessory Class driver.
+ *
+ *  Common definitions and declarations for the library USB Android Open Accessory Class driver.
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassAOA
+ *  \defgroup Group_USBClassAOACommon  Common Class Definitions
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USBClassAOACommon_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  Constants, Types and Enum definitions that are common to both Device and Host modes for the USB
+ *  Android Open Accessory Class.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _AOA_CLASS_COMMON_H_
+#define _AOA_CLASS_COMMON_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../Core/StdDescriptors.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_AOA_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Product ID value in a Device Descriptor to indicate an Android device in Open Accessory mode. */
+		#define ANDROID_ACCESSORY_PRODUCT_ID        0x2D00
+
+		/** Product ID value in a Device Descriptor to indicate an Android device in Open Accessory and Android Debug mode. */
+		#define ANDROID_ACCESSORY_ADB_PRODUCT_ID    0x2D01
+
+	/* Enums: */
+		/** Enum for possible Class, Subclass and Protocol values of device and interface descriptors relating to the
+		 *  Android Open Accessory class.
+		 */
+		enum AOA_Descriptor_ClassSubclassProtocol_t
+		{
+			AOA_CSCP_AOADataClass    = 0xFF, /**< Descriptor Class value indicating that the device or interface
+			                                  *   belongs to the AOA data class.
+			                                  */
+			AOA_CSCP_AOADataSubclass = 0xFF, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or interface
+			                                  *   belongs to AOA data subclass.
+			                                  */
+			AOA_CSCP_AOADataProtocol = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or interface
+			                                  *   belongs to the AOA data class protocol.
+			                                  */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the Android Open Accessory class specific control requests that can be issued by the USB bus host. */
+		enum AOA_ClassRequests_t
+		{
+			AOA_REQ_GetAccessoryProtocol    = 0x33, /**< Android Open Accessory control request to retrieve the device's supported Accessory Protocol version. */
+			AOA_REQ_SendString              = 0x34, /**< Android Open Accessory control request to set an accessory property string in the device. */
+			AOA_REQ_StartAccessoryMode      = 0x35, /**< Android Open Accessory control request to switch the device into Accessory mode. */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the possible Android Open Accessory property string indexes. */
+		enum AOA_Strings_t
+		{
+			AOA_STRING_Manufacturer         = 0, /**< Index of the Manufacturer property string. */
+			AOA_STRING_Model                = 1, /**< Index of the Model Name property string. */
+			AOA_STRING_Description          = 2, /**< Index of the Description property string. */
+			AOA_STRING_Version              = 3, /**< Index of the Version Number property string. */
+			AOA_STRING_URI                  = 4, /**< Index of the URI Information property string. */
+			AOA_STRING_Serial               = 5, /**< Index of the Serial Number property string. */
+
+			#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			AOA_STRING_TOTAL_STRINGS
+			#endif
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the possible Android Open Accessory protocol versions. */
+		enum AOA_Protocols_t
+		{
+			AOA_PROTOCOL_AccessoryV1        = 0x0001, /**< Android Open Accessory version 1. */
+			AOA_PROTOCOL_AccessoryV2        = 0x0002, /**< Android Open Accessory version 2. */
+		};
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/AudioClassCommon.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/AudioClassCommon.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..46ecd08587
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/AudioClassCommon.h
@@ -0,0 +1,780 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Common definitions and declarations for the library USB Audio 1.0 Class driver.
+ *
+ *  Common definitions and declarations for the library USB Audio 1.0 Class driver.
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassAudio
+ *  \defgroup Group_USBClassAudioCommon  Common Class Definitions
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USBClassAudioCommon_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  Constants, Types and Enum definitions that are common to both Device and Host modes for the USB
+ *  Audio 1.0 Class.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _AUDIO_CLASS_COMMON_H_
+#define _AUDIO_CLASS_COMMON_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../Core/StdDescriptors.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_AUDIO_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** \name Audio Channel Masks */
+		//@{
+		/** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+		#define AUDIO_CHANNEL_LEFT_FRONT           (1 << 0)
+
+		/** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+		#define AUDIO_CHANNEL_RIGHT_FRONT          (1 << 1)
+
+		/** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+		#define AUDIO_CHANNEL_CENTER_FRONT         (1 << 2)
+
+		/** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+		#define AUDIO_CHANNEL_LOW_FREQ_ENHANCE     (1 << 3)
+
+		/** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+		#define AUDIO_CHANNEL_LEFT_SURROUND        (1 << 4)
+
+		/** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+		#define AUDIO_CHANNEL_RIGHT_SURROUND       (1 << 5)
+
+		/** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+		#define AUDIO_CHANNEL_LEFT_OF_CENTER       (1 << 6)
+
+		/** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+		#define AUDIO_CHANNEL_RIGHT_OF_CENTER      (1 << 7)
+
+		/** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+		#define AUDIO_CHANNEL_SURROUND             (1 << 8)
+
+		/** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+		#define AUDIO_CHANNEL_SIDE_LEFT            (1 << 9)
+
+		/** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+		#define AUDIO_CHANNEL_SIDE_RIGHT           (1 << 10)
+
+		/** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+		#define AUDIO_CHANNEL_TOP                  (1 << 11)
+		//@}
+
+		/** \name Audio Feature Masks */
+		//@{
+		/** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+		#define AUDIO_FEATURE_MUTE                 (1 << 0)
+
+		/** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+		#define AUDIO_FEATURE_VOLUME               (1 << 1)
+
+		/** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+		#define AUDIO_FEATURE_BASS                 (1 << 2)
+
+		/** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+		#define AUDIO_FEATURE_MID                  (1 << 3)
+
+		/** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+		#define AUDIO_FEATURE_TREBLE               (1 << 4)
+
+		/** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+		#define AUDIO_FEATURE_GRAPHIC_EQUALIZER    (1 << 5)
+
+		/** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+		#define AUDIO_FEATURE_AUTOMATIC_GAIN       (1 << 6)
+
+		/** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+		#define AUDIO_FEATURE_DELAY                (1 << 7)
+
+		/** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+		#define AUDIO_FEATURE_BASS_BOOST           (1 << 8)
+
+		/** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+		#define AUDIO_FEATURE_BASS_LOUDNESS        (1 << 9)
+		//@}
+
+		/** \name Audio Terminal Types */
+		//@{
+		/** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+		#define AUDIO_TERMINAL_UNDEFINED           0x0100
+
+		/** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+		#define AUDIO_TERMINAL_STREAMING           0x0101
+
+		/** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+		#define AUDIO_TERMINAL_VENDOR              0x01FF
+
+		/** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+		#define AUDIO_TERMINAL_IN_UNDEFINED        0x0200
+
+		/** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+		#define AUDIO_TERMINAL_IN_MIC              0x0201
+
+		/** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+		#define AUDIO_TERMINAL_IN_DESKTOP_MIC      0x0202
+
+		/** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+		#define AUDIO_TERMINAL_IN_PERSONAL_MIC     0x0203
+
+		/** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+		#define AUDIO_TERMINAL_IN_OMNIDIR_MIC      0x0204
+
+		/** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+		#define AUDIO_TERMINAL_IN_MIC_ARRAY        0x0205
+
+		/** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+		#define AUDIO_TERMINAL_IN_PROCESSING_MIC   0x0206
+
+		/** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+		#define AUDIO_TERMINAL_IN_OUT_UNDEFINED    0x0300
+
+		/** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+		#define AUDIO_TERMINAL_OUT_SPEAKER         0x0301
+
+		/** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+		#define AUDIO_TERMINAL_OUT_HEADPHONES      0x0302
+
+		/** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+		#define AUDIO_TERMINAL_OUT_HEAD_MOUNTED    0x0303
+
+		/** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+		#define AUDIO_TERMINAL_OUT_DESKTOP         0x0304
+
+		/** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+		#define AUDIO_TERMINAL_OUT_ROOM            0x0305
+
+		/** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+		#define AUDIO_TERMINAL_OUT_COMMUNICATION   0x0306
+
+		/** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+		#define AUDIO_TERMINAL_OUT_LOWFREQ         0x0307
+		//@}
+
+		/** Convenience macro to fill a 24-bit \ref USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t structure with the given sample rate as a 24-bit number.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in] freq  Required audio sampling frequency in HZ
+		 */
+		#define AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(freq)           {.Byte1 = ((uint32_t)freq & 0xFF), .Byte2 = (((uint32_t)freq >> 8) & 0xFF), .Byte3 = (((uint32_t)freq >> 16) & 0xFF)}
+
+		/** Mask for the attributes parameter of an Audio class-specific Endpoint descriptor, indicating that the endpoint
+		 *  accepts only filled endpoint packets of audio samples.
+		 */
+		#define AUDIO_EP_FULL_PACKETS_ONLY        (1 << 7)
+
+		/** Mask for the attributes parameter of an Audio class-specific Endpoint descriptor, indicating that the endpoint
+		 *  will accept partially filled endpoint packets of audio samples.
+		 */
+		#define AUDIO_EP_ACCEPTS_SMALL_PACKETS    (0 << 7)
+
+		/** Mask for the attributes parameter of an Audio class-specific Endpoint descriptor, indicating that the endpoint
+		 *  allows for sampling frequency adjustments to be made via control requests directed at the endpoint.
+		 */
+		#define AUDIO_EP_SAMPLE_FREQ_CONTROL      (1 << 0)
+
+		/** Mask for the attributes parameter of an Audio class-specific Endpoint descriptor, indicating that the endpoint
+		 *  allows for pitch adjustments to be made via control requests directed at the endpoint.
+		 */
+		#define AUDIO_EP_PITCH_CONTROL            (1 << 1)
+
+	/* Enums: */
+		/** Enum for possible Class, Subclass and Protocol values of device and interface descriptors relating to the Audio
+		 *  device class.
+		 */
+		enum Audio_Descriptor_ClassSubclassProtocol_t
+		{
+			AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass                     = 0x01, /**< Descriptor Class value indicating that the device or
+			                                                   *   interface belongs to the USB Audio 1.0 class.
+			                                                   */
+			AUDIO_CSCP_ControlSubclass                = 0x01, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or
+			                                                   *   interface belongs to the Audio Control subclass.
+			                                                   */
+			AUDIO_CSCP_ControlProtocol                = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or
+			                                                   *   interface belongs to the Audio Control protocol.
+			                                                   */
+			AUDIO_CSCP_AudioStreamingSubclass         = 0x02, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or
+			                                                   *   interface belongs to the MIDI Streaming subclass.
+			                                                   */
+			AUDIO_CSCP_MIDIStreamingSubclass          = 0x03, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or
+			                                                   *   interface belongs to the Audio streaming subclass.
+			                                                   */
+			AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol              = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or
+			                                                   *   interface belongs to the Streaming Audio protocol.
+			                                                   */
+		};
+
+		/** Audio class specific interface description subtypes, for the Audio Control interface. */
+		enum Audio_CSInterface_AC_SubTypes_t
+		{
+			AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header         = 0x01, /**< Audio class specific control interface header. */
+			AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal  = 0x02, /**< Audio class specific control interface Input Terminal. */
+			AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal = 0x03, /**< Audio class specific control interface Output Terminal. */
+			AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Mixer          = 0x04, /**< Audio class specific control interface Mixer Unit. */
+			AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Selector       = 0x05, /**< Audio class specific control interface Selector Unit. */
+			AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Feature        = 0x06, /**< Audio class specific control interface Feature Unit. */
+			AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Processing     = 0x07, /**< Audio class specific control interface Processing Unit. */
+			AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Extension      = 0x08, /**< Audio class specific control interface Extension Unit. */
+		};
+
+		/** Audio class specific interface description subtypes, for the Audio Streaming interface. */
+		enum Audio_CSInterface_AS_SubTypes_t
+		{
+			AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_General        = 0x01, /**< Audio class specific streaming interface general descriptor. */
+			AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_FormatType     = 0x02, /**< Audio class specific streaming interface format type descriptor. */
+			AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_FormatSpecific = 0x03, /**< Audio class specific streaming interface format information descriptor. */
+		};
+
+		/** Audio class specific endpoint description subtypes, for the Audio Streaming interface. */
+		enum Audio_CSEndpoint_SubTypes_t
+		{
+			AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSEndpoint_General         = 0x01, /**< Audio class specific endpoint general descriptor. */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the Audio class specific control requests that can be issued by the USB bus host. */
+		enum Audio_ClassRequests_t
+		{
+			AUDIO_REQ_SetCurrent    = 0x01, /**< Audio class-specific request to set the current value of a parameter within the device. */
+			AUDIO_REQ_SetMinimum    = 0x02, /**< Audio class-specific request to set the minimum value of a parameter within the device. */
+			AUDIO_REQ_SetMaximum    = 0x03, /**< Audio class-specific request to set the maximum value of a parameter within the device. */
+			AUDIO_REQ_SetResolution = 0x04, /**< Audio class-specific request to set the resolution value of a parameter within the device. */
+			AUDIO_REQ_SetMemory     = 0x05, /**< Audio class-specific request to set the memory value of a parameter within the device. */
+			AUDIO_REQ_GetCurrent    = 0x81, /**< Audio class-specific request to get the current value of a parameter within the device. */
+			AUDIO_REQ_GetMinimum    = 0x82, /**< Audio class-specific request to get the minimum value of a parameter within the device. */
+			AUDIO_REQ_GetMaximum    = 0x83, /**< Audio class-specific request to get the maximum value of a parameter within the device. */
+			AUDIO_REQ_GetResolution = 0x84, /**< Audio class-specific request to get the resolution value of a parameter within the device. */
+			AUDIO_REQ_GetMemory     = 0x85, /**< Audio class-specific request to get the memory value of a parameter within the device. */
+			AUDIO_REQ_GetStatus     = 0xFF, /**< Audio class-specific request to get the device status. */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for Audio class specific Endpoint control modifiers which can be set and retrieved by a USB host, if the corresponding
+		 *  endpoint control is indicated to be supported in the Endpoint's Audio-class specific endpoint descriptor.
+		 */
+		enum Audio_EndpointControls_t
+		{
+			AUDIO_EPCONTROL_SamplingFreq = 0x01, /**< Sampling frequency adjustment of the endpoint. */
+			AUDIO_EPCONTROL_Pitch        = 0x02, /**< Pitch adjustment of the endpoint. */
+		};
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** \brief Audio class-specific Input Terminal Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+		 *
+		 *  Type define for an Audio class-specific input terminal descriptor. This indicates to the host that the device
+		 *  contains an input audio source, either from a physical terminal on the device, or a logical terminal (for example,
+		 *  a USB endpoint). See the USB Audio specification for more details.
+		 *
+		 *  \see \ref USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_InputTerminal_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+		 *
+		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
+			uint8_t                 Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
+			                                  *   must be \ref AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal.
+			                                  */
+
+			uint8_t                 TerminalID; /**< ID value of this terminal unit - must be a unique value within the device. */
+			uint16_t                TerminalType; /**< Type of terminal, a \c TERMINAL_* mask. */
+			uint8_t                 AssociatedOutputTerminal; /**< ID of associated output terminal, for physically grouped terminals
+			                                                   *   such as the speaker and microphone of a phone handset.
+			                                                   */
+			uint8_t                 TotalChannels; /**< Total number of separate audio channels within this interface (right, left, etc.) */
+			uint16_t                ChannelConfig; /**< \c CHANNEL_* masks indicating what channel layout is supported by this terminal. */
+
+			uint8_t                 ChannelStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this channel within the device. */
+			uint8_t                 TerminalStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device. */
+		} ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_Descriptor_InputTerminal_t;
+
+		/** \brief Audio class-specific Input Terminal Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+		 *
+		 *  Type define for an Audio class-specific input terminal descriptor. This indicates to the host that the device
+		 *  contains an input audio source, either from a physical terminal on the device, or a logical terminal (for example,
+		 *  a USB endpoint). See the USB Audio specification for more details.
+		 *
+		 *  \see \ref USB_Audio_Descriptor_InputTerminal_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
+		 *       element names.
+		 *
+		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint8_t  bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+			uint8_t  bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+			                           *   given by the specific class.
+			                           */
+
+			uint8_t  bDescriptorSubtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
+			                              *   must be \ref AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal.
+			                              */
+			uint8_t  bTerminalID; /**< ID value of this terminal unit - must be a unique value within the device. */
+			uint16_t wTerminalType; /**< Type of terminal, a \c TERMINAL_* mask. */
+			uint8_t  bAssocTerminal; /**< ID of associated output terminal, for physically grouped terminals
+			                          *   such as the speaker and microphone of a phone handset.
+			                          */
+			uint8_t  bNrChannels; /**< Total number of separate audio channels within this interface (right, left, etc.) */
+			uint16_t wChannelConfig; /**< \c CHANNEL_* masks indicating what channel layout is supported by this terminal. */
+
+			uint8_t  iChannelNames; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this channel within the device. */
+			uint8_t  iTerminal; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device. */
+		} ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_InputTerminal_t;
+
+		/** \brief Audio class-specific Output Terminal Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+		 *
+		 *  Type define for an Audio class-specific output terminal descriptor. This indicates to the host that the device
+		 *  contains an output audio sink, either to a physical terminal on the device, or a logical terminal (for example,
+		 *  a USB endpoint). See the USB Audio specification for more details.
+		 *
+		 *  \see \ref USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_OutputTerminal_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+		 *
+		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
+			uint8_t                 Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
+			                                  *   must be \ref AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal.
+			                                  */
+
+			uint8_t                 TerminalID; /**< ID value of this terminal unit - must be a unique value within the device. */
+			uint16_t                TerminalType; /**< Type of terminal, a \c TERMINAL_* mask. */
+			uint8_t                 AssociatedInputTerminal; /**< ID of associated input terminal, for physically grouped terminals
+			                                                    *   such as the speaker and microphone of a phone handset.
+			                                                    */
+			uint8_t                 SourceID; /**< ID value of the unit this terminal's audio is sourced from. */
+
+			uint8_t                 TerminalStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device. */
+		} ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_Descriptor_OutputTerminal_t;
+
+		/** \brief Audio class-specific Output Terminal Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+		 *
+		 *  Type define for an Audio class-specific output terminal descriptor. This indicates to the host that the device
+		 *  contains an output audio sink, either to a physical terminal on the device, or a logical terminal (for example,
+		 *  a USB endpoint). See the USB Audio specification for more details.
+		 *
+		 *  \see \ref USB_Audio_Descriptor_OutputTerminal_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
+		 *       element names.
+		 *
+		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint8_t  bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+			uint8_t  bDescriptorType; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
+			                           *   must be \ref AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal.
+			                           */
+
+			uint8_t  bDescriptorSubtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
+			                              *   a value from the \ref Audio_CSInterface_AC_SubTypes_t enum.
+			                              */
+			uint8_t  bTerminalID; /**< ID value of this terminal unit - must be a unique value within the device. */
+			uint16_t wTerminalType; /**< Type of terminal, a \c TERMINAL_* mask. */
+			uint8_t  bAssocTerminal; /**< ID of associated input terminal, for physically grouped terminals
+			                          *   such as the speaker and microphone of a phone handset.
+			                          */
+			uint8_t  bSourceID; /**< ID value of the unit this terminal's audio is sourced from. */
+
+			uint8_t  iTerminal; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device. */
+		} ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_OutputTerminal_t;
+
+		/** \brief Audio class-specific Interface Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+		 *
+		 *  Type define for an Audio class-specific interface descriptor. This follows a regular interface descriptor to
+		 *  supply extra information about the audio device's layout to the host. See the USB Audio specification for more
+		 *  details.
+		 *
+		 *  \see \ref USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_Interface_AC_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+		 *
+		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
+			uint8_t                 Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
+			                                  *   a value from the \ref Audio_CSInterface_AS_SubTypes_t enum.
+			                                  */
+
+			uint16_t                ACSpecification; /**< Binary Coded Decimal value, indicating the supported Audio Class specification version.
+			                                          *
+			                                          *   \see \ref VERSION_BCD() utility macro.
+			                                          */
+			uint16_t                TotalLength; /**< Total length of the Audio class-specific descriptors, including this descriptor. */
+
+			uint8_t                 InCollection; /**< Total number of Audio Streaming interfaces linked to this Audio Control interface (must be 1). */
+			uint8_t                 InterfaceNumber; /**< Interface number of the associated Audio Streaming interface. */
+		} ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t;
+
+		/** \brief Audio class-specific Interface Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+		 *
+		 *  Type define for an Audio class-specific interface descriptor. This follows a regular interface descriptor to
+		 *  supply extra information about the audio device's layout to the host. See the USB Audio specification for more
+		 *  details.
+		 *
+		 *  \see \ref USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
+		 *       element names.
+		 *
+		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint8_t  bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+			uint8_t  bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+			                           *   given by the specific class.
+			                           */
+
+			uint8_t  bDescriptorSubtype;/**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
+			                             *   a value from the \ref Audio_CSInterface_AS_SubTypes_t enum.
+			                             */
+
+			uint16_t bcdADC; /**< Binary coded decimal value, indicating the supported Audio Class specification version.
+			                  *
+			                  *   \see \ref VERSION_BCD() utility macro.
+			                  */
+			uint16_t wTotalLength; /**< Total length of the Audio class-specific descriptors, including this descriptor. */
+
+			uint8_t  bInCollection; /**< Total number of Audio Streaming interfaces linked to this Audio Control interface (must be 1). */
+			uint8_t  bInterfaceNumbers; /**< Interface number of the associated Audio Streaming interface. */
+		} ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_Interface_AC_t;
+
+		/** \brief Audio class-specific Feature Unit Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+		 *
+		 *  Type define for an Audio class-specific Feature Unit descriptor. This indicates to the host what features
+		 *  are present in the device's audio stream for basic control, such as per-channel volume. See the USB Audio
+		 *  specification for more details.
+		 *
+		 *  \see \ref USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_FeatureUnit_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+		 *
+		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
+			uint8_t                 Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
+			                                  *   must be \ref AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Feature.
+			                                  */
+
+			uint8_t                 UnitID; /**< ID value of this feature unit - must be a unique value within the device. */
+			uint8_t                 SourceID; /**< Source ID value of the audio source input into this feature unit. */
+
+			uint8_t                 ControlSize; /**< Size of each element in the \c ChannelControls array. */
+			uint8_t                 ChannelControls[3]; /**< Feature masks for the control channel, and each separate audio channel. */
+
+			uint8_t                 FeatureUnitStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device. */
+		} ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_Descriptor_FeatureUnit_t;
+
+		/** \brief Audio class-specific Feature Unit Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+		 *
+		 *  Type define for an Audio class-specific Feature Unit descriptor. This indicates to the host what features
+		 *  are present in the device's audio stream for basic control, such as per-channel volume. See the USB Audio
+		 *  specification for more details.
+		 *
+		 *  \see \ref USB_Audio_Descriptor_FeatureUnit_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
+		 *       element names.
+		 *
+		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+			uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+			                          *   given by the specific class.
+			                          */
+
+			uint8_t bDescriptorSubtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
+			                             *   must be \ref AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Feature.
+			                             */
+
+			uint8_t bUnitID; /**< ID value of this feature unit - must be a unique value within the device. */
+			uint8_t bSourceID; /**< Source ID value of the audio source input into this feature unit. */
+
+			uint8_t bControlSize; /**< Size of each element in the \c ChannelControls array. */
+			uint8_t bmaControls[3]; /**< Feature masks for the control channel, and each separate audio channel. */
+
+			uint8_t iFeature; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device. */
+		} ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_FeatureUnit_t;
+
+		/** \brief Audio class-specific Streaming Audio Interface Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+		 *
+		 *  Type define for an Audio class-specific streaming interface descriptor. This indicates to the host
+		 *  how audio streams within the device are formatted. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
+		 *
+		 *  \see \ref USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_Interface_AS_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+		 *
+		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
+			uint8_t                 Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
+			                                  *   a value from the \ref Audio_CSInterface_AS_SubTypes_t enum.
+			                                  */
+
+			uint8_t                 TerminalLink; /**< ID value of the output terminal this descriptor is describing. */
+
+			uint8_t                 FrameDelay; /**< Delay in frames resulting from the complete sample processing from input to output. */
+			uint16_t                AudioFormat; /**< Format of the audio stream, see Audio Device Formats specification. */
+		} ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AS_t;
+
+		/** \brief Audio class-specific Streaming Audio Interface Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+		 *
+		 *  Type define for an Audio class-specific streaming interface descriptor. This indicates to the host
+		 *  how audio streams within the device are formatted. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
+		 *
+		 *  \see \ref USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AS_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
+		 *       element names.
+		 *
+		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint8_t  bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+			uint8_t  bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+			                           *   given by the specific class.
+			                           */
+
+			uint8_t  bDescriptorSubtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
+			                              *   a value from the \ref Audio_CSInterface_AS_SubTypes_t enum.
+			                              */
+
+			uint8_t  bTerminalLink; /**< ID value of the output terminal this descriptor is describing. */
+
+			uint8_t  bDelay; /**< Delay in frames resulting from the complete sample processing from input to output. */
+			uint16_t wFormatTag; /**< Format of the audio stream, see Audio Device Formats specification. */
+		} ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_Interface_AS_t;
+
+		/** \brief Audio class-specific Format Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+		 *
+		 *  Type define for an Audio class-specific audio format descriptor. This is used to give the host full details
+		 *  about the number of channels, the sample resolution, acceptable sample frequencies and encoding method used
+		 *  in the device's audio streams. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
+		 *
+		 *  \attention This descriptor <b>must</b> be followed by one or more \ref USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t elements containing
+		 *             the continuous or discrete sample frequencies.
+		 *
+		 *  \see \ref USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_Format_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+		 *
+		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
+			uint8_t                 Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
+			                                  *   must be \ref AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_FormatType.
+			                                  */
+
+			uint8_t                 FormatType; /**< Format of the audio stream, see Audio Device Formats specification. */
+			uint8_t                 Channels; /**< Total number of discrete channels in the stream. */
+
+			uint8_t                 SubFrameSize; /**< Size in bytes of each channel's sample data in the stream. */
+			uint8_t                 BitResolution; /**< Bits of resolution of each channel's samples in the stream. */
+
+			uint8_t                 TotalDiscreteSampleRates; /**< Total number of discrete sample frequencies supported by the device. When
+			                                                   *   zero, this must be followed by the lower and upper continuous sampling
+			                                                   *   frequencies supported by the device; otherwise, this must be followed
+			                                                   *   by the given number of discrete sampling frequencies supported.
+			                                                   */
+		} ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_Descriptor_Format_t;
+
+		/** \brief 24-Bit Audio Frequency Structure.
+		 *
+		 *  Type define for a 24-bit audio sample frequency structure. As GCC does not contain a built in 24-bit datatype,
+		 *  this this structure is used to build up the value instead. Fill this structure with the \ref AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ() macro.
+		 *
+		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint8_t Byte1; /**< Lowest 8 bits of the 24-bit value. */
+			uint8_t Byte2; /**< Middle 8 bits of the 24-bit value. */
+			uint8_t Byte3; /**< Upper 8 bits of the 24-bit value. */
+		} ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t;
+
+		/** \brief Audio class-specific Format Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+		 *
+		 *  Type define for an Audio class-specific audio format descriptor. This is used to give the host full details
+		 *  about the number of channels, the sample resolution, acceptable sample frequencies and encoding method used
+		 *  in the device's audio streams. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
+		 *
+		 *  \attention This descriptor <b>must</b> be followed by one or more 24-bit integer elements containing the continuous
+		 *             or discrete sample frequencies.
+		 *
+		 *  \see \ref USB_Audio_Descriptor_Format_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
+		 *       element names.
+		 *
+		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+			uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
+			                          *   must be \ref AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_FormatType.
+			                          */
+
+			uint8_t bDescriptorSubtype;/**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
+			                            *   a value from the \ref Audio_CSInterface_AS_SubTypes_t enum.
+			                            */
+
+			uint8_t bFormatType; /**< Format of the audio stream, see Audio Device Formats specification. */
+			uint8_t bNrChannels; /**< Total number of discrete channels in the stream. */
+
+			uint8_t bSubFrameSize; /**< Size in bytes of each channel's sample data in the stream. */
+			uint8_t bBitResolution; /**< Bits of resolution of each channel's samples in the stream. */
+
+			uint8_t bSampleFrequencyType; /**< Total number of sample frequencies supported by the device. When
+			                               *   zero, this must be followed by the lower and upper continuous sampling
+			                               *   frequencies supported by the device; otherwise, this must be followed
+			                               *   by the given number of discrete sampling frequencies supported.
+			                               */
+		} ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_Format_t;
+
+		/** \brief Audio class-specific Streaming Endpoint Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+		 *
+		 *  Type define for an Audio class-specific endpoint descriptor. This contains a regular endpoint
+		 *  descriptor with a few Audio-class-specific extensions. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
+		 *
+		 *  \see \ref USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+		 *
+		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t Endpoint; /**< Standard endpoint descriptor describing the audio endpoint. */
+
+			uint8_t                   Refresh; /**< Always set to zero for Audio class devices. */
+			uint8_t                   SyncEndpointNumber; /**< Endpoint address to send synchronization information to, if needed (zero otherwise). */
+		} ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t;
+
+		/** \brief Audio class-specific Streaming Endpoint Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+		 *
+		 *  Type define for an Audio class-specific endpoint descriptor. This contains a regular endpoint
+		 *  descriptor with a few Audio-class-specific extensions. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
+		 *
+		 *  \see \ref USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
+		 *       element names.
+		 *
+		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint8_t  bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+			uint8_t  bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a
+			                           *   value given by the specific class.
+			                           */
+			uint8_t  bEndpointAddress; /**< Logical address of the endpoint within the device for the current
+			                            *   configuration, including direction mask.
+			                            */
+			uint8_t  bmAttributes; /**< Endpoint attributes, comprised of a mask of the endpoint type (\c EP_TYPE_*)
+			                        *   and attributes (\c ENDPOINT_ATTR_*) masks.
+			                        */
+			uint16_t wMaxPacketSize; /**< Size of the endpoint bank, in bytes. This indicates the maximum packet size
+			                          *   that the endpoint can receive at a time.
+			                          */
+			uint8_t  bInterval; /**< Polling interval in milliseconds for the endpoint if it is an INTERRUPT or
+			                     *   ISOCHRONOUS type.
+			                     */
+
+			uint8_t  bRefresh; /**< Always set to zero for Audio class devices. */
+			uint8_t  bSynchAddress; /**< Endpoint address to send synchronization information to, if needed (zero otherwise). */
+		} ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t;
+
+		/** \brief Audio class-specific Extended Endpoint Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+		 *
+		 *  Type define for an Audio class-specific extended endpoint descriptor. This contains extra information
+		 *  on the usage of endpoints used to stream audio in and out of the USB Audio device, and follows an Audio
+		 *  class-specific extended endpoint descriptor. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
+		 *
+		 *  \see \ref USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+		 *
+		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
+			uint8_t                 Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
+			                                  *   a value from the \ref Audio_CSEndpoint_SubTypes_t enum.
+			                                  */
+
+			uint8_t                 Attributes; /**< Audio class-specific endpoint attributes, such as \ref AUDIO_EP_FULL_PACKETS_ONLY. */
+
+			uint8_t                 LockDelayUnits; /**< Units used for the LockDelay field, see Audio class specification. */
+			uint16_t                LockDelay; /**< Time required to internally lock endpoint's internal clock recovery circuitry. */
+		} ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t;
+
+		/** \brief Audio class-specific Extended Endpoint Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+		 *
+		 *  Type define for an Audio class-specific extended endpoint descriptor. This contains extra information
+		 *  on the usage of endpoints used to stream audio in and out of the USB Audio device, and follows an Audio
+		 *  class-specific extended endpoint descriptor. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
+		 *
+		 *  \see \ref USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
+		 *       element names.
+		 *
+		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint8_t  bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+			uint8_t  bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+			                           *   given by the specific class.
+			                           */
+
+			uint8_t  bDescriptorSubtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
+			                              *   a value from the \ref Audio_CSEndpoint_SubTypes_t enum.
+			                              */
+
+			uint8_t  bmAttributes; /**< Audio class-specific endpoint attributes, such as \ref AUDIO_EP_FULL_PACKETS_ONLY. */
+
+			uint8_t  bLockDelayUnits; /**< Units used for the LockDelay field, see Audio class specification. */
+			uint16_t wLockDelay; /**< Time required to internally lock endpoint's internal clock recovery circuitry. */
+		} ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t;
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/CDCClassCommon.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/CDCClassCommon.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1ad49eca14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/CDCClassCommon.h
@@ -0,0 +1,391 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Common definitions and declarations for the library USB CDC Class driver.
+ *
+ *  Common definitions and declarations for the library USB CDC Class driver.
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassCDC
+ *  \defgroup Group_USBClassCDCCommon  Common Class Definitions
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USBClassCDCCommon_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  Constants, Types and Enum definitions that are common to both Device and Host modes for the USB
+ *  CDC Class.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CDC_CLASS_COMMON_H_
+#define _CDC_CLASS_COMMON_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../Core/StdDescriptors.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_CDC_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** \name Virtual Control Line Masks */
+		//@{
+		/** Mask for the DTR handshake line for use with the \ref CDC_REQ_SetControlLineState class-specific request
+		 *  from the host, to indicate that the DTR line state should be high.
+		 */
+		#define CDC_CONTROL_LINE_OUT_DTR         (1 << 0)
+
+		/** Mask for the RTS handshake line for use with the \ref CDC_REQ_SetControlLineState class-specific request
+		 *  from the host, to indicate that the RTS line state should be high.
+		 */
+		#define CDC_CONTROL_LINE_OUT_RTS         (1 << 1)
+
+		/** Mask for the DCD handshake line for use with the \ref CDC_NOTIF_SerialState class-specific notification
+		 *  from the device to the host, to indicate that the DCD line state is currently high.
+		 */
+		#define CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_DCD          (1 << 0)
+
+		/** Mask for the DSR handshake line for use with the \ref CDC_NOTIF_SerialState class-specific notification
+		 *  from the device to the host, to indicate that the DSR line state is currently high.
+		 */
+		#define CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_DSR          (1 << 1)
+
+		/** Mask for the BREAK handshake line for use with the \ref CDC_NOTIF_SerialState class-specific notification
+		 *  from the device to the host, to indicate that the BREAK line state is currently high.
+		 */
+		#define CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_BREAK        (1 << 2)
+
+		/** Mask for the RING handshake line for use with the \ref CDC_NOTIF_SerialState class-specific notification
+		 *  from the device to the host, to indicate that the RING line state is currently high.
+		 */
+		#define CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_RING         (1 << 3)
+
+		/** Mask for use with the \ref CDC_NOTIF_SerialState class-specific notification from the device to the host,
+		 *  to indicate that a framing error has occurred on the virtual serial port.
+		 */
+		#define CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_FRAMEERROR   (1 << 4)
+
+		/** Mask for use with the \ref CDC_NOTIF_SerialState class-specific notification from the device to the host,
+		 *  to indicate that a parity error has occurred on the virtual serial port.
+		 */
+		#define CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_PARITYERROR  (1 << 5)
+
+		/** Mask for use with the \ref CDC_NOTIF_SerialState class-specific notification from the device to the host,
+		 *  to indicate that a data overrun error has occurred on the virtual serial port.
+		 */
+		#define CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_OVERRUNERROR (1 << 6)
+		//@}
+
+		/** Macro to define a CDC class-specific functional descriptor. CDC functional descriptors have a
+		 *  uniform structure but variable sized data payloads, thus cannot be represented accurately by
+		 *  a single \c typedef \c struct. A macro is used instead so that functional descriptors can be created
+		 *  easily by specifying the size of the payload. This allows \c sizeof() to work correctly.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in] DataSize  Size in bytes of the CDC functional descriptor's data payload.
+		 */
+		#define CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(DataSize)        \
+		     struct                                        \
+		     {                                             \
+		          USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header;          \
+			      uint8_t                 SubType;         \
+		          uint8_t                 Data[DataSize];  \
+		     }
+
+	/* Enums: */
+		/** Enum for possible Class, Subclass and Protocol values of device and interface descriptors relating to the CDC
+		 *  device class.
+		 */
+		enum CDC_Descriptor_ClassSubclassProtocol_t
+		{
+			CDC_CSCP_CDCClass               = 0x02, /**< Descriptor Class value indicating that the device or interface
+			                                         *   belongs to the CDC class.
+			                                         */
+			CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificSubclass     = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or interface
+			                                         *   belongs to no specific subclass of the CDC class.
+			                                         */
+			CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass            = 0x02, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or interface
+			                                         *   belongs to the Abstract Control Model CDC subclass.
+			                                         */
+			CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol      = 0x01, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or interface
+			                                         *   belongs to the AT Command protocol of the CDC class.
+			                                         */
+			CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificProtocol     = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or interface
+			                                         *   belongs to no specific protocol of the CDC class.
+			                                         */
+			CDC_CSCP_VendorSpecificProtocol = 0xFF, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or interface
+			                                         *   belongs to a vendor-specific protocol of the CDC class.
+			                                         */
+			CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass           = 0x0A, /**< Descriptor Class value indicating that the device or interface
+			                                         *   belongs to the CDC Data class.
+			                                         */
+			CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass         = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or interface
+			                                         *   belongs to no specific subclass of the CDC data class.
+			                                         */
+			CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol         = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or interface
+			                                         *   belongs to no specific protocol of the CDC data class.
+			                                         */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the CDC class specific control requests that can be issued by the USB bus host. */
+		enum CDC_ClassRequests_t
+		{
+			CDC_REQ_SendEncapsulatedCommand = 0x00, /**< CDC class-specific request to send an encapsulated command to the device. */
+			CDC_REQ_GetEncapsulatedResponse = 0x01, /**< CDC class-specific request to retrieve an encapsulated command response from the device. */
+			CDC_REQ_SetLineEncoding         = 0x20, /**< CDC class-specific request to set the current virtual serial port configuration settings. */
+			CDC_REQ_GetLineEncoding         = 0x21, /**< CDC class-specific request to get the current virtual serial port configuration settings. */
+			CDC_REQ_SetControlLineState     = 0x22, /**< CDC class-specific request to set the current virtual serial port handshake line states. */
+			CDC_REQ_SendBreak               = 0x23, /**< CDC class-specific request to send a break to the receiver via the carrier channel. */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the CDC class specific notification requests that can be issued by a CDC device to a host. */
+		enum CDC_ClassNotifications_t
+		{
+			CDC_NOTIF_SerialState = 0x20, /**< Notification type constant for a change in the virtual serial port
+			                               *   handshake line states, for use with a \ref USB_Request_Header_t
+			                               *   notification structure when sent to the host via the CDC notification
+			                               *   endpoint.
+			                               */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the CDC class specific interface descriptor subtypes. */
+		enum CDC_DescriptorSubtypes_t
+		{
+			CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header           = 0x00, /**< CDC class-specific Header functional descriptor. */
+			CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_CallManagement   = 0x01, /**< CDC class-specific Call Management functional descriptor. */
+			CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM              = 0x02, /**< CDC class-specific Abstract Control Model functional descriptor. */
+			CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_DirectLine       = 0x03, /**< CDC class-specific Direct Line functional descriptor. */
+			CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_TelephoneRinger  = 0x04, /**< CDC class-specific Telephone Ringer functional descriptor. */
+			CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_TelephoneCall    = 0x05, /**< CDC class-specific Telephone Call functional descriptor. */
+			CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union            = 0x06, /**< CDC class-specific Union functional descriptor. */
+			CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_CountrySelection = 0x07, /**< CDC class-specific Country Selection functional descriptor. */
+			CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_TelephoneOpModes = 0x08, /**< CDC class-specific Telephone Operation Modes functional descriptor. */
+			CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_USBTerminal      = 0x09, /**< CDC class-specific USB Terminal functional descriptor. */
+			CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_NetworkChannel   = 0x0A, /**< CDC class-specific Network Channel functional descriptor. */
+			CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ProtocolUnit     = 0x0B, /**< CDC class-specific Protocol Unit functional descriptor. */
+			CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ExtensionUnit    = 0x0C, /**< CDC class-specific Extension Unit functional descriptor. */
+			CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_MultiChannel     = 0x0D, /**< CDC class-specific Multi-Channel Management functional descriptor. */
+			CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_CAPI             = 0x0E, /**< CDC class-specific Common ISDN API functional descriptor. */
+			CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Ethernet         = 0x0F, /**< CDC class-specific Ethernet functional descriptor. */
+			CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ATM              = 0x10, /**< CDC class-specific Asynchronous Transfer Mode functional descriptor. */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the possible line encoding formats of a virtual serial port. */
+		enum CDC_LineEncodingFormats_t
+		{
+			CDC_LINEENCODING_OneStopBit          = 0, /**< Each frame contains one stop bit. */
+			CDC_LINEENCODING_OneAndAHalfStopBits = 1, /**< Each frame contains one and a half stop bits. */
+			CDC_LINEENCODING_TwoStopBits         = 2, /**< Each frame contains two stop bits. */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the possible line encoding parity settings of a virtual serial port. */
+		enum CDC_LineEncodingParity_t
+		{
+			CDC_PARITY_None  = 0, /**< No parity bit mode on each frame. */
+			CDC_PARITY_Odd   = 1, /**< Odd parity bit mode on each frame. */
+			CDC_PARITY_Even  = 2, /**< Even parity bit mode on each frame. */
+			CDC_PARITY_Mark  = 3, /**< Mark parity bit mode on each frame. */
+			CDC_PARITY_Space = 4, /**< Space parity bit mode on each frame. */
+		};
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** \brief CDC class-specific Functional Header Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+		 *
+		 *  Type define for a CDC class-specific functional header descriptor. This indicates to the host that the device
+		 *  contains one or more CDC functional data descriptors, which give the CDC interface's capabilities and configuration.
+		 *  See the CDC class specification for more details.
+		 *
+		 *  \see \ref USB_CDC_StdDescriptor_FunctionalHeader_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+		 *
+		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
+			uint8_t                 Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between CDC class-specific descriptors,
+			                                  *   must be \ref CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header.
+			                                  */
+			uint16_t                CDCSpecification; /**< Version number of the CDC specification implemented by the device,
+			                                           *   encoded in BCD format.
+			                                           *
+			                                           *   \see \ref VERSION_BCD() utility macro.
+			                                           */
+		} ATTR_PACKED USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t;
+
+		/** \brief CDC class-specific Functional Header Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+		 *
+		 *  Type define for a CDC class-specific functional header descriptor. This indicates to the host that the device
+		 *  contains one or more CDC functional data descriptors, which give the CDC interface's capabilities and configuration.
+		 *  See the CDC class specification for more details.
+		 *
+		 *  \see \ref USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
+		 *       element names.
+		 *
+		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint8_t  bFunctionLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+			uint8_t  bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+			                           *   given by the specific class.
+			                           */
+			uint8_t  bDescriptorSubType; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between CDC class-specific descriptors,
+			                              *   must be \ref CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header.
+			                              */
+			uint16_t bcdCDC; /**< Version number of the CDC specification implemented by the device, encoded in BCD format.
+			                  *
+			                  *   \see \ref VERSION_BCD() utility macro.
+			                  */
+		} ATTR_PACKED USB_CDC_StdDescriptor_FunctionalHeader_t;
+
+		/** \brief CDC class-specific Functional ACM Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+		 *
+		 *  Type define for a CDC class-specific functional ACM descriptor. This indicates to the host that the CDC interface
+		 *  supports the CDC ACM subclass of the CDC specification. See the CDC class specification for more details.
+		 *
+		 *  \see \ref USB_CDC_StdDescriptor_FunctionalACM_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+		 *
+		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
+			uint8_t                 Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between CDC class-specific descriptors,
+			                                  *   must be \ref CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM.
+			                                  */
+			uint8_t                 Capabilities; /**< Capabilities of the ACM interface, given as a bit mask. For most devices,
+			                                       *   this should be set to a fixed value of \c 0x06 - for other capabilities, refer
+			                                       *   to the CDC ACM specification.
+			                                       */
+		} ATTR_PACKED USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t;
+
+		/** \brief CDC class-specific Functional ACM Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+		 *
+		 *  Type define for a CDC class-specific functional ACM descriptor. This indicates to the host that the CDC interface
+		 *  supports the CDC ACM subclass of the CDC specification. See the CDC class specification for more details.
+		 *
+		 *  \see \ref USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
+		 *       element names.
+		 *
+		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint8_t bFunctionLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+			uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+			                          *   given by the specific class.
+			                          */
+			uint8_t bDescriptorSubType; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between CDC class-specific descriptors,
+			                             *   must be \ref CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM.
+			                             */
+			uint8_t bmCapabilities; /**< Capabilities of the ACM interface, given as a bit mask. For most devices,
+			                         *   this should be set to a fixed value of 0x06 - for other capabilities, refer
+			                         *   to the CDC ACM specification.
+			                         */
+		} ATTR_PACKED USB_CDC_StdDescriptor_FunctionalACM_t;
+
+		/** \brief CDC class-specific Functional Union Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+		 *
+		 *  Type define for a CDC class-specific functional Union descriptor. This indicates to the host that specific
+		 *  CDC control and data interfaces are related. See the CDC class specification for more details.
+		 *
+		 *  \see \ref USB_CDC_StdDescriptor_FunctionalUnion_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+		 *
+		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
+			uint8_t                 Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between CDC class-specific descriptors,
+			                                  *   must be \ref CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union.
+			                                  */
+			uint8_t                 MasterInterfaceNumber; /**< Interface number of the CDC Control interface. */
+			uint8_t                 SlaveInterfaceNumber; /**< Interface number of the CDC Data interface. */
+		} ATTR_PACKED USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t;
+
+		/** \brief CDC class-specific Functional Union Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+		 *
+		 *  Type define for a CDC class-specific functional Union descriptor. This indicates to the host that specific
+		 *  CDC control and data interfaces are related. See the CDC class specification for more details.
+		 *
+		 *  \see \ref USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
+		 *       element names.
+		 *
+		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint8_t bFunctionLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+			uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+			                          *   given by the specific class.
+			                          */
+			uint8_t bDescriptorSubType; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between CDC class-specific descriptors,
+			                             *   must be \ref CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union.
+			                             */
+			uint8_t bMasterInterface; /**< Interface number of the CDC Control interface. */
+			uint8_t bSlaveInterface0; /**< Interface number of the CDC Data interface. */
+		} ATTR_PACKED USB_CDC_StdDescriptor_FunctionalUnion_t;
+
+		/** \brief CDC Virtual Serial Port Line Encoding Settings Structure.
+		 *
+		 *  Type define for a CDC Line Encoding structure, used to hold the various encoding parameters for a virtual
+		 *  serial port.
+		 *
+		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint32_t BaudRateBPS; /**< Baud rate of the virtual serial port, in bits per second. */
+			uint8_t  CharFormat; /**< Character format of the virtual serial port, a value from the
+								  *   \ref CDC_LineEncodingFormats_t enum.
+								  */
+			uint8_t  ParityType; /**< Parity setting of the virtual serial port, a value from the
+								  *   \ref CDC_LineEncodingParity_t enum.
+								  */
+			uint8_t  DataBits; /**< Bits of data per character of the virtual serial port. */
+		} ATTR_PACKED CDC_LineEncoding_t;
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDClassCommon.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDClassCommon.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6e700a9b1e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDClassCommon.h
@@ -0,0 +1,681 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Common definitions and declarations for the library USB HID Class driver.
+ *
+ *  Common definitions and declarations for the library USB HID Class driver.
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassHID
+ *  \defgroup Group_USBClassHIDCommon  Common Class Definitions
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USBClassHIDCommon_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  Constants, Types and Enum definitions that are common to both Device and Host modes for the USB
+ *  HID Class.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _HID_CLASS_COMMON_H_
+#define _HID_CLASS_COMMON_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../Core/StdDescriptors.h"
+		#include "HIDParser.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_HID_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** \name Keyboard Standard Report Modifier Masks */
+		//@{
+		/** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's left control key is currently pressed. */
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_LEFTCTRL                    (1 << 0)
+
+		/** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's left shift key is currently pressed. */
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_LEFTSHIFT                   (1 << 1)
+
+		/** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's left alt key is currently pressed. */
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_LEFTALT                     (1 << 2)
+
+		/** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's left GUI key is currently pressed. */
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_LEFTGUI                     (1 << 3)
+
+		/** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's right control key is currently pressed. */
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_RIGHTCTRL                   (1 << 4)
+
+		/** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's right shift key is currently pressed. */
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_RIGHTSHIFT                  (1 << 5)
+
+		/** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's right alt key is currently pressed. */
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_RIGHTALT                    (1 << 6)
+
+		/** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's right GUI key is currently pressed. */
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_RIGHTGUI                    (1 << 7)
+		//@}
+
+		/** \name Keyboard Standard Report LED Masks */
+		//@{
+		/** Constant for a keyboard output report LED byte, indicating that the host's NUM LOCK mode is currently set. */
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_LED_NUMLOCK                          (1 << 0)
+
+		/** Constant for a keyboard output report LED byte, indicating that the host's CAPS LOCK mode is currently set. */
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_LED_CAPSLOCK                         (1 << 1)
+
+		/** Constant for a keyboard output report LED byte, indicating that the host's SCROLL LOCK mode is currently set. */
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_LED_SCROLLLOCK                       (1 << 2)
+
+		/** Constant for a keyboard output report LED byte, indicating that the host's COMPOSE mode is currently set. */
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_LED_COMPOSE                          (1 << 3)
+
+		/** Constant for a keyboard output report LED byte, indicating that the host's KANA mode is currently set. */
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_LED_KANA                             (1 << 4)
+		//@}
+
+		/** \name Keyboard Standard Report Key Scan-codes */
+		//@{
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_ERROR_ROLLOVER                    0x01
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_POST_FAIL                         0x02
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_ERROR_UNDEFINED                   0x03
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_A                                 0x04
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_B                                 0x05
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_C                                 0x06
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_D                                 0x07
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_E                                 0x08
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F                                 0x09
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_G                                 0x0A
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_H                                 0x0B
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_I                                 0x0C
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_J                                 0x0D
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_K                                 0x0E
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_L                                 0x0F
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_M                                 0x10
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_N                                 0x11
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_O                                 0x12
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_P                                 0x13
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_Q                                 0x14
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_R                                 0x15
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_S                                 0x16
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_T                                 0x17
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_U                                 0x18
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_V                                 0x19
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_W                                 0x1A
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_X                                 0x1B
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_Y                                 0x1C
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_Z                                 0x1D
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_1_AND_EXCLAMATION                 0x1E
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_2_AND_AT                          0x1F
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_3_AND_HASHMARK                    0x20
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_4_AND_DOLLAR                      0x21
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_5_AND_PERCENTAGE                  0x22
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_6_AND_CARET                       0x23
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_7_AND_AMPERSAND                   0x24
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_8_AND_ASTERISK                    0x25
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_9_AND_OPENING_PARENTHESIS         0x26
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_0_AND_CLOSING_PARENTHESIS         0x27
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_ENTER                             0x28
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_ESCAPE                            0x29
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_BACKSPACE                         0x2A
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_TAB                               0x2B
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_SPACE                             0x2C
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MINUS_AND_UNDERSCORE              0x2D
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_EQUAL_AND_PLUS                    0x2E
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_OPENING_BRACKET_AND_OPENING_BRACE 0x2F
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_CLOSING_BRACKET_AND_CLOSING_BRACE 0x30
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_BACKSLASH_AND_PIPE                0x31
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_NON_US_HASHMARK_AND_TILDE         0x32
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_SEMICOLON_AND_COLON               0x33
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_APOSTROPHE_AND_QUOTE              0x34
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_GRAVE_ACCENT_AND_TILDE            0x35
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_COMMA_AND_LESS_THAN_SIGN          0x36
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_DOT_AND_GREATER_THAN_SIGN         0x37
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_SLASH_AND_QUESTION_MARK           0x38
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_CAPS_LOCK                         0x39
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F1                                0x3A
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F2                                0x3B
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F3                                0x3C
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F4                                0x3D
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F5                                0x3E
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F6                                0x3F
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F7                                0x40
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F8                                0x41
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F9                                0x42
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F10                               0x43
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F11                               0x44
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F12                               0x45
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_PRINT_SCREEN                      0x46
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_SCROLL_LOCK                       0x47
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_PAUSE                             0x48
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_INSERT                            0x49
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_HOME                              0x4A
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_PAGE_UP                           0x4B
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_DELETE                            0x4C
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_END                               0x4D
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_PAGE_DOWN                         0x4E
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_RIGHT_ARROW                       0x4F
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LEFT_ARROW                        0x50
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_DOWN_ARROW                        0x51
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_UP_ARROW                          0x52
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_NUM_LOCK                          0x53
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_SLASH                      0x54
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_ASTERISK                   0x55
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_MINUS                      0x56
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_PLUS                       0x57
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_ENTER                      0x58
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_1_AND_END                  0x59
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_2_AND_DOWN_ARROW           0x5A
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_3_AND_PAGE_DOWN            0x5B
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_4_AND_LEFT_ARROW           0x5C
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_5                          0x5D
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_6_AND_RIGHT_ARROW          0x5E
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_7_AND_HOME                 0x5F
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_8_AND_UP_ARROW             0x60
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_9_AND_PAGE_UP              0x61
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_0_AND_INSERT               0x62
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_DOT_AND_DELETE             0x63
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_NON_US_BACKSLASH_AND_PIPE         0x64
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_APPLICATION                       0x65
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_POWER                             0x66
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_EQUAL_SIGN                 0x67
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F13                               0x68
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F14                               0x69
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F15                               0x6A
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F16                               0x6B
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F17                               0x6C
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F18                               0x6D
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F19                               0x6E
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F20                               0x6F
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F21                               0x70
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F22                               0x71
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F23                               0x72
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F24                               0x73
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_EXECUTE                           0x74
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_HELP                              0x75
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MENU                              0x76
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_SELECT                            0x77
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_STOP                              0x78
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_AGAIN                             0x79
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_UNDO                              0x7A
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_CUT                               0x7B
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_COPY                              0x7C
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_PASTE                             0x7D
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_FIND                              0x7E
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MUTE                              0x7F
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_VOLUME_UP                         0x80
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_VOLUME_DOWN                       0x81
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LOCKING_CAPS_LOCK                 0x82
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LOCKING_NUM_LOCK                  0x83
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LOCKING_SCROLL_LOCK               0x84
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_COMMA                      0x85
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_EQUAL_SIGN_AS400           0x86
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_INTERNATIONAL1                    0x87
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_INTERNATIONAL2                    0x88
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_INTERNATIONAL3                    0x89
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_INTERNATIONAL4                    0x8A
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_INTERNATIONAL5                    0x8B
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_INTERNATIONAL6                    0x8C
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_INTERNATIONAL7                    0x8D
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_INTERNATIONAL8                    0x8E
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_INTERNATIONAL9                    0x8F
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LANG1                             0x90
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LANG2                             0x91
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LANG3                             0x92
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LANG4                             0x93
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LANG5                             0x94
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LANG6                             0x95
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LANG7                             0x96
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LANG8                             0x97
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LANG9                             0x98
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_ALTERNATE_ERASE                   0x99
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_SYSREQ                            0x9A
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_CANCEL                            0x9B
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_CLEAR                             0x9C
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_PRIOR                             0x9D
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_RETURN                            0x9E
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_SEPARATOR                         0x9F
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_OUT                               0xA0
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_OPER                              0xA1
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_CLEAR_AND_AGAIN                   0xA2
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_CRSEL_AND_PROPS                   0xA3
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_EXSEL                             0xA4
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_00                         0xB0
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_000                        0xB1
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_THOUSANDS_SEPARATOR               0xB2
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_DECIMAL_SEPARATOR                 0xB3
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_CURRENCY_UNIT                     0xB4
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_CURRENCY_SUB_UNIT                 0xB5
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_OPENING_PARENTHESIS        0xB6
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_CLOSING_PARENTHESIS        0xB7
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_OPENING_BRACE              0xB8
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_CLOSING_BRACE              0xB9
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_TAB                        0xBA
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_BACKSPACE                  0xBB
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_A                          0xBC
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_B                          0xBD
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_C                          0xBE
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_D                          0xBF
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_E                          0xC0
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_F                          0xC1
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_XOR                        0xC2
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_CARET                      0xC3
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_PERCENTAGE                 0xC4
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_LESS_THAN_SIGN             0xC5
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_GREATER_THAN_SIGN          0xC6
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_AMP                        0xC7
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_AMP_AMP                    0xC8
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_PIPE                       0xC9
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_PIPE_PIPE                  0xCA
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_COLON                      0xCB
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_HASHMARK                   0xCC
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_SPACE                      0xCD
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_AT                         0xCE
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_EXCLAMATION_SIGN           0xCF
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_MEMORY_STORE               0xD0
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_MEMORY_RECALL              0xD1
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_MEMORY_CLEAR               0xD2
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_MEMORY_ADD                 0xD3
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_MEMORY_SUBTRACT            0xD4
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_MEMORY_MULTIPLY            0xD5
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_MEMORY_DIVIDE              0xD6
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_PLUS_AND_MINUS             0xD7
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_CLEAR                      0xD8
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_CLEAR_ENTRY                0xD9
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_BINARY                     0xDA
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_OCTAL                      0xDB
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_DECIMAL                    0xDC
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_HEXADECIMAL                0xDD
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LEFT_CONTROL                      0xE0
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LEFT_SHIFT                        0xE1
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LEFT_ALT                          0xE2
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LEFT_GUI                          0xE3
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_RIGHT_CONTROL                     0xE4
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_RIGHT_SHIFT                       0xE5
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_RIGHT_ALT                         0xE6
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_RIGHT_GUI                         0xE7
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_PLAY                        0xE8
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_STOP                        0xE9
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_PREVIOUS_TRACK              0xEA
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_NEXT_TRACK                  0xEB
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_EJECT                       0xEC
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_VOLUME_UP                   0xED
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_VOLUME_DOWN                 0xEE
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_MUTE                        0xEF
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_WWW                         0xF0
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_BACKWARD                    0xF1
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_FORWARD                     0xF2
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_CANCEL                      0xF3
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_SEARCH                      0xF4
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_SLEEP                       0xF8
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_LOCK                        0xF9
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_RELOAD                      0xFA
+		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_CALCULATOR                  0xFB
+		//@}
+
+		/** \name Common HID Device Report Descriptors */
+		//@{
+		/** \hideinitializer
+		 *  A list of HID report item array elements that describe a typical HID USB Joystick. The resulting report
+		 *  descriptor is structured according to the following layout:
+		 *
+		 *  \code
+		 *  struct
+		 *  {
+		 *      intA_t X; // Signed X axis value
+		 *      intA_t Y; // Signed Y axis value
+		 *      intA_t Z; // Signed Z axis value
+		 *      uintB_t Buttons; // Pressed buttons bitmask
+		 *  } Joystick_Report;
+		 *  \endcode
+		 *
+		 *  Where \c uintA_t is a type large enough to hold the ranges of the signed \c MinAxisVal and \c MaxAxisVal values,
+		 *  and \c intB_t is a type large enough to hold one bit per button.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in] MinAxisVal      Minimum logical axis value (16-bit).
+		 *  \param[in] MaxAxisVal      Maximum logical axis value (16-bit).
+		 *  \param[in] MinPhysicalVal  Minimum physical axis value, for movement resolution calculations (16-bit).
+		 *  \param[in] MaxPhysicalVal  Maximum physical axis value, for movement resolution calculations (16-bit).
+		 *  \param[in] Buttons         Total number of buttons in the device (8-bit).
+		 */
+		#define HID_DESCRIPTOR_JOYSTICK(MinAxisVal, MaxAxisVal, MinPhysicalVal, MaxPhysicalVal, Buttons) \
+			HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x01),                     \
+			HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x04),                          \
+			HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x01),                     \
+				HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x01),                      \
+				HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x00),                 \
+					HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x30),                  \
+					HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x31),                  \
+					HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x32),                  \
+					HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(16, MinAxisVal), \
+					HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(16, MaxAxisVal), \
+					HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MINIMUM(16, MinPhysicalVal), \
+					HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MAXIMUM(16, MaxPhysicalVal), \
+					HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 3),              \
+					HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, (((MinAxisVal >= -128) && (MaxAxisVal <= 127)) ? 8 : 16)), \
+					HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE), \
+				HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0),                   \
+				HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x09),                 \
+				HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0x01),              \
+				HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, Buttons),           \
+				HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00),            \
+				HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0x01),            \
+				HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01),                \
+				HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, Buttons),            \
+				HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE), \
+				HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, (Buttons % 8) ? (8 - (Buttons % 8)) : 0), \
+				HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x01),               \
+				HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT),          \
+			HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0)
+
+		/** \hideinitializer
+		 *  A list of HID report item array elements that describe a typical HID USB keyboard. The resulting report descriptor
+		 *  is compatible with \ref USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t when \c MaxKeys is equal to 6. For other values, the report will
+		 *  be structured according to the following layout:
+		 *
+		 *  \code
+		 *  struct
+		 *  {
+		 *      uint8_t Modifier; // Keyboard modifier byte indicating pressed modifier keys (\c HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFER_* masks)
+		 *      uint8_t Reserved; // Reserved for OEM use, always set to 0.
+		 *      uint8_t KeyCode[MaxKeys]; // Length determined by the number of keys that can be reported
+		 *  } Keyboard_Report;
+		 *  \endcode
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in] MaxKeys  Number of simultaneous keys that can be reported at the one time (8-bit).
+		 */
+		#define HID_DESCRIPTOR_KEYBOARD(MaxKeys)            \
+			HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x01),                     \
+			HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x06),                          \
+			HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x01),                     \
+				HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x07),                 \
+				HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0xE0),              \
+				HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0xE7),              \
+				HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00),            \
+				HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0x01),            \
+				HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01),                \
+				HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x08),               \
+				HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE), \
+				HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x01),               \
+				HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08),                \
+				HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT),          \
+				HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x08),                 \
+				HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0x01),              \
+				HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0x05),              \
+				HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x05),               \
+				HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01),                \
+				HID_RI_OUTPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE | HID_IOF_NON_VOLATILE), \
+				HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x01),               \
+				HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x03),                \
+				HID_RI_OUTPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT),         \
+				HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00),            \
+				HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(16, 0xFF),           \
+				HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x07),                 \
+				HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0x00),              \
+				HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0xFF),              \
+				HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, MaxKeys),            \
+				HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08),                \
+				HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_ARRAY | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE), \
+			HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0)
+
+		/** \hideinitializer
+		 *  A list of HID report item array elements that describe a typical HID USB mouse. The resulting report descriptor
+		 *  is compatible with \ref USB_MouseReport_Data_t if the \c MinAxisVal and \c MaxAxisVal values fit within a \c int8_t range
+		 *  and the number of Buttons is less than 8. For other values, the report is structured according to the following layout:
+		 *
+		 *  \code
+		 *  struct
+		 *  {
+		 *      uintA_t Buttons; // Pressed buttons bitmask
+		 *      intB_t X; // X axis value
+		 *      intB_t Y; // Y axis value
+		 *  } Mouse_Report;
+		 *  \endcode
+		 *
+		 *  Where \c intA_t is a type large enough to hold one bit per button, and \c intB_t is a type large enough to hold the
+		 *  ranges of the signed \c MinAxisVal and \c MaxAxisVal values.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in] MinAxisVal      Minimum X/Y logical axis value (16-bit).
+		 *  \param[in] MaxAxisVal      Maximum X/Y logical axis value (16-bit).
+		 *  \param[in] MinPhysicalVal  Minimum X/Y physical axis value, for movement resolution calculations (16-bit).
+		 *  \param[in] MaxPhysicalVal  Maximum X/Y physical axis value, for movement resolution calculations (16-bit).
+		 *  \param[in] Buttons         Total number of buttons in the device (8-bit).
+		 *  \param[in] AbsoluteCoords  Boolean \c true to use absolute X/Y coordinates (e.g. touchscreen).
+		 */
+		#define HID_DESCRIPTOR_MOUSE(MinAxisVal, MaxAxisVal, MinPhysicalVal, MaxPhysicalVal, Buttons, AbsoluteCoords) \
+			HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x01),                     \
+			HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x02),                          \
+			HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x01),                     \
+				HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x01),                      \
+				HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x00),                 \
+					HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x09),             \
+					HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0x01),          \
+					HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, Buttons),       \
+					HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00),        \
+					HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0x01),        \
+					HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, Buttons),        \
+					HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01),            \
+					HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE), \
+					HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x01),           \
+					HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, (Buttons % 8) ? (8 - (Buttons % 8)) : 0), \
+					HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT),      \
+					HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x01),             \
+					HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x30),                  \
+					HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x31),                  \
+					HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(16, MinAxisVal), \
+					HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(16, MaxAxisVal), \
+					HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MINIMUM(16, MinPhysicalVal), \
+					HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MAXIMUM(16, MaxPhysicalVal), \
+					HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x02),           \
+					HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, (((MinAxisVal >= -128) && (MaxAxisVal <= 127)) ? 8 : 16)), \
+					HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | (AbsoluteCoords ? HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE : HID_IOF_RELATIVE)), \
+				HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0),                   \
+			HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0)
+
+		/** \hideinitializer
+		 *  A list of HID report item array elements that describe a typical Vendor Defined byte array HID report descriptor,
+		 *  used for transporting arbitrary data between the USB host and device via HID reports. The resulting report should be
+		 *  a \c uint8_t byte array of the specified length in both Device to Host (IN) and Host to Device (OUT) directions.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in] VendorPageNum    Vendor Defined HID Usage Page index, ranging from 0x00 to 0xFF.
+		 *  \param[in] CollectionUsage  Vendor Usage for the encompassing report IN and OUT collection, ranging from 0x00 to 0xFF.
+		 *  \param[in] DataINUsage      Vendor Usage for the IN report data, ranging from 0x00 to 0xFF.
+		 *  \param[in] DataOUTUsage     Vendor Usage for the OUT report data, ranging from 0x00 to 0xFF.
+		 *  \param[in] NumBytes         Length of the data IN and OUT reports.
+		 */
+		#define HID_DESCRIPTOR_VENDOR(VendorPageNum, CollectionUsage, DataINUsage, DataOUTUsage, NumBytes) \
+			HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(16, (0xFF00 | VendorPageNum)), \
+			HID_RI_USAGE(8, CollectionUsage),           \
+			HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x01),                 \
+				HID_RI_USAGE(8, DataINUsage),           \
+				HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00),        \
+				HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0xFF),        \
+				HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08),            \
+				HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, NumBytes),       \
+				HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE), \
+				HID_RI_USAGE(8, DataOUTUsage),          \
+				HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00),        \
+				HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0xFF),        \
+				HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08),            \
+				HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, NumBytes),       \
+				HID_RI_OUTPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE | HID_IOF_NON_VOLATILE), \
+			HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0)
+		//@}
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Enum for possible Class, Subclass and Protocol values of device and interface descriptors relating to the HID
+		 *  device class.
+		 */
+		enum HID_Descriptor_ClassSubclassProtocol_t
+		{
+			HID_CSCP_HIDClass             = 0x03, /**< Descriptor Class value indicating that the device or interface
+			                                       *   belongs to the HID class.
+			                                       */
+			HID_CSCP_NonBootSubclass      = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or interface
+			                                       *   does not implement a HID boot protocol.
+			                                       */
+			HID_CSCP_BootSubclass         = 0x01, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or interface
+			                                       *   implements a HID boot protocol.
+			                                       */
+			HID_CSCP_NonBootProtocol      = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or interface
+			                                       *   does not belong to a HID boot protocol.
+			                                       */
+			HID_CSCP_KeyboardBootProtocol = 0x01, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or interface
+			                                       *   belongs to the Keyboard HID boot protocol.
+			                                       */
+			HID_CSCP_MouseBootProtocol    = 0x02, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or interface
+			                                       *   belongs to the Mouse HID boot protocol.
+			                                       */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the HID class specific control requests that can be issued by the USB bus host. */
+		enum HID_ClassRequests_t
+		{
+			HID_REQ_GetReport       = 0x01, /**< HID class-specific Request to get the current HID report from the device. */
+			HID_REQ_GetIdle         = 0x02, /**< HID class-specific Request to get the current device idle count. */
+			HID_REQ_GetProtocol     = 0x03, /**< HID class-specific Request to get the current HID report protocol mode. */
+			HID_REQ_SetReport       = 0x09, /**< HID class-specific Request to set the current HID report to the device. */
+			HID_REQ_SetIdle         = 0x0A, /**< HID class-specific Request to set the device's idle count. */
+			HID_REQ_SetProtocol     = 0x0B, /**< HID class-specific Request to set the current HID report protocol mode. */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the HID class specific descriptor types. */
+		enum HID_DescriptorTypes_t
+		{
+			HID_DTYPE_HID           = 0x21, /**< Descriptor header type value, to indicate a HID class HID descriptor. */
+			HID_DTYPE_Report        = 0x22, /**< Descriptor header type value, to indicate a HID class HID report descriptor. */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the different types of HID reports. */
+		enum HID_ReportItemTypes_t
+		{
+			HID_REPORT_ITEM_In      = 0, /**< Indicates that the item is an IN report type. */
+			HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out     = 1, /**< Indicates that the item is an OUT report type. */
+			HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature = 2, /**< Indicates that the item is a FEATURE report type. */
+		};
+
+		/** \brief HID class-specific HID Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+		 *
+		 *  Type define for the HID class-specific HID descriptor, to describe the HID device's specifications. Refer to the HID
+		 *  specification for details on the structure elements.
+		 *
+		 *  \see \ref USB_HID_StdDescriptor_HID_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+		 *
+		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
+
+			uint16_t                HIDSpec; /**< BCD encoded version that the HID descriptor and device complies to.
+			                                  *
+			                                  *   \see \ref VERSION_BCD() utility macro.
+			                                  */
+			uint8_t                 CountryCode; /**< Country code of the localized device, or zero if universal. */
+
+			uint8_t                 TotalReportDescriptors; /**< Total number of HID report descriptors for the interface. */
+
+			uint8_t                 HIDReportType; /**< Type of HID report, set to \ref HID_DTYPE_Report. */
+			uint16_t                HIDReportLength; /**< Length of the associated HID report descriptor, in bytes. */
+		} ATTR_PACKED USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t;
+
+		/** \brief HID class-specific HID Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+		 *
+		 *  Type define for the HID class-specific HID descriptor, to describe the HID device's specifications. Refer to the HID
+		 *  specification for details on the structure elements.
+		 *
+		 *  \see \ref USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
+		 *       element names.
+		 *
+		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint8_t  bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+			uint8_t  bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+			                           *   given by the specific class.
+			                           */
+
+			uint16_t bcdHID; /**< BCD encoded version that the HID descriptor and device complies to.
+			                  *
+			                  *   \see \ref VERSION_BCD() utility macro.
+			                  */
+			uint8_t  bCountryCode; /**< Country code of the localized device, or zero if universal. */
+
+			uint8_t  bNumDescriptors; /**< Total number of HID report descriptors for the interface. */
+
+			uint8_t  bDescriptorType2; /**< Type of HID report, set to \ref HID_DTYPE_Report. */
+			uint16_t wDescriptorLength; /**< Length of the associated HID report descriptor, in bytes. */
+		} ATTR_PACKED USB_HID_StdDescriptor_HID_t;
+
+		/** \brief Standard HID Boot Protocol Mouse Report.
+		 *
+		 *  Type define for a standard Boot Protocol Mouse report
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint8_t Button; /**< Button mask for currently pressed buttons in the mouse. */
+			int8_t  X; /**< Current delta X movement of the mouse. */
+			int8_t  Y; /**< Current delta Y movement on the mouse. */
+		} ATTR_PACKED USB_MouseReport_Data_t;
+
+		/** \brief Standard HID Boot Protocol Keyboard Report.
+		 *
+		 *  Type define for a standard Boot Protocol Keyboard report
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint8_t Modifier; /**< Keyboard modifier byte, indicating pressed modifier keys (a combination of
+			                   *   \c HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFER_* masks).
+			                   */
+			uint8_t Reserved; /**< Reserved for OEM use, always set to 0. */
+			uint8_t KeyCode[6]; /**< Key codes of the currently pressed keys. */
+		} ATTR_PACKED USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t;
+
+		/** Type define for the data type used to store HID report descriptor elements. */
+		typedef uint8_t USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t;
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDParser.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDParser.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..62f10c4e22
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDParser.c
@@ -0,0 +1,389 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_HID_DRIVER
+#include "HIDParser.h"
+
+uint8_t USB_ProcessHIDReport(const uint8_t* ReportData,
+                             uint16_t ReportSize,
+                             HID_ReportInfo_t* const ParserData)
+{
+	HID_StateTable_t      StateTable[HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH];
+	HID_StateTable_t*     CurrStateTable     = &StateTable[0];
+	HID_CollectionPath_t* CurrCollectionPath = NULL;
+	HID_ReportSizeInfo_t* CurrReportIDInfo   = &ParserData->ReportIDSizes[0];
+	uint16_t              UsageList[HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH];
+	uint8_t               UsageListSize      = 0;
+	HID_MinMax_t          UsageMinMax        = {0, 0};
+
+	memset(ParserData,       0x00, sizeof(HID_ReportInfo_t));
+	memset(CurrStateTable,   0x00, sizeof(HID_StateTable_t));
+	memset(CurrReportIDInfo, 0x00, sizeof(HID_ReportSizeInfo_t));
+
+	ParserData->TotalDeviceReports = 1;
+
+	while (ReportSize)
+	{
+		uint8_t  HIDReportItem  = *ReportData;
+		uint32_t ReportItemData;
+
+		ReportData++;
+		ReportSize--;
+
+		switch (HIDReportItem & HID_RI_DATA_SIZE_MASK)
+		{
+			case HID_RI_DATA_BITS_32:
+				ReportItemData  = (((uint32_t)ReportData[3] << 24) | ((uint32_t)ReportData[2] << 16) |
+			                       ((uint16_t)ReportData[1] << 8)  | ReportData[0]);
+				ReportSize     -= 4;
+				ReportData     += 4;
+				break;
+
+			case HID_RI_DATA_BITS_16:
+				ReportItemData  = (((uint16_t)ReportData[1] << 8) | (ReportData[0]));
+				ReportSize     -= 2;
+				ReportData     += 2;
+				break;
+
+			case HID_RI_DATA_BITS_8:
+				ReportItemData  = ReportData[0];
+				ReportSize     -= 1;
+				ReportData     += 1;
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				ReportItemData  = 0;
+				break;
+		}
+
+		switch (HIDReportItem & (HID_RI_TYPE_MASK | HID_RI_TAG_MASK))
+		{
+			case HID_RI_PUSH(0):
+				if (CurrStateTable == &StateTable[HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH - 1])
+				  return HID_PARSE_HIDStackOverflow;
+
+				memcpy((CurrStateTable + 1),
+				       CurrStateTable,
+				       sizeof(HID_ReportItem_t));
+
+				CurrStateTable++;
+				break;
+
+			case HID_RI_POP(0):
+				if (CurrStateTable == &StateTable[0])
+				  return HID_PARSE_HIDStackUnderflow;
+
+				CurrStateTable--;
+				break;
+
+			case HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(0):
+				if ((HIDReportItem & HID_RI_DATA_SIZE_MASK) == HID_RI_DATA_BITS_32)
+				  CurrStateTable->Attributes.Usage.Page = (ReportItemData >> 16);
+
+				CurrStateTable->Attributes.Usage.Page       = ReportItemData;
+				break;
+
+			case HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(0):
+				CurrStateTable->Attributes.Logical.Minimum  = ReportItemData;
+				break;
+
+			case HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(0):
+				CurrStateTable->Attributes.Logical.Maximum  = ReportItemData;
+				break;
+
+			case HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MINIMUM(0):
+				CurrStateTable->Attributes.Physical.Minimum = ReportItemData;
+				break;
+
+			case HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MAXIMUM(0):
+				CurrStateTable->Attributes.Physical.Maximum = ReportItemData;
+				break;
+
+			case HID_RI_UNIT_EXPONENT(0):
+				CurrStateTable->Attributes.Unit.Exponent    = ReportItemData;
+				break;
+
+			case HID_RI_UNIT(0):
+				CurrStateTable->Attributes.Unit.Type        = ReportItemData;
+				break;
+
+			case HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(0):
+				CurrStateTable->Attributes.BitSize          = ReportItemData;
+				break;
+
+			case HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(0):
+				CurrStateTable->ReportCount                 = ReportItemData;
+				break;
+
+			case HID_RI_REPORT_ID(0):
+				CurrStateTable->ReportID                    = ReportItemData;
+
+				if (ParserData->UsingReportIDs)
+				{
+					CurrReportIDInfo = NULL;
+
+					for (uint8_t i = 0; i < ParserData->TotalDeviceReports; i++)
+					{
+						if (ParserData->ReportIDSizes[i].ReportID == CurrStateTable->ReportID)
+						{
+							CurrReportIDInfo = &ParserData->ReportIDSizes[i];
+							break;
+						}
+					}
+
+					if (CurrReportIDInfo == NULL)
+					{
+						if (ParserData->TotalDeviceReports == HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS)
+						  return HID_PARSE_InsufficientReportIDItems;
+
+						CurrReportIDInfo = &ParserData->ReportIDSizes[ParserData->TotalDeviceReports++];
+						memset(CurrReportIDInfo, 0x00, sizeof(HID_ReportSizeInfo_t));
+					}
+				}
+
+				ParserData->UsingReportIDs = true;
+
+				CurrReportIDInfo->ReportID = CurrStateTable->ReportID;
+				break;
+
+			case HID_RI_USAGE(0):
+				if (UsageListSize == HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH)
+				  return HID_PARSE_UsageListOverflow;
+
+				UsageList[UsageListSize++] = ReportItemData;
+				break;
+
+			case HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(0):
+				UsageMinMax.Minimum = ReportItemData;
+				break;
+
+			case HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(0):
+				UsageMinMax.Maximum = ReportItemData;
+				break;
+
+			case HID_RI_COLLECTION(0):
+				if (CurrCollectionPath == NULL)
+				{
+					CurrCollectionPath = &ParserData->CollectionPaths[0];
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					HID_CollectionPath_t* ParentCollectionPath = CurrCollectionPath;
+
+					CurrCollectionPath = &ParserData->CollectionPaths[1];
+
+					while (CurrCollectionPath->Parent != NULL)
+					{
+						if (CurrCollectionPath == &ParserData->CollectionPaths[HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS - 1])
+						  return HID_PARSE_InsufficientCollectionPaths;
+
+						CurrCollectionPath++;
+					}
+
+					CurrCollectionPath->Parent = ParentCollectionPath;
+				}
+
+				CurrCollectionPath->Type       = ReportItemData;
+				CurrCollectionPath->Usage.Page = CurrStateTable->Attributes.Usage.Page;
+
+				if (UsageListSize)
+				{
+					CurrCollectionPath->Usage.Usage = UsageList[0];
+
+					for (uint8_t i = 1; i < UsageListSize; i++)
+					  UsageList[i - 1] = UsageList[i];
+
+					UsageListSize--;
+				}
+				else if (UsageMinMax.Minimum <= UsageMinMax.Maximum)
+				{
+					CurrCollectionPath->Usage.Usage = UsageMinMax.Minimum++;
+				}
+
+				break;
+
+			case HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0):
+				if (CurrCollectionPath == NULL)
+				  return HID_PARSE_UnexpectedEndCollection;
+
+				CurrCollectionPath = CurrCollectionPath->Parent;
+				break;
+
+			case HID_RI_INPUT(0):
+			case HID_RI_OUTPUT(0):
+			case HID_RI_FEATURE(0):
+				for (uint8_t ReportItemNum = 0; ReportItemNum < CurrStateTable->ReportCount; ReportItemNum++)
+				{
+					HID_ReportItem_t NewReportItem;
+
+					memcpy(&NewReportItem.Attributes,
+					       &CurrStateTable->Attributes,
+					       sizeof(HID_ReportItem_Attributes_t));
+
+					NewReportItem.ItemFlags      = ReportItemData;
+					NewReportItem.CollectionPath = CurrCollectionPath;
+					NewReportItem.ReportID       = CurrStateTable->ReportID;
+
+					if (UsageListSize)
+					{
+						NewReportItem.Attributes.Usage.Usage = UsageList[0];
+
+						for (uint8_t i = 1; i < UsageListSize; i++)
+						  UsageList[i - 1] = UsageList[i];
+
+						UsageListSize--;
+					}
+					else if (UsageMinMax.Minimum <= UsageMinMax.Maximum)
+					{
+						NewReportItem.Attributes.Usage.Usage = UsageMinMax.Minimum++;
+					}
+
+					uint8_t ItemTypeTag = (HIDReportItem & (HID_RI_TYPE_MASK | HID_RI_TAG_MASK));
+
+					if (ItemTypeTag == HID_RI_INPUT(0))
+					  NewReportItem.ItemType = HID_REPORT_ITEM_In;
+					else if (ItemTypeTag == HID_RI_OUTPUT(0))
+					  NewReportItem.ItemType = HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out;
+					else
+					  NewReportItem.ItemType = HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature;
+
+					NewReportItem.BitOffset = CurrReportIDInfo->ReportSizeBits[NewReportItem.ItemType];
+
+					CurrReportIDInfo->ReportSizeBits[NewReportItem.ItemType] += CurrStateTable->Attributes.BitSize;
+
+					ParserData->LargestReportSizeBits = MAX(ParserData->LargestReportSizeBits, CurrReportIDInfo->ReportSizeBits[NewReportItem.ItemType]);
+
+					if (ParserData->TotalReportItems == HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS)
+					  return HID_PARSE_InsufficientReportItems;
+
+					memcpy(&ParserData->ReportItems[ParserData->TotalReportItems],
+					       &NewReportItem, sizeof(HID_ReportItem_t));
+
+					if (!(ReportItemData & HID_IOF_CONSTANT) && CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem(&NewReportItem))
+					  ParserData->TotalReportItems++;
+				}
+
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				break;
+		}
+
+		if ((HIDReportItem & HID_RI_TYPE_MASK) == HID_RI_TYPE_MAIN)
+		{
+			UsageMinMax.Minimum = 0;
+			UsageMinMax.Maximum = 0;
+			UsageListSize       = 0;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (!(ParserData->TotalReportItems))
+	  return HID_PARSE_NoUnfilteredReportItems;
+
+	return HID_PARSE_Successful;
+}
+
+bool USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo(const uint8_t* ReportData,
+                              HID_ReportItem_t* const ReportItem)
+{
+	if (ReportItem == NULL)
+	  return false;
+
+	uint16_t DataBitsRem  = ReportItem->Attributes.BitSize;
+	uint16_t CurrentBit   = ReportItem->BitOffset;
+	uint32_t BitMask      = (1 << 0);
+
+	if (ReportItem->ReportID)
+	{
+		if (ReportItem->ReportID != ReportData[0])
+		  return false;
+
+		ReportData++;
+	}
+
+	ReportItem->PreviousValue = ReportItem->Value;
+	ReportItem->Value = 0;
+
+	while (DataBitsRem--)
+	{
+		if (ReportData[CurrentBit / 8] & (1 << (CurrentBit % 8)))
+		  ReportItem->Value |= BitMask;
+
+		CurrentBit++;
+		BitMask <<= 1;
+	}
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+void USB_SetHIDReportItemInfo(uint8_t* ReportData,
+                              HID_ReportItem_t* const ReportItem)
+{
+	if (ReportItem == NULL)
+	  return;
+
+	uint16_t DataBitsRem  = ReportItem->Attributes.BitSize;
+	uint16_t CurrentBit   = ReportItem->BitOffset;
+	uint32_t BitMask      = (1 << 0);
+
+	if (ReportItem->ReportID)
+	{
+		ReportData[0] = ReportItem->ReportID;
+		ReportData++;
+	}
+
+	ReportItem->PreviousValue = ReportItem->Value;
+
+	while (DataBitsRem--)
+	{
+		if (ReportItem->Value & BitMask)
+		  ReportData[CurrentBit / 8] |= (1 << (CurrentBit % 8));
+
+		CurrentBit++;
+		BitMask <<= 1;
+	}
+}
+
+uint16_t USB_GetHIDReportSize(HID_ReportInfo_t* const ParserData,
+                              const uint8_t ReportID,
+                              const uint8_t ReportType)
+{
+	for (uint8_t i = 0; i < HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS; i++)
+	{
+		uint16_t ReportSizeBits = ParserData->ReportIDSizes[i].ReportSizeBits[ReportType];
+
+		if (ParserData->ReportIDSizes[i].ReportID == ReportID)
+		  return (ReportSizeBits / 8) + ((ReportSizeBits % 8) ? 1 : 0);
+	}
+
+	return 0;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDParser.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDParser.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..023316d7ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDParser.h
@@ -0,0 +1,364 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief USB Human Interface Device (HID) Class report descriptor parser.
+ *
+ *  This file allows for the easy parsing of complex HID report descriptors, which describes the data that
+ *  a HID device transmits to the host. It also provides an easy API for extracting and processing the data
+ *  elements inside a HID report sent from an attached HID device.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USB
+ *  \defgroup Group_HIDParser HID Report Parser
+ *  \brief USB Human Interface Device (HID) Class report descriptor parser.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_HIDParser_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDParser.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_HIDParser_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  Human Interface Device (HID) class report descriptor parser. This module implements a parser than is
+ *  capable of processing a complete HID report descriptor, and outputting a flat structure containing the
+ *  contents of the report in an a more friendly format. The parsed data may then be further processed and used
+ *  within an application to process sent and received HID reports to and from an attached HID device.
+ *
+ *  A HID report descriptor consists of a set of HID report items, which describe the function and layout
+ *  of data exchanged between a HID device and a host, including both the physical encoding of each item
+ *  (such as a button, key press or joystick axis) in the sent and received data packets - known as "reports" -
+ *  as well as other information about each item such as the usages, data range, physical location and other
+ *  characteristics. In this way a HID device can retain a high degree of flexibility in its capabilities, as it
+ *  is not forced to comply with a given report layout or feature-set.
+ *
+ *  This module also contains routines for the processing of data in an actual HID report, using the parsed report
+ *  descriptor data as a guide for the encoding.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __HIDPARSER_H__
+#define __HIDPARSER_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+		#include "HIDReportData.h"
+		#include "HIDClassCommon.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		#if !defined(HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			/** Constant indicating the maximum stack depth of the state table. A larger state table
+			 *  allows for more PUSH/POP report items to be nested, but consumes more memory. By default
+			 *  this is set to 2 levels (allowing non-nested PUSH items) but this can be overridden by
+			 *  defining \c HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH to another value in the user project makefile, passing the
+			 *  define to the compiler using the -D compiler switch.
+			 */
+			#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH    2
+		#endif
+
+		#if !defined(HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			/** Constant indicating the maximum stack depth of the usage table. A larger usage table
+			 *  allows for more USAGE items to be indicated sequentially for REPORT COUNT entries of more than
+			 *  one, but requires more stack space. By default this is set to 8 levels (allowing for a report
+			 *  item with a count of 8) but this can be overridden by defining \c HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH to another
+			 *  value in the user project makefile, passing the define to the compiler using the -D compiler
+			 *  switch.
+			 */
+			#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH         8
+		#endif
+
+		#if !defined(HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			/** Constant indicating the maximum number of COLLECTION items (nested or unnested) that can be
+			 *  processed in the report item descriptor. A large value allows for more COLLECTION items to be
+			 *  processed, but consumes more memory. By default this is set to 10 collections, but this can be
+			 *  overridden by defining \c HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS to another value in the user project makefile, passing
+			 *  the define to the compiler using the -D compiler switch.
+			 */
+			#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS           10
+		#endif
+
+		#if !defined(HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			/** Constant indicating the maximum number of report items (IN, OUT or FEATURE) that can be processed
+			 *  in the report item descriptor and stored in the user HID Report Info structure. A large value allows
+			 *  for more report items to be stored, but consumes more memory. By default this is set to 20 items,
+			 *  but this can be overridden by defining \c HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS to another value in the user project
+			 *  makefile, and passing the define to the compiler using the -D compiler switch.
+			 */
+			#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS           20
+		#endif
+
+		#if !defined(HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			/** Constant indicating the maximum number of unique report IDs that can be processed in the report item
+			 *  descriptor for the report size information array in the user HID Report Info structure. A large value
+			 *  allows for more report ID report sizes to be stored, but consumes more memory. By default this is set
+			 *  to 10 items, but this can be overridden by defining \c HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS to another value in the user project
+			 *  makefile, and passing the define to the compiler using the -D compiler switch. Note that IN, OUT and FEATURE
+			 *  items sharing the same report ID consume only one size item in the array.
+			 */
+			#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS            10
+		#endif
+
+		/** Returns the value a given HID report item (once its value has been fetched via \ref USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo())
+		 *  left-aligned to the given data type. This allows for signed data to be interpreted correctly, by shifting the data
+		 *  leftwards until the data's sign bit is in the correct position.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in] ReportItem  HID Report Item whose retrieved value is to be aligned.
+		 *  \param[in] Type        Data type to align the HID report item's value to.
+		 *
+		 *  \return Left-aligned data of the given report item's pre-retrieved value for the given datatype.
+		 */
+		#define HID_ALIGN_DATA(ReportItem, Type) ((Type)(ReportItem->Value << ((8 * sizeof(Type)) - ReportItem->Attributes.BitSize)))
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Enums: */
+			/** Enum for the possible error codes in the return value of the \ref USB_ProcessHIDReport() function. */
+			enum HID_Parse_ErrorCodes_t
+			{
+				HID_PARSE_Successful                  = 0, /**< Successful parse of the HID report descriptor, no error. */
+				HID_PARSE_HIDStackOverflow            = 1, /**< More than \ref HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH nested PUSHes in the report. */
+				HID_PARSE_HIDStackUnderflow           = 2, /**< A POP was found when the state table stack was empty. */
+				HID_PARSE_InsufficientReportItems     = 3, /**< More than \ref HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS report items in the report. */
+				HID_PARSE_UnexpectedEndCollection     = 4, /**< An END COLLECTION item found without matching COLLECTION item. */
+				HID_PARSE_InsufficientCollectionPaths = 5, /**< More than \ref HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS collections in the report. */
+				HID_PARSE_UsageListOverflow           = 6, /**< More than \ref HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH usages listed in a row. */
+				HID_PARSE_InsufficientReportIDItems   = 7, /**< More than \ref HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS report IDs in the device. */
+				HID_PARSE_NoUnfilteredReportItems     = 8, /**< All report items from the device were filtered by the filtering callback routine. */
+			};
+
+		/* Type Defines: */
+			/** \brief HID Parser Report Item Min/Max Structure.
+			 *
+			 *  Type define for an attribute with both minimum and maximum values (e.g. Logical Min/Max).
+			 */
+			typedef struct
+			{
+				uint32_t Minimum; /**< Minimum value for the attribute. */
+				uint32_t Maximum; /**< Maximum value for the attribute. */
+			} HID_MinMax_t;
+
+			/** \brief HID Parser Report Item Unit Structure.
+			 *
+			 *  Type define for the Unit attributes of a report item.
+			 */
+			typedef struct
+			{
+				uint32_t Type;     /**< Unit type (refer to HID specifications for details). */
+				uint8_t  Exponent; /**< Unit exponent (refer to HID specifications for details). */
+			} HID_Unit_t;
+
+			/** \brief HID Parser Report Item Usage Structure.
+			 *
+			 *  Type define for the Usage attributes of a report item.
+			 */
+			typedef struct
+			{
+				uint16_t Page;  /**< Usage page of the report item. */
+				uint16_t Usage; /**< Usage of the report item. */
+			} HID_Usage_t;
+
+			/** \brief HID Parser Report Item Collection Path Structure.
+			 *
+			 *  Type define for a COLLECTION object. Contains the collection attributes and a reference to the
+			 *  parent collection if any.
+			 */
+			typedef struct HID_CollectionPath
+			{
+				uint8_t                    Type;   /**< Collection type (e.g. "Generic Desktop"). */
+				HID_Usage_t                Usage;  /**< Collection usage. */
+				struct HID_CollectionPath* Parent; /**< Reference to parent collection, or \c NULL if root collection. */
+			} HID_CollectionPath_t;
+
+			/** \brief HID Parser Report Item Attributes Structure.
+			 *
+			 *  Type define for all the data attributes of a report item, except flags.
+			 */
+			typedef struct
+			{
+				uint8_t      BitSize;  /**< Size in bits of the report item's data. */
+
+				HID_Usage_t  Usage;    /**< Usage of the report item. */
+				HID_Unit_t   Unit;     /**< Unit type and exponent of the report item. */
+				HID_MinMax_t Logical;  /**< Logical minimum and maximum of the report item. */
+				HID_MinMax_t Physical; /**< Physical minimum and maximum of the report item. */
+			} HID_ReportItem_Attributes_t;
+
+			/** \brief HID Parser Report Item Details Structure.
+			 *
+			 *  Type define for a report item (IN, OUT or FEATURE) layout attributes and other details.
+			 */
+			typedef struct
+			{
+				uint16_t                    BitOffset;      /**< Bit offset in the IN, OUT or FEATURE report of the item. */
+				uint8_t                     ItemType;       /**< Report item type, a value in \ref HID_ReportItemTypes_t. */
+				uint16_t                    ItemFlags;      /**< Item data flags, a mask of \c HID_IOF_* constants. */
+				uint8_t                     ReportID;       /**< Report ID this item belongs to, or 0x00 if device has only one report */
+				HID_CollectionPath_t*       CollectionPath; /**< Collection path of the item. */
+
+				HID_ReportItem_Attributes_t Attributes;     /**< Report item attributes. */
+
+				uint32_t                    Value;          /**< Current value of the report item - use \ref HID_ALIGN_DATA() when processing
+				                                             *   a retrieved value so that it is aligned to a specific type.
+				                                             */
+				uint32_t                    PreviousValue;  /**< Previous value of the report item. */
+			} HID_ReportItem_t;
+
+			/** \brief HID Parser Report Size Structure.
+			 *
+			 *  Type define for a report item size information structure, to retain the size of a device's reports by ID.
+			 */
+			typedef struct
+			{
+				uint8_t  ReportID; /**< Report ID of the report within the HID interface. */
+				uint16_t ReportSizeBits[3]; /**< Total number of bits in each report type for the given Report ID,
+				                             *   indexed by the \ref HID_ReportItemTypes_t enum.
+				                             */
+			} HID_ReportSizeInfo_t;
+
+			/** \brief HID Parser State Structure.
+			 *
+			 *  Type define for a complete processed HID report, including all report item data and collections.
+			 */
+			typedef struct
+			{
+				uint8_t              TotalReportItems; /**< Total number of report items stored in the \c ReportItems array. */
+				HID_ReportItem_t     ReportItems[HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS]; /**< Report items array, including all IN, OUT
+			                                                            *   and FEATURE items.
+				                                                        */
+				HID_CollectionPath_t CollectionPaths[HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS]; /**< All collection items, referenced
+				                                                            *   by the report items.
+				                                                            */
+				uint8_t              TotalDeviceReports; /**< Number of reports within the HID interface */
+				HID_ReportSizeInfo_t ReportIDSizes[HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS]; /**< Report sizes for each report in the interface */
+				uint16_t             LargestReportSizeBits; /**< Largest report that the attached device will generate, in bits */
+				bool                 UsingReportIDs; /**< Indicates if the device has at least one REPORT ID
+				                                      *   element in its HID report descriptor.
+				                                      */
+			} HID_ReportInfo_t;
+
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			/** Function to process a given HID report returned from an attached device, and store it into a given
+			 *  \ref HID_ReportInfo_t structure.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in]  ReportData  Buffer containing the device's HID report table.
+			 *  \param[in]  ReportSize  Size in bytes of the HID report table.
+			 *  \param[out] ParserData  Pointer to a \ref HID_ReportInfo_t instance for the parser output.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value in the \ref HID_Parse_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t USB_ProcessHIDReport(const uint8_t* ReportData,
+			                             uint16_t ReportSize,
+			                             HID_ReportInfo_t* const ParserData) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+			/** Extracts the given report item's value out of the given HID report and places it into the Value
+			 *  member of the report item's \ref HID_ReportItem_t structure.
+			 *
+			 *  When called on a report with an item that exists in that report, this copies the report item's \c Value
+			 *  to its \c PreviousValue element for easy checking to see if an item's value has changed before processing
+			 *  a report. If the given item does not exist in the report, the function does not modify the report item's
+			 *  data.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in]     ReportData  Buffer containing an IN or FEATURE report from an attached device.
+			 *  \param[in,out] ReportItem  Pointer to the report item of interest in a \ref HID_ReportInfo_t ReportItem array.
+			 *
+			 *  \returns Boolean \c true if the item to retrieve was located in the given report, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			bool USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo(const uint8_t* ReportData,
+			                              HID_ReportItem_t* const ReportItem) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Retrieves the given report item's value out of the \c Value member of the report item's
+			 *  \ref HID_ReportItem_t structure and places it into the correct position in the HID report
+			 *  buffer. The report buffer is assumed to have the appropriate bits cleared before calling
+			 *  this function (i.e., the buffer should be explicitly cleared before report values are added).
+			 *
+			 *  When called, this copies the report item's \c Value element to its \c PreviousValue element for easy
+			 *  checking to see if an item's value has changed before sending a report.
+			 *
+			 *  If the device has multiple HID reports, the first byte in the report is set to the report ID of the given item.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[out] ReportData  Buffer holding the current OUT or FEATURE report data.
+			 *  \param[in]  ReportItem  Pointer to the report item of interest in a \ref HID_ReportInfo_t ReportItem array.
+			 */
+			void USB_SetHIDReportItemInfo(uint8_t* ReportData,
+			                              HID_ReportItem_t* const ReportItem) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Retrieves the size of a given HID report in bytes from its Report ID.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] ParserData  Pointer to a \ref HID_ReportInfo_t instance containing the parser output.
+			 *  \param[in] ReportID    Report ID of the report whose size is to be determined.
+			 *  \param[in] ReportType  Type of the report whose size is to be determined, a value from the
+			 *                         \ref HID_ReportItemTypes_t enum.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Size of the report in bytes, or \c 0 if the report does not exist.
+			 */
+			uint16_t USB_GetHIDReportSize(HID_ReportInfo_t* const ParserData,
+			                              const uint8_t ReportID,
+			                              const uint8_t ReportType) ATTR_CONST ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Callback routine for the HID Report Parser. This callback <b>must</b> be implemented by the user code when
+			 *  the parser is used, to determine what report IN, OUT and FEATURE item's information is stored into the user
+			 *  \ref HID_ReportInfo_t structure. This can be used to filter only those items the application will be using, so that
+			 *  no RAM is wasted storing the attributes for report items which will never be referenced by the application.
+			 *
+			 *  Report item pointers passed to this callback function may be cached by the user application for later use
+			 *  when processing report items. This provides faster report processing in the user application than would
+			 *  a search of the entire parsed report item table for each received or sent report.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] CurrentItem  Pointer to the current report item for user checking.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the item should be stored into the \ref HID_ReportInfo_t structure, \c false if
+			 *          it should be ignored.
+			 */
+			bool CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem(HID_ReportItem_t* const CurrentItem);
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Type Defines: */
+			typedef struct
+			{
+				 HID_ReportItem_Attributes_t Attributes;
+				 uint8_t                     ReportCount;
+				 uint8_t                     ReportID;
+			} HID_StateTable_t;
+	#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDReportData.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDReportData.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fe1c4df943
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDReportData.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Constants for HID report item attributes.
+ *
+ *  HID report item constants for report item attributes. Refer to the HID specification for
+ *  details on each flag's meaning when applied to an IN, OUT or FEATURE item.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_HIDParser
+ *  \defgroup Group_HIDReportItemConst HID Report Descriptor Item Constants
+ *
+ *  General HID constant definitions for HID Report Descriptor elements.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __HIDREPORTDATA_H__
+#define __HIDREPORTDATA_H__
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Macros: */
+			#define HID_RI_DATA_SIZE_MASK                   0x03
+			#define HID_RI_TYPE_MASK                        0x0C
+			#define HID_RI_TAG_MASK                         0xF0
+
+			#define HID_RI_TYPE_MAIN                        0x00
+			#define HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL                      0x04
+			#define HID_RI_TYPE_LOCAL                       0x08
+
+			#define HID_RI_DATA_BITS_0                      0x00
+			#define HID_RI_DATA_BITS_8                      0x01
+			#define HID_RI_DATA_BITS_16                     0x02
+			#define HID_RI_DATA_BITS_32                     0x03
+			#define HID_RI_DATA_BITS(DataBits)              CONCAT_EXPANDED(HID_RI_DATA_BITS_, DataBits)
+
+			#define _HID_RI_ENCODE_0(Data)
+			#define _HID_RI_ENCODE_8(Data)                  , (Data & 0xFF)
+			#define _HID_RI_ENCODE_16(Data)                 _HID_RI_ENCODE_8(Data)  _HID_RI_ENCODE_8(Data >> 8)
+			#define _HID_RI_ENCODE_32(Data)                 _HID_RI_ENCODE_16(Data) _HID_RI_ENCODE_16(Data >> 16)
+			#define _HID_RI_ENCODE(DataBits, ...)           CONCAT_EXPANDED(_HID_RI_ENCODE_, DataBits(__VA_ARGS__))
+
+			#define _HID_RI_ENTRY(Type, Tag, DataBits, ...) (Type | Tag | HID_RI_DATA_BITS(DataBits)) _HID_RI_ENCODE(DataBits, (__VA_ARGS__))
+	#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+		/** \name HID Input, Output and Feature Report Descriptor Item Flags */
+		//@{
+			#define HID_IOF_CONSTANT                        (1 << 0)
+			#define HID_IOF_DATA                            (0 << 0)
+			#define HID_IOF_VARIABLE                        (1 << 1)
+			#define HID_IOF_ARRAY                           (0 << 1)
+			#define HID_IOF_RELATIVE                        (1 << 2)
+			#define HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE                        (0 << 2)
+			#define HID_IOF_WRAP                            (1 << 3)
+			#define HID_IOF_NO_WRAP                         (0 << 3)
+			#define HID_IOF_NON_LINEAR                      (1 << 4)
+			#define HID_IOF_LINEAR                          (0 << 4)
+			#define HID_IOF_NO_PREFERRED_STATE              (1 << 5)
+			#define HID_IOF_PREFERRED_STATE                 (0 << 5)
+			#define HID_IOF_NULLSTATE                       (1 << 6)
+			#define HID_IOF_NO_NULL_POSITION                (0 << 6)
+			#define HID_IOF_VOLATILE                        (1 << 7)
+			#define HID_IOF_NON_VOLATILE                    (0 << 7)
+			#define HID_IOF_BUFFERED_BYTES                  (1 << 8)
+			#define HID_IOF_BITFIELD                        (0 << 8)
+		//@}
+
+		/** \name HID Report Descriptor Item Macros */
+		//@{
+			#define HID_RI_INPUT(DataBits, ...)             _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_MAIN  , 0x80, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+			#define HID_RI_OUTPUT(DataBits, ...)            _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_MAIN  , 0x90, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+			#define HID_RI_COLLECTION(DataBits, ...)        _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_MAIN  , 0xA0, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+			#define HID_RI_FEATURE(DataBits, ...)           _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_MAIN  , 0xB0, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+			#define HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(DataBits, ...)    _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_MAIN  , 0xC0, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+			#define HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(DataBits, ...)        _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0x00, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+			#define HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(DataBits, ...)   _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0x10, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+			#define HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(DataBits, ...)   _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0x20, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+			#define HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MINIMUM(DataBits, ...)  _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0x30, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+			#define HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MAXIMUM(DataBits, ...)  _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0x40, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+			#define HID_RI_UNIT_EXPONENT(DataBits, ...)     _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0x50, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+			#define HID_RI_UNIT(DataBits, ...)              _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0x60, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+			#define HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(DataBits, ...)       _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0x70, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+			#define HID_RI_REPORT_ID(DataBits, ...)         _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0x80, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+			#define HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(DataBits, ...)      _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0x90, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+			#define HID_RI_PUSH(DataBits, ...)              _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0xA0, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+			#define HID_RI_POP(DataBits, ...)               _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0xB0, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+			#define HID_RI_USAGE(DataBits, ...)             _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_LOCAL , 0x00, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+			#define HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(DataBits, ...)     _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_LOCAL , 0x10, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+			#define HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(DataBits, ...)     _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_LOCAL , 0x20, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+		//@}
+
+/** @} */
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/MIDIClassCommon.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/MIDIClassCommon.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b6414bc06b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/MIDIClassCommon.h
@@ -0,0 +1,363 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Common definitions and declarations for the library USB MIDI Class driver.
+ *
+ *  Common definitions and declarations for the library USB MIDI Class driver.
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassMIDI
+ *  \defgroup Group_USBClassMIDICommon  Common Class Definitions
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USBClassMIDICommon_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  Constants, Types and Enum definitions that are common to both Device and Host modes for the USB
+ *  MIDI Class.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MIDI_CLASS_COMMON_H_
+#define _MIDI_CLASS_COMMON_H_
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_AUDIO_DRIVER
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../Core/StdDescriptors.h"
+		#include "AudioClassCommon.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_MIDI_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** \name MIDI Command Values
+		 *  See http://www.midi.org/techspecs/midimessages.php for more information.
+		 */
+		//@{
+		/** MIDI command for System Exclusive (SysEx) single event that has one byte of data total. */
+		#define MIDI_COMMAND_SYSEX_1BYTE           MIDI_COMMAND_SYSEX_END_1BYTE
+
+		/** MIDI command for System Exclusive (SysEx) single event that has two bytes of data total. */
+		#define MIDI_COMMAND_SYSEX_2BYTE           0x20
+
+		/** MIDI command for System Exclusive (SysEx) single event that has three bytes of data total. */
+		#define MIDI_COMMAND_SYSEX_3BYTE           0x30
+
+		/** MIDI command for System Exclusive (SysEx) stream event that has at least four bytes of data total. */
+		#define MIDI_COMMAND_SYSEX_START_3BYTE     0x40
+
+		/** MIDI command for System Exclusive (SysEx) stream event terminator with one remaining data byte. */
+		#define MIDI_COMMAND_SYSEX_END_1BYTE       0x50
+
+		/** MIDI command for System Exclusive (SysEx) stream event terminator with two remaining data bytes. */
+		#define MIDI_COMMAND_SYSEX_END_2BYTE       0x60
+
+		/** MIDI command for System Exclusive (SysEx) stream event terminator with three remaining data bytes. */
+		#define MIDI_COMMAND_SYSEX_END_3BYTE       0x70
+
+		/** MIDI command for a note off (deactivation) event. */
+		#define MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF              0x80
+
+		/** MIDI command for a note on (activation) event. */
+		#define MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON               0x90
+
+		/** MIDI command for a note pressure change event. */
+		#define MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_PRESSURE         0xA0
+
+		/** MIDI command for a control change event. */
+		#define MIDI_COMMAND_CONTROL_CHANGE        0xB0
+
+		/** MIDI command for a control change event. */
+		#define MIDI_COMMAND_PROGRAM_CHANGE        0xC0
+
+		/** MIDI command for a channel pressure change event. */
+		#define MIDI_COMMAND_CHANNEL_PRESSURE      0xD0
+
+		/** MIDI command for a pitch change event. */
+		#define MIDI_COMMAND_PITCH_WHEEL_CHANGE    0xE0
+		//@}
+
+		/** Standard key press velocity value used for all note events. */
+		#define MIDI_STANDARD_VELOCITY             64
+
+		/** Convenience macro. MIDI channels are numbered from 1-10 (natural numbers) however the logical channel
+		 *  addresses are zero-indexed. This converts a natural MIDI channel number into the logical channel address.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in] channel  MIDI channel number to address.
+		 *
+		 *  \return Constructed MIDI channel ID.
+		 */
+		#define MIDI_CHANNEL(channel)              ((channel) - 1)
+
+		/** Constructs a MIDI event ID from a given MIDI command and a virtual MIDI cable index. This can then be
+		 *  used to create and decode \ref MIDI_EventPacket_t MIDI event packets.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in] virtualcable  Index of the virtual MIDI cable the event relates to
+		 *  \param[in] command       MIDI command to send through the virtual MIDI cable
+		 *
+		 *  \return Constructed MIDI event ID.
+		 */
+		#define MIDI_EVENT(virtualcable, command)  (((virtualcable) << 4) | ((command) >> 4))
+
+	/* Enums: */
+		/** Enum for the possible MIDI jack types in a MIDI device jack descriptor. */
+		enum MIDI_JackTypes_t
+		{
+			MIDI_JACKTYPE_Embedded = 0x01, /**< MIDI class descriptor jack type value for an embedded (logical) MIDI input or output jack. */
+			MIDI_JACKTYPE_External = 0x02, /**< MIDI class descriptor jack type value for an external (physical) MIDI input or output jack. */
+		};
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** \brief MIDI class-specific Streaming Interface Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+		 *
+		 *  Type define for an Audio class-specific MIDI streaming interface descriptor. This indicates to the host
+		 *  how MIDI the specification compliance of the device and the total length of the Audio class-specific descriptors.
+		 *  See the USB Audio specification for more details.
+		 *
+		 *  \see \ref USB_MIDI_StdDescriptor_AudioInterface_AS_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+		 *
+		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
+			uint8_t                 Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors. */
+
+			uint16_t                AudioSpecification; /**< Binary coded decimal value, indicating the supported Audio Class
+			                                             *   specification version.
+			                                             *
+			                                             *   \see \ref VERSION_BCD() utility macro.
+			                                             */
+			uint16_t                TotalLength; /**< Total length of the Audio class-specific descriptors, including this descriptor. */
+		} ATTR_PACKED USB_MIDI_Descriptor_AudioInterface_AS_t;
+
+		/** \brief MIDI class-specific Streaming Interface Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+		 *
+		 *  Type define for an Audio class-specific MIDI streaming interface descriptor. This indicates to the host
+		 *  how MIDI the specification compliance of the device and the total length of the Audio class-specific descriptors.
+		 *  See the USB Audio specification for more details.
+		 *
+		 *  \see \ref USB_MIDI_Descriptor_AudioInterface_AS_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
+		 *       element names.
+		 *
+		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint8_t  bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+			uint8_t  bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+			                           *   given by the specific class.
+			                           */
+
+			uint8_t  bDescriptorSubtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors. */
+
+			uint16_t bcdMSC; /**< Binary coded decimal value, indicating the supported MIDI Class specification version.
+			                  *
+			                  *   \see \ref VERSION_BCD() utility macro.
+			                  */
+			uint16_t wTotalLength; /**< Total length of the Audio class-specific descriptors, including this descriptor. */
+		} ATTR_PACKED USB_MIDI_StdDescriptor_AudioInterface_AS_t;
+
+		/** \brief MIDI class-specific Input Jack Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+		 *
+		 *  Type define for an Audio class-specific MIDI IN jack. This gives information to the host on a MIDI input, either
+		 *  a physical input jack, or a logical jack (receiving input data internally, or from the host via an endpoint).
+		 *
+		 *  \see \ref USB_MIDI_StdDescriptor_InputJack_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+		 *
+		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
+			uint8_t                 Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors. */
+
+			uint8_t                 JackType; /**< Type of jack, one of the \c JACKTYPE_* mask values. */
+			uint8_t                 JackID; /**< ID value of this jack - must be a unique value within the device. */
+
+			uint8_t                 JackStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device. */
+		} ATTR_PACKED USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t;
+
+		/** \brief MIDI class-specific Input Jack Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+		 *
+		 *  Type define for an Audio class-specific MIDI IN jack. This gives information to the host on a MIDI input, either
+		 *  a physical input jack, or a logical jack (receiving input data internally, or from the host via an endpoint).
+		 *
+		 *  \see \ref USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
+		 *       element names.
+		 *
+		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint8_t  bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+			uint8_t  bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+			                           *   given by the specific class.
+			                           */
+
+			uint8_t  bDescriptorSubtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors. */
+
+			uint8_t  bJackType; /**< Type of jack, one of the \c JACKTYPE_* mask values. */
+			uint8_t  bJackID; /**< ID value of this jack - must be a unique value within the device. */
+
+			uint8_t  iJack; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device. */
+		} ATTR_PACKED USB_MIDI_StdDescriptor_InputJack_t;
+
+		/** \brief MIDI class-specific Output Jack Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+		 *
+		 *  Type define for an Audio class-specific MIDI OUT jack. This gives information to the host on a MIDI output, either
+		 *  a physical output jack, or a logical jack (sending output data internally, or to the host via an endpoint).
+		 *
+		 *  \see \ref USB_MIDI_StdDescriptor_OutputJack_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+		 *
+		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Header_t   Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
+			uint8_t                   Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors. */
+
+			uint8_t                   JackType; /**< Type of jack, one of the \c JACKTYPE_* mask values. */
+			uint8_t                   JackID; /**< ID value of this jack - must be a unique value within the device. */
+
+			uint8_t                   NumberOfPins; /**< Number of output channels within the jack, either physical or logical. */
+			uint8_t                   SourceJackID[1]; /**< ID of each output pin's source data jack. */
+			uint8_t                   SourcePinID[1]; /**< Pin number in the input jack of each output pin's source data. */
+
+			uint8_t                   JackStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device. */
+		} ATTR_PACKED USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t;
+
+		/** \brief MIDI class-specific Output Jack Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+		 *
+		 *  Type define for an Audio class-specific MIDI OUT jack. This gives information to the host on a MIDI output, either
+		 *  a physical output jack, or a logical jack (sending output data internally, or to the host via an endpoint).
+		 *
+		 *  \see \ref USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
+		 *       element names.
+		 *
+		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint8_t  bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+			uint8_t  bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+			                           *   given by the specific class.
+			                           */
+
+			uint8_t  bDescriptorSubtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors. */
+
+			uint8_t  bJackType; /**< Type of jack, one of the \c JACKTYPE_* mask values. */
+			uint8_t  bJackID; /**< ID value of this jack - must be a unique value within the device. */
+
+			uint8_t  bNrInputPins; /**< Number of output channels within the jack, either physical or logical. */
+			uint8_t  baSourceID[1]; /**< ID of each output pin's source data jack. */
+			uint8_t  baSourcePin[1]; /**< Pin number in the input jack of each output pin's source data. */
+
+			uint8_t  iJack; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device. */
+		} ATTR_PACKED USB_MIDI_StdDescriptor_OutputJack_t;
+
+		/** \brief Audio class-specific Jack Endpoint Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+		 *
+		 *  Type define for an Audio class-specific extended MIDI jack endpoint descriptor. This contains extra information
+		 *  on the usage of MIDI endpoints used to stream MIDI events in and out of the USB Audio device, and follows an Audio
+		 *  class-specific extended MIDI endpoint descriptor. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
+		 *
+		 *  \see \ref USB_MIDI_StdDescriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+		 *
+		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Header_t   Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
+			uint8_t                   Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors. */
+
+			uint8_t                   TotalEmbeddedJacks; /**< Total number of jacks inside this endpoint. */
+			uint8_t                   AssociatedJackID[1]; /**< IDs of each jack inside the endpoint. */
+		} ATTR_PACKED USB_MIDI_Descriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t;
+
+		/** \brief Audio class-specific Jack Endpoint Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+		 *
+		 *  Type define for an Audio class-specific extended MIDI jack endpoint descriptor. This contains extra information
+		 *  on the usage of MIDI endpoints used to stream MIDI events in and out of the USB Audio device, and follows an Audio
+		 *  class-specific extended MIDI endpoint descriptor. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
+		 *
+		 *  \see \ref USB_MIDI_Descriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
+		 *       element names.
+		 *
+		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint8_t  bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+			uint8_t  bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+			                           *   given by the specific class.
+			                           */
+
+			uint8_t  bDescriptorSubtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors. */
+
+			uint8_t  bNumEmbMIDIJack; /**< Total number of jacks inside this endpoint. */
+			uint8_t  bAssocJackID[1]; /**< IDs of each jack inside the endpoint. */
+		} ATTR_PACKED USB_MIDI_StdDescriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t;
+
+		/** \brief MIDI Class Driver Event Packet.
+		 *
+		 *  Type define for a USB MIDI event packet, used to encapsulate sent and received MIDI messages from a USB MIDI interface.
+		 *
+		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint8_t  Event; /**< MIDI event type, constructed with the \ref MIDI_EVENT() macro. */
+
+			uint8_t  Data1; /**< First byte of data in the MIDI event. */
+			uint8_t  Data2; /**< Second byte of data in the MIDI event. */
+			uint8_t  Data3; /**< Third byte of data in the MIDI event. */
+		} ATTR_PACKED MIDI_EventPacket_t;
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/MassStorageClassCommon.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/MassStorageClassCommon.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d2ea37a82a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/MassStorageClassCommon.h
@@ -0,0 +1,368 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Common definitions and declarations for the library USB Mass Storage Class driver.
+ *
+ *  Common definitions and declarations for the library USB Mass Storage Class driver.
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassMS
+ *  \defgroup Group_USBClassMSCommon  Common Class Definitions
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USBClassMSCommon_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  Constants, Types and Enum definitions that are common to both Device and Host modes for the USB
+ *  Mass Storage Class.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MS_CLASS_COMMON_H_
+#define _MS_CLASS_COMMON_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../Core/StdDescriptors.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_MS_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Magic signature for a Command Block Wrapper used in the Mass Storage Bulk-Only transport protocol. */
+		#define MS_CBW_SIGNATURE                               0x43425355UL
+
+		/** Magic signature for a Command Status Wrapper used in the Mass Storage Bulk-Only transport protocol. */
+		#define MS_CSW_SIGNATURE                               0x53425355UL
+
+		/** Mask for a Command Block Wrapper's flags attribute to specify a command with data sent from host-to-device. */
+		#define MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_OUT                        (0 << 7)
+
+		/** Mask for a Command Block Wrapper's flags attribute to specify a command with data sent from device-to-host. */
+		#define MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN                         (1 << 7)
+
+		/** \name SCSI Commands*/
+		//@{
+		/** SCSI Command Code for an INQUIRY command. */
+		#define SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY                               0x12
+
+		/** SCSI Command Code for a REQUEST SENSE command. */
+		#define SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE                         0x03
+
+		/** SCSI Command Code for a TEST UNIT READY command. */
+		#define SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY                       0x00
+
+		/** SCSI Command Code for a READ CAPACITY (10) command. */
+		#define SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10                      0x25
+
+		/** SCSI Command Code for a START STOP UNIT command. */
+		#define SCSI_CMD_START_STOP_UNIT                       0x1B
+
+		/** SCSI Command Code for a SEND DIAGNOSTIC command. */
+		#define SCSI_CMD_SEND_DIAGNOSTIC                       0x1D
+
+		/** SCSI Command Code for a PREVENT ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL command. */
+		#define SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL          0x1E
+
+		/** SCSI Command Code for a WRITE (10) command. */
+		#define SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10                              0x2A
+
+		/** SCSI Command Code for a READ (10) command. */
+		#define SCSI_CMD_READ_10                               0x28
+
+		/** SCSI Command Code for a WRITE (6) command. */
+		#define SCSI_CMD_WRITE_6                               0x0A
+
+		/** SCSI Command Code for a READ (6) command. */
+		#define SCSI_CMD_READ_6                                0x08
+
+		/** SCSI Command Code for a VERIFY (10) command. */
+		#define SCSI_CMD_VERIFY_10                             0x2F
+
+		/** SCSI Command Code for a MODE SENSE (6) command. */
+		#define SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_6                          0x1A
+
+		/** SCSI Command Code for a MODE SENSE (10) command. */
+		#define SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_10                         0x5A
+		//@}
+
+		/** \name SCSI Sense Key Values */
+		//@{
+		/** SCSI Sense Code to indicate no error has occurred. */
+		#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD                            0x00
+
+		/** SCSI Sense Code to indicate that the device has recovered from an error. */
+		#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_RECOVERED_ERROR                 0x01
+
+		/** SCSI Sense Code to indicate that the device is not ready for a new command. */
+		#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_NOT_READY                       0x02
+
+		/** SCSI Sense Code to indicate an error whilst accessing the medium. */
+		#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_MEDIUM_ERROR                    0x03
+
+		/** SCSI Sense Code to indicate a hardware error has occurred. */
+		#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_HARDWARE_ERROR                  0x04
+
+		/** SCSI Sense Code to indicate that an illegal request has been issued. */
+		#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST                 0x05
+
+		/** SCSI Sense Code to indicate that the unit requires attention from the host to indicate
+		 *  a reset event, medium removal or other condition.
+		 */
+		#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_UNIT_ATTENTION                  0x06
+
+		/** SCSI Sense Code to indicate that a write attempt on a protected block has been made. */
+		#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_DATA_PROTECT                    0x07
+
+		/** SCSI Sense Code to indicate an error while trying to write to a write-once medium. */
+		#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_BLANK_CHECK                     0x08
+
+		/** SCSI Sense Code to indicate a vendor specific error has occurred. */
+		#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_VENDOR_SPECIFIC                 0x09
+
+		/** SCSI Sense Code to indicate that an EXTENDED COPY command has aborted due to an error. */
+		#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_COPY_ABORTED                    0x0A
+
+		/** SCSI Sense Code to indicate that the device has aborted the issued command. */
+		#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ABORTED_COMMAND                 0x0B
+
+		/** SCSI Sense Code to indicate an attempt to write past the end of a partition has been made. */
+		#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_VOLUME_OVERFLOW                 0x0D
+
+		/** SCSI Sense Code to indicate that the source data did not match the data read from the medium. */
+		#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_MISCOMPARE                      0x0E
+		//@}
+
+		/** \name SCSI Additional Sense Codes */
+		//@{
+		/** SCSI Additional Sense Code to indicate no additional sense information is available. */
+		#define SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION          0x00
+
+		/** SCSI Additional Sense Code to indicate that the logical unit (LUN) addressed is not ready. */
+		#define SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_UNIT_NOT_READY             0x04
+
+		/** SCSI Additional Sense Code to indicate an invalid field was encountered while processing the issued command. */
+		#define SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB               0x24
+
+		/** SCSI Additional Sense Code to indicate that a medium that was previously indicated as not ready has now
+		 *  become ready for use.
+		 */
+		#define SCSI_ASENSE_NOT_READY_TO_READY_CHANGE          0x28
+
+		/** SCSI Additional Sense Code to indicate that an attempt to write to a protected area was made. */
+		#define SCSI_ASENSE_WRITE_PROTECTED                    0x27
+
+		/** SCSI Additional Sense Code to indicate an error whilst formatting the device medium. */
+		#define SCSI_ASENSE_FORMAT_ERROR                       0x31
+
+		/** SCSI Additional Sense Code to indicate an invalid command was issued. */
+		#define SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_COMMAND                    0x20
+
+		/** SCSI Additional Sense Code to indicate a write to a block out outside of the medium's range was issued. */
+		#define SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_BLOCK_ADDRESS_OUT_OF_RANGE 0x21
+
+		/** SCSI Additional Sense Code to indicate that no removable medium is inserted into the device. */
+		#define SCSI_ASENSE_MEDIUM_NOT_PRESENT                 0x3A
+		//@}
+
+		/** \name SCSI Additional Sense Key Code Qualifiers */
+		//@{
+		/** SCSI Additional Sense Qualifier Code to indicate no additional sense qualifier information is available. */
+		#define SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER                      0x00
+
+		/** SCSI Additional Sense Qualifier Code to indicate that a medium format command failed to complete. */
+		#define SCSI_ASENSEQ_FORMAT_COMMAND_FAILED             0x01
+
+		/** SCSI Additional Sense Qualifier Code to indicate that an initializing command must be issued before the issued
+		 *  command can be executed.
+		 */
+		#define SCSI_ASENSEQ_INITIALIZING_COMMAND_REQUIRED     0x02
+
+		/** SCSI Additional Sense Qualifier Code to indicate that an operation is currently in progress. */
+		#define SCSI_ASENSEQ_OPERATION_IN_PROGRESS             0x07
+		//@}
+
+	/* Enums: */
+		/** Enum for possible Class, Subclass and Protocol values of device and interface descriptors relating to the Mass
+		 *  Storage device class.
+		 */
+		enum MS_Descriptor_ClassSubclassProtocol_t
+		{
+			MS_CSCP_MassStorageClass          = 0x08, /**< Descriptor Class value indicating that the device or interface
+			                                           *   belongs to the Mass Storage class.
+			                                           */
+			MS_CSCP_SCSITransparentSubclass   = 0x06, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or interface
+			                                           *   belongs to the SCSI Transparent Command Set subclass of the Mass
+			                                           *   storage class.
+			                                           */
+			MS_CSCP_BulkOnlyTransportProtocol = 0x50, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or interface
+			                                           *   belongs to the Bulk Only Transport protocol of the Mass Storage class.
+			                                           */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the Mass Storage class specific control requests that can be issued by the USB bus host. */
+		enum MS_ClassRequests_t
+		{
+			MS_REQ_GetMaxLUN                  = 0xFE, /**< Mass Storage class-specific request to retrieve the total number of Logical
+			                                           *   Units (drives) in the SCSI device.
+			                                           */
+			MS_REQ_MassStorageReset           = 0xFF, /**< Mass Storage class-specific request to reset the Mass Storage interface,
+			                                           *   ready for the next command.
+		                                               */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the possible command status wrapper return status codes. */
+		enum MS_CommandStatusCodes_t
+		{
+			MS_SCSI_COMMAND_Pass              = 0, /**< Command completed with no error */
+			MS_SCSI_COMMAND_Fail              = 1, /**< Command failed to complete - host may check the exact error via a
+			                                        *   SCSI REQUEST SENSE command.
+			                                        */
+			MS_SCSI_COMMAND_PhaseError        = 2, /**< Command failed due to being invalid in the current phase. */
+		};
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** \brief Mass Storage Class Command Block Wrapper.
+		 *
+		 *  Type define for a Command Block Wrapper, used in the Mass Storage Bulk-Only Transport protocol.
+		 *
+		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint32_t Signature; /**< Command block signature, must be \ref MS_CBW_SIGNATURE to indicate a valid Command Block. */
+			uint32_t Tag; /**< Unique command ID value, to associate a command block wrapper with its command status wrapper. */
+			uint32_t DataTransferLength; /**< Length of the optional data portion of the issued command, in bytes. */
+			uint8_t  Flags; /**< Command block flags, indicating command data direction. */
+			uint8_t  LUN; /**< Logical Unit number this command is issued to. */
+			uint8_t  SCSICommandLength; /**< Length of the issued SCSI command within the SCSI command data array. */
+			uint8_t  SCSICommandData[16]; /**< Issued SCSI command in the Command Block. */
+		} ATTR_PACKED MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t;
+
+		/** \brief Mass Storage Class Command Status Wrapper.
+		 *
+		 *  Type define for a Command Status Wrapper, used in the Mass Storage Bulk-Only Transport protocol.
+		 *
+		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint32_t Signature; /**< Status block signature, must be \ref MS_CSW_SIGNATURE to indicate a valid Command Status. */
+			uint32_t Tag; /**< Unique command ID value, to associate a command block wrapper with its command status wrapper. */
+			uint32_t DataTransferResidue; /**< Number of bytes of data not processed in the SCSI command. */
+			uint8_t  Status; /**< Status code of the issued command - a value from the \ref MS_CommandStatusCodes_t enum. */
+		} ATTR_PACKED MS_CommandStatusWrapper_t;
+
+		/** \brief Mass Storage Class SCSI Sense Structure
+		 *
+		 *  Type define for a SCSI Sense structure. Structures of this type are filled out by the
+		 *  device via the \ref MS_Host_RequestSense() function, indicating the current sense data of the
+		 *  device (giving explicit error codes for the last issued command). For details of the
+		 *  structure contents, refer to the SCSI specifications.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint8_t  ResponseCode;
+
+			uint8_t  SegmentNumber;
+
+			unsigned SenseKey            : 4;
+			unsigned Reserved            : 1;
+			unsigned ILI                 : 1;
+			unsigned EOM                 : 1;
+			unsigned FileMark            : 1;
+
+			uint8_t  Information[4];
+			uint8_t  AdditionalLength;
+			uint8_t  CmdSpecificInformation[4];
+			uint8_t  AdditionalSenseCode;
+			uint8_t  AdditionalSenseQualifier;
+			uint8_t  FieldReplaceableUnitCode;
+			uint8_t  SenseKeySpecific[3];
+		} ATTR_PACKED SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t;
+
+		/** \brief Mass Storage Class SCSI Inquiry Structure.
+		 *
+		 *  Type define for a SCSI Inquiry structure. Structures of this type are filled out by the
+		 *  device via the \ref MS_Host_GetInquiryData() function, retrieving the attached device's
+		 *  information.
+		 *
+		 *  For details of the structure contents, refer to the SCSI specifications.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			unsigned DeviceType          : 5;
+			unsigned PeripheralQualifier : 3;
+
+			unsigned Reserved            : 7;
+			unsigned Removable           : 1;
+
+			uint8_t  Version;
+
+			unsigned ResponseDataFormat  : 4;
+			unsigned Reserved2           : 1;
+			unsigned NormACA             : 1;
+			unsigned TrmTsk              : 1;
+			unsigned AERC                : 1;
+
+			uint8_t  AdditionalLength;
+			uint8_t  Reserved3[2];
+
+			unsigned SoftReset           : 1;
+			unsigned CmdQue              : 1;
+			unsigned Reserved4           : 1;
+			unsigned Linked              : 1;
+			unsigned Sync                : 1;
+			unsigned WideBus16Bit        : 1;
+			unsigned WideBus32Bit        : 1;
+			unsigned RelAddr             : 1;
+
+			uint8_t  VendorID[8];
+			uint8_t  ProductID[16];
+			uint8_t  RevisionID[4];
+		} ATTR_PACKED SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t;
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/PrinterClassCommon.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/PrinterClassCommon.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2db830e048
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/PrinterClassCommon.h
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Common definitions and declarations for the library USB Printer Class driver.
+ *
+ *  Common definitions and declarations for the library USB Printer Class driver.
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassPrinter
+ *  \defgroup Group_USBClassPrinterCommon  Common Class Definitions
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USBClassPrinterCommon_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  Constants, Types and Enum definitions that are common to both Device and Host modes for the USB
+ *  Printer Class.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _PRINTER_CLASS_COMMON_H_
+#define _PRINTER_CLASS_COMMON_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../Core/StdDescriptors.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_PRINTER_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** \name Virtual Printer Status Line Masks */
+		//@{
+		/** Port status mask for a printer device, indicating that an error has *not* occurred. */
+		#define PRNT_PORTSTATUS_NOTERROR    (1 << 3)
+
+		/** Port status mask for a printer device, indicating that the device is currently selected. */
+		#define PRNT_PORTSTATUS_SELECT      (1 << 4)
+
+		/** Port status mask for a printer device, indicating that the device is currently out of paper. */
+		#define PRNT_PORTSTATUS_PAPEREMPTY  (1 << 5)
+		//@}
+
+	/* Enums: */
+		/** Enum for possible Class, Subclass and Protocol values of device and interface descriptors relating to the Printer
+		 *  device class.
+		 */
+		enum PRNT_Descriptor_ClassSubclassProtocol_t
+		{
+			PRNT_CSCP_PrinterClass          = 0x07, /**< Descriptor Class value indicating that the device or interface
+			                                         *   belongs to the Printer class.
+			                                         */
+			PRNT_CSCP_PrinterSubclass       = 0x01, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or interface
+			                                         *   belongs to the Printer subclass.
+			                                         */
+			PRNT_CSCP_BidirectionalProtocol = 0x02, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or interface
+			                                         *   belongs to the Bidirectional protocol of the Printer class.
+			                                         */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the Printer class specific control requests that can be issued by the USB bus host. */
+		enum PRNT_ClassRequests_t
+		{
+			PRNT_REQ_GetDeviceID            = 0x00, /**< Printer class-specific request to retrieve the Unicode ID
+			                                         *   string of the device, containing the device's name, manufacturer
+			                                         *   and supported printer languages.
+			                                         */
+			PRNT_REQ_GetPortStatus          = 0x01, /**< Printer class-specific request to get the current status of the
+			                                         *   virtual printer port, for device selection and ready states.
+			                                         */
+			PRNT_REQ_SoftReset              = 0x02, /**< Printer class-specific request to reset the device, ready for new
+			                                         *   printer commands.
+			                                         */
+		};
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/RNDISClassCommon.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/RNDISClassCommon.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ade1af0673
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/RNDISClassCommon.h
@@ -0,0 +1,411 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Common definitions and declarations for the library USB RNDIS Class driver.
+ *
+ *  Common definitions and declarations for the library USB RNDIS Class driver.
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassRNDIS
+ *  \defgroup Group_USBClassRNDISCommon  Common Class Definitions
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USBClassRNDISCommon_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  Constants, Types and Enum definitions that are common to both Device and Host modes for the USB
+ *  RNDIS Class.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _RNDIS_CLASS_COMMON_H_
+#define _RNDIS_CLASS_COMMON_H_
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_CDC_DRIVER
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../Core/StdDescriptors.h"
+		#include "CDCClassCommon.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Additional error code for RNDIS functions when a device returns a logical command failure. */
+		#define RNDIS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED        0x80
+
+		/** Implemented RNDIS Version Major. */
+		#define REMOTE_NDIS_VERSION_MAJOR             0x01
+
+		/** Implemented RNDIS Version Minor. */
+		#define REMOTE_NDIS_VERSION_MINOR             0x00
+
+		/** \name RNDIS Message Values */
+		//@{
+		#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_MSG                0x00000001UL
+		#define REMOTE_NDIS_INITIALIZE_MSG            0x00000002UL
+		#define REMOTE_NDIS_HALT_MSG                  0x00000003UL
+		#define REMOTE_NDIS_QUERY_MSG                 0x00000004UL
+		#define REMOTE_NDIS_SET_MSG                   0x00000005UL
+		#define REMOTE_NDIS_RESET_MSG                 0x00000006UL
+		#define REMOTE_NDIS_INDICATE_STATUS_MSG       0x00000007UL
+		#define REMOTE_NDIS_KEEPALIVE_MSG             0x00000008UL
+		//@}
+
+		/** \name RNDIS Response Values */
+		//@{
+		#define REMOTE_NDIS_INITIALIZE_CMPLT          0x80000002UL
+		#define REMOTE_NDIS_QUERY_CMPLT               0x80000004UL
+		#define REMOTE_NDIS_SET_CMPLT                 0x80000005UL
+		#define REMOTE_NDIS_RESET_CMPLT               0x80000006UL
+		#define REMOTE_NDIS_KEEPALIVE_CMPLT           0x80000008UL
+		//@}
+
+		/** \name RNDIS Status Values */
+		//@{
+		#define REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS            0x00000000UL
+		#define REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_FAILURE            0xC0000001UL
+		#define REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_INVALID_DATA       0xC0010015UL
+		#define REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_NOT_SUPPORTED      0xC00000BBUL
+		#define REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_MEDIA_CONNECT      0x4001000BUL
+		#define REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_MEDIA_DISCONNECT   0x4001000CUL
+		//@}
+
+		/** \name RNDIS Media States */
+		//@{
+		#define REMOTE_NDIS_MEDIA_STATE_CONNECTED     0x00000000UL
+		#define REMOTE_NDIS_MEDIA_STATE_DISCONNECTED  0x00000001UL
+		//@}
+
+		/** \name RNDIS Media Types */
+		//@{
+		#define REMOTE_NDIS_MEDIUM_802_3              0x00000000UL
+		//@}
+
+		/** \name RNDIS Connection Types */
+		//@{
+		#define REMOTE_NDIS_DF_CONNECTIONLESS	      0x00000001UL
+		#define REMOTE_NDIS_DF_CONNECTION_ORIENTED    0x00000002UL
+		//@}
+
+		/** \name RNDIS Packet Types */
+		//@{
+		#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_DIRECTED           0x00000001UL
+		#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_MULTICAST          0x00000002UL
+		#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_ALL_MULTICAST      0x00000004UL
+		#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_BROADCAST          0x00000008UL
+		#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_SOURCE_ROUTING     0x00000010UL
+		#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_PROMISCUOUS        0x00000020UL
+		#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_SMT                0x00000040UL
+		#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_ALL_LOCAL          0x00000080UL
+		#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_GROUP              0x00001000UL
+		#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_ALL_FUNCTIONAL     0x00002000UL
+		#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_FUNCTIONAL         0x00004000UL
+		#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_MAC_FRAME          0x00008000UL
+		//@}
+
+		/** \name RNDIS OID Values */
+		//@{
+		#define OID_GEN_SUPPORTED_LIST                0x00010101UL
+		#define OID_GEN_HARDWARE_STATUS               0x00010102UL
+		#define OID_GEN_MEDIA_SUPPORTED               0x00010103UL
+		#define OID_GEN_MEDIA_IN_USE                  0x00010104UL
+		#define OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_FRAME_SIZE            0x00010106UL
+		#define OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_TOTAL_SIZE            0x00010111UL
+		#define OID_GEN_LINK_SPEED                    0x00010107UL
+		#define OID_GEN_TRANSMIT_BLOCK_SIZE           0x0001010AUL
+		#define OID_GEN_RECEIVE_BLOCK_SIZE            0x0001010BUL
+		#define OID_GEN_VENDOR_ID                     0x0001010CUL
+		#define OID_GEN_VENDOR_DESCRIPTION            0x0001010DUL
+		#define OID_GEN_CURRENT_PACKET_FILTER         0x0001010EUL
+		#define OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_TOTAL_SIZE            0x00010111UL
+		#define OID_GEN_MEDIA_CONNECT_STATUS          0x00010114UL
+		#define OID_GEN_PHYSICAL_MEDIUM               0x00010202UL
+		#define OID_GEN_XMIT_OK                       0x00020101UL
+		#define OID_GEN_RCV_OK                        0x00020102UL
+		#define OID_GEN_XMIT_ERROR                    0x00020103UL
+		#define OID_GEN_RCV_ERROR                     0x00020104UL
+		#define OID_GEN_RCV_NO_BUFFER                 0x00020105UL
+		#define OID_802_3_PERMANENT_ADDRESS           0x01010101UL
+		#define OID_802_3_CURRENT_ADDRESS             0x01010102UL
+		#define OID_802_3_MULTICAST_LIST              0x01010103UL
+		#define OID_802_3_MAXIMUM_LIST_SIZE           0x01010104UL
+		#define OID_802_3_RCV_ERROR_ALIGNMENT         0x01020101UL
+		#define OID_802_3_XMIT_ONE_COLLISION          0x01020102UL
+		#define OID_802_3_XMIT_MORE_COLLISIONS        0x01020103UL
+		//@}
+
+		/** Maximum size in bytes of an Ethernet frame according to the Ethernet standard. */
+		#define ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX               1500
+
+	/* Enums: */
+		/** Enum for the RNDIS class specific control requests that can be issued by the USB bus host. */
+		enum RNDIS_ClassRequests_t
+		{
+			RNDIS_REQ_SendEncapsulatedCommand = 0x00, /**< RNDIS request to issue a host-to-device NDIS command. */
+			RNDIS_REQ_GetEncapsulatedResponse = 0x01, /**< RNDIS request to issue a device-to-host NDIS response. */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the possible NDIS adapter states. */
+		enum RNDIS_States_t
+		{
+			RNDIS_Uninitialized    = 0, /**< Adapter currently uninitialized. */
+			RNDIS_Initialized      = 1, /**< Adapter currently initialized but not ready for data transfers. */
+			RNDIS_Data_Initialized = 2, /**< Adapter currently initialized and ready for data transfers. */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the RNDIS class specific notification requests that can be issued by a RNDIS device to a host. */
+		enum RNDIS_ClassNotifications_t
+		{
+			RNDIS_NOTIF_ResponseAvailable = 0x01, /**< Notification request value for a RNDIS Response Available notification. */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the NDIS hardware states. */
+		enum NDIS_Hardware_Status_t
+		{
+			NDIS_HardwareStatus_Ready, /**< Hardware Ready to accept commands from the host. */
+			NDIS_HardwareStatus_Initializing, /**< Hardware busy initializing. */
+			NDIS_HardwareStatus_Reset, /**< Hardware reset. */
+			NDIS_HardwareStatus_Closing, /**< Hardware currently closing. */
+			NDIS_HardwareStatus_NotReady /**< Hardware not ready to accept commands from the host. */
+		};
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** \brief MAC Address Structure.
+		 *
+		 *  Type define for a physical MAC address of a device on a network.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint8_t Octets[6]; /**< Individual bytes of a MAC address */
+		} ATTR_PACKED MAC_Address_t;
+
+		/** \brief RNDIS Common Message Header Structure.
+		 *
+		 *  Type define for a RNDIS message header, sent before RNDIS messages.
+		 *
+		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint32_t MessageType; /**< RNDIS message type, a \c REMOTE_NDIS_*_MSG constant */
+			uint32_t MessageLength; /**< Total length of the RNDIS message, in bytes */
+		} ATTR_PACKED RNDIS_Message_Header_t;
+
+		/** \brief RNDIS Message Structure.
+		 *
+		 *  Type define for a RNDIS packet message, used to encapsulate Ethernet packets sent to and from the adapter.
+		 *
+		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint32_t MessageType;
+			uint32_t MessageLength;
+			uint32_t DataOffset;
+			uint32_t DataLength;
+			uint32_t OOBDataOffset;
+			uint32_t OOBDataLength;
+			uint32_t NumOOBDataElements;
+			uint32_t PerPacketInfoOffset;
+			uint32_t PerPacketInfoLength;
+			uint32_t VcHandle;
+			uint32_t Reserved;
+		} ATTR_PACKED RNDIS_Packet_Message_t;
+
+		/** \brief RNDIS Initialization Message Structure.
+		 *
+		 *  Type define for a RNDIS Initialize command message.
+		 *
+		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint32_t MessageType;
+			uint32_t MessageLength;
+			uint32_t RequestId;
+
+			uint32_t MajorVersion;
+			uint32_t MinorVersion;
+			uint32_t MaxTransferSize;
+		} ATTR_PACKED RNDIS_Initialize_Message_t;
+
+		/** \brief RNDIS Initialize Complete Message Structure.
+		 *
+		 *  Type define for a RNDIS Initialize Complete response message.
+		 *
+		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint32_t MessageType;
+			uint32_t MessageLength;
+			uint32_t RequestId;
+			uint32_t Status;
+
+			uint32_t MajorVersion;
+			uint32_t MinorVersion;
+			uint32_t DeviceFlags;
+			uint32_t Medium;
+			uint32_t MaxPacketsPerTransfer;
+			uint32_t MaxTransferSize;
+			uint32_t PacketAlignmentFactor;
+			uint32_t AFListOffset;
+			uint32_t AFListSize;
+		} ATTR_PACKED RNDIS_Initialize_Complete_t;
+
+		/** \brief RNDIS Keep Alive Message Structure.
+		 *
+		 *  Type define for a RNDIS Keep Alive command message.
+		 *
+		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint32_t MessageType;
+			uint32_t MessageLength;
+			uint32_t RequestId;
+		} ATTR_PACKED RNDIS_KeepAlive_Message_t;
+
+		/** \brief RNDIS Keep Alive Complete Message Structure.
+		 *
+		 *  Type define for a RNDIS Keep Alive Complete response message.
+		 *
+		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint32_t MessageType;
+			uint32_t MessageLength;
+			uint32_t RequestId;
+			uint32_t Status;
+		} ATTR_PACKED RNDIS_KeepAlive_Complete_t;
+
+		/** \brief RNDIS Reset Complete Message Structure.
+		 *
+		 *  Type define for a RNDIS Reset Complete response message.
+		 *
+		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint32_t MessageType;
+			uint32_t MessageLength;
+			uint32_t Status;
+
+			uint32_t AddressingReset;
+		} ATTR_PACKED RNDIS_Reset_Complete_t;
+
+		/** \brief RNDIS OID Property Set Message Structure.
+		 *
+		 *  Type define for a RNDIS OID Property Set command message.
+		 *
+		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint32_t MessageType;
+			uint32_t MessageLength;
+			uint32_t RequestId;
+
+			uint32_t Oid;
+			uint32_t InformationBufferLength;
+			uint32_t InformationBufferOffset;
+			uint32_t DeviceVcHandle;
+		} ATTR_PACKED RNDIS_Set_Message_t;
+
+		/** \brief RNDIS OID Property Set Complete Message Structure.
+		 *
+		 *  Type define for a RNDIS OID Property Set Complete response message.
+		 *
+		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint32_t MessageType;
+			uint32_t MessageLength;
+			uint32_t RequestId;
+			uint32_t Status;
+		} ATTR_PACKED RNDIS_Set_Complete_t;
+
+		/** \brief RNDIS OID Property Query Message Structure.
+		 *
+		 *  Type define for a RNDIS OID Property Query command message.
+		 *
+		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint32_t MessageType;
+			uint32_t MessageLength;
+			uint32_t RequestId;
+
+			uint32_t Oid;
+			uint32_t InformationBufferLength;
+			uint32_t InformationBufferOffset;
+			uint32_t DeviceVcHandle;
+		} ATTR_PACKED RNDIS_Query_Message_t;
+
+		/** \brief RNDIS OID Property Query Complete Message Structure.
+		 *
+		 *  Type define for a RNDIS OID Property Query Complete response message.
+		 *
+		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint32_t MessageType;
+			uint32_t MessageLength;
+			uint32_t RequestId;
+			uint32_t Status;
+
+			uint32_t InformationBufferLength;
+			uint32_t InformationBufferOffset;
+		} ATTR_PACKED RNDIS_Query_Complete_t;
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/StillImageClassCommon.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/StillImageClassCommon.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7608b18cc4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/StillImageClassCommon.h
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Common definitions and declarations for the library USB Still Image Class driver.
+ *
+ *  Common definitions and declarations for the library USB Still Image Class driver.
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassSI
+ *  \defgroup Group_USBClassSICommon  Common Class Definitions
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USBClassSICommon_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  Constants, Types and Enum definitions that are common to both Device and Host modes for the USB
+ *  Still Image Class.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SI_CLASS_COMMON_H_
+#define _SI_CLASS_COMMON_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../Core/StdDescriptors.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_SI_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Length in bytes of a given Unicode string's character length.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in] Chars  Total number of Unicode characters in the string.
+		 *
+		 *  \return Number of bytes of the given unicode string.
+		 */
+		#define UNICODE_STRING_LENGTH(Chars)  ((Chars) << 1)
+
+		/** Used in the DataLength field of a PIMA container, to give the total container size in bytes for
+		 *  a command container.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in] Params  Number of parameters which are to be sent in the \c Param field of the container.
+		 */
+		#define PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(Params)     ((sizeof(PIMA_Container_t) - 12) + ((Params) * sizeof(uint32_t)))
+
+		/** Used in the DataLength field of a PIMA container, to give the total container size in bytes for
+		 *  a data container.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in] DataLen  Length in bytes of the data in the container.
+		 */
+		#define PIMA_DATA_SIZE(DataLen)       ((sizeof(PIMA_Container_t) - 12) + (DataLen))
+
+	/* Enums: */
+		/** Enum for the possible PIMA contains types. */
+		enum PIMA_Container_Types_t
+		{
+			PIMA_CONTAINER_Undefined     = 0, /**< Undefined container type. */
+			PIMA_CONTAINER_CommandBlock  = 1, /**< Command Block container type. */
+			PIMA_CONTAINER_DataBlock     = 2, /**< Data Block container type. */
+			PIMA_CONTAINER_ResponseBlock = 3, /**< Response container type. */
+			PIMA_CONTAINER_EventBlock    = 4, /**< Event Block container type. */
+		};
+
+	/* Enums: */
+		/** Enum for possible Class, Subclass and Protocol values of device and interface descriptors relating to the
+		 *  Still Image device class.
+		 */
+		enum SI_Descriptor_ClassSubclassProtocol_t
+		{
+			SI_CSCP_StillImageClass             = 0x06, /**< Descriptor Class value indicating that the device or interface
+			                                             *   belongs to the Still Image class.
+			                                             */
+			SI_CSCP_StillImageSubclass          = 0x01, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or interface
+			                                             *   belongs to the Still Image subclass.
+			                                             */
+			SI_CSCP_BulkOnlyProtocol            = 0x01, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or interface
+			                                             *   belongs to the Bulk Only Transport protocol of the Still Image class.
+			                                             */
+		};
+
+		/** Enums for the possible status codes of a returned Response Block from an attached PIMA compliant Still Image device. */
+		enum PIMA_ResponseCodes_t
+		{
+			PIMA_RESPONSE_OK                    = 1, /**< Response code indicating no error in the issued command. */
+			PIMA_RESPONSE_GeneralError          = 2, /**< Response code indicating a general error while processing the
+			                                          *  issued command.
+			                                          */
+			PIMA_RESPONSE_SessionNotOpen        = 3, /**< Response code indicating that the sent command requires an open
+			                                          *   session before being issued.
+			                                          */
+			PIMA_RESPONSE_InvalidTransaction    = 4, /**< Response code indicating an invalid transaction occurred. */
+			PIMA_RESPONSE_OperationNotSupported = 5, /**< Response code indicating that the issued command is not supported
+			                                          *   by the attached device.
+			                                          */
+			PIMA_RESPONSE_ParameterNotSupported = 6, /**< Response code indicating that one or more of the issued command's
+			                                          *   parameters are not supported by the device.
+			                                          */
+		};
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** \brief PIMA Still Image Device Command/Response Container.
+		 *
+		 *  Type define for a PIMA container, use to send commands and receive responses to and from an
+		 *  attached Still Image device.
+		 *
+		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint32_t DataLength; /**< Length of the container and data, in bytes. */
+			uint16_t Type; /**< Container type, a value from the \ref PIMA_Container_Types_t enum. */
+			uint16_t Code; /**< Command, event or response code of the container. */
+			uint32_t TransactionID; /**< Unique container ID to link blocks together. */
+			uint32_t Params[3]; /**< Block parameters to be issued along with the block code (command blocks only). */
+		} ATTR_PACKED PIMA_Container_t;
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..08cbeb7061
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.c
@@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_AUDIO_DRIVER
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_AUDIO_DEVICE_C
+#include "AudioClassDevice.h"
+
+void Audio_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	if (!(Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived()))
+	  return;
+
+	if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT) == REQREC_INTERFACE)
+	{
+		uint8_t InterfaceIndex = (USB_ControlRequest.wIndex & 0xFF);
+
+		if ((InterfaceIndex != AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.ControlInterfaceNumber) &&
+		    (InterfaceIndex != AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.StreamingInterfaceNumber))
+		{
+			return;
+		}
+	}
+	else if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT) == REQREC_ENDPOINT)
+	{
+		uint8_t EndpointAddress = (USB_ControlRequest.wIndex & 0xFF);
+
+		if ((EndpointAddress != AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address) &&
+		    (EndpointAddress != AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address))
+		{
+			return;
+		}
+	}
+
+	switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+	{
+		case REQ_SetInterface:
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+			{
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+				Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+				AudioInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceEnabled = ((USB_ControlRequest.wValue & 0xFF) != 0);
+				EVENT_Audio_Device_StreamStartStop(AudioInterfaceInfo);
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case AUDIO_REQ_GetStatus:
+			if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) ||
+			    (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_ENDPOINT)))
+			{
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+				Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case AUDIO_REQ_SetCurrent:
+		case AUDIO_REQ_SetMinimum:
+		case AUDIO_REQ_SetMaximum:
+		case AUDIO_REQ_SetResolution:
+			if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT) == REQREC_ENDPOINT)
+			{
+				uint8_t EndpointProperty = USB_ControlRequest.bRequest;
+				uint8_t EndpointAddress  = (uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wIndex;
+				uint8_t EndpointControl  = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue >> 8);
+
+				if (CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetEndpointProperty(AudioInterfaceInfo, EndpointProperty, EndpointAddress,
+				                                                 EndpointControl, NULL, NULL))
+				{
+					uint16_t ValueLength = USB_ControlRequest.wLength;
+					uint8_t  Value[ValueLength];
+
+					Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+					Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(Value, ValueLength);
+					Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+					CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetEndpointProperty(AudioInterfaceInfo, EndpointProperty, EndpointAddress,
+					                                             EndpointControl, &ValueLength, Value);
+				}
+			}
+			else if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT) == REQREC_INTERFACE)
+			{
+				uint8_t  Property  = USB_ControlRequest.bRequest;
+				uint8_t  Entity    = (USB_ControlRequest.wIndex >> 8);
+				uint16_t Parameter = USB_ControlRequest.wValue;
+
+				if (CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetInterfaceProperty(AudioInterfaceInfo, Property, Entity,
+				                                                  Parameter, NULL, NULL))
+				{
+					uint16_t ValueLength = USB_ControlRequest.wLength;
+					uint8_t  Value[ValueLength];
+
+					Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+					Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(Value, ValueLength);
+					Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+					CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetInterfaceProperty(AudioInterfaceInfo, Property, Entity,
+				                                                  Parameter, &ValueLength, Value);
+				}
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case AUDIO_REQ_GetCurrent:
+		case AUDIO_REQ_GetMinimum:
+		case AUDIO_REQ_GetMaximum:
+		case AUDIO_REQ_GetResolution:
+			if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT) == REQREC_ENDPOINT)
+			{
+				uint8_t  EndpointProperty = USB_ControlRequest.bRequest;
+				uint8_t  EndpointAddress  = (uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wIndex;
+				uint8_t  EndpointControl  = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue >> 8);
+				uint16_t ValueLength      = USB_ControlRequest.wLength;
+				uint8_t  Value[ValueLength];
+
+				if (CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetEndpointProperty(AudioInterfaceInfo, EndpointProperty, EndpointAddress,
+				                                                 EndpointControl, &ValueLength, Value))
+				{
+					Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+					Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(Value, ValueLength);
+					Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+				}
+			}
+			else if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT) == REQREC_INTERFACE)
+			{
+				uint8_t  Property    = USB_ControlRequest.bRequest;
+				uint8_t  Entity      = (USB_ControlRequest.wIndex >> 8);
+				uint16_t Parameter   = USB_ControlRequest.wValue;
+				uint16_t ValueLength = USB_ControlRequest.wLength;
+				uint8_t  Value[ValueLength];
+
+				if (CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetInterfaceProperty(AudioInterfaceInfo, Property, Entity,
+				                                                  Parameter, &ValueLength, Value))
+				{
+					Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+					Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(Value, ValueLength);
+					Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+				}
+			}
+
+			break;
+	}
+}
+
+bool Audio_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	memset(&AudioInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(AudioInterfaceInfo->State));
+
+	AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Type  = EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS;
+	AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Type = EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS;
+
+	if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint, 1)))
+	  return false;
+
+	if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint, 1)))
+	  return false;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+void Audio_Device_Event_Stub(void)
+{
+
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ca63511b20
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.h
@@ -0,0 +1,396 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Device mode driver for the library USB Audio 1.0 Class driver.
+ *
+ *  Device mode driver for the library USB Audio 1.0 Class driver.
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassAudio
+ *  \defgroup Group_USBClassAudioDevice Audio 1.0 Class Device Mode Driver
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USBClassAudioDevice_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USBClassAudioDevice_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  Device Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the Audio 1.0 USB Class driver.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _AUDIO_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
+#define _AUDIO_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../USB.h"
+		#include "../Common/AudioClassCommon.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_AUDIO_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Type Defines: */
+			/** \brief Audio Class Device Mode Configuration and State Structure.
+			 *
+			 *  Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made for each Audio interface
+			 *  within the user application, and passed to each of the Audio class driver functions as the
+			 *  \c AudioInterfaceInfo parameter. This stores each Audio interface's configuration and state information.
+			 */
+			typedef struct
+			{
+				struct
+				{
+					uint8_t  ControlInterfaceNumber; /**< Index of the Audio Control interface within the device this
+					                                  *   structure controls.
+					                                  */
+					uint8_t  StreamingInterfaceNumber; /**< Index of the Audio Streaming interface within the device this
+														*   structure controls.
+														*/
+
+					USB_Endpoint_Table_t DataINEndpoint; /**< Data IN endpoint configuration table. */
+					USB_Endpoint_Table_t DataOUTEndpoint; /**< Data OUT endpoint configuration table. */
+				} Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+				           *   <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
+				           */
+				struct
+				{
+					bool InterfaceEnabled; /**< Set and cleared by the class driver to indicate if the host has enabled the streaming endpoints
+					                        *   of the Audio Streaming interface.
+					                        */
+				} State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+				          *   are reset to their defaults when the interface is enumerated.
+				          */
+			} USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t;
+
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			/** Configures the endpoints of a given Audio interface, ready for use. This should be linked to the library
+			 *  \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged() event so that the endpoints are configured when the configuration containing the
+			 *  given Audio interface is selected.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the endpoints were successfully configured, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			bool Audio_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Processes incoming control requests from the host, that are directed to the given Audio class interface. This should be
+			 *  linked to the library \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+			 */
+			void Audio_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Audio class driver callback for the setting and retrieval of streaming endpoint properties. This callback must be implemented
+			 *  in the user application to handle property manipulations on streaming audio endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  When the DataLength parameter is NULL, this callback should only indicate whether the specified operation is valid for
+			 *  the given endpoint index, and should return as fast as possible. When non-NULL, this value may be altered for GET operations
+			 *  to indicate the size of the retrieved data.
+			 *
+			 *  \note The length of the retrieved data stored into the Data buffer on GET operations should not exceed the initial value
+			 *        of the \c DataLength parameter.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     EndpointProperty    Property of the endpoint to get or set, a value from \ref Audio_ClassRequests_t.
+			 *  \param[in]     EndpointAddress     Address of the streaming endpoint whose property is being referenced.
+			 *  \param[in]     EndpointControl     Parameter of the endpoint to get or set, a value from \ref Audio_EndpointControls_t.
+			 *  \param[in,out] DataLength          For SET operations, the length of the parameter data to set. For GET operations, the maximum
+			 *                                     length of the retrieved data. When NULL, the function should return whether the given property
+			 *                                     and parameter is valid for the requested endpoint without reading or modifying the Data buffer.
+			 *  \param[in,out] Data                Pointer to a location where the parameter data is stored for SET operations, or where
+			 *                                     the retrieved data is to be stored for GET operations.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the property GET/SET was successful, \c false otherwise
+			 */
+			bool CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetEndpointProperty(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+			                                                  const uint8_t EndpointProperty,
+			                                                  const uint8_t EndpointAddress,
+			                                                  const uint8_t EndpointControl,
+			                                                  uint16_t* const DataLength,
+			                                                  uint8_t* Data) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Audio class driver callback for the setting and retrieval of streaming interface properties. This callback must be implemented
+			 *  in the user application to handle property manipulations on streaming audio interfaces.
+			 *
+			 *  When the DataLength parameter is NULL, this callback should only indicate whether the specified operation is valid for
+			 *  the given entity and should return as fast as possible. When non-NULL, this value may be altered for GET operations
+			 *  to indicate the size of the retrieved data.
+			 *
+			 *  \note The length of the retrieved data stored into the Data buffer on GET operations should not exceed the initial value
+			 *        of the \c DataLength parameter.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     Property            Property of the interface to get or set, a value from \ref Audio_ClassRequests_t.
+			 *  \param[in]     EntityAddress       Address of the audio entity whose property is being referenced.
+			 *  \param[in]     Parameter           Parameter of the entity to get or set, specific to each type of entity (see USB Audio specification).
+			 *  \param[in,out] DataLength          For SET operations, the length of the parameter data to set. For GET operations, the maximum
+			 *                                     length of the retrieved data. When NULL, the function should return whether the given property
+			 *                                     and parameter is valid for the requested endpoint without reading or modifying the Data buffer.
+			 *  \param[in,out] Data                Pointer to a location where the parameter data is stored for SET operations, or where
+			 *                                     the retrieved data is to be stored for GET operations.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the property GET/SET was successful, \c false otherwise
+			 */
+			bool CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetInterfaceProperty(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+			                                                   const uint8_t Property,
+			                                                   const uint8_t EntityAddress,
+			                                                   const uint16_t Parameter,
+			                                                   uint16_t* const DataLength,
+			                                                   uint8_t* Data) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Audio class driver event for an Audio Stream start/stop change. This event fires each time the device receives a stream enable or
+			 *  disable control request from the host, to start and stop the audio stream. The current state of the stream can be determined by the
+			 *  State.InterfaceEnabled value inside the Audio interface structure passed as a parameter.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+			 */
+			void EVENT_Audio_Device_StreamStartStop(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo);
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			/** General management task for a given Audio class interface, required for the correct operation of the interface. This should
+			 *  be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task \ref USB_USBTask().
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+			 */
+			static inline void Audio_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+			                                        ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Audio_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+			{
+				(void)AudioInterfaceInfo;
+			}
+
+			/** Determines if the given audio interface is ready for a sample to be read from it, and selects the streaming
+			 *  OUT endpoint ready for reading.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
+			 *       the call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the given Audio interface has a sample to be read, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool Audio_Device_IsSampleReceived(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+			                                                 ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool Audio_Device_IsSampleReceived(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+			{
+				if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) || !(AudioInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceEnabled))
+				  return false;
+
+				Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
+				return Endpoint_IsOUTReceived();
+			}
+
+			/** Determines if the given audio interface is ready to accept the next sample to be written to it, and selects
+			 *  the streaming IN endpoint ready for writing.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
+			 *       the call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the given Audio interface is ready to accept the next sample, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool Audio_Device_IsReadyForNextSample(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+			                                                     ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool Audio_Device_IsReadyForNextSample(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+			{
+				if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) || !(AudioInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceEnabled))
+				  return false;
+
+				Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+				return Endpoint_IsINReady();
+			}
+
+			/** Reads the next 8-bit audio sample from the current audio interface.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Device_IsSampleReceived() function to ensure
+			 *       that the correct endpoint is selected and ready for data.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+			 *
+			 *  \return  Signed 8-bit audio sample from the audio interface.
+			 */
+			static inline int8_t Audio_Device_ReadSample8(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+			                                              ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline int8_t Audio_Device_ReadSample8(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+			{
+				int8_t Sample;
+
+				(void)AudioInterfaceInfo;
+
+				Sample = Endpoint_Read_8();
+
+				if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
+				  Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+				return Sample;
+			}
+
+			/** Reads the next 16-bit audio sample from the current audio interface.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Device_IsSampleReceived() function to ensure
+			 *       that the correct endpoint is selected and ready for data.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+			 *
+			 *  \return  Signed 16-bit audio sample from the audio interface.
+			 */
+			static inline int16_t Audio_Device_ReadSample16(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+			                                                ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline int16_t Audio_Device_ReadSample16(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+			{
+				int16_t Sample;
+
+				(void)AudioInterfaceInfo;
+
+				Sample = (int16_t)Endpoint_Read_16_LE();
+
+				if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
+				  Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+				return Sample;
+			}
+
+			/** Reads the next 24-bit audio sample from the current audio interface.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Device_IsSampleReceived() function to ensure
+			 *       that the correct endpoint is selected and ready for data.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Signed 24-bit audio sample from the audio interface.
+			 */
+			static inline int32_t Audio_Device_ReadSample24(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+			                                                ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline int32_t Audio_Device_ReadSample24(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+			{
+				int32_t Sample;
+
+				(void)AudioInterfaceInfo;
+
+				Sample = (((uint32_t)Endpoint_Read_8() << 16) | Endpoint_Read_16_LE());
+
+				if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
+				  Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+				return Sample;
+			}
+
+			/** Writes the next 8-bit audio sample to the current audio interface.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Device_IsReadyForNextSample() function to
+			 *       ensure that the correct endpoint is selected and ready for data.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     Sample              Signed 8-bit audio sample.
+			 */
+			static inline void Audio_Device_WriteSample8(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+			                                             const int8_t Sample) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Audio_Device_WriteSample8(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+			                                             const int8_t Sample)
+			{
+				Endpoint_Write_8(Sample);
+
+				if (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint() == AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Size)
+				  Endpoint_ClearIN();
+			}
+
+			/** Writes the next 16-bit audio sample to the current audio interface.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Device_IsReadyForNextSample() function to
+			 *       ensure that the correct endpoint is selected and ready for data.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     Sample              Signed 16-bit audio sample.
+			 */
+			static inline void Audio_Device_WriteSample16(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+			                                              const int16_t Sample) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Audio_Device_WriteSample16(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+			                                              const int16_t Sample)
+			{
+				Endpoint_Write_16_LE(Sample);
+
+				if (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint() == AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Size)
+				  Endpoint_ClearIN();
+			}
+
+			/** Writes the next 24-bit audio sample to the current audio interface.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Device_IsReadyForNextSample() function to
+			 *       ensure that the correct endpoint is selected and ready for data.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     Sample              Signed 24-bit audio sample.
+			 */
+			static inline void Audio_Device_WriteSample24(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+			                                              const int32_t Sample) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Audio_Device_WriteSample24(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+			                                              const int32_t Sample)
+			{
+				Endpoint_Write_16_LE(Sample);
+				Endpoint_Write_8(Sample >> 16);
+
+				if (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint() == AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Size)
+				  Endpoint_ClearIN();
+			}
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			#if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_AUDIO_DEVICE_C)
+				void Audio_Device_Event_Stub(void) ATTR_CONST;
+
+				void EVENT_Audio_Device_StreamStartStop(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+				                                        ATTR_WEAK ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALIAS(Audio_Device_Event_Stub);
+			#endif
+
+	#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..867548c00b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.c
@@ -0,0 +1,362 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_CDC_DRIVER
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_CDC_DEVICE_C
+#include "CDCClassDevice.h"
+
+void CDC_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	if (!(Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived()))
+	  return;
+
+	if (USB_ControlRequest.wIndex != CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.ControlInterfaceNumber)
+	  return;
+
+	switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+	{
+		case CDC_REQ_GetLineEncoding:
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+			{
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+				while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()));
+
+				Endpoint_Write_32_LE(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS);
+				Endpoint_Write_8(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.CharFormat);
+				Endpoint_Write_8(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.ParityType);
+				Endpoint_Write_8(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.DataBits);
+
+				Endpoint_ClearIN();
+				Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case CDC_REQ_SetLineEncoding:
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+			{
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+				while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
+				{
+					if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+					  return;
+				}
+
+				CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS = Endpoint_Read_32_LE();
+				CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.CharFormat  = Endpoint_Read_8();
+				CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.ParityType  = Endpoint_Read_8();
+				CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.DataBits    = Endpoint_Read_8();
+
+				Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+				Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+				EVENT_CDC_Device_LineEncodingChanged(CDCInterfaceInfo);
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case CDC_REQ_SetControlLineState:
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+			{
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+				Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+				CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlLineStates.HostToDevice = USB_ControlRequest.wValue;
+
+				EVENT_CDC_Device_ControLineStateChanged(CDCInterfaceInfo);
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case CDC_REQ_SendBreak:
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+			{
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+				Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+				EVENT_CDC_Device_BreakSent(CDCInterfaceInfo, (uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wValue);
+			}
+
+			break;
+	}
+}
+
+bool CDC_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	memset(&CDCInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(CDCInterfaceInfo->State));
+
+	CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Type       = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+	CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Type      = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+	CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationEndpoint.Type = EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT;
+
+	if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint, 1)))
+	  return false;
+
+	if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint, 1)))
+	  return false;
+
+	if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationEndpoint, 1)))
+	  return false;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+void CDC_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS))
+	  return;
+
+	#if !defined(NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH)
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+
+	if (Endpoint_IsINReady())
+	  CDC_Device_Flush(CDCInterfaceInfo);
+	#endif
+}
+
+uint8_t CDC_Device_SendString(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+                              const char* const String)
+{
+	if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS))
+	  return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+	return Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(String, strlen(String), NULL);
+}
+
+uint8_t CDC_Device_SendString_P(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+                              const char* const String)
+{
+	if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS))
+	  return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+	return Endpoint_Write_PStream_LE(String, strlen_P(String), NULL);
+}
+
+uint8_t CDC_Device_SendData(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+                            const void* const Buffer,
+                            const uint16_t Length)
+{
+	if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS))
+	  return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+	return Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(Buffer, Length, NULL);
+}
+
+uint8_t CDC_Device_SendData_P(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+                            const void* const Buffer,
+                            const uint16_t Length)
+{
+	if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS))
+	  return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+	return Endpoint_Write_PStream_LE(Buffer, Length, NULL);
+}
+
+uint8_t CDC_Device_SendByte(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+                            const uint8_t Data)
+{
+	if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS))
+	  return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+
+	if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+	{
+		Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+		uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+		if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) != ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError)
+		  return ErrorCode;
+	}
+
+	Endpoint_Write_8(Data);
+	return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t CDC_Device_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS))
+	  return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+
+	if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
+	  return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
+
+	bool BankFull = !(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed());
+
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+	if (BankFull)
+	{
+		if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) != ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError)
+		  return ErrorCode;
+
+		Endpoint_ClearIN();
+	}
+
+	return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
+}
+
+uint16_t CDC_Device_BytesReceived(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS))
+	  return 0;
+
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
+
+	if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+	{
+		if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
+		{
+			Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+			return 0;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			return Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint();
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		return 0;
+	}
+}
+
+int16_t CDC_Device_ReceiveByte(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS))
+	  return -1;
+
+	int16_t ReceivedByte = -1;
+
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
+
+	if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+	{
+		if (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint())
+		  ReceivedByte = Endpoint_Read_8();
+
+		if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
+		  Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+	}
+
+	return ReceivedByte;
+}
+
+void CDC_Device_SendControlLineStateChange(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS))
+	  return;
+
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationEndpoint.Address);
+
+	USB_Request_Header_t Notification = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+		{
+			.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+			.bRequest      = CDC_NOTIF_SerialState,
+			.wValue        = CPU_TO_LE16(0),
+			.wIndex        = CPU_TO_LE16(0),
+			.wLength       = CPU_TO_LE16(sizeof(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlLineStates.DeviceToHost)),
+		};
+
+	Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&Notification, sizeof(USB_Request_Header_t), NULL);
+	Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlLineStates.DeviceToHost,
+	                         sizeof(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlLineStates.DeviceToHost),
+	                         NULL);
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+}
+
+#if defined(FDEV_SETUP_STREAM)
+void CDC_Device_CreateStream(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+                             FILE* const Stream)
+{
+	*Stream = (FILE)FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(CDC_Device_putchar, CDC_Device_getchar, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
+	fdev_set_udata(Stream, CDCInterfaceInfo);
+}
+
+void CDC_Device_CreateBlockingStream(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+                                     FILE* const Stream)
+{
+	*Stream = (FILE)FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(CDC_Device_putchar, CDC_Device_getchar_Blocking, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
+	fdev_set_udata(Stream, CDCInterfaceInfo);
+}
+
+static int CDC_Device_putchar(char c,
+                              FILE* Stream)
+{
+	return CDC_Device_SendByte((USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream), c) ? _FDEV_ERR : 0;
+}
+
+static int CDC_Device_getchar(FILE* Stream)
+{
+	int16_t ReceivedByte = CDC_Device_ReceiveByte((USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream));
+
+	if (ReceivedByte < 0)
+	  return _FDEV_EOF;
+
+	return ReceivedByte;
+}
+
+static int CDC_Device_getchar_Blocking(FILE* Stream)
+{
+	int16_t ReceivedByte;
+
+	while ((ReceivedByte = CDC_Device_ReceiveByte((USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream))) < 0)
+	{
+		if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+		  return _FDEV_EOF;
+
+		CDC_Device_USBTask((USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream));
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+
+	return ReceivedByte;
+}
+#endif
+
+void CDC_Device_Event_Stub(void)
+{
+
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9d5c4e5a0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.h
@@ -0,0 +1,386 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Device mode driver for the library USB CDC Class driver.
+ *
+ *  Device mode driver for the library USB CDC Class driver.
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassCDC
+ *  \defgroup Group_USBClassCDCDevice CDC Class Device Mode Driver
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USBClassCDCDevice_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USBClassCDCDevice_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  Device Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the CDC USB Class driver.
+ *
+ *  \note There are several major drawbacks to the CDC-ACM standard USB class, however
+ *        it is very standardized and thus usually available as a built-in driver on
+ *        most platforms, and so is a better choice than a proprietary serial class.
+ *
+ *        One major issue with CDC-ACM is that it requires two Interface descriptors,
+ *        which will upset most hosts when part of a multi-function "Composite" USB
+ *        device. This is because each interface will be loaded into a separate driver
+ *        instance, causing the two interfaces be become unlinked. To prevent this, you
+ *        should use the "Interface Association Descriptor" addendum to the USB 2.0 standard
+ *        which is available on most OSes when creating Composite devices.
+ *
+ *        Another major oversight is that there is no mechanism for the host to notify the
+ *        device that there is a data sink on the host side ready to accept data. This
+ *        means that the device may try to send data while the host isn't listening, causing
+ *        lengthy blocking timeouts in the transmission routines. It is thus highly recommended
+ *        that the virtual serial line DTR (Data Terminal Ready) signal be used where possible
+ *        to determine if a host application is ready for data.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CDC_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
+#define _CDC_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../USB.h"
+		#include "../Common/CDCClassCommon.h"
+
+		#include <stdio.h>
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_CDC_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Type Defines: */
+			/** \brief CDC Class Device Mode Configuration and State Structure.
+			 *
+			 *  Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made for each CDC interface
+			 *  within the user application, and passed to each of the CDC class driver functions as the
+			 *  CDCInterfaceInfo parameter. This stores each CDC interface's configuration and state information.
+			 */
+			typedef struct
+			{
+				struct
+				{
+					uint8_t ControlInterfaceNumber; /**< Interface number of the CDC control interface within the device. */
+
+					USB_Endpoint_Table_t DataINEndpoint; /**< Data IN endpoint configuration table. */
+					USB_Endpoint_Table_t DataOUTEndpoint; /**< Data OUT endpoint configuration table. */
+					USB_Endpoint_Table_t NotificationEndpoint; /**< Notification IN Endpoint configuration table. */
+				} Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+				           *   <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
+				           */
+				struct
+				{
+					struct
+					{
+						uint16_t HostToDevice; /**< Control line states from the host to device, as a set of \c CDC_CONTROL_LINE_OUT_*
+											    *   masks. This value is updated each time \ref CDC_Device_USBTask() is called.
+											    */
+						uint16_t DeviceToHost; /**< Control line states from the device to host, as a set of \c CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_*
+											    *   masks - to notify the host of changes to these values, call the
+											    *   \ref CDC_Device_SendControlLineStateChange() function.
+											    */
+					} ControlLineStates; /**< Current states of the virtual serial port's control lines between the device and host. */
+
+					CDC_LineEncoding_t LineEncoding; /**< Line encoding used in the virtual serial port, for the device's information.
+					                                  *   This is generally only used if the virtual serial port data is to be
+					                                  *   reconstructed on a physical UART.
+					                                  */
+				} State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+				          *   are reset to their defaults when the interface is enumerated.
+				          */
+			} USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t;
+
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			/** Configures the endpoints of a given CDC interface, ready for use. This should be linked to the library
+			 *  \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged() event so that the endpoints are configured when the configuration containing
+			 *  the given CDC interface is selected.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the endpoints were successfully configured, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			bool CDC_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Processes incoming control requests from the host, that are directed to the given CDC class interface. This should be
+			 *  linked to the library \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
+			 */
+			void CDC_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** General management task for a given CDC class interface, required for the correct operation of the interface. This should
+			 *  be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task \ref USB_USBTask().
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
+			 */
+			void CDC_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** CDC class driver event for a line encoding change on a CDC interface. This event fires each time the host requests a
+			 *  line encoding change (containing the serial parity, baud and other configuration information) and may be hooked in the
+			 *  user program by declaring a handler function with the same name and parameters listed here. The new line encoding
+			 *  settings are available in the \c LineEncoding structure inside the CDC interface structure passed as a parameter.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
+			 */
+			void EVENT_CDC_Device_LineEncodingChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** CDC class driver event for a control line state change on a CDC interface. This event fires each time the host requests a
+			 *  control line state change (containing the virtual serial control line states, such as DTR) and may be hooked in the
+			 *  user program by declaring a handler function with the same name and parameters listed here. The new control line states
+			 *  are available in the \c ControlLineStates.HostToDevice value inside the CDC interface structure passed as a parameter, set as
+			 *  a mask of \c CDC_CONTROL_LINE_OUT_* masks.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
+			 */
+			void EVENT_CDC_Device_ControLineStateChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** CDC class driver event for a send break request sent to the device from the host. This is generally used to separate
+			 *  data or to indicate a special condition to the receiving device.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     Duration          Duration of the break that has been sent by the host, in milliseconds.
+			 */
+			void EVENT_CDC_Device_BreakSent(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+			                                const uint8_t Duration) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Sends a given data buffer to the attached USB host, if connected. If a host is not connected when the function is
+			 *  called, the string is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the host until either the endpoint bank
+			 *  becomes full, or the \ref CDC_Device_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to the host. This allows
+			 *  for multiple bytes to be packed into a single endpoint packet, increasing data throughput.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
+			 *       the call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     Buffer            Pointer to a buffer containing the data to send to the device.
+			 *  \param[in]     Length            Length of the data to send to the host.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t CDC_Device_SendData(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+			                            const void* const Buffer,
+			                            const uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+			/** Sends a given data buffer from PROGMEM space to the attached USB host, if connected. If a host is not connected when the
+			 *  function is called, the string is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the host until either the endpoint
+			 *  bank becomes full, or the \ref CDC_Device_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to the host. This allows
+			 *  for multiple bytes to be packed into a single endpoint packet, increasing data throughput.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
+			 *       the call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     Buffer            Pointer to a buffer containing the data to send to the device.
+			 *  \param[in]     Length            Length of the data to send to the host.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t CDC_Device_SendData_P(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+			                            const void* const Buffer,
+			                            const uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+			/** Sends a given null terminated string to the attached USB host, if connected. If a host is not connected when
+			 *  the function is called, the string is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the host until either
+			 *  the endpoint bank becomes full, or the \ref CDC_Device_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to
+			 *  the host. This allows for multiple bytes to be packed into a single endpoint packet, increasing data throughput.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
+			 *       the call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     String            Pointer to the null terminated string to send to the host.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t CDC_Device_SendString(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+			                              const char* const String) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+			/** Sends a given null terminated string from PROGMEM space to the attached USB host, if connected. If a host is not connected
+			 *  when the function is called, the string is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the host until either
+			 *  the endpoint bank becomes full, or the \ref CDC_Device_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to
+			 *  the host. This allows for multiple bytes to be packed into a single endpoint packet, increasing data throughput.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
+			 *       the call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     String            Pointer to the null terminated string to send to the host.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t CDC_Device_SendString_P(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+			                              const char* const String) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+			/** Sends a given byte to the attached USB host, if connected. If a host is not connected when the function is called, the
+			 *  byte is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the host until either the endpoint bank becomes full, or the
+			 *  \ref CDC_Device_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to the host. This allows for multiple bytes to be
+			 *  packed into a single endpoint packet, increasing data throughput.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
+			 *       the call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     Data              Byte of data to send to the host.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t CDC_Device_SendByte(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+			                            const uint8_t Data) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Determines the number of bytes received by the CDC interface from the host, waiting to be read. This indicates the number
+			 *  of bytes in the OUT endpoint bank only, and thus the number of calls to \ref CDC_Device_ReceiveByte() which are guaranteed to
+			 *  succeed immediately. If multiple bytes are to be received, they should be buffered by the user application, as the endpoint
+			 *  bank will not be released back to the USB controller until all bytes are read.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
+			 *       the call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Total number of buffered bytes received from the host.
+			 */
+			uint16_t CDC_Device_BytesReceived(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Reads a byte of data from the host. If no data is waiting to be read of if a USB host is not connected, the function
+			 *  returns a negative value. The \ref CDC_Device_BytesReceived() function may be queried in advance to determine how many
+			 *  bytes are currently buffered in the CDC interface's data receive endpoint bank, and thus how many repeated calls to this
+			 *  function which are guaranteed to succeed.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
+			 *       the call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Next received byte from the host, or a negative value if no data received.
+			 */
+			int16_t CDC_Device_ReceiveByte(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Flushes any data waiting to be sent, ensuring that the send buffer is cleared.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
+			 *       the call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t CDC_Device_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Sends a Serial Control Line State Change notification to the host. This should be called when the virtual serial
+			 *  control lines (DCD, DSR, etc.) have changed states, or to give BREAK notifications to the host. Line states persist
+			 *  until they are cleared via a second notification. This should be called each time the CDC class driver's
+			 *  \c ControlLineStates.DeviceToHost value is updated to push the new states to the USB host.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
+			 *       the call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
+			 */
+			void CDC_Device_SendControlLineStateChange(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			#if defined(FDEV_SETUP_STREAM) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			/** Creates a standard character stream for the given CDC Device instance so that it can be used with all the regular
+			 *  functions in the standard <stdio.h> library that accept a \c FILE stream as a destination (e.g. \c fprintf()). The created
+			 *  stream is bidirectional and can be used for both input and output functions.
+			 *
+			 *  Reading data from this stream is non-blocking, i.e. in most instances, complete strings cannot be read in by a single
+			 *  fetch, as the endpoint will not be ready at some point in the transmission, aborting the transfer. However, this may
+			 *  be used when the read data is processed byte-per-bye (via \c getc()) or when the user application will implement its own
+			 *  line buffering.
+			 *
+			 *  \note The created stream can be given as \c stdout if desired to direct the standard output from all \c <stdio.h> functions
+			 *        to the given CDC interface.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \note This function is not available on all microcontroller architectures.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in,out] Stream            Pointer to a FILE structure where the created stream should be placed.
+			 */
+			void CDC_Device_CreateStream(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+			                             FILE* const Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+			/** Identical to \ref CDC_Device_CreateStream(), except that reads are blocking until the calling stream function terminates
+			 *  the transfer. While blocking, the USB and CDC service tasks are called repeatedly to maintain USB communications.
+			 *
+			 *  \note This function is not available on all microcontroller architectures.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in,out] Stream            Pointer to a FILE structure where the created stream should be placed.
+			 */
+			void CDC_Device_CreateBlockingStream(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+			                                     FILE* const Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+			#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			#if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_CDC_DEVICE_C)
+				#if defined(FDEV_SETUP_STREAM)
+				static int CDC_Device_putchar(char c,
+				                              FILE* Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+				static int CDC_Device_getchar(FILE* Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+				static int CDC_Device_getchar_Blocking(FILE* Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+				#endif
+
+				void CDC_Device_Event_Stub(void) ATTR_CONST;
+
+				void EVENT_CDC_Device_LineEncodingChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+				                                          ATTR_WEAK ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALIAS(CDC_Device_Event_Stub);
+				void EVENT_CDC_Device_ControLineStateChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+				                                             ATTR_WEAK ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALIAS(CDC_Device_Event_Stub);
+				void EVENT_CDC_Device_BreakSent(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+				                                const uint8_t Duration) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
+				                                ATTR_ALIAS(CDC_Device_Event_Stub);
+			#endif
+
+	#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a8a6e8b50e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.c
@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_HID_DRIVER
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_HID_DEVICE_C
+#include "HIDClassDevice.h"
+
+void HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	if (!(Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived()))
+	  return;
+
+	if (USB_ControlRequest.wIndex != HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.InterfaceNumber)
+	  return;
+
+	switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+	{
+		case HID_REQ_GetReport:
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+			{
+				uint16_t ReportSize = 0;
+				uint8_t  ReportID   = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue & 0xFF);
+				uint8_t  ReportType = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue >> 8) - 1;
+				uint8_t  ReportData[HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.PrevReportINBufferSize];
+
+				memset(ReportData, 0, sizeof(ReportData));
+
+				CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(HIDInterfaceInfo, &ReportID, ReportType, ReportData, &ReportSize);
+
+				if (HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.PrevReportINBuffer != NULL)
+				{
+					memcpy(HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.PrevReportINBuffer, ReportData,
+					       HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.PrevReportINBufferSize);
+				}
+
+				Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP);
+
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+				if (ReportID)
+				  Endpoint_Write_8(ReportID);
+
+				Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(ReportData, ReportSize);
+				Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case HID_REQ_SetReport:
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+			{
+				uint16_t ReportSize = USB_ControlRequest.wLength;
+				uint8_t  ReportID   = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue & 0xFF);
+				uint8_t  ReportType = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue >> 8) - 1;
+				uint8_t  ReportData[ReportSize];
+
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+				Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(ReportData, ReportSize);
+				Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+				CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(HIDInterfaceInfo, ReportID, ReportType,
+				                                     &ReportData[ReportID ? 1 : 0], ReportSize - (ReportID ? 1 : 0));
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case HID_REQ_GetProtocol:
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+			{
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+				while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()));
+				Endpoint_Write_8(HIDInterfaceInfo->State.UsingReportProtocol);
+				Endpoint_ClearIN();
+				Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case HID_REQ_SetProtocol:
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+			{
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+				Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+				HIDInterfaceInfo->State.UsingReportProtocol = ((USB_ControlRequest.wValue & 0xFF) != 0x00);
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case HID_REQ_SetIdle:
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+			{
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+				Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+				HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IdleCount = ((USB_ControlRequest.wValue & 0xFF00) >> 6);
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case HID_REQ_GetIdle:
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+			{
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+				while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()));
+				Endpoint_Write_8(HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IdleCount >> 2);
+				Endpoint_ClearIN();
+				Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+			}
+
+			break;
+	}
+}
+
+bool HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	memset(&HIDInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(HIDInterfaceInfo->State));
+	HIDInterfaceInfo->State.UsingReportProtocol = true;
+	HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IdleCount           = 500;
+
+	HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.ReportINEndpoint.Type = EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT;
+
+	if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.ReportINEndpoint, 1)))
+	  return false;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+void HID_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+	  return;
+
+	if (HIDInterfaceInfo->State.PrevFrameNum == USB_Device_GetFrameNumber())
+	{
+		#if defined(USB_DEVICE_OPT_LOWSPEED)
+		if (!(USB_Options & USB_DEVICE_OPT_LOWSPEED))
+		  return;
+		#else
+		return;
+		#endif
+	}
+
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.ReportINEndpoint.Address);
+
+	if (Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())
+	{
+		uint8_t  ReportINData[HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.PrevReportINBufferSize];
+		uint8_t  ReportID     = 0;
+		uint16_t ReportINSize = 0;
+
+		memset(ReportINData, 0, sizeof(ReportINData));
+
+		bool ForceSend         = CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(HIDInterfaceInfo, &ReportID, HID_REPORT_ITEM_In,
+		                                                             ReportINData, &ReportINSize);
+		bool StatesChanged     = false;
+		bool IdlePeriodElapsed = (HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IdleCount && !(HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IdleMSRemaining));
+
+		if (HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.PrevReportINBuffer != NULL)
+		{
+			StatesChanged = (memcmp(ReportINData, HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.PrevReportINBuffer, ReportINSize) != 0);
+			memcpy(HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.PrevReportINBuffer, ReportINData, HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.PrevReportINBufferSize);
+		}
+
+		if (ReportINSize && (ForceSend || StatesChanged || IdlePeriodElapsed))
+		{
+			HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IdleMSRemaining = HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IdleCount;
+
+			Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.ReportINEndpoint.Address);
+
+			if (ReportID)
+			  Endpoint_Write_8(ReportID);
+
+			Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(ReportINData, ReportINSize, NULL);
+
+			Endpoint_ClearIN();
+		}
+
+		HIDInterfaceInfo->State.PrevFrameNum = USB_Device_GetFrameNumber();
+	}
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ae628c87d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.h
@@ -0,0 +1,210 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Device mode driver for the library USB HID Class driver.
+ *
+ *  Device mode driver for the library USB HID Class driver.
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassHID
+ *  \defgroup Group_USBClassHIDDevice HID Class Device Mode Driver
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USBClassHIDDevice_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USBClassHIDDevice_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  Device Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the HID USB Class driver.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _HID_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
+#define _HID_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../USB.h"
+		#include "../Common/HIDClassCommon.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_HID_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Type Defines: */
+			/** \brief HID Class Device Mode Configuration and State Structure.
+			 *
+			 *  Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made for each HID interface
+			 *  within the user application, and passed to each of the HID class driver functions as the
+			 *  \c HIDInterfaceInfo parameter. This stores each HID interface's configuration and state information.
+			 *
+			 *  \note Due to technical limitations, the HID device class driver does not utilize a separate OUT
+			 *        endpoint for host->device communications. Instead, the host->device data (if any) is sent to
+			 *        the device via the control endpoint.
+			 */
+			typedef struct
+			{
+				struct
+				{
+					uint8_t  InterfaceNumber; /**< Interface number of the HID interface within the device. */
+
+					USB_Endpoint_Table_t ReportINEndpoint; /**< Data IN HID report endpoint configuration table. */
+
+					void*    PrevReportINBuffer; /**< Pointer to a buffer where the previously created HID input report can be
+					                              *  stored by the driver, for comparison purposes to detect report changes that
+					                              *  must be sent immediately to the host. This should point to a buffer big enough
+					                              *  to hold the largest HID input report sent from the HID interface. If this is set
+					                              *  to \c NULL, it is up to the user to force transfers when needed in the
+					                              *  \ref CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport() callback function.
+					                              *
+					                              *  \note Due to the single buffer, the internal driver can only correctly compare
+					                              *        subsequent reports with identical report IDs. In multiple report devices,
+					                              *        this buffer should be set to \c NULL and the decision to send reports made
+					                              *        by the user application instead.
+					                              */
+					uint8_t  PrevReportINBufferSize; /**< Size in bytes of the given input report buffer. This is used to create a
+					                                  *  second buffer of the same size within the driver so that subsequent reports
+					                                  *  can be compared. If the user app is to determine when reports are to be sent
+					                                  *  exclusively (i.e. \c PrevReportINBuffer is \c NULL) this value must still be
+					                                  *  set to the size of the largest report the device can issue to the host.
+					                                  */
+				} Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+				           *   <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
+				           */
+				struct
+				{
+					bool     UsingReportProtocol; /**< Indicates if the HID interface is set to Boot or Report protocol mode. */
+					uint16_t PrevFrameNum; /**< Frame number of the previous HID report packet opportunity. */
+					uint16_t IdleCount; /**< Report idle period, in milliseconds, set by the host. */
+					uint16_t IdleMSRemaining; /**< Total number of milliseconds remaining before the idle period elapsed - this
+				                               *   should be decremented by the user application if non-zero each millisecond. */
+				} State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+				          *   are reset to their defaults when the interface is enumerated.
+				          */
+			} USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t;
+
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			/** Configures the endpoints of a given HID interface, ready for use. This should be linked to the library
+			 *  \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged() event so that the endpoints are configured when the configuration
+			 *  containing the given HID interface is selected.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class configuration and state.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the endpoints were successfully configured, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			bool HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Processes incoming control requests from the host, that are directed to the given HID class interface. This should be
+			 *  linked to the library \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class configuration and state.
+			 */
+			void HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** General management task for a given HID class interface, required for the correct operation of the interface. This should
+			 *  be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task \ref USB_USBTask().
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class configuration and state.
+			 */
+			void HID_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** HID class driver callback for the user creation of a HID IN report. This callback may fire in response to either
+			 *  HID class control requests from the host, or by the normal HID endpoint polling procedure. Inside this callback the
+			 *  user is responsible for the creation of the next HID input report to be sent to the host.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in,out] ReportID          If preset to a non-zero value, this is the report ID being requested by the host. If zero,
+			 *                                   this should be set to the report ID of the generated HID input report (if any). If multiple
+			 *                                   reports are not sent via the given HID interface, this parameter should be ignored.
+			 *  \param[in]     ReportType        Type of HID report to generate, either \ref HID_REPORT_ITEM_In or \ref HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature.
+			 *  \param[out]    ReportData        Pointer to a buffer where the generated HID report should be stored.
+			 *  \param[out]    ReportSize        Number of bytes in the generated input report, or zero if no report is to be sent.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true to force the sending of the report even if it is identical to the previous report and still within
+			 *          the idle period (useful for devices which report relative movement), \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+			                                         uint8_t* const ReportID,
+			                                         const uint8_t ReportType,
+			                                         void* ReportData,
+			                                         uint16_t* const ReportSize) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
+			                                         ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(4) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(5);
+
+			/** HID class driver callback for the user processing of a received HID OUT report. This callback may fire in response to
+			 *  either HID class control requests from the host, or by the normal HID endpoint polling procedure. Inside this callback
+			 *  the user is responsible for the processing of the received HID output report from the host.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     ReportID          Report ID of the received output report. If multiple reports are not received via the given HID
+			 *                                   interface, this parameter should be ignored.
+			 *  \param[in]     ReportType        Type of received HID report, either \ref HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out or \ref HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature.
+			 *  \param[in]     ReportData        Pointer to a buffer where the received HID report is stored.
+			 *  \param[in]     ReportSize        Size in bytes of the received report from the host.
+			 */
+			void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+			                                          const uint8_t ReportID,
+			                                          const uint8_t ReportType,
+			                                          const void* ReportData,
+			                                          const uint16_t ReportSize) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(4);
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			/** Indicates that a millisecond of idle time has elapsed on the given HID interface, and the interface's idle count should be
+			 *  decremented. This should be called once per millisecond so that hardware key-repeats function correctly. It is recommended
+			 *  that this be called by the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame() event, once SOF events have been enabled via
+			 *  \ref USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents().
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class configuration and state.
+			 */
+			static inline void HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+			static inline void HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo)
+			{
+				if (HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IdleMSRemaining)
+				  HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IdleMSRemaining--;
+			}
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a35c4082bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.c
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_MIDI_DRIVER
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_MIDI_DEVICE_C
+#include "MIDIClassDevice.h"
+
+bool MIDI_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	memset(&MIDIInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(MIDIInterfaceInfo->State));
+
+	MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Type  = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+	MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+
+	if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint, 1)))
+	  return false;
+
+	if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint, 1)))
+	  return false;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+void MIDI_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+	  return;
+
+	#if !defined(NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH)
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+
+	if (Endpoint_IsINReady())
+	  MIDI_Device_Flush(MIDIInterfaceInfo);
+	#endif
+}
+
+uint8_t MIDI_Device_SendEventPacket(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo,
+                                    const MIDI_EventPacket_t* const Event)
+{
+	if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+	  return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(Event, sizeof(MIDI_EventPacket_t), NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+	  return ErrorCode;
+
+	if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+	  Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+	return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t MIDI_Device_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+	  return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+
+	if (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint())
+	{
+		Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+		if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) != ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError)
+		  return ErrorCode;
+	}
+
+	return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
+}
+
+bool MIDI_Device_ReceiveEventPacket(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo,
+                                    MIDI_EventPacket_t* const Event)
+{
+	if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+	  return false;
+
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
+
+	if (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
+		return false;
+
+	if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+	  return false;
+
+	Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(Event, sizeof(MIDI_EventPacket_t), NULL);
+
+	if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+	  Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ee2efd7c18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.h
@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Device mode driver for the library USB MIDI Class driver.
+ *
+ *  Device mode driver for the library USB MIDI Class driver.
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassMIDI
+ *  \defgroup Group_USBClassMIDIDevice MIDI Class Device Mode Driver
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USBClassMIDIDevice_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USBClassMIDIDevice_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  Device Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the MIDI USB Class driver.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MIDI_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
+#define _MIDI_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../USB.h"
+		#include "../Common/MIDIClassCommon.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_MIDI_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Type Define: */
+			/** \brief MIDI Class Device Mode Configuration and State Structure.
+			 *
+			 *  Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made for each MIDI interface
+			 *  within the user application, and passed to each of the MIDI class driver functions as the
+			 *  \c MIDIInterfaceInfo parameter. This stores each MIDI interface's configuration and state information.
+			 */
+			typedef struct
+			{
+				struct
+				{
+					uint8_t  StreamingInterfaceNumber; /**< Index of the Audio Streaming interface within the device this structure controls. */
+
+					USB_Endpoint_Table_t DataINEndpoint; /**< Data IN endpoint configuration table. */
+					USB_Endpoint_Table_t DataOUTEndpoint; /**< Data OUT endpoint configuration table. */
+				} Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+				           *   <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
+				           */
+
+				struct
+				{
+					uint8_t RESERVED; // No state information for this class
+				} State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+				          *   are reset to their defaults when the interface is enumerated.
+				          */
+			} USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t;
+
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			/** Configures the endpoints of a given MIDI interface, ready for use. This should be linked to the library
+			 *  \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged() event so that the endpoints are configured when the configuration
+			 *  containing the given MIDI interface is selected.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] MIDIInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a MIDI Class configuration and state.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the endpoints were successfully configured, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			bool MIDI_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** General management task for a given MIDI class interface, required for the correct operation of the interface. This should
+			 *  be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task \ref USB_USBTask().
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] MIDIInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a MIDI Class configuration and state.
+			 */
+			void MIDI_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Sends a MIDI event packet to the host. If no host is connected, the event packet is discarded. Events are queued into the
+			 *  endpoint bank until either the endpoint bank is full, or \ref MIDI_Device_Flush() is called. This allows for multiple
+			 *  MIDI events to be packed into a single endpoint packet, increasing data throughput.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+			 *       call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] MIDIInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a MIDI Class configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     Event              Pointer to a populated \ref MIDI_EventPacket_t structure containing the MIDI event to send.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t MIDI_Device_SendEventPacket(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo,
+			                                    const MIDI_EventPacket_t* const Event) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+
+			/** Flushes the MIDI send buffer, sending any queued MIDI events to the host. This should be called to override the
+			 *  \ref MIDI_Device_SendEventPacket() function's packing behavior, to flush queued events.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] MIDIInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a MIDI Class configuration and state.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t MIDI_Device_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Receives a MIDI event packet from the host. Events are unpacked from the endpoint, thus if the endpoint bank contains
+			 *  multiple MIDI events from the host in the one packet, multiple calls to this function will return each individual event.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+			 *       call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] MIDIInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a MIDI Class configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[out]    Event              Pointer to a USB_MIDI_EventPacket_t structure where the received MIDI event is to be placed.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if a MIDI event packet was received, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			bool MIDI_Device_ReceiveEventPacket(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo,
+			                                    MIDI_EventPacket_t* const Event) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			/** Processes incoming control requests from the host, that are directed to the given MIDI class interface. This should be
+			 *  linked to the library \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] MIDIInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a MIDI Class configuration and state.
+			 */
+			static inline void MIDI_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+			static inline void MIDI_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo)
+			{
+				(void)MIDIInterfaceInfo;
+			}
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1ea30f7cbc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.c
@@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_MS_DRIVER
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_MASSSTORAGE_DEVICE_C
+#include "MassStorageClassDevice.h"
+
+void MS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	if (!(Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived()))
+	  return;
+
+	if (USB_ControlRequest.wIndex != MSInterfaceInfo->Config.InterfaceNumber)
+	  return;
+
+	switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+	{
+		case MS_REQ_MassStorageReset:
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+			{
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+				Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+				MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset = true;
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case MS_REQ_GetMaxLUN:
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+			{
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+				while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()));
+				Endpoint_Write_8(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.TotalLUNs - 1);
+				Endpoint_ClearIN();
+				Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+			}
+
+			break;
+	}
+}
+
+bool MS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	memset(&MSInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(MSInterfaceInfo->State));
+
+	MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Type  = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+	MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+
+	if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint, 1)))
+	  return false;
+
+	if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint, 1)))
+	  return false;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+void MS_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+	  return;
+
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
+
+	if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+	{
+		if (MS_Device_ReadInCommandBlock(MSInterfaceInfo))
+		{
+			if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.Flags & MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN)
+			  Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+
+			bool SCSICommandResult = CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(MSInterfaceInfo);
+
+			MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandStatus.Status              = (SCSICommandResult) ? MS_SCSI_COMMAND_Pass : MS_SCSI_COMMAND_Fail;
+			MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandStatus.Signature           = CPU_TO_LE32(MS_CSW_SIGNATURE);
+			MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandStatus.Tag                 = MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.Tag;
+			MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandStatus.DataTransferResidue = MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength;
+
+			if (!(SCSICommandResult) && (le32_to_cpu(MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandStatus.DataTransferResidue)))
+			  Endpoint_StallTransaction();
+
+			MS_Device_ReturnCommandStatus(MSInterfaceInfo);
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
+	{
+		Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
+		Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+
+		Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
+		Endpoint_ClearStall();
+		Endpoint_ResetDataToggle();
+		Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+		Endpoint_ClearStall();
+		Endpoint_ResetDataToggle();
+
+		MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset = false;
+	}
+}
+
+static bool MS_Device_ReadInCommandBlock(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
+
+	BytesProcessed = 0;
+	while (Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock,
+	                               (sizeof(MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t) - 16), &BytesProcessed) ==
+	                               ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+	{
+		if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
+		  return false;
+	}
+
+	if ((MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.Signature         != CPU_TO_LE32(MS_CBW_SIGNATURE))     ||
+	    (MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.LUN               >= MSInterfaceInfo->Config.TotalLUNs) ||
+		(MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.Flags              & 0x1F)                              ||
+		(MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandLength == 0)                                 ||
+		(MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandLength >  16))
+	{
+		Endpoint_StallTransaction();
+		Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+		Endpoint_StallTransaction();
+
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	BytesProcessed = 0;
+	while (Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData,
+	                                MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandLength, &BytesProcessed) ==
+	                                ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+	{
+		if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
+		  return false;
+	}
+
+	Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+static void MS_Device_ReturnCommandStatus(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
+
+	while (Endpoint_IsStalled())
+	{
+		#if !defined(INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT)
+		USB_USBTask();
+		#endif
+
+		if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
+		  return;
+	}
+
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+
+	while (Endpoint_IsStalled())
+	{
+		#if !defined(INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT)
+		USB_USBTask();
+		#endif
+
+		if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
+		  return;
+	}
+
+	uint16_t BytesProcessed = 0;
+	while (Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandStatus,
+	                                sizeof(MS_CommandStatusWrapper_t), &BytesProcessed) ==
+	                                ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+	{
+		if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
+		  return;
+	}
+
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..12b54f8dfb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.h
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Device mode driver for the library USB Mass Storage Class driver.
+ *
+ *  Device mode driver for the library USB Mass Storage Class driver.
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassMS
+ *  \defgroup Group_USBClassMSDevice Mass Storage Class Device Mode Driver
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USBClassMSDevice_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USBClassMSDevice_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  Device Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the Mass Storage USB Class driver.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MS_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
+#define _MS_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../USB.h"
+		#include "../Common/MassStorageClassCommon.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_MS_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Type Defines: */
+			/** \brief Mass Storage Class Device Mode Configuration and State Structure.
+			 *
+			 *  Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made for each Mass Storage interface
+			 *  within the user application, and passed to each of the Mass Storage class driver functions as the
+			 *  \c MSInterfaceInfo parameter. This stores each Mass Storage interface's configuration and state information.
+			 */
+			typedef struct
+			{
+				struct
+				{
+					uint8_t  InterfaceNumber; /**< Interface number of the Mass Storage interface within the device. */
+
+					USB_Endpoint_Table_t DataINEndpoint; /**< Data IN endpoint configuration table. */
+					USB_Endpoint_Table_t DataOUTEndpoint; /**< Data OUT endpoint configuration table. */
+
+					uint8_t  TotalLUNs; /**< Total number of logical drives in the Mass Storage interface. */
+				} Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+				           *   <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
+				           */
+				struct
+				{
+					MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t  CommandBlock; /**< Mass Storage class command block structure, stores the received SCSI
+															 *   command from the host which is to be processed.
+															 */
+					MS_CommandStatusWrapper_t CommandStatus; /**< Mass Storage class command status structure, set elements to indicate
+															  *   the issued command's success or failure to the host.
+															  */
+					volatile bool IsMassStoreReset; /**< Flag indicating that the host has requested that the Mass Storage interface be reset
+											         *   and that all current Mass Storage operations should immediately abort.
+											         */
+				} State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+				          *   are reset to their defaults when the interface is enumerated.
+				          */
+			} USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t;
+
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			/** Configures the endpoints of a given Mass Storage interface, ready for use. This should be linked to the library
+			 *  \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged() event so that the endpoints are configured when the configuration
+			 *  containing the given Mass Storage interface is selected.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the endpoints were successfully configured, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			bool MS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Processes incoming control requests from the host, that are directed to the given Mass Storage class interface. This should be
+			 *  linked to the library \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state.
+			 */
+			void MS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** General management task for a given Mass Storage class interface, required for the correct operation of the interface. This should
+			 *  be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task \ref USB_USBTask().
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage configuration and state.
+			 */
+			void MS_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Mass Storage class driver callback for the user processing of a received SCSI command. This callback will fire each time the
+			 *  host sends a SCSI command which requires processing by the user application. Inside this callback the user is responsible
+			 *  for the processing of the received SCSI command from the host. The SCSI command is available in the CommandBlock structure
+			 *  inside the Mass Storage class state structure passed as a parameter to the callback function.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the SCSI command was successfully processed, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			#if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_MASSSTORAGE_DEVICE_C)
+				static void MS_Device_ReturnCommandStatus(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+				static bool MS_Device_ReadInCommandBlock(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+			#endif
+
+	#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/PrinterClassDevice.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/PrinterClassDevice.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7209c452dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/PrinterClassDevice.c
@@ -0,0 +1,314 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_PRINTER_DRIVER
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_PRINTER_DEVICE_C
+#include "PrinterClassDevice.h"
+
+void PRNT_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	if (!(Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived()))
+	  return;
+
+	if (USB_ControlRequest.wIndex != PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.InterfaceNumber)
+	  return;
+
+	switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+	{
+		case PRNT_REQ_GetDeviceID:
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+			{
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+				while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
+				{
+					if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+					  return;
+				}
+
+				uint16_t IEEEStringLen = strlen(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.IEEE1284String);
+				Endpoint_Write_16_BE(IEEEStringLen);
+				Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.IEEE1284String, IEEEStringLen);
+				Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case PRNT_REQ_GetPortStatus:
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+			{
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+				while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
+				{
+					if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+					  return;
+				}
+
+				Endpoint_Write_8(PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.PortStatus);
+				Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case PRNT_REQ_SoftReset:
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+			{
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+				Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+				PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.IsPrinterReset = true;
+
+				EVENT_PRNT_Device_SoftReset(PRNTInterfaceInfo);
+			}
+
+			break;
+	}
+}
+
+bool PRNT_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	memset(&PRNTInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(PRNTInterfaceInfo->State));
+	PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.PortStatus = PRNT_PORTSTATUS_NOTERROR | PRNT_PORTSTATUS_SELECT;
+
+	PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Type  = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+	PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+
+	if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint, 1)))
+	  return false;
+
+	if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint, 1)))
+	  return false;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+void PRNT_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+	  return;
+
+	#if !defined(NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH)
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+
+	if (Endpoint_IsINReady())
+	  PRNT_Device_Flush(PRNTInterfaceInfo);
+	#endif
+
+	if (PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.IsPrinterReset)
+	{
+		Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
+		Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+
+		Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
+		Endpoint_ClearStall();
+		Endpoint_ResetDataToggle();
+		Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+		Endpoint_ClearStall();
+		Endpoint_ResetDataToggle();
+
+		PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.IsPrinterReset = false;
+	}
+}
+
+uint8_t PRNT_Device_SendString(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+                               const char* const String)
+{
+	if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+	  return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+	return Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(String, strlen(String), NULL);
+}
+
+uint8_t PRNT_Device_SendData(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+                             const void* const Buffer,
+                             const uint16_t Length)
+{
+	if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+	  return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+	return Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(Buffer, Length, NULL);
+}
+
+uint8_t PRNT_Device_SendByte(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+                             const uint8_t Data)
+{
+	if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+	  return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+
+	if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+	{
+		Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+		uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+		if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) != ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError)
+		  return ErrorCode;
+	}
+
+	Endpoint_Write_8(Data);
+	return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t PRNT_Device_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+	  return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+
+	if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
+	  return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
+
+	bool BankFull = !(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed());
+
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+	if (BankFull)
+	{
+		if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) != ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError)
+		  return ErrorCode;
+
+		Endpoint_ClearIN();
+	}
+
+	return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
+}
+
+uint16_t PRNT_Device_BytesReceived(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+	  return 0;
+
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
+
+	if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+	{
+		if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
+		{
+			Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+			return 0;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			return Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint();
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		return 0;
+	}
+}
+
+int16_t PRNT_Device_ReceiveByte(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+	  return -1;
+
+	int16_t ReceivedByte = -1;
+
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
+
+	if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+	{
+		if (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint())
+		  ReceivedByte = Endpoint_Read_8();
+
+		if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
+		  Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+	}
+
+	return ReceivedByte;
+}
+
+#if defined(FDEV_SETUP_STREAM)
+void PRNT_Device_CreateStream(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+                              FILE* const Stream)
+{
+	*Stream = (FILE)FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(PRNT_Device_putchar, PRNT_Device_getchar, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
+	fdev_set_udata(Stream, PRNTInterfaceInfo);
+}
+
+void PRNT_Device_CreateBlockingStream(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+                                      FILE* const Stream)
+{
+	*Stream = (FILE)FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(PRNT_Device_putchar, PRNT_Device_getchar_Blocking, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
+	fdev_set_udata(Stream, PRNTInterfaceInfo);
+}
+
+static int PRNT_Device_putchar(char c,
+                               FILE* Stream)
+{
+	return PRNT_Device_SendByte((USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream), c) ? _FDEV_ERR : 0;
+}
+
+static int PRNT_Device_getchar(FILE* Stream)
+{
+	int16_t ReceivedByte = PRNT_Device_ReceiveByte((USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream));
+
+	if (ReceivedByte < 0)
+	  return _FDEV_EOF;
+
+	return ReceivedByte;
+}
+
+static int PRNT_Device_getchar_Blocking(FILE* Stream)
+{
+	int16_t ReceivedByte;
+
+	while ((ReceivedByte = PRNT_Device_ReceiveByte((USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream))) < 0)
+	{
+		if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+		  return _FDEV_EOF;
+
+		PRNT_Device_USBTask((USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream));
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+
+	return ReceivedByte;
+}
+#endif
+
+void PRNT_Device_Event_Stub(void)
+{
+
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/PrinterClassDevice.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/PrinterClassDevice.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..802c5912d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/PrinterClassDevice.h
@@ -0,0 +1,293 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Device mode driver for the library USB Printer Class driver.
+ *
+ *  Device mode driver for the library USB Printer Class driver.
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassPrinter
+ *  \defgroup Group_USBClassPrinterDevice Printer Class Device Mode Driver
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USBClassPrinterDevice_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/PrinterClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USBClassPrinterDevice_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  Device Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the Printer USB Class driver.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _PRINTER_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
+#define _PRINTER_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../USB.h"
+		#include "../Common/PrinterClassCommon.h"
+
+		#include <stdio.h>
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_PRINTER_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Type Defines: */
+			/** \brief Printer Class Device Mode Configuration and State Structure.
+			 *
+			 *  Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made for each Printer interface
+			 *  within the user application, and passed to each of the Printer class driver functions as the
+			 *  PRNTInterfaceInfo parameter. This stores each Printer interface's configuration and state information.
+			 */
+			typedef struct
+			{
+				struct
+				{
+					uint8_t InterfaceNumber; /**< Interface number of the Printer interface within the device. */
+
+					USB_Endpoint_Table_t DataINEndpoint; /**< Data IN endpoint configuration table. */
+					USB_Endpoint_Table_t DataOUTEndpoint; /**< Data OUT endpoint configuration table. */
+
+					char* IEEE1284String; /**< IEEE 1284 identification string, sent to the host during enumeration
+					                       *   to identify the printer model, manufacturer and other characteristics.
+					                       */
+				} Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+				           *   <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
+				           */
+				struct
+				{
+					uint8_t PortStatus; /**< Current status of the Printer virtual port, a collection of \c PRNT_PORTSTATUS_*
+					                     *   bitmask values.
+					                     */
+
+					volatile bool IsPrinterReset; /**< Flag indicating that the host has requested that the Printer interface be reset
+											       *   and that all current Mass Storage operations should immediately abort.
+											       */
+				} State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+				          *   are reset to their defaults when the interface is enumerated.
+				          */
+			} USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t;
+
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			/** Configures the endpoints of a given Printer interface, ready for use. This should be linked to the library
+			 *  \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged() event so that the endpoints are configured when the configuration containing
+			 *  the given Printer interface is selected.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class configuration and state.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the endpoints were successfully configured, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			bool PRNT_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Processes incoming control requests from the host, that are directed to the given Printer class interface. This should be
+			 *  linked to the library \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class configuration and state.
+			 */
+			void PRNT_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** General management task for a given Printer class interface, required for the correct operation of the interface. This should
+			 *  be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task \ref USB_USBTask().
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class configuration and state.
+			 */
+			void PRNT_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Printer class driver event for a soft reset request on a Printer interface. This event fires each time the host
+			 *  requests a reset of the printer interface's internal state, and may be hooked in the user program by declaring a
+			 *  handler function with the same name and parameters listed here.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class configuration and state.
+			 */
+			void EVENT_PRNT_Device_SoftReset(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Sends a given data buffer to the attached USB host, if connected. If a host is not connected when the function is
+			 *  called, the string is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the host until either the endpoint bank
+			 *  becomes full, or the \ref PRNT_Device_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to the host. This allows
+			 *  for multiple bytes to be packed into a single endpoint packet, increasing data throughput.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
+			 *       the call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     Buffer            Pointer to a buffer containing the data to send to the device.
+			 *  \param[in]     Length            Length of the data to send to the host.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t PRNT_Device_SendData(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+			                             const void* const Buffer,
+			                             const uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+			/** Sends a given null terminated string to the attached USB host, if connected. If a host is not connected when
+			 *  the function is called, the string is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the host until either
+			 *  the endpoint bank becomes full, or the \ref PRNT_Device_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to
+			 *  the host. This allows for multiple bytes to be packed into a single endpoint packet, increasing data throughput.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
+			 *       the call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     String            Pointer to the null terminated string to send to the host.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t PRNT_Device_SendString(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+			                               const char* const String) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+			/** Sends a given byte to the attached USB host, if connected. If a host is not connected when the function is called, the
+			 *  byte is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the host until either the endpoint bank becomes full, or the
+			 *  \ref PRNT_Device_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to the host. This allows for multiple bytes to be
+			 *  packed into a single endpoint packet, increasing data throughput.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
+			 *       the call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     Data              Byte of data to send to the host.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t PRNT_Device_SendByte(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+			                             const uint8_t Data) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Determines the number of bytes received by the Printer interface from the host, waiting to be read. This indicates the number
+			 *  of bytes in the OUT endpoint bank only, and thus the number of calls to \ref PRNT_Device_ReceiveByte() which are guaranteed to
+			 *  succeed immediately. If multiple bytes are to be received, they should be buffered by the user application, as the endpoint
+			 *  bank will not be released back to the USB controller until all bytes are read.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
+			 *       the call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class configuration and state.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Total number of buffered bytes received from the host.
+			 */
+			uint16_t PRNT_Device_BytesReceived(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Reads a byte of data from the host. If no data is waiting to be read of if a USB host is not connected, the function
+			 *  returns a negative value. The \ref PRNT_Device_BytesReceived() function may be queried in advance to determine how many
+			 *  bytes are currently buffered in the Printer interface's data receive endpoint bank, and thus how many repeated calls to this
+			 *  function which are guaranteed to succeed.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
+			 *       the call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class configuration and state.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Next received byte from the host, or a negative value if no data received.
+			 */
+			int16_t PRNT_Device_ReceiveByte(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Flushes any data waiting to be sent, ensuring that the send buffer is cleared.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
+			 *       the call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class configuration and state.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t PRNT_Device_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			#if defined(FDEV_SETUP_STREAM) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			/** Creates a standard character stream for the given Printer Device instance so that it can be used with all the regular
+			 *  functions in the standard <stdio.h> library that accept a \c FILE stream as a destination (e.g. \c fprintf()). The created
+			 *  stream is bidirectional and can be used for both input and output functions.
+			 *
+			 *  Reading data from this stream is non-blocking, i.e. in most instances, complete strings cannot be read in by a single
+			 *  fetch, as the endpoint will not be ready at some point in the transmission, aborting the transfer. However, this may
+			 *  be used when the read data is processed byte-per-bye (via \c getc()) or when the user application will implement its own
+			 *  line buffering.
+			 *
+			 *  \note The created stream can be given as \c stdout if desired to direct the standard output from all \c <stdio.h> functions
+			 *        to the given Printer interface.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \note This function is not available on all microcontroller architectures.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in,out] Stream            Pointer to a FILE structure where the created stream should be placed.
+			 */
+			void PRNT_Device_CreateStream(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+			                              FILE* const Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+			/** Identical to \ref PRNT_Device_CreateStream(), except that reads are blocking until the calling stream function terminates
+			 *  the transfer. While blocking, the USB and Printer service tasks are called repeatedly to maintain USB communications.
+			 *
+			 *  \note This function is not available on all microcontroller architectures.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in,out] Stream            Pointer to a FILE structure where the created stream should be placed.
+			 */
+			void PRNT_Device_CreateBlockingStream(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+			                                      FILE* const Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+			#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			#if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_PRINTER_DEVICE_C)
+				#if defined(FDEV_SETUP_STREAM)
+				static int PRNT_Device_putchar(char c,
+				                               FILE* Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+				static int PRNT_Device_getchar(FILE* Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+				static int PRNT_Device_getchar_Blocking(FILE* Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+				#endif
+
+				void PRNT_Device_Event_Stub(void) ATTR_CONST;
+
+				void EVENT_PRNT_Device_SoftReset(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo)
+				                                 ATTR_WEAK ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALIAS(PRNT_Device_Event_Stub);
+
+			#endif
+
+	#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..45293b12fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.c
@@ -0,0 +1,508 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_DRIVER
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_DEVICE_C
+#include "RNDISClassDevice.h"
+
+static const uint32_t PROGMEM AdapterSupportedOIDList[]  =
+	{
+		CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_SUPPORTED_LIST),
+		CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_PHYSICAL_MEDIUM),
+		CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_HARDWARE_STATUS),
+		CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_MEDIA_SUPPORTED),
+		CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_MEDIA_IN_USE),
+		CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_FRAME_SIZE),
+		CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_TOTAL_SIZE),
+		CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_LINK_SPEED),
+		CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_TRANSMIT_BLOCK_SIZE),
+		CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_RECEIVE_BLOCK_SIZE),
+		CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_VENDOR_ID),
+		CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_VENDOR_DESCRIPTION),
+		CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_CURRENT_PACKET_FILTER),
+		CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_TOTAL_SIZE),
+		CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_MEDIA_CONNECT_STATUS),
+		CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_XMIT_OK),
+		CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_RCV_OK),
+		CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_XMIT_ERROR),
+		CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_RCV_ERROR),
+		CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_RCV_NO_BUFFER),
+		CPU_TO_LE32(OID_802_3_PERMANENT_ADDRESS),
+		CPU_TO_LE32(OID_802_3_CURRENT_ADDRESS),
+		CPU_TO_LE32(OID_802_3_MULTICAST_LIST),
+		CPU_TO_LE32(OID_802_3_MAXIMUM_LIST_SIZE),
+		CPU_TO_LE32(OID_802_3_RCV_ERROR_ALIGNMENT),
+		CPU_TO_LE32(OID_802_3_XMIT_ONE_COLLISION),
+		CPU_TO_LE32(OID_802_3_XMIT_MORE_COLLISIONS),
+	};
+
+void RNDIS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	if (!(Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived()))
+	  return;
+
+	if (USB_ControlRequest.wIndex != RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.ControlInterfaceNumber)
+	  return;
+
+	switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+	{
+		case RNDIS_REQ_SendEncapsulatedCommand:
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+			{
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+				Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer, USB_ControlRequest.wLength);
+				Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+				RNDIS_Device_ProcessRNDISControlMessage(RNDISInterfaceInfo);
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case RNDIS_REQ_GetEncapsulatedResponse:
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+			{
+				RNDIS_Message_Header_t* MessageHeader = (RNDIS_Message_Header_t*)RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer;
+
+				if (!(MessageHeader->MessageLength))
+				{
+					RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer[0] = 0;
+					MessageHeader->MessageLength                = CPU_TO_LE32(1);
+				}
+
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+				Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer, le32_to_cpu(MessageHeader->MessageLength));
+				Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+				MessageHeader->MessageLength = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
+			}
+
+			break;
+	}
+}
+
+bool RNDIS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	memset(&RNDISInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(RNDISInterfaceInfo->State));
+
+	RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Type       = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+	RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Type      = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+	RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationEndpoint.Type = EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT;
+
+	if (RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer == NULL)
+	  return false;
+
+	if (RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBufferLength < RNDIS_DEVICE_MIN_MESSAGE_BUFFER_LENGTH)
+	  return false;
+
+	if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint, 1)))
+	  return false;
+
+	if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint, 1)))
+	  return false;
+
+	if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationEndpoint, 1)))
+	  return false;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+void RNDIS_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+	  return;
+
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationEndpoint.Address);
+
+	if (Endpoint_IsINReady() && RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.ResponseReady)
+	{
+		USB_Request_Header_t Notification = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+			{
+				.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+				.bRequest      = RNDIS_NOTIF_ResponseAvailable,
+				.wValue        = CPU_TO_LE16(0),
+				.wIndex        = CPU_TO_LE16(0),
+				.wLength       = CPU_TO_LE16(0),
+			};
+
+		Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&Notification, sizeof(USB_Request_Header_t), NULL);
+
+		Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+		RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.ResponseReady = false;
+	}
+}
+
+void RNDIS_Device_ProcessRNDISControlMessage(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	/* Note: Only a single buffer is used for both the received message and its response to save SRAM. Because of
+	         this, response bytes should be filled in order so that they do not clobber unread data in the buffer. */
+
+	RNDIS_Message_Header_t* MessageHeader = (RNDIS_Message_Header_t*)RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer;
+
+	switch (le32_to_cpu(MessageHeader->MessageType))
+	{
+		case REMOTE_NDIS_INITIALIZE_MSG:
+			RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.ResponseReady     = true;
+
+			RNDIS_Initialize_Message_t*  INITIALIZE_Message  =
+			               (RNDIS_Initialize_Message_t*)RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer;
+			RNDIS_Initialize_Complete_t* INITIALIZE_Response =
+			               (RNDIS_Initialize_Complete_t*)RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer;
+
+			INITIALIZE_Response->MessageType            = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_INITIALIZE_CMPLT);
+			INITIALIZE_Response->MessageLength          = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Initialize_Complete_t));
+			INITIALIZE_Response->RequestId              = INITIALIZE_Message->RequestId;
+			INITIALIZE_Response->Status                 = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS);
+
+			INITIALIZE_Response->MajorVersion           = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_VERSION_MAJOR);
+			INITIALIZE_Response->MinorVersion           = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_VERSION_MINOR);
+			INITIALIZE_Response->DeviceFlags            = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_DF_CONNECTIONLESS);
+			INITIALIZE_Response->Medium                 = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_MEDIUM_802_3);
+			INITIALIZE_Response->MaxPacketsPerTransfer  = CPU_TO_LE32(1);
+			INITIALIZE_Response->MaxTransferSize        = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t) + ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX);
+			INITIALIZE_Response->PacketAlignmentFactor  = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
+			INITIALIZE_Response->AFListOffset           = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
+			INITIALIZE_Response->AFListSize             = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
+
+			RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.CurrRNDISState    = RNDIS_Initialized;
+			break;
+		case REMOTE_NDIS_HALT_MSG:
+			RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.ResponseReady     = false;
+
+			MessageHeader->MessageLength                = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
+
+			RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.CurrRNDISState    = RNDIS_Uninitialized;
+			break;
+		case REMOTE_NDIS_QUERY_MSG:
+			RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.ResponseReady     = true;
+
+			RNDIS_Query_Message_t*  QUERY_Message       = (RNDIS_Query_Message_t*)RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer;
+			RNDIS_Query_Complete_t* QUERY_Response      = (RNDIS_Query_Complete_t*)RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer;
+			uint32_t                Query_Oid           = CPU_TO_LE32(QUERY_Message->Oid);
+
+			void*    QueryData    = &RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer[sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t) +
+			                                                                  le32_to_cpu(QUERY_Message->InformationBufferOffset)];
+			void*    ResponseData = &RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer[sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Complete_t)];
+			uint16_t ResponseSize;
+
+			QUERY_Response->MessageType                 = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_QUERY_CMPLT);
+
+			if (RNDIS_Device_ProcessNDISQuery(RNDISInterfaceInfo, Query_Oid, QueryData, le32_to_cpu(QUERY_Message->InformationBufferLength),
+			                                  ResponseData, &ResponseSize))
+			{
+				QUERY_Response->Status                  = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS);
+				QUERY_Response->MessageLength           = cpu_to_le32(sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Complete_t) + ResponseSize);
+
+				QUERY_Response->InformationBufferLength = CPU_TO_LE32(ResponseSize);
+				QUERY_Response->InformationBufferOffset = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Complete_t) - sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t));
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				QUERY_Response->Status                  = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_NOT_SUPPORTED);
+				QUERY_Response->MessageLength           = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Complete_t));
+
+				QUERY_Response->InformationBufferLength = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
+				QUERY_Response->InformationBufferOffset = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case REMOTE_NDIS_SET_MSG:
+			RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.ResponseReady     = true;
+
+			RNDIS_Set_Message_t*  SET_Message           = (RNDIS_Set_Message_t*)RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer;
+			RNDIS_Set_Complete_t* SET_Response          = (RNDIS_Set_Complete_t*)RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer;
+			uint32_t              SET_Oid               = le32_to_cpu(SET_Message->Oid);
+
+			SET_Response->MessageType                   = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_SET_CMPLT);
+			SET_Response->MessageLength                 = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Set_Complete_t));
+			SET_Response->RequestId                     = SET_Message->RequestId;
+
+			void* SetData = &RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer[sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t) +
+			                                                              le32_to_cpu(SET_Message->InformationBufferOffset)];
+
+			SET_Response->Status = RNDIS_Device_ProcessNDISSet(RNDISInterfaceInfo, SET_Oid, SetData,
+			                                                   le32_to_cpu(SET_Message->InformationBufferLength)) ?
+			                                                   REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS : REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_NOT_SUPPORTED;
+			break;
+		case REMOTE_NDIS_RESET_MSG:
+			RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.ResponseReady     = true;
+
+			RNDIS_Reset_Complete_t* RESET_Response      = (RNDIS_Reset_Complete_t*)RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer;
+
+			RESET_Response->MessageType                 = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_RESET_CMPLT);
+			RESET_Response->MessageLength               = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Reset_Complete_t));
+			RESET_Response->Status                      = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS);
+			RESET_Response->AddressingReset             = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
+
+			break;
+		case REMOTE_NDIS_KEEPALIVE_MSG:
+			RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.ResponseReady     = true;
+
+			RNDIS_KeepAlive_Message_t*  KEEPALIVE_Message  =
+			                (RNDIS_KeepAlive_Message_t*)RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer;
+			RNDIS_KeepAlive_Complete_t* KEEPALIVE_Response =
+			                (RNDIS_KeepAlive_Complete_t*)RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer;
+
+			KEEPALIVE_Response->MessageType             = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_KEEPALIVE_CMPLT);
+			KEEPALIVE_Response->MessageLength           = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_KeepAlive_Complete_t));
+			KEEPALIVE_Response->RequestId               = KEEPALIVE_Message->RequestId;
+			KEEPALIVE_Response->Status                  = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS);
+
+			break;
+	}
+}
+
+static bool RNDIS_Device_ProcessNDISQuery(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+                                          const uint32_t OId,
+                                          void* const QueryData,
+                                          const uint16_t QuerySize,
+                                          void* ResponseData,
+                                          uint16_t* const ResponseSize)
+{
+	(void)QueryData;
+	(void)QuerySize;
+
+	switch (OId)
+	{
+		case OID_GEN_SUPPORTED_LIST:
+			*ResponseSize = sizeof(AdapterSupportedOIDList);
+
+			memcpy_P(ResponseData, AdapterSupportedOIDList, sizeof(AdapterSupportedOIDList));
+
+			return true;
+		case OID_GEN_PHYSICAL_MEDIUM:
+			*ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+			/* Indicate that the device is a true ethernet link */
+			*((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
+
+			return true;
+		case OID_GEN_HARDWARE_STATUS:
+			*ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+			*((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = CPU_TO_LE32(NDIS_HardwareStatus_Ready);
+
+			return true;
+		case OID_GEN_MEDIA_SUPPORTED:
+		case OID_GEN_MEDIA_IN_USE:
+			*ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+			*((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_MEDIUM_802_3);
+
+			return true;
+		case OID_GEN_VENDOR_ID:
+			*ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+			/* Vendor ID 0x0xFFFFFF is reserved for vendors who have not purchased a NDIS VID */
+			*((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = CPU_TO_LE32(0x00FFFFFF);
+
+			return true;
+		case OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_FRAME_SIZE:
+		case OID_GEN_TRANSMIT_BLOCK_SIZE:
+		case OID_GEN_RECEIVE_BLOCK_SIZE:
+			*ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+			*((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = CPU_TO_LE32(ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX);
+
+			return true;
+		case OID_GEN_VENDOR_DESCRIPTION:
+			*ResponseSize = (strlen(RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.AdapterVendorDescription) + 1);
+
+			memcpy(ResponseData, RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.AdapterVendorDescription, *ResponseSize);
+
+			return true;
+		case OID_GEN_MEDIA_CONNECT_STATUS:
+			*ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+			*((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_MEDIA_STATE_CONNECTED);
+
+			return true;
+		case OID_GEN_LINK_SPEED:
+			*ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+			/* Indicate 10Mb/s link speed */
+			*((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = CPU_TO_LE32(100000);
+
+			return true;
+		case OID_802_3_PERMANENT_ADDRESS:
+		case OID_802_3_CURRENT_ADDRESS:
+			*ResponseSize = sizeof(MAC_Address_t);
+
+			memcpy(ResponseData, &RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.AdapterMACAddress, sizeof(MAC_Address_t));
+
+			return true;
+		case OID_802_3_MAXIMUM_LIST_SIZE:
+			*ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+			/* Indicate only one multicast address supported */
+			*((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = CPU_TO_LE32(1);
+
+			return true;
+		case OID_GEN_CURRENT_PACKET_FILTER:
+			*ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+			*((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = cpu_to_le32(RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.CurrPacketFilter);
+
+			return true;
+		case OID_GEN_XMIT_OK:
+		case OID_GEN_RCV_OK:
+		case OID_GEN_XMIT_ERROR:
+		case OID_GEN_RCV_ERROR:
+		case OID_GEN_RCV_NO_BUFFER:
+		case OID_802_3_RCV_ERROR_ALIGNMENT:
+		case OID_802_3_XMIT_ONE_COLLISION:
+		case OID_802_3_XMIT_MORE_COLLISIONS:
+			*ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+			/* Unused statistic OIDs - always return 0 for each */
+			*((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
+
+			return true;
+		case OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_TOTAL_SIZE:
+			*ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+			/* Indicate maximum overall buffer (Ethernet frame and RNDIS header) the adapter can handle */
+			*((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = CPU_TO_LE32(RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBufferLength + ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX);
+
+			return true;
+		default:
+			return false;
+	}
+}
+
+static bool RNDIS_Device_ProcessNDISSet(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+                                        const uint32_t OId,
+                                        const void* SetData,
+                                        const uint16_t SetSize)
+{
+	(void)SetSize;
+
+	switch (OId)
+	{
+		case OID_GEN_CURRENT_PACKET_FILTER:
+			RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.CurrPacketFilter = le32_to_cpu(*((uint32_t*)SetData));
+			RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.CurrRNDISState   = (RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.CurrPacketFilter) ? RNDIS_Data_Initialized : RNDIS_Initialized;
+
+			return true;
+		case OID_802_3_MULTICAST_LIST:
+			/* Do nothing - throw away the value from the host as it is unused */
+
+			return true;
+		default:
+			return false;
+	}
+}
+
+bool RNDIS_Device_IsPacketReceived(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) ||
+	    (RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.CurrRNDISState != RNDIS_Data_Initialized))
+	{
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
+	return Endpoint_IsOUTReceived();
+}
+
+uint8_t RNDIS_Device_ReadPacket(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+                                void* Buffer,
+                                uint16_t* const PacketLength)
+{
+	if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) ||
+	    (RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.CurrRNDISState != RNDIS_Data_Initialized))
+	{
+		return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+	}
+
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
+
+	*PacketLength = 0;
+
+	if (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
+		return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+
+	RNDIS_Packet_Message_t RNDISPacketHeader;
+	Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&RNDISPacketHeader, sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t), NULL);
+
+	if (le32_to_cpu(RNDISPacketHeader.DataLength) > ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX)
+	{
+		Endpoint_StallTransaction();
+
+		return RNDIS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED;
+	}
+
+	*PacketLength = (uint16_t)le32_to_cpu(RNDISPacketHeader.DataLength);
+
+	Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(Buffer, *PacketLength, NULL);
+	Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+	return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t RNDIS_Device_SendPacket(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+                                void* Buffer,
+                                const uint16_t PacketLength)
+{
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) ||
+	    (RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.CurrRNDISState != RNDIS_Data_Initialized))
+	{
+		return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+	}
+
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) != ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError)
+	  return ErrorCode;
+
+	RNDIS_Packet_Message_t RNDISPacketHeader;
+
+	memset(&RNDISPacketHeader, 0, sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t));
+
+	RNDISPacketHeader.MessageType   = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_MSG);
+	RNDISPacketHeader.MessageLength = cpu_to_le32(sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t) + PacketLength);
+	RNDISPacketHeader.DataOffset    = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t) - sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t));
+	RNDISPacketHeader.DataLength    = cpu_to_le32(PacketLength);
+
+	Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&RNDISPacketHeader, sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t), NULL);
+	Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(Buffer, PacketLength, NULL);
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+	return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..761bc2790f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.h
@@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Device mode driver for the library USB RNDIS Class driver.
+ *
+ *  Device mode driver for the library USB RNDIS Class driver.
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassRNDIS
+ *  \defgroup Group_USBClassRNDISDevice RNDIS Class Device Mode Driver
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USBClassRNDISDevice_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USBClassRNDISDevice_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  Device Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the RNDIS USB Class driver.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _RNDIS_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
+#define _RNDIS_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../USB.h"
+		#include "../Common/RNDISClassCommon.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Type Defines: */
+			/** \brief RNDIS Class Device Mode Configuration and State Structure.
+			 *
+			 *  Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made for each RNDIS interface
+			 *  within the user application, and passed to each of the RNDIS class driver functions as the
+			 *  \c RNDISInterfaceInfo parameter. This stores each RNDIS interface's configuration and state information.
+			 */
+			typedef struct
+			{
+				struct
+				{
+					uint8_t  ControlInterfaceNumber; /**< Interface number of the RNDIS control interface within the device. */
+
+					USB_Endpoint_Table_t DataINEndpoint; /**< Data IN endpoint configuration table. */
+					USB_Endpoint_Table_t DataOUTEndpoint; /**< Data OUT endpoint configuration table. */
+					USB_Endpoint_Table_t NotificationEndpoint; /**< Notification IN Endpoint configuration table. */
+
+					char*         AdapterVendorDescription; /**< String description of the adapter vendor. */
+					MAC_Address_t AdapterMACAddress; /**< MAC address of the adapter. */
+
+					uint8_t*      MessageBuffer; /**< Buffer where RNDIS messages can be stored by the internal driver. This
+					                              *   should be at least 132 bytes in length for minimal functionality. */
+					uint16_t      MessageBufferLength; /**< Length in bytes of the \ref MessageBuffer RNDIS buffer. */
+				} Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+				           *   <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
+				           */
+				struct
+				{
+					bool     ResponseReady; /**< Internal flag indicating if a RNDIS message is waiting to be returned to the host. */
+					uint8_t  CurrRNDISState; /**< Current RNDIS state of the adapter, a value from the \ref RNDIS_States_t enum. */
+					uint32_t CurrPacketFilter; /**< Current packet filter mode, used internally by the class driver. */
+				} State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+				          *   are reset to their defaults when the interface is enumerated.
+				          */
+			} USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t;
+
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			/** Configures the endpoints of a given RNDIS interface, ready for use. This should be linked to the library
+			 *  \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged() event so that the endpoints are configured when the configuration
+			 *  containing the given RNDIS interface is selected.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a RNDIS Class configuration and state.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the endpoints were successfully configured, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			bool RNDIS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Processes incoming control requests from the host, that are directed to the given RNDIS class interface. This should be
+			 *  linked to the library \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a RNDIS Class configuration and state.
+			 */
+			void RNDIS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** General management task for a given RNDIS class interface, required for the correct operation of the interface. This should
+			 *  be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task \ref USB_USBTask().
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a RNDIS Class configuration and state.
+			 */
+			void RNDIS_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Determines if a packet is currently waiting for the device to read in and process.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or the
+			 *       call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class configuration and state.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if a packet is waiting to be read in by the host, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			bool RNDIS_Device_IsPacketReceived(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Retrieves the next pending packet from the device, discarding the remainder of the RNDIS packet header to leave
+			 *  only the packet contents for processing by the device in the nominated buffer.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or the
+			 *       call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[out]    Buffer              Pointer to a buffer where the packer data is to be written to.
+			 *  \param[out]    PacketLength        Pointer to where the length in bytes of the read packet is to be stored.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t RNDIS_Device_ReadPacket(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+											void* Buffer,
+											uint16_t* const PacketLength) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Sends the given packet to the attached RNDIS device, after adding a RNDIS packet message header.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or the
+			 *       call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     Buffer              Pointer to a buffer where the packer data is to be read from.
+			 *  \param[in]     PacketLength        Length in bytes of the packet to send.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t RNDIS_Device_SendPacket(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+											void* Buffer,
+											const uint16_t PacketLength) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Macros: */
+			#define RNDIS_DEVICE_MIN_MESSAGE_BUFFER_LENGTH  sizeof(AdapterSupportedOIDList) + sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Complete_t)
+
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+		#if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_DEVICE_C)
+			static void RNDIS_Device_ProcessRNDISControlMessage(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo)
+			                                                    ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+			static bool RNDIS_Device_ProcessNDISQuery(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+			                                          const uint32_t OId,
+                                                      void* const QueryData,
+                                                      const uint16_t QuerySize,
+										              void* ResponseData,
+                                                      uint16_t* const ResponseSize) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
+			                                          ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(5) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(6);
+			static bool RNDIS_Device_ProcessNDISSet(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+                                                    const uint32_t OId,
+			                                        const void* SetData,
+                                                    const uint16_t SetSize) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
+			                                        ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+		#endif
+
+	#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HIDClass.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HIDClass.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..158eb256b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HIDClass.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Master include file for the library USB HID Class driver.
+ *
+ *  Master include file for the library USB HID Class driver, for both host and device modes, where available.
+ *
+ *  This file should be included in all user projects making use of this optional class driver, instead of
+ *  including any headers in the USB/ClassDriver/Device, USB/ClassDriver/Host or USB/ClassDriver/Common subdirectories.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassDrivers
+ *  \defgroup Group_USBClassHID HID Class Driver
+ *  \brief USB class driver for the USB-IF Human Interface Device (HID) class standard.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USBClassHID_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDParser.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USBClassHID_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  HID Class Driver module. This module contains an internal implementation of the USB HID Class, for both Device
+ *  and Host USB modes. User applications can use this class driver instead of implementing the HID class manually
+ *  via the low-level LUFA APIs.
+ *
+ *  This module is designed to simplify the user code by exposing only the required interface needed to interface with
+ *  Hosts or Devices using the USB HID Class.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _HID_CLASS_H_
+#define _HID_CLASS_H_
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_HID_DRIVER
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+			#include "Device/HIDClassDevice.h"
+		#endif
+
+		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+			#include "Host/HIDClassHost.h"
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ea89033668
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,422 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_AOA_DRIVER
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_ANDROIDACCESSORY_HOST_C
+#include "AndroidAccessoryClassHost.h"
+
+bool AOA_Host_ValidateAccessoryDevice(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
+                                      const USB_Descriptor_Device_t* const DeviceDescriptor,
+                                      bool* const NeedModeSwitch)
+{
+	(void)AOAInterfaceInfo;
+
+	if (DeviceDescriptor->Header.Type != DTYPE_Device)
+	  return false;
+
+	*NeedModeSwitch = ((DeviceDescriptor->ProductID != ANDROID_ACCESSORY_PRODUCT_ID) &&
+	                   (DeviceDescriptor->ProductID != ANDROID_ACCESSORY_ADB_PRODUCT_ID));
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+uint8_t AOA_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
+                                uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
+                                void* ConfigDescriptorData)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  DataINEndpoint  = NULL;
+	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+	USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* AOAInterface    = NULL;
+
+	memset(&AOAInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(AOAInterfaceInfo->State));
+
+	if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
+	  return AOA_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor;
+
+	if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+	                              DCOMP_AOA_Host_NextAndroidAccessoryInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+	{
+		return AOA_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+	}
+
+	AOAInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+	while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint))
+	{
+		if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+		                              DCOMP_AOA_Host_NextInterfaceBulkEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+		{
+			return AOA_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+		}
+
+		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+		if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+		  DataINEndpoint  = EndpointData;
+		else
+		  DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
+	}
+
+	AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Size  = le16_to_cpu(DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+	AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.EndpointAddress = DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+	AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Type  = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+
+	AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+	AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.EndpointAddress = DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+	AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+
+	if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe, 1)))
+	  return AOA_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+	if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe, 1)))
+	  return AOA_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+	AOAInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive        = true;
+	AOAInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber = AOAInterface->InterfaceNumber;
+
+	return AOA_ENUMERROR_NoError;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_AOA_Host_NextAndroidAccessoryInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+	{
+		USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+		if ((Interface->Class    == AOA_CSCP_AOADataClass)    &&
+		    (Interface->SubClass == AOA_CSCP_AOADataSubclass) &&
+		    (Interface->Protocol == AOA_CSCP_AOADataProtocol))
+		{
+			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_AOA_Host_NextInterfaceBulkEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+	{
+		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+		uint8_t EndpointType = (Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK);
+
+		if ((EndpointType == EP_TYPE_BULK) && (!(Pipe_IsEndpointBound(Endpoint->EndpointAddress))))
+		  return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+	}
+	else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+	{
+		return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+	}
+
+	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+void AOA_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(AOAInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+	  return;
+
+	#if !defined(NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH)
+	AOA_Host_Flush(AOAInterfaceInfo);
+	#endif
+}
+
+uint8_t AOA_Host_StartAccessoryMode(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	uint16_t AccessoryProtocol;
+	if ((ErrorCode = AOA_Host_GetAccessoryProtocol(&AccessoryProtocol)) != HOST_WAITERROR_Successful)
+	  return ErrorCode;
+
+	if ((AccessoryProtocol != CPU_TO_LE16(AOA_PROTOCOL_AccessoryV1)) && (AccessoryProtocol != CPU_TO_LE16(AOA_PROTOCOL_AccessoryV2)))
+	  return AOA_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED;
+
+	for (uint8_t PropertyIndex = 0; PropertyIndex < AOA_STRING_TOTAL_STRINGS; PropertyIndex++)
+	{
+		if ((ErrorCode = AOA_Host_SendPropertyString(AOAInterfaceInfo, PropertyIndex)) != HOST_WAITERROR_Successful)
+		  return ErrorCode;
+	}
+
+	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+	{
+		.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_VENDOR | REQREC_DEVICE),
+		.bRequest      = AOA_REQ_StartAccessoryMode,
+		.wValue        = 0,
+		.wIndex        = 0,
+		.wLength       = 0,
+	};
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+	return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL);
+}
+
+static uint8_t AOA_Host_GetAccessoryProtocol(uint16_t* const Protocol)
+{
+	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+	{
+		.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_VENDOR | REQREC_DEVICE),
+		.bRequest      = AOA_REQ_GetAccessoryProtocol,
+		.wValue        = 0,
+		.wIndex        = 0,
+		.wLength       = sizeof(uint16_t),
+	};
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+	return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(Protocol);
+}
+
+static uint8_t AOA_Host_SendPropertyString(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
+                                           const uint8_t StringIndex)
+{
+	const char* String = AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.PropertyStrings[StringIndex];
+
+	if (String == NULL)
+	  String = "";
+
+	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+	{
+		.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_VENDOR | REQREC_DEVICE),
+		.bRequest      = AOA_REQ_SendString,
+		.wValue        = 0,
+		.wIndex        = StringIndex,
+		.wLength       = (strlen(String) + 1),
+	};
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+	return USB_Host_SendControlRequest((char*)String);
+}
+
+uint8_t AOA_Host_SendData(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
+                          const void* const Buffer,
+                          const uint16_t Length)
+{
+	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(AOAInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+	  return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+	ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(Buffer, Length, NULL);
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+
+	return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+uint8_t AOA_Host_SendString(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
+                            const char* const String)
+{
+	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(AOAInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+	  return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+	ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(String, strlen(String), NULL);
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+
+	return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+uint8_t AOA_Host_SendByte(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
+                          const uint8_t Data)
+{
+	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(AOAInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+	  return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+	if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+	{
+		Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+		if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()) != PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError)
+		  return ErrorCode;
+	}
+
+	Pipe_Write_8(Data);
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+
+	return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
+}
+
+uint16_t AOA_Host_BytesReceived(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(AOAInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+	  return 0;
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+	if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+	{
+		if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
+		{
+			Pipe_ClearIN();
+			Pipe_Freeze();
+			return 0;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			Pipe_Freeze();
+			return Pipe_BytesInPipe();
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		Pipe_Freeze();
+
+		return 0;
+	}
+}
+
+int16_t AOA_Host_ReceiveByte(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(AOAInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+	  return -1;
+
+	int16_t ReceivedByte = -1;
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+	if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+	{
+		if (Pipe_BytesInPipe())
+		  ReceivedByte = Pipe_Read_8();
+
+		if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
+		  Pipe_ClearIN();
+	}
+
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+
+	return ReceivedByte;
+}
+
+uint8_t AOA_Host_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(AOAInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+	  return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+	if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
+	  return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
+
+	bool BankFull = !(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed());
+
+	Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+	if (BankFull)
+	{
+		if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()) != PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError)
+		  return ErrorCode;
+
+		Pipe_ClearOUT();
+	}
+
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+
+	return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
+}
+
+#if defined(FDEV_SETUP_STREAM)
+void AOA_Host_CreateStream(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
+                           FILE* const Stream)
+{
+	*Stream = (FILE)FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(AOA_Host_putchar, AOA_Host_getchar, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
+	fdev_set_udata(Stream, AOAInterfaceInfo);
+}
+
+void AOA_Host_CreateBlockingStream(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
+                                   FILE* const Stream)
+{
+	*Stream = (FILE)FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(AOA_Host_putchar, AOA_Host_getchar_Blocking, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
+	fdev_set_udata(Stream, AOAInterfaceInfo);
+}
+
+static int AOA_Host_putchar(char c,
+                            FILE* Stream)
+{
+	return AOA_Host_SendByte((USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream), c) ? _FDEV_ERR : 0;
+}
+
+static int AOA_Host_getchar(FILE* Stream)
+{
+	int16_t ReceivedByte = AOA_Host_ReceiveByte((USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream));
+
+	if (ReceivedByte < 0)
+	  return _FDEV_EOF;
+
+	return ReceivedByte;
+}
+
+static int AOA_Host_getchar_Blocking(FILE* Stream)
+{
+	int16_t ReceivedByte;
+
+	while ((ReceivedByte = AOA_Host_ReceiveByte((USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream))) < 0)
+	{
+		if (USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached)
+		  return _FDEV_EOF;
+
+		AOA_Host_USBTask((USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream));
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+
+	return ReceivedByte;
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f4f04e445a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,314 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Host mode driver for the library USB Android Open Accessory Class driver.
+ *
+ *  Host mode driver for the library USB Android Open Accessory Class driver.
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassAOA
+ *  \defgroup Group_USBClassAndroidAccessoryHost Android Open Accessory Class Host Mode Driver
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USBClassAndroidAccessoryHost_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USBClassAndroidAccessoryHost_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  Host Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the Android Open Accessory USB Class driver.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __AOA_CLASS_HOST_H__
+#define __AOA_CLASS_HOST_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../USB.h"
+		#include "../Common/AndroidAccessoryClassCommon.h"
+
+		#include <stdio.h>
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_AOA_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Error code for some Android Open Accessory Host functions, indicating a logical (and not hardware) error. */
+			#define AOA_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED              0x80
+
+		/* Type Defines: */
+			/** \brief Android Open Accessory Class Host Mode Configuration and State Structure.
+			 *
+			 *  Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made within the user application,
+			 *  and passed to each of the Android Open Accessory class driver functions as the \c AOAInterfaceInfo
+			 *  parameter. This stores each Android Open Accessory interface's configuration and state information.
+			 */
+			typedef struct
+			{
+				struct
+				{
+					USB_Pipe_Table_t DataINPipe; /**< Data IN Pipe configuration table. */
+					USB_Pipe_Table_t DataOUTPipe; /**< Data OUT Pipe configuration table. */
+
+					char*    PropertyStrings[AOA_STRING_TOTAL_STRINGS]; /**< Android Accessory property strings, sent to identify the accessory when the
+					                                                     *   Android device is switched into Open Accessory mode. */
+				} Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+				           *   <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
+				           */
+				struct
+				{
+					bool IsActive; /**< Indicates if the current interface instance is connected to an attached device, valid
+					                *   after \ref AOA_Host_ConfigurePipes() is called and the Host state machine is in the
+					                *   Configured state.
+					                */
+					uint8_t  InterfaceNumber; /**< Interface index of the AOA interface within the attached device. */
+				} State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+						  *   <b>may</b> be set to initial values, but may also be ignored to default to sane values when
+						  *   the interface is enumerated.
+						  */
+			} USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t;
+
+		/* Enums: */
+			/** Enum for the possible error codes returned by the \ref AOA_Host_ConfigurePipes() function. */
+			enum AOA_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t
+			{
+				AOA_ENUMERROR_NoError                    = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully. */
+				AOA_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor    = 1, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor. */
+				AOA_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 2, /**< A compatible Android Open Accessory interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor. */
+				AOA_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed    = 3, /**< One or more pipes for the specified interface could not be configured correctly. */
+			};
+
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			/** General management task for a given Android Open Accessory host class interface, required for the correct operation of the interface.
+			 *  This should be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task \ref USB_USBTask().
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an Android Open Accessory Class host configuration and state.
+			 */
+			void AOA_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Validates a device descriptor, to check if the device is a valid Android device, and if it is currently in Android Open Accessory mode.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an AOA Class host configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     DeviceDescriptor  Pointer a buffer containing the attached device's Device Descriptor.
+			 *  \param[out]    NeedModeSwitch    Pointer to a boolean where the mode switch requirement of the attached device is to be stored.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the attached device is a valid Android device, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			bool AOA_Host_ValidateAccessoryDevice(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
+                                                  const USB_Descriptor_Device_t* const DeviceDescriptor,
+			                                      bool* const NeedModeSwitch) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+			/** Host interface configuration routine, to configure a given Android Open Accessory host interface instance using the Configuration
+			 *  Descriptor read from an attached USB device. This function automatically updates the given Android Open Accessory Host instance's
+			 *  state values and configures the pipes required to communicate with the interface if it is found within the device. This should be
+			 *  called once after the stack has enumerated the attached device, while the host state machine is in the Addressed state.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo      Pointer to a structure containing an AOA Class host configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     ConfigDescriptorSize  Length of the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
+			 *  \param[in]     ConfigDescriptorData  Pointer to a buffer containing the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref AOA_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t AOA_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
+			                                uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
+			                                void* ConfigDescriptorData) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+			/** Starts Accessory Mode in the attached Android device. This function will validate the device's Android Open Accessory protocol
+			 *  version, send the configured property strings, and request a switch to Android Open Accessory mode.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an AOA Class host configuration and state.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum, or \ref AOA_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if a logical error occurred..
+			 */
+			uint8_t AOA_Host_StartAccessoryMode(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Sends a given data buffer to the attached USB device, if connected. If a device is not connected when the function is
+			 *  called, the data will be discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the device until either the pipe bank
+			 *  becomes full, or the \ref AOA_Host_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to the device. This allows for
+			 *  multiple bytes to be packed into a single pipe packet, increasing data throughput.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+			 *       call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a AOA Class host configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     Buffer            Pointer to a buffer containing the data to send to the device.
+			 *  \param[in]     Length            Length of the data to send to the device.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t AOA_Host_SendData(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
+			                          const void* const Buffer,
+			                          const uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Sends a given null-terminated string to the attached USB device, if connected. If a device is not connected when the
+			 *  function is called, the string is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the device until either the pipe
+			 *  bank becomes full, or the \ref AOA_Host_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to the device. This allows
+			 *  for multiple bytes to be packed into a single pipe packet, increasing data throughput.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+			 *       call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a AOA Class host configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     String            Pointer to the null terminated string to send to the device.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t AOA_Host_SendString(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
+			                            const char* const String) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+			/** Sends a given byte to the attached USB device, if connected. If a device is not connected when the function is called, the
+			 *  byte is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the device until either the pipe bank becomes full, or the
+			 *  \ref AOA_Host_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to the host. This allows for multiple bytes to be
+			 *  packed into a single pipe packet, increasing data throughput.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+			 *       call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a AOA Class host configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     Data              Byte of data to send to the device.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t AOA_Host_SendByte(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
+			                          const uint8_t Data) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Determines the number of bytes received by the AOA interface from the device, waiting to be read. This indicates the number
+			 *  of bytes in the IN pipe bank only, and thus the number of calls to \ref AOA_Host_ReceiveByte() which are guaranteed to succeed
+			 *  immediately. If multiple bytes are to be received, they should be buffered by the user application, as the pipe bank will not be
+			 *  released back to the USB controller until all bytes are read.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+			 *       call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a AOA Class host configuration and state.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Total number of buffered bytes received from the device.
+			 */
+			uint16_t AOA_Host_BytesReceived(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Reads a byte of data from the device. If no data is waiting to be read of if a USB device is not connected, the function
+			 *  returns a negative value. The \ref AOA_Host_BytesReceived() function may be queried in advance to determine how many bytes
+			 *  are currently buffered in the AOA interface's data receive pipe.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+			 *       call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a AOA Class host configuration and state.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Next received byte from the device, or a negative value if no data received.
+			 */
+			int16_t AOA_Host_ReceiveByte(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Flushes any data waiting to be sent, ensuring that the send buffer is cleared.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+			 *       call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a AOA Class host configuration and state.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t AOA_Host_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Creates a standard character stream for the given AOA Device instance so that it can be used with all the regular
+			 *  functions in the standard \c <stdio.h> library that accept a \c FILE stream as a destination (e.g. \c fprintf). The created
+			 *  stream is bidirectional and can be used for both input and output functions.
+			 *
+			 *  Reading data from this stream is non-blocking, i.e. in most instances, complete strings cannot be read in by a single
+			 *  fetch, as the endpoint will not be ready at some point in the transmission, aborting the transfer. However, this may
+			 *  be used when the read data is processed byte-per-bye (via \c getc()) or when the user application will implement its own
+			 *  line buffering.
+			 *
+			 *  \note The created stream can be given as \c stdout if desired to direct the standard output from all \c <stdio.h> functions
+			 *        to the given AOA interface.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \note This function is not available on all microcontroller architectures.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a AOA Class configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in,out] Stream            Pointer to a FILE structure where the created stream should be placed.
+			 */
+			void AOA_Host_CreateStream(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
+			                           FILE* const Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+			/** Identical to \ref AOA_Host_CreateStream(), except that reads are blocking until the calling stream function terminates
+			 *  the transfer. While blocking, the USB and AOA service tasks are called repeatedly to maintain USB communications.
+			 *
+			 *  \note This function is not available on all microcontroller architectures.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a AOA Class configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in,out] Stream            Pointer to a FILE structure where the created stream should be placed.
+			 */
+			void AOA_Host_CreateBlockingStream(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
+			                                   FILE* const Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			#if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_ANDROIDACCESSORY_HOST_C)
+				#if defined(FDEV_SETUP_STREAM)
+				static int AOA_Host_putchar(char c,
+				                            FILE* Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+				static int AOA_Host_getchar(FILE* Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+				static int AOA_Host_getchar_Blocking(FILE* Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+				#endif
+
+				static uint8_t AOA_Host_GetAccessoryProtocol(uint16_t* const Protocol) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+				static uint8_t AOA_Host_SendPropertyString(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
+			                                               const uint8_t StringIndex) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+				static uint8_t DCOMP_AOA_Host_NextAndroidAccessoryInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+				                                                            ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+				static uint8_t DCOMP_AOA_Host_NextInterfaceBulkEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+				                                                        ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+			#endif
+	#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9f1a6dc2c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,223 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_AUDIO_DRIVER
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_AUDIO_HOST_C
+#include "AudioClassHost.h"
+
+uint8_t Audio_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+                                  uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
+                                  void* ConfigDescriptorData)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  DataINEndpoint          = NULL;
+	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  DataOUTEndpoint         = NULL;
+	USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* AudioControlInterface   = NULL;
+	USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* AudioStreamingInterface = NULL;
+
+	memset(&AudioInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(AudioInterfaceInfo->State));
+
+	if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
+	  return AUDIO_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor;
+
+	while ((AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address  && !(DataINEndpoint)) ||
+	       (AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address && !(DataOUTEndpoint)))
+	{
+		if (!(AudioControlInterface) ||
+		    USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+		                              DCOMP_Audio_Host_NextAudioInterfaceDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+		{
+			if (!(AudioControlInterface) ||
+			    USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+			                              DCOMP_Audio_Host_NextAudioStreamInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+			{
+				if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+				                              DCOMP_Audio_Host_NextAudioControlInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+				{
+					return AUDIO_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+				}
+
+				AudioControlInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+				if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+				                              DCOMP_Audio_Host_NextAudioStreamInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+				{
+					return AUDIO_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+				}
+			}
+
+			AudioStreamingInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+			DataINEndpoint  = NULL;
+			DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+		if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+		  DataINEndpoint  = EndpointData;
+		else
+		  DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
+	}
+
+	AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Size   = le16_to_cpu(DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+	AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.EndpointAddress = DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+	AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Type   = EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS;
+	AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Banks  = 2;
+
+	AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Size  = le16_to_cpu(DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+	AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.EndpointAddress = DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+	AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Type  = EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS;
+	AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Banks = 2;
+
+	if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe, 1)))
+	  return AUDIO_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+	if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe, 1)))
+	  return AUDIO_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+	AudioInterfaceInfo->State.ControlInterfaceNumber    = AudioControlInterface->InterfaceNumber;
+	AudioInterfaceInfo->State.StreamingInterfaceNumber  = AudioStreamingInterface->InterfaceNumber;
+	AudioInterfaceInfo->State.EnabledStreamingAltIndex  = AudioStreamingInterface->AlternateSetting;
+	AudioInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive = true;
+
+	return AUDIO_ENUMERROR_NoError;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_Audio_Host_NextAudioControlInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+	{
+		USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+		if ((Interface->Class    == AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass) &&
+		    (Interface->SubClass == AUDIO_CSCP_ControlSubclass) &&
+		    (Interface->Protocol == AUDIO_CSCP_ControlProtocol))
+		{
+			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_Audio_Host_NextAudioStreamInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+	{
+		USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+		if ((Interface->Class    == AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass) &&
+		    (Interface->SubClass == AUDIO_CSCP_AudioStreamingSubclass) &&
+		    (Interface->Protocol == AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol))
+		{
+			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_Audio_Host_NextAudioInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+	{
+		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+		if ((Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS)
+		  return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+	}
+	else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+	{
+		return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+	}
+
+	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+uint8_t Audio_Host_StartStopStreaming(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+			                          const bool EnableStreaming)
+{
+	if (!(AudioInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+	  return HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+	return USB_Host_SetInterfaceAltSetting(AudioInterfaceInfo->State.StreamingInterfaceNumber,
+	                                       EnableStreaming ? AudioInterfaceInfo->State.EnabledStreamingAltIndex : 0);
+}
+
+uint8_t Audio_Host_GetSetEndpointProperty(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+			                              const uint8_t DataPipeIndex,
+			                              const uint8_t EndpointProperty,
+			                              const uint8_t EndpointControl,
+			                              const uint16_t DataLength,
+			                              void* const Data)
+{
+	if (!(AudioInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+	  return HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+	uint8_t RequestType;
+	uint8_t EndpointAddress;
+
+	if (EndpointProperty & 0x80)
+	  RequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_ENDPOINT);
+	else
+	  RequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_ENDPOINT);
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(DataPipeIndex);
+	EndpointAddress = Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress();
+
+	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+		{
+			.bmRequestType = RequestType,
+			.bRequest      = EndpointProperty,
+			.wValue        = ((uint16_t)EndpointControl << 8),
+			.wIndex        = EndpointAddress,
+			.wLength       = DataLength,
+		};
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+	return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(Data);
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f1f4207f19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,411 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Host mode driver for the library USB Audio 1.0 Class driver.
+ *
+ *  Host mode driver for the library USB Audio 1.0 Class driver.
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassAudio
+ *  \defgroup Group_USBClassAudioHost Audio 1.0 Class Host Mode Driver
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USBClassAudioHost_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USBClassAudioHost_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  Host Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the Audio 1.0 USB Class driver.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __AUDIO_CLASS_HOST_H__
+#define __AUDIO_CLASS_HOST_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../USB.h"
+		#include "../Common/AudioClassCommon.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_AUDIO_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Type Defines: */
+			/** \brief Audio Class Host Mode Configuration and State Structure.
+			 *
+			 *  Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made within the user application,
+			 *  and passed to each of the Audio class driver functions as the \c AudioInterfaceInfo parameter. This
+			 *  stores each Audio interface's configuration and state information.
+			 */
+			typedef struct
+			{
+				struct
+				{
+					USB_Pipe_Table_t DataINPipe; /**< Data IN Pipe configuration table. */
+					USB_Pipe_Table_t DataOUTPipe; /**< Data OUT Pipe configuration table. */
+				} Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+				           *   <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
+				           */
+				struct
+				{
+					bool IsActive; /**< Indicates if the current interface instance is connected to an attached device, valid
+					                *   after \ref Audio_Host_ConfigurePipes() is called and the Host state machine is in the
+					                *   Configured state.
+					                */
+					uint8_t ControlInterfaceNumber; /**< Interface index of the Audio Control interface within the attached device. */
+					uint8_t StreamingInterfaceNumber; /**< Interface index of the Audio Streaming interface within the attached device. */
+
+					uint8_t EnabledStreamingAltIndex; /**< Alternative setting index of the Audio Streaming interface when the stream is enabled. */
+				} State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+						  *   <b>may</b> be set to initial values, but may also be ignored to default to sane values when
+						  *   the interface is enumerated.
+						  */
+			} USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t;
+
+		/* Enums: */
+			/** Enum for the possible error codes returned by the \ref Audio_Host_ConfigurePipes() function. */
+			enum AUDIO_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t
+			{
+				AUDIO_ENUMERROR_NoError                    = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully. */
+				AUDIO_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor    = 1, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor. */
+				AUDIO_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 2, /**< A compatible AUDIO interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor. */
+				AUDIO_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed    = 3, /**< One or more pipes for the specified interface could not be configured correctly. */
+			};
+
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			/** Host interface configuration routine, to configure a given Audio host interface instance using the Configuration
+			 *  Descriptor read from an attached USB device. This function automatically updates the given Audio Host instance's
+			 *  state values and configures the pipes required to communicate with the interface if it is found within the
+			 *  device. This should be called once after the stack has enumerated the attached device, while the host state
+			 *  machine is in the Addressed state.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo    Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class host configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     ConfigDescriptorSize  Length of the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
+			 *  \param[in]     ConfigDescriptorData  Pointer to a buffer containing the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref AUDIO_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Audio_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+			                                  uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
+			                                  void* ConfigDescriptorData) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+			/** Starts or stops the audio streaming for the given configured Audio Host interface, allowing for audio samples to be
+			 *  send and/or received.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class host configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     EnableStreaming     Boolean true to enable streaming of the specified interface, \c false to disable
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Audio_Host_StartStopStreaming(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+			                                      const bool EnableStreaming) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Gets or sets the specified property of a streaming audio class endpoint that is bound to a pipe in the given
+			 *  class instance.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class host configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     DataPipeIndex       Index of the data pipe whose bound endpoint is to be altered.
+			 *  \param[in]     EndpointProperty    Property of the endpoint to get or set, a value from \ref Audio_ClassRequests_t.
+			 *  \param[in]     EndpointControl     Parameter of the endpoint to get or set, a value from \ref Audio_EndpointControls_t.
+			 *  \param[in,out] DataLength          For SET operations, the length of the parameter data to set. For GET operations, the maximum
+			 *                                     length of the retrieved data.
+			 *  \param[in,out] Data                Pointer to a location where the parameter data is stored for SET operations, or where
+			 *                                     the retrieved data is to be stored for GET operations.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Audio_Host_GetSetEndpointProperty(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+			                                          const uint8_t DataPipeIndex,
+			                                          const uint8_t EndpointProperty,
+			                                          const uint8_t EndpointControl,
+			                                          const uint16_t DataLength,
+			                                          void* const Data) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(6);
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			/** General management task for a given Audio host class interface, required for the correct operation of
+			 *  the interface. This should be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task
+			 *  \ref USB_USBTask().
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class host configuration and state.
+			 */
+			static inline void Audio_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+			                                      ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Audio_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+			{
+				(void)AudioInterfaceInfo;
+			}
+
+			/** Determines if the given audio interface is ready for a sample to be read from it, and selects the streaming
+			 *  IN pipe ready for reading.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or
+			 *       the call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the given Audio interface has a sample to be read, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool Audio_Host_IsSampleReceived(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+			                                               ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool Audio_Host_IsSampleReceived(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+			{
+				if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(AudioInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+				  return false;
+
+				bool SampleReceived = false;
+
+				Pipe_SelectPipe(AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+				Pipe_Unfreeze();
+				SampleReceived = Pipe_IsINReceived();
+				Pipe_Freeze();
+
+				return SampleReceived;
+			}
+
+			/** Determines if the given audio interface is ready to accept the next sample to be written to it, and selects
+			 *  the streaming OUT pipe ready for writing.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or
+			 *       the call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the given Audio interface is ready to accept the next sample, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool Audio_Host_IsReadyForNextSample(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+			                                                   ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool Audio_Host_IsReadyForNextSample(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+			{
+				if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(AudioInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+				  return false;
+
+				Pipe_SelectPipe(AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+				return Pipe_IsOUTReady();
+			}
+
+			/** Reads the next 8-bit audio sample from the current audio interface.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Host_IsSampleReceived() function to ensure
+			 *       that the correct pipe is selected and ready for data.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+			 *
+			 *  \return  Signed 8-bit audio sample from the audio interface.
+			 */
+			static inline int8_t Audio_Host_ReadSample8(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+			                                            ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline int8_t Audio_Host_ReadSample8(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+			{
+				int8_t Sample;
+
+				(void)AudioInterfaceInfo;
+
+				Sample = Pipe_Read_8();
+
+				if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
+				{
+					Pipe_Unfreeze();
+					Pipe_ClearIN();
+					Pipe_Freeze();
+				}
+
+				return Sample;
+			}
+
+			/** Reads the next 16-bit audio sample from the current audio interface.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Host_IsSampleReceived() function to ensure
+			 *       that the correct pipe is selected and ready for data.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+			 *
+			 *  \return  Signed 16-bit audio sample from the audio interface.
+			 */
+			static inline int16_t Audio_Host_ReadSample16(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+			                                              ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline int16_t Audio_Host_ReadSample16(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+			{
+				int16_t Sample;
+
+				(void)AudioInterfaceInfo;
+
+				Sample = (int16_t)Pipe_Read_16_LE();
+
+				if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
+				{
+					Pipe_Unfreeze();
+					Pipe_ClearIN();
+					Pipe_Freeze();
+				}
+
+				return Sample;
+			}
+
+			/** Reads the next 24-bit audio sample from the current audio interface.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Host_IsSampleReceived() function to ensure
+			 *       that the correct pipe is selected and ready for data.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Signed 24-bit audio sample from the audio interface.
+			 */
+			static inline int32_t Audio_Host_ReadSample24(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+			                                              ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline int32_t Audio_Host_ReadSample24(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+			{
+				int32_t Sample;
+
+				(void)AudioInterfaceInfo;
+
+				Sample = (((uint32_t)Pipe_Read_8() << 16) | Pipe_Read_16_LE());
+
+				if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
+				{
+					Pipe_Unfreeze();
+					Pipe_ClearIN();
+					Pipe_Freeze();
+				}
+
+				return Sample;
+			}
+
+			/** Writes the next 8-bit audio sample to the current audio interface.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Host_IsReadyForNextSample() function to
+			 *       ensure that the correct pipe is selected and ready for data.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     Sample              Signed 8-bit audio sample.
+			 */
+			static inline void Audio_Host_WriteSample8(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+			                                           const int8_t Sample) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Audio_Host_WriteSample8(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+			                                           const int8_t Sample)
+			{
+				(void)AudioInterfaceInfo;
+
+				Pipe_Write_8(Sample);
+
+				if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+				{
+					Pipe_Unfreeze();
+					Pipe_ClearOUT();
+					Pipe_WaitUntilReady();
+					Pipe_Freeze();
+				}
+			}
+
+			/** Writes the next 16-bit audio sample to the current audio interface.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Host_IsReadyForNextSample() function to
+			 *       ensure that the correct pipe is selected and ready for data.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     Sample              Signed 16-bit audio sample.
+			 */
+			static inline void Audio_Host_WriteSample16(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+			                                            const int16_t Sample) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Audio_Host_WriteSample16(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+			                                            const int16_t Sample)
+			{
+				(void)AudioInterfaceInfo;
+
+				Pipe_Write_16_LE(Sample);
+
+				if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+				{
+					Pipe_Unfreeze();
+					Pipe_ClearOUT();
+					Pipe_WaitUntilReady();
+					Pipe_Freeze();
+				}
+			}
+
+			/** Writes the next 24-bit audio sample to the current audio interface.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Host_IsReadyForNextSample() function to
+			 *       ensure that the correct pipe is selected and ready for data.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     Sample              Signed 24-bit audio sample.
+			 */
+			static inline void Audio_Host_WriteSample24(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+			                                            const int32_t Sample) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Audio_Host_WriteSample24(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+			                                            const int32_t Sample)
+			{
+				(void)AudioInterfaceInfo;
+
+				Pipe_Write_16_LE(Sample);
+				Pipe_Write_8(Sample >> 16);
+
+				if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+				{
+					Pipe_Unfreeze();
+					Pipe_ClearOUT();
+					Pipe_WaitUntilReady();
+					Pipe_Freeze();
+				}
+			}
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			#if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_AUDIO_HOST_C)
+				static uint8_t DCOMP_Audio_Host_NextAudioControlInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+				                                                          ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+				static uint8_t DCOMP_Audio_Host_NextAudioStreamInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+				                                                         ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+				static uint8_t DCOMP_Audio_Host_NextAudioInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+				                                                               ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+			#endif
+	#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..af9ed96e24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,512 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_CDC_DRIVER
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_CDC_HOST_C
+#include "CDCClassHost.h"
+
+uint8_t CDC_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+                                uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
+                                void* ConfigDescriptorData)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  DataINEndpoint       = NULL;
+	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  DataOUTEndpoint      = NULL;
+	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  NotificationEndpoint = NULL;
+	USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* CDCControlInterface  = NULL;
+
+	memset(&CDCInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(CDCInterfaceInfo->State));
+
+	if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
+	  return CDC_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor;
+
+	while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint) || !(NotificationEndpoint))
+	{
+		if (!(CDCControlInterface) ||
+		    USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+		                              DCOMP_CDC_Host_NextCDCInterfaceEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+		{
+			if (NotificationEndpoint)
+			{
+				if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+				                              DCOMP_CDC_Host_NextCDCDataInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+				{
+					return CDC_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+				}
+
+				DataINEndpoint  = NULL;
+				DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+				                              DCOMP_CDC_Host_NextCDCControlInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+				{
+					return CDC_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+				}
+
+				CDCControlInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+				NotificationEndpoint = NULL;
+			}
+
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+		if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+		{
+			if ((EndpointData->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT)
+			  NotificationEndpoint = EndpointData;
+			else
+			  DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
+		}
+	}
+
+	CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Size  = le16_to_cpu(DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+	CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.EndpointAddress = DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+	CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Type  = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+
+	CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+	CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.EndpointAddress = DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+	CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+
+	CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(NotificationEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+	CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationPipe.EndpointAddress = NotificationEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+	CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT;
+
+	if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe, 1)))
+	  return CDC_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+	if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe, 1)))
+	  return CDC_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+	if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationPipe, 1)))
+	  return CDC_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+	CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlInterfaceNumber = CDCControlInterface->InterfaceNumber;
+	CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlLineStates.HostToDevice = (CDC_CONTROL_LINE_OUT_RTS | CDC_CONTROL_LINE_OUT_DTR);
+	CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlLineStates.DeviceToHost = (CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_DCD  | CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_DSR);
+	CDCInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive = true;
+
+	return CDC_ENUMERROR_NoError;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_CDC_Host_NextCDCControlInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+	{
+		USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+		if ((Interface->Class    == CDC_CSCP_CDCClass)    &&
+		    (Interface->SubClass == CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass) &&
+		    (Interface->Protocol == CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol))
+		{
+			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_CDC_Host_NextCDCDataInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+	{
+		USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+		if ((Interface->Class    == CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass)   &&
+		    (Interface->SubClass == CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass) &&
+		    (Interface->Protocol == CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol))
+		{
+			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_CDC_Host_NextCDCInterfaceEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+	{
+		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+		uint8_t EndpointType = (Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK);
+
+		if (((EndpointType == EP_TYPE_BULK) || (EndpointType == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT)) &&
+		    !(Pipe_IsEndpointBound(Endpoint->EndpointAddress)))
+		{
+			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+		}
+	}
+	else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+	{
+		return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+	}
+
+	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+void CDC_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+	  return;
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationPipe.Address);
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+	if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+	{
+		USB_Request_Header_t Notification;
+		Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&Notification, sizeof(USB_Request_Header_t), NULL);
+
+		if ((Notification.bRequest      == CDC_NOTIF_SerialState) &&
+		    (Notification.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)))
+		{
+			Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlLineStates.DeviceToHost,
+			                    sizeof(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlLineStates.DeviceToHost),
+			                    NULL);
+
+			Pipe_ClearIN();
+
+			EVENT_CDC_Host_ControLineStateChanged(CDCInterfaceInfo);
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			Pipe_ClearIN();
+		}
+	}
+
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+
+	#if !defined(NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH)
+	CDC_Host_Flush(CDCInterfaceInfo);
+	#endif
+}
+
+uint8_t CDC_Host_SetLineEncoding(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+	{
+		.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+		.bRequest      = CDC_REQ_SetLineEncoding,
+		.wValue        = 0,
+		.wIndex        = CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlInterfaceNumber,
+		.wLength       = sizeof(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding),
+	};
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+	return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(&CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding);
+}
+
+uint8_t CDC_Host_SendControlLineStateChange(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+	{
+		.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+		.bRequest      = CDC_REQ_SetControlLineState,
+		.wValue        = CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlLineStates.HostToDevice,
+		.wIndex        = CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlInterfaceNumber,
+		.wLength       = 0,
+	};
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+	return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL);
+}
+
+uint8_t CDC_Host_SendBreak(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+                           const uint8_t Duration)
+{
+	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+	{
+		.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+		.bRequest      = CDC_REQ_SendBreak,
+		.wValue        = Duration,
+		.wIndex        = CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlInterfaceNumber,
+		.wLength       = 0,
+	};
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+	return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL);
+}
+
+uint8_t CDC_Host_SendData(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+                          const void* const Buffer,
+                          const uint16_t Length)
+{
+	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+	  return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+	ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(Buffer, Length, NULL);
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+
+	return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+uint8_t CDC_Host_SendData_P(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+                          const void* const Buffer,
+                          const uint16_t Length)
+{
+	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+	  return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+	ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_PStream_LE(Buffer, Length, NULL);
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+
+	return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+uint8_t CDC_Host_SendString(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+                            const char* const String)
+{
+	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+	  return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+	ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(String, strlen(String), NULL);
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+
+	return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+uint8_t CDC_Host_SendString_P(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+                            const char* const String)
+{
+	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+	  return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+	ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_PStream_LE(String, strlen_P(String), NULL);
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+
+	return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+uint8_t CDC_Host_SendByte(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+                          const uint8_t Data)
+{
+	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+	  return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+	if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+	{
+		Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+		if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()) != PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError)
+		  return ErrorCode;
+	}
+
+	Pipe_Write_8(Data);
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+
+	return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
+}
+
+uint16_t CDC_Host_BytesReceived(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+	  return 0;
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+	if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+	{
+		if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
+		{
+			Pipe_ClearIN();
+			Pipe_Freeze();
+			return 0;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			Pipe_Freeze();
+			return Pipe_BytesInPipe();
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		Pipe_Freeze();
+
+		return 0;
+	}
+}
+
+int16_t CDC_Host_ReceiveByte(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+	  return -1;
+
+	int16_t ReceivedByte = -1;
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+	if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+	{
+		if (Pipe_BytesInPipe())
+		  ReceivedByte = Pipe_Read_8();
+
+		if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
+		  Pipe_ClearIN();
+	}
+
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+
+	return ReceivedByte;
+}
+
+uint8_t CDC_Host_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+	  return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+	if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
+	  return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
+
+	bool BankFull = !(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed());
+
+	Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+	if (BankFull)
+	{
+		if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()) != PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError)
+		  return ErrorCode;
+
+		Pipe_ClearOUT();
+	}
+
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+
+	return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
+}
+
+#if defined(FDEV_SETUP_STREAM)
+void CDC_Host_CreateStream(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+                           FILE* const Stream)
+{
+	*Stream = (FILE)FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(CDC_Host_putchar, CDC_Host_getchar, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
+	fdev_set_udata(Stream, CDCInterfaceInfo);
+}
+
+void CDC_Host_CreateBlockingStream(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+                                   FILE* const Stream)
+{
+	*Stream = (FILE)FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(CDC_Host_putchar, CDC_Host_getchar_Blocking, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
+	fdev_set_udata(Stream, CDCInterfaceInfo);
+}
+
+static int CDC_Host_putchar(char c,
+                            FILE* Stream)
+{
+	return CDC_Host_SendByte((USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream), c) ? _FDEV_ERR : 0;
+}
+
+static int CDC_Host_getchar(FILE* Stream)
+{
+	int16_t ReceivedByte = CDC_Host_ReceiveByte((USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream));
+
+	if (ReceivedByte < 0)
+	  return _FDEV_EOF;
+
+	return ReceivedByte;
+}
+
+static int CDC_Host_getchar_Blocking(FILE* Stream)
+{
+	int16_t ReceivedByte;
+
+	while ((ReceivedByte = CDC_Host_ReceiveByte((USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream))) < 0)
+	{
+		if (USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached)
+		  return _FDEV_EOF;
+
+		CDC_Host_USBTask((USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream));
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+
+	return ReceivedByte;
+}
+#endif
+
+void CDC_Host_Event_Stub(void)
+{
+
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..86ce6def38
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,385 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Host mode driver for the library USB CDC Class driver.
+ *
+ *  Host mode driver for the library USB CDC Class driver.
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassCDC
+ *  \defgroup Group_USBClassCDCHost CDC Class Host Mode Driver
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USBClassCDCHost_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USBClassCDCHost_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  Host Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the CDC USB Class driver.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __CDC_CLASS_HOST_H__
+#define __CDC_CLASS_HOST_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../USB.h"
+		#include "../Common/CDCClassCommon.h"
+
+		#include <stdio.h>
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_CDC_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Type Defines: */
+			/** \brief CDC Class Host Mode Configuration and State Structure.
+			 *
+			 *  Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made within the user application,
+			 *  and passed to each of the CDC class driver functions as the \c CDCInterfaceInfo parameter. This
+			 *  stores each CDC interface's configuration and state information.
+			 */
+			typedef struct
+			{
+				struct
+				{
+					USB_Pipe_Table_t DataINPipe; /**< Data IN Pipe configuration table. */
+					USB_Pipe_Table_t DataOUTPipe; /**< Data OUT Pipe configuration table. */
+					USB_Pipe_Table_t NotificationPipe; /**< Notification IN Pipe configuration table. */
+				} Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+				           *   <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
+				           */
+				struct
+				{
+					bool IsActive; /**< Indicates if the current interface instance is connected to an attached device, valid
+					                *   after \ref CDC_Host_ConfigurePipes() is called and the Host state machine is in the
+					                *   Configured state.
+					                */
+					uint8_t  ControlInterfaceNumber; /**< Interface index of the CDC-ACM control interface within the attached device. */
+
+					struct
+					{
+						uint16_t HostToDevice; /**< Control line states from the host to device, as a set of \c CDC_CONTROL_LINE_OUT_*
+						                        *   masks - to notify the device of changes to these values, call the
+						                        *   \ref CDC_Host_SendControlLineStateChange() function.
+						                        */
+						uint16_t DeviceToHost; /**< Control line states from the device to host, as a set of \c CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_*
+						                        *   masks. This value is updated each time \ref CDC_Host_USBTask() is called.
+						                        */
+					} ControlLineStates; /**< Current states of the virtual serial port's control lines between the device and host. */
+
+					CDC_LineEncoding_t LineEncoding; /**< Line encoding used in the virtual serial port, for the device's information.
+					                                  *   This is generally only used if the virtual serial port data is to be
+					                                  *   reconstructed on a physical UART. When set by the host application, the
+					                                  *   \ref CDC_Host_SetLineEncoding() function must be called to push the changes
+					                                  *   to the device.
+					                                  */
+				} State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+						  *   <b>may</b> be set to initial values, but may also be ignored to default to sane values when
+						  *   the interface is enumerated.
+						  */
+			} USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t;
+
+		/* Enums: */
+			/** Enum for the possible error codes returned by the \ref CDC_Host_ConfigurePipes() function. */
+			enum CDC_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t
+			{
+				CDC_ENUMERROR_NoError                    = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully. */
+				CDC_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor    = 1, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor. */
+				CDC_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 2, /**< A compatible CDC interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor. */
+				CDC_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed    = 3, /**< One or more pipes for the specified interface could not be configured correctly. */
+			};
+
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			/** General management task for a given CDC host class interface, required for the correct operation of the interface. This should
+			 *  be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task \ref USB_USBTask().
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an CDC Class host configuration and state.
+			 */
+			void CDC_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Host interface configuration routine, to configure a given CDC host interface instance using the Configuration
+			 *  Descriptor read from an attached USB device. This function automatically updates the given CDC Host instance's
+			 *  state values and configures the pipes required to communicate with the interface if it is found within the device.
+			 *  This should be called once after the stack has enumerated the attached device, while the host state machine is in
+			 *  the Addressed state.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo      Pointer to a structure containing an CDC Class host configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     ConfigDescriptorSize  Length of the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
+			 *  \param[in]     ConfigDescriptorData  Pointer to a buffer containing the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref CDC_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t CDC_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+			                                uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
+			                                void* ConfigDescriptorData) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+			/** Sets the line encoding for the attached device's virtual serial port. This should be called when the \c LineEncoding
+			 *  values of the interface have been changed to push the new settings to the USB device.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class host configuration and state.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t CDC_Host_SetLineEncoding(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Sends a Serial Control Line State Change notification to the device. This should be called when the virtual serial
+			 *  control lines (DTR, RTS, etc.) have changed states. Line states persist until they are cleared via a second
+			 *  notification. This should be called each time the CDC class driver's \c ControlLineStates.HostToDevice value is updated
+			 *  to push the new states to the USB device.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class host configuration and state.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t CDC_Host_SendControlLineStateChange(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Sends a Send Break request to the device. This is generally used to separate data or to indicate a special condition
+			 *  to the receiving device.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class host configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     Duration          Duration of the break, in milliseconds.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t CDC_Host_SendBreak(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+			                           const uint8_t Duration) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Sends a given data buffer to the attached USB device, if connected. If a device is not connected when the function is
+			 *  called, the data will be discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the device until either the pipe bank
+			 *  becomes full, or the \ref CDC_Host_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to the device. This allows for
+			 *  multiple bytes to be packed into a single pipe packet, increasing data throughput.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+			 *       call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class host configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     Buffer            Pointer to a buffer containing the data to send to the device.
+			 *  \param[in]     Length            Length of the data to send to the device.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t CDC_Host_SendData(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+			                          const void* const Buffer,
+			                          const uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Sends a given data buffer from PROGMEM space to the attached USB device, if connected. If a device is not connected when the
+			 *  function is called, the string is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the host until either the pipe
+			 *  bank becomes full, or the \ref CDC_Host_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to the device. This allows
+			 *  for multiple bytes to be packed into a single pipe packet, increasing data throughput.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or
+			 *       the call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class host configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     Buffer            Pointer to a buffer containing the data to send to the device.
+			 *  \param[in]     Length            Length of the data to send to the host.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t CDC_Host_SendData_P(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+			                            const void* const Buffer,
+			                            const uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Sends a given null-terminated string to the attached USB device, if connected. If a device is not connected when the
+			 *  function is called, the string is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the device until either the pipe
+			 *  bank becomes full, or the \ref CDC_Host_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to the device. This allows
+			 *  for multiple bytes to be packed into a single pipe packet, increasing data throughput.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+			 *       call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class host configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     String            Pointer to the null terminated string to send to the device.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t CDC_Host_SendString(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+			                            const char* const String) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+			/** Sends a given null terminated string from PROGMEM space to the attached USB device, if connected. If a device is not connected
+			 *  when the function is called, the string is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the device until either
+			 *  the pipe bank becomes full, or the \ref CDC_Host_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to
+			 *  the device. This allows for multiple bytes to be packed into a single pipe packet, increasing data throughput.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or
+			 *       the call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class host configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     String            Pointer to the null terminated string to send to the host.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t CDC_Host_SendString_P(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+			                              const char* const String) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+			/** Sends a given byte to the attached USB device, if connected. If a device is not connected when the function is called, the
+			 *  byte is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the device until either the pipe bank becomes full, or the
+			 *  \ref CDC_Host_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to the host. This allows for multiple bytes to be
+			 *  packed into a single pipe packet, increasing data throughput.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+			 *       call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class host configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     Data              Byte of data to send to the device.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t CDC_Host_SendByte(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+			                          const uint8_t Data) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Determines the number of bytes received by the CDC interface from the device, waiting to be read. This indicates the number
+			 *  of bytes in the IN pipe bank only, and thus the number of calls to \ref CDC_Host_ReceiveByte() which are guaranteed to succeed
+			 *  immediately. If multiple bytes are to be received, they should be buffered by the user application, as the pipe bank will not be
+			 *  released back to the USB controller until all bytes are read.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+			 *       call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class host configuration and state.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Total number of buffered bytes received from the device.
+			 */
+			uint16_t CDC_Host_BytesReceived(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Reads a byte of data from the device. If no data is waiting to be read of if a USB device is not connected, the function
+			 *  returns a negative value. The \ref CDC_Host_BytesReceived() function may be queried in advance to determine how many bytes
+			 *  are currently buffered in the CDC interface's data receive pipe.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+			 *       call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class host configuration and state.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Next received byte from the device, or a negative value if no data received.
+			 */
+			int16_t CDC_Host_ReceiveByte(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Flushes any data waiting to be sent, ensuring that the send buffer is cleared.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+			 *       call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class host configuration and state.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t CDC_Host_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			#if defined(FDEV_SETUP_STREAM) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			/** Creates a standard character stream for the given CDC Device instance so that it can be used with all the regular
+			 *  functions in the standard \c <stdio.h> library that accept a \c FILE stream as a destination (e.g. \c fprintf). The created
+			 *  stream is bidirectional and can be used for both input and output functions.
+			 *
+			 *  Reading data from this stream is non-blocking, i.e. in most instances, complete strings cannot be read in by a single
+			 *  fetch, as the endpoint will not be ready at some point in the transmission, aborting the transfer. However, this may
+			 *  be used when the read data is processed byte-per-bye (via \c getc()) or when the user application will implement its own
+			 *  line buffering.
+			 *
+			 *  \note The created stream can be given as \c stdout if desired to direct the standard output from all \c <stdio.h> functions
+			 *        to the given CDC interface.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \note This function is not available on all microcontroller architectures.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in,out] Stream            Pointer to a FILE structure where the created stream should be placed.
+			 */
+			void CDC_Host_CreateStream(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+			                           FILE* const Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+			/** Identical to \ref CDC_Host_CreateStream(), except that reads are blocking until the calling stream function terminates
+			 *  the transfer. While blocking, the USB and CDC service tasks are called repeatedly to maintain USB communications.
+			 *
+			 *  \note This function is not available on all microcontroller architectures.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in,out] Stream            Pointer to a FILE structure where the created stream should be placed.
+			 */
+			void CDC_Host_CreateBlockingStream(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+			                                   FILE* const Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)  ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+			#endif
+
+			/** CDC class driver event for a control line state change on a CDC host interface. This event fires each time the device notifies
+			 *  the host of a control line state change (containing the virtual serial control line states, such as DCD) and may be hooked in the
+			 *  user program by declaring a handler function with the same name and parameters listed here. The new control line states
+			 *  are available in the \c ControlLineStates.DeviceToHost value inside the CDC host interface structure passed as a parameter, set as
+			 *  a mask of \c CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_* masks.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class host configuration and state.
+			 */
+			void EVENT_CDC_Host_ControLineStateChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			#if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_CDC_HOST_C)
+				#if defined(FDEV_SETUP_STREAM)
+				static int CDC_Host_putchar(char c,
+				                            FILE* Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+				static int CDC_Host_getchar(FILE* Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+				static int CDC_Host_getchar_Blocking(FILE* Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+				#endif
+
+				void CDC_Host_Event_Stub(void) ATTR_CONST;
+
+				void EVENT_CDC_Host_ControLineStateChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+				                                           ATTR_WEAK ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALIAS(CDC_Host_Event_Stub);
+
+				static uint8_t DCOMP_CDC_Host_NextCDCControlInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+				                                                      ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+				static uint8_t DCOMP_CDC_Host_NextCDCDataInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+				                                                   ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+				static uint8_t DCOMP_CDC_Host_NextCDCInterfaceEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+				                                                       ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+			#endif
+	#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..32591ffd74
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,399 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_HID_DRIVER
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_HID_HOST_C
+#include "HIDClassHost.h"
+
+uint8_t HID_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+                                uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
+                                void* ConfigDescriptorData)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  DataINEndpoint  = NULL;
+	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+	USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* HIDInterface    = NULL;
+	USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t*   HIDDescriptor   = NULL;
+
+	memset(&HIDInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(HIDInterfaceInfo->State));
+
+	if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
+	  return HID_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor;
+
+	while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint))
+	{
+		if (!(HIDInterface) ||
+		    USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+		                              DCOMP_HID_Host_NextHIDInterfaceEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+		{
+			if (DataINEndpoint)
+			  break;
+
+			do
+			{
+				if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+				                              DCOMP_HID_Host_NextHIDInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+				{
+					return HID_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+				}
+
+				HIDInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+			} while (HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.HIDInterfaceProtocol &&
+					 (HIDInterface->Protocol != HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.HIDInterfaceProtocol));
+
+			if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+			                              DCOMP_HID_Host_NextHIDDescriptor) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+			{
+				return HID_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+			}
+
+			HIDDescriptor = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+
+			DataINEndpoint  = NULL;
+			DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+		if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+		  DataINEndpoint  = EndpointData;
+		else
+		  DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
+	}
+
+	HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Size  = le16_to_cpu(DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+	HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.EndpointAddress = DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+	HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Type  = EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT;
+
+	if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe, 1)))
+	  return HID_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+	if (DataOUTEndpoint)
+	{
+		HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+		HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.EndpointAddress = DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+		HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT;
+
+		if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe, 1)))
+		  return HID_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+	}
+
+	HIDInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber      = HIDInterface->InterfaceNumber;
+	HIDInterfaceInfo->State.HIDReportSize        = LE16_TO_CPU(HIDDescriptor->HIDReportLength);
+	HIDInterfaceInfo->State.SupportsBootProtocol = (HIDInterface->SubClass != HID_CSCP_NonBootProtocol);
+	HIDInterfaceInfo->State.LargestReportSize    = 8;
+	HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive             = true;
+
+	return HID_ENUMERROR_NoError;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_HID_Host_NextHIDInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+	{
+		USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+		if (Interface->Class == HID_CSCP_HIDClass)
+		  return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+	}
+
+	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_HID_Host_NextHIDDescriptor(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	if (Header->Type == HID_DTYPE_HID)
+	  return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+	else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+	  return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+	else
+	  return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_HID_Host_NextHIDInterfaceEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+	{
+		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+		if (!(Pipe_IsEndpointBound(Endpoint->EndpointAddress)))
+		  return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+	}
+	else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+	{
+		return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+	}
+
+	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+#if !defined(HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY)
+uint8_t HID_Host_ReceiveReportByID(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+                                   const uint8_t ReportID,
+                                   void* Buffer)
+{
+	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+	{
+		.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+		.bRequest      = HID_REQ_SetReport,
+		.wValue        = ((HID_REPORT_ITEM_In + 1) << 8) | ReportID,
+		.wIndex        = HIDInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
+		.wLength       = USB_GetHIDReportSize(HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.HIDParserData, ReportID, HID_REPORT_ITEM_In),
+	};
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+	return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(Buffer);
+}
+#endif
+
+uint8_t HID_Host_ReceiveReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+                               void* Buffer)
+{
+	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+	  return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+	uint16_t ReportSize;
+	uint8_t* BufferPos = Buffer;
+
+#if !defined(HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY)
+	if (!(HIDInterfaceInfo->State.UsingBootProtocol))
+	{
+		uint8_t ReportID = 0;
+
+		if (HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.HIDParserData->UsingReportIDs)
+		{
+			ReportID = Pipe_Read_8();
+			*(BufferPos++) = ReportID;
+		}
+
+		ReportSize = USB_GetHIDReportSize(HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.HIDParserData, ReportID, HID_REPORT_ITEM_In);
+	}
+	else
+#endif
+	{
+		ReportSize = Pipe_BytesInPipe();
+	}
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(BufferPos, ReportSize, NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+	  return ErrorCode;
+
+	Pipe_ClearIN();
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+
+	return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t HID_Host_SendReportByID(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+#if !defined(HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY)
+                                const uint8_t ReportID,
+#endif
+                                const uint8_t ReportType,
+                                void* Buffer,
+                                const uint16_t ReportSize)
+{
+#if !defined(HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY)
+	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+	  return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+
+	if (HIDInterfaceInfo->State.DeviceUsesOUTPipe && (ReportType == HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out))
+	{
+		uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+		Pipe_SelectPipe(HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+		Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+		if (ReportID)
+		  Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(&ReportID, sizeof(ReportID), NULL);
+
+		if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(Buffer, ReportSize, NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+		  return ErrorCode;
+
+		Pipe_ClearOUT();
+		Pipe_Freeze();
+
+		return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+	}
+	else
+#endif
+	{
+		USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+		{
+			.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+			.bRequest      = HID_REQ_SetReport,
+#if !defined(HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY)
+			.wValue        = ((ReportType + 1) << 8) | ReportID,
+#else
+			.wValue        = ((ReportType + 1) << 8),
+#endif
+			.wIndex        = HIDInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
+			.wLength       = ReportSize,
+		};
+
+		Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+		return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(Buffer);
+	}
+}
+
+bool HID_Host_IsReportReceived(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+	  return false;
+
+	bool ReportReceived;
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+	ReportReceived = Pipe_IsINReceived();
+
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+
+	return ReportReceived;
+}
+
+uint8_t HID_Host_SetBootProtocol(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	if (!(HIDInterfaceInfo->State.SupportsBootProtocol))
+	  return HID_ERROR_LOGICAL;
+
+	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+		{
+			.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+			.bRequest      = HID_REQ_SetProtocol,
+			.wValue        = 0,
+			.wIndex        = HIDInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
+			.wLength       = 0,
+		};
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	  return ErrorCode;
+
+	HIDInterfaceInfo->State.LargestReportSize = 8;
+	HIDInterfaceInfo->State.UsingBootProtocol = true;
+
+	return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+}
+
+uint8_t HID_Host_SetIdlePeriod(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+                               const uint16_t MS)
+{
+	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+		{
+			.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+			.bRequest      = HID_REQ_SetIdle,
+			.wValue        = ((MS << 6) & 0xFF00),
+			.wIndex        = HIDInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
+			.wLength       = 0,
+		};
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+	return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL);
+}
+
+#if !defined(HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY)
+uint8_t HID_Host_SetReportProtocol(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	uint8_t HIDReportData[HIDInterfaceInfo->State.HIDReportSize];
+
+	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+		{
+			.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+			.bRequest      = REQ_GetDescriptor,
+			.wValue        = (HID_DTYPE_Report << 8),
+			.wIndex        = HIDInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
+			.wLength       = HIDInterfaceInfo->State.HIDReportSize,
+		};
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(HIDReportData)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	  return ErrorCode;
+
+	if (HIDInterfaceInfo->State.UsingBootProtocol)
+	{
+		USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+			{
+				.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+				.bRequest      = HID_REQ_SetProtocol,
+				.wValue        = 1,
+				.wIndex        = HIDInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
+				.wLength       = 0,
+			};
+
+		if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+		  return ErrorCode;
+
+		HIDInterfaceInfo->State.UsingBootProtocol = false;
+	}
+
+	if (HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.HIDParserData == NULL)
+	  return HID_ERROR_LOGICAL;
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = USB_ProcessHIDReport(HIDReportData, HIDInterfaceInfo->State.HIDReportSize,
+	                                      HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.HIDParserData)) != HID_PARSE_Successful)
+	{
+		return HID_ERROR_LOGICAL | ErrorCode;
+	}
+
+	uint16_t LargestReportSizeBits = HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.HIDParserData->LargestReportSizeBits;
+	HIDInterfaceInfo->State.LargestReportSize = (LargestReportSizeBits >> 3) + ((LargestReportSizeBits & 0x07) != 0);
+
+	return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..73b5abb1ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,313 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Host mode driver for the library USB HID Class driver.
+ *
+ *  Host mode driver for the library USB HID Class driver.
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassHID
+ *  \defgroup Group_USBClassHIDHost HID Class Host Mode Driver
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USBClassHIDHost_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USBClassHIDHost_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  Host Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the HID USB Class driver.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __HID_CLASS_HOST_H__
+#define __HID_CLASS_HOST_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../USB.h"
+		#include "../Common/HIDClassCommon.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_HID_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Error code for some HID Host functions, indicating a logical (and not hardware) error. */
+			#define HID_ERROR_LOGICAL              0x80
+
+		/* Type Defines: */
+			/** \brief HID Class Host Mode Configuration and State Structure.
+			 *
+			 *  Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made within the user application,
+			 *  and passed to each of the HID class driver functions as the \c HIDInterfaceInfo parameter. This
+			 *  stores each HID interface's configuration and state information.
+			 */
+			typedef struct
+			{
+				struct
+				{
+					USB_Pipe_Table_t DataINPipe; /**< Data IN Pipe configuration table. */
+					USB_Pipe_Table_t DataOUTPipe; /**< Data OUT Pipe configuration table. */
+
+					uint8_t  HIDInterfaceProtocol; /**< HID interface protocol value to match against if a specific
+					                                *   boot subclass protocol is required, a protocol value from the
+					                                *   \ref HID_Descriptor_ClassSubclassProtocol_t enum.
+					                                */
+					#if !defined(HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY)
+					HID_ReportInfo_t* HIDParserData; /**< HID parser data to store the parsed HID report data, when boot protocol
+					                                  *   is not used.
+					                                  *
+					                                  *  \note When the \c HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY compile time token is defined,
+					                                  *        this field is unavailable.
+					                                  */
+					#endif
+				} Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+				           *   <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
+				           */
+				struct
+				{
+					bool IsActive; /**< Indicates if the current interface instance is connected to an attached device, valid
+					                *   after \ref HID_Host_ConfigurePipes() is called and the Host state machine is in the
+					                *   Configured state.
+					                */
+					uint8_t InterfaceNumber; /**< Interface index of the HID interface within the attached device. */
+
+					bool SupportsBootProtocol; /**< Indicates if the current interface instance supports the HID Boot
+					                            *   Protocol when enabled via \ref HID_Host_SetBootProtocol().
+					                            */
+					bool DeviceUsesOUTPipe; /**< Indicates if the current interface instance uses a separate OUT data pipe for
+					                         *   OUT reports, or if OUT reports are sent via the control pipe instead.
+					                         */
+					bool UsingBootProtocol; /**< Indicates that the interface is currently initialized in Boot Protocol mode */
+					uint16_t HIDReportSize; /**< Size in bytes of the HID report descriptor in the device. */
+
+					uint8_t LargestReportSize; /**< Largest report the device will send, in bytes. */
+				} State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+				          *   <b>may</b> be set to initial values, but may also be ignored to default to sane values when
+				          *   the interface is enumerated.
+				          */
+			} USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t;
+
+		/* Enums: */
+			/** Enum for the possible error codes returned by the \ref HID_Host_ConfigurePipes() function. */
+			enum HID_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t
+			{
+				HID_ENUMERROR_NoError                    = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully. */
+				HID_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor    = 1, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor. */
+				HID_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 2, /**< A compatible HID interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor. */
+				HID_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed    = 3, /**< One or more pipes for the specified interface could not be configured correctly. */
+			};
+
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			/** Host interface configuration routine, to configure a given HID host interface instance using the Configuration
+			 *  Descriptor read from an attached USB device. This function automatically updates the given HID Host instance's
+			 *  state values and configures the pipes required to communicate with the interface if it is found within the
+			 *  device. This should be called once after the stack has enumerated the attached device, while the host state
+			 *  machine is in the Addressed state.
+			 *
+			 *  \attention Once the device pipes are configured, the HID device's reporting protocol <b>must</b> be set via a call
+			 *             to either the \ref HID_Host_SetBootProtocol() or \ref HID_Host_SetReportProtocol() function.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo      Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class host configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     ConfigDescriptorSize  Length of the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
+			 *  \param[in]     ConfigDescriptorData  Pointer to a buffer containing the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref HID_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t HID_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+			                                uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
+			                                void* ConfigDescriptorData) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+
+			/** Receives a HID IN report from the attached HID device, when a report has been received on the HID IN Data pipe.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+			 *       call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \attention The destination buffer should be large enough to accommodate the largest report that the attached device
+			 *             can generate.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class host configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     Buffer            Buffer to store the received report into.
+			 *
+			 *  \return An error code from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t HID_Host_ReceiveReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+			                               void* Buffer) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+			#if !defined(HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY)
+			/** Receives a HID IN report from the attached device, by the report ID.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+			 *       call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \note When the \c HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY compile time token is defined, this method is unavailable.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class host configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     ReportID          Report ID of the received report if ControlRequest is false, set by the to the Report ID to fetch.
+			 *  \param[in]     Buffer            Buffer to store the received report into.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t HID_Host_ReceiveReportByID(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+			                                   const uint8_t ReportID,
+			                                   void* Buffer) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+			#endif
+
+			/** Sends an OUT or FEATURE report to the currently attached HID device, using the device's OUT pipe if available,
+			 *  or the device's Control pipe if not.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+			 *       call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \note When the \c HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY compile time token is defined, the ReportID parameter is removed
+			 *        from the parameter list of this function.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class host configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     ReportID          Report ID of the report to send to the device, or 0 if the device does not use report IDs.
+			 *  \param[in]     ReportType        Type of report to issue to the device, either \ref HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out or \ref HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature.
+			 *  \param[in]     Buffer            Buffer containing the report to send to the attached device.
+			 *  \param[in]     ReportSize        Report size in bytes to send to the attached device.
+			 *
+			 *  \return An error code from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum if the DeviceUsesOUTPipe flag is set in
+			 *          the interface's state structure, a value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum otherwise.
+			 */
+			uint8_t HID_Host_SendReportByID(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+			#if !defined(HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY)
+			                                const uint8_t ReportID,
+			#endif
+			                                const uint8_t ReportType,
+			                                void* Buffer,
+			                                const uint16_t ReportSize) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
+			#if !defined(HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY)
+			                                ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(4);
+			#else
+			                                ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+			#endif
+
+			/** Determines if a HID IN report has been received from the attached device on the data IN pipe.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+			 *       call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class host configuration and state.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if a report has been received, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			bool HID_Host_IsReportReceived(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Switches the attached HID device's reporting protocol over to the Boot Report protocol mode, on supported devices.
+			 *
+			 *  \note When the \c HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY compile time token is defined, this method must still be called
+			 *        to explicitly place the attached device into boot protocol mode before use.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class host configuration and state.
+			 *
+			 *  \return \ref HID_ERROR_LOGICAL if the device does not support Boot Protocol mode, a value from the
+			 *          \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum otherwise.
+			 */
+			uint8_t HID_Host_SetBootProtocol(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Sets the idle period for the attached HID device to the specified interval. The HID idle period determines the rate
+			 *  at which the device should send a report, when no state changes have occurred; i.e. on HID keyboards, this sets the
+			 *  hardware key repeat interval.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class host configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     MS                Idle period as a multiple of four milliseconds, zero to disable hardware repeats
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t HID_Host_SetIdlePeriod(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+			                               const uint16_t MS) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			#if !defined(HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY)
+			/** Switches the attached HID device's reporting protocol over to the standard Report protocol mode. This also retrieves
+			 *  and parses the device's HID report descriptor, so that the size of each report can be determined in advance.
+			 *
+			 *  \attention Whether this function is used or not, the \ref CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem() callback from the HID
+			 *             Report Parser this function references <b>must</b> be implemented in the user code.
+			 *
+			 *  \note When the \c HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY compile time token is defined, this method is unavailable.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class host configuration and state.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum if an error occurs while retrieving the HID
+			 *          Report descriptor or the setting of the Report protocol, \ref HID_ERROR_LOGICAL if the HID interface does
+			 *          not have a valid \ref HID_ReportInfo_t structure set in its configuration, a mask of \ref HID_ERROR_LOGICAL
+			 *          and a value from the \ref HID_Parse_ErrorCodes_t otherwise.
+			 */
+			uint8_t HID_Host_SetReportProtocol(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+			#endif
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			/** General management task for a given Human Interface Class host class interface, required for the correct operation of
+			 *  the interface. This should be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task
+			 *  \ref USB_USBTask().
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class host configuration and state.
+			 */
+			static inline void HID_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+			static inline void HID_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo)
+			{
+				(void)HIDInterfaceInfo;
+			}
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			#if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_HID_HOST_C)
+				static uint8_t DCOMP_HID_Host_NextHIDInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+				                                               ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+				static uint8_t DCOMP_HID_Host_NextHIDDescriptor(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+				                                                ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+				static uint8_t DCOMP_HID_Host_NextHIDInterfaceEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+				                                                       ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+			#endif
+	#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..635148f5e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,231 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_MIDI_DRIVER
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_MIDI_HOST_C
+#include "MIDIClassHost.h"
+
+uint8_t MIDI_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo,
+                                 uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
+                                 void* ConfigDescriptorData)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  DataINEndpoint  = NULL;
+	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+	USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* MIDIInterface   = NULL;
+
+	memset(&MIDIInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(MIDIInterfaceInfo->State));
+
+	if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
+	  return MIDI_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor;
+
+	while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint))
+	{
+		if (!(MIDIInterface) ||
+		    USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+		                              DCOMP_MIDI_Host_NextMIDIStreamingDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+		{
+			if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+			                              DCOMP_MIDI_Host_NextMIDIStreamingInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+			{
+				return MIDI_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+			}
+
+			MIDIInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+			DataINEndpoint  = NULL;
+			DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+		if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+		  DataINEndpoint  = EndpointData;
+		else
+		  DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
+	}
+
+	MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Size  = le16_to_cpu(DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+	MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.EndpointAddress = DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+	MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Type  = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+
+	MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+	MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.EndpointAddress = DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+	MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+
+	if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe, 1)))
+	  return MIDI_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+	if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe, 1)))
+	  return MIDI_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+	MIDIInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber = MIDIInterface->InterfaceNumber;
+	MIDIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive = true;
+
+	return MIDI_ENUMERROR_NoError;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_MIDI_Host_NextMIDIStreamingInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+	{
+		USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+		if ((Interface->Class    == AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass)            &&
+		    (Interface->SubClass == AUDIO_CSCP_MIDIStreamingSubclass) &&
+		    (Interface->Protocol == AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol))
+		{
+			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_MIDI_Host_NextMIDIStreamingDataEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+	{
+		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+		uint8_t EndpointType = (Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK);
+
+		if ((EndpointType == EP_TYPE_BULK) && !(Pipe_IsEndpointBound(Endpoint->EndpointAddress)))
+		  return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+	}
+	else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+	{
+		return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+	}
+
+	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+void MIDI_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(MIDIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+	  return;
+
+	#if !defined(NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH)
+	MIDI_Host_Flush(MIDIInterfaceInfo);
+	#endif
+}
+
+uint8_t MIDI_Host_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(MIDIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+	  return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+	if (Pipe_BytesInPipe())
+	{
+		Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+		if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()) != PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError)
+		{
+			Pipe_Freeze();
+			return ErrorCode;
+		}
+	}
+
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+
+	return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t MIDI_Host_SendEventPacket(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo,
+                                  MIDI_EventPacket_t* const Event)
+{
+	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(MIDIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+	  return HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(Event, sizeof(MIDI_EventPacket_t), NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+	{
+		Pipe_Freeze();
+		return ErrorCode;
+	}
+
+	if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+	  Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+
+	return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+bool MIDI_Host_ReceiveEventPacket(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo,
+                                  MIDI_EventPacket_t* const Event)
+{
+	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(MIDIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+	  return HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+	bool DataReady = false;
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+	if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+	{
+		if (Pipe_BytesInPipe())
+		{
+			Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(Event, sizeof(MIDI_EventPacket_t), NULL);
+			DataReady = true;
+		}
+
+		if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
+		  Pipe_ClearIN();
+	}
+
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+
+	return DataReady;
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9cae21a1b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Host mode driver for the library USB MIDI Class driver.
+ *
+ *  Host mode driver for the library USB MIDI Class driver.
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassMIDI
+ *  \defgroup Group_USBClassMIDIHost MIDI Class Host Mode Driver
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USBClassMIDIHost_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USBClassMIDIHost_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  Host Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the MIDI USB Class driver.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __MIDI_CLASS_HOST_H__
+#define __MIDI_CLASS_HOST_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../USB.h"
+		#include "../Common/MIDIClassCommon.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_MIDI_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Type Defines: */
+			/** \brief MIDI Class Host Mode Configuration and State Structure.
+			 *
+			 *  Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made within the user application,
+			 *  and passed to each of the MIDI class driver functions as the \c MIDIInterfaceInfo parameter. This
+			 *  stores each MIDI interface's configuration and state information.
+			 */
+			typedef struct
+			{
+				struct
+				{
+					USB_Pipe_Table_t DataINPipe; /**< Data IN Pipe configuration table. */
+					USB_Pipe_Table_t DataOUTPipe; /**< Data OUT Pipe configuration table. */
+				} Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+				           *   <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
+				           */
+				struct
+				{
+					bool     IsActive; /**< Indicates if the current interface instance is connected to an attached device, valid
+					                    *   after \ref MIDI_Host_ConfigurePipes() is called and the Host state machine is in the
+					                    *   Configured state.
+					                    */
+					uint8_t  InterfaceNumber; /**< Interface index of the MIDI interface within the attached device. */
+				} State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+						  *   <b>may</b> be set to initial values, but may also be ignored to default to sane values when
+						  *   the interface is enumerated.
+						  */
+			} USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t;
+
+		/* Enums: */
+			/** Enum for the possible error codes returned by the \ref MIDI_Host_ConfigurePipes() function. */
+			enum MIDI_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t
+			{
+				MIDI_ENUMERROR_NoError                    = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully. */
+				MIDI_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor    = 1, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor. */
+				MIDI_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 2, /**< A compatible MIDI interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor. */
+				MIDI_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed    = 3, /**< One or more pipes for the specified interface could not be configured correctly. */
+			};
+
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			/** Host interface configuration routine, to configure a given MIDI host interface instance using the Configuration
+			 *  Descriptor read from an attached USB device. This function automatically updates the given MIDI Host instance's
+			 *  state values and configures the pipes required to communicate with the interface if it is found within the device.
+			 *  This should be called once after the stack has enumerated the attached device, while the host state machine is in
+			 *  the Addressed state.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] MIDIInterfaceInfo     Pointer to a structure containing an MIDI Class host configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     ConfigDescriptorSize  Length of the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
+			 *  \param[in]     ConfigDescriptorData  Pointer to a buffer containing the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref MIDI_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t MIDI_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo,
+			                                 uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
+			                                 void* ConfigDescriptorData) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+			/** General management task for a given MIDI host class interface, required for the correct operation of the interface. This should
+			 *  be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task \ref USB_USBTask().
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] MIDIInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an MIDI Class host configuration and state.
+			 */
+			void MIDI_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Sends a MIDI event packet to the device. If no device is connected, the event packet is discarded.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+			 *       call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] MIDIInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a MIDI Class configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     Event              Pointer to a populated USB_MIDI_EventPacket_t structure containing the MIDI event to send.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t MIDI_Host_SendEventPacket(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo,
+			                                  MIDI_EventPacket_t* const Event) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+			/** Flushes the MIDI send buffer, sending any queued MIDI events to the device. This should be called to override the
+			 *  \ref MIDI_Host_SendEventPacket() function's packing behavior, to flush queued events. Events are queued into the
+			 *  pipe bank until either the pipe bank is full, or \ref MIDI_Host_Flush() is called. This allows for multiple MIDI
+			 *  events to be packed into a single pipe packet, increasing data throughput.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] MIDIInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a MIDI Class configuration and state.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			 uint8_t MIDI_Host_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Receives a MIDI event packet from the device.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+			 *       call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] MIDIInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a MIDI Class configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[out]    Event              Pointer to a USB_MIDI_EventPacket_t structure where the received MIDI event is to be placed.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if a MIDI event packet was received, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			bool MIDI_Host_ReceiveEventPacket(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo,
+			                                  MIDI_EventPacket_t* const Event) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			#if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_MIDI_HOST_C)
+				static uint8_t DCOMP_MIDI_Host_NextMIDIStreamingInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+				                                                          ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+				static uint8_t DCOMP_MIDI_Host_NextMIDIStreamingDataEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+				                                                             ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+			#endif
+	#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f7c5a6a738
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,579 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_MS_DRIVER
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_MASSSTORAGE_HOST_C
+#include "MassStorageClassHost.h"
+
+uint8_t MS_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+                               uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
+							   void* ConfigDescriptorData)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  DataINEndpoint       = NULL;
+	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  DataOUTEndpoint      = NULL;
+	USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* MassStorageInterface = NULL;
+
+	memset(&MSInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(MSInterfaceInfo->State));
+
+	if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
+	  return MS_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor;
+
+	while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint))
+	{
+		if (!(MassStorageInterface) ||
+		    USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+		                              DCOMP_MS_Host_NextMSInterfaceEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+		{
+			if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+			                              DCOMP_MS_Host_NextMSInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+			{
+				return MS_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+			}
+
+			MassStorageInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+			DataINEndpoint  = NULL;
+			DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+		if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+		  DataINEndpoint  = EndpointData;
+		else
+		  DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
+	}
+
+	MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Size  = le16_to_cpu(DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+	MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.EndpointAddress = DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+	MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Type  = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+
+	MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+	MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.EndpointAddress = DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+	MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+
+	if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe, 1)))
+	  return MS_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+	if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe, 1)))
+	  return MS_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+	MSInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber = MassStorageInterface->InterfaceNumber;
+	MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive = true;
+
+	return MS_ENUMERROR_NoError;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_MS_Host_NextMSInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+	{
+		USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+		if ((Interface->Class    == MS_CSCP_MassStorageClass)        &&
+		    (Interface->SubClass == MS_CSCP_SCSITransparentSubclass) &&
+		    (Interface->Protocol == MS_CSCP_BulkOnlyTransportProtocol))
+		{
+			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_MS_Host_NextMSInterfaceEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+	{
+		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+		uint8_t EndpointType = (Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK);
+
+		if ((EndpointType == EP_TYPE_BULK) && (!(Pipe_IsEndpointBound(Endpoint->EndpointAddress))))
+		{
+			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+		}
+	}
+	else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+	{
+		return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+	}
+
+	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+static uint8_t MS_Host_SendCommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+                                   MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t* const SCSICommandBlock,
+                                   const void* const BufferPtr)
+{
+	uint8_t ErrorCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+
+	if (++MSInterfaceInfo->State.TransactionTag == 0xFFFFFFFF)
+	  MSInterfaceInfo->State.TransactionTag = 1;
+
+	SCSICommandBlock->Signature = CPU_TO_LE32(MS_CBW_SIGNATURE);
+	SCSICommandBlock->Tag       = cpu_to_le32(MSInterfaceInfo->State.TransactionTag);
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(SCSICommandBlock, sizeof(MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t),
+	                                      NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+	{
+		return ErrorCode;
+	}
+
+	Pipe_ClearOUT();
+	Pipe_WaitUntilReady();
+
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+
+	if (BufferPtr != NULL)
+	{
+		ErrorCode = MS_Host_SendReceiveData(MSInterfaceInfo, SCSICommandBlock, (void*)BufferPtr);
+
+		if ((ErrorCode != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError) && (ErrorCode != PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled))
+		{
+			Pipe_Freeze();
+			return ErrorCode;
+		}
+	}
+
+	MS_CommandStatusWrapper_t SCSIStatusBlock;
+	return MS_Host_GetReturnedStatus(MSInterfaceInfo, &SCSIStatusBlock);
+}
+
+static uint8_t MS_Host_WaitForDataReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	uint16_t TimeoutMSRem        = MS_COMMAND_DATA_TIMEOUT_MS;
+	uint16_t PreviousFrameNumber = USB_Host_GetFrameNumber();
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+	while (!(Pipe_IsINReceived()))
+	{
+		uint16_t CurrentFrameNumber = USB_Host_GetFrameNumber();
+
+		if (CurrentFrameNumber != PreviousFrameNumber)
+		{
+			PreviousFrameNumber = CurrentFrameNumber;
+
+			if (!(TimeoutMSRem--))
+			  return PIPE_RWSTREAM_Timeout;
+		}
+
+		Pipe_Freeze();
+		Pipe_SelectPipe(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+		Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+		if (Pipe_IsStalled())
+		{
+			USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress());
+			return PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled;
+		}
+
+		Pipe_Freeze();
+		Pipe_SelectPipe(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+		Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+		if (Pipe_IsStalled())
+		{
+			USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress());
+			return PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled;
+		}
+
+		if (USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached)
+		  return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+	};
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+
+	return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+static uint8_t MS_Host_SendReceiveData(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+                                       MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t* const SCSICommandBlock,
+                                       void* BufferPtr)
+{
+	uint8_t  ErrorCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+	uint16_t BytesRem  = le32_to_cpu(SCSICommandBlock->DataTransferLength);
+
+	if (SCSICommandBlock->Flags & MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN)
+	{
+		if ((ErrorCode = MS_Host_WaitForDataReceived(MSInterfaceInfo)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+		{
+			Pipe_Freeze();
+			return ErrorCode;
+		}
+
+		Pipe_SelectPipe(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+		Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+		if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(BufferPtr, BytesRem, NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+		  return ErrorCode;
+
+		Pipe_ClearIN();
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		Pipe_SelectPipe(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+		Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+		if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(BufferPtr, BytesRem, NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+		  return ErrorCode;
+
+		Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+		while (!(Pipe_IsOUTReady()))
+		{
+			if (USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached)
+			  return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+		}
+	}
+
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+
+	return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+static uint8_t MS_Host_GetReturnedStatus(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+                                         MS_CommandStatusWrapper_t* const SCSICommandStatus)
+{
+	uint8_t ErrorCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = MS_Host_WaitForDataReceived(MSInterfaceInfo)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+	  return ErrorCode;
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(SCSICommandStatus, sizeof(MS_CommandStatusWrapper_t),
+	                                     NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+	{
+		return ErrorCode;
+	}
+
+	Pipe_ClearIN();
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+
+	if (SCSICommandStatus->Status != MS_SCSI_COMMAND_Pass)
+	  ErrorCode = MS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED;
+
+	return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+uint8_t MS_Host_ResetMSInterface(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+		{
+			.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+			.bRequest      = MS_REQ_MassStorageReset,
+			.wValue        = 0,
+			.wIndex        = MSInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
+			.wLength       = 0,
+		};
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	  return ErrorCode;
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress())) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	  return ErrorCode;
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress())) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	  return ErrorCode;
+
+	return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+}
+
+uint8_t MS_Host_GetMaxLUN(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+                          uint8_t* const MaxLUNIndex)
+{
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+		{
+			.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+			.bRequest      = MS_REQ_GetMaxLUN,
+			.wValue        = 0,
+			.wIndex        = MSInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
+			.wLength       = 1,
+		};
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(MaxLUNIndex)) == HOST_SENDCONTROL_SetupStalled)
+	{
+		*MaxLUNIndex = 0;
+		ErrorCode    = HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+	}
+
+	return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+uint8_t MS_Host_GetInquiryData(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+                               const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+                               SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t* const InquiryData)
+{
+	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+	  return HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+	MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock = (MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t)
+		{
+			.DataTransferLength = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t)),
+			.Flags              = MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN,
+			.LUN                = LUNIndex,
+			.SCSICommandLength  = 6,
+			.SCSICommandData    =
+				{
+					SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY,
+					0x00,                            // Reserved
+					0x00,                            // Reserved
+					0x00,                            // Reserved
+					sizeof(SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t), // Allocation Length
+					0x00                             // Unused (control)
+				}
+		};
+
+	return MS_Host_SendCommand(MSInterfaceInfo, &SCSICommandBlock, InquiryData);
+}
+
+uint8_t MS_Host_TestUnitReady(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+                              const uint8_t LUNIndex)
+{
+	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+	  return HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+	MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock = (MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t)
+		{
+			.DataTransferLength = CPU_TO_LE32(0),
+			.Flags              = MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN,
+			.LUN                = LUNIndex,
+			.SCSICommandLength  = 6,
+			.SCSICommandData    =
+				{
+					SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY,
+					0x00,                   // Reserved
+					0x00,                   // Reserved
+					0x00,                   // Reserved
+					0x00,                   // Reserved
+					0x00                    // Unused (control)
+				}
+		};
+
+	return MS_Host_SendCommand(MSInterfaceInfo, &SCSICommandBlock, NULL);
+}
+
+uint8_t MS_Host_ReadDeviceCapacity(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+                                   const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+                                   SCSI_Capacity_t* const DeviceCapacity)
+{
+	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+	  return HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock = (MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t)
+		{
+			.DataTransferLength = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(SCSI_Capacity_t)),
+			.Flags              = MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN,
+			.LUN                = LUNIndex,
+			.SCSICommandLength  = 10,
+			.SCSICommandData    =
+				{
+					SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10,
+					0x00,                   // Reserved
+					0x00,                   // MSB of Logical block address
+					0x00,
+					0x00,
+					0x00,                   // LSB of Logical block address
+					0x00,                   // Reserved
+					0x00,                   // Reserved
+					0x00,                   // Partial Medium Indicator
+					0x00                    // Unused (control)
+				}
+		};
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = MS_Host_SendCommand(MSInterfaceInfo, &SCSICommandBlock, DeviceCapacity)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+	  return ErrorCode;
+
+	DeviceCapacity->Blocks    = BE32_TO_CPU(DeviceCapacity->Blocks);
+	DeviceCapacity->BlockSize = BE32_TO_CPU(DeviceCapacity->BlockSize);
+
+	return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t MS_Host_RequestSense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+                             const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+                             SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t* const SenseData)
+{
+	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+	  return HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+	MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock = (MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t)
+		{
+			.DataTransferLength = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t)),
+			.Flags              = MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN,
+			.LUN                = LUNIndex,
+			.SCSICommandLength  = 6,
+			.SCSICommandData    =
+				{
+					SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE,
+					0x00,                                  // Reserved
+					0x00,                                  // Reserved
+					0x00,                                  // Reserved
+					sizeof(SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t), // Allocation Length
+					0x00                                   // Unused (control)
+				}
+		};
+
+	return MS_Host_SendCommand(MSInterfaceInfo, &SCSICommandBlock, SenseData);
+}
+
+uint8_t MS_Host_PreventAllowMediumRemoval(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+                                          const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+                                          const bool PreventRemoval)
+{
+	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+	  return HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+	MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock = (MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t)
+		{
+			.DataTransferLength = CPU_TO_LE32(0),
+			.Flags              = MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_OUT,
+			.LUN                = LUNIndex,
+			.SCSICommandLength  = 6,
+			.SCSICommandData    =
+				{
+					SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL,
+					0x00,                   // Reserved
+					0x00,                   // Reserved
+					PreventRemoval,         // Prevent flag
+					0x00,                   // Reserved
+					0x00                    // Unused (control)
+				}
+		};
+
+	return MS_Host_SendCommand(MSInterfaceInfo, &SCSICommandBlock, NULL);
+}
+
+uint8_t MS_Host_ReadDeviceBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+                                 const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+                                 const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+                                 const uint8_t Blocks,
+                                 const uint16_t BlockSize,
+                                 void* BlockBuffer)
+{
+	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+	  return HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+	MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock = (MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t)
+		{
+			.DataTransferLength = cpu_to_le32((uint32_t)Blocks * BlockSize),
+			.Flags              = MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN,
+			.LUN                = LUNIndex,
+			.SCSICommandLength  = 10,
+			.SCSICommandData    =
+				{
+					SCSI_CMD_READ_10,
+					0x00,                   // Unused (control bits, all off)
+					(BlockAddress >> 24),   // MSB of Block Address
+					(BlockAddress >> 16),
+					(BlockAddress >> 8),
+					(BlockAddress & 0xFF),  // LSB of Block Address
+					0x00,                   // Reserved
+					0x00,                   // MSB of Total Blocks to Read
+					Blocks,                 // LSB of Total Blocks to Read
+					0x00                    // Unused (control)
+				}
+		};
+
+	return MS_Host_SendCommand(MSInterfaceInfo, &SCSICommandBlock, BlockBuffer);
+}
+
+uint8_t MS_Host_WriteDeviceBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+                                  const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+                                  const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+                                  const uint8_t Blocks,
+                                  const uint16_t BlockSize,
+                                  const void* BlockBuffer)
+{
+	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+	  return HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+	MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock = (MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t)
+		{
+			.DataTransferLength = cpu_to_le32((uint32_t)Blocks * BlockSize),
+			.Flags              = MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_OUT,
+			.LUN                = LUNIndex,
+			.SCSICommandLength  = 10,
+			.SCSICommandData    =
+				{
+					SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10,
+					0x00,                   // Unused (control bits, all off)
+					(BlockAddress >> 24),   // MSB of Block Address
+					(BlockAddress >> 16),
+					(BlockAddress >> 8),
+					(BlockAddress & 0xFF),  // LSB of Block Address
+					0x00,                   // Reserved
+					0x00,                   // MSB of Total Blocks to Write
+					Blocks,                 // LSB of Total Blocks to Write
+					0x00                    // Unused (control)
+				}
+		};
+
+	return MS_Host_SendCommand(MSInterfaceInfo, &SCSICommandBlock, BlockBuffer);
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..348050f8f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,335 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Host mode driver for the library USB Mass Storage Class driver.
+ *
+ *  Host mode driver for the library USB Mass Storage Class driver.
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassMS
+ *  \defgroup Group_USBClassMassStorageHost Mass Storage Class Host Mode Driver
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USBClassMassStorageHost_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USBClassMassStorageHost_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  Host Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the Mass Storage USB Class driver.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __MS_CLASS_HOST_H__
+#define __MS_CLASS_HOST_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../USB.h"
+		#include "../Common/MassStorageClassCommon.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_MS_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Error code for some Mass Storage Host functions, indicating a logical (and not hardware) error. */
+			#define MS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED              0x80
+
+		/* Type Defines: */
+			/** \brief Mass Storage Class Host Mode Configuration and State Structure.
+			 *
+			 *  Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made within the user application,
+			 *  and passed to each of the Mass Storage class driver functions as the \c MSInterfaceInfo parameter. This
+			 *  stores each Mass Storage interface's configuration and state information.
+			 */
+			typedef struct
+			{
+				struct
+				{
+					USB_Pipe_Table_t DataINPipe; /**< Data IN Pipe configuration table. */
+					USB_Pipe_Table_t DataOUTPipe; /**< Data OUT Pipe configuration table. */
+				} Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+				           *   <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
+				           */
+				struct
+				{
+					bool     IsActive; /**< Indicates if the current interface instance is connected to an attached device, valid
+					                    *   after \ref MS_Host_ConfigurePipes() is called and the Host state machine is in the
+					                    *   Configured state.
+					                    */
+					uint8_t  InterfaceNumber; /**< Interface index of the Mass Storage interface within the attached device. */
+
+					uint32_t TransactionTag; /**< Current transaction tag for data synchronizing of packets. */
+				} State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+						  *   <b>may</b> be set to initial values, but may also be ignored to default to sane values when
+						  *   the interface is enumerated.
+						  */
+			} USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t;
+
+			/** \brief SCSI Device LUN Capacity Structure.
+			 *
+			 *  SCSI capacity structure, to hold the total capacity of the device in both the number
+			 *  of blocks in the current LUN, and the size of each block. This structure is filled by
+			 *  the device when the \ref MS_Host_ReadDeviceCapacity() function is called.
+			 */
+			typedef struct
+			{
+				uint32_t Blocks; /**< Number of blocks in the addressed LUN of the device. */
+				uint32_t BlockSize; /**< Number of bytes in each block in the addressed LUN. */
+			} SCSI_Capacity_t;
+
+		/* Enums: */
+			/** Enum for the possible error codes returned by the \ref MS_Host_ConfigurePipes() function. */
+			enum MS_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t
+			{
+				MS_ENUMERROR_NoError                    = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully. */
+				MS_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor    = 1, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor. */
+				MS_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 2, /**< A compatible Mass Storage interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor. */
+				MS_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed    = 3, /**< One or more pipes for the specified interface could not be configured correctly. */
+			};
+
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			/** Host interface configuration routine, to configure a given Mass Storage host interface instance using the
+			 *  Configuration Descriptor read from an attached USB device. This function automatically updates the given Mass
+			 *  Storage Host instance's state values and configures the pipes required to communicate with the interface if it
+			 *  is found within the device. This should be called once after the stack has enumerated the attached device, while
+			 *  the host state machine is in the Addressed state.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo         Pointer to a structure containing an MS Class host configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     ConfigDescriptorSize    Length of the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
+			 *  \param[in]     DeviceConfigDescriptor  Pointer to a buffer containing the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref MS_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t MS_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+			                               uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
+			                               void* DeviceConfigDescriptor) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+			/** Sends a MASS STORAGE RESET control request to the attached device, resetting the Mass Storage Interface
+			 *  and readying it for the next Mass Storage command. This should be called after a failed SCSI request to
+			 *  ensure the attached Mass Storage device is ready to receive the next command.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a MS Class host configuration and state.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t MS_Host_ResetMSInterface(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Sends a GET MAX LUN control request to the attached device, retrieving the index of the highest LUN (Logical
+			 *  UNit, a logical drive) in the device. This value can then be used in the other functions of the Mass Storage
+			 *  Host mode Class driver to address a specific LUN within the device.
+			 *
+			 *  \note Some devices do not support this request, and will STALL it when issued. To get around this,
+			 *        on unsupported devices the max LUN index will be reported as zero and no error will be returned
+			 *        if the device STALLs the request.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a MS Class host configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[out]    MaxLUNIndex      Pointer to a location where the highest LUN index value should be stored.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t MS_Host_GetMaxLUN(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+			                          uint8_t* const MaxLUNIndex) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+			/** Retrieves the Mass Storage device's inquiry data for the specified LUN, indicating the device characteristics and
+			 *  properties.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+			 *       call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a MS Class host configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     LUNIndex         LUN index within the device the command is being issued to.
+			 *  \param[out]    InquiryData      Location where the read inquiry data should be stored.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum or \ref MS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED.
+			 */
+			uint8_t MS_Host_GetInquiryData(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+			                               const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+			                               SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t* const InquiryData) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
+			                               ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+			/** Sends a TEST UNIT READY command to the device, to determine if it is ready to accept other SCSI commands.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a MS Class host configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     LUNIndex         LUN index within the device the command is being issued to.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum or \ref MS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if not ready.
+			 */
+			uint8_t MS_Host_TestUnitReady(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+			                              const uint8_t LUNIndex) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Retrieves the total capacity of the attached USB Mass Storage device, in blocks, and block size.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+			 *       call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a MS Class host configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     LUNIndex         LUN index within the device the command is being issued to.
+			 *  \param[out]    DeviceCapacity   Pointer to the location where the capacity information should be stored.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum or \ref MS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if not ready.
+			 */
+			uint8_t MS_Host_ReadDeviceCapacity(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+			                                   const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+			                                   SCSI_Capacity_t* const DeviceCapacity) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
+			                                   ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+			/** Retrieves the device sense data, indicating the current device state and error codes for the previously
+			 *  issued command.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+			 *       call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a MS Class host configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     LUNIndex         LUN index within the device the command is being issued to.
+			 *  \param[out]    SenseData        Pointer to the location where the sense information should be stored.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum or \ref MS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if not ready.
+			 */
+			uint8_t MS_Host_RequestSense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+			                             const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+			                             SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t* const SenseData) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
+			                             ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+			/** Issues a PREVENT MEDIUM REMOVAL command, to logically (or, depending on the type of device, physically) lock
+			 *  the device from removal so that blocks of data on the medium can be read or altered.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+			 *       call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a MS Class host configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     LUNIndex         LUN index within the device the command is being issued to.
+			 *  \param[in]     PreventRemoval   Boolean \c true if the device should be locked from removal, \c false otherwise.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum or \ref MS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if not ready.
+			 */
+			uint8_t MS_Host_PreventAllowMediumRemoval(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+			                                          const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+			                                          const bool PreventRemoval) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Reads blocks of data from the attached Mass Storage device's medium.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+			 *       call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a MS Class host configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     LUNIndex         LUN index within the device the command is being issued to.
+			 *  \param[in]     BlockAddress     Starting block address within the device to read from.
+			 *  \param[in]     Blocks           Total number of blocks to read.
+			 *  \param[in]     BlockSize        Size in bytes of each block within the device.
+			 *  \param[out]    BlockBuffer      Pointer to where the read data from the device should be stored.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum or \ref MS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if not ready.
+			 */
+			uint8_t MS_Host_ReadDeviceBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+			                                 const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+			                                 const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+			                                 const uint8_t Blocks,
+			                                 const uint16_t BlockSize,
+			                                 void* BlockBuffer) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(6);
+
+			/** Writes blocks of data to the attached Mass Storage device's medium.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+			 *       call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a MS Class host configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     LUNIndex         LUN index within the device the command is being issued to.
+			 *  \param[in]     BlockAddress     Starting block address within the device to write to.
+			 *  \param[in]     Blocks           Total number of blocks to read.
+			 *  \param[in]     BlockSize        Size in bytes of each block within the device.
+			 *  \param[in]     BlockBuffer      Pointer to where the data to write should be sourced from.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum or \ref MS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if not ready.
+			 */
+			uint8_t MS_Host_WriteDeviceBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+			                                  const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+			                                  const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+			                                  const uint8_t Blocks,
+			                                  const uint16_t BlockSize,
+			                                  const void* BlockBuffer) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(6);
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			/** General management task for a given Mass Storage host class interface, required for the correct operation of
+			 *  the interface. This should be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task
+			 *  \ref USB_USBTask().
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an Mass Storage Class host configuration and state.
+			 */
+			static inline void MS_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void MS_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+			{
+				(void)MSInterfaceInfo;
+			}
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Macros: */
+			#define MS_COMMAND_DATA_TIMEOUT_MS        10000
+
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			#if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_MASSSTORAGE_HOST_C)
+				static uint8_t MS_Host_SendCommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+				                                   MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t* const SCSICommandBlock,
+				                                   const void* const BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+				static uint8_t MS_Host_WaitForDataReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+				static uint8_t MS_Host_SendReceiveData(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+				                                       MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t* const SCSICommandBlock,
+				                                       void* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+				static uint8_t MS_Host_GetReturnedStatus(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+				                                         MS_CommandStatusWrapper_t* const SCSICommandStatus)
+				                                         ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+				static uint8_t DCOMP_MS_Host_NextMSInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+				                                             ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+				static uint8_t DCOMP_MS_Host_NextMSInterfaceEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+				                                                     ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+			#endif
+	#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8a04d0ab8b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,400 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_PRINTER_DRIVER
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_PRINTER_HOST_C
+#include "PrinterClassHost.h"
+
+uint8_t PRNT_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+                                 uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
+							     void* ConfigDescriptorData)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  DataINEndpoint   = NULL;
+	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  DataOUTEndpoint  = NULL;
+	USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* PrinterInterface = NULL;
+
+	memset(&PRNTInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(PRNTInterfaceInfo->State));
+
+	if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
+	  return PRNT_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor;
+
+	while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint))
+	{
+		if (!(PrinterInterface) ||
+		    USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+		                              DCOMP_PRNT_Host_NextPRNTInterfaceEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+		{
+			if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+			                              DCOMP_PRNT_Host_NextPRNTInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+			{
+				return PRNT_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+			}
+
+			PrinterInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+			DataINEndpoint  = NULL;
+			DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+		if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+		  DataINEndpoint  = EndpointData;
+		else
+		  DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
+	}
+
+	PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Size  = le16_to_cpu(DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+	PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.EndpointAddress = DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+	PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Type  = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+
+	PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+	PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.EndpointAddress = DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+	PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+
+	if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe, 1)))
+	  return PRNT_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+	if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe, 1)))
+	  return PRNT_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+	PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber  = PrinterInterface->InterfaceNumber;
+	PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.AlternateSetting = PrinterInterface->AlternateSetting;
+	PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive = true;
+
+	return PRNT_ENUMERROR_NoError;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_PRNT_Host_NextPRNTInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+	{
+		USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+		if ((Interface->Class    == PRNT_CSCP_PrinterClass)    &&
+		    (Interface->SubClass == PRNT_CSCP_PrinterSubclass) &&
+		    (Interface->Protocol == PRNT_CSCP_BidirectionalProtocol))
+		{
+			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_PRNT_Host_NextPRNTInterfaceEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+	{
+		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+		uint8_t EndpointType = (Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK);
+
+		if (EndpointType == EP_TYPE_BULK)
+		  return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+	}
+	else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+	{
+		return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+	}
+
+	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+void PRNT_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+	  return;
+
+	#if !defined(NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH)
+	PRNT_Host_Flush(PRNTInterfaceInfo);
+	#endif
+}
+
+uint8_t PRNT_Host_SetBidirectionalMode(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	if (PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.AlternateSetting)
+	{
+		uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+		if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetInterfaceAltSetting(PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
+		                                                 PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.AlternateSetting)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+		{
+			return ErrorCode;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+}
+
+uint8_t PRNT_Host_GetPortStatus(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+                                uint8_t* const PortStatus)
+{
+	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+		{
+			.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+			.bRequest      = PRNT_REQ_GetPortStatus,
+			.wValue        = 0,
+			.wIndex        = PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
+			.wLength       = sizeof(uint8_t),
+		};
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+	return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(PortStatus);
+}
+
+uint8_t PRNT_Host_SoftReset(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+		{
+			.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+			.bRequest      = PRNT_REQ_SoftReset,
+			.wValue        = 0,
+			.wIndex        = PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
+			.wLength       = 0,
+		};
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+	return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL);
+}
+
+uint8_t PRNT_Host_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+	  return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+	if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
+	  return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
+
+	bool BankFull = !(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed());
+
+	Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+	if (BankFull)
+	{
+		if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()) != PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError)
+		  return ErrorCode;
+
+		Pipe_ClearOUT();
+	}
+
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+
+	return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t PRNT_Host_SendByte(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+                           const uint8_t Data)
+{
+	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+	  return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+	if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+	{
+		Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+		if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()) != PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError)
+		  return ErrorCode;
+	}
+
+	Pipe_Write_8(Data);
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+
+	return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t PRNT_Host_SendString(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+                             const char* const String)
+{
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+	  return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(String, strlen(String), NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+	  return ErrorCode;
+
+	Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+	ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady();
+
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+
+	return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+uint8_t PRNT_Host_SendData(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+                           const void* Buffer,
+                           const uint16_t Length)
+{
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+	  return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(Buffer, Length, NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+	  return ErrorCode;
+
+	Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+	ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady();
+
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+
+	return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+uint16_t PRNT_Host_BytesReceived(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+	  return 0;
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+	if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+	{
+		if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
+		{
+			Pipe_ClearIN();
+			Pipe_Freeze();
+			return 0;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			Pipe_Freeze();
+			return Pipe_BytesInPipe();
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		Pipe_Freeze();
+
+		return 0;
+	}
+}
+
+int16_t PRNT_Host_ReceiveByte(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+	  return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+	int16_t ReceivedByte = -1;
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+	if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+	{
+		if (Pipe_BytesInPipe())
+		  ReceivedByte = Pipe_Read_8();
+
+		if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
+		  Pipe_ClearIN();
+	}
+
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+
+	return ReceivedByte;
+}
+
+uint8_t PRNT_Host_GetDeviceID(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+                              char* const DeviceIDString,
+                              const uint16_t BufferSize)
+{
+	uint8_t  ErrorCode;
+	uint16_t DeviceIDStringLength = 0;
+
+	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+		{
+			.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+			.bRequest      = PRNT_REQ_GetDeviceID,
+			.wValue        = 0,
+			.wIndex        = PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
+			.wLength       = sizeof(DeviceIDStringLength),
+		};
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(&DeviceIDStringLength)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	  return ErrorCode;
+
+	if (!(DeviceIDStringLength))
+	{
+		DeviceIDString[0] = 0x00;
+		return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+	}
+
+	DeviceIDStringLength = be16_to_cpu(DeviceIDStringLength);
+
+	if (DeviceIDStringLength > BufferSize)
+	  DeviceIDStringLength = BufferSize;
+
+	USB_ControlRequest.wLength = DeviceIDStringLength;
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(DeviceIDString)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	  return ErrorCode;
+
+	memmove(&DeviceIDString[0], &DeviceIDString[2], DeviceIDStringLength - 2);
+
+	DeviceIDString[DeviceIDStringLength - 2] = 0x00;
+
+	return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..511dab4b40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,285 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Host mode driver for the library USB Printer Class driver.
+ *
+ *  Host mode driver for the library USB Printer Class driver.
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassPrinter
+ *  \defgroup Group_USBClassPrinterHost Printer Class Host Mode Driver
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USBClassPrinterHost_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USBClassPrinterHost_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  Host Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the Printer USB Class driver.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __PRINTER_CLASS_HOST_H__
+#define __PRINTER_CLASS_HOST_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../USB.h"
+		#include "../Common/PrinterClassCommon.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_PRINTER_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Type Defines: */
+			/** \brief Printer Class Host Mode Configuration and State Structure.
+			 *
+			 *  Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made within the user application,
+			 *  and passed to each of the Printer class driver functions as the \c PRNTInterfaceInfo parameter. This
+			 *  stores each Printer interface's configuration and state information.
+			 */
+			typedef struct
+			{
+				struct
+				{
+					USB_Pipe_Table_t DataINPipe; /**< Data IN Pipe configuration table. */
+					USB_Pipe_Table_t DataOUTPipe; /**< Data OUT Pipe configuration table. */
+				} Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+				           *   <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
+				           */
+				struct
+				{
+					bool IsActive; /**< Indicates if the current interface instance is connected to an attached device, valid
+					                *   after \ref PRNT_Host_ConfigurePipes() is called and the Host state machine is in the
+					                *   Configured state.
+					                */
+					uint8_t InterfaceNumber; /**< Interface index of the Printer interface within the attached device. */
+					uint8_t AlternateSetting; /**< Alternate setting within the Printer Interface in the attached device. */
+				} State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+						  *   <b>may</b> be set to initial values, but may also be ignored to default to sane values when
+						  *   the interface is enumerated.
+						  */
+			} USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t;
+
+		/* Enums: */
+			/** Enum for the possible error codes returned by the \ref PRNT_Host_ConfigurePipes() function. */
+			enum PRNT_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t
+			{
+				PRNT_ENUMERROR_NoError                    = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully. */
+				PRNT_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor    = 1, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor. */
+				PRNT_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 2, /**< A compatible Printer interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor. */
+				PRNT_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed    = 3, /**< One or more pipes for the specified interface could not be configured correctly. */
+			};
+
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			/** Host interface configuration routine, to configure a given Printer host interface instance using the
+			 *  Configuration Descriptor read from an attached USB device. This function automatically updates the given Printer
+			 *  instance's state values and configures the pipes required to communicate with the interface if it is found within
+			 *  the device. This should be called once after the stack has enumerated the attached device, while the host state
+			 *  machine is in the Addressed state.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo     Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     ConfigDescriptorSize  Length of the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
+			 *  \param[in]     ConfigDescriptorData  Pointer to a buffer containing the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref PRNT_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t PRNT_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+			                                 uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
+			                                 void* ConfigDescriptorData) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+			/** General management task for a given Printer host class interface, required for the correct operation of
+			 *  the interface. This should be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task
+			 *  \ref USB_USBTask().
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
+			 */
+			void PRNT_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Configures the printer to enable Bidirectional mode, if it is not already in this mode. This should be called
+			 *  once the connected device's configuration has been set, to ensure the printer is ready to accept commands.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t PRNT_Host_SetBidirectionalMode(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Retrieves the status of the virtual Printer port's inbound status lines. The result can then be masked against the
+			 *  \c PRNT_PORTSTATUS_* macros to determine the printer port's status.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[out]    PortStatus         Location where the retrieved port status should be stored.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t PRNT_Host_GetPortStatus(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+			                                uint8_t* const PortStatus)
+			                                ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+			/** Soft-resets the attached printer, readying it for new commands.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t PRNT_Host_SoftReset(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Flushes any data waiting to be sent, ensuring that the send buffer is cleared.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+			 *       call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t PRNT_Host_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Sends the given null terminated string to the attached printer's input endpoint.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+			 *       call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     String             Pointer to a null terminated string to send.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t PRNT_Host_SendString(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+			                             const char* const String) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+			/** Sends the given raw data stream to the attached printer's input endpoint. This should contain commands that the
+			 *  printer is able to understand - for example, PCL data. Not all printers accept all printer languages; see
+			 *  \ref PRNT_Host_GetDeviceID() for details on determining acceptable languages for an attached printer.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+			 *       call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     Buffer             Pointer to a buffer containing the raw command stream to send to the printer.
+			 *  \param[in]     Length             Size in bytes of the command stream to be sent.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t PRNT_Host_SendData(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+			                           const void* Buffer,
+			                           const uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+			/** Sends a given byte to the attached USB device, if connected. If a device is not connected when the function is called, the
+			 *  byte is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the device until either the pipe bank becomes full, or the
+			 *  \ref PRNT_Host_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to the host. This allows for multiple bytes to be
+			 *  packed into a single pipe packet, increasing data throughput.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+			 *       call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     Data               Byte of data to send to the device.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t PRNT_Host_SendByte(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+			                           const uint8_t Data) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Determines the number of bytes received by the printer interface from the device, waiting to be read. This indicates the number
+			 *  of bytes in the IN pipe bank only, and thus the number of calls to \ref PRNT_Host_ReceiveByte() which are guaranteed to succeed
+			 *  immediately. If multiple bytes are to be received, they should be buffered by the user application, as the pipe bank will not be
+			 *  released back to the USB controller until all bytes are read.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+			 *       call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Total number of buffered bytes received from the device.
+			 */
+			uint16_t PRNT_Host_BytesReceived(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Reads a byte of data from the device. If no data is waiting to be read of if a USB device is not connected, the function
+			 *  returns a negative value. The \ref PRNT_Host_BytesReceived() function may be queried in advance to determine how many bytes
+			 *  are currently buffered in the Printer interface's data receive pipe.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+			 *       call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Next received byte from the device, or a negative value if no data received.
+			 */
+			int16_t PRNT_Host_ReceiveByte(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Retrieves the attached printer device's ID string, formatted according to IEEE 1284. This string is sent as a
+			 *  Unicode string from the device and is automatically converted to an ASCII encoded C string by this function, thus
+			 *  the maximum reportable string length is two less than the size given (to accommodate the Unicode string length
+			 *  bytes which are removed).
+			 *
+			 *  This string, when supported, contains the model, manufacturer and acceptable printer languages for the attached device.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[out]    DeviceIDString     Pointer to a buffer where the Device ID string should be stored, in ASCII format.
+			 *  \param[in]     BufferSize         Size in bytes of the buffer allocated for the Device ID string.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t PRNT_Host_GetDeviceID(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+			                              char* const DeviceIDString,
+			                              const uint16_t BufferSize) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			#if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_PRINTER_HOST_C)
+				static uint8_t DCOMP_PRNT_Host_NextPRNTInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+				                                                 ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+				static uint8_t DCOMP_PRNT_Host_NextPRNTInterfaceEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+				                                                         ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+			#endif
+	#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6fb09fdab2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,476 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_DRIVER
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_HOST_C
+#include "RNDISClassHost.h"
+
+uint8_t RNDIS_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+                                  uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
+                                  void* ConfigDescriptorData)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  DataINEndpoint        = NULL;
+	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  DataOUTEndpoint       = NULL;
+	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  NotificationEndpoint  = NULL;
+	USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* RNDISControlInterface = NULL;
+
+	memset(&RNDISInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(RNDISInterfaceInfo->State));
+
+	if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
+	  return RNDIS_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor;
+
+	RNDISControlInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+	while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint) || !(NotificationEndpoint))
+	{
+		if (!(RNDISControlInterface) ||
+		    USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+		                              DCOMP_RNDIS_Host_NextRNDISInterfaceEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+		{
+			if (NotificationEndpoint)
+			{
+				if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+											  DCOMP_RNDIS_Host_NextRNDISDataInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+				{
+					return RNDIS_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+				}
+
+				DataINEndpoint  = NULL;
+				DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+											  DCOMP_RNDIS_Host_NextRNDISControlInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+				{
+					return RNDIS_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+				}
+
+				RNDISControlInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+				NotificationEndpoint = NULL;
+			}
+
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+		if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+		{
+			if ((EndpointData->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT)
+			  NotificationEndpoint = EndpointData;
+			else
+			  DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
+		}
+	}
+
+	RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Size  = le16_to_cpu(DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+	RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.EndpointAddress = DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+	RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Type  = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+
+	RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+	RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.EndpointAddress = DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+	RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+
+	RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(NotificationEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+	RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationPipe.EndpointAddress = NotificationEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+	RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT;
+
+	if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe, 1)))
+	  return RNDIS_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+	if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe, 1)))
+	  return RNDIS_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+	if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationPipe, 1)))
+	  return RNDIS_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+	RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.ControlInterfaceNumber = RNDISControlInterface->InterfaceNumber;
+	RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive = true;
+
+	return RNDIS_ENUMERROR_NoError;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_RNDIS_Host_NextRNDISControlInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+	{
+		USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+		if ((Interface->Class    == CDC_CSCP_CDCClass)    &&
+		    (Interface->SubClass == CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass) &&
+		    (Interface->Protocol == CDC_CSCP_VendorSpecificProtocol))
+		{
+			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_RNDIS_Host_NextRNDISDataInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+	{
+		USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor,
+		                                                         USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+		if ((Interface->Class    == CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass)   &&
+		    (Interface->SubClass == CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass) &&
+		    (Interface->Protocol == CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol))
+		{
+			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_RNDIS_Host_NextRNDISInterfaceEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+	{
+		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+		uint8_t EndpointType = (Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK);
+
+		if (((EndpointType == EP_TYPE_BULK) || (EndpointType == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT)) &&
+		    !(Pipe_IsEndpointBound(Endpoint->EndpointAddress)))
+		{
+			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+		}
+	}
+	else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+	{
+		return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+	}
+
+	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+static uint8_t RNDIS_SendEncapsulatedCommand(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+                                             void* Buffer,
+                                             const uint16_t Length)
+{
+	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+		{
+			.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+			.bRequest      = RNDIS_REQ_SendEncapsulatedCommand,
+			.wValue        = 0,
+			.wIndex        = RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.ControlInterfaceNumber,
+			.wLength       = Length,
+		};
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+	return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(Buffer);
+}
+
+static uint8_t RNDIS_GetEncapsulatedResponse(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+                                             void* Buffer,
+                                             const uint16_t Length)
+{
+	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+		{
+			.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+			.bRequest      = RNDIS_REQ_GetEncapsulatedResponse,
+			.wValue        = 0,
+			.wIndex        = RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.ControlInterfaceNumber,
+			.wLength       = Length,
+		};
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+	return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(Buffer);
+}
+
+uint8_t RNDIS_Host_SendKeepAlive(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	RNDIS_KeepAlive_Message_t  KeepAliveMessage;
+	RNDIS_KeepAlive_Complete_t KeepAliveMessageResponse;
+
+	KeepAliveMessage.MessageType     = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_KEEPALIVE_MSG);
+	KeepAliveMessage.MessageLength   = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_KeepAlive_Message_t));
+	KeepAliveMessage.RequestId       = cpu_to_le32(RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.RequestID++);
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_SendEncapsulatedCommand(RNDISInterfaceInfo, &KeepAliveMessage,
+	                                               sizeof(RNDIS_KeepAlive_Message_t))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		return ErrorCode;
+	}
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_GetEncapsulatedResponse(RNDISInterfaceInfo, &KeepAliveMessageResponse,
+	                                               sizeof(RNDIS_KeepAlive_Complete_t))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		return ErrorCode;
+	}
+
+	return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+}
+
+uint8_t RNDIS_Host_InitializeDevice(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	RNDIS_Initialize_Message_t  InitMessage;
+	RNDIS_Initialize_Complete_t InitMessageResponse;
+
+	InitMessage.MessageType     = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_INITIALIZE_MSG);
+	InitMessage.MessageLength   = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Initialize_Message_t));
+	InitMessage.RequestId       = cpu_to_le32(RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.RequestID++);
+
+	InitMessage.MajorVersion    = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_VERSION_MAJOR);
+	InitMessage.MinorVersion    = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_VERSION_MINOR);
+	InitMessage.MaxTransferSize = cpu_to_le32(RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.HostMaxPacketSize);
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_SendEncapsulatedCommand(RNDISInterfaceInfo, &InitMessage,
+	                                               sizeof(RNDIS_Initialize_Message_t))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		return ErrorCode;
+	}
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_GetEncapsulatedResponse(RNDISInterfaceInfo, &InitMessageResponse,
+	                                               sizeof(RNDIS_Initialize_Complete_t))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		return ErrorCode;
+	}
+
+	if (InitMessageResponse.Status != CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS))
+	  return RNDIS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED;
+
+	RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.DeviceMaxPacketSize = le32_to_cpu(InitMessageResponse.MaxTransferSize);
+
+	return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+}
+
+uint8_t RNDIS_Host_SetRNDISProperty(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+                                    const uint32_t Oid,
+                                    void* Buffer,
+                                    const uint16_t Length)
+{
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	struct
+	{
+		RNDIS_Set_Message_t SetMessage;
+		uint8_t             ContiguousBuffer[Length];
+	} SetMessageData;
+
+	RNDIS_Set_Complete_t SetMessageResponse;
+
+	SetMessageData.SetMessage.MessageType    = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_SET_MSG);
+	SetMessageData.SetMessage.MessageLength  = cpu_to_le32(sizeof(RNDIS_Set_Message_t) + Length);
+	SetMessageData.SetMessage.RequestId      = cpu_to_le32(RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.RequestID++);
+
+	SetMessageData.SetMessage.Oid            = cpu_to_le32(Oid);
+	SetMessageData.SetMessage.InformationBufferLength = cpu_to_le32(Length);
+	SetMessageData.SetMessage.InformationBufferOffset = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Set_Message_t) - sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t));
+	SetMessageData.SetMessage.DeviceVcHandle = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
+
+	memcpy(&SetMessageData.ContiguousBuffer, Buffer, Length);
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_SendEncapsulatedCommand(RNDISInterfaceInfo, &SetMessageData,
+	                                               (sizeof(RNDIS_Set_Message_t) + Length))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		return ErrorCode;
+	}
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_GetEncapsulatedResponse(RNDISInterfaceInfo, &SetMessageResponse,
+	                                               sizeof(RNDIS_Set_Complete_t))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		return ErrorCode;
+	}
+
+	if (SetMessageResponse.Status != CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS))
+	  return RNDIS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED;
+
+	return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+}
+
+uint8_t RNDIS_Host_QueryRNDISProperty(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+                                      const uint32_t Oid,
+                                      void* Buffer,
+                                      const uint16_t MaxLength)
+{
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	RNDIS_Query_Message_t QueryMessage;
+
+	struct
+	{
+		RNDIS_Query_Complete_t QueryMessageResponse;
+		uint8_t                ContiguousBuffer[MaxLength];
+	} QueryMessageResponseData;
+
+	QueryMessage.MessageType    = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_QUERY_MSG);
+	QueryMessage.MessageLength  = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Message_t));
+	QueryMessage.RequestId      = cpu_to_le32(RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.RequestID++);
+
+	QueryMessage.Oid            = cpu_to_le32(Oid);
+	QueryMessage.InformationBufferLength = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
+	QueryMessage.InformationBufferOffset = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
+	QueryMessage.DeviceVcHandle = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_SendEncapsulatedCommand(RNDISInterfaceInfo, &QueryMessage,
+	                                               sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Message_t))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		return ErrorCode;
+	}
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_GetEncapsulatedResponse(RNDISInterfaceInfo, &QueryMessageResponseData,
+	                                               sizeof(QueryMessageResponseData))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		return ErrorCode;
+	}
+
+	if (QueryMessageResponseData.QueryMessageResponse.Status != CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS))
+	  return RNDIS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED;
+
+	memcpy(Buffer, &QueryMessageResponseData.ContiguousBuffer, MaxLength);
+
+	return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+}
+
+bool RNDIS_Host_IsPacketReceived(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	bool PacketWaiting;
+
+	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+	  return false;
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+	PacketWaiting = Pipe_IsINReceived();
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+
+	return PacketWaiting;
+}
+
+uint8_t RNDIS_Host_ReadPacket(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+                              void* Buffer,
+                              uint16_t* const PacketLength)
+{
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+	  return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+	if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+	{
+		if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+		  Pipe_ClearIN();
+
+		*PacketLength = 0;
+		Pipe_Freeze();
+		return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+	}
+
+	RNDIS_Packet_Message_t DeviceMessage;
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&DeviceMessage, sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t),
+	                                     NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+	{
+		return ErrorCode;
+	}
+
+	*PacketLength = (uint16_t)le32_to_cpu(DeviceMessage.DataLength);
+
+	Pipe_Discard_Stream(le32_to_cpu(DeviceMessage.DataOffset) -
+	                    (sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t) - sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t)),
+	                    NULL);
+
+	Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(Buffer, *PacketLength, NULL);
+
+	if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
+	  Pipe_ClearIN();
+
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+
+	return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t RNDIS_Host_SendPacket(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+                              void* Buffer,
+                              const uint16_t PacketLength)
+{
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+	  return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+	RNDIS_Packet_Message_t DeviceMessage;
+
+	memset(&DeviceMessage, 0, sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t));
+	DeviceMessage.MessageType   = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_MSG);
+	DeviceMessage.MessageLength = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t) + PacketLength);
+	DeviceMessage.DataOffset    = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t) - sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t));
+	DeviceMessage.DataLength    = cpu_to_le32(PacketLength);
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(&DeviceMessage, sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t),
+	                                      NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+	{
+		return ErrorCode;
+	}
+
+	Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(Buffer, PacketLength, NULL);
+	Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+
+	return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bddbc247a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,270 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Host mode driver for the library USB RNDIS Class driver.
+ *
+ *  Host mode driver for the library USB RNDIS Class driver.
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassRNDIS
+ *  \defgroup Group_USBClassRNDISHost RNDIS Class Host Mode Driver
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USBClassRNDISHost_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USBClassRNDISHost_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  Host Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the Microsoft RNDIS Ethernet
+ *  USB Class driver.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __RNDIS_CLASS_HOST_H__
+#define __RNDIS_CLASS_HOST_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../USB.h"
+		#include "../Common/RNDISClassCommon.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Type Defines: */
+			/** \brief RNDIS Class Host Mode Configuration and State Structure.
+			 *
+			 *  Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made within the user application,
+			 *  and passed to each of the RNDIS class driver functions as the \c RNDISInterfaceInfo parameter. This
+			 *  stores each RNDIS interface's configuration and state information.
+			 */
+			typedef struct
+			{
+				struct
+				{
+					USB_Pipe_Table_t DataINPipe; /**< Data IN Pipe configuration table. */
+					USB_Pipe_Table_t DataOUTPipe; /**< Data OUT Pipe configuration table. */
+					USB_Pipe_Table_t NotificationPipe; /**< Notification IN Pipe configuration table. */
+
+					uint32_t HostMaxPacketSize; /**< Maximum size of a packet which can be buffered by the host. */
+				} Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+				           *   <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
+				           */
+				struct
+				{
+					bool IsActive; /**< Indicates if the current interface instance is connected to an attached device, valid
+					                *   after \ref RNDIS_Host_ConfigurePipes() is called and the Host state machine is in the
+					                *   Configured state.
+					                */
+					uint8_t ControlInterfaceNumber; /**< Interface index of the RNDIS control interface within the attached device. */
+
+					uint32_t DeviceMaxPacketSize; /**< Maximum size of a packet which can be buffered by the attached RNDIS device. */
+
+					uint32_t RequestID; /**< Request ID counter to give a unique ID for each command/response pair. */
+				} State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+						  *   <b>may</b> be set to initial values, but may also be ignored to default to sane values when
+						  *   the interface is enumerated.
+						  */
+			} USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t;
+
+		/* Enums: */
+			/** Enum for the possible error codes returned by the \ref RNDIS_Host_ConfigurePipes() function. */
+			enum RNDIS_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t
+			{
+				RNDIS_ENUMERROR_NoError                    = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully. */
+				RNDIS_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor    = 1, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor. */
+				RNDIS_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 2, /**< A compatible RNDIS interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor. */
+				RNDIS_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed    = 3, /**< One or more pipes for the specified interface could not be configured correctly. */
+			};
+
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			/** Host interface configuration routine, to configure a given RNDIS host interface instance using the Configuration
+			 *  Descriptor read from an attached USB device. This function automatically updates the given RNDIS Host instance's
+			 *  state values and configures the pipes required to communicate with the interface if it is found within the device.
+			 *  This should be called once after the stack has enumerated the attached device, while the host state machine is in
+			 *  the Addressed state.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo    Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class host configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     ConfigDescriptorSize  Length of the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
+			 *  \param[in]     ConfigDescriptorData  Pointer to a buffer containing the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref RNDIS_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t RNDIS_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+			                                  uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
+			                                  void* ConfigDescriptorData) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+			/** Sends a RNDIS KEEPALIVE command to the device, to ensure that it does not enter standby mode after periods
+			 *  of long inactivity.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class host configuration and state.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum or \ref RNDIS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if the device returned a
+			 *          logical command failure.
+			 */
+			uint8_t RNDIS_Host_SendKeepAlive(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Initializes the attached RNDIS device's RNDIS interface. This should be called after the device's pipes have been
+			 *  configured via the call to \ref RNDIS_Host_ConfigurePipes().
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class host configuration and state.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum or \ref RNDIS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if the
+			 *          device returned a logical command failure.
+			 */
+			uint8_t RNDIS_Host_InitializeDevice(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Sets a given RNDIS property of an attached RNDIS device.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class host configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     Oid                 OID number of the parameter to set.
+			 *  \param[in]     Buffer              Pointer to where the property data is to be sourced from.
+			 *  \param[in]     Length              Length in bytes of the property data to sent to the device.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum or \ref RNDIS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if the
+			 *          device returned a logical command failure.
+			 */
+			uint8_t RNDIS_Host_SetRNDISProperty(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+			                                    const uint32_t Oid,
+			                                    void* Buffer,
+			                                    const uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+			/** Gets a given RNDIS property of an attached RNDIS device.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class host configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     Oid                 OID number of the parameter to get.
+			 *  \param[in]     Buffer              Pointer to where the property data is to be written to.
+			 *  \param[in]     MaxLength           Length in bytes of the destination buffer size.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum or \ref RNDIS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if the
+			 *          device returned a logical command failure.
+			 */
+			uint8_t RNDIS_Host_QueryRNDISProperty(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+			                                      const uint32_t Oid,
+			                                      void* Buffer,
+			                                      const uint16_t MaxLength) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+			/** Determines if a packet is currently waiting for the host to read in and process.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+			 *       call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class host configuration and state.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if a packet is waiting to be read in by the host, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			bool RNDIS_Host_IsPacketReceived(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Retrieves the next pending packet from the device, discarding the remainder of the RNDIS packet header to leave
+			 *  only the packet contents for processing by the host in the nominated buffer.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+			 *       call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class host configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[out]    Buffer              Pointer to a buffer where the packer data is to be written to.
+			 *  \param[out]    PacketLength        Pointer to where the length in bytes of the read packet is to be stored.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t RNDIS_Host_ReadPacket(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+			                              void* Buffer,
+			                              uint16_t* const PacketLength) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2)
+			                              ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+			/** Sends the given packet to the attached RNDIS device, after adding a RNDIS packet message header.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+			 *       call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class host configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     Buffer              Pointer to a buffer where the packer data is to be read from.
+			 *  \param[in]     PacketLength        Length in bytes of the packet to send.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t RNDIS_Host_SendPacket(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+			                              void* Buffer,
+			                              const uint16_t PacketLength) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			/** General management task for a given RNDIS host class interface, required for the correct operation of the interface. This should
+			 *  be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task \ref USB_USBTask().
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class host configuration and state.
+			 */
+			static inline void RNDIS_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void RNDIS_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo)
+			{
+				(void)RNDISInterfaceInfo;
+			}
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			#if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_HOST_C)
+				static uint8_t RNDIS_SendEncapsulatedCommand(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+				                                             void* Buffer,
+				                                             const uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
+				                                             ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+				static uint8_t RNDIS_GetEncapsulatedResponse(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+				                                             void* Buffer,
+				                                             const uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
+				                                             ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+				static uint8_t DCOMP_RNDIS_Host_NextRNDISControlInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+				                                                          ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+				static uint8_t DCOMP_RNDIS_Host_NextRNDISDataInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+				                                                       ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+				static uint8_t DCOMP_RNDIS_Host_NextRNDISInterfaceEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+				                                                           ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+			#endif
+	#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/StillImageClassHost.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/StillImageClassHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ef33d9be40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/StillImageClassHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,436 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_SI_DRIVER
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_STILLIMAGE_HOST_C
+#include "StillImageClassHost.h"
+
+uint8_t SI_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
+                               uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
+                               void* ConfigDescriptorData)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  DataINEndpoint      = NULL;
+	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  DataOUTEndpoint     = NULL;
+	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  EventsEndpoint      = NULL;
+	USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* StillImageInterface = NULL;
+
+	memset(&SIInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(SIInterfaceInfo->State));
+
+	if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
+	  return SI_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor;
+
+	while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint) || !(EventsEndpoint))
+	{
+		if (!(StillImageInterface) ||
+		    USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+		                              DCOMP_SI_Host_NextSIInterfaceEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+		{
+			if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+			                              DCOMP_SI_Host_NextSIInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+			{
+				return SI_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+			}
+
+			StillImageInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+			DataINEndpoint  = NULL;
+			DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+			EventsEndpoint  = NULL;
+
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+		if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+		{
+			if ((EndpointData->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT)
+			  EventsEndpoint = EndpointData;
+			else
+			  DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
+		}
+	}
+
+	SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Size  = le16_to_cpu(DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+	SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.EndpointAddress = DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+	SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Type  = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+
+	SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+	SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.EndpointAddress = DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+	SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+
+	SIInterfaceInfo->Config.EventsPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(EventsEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+	SIInterfaceInfo->Config.EventsPipe.EndpointAddress = EventsEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+	SIInterfaceInfo->Config.EventsPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT;
+
+	if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe, 1)))
+	  return SI_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+	if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe, 1)))
+	  return SI_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+	if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&SIInterfaceInfo->Config.EventsPipe, 1)))
+	  return SI_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+	SIInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber = StillImageInterface->InterfaceNumber;
+	SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive = true;
+
+	return SI_ENUMERROR_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t DCOMP_SI_Host_NextSIInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+	{
+		USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+		if ((Interface->Class    == SI_CSCP_StillImageClass)    &&
+		    (Interface->SubClass == SI_CSCP_StillImageSubclass) &&
+		    (Interface->Protocol == SI_CSCP_BulkOnlyProtocol))
+		{
+			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+uint8_t DCOMP_SI_Host_NextSIInterfaceEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+	{
+		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+		uint8_t EndpointType = (Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK);
+
+		if (((EndpointType == EP_TYPE_BULK) || (EndpointType == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT)) &&
+		    (!(Pipe_IsEndpointBound(Endpoint->EndpointAddress))))
+		{
+			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+		}
+	}
+	else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+	{
+		return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+	}
+
+	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+uint8_t SI_Host_SendBlockHeader(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
+                                PIMA_Container_t* const PIMAHeader)
+{
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+	  return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+	if (SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsSessionOpen)
+	  PIMAHeader->TransactionID = cpu_to_le32(SIInterfaceInfo->State.TransactionID++);
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(PIMAHeader, PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0), NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+	  return ErrorCode;
+
+	uint8_t ParamBytes = (PIMAHeader->DataLength - PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0));
+
+	if (ParamBytes)
+	{
+		if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(&PIMAHeader->Params, ParamBytes, NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+		  return ErrorCode;
+	}
+
+	Pipe_ClearOUT();
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+
+	return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t SI_Host_ReceiveBlockHeader(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
+                                   PIMA_Container_t* const PIMAHeader)
+{
+	uint16_t TimeoutMSRem        = SI_COMMAND_DATA_TIMEOUT_MS;
+	uint16_t PreviousFrameNumber = USB_Host_GetFrameNumber();
+
+	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+	  return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+	while (!(Pipe_IsINReceived()))
+	{
+		uint16_t CurrentFrameNumber = USB_Host_GetFrameNumber();
+
+		if (CurrentFrameNumber != PreviousFrameNumber)
+		{
+			PreviousFrameNumber = CurrentFrameNumber;
+
+			if (!(TimeoutMSRem--))
+			  return PIPE_RWSTREAM_Timeout;
+		}
+
+		Pipe_Freeze();
+		Pipe_SelectPipe(SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+		Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+		if (Pipe_IsStalled())
+		{
+			USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress());
+			return PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled;
+		}
+
+		Pipe_Freeze();
+		Pipe_SelectPipe(SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+		Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+		if (Pipe_IsStalled())
+		{
+			USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress());
+			return PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled;
+		}
+
+		if (USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached)
+		  return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+	}
+
+	Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(PIMAHeader, PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0), NULL);
+
+	if (PIMAHeader->Type == CPU_TO_LE16(PIMA_CONTAINER_ResponseBlock))
+	{
+		uint8_t ParamBytes = (PIMAHeader->DataLength - PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0));
+
+		if (ParamBytes)
+		  Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&PIMAHeader->Params, ParamBytes, NULL);
+
+		Pipe_ClearIN();
+	}
+
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+
+	return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t SI_Host_SendData(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
+                         const void* Buffer,
+                         const uint16_t Bytes)
+{
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+	  return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+	ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(Buffer, Bytes, NULL);
+
+	Pipe_ClearOUT();
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+
+	return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+uint8_t SI_Host_ReadData(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
+                         void* Buffer,
+                         const uint16_t Bytes)
+{
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+	  return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+	ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(Buffer, Bytes, NULL);
+
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+
+	return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+bool SI_Host_IsEventReceived(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	bool IsEventReceived = false;
+
+	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+	  return false;
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(SIInterfaceInfo->Config.EventsPipe.Address);
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+	if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+	  IsEventReceived = true;
+
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+
+	return IsEventReceived;
+}
+
+uint8_t SI_Host_ReceiveEventHeader(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
+                                   PIMA_Container_t* const PIMAHeader)
+{
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+	  return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(SIInterfaceInfo->Config.EventsPipe.Address);
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+	ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(PIMAHeader, sizeof(PIMA_Container_t), NULL);
+
+	Pipe_ClearIN();
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+
+	return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+uint8_t SI_Host_OpenSession(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+	  return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	SIInterfaceInfo->State.TransactionID = 0;
+	SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsSessionOpen = false;
+
+	PIMA_Container_t PIMABlock = (PIMA_Container_t)
+		{
+			.DataLength    = CPU_TO_LE32(PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(1)),
+			.Type          = CPU_TO_LE16(PIMA_CONTAINER_CommandBlock),
+			.Code          = CPU_TO_LE16(0x1002),
+			.Params        = {CPU_TO_LE32(1)},
+		};
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = SI_Host_SendBlockHeader(SIInterfaceInfo, &PIMABlock)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+	  return ErrorCode;
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = SI_Host_ReceiveBlockHeader(SIInterfaceInfo, &PIMABlock)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+	  return ErrorCode;
+
+	if ((PIMABlock.Type != CPU_TO_LE16(PIMA_CONTAINER_ResponseBlock)) || (PIMABlock.Code != CPU_TO_LE16(0x2001)))
+	  return SI_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED;
+
+	SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsSessionOpen = true;
+
+	return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t SI_Host_CloseSession(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+	  return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	PIMA_Container_t PIMABlock = (PIMA_Container_t)
+		{
+			.DataLength    = CPU_TO_LE32(PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(1)),
+			.Type          = CPU_TO_LE16(PIMA_CONTAINER_CommandBlock),
+			.Code          = CPU_TO_LE16(0x1003),
+			.Params        = {CPU_TO_LE32(1)},
+		};
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = SI_Host_SendBlockHeader(SIInterfaceInfo, &PIMABlock)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+	  return ErrorCode;
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = SI_Host_ReceiveBlockHeader(SIInterfaceInfo, &PIMABlock)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+	  return ErrorCode;
+
+	SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsSessionOpen = false;
+
+	if ((PIMABlock.Type != CPU_TO_LE16(PIMA_CONTAINER_ResponseBlock)) || (PIMABlock.Code != CPU_TO_LE16(0x2001)))
+	  return SI_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED;
+
+	return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t SI_Host_SendCommand(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
+                            const uint16_t Operation,
+                            const uint8_t TotalParams,
+                            uint32_t* const Params)
+{
+	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+	  return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	PIMA_Container_t PIMABlock = (PIMA_Container_t)
+		{
+			.DataLength    = cpu_to_le32(PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(TotalParams)),
+			.Type          = CPU_TO_LE16(PIMA_CONTAINER_CommandBlock),
+			.Code          = cpu_to_le16(Operation),
+		};
+
+	memcpy(&PIMABlock.Params, Params, sizeof(uint32_t) * TotalParams);
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = SI_Host_SendBlockHeader(SIInterfaceInfo, &PIMABlock)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+	  return ErrorCode;
+
+	return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t SI_Host_ReceiveResponse(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+	PIMA_Container_t PIMABlock;
+
+	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+	  return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = SI_Host_ReceiveBlockHeader(SIInterfaceInfo, &PIMABlock)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+	  return ErrorCode;
+
+	if ((PIMABlock.Type != CPU_TO_LE16(PIMA_CONTAINER_ResponseBlock)) || (PIMABlock.Code != CPU_TO_LE16(0x2001)))
+	  return SI_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED;
+
+	return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/StillImageClassHost.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/StillImageClassHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ababdb09a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/StillImageClassHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,317 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Host mode driver for the library USB Still Image Class driver.
+ *
+ *  Host mode driver for the library USB Still Image Class driver.
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassSI
+ *  \defgroup Group_USBClassStillImageHost Still Image Class Host Mode Driver
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USBClassStillImageHost_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/StillImageClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USBClassStillImageHost_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  Host Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the Still Image USB Class driver.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __SI_CLASS_HOST_H__
+#define __SI_CLASS_HOST_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../USB.h"
+		#include "../Common/StillImageClassCommon.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_SI_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Error code for some Still Image Host functions, indicating a logical (and not hardware) error. */
+			#define SI_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED              0x80
+
+		/* Type Defines: */
+			/** \brief Still Image Class Host Mode Configuration and State Structure.
+			 *
+			 *  Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made within the user application,
+			 *  and passed to each of the Still Image class driver functions as the \c SIInterfaceInfo parameter. This
+			 *  stores each Still Image interface's configuration and state information.
+			 */
+			typedef struct
+			{
+				struct
+				{
+					USB_Pipe_Table_t DataINPipe; /**< Data IN Pipe configuration table. */
+					USB_Pipe_Table_t DataOUTPipe; /**< Data OUT Pipe configuration table. */
+					USB_Pipe_Table_t EventsPipe; /**< Event notification IN Pipe configuration table. */
+				} Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+				           *   <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
+				           */
+				struct
+				{
+					bool     IsActive; /**< Indicates if the current interface instance is connected to an attached device, valid
+					                    *   after \ref SI_Host_ConfigurePipes() is called and the Host state machine is in the
+					                    *   Configured state.
+					                    */
+					uint8_t  InterfaceNumber; /**< Interface index of the Still Image interface within the attached device. */
+
+					bool IsSessionOpen; /**< Indicates if a PIMA session is currently open with the attached device. */
+					uint32_t TransactionID; /**< Transaction ID for the next transaction to send to the device. */
+				} State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+						  *   <b>may</b> be set to initial values, but may also be ignored to default to sane values when
+						  *   the interface is enumerated.
+						  */
+			} USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t;
+
+		/* Enums: */
+			/** Enum for the possible error codes returned by the \ref SI_Host_ConfigurePipes() function. */
+			enum SI_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t
+			{
+				SI_ENUMERROR_NoError                    = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully. */
+				SI_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor    = 1, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor. */
+				SI_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 2, /**< A compatible Still Image interface was not found in the device's
+				                                              *   Configuration Descriptor.
+				                                              */
+				SI_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed    = 3, /**< One or more pipes for the specified interface could not be configured correctly. */
+			};
+
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			/** Host interface configuration routine, to configure a given Still Image host interface instance using the
+			 *  Configuration Descriptor read from an attached USB device. This function automatically updates the given Still
+			 *  Image Host instance's state values and configures the pipes required to communicate with the interface if it is
+			 *  found within the device. This should be called once after the stack has enumerated the attached device, while
+			 *  the host state machine is in the Addressed state.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo       Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     ConfigDescriptorSize  Length of the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
+			 *  \param[in]     ConfigDescriptorData  Pointer to a buffer containing the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref SI_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t SI_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
+			                               uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
+			                               void* ConfigDescriptorData) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+			/** Opens a new PIMA session with the attached device. This should be used before any session-orientated PIMA commands
+			 *  are issued to the device. Only one session can be open at the one time.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+			 *       call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum, or \ref SI_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if the device
+			 *          returned a logical command failure.
+			 */
+			uint8_t SI_Host_OpenSession(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Closes an already opened PIMA session with the attached device. This should be used after all session-orientated
+			 *  PIMA commands have been issued to the device.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+			 *       call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum, or \ref SI_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if the device
+			 *          returned a logical command failure.
+			 */
+			uint8_t SI_Host_CloseSession(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Sends a raw PIMA block header to the device, filling out the transaction ID automatically. This can be used to send
+			 *  arbitrary PIMA blocks to the device with or without parameters.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+			 *       call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     PIMAHeader       Pointer to a PIMA container structure that is to be sent.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t SI_Host_SendBlockHeader(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
+			                                PIMA_Container_t* const PIMAHeader) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
+			                                ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+			/** Receives a raw PIMA block header from the device. This can be used to receive arbitrary PIMA blocks from the device with
+			 *  or without parameters.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+			 *       call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[out]    PIMAHeader       Pointer to a PIMA container structure where the received block is to be stored.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t SI_Host_ReceiveBlockHeader(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
+			                                   PIMA_Container_t* const PIMAHeader) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
+			                                   ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+			/** Sends a given PIMA command to the attached device, filling out the PIMA command header's Transaction ID automatically.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+			 *       call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     Operation        PIMA operation code to issue to the device.
+			 *  \param[in]     TotalParams      Total number of 32-bit parameters to send to the device in the issued command block.
+			 *  \param[in]     Params           Pointer to an array of 32-bit values containing the parameters to send in the command block.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum, or \ref SI_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if the device
+			 *          returned a logical command failure.
+			 */
+			uint8_t SI_Host_SendCommand(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
+			                            const uint16_t Operation,
+			                            const uint8_t TotalParams,
+			                            uint32_t* const Params) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Receives and checks a response block from the attached Still Image device, once a command has been issued and all data
+			 *  associated with the command has been transferred.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+			 *       call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum, or \ref SI_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if the device
+			 *          returned a logical command failure.
+			 */
+			uint8_t SI_Host_ReceiveResponse(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Indicates if the device has issued a PIMA event block to the host via the asynchronous events pipe.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+			 *       call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if an event is waiting to be read, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			bool SI_Host_IsEventReceived(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Receives an asynchronous event block from the device via the asynchronous events pipe.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+			 *       call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[out]    PIMAHeader       Pointer to a PIMA container structure where the event should be stored.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum, or \ref SI_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if the device
+			 *          returned a logical command failure.
+			 */
+			uint8_t SI_Host_ReceiveEventHeader(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
+			                                   PIMA_Container_t* const PIMAHeader) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
+			                                   ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+			/** Sends arbitrary data to the attached device, for use in the data phase of PIMA commands which require data
+			 *  transfer beyond the regular PIMA command block parameters.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+			 *       call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[in]     Buffer           Pointer to a buffer where the data to send has been stored.
+			 *  \param[in]     Bytes            Length in bytes of the data in the buffer to send to the attached device.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t SI_Host_SendData(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
+			                         const void* Buffer,
+			                         const uint16_t Bytes) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+			/** Receives arbitrary data from the attached device, for use in the data phase of PIMA commands which require data
+			 *  transfer beyond the regular PIMA command block parameters.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+			 *       call will fail.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
+			 *  \param[out]    Buffer           Pointer to a buffer where the received data is to be stored.
+			 *  \param[in]     Bytes            Length in bytes of the data to read.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t SI_Host_ReadData(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
+			                         void* Buffer,
+			                         const uint16_t Bytes) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			/** General management task for a given Still Image host class interface, required for the correct operation of the
+			 *  interface. This should be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task
+			 *  \ref USB_USBTask().
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
+			 */
+			static inline void SI_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void SI_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo)
+			{
+				(void)SIInterfaceInfo;
+			}
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Macros: */
+			#define SI_COMMAND_DATA_TIMEOUT_MS        10000
+
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			#if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_STILLIMAGE_HOST_C)
+				static uint8_t DCOMP_SI_Host_NextSIInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+				                                             ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+				static uint8_t DCOMP_SI_Host_NextSIInterfaceEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+				                                                     ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+			#endif
+	#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MIDIClass.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MIDIClass.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a35ae13aa0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MIDIClass.h
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Master include file for the library USB MIDI Class driver.
+ *
+ *  Master include file for the library USB MIDI Class driver, for both host and device modes, where available.
+ *
+ *  This file should be included in all user projects making use of this optional class driver, instead of
+ *  including any headers in the USB/ClassDriver/Device, USB/ClassDriver/Host or USB/ClassDriver/Common subdirectories.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassDrivers
+ *  \defgroup Group_USBClassMIDI MIDI Class Driver
+ *  \brief USB class driver for the USB-IF MIDI class standard.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USBClassMIDI_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USBClassMIDI_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  MIDI Class Driver module. This module contains an internal implementation of the USB MIDI Class, for both Device
+ *  and Host USB modes. User applications can use this class driver instead of implementing the MIDI class manually
+ *  via the low-level LUFA APIs.
+ *
+ *  This module is designed to simplify the user code by exposing only the required interface needed to interface with
+ *  Hosts or Devices using the USB MIDI Class.
+ *
+ *  \note The USB MIDI class is actually a special case of the regular Audio class, thus this module depends on
+ *        structure definitions from the \ref Group_USBClassAudioDevice class driver module.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MIDI_CLASS_H_
+#define _MIDI_CLASS_H_
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_MIDI_DRIVER
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+			#include "Device/MIDIClassDevice.h"
+		#endif
+
+		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+			#include "Host/MIDIClassHost.h"
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorageClass.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorageClass.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fa41fbf817
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorageClass.h
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Master include file for the library USB Mass Storage Class driver.
+ *
+ *  Master include file for the library USB Mass Storage Class driver, for both host and device modes, where available.
+ *
+ *  This file should be included in all user projects making use of this optional class driver, instead of
+ *  including any headers in the USB/ClassDriver/Device, USB/ClassDriver/Host or USB/ClassDriver/Common subdirectories.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassDrivers
+ *  \defgroup Group_USBClassMS Mass Storage Class Driver
+ *  \brief USB class driver for the USB-IF Bulk-Only Transport Mass Storage class standard.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USBClassMS_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USBClassMS_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  Mass Storage Class Driver module. This module contains an internal implementation of the USB Mass Storage Class, for both
+ *  Device and Host USB modes. User applications can use this class driver instead of implementing the Mass Storage class
+ *  manually via the low-level LUFA APIs.
+ *
+ *  This module is designed to simplify the user code by exposing only the required interface needed to interface with
+ *  Hosts or Devices using the USB Mass Storage Class.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MS_CLASS_H_
+#define _MS_CLASS_H_
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_MS_DRIVER
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+			#include "Device/MassStorageClassDevice.h"
+		#endif
+
+		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+			#include "Host/MassStorageClassHost.h"
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/PrinterClass.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/PrinterClass.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..78ad52068a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/PrinterClass.h
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Master include file for the library USB Printer Class driver.
+ *
+ *  Master include file for the library USB Printer Class driver, for both host and device modes, where available.
+ *
+ *  This file should be included in all user projects making use of this optional class driver, instead of
+ *  including any headers in the USB/ClassDriver/Device, USB/ClassDriver/Host or USB/ClassDriver/Common subdirectories.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassDrivers
+ *  \defgroup Group_USBClassPrinter Printer Class Driver
+ *  \brief USB class driver for the USB-IF Printer class standard.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USBClassPrinter_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USBClassPrinter_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  Printer Class Driver module. This module contains an internal implementation of the USB Printer Class, for the base
+ *  USB Printer transport layer for USB Host mode only. Note that printers are free to implement whatever printer language
+ *  they choose on top of this (e.g. Postscript), and so this driver exposes low level data transport functions only rather
+ *  than high level raster or text functions. User applications can use this class driver instead of implementing the Printer
+ *  class manually via the low-level LUFA APIs.
+ *
+ *  This module is designed to simplify the user code by exposing only the required interface needed to interface with
+ *  Devices using the USB Printer Class.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _PRINTER_CLASS_H_
+#define _PRINTER_CLASS_H_
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_PRINTER_DRIVER
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+			#include "Device/PrinterClassDevice.h"
+		#endif
+
+		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+			#include "Host/PrinterClassHost.h"
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/RNDISClass.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/RNDISClass.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..07b4f56270
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/RNDISClass.h
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Master include file for the library USB RNDIS Class driver.
+ *
+ *  Master include file for the library USB RNDIS Class driver, for both host and device modes, where available.
+ *
+ *  This file should be included in all user projects making use of this optional class driver, instead of
+ *  including any headers in the USB/ClassDriver/Device, USB/ClassDriver/Host or USB/ClassDriver/Common subdirectories.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassDrivers
+ *  \defgroup Group_USBClassRNDIS RNDIS (Networking) Class Driver
+ *  \brief USB class driver for the Microsoft Remote Network Driver Interface Specification (RNDIS) class standard.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USBClassRNDIS_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USBClassRNDIS_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  RNDIS Class Driver module. This module contains an internal implementation of the Microsoft USB RNDIS Networking
+ *  Class, for both Device and Host USB modes. User applications can use this class driver instead of implementing the
+ *  RNDIS class manually via the low-level LUFA APIs.
+ *
+ *  This module is designed to simplify the user code by exposing only the required interface needed to interface with
+ *  Hosts using the USB RNDIS Class.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _RNDIS_CLASS_H_
+#define _RNDIS_CLASS_H_
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_DRIVER
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+			#include "Device/RNDISClassDevice.h"
+		#endif
+
+		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+			#include "Host/RNDISClassHost.h"
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/StillImageClass.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/StillImageClass.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7cb8b4fcf6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/StillImageClass.h
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Master include file for the library USB Still Image Class driver.
+ *
+ *  Master include file for the library USB Still Image Class driver, for both host and device modes, where available.
+ *
+ *  This file should be included in all user projects making use of this optional class driver, instead of
+ *  including any headers in the USB/ClassDriver/Device, USB/ClassDriver/Host or USB/ClassDriver/Common subdirectories.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassDrivers
+ *  \defgroup Group_USBClassSI Still Image Class Driver
+ *  \brief USB class driver for the USB-IF Still Image (PIMA-compliant) class standard.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USBClassSI_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/StillImageClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USBClassSI_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  Still Image Class Driver module. This module contains an internal implementation of the USB Still Image Class,
+ *  for USB Host mode only. User applications can use this class driver instead of implementing the Still Image class
+ *  manually via the low-level LUFA APIs.
+ *
+ *  This module is designed to simplify the user code by exposing only the required interface needed to interface with
+ *  Devices using the USB Still Image Class.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SI_CLASS_H_
+#define _SI_CLASS_H_
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_SI_DRIVER
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+			#include "Host/StillImageClassHost.h"
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Device_AVR8.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Device_AVR8.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f972b0bcc5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Device_AVR8.c
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+
+#include "../Device.h"
+
+void USB_Device_SendRemoteWakeup(void)
+{
+	if (!(USB_Options & USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL))
+	{
+		USB_PLL_On();
+		while (!(USB_PLL_IsReady()));
+	}
+
+	USB_CLK_Unfreeze();
+
+	UDCON |= (1 << RMWKUP);
+	while (UDCON & (1 << RMWKUP));
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Device_AVR8.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Device_AVR8.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..69f9be593e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Device_AVR8.h
@@ -0,0 +1,269 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief USB Device definitions for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
+ *  \copydetails Group_Device_AVR8
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Device
+ *  \defgroup Group_Device_AVR8 Device Management (AVR8)
+ *  \brief USB Device definitions for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
+ *
+ *  Architecture specific USB Device definitions for the Atmel 8-bit AVR microcontrollers.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBDEVICE_AVR8_H__
+#define __USBDEVICE_AVR8_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../USBController.h"
+		#include "../StdDescriptors.h"
+		#include "../USBInterrupt.h"
+		#include "../Endpoint.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+		#if (defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS) && defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS))
+			#error USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS and USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS are mutually exclusive.
+		#endif
+
+		#if (defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) && defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS))
+			#error USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS and USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS are mutually exclusive.
+		#endif
+
+		#if (defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) && defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS))
+			#error USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS and USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS are mutually exclusive.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** \name USB Device Mode Option Masks */
+			//@{
+			#if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+				/** Mask for the Options parameter of the \ref USB_Init() function. This indicates that the
+				 *  USB interface should be initialized in low speed (1.5Mb/s) mode.
+				 *
+				 *  \note Low Speed mode is not available on all USB AVR models.
+				 *        \n
+				 *
+				 *  \note Restrictions apply on the number, size and type of endpoints which can be used
+				 *        when running in low speed mode - please refer to the USB 2.0 specification.
+				 */
+				#define USB_DEVICE_OPT_LOWSPEED            (1 << 0)
+			#endif
+
+			/** Mask for the Options parameter of the \ref USB_Init() function. This indicates that the
+			 *  USB interface should be initialized in full speed (12Mb/s) mode.
+			 */
+			#define USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED               (0 << 0)
+			//@}
+
+			#if (!defined(NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL) && \
+			     (defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || \
+			      defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_2_AVR) || \
+				  defined(__DOXYGEN__)))
+				/** String descriptor index for the device's unique serial number string descriptor within the device.
+				 *  This unique serial number is used by the host to associate resources to the device (such as drivers or COM port
+				 *  number allocations) to a device regardless of the port it is plugged in to on the host. Some microcontrollers contain
+				 *  a unique serial number internally, and setting the device descriptors serial number string index to this value
+				 *  will cause it to use the internal serial number.
+				 *
+				 *  On unsupported devices, this will evaluate to \ref NO_DESCRIPTOR and so will force the host to create a pseudo-serial
+				 *  number for the device.
+				 */
+				#define USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL            0xDC
+
+				/** Length of the device's unique internal serial number, in bits, if present on the selected microcontroller
+				 *  model.
+				 */
+				#define INTERNAL_SERIAL_LENGTH_BITS    80
+
+				/** Start address of the internal serial number, in the appropriate address space, if present on the selected microcontroller
+				 *  model.
+				 */
+				#define INTERNAL_SERIAL_START_ADDRESS  0x0E
+			#else
+				#define USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL            NO_DESCRIPTOR
+
+				#define INTERNAL_SERIAL_LENGTH_BITS    0
+				#define INTERNAL_SERIAL_START_ADDRESS  0
+			#endif
+
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			/** Sends a Remote Wakeup request to the host. This signals to the host that the device should
+			 *  be taken out of suspended mode, and communications should resume.
+			 *
+			 *  Typically, this is implemented so that HID devices (mice, keyboards, etc.) can wake up the
+			 *  host computer when the host has suspended all USB devices to enter a low power state.
+			 *
+			 *  \attention This function should only be used if the device has indicated to the host that it
+			 *             supports the Remote Wakeup feature in the device descriptors, and should only be
+			 *             issued if the host is currently allowing remote wakeup events from the device (i.e.,
+			 *             the \ref USB_Device_RemoteWakeupEnabled flag is set). When the \c NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+			 *             compile time option is used, this function is unavailable.
+			 *             \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \attention The USB clock must be running for this function to operate. If the stack is initialized with
+			 *             the \ref USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL option enabled, the user must ensure that the PLL is running
+			 *             before attempting to call this function.
+			 *
+			 *  \see \ref Group_StdDescriptors for more information on the RMWAKEUP feature and device descriptors.
+			 */
+			void USB_Device_SendRemoteWakeup(void);
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			/** Returns the current USB frame number, when in device mode. Every millisecond the USB bus is active (i.e. enumerated to a host)
+			 *  the frame number is incremented by one.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Current USB frame number from the USB controller.
+			 */
+			static inline uint16_t USB_Device_GetFrameNumber(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint16_t USB_Device_GetFrameNumber(void)
+			{
+				return UDFNUM;
+			}
+
+			#if !defined(NO_SOF_EVENTS)
+				/** Enables the device mode Start Of Frame events. When enabled, this causes the
+				 *  \ref EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame() event to fire once per millisecond, synchronized to the USB bus,
+				 *  at the start of each USB frame when enumerated in device mode.
+				 *
+				 *  \note This function is not available when the \c NO_SOF_EVENTS compile time token is defined.
+				 */
+				static inline void USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+				static inline void USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents(void)
+				{
+					USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_SOFI);
+				}
+
+				/** Disables the device mode Start Of Frame events. When disabled, this stops the firing of the
+				 *  \ref EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame() event when enumerated in device mode.
+				 *
+				 *  \note This function is not available when the \c NO_SOF_EVENTS compile time token is defined.
+				 */
+				static inline void USB_Device_DisableSOFEvents(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+				static inline void USB_Device_DisableSOFEvents(void)
+				{
+					USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_SOFI);
+				}
+			#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			#if defined(USB_DEVICE_OPT_LOWSPEED)
+			static inline void USB_Device_SetLowSpeed(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_Device_SetLowSpeed(void)
+			{
+				UDCON |=  (1 << LSM);
+			}
+
+			static inline void USB_Device_SetFullSpeed(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_Device_SetFullSpeed(void)
+			{
+				UDCON &= ~(1 << LSM);
+			}
+			#endif
+
+			static inline void USB_Device_SetDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_Device_SetDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address)
+			{
+				UDADDR = (UDADDR & (1 << ADDEN)) | (Address & 0x7F);
+			}
+
+			static inline void USB_Device_EnableDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_Device_EnableDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address)
+			{
+				(void)Address;
+
+				UDADDR |= (1 << ADDEN);
+			}
+
+			static inline bool USB_Device_IsAddressSet(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline bool USB_Device_IsAddressSet(void)
+			{
+				return (UDADDR & (1 << ADDEN));
+			}
+
+			#if (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL != NO_DESCRIPTOR)
+			static inline void USB_Device_GetSerialString(uint16_t* const UnicodeString) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+			static inline void USB_Device_GetSerialString(uint16_t* const UnicodeString)
+			{
+				uint_reg_t CurrentGlobalInt = GetGlobalInterruptMask();
+				GlobalInterruptDisable();
+
+				uint8_t SigReadAddress = INTERNAL_SERIAL_START_ADDRESS;
+
+				for (uint8_t SerialCharNum = 0; SerialCharNum < (INTERNAL_SERIAL_LENGTH_BITS / 4); SerialCharNum++)
+				{
+					uint8_t SerialByte = boot_signature_byte_get(SigReadAddress);
+
+					if (SerialCharNum & 0x01)
+					{
+						SerialByte >>= 4;
+						SigReadAddress++;
+					}
+
+					SerialByte &= 0x0F;
+
+					UnicodeString[SerialCharNum] = cpu_to_le16((SerialByte >= 10) ?
+															   (('A' - 10) + SerialByte) : ('0' + SerialByte));
+				}
+
+				SetGlobalInterruptMask(CurrentGlobalInt);
+			}
+			#endif
+
+	#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/EndpointStream_AVR8.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/EndpointStream_AVR8.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8ffae15e19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/EndpointStream_AVR8.c
@@ -0,0 +1,275 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+
+#include "EndpointStream_AVR8.h"
+
+#if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
+uint8_t Endpoint_Discard_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+                                uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
+{
+	uint8_t  ErrorCode;
+	uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
+	  return ErrorCode;
+
+	if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+	  Length -= *BytesProcessed;
+
+	while (Length)
+	{
+		if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+		{
+			Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+			if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+			{
+				*BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
+				return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
+			}
+
+			if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
+			  return ErrorCode;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			Endpoint_Discard_8();
+
+			Length--;
+			BytesInTransfer++;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t Endpoint_Null_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+                             uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
+{
+	uint8_t  ErrorCode;
+	uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
+	  return ErrorCode;
+
+	if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+	  Length -= *BytesProcessed;
+
+	while (Length)
+	{
+		if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+		{
+			Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+			if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+			{
+				*BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
+				return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
+			}
+
+			if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
+			  return ErrorCode;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			Endpoint_Write_8(0);
+
+			Length--;
+			BytesInTransfer++;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+/* The following abuses the C preprocessor in order to copy-paste common code with slight alterations,
+ * so that the code needs to be written once. It is a crude form of templating to reduce code maintenance. */
+
+#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      const void*
+#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearIN()
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr += Amount
+#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      const void*
+#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearIN()
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr -= Amount
+#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      void*
+#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearOUT()
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr += Amount
+#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Read_Stream_BE
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      void*
+#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearOUT()
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr -= Amount
+#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+#if defined(ARCH_HAS_FLASH_ADDRESS_SPACE)
+	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_PStream_LE
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      const void*
+	#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearIN()
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr += Amount
+	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_PStream_BE
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      const void*
+	#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearIN()
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr -= Amount
+	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(ARCH_HAS_EEPROM_ADDRESS_SPACE)
+	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_EStream_LE
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      const void*
+	#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearIN()
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr += Amount
+	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_EStream_BE
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      const void*
+	#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearIN()
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr -= Amount
+	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Read_EStream_LE
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      void*
+	#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearOUT()
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr += Amount
+	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Endpoint_Read_8())
+	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Read_EStream_BE
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      void*
+	#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearOUT()
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr -= Amount
+	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Endpoint_Read_8())
+	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr += Amount
+#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
+
+#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_BE
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr -= Amount
+#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
+
+#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr += Amount
+#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c"
+
+#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_BE
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr -= Amount
+#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c"
+
+#if defined(ARCH_HAS_FLASH_ADDRESS_SPACE)
+	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_Control_PStream_LE
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr += Amount
+	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
+
+	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_Control_PStream_BE
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr -= Amount
+	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(ARCH_HAS_EEPROM_ADDRESS_SPACE)
+	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_Control_EStream_LE
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr += Amount
+	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
+
+	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_Control_EStream_BE
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr -= Amount
+	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
+
+	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Read_Control_EStream_LE
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr += Amount
+	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Endpoint_Read_8())
+	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c"
+
+	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Read_Control_EStream_BE
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr -= Amount
+	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Endpoint_Read_8())
+	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c"
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/EndpointStream_AVR8.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/EndpointStream_AVR8.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..80e78df1b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/EndpointStream_AVR8.h
@@ -0,0 +1,658 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Endpoint data stream transmission and reception management for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
+ *  \copydetails Group_EndpointStreamRW_AVR8
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_EndpointStreamRW
+ *  \defgroup Group_EndpointStreamRW_AVR8 Read/Write of Multi-Byte Streams (AVR8)
+ *  \brief Endpoint data stream transmission and reception management for the Atmel AVR8 architecture.
+ *
+ *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of data streams from
+ *  and to endpoints.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __ENDPOINT_STREAM_AVR8_H__
+#define __ENDPOINT_STREAM_AVR8_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../USBMode.h"
+		#include "../USBTask.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			/** \name Stream functions for null data */
+			//@{
+
+			/** Reads and discards the given number of bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank,
+			 *  discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically
+			 *  discarded once the remaining bytes has been read; the user is responsible for manually
+			 *  discarding the last packet from the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
+			 *
+			 *  If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
+			 *  failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
+			 *  storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
+			 *  the endpoint bank becomes empty while there is still data to process (and after the current
+			 *  packet has been acknowledged) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the total number
+			 *  of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+			 *  \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
+			 *  in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
+			 *  and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
+			 *
+			 *  <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+			 *  \code
+			 *  uint8_t ErrorCode;
+			 *
+			 *  if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Discard_Stream(512, NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+			 *  {
+			 *       // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+			 *  }
+			 *  \endcode
+			 *
+			 *  <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+			 *  \code
+			 *  uint8_t  ErrorCode;
+			 *  uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+			 *
+			 *  BytesProcessed = 0;
+			 *  while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Discard_Stream(512, &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+			 *  {
+			 *      // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+			 *  }
+			 *
+			 *  if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+			 *  {
+			 *      // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+			 *  }
+			 *  \endcode
+			 *
+			 *  \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of bytes to discard via the currently selected endpoint.
+			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+			 *                             transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Endpoint_Discard_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+			                                uint16_t* const BytesProcessed);
+
+			/** Writes a given number of zeroed bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank, sending
+			 *  full packets to the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically sent once the
+			 *  remaining bytes have been written; the user is responsible for manually sending the last
+			 *  packet to the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
+			 *
+			 *  If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
+			 *  failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
+			 *  storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
+			 *  the endpoint bank becomes full while there is still data to process (and after the current
+			 *  packet transmission has been initiated) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the
+			 *  total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+			 *  \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
+			 *  in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
+			 *  and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
+			 *
+			 *  <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+			 *  \code
+			 *  uint8_t ErrorCode;
+			 *
+			 *  if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Null_Stream(512, NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+			 *  {
+			 *       // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+			 *  }
+			 *  \endcode
+			 *
+			 *  <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+			 *  \code
+			 *  uint8_t  ErrorCode;
+			 *  uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+			 *
+			 *  BytesProcessed = 0;
+			 *  while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Null_Stream(512, &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+			 *  {
+			 *      // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+			 *  }
+			 *
+			 *  if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+			 *  {
+			 *      // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+			 *  }
+			 *  \endcode
+			 *
+			 *  \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of zero bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+			 *                             transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Endpoint_Null_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+			                             uint16_t* const BytesProcessed);
+
+			//@}
+
+			/** \name Stream functions for RAM source/destination data */
+			//@{
+
+			/** Writes the given number of bytes to the endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
+			 *  sending full packets to the host as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
+			 *  the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
+			 *  \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
+			 *
+			 *  If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
+			 *  failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
+			 *  storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
+			 *  the endpoint bank becomes full while there is still data to process (and after the current
+			 *  packet transmission has been initiated) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the
+			 *  total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+			 *  \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
+			 *  in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
+			 *  and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
+			 *
+			 *  <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+			 *  \code
+			 *  uint8_t DataStream[512];
+			 *  uint8_t ErrorCode;
+			 *
+			 *  if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+			 *                                            NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+			 *  {
+			 *       // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+			 *  }
+			 *  \endcode
+			 *
+			 *  <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+			 *  \code
+			 *  uint8_t  DataStream[512];
+			 *  uint8_t  ErrorCode;
+			 *  uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+			 *
+			 *  BytesProcessed = 0;
+			 *  while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+			 *                                               &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+			 *  {
+			 *      // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+			 *  }
+			 *
+			 *  if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+			 *  {
+			 *      // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+			 *  }
+			 *  \endcode
+			 *
+			 *  \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Buffer          Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+			 *                             transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
+			                                 uint16_t Length,
+			                                 uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Writes the given number of bytes to the endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
+			 *  sending full packets to the host as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
+			 *  the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
+			 *  \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
+			 *
+			 *  \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Buffer          Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+			 *                             transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
+			                                 uint16_t Length,
+			                                 uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Reads the given number of bytes from the endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
+			 *  discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically
+			 *  discarded once the remaining bytes has been read; the user is responsible for manually
+			 *  discarding the last packet from the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
+			 *
+			 *  If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
+			 *  failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
+			 *  storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
+			 *  the endpoint bank becomes empty while there is still data to process (and after the current
+			 *  packet has been acknowledged) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the total number
+			 *  of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+			 *  \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
+			 *  in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
+			 *  and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
+			 *
+			 *  <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+			 *  \code
+			 *  uint8_t DataStream[512];
+			 *  uint8_t ErrorCode;
+			 *
+			 *  if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+			 *                                           NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+			 *  {
+			 *       // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+			 *  }
+			 *  \endcode
+			 *
+			 *  <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+			 *  \code
+			 *  uint8_t  DataStream[512];
+			 *  uint8_t  ErrorCode;
+			 *  uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+			 *
+			 *  BytesProcessed = 0;
+			 *  while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+			 *                                              &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+			 *  {
+			 *      // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+			 *  }
+			 *
+			 *  if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+			 *  {
+			 *      // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+			 *  }
+			 *  \endcode
+			 *
+			 *  \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[out] Buffer          Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
+			 *  \param[in]  Length          Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+			 *  \param[in]  BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+			 *                              transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(void* const Buffer,
+			                                uint16_t Length,
+			                                uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Reads the given number of bytes from the endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
+			 *  discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically
+			 *  discarded once the remaining bytes has been read; the user is responsible for manually
+			 *  discarding the last packet from the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
+			 *
+			 *  \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[out] Buffer          Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
+			 *  \param[in]  Length          Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+			 *  \param[in]  BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+			 *                              transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Stream_BE(void* const Buffer,
+			                                uint16_t Length,
+			                                uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Writes the given number of bytes to the CONTROL type endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
+			 *  sending full packets to the host as needed. The host OUT acknowledgement is not automatically cleared
+			 *  in both failure and success states; the user is responsible for manually clearing the status OUT packet
+			 *  to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
+			 *
+			 *  \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+			 *        function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+			 *        Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+			 *           together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Buffer  Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+			 *  \param[in] Length  Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
+			                                         uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Writes the given number of bytes to the CONTROL type endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
+			 *  sending full packets to the host as needed. The host OUT acknowledgement is not automatically cleared
+			 *  in both failure and success states; the user is responsible for manually clearing the status OUT packet
+			 *  to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
+			 *
+			 *  \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+			 *        function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+			 *        Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+			 *           together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Buffer  Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+			 *  \param[in] Length  Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
+			                                         uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Reads the given number of bytes from the CONTROL endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
+			 *  discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The device IN acknowledgement is not
+			 *  automatically sent after success or failure states; the user is responsible for manually sending the
+			 *  status IN packet to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
+			 *
+			 *  \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+			 *        function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+			 *        Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+			 *           together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[out] Buffer  Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
+			 *  \param[in]  Length  Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(void* const Buffer,
+			                                        uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Reads the given number of bytes from the CONTROL endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
+			 *  discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The device IN acknowledgement is not
+			 *  automatically sent after success or failure states; the user is responsible for manually sending the
+			 *  status IN packet to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
+			 *
+			 *  \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+			 *        function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+			 *        Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+			 *           together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[out] Buffer  Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
+			 *  \param[in]  Length  Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_BE(void* const Buffer,
+			                                        uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+			//@}
+
+			/** \name Stream functions for EEPROM source/destination data */
+			//@{
+
+			/** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE().
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Buffer          Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+			 *                             transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Endpoint_Write_EStream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
+			                                  uint16_t Length,
+			                                  uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE().
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Buffer          Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+			 *                             transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Endpoint_Write_EStream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
+			                                  uint16_t Length,
+			                                  uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** EEPROM buffer destination version of \ref Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE().
+			 *
+			 *  \param[out] Buffer          Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to, located in EEPROM memory space.
+			 *  \param[in]  Length          Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+			 *  \param[in]  BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+			 *                              transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Endpoint_Read_EStream_LE(void* const Buffer,
+			                                 uint16_t Length,
+			                                 uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** EEPROM buffer destination version of \ref Endpoint_Read_Stream_BE().
+			 *
+			 *  \param[out] Buffer          Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to, located in EEPROM memory space.
+			 *  \param[in]  Length          Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+			 *  \param[in]  BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+			 *                              transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Endpoint_Read_EStream_BE(void* const Buffer,
+			                                 uint16_t Length,
+			                                 uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** EEPROM buffer source version of Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE.
+			 *
+			 *  \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+			 *        function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+			 *        Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+			 *           together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Buffer  Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+			 *  \param[in] Length  Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_EStream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
+			                                          uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_BE().
+			 *
+			 *  \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+			 *        function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+			 *        Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+			 *           together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Buffer  Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+			 *  \param[in] Length  Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_EStream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
+			                                          uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE().
+			 *
+			 *  \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+			 *        function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+			 *        Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+			 *           together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[out] Buffer  Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
+			 *  \param[in]  Length  Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Control_EStream_LE(void* const Buffer,
+			                                         uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_BE().
+			 *
+			 *  \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+			 *        function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+			 *        Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+			 *           together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[out] Buffer  Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
+			 *  \param[in]  Length  Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Control_EStream_BE(void* const Buffer,
+			                                         uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+			//@}
+
+			/** \name Stream functions for PROGMEM source/destination data */
+			//@{
+
+			/** FLASH buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE().
+			 *
+			 *  \pre The FLASH data must be located in the first 64KB of FLASH for this function to work correctly.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Buffer          Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+			 *                             transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Endpoint_Write_PStream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
+			                                  uint16_t Length,
+			                                  uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** FLASH buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE().
+			 *
+			 *  \pre The FLASH data must be located in the first 64KB of FLASH for this function to work correctly.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Buffer          Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+			 *                             transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Endpoint_Write_PStream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
+			                                  uint16_t Length,
+			                                  uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** FLASH buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE().
+			 *
+			 *  \pre The FLASH data must be located in the first 64KB of FLASH for this function to work correctly.
+			 *
+			 *  \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+			 *        function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+			 *        Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+			 *           together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Buffer  Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+			 *  \param[in] Length  Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_PStream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
+			                                          uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** FLASH buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_BE().
+			 *
+			 *  \pre The FLASH data must be located in the first 64KB of FLASH for this function to work correctly.
+			 *
+			 *  \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+			 *        function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+			 *        Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+			 *           together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Buffer  Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+			 *  \param[in] Length  Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_PStream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
+			                                          uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+			//@}
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Endpoint_AVR8.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Endpoint_AVR8.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..92cf8360de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Endpoint_AVR8.c
@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+
+#include "../Endpoint.h"
+
+#if !defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE)
+uint8_t USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP_DEFAULT_SIZE;
+#endif
+
+bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(const USB_Endpoint_Table_t* const Table,
+                                     const uint8_t Entries)
+{
+	for (uint8_t i = 0; i < Entries; i++)
+	{
+		if (!(Table[i].Address))
+		  continue;
+
+		if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(Table[i].Address, Table[i].Type, Table[i].Size, Table[i].Banks)))
+		  return false;
+	}
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint_Prv(const uint8_t Number,
+                                    const uint8_t UECFG0XData,
+                                    const uint8_t UECFG1XData)
+{
+#if defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE) || defined(ORDERED_EP_CONFIG)
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(Number);
+	Endpoint_EnableEndpoint();
+
+	UECFG1X = 0;
+	UECFG0X = UECFG0XData;
+	UECFG1X = UECFG1XData;
+
+	return Endpoint_IsConfigured();
+#else
+	for (uint8_t EPNum = Number; EPNum < ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS; EPNum++)
+	{
+		uint8_t UECFG0XTemp;
+		uint8_t UECFG1XTemp;
+		uint8_t UEIENXTemp;
+
+		Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(EPNum);
+
+		if (EPNum == Number)
+		{
+			UECFG0XTemp = UECFG0XData;
+			UECFG1XTemp = UECFG1XData;
+			UEIENXTemp  = 0;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			UECFG0XTemp = UECFG0X;
+			UECFG1XTemp = UECFG1X;
+			UEIENXTemp  = UEIENX;
+		}
+
+		if (!(UECFG1XTemp & (1 << ALLOC)))
+		  continue;
+
+		Endpoint_DisableEndpoint();
+		UECFG1X &= ~(1 << ALLOC);
+
+		Endpoint_EnableEndpoint();
+		UECFG0X = UECFG0XTemp;
+		UECFG1X = UECFG1XTemp;
+		UEIENX  = UEIENXTemp;
+
+		if (!(Endpoint_IsConfigured()))
+		  return false;
+	}
+
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(Number);
+	return true;
+#endif
+}
+
+void Endpoint_ClearEndpoints(void)
+{
+	UEINT = 0;
+
+	for (uint8_t EPNum = 0; EPNum < ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS; EPNum++)
+	{
+		Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(EPNum);
+		UEIENX  = 0;
+		UEINTX  = 0;
+		UECFG1X = 0;
+		Endpoint_DisableEndpoint();
+	}
+}
+
+void Endpoint_ClearStatusStage(void)
+{
+	if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST)
+	{
+		while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
+		{
+			if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+			  return;
+		}
+
+		Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
+		{
+			if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+			  return;
+		}
+
+		Endpoint_ClearIN();
+	}
+}
+
+#if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
+uint8_t Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(void)
+{
+	#if (USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS < 0xFF)
+	uint8_t  TimeoutMSRem = USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS;
+	#else
+	uint16_t TimeoutMSRem = USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS;
+	#endif
+
+	uint16_t PreviousFrameNumber = USB_Device_GetFrameNumber();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		if (Endpoint_GetEndpointDirection() == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+		{
+			if (Endpoint_IsINReady())
+			  return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+			  return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
+		}
+
+		uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
+
+		if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+		  return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
+		else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
+		  return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_BusSuspended;
+		else if (Endpoint_IsStalled())
+		  return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_EndpointStalled;
+
+		uint16_t CurrentFrameNumber = USB_Device_GetFrameNumber();
+
+		if (CurrentFrameNumber != PreviousFrameNumber)
+		{
+			PreviousFrameNumber = CurrentFrameNumber;
+
+			if (!(TimeoutMSRem--))
+			  return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_Timeout;
+		}
+	}
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Endpoint_AVR8.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Endpoint_AVR8.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6d8375230e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Endpoint_AVR8.h
@@ -0,0 +1,819 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief USB Endpoint definitions for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
+ *  \copydetails Group_EndpointManagement_AVR8
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_EndpointRW
+ *  \defgroup Group_EndpointRW_AVR8 Endpoint Data Reading and Writing (AVR8)
+ *  \brief Endpoint data read/write definitions for the Atmel AVR8 architecture.
+ *
+ *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing from and to endpoints.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW
+ *  \defgroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8 Read/Write of Primitive Data Types (AVR8)
+ *  \brief Endpoint primitive read/write definitions for the Atmel AVR8 architecture.
+ *
+ *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of primitive data types
+ *  from and to endpoints.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement
+ *  \defgroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8 Endpoint Packet Management (AVR8)
+ *  \brief Endpoint packet management definitions for the Atmel AVR8 architecture.
+ *
+ *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to packet management of endpoints.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_EndpointManagement
+ *  \defgroup Group_EndpointManagement_AVR8 Endpoint Management (AVR8)
+ *  \brief Endpoint management definitions for the Atmel AVR8 architecture.
+ *
+ *  Functions, macros and enums related to endpoint management when in USB Device mode. This
+ *  module contains the endpoint management macros, as well as endpoint interrupt and data
+ *  send/receive functions for various data types.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __ENDPOINT_AVR8_H__
+#define __ENDPOINT_AVR8_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../USBTask.h"
+		#include "../USBInterrupt.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			static inline uint8_t Endpoint_BytesToEPSizeMask(const uint16_t Bytes) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_CONST
+			                                                                       ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint8_t Endpoint_BytesToEPSizeMask(const uint16_t Bytes)
+			{
+				uint8_t  MaskVal    = 0;
+				uint16_t CheckBytes = 8;
+
+				while (CheckBytes < Bytes)
+				{
+					MaskVal++;
+					CheckBytes <<= 1;
+				}
+
+				return (MaskVal << EPSIZE0);
+			}
+
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			void Endpoint_ClearEndpoints(void);
+			bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint_Prv(const uint8_t Number,
+			                                    const uint8_t UECFG0XData,
+			                                    const uint8_t UECFG1XData);
+
+	#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			#if (!defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+				/** Default size of the default control endpoint's bank, until altered by the control endpoint bank size
+				 *  value in the device descriptor. Not available if the \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token is defined.
+				 */
+				#define ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP_DEFAULT_SIZE     8
+			#endif
+
+			#if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+				#if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+					/** Total number of endpoints (including the default control endpoint at address 0) which may
+					 *  be used in the device. Different USB AVR models support different amounts of endpoints,
+					 *  this value reflects the maximum number of endpoints for the currently selected AVR model.
+					 */
+					#define ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS        7
+				#else
+					#define ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS        5
+				#endif
+			#else
+				#define ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS            1
+			#endif
+
+		/* Enums: */
+			/** Enum for the possible error return codes of the \ref Endpoint_WaitUntilReady() function.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointRW_AVR8
+			 */
+			enum Endpoint_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t
+			{
+				ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError                 = 0, /**< Endpoint is ready for next packet, no error. */
+				ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_EndpointStalled         = 1, /**< The endpoint was stalled during the stream
+				                                                 *   transfer by the host or device.
+				                                                 */
+				ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected      = 2,	/**< Device was disconnected from the host while
+				                                                 *   waiting for the endpoint to become ready.
+				                                                 */
+				ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_BusSuspended            = 3, /**< The USB bus has been suspended by the host and
+				                                                 *   no USB endpoint traffic can occur until the bus
+				                                                 *   has resumed.
+				                                                 */
+				ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_Timeout                 = 4, /**< The host failed to accept or send the next packet
+				                                                 *   within the software timeout period set by the
+				                                                 *   \ref USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS macro.
+				                                                 */
+			};
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			/** Configures the specified endpoint address with the given endpoint type, bank size and number of hardware
+			 *  banks. Once configured, the endpoint may be read from or written to, depending on its direction.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Address    Endpoint address to configure.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Type       Type of endpoint to configure, a \c EP_TYPE_* mask. Not all endpoint types
+			 *                        are available on Low Speed USB devices - refer to the USB 2.0 specification.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Size       Size of the endpoint's bank, where packets are stored before they are transmitted
+			 *                        to the USB host, or after they have been received from the USB host (depending on
+			 *                        the endpoint's data direction). The bank size must indicate the maximum packet size
+			 *                        that the endpoint can handle.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Banks      Number of banks to use for the endpoint being configured.
+			 *
+			 *  \attention When the \c ORDERED_EP_CONFIG compile time option is used, Endpoints <b>must</b> be configured in
+			 *             ascending order, or bank corruption will occur.
+			 *
+			 *  \note Different endpoints may have different maximum packet sizes based on the endpoint's index - please
+			 *        refer to the chosen microcontroller model's datasheet to determine the maximum bank size for each endpoint.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \note The default control endpoint should not be manually configured by the user application, as
+			 *        it is automatically configured by the library internally.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \note This routine will automatically select the specified endpoint upon success. Upon failure, the endpoint
+			 *        which failed to reconfigure correctly will be selected.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the configuration succeeded, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(const uint8_t Address,
+			                                              const uint8_t Type,
+			                                              const uint16_t Size,
+			                                              const uint8_t Banks) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(const uint8_t Address,
+			                                              const uint8_t Type,
+			                                              const uint16_t Size,
+			                                              const uint8_t Banks)
+			{
+				uint8_t Number = (Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK);
+
+				if (Number >= ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS)
+				  return false;
+
+				return Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint_Prv(Number,
+				                                      ((Type << EPTYPE0) | ((Address & ENDPOINT_DIR_IN) ? (1 << EPDIR) : 0)),
+				                                      ((1 << ALLOC) | ((Banks > 1) ? (1 << EPBK0) : 0) | Endpoint_BytesToEPSizeMask(Size)));
+			}
+
+			/** Indicates the number of bytes currently stored in the current endpoint's selected bank.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointRW_AVR8
+			 *
+			 *  \return Total number of bytes in the currently selected Endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+			 */
+			static inline uint16_t Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint16_t Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint(void)
+			{
+				#if (defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR))
+					return UEBCX;
+				#elif defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR)
+					return (((uint16_t)UEBCHX << 8) | UEBCLX);
+				#elif defined(USB_SERIES_2_AVR)
+					return UEBCLX;
+				#endif
+			}
+
+			/** Determines the currently selected endpoint's direction.
+			 *
+			 *  \return The currently selected endpoint's direction, as a \c ENDPOINT_DIR_* mask.
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetEndpointDirection(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetEndpointDirection(void)
+			{
+				return (UECFG0X & (1 << EPDIR)) ? ENDPOINT_DIR_IN : ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT;
+			}
+
+			/** Get the endpoint address of the currently selected endpoint. This is typically used to save
+			 *  the currently selected endpoint so that it can be restored after another endpoint has been
+			 *  manipulated.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Index of the currently selected endpoint.
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint(void)
+			{
+				#if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
+					return ((UENUM & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK) | Endpoint_GetEndpointDirection());
+				#else
+					return ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP;
+				#endif
+			}
+
+			/** Selects the given endpoint address.
+			 *
+			 *  Any endpoint operations which do not require the endpoint address to be indicated will operate on
+			 *  the currently selected endpoint.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Address Endpoint address to select.
+			 */
+			static inline void Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(const uint8_t Address)
+			{
+				#if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
+					UENUM = (Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK);
+				#endif
+			}
+
+			/** Resets the endpoint bank FIFO. This clears all the endpoint banks and resets the USB controller's
+			 *  data In and Out pointers to the bank's contents.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Address  Endpoint address whose FIFO buffers are to be reset.
+			 */
+			static inline void Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(const uint8_t Address)
+			{
+				UERST = (1 << (Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK));
+				UERST = 0;
+			}
+
+			/** Enables the currently selected endpoint so that data can be sent and received through it to
+			 *  and from a host.
+			 *
+			 *  \note Endpoints must first be configured properly via \ref Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint().
+			 */
+			static inline void Endpoint_EnableEndpoint(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Endpoint_EnableEndpoint(void)
+			{
+				UECONX |= (1 << EPEN);
+			}
+
+			/** Disables the currently selected endpoint so that data cannot be sent and received through it
+			 *  to and from a host.
+			 */
+			static inline void Endpoint_DisableEndpoint(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Endpoint_DisableEndpoint(void)
+			{
+				UECONX &= ~(1 << EPEN);
+			}
+
+			/** Determines if the currently selected endpoint is enabled, but not necessarily configured.
+			 *
+			 * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint is enabled, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool Endpoint_IsEnabled(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool Endpoint_IsEnabled(void)
+			{
+				return ((UECONX & (1 << EPEN)) ? true : false);
+			}
+
+			/** Retrieves the number of busy banks in the currently selected endpoint, which have been queued for
+			 *  transmission via the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() command, or are awaiting acknowledgment via the
+			 *  \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() command.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
+			 *
+			 *  \return Total number of busy banks in the selected endpoint.
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetBusyBanks(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetBusyBanks(void)
+			{
+				return (UESTA0X & (0x03 << NBUSYBK0));
+			}
+
+			/** Aborts all pending IN transactions on the currently selected endpoint, once the bank
+			 *  has been queued for transmission to the host via \ref Endpoint_ClearIN(). This function
+			 *  will terminate all queued transactions, resetting the endpoint banks ready for a new
+			 *  packet.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
+			 */
+			static inline void Endpoint_AbortPendingIN(void)
+			{
+				while (Endpoint_GetBusyBanks() != 0)
+				{
+					UEINTX |= (1 << RXOUTI);
+					while (UEINTX & (1 << RXOUTI));
+				}
+			}
+
+			/** Determines if the currently selected endpoint may be read from (if data is waiting in the endpoint
+			 *  bank and the endpoint is an OUT direction, or if the bank is not yet full if the endpoint is an IN
+			 *  direction). This function will return false if an error has occurred in the endpoint, if the endpoint
+			 *  is an OUT direction and no packet (or an empty packet) has been received, or if the endpoint is an IN
+			 *  direction and the endpoint bank is full.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint may be read from or written to, depending
+			 *          on its direction.
+			 */
+			static inline bool Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed(void)
+			{
+				return ((UEINTX & (1 << RWAL)) ? true : false);
+			}
+
+			/** Determines if the currently selected endpoint is configured.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint has been configured, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool Endpoint_IsConfigured(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool Endpoint_IsConfigured(void)
+			{
+				return ((UESTA0X & (1 << CFGOK)) ? true : false);
+			}
+
+			/** Returns a mask indicating which INTERRUPT type endpoints have interrupted - i.e. their
+			 *  interrupt duration has elapsed. Which endpoints have interrupted can be determined by
+			 *  masking the return value against <tt>(1 << <i>{Endpoint Number}</i>)</tt>.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Mask whose bits indicate which endpoints have interrupted.
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetEndpointInterrupts(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetEndpointInterrupts(void)
+			{
+				return UEINT;
+			}
+
+			/** Determines if the specified endpoint number has interrupted (valid only for INTERRUPT type
+			 *  endpoints).
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Address  Address of the endpoint whose interrupt flag should be tested.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the specified endpoint has interrupted, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool Endpoint_HasEndpointInterrupted(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool Endpoint_HasEndpointInterrupted(const uint8_t Address)
+			{
+				return ((Endpoint_GetEndpointInterrupts() & (1 << (Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK))) ? true : false);
+			}
+
+			/** Determines if the selected IN endpoint is ready for a new packet to be sent to the host.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the current endpoint is ready for an IN packet, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool Endpoint_IsINReady(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool Endpoint_IsINReady(void)
+			{
+				return ((UEINTX & (1 << TXINI)) ? true : false);
+			}
+
+			/** Determines if the selected OUT endpoint has received new packet from the host.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if current endpoint is has received an OUT packet, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool Endpoint_IsOUTReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool Endpoint_IsOUTReceived(void)
+			{
+				return ((UEINTX & (1 << RXOUTI)) ? true : false);
+			}
+
+			/** Determines if the current CONTROL type endpoint has received a SETUP packet.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the selected endpoint has received a SETUP packet, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived(void)
+			{
+				return ((UEINTX & (1 << RXSTPI)) ? true : false);
+			}
+
+			/** Clears a received SETUP packet on the currently selected CONTROL type endpoint, freeing up the
+			 *  endpoint for the next packet.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
+			 *
+			 *  \note This is not applicable for non CONTROL type endpoints.
+			 */
+			static inline void Endpoint_ClearSETUP(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Endpoint_ClearSETUP(void)
+			{
+				UEINTX &= ~(1 << RXSTPI);
+			}
+
+			/** Sends an IN packet to the host on the currently selected endpoint, freeing up the endpoint for the
+			 *  next packet and switching to the alternative endpoint bank if double banked.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
+			 */
+			static inline void Endpoint_ClearIN(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Endpoint_ClearIN(void)
+			{
+				#if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
+					UEINTX &= ~((1 << TXINI) | (1 << FIFOCON));
+				#else
+					UEINTX &= ~(1 << TXINI);
+				#endif
+			}
+
+			/** Acknowledges an OUT packet to the host on the currently selected endpoint, freeing up the endpoint
+			 *  for the next packet and switching to the alternative endpoint bank if double banked.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
+			 */
+			static inline void Endpoint_ClearOUT(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Endpoint_ClearOUT(void)
+			{
+				#if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
+					UEINTX &= ~((1 << RXOUTI) | (1 << FIFOCON));
+				#else
+					UEINTX &= ~(1 << RXOUTI);
+				#endif
+			}
+
+			/** Stalls the current endpoint, indicating to the host that a logical problem occurred with the
+			 *  indicated endpoint and that the current transfer sequence should be aborted. This provides a
+			 *  way for devices to indicate invalid commands to the host so that the current transfer can be
+			 *  aborted and the host can begin its own recovery sequence.
+			 *
+			 *  The currently selected endpoint remains stalled until either the \ref Endpoint_ClearStall() macro
+			 *  is called, or the host issues a CLEAR FEATURE request to the device for the currently selected
+			 *  endpoint.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
+			 */
+			static inline void Endpoint_StallTransaction(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Endpoint_StallTransaction(void)
+			{
+				UECONX |= (1 << STALLRQ);
+			}
+
+			/** Clears the STALL condition on the currently selected endpoint.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
+			 */
+			static inline void Endpoint_ClearStall(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Endpoint_ClearStall(void)
+			{
+				UECONX |= (1 << STALLRQC);
+			}
+
+			/** Determines if the currently selected endpoint is stalled, \c false otherwise.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint is stalled, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool Endpoint_IsStalled(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool Endpoint_IsStalled(void)
+			{
+				return ((UECONX & (1 << STALLRQ)) ? true : false);
+			}
+
+			/** Resets the data toggle of the currently selected endpoint. */
+			static inline void Endpoint_ResetDataToggle(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Endpoint_ResetDataToggle(void)
+			{
+				UECONX |= (1 << RSTDT);
+			}
+
+			/** Sets the direction of the currently selected endpoint.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] DirectionMask  New endpoint direction, as a \c ENDPOINT_DIR_* mask.
+			 */
+			static inline void Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(const uint8_t DirectionMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(const uint8_t DirectionMask)
+			{
+				UECFG0X = ((UECFG0X & ~(1 << EPDIR)) | (DirectionMask ? (1 << EPDIR) : 0));
+			}
+
+			/** Reads one byte from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
+			 *
+			 *  \return Next byte in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t Endpoint_Read_8(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint8_t Endpoint_Read_8(void)
+			{
+				return UEDATX;
+			}
+
+			/** Writes one byte to the currently selected endpoint's bank, for IN direction endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Data  Data to write into the the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+			 */
+			static inline void Endpoint_Write_8(const uint8_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Endpoint_Write_8(const uint8_t Data)
+			{
+				UEDATX = Data;
+			}
+
+			/** Discards one byte from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
+			 */
+			static inline void Endpoint_Discard_8(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Endpoint_Discard_8(void)
+			{
+				uint8_t Dummy;
+
+				Dummy = UEDATX;
+
+				(void)Dummy;
+			}
+
+			/** Reads two bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for OUT
+			 *  direction endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
+			 *
+			 *  \return Next two bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+			 */
+			static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_LE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_LE(void)
+			{
+				union
+				{
+					uint16_t Value;
+					uint8_t  Bytes[2];
+				} Data;
+
+				Data.Bytes[0] = UEDATX;
+				Data.Bytes[1] = UEDATX;
+
+				return Data.Value;
+			}
+
+			/** Reads two bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for OUT
+			 *  direction endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
+			 *
+			 *  \return Next two bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+			 */
+			static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_BE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_BE(void)
+			{
+				union
+				{
+					uint16_t Value;
+					uint8_t  Bytes[2];
+				} Data;
+
+				Data.Bytes[1] = UEDATX;
+				Data.Bytes[0] = UEDATX;
+
+				return Data.Value;
+			}
+
+			/** Writes two bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for IN
+			 *  direction endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Data  Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+			 */
+			static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_LE(const uint16_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_LE(const uint16_t Data)
+			{
+				UEDATX = (Data & 0xFF);
+				UEDATX = (Data >> 8);
+			}
+
+			/** Writes two bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for IN
+			 *  direction endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Data  Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+			 */
+			static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_BE(const uint16_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_BE(const uint16_t Data)
+			{
+				UEDATX = (Data >> 8);
+				UEDATX = (Data & 0xFF);
+			}
+
+			/** Discards two bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
+			 */
+			static inline void Endpoint_Discard_16(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Endpoint_Discard_16(void)
+			{
+				uint8_t Dummy;
+
+				Dummy = UEDATX;
+				Dummy = UEDATX;
+
+				(void)Dummy;
+			}
+
+			/** Reads four bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for OUT
+			 *  direction endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
+			 *
+			 *  \return Next four bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+			 */
+			static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_LE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_LE(void)
+			{
+				union
+				{
+					uint32_t Value;
+					uint8_t  Bytes[4];
+				} Data;
+
+				Data.Bytes[0] = UEDATX;
+				Data.Bytes[1] = UEDATX;
+				Data.Bytes[2] = UEDATX;
+				Data.Bytes[3] = UEDATX;
+
+				return Data.Value;
+			}
+
+			/** Reads four bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for OUT
+			 *  direction endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
+			 *
+			 *  \return Next four bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+			 */
+			static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_BE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_BE(void)
+			{
+				union
+				{
+					uint32_t Value;
+					uint8_t  Bytes[4];
+				} Data;
+
+				Data.Bytes[3] = UEDATX;
+				Data.Bytes[2] = UEDATX;
+				Data.Bytes[1] = UEDATX;
+				Data.Bytes[0] = UEDATX;
+
+				return Data.Value;
+			}
+
+			/** Writes four bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for IN
+			 *  direction endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Data  Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+			 */
+			static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_LE(const uint32_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_LE(const uint32_t Data)
+			{
+				UEDATX = (Data &  0xFF);
+				UEDATX = (Data >> 8);
+				UEDATX = (Data >> 16);
+				UEDATX = (Data >> 24);
+			}
+
+			/** Writes four bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for IN
+			 *  direction endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Data  Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+			 */
+			static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_BE(const uint32_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_BE(const uint32_t Data)
+			{
+				UEDATX = (Data >> 24);
+				UEDATX = (Data >> 16);
+				UEDATX = (Data >> 8);
+				UEDATX = (Data &  0xFF);
+			}
+
+			/** Discards four bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
+			 */
+			static inline void Endpoint_Discard_32(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Endpoint_Discard_32(void)
+			{
+				uint8_t Dummy;
+
+				Dummy = UEDATX;
+				Dummy = UEDATX;
+				Dummy = UEDATX;
+				Dummy = UEDATX;
+
+				(void)Dummy;
+			}
+
+		/* External Variables: */
+			/** Global indicating the maximum packet size of the default control endpoint located at address
+			 *  0 in the device. This value is set to the value indicated in the device descriptor in the user
+			 *  project once the USB interface is initialized into device mode.
+			 *
+			 *  If space is an issue, it is possible to fix this to a static value by defining the control
+			 *  endpoint size in the \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token passed to the compiler in the makefile
+			 *  via the -D switch. When a fixed control endpoint size is used, the size is no longer dynamically
+			 *  read from the descriptors at runtime and instead fixed to the given value. When used, it is
+			 *  important that the descriptor control endpoint size value matches the size given as the
+			 *  \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token - it is recommended that the \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token
+			 *  be used in the device descriptors to ensure this.
+			 *
+			 *  \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
+			 *             changed in value.
+			 */
+			#if (!defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+				extern uint8_t USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize;
+			#else
+				#define USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE
+			#endif
+
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			/** Configures a table of endpoint descriptions, in sequence. This function can be used to configure multiple
+			 *  endpoints at the same time.
+			 *
+			 *  \note Endpoints with a zero address will be ignored, thus this function cannot be used to configure the
+			 *        control endpoint.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Table    Pointer to a table of endpoint descriptions.
+			 *  \param[in] Entries  Number of entries in the endpoint table to configure.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if all endpoints configured successfully, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(const USB_Endpoint_Table_t* const Table,
+			                                     const uint8_t Entries);
+
+			/** Completes the status stage of a control transfer on a CONTROL type endpoint automatically,
+			 *  with respect to the data direction. This is a convenience function which can be used to
+			 *  simplify user control request handling.
+			 *
+			 *  \note This routine should not be called on non CONTROL type endpoints.
+			 */
+			void Endpoint_ClearStatusStage(void);
+
+			/** Spin-loops until the currently selected non-control endpoint is ready for the next packet of data
+			 *  to be read or written to it.
+			 *
+			 *  \note This routine should not be called on CONTROL type endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointRW_AVR8
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(void);
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Host_AVR8.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Host_AVR8.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cbb7735e1c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Host_AVR8.c
@@ -0,0 +1,297 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_HOST_C
+#include "../Host.h"
+
+void USB_Host_ProcessNextHostState(void)
+{
+	uint8_t ErrorCode    = HOST_ENUMERROR_NoError;
+	uint8_t SubErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_NoError;
+
+	static uint16_t WaitMSRemaining;
+	static uint8_t  PostWaitState;
+
+	switch (USB_HostState)
+	{
+		case HOST_STATE_WaitForDevice:
+			if (WaitMSRemaining)
+			{
+				if ((SubErrorCode = USB_Host_WaitMS(1)) != HOST_WAITERROR_Successful)
+				{
+					USB_HostState = PostWaitState;
+					ErrorCode     = HOST_ENUMERROR_WaitStage;
+					break;
+				}
+
+				if (!(--WaitMSRemaining))
+				  USB_HostState = PostWaitState;
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case HOST_STATE_Powered:
+			WaitMSRemaining = HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS;
+
+			USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Powered_WaitForDeviceSettle;
+			break;
+		case HOST_STATE_Powered_WaitForDeviceSettle:
+			if (WaitMSRemaining--)
+			{
+				Delay_MS(1);
+				break;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Off();
+
+				USB_OTGPAD_On();
+				USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Enable();
+				USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_On();
+
+				#if defined(NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT)
+				USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Enable();
+				USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_On();
+				#endif
+
+				USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Powered_WaitForConnect;
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case HOST_STATE_Powered_WaitForConnect:
+			if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_DCONNI))
+			{
+				USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DCONNI);
+				USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DDISCI);
+
+				USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_VBERRI);
+				USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_VBERRI);
+
+				USB_Host_ResumeBus();
+				Pipe_ClearPipes();
+
+				HOST_TASK_NONBLOCK_WAIT(100, HOST_STATE_Powered_DoReset);
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case HOST_STATE_Powered_DoReset:
+			USB_Host_ResetDevice();
+
+			HOST_TASK_NONBLOCK_WAIT(200, HOST_STATE_Powered_ConfigPipe);
+			break;
+		case HOST_STATE_Powered_ConfigPipe:
+			if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE, EP_TYPE_CONTROL, ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP, PIPE_CONTROLPIPE_DEFAULT_SIZE, 1)))
+			{
+				ErrorCode    = HOST_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigError;
+				SubErrorCode = 0;
+				break;
+			}
+
+			USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Default;
+			break;
+		case HOST_STATE_Default:
+			USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+				{
+					.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
+					.bRequest      = REQ_GetDescriptor,
+					.wValue        = (DTYPE_Device << 8),
+					.wIndex        = 0,
+					.wLength       = 8,
+				};
+
+			uint8_t DataBuffer[8];
+
+			Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+			if ((SubErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(DataBuffer)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+			{
+				ErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_ControlError;
+				break;
+			}
+
+			USB_Host_ControlPipeSize = DataBuffer[offsetof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t, Endpoint0Size)];
+
+			USB_Host_ResetDevice();
+
+			HOST_TASK_NONBLOCK_WAIT(200, HOST_STATE_Default_PostReset);
+			break;
+		case HOST_STATE_Default_PostReset:
+			if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE, EP_TYPE_CONTROL, ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP, USB_Host_ControlPipeSize, 1)))
+			{
+				ErrorCode    = HOST_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigError;
+				SubErrorCode = 0;
+				break;
+			}
+
+			USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+				{
+					.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
+					.bRequest      = REQ_SetAddress,
+					.wValue        = USB_HOST_DEVICEADDRESS,
+					.wIndex        = 0,
+					.wLength       = 0,
+				};
+
+			if ((SubErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+			{
+				ErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_ControlError;
+				break;
+			}
+
+			HOST_TASK_NONBLOCK_WAIT(100, HOST_STATE_Default_PostAddressSet);
+			break;
+		case HOST_STATE_Default_PostAddressSet:
+			USB_Host_SetDeviceAddress(USB_HOST_DEVICEADDRESS);
+
+			USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Addressed;
+
+			EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete();
+			break;
+
+		default:
+			break;
+	}
+
+	if ((ErrorCode != HOST_ENUMERROR_NoError) && (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Unattached))
+	{
+		EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(ErrorCode, SubErrorCode);
+
+		USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Off();
+
+		EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached();
+
+		USB_ResetInterface();
+	}
+}
+
+uint8_t USB_Host_WaitMS(uint8_t MS)
+{
+	bool    BusSuspended = USB_Host_IsBusSuspended();
+	uint8_t ErrorCode    = HOST_WAITERROR_Successful;
+	bool    HSOFIEnabled = USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+
+	USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+	USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+
+	USB_Host_ResumeBus();
+
+	while (MS)
+	{
+		if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_HSOFI))
+		{
+			USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+			MS--;
+		}
+
+		if ((USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached) || (USB_CurrentMode != USB_MODE_Host))
+		{
+			ErrorCode = HOST_WAITERROR_DeviceDisconnect;
+
+			break;
+		}
+
+		if (Pipe_IsError())
+		{
+			Pipe_ClearError();
+			ErrorCode = HOST_WAITERROR_PipeError;
+
+			break;
+		}
+
+		if (Pipe_IsStalled())
+		{
+			Pipe_ClearStall();
+			ErrorCode = HOST_WAITERROR_SetupStalled;
+
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (BusSuspended)
+	  USB_Host_SuspendBus();
+
+	if (HSOFIEnabled)
+	  USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+
+	return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+static void USB_Host_ResetDevice(void)
+{
+	bool BusSuspended = USB_Host_IsBusSuspended();
+
+	USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_DDISCI);
+
+	USB_Host_ResetBus();
+	while (!(USB_Host_IsBusResetComplete()));
+	USB_Host_ResumeBus();
+
+	USB_Host_ConfigurationNumber = 0;
+
+	bool HSOFIEnabled = USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+
+	USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+	USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+
+	for (uint8_t MSRem = 10; MSRem != 0; MSRem--)
+	{
+		/* Workaround for powerless-pull-up devices. After a USB bus reset,
+		   all disconnection interrupts are suppressed while a USB frame is
+		   looked for - if it is found within 10ms, the device is still
+		   present.                                                        */
+
+		if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_HSOFI))
+		{
+			USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+			USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DDISCI);
+			break;
+		}
+
+		Delay_MS(1);
+	}
+
+	if (HSOFIEnabled)
+	  USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+
+	if (BusSuspended)
+	  USB_Host_SuspendBus();
+
+	USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_DDISCI);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Host_AVR8.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Host_AVR8.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7a48e3162d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Host_AVR8.h
@@ -0,0 +1,372 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief USB Host definitions for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
+ *  \copydetails Group_Host_AVR8
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Host
+ *  \defgroup Group_Host_AVR8 Host Management (AVR8)
+ *  \brief USB Host definitions for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
+ *
+ *  Architecture specific USB Host definitions for the Atmel 8-bit AVR microcontrollers.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBHOST_AVR8_H__
+#define __USBHOST_AVR8_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../StdDescriptors.h"
+		#include "../Pipe.h"
+		#include "../USBInterrupt.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+		#if defined(INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE) && !defined(NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT)
+			#error The INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE compile option requires NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT for the AVR8 architecture.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Indicates the fixed USB device address which any attached device is enumerated to when in
+			 *  host mode. As only one USB device may be attached to the AVR in host mode at any one time
+			 *  and that the address used is not important (other than the fact that it is non-zero), a
+			 *  fixed value is specified by the library.
+			 */
+			#define USB_HOST_DEVICEADDRESS                 1
+
+			#if !defined(HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+				/** Constant for the delay in milliseconds after a device is connected before the library
+				 *  will start the enumeration process. Some devices require a delay of up to 5 seconds
+				 *  after connection before the enumeration process can start or incorrect operation will
+				 *  occur.
+				 *
+				 *  The default delay value may be overridden in the user project makefile by defining the
+				 *  \c HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS token to the required delay in milliseconds, and passed to the
+				 *  compiler using the -D switch.
+				 */
+				#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS        1000
+			#endif
+
+			/** Enum for the error codes for the \ref EVENT_USB_Host_HostError() event.
+			 *
+			 *  \see \ref Group_Events for more information on this event.
+			 */
+			enum USB_Host_ErrorCodes_t
+			{
+				HOST_ERROR_VBusVoltageDip       = 0, /**< VBUS voltage dipped to an unacceptable level. This
+				                                      *   error may be the result of an attached device drawing
+				                                      *   too much current from the VBUS line, or due to the
+				                                      *   AVR's power source being unable to supply sufficient
+				                                      *   current.
+				                                      */
+			};
+
+			/** Enum for the error codes for the \ref EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed() event.
+			 *
+			 *  \see \ref Group_Events for more information on this event.
+			 */
+			enum USB_Host_EnumerationErrorCodes_t
+			{
+				HOST_ENUMERROR_NoError          = 0, /**< No error occurred. Used internally, this is not a valid
+				                                      *   ErrorCode parameter value for the \ref EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed()
+				                                      *   event.
+				                                      */
+				HOST_ENUMERROR_WaitStage        = 1, /**< One of the delays between enumeration steps failed
+				                                      *   to complete successfully, due to a timeout or other
+				                                      *   error.
+				                                      */
+				HOST_ENUMERROR_NoDeviceDetected = 2, /**< No device was detected, despite the USB data lines
+				                                      *   indicating the attachment of a device.
+				                                      */
+				HOST_ENUMERROR_ControlError     = 3, /**< One of the enumeration control requests failed to
+				                                      *   complete successfully.
+				                                      */
+				HOST_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigError  = 4, /**< The default control pipe (address 0) failed to
+				                                      *   configure correctly.
+				                                      */
+			};
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			/** Returns the current USB frame number, when in host mode. Every millisecond the USB bus is active (i.e. not suspended)
+			 *  the frame number is incremented by one.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Current USB frame number from the USB controller.
+			 */
+			static inline uint16_t USB_Host_GetFrameNumber(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint16_t USB_Host_GetFrameNumber(void)
+			{
+				return UHFNUM;
+			}
+
+			#if !defined(NO_SOF_EVENTS)
+				/** Enables the host mode Start Of Frame events. When enabled, this causes the
+				 *  \ref EVENT_USB_Host_StartOfFrame() event to fire once per millisecond, synchronized to the USB bus,
+				 *  at the start of each USB frame when a device is enumerated while in host mode.
+				 *
+				 *  \note This function is not available when the \c NO_SOF_EVENTS compile time token is defined.
+				 */
+				static inline void USB_Host_EnableSOFEvents(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+				static inline void USB_Host_EnableSOFEvents(void)
+				{
+					USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+				}
+
+				/** Disables the host mode Start Of Frame events. When disabled, this stops the firing of the
+				 *  \ref EVENT_USB_Host_StartOfFrame() event when enumerated in host mode.
+				 *
+				 *  \note This function is not available when the \c NO_SOF_EVENTS compile time token is defined.
+				 */
+				static inline void USB_Host_DisableSOFEvents(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+				static inline void USB_Host_DisableSOFEvents(void)
+				{
+					USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+				}
+			#endif
+
+			/** Resets the USB bus, including the endpoints in any attached device and pipes on the AVR host.
+			 *  USB bus resets leave the default control pipe configured (if already configured).
+			 *
+			 *  If the USB bus has been suspended prior to issuing a bus reset, the attached device will be
+			 *  woken up automatically and the bus resumed after the reset has been correctly issued.
+			 */
+			static inline void USB_Host_ResetBus(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_Host_ResetBus(void)
+			{
+				UHCON |=  (1 << RESET);
+			}
+
+			/** Determines if a previously issued bus reset (via the \ref USB_Host_ResetBus() macro) has
+			 *  completed.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if no bus reset is currently being sent, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool USB_Host_IsBusResetComplete(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool USB_Host_IsBusResetComplete(void)
+			{
+				return ((UHCON & (1 << RESET)) ? false : true);
+			}
+
+			/** Resumes USB communications with an attached and enumerated device, by resuming the transmission
+			 *  of the 1MS Start Of Frame messages to the device. When resumed, USB communications between the
+			 *  host and attached device may occur.
+			 */
+			static inline void USB_Host_ResumeBus(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_Host_ResumeBus(void)
+			{
+				UHCON |=  (1 << SOFEN);
+			}
+
+			/** Suspends the USB bus, preventing any communications from occurring between the host and attached
+			 *  device until the bus has been resumed. This stops the transmission of the 1MS Start Of Frame
+			 *  messages to the device.
+			 *
+			 *  \attention While the USB bus is suspended, all USB interrupt sources are also disabled; this means that
+			 *             some events (such as device disconnections) will not fire until the bus is resumed.
+			 */
+			static inline void USB_Host_SuspendBus(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_Host_SuspendBus(void)
+			{
+				UHCON &= ~(1 << SOFEN);
+			}
+
+			/** Determines if the USB bus has been suspended via the use of the \ref USB_Host_SuspendBus() macro,
+			 *  false otherwise. While suspended, no USB communications can occur until the bus is resumed,
+			 *  except for the Remote Wakeup event from the device if supported.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the bus is currently suspended, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool USB_Host_IsBusSuspended(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool USB_Host_IsBusSuspended(void)
+			{
+				return ((UHCON & (1 << SOFEN)) ? false : true);
+			}
+
+			/** Determines if the attached device is currently enumerated in Full Speed mode (12Mb/s), or
+			 *  false if the attached device is enumerated in Low Speed mode (1.5Mb/s).
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the attached device is enumerated in Full Speed mode, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool USB_Host_IsDeviceFullSpeed(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool USB_Host_IsDeviceFullSpeed(void)
+			{
+				return ((USBSTA & (1 << SPEED)) ? true : false);
+			}
+
+			/** Determines if the attached device is currently issuing a Remote Wakeup request, requesting
+			 *  that the host resume the USB bus and wake up the device, \c false otherwise.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the attached device has sent a Remote Wakeup request, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool USB_Host_IsRemoteWakeupSent(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool USB_Host_IsRemoteWakeupSent(void)
+			{
+				return ((UHINT & (1 << RXRSMI)) ? true : false);
+			}
+
+			/** Clears the flag indicating that a Remote Wakeup request has been issued by an attached device. */
+			static inline void USB_Host_ClearRemoteWakeupSent(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_Host_ClearRemoteWakeupSent(void)
+			{
+				UHINT &= ~(1 << RXRSMI);
+			}
+
+			/** Accepts a Remote Wakeup request from an attached device. This must be issued in response to
+			 *  a device's Remote Wakeup request within 2ms for the request to be accepted and the bus to
+			 *  be resumed.
+			 */
+			static inline void USB_Host_ResumeFromWakeupRequest(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_Host_ResumeFromWakeupRequest(void)
+			{
+				UHCON |=  (1 << RESUME);
+			}
+
+			/** Determines if a resume from Remote Wakeup request is currently being sent to an attached
+			 *  device.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if no resume request is currently being sent, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool USB_Host_IsResumeFromWakeupRequestSent(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool USB_Host_IsResumeFromWakeupRequestSent(void)
+			{
+				return ((UHCON & (1 << RESUME)) ? false : true);
+			}
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Macros: */
+			static inline void USB_Host_HostMode_On(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_Host_HostMode_On(void)
+			{
+				USBCON |=  (1 << HOST);
+			}
+
+			static inline void USB_Host_HostMode_Off(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_Host_HostMode_Off(void)
+			{
+				USBCON &= ~(1 << HOST);
+			}
+
+			static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Enable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Enable(void)
+			{
+				OTGCON &= ~(1 << VBUSHWC);
+				UHWCON |=  (1 << UVCONE);
+			}
+
+			static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Enable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Enable(void)
+			{
+				OTGCON |=  (1 << VBUSHWC);
+				UHWCON &= ~(1 << UVCONE);
+
+				DDRE   |=  (1 << 7);
+			}
+
+			static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_On(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_On(void)
+			{
+				OTGCON |=  (1 << VBUSREQ);
+			}
+
+			static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_On(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_On(void)
+			{
+				#if defined(INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE)
+				PORTE  &= ~(1 << 7);
+				#else
+				PORTE  |=  (1 << 7);
+				#endif
+			}
+
+			static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Off(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Off(void)
+			{
+				OTGCON |=  (1 << VBUSRQC);
+			}
+
+			static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Off(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Off(void)
+			{
+				#if defined(INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE)
+				PORTE  |=  (1 << 7);
+				#else
+				PORTE  &= ~(1 << 7);
+				#endif
+			}
+
+			static inline void USB_Host_SetDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_Host_SetDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address)
+			{
+				UHADDR  =  (Address & 0x7F);
+			}
+
+		/* Enums: */
+			enum USB_Host_WaitMSErrorCodes_t
+			{
+				HOST_WAITERROR_Successful       = 0,
+				HOST_WAITERROR_DeviceDisconnect = 1,
+				HOST_WAITERROR_PipeError        = 2,
+				HOST_WAITERROR_SetupStalled     = 3,
+			};
+
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			void    USB_Host_ProcessNextHostState(void);
+			uint8_t USB_Host_WaitMS(uint8_t MS);
+
+			#if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_HOST_C)
+				static void USB_Host_ResetDevice(void);
+			#endif
+	#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/OTG_AVR8.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/OTG_AVR8.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..74c70ccdfd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/OTG_AVR8.h
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief USB OTG definitions for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
+ *  \copydetails Group_OTG_AVR8
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_OTG
+ *  \defgroup Group_OTG_AVR8 USB On The Go (OTG) Management (AVR8)
+ *  \brief USB OTG definitions for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
+ *
+ *  Architecture specific USB OTG definitions for the Atmel 8-bit AVR microcontrollers.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBOTG_AVR8_H__
+#define __USBOTG_AVR8_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Mask for the VBUS pulsing method of SRP, supported by some OTG devices.
+			 *
+			 *  \see \ref USB_OTG_Device_InitiateSRP().
+			 */
+			#define USB_OTG_SRP_VBUS                   (1 << SRPSEL)
+
+			/** Mask for the Data + pulsing method of SRP, supported by some OTG devices.
+			 *
+			 *  \see \ref USB_OTG_Device_InitiateSRP().
+			 */
+			#define USB_OTG_STP_DATA                   0
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			/** Initiate a Host Negotiation Protocol request. This indicates to the other connected device
+			 *  that the device wishes to change device/host roles.
+			 */
+			static inline void USB_OTG_Device_RequestHNP(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_OTG_Device_RequestHNP(void)
+			{
+				OTGCON |=  (1 << HNPREQ);
+			}
+
+			/** Cancel a Host Negotiation Protocol request. This stops a pending HNP request to the other
+			 *  connected device.
+			 */
+			static inline void USB_OTG_Device_CancelHNPRequest(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_OTG_Device_CancelHNPRequest(void)
+			{
+				OTGCON &= ~(1 << HNPREQ);
+			}
+
+			/** Determines if the device is currently sending a HNP to an attached host.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if currently sending a HNP to the other connected device, \c false otherwise
+			 */
+			static inline bool USB_OTG_Device_IsSendingHNP(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool USB_OTG_Device_IsSendingHNP(void)
+			{
+				return ((OTGCON & (1 << HNPREQ)) ? true : false);
+			}
+
+			/** Initiates a Session Request Protocol request. Most OTG devices turn off VBUS when the USB
+			 *  interface is not in use, to conserve power. Sending a SRP to a USB OTG device running in
+			 *  host mode indicates that VBUS should be applied and a session started.
+			 *
+			 *  There are two different methods of sending a SRP - either pulses on the VBUS line, or by
+			 *  pulsing the Data + line via the internal pull-up resistor.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] SRPTypeMask  Mask indicating the type of SRP to use, either \ref USB_OTG_SRP_VBUS or
+			 *                          \ref USB_OTG_STP_DATA.
+			 */
+			static inline void USB_OTG_Device_InitiateSRP(const uint8_t SRPTypeMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_OTG_Device_InitiateSRP(const uint8_t SRPTypeMask)
+			{
+				OTGCON = ((OTGCON & ~(1 << SRPSEL)) | (SRPTypeMask | (1 << SRPREQ)));
+			}
+
+			/** Accepts a HNP from a connected device, indicating that both devices should exchange
+			 *  device/host roles.
+			 */
+			static inline void USB_OTG_Host_AcceptHNP(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_OTG_Host_AcceptHNP(void)
+			{
+				OTGCON |=  (1 << HNPREQ);
+			}
+
+			/** Rejects a HNP from a connected device, indicating that both devices should remain in their
+			 *  current device/host roles.
+			 */
+			static inline void USB_OTG_Host_RejectHNP(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_OTG_Host_RejectHNP(void)
+			{
+				OTGCON &= ~(1 << HNPREQ);
+			}
+
+			/** Indicates if the connected device is currently sending a HNP request.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if a HNP is currently being issued by the connected device, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool USB_OTG_Host_IsHNPReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool USB_OTG_Host_IsHNPReceived(void)
+			{
+				return ((OTGCON & (1 << HNPREQ)) ? true : false);
+			}
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/PipeStream_AVR8.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/PipeStream_AVR8.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7b17d45d4f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/PipeStream_AVR8.c
@@ -0,0 +1,221 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+
+#include "PipeStream_AVR8.h"
+
+uint8_t Pipe_Discard_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+                            uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
+{
+	uint8_t  ErrorCode;
+	uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
+
+	Pipe_SetPipeToken(PIPE_TOKEN_IN);
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
+	  return ErrorCode;
+
+	if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+	  Length -= *BytesProcessed;
+
+	while (Length)
+	{
+		if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+		{
+			Pipe_ClearIN();
+
+			if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+			{
+				*BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
+				return PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
+			}
+
+			if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
+			  return ErrorCode;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			Pipe_Discard_8();
+
+			Length--;
+			BytesInTransfer++;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t Pipe_Null_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+                         uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
+{
+	uint8_t  ErrorCode;
+	uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
+
+	Pipe_SetPipeToken(PIPE_TOKEN_OUT);
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
+	  return ErrorCode;
+
+	if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+	  Length -= *BytesProcessed;
+
+	while (Length)
+	{
+		if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+		{
+			Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+			if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+			{
+				*BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
+				return PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
+			}
+
+			USB_USBTask();
+
+			if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
+			  return ErrorCode;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			Pipe_Write_8(0);
+
+			Length--;
+			BytesInTransfer++;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+/* The following abuses the C preprocessor in order to copy-paste common code with slight alterations,
+ * so that the code needs to be written once. It is a crude form of templating to reduce code maintenance. */
+
+#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Pipe_Write_Stream_LE
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      const void*
+#define  TEMPLATE_TOKEN                            PIPE_TOKEN_OUT
+#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE()                     Pipe_ClearOUT()
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   DataStream += Amount
+#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Pipe_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
+#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
+
+#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Pipe_Write_Stream_BE
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      const void*
+#define  TEMPLATE_TOKEN                            PIPE_TOKEN_OUT
+#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE()                     Pipe_ClearOUT()
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   DataStream -= Amount
+#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Pipe_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
+#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
+
+#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Pipe_Read_Stream_LE
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      void*
+#define  TEMPLATE_TOKEN                            PIPE_TOKEN_IN
+#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE()                     Pipe_ClearIN()
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   DataStream += Amount
+#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         *BufferPtr = Pipe_Read_8()
+#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
+
+#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Pipe_Read_Stream_BE
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      void*
+#define  TEMPLATE_TOKEN                            PIPE_TOKEN_IN
+#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE()                     Pipe_ClearIN()
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   DataStream -= Amount
+#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         *BufferPtr = Pipe_Read_8()
+#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
+
+#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Pipe_Write_PStream_LE
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      const void*
+#define  TEMPLATE_TOKEN                            PIPE_TOKEN_OUT
+#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE()                     Pipe_ClearOUT()
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   DataStream += Amount
+#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Pipe_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
+
+#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Pipe_Write_PStream_BE
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      const void*
+#define  TEMPLATE_TOKEN                            PIPE_TOKEN_OUT
+#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE()                     Pipe_ClearOUT()
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   DataStream -= Amount
+#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Pipe_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
+
+#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Pipe_Write_EStream_LE
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      const void*
+#define  TEMPLATE_TOKEN                            PIPE_TOKEN_OUT
+#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE()                     Pipe_ClearOUT()
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   DataStream += Amount
+#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Pipe_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
+
+#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Pipe_Write_EStream_BE
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      const void*
+#define  TEMPLATE_TOKEN                            PIPE_TOKEN_OUT
+#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE()                     Pipe_ClearOUT()
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   DataStream -= Amount
+#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Pipe_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
+
+#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Pipe_Read_EStream_LE
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      void*
+#define  TEMPLATE_TOKEN                            PIPE_TOKEN_IN
+#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE()                     Pipe_ClearIN()
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   DataStream += Amount
+#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Pipe_Read_8())
+#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
+
+#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Pipe_Read_EStream_BE
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      void*
+#define  TEMPLATE_TOKEN                            PIPE_TOKEN_IN
+#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE()                     Pipe_ClearIN()
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   DataStream -= Amount
+#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Pipe_Read_8())
+#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/PipeStream_AVR8.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/PipeStream_AVR8.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ca63bdf5a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/PipeStream_AVR8.h
@@ -0,0 +1,442 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Pipe data stream transmission and reception management for the AVR8 microcontrollers
+ *  \copydetails Group_PipeStreamRW_AVR8
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PipeStreamRW
+ *  \defgroup Group_PipeStreamRW_AVR8 Read/Write of Multi-Byte Streams (AVR8)
+ *  \brief Pipe data stream transmission and reception management for the Atmel AVR8 architecture.
+ *
+ *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of data streams from
+ *  and to pipes.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __PIPE_STREAM_AVR8_H__
+#define __PIPE_STREAM_AVR8_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../USBMode.h"
+		#include "../USBTask.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			/** \name Stream functions for null data */
+			//@{
+
+			/** Reads and discards the given number of bytes from the pipe, discarding fully read packets from the host
+			 *  as needed. The last packet is not automatically discarded once the remaining bytes has been read; the
+			 *  user is responsible for manually discarding the last packet from the device via the \ref Pipe_ClearIN() macro.
+			 *
+			 *  If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once, failing or
+			 *  succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid storage location, the transfer
+			 *  will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time the pipe bank becomes empty while there is still data
+			 *  to process (and after the current packet has been acknowledged) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with
+			 *  the total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+			 *  \ref PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed in the user code - to
+			 *  continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters and it will resume until the BytesProcessed
+			 *  value reaches the total transfer length.
+			 *
+			 *  <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+			 *  \code
+			 *  uint8_t ErrorCode;
+			 *
+			 *  if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Discard_Stream(512, NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+			 *  {
+			 *       // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+			 *  }
+			 *  \endcode
+			 *
+			 *  <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+			 *  \code
+			 *  uint8_t  ErrorCode;
+			 *  uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+			 *
+			 *  BytesProcessed = 0;
+			 *  while ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Discard_Stream(512, &BytesProcessed)) == PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+			 *  {
+			 *      // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+			 *  }
+			 *
+			 *  if (ErrorCode != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+			 *  {
+			 *      // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+			 *  }
+			 *  \endcode
+			 *
+			 *  \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
+			 *        having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of bytes to discard via the currently selected pipe.
+			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
+			 *                             updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be processed at once.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Pipe_Discard_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+			                            uint16_t* const BytesProcessed);
+
+			/** Writes a given number of zeroed bytes to the pipe, sending full pipe packets from the host to the device
+			 *  as needed. The last packet is not automatically sent once the remaining bytes has been written; the
+			 *  user is responsible for manually discarding the last packet from the device via the \ref Pipe_ClearOUT() macro.
+			 *
+			 *  If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once, failing or
+			 *  succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid storage location, the transfer
+			 *  will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time the pipe bank becomes full while there is still data
+			 *  to process (and after the current packet transmission has been initiated) the BytesProcessed location will be
+			 *  updated with the total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+			 *  \ref PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed in the user code - to
+			 *  continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters and it will resume until the BytesProcessed
+			 *  value reaches the total transfer length.
+			 *
+			 *  <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+			 *  \code
+			 *  uint8_t ErrorCode;
+			 *
+			 *  if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Null_Stream(512, NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+			 *  {
+			 *       // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+			 *  }
+			 *  \endcode
+			 *
+			 *  <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+			 *  \code
+			 *  uint8_t  ErrorCode;
+			 *  uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+			 *
+			 *  BytesProcessed = 0;
+			 *  while ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Null_Stream(512, &BytesProcessed)) == PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+			 *  {
+			 *      // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+			 *  }
+			 *
+			 *  if (ErrorCode != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+			 *  {
+			 *      // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+			 *  }
+			 *  \endcode
+			 *
+			 *  \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
+			 *        having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of zero bytes to write via the currently selected pipe.
+			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
+			 *                             updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be processed at once.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Pipe_Null_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+			                         uint16_t* const BytesProcessed);
+
+			//@}
+
+			/** \name Stream functions for RAM source/destination data */
+			//@{
+
+			/** Writes the given number of bytes to the pipe from the given buffer in little endian,
+			 *  sending full packets to the device as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
+			 *  the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
+			 *  \ref Pipe_ClearOUT() macro. Between each USB packet, the given stream callback function is
+			 *  executed repeatedly until the next packet is ready, allowing for early aborts of stream transfers.
+			 *
+			 *  If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
+			 *  failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
+			 *  storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
+			 *  the pipe bank becomes full while there is still data to process (and after the current
+			 *  packet transmission has been initiated) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the
+			 *  total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+			 *  \ref PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
+			 *  in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
+			 *  and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
+			 *
+			 *  <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+			 *  \code
+			 *  uint8_t DataStream[512];
+			 *  uint8_t ErrorCode;
+			 *
+			 *  if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+			 *                                        NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+			 *  {
+			 *       // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+			 *  }
+			 *  \endcode
+			 *
+			 *  <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+			 *  \code
+			 *  uint8_t  DataStream[512];
+			 *  uint8_t  ErrorCode;
+			 *  uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+			 *
+			 *  BytesProcessed = 0;
+			 *  while ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+			 *                                           &BytesProcessed)) == PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+			 *  {
+			 *      // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+			 *  }
+			 *
+			 *  if (ErrorCode != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+			 *  {
+			 *      // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+			 *  }
+			 *  \endcode
+			 *
+			 *  \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
+			 *        having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Buffer          Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe into the buffer.
+			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
+			 *                             updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
+			                             uint16_t Length,
+			                             uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Writes the given number of bytes to the pipe from the given buffer in big endian,
+			 *  sending full packets to the device as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
+			 *  the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
+			 *  \ref Pipe_ClearOUT() macro. Between each USB packet, the given stream callback function is
+			 *  executed repeatedly until the next packet is ready, allowing for early aborts of stream transfers.
+			 *
+			 *  \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
+			 *        having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Buffer          Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe into the buffer.
+			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
+			 *                             updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Pipe_Write_Stream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
+			                             uint16_t Length,
+			                             uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Reads the given number of bytes from the pipe into the given buffer in little endian,
+			 *  sending full packets to the device as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
+			 *  the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
+			 *  \ref Pipe_ClearIN() macro. Between each USB packet, the given stream callback function is
+			 *  executed repeatedly until the next packet is ready, allowing for early aborts of stream transfers.
+			 *
+			 *  If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
+			 *  failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
+			 *  storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
+			 *  the pipe bank becomes empty while there is still data to process (and after the current
+			 *  packet has been acknowledged) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the total number
+			 *  of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+			 *  \ref PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
+			 *  in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
+			 *  and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
+			 *
+			 *  <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+			 *  \code
+			 *  uint8_t DataStream[512];
+			 *  uint8_t ErrorCode;
+			 *
+			 *  if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+			 *                                       NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+			 *  {
+			 *       // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+			 *  }
+			 *  \endcode
+			 *
+			 *  <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+			 *  \code
+			 *  uint8_t  DataStream[512];
+			 *  uint8_t  ErrorCode;
+			 *  uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+			 *
+			 *  BytesProcessed = 0;
+			 *  while ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+			 *                                          &BytesProcessed)) == PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+			 *  {
+			 *      // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+			 *  }
+			 *
+			 *  if (ErrorCode != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+			 *  {
+			 *      // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+			 *  }
+			 *  \endcode
+			 *
+			 *  \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
+			 *        having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
+			 *
+			 *  \param[out] Buffer          Pointer to the source data buffer to write to.
+			 *  \param[in]  Length          Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe to read from.
+			 *  \param[in]  BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
+			 *                              updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(void* const Buffer,
+			                            uint16_t Length,
+			                            uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Reads the given number of bytes from the pipe into the given buffer in big endian,
+			 *  sending full packets to the device as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
+			 *  the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
+			 *  \ref Pipe_ClearIN() macro. Between each USB packet, the given stream callback function is
+			 *  executed repeatedly until the next packet is ready, allowing for early aborts of stream transfers.
+			 *
+			 *  \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
+			 *        having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
+			 *
+			 *  \param[out] Buffer          Pointer to the source data buffer to write to.
+			 *  \param[in]  Length          Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe to read from.
+			 *  \param[in]  BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
+			 *                              updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Pipe_Read_Stream_BE(void* const Buffer,
+			                            uint16_t Length,
+			                            uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+			//@}
+
+			/** \name Stream functions for EEPROM source/destination data */
+			//@{
+
+			/** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Pipe_Write_Stream_LE().
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Buffer          Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe into the buffer.
+			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
+			 *                             updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Pipe_Write_EStream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
+			                              uint16_t Length,
+			                              uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Pipe_Write_Stream_BE().
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Buffer          Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe into the buffer.
+			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
+			 *                             updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Pipe_Write_EStream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
+			                              uint16_t Length,
+			                              uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Pipe_Read_Stream_LE().
+			 *
+			 *  \param[out] Buffer          Pointer to the source data buffer to write to.
+			 *  \param[in]  Length          Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe to read from.
+			 *  \param[in]  BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
+			 *                              updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Pipe_Read_EStream_LE(void* const Buffer,
+			                             uint16_t Length,
+			                             uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Pipe_Read_Stream_BE().
+			 *
+			 *  \param[out] Buffer          Pointer to the source data buffer to write to.
+			 *  \param[in]  Length          Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe to read from.
+			 *  \param[in]  BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
+			 *                              updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Pipe_Read_EStream_BE(void* const Buffer,
+			                             uint16_t Length,
+			                             uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+			//@}
+
+			/** \name Stream functions for PROGMEM source/destination data */
+			//@{
+
+			/** FLASH buffer source version of \ref Pipe_Write_Stream_LE().
+			 *
+			 *  \pre The FLASH data must be located in the first 64KB of FLASH for this function to work correctly.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Buffer          Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe into the buffer.
+			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
+			 *                             updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Pipe_Write_PStream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
+			                              uint16_t Length,
+			                              uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** FLASH buffer source version of \ref Pipe_Write_Stream_BE().
+			 *
+			 *  \pre The FLASH data must be located in the first 64KB of FLASH for this function to work correctly.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Buffer          Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe into the buffer.
+			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
+			 *                             updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Pipe_Write_PStream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
+			                              uint16_t Length,
+			                              uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+			//@}
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Pipe_AVR8.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Pipe_AVR8.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..20239d06f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Pipe_AVR8.c
@@ -0,0 +1,210 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+
+#include "../Pipe.h"
+
+uint8_t USB_Host_ControlPipeSize = PIPE_CONTROLPIPE_DEFAULT_SIZE;
+
+bool Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(const USB_Pipe_Table_t* const Table,
+                             const uint8_t Entries)
+{
+	for (uint8_t i = 0; i < Entries; i++)
+	{
+		if (!(Table[i].Address))
+		  continue;
+
+		if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipe(Table[i].Address, Table[i].Type, Table[i].EndpointAddress, Table[i].Size, Table[i].Banks)))
+		{
+			return false;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+bool Pipe_ConfigurePipe(const uint8_t Address,
+                        const uint8_t Type,
+                        const uint8_t EndpointAddress,
+                        const uint16_t Size,
+                        const uint8_t Banks)
+{
+	uint8_t Number = (Address & PIPE_EPNUM_MASK);
+	uint8_t Token  = (Address & PIPE_DIR_IN) ? PIPE_TOKEN_IN : PIPE_TOKEN_OUT;
+
+	if (Number >= PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES)
+	  return false;
+
+	if (Type == EP_TYPE_CONTROL)
+	  Token = PIPE_TOKEN_SETUP;
+
+#if defined(ORDERED_EP_CONFIG)
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(Number);
+	Pipe_EnablePipe();
+
+	UPCFG1X = 0;
+
+	UPCFG0X = ((Type << EPTYPE0) | Token | ((EndpointAddress & PIPE_EPNUM_MASK) << PEPNUM0));
+	UPCFG1X = ((1 << ALLOC) | ((Banks > 1) ? (1 << EPBK0) : 0) | Pipe_BytesToEPSizeMask(Size));
+
+	Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests();
+
+	return Pipe_IsConfigured();
+#else
+	for (uint8_t PNum = Number; PNum < PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES; PNum++)
+	{
+		uint8_t UPCFG0XTemp;
+		uint8_t UPCFG1XTemp;
+		uint8_t UPCFG2XTemp;
+		uint8_t UPIENXTemp;
+
+		Pipe_SelectPipe(PNum);
+
+		if (PNum == Number)
+		{
+			UPCFG0XTemp = ((Type << EPTYPE0) | Token | ((EndpointAddress & PIPE_EPNUM_MASK) << PEPNUM0));
+			UPCFG1XTemp = ((1 << ALLOC) | ((Banks > 1) ? (1 << EPBK0) : 0) | Pipe_BytesToEPSizeMask(Size));
+			UPCFG2XTemp = 0;
+			UPIENXTemp  = 0;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			UPCFG0XTemp = UPCFG0X;
+			UPCFG1XTemp = UPCFG1X;
+			UPCFG2XTemp = UPCFG2X;
+			UPIENXTemp  = UPIENX;
+		}
+
+		if (!(UPCFG1XTemp & (1 << ALLOC)))
+		  continue;
+
+		Pipe_DisablePipe();
+		UPCFG1X &= ~(1 << ALLOC);
+
+		Pipe_EnablePipe();
+		UPCFG0X = UPCFG0XTemp;
+		UPCFG1X = UPCFG1XTemp;
+		UPCFG2X = UPCFG2XTemp;
+		UPIENX  = UPIENXTemp;
+
+		Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests();
+
+		if (!(Pipe_IsConfigured()))
+		  return false;
+	}
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(Number);
+	return true;
+#endif
+}
+
+void Pipe_ClearPipes(void)
+{
+	UPINT = 0;
+
+	for (uint8_t PNum = 0; PNum < PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES; PNum++)
+	{
+		Pipe_SelectPipe(PNum);
+		UPIENX  = 0;
+		UPINTX  = 0;
+		UPCFG1X = 0;
+		Pipe_DisablePipe();
+	}
+}
+
+bool Pipe_IsEndpointBound(const uint8_t EndpointAddress)
+{
+	uint8_t PrevPipeNumber = Pipe_GetCurrentPipe();
+
+	for (uint8_t PNum = 0; PNum < PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES; PNum++)
+	{
+		Pipe_SelectPipe(PNum);
+
+		if (!(Pipe_IsConfigured()))
+		  continue;
+
+		if (Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress() == EndpointAddress)
+		  return true;
+	}
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(PrevPipeNumber);
+	return false;
+}
+
+uint8_t Pipe_WaitUntilReady(void)
+{
+	#if (USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS < 0xFF)
+	uint8_t  TimeoutMSRem = USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS;
+	#else
+	uint16_t TimeoutMSRem = USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS;
+	#endif
+
+	uint16_t PreviousFrameNumber = USB_Host_GetFrameNumber();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		if (Pipe_GetPipeToken() == PIPE_TOKEN_IN)
+		{
+			if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+			  return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			if (Pipe_IsOUTReady())
+			  return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
+		}
+
+		if (Pipe_IsStalled())
+		  return PIPE_READYWAIT_PipeStalled;
+		else if (USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached)
+		  return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+		uint16_t CurrentFrameNumber = USB_Host_GetFrameNumber();
+
+		if (CurrentFrameNumber != PreviousFrameNumber)
+		{
+			PreviousFrameNumber = CurrentFrameNumber;
+
+			if (!(TimeoutMSRem--))
+			  return PIPE_READYWAIT_Timeout;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Pipe_AVR8.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Pipe_AVR8.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3521efbe9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Pipe_AVR8.h
@@ -0,0 +1,922 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief USB Pipe definitions for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
+ *  \copydetails Group_PipeManagement_AVR8
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PipeRW
+ *  \defgroup Group_PipeRW_AVR8 Pipe Data Reading and Writing (AVR8)
+ *  \brief Pipe data read/write definitions for the Atmel AVR8 architecture.
+ *
+ *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing from and to pipes.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW
+ *  \defgroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8 Read/Write of Primitive Data Types (AVR8)
+ *  \brief Pipe primitive data read/write definitions for the Atmel AVR8 architecture.
+ *
+ *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of primitive data types
+ *  from and to pipes.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement
+ *  \defgroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8 Pipe Packet Management (AVR8)
+ *  \brief Pipe packet management definitions for the Atmel AVR8 architecture.
+ *
+ *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to packet management of pipes.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
+ *  \defgroup Group_PipeControlReq_AVR8 Pipe Control Request Management (AVR8)
+ *  \brief Pipe control request management definitions for the Atmel AVR8 architecture.
+ *
+ *  Module for host mode request processing. This module allows for the transmission of standard, class and
+ *  vendor control requests to the default control endpoint of an attached device while in host mode.
+ *
+ *  \see Chapter 9 of the USB 2.0 specification.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PipeManagement
+ *  \defgroup Group_PipeManagement_AVR8 Pipe Management (AVR8)
+ *  \brief Pipe management definitions for the Atmel AVR8 architecture.
+ *
+ *  This module contains functions, macros and enums related to pipe management when in USB Host mode. This
+ *  module contains the pipe management macros, as well as pipe interrupt and data send/receive functions
+ *  for various data types.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __PIPE_AVR8_H__
+#define __PIPE_AVR8_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../USBTask.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** \name Pipe Error Flag Masks */
+			//@{
+			/** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that an overflow error occurred in the pipe on the received data. */
+			#define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_OVERFLOW         (1 << 6)
+
+			/** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that an underflow error occurred in the pipe on the received data. */
+			#define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_UNDERFLOW        (1 << 5)
+
+			/** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that a CRC error occurred in the pipe on the received data. */
+			#define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_CRC16            (1 << 4)
+
+			/** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that a hardware timeout error occurred in the pipe. */
+			#define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_TIMEOUT          (1 << 3)
+
+			/** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that a hardware PID error occurred in the pipe. */
+			#define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_PID              (1 << 2)
+
+			/** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that a hardware data PID error occurred in the pipe. */
+			#define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_DATAPID          (1 << 1)
+
+			/** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that a hardware data toggle error occurred in the pipe. */
+			#define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_DATATGL          (1 << 0)
+			//@}
+
+			/** \name Pipe Token Masks */
+			//@{
+			/** Token mask for \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken() and \ref Pipe_GetPipeToken(). This sets the pipe as a SETUP token (for CONTROL type pipes),
+			 *  which will trigger a control request on the attached device when data is written to the pipe.
+			 */
+			#define PIPE_TOKEN_SETUP                (0 << PTOKEN0)
+
+			/** Token mask for \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken() and \ref Pipe_GetPipeToken(). This sets the pipe as a IN token (for non-CONTROL type pipes),
+			 *  indicating that the pipe data will flow from device to host.
+			 */
+			#define PIPE_TOKEN_IN                   (1 << PTOKEN0)
+
+			/** Token mask for \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken() and \ref Pipe_GetPipeToken(). This sets the pipe as a OUT token (for non-CONTROL type pipes),
+			 *  indicating that the pipe data will flow from host to device.
+			 */
+			#define PIPE_TOKEN_OUT                  (2 << PTOKEN0)
+			//@}
+
+			/** Default size of the default control pipe's bank, until altered by the Endpoint0Size value
+			 *  in the device descriptor of the attached device.
+			 */
+			#define PIPE_CONTROLPIPE_DEFAULT_SIZE   64
+
+			/** Total number of pipes (including the default control pipe at address 0) which may be used in
+			 *  the device. Different USB AVR models support different amounts of pipes, this value reflects
+			 *  the maximum number of pipes for the currently selected AVR model.
+			 */
+			#define PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES                7
+
+			/** Size in bytes of the largest pipe bank size possible in the device. Not all banks on each AVR
+			 *  model supports the largest bank size possible on the device; different pipe numbers support
+			 *  different maximum bank sizes. This value reflects the largest possible bank of any pipe on the
+			 *  currently selected USB AVR model.
+			 */
+			#define PIPE_MAX_SIZE                   256
+
+		/* Enums: */
+			/** Enum for the possible error return codes of the \ref Pipe_WaitUntilReady() function.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipeRW_AVR8
+			 */
+			enum Pipe_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t
+			{
+				PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError                 = 0, /**< Pipe ready for next packet, no error. */
+				PIPE_READYWAIT_PipeStalled             = 1,	/**< The device stalled the pipe while waiting. */
+				PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected      = 2,	/**< Device was disconnected from the host while waiting. */
+				PIPE_READYWAIT_Timeout                 = 3, /**< The device failed to accept or send the next packet
+				                                             *   within the software timeout period set by the
+				                                             *   \ref USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS macro.
+				                                             */
+			};
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			/** Indicates the number of bytes currently stored in the current pipes's selected bank.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipeRW_AVR8
+			 *
+			 *  \return Total number of bytes in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+			 */
+			static inline uint16_t Pipe_BytesInPipe(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint16_t Pipe_BytesInPipe(void)
+			{
+				return UPBCX;
+			}
+
+			/** Determines the currently selected pipe's direction.
+			 *
+			 *  \return The currently selected pipe's direction, as a \c PIPE_DIR_* mask.
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeDirection(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeDirection(void)
+			{
+				return (UPCFG0X & (1 << EPDIR)) ? PIPE_DIR_IN : PIPE_DIR_OUT;
+			}
+
+			/** Returns the pipe address of the currently selected pipe. This is typically used to save the
+			 *  currently selected pipe address so that it can be restored after another pipe has been manipulated.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Index of the currently selected pipe.
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetCurrentPipe(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetCurrentPipe(void)
+			{
+				return ((UPNUM & PIPE_PIPENUM_MASK) | Pipe_GetPipeDirection());
+			}
+
+			/** Selects the given pipe address. Any pipe operations which do not require the pipe address to be
+			 *  indicated will operate on the currently selected pipe.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Address  Address of the pipe to select.
+			 */
+			static inline void Pipe_SelectPipe(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Pipe_SelectPipe(const uint8_t Address)
+			{
+				UPNUM = (Address & PIPE_PIPENUM_MASK);
+			}
+
+			/** Resets the desired pipe, including the pipe banks and flags.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Address  Address of the pipe to reset.
+			 */
+			static inline void Pipe_ResetPipe(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Pipe_ResetPipe(const uint8_t Address)
+			{
+				UPRST = (1 << (Address & PIPE_PIPENUM_MASK));
+				UPRST = 0;
+			}
+
+			/** Enables the currently selected pipe so that data can be sent and received through it to and from
+			 *  an attached device.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre The currently selected pipe must first be configured properly via \ref Pipe_ConfigurePipe().
+			 */
+			static inline void Pipe_EnablePipe(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Pipe_EnablePipe(void)
+			{
+				UPCONX |= (1 << PEN);
+			}
+
+			/** Disables the currently selected pipe so that data cannot be sent and received through it to and
+			 *  from an attached device.
+			 */
+			static inline void Pipe_DisablePipe(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Pipe_DisablePipe(void)
+			{
+				UPCONX &= ~(1 << PEN);
+			}
+
+			/** Determines if the currently selected pipe is enabled, but not necessarily configured.
+			 *
+			 * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected pipe is enabled, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool Pipe_IsEnabled(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool Pipe_IsEnabled(void)
+			{
+				return ((UPCONX & (1 << PEN)) ? true : false);
+			}
+
+			/** Gets the current pipe token, indicating the pipe's data direction and type.
+			 *
+			 *  \return The current pipe token, as a \c PIPE_TOKEN_* mask.
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeToken(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeToken(void)
+			{
+				return (UPCFG0X & (0x03 << PTOKEN0));
+			}
+
+			/** Sets the token for the currently selected pipe to one of the tokens specified by the \c PIPE_TOKEN_*
+			 *  masks. This can be used on CONTROL type pipes, to allow for bidirectional transfer of data during
+			 *  control requests, or on regular pipes to allow for half-duplex bidirectional data transfer to devices
+			 *  which have two endpoints of opposite direction sharing the same endpoint address within the device.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Token  New pipe token to set the selected pipe to, as a \c PIPE_TOKEN_* mask.
+			 */
+			static inline void Pipe_SetPipeToken(const uint8_t Token) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Pipe_SetPipeToken(const uint8_t Token)
+			{
+				UPCFG0X = ((UPCFG0X & ~(0x03 << PTOKEN0)) | Token);
+			}
+
+			/** Configures the currently selected pipe to allow for an unlimited number of IN requests. */
+			static inline void Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests(void)
+			{
+				UPCONX |= (1 << INMODE);
+			}
+
+			/** Configures the currently selected pipe to only allow the specified number of IN requests to be
+			 *  accepted by the pipe before it is automatically frozen.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] TotalINRequests  Total number of IN requests that the pipe may receive before freezing.
+			 */
+			static inline void Pipe_SetFiniteINRequests(const uint8_t TotalINRequests) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Pipe_SetFiniteINRequests(const uint8_t TotalINRequests)
+			{
+				UPCONX &= ~(1 << INMODE);
+				UPINRQX = TotalINRequests;
+			}
+
+			/** Determines if the currently selected pipe is configured.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the selected pipe is configured, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool Pipe_IsConfigured(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool Pipe_IsConfigured(void)
+			{
+				return ((UPSTAX & (1 << CFGOK)) ? true : false);
+			}
+
+			/** Retrieves the endpoint address of the endpoint within the attached device that the currently selected
+			 *  pipe is bound to.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Endpoint address the currently selected pipe is bound to.
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress(void)
+			{
+				uint8_t UPCFG0X_Temp = UPCFG0X;
+
+				return (((UPCFG0X_Temp >> PEPNUM0) & PIPE_EPNUM_MASK) |
+				        ((UPCFG0X_Temp & (1 << PTOKEN1)) ? ENDPOINT_DIR_IN : ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT));
+			}
+
+			/** Sets the period between interrupts for an INTERRUPT type pipe to a specified number of milliseconds.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Milliseconds  Number of milliseconds between each pipe poll.
+			 */
+			static inline void Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(const uint8_t Milliseconds) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(const uint8_t Milliseconds)
+			{
+				UPCFG2X = Milliseconds;
+			}
+
+			/** Returns a mask indicating which pipe's interrupt periods have elapsed, indicating that the pipe should
+			 *  be serviced.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Mask whose bits indicate which pipes have interrupted.
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeInterrupts(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeInterrupts(void)
+			{
+				return UPINT;
+			}
+
+			/** Determines if the specified pipe address has interrupted (valid only for INTERRUPT type
+			 *  pipes).
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Address  Address of the pipe whose interrupt flag should be tested.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the specified pipe has interrupted, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool Pipe_HasPipeInterrupted(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool Pipe_HasPipeInterrupted(const uint8_t Address)
+			{
+				return ((UPINT & (1 << (Address & PIPE_PIPENUM_MASK))) ? true : false);
+			}
+
+			/** Unfreezes the selected pipe, allowing it to communicate with an attached device. */
+			static inline void Pipe_Unfreeze(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Pipe_Unfreeze(void)
+			{
+				UPCONX &= ~(1 << PFREEZE);
+			}
+
+			/** Freezes the selected pipe, preventing it from communicating with an attached device. */
+			static inline void Pipe_Freeze(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Pipe_Freeze(void)
+			{
+				UPCONX |= (1 << PFREEZE);
+			}
+
+			/** Determines if the currently selected pipe is frozen, and not able to accept data.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected pipe is frozen, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool Pipe_IsFrozen(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool Pipe_IsFrozen(void)
+			{
+				return ((UPCONX & (1 << PFREEZE)) ? true : false);
+			}
+
+			/** Clears the error flags for the currently selected pipe. */
+			static inline void Pipe_ClearError(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Pipe_ClearError(void)
+			{
+				UPERRX = 0;
+				UPINTX &= ~(1 << PERRI);
+			}
+
+			/** Determines if the master pipe error flag is set for the currently selected pipe, indicating that
+			 *  some sort of hardware error has occurred on the pipe.
+			 *
+			 *  \see \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags() macro for information on retrieving the exact error flag.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if an error has occurred on the selected pipe, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool Pipe_IsError(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool Pipe_IsError(void)
+			{
+				return ((UPINTX & (1 << PERRI)) ? true : false);
+			}
+
+			/** Gets a mask of the hardware error flags which have occurred on the currently selected pipe. This
+			 *  value can then be masked against the \c PIPE_ERRORFLAG_* masks to determine what error has occurred.
+			 *
+			 *  \return  Mask comprising of \c PIPE_ERRORFLAG_* bits indicating what error has occurred on the selected pipe.
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetErrorFlags(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetErrorFlags(void)
+			{
+				return ((UPERRX & (PIPE_ERRORFLAG_CRC16 | PIPE_ERRORFLAG_TIMEOUT |
+				                   PIPE_ERRORFLAG_PID   | PIPE_ERRORFLAG_DATAPID |
+				                   PIPE_ERRORFLAG_DATATGL)) |
+				        (UPSTAX & (PIPE_ERRORFLAG_OVERFLOW | PIPE_ERRORFLAG_UNDERFLOW)));
+			}
+
+			/** Retrieves the number of busy banks in the currently selected pipe, which have been queued for
+			 *  transmission via the \ref Pipe_ClearOUT() command, or are awaiting acknowledgement via the
+			 *  \ref Pipe_ClearIN() command.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
+			 *
+			 *  \return Total number of busy banks in the selected pipe.
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetBusyBanks(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetBusyBanks(void)
+			{
+				return (UPSTAX & (0x03 << NBUSYBK0));
+			}
+
+			/** Determines if the currently selected pipe may be read from (if data is waiting in the pipe
+			 *  bank and the pipe is an IN direction, or if the bank is not yet full if the pipe is an OUT
+			 *  direction). This function will return false if an error has occurred in the pipe, or if the pipe
+			 *  is an IN direction and no packet (or an empty packet) has been received, or if the pipe is an OUT
+			 *  direction and the pipe bank is full.
+			 *
+			 *  \note This function is not valid on CONTROL type pipes.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected pipe may be read from or written to, depending
+			 *          on its direction.
+			 */
+			static inline bool Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed(void)
+			{
+				return ((UPINTX & (1 << RWAL)) ? true : false);
+			}
+
+			/** Determines if a packet has been received on the currently selected IN pipe from the attached device.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the current pipe has received an IN packet, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool Pipe_IsINReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool Pipe_IsINReceived(void)
+			{
+				return ((UPINTX & (1 << RXINI)) ? true : false);
+			}
+
+			/** Determines if the currently selected OUT pipe is ready to send an OUT packet to the attached device.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the current pipe is ready for an OUT packet, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool Pipe_IsOUTReady(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool Pipe_IsOUTReady(void)
+			{
+				return ((UPINTX & (1 << TXOUTI)) ? true : false);
+			}
+
+			/** Determines if no SETUP request is currently being sent to the attached device on the selected
+			 *  CONTROL type pipe.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the current pipe is ready for a SETUP packet, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool Pipe_IsSETUPSent(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool Pipe_IsSETUPSent(void)
+			{
+				return ((UPINTX & (1 << TXSTPI)) ? true : false);
+			}
+
+			/** Sends the currently selected CONTROL type pipe's contents to the device as a SETUP packet.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
+			 */
+			static inline void Pipe_ClearSETUP(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Pipe_ClearSETUP(void)
+			{
+				UPINTX &= ~((1 << TXSTPI) | (1 << FIFOCON));
+			}
+
+			/** Acknowledges the reception of a setup IN request from the attached device on the currently selected
+			 *  pipe, freeing the bank ready for the next packet.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
+			 */
+			static inline void Pipe_ClearIN(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Pipe_ClearIN(void)
+			{
+				UPINTX &= ~((1 << RXINI) | (1 << FIFOCON));
+			}
+
+			/** Sends the currently selected pipe's contents to the device as an OUT packet on the selected pipe, freeing
+			 *  the bank ready for the next packet.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
+			 */
+			static inline void Pipe_ClearOUT(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Pipe_ClearOUT(void)
+			{
+				UPINTX &= ~((1 << TXOUTI) | (1 << FIFOCON));
+			}
+
+			/** Determines if the device sent a NAK (Negative Acknowledge) in response to the last sent packet on
+			 *  the currently selected pipe. This occurs when the host sends a packet to the device, but the device
+			 *  is not currently ready to handle the packet (i.e. its endpoint banks are full). Once a NAK has been
+			 *  received, it must be cleared using \ref Pipe_ClearNAKReceived() before the previous (or any other) packet
+			 *  can be re-sent.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if an NAK has been received on the current pipe, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool Pipe_IsNAKReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool Pipe_IsNAKReceived(void)
+			{
+				return ((UPINTX & (1 << NAKEDI)) ? true : false);
+			}
+
+			/** Clears the NAK condition on the currently selected pipe.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
+			 *
+			 *  \see \ref Pipe_IsNAKReceived() for more details.
+			 */
+			static inline void Pipe_ClearNAKReceived(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Pipe_ClearNAKReceived(void)
+			{
+				UPINTX &= ~(1 << NAKEDI);
+			}
+
+			/** Determines if the currently selected pipe has had the STALL condition set by the attached device.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the current pipe has been stalled by the attached device, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool Pipe_IsStalled(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool Pipe_IsStalled(void)
+			{
+				return ((UPINTX & (1 << RXSTALLI)) ? true : false);
+			}
+
+			/** Clears the STALL condition detection flag on the currently selected pipe, but does not clear the
+			 *  STALL condition itself (this must be done via a ClearFeature control request to the device).
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
+			 */
+			static inline void Pipe_ClearStall(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Pipe_ClearStall(void)
+			{
+				UPINTX &= ~(1 << RXSTALLI);
+			}
+
+			/** Reads one byte from the currently selected pipe's bank, for OUT direction pipes.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
+			 *
+			 *  \return Next byte in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t Pipe_Read_8(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint8_t Pipe_Read_8(void)
+			{
+				return UPDATX;
+			}
+
+			/** Writes one byte to the currently selected pipe's bank, for IN direction pipes.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Data  Data to write into the the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+			 */
+			static inline void Pipe_Write_8(const uint8_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Pipe_Write_8(const uint8_t Data)
+			{
+				UPDATX = Data;
+			}
+
+			/** Discards one byte from the currently selected pipe's bank, for OUT direction pipes.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
+			 */
+			static inline void Pipe_Discard_8(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Pipe_Discard_8(void)
+			{
+				uint8_t Dummy;
+
+				Dummy = UPDATX;
+
+				(void)Dummy;
+			}
+
+			/** Reads two bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank in little endian format, for OUT
+			 *  direction pipes.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
+			 *
+			 *  \return Next two bytes in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+			 */
+			static inline uint16_t Pipe_Read_16_LE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint16_t Pipe_Read_16_LE(void)
+			{
+				union
+				{
+					uint16_t Value;
+					uint8_t  Bytes[2];
+				} Data;
+
+				Data.Bytes[0] = UPDATX;
+				Data.Bytes[1] = UPDATX;
+
+				return Data.Value;
+			}
+
+			/** Reads two bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank in big endian format, for OUT
+			 *  direction pipes.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
+			 *
+			 *  \return Next two bytes in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+			 */
+			static inline uint16_t Pipe_Read_16_BE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint16_t Pipe_Read_16_BE(void)
+			{
+				union
+				{
+					uint16_t Value;
+					uint8_t  Bytes[2];
+				} Data;
+
+				Data.Bytes[1] = UPDATX;
+				Data.Bytes[0] = UPDATX;
+
+				return Data.Value;
+			}
+
+			/** Writes two bytes to the currently selected pipe's bank in little endian format, for IN
+			 *  direction pipes.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Data  Data to write to the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+			 */
+			static inline void Pipe_Write_16_LE(const uint16_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Pipe_Write_16_LE(const uint16_t Data)
+			{
+				UPDATX = (Data & 0xFF);
+				UPDATX = (Data >> 8);
+			}
+
+			/** Writes two bytes to the currently selected pipe's bank in big endian format, for IN
+			 *  direction pipes.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Data  Data to write to the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+			 */
+			static inline void Pipe_Write_16_BE(const uint16_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Pipe_Write_16_BE(const uint16_t Data)
+			{
+				UPDATX = (Data >> 8);
+				UPDATX = (Data & 0xFF);
+			}
+
+			/** Discards two bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank, for OUT direction pipes.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
+			 */
+			static inline void Pipe_Discard_16(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Pipe_Discard_16(void)
+			{
+				uint8_t Dummy;
+
+				Dummy = UPDATX;
+				Dummy = UPDATX;
+
+				(void)Dummy;
+			}
+
+			/** Reads four bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank in little endian format, for OUT
+			 *  direction pipes.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
+			 *
+			 *  \return Next four bytes in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+			 */
+			static inline uint32_t Pipe_Read_32_LE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint32_t Pipe_Read_32_LE(void)
+			{
+				union
+				{
+					uint32_t Value;
+					uint8_t  Bytes[4];
+				} Data;
+
+				Data.Bytes[0] = UPDATX;
+				Data.Bytes[1] = UPDATX;
+				Data.Bytes[2] = UPDATX;
+				Data.Bytes[3] = UPDATX;
+
+				return Data.Value;
+			}
+
+			/** Reads four bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank in big endian format, for OUT
+			 *  direction pipes.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
+			 *
+			 *  \return Next four bytes in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+			 */
+			static inline uint32_t Pipe_Read_32_BE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint32_t Pipe_Read_32_BE(void)
+			{
+				union
+				{
+					uint32_t DWord;
+					uint8_t  Bytes[4];
+				} Data;
+
+				Data.Bytes[3] = UPDATX;
+				Data.Bytes[2] = UPDATX;
+				Data.Bytes[1] = UPDATX;
+				Data.Bytes[0] = UPDATX;
+
+				return Data.DWord;
+			}
+
+			/** Writes four bytes to the currently selected pipe's bank in little endian format, for IN
+			 *  direction pipes.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Data  Data to write to the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+			 */
+			static inline void Pipe_Write_32_LE(const uint32_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Pipe_Write_32_LE(const uint32_t Data)
+			{
+				UPDATX = (Data &  0xFF);
+				UPDATX = (Data >> 8);
+				UPDATX = (Data >> 16);
+				UPDATX = (Data >> 24);
+			}
+
+			/** Writes four bytes to the currently selected pipe's bank in big endian format, for IN
+			 *  direction pipes.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Data  Data to write to the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+			 */
+			static inline void Pipe_Write_32_BE(const uint32_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Pipe_Write_32_BE(const uint32_t Data)
+			{
+				UPDATX = (Data >> 24);
+				UPDATX = (Data >> 16);
+				UPDATX = (Data >> 8);
+				UPDATX = (Data &  0xFF);
+			}
+
+			/** Discards four bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank, for OUT direction pipes.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
+			 */
+			static inline void Pipe_Discard_32(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Pipe_Discard_32(void)
+			{
+				uint8_t Dummy;
+
+				Dummy = UPDATX;
+				Dummy = UPDATX;
+				Dummy = UPDATX;
+				Dummy = UPDATX;
+
+				(void)Dummy;
+			}
+
+		/* External Variables: */
+			/** Global indicating the maximum packet size of the default control pipe located at address
+			 *  0 in the device. This value is set to the value indicated in the attached device's device
+		     *  descriptor once the USB interface is initialized into host mode and a device is attached
+			 *  to the USB bus.
+			 *
+			 *  \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
+			 *             changed in value.
+			 */
+			extern uint8_t USB_Host_ControlPipeSize;
+
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			/** Configures a table of pipe descriptions, in sequence. This function can be used to configure multiple
+			 *  pipes at the same time.
+			 *
+			 *  \note Pipe with a zero address will be ignored, thus this function cannot be used to configure the
+			 *        control pipe.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Table    Pointer to a table of pipe descriptions.
+			 *  \param[in] Entries  Number of entries in the pipe table to configure.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if all pipes configured successfully, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			bool Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(const USB_Pipe_Table_t* const Table,
+			                             const uint8_t Entries);
+
+			/** Configures the specified pipe address with the given pipe type, endpoint address within the attached device,
+			 *  bank size and number of hardware banks.
+			 *
+			 *  A newly configured pipe is frozen by default, and must be unfrozen before use via the \ref Pipe_Unfreeze()
+			 *  before being used. Pipes should be kept frozen unless waiting for data from a device while in IN mode, or
+			 *  sending data to the device in OUT mode. IN type pipes are also automatically configured to accept infinite
+			 *  numbers of IN requests without automatic freezing - this can be overridden by a call to
+			 *  \ref Pipe_SetFiniteINRequests().
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Address          Pipe address to configure.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Type             Type of pipe to configure, an \c EP_TYPE_* mask. Not all pipe types are available on Low
+			 *                              Speed USB devices - refer to the USB 2.0 specification.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] EndpointAddress  Endpoint address within the attached device that the pipe should interface to.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Size             Size of the pipe's bank, where packets are stored before they are transmitted to
+			 *                              the USB device, or after they have been received from the USB device (depending on
+			 *                              the pipe's data direction). The bank size must indicate the maximum packet size that
+			 *                              the pipe can handle.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Banks            Number of banks to use for the pipe being configured.
+			 *
+			 *  \attention When the \c ORDERED_EP_CONFIG compile time option is used, Pipes <b>must</b> be configured in ascending order,
+			 *             or bank corruption will occur.
+			 *
+			 *  \note Certain microcontroller model's pipes may have different maximum packet sizes based on the pipe's
+			 *        index - refer to the chosen microcontroller's datasheet to determine the maximum bank size for each pipe.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \note The default control pipe should not be manually configured by the user application, as it is
+			 *        automatically configured by the library internally.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \note This routine will automatically select the specified pipe upon success. Upon failure, the pipe which
+			 *        failed to reconfigure correctly will be selected.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the configuration succeeded, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			bool Pipe_ConfigurePipe(const uint8_t Address,
+			                        const uint8_t Type,
+			                        const uint8_t EndpointAddress,
+			                        const uint16_t Size,
+			                        const uint8_t Banks);
+
+			/** Spin-loops until the currently selected non-control pipe is ready for the next packet of data to be read
+			 *  or written to it, aborting in the case of an error condition (such as a timeout or device disconnect).
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipeRW_AVR8
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Pipe_WaitUntilReady(void);
+
+			/** Determines if a pipe has been bound to the given device endpoint address. If a pipe which is bound to the given
+			 *  endpoint is found, it is automatically selected.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] EndpointAddress Address and direction mask of the endpoint within the attached device to check.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if a pipe bound to the given endpoint address of the specified direction is found,
+			 *          \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			bool Pipe_IsEndpointBound(const uint8_t EndpointAddress) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Macros: */
+			#if !defined(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP)
+				#define ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP          0
+			#endif
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			static inline uint8_t Pipe_BytesToEPSizeMask(const uint16_t Bytes) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_CONST ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint8_t Pipe_BytesToEPSizeMask(const uint16_t Bytes)
+			{
+				uint8_t  MaskVal    = 0;
+				uint16_t CheckBytes = 8;
+
+				while ((CheckBytes < Bytes) && (CheckBytes < PIPE_MAX_SIZE))
+				{
+					MaskVal++;
+					CheckBytes <<= 1;
+				}
+
+				return (MaskVal << EPSIZE0);
+			}
+
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			void Pipe_ClearPipes(void);
+	#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f6c4beb229
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#if defined(TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME)
+
+uint8_t TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME (void* const Buffer,
+                            uint16_t Length)
+{
+	uint8_t* DataStream = ((uint8_t*)Buffer + TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length));
+
+	if (!(Length))
+	  Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+	while (Length)
+	{
+		uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
+
+		if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+		else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
+		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
+		else if (Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived())
+		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_HostAborted;
+
+		if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+		{
+			while (Length && Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint())
+			{
+				TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(DataStream);
+				TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, 1);
+				Length--;
+			}
+
+			Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+		}
+	}
+
+	while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
+	{
+		uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
+
+		if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+		else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
+		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
+	}
+
+	return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE
+#undef TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME
+#undef TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..922b58efa3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#if defined(TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME)
+
+uint8_t TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME (const void* const Buffer,
+                            uint16_t Length)
+{
+	uint8_t* DataStream     = ((uint8_t*)Buffer + TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length));
+	bool     LastPacketFull = false;
+
+	if (Length > USB_ControlRequest.wLength)
+	  Length = USB_ControlRequest.wLength;
+	else if (!(Length))
+	  Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+	while (Length || LastPacketFull)
+	{
+		uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
+
+		if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+		else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
+		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
+		else if (Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived())
+		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_HostAborted;
+		else if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+		  break;
+
+		if (Endpoint_IsINReady())
+		{
+			uint16_t BytesInEndpoint = Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint();
+
+			while (Length && (BytesInEndpoint < USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize))
+			{
+				TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(DataStream);
+				TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, 1);
+				Length--;
+				BytesInEndpoint++;
+			}
+
+			LastPacketFull = (BytesInEndpoint == USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize);
+			Endpoint_ClearIN();
+		}
+	}
+
+	while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
+	{
+		uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
+
+		if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+		else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
+		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
+		else if (Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived())
+		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_HostAborted;
+	}
+
+	return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE
+#undef TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME
+#undef TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e55e592eb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#if defined(TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME)
+
+uint8_t TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME (TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const Buffer,
+                            uint16_t Length,
+                            uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
+{
+	uint8_t* DataStream      = ((uint8_t*)Buffer + TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length));
+	uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
+	uint8_t  ErrorCode;
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
+	  return ErrorCode;
+
+	if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+	{
+		Length -= *BytesProcessed;
+		TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, *BytesProcessed);
+	}
+
+	while (Length)
+	{
+		if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+		{
+			TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT();
+
+			#if !defined(INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT)
+			USB_USBTask();
+			#endif
+
+			if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+			{
+				*BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
+				return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
+			}
+
+			if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
+			  return ErrorCode;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(DataStream);
+			TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, 1);
+			Length--;
+			BytesInTransfer++;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+#undef TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE
+#undef TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE
+#undef TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bb2a57fa52
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#if defined(TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME)
+
+uint8_t TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME (TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const Buffer,
+                            uint16_t Length,
+                            uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
+{
+	uint8_t* DataStream      = ((uint8_t*)Buffer + TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length));
+	uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
+	uint8_t  ErrorCode;
+
+	Pipe_SetPipeToken(TEMPLATE_TOKEN);
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
+	  return ErrorCode;
+
+	if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+	{
+		Length -= *BytesProcessed;
+		TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, *BytesProcessed);
+	}
+
+	while (Length)
+	{
+		if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+		{
+			TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE();
+
+			if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+			{
+				*BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
+				return PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
+			}
+
+			if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
+			  return ErrorCode;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(DataStream);
+			TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, 1);
+			Length--;
+			BytesInTransfer++;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+#undef TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE
+#undef TEMPLATE_TOKEN
+#undef TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE
+#undef TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBController_AVR8.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBController_AVR8.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..92532ab00b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBController_AVR8.c
@@ -0,0 +1,273 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_CONTROLLER_C
+#include "../USBController.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+volatile uint8_t USB_CurrentMode = USB_MODE_None;
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
+volatile uint8_t USB_Options;
+#endif
+
+void USB_Init(
+               #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+               const uint8_t Mode
+               #endif
+
+               #if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS))
+               ,
+               #elif (!defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS))
+               void
+               #endif
+
+               #if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
+               const uint8_t Options
+               #endif
+               )
+{
+	#if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
+	USB_Options = Options;
+	#endif
+
+	#if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR)
+	/* Workaround for AVR8 bootloaders that fail to turn off the OTG pad before running
+	 * the loaded application. This causes VBUS detection to fail unless we first force
+	 * it off to reset it. */
+	USB_OTGPAD_Off();
+	#endif
+
+	if (!(USB_Options & USB_OPT_REG_DISABLED))
+	  USB_REG_On();
+	else
+	  USB_REG_Off();
+
+	if (!(USB_Options & USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL))
+	{
+		#if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR)
+		PLLFRQ = (1 << PDIV2);
+		#endif
+	}
+
+	#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+	if (Mode == USB_MODE_UID)
+	{
+		UHWCON |=  (1 << UIDE);
+		USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_IDTI);
+		USB_CurrentMode = USB_GetUSBModeFromUID();
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		UHWCON &= ~(1 << UIDE);
+		USB_CurrentMode = Mode;
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	USB_IsInitialized = true;
+
+	USB_ResetInterface();
+}
+
+void USB_Disable(void)
+{
+	USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts();
+	USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts();
+
+	USB_Detach();
+	USB_Controller_Disable();
+
+	if (!(USB_Options & USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL))
+	  USB_PLL_Off();
+
+	if (!(USB_Options & USB_OPT_REG_KEEP_ENABLED))
+	  USB_REG_Off();
+
+	#if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR)
+	USB_OTGPAD_Off();
+	#endif
+
+	#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+	USB_CurrentMode = USB_MODE_None;
+	#endif
+
+	USB_IsInitialized = false;
+}
+
+void USB_ResetInterface(void)
+{
+	#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+	bool UIDModeSelectEnabled = ((UHWCON & (1 << UIDE)) != 0);
+	#endif
+
+	USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts();
+	USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts();
+
+	USB_Controller_Reset();
+
+	#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+	if (UIDModeSelectEnabled)
+	  USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_IDTI);
+	#endif
+
+	USB_CLK_Unfreeze();
+
+	if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Device)
+	{
+		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+		#if (defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR))
+		UHWCON |=  (1 << UIMOD);
+		#endif
+
+		if (!(USB_Options & USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL))
+		{
+			#if defined(USB_SERIES_2_AVR)
+			USB_PLL_On();
+			while (!(USB_PLL_IsReady()));
+			#else
+			USB_PLL_Off();
+			#endif
+		}
+
+		USB_Init_Device();
+		#endif
+	}
+	else if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Host)
+	{
+		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+		UHWCON &= ~(1 << UIMOD);
+
+		if (!(USB_Options & USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL))
+		{
+			#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+			USB_PLL_On();
+			while (!(USB_PLL_IsReady()));
+			#endif
+		}
+
+		USB_Init_Host();
+		#endif
+	}
+
+	#if (defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR))
+	USB_OTGPAD_On();
+	#endif
+}
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+static void USB_Init_Device(void)
+{
+	USB_DeviceState                 = DEVICE_STATE_Unattached;
+	USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber  = 0;
+
+	#if !defined(NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP)
+	USB_Device_RemoteWakeupEnabled  = false;
+	#endif
+
+	#if !defined(NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER)
+	USB_Device_CurrentlySelfPowered = false;
+	#endif
+
+	#if !defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE)
+	USB_Descriptor_Device_t* DeviceDescriptorPtr;
+
+	#if defined(ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE) && \
+	    !(defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS))
+	uint8_t DescriptorAddressSpace;
+
+	if (CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor((DTYPE_Device << 8), 0, (void*)&DeviceDescriptorPtr, &DescriptorAddressSpace) != NO_DESCRIPTOR)
+	{
+		if (DescriptorAddressSpace == MEMSPACE_FLASH)
+		  USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = pgm_read_byte(&DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size);
+		else if (DescriptorAddressSpace == MEMSPACE_EEPROM)
+		  USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = eeprom_read_byte(&DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size);
+		else
+		  USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size;
+	}
+	#else
+	if (CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor((DTYPE_Device << 8), 0, (void*)&DeviceDescriptorPtr) != NO_DESCRIPTOR)
+	{
+		#if defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS)
+		USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size;
+		#elif defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS)
+		USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = eeprom_read_byte(&DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size);
+		#else
+		USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = pgm_read_byte(&DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size);
+		#endif
+	}
+	#endif
+	#endif
+
+	#if (defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR))
+	if (USB_Options & USB_DEVICE_OPT_LOWSPEED)
+	  USB_Device_SetLowSpeed();
+	else
+	  USB_Device_SetFullSpeed();
+
+	USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_VBUSTI);
+	#endif
+
+	Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP, EP_TYPE_CONTROL,
+							   USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize, 1);
+
+	USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_SUSPI);
+	USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_SUSPI);
+	USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_EORSTI);
+
+	USB_Attach();
+}
+#endif
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+static void USB_Init_Host(void)
+{
+	USB_HostState                = HOST_STATE_Unattached;
+	USB_Host_ConfigurationNumber = 0;
+	USB_Host_ControlPipeSize     = PIPE_CONTROLPIPE_DEFAULT_SIZE;
+
+	USB_Host_HostMode_On();
+
+	USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Off();
+	USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Enable();
+	USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_On();
+
+	USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_SRPI);
+	USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_BCERRI);
+
+	USB_Attach();
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBController_AVR8.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBController_AVR8.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1b6e2ef43c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBController_AVR8.h
@@ -0,0 +1,432 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief USB Controller definitions for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
+ *  \copydetails Group_USBManagement_AVR8
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBManagement
+ *  \defgroup Group_USBManagement_AVR8 USB Interface Management (AVR8)
+ *  \brief USB Controller definitions for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
+ *
+ *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to the setup and management of the USB interface.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBCONTROLLER_AVR8_H__
+#define __USBCONTROLLER_AVR8_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../USBMode.h"
+		#include "../Events.h"
+		#include "../USBTask.h"
+		#include "../USBInterrupt.h"
+
+		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			#include "../Host.h"
+			#include "../OTG.h"
+			#include "../Pipe.h"
+			#include "../HostStandardReq.h"
+			#include "../PipeStream.h"
+		#endif
+
+		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			#include "../Device.h"
+			#include "../Endpoint.h"
+			#include "../DeviceStandardReq.h"
+			#include "../EndpointStream.h"
+		#endif
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks and Defines: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+		#if !defined(F_USB)
+			#error F_USB is not defined. You must define F_USB to the frequency of the unprescaled USB controller clock in your project makefile.
+		#endif
+
+		#if (F_USB == 8000000)
+			#if (defined(__AVR_AT90USB82__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB162__) || \
+			     defined(__AVR_ATmega8U2__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega16U2__) || \
+			     defined(__AVR_ATmega32U2__))
+				#define USB_PLL_PSC                0
+			#elif (defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__))
+				#define USB_PLL_PSC                0
+			#elif (defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__)  || defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__))
+				#define USB_PLL_PSC                ((1 << PLLP1) | (1 << PLLP0))
+			#elif (defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__)  || defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__))
+				#define USB_PLL_PSC                ((1 << PLLP1) | (1 << PLLP0))
+			#endif
+		#elif (F_USB == 16000000)
+			#if (defined(__AVR_AT90USB82__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB162__) || \
+			     defined(__AVR_ATmega8U2__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega16U2__) || \
+			     defined(__AVR_ATmega32U2__))
+				#define USB_PLL_PSC                (1 << PLLP0)
+			#elif (defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__))
+				#define USB_PLL_PSC                (1 << PINDIV)
+			#elif (defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__))
+				#define USB_PLL_PSC                ((1 << PLLP2) | (1 << PLLP1))
+			#elif (defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__))
+				#define USB_PLL_PSC                ((1 << PLLP2) | (1 << PLLP0))
+			#endif
+		#endif
+
+		#if !defined(USB_PLL_PSC)
+			#error No PLL prescale value available for chosen F_USB value and AVR model.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** \name USB Controller Option Masks */
+			//@{
+			/** Regulator disable option mask for \ref USB_Init(). This indicates that the internal 3.3V USB data pad
+			 *  regulator should be disabled and the AVR's VCC level used for the data pads.
+			 *
+			 *  \note See USB AVR data sheet for more information on the internal pad regulator.
+			 */
+			#define USB_OPT_REG_DISABLED               (1 << 1)
+
+			/** Regulator enable option mask for \ref USB_Init(). This indicates that the internal 3.3V USB data pad
+			 *  regulator should be enabled to regulate the data pin voltages from the VBUS level down to a level within
+			 *  the range allowable by the USB standard.
+			 *
+			 *  \note See USB AVR data sheet for more information on the internal pad regulator.
+			 */
+			#define USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED                (0 << 1)
+
+			/** Option mask for \ref USB_Init() to keep regulator enabled at all times. Indicates that \ref USB_Disable()
+			 *  should not disable the regulator as it would otherwise. Has no effect if regulator is disabled using
+			 *  \ref USB_OPT_REG_DISABLED.
+			 *
+			 *  \note See USB AVR data sheet for more information on the internal pad regulator.
+			 */
+			#define USB_OPT_REG_KEEP_ENABLED           (1 << 3)
+
+			/** Manual PLL control option mask for \ref USB_Init(). This indicates to the library that the user application
+			 *  will take full responsibility for controlling the AVR's PLL (used to generate the high frequency clock
+			 *  that the USB controller requires) and ensuring that it is locked at the correct frequency for USB operations.
+			 */
+			#define USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL                 (1 << 2)
+
+			/** Automatic PLL control option mask for \ref USB_Init(). This indicates to the library that the library should
+			 *  take full responsibility for controlling the AVR's PLL (used to generate the high frequency clock
+			 *  that the USB controller requires) and ensuring that it is locked at the correct frequency for USB operations.
+			 */
+			#define USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL                   (0 << 2)
+			//@}
+
+			#if !defined(USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+				/** Constant for the maximum software timeout period of the USB data stream transfer functions
+				 *  (both control and standard) when in either device or host mode. If the next packet of a stream
+				 *  is not received or acknowledged within this time period, the stream function will fail.
+				 *
+				 *  This value may be overridden in the user project makefile as the value of the
+				 *  \ref USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS token, and passed to the compiler using the -D switch.
+				 */
+				#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS       100
+			#endif
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			#if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+				/** Determines if the VBUS line is currently high (i.e. the USB host is supplying power).
+				 *
+				 *  \note This function is not available on some AVR models which do not support hardware VBUS monitoring.
+				 *
+				 *  \return Boolean \c true if the VBUS line is currently detecting power from a host, \c false otherwise.
+				 */
+				static inline bool USB_VBUS_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+				static inline bool USB_VBUS_GetStatus(void)
+				{
+					return ((USBSTA & (1 << VBUS)) ? true : false);
+				}
+			#endif
+
+			/** Detaches the device from the USB bus. This has the effect of removing the device from any
+			 *  attached host, ceasing USB communications. If no host is present, this prevents any host from
+			 *  enumerating the device once attached until \ref USB_Attach() is called.
+			 */
+			static inline void USB_Detach(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_Detach(void)
+			{
+				UDCON  |=  (1 << DETACH);
+			}
+
+			/** Attaches the device to the USB bus. This announces the device's presence to any attached
+			 *  USB host, starting the enumeration process. If no host is present, attaching the device
+			 *  will allow for enumeration once a host is connected to the device.
+			 *
+			 *  This is inexplicably also required for proper operation while in host mode, to enable the
+			 *  attachment of a device to the host. This is despite the bit being located in the device-mode
+			 *  register and despite the datasheet making no mention of its requirement in host mode.
+			 */
+			static inline void USB_Attach(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_Attach(void)
+			{
+				UDCON  &= ~(1 << DETACH);
+			}
+
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			/** Main function to initialize and start the USB interface. Once active, the USB interface will
+			 *  allow for device connection to a host when in device mode, or for device enumeration while in
+			 *  host mode.
+			 *
+			 *  As the USB library relies on interrupts for the device and host mode enumeration processes,
+			 *  the user must enable global interrupts before or shortly after this function is called. In
+			 *  device mode, interrupts must be enabled within 500ms of this function being called to ensure
+			 *  that the host does not time out whilst enumerating the device. In host mode, interrupts may be
+			 *  enabled at the application's leisure however enumeration will not begin of an attached device
+			 *  until after this has occurred.
+			 *
+			 *  Calling this function when the USB interface is already initialized will cause a complete USB
+			 *  interface reset and re-enumeration.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Mode     Mask indicating what mode the USB interface is to be initialized to, a value
+			 *                      from the \ref USB_Modes_t enum.
+			 *                      \note This parameter does not exist on devices with only one supported USB
+			 *                            mode (device or host).
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Options  Mask indicating the options which should be used when initializing the USB
+			 *                      interface to control the USB interface's behavior. This should be comprised of
+			 *                      a \c USB_OPT_REG_* mask to control the regulator, a \c USB_OPT_*_PLL mask to control the
+			 *                      PLL, and a \c USB_DEVICE_OPT_* mask (when the device mode is enabled) to set the device
+			 *                      mode speed.
+			 *
+			 *  \note To reduce the FLASH requirements of the library if only device or host mode is required,
+			 *        the mode can be statically set in the project makefile by defining the token \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+			 *        (for device mode) or \c USB_HOST_ONLY (for host mode), passing the token to the compiler
+			 *        via the -D switch. If the mode is statically set, this parameter does not exist in the
+			 *        function prototype.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \note To reduce the FLASH requirements of the library if only fixed settings are required,
+			 *        the options may be set statically in the same manner as the mode (see the Mode parameter of
+			 *        this function). To statically set the USB options, pass in the \c USE_STATIC_OPTIONS token,
+			 *        defined to the appropriate options masks. When the options are statically set, this
+			 *        parameter does not exist in the function prototype.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \note The mode parameter does not exist on devices where only one mode is possible, such as USB
+			 *        AVR models which only implement the USB device mode in hardware.
+			 *
+			 *  \see \ref Group_Device for the \c USB_DEVICE_OPT_* masks.
+			 */
+			void USB_Init(
+			               #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			               const uint8_t Mode
+			               #endif
+
+			               #if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			               ,
+			               #elif (!defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS))
+			               void
+			               #endif
+
+			               #if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			               const uint8_t Options
+			               #endif
+			               );
+
+			/** Shuts down the USB interface. This turns off the USB interface after deallocating all USB FIFO
+			 *  memory, endpoints and pipes. When turned off, no USB functionality can be used until the interface
+			 *  is restarted with the \ref USB_Init() function.
+			 */
+			void USB_Disable(void);
+
+			/** Resets the interface, when already initialized. This will re-enumerate the device if already connected
+			 *  to a host, or re-enumerate an already attached device when in host mode.
+			 */
+			void USB_ResetInterface(void);
+
+		/* Global Variables: */
+			#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+				/** Indicates the mode that the USB interface is currently initialized to, a value from the
+				 *  \ref USB_Modes_t enum.
+				 *
+				 *  \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
+				 *             changed in value.
+				 *
+				 *  \note When the controller is initialized into UID auto-detection mode, this variable will hold the
+				 *        currently selected USB mode (i.e. \ref USB_MODE_Device or \ref USB_MODE_Host). If the controller
+				 *        is fixed into a specific mode (either through the \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY or \c USB_HOST_ONLY compile time
+				 *        options, or a limitation of the USB controller in the chosen device model) this will evaluate to
+				 *        a constant of the appropriate value and will never evaluate to \ref USB_MODE_None even when the
+				 *        USB interface is not initialized.
+				 */
+				extern volatile uint8_t USB_CurrentMode;
+			#elif defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+				#define USB_CurrentMode USB_MODE_Host
+			#elif defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+				#define USB_CurrentMode USB_MODE_Device
+			#endif
+
+			#if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+				/** Indicates the current USB options that the USB interface was initialized with when \ref USB_Init()
+				 *  was called. This value will be one of the \c USB_MODE_* masks defined elsewhere in this module.
+				 *
+				 *  \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
+				 *             changed in value.
+				 */
+				extern volatile uint8_t USB_Options;
+			#elif defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
+				#define USB_Options USE_STATIC_OPTIONS
+			#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			#if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_CONTROLLER_C)
+				#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+				static void USB_Init_Device(void);
+				#endif
+
+				#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+				static void USB_Init_Host(void);
+				#endif
+			#endif
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			static inline void USB_PLL_On(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_PLL_On(void)
+			{
+				PLLCSR = USB_PLL_PSC;
+				PLLCSR = (USB_PLL_PSC | (1 << PLLE));
+			}
+
+			static inline void USB_PLL_Off(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_PLL_Off(void)
+			{
+				PLLCSR = 0;
+			}
+
+			static inline bool USB_PLL_IsReady(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool USB_PLL_IsReady(void)
+			{
+				return ((PLLCSR & (1 << PLOCK)) ? true : false);
+			}
+
+			static inline void USB_REG_On(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_REG_On(void)
+			{
+			#if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR)
+				UHWCON |=  (1 << UVREGE);
+			#else
+				REGCR  &= ~(1 << REGDIS);
+			#endif
+			}
+
+			static inline void USB_REG_Off(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_REG_Off(void)
+			{
+			#if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR)
+				UHWCON &= ~(1 << UVREGE);
+			#else
+				REGCR  |=  (1 << REGDIS);
+			#endif
+			}
+
+			#if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR)
+			static inline void USB_OTGPAD_On(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_OTGPAD_On(void)
+			{
+				USBCON |=  (1 << OTGPADE);
+			}
+
+			static inline void USB_OTGPAD_Off(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_OTGPAD_Off(void)
+			{
+				USBCON &= ~(1 << OTGPADE);
+			}
+			#endif
+
+			static inline void USB_CLK_Freeze(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_CLK_Freeze(void)
+			{
+				USBCON |=  (1 << FRZCLK);
+			}
+
+			static inline void USB_CLK_Unfreeze(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_CLK_Unfreeze(void)
+			{
+				USBCON &= ~(1 << FRZCLK);
+			}
+
+			static inline void USB_Controller_Enable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_Controller_Enable(void)
+			{
+				USBCON |=  (1 << USBE);
+			}
+
+			static inline void USB_Controller_Disable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_Controller_Disable(void)
+			{
+				USBCON &= ~(1 << USBE);
+			}
+
+			static inline void USB_Controller_Reset(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_Controller_Reset(void)
+			{
+				USBCON &= ~(1 << USBE);
+				USBCON |=  (1 << USBE);
+			}
+
+			#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+			static inline uint8_t USB_GetUSBModeFromUID(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint8_t USB_GetUSBModeFromUID(void)
+			{
+				if (USBSTA & (1 << ID))
+				  return USB_MODE_Device;
+				else
+				  return USB_MODE_Host;
+			}
+			#endif
+
+	#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBInterrupt_AVR8.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBInterrupt_AVR8.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fac4fb41ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBInterrupt_AVR8.c
@@ -0,0 +1,279 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBInterrupt.h"
+
+void USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts(void)
+{
+	#if defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR)
+	USBCON &= ~((1 << VBUSTE) | (1 << IDTE));
+	#elif defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR)
+	USBCON &= ~(1 << VBUSTE);
+	#endif
+
+	#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+	OTGIEN  = 0;
+	#endif
+
+	#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+	UHIEN   = 0;
+	#endif
+
+	#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+	UDIEN   = 0;
+	#endif
+}
+
+void USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts(void)
+{
+	#if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR)
+	USBINT = 0;
+	#endif
+
+	#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+	OTGINT = 0;
+	#endif
+
+	#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+	UHINT  = 0;
+	#endif
+
+	#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+	UDINT  = 0;
+	#endif
+}
+
+ISR(USB_GEN_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+	#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+	#if !defined(NO_SOF_EVENTS)
+	if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_SOFI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_SOFI))
+	{
+		USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_SOFI);
+
+		EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame();
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	#if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR)
+	if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_VBUSTI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_VBUSTI))
+	{
+		USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_VBUSTI);
+
+		if (USB_VBUS_GetStatus())
+		{
+			if (!(USB_Options & USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL))
+			{
+				USB_PLL_On();
+				while (!(USB_PLL_IsReady()));
+			}
+
+			USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Powered;
+			EVENT_USB_Device_Connect();
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			if (!(USB_Options & USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL))
+			  USB_PLL_Off();
+
+			USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Unattached;
+			EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect();
+		}
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_SUSPI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_SUSPI))
+	{
+		USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_SUSPI);
+		USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_WAKEUPI);
+
+		USB_CLK_Freeze();
+
+		if (!(USB_Options & USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL))
+		  USB_PLL_Off();
+
+		#if defined(USB_SERIES_2_AVR) && !defined(NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT)
+		USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Unattached;
+		EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect();
+		#else
+		USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Suspended;
+		EVENT_USB_Device_Suspend();
+		#endif
+	}
+
+	if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_WAKEUPI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_WAKEUPI))
+	{
+		if (!(USB_Options & USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL))
+		{
+			USB_PLL_On();
+			while (!(USB_PLL_IsReady()));
+		}
+
+		USB_CLK_Unfreeze();
+
+		USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_WAKEUPI);
+
+		USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_WAKEUPI);
+		USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_SUSPI);
+
+		if (USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber)
+		  USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Configured;
+		else
+		  USB_DeviceState = (USB_Device_IsAddressSet()) ? DEVICE_STATE_Addressed : DEVICE_STATE_Powered;
+
+		#if defined(USB_SERIES_2_AVR) && !defined(NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT)
+		EVENT_USB_Device_Connect();
+		#else
+		EVENT_USB_Device_WakeUp();
+		#endif
+	}
+
+	if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_EORSTI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_EORSTI))
+	{
+		USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_EORSTI);
+
+		USB_DeviceState                = DEVICE_STATE_Default;
+		USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber = 0;
+
+		USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_SUSPI);
+		USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_SUSPI);
+		USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_WAKEUPI);
+
+		Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP, EP_TYPE_CONTROL,
+		                           USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize, 1);
+
+		#if defined(INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT)
+		USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_RXSTPI);
+		#endif
+
+		EVENT_USB_Device_Reset();
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+	#if !defined(NO_SOF_EVENTS)
+	if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_HSOFI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_HSOFI))
+	{
+		USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+
+		EVENT_USB_Host_StartOfFrame();
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_DDISCI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_DDISCI))
+	{
+		USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DDISCI);
+		USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DCONNI);
+		USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_DDISCI);
+
+		EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached();
+
+		USB_ResetInterface();
+	}
+
+	if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_VBERRI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_VBERRI))
+	{
+		USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_VBERRI);
+
+		USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Off();
+		USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Off();
+
+		EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(HOST_ERROR_VBusVoltageDip);
+		EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached();
+
+		USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Unattached;
+	}
+
+	if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_SRPI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_SRPI))
+	{
+		USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_SRPI);
+		USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_SRPI);
+
+		EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached();
+
+		USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_DDISCI);
+
+		USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Powered;
+	}
+
+	if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_BCERRI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_BCERRI))
+	{
+		USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_BCERRI);
+
+		EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(HOST_ENUMERROR_NoDeviceDetected, 0);
+		EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached();
+
+		USB_ResetInterface();
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+	if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_IDTI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_IDTI))
+	{
+		USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_IDTI);
+
+		if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+		  EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect();
+
+		if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Unattached)
+		  EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached();
+
+		USB_CurrentMode = USB_GetUSBModeFromUID();
+		USB_ResetInterface();
+
+		EVENT_USB_UIDChange();
+	}
+	#endif
+}
+
+#if defined(INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT) && defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ISR(USB_COM_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+	uint8_t PrevSelectedEndpoint = Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint();
+
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP);
+	USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_RXSTPI);
+
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	USB_Device_ProcessControlRequest();
+
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP);
+	USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_RXSTPI);
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PrevSelectedEndpoint);
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBInterrupt_AVR8.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBInterrupt_AVR8.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1eeb019f20
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBInterrupt_AVR8.h
@@ -0,0 +1,375 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief USB Controller Interrupt definitions for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
+ *
+ *  This file contains definitions required for the correct handling of low level USB service routine interrupts
+ *  from the USB controller.
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBINTERRUPT_AVR8_H__
+#define __USBINTERRUPT_AVR8_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Enums: */
+			enum USB_Interrupts_t
+			{
+				#if (defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+				USB_INT_VBUSTI  = 0,
+				#endif
+				#if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+				USB_INT_IDTI    = 1,
+				#endif
+				#if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+				USB_INT_WAKEUPI = 2,
+				USB_INT_SUSPI   = 3,
+				USB_INT_EORSTI  = 4,
+				USB_INT_SOFI    = 5,
+				USB_INT_RXSTPI  = 6,
+				#endif
+				#if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+				USB_INT_HSOFI   = 7,
+				USB_INT_DCONNI  = 8,
+				USB_INT_DDISCI  = 9,
+				USB_INT_RSTI    = 10,
+				USB_INT_BCERRI  = 11,
+				USB_INT_VBERRI  = 12,
+				USB_INT_SRPI    = 13,
+				#endif
+			};
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			static inline void USB_INT_Enable(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_INT_Enable(const uint8_t Interrupt)
+			{
+				switch (Interrupt)
+				{
+					#if (defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR))
+					case USB_INT_VBUSTI:
+						USBCON |= (1 << VBUSTE);
+						break;
+					#endif
+					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+					case USB_INT_IDTI:
+						USBCON |= (1 << IDTE);
+						break;
+					#endif
+					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+					case USB_INT_WAKEUPI:
+						UDIEN  |= (1 << WAKEUPE);
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_SUSPI:
+						UDIEN  |= (1 << SUSPE);
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_EORSTI:
+						UDIEN  |= (1 << EORSTE);
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_SOFI:
+						UDIEN  |= (1 << SOFE);
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_RXSTPI:
+						UEIENX |= (1 << RXSTPE);
+						break;
+					#endif
+					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+					case USB_INT_HSOFI:
+						UHIEN  |= (1 << HSOFE);
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_DCONNI:
+						UHIEN  |= (1 << DCONNE);
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_DDISCI:
+						UHIEN  |= (1 << DDISCE);
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_RSTI:
+						UHIEN  |= (1 << RSTE);
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_BCERRI:
+						OTGIEN |= (1 << BCERRE);
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_VBERRI:
+						OTGIEN |= (1 << VBERRE);
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_SRPI:
+						OTGIEN |= (1 << SRPE);
+						break;
+					#endif
+					default:
+						break;
+				}
+			}
+
+			static inline void USB_INT_Disable(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_INT_Disable(const uint8_t Interrupt)
+			{
+				switch (Interrupt)
+				{
+					#if (defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR))
+					case USB_INT_VBUSTI:
+						USBCON &= ~(1 << VBUSTE);
+						break;
+					#endif
+					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+					case USB_INT_IDTI:
+						USBCON &= ~(1 << IDTE);
+						break;
+					#endif
+					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+					case USB_INT_WAKEUPI:
+						UDIEN  &= ~(1 << WAKEUPE);
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_SUSPI:
+						UDIEN  &= ~(1 << SUSPE);
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_EORSTI:
+						UDIEN  &= ~(1 << EORSTE);
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_SOFI:
+						UDIEN  &= ~(1 << SOFE);
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_RXSTPI:
+						UEIENX &= ~(1 << RXSTPE);
+						break;
+					#endif
+					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+					case USB_INT_HSOFI:
+						UHIEN  &= ~(1 << HSOFE);
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_DCONNI:
+						UHIEN  &= ~(1 << DCONNE);
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_DDISCI:
+						UHIEN  &= ~(1 << DDISCE);
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_RSTI:
+						UHIEN  &= ~(1 << RSTE);
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_BCERRI:
+						OTGIEN &= ~(1 << BCERRE);
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_VBERRI:
+						OTGIEN &= ~(1 << VBERRE);
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_SRPI:
+						OTGIEN &= ~(1 << SRPE);
+						break;
+					#endif
+					default:
+						break;
+				}
+			}
+
+			static inline void USB_INT_Clear(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_INT_Clear(const uint8_t Interrupt)
+			{
+				switch (Interrupt)
+				{
+					#if (defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR))
+					case USB_INT_VBUSTI:
+						USBINT &= ~(1 << VBUSTI);
+						break;
+					#endif
+					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+					case USB_INT_IDTI:
+						USBINT &= ~(1 << IDTI);
+						break;
+					#endif
+					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+					case USB_INT_WAKEUPI:
+						UDINT  &= ~(1 << WAKEUPI);
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_SUSPI:
+						UDINT  &= ~(1 << SUSPI);
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_EORSTI:
+						UDINT  &= ~(1 << EORSTI);
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_SOFI:
+						UDINT  &= ~(1 << SOFI);
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_RXSTPI:
+						UEINTX &= ~(1 << RXSTPI);
+						break;
+					#endif
+					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+					case USB_INT_HSOFI:
+						UHINT  &= ~(1 << HSOFI);
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_DCONNI:
+						UHINT  &= ~(1 << DCONNI);
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_DDISCI:
+						UHINT  &= ~(1 << DDISCI);
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_RSTI:
+						UHINT  &= ~(1 << RSTI);
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_BCERRI:
+						OTGINT &= ~(1 << BCERRI);
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_VBERRI:
+						OTGINT &= ~(1 << VBERRI);
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_SRPI:
+						OTGINT &= ~(1 << SRPI);
+						break;
+					#endif
+					default:
+						break;
+				}
+			}
+
+			static inline bool USB_INT_IsEnabled(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline bool USB_INT_IsEnabled(const uint8_t Interrupt)
+			{
+				switch (Interrupt)
+				{
+					#if (defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR))
+					case USB_INT_VBUSTI:
+						return (USBCON & (1 << VBUSTE));
+					#endif
+					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+					case USB_INT_IDTI:
+						return (USBCON & (1 << IDTE));
+					#endif
+					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+					case USB_INT_WAKEUPI:
+						return (UDIEN  & (1 << WAKEUPE));
+					case USB_INT_SUSPI:
+						return (UDIEN  & (1 << SUSPE));
+					case USB_INT_EORSTI:
+						return (UDIEN  & (1 << EORSTE));
+					case USB_INT_SOFI:
+						return (UDIEN  & (1 << SOFE));
+					case USB_INT_RXSTPI:
+						return (UEIENX & (1 << RXSTPE));
+					#endif
+					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+					case USB_INT_HSOFI:
+						return (UHIEN  & (1 << HSOFE));
+					case USB_INT_DCONNI:
+						return (UHIEN  & (1 << DCONNE));
+					case USB_INT_DDISCI:
+						return (UHIEN  & (1 << DDISCE));
+					case USB_INT_RSTI:
+						return (UHIEN  & (1 << RSTE));
+					case USB_INT_BCERRI:
+						return (OTGIEN & (1 << BCERRE));
+					case USB_INT_VBERRI:
+						return (OTGIEN & (1 << VBERRE));
+					case USB_INT_SRPI:
+						return (OTGIEN & (1 << SRPE));
+					#endif
+					default:
+						return false;
+				}
+			}
+
+			static inline bool USB_INT_HasOccurred(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline bool USB_INT_HasOccurred(const uint8_t Interrupt)
+			{
+				switch (Interrupt)
+				{
+					#if (defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR))
+					case USB_INT_VBUSTI:
+						return (USBINT & (1 << VBUSTI));
+					#endif
+					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+					case USB_INT_IDTI:
+						return (USBINT & (1 << IDTI));
+					#endif
+					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+					case USB_INT_WAKEUPI:
+						return (UDINT  & (1 << WAKEUPI));
+					case USB_INT_SUSPI:
+						return (UDINT  & (1 << SUSPI));
+					case USB_INT_EORSTI:
+						return (UDINT  & (1 << EORSTI));
+					case USB_INT_SOFI:
+						return (UDINT  & (1 << SOFI));
+					case USB_INT_RXSTPI:
+						return (UEINTX & (1 << RXSTPI));
+					#endif
+					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+					case USB_INT_HSOFI:
+						return (UHINT  & (1 << HSOFI));
+					case USB_INT_DCONNI:
+						return (UHINT  & (1 << DCONNI));
+					case USB_INT_DDISCI:
+						return (UHINT  & (1 << DDISCI));
+					case USB_INT_RSTI:
+						return (UHINT  & (1 << RSTI));
+					case USB_INT_BCERRI:
+						return (OTGINT & (1 << BCERRI));
+					case USB_INT_VBERRI:
+						return (OTGINT & (1 << VBERRI));
+					case USB_INT_SRPI:
+						return (OTGINT & (1 << SRPI));
+					#endif
+					default:
+						return false;
+				}
+			}
+
+		/* Includes: */
+			#include "../USBMode.h"
+			#include "../Events.h"
+			#include "../USBController.h"
+
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			void USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts(void);
+			void USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts(void);
+	#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/ConfigDescriptors.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/ConfigDescriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d540bcfb4f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/ConfigDescriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "ConfigDescriptors.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+uint8_t USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(const uint8_t ConfigNumber,
+                                           uint16_t* const ConfigSizePtr,
+                                           void* const BufferPtr,
+                                           const uint16_t BufferSize)
+{
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+	uint8_t ConfigHeader[sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t)];
+
+	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+		{
+			.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
+			.bRequest      = REQ_GetDescriptor,
+			.wValue        = ((DTYPE_Configuration << 8) | (ConfigNumber - 1)),
+			.wIndex        = 0,
+			.wLength       = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t),
+		};
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(ConfigHeader)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	  return ErrorCode;
+
+	*ConfigSizePtr = le16_to_cpu(DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigHeader, USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t)->TotalConfigurationSize);
+
+	if (*ConfigSizePtr > BufferSize)
+	  return HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow;
+
+	USB_ControlRequest.wLength = *ConfigSizePtr;
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(BufferPtr)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	  return ErrorCode;
+
+	if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(BufferPtr) != DTYPE_Configuration)
+	  return HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData;
+
+	return HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful;
+}
+#endif
+
+void USB_GetNextDescriptorOfType(uint16_t* const BytesRem,
+                                 void** const CurrConfigLoc,
+                                 const uint8_t Type)
+{
+	while (*BytesRem)
+	{
+		USB_GetNextDescriptor(BytesRem, CurrConfigLoc);
+
+		if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(*CurrConfigLoc) == Type)
+		  return;
+	}
+}
+
+void USB_GetNextDescriptorOfTypeBefore(uint16_t* const BytesRem,
+                                       void** const CurrConfigLoc,
+                                       const uint8_t Type,
+                                       const uint8_t BeforeType)
+{
+	while (*BytesRem)
+	{
+		USB_GetNextDescriptor(BytesRem, CurrConfigLoc);
+
+		if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(*CurrConfigLoc) == Type)
+		{
+			return;
+		}
+		else if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(*CurrConfigLoc) == BeforeType)
+		{
+			*BytesRem = 0;
+			return;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+void USB_GetNextDescriptorOfTypeAfter(uint16_t* const BytesRem,
+                                      void** const CurrConfigLoc,
+                                      const uint8_t Type,
+                                      const uint8_t AfterType)
+{
+	USB_GetNextDescriptorOfType(BytesRem, CurrConfigLoc, AfterType);
+
+	if (*BytesRem)
+	  USB_GetNextDescriptorOfType(BytesRem, CurrConfigLoc, Type);
+}
+
+uint8_t USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(uint16_t* const BytesRem,
+                                  void** const CurrConfigLoc,
+                                  ConfigComparatorPtr_t const ComparatorRoutine)
+{
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	while (*BytesRem)
+	{
+		uint8_t* PrevDescLoc  = *CurrConfigLoc;
+		uint16_t PrevBytesRem = *BytesRem;
+
+		USB_GetNextDescriptor(BytesRem, CurrConfigLoc);
+
+		if ((ErrorCode = ComparatorRoutine(*CurrConfigLoc)) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound)
+		{
+			if (ErrorCode == DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail)
+			{
+				*CurrConfigLoc = PrevDescLoc;
+				*BytesRem      = PrevBytesRem;
+			}
+
+			return ErrorCode;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_EndOfDescriptor;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/ConfigDescriptors.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/ConfigDescriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5355ecfe6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/ConfigDescriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,287 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief USB Configuration Descriptor definitions.
+ *  \copydetails Group_ConfigDescriptorParser
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_StdDescriptors
+ *  \defgroup Group_ConfigDescriptorParser Configuration Descriptor Parser
+ *  \brief USB Configuration Descriptor definitions.
+ *
+ *  This section of the library gives a friendly API which can be used in host applications to easily
+ *  parse an attached device's configuration descriptor so that endpoint, interface and other descriptor
+ *  data can be extracted and used as needed.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __CONFIGDESCRIPTORS_H__
+#define __CONFIGDESCRIPTORS_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "USBMode.h"
+		#include "HostStandardReq.h"
+		#include "StdDescriptors.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Casts a pointer to a descriptor inside the configuration descriptor into a pointer to the given
+			 *  descriptor type.
+			 *
+			 *  Usage Example:
+			 *  \code
+			 *  uint8_t* CurrDescriptor = &ConfigDescriptor[0]; // Pointing to the configuration header
+			 *  USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t* ConfigHeaderPtr = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrDescriptor,
+			 *                                                           USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t);
+			 *
+			 *  // Can now access elements of the configuration header struct using the -> indirection operator
+			 *  \endcode
+			 */
+			#define DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(DescriptorPtr, Type) ((Type*)(DescriptorPtr))
+
+			/** Casts a pointer to a descriptor inside the configuration descriptor into the given descriptor
+			 *  type (as an actual struct instance rather than a pointer to a struct).
+			 *
+			 *  Usage Example:
+			 *  \code
+			 *  uint8_t* CurrDescriptor = &ConfigDescriptor[0]; // Pointing to the configuration header
+			 *  USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t ConfigHeader = DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrDescriptor,
+			 *                                                       USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t);
+			 *
+			 *  // Can now access elements of the configuration header struct using the . operator
+			 *  \endcode
+			 */
+			#define DESCRIPTOR_CAST(DescriptorPtr, Type)  (*DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(DescriptorPtr, Type))
+
+			/** Returns the descriptor's type, expressed as the 8-bit type value in the header of the descriptor.
+			 *  This value's meaning depends on the descriptor's placement in the descriptor, but standard type
+			 *  values can be accessed in the \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t enum.
+			 */
+			#define DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(DescriptorPtr)    DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(DescriptorPtr, USB_Descriptor_Header_t)->Type
+
+			/** Returns the descriptor's size, expressed as the 8-bit value indicating the number of bytes. */
+			#define DESCRIPTOR_SIZE(DescriptorPtr)    DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(DescriptorPtr, USB_Descriptor_Header_t)->Size
+
+		/* Type Defines: */
+			/** Type define for a Configuration Descriptor comparator function (function taking a pointer to an array
+			 *  of type void, returning a uint8_t value).
+			 *
+			 *  \see \ref USB_GetNextDescriptorComp function for more details.
+			 */
+			typedef uint8_t (* ConfigComparatorPtr_t)(void*);
+
+		/* Enums: */
+			/** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor() function. */
+			enum USB_Host_GetConfigDescriptor_ErrorCodes_t
+			{
+				HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful       = 0, /**< No error occurred while retrieving the configuration descriptor. */
+				HOST_GETCONFIG_DeviceDisconnect = 1, /**< The attached device was disconnected while retrieving the configuration
+				                                      *   descriptor.
+				                                      */
+				HOST_GETCONFIG_PipeError        = 2, /**< An error occurred in the pipe while sending the request. */
+				HOST_GETCONFIG_SetupStalled     = 3, /**< The attached device stalled the request to retrieve the configuration
+				                                      *   descriptor.
+				                                      */
+				HOST_GETCONFIG_SoftwareTimeOut  = 4, /**< The request or data transfer timed out. */
+				HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow     = 5, /**< The device's configuration descriptor is too large to fit into the allocated
+				                                      *   buffer.
+				                                      */
+				HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData      = 6, /**< The device returned invalid configuration descriptor data. */
+			};
+
+			/** Enum for return values of a descriptor comparator function. */
+			enum DSearch_Return_ErrorCodes_t
+			{
+				DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found                = 0, /**< Current descriptor matches comparator criteria. */
+				DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail                 = 1, /**< No further descriptor could possibly match criteria, fail the search. */
+				DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound             = 2, /**< Current descriptor does not match comparator criteria. */
+			};
+
+			/** Enum for return values of \ref USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(). */
+			enum DSearch_Comp_Return_ErrorCodes_t
+			{
+				DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found           = 0, /**< Configuration descriptor now points to descriptor which matches
+				                                             *   search criteria of the given comparator function. */
+				DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Fail            = 1, /**< Comparator function returned \ref DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail. */
+				DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_EndOfDescriptor = 2, /**< End of configuration descriptor reached before match found. */
+			};
+
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			/** Retrieves the configuration descriptor data from an attached device via a standard request into a buffer,
+			 *  including validity and size checking to prevent a buffer overflow.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in]     ConfigNumber   Device configuration descriptor number to fetch from the device (usually set to 1 for
+			 *                                single configuration devices).
+			 *  \param[in,out] ConfigSizePtr  Pointer to a location for storing the retrieved configuration descriptor size.
+			 *  \param[out]    BufferPtr      Pointer to the buffer for storing the configuration descriptor data.
+			 *  \param[out]    BufferSize     Size of the allocated buffer where the configuration descriptor is to be stored.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_GetConfigDescriptor_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(const uint8_t ConfigNumber,
+			                                           uint16_t* const ConfigSizePtr,
+			                                           void* const BufferPtr,
+			                                           const uint16_t BufferSize) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+			/** Skips to the next sub-descriptor inside the configuration descriptor of the specified type value.
+			 *  The bytes remaining value is automatically decremented.
+			 *
+			 * \param[in,out] BytesRem       Pointer to the number of bytes remaining of the configuration descriptor.
+			 * \param[in,out] CurrConfigLoc  Pointer to the current descriptor inside the configuration descriptor.
+			 * \param[in]     Type           Descriptor type value to search for.
+			 */
+			void USB_GetNextDescriptorOfType(uint16_t* const BytesRem,
+			                                 void** const CurrConfigLoc,
+			                                 const uint8_t Type)
+			                                 ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+			/** Skips to the next sub-descriptor inside the configuration descriptor of the specified type value,
+			 *  which must come before a descriptor of the second given type value. If the BeforeType type
+			 *  descriptor is reached first, the number of bytes remaining to process is set to zero and the
+			 *  function exits. The bytes remaining value is automatically decremented.
+			 *
+			 * \param[in,out] BytesRem       Pointer to the number of bytes remaining of the configuration descriptor.
+			 * \param[in,out] CurrConfigLoc  Pointer to the current descriptor inside the configuration descriptor.
+			 * \param[in]     Type           Descriptor type value to search for.
+			 * \param[in]     BeforeType     Descriptor type value which must not be reached before the given Type descriptor.
+			 */
+			void USB_GetNextDescriptorOfTypeBefore(uint16_t* const BytesRem,
+			                                       void** const CurrConfigLoc,
+			                                       const uint8_t Type,
+			                                       const uint8_t BeforeType)
+			                                       ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+			/** Skips to the next sub-descriptor inside the configuration descriptor of the specified type value,
+			 *  which must come after a descriptor of the second given type value. The bytes remaining value is
+			 *  automatically decremented.
+			 *
+			 * \param[in,out] BytesRem       Pointer to the number of bytes remaining of the configuration descriptor.
+			 * \param[in,out] CurrConfigLoc  Pointer to the current descriptor inside the configuration descriptor.
+			 * \param[in]     Type           Descriptor type value to search for.
+			 * \param[in]     AfterType      Descriptor type value which must be reached before the given Type descriptor.
+			 */
+			void USB_GetNextDescriptorOfTypeAfter(uint16_t* const BytesRem,
+			                                      void** const CurrConfigLoc,
+			                                      const uint8_t Type,
+			                                      const uint8_t AfterType)
+			                                      ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+			/** Searches for the next descriptor in the given configuration descriptor using a pre-made comparator
+			 *  function. The routine updates the position and remaining configuration descriptor bytes values
+			 *  automatically. If a comparator routine fails a search, the descriptor pointer is retreated back
+			 *  so that the next descriptor search invocation will start from the descriptor which first caused the
+			 *  original search to fail. This behavior allows for one comparator to be used immediately after another
+			 *  has failed, starting the second search from the descriptor which failed the first.
+			 *
+			 *  Comparator functions should be standard functions which accept a pointer to the header of the current
+			 *  descriptor inside the configuration descriptor which is being compared, and should return a value from
+			 *  the \ref DSearch_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum as a uint8_t value.
+			 *
+			 *  \note This function is available in USB Host mode only.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in,out] BytesRem           Pointer to an int storing the remaining bytes in the configuration descriptor.
+			 *  \param[in,out] CurrConfigLoc      Pointer to the current position in the configuration descriptor.
+			 *  \param[in]     ComparatorRoutine  Name of the comparator search function to use on the configuration descriptor.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Value of one of the members of the \ref DSearch_Comp_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 *
+			 *  Usage Example:
+			 *  \code
+			 *  uint8_t EndpointSearcher(void* CurrentDescriptor); // Comparator Prototype
+			 *
+			 *  uint8_t EndpointSearcher(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+			 *  {
+			 *     if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+			 *         return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+			 *     else
+			 *         return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+			 *  }
+			 *
+			 *  //...
+			 *
+			 *  // After retrieving configuration descriptor:
+			 *  if (USB_Host_GetNextDescriptorComp(&BytesRemaining, &CurrentConfigLoc, EndpointSearcher) ==
+			 *      Descriptor_Search_Comp_Found)
+			 *  {
+			 *      // Do something with the endpoint descriptor
+			 *  }
+			 *  \endcode
+			 */
+			uint8_t USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(uint16_t* const BytesRem,
+			                                  void** const CurrConfigLoc,
+			                                  ConfigComparatorPtr_t const ComparatorRoutine) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
+			                                  ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			/** Skips over the current sub-descriptor inside the configuration descriptor, so that the pointer then
+			    points to the next sub-descriptor. The bytes remaining value is automatically decremented.
+			 *
+			 * \param[in,out] BytesRem       Pointer to the number of bytes remaining of the configuration descriptor.
+			 * \param[in,out] CurrConfigLoc  Pointer to the current descriptor inside the configuration descriptor.
+			 */
+			static inline void USB_GetNextDescriptor(uint16_t* const BytesRem,
+			                                         void** CurrConfigLoc) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+			static inline void USB_GetNextDescriptor(uint16_t* const BytesRem,
+			                                         void** CurrConfigLoc)
+			{
+				uint16_t CurrDescriptorSize = DESCRIPTOR_CAST(*CurrConfigLoc, USB_Descriptor_Header_t).Size;
+
+				if (*BytesRem < CurrDescriptorSize)
+				  CurrDescriptorSize = *BytesRem;
+
+				*CurrConfigLoc  = (void*)((uintptr_t)*CurrConfigLoc + CurrDescriptorSize);
+				*BytesRem      -= CurrDescriptorSize;
+			}
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Device.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Device.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..81b0e17028
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Device.h
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Common USB Device definitions for all architectures.
+ *  \copydetails Group_Device
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USB
+ *  \defgroup Group_Device Device Management
+ *  \brief USB Device management definitions for USB device mode.
+ *
+ *  USB Device mode related definitions common to all architectures. This module contains definitions which
+ *  are used when the USB controller is initialized in device mode.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBDEVICE_H__
+#define __USBDEVICE_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "USBMode.h"
+		#include "StdDescriptors.h"
+		#include "USBInterrupt.h"
+		#include "Endpoint.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Enums: */
+			/** Enum for the various states of the USB Device state machine. Only some states are
+			 *  implemented in the LUFA library - other states are left to the user to implement.
+			 *
+			 *  For information on each possible USB device state, refer to the USB 2.0 specification.
+			 *
+			 *  \see \ref USB_DeviceState, which stores the current device state machine state.
+			 */
+			enum USB_Device_States_t
+			{
+				DEVICE_STATE_Unattached                   = 0, /**< Internally implemented by the library. This state indicates
+				                                                *   that the device is not currently connected to a host.
+				                                                */
+				DEVICE_STATE_Powered                      = 1, /**< Internally implemented by the library. This state indicates
+				                                                *   that the device is connected to a host, but enumeration has not
+				                                                *   yet begun.
+				                                                */
+				DEVICE_STATE_Default                      = 2, /**< Internally implemented by the library. This state indicates
+				                                                *   that the device's USB bus has been reset by the host and it is
+				                                                *   now waiting for the host to begin the enumeration process.
+				                                                */
+				DEVICE_STATE_Addressed                    = 3, /**< Internally implemented by the library. This state indicates
+				                                                *   that the device has been addressed by the USB Host, but is not
+				                                                *   yet configured.
+				                                                */
+				DEVICE_STATE_Configured                   = 4, /**< May be implemented by the user project. This state indicates
+				                                                *   that the device has been enumerated by the host and is ready
+				                                                *   for USB communications to begin.
+				                                                */
+				DEVICE_STATE_Suspended                    = 5, /**< May be implemented by the user project. This state indicates
+				                                                *   that the USB bus has been suspended by the host, and the device
+				                                                *   should power down to a minimal power level until the bus is
+				                                                *   resumed.
+				                                                */
+			};
+
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			/** Function to retrieve a given descriptor's size and memory location from the given descriptor type value,
+			 *  index and language ID. This function MUST be overridden in the user application (added with full, identical
+			 *  prototype and name so that the library can call it to retrieve descriptor data.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] wValue                  The type of the descriptor to retrieve in the upper byte, and the index in the
+			 *                                     lower byte (when more than one descriptor of the given type exists, such as the
+			 *                                     case of string descriptors). The type may be one of the standard types defined
+			 *                                     in the DescriptorTypes_t enum, or may be a class-specific descriptor type value.
+			 *  \param[in] wIndex                  The language ID of the string to return if the \c wValue type indicates
+			 *                                     \ref DTYPE_String, otherwise zero for standard descriptors, or as defined in a
+			 *                                     class-specific standards.
+			 *  \param[out] DescriptorAddress      Pointer to the descriptor in memory. This should be set by the routine to
+			 *                                     the address of the descriptor.
+			 *  \param[out] DescriptorMemorySpace  A value from the \ref USB_DescriptorMemorySpaces_t enum to indicate the memory
+			 *                                     space in which the descriptor is stored. This parameter does not exist when one
+			 *                                     of the \c USE_*_DESCRIPTORS compile time options is used, or on architectures which
+			 *                                     use a unified address space.
+			 *
+			 *  \note By default, the library expects all descriptors to be located in flash memory via the \c PROGMEM attribute.
+			 *        If descriptors should be located in RAM or EEPROM instead (to speed up access in the case of RAM, or to
+			 *        allow the descriptors to be changed dynamically at runtime) either the \c USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS or the
+			 *        \c USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS tokens may be defined in the project makefile and passed to the compiler by the -D
+			 *        switch.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Size in bytes of the descriptor if it exists, zero or \ref NO_DESCRIPTOR otherwise.
+			 */
+			uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+			                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+			                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress
+			#if (defined(ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)) && \
+			    !(defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS))
+			                                    , uint8_t* const DescriptorMemorySpace
+			#endif
+			                                    ) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+	/* Architecture Includes: */
+		#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+			#include "AVR8/Device_AVR8.h"
+		#elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+			#include "UC3/Device_UC3.h"
+		#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+			#include "XMEGA/Device_XMEGA.h"
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/DeviceStandardReq.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/DeviceStandardReq.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..feb092dbf7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/DeviceStandardReq.c
@@ -0,0 +1,393 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_DEVICESTDREQ_C
+#include "DeviceStandardReq.h"
+
+uint8_t USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber;
+
+#if !defined(NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER)
+bool    USB_Device_CurrentlySelfPowered;
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP)
+bool    USB_Device_RemoteWakeupEnabled;
+#endif
+
+void USB_Device_ProcessControlRequest(void)
+{
+	#if defined(ARCH_BIG_ENDIAN)
+	USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType = Endpoint_Read_8();
+	USB_ControlRequest.bRequest      = Endpoint_Read_8();
+	USB_ControlRequest.wValue        = Endpoint_Read_16_LE();
+	USB_ControlRequest.wIndex        = Endpoint_Read_16_LE();
+	USB_ControlRequest.wLength       = Endpoint_Read_16_LE();
+	#else
+	uint8_t* RequestHeader = (uint8_t*)&USB_ControlRequest;
+
+	for (uint8_t RequestHeaderByte = 0; RequestHeaderByte < sizeof(USB_Request_Header_t); RequestHeaderByte++)
+	  *(RequestHeader++) = Endpoint_Read_8();
+	#endif
+
+	EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest();
+
+	if (Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived())
+	{
+		uint8_t bmRequestType = USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType;
+
+		switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+		{
+			case REQ_GetStatus:
+				if ((bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE)) ||
+					(bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_ENDPOINT)))
+				{
+					USB_Device_GetStatus();
+				}
+
+				break;
+			case REQ_ClearFeature:
+			case REQ_SetFeature:
+				if ((bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE)) ||
+					(bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_ENDPOINT)))
+				{
+					USB_Device_ClearSetFeature();
+				}
+
+				break;
+			case REQ_SetAddress:
+				if (bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE))
+				  USB_Device_SetAddress();
+
+				break;
+			case REQ_GetDescriptor:
+				if ((bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE)) ||
+					(bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_INTERFACE)))
+				{
+					USB_Device_GetDescriptor();
+				}
+
+				break;
+			case REQ_GetConfiguration:
+				if (bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE))
+				  USB_Device_GetConfiguration();
+
+				break;
+			case REQ_SetConfiguration:
+				if (bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE))
+				  USB_Device_SetConfiguration();
+
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived())
+	{
+		Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+		Endpoint_StallTransaction();
+	}
+}
+
+static void USB_Device_SetAddress(void)
+{
+	uint8_t DeviceAddress = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue & 0x7F);
+
+	USB_Device_SetDeviceAddress(DeviceAddress);
+
+	Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+	Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+	while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()));
+
+	USB_Device_EnableDeviceAddress(DeviceAddress);
+
+	USB_DeviceState = (DeviceAddress) ? DEVICE_STATE_Addressed : DEVICE_STATE_Default;
+}
+
+static void USB_Device_SetConfiguration(void)
+{
+	#if defined(FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS)
+	if ((uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wValue > FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS)
+	  return;
+	#else
+	USB_Descriptor_Device_t* DevDescriptorPtr;
+
+	#if defined(ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE)
+		#if defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS)
+			#define MemoryAddressSpace  MEMSPACE_FLASH
+		#elif defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS)
+			#define MemoryAddressSpace  MEMSPACE_EEPROM
+		#elif defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS)
+			#define MemoryAddressSpace  MEMSPACE_RAM
+		#else
+			uint8_t MemoryAddressSpace;
+		#endif
+	#endif
+
+	if (CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor((DTYPE_Device << 8), 0, (void*)&DevDescriptorPtr
+	#if defined(ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE) && \
+	    !(defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS))
+	                               , &MemoryAddressSpace
+	#endif
+	                               ) == NO_DESCRIPTOR)
+	{
+		return;
+	}
+
+	#if defined(ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE)
+	if (MemoryAddressSpace == MEMSPACE_FLASH)
+	{
+		if (((uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wValue > pgm_read_byte(&DevDescriptorPtr->NumberOfConfigurations)))
+		  return;
+	}
+	else if (MemoryAddressSpace == MEMSPACE_EEPROM)
+	{
+		if (((uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wValue > eeprom_read_byte(&DevDescriptorPtr->NumberOfConfigurations)))
+		  return;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		if ((uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wValue > DevDescriptorPtr->NumberOfConfigurations)
+		  return;
+	}
+	#else
+	if ((uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wValue > DevDescriptorPtr->NumberOfConfigurations)
+	  return;
+	#endif
+	#endif
+
+	Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+	USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber = (uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wValue;
+
+	Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+	if (USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber)
+	  USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Configured;
+	else
+	  USB_DeviceState = (USB_Device_IsAddressSet()) ? DEVICE_STATE_Configured : DEVICE_STATE_Powered;
+
+	EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged();
+}
+
+static void USB_Device_GetConfiguration(void)
+{
+	Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+	Endpoint_Write_8(USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber);
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+	Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+}
+
+#if !defined(NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL) && (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL != NO_DESCRIPTOR)
+static void USB_Device_GetInternalSerialDescriptor(void)
+{
+	struct
+	{
+		USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header;
+		uint16_t                UnicodeString[INTERNAL_SERIAL_LENGTH_BITS / 4];
+	} SignatureDescriptor;
+
+	SignatureDescriptor.Header.Type = DTYPE_String;
+	SignatureDescriptor.Header.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(INTERNAL_SERIAL_LENGTH_BITS / 4);
+
+	USB_Device_GetSerialString(SignatureDescriptor.UnicodeString);
+
+	Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+	Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(&SignatureDescriptor, sizeof(SignatureDescriptor));
+	Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+}
+#endif
+
+static void USB_Device_GetDescriptor(void)
+{
+	const void* DescriptorPointer;
+	uint16_t    DescriptorSize;
+
+	#if defined(ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE) && \
+	    !(defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS))
+	uint8_t DescriptorAddressSpace;
+	#endif
+
+	#if !defined(NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL) && (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL != NO_DESCRIPTOR)
+	if (USB_ControlRequest.wValue == ((DTYPE_String << 8) | USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL))
+	{
+		USB_Device_GetInternalSerialDescriptor();
+		return;
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	if ((DescriptorSize = CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(USB_ControlRequest.wValue, USB_ControlRequest.wIndex,
+	                                                 &DescriptorPointer
+	#if defined(ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE) && \
+	    !(defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS))
+	                                                 , &DescriptorAddressSpace
+	#endif
+													 )) == NO_DESCRIPTOR)
+	{
+		return;
+	}
+
+	Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+	#if defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS) || !defined(ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE)
+	Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(DescriptorPointer, DescriptorSize);
+	#elif defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS)
+	Endpoint_Write_Control_EStream_LE(DescriptorPointer, DescriptorSize);
+	#elif defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS)
+	Endpoint_Write_Control_PStream_LE(DescriptorPointer, DescriptorSize);
+	#else
+	if (DescriptorAddressSpace == MEMSPACE_FLASH)
+	  Endpoint_Write_Control_PStream_LE(DescriptorPointer, DescriptorSize);
+	else if (DescriptorAddressSpace == MEMSPACE_EEPROM)
+	  Endpoint_Write_Control_EStream_LE(DescriptorPointer, DescriptorSize);
+	else
+	  Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(DescriptorPointer, DescriptorSize);
+	#endif
+
+	Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+}
+
+static void USB_Device_GetStatus(void)
+{
+	uint8_t CurrentStatus = 0;
+
+	switch (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType)
+	{
+		case (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE):
+		{
+			#if !defined(NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER)
+			if (USB_Device_CurrentlySelfPowered)
+			  CurrentStatus |= FEATURE_SELFPOWERED_ENABLED;
+			#endif
+
+			#if !defined(NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP)
+			if (USB_Device_RemoteWakeupEnabled)
+			  CurrentStatus |= FEATURE_REMOTE_WAKEUP_ENABLED;
+			#endif
+			break;
+		}
+		case (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_ENDPOINT):
+		{
+			#if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
+			uint8_t EndpointIndex = ((uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wIndex & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK);
+
+			if (EndpointIndex >= ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS)
+				return;
+
+			Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(EndpointIndex);
+
+			CurrentStatus = Endpoint_IsStalled();
+
+			Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP);
+			#endif
+
+			break;
+		}
+		default:
+			return;
+	}
+
+	Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+	Endpoint_Write_16_LE(CurrentStatus);
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+	Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+}
+
+static void USB_Device_ClearSetFeature(void)
+{
+	switch (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT)
+	{
+		#if !defined(NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP)
+		case REQREC_DEVICE:
+		{
+			if ((uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wValue == FEATURE_SEL_DeviceRemoteWakeup)
+			  USB_Device_RemoteWakeupEnabled = (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest == REQ_SetFeature);
+			else
+			  return;
+
+			break;
+		}
+		#endif
+		#if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
+		case REQREC_ENDPOINT:
+		{
+			if ((uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wValue == FEATURE_SEL_EndpointHalt)
+			{
+				uint8_t EndpointIndex = ((uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wIndex & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK);
+
+				if (EndpointIndex == ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP || EndpointIndex >= ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS)
+				  return;
+
+				Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(EndpointIndex);
+
+				if (Endpoint_IsEnabled())
+				{
+					if (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest == REQ_SetFeature)
+					{
+						Endpoint_StallTransaction();
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						Endpoint_ClearStall();
+						Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(EndpointIndex);
+						Endpoint_ResetDataToggle();
+					}
+				}
+			}
+
+			break;
+		}
+		#endif
+		default:
+			return;
+	}
+
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP);
+
+	Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+	Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/DeviceStandardReq.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/DeviceStandardReq.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..14badcda1f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/DeviceStandardReq.h
@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief USB device standard request management.
+ *
+ *  This file contains the function prototypes necessary for the processing of incoming standard control requests
+ *  when the library is in USB device mode.
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __DEVICESTDREQ_H__
+#define __DEVICESTDREQ_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "USBMode.h"
+		#include "StdDescriptors.h"
+		#include "Events.h"
+		#include "StdRequestType.h"
+		#include "USBTask.h"
+		#include "USBController.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Enums: */
+			#if defined(ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+				/** Enum for the possible descriptor memory spaces, for the \c MemoryAddressSpace parameter of the
+				 *  \ref CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor() function. This can be used when none of the \c USE_*_DESCRIPTORS
+				 *  compile time options are used, to indicate in which memory space the descriptor is stored.
+				 *
+				 *  \ingroup Group_Device
+				 */
+				enum USB_DescriptorMemorySpaces_t
+				{
+					#if defined(ARCH_HAS_FLASH_ADDRESS_SPACE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+					MEMSPACE_FLASH    = 0, /**< Indicates the requested descriptor is located in FLASH memory. */
+					#endif
+					#if defined(ARCH_HAS_EEPROM_ADDRESS_SPACE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+					MEMSPACE_EEPROM   = 1, /**< Indicates the requested descriptor is located in EEPROM memory. */
+					#endif
+					MEMSPACE_RAM      = 2, /**< Indicates the requested descriptor is located in RAM memory. */
+				};
+			#endif
+
+		/* Global Variables: */
+			/** Indicates the currently set configuration number of the device. USB devices may have several
+			 *  different configurations which the host can select between; this indicates the currently selected
+			 *  value, or 0 if no configuration has been selected.
+			 *
+			 *  \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
+			 *             changed in value.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_Device
+			 */
+			extern uint8_t USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber;
+
+			#if !defined(NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP)
+				/** Indicates if the host is currently allowing the device to issue remote wakeup events. If this
+				 *  flag is cleared, the device should not issue remote wakeup events to the host.
+				 *
+				 *  \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
+				 *             changed in value.
+				 *
+				 *  \note To reduce FLASH usage of the compiled applications where Remote Wakeup is not supported,
+				 *        this global and the underlying management code can be disabled by defining the
+				 *        \c NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP token in the project makefile and passing it to the compiler via
+				 *        the -D switch.
+				 *
+				 *  \ingroup Group_Device
+				 */
+				extern bool USB_Device_RemoteWakeupEnabled;
+			#endif
+
+			#if !defined(NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER)
+				/** Indicates if the device is currently being powered by its own power supply, rather than being
+				 *  powered by the host's USB supply. This flag should remain cleared if the device does not
+				 *  support self powered mode, as indicated in the device descriptors.
+				 *
+				 *  \ingroup Group_Device
+				 */
+				extern bool USB_Device_CurrentlySelfPowered;
+			#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		#if defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS) && defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS)
+			#error USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS and USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS are mutually exclusive.
+		#elif defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS) && defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS)
+			#error USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS and USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS are mutually exclusive.
+		#elif defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) && defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS)
+			#error USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS and USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS are mutually exclusive.
+		#elif defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) && defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS) && defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS)
+			#error Only one of the USE_*_DESCRIPTORS modes should be selected.
+		#endif
+
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			void USB_Device_ProcessControlRequest(void);
+
+			#if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_DEVICESTDREQ_C)
+				static void USB_Device_SetAddress(void);
+				static void USB_Device_SetConfiguration(void);
+				static void USB_Device_GetConfiguration(void);
+				static void USB_Device_GetDescriptor(void);
+				static void USB_Device_GetStatus(void);
+				static void USB_Device_ClearSetFeature(void);
+
+				#if !defined(NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL) && (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL != NO_DESCRIPTOR)
+					static void USB_Device_GetInternalSerialDescriptor(void);
+				#endif
+			#endif
+	#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Endpoint.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Endpoint.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b577f63476
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Endpoint.h
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief USB Endpoint definitions for all architectures.
+ *  \copydetails Group_EndpointManagement
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_EndpointManagement
+ *  \defgroup Group_EndpointRW Endpoint Data Reading and Writing
+ *  \brief Endpoint data read/write definitions.
+ *
+ *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing from and to endpoints.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_EndpointRW
+ *  \defgroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW Read/Write of Primitive Data Types
+ *  \brief Endpoint data primitive read/write definitions.
+ *
+ *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of primitive data types
+ *  from and to endpoints.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_EndpointManagement
+ *  \defgroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement Endpoint Packet Management
+ *  \brief USB Endpoint package management definitions.
+ *
+ *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to packet management of endpoints.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USB
+ *  \defgroup Group_EndpointManagement Endpoint Management
+ *  \brief Endpoint management definitions.
+ *
+ *  Functions, macros and enums related to endpoint management when in USB Device mode. This
+ *  module contains the endpoint management macros, as well as endpoint interrupt and data
+ *  send/receive functions for various data types.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __ENDPOINT_H__
+#define __ENDPOINT_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "USBMode.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Type Defines: */
+			/** Type define for a endpoint table entry, used to configure endpoints in groups via
+			 *  \ref Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable().
+			 */
+			typedef struct
+			{
+				uint8_t  Address; /**< Address of the endpoint to configure, or zero if the table entry is to be unused. */
+				uint16_t Size; /**< Size of the endpoint bank, in bytes. */
+				uint8_t  Type; /**< Type of the endpoint, a \c EP_TYPE_* mask. */
+				uint8_t  Banks; /**< Number of hardware banks to use for the endpoint. */
+			} USB_Endpoint_Table_t;
+
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Endpoint number mask, for masking against endpoint addresses to retrieve the endpoint's
+			 *  numerical address in the device.
+			 */
+			#define ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK                     0x0F
+
+			/** Endpoint address for the default control endpoint, which always resides in address 0. This is
+			 *  defined for convenience to give more readable code when used with the endpoint macros.
+			 */
+			#define ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP                      0
+
+	/* Architecture Includes: */
+		#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+			#include "AVR8/Endpoint_AVR8.h"
+		#elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+			#include "UC3/Endpoint_UC3.h"
+		#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+			#include "XMEGA/Endpoint_XMEGA.h"
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/EndpointStream.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/EndpointStream.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..156d155b3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/EndpointStream.h
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Endpoint data stream transmission and reception management.
+ *  \copydetails Group_EndpointStreamRW
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_EndpointRW
+ *  \defgroup Group_EndpointStreamRW Read/Write of Multi-Byte Streams
+ *  \brief Endpoint data stream transmission and reception management.
+ *
+ *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of data streams from
+ *  and to endpoints.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __ENDPOINT_STREAM_H__
+#define __ENDPOINT_STREAM_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "USBMode.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Enums: */
+			/** Enum for the possible error return codes of the \c Endpoint_*_Stream_* functions. */
+			enum Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t
+			{
+				ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError            = 0, /**< Command completed successfully, no error. */
+				ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_EndpointStalled    = 1, /**< The endpoint was stalled during the stream
+				                                           *   transfer by the host or device.
+				                                           */
+				ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected = 2, /**< Device was disconnected from the host during
+				                                           *   the transfer.
+				                                           */
+				ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_BusSuspended       = 3, /**< The USB bus has been suspended by the host and
+				                                           *   no USB endpoint traffic can occur until the bus
+				                                           *   has resumed.
+				                                           */
+				ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_Timeout            = 4, /**< The host failed to accept or send the next packet
+				                                           *   within the software timeout period set by the
+				                                           *   \ref USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS macro.
+				                                           */
+				ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer = 5, /**< Indicates that the endpoint bank became full or empty before
+				                                           *   the complete contents of the current stream could be
+				                                           *   transferred. The endpoint stream function should be called
+				                                           *   again to process the next chunk of data in the transfer.
+				                                           */
+			};
+
+			/** Enum for the possible error return codes of the \c Endpoint_*_Control_Stream_* functions. */
+			enum Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t
+			{
+				ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_NoError            = 0, /**< Command completed successfully, no error. */
+				ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_HostAborted        = 1, /**< The aborted the transfer prematurely. */
+				ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected = 2, /**< Device was disconnected from the host during
+				                                            *   the transfer.
+				                                            */
+				ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended       = 3, /**< The USB bus has been suspended by the host and
+				                                            *   no USB endpoint traffic can occur until the bus
+				                                            *   has resumed.
+				                                            */
+			};
+
+	/* Architecture Includes: */
+		#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+			#include "AVR8/EndpointStream_AVR8.h"
+		#elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+			#include "UC3/EndpointStream_UC3.h"
+		#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+			#include "XMEGA/EndpointStream_XMEGA.h"
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Events.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Events.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..186557956a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Events.c
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_EVENTS_C
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "Events.h"
+
+void USB_Event_Stub(void)
+{
+
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Events.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Events.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..57fd0d9af7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Events.h
@@ -0,0 +1,372 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief USB Event management definitions.
+ *  \copydetails Group_Events
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USB
+ *  \defgroup Group_Events USB Events
+ *  \brief USB Event management definitions.
+ *
+ *  This module contains macros and functions relating to the management of library events, which are small
+ *  pieces of code similar to ISRs which are run when a given condition is met. Each event can be fired from
+ *  multiple places in the user or library code, which may or may not be inside an ISR, thus each handler
+ *  should be written to be as small and fast as possible to prevent possible problems.
+ *
+ *  Events can be hooked by the user application by declaring a handler function with the same name and parameters
+ *  listed here. If an event with no user-associated handler is fired within the library, it by default maps to an
+ *  internal empty stub function.
+ *
+ *  Each event must only have one associated event handler, but can be raised by multiple sources by calling the
+ *  event handler function (with any required event parameters).
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBEVENTS_H__
+#define __USBEVENTS_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "USBMode.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Pseudo-Functions for Doxygen: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_EVENTS_C) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			/** Event for USB mode pin level change. This event fires when the USB interface is set to dual role
+			 *  mode, and the UID pin level has changed to indicate a new mode (device or host). This event fires
+			 *  before the mode is switched to the newly indicated mode but after the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect
+			 *  event has fired (if disconnected before the role change).
+			 *
+			 *  \note This event only exists on microcontrollers that support dual role USB modes.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY or \c USB_HOST_ONLY tokens have been supplied
+			 *        to the compiler (see \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
+			 */
+			void EVENT_USB_UIDChange(void);
+
+			/** Event for USB host error. This event fires when a hardware fault has occurred whilst the USB
+			 *  interface is in host mode.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] ErrorCode  Error code indicating the failure reason, a value in \ref USB_Host_ErrorCodes_t.
+			 *
+			 *  \note This event only exists on microcontrollers that supports USB host mode.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
+			 *        \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
+			 */
+			void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+
+			/** Event for USB device attachment. This event fires when a the USB interface is in host mode, and
+			 *  a USB device has been connected to the USB interface. This is interrupt driven, thus fires before
+			 *  the standard \ref EVENT_USB_Device_Connect() event and so can be used to programmatically start the USB
+			 *  management task to reduce CPU consumption.
+			 *
+			 *  \note This event only exists on microcontrollers that supports USB host mode.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
+			 *        \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
+			 *
+			 *  \see \ref USB_USBTask() for more information on the USB management task and reducing CPU usage.
+			 */
+			void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+
+			/** Event for USB device removal. This event fires when a the USB interface is in host mode, and
+			 *  a USB device has been removed the USB interface whether or not it has been enumerated. This
+			 *  can be used to programmatically stop the USB management task to reduce CPU consumption.
+			 *
+			 *  \note This event only exists on microcontrollers that supports USB host mode.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
+			 *        \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
+			 *
+			 *  \see \ref USB_USBTask() for more information on the USB management task and reducing CPU usage.
+			 */
+			void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+
+			/** Event for USB device enumeration failure. This event fires when a the USB interface is
+			 *  in host mode, and an attached USB device has failed to enumerate completely.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] ErrorCode     Error code indicating the failure reason, a value in
+			 *                           \ref USB_Host_EnumerationErrorCodes_t.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] SubErrorCode  Sub error code indicating the reason for failure - for example, if the
+			 *                           ErrorCode parameter indicates a control error, this will give the error
+			 *                           code returned by the \ref USB_Host_SendControlRequest() function.
+			 *
+			 *  \note This event only exists on microcontrollers that supports USB host mode.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
+			 *        \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
+			 */
+			void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+			                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+
+			/** Event for USB device enumeration completion. This event fires when a the USB interface is
+			 *  in host mode and an attached USB device has been completely enumerated and is ready to be
+			 *  controlled by the user application.
+			 *
+			 *  This event is time-critical; exceeding OS-specific delays within this event handler (typically of around
+			 *  1 second) when a transaction is waiting to be processed by the device will prevent break communications
+			 *  and cause the host to reset the USB bus.
+			 *
+			 *  \note This event only exists on microcontrollers that supports USB host mode.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
+			 *        \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
+			 */
+			void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+			/** Event for USB Start Of Frame detection, when enabled. This event fires at the start of each USB
+			 *  frame, once per millisecond, and is synchronized to the USB bus. This can be used as an accurate
+			 *  millisecond timer source when the USB bus is not suspended while in host mode.
+			 *
+			 *  This event is time-critical; it is run once per millisecond and thus long handlers will significantly
+			 *  degrade device performance. This event should only be enabled when needed to reduce device wake-ups.
+			 *
+			 *  \note This event is not normally active - it must be manually enabled and disabled via the
+			 *        \ref USB_Host_EnableSOFEvents() and \ref USB_Host_DisableSOFEvents() commands after enumeration of
+			 *        a USB device.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
+			 *        \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
+			 */
+			void EVENT_USB_Host_StartOfFrame(void);
+
+			/** Event for USB device connection. This event fires when the microcontroller is in USB Device mode
+			 *  and the device is connected to a USB host, beginning the enumeration process measured by a rising
+			 *  level on the microcontroller's VBUS sense pin.
+			 *
+			 *  This event is time-critical; exceeding OS-specific delays within this event handler (typically of around
+			 *  two seconds) will prevent the device from enumerating correctly.
+			 *
+			 *  \attention This event may fire multiple times during device enumeration on the microcontrollers with limited USB controllers
+			 *             if \c NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT is not defined.
+			 *
+			 *  \note For the microcontrollers with limited USB controller functionality, VBUS sensing is not available.
+			 *        this means that the current connection state is derived from the bus suspension and wake up events by default,
+			 *        which is not always accurate (host may suspend the bus while still connected). If the actual connection state
+			 *        needs to be determined, VBUS should be routed to an external pin, and the auto-detect behavior turned off by
+			 *        passing the \c NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT token to the compiler via the -D switch at compile time. The connection
+			 *        and disconnection events may be manually fired, and the \ref USB_DeviceState global changed manually.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \see \ref Group_USBManagement for more information on the USB management task and reducing CPU usage.
+			 */
+			void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+
+			/** Event for USB device disconnection. This event fires when the microcontroller is in USB Device mode and the device is
+			 *  disconnected from a host, measured by a falling level on the microcontroller's VBUS sense pin.
+			 *
+			 *  \attention This event may fire multiple times during device enumeration on the microcontrollers with limited USB controllers
+			 *             if \c NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT is not defined.
+			 *
+			 *  \note For the microcontrollers with limited USB controllers, VBUS sense is not available to the USB controller.
+			 *        this means that the current connection state is derived from the bus suspension and wake up events by default,
+			 *        which is not always accurate (host may suspend the bus while still connected). If the actual connection state
+			 *        needs to be determined, VBUS should be routed to an external pin, and the auto-detect behavior turned off by
+			 *        passing the \c NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT token to the compiler via the -D switch at compile time. The connection
+			 *        and disconnection events may be manually fired, and the \ref USB_DeviceState global changed manually.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \see \ref Group_USBManagement for more information on the USB management task and reducing CPU usage.
+			 */
+			void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+
+			/** Event for control requests. This event fires when a the USB host issues a control request
+			 *  to the mandatory device control endpoint (of address 0). This may either be a standard
+			 *  request that the library may have a handler code for internally, or a class specific request
+			 *  issued to the device which must be handled appropriately. If a request is not processed in the
+			 *  user application via this event, it will be passed to the library for processing internally
+			 *  if a suitable handler exists.
+			 *
+			 *  This event is time-critical; each packet within the request transaction must be acknowledged or
+			 *  sent within 50ms or the host will abort the transfer.
+			 *
+			 *  The library internally handles all standard control requests with the exceptions of SYNC FRAME,
+			 *  SET DESCRIPTOR and SET INTERFACE. These and all other non-standard control requests will be left
+			 *  for the user to process via this event if desired. If not handled in the user application or by
+			 *  the library internally, unknown requests are automatically STALLed.
+			 *
+			 *  \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_HOST_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
+			 *        \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \note Requests should be handled in the same manner as described in the USB 2.0 Specification,
+			 *        or appropriate class specification. In all instances, the library has already read the
+			 *        request SETUP parameters into the \ref USB_ControlRequest structure which should then be used
+			 *        by the application to determine how to handle the issued request.
+			 */
+			void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+			/** Event for USB configuration number changed. This event fires when a the USB host changes the
+			 *  selected configuration number while in device mode. This event should be hooked in device
+			 *  applications to create the endpoints and configure the device for the selected configuration.
+			 *
+			 *  This event is time-critical; exceeding OS-specific delays within this event handler (typically of around
+			 *  one second) will prevent the device from enumerating correctly.
+			 *
+			 *  This event fires after the value of \ref USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber has been changed.
+			 *
+			 *  \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_HOST_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
+			 *        \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
+			 */
+			void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+
+			/** Event for USB suspend. This event fires when a the USB host suspends the device by halting its
+			 *  transmission of Start Of Frame pulses to the device. This is generally hooked in order to move
+			 *  the device over to a low power state until the host wakes up the device. If the USB interface is
+			 *  enumerated with the \ref USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL option set, the library will automatically suspend the
+			 *  USB PLL before the event is fired to save power.
+			 *
+			 *  \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_HOST_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
+			 *        \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \note This event does not exist on the microcontrollers with limited USB VBUS sensing abilities
+			 *        when the \c NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT compile time token is not set - see
+			 *        \ref EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect.
+			 *
+			 *  \see \ref EVENT_USB_Device_WakeUp() event for accompanying Wake Up event.
+			 */
+			void EVENT_USB_Device_Suspend(void);
+
+			/** Event for USB wake up. This event fires when a the USB interface is suspended while in device
+			 *  mode, and the host wakes up the device by supplying Start Of Frame pulses. This is generally
+			 *  hooked to pull the user application out of a low power state and back into normal operating
+			 *  mode. If the USB interface is enumerated with the \ref USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL option set, the library
+			 *  will automatically restart the USB PLL before the event is fired.
+			 *
+			 *  \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_HOST_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
+			 *        \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \note This event does not exist on the microcontrollers with limited USB VBUS sensing abilities
+			 *        when the \c NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT compile time token is not set - see
+			 *        \ref EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect.
+			 *
+			 *  \see \ref EVENT_USB_Device_Suspend() event for accompanying Suspend event.
+			 */
+			void EVENT_USB_Device_WakeUp(void);
+
+			/** Event for USB interface reset. This event fires when the USB interface is in device mode, and
+			 *  a the USB host requests that the device reset its interface. This event fires after the control
+			 *  endpoint has been automatically configured by the library.
+			 *
+			 *  This event is time-critical; exceeding OS-specific delays within this event handler (typically of around
+			 *  two seconds) will prevent the device from enumerating correctly.
+			 *
+			 *  \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_HOST_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
+			 *        \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
+			 */
+			void EVENT_USB_Device_Reset(void);
+
+			/** Event for USB Start Of Frame detection, when enabled. This event fires at the start of each USB
+			 *  frame, once per millisecond, and is synchronized to the USB bus. This can be used as an accurate
+			 *  millisecond timer source when the USB bus is enumerated in device mode to a USB host.
+			 *
+			 *  This event is time-critical; it is run once per millisecond and thus long handlers will significantly
+			 *  degrade device performance. This event should only be enabled when needed to reduce device wake-ups.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre This event is not normally active - it must be manually enabled and disabled via the
+			 *       \ref USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents() and \ref USB_Device_DisableSOFEvents() commands after enumeration.
+			 *       \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_HOST_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
+			 *        \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
+			 */
+			void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
+		#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			#if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_EVENTS_C)
+				void USB_Event_Stub(void) ATTR_CONST;
+
+				#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+					void EVENT_USB_UIDChange(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
+				#endif
+
+				#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+					void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
+					void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
+					void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
+					void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
+					void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+                                                                const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+					                                            ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
+					void EVENT_USB_Host_StartOfFrame(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
+				#endif
+
+				#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+					void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
+					void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
+					void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
+					void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
+					void EVENT_USB_Device_Suspend(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
+					void EVENT_USB_Device_WakeUp(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
+					void EVENT_USB_Device_Reset(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
+					void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
+				#endif
+			#endif
+	#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Host.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Host.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..50410b2be8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Host.h
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Common USB Host definitions for all architectures.
+ *  \copydetails Group_Host
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USB
+ *  \defgroup Group_Host Host Management
+ *  \brief USB Host management definitions for USB host mode.
+ *
+ *  USB Host mode related macros and enums. This module contains macros and enums which are used when
+ *  the USB controller is initialized in host mode.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBHOST_H__
+#define __USBHOST_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "USBMode.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Enums: */
+			/** Enum for the various states of the USB Host state machine.
+			 *
+			 *  For information on each possible USB host state, refer to the USB 2.0 specification.
+			 *  Several of the USB host states are broken up further into multiple smaller sub-states,
+			 *  so that they can be internally implemented inside the library in an efficient manner.
+			 *
+			 *  \see \ref USB_HostState, which stores the current host state machine state.
+			 */
+			enum USB_Host_States_t
+			{
+				HOST_STATE_WaitForDevice                = 0,  /**< This state indicates that the stack is waiting for an interval
+				                                               *   to elapse before continuing with the next step of the device
+				                                               *   enumeration process.
+				                                               */
+				HOST_STATE_Unattached                   = 1,  /**< This state indicates that the host state machine is waiting for
+				                                               *   a device to be attached so that it can start the enumeration process.
+				                                               */
+				HOST_STATE_Powered                      = 2,  /**< This state indicates that a device has been attached, and the
+				                                               *   library's internals are being configured to begin the enumeration
+				                                               *   process.
+				                                               */
+				HOST_STATE_Powered_WaitForDeviceSettle  = 3,  /**< This state indicates that the stack is waiting for the initial
+				                                               *   settling period to elapse before beginning the enumeration process.
+				                                               */
+				HOST_STATE_Powered_WaitForConnect       = 4,  /**< This state indicates that the stack is waiting for a connection event
+				                                               *   from the USB controller to indicate a valid USB device has been attached
+				                                               *   to the bus and is ready to be enumerated.
+				                                               */
+				HOST_STATE_Powered_DoReset              = 5,  /**< This state indicates that a valid USB device has been attached, and that
+				                                               *   it will now be reset to ensure it is ready for enumeration.
+				                                               */
+				HOST_STATE_Powered_ConfigPipe           = 6,  /**< This state indicates that the attached device is currently powered and
+				                                               *   reset, and that the control pipe is now being configured by the stack.
+				                                               */
+				HOST_STATE_Default                      = 7,  /**< This state indicates that the stack is currently retrieving the control
+				                                               *   endpoint's size from the device, so that the control pipe can be altered
+				                                               *   to match.
+				                                               */
+				HOST_STATE_Default_PostReset            = 8,  /**< This state indicates that the control pipe is being reconfigured to match
+				                                               *   the retrieved control endpoint size from the device, and the device's USB
+				                                               *   bus address is being set.
+				                                               */
+				HOST_STATE_Default_PostAddressSet       = 9,  /**< This state indicates that the device's address has now been set, and the
+				                                               *   stack is has now completed the device enumeration process. This state causes
+				                                               *   the stack to change the current USB device address to that set for the
+				                                               *   connected device, before progressing to the \ref HOST_STATE_Addressed state
+				                                               *   ready for use in the user application.
+				                                               */
+				HOST_STATE_Addressed                    = 10, /**< Indicates that the device has been enumerated and addressed, and is now waiting
+				                                               *   for the user application to configure the device ready for use.
+				                                               */
+				HOST_STATE_Configured                   = 11, /**< Indicates that the device has been configured into a valid device configuration,
+				                                               *   ready for general use by the user application.
+				                                               */
+			};
+
+	/* Architecture Includes: */
+		#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+			#include "AVR8/Host_AVR8.h"
+		#elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+			#include "UC3/Host_UC3.h"
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/HostStandardReq.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/HostStandardReq.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..42a934daa0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/HostStandardReq.c
@@ -0,0 +1,322 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_HOSTSTDREQ_C
+#include "HostStandardReq.h"
+
+uint8_t USB_Host_ConfigurationNumber;
+
+static uint8_t USB_Host_SendControlRequest_PRV(void* const BufferPtr)
+{
+	uint8_t* DataStream   = (uint8_t*)BufferPtr;
+	uint8_t  ReturnStatus = HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+	uint16_t DataLen      = USB_ControlRequest.wLength;
+
+	USB_Host_ResumeBus();
+
+	if ((ReturnStatus = USB_Host_WaitMS(1)) != HOST_WAITERROR_Successful)
+	  return ReturnStatus;
+
+	Pipe_SetPipeToken(PIPE_TOKEN_SETUP);
+	Pipe_ClearError();
+
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+	#if defined(ARCH_BIG_ENDIAN)
+	Pipe_Write_8(USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType);
+	Pipe_Write_8(USB_ControlRequest.bRequest);
+	Pipe_Write_16_LE(USB_ControlRequest.wValue);
+	Pipe_Write_16_LE(USB_ControlRequest.wIndex);
+	Pipe_Write_16_LE(USB_ControlRequest.wLength);
+	#else
+	uint8_t* HeaderStream = (uint8_t*)&USB_ControlRequest;
+
+	for (uint8_t HeaderByte = 0; HeaderByte < sizeof(USB_Request_Header_t); HeaderByte++)
+	  Pipe_Write_8(*(HeaderStream++));
+	#endif
+
+	Pipe_ClearSETUP();
+
+	if ((ReturnStatus = USB_Host_WaitForIOS(USB_HOST_WAITFOR_SetupSent)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	  return ReturnStatus;
+
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+
+	if ((ReturnStatus = USB_Host_WaitMS(1)) != HOST_WAITERROR_Successful)
+	  return ReturnStatus;
+
+	if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & CONTROL_REQTYPE_DIRECTION) == REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST)
+	{
+		Pipe_SetPipeToken(PIPE_TOKEN_IN);
+
+		if (DataStream != NULL)
+		{
+			while (DataLen)
+			{
+				Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+				if ((ReturnStatus = USB_Host_WaitForIOS(USB_HOST_WAITFOR_InReceived)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+				  return ReturnStatus;
+
+				if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
+				  DataLen = 0;
+
+				while (Pipe_BytesInPipe() && DataLen)
+				{
+					*(DataStream++) = Pipe_Read_8();
+					DataLen--;
+				}
+
+				Pipe_Freeze();
+				Pipe_ClearIN();
+			}
+		}
+
+		Pipe_SetPipeToken(PIPE_TOKEN_OUT);
+		Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+		if ((ReturnStatus = USB_Host_WaitForIOS(USB_HOST_WAITFOR_OutReady)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+		  return ReturnStatus;
+
+		Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+		if ((ReturnStatus = USB_Host_WaitForIOS(USB_HOST_WAITFOR_OutReady)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+		  return ReturnStatus;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		if (DataStream != NULL)
+		{
+			Pipe_SetPipeToken(PIPE_TOKEN_OUT);
+			Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+			while (DataLen)
+			{
+				if ((ReturnStatus = USB_Host_WaitForIOS(USB_HOST_WAITFOR_OutReady)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+				  return ReturnStatus;
+
+				while (DataLen && (Pipe_BytesInPipe() < USB_Host_ControlPipeSize))
+				{
+					Pipe_Write_8(*(DataStream++));
+					DataLen--;
+				}
+
+				Pipe_ClearOUT();
+			}
+
+			if ((ReturnStatus = USB_Host_WaitForIOS(USB_HOST_WAITFOR_OutReady)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+			  return ReturnStatus;
+
+			Pipe_Freeze();
+		}
+
+		Pipe_SetPipeToken(PIPE_TOKEN_IN);
+		Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+		if ((ReturnStatus = USB_Host_WaitForIOS(USB_HOST_WAITFOR_InReceived)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+		  return ReturnStatus;
+
+		Pipe_ClearIN();
+	}
+
+	return ReturnStatus;
+}
+
+static uint8_t USB_Host_WaitForIOS(const uint8_t WaitType)
+{
+	#if (USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS < 0xFF)
+	uint8_t  TimeoutCounter = USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS;
+	#else
+	uint16_t TimeoutCounter = USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS;
+	#endif
+
+	while (!(((WaitType == USB_HOST_WAITFOR_SetupSent)  && Pipe_IsSETUPSent())  ||
+	         ((WaitType == USB_HOST_WAITFOR_InReceived) && Pipe_IsINReceived()) ||
+	         ((WaitType == USB_HOST_WAITFOR_OutReady)   && Pipe_IsOUTReady())))
+	{
+		uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+		if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_WaitMS(1)) != HOST_WAITERROR_Successful)
+		  return ErrorCode;
+
+		if (!(TimeoutCounter--))
+		  return HOST_SENDCONTROL_SoftwareTimeOut;
+	}
+
+	return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+}
+
+uint8_t USB_Host_SendControlRequest(void* const BufferPtr)
+{
+	bool BusSuspended    = USB_Host_IsBusSuspended();
+	uint8_t ReturnStatus = USB_Host_SendControlRequest_PRV(BufferPtr);
+
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+
+	if (BusSuspended)
+	  USB_Host_SuspendBus();
+
+	Pipe_ResetPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+	return ReturnStatus;
+}
+
+uint8_t USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(const uint8_t ConfigNumber)
+{
+	uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+		{
+			.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
+			.bRequest      = REQ_SetConfiguration,
+			.wValue        = ConfigNumber,
+			.wIndex        = 0,
+			.wLength       = 0,
+		};
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) == HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		USB_Host_ConfigurationNumber = ConfigNumber;
+		USB_HostState                = (ConfigNumber) ? HOST_STATE_Configured : HOST_STATE_Addressed;
+	}
+
+	return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+uint8_t USB_Host_GetDeviceConfiguration(uint8_t* const ConfigNumber)
+{
+	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+		{
+			.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
+			.bRequest      = REQ_GetConfiguration,
+			.wValue        = 0,
+			.wIndex        = 0,
+			.wLength       = sizeof(uint8_t),
+		};
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+	return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(ConfigNumber);
+}
+
+uint8_t USB_Host_GetDescriptor(const uint8_t Type,
+                               const uint8_t Index,
+                               void* const Buffer,
+                               const uint8_t BufferLength)
+{
+	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+		{
+			.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
+			.bRequest      = REQ_GetDescriptor,
+			.wValue        = (((uint16_t)Type << 8) | Index),
+			.wIndex        = 0,
+			.wLength       = BufferLength,
+		};
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+	return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(Buffer);
+}
+
+uint8_t USB_Host_GetDeviceStatus(uint8_t* const FeatureStatus)
+{
+	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+		{
+			.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
+			.bRequest      = REQ_GetStatus,
+			.wValue        = 0,
+			.wIndex        = 0,
+			.wLength       = 0,
+		};
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+	return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(FeatureStatus);
+}
+
+uint8_t USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(const uint8_t EndpointAddress)
+{
+	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+		{
+			.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_ENDPOINT),
+			.bRequest      = REQ_ClearFeature,
+			.wValue        = FEATURE_SEL_EndpointHalt,
+			.wIndex        = EndpointAddress,
+			.wLength       = 0,
+		};
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+	return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL);
+}
+
+uint8_t USB_Host_SetInterfaceAltSetting(const uint8_t InterfaceIndex,
+                                        const uint8_t AltSetting)
+{
+	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+		{
+			.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+			.bRequest      = REQ_SetInterface,
+			.wValue        = AltSetting,
+			.wIndex        = InterfaceIndex,
+			.wLength       = 0,
+		};
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+	return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL);
+}
+
+uint8_t USB_Host_GetInterfaceAltSetting(const uint8_t InterfaceIndex,
+                                        uint8_t* const AltSetting)
+{
+	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+		{
+			.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+			.bRequest      = REQ_GetInterface,
+			.wValue        = 0,
+			.wIndex        = InterfaceIndex,
+			.wLength       = sizeof(uint8_t),
+		};
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+	return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(AltSetting);
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/HostStandardReq.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/HostStandardReq.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..66542690ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/HostStandardReq.h
@@ -0,0 +1,292 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief USB host standard request management.
+ *
+ *  This file contains the function prototypes necessary for the issuing of outgoing standard control requests
+ *  when the library is in USB host mode.
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __HOSTSTDREQ_H__
+#define __HOSTSTDREQ_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "USBMode.h"
+		#include "StdRequestType.h"
+		#include "USBController.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			#if !defined(USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+				/** Constant for the maximum software timeout period of sent USB control transactions to an attached
+				 *  device. If a device fails to respond to a sent control request within this period, the
+				 *  library will return a timeout error code.
+				 *
+				 *  This value may be overridden in the user project makefile as the value of the
+				 *  \ref USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS token, and passed to the compiler using the -D switch.
+				 */
+				#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS                1000
+			#endif
+
+		/* Enums: */
+			/** Enum for the \ref USB_Host_SendControlRequest() return code, indicating the reason for the error
+			 *  if the transfer of the request is unsuccessful.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
+			 */
+			enum USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t
+			{
+				HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful         = 0, /**< No error occurred in the request transfer. */
+				HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected = 1, /**< The attached device was disconnected during the
+				                                        *     request transfer.
+				                                        */
+				HOST_SENDCONTROL_PipeError          = 2, /**< An error occurred in the pipe while sending the request. */
+				HOST_SENDCONTROL_SetupStalled       = 3, /**< The attached device stalled the request, usually
+				                                          *   indicating that the request is unsupported on the device.
+				                                          */
+				HOST_SENDCONTROL_SoftwareTimeOut    = 4, /**< The request or data transfer timed out. */
+			};
+
+		/* Global Variables: */
+			/** Indicates the currently set configuration number of the attached device. This indicates the currently
+			 *  selected configuration value if one has been set successfully, or 0 if no configuration has been selected.
+			 *
+			 *  To set a device configuration, call the \ref USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration() function.
+			 *
+			 *  \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
+			 *             changed in value.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_Host
+			 */
+			extern uint8_t USB_Host_ConfigurationNumber;
+
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			/** Sends the request stored in the \ref USB_ControlRequest global structure to the attached device,
+			 *  and transfers the data stored in the buffer to the device, or from the device to the buffer
+			 *  as requested. The transfer is made on the currently selected pipe.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] BufferPtr  Pointer to the start of the data buffer if the request has a data stage, or
+			 *                        \c NULL if the request transfers no data to or from the device.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum to indicate the result.
+			 */
+			uint8_t USB_Host_SendControlRequest(void* const BufferPtr);
+
+			/** Sends a SET CONFIGURATION standard request to the attached device, with the given configuration index.
+			 *
+			 *  This routine will automatically update the \ref USB_HostState and \ref USB_Host_ConfigurationNumber
+			 *  state variables according to the given function parameters and the result of the request.
+			 *
+			 *  \note After this routine returns, the control pipe will be selected.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] ConfigNumber  Configuration index to send to the device.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum to indicate the result.
+			 */
+			uint8_t USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(const uint8_t ConfigNumber);
+
+			/** Sends a GET CONFIGURATION standard request to the attached device, to retrieve the currently selected
+			 *  device configuration index.
+			 *
+			 *  \note After this routine returns, the control pipe will be selected.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
+			 *
+			 *  \param[out] ConfigNumber  Pointer to a location where the retrieved configuration index should be stored.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum to indicate the result.
+			 */
+			uint8_t USB_Host_GetDeviceConfiguration(uint8_t* const ConfigNumber) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Sends a GET DESCRIPTOR standard request to the attached device, requesting the  descriptor of the
+			 *  specified type and index.
+			 *
+			 *  \note After this routine returns, the control pipe will be selected.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in]  Type          Type of descriptor to retrieve, a value from the \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t enum.
+			 *  \param[in]  Index         Index of the descriptor to retrieve.
+			 *  \param[out] Buffer        Pointer to the destination buffer where the retrieved string descriptor is to be stored.
+			 *  \param[in]  BufferLength  Maximum size of the string descriptor which can be stored into the buffer.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum to indicate the result.
+			 */
+			uint8_t USB_Host_GetDescriptor(const uint8_t Type,
+			                               const uint8_t Index,
+			                               void* const Buffer,
+			                               const uint8_t BufferLength) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+			/** Retrieves the current feature status of the attached device, via a GET STATUS standard request. The
+			 *  retrieved feature status can then be examined by masking the retrieved value with the various
+			 *  \c FEATURE_* masks for bus/self power information and remote wakeup support.
+			 *
+			 *  \note After this routine returns, the control pipe will be selected.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
+			 *
+			 *  \param[out]  FeatureStatus  Location where the retrieved feature status should be stored.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum to indicate the result.
+			 */
+			uint8_t USB_Host_GetDeviceStatus(uint8_t* const FeatureStatus) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Clears a stall condition on the given pipe, via a CLEAR FEATURE standard request to the attached device.
+			 *
+			 *  \note After this routine returns, the control pipe will be selected.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] EndpointAddress  Address of the endpoint to clear, including the endpoint's direction.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum to indicate the result.
+			 */
+			uint8_t USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(const uint8_t EndpointAddress);
+
+			/** Selects a given alternative setting for the specified interface, via a SET INTERFACE standard request to
+			 *  the attached device.
+			 *
+			 *  \note After this routine returns, the control pipe will be selected.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] InterfaceIndex  Index of the interface whose alternative setting is to be altered.
+			 *  \param[in] AltSetting      Index of the interface's alternative setting which is to be selected.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum to indicate the result.
+			 */
+			uint8_t USB_Host_SetInterfaceAltSetting(const uint8_t InterfaceIndex,
+			                                        const uint8_t AltSetting);
+
+
+			/** Retrieves the current alternative setting for the specified interface, via a GET INTERFACE standard request to
+			 *  the attached device.
+			 *
+			 *  \note After this routine returns, the control pipe will be selected.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in]  InterfaceIndex  Index of the interface whose alternative setting is to be altered.
+			 *  \param[out] AltSetting      Pointer to a location where the retrieved alternative setting value should be stored.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum to indicate the result.
+			 */
+			uint8_t USB_Host_GetInterfaceAltSetting(const uint8_t InterfaceIndex,
+			                                        uint8_t* const AltSetting) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			/** Sends a GET DESCRIPTOR standard request to the attached device, requesting the device descriptor.
+			 *  This can be used to easily retrieve information about the device such as its VID, PID and power
+			 *  requirements. This is a convenience wrapper for \ref USB_Host_GetDescriptor().
+			 *
+			 *  \note After this routine returns, the control pipe will be selected.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
+			 *
+			 *  \param[out] DeviceDescriptorPtr  Pointer to the destination device descriptor structure where
+			 *                                   the read data is to be stored.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum to indicate the result.
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t USB_Host_GetDeviceDescriptor(USB_Descriptor_Device_t* const DeviceDescriptorPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+			static inline uint8_t USB_Host_GetDeviceDescriptor(USB_Descriptor_Device_t* const DeviceDescriptorPtr)
+			{
+				return USB_Host_GetDescriptor(DTYPE_Device, 0, DeviceDescriptorPtr, sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t));
+			}
+
+			/** Sends a GET DESCRIPTOR standard request to the attached device, requesting the string descriptor
+			 *  of the specified index. This can be used to easily retrieve string descriptors from the device by
+			 *  index, after the index is obtained from the Device or Configuration descriptors. This is a convenience
+			 *  wrapper for \ref USB_Host_GetDescriptor().
+			 *
+			 *  \note After this routine returns, the control pipe will be selected.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in]  Index        Index of the string descriptor to retrieve.
+			 *  \param[out] Buffer       Pointer to the destination buffer where the retrieved string descriptor is
+			 *                           to be stored.
+			 *  \param[in] BufferLength  Maximum size of the string descriptor which can be stored into the buffer.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum to indicate the result.
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t USB_Host_GetDeviceStringDescriptor(const uint8_t Index,
+			                                                         void* const Buffer,
+			                                                         const uint8_t BufferLength) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+			static inline uint8_t USB_Host_GetDeviceStringDescriptor(const uint8_t Index,
+			                                                         void* const Buffer,
+			                                                         const uint8_t BufferLength)
+			{
+				return USB_Host_GetDescriptor(DTYPE_String, Index,  Buffer, BufferLength);
+			}
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Enums: */
+			enum USB_WaitForTypes_t
+			{
+				USB_HOST_WAITFOR_SetupSent,
+				USB_HOST_WAITFOR_InReceived,
+				USB_HOST_WAITFOR_OutReady,
+			};
+
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			#if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_HOSTSTDREQ_C)
+				static uint8_t USB_Host_SendControlRequest_PRV(void* const BufferPtr);
+				static uint8_t USB_Host_WaitForIOS(const uint8_t WaitType);
+			#endif
+	#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/OTG.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/OTG.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6293e4cacd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/OTG.h
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Common USB OTG definitions for all architectures.
+ *  \copydetails Group_OTG
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USB
+ *  \defgroup Group_OTG USB On The Go (OTG) Management
+ *  \brief USB OTG management definitions.
+ *
+ *  This module contains macros for embedded USB hosts with dual role On The Go capabilities, for managing role
+ *  exchange. OTG is a way for two USB dual role devices to talk to one another directly without fixed device/host
+ *  roles.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBOTG_H__
+#define __USBOTG_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "USBMode.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Architecture Includes: */
+		#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+			#include "AVR8/OTG_AVR8.h"
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Pipe.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Pipe.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0697078d01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Pipe.h
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Common USB Pipe definitions for all architectures.
+ *  \copydetails Group_PipeManagement
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PipeManagement
+ *  \defgroup Group_PipeRW Pipe Data Reading and Writing
+ *  \brief Pipe data read/write definitions.
+ *
+ *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing from and to pipes.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PipeRW
+ *  \defgroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW Read/Write of Primitive Data Types
+ *  \brief Pipe data primitive read/write definitions.
+ *
+ *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of primitive data types
+ *  from and to pipes.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PipeManagement
+ *  \defgroup Group_PipePacketManagement Pipe Packet Management
+ *  \brief Pipe packet management definitions.
+ *
+ *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to packet management of pipes.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PipeManagement
+ *  \defgroup Group_PipeControlReq Pipe Control Request Management
+ *  \brief Pipe control request definitions.
+ *
+ *  Module for host mode request processing. This module allows for the transmission of standard, class and
+ *  vendor control requests to the default control endpoint of an attached device while in host mode.
+ *
+ *  \see Chapter 9 of the USB 2.0 specification.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USB
+ *  \defgroup Group_PipeManagement Pipe Management
+ *  \brief Pipe management definitions.
+ *
+ *  This module contains functions, macros and enums related to pipe management when in USB Host mode. This
+ *  module contains the pipe management macros, as well as pipe interrupt and data send/receive functions
+ *  for various data types.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __PIPE_H__
+#define __PIPE_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "USBMode.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Type Defines: */
+			/** Type define for a pipe table entry, used to configure pipes in groups via
+			 *  \ref Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable().
+			 */
+			typedef struct
+			{
+				uint8_t  Address; /**< Address of the pipe to configure, or zero if the table entry is to be unused. */
+				uint16_t Size; /**< Size of the pipe bank, in bytes. */
+				uint8_t  EndpointAddress; /**< Address of the endpoint in the connected device. */
+				uint8_t  Type; /**< Type of the endpoint, a \c EP_TYPE_* mask. */
+				uint8_t  Banks; /**< Number of hardware banks to use for the pipe. */
+			} USB_Pipe_Table_t;
+
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Pipe address for the default control pipe, which always resides in address 0. This is
+			 *  defined for convenience to give more readable code when used with the pipe macros.
+			 */
+			#define PIPE_CONTROLPIPE                0
+
+			/** Pipe number mask, for masking against pipe addresses to retrieve the pipe's numerical address
+			 *  in the device.
+			 */
+			#define PIPE_PIPENUM_MASK               0x0F
+
+			/** Endpoint number mask, for masking against endpoint addresses to retrieve the endpoint's
+			 *  numerical address in the attached device.
+			 */
+			#define PIPE_EPNUM_MASK                 0x0F
+
+	/* Architecture Includes: */
+		#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+			#include "AVR8/Pipe_AVR8.h"
+		#elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+			#include "UC3/Pipe_UC3.h"
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/PipeStream.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/PipeStream.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8785302847
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/PipeStream.h
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Pipe data stream transmission and reception management.
+ *  \copydetails Group_PipeStreamRW
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PipeRW
+ *  \defgroup Group_PipeStreamRW Read/Write of Multi-Byte Streams
+ *  \brief Pipe data stream transmission and reception management.
+ *
+ *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of data streams from
+ *  and to pipes.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __PIPE_STREAM_H__
+#define __PIPE_STREAM_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "USBMode.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Enums: */
+			/** Enum for the possible error return codes of the Pipe_*_Stream_* functions. */
+			enum Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t
+			{
+				PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError            = 0, /**< Command completed successfully, no error. */
+				PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled        = 1, /**< The device stalled the pipe during the transfer. */
+				PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected = 2, /**< Device was disconnected from the host during
+			                                           *   the transfer.
+			                                           */
+				PIPE_RWSTREAM_Timeout            = 3, /**< The device failed to accept or send the next packet
+				                                       *   within the software timeout period set by the
+				                                       *   \ref USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS macro.
+				                                       */
+				PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer = 4, /**< Indicates that the pipe bank became full/empty before the
+				                                       *   complete contents of the stream could be transferred.
+				                                       */
+			};
+
+	/* Architecture Includes: */
+		#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+			#include "AVR8/PipeStream_AVR8.h"
+		#elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+			#include "UC3/PipeStream_UC3.h"
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/StdDescriptors.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/StdDescriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..381c02c53f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/StdDescriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,765 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Common standard USB Descriptor definitions for all architectures.
+ *  \copydetails Group_StdDescriptors
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USB
+ *  \defgroup Group_StdDescriptors USB Descriptors
+ *  \brief Standard USB Descriptor definitions.
+ *
+ *  Standard USB device descriptor defines and retrieval routines, for USB devices. This module contains
+ *  structures and macros for the easy creation of standard USB descriptors in USB device projects.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBDESCRIPTORS_H__
+#define __USBDESCRIPTORS_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "USBMode.h"
+		#include "Events.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Indicates that a given descriptor does not exist in the device. This can be used inside descriptors
+			 *  for string descriptor indexes, or may be use as a return value for GetDescriptor when the specified
+			 *  descriptor does not exist.
+			 */
+			#define NO_DESCRIPTOR                     0
+
+			/** Macro to calculate the power value for the configuration descriptor, from a given number of milliamperes.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] mA  Maximum number of milliamps the device consumes when the given configuration is selected.
+			 */
+			#define USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(mA)           ((mA) >> 1)
+
+			/** Macro to calculate the Unicode length of a string with a given number of Unicode characters.
+			 *  Should be used in string descriptor's headers for giving the string descriptor's byte length.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] UnicodeChars  Number of Unicode characters in the string text.
+			 */
+			#define USB_STRING_LEN(UnicodeChars)      (sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Header_t) + ((UnicodeChars) << 1))
+
+			/** Convenience macro to easily create \ref USB_Descriptor_String_t instances from a wide character string.
+			 *
+			 *  \note This macro is for little-endian systems only.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] String  String to initialize a USB String Descriptor structure with.
+			 */
+			#define USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(String)     { .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Header_t) + (sizeof(String) - 2), .Type = DTYPE_String}, .UnicodeString = String }
+
+			/** Convenience macro to easily create \ref USB_Descriptor_String_t instances from an array of characters.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] ...  Characters to initialize a USB String Descriptor structure with.
+			 */
+			#define USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(...)  { .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Header_t) + sizeof((uint16_t){__VA_ARGS__}), .Type = DTYPE_String}, .UnicodeString = {__VA_ARGS__} }
+
+			/** Macro to encode a given major/minor/revision version number into Binary Coded Decimal format for descriptor
+			 *  fields requiring BCD encoding, such as the USB version number in the standard device descriptor.
+			 *
+			 *  \note This value is automatically converted into Little Endian, suitable for direct use inside device
+			 *        descriptors on all architectures without endianness conversion macros.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in]  Major     Major version number to encode.
+			 *  \param[in]  Minor     Minor version number to encode.
+			 *  \param[in]  Revision  Revision version number to encode.
+			 */
+			#define VERSION_BCD(Major, Minor, Revision) \
+			                                          CPU_TO_LE16( ((Major & 0xFF) << 8) | \
+			                                                       ((Minor & 0x0F) << 4) | \
+			                                                       (Revision & 0x0F) )
+
+			/** String language ID for the English language. Should be used in \ref USB_Descriptor_String_t descriptors
+			 *  to indicate that the English language is supported by the device in its string descriptors.
+			 */
+			#define LANGUAGE_ID_ENG                   0x0409
+
+			/** \name USB Configuration Descriptor Attribute Masks */
+			//@{
+			/** Mask for the reserved bit in the Configuration Descriptor's \c ConfigAttributes field, which must be set on all
+			 *  devices for historical purposes.
+			 */
+			#define USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED          0x80
+
+			/** Can be masked with other configuration descriptor attributes for a \ref USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t
+			 *  descriptor's \c ConfigAttributes value to indicate that the specified configuration can draw its power
+			 *  from the device's own power source.
+			 */
+			#define USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED       0x40
+
+			/** Can be masked with other configuration descriptor attributes for a \ref USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t
+			 *  descriptor's \c ConfigAttributes value to indicate that the specified configuration supports the
+			 *  remote wakeup feature of the USB standard, allowing a suspended USB device to wake up the host upon
+			 *  request.
+			 */
+			#define USB_CONFIG_ATTR_REMOTEWAKEUP      0x20
+			//@}
+
+			/** \name Endpoint Descriptor Attribute Masks */
+			//@{
+			/** Can be masked with other endpoint descriptor attributes for a \ref USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t descriptor's
+			 *  \c Attributes value to indicate that the specified endpoint is not synchronized.
+			 *
+			 *  \see The USB specification for more details on the possible Endpoint attributes.
+			 */
+			#define ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC             (0 << 2)
+
+			/** Can be masked with other endpoint descriptor attributes for a \ref USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t descriptor's
+			 *  \c Attributes value to indicate that the specified endpoint is asynchronous.
+			 *
+			 *  \see The USB specification for more details on the possible Endpoint attributes.
+			 */
+			#define ENDPOINT_ATTR_ASYNC               (1 << 2)
+
+			/** Can be masked with other endpoint descriptor attributes for a \ref USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t descriptor's
+			 *  \c Attributes value to indicate that the specified endpoint is adaptive.
+			 *
+			 *  \see The USB specification for more details on the possible Endpoint attributes.
+			 */
+			#define ENDPOINT_ATTR_ADAPTIVE            (2 << 2)
+
+			/** Can be masked with other endpoint descriptor attributes for a \ref USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t descriptor's
+			 *  \c Attributes value to indicate that the specified endpoint is synchronized.
+			 *
+			 *  \see The USB specification for more details on the possible Endpoint attributes.
+			 */
+			#define ENDPOINT_ATTR_SYNC                (3 << 2)
+			//@}
+
+			/** \name Endpoint Descriptor Usage Masks */
+			//@{
+			/** Can be masked with other endpoint descriptor attributes for a \ref USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t descriptor's
+			 *  \c Attributes value to indicate that the specified endpoint is used for data transfers.
+			 *
+			 *  \see The USB specification for more details on the possible Endpoint usage attributes.
+			 */
+			#define ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA               (0 << 4)
+
+			/** Can be masked with other endpoint descriptor attributes for a \ref USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t descriptor's
+			 *  \c Attributes value to indicate that the specified endpoint is used for feedback.
+			 *
+			 *  \see The USB specification for more details on the possible Endpoint usage attributes.
+			 */
+			#define ENDPOINT_USAGE_FEEDBACK           (1 << 4)
+
+			/** Can be masked with other endpoint descriptor attributes for a \ref USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t descriptor's
+			 *  \c Attributes value to indicate that the specified endpoint is used for implicit feedback.
+			 *
+			 *  \see The USB specification for more details on the possible Endpoint usage attributes.
+			 */
+			#define ENDPOINT_USAGE_IMPLICIT_FEEDBACK  (2 << 4)
+			//@}
+
+		/* Enums: */
+			/** Enum for the possible standard descriptor types, as given in each descriptor's header. */
+			enum USB_DescriptorTypes_t
+			{
+				DTYPE_Device                    = 0x01, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is a device descriptor. */
+				DTYPE_Configuration             = 0x02, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is a configuration descriptor. */
+				DTYPE_String                    = 0x03, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is a string descriptor. */
+				DTYPE_Interface                 = 0x04, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is an interface descriptor. */
+				DTYPE_Endpoint                  = 0x05, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is an endpoint descriptor. */
+				DTYPE_DeviceQualifier           = 0x06, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is a device qualifier descriptor. */
+				DTYPE_Other                     = 0x07, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is of other type. */
+				DTYPE_InterfacePower            = 0x08, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is an interface power descriptor. */
+				DTYPE_InterfaceAssociation      = 0x0B, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is an interface association descriptor. */
+				DTYPE_CSInterface               = 0x24, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is a class specific interface descriptor. */
+				DTYPE_CSEndpoint                = 0x25, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is a class specific endpoint descriptor. */
+			};
+
+			/** Enum for possible Class, Subclass and Protocol values of device and interface descriptors. */
+			enum USB_Descriptor_ClassSubclassProtocol_t
+			{
+				USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass          = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Class value indicating that the device does not belong
+				                                         *   to a particular class at the device level.
+				                                         */
+				USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass       = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device does not belong
+				                                         *   to a particular subclass at the device level.
+				                                         */
+				USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol       = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device does not belong
+				                                         *   to a particular protocol at the device level.
+				                                         */
+				USB_CSCP_VendorSpecificClass    = 0xFF, /**< Descriptor Class value indicating that the device/interface belongs
+				                                         *   to a vendor specific class.
+				                                         */
+				USB_CSCP_VendorSpecificSubclass = 0xFF, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device/interface belongs
+				                                         *   to a vendor specific subclass.
+				                                         */
+				USB_CSCP_VendorSpecificProtocol = 0xFF, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device/interface belongs
+				                                         *   to a vendor specific protocol.
+				                                         */
+				USB_CSCP_IADDeviceClass         = 0xEF, /**< Descriptor Class value indicating that the device belongs to the
+				                                         *   Interface Association Descriptor class.
+				                                         */
+				USB_CSCP_IADDeviceSubclass      = 0x02, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device belongs to the
+				                                         *   Interface Association Descriptor subclass.
+				                                         */
+				USB_CSCP_IADDeviceProtocol      = 0x01, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device belongs to the
+				                                         *   Interface Association Descriptor protocol.
+				                                         */
+			};
+
+		/* Type Defines: */
+			/** \brief Standard USB Descriptor Header (LUFA naming conventions).
+			 *
+             *  Type define for all descriptors' standard header, indicating the descriptor's length and type. This structure
+			 *  uses LUFA-specific element names to make each element's purpose clearer.
+			 *
+			 *  \see \ref USB_StdDescriptor_Header_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+			 *
+			 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+			 */
+			typedef struct
+			{
+				uint8_t Size; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+				uint8_t Type; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+				               *   given by the specific class.
+				               */
+			} ATTR_PACKED USB_Descriptor_Header_t;
+
+			/** \brief Standard USB Descriptor Header (USB-IF naming conventions).
+			 *
+			 *  Type define for all descriptors' standard header, indicating the descriptor's length and type. This structure
+			 *  uses the relevant standard's given element names to ensure compatibility with the standard.
+			 *
+			 *  \see \ref USB_Descriptor_Header_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific element names.
+			 *
+			 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+			 */
+			typedef struct
+			{
+				uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+				uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+				                          *   given by the specific class.
+				                          */
+			} ATTR_PACKED USB_StdDescriptor_Header_t;
+
+			/** \brief Standard USB Device Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+			 *
+			 *  Type define for a standard Device Descriptor. This structure uses LUFA-specific element names to make each
+			 *  element's purpose clearer.
+			 *
+			 *  \see \ref USB_StdDescriptor_Device_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+			 *
+			 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+			 */
+			typedef struct
+			{
+				USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Descriptor header, including type and size. */
+
+				uint16_t USBSpecification; /**< BCD of the supported USB specification.
+				                            *
+				                            *   \see \ref VERSION_BCD() utility macro.
+				                            */
+				uint8_t  Class; /**< USB device class. */
+				uint8_t  SubClass; /**< USB device subclass. */
+				uint8_t  Protocol; /**< USB device protocol. */
+
+				uint8_t  Endpoint0Size; /**< Size of the control (address 0) endpoint's bank in bytes. */
+
+				uint16_t VendorID; /**< Vendor ID for the USB product. */
+				uint16_t ProductID; /**< Unique product ID for the USB product. */
+				uint16_t ReleaseNumber; /**< Product release (version) number.
+				                         *
+				                         *   \see \ref VERSION_BCD() utility macro.
+				                         */
+				uint8_t  ManufacturerStrIndex; /**< String index for the manufacturer's name. The
+				                                *   host will request this string via a separate
+				                                *   control request for the string descriptor.
+				                                *
+				                                *   \note If no string supplied, use \ref NO_DESCRIPTOR.
+				                                */
+				uint8_t  ProductStrIndex; /**< String index for the product name/details.
+				                           *
+				                           *  \see ManufacturerStrIndex structure entry.
+				                           */
+				uint8_t  SerialNumStrIndex; /**< String index for the product's globally unique hexadecimal
+				                             *   serial number, in uppercase Unicode ASCII.
+				                             *
+				                             *  \note On some microcontroller models, there is an embedded serial number
+				                             *        in the chip which can be used for the device serial number.
+				                             *        To use this serial number, set this to \c USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL.
+				                             *        On unsupported devices, this will evaluate to \ref NO_DESCRIPTOR
+				                             *        and will cause the host to generate a pseudo-unique value for the
+				                             *        device upon insertion.
+				                             *
+				                             *  \see \c ManufacturerStrIndex structure entry.
+				                             */
+				uint8_t  NumberOfConfigurations; /**< Total number of configurations supported by
+				                                  *   the device.
+				                                  */
+			} ATTR_PACKED USB_Descriptor_Device_t;
+
+			/** \brief Standard USB Device Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+			 *
+			 *  Type define for a standard Device Descriptor. This structure uses the relevant standard's given element names
+			 *  to ensure compatibility with the standard.
+			 *
+			 *  \see \ref USB_Descriptor_Device_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific element names.
+			 *
+			 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+			 */
+			typedef struct
+			{
+				uint8_t  bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+				uint8_t  bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+				                              *   given by the specific class.
+				                              */
+				uint16_t bcdUSB; /**< BCD of the supported USB specification.
+				                  *
+				                  *   \see \ref VERSION_BCD() utility macro.
+				                  */
+				uint8_t  bDeviceClass; /**< USB device class. */
+				uint8_t  bDeviceSubClass; /**< USB device subclass. */
+				uint8_t  bDeviceProtocol; /**< USB device protocol. */
+				uint8_t  bMaxPacketSize0; /**< Size of the control (address 0) endpoint's bank in bytes. */
+				uint16_t idVendor; /**< Vendor ID for the USB product. */
+				uint16_t idProduct; /**< Unique product ID for the USB product. */
+				uint16_t bcdDevice; /**< Product release (version) number.
+				                     *
+				                     *   \see \ref VERSION_BCD() utility macro.
+				                     */
+				uint8_t  iManufacturer; /**< String index for the manufacturer's name. The
+				                         *   host will request this string via a separate
+				                         *   control request for the string descriptor.
+				                         *
+				                         *   \note If no string supplied, use \ref NO_DESCRIPTOR.
+				                         */
+				uint8_t  iProduct; /**< String index for the product name/details.
+				                    *
+				                    *  \see ManufacturerStrIndex structure entry.
+				                    */
+				uint8_t iSerialNumber; /**< String index for the product's globally unique hexadecimal
+				                        *   serial number, in uppercase Unicode ASCII.
+				                        *
+				                        *  \note On some microcontroller models, there is an embedded serial number
+				                        *        in the chip which can be used for the device serial number.
+				                        *        To use this serial number, set this to \c USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL.
+				                        *        On unsupported devices, this will evaluate to \ref NO_DESCRIPTOR
+				                        *        and will cause the host to generate a pseudo-unique value for the
+				                        *        device upon insertion.
+				                        *
+				                        *  \see \c ManufacturerStrIndex structure entry.
+				                        */
+				uint8_t  bNumConfigurations; /**< Total number of configurations supported by
+				                              *   the device.
+				                              */
+			} ATTR_PACKED USB_StdDescriptor_Device_t;
+
+			/** \brief Standard USB Device Qualifier Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+			 *
+			 *  Type define for a standard Device Qualifier Descriptor. This structure uses LUFA-specific element names
+			 *  to make each element's purpose clearer.
+			 *
+			 *  \see \ref USB_StdDescriptor_DeviceQualifier_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+			 */
+			typedef struct
+			{
+				USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Descriptor header, including type and size. */
+
+				uint16_t USBSpecification; /**< BCD of the supported USB specification.
+				                            *
+				                            *   \see \ref VERSION_BCD() utility macro.
+				                            */
+				uint8_t  Class; /**< USB device class. */
+				uint8_t  SubClass; /**< USB device subclass. */
+				uint8_t  Protocol; /**< USB device protocol. */
+
+				uint8_t  Endpoint0Size; /**< Size of the control (address 0) endpoint's bank in bytes. */
+				uint8_t  NumberOfConfigurations; /**< Total number of configurations supported by
+				                                  *   the device.
+				                                  */
+				uint8_t  Reserved; /**< Reserved for future use, must be 0. */
+			} ATTR_PACKED USB_Descriptor_DeviceQualifier_t;
+
+			/** \brief Standard USB Device Qualifier Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+			 *
+			 *  Type define for a standard Device Qualifier Descriptor. This structure uses the relevant standard's given element names
+			 *  to ensure compatibility with the standard.
+			 *
+			 *  \see \ref USB_Descriptor_DeviceQualifier_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific element names.
+			 */
+			typedef struct
+			{
+				uint8_t  bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+				uint8_t  bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+				                           *   given by the specific class.
+				                           */
+				uint16_t bcdUSB; /**< BCD of the supported USB specification.
+				                  *
+				                  *   \see \ref VERSION_BCD() utility macro.
+				                  */
+				uint8_t  bDeviceClass; /**< USB device class. */
+				uint8_t  bDeviceSubClass; /**< USB device subclass. */
+				uint8_t  bDeviceProtocol; /**< USB device protocol. */
+				uint8_t  bMaxPacketSize0; /**< Size of the control (address 0) endpoint's bank in bytes. */
+				uint8_t  bNumConfigurations; /**< Total number of configurations supported by
+				                              *   the device.
+				                              */
+				uint8_t  bReserved; /**< Reserved for future use, must be 0. */
+			} ATTR_PACKED USB_StdDescriptor_DeviceQualifier_t;
+
+			/** \brief Standard USB Configuration Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+			 *
+			 *  Type define for a standard Configuration Descriptor header. This structure uses LUFA-specific element names
+			 *  to make each element's purpose clearer.
+			 *
+			 *  \see \ref USB_StdDescriptor_Configuration_Header_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+			 *
+			 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+			 */
+			typedef struct
+			{
+				USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Descriptor header, including type and size. */
+
+				uint16_t TotalConfigurationSize; /**< Size of the configuration descriptor header,
+				                                  *   and all sub descriptors inside the configuration.
+				                                  */
+				uint8_t  TotalInterfaces; /**< Total number of interfaces in the configuration. */
+
+				uint8_t  ConfigurationNumber; /**< Configuration index of the current configuration. */
+				uint8_t  ConfigurationStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing the configuration. */
+
+				uint8_t  ConfigAttributes; /**< Configuration attributes, comprised of a mask of \c USB_CONFIG_ATTR_* masks.
+				                            *   On all devices, this should include USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED at a minimum.
+				                            */
+
+				uint8_t  MaxPowerConsumption; /**< Maximum power consumption of the device while in the
+				                               *   current configuration, calculated by the \ref USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA()
+				                               *   macro.
+				                               */
+			} ATTR_PACKED USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t;
+
+			/** \brief Standard USB Configuration Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+			 *
+			 *  Type define for a standard Configuration Descriptor header. This structure uses the relevant standard's given element names
+			 *  to ensure compatibility with the standard.
+			 *
+			 *  \see \ref USB_Descriptor_Device_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific element names.
+			 *
+			 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+			 */
+			typedef struct
+			{
+				uint8_t  bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+				uint8_t  bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+				                           *   given by the specific class.
+				                           */
+				uint16_t wTotalLength; /**< Size of the configuration descriptor header,
+				                           *   and all sub descriptors inside the configuration.
+				                           */
+				uint8_t  bNumInterfaces; /**< Total number of interfaces in the configuration. */
+				uint8_t  bConfigurationValue; /**< Configuration index of the current configuration. */
+				uint8_t  iConfiguration; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing the configuration. */
+				uint8_t  bmAttributes; /**< Configuration attributes, comprised of a mask of \c USB_CONFIG_ATTR_* masks.
+				                        *   On all devices, this should include USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED at a minimum.
+				                        */
+				uint8_t  bMaxPower; /**< Maximum power consumption of the device while in the
+				                     *   current configuration, calculated by the \ref USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA()
+				                     *   macro.
+				                     */
+			} ATTR_PACKED USB_StdDescriptor_Configuration_Header_t;
+
+			/** \brief Standard USB Interface Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+			 *
+			 *  Type define for a standard Interface Descriptor. This structure uses LUFA-specific element names
+			 *  to make each element's purpose clearer.
+			 *
+			 *  \see \ref USB_StdDescriptor_Interface_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+			 *
+			 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+			 */
+			typedef struct
+			{
+				USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Descriptor header, including type and size. */
+
+				uint8_t InterfaceNumber; /**< Index of the interface in the current configuration. */
+				uint8_t AlternateSetting; /**< Alternate setting for the interface number. The same
+				                           *   interface number can have multiple alternate settings
+				                           *   with different endpoint configurations, which can be
+				                           *   selected by the host.
+				                           */
+				uint8_t TotalEndpoints; /**< Total number of endpoints in the interface. */
+
+				uint8_t Class; /**< Interface class ID. */
+				uint8_t SubClass; /**< Interface subclass ID. */
+				uint8_t Protocol; /**< Interface protocol ID. */
+
+				uint8_t InterfaceStrIndex; /**< Index of the string descriptor describing the interface. */
+			} ATTR_PACKED USB_Descriptor_Interface_t;
+
+			/** \brief Standard USB Interface Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+			 *
+			 *  Type define for a standard Interface Descriptor. This structure uses the relevant standard's given element names
+			 *  to ensure compatibility with the standard.
+			 *
+			 *  \see \ref USB_Descriptor_Interface_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific element names.
+			 *
+			 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+			 */
+			typedef struct
+			{
+				uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+				uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+				                          *   given by the specific class.
+				                          */
+				uint8_t bInterfaceNumber; /**< Index of the interface in the current configuration. */
+				uint8_t bAlternateSetting; /**< Alternate setting for the interface number. The same
+				                            *   interface number can have multiple alternate settings
+				                            *   with different endpoint configurations, which can be
+				                            *   selected by the host.
+				                            */
+				uint8_t bNumEndpoints; /**< Total number of endpoints in the interface. */
+				uint8_t bInterfaceClass; /**< Interface class ID. */
+				uint8_t bInterfaceSubClass; /**< Interface subclass ID. */
+				uint8_t bInterfaceProtocol; /**< Interface protocol ID. */
+				uint8_t iInterface; /**< Index of the string descriptor describing the
+				                     *   interface.
+				                     */
+			} ATTR_PACKED USB_StdDescriptor_Interface_t;
+
+			/** \brief Standard USB Interface Association Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+			 *
+			 *  Type define for a standard Interface Association Descriptor. This structure uses LUFA-specific element names
+			 *  to make each element's purpose clearer.
+			 *
+			 *  This descriptor has been added as a supplement to the USB2.0 standard, in the ECN located at
+			 *  <a>http://www.usb.org/developers/docs/InterfaceAssociationDescriptor_ecn.pdf</a>. It allows composite
+			 *  devices with multiple interfaces related to the same function to have the multiple interfaces bound
+			 *  together at the point of enumeration, loading one generic driver for all the interfaces in the single
+			 *  function. Read the ECN for more information.
+			 *
+			 *  \see \ref USB_StdDescriptor_Interface_Association_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+			 *
+			 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+			 */
+			typedef struct
+			{
+				USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Descriptor header, including type and size. */
+
+				uint8_t FirstInterfaceIndex; /**< Index of the first associated interface. */
+				uint8_t TotalInterfaces; /**< Total number of associated interfaces. */
+
+				uint8_t Class; /**< Interface class ID. */
+				uint8_t SubClass; /**< Interface subclass ID. */
+				uint8_t Protocol; /**< Interface protocol ID. */
+
+				uint8_t IADStrIndex; /**< Index of the string descriptor describing the
+				                      *   interface association.
+				                      */
+			} ATTR_PACKED USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t;
+
+			/** \brief Standard USB Interface Association Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+			 *
+			 *  Type define for a standard Interface Association Descriptor. This structure uses the relevant standard's given
+			 *  element names to ensure compatibility with the standard.
+			 *
+			 *  This descriptor has been added as a supplement to the USB2.0 standard, in the ECN located at
+			 *  <a>http://www.usb.org/developers/docs/InterfaceAssociationDescriptor_ecn.pdf</a>. It allows composite
+			 *  devices with multiple interfaces related to the same function to have the multiple interfaces bound
+			 *  together at the point of enumeration, loading one generic driver for all the interfaces in the single
+			 *  function. Read the ECN for more information.
+			 *
+			 *  \see \ref USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
+			 *       element names.
+			 *
+			 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+			 */
+			typedef struct
+			{
+				uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+				uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+				                          *   given by the specific class.
+				                          */
+				uint8_t bFirstInterface; /**< Index of the first associated interface. */
+				uint8_t bInterfaceCount; /**< Total number of associated interfaces. */
+				uint8_t bFunctionClass; /**< Interface class ID. */
+				uint8_t bFunctionSubClass; /**< Interface subclass ID. */
+				uint8_t bFunctionProtocol; /**< Interface protocol ID. */
+				uint8_t iFunction; /**< Index of the string descriptor describing the
+				                    *   interface association.
+				                    */
+			} ATTR_PACKED USB_StdDescriptor_Interface_Association_t;
+
+			/** \brief Standard USB Endpoint Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+			 *
+			 *  Type define for a standard Endpoint Descriptor. This structure uses LUFA-specific element names
+			 *  to make each element's purpose clearer.
+			 *
+			 *  \see \ref USB_StdDescriptor_Endpoint_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+			 *
+			 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+			 */
+			typedef struct
+			{
+				USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Descriptor header, including type and size. */
+
+				uint8_t  EndpointAddress; /**< Logical address of the endpoint within the device for the current
+				                           *   configuration, including direction mask.
+				                           */
+				uint8_t  Attributes; /**< Endpoint attributes, comprised of a mask of the endpoint type (EP_TYPE_*)
+				                      *   and attributes (ENDPOINT_ATTR_*) masks.
+				                      */
+				uint16_t EndpointSize; /**< Size of the endpoint bank, in bytes. This indicates the maximum packet
+				                        *   size that the endpoint can receive at a time.
+				                        */
+				uint8_t  PollingIntervalMS; /**< Polling interval in milliseconds for the endpoint if it is an INTERRUPT
+				                             *   or ISOCHRONOUS type.
+				                             */
+			} ATTR_PACKED USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t;
+
+			/** \brief Standard USB Endpoint Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+			 *
+			 *  Type define for a standard Endpoint Descriptor. This structure uses the relevant standard's given
+			 *  element names to ensure compatibility with the standard.
+			 *
+			 *  \see \ref USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
+			 *       element names.
+			 *
+			 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+			 */
+			typedef struct
+			{
+				uint8_t  bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+				uint8_t  bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a
+				                           *   value given by the specific class.
+				                           */
+				uint8_t  bEndpointAddress; /**< Logical address of the endpoint within the device for the current
+				                            *   configuration, including direction mask.
+				                            */
+				uint8_t  bmAttributes; /**< Endpoint attributes, comprised of a mask of the endpoint type (EP_TYPE_*)
+				                        *   and attributes (ENDPOINT_ATTR_*) masks.
+				                        */
+				uint16_t wMaxPacketSize; /**< Size of the endpoint bank, in bytes. This indicates the maximum packet size
+				                          *   that the endpoint can receive at a time.
+				                          */
+				uint8_t  bInterval; /**< Polling interval in milliseconds for the endpoint if it is an INTERRUPT or
+				                     *   ISOCHRONOUS type.
+				                     */
+			} ATTR_PACKED USB_StdDescriptor_Endpoint_t;
+
+			/** \brief Standard USB String Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+			 *
+			 *  Type define for a standard string descriptor. Unlike other standard descriptors, the length
+			 *  of the descriptor for placement in the descriptor header must be determined by the \ref USB_STRING_LEN()
+			 *  macro rather than by the size of the descriptor structure, as the length is not fixed.
+			 *
+			 *  This structure should also be used for string index 0, which contains the supported language IDs for
+			 *  the device as an array.
+			 *
+			 *  This structure uses LUFA-specific element names to make each element's purpose clearer.
+			 *
+			 *  \see \ref USB_StdDescriptor_String_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+			 *
+			 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+			 */
+			typedef struct
+			{
+				USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Descriptor header, including type and size. */
+
+				#if (((ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) || (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)) && !defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+				wchar_t  UnicodeString[];
+				#else
+				uint16_t UnicodeString[]; /**< String data, as unicode characters (alternatively,
+				                           *   string language IDs). If normal ASCII characters are
+				                           *   to be used, they must be added as an array of characters
+				                           *   rather than a normal C string so that they are widened to
+				                           *   Unicode size.
+				                           *
+				                           *   Under GCC, strings prefixed with the "L" character (before
+				                           *   the opening string quotation mark) are considered to be
+				                           *   Unicode strings, and may be used instead of an explicit
+				                           *   array of ASCII characters on little endian devices with
+				                           *   UTF-16-LE \c wchar_t encoding.
+				                           */
+				#endif
+			} ATTR_PACKED USB_Descriptor_String_t;
+
+			/** \brief Standard USB String Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+			 *
+			 *  Type define for a standard string descriptor. Unlike other standard descriptors, the length
+			 *  of the descriptor for placement in the descriptor header must be determined by the \ref USB_STRING_LEN()
+			 *  macro rather than by the size of the descriptor structure, as the length is not fixed.
+			 *
+			 *  This structure should also be used for string index 0, which contains the supported language IDs for
+			 *  the device as an array.
+			 *
+			 *  This structure uses the relevant standard's given element names to ensure compatibility with the standard.
+			 *
+			 *  \see \ref USB_Descriptor_String_t for the version of this type with with non-standard LUFA specific
+			 *       element names.
+			 *
+			 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+			 */
+			typedef struct
+			{
+				uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+				uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t
+				                          *   or a value given by the specific class.
+				                          */
+				uint16_t bString[]; /**< String data, as unicode characters (alternatively, string language IDs).
+				                     *   If normal ASCII characters are to be used, they must be added as an array
+				                     *   of characters rather than a normal C string so that they are widened to
+				                     *   Unicode size.
+				                     *
+				                     *   Under GCC, strings prefixed with the "L" character (before the opening string
+				                     *   quotation mark) are considered to be Unicode strings, and may be used instead
+				                     *   of an explicit array of ASCII characters.
+				                     */
+			} ATTR_PACKED USB_StdDescriptor_String_t;
+
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/StdRequestType.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/StdRequestType.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7297806962
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/StdRequestType.h
@@ -0,0 +1,258 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief USB control endpoint request definitions.
+ *  \copydetails Group_StdRequest
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USB
+ *  \defgroup Group_StdRequest Standard USB Requests
+ *  \brief USB control endpoint request definitions.
+ *
+ *  This module contains definitions for the various control request parameters, so that the request
+ *  details (such as data direction, request recipient, etc.) can be extracted via masking.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __STDREQTYPE_H__
+#define __STDREQTYPE_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "USBMode.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Mask for the request type parameter, to indicate the direction of the request data (Host to Device
+			 *  or Device to Host). The result of this mask should then be compared to the request direction masks.
+			 *
+			 *  \see \c REQDIR_* macros for masks indicating the request data direction.
+			 */
+			#define CONTROL_REQTYPE_DIRECTION  0x80
+
+			/** Mask for the request type parameter, to indicate the type of request (Device, Class or Vendor
+			 *  Specific). The result of this mask should then be compared to the request type masks.
+			 *
+			 *  \see \c REQTYPE_* macros for masks indicating the request type.
+			 */
+			#define CONTROL_REQTYPE_TYPE       0x60
+
+			/** Mask for the request type parameter, to indicate the recipient of the request (Device, Interface
+			 *  Endpoint or Other). The result of this mask should then be compared to the request recipient
+			 *  masks.
+			 *
+			 *  \see \c REQREC_* macros for masks indicating the request recipient.
+			 */
+			#define CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT  0x1F
+
+			/** \name Control Request Data Direction Masks */
+			//@{
+			/** Request data direction mask, indicating that the request data will flow from host to device.
+			 *
+			 *  \see \ref CONTROL_REQTYPE_DIRECTION macro.
+			 */
+			#define REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE        (0 << 7)
+
+			/** Request data direction mask, indicating that the request data will flow from device to host.
+			 *
+			 *  \see \ref CONTROL_REQTYPE_DIRECTION macro.
+			 */
+			#define REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST        (1 << 7)
+			//@}
+
+			/** \name Control Request Type Masks */
+			//@{
+			/** Request type mask, indicating that the request is a standard request.
+			 *
+			 *  \see \ref CONTROL_REQTYPE_TYPE macro.
+			 */
+			#define REQTYPE_STANDARD           (0 << 5)
+
+			/** Request type mask, indicating that the request is a class-specific request.
+			 *
+			 *  \see \ref CONTROL_REQTYPE_TYPE macro.
+			 */
+			#define REQTYPE_CLASS              (1 << 5)
+
+			/** Request type mask, indicating that the request is a vendor specific request.
+			 *
+			 *  \see \ref CONTROL_REQTYPE_TYPE macro.
+			 */
+			#define REQTYPE_VENDOR             (2 << 5)
+			//@}
+
+			/** \name Control Request Recipient Masks */
+			//@{
+			/** Request recipient mask, indicating that the request is to be issued to the device as a whole.
+			 *
+			 *  \see \ref CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT macro.
+			 */
+			#define REQREC_DEVICE              (0 << 0)
+
+			/** Request recipient mask, indicating that the request is to be issued to an interface in the
+			 *  currently selected configuration.
+			 *
+			 *  \see \ref CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT macro.
+			 */
+			#define REQREC_INTERFACE           (1 << 0)
+
+			/** Request recipient mask, indicating that the request is to be issued to an endpoint in the
+			 *  currently selected configuration.
+			 *
+			 *  \see \ref CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT macro.
+			 */
+			#define REQREC_ENDPOINT            (2 << 0)
+
+			/** Request recipient mask, indicating that the request is to be issued to an unspecified element
+			 *  in the currently selected configuration.
+			 *
+			 *  \see \ref CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT macro.
+			 */
+			#define REQREC_OTHER               (3 << 0)
+			//@}
+
+		/* Type Defines: */
+			/** \brief Standard USB Control Request
+			 *
+			 *  Type define for a standard USB control request.
+			 *
+			 *  \see The USB 2.0 specification for more information on standard control requests.
+			 */
+			typedef struct
+			{
+				uint8_t  bmRequestType; /**< Type of the request. */
+				uint8_t  bRequest; /**< Request command code. */
+				uint16_t wValue; /**< wValue parameter of the request. */
+				uint16_t wIndex; /**< wIndex parameter of the request. */
+				uint16_t wLength; /**< Length of the data to transfer in bytes. */
+			} ATTR_PACKED USB_Request_Header_t;
+
+		/* Enums: */
+			/** Enumeration for the various standard request commands. These commands are applicable when the
+			 *  request type is \ref REQTYPE_STANDARD (with the exception of \ref REQ_GetDescriptor, which is always
+			 *  handled regardless of the request type value).
+			 *
+			 *  \see Chapter 9 of the USB 2.0 Specification.
+			 */
+			enum USB_Control_Request_t
+			{
+				REQ_GetStatus           = 0, /**< Implemented in the library for device and endpoint recipients. Passed
+				                              *   to the user application for other recipients via the
+				                              *   \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event when received in
+				                              *   device mode. */
+				REQ_ClearFeature        = 1, /**< Implemented in the library for device and endpoint recipients. Passed
+				                              *   to the user application for other recipients via the
+				                              *   \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event when received in
+				                              *   device mode. */
+				REQ_SetFeature          = 3, /**< Implemented in the library for device and endpoint recipients. Passed
+				                              *   to the user application for other recipients via the
+				                              *   \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event when received in
+				                              *   device mode. */
+				REQ_SetAddress          = 5, /**< Implemented in the library for the device recipient. Passed
+				                              *   to the user application for other recipients via the
+				                              *   \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event when received in
+				                              *   device mode. */
+				REQ_GetDescriptor       = 6, /**< Implemented in the library for device and interface recipients. Passed to the
+				                              *   user application for other recipients via the
+				                              *   \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event when received in
+				                              *   device mode. */
+				REQ_SetDescriptor       = 7, /**< Not implemented in the library, passed to the user application
+				                              *   via the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event when received in
+				                              *   device mode. */
+				REQ_GetConfiguration    = 8, /**< Implemented in the library for the device recipient. Passed
+				                              *   to the user application for other recipients via the
+				                              *   \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event when received in
+				                              *   device mode. */
+				REQ_SetConfiguration    = 9, /**< Implemented in the library for the device recipient. Passed
+				                              *   to the user application for other recipients via the
+				                              *   \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event when received in
+				                              *   device mode. */
+				REQ_GetInterface        = 10, /**< Not implemented in the library, passed to the user application
+				                              *   via the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event when received in
+				                              *   device mode. */
+				REQ_SetInterface        = 11, /**< Not implemented in the library, passed to the user application
+				                              *   via the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event when received in
+				                              *   device mode. */
+				REQ_SynchFrame          = 12, /**< Not implemented in the library, passed to the user application
+				                              *   via the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event when received in
+				                              *   device mode. */
+			};
+
+			/** Feature Selector values for Set Feature and Clear Feature standard control requests directed to the device, interface
+			 *  and endpoint recipients.
+			 */
+			enum USB_Feature_Selectors_t
+			{
+				FEATURE_SEL_EndpointHalt       = 0x00, /**< Feature selector for Clear Feature or Set Feature commands. When
+				                                        *   used in a Set Feature or Clear Feature request this indicates that an
+				                                        *   endpoint (whose address is given elsewhere in the request) should have
+				                                        *   its stall condition changed.
+				                                        */
+				FEATURE_SEL_DeviceRemoteWakeup = 0x01, /**< Feature selector for Device level Remote Wakeup enable set or clear.
+			                                            *   This feature can be controlled by the host on devices which indicate
+			                                            *   remote wakeup support in their descriptors to selectively disable or
+			                                            *   enable remote wakeup.
+			                                            */
+				FEATURE_SEL_TestMode           = 0x02, /**< Feature selector for Test Mode features, used to test the USB controller
+			                                            *   to check for incorrect operation.
+			                                            */
+			};
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			/* Macros: */
+				#define FEATURE_SELFPOWERED_ENABLED     (1 << 0)
+				#define FEATURE_REMOTE_WAKEUP_ENABLED   (1 << 1)
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Device_UC3.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Device_UC3.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3aa1433f53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Device_UC3.c
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+
+#include "../Device.h"
+
+void USB_Device_SendRemoteWakeup(void)
+{
+	USB_CLK_Unfreeze();
+
+	AVR32_USBB.UDCON.rmwkup = true;
+	while (AVR32_USBB.UDCON.rmwkup);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Device_UC3.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Device_UC3.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fd6dbde887
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Device_UC3.h
@@ -0,0 +1,267 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief USB Device definitions for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
+ *  \copydetails Group_Device_UC3
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Device
+ *  \defgroup Group_Device_UC3 Device Management (UC3)
+ *  \brief USB Device definitions for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
+ *
+ *  Architecture specific USB Device definitions for the Atmel 32-bit UC3 AVR microcontrollers.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBDEVICE_UC3_H__
+#define __USBDEVICE_UC3_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../USBController.h"
+		#include "../StdDescriptors.h"
+		#include "../USBInterrupt.h"
+		#include "../Endpoint.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** \name USB Device Mode Option Masks */
+			//@{
+			/** Mask for the Options parameter of the \ref USB_Init() function. This indicates that the
+			 *  USB interface should be initialized in low speed (1.5Mb/s) mode.
+			 *
+			 *  \note Restrictions apply on the number, size and type of endpoints which can be used
+			 *        when running in low speed mode - please refer to the USB 2.0 specification.
+			 */
+			#define USB_DEVICE_OPT_LOWSPEED                (1 << 0)
+
+			/** Mask for the Options parameter of the \ref USB_Init() function. This indicates that the
+			 *  USB interface should be initialized in full speed (12Mb/s) mode.
+			 */
+			#define USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED               (0 << 0)
+
+			#if defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A3_AVR32) || defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A4_AVR32) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+				/** Mask for the Options parameter of the \ref USB_Init() function. This indicates that the
+				 *  USB interface should be initialized in high speed (480Mb/s) mode.
+				 */
+				#define USB_DEVICE_OPT_HIGHSPEED           (1 << 1)
+			#endif
+			//@}
+
+			#if (!defined(NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL) && \
+			     (defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A3_AVR32) || defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A4_AVR32) || \
+				  defined(__DOXYGEN__)))
+				/** String descriptor index for the device's unique serial number string descriptor within the device.
+				 *  This unique serial number is used by the host to associate resources to the device (such as drivers or COM port
+				 *  number allocations) to a device regardless of the port it is plugged in to on the host. Some microcontrollers contain
+				 *  a unique serial number internally, and setting the device descriptors serial number string index to this value
+				 *  will cause it to use the internal serial number.
+				 *
+				 *  On unsupported devices, this will evaluate to \ref NO_DESCRIPTOR and so will force the host to create a pseudo-serial
+				 *  number for the device.
+				 */
+				#define USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL             0xDC
+
+				/** Length of the device's unique internal serial number, in bits, if present on the selected microcontroller
+				 *  model.
+				 */
+				#define INTERNAL_SERIAL_LENGTH_BITS     120
+
+				/** Start address of the internal serial number, in the appropriate address space, if present on the selected microcontroller
+				 *  model.
+				 */
+				#define INTERNAL_SERIAL_START_ADDRESS   0x80800204
+			#else
+				#define USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL             NO_DESCRIPTOR
+
+				#define INTERNAL_SERIAL_LENGTH_BITS     0
+				#define INTERNAL_SERIAL_START_ADDRESS   0
+			#endif
+
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			/** Sends a Remote Wakeup request to the host. This signals to the host that the device should
+			 *  be taken out of suspended mode, and communications should resume.
+			 *
+			 *  Typically, this is implemented so that HID devices (mice, keyboards, etc.) can wake up the
+			 *  host computer when the host has suspended all USB devices to enter a low power state.
+			 *
+			 *  \note This function should only be used if the device has indicated to the host that it
+			 *        supports the Remote Wakeup feature in the device descriptors, and should only be
+			 *        issued if the host is currently allowing remote wakeup events from the device (i.e.,
+			 *        the \ref USB_Device_RemoteWakeupEnabled flag is set). When the \c NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+			 *        compile time option is used, this function is unavailable.
+			 *
+			 *  \note The USB clock must be running for this function to operate. If the stack is initialized with
+			 *        the \ref USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL option enabled, the user must ensure that the PLL is running
+			 *        before attempting to call this function.
+			 *
+			 *  \see \ref Group_StdDescriptors for more information on the RMWAKEUP feature and device descriptors.
+			 */
+			void USB_Device_SendRemoteWakeup(void);
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			/** Returns the current USB frame number, when in device mode. Every millisecond the USB bus is active (i.e. enumerated to a host)
+			 *  the frame number is incremented by one.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Current USB frame number from the USB controller.
+			 */
+			static inline uint16_t USB_Device_GetFrameNumber(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint16_t USB_Device_GetFrameNumber(void)
+			{
+				return AVR32_USBB.UDFNUM.fnum;
+			}
+
+			#if !defined(NO_SOF_EVENTS)
+				/** Enables the device mode Start Of Frame events. When enabled, this causes the
+				 *  \ref EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame() event to fire once per millisecond, synchronized to the USB bus,
+				 *  at the start of each USB frame when enumerated in device mode.
+				 *
+				 *  \note Not available when the \c NO_SOF_EVENTS compile time token is defined.
+				 */
+				static inline void USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+				static inline void USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents(void)
+				{
+					USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_SOFI);
+				}
+
+				/** Disables the device mode Start Of Frame events. When disabled, this stops the firing of the
+				 *  \ref EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame() event when enumerated in device mode.
+				 *
+				 *  \note Not available when the \c NO_SOF_EVENTS compile time token is defined.
+				 */
+				static inline void USB_Device_DisableSOFEvents(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+				static inline void USB_Device_DisableSOFEvents(void)
+				{
+					USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_SOFI);
+				}
+			#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			static inline void USB_Device_SetLowSpeed(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_Device_SetLowSpeed(void)
+			{
+				AVR32_USBB.UDCON.ls      = true;
+			}
+
+			static inline void USB_Device_SetFullSpeed(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_Device_SetFullSpeed(void)
+			{
+				AVR32_USBB.UDCON.ls      = false;
+				#if defined(USB_DEVICE_OPT_HIGHSPEED)
+				AVR32_USBB.UDCON.spdconf = 3;
+				#endif
+			}
+
+			#if defined(USB_DEVICE_OPT_HIGHSPEED)
+			static inline void USB_Device_SetHighSpeed(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_Device_SetHighSpeed(void)
+			{
+				AVR32_USBB.UDCON.ls      = false;
+				AVR32_USBB.UDCON.spdconf = 0;
+			}
+			#endif
+
+			static inline void USB_Device_SetDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_Device_SetDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address)
+			{
+				AVR32_USBB.UDCON.uadd  = Address;
+			}
+
+			static inline void USB_Device_EnableDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_Device_EnableDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address)
+			{
+				(void)Address;
+
+				AVR32_USBB.UDCON.adden = true;
+			}
+
+			static inline bool USB_Device_IsAddressSet(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline bool USB_Device_IsAddressSet(void)
+			{
+				return AVR32_USBB.UDCON.adden;
+			}
+
+			#if (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL != NO_DESCRIPTOR)
+			static inline void USB_Device_GetSerialString(uint16_t* const UnicodeString) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+			static inline void USB_Device_GetSerialString(uint16_t* const UnicodeString)
+			{
+				uint_reg_t CurrentGlobalInt = GetGlobalInterruptMask();
+				GlobalInterruptDisable();
+
+				uint8_t* SigReadAddress = (uint8_t*)INTERNAL_SERIAL_START_ADDRESS;
+
+				for (uint8_t SerialCharNum = 0; SerialCharNum < (INTERNAL_SERIAL_LENGTH_BITS / 4); SerialCharNum++)
+				{
+					uint8_t SerialByte = *SigReadAddress;
+
+					if (SerialCharNum & 0x01)
+					{
+						SerialByte >>= 4;
+						SigReadAddress++;
+					}
+
+					SerialByte &= 0x0F;
+
+					UnicodeString[SerialCharNum] = cpu_to_le16((SerialByte >= 10) ?
+															   (('A' - 10) + SerialByte) : ('0' + SerialByte));
+				}
+
+				SetGlobalInterruptMask(CurrentGlobalInt);
+			}
+			#endif
+
+	#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/EndpointStream_UC3.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/EndpointStream_UC3.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..04f6e97d65
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/EndpointStream_UC3.c
@@ -0,0 +1,235 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+
+#include "EndpointStream_UC3.h"
+
+#if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
+uint8_t Endpoint_Discard_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+                                uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
+{
+	uint8_t  ErrorCode;
+	uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
+	  return ErrorCode;
+
+	if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+	  Length -= *BytesProcessed;
+
+	while (Length)
+	{
+		if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+		{
+			Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+			if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+			{
+				*BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
+				return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
+			}
+
+			if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
+			  return ErrorCode;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			Endpoint_Discard_8();
+
+			Length--;
+			BytesInTransfer++;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t Endpoint_Null_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+                             uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
+{
+	uint8_t  ErrorCode;
+	uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
+	  return ErrorCode;
+
+	if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+	  Length -= *BytesProcessed;
+
+	while (Length)
+	{
+		if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+		{
+			Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+			if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+			{
+				*BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
+				return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
+			}
+
+			if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
+			  return ErrorCode;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			Endpoint_Write_8(0);
+
+			Length--;
+			BytesInTransfer++;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+/* The following abuses the C preprocessor in order to copy-paste common code with slight alterations,
+ * so that the code needs to be written once. It is a crude form of templating to reduce code maintenance. */
+
+#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      const void*
+#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearIN()
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr += Amount
+#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      const void*
+#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearIN()
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr -= Amount
+#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      void*
+#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearOUT()
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr += Amount
+#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Read_Stream_BE
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      void*
+#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearOUT()
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr -= Amount
+#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+#if defined(ARCH_HAS_FLASH_ADDRESS_SPACE)
+	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_PStream_LE
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      const void*
+	#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearIN()
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr += Amount
+	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_PStream_BE
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      const void*
+	#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearIN()
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr -= Amount
+	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(ARCH_HAS_EEPROM_ADDRESS_SPACE)
+	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_EStream_LE
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      const void*
+	#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearIN()
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr += Amount
+	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_EStream_BE
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      const void*
+	#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearIN()
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr -= Amount
+	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Read_EStream_LE
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      void*
+	#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearOUT()
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr += Amount
+	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Endpoint_Read_8())
+	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Read_EStream_BE
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      void*
+	#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearOUT()
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr -= Amount
+	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Endpoint_Read_8())
+	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr += Amount
+#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
+
+#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_BE
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr -= Amount
+#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
+
+#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr += Amount
+#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c"
+
+#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_BE
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr -= Amount
+#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c"
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/EndpointStream_UC3.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/EndpointStream_UC3.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8b1c10eb09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/EndpointStream_UC3.h
@@ -0,0 +1,438 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Endpoint data stream transmission and reception management for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
+ *  \copydetails Group_EndpointStreamRW_UC3
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_EndpointStreamRW
+ *  \defgroup Group_EndpointStreamRW_UC3 Read/Write of Multi-Byte Streams (UC3)
+ *  \brief Endpoint data stream transmission and reception management for the Atmel AVR32 UC3 architecture.
+ *
+ *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of data streams from
+ *  and to endpoints.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __ENDPOINT_STREAM_UC3_H__
+#define __ENDPOINT_STREAM_UC3_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../USBMode.h"
+		#include "../USBTask.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			/** \name Stream functions for null data */
+			//@{
+
+			/** Reads and discards the given number of bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank,
+			 *  discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically
+			 *  discarded once the remaining bytes has been read; the user is responsible for manually
+			 *  discarding the last packet from the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
+			 *
+			 *  If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
+			 *  failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
+			 *  storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
+			 *  the endpoint bank becomes empty while there is still data to process (and after the current
+			 *  packet has been acknowledged) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the total number
+			 *  of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+			 *  \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
+			 *  in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
+			 *  and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
+			 *
+			 *  <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+			 *  \code
+			 *  uint8_t ErrorCode;
+			 *
+			 *  if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Discard_Stream(512, NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+			 *  {
+			 *       // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+			 *  }
+			 *  \endcode
+			 *
+			 *  <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+			 *  \code
+			 *  uint8_t  ErrorCode;
+			 *  uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+			 *
+			 *  BytesProcessed = 0;
+			 *  while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Discard_Stream(512, &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+			 *  {
+			 *      // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+			 *  }
+			 *
+			 *  if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+			 *  {
+			 *      // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+			 *  }
+			 *  \endcode
+			 *
+			 *  \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of bytes to discard via the currently selected endpoint.
+			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+			 *                             transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Endpoint_Discard_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+			                                uint16_t* const BytesProcessed);
+
+			/** Writes a given number of zeroed bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank, sending
+			 *  full packets to the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically sent once the
+			 *  remaining bytes have been written; the user is responsible for manually sending the last
+			 *  packet to the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
+			 *
+			 *  If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
+			 *  failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
+			 *  storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
+			 *  the endpoint bank becomes full while there is still data to process (and after the current
+			 *  packet transmission has been initiated) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the
+			 *  total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+			 *  \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
+			 *  in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
+			 *  and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
+			 *
+			 *  <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+			 *  \code
+			 *  uint8_t ErrorCode;
+			 *
+			 *  if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Null_Stream(512, NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+			 *  {
+			 *       // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+			 *  }
+			 *  \endcode
+			 *
+			 *  <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+			 *  \code
+			 *  uint8_t  ErrorCode;
+			 *  uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+			 *
+			 *  BytesProcessed = 0;
+			 *  while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Null_Stream(512, &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+			 *  {
+			 *      // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+			 *  }
+			 *
+			 *  if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+			 *  {
+			 *      // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+			 *  }
+			 *  \endcode
+			 *
+			 *  \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of zero bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+			 *                             transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Endpoint_Null_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+			                             uint16_t* const BytesProcessed);
+
+			//@}
+
+			/** \name Stream functions for RAM source/destination data */
+			//@{
+
+			/** Writes the given number of bytes to the endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
+			 *  sending full packets to the host as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
+			 *  the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
+			 *  \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
+			 *
+			 *  If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
+			 *  failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
+			 *  storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
+			 *  the endpoint bank becomes full while there is still data to process (and after the current
+			 *  packet transmission has been initiated) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the
+			 *  total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+			 *  \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
+			 *  in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
+			 *  and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
+			 *
+			 *  <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+			 *  \code
+			 *  uint8_t DataStream[512];
+			 *  uint8_t ErrorCode;
+			 *
+			 *  if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+			 *                                            NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+			 *  {
+			 *       // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+			 *  }
+			 *  \endcode
+			 *
+			 *  <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+			 *  \code
+			 *  uint8_t  DataStream[512];
+			 *  uint8_t  ErrorCode;
+			 *  uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+			 *
+			 *  BytesProcessed = 0;
+			 *  while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+			 *                                               &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+			 *  {
+			 *      // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+			 *  }
+			 *
+			 *  if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+			 *  {
+			 *      // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+			 *  }
+			 *  \endcode
+			 *
+			 *  \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Buffer          Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+			 *                             transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
+			                                 uint16_t Length,
+			                                 uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Writes the given number of bytes to the endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
+			 *  sending full packets to the host as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
+			 *  the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
+			 *  \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
+			 *
+			 *  \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Buffer          Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+			 *                             transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
+			                                 uint16_t Length,
+			                                 uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Reads the given number of bytes from the endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
+			 *  discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically
+			 *  discarded once the remaining bytes has been read; the user is responsible for manually
+			 *  discarding the last packet from the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
+			 *
+			 *  If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
+			 *  failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
+			 *  storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
+			 *  the endpoint bank becomes empty while there is still data to process (and after the current
+			 *  packet has been acknowledged) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the total number
+			 *  of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+			 *  \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
+			 *  in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
+			 *  and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
+			 *
+			 *  <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+			 *  \code
+			 *  uint8_t DataStream[512];
+			 *  uint8_t ErrorCode;
+			 *
+			 *  if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+			 *                                           NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+			 *  {
+			 *       // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+			 *  }
+			 *  \endcode
+			 *
+			 *  <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+			 *  \code
+			 *  uint8_t  DataStream[512];
+			 *  uint8_t  ErrorCode;
+			 *  uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+			 *
+			 *  BytesProcessed = 0;
+			 *  while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+			 *                                              &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+			 *  {
+			 *      // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+			 *  }
+			 *
+			 *  if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+			 *  {
+			 *      // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+			 *  }
+			 *  \endcode
+			 *
+			 *  \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[out] Buffer          Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
+			 *  \param[in]  Length          Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+			 *  \param[in]  BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+			 *                              transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(void* const Buffer,
+			                                uint16_t Length,
+			                                uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Reads the given number of bytes from the endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
+			 *  discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically
+			 *  discarded once the remaining bytes has been read; the user is responsible for manually
+			 *  discarding the last packet from the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
+			 *
+			 *  \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[out] Buffer          Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
+			 *  \param[in]  Length          Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+			 *  \param[in]  BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+			 *                              transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Stream_BE(void* const Buffer,
+			                                uint16_t Length,
+			                                uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Writes the given number of bytes to the CONTROL type endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
+			 *  sending full packets to the host as needed. The host OUT acknowledgement is not automatically cleared
+			 *  in both failure and success states; the user is responsible for manually clearing the status OUT packet
+			 *  to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
+			 *
+			 *  \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+			 *        function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+			 *        Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+			 *           together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Buffer  Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+			 *  \param[in] Length  Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
+			                                         uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Writes the given number of bytes to the CONTROL type endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
+			 *  sending full packets to the host as needed. The host OUT acknowledgement is not automatically cleared
+			 *  in both failure and success states; the user is responsible for manually clearing the status OUT packet
+			 *  to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
+			 *
+			 *  \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+			 *        function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+			 *        Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+			 *           together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Buffer  Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+			 *  \param[in] Length  Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
+			                                         uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Reads the given number of bytes from the CONTROL endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
+			 *  discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The device IN acknowledgement is not
+			 *  automatically sent after success or failure states; the user is responsible for manually sending the
+			 *  status IN packet to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
+			 *
+			 *  \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+			 *        function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+			 *        Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+			 *           together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[out] Buffer  Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
+			 *  \param[in]  Length  Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(void* const Buffer,
+			                                        uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Reads the given number of bytes from the CONTROL endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
+			 *  discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The device IN acknowledgement is not
+			 *  automatically sent after success or failure states; the user is responsible for manually sending the
+			 *  status IN packet to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
+			 *
+			 *  \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+			 *        function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+			 *        Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+			 *           together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[out] Buffer  Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
+			 *  \param[in]  Length  Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_BE(void* const Buffer,
+			                                        uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+			//@}
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Endpoint_UC3.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Endpoint_UC3.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7e24672c50
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Endpoint_UC3.c
@@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+
+#include "../Endpoint.h"
+
+#if !defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE)
+uint8_t USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP_DEFAULT_SIZE;
+#endif
+
+volatile uint32_t USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint = ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP;
+volatile uint8_t* USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS];
+
+bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(const USB_Endpoint_Table_t* const Table,
+                                     const uint8_t Entries)
+{
+	for (uint8_t i = 0; i < Entries; i++)
+	{
+		if (!(Table[i].Address))
+		  continue;
+
+		if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(Table[i].Address, Table[i].Type, Table[i].Size, Table[i].Banks)))
+		{
+			return false;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint_Prv(const uint8_t Number,
+                                    const uint32_t UECFG0Data)
+{
+	USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[Number] = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[Number * ENDPOINT_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE];
+
+#if defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE) || defined(ORDERED_EP_CONFIG)
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(Number);
+	Endpoint_EnableEndpoint();
+
+	(&AVR32_USBB.uecfg0)[Number] = 0;
+	(&AVR32_USBB.uecfg0)[Number] = UECFG0Data;
+
+	return Endpoint_IsConfigured();
+#else
+	for (uint8_t EPNum = Number; EPNum < ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS; EPNum++)
+	{
+		uint32_t UECFG0Temp;
+
+		Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(EPNum);
+
+		if (EPNum == Number)
+		{
+			UECFG0Temp = UECFG0Data;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			UECFG0Temp = (&AVR32_USBB.uecfg0)[EPNum];
+		}
+
+		if (!(UECFG0Temp & AVR32_USBB_ALLOC_MASK))
+		  continue;
+
+		Endpoint_DisableEndpoint();
+		(&AVR32_USBB.uecfg0)[EPNum] &= ~AVR32_USBB_ALLOC_MASK;
+
+		Endpoint_EnableEndpoint();
+		(&AVR32_USBB.uecfg0)[EPNum] = UECFG0Temp;
+
+		if (!(Endpoint_IsConfigured()))
+		  return false;
+	}
+
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(Number);
+	return true;
+#endif
+}
+
+void Endpoint_ClearEndpoints(void)
+{
+	for (uint8_t EPNum = 0; EPNum < ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS; EPNum++)
+	{
+		Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(EPNum);
+		(&AVR32_USBB.uecfg0)[EPNum]    = 0;
+		(&AVR32_USBB.uecon0clr)[EPNum] = -1;
+		USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[EPNum]    = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[EPNum * 0x10000];
+		Endpoint_DisableEndpoint();
+	}
+}
+
+void Endpoint_ClearStatusStage(void)
+{
+	if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST)
+	{
+		while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
+		{
+			if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+			  return;
+		}
+
+		Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
+		{
+			if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+			  return;
+		}
+
+		Endpoint_ClearIN();
+	}
+}
+
+#if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
+uint8_t Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(void)
+{
+	#if (USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS < 0xFF)
+	uint8_t  TimeoutMSRem = USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS;
+	#else
+	uint16_t TimeoutMSRem = USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS;
+	#endif
+
+	uint16_t PreviousFrameNumber = USB_Device_GetFrameNumber();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		if (Endpoint_GetEndpointDirection() == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+		{
+			if (Endpoint_IsINReady())
+			  return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+			  return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
+		}
+
+		uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
+
+		if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+		  return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
+		else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
+		  return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_BusSuspended;
+		else if (Endpoint_IsStalled())
+		  return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_EndpointStalled;
+
+		uint16_t CurrentFrameNumber = USB_Device_GetFrameNumber();
+
+		if (CurrentFrameNumber != PreviousFrameNumber)
+		{
+			PreviousFrameNumber = CurrentFrameNumber;
+
+			if (!(TimeoutMSRem--))
+			  return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_Timeout;
+		}
+	}
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Endpoint_UC3.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Endpoint_UC3.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..32d6a9b768
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Endpoint_UC3.h
@@ -0,0 +1,794 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief USB Endpoint definitions for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
+ *  \copydetails Group_EndpointManagement_UC3
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_EndpointRW
+ *  \defgroup Group_EndpointRW_UC3 Endpoint Data Reading and Writing (UC3)
+ *  \brief Endpoint data read/write definitions for the Atmel AVR32 UC3 architecture.
+ *
+ *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing from and to endpoints.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW
+ *  \defgroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3 Read/Write of Primitive Data Types (UC3)
+ *  \brief Endpoint primitive read/write definitions for the Atmel AVR32 UC3 architecture.
+ *
+ *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of primitive data types
+ *  from and to endpoints.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement
+ *  \defgroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3 Endpoint Packet Management (UC3)
+ *  \brief Endpoint packet management definitions for the Atmel AVR32 UC3 architecture.
+ *
+ *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to packet management of endpoints.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_EndpointManagement
+ *  \defgroup Group_EndpointManagement_UC3 Endpoint Management (UC3)
+ *  \brief Endpoint management definitions for the Atmel AVR32 UC3 architecture.
+ *
+ *  Functions, macros and enums related to endpoint management when in USB Device mode. This
+ *  module contains the endpoint management macros, as well as endpoint interrupt and data
+ *  send/receive functions for various data types.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __ENDPOINT_UC3_H__
+#define __ENDPOINT_UC3_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../USBTask.h"
+		#include "../USBInterrupt.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Macros: */
+			#define ENDPOINT_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE            (64 * 1024UL)
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			static inline uint32_t Endpoint_BytesToEPSizeMask(const uint16_t Bytes) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_CONST
+			                                                                        ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint32_t Endpoint_BytesToEPSizeMask(const uint16_t Bytes)
+			{
+				uint8_t  MaskVal    = 0;
+				uint16_t CheckBytes = 8;
+
+				while (CheckBytes < Bytes)
+				{
+					MaskVal++;
+					CheckBytes <<= 1;
+				}
+
+				return (MaskVal << AVR32_USBB_EPSIZE_OFFSET);
+			}
+
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			void Endpoint_ClearEndpoints(void);
+			bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint_Prv(const uint8_t Number,
+			                                    const uint32_t UECFGXData);
+
+		/* External Variables: */
+			extern volatile uint32_t USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint;
+			extern volatile uint8_t* USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[];
+	#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			#if (!defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+				/** Default size of the default control endpoint's bank, until altered by the control endpoint bank size
+				 *  value in the device descriptor. Not available if the \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token is defined.
+				 */
+				#define ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP_DEFAULT_SIZE     8
+			#endif
+
+			#if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+				#if defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A3_AVR32) || defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A4_AVR32)
+					#define ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS        8
+				#else
+					/** Total number of endpoints (including the default control endpoint at address 0) which may
+					 *  be used in the device. Different AVR models support different amounts of endpoints,
+					 *  this value reflects the maximum number of endpoints for the currently selected AVR model.
+					 */
+					#define ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS        7
+				#endif
+			#else
+				#define ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS            1
+			#endif
+
+		/* Enums: */
+			/** Enum for the possible error return codes of the \ref Endpoint_WaitUntilReady() function.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointRW_UC3
+			 */
+			enum Endpoint_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t
+			{
+				ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError                 = 0, /**< Endpoint is ready for next packet, no error. */
+				ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_EndpointStalled         = 1, /**< The endpoint was stalled during the stream
+				                                                 *   transfer by the host or device.
+				                                                 */
+				ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected      = 2,	/**< Device was disconnected from the host while
+				                                                 *   waiting for the endpoint to become ready.
+				                                                 */
+				ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_BusSuspended            = 3, /**< The USB bus has been suspended by the host and
+				                                                 *   no USB endpoint traffic can occur until the bus
+				                                                 *   has resumed.
+				                                                 */
+				ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_Timeout                 = 4, /**< The host failed to accept or send the next packet
+				                                                 *   within the software timeout period set by the
+				                                                 *   \ref USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS macro.
+				                                                 */
+			};
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			/** Configures the specified endpoint address with the given endpoint type, bank size and number of hardware
+			 *  banks. Once configured, the endpoint may be read from or written to, depending on its direction.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Address    Endpoint address to configure.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Type       Type of endpoint to configure, a \c EP_TYPE_* mask. Not all endpoint types
+			 *                        are available on Low Speed USB devices - refer to the USB 2.0 specification.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Size       Size of the endpoint's bank, where packets are stored before they are transmitted
+			 *                        to the USB host, or after they have been received from the USB host (depending on
+			 *                        the endpoint's data direction). The bank size must indicate the maximum packet size
+			 *                        that the endpoint can handle.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Banks      Number of hardware banks to use for the endpoint being configured.
+			 *
+			 *  \attention When the \c ORDERED_EP_CONFIG compile time option is used, Endpoints <b>must</b> be configured in
+			 *             ascending order, or bank corruption will occur.
+			 *
+			 *  \note Different endpoints may have different maximum packet sizes based on the endpoint's index - refer to
+			 *        the chosen microcontroller model's datasheet to determine the maximum bank size for each endpoint.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \note The default control endpoint should not be manually configured by the user application, as
+			 *        it is automatically configured by the library internally.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \note This routine will automatically select the specified endpoint upon success. Upon failure, the endpoint
+			 *        which failed to reconfigure correctly will be selected.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the configuration succeeded, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(const uint8_t Address,
+			                                              const uint8_t Type,
+			                                              const uint16_t Size,
+			                                              const uint8_t Banks) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(const uint8_t Address,
+			                                              const uint8_t Type,
+			                                              const uint16_t Size,
+			                                              const uint8_t Banks)
+			{
+				uint8_t Number = (Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK);
+
+				if (Number >= ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS)
+				  return false;
+
+				return Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint_Prv(Number,
+				                                      (AVR32_USBB_ALLOC_MASK |
+				                                       ((uint32_t)Type << AVR32_USBB_EPTYPE_OFFSET) |
+				                                       ((Address & ENDPOINT_DIR_IN) ? AVR32_USBB_UECFG0_EPDIR_MASK : 0) |
+				                                       ((Banks > 1) ? AVR32_USBB_UECFG0_EPBK_SINGLE : AVR32_USBB_UECFG0_EPBK_DOUBLE) |
+				                                       Endpoint_BytesToEPSizeMask(Size)));
+			}
+
+			/** Indicates the number of bytes currently stored in the current endpoint's selected bank.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointRW_UC3
+			 *
+			 *  \return Total number of bytes in the currently selected Endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+			 */
+			static inline uint16_t Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint16_t Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint(void)
+			{
+				return (&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].byct;
+			}
+
+			/** Determines the currently selected endpoint's direction.
+			 *
+			 *  \return The currently selected endpoint's direction, as a \c ENDPOINT_DIR_* mask.
+			 */
+			static inline uint32_t Endpoint_GetEndpointDirection(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint32_t Endpoint_GetEndpointDirection(void)
+			{
+				return ((&AVR32_USBB.UECFG0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].epdir ? ENDPOINT_DIR_IN : ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT);
+			}
+
+			/** Get the endpoint address of the currently selected endpoint. This is typically used to save
+			 *  the currently selected endpoint so that it can be restored after another endpoint has been
+			 *  manipulated.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Index of the currently selected endpoint.
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint(void)
+			{
+				return (USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint | Endpoint_GetEndpointDirection());
+			}
+
+			/** Selects the given endpoint address.
+			 *
+			 *  Any endpoint operations which do not require the endpoint address to be indicated will operate on
+			 *  the currently selected endpoint.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Address  Endpoint address to select.
+			 */
+			static inline void Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(const uint8_t Address)
+			{
+				USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint = (Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK);
+			}
+
+			/** Resets the endpoint bank FIFO. This clears all the endpoint banks and resets the USB controller's
+			 *  data In and Out pointers to the bank's contents.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Address  Endpoint number whose FIFO buffers are to be reset.
+			 */
+			static inline void Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(const uint8_t Address)
+			{
+				uint32_t EndpointNumber = (Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK);
+
+				AVR32_USBB.uerst |=  (AVR32_USBB_EPRST0_MASK << EndpointNumber);
+				AVR32_USBB.uerst &= ~(AVR32_USBB_EPRST0_MASK << EndpointNumber);
+				USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[EndpointNumber] = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[EndpointNumber * ENDPOINT_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE];
+			}
+
+			/** Enables the currently selected endpoint so that data can be sent and received through it to
+			 *  and from a host.
+			 *
+			 *  \note Endpoints must first be configured properly via \ref Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint().
+			 */
+			static inline void Endpoint_EnableEndpoint(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Endpoint_EnableEndpoint(void)
+			{
+				AVR32_USBB.uerst |=  (AVR32_USBB_EPEN0_MASK << USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint);
+			}
+
+			/** Disables the currently selected endpoint so that data cannot be sent and received through it
+			 *  to and from a host.
+			 */
+			static inline void Endpoint_DisableEndpoint(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Endpoint_DisableEndpoint(void)
+			{
+				AVR32_USBB.uerst &= ~(AVR32_USBB_EPEN0_MASK << USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint);
+			}
+
+			/** Determines if the currently selected endpoint is enabled, but not necessarily configured.
+			 *
+			 * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint is enabled, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool Endpoint_IsEnabled(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool Endpoint_IsEnabled(void)
+			{
+				return ((AVR32_USBB.uerst & (AVR32_USBB_EPEN0_MASK << USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint)) ? true : false);
+			}
+
+			/** Retrieves the number of busy banks in the currently selected endpoint, which have been queued for
+			 *  transmission via the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() command, or are awaiting acknowledgement via the
+			 *  \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() command.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
+			 *
+			 *  \return Total number of busy banks in the selected endpoint.
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetBusyBanks(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetBusyBanks(void)
+			{
+				return (&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].nbusybk;
+			}
+
+			/** Aborts all pending IN transactions on the currently selected endpoint, once the bank
+			 *  has been queued for transmission to the host via \ref Endpoint_ClearIN(). This function
+			 *  will terminate all queued transactions, resetting the endpoint banks ready for a new
+			 *  packet.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
+			 */
+			static inline void Endpoint_AbortPendingIN(void)
+			{
+				while (Endpoint_GetBusyBanks() != 0)
+				{
+					(&AVR32_USBB.UECON0SET)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].killbks = true;
+					while ((&AVR32_USBB.UECON0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].killbk);
+				}
+			}
+
+			/** Determines if the currently selected endpoint may be read from (if data is waiting in the endpoint
+			 *  bank and the endpoint is an OUT direction, or if the bank is not yet full if the endpoint is an IN
+			 *  direction). This function will return false if an error has occurred in the endpoint, if the endpoint
+			 *  is an OUT direction and no packet (or an empty packet) has been received, or if the endpoint is an IN
+			 *  direction and the endpoint bank is full.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint may be read from or written to, depending
+			 *          on its direction.
+			 */
+			static inline bool Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed(void)
+			{
+				return (&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].rwall;
+			}
+
+			/** Determines if the currently selected endpoint is configured.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint has been configured, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool Endpoint_IsConfigured(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool Endpoint_IsConfigured(void)
+			{
+				return (&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].cfgok;
+			}
+
+			/** Returns a mask indicating which INTERRUPT type endpoints have interrupted - i.e. their
+			 *  interrupt duration has elapsed. Which endpoints have interrupted can be determined by
+			 *  masking the return value against <tt>(1 << <i>{Endpoint Number}</i>)</tt>.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Mask whose bits indicate which endpoints have interrupted.
+			 */
+			static inline uint32_t Endpoint_GetEndpointInterrupts(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint32_t Endpoint_GetEndpointInterrupts(void)
+			{
+				return ((AVR32_USBB.udint & (AVR32_USBB_EP6INT_MASK | AVR32_USBB_EP5INT_MASK |
+				                             AVR32_USBB_EP4INT_MASK | AVR32_USBB_EP3INT_MASK |
+				                             AVR32_USBB_EP2INT_MASK | AVR32_USBB_EP1INT_MASK |
+				                             AVR32_USBB_EP0INT_MASK)) >> AVR32_USBB_EP0INT_OFFSET);
+			}
+
+			/** Determines if the specified endpoint number has interrupted (valid only for INTERRUPT type
+			 *  endpoints).
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Address  Address of the endpoint whose interrupt flag should be tested.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the specified endpoint has interrupted, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool Endpoint_HasEndpointInterrupted(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool Endpoint_HasEndpointInterrupted(const uint8_t Address)
+			{
+				return ((Endpoint_GetEndpointInterrupts() & (AVR32_USBB_EP0INT_MASK << (Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK))) ? true : false);
+			}
+
+			/** Determines if the selected IN endpoint is ready for a new packet to be sent to the host.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the current endpoint is ready for an IN packet, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool Endpoint_IsINReady(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool Endpoint_IsINReady(void)
+			{
+				return (&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].txini;
+			}
+
+			/** Determines if the selected OUT endpoint has received new packet from the host.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if current endpoint is has received an OUT packet, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool Endpoint_IsOUTReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool Endpoint_IsOUTReceived(void)
+			{
+				return (&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].rxouti;
+			}
+
+			/** Determines if the current CONTROL type endpoint has received a SETUP packet.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the selected endpoint has received a SETUP packet, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived(void)
+			{
+				return (&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].rxstpi;
+			}
+
+			/** Clears a received SETUP packet on the currently selected CONTROL type endpoint, freeing up the
+			 *  endpoint for the next packet.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
+			 *
+			 *  \note This is not applicable for non CONTROL type endpoints.
+			 */
+			static inline void Endpoint_ClearSETUP(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Endpoint_ClearSETUP(void)
+			{
+				(&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0CLR)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].rxstpic = true;
+				USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint] = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint * ENDPOINT_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE];
+			}
+
+			/** Sends an IN packet to the host on the currently selected endpoint, freeing up the endpoint for the
+			 *  next packet and switching to the alternative endpoint bank if double banked.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
+			 */
+			static inline void Endpoint_ClearIN(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Endpoint_ClearIN(void)
+			{
+				(&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0CLR)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].txinic   = true;
+				(&AVR32_USBB.UECON0CLR)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].fifoconc = true;
+				USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint] = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint * ENDPOINT_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE];
+			}
+
+			/** Acknowledges an OUT packet to the host on the currently selected endpoint, freeing up the endpoint
+			 *  for the next packet and switching to the alternative endpoint bank if double banked.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
+			 */
+			static inline void Endpoint_ClearOUT(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Endpoint_ClearOUT(void)
+			{
+				(&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0CLR)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].rxoutic  = true;
+				(&AVR32_USBB.UECON0CLR)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].fifoconc = true;
+				USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint] = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint * ENDPOINT_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE];
+			}
+
+			/** Stalls the current endpoint, indicating to the host that a logical problem occurred with the
+			 *  indicated endpoint and that the current transfer sequence should be aborted. This provides a
+			 *  way for devices to indicate invalid commands to the host so that the current transfer can be
+			 *  aborted and the host can begin its own recovery sequence.
+			 *
+			 *  The currently selected endpoint remains stalled until either the \ref Endpoint_ClearStall() macro
+			 *  is called, or the host issues a CLEAR FEATURE request to the device for the currently selected
+			 *  endpoint.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
+			 */
+			static inline void Endpoint_StallTransaction(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Endpoint_StallTransaction(void)
+			{
+				(&AVR32_USBB.UECON0SET)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].stallrqs = true;
+			}
+
+			/** Clears the STALL condition on the currently selected endpoint.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
+			 */
+			static inline void Endpoint_ClearStall(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Endpoint_ClearStall(void)
+			{
+				(&AVR32_USBB.UECON0CLR)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].stallrqc = true;
+			}
+
+			/** Determines if the currently selected endpoint is stalled, \c false otherwise.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint is stalled, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool Endpoint_IsStalled(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool Endpoint_IsStalled(void)
+			{
+				return (&AVR32_USBB.UECON0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].stallrq;
+			}
+
+			/** Resets the data toggle of the currently selected endpoint. */
+			static inline void Endpoint_ResetDataToggle(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Endpoint_ResetDataToggle(void)
+			{
+				(&AVR32_USBB.UECON0SET)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].rstdts = true;
+			}
+
+			/** Sets the direction of the currently selected endpoint.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] DirectionMask  New endpoint direction, as a \c ENDPOINT_DIR_* mask.
+			 */
+			static inline void Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(const uint32_t DirectionMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(const uint32_t DirectionMask)
+			{
+				(&AVR32_USBB.UECFG0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].epdir = (DirectionMask == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+			}
+
+			/** Reads one byte from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
+			 *
+			 *  \return Next byte in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t Endpoint_Read_8(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint8_t Endpoint_Read_8(void)
+			{
+				return *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+			}
+
+			/** Writes one byte to the currently selected endpoint's bank, for IN direction endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Data  Data to write into the the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+			 */
+			static inline void Endpoint_Write_8(const uint8_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Endpoint_Write_8(const uint8_t Data)
+			{
+				*(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = Data;
+			}
+
+			/** Discards one byte from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
+			 */
+			static inline void Endpoint_Discard_8(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Endpoint_Discard_8(void)
+			{
+				uint8_t Dummy;
+
+				Dummy = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+
+				(void)Dummy;
+			}
+
+			/** Reads two bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for OUT
+			 *  direction endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
+			 *
+			 *  \return Next two bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+			 */
+			static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_LE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_LE(void)
+			{
+				uint16_t Byte0 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+				uint16_t Byte1 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+
+				return ((Byte1 << 8) | Byte0);
+			}
+
+			/** Reads two bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for OUT
+			 *  direction endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
+			 *
+			 *  \return Next two bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+			 */
+			static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_BE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_BE(void)
+			{
+				uint16_t Byte0 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+				uint16_t Byte1 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+
+				return ((Byte0 << 8) | Byte1);
+			}
+
+			/** Writes two bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for IN
+			 *  direction endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Data  Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+			 */
+			static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_LE(const uint16_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_LE(const uint16_t Data)
+			{
+				*(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data & 0xFF);
+				*(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data >> 8);
+			}
+
+			/** Writes two bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for IN
+			 *  direction endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Data  Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+			 */
+			static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_BE(const uint16_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_BE(const uint16_t Data)
+			{
+				*(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data >> 8);
+				*(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data & 0xFF);
+			}
+
+			/** Discards two bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
+			 */
+			static inline void Endpoint_Discard_16(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Endpoint_Discard_16(void)
+			{
+				uint8_t Dummy;
+
+				Dummy = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+				Dummy = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+
+				(void)Dummy;
+			}
+
+			/** Reads four bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for OUT
+			 *  direction endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
+			 *
+			 *  \return Next four bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+			 */
+			static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_LE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_LE(void)
+			{
+				uint32_t Byte0 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+				uint32_t Byte1 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+				uint32_t Byte2 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+				uint32_t Byte3 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+
+				return ((Byte3 << 24) | (Byte2 << 16) | (Byte1 << 8) | Byte0);
+			}
+
+			/** Reads four bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for OUT
+			 *  direction endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
+			 *
+			 *  \return Next four bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+			 */
+			static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_BE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_BE(void)
+			{
+				uint32_t Byte0 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+				uint32_t Byte1 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+				uint32_t Byte2 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+				uint32_t Byte3 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+
+				return ((Byte0 << 24) | (Byte1 << 16) | (Byte2 << 8) | Byte3);
+			}
+
+			/** Writes four bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for IN
+			 *  direction endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Data  Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+			 */
+			static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_LE(const uint32_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_LE(const uint32_t Data)
+			{
+				*(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data &  0xFF);
+				*(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data >> 8);
+				*(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data >> 16);
+				*(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data >> 24);
+			}
+
+			/** Writes four bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for IN
+			 *  direction endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Data  Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+			 */
+			static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_BE(const uint32_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_BE(const uint32_t Data)
+			{
+				*(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data >> 24);
+				*(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data >> 16);
+				*(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data >> 8);
+				*(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data &  0xFF);
+			}
+
+			/** Discards four bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
+			 */
+			static inline void Endpoint_Discard_32(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Endpoint_Discard_32(void)
+			{
+				uint8_t Dummy;
+
+				Dummy = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+				Dummy = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+				Dummy = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+				Dummy = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+
+				(void)Dummy;
+			}
+
+		/* External Variables: */
+			/** Global indicating the maximum packet size of the default control endpoint located at address
+			 *  0 in the device. This value is set to the value indicated in the device descriptor in the user
+			 *  project once the USB interface is initialized into device mode.
+			 *
+			 *  If space is an issue, it is possible to fix this to a static value by defining the control
+			 *  endpoint size in the \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token passed to the compiler in the makefile
+			 *  via the -D switch. When a fixed control endpoint size is used, the size is no longer dynamically
+			 *  read from the descriptors at runtime and instead fixed to the given value. When used, it is
+			 *  important that the descriptor control endpoint size value matches the size given as the
+			 *  \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token - it is recommended that the \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token
+			 *  be used in the device descriptors to ensure this.
+			 *
+			 *  \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
+			 *             changed in value.
+			 */
+			#if (!defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+				extern uint8_t USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize;
+			#else
+				#define USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE
+			#endif
+
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			/** Configures a table of endpoint descriptions, in sequence. This function can be used to configure multiple
+			 *  endpoints at the same time.
+			 *
+			 *  \note Endpoints with a zero address will be ignored, thus this function cannot be used to configure the
+			 *        control endpoint.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Table    Pointer to a table of endpoint descriptions.
+			 *  \param[in] Entries  Number of entries in the endpoint table to configure.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if all endpoints configured successfully, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(const USB_Endpoint_Table_t* const Table,
+			                                     const uint8_t Entries);
+
+			/** Completes the status stage of a control transfer on a CONTROL type endpoint automatically,
+			 *  with respect to the data direction. This is a convenience function which can be used to
+			 *  simplify user control request handling.
+			 *
+			 *  \note This routine should not be called on non CONTROL type endpoints.
+			 */
+			void Endpoint_ClearStatusStage(void);
+
+			/** Spin-loops until the currently selected non-control endpoint is ready for the next packet of data
+			 *  to be read or written to it.
+			 *
+			 *  \note This routine should not be called on CONTROL type endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointRW_UC3
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(void);
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Host_UC3.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Host_UC3.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2c182ab69c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Host_UC3.c
@@ -0,0 +1,297 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_HOST_C
+#include "../Host.h"
+
+void USB_Host_ProcessNextHostState(void)
+{
+	uint8_t ErrorCode    = HOST_ENUMERROR_NoError;
+	uint8_t SubErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_NoError;
+
+	static uint16_t WaitMSRemaining;
+	static uint8_t  PostWaitState;
+
+	switch (USB_HostState)
+	{
+		case HOST_STATE_WaitForDevice:
+			if (WaitMSRemaining)
+			{
+				if ((SubErrorCode = USB_Host_WaitMS(1)) != HOST_WAITERROR_Successful)
+				{
+					USB_HostState = PostWaitState;
+					ErrorCode     = HOST_ENUMERROR_WaitStage;
+					break;
+				}
+
+				if (!(--WaitMSRemaining))
+				  USB_HostState = PostWaitState;
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case HOST_STATE_Powered:
+			WaitMSRemaining = HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS;
+
+			USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Powered_WaitForDeviceSettle;
+			break;
+		case HOST_STATE_Powered_WaitForDeviceSettle:
+			if (WaitMSRemaining--)
+			{
+				Delay_MS(1);
+				break;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Off();
+
+				USB_OTGPAD_On();
+				USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Enable();
+				USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_On();
+
+				#if defined(NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT)
+				USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Enable();
+				USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_On();
+				#endif
+
+				USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Powered_WaitForConnect;
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case HOST_STATE_Powered_WaitForConnect:
+			if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_DCONNI))
+			{
+				USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DCONNI);
+				USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DDISCI);
+
+				USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_VBERRI);
+				USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_VBERRI);
+
+				USB_Host_ResumeBus();
+				Pipe_ClearPipes();
+
+				HOST_TASK_NONBLOCK_WAIT(100, HOST_STATE_Powered_DoReset);
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case HOST_STATE_Powered_DoReset:
+			USB_Host_ResetDevice();
+
+			HOST_TASK_NONBLOCK_WAIT(200, HOST_STATE_Powered_ConfigPipe);
+			break;
+		case HOST_STATE_Powered_ConfigPipe:
+			if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE, EP_TYPE_CONTROL, ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP, PIPE_CONTROLPIPE_DEFAULT_SIZE, 1)))
+			{
+				ErrorCode    = HOST_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigError;
+				SubErrorCode = 0;
+				break;
+			}
+
+			USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Default;
+			break;
+		case HOST_STATE_Default:
+			USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+				{
+					.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
+					.bRequest      = REQ_GetDescriptor,
+					.wValue        = (DTYPE_Device << 8),
+					.wIndex        = 0,
+					.wLength       = 8,
+				};
+
+			uint8_t DataBuffer[8];
+
+			Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+			if ((SubErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(DataBuffer)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+			{
+				ErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_ControlError;
+				break;
+			}
+
+			USB_Host_ControlPipeSize = DataBuffer[offsetof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t, Endpoint0Size)];
+
+			USB_Host_ResetDevice();
+
+			HOST_TASK_NONBLOCK_WAIT(200, HOST_STATE_Default_PostReset);
+			break;
+		case HOST_STATE_Default_PostReset:
+			if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE, EP_TYPE_CONTROL, ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP, USB_Host_ControlPipeSize, 1)))
+			{
+				ErrorCode    = HOST_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigError;
+				SubErrorCode = 0;
+				break;
+			}
+
+			USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+				{
+					.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
+					.bRequest      = REQ_SetAddress,
+					.wValue        = USB_HOST_DEVICEADDRESS,
+					.wIndex        = 0,
+					.wLength       = 0,
+				};
+
+			if ((SubErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+			{
+				ErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_ControlError;
+				break;
+			}
+
+			HOST_TASK_NONBLOCK_WAIT(100, HOST_STATE_Default_PostAddressSet);
+			break;
+		case HOST_STATE_Default_PostAddressSet:
+			USB_Host_SetDeviceAddress(USB_HOST_DEVICEADDRESS);
+
+			USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Addressed;
+
+			EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete();
+			break;
+
+		default:
+			break;
+	}
+
+	if ((ErrorCode != HOST_ENUMERROR_NoError) && (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Unattached))
+	{
+		EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(ErrorCode, SubErrorCode);
+
+		USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Off();
+
+		EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached();
+
+		USB_ResetInterface();
+	}
+}
+
+uint8_t USB_Host_WaitMS(uint8_t MS)
+{
+	bool    BusSuspended = USB_Host_IsBusSuspended();
+	uint8_t ErrorCode    = HOST_WAITERROR_Successful;
+	bool    HSOFIEnabled = USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+
+	USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+	USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+
+	USB_Host_ResumeBus();
+
+	while (MS)
+	{
+		if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_HSOFI))
+		{
+			USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+			MS--;
+		}
+
+		if ((USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached) || (USB_CurrentMode != USB_MODE_Host))
+		{
+			ErrorCode = HOST_WAITERROR_DeviceDisconnect;
+
+			break;
+		}
+
+		if (Pipe_IsError())
+		{
+			Pipe_ClearError();
+			ErrorCode = HOST_WAITERROR_PipeError;
+
+			break;
+		}
+
+		if (Pipe_IsStalled())
+		{
+			Pipe_ClearStall();
+			ErrorCode = HOST_WAITERROR_SetupStalled;
+
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (BusSuspended)
+	  USB_Host_SuspendBus();
+
+	if (HSOFIEnabled)
+	  USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+
+	return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+static void USB_Host_ResetDevice(void)
+{
+	bool BusSuspended = USB_Host_IsBusSuspended();
+
+	USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_DDISCI);
+
+	USB_Host_ResetBus();
+	while (!(USB_Host_IsBusResetComplete()));
+	USB_Host_ResumeBus();
+
+	USB_Host_ConfigurationNumber = 0;
+
+	bool HSOFIEnabled = USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+
+	USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+	USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+
+	for (uint8_t MSRem = 10; MSRem != 0; MSRem--)
+	{
+		/* Workaround for powerless-pull-up devices. After a USB bus reset,
+		   all disconnection interrupts are suppressed while a USB frame is
+		   looked for - if it is found within 10ms, the device is still
+		   present.                                                        */
+
+		if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_HSOFI))
+		{
+			USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+			USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DDISCI);
+			break;
+		}
+
+		Delay_MS(1);
+	}
+
+	if (HSOFIEnabled)
+	  USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+
+	if (BusSuspended)
+	  USB_Host_SuspendBus();
+
+	USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_DDISCI);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Host_UC3.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Host_UC3.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5338f72089
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Host_UC3.h
@@ -0,0 +1,363 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief USB Host definitions for the AVR32 UC3B microcontrollers.
+ *  \copydetails Group_Host_UC3B
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Host
+ *  \defgroup Group_Host_UC3B Host Management (UC3B)
+ *  \brief USB Host definitions for the AVR32 UC3B microcontrollers.
+ *
+ *  Architecture specific USB Host definitions for the Atmel 32-bit AVR UC3B microcontrollers.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBHOST_UC3B_H__
+#define __USBHOST_UC3B_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../StdDescriptors.h"
+		#include "../Pipe.h"
+		#include "../USBInterrupt.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Indicates the fixed USB device address which any attached device is enumerated to when in
+			 *  host mode. As only one USB device may be attached to the AVR in host mode at any one time
+			 *  and that the address used is not important (other than the fact that it is non-zero), a
+			 *  fixed value is specified by the library.
+			 */
+			#define USB_HOST_DEVICEADDRESS                 1
+
+			#if !defined(HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+				/** Constant for the delay in milliseconds after a device is connected before the library
+				 *  will start the enumeration process. Some devices require a delay of up to 5 seconds
+				 *  after connection before the enumeration process can start or incorrect operation will
+				 *  occur.
+				 *
+				 *  The default delay value may be overridden in the user project makefile by defining the
+				 *  \c HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS token to the required delay in milliseconds, and passed to the
+				 *  compiler using the -D switch.
+				 */
+				#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS        1000
+			#endif
+
+		/* Enums: */
+			/** Enum for the error codes for the \ref EVENT_USB_Host_HostError() event.
+			 *
+			 *  \see \ref Group_Events for more information on this event.
+			 */
+			enum USB_Host_ErrorCodes_t
+			{
+				HOST_ERROR_VBusVoltageDip       = 0, /**< VBUS voltage dipped to an unacceptable level. This
+				                                      *   error may be the result of an attached device drawing
+				                                      *   too much current from the VBUS line, or due to the
+				                                      *   AVR's power source being unable to supply sufficient
+				                                      *   current.
+				                                      */
+			};
+
+			/** Enum for the error codes for the \ref EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed() event.
+			 *
+			 *  \see \ref Group_Events for more information on this event.
+			 */
+			enum USB_Host_EnumerationErrorCodes_t
+			{
+				HOST_ENUMERROR_NoError          = 0, /**< No error occurred. Used internally, this is not a valid
+				                                      *   ErrorCode parameter value for the \ref EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed()
+				                                      *   event.
+				                                      */
+				HOST_ENUMERROR_WaitStage        = 1, /**< One of the delays between enumeration steps failed
+				                                      *   to complete successfully, due to a timeout or other
+				                                      *   error.
+				                                      */
+				HOST_ENUMERROR_NoDeviceDetected = 2, /**< No device was detected, despite the USB data lines
+				                                      *   indicating the attachment of a device.
+				                                      */
+				HOST_ENUMERROR_ControlError     = 3, /**< One of the enumeration control requests failed to
+				                                      *   complete successfully.
+				                                      */
+				HOST_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigError  = 4, /**< The default control pipe (address 0) failed to
+				                                      *   configure correctly.
+				                                      */
+			};
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			/** Returns the current USB frame number, when in host mode. Every millisecond the USB bus is active (i.e. not suspended)
+			 *  the frame number is incremented by one.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Current USB frame number from the USB controller.
+			 */
+			static inline uint16_t USB_Host_GetFrameNumber(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint16_t USB_Host_GetFrameNumber(void)
+			{
+				return AVR32_USBB_UHFNUM;
+			}
+
+			#if !defined(NO_SOF_EVENTS)
+				/** Enables the host mode Start Of Frame events. When enabled, this causes the
+				 *  \ref EVENT_USB_Host_StartOfFrame() event to fire once per millisecond, synchronized to the USB bus,
+				 *  at the start of each USB frame when a device is enumerated while in host mode.
+				 *
+				 *  \note This function is not available when the \c NO_SOF_EVENTS compile time token is defined.
+				 */
+				static inline void USB_Host_EnableSOFEvents(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+				static inline void USB_Host_EnableSOFEvents(void)
+				{
+					USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+				}
+
+				/** Disables the host mode Start Of Frame events. When disabled, this stops the firing of the
+				 *  \ref EVENT_USB_Host_StartOfFrame() event when enumerated in host mode.
+				 *
+				 *  \note This function is not available when the \c NO_SOF_EVENTS compile time token is defined.
+				 */
+				static inline void USB_Host_DisableSOFEvents(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+				static inline void USB_Host_DisableSOFEvents(void)
+				{
+					USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+				}
+			#endif
+
+			/** Resets the USB bus, including the endpoints in any attached device and pipes on the AVR host.
+			 *  USB bus resets leave the default control pipe configured (if already configured).
+			 *
+			 *  If the USB bus has been suspended prior to issuing a bus reset, the attached device will be
+			 *  woken up automatically and the bus resumed after the reset has been correctly issued.
+			 */
+			static inline void USB_Host_ResetBus(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_Host_ResetBus(void)
+			{
+				AVR32_USBB.UHCON.reset = true;
+			}
+
+			/** Determines if a previously issued bus reset (via the \ref USB_Host_ResetBus() macro) has
+			 *  completed.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if no bus reset is currently being sent, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool USB_Host_IsBusResetComplete(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool USB_Host_IsBusResetComplete(void)
+			{
+				return AVR32_USBB.UHCON.reset;
+			}
+
+			/** Resumes USB communications with an attached and enumerated device, by resuming the transmission
+			 *  of the 1MS Start Of Frame messages to the device. When resumed, USB communications between the
+			 *  host and attached device may occur.
+			 */
+			static inline void USB_Host_ResumeBus(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_Host_ResumeBus(void)
+			{
+				AVR32_USBB.UHCON.sofe = true;
+			}
+
+			/** Suspends the USB bus, preventing any communications from occurring between the host and attached
+			 *  device until the bus has been resumed. This stops the transmission of the 1MS Start Of Frame
+			 *  messages to the device.
+			 *
+			 *  \note While the USB bus is suspended, all USB interrupt sources are also disabled; this means that
+			 *        some events (such as device disconnections) will not fire until the bus is resumed.
+			 */
+			static inline void USB_Host_SuspendBus(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_Host_SuspendBus(void)
+			{
+				AVR32_USBB.UHCON.sofe = false;
+			}
+
+			/** Determines if the USB bus has been suspended via the use of the \ref USB_Host_SuspendBus() macro,
+			 *  false otherwise. While suspended, no USB communications can occur until the bus is resumed,
+			 *  except for the Remote Wakeup event from the device if supported.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the bus is currently suspended, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool USB_Host_IsBusSuspended(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool USB_Host_IsBusSuspended(void)
+			{
+				return AVR32_USBB.UHCON.sofe;
+			}
+
+			/** Determines if the attached device is currently enumerated in Full Speed mode (12Mb/s), or
+			 *  false if the attached device is enumerated in Low Speed mode (1.5Mb/s).
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the attached device is enumerated in Full Speed mode, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool USB_Host_IsDeviceFullSpeed(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool USB_Host_IsDeviceFullSpeed(void)
+			{
+				return (AVR32_USBB.USBSTA.speed == AVR32_USBB_SPEED_FULL);
+			}
+
+			/** Determines if the attached device is currently issuing a Remote Wakeup request, requesting
+			 *  that the host resume the USB bus and wake up the device, \c false otherwise.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the attached device has sent a Remote Wakeup request, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool USB_Host_IsRemoteWakeupSent(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool USB_Host_IsRemoteWakeupSent(void)
+			{
+				return AVR32_USBB.UHINT.rxrsmi;
+			}
+
+			/** Clears the flag indicating that a Remote Wakeup request has been issued by an attached device. */
+			static inline void USB_Host_ClearRemoteWakeupSent(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_Host_ClearRemoteWakeupSent(void)
+			{
+				AVR32_USBB.UHINTCLR.rxrsmic = true;
+			}
+
+			/** Accepts a Remote Wakeup request from an attached device. This must be issued in response to
+			 *  a device's Remote Wakeup request within 2ms for the request to be accepted and the bus to
+			 *  be resumed.
+			 */
+			static inline void USB_Host_ResumeFromWakeupRequest(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_Host_ResumeFromWakeupRequest(void)
+			{
+				AVR32_USBB.UHCON.resume = true;
+			}
+
+			/** Determines if a resume from Remote Wakeup request is currently being sent to an attached
+			 *  device.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if no resume request is currently being sent, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool USB_Host_IsResumeFromWakeupRequestSent(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool USB_Host_IsResumeFromWakeupRequestSent(void)
+			{
+				return AVR32_USBB.UHCON.resume;
+			}
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Macros: */
+			static inline void USB_Host_HostMode_On(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_Host_HostMode_On(void)
+			{
+				// Not required for UC3B
+			}
+
+			static inline void USB_Host_HostMode_Off(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_Host_HostMode_Off(void)
+			{
+				// Not required for UC3B
+			}
+
+			static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Enable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Enable(void)
+			{
+				AVR32_USBB.USBCON.vbushwc = false;
+			}
+
+			static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Enable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Enable(void)
+			{
+				AVR32_USBB.USBCON.vbushwc = true;
+			}
+
+			static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_On(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_On(void)
+			{
+				AVR32_USBB.USBSTASET.vbusrqs = true;
+			}
+
+			static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_On(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_On(void)
+			{
+				AVR32_USBB.USBSTASET.vbusrqs = true;
+			}
+
+			static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Off(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Off(void)
+			{
+				AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR.vbusrqc = true;
+			}
+
+			static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Off(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Off(void)
+			{
+				AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR.vbusrqc = true;
+			}
+
+			static inline void USB_Host_SetDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_Host_SetDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address)
+			{
+				AVR32_USBB.UHADDR1.uhaddr_p0 = Address;
+				AVR32_USBB.UHADDR1.uhaddr_p1 = Address;
+				AVR32_USBB.UHADDR1.uhaddr_p2 = Address;
+				AVR32_USBB.UHADDR1.uhaddr_p3 = Address;
+				AVR32_USBB.UHADDR2.uhaddr_p4 = Address;
+				AVR32_USBB.UHADDR2.uhaddr_p5 = Address;
+				AVR32_USBB.UHADDR2.uhaddr_p6 = Address;
+			}
+
+		/* Enums: */
+			enum USB_Host_WaitMSErrorCodes_t
+			{
+				HOST_WAITERROR_Successful       = 0,
+				HOST_WAITERROR_DeviceDisconnect = 1,
+				HOST_WAITERROR_PipeError        = 2,
+				HOST_WAITERROR_SetupStalled     = 3,
+			};
+
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			void    USB_Host_ProcessNextHostState(void);
+			uint8_t USB_Host_WaitMS(uint8_t MS);
+
+			#if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_HOST_C)
+				static void USB_Host_ResetDevice(void);
+			#endif
+	#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/PipeStream_UC3.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/PipeStream_UC3.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..27426ada0b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/PipeStream_UC3.c
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+
+#include "PipeStream_UC3.h"
+
+uint8_t Pipe_Discard_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+                            uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
+{
+	uint8_t  ErrorCode;
+	uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
+
+	Pipe_SetPipeToken(PIPE_TOKEN_IN);
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
+	  return ErrorCode;
+
+	if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+	  Length -= *BytesProcessed;
+
+	while (Length)
+	{
+		if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+		{
+			Pipe_ClearIN();
+
+			if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+			{
+				*BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
+				return PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
+			}
+
+			if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
+			  return ErrorCode;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			Pipe_Discard_8();
+
+			Length--;
+			BytesInTransfer++;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t Pipe_Null_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+                         uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
+{
+	uint8_t  ErrorCode;
+	uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
+
+	Pipe_SetPipeToken(PIPE_TOKEN_OUT);
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
+	  return ErrorCode;
+
+	if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+	  Length -= *BytesProcessed;
+
+	while (Length)
+	{
+		if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+		{
+			Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+			if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+			{
+				*BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
+				return PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
+			}
+
+			USB_USBTask();
+
+			if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
+			  return ErrorCode;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			Pipe_Write_8(0);
+
+			Length--;
+			BytesInTransfer++;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+/* The following abuses the C preprocessor in order to copy-paste common code with slight alterations,
+ * so that the code needs to be written once. It is a crude form of templating to reduce code maintenance. */
+
+#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Pipe_Write_Stream_LE
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      const void*
+#define  TEMPLATE_TOKEN                            PIPE_TOKEN_OUT
+#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE()                     Pipe_ClearOUT()
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   DataStream += Amount
+#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Pipe_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
+#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
+
+#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Pipe_Write_Stream_BE
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      const void*
+#define  TEMPLATE_TOKEN                            PIPE_TOKEN_OUT
+#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE()                     Pipe_ClearOUT()
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   DataStream -= Amount
+#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Pipe_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
+#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
+
+#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Pipe_Read_Stream_LE
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      void*
+#define  TEMPLATE_TOKEN                            PIPE_TOKEN_IN
+#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE()                     Pipe_ClearIN()
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   DataStream += Amount
+#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         *BufferPtr = Pipe_Read_8()
+#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
+
+#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Pipe_Read_Stream_BE
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      void*
+#define  TEMPLATE_TOKEN                            PIPE_TOKEN_IN
+#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE()                     Pipe_ClearIN()
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   DataStream -= Amount
+#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         *BufferPtr = Pipe_Read_8()
+#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/PipeStream_UC3.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/PipeStream_UC3.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cc34442084
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/PipeStream_UC3.h
@@ -0,0 +1,352 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Pipe data stream transmission and reception management for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
+ *  \copydetails Group_PipeStreamRW_UC3
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PipeStreamRW
+ *  \defgroup Group_PipeStreamRW_UC3 Read/Write of Multi-Byte Streams (UC3)
+ *  \brief Pipe data stream transmission and reception management for the Atmel AVR32 UC3 architecture.
+ *
+ *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of data streams from
+ *  and to pipes.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __PIPE_STREAM_UC3_H__
+#define __PIPE_STREAM_UC3_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../USBMode.h"
+		#include "../USBTask.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			/** \name Stream functions for null data */
+			//@{
+
+			/** Reads and discards the given number of bytes from the pipe, discarding fully read packets from the host
+			 *  as needed. The last packet is not automatically discarded once the remaining bytes has been read; the
+			 *  user is responsible for manually discarding the last packet from the device via the \ref Pipe_ClearIN() macro.
+			 *
+			 *  If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once, failing or
+			 *  succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid storage location, the transfer
+			 *  will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time the pipe bank becomes empty while there is still data
+			 *  to process (and after the current packet has been acknowledged) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with
+			 *  the total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+			 *  \ref PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed in the user code - to
+			 *  continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters and it will resume until the BytesProcessed
+			 *  value reaches the total transfer length.
+			 *
+			 *  <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+			 *  \code
+			 *  uint8_t ErrorCode;
+			 *
+			 *  if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Discard_Stream(512, NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+			 *  {
+			 *       // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+			 *  }
+			 *  \endcode
+			 *
+			 *  <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+			 *  \code
+			 *  uint8_t  ErrorCode;
+			 *  uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+			 *
+			 *  BytesProcessed = 0;
+			 *  while ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Discard_Stream(512, &BytesProcessed)) == PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+			 *  {
+			 *      // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+			 *  }
+			 *
+			 *  if (ErrorCode != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+			 *  {
+			 *      // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+			 *  }
+			 *  \endcode
+			 *
+			 *  \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
+			 *        having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of bytes to discard via the currently selected pipe.
+			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
+			 *                             updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be processed at once.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Pipe_Discard_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+			                            uint16_t* const BytesProcessed);
+
+			/** Writes a given number of zeroed bytes to the pipe, sending full pipe packets from the host to the device
+			 *  as needed. The last packet is not automatically sent once the remaining bytes has been written; the
+			 *  user is responsible for manually discarding the last packet from the device via the \ref Pipe_ClearOUT() macro.
+			 *
+			 *  If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once, failing or
+			 *  succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid storage location, the transfer
+			 *  will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time the pipe bank becomes full while there is still data
+			 *  to process (and after the current packet transmission has been initiated) the BytesProcessed location will be
+			 *  updated with the total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+			 *  \ref PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed in the user code - to
+			 *  continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters and it will resume until the BytesProcessed
+			 *  value reaches the total transfer length.
+			 *
+			 *  <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+			 *  \code
+			 *  uint8_t ErrorCode;
+			 *
+			 *  if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Null_Stream(512, NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+			 *  {
+			 *       // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+			 *  }
+			 *  \endcode
+			 *
+			 *  <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+			 *  \code
+			 *  uint8_t  ErrorCode;
+			 *  uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+			 *
+			 *  BytesProcessed = 0;
+			 *  while ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Null_Stream(512, &BytesProcessed)) == PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+			 *  {
+			 *      // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+			 *  }
+			 *
+			 *  if (ErrorCode != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+			 *  {
+			 *      // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+			 *  }
+			 *  \endcode
+			 *
+			 *  \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
+			 *        having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of zero bytes to write via the currently selected pipe.
+			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
+			 *                             updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be processed at once.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Pipe_Null_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+			                         uint16_t* const BytesProcessed);
+
+			//@}
+
+			/** \name Stream functions for RAM source/destination data */
+			//@{
+
+			/** Writes the given number of bytes to the pipe from the given buffer in little endian,
+			 *  sending full packets to the device as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
+			 *  the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
+			 *  \ref Pipe_ClearOUT() macro. Between each USB packet, the given stream callback function is
+			 *  executed repeatedly until the next packet is ready, allowing for early aborts of stream transfers.
+			 *
+			 *  If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
+			 *  failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
+			 *  storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
+			 *  the pipe bank becomes full while there is still data to process (and after the current
+			 *  packet transmission has been initiated) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the
+			 *  total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+			 *  \ref PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
+			 *  in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
+			 *  and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
+			 *
+			 *  <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+			 *  \code
+			 *  uint8_t DataStream[512];
+			 *  uint8_t ErrorCode;
+			 *
+			 *  if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+			 *                                        NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+			 *  {
+			 *       // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+			 *  }
+			 *  \endcode
+			 *
+			 *  <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+			 *  \code
+			 *  uint8_t  DataStream[512];
+			 *  uint8_t  ErrorCode;
+			 *  uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+			 *
+			 *  BytesProcessed = 0;
+			 *  while ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+			 *                                           &BytesProcessed)) == PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+			 *  {
+			 *      // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+			 *  }
+			 *
+			 *  if (ErrorCode != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+			 *  {
+			 *      // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+			 *  }
+			 *  \endcode
+			 *
+			 *  \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
+			 *        having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Buffer          Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe into the buffer.
+			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
+			 *                             updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
+			                             uint16_t Length,
+			                             uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Writes the given number of bytes to the pipe from the given buffer in big endian,
+			 *  sending full packets to the device as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
+			 *  the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
+			 *  \ref Pipe_ClearOUT() macro. Between each USB packet, the given stream callback function is
+			 *  executed repeatedly until the next packet is ready, allowing for early aborts of stream transfers.
+			 *
+			 *  \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
+			 *        having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Buffer          Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe into the buffer.
+			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
+			 *                             updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Pipe_Write_Stream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
+			                             uint16_t Length,
+			                             uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Reads the given number of bytes from the pipe into the given buffer in little endian,
+			 *  sending full packets to the device as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
+			 *  the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
+			 *  \ref Pipe_ClearIN() macro. Between each USB packet, the given stream callback function is
+			 *  executed repeatedly until the next packet is ready, allowing for early aborts of stream transfers.
+			 *
+			 *  If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
+			 *  failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
+			 *  storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
+			 *  the pipe bank becomes empty while there is still data to process (and after the current
+			 *  packet has been acknowledged) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the total number
+			 *  of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+			 *  \ref PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
+			 *  in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
+			 *  and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
+			 *
+			 *  <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+			 *  \code
+			 *  uint8_t DataStream[512];
+			 *  uint8_t ErrorCode;
+			 *
+			 *  if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+			 *                                       NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+			 *  {
+			 *       // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+			 *  }
+			 *  \endcode
+			 *
+			 *  <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+			 *  \code
+			 *  uint8_t  DataStream[512];
+			 *  uint8_t  ErrorCode;
+			 *  uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+			 *
+			 *  BytesProcessed = 0;
+			 *  while ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+			 *                                          &BytesProcessed)) == PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+			 *  {
+			 *      // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+			 *  }
+			 *
+			 *  if (ErrorCode != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+			 *  {
+			 *      // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+			 *  }
+			 *  \endcode
+			 *
+			 *  \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
+			 *        having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
+			 *
+			 *  \param[out] Buffer          Pointer to the source data buffer to write to.
+			 *  \param[in]  Length          Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe to read from.
+			 *  \param[in]  BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
+			 *                              updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(void* const Buffer,
+			                            uint16_t Length,
+			                            uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Reads the given number of bytes from the pipe into the given buffer in big endian,
+			 *  sending full packets to the device as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
+			 *  the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
+			 *  \ref Pipe_ClearIN() macro. Between each USB packet, the given stream callback function is
+			 *  executed repeatedly until the next packet is ready, allowing for early aborts of stream transfers.
+			 *
+			 *  \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
+			 *        having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
+			 *
+			 *  \param[out] Buffer          Pointer to the source data buffer to write to.
+			 *  \param[in]  Length          Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe to read from.
+			 *  \param[in]  BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
+			 *                              updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Pipe_Read_Stream_BE(void* const Buffer,
+			                            uint16_t Length,
+			                            uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+			//@}
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Pipe_UC3.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Pipe_UC3.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..73cf360783
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Pipe_UC3.c
@@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+
+#include "../Pipe.h"
+
+uint8_t USB_Host_ControlPipeSize = PIPE_CONTROLPIPE_DEFAULT_SIZE;
+
+volatile uint32_t USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe = PIPE_CONTROLPIPE;
+volatile uint8_t* USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES];
+
+bool Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(const USB_Pipe_Table_t* const Table,
+                             const uint8_t Entries)
+{
+	for (uint8_t i = 0; i < Entries; i++)
+	{
+		if (!(Table[i].Address))
+		  continue;
+
+		if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipe(Table[i].Address, Table[i].Type, Table[i].EndpointAddress, Table[i].Size, Table[i].Banks)))
+		{
+			return false;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+bool Pipe_ConfigurePipe(const uint8_t Address,
+                        const uint8_t Type,
+                        const uint8_t EndpointAddress,
+                        const uint16_t Size,
+                        const uint8_t Banks)
+{
+	uint8_t Number = (Address & PIPE_EPNUM_MASK);
+	uint8_t Token  = (Address & PIPE_DIR_IN) ? PIPE_TOKEN_IN : PIPE_TOKEN_OUT;
+
+	if (Number >= PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES)
+	  return false;
+
+	if (Type == EP_TYPE_CONTROL)
+	  Token = PIPE_TOKEN_SETUP;
+
+	USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[Number]     = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[Number * PIPE_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE];
+
+#if defined(ORDERED_EP_CONFIG)
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(Number);
+	Pipe_EnablePipe();
+
+	(&AVR32_USBB.upcfg0)[Number] = 0;
+	(&AVR32_USBB.upcfg0)[Number] = (AVR32_USBB_ALLOC_MASK |
+	                                ((uint32_t)Type  << AVR32_USBB_PTYPE_OFFSET)  |
+	                                ((uint32_t)Token << AVR32_USBB_PTOKEN_OFFSET) |
+	                                ((Banks > 1) ? AVR32_USBB_PBK_MASK : 0)       |
+	                                Pipe_BytesToEPSizeMask(Size) |
+	                                ((uint32_t)Number << AVR32_USBB_PEPNUM_OFFSET));
+
+	Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests();
+
+	return Pipe_IsConfigured();
+#else
+	for (uint8_t PNum = Number; PNum < PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES; PNum++)
+	{
+		uint32_t UPCFG0Temp;
+
+		Pipe_SelectPipe(PNum);
+
+		if (PNum == Number)
+		{
+			UPCFG0Temp = (AVR32_USBB_ALLOC_MASK |
+			              ((uint32_t)Type  << AVR32_USBB_PTYPE_OFFSET)  |
+			              ((uint32_t)Token << AVR32_USBB_PTOKEN_OFFSET) |
+			              ((Banks > 1) ? AVR32_USBB_PBK_MASK : 0)       |
+			              Pipe_BytesToEPSizeMask(Size) |
+			              ((EndpointAddress & PIPE_EPNUM_MASK) << AVR32_USBB_PEPNUM_OFFSET));
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			UPCFG0Temp = (&AVR32_USBB.upcfg0)[PNum];
+		}
+
+		if (!(UPCFG0Temp & AVR32_USBB_ALLOC_MASK))
+		  continue;
+
+		Pipe_DisablePipe();
+		(&AVR32_USBB.upcfg0)[PNum] &= ~AVR32_USBB_ALLOC_MASK;
+
+		Pipe_EnablePipe();
+		(&AVR32_USBB.upcfg0)[PNum] = UPCFG0Temp;
+
+		Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests();
+
+		if (!(Pipe_IsConfigured()))
+		  return false;
+	}
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(Number);
+	return true;
+#endif
+}
+
+void Pipe_ClearPipes(void)
+{
+	for (uint8_t PNum = 0; PNum < PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES; PNum++)
+	{
+		Pipe_SelectPipe(PNum);
+		(&AVR32_USBB.upcfg0)[PNum]    = 0;
+		(&AVR32_USBB.upcon0clr)[PNum] = -1;
+		USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[PNum]        = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[PNum * 0x10000];
+		Pipe_DisablePipe();
+	}
+}
+
+bool Pipe_IsEndpointBound(const uint8_t EndpointAddress)
+{
+	uint8_t PrevPipeNumber = Pipe_GetCurrentPipe();
+
+	for (uint8_t PNum = 0; PNum < PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES; PNum++)
+	{
+		Pipe_SelectPipe(PNum);
+
+		if (!(Pipe_IsConfigured()))
+		  continue;
+
+		if (Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress() == EndpointAddress)
+		  return true;
+	}
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(PrevPipeNumber);
+	return false;
+}
+
+uint8_t Pipe_WaitUntilReady(void)
+{
+	#if (USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS < 0xFF)
+	uint8_t  TimeoutMSRem = USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS;
+	#else
+	uint16_t TimeoutMSRem = USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS;
+	#endif
+
+	uint16_t PreviousFrameNumber = USB_Host_GetFrameNumber();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		if (Pipe_GetPipeToken() == PIPE_TOKEN_IN)
+		{
+			if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+			  return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			if (Pipe_IsOUTReady())
+			  return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
+		}
+
+		if (Pipe_IsStalled())
+		  return PIPE_READYWAIT_PipeStalled;
+		else if (USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached)
+		  return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+		uint16_t CurrentFrameNumber = USB_Host_GetFrameNumber();
+
+		if (CurrentFrameNumber != PreviousFrameNumber)
+		{
+			PreviousFrameNumber = CurrentFrameNumber;
+
+			if (!(TimeoutMSRem--))
+			  return PIPE_READYWAIT_Timeout;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Pipe_UC3.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Pipe_UC3.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..12e0dcd62d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Pipe_UC3.h
@@ -0,0 +1,924 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief USB Pipe definitions for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
+ *  \copydetails Group_PipeManagement_UC3
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PipeRW
+ *  \defgroup Group_PipeRW_UC3 Pipe Data Reading and Writing (UC3)
+ *  \brief Pipe data read/write definitions for the Atmel AVR32 UC3 architecture.
+ *
+ *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing from and to pipes.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW
+ *  \defgroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3 Read/Write of Primitive Data Types (UC3)
+ *  \brief Pipe primitive data read/write definitions for the Atmel AVR32 UC3 architecture.
+ *
+ *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of primitive data types
+ *  from and to pipes.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement
+ *  \defgroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3 Pipe Packet Management (UC3)
+ *  \brief Pipe packet management definitions for the Atmel AVR32 UC3 architecture.
+ *
+ *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to packet management of pipes.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
+ *  \defgroup Group_PipeControlReq_UC3 Pipe Control Request Management (UC3)
+ *  \brief Pipe control request management definitions for the Atmel AVR32 UC3 architecture.
+ *
+ *  Module for host mode request processing. This module allows for the transmission of standard, class and
+ *  vendor control requests to the default control endpoint of an attached device while in host mode.
+ *
+ *  \see Chapter 9 of the USB 2.0 specification.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PipeManagement
+ *  \defgroup Group_PipeManagement_UC3 Pipe Management (UC3)
+ *  \brief Pipe management definitions for the Atmel AVR32 UC3 architecture.
+ *
+ *  This module contains functions, macros and enums related to pipe management when in USB Host mode. This
+ *  module contains the pipe management macros, as well as pipe interrupt and data send/receive functions
+ *  for various data types.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __PIPE_UC3_H__
+#define __PIPE_UC3_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../USBTask.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Macros: */
+			#define PIPE_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE     (64 * 1024UL)
+
+		/* External Variables: */
+			extern volatile uint32_t USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe;
+			extern volatile uint8_t* USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[];
+	#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** \name Pipe Error Flag Masks */
+			//@{
+			/** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that an overflow error occurred in the pipe on the received data. */
+			#define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_OVERFLOW         (AVR32_USBB_UPSTA0_OVERFI_MASK << 8)
+
+			/** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that a CRC error occurred in the pipe on the received data. */
+			#define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_CRC16            AVR32_USBB_UPERR0_CRC16_MASK
+
+			/** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that a hardware timeout error occurred in the pipe. */
+			#define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_TIMEOUT          AVR32_USBB_UPERR0_TIMEOUT_MASK
+
+			/** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that a hardware PID error occurred in the pipe. */
+			#define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_PID              AVR32_USBB_UPERR0_PID_MASK
+
+			/** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that a hardware data PID error occurred in the pipe. */
+			#define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_DATAPID          AVR32_USBB_UPERR0_DATAPID_MASK
+
+			/** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that a hardware data toggle error occurred in the pipe. */
+			#define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_DATATGL          AVR32_USBB_UPERR0_DATATGL_MASK
+			//@}
+
+			/** \name Pipe Token Masks */
+			//@{
+			/** Token mask for \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken() and \ref Pipe_GetPipeToken(). This sets the pipe as a SETUP token (for CONTROL type pipes),
+			 *  which will trigger a control request on the attached device when data is written to the pipe.
+			 */
+			#define PIPE_TOKEN_SETUP                AVR32_USBB_UPCFG0_PTOKEN_SETUP
+
+			/** Token mask for \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken() and \ref Pipe_GetPipeToken(). This sets the pipe as a IN token (for non-CONTROL type pipes),
+			 *  indicating that the pipe data will flow from device to host.
+			 */
+			#define PIPE_TOKEN_IN                   AVR32_USBB_UPCFG0_PTOKEN_IN
+
+			/** Token mask for \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken() and \ref Pipe_GetPipeToken(). This sets the pipe as a OUT token (for non-CONTROL type pipes),
+			 *  indicating that the pipe data will flow from host to device.
+			 */
+			#define PIPE_TOKEN_OUT                  AVR32_USBB_UPCFG0_PTOKEN_OUT
+			//@}
+
+			/** Default size of the default control pipe's bank, until altered by the Endpoint0Size value
+			 *  in the device descriptor of the attached device.
+			 */
+			#define PIPE_CONTROLPIPE_DEFAULT_SIZE   64
+
+			#if defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A3_AVR32) || defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A4_AVR32) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+				/** Total number of pipes (including the default control pipe at address 0) which may be used in
+				 *  the device.
+				 */
+				#define PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES            8
+			#else
+				#define PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES            7
+			#endif
+
+			/** Size in bytes of the largest pipe bank size possible in the device. Not all banks on each AVR
+			 *  model supports the largest bank size possible on the device; different pipe numbers support
+			 *  different maximum bank sizes. This value reflects the largest possible bank of any pipe on the
+			 *  currently selected UC3 AVR model.
+			 */
+			#define PIPE_MAX_SIZE                   256
+
+		/* Enums: */
+			/** Enum for the possible error return codes of the \ref Pipe_WaitUntilReady() function.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipeRW_UC3
+			 */
+			enum Pipe_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t
+			{
+				PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError                 = 0, /**< Pipe ready for next packet, no error. */
+				PIPE_READYWAIT_PipeStalled             = 1,	/**< The device stalled the pipe while waiting. */
+				PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected      = 2,	/**< Device was disconnected from the host while waiting. */
+				PIPE_READYWAIT_Timeout                 = 3, /**< The device failed to accept or send the next packet
+				                                             *   within the software timeout period set by the
+				                                             *   \ref USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS macro.
+				                                             */
+			};
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			/** Indicates the number of bytes currently stored in the current pipes's selected bank.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipeRW_UC3
+			 *
+			 *  \return Total number of bytes in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+			 */
+			static inline uint16_t Pipe_BytesInPipe(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint16_t Pipe_BytesInPipe(void)
+			{
+				return (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].pbyct;
+			}
+
+			/** Determines the currently selected pipe's direction.
+			 *
+			 *  \return The currently selected pipe's direction, as a \c PIPE_DIR_* mask.
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeDirection(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeDirection(void)
+			{
+				return (((&AVR32_USBB.UPCFG0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].ptoken == PIPE_TOKEN_OUT) ? PIPE_DIR_OUT : PIPE_DIR_IN);
+			}
+
+			/** Returns the pipe address of the currently selected pipe. This is typically used to save the
+			 *  currently selected pipe number so that it can be restored after another pipe has been manipulated.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Index of the currently selected pipe.
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetCurrentPipe(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetCurrentPipe(void)
+			{
+				return (USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe | Pipe_GetPipeDirection());
+			}
+
+			/** Selects the given pipe address. Any pipe operations which do not require the pipe address to be
+			 *  indicated will operate on the currently selected pipe.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Address  Address of the pipe to select.
+			 */
+			static inline void Pipe_SelectPipe(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Pipe_SelectPipe(const uint8_t Address)
+			{
+				USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe = (Address & PIPE_EPNUM_MASK);
+			}
+
+			/** Resets the desired pipe, including the pipe banks and flags.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Address  Index of the pipe to reset.
+			 */
+			static inline void Pipe_ResetPipe(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Pipe_ResetPipe(const uint8_t Address)
+			{
+				uint32_t PipeNumber = (Address & PIPE_EPNUM_MASK);
+
+				AVR32_USBB.uprst |=  (AVR32_USBB_PRST0_MASK << PipeNumber);
+				AVR32_USBB.uprst &= ~(AVR32_USBB_PRST0_MASK << PipeNumber);
+				USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[PipeNumber] = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[PipeNumber * PIPE_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE];
+			}
+
+			/** Enables the currently selected pipe so that data can be sent and received through it to and from
+			 *  an attached device.
+			 *
+			 *  \pre The currently selected pipe must first be configured properly via \ref Pipe_ConfigurePipe().
+			 */
+			static inline void Pipe_EnablePipe(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Pipe_EnablePipe(void)
+			{
+				AVR32_USBB.uprst |=  (AVR32_USBB_PEN0_MASK << USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe);
+			}
+
+			/** Disables the currently selected pipe so that data cannot be sent and received through it to and
+			 *  from an attached device.
+			 */
+			static inline void Pipe_DisablePipe(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Pipe_DisablePipe(void)
+			{
+				AVR32_USBB.uprst &= ~(AVR32_USBB_PEN0_MASK << USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe);
+			}
+
+			/** Determines if the currently selected pipe is enabled, but not necessarily configured.
+			 *
+			 * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected pipe is enabled, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool Pipe_IsEnabled(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool Pipe_IsEnabled(void)
+			{
+				return ((AVR32_USBB.uprst & (AVR32_USBB_PEN0_MASK << USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe)) ? true : false);
+			}
+
+			/** Gets the current pipe token, indicating the pipe's data direction and type.
+			 *
+			 *  \return The current pipe token, as a \c PIPE_TOKEN_* mask.
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeToken(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeToken(void)
+			{
+				return (&AVR32_USBB.UPCFG0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].ptoken;
+			}
+
+			/** Sets the token for the currently selected pipe to one of the tokens specified by the \c PIPE_TOKEN_*
+			 *  masks. This can be used on CONTROL type pipes, to allow for bidirectional transfer of data during
+			 *  control requests, or on regular pipes to allow for half-duplex bidirectional data transfer to devices
+			 *  which have two endpoints of opposite direction sharing the same endpoint address within the device.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Token  New pipe token to set the selected pipe to, as a \c PIPE_TOKEN_* mask.
+			 */
+			static inline void Pipe_SetPipeToken(const uint8_t Token) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Pipe_SetPipeToken(const uint8_t Token)
+			{
+				(&AVR32_USBB.UPCFG0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].ptoken = Token;
+			}
+
+			/** Configures the currently selected pipe to allow for an unlimited number of IN requests. */
+			static inline void Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests(void)
+			{
+				(&AVR32_USBB.UPINRQ0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].inmode = true;
+			}
+
+			/** Configures the currently selected pipe to only allow the specified number of IN requests to be
+			 *  accepted by the pipe before it is automatically frozen.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] TotalINRequests  Total number of IN requests that the pipe may receive before freezing.
+			 */
+			static inline void Pipe_SetFiniteINRequests(const uint8_t TotalINRequests) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Pipe_SetFiniteINRequests(const uint8_t TotalINRequests)
+			{
+				(&AVR32_USBB.UPINRQ0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].inmode = false;
+				(&AVR32_USBB.UPINRQ0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].inrq   = TotalINRequests;
+			}
+
+			/** Determines if the currently selected pipe is configured.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the selected pipe is configured, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool Pipe_IsConfigured(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool Pipe_IsConfigured(void)
+			{
+				return (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].cfgok;
+			}
+
+			/** Retrieves the endpoint address of the endpoint within the attached device that the currently selected
+			 *  pipe is bound to.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Endpoint address the currently selected pipe is bound to.
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress(void)
+			{
+				return ((&AVR32_USBB.UPCFG0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].pepnum |
+				        ((Pipe_GetPipeToken() == PIPE_TOKEN_IN) ? PIPE_DIR_IN : PIPE_DIR_OUT));
+			}
+
+			/** Sets the period between interrupts for an INTERRUPT type pipe to a specified number of milliseconds.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Milliseconds  Number of milliseconds between each pipe poll.
+			 */
+			static inline void Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(const uint8_t Milliseconds) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(const uint8_t Milliseconds)
+			{
+				(&AVR32_USBB.UPCFG0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].intfrq = Milliseconds;
+			}
+
+			/** Returns a mask indicating which pipe's interrupt periods have elapsed, indicating that the pipe should
+			 *  be serviced.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Mask whose bits indicate which pipes have interrupted.
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeInterrupts(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeInterrupts(void)
+			{
+				return ((AVR32_USBB.uhint & (AVR32_USBB_P6INT_MASK | AVR32_USBB_P5INT_MASK |
+				                             AVR32_USBB_P4INT_MASK | AVR32_USBB_P3INT_MASK |
+				                             AVR32_USBB_P2INT_MASK | AVR32_USBB_P1INT_MASK |
+				                             AVR32_USBB_P0INT_MASK)) >> AVR32_USBB_P0INT_OFFSET);
+			}
+
+			/** Determines if the specified pipe address has interrupted (valid only for INTERRUPT type
+			 *  pipes).
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Address  Address of the pipe whose interrupt flag should be tested.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the specified pipe has interrupted, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool Pipe_HasPipeInterrupted(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool Pipe_HasPipeInterrupted(const uint8_t Address)
+			{
+				return ((AVR32_USBB.uhint & (AVR32_USBB_P0INTES_MASK << (Address & PIPE_EPNUM_MASK))) ? true : false);
+			}
+
+			/** Unfreezes the selected pipe, allowing it to communicate with an attached device. */
+			static inline void Pipe_Unfreeze(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Pipe_Unfreeze(void)
+			{
+				(&AVR32_USBB.UPCON0CLR)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].pfreezec = true;
+			}
+
+			/** Freezes the selected pipe, preventing it from communicating with an attached device. */
+			static inline void Pipe_Freeze(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Pipe_Freeze(void)
+			{
+				(&AVR32_USBB.UPCON0SET)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].pfreezes = true;
+			}
+
+			/** Determines if the currently selected pipe is frozen, and not able to accept data.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected pipe is frozen, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool Pipe_IsFrozen(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool Pipe_IsFrozen(void)
+			{
+				return (((&AVR32_USBB.UPCON0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].pfreeze) ? true : false);
+			}
+
+			/** Clears the error flags for the currently selected pipe. */
+			static inline void Pipe_ClearError(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Pipe_ClearError(void)
+			{
+				(&AVR32_USBB.uperr0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe] = 0;
+				(&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0CLR)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].overfic  = true;
+			}
+
+			/** Determines if the master pipe error flag is set for the currently selected pipe, indicating that
+			 *  some sort of hardware error has occurred on the pipe.
+			 *
+			 *  \see \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags() macro for information on retrieving the exact error flag.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if an error has occurred on the selected pipe, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool Pipe_IsError(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool Pipe_IsError(void)
+			{
+				return (((&AVR32_USBB.upsta0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe] &
+				        (AVR32_USBB_PERRI_MASK | AVR32_USBB_OVERFI_MASK)) ? true : false);
+			}
+
+			/** Gets a mask of the hardware error flags which have occurred on the currently selected pipe. This
+			 *  value can then be masked against the \c PIPE_ERRORFLAG_* masks to determine what error has occurred.
+			 *
+			 *  \return  Mask comprising of \c PIPE_ERRORFLAG_* bits indicating what error has occurred on the selected pipe.
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetErrorFlags(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetErrorFlags(void)
+			{
+
+				return (((&AVR32_USBB.uperr0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe] &
+				        (PIPE_ERRORFLAG_CRC16 | PIPE_ERRORFLAG_TIMEOUT |
+				         PIPE_ERRORFLAG_PID   | PIPE_ERRORFLAG_DATAPID |
+				         PIPE_ERRORFLAG_DATATGL)) |
+				        (((&AVR32_USBB.upsta0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe] << 8) &
+						 PIPE_ERRORFLAG_OVERFLOW));
+			}
+
+			/** Retrieves the number of busy banks in the currently selected pipe, which have been queued for
+			 *  transmission via the \ref Pipe_ClearOUT() command, or are awaiting acknowledgement via the
+			 *  \ref Pipe_ClearIN() command.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
+			 *
+			 *  \return Total number of busy banks in the selected pipe.
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetBusyBanks(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetBusyBanks(void)
+			{
+				return (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].nbusybk;
+			}
+
+			/** Determines if the currently selected pipe may be read from (if data is waiting in the pipe
+			 *  bank and the pipe is an IN direction, or if the bank is not yet full if the pipe is an OUT
+			 *  direction). This function will return false if an error has occurred in the pipe, or if the pipe
+			 *  is an IN direction and no packet (or an empty packet) has been received, or if the pipe is an OUT
+			 *  direction and the pipe bank is full.
+			 *
+			 *  \note This function is not valid on CONTROL type pipes.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected pipe may be read from or written to, depending
+			 *          on its direction.
+			 */
+			static inline bool Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed(void)
+			{
+				return (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].rwall;
+			}
+
+			/** Determines if a packet has been received on the currently selected IN pipe from the attached device.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the current pipe has received an IN packet, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool Pipe_IsINReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool Pipe_IsINReceived(void)
+			{
+				return (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].rxini;
+			}
+
+			/** Determines if the currently selected OUT pipe is ready to send an OUT packet to the attached device.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the current pipe is ready for an OUT packet, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool Pipe_IsOUTReady(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool Pipe_IsOUTReady(void)
+			{
+				return (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].txouti;
+			}
+
+			/** Determines if no SETUP request is currently being sent to the attached device on the selected
+			 *  CONTROL type pipe.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the current pipe is ready for a SETUP packet, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool Pipe_IsSETUPSent(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool Pipe_IsSETUPSent(void)
+			{
+				return (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].txstpi;
+			}
+
+			/** Sends the currently selected CONTROL type pipe's contents to the device as a SETUP packet.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
+			 */
+			static inline void Pipe_ClearSETUP(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Pipe_ClearSETUP(void)
+			{
+				(&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0CLR)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].txstpic = true;
+				(&AVR32_USBB.UPCON0CLR)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].fifoconc = true;
+				USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe] = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe * PIPE_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE];
+			}
+
+			/** Acknowledges the reception of a setup IN request from the attached device on the currently selected
+			 *  pipe, freeing the bank ready for the next packet.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
+			 */
+			static inline void Pipe_ClearIN(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Pipe_ClearIN(void)
+			{
+				(&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0CLR)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].rxinic   = true;
+				(&AVR32_USBB.UPCON0CLR)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].fifoconc = true;
+				USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe] = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe * PIPE_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE];
+			}
+
+			/** Sends the currently selected pipe's contents to the device as an OUT packet on the selected pipe, freeing
+			 *  the bank ready for the next packet.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
+			 */
+			static inline void Pipe_ClearOUT(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Pipe_ClearOUT(void)
+			{
+				(&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0CLR)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].txoutic  = true;
+				(&AVR32_USBB.UPCON0CLR)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].fifoconc = true;
+				USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe] = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe * PIPE_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE];
+			}
+
+			/** Determines if the device sent a NAK (Negative Acknowledge) in response to the last sent packet on
+			 *  the currently selected pipe. This occurs when the host sends a packet to the device, but the device
+			 *  is not currently ready to handle the packet (i.e. its endpoint banks are full). Once a NAK has been
+			 *  received, it must be cleared using \ref Pipe_ClearNAKReceived() before the previous (or any other) packet
+			 *  can be re-sent.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if an NAK has been received on the current pipe, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool Pipe_IsNAKReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool Pipe_IsNAKReceived(void)
+			{
+				return (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].nakedi;
+			}
+
+			/** Clears the NAK condition on the currently selected pipe.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
+			 *
+			 *  \see \ref Pipe_IsNAKReceived() for more details.
+			 */
+			static inline void Pipe_ClearNAKReceived(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Pipe_ClearNAKReceived(void)
+			{
+				(&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0CLR)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].nakedic = true;
+			}
+
+			/** Determines if the currently selected pipe has had the STALL condition set by the attached device.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the current pipe has been stalled by the attached device, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool Pipe_IsStalled(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool Pipe_IsStalled(void)
+			{
+				return (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].rxstalldi;
+			}
+
+			/** Clears the STALL condition detection flag on the currently selected pipe, but does not clear the
+			 *  STALL condition itself (this must be done via a ClearFeature control request to the device).
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
+			 */
+			static inline void Pipe_ClearStall(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Pipe_ClearStall(void)
+			{
+				(&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0CLR)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].rxstalldic = true;
+				USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe] = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe * PIPE_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE];
+			}
+
+			/** Reads one byte from the currently selected pipe's bank, for OUT direction pipes.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
+			 *
+			 *  \return Next byte in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t Pipe_Read_8(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint8_t Pipe_Read_8(void)
+			{
+				return *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+			}
+
+			/** Writes one byte to the currently selected pipe's bank, for IN direction pipes.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Data  Data to write into the the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+			 */
+			static inline void Pipe_Write_8(const uint8_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Pipe_Write_8(const uint8_t Data)
+			{
+				*(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = Data;
+			}
+
+			/** Discards one byte from the currently selected pipe's bank, for OUT direction pipes.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
+			 */
+			static inline void Pipe_Discard_8(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Pipe_Discard_8(void)
+			{
+				uint8_t Dummy;
+
+				Dummy = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+
+				(void)Dummy;
+			}
+
+			/** Reads two bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank in little endian format, for OUT
+			 *  direction pipes.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
+			 *
+			 *  \return Next two bytes in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+			 */
+			static inline uint16_t Pipe_Read_16_LE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint16_t Pipe_Read_16_LE(void)
+			{
+				uint16_t Byte0 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+				uint16_t Byte1 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+
+				return ((Byte1 << 8) | Byte0);
+			}
+
+			/** Reads two bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank in big endian format, for OUT
+			 *  direction pipes.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
+			 *
+			 *  \return Next two bytes in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+			 */
+			static inline uint16_t Pipe_Read_16_BE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint16_t Pipe_Read_16_BE(void)
+			{
+				uint16_t Byte0 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+				uint16_t Byte1 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+
+				return ((Byte0 << 8) | Byte1);
+			}
+
+			/** Writes two bytes to the currently selected pipe's bank in little endian format, for IN
+			 *  direction pipes.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Data  Data to write to the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+			 */
+			static inline void Pipe_Write_16_LE(const uint16_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Pipe_Write_16_LE(const uint16_t Data)
+			{
+				*(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data & 0xFF);
+				*(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data >> 8);
+			}
+
+			/** Writes two bytes to the currently selected pipe's bank in big endian format, for IN
+			 *  direction pipes.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Data  Data to write to the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+			 */
+			static inline void Pipe_Write_16_BE(const uint16_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Pipe_Write_16_BE(const uint16_t Data)
+			{
+				*(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data >> 8);
+				*(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data & 0xFF);
+			}
+
+			/** Discards two bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank, for OUT direction pipes.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
+			 */
+			static inline void Pipe_Discard_16(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Pipe_Discard_16(void)
+			{
+				uint8_t Dummy;
+
+				Dummy = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+				Dummy = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+
+				(void)Dummy;
+			}
+
+			/** Reads four bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank in little endian format, for OUT
+			 *  direction pipes.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
+			 *
+			 *  \return Next four bytes in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+			 */
+			static inline uint32_t Pipe_Read_32_LE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint32_t Pipe_Read_32_LE(void)
+			{
+				uint32_t Byte0 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+				uint32_t Byte1 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+				uint32_t Byte2 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+				uint32_t Byte3 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+
+				return ((Byte3 << 24) | (Byte2 << 16) | (Byte1 << 8) | Byte0);
+			}
+
+			/** Reads four bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank in big endian format, for OUT
+			 *  direction pipes.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
+			 *
+			 *  \return Next four bytes in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+			 */
+			static inline uint32_t Pipe_Read_32_BE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint32_t Pipe_Read_32_BE(void)
+			{
+				uint32_t Byte0 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+				uint32_t Byte1 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+				uint32_t Byte2 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+				uint32_t Byte3 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+
+				return ((Byte0 << 24) | (Byte1 << 16) | (Byte2 << 8) | Byte3);
+			}
+
+			/** Writes four bytes to the currently selected pipe's bank in little endian format, for IN
+			 *  direction pipes.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Data  Data to write to the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+			 */
+			static inline void Pipe_Write_32_LE(const uint32_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Pipe_Write_32_LE(const uint32_t Data)
+			{
+				*(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data &  0xFF);
+				*(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data >> 8);
+				*(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data >> 16);
+				*(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data >> 24);
+			}
+
+			/** Writes four bytes to the currently selected pipe's bank in big endian format, for IN
+			 *  direction pipes.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Data  Data to write to the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+			 */
+			static inline void Pipe_Write_32_BE(const uint32_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Pipe_Write_32_BE(const uint32_t Data)
+			{
+				*(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data >> 24);
+				*(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data >> 16);
+				*(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data >> 8);
+				*(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data &  0xFF);
+			}
+
+			/** Discards four bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank, for OUT direction pipes.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
+			 */
+			static inline void Pipe_Discard_32(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Pipe_Discard_32(void)
+			{
+				uint8_t Dummy;
+
+				Dummy = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+				Dummy = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+				Dummy = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+				Dummy = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+
+				(void)Dummy;
+			}
+
+		/* External Variables: */
+			/** Global indicating the maximum packet size of the default control pipe located at address
+			 *  0 in the device. This value is set to the value indicated in the attached device's device
+		     *  descriptor once the USB interface is initialized into host mode and a device is attached
+			 *  to the USB bus.
+			 *
+			 *  \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
+			 *             changed in value.
+			 */
+			extern uint8_t USB_Host_ControlPipeSize;
+
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			/** Configures a table of pipe descriptions, in sequence. This function can be used to configure multiple
+			 *  pipes at the same time.
+			 *
+			 *  \note Pipe with a zero address will be ignored, thus this function cannot be used to configure the
+			 *        control pipe.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Table    Pointer to a table of pipe descriptions.
+			 *  \param[in] Entries  Number of entries in the pipe table to configure.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if all pipes configured successfully, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			bool Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(const USB_Pipe_Table_t* const Table,
+			                             const uint8_t Entries);
+
+			/** Configures the specified pipe address with the given pipe type, endpoint address within the attached device,
+			 *  bank size and number of hardware banks.
+			 *
+			 *  A newly configured pipe is frozen by default, and must be unfrozen before use via the \ref Pipe_Unfreeze()
+			 *  before being used. Pipes should be kept frozen unless waiting for data from a device while in IN mode, or
+			 *  sending data to the device in OUT mode. IN type pipes are also automatically configured to accept infinite
+			 *  numbers of IN requests without automatic freezing - this can be overridden by a call to
+			 *  \ref Pipe_SetFiniteINRequests().
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Address          Pipe address to configure.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Type             Type of pipe to configure, an \c EP_TYPE_* mask. Not all pipe types are available on Low
+			 *                              Speed USB devices - refer to the USB 2.0 specification.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] EndpointAddress  Endpoint address within the attached device that the pipe should interface to.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Size             Size of the pipe's bank, where packets are stored before they are transmitted to
+			 *                              the USB device, or after they have been received from the USB device (depending on
+			 *                              the pipe's data direction). The bank size must indicate the maximum packet size that
+			 *                              the pipe can handle.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Banks            Number of banks to use for the pipe being configured.
+			 *
+			 *  \note When the \c ORDERED_EP_CONFIG compile time option is used, Pipes <b>must</b> be configured in ascending order,
+			 *        or bank corruption will occur.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \note Certain microcontroller model's pipes may have different maximum packet sizes based on the pipe's
+			 *        index - refer to the chosen microcontroller's datasheet to determine the maximum bank size for each pipe.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \note The default control pipe should not be manually configured by the user application, as it is
+			 *        automatically configured by the library internally.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \note This routine will automatically select the specified pipe upon success. Upon failure, the pipe which
+			 *        failed to reconfigure correctly will be selected.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the configuration succeeded, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			bool Pipe_ConfigurePipe(const uint8_t Address,
+			                        const uint8_t Type,
+			                        const uint8_t EndpointAddress,
+			                        const uint16_t Size,
+			                        const uint8_t Banks);
+
+			/** Spin-loops until the currently selected non-control pipe is ready for the next packet of data to be read
+			 *  or written to it, aborting in the case of an error condition (such as a timeout or device disconnect).
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_PipeRW_UC3
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Pipe_WaitUntilReady(void);
+
+			/** Determines if a pipe has been bound to the given device endpoint address. If a pipe which is bound to the given
+			 *  endpoint is found, it is automatically selected.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] EndpointAddress Address and direction mask of the endpoint within the attached device to check.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if a pipe bound to the given endpoint address of the specified direction is found,
+			 *          \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			bool Pipe_IsEndpointBound(const uint8_t EndpointAddress) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Macros: */
+			#if !defined(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP)
+				#define ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP          0
+			#endif
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			static inline uint8_t Pipe_BytesToEPSizeMask(const uint16_t Bytes) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_CONST ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint8_t Pipe_BytesToEPSizeMask(const uint16_t Bytes)
+			{
+				uint8_t  MaskVal    = 0;
+				uint16_t CheckBytes = 8;
+
+				while ((CheckBytes < Bytes) && (CheckBytes < PIPE_MAX_SIZE))
+				{
+					MaskVal++;
+					CheckBytes <<= 1;
+				}
+
+				return (MaskVal << AVR32_USBB_PSIZE_OFFSET);
+			}
+
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			void Pipe_ClearPipes(void);
+	#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f6c4beb229
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#if defined(TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME)
+
+uint8_t TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME (void* const Buffer,
+                            uint16_t Length)
+{
+	uint8_t* DataStream = ((uint8_t*)Buffer + TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length));
+
+	if (!(Length))
+	  Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+	while (Length)
+	{
+		uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
+
+		if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+		else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
+		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
+		else if (Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived())
+		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_HostAborted;
+
+		if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+		{
+			while (Length && Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint())
+			{
+				TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(DataStream);
+				TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, 1);
+				Length--;
+			}
+
+			Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+		}
+	}
+
+	while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
+	{
+		uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
+
+		if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+		else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
+		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
+	}
+
+	return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE
+#undef TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME
+#undef TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..922b58efa3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#if defined(TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME)
+
+uint8_t TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME (const void* const Buffer,
+                            uint16_t Length)
+{
+	uint8_t* DataStream     = ((uint8_t*)Buffer + TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length));
+	bool     LastPacketFull = false;
+
+	if (Length > USB_ControlRequest.wLength)
+	  Length = USB_ControlRequest.wLength;
+	else if (!(Length))
+	  Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+	while (Length || LastPacketFull)
+	{
+		uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
+
+		if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+		else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
+		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
+		else if (Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived())
+		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_HostAborted;
+		else if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+		  break;
+
+		if (Endpoint_IsINReady())
+		{
+			uint16_t BytesInEndpoint = Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint();
+
+			while (Length && (BytesInEndpoint < USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize))
+			{
+				TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(DataStream);
+				TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, 1);
+				Length--;
+				BytesInEndpoint++;
+			}
+
+			LastPacketFull = (BytesInEndpoint == USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize);
+			Endpoint_ClearIN();
+		}
+	}
+
+	while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
+	{
+		uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
+
+		if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+		else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
+		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
+		else if (Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived())
+		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_HostAborted;
+	}
+
+	return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE
+#undef TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME
+#undef TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e55e592eb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#if defined(TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME)
+
+uint8_t TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME (TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const Buffer,
+                            uint16_t Length,
+                            uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
+{
+	uint8_t* DataStream      = ((uint8_t*)Buffer + TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length));
+	uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
+	uint8_t  ErrorCode;
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
+	  return ErrorCode;
+
+	if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+	{
+		Length -= *BytesProcessed;
+		TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, *BytesProcessed);
+	}
+
+	while (Length)
+	{
+		if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+		{
+			TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT();
+
+			#if !defined(INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT)
+			USB_USBTask();
+			#endif
+
+			if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+			{
+				*BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
+				return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
+			}
+
+			if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
+			  return ErrorCode;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(DataStream);
+			TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, 1);
+			Length--;
+			BytesInTransfer++;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+#undef TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE
+#undef TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE
+#undef TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bb2a57fa52
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#if defined(TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME)
+
+uint8_t TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME (TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const Buffer,
+                            uint16_t Length,
+                            uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
+{
+	uint8_t* DataStream      = ((uint8_t*)Buffer + TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length));
+	uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
+	uint8_t  ErrorCode;
+
+	Pipe_SetPipeToken(TEMPLATE_TOKEN);
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
+	  return ErrorCode;
+
+	if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+	{
+		Length -= *BytesProcessed;
+		TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, *BytesProcessed);
+	}
+
+	while (Length)
+	{
+		if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+		{
+			TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE();
+
+			if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+			{
+				*BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
+				return PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
+			}
+
+			if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
+			  return ErrorCode;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(DataStream);
+			TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, 1);
+			Length--;
+			BytesInTransfer++;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+#undef TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE
+#undef TEMPLATE_TOKEN
+#undef TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE
+#undef TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBController_UC3.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBController_UC3.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2b1e9ac6b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBController_UC3.c
@@ -0,0 +1,222 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_CONTROLLER_C
+#include "../USBController.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+volatile uint8_t USB_CurrentMode = USB_MODE_None;
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
+volatile uint8_t USB_Options;
+#endif
+
+void USB_Init(
+               #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+               const uint8_t Mode
+               #endif
+
+               #if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS))
+               ,
+               #elif (!defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS))
+               void
+               #endif
+
+               #if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
+               const uint8_t Options
+               #endif
+               )
+{
+	#if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
+	USB_Options = Options;
+	#endif
+
+	#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+	if (Mode == USB_MODE_UID)
+	{
+		AVR32_USBB.USBCON.uide = true;
+		USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_IDTI);
+		USB_CurrentMode = USB_GetUSBModeFromUID();
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		AVR32_USBB.USBCON.uide = false;
+		USB_CurrentMode = Mode;
+	}
+	#else
+	AVR32_USBB.USBCON.uide = false;
+	#endif
+
+	USB_IsInitialized = true;
+
+	USB_ResetInterface();
+}
+
+void USB_Disable(void)
+{
+	USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts();
+	USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts();
+
+	USB_Detach();
+	USB_Controller_Disable();
+
+	USB_OTGPAD_Off();
+
+	#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+	USB_CurrentMode = USB_MODE_None;
+	#endif
+
+	AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[3].cen = false;
+
+	USB_IsInitialized = false;
+}
+
+void USB_ResetInterface(void)
+{
+	#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+	bool UIDModeSelectEnabled = AVR32_USBB.USBCON.uide;
+	#endif
+
+	AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[AVR32_PM_GCLK_USBB].pllsel = !(USB_Options & USB_OPT_GCLK_SRC_OSC);
+	AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[AVR32_PM_GCLK_USBB].oscsel = !(USB_Options & USB_OPT_GCLK_CHANNEL_0);
+	AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[AVR32_PM_GCLK_USBB].diven  = (F_USB != USB_CLOCK_REQUIRED_FREQ);
+	AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[AVR32_PM_GCLK_USBB].div    = (F_USB == USB_CLOCK_REQUIRED_FREQ) ? 0 : (uint32_t)((F_USB / USB_CLOCK_REQUIRED_FREQ / 2) - 1);
+	AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[AVR32_PM_GCLK_USBB].cen    = true;
+
+	USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts();
+	USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts();
+
+	USB_Controller_Reset();
+
+	#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+	if (UIDModeSelectEnabled)
+	  USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_IDTI);
+	#endif
+
+	USB_CLK_Unfreeze();
+
+	if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Device)
+	{
+		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+		AVR32_USBB.USBCON.uimod = true;
+
+		USB_Init_Device();
+		#endif
+	}
+	else if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Host)
+	{
+		#if defined(INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE)
+		AVR32_USBB.USBCON.vbuspo = true;
+		#endif
+
+		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+		AVR32_USBB.USBCON.uimod = false;
+
+		USB_Init_Host();
+		#endif
+	}
+
+	USB_OTGPAD_On();
+}
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+static void USB_Init_Device(void)
+{
+	USB_DeviceState                 = DEVICE_STATE_Unattached;
+	USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber  = 0;
+
+	#if !defined(NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP)
+	USB_Device_RemoteWakeupEnabled  = false;
+	#endif
+
+	#if !defined(NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER)
+	USB_Device_CurrentlySelfPowered = false;
+	#endif
+
+	#if !defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE)
+	USB_Descriptor_Device_t* DeviceDescriptorPtr;
+
+	if (CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor((DTYPE_Device << 8), 0, (void*)&DeviceDescriptorPtr) != NO_DESCRIPTOR)
+	  USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size;
+	#endif
+
+	if (USB_Options & USB_DEVICE_OPT_LOWSPEED)
+	{
+		USB_Device_SetLowSpeed();
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		#if defined(USB_DEVICE_OPT_HIGHSPEED)
+		if (USB_Options & USB_DEVICE_OPT_HIGHSPEED)
+		  USB_Device_SetHighSpeed();
+		else
+		  USB_Device_SetFullSpeed();
+		#else
+		USB_Device_SetFullSpeed();
+		#endif
+	}
+
+	USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_VBUSTI);
+
+	Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP, EP_TYPE_CONTROL,
+							   USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize, 1);
+
+	USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_SUSPI);
+	USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_SUSPI);
+	USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_EORSTI);
+
+	USB_Attach();
+}
+#endif
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+static void USB_Init_Host(void)
+{
+	USB_HostState                = HOST_STATE_Unattached;
+	USB_Host_ConfigurationNumber = 0;
+	USB_Host_ControlPipeSize     = PIPE_CONTROLPIPE_DEFAULT_SIZE;
+
+	USB_Host_HostMode_On();
+
+	USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_On();
+
+	USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_DCONNI);
+	USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_BCERRI);
+
+	USB_Attach();
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBController_UC3.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBController_UC3.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..32c2f6ec17
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBController_UC3.h
@@ -0,0 +1,353 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief USB Controller definitions for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
+ *  \copydetails Group_USBManagement_UC3
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBManagement
+ *  \defgroup Group_USBManagement_UC3 USB Interface Management (UC3)
+ *  \brief USB Controller definitions for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
+ *
+ *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to the setup and management of the USB interface.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBCONTROLLER_UC3_H__
+#define __USBCONTROLLER_UC3_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../USBMode.h"
+		#include "../Events.h"
+		#include "../USBTask.h"
+		#include "../USBInterrupt.h"
+
+		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			#include "../Host.h"
+			#include "../OTG.h"
+			#include "../Pipe.h"
+			#include "../HostStandardReq.h"
+			#include "../PipeStream.h"
+		#endif
+
+		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			#include "../Device.h"
+			#include "../Endpoint.h"
+			#include "../DeviceStandardReq.h"
+			#include "../EndpointStream.h"
+		#endif
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks and Defines: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+		#if !defined(F_USB)
+			#error F_USB is not defined. You must define F_USB to the frequency of the clock input to the USB module.
+		#endif
+
+		#if (defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A3_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A4_AVR))
+			#if ((F_USB < 12000000) || (F_USB % 12000000))
+				#error Invalid F_USB specified. F_USB must be a multiple of 12MHz for UC3A3 and UC3A4 devices.
+			#endif
+		#else
+			#if ((F_USB < 48000000) || (F_USB % 48000000))
+				#error Invalid F_USB specified. F_USB must be a multiple of 48MHz for UC3A and UC3B devices.
+			#endif
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** \name USB Controller Option Masks */
+			//@{
+			/** Selects one of the system's main clock oscillators as the input clock to the USB Generic Clock source
+			 *  generation module. This indicates that an external oscillator should be used directly instead of an
+			 *  internal PLL clock source.
+			 */
+			#define USB_OPT_GCLK_SRC_OSC               (1 << 2)
+
+			/** Selects one of the system's PLL oscillators as the input clock to the USB Generic Clock source
+			 *  generation module. This indicates that one of the device's PLL outputs should be used instead of an
+			 *  external oscillator source.
+			 */
+			#define USB_OPT_GCLK_SRC_PLL               (0 << 2)
+
+			/** Selects PLL or External Oscillator 0 as the USB Generic Clock source module input clock. */
+			#define USB_OPT_GCLK_CHANNEL_0             (1 << 3)
+
+			/** Selects PLL or External Oscillator 1 as the USB Generic Clock source module input clock. */
+			#define USB_OPT_GCLK_CHANNEL_1             (0 << 3)
+			//@}
+
+			#if !defined(USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+				/** Constant for the maximum software timeout period of the USB data stream transfer functions
+				 *  (both control and standard) when in either device or host mode. If the next packet of a stream
+				 *  is not received or acknowledged within this time period, the stream function will fail.
+				 *
+				 *  This value may be overridden in the user project makefile as the value of the
+				 *  \ref USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS token, and passed to the compiler using the -D switch.
+				 */
+				#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS       100
+			#endif
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			/** Determines if the VBUS line is currently high (i.e. the USB host is supplying power).
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the VBUS line is currently detecting power from a host, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool USB_VBUS_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool USB_VBUS_GetStatus(void)
+			{
+				return AVR32_USBB.USBSTA.vbus;
+			}
+
+			/** Detaches the device from the USB bus. This has the effect of removing the device from any
+			 *  attached host, ceasing USB communications. If no host is present, this prevents any host from
+			 *  enumerating the device once attached until \ref USB_Attach() is called.
+			 */
+			static inline void USB_Detach(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_Detach(void)
+			{
+				AVR32_USBB.UDCON.detach = true;
+			}
+
+			/** Attaches the device to the USB bus. This announces the device's presence to any attached
+			 *  USB host, starting the enumeration process. If no host is present, attaching the device
+			 *  will allow for enumeration once a host is connected to the device.
+			 *
+			 *  This is inexplicably also required for proper operation while in host mode, to enable the
+			 *  attachment of a device to the host. This is despite the bit being located in the device-mode
+			 *  register and despite the datasheet making no mention of its requirement in host mode.
+			 */
+			static inline void USB_Attach(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_Attach(void)
+			{
+				AVR32_USBB.UDCON.detach = false;
+			}
+
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			/** Main function to initialize and start the USB interface. Once active, the USB interface will
+			 *  allow for device connection to a host when in device mode, or for device enumeration while in
+			 *  host mode.
+			 *
+			 *  As the USB library relies on interrupts for the device and host mode enumeration processes,
+			 *  the user must enable global interrupts before or shortly after this function is called. In
+			 *  device mode, interrupts must be enabled within 500ms of this function being called to ensure
+			 *  that the host does not time out whilst enumerating the device. In host mode, interrupts may be
+			 *  enabled at the application's leisure however enumeration will not begin of an attached device
+			 *  until after this has occurred.
+			 *
+			 *  Calling this function when the USB interface is already initialized will cause a complete USB
+			 *  interface reset and re-enumeration.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Mode     Mask indicating what mode the USB interface is to be initialized to, a value
+			 *                      from the \ref USB_Modes_t enum.
+			 *                      \note This parameter does not exist on devices with only one supported USB
+			 *                            mode (device or host).
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Options  Mask indicating the options which should be used when initializing the USB
+			 *                      interface to control the USB interface's behavior. This should be comprised of
+			 *                      a \c USB_OPT_REG_* mask to control the regulator, a \c USB_OPT_*_PLL mask to control the
+			 *                      PLL, and a \c USB_DEVICE_OPT_* mask (when the device mode is enabled) to set the device
+			 *                      mode speed.
+			 *
+			 *  \note To reduce the FLASH requirements of the library if only device or host mode is required,
+			 *        the mode can be statically set in the project makefile by defining the token \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+			 *        (for device mode) or \c USB_HOST_ONLY (for host mode), passing the token to the compiler
+			 *        via the -D switch. If the mode is statically set, this parameter does not exist in the
+			 *        function prototype.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \note To reduce the FLASH requirements of the library if only fixed settings are required,
+			 *        the options may be set statically in the same manner as the mode (see the Mode parameter of
+			 *        this function). To statically set the USB options, pass in the \c USE_STATIC_OPTIONS token,
+			 *        defined to the appropriate options masks. When the options are statically set, this
+			 *        parameter does not exist in the function prototype.
+			 *
+			 *  \see \ref Group_Device for the \c USB_DEVICE_OPT_* masks.
+			 */
+			void USB_Init(
+			               #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			               const uint8_t Mode
+			               #endif
+
+			               #if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			               ,
+			               #elif (!defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS))
+			               void
+			               #endif
+
+			               #if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			               const uint8_t Options
+			               #endif
+			               );
+
+			/** Shuts down the USB interface. This turns off the USB interface after deallocating all USB FIFO
+			 *  memory, endpoints and pipes. When turned off, no USB functionality can be used until the interface
+			 *  is restarted with the \ref USB_Init() function.
+			 */
+			void USB_Disable(void);
+
+			/** Resets the interface, when already initialized. This will re-enumerate the device if already connected
+			 *  to a host, or re-enumerate an already attached device when in host mode.
+			 */
+			void USB_ResetInterface(void);
+
+		/* Global Variables: */
+			#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+				/** Indicates the mode that the USB interface is currently initialized to, a value from the
+				 *  \ref USB_Modes_t enum.
+				 *
+				 *  \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
+				 *             changed in value.
+				 *
+				 *  \note When the controller is initialized into UID auto-detection mode, this variable will hold the
+				 *        currently selected USB mode (i.e. \ref USB_MODE_Device or \ref USB_MODE_Host). If the controller
+				 *        is fixed into a specific mode (either through the \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY or \c USB_HOST_ONLY compile time
+				 *        options, or a limitation of the USB controller in the chosen device model) this will evaluate to
+				 *        a constant of the appropriate value and will never evaluate to \ref USB_MODE_None even when the
+				 *        USB interface is not initialized.
+				 */
+				extern volatile uint8_t USB_CurrentMode;
+			#elif defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+				#define USB_CurrentMode USB_MODE_Host
+			#elif defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+				#define USB_CurrentMode USB_MODE_Device
+			#endif
+
+			#if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+				/** Indicates the current USB options that the USB interface was initialized with when \ref USB_Init()
+				 *  was called. This value will be one of the \c USB_MODE_* masks defined elsewhere in this module.
+				 *
+				 *  \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
+				 *             changed in value.
+				 */
+				extern volatile uint8_t USB_Options;
+			#elif defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
+				#define USB_Options USE_STATIC_OPTIONS
+			#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Macros: */
+			#if defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A3_AVR32) || defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A4_AVR32)
+				#define USB_CLOCK_REQUIRED_FREQ  12000000UL
+			#else
+				#define USB_CLOCK_REQUIRED_FREQ  48000000UL
+			#endif
+
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			#if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_CONTROLLER_C)
+				#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+				static void USB_Init_Device(void);
+				#endif
+
+				#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+				static void USB_Init_Host(void);
+				#endif
+			#endif
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			static inline void USB_OTGPAD_On(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_OTGPAD_On(void)
+			{
+				AVR32_USBB.USBCON.otgpade = true;
+			}
+
+			static inline void USB_OTGPAD_Off(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_OTGPAD_Off(void)
+			{
+				AVR32_USBB.USBCON.otgpade = false;
+			}
+
+			static inline void USB_CLK_Freeze(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_CLK_Freeze(void)
+			{
+				AVR32_USBB.USBCON.frzclk = true;
+			}
+
+			static inline void USB_CLK_Unfreeze(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_CLK_Unfreeze(void)
+			{
+				AVR32_USBB.USBCON.frzclk = false;
+			}
+
+			static inline void USB_Controller_Enable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_Controller_Enable(void)
+			{
+				AVR32_USBB.USBCON.usbe = true;
+			}
+
+			static inline void USB_Controller_Disable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_Controller_Disable(void)
+			{
+				AVR32_USBB.USBCON.usbe = false;
+			}
+
+			static inline void USB_Controller_Reset(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_Controller_Reset(void)
+			{
+				AVR32_USBB.USBCON.usbe = false;
+				AVR32_USBB.USBCON.usbe = true;
+			}
+
+			#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+			static inline uint8_t USB_GetUSBModeFromUID(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint8_t USB_GetUSBModeFromUID(void)
+			{
+				if (AVR32_USBB.USBSTA.id)
+				  return USB_MODE_Device;
+				else
+				  return USB_MODE_Host;
+			}
+			#endif
+
+	#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBInterrupt_UC3.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBInterrupt_UC3.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3b3958a145
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBInterrupt_UC3.c
@@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBInterrupt.h"
+
+void USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts(void)
+{
+	AVR32_USBB.USBCON.vbuste     = false;
+	AVR32_USBB.USBCON.idte       = false;
+
+	AVR32_USBB.uhinteclr         = -1;
+	AVR32_USBB.udinteclr         = -1;
+}
+
+void USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts(void)
+{
+	AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR.vbustic = true;
+	AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR.idtic   = true;
+
+	AVR32_USBB.uhintclr          = -1;
+	AVR32_USBB.udintclr          = -1;
+}
+
+ISR(USB_GEN_vect)
+{
+	#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+	#if !defined(NO_SOF_EVENTS)
+	if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_SOFI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_SOFI))
+	{
+		USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_SOFI);
+
+		EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame();
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_VBUSTI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_VBUSTI))
+	{
+		USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_VBUSTI);
+
+		if (USB_VBUS_GetStatus())
+		{
+			USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Powered;
+			EVENT_USB_Device_Connect();
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Unattached;
+			EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect();
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_SUSPI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_SUSPI))
+	{
+		USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_SUSPI);
+		USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_WAKEUPI);
+
+		USB_CLK_Freeze();
+
+		USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Suspended;
+		EVENT_USB_Device_Suspend();
+	}
+
+	if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_WAKEUPI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_WAKEUPI))
+	{
+		USB_CLK_Unfreeze();
+
+		USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_WAKEUPI);
+
+		USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_WAKEUPI);
+		USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_SUSPI);
+
+		if (USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber)
+		  USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Configured;
+		else
+		  USB_DeviceState = (USB_Device_IsAddressSet()) ? DEVICE_STATE_Addressed : DEVICE_STATE_Powered;
+
+		EVENT_USB_Device_WakeUp();
+	}
+
+	if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_EORSTI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_EORSTI))
+	{
+		USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_EORSTI);
+
+		USB_DeviceState                = DEVICE_STATE_Default;
+		USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber = 0;
+
+		USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_SUSPI);
+		USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_SUSPI);
+		USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_WAKEUPI);
+
+		USB_Device_SetDeviceAddress(0);
+		Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP, EP_TYPE_CONTROL,
+		                           USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize, 1);
+
+		#if defined(INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT)
+		USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_RXSTPI);
+		#endif
+
+		EVENT_USB_Device_Reset();
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+	#if !defined(NO_SOF_EVENTS)
+	if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_HSOFI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_HSOFI))
+	{
+		USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+
+		EVENT_USB_Host_StartOfFrame();
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_DDISCI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_DDISCI))
+	{
+		USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DDISCI);
+		USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DCONNI);
+		USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_DDISCI);
+
+		EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached();
+
+		USB_ResetInterface();
+	}
+
+	if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_VBERRI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_VBERRI))
+	{
+		USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_VBERRI);
+
+		USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Off();
+		USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Off();
+
+		EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(HOST_ERROR_VBusVoltageDip);
+		EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached();
+
+		USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Unattached;
+	}
+
+	if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_DCONNI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_DCONNI))
+	{
+		USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DCONNI);
+		USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_DCONNI);
+
+		EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached();
+
+		USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_DDISCI);
+
+		USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Powered;
+	}
+
+	if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_BCERRI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_BCERRI))
+	{
+		USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_BCERRI);
+
+		EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(HOST_ENUMERROR_NoDeviceDetected, 0);
+		EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached();
+
+		USB_ResetInterface();
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+	if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_IDTI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_IDTI))
+	{
+		USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_IDTI);
+
+		if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+		  EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect();
+
+		if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Unattached)
+		  EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached();
+
+		USB_CurrentMode = USB_GetUSBModeFromUID();
+		USB_ResetInterface();
+
+		EVENT_USB_UIDChange();
+	}
+	#endif
+}
+
+#if defined(INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT) && defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ISR(USB_COM_vect)
+{
+	uint8_t PrevSelectedEndpoint = Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint();
+
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP);
+	USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_RXSTPI);
+
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	USB_Device_ProcessControlRequest();
+
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP);
+	USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_RXSTPI);
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PrevSelectedEndpoint);
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBInterrupt_UC3.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBInterrupt_UC3.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e2f67bf86a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBInterrupt_UC3.h
@@ -0,0 +1,376 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief USB Controller Interrupt definitions for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
+ *
+ *  This file contains definitions required for the correct handling of low level USB service routine interrupts
+ *  from the USB controller.
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBINTERRUPT_UC3_H__
+#define __USBINTERRUPT_UC3_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* External Variables: */
+			extern volatile uint32_t USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint;
+
+		/* Enums: */
+			enum USB_Interrupts_t
+			{
+				USB_INT_VBUSTI  = 0,
+				#if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+				USB_INT_IDTI    = 1,
+				#endif
+				#if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+				USB_INT_WAKEUPI = 2,
+				USB_INT_SUSPI   = 3,
+				USB_INT_EORSTI  = 4,
+				USB_INT_SOFI    = 5,
+				USB_INT_RXSTPI  = 6,
+				#endif
+				#if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+				USB_INT_HSOFI   = 7,
+				USB_INT_DCONNI  = 8,
+				USB_INT_DDISCI  = 9,
+				USB_INT_RSTI    = 10,
+				USB_INT_BCERRI  = 11,
+				USB_INT_VBERRI  = 12,
+				#endif
+			};
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			static inline void USB_INT_Enable(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_INT_Enable(const uint8_t Interrupt)
+			{
+				switch (Interrupt)
+				{
+					case USB_INT_VBUSTI:
+						AVR32_USBB.USBCON.vbuste      = true;
+						break;
+					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+					case USB_INT_IDTI:
+						AVR32_USBB.USBCON.idte        = true;
+						break;
+					#endif
+					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+					case USB_INT_WAKEUPI:
+						AVR32_USBB.UDINTESET.wakeupes = true;
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_SUSPI:
+						AVR32_USBB.UDINTESET.suspes   = true;
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_EORSTI:
+						AVR32_USBB.UDINTESET.eorstes  = true;
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_SOFI:
+						AVR32_USBB.UDINTESET.sofes    = true;
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_RXSTPI:
+						(&AVR32_USBB.UECON0SET)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].rxstpes = true;
+						break;
+					#endif
+					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+					case USB_INT_HSOFI:
+						AVR32_USBB.UHINTESET.hsofies  = true;
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_DCONNI:
+						AVR32_USBB.UHINTESET.dconnies = true;
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_DDISCI:
+						AVR32_USBB.UHINTESET.ddiscies = true;
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_RSTI:
+						AVR32_USBB.UHINTESET.rsties   = true;
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_BCERRI:
+						AVR32_USBB.USBCON.bcerre      = true;
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_VBERRI:
+						AVR32_USBB.USBCON.vberre      = true;
+						break;
+					#endif
+					default:
+						break;
+				}
+			}
+
+			static inline void USB_INT_Disable(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_INT_Disable(const uint8_t Interrupt)
+			{
+				switch (Interrupt)
+				{
+					case USB_INT_VBUSTI:
+						AVR32_USBB.USBCON.vbuste      = false;
+						break;
+					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+					case USB_INT_IDTI:
+						AVR32_USBB.USBCON.idte        = false;
+						break;
+					#endif
+					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+					case USB_INT_WAKEUPI:
+						AVR32_USBB.UDINTECLR.wakeupec = true;
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_SUSPI:
+						AVR32_USBB.UDINTECLR.suspec   = true;
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_EORSTI:
+						AVR32_USBB.UDINTECLR.eorstec  = true;
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_SOFI:
+						AVR32_USBB.UDINTECLR.sofec    = true;
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_RXSTPI:
+						(&AVR32_USBB.UECON0CLR)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].rxstpec = true;
+						break;
+					#endif
+					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+					case USB_INT_HSOFI:
+						AVR32_USBB.UHINTECLR.hsofiec  = true;
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_DCONNI:
+						AVR32_USBB.UHINTECLR.dconniec = true;
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_DDISCI:
+						AVR32_USBB.UHINTECLR.ddisciec = true;
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_RSTI:
+						AVR32_USBB.UHINTECLR.rstiec   = true;
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_BCERRI:
+						AVR32_USBB.USBCON.bcerre      = false;
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_VBERRI:
+						AVR32_USBB.USBCON.vberre      = false;
+						break;
+					#endif
+					default:
+						break;
+				}
+			}
+
+			static inline void USB_INT_Clear(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_INT_Clear(const uint8_t Interrupt)
+			{
+				switch (Interrupt)
+				{
+					case USB_INT_VBUSTI:
+						AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR.vbustic = true;
+						(void)AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR;
+						break;
+					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+					case USB_INT_IDTI:
+						AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR.idtic   = true;
+						(void)AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR;
+						break;
+					#endif
+					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+					case USB_INT_WAKEUPI:
+						AVR32_USBB.UDINTCLR.wakeupc  = true;
+						(void)AVR32_USBB.UDINTCLR;
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_SUSPI:
+						AVR32_USBB.UDINTCLR.suspc    = true;
+						(void)AVR32_USBB.UDINTCLR;
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_EORSTI:
+						AVR32_USBB.UDINTCLR.eorstc   = true;
+						(void)AVR32_USBB.UDINTCLR;
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_SOFI:
+						AVR32_USBB.UDINTCLR.sofc     = true;
+						(void)AVR32_USBB.UDINTCLR;
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_RXSTPI:
+						(&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0CLR)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].rxstpic = true;
+						break;
+					#endif
+					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+					case USB_INT_HSOFI:
+						AVR32_USBB.UHINTCLR.hsofic   = true;
+						(void)AVR32_USBB.UHINTCLR;
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_DCONNI:
+						AVR32_USBB.UHINTCLR.dconnic  = true;
+						(void)AVR32_USBB.UHINTCLR;
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_DDISCI:
+						AVR32_USBB.UHINTCLR.ddiscic  = true;
+						(void)AVR32_USBB.UHINTCLR;
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_RSTI:
+						AVR32_USBB.UHINTCLR.rstic    = true;
+						(void)AVR32_USBB.UHINTCLR;
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_BCERRI:
+						AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR.bcerric = true;
+						(void)AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR;
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_VBERRI:
+						AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR.vberric = true;
+						(void)AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR;
+						break;
+					#endif
+					default:
+						break;
+				}
+			}
+
+			static inline bool USB_INT_IsEnabled(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline bool USB_INT_IsEnabled(const uint8_t Interrupt)
+			{
+				switch (Interrupt)
+				{
+					case USB_INT_VBUSTI:
+						return AVR32_USBB.USBCON.vbuste;
+					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+					case USB_INT_IDTI:
+						return AVR32_USBB.USBCON.idte;
+					#endif
+					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+					case USB_INT_WAKEUPI:
+						return AVR32_USBB.UDINTE.wakeupe;
+					case USB_INT_SUSPI:
+						return AVR32_USBB.UDINTE.suspe;
+					case USB_INT_EORSTI:
+						return AVR32_USBB.UDINTE.eorste;
+					case USB_INT_SOFI:
+						return AVR32_USBB.UDINTE.sofe;
+					case USB_INT_RXSTPI:
+						return (&AVR32_USBB.UECON0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].rxstpe;
+					#endif
+					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+					case USB_INT_HSOFI:
+						return AVR32_USBB.UHINTE.hsofie;
+					case USB_INT_DCONNI:
+						return AVR32_USBB.UHINTE.dconnie;
+					case USB_INT_DDISCI:
+						return AVR32_USBB.UHINTE.ddiscie;
+					case USB_INT_RSTI:
+						return AVR32_USBB.UHINTE.rstie;
+					case USB_INT_BCERRI:
+						return AVR32_USBB.USBCON.bcerre;
+					case USB_INT_VBERRI:
+						return AVR32_USBB.USBCON.vberre;
+					#endif
+					default:
+						return false;
+				}
+			}
+
+			static inline bool USB_INT_HasOccurred(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline bool USB_INT_HasOccurred(const uint8_t Interrupt)
+			{
+				switch (Interrupt)
+				{
+					case USB_INT_VBUSTI:
+						return AVR32_USBB.USBSTA.vbusti;
+					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+					case USB_INT_IDTI:
+						return AVR32_USBB.USBSTA.idti;
+					#endif
+					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+					case USB_INT_WAKEUPI:
+						return AVR32_USBB.UDINT.wakeup;
+					case USB_INT_SUSPI:
+						return AVR32_USBB.UDINT.susp;
+					case USB_INT_EORSTI:
+						return AVR32_USBB.UDINT.eorst;
+					case USB_INT_SOFI:
+						return AVR32_USBB.UDINT.sof;
+					case USB_INT_RXSTPI:
+						return (&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].rxstpi;
+					#endif
+					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+					case USB_INT_HSOFI:
+						return AVR32_USBB.UHINT.hsofi;
+					case USB_INT_DCONNI:
+						return AVR32_USBB.UHINT.dconni;
+					case USB_INT_DDISCI:
+						return AVR32_USBB.UHINT.ddisci;
+					case USB_INT_RSTI:
+						return AVR32_USBB.UHINT.rsti;
+					case USB_INT_BCERRI:
+						return AVR32_USBB.USBSTA.bcerri;
+					case USB_INT_VBERRI:
+						return AVR32_USBB.USBSTA.vberri;
+					#endif
+					default:
+						return false;
+				}
+			}
+
+		/* Includes: */
+			#include "../USBMode.h"
+			#include "../Events.h"
+			#include "../USBController.h"
+
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			void USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts(void);
+			void USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts(void);
+	#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			#if defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+				/** Interrupt service routine handler for the USB controller ISR group. This interrupt routine <b>must</b> be
+				 *  linked to the entire USB controller ISR vector group inside the AVR32's interrupt controller peripheral,
+				 *  using the user application's preferred USB controller driver.
+				 */
+				void USB_GEN_vect(void);
+			#else
+				ISR(USB_GEN_vect);
+			#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBController.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBController.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5980a37ce6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBController.h
@@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Common USB Controller definitions for all architectures.
+ *  \copydetails Group_USBManagement
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USB
+ *  \defgroup Group_USBManagement USB Interface Management
+ *  \brief USB Controller definitions for general USB controller management.
+ *
+ *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to the setup and management of the USB interface.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBCONTROLLER_H__
+#define __USBCONTROLLER_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "USBMode.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks and Defines: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Defines: */
+		/** \name Endpoint Direction Masks */
+		//@{
+		/** Endpoint direction mask, for masking against endpoint addresses to retrieve the endpoint's
+		 *  direction for comparing with the \c ENDPOINT_DIR_* masks.
+		 */
+		#define ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK                  0x80
+
+		/** Endpoint address direction mask for an OUT direction (Host to Device) endpoint. This may be ORed with
+		 *  the index of the address within a device to obtain the full endpoint address.
+		 */
+		#define ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT                   0x00
+
+		/** Endpoint address direction mask for an IN direction (Device to Host) endpoint. This may be ORed with
+		 *  the index of the address within a device to obtain the full endpoint address.
+		 */
+		#define ENDPOINT_DIR_IN                    0x80
+		//@}
+
+		/** \name Pipe Direction Masks */
+		//@{
+		/** Pipe direction mask, for masking against pipe addresses to retrieve the pipe's
+		 *  direction for comparing with the \c PIPE_DIR_* masks.
+		 */
+		#define PIPE_DIR_MASK                      0x80
+
+		/** Endpoint address direction mask for an OUT direction (Host to Device) endpoint. This may be ORed with
+		 *  the index of the address within a device to obtain the full endpoint address.
+		 */
+		#define PIPE_DIR_OUT                       0x00
+
+		/** Endpoint address direction mask for an IN direction (Device to Host) endpoint. This may be ORed with
+		 *  the index of the address within a device to obtain the full endpoint address.
+		 */
+		#define PIPE_DIR_IN                        0x80
+		//@}
+
+		/** \name Endpoint/Pipe Type Masks */
+		//@{
+		/** Mask for determining the type of an endpoint from an endpoint descriptor. This should then be compared
+		 *  with the \c EP_TYPE_* masks to determine the exact type of the endpoint.
+		 */
+		#define EP_TYPE_MASK                       0x03
+
+		/** Mask for a CONTROL type endpoint or pipe.
+		 *
+		 *  \note See \ref Group_EndpointManagement and \ref Group_PipeManagement for endpoint/pipe functions.
+		 */
+		#define EP_TYPE_CONTROL                    0x00
+
+		/** Mask for an ISOCHRONOUS type endpoint or pipe.
+		 *
+		 *  \note See \ref Group_EndpointManagement and \ref Group_PipeManagement for endpoint/pipe functions.
+		 */
+		#define EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS                0x01
+
+		/** Mask for a BULK type endpoint or pipe.
+		 *
+		 *  \note See \ref Group_EndpointManagement and \ref Group_PipeManagement for endpoint/pipe functions.
+		 */
+		#define EP_TYPE_BULK                       0x02
+
+		/** Mask for an INTERRUPT type endpoint or pipe.
+		 *
+		 *  \note See \ref Group_EndpointManagement and \ref Group_PipeManagement for endpoint/pipe functions.
+		 */
+		#define EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT                  0x03
+		//@}
+
+	/* Enums: */
+		/** Enum for the possible USB controller modes, for initialization via \ref USB_Init() and indication back to the
+		 *  user application via \ref USB_CurrentMode.
+		 */
+		enum USB_Modes_t
+		{
+			USB_MODE_None   = 0, /**< Indicates that the controller is currently not initialized in any specific USB mode. */
+			USB_MODE_Device = 1, /**< Indicates that the controller is currently initialized in USB Device mode. */
+			USB_MODE_Host   = 2, /**< Indicates that the controller is currently initialized in USB Host mode. */
+			USB_MODE_UID    = 3, /**< Indicates that the controller should determine the USB mode from the UID pin of the
+			                      *   USB connector.
+			                      */
+		};
+
+	/* Architecture Includes: */
+		#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+			#include "AVR8/USBController_AVR8.h"
+		#elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+			#include "UC3/USBController_UC3.h"
+		#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+			#include "XMEGA/USBController_XMEGA.h"
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBInterrupt.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBInterrupt.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b00ef7bd39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBInterrupt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief USB controller interrupt service routine management.
+ *
+ *  This file contains definitions required for the correct handling of low level USB service routine interrupts
+ *  from the USB controller.
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBINTERRUPT_H__
+#define __USBINTERRUPT_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "USBMode.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Architecture Includes: */
+		#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+			#include "AVR8/USBInterrupt_AVR8.h"
+		#elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+			#include "UC3/USBInterrupt_UC3.h"
+		#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+			#include "XMEGA/USBInterrupt_XMEGA.h"
+		#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBMode.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBMode.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2044f899a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBMode.h
@@ -0,0 +1,283 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief USB mode and feature support definitions.
+ *  \copydetails Group_USBMode
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USB
+ *  \defgroup Group_USBMode USB Mode Tokens
+ *  \brief USB mode and feature support definitions.
+ *
+ *  This file defines macros indicating the type of USB controller the library is being compiled for, and its
+ *  capabilities. These macros may then be referenced in the user application to selectively enable or disable
+ *  code sections depending on if they are defined or not.
+ *
+ *  After the inclusion of the master USB driver header, one or more of the following tokens may be defined, to
+ *  allow the user code to conditionally enable or disable code based on the USB controller family and allowable
+ *  USB modes. These tokens may be tested against to eliminate code relating to a USB mode which is not enabled for
+ *  the given compilation.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBMODE_H__
+#define __USBMODE_H__
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+	#if defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the Series 2 AVR8 USB controller
+		 *  (i.e. AT90USBxxx2 or ATMEGAxxU2) when defined.
+		 */
+		#define USB_SERIES_2_AVR
+
+		/** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the Series 4 AVR8 USB controller
+		 *  (i.e. ATMEGAxxU4) when defined.
+		 */
+		#define USB_SERIES_4_AVR
+
+		/** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the Series 6 AVR8 USB controller
+		 *  (i.e. AT90USBxxx6) when defined.
+		 */
+		#define USB_SERIES_6_AVR
+
+		/** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the Series 7 AVR8 USB controller
+		 *  (i.e. AT90USBxxx7) when defined.
+		 */
+		#define USB_SERIES_7_AVR
+
+		/** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the AVR32 UC3A0 Series USB controller
+		 *  (i.e. AT32UC3A0*) when defined.
+		 */
+		#define USB_SERIES_UC3A0_AVR
+
+		/** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the AVR32 UC3A1 Series USB controller
+		 *  (i.e. AT32UC3A1*) when defined.
+		 */
+		#define USB_SERIES_UC3A1_AVR
+
+		/** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the AVR32 UC3A3 Series USB controller
+		 *  (i.e. AT32UC3A3*) when defined.
+		 */
+		#define USB_SERIES_UC3A3_AVR
+
+		/** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the AVR32 UC3A4 Series USB controller
+		 *  (i.e. AT32UC3A4*) when defined.
+		 */
+		#define USB_SERIES_UC3A4_AVR
+
+		/** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the AVR32 UC3B0 Series USB controller
+		 *  (i.e. AT32UC3B0*) when defined.
+		 */
+		#define USB_SERIES_UC3B0_AVR
+
+		/** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the AVR32 UC3B1 Series USB controller
+		 *  (i.e. AT32UC3B1*) when defined.
+		 */
+		#define USB_SERIES_UC3B1_AVR
+
+		/** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the XMEGA A1U Series USB controller
+		 *  (i.e. ATXMEGA*A1U) when defined.
+		 */
+		#define USB_SERIES_A1U_XMEGA
+
+		/** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the XMEGA A3U Series USB controller
+		 *  (i.e. ATXMEGA*A3U) when defined.
+		 */
+		#define USB_SERIES_A3U_XMEGA
+
+		/** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the XMEGA A4U Series USB controller
+		 *  (i.e. ATXMEGA*A4U) when defined.
+		 */
+		#define USB_SERIES_A4U_XMEGA
+
+		/** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the XMEGA B1 Series USB controller
+		 *  (i.e. ATXMEGA*B1) when defined.
+		 */
+		#define USB_SERIES_B1_XMEGA
+
+		/** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the XMEGA B3 Series USB controller
+		 *  (i.e. ATXMEGA*B3) when defined.
+		 */
+		#define USB_SERIES_B3_XMEGA
+
+		/** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the XMEGA C3 Series USB controller
+		 *  (i.e. ATXMEGA*C3) when defined.
+		 */
+		#define USB_SERIES_C3_XMEGA
+
+		/** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the XMEGA C4 Series USB controller
+		 *  (i.e. ATXMEGA*C4) when defined.
+		 */
+		#define USB_SERIES_C4_XMEGA
+
+		/** Indicates that the target microcontroller and compilation settings allow for the
+		 *  target to be configured in USB Device mode when defined.
+		 */
+		#define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+
+		/** Indicates that the target microcontroller and compilation settings allow for the
+		 *  target to be configured in USB Host mode when defined.
+		 */
+		#define USB_CAN_BE_HOST
+
+		/** Indicates that the target microcontroller and compilation settings allow for the
+		 *  target to be configured in either USB Device or Host mode when defined.
+		 */
+		#define USB_CAN_BE_BOTH
+	#else
+		/* Macros: */
+			#if (defined(__AVR_AT90USB162__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB82__)  || \
+			     defined(__AVR_ATmega32U2__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega16U2__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega8U2__))
+				#define USB_SERIES_2_AVR
+				#define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+			#elif (defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__))
+				#define USB_SERIES_4_AVR
+				#define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+			#elif (defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__))
+				#define USB_SERIES_6_AVR
+				#define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+			#elif (defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__))
+				#define USB_SERIES_7_AVR
+				#define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+				#define USB_CAN_BE_HOST
+			#elif (defined(__AVR32_UC3A0512__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3A0256__) || \
+			       defined(__AVR32_UC3A0128__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3A064__))
+				#define USB_SERIES_UC3A0_AVR32
+				#define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+				#define USB_CAN_BE_HOST
+			#elif (defined(__AVR32_UC3A1512__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3A1256__) || \
+			       defined(__AVR32_UC3A1128__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3A164__))
+				#define USB_SERIES_UC3A1_AVR32
+				#define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+				#define USB_CAN_BE_HOST
+			#elif (defined(__AVR32_UC3A3256__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3A3256S__) || \
+			       defined(__AVR32_UC3A3128__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3A3128S__) || \
+			       defined(__AVR32_UC3A364__)  || defined(__AVR32_UC3A364S__))
+				#define USB_SERIES_UC3A3_AVR32
+				#define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+				#define USB_CAN_BE_HOST
+			#elif (defined(__AVR32_UC3A4256__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3A4256S__) || \
+			       defined(__AVR32_UC3A4128__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3A4128S__) || \
+			       defined(__AVR32_UC3A464__)  || defined(__AVR32_UC3A464S__))
+				#define USB_SERIES_UC3A4_AVR32
+				#define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+				#define USB_CAN_BE_HOST
+			#elif (defined(__AVR32_UC3B0512__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3B0256__) || \
+			       defined(__AVR32_UC3B0128__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3B064__))
+				#define USB_SERIES_UC3B0_AVR32
+				#define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+				#define USB_CAN_BE_HOST
+			#elif (defined(__AVR32_UC3B1512__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3B1256__) || \
+			       defined(__AVR32_UC3B1128__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3B164__))
+				#define USB_SERIES_UC3B1_AVR32
+				#define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+				#define USB_CAN_BE_HOST
+			#elif (defined(__AVR_ATxmega128A1U__) || defined(__AVR_ATxmega64A1U__))
+				#define USB_SERIES_A1U_XMEGA
+				#define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+			#elif (defined(__AVR_ATxmega64A3U__) || defined(__AVR_ATxmega128A3U__) || \
+			       defined(__AVR_ATxmega192A3U__) || defined(__AVR_ATxmega256A3U__))
+				#define USB_SERIES_A3U_XMEGA
+				#define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+			#elif (defined(__AVR_ATxmega256A3BU__))
+				#define USB_SERIES_A3BU_XMEGA
+				#define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+			#elif (defined(__AVR_ATxmega16A4U__) || defined(__AVR_ATxmega32A4U__) || \
+			       defined(__AVR_ATxmega64A4U__) || defined(__AVR_ATxmega128A4U__))
+				#define USB_SERIES_A4U_XMEGA
+				#define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+			#elif (defined(__AVR_ATxmega128B1__) || defined(__AVR_ATxmega64B1__))
+				#define USB_SERIES_B1_XMEGA
+				#define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+			#elif (defined(__AVR_ATxmega128B3__) || defined(__AVR_ATxmega64B3__))
+				#define USB_SERIES_B3_XMEGA
+				#define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+			#elif (defined(__AVR_ATxmega128C3__) || defined(__AVR_ATxmega64C3__) || \
+			       defined(__AVR_ATxmega192C3__) || defined(__AVR_ATxmega256C3__) || \
+				   defined(__AVR_ATxmega384C3__))
+				#define USB_SERIES_C3_XMEGA
+				#define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+			#elif (defined(__AVR_ATxmega16C4__) || defined(__AVR_ATxmega32C4__))
+				#define USB_SERIES_C4_XMEGA
+				#define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+			#endif
+
+			#if (defined(USB_HOST_ONLY) && defined(USB_DEVICE_ONLY))
+				#error USB_HOST_ONLY and USB_DEVICE_ONLY are mutually exclusive.
+			#elif defined(USB_HOST_ONLY)
+				#if !defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+					#error USB_HOST_ONLY is not available for the currently selected microcontroller model.
+				#else
+					#undef USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+				#endif
+			#elif defined(USB_DEVICE_ONLY)
+				#if !defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+					#error USB_DEVICE_ONLY is not available for the currently selected microcontroller model.
+				#else
+					#undef USB_CAN_BE_HOST
+				#endif
+			#endif
+
+			#if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) && defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST))
+				#define USB_CAN_BE_BOTH
+			#endif
+
+			#if (!defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) && !defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST))
+				#error The currently selected device, USB mode or architecture is not supported.
+			#endif
+	#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBTask.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBTask.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..329ff4a272
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBTask.c
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USBTASK_C
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "USBTask.h"
+
+volatile bool        USB_IsInitialized;
+USB_Request_Header_t USB_ControlRequest;
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST) && !defined(HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR)
+volatile uint8_t     USB_HostState;
+#endif
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) && !defined(DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR)
+volatile uint8_t     USB_DeviceState;
+#endif
+
+void USB_USBTask(void)
+{
+	#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+		if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Device)
+		  USB_DeviceTask();
+		else if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Host)
+		  USB_HostTask();
+	#elif defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+		USB_HostTask();
+	#elif defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+		USB_DeviceTask();
+	#endif
+}
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+static void USB_DeviceTask(void)
+{
+	if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+	  return;
+
+	uint8_t PrevEndpoint = Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint();
+
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP);
+
+	if (Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived())
+	  USB_Device_ProcessControlRequest();
+
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PrevEndpoint);
+}
+#endif
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+static void USB_HostTask(void)
+{
+	uint8_t PrevPipe = Pipe_GetCurrentPipe();
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+	USB_Host_ProcessNextHostState();
+
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(PrevPipe);
+}
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBTask.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBTask.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..77cee65815
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBTask.h
@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Main USB service task management.
+ *
+ *  This file contains the function definitions required for the main USB service task, which must be called
+ *  from the user application to ensure that the USB connection to or from a connected USB device is maintained.
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBTASK_H__
+#define __USBTASK_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "USBMode.h"
+		#include "USBController.h"
+		#include "Events.h"
+		#include "StdRequestType.h"
+		#include "StdDescriptors.h"
+
+		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+			#include "DeviceStandardReq.h"
+		#endif
+
+		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+			#include "HostStandardReq.h"
+		#endif
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Global Variables: */
+			/** Indicates if the USB interface is currently initialized but not necessarily connected to a host
+			 *  or device (i.e. if \ref USB_Init() has been run). If this is false, all other library globals related
+			 *  to the USB driver are invalid.
+			 *
+			 *  \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
+			 *             changed in value.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_USBManagement
+			 */
+			extern volatile bool USB_IsInitialized;
+
+			/** Structure containing the last received Control request when in Device mode (for use in user-applications
+			 *  inside of the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event, or for filling up with a control request to
+			 *  issue when in Host mode before calling \ref USB_Host_SendControlRequest().
+			 *
+			 *  \note The contents of this structure is automatically endian-corrected for the current CPU architecture.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_USBManagement
+			 */
+			 extern USB_Request_Header_t USB_ControlRequest;
+
+			#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+				#if !defined(HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+					/** Indicates the current host state machine state. When in host mode, this indicates the state
+					 *  via one of the values of the \ref USB_Host_States_t enum values.
+					 *
+					 *  This value should not be altered by the user application as it is handled automatically by the
+					 *  library.
+					 *
+					 *  To reduce program size and speed up checks of this global on the AVR8 architecture, it can be
+					 *  placed into one of the AVR's \c GPIOR hardware registers instead of RAM by defining the
+					 *  \c HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR token to a value between 0 and 2 in the project makefile and passing it to
+					 *  the compiler via the -D switch. When defined, the corresponding GPIOR register should not be used
+					 *  in the user application except implicitly via the library APIs.
+					 *
+					 *  \note This global is only present if the user application can be a USB host.
+					 *
+					 *  \see \ref USB_Host_States_t for a list of possible device states.
+					 *
+					 *  \ingroup Group_Host
+					 */
+					extern volatile uint8_t USB_HostState;
+				#else
+					#define USB_HostState            CONCAT_EXPANDED(GPIOR, HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR)
+				#endif
+			#endif
+
+			#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+				#if !defined(DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+					/** Indicates the current device state machine state. When in device mode, this indicates the state
+					 *  via one of the values of the \ref USB_Device_States_t enum values.
+					 *
+					 *  This value should not be altered by the user application as it is handled automatically by the
+					 *  library. The only exception to this rule is if the NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT token is used
+					 *  (see \ref EVENT_USB_Device_Connect() and \ref EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect() events).
+					 *
+					 *  To reduce program size and speed up checks of this global on the AVR8 architecture, it can be
+					 *  placed into one of the AVR's \c GPIOR hardware registers instead of RAM by defining the
+					 *  \c DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR token to a value between 0 and 2 in the project makefile and passing it to
+					 *  the compiler via the -D switch. When defined, the corresponding GPIOR register should not be used
+					 *  in the user application except implicitly via the library APIs.
+					 *
+					 *  \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
+					 *             changed in value except in the circumstances outlined above.
+					 *
+					 *  \note This global is only present if the user application can be a USB device.
+					 *        \n\n
+					 *
+					 *  \see \ref USB_Device_States_t for a list of possible device states.
+					 *
+					 *  \ingroup Group_Device
+					 */
+					extern volatile uint8_t USB_DeviceState;
+				#else
+					#define USB_DeviceState            CONCAT_EXPANDED(GPIOR, DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR)
+				#endif
+			#endif
+
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			/** This is the main USB management task. The USB driver requires this task to be executed
+			 *  continuously when the USB system is active (device attached in host mode, or attached to a host
+			 *  in device mode) in order to manage USB communications. This task may be executed inside an RTOS,
+			 *  fast timer ISR or the main user application loop.
+			 *
+			 *  The USB task must be serviced within 30ms while in device mode, or within 1ms while in host mode.
+			 *  The task may be serviced at all times, or (for minimum CPU consumption):
+			 *
+			 *    - In device mode, it may be disabled at start-up, enabled on the firing of the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_Connect()
+			 *      event and disabled again on the firing of the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect() event.
+			 *
+			 *    - In host mode, it may be disabled at start-up, enabled on the firing of the \ref EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached()
+			 *      event and disabled again on the firing of the \ref EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete() or
+			 *      \ref EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed() events.
+			 *
+			 *  If in device mode (only), the control endpoint can instead be managed via interrupts entirely by the library
+			 *  by defining the INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT token and passing it to the compiler via the -D switch.
+			 *
+			 *  \see \ref Group_Events for more information on the USB events.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_USBManagement
+			 */
+			void USB_USBTask(void);
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			#if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USBTASK_C)
+				#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+					static void USB_HostTask(void);
+				#endif
+
+				#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+					static void USB_DeviceTask(void);
+				#endif
+			#endif
+
+		/* Macros: */
+			#define HOST_TASK_NONBLOCK_WAIT(Duration, NextState) do { USB_HostState   = HOST_STATE_WaitForDevice; \
+			                                                          WaitMSRemaining = (Duration);               \
+			                                                          PostWaitState   = (NextState);              } while (0)
+	#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Device_XMEGA.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Device_XMEGA.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..470e128b64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Device_XMEGA.c
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+
+#include "../Device.h"
+
+void USB_Device_SendRemoteWakeup(void)
+{
+	USB.CTRLB |= USB_RWAKEUP_bm;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Device_XMEGA.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Device_XMEGA.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..759ff350b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Device_XMEGA.h
@@ -0,0 +1,266 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief USB Device definitions for the AVR XMEGA microcontrollers.
+ *  \copydetails Group_Device_XMEGA
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Device
+ *  \defgroup Group_Device_XMEGA Device Management (XMEGA)
+ *  \brief USB Device definitions for the AVR XMEGA microcontrollers.
+ *
+ *  Architecture specific USB Device definitions for the Atmel AVR XMEGA microcontrollers.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBDEVICE_XMEGA_H__
+#define __USBDEVICE_XMEGA_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../USBController.h"
+		#include "../StdDescriptors.h"
+		#include "../USBInterrupt.h"
+		#include "../Endpoint.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+		#if (defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS) && defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS))
+			#error USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS and USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS are mutually exclusive.
+		#endif
+
+		#if (defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) && defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS))
+			#error USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS and USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS are mutually exclusive.
+		#endif
+
+		#if (defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) && defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS))
+			#error USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS and USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS are mutually exclusive.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** \name USB Device Mode Option Masks */
+			//@{
+			/** Mask for the Options parameter of the \ref USB_Init() function. This indicates that the
+			 *  USB interface should be initialized in low speed (1.5Mb/s) mode.
+			 *
+			 *  \note Low Speed mode is not available on all USB AVR models.
+			 *        \n
+			 *
+			 *  \note Restrictions apply on the number, size and type of endpoints which can be used
+			 *        when running in low speed mode - refer to the USB 2.0 specification.
+			 */
+			#define USB_DEVICE_OPT_LOWSPEED        (1 << 0)
+
+			#if (F_USB > 6000000)
+				/** Mask for the Options parameter of the \ref USB_Init() function. This indicates that the
+				 *  USB interface should be initialized in full speed (12Mb/s) mode.
+				 */
+				#define USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED   (0 << 0)
+			#endif
+			//@}
+
+			#if (!defined(NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+				/** String descriptor index for the device's unique serial number string descriptor within the device.
+				 *  This unique serial number is used by the host to associate resources to the device (such as drivers or COM port
+				 *  number allocations) to a device regardless of the port it is plugged in to on the host. Some microcontrollers contain
+				 *  a unique serial number internally, and setting the device descriptors serial number string index to this value
+				 *  will cause it to use the internal serial number.
+				 *
+				 *  On unsupported devices, this will evaluate to \ref NO_DESCRIPTOR and so will force the host to create a pseudo-serial
+				 *  number for the device.
+				 */
+				#define USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL            0xDC
+
+				/** Length of the device's unique internal serial number, in bits, if present on the selected microcontroller
+				 *  model.
+				 */
+				#define INTERNAL_SERIAL_LENGTH_BITS    (8 * (1 + (offsetof(NVM_PROD_SIGNATURES_t, COORDY1) - offsetof(NVM_PROD_SIGNATURES_t, LOTNUM0))))
+
+				/** Start address of the internal serial number, in the appropriate address space, if present on the selected microcontroller
+				 *  model.
+				 */
+				#define INTERNAL_SERIAL_START_ADDRESS  offsetof(NVM_PROD_SIGNATURES_t, LOTNUM0)
+			#else
+				#define USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL            NO_DESCRIPTOR
+
+				#define INTERNAL_SERIAL_LENGTH_BITS    0
+				#define INTERNAL_SERIAL_START_ADDRESS  0
+			#endif
+
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			/** Sends a Remote Wakeup request to the host. This signals to the host that the device should
+			 *  be taken out of suspended mode, and communications should resume.
+			 *
+			 *  Typically, this is implemented so that HID devices (mice, keyboards, etc.) can wake up the
+			 *  host computer when the host has suspended all USB devices to enter a low power state.
+			 *
+			 *  \note This function should only be used if the device has indicated to the host that it
+			 *        supports the Remote Wakeup feature in the device descriptors, and should only be
+			 *        issued if the host is currently allowing remote wakeup events from the device (i.e.,
+			 *        the \ref USB_Device_RemoteWakeupEnabled flag is set). When the \c NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+			 *        compile time option is used, this function is unavailable.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \note The USB clock must be running for this function to operate. If the stack is initialized with
+			 *        the \ref USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL option enabled, the user must ensure that the PLL is running
+			 *        before attempting to call this function.
+			 *
+			 *  \see \ref Group_StdDescriptors for more information on the RMWAKEUP feature and device descriptors.
+			 */
+			void USB_Device_SendRemoteWakeup(void);
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			/** Returns the current USB frame number, when in device mode. Every millisecond the USB bus is active (i.e. enumerated to a host)
+			 *  the frame number is incremented by one.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Current USB frame number from the USB controller.
+			 */
+			static inline uint16_t USB_Device_GetFrameNumber(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint16_t USB_Device_GetFrameNumber(void)
+			{
+				return ((USB_EndpointTable_t*)USB.EPPTR)->FrameNum;
+			}
+
+			#if !defined(NO_SOF_EVENTS)
+			/** Enables the device mode Start Of Frame events. When enabled, this causes the
+			 *  \ref EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame() event to fire once per millisecond, synchronized to the USB bus,
+			 *  at the start of each USB frame when enumerated in device mode.
+			 *
+			 *  \note This function is not available when the \c NO_SOF_EVENTS compile time token is defined.
+			 */
+			static inline void USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents(void)
+			{
+				USB.INTCTRLA |=  USB_SOFIE_bm;
+			}
+
+			/** Disables the device mode Start Of Frame events. When disabled, this stops the firing of the
+			 *  \ref EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame() event when enumerated in device mode.
+			 *
+			 *  \note This function is not available when the \c NO_SOF_EVENTS compile time token is defined.
+			 */
+			static inline void USB_Device_DisableSOFEvents(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_Device_DisableSOFEvents(void)
+			{
+				USB.INTCTRLA &= ~USB_SOFIE_bm;
+			}
+			#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			static inline void USB_Device_SetLowSpeed(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_Device_SetLowSpeed(void)
+			{
+				USB.CTRLA &= ~USB_SPEED_bm;
+			}
+
+			static inline void USB_Device_SetFullSpeed(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_Device_SetFullSpeed(void)
+			{
+				USB.CTRLA |=  USB_SPEED_bm;
+			}
+
+			static inline void USB_Device_SetDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_Device_SetDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address)
+			{
+				(void)Address;
+
+				/* No implementation for XMEGA architecture */
+			}
+
+			static inline void USB_Device_EnableDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_Device_EnableDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address)
+			{
+				USB.ADDR = Address;
+			}
+
+			static inline bool USB_Device_IsAddressSet(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline bool USB_Device_IsAddressSet(void)
+			{
+				return ((USB.ADDR != 0) ? true : false);
+			}
+
+			static inline void USB_Device_GetSerialString(uint16_t* const UnicodeString) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+			static inline void USB_Device_GetSerialString(uint16_t* const UnicodeString)
+			{
+				uint_reg_t CurrentGlobalInt = GetGlobalInterruptMask();
+				GlobalInterruptDisable();
+
+				uint8_t SigReadAddress = INTERNAL_SERIAL_START_ADDRESS;
+
+				for (uint8_t SerialCharNum = 0; SerialCharNum < (INTERNAL_SERIAL_LENGTH_BITS / 4); SerialCharNum++)
+				{
+					uint8_t SerialByte;
+
+					NVM.CMD    = NVM_CMD_READ_CALIB_ROW_gc;
+					SerialByte = pgm_read_byte(SigReadAddress);
+					NVM.CMD    = 0;
+
+					if (SerialCharNum & 0x01)
+					{
+						SerialByte >>= 4;
+						SigReadAddress++;
+					}
+
+					SerialByte &= 0x0F;
+
+					UnicodeString[SerialCharNum] = cpu_to_le16((SerialByte >= 10) ?
+															   (('A' - 10) + SerialByte) : ('0' + SerialByte));
+				}
+
+				SetGlobalInterruptMask(CurrentGlobalInt);
+			}
+
+	#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/EndpointStream_XMEGA.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/EndpointStream_XMEGA.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6413281708
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/EndpointStream_XMEGA.c
@@ -0,0 +1,275 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+
+#include "EndpointStream_XMEGA.h"
+
+#if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
+uint8_t Endpoint_Discard_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+                                uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
+{
+	uint8_t  ErrorCode;
+	uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
+	  return ErrorCode;
+
+	if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+	  Length -= *BytesProcessed;
+
+	while (Length)
+	{
+		if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+		{
+			Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+			if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+			{
+				*BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
+				return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
+			}
+
+			if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
+			  return ErrorCode;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			Endpoint_Discard_8();
+
+			Length--;
+			BytesInTransfer++;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t Endpoint_Null_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+                             uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
+{
+	uint8_t  ErrorCode;
+	uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
+	  return ErrorCode;
+
+	if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+	  Length -= *BytesProcessed;
+
+	while (Length)
+	{
+		if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+		{
+			Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+			if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+			{
+				*BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
+				return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
+			}
+
+			if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
+			  return ErrorCode;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			Endpoint_Write_8(0);
+
+			Length--;
+			BytesInTransfer++;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+/* The following abuses the C preprocessor in order to copy-paste common code with slight alterations,
+ * so that the code needs to be written once. It is a crude form of templating to reduce code maintenance. */
+
+#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      const void*
+#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearIN()
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr += Amount
+#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      const void*
+#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearIN()
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr -= Amount
+#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      void*
+#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearOUT()
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr += Amount
+#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Read_Stream_BE
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      void*
+#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearOUT()
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr -= Amount
+#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+#if defined(ARCH_HAS_FLASH_ADDRESS_SPACE)
+	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_PStream_LE
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      const void*
+	#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearIN()
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr += Amount
+	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_PStream_BE
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      const void*
+	#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearIN()
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr -= Amount
+	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(ARCH_HAS_EEPROM_ADDRESS_SPACE)
+	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_EStream_LE
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      const void*
+	#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearIN()
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr += Amount
+	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_EStream_BE
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      const void*
+	#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearIN()
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr -= Amount
+	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Read_EStream_LE
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      void*
+	#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearOUT()
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr += Amount
+	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Endpoint_Read_8())
+	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Read_EStream_BE
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      void*
+	#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearOUT()
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr -= Amount
+	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Endpoint_Read_8())
+	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr += Amount
+#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
+
+#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_BE
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr -= Amount
+#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
+
+#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr += Amount
+#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c"
+
+#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_BE
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
+#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr -= Amount
+#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c"
+
+#if defined(ARCH_HAS_FLASH_ADDRESS_SPACE)
+	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_Control_PStream_LE
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr += Amount
+	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
+
+	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_Control_PStream_BE
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr -= Amount
+	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(ARCH_HAS_EEPROM_ADDRESS_SPACE)
+	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_Control_EStream_LE
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr += Amount
+	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
+
+	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_Control_EStream_BE
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr -= Amount
+	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
+
+	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Read_Control_EStream_LE
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr += Amount
+	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Endpoint_Read_8())
+	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c"
+
+	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Read_Control_EStream_BE
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
+	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr -= Amount
+	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Endpoint_Read_8())
+	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c"
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/EndpointStream_XMEGA.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/EndpointStream_XMEGA.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3c094da49c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/EndpointStream_XMEGA.h
@@ -0,0 +1,658 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Endpoint data stream transmission and reception management for the AVR XMEGA microcontrollers.
+ *  \copydetails Group_EndpointStreamRW_XMEGA
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_EndpointStreamRW
+ *  \defgroup Group_EndpointStreamRW_XMEGA Read/Write of Multi-Byte Streams (XMEGA)
+ *  \brief Endpoint data stream transmission and reception management for the Atmel AVR XMEGA architecture.
+ *
+ *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of data streams from
+ *  and to endpoints.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __ENDPOINT_STREAM_XMEGA_H__
+#define __ENDPOINT_STREAM_XMEGA_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../USBMode.h"
+		#include "../USBTask.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			/** \name Stream functions for null data */
+			//@{
+
+			/** Reads and discards the given number of bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank,
+			 *  discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically
+			 *  discarded once the remaining bytes has been read; the user is responsible for manually
+			 *  discarding the last packet from the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
+			 *
+			 *  If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
+			 *  failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
+			 *  storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
+			 *  the endpoint bank becomes empty while there is still data to process (and after the current
+			 *  packet has been acknowledged) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the total number
+			 *  of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+			 *  \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
+			 *  in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
+			 *  and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
+			 *
+			 *  <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+			 *  \code
+			 *  uint8_t ErrorCode;
+			 *
+			 *  if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Discard_Stream(512, NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+			 *  {
+			 *       // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+			 *  }
+			 *  \endcode
+			 *
+			 *  <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+			 *  \code
+			 *  uint8_t  ErrorCode;
+			 *  uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+			 *
+			 *  BytesProcessed = 0;
+			 *  while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Discard_Stream(512, &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+			 *  {
+			 *      // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+			 *  }
+			 *
+			 *  if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+			 *  {
+			 *      // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+			 *  }
+			 *  \endcode
+			 *
+			 *  \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of bytes to discard via the currently selected endpoint.
+			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+			 *                             transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Endpoint_Discard_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+			                                uint16_t* const BytesProcessed);
+
+			/** Writes a given number of zeroed bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank, sending
+			 *  full packets to the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically sent once the
+			 *  remaining bytes have been written; the user is responsible for manually sending the last
+			 *  packet to the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
+			 *
+			 *  If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
+			 *  failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
+			 *  storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
+			 *  the endpoint bank becomes full while there is still data to process (and after the current
+			 *  packet transmission has been initiated) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the
+			 *  total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+			 *  \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
+			 *  in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
+			 *  and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
+			 *
+			 *  <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+			 *  \code
+			 *  uint8_t ErrorCode;
+			 *
+			 *  if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Null_Stream(512, NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+			 *  {
+			 *       // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+			 *  }
+			 *  \endcode
+			 *
+			 *  <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+			 *  \code
+			 *  uint8_t  ErrorCode;
+			 *  uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+			 *
+			 *  BytesProcessed = 0;
+			 *  while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Null_Stream(512, &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+			 *  {
+			 *      // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+			 *  }
+			 *
+			 *  if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+			 *  {
+			 *      // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+			 *  }
+			 *  \endcode
+			 *
+			 *  \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of zero bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+			 *                             transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Endpoint_Null_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+			                             uint16_t* const BytesProcessed);
+
+			//@}
+
+			/** \name Stream functions for RAM source/destination data */
+			//@{
+
+			/** Writes the given number of bytes to the endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
+			 *  sending full packets to the host as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
+			 *  the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
+			 *  \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
+			 *
+			 *  If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
+			 *  failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
+			 *  storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
+			 *  the endpoint bank becomes full while there is still data to process (and after the current
+			 *  packet transmission has been initiated) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the
+			 *  total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+			 *  \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
+			 *  in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
+			 *  and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
+			 *
+			 *  <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+			 *  \code
+			 *  uint8_t DataStream[512];
+			 *  uint8_t ErrorCode;
+			 *
+			 *  if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+			 *                                            NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+			 *  {
+			 *       // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+			 *  }
+			 *  \endcode
+			 *
+			 *  <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+			 *  \code
+			 *  uint8_t  DataStream[512];
+			 *  uint8_t  ErrorCode;
+			 *  uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+			 *
+			 *  BytesProcessed = 0;
+			 *  while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+			 *                                               &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+			 *  {
+			 *      // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+			 *  }
+			 *
+			 *  if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+			 *  {
+			 *      // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+			 *  }
+			 *  \endcode
+			 *
+			 *  \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Buffer          Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+			 *                             transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
+			                                 uint16_t Length,
+			                                 uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Writes the given number of bytes to the endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
+			 *  sending full packets to the host as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
+			 *  the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
+			 *  \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
+			 *
+			 *  \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Buffer          Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+			 *                             transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
+			                                 uint16_t Length,
+			                                 uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Reads the given number of bytes from the endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
+			 *  discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically
+			 *  discarded once the remaining bytes has been read; the user is responsible for manually
+			 *  discarding the last packet from the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
+			 *
+			 *  If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
+			 *  failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
+			 *  storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
+			 *  the endpoint bank becomes empty while there is still data to process (and after the current
+			 *  packet has been acknowledged) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the total number
+			 *  of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+			 *  \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
+			 *  in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
+			 *  and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
+			 *
+			 *  <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+			 *  \code
+			 *  uint8_t DataStream[512];
+			 *  uint8_t ErrorCode;
+			 *
+			 *  if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+			 *                                           NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+			 *  {
+			 *       // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+			 *  }
+			 *  \endcode
+			 *
+			 *  <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+			 *  \code
+			 *  uint8_t  DataStream[512];
+			 *  uint8_t  ErrorCode;
+			 *  uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+			 *
+			 *  BytesProcessed = 0;
+			 *  while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+			 *                                              &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+			 *  {
+			 *      // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+			 *  }
+			 *
+			 *  if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+			 *  {
+			 *      // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+			 *  }
+			 *  \endcode
+			 *
+			 *  \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[out] Buffer          Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
+			 *  \param[in]  Length          Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+			 *  \param[in]  BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+			 *                              transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(void* const Buffer,
+			                                uint16_t Length,
+			                                uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Reads the given number of bytes from the endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
+			 *  discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically
+			 *  discarded once the remaining bytes has been read; the user is responsible for manually
+			 *  discarding the last packet from the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
+			 *
+			 *  \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[out] Buffer          Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
+			 *  \param[in]  Length          Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+			 *  \param[in]  BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+			 *                              transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Stream_BE(void* const Buffer,
+			                                uint16_t Length,
+			                                uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Writes the given number of bytes to the CONTROL type endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
+			 *  sending full packets to the host as needed. The host OUT acknowledgement is not automatically cleared
+			 *  in both failure and success states; the user is responsible for manually clearing the status OUT packet
+			 *  to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
+			 *
+			 *  \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+			 *        function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+			 *        Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+			 *           together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Buffer  Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+			 *  \param[in] Length  Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
+			                                         uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Writes the given number of bytes to the CONTROL type endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
+			 *  sending full packets to the host as needed. The host OUT acknowledgement is not automatically cleared
+			 *  in both failure and success states; the user is responsible for manually clearing the status OUT packet
+			 *  to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
+			 *
+			 *  \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+			 *        function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+			 *        Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+			 *           together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Buffer  Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+			 *  \param[in] Length  Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
+			                                         uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Reads the given number of bytes from the CONTROL endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
+			 *  discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The device IN acknowledgement is not
+			 *  automatically sent after success or failure states; the user is responsible for manually sending the
+			 *  status IN packet to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
+			 *
+			 *  \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+			 *        function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+			 *        Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+			 *           together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[out] Buffer  Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
+			 *  \param[in]  Length  Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(void* const Buffer,
+			                                        uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** Reads the given number of bytes from the CONTROL endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
+			 *  discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The device IN acknowledgement is not
+			 *  automatically sent after success or failure states; the user is responsible for manually sending the
+			 *  status IN packet to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
+			 *
+			 *  \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+			 *        function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+			 *        Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+			 *           together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[out] Buffer  Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
+			 *  \param[in]  Length  Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_BE(void* const Buffer,
+			                                        uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+			//@}
+
+			/** \name Stream functions for EEPROM source/destination data */
+			//@{
+
+			/** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE().
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Buffer          Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+			 *                             transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Endpoint_Write_EStream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
+			                                  uint16_t Length,
+			                                  uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE().
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Buffer          Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+			 *                             transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Endpoint_Write_EStream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
+			                                  uint16_t Length,
+			                                  uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** EEPROM buffer destination version of \ref Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE().
+			 *
+			 *  \param[out] Buffer          Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to, located in EEPROM memory space.
+			 *  \param[in]  Length          Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+			 *  \param[in]  BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+			 *                              transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Endpoint_Read_EStream_LE(void* const Buffer,
+			                                 uint16_t Length,
+			                                 uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** EEPROM buffer destination version of \ref Endpoint_Read_Stream_BE().
+			 *
+			 *  \param[out] Buffer          Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to, located in EEPROM memory space.
+			 *  \param[in]  Length          Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+			 *  \param[in]  BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+			 *                              transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Endpoint_Read_EStream_BE(void* const Buffer,
+			                                 uint16_t Length,
+			                                 uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** EEPROM buffer source version of Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE.
+			 *
+			 *  \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+			 *        function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+			 *        Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+			 *           together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Buffer  Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+			 *  \param[in] Length  Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_EStream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
+			                                          uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_BE().
+			 *
+			 *  \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+			 *        function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+			 *        Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+			 *           together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Buffer  Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+			 *  \param[in] Length  Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_EStream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
+			                                          uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE().
+			 *
+			 *  \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+			 *        function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+			 *        Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+			 *           together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[out] Buffer  Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
+			 *  \param[in]  Length  Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Control_EStream_LE(void* const Buffer,
+			                                         uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_BE().
+			 *
+			 *  \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+			 *        function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+			 *        Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+			 *           together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[out] Buffer  Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
+			 *  \param[in]  Length  Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Control_EStream_BE(void* const Buffer,
+			                                         uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+			//@}
+
+			/** \name Stream functions for PROGMEM source/destination data */
+			//@{
+
+			/** FLASH buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE().
+			 *
+			 *  \pre The FLASH data must be located in the first 64KB of FLASH for this function to work correctly.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Buffer          Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+			 *                             transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Endpoint_Write_PStream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
+			                                  uint16_t Length,
+			                                  uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** FLASH buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE().
+			 *
+			 *  \pre The FLASH data must be located in the first 64KB of FLASH for this function to work correctly.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Buffer          Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+			 *                             transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Endpoint_Write_PStream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
+			                                  uint16_t Length,
+			                                  uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** FLASH buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE().
+			 *
+			 *  \pre The FLASH data must be located in the first 64KB of FLASH for this function to work correctly.
+			 *
+			 *  \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+			 *        function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+			 *        Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+			 *           together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Buffer  Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+			 *  \param[in] Length  Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_PStream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
+			                                          uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+			/** FLASH buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_BE().
+			 *
+			 *  \pre The FLASH data must be located in the first 64KB of FLASH for this function to work correctly.
+			 *
+			 *  \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+			 *        function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+			 *        Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+			 *           together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Buffer  Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+			 *  \param[in] Length  Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_PStream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
+			                                          uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+			//@}
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Endpoint_XMEGA.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Endpoint_XMEGA.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..470f57ea29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Endpoint_XMEGA.c
@@ -0,0 +1,268 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+
+#include "../Endpoint.h"
+
+#if !defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE)
+uint8_t USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP_DEFAULT_SIZE;
+#endif
+
+Endpoint_FIFOPair_t       USB_Endpoint_FIFOs[ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS];
+
+volatile uint8_t          USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint;
+volatile USB_EP_t*        USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle;
+volatile Endpoint_FIFO_t* USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO;
+
+bool Endpoint_IsINReady(void)
+{
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint | ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+
+	return ((USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->STATUS & USB_EP_BUSNACK0_bm) ? true : false);
+}
+
+bool Endpoint_IsOUTReceived(void)
+{
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint & ~ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+
+	if (USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->STATUS & USB_EP_TRNCOMPL0_bm)
+	{
+		USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Length = USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CNT;
+		return true;
+	}
+
+	return false;
+}
+
+bool Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived(void)
+{
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint & ~ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+
+	if (USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->STATUS & USB_EP_SETUP_bm)
+	{
+		USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Length = USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CNT;
+		return true;
+	}
+
+	return false;
+}
+
+void Endpoint_ClearSETUP(void)
+{
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint & ~ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+	USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->STATUS &= ~(USB_EP_SETUP_bm | USB_EP_TRNCOMPL0_bm | USB_EP_BUSNACK0_bm | USB_EP_OVF_bm);
+	USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->STATUS |= USB_EP_TOGGLE_bm;
+	USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position  = 0;
+
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint | ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+	USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->STATUS |= USB_EP_TOGGLE_bm;
+	USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position  = 0;
+}
+
+void Endpoint_ClearIN(void)
+{
+	USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CNT     = USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position;
+	USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->STATUS &= ~(USB_EP_TRNCOMPL0_bm | USB_EP_BUSNACK0_bm | USB_EP_OVF_bm);
+	USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position  = 0;
+}
+
+void Endpoint_ClearOUT(void)
+{
+	USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->STATUS &= ~(USB_EP_TRNCOMPL0_bm | USB_EP_BUSNACK0_bm | USB_EP_OVF_bm);
+	USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position  = 0;
+}
+
+void Endpoint_StallTransaction(void)
+{
+	USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CTRL |= USB_EP_STALL_bm;
+
+	if ((USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CTRL & USB_EP_TYPE_gm) == USB_EP_TYPE_CONTROL_gc)
+	{
+		Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint ^ ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+		USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CTRL |= USB_EP_STALL_bm;
+	}
+}
+
+uint8_t Endpoint_Read_8(void)
+{
+	return USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Data[USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position++];
+}
+
+void Endpoint_Write_8(const uint8_t Data)
+{
+	USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Data[USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position++] = Data;
+}
+
+void Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(const uint8_t Address)
+{
+	uint8_t EndpointNumber = (Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK);
+
+	USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint = Address;
+
+	Endpoint_FIFOPair_t* EndpointFIFOPair = &USB_Endpoint_FIFOs[EndpointNumber];
+	USB_EndpointTable_t* EndpointTable    = (USB_EndpointTable_t*)USB.EPPTR;
+
+	if (Address & ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+	{
+		USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO   = &EndpointFIFOPair->IN;
+		USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle = &EndpointTable->Endpoints[EndpointNumber].IN;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO   = &EndpointFIFOPair->OUT;
+		USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle = &EndpointTable->Endpoints[EndpointNumber].OUT;
+	}
+}
+
+bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(const USB_Endpoint_Table_t* const Table,
+                                     const uint8_t Entries)
+{
+	for (uint8_t i = 0; i < Entries; i++)
+	{
+		if (!(Table[i].Address))
+		  continue;
+
+		if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(Table[i].Address, Table[i].Type, Table[i].Size, Table[i].Banks)))
+		{
+			return false;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint_PRV(const uint8_t Address,
+                                    const uint8_t Config,
+                                    const uint8_t Size)
+{
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(Address);
+
+	USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CTRL    = 0;
+	USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->STATUS  = (Address & ENDPOINT_DIR_IN) ? USB_EP_BUSNACK0_bm : 0;
+	USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CTRL    = Config;
+	USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CNT     = 0;
+	USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->DATAPTR = (intptr_t)USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Data;
+
+	USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Length    = (Address & ENDPOINT_DIR_IN) ? Size : 0;
+	USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position  = 0;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+void Endpoint_ClearEndpoints(void)
+{
+	for (uint8_t EPNum = 0; EPNum < ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS; EPNum++)
+	{
+		((USB_EndpointTable_t*)USB.EPPTR)->Endpoints[EPNum].IN.CTRL  = 0;
+		((USB_EndpointTable_t*)USB.EPPTR)->Endpoints[EPNum].OUT.CTRL = 0;
+	}
+}
+
+void Endpoint_ClearStatusStage(void)
+{
+	if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST)
+	{
+		while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
+		{
+			if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+			  return;
+		}
+
+		Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
+		{
+			if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+			  return;
+		}
+
+		Endpoint_ClearIN();
+	}
+}
+
+#if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
+uint8_t Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(void)
+{
+	#if (USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS < 0xFF)
+	uint8_t  TimeoutMSRem = USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS;
+	#else
+	uint16_t TimeoutMSRem = USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS;
+	#endif
+
+	uint16_t PreviousFrameNumber = USB_Device_GetFrameNumber();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		if (Endpoint_GetEndpointDirection() == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+		{
+			if (Endpoint_IsINReady())
+			  return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+			  return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
+		}
+
+		uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
+
+		if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+		  return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
+		else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
+		  return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_BusSuspended;
+		else if (Endpoint_IsStalled())
+		  return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_EndpointStalled;
+
+		uint16_t CurrentFrameNumber = USB_Device_GetFrameNumber();
+
+		if (CurrentFrameNumber != PreviousFrameNumber)
+		{
+			PreviousFrameNumber = CurrentFrameNumber;
+
+			if (!(TimeoutMSRem--))
+			  return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_Timeout;
+		}
+	}
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Endpoint_XMEGA.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Endpoint_XMEGA.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..db7d840d2e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Endpoint_XMEGA.h
@@ -0,0 +1,689 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief USB Endpoint definitions for the AVR XMEGA microcontrollers.
+ *  \copydetails Group_EndpointManagement_XMEGA
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_EndpointRW
+ *  \defgroup Group_EndpointRW_XMEGA Endpoint Data Reading and Writing (XMEGA)
+ *  \brief Endpoint data read/write definitions for the Atmel AVR XMEGA architecture.
+ *
+ *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing from and to endpoints.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW
+ *  \defgroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA Read/Write of Primitive Data Types (XMEGA)
+ *  \brief Endpoint primitive read/write definitions for the Atmel AVR XMEGA architecture.
+ *
+ *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of primitive data types
+ *  from and to endpoints.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement
+ *  \defgroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA Endpoint Packet Management (XMEGA)
+ *  \brief Endpoint packet management definitions for the Atmel AVR XMEGA architecture.
+ *
+ *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to packet management of endpoints.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_EndpointManagement
+ *  \defgroup Group_EndpointManagement_XMEGA Endpoint Management (XMEGA)
+ *  \brief Endpoint management definitions for the Atmel AVR XMEGA architecture.
+ *
+ *  Functions, macros and enums related to endpoint management when in USB Device mode. This
+ *  module contains the endpoint management macros, as well as endpoint interrupt and data
+ *  send/receive functions for various data types.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __ENDPOINT_XMEGA_H__
+#define __ENDPOINT_XMEGA_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../USBTask.h"
+		#include "../USBInterrupt.h"
+		#include "../USBController.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			#if (!defined(MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX) && !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+				/** Total number of endpoints (including the default control endpoint at address 0) which may
+				 *  be used in the device. Different USB AVR models support different amounts of endpoints,
+				 *  this value reflects the maximum number of endpoints for the currently selected AVR model.
+				 */
+				#define ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS            16
+			#else
+				#if defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
+					#define ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS        1
+				#else
+					#define ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS        (MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX + 1)
+				#endif
+			#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Type Defines: */
+			typedef struct
+			{
+				uint8_t Data[64];
+
+				uint8_t Length;
+				uint8_t Position;
+			} Endpoint_FIFO_t;
+
+			typedef struct
+			{
+				Endpoint_FIFO_t OUT;
+				Endpoint_FIFO_t IN;
+			} Endpoint_FIFOPair_t;
+
+		/* External Variables: */
+			extern Endpoint_FIFOPair_t       USB_Endpoint_FIFOs[ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS];
+			extern volatile uint8_t          USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint;
+			extern volatile USB_EP_t*        USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle;
+			extern volatile Endpoint_FIFO_t* USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO;
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			static inline uint8_t Endpoint_BytesToEPSizeMask(const uint16_t Bytes) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_CONST
+			                                                                       ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint8_t Endpoint_BytesToEPSizeMask(const uint16_t Bytes)
+			{
+				uint8_t  MaskVal    = 0;
+				uint16_t CheckBytes = 8;
+
+				while (CheckBytes < Bytes)
+				{
+					MaskVal++;
+					CheckBytes <<= 1;
+				}
+
+				return (MaskVal << USB_EP_BUFSIZE_gp);
+			}
+
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint_PRV(const uint8_t Address,
+			                                    const uint8_t Config,
+			                                    const uint8_t Size);
+			void Endpoint_ClearEndpoints(void);
+	#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			#if (!defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+				/** Default size of the default control endpoint's bank, until altered by the control endpoint bank size
+				 *  value in the device descriptor. Not available if the \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token is defined.
+				 */
+				#define ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP_DEFAULT_SIZE     8
+			#endif
+
+		/* Enums: */
+			/** Enum for the possible error return codes of the \ref Endpoint_WaitUntilReady() function.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointRW_XMEGA
+			 */
+			enum Endpoint_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t
+			{
+				ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError                 = 0, /**< Endpoint is ready for next packet, no error. */
+				ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_EndpointStalled         = 1, /**< The endpoint was stalled during the stream
+				                                                 *   transfer by the host or device.
+				                                                 */
+				ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected      = 2,	/**< Device was disconnected from the host while
+				                                                 *   waiting for the endpoint to become ready.
+				                                                 */
+				ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_BusSuspended            = 3, /**< The USB bus has been suspended by the host and
+				                                                 *   no USB endpoint traffic can occur until the bus
+				                                                 *   has resumed.
+				                                                 */
+				ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_Timeout                 = 4, /**< The host failed to accept or send the next packet
+				                                                 *   within the software timeout period set by the
+				                                                 *   \ref USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS macro.
+				                                                 */
+			};
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			/** Selects the given endpoint address.
+			 *
+			 *  Any endpoint operations which do not require the endpoint address to be indicated will operate on
+			 *  the currently selected endpoint.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Address  Endpoint address to select.
+			 */
+			void Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(const uint8_t Address);
+
+			/** Configures the specified endpoint address with the given endpoint type, bank size and number of hardware
+			 *  banks. Once configured, the endpoint may be read from or written to, depending on its direction.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Address    Endpoint address to configure.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Type       Type of endpoint to configure, a \c EP_TYPE_* mask. Not all endpoint types
+			 *                        are available on Low Speed USB devices - refer to the USB 2.0 specification.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Size       Size of the endpoint's bank, where packets are stored before they are transmitted
+			 *                        to the USB host, or after they have been received from the USB host (depending on
+			 *                        the endpoint's data direction). The bank size must indicate the maximum packet size
+			 *                        that the endpoint can handle.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Banks      Number of hardware banks to use for the endpoint being configured.
+			 *
+			 *  \note The default control endpoint should not be manually configured by the user application, as
+			 *        it is automatically configured by the library internally.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \note This routine will automatically select the specified endpoint.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the configuration succeeded, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(const uint8_t Address,
+			                                              const uint8_t Type,
+			                                              const uint16_t Size,
+			                                              const uint8_t Banks) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(const uint8_t Address,
+			                                              const uint8_t Type,
+			                                              const uint16_t Size,
+			                                              const uint8_t Banks)
+			{
+				uint8_t EPConfigMask = (USB_EP_INTDSBL_bm | ((Banks > 1) ? USB_EP_PINGPONG_bm : 0) | Endpoint_BytesToEPSizeMask(Size));
+
+				if ((Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK) >= ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS)
+				  return false;
+
+				// TODO - Fix once limitations are lifted
+				EPConfigMask &= ~USB_EP_PINGPONG_bm;
+				if (Size > 64)
+				  return false;
+
+				switch (Type)
+				{
+					case EP_TYPE_CONTROL:
+						EPConfigMask |= USB_EP_TYPE_CONTROL_gc;
+						break;
+					case EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS:
+						EPConfigMask |= USB_EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS_gc;
+						break;
+					default:
+						EPConfigMask |= USB_EP_TYPE_BULK_gc;
+						break;
+				}
+
+				if (Type == EP_TYPE_CONTROL)
+				  Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint_PRV(Address ^ ENDPOINT_DIR_IN, EPConfigMask, Size);
+
+				return Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint_PRV(Address, EPConfigMask, Size);
+			}
+
+			/** Indicates the number of bytes currently stored in the current endpoint's selected bank.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointRW_XMEGA
+			 *
+			 *  \return Total number of bytes in the currently selected Endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+			 */
+			static inline uint16_t Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint16_t Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint(void)
+			{
+				if (USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint & ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+				  return USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position;
+				else
+				  return (USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Length - USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position);
+			}
+
+			/** Get the endpoint address of the currently selected endpoint. This is typically used to save
+			 *  the currently selected endpoint so that it can be restored after another endpoint has been
+			 *  manipulated.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Index of the currently selected endpoint.
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint(void)
+			{
+				return USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint;
+			}
+
+			/** Resets the endpoint bank FIFO. This clears all the endpoint banks and resets the USB controller's
+			 *  data In and Out pointers to the bank's contents.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Address  Endpoint address whose FIFO buffers are to be reset.
+			 */
+			static inline void Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(const uint8_t Address)
+			{
+				if (Address & ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+				  USB_Endpoint_FIFOs[Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK].IN.Position  = 0;
+				else
+				  USB_Endpoint_FIFOs[Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK].OUT.Position = 0;
+			}
+
+			/** Determines if the currently selected endpoint is enabled, but not necessarily configured.
+			 *
+			 * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint is enabled, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool Endpoint_IsEnabled(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool Endpoint_IsEnabled(void)
+			{
+				return true;
+			}
+
+			/** Aborts all pending IN transactions on the currently selected endpoint, once the bank
+			 *  has been queued for transmission to the host via \ref Endpoint_ClearIN(). This function
+			 *  will terminate all queued transactions, resetting the endpoint banks ready for a new
+			 *  packet.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA
+			 */
+			static inline void Endpoint_AbortPendingIN(void)
+			{
+				USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->STATUS |= USB_EP_BUSNACK0_bm;
+			}
+
+			/** Determines if the currently selected endpoint may be read from (if data is waiting in the endpoint
+			 *  bank and the endpoint is an OUT direction, or if the bank is not yet full if the endpoint is an IN
+			 *  direction). This function will return false if an error has occurred in the endpoint, if the endpoint
+			 *  is an OUT direction and no packet (or an empty packet) has been received, or if the endpoint is an IN
+			 *  direction and the endpoint bank is full.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint may be read from or written to, depending
+			 *          on its direction.
+			 */
+			static inline bool Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed(void)
+			{
+				return (USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position < USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Length);
+			}
+
+			/** Determines if the currently selected endpoint is configured.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint has been configured, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool Endpoint_IsConfigured(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool Endpoint_IsConfigured(void)
+			{
+				return ((USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CTRL & USB_EP_TYPE_gm) ? true : false);
+			}
+
+			/** Determines if the selected IN endpoint is ready for a new packet to be sent to the host.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the current endpoint is ready for an IN packet, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			bool Endpoint_IsINReady(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+
+			/** Determines if the selected OUT endpoint has received new packet from the host.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if current endpoint is has received an OUT packet, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			bool Endpoint_IsOUTReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+
+			/** Determines if the current CONTROL type endpoint has received a SETUP packet.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the selected endpoint has received a SETUP packet, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			bool Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+
+			/** Clears a received SETUP packet on the currently selected CONTROL type endpoint, freeing up the
+			 *  endpoint for the next packet.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA
+			 *
+			 *  \note This is not applicable for non CONTROL type endpoints.
+			 */
+			void Endpoint_ClearSETUP(void);
+
+			/** Sends an IN packet to the host on the currently selected endpoint, freeing up the endpoint for the
+			 *  next packet and switching to the alternative endpoint bank if double banked.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA
+			 */
+			void Endpoint_ClearIN(void);
+
+			/** Acknowledges an OUT packet to the host on the currently selected endpoint, freeing up the endpoint
+			 *  for the next packet and switching to the alternative endpoint bank if double banked.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA
+			 */
+			void Endpoint_ClearOUT(void);
+
+			/** Stalls the current endpoint, indicating to the host that a logical problem occurred with the
+			 *  indicated endpoint and that the current transfer sequence should be aborted. This provides a
+			 *  way for devices to indicate invalid commands to the host so that the current transfer can be
+			 *  aborted and the host can begin its own recovery sequence.
+			 *
+			 *  The currently selected endpoint remains stalled until either the \ref Endpoint_ClearStall() macro
+			 *  is called, or the host issues a CLEAR FEATURE request to the device for the currently selected
+			 *  endpoint.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA
+			 */
+			void Endpoint_StallTransaction(void);
+
+			/** Clears the STALL condition on the currently selected endpoint.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA
+			 */
+			static inline void Endpoint_ClearStall(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Endpoint_ClearStall(void)
+			{
+				USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CTRL &= ~USB_EP_STALL_bm;
+			}
+
+			/** Determines if the currently selected endpoint is stalled, \c false otherwise.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint is stalled, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			static inline bool Endpoint_IsStalled(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool Endpoint_IsStalled(void)
+			{
+				return ((USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CTRL & USB_EP_STALL_bm) ? true : false);
+			}
+
+			/** Resets the data toggle of the currently selected endpoint. */
+			static inline void Endpoint_ResetDataToggle(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Endpoint_ResetDataToggle(void)
+			{
+				USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->STATUS &= ~USB_EP_TOGGLE_bm;
+			}
+
+			/** Determines the currently selected endpoint's direction.
+			 *
+			 *  \return The currently selected endpoint's direction, as a \c ENDPOINT_DIR_* mask.
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetEndpointDirection(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetEndpointDirection(void)
+			{
+				return (USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint & ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+			}
+
+			/** Reads one byte from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
+			 *
+			 *  \return Next byte in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Endpoint_Read_8(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+
+			/** Writes one byte to the currently selected endpoint's bank, for IN direction endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Data  Data to write into the the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+			 */
+			void Endpoint_Write_8(const uint8_t Data);
+
+			/** Discards one byte from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
+			 */
+			static inline void Endpoint_Discard_8(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Endpoint_Discard_8(void)
+			{
+				USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position++;
+			}
+
+			/** Reads two bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for OUT
+			 *  direction endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
+			 *
+			 *  \return Next two bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+			 */
+			static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_LE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_LE(void)
+			{
+				uint16_t Byte0 = Endpoint_Read_8();
+				uint16_t Byte1 = Endpoint_Read_8();
+
+				return ((Byte1 << 8) | Byte0);
+			}
+
+			/** Reads two bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for OUT
+			 *  direction endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
+			 *
+			 *  \return Next two bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+			 */
+			static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_BE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_BE(void)
+			{
+				uint16_t Byte0 = Endpoint_Read_8();
+				uint16_t Byte1 = Endpoint_Read_8();
+
+				return ((Byte0 << 8) | Byte1);
+			}
+
+			/** Writes two bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for IN
+			 *  direction endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Data  Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+			 */
+			static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_LE(const uint16_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_LE(const uint16_t Data)
+			{
+				Endpoint_Write_8(Data & 0xFF);
+				Endpoint_Write_8(Data >> 8);
+			}
+
+			/** Writes two bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for IN
+			 *  direction endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Data  Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+			 */
+			static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_BE(const uint16_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_BE(const uint16_t Data)
+			{
+				Endpoint_Write_8(Data >> 8);
+				Endpoint_Write_8(Data & 0xFF);
+			}
+
+			/** Discards two bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
+			 */
+			static inline void Endpoint_Discard_16(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Endpoint_Discard_16(void)
+			{
+				Endpoint_Discard_8();
+				Endpoint_Discard_8();
+			}
+
+			/** Reads four bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for OUT
+			 *  direction endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
+			 *
+			 *  \return Next four bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+			 */
+			static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_LE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_LE(void)
+			{
+				uint32_t Byte0 = Endpoint_Read_8();
+				uint32_t Byte1 = Endpoint_Read_8();
+				uint32_t Byte2 = Endpoint_Read_8();
+				uint32_t Byte3 = Endpoint_Read_8();
+
+				return ((Byte3 << 24) | (Byte2 << 16) | (Byte1 << 8) | Byte0);
+			}
+
+			/** Reads four bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for OUT
+			 *  direction endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
+			 *
+			 *  \return Next four bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+			 */
+			static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_BE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_BE(void)
+			{
+				uint32_t Byte0 = Endpoint_Read_8();
+				uint32_t Byte1 = Endpoint_Read_8();
+				uint32_t Byte2 = Endpoint_Read_8();
+				uint32_t Byte3 = Endpoint_Read_8();
+
+				return ((Byte0 << 24) | (Byte1 << 16) | (Byte2 << 8) | Byte3);
+			}
+
+			/** Writes four bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for IN
+			 *  direction endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Data  Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+			 */
+			static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_LE(const uint32_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_LE(const uint32_t Data)
+			{
+				Endpoint_Write_8(Data & 0xFF);
+				Endpoint_Write_8(Data >> 8);
+				Endpoint_Write_8(Data >> 16);
+				Endpoint_Write_8(Data >> 24);
+			}
+
+			/** Writes four bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for IN
+			 *  direction endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Data  Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+			 */
+			static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_BE(const uint32_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_BE(const uint32_t Data)
+			{
+				Endpoint_Write_8(Data >> 24);
+				Endpoint_Write_8(Data >> 16);
+				Endpoint_Write_8(Data >> 8);
+				Endpoint_Write_8(Data & 0xFF);
+			}
+
+			/** Discards four bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
+			 */
+			static inline void Endpoint_Discard_32(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void Endpoint_Discard_32(void)
+			{
+				Endpoint_Discard_8();
+				Endpoint_Discard_8();
+				Endpoint_Discard_8();
+				Endpoint_Discard_8();
+			}
+
+		/* External Variables: */
+			/** Global indicating the maximum packet size of the default control endpoint located at address
+			 *  0 in the device. This value is set to the value indicated in the device descriptor in the user
+			 *  project once the USB interface is initialized into device mode.
+			 *
+			 *  If space is an issue, it is possible to fix this to a static value by defining the control
+			 *  endpoint size in the \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token passed to the compiler in the makefile
+			 *  via the -D switch. When a fixed control endpoint size is used, the size is no longer dynamically
+			 *  read from the descriptors at runtime and instead fixed to the given value. When used, it is
+			 *  important that the descriptor control endpoint size value matches the size given as the
+			 *  \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token - it is recommended that the \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token
+			 *  be used in the device descriptors to ensure this.
+			 *
+			 *  \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
+			 *             changed in value.
+			 */
+			#if (!defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+				extern uint8_t USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize;
+			#else
+				#define USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE
+			#endif
+
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			/** Configures a table of endpoint descriptions, in sequence. This function can be used to configure multiple
+			 *  endpoints at the same time.
+			 *
+			 *  \note Endpoints with a zero address will be ignored, thus this function cannot be used to configure the
+			 *        control endpoint.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Table    Pointer to a table of endpoint descriptions.
+			 *  \param[in] Entries  Number of entries in the endpoint table to configure.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if all endpoints configured successfully, \c false otherwise.
+			 */
+			bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(const USB_Endpoint_Table_t* const Table,
+			                                     const uint8_t Entries);
+
+			/** Completes the status stage of a control transfer on a CONTROL type endpoint automatically,
+			 *  with respect to the data direction. This is a convenience function which can be used to
+			 *  simplify user control request handling.
+			 *
+			 *  \note This routine should not be called on non CONTROL type endpoints.
+			 */
+			void Endpoint_ClearStatusStage(void);
+
+			/** Spin-loops until the currently selected non-control endpoint is ready for the next packet of data
+			 *  to be read or written to it.
+			 *
+			 *  \note This routine should not be called on CONTROL type endpoints.
+			 *
+			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointRW_XMEGA
+			 *
+			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+			 */
+			uint8_t Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(void);
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Host_XMEGA.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Host_XMEGA.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b8b8c462cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Host_XMEGA.c
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/PipeStream_XMEGA.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/PipeStream_XMEGA.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b8b8c462cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/PipeStream_XMEGA.c
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Pipe_XMEGA.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Pipe_XMEGA.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bb92b1d763
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Pipe_XMEGA.c
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c923f31017
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#if defined(TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME)
+
+uint8_t TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME (void* const Buffer,
+                            uint16_t Length)
+{
+	uint8_t* DataStream = ((uint8_t*)Buffer + TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length));
+
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint & ~ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+
+	if (!(Length))
+	  Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+	while (Length)
+	{
+		uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
+
+		if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+		else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
+		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
+		else if (Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived())
+		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_HostAborted;
+
+		if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+		{
+			while (Length && Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint())
+			{
+				TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(DataStream);
+				TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, 1);
+				Length--;
+			}
+
+			Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+		}
+	}
+
+	while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
+	{
+		uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
+
+		if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+		else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
+		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
+	}
+
+	return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE
+#undef TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME
+#undef TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b32de813df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#if defined(TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME)
+
+uint8_t TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME (const void* const Buffer,
+                            uint16_t Length)
+{
+	uint8_t* DataStream     = ((uint8_t*)Buffer + TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length));
+	bool     LastPacketFull = false;
+
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint | ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+
+	if (Length > USB_ControlRequest.wLength)
+	  Length = USB_ControlRequest.wLength;
+	else if (!(Length))
+	  Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+	while (Length || LastPacketFull)
+	{
+		uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
+
+		if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+		else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
+		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
+		else if (Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived())
+		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_HostAborted;
+		else if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+		  break;
+
+		if (Endpoint_IsINReady())
+		{
+			uint16_t BytesInEndpoint = Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint();
+
+			while (Length && (BytesInEndpoint < USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize))
+			{
+				TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(DataStream);
+				TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, 1);
+				Length--;
+				BytesInEndpoint++;
+			}
+
+			LastPacketFull = (BytesInEndpoint == USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize);
+			Endpoint_ClearIN();
+		}
+	}
+
+	while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
+	{
+		uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
+
+		if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+		else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
+		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
+		else if (Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived())
+		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_HostAborted;
+	}
+
+	return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE
+#undef TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME
+#undef TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e55e592eb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#if defined(TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME)
+
+uint8_t TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME (TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const Buffer,
+                            uint16_t Length,
+                            uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
+{
+	uint8_t* DataStream      = ((uint8_t*)Buffer + TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length));
+	uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
+	uint8_t  ErrorCode;
+
+	if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
+	  return ErrorCode;
+
+	if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+	{
+		Length -= *BytesProcessed;
+		TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, *BytesProcessed);
+	}
+
+	while (Length)
+	{
+		if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+		{
+			TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT();
+
+			#if !defined(INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT)
+			USB_USBTask();
+			#endif
+
+			if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+			{
+				*BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
+				return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
+			}
+
+			if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
+			  return ErrorCode;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(DataStream);
+			TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, 1);
+			Length--;
+			BytesInTransfer++;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+#undef TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE
+#undef TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE
+#undef TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBController_XMEGA.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBController_XMEGA.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4eea57a0bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBController_XMEGA.c
@@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_CONTROLLER_C
+#include "../USBController.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+volatile uint8_t USB_CurrentMode = USB_MODE_None;
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
+volatile uint8_t USB_Options;
+#endif
+
+/* Ugly workaround to ensure an aligned table, since __BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT__ == 1 for the 8-bit AVR-GCC toolchain */
+uint8_t USB_EndpointTable[sizeof(USB_EndpointTable_t) + 1];
+
+void USB_Init(
+               #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+               const uint8_t Mode
+               #endif
+
+               #if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS))
+               ,
+               #elif (!defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS))
+               void
+               #endif
+
+               #if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
+               const uint8_t Options
+               #endif
+               )
+{
+	#if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
+	USB_Options = Options;
+	#endif
+
+	uint_reg_t CurrentGlobalInt = GetGlobalInterruptMask();
+	GlobalInterruptDisable();
+
+	NVM.CMD  = NVM_CMD_READ_CALIB_ROW_gc;
+	USB.CAL0 = pgm_read_byte(offsetof(NVM_PROD_SIGNATURES_t, USBCAL0));
+	USB.CAL1 = pgm_read_byte(offsetof(NVM_PROD_SIGNATURES_t, USBCAL1));
+	NVM.CMD  = NVM_CMD_NO_OPERATION_gc;
+
+	/* Ugly workaround to ensure an aligned table, since __BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT__ == 1 for the 8-bit AVR-GCC toolchain */
+	USB.EPPTR = ((intptr_t)&USB_EndpointTable[1] & ~(1 << 0));
+	USB.CTRLA = (USB_STFRNUM_bm | ((ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS - 1) << USB_MAXEP_gp));
+
+	if ((USB_Options & USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH) == USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+	  USB.INTCTRLA = (3 << USB_INTLVL_gp);
+	else if ((USB_Options & USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIMED) == USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIMED)
+	  USB.INTCTRLA = (2 << USB_INTLVL_gp);
+	else
+	  USB.INTCTRLA = (1 << USB_INTLVL_gp);
+
+	SetGlobalInterruptMask(CurrentGlobalInt);
+
+	#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+	USB_CurrentMode = Mode;
+	#endif
+
+	USB_IsInitialized = true;
+
+	USB_ResetInterface();
+}
+
+void USB_Disable(void)
+{
+	USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts();
+	USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts();
+
+	USB_Detach();
+	USB_Controller_Disable();
+
+	USB_IsInitialized = false;
+}
+
+void USB_ResetInterface(void)
+{
+	uint8_t PrescalerNeeded;
+
+	#if defined(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED)
+	if (USB_Options & USB_DEVICE_OPT_LOWSPEED)
+	  PrescalerNeeded = F_USB / 6000000;
+	else
+	  PrescalerNeeded = F_USB / 48000000;
+	#else
+	PrescalerNeeded = F_USB / 6000000;
+	#endif
+
+	uint8_t DividerIndex = 0;
+	while (PrescalerNeeded > 0)
+	{
+		DividerIndex++;
+		PrescalerNeeded >>= 1;
+	}
+
+	CLK.USBCTRL = (DividerIndex - 1) << CLK_USBPSDIV_gp;
+
+	if (USB_Options & USB_OPT_PLLCLKSRC)
+	  CLK.USBCTRL |= (CLK_USBSRC_PLL_gc   | CLK_USBSEN_bm);
+	else
+	  CLK.USBCTRL |= (CLK_USBSRC_RC32M_gc | CLK_USBSEN_bm);
+
+	USB_Device_SetDeviceAddress(0);
+
+	USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts();
+	USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts();
+
+	USB_Controller_Reset();
+	USB_Init_Device();
+}
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+static void USB_Init_Device(void)
+{
+	USB_DeviceState                 = DEVICE_STATE_Unattached;
+	USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber  = 0;
+
+	#if !defined(NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP)
+	USB_Device_RemoteWakeupEnabled  = false;
+	#endif
+
+	#if !defined(NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER)
+	USB_Device_CurrentlySelfPowered = false;
+	#endif
+
+	#if !defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE)
+	USB_Descriptor_Device_t* DeviceDescriptorPtr;
+
+	#if defined(ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE) && \
+	    !(defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS))
+	uint8_t DescriptorAddressSpace;
+
+	if (CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor((DTYPE_Device << 8), 0, (void*)&DeviceDescriptorPtr, &DescriptorAddressSpace) != NO_DESCRIPTOR)
+	{
+		if (DescriptorAddressSpace == MEMSPACE_FLASH)
+		  USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = pgm_read_byte(&DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size);
+		else if (DescriptorAddressSpace == MEMSPACE_EEPROM)
+		  USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = eeprom_read_byte(&DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size);
+		else
+		  USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size;
+	}
+	#else
+	if (CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor((DTYPE_Device << 8), 0, (void*)&DeviceDescriptorPtr) != NO_DESCRIPTOR)
+	{
+		#if defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS)
+		USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size;
+		#elif defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS)
+		USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = eeprom_read_byte(&DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size);
+		#else
+		USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = pgm_read_byte(&DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size);
+		#endif
+	}
+	#endif
+	#endif
+
+	if (USB_Options & USB_DEVICE_OPT_LOWSPEED)
+	  USB_Device_SetLowSpeed();
+	else
+	  USB_Device_SetFullSpeed();
+
+	Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP, EP_TYPE_CONTROL,
+							   USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize, 1);
+
+	USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_BUSEVENTI);
+
+	USB_Attach();
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBController_XMEGA.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBController_XMEGA.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6bab03a7d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBController_XMEGA.h
@@ -0,0 +1,313 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief USB Controller definitions for the AVR XMEGA microcontrollers.
+ *  \copydetails Group_USBManagement_XMEGA
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBManagement
+ *  \defgroup Group_USBManagement_XMEGA USB Interface Management (XMEGA)
+ *  \brief USB Controller definitions for the AVR XMEGA microcontrollers.
+ *
+ *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to the setup and management of the USB interface.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBCONTROLLER_XMEGA_H__
+#define __USBCONTROLLER_XMEGA_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "../USBMode.h"
+		#include "../Events.h"
+		#include "../USBTask.h"
+		#include "../USBInterrupt.h"
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Macros: */
+			#if defined(MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX)
+				#define ENDPOINT_TABLE_COUNT  (MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX + 1)
+			#else
+				#define ENDPOINT_TABLE_COUNT  16
+			#endif
+
+		/* Type Defines: */
+			typedef struct
+			{
+				struct
+				{
+					USB_EP_t OUT;
+					USB_EP_t IN;
+				} Endpoints[ENDPOINT_TABLE_COUNT];
+				uint16_t FrameNum;
+			} ATTR_PACKED USB_EndpointTable_t;
+
+		/* External Variables: */
+			extern uint8_t USB_EndpointTable[];
+	#endif
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			#include "../Device.h"
+			#include "../Endpoint.h"
+			#include "../DeviceStandardReq.h"
+			#include "../EndpointStream.h"
+		#endif
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks and Defines: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+		#if !defined(F_USB)
+			#error F_USB is not defined. You must define F_USB to the frequency of the unprescaled USB controller clock in your project makefile.
+		#endif
+
+		#if ((F_USB % 6000000) || (F_USB < 6000000))
+			#error Invalid F_USB specified. F_USB must be a multiple of 6MHz for USB Low Speed operation, and a multiple of 48MHz for Full Speed operation.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** \name USB Controller Option Masks */
+			//@{
+			/** Sets the USB bus interrupt priority level to be low priority. The USB bus interrupt is used for Start of Frame events, bus suspend
+			 *  and resume events, bus reset events and other events related to the management of the USB bus.
+			 */
+			#define USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRILOW           ((0 << 2) | (0 << 1))
+
+			/** Sets the USB bus interrupt priority level to be medium priority. The USB bus interrupt is used for Start of Frame events, bus suspend
+			 *  and resume events, bus reset events and other events related to the management of the USB bus.
+			 */
+			#define USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIMED           ((0 << 2) | (1 << 1))
+
+			/** Sets the USB bus interrupt priority level to be high priority. The USB bus interrupt is used for Start of Frame events, bus suspend
+			 *  and resume events, bus reset events and other events related to the management of the USB bus.
+			 */
+			#define USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH          ((1 << 2) | (0 << 1))
+
+			/** Sets the USB controller to source its clock from the internal RC 32MHz clock, once it has been DFLL calibrated to 48MHz. */
+			#define USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC               (0 << 3)
+
+			/** Sets the USB controller to source its clock from the internal PLL. */
+			#define USB_OPT_PLLCLKSRC                 (1 << 3)
+			//@}
+
+			#if !defined(USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+				/** Constant for the maximum software timeout period of the USB data stream transfer functions
+				 *  (both control and standard) when in either device or host mode. If the next packet of a stream
+				 *  is not received or acknowledged within this time period, the stream function will fail.
+				 *
+				 *  This value may be overridden in the user project makefile as the value of the
+				 *  \ref USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS token, and passed to the compiler using the -D switch.
+				 */
+				#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS       100
+			#endif
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			/** Detaches the device from the USB bus. This has the effect of removing the device from any
+			 *  attached host, ceasing USB communications. If no host is present, this prevents any host from
+			 *  enumerating the device once attached until \ref USB_Attach() is called.
+			 */
+			static inline void USB_Detach(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_Detach(void)
+			{
+				USB.CTRLB &= ~USB_ATTACH_bm;
+			}
+
+			/** Attaches the device to the USB bus. This announces the device's presence to any attached
+			 *  USB host, starting the enumeration process. If no host is present, attaching the device
+			 *  will allow for enumeration once a host is connected to the device.
+			 *
+			 *  This is inexplicably also required for proper operation while in host mode, to enable the
+			 *  attachment of a device to the host. This is despite the bit being located in the device-mode
+			 *  register and despite the datasheet making no mention of its requirement in host mode.
+			 */
+			static inline void USB_Attach(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_Attach(void)
+			{
+				USB.CTRLB |= USB_ATTACH_bm;
+			}
+
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			/** Main function to initialize and start the USB interface. Once active, the USB interface will
+			 *  allow for device connection to a host when in device mode, or for device enumeration while in
+			 *  host mode.
+			 *
+			 *  As the USB library relies on interrupts for the device and host mode enumeration processes,
+			 *  the user must enable global interrupts before or shortly after this function is called. In
+			 *  device mode, interrupts must be enabled within 500ms of this function being called to ensure
+			 *  that the host does not time out whilst enumerating the device. In host mode, interrupts may be
+			 *  enabled at the application's leisure however enumeration will not begin of an attached device
+			 *  until after this has occurred.
+			 *
+			 *  Calling this function when the USB interface is already initialized will cause a complete USB
+			 *  interface reset and re-enumeration.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Mode     Mask indicating what mode the USB interface is to be initialized to, a value
+			 *                      from the \ref USB_Modes_t enum.
+			 *                      \note This parameter does not exist on devices with only one supported USB
+			 *                            mode (device or host).
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Options  Mask indicating the options which should be used when initializing the USB
+			 *                      interface to control the USB interface's behavior. This should be comprised of
+			 *                      a \c USB_OPT_REG_* mask to control the regulator, a \c USB_OPT_*_PLL mask to control the
+			 *                      PLL, and a \c USB_DEVICE_OPT_* mask (when the device mode is enabled) to set the device
+			 *                      mode speed.
+			 *
+			 *  \note To reduce the FLASH requirements of the library if only device or host mode is required,
+			 *        the mode can be statically set in the project makefile by defining the token \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+			 *        (for device mode) or \c USB_HOST_ONLY (for host mode), passing the token to the compiler
+			 *        via the -D switch. If the mode is statically set, this parameter does not exist in the
+			 *        function prototype.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \note To reduce the FLASH requirements of the library if only fixed settings are required,
+			 *        the options may be set statically in the same manner as the mode (see the Mode parameter of
+			 *        this function). To statically set the USB options, pass in the \c USE_STATIC_OPTIONS token,
+			 *        defined to the appropriate options masks. When the options are statically set, this
+			 *        parameter does not exist in the function prototype.
+			 *        \n\n
+			 *
+			 *  \note The mode parameter does not exist on devices where only one mode is possible, such as USB
+			 *        AVR models which only implement the USB device mode in hardware.
+			 *
+			 *  \see \ref Group_Device for the \c USB_DEVICE_OPT_* masks.
+			 */
+			void USB_Init(
+			               #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			               const uint8_t Mode
+			               #endif
+
+			               #if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			               ,
+			               #elif (!defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS))
+			               void
+			               #endif
+
+			               #if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			               const uint8_t Options
+			               #endif
+			               );
+
+			/** Shuts down the USB interface. This turns off the USB interface after deallocating all USB FIFO
+			 *  memory, endpoints and pipes. When turned off, no USB functionality can be used until the interface
+			 *  is restarted with the \ref USB_Init() function.
+			 */
+			void USB_Disable(void);
+
+			/** Resets the interface, when already initialized. This will re-enumerate the device if already connected
+			 *  to a host, or re-enumerate an already attached device when in host mode.
+			 */
+			void USB_ResetInterface(void);
+
+		/* Global Variables: */
+			#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+				/** Indicates the mode that the USB interface is currently initialized to, a value from the
+				 *  \ref USB_Modes_t enum.
+				 *
+				 *  \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
+				 *             changed in value.
+				 *
+				 *  \note When the controller is initialized into UID auto-detection mode, this variable will hold the
+				 *        currently selected USB mode (i.e. \ref USB_MODE_Device or \ref USB_MODE_Host). If the controller
+				 *        is fixed into a specific mode (either through the \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY or \c USB_HOST_ONLY compile time
+				 *        options, or a limitation of the USB controller in the chosen device model) this will evaluate to
+				 *        a constant of the appropriate value and will never evaluate to \ref USB_MODE_None even when the
+				 *        USB interface is not initialized.
+				 */
+				extern volatile uint8_t USB_CurrentMode;
+			#elif defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+				#define USB_CurrentMode USB_MODE_Host
+			#elif defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+				#define USB_CurrentMode USB_MODE_Device
+			#endif
+
+			#if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+				/** Indicates the current USB options that the USB interface was initialized with when \ref USB_Init()
+				 *  was called. This value will be one of the \c USB_MODE_* masks defined elsewhere in this module.
+				 *
+				 *  \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
+				 *             changed in value.
+				 */
+				extern volatile uint8_t USB_Options;
+			#elif defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
+				#define USB_Options USE_STATIC_OPTIONS
+			#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			#if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_CONTROLLER_C)
+				static void USB_Init_Device(void);
+			#endif
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			static inline void USB_Controller_Enable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_Controller_Enable(void)
+			{
+				USB.CTRLA |=  USB_ENABLE_bm;
+			}
+
+			static inline void USB_Controller_Disable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_Controller_Disable(void)
+			{
+				USB.CTRLA &= ~USB_ENABLE_bm;
+			}
+
+			static inline void USB_Controller_Reset(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_Controller_Reset(void)
+			{
+				USB.CTRLA &= ~USB_ENABLE_bm;
+				USB.CTRLA |=  USB_ENABLE_bm;
+			}
+
+	#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBInterrupt_XMEGA.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBInterrupt_XMEGA.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a82dde030c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBInterrupt_XMEGA.c
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBInterrupt.h"
+
+void USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts(void)
+{
+	USB.INTCTRLA    &= USB_INTLVL_gm;
+	USB.INTCTRLB     = 0;
+}
+
+void USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts(void)
+{
+	USB.INTFLAGSACLR = 0xFF;
+	USB.INTFLAGSBCLR = 0xFF;
+}
+
+ISR(USB_BUSEVENT_vect)
+{
+	#if !defined(NO_SOF_EVENTS)
+	if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_SOFI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_SOFI))
+	{
+		USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_SOFI);
+
+		EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame();
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Suspend))
+	{
+		USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Suspend);
+
+		#if !defined(NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT)
+		USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Unattached;
+		EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect();
+		#else
+		USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Suspended;
+		EVENT_USB_Device_Suspend();
+		#endif
+	}
+
+	if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Resume))
+	{
+		USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Resume);
+
+		if (USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber)
+		  USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Configured;
+		else
+		  USB_DeviceState = (USB_Device_IsAddressSet()) ? DEVICE_STATE_Addressed : DEVICE_STATE_Powered;
+
+		#if !defined(NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT)
+		EVENT_USB_Device_Connect();
+		#else
+		EVENT_USB_Device_WakeUp();
+		#endif
+	}
+
+	if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Reset))
+	{
+		USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Reset);
+
+		USB_DeviceState                = DEVICE_STATE_Default;
+		USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber = 0;
+
+		USB_Device_EnableDeviceAddress(0);
+
+		Endpoint_ClearEndpoints();
+		Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP, EP_TYPE_CONTROL,
+		                           USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize, 1);
+
+		EVENT_USB_Device_Reset();
+	}
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBInterrupt_XMEGA.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBInterrupt_XMEGA.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..54ee7f115f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBInterrupt_XMEGA.h
@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief USB Controller Interrupt definitions for the AVR XMEGA microcontrollers.
+ *
+ *  This file contains definitions required for the correct handling of low level USB service routine interrupts
+ *  from the USB controller.
+ *
+ *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBINTERRUPT_XMEGA_H__
+#define __USBINTERRUPT_XMEGA_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Enums: */
+			enum USB_Interrupts_t
+			{
+				USB_INT_BUSEVENTI         = 1,
+				USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Suspend = 2,
+				USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Resume  = 3,
+				USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Reset   = 4,
+				USB_INT_SOFI              = 5,
+			};
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			static inline void USB_INT_Enable(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_INT_Enable(const uint8_t Interrupt)
+			{
+				switch (Interrupt)
+				{
+					case USB_INT_BUSEVENTI:
+						USB.INTCTRLA |= USB_BUSEVIE_bm;
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_SOFI:
+						USB.INTCTRLA |= USB_SOFIE_bm;
+						break;
+					default:
+						break;
+				}
+			}
+
+			static inline void USB_INT_Disable(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_INT_Disable(const uint8_t Interrupt)
+			{
+				switch (Interrupt)
+				{
+					case USB_INT_BUSEVENTI:
+						USB.INTCTRLA &= ~USB_BUSEVIE_bm;
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_SOFI:
+						USB.INTCTRLA &= ~USB_SOFIE_bm;
+						break;
+					default:
+						break;
+				}
+			}
+
+			static inline void USB_INT_Clear(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void USB_INT_Clear(const uint8_t Interrupt)
+			{
+				switch (Interrupt)
+				{
+					case USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Suspend:
+						USB.INTFLAGSACLR = USB_SUSPENDIF_bm;
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Resume:
+						USB.INTFLAGSACLR = USB_RESUMEIF_bm;
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Reset:
+						USB.INTFLAGSACLR = USB_RSTIF_bm;
+						break;
+					case USB_INT_SOFI:
+						USB.INTFLAGSACLR = USB_SOFIF_bm;
+						break;
+					default:
+						break;
+				}
+			}
+
+			static inline bool USB_INT_IsEnabled(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline bool USB_INT_IsEnabled(const uint8_t Interrupt)
+			{
+				switch (Interrupt)
+				{
+					case USB_INT_BUSEVENTI:
+						return ((USB.INTCTRLA & USB_BUSEVIE_bm) ? true : false);
+					case USB_INT_SOFI:
+						return ((USB.INTCTRLA & USB_SOFIE_bm) ? true : false);
+					default:
+						return false;
+				}
+			}
+
+			static inline bool USB_INT_HasOccurred(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline bool USB_INT_HasOccurred(const uint8_t Interrupt)
+			{
+				switch (Interrupt)
+				{
+					case USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Suspend:
+						return ((USB.INTFLAGSACLR & USB_SUSPENDIF_bm) ? true : false);
+					case USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Resume:
+						return ((USB.INTFLAGSACLR & USB_RESUMEIF_bm) ? true : false);
+					case USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Reset:
+						return ((USB.INTFLAGSACLR & USB_RSTIF_bm) ? true : false);
+					case USB_INT_SOFI:
+						return ((USB.INTFLAGSACLR & USB_SOFIF_bm) ? true : false);
+					default:
+						return false;
+				}
+			}
+
+		/* Includes: */
+			#include "../USBMode.h"
+			#include "../Events.h"
+			#include "../USBController.h"
+
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			void USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts(void);
+			void USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts(void);
+	#endif
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..87c098cb9d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h
@@ -0,0 +1,422 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Master include file for the library USB functionality.
+ *
+ *  Master include file for the library USB functionality.
+ *
+ *  This file should be included in all user projects making use of the USB portions of the library, instead of
+ *  the individual USB driver submodule headers.
+ */
+
+/** \defgroup Group_USB USB Core - LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h
+ *
+ *  \brief Core driver for the microcontroller hardware USB module
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USB_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/ConfigDescriptors.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
+ *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/DeviceStandardReq.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
+ *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Events.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
+ *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/HostStandardReq.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
+ *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBTask.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
+ *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/<i>ARCH</i>/Device_<i>ARCH</i>.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
+ *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/<i>ARCH</i>/Endpoint_<i>ARCH</i>.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
+ *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/<i>ARCH</i>/EndpointStream_<i>ARCH</i>.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
+ *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/<i>ARCH</i>/Host_<i>ARCH</i>.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
+ *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/<i>ARCH</i>/Pipe_<i>ARCH</i>.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
+ *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/<i>ARCH</i>/PipeStream_<i>ARCH</i>.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
+ *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/<i>ARCH</i>/USBController_<i>ARCH</i>.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
+ *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/<i>ARCH</i>/USBInterrupt_<i>ARCH</i>.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
+ *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDParser.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USB_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  Driver and framework for the USB controller of the selected architecture and microcontroller model. This module
+ *  consists of many submodules, and is designed to provide an easy way to configure and control USB host, device
+ *  or OTG mode USB applications.
+ *
+ *  The USB stack requires the sole control over the USB controller in the microcontroller only; i.e. it does not
+ *  require any additional timers or other peripherals to operate. This ensures that the USB stack requires as few
+ *  resources as possible.
+ *
+ *  The USB stack can be used in Device Mode for connections to USB Hosts (see \ref Group_Device), in Host mode for
+ *  hosting of other USB devices (see \ref Group_Host), or as a dual role device which can either act as a USB host
+ *  or device depending on what peripheral is connected (see \ref Group_OTG). Both modes also require a common set
+ *  of USB management functions found \ref Group_USBManagement.
+ */
+
+/** \defgroup Group_USBClassDrivers USB Class Drivers
+ *
+ *  \brief Drivers for the various standardized USB device classes
+ *
+ *  Drivers for both host and device mode of the standard USB classes, for rapid application development.
+ *  Class drivers give a framework which sits on top of the low level library API, allowing for standard
+ *  USB classes to be implemented in a project with minimal user code. These drivers can be used in
+ *  conjunction with the library low level APIs to implement interfaces both via the class drivers and via
+ *  the standard library APIs.
+ *
+ *  Multiple device mode class drivers can be used within a project, including multiple instances of the
+ *  same class driver. In this way, USB Hosts and Devices can be made quickly using the internal class drivers
+ *  so that more time and effort can be put into the end application instead of the USB protocol.
+ *
+ *  The available class drivers and their modes are listed below.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <th width="200px">USB Class</th>
+ *   <th width="90px">Device Mode</th>
+ *   <th width="90px">Host Mode</th>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>Android Open Accessory</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>Audio 1.0</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>CDC-ACM</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>HID</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>MIDI</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>Mass Storage</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>Printer</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>RNDIS</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td>Still Image</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_USB_UsingClassDrivers Using the Class Drivers
+ *  To make the Class drivers easy to integrate into a user application, they all implement a standardized
+ *  design with similarly named/used function, enums, defines and types. The two different modes are implemented
+ *  slightly differently, and thus will be explained separately. For information on a specific class driver, read
+ *  the class driver's module documentation.
+ *
+ *  \subsection Sec_USB_ClassDriverDevice Device Mode Class Drivers
+ *  Implementing a Device Mode Class Driver in a user application requires a number of steps to be followed. Firstly,
+ *  the module configuration and state structure must be added to the project source. These structures are named in a
+ *  similar manner between classes, that of <tt>USB_ClassInfo_<i>{Class Name}</i>_Device_t</tt>, and are used to hold the
+ *  complete state and configuration for each class instance. Multiple class instances is where the power of the class
+ *  drivers lie; multiple interfaces of the same class simply require more instances of the Class Driver's \c USB_ClassInfo_*
+ *  structure.
+ *
+ *  Inside the ClassInfo structure lies two sections, a \c Config section, and a \c State section. The \c Config
+ *  section contains the instance's configuration parameters, and <b>must have all fields set by the user application</b>
+ *  before the class driver is used. Each Device mode Class driver typically contains a set of configuration parameters
+ *  for the endpoint size/number of the associated logical USB interface, plus any class-specific configuration parameters.
+ *
+ *  The following is an example of a properly initialized instance of the Audio Class Driver structure:
+ *
+ *  \code
+ *  USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t My_Audio_Interface =
+ *  {
+ *      .Config =
+ *          {
+ *              .StreamingInterfaceNumber = 1,
+ *              .DataINEndpoint           =
+ *                  {
+ *                      .Address          = (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1),
+ *                      .Size             = 64,
+ *                      .Banks            = 1,
+ *                  },
+ *          },
+ *  };
+ *  \endcode
+ *
+ *  \note The class driver's configuration parameters should match those used in the device's descriptors that are
+ *  sent to the host.
+ *
+ *  To initialize the Class driver instance, the driver's <tt><i>{Class Name}</i>_Device_ConfigureEndpoints()</tt> function
+ *  should be called in response to the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged() event. This function will return a
+ *  boolean true value if the driver successfully initialized the instance. Like all the class driver functions, this function
+ *  takes in the address of the specific instance you wish to initialize - in this manner, multiple separate instances of
+ *  the same class type can be initialized like this:
+ *
+ *  \code
+ *  void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+ *  {
+ *      LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+ *
+ *      if (!(Audio_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&My_Audio_Interface)))
+ *          LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ *  }
+ *  \endcode
+ *
+ *  Once initialized, it is important to maintain the class driver's state by repeatedly calling the Class Driver's
+ *  <tt><i>{Class Name}</i>_Device_USBTask()</tt> function in the main program loop. The exact implementation of this
+ *  function varies between class drivers, and can be used for any internal class driver purpose to maintain each
+ *  instance. Again, this function uses the address of the instance to operate on, and thus needs to be called for each
+ *  separate instance, just like the main USB maintenance routine \ref USB_USBTask():
+ *
+ *  \code
+ *  int main(void)
+ *  {
+ *      SetupHardware();
+ *
+ *      LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ *
+ *      for (;;)
+ *      {
+ *          if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ *            Create_And_Process_Samples();
+ *
+ *          Audio_Device_USBTask(&My_Audio_Interface);
+ *          USB_USBTask();
+ *      }
+ *  }
+ *  \endcode
+ *
+ *  The final standardized Device Class Driver function is the Control Request handler function
+ *  <tt><i>{Class Name}</i>_Device_ProcessControlRequest()</tt>, which should be called when the
+ *  \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event fires. This function should also be called for
+ *  each class driver instance, using the address of the instance to operate on as the function's
+ *  parameter. The request handler will abort if it is determined that the current request is not
+ *  targeted at the given class driver instance, thus these methods can safely be called
+ *  one-after-another in the event handler with no form of error checking:
+ *
+ *  \code
+ *  void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+ *  {
+ *      Audio_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&My_Audio_Interface);
+ *  }
+ *  \endcode
+ *
+ *  Each class driver may also define a set of callback functions (which are prefixed by \c CALLBACK_*
+ *  in the function's name) which <b>must</b> also be added to the user application - refer to each
+ *  individual class driver's documentation for mandatory callbacks. In addition, each class driver may
+ *  also define a set of events (identifiable by their prefix of \c EVENT_* in the function's name), which
+ *  the user application <b>may</b> choose to implement, or ignore if not needed.
+ *
+ *  The individual Device Mode Class Driver documentation contains more information on the non-standardized,
+ *  class-specific functions which the user application can then use on the driver instances, such as data
+ *  read and write routines. See each driver's individual documentation for more information on the
+ *  class-specific functions.
+ *
+ *  \subsection Sec_USB_ClassDriverHost Host Mode Class Drivers
+ *  Implementing a Host Mode Class Driver in a user application requires a number of steps to be followed. Firstly,
+ *  the module configuration and state structure must be added to the project source. These structures are named in a
+ *  similar manner between classes, that of <tt>USB_ClassInfo_<b>{Class Name}</b>_Host_t</tt>, and are used to hold the
+ *  complete state and configuration for each class instance. Multiple class instances is where the power of the class
+ *  drivers lie; multiple interfaces of the same class simply require more instances of the Class Driver's \c USB_ClassInfo_*
+ *  structure.
+ *
+ *  Inside the \c USB_ClassInfo_* structure lies two sections, a \c Config section, and a \c State section. The \c Config
+ *  section contains the instance's configuration parameters, and <b>must have all fields set by the user application</b>
+ *  before the class driver is used. Each Device mode Class driver typically contains a set of configuration parameters
+ *  for the endpoint size/number of the associated logical USB interface, plus any class-specific configuration parameters.
+ *
+ *  The following is an example of a properly initialized instance of the MIDI Host Class Driver structure:
+ *
+ *  \code
+ *  USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t My_MIDI_Interface =
+ *  {
+ *      .Config =
+ *          {
+ *              .DataINPipe             =
+ *                  {
+ *                      .Address        = (PIPE_DIR_IN  | 1),
+ *                      .Size           = 64,
+ *                      .Banks          = 1,
+ *                  },
+ *              .DataOUTPipe            =
+ *                  {
+ *                      .Address        = (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2),
+ *                      .Size           = 64,
+ *                      .Banks          = 1,
+ *                  },
+ *          },
+ *  };
+ *  \endcode
+ *
+ *  To initialize the Class driver instance, the driver's <tt><b>{Class Name}</b>_Host_ConfigurePipes()</tt> function
+ *  should be called in response to the \c EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete() event firing. This function will
+ *  will return an error code from the class driver's <tt><b>{Class Name}</b>_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t</tt> enum
+ *  to indicate if the driver successfully initialized the instance and bound it to an interface in the attached device.
+ *  Like all the class driver functions, this function takes in the address of the specific instance you wish to initialize -
+ *  in this manner, multiple separate instances of the same class type can be initialized. A fragment of a Class Driver
+ *  based Host mode application may look like the following:
+ *
+ *  \code
+ *  void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+ *  {
+ *      LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+ *
+ *      uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
+ *      uint8_t  ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+ *
+ *      if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
+ *                                             sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
+ *      {
+ *          LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ *          return;
+ *      }
+ *
+ *      if (MIDI_Host_ConfigurePipes(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface,
+ *                                   ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != MIDI_ENUMERROR_NoError)
+ *      {
+ *          LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ *          return;
+ *      }
+ *
+ *      if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ *      {
+ *          LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ *          return;
+ *      }
+ *
+ *      LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+ *  }
+ *  \endcode
+ *
+ *  Note that the function also requires the device's configuration descriptor so that it can determine which interface
+ *  in the device to bind to - this can be retrieved as shown in the above fragment using the
+ *  \ref USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor() function. If the device does not implement the interface the class driver
+ *  is looking for, if all the matching interfaces are already bound to class driver instances or if an error occurs while
+ *  binding to a device interface (for example, a device endpoint bank larger that the maximum supported bank size is used)
+ *  the configuration will fail.
+ *
+ *  To complete the device enumeration after binding the host mode Class Drivers to the attached device, a call to
+ *  \c USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration() must be made. If the device configuration is not set within the
+ *  \c EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete() event, the host still will assume the device enumeration has failed.
+ *
+ *  Once initialized, it is important to maintain the class driver's state by repeatedly calling the Class Driver's
+ *  <tt><b>{Class Name}</b>_Host_USBTask()</tt> function in the main program loop. The exact implementation of this
+ *  function varies between class drivers, and can be used for any internal class driver purpose to maintain each
+ *  instance. Again, this function uses the address of the instance to operate on, and thus needs to be called for each
+ *  separate instance, just like the main USB maintenance routine \ref USB_USBTask():
+ *
+ *  \code
+ *  int main(void)
+ *  {
+ *      SetupHardware();
+ *
+ *      LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ *
+ *      for (;;)
+ *      {
+ *          if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ *              Create_And_Process_Samples();
+ *
+ *          MIDI_Host_USBTask(&My_Audio_Interface);
+ *          USB_USBTask();
+ *      }
+ *  }
+ *  \endcode
+ *
+ *  Each class driver may also define a set of callback functions (which are prefixed by \c CALLBACK_*
+ *  in the function's name) which <b>must</b> also be added to the user application - refer to each
+ *  individual class driver's documentation for mandatory callbacks. In addition, each class driver may
+ *  also define a set of events (identifiable by their prefix of \c EVENT_* in the function's name), which
+ *  the user application <b>may</b> choose to implement, or ignore if not needed.
+ *
+ *  The individual Host Mode Class Driver documentation contains more information on the non-standardized,
+ *  class-specific functions which the user application can then use on the driver instances, such as data
+ *  read and write routines. See each driver's individual documentation for more information on the
+ *  class-specific functions.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USB_H__
+#define __USB_H__
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../Common/Common.h"
+		#include "Core/USBMode.h"
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "Core/USBTask.h"
+		#include "Core/Events.h"
+		#include "Core/StdDescriptors.h"
+		#include "Core/ConfigDescriptors.h"
+		#include "Core/USBController.h"
+		#include "Core/USBInterrupt.h"
+
+		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			#include "Core/Host.h"
+			#include "Core/Pipe.h"
+			#include "Core/HostStandardReq.h"
+			#include "Core/PipeStream.h"
+		#endif
+
+		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			#include "Core/Device.h"
+			#include "Core/Endpoint.h"
+			#include "Core/DeviceStandardReq.h"
+			#include "Core/EndpointStream.h"
+		#endif
+
+		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			#include "Core/OTG.h"
+		#endif
+
+		#include "Class/AndroidAccessoryClass.h"
+		#include "Class/AudioClass.h"
+		#include "Class/CDCClass.h"
+		#include "Class/HIDClass.h"
+		#include "Class/MassStorageClass.h"
+		#include "Class/MIDIClass.h"
+		#include "Class/PrinterClass.h"
+		#include "Class/RNDISClass.h"
+		#include "Class/StillImageClass.h"
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/License.txt b/lib/lufa/LUFA/License.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f89d606d2e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/License.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+                  LUFA Library
+        Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+     dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+                www.lufa-lib.org
+
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
+and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without
+fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
+copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+this software.
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Platform/Platform.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Platform/Platform.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9997d797f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Platform/Platform.h
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Architecture Specific Hardware Platform Drivers.
+ *
+ *  This file is the master dispatch header file for the device-specific hardware platform drivers, for low level
+ *  hardware configuration and management. The platform drivers are a set of drivers which are designed to provide
+ *  a high level management layer for the various low level system functions such as clock control and interrupt
+ *  management.
+ *
+ *  User code may choose to either include this master dispatch header file to include all available platform
+ *  driver header files for the current architecture, or may choose to only include the specific platform driver
+ *  modules required for a particular application.
+ */
+
+/** \defgroup Group_PlatformDrivers System Platform Drivers - LUFA/Platform/Platform.h
+ *  \brief Hardware platform drivers.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_PlatformDrivers_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ *    - <b>UC3 Architecture Only:</b> LUFA/Platform/UC3/InterruptManagement.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_PLATFORM)</i>
+ *    - <b>UC3 Architecture Only:</b> LUFA/Platform/UC3/Exception.S <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_PLATFORM)</i>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_PlatformDrivers_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  Device-specific hardware platform drivers, for low level hardware configuration and management. The platform
+ *  drivers are a set of drivers which are designed to provide a high level management layer for the various low level
+ *  system functions such as clock control and interrupt management.
+ *
+ *  User code may choose to either include this master dispatch header file to include all available platform
+ *  driver header files for the current architecture, or may choose to only include the specific platform driver
+ *  modules required for a particular application.
+ *
+ *  \note The exact APIs and availability of sub-modules within the platform driver group may vary depending on the
+ *        target used - see individual target module documentation for the API specific to your target processor.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LUFA_PLATFORM_H__
+#define __LUFA_PLATFORM_H__
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#if (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+			#include "UC3/ClockManagement.h"
+			#include "UC3/InterruptManagement.h"
+		#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+			#include "XMEGA/ClockManagement.h"
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Platform/UC3/ClockManagement.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Platform/UC3/ClockManagement.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5f286d51d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Platform/UC3/ClockManagement.h
@@ -0,0 +1,338 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Module Clock Driver for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
+ *
+ *  Clock management driver for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers. This driver allows for the configuration
+ *  of the various clocks within the device to clock the various peripherals.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PlatformDrivers_UC3
+ *  \defgroup Group_PlatformDrivers_UC3Clocks Clock Management Driver - LUFA/Platform/UC3/ClockManagement.h
+ *  \brief Module Clock Driver for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_PlatformDrivers_UC3Clocks_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ *    - None
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_PlatformDrivers_UC3Clocks_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  Clock management driver for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers. This driver allows for the configuration
+ *  of the various clocks within the device to clock the various peripherals.
+ *
+ *  Usage Example:
+ *  \code
+ *		#include <LUFA/Platform/UC3/ClockManagement.h>
+ *
+ *		void main(void)
+ *		{
+ *			// Start the master external oscillator which will be used as the main clock reference
+ *			UC3CLK_StartExternalOscillator(0, EXOSC_MODE_8MHZ_OR_MORE, EXOSC_START_0CLK);
+ *
+ *			// Start the PLL for the CPU clock, switch CPU to it
+ *			UC3CLK_StartPLL(0, CLOCK_SRC_OSC0, 12000000, F_CPU);
+ *			UC3CLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL0, F_CPU);
+ *
+ *			// Start the PLL for the USB Generic Clock module
+ *			UC3CLK_StartPLL(1, CLOCK_SRC_OSC0, 12000000, 48000000);
+ *		}
+ *  \endcode
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _UC3_CLOCK_MANAGEMENT_H_
+#define _UC3_CLOCK_MANAGEMENT_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Enum for the possible external oscillator types. */
+			enum UC3_Extern_OSC_ClockTypes_t
+			{
+				EXOSC_MODE_CLOCK         = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_MODE_EXT_CLOCK,  /**< External clock (non-crystal) mode. */
+				EXOSC_MODE_900KHZ_MAX    = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_MODE_CRYSTAL_G0, /**< External crystal oscillator equal to or slower than 900KHz. */
+				EXOSC_MODE_3MHZ_MAX      = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_MODE_CRYSTAL_G1, /**< External crystal oscillator equal to or slower than 3MHz. */
+				EXOSC_MODE_8MHZ_MAX      = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_MODE_CRYSTAL_G2, /**< External crystal oscillator equal to or slower than 8MHz. */
+				EXOSC_MODE_8MHZ_OR_MORE  = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_MODE_CRYSTAL_G3, /**< External crystal oscillator equal to or faster than 8MHz. */
+			};
+
+			/** Enum for the possible external oscillator startup times. */
+			enum UC3_Extern_OSC_ClockStartup_t
+			{
+				EXOSC_START_0CLK         = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_STARTUP_0_RCOSC,     /**< Immediate startup, no delay. */
+				EXOSC_START_64CLK        = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_STARTUP_64_RCOSC,    /**< Wait 64 clock cycles before startup for stability. */
+				EXOSC_START_128CLK       = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_STARTUP_128_RCOSC,   /**< Wait 128 clock cycles before startup for stability. */
+				EXOSC_START_2048CLK      = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_STARTUP_2048_RCOSC,  /**< Wait 2048 clock cycles before startup for stability. */
+				EXOSC_START_4096CLK      = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_STARTUP_4096_RCOSC,  /**< Wait 4096 clock cycles before startup for stability. */
+				EXOSC_START_8192CLK      = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_STARTUP_8192_RCOSC,  /**< Wait 8192 clock cycles before startup for stability. */
+				EXOSC_START_16384CLK     = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_STARTUP_16384_RCOSC, /**< Wait 16384 clock cycles before startup for stability. */
+			};
+
+			/** Enum for the possible module clock sources. */
+			enum UC3_System_ClockSource_t
+			{
+				CLOCK_SRC_SLOW_CLK       = 0, /**< Clock sourced from the internal slow clock. */
+				CLOCK_SRC_OSC0           = 1, /**< Clock sourced from the Oscillator 0 clock. */
+				CLOCK_SRC_OSC1           = 2, /**< Clock sourced from the Oscillator 1 clock. */
+				CLOCK_SRC_PLL0           = 3, /**< Clock sourced from the PLL 0 clock. */
+				CLOCK_SRC_PLL1           = 4, /**< Clock sourced from the PLL 1 clock. */
+			};
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			/** Starts the given external oscillator of the UC3 microcontroller, with the given options. This routine blocks until
+			 *  the oscillator is ready for use.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Channel  Index of the external oscillator to start.
+			 *  \param[in] Type     Type of clock attached to the given oscillator channel, a value from \ref UC3_Extern_OSC_ClockTypes_t.
+			 *  \param[in] Startup  Startup time of the external oscillator, a value from \ref UC3_Extern_OSC_ClockStartup_t.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the external oscillator was successfully started, \c false if invalid parameters specified.
+			 */
+			static inline bool UC3CLK_StartExternalOscillator(const uint8_t Channel,
+			                                                  const uint8_t Type,
+			                                                  const uint8_t Startup) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool UC3CLK_StartExternalOscillator(const uint8_t Channel,
+			                                                  const uint8_t Type,
+			                                                  const uint8_t Startup)
+			{
+				switch (Channel)
+				{
+					case 0:
+						AVR32_PM.OSCCTRL0.startup = Startup;
+						AVR32_PM.OSCCTRL0.mode    = Type;
+						break;
+					case 1:
+						AVR32_PM.OSCCTRL1.startup = Startup;
+						AVR32_PM.OSCCTRL1.mode    = Type;
+						break;
+					default:
+						return false;
+				}
+
+				AVR32_PM.mcctrl |= (1 << (AVR32_PM_MCCTRL_OSC0EN_OFFSET + Channel));
+
+				while (!(AVR32_PM.poscsr & (1 << (AVR32_PM_POSCSR_OSC0RDY_OFFSET + Channel))));
+				return true;
+			}
+
+			/** Stops the given external oscillator of the UC3 microcontroller.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Channel  Index of the external oscillator to stop.
+			 */
+			static inline void UC3CLK_StopExternalOscillator(const uint8_t Channel) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void UC3CLK_StopExternalOscillator(const uint8_t Channel)
+			{
+				AVR32_PM.mcctrl &= ~(1 << (AVR32_PM_MCCTRL_OSC0EN_OFFSET + Channel));
+			}
+
+			/** Starts the given PLL of the UC3 microcontroller, with the given options. This routine blocks until the PLL is ready for use.
+			 *
+			 *  \attention The output frequency must be equal to or greater than the source frequency.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Channel     Index of the PLL to start.
+			 *  \param[in] Source      Clock source for the PLL, a value from \ref UC3_System_ClockSource_t.
+			 *  \param[in] SourceFreq  Frequency of the PLL's clock source, in Hz.
+			 *  \param[in] Frequency   Target frequency of the PLL's output.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the PLL was successfully started, \c false if invalid parameters specified.
+			 */
+			static inline bool UC3CLK_StartPLL(const uint8_t Channel,
+			                                   const uint8_t Source,
+			                                   const uint32_t SourceFreq,
+			                                   const uint32_t Frequency) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool UC3CLK_StartPLL(const uint8_t Channel,
+			                                   const uint8_t Source,
+			                                   const uint32_t SourceFreq,
+			                                   const uint32_t Frequency)
+			{
+				if (SourceFreq > Frequency)
+				  return false;
+
+				switch (Source)
+				{
+					case CLOCK_SRC_OSC0:
+						AVR32_PM.PLL[Channel].pllosc = 0;
+						break;
+					case CLOCK_SRC_OSC1:
+						AVR32_PM.PLL[Channel].pllosc = 1;
+						break;
+					default:
+						return false;
+				}
+
+				AVR32_PM.PLL[Channel].pllmul = (Frequency / SourceFreq) ? (((Frequency / SourceFreq) - 1) / 2) : 0;
+				AVR32_PM.PLL[Channel].plldiv = 0;
+				AVR32_PM.PLL[Channel].pllen  = true;
+
+				while (!(AVR32_PM.poscsr & (1 << (AVR32_PM_POSCSR_LOCK0_OFFSET + Channel))));
+				return true;
+			}
+
+			/** Stops the given PLL of the UC3 microcontroller.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Channel  Index of the PLL to stop.
+			 */
+			static inline void UC3CLK_StopPLL(const uint8_t Channel) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void UC3CLK_StopPLL(const uint8_t Channel)
+			{
+				AVR32_PM.PLL[Channel].pllen = false;
+			}
+
+			/** Starts the given Generic Clock of the UC3 microcontroller, with the given options.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Channel     Index of the Generic Clock to start.
+			 *  \param[in] Source      Clock source for the Generic Clock, a value from \ref UC3_System_ClockSource_t.
+			 *  \param[in] SourceFreq  Frequency of the Generic Clock's clock source, in Hz.
+			 *  \param[in] Frequency   Target frequency of the Generic Clock's output.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the Generic Clock was successfully started, \c false if invalid parameters specified.
+			 */
+			static inline bool UC3CLK_StartGenericClock(const uint8_t Channel,
+			                                            const uint8_t Source,
+			                                            const uint32_t SourceFreq,
+			                                            const uint32_t Frequency) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool UC3CLK_StartGenericClock(const uint8_t Channel,
+			                                            const uint8_t Source,
+			                                            const uint32_t SourceFreq,
+			                                            const uint32_t Frequency)
+			{
+				if (Channel >= AVR32_PM_GCLK_NUM)
+				  return false;
+
+				if (SourceFreq < Frequency)
+				  return false;
+
+				switch (Source)
+				{
+					case CLOCK_SRC_OSC0:
+						AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[Channel].pllsel = false;
+						AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[Channel].oscsel = 0;
+						break;
+					case CLOCK_SRC_OSC1:
+						AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[Channel].pllsel = false;
+						AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[Channel].oscsel = 1;
+						break;
+					case CLOCK_SRC_PLL0:
+						AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[Channel].pllsel = true;
+						AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[Channel].oscsel = 0;
+						break;
+					case CLOCK_SRC_PLL1:
+						AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[Channel].pllsel = true;
+						AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[Channel].oscsel = 1;
+						break;
+					default:
+						return false;
+				}
+
+				AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[Channel].diven = (SourceFreq > Frequency) ? true : false;
+				AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[Channel].div   = (((SourceFreq / Frequency) - 1) / 2);
+				AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[Channel].cen   = true;
+
+				return true;
+			}
+
+			/** Stops the given generic clock of the UC3 microcontroller.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Channel  Index of the generic clock to stop.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the generic clock was successfully stopped, \c false if invalid parameters specified.
+			 */
+			static inline bool UC3CLK_StopGenericClock(const uint8_t Channel) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool UC3CLK_StopGenericClock(const uint8_t Channel)
+			{
+				if (Channel >= AVR32_PM_GCLK_NUM)
+				  return false;
+
+				AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[Channel].cen = false;
+
+				return true;
+			}
+
+			/** Sets the clock source for the main microcontroller core. The given clock source should be configured
+			 *  and ready for use before this function is called.
+			 *
+			 *  This function will configure the FLASH controller's wait states automatically to suit the given clock source.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Source      Clock source for the CPU core, a value from \ref UC3_System_ClockSource_t.
+			 *  \param[in] SourceFreq  Frequency of the CPU core's clock source, in Hz.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the CPU core clock was successfully altered, \c false if invalid parameters specified.
+			 */
+			static inline bool UC3CLK_SetCPUClockSource(const uint8_t Source,
+			                                            const uint32_t SourceFreq) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool UC3CLK_SetCPUClockSource(const uint8_t Source,
+			                                            const uint32_t SourceFreq)
+			{
+				if (SourceFreq > AVR32_PM_CPU_MAX_FREQ)
+				  return false;
+
+				AVR32_FLASHC.FCR.fws = (SourceFreq > AVR32_FLASHC_FWS_0_MAX_FREQ) ? true : false;
+
+				switch (Source)
+				{
+					#if defined(AVR32_PM_MCCTRL_MCSEL_SLOW)
+					case CLOCK_SRC_SLOW_CLK:
+						AVR32_PM.MCCTRL.mcsel = AVR32_PM_MCCTRL_MCSEL_SLOW;
+						break;
+					#endif
+					#if defined(AVR32_PM_MCCTRL_MCSEL_OSC0)
+					case CLOCK_SRC_OSC0:
+						AVR32_PM.MCCTRL.mcsel = AVR32_PM_MCCTRL_MCSEL_OSC0;
+						break;
+					#endif
+					#if defined(AVR32_PM_MCCTRL_MCSEL_PLL0)
+					case CLOCK_SRC_PLL0:
+						AVR32_PM.MCCTRL.mcsel = AVR32_PM_MCCTRL_MCSEL_PLL0;
+						break;
+					#endif
+					default:
+						return false;
+				}
+
+				return true;
+			}
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Platform/UC3/Exception.S b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Platform/UC3/Exception.S
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..59f16f16f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Platform/UC3/Exception.S
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#if defined(__AVR32__)
+#include <avr32/io.h>
+
+.section .exception_handlers, "ax", @progbits
+
+// ================= EXCEPTION TABLE ================
+.balign  0x200
+.global  EVBA_Table
+EVBA_Table:
+
+.org  0x000
+Exception_Unrecoverable_Exception:
+	rjmp $
+.org  0x004
+Exception_TLB_Multiple_Hit:
+	rjmp $
+.org  0x008
+Exception_Bus_Error_Data_Fetch:
+	rjmp $
+.org  0x00C
+Exception_Bus_Error_Instruction_Fetch:
+	rjmp $
+.org  0x010
+Exception_NMI:
+	rjmp $
+.org  0x014
+Exception_Instruction_Address:
+	rjmp $
+.org  0x018
+Exception_ITLB_Protection:
+	rjmp $
+.org  0x01C
+Exception_OCD_Breakpoint:
+	rjmp $
+.org  0x020
+Exception_Illegal_Opcode:
+	rjmp $
+.org  0x024
+Exception_Unimplemented_Instruction:
+	rjmp $
+.org  0x028
+Exception_Privilege_Violation:
+	rjmp $
+.org  0x02C
+Exception_Floating_Point:
+	rjmp $
+.org  0x030
+Exception_Coprocessor_Absent:
+	rjmp $
+.org  0x034
+Exception_Data_Address_Read:
+	rjmp $
+.org  0x038
+Exception_Data_Address_Write:
+	rjmp $
+.org  0x03C
+Exception_DTLB_Protection_Read:
+	rjmp $
+.org  0x040
+Exception_DTLB_Protection_Write:
+	rjmp $
+.org  0x044
+Exception_DTLB_Modified:
+	rjmp $
+.org  0x050
+Exception_ITLB_Miss:
+	rjmp $
+.org  0x060
+Exception_DTLB_Miss_Read:
+	rjmp $
+.org  0x070
+Exception_DTLB_Miss_Write:
+	rjmp $
+.org  0x100
+Exception_Supervisor_Call:
+    rjmp $
+// ============== END OF EXCEPTION TABLE =============
+
+// ============= GENERAL INTERRUPT HANDLER ===========
+.balign 4
+.irp    Level, 0, 1, 2, 3
+Exception_INT\Level:
+	mov     r12, \Level
+	call    INTC_GetInterruptHandler
+	mov     pc, r12
+.endr
+// ========= END OF GENERAL INTERRUPT HANDLER ========
+
+// ====== GENERAL INTERRUPT HANDLER OFFSET TABLE ======
+.balign 4
+.global Autovector_Table
+Autovector_Table:
+.irp    Level, 0, 1, 2, 3
+	.word ((AVR32_INTC_INT0 + \Level) << AVR32_INTC_IPR_INTLEVEL_OFFSET) | (Exception_INT\Level - EVBA_Table)
+.endr
+// === END OF GENERAL INTERRUPT HANDLER OFFSET TABLE ===
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Platform/UC3/InterruptManagement.c b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Platform/UC3/InterruptManagement.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b99be24b97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Platform/UC3/InterruptManagement.c
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+
+#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_INTMANAGEMENT_C
+#include "InterruptManagement.h"
+
+/** Interrupt vector table, containing the ISR to call for each interrupt group */
+InterruptHandlerPtr_t InterruptHandlers[AVR32_INTC_NUM_INT_GRPS];
+
+/** ISR for unhandled interrupt groups */
+ISR(Unhandled_Interrupt)
+{
+	for (;;);
+}
+
+InterruptHandlerPtr_t INTC_GetInterruptHandler(const uint_reg_t InterruptLevel)
+{
+	return InterruptHandlers[AVR32_INTC.icr[AVR32_INTC_INT3 - InterruptLevel]];
+}
+
+void INTC_Init(void)
+{
+	for (uint8_t InterruptGroup = 0; InterruptGroup < AVR32_INTC_NUM_INT_GRPS; InterruptGroup++)
+	{
+		InterruptHandlers[InterruptGroup] = Unhandled_Interrupt;
+		AVR32_INTC.ipr[InterruptGroup]    = Autovector_Table[AVR32_INTC_INT0];
+	}
+
+	__builtin_mtsr(AVR32_EVBA, (uintptr_t)&EVBA_Table);
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Platform/UC3/InterruptManagement.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Platform/UC3/InterruptManagement.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b051930370
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Platform/UC3/InterruptManagement.h
@@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Interrupt Controller Driver for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
+ *
+ *  Interrupt controller driver for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers, for the configuration of interrupt
+ *  handlers within the device.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PlatformDrivers_UC3
+ *  \defgroup Group_PlatformDrivers_UC3Interrupts Interrupt Controller Driver - LUFA/Platform/UC3/InterruptManagement.h
+ *  \brief Interrupt Controller Driver for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_PlatformDrivers_UC3Interrupts_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ *    - LUFA/Platform/UC3/InterruptManagement.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_PLATFORM)</i>
+ *    - LUFA/Platform/UC3/Exception.S <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_PLATFORM)</i>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_PlatformDrivers_UC3Interrupts_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  Interrupt controller driver for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers, for the configuration of interrupt
+ *  handlers within the device.
+ *
+ *  Usage Example:
+ *  \code
+ *		#include <LUFA/Platform/UC3/InterruptManagement.h>
+ *
+ *		ISR(USB_Group_IRQ_Handler)
+ *		{
+ *			// USB group handler code here
+ *		}
+ *
+ *		void main(void)
+ *		{
+ *			INTC_Init();
+ *			INTC_RegisterGroupHandler(INTC_IRQ_GROUP(AVR32_USBB_IRQ), AVR32_INTC_INT0, USB_Group_IRQ_Handler);
+ *		}
+ *  \endcode
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _UC3_INTERRUPT_MANAGEMENT_H_
+#define _UC3_INTERRUPT_MANAGEMENT_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+		/* Type Defines: */
+			typedef void (*InterruptHandlerPtr_t)(void);
+
+		/* External Variables: */
+			#if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_INTMANAGEMENT_C)
+				extern const void        EVBA_Table;
+			#endif
+			extern InterruptHandlerPtr_t InterruptHandlers[AVR32_INTC_NUM_INT_GRPS];
+			extern const uint32_t        Autovector_Table[];
+	#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Converts a given interrupt index into its associated interrupt group.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] IRQIndex  Index of the interrupt request to convert.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Interrupt group number associated with the interrupt index.
+			 */
+			#define INTC_IRQ_GROUP(IRQIndex)  (IRQIndex / 32)
+
+			/** Converts a given interrupt index into its associated interrupt line.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] IRQIndex  Index of the interrupt request to convert.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Interrupt line number associated with the interrupt index.
+			 */
+			#define INTC_IRQ_LINE(IRQIndex)   (IRQIndex % 32)
+
+		/* Function Prototypes: */
+			/** Initializes the interrupt controller ready to handle interrupts. This must be called at the
+			 *  start of the user program before any interrupts are registered or enabled.
+			 */
+			void INTC_Init(void);
+
+			/** Retrieves the associated interrupt handler for the interrupt group currently being fired. This
+			 *  is called directly from the exception handler routine before dispatching to the ISR.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] InterruptLevel  Priority level of the interrupt.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Pointer to the associated interrupt handler function, or NULL if no handler set.
+			 */
+			InterruptHandlerPtr_t INTC_GetInterruptHandler(const uint_reg_t InterruptLevel);
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			/** Registers a handler for a given interrupt group. On the AVR32 UC3 devices, interrupts are grouped by
+			 *  peripheral. To save on SRAM used, a single ISR handles all interrupt lines within a single group - to
+			 *  determine the exact line that has interrupted within the group ISR handler, use \ref INTC_GetGroupInterrupts().
+			 *
+			 *  If multiple interrupts with the same group are registered, the last registered handler will become the
+			 *  handler called for interrupts raised within that group.
+			 *
+			 *  To obtain the group number of a specific interrupt index, use the \ref INTC_IRQ_GROUP() macro.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] GroupNumber       Group number of the interrupt group to register a handler for.
+			 *  \param[in] InterruptLevel    Priority level for the specified interrupt, a \c AVR32_INTC_INT* mask.
+			 *  \param[in] Handler           Address of the ISR handler for the interrupt group.
+			 */
+			static inline void INTC_RegisterGroupHandler(const uint16_t GroupNumber,
+			                                             const uint8_t InterruptLevel,
+			                                             const InterruptHandlerPtr_t Handler) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void INTC_RegisterGroupHandler(const uint16_t GroupNumber,
+			                                             const uint8_t InterruptLevel,
+			                                             const InterruptHandlerPtr_t Handler)
+			{
+				InterruptHandlers[GroupNumber] = Handler;
+				AVR32_INTC.ipr[GroupNumber]    = Autovector_Table[InterruptLevel];
+			}
+
+			/** Retrieves the pending interrupts for a given interrupt group. The result of this function should be masked
+			 *  against interrupt request indexes converted to a request line number via the \ref INTC_IRQ_LINE() macro. To
+			 *  obtain the group number of a given interrupt request, use the \ref INTC_IRQ_GROUP() macro.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] GroupNumber Group number of the interrupt group to check.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Mask of pending interrupt lines for the given interrupt group.
+			 */
+			static inline uint_reg_t INTC_GetGroupInterrupts(const uint16_t GroupNumber) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline uint_reg_t INTC_GetGroupInterrupts(const uint16_t GroupNumber)
+			{
+				return AVR32_INTC.irr[GroupNumber];
+			}
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Platform/UC3/UC3ExperimentalInfo.txt b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Platform/UC3/UC3ExperimentalInfo.txt
index 8aadb3ed79..8aadb3ed79 100644
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Platform/UC3/UC3ExperimentalInfo.txt
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Platform/UC3/UC3ExperimentalInfo.txt
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Platform/XMEGA/ClockManagement.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Platform/XMEGA/ClockManagement.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..eb941d9a30
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Platform/XMEGA/ClockManagement.h
@@ -0,0 +1,397 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Module Clock Driver for the AVR USB XMEGA microcontrollers.
+ *
+ *  Clock management driver for the AVR USB XMEGA microcontrollers. This driver allows for the configuration
+ *  of the various clocks within the device to clock the various peripherals.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PlatformDrivers_XMEGA
+ *  \defgroup Group_PlatformDrivers_XMEGAClocks Clock Management Driver - LUFA/Platform/XMEGA/ClockManagement.h
+ *  \brief Module Clock Driver for the AVR USB XMEGA microcontrollers.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_PlatformDrivers_XMEGAClocks_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ *    - None
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_PlatformDrivers_XMEGAClocks_ModDescription Module Description
+ *  Clock management driver for the AVR USB XMEGA microcontrollers. This driver allows for the configuration
+ *  of the various clocks within the device to clock the various peripherals.
+ *
+ *  Usage Example:
+ *  \code
+ *   	#include <LUFA/Platform/XMEGA/ClockManagement.h>
+ *
+ *   	void main(void)
+ *   	{
+ *   		// Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to F_CPU and switch the CPU core to run from it
+ *   		XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+ *   		XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+ *
+ *   		// Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to F_USB using the USB SOF as a reference
+ *   		XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+ *   		XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+ *   	}
+ *  \endcode
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _XMEGA_CLOCK_MANAGEMENT_H_
+#define _XMEGA_CLOCK_MANAGEMENT_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include "../../Common/Common.h"
+
+	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			extern "C" {
+		#endif
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Enum for the possible external oscillator frequency ranges. */
+			enum XMEGA_Extern_OSC_ClockFrequency_t
+			{
+				EXOSC_FREQ_2MHZ_MAX      = OSC_FRQRANGE_04TO2_gc,  /**< External crystal oscillator equal to or slower than 2MHz. */
+				EXOSC_FREQ_9MHZ_MAX      = OSC_FRQRANGE_2TO9_gc,   /**< External crystal oscillator equal to or slower than 9MHz. */
+				EXOSC_FREQ_12MHZ_MAX     = OSC_FRQRANGE_9TO12_gc,  /**< External crystal oscillator equal to or slower than 12MHz. */
+				EXOSC_FREQ_16MHZ_MAX     = OSC_FRQRANGE_12TO16_gc, /**< External crystal oscillator equal to or slower than 16MHz. */
+			};
+
+			/** Enum for the possible external oscillator startup times. */
+			enum XMEGA_Extern_OSC_ClockStartup_t
+			{
+				EXOSC_START_6CLK         = OSC_XOSCSEL_EXTCLK_gc,      /**< Wait 6 clock cycles before startup (external clock). */
+				EXOSC_START_32KCLK       = OSC_XOSCSEL_32KHz_gc,       /**< Wait 32K clock cycles before startup (32.768KHz crystal). */
+				EXOSC_START_256CLK       = OSC_XOSCSEL_XTAL_256CLK_gc, /**< Wait 256 clock cycles before startup. */
+				EXOSC_START_1KCLK        = OSC_XOSCSEL_XTAL_1KCLK_gc,  /**< Wait 1K clock cycles before startup. */
+				EXOSC_START_16KCLK       = OSC_XOSCSEL_XTAL_16KCLK_gc, /**< Wait 16K clock cycles before startup. */
+			};
+
+			/** Enum for the possible module clock sources. */
+			enum XMEGA_System_ClockSource_t
+			{
+				CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ    = 0, /**< Clock sourced from the Internal 2MHz RC Oscillator clock. */
+				CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ   = 1, /**< Clock sourced from the Internal 32MHz RC Oscillator clock. */
+				CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32KHZ   = 2, /**< Clock sourced from the Internal 32KHz RC Oscillator clock. */
+				CLOCK_SRC_XOSC          = 3, /**< Clock sourced from the External Oscillator clock. */
+				CLOCK_SRC_PLL           = 4, /**< Clock sourced from the Internal PLL clock. */
+			};
+
+			/** Enum for the possible DFLL clock reference sources. */
+			enum XMEGA_System_DFLLReference_t
+			{
+				DFLL_REF_INT_RC32KHZ   = 0, /**< Reference clock sourced from the Internal 32KHz RC Oscillator clock. */
+				DFLL_REF_EXT_RC32KHZ   = 1, /**< Reference clock sourced from the External 32KHz RC Oscillator clock connected to TOSC pins. */
+				DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF    = 2, /**< Reference clock sourced from the USB Start Of Frame packets. */
+			};
+
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			/** Write a value to a location protected by the XMEGA CCP protection mechanism. This function uses inline assembly to ensure that
+			 *  the protected address is written to within four clock cycles of the CCP key being written.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Address  Address to write to, a memory address protected by the CCP mechanism
+			 *  \param[in] Value    Value to write to the protected location
+			 */
+			static inline void XMEGACLK_CCP_Write(volatile void* Address, const uint8_t Value) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void XMEGACLK_CCP_Write(volatile void* Address, const uint8_t Value)
+			{
+				__asm__ __volatile__ (
+					"out %0, __zero_reg__" "\n\t" /* Zero RAMPZ using fixed zero value register */
+					"movw r30, %1"         "\n\t" /* Copy address to Z register pair */
+					"out %2, %3"           "\n\t" /* Write key to CCP register */
+					"st Z, %4"             "\n\t" /* Indirectly write value to address */
+					: /* No output operands */
+					: /* Input operands: */ "m" (RAMPZ), "e" (Address), "m" (CCP), "r" (CCP_IOREG_gc), "r" (Value)
+					: /* Clobbered registers: */ "r30", "r31"
+				);
+			}
+
+			/** Starts the external oscillator of the XMEGA microcontroller, with the given options. This routine blocks until
+			 *  the oscillator is ready for use.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] FreqRange  Frequency range of the external oscillator, a value from \ref XMEGA_Extern_OSC_ClockFrequency_t.
+			 *  \param[in] Startup    Startup time of the external oscillator, a value from \ref XMEGA_Extern_OSC_ClockStartup_t.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the external oscillator was successfully started, \c false if invalid parameters specified.
+			 */
+			static inline bool XMEGACLK_StartExternalOscillator(const uint8_t FreqRange,
+			                                                    const uint8_t Startup) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool XMEGACLK_StartExternalOscillator(const uint8_t FreqRange,
+			                                                    const uint8_t Startup)
+			{
+				OSC.XOSCCTRL  = (FreqRange | ((Startup == EXOSC_START_32KCLK) ? OSC_X32KLPM_bm : 0) | Startup);
+				OSC.CTRL     |= OSC_XOSCEN_bm;
+
+				while (!(OSC.STATUS & OSC_XOSCRDY_bm));
+				return true;
+			}
+
+			/** Stops the external oscillator of the XMEGA microcontroller. */
+			static inline void XMEGACLK_StopExternalOscillator(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void XMEGACLK_StopExternalOscillator(void)
+			{
+				OSC.CTRL     &= ~OSC_XOSCEN_bm;
+			}
+
+			/** Starts the given internal oscillator of the XMEGA microcontroller, with the given options. This routine blocks until
+			 *  the oscillator is ready for use.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Source  Internal oscillator to start, a value from \ref XMEGA_System_ClockSource_t.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the internal oscillator was successfully started, \c false if invalid parameters specified.
+			 */
+			static inline bool XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(const uint8_t Source) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(const uint8_t Source)
+			{
+				switch (Source)
+				{
+					case CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ:
+						OSC.CTRL |= OSC_RC2MEN_bm;
+						while (!(OSC.STATUS & OSC_RC2MRDY_bm));
+						return true;
+					case CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ:
+						OSC.CTRL |= OSC_RC32MEN_bm;
+						while (!(OSC.STATUS & OSC_RC32MRDY_bm));
+						return true;
+					case CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32KHZ:
+						OSC.CTRL |= OSC_RC32KEN_bm;
+						while (!(OSC.STATUS & OSC_RC32KRDY_bm));
+						return true;
+					default:
+						return false;
+				}
+			}
+
+			/** Stops the given internal oscillator of the XMEGA microcontroller.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Source  Internal oscillator to stop, a value from \ref XMEGA_System_ClockSource_t.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the internal oscillator was successfully stopped, \c false if invalid parameters specified.
+			 */
+			static inline bool XMEGACLK_StopInternalOscillator(const uint8_t Source) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool XMEGACLK_StopInternalOscillator(const uint8_t Source)
+			{
+				switch (Source)
+				{
+					case CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ:
+						OSC.CTRL &= ~OSC_RC2MEN_bm;
+						return true;
+					case CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ:
+						OSC.CTRL &= ~OSC_RC32MEN_bm;
+						return true;
+					case CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32KHZ:
+						OSC.CTRL &= ~OSC_RC32KEN_bm;
+						return true;
+					default:
+						return false;
+				}
+			}
+
+			/** Starts the PLL of the XMEGA microcontroller, with the given options. This routine blocks until the PLL is ready for use.
+			 *
+			 *  \attention The output frequency must be equal to or greater than the source frequency.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Source       Clock source for the PLL, a value from \ref XMEGA_System_ClockSource_t.
+			 *  \param[in] SourceFreq   Frequency of the PLL's clock source, in Hz.
+			 *  \param[in] Frequency    Target frequency of the PLL's output.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the PLL was successfully started, \c false if invalid parameters specified.
+			 */
+			static inline bool XMEGACLK_StartPLL(const uint8_t Source,
+			                                     const uint32_t SourceFreq,
+			                                     const uint32_t Frequency) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool XMEGACLK_StartPLL(const uint8_t Source,
+			                                     const uint32_t SourceFreq,
+			                                     const uint32_t Frequency)
+			{
+				uint8_t MulFactor = (Frequency / SourceFreq);
+
+				if (SourceFreq > Frequency)
+				  return false;
+
+				if (MulFactor > 31)
+				  return false;
+
+				switch (Source)
+				{
+					case CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ:
+						OSC.PLLCTRL = (OSC_PLLSRC_RC2M_gc  | MulFactor);
+						break;
+					case CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ:
+						OSC.PLLCTRL = (OSC_PLLSRC_RC32M_gc | MulFactor);
+						break;
+					case CLOCK_SRC_XOSC:
+						OSC.PLLCTRL = (OSC_PLLSRC_XOSC_gc  | MulFactor);
+						break;
+					default:
+						return false;
+				}
+
+				OSC.CTRL |= OSC_PLLEN_bm;
+
+				while (!(OSC.STATUS & OSC_PLLRDY_bm));
+				return true;
+			}
+
+			/** Stops the PLL of the XMEGA microcontroller. */
+			static inline void XMEGACLK_StopPLL(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline void XMEGACLK_StopPLL(void)
+			{
+				OSC.CTRL &= ~OSC_PLLEN_bm;
+			}
+
+			/** Starts the DFLL of the XMEGA microcontroller, with the given options.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Source     RC Clock source for the DFLL, a value from \ref XMEGA_System_ClockSource_t.
+			 *  \param[in] Reference  Reference clock source for the DFLL, an value from \ref XMEGA_System_DFLLReference_t.
+			 *  \param[in] Frequency  Target frequency of the DFLL's output.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the DFLL was successfully started, \c false if invalid parameters specified.
+			 */
+			static inline bool XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(const uint8_t Source,
+			                                      const uint8_t Reference,
+			                                      const uint32_t Frequency) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(const uint8_t Source,
+			                                      const uint8_t Reference,
+			                                      const uint32_t Frequency)
+			{
+				uint16_t DFLLCompare = (Frequency / 1024);
+
+				switch (Source)
+				{
+					case CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ:
+						OSC.DFLLCTRL   |= (Reference << OSC_RC2MCREF_bp);
+						DFLLRC2M.COMP1  = (DFLLCompare & 0xFF);
+						DFLLRC2M.COMP2  = (DFLLCompare >> 8);
+						DFLLRC2M.CTRL   = DFLL_ENABLE_bm;
+						break;
+					case CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ:
+						OSC.DFLLCTRL   |= (Reference << OSC_RC32MCREF_gp);
+						DFLLRC32M.COMP1 = (DFLLCompare & 0xFF);
+						DFLLRC32M.COMP2 = (DFLLCompare >> 8);
+
+						if (Reference == DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF)
+						{
+							NVM.CMD        = NVM_CMD_READ_CALIB_ROW_gc;
+							DFLLRC32M.CALA = pgm_read_byte(offsetof(NVM_PROD_SIGNATURES_t, USBRCOSCA));
+							DFLLRC32M.CALB = pgm_read_byte(offsetof(NVM_PROD_SIGNATURES_t, USBRCOSC));
+							NVM.CMD        = 0;
+						}
+
+						DFLLRC32M.CTRL  = DFLL_ENABLE_bm;
+						break;
+					default:
+						return false;
+				}
+
+				return true;
+			}
+
+			/** Stops the given DFLL of the XMEGA microcontroller.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Source  RC Clock source for the DFLL to be stopped, a value from \ref XMEGA_System_ClockSource_t.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the DFLL was successfully stopped, \c false if invalid parameters specified.
+			 */
+			static inline bool XMEGACLK_StopDFLL(const uint8_t Source) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool XMEGACLK_StopDFLL(const uint8_t Source)
+			{
+				switch (Source)
+				{
+					case CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ:
+						DFLLRC2M.CTRL = 0;
+						break;
+					case CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ:
+						DFLLRC32M.CTRL = 0;
+						break;
+					default:
+						return false;
+				}
+
+				return true;
+			}
+
+			/** Sets the clock source for the main microcontroller core. The given clock source should be configured
+			 *  and ready for use before this function is called.
+			 *
+			 *  \param[in] Source      Clock source for the CPU core, a value from \ref XMEGA_System_ClockSource_t.
+			 *
+			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the CPU core clock was successfully altered, \c false if invalid parameters specified.
+			 */
+			static inline bool XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(const uint8_t Source) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+			static inline bool XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(const uint8_t Source)
+			{
+				uint8_t ClockSourceMask = 0;
+
+				switch (Source)
+				{
+					case CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ:
+						ClockSourceMask = CLK_SCLKSEL_RC2M_gc;
+						break;
+					case CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ:
+						ClockSourceMask = CLK_SCLKSEL_RC32M_gc;
+						break;
+					case CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32KHZ:
+						ClockSourceMask = CLK_SCLKSEL_RC32K_gc;
+						break;
+					case CLOCK_SRC_XOSC:
+						ClockSourceMask = CLK_SCLKSEL_XOSC_gc;
+						break;
+					case CLOCK_SRC_PLL:
+						ClockSourceMask = CLK_SCLKSEL_PLL_gc;
+						break;
+					default:
+						return false;
+				}
+
+				uint_reg_t CurrentGlobalInt = GetGlobalInterruptMask();
+				GlobalInterruptDisable();
+
+				XMEGACLK_CCP_Write(&CLK.CTRL, ClockSourceMask);
+
+				SetGlobalInterruptMask(CurrentGlobalInt);
+
+				Delay_MS(1);
+				return (CLK.CTRL == ClockSourceMask);
+			}
+
+	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+		#if defined(__cplusplus)
+			}
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Platform/XMEGA/XMEGAExperimentalInfo.txt b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Platform/XMEGA/XMEGAExperimentalInfo.txt
index 42144aac48..42144aac48 100644
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Platform/XMEGA/XMEGAExperimentalInfo.txt
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Platform/XMEGA/XMEGAExperimentalInfo.txt
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/Docbook/mshelp/README.txt b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/Docbook/mshelp/README.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4f251cc0b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/Docbook/mshelp/README.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+This is a modified/updated version of the Microsoft HV1 Docbook transform, written by Morten Engelhardt Olsen,
+
+Originally posted at http://sourceforge.net/p/docbook/feature-requests/461/, this has been further updated by Morten to make it compatible with more recent DocBook versions.
+
+ ---------------------------
+/ This documentation system \
+\   is udderly ridiculous!  /
+ ---------------------------
+        \   ^__^
+         \  (oo)\_______
+            (__)\       )\/\
+                ||----w |
+                ||     ||
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/Docbook/mshelp/docbook.xsl b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/Docbook/mshelp/docbook.xsl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..03b81feafc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/Docbook/mshelp/docbook.xsl
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<xsl:stylesheet 
+    xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform"
+    xmlns:d="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+	xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+    exclude-result-prefixes="xsl d"   
+    version="1.0">
+
+	<xsl:import href="../xhtml/chunk.xsl"/>
+	<xsl:import href="../xhtml/highlight.xsl"/>
+	
+	<!-- 
+		Based on the normal xhtml templates, all overrides applicable to 
+		xhtml is applicable to HV1.
+	-->
+	
+	<xsl:import href="hv1-common.xsl"/>
+
+	<!-- 
+		Choose if links should be generated using ms-xhelp (default) or 
+		the more verbose ms.help type. The latter requires product.name, 
+		product.version and product.locale to be set
+	-->
+	<xsl:param name="use.mshelp.links" select="0"/>
+	
+	<!-- 
+		Name of target product. If specified then each page is 
+		marked with this product. This is usualy set during 
+		install time.
+	-->
+	<xsl:param name="product.name" select="''" />
+	
+	<!-- 
+		Name of target version. If specified then each page is 
+		marked with this version. This is usualy set during 
+		install time.
+	-->
+	<xsl:param name="product.version" select="''" />
+	
+	<!-- 
+		Locale for the help. Should always be set
+	-->
+	<xsl:param name="product.locale" select="'en-US'" />
+	
+	<!-- 
+		Self branding. Gives access for chunks to load 
+		it's own branding package during runtime
+	-->
+	<xsl:param name="topic.selfbrand" select="1"/>
+
+
+	<!-- Use doctitle for olinks -->
+	<xsl:param name="olink.doctitle" select="'yes'" />
+
+	<!-- Enable source code highlighting-->
+	<xsl:param name="highlight.source" select="1"/>
+	
+</xsl:stylesheet>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/Docbook/mshelp/hv1-common.xsl b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/Docbook/mshelp/hv1-common.xsl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b6f2610680
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/Docbook/mshelp/hv1-common.xsl
@@ -0,0 +1,664 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform"
+				xmlns:d="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+				xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
+				exclude-result-prefixes="d"
+    			version="1.0">
+
+
+	<!-- no separate HTML page with index as this is binary in hv1 -->
+	<xsl:param name="generate.index" select="0"/>
+
+
+	<!-- Generate help tags in header -->
+	<xsl:template name="user.head.content">
+		<xsl:param name="node" select="''" />
+		<xsl:variable name="up" select="parent::*"/>
+
+		<!-- Locale should be first Help tag-->
+		<meta name="Microsoft.Help.Locale">
+			<xsl:attribute name="content">
+				<xsl:choose>
+					<xsl:when test="$product.locale and product.locale != ''">
+						<xsl:value-of select="$product.locale"/>
+					</xsl:when>
+					<xsl:otherwise>
+						<xsl:text>en-US</xsl:text>
+					</xsl:otherwise>
+				</xsl:choose>
+			</xsl:attribute>
+		</meta>
+
+		<!-- Specify locale for this chunk. Should probably query xml:lang -->
+		<meta name="Microsoft.Help.TopicLocale">
+			<xsl:attribute name="content">
+				<xsl:choose>
+					<xsl:when test="@xml:lang">
+						<xsl:value-of select="@xml:lang"/>
+					</xsl:when>
+					<xsl:when test="$product.locale and product.locale != ''">
+						<xsl:value-of select="$product.locale"/>
+					</xsl:when>
+					<xsl:otherwise>
+						<xsl:text>en-US</xsl:text>
+					</xsl:otherwise>
+				</xsl:choose>
+			</xsl:attribute>
+		</meta>
+
+		<!-- This is the unique ID for this page -->
+		<meta name="Microsoft.Help.Id">
+			<xsl:attribute name="content">
+				<xsl:call-template name="hv1.toc.id"/>
+			</xsl:attribute>
+		</meta>
+
+		<!-- The ID of the parent TOC node (-1 is root) -->
+		<meta name="Microsoft.Help.TocParent">
+			<xsl:attribute name="content">
+				<xsl:call-template name="hv1.toc.parent.id">
+					<xsl:with-param name="up" select="$up"/>
+				</xsl:call-template>
+			</xsl:attribute>
+		</meta>
+
+		<!-- For all pages with the same parent, the order is set by TocOrder -->
+		<meta name="Microsoft.Help.TocOrder">
+			<xsl:attribute name="content">
+				<xsl:value-of select="1+count(preceding-sibling::chapter|preceding-sibling::section)"/>
+			</xsl:attribute>
+		</meta>
+
+		<!-- boolean to indicate if this page is allowed to load custom branding -->
+		<meta name="Microsoft.Help.SelfBranded">
+			<xsl:attribute name="content">
+				<xsl:choose>
+					<xsl:when test="$topic.selfbrand">
+						<xsl:text>true</xsl:text>
+					</xsl:when>
+					<xsl:otherwise>
+						<xsl:text>false</xsl:text>
+					</xsl:otherwise>
+				</xsl:choose>
+			</xsl:attribute>
+		</meta>
+
+		<!--
+			Insert description meta element. This is shown in searches and indexes
+		-->
+
+		<xsl:variable name="description">
+			<xsl:call-template name="hv1.description"/>
+		</xsl:variable>
+		<xsl:if test="$description != ''">
+			<meta name="Description">
+				<xsl:attribute name="content">
+					<xsl:call-template name="hv1.description"/>
+				</xsl:attribute>
+			</meta>
+		</xsl:if>
+
+		<!-- Display version of page -->
+		<xsl:variable name="display.version">
+			<xsl:call-template name="hv1.display.version"/>
+		</xsl:variable>
+		<xsl:if test="$display.version != ''">
+			<meta name="Microsoft.Help.DisplayVersion">
+				<xsl:attribute name="content">
+					<xsl:value-of select="$display.version"/>
+				</xsl:attribute>
+			</meta>
+		</xsl:if>
+
+		<!--
+			Content type is used to distinguish between multiple topics with same id.
+			Usualy to have multiple versions available
+		-->
+		<!--
+		<meta name="Microsoft.Help.ContentType">
+			<xsl:attribute name="content">
+				TODO: implement
+			</xsl:attribute>
+		</meta>
+		-->
+
+
+		<!-- If a product name is given, then mark each header with this name-->
+		<xsl:if test="$product.name and $product.name != ''">
+			<meta name="Microsoft.Help.Product">
+				<xsl:attribute name="content">
+					<xsl:value-of select="$product.name"/>
+				</xsl:attribute>
+			</meta>
+		</xsl:if>
+
+		<!-- If a version is given, then mark each header with version-->
+		<xsl:if test="$product.version and $product.version != ''">
+			<meta name="Microsoft.Help.ProductVersion">
+				<xsl:attribute name="content">
+					<xsl:value-of select="$product.version"/>
+				</xsl:attribute>
+			</meta>
+		</xsl:if>
+
+		<!--
+			Insert all keywords for this chunk. These are used
+			by the help runtime to generate indexes and refine search
+		-->
+		<xsl:call-template name="hv1.keywords" />
+
+		<!--
+			Insert all F1 ids for this chunk. This is used
+			by the help runtime to resolve F1 queries
+		-->
+		<xsl:call-template name="hv1.f1" />
+	</xsl:template>
+
+
+	<!-- There are links from ToC pane to bibliodivs, so there must be anchor -->
+	<xsl:template match="bibliodiv/title">
+		<h3 class="{name(.)}">
+			<xsl:call-template name="anchor">
+				<xsl:with-param name="node" select=".."/>
+				<xsl:with-param name="conditional" select="0"/>
+			</xsl:call-template>
+			<xsl:apply-templates/>
+		</h3>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<!--
+		Template to get a page id.
+
+		Needs to be unique in the target help system; microsoft uses UUIDs for this.
+		To avoid UUIDs and generate-id (only unique in current xml fragment),
+		we do
+			<root.filename> +
+				<last ancestor title> +
+					<second last ancestor title> +
+						....
+						<self title>, 	where different types of sections/fragments
+											may be prefixed with a type identifier.
+
+		This should generate a fairly specific/unique ID.
+		-->
+	<xsl:template name="get.id.from.pagename">
+		<xsl:param name="target" />
+		<xsl:value-of select="$root.filename"/>
+		<xsl:variable name="id.of.document">
+			<xsl:apply-templates select="$target" mode="recursive-chunk-id"/>
+		</xsl:variable>
+		<xsl:variable name="titleWithSpace">
+			<xsl:value-of select="key('id',$id.of.document)/title"/>
+		</xsl:variable>
+		<xsl:value-of select="translate($id.of.document,' ','')" />
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<!-- template that returns the page id used above -->
+	<xsl:template match="*" mode="recursive-chunk-id">
+		<xsl:param name="recursive" select="false()"/>
+
+		<!-- returns the filename of a chunk -->
+		<xsl:variable name="ischunk">
+			<xsl:call-template name="chunk"/>
+		</xsl:variable>
+
+		<xsl:variable name="dbhtml-filename">
+			<xsl:call-template name="pi.dbhtml_filename"/>
+		</xsl:variable>
+
+		<xsl:variable name="filename">
+			<xsl:choose>
+				<xsl:when test="$dbhtml-filename != ''">
+					<xsl:value-of select="$dbhtml-filename"/>
+				</xsl:when>
+				<!-- if this is the root element, use the root.filename -->
+				<xsl:when test="not(parent::*) and $root.filename != ''">
+					<xsl:value-of select="$root.filename"/>
+					<!-- <xsl:value-of select="$html.ext"/> -->
+				</xsl:when>
+				<!-- Special case -->
+				<xsl:when test="self::legalnotice and not($generate.legalnotice.link = 0)">
+					<xsl:choose>
+						<xsl:when test="(@id or @xml:id) and not($use.id.as.filename = 0)">
+							<!-- * if this legalnotice has an ID, then go ahead and use -->
+							<!-- * just the value of that ID as the basename for the file -->
+							<!-- * (that is, without prepending an "ln-" too it) -->
+							<xsl:value-of select="(@id|@xml:id)[1]"/>
+							<!-- <xsl:value-of select="$html.ext"/>-->
+						</xsl:when>
+						<xsl:otherwise>
+							<!-- * otherwise, if this legalnotice does not have an ID, -->
+							<!-- * then we generate an ID... -->
+							<xsl:variable name="id">
+								<xsl:call-template name="object.id"/>
+							</xsl:variable>
+							<!-- * ...and then we take that generated ID, prepend an -->
+							<!-- * "ln-" to it, and use that as the basename for the file -->
+							<!-- <xsl:value-of select="concat('ln-',$id,$html.ext)"/>-->
+						</xsl:otherwise>
+					</xsl:choose>
+				</xsl:when>
+				<!-- if there's no dbhtml filename, and if we're to use IDs as -->
+				<!-- filenames, then use the ID to generate the filename. -->
+				<xsl:when test="(@id or @xml:id) and $use.id.as.filename != 0">
+					<xsl:value-of select="(@id|@xml:id)[1]"/>
+					<!-- <xsl:value-of select="$html.ext"/>-->
+				</xsl:when>
+				<xsl:otherwise/>
+			</xsl:choose>
+		</xsl:variable>
+
+		<xsl:choose>
+			<xsl:when test="$ischunk='0'">
+				<!-- if called on something that isn't a chunk, walk up... -->
+				<xsl:choose>
+					<xsl:when test="count(parent::*)&gt;0">
+						<xsl:apply-templates mode="recursive-chunk-id" select="parent::*">
+							<xsl:with-param name="recursive" select="$recursive"/>
+						</xsl:apply-templates>
+					</xsl:when>
+					<!-- unless there is no up, in which case return "" -->
+					<xsl:otherwise/>
+				</xsl:choose>
+			</xsl:when>
+
+			<xsl:when test="not($recursive) and $filename != ''">
+				<!-- if this chunk has an explicit name, use it -->
+				<xsl:value-of select="$filename"/>
+			</xsl:when>
+
+			<xsl:when test="self::set">
+				<xsl:value-of select="$root.filename"/>
+			</xsl:when>
+
+			<xsl:when test="self::book">
+				<xsl:text>bk</xsl:text>
+				<xsl:number level="any" format="01"/>
+			</xsl:when>
+
+			<xsl:when test="self::article">
+				<xsl:if test="/set">
+					<!-- in a set, make sure we inherit the right book info... -->
+					<xsl:apply-templates mode="recursive-chunk-id" select="parent::*">
+						<xsl:with-param name="recursive" select="true()"/>
+					</xsl:apply-templates>
+				</xsl:if>
+
+				<xsl:text>ar</xsl:text>
+				<xsl:number level="any" format="01" from="book"/>
+			</xsl:when>
+
+			<xsl:when test="self::preface">
+				<xsl:if test="/set">
+					<!-- in a set, make sure we inherit the right book info... -->
+					<xsl:apply-templates mode="recursive-chunk-id" select="parent::*">
+						<xsl:with-param name="recursive" select="true()"/>
+					</xsl:apply-templates>
+				</xsl:if>
+
+				<xsl:text>pr</xsl:text>
+				<xsl:number level="any" format="01" from="book"/>
+			</xsl:when>
+
+			<xsl:when test="self::chapter">
+				<xsl:if test="/set">
+					<!-- in a set, make sure we inherit the right book info... -->
+					<xsl:apply-templates mode="recursive-chunk-id" select="parent::*">
+						<xsl:with-param name="recursive" select="true()"/>
+					</xsl:apply-templates>
+				</xsl:if>
+
+				<xsl:text>ch</xsl:text>
+				<xsl:number level="any" format="01" from="book"/>
+			</xsl:when>
+
+			<xsl:when test="self::appendix">
+				<xsl:if test="/set">
+					<!-- in a set, make sure we inherit the right book info... -->
+					<xsl:apply-templates mode="recursive-chunk-id" select="parent::*">
+						<xsl:with-param name="recursive" select="true()"/>
+					</xsl:apply-templates>
+				</xsl:if>
+
+				<xsl:text>ap</xsl:text>
+				<xsl:number level="any" format="a" from="book"/>
+			</xsl:when>
+
+			<xsl:when test="self::part">
+				<xsl:choose>
+					<xsl:when test="/set">
+						<!-- in a set, make sure we inherit the right book info... -->
+						<xsl:apply-templates mode="recursive-chunk-id" select="parent::*">
+							<xsl:with-param name="recursive" select="true()"/>
+						</xsl:apply-templates>
+					</xsl:when>
+					<xsl:otherwise>
+					</xsl:otherwise>
+				</xsl:choose>
+
+				<xsl:text>pt</xsl:text>
+				<xsl:number level="any" format="01" from="book"/>
+			</xsl:when>
+
+			<xsl:when test="self::reference">
+				<xsl:choose>
+					<xsl:when test="/set">
+						<!-- in a set, make sure we inherit the right book info... -->
+						<xsl:apply-templates mode="recursive-chunk-id" select="parent::*">
+							<xsl:with-param name="recursive" select="true()"/>
+						</xsl:apply-templates>
+					</xsl:when>
+					<xsl:otherwise>
+					</xsl:otherwise>
+				</xsl:choose>
+
+				<xsl:text>rn</xsl:text>
+				<xsl:number level="any" format="01" from="book"/>
+			</xsl:when>
+
+			<xsl:when test="self::refentry">
+				<xsl:choose>
+					<xsl:when test="parent::reference">
+						<xsl:apply-templates mode="recursive-chunk-id" select="parent::*">
+							<xsl:with-param name="recursive" select="true()"/>
+						</xsl:apply-templates>
+					</xsl:when>
+					<xsl:otherwise>
+					</xsl:otherwise>
+				</xsl:choose>
+
+				<xsl:text>re</xsl:text>
+				<xsl:number level="any" format="01" from="book"/>
+			</xsl:when>
+
+			<xsl:when test="self::colophon">
+				<xsl:choose>
+					<xsl:when test="/set">
+						<!-- in a set, make sure we inherit the right book info... -->
+						<xsl:apply-templates mode="recursive-chunk-id" select="parent::*">
+							<xsl:with-param name="recursive" select="true()"/>
+						</xsl:apply-templates>
+					</xsl:when>
+					<xsl:otherwise>
+					</xsl:otherwise>
+				</xsl:choose>
+
+				<xsl:text>co</xsl:text>
+				<xsl:number level="any" format="01" from="book"/>
+			</xsl:when>
+
+			<xsl:when test="self::sect1
+									or self::sect2
+									or self::sect3
+									or self::sect4
+									or self::sect5
+									or self::section">
+				<xsl:apply-templates mode="recursive-chunk-id" select="parent::*">
+					<xsl:with-param name="recursive" select="true()"/>
+				</xsl:apply-templates>
+				<xsl:text>s</xsl:text>
+				<xsl:number format="01"/>
+			</xsl:when>
+
+			<xsl:when test="self::bibliography">
+				<xsl:choose>
+					<xsl:when test="/set">
+						<!-- in a set, make sure we inherit the right book info... -->
+						<xsl:apply-templates mode="recursive-chunk-id" select="parent::*">
+							<xsl:with-param name="recursive" select="true()"/>
+						</xsl:apply-templates>
+					</xsl:when>
+					<xsl:otherwise>
+					</xsl:otherwise>
+				</xsl:choose>
+
+				<xsl:text>bi</xsl:text>
+				<xsl:number level="any" format="01" from="book"/>
+			</xsl:when>
+
+			<xsl:when test="self::glossary">
+				<xsl:choose>
+					<xsl:when test="/set">
+						<!-- in a set, make sure we inherit the right book info... -->
+						<xsl:apply-templates mode="recursive-chunk-id" select="parent::*">
+							<xsl:with-param name="recursive" select="true()"/>
+						</xsl:apply-templates>
+					</xsl:when>
+					<xsl:otherwise>
+					</xsl:otherwise>
+				</xsl:choose>
+
+				<xsl:text>go</xsl:text>
+				<xsl:number level="any" format="01" from="book"/>
+			</xsl:when>
+
+			<xsl:when test="self::index">
+				<xsl:choose>
+					<xsl:when test="/set">
+						<!-- in a set, make sure we inherit the right book info... -->
+						<xsl:apply-templates mode="recursive-chunk-id" select="parent::*">
+							<xsl:with-param name="recursive" select="true()"/>
+						</xsl:apply-templates>
+					</xsl:when>
+					<xsl:otherwise>
+					</xsl:otherwise>
+				</xsl:choose>
+
+				<xsl:text>ix</xsl:text>
+				<xsl:number level="any" format="01" from="book"/>
+			</xsl:when>
+
+			<xsl:when test="self::setindex">
+				<xsl:text>si</xsl:text>
+				<xsl:number level="any" format="01" from="set"/>
+			</xsl:when>
+
+			<xsl:otherwise>
+				<xsl:text>chunk-filename-error-</xsl:text>
+				<xsl:value-of select="name(.)"/>
+				<xsl:number level="any" format="01" from="set"/>
+			</xsl:otherwise>
+		</xsl:choose>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<!-- Main template that generates internal links -->
+	<xsl:template name="href.target">
+		<xsl:param name="context" select="."/>
+		<xsl:param name="object" select="."/>
+		<xsl:param name="toc-context" select="."/>
+
+		<xsl:variable name="id">
+			<xsl:call-template name="get.id.from.pagename">
+				<xsl:with-param name="target" select="$object"/>
+			</xsl:call-template>
+		</xsl:variable>
+
+		<xsl:variable name="href">
+			<xsl:choose>
+				<xsl:when test="$use.mshelp.links">
+					<!-- Generate a ms.help type link-->
+					<xsl:if test="$product.name = ''">
+						<xsl:message terminate="yes">
+							$product.name needs to be set to generate ms.help style links
+						</xsl:message>
+					</xsl:if>
+					<xsl:if test="$product.version = ''">
+						<xsl:message terminate="yes">
+							$product.version needs to be set to generate ms.help style links
+						</xsl:message>
+					</xsl:if>
+					<xsl:if test="$product.locale = ''">
+						<xsl:message terminate="yes">
+							$product.locale needs to be set to generate ms.help style links
+						</xsl:message>
+					</xsl:if>
+
+					<xsl:text>ms.help?method=page&amp;id=</xsl:text>
+					<xsl:value-of select="$id"/>
+					<xsl:text>&amp;product=</xsl:text>
+					<xsl:value-of select="$product.name"/>
+					<xsl:text>&amp;productVersion=</xsl:text>
+					<xsl:value-of select="$product.version"/>
+					<xsl:text>&amp;locale=</xsl:text>
+					<xsl:value-of select="$product.locale"/>
+					<!-- Append the jump id if the current object has an id-->
+					<xsl:if test="$object[@id or @xml:id]">
+						<xsl:text>#</xsl:text>
+						<xsl:value-of select="$object/@id|$object/@xml:id"/>
+					</xsl:if>
+				</xsl:when>
+				<xsl:otherwise>
+					<!-- Generate ms-xhelp type links. Default-->
+					<xsl:text>ms-xhelp:///?Id=</xsl:text>
+					<xsl:value-of select="$id"/>
+				</xsl:otherwise>
+			</xsl:choose>
+		</xsl:variable>
+		<xsl:value-of select="$href"/>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template match="*" mode="common.html.attributes">
+		<xsl:param name="class" select="local-name(.)"/>
+		<xsl:param name="inherit" select="0"/>
+
+		<!--
+			Workaround for known issue with HelpLibAgent
+			Comment from Bruce Belson:
+			<pre> tags get their whitespace mangled by the Help Library Agent,
+			unless the non-standard attribute xml:space="preserve" is added to the pre element.
+		-->
+		<xsl:if test="$class = 'programlisting' or $class = 'verbatim' or $class = 'litterallayout' or $class = 'screen'">
+			<xsl:attribute name="xml:space">preserve</xsl:attribute>
+		</xsl:if>
+
+		<xsl:call-template name="generate.html.lang"/>
+		<xsl:call-template name="dir">
+			<xsl:with-param name="inherit" select="$inherit"/>
+		</xsl:call-template>
+		<xsl:apply-templates select="." mode="class.attribute">
+			<xsl:with-param name="class" select="$class"/>
+		</xsl:apply-templates>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+
+	<xsl:template name="hv1.display.version">
+		<xsl:apply-templates mode="title.markup" select="ancestor-or-self::book"/>
+		<xsl:if test="ancestor-or-self::chapter">
+			<xsl:text> - </xsl:text>
+			<xsl:apply-templates mode="title.markup" select="ancestor-or-self::chapter"/>
+		</xsl:if>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+
+	<!-- Generate a meta element for each keyword in chunk -->
+	<xsl:template name="hv1.keywords">
+		<xsl:variable name="is.chunk">
+			<xsl:call-template name="chunk">
+				<xsl:with-param name="node" select="."/>
+			</xsl:call-template>
+		</xsl:variable>
+
+		<xsl:for-each select=".//indexterm[$is.chunk = '0'] |
+			(./indexterm | *[not(self::section or self::preface or self::book or self::chapter)]//indexterm)[$is.chunk = '1']">
+			<xsl:choose>
+				<xsl:when test="primary != ''">
+					<meta name="Microsoft.Help.Keywords">
+						<xsl:attribute name="content">
+							<xsl:choose>
+								<!-- This concats the primary and secondary togheter, separated by colon if there exists
+								a tertiary element -->
+								<xsl:when test="tertiary">
+									<xsl:value-of select="primary/text()" />
+									<xsl:text>: </xsl:text>
+									<xsl:value-of select="secondary/text()" />
+									<xsl:text>, </xsl:text>
+									<xsl:value-of select="tertiary/text()" />
+								</xsl:when>
+
+								<xsl:otherwise>
+									<xsl:for-each select="primary/text() | secondary/text()">
+										<xsl:value-of select="." />
+										<xsl:if test="not(position() = last())">, </xsl:if>
+									</xsl:for-each>
+								</xsl:otherwise>
+							</xsl:choose>
+						</xsl:attribute>
+					</meta>
+				</xsl:when>
+				<xsl:otherwise/>
+			</xsl:choose>
+		</xsl:for-each>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<!-- Generate a F1 meta element for each indexterm with an ID (used as F1 id) -->
+	<xsl:template name="hv1.f1">
+		<xsl:variable name="is.chunk">
+			<xsl:call-template name="chunk">
+				<xsl:with-param name="node" select="."/>
+			</xsl:call-template>
+		</xsl:variable>
+
+		<xsl:variable name="id">
+			<xsl:call-template name="hv1.toc.id"/>
+		</xsl:variable>
+
+		<xsl:for-each select=".//indexterm[$is.chunk = '0'] |
+			(./indexterm | *[not(self::section or self::preface or self::book or self::chapter)]//indexterm)[$is.chunk = '1']">
+			<xsl:if test="@id|@xml:id">
+				<meta name="Microsoft.Help.F1">
+					<xsl:attribute name="content">
+						<xsl:value-of select="(@id|@xml:id)[1]" />
+					</xsl:attribute>
+				</meta>
+			</xsl:if>
+		</xsl:for-each>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<!-- ID used for to resolution. Using default ID -->
+	<xsl:template name="hv1.toc.id">
+		<xsl:variable name="href">
+			<xsl:call-template name="get.id.from.pagename">
+				<xsl:with-param name="target" select="."/>
+			</xsl:call-template>
+		</xsl:variable>
+		<xsl:value-of select="$href"/>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<!-- Determine parent id (if top level -> -1) -->
+	<xsl:template name="hv1.toc.parent.id">
+		<xsl:param name="up" select="''"/>
+		<xsl:variable name="href">
+			<xsl:choose>
+				<xsl:when test="$up">
+					<!-- I have a parent -->
+					<xsl:call-template name="get.id.from.pagename">
+						<xsl:with-param name="target" select="$up"/>
+					</xsl:call-template>
+				</xsl:when>
+				<xsl:otherwise>
+					<xsl:text>-1</xsl:text>
+				</xsl:otherwise>
+			</xsl:choose>
+		</xsl:variable>
+		<xsl:value-of select="$href"/>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template name="hv1.description">
+		<xsl:variable name="content">
+			<xsl:choose>
+				<xsl:when test="abstract|d:abstract|d:info/d:abstract|bookinfo/abstract|sectioninfo/abstract|articleinfo/abstract|partinfo/abstract">
+					<xsl:value-of select="(abstract|d:abstract|d:info/d:abstract|bookinfo/abstract|sectioninfo/abstract|articleinfo/abstract|partinfo/abstract)[1]"/>
+				</xsl:when>
+				<xsl:when test="child::para">
+					<xsl:value-of select="substring(normalize-space(child::para[1]), 0, 150)"/>
+				</xsl:when>
+				<xsl:otherwise/>
+			</xsl:choose>
+		</xsl:variable>
+		<xsl:if test="$content != ''">
+			<xsl:value-of select="concat($content, '...')"/>
+		</xsl:if>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+
+</xsl:stylesheet>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/Docbook/placeholder.txt b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/Docbook/placeholder.txt
index dd69b7e0bd..dd69b7e0bd 100644
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/Docbook/placeholder.txt
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/Docbook/placeholder.txt
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/HV1/helpcontentsetup.msha b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/HV1/helpcontentsetup.msha
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bd1d7ee219
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/HV1/helpcontentsetup.msha
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<!--
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+	<head>
+		<title>LUFA Help</title>
+	</head>
+	<body class="vendor-book">
+		<div class="details">
+			<span class="vendor">FourWalledCubicle</span>
+			<span class="product">LUFA</span>
+			<span class="name">LUFA Help</span>
+			<span class="locale">en-us</span>
+		</div>
+		<div class="package-list">
+			<div class="package">
+				<span class="name">lufa_studio_help.mshc</span>
+				<a class="current-link" href="lufa_studio_help.mshc">lufa_studio_help.mshc</a>
+			</div>
+		</div>
+	</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/HV1/lufa_docbook_transform.xslt b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/HV1/lufa_docbook_transform.xslt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..26c1d378e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/HV1/lufa_docbook_transform.xslt
@@ -0,0 +1,806 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+
+<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform" version="1.0">
+
+	<xsl:output method="xml" indent="no"/>
+
+	<xsl:template name="generate.book.title">
+		<xsl:text>LUFA Library</xsl:text>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template name="generate.book.id">
+		<xsl:param name="book.title"/>
+		<xsl:choose>
+			<xsl:when test="@id">
+				<xsl:value-of select="@id"/>
+			</xsl:when>
+			<xsl:otherwise>
+				<xsl:value-of select="translate($book.title, ' ','')"/>
+			</xsl:otherwise>
+		</xsl:choose>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template name="generate.index.id">
+		<xsl:param name="name"/>
+		<xsl:variable name="book.title">
+			<xsl:call-template name="generate.book.title"/>
+		</xsl:variable>
+		<xsl:variable name="book.id">
+			<xsl:call-template name="generate.book.id">
+				<xsl:with-param name="book.title" select="$book.title"/>
+			</xsl:call-template>
+		</xsl:variable>
+
+		<indexterm id="{$name}">
+			<primary>
+				<xsl:value-of select="$book.title"/>
+			</primary>
+			<secondary>
+				<xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+			</secondary>
+		</indexterm>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template match="doxygen">
+		<xsl:variable name="book.title">
+			<xsl:call-template name="generate.book.title"/>
+		</xsl:variable>
+
+		<xsl:variable name="book.id">
+			<xsl:call-template name="generate.book.id">
+				<xsl:with-param name="book.title" select="$book.title"/>
+			</xsl:call-template>
+		</xsl:variable>
+
+		<book id="{$book.id}">
+			<title>
+				<xsl:value-of select="$book.title"/>
+			</title>
+
+			<!-- Add index chapter -->
+			<xsl:apply-templates select="compounddef[@kind = 'page' and @id = 'indexpage']">
+				<xsl:with-param name="element.type" select="'chapter'"/>
+				<xsl:with-param name="page.title"   select="'Library Information'"/>
+			</xsl:apply-templates>
+
+			<!-- Add free-floating chapters -->
+			<xsl:apply-templates select="compounddef[@kind = 'page' and not(@id = 'indexpage') and not(//innerpage/@refid = @id)]">
+				<xsl:with-param name="element.type" select="'chapter'"/>
+			</xsl:apply-templates>
+
+			<!-- Add Modules chapter -->
+			<chapter>
+				<title>Modules</title>
+				<xsl:apply-templates select="compounddef[@kind = 'group' and not(//innergroup/@refid = @id)]"/>
+			</chapter>
+		</book>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template match="compounddef[@kind = 'page']">
+		<xsl:param name="element.type" select="'section'"/>
+		<xsl:param name="page.title"   select="title"/>
+
+		<xsl:element name="{$element.type}">
+			<xsl:attribute name="id">
+				<xsl:value-of select="@id"/>
+			</xsl:attribute>
+
+			<xsl:variable name="name">
+				<xsl:text>LUFA.</xsl:text>
+				<xsl:value-of select="translate(compoundname, '_', '.')"/>
+			</xsl:variable>
+
+			<xsl:call-template name="generate.index.id">
+				<xsl:with-param name="name" select="$name"/>
+			</xsl:call-template>
+
+			<title>
+				<xsl:value-of select="$page.title"/>
+			</title>
+
+			<xsl:apply-templates select="detaileddescription"/>
+
+			<xsl:if test="not(innerpage) and count(detaileddescription//sect1)">
+				<para>
+					<emphasis role="bold">Subsections:</emphasis>
+					<itemizedlist>
+						<xsl:for-each select="detaileddescription//sect1">
+							<listitem>
+								<link linkend="{@id}">
+									<xsl:value-of select="title"/>
+								</link>
+							</listitem>
+						</xsl:for-each>
+					</itemizedlist>
+				</para>
+			</xsl:if>
+
+			<xsl:for-each select="innerpage">
+				<xsl:apply-templates select="ancestor::*/compounddef[@kind = 'page' and @id = current()/@refid]"/>
+			</xsl:for-each>
+		</xsl:element>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template match="compounddef[@kind = 'group']">
+		<section id="{@id}">
+			<title>
+				<xsl:value-of select="title"/>
+			</title>
+
+			<xsl:variable name="name">
+				<xsl:text>LUFA.</xsl:text>
+				<xsl:value-of select="translate(compoundname, '_', '.')"/>
+			</xsl:variable>
+
+			<xsl:call-template name="generate.index.id">
+				<xsl:with-param name="name" select="$name"/>
+			</xsl:call-template>
+
+			<xsl:apply-templates select="detaileddescription"/>
+
+			<xsl:if test="count(innergroup)">
+				<para>
+					<emphasis role="bold">Subgroups:</emphasis>
+					<itemizedlist>
+						<xsl:for-each select="innergroup">
+							<listitem>
+								<link linkend="{@refid}">
+									<xsl:value-of select="text()"/>
+								</link>
+							</listitem>
+						</xsl:for-each>
+					</itemizedlist>
+				</para>
+			</xsl:if>
+
+			<xsl:apply-templates select="sectiondef"/>
+
+			<xsl:for-each select="innerclass">
+				<xsl:apply-templates select="ancestor::*/compounddef[@id = current()/@refid]"/>
+			</xsl:for-each>
+
+			<xsl:for-each select="innergroup">
+				<xsl:apply-templates select="ancestor::*/compounddef[@kind = 'group' and @id = current()/@refid]"/>
+			</xsl:for-each>
+		</section>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template match="compounddef[@kind = 'struct' or @kind = 'union']">
+		<xsl:variable name="name" select="compoundname"/>
+
+		<section id="{@id}" xreflabel="{$name}">
+			<title>
+				<xsl:choose>
+					<xsl:when test="@kind = 'struct'">
+						<xsl:text>Struct </xsl:text>
+					</xsl:when>
+
+					<xsl:when test="@kind = 'union'">
+						<xsl:text>Union </xsl:text>
+					</xsl:when>
+				</xsl:choose>
+
+				<xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+			</title>
+
+			<xsl:call-template name="generate.index.id">
+				<xsl:with-param name="name" select="$name"/>
+			</xsl:call-template>
+
+			<xsl:apply-templates select="detaileddescription"/>
+
+			<xsl:for-each select="sectiondef[@kind = 'public-attrib']">
+				<table>
+					<title>
+						<xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+					</title>
+
+					<tgroup cols="3">
+						<thead>
+							<row>
+								<entry>Type</entry>
+								<entry>Name</entry>
+								<entry>Description</entry>
+							</row>
+						</thead>
+
+						<tbody>
+							<xsl:for-each select="memberdef">
+								<row id="{@id}" xreflabel="{name}">
+									<entry>
+										<xsl:value-of select="type"/>
+									</entry>
+									<entry>
+										<xsl:value-of select="name"/>
+										<xsl:if test="starts-with(argsstring, '[')">
+											<xsl:text>[]</xsl:text>
+										</xsl:if>
+
+										<xsl:variable name="struct.element.name">
+											<xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+											<xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
+											<xsl:value-of select="name"/>
+										</xsl:variable>
+
+										<xsl:call-template name="generate.index.id">
+											<xsl:with-param name="name" select="$struct.element.name"/>
+										</xsl:call-template>
+									</entry>
+									<entry>
+										<xsl:apply-templates select="detaileddescription"/>
+									</entry>
+								</row>
+							</xsl:for-each>
+						</tbody>
+					</tgroup>
+				</table>
+			</xsl:for-each>
+		</section>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template match="memberdef[@kind = 'function']">
+		<section id="{@id}" xreflabel="{name}">
+			<title>
+				<xsl:text>Function </xsl:text>
+				<xsl:value-of select="name"/>
+				<xsl:text>()</xsl:text>
+			</title>
+
+			<xsl:call-template name="generate.index.id">
+				<xsl:with-param name="name" select="name"/>
+			</xsl:call-template>
+
+			<para>
+				<emphasis role="italic">
+					<xsl:value-of select="briefdescription"/>
+				</emphasis>
+			</para>
+
+			<programlisting language="c">
+				<emphasis role="keyword">
+					<xsl:value-of select="type"/>
+				</emphasis>
+				<xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+				<xsl:value-of select="name"/>
+				<xsl:text>(</xsl:text>
+
+				<xsl:choose>
+					<xsl:when test="not(param[1]/declname)">
+						<emphasis role="keyword">void</emphasis>
+					</xsl:when>
+
+					<xsl:otherwise>
+						<xsl:for-each select="param">
+							<xsl:if test="position() > 1">
+								<xsl:text>,</xsl:text>
+							</xsl:if>
+							<xsl:text>&#10;&#9;</xsl:text>
+							<emphasis role="keyword">
+								<xsl:value-of select="type"/>
+							</emphasis>
+							<xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+							<xsl:value-of select="declname"/>
+						</xsl:for-each>
+					</xsl:otherwise>
+				</xsl:choose>
+
+				<xsl:text>)</xsl:text>
+			</programlisting>
+
+			<xsl:apply-templates select="detaileddescription"/>
+		</section>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template match="memberdef[@kind = 'enum']">
+		<section id="{@id}" xreflabel="{name}">
+			<title>
+				<xsl:text>Enum </xsl:text>
+				<xsl:value-of select="name"/>
+			</title>
+
+			<xsl:call-template name="generate.index.id">
+				<xsl:with-param name="name" select="name"/>
+			</xsl:call-template>
+
+			<xsl:apply-templates select="detaileddescription"/>
+
+			<table>
+				<title>Members</title>
+				<tgroup cols="2">
+					<thead>
+						<row>
+							<entry>Enum Value</entry>
+							<entry>Description</entry>
+						</row>
+					</thead>
+
+					<tbody>
+						<xsl:for-each select="enumvalue">
+							<row>
+								<entry>
+									<para id="{@id}" xreflabel="{name}">
+										<xsl:value-of select="name"/>
+
+										<xsl:call-template name="generate.index.id">
+											<xsl:with-param name="name" select="name"/>
+										</xsl:call-template>
+									</para>
+								</entry>
+								<entry>
+									<xsl:apply-templates select="detaileddescription"/>
+								</entry>
+							</row>
+						</xsl:for-each>
+					</tbody>
+				</tgroup>
+			</table>
+		</section>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template match="memberdef[@kind = 'define']">
+		<section id="{@id}" xreflabel="{name}">
+			<title>
+				<xsl:text>Macro </xsl:text>
+				<xsl:value-of select="name"/>
+			</title>
+
+			<xsl:call-template name="generate.index.id">
+				<xsl:with-param name="name" select="name"/>
+			</xsl:call-template>
+
+			<programlisting language="c">
+				<emphasis role="preprocessor">
+					<xsl:text>#define </xsl:text>
+					<xsl:value-of select="name"/>
+					<xsl:if test="count(param) > 0">
+						<xsl:text>(</xsl:text>
+						<xsl:for-each select="param/defname">
+							<xsl:if test="position() > 1">
+								<xsl:text>,</xsl:text>
+							</xsl:if>
+							<xsl:value-of select="."/>
+						</xsl:for-each>
+						<xsl:text>)</xsl:text>
+					</xsl:if>
+					<xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+
+					<!-- Split long macro definitions across multiple lines -->
+					<xsl:if test="(string-length(initializer) > 50) or (count(param) > 0)">
+						<xsl:text>\&#10;&#9;</xsl:text>
+					</xsl:if>
+
+					<xsl:value-of select="initializer"/>
+				</emphasis>
+				<xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+			</programlisting>
+
+			<xsl:apply-templates select="detaileddescription"/>
+		</section>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template match="memberdef[@kind = 'typedef']">
+		<section id="{@id}" xreflabel="{name}">
+			<title>
+				<xsl:text>Type </xsl:text>
+				<xsl:value-of select="name"/>
+			</title>
+
+			<xsl:call-template name="generate.index.id">
+				<xsl:with-param name="name" select="name"/>
+			</xsl:call-template>
+
+			<programlisting language="c">
+				<emphasis role="keyword">
+					<xsl:text>typedef </xsl:text>
+					<xsl:value-of select="type"/>
+				</emphasis>
+				<xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+				<xsl:value-of select="name"/>
+				<xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+				<xsl:value-of select="argsstring"/>
+			</programlisting>
+
+			<xsl:apply-templates select="detaileddescription"/>
+		</section>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+
+	<xsl:template match="memberdef[@kind = 'variable']">
+		<section id="{@id}" xreflabel="{name}">
+			<title>
+				<xsl:text>Variable </xsl:text>
+				<xsl:value-of select="name"/>
+			</title>
+
+			<xsl:call-template name="generate.index.id">
+				<xsl:with-param name="name" select="name"/>
+			</xsl:call-template>
+
+			<programlisting language="c">
+				<emphasis role="keyword">
+					<xsl:value-of select="type"/>
+				</emphasis>
+				<xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+				<xsl:value-of select="name"/>
+			</programlisting>
+
+			<xsl:apply-templates select="detaileddescription"/>
+		</section>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template match="linebreak | simplesectsep">
+		<!-- MUST be on two separate lines, as this is a *literal* newline -->
+		<literallayout>
+		</literallayout>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template match="verbatim">
+		<programlisting>
+			<xsl:apply-templates/>
+		</programlisting>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template match="sectiondef">
+		<para>
+			<xsl:value-of select="description"/>
+		</para>
+
+		<xsl:apply-templates select="memberdef"/>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template match="simplesect" mode="struct">
+		<footnote>
+			<xsl:apply-templates/>
+		</footnote>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template match="simplesect">
+		<xsl:choose>
+			<xsl:when test="@kind = 'par'">
+				<note>
+					<title>
+						<xsl:value-of select="title"/>
+					</title>
+					<xsl:apply-templates/>
+				</note>
+			</xsl:when>
+
+			<xsl:when test="@kind = 'return'">
+				<note>
+					<title>Returns</title>
+					<xsl:apply-templates/>
+				</note>
+			</xsl:when>
+
+			<xsl:when test="@kind = 'warning'">
+				<warning>
+					<title>Warning</title>
+					<xsl:apply-templates/>
+				</warning>
+			</xsl:when>
+
+			<xsl:when test="@kind = 'pre'">
+				<note>
+					<title>Precondition</title>
+					<xsl:apply-templates/>
+				</note>
+			</xsl:when>
+
+			<xsl:when test="@kind = 'see'">
+				<note>
+					<title>See also</title>
+					<xsl:apply-templates/>
+				</note>
+			</xsl:when>
+
+			<xsl:when test="@kind = 'note'">
+				<note>
+					<title>Note</title>
+					<xsl:apply-templates/>
+				</note>
+			</xsl:when>
+
+		</xsl:choose>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template match="parameterlist[@kind = 'param']">
+		<table>
+			<title>Parameters</title>
+			<tgroup cols="3">
+				<thead>
+					<row>
+						<entry>Data Direction</entry>
+						<entry>Parameter Name</entry>
+						<entry>Description</entry>
+					</row>
+				</thead>
+				<tbody>
+					<xsl:for-each select="parameteritem">
+						<row>
+							<xsl:apply-templates select="."/>
+						</row>
+					</xsl:for-each>
+				</tbody>
+			</tgroup>
+		</table>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template match="parameterlist[@kind = 'retval']">
+		<table>
+			<title>Return Values</title>
+			<tgroup cols="2">
+				<thead>
+					<row>
+						<entry>Return Value</entry>
+						<entry>Description</entry>
+					</row>
+				</thead>
+				<tbody>
+					<xsl:for-each select="parameteritem">
+						<row>
+							<xsl:apply-templates select="."/>
+						</row>
+					</xsl:for-each>
+				</tbody>
+			</tgroup>
+		</table>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template match="parameteritem">
+		<xsl:if test="parent::parameterlist/@kind = 'param'">
+			<entry>
+				<para>
+					<xsl:choose>
+						<xsl:when test="not(descendant::parametername/@direction)">
+							<emphasis role="italic">?</emphasis>
+						</xsl:when>
+
+						<xsl:otherwise>
+							<emphasis role="bold">
+								[<xsl:value-of select="descendant::parametername/@direction"/>]
+							</emphasis>
+						</xsl:otherwise>
+					</xsl:choose>
+				</para>
+			</entry>
+		</xsl:if>
+
+		<entry>
+			<para>
+				<xsl:value-of select="parameternamelist/parametername"/>
+			</para>
+		</entry>
+
+		<entry>
+			<xsl:apply-templates select="parameterdescription"/>
+		</entry>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template match="parameterdescription">
+		<para>
+			<xsl:apply-templates/>
+		</para>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template match="type">
+		<xsl:apply-templates/>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template match="bold">
+		<emphasis role="bold">
+			<xsl:apply-templates/>
+		</emphasis>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template match="emphasis">
+		<emphasis role="italic">
+			<xsl:apply-templates/>
+		</emphasis>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template match="small">
+		<xsl:apply-templates/>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template match="mdash | ndash">
+		<!-- Doxygen bug; double dashed are replaced with single HTML dash
+		     entities, even in verbatim-like <tt> sections -->
+		<xsl:text>--</xsl:text>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template match="computeroutput | preformatted">
+		<computeroutput>
+			<xsl:apply-templates/>
+		</computeroutput>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template match="codeline">
+			<xsl:apply-templates/>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template match="ulink">
+		<ulink url="{@url}">
+			<xsl:value-of select="."/>
+		</ulink>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template match="superscript">
+		<superscript>
+			<xsl:apply-templates/>
+		</superscript>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template match="subscript">
+		<subscript>
+			<xsl:apply-templates/>
+		</subscript>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template match="para">
+		<para>
+			<xsl:apply-templates/>
+		</para>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template match="ref">
+		<xsl:choose>
+			<!-- Don't show links inside program listings -->
+			<xsl:when test="ancestor::programlisting">
+				<xsl:value-of select="."/>
+			</xsl:when>
+
+			<!-- Don't show links to file compound definitions, as they are discarded -->
+			<xsl:when test="ancestor::*/compounddef[@kind = 'file' and @id = current()/@refid]">
+				<xsl:value-of select="."/>
+			</xsl:when>
+
+			<!-- Show links outside program listings -->
+			<xsl:otherwise>
+				<link linkend="{@refid}">
+					<xsl:value-of select="text()"/>
+				</link>
+			</xsl:otherwise>
+		</xsl:choose>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template match="entry">
+		<entry>
+			<xsl:apply-templates/>
+		</entry>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template match="table[caption]">
+		<table>
+			<title>
+				<xsl:value-of select="caption"/>
+			</title>
+
+			<tgroup cols="{@cols}">
+				<thead>
+					<xsl:apply-templates select="row[entry/@thead = 'yes']"/>
+				</thead>
+
+				<tbody>
+					<xsl:apply-templates select="row[entry/@thead != 'yes']"/>
+				</tbody>
+			</tgroup>
+		</table>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template match="table[not(caption)]">
+		<informaltable>
+			<tgroup cols="{@cols}">
+				<thead>
+					<xsl:apply-templates select="row[entry/@thead = 'yes']"/>
+				</thead>
+
+				<tbody>
+					<xsl:apply-templates select="row[entry/@thead != 'yes']"/>
+				</tbody>
+			</tgroup>
+		</informaltable>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template match="row">
+		<row>
+			<xsl:apply-templates/>
+		</row>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template match="itemizedlist">
+		<itemizedlist>
+			<xsl:apply-templates/>
+		</itemizedlist>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template match="orderedlist">
+		<orderedlist>
+			<xsl:apply-templates/>
+		</orderedlist>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template match="listitem">
+		<listitem>
+			<xsl:apply-templates/>
+		</listitem>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template match="programlisting">
+		<programlisting language="c">
+			<xsl:for-each select="codeline[position() > 1 or highlight]">
+				<xsl:apply-templates select="."/>
+				<xsl:text>&#10;</xsl:text>
+			</xsl:for-each>
+		</programlisting>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template match="highlight">
+		<emphasis role="{@class}">
+			<xsl:apply-templates/>
+		</emphasis>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template match="highlight[1]/text()">
+		<xsl:choose>
+			<xsl:when test="substring(., 1, 1) = '*'">
+				<xsl:value-of select="substring(., 2)"/>
+			</xsl:when>
+
+			<xsl:otherwise>
+				<xsl:value-of select="."/>
+			</xsl:otherwise>
+		</xsl:choose>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template match="sp[ancestor::codeline]">
+		<xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template match="image">
+		<mediaobject>
+			<imageobject>
+				<imagedata align="center">
+					<xsl:attribute name="fileref">
+						<xsl:text>images/</xsl:text>
+						<xsl:value-of select="@name"/>
+					</xsl:attribute>
+				</imagedata>
+			</imageobject>
+		</mediaobject>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template match="detaileddescription">
+		<xsl:apply-templates/>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template match="sect1 | sect2 | sect3 | sect4 | sect5 | sect6 | sect7 | sect8 | sect9">
+		<section>
+			<xsl:if test="@id">
+				<xsl:attribute name="id">
+					<xsl:value-of select="@id"/>
+				</xsl:attribute>
+			</xsl:if>
+
+			<title>
+				<xsl:value-of select="title"/>
+			</title>
+
+			<xsl:apply-templates/>
+		</section>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template match="anchor">
+		<xsl:if test="@id">
+			<indexterm id="{@id}"/>
+		</xsl:if>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template match="title"/>
+
+	<xsl:template match="htmlonly"/>
+
+	<xsl:template match="*">
+		<xsl:message>NO XSL TEMPLATE MATCH: <xsl:value-of select="local-name()"/></xsl:message>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+</xsl:stylesheet>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/HV1/lufa_helpcontentsetup_transform.xslt b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/HV1/lufa_helpcontentsetup_transform.xslt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c9ff58f597
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/HV1/lufa_helpcontentsetup_transform.xslt
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<!--
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio HV1 Setup XHTML transform file -->
+
+<!-- Updates a helpcontentsetup.msha document to add appropriate version
+     information. -->
+<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform" xmlns:xhtml="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="1.0">
+	<xsl:output method="xml" omit-xml-declaration="yes"/>
+
+	<!-- Need to input the LUFA help package filename for later use -->
+	<xsl:param name="help-package-filename"/>
+
+	<!-- Recursively match and copy/process all nodes/attributes -->
+	<xsl:template match="node()">
+		<xsl:copy>
+			<xsl:copy-of select="@*"/>
+			<xsl:apply-templates select="node()"/>
+		</xsl:copy>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<!-- Update the LUFA help package file name -->
+	<xsl:template match="xhtml:div[@class='package']/xhtml:span[@class='name']">
+		<xsl:copy>
+			<xsl:copy-of select="@class"/>
+
+			<xsl:value-of select="$help-package-filename"/>
+		</xsl:copy>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template match="xhtml:div[@class='package']/xhtml:a[@class='current-link']">
+		<xsl:copy>
+			<xsl:copy-of select="@class"/>
+
+			<xsl:attribute name="href">
+				<xsl:value-of select="$help-package-filename"/>
+			</xsl:attribute>
+
+			<xsl:value-of select="$help-package-filename"/>
+		</xsl:copy>
+	</xsl:template>
+</xsl:stylesheet>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/HV1/lufa_hv1_transform.xslt b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/HV1/lufa_hv1_transform.xslt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e7b57ab641
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/HV1/lufa_hv1_transform.xslt
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+<!--
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Docbook XML to Microsoft Help Viewer 1.0 transform file -->
+
+<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform" version="1.0">
+
+	<xsl:import href="../Docbook/mshelp/docbook.xsl"/>
+
+	<xsl:output method="xml" indent="no"/>
+
+	<xsl:template match="emphasis[@role = 'keyword' or @role = 'keywordtype' or @role = 'keywordflow']">
+		<span class="hl-keyword" style="color: #0079C1">
+			<xsl:apply-templates/>
+		</span>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template match="emphasis[@role = 'stringliteral' or @role = 'charliteral']">
+		<span class="hl-string" style="color: #800000">
+			<xsl:apply-templates/>
+		</span>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template match="emphasis[@role = 'comment']">
+		<em class="hl-comment" style="color: #008000">
+			<xsl:apply-templates/>
+		</em>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template match="emphasis[@role = 'preprocessor']">
+		<span class="hl-preprocessor" style="color: #A000A0">
+			<xsl:apply-templates/>
+		</span>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template match="emphasis[@role = 'normal' and ancestor::programlisting]">
+		<xsl:apply-templates />
+	</xsl:template>
+
+</xsl:stylesheet>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/HV1/lufa_studio_help_styling.css b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/HV1/lufa_studio_help_styling.css
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b1b9cafd19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/HV1/lufa_studio_help_styling.css
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+.programlisting {
+ 	display: block;
+ 	margin-left: 15px;
+ 	padding: 10px;
+ 	background-color: #f4f4f4;
+ 	border: 1px solid #aaaaaa;
+ 	font-family: "Consolas", "Courier New", sans-serif;
+ }
+
+ code {
+ 	background-color: #f4f4f4;
+ 	font-family: "Consolas", "Courier New", sans-serif;
+ }
+
+.note, .warning, .tip {
+	display: block;
+ 	margin-left: 15px;
+ 	padding-left: 10px;
+ 	padding-bottom: 5px;
+ 	background-color: #f4f4f4;
+ 	border: 1px solid #aaaaaa;
+}
+
+table {
+	border: 1px solid #aaaaaa;
+	border-collapse: collapse;
+	margin-left: 15px;
+	font-size: 10pt;
+}
+
+table thead {
+ 	background-color: #f4f4f4;
+}
+
+table thead th {
+	padding: 5px;
+}
+
+table tbody td {
+	padding: 5px;
+}
+
+ul {
+	padding-left: 20px;
+}
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/LUFA.dll b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/LUFA.dll
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..369c78178b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/LUFA.dll
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/LUFA.pkgdef b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/LUFA.pkgdef
index b1b2f943b8..b1b2f943b8 100644
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/LUFA.pkgdef
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/LUFA.pkgdef
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/[Content_Types].xml b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/[Content_Types].xml
index 112d169942..112d169942 100644
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/[Content_Types].xml
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/[Content_Types].xml
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/asf-manifest.xml b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/asf-manifest.xml
index bd969518a1..bd969518a1 100644
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/asf-manifest.xml
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/asf-manifest.xml
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/extension.vsixmanifest b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/extension.vsixmanifest
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a1901cb567
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/extension.vsixmanifest
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+
+<Vsix xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema" Version="1.0.0" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/vsx-schema/2010">
+	<Identifier Id="FourWalledCubicle.LUFA.0e160d5c-e331-48d9-850b-e0387912171b">
+		<Name>LUFA Library</Name>
+		<Author>Dean Camera</Author>
+		<Version>0</Version>
+		<MoreInfoUrl>http://www.lufa-lib.org</MoreInfoUrl>
+		<Description xml:space="preserve">LUFA, the Lightweight USB Framework for AVRs.</Description>
+
+		<License>License.txt</License>
+		<Icon>LUFA_thumb.png</Icon>
+		<PreviewImage>LUFA.png</PreviewImage>
+
+		<SupportedProducts>
+			<IsolatedShell Version="7.0">AtmelStudio</IsolatedShell>
+		</SupportedProducts>
+
+		<SupportedFrameworkRuntimeEdition MinVersion="4.0" MaxVersion="4.5"/>
+		<Locale>1033</Locale>
+
+		<AllUsers>false</AllUsers>
+	</Identifier>
+
+	<References/>
+
+	<Content>
+		<VsPackage>LUFA.pkgdef</VsPackage>
+		<CustomExtension Type="MSHelp">helpcontentsetup.msha</CustomExtension>
+		<CustomExtension Type="asf-manifest">asf-manifest.xml</CustomExtension>
+	</Content>
+</Vsix>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/generate_caches.py b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/generate_caches.py
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..671bed9d56
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/generate_caches.py
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+"""
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+"""
+
+import sys
+sys.path.append("ProjectGenerator")
+
+
+def show_message(message):
+    print("[Project Generator] %s" % message)
+    sys.stdout.flush()
+
+
+def main(lufa_root_path):
+    try:
+        from asf_avrstudio5_interface import PythonFacade
+    except ImportError:
+        print("Fatal Error: The ASF project generator is missing.")
+        return 1
+
+    p = PythonFacade(lufa_root_path)
+
+    show_message("Checking database sanity...")
+    p.check_extension_database_sanity(lufa_root_path)
+
+    show_message("Building cache files...")
+    p.generate_extension_cache_files(lufa_root_path)
+
+    show_message("Cache files created.")
+    return 0
+
+
+if __name__ == "__main__":
+    sys.exit(main(sys.argv[1]))
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/lufa_asfmanifest_transform.xslt b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/lufa_asfmanifest_transform.xslt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..00f552c9c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/lufa_asfmanifest_transform.xslt
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+<!--
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework VSIX XML transform file -->
+
+<!-- Updates an asf-manifest.xml document to add appropriate version
+     information. -->
+<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform" version="1.0">
+	<xsl:output method="xml" omit-xml-declaration="yes"/>
+
+	<!-- Need to input the LUFA version for later use -->
+	<xsl:param name="lufa-version"/>
+
+	<!-- Recursively match and copy/process all nodes/attributes -->
+	<xsl:template match="@*|node()">
+		<xsl:copy>
+			<xsl:apply-templates select="@*|node()"/>
+		</xsl:copy>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<!-- Update the LUFA version to the version passed as a parameter -->
+	<xsl:template match="Version">
+		<xsl:copy>
+			<xsl:value-of select="substring($lufa-version, 1, 2)"/>
+			<xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
+			<xsl:value-of select="substring($lufa-version, 3, 2)"/>
+			<xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
+			<xsl:value-of select="substring($lufa-version, 5, 2)"/>
+		</xsl:copy>
+	</xsl:template>
+</xsl:stylesheet>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/lufa_vsmanifest_transform.xslt b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/lufa_vsmanifest_transform.xslt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1198dd9dd6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/lufa_vsmanifest_transform.xslt
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<!--
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework VSIX XML transform file -->
+
+<!-- Updates the version element of a Visual Studio VSIX manifest file to the
+     value passed as a parameter to the stylesheet transform -->
+<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform" xmlns:vs="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/vsx-schema/2010" version="1.0">
+	<xsl:output method="xml" omit-xml-declaration="yes"/>
+
+	<!-- Need to input the extension version for later use -->
+	<xsl:param name="extension-version"/>
+
+	<!-- Recursively match and copy/process all nodes/attributes -->
+	<xsl:template match="@*|node()">
+		<xsl:copy>
+			<xsl:apply-templates select="@*|node()"/>
+		</xsl:copy>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<!-- Update the extension version to the version passed as a parameter -->
+	<xsl:template match="vs:Version">
+		<xsl:copy>
+			<xsl:value-of select="$extension-version"/>
+		</xsl:copy>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+</xsl:stylesheet>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/XDK/lufa_extension_transform.xslt b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/XDK/lufa_extension_transform.xslt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c3fb82294a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/XDK/lufa_extension_transform.xslt
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+<!--
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework Extension XML transform file -->
+
+<!-- Creates an extension.xml document from a given manifest list of XML files,
+     and adds appropriate documentation base URI entries and version
+     information. -->
+<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform" version="1.0">
+	<xsl:output method="xml" omit-xml-declaration="yes"/>
+
+	<!-- Store the LUFA version mentioned in the root node for later use -->
+	<xsl:param name="lufa-version" select="lufa-manifest/@version"/>
+
+	<!-- Read manifest list and then process all FDK nodes in the referenced
+	     document -->
+	<xsl:template match="lufa-manifest">
+		<xsl:comment>This file has been automatically generated from the LUFA Atmel Studio integration XML files.</xsl:comment>
+
+		<extension-container xmlversion="2.0">
+			<xsl:for-each select="xml-source">
+				<xsl:apply-templates select="document(@filename)/lufa/extension-container/*"/>
+			</xsl:for-each>
+		</extension-container>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<!-- Recursively match and copy/process all nodes/attributes -->
+	<xsl:template match="@*|node()">
+		<xsl:copy>
+			<xsl:apply-templates select="@*|node()"/>
+		</xsl:copy>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<!-- Update the extension version to the version of LUFA being used -->
+	<xsl:template match="extension/@version">
+		<xsl:attribute name="version">
+			<xsl:value-of select="substring($lufa-version, 1, 2)"/>
+			<xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
+			<xsl:value-of select="substring($lufa-version, 3, 2)"/>
+			<xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
+			<xsl:value-of select="substring($lufa-version, 5, 2)"/>
+		</xsl:attribute>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<!-- Update the extension online help URLs to the version of LUFA being
+	     used -->
+	<xsl:template match="online-help/*/@baseurl">
+		<xsl:attribute name="baseurl">
+			<xsl:value-of select="current()"/>
+			<xsl:value-of select="$lufa-version"/>
+			<xsl:text>/html/</xsl:text>
+		</xsl:attribute>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<xsl:template match="online-help/index-page/@url">
+		<xsl:attribute name="url">
+			<xsl:value-of select="current()"/>
+			<xsl:value-of select="$lufa-version"/>
+			<xsl:text>/html/</xsl:text>
+		</xsl:attribute>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+</xsl:stylesheet>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/XDK/lufa_filelist_transform.xslt b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/XDK/lufa_filelist_transform.xslt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2998b879f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/XDK/lufa_filelist_transform.xslt
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+<!--
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework Module XML transform file -->
+
+<!-- Outputs a flat file list of all source files referenced in all modules of
+     the input manifest XML file, so that they can be checked for existence. -->
+<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform" version="1.0">
+	<xsl:output method="xml" omit-xml-declaration="yes"/>
+
+	<!-- Read manifest list, add a comment to indicate the source filename
+	     and then process all ASF nodes in the referenced document -->
+	<xsl:template match="lufa-manifest">
+		<xsl:for-each select="xml-source">
+			<xsl:comment>Sourced from <xsl:value-of select="@filename"/></xsl:comment>
+			<xsl:apply-templates select="document(@filename)/lufa/asf/*"/>
+		</xsl:for-each>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<!-- Recursively match and process all nodes/attributes -->
+	<xsl:template match="@*|node()">
+		<xsl:apply-templates select="@*|node()"/>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<!-- Match source file nodes, output filename -->
+	<xsl:template match="build[@type='c-source']|build[@type='header-file']|build[@type='distribute']">
+		<xsl:value-of select="@value"/>
+		<xsl:text>&#xA;</xsl:text>
+	</xsl:template>
+</xsl:stylesheet>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/XDK/lufa_indent_transform.xslt b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/XDK/lufa_indent_transform.xslt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6c22ff94cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/XDK/lufa_indent_transform.xslt
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+<!--
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework XML transform file -->
+
+<!-- Indents a given XML document to match the node hierarchy. -->
+<xsl:stylesheet version="1.0" xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform">
+	<xsl:output method="xml" omit-xml-declaration="yes" indent="yes"/>
+
+	<!-- Remove all white-space on all elements so that they can be indented -->
+	<xsl:strip-space elements="*"/>
+
+	<!-- Match the root node and copy, so that the output will be a correctly
+	     indented version of the input document -->
+	<xsl:template match="/">
+		<xsl:copy-of select="."/>
+	</xsl:template>
+</xsl:stylesheet>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/XDK/lufa_module_transform.xslt b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/XDK/lufa_module_transform.xslt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0ab44e7a18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/XDK/lufa_module_transform.xslt
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+<!--
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework Module XML transform file -->
+
+<!-- Creates an asf.xml module document from a given manifest list of XML files,
+     and adds appropriate documentation links by cross-referencing the Doxygen
+     tag output file to map Doxygen group names to generated filenames. -->
+<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform" version="1.0">
+	<xsl:output method="xml" omit-xml-declaration="yes"/>
+
+	<!-- Store the LUFA Doxygen tag filename mentioned in the root node for later use -->
+	<xsl:param name="lufa-doxygen-tagfile" select="lufa-manifest/@tagfile"/>
+
+	<!-- Store the LUFA Doxygen documentation filename mentioned in the root node for later use -->
+	<xsl:param name="lufa-doxygen-docfile" select="lufa-manifest/@docfile"/>
+
+	<!-- Read manifest list, add a comment to indicate the source filename
+	     and then copy/process all ASF nodes in the referenced document -->
+	<xsl:template match="lufa-manifest">
+		<xsl:comment>This file has been automatically generated from the LUFA Atmel Studio integration XML files.</xsl:comment>
+
+		<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+			<xsl:for-each select="xml-source">
+				<xsl:comment>Sourced from <xsl:value-of select="@filename"/></xsl:comment>
+				<xsl:apply-templates select="document(@filename)/lufa/asf/*"/>
+			</xsl:for-each>
+		</asf>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<!-- Recursively match and copy/process all nodes/attributes -->
+	<xsl:template match="@*|node()">
+		<xsl:copy>
+			<xsl:apply-templates select="@*|node()"/>
+		</xsl:copy>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+	<!-- For Doxygen entry point nodes we need to convert them into help link
+	     nodes instead and add descriptions, so that they show up as links in
+	     Studio correctly -->
+	<xsl:template match="build[@type='doxygen-entry-point']">
+		<!-- select-by-config entries should not have a help link -->
+		<xsl:if test="not(parent::select-by-config)">
+			<build type="online-help" subtype="module-help-page-append">
+			 	<xsl:attribute name="value">
+			 		<!-- Extract filename of the HTML file that contains the documentation for this module from the Doxgen tag file -->
+				    <xsl:value-of select="document($lufa-doxygen-tagfile)/tagfile/compound[name=current()/@value]/filename"/>
+	  			</xsl:attribute>
+	  		</build>
+	  	</xsl:if>
+
+		<!-- Modules inside a select-by-config entries should not have a help link -->
+		<xsl:if test="not(parent::module and ../parent::select-by-config)">
+			<info type="description" value="summary">
+			 	<!-- Extract brief description of the module from the Doxygen combined XML documentation file -->
+				<xsl:value-of select="document($lufa-doxygen-docfile)/doxygen/compounddef[compoundname=current()/@value]/briefdescription/para"/>
+			</info>
+	  	</xsl:if>
+	</xsl:template>
+
+</xsl:stylesheet>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa.xml b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d7ac1ca859
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+<!--
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
+
+<lufa>
+	<extension-container>
+		<extension uuid="0e160d5c-e331-48d9-850b-e0387912171b" org="FourWalledCubicle" shortname="LUFA" version="" fullname="Lightweight USB Framework for AVRs (LUFA)">
+			<author name="Dean Camera" website="http://www.lufa-lib.org/" email="dean@fourwalledcubicle.com"/>
+			<description>Lightweight USB Framework for AVRs (LUFA), a USB software stack/framework.</description>
+			<icon-image path="LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/LUFA_thumb.png"/>
+			<preview-image path="LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/LUFA.png"/>
+			<license caption="LUFA License" path="LUFA/License.txt"/>
+			<release-notes caption="LUFA Information" url="http://www.lufa-lib.org"/>
+			<online-help>
+				<index-page caption="LUFA Documentation" url="http://www.lufa-lib.org/documentation/"/>
+				<module-help-page scheme="append" baseurl="http://www.lufa-lib.org/documentation/"/>
+				<module-guide-page scheme="append" baseurl="http://www.lufa-lib.org/documentation/"/>
+			</online-help>
+			<dependencies/>
+		</extension>
+	</extension-container>
+
+	<asf>
+		<device-alias-map name="lufa_avr8">
+			<device-support value="at90usb82"/>
+			<device-support value="atmega8u2"/>
+			<device-support value="at90usb162"/>
+			<device-support value="atmega16u2"/>
+			<device-support value="atmega16u4"/>
+			<device-support value="atmega32u2"/>
+			<device-support value="atmega32u4"/>
+			<device-support value="at90usb646"/>
+			<device-support value="at90usb647"/>
+			<device-support value="at90usb1286"/>
+			<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		</device-alias-map>
+
+		<device-alias-map name="lufa_xmega">
+			<device-support value="atxmega16a4u"/>
+			<device-support value="atxmega32a4u"/>
+			<device-support value="atxmega64a4u"/>
+			<device-support value="atxmega128a4u"/>
+			<device-support value="atxmega64a3u"/>
+			<device-support value="atxmega128a3u"/>
+			<device-support value="atxmega192a3u"/>
+			<device-support value="atxmega256a3u"/>
+			<device-support value="atxmega256a3bu"/>
+			<device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+			<device-support value="atxmega64b3"/>
+			<device-support value="atxmega128b3"/>
+			<device-support value="atxmega64b1"/>
+			<device-support value="atxmega128b1"/>
+			<device-support value="atxmega64c3"/>
+			<device-support value="atxmega128c3"/>
+			<device-support value="atxmega192c3"/>
+			<device-support value="atxmega256c3"/>
+			<device-support value="atxmega384c3"/>
+			<device-support value="atxmega16c4"/>
+		</device-alias-map>
+
+		<device-alias-map name="lufa_uc3">
+			<device-support value="at32uc3a364"/>
+			<device-support value="at32uc3a364s"/>
+			<device-support value="at32uc3a464"/>
+			<device-support value="at32uc3a464s"/>
+			<device-support value="at32uc3b064"/>
+			<device-support value="at32uc3b164"/>
+			<device-support value="at32uc3a0128"/>
+			<device-support value="at32uc3a1128"/>
+			<device-support value="at32uc3a3128"/>
+			<device-support value="at32uc3a3128s"/>
+			<device-support value="at32uc3a4128"/>
+			<device-support value="at32uc3a4128s"/>
+			<device-support value="at32uc3b0128"/>
+			<device-support value="at32uc3b1128"/>
+			<device-support value="at32uc3a0256"/>
+			<device-support value="at32uc3a1256"/>
+			<device-support value="at32uc3a3256"/>
+			<device-support value="at32uc3a3256s"/>
+			<device-support value="at32uc3a4256"/>
+			<device-support value="at32uc3a4256s"/>
+			<device-support value="at32uc3b0256"/>
+			<device-support value="at32uc3b1256"/>
+			<device-support value="at32uc3a0512"/>
+			<device-support value="at32uc3a1512"/>
+			<device-support value="at32uc3b0512"/>
+			<device-support value="at32uc3b1512"/>
+		</device-alias-map>
+	</asf>
+</lufa>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_common.xml b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_common.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e5e1074348
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_common.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+<!--
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
+
+<lufa>
+	<asf>
+		<module type="service" id="lufa.common" caption="LUFA Common Infrastructure">
+			<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+			<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+			<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+			<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+			<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_Common"/>
+
+			<build type="include-path" value=".."/>
+			<build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Version.h"/>
+			<build type="distribute" subtype="license" value="License.txt"/>
+
+			<build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Common/Common.h"/>
+			<build type="header-file" value="Common/Architectures.h"/>
+			<build type="header-file" value="Common/ArchitectureSpecific.h"/>
+			<build type="header-file" value="Common/Attributes.h"/>
+			<build type="header-file" value="Common/BoardTypes.h"/>
+			<build type="header-file" value="Common/CompilerSpecific.h"/>
+			<build type="header-file" value="Common/Endianness.h"/>
+		</module>
+	</asf>
+</lufa>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_board.xml b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_board.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..faaf56bfc1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_board.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+<!--
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
+
+<lufa>
+	<asf>
+		<board id="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8" vendor="LUFA" caption="AVR8 Architecture">
+			<device-support value="mega"/>
+
+			<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+			<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.info"/>
+		</board>
+
+		<board id="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega" vendor="LUFA" caption="XMEGA Architecture">
+			<device-support value="xmega"/>
+
+			<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+			<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.info"/>
+		</board>
+
+		<board id="lufa.boards.dummy.uc3" vendor="LUFA" caption="UC3 Architecture">
+			<device-support value="uc3"/>
+
+			<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+			<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.info"/>
+		</board>
+
+		<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board.info" caption="LUFA Board Hardware Information Driver">
+			<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+			<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+			<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+			<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo"/>
+
+			<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+
+			<build type="include-path" value=".."/>
+			<build type="header-file"  subtype="api" value="Drivers/Board/Board.h"/>
+		</module>
+
+		<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board.leds" caption="LUFA Board LED Driver">
+			<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+			<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+			<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+			<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_LEDs"/>
+
+			<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+
+			<build type="include-path" value=".."/>
+			<build type="header-file"  subtype="api" value="Drivers/Board/LEDs.h"/>
+		</module>
+
+		<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board.buttons" caption="LUFA Board Buttons Driver">
+			<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+			<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+			<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+			<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_Buttons"/>
+
+			<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+
+			<build type="include-path" value=".."/>
+			<build type="header-file"  subtype="api" value="Drivers/Board/Buttons.h"/>
+		</module>
+
+		<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board.dataflash" caption="LUFA Board Dataflash Driver">
+			<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+			<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+			<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+			<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_Dataflash"/>
+
+			<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+
+			<build type="include-path" value=".."/>
+			<build type="header-file"  subtype="api" value="Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h"/>
+		</module>
+
+		<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board.joystick" caption="LUFA Board Joystick Driver">
+			<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+			<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+			<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+			<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_Joystick"/>
+
+			<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+
+			<build type="include-path" value=".."/>
+			<build type="header-file"  subtype="api" value="Drivers/Board/Joystick.h"/>
+		</module>
+
+		<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board.temperature" caption="LUFA Board Temperature Sensor Driver">
+			<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+			<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+			<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+			<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_Temperature"/>
+
+			<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+			<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.adc"/>
+
+			<build type="c-source"     value="Drivers/Board/Temperature.c"/>
+			<build type="include-path" value=".."/>
+			<build type="header-file"  subtype="api" value="Drivers/Board/Temperature.h"/>
+		</module>
+	</asf>
+</lufa>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_board_names.xml b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_board_names.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bd1d4bdfd1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_board_names.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,853 @@
+<!--
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
+
+<lufa>
+	<asf>
+		<select-by-config id="lufa.drivers.board" name="lufa.drivers.board.name" default="none" caption="LUFA Board Support">
+			<info type="description" value="summary">
+				Board hardware (LEDs, Buttons, etc.) drivers for the preconfigured LUFA boards. Note that only the boards
+				compatible with the currently selected device will be shown.
+
+				To disable all hardware drivers silently, use NONE. To supply customer drivers, use USER (see manual).
+			</info>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#none" caption="Board Support - None">
+				<device-support value="avr"/>
+				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_NONE"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#user" caption="Board Support - User Supplied">
+				<device-support value="avr"/>
+				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_USER"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#adafruit_u4" caption="Board Support - ADAFRUITU4">
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_ADAFRUITU4"/>
+
+				<device-support value="atmega32u4"/>
+				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_ADAFRUITU4"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/ADAFRUITU4/Board.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/ADAFRUITU4/LEDs.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#atavrusbrf01" caption="Board Support - ATAVRUSBRF01">
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_ATAVRUSBRF01"/>
+
+				<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_ATAVRUSBRF01"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/Board.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/Buttons.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/LEDs.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#benito" caption="Board Support - BENITO">
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_BENITO"/>
+
+				<device-support value="at90usb162"/>
+				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_BENITO"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/BENITO/Board.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/BENITO/Buttons.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/BENITO/LEDs.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#big_multio" caption="Board Support - BIGMULTIO">
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_BIGMULTIO"/>
+
+				<device-support value="atmega32u4"/>
+				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_BIGMULTIO"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/BIGMULTIO/Board.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/BIGMULTIO/LEDs.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#blackcat" caption="Board Support - BLACKCAT">
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_BLACKCAT"/>
+
+				<device-support value="at90usb162"/>
+				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_BLACKCAT"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/BLACKCAT/Board.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/BLACKCAT/LEDs.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#bui" caption="Board Support - BUI">
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_BUI"/>
+
+				<device-support value="at90usb646"/>
+				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_BUI"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUI/Board.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUI/LEDs.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#bumbleb" caption="Board Support - BUMBLEB">
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_BUMBLEB"/>
+
+				<device-support value="at90usb162"/>
+				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_BUMBLEB"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/Board.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/Buttons.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/Joystick.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/LEDs.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#culv3" caption="Board Support - CULV3">
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_CULV3"/>
+
+				<device-support value="atmega32u4"/>
+				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_CULV3"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/CULV3/Board.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/CULV3/Buttons.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/CULV3/LEDs.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#duce" caption="Board Support - DUCE">
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_DUCE"/>
+
+				<device-support value="atmega32u2"/>
+				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_DUCE"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/DUCE/Board.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/DUCE/LEDs.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#evk527" caption="Board Support - EVK527">
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_EVK527"/>
+
+				<device-support value="atmega32u4"/>
+				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_EVK527"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.at45db321c"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.spi"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.dataflash"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Board.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Buttons.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Dataflash.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Joystick.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/LEDs.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#jm_db_u2" caption="Board Support - JMDBU2">
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_JMDBU2"/>
+
+				<device-support value="atmega32u2"/>
+				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_JMDBU2"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/JMDBU2/Board.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/JMDBU2/Buttons.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/JMDBU2/LEDs.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#leonardo" caption="Board Support - LEONARDO">
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_LEONARDO"/>
+
+				<device-support value="atmega32u4"/>
+				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_LEONARDO"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/LEONARDO/Board.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/LEONARDO/LEDs.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#maximus" caption="Board Support - MAXIMUS">
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_MAXIMUS"/>
+
+				<device-support value="at90usb162"/>
+				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_MAXIMUS"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MAXIMUS/Board.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MAXIMUS/LEDs.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#micropendous_32u2" caption="Board Support - MICROPENDOUS_32U2">
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_32U2"/>
+
+				<device-support value="atmega32u2"/>
+				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_32U2"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Board.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/LEDs.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Buttons.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#micropendous_a" caption="Board Support - MICROPENDOUS_A">
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_A"/>
+
+				<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_A"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Board.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Buttons.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#micropendous_1" caption="Board Support - MICROPENDOUS_1">
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_1"/>
+
+				<device-support value="at90usb162"/>
+				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_1"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Board.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Buttons.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#micropendous_2" caption="Board Support - MICROPENDOUS_2">
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_2"/>
+
+				<device-support value="atmega32u4"/>
+				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_2"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Board.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Buttons.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#micropendous_3" caption="Board Support - MICROPENDOUS_3">
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_3"/>
+
+				<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_3"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Board.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Buttons.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#micropendous_4" caption="Board Support - MICROPENDOUS_4">
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_4"/>
+
+				<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_4"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Board.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Buttons.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#micropendous_dip" caption="Board Support - MICROPENDOUS_DIP">
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_DIP"/>
+
+				<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_DIP"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Board.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Buttons.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#micropendous_rev1" caption="Board Support - MICROPENDOUS_REV1">
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_REV1"/>
+
+				<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV1"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Board.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/LEDs.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Buttons.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#micropendous_rev2" caption="Board Support - MICROPENDOUS_REV2">
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_REV2"/>
+
+				<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV2"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Board.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/LEDs.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Buttons.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#microsin_162" caption="Board Support - MICROSIN162">
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_MICROSIN162"/>
+
+				<device-support value="atmega162"/>
+				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_MICROSIN162"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROSIN162/Board.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROSIN162/LEDs.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROSIN162/Buttons.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#minimus" caption="Board Support - MINIMUS">
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_MINIMUS"/>
+
+				<device-support value="atmega32u2"/>
+				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_MINIMUS"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MINIMUS/Board.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MINIMUS/LEDs.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MINIMUS/Buttons.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#multio" caption="Board Support - MULTIO">
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_MULTIO"/>
+
+				<device-support value="at90usb162"/>
+				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_MULTIO"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MULTIO/Board.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MULTIO/LEDs.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#olimex_162" caption="Board Support - OLIMEX162">
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_OLIMEX162"/>
+
+				<device-support value="at90usb162"/>
+				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_OLIMEX162"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX162/Board.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX162/LEDs.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX162/Buttons.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#olimex_32u4" caption="Board Support - OLIMEX32U4">
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_OLIMEX32U4"/>
+
+				<device-support value="atmega32u4"/>
+				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_OLIMEX32U4"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/Board.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/LEDs.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/Buttons.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#olimex_isp_mkii" caption="Board Support - OLIMEXISPMK2">
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_OLIMEXISPMK2"/>
+
+				<device-support value="at90usb162"/>
+				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_OLIMEXISPMK2"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/Board.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/LEDs.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/Buttons.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#olimex_t32u4" caption="Board Support - OLIMEX_T32U4">
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_OLIMEXT32U4"/>
+
+				<device-support value="atmega32u4"/>
+				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_OLIMEXT32U4"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/Board.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/LEDs.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/Buttons.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#rzusbstick" caption="Board Support - RZUSBSTICK">
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_RZUSBSTICK"/>
+
+				<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_RZUSBSTICK"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/RZUSBSTICK/Board.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/RZUSBSTICK/LEDs.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#sparkfun_8u2" caption="Board Support - SPARKFUN8U2">
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_SPARKFUN8U2"/>
+
+				<device-support value="atmega8u2"/>
+				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_SPARKFUN8U2"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/SPARKFUN8U2/Board.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/SPARKFUN8U2/LEDs.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#stk525" caption="Board Support - STK525">
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_STK525"/>
+
+				<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+				<device-support value="at90usb1286"/>
+				<device-support value="at90usb647"/>
+				<device-support value="at90usb646"/>
+				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_STK525"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.at45db321c"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.spi"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.dataflash"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Board.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Buttons.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Dataflash.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Joystick.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/LEDs.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#stk526" caption="Board Support - STK526">
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_STK526"/>
+
+				<device-support value="at90usb162"/>
+				<device-support value="at90usb82"/>
+				<device-support value="atmega32u2"/>
+				<device-support value="atmega16u2"/>
+				<device-support value="atmega8u2"/>
+				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_STK526"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.at45db642d"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.spi"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.dataflash"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Board.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Buttons.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Dataflash.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Joystick.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/LEDs.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#teensy" caption="Board Support - TEENSY">
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_TEENSY"/>
+
+				<device-support value="at90usb162"/>
+				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_TEENSY"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/TEENSY/Board.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/TEENSY/LEDs.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#teensy2" caption="Board Support - TEENSY2">
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_TEENSY2"/>
+
+				<device-support value="at90usb646"/>
+				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_TEENSY2"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/TEENSY/Board.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/TEENSY/LEDs.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#tul" caption="Board Support - TUL">
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_TUL"/>
+
+				<device-support value="atmega32u4"/>
+				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_TUL"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/TUL/Board.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/TUL/Buttons.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/TUL/LEDs.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#udip" caption="Board Support - UDIP">
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_UDIP"/>
+
+				<device-support value="atmega32u2"/>
+				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_UDIP"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/UDIP/Board.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/UDIP/Buttons.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/UDIP/LEDs.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#uno" caption="Board Support - UNO">
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_UNO"/>
+
+				<device-support value="atmega8u2"/>
+				<device-support value="atmega16u2"/>
+				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_UNO"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/UNO/Board.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/UNO/LEDs.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#usb2ax" caption="Board Support - USB2AX">
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_USB2AX"/>
+
+				<device-support value="atmega32u2"/>
+				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_USB2AX"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/Board.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/Buttons.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/LEDs.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#usb2ax_v3" caption="Board Support - USB2AX_V3">
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_USB2AX_V3"/>
+
+				<device-support value="atmega32u2"/>
+				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_USB2AX_V3"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/Board.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/Buttons.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/LEDs.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#usb2ax_v3_1" caption="Board Support - USB2AX_V31">
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_USB2AX_V31"/>
+
+				<device-support value="atmega32u2"/>
+				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_USB2AX_V31"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/Board.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/Buttons.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/LEDs.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#usbfoo" caption="Board Support - USBFOO">
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_USBFOO"/>
+
+				<device-support value="atmega162"/>
+				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_USBFOO"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBFOO/Board.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBFOO/Buttons.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBFOO/LEDs.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#usbkey" caption="Board Support - USBKEY">
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_USBKEY"/>
+
+				<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_USBKEY"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.at45db642d"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.spi"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.dataflash"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Board.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Buttons.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Dataflash.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Joystick.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/LEDs.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#usbtiny_mkii" caption="Board Support - USBTINYMKII">
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_USBTINYMKII"/>
+
+				<device-support value="at90usb162"/>
+				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_USBTINYMKII"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBTINYMKII/Board.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBTINYMKII/Buttons.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBTINYMKII/LEDs.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#xplain_rev1" caption="Board Support - XPLAIN (HW Rev 1)">
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_XPLAIN_REV1"/>
+
+				<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.at45db642d"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.spi"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.dataflash"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/Board.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/Dataflash.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/LEDs.h"/>
+
+				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#xplain" caption="Board Support - XPLAIN (HW Rev 2+)">
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_XPLAIN"/>
+
+				<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.at45db642d"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.spi"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.dataflash"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/Board.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/Dataflash.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/LEDs.h"/>
+
+				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_XPLAIN"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#a3bu_xplained" caption="Board Support - A3BU_XPLAINED">
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_A3BU_XPLAINED"/>
+
+				<device-support value="atxmega256a3bu"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.at45db642d"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart_spi"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.dataflash"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Board.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Buttons.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Dataflash.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/LEDs.h"/>
+
+				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_A3BU_XPLAINED"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#b1_xplained" caption="Board Support - B1_XPLAINED">
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_B1_XPLAINED"/>
+
+				<device-support value="atxmega128b1"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.at45db642d"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart_spi"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.dataflash"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Board.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Buttons.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Dataflash.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/LEDs.h"/>
+
+				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_B1_XPLAINED"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#evk1100" caption="Board Support - EVK1100">
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_EVK1100"/>
+
+				<device-support value="at32uc3a0512"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/Board.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/Buttons.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/Joystick.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/LEDs.h"/>
+
+				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_EVK1100"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#evk1101" caption="Board Support - EVK1101">
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_EVK1101"/>
+
+				<device-support value="at32uc3b0256"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/Board.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/Buttons.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/Joystick.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/LEDs.h"/>
+
+				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_EVK1101"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#evk1104" caption="Board Support - EVK1104">
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_EVK1104"/>
+
+				<device-support value="at32uc3a3256"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1104/Board.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1104/Buttons.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1104/LEDs.h"/>
+
+				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_EVK1104"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#uc3a3_xplained" caption="Board Support - UC3A3_XPLAINED">
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_UC3_A3_XPLAINED"/>
+
+				<device-support value="at32uc3a3256"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/Board.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/Buttons.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/LEDs.h"/>
+
+				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_UC3A3_XPLAINED"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#stange_isp" caption="Board Support - STANGE_ISP">
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_STANGE_ISP"/>
+
+				<device-support value="at90usb162"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/STANGE_ISP/Board.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/STANGE_ISP/Buttons.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/STANGE_ISP/LEDs.h"/>
+
+				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_STANGE_ISP"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#c3_xplained" caption="Board Support - C3_XPLAINED">
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_C3_XPLAINED"/>
+
+				<device-support value="atxmega384c3"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/Board.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/Buttons.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/LEDs.h"/>
+
+				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_C3_XPLAINED"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#u2s" caption="Board Support - U2S">
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_U2S"/>
+
+				<device-support value="atmega32u2"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/U2S/Board.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/U2S/Buttons.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/U2S/LEDs.h"/>
+
+				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_U2S"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#yun" caption="Board Support - YUN">
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_YUN"/>
+
+				<device-support value="atmega32u4"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/YUN/Board.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/YUN/LEDs.h"/>
+
+				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_YUN"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#micro" caption="Board Support - MICRO">
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_MICRO"/>
+
+				<device-support value="atmega32u4"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICRO/Board.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICRO/LEDs.h"/>
+
+				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_MICRO"/>
+			</module>
+		</select-by-config>
+	</asf>
+</lufa>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_misc.xml b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_misc.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4585887742
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_misc.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+<!--
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
+
+<lufa>
+	<asf>
+		<module type="component" id="lufa.drivers.misc.at45db321c" caption="LUFA AT45DB321C Dataflash Commands">
+			<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+			<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+			<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+			<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_AT45DB321C"/>
+
+			<build type="include-path" value=".."/>
+			<build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Drivers/Misc/AT45DB321C.h"/>
+		</module>
+
+		<module type="component" id="lufa.drivers.misc.at45db642d" caption="LUFA AT45DB642D Dataflash Commands">
+			<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+			<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+			<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+			<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_AT45DB321C"/>
+
+			<build type="include-path" value=".."/>
+			<build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Drivers/Misc/AT45DB642D.h"/>
+		</module>
+
+		<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.misc.ringbuffer" caption="LUFA Ring Buffer">
+			<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+			<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+			<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+			<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_RingBuff"/>
+
+			<build type="include-path" value=".."/>
+			<build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Drivers/Misc/RingBuffer.h"/>
+		</module>
+
+		<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi" caption="LUFA ANSI Terminal Commands">
+			<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+			<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+			<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+			<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_Terminal"/>
+
+			<build type="include-path" value=".."/>
+			<build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h"/>
+		</module>
+	</asf>
+</lufa>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_peripheral.xml b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_peripheral.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..55cf3fa889
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_peripheral.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
+<!--
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
+
+<lufa>
+	<asf>
+		<select-by-device id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart" caption="LUFA USART Driver">
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart#avr8" caption="LUFA USART Driver - AVR8">
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_Serial"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+
+				<build type="c-source" value="Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/Serial_AVR8.c"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/Serial_AVR8.h"/>
+				<build type="include-path" value=".."/>
+				<build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart#xmega" caption="LUFA USART Driver - AVR8">
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_Serial"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+
+				<build type="c-source" value="Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/Serial_XMEGA.c"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/Serial_XMEGA.h"/>
+				<build type="include-path" value=".."/>
+				<build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart#uc3" caption="LUFA USART Driver - UC3">
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_Serial"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+
+				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+			</module>
+		</select-by-device>
+
+		<select-by-device id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.spi" caption="LUFA SPI Driver">
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.spi#avr8" caption="LUFA SPI Driver - AVR8">
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_SPI"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/SPI_AVR8.h"/>
+				<build type="include-path" value=".."/>
+				<build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.spi#xmega" caption="LUFA SPI Driver - XMEGA">
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_SPI"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/SPI_XMEGA.h"/>
+				<build type="include-path" value=".."/>
+				<build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.spi#uc3" caption="LUFA SPI Driver - UC3">
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_SPI"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+
+				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+			</module>
+		</select-by-device>
+
+		<select-by-device id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart_spi" caption="LUFA USART SPI Driver">
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart_spi#avr8" caption="LUFA USART SPI Driver - AVR8">
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_SerialSPI"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/SerialSPI_AVR8.h"/>
+				<build type="include-path" value=".."/>
+				<build type="header-file" subtype="api"  value="Drivers/Peripheral/SerialSPI.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart_spi#xmega" caption="LUFA USART SPI Driver - XMEGA">
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_SerialSPI"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/SerialSPI_XMEGA.h"/>
+				<build type="include-path" value=".."/>
+				<build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Drivers/Peripheral/SerialSPI.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart_spi#uc3" caption="LUFA USART SPI Driver - UC3">
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_SerialSPI"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+
+				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+			</module>
+		</select-by-device>
+
+		<select-by-device id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.twi" caption="LUFA TWI Master Driver">
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.twi#avr8" caption="LUFA TWI Master Driver - AVR8">
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_TWI"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+
+				<build type="c-source" value="Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/TWI_AVR8.c"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/TWI_AVR8.h"/>
+				<build type="include-path" value=".."/>
+				<build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.twi#xmega" caption="LUFA TWI Master Driver - XMEGA">
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_TWI"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+
+				<build type="c-source" value="Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/TWI_XMEGA.c"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/TWI_XMEGA.h"/>
+				<build type="include-path" value=".."/>
+				<build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.twi#uc3" caption="LUFA TWI Master Driver - UC3">
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_TWI"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+
+				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+			</module>
+		</select-by-device>
+
+		<select-by-device id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.adc" caption="LUFA ADC Driver">
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.adc#avr8" caption="LUFA ADC Driver - AVR8">
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_ADC"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/ADC_AVR8.h"/>
+				<build type="include-path" value=".."/>
+				<build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.adc#xmega" caption="LUFA ADC Driver - XMEGA">
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_ADC"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+
+				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.adc#uc3" caption="LUFA ADC Driver - UC3">
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_ADC"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+
+				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+			</module>
+		</select-by-device>
+	</asf>
+</lufa>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb.xml b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..15c65bf861
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<!--
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
+
+<lufa>
+	<asf>
+		<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.usb" caption="LUFA USB Driver">
+			<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+			<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+			<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+			<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USB"/>
+
+			<build type="define" name="USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER" value=""/>
+			<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="CodeTemplates"/>
+			<build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+			<build type="include-path" value=".."/>
+			<build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Drivers/USB/USB.h"/>
+
+			<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+			<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb.class"/>
+			<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb.core"/>
+		</module>
+	</asf>
+</lufa>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class.xml b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5d07af05ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<!--
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
+
+<lufa>
+	<asf>
+		<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class" caption="LUFA USB Class Drivers">
+			<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+			<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+			<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+			<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+			<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassDrivers"/>
+
+			<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb.class.android"/>
+			<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb.class.audio"/>
+			<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb.class.cdc"/>
+			<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb.class.hid"/>
+			<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb.class.ms"/>
+			<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb.class.midi"/>
+			<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb.class.printer"/>
+			<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb.class.rndis"/>
+			<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb.class.si"/>
+		</module>
+	</asf>
+</lufa>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_android.xml b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_android.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3ec06ed6cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_android.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+<!--
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
+
+<lufa>
+	<asf>
+		<select-by-config id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.android" name="lufa.drivers.usb.class.android.mode" default="host" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Android Accessory">
+			<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassAOA"/>
+
+			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.android#host" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Android Accessory (Host)">
+				<info type="description" value="summary">
+					Common definitions and Host mode implementation of the Android Open Accessory USB class.
+				</info>
+
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassAOA"/>
+
+				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/AndroidAccessoryClass.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/AndroidAccessoryClassCommon.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.h"/>
+				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.c"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.android#definitions_only" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Android Accessory (Definitions Only)">
+				<info type="description" value="summary">
+					Common definitions only (no implementations) of the Android Open Accessory USB class.
+				</info>
+
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassAOA"/>
+
+				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/AndroidAccessoryClass.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/AndroidAccessoryClassCommon.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.h"/>
+			</module>
+		</select-by-config>
+	</asf>
+</lufa>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_audio.xml b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_audio.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d93925dab1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_audio.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+<!--
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
+
+<!--
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
+
+<lufa>
+	<asf>
+		<select-by-config id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.audio" name="lufa.drivers.usb.class.audio.mode" default="host_device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Audio 1.0">
+			<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassAudio"/>
+
+			<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.audio#host_device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Audio 1.0 (Host/Device)">
+				<info type="description" value="summary">
+					Common definitions and Host/Device mode implementations of the Audio 1.0 USB class.
+				</info>
+
+				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassAudio"/>
+
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/AudioClass.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/AudioClassCommon.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.h"/>
+				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.c"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.h"/>
+				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.c"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.audio#host" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Audio 1.0 (Host)">
+				<info type="description" value="summary">
+					Common definitions and Host mode implementation of the Audio 1.0 USB class.
+				</info>
+
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassAudio"/>
+
+				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/AudioClass.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/AudioClassCommon.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.h"/>
+				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.c"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.audio#device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Audio 1.0 (Device)">
+				<info type="description" value="summary">
+					Common definitions and Device mode implementation of the Audio 1.0 USB class.
+				</info>
+
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassAudio"/>
+
+				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/AudioClass.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/AudioClassCommon.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.h"/>
+				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.c"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.audio#definitions_only" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Audio 1.0 (Definitions Only)">
+				<info type="description" value="summary">
+					Common definitions only (no implementations) of the Audio 1.0 USB class.
+				</info>
+
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassAudio"/>
+
+				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/AudioClass.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/AudioClassCommon.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.h"/>
+			</module>
+		</select-by-config>
+	</asf>
+</lufa>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_cdc.xml b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_cdc.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6c4f678d3e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_cdc.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+<!--
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
+
+<lufa>
+	<asf>
+		<select-by-config id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.cdc" name="lufa.drivers.usb.class.cdc.mode" default="host_device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - CDC">
+			<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassCDC"/>
+
+			<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.cdc#host_device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - CDC (Host/Device)">
+				<info type="description" value="summary">
+					Common definitions and Host/Device mode implementations of the CDC USB class.
+				</info>
+
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassCDC"/>
+
+				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/CDCClass.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/CDCClassCommon.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.h"/>
+				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.c"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.h"/>
+				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.c"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.cdc#host" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - CDC (Host)">
+				<info type="description" value="summary">
+					Common definitions and Host mode implementation of the CDC USB class.
+				</info>
+
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassCDC"/>
+
+				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/CDCClass.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/CDCClassCommon.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.h"/>
+				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.c"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.cdc#device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - CDC (Device)">
+				<info type="description" value="summary">
+					Common definitions and Device mode implementation of the CDC USB class.
+				</info>
+
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassCDC"/>
+
+				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/CDCClass.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/CDCClassCommon.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.h"/>
+				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.c"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.cdc#definitions_only" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - CDC (Definitions Only)">
+				<info type="description" value="summary">
+					Common definitions only (no implementations) of the CDC USB class.
+				</info>
+
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassCDC"/>
+
+				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/CDCClass.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/CDCClassCommon.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.h"/>
+			</module>
+		</select-by-config>
+	</asf>
+</lufa>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_hid.xml b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_hid.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d9e70a97c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_hid.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+<!--
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
+
+<lufa>
+	<asf>
+		<select-by-config id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.hid" name="lufa.drivers.usb.class.hid.mode" default="host_device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - HID">
+			<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassHID"/>
+
+			<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.hid#host_device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - HID (Host/Device)">
+				<info type="description" value="summary">
+					Common definitions and Host/Device mode implementations of the HID USB class.
+				</info>
+
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassHID"/>
+
+				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/HIDClass.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDClassCommon.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.h"/>
+				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.c"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.h"/>
+				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.c"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.hid#host" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - HID (Host)">
+				<info type="description" value="summary">
+					Common definitions and Host mode implementation of the HID USB class.
+				</info>
+
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassHID"/>
+
+				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/HIDClass.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDClassCommon.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.h"/>
+				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.c"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.hid#device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - HID (Device)">
+				<info type="description" value="summary">
+					Common definitions and Device mode implementation of the HID USB class.
+				</info>
+
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassHID"/>
+
+				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/HIDClass.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDClassCommon.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.h"/>
+				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.c"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.hid#definitions_only" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - HID (Definitions Only)">
+				<info type="description" value="summary">
+					Common definitions only (no implementations) of the HID USB class.
+				</info>
+
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassHID"/>
+
+				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/HIDClass.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDClassCommon.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.h"/>
+			</module>
+		</select-by-config>
+	</asf>
+</lufa>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_midi.xml b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_midi.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c127ae2cea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_midi.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+<!--
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
+
+<lufa>
+	<asf>
+		<select-by-config id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.midi" name="lufa.drivers.usb.class.midi.mode" default="host_device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - MIDI">
+			<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassMIDI"/>
+
+			<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.midi#host_device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - MIDI (Host/Device)">
+				<info type="description" value="summary">
+					Common definitions and Host/Device mode implementations of the MIDI USB class.
+				</info>
+
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassMIDI"/>
+
+				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/MIDIClass.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/MIDIClassCommon.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.h"/>
+				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.c"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.h"/>
+				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.c"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.midi#host" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - MIDI (Host)">
+				<info type="description" value="summary">
+					Common definitions and Host mode implementation of the MIDI USB class.
+				</info>
+
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassMIDI"/>
+
+				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/MIDIClass.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/MIDIClassCommon.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.h"/>
+				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.c"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.midi#device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - MIDI (Device)">
+				<info type="description" value="summary">
+					Common definitions and Device mode implementation of the MIDI USB class.
+				</info>
+
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassMIDI"/>
+
+				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/MIDIClass.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/MIDIClassCommon.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.h"/>
+				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.c"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.midi#definitions_only" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - MIDI (Definitions Only)">
+				<info type="description" value="summary">
+					Common definitions only (no implementations) of the MIDI USB class.
+				</info>
+
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassMIDI"/>
+
+				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/MIDIClass.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/MIDIClassCommon.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.h"/>
+			</module>
+		</select-by-config>
+	</asf>
+</lufa>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_ms.xml b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_ms.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1be340310d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_ms.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+<!--
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
+
+<lufa>
+	<asf>
+		<select-by-config id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.ms" name="lufa.drivers.usb.class.ms.mode" default="host_device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Mass Storage">
+			<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassMS"/>
+
+			<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.ms#host_device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Mass Storage (Host/Device)">
+				<info type="description" value="summary">
+					Common definitions and Host/Device mode implementations of the Mass Storage USB class.
+				</info>
+
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassMS"/>
+
+				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorageClass.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/MassStorageClassCommon.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.h"/>
+				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.c"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.h"/>
+				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.c"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.ms#host" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Mass Storage (Host)">
+				<info type="description" value="summary">
+					Common definitions and Host mode implementation of the Mass Storage USB class.
+				</info>
+
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassMS"/>
+
+				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorageClass.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/MassStorageClassCommon.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.h"/>
+				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.c"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.ms#device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Mass Storage (Device)">
+				<info type="description" value="summary">
+					Common definitions and Device mode implementation of the Mass Storage USB class.
+				</info>
+
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassMS"/>
+
+				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorageClass.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/MassStorageClassCommon.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.h"/>
+				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.c"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.ms#definitions_only" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Mass Storage (Definitions Only)">
+				<info type="description" value="summary">
+					Common definitions only (no implementations) of the Mass Storage USB class.
+				</info>
+
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassMS"/>
+
+				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorageClass.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/MassStorageClassCommon.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.h"/>
+			</module>
+		</select-by-config>
+	</asf>
+</lufa>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_printer.xml b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_printer.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3b1fbe60ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_printer.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+<!--
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
+
+<lufa>
+	<asf>
+		<select-by-config id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.printer" name="lufa.drivers.usb.class.printer.mode" default="host_device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Printer">
+			<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassPrinter"/>
+
+			<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.printer#host_device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Printer (Host/Device)">
+				<info type="description" value="summary">
+					Common definitions and Host/Device mode implementations of the Printer USB class.
+				</info>
+
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassPrinter"/>
+
+				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/PrinterClass.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/PrinterClassCommon.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/PrinterClassDevice.h"/>
+				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/PrinterClassDevice.c"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.h"/>
+				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.c"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.printer#host" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Printer (Host)">
+				<info type="description" value="summary">
+					Common definitions and Host mode implementation of the Printer USB class.
+				</info>
+
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassPrinter"/>
+
+				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/PrinterClass.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/PrinterClassCommon.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/PrinterClassDevice.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.h"/>
+				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.c"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.printer#device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Printer (Device)">
+				<info type="description" value="summary">
+					Common definitions and Device mode implementation of the Printer USB class.
+				</info>
+
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassPrinter"/>
+
+				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/PrinterClass.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/PrinterClassCommon.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/PrinterClassDevice.h"/>
+				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/PrinterClassDevice.c"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.printer#definitions_only" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Printer (Definitions Only)">
+				<info type="description" value="summary">
+					Common definitions only (no implementations) of the Printer USB class.
+				</info>
+
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassPrinter"/>
+
+				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/PrinterClass.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/PrinterClassCommon.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/PrinterClassDevice.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.h"/>
+			</module>
+		</select-by-config>
+	</asf>
+</lufa>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_rndis.xml b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_rndis.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..09e86fbf0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_rndis.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+<!--
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
+
+<lufa>
+	<asf>
+		<select-by-config id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.rndis" name="lufa.drivers.usb.class.rndis.mode" default="host_device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - RNDIS Ethernet">
+			<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassRNDIS"/>
+
+			<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.rndis#host_device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - RNDIS Ethernet (Host/Device)">
+				<info type="description" value="summary">
+					Common definitions and Host/Device mode implementations of the RNDIS Ethernet USB class.
+				</info>
+
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassRNDIS"/>
+
+				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/RNDISClass.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/RNDISClassCommon.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.h"/>
+				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.c"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.h"/>
+				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.c"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.rndis#host" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - RNDIS Ethernet (Host)">
+				<info type="description" value="summary">
+					Common definitions and Host mode implementation of the RNDIS Ethernet USB class.
+				</info>
+
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassRNDIS"/>
+
+				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/RNDISClass.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/RNDISClassCommon.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.h"/>
+				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.c"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.rndis#device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - RNDIS Ethernet (Device)">
+				<info type="description" value="summary">
+					Common definitions and Device mode implementation of the RNDIS Ethernet USB class.
+				</info>
+
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassRNDIS"/>
+
+				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/RNDISClass.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/RNDISClassCommon.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.h"/>
+				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.c"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.h"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.rndis#definitions_only" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - RNDIS Ethernet (Definitions Only)">
+				<info type="description" value="summary">
+					Common definitions only (no implementations) of the RNDIS Ethernet USB class.
+				</info>
+
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassRNDIS"/>
+
+				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/RNDISClass.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/RNDISClassCommon.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.h"/>
+			</module>
+		</select-by-config>
+	</asf>
+</lufa>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_si.xml b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_si.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..eb0786ceae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_si.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+<!--
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
+
+<lufa>
+	<asf>
+		<select-by-config id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.si" name="lufa.drivers.usb.class.si.mode" default="host" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Still Image">
+			<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassSI"/>
+
+			<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.si#host" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Still Image (Host)">
+				<info type="description" value="summary">
+					Common definitions and Host mode implementation of the Still Image USB class.
+				</info>
+
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassSI"/>
+
+				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/StillImageClass.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/StillImageClassCommon.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/StillImageClassHost.h"/>
+				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/StillImageClassHost.c"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.si#definitions_only" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Still Image (Definitions Only)">
+				<info type="description" value="summary">
+					Common definitions only (no implementations) of the Still Image USB class.
+				</info>
+
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassSI"/>
+
+				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/StillImageClass.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/StillImageClassCommon.h"/>
+				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/StillImageClassHost.h"/>
+			</module>
+		</select-by-config>
+	</asf>
+</lufa>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_core.xml b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_core.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bfcd0f1e8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_core.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+<!--
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
+
+<lufa>
+	<asf>
+		<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.usb.core.common" caption="LUFA USB Core Driver - Common">
+			<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+			<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+			<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+			<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBManagement"/>
+
+			<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/Device.h"/>
+			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/Endpoint.h"/>
+			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/Host.h"/>
+			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/Pipe.h"/>
+			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/OTG.h"/>
+			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/USBController.h"/>
+			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/USBInterrupt.h"/>
+			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/EndpointStream.h"/>
+			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/PipeStream.h"/>
+	        <build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/ConfigDescriptors.c"/>
+			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/ConfigDescriptors.h"/>
+	        <build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/DeviceStandardReq.c"/>
+			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/DeviceStandardReq.h"/>
+	        <build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/Events.c"/>
+			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/Events.h"/>
+	        <build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/HostStandardReq.c"/>
+			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/HostStandardReq.h"/>
+	        <build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/USBTask.c"/>
+			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/USBTask.h"/>
+			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/USBMode.h"/>
+			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/StdDescriptors.h"/>
+			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/StdRequestType.h"/>
+
+	        <build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDParser.c"/>
+	        <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDParser.h"/>
+	        <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDReportData.h"/>
+	    </module>
+
+		<select-by-device id="lufa.drivers.usb.core" caption="LUFA USB Core Driver">
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.usb.core#avr8" caption="LUFA USB Core Driver - AVR8">
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+
+				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBManagement_AVR8"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb.core.common"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb.core.avr8"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.usb.core#xmega" caption="LUFA USB Core Driver - XMEGA">
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+
+				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBManagement_XMEGA"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb.core.common"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb.core.xmega"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.usb.core#uc3" caption="LUFA USB Core Driver - UC3">
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBManagement_UC3"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb.core.common"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb.core.uc3"/>
+			</module>
+		</select-by-device>
+	</asf>
+</lufa>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_core_avr8.xml b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_core_avr8.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..51493b460a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_core_avr8.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<!--
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
+
+<lufa>
+	<asf>
+		<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.usb.core.avr8" caption="LUFA USB Core Driver for AVR8">
+			<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+
+			<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+			<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBManagement_AVR8"/>
+
+			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c"/>
+			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"/>
+			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"/>
+			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"/>
+			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Device_AVR8.c"/>
+			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Device_AVR8.h"/>
+			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Endpoint_AVR8.c"/>
+			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Endpoint_AVR8.h"/>
+			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Host_AVR8.c"/>
+			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Host_AVR8.h"/>
+			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Pipe_AVR8.c"/>
+			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Pipe_AVR8.h"/>
+			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/OTG_AVR8.h"/>
+			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBController_AVR8.c"/>
+			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBController_AVR8.h"/>
+			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBInterrupt_AVR8.c"/>
+			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBInterrupt_AVR8.h"/>
+			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/EndpointStream_AVR8.c"/>
+			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/EndpointStream_AVR8.h"/>
+			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/PipeStream_AVR8.c"/>
+			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/PipeStream_AVR8.h"/>
+		</module>
+	</asf>
+</lufa>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_core_uc3.xml b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_core_uc3.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..055ebde23f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_core_uc3.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+<!--
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
+
+<lufa>
+	<asf>
+		<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.usb.core.uc3" caption="LUFA USB Core Driver for UC3">
+			<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+			<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+			<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBManagement_UC3"/>
+
+			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c"/>
+			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"/>
+			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"/>
+			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"/>
+			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Device_UC3.c"/>
+			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Device_UC3.h"/>
+			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Endpoint_UC3.c"/>
+			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Endpoint_UC3.h"/>
+			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Host_UC3.c"/>
+			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Host_UC3.h"/>
+			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Pipe_UC3.c"/>
+			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Pipe_UC3.h"/>
+			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBController_UC3.c"/>
+			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBController_UC3.h"/>
+			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBInterrupt_UC3.c"/>
+			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBInterrupt_UC3.h"/>
+			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/EndpointStream_UC3.c"/>
+			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/EndpointStream_UC3.h"/>
+			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/PipeStream_UC3.c"/>
+			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/PipeStream_UC3.h"/>
+		</module>
+	</asf>
+</lufa>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_core_xmega.xml b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_core_xmega.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..085fe85e82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_core_xmega.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+<!--
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
+
+<lufa>
+	<asf>
+		<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.usb.core.xmega" caption="LUFA USB Core Driver for XMEGA">
+			<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+
+			<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+			<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBManagement_XMEGA"/>
+
+			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c"/>
+			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"/>
+			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"/>
+			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Device_XMEGA.c"/>
+			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Device_XMEGA.h"/>
+			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Endpoint_XMEGA.c"/>
+			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Endpoint_XMEGA.h"/>
+			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Pipe_XMEGA.c"/>
+			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBController_XMEGA.c"/>
+			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBController_XMEGA.h"/>
+			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBInterrupt_XMEGA.c"/>
+			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBInterrupt_XMEGA.h"/>
+			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/EndpointStream_XMEGA.c"/>
+			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/EndpointStream_XMEGA.h"/>
+		</module>
+	</asf>
+</lufa>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_platform.xml b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_platform.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d33f435c6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_platform.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+<!--
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
+
+<lufa>
+	<asf>
+		<select-by-device id="lufa.platform" caption="LUFA Platform Specific Support">
+			<module type="service" id="lufa.platform#avr8" caption="LUFA Platform Specific Support - AVR8">
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+
+				<build type="define" name="ARCH" value="ARCH_AVR8"/>
+
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_PlatformDrivers"/>
+
+				<build type="include-path" value=".."/>
+				<build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Platform/Platform.h"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="service" id="lufa.platform#xmega" caption="LUFA Platform Specific Support - XMEGA">
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+
+				<build type="define" name="ARCH" value="ARCH_XMEGA"/>
+
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_PlatformDrivers"/>
+
+				<build type="include-path" value=".."/>
+				<build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Platform/Platform.h"/>
+
+				<build type="distribute" value="Platform/XMEGA/XMEGAExperimentalInfo.txt" subtype="license"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.platform.xmega"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+			</module>
+
+			<module type="service" id="lufa.platform#uc3" caption="LUFA Platform Specific Support - UC3">
+				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+				<build type="define" name="ARCH" value="ARCH_UC3"/>
+
+				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_PlatformDrivers"/>
+
+				<build type="include-path" value=".."/>
+				<build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Platform/Platform.h"/>
+
+				<build type="distribute" value="Platform/UC3/UC3ExperimentalInfo.txt" subtype="license"/>
+
+				<require idref="lufa.platform.uc3"/>
+				<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+			</module>
+		</select-by-device>
+	</asf>
+</lufa>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_platform_uc3.xml b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_platform_uc3.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3e875699ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_platform_uc3.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+<!--
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
+
+<lufa>
+	<asf>
+		<module type="driver" id="lufa.platform.uc3" caption="LUFA UC3 Platform Drivers">
+			<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+			<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+			<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_PlatformDrivers_UC3"/>
+
+			<build type="header-file" value="Platform/UC3/ClockManagement.h"/>
+			<build type="header-file" value="Platform/UC3/InterruptManagement.h"/>
+			<build type="c-source" value="Platform/UC3/InterruptManagement.c"/>
+			<build type="asm-source" value="Platform/UC3/Exception.S"/>
+		</module>
+	</asf>
+</lufa>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_platform_xmega.xml b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_platform_xmega.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2704bcf005
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_platform_xmega.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+<!--
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
+
+<lufa>
+	<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+		<module type="driver" id="lufa.platform.xmega" caption="LUFA XMEGA Platform Drivers">
+			<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+
+			<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+			<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_PlatformDrivers_XMEGA"/>
+
+			<build type="header-file" value="Platform/XMEGA/ClockManagement.h"/>
+		</module>
+	</asf>
+</lufa>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_toolchain.xml b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_toolchain.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b1f4062d55
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_toolchain.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+<!--
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
+
+<lufa>
+	<asf>
+		<select-by-device id="common.utils.toolchain_config" caption="Toolchain configuration defaults">
+			<module type="build-specific" id="common.utils.toolchain_config#avr" caption="Toolchain configuration defaults for 8-bit AVR">
+				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+				<device-support value="avr"/>
+
+				<toolchain-config name="avrgcc.compiler.general.ChangeDefaultBitFieldUnsigned" value="True" toolchain="avrgcc"/>
+				<toolchain-config name="avrgcc.compiler.general.ChangeDefaultCharTypeUnsigned" value="True" toolchain="avrgcc"/>
+				<toolchain-config name="avrgcc.compiler.optimization.OtherFlags" value="-fdata-sections" toolchain="avrgcc"/>
+				<toolchain-config name="avrgcc.compiler.optimization.PrepareFunctionsForGarbageCollection" value="True" toolchain="avrgcc"/>
+				<toolchain-config name="avrgcc.compiler.warnings.AllWarnings" value="True" toolchain="avrgcc"/>
+				<toolchain-config name="avrgcc.compiler.miscellaneous.OtherFlags" value="-mrelax -std=gnu99 -fno-strict-aliasing -fno-jump-tables" toolchain="avrgcc"/>
+				<toolchain-config name="avrgcc.linker.optimization.GarbageCollectUnusedSections" value="True" toolchain="avrgcc"/>
+				<toolchain-config name="avrgcc.linker.optimization.RelaxBranches" value="True" toolchain="avrgcc"/>
+				<toolchain-config name="avrgcc.linker.miscellaneous.LinkerFlags" value="-Wl,--relax" toolchain="avrgcc"/>
+			</module>
+		</select-by-device>
+
+		<module type="build-specific" id="common.utils.toolchain_config#uc3" caption="Toolchain configuration defaults for 32-bit AVR">
+			<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+			<device-support value="uc3"/>
+
+			<toolchain-config name="avrgcc.compiler.general.ChangeDefaultBitFieldUnsigned" value="True" toolchain="avr32gcc"/>
+			<toolchain-config name="avrgcc.compiler.general.ChangeDefaultCharTypeUnsigned" value="True" toolchain="avr32gcc"/>
+			<toolchain-config name="avr32gcc.compiler.optimization.OtherFlags" value="-fdata-sections" toolchain="avr32gcc"/>
+			<toolchain-config name="avr32gcc.compiler.optimization.PrepareFunctionsForGarbageCollection" value="True" toolchain="avr32gcc"/>
+			<toolchain-config name="avr32gcc.compiler.warnings.AllWarnings" value="True" toolchain="avr32gcc"/>
+			<toolchain-config name="avr32gcc.compiler.miscellaneous.OtherFlags" value="-mrelax -std=gnu99 -fno-strict-aliasing -mno-cond-exec-before-reload" toolchain="avr32gcc"/>
+			<toolchain-config name="avr32gcc.linker.optimization.GarbageCollectUnusedSections" value="True" toolchain="avr32gcc"/>
+			<toolchain-config name="avr32gcc.linker.optimization.RelaxBranches" value="True" toolchain="avr32gcc"/>
+			<toolchain-config name="avr32gcc.linker.miscellaneous.LinkerFlags" value="-Wl,--relax" toolchain="avr32gcc"/>
+		</module>
+	</asf>
+</lufa>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/makefile b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..30483e9cb5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/StudioIntegration/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# ---------------------------------------
+#  Makefile for the LUFA Atmel Studio Integration.
+# ---------------------------------------
+
+LUFA_ROOT            := ..
+LUFA_VERSION_NUM     := $(shell grep -e "\#define *LUFA_VERSION_STRING " $(LUFA_ROOT)/Version.h | cut -d'"' -f2)
+LUFA_VERSION_TYPE    := $(shell grep -e "\#define *LUFA_VERSION_RELEASE_TYPE " $(LUFA_ROOT)/Version.h)
+
+ifneq ($(findstring LUFA_VERSION_RELEASE_TYPE_DEVELOPMENT, $(LUFA_VERSION_TYPE)),LUFA_VERSION_RELEASE_TYPE_DEVELOPMENT)
+  EXT_VERSION_NUM    := $(shell date +"%y.%m.%d").$(LUFA_VERSION_NUM)
+  EXT_VSIX_NAME      := LUFA-RELEASE-$(LUFA_VERSION_NUM).vsix
+else
+  EXT_VERSION_NUM    := 0.$(shell date +"%y%m%d.%H%M%S")
+  EXT_VSIX_NAME      := LUFA-TESTING-$(shell date +"%y.%m.%d-%H.%M.%S").vsix
+
+  $(warning Development mode set - assuming a test version should be created.)
+endif
+
+DOXYGEN_TAG_FILE_XML := $(LUFA_ROOT)/Documentation/lufa_doc_tags.xml
+DOXYGEN_COMBINED_XML := $(LUFA_ROOT)/Documentation/xml/lufa_doc.xml
+TEMP_MANIFEST_XML    := manifest.xml
+EXTENSION_OUTPUT_XML := $(LUFA_ROOT)/../extension.xml
+MODULE_OUTPUT_XML    := $(LUFA_ROOT)/asf.xml
+MSHELP_OUTPUT_XML    := $(LUFA_ROOT)/../lufa_help_$(subst .,_,$(EXT_VERSION_NUM)).mshc
+XML_FILES            := $(filter-out $(TEMP_MANIFEST_FILE), $(shell ls *.xml))
+VSIX_ASSETS          := $(LUFA_ROOT)/DoxygenPages/Images/LUFA_thumb.png     \
+                        $(LUFA_ROOT)/DoxygenPages/Images/LUFA.png           \
+                        $(LUFA_ROOT)/License.txt                            \
+                        VSIX/"[Content_Types].xml"                          \
+                        VSIX/LUFA.dll                                       \
+                        VSIX/LUFA.pkgdef
+VSIX_GEN_PARAMS     := --stringparam extension-version "$(EXT_VERSION_NUM)" \
+                       --stringparam lufa-version "$(LUFA_VERSION_NUM)"     \
+                       --stringparam help-package-filename "$(notdir $(MSHELP_OUTPUT_XML))"
+MSHELP_GEN_PARAMS   := --stringparam generate.toc "book toc"                \
+                       --stringparam chunk.quietly "1"                      \
+                       --stringparam chunk.section.depth "3"                \
+                       --stringparam chunk.first.sections "1"               \
+                       --stringparam chapter.autolabel "0"                  \
+                       --stringparam root.filename "LUFA"                   \
+                       --stringparam html.stylesheet "lufa_studio_help_styling.css"
+
+all: clear_project_dirs generate_xml check_filenames generate_vsix
+
+clear_project_dirs:
+	@make -s -C $(LUFA_ROOT)/.. clean
+
+clean:
+	@rm -f $(TEMP_MANIFEST_XML) $(MODULE_OUTPUT_XML) $(EXTENSION_OUTPUT_XML) $(DOXYGEN_TAG_FILE_XML) $(DOXYGEN_COMBINED_XML) $(MSHELP_OUTPUT_XML)
+	@rm -rf mshelp
+	@cd $(LUFA_ROOT)/.. && rm -f contents.zip exampleProjects.xml content.xml.cache extension.vsixmanifest asf-manifest.xml extension.xml helpcontentsetup.msha $(notdir $(VSIX_ASSETS)) *.vsix *.mshc
+
+$(DOXYGEN_TAG_FILE_XML):
+	@make -C ../ doxygen DOXYGEN_OVERRIDE_PARAMS="GENERATE_TAGFILE=Documentation/lufa_doc_tags.xml GENERATE_HTML=no GENERATE_XML=yes"
+
+$(DOXYGEN_COMBINED_XML): $(DOXYGEN_TAG_FILE_XML)
+	@xsltproc $(dir $@)/combine.xslt $(dir $@)/index.xml > $(DOXYGEN_COMBINED_XML)
+
+$(TEMP_MANIFEST_XML): $(DOXYGEN_TAG_FILE_XML) $(DOXYGEN_COMBINED_XML)
+	@echo Generating temporary module manifest XML...
+
+	@printf "<lufa-manifest version=\"%s\" tagfile=\"%s\" docfile=\"%s\">\n" $(LUFA_VERSION_NUM) $(DOXYGEN_TAG_FILE_XML) $(DOXYGEN_COMBINED_XML) > $@
+	@for i in $(XML_FILES); do \
+		printf "\t<xml-source filename=\"%s\"/>\n" $$i >> $@; \
+	done;
+	@echo '</lufa-manifest>' >> $@
+
+$(MODULE_OUTPUT_XML): $(TEMP_MANIFEST_XML)
+	@echo Generating library core XDK module manifest file...
+	@xsltproc XDK/lufa_module_transform.xslt $< | xsltproc XDK/lufa_indent_transform.xslt - > $(MODULE_OUTPUT_XML)
+
+$(EXTENSION_OUTPUT_XML): $(TEMP_MANIFEST_XML)
+	@echo Generating library XDK extension manifest file...
+	@xsltproc XDK/lufa_extension_transform.xslt $< | xsltproc XDK/lufa_indent_transform.xslt - > $(EXTENSION_OUTPUT_XML)
+
+$(MSHELP_OUTPUT_XML): $(DOXYGEN_COMBINED_XML)
+	@echo Converting Doxygen XML to DocBook...
+	@-mkdir mshelp 2> /dev/null
+	@xsltproc HV1/lufa_docbook_transform.xslt $(DOXYGEN_COMBINED_XML) > mshelp/lufa_docbook.xml
+
+	@echo Converting DocBook XML to Microsoft Help 1.0...
+	@cd mshelp && xsltproc $(MSHELP_GEN_PARAMS) ../HV1/lufa_hv1_transform.xslt lufa_docbook.xml
+
+	@echo Copying help assets...
+	@cp HV1/lufa_studio_help_styling.css mshelp
+	@-mkdir mshelp/images 2> /dev/null
+	@cp `find $(LUFA_ROOT)/DoxygenPages/Images -type f` mshelp/images
+
+	@echo Archiving help content...
+	@cd mshelp && zip ../$(MSHELP_OUTPUT_XML) -q -0  -r *.html *.css images
+
+	@echo Generating HV1 manifest...
+	@xsltproc $(VSIX_GEN_PARAMS) HV1/lufa_helpcontentsetup_transform.xslt HV1/helpcontentsetup.msha > $(LUFA_ROOT)/../helpcontentsetup.msha
+
+generate_help: $(MSHELP_OUTPUT_XML)
+
+generate_xml: $(EXTENSION_OUTPUT_XML) $(MODULE_OUTPUT_XML)
+
+generate_vsix: $(EXTENSION_OUTPUT_XML) $(MODULE_OUTPUT_XML) $(MSHELP_OUTPUT_XML)
+	@echo Generating XDK cache files...
+	@rm -f $(LUFA_ROOT)/../content.xml.cache
+	@rm -f $(LUFA_ROOT)/../ExampleProjects.xml
+	@python VSIX/generate_caches.py $(LUFA_ROOT)/../
+
+	@echo Archiving XDK content...
+	@rm -f contents.zip
+	@cd $(LUFA_ROOT)/../ && zip contents.zip -q -0 -r --exclude=*Documentation* --exclude=*StudioIntegration* LUFA Bootloaders Demos Projects README.txt
+
+	@echo Creating VSIX dependencies...
+	@cp $(VSIX_ASSETS) $(LUFA_ROOT)/..
+	@xsltproc $(VSIX_GEN_PARAMS) VSIX/lufa_vsmanifest_transform.xslt VSIX/extension.vsixmanifest > $(LUFA_ROOT)/../extension.vsixmanifest
+	@xsltproc $(VSIX_GEN_PARAMS) VSIX/lufa_asfmanifest_transform.xslt VSIX/asf-manifest.xml > $(LUFA_ROOT)/../asf-manifest.xml
+
+	@echo Generating Atmel Studio VSIX file...
+	cd $(LUFA_ROOT)/../ && zip $(EXT_VSIX_NAME) -q -9 contents.zip exampleProjects.xml content.xml.cache extension.vsixmanifest asf-manifest.xml extension.xml helpcontentsetup.msha $(notdir $(MSHELP_OUTPUT_XML)) $(notdir $(VSIX_ASSETS))
+
+	@echo "Atmel Studio VSIX extension file generated."
+
+check_filenames: $(MODULE_OUTPUT_XML)
+	@echo Verifying referenced filenames of XDK modules...
+	@for f in `find $(LUFA_ROOT)/../ -name "asf.xml"`; do \
+		echo "Checking $$f..."; \
+		asf_file_dir=`dirname $$f`; \
+		xsltproc XDK/lufa_filelist_transform.xslt $$f | sed -e "/^$$/d" | while read -r i; do \
+			if ( ( ! test -f "$$asf_file_dir/$$i" ) && ( ! test -d "$$asf_file_dir/$$i" ) ); then \
+				echo "Source file \"$$i\" referenced in $$f does not exist!"; \
+				exit 1; \
+			fi; \
+		done || exit 1; \
+	done;
+
+check_database:
+	python ProjectGenerator/project_generator.py -b $(LUFA_ROOT)/../ --main-ext-uuid=0e160d5c-e331-48d9-850b-e0387912171b CHECK
+
+.PHONY: all clean generate_help generate_xml generate_vsix check_filenames check_database
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/Version.h b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Version.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..03cb08406a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/Version.h
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  \brief LUFA library version constants.
+ *
+ *  Version constants for informational purposes and version-specific macro creation. This header file contains the
+ *  current LUFA version number in several forms, for use in the user-application (for example, for printing out
+ *  whilst debugging, or for testing for version compatibility).
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LUFA_VERSION_H__
+#define __LUFA_VERSION_H__
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** \name LUFA Release Type Constants */
+			//@{
+				/** Constant for \ref LUFA_VERSION_RELEASE_TYPE indicating a development release. */
+				#define LUFA_VERSION_RELEASE_TYPE_DEVELOPMENT   0
+
+				/** Constant for \ref LUFA_VERSION_RELEASE_TYPE indicating a beta release. */
+				#define LUFA_VERSION_RELEASE_TYPE_BETA          1
+
+				/** Constant for \ref LUFA_VERSION_RELEASE_TYPE indicating a full official release. */
+				#define LUFA_VERSION_RELEASE_TYPE_FULL          2
+			//@}
+
+			/** Indicates the version number of the library, as an integer. \note This value is only updates in non-development releases. */
+			#define LUFA_VERSION_INTEGER              0x170418
+
+			/** Indicates the version number of the library, as a string. \note This value is only updates in non-development releases. */
+			#define LUFA_VERSION_STRING               "170418"
+
+			/** Indicates the release type of the library. */
+			#define LUFA_VERSION_RELEASE_TYPE         LUFA_VERSION_RELEASE_TYPE_FULL
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/LUFA/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..90b8ca2f76
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2400 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         = 000000
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           = ./DoxygenPages/Images/LUFA_thumb.png
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = NO
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = NO
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = NO
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = YES
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 1
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/ \
+                         StudioIntegration/ \
+                         Build/ \
+                         License.txt
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = _* \
+                         __*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           = ./ \
+                         CodeTemplates/
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             = ./
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            = ./DoxygenPages/Style/Footer.htm
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  = ./DoxygenPages/Style/Style.css
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 120
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = com.lufa-lib.library.documentation
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = DeanCamera
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               = ../LUFA.chm
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 300
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://www.mathjax.org/mathjax
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = YES
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM \
+                         EEMEM \
+                         ATTR_PACKED
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = YES
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = YES
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = YES
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = YES
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/LUFA/makefile b/lib/lufa/LUFA/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7e7a9c3afb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/LUFA/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# ---------------------------------------
+#  Makefile for the LUFA library itself.
+# ---------------------------------------
+
+LUFA_VERSION_NUM := $(shell grep LUFA_VERSION_STRING $(LUFA_PATH)/Version.h | cut -d'"' -f2)
+
+# Default target - no default action when attempting to build the core directly
+all:
+
+# Display the LUFA version of this library copy
+version:
+	@echo "LUFA $(LUFA_VERSION_NUM)"
+
+LUFA_PATH               := .
+ARCH                    := {AVR8,UC3,XMEGA}
+DOXYGEN_OVERRIDE_PARAMS := QUIET=YES PROJECT_NUMBER=$(LUFA_VERSION_NUM)
+
+# Remove all object and associated files from the LUFA library core
+clean:
+	rm -f $(LUFA_SRC_ALL_FILES:%.c=%.o)
+	rm -f $(LUFA_SRC_ALL_FILES:%.c=%.d)
+	rm -f $(LUFA_SRC_ALL_FILES:%.c=%.lst)
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+
+.PHONY: all version
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Maintenance/lufa_functionlist_transform.xslt b/lib/lufa/Maintenance/lufa_functionlist_transform.xslt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b18f69f2d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Maintenance/lufa_functionlist_transform.xslt
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+<!--
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+-->
+
+<!-- Extracts out all function signatures from a combined Doxygen XML output. -->
+
+<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform" version="1.0">
+	<xsl:output method="xml" omit-xml-declaration="yes"/>
+
+	<xsl:template match="doxygen">
+		<xsl:for-each select="//memberdef[@kind = 'function']">
+			<xsl:value-of select="definition"/><xsl:value-of select="argsstring"/><xsl:text>;&#10;</xsl:text>
+		</xsl:for-each>
+	</xsl:template>
+</xsl:stylesheet>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Maintenance/makefile b/lib/lufa/Maintenance/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..93f694e436
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Maintenance/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+# Maintenance scripts not required by general LUFA users, used for project development purposes.
+
+
+# Path to the root of the LUFA tree
+LUFA_ROOT := ../
+
+all:
+
+# Print a list of all filenames and line numbers that exceed an allowed threshold
+line-lengths:
+	awk '{ if (length > 120) { print FILENAME, ":", FNR, "[", length, "]" } }' `find $(LUFA_ROOT) -name *.[ch]`
+
+# Generate a header containing all library functions
+function-list:
+	$(MAKE) -C $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_ROOT))/LUFA doxygen DOXYGEN_OVERRIDE_PARAMS="GENERATE_HTML=no GENERATE_XML=yes"
+	@xsltproc $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_ROOT))/LUFA/Documentation/xml/combine.xslt $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_ROOT))/LUFA/Documentation/xml/index.xml > temp.xml
+	@xsltproc lufa_functionlist_transform.xslt temp.xml > function_list.h
+	@sort function_list.h | uniq > function_list_unique.h
+	@rm temp.xml
+
+# Update all Doxygen configuration files to the latest Doxygen version
+upgrade-doxygen:
+	@echo Upgrading Doxygen files...
+	@for doxygen_conf in `find $(LUFA_ROOT) -name doxyfile`; do \
+	  doxygen -u $$doxygen_conf;                                \
+	done;
+	@echo Doxygen configuration update complete.
+
+# Make all possible bootloaders for all targets and configurations as set by the BootloaderTest build test
+# and store them in a separate directory called "Bootloaders"
+bootloaders:
+	@echo "build_bootloaders:" > BuildMakefile
+	@printf "\t-mkdir Bootloaders 2>/dev/null\n\n" >> BuildMakefile
+
+	@while read line;                                         \
+	 do                                                       \
+	   build_cfg=`echo $$line | grep -v "#" | sed 's/ //g'`;  \
+	                                                          \
+	   if ( test -n "$$build_cfg" ); then                     \
+	     build_bootloader=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d'=' -f1`; \
+		 build_cfg=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d'=' -f2-`;       \
+		                                                      \
+	     build_arch=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d':' -f1`;       \
+	     build_mcu=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d':' -f2`;        \
+	     build_board=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d':' -f3`;      \
+	     build_flashsize=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d':' -f4`;  \
+	     build_bootsize=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d':' -f5`;   \
+	     build_fusb=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d':' -f6`;       \
+	                                                          \
+	     printf "Found '%s' with FLASH: %3s KB, BOOT: %3s KB, MCU: %12s / %4s, BOARD: %s, F_USB: %sMHz\n" $$build_bootloader $$build_flashsize $$build_bootsize $$build_mcu $$build_arch $$build_board $$build_fusb; \
+	                                                          \
+	     printf "\t-mkdir Bootloaders/%s 2>/dev/null\n" $$build_bootloader >> BuildMakefile; \
+	     printf "\t@echo Building '%s' with FLASH: %3s KB, BOOT: %3s KB, MCU: %12s, BOARD: %s, F_USB: %sMHz\n" $$build_bootloader $$build_flashsize $$build_bootsize $$build_mcu $$build_board $$build_fusb >> BuildMakefile; \
+	     printf "\t$(MAKE) -C $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_ROOT))/Bootloaders/%s/ clean hex ARCH=%s MCU=%s BOARD=%s FLASH_SIZE_KB=%s BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB=%s F_USB=%s000000 DEBUG_LEVEL=0\n" $$build_bootloader $$build_arch $$build_mcu $$build_board $$build_flashsize $$build_bootsize $$build_fusb >> BuildMakefile; \
+		 printf "\tmv $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_ROOT))/Bootloaders/%s/Bootloader%s.hex Bootloaders/%s/%s-%s-%s-BOARD_%s-BOOT_%sKB-%sMHz.hex\n\n" $$build_bootloader $$build_bootloader $$build_bootloader $$build_bootloader $$build_arch $$build_mcu $$build_board $$build_bootsize $$build_fusb >> BuildMakefile; \
+	   fi;                                                    \
+	 done < $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_ROOT))/BuildTests/BootloaderTest/BootloaderDeviceMap.cfg
+
+	 $(MAKE) -f BuildMakefile build_bootloaders
+	 cp $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_ROOT))/LUFA/License.txt Bootloaders
+	 rm -f BuildMakefile
+
+# Check the working branch documentation, ensure no placeholder values
+check-documentation-placeholders:
+	@echo Checking for release suitability...
+	@if ( grep " LUFA_VERSION_RELEASE_TYPE " $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_ROOT))/LUFA/Version.h | grep "LUFA_VERSION_RELEASE_TYPE_DEVELOPMENT" > /dev/null ;); then          \
+	  echo "  ERROR: Version header has not been updated for release!";           \
+	  exit 1;                                                                     \
+	fi;
+	@if ( grep "XXXXXX" $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_ROOT))/LUFA/DoxygenPages/*.txt > /dev/null ;); then \
+	  echo "  ERROR: Doxygen documentation has not been updated for release!";    \
+	  exit 1;                                                                     \
+	fi;
+	@echo Done.
+
+# Validate the working branch - compile all documentation, demos/projects/examples and run build tests
+validate-branch:
+	$(MAKE) -C $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_ROOT)) doxygen
+	$(MAKE) -C $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_ROOT)) all DEBUG_LEVEL=0
+	$(MAKE) -C $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_ROOT))/BuildTests all
+
+# Validate the working branch for general release, check for placeholder documentation then build and test everything
+validate-release: check-documentation-placeholders validate-branch
+
+
+.PHONY: all upgrade-doxygen bootloaders check-documentation-placeholders validate-branch
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP-MKII.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP-MKII.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a734d960ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP-MKII.c
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the AVRISP project. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the project and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "AVRISP-MKII.h"
+
+#if (BOARD != BOARD_NONE)
+  /* Some board hardware definitions (e.g. the Arduino Micro) have their LEDs defined on the same pins
+     as the ISP, PDI or TPI interfaces (see the accompanying project documentation). If a board other
+     than NONE is selected (to enable the LED driver with the programmer) you should double-check that
+     no conflicts will occur. If there is a conflict, turn off the LEDs (set BOARD to NONE in the makefile)
+     or define a custom board driver (see the LUFA manual) with alternative LED mappings.
+  */
+  #warning Board specific drivers have been selected; make sure the board LED driver does not conflict with the programmer ISP/PDI/TPI interfaces.
+#endif
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ *  setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+	V2Protocol_Init();
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		#if (BOARD == BOARD_USBTINYMKII)
+		/* On the USBTINY-MKII target, there is a secondary LED which indicates the current selected power
+		   mode - either VBUS, or sourced from the VTARGET pin of the programming connectors */
+		LEDs_ChangeLEDs(LEDMASK_VBUSPOWER, (PIND & (1 << 0)) ? 0 : LEDMASK_VBUSPOWER);
+		#endif
+
+		AVRISP_Task();
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	LEDs_Init();
+	#if defined(RESET_TOGGLES_LIBUSB_COMPAT)
+	UpdateCurrentCompatibilityMode();
+	#endif
+
+	/* USB Stack Initialization */
+	USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+	bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+	/* Setup AVRISP Data OUT endpoint */
+	ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE, 1);
+
+	/* Setup AVRISP Data IN endpoint if it is using a physically different endpoint */
+	if ((AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK) != (AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPADDR & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK))
+	  ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE, 1);
+
+	/* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Processes incoming V2 Protocol commands from the host, returning a response when required. */
+void AVRISP_Task(void)
+{
+	/* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
+	if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+	  return;
+
+	V2Params_UpdateParamValues();
+
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPADDR);
+
+	/* Check to see if a V2 Protocol command has been received */
+	if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+	{
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_BUSY);
+
+		/* Pass off processing of the V2 Protocol command to the V2 Protocol handler */
+		V2Protocol_ProcessCommand();
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+	}
+}
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ *  USB host.
+ *
+ *  \param[in]  wValue                 Descriptor type and index to retrieve
+ *  \param[in]  wIndex                 Sub-index to retrieve (such as a localized string language)
+ *  \param[out] DescriptorAddress      Address of the retrieved descriptor
+ *
+ *  \return Length of the retrieved descriptor in bytes, or NO_DESCRIPTOR if the descriptor was not found
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+	return AVRISP_GetDescriptor(wValue, wIndex, DescriptorAddress);
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP-MKII.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP-MKII.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ae2d041484
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP-MKII.h
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for AVRISP.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _AVRISP_H_
+#define _AVRISP_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+		#if defined(ADC)
+			#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h>
+		#endif
+
+		#include "AVRISPDescriptors.h"
+		#include "Lib/V2Protocol.h"
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY         LEDS_LED2
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR         LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+		#define LEDMASK_BUSY             (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the target is being powered by VBUS. */
+		#define LEDMASK_VBUSPOWER         LEDS_LED3
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+		void AVRISP_Task(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+
+		uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+		                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+		                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+		                                    ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP-MKII.txt b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP-MKII.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..76d612ec05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP-MKII.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,346 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage AVRISP MKII Programmer Project
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Project Compatibility
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this project.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *  \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ *  \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ *  \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2) - <i>8KB versions with reduced features only</i>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this project.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *   <td>Device</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *   <td>Vendor Specific Class</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *   <td>N/A</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *   <td>Atmel AVRISP MKII Protocol Specification</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *   <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description
+ *
+ *  Firmware for an Atmel Studio compatible AVRISP-MKII clone programmer. This project will enable the USB
+ *  AVR series of microcontrollers to act as a clone of the official Atmel AVRISP-MKII programmer, usable within
+ *  Atmel Studio or with any software capable of driving a real Atmel AVRISP-MKII programmer. In its most
+ *  basic form, it allows for the programming of AVR TINY, MEGA and XMEGA devices at the programmer's VCC voltage from
+ *  within Atmel Studio with no special hardware other than the USB AVR and the parts needed for the USB
+ *  interface. If the user desires, more advanced circuits incorporating level conversion can be made to allow for the
+ *  programming of target AVRs running at a different voltage to the programmer.
+ *
+ *  This device spoofs Atmel's official AVRISP-MKII device PID so that it remains compatible with Atmel's AVRISP-MKII
+ *  drivers. It is currently tested working under the following configurations:
+ *
+ *    - <b>Windows:</b> Atmel Studio 7, with alternative driver
+ *    - <b>Windows:</b> AVRDUDE 6.2, with alternative driver
+ *    - <b>Linux:</b> AVRDUDE 6.1
+ *
+ *  <b>Note that this clone requires a libUSB based driver under Windows,</b> due to an incompatible change in the official
+ *  Jungo based driver. The alternative driver given here will function with both real and clone AVRISP devices in Atmel
+ *  Studio 7 onwards under Windows - and as a bonus, also provides AVRDude access to the programmer.
+ *
+ *  As of Atmel Studio version 7.0.1417 the legacy Jungo driver has been deprecated in favor of an official libUSB based
+ *  driver, making the driver packaged here superfluous. Use the driver packaged here only if you are still using an earlier
+ *  Atmel Studio 7 build, otherwise the official Atmel libUSB driver should be used.
+ *
+ *  Note that this design currently has the following limitations:
+ *    - No reversed/shorted target connector detection and notification
+ *    - A separate header is required for each of the ISP, PDI and TPI programming protocols that the user wishes to use
+ *
+ *  On AVR models with an ADC converter, the USB AVR's AVCC pin should be tied to 5V (e.g. VBUS) and the
+ *  \c VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL token should be set to an appropriate ADC channel number in the project makefile for VTARGET
+ *  detection to operate correctly. On models without an ADC converter, VTARGET will report a fixed 3.3V level at all times
+ *  which should allow the programmer to remain compatible at the protocol level with all AVR devices.
+ *
+ *  While this application can be compiled for USB AVRs with as little as 8KB of FLASH, for full functionality 16KB or more
+ *  of FLASH is required. On 8KB devices, ISP or PDI/TPI protocol programming support can be disabled to reduce program size.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_KnownIssues Known Issues:
+ *
+ *  \par XMEGA EEPROM programming fails in some cases.
+ *  Several users have reported that XMEGA EEPROM programming fails unless the chip is erased first. If a non-blank EEPROM
+ *  is present, writing further EEPROM data causes corruption.
+ *  <a href="https://github.com/abcminiuser/lufa/issues/25">LUFA issue tracker entry</a>.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Installation Installation
+ *  The programmer supports multiple platforms, both Windows and Linux.
+ *
+ *  \subsection SSec_LinuxInstallation Linux Installation
+ *  On Linux systems, the programmer should be usable out of the box with no special setup other than (on some systems)
+ *  editing of the system permissions to allow the programmer to be used from a non-elevated (root) context. The programmer
+ *  is compatible with the free open source AVRDude programming software project.
+ *
+ *  \subsection SSec_WindowsInstallation Windows Installation
+ *  On Windows systems, due to an unfortunate limitation of the USB AVR devices and the Atmel Studio platform, the programmer
+ *  requires an alternative libUSB based driver. Uninstall the existing Jungo driver for the device (if installed) and replace
+ *  it with the driver that ships with this project, to enable access to the programmer in Atmel Studio and AVRDUDE.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_ISP ISP Connections
+ *  Connections to the device for SPI programming (when enabled):
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <th><b>Programmer Pin:</b></th>
+ *    <th><b>Target Device Pin:</b></th>
+ *    <th><b>ISP 6 Pin Layout:</b></th>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>MISO</td>
+ *    <td>PDO</td>
+ *    <td>1</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>ADCx <b><sup>1</sup></b></td>
+ *    <td>VTARGET</td>
+ *    <td>2</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>SCLK</td>
+ *    <td>SCLK</td>
+ *    <td>3</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>MOSI</td>
+ *    <td>PDI</td>
+ *    <td>4</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>PORTx.y <b><sup>2</sup></b></td>
+ *    <td>/RESET</td>
+ *    <td>5</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>GND</td>
+ *    <td>GND</td>
+ *    <td>6</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  In addition, the AVR's OCR1A pin will generate a 4MHz clock, to act as an external rescue device clock if the
+ *  fuses have been mis-set. To use the recovery clock, connect the OCR1A pin of the USB AVR to the target AVR's
+ *  XTAL1 pin, and set the ISP programming speed to 125KHz (note: other ISP speeds will not work correctly).
+ *
+ *  <b><sup>1</sup></b> <i>Optional, see \ref Sec_Options section - for USB AVRs with ADC modules only</i> \n
+ *  <b><sup>2</sup></b> <i>See AUX line related tokens in the \ref Sec_Options section</i>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_PDI PDI Connections
+ *  Connections to the device for PDI programming (when enabled):
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <th><b>Programmer Pin:</b></th>
+ *    <th><b>Target Device Pin:</b></th>
+ *    <th><b>PDI 6 Pin Layout:</b></th>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>Tx/Rx <b><sup>2</sup></b></td>
+ *    <td>DATA</td>
+ *    <td>1</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>ADCx <b><sup>1</sup></b></td>
+ *    <td>VTARGET</td>
+ *    <td>2</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>N/A</td>
+ *    <td>N/A</td>
+ *    <td>3</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>N/A</td>
+ *    <td>N/A</td>
+ *    <td>4</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>XCK</td>
+ *    <td>CLOCK</td>
+ *    <td>5</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>GND</td>
+ *    <td>GND</td>
+ *    <td>6</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  <b><sup>1</sup></b> <i>Optional, see \ref Sec_Options section - for USB AVRs with ADC modules only</i> \n
+ *  <b><sup>2</sup></b> <i>The AVR's Tx and Rx become the DATA line when connected together via a pair of 220 ohm resistors</i> \n
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_TPI TPI Connections
+ *  Connections to the device for TPI programming (when enabled):
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <th><b>Programmer Pin:</b></th>
+ *    <th><b>Target Device Pin:</b></th>
+ *    <th><b>TPI 6 Pin Layout:</b></th>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>Tx/Rx <b><sup>2</sup></b></td>
+ *    <td>DATA</td>
+ *    <td>1</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>ADCx <b><sup>1</sup></b></td>
+ *    <td>VTARGET</td>
+ *    <td>2</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>XCK <b><sup>2</sup></b></td>
+ *    <td>CLOCK</td>
+ *    <td>3</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>N/A</td>
+ *    <td>N/A</td>
+ *    <td>4</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>PORTx.y <b><sup>3</sup></b></td>
+ *    <td>/RESET</td>
+ *    <td>5</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>GND</td>
+ *    <td>GND</td>
+ *    <td>6</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  <b><sup>1</sup></b> <i>Optional, see \ref Sec_Options section - for USB AVRs with ADC modules only</i> \n
+ *  <b><sup>2</sup></b> <i>The AVR's Tx and Rx become the DATA line when connected together via a pair of 220 ohm resistors</i> \n
+ *  <b><sup>3</sup></b> <i>See AUX line related tokens in the \ref Sec_Options section</i>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this project, which can control the project behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ *    <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ *    <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>AUX_LINE_PORT</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>PORT register for the programmer's AUX target line. The use of this line varies between the programming protocols,
+ *        but is generally used for the target's /RESET line.
+ *        \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>AUX_LINE_PIN</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>PIN register for the programmer's AUX target line. The use of this line varies between the programming protocols,
+ *        but is generally used for the target's /RESET line.
+ *        \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>AUX_LINE_DDR</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>DDR register for the programmer's AUX target line. The use of this line varies between the programming protocols,
+ *        but is generally used for the target's /RESET line.
+ *        \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>AUX_LINE_MASK</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>Mask for the programmer's AUX target line. The use of this line varies between the programming protocols,
+ *        but is generally used for the target's /RESET line. <b>Must not be the AVR's /SS pin</b>.
+ *        \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>ADC channel number (on supported AVRs) to use for VTARGET level detection, if NO_VTARGET_DETECT is not defined.
+ *        \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for targets lacking an ADC.</i></td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>Define to enable SPI programming protocol support.
+ *        \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>Define to enable PDI and TPI programming protocol support.
+ *        \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>NO_VTARGET_DETECT</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>Define to disable VTARGET sampling and reporting on AVR models with an ADC converter. This will cause the programmer
+ *        to report a fixed 3.3V target voltage to the host regardless of the real target voltage.
+ *        \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for targets lacking an ADC.</i></td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>VTARGET_REF_VOLTS</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>Indicates the programmer AVR's AVCC reference voltage when measuring the target's supply voltage. Note that the supply
+ *        voltage should never exceed the reference voltage on the programmer AVR without some form of protection to prevent damage
+ *        to the ADC.
+ *        \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for targets lacking an ADC, or when NO_VTARGET_DETECT is defined.</i></td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>VTARGET_USE_INTERNAL_REF</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>Selects the internal 2.56V ADC reference voltage, instead of using the AVR's VREF pin. When enabled, this option will
+ *        override the VTARGET_REF_VOLTS configuration option.
+ *        \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for targets lacking an ADC, or when NO_VTARGET_DETECT is defined.</i></td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>VTARGET_SCALE_FACTOR</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>Indicates the target's supply voltage scale factor when applied to the ADC. A simple resistive divider can be used on the
+ *        ADC pin for measuring the target's supply voltage, so that voltages above the programmer AVR's AVCC reference voltage can be
+ *        measured. This should be the reciprocal of the division performed - e.g. if the VTARGET voltage is halved, this should be set
+ *        to 2.
+ *        \n \n <i>Ignored when compiled for targets lacking an ADC, or when NO_VTARGET_DETECT is defined.</i></td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>XCK_RESCUE_CLOCK_ENABLE</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>Define to move the ISP rescue clock to the AVR's XCK pin instead of the OCR1A output pin. This is useful for existing programming
+ *        hardware that does not expose the OCR1A pin of the AVR, but <i>may</i> cause some issues with PDI programming mode.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>INVERTED_ISP_MISO</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>Define to invert the received data on the ISP MISO line. This is sometimes needed depending on the level translation hardware used,
+ *        if the translator hardware inverts the received logic level.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>FIRMWARE_VERSION_MINOR</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>Define to set the minor firmware revision nunber reported to the host on request. By default this will use a firmware version compatible
+ *        with the latest Atmel IDE version, however if desired the reported minor value can be adjusted here.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISPDescriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISPDescriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f4210fbbbf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISPDescriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ *  the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "AVRISPDescriptors.h"
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ *  process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM AVRISP_DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+	.Class                  = USB_CSCP_VendorSpecificClass,
+	.SubClass               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+	.Protocol               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+	.Endpoint0Size          = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+	.VendorID               = 0x03EB,
+	.ProductID              = 0x2104,
+	.ReleaseNumber          = VERSION_BCD(2,0,0),
+
+	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = AVRISP_STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+	.ProductStrIndex        = AVRISP_STRING_ID_Product,
+	.SerialNumStrIndex      = AVRISP_STRING_ID_Serial,
+
+	.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const AVRISP_USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM AVRISP_ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+	.Config =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+			.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(AVRISP_USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+			.TotalInterfaces        = 1,
+
+			.ConfigurationNumber    = 1,
+			.ConfigurationStrIndex  = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+			.ConfigAttributes       = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+			.MaxPowerConsumption    = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+		},
+
+	.AVRISP_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_AVRISP,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 2,
+
+			.Class                  = USB_CSCP_VendorSpecificClass,
+			.SubClass               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.AVRISP_DataInEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x0A
+		},
+
+	.AVRISP_DataOutEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x0A
+		},
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ *  the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ *  via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM AVRISP_LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ *  form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM AVRISP_ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"ATMEL");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ *  and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM AVRISP_ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"AVRISP mkII");
+
+/** Serial number string. This is a Unicode string containing the device's unique serial number, expressed as a
+ *  series of uppercase hexadecimal digits.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM AVRISP_SerialString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"000200012345\0"
+    // Note: Real AVRISP-MKII has the embedded NUL byte, bug in firmware?
+);
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ *  USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t AVRISP_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+                              const uint16_t wIndex,
+                              const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8);
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+	const void* Address = NULL;
+	uint16_t    Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+	switch (DescriptorType)
+	{
+		case DTYPE_Device:
+			Address = &AVRISP_DeviceDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_Configuration:
+			Address = &AVRISP_ConfigurationDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(AVRISP_USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_String:
+			switch (DescriptorNumber)
+			{
+				case AVRISP_STRING_ID_Language:
+					Address = &AVRISP_LanguageString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&AVRISP_LanguageString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case AVRISP_STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+					Address = &AVRISP_ManufacturerString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&AVRISP_ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case AVRISP_STRING_ID_Product:
+					Address = &AVRISP_ProductString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&AVRISP_ProductString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case AVRISP_STRING_ID_Serial:
+					Address = &AVRISP_SerialString;
+					Size    = AVRISP_SerialString.Header.Size;
+					break;
+			}
+
+			break;
+	}
+
+	*DescriptorAddress = Address;
+	return Size;
+}
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISPDescriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISPDescriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..56dcf25a9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISPDescriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Endpoint address of the AVRISP data OUT endpoint. */
+		#define AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPADDR         (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 2)
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the AVRISP data IN endpoint. */
+		#define AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR          (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 2)
+
+		/** Size in bytes of the AVRISP data endpoint. */
+		#define AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE             64
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t    Config;
+
+			// Atmel AVRISP-MKII Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t               AVRISP_Interface;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t                AVRISP_DataInEndpoint;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t                AVRISP_DataOutEndpoint;
+		} AVRISP_USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+		/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+		 *  should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+		 *  interface from other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+		{
+			INTERFACE_ID_AVRISP = 0, /**< AVRISP interface descriptor ID */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+		 *  have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+		 *  other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum AVRISP_StringDescriptors_t
+		{
+			AVRISP_STRING_ID_Language     = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+			AVRISP_STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+			AVRISP_STRING_ID_Product      = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+			AVRISP_STRING_ID_Serial       = 3, /**< Serial number string ID */
+		};
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint16_t AVRISP_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+		                              const uint16_t wIndex,
+		                              const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+		                              ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Config/AppConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a2d15abdc9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ *  the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ *  specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ *  makefile or build system.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ *  \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#define AUX_LINE_PORT              PORTB
+	#define AUX_LINE_PIN               PINB
+	#define AUX_LINE_DDR               DDRB
+	#if (BOARD == BOARD_U2S)
+		#define AUX_LINE_MASK          (1 << 0)
+	#else
+		#define AUX_LINE_MASK          (1 << 4)
+	#endif
+
+	#define ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL
+	#define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL
+
+	#define VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL        2
+	#define VTARGET_REF_VOLTS          5
+	#define VTARGET_SCALE_FACTOR       1
+//	#define VTARGET_USE_INTERNAL_REF
+	#define NO_VTARGET_DETECT
+//	#define XCK_RESCUE_CLOCK_ENABLE
+//	#define INVERTED_ISP_MISO
+
+//	#define FIRMWARE_VERSION_MINOR     0x11
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ed160230ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      16
+		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            0
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6553504d5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.c
@@ -0,0 +1,531 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  ISP Protocol handler, to process V2 Protocol wrapped ISP commands used in Atmel programmer devices.
+ */
+
+#include "ISPProtocol.h"
+
+#if defined(ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+
+/** Handler for the CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE_ISP command, which attempts to enter programming mode on
+ *  the attached device, returning success or failure back to the host.
+ */
+void ISPProtocol_EnterISPMode(void)
+{
+	struct
+	{
+		uint8_t TimeoutMS;
+		uint8_t PinStabDelayMS;
+		uint8_t ExecutionDelayMS;
+		uint8_t SynchLoops;
+		uint8_t ByteDelay;
+		uint8_t PollValue;
+		uint8_t PollIndex;
+		uint8_t EnterProgBytes[4];
+	} Enter_ISP_Params;
+
+	Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Enter_ISP_Params, sizeof(Enter_ISP_Params), NULL);
+
+	Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
+	Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+
+	uint8_t ResponseStatus = STATUS_CMD_FAILED;
+
+	CurrentAddress = 0;
+
+	/* Perform execution delay, initialize SPI bus */
+	ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Enter_ISP_Params.ExecutionDelayMS);
+	ISPTarget_EnableTargetISP();
+
+	ISPTarget_ChangeTargetResetLine(true);
+	ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Enter_ISP_Params.PinStabDelayMS);
+
+	/* Continuously attempt to synchronize with the target until either the number of attempts specified
+	 * by the host has exceeded, or the the device sends back the expected response values */
+	while (Enter_ISP_Params.SynchLoops-- && TimeoutTicksRemaining)
+	{
+		uint8_t ResponseBytes[4];
+
+		for (uint8_t RByte = 0; RByte < sizeof(ResponseBytes); RByte++)
+		{
+			ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Enter_ISP_Params.ByteDelay);
+			ResponseBytes[RByte] = ISPTarget_TransferByte(Enter_ISP_Params.EnterProgBytes[RByte]);
+		}
+
+		/* Check if polling disabled, or if the polled value matches the expected value */
+		if (!(Enter_ISP_Params.PollIndex) || (ResponseBytes[Enter_ISP_Params.PollIndex - 1] == Enter_ISP_Params.PollValue))
+		{
+			ResponseStatus = STATUS_CMD_OK;
+			break;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			ISPTarget_ChangeTargetResetLine(false);
+			ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Enter_ISP_Params.PinStabDelayMS);
+			ISPTarget_ChangeTargetResetLine(true);
+			ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Enter_ISP_Params.PinStabDelayMS);
+		}
+	}
+
+	Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE_ISP);
+	Endpoint_Write_8(ResponseStatus);
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+}
+
+/** Handler for the CMD_LEAVE_ISP command, which releases the target from programming mode. */
+void ISPProtocol_LeaveISPMode(void)
+{
+	struct
+	{
+		uint8_t PreDelayMS;
+		uint8_t PostDelayMS;
+	} Leave_ISP_Params;
+
+	Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Leave_ISP_Params, sizeof(Leave_ISP_Params), NULL);
+
+	Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
+	Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+
+	/* Perform pre-exit delay, release the target /RESET, disable the SPI bus and perform the post-exit delay */
+	ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Leave_ISP_Params.PreDelayMS);
+	ISPTarget_ChangeTargetResetLine(false);
+	ISPTarget_DisableTargetISP();
+	ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Leave_ISP_Params.PostDelayMS);
+
+	Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_LEAVE_PROGMODE_ISP);
+	Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK);
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+}
+
+/** Handler for the CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP and CMD_PROGRAM_EEPROM_ISP commands, writing out bytes,
+ *  words or pages of data to the attached device.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] V2Command  Issued V2 Protocol command byte from the host
+ */
+void ISPProtocol_ProgramMemory(uint8_t V2Command)
+{
+	struct
+	{
+		uint16_t BytesToWrite;
+		uint8_t  ProgrammingMode;
+		uint8_t  DelayMS;
+		uint8_t  ProgrammingCommands[3];
+		uint8_t  PollValue1;
+		uint8_t  PollValue2;
+		uint8_t  ProgData[256]; // Note, the Jungo driver has a very short ACK timeout period, need to buffer the
+	} Write_Memory_Params;      // whole page and ACK the packet as fast as possible to prevent it from aborting
+
+	Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Write_Memory_Params, (sizeof(Write_Memory_Params) -
+	                                               sizeof(Write_Memory_Params.ProgData)), NULL);
+	Write_Memory_Params.BytesToWrite = SwapEndian_16(Write_Memory_Params.BytesToWrite);
+
+	if (Write_Memory_Params.BytesToWrite > sizeof(Write_Memory_Params.ProgData))
+	{
+		Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+		Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
+		Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+
+		Endpoint_Write_8(V2Command);
+		Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_FAILED);
+		Endpoint_ClearIN();
+		return;
+	}
+
+	Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Write_Memory_Params.ProgData, Write_Memory_Params.BytesToWrite, NULL);
+
+	// The driver will terminate transfers that are a round multiple of the endpoint bank in size with a ZLP, need
+	// to catch this and discard it before continuing on with packet processing to prevent communication issues
+	if (((sizeof(uint8_t) + sizeof(Write_Memory_Params) - sizeof(Write_Memory_Params.ProgData)) +
+	    Write_Memory_Params.BytesToWrite) % AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE == 0)
+	{
+		Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+		Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
+	}
+
+	Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
+	Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+
+	uint8_t  ProgrammingStatus = STATUS_CMD_OK;
+	uint8_t  PollValue         = (V2Command == CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP) ? Write_Memory_Params.PollValue1 :
+	                                                                    Write_Memory_Params.PollValue2;
+	uint16_t PollAddress       = 0;
+	uint8_t* NextWriteByte     = Write_Memory_Params.ProgData;
+	uint16_t PageStartAddress  = (CurrentAddress & 0xFFFF);
+
+	for (uint16_t CurrentByte = 0; CurrentByte < Write_Memory_Params.BytesToWrite; CurrentByte++)
+	{
+		uint8_t ByteToWrite     = *(NextWriteByte++);
+		uint8_t ProgrammingMode = Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingMode;
+
+		/* Check to see if we need to send a LOAD EXTENDED ADDRESS command to the target */
+		if (MustLoadExtendedAddress)
+		{
+			ISPTarget_LoadExtendedAddress();
+			MustLoadExtendedAddress = false;
+		}
+
+		ISPTarget_SendByte(Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[0]);
+		ISPTarget_SendByte(CurrentAddress >> 8);
+		ISPTarget_SendByte(CurrentAddress & 0xFF);
+		ISPTarget_SendByte(ByteToWrite);
+
+		/* AVR FLASH addressing requires us to modify the write command based on if we are writing a high
+		 * or low byte at the current word address */
+		if (V2Command == CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP)
+		  Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[0] ^= READ_WRITE_HIGH_BYTE_MASK;
+
+		/* Check to see if we have a valid polling address */
+		if (!(PollAddress) && (ByteToWrite != PollValue))
+		{
+			if ((CurrentByte & 0x01) && (V2Command == CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP))
+			  Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[2] |=  READ_WRITE_HIGH_BYTE_MASK;
+			else
+			  Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[2] &= ~READ_WRITE_HIGH_BYTE_MASK;
+
+			PollAddress = (CurrentAddress & 0xFFFF);
+		}
+
+		/* If in word programming mode, commit the byte to the target's memory */
+		if (!(ProgrammingMode & PROG_MODE_PAGED_WRITES_MASK))
+		{
+			/* If the current polling address is invalid, switch to timed delay write completion mode */
+			if (!(PollAddress) && !(ProgrammingMode & PROG_MODE_WORD_READYBUSY_MASK))
+			  ProgrammingMode = (ProgrammingMode & ~PROG_MODE_WORD_VALUE_MASK) | PROG_MODE_WORD_TIMEDELAY_MASK;
+
+			ProgrammingStatus = ISPTarget_WaitForProgComplete(ProgrammingMode, PollAddress, PollValue,
+			                                                  Write_Memory_Params.DelayMS,
+			                                                  Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[2]);
+
+			/* Abort the programming loop early if the byte/word programming failed */
+			if (ProgrammingStatus != STATUS_CMD_OK)
+			  break;
+
+			/* Must reset the polling address afterwards, so it is not erroneously used for the next byte */
+			PollAddress = 0;
+		}
+
+		/* EEPROM just increments the address each byte, flash needs to increment on each word and
+		 * also check to ensure that a LOAD EXTENDED ADDRESS command is issued each time the extended
+		 * address boundary has been crossed during FLASH memory programming */
+		if ((CurrentByte & 0x01) || (V2Command == CMD_PROGRAM_EEPROM_ISP))
+		{
+			CurrentAddress++;
+
+			if ((V2Command == CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP) && !(CurrentAddress & 0xFFFF))
+			  MustLoadExtendedAddress = true;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* If the current page must be committed, send the PROGRAM PAGE command to the target */
+	if (Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingMode & PROG_MODE_COMMIT_PAGE_MASK)
+	{
+		ISPTarget_SendByte(Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[1]);
+		ISPTarget_SendByte(PageStartAddress >> 8);
+		ISPTarget_SendByte(PageStartAddress & 0xFF);
+		ISPTarget_SendByte(0x00);
+
+		/* Check if polling is enabled and possible, if not switch to timed delay mode */
+		if ((Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingMode & PROG_MODE_PAGED_VALUE_MASK) && !(PollAddress))
+		{
+			Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingMode = (Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingMode & ~PROG_MODE_PAGED_VALUE_MASK) |
+												   PROG_MODE_PAGED_TIMEDELAY_MASK;
+		}
+
+		ProgrammingStatus = ISPTarget_WaitForProgComplete(Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingMode, PollAddress, PollValue,
+		                                                  Write_Memory_Params.DelayMS,
+		                                                  Write_Memory_Params.ProgrammingCommands[2]);
+
+		/* Check to see if the FLASH address has crossed the extended address boundary */
+		if ((V2Command == CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP) && !(CurrentAddress & 0xFFFF))
+		  MustLoadExtendedAddress = true;
+	}
+
+	Endpoint_Write_8(V2Command);
+	Endpoint_Write_8(ProgrammingStatus);
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+}
+
+/** Handler for the CMD_READ_FLASH_ISP and CMD_READ_EEPROM_ISP commands, reading in bytes,
+ *  words or pages of data from the attached device.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] V2Command  Issued V2 Protocol command byte from the host
+ */
+void ISPProtocol_ReadMemory(uint8_t V2Command)
+{
+	struct
+	{
+		uint16_t BytesToRead;
+		uint8_t  ReadMemoryCommand;
+	} Read_Memory_Params;
+
+	Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Read_Memory_Params, sizeof(Read_Memory_Params), NULL);
+	Read_Memory_Params.BytesToRead = SwapEndian_16(Read_Memory_Params.BytesToRead);
+
+	Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
+	Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+
+	Endpoint_Write_8(V2Command);
+	Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK);
+
+	/* Read each byte from the device and write them to the packet for the host */
+	for (uint16_t CurrentByte = 0; CurrentByte < Read_Memory_Params.BytesToRead; CurrentByte++)
+	{
+		/* Check to see if we need to send a LOAD EXTENDED ADDRESS command to the target */
+		if (MustLoadExtendedAddress)
+		{
+			ISPTarget_LoadExtendedAddress();
+			MustLoadExtendedAddress = false;
+		}
+
+		/* Read the next byte from the desired memory space in the device */
+		ISPTarget_SendByte(Read_Memory_Params.ReadMemoryCommand);
+		ISPTarget_SendByte(CurrentAddress >> 8);
+		ISPTarget_SendByte(CurrentAddress & 0xFF);
+		Endpoint_Write_8(ISPTarget_ReceiveByte());
+
+		/* Check if the endpoint bank is currently full, if so send the packet */
+		if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+		{
+			Endpoint_ClearIN();
+			Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
+		}
+
+		/* AVR FLASH addressing requires us to modify the read command based on if we are reading a high
+		 * or low byte at the current word address */
+		if (V2Command == CMD_READ_FLASH_ISP)
+		  Read_Memory_Params.ReadMemoryCommand ^= READ_WRITE_HIGH_BYTE_MASK;
+
+		/* EEPROM just increments the address each byte, flash needs to increment on each word and
+		 * also check to ensure that a LOAD EXTENDED ADDRESS command is issued each time the extended
+		 * address boundary has been crossed */
+		if ((CurrentByte & 0x01) || (V2Command == CMD_READ_EEPROM_ISP))
+		{
+			CurrentAddress++;
+
+			if ((V2Command != CMD_READ_EEPROM_ISP) && !(CurrentAddress & 0xFFFF))
+			  MustLoadExtendedAddress = true;
+		}
+	}
+
+	Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK);
+
+	bool IsEndpointFull = !(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed());
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+	/* Ensure last packet is a short packet to terminate the transfer */
+	if (IsEndpointFull)
+	{
+		Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
+		Endpoint_ClearIN();
+		Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Handler for the CMD_CHI_ERASE_ISP command, clearing the target's FLASH memory. */
+void ISPProtocol_ChipErase(void)
+{
+	struct
+	{
+		uint8_t EraseDelayMS;
+		uint8_t PollMethod;
+		uint8_t EraseCommandBytes[4];
+	} Erase_Chip_Params;
+
+	Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Erase_Chip_Params, sizeof(Erase_Chip_Params), NULL);
+
+	Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
+	Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+
+	uint8_t ResponseStatus = STATUS_CMD_OK;
+
+	/* Send the chip erase commands as given by the host to the device */
+	for (uint8_t SByte = 0; SByte < sizeof(Erase_Chip_Params.EraseCommandBytes); SByte++)
+	  ISPTarget_SendByte(Erase_Chip_Params.EraseCommandBytes[SByte]);
+
+	/* Use appropriate command completion check as given by the host (delay or busy polling) */
+	if (!(Erase_Chip_Params.PollMethod))
+	  ISPProtocol_DelayMS(Erase_Chip_Params.EraseDelayMS);
+	else
+	  ResponseStatus = ISPTarget_WaitWhileTargetBusy();
+
+	Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_CHIP_ERASE_ISP);
+	Endpoint_Write_8(ResponseStatus);
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+}
+
+/** Handler for the CMD_READ_FUSE_ISP, CMD_READ_LOCK_ISP, CMD_READ_SIGNATURE_ISP and CMD_READ_OSCCAL commands,
+ *  reading the requested configuration byte from the device.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] V2Command  Issued V2 Protocol command byte from the host
+ */
+void ISPProtocol_ReadFuseLockSigOSCCAL(uint8_t V2Command)
+{
+	struct
+	{
+		uint8_t RetByte;
+		uint8_t ReadCommandBytes[4];
+	} Read_FuseLockSigOSCCAL_Params;
+
+	Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Read_FuseLockSigOSCCAL_Params, sizeof(Read_FuseLockSigOSCCAL_Params), NULL);
+
+	Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
+	Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+
+	uint8_t ResponseBytes[4];
+
+	/* Send the Fuse or Lock byte read commands as given by the host to the device, store response */
+	for (uint8_t RByte = 0; RByte < sizeof(ResponseBytes); RByte++)
+	  ResponseBytes[RByte] = ISPTarget_TransferByte(Read_FuseLockSigOSCCAL_Params.ReadCommandBytes[RByte]);
+
+	Endpoint_Write_8(V2Command);
+	Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK);
+	Endpoint_Write_8(ResponseBytes[Read_FuseLockSigOSCCAL_Params.RetByte - 1]);
+	Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK);
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+}
+
+/** Handler for the CMD_WRITE_FUSE_ISP and CMD_WRITE_LOCK_ISP commands, writing the requested configuration
+ *  byte to the device.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] V2Command  Issued V2 Protocol command byte from the host
+ */
+void ISPProtocol_WriteFuseLock(uint8_t V2Command)
+{
+	struct
+	{
+		uint8_t WriteCommandBytes[4];
+	} Write_FuseLockSig_Params;
+
+	Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Write_FuseLockSig_Params, sizeof(Write_FuseLockSig_Params), NULL);
+
+	Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
+	Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+
+	/* Send the Fuse or Lock byte program commands as given by the host to the device */
+	for (uint8_t SByte = 0; SByte < sizeof(Write_FuseLockSig_Params.WriteCommandBytes); SByte++)
+	  ISPTarget_SendByte(Write_FuseLockSig_Params.WriteCommandBytes[SByte]);
+
+	Endpoint_Write_8(V2Command);
+	Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK);
+	Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK);
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+}
+
+/** Handler for the CMD_SPI_MULTI command, writing and reading arbitrary SPI data to and from the attached device. */
+void ISPProtocol_SPIMulti(void)
+{
+	struct
+	{
+		uint8_t TxBytes;
+		uint8_t RxBytes;
+		uint8_t RxStartAddr;
+		uint8_t TxData[255];
+	} SPI_Multi_Params;
+
+	Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&SPI_Multi_Params, (sizeof(SPI_Multi_Params) - sizeof(SPI_Multi_Params.TxData)), NULL);
+	Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&SPI_Multi_Params.TxData, SPI_Multi_Params.TxBytes, NULL);
+
+	Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
+	Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+
+	Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_SPI_MULTI);
+	Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK);
+
+	uint8_t CurrTxPos = 0;
+	uint8_t CurrRxPos = 0;
+
+	/* Write out bytes to transmit until the start of the bytes to receive is met */
+	while (CurrTxPos < SPI_Multi_Params.RxStartAddr)
+	{
+		if (CurrTxPos < SPI_Multi_Params.TxBytes)
+		  ISPTarget_SendByte(SPI_Multi_Params.TxData[CurrTxPos]);
+		else
+		  ISPTarget_SendByte(0);
+
+		CurrTxPos++;
+	}
+
+	/* Transmit remaining bytes with padding as needed, read in response bytes */
+	while (CurrRxPos < SPI_Multi_Params.RxBytes)
+	{
+		if (CurrTxPos < SPI_Multi_Params.TxBytes)
+		  Endpoint_Write_8(ISPTarget_TransferByte(SPI_Multi_Params.TxData[CurrTxPos++]));
+		else
+		  Endpoint_Write_8(ISPTarget_ReceiveByte());
+
+		/* Check to see if we have filled the endpoint bank and need to send the packet */
+		if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+		{
+			Endpoint_ClearIN();
+			Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
+		}
+
+		CurrRxPos++;
+	}
+
+	Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK);
+
+	bool IsEndpointFull = !(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed());
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+	/* Ensure last packet is a short packet to terminate the transfer */
+	if (IsEndpointFull)
+	{
+		Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
+		Endpoint_ClearIN();
+		Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Blocking delay for a given number of milliseconds. This provides a simple wrapper around
+ *  the avr-libc provided delay function, so that the delay function can be called with a
+ *  constant value (to prevent run-time floating point operations being required).
+ *
+ *  \param[in] DelayMS  Number of milliseconds to delay for
+ */
+void ISPProtocol_DelayMS(uint8_t DelayMS)
+{
+	while (DelayMS-- && TimeoutTicksRemaining)
+	  Delay_MS(1);
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..44b339762d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.h
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for ISPProtocol.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _ISP_PROTOCOL_
+#define _ISP_PROTOCOL_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <util/delay.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include "../V2Protocol.h"
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
+			#undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL
+
+			#if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)
+				#define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL
+			#endif
+		#endif
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Mask for the reading or writing of the high byte in a FLASH word when issuing a low-level programming command. */
+		#define READ_WRITE_HIGH_BYTE_MASK       (1 << 3)
+
+		#define PROG_MODE_PAGED_WRITES_MASK     (1 << 0)
+		#define PROG_MODE_WORD_TIMEDELAY_MASK   (1 << 1)
+		#define PROG_MODE_WORD_VALUE_MASK       (1 << 2)
+		#define PROG_MODE_WORD_READYBUSY_MASK   (1 << 3)
+		#define PROG_MODE_PAGED_TIMEDELAY_MASK  (1 << 4)
+		#define PROG_MODE_PAGED_VALUE_MASK      (1 << 5)
+		#define PROG_MODE_PAGED_READYBUSY_MASK  (1 << 6)
+		#define PROG_MODE_COMMIT_PAGE_MASK      (1 << 7)
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void ISPProtocol_EnterISPMode(void);
+		void ISPProtocol_LeaveISPMode(void);
+		void ISPProtocol_ProgramMemory(const uint8_t V2Command);
+		void ISPProtocol_ReadMemory(const uint8_t V2Command);
+		void ISPProtocol_ChipErase(void);
+		void ISPProtocol_ReadFuseLockSigOSCCAL(const uint8_t V2Command);
+		void ISPProtocol_WriteFuseLock(const uint8_t V2Command);
+		void ISPProtocol_SPIMulti(void);
+		void ISPProtocol_DelayMS(uint8_t DelayMS);
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..197b62275d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.c
@@ -0,0 +1,370 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Target-related functions for the ISP Protocol decoder.
+ */
+
+#include "ISPTarget.h"
+
+#if defined(ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+
+/** List of hardware SPI prescaler masks for possible AVRStudio ISP programming speeds.
+ *
+ *  \hideinitializer
+ */
+static const uint8_t SPIMaskFromSCKDuration[] PROGMEM =
+{
+#if (F_CPU == 8000000)
+	SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2,    // AVRStudio =   8MHz SPI, Actual =   4MHz SPI
+	SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2,    // AVRStudio =   4MHz SPI, Actual =   4MHz SPI
+	SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_4,    // AVRStudio =   2MHz SPI, Actual =   2MHz SPI
+	SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_8,    // AVRStudio =   1MHz SPI, Actual =   1MHz SPI
+	SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_16,   // AVRStudio = 500KHz SPI, Actual = 500KHz SPI
+	SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_32,   // AVRStudio = 250KHz SPI, Actual = 250KHz SPI
+	SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_64,   // AVRStudio = 125KHz SPI, Actual = 125KHz SPI
+#elif (F_CPU == 16000000)
+	SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2,    // AVRStudio =   8MHz SPI, Actual =   8MHz SPI
+	SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_4,    // AVRStudio =   4MHz SPI, Actual =   4MHz SPI
+	SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_8,    // AVRStudio =   2MHz SPI, Actual =   2MHz SPI
+	SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_16,   // AVRStudio =   1MHz SPI, Actual =   1MHz SPI
+	SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_32,   // AVRStudio = 500KHz SPI, Actual = 500KHz SPI
+	SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_64,   // AVRStudio = 250KHz SPI, Actual = 250KHz SPI
+	SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_128   // AVRStudio = 125KHz SPI, Actual = 125KHz SPI
+#else
+	#error No SPI prescaler masks for chosen F_CPU speed.
+#endif
+};
+
+/** Lookup table to convert the slower ISP speeds into a compare value for the software SPI driver.
+ *
+ *  \hideinitializer
+ */
+static const uint16_t TimerCompareFromSCKDuration[] PROGMEM =
+{
+	TIMER_COMP(96386), TIMER_COMP(89888), TIMER_COMP(84211), TIMER_COMP(79208), TIMER_COMP(74767),
+	TIMER_COMP(70797), TIMER_COMP(67227), TIMER_COMP(64000), TIMER_COMP(61069), TIMER_COMP(58395),
+	TIMER_COMP(55945), TIMER_COMP(51613), TIMER_COMP(49690), TIMER_COMP(47905), TIMER_COMP(46243),
+	TIMER_COMP(43244), TIMER_COMP(41885), TIMER_COMP(39409), TIMER_COMP(38278), TIMER_COMP(36200),
+	TIMER_COMP(34335), TIMER_COMP(32654), TIMER_COMP(31129), TIMER_COMP(29740), TIMER_COMP(28470),
+	TIMER_COMP(27304), TIMER_COMP(25724), TIMER_COMP(24768), TIMER_COMP(23461), TIMER_COMP(22285),
+	TIMER_COMP(21221), TIMER_COMP(20254), TIMER_COMP(19371), TIMER_COMP(18562), TIMER_COMP(17583),
+	TIMER_COMP(16914), TIMER_COMP(16097), TIMER_COMP(15356), TIMER_COMP(14520), TIMER_COMP(13914),
+	TIMER_COMP(13224), TIMER_COMP(12599), TIMER_COMP(12031), TIMER_COMP(11511), TIMER_COMP(10944),
+	TIMER_COMP(10431), TIMER_COMP(9963),  TIMER_COMP(9468),  TIMER_COMP(9081),  TIMER_COMP(8612),
+	TIMER_COMP(8239),  TIMER_COMP(7851),  TIMER_COMP(7498),  TIMER_COMP(7137),  TIMER_COMP(6809),
+	TIMER_COMP(6478),  TIMER_COMP(6178),  TIMER_COMP(5879),  TIMER_COMP(5607),  TIMER_COMP(5359),
+	TIMER_COMP(5093),  TIMER_COMP(4870),  TIMER_COMP(4633),  TIMER_COMP(4418),  TIMER_COMP(4209),
+	TIMER_COMP(4019),  TIMER_COMP(3823),  TIMER_COMP(3645),  TIMER_COMP(3474),  TIMER_COMP(3310),
+	TIMER_COMP(3161),  TIMER_COMP(3011),  TIMER_COMP(2869),  TIMER_COMP(2734),  TIMER_COMP(2611),
+	TIMER_COMP(2484),  TIMER_COMP(2369),  TIMER_COMP(2257),  TIMER_COMP(2152),  TIMER_COMP(2052),
+	TIMER_COMP(1956),  TIMER_COMP(1866),  TIMER_COMP(1779),  TIMER_COMP(1695),  TIMER_COMP(1615),
+	TIMER_COMP(1539),  TIMER_COMP(1468),  TIMER_COMP(1398),  TIMER_COMP(1333),  TIMER_COMP(1271),
+	TIMER_COMP(1212),  TIMER_COMP(1155),  TIMER_COMP(1101),  TIMER_COMP(1049),  TIMER_COMP(1000),
+	TIMER_COMP(953),   TIMER_COMP(909),   TIMER_COMP(866),   TIMER_COMP(826),   TIMER_COMP(787),
+	TIMER_COMP(750),   TIMER_COMP(715),   TIMER_COMP(682),   TIMER_COMP(650),   TIMER_COMP(619),
+	TIMER_COMP(590),   TIMER_COMP(563),   TIMER_COMP(536),   TIMER_COMP(511),   TIMER_COMP(487),
+	TIMER_COMP(465),   TIMER_COMP(443),   TIMER_COMP(422),   TIMER_COMP(402),   TIMER_COMP(384),
+	TIMER_COMP(366),   TIMER_COMP(349),   TIMER_COMP(332),   TIMER_COMP(317),   TIMER_COMP(302),
+	TIMER_COMP(288),   TIMER_COMP(274),   TIMER_COMP(261),   TIMER_COMP(249),   TIMER_COMP(238),
+	TIMER_COMP(226),   TIMER_COMP(216),   TIMER_COMP(206),   TIMER_COMP(196),   TIMER_COMP(187),
+	TIMER_COMP(178),   TIMER_COMP(170),   TIMER_COMP(162),   TIMER_COMP(154),   TIMER_COMP(147),
+	TIMER_COMP(140),   TIMER_COMP(134),   TIMER_COMP(128),   TIMER_COMP(122),   TIMER_COMP(116),
+	TIMER_COMP(111),   TIMER_COMP(105),   TIMER_COMP(100),   TIMER_COMP(95.4),  TIMER_COMP(90.9),
+	TIMER_COMP(86.6),  TIMER_COMP(82.6),  TIMER_COMP(78.7),  TIMER_COMP(75.0),  TIMER_COMP(71.5),
+	TIMER_COMP(68.2),  TIMER_COMP(65.0),  TIMER_COMP(61.9),  TIMER_COMP(59.0),  TIMER_COMP(56.3),
+	TIMER_COMP(53.6),  TIMER_COMP(51.1)
+};
+
+/** Currently selected SPI driver, either hardware (for fast ISP speeds) or software (for slower ISP speeds). */
+bool HardwareSPIMode = true;
+
+/** Software SPI data register for sending and receiving */
+static volatile uint8_t SoftSPI_Data;
+
+/** Number of bits left to transfer in the software SPI driver */
+static volatile uint8_t SoftSPI_BitsRemaining;
+
+
+/** ISR to handle software SPI transmission and reception */
+ISR(TIMER1_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+	/* Check if rising edge (output next bit) or falling edge (read in next bit) */
+	if (!(PINB & (1 << 1)))
+	{
+		if (SoftSPI_Data & (1 << 7))
+		  PORTB |=  (1 << 2);
+		else
+		  PORTB &= ~(1 << 2);
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		SoftSPI_Data <<= 1;
+
+		if (!(--SoftSPI_BitsRemaining))
+		{
+			TCCR1B = 0;
+			TIFR1  = (1 << OCF1A);
+		}
+
+		if (PINB & (1 << 3))
+		  SoftSPI_Data |= (1 << 0);
+	}
+
+	/* Fast toggle of PORTB.1 via the PIN register (see datasheet) */
+	PINB |= (1 << 1);
+}
+
+/** Initializes the appropriate SPI driver (hardware or software, depending on the selected ISP speed) ready for
+ *  communication with the attached target.
+ */
+void ISPTarget_EnableTargetISP(void)
+{
+	uint8_t SCKDuration = V2Params_GetParameterValue(PARAM_SCK_DURATION);
+
+	if (SCKDuration < sizeof(SPIMaskFromSCKDuration))
+	{
+		HardwareSPIMode = true;
+
+		SPI_Init(pgm_read_byte(&SPIMaskFromSCKDuration[SCKDuration]) | SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST |
+		                       SPI_SCK_LEAD_RISING | SPI_SAMPLE_LEADING | SPI_MODE_MASTER);
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		HardwareSPIMode = false;
+
+		DDRB  |= ((1 << 1) | (1 << 2));
+		PORTB |= ((1 << 0) | (1 << 3));
+
+		ISPTarget_ConfigureSoftwareSPI(SCKDuration);
+	}
+}
+
+/** Shuts down the current selected SPI driver (hardware or software, depending on the selected ISP speed) so that no
+ *  further communications can occur until the driver is re-initialized.
+ */
+void ISPTarget_DisableTargetISP(void)
+{
+	if (HardwareSPIMode)
+	{
+		SPI_Disable();
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		DDRB  &= ~((1 << 1) | (1 << 2));
+		PORTB &= ~((1 << 0) | (1 << 3));
+
+		/* Must re-enable rescue clock once software ISP has exited, as the timer for the rescue clock is
+		 * re-purposed for software SPI */
+		ISPTarget_ConfigureRescueClock();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the AVR to produce a 4MHz rescue clock out of the OCR1A pin of the AVR, so
+ *  that it can be fed into the XTAL1 pin of an AVR whose fuses have been mis-configured for
+ *  an external clock rather than a crystal. When used, the ISP speed must be 125KHz for this
+ *  functionality to work correctly.
+ */
+void ISPTarget_ConfigureRescueClock(void)
+{
+	#if defined(XCK_RESCUE_CLOCK_ENABLE)
+		/* Configure XCK as an output for the specified AVR model */
+		DDRD  |= (1 << 5);
+
+		/* Start USART to generate a 4MHz clock on the XCK pin */
+		UBRR1  = ((F_CPU / 2 / ISP_RESCUE_CLOCK_SPEED) - 1);
+		UCSR1B = (1 << TXEN1);
+		UCSR1C = (1 << UMSEL10) | (1 << UPM11) | (1 << USBS1) | (1 << UCSZ11) | (1 << UCSZ10) | (1 << UCPOL1);
+	#else
+		/* Configure OCR1A as an output for the specified AVR model */
+		#if defined(USB_SERIES_2_AVR)
+		DDRC |= (1 << 6);
+		#else
+		DDRB |= (1 << 5);
+		#endif
+
+		/* Start Timer 1 to generate a 4MHz clock on the OCR1A pin */
+		TIMSK1 = 0;
+		TCNT1  = 0;
+		OCR1A  = ((F_CPU / 2 / ISP_RESCUE_CLOCK_SPEED) - 1);
+		TCCR1A = (1 << COM1A0);
+		TCCR1B = ((1 << WGM12) | (1 << CS10));
+	#endif
+}
+
+/** Configures the AVR's timer ready to produce software SPI for the slower ISP speeds that
+ *  cannot be obtained when using the AVR's hardware SPI module.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] SCKDuration  Duration of the desired software ISP SCK clock
+ */
+void ISPTarget_ConfigureSoftwareSPI(const uint8_t SCKDuration)
+{
+	/* Configure Timer 1 for software SPI using the specified SCK duration */
+	TIMSK1 = (1 << OCIE1A);
+	TCNT1  = 0;
+	OCR1A  = pgm_read_word(&TimerCompareFromSCKDuration[SCKDuration - sizeof(SPIMaskFromSCKDuration)]);
+	TCCR1A = 0;
+	TCCR1B = 0;
+}
+
+/** Sends and receives a single byte of data to and from the attached target via software SPI.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] Byte  Byte of data to send to the attached target
+ *
+ *  \return Received byte of data from the attached target
+ */
+uint8_t ISPTarget_TransferSoftSPIByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+{
+	SoftSPI_Data          = Byte;
+	SoftSPI_BitsRemaining = 8;
+
+	/* Set initial MOSI pin state according to the byte to be transferred */
+	if (SoftSPI_Data & (1 << 7))
+	  PORTB |=  (1 << 2);
+	else
+	  PORTB &= ~(1 << 2);
+
+	TCNT1  = 0;
+	TCCR1B = ((1 << WGM12) | (1 << CS11));
+	while (SoftSPI_BitsRemaining && TimeoutTicksRemaining);
+	TCCR1B = 0;
+
+	return SoftSPI_Data;
+}
+
+/** Asserts or deasserts the target's reset line, using the correct polarity as set by the host using a SET PARAM command.
+ *  When not asserted, the line is tristated so as not to interfere with normal device operation.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] ResetTarget  Boolean true when the target should be held in reset, \c false otherwise
+ */
+void ISPTarget_ChangeTargetResetLine(const bool ResetTarget)
+{
+	if (ResetTarget)
+	{
+		AUX_LINE_DDR |= AUX_LINE_MASK;
+
+		if (!(V2Params_GetParameterValue(PARAM_RESET_POLARITY)))
+		  AUX_LINE_PORT |=  AUX_LINE_MASK;
+		else
+		  AUX_LINE_PORT &= ~AUX_LINE_MASK;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		AUX_LINE_DDR  &= ~AUX_LINE_MASK;
+		AUX_LINE_PORT &= ~AUX_LINE_MASK;
+	}
+}
+
+/** Waits until the target has completed the last operation, by continuously polling the device's
+ *  BUSY flag until it is cleared, or until the command timeout period has expired.
+ *
+ *  \return V2 Protocol status \ref STATUS_CMD_OK if the no timeout occurred, \ref STATUS_RDY_BSY_TOUT otherwise
+ */
+uint8_t ISPTarget_WaitWhileTargetBusy(void)
+{
+	do
+	{
+		ISPTarget_SendByte(0xF0);
+		ISPTarget_SendByte(0x00);
+		ISPTarget_SendByte(0x00);
+	}
+	while ((ISPTarget_ReceiveByte() & 0x01) && TimeoutTicksRemaining);
+
+	return (TimeoutTicksRemaining > 0) ? STATUS_CMD_OK : STATUS_RDY_BSY_TOUT;
+}
+
+/** Sends a low-level LOAD EXTENDED ADDRESS command to the target, for addressing of memory beyond the
+ *  64KB boundary. This sends the command with the correct address as indicated by the current address
+ *  pointer variable set by the host when a SET ADDRESS command is issued.
+ */
+void ISPTarget_LoadExtendedAddress(void)
+{
+	ISPTarget_SendByte(LOAD_EXTENDED_ADDRESS_CMD);
+	ISPTarget_SendByte(0x00);
+	ISPTarget_SendByte(CurrentAddress >> 16);
+	ISPTarget_SendByte(0x00);
+}
+
+/** Waits until the last issued target memory programming command has completed, via the check mode given and using
+ *  the given parameters.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] ProgrammingMode  Programming mode used and completion check to use, a mask of \c PROG_MODE_* constants
+ *  \param[in] PollAddress      Memory address to poll for completion if polling check mode used
+ *  \param[in] PollValue        Poll value to check against if polling check mode used
+ *  \param[in] DelayMS          Milliseconds to delay before returning if delay check mode used
+ *  \param[in] ReadMemCommand   Device low-level READ MEMORY command to send if value check mode used
+ *
+ *  \return V2 Protocol status \ref STATUS_CMD_OK if the no timeout occurred, \ref STATUS_RDY_BSY_TOUT or
+ *          \ref STATUS_CMD_TOUT otherwise
+ */
+uint8_t ISPTarget_WaitForProgComplete(const uint8_t ProgrammingMode,
+                                      const uint16_t PollAddress,
+                                      const uint8_t PollValue,
+                                      const uint8_t DelayMS,
+                                      const uint8_t ReadMemCommand)
+{
+	uint8_t ProgrammingStatus = STATUS_CMD_OK;
+
+	/* Determine method of Programming Complete check */
+	switch (ProgrammingMode & ~(PROG_MODE_PAGED_WRITES_MASK | PROG_MODE_COMMIT_PAGE_MASK))
+	{
+		case PROG_MODE_WORD_TIMEDELAY_MASK:
+		case PROG_MODE_PAGED_TIMEDELAY_MASK:
+			ISPProtocol_DelayMS(DelayMS);
+			break;
+		case PROG_MODE_WORD_VALUE_MASK:
+		case PROG_MODE_PAGED_VALUE_MASK:
+			do
+			{
+				ISPTarget_SendByte(ReadMemCommand);
+				ISPTarget_SendByte(PollAddress >> 8);
+				ISPTarget_SendByte(PollAddress & 0xFF);
+			}
+			while ((ISPTarget_TransferByte(0x00) == PollValue) && TimeoutTicksRemaining);
+
+			if (!(TimeoutTicksRemaining))
+			  ProgrammingStatus = STATUS_CMD_TOUT;
+
+			break;
+		case PROG_MODE_WORD_READYBUSY_MASK:
+		case PROG_MODE_PAGED_READYBUSY_MASK:
+			ProgrammingStatus = ISPTarget_WaitWhileTargetBusy();
+			break;
+	}
+
+	/* Program complete - reset timeout */
+	TimeoutTicksRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_TICKS;
+
+	return ProgrammingStatus;
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5f32f51940
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.h
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for ISPTarget.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _ISP_TARGET_
+#define _ISP_TARGET_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+		#include <util/delay.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h>
+
+		#include "../V2Protocol.h"
+		#include "ISPProtocol.h"
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
+			#undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL
+
+			#if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)
+				#define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL
+			#endif
+		#endif
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Low level device command to issue an extended FLASH address, for devices with over 128KB of FLASH. */
+		#define LOAD_EXTENDED_ADDRESS_CMD     0x4D
+
+		/** Macro to convert an ISP frequency to a number of timer clock cycles for the software SPI driver. */
+		#define TIMER_COMP(freq)              (((F_CPU / 8) / 2 / freq) - 1)
+
+		/** ISP rescue clock speed in Hz, for clocking targets with incorrectly set fuses. */
+		#define ISP_RESCUE_CLOCK_SPEED        4000000
+
+	/* External Variables: */
+		extern bool HardwareSPIMode;
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void    ISPTarget_EnableTargetISP(void);
+		void    ISPTarget_DisableTargetISP(void);
+		void    ISPTarget_ConfigureRescueClock(void);
+		void    ISPTarget_ConfigureSoftwareSPI(const uint8_t SCKDuration);
+		uint8_t ISPTarget_TransferSoftSPIByte(const uint8_t Byte);
+		void    ISPTarget_ChangeTargetResetLine(const bool ResetTarget);
+		uint8_t ISPTarget_WaitWhileTargetBusy(void);
+		void    ISPTarget_LoadExtendedAddress(void);
+		uint8_t ISPTarget_WaitForProgComplete(const uint8_t ProgrammingMode,
+		                                      const uint16_t PollAddress,
+		                                      const uint8_t PollValue,
+		                                      const uint8_t DelayMS,
+		                                      const uint8_t ReadMemCommand);
+
+	/* Inline Functions: */
+		/** Sends a byte of ISP data to the attached target, using the appropriate SPI hardware or
+		 *  software routines depending on the selected ISP speed.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in] Byte  Byte of data to send to the attached target
+		 */
+		static inline void ISPTarget_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+		{
+			if (HardwareSPIMode)
+			  SPI_SendByte(Byte);
+			else
+			  ISPTarget_TransferSoftSPIByte(Byte);
+		}
+
+		/** Receives a byte of ISP data from the attached target, using the appropriate
+		 *  SPI hardware or software routines depending on the selected ISP speed.
+		 *
+		 *  \return Received byte of data from the attached target
+		 */
+		static inline uint8_t ISPTarget_ReceiveByte(void)
+		{
+			uint8_t ReceivedByte;
+
+			if (HardwareSPIMode)
+			  ReceivedByte = SPI_ReceiveByte();
+			else
+			  ReceivedByte = ISPTarget_TransferSoftSPIByte(0x00);
+
+			#if defined(INVERTED_ISP_MISO)
+			return ~ReceivedByte;
+			#else
+			return  ReceivedByte;
+			#endif
+		}
+
+		/** Sends and receives a byte of ISP data to and from the attached target, using the
+		 *  appropriate SPI hardware or software routines depending on the selected ISP speed.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in] Byte  Byte of data to send to the attached target
+		 *
+		 *  \return Received byte of data from the attached target
+		 */
+		static inline uint8_t ISPTarget_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+		{
+			uint8_t ReceivedByte;
+
+			if (HardwareSPIMode)
+			  ReceivedByte = SPI_TransferByte(Byte);
+			else
+			  ReceivedByte = ISPTarget_TransferSoftSPIByte(Byte);
+
+			#if defined(INVERTED_ISP_MISO)
+			return ~ReceivedByte;
+			#else
+			return  ReceivedByte;
+			#endif
+		}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2Protocol.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2Protocol.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fd64c5a1e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2Protocol.c
@@ -0,0 +1,267 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  V2Protocol handler, to process V2 Protocol commands used in Atmel programmer devices.
+ */
+
+#define  INCLUDE_FROM_V2PROTOCOL_C
+#include "V2Protocol.h"
+
+/** Current memory address for FLASH/EEPROM memory read/write commands */
+uint32_t CurrentAddress;
+
+/** Flag to indicate that the next read/write operation must update the device's current extended FLASH address */
+bool MustLoadExtendedAddress;
+
+
+/** ISR to manage timeouts whilst processing a V2Protocol command */
+ISR(TIMER0_COMPA_vect, ISR_NOBLOCK)
+{
+	if (TimeoutTicksRemaining)
+	  TimeoutTicksRemaining--;
+	else
+	  TCCR0B = 0;
+}
+
+/** Initializes the hardware and software associated with the V2 protocol command handling. */
+void V2Protocol_Init(void)
+{
+	#if defined(ADC) && !defined(NO_VTARGET_DETECT)
+	/* Initialize the ADC converter for VTARGET level detection on supported AVR models */
+	ADC_Init(ADC_FREE_RUNNING | ADC_PRESCALE_128);
+	ADC_SetupChannel(VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL);
+	ADC_StartReading(VTARGET_REF_MASK | ADC_RIGHT_ADJUSTED | VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL_MASK);
+	#endif
+
+	/* Timeout timer initialization (~10ms period) */
+	OCR0A  = (((F_CPU / 1024) / 100) - 1);
+	TCCR0A = (1 << WGM01);
+	TIMSK0 = (1 << OCIE0A);
+
+	V2Params_LoadNonVolatileParamValues();
+
+	#if defined(ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL)
+	ISPTarget_ConfigureRescueClock();
+	#endif
+}
+
+/** Master V2 Protocol packet handler, for received V2 Protocol packets from a connected host.
+ *  This routine decodes the issued command and passes off the handling of the command to the
+ *  appropriate function.
+ */
+void V2Protocol_ProcessCommand(void)
+{
+	uint8_t V2Command = Endpoint_Read_8();
+
+	/* Reset timeout counter duration and start the timer */
+	TimeoutTicksRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_TICKS;
+	TCCR0B = ((1 << CS02) | (1 << CS00));
+
+	switch (V2Command)
+	{
+		case CMD_SIGN_ON:
+			V2Protocol_SignOn();
+			break;
+		case CMD_SET_PARAMETER:
+		case CMD_GET_PARAMETER:
+			V2Protocol_GetSetParam(V2Command);
+			break;
+		case CMD_LOAD_ADDRESS:
+			V2Protocol_LoadAddress();
+			break;
+		case CMD_RESET_PROTECTION:
+			V2Protocol_ResetProtection();
+			break;
+#if defined(ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL)
+		case CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE_ISP:
+			ISPProtocol_EnterISPMode();
+			break;
+		case CMD_LEAVE_PROGMODE_ISP:
+			ISPProtocol_LeaveISPMode();
+			break;
+		case CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP:
+		case CMD_PROGRAM_EEPROM_ISP:
+			ISPProtocol_ProgramMemory(V2Command);
+			break;
+		case CMD_READ_FLASH_ISP:
+		case CMD_READ_EEPROM_ISP:
+			ISPProtocol_ReadMemory(V2Command);
+			break;
+		case CMD_CHIP_ERASE_ISP:
+			ISPProtocol_ChipErase();
+			break;
+		case CMD_READ_FUSE_ISP:
+		case CMD_READ_LOCK_ISP:
+		case CMD_READ_SIGNATURE_ISP:
+		case CMD_READ_OSCCAL_ISP:
+			ISPProtocol_ReadFuseLockSigOSCCAL(V2Command);
+			break;
+		case CMD_PROGRAM_FUSE_ISP:
+		case CMD_PROGRAM_LOCK_ISP:
+			ISPProtocol_WriteFuseLock(V2Command);
+			break;
+		case CMD_SPI_MULTI:
+			ISPProtocol_SPIMulti();
+			break;
+#endif
+#if defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)
+		case CMD_XPROG_SETMODE:
+			XPROGProtocol_SetMode();
+			break;
+		case CMD_XPROG:
+			XPROGProtocol_Command();
+			break;
+#endif
+		default:
+			V2Protocol_UnknownCommand(V2Command);
+			break;
+	}
+
+	/* Disable the timeout management timer */
+	TCCR0B = 0;
+
+	Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPADDR);
+	Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT);
+}
+
+/** Handler for unknown V2 protocol commands. This discards all sent data and returns a
+ *  STATUS_CMD_UNKNOWN status back to the host.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] V2Command  Issued V2 Protocol command byte from the host
+ */
+static void V2Protocol_UnknownCommand(const uint8_t V2Command)
+{
+	/* Discard all incoming data */
+	while (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint() == AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE)
+	{
+		Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+		Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
+	}
+
+	Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
+	Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+
+	Endpoint_Write_8(V2Command);
+	Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_UNKNOWN);
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+}
+
+/** Handler for the CMD_SIGN_ON command, returning the programmer ID string to the host. */
+static void V2Protocol_SignOn(void)
+{
+	Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
+	Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+
+	Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_SIGN_ON);
+	Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK);
+	Endpoint_Write_8(sizeof(PROGRAMMER_ID) - 1);
+	Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(PROGRAMMER_ID, (sizeof(PROGRAMMER_ID) - 1), NULL);
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+}
+
+/** Handler for the CMD_RESET_PROTECTION command, implemented as a dummy ACK function as
+ *  no target short-circuit protection is currently implemented.
+ */
+static void V2Protocol_ResetProtection(void)
+{
+	Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
+	Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+
+	Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_RESET_PROTECTION);
+	Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK);
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+}
+
+
+/** Handler for the CMD_SET_PARAMETER and CMD_GET_PARAMETER commands from the host, setting or
+ *  getting a device parameter's value from the parameter table.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] V2Command  Issued V2 Protocol command byte from the host
+ */
+static void V2Protocol_GetSetParam(const uint8_t V2Command)
+{
+	uint8_t ParamID = Endpoint_Read_8();
+	uint8_t ParamValue;
+
+	if (V2Command == CMD_SET_PARAMETER)
+	  ParamValue = Endpoint_Read_8();
+
+	Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
+	Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+
+	Endpoint_Write_8(V2Command);
+
+	uint8_t ParamPrivs = V2Params_GetParameterPrivileges(ParamID);
+
+	if ((V2Command == CMD_SET_PARAMETER) && (ParamPrivs & PARAM_PRIV_WRITE))
+	{
+		Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK);
+		V2Params_SetParameterValue(ParamID, ParamValue);
+	}
+	else if ((V2Command == CMD_GET_PARAMETER) && (ParamPrivs & PARAM_PRIV_READ))
+	{
+		Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK);
+		Endpoint_Write_8(V2Params_GetParameterValue(ParamID));
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_FAILED);
+	}
+
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+}
+
+/** Handler for the CMD_LOAD_ADDRESS command, loading the given device address into a
+ *  global storage variable for later use, and issuing LOAD EXTENDED ADDRESS commands
+ *  to the attached device as required.
+ */
+static void V2Protocol_LoadAddress(void)
+{
+	Endpoint_Read_Stream_BE(&CurrentAddress, sizeof(CurrentAddress), NULL);
+
+	Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
+	Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+
+	if (CurrentAddress & (1UL << 31))
+	  MustLoadExtendedAddress = true;
+
+	Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_LOAD_ADDRESS);
+	Endpoint_Write_8(STATUS_CMD_OK);
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2Protocol.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2Protocol.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0f447ba4b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2Protocol.h
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for V2Protocol.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _V2_PROTOCOL_
+#define _V2_PROTOCOL_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include "../AVRISPDescriptors.h"
+		#include "V2ProtocolConstants.h"
+		#include "V2ProtocolParams.h"
+		#include "ISP/ISPProtocol.h"
+		#include "XPROG/XPROGProtocol.h"
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
+			#undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL
+
+			#if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)
+				#define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL
+			#endif
+		#endif
+
+		#if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) && ((VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL == 2) || (VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL == 3)) && !defined(NO_VTARGET_DETECT)
+			#error The U4 AVR chips do not contain ADC channels 2 or 3. Please change VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL or define NO_VTARGET_DETECT in the makefile.
+		#endif
+
+		#if defined(VTARGET_USE_INTERNAL_REF)
+			#undef  VTARGET_REF_VOLTS
+			#define VTARGET_REF_VOLTS 2.56
+
+			#define VTARGET_REF_MASK ADC_REFERENCE_INT2560MV
+		#else
+			#define VTARGET_REF_MASK ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC
+		#endif
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Programmer ID string, returned to the host during the CMD_SIGN_ON command processing. */
+		#define PROGRAMMER_ID              "AVRISP_MK2"
+
+		/** Timeout period for each issued command from the host before it is aborted (in 10ms ticks). */
+		#define COMMAND_TIMEOUT_TICKS      100
+
+		/** Command timeout ticks remaining counter, GPIOR for speed. */
+		#define TimeoutTicksRemaining      GPIOR1
+
+		/** MUX mask for the VTARGET ADC channel number. */
+		#define VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL_MASK   ADC_GET_CHANNEL_MASK(VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL)
+
+	/* External Variables: */
+		extern uint32_t CurrentAddress;
+		extern bool     MustLoadExtendedAddress;
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void V2Protocol_Init(void);
+		void V2Protocol_ProcessCommand(void);
+
+		#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_V2PROTOCOL_C)
+			static void V2Protocol_UnknownCommand(const uint8_t V2Command);
+			static void V2Protocol_SignOn(void);
+			static void V2Protocol_GetSetParam(const uint8_t V2Command);
+			static void V2Protocol_ResetProtection(void);
+			static void V2Protocol_LoadAddress(void);
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolConstants.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolConstants.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..121eae7f3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolConstants.h
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Macros for the V2 Protocol Packet Commands and Responses.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _V2_PROTOCOL_CONSTANTS_
+#define _V2_PROTOCOL_CONSTANTS_
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		#define CMD_SIGN_ON                 0x01
+		#define CMD_SET_PARAMETER           0x02
+		#define CMD_GET_PARAMETER           0x03
+		#define CMD_OSCCAL                  0x05
+		#define CMD_LOAD_ADDRESS            0x06
+		#define CMD_FIRMWARE_UPGRADE        0x07
+		#define CMD_RESET_PROTECTION        0x0A
+		#define CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE_ISP      0x10
+		#define CMD_LEAVE_PROGMODE_ISP      0x11
+		#define CMD_CHIP_ERASE_ISP          0x12
+		#define CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP       0x13
+		#define CMD_READ_FLASH_ISP          0x14
+		#define CMD_PROGRAM_EEPROM_ISP      0x15
+		#define CMD_READ_EEPROM_ISP         0x16
+		#define CMD_PROGRAM_FUSE_ISP        0x17
+		#define CMD_READ_FUSE_ISP           0x18
+		#define CMD_PROGRAM_LOCK_ISP        0x19
+		#define CMD_READ_LOCK_ISP           0x1A
+		#define CMD_READ_SIGNATURE_ISP      0x1B
+		#define CMD_READ_OSCCAL_ISP         0x1C
+		#define CMD_SPI_MULTI               0x1D
+		#define CMD_XPROG                   0x50
+		#define CMD_XPROG_SETMODE           0x51
+
+		#define STATUS_CMD_OK               0x00
+		#define STATUS_CMD_TOUT             0x80
+		#define STATUS_RDY_BSY_TOUT         0x81
+		#define STATUS_SET_PARAM_MISSING    0x82
+		#define STATUS_CMD_FAILED           0xC0
+		#define STATUS_CMD_UNKNOWN          0xC9
+		#define STATUS_CMD_ILLEGAL_PARAM    0xCA
+		#define STATUS_ISP_READY            0x00
+		#define STATUS_CONN_FAIL_MOSI       0x01
+		#define STATUS_CONN_FAIL_RST        0x02
+		#define STATUS_CONN_FAIL_SCK        0x04
+		#define STATUS_TGT_NOT_DETECTED     0x10
+		#define STATUS_TGT_REVERSE_INSERTED 0x20
+
+		#define PARAM_BUILD_NUMBER_LOW      0x80
+		#define PARAM_BUILD_NUMBER_HIGH     0x81
+		#define PARAM_HW_VER                0x90
+		#define PARAM_SW_MAJOR              0x91
+		#define PARAM_SW_MINOR              0x92
+		#define PARAM_VTARGET               0x94
+		#define PARAM_SCK_DURATION          0x98
+		#define PARAM_RESET_POLARITY        0x9E
+		#define PARAM_STATUS_TGT_CONN       0xA1
+		#define PARAM_DISCHARGEDELAY        0xA4
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolParams.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolParams.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0b33c212f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolParams.c
@@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  V2Protocol parameter handler, to process V2 Protocol device parameters.
+ */
+
+#define  INCLUDE_FROM_V2PROTOCOL_PARAMS_C
+#include "V2ProtocolParams.h"
+
+/* Non-Volatile Parameter Values for EEPROM storage */
+static uint8_t EEMEM EEPROM_Reset_Polarity = 0x01;
+
+/* Non-Volatile Parameter Values for EEPROM storage */
+static uint8_t EEMEM EEPROM_SCK_Duration   = 0x06;
+
+/* Volatile Parameter Values for RAM storage */
+static ParameterItem_t ParameterTable[] =
+	{
+		{ .ParamID          = PARAM_BUILD_NUMBER_LOW,
+		  .ParamPrivileges  = PARAM_PRIV_READ,
+		  .ParamValue       = 0                                  },
+
+		{ .ParamID          = PARAM_BUILD_NUMBER_HIGH,
+		  .ParamPrivileges  = PARAM_PRIV_READ,
+		  .ParamValue       = 0                                  },
+
+		{ .ParamID          = PARAM_HW_VER,
+		  .ParamPrivileges  = PARAM_PRIV_READ,
+		  .ParamValue       = 0x00                               },
+
+		{ .ParamID          = PARAM_SW_MAJOR,
+		  .ParamPrivileges  = PARAM_PRIV_READ,
+		  .ParamValue       = 0x01                               },
+
+		{ .ParamID          = PARAM_SW_MINOR,
+		  .ParamPrivileges  = PARAM_PRIV_READ,
+		  .ParamValue       = FIRMWARE_VERSION_MINOR             },
+
+		{ .ParamID          = PARAM_VTARGET,
+		  .ParamPrivileges  = PARAM_PRIV_READ,
+		  .ParamValue       = (uint8_t)(3.3 * 10)                },
+
+		{ .ParamID          = PARAM_SCK_DURATION,
+		  .ParamPrivileges  = PARAM_PRIV_READ | PARAM_PRIV_WRITE,
+		  .ParamValue       = 6                                  },
+
+		{ .ParamID          = PARAM_RESET_POLARITY,
+		  .ParamPrivileges  = PARAM_PRIV_READ | PARAM_PRIV_WRITE,
+		  .ParamValue       = 0x01                               },
+
+		{ .ParamID          = PARAM_STATUS_TGT_CONN,
+		  .ParamPrivileges  = PARAM_PRIV_READ,
+		  .ParamValue       = STATUS_ISP_READY                   },
+
+		{ .ParamID          = PARAM_DISCHARGEDELAY,
+		  .ParamPrivileges  = PARAM_PRIV_READ | PARAM_PRIV_WRITE,
+		  .ParamValue       = 0x00                               },
+	};
+
+
+/** Loads saved non-volatile parameter values from the EEPROM into the parameter table, as needed. */
+void V2Params_LoadNonVolatileParamValues(void)
+{
+	/* Read parameter values that are stored in non-volatile EEPROM */
+	uint8_t ResetPolarity = eeprom_read_byte(&EEPROM_Reset_Polarity);
+	uint8_t SCKDuration   = eeprom_read_byte(&EEPROM_SCK_Duration);
+
+	/* Update current parameter table if the EEPROM contents was not blank */
+	if (ResetPolarity != 0xFF)
+	  V2Params_GetParamFromTable(PARAM_RESET_POLARITY)->ParamValue = ResetPolarity;
+
+	/* Update current parameter table if the EEPROM contents was not blank */
+	if (SCKDuration != 0xFF)
+	  V2Params_GetParamFromTable(PARAM_SCK_DURATION)->ParamValue   = SCKDuration;
+}
+
+/** Updates any parameter values that are sourced from hardware rather than explicitly set by the host, such as
+ *  VTARGET levels from the ADC on supported AVR models.
+ */
+void V2Params_UpdateParamValues(void)
+{
+	#if (defined(ADC) && !defined(NO_VTARGET_DETECT))
+	/* Update VTARGET parameter with the latest ADC conversion of VTARGET on supported AVR models */
+	V2Params_GetParamFromTable(PARAM_VTARGET)->ParamValue = (((uint16_t)(VTARGET_REF_VOLTS * 10 * VTARGET_SCALE_FACTOR) * ADC_GetResult()) / 1024);
+	#endif
+}
+
+/** Retrieves the host PC read/write privileges for a given parameter in the parameter table. This should
+ *  be called before calls to \ref V2Params_GetParameterValue() or \ref V2Params_SetParameterValue() when
+ *  getting or setting parameter values in response to requests from the host.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] ParamID  Parameter ID whose privileges are to be retrieved from the table
+ *
+ *  \return Privileges for the requested parameter, as a mask of \c PARAM_PRIV_* masks
+ */
+uint8_t V2Params_GetParameterPrivileges(const uint8_t ParamID)
+{
+	ParameterItem_t* const ParamInfo = V2Params_GetParamFromTable(ParamID);
+
+	if (ParamInfo == NULL)
+	  return 0;
+
+	return ParamInfo->ParamPrivileges;
+}
+
+/** Retrieves the current value for a given parameter in the parameter table.
+ *
+ *  \note This function does not first check for read privileges - if the value is being sent to the host via a
+ *        GET PARAM command, \ref V2Params_GetParameterPrivileges() should be called first to ensure that the
+ *        parameter is host-readable.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] ParamID  Parameter ID whose value is to be retrieved from the table
+ *
+ *  \return Current value of the parameter in the table, or 0 if not found
+ */
+uint8_t V2Params_GetParameterValue(const uint8_t ParamID)
+{
+	ParameterItem_t* const ParamInfo = V2Params_GetParamFromTable(ParamID);
+
+	if (ParamInfo == NULL)
+	  return 0;
+
+	return ParamInfo->ParamValue;
+}
+
+/** Sets the value for a given parameter in the parameter table.
+ *
+ *  \note This function does not first check for write privileges - if the value is being sourced from the host
+ *        via a SET PARAM command, \ref V2Params_GetParameterPrivileges() should be called first to ensure that the
+ *        parameter is host-writable.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] ParamID  Parameter ID whose value is to be set in the table
+ *  \param[in] Value    New value to set the parameter to
+ *
+ *  \return Pointer to the associated parameter information from the parameter table if found, NULL otherwise
+ */
+void V2Params_SetParameterValue(const uint8_t ParamID,
+                                const uint8_t Value)
+{
+	ParameterItem_t* const ParamInfo = V2Params_GetParamFromTable(ParamID);
+
+	if (ParamInfo == NULL)
+	  return;
+
+	ParamInfo->ParamValue = Value;
+
+	/* The target RESET line polarity is a non-volatile parameter, save to EEPROM when changed */
+	if (ParamID == PARAM_RESET_POLARITY)
+	  eeprom_update_byte(&EEPROM_Reset_Polarity, Value);
+
+	/* The target SCK line period is a non-volatile parameter, save to EEPROM when changed */
+	if (ParamID == PARAM_SCK_DURATION)
+	  eeprom_update_byte(&EEPROM_SCK_Duration, Value);
+}
+
+/** Retrieves a parameter entry (including ID, value and privileges) from the parameter table that matches the given
+ *  parameter ID.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] ParamID  Parameter ID to find in the table
+ *
+ *  \return Pointer to the associated parameter information from the parameter table if found, NULL otherwise
+ */
+static ParameterItem_t* const V2Params_GetParamFromTable(const uint8_t ParamID)
+{
+	ParameterItem_t* CurrTableItem = ParameterTable;
+
+	/* Find the parameter in the parameter table if present */
+	for (uint8_t TableIndex = 0; TableIndex < TABLE_PARAM_COUNT; TableIndex++)
+	{
+		if (ParamID == CurrTableItem->ParamID)
+		  return CurrTableItem;
+
+		CurrTableItem++;
+	}
+
+	return NULL;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolParams.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolParams.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b195f67c55
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolParams.h
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for V2ProtocolParams.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _V2_PROTOCOL_PARAMS_
+#define _V2_PROTOCOL_PARAMS_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/eeprom.h>
+
+		#if defined(ADC)
+			#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h>
+		#endif
+
+		#include "V2Protocol.h"
+		#include "V2ProtocolConstants.h"
+		#include "ISP/ISPTarget.h"
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Parameter privilege mask to allow the host PC to read the parameter's value. */
+		#define PARAM_PRIV_READ     (1 << 0)
+
+		/** Parameter privilege mask to allow the host PC to change the parameter's value. */
+		#define PARAM_PRIV_WRITE    (1 << 1)
+
+		/** Total number of parameters in the parameter table */
+		#define TABLE_PARAM_COUNT   (sizeof(ParameterTable) / sizeof(ParameterTable[0]))
+
+		#if (!defined(FIRMWARE_VERSION_MINOR) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+			/** Minor firmware version, reported to the host on request; must match the version
+			 *  the host is expecting, or it (may) reject further communications with the programmer. */
+			#define FIRMWARE_VERSION_MINOR   0x18
+		#endif
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for a parameter table entry indicating a PC readable or writable device parameter. */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			const uint8_t ParamID; /**< Parameter ID number to uniquely identify the parameter within the device */
+			const uint8_t ParamPrivileges;  /**< Parameter privileges to allow the host to read or write the parameter's value */
+			uint8_t ParamValue; /**< Current parameter's value within the device */
+		} ParameterItem_t;
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void    V2Params_LoadNonVolatileParamValues(void);
+		void    V2Params_UpdateParamValues(void);
+
+		uint8_t V2Params_GetParameterPrivileges(const uint8_t ParamID);
+		uint8_t V2Params_GetParameterValue(const uint8_t ParamID);
+		void    V2Params_SetParameterValue(const uint8_t ParamID,
+		                                   const uint8_t Value);
+
+		#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_V2PROTOCOL_PARAMS_C)
+			static ParameterItem_t* const V2Params_GetParamFromTable(const uint8_t ParamID);
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..22eb7d74cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.c
@@ -0,0 +1,274 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Target-related functions for the TINY target's NVM module.
+ */
+
+#define  INCLUDE_FROM_TINYNVM_C
+#include "TINYNVM.h"
+
+#if defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+
+/** Sends the given pointer address to the target's TPI pointer register */
+static void TINYNVM_SendPointerAddress(const uint16_t AbsoluteAddress)
+{
+	/* Send the given 16-bit address to the target, LSB first */
+	XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SSTPR | 0);
+	XPROGTarget_SendByte(AbsoluteAddress & 0xFF);
+	XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SSTPR | 1);
+	XPROGTarget_SendByte(AbsoluteAddress >> 8);
+}
+
+/** Sends a SIN command to the target with the specified I/O address, ready for the data byte to be written.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] Address  6-bit I/O address to write to in the target's I/O memory space
+ */
+static void TINYNVM_SendReadNVMRegister(const uint8_t Address)
+{
+	/* The TPI command for reading from the I/O space uses strange addressing, where the I/O address's upper
+	 * two bits of the 6-bit address are shifted left once - use function to reduce code size */
+	XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SIN(Address));
+}
+
+/** Sends a SOUT command to the target with the specified I/O address, ready for the data byte to be read.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] Address  6-bit I/O address to read from in the target's I/O memory space
+ */
+static void TINYNVM_SendWriteNVMRegister(const uint8_t Address)
+{
+	/* The TPI command for reading from the I/O space uses strange addressing, where the I/O address's upper
+	 * two bits of the 6-bit address are shifted left once - use function to reduce code size */
+	XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SOUT(Address));
+}
+
+/** Busy-waits while the NVM controller is busy performing a NVM operation, such as a FLASH page read.
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the NVM controller became ready within the timeout period, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(void)
+{
+	/* Poll the STATUS register to check to see if NVM access has been enabled */
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		/* Send the SLDCS command to read the TPI STATUS register to see the NVM bus is active */
+		XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SLDCS(TPI_REG_STATUS));
+
+		uint8_t StatusRegister = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte();
+
+		/* We might have timed out waiting for the status register read response, check here */
+		if (!(TimeoutTicksRemaining))
+		  return false;
+
+		/* Check the status register read response to see if the NVM bus is enabled */
+		if (StatusRegister & TPI_STATUS_NVM)
+		  return true;
+	}
+}
+
+/** Waits while the target's NVM controller is busy performing an operation, exiting if the
+ *  timeout period expires.
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the NVM controller became ready within the timeout period, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy(void)
+{
+	/* Poll the STATUS register to check to see if NVM access has been enabled */
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		/* Send the SIN command to read the TPI STATUS register to see the NVM bus is busy */
+		TINYNVM_SendReadNVMRegister(XPROG_Param_NVMCSRRegAddr);
+
+		uint8_t StatusRegister = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte();
+
+		/* We might have timed out waiting for the status register read response, check here */
+		if (!(TimeoutTicksRemaining))
+		  return false;
+
+		/* Check to see if the BUSY flag is still set */
+		if (!(StatusRegister & (1 << 7)))
+		  return true;
+	}
+}
+
+/** Enables the physical TPI interface on the target and enables access to the internal NVM controller.
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the TPI interface was enabled successfully, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool TINYNVM_EnableTPI(void)
+{
+	/* Enable TPI programming mode with the attached target */
+	XPROGTarget_EnableTargetTPI();
+
+	/* Lower direction change guard time to 32 USART bits */
+	XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SSTCS(TPI_REG_CTRL));
+	XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x02);
+
+	/* Enable access to the XPROG NVM bus by sending the documented NVM access key to the device */
+	XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SKEY);
+	for (uint8_t i = sizeof(TPI_NVMENABLE_KEY); i > 0; i--)
+	  XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_NVMENABLE_KEY[i - 1]);
+
+	/* Wait until the NVM bus becomes active */
+	return TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy();
+}
+
+/** Removes access to the target's NVM controller and physically disables the target's physical TPI interface. */
+void TINYNVM_DisableTPI(void)
+{
+	TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy();
+
+	do
+	{
+		/* Clear the NVMEN bit in the TPI STATUS register to disable TPI mode */
+		XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SSTCS(TPI_REG_STATUS));
+		XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x00);
+
+		/* Read back the STATUS register, check to see if it took effect */
+		XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SLDCS(TPI_REG_STATUS));
+	} while (XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte() != 0x00);
+
+	XPROGTarget_DisableTargetTPI();
+}
+
+/** Reads memory from the target's memory spaces.
+ *
+ *  \param[in]  ReadAddress  Start address to read from within the target's address space
+ *  \param[out] ReadBuffer   Buffer to store read data into
+ *  \param[in]  ReadSize     Length of the data to read from the device
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command sequence complete successfully
+ */
+bool TINYNVM_ReadMemory(const uint16_t ReadAddress,
+                        uint8_t* ReadBuffer,
+                        uint16_t ReadSize)
+{
+	/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
+	if (!(TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
+	  return false;
+
+	/* Set the NVM control register to the NO OP command for memory reading */
+	TINYNVM_SendWriteNVMRegister(XPROG_Param_NVMCMDRegAddr);
+	XPROGTarget_SendByte(TINY_NVM_CMD_NOOP);
+
+	/* Send the address of the location to read from */
+	TINYNVM_SendPointerAddress(ReadAddress);
+
+	while (ReadSize-- && TimeoutTicksRemaining)
+	{
+		/* Read the byte of data from the target */
+		XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SLD(TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI));
+		*(ReadBuffer++) = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte();
+	}
+
+	return (TimeoutTicksRemaining > 0);
+}
+
+/** Writes word addressed memory to the target's memory spaces.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] WriteAddress  Start address to write to within the target's address space
+ *  \param[in] WriteBuffer   Buffer to source data from
+ *  \param[in] WriteLength   Total number of bytes to write to the device (must be an integer multiple of 2)
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command sequence complete successfully
+ */
+bool TINYNVM_WriteMemory(const uint16_t WriteAddress,
+                         uint8_t* WriteBuffer,
+                         uint16_t WriteLength)
+{
+	/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
+	if (!(TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
+	  return false;
+
+	/* Must have an integer number of words to write - if extra byte, word-align via a dummy high byte */
+	if (WriteLength & 0x01)
+	  WriteBuffer[WriteLength++] = 0xFF;
+
+	/* Set the NVM control register to the WORD WRITE command for memory writing */
+	TINYNVM_SendWriteNVMRegister(XPROG_Param_NVMCMDRegAddr);
+	XPROGTarget_SendByte(TINY_NVM_CMD_WORDWRITE);
+
+	/* Send the address of the location to write to */
+	TINYNVM_SendPointerAddress(WriteAddress);
+
+	while (WriteLength)
+	{
+		/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
+		if (!(TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
+		  return false;
+
+		/* Write the low byte of data to the target */
+		XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SST(TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI));
+		XPROGTarget_SendByte(*(WriteBuffer++));
+
+		/* Write the high byte of data to the target */
+		XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SST(TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI));
+		XPROGTarget_SendByte(*(WriteBuffer++));
+
+		/* Need to decrement the write length twice, since we wrote a whole two-byte word */
+		WriteLength -= 2;
+	}
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+/** Erases the target's memory space.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] EraseCommand  NVM erase command to send to the device
+ *  \param[in] Address       Address inside the memory space to erase
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command sequence complete successfully
+ */
+bool TINYNVM_EraseMemory(const uint8_t EraseCommand,
+                         const uint16_t Address)
+{
+	/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
+	if (!(TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
+	  return false;
+
+	/* Set the NVM control register to the target memory erase command */
+	TINYNVM_SendWriteNVMRegister(XPROG_Param_NVMCMDRegAddr);
+	XPROGTarget_SendByte(EraseCommand);
+
+	/* Write to a high byte location within the target address space to start the erase process */
+	TINYNVM_SendPointerAddress(Address | 0x0001);
+	XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SST(TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT));
+	XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x00);
+
+	/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
+	if (!(TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
+	  return false;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..61389bb455
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.h
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for TINYNVM.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _TINY_NVM_
+#define _TINY_NVM_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <stdbool.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
+
+		#include "XPROGProtocol.h"
+		#include "XPROGTarget.h"
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
+			#undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL
+
+			#if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)
+				#define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL
+			#endif
+		#endif
+
+	/* Defines: */
+		#define TINY_NVM_CMD_NOOP              0x00
+		#define TINY_NVM_CMD_CHIPERASE         0x10
+		#define TINY_NVM_CMD_SECTIONERASE      0x14
+		#define TINY_NVM_CMD_WORDWRITE         0x1D
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		bool TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(void);
+		bool TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy(void);
+		bool TINYNVM_EnableTPI(void);
+		void TINYNVM_DisableTPI(void);
+		bool TINYNVM_ReadMemory(const uint16_t ReadAddress,
+		                        uint8_t* ReadBuffer,
+		                        uint16_t ReadLength);
+		bool TINYNVM_WriteMemory(const uint16_t WriteAddress,
+		                         uint8_t* WriteBuffer,
+		                         uint16_t WriteLength);
+		bool TINYNVM_EraseMemory(const uint8_t EraseCommand,
+		                         const uint16_t Address);
+
+		#if (defined(INCLUDE_FROM_TINYNVM_C) && defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL))
+			static void TINYNVM_SendReadNVMRegister(const uint8_t Address);
+			static void TINYNVM_SendWriteNVMRegister(const uint8_t Address);
+			static void TINYNVM_SendPointerAddress(const uint16_t AbsoluteAddress);
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0208a634b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.c
@@ -0,0 +1,468 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Target-related functions for the XMEGA target's NVM module.
+ */
+
+#define  INCLUDE_FROM_XMEGA_NVM_C
+#include "XMEGANVM.h"
+
+#if defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+
+/** Sends the given 32-bit absolute address to the target.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] AbsoluteAddress  Absolute address to send to the target
+ */
+static void XMEGANVM_SendAddress(const uint32_t AbsoluteAddress)
+{
+	/* Send the given 32-bit address to the target, LSB first */
+	XPROGTarget_SendByte(AbsoluteAddress &  0xFF);
+	XPROGTarget_SendByte(AbsoluteAddress >> 8);
+	XPROGTarget_SendByte(AbsoluteAddress >> 16);
+	XPROGTarget_SendByte(AbsoluteAddress >> 24);
+}
+
+/** Sends the given NVM register address to the target.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] Register  NVM register whose absolute address is to be sent
+ */
+static void XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(const uint8_t Register)
+{
+	/* Determine the absolute register address from the NVM base memory address and the NVM register address */
+	uint32_t Address = XPROG_Param_NVMBase | Register;
+
+	/* Send the calculated 32-bit address to the target, LSB first */
+	XMEGANVM_SendAddress(Address);
+}
+
+/** Busy-waits while the NVM controller is busy performing a NVM operation, such as a FLASH page read or CRC
+ *  calculation.
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the NVM controller became ready within the timeout period, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(void)
+{
+	/* Poll the STATUS register to check to see if NVM access has been enabled */
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		/* Send the LDCS command to read the PDI STATUS register to see the NVM bus is active */
+		XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_LDCS(PDI_REG_STATUS));
+
+		uint8_t StatusRegister = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte();
+
+		/* We might have timed out waiting for the status register read response, check here */
+		if (!(TimeoutTicksRemaining))
+		  return false;
+
+		/* Check the status register read response to see if the NVM bus is enabled */
+		if (StatusRegister & PDI_STATUS_NVM)
+		  return true;
+	}
+}
+
+/** Waits while the target's NVM controller is busy performing an operation, exiting if the
+ *  timeout period expires.
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the NVM controller became ready within the timeout period, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy(void)
+{
+	/* Preload the pointer register with the NVM STATUS register address to check the BUSY flag */
+	XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_ST(PDI_POINTER_DIRECT, PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES));
+	XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_STATUS);
+
+	/* Poll the NVM STATUS register while the NVM controller is busy */
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		/* Fetch the current status value via the pointer register (without auto-increment afterwards) */
+		XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_LD(PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
+
+		uint8_t StatusRegister = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte();
+
+		/* We might have timed out waiting for the status register read response, check here */
+		if (!(TimeoutTicksRemaining))
+		  return false;
+
+		/* Check to see if the BUSY flag is still set */
+		if (!(StatusRegister & (1 << 7)))
+		  return true;
+	}
+}
+
+/** Enables the physical PDI interface on the target and enables access to the internal NVM controller.
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the PDI interface was enabled successfully, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool XMEGANVM_EnablePDI(void)
+{
+	/* Enable PDI programming mode with the attached target */
+	XPROGTarget_EnableTargetPDI();
+
+	/* Store the RESET key into the RESET PDI register to keep the XMEGA in reset */
+	XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STCS(PDI_REG_RESET));
+	XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_RESET_KEY);
+
+	/* Lower direction change guard time to 32 USART bits */
+	XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STCS(PDI_REG_CTRL));
+	XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x02);
+
+	/* Enable access to the XPROG NVM bus by sending the documented NVM access key to the device */
+	XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_KEY);
+	for (uint8_t i = sizeof(PDI_NVMENABLE_KEY); i > 0; i--)
+	  XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_NVMENABLE_KEY[i - 1]);
+
+	/* Wait until the NVM bus becomes active */
+	return XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy();
+}
+
+/** Removes access to the target's NVM controller and physically disables the target's physical PDI interface. */
+void XMEGANVM_DisablePDI(void)
+{
+	XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy();
+
+	/* Clear the RESET key in the RESET PDI register to allow the XMEGA to run - must perform this until the
+	 * change takes effect, as in some cases it takes multiple writes (silicon bug?).
+	 */
+	do
+	{
+		/* Clear reset register */
+		XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STCS(PDI_REG_RESET));
+		XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x00);
+
+		/* Read back the reset register, check to see if it took effect */
+		XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_LDCS(PDI_REG_RESET));
+	} while (XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte() != 0x00);
+
+	XPROGTarget_DisableTargetPDI();
+}
+
+/** Retrieves the CRC value of the given memory space.
+ *
+ *  \param[in]  CRCCommand  NVM CRC command to issue to the target
+ *  \param[out] CRCDest     CRC Destination when read from the target
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command sequence complete successfully
+ */
+bool XMEGANVM_GetMemoryCRC(const uint8_t CRCCommand,
+                           uint32_t* const CRCDest)
+{
+	*CRCDest = 0;
+
+	/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
+	if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
+	  return false;
+
+	/* Set the NVM command to the correct CRC read command */
+	XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
+	XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
+	XPROGTarget_SendByte(CRCCommand);
+
+	/* Set CMDEX bit in NVM CTRLA register to start the CRC generation */
+	XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
+	XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLA);
+	XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_NVM_BIT_CTRLA_CMDEX);
+
+	/* Wait until the NVM bus is ready again */
+	if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy()))
+	  return false;
+
+	/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
+	if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
+	  return false;
+
+	/* Load the PDI pointer register with the DAT0 register start address */
+	XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_ST(PDI_POINTER_DIRECT, PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES));
+	XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_DAT0);
+
+	/* Send the REPEAT command to grab the CRC bytes */
+	XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_REPEAT(PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
+	XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_CRC_LENGTH_BYTES - 1);
+
+	/* Read in the CRC bytes from the target */
+	XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_LD(PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
+	for (uint8_t i = 0; i < XMEGA_CRC_LENGTH_BYTES; i++)
+	  ((uint8_t*)CRCDest)[i] = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte();
+
+	return (TimeoutTicksRemaining > 0);
+}
+
+/** Reads memory from the target's memory spaces.
+ *
+ *  \param[in]  ReadAddress  Start address to read from within the target's address space
+ *  \param[out] ReadBuffer   Buffer to store read data into
+ *  \param[in]  ReadSize     Number of bytes to read
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command sequence complete successfully
+ */
+bool XMEGANVM_ReadMemory(const uint32_t ReadAddress,
+                         uint8_t* ReadBuffer,
+                         uint16_t ReadSize)
+{
+	/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
+	if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
+	  return false;
+
+	/* Send the READNVM command to the NVM controller for reading of an arbitrary location */
+	XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
+	XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
+	XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READNVM);
+
+	if (ReadSize > 1)
+	{
+		/* Load the PDI pointer register with the start address we want to read from */
+		XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_ST(PDI_POINTER_DIRECT, PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES));
+		XMEGANVM_SendAddress(ReadAddress);
+
+		/* Send the REPEAT command with the specified number of bytes to read */
+		XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_REPEAT(PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
+		XPROGTarget_SendByte(ReadSize - 1);
+
+		/* Send a LD command with indirect access and post-increment to read out the bytes */
+		XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_LD(PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
+		while (ReadSize-- && TimeoutTicksRemaining)
+		  *(ReadBuffer++) = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte();
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* Send a LDS command with the read address to read out the requested byte */
+		XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_LDS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
+		XMEGANVM_SendAddress(ReadAddress);
+		*(ReadBuffer++) = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte();
+	}
+
+	return (TimeoutTicksRemaining > 0);
+}
+
+/** Writes byte addressed memory to the target's memory spaces.
+ *
+ *  \param[in]  WriteCommand  Command to send to the device to write each memory byte
+ *  \param[in]  WriteAddress  Address to write to within the target's address space
+ *  \param[in]  Byte          Byte to write to the target
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command sequence complete successfully
+ */
+bool XMEGANVM_WriteByteMemory(const uint8_t WriteCommand,
+                              const uint32_t WriteAddress,
+                              const uint8_t Byte)
+{
+	/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
+	if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
+	  return false;
+
+	/* Send the memory write command to the target */
+	XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
+	XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
+	XPROGTarget_SendByte(WriteCommand);
+
+	/* Send new memory byte to the memory of the target */
+	XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
+	XMEGANVM_SendAddress(WriteAddress);
+	XPROGTarget_SendByte(Byte);
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+/** Writes page addressed memory to the target's memory spaces.
+ *
+ *  \param[in]  WriteBuffCommand  Command to send to the device to write a byte to the memory page buffer
+ *  \param[in]  EraseBuffCommand  Command to send to the device to erase the memory page buffer
+ *  \param[in]  WritePageCommand  Command to send to the device to write the page buffer to the destination memory
+ *  \param[in]  PageMode          Bitfield indicating what operations need to be executed on the specified page
+ *  \param[in]  WriteAddress      Start address to write the page data to within the target's address space
+ *  \param[in]  WriteBuffer       Buffer to source data from
+ *  \param[in]  WriteSize         Number of bytes to write
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command sequence complete successfully
+ */
+bool XMEGANVM_WritePageMemory(const uint8_t WriteBuffCommand,
+                              const uint8_t EraseBuffCommand,
+                              const uint8_t WritePageCommand,
+                              const uint8_t PageMode,
+                              const uint32_t WriteAddress,
+                              const uint8_t* WriteBuffer,
+                              uint16_t WriteSize)
+{
+	if (PageMode & XPROG_PAGEMODE_ERASE)
+	{
+		/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
+		if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
+		  return false;
+
+		/* Send the memory buffer erase command to the target */
+		XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
+		XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
+		XPROGTarget_SendByte(EraseBuffCommand);
+
+		/* Set CMDEX bit in NVM CTRLA register to start the buffer erase */
+		XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
+		XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLA);
+		XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_NVM_BIT_CTRLA_CMDEX);
+	}
+
+	if (WriteSize)
+	{
+		/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
+		if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
+		  return false;
+
+		/* Send the memory buffer write command to the target */
+		XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
+		XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
+		XPROGTarget_SendByte(WriteBuffCommand);
+
+		/* Load the PDI pointer register with the start address we want to write to */
+		XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_ST(PDI_POINTER_DIRECT, PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES));
+		XMEGANVM_SendAddress(WriteAddress);
+
+		/* Send the REPEAT command with the specified number of bytes to write */
+		XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_REPEAT(PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
+		XPROGTarget_SendByte(WriteSize - 1);
+
+		/* Send a ST command with indirect access and post-increment to write the bytes */
+		XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_ST(PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
+		while (WriteSize--)
+		  XPROGTarget_SendByte(*(WriteBuffer++));
+	}
+
+	if (PageMode & XPROG_PAGEMODE_WRITE)
+	{
+		/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
+		if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
+		  return false;
+
+		/* Send the memory write command to the target */
+		XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
+		XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
+		XPROGTarget_SendByte(WritePageCommand);
+
+		/* Send the address of the first page location to write the memory page */
+		XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
+		XMEGANVM_SendAddress(WriteAddress);
+		XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x00);
+	}
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+/** Erases a specific memory space of the target.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] EraseCommand  NVM erase command to send to the device
+ *  \param[in] Address       Address inside the memory space to erase
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command sequence complete successfully
+ */
+bool XMEGANVM_EraseMemory(const uint8_t EraseCommand,
+                          const uint32_t Address)
+{
+	/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
+	if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
+	  return false;
+
+	/* EEPROM and Chip erasures are triggered differently to FLASH section erasures */
+	if (EraseCommand == XMEGA_NVM_CMD_CHIPERASE)
+	{
+		/* Send the memory erase command to the target */
+		XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
+		XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
+		XPROGTarget_SendByte(EraseCommand);
+
+		/* Set CMDEX bit in NVM CTRLA register to start the erase sequence */
+		XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
+		XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLA);
+		XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_NVM_BIT_CTRLA_CMDEX);
+	}
+	else if (EraseCommand == XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROM)
+	{
+		/* Send the EEPROM page buffer erase command to the target */
+		XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
+		XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
+		XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROMPAGEBUFF);
+
+		/* Set CMDEX bit in NVM CTRLA register to start the buffer erase */
+		XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
+		XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLA);
+		XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_NVM_BIT_CTRLA_CMDEX);
+
+		/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
+		if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
+		  return false;
+
+		/* Send the EEPROM memory buffer write command to the target */
+		XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
+		XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
+		XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_NVM_CMD_LOADEEPROMPAGEBUFF);
+
+		/* Load the PDI pointer register with the EEPROM page start address */
+		XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_ST(PDI_POINTER_DIRECT, PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES));
+		XMEGANVM_SendAddress(Address);
+
+		/* Send the REPEAT command with the specified number of bytes to write */
+		XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_REPEAT(PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
+		XPROGTarget_SendByte(XPROG_Param_EEPageSize - 1);
+
+		/* Send a ST command with indirect access and post-increment to tag each byte in the EEPROM page buffer */
+		XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_ST(PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
+		for (uint8_t PageByte = 0; PageByte < XPROG_Param_EEPageSize; PageByte++)
+		  XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x00);
+
+		/* Send the memory erase command to the target */
+		XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
+		XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
+		XPROGTarget_SendByte(EraseCommand);
+
+		/* Set CMDEX bit in NVM CTRLA register to start the EEPROM erase sequence */
+		XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
+		XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLA);
+		XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_NVM_BIT_CTRLA_CMDEX);
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* Send the memory erase command to the target */
+		XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
+		XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
+		XPROGTarget_SendByte(EraseCommand);
+
+		/* Other erase modes just need us to address a byte within the target memory space */
+		XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS(PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES, PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE));
+		XMEGANVM_SendAddress(Address);
+		XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x00);
+	}
+
+	/* Wait until the NVM bus is ready again */
+	if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy()))
+	  return false;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8a8c5b048a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.h
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for XMEGANVM.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _XMEGA_NVM_
+#define _XMEGA_NVM_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <stdbool.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
+
+		#include "XPROGProtocol.h"
+		#include "XPROGTarget.h"
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
+			#undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL
+
+			#if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)
+				#define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL
+			#endif
+		#endif
+
+	/* Defines: */
+		#define XMEGA_CRC_LENGTH_BYTES               3
+
+		#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_ADDR0                  0x00
+		#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_ADDR1                  0x01
+		#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_ADDR2                  0x02
+		#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_DAT0                   0x04
+		#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_DAT1                   0x05
+		#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_DAT2                   0x06
+		#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD                    0x0A
+		#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLA                  0x0B
+		#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLB                  0x0C
+		#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_INTCTRL                0x0D
+		#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_STATUS                 0x0F
+		#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_LOCKBITS               0x10
+
+		#define XMEGA_NVM_BIT_CTRLA_CMDEX            (1 << 0)
+
+		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_NOOP                   0x00
+		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_CHIPERASE              0x40
+		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READNVM                0x43
+		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_LOADFLASHPAGEBUFF      0x23
+		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEFLASHPAGEBUFF     0x26
+		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEFLASHPAGE         0x2B
+		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEFLASHPAGE         0x2E
+		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEWRITEFLASH        0x2F
+		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_FLASHCRC               0x78
+		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEAPPSEC            0x20
+		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEAPPSECPAGE        0x22
+		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEAPPSECPAGE        0x24
+		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEWRITEAPPSECPAGE   0x25
+		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_APPCRC                 0x38
+		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEBOOTSEC           0x68
+		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEBOOTSECPAGE       0x2A
+		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEBOOTSECPAGE       0x2C
+		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEWRITEBOOTSECPAGE  0x2D
+		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_BOOTCRC                0x39
+		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READUSERSIG            0x03
+		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEUSERSIG           0x18
+		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEUSERSIG           0x1A
+		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READCALIBRATION        0x02
+		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READFUSE               0x07
+		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEFUSE              0x4C
+		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITELOCK              0x08
+		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_LOADEEPROMPAGEBUFF     0x33
+		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROMPAGEBUFF    0x36
+		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROM            0x30
+		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROMPAGE        0x32
+		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEEEPROMPAGE        0x34
+		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEWRITEEEPROMPAGE   0x35
+		#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READEEPROM             0x06
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		bool XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(void);
+		bool XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy(void);
+		bool XMEGANVM_EnablePDI(void);
+		void XMEGANVM_DisablePDI(void);
+		bool XMEGANVM_GetMemoryCRC(const uint8_t CRCCommand,
+			                       uint32_t* const CRCDest);
+		bool XMEGANVM_ReadMemory(const uint32_t ReadAddress,
+		                         uint8_t* ReadBuffer,
+		                         uint16_t ReadSize);
+		bool XMEGANVM_WriteByteMemory(const uint8_t WriteCommand,
+		                              const uint32_t WriteAddress,
+		                              const uint8_t Byte);
+		bool XMEGANVM_WritePageMemory(const uint8_t WriteBuffCommand,
+		                              const uint8_t EraseBuffCommand,
+		                              const uint8_t WritePageCommand,
+		                              const uint8_t PageMode,
+		                              const uint32_t WriteAddress,
+		                              const uint8_t* WriteBuffer,
+		                              uint16_t WriteSize);
+		bool XMEGANVM_EraseMemory(const uint8_t EraseCommand,
+		                          const uint32_t Address);
+
+		#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_XMEGANVM_C)
+			static void XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(const uint8_t Register);
+			static void XMEGANVM_SendAddress(const uint32_t AbsoluteAddress);
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..aa5503f3ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.c
@@ -0,0 +1,480 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  XPROG Protocol handler, to process V2 Protocol wrapped XPROG commands used in Atmel programmer devices.
+ */
+
+#define  INCLUDE_FROM_XPROGPROTOCOL_C
+#include "XPROGProtocol.h"
+
+#if defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+/** Base absolute address for the target's NVM controller for PDI programming */
+uint32_t XPROG_Param_NVMBase       = 0x010001C0;
+
+/** Size in bytes of the target's EEPROM page */
+uint16_t XPROG_Param_EEPageSize    = 32;
+
+/** Address of the TPI device's NVMCMD register for TPI programming */
+uint8_t  XPROG_Param_NVMCMDRegAddr = 0x33;
+
+/** Address of the TPI device's NVMCSR register for TPI programming */
+uint8_t  XPROG_Param_NVMCSRRegAddr = 0x32;
+
+/** Currently selected XPROG programming protocol */
+uint8_t  XPROG_SelectedProtocol    = XPROG_PROTOCOL_PDI;
+
+/** Handler for the CMD_XPROG_SETMODE command, which sets the programmer-to-target protocol used for PDI/TPI
+ *  programming.
+ */
+void XPROGProtocol_SetMode(void)
+{
+	struct
+	{
+		uint8_t Protocol;
+	} SetMode_XPROG_Params;
+
+	Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&SetMode_XPROG_Params, sizeof(SetMode_XPROG_Params), NULL);
+
+	Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
+	Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+
+	XPROG_SelectedProtocol = SetMode_XPROG_Params.Protocol;
+
+	Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_XPROG_SETMODE);
+	Endpoint_Write_8((SetMode_XPROG_Params.Protocol != XPROG_PROTOCOL_JTAG) ? STATUS_CMD_OK : STATUS_CMD_FAILED);
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+}
+
+/** Handler for the CMD_XPROG command, which wraps up XPROG commands in a V2 wrapper which need to be
+ *  removed and processed so that the underlying XPROG command can be handled.
+ */
+void XPROGProtocol_Command(void)
+{
+	uint8_t XPROGCommand = Endpoint_Read_8();
+
+	switch (XPROGCommand)
+	{
+		case XPROG_CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE:
+			XPROGProtocol_EnterXPROGMode();
+			break;
+		case XPROG_CMD_LEAVE_PROGMODE:
+			XPROGProtocol_LeaveXPROGMode();
+			break;
+		case XPROG_CMD_ERASE:
+			XPROGProtocol_Erase();
+			break;
+		case XPROG_CMD_WRITE_MEM:
+			XPROGProtocol_WriteMemory();
+			break;
+		case XPROG_CMD_READ_MEM:
+			XPROGProtocol_ReadMemory();
+			break;
+		case XPROG_CMD_CRC:
+			XPROGProtocol_ReadCRC();
+			break;
+		case XPROG_CMD_SET_PARAM:
+			XPROGProtocol_SetParam();
+			break;
+	}
+}
+
+/** Handler for the XPROG ENTER_PROGMODE command to establish a connection with the attached device. */
+static void XPROGProtocol_EnterXPROGMode(void)
+{
+	Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
+	Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+
+	bool NVMBusEnabled = false;
+
+	if (XPROG_SelectedProtocol == XPROG_PROTOCOL_PDI)
+	  NVMBusEnabled = XMEGANVM_EnablePDI();
+	else if (XPROG_SelectedProtocol == XPROG_PROTOCOL_TPI)
+	  NVMBusEnabled = TINYNVM_EnableTPI();
+
+	Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_XPROG);
+	Endpoint_Write_8(XPROG_CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE);
+	Endpoint_Write_8(NVMBusEnabled ? XPROG_ERR_OK : XPROG_ERR_FAILED);
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+}
+
+/** Handler for the XPROG LEAVE_PROGMODE command to terminate the PDI programming connection with
+ *  the attached device.
+ */
+static void XPROGProtocol_LeaveXPROGMode(void)
+{
+	Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
+	Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+
+	if (XPROG_SelectedProtocol == XPROG_PROTOCOL_PDI)
+	  XMEGANVM_DisablePDI();
+	else
+	  TINYNVM_DisableTPI();
+
+	#if defined(XCK_RESCUE_CLOCK_ENABLE) && defined(ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL)
+	/* If the XCK rescue clock option is enabled, we need to restart it once the
+	 * XPROG mode has been exited, since the XPROG protocol stops it after use. */
+	ISPTarget_ConfigureRescueClock();
+	#endif
+
+	Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_XPROG);
+	Endpoint_Write_8(XPROG_CMD_LEAVE_PROGMODE);
+	Endpoint_Write_8(XPROG_ERR_OK);
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+}
+
+/** Handler for the XPRG ERASE command to erase a specific memory address space in the attached device. */
+static void XPROGProtocol_Erase(void)
+{
+	uint8_t ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_OK;
+
+	struct
+	{
+		uint8_t  MemoryType;
+		uint32_t Address;
+	} Erase_XPROG_Params;
+
+	Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Erase_XPROG_Params, sizeof(Erase_XPROG_Params), NULL);
+	Erase_XPROG_Params.Address = SwapEndian_32(Erase_XPROG_Params.Address);
+
+	Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
+	Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+
+	uint8_t EraseCommand;
+
+	if (XPROG_SelectedProtocol == XPROG_PROTOCOL_PDI)
+	{
+		/* Determine which NVM command to send to the device depending on the memory to erase */
+		switch (Erase_XPROG_Params.MemoryType)
+		{
+			case XPROG_ERASE_CHIP:
+				EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_CHIPERASE;
+				break;
+			case XPROG_ERASE_APP:
+				EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEAPPSEC;
+				break;
+			case XPROG_ERASE_BOOT:
+				EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEBOOTSEC;
+				break;
+			case XPROG_ERASE_EEPROM:
+				EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROM;
+				break;
+			case XPROG_ERASE_APP_PAGE:
+				EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEAPPSECPAGE;
+				break;
+			case XPROG_ERASE_BOOT_PAGE:
+				EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEBOOTSECPAGE;
+				break;
+			case XPROG_ERASE_EEPROM_PAGE:
+				EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROMPAGE;
+				break;
+			case XPROG_ERASE_USERSIG:
+				EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEUSERSIG;
+				break;
+			default:
+				EraseCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_NOOP;
+				break;
+		}
+
+		/* Erase the target memory, indicate timeout if occurred */
+		if (!(XMEGANVM_EraseMemory(EraseCommand, Erase_XPROG_Params.Address)))
+		  ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_TIMEOUT;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		if (Erase_XPROG_Params.MemoryType == XPROG_ERASE_CHIP)
+		  EraseCommand = TINY_NVM_CMD_CHIPERASE;
+		else
+		  EraseCommand = TINY_NVM_CMD_SECTIONERASE;
+
+		/* Erase the target memory, indicate timeout if occurred */
+		if (!(TINYNVM_EraseMemory(EraseCommand, Erase_XPROG_Params.Address)))
+		  ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_TIMEOUT;
+	}
+
+	Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_XPROG);
+	Endpoint_Write_8(XPROG_CMD_ERASE);
+	Endpoint_Write_8(ReturnStatus);
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+}
+
+/** Handler for the XPROG WRITE_MEMORY command to write to a specific memory space within the attached device. */
+static void XPROGProtocol_WriteMemory(void)
+{
+	uint8_t ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_OK;
+
+	struct
+	{
+		uint8_t  MemoryType;
+		uint8_t  PageMode;
+		uint32_t Address;
+		uint16_t Length;
+		uint8_t  ProgData[256];
+	} WriteMemory_XPROG_Params;
+
+	Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&WriteMemory_XPROG_Params, (sizeof(WriteMemory_XPROG_Params) -
+	                                                    sizeof(WriteMemory_XPROG_Params).ProgData), NULL);
+	WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Address = SwapEndian_32(WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Address);
+	WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Length  = SwapEndian_16(WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Length);
+	Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.ProgData, WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Length, NULL);
+
+	// The driver will terminate transfers that are a round multiple of the endpoint bank in size with a ZLP, need
+	// to catch this and discard it before continuing on with packet processing to prevent communication issues
+	if (((sizeof(uint8_t) + sizeof(WriteMemory_XPROG_Params) - sizeof(WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.ProgData)) +
+	    WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Length) % AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE == 0)
+	{
+		Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+		Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
+	}
+
+	Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
+	Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+
+	if (XPROG_SelectedProtocol == XPROG_PROTOCOL_PDI)
+	{
+		/* Assume FLASH page programming by default, as it is the common case */
+		uint8_t WriteCommand     = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEFLASHPAGE;
+		uint8_t WriteBuffCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_LOADFLASHPAGEBUFF;
+		uint8_t EraseBuffCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEFLASHPAGEBUFF;
+		bool    PagedMemory      = true;
+
+		switch (WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.MemoryType)
+		{
+			case XPROG_MEM_TYPE_APPL:
+				WriteCommand     = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEAPPSECPAGE;
+				break;
+			case XPROG_MEM_TYPE_BOOT:
+				WriteCommand     = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEBOOTSECPAGE;
+				break;
+			case XPROG_MEM_TYPE_EEPROM:
+				WriteCommand     = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEWRITEEEPROMPAGE;
+				WriteBuffCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_LOADEEPROMPAGEBUFF;
+				EraseBuffCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROMPAGEBUFF;
+				break;
+			case XPROG_MEM_TYPE_USERSIG:
+				WriteCommand     = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEUSERSIG;
+				break;
+			case XPROG_MEM_TYPE_FUSE:
+				WriteCommand     = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEFUSE;
+				PagedMemory      = false;
+				break;
+			case XPROG_MEM_TYPE_LOCKBITS:
+				WriteCommand     = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITELOCK;
+				PagedMemory      = false;
+				break;
+		}
+
+		/* Send the appropriate memory write commands to the device, indicate timeout if occurred */
+		if ((PagedMemory && !(XMEGANVM_WritePageMemory(WriteBuffCommand, EraseBuffCommand, WriteCommand,
+													   WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.PageMode, WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Address,
+													   WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.ProgData, WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Length))) ||
+		   (!PagedMemory && !(XMEGANVM_WriteByteMemory(WriteCommand, WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Address,
+													   WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.ProgData[0]))))
+		{
+			ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_TIMEOUT;
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* Send write command to the TPI device, indicate timeout if occurred */
+		if (!(TINYNVM_WriteMemory(WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Address, WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.ProgData,
+		      WriteMemory_XPROG_Params.Length)))
+		{
+			ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_TIMEOUT;
+		}
+	}
+
+	Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_XPROG);
+	Endpoint_Write_8(XPROG_CMD_WRITE_MEM);
+	Endpoint_Write_8(ReturnStatus);
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+}
+
+/** Handler for the XPROG READ_MEMORY command to read data from a specific address space within the
+ *  attached device.
+ */
+static void XPROGProtocol_ReadMemory(void)
+{
+	uint8_t ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_OK;
+
+	struct
+	{
+		uint8_t  MemoryType;
+		uint32_t Address;
+		uint16_t Length;
+	} ReadMemory_XPROG_Params;
+
+	Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&ReadMemory_XPROG_Params, sizeof(ReadMemory_XPROG_Params), NULL);
+	ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Address = SwapEndian_32(ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Address);
+	ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Length  = SwapEndian_16(ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Length);
+
+	Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
+	Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+
+	uint8_t ReadBuffer[256];
+
+	if (XPROG_SelectedProtocol == XPROG_PROTOCOL_PDI)
+	{
+		/* Read the PDI target's memory, indicate timeout if occurred */
+		if (!(XMEGANVM_ReadMemory(ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Address, ReadBuffer, ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Length)))
+		  ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_TIMEOUT;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* Read the TPI target's memory, indicate timeout if occurred */
+		if (!(TINYNVM_ReadMemory(ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Address, ReadBuffer, ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Length)))
+		  ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_TIMEOUT;
+	}
+
+	Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_XPROG);
+	Endpoint_Write_8(XPROG_CMD_READ_MEM);
+	Endpoint_Write_8(ReturnStatus);
+
+	if (ReturnStatus == XPROG_ERR_OK)
+	  Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(ReadBuffer, ReadMemory_XPROG_Params.Length, NULL);
+
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+}
+
+/** Handler for the XPROG CRC command to read a specific memory space's CRC value for comparison between the
+ *  attached device's memory and a data set on the host.
+ */
+static void XPROGProtocol_ReadCRC(void)
+{
+	uint8_t ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_OK;
+
+	struct
+	{
+		uint8_t CRCType;
+	} ReadCRC_XPROG_Params;
+
+	Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&ReadCRC_XPROG_Params, sizeof(ReadCRC_XPROG_Params), NULL);
+
+	Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
+	Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+
+	uint32_t MemoryCRC;
+
+	if (XPROG_SelectedProtocol == XPROG_PROTOCOL_PDI)
+	{
+		uint8_t CRCCommand;
+
+		/* Determine which NVM command to send to the device depending on the memory to CRC */
+		switch (ReadCRC_XPROG_Params.CRCType)
+		{
+			case XPROG_CRC_APP:
+				CRCCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_APPCRC;
+				break;
+			case XPROG_CRC_BOOT:
+				CRCCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_BOOTCRC;
+				break;
+			default:
+				CRCCommand = XMEGA_NVM_CMD_FLASHCRC;
+				break;
+		}
+
+		/* Perform and retrieve the memory CRC, indicate timeout if occurred */
+		if (!(XMEGANVM_GetMemoryCRC(CRCCommand, &MemoryCRC)))
+		  ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_TIMEOUT;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* TPI does not support memory CRC */
+		ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_FAILED;
+	}
+
+	Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_XPROG);
+	Endpoint_Write_8(XPROG_CMD_CRC);
+	Endpoint_Write_8(ReturnStatus);
+
+	if (ReturnStatus == XPROG_ERR_OK)
+	{
+		Endpoint_Write_8(MemoryCRC >> 16);
+		Endpoint_Write_16_LE(MemoryCRC & 0xFFFF);
+	}
+
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+}
+
+/** Handler for the XPROG SET_PARAM command to set a XPROG parameter for use when communicating with the
+ *  attached device.
+ */
+static void XPROGProtocol_SetParam(void)
+{
+	uint8_t ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_OK;
+
+	uint8_t XPROGParam = Endpoint_Read_8();
+
+	/* Determine which parameter is being set, store the new parameter value */
+	switch (XPROGParam)
+	{
+		case XPROG_PARAM_NVMBASE:
+			XPROG_Param_NVMBase       = Endpoint_Read_32_BE();
+			break;
+		case XPROG_PARAM_EEPPAGESIZE:
+			XPROG_Param_EEPageSize    = Endpoint_Read_16_BE();
+			break;
+		case XPROG_PARAM_NVMCMD_REG:
+			XPROG_Param_NVMCMDRegAddr = Endpoint_Read_8();
+			break;
+		case XPROG_PARAM_NVMCSR_REG:
+			XPROG_Param_NVMCSRRegAddr = Endpoint_Read_8();
+			break;
+		case XPROG_PARAM_UNKNOWN_1:
+			/* TODO: Undocumented parameter added in AVRStudio 5.1, purpose unknown. Must ACK and discard or
+			         the communication with AVRStudio 5.1 will fail.
+			*/
+			Endpoint_Discard_16();
+			break;
+		default:
+			ReturnStatus = XPROG_ERR_FAILED;
+			break;
+	}
+
+	Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR);
+	Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+
+	Endpoint_Write_8(CMD_XPROG);
+	Endpoint_Write_8(XPROG_CMD_SET_PARAM);
+	Endpoint_Write_8(ReturnStatus);
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e35a1e4a19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.h
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for XPROGProtocol.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _XPROG_PROTOCOL_
+#define _XPROG_PROTOCOL_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <util/delay.h>
+		#include <stdio.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include "../V2Protocol.h"
+		#include "XMEGANVM.h"
+		#include "TINYNVM.h"
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
+			/* On the XPLAIN board, we only need PDI programming
+			   for the ATXMEGA128A1 - disable ISP to prevent hardware
+			   damage and force-enable XPROG.
+			 */
+			#undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL
+
+			#if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)
+				#define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL
+			#endif
+		#endif
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		#define XPROG_CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE             0x01
+		#define XPROG_CMD_LEAVE_PROGMODE             0x02
+		#define XPROG_CMD_ERASE                      0x03
+		#define XPROG_CMD_WRITE_MEM                  0x04
+		#define XPROG_CMD_READ_MEM                   0x05
+		#define XPROG_CMD_CRC                        0x06
+		#define XPROG_CMD_SET_PARAM                  0x07
+
+		#define XPROG_MEM_TYPE_APPL                  1
+		#define XPROG_MEM_TYPE_BOOT                  2
+		#define XPROG_MEM_TYPE_EEPROM                3
+		#define XPROG_MEM_TYPE_FUSE                  4
+		#define XPROG_MEM_TYPE_LOCKBITS              5
+		#define XPROG_MEM_TYPE_USERSIG               6
+		#define XPROG_MEM_TYPE_FACTORY_CALIBRATION   7
+
+		#define XPROG_ERASE_CHIP                     1
+		#define XPROG_ERASE_APP                      2
+		#define XPROG_ERASE_BOOT                     3
+		#define XPROG_ERASE_EEPROM                   4
+		#define XPROG_ERASE_APP_PAGE                 5
+		#define XPROG_ERASE_BOOT_PAGE                6
+		#define XPROG_ERASE_EEPROM_PAGE              7
+		#define XPROG_ERASE_USERSIG                  8
+
+		#define XPROG_MEM_WRITE_ERASE                0
+		#define XPROG_MEM_WRITE_WRITE                1
+
+		#define XPROG_CRC_APP                        1
+		#define XPROG_CRC_BOOT                       2
+		#define XPROG_CRC_FLASH                      3
+
+		#define XPROG_ERR_OK                         0
+		#define XPROG_ERR_FAILED                     1
+		#define XPROG_ERR_COLLISION                  2
+		#define XPROG_ERR_TIMEOUT                    3
+
+		#define XPROG_PARAM_NVMBASE                  0x01
+		#define XPROG_PARAM_EEPPAGESIZE              0x02
+		#define XPROG_PARAM_NVMCMD_REG               0x03
+		#define XPROG_PARAM_NVMCSR_REG               0x04
+		#define XPROG_PARAM_UNKNOWN_1                0x05
+
+		#define XPROG_PROTOCOL_PDI                   0x00
+		#define XPROG_PROTOCOL_JTAG                  0x01
+		#define XPROG_PROTOCOL_TPI                   0x02
+
+		#define XPROG_PAGEMODE_WRITE                 (1 << 1)
+		#define XPROG_PAGEMODE_ERASE                 (1 << 0)
+
+	/* External Variables: */
+		extern uint32_t XPROG_Param_NVMBase;
+		extern uint16_t XPROG_Param_EEPageSize;
+		extern uint8_t  XPROG_Param_NVMCSRRegAddr;
+		extern uint8_t  XPROG_Param_NVMCMDRegAddr;
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void XPROGProtocol_SetMode(void);
+		void XPROGProtocol_Command(void);
+
+		#if (defined(INCLUDE_FROM_XPROGPROTOCOL_C) && defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL))
+			static void XPROGProtocol_EnterXPROGMode(void);
+			static void XPROGProtocol_LeaveXPROGMode(void);
+			static void XPROGProtocol_SetParam(void);
+			static void XPROGProtocol_Erase(void);
+			static void XPROGProtocol_WriteMemory(void);
+			static void XPROGProtocol_ReadMemory(void);
+			static void XPROGProtocol_ReadCRC(void);
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0455329c3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.c
@@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Target-related functions for the PDI Protocol decoder.
+ */
+
+#define  INCLUDE_FROM_XPROGTARGET_C
+#include "XPROGTarget.h"
+
+#if defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+
+/** Flag to indicate if the USART is currently in Tx or Rx mode. */
+bool IsSending;
+
+/** Enables the target's PDI interface, holding the target in reset until PDI mode is exited. */
+void XPROGTarget_EnableTargetPDI(void)
+{
+	IsSending = false;
+
+	/* Set Tx and XCK as outputs, Rx as input */
+	DDRD |=  (1 << 5) | (1 << 3);
+	DDRD &= ~(1 << 2);
+
+	/* Set DATA line high for at least 90ns to disable /RESET functionality */
+	PORTD |= (1 << 3);
+	_delay_us(100);
+
+	/* Set up the synchronous USART for XMEGA communications - 8 data bits, even parity, 2 stop bits */
+	UBRR1  = ((F_CPU / 2 / XPROG_HARDWARE_SPEED) - 1);
+	UCSR1B = (1 << TXEN1);
+	UCSR1C = (1 << UMSEL10) | (1 << UPM11) | (1 << USBS1) | (1 << UCSZ11) | (1 << UCSZ10) | (1 << UCPOL1);
+
+	/* Send two IDLEs of 12 bits each to enable PDI interface (need at least 16 idle bits) */
+	XPROGTarget_SendIdle();
+	XPROGTarget_SendIdle();
+}
+
+/** Enables the target's TPI interface, holding the target in reset until TPI mode is exited. */
+void XPROGTarget_EnableTargetTPI(void)
+{
+	IsSending = false;
+
+	/* Set /RESET line low for at least 400ns to enable TPI functionality */
+	AUX_LINE_DDR  |=  AUX_LINE_MASK;
+	AUX_LINE_PORT &= ~AUX_LINE_MASK;
+	_delay_us(100);
+
+	/* Set Tx and XCK as outputs, Rx as input */
+	DDRD |=  (1 << 5) | (1 << 3);
+	DDRD &= ~(1 << 2);
+
+	/* Set up the synchronous USART for TPI communications - 8 data bits, even parity, 2 stop bits */
+	UBRR1  = ((F_CPU / 2 / XPROG_HARDWARE_SPEED) - 1);
+	UCSR1B = (1 << TXEN1);
+	UCSR1C = (1 << UMSEL10) | (1 << UPM11) | (1 << USBS1) | (1 << UCSZ11) | (1 << UCSZ10) | (1 << UCPOL1);
+
+	/* Send two IDLEs of 12 bits each to enable TPI interface (need at least 16 idle bits) */
+	XPROGTarget_SendIdle();
+	XPROGTarget_SendIdle();
+}
+
+/** Disables the target's PDI interface, exits programming mode and starts the target's application. */
+void XPROGTarget_DisableTargetPDI(void)
+{
+	/* Switch to Rx mode to ensure that all pending transmissions are complete */
+	if (IsSending)
+	  XPROGTarget_SetRxMode();
+
+	/* Turn off receiver and transmitter of the USART, clear settings */
+	UCSR1A  = ((1 << TXC1) | (1 << RXC1));
+	UCSR1B  = 0;
+	UCSR1C  = 0;
+
+	/* Tristate all pins */
+	DDRD  &= ~((1 << 5) | (1 << 3));
+	PORTD &= ~((1 << 5) | (1 << 3) | (1 << 2));
+}
+
+/** Disables the target's TPI interface, exits programming mode and starts the target's application. */
+void XPROGTarget_DisableTargetTPI(void)
+{
+	/* Switch to Rx mode to ensure that all pending transmissions are complete */
+	if (IsSending)
+	  XPROGTarget_SetRxMode();
+
+	/* Turn off receiver and transmitter of the USART, clear settings */
+	UCSR1A |= (1 << TXC1) | (1 << RXC1);
+	UCSR1B  = 0;
+	UCSR1C  = 0;
+
+	/* Set all USART lines as inputs, tristate */
+	DDRD  &= ~((1 << 5) | (1 << 3));
+	PORTD &= ~((1 << 5) | (1 << 3) | (1 << 2));
+
+	/* Tristate target /RESET line */
+	AUX_LINE_DDR  &= ~AUX_LINE_MASK;
+	AUX_LINE_PORT &= ~AUX_LINE_MASK;
+}
+
+/** Sends a byte via the USART.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] Byte  Byte to send through the USART
+ */
+void XPROGTarget_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+{
+	/* Switch to Tx mode if currently in Rx mode */
+	if (!(IsSending))
+	  XPROGTarget_SetTxMode();
+
+	/* Wait until there is space in the hardware Tx buffer before writing */
+	while (!(UCSR1A & (1 << UDRE1)));
+	UCSR1A |= (1 << TXC1);
+	UDR1    = Byte;
+}
+
+/** Receives a byte via the hardware USART, blocking until data is received or timeout expired.
+ *
+ *  \return Received byte from the USART
+ */
+uint8_t XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte(void)
+{
+	/* Switch to Rx mode if currently in Tx mode */
+	if (IsSending)
+	  XPROGTarget_SetRxMode();
+
+	/* Wait until a byte has been received before reading */
+	while (!(UCSR1A & (1 << RXC1)) && TimeoutTicksRemaining);
+
+	return UDR1;
+}
+
+/** Sends an IDLE via the USART to the attached target, consisting of a full frame of idle bits. */
+void XPROGTarget_SendIdle(void)
+{
+	/* Switch to Tx mode if currently in Rx mode */
+	if (!(IsSending))
+	  XPROGTarget_SetTxMode();
+
+	/* Need to do nothing for a full frame to send an IDLE */
+	for (uint8_t i = 0; i < BITS_IN_USART_FRAME; i++)
+	{
+		/* Wait for a full cycle of the clock */
+		while (PIND & (1 << 5));
+		while (!(PIND & (1 << 5)));
+		while (PIND & (1 << 5));
+	}
+}
+
+static void XPROGTarget_SetTxMode(void)
+{
+	/* Wait for a full cycle of the clock */
+	while (PIND & (1 << 5));
+	while (!(PIND & (1 << 5)));
+	while (PIND & (1 << 5));
+
+	PORTD  |=  (1 << 3);
+	DDRD   |=  (1 << 3);
+
+	UCSR1B &= ~(1 << RXEN1);
+	UCSR1B |=  (1 << TXEN1);
+
+	IsSending = true;
+}
+
+static void XPROGTarget_SetRxMode(void)
+{
+	while (!(UCSR1A & (1 << TXC1)));
+	UCSR1A |=  (1 << TXC1);
+
+	UCSR1B &= ~(1 << TXEN1);
+	UCSR1B |=  (1 << RXEN1);
+
+	DDRD   &= ~(1 << 3);
+	PORTD  &= ~(1 << 3);
+
+	IsSending = false;
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1341384f2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.h
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for XPROGTarget.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _XPROG_TARGET_
+#define _XPROG_TARGET_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <stdbool.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
+
+		#include "../V2Protocol.h"
+		#include "XPROGProtocol.h"
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
+			#undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL
+
+			#if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)
+				#define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL
+			#endif
+		#endif
+
+		/** Serial carrier TPI/PDI speed in Hz, when hardware TPI/PDI mode is used. */
+		#define XPROG_HARDWARE_SPEED       2000000
+
+		/** Total number of bits in a single USART frame. */
+		#define BITS_IN_USART_FRAME        12
+
+ 		/** \name PDI Related Constants
+ 		 * @{
+ 		 */
+		#define PDI_CMD_LDS(AddressSize, DataSize)  (0x00 | (  AddressSize << 2) | DataSize)
+		#define PDI_CMD_LD(PointerAccess, DataSize) (0x20 | (PointerAccess << 2) | DataSize)
+		#define PDI_CMD_STS(AddressSize, DataSize)  (0x40 | (  AddressSize << 2) | DataSize)
+		#define PDI_CMD_ST(PointerAccess, DataSize) (0x60 | (PointerAccess << 2) | DataSize)
+		#define PDI_CMD_LDCS(PDIReg)                (0x80 | PDIReg)
+		#define PDI_CMD_REPEAT(DataSize)            (0xA0 | DataSize)
+		#define PDI_CMD_STCS(PDIReg)                (0xC0 | PDIReg)
+		#define PDI_CMD_KEY                         0xE0
+
+		#define PDI_REG_STATUS             0
+		#define PDI_REG_RESET              1
+		#define PDI_REG_CTRL               2
+
+		#define PDI_STATUS_NVM             (1 << 1)
+
+		#define PDI_RESET_KEY              0x59
+		#define PDI_NVMENABLE_KEY          (uint8_t[]){0x12, 0x89, 0xAB, 0x45, 0xCD, 0xD8, 0x88, 0xFF}
+
+		#define PDI_DATASIZE_1BYTE         0
+		#define PDI_DATASIZE_2BYTES        1
+		#define PDI_DATASIZE_3BYTES        2
+		#define PDI_DATASIZE_4BYTES        3
+
+		#define PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT       0
+		#define PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI    1
+		#define PDI_POINTER_DIRECT         2
+ 		/** @} */
+
+ 		/** \name TPI Related Constants
+ 		 * @{
+ 		 */
+ 		#define TPI_CMD_SLD(PointerAccess) (0x20 | PointerAccess)
+		#define TPI_CMD_SST(PointerAccess) (0x60 | PointerAccess)
+		#define TPI_CMD_SSTPR              0x68
+		#define TPI_CMD_SIN(Address)       (0x10 | ((Address & 0x30) << 1) | (Address & 0x0F))
+		#define TPI_CMD_SOUT(Address)      (0x90 | ((Address & 0x30) << 1) | (Address & 0x0F))
+		#define TPI_CMD_SLDCS(TPIReg)      (0x80 | TPIReg)
+		#define TPI_CMD_SSTCS(TPIReg)      (0xC0 | TPIReg)
+		#define TPI_CMD_SKEY               0xE0
+
+		#define TPI_REG_STATUS             0x00
+		#define TPI_REG_CTRL               0x02
+		#define TPI_REG_ID                 0x0F
+
+		#define TPI_STATUS_NVM             (1 << 1)
+
+		#define TPI_NVMENABLE_KEY          (uint8_t[]){0x12, 0x89, 0xAB, 0x45, 0xCD, 0xD8, 0x88, 0xFF}
+
+		#define TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT       0
+		#define TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI    4
+ 		/** @} */
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void    XPROGTarget_EnableTargetPDI(void);
+		void    XPROGTarget_EnableTargetTPI(void);
+		void    XPROGTarget_DisableTargetPDI(void);
+		void    XPROGTarget_DisableTargetTPI(void);
+		void    XPROGTarget_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte);
+		uint8_t XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte(void);
+		void    XPROGTarget_SendIdle(void);
+		bool    XPROGTarget_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(void);
+
+		#if (defined(INCLUDE_FROM_XPROGTARGET_C) && defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL))
+			static void XPROGTarget_SetTxMode(void);
+			static void XPROGTarget_SetRxMode(void);
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/AVRISP_mkII.inf b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/AVRISP_mkII.inf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..81ea412280
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/AVRISP_mkII.inf
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/amd64/libusb0.dll b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/amd64/libusb0.dll
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f916b08986
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/amd64/libusb0.dll
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/amd64/libusb0.sys b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/amd64/libusb0.sys
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0718dfb7c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/amd64/libusb0.sys
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/avrisp_mkii.cat b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/avrisp_mkii.cat
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9f004a584c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/avrisp_mkii.cat
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/ia64/libusb0.dll b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/ia64/libusb0.dll
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..292df27857
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/ia64/libusb0.dll
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/ia64/libusb0.sys b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/ia64/libusb0.sys
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f17914b8c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/ia64/libusb0.sys
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/installer_x64.exe b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/installer_x64.exe
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c38919ee50
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/installer_x64.exe
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/installer_x86.exe b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/installer_x86.exe
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..030ec300c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/installer_x86.exe
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/license/libusb0/installer_license.txt b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/license/libusb0/installer_license.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..56bb2cda25
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/license/libusb0/installer_license.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,851 @@
+Copyright (c) 2002-2004 Stephan Meyer, <ste_meyer@web.de>
+Copyright (c) 2000-2004 Johannes Erdfelt, <johannes@erdfelt.com>
+Copyright (c) 2000-2004 Thomas Sailer, <sailer@ife.ee.ethz.ch>
+Copyright (c) 2010 Travis Robinson, <libusbdotnet@gmail.com>
+
+This software is distributed under the following licenses:
+Driver:      GNU General Public License (GPL)
+Library, Test Files, Installer:    GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL)
+
+***********************************************************************
+                    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+                       Version 3, 29 June 2007
+
+ Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+                            Preamble
+
+  The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
+software and other kinds of works.
+
+  The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
+to take away your freedom to share and change the works.  By contrast,
+the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
+share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
+software for all its users.  We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
+GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
+any other work released this way by its authors.  You can apply it to
+your programs, too.
+
+  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
+want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
+free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
+
+  To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
+these rights or asking you to surrender the rights.  Therefore, you have
+certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
+you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
+
+  For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
+gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
+freedoms that you received.  You must make sure that they, too, receive
+or can get the source code.  And you must show them these terms so they
+know their rights.
+
+  Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
+(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
+giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
+
+  For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
+that there is no warranty for this free software.  For both users' and
+authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
+changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
+authors of previous versions.
+
+  Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
+modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
+can do so.  This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
+protecting users' freedom to change the software.  The systematic
+pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
+use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable.  Therefore, we
+have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
+products.  If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
+stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
+of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
+
+  Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
+States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
+software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
+avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
+make it effectively proprietary.  To prevent this, the GPL assures that
+patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
+
+  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.
+
+                       TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+  0. Definitions.
+
+  "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
+
+  "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
+works, such as semiconductor masks.
+
+  "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
+License.  Each licensee is addressed as "you".  "Licensees" and
+"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
+
+  To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
+in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
+exact copy.  The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
+earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
+
+  A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
+on the Program.
+
+  To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
+permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
+infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
+computer or modifying a private copy.  Propagation includes copying,
+distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
+public, and in some countries other activities as well.
+
+  To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
+parties to make or receive copies.  Mere interaction with a user through
+a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
+
+  An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
+to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
+feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
+tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
+extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
+work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License.  If
+the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
+menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
+
+  1. Source Code.
+
+  The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
+for making modifications to it.  "Object code" means any non-source
+form of a work.
+
+  A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
+standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
+interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
+is widely used among developers working in that language.
+
+  The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
+than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
+packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
+Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
+Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
+implementation is available to the public in source code form.  A
+"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
+(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
+(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
+produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
+
+  The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
+the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
+work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
+control those activities.  However, it does not include the work's
+System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
+programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
+which are not part of the work.  For example, Corresponding Source
+includes interface definition files associated with source files for
+the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
+linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
+such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
+subprograms and other parts of the work.
+
+  The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
+can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
+Source.
+
+  The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
+same work.
+
+  2. Basic Permissions.
+
+  All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
+copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
+conditions are met.  This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
+permission to run the unmodified Program.  The output from running a
+covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
+content, constitutes a covered work.  This License acknowledges your
+rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
+
+  You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
+convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
+in force.  You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
+of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
+with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
+the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
+not control copyright.  Those thus making or running the covered works
+for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
+and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
+your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
+
+  Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
+the conditions stated below.  Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
+makes it unnecessary.
+
+  3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
+
+  No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
+measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
+11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
+similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
+measures.
+
+  When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
+circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
+is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
+the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
+modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
+users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
+technological measures.
+
+  4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
+
+  You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
+receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
+appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
+keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
+non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
+keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
+recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
+
+  You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
+and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
+
+  5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
+
+  You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
+produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
+terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+    a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
+    it, and giving a relevant date.
+
+    b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
+    released under this License and any conditions added under section
+    7.  This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
+    "keep intact all notices".
+
+    c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
+    License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy.  This
+    License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
+    additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
+    regardless of how they are packaged.  This License gives no
+    permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
+    invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
+
+    d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
+    Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
+    interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
+    work need not make them do so.
+
+  A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
+works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
+and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
+in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
+"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
+used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
+beyond what the individual works permit.  Inclusion of a covered work
+in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
+parts of the aggregate.
+
+  6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
+
+  You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
+of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
+machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
+in one of these ways:
+
+    a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
+    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
+    Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
+    customarily used for software interchange.
+
+    b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
+    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
+    written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
+    long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
+    model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
+    copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
+    product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
+    medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
+    more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
+    conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
+    Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
+
+    c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
+    written offer to provide the Corresponding Source.  This
+    alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
+    only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
+    with subsection 6b.
+
+    d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
+    place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
+    Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
+    further charge.  You need not require recipients to copy the
+    Corresponding Source along with the object code.  If the place to
+    copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
+    may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
+    that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
+    clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
+    Corresponding Source.  Regardless of what server hosts the
+    Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
+    available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
+
+    e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
+    you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
+    Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
+    charge under subsection 6d.
+
+  A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
+from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
+included in conveying the object code work.
+
+  A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
+tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
+or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
+into a dwelling.  In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
+doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage.  For a particular
+product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
+typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
+of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
+actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product.  A product
+is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
+commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
+the only significant mode of use of the product.
+
+  "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
+procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
+and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
+a modified version of its Corresponding Source.  The information must
+suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
+code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
+modification has been made.
+
+  If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
+specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
+part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
+User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
+fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
+Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
+by the Installation Information.  But this requirement does not apply
+if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
+modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
+been installed in ROM).
+
+  The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
+requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
+for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
+the User Product in which it has been modified or installed.  Access to a
+network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
+adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
+protocols for communication across the network.
+
+  Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
+in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
+documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
+source code form), and must require no special password or key for
+unpacking, reading or copying.
+
+  7. Additional Terms.
+
+  "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
+License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
+Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
+be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
+that they are valid under applicable law.  If additional permissions
+apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
+under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
+this License without regard to the additional permissions.
+
+  When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
+remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
+it.  (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
+removal in certain cases when you modify the work.)  You may place
+additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
+for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
+
+  Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
+add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
+that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
+
+    a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
+    terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
+
+    b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
+    author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
+    Notices displayed by works containing it; or
+
+    c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
+    requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
+    reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
+
+    d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
+    authors of the material; or
+
+    e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
+    trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
+
+    f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
+    material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
+    it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
+    any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
+    those licensors and authors.
+
+  All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
+restrictions" within the meaning of section 10.  If the Program as you
+received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
+governed by this License along with a term that is a further
+restriction, you may remove that term.  If a license document contains
+a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
+License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
+of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
+not survive such relicensing or conveying.
+
+  If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
+must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
+additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
+where to find the applicable terms.
+
+  Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
+form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
+the above requirements apply either way.
+
+  8. Termination.
+
+  You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
+provided under this License.  Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
+modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
+this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
+paragraph of section 11).
+
+  However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
+license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
+provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
+finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
+holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
+prior to 60 days after the cessation.
+
+  Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
+reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
+violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
+received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
+copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
+your receipt of the notice.
+
+  Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
+licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
+this License.  If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
+reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
+material under section 10.
+
+  9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
+
+  You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
+run a copy of the Program.  Ancillary propagation of a covered work
+occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
+to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance.  However,
+nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
+modify any covered work.  These actions infringe copyright if you do
+not accept this License.  Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
+covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
+
+  10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
+
+  Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
+receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
+propagate that work, subject to this License.  You are not responsible
+for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
+
+  An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
+organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
+organization, or merging organizations.  If propagation of a covered
+work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
+transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
+licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
+give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
+Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
+the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
+
+  You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
+rights granted or affirmed under this License.  For example, you may
+not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
+rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
+(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
+any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
+sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
+
+  11. Patents.
+
+  A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
+License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based.  The
+work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
+
+  A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
+owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
+hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
+by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
+but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
+consequence of further modification of the contributor version.  For
+purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
+patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
+this License.
+
+  Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
+patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
+make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
+propagate the contents of its contributor version.
+
+  In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
+agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
+(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
+sue for patent infringement).  To "grant" such a patent license to a
+party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
+patent against the party.
+
+  If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
+and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
+to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
+publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
+then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
+available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
+patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
+consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
+license to downstream recipients.  "Knowingly relying" means you have
+actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
+covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
+in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
+country that you have reason to believe are valid.
+
+  If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
+arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
+covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
+receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
+or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
+you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
+work and works based on it.
+
+  A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
+the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
+conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
+specifically granted under this License.  You may not convey a covered
+work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
+in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
+to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
+the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
+parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
+patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
+conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
+for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
+contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
+or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
+
+  Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
+any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
+otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
+
+  12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
+
+  If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot convey a
+covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
+not convey it at all.  For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
+to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
+the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
+License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
+
+  13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
+
+  Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
+permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
+under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
+combined work, and to convey the resulting work.  The terms of this
+License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
+but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
+section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
+combination as such.
+
+  14. Revised Versions of this License.
+
+  The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
+the GNU General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
+be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
+address new problems or concerns.
+
+  Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the
+Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
+Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
+option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
+version or of any later version published by the Free Software
+Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of the
+GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
+by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+  If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
+versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
+public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
+to choose that version for the Program.
+
+  Later license versions may give you additional or different
+permissions.  However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
+author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
+later version.
+
+  15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
+
+  THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
+APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
+HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
+OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
+IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
+ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+  16. Limitation of Liability.
+
+  IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
+THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
+GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
+USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
+DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
+PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
+EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+  17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
+
+  If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
+above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
+reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
+an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
+Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
+copy of the Program in return for a fee.
+
+                     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+            How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+
+  If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
+free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
+
+  To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
+to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+    <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
+    Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+  If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
+notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
+
+    <program>  Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
+    This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
+    This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
+    under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
+
+The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
+parts of the General Public License.  Of course, your program's commands
+might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
+
+  You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
+if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
+For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
+<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+  The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
+into proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you
+may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
+the library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
+Public License instead of this License.  But first, please read
+<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>.
+
+                   GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+                       Version 3, 29 June 2007
+
+ Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+
+  This version of the GNU Lesser General Public License incorporates
+the terms and conditions of version 3 of the GNU General Public
+License, supplemented by the additional permissions listed below.
+
+  0. Additional Definitions.
+
+  As used herein, "this License" refers to version 3 of the GNU Lesser
+General Public License, and the "GNU GPL" refers to version 3 of the GNU
+General Public License.
+
+  "The Library" refers to a covered work governed by this License,
+other than an Application or a Combined Work as defined below.
+
+  An "Application" is any work that makes use of an interface provided
+by the Library, but which is not otherwise based on the Library.
+Defining a subclass of a class defined by the Library is deemed a mode
+of using an interface provided by the Library.
+
+  A "Combined Work" is a work produced by combining or linking an
+Application with the Library.  The particular version of the Library
+with which the Combined Work was made is also called the "Linked
+Version".
+
+  The "Minimal Corresponding Source" for a Combined Work means the
+Corresponding Source for the Combined Work, excluding any source code
+for portions of the Combined Work that, considered in isolation, are
+based on the Application, and not on the Linked Version.
+
+  The "Corresponding Application Code" for a Combined Work means the
+object code and/or source code for the Application, including any data
+and utility programs needed for reproducing the Combined Work from the
+Application, but excluding the System Libraries of the Combined Work.
+
+  1. Exception to Section 3 of the GNU GPL.
+
+  You may convey a covered work under sections 3 and 4 of this License
+without being bound by section 3 of the GNU GPL.
+
+  2. Conveying Modified Versions.
+
+  If you modify a copy of the Library, and, in your modifications, a
+facility refers to a function or data to be supplied by an Application
+that uses the facility (other than as an argument passed when the
+facility is invoked), then you may convey a copy of the modified
+version:
+
+   a) under this License, provided that you make a good faith effort to
+   ensure that, in the event an Application does not supply the
+   function or data, the facility still operates, and performs
+   whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful, or
+
+   b) under the GNU GPL, with none of the additional permissions of
+   this License applicable to that copy.
+
+  3. Object Code Incorporating Material from Library Header Files.
+
+  The object code form of an Application may incorporate material from
+a header file that is part of the Library.  You may convey such object
+code under terms of your choice, provided that, if the incorporated
+material is not limited to numerical parameters, data structure
+layouts and accessors, or small macros, inline functions and templates
+(ten or fewer lines in length), you do both of the following:
+
+   a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the object code that the
+   Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are
+   covered by this License.
+
+   b) Accompany the object code with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license
+   document.
+
+  4. Combined Works.
+
+  You may convey a Combined Work under terms of your choice that,
+taken together, effectively do not restrict modification of the
+portions of the Library contained in the Combined Work and reverse
+engineering for debugging such modifications, if you also do each of
+the following:
+
+   a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the Combined Work that
+   the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are
+   covered by this License.
+
+   b) Accompany the Combined Work with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license
+   document.
+
+   c) For a Combined Work that displays copyright notices during
+   execution, include the copyright notice for the Library among
+   these notices, as well as a reference directing the user to the
+   copies of the GNU GPL and this license document.
+
+   d) Do one of the following:
+
+       0) Convey the Minimal Corresponding Source under the terms of this
+       License, and the Corresponding Application Code in a form
+       suitable for, and under terms that permit, the user to
+       recombine or relink the Application with a modified version of
+       the Linked Version to produce a modified Combined Work, in the
+       manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL for conveying
+       Corresponding Source.
+
+       1) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the
+       Library.  A suitable mechanism is one that (a) uses at run time
+       a copy of the Library already present on the user's computer
+       system, and (b) will operate properly with a modified version
+       of the Library that is interface-compatible with the Linked
+       Version.
+
+   e) Provide Installation Information, but only if you would otherwise
+   be required to provide such information under section 6 of the
+   GNU GPL, and only to the extent that such information is
+   necessary to install and execute a modified version of the
+   Combined Work produced by recombining or relinking the
+   Application with a modified version of the Linked Version. (If
+   you use option 4d0, the Installation Information must accompany
+   the Minimal Corresponding Source and Corresponding Application
+   Code. If you use option 4d1, you must provide the Installation
+   Information in the manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL
+   for conveying Corresponding Source.)
+
+  5. Combined Libraries.
+
+  You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
+Library side by side in a single library together with other library
+facilities that are not Applications and are not covered by this
+License, and convey such a combined library under terms of your
+choice, if you do both of the following:
+
+   a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based
+   on the Library, uncombined with any other library facilities,
+   conveyed under the terms of this License.
+
+   b) Give prominent notice with the combined library that part of it
+   is a work based on the Library, and explaining where to find the
+   accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
+
+  6. Revised Versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License.
+
+  The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
+of the GNU Lesser General Public License from time to time. Such new
+versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
+differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
+
+  Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
+Library as you received it specifies that a certain numbered version
+of the GNU Lesser General Public License "or any later version"
+applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and
+conditions either of that published version or of any later version
+published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Library as you
+received it does not specify a version number of the GNU Lesser
+General Public License, you may choose any version of the GNU Lesser
+General Public License ever published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+  If the Library as you received it specifies that a proxy can decide
+whether future versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License shall
+apply, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of any version is
+permanent authorization for you to choose that version for the
+Library.
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/x86/libusb0.sys b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/x86/libusb0.sys
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5322e5b978
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/x86/libusb0.sys
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/x86/libusb0_x86.dll b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/x86/libusb0_x86.dll
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6e475b90ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/WindowsDriver/x86/libusb0_x86.dll
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d774b8c6bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="AVRISP-MKII Clone Programmer" id="lufa.projects.avrispmkii_clone.avr8">
+ 		<require idref="lufa.projects.avrispmkii_clone"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="usbkey"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="8000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="8000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<!-- Required by the XPLAIN Bridge project as well, so split into a meta module -->
+	<module type="meta" id="lufa.projects.avrispmkii_clone.src" caption="AVRISP-MKII Clone Programmer">
+		<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<build type="include-path" value="."/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="AVRISPDescriptors.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="AVRISPDescriptors.h"/>
+
+		<build type="include-path" value="Lib"/>
+
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/V2ProtocolConstants.h"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/V2Protocol.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/V2Protocol.h"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/V2ProtocolParams.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/V2ProtocolParams.h"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.h"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.h"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.h"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.h"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.h"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.adc"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.spi"/>
+	</module>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.projects.avrispmkii_clone" caption="AVRISP-MKII Clone Programmer">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Clone firmware of the Atmel AVRISP-MKII programmer.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Device"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="AVRISP-MKII.txt"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="directory" value="WindowsDriver"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="AVRISP-MKII.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="AVRISP-MKII.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.projects.avrispmkii_clone.src"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.adc"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.spi"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..faba2c70d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2396 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "AVRISP-MKII Clone Programmer Project"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/ \
+                         WindowsDriver/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/makefile b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6bc0e0f25a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = AVRISP-MKII
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c AVRISPDescriptors.c Lib/V2Protocol.c Lib/V2ProtocolParams.c Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.c Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.c Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.c \
+               Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.c Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.c Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Benito/Benito.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/Benito/Benito.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..93a39cb7bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Benito/Benito.c
@@ -0,0 +1,311 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the Benito project. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the project and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "Benito.h"
+
+/** Circular buffer to hold data from the serial port before it is sent to the host. */
+static RingBuffer_t USARTtoUSB_Buffer;
+
+/** Underlying data buffer for \ref USARTtoUSB_Buffer, where the stored bytes are located. */
+static uint8_t      USARTtoUSB_Buffer_Data[128];
+
+/** Pulse generation counters to keep track of the number of milliseconds remaining for each pulse type */
+volatile struct
+{
+	uint8_t ResetPulse; /**< Milliseconds remaining for target /RESET pulse */
+	uint8_t TxLEDPulse; /**< Milliseconds remaining for data Tx LED pulse */
+	uint8_t RxLEDPulse; /**< Milliseconds remaining for data Rx LED pulse */
+	uint8_t PingPongLEDPulse; /**< Milliseconds remaining for enumeration Tx/Rx ping-pong LED pulse */
+} PulseMSRemaining;
+
+/** Milliseconds remaining until the receive buffer is flushed to the USB host */
+uint8_t FlushPeriodRemaining = RECEIVE_BUFFER_FLUSH_MS;
+
+/** LUFA CDC Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ *  passed to all CDC Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ *  within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface =
+	{
+		.Config =
+			{
+				.ControlInterfaceNumber   = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+				.DataINEndpoint           =
+					{
+						.Address          = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
+						.Size             = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks            = 1,
+					},
+				.DataOUTEndpoint =
+					{
+						.Address          = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
+						.Size             = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks            = 1,
+					},
+				.NotificationEndpoint =
+					{
+						.Address          = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+						.Size             = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks            = 1,
+					},
+			},
+	};
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ *  setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	RingBuffer_InitBuffer(&USARTtoUSB_Buffer, USARTtoUSB_Buffer_Data, sizeof(USARTtoUSB_Buffer_Data));
+
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		/* Echo bytes from the host to the target via the hardware USART */
+		if ((UCSR1A & (1 << UDRE1)) && CDC_Device_BytesReceived(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface))
+		{
+			UDR1 = CDC_Device_ReceiveByte(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+
+			LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(LEDMASK_TX);
+			PulseMSRemaining.TxLEDPulse = TX_RX_LED_PULSE_MS;
+		}
+
+		/* Check if the millisecond timer has elapsed */
+		if (TIFR0 & (1 << OCF0A))
+		{
+			/* Clear flush timer expiry flag */
+			TIFR0 |= (1 << TOV0);
+
+			/* Check if the reset pulse period has elapsed, if so tristate the target reset line */
+			if (PulseMSRemaining.ResetPulse && !(--PulseMSRemaining.ResetPulse))
+			{
+				LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(LEDMASK_BUSY);
+				AVR_RESET_LINE_DDR &= ~AVR_RESET_LINE_MASK;
+			}
+
+			/* Check if the LEDs should be ping-ponging (during enumeration) */
+			if (PulseMSRemaining.PingPongLEDPulse && !(--PulseMSRemaining.PingPongLEDPulse))
+			{
+				LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDMASK_TX | LEDMASK_RX);
+				PulseMSRemaining.PingPongLEDPulse = PING_PONG_LED_PULSE_MS;
+			}
+
+			/* Turn off TX LED(s) once the TX pulse period has elapsed */
+			if (PulseMSRemaining.TxLEDPulse && !(--PulseMSRemaining.TxLEDPulse))
+			  LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(LEDMASK_TX);
+
+			/* Turn off RX LED(s) once the RX pulse period has elapsed */
+			if (PulseMSRemaining.RxLEDPulse && !(--PulseMSRemaining.RxLEDPulse))
+			  LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(LEDMASK_RX);
+
+			/* Check if the receive buffer flush period has expired */
+			uint16_t BufferCount = RingBuffer_GetCount(&USARTtoUSB_Buffer);
+			if (!(--FlushPeriodRemaining) || (BufferCount > 200))
+			{
+				FlushPeriodRemaining = RECEIVE_BUFFER_FLUSH_MS;
+
+				/* Start RX LED indicator pulse */
+				if (BufferCount)
+				{
+					LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(LEDMASK_RX);
+					PulseMSRemaining.RxLEDPulse = TX_RX_LED_PULSE_MS;
+				}
+
+				/* Echo bytes from the target to the host via the virtual serial port */
+				while (BufferCount--)
+				{
+					/* Try to send the next byte of data to the host, abort if there is an error without dequeuing */
+					if (CDC_Device_SendByte(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface,
+											RingBuffer_Peek(&USARTtoUSB_Buffer)) != ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError)
+					{
+						break;
+					}
+
+					/* Dequeue the already sent byte from the buffer now we have confirmed that no transmission error occurred */
+					RingBuffer_Remove(&USARTtoUSB_Buffer);
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		CDC_Device_USBTask(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	LEDs_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+
+	/* Millisecond Timer Interrupt */
+	OCR0A  = (F_CPU / 64 / 1000);
+	TCCR0A = (1 << WGM01);
+	TCCR0B = ((1 << CS01) | (1 << CS00));
+
+	/* Tristate target /RESET Line */
+	AVR_RESET_LINE_PORT &= ~AVR_RESET_LINE_MASK;
+	AVR_RESET_LINE_DDR  &= ~AVR_RESET_LINE_MASK;
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+	PulseMSRemaining.PingPongLEDPulse = PING_PONG_LED_PULSE_MS;
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_TX);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+	PulseMSRemaining.PingPongLEDPulse = 0;
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_NO_LEDS);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+	bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+	ConfigSuccess &= CDC_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+
+	PulseMSRemaining.PingPongLEDPulse = 0;
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDS_NO_LEDS : LEDMASK_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
+ *  the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
+ *  internally.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+	CDC_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the CDC Class driver Line Encoding Changed event.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the CDC class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ */
+void EVENT_CDC_Device_LineEncodingChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	uint8_t ConfigMask = 0;
+
+	switch (CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.ParityType)
+	{
+		case CDC_PARITY_Odd:
+			ConfigMask = ((1 << UPM11) | (1 << UPM10));
+			break;
+		case CDC_PARITY_Even:
+			ConfigMask = (1 << UPM11);
+			break;
+	}
+
+	if (CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.CharFormat == CDC_LINEENCODING_TwoStopBits)
+	  ConfigMask |= (1 << USBS1);
+
+	switch (CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.DataBits)
+	{
+		case 6:
+			ConfigMask |= (1 << UCSZ10);
+			break;
+		case 7:
+			ConfigMask |= (1 << UCSZ11);
+			break;
+		case 8:
+			ConfigMask |= ((1 << UCSZ11) | (1 << UCSZ10));
+			break;
+	}
+
+	/* Must turn off USART before reconfiguring it, otherwise incorrect operation may occur */
+	UCSR1B = 0;
+	UCSR1A = 0;
+	UCSR1C = 0;
+
+	/* Set the new baud rate before configuring the USART */
+	UBRR1  = SERIAL_2X_UBBRVAL(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS);
+
+	/* Reconfigure the USART in double speed mode for a wider baud rate range at the expense of accuracy */
+	UCSR1C = ConfigMask;
+	UCSR1A = (1 << U2X1);
+	UCSR1B = ((1 << RXCIE1) | (1 << TXEN1) | (1 << RXEN1));
+}
+
+/** ISR to manage the reception of data from the serial port, placing received bytes into a circular buffer
+ *  for later transmission to the host.
+ */
+ISR(USART1_RX_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+	uint8_t ReceivedByte = UDR1;
+
+	if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+	  RingBuffer_Insert(&USARTtoUSB_Buffer, ReceivedByte);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the CDC Class driver Host-to-Device Line Encoding Changed event.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the CDC class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ */
+void EVENT_CDC_Device_ControLineStateChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	static bool PreviousDTRState = false;
+	bool        CurrentDTRState  = (CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlLineStates.HostToDevice & CDC_CONTROL_LINE_OUT_DTR);
+
+	/* Check if the DTR line has been asserted - if so, start the target AVR's reset pulse */
+	if (!(PreviousDTRState) && CurrentDTRState)
+	{
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_BUSY);
+
+		AVR_RESET_LINE_DDR |= AVR_RESET_LINE_MASK;
+		PulseMSRemaining.ResetPulse = AVR_RESET_PULSE_MS;
+	}
+
+	PreviousDTRState = CurrentDTRState;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Benito/Benito.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/Benito/Benito.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..28bed26afa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Benito/Benito.h
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Benito.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _BENITO_H_
+#define _BENITO_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+
+		#include "Descriptors.h"
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/RingBuffer.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate TX activity. */
+		#define LEDMASK_TX               LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate RX activity. */
+		#define LEDMASK_RX               LEDS_LED2
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_ERROR            (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+		#define LEDMASK_BUSY             (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+		void EVENT_CDC_Device_LineEncodingChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo);
+		void EVENT_CDC_Device_ControLineStateChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Benito/Benito.txt b/lib/lufa/Projects/Benito/Benito.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..07bec52b3a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Benito/Benito.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Benito Arduino Programmer Project
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Project Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this project.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *  \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ *  \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ *  \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this project.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *   <td>Device</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *   <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *   <td>Abstract Control Model (ACM)</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *   <td>USBIF CDC Class Standard \n
+ *       Arduino Bootloader Specification</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *   <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Firmware for a USB AVR powered programmer for Arduino boards using the official Arduino bootloader. This
+ *  project acts like a regular USB to Serial bridge, except that asserting the DTR line will cause a pulse
+ *  to appear on a given port pin, to control the target's /RESET pin.
+ *
+ *  This is primarily designed to fit the Benito board from www.dorkbotpdx.org, but will suit all USB AVRs.
+ *
+ *  After running this project for the first time on a new computer, you will need to supply the .INF file located
+ *  in this project's directory as the device's driver when running under Windows. This will enable Windows to use
+ *  its inbuilt CDC drivers, negating the need for custom drivers for the device. Other Operating Systems should
+ *  automatically use their own inbuilt CDC-ACM drivers.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this project, which can control the project behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ *    <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ *    <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>AVR_RESET_LINE_PORT</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>Indicates the PORT register of the pin used to generate the target /RESET line pulse.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>AVR_RESET_LINE_DDR</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>Indicates the DDR register of the pin used to generate the target /RESET line pulse.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>AVR_RESET_LINE_MASK</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>Indicates the mask of the pin used to generate the target /RESET line pulse.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>AVR_RESET_PULSE_MS</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>Pulse length in milliseconds for the target /RESET pulse.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>TX_RX_LED_PULSE_MS</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>Pulse length in milliseconds for the activity Tx/Rx LEDs.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>PING_PONG_LED_PULSE_MS</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>Pulse length in milliseconds for the enumeration LED ping-ponging between toggles.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>RECEIVE_BUFFER_FLUSH_MS</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>Period between flushings of received data buffer to the attached USB host.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Benito/Config/AppConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/Benito/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3d81c45b05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Benito/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ *  the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ *  specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ *  makefile or build system.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ *  \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#define AVR_RESET_LINE_PORT            PORTD
+	#define AVR_RESET_LINE_DDR             DDRD
+	#define AVR_RESET_LINE_MASK            (1 << 4)
+
+	#define AVR_RESET_PULSE_MS             10
+
+	#define TX_RX_LED_PULSE_MS             30
+	#define PING_PONG_LED_PULSE_MS         100
+
+	#define RECEIVE_BUFFER_FLUSH_MS        10
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Benito/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/Benito/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6b113c8276
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Benito/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            0
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Benito/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/Benito/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..86cfa9a8e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Benito/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ *  the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ *  process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+	.Class                  = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+	.SubClass               = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificSubclass,
+	.Protocol               = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificProtocol,
+
+	.Endpoint0Size          = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+	.VendorID               = 0x03EB,
+	.ProductID              = 0x2060,
+	.ReleaseNumber          = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+	.ProductStrIndex        = STRING_ID_Product,
+	.SerialNumStrIndex      = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
+
+	.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+	.Config =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+			.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+			.TotalInterfaces        = 2,
+
+			.ConfigurationNumber    = 1,
+			.ConfigurationStrIndex  = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+			.ConfigAttributes       = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+			.MaxPowerConsumption    = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+		},
+
+	.CDC_CCI_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 1,
+
+			.Class                  = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+			.SubClass               = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.CDC_Functional_Header =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+			.CDCSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+		},
+
+	.CDC_Functional_ACM =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM,
+
+			.Capabilities           = 0x06,
+		},
+
+	.CDC_Functional_Union =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union,
+
+			.MasterInterfaceNumber  = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+			.SlaveInterfaceNumber   = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+		},
+
+	.CDC_NotificationEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0xFF
+		},
+
+	.CDC_DCI_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 2,
+
+			.Class                  = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass,
+			.SubClass               = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.CDC_DataOutEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		},
+
+	.CDC_DataInEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		}
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ *  the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ *  via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ *  form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ *  and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Benito Arduino Programmer");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ *  USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8);
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+	const void* Address = NULL;
+	uint16_t    Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+	switch (DescriptorType)
+	{
+		case DTYPE_Device:
+			Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_Configuration:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_String:
+			switch (DescriptorNumber)
+			{
+				case STRING_ID_Language:
+					Address = &LanguageString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+					Address = &ManufacturerString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Product:
+					Address = &ProductString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+			}
+
+			break;
+	}
+
+	*DescriptorAddress = Address;
+	return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Benito/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/Benito/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..453bb74cad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Benito/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+		#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR        (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 2)
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+		#define CDC_TX_EPADDR                  (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 3)
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the CDC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+		#define CDC_RX_EPADDR                  (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4)
+
+		/** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+		#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE        8
+
+		/** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */
+		#define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE                16
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t    Config;
+
+			// CDC Command Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t               CDC_CCI_Interface;
+			USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t    CDC_Functional_Header;
+			USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t       CDC_Functional_ACM;
+			USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t     CDC_Functional_Union;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t                CDC_NotificationEndpoint;
+
+			// CDC Data Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t               CDC_DCI_Interface;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t                CDC_DataOutEndpoint;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t                CDC_DataInEndpoint;
+		} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+		/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+		 *  should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+		 *  interface from other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+		{
+			INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI = 0, /**< CDC CCI interface descriptor ID */
+			INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI = 1, /**< CDC DCI interface descriptor ID */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+		 *  have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+		 *  other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum StringDescriptors_t
+		{
+			STRING_ID_Language     = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+			STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+			STRING_ID_Product      = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+		};
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+		                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+		                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+		                                    ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Benito/LUFA Benito Programmer.inf b/lib/lufa/Projects/Benito/LUFA Benito Programmer.inf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..75e93a8a9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Benito/LUFA Benito Programmer.inf
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+;************************************************************
+; Windows USB CDC ACM Setup File
+; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
+;************************************************************
+
+[DefaultInstall]
+CopyINF="LUFA Benito Programmer.inf"
+
+[Version]
+Signature="$Windows NT$"
+Class=Ports
+ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318}
+Provider=%MFGNAME%
+DriverVer=7/1/2012,10.0.0.0
+
+[Manufacturer]
+%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTx86, NTamd64, NTia64
+
+[SourceDisksNames]
+
+[SourceDisksFiles]
+
+[DestinationDirs]
+DefaultDestDir=12
+
+[DriverInstall]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+CopyFiles=FakeModemCopyFileSection
+AddReg=DriverInstall.AddReg
+
+[DriverInstall.Services]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, LowerFilter_Service_Inst
+
+[DriverInstall.AddReg]
+HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"msports.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;  Vendor and Product ID Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side
+; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match.
+; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID.  Use the format as shown below.
+; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs.
+; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line.
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[DeviceList]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2060
+
+[DeviceList.NTx86]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2060
+
+[DeviceList.NTamd64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2060
+
+[DeviceList.NTia64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2060
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;  String Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;Modify these strings to customize your device
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[Strings]
+MFGNAME="http://www.lufa-lib.org"
+DESCRIPTION="LUFA Benito Programmer"
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Benito/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Projects/Benito/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e138b0ccd3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Benito/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="Benito Programmer" id="lufa.projects.benito.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.projects.benito"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="usbkey"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="8000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="8000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.projects.benito" caption="Benito Programmer">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Benito AVR programmer.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Device"/>
+			<keyword value="CDC Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="Benito.txt"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="LUFA Benito Programmer.inf"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="Benito.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Benito.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ringbuffer"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Benito/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Projects/Benito/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dff1b73f1c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Benito/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "Benito Arduino Programmer Project"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Benito/makefile b/lib/lufa/Projects/Benito/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e44ffef936
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Benito/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = atmega32u2
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = BENITO
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = Benito
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/HIDReportViewer/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/HIDReportViewer/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..197122fce1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/HIDReportViewer/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+//		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+//		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/HIDReportViewer/HIDReportViewer.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/HIDReportViewer/HIDReportViewer.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e580caa478
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/HIDReportViewer/HIDReportViewer.c
@@ -0,0 +1,325 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the HIDReportViewer project. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the project and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "HIDReportViewer.h"
+
+/** Processed HID report descriptor items structure, containing information on each HID report element */
+static HID_ReportInfo_t HIDReportInfo;
+
+/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ *  passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ *  within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t Device_HID_Interface =
+	{
+		.Config =
+			{
+				.DataINPipe             =
+					{
+						.Address        = (PIPE_DIR_IN  | 1),
+						.Banks          = 1,
+					},
+				.DataOUTPipe            =
+					{
+						.Address        = (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2),
+						.Banks          = 1,
+					},
+				.HIDInterfaceProtocol   = HID_CSCP_NonBootProtocol,
+				.HIDParserData          = &HIDReportInfo
+			},
+	};
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ *  enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "HID Device Report Viewer Running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		RetrieveDeviceData();
+
+		HID_Host_USBTask(&Device_HID_Interface);
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Task to retrieve the HID device information from an attached device, and output
+ *  the relevant data to the serial port for analysis.
+ */
+void RetrieveDeviceData(void)
+{
+	if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+	  return;
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+
+	OutputReportSizes();
+	OutputParsedReportItems();
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+	USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+}
+
+/** Prints a summary of the device's HID report sizes from the HID parser output to the serial port
+ *  for display to the user.
+ */
+void OutputReportSizes(void)
+{
+	printf_P(PSTR("\r\n\r\nTotal Device Reports: %" PRId8 "\r\n"), HIDReportInfo.TotalDeviceReports);
+
+	for (uint8_t ReportIndex = 0; ReportIndex < HIDReportInfo.TotalDeviceReports; ReportIndex++)
+	{
+		const HID_ReportSizeInfo_t* CurrReportIDInfo = &HIDReportInfo.ReportIDSizes[ReportIndex];
+
+		uint8_t ReportSizeInBits      = CurrReportIDInfo->ReportSizeBits[HID_REPORT_ITEM_In];
+		uint8_t ReportSizeOutBits     = CurrReportIDInfo->ReportSizeBits[HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out];
+		uint8_t ReportSizeFeatureBits = CurrReportIDInfo->ReportSizeBits[HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature];
+
+		/* Print out the byte sizes of each report within the device */
+		printf_P(PSTR("  + Report ID 0x%02" PRIX8 "\r\n"
+					  "    - Input Data:   %" PRId8 " bits (%" PRId8 " bytes)\r\n"
+					  "    - Output Data:  %" PRId8 " bits (%" PRId8 " bytes)\r\n"
+					  "    - Feature Data: %" PRId8 " bits (%" PRId8 " bytes)\r\n"),
+				 CurrReportIDInfo->ReportID,
+				 ReportSizeInBits,
+				 ((ReportSizeInBits      >> 3) + ((ReportSizeInBits      & 0x07) != 0)),
+				 ReportSizeOutBits,
+				 ((ReportSizeOutBits     >> 3) + ((ReportSizeOutBits     & 0x07) != 0)),
+				 ReportSizeFeatureBits,
+				 ((ReportSizeFeatureBits >> 3) + ((ReportSizeFeatureBits & 0x07) != 0)));
+	}
+}
+
+/** Prints a summary of the device's parsed and stored report items along with their attributes
+ *  to the serial port for display to the user.
+ */
+void OutputParsedReportItems(void)
+{
+	printf_P(PSTR("\r\nReport Items (%" PRId8 " in Table):\r\n"), HIDReportInfo.TotalReportItems);
+
+	for (uint8_t ItemIndex = 0; ItemIndex < HIDReportInfo.TotalReportItems; ItemIndex++)
+	{
+		const HID_ReportItem_t* RItem = &HIDReportInfo.ReportItems[ItemIndex];
+
+		printf_P(PSTR("  + Item %" PRId8 ":\r\n"
+					  "    - Report ID:          0x%02" PRIX8  "\r\n"
+					  "    - Data Direction:     %s\r\n"
+					  "    - Item Flags:         0x%02" PRIX8  "\r\n"
+					  "    - Item Offset (Bits): 0x%02" PRIX8  "\r\n"
+					  "    - Item Size (Bits):   0x%02" PRIX8  "\r\n"
+					  "    - Usage Page:         0x%04" PRIX16 "\r\n"
+					  "    - Usage:              0x%04" PRIX16 "\r\n"
+					  "    - Unit Type:          0x%08" PRIX32 "\r\n"
+					  "    - Unit Exponent:      0x%02" PRIX8  "\r\n"
+					  "    - Logical Minimum:    0x%08" PRIX32 "\r\n"
+					  "    - Logical Maximum:    0x%08" PRIX32 "\r\n"
+					  "    - Physical Minimum:   0x%08" PRIX32 "\r\n"
+					  "    - Physical Maximum:   0x%08" PRIX32 "\r\n"
+					  "    - Collection Path:\r\n"),
+				 ItemIndex,
+				 RItem->ReportID,
+				 ((RItem->ItemType == HID_REPORT_ITEM_In) ? "IN" : ((RItem->ItemType == HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out) ? "OUT" : "FEATURE")),
+				 RItem->ItemFlags,
+				 RItem->BitOffset,
+				 RItem->Attributes.BitSize,
+				 RItem->Attributes.Usage.Page,
+				 RItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage,
+				 RItem->Attributes.Unit.Type,
+				 RItem->Attributes.Unit.Exponent,
+				 RItem->Attributes.Logical.Minimum,
+				 RItem->Attributes.Logical.Maximum,
+				 RItem->Attributes.Physical.Minimum,
+				 RItem->Attributes.Physical.Maximum);
+
+		OutputCollectionPath(RItem->CollectionPath);
+	}
+}
+
+/** Prints the HID Collection path (along with each node's attributes) to the serial port
+ *  for display to the user, from the given starting node to the root node.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] CollectionPath  Starting HID Collection node to print
+ */
+void OutputCollectionPath(const HID_CollectionPath_t* const CollectionPath)
+{
+	const HID_CollectionPath_t* CurrentNode = CollectionPath;
+
+	while (CurrentNode != NULL)
+	{
+		printf_P(PSTR("      |\r\n"
+					  "      - Type:  0x%02" PRIX8 "\r\n"
+					  "      - Usage: 0x%02" PRIX8 "\r\n"),
+					  CurrentNode->Type, CurrentNode->Usage);
+
+		CurrentNode = CurrentNode->Parent;
+	}
+
+	printf_P(PSTR("      |\r\n"
+				  "      END\r\n"));
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	Serial_Init(9600, false);
+	LEDs_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+
+	/* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+	Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ *  starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ *  stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+	puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ *  enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+	uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
+	uint8_t  ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+
+	if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
+	                                       sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Error Retrieving Configuration Descriptor.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (HID_Host_ConfigurePipes(&Device_HID_Interface,
+	                            ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != HID_ENUMERROR_NoError)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Attached Device Not a Valid HID Device.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Device Configuration.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (HID_Host_SetReportProtocol(&Device_HID_Interface) != 0)
+	{
+		puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Report Protocol Mode.\r\n"));
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	puts_P(PSTR("HID Device Enumerated.\r\n"));
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+	USB_Disable();
+
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+	for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ *  enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+	                         " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+	                         " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Callback for the HID Report Parser. This function is called each time the HID report parser is about to store
+ *  an IN, OUT or FEATURE item into the HIDReportInfo structure. To save on RAM, we are able to filter out items
+ *  we aren't interested in (preventing us from being able to extract them later on, but saving on the RAM they would
+ *  have occupied).
+ *
+ *  \param[in] CurrentItem  Pointer to the item the HID report parser is currently working with
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the item should be stored into the HID report structure, \c false if it should be discarded
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem(HID_ReportItem_t* const CurrentItem)
+{
+	return true;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/HIDReportViewer/HIDReportViewer.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/HIDReportViewer/HIDReportViewer.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..22224fe1a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/HIDReportViewer/HIDReportViewer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for HIDReportViewer.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _HID_REPORT_VIEWER_H_
+#define _HID_REPORT_VIEWER_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <stdio.h>
+		#include <inttypes.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY         (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+		void RetrieveDeviceData(void);
+		void OutputReportSizes(void);
+		void OutputParsedReportItems(void);
+		void OutputCollectionPath(const HID_CollectionPath_t* const CollectionPath);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+		                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+		bool CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem(HID_ReportItem_t* const CurrentItem);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/HIDReportViewer/HIDReportViewer.txt b/lib/lufa/Projects/HIDReportViewer/HIDReportViewer.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fccc892c6c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/HIDReportViewer/HIDReportViewer.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage HID Device Report Viewer Programmer Project
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Project Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this project.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this project.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *   <td>Host</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>N/A</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ *        USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ *        Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Firmware for a HID Report viewer. This project is designed to aid in the debugging of USB HID Hosts, where the contents of an
+ *  unknown HID device's HID Report need to be examined. Once a HID device has been plugged into this application, the HID report
+ *  descriptor will be parsed using the internal LUFA HID report parser, and the results dumped to the serial port in a human
+ *  readable format. This output will contain information on the sizes of the reports within the device's HID interface, as well as
+ *  information on each report element (size, usage, minimum/maximum values, etc.).
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this project, which can control the project behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>
+ *     None
+ *    </td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/HIDReportViewer/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Projects/HIDReportViewer/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..eb5d4bbe8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/HIDReportViewer/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="HID Report Viewer" id="lufa.projects.hid_viewer.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.projects.hid_viewer"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="usbkey"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="8000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="8000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.projects.hid_viewer" caption="HID Report Viewer">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		HID device report viewer project.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Host"/>
+			<keyword value="HID Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="HIDReportViewer.txt"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="HIDReportViewer.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="HIDReportViewer.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/HIDReportViewer/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Projects/HIDReportViewer/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..015e9c0f6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/HIDReportViewer/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "HID Device Report Viewer Project"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/HIDReportViewer/makefile b/lib/lufa/Projects/HIDReportViewer/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..75d40e88c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/HIDReportViewer/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = HIDReportViewer
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/CPUMonitor.Designer.cs b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/CPUMonitor.Designer.cs
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2b189943a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/CPUMonitor.Designer.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+namespace CPUMonitor
+{
+    partial class frmCPU
+    {
+        /// <summary>
+        /// Required designer variable.
+        /// </summary>
+        private System.ComponentModel.IContainer components = null;
+
+        /// <summary>
+        /// Clean up any resources being used.
+        /// </summary>
+        /// <param name="disposing">true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.</param>
+        protected override void Dispose(bool disposing)
+        {
+            if (disposing && (components != null))
+            {
+                components.Dispose();
+            }
+            base.Dispose(disposing);
+        }
+
+        #region Windows Form Designer generated code
+
+        /// <summary>
+        /// Required method for Designer support - do not modify
+        /// the contents of this method with the code editor.
+        /// </summary>
+        private void InitializeComponent()
+        {
+            this.components = new System.ComponentModel.Container();
+            this.serSerialPort = new System.IO.Ports.SerialPort(this.components);
+            this.tmrCPUTimer = new System.Windows.Forms.Timer(this.components);
+            this.cmbComPort = new System.Windows.Forms.ComboBox();
+            this.pcCPUUsage = new System.Diagnostics.PerformanceCounter();
+            this.lblCPU = new System.Windows.Forms.Label();
+            this.nicoNotifyIcon = new System.Windows.Forms.NotifyIcon(this.components);
+            this.btnMinimizeToTray = new System.Windows.Forms.Button();
+            this.btnExit = new System.Windows.Forms.Button();
+            ((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.pcCPUUsage)).BeginInit();
+            this.SuspendLayout();
+            // 
+            // tmrCPUTimer
+            // 
+            this.tmrCPUTimer.Enabled = true;
+            this.tmrCPUTimer.Interval = 1000;
+            this.tmrCPUTimer.Tick += new System.EventHandler(this.tmrCPUTimer_Tick);
+            // 
+            // cmbComPort
+            // 
+            this.cmbComPort.FormattingEnabled = true;
+            this.cmbComPort.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(48, 12);
+            this.cmbComPort.Name = "cmbComPort";
+            this.cmbComPort.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(156, 21);
+            this.cmbComPort.TabIndex = 0;
+            this.cmbComPort.SelectedIndexChanged += new System.EventHandler(this.cbPort_SelectedIndexChanged);
+            // 
+            // pcCPUUsage
+            // 
+            this.pcCPUUsage.CategoryName = "Processor";
+            this.pcCPUUsage.CounterName = "% Processor Time";
+            this.pcCPUUsage.InstanceName = "_Total";
+            // 
+            // lblCPU
+            // 
+            this.lblCPU.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 14.25F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((byte)(0)));
+            this.lblCPU.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(44, 36);
+            this.lblCPU.Name = "lblCPU";
+            this.lblCPU.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(160, 28);
+            this.lblCPU.TabIndex = 1;
+            this.lblCPU.Text = "0%";
+            this.lblCPU.TextAlign = System.Drawing.ContentAlignment.MiddleCenter;
+            // 
+            // nicoNotifyIcon
+            // 
+            this.nicoNotifyIcon.Text = "CPU Usage Monitor";
+            this.nicoNotifyIcon.Visible = true;
+            // 
+            // btnMinimizeToTray
+            // 
+            this.btnMinimizeToTray.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(12, 67);
+            this.btnMinimizeToTray.Name = "btnMinimizeToTray";
+            this.btnMinimizeToTray.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(111, 28);
+            this.btnMinimizeToTray.TabIndex = 2;
+            this.btnMinimizeToTray.Text = "Minimize to Tray";
+            this.btnMinimizeToTray.UseVisualStyleBackColor = true;
+            this.btnMinimizeToTray.Click += new System.EventHandler(this.btnMinimizeToTray_Click);
+            // 
+            // btnExit
+            // 
+            this.btnExit.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(126, 67);
+            this.btnExit.Name = "btnExit";
+            this.btnExit.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(111, 28);
+            this.btnExit.TabIndex = 3;
+            this.btnExit.Text = "Exit";
+            this.btnExit.UseVisualStyleBackColor = true;
+            this.btnExit.Click += new System.EventHandler(this.btnExit_Click);
+            // 
+            // frmCPU
+            // 
+            this.AutoScaleDimensions = new System.Drawing.SizeF(6F, 13F);
+            this.AutoScaleMode = System.Windows.Forms.AutoScaleMode.Font;
+            this.ClientSize = new System.Drawing.Size(249, 106);
+            this.Controls.Add(this.btnExit);
+            this.Controls.Add(this.btnMinimizeToTray);
+            this.Controls.Add(this.lblCPU);
+            this.Controls.Add(this.cmbComPort);
+            this.FormBorderStyle = System.Windows.Forms.FormBorderStyle.FixedSingle;
+            this.MaximizeBox = false;
+            this.Name = "frmCPU";
+            this.Text = "CPU Usage Monitor";
+            this.WindowState = System.Windows.Forms.FormWindowState.Minimized;
+            this.Load += new System.EventHandler(this.Form1_Load);
+            ((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.pcCPUUsage)).EndInit();
+            this.ResumeLayout(false);
+
+        }
+
+        #endregion
+
+        private System.IO.Ports.SerialPort serSerialPort;
+        private System.Windows.Forms.Timer tmrCPUTimer;
+        private System.Windows.Forms.ComboBox cmbComPort;
+        private System.Diagnostics.PerformanceCounter pcCPUUsage;
+        private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblCPU;
+        private System.Windows.Forms.NotifyIcon nicoNotifyIcon;
+        private System.Windows.Forms.Button btnMinimizeToTray;
+        private System.Windows.Forms.Button btnExit;
+    }
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/CPUMonitor.cs b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/CPUMonitor.cs
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..32543fc59b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/CPUMonitor.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+using System;
+using System.Collections.Generic;
+using System.ComponentModel;
+using System.Data;
+using System.Drawing;
+using System.Linq;
+using System.Text;
+using System.Windows.Forms;
+using Microsoft.Win32;
+
+namespace CPUMonitor
+{
+    public partial class frmCPU : Form
+    {
+        private RegistryKey AppRegKey;
+
+        private const int LIGHT_MAX = 0x1F;
+
+        public frmCPU()
+        {
+            InitializeComponent();
+
+            nicoNotifyIcon.Icon = this.Icon;
+            nicoNotifyIcon.MouseClick += new MouseEventHandler(TrayIconClick);        
+        }
+
+        private void Form1_Load(object sender, EventArgs e)
+        {
+            AppRegKey = Registry.CurrentUser.CreateSubKey("Software\\CPUMonitor");
+
+            String[] PortNames = System.IO.Ports.SerialPort.GetPortNames();
+            Array.Sort<String>(PortNames, delegate(string strA, string strB) { return int.Parse(strA.Substring(3)).CompareTo(int.Parse(strB.Substring(3))); });
+            cmbComPort.Items.Clear();
+            cmbComPort.Items.AddRange(PortNames);
+
+            cmbComPort.SelectedIndex = System.Convert.ToInt32(AppRegKey.GetValue("Port", "1")) - 1;
+            serSerialPort.PortName = cmbComPort.Text;
+
+            Hide();
+        }
+
+        private void NotifyLight(int Red, int Green, int Blue)
+        {
+            byte[] buffer = new byte[3];
+            buffer[0] = (byte)(0x80 | (Red & LIGHT_MAX));
+            buffer[1] = (byte)(0x40 | (Green & LIGHT_MAX));
+            buffer[2] = (byte)(0x20 | (Blue & LIGHT_MAX));
+
+            try
+            {
+                serSerialPort.PortName = cmbComPort.Text;
+                serSerialPort.Open();
+                serSerialPort.Write(buffer, 0, buffer.Length);
+                serSerialPort.Close();
+            }
+            catch (Exception e)
+            {
+
+            }
+        }
+
+        private void tmrCPUTimer_Tick(object sender, EventArgs e)
+        {
+            float CPUUsage = pcCPUUsage.NextValue();
+
+            int Red = 0;
+            int Green = 0;
+            int Blue = 0;
+
+            if (CPUUsage < 25)
+            {
+                Green = (int)((LIGHT_MAX / 25) * CPUUsage);
+            }
+            else if (CPUUsage < 50)
+            {
+                Blue = (int)((LIGHT_MAX / 25) * (CPUUsage - 25));
+                Green = LIGHT_MAX - Blue;
+            }
+            else if (CPUUsage < 75)
+            {
+                Red = (int)((LIGHT_MAX / 25) * (CPUUsage - 50));
+                Blue = LIGHT_MAX - Red;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                Red = LIGHT_MAX;
+            }
+
+            NotifyLight(Red, Green, Blue);
+            lblCPU.Text = ((int)CPUUsage).ToString() + "%";
+        }
+
+        private void btnExit_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)
+        {
+            Application.Exit();
+        }
+
+        private void btnMinimizeToTray_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)
+        {
+            this.Hide();
+        }
+
+        private void TrayIconClick(object sender, MouseEventArgs e)
+        {
+            this.Show();
+            this.WindowState = FormWindowState.Normal;
+        }
+
+        private void cbPort_SelectedIndexChanged(object sender, EventArgs e)
+        {
+            AppRegKey.SetValue("Port", cmbComPort.SelectedIndex + 1);
+            serSerialPort.PortName = cmbComPort.Text;
+        }
+    }
+}
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/CPUMonitor.csproj b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/CPUMonitor.csproj
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d568a9dc48
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/CPUMonitor.csproj
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<Project ToolsVersion="4.0" DefaultTargets="Build" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/msbuild/2003">
+  <PropertyGroup>
+    <Configuration Condition=" '$(Configuration)' == '' ">Debug</Configuration>
+    <Platform Condition=" '$(Platform)' == '' ">AnyCPU</Platform>
+    <ProductVersion>9.0.21022</ProductVersion>
+    <SchemaVersion>2.0</SchemaVersion>
+    <ProjectGuid>{6040B049-4241-4FFD-B388-AACDA78D1469}</ProjectGuid>
+    <OutputType>WinExe</OutputType>
+    <AppDesignerFolder>Properties</AppDesignerFolder>
+    <RootNamespace>CPUMonitor</RootNamespace>
+    <AssemblyName>CPUMonitor</AssemblyName>
+    <TargetFrameworkVersion>v3.5</TargetFrameworkVersion>
+    <FileAlignment>512</FileAlignment>
+    <FileUpgradeFlags>
+    </FileUpgradeFlags>
+    <OldToolsVersion>3.5</OldToolsVersion>
+    <UpgradeBackupLocation />
+  </PropertyGroup>
+  <PropertyGroup Condition=" '$(Configuration)|$(Platform)' == 'Debug|AnyCPU' ">
+    <DebugSymbols>true</DebugSymbols>
+    <DebugType>full</DebugType>
+    <Optimize>false</Optimize>
+    <OutputPath>bin\Debug\</OutputPath>
+    <DefineConstants>DEBUG;TRACE</DefineConstants>
+    <ErrorReport>prompt</ErrorReport>
+    <WarningLevel>4</WarningLevel>
+  </PropertyGroup>
+  <PropertyGroup Condition=" '$(Configuration)|$(Platform)' == 'Release|AnyCPU' ">
+    <DebugType>pdbonly</DebugType>
+    <Optimize>true</Optimize>
+    <OutputPath>bin\Release\</OutputPath>
+    <DefineConstants>TRACE</DefineConstants>
+    <ErrorReport>prompt</ErrorReport>
+    <WarningLevel>4</WarningLevel>
+  </PropertyGroup>
+  <ItemGroup>
+    <Reference Include="System" />
+    <Reference Include="System.Core">
+      <RequiredTargetFramework>3.5</RequiredTargetFramework>
+    </Reference>
+    <Reference Include="System.Xml.Linq">
+      <RequiredTargetFramework>3.5</RequiredTargetFramework>
+    </Reference>
+    <Reference Include="System.Data.DataSetExtensions">
+      <RequiredTargetFramework>3.5</RequiredTargetFramework>
+    </Reference>
+    <Reference Include="System.Data" />
+    <Reference Include="System.Deployment" />
+    <Reference Include="System.Drawing" />
+    <Reference Include="System.Windows.Forms" />
+    <Reference Include="System.Xml" />
+  </ItemGroup>
+  <ItemGroup>
+    <Compile Include="CPUMonitor.cs">
+      <SubType>Form</SubType>
+    </Compile>
+    <Compile Include="CPUMonitor.Designer.cs">
+      <DependentUpon>CPUMonitor.cs</DependentUpon>
+    </Compile>
+    <Compile Include="Program.cs" />
+    <Compile Include="Properties\AssemblyInfo.cs" />
+    <EmbeddedResource Include="CPUMonitor.resx">
+      <DependentUpon>CPUMonitor.cs</DependentUpon>
+      <SubType>Designer</SubType>
+    </EmbeddedResource>
+    <EmbeddedResource Include="Properties\Resources.resx">
+      <Generator>ResXFileCodeGenerator</Generator>
+      <LastGenOutput>Resources.Designer.cs</LastGenOutput>
+      <SubType>Designer</SubType>
+    </EmbeddedResource>
+    <Compile Include="Properties\Resources.Designer.cs">
+      <AutoGen>True</AutoGen>
+      <DependentUpon>Resources.resx</DependentUpon>
+      <DesignTime>True</DesignTime>
+    </Compile>
+    <None Include="Properties\Settings.settings">
+      <Generator>SettingsSingleFileGenerator</Generator>
+      <LastGenOutput>Settings.Designer.cs</LastGenOutput>
+    </None>
+    <Compile Include="Properties\Settings.Designer.cs">
+      <AutoGen>True</AutoGen>
+      <DependentUpon>Settings.settings</DependentUpon>
+      <DesignTimeSharedInput>True</DesignTimeSharedInput>
+    </Compile>
+  </ItemGroup>
+  <Import Project="$(MSBuildToolsPath)\Microsoft.CSharp.targets" />
+  <!-- To modify your build process, add your task inside one of the targets below and uncomment it. 
+       Other similar extension points exist, see Microsoft.Common.targets.
+  <Target Name="BeforeBuild">
+  </Target>
+  <Target Name="AfterBuild">
+  </Target>
+  -->
+</Project>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/CPUMonitor.resx b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/CPUMonitor.resx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c62b1b0203
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/CPUMonitor.resx
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<root>
+  <!-- 
+    Microsoft ResX Schema 
+    
+    Version 2.0
+    
+    The primary goals of this format is to allow a simple XML format 
+    that is mostly human readable. The generation and parsing of the 
+    various data types are done through the TypeConverter classes 
+    associated with the data types.
+    
+    Example:
+    
+    ... ado.net/XML headers & schema ...
+    <resheader name="resmimetype">text/microsoft-resx</resheader>
+    <resheader name="version">2.0</resheader>
+    <resheader name="reader">System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader>
+    <resheader name="writer">System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader>
+    <data name="Name1"><value>this is my long string</value><comment>this is a comment</comment></data>
+    <data name="Color1" type="System.Drawing.Color, System.Drawing">Blue</data>
+    <data name="Bitmap1" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64">
+        <value>[base64 mime encoded serialized .NET Framework object]</value>
+    </data>
+    <data name="Icon1" type="System.Drawing.Icon, System.Drawing" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64">
+        <value>[base64 mime encoded string representing a byte array form of the .NET Framework object]</value>
+        <comment>This is a comment</comment>
+    </data>
+                
+    There are any number of "resheader" rows that contain simple 
+    name/value pairs.
+    
+    Each data row contains a name, and value. The row also contains a 
+    type or mimetype. Type corresponds to a .NET class that support 
+    text/value conversion through the TypeConverter architecture. 
+    Classes that don't support this are serialized and stored with the 
+    mimetype set.
+    
+    The mimetype is used for serialized objects, and tells the 
+    ResXResourceReader how to depersist the object. This is currently not 
+    extensible. For a given mimetype the value must be set accordingly:
+    
+    Note - application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64 is the format 
+    that the ResXResourceWriter will generate, however the reader can 
+    read any of the formats listed below.
+    
+    mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64
+    value   : The object must be serialized with 
+            : System.Runtime.Serialization.Formatters.Binary.BinaryFormatter
+            : and then encoded with base64 encoding.
+    
+    mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.soap.base64
+    value   : The object must be serialized with 
+            : System.Runtime.Serialization.Formatters.Soap.SoapFormatter
+            : and then encoded with base64 encoding.
+
+    mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64
+    value   : The object must be serialized into a byte array 
+            : using a System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter
+            : and then encoded with base64 encoding.
+    -->
+  <xsd:schema id="root" xmlns="" xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema" xmlns:msdata="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:xml-msdata">
+    <xsd:import namespace="http://www.w3.org/XML/1998/namespace" />
+    <xsd:element name="root" msdata:IsDataSet="true">
+      <xsd:complexType>
+        <xsd:choice maxOccurs="unbounded">
+          <xsd:element name="metadata">
+            <xsd:complexType>
+              <xsd:sequence>
+                <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" />
+              </xsd:sequence>
+              <xsd:attribute name="name" use="required" type="xsd:string" />
+              <xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" />
+              <xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" />
+              <xsd:attribute ref="xml:space" />
+            </xsd:complexType>
+          </xsd:element>
+          <xsd:element name="assembly">
+            <xsd:complexType>
+              <xsd:attribute name="alias" type="xsd:string" />
+              <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" />
+            </xsd:complexType>
+          </xsd:element>
+          <xsd:element name="data">
+            <xsd:complexType>
+              <xsd:sequence>
+                <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
+                <xsd:element name="comment" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="2" />
+              </xsd:sequence>
+              <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" use="required" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
+              <xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="3" />
+              <xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="4" />
+              <xsd:attribute ref="xml:space" />
+            </xsd:complexType>
+          </xsd:element>
+          <xsd:element name="resheader">
+            <xsd:complexType>
+              <xsd:sequence>
+                <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
+              </xsd:sequence>
+              <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" use="required" />
+            </xsd:complexType>
+          </xsd:element>
+        </xsd:choice>
+      </xsd:complexType>
+    </xsd:element>
+  </xsd:schema>
+  <resheader name="resmimetype">
+    <value>text/microsoft-resx</value>
+  </resheader>
+  <resheader name="version">
+    <value>2.0</value>
+  </resheader>
+  <resheader name="reader">
+    <value>System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value>
+  </resheader>
+  <resheader name="writer">
+    <value>System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value>
+  </resheader>
+  <metadata name="serSerialPort.TrayLocation" type="System.Drawing.Point, System.Drawing, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b03f5f7f11d50a3a">
+    <value>17, 17</value>
+  </metadata>
+  <metadata name="tmrCPUTimer.TrayLocation" type="System.Drawing.Point, System.Drawing, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b03f5f7f11d50a3a">
+    <value>137, 17</value>
+  </metadata>
+  <metadata name="pcCPUUsage.TrayLocation" type="System.Drawing.Point, System.Drawing, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b03f5f7f11d50a3a">
+    <value>262, 17</value>
+  </metadata>
+  <metadata name="nicoNotifyIcon.TrayLocation" type="System.Drawing.Point, System.Drawing, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b03f5f7f11d50a3a">
+    <value>383, 17</value>
+  </metadata>
+</root>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Program.cs b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Program.cs
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cb4fd89f23
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Program.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+using System;
+using System.Collections.Generic;
+using System.Linq;
+using System.Windows.Forms;
+
+namespace CPUMonitor
+{
+    static class Program
+    {
+        /// <summary>
+        /// The main entry point for the application.
+        /// </summary>
+        [STAThread]
+        static void Main()
+        {
+            Application.EnableVisualStyles();
+            Application.SetCompatibleTextRenderingDefault(false);
+            Application.Run(new frmCPU());
+        }
+    }
+}
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..85d31fcba7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+using System.Reflection;
+using System.Runtime.CompilerServices;
+using System.Runtime.InteropServices;
+
+// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following 
+// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information
+// associated with an assembly.
+[assembly: AssemblyTitle("CPUMonitor")]
+[assembly: AssemblyDescription("")]
+[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")]
+[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Microsoft")]
+[assembly: AssemblyProduct("CPUMonitor")]
+[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Copyright © Microsoft 2009")]
+[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")]
+[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")]
+
+// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible 
+// to COM components.  If you need to access a type in this assembly from 
+// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type.
+[assembly: ComVisible(false)]
+
+// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM
+[assembly: Guid("3e4a61da-cdde-46de-848b-b5206d225e21")]
+
+// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values:
+//
+//      Major Version
+//      Minor Version 
+//      Build Number
+//      Revision
+//
+// You can specify all the values or you can default the Build and Revision Numbers 
+// by using the '*' as shown below:
+// [assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.*")]
+[assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.0.0")]
+[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")]
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bf80e05fc5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// <auto-generated>
+//     This code was generated by a tool.
+//     Runtime Version:4.0.30319.239
+//
+//     Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if
+//     the code is regenerated.
+// </auto-generated>
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+namespace CPUMonitor.Properties {
+    using System;
+    
+    
+    /// <summary>
+    ///   A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc.
+    /// </summary>
+    // This class was auto-generated by the StronglyTypedResourceBuilder
+    // class via a tool like ResGen or Visual Studio.
+    // To add or remove a member, edit your .ResX file then rerun ResGen
+    // with the /str option, or rebuild your VS project.
+    [global::System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("System.Resources.Tools.StronglyTypedResourceBuilder", "4.0.0.0")]
+    [global::System.Diagnostics.DebuggerNonUserCodeAttribute()]
+    [global::System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()]
+    internal class Resources {
+        
+        private static global::System.Resources.ResourceManager resourceMan;
+        
+        private static global::System.Globalization.CultureInfo resourceCulture;
+        
+        [global::System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis.SuppressMessageAttribute("Microsoft.Performance", "CA1811:AvoidUncalledPrivateCode")]
+        internal Resources() {
+        }
+        
+        /// <summary>
+        ///   Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class.
+        /// </summary>
+        [global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableAttribute(global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableState.Advanced)]
+        internal static global::System.Resources.ResourceManager ResourceManager {
+            get {
+                if (object.ReferenceEquals(resourceMan, null)) {
+                    global::System.Resources.ResourceManager temp = new global::System.Resources.ResourceManager("CPUMonitor.Properties.Resources", typeof(Resources).Assembly);
+                    resourceMan = temp;
+                }
+                return resourceMan;
+            }
+        }
+        
+        /// <summary>
+        ///   Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all
+        ///   resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class.
+        /// </summary>
+        [global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableAttribute(global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableState.Advanced)]
+        internal static global::System.Globalization.CultureInfo Culture {
+            get {
+                return resourceCulture;
+            }
+            set {
+                resourceCulture = value;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Properties/Resources.resx b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Properties/Resources.resx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..af7dbebbac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Properties/Resources.resx
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<root>
+  <!-- 
+    Microsoft ResX Schema 
+    
+    Version 2.0
+    
+    The primary goals of this format is to allow a simple XML format 
+    that is mostly human readable. The generation and parsing of the 
+    various data types are done through the TypeConverter classes 
+    associated with the data types.
+    
+    Example:
+    
+    ... ado.net/XML headers & schema ...
+    <resheader name="resmimetype">text/microsoft-resx</resheader>
+    <resheader name="version">2.0</resheader>
+    <resheader name="reader">System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader>
+    <resheader name="writer">System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader>
+    <data name="Name1"><value>this is my long string</value><comment>this is a comment</comment></data>
+    <data name="Color1" type="System.Drawing.Color, System.Drawing">Blue</data>
+    <data name="Bitmap1" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64">
+        <value>[base64 mime encoded serialized .NET Framework object]</value>
+    </data>
+    <data name="Icon1" type="System.Drawing.Icon, System.Drawing" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64">
+        <value>[base64 mime encoded string representing a byte array form of the .NET Framework object]</value>
+        <comment>This is a comment</comment>
+    </data>
+                
+    There are any number of "resheader" rows that contain simple 
+    name/value pairs.
+    
+    Each data row contains a name, and value. The row also contains a 
+    type or mimetype. Type corresponds to a .NET class that support 
+    text/value conversion through the TypeConverter architecture. 
+    Classes that don't support this are serialized and stored with the 
+    mimetype set.
+    
+    The mimetype is used for serialized objects, and tells the 
+    ResXResourceReader how to depersist the object. This is currently not 
+    extensible. For a given mimetype the value must be set accordingly:
+    
+    Note - application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64 is the format 
+    that the ResXResourceWriter will generate, however the reader can 
+    read any of the formats listed below.
+    
+    mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64
+    value   : The object must be serialized with 
+            : System.Serialization.Formatters.Binary.BinaryFormatter
+            : and then encoded with base64 encoding.
+    
+    mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.soap.base64
+    value   : The object must be serialized with 
+            : System.Runtime.Serialization.Formatters.Soap.SoapFormatter
+            : and then encoded with base64 encoding.
+
+    mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64
+    value   : The object must be serialized into a byte array 
+            : using a System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter
+            : and then encoded with base64 encoding.
+    -->
+  <xsd:schema id="root" xmlns="" xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema" xmlns:msdata="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:xml-msdata">
+    <xsd:element name="root" msdata:IsDataSet="true">
+      <xsd:complexType>
+        <xsd:choice maxOccurs="unbounded">
+          <xsd:element name="metadata">
+            <xsd:complexType>
+              <xsd:sequence>
+                <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" />
+              </xsd:sequence>
+              <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" />
+              <xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" />
+              <xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" />
+            </xsd:complexType>
+          </xsd:element>
+          <xsd:element name="assembly">
+            <xsd:complexType>
+              <xsd:attribute name="alias" type="xsd:string" />
+              <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" />
+            </xsd:complexType>
+          </xsd:element>
+          <xsd:element name="data">
+            <xsd:complexType>
+              <xsd:sequence>
+                <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
+                <xsd:element name="comment" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="2" />
+              </xsd:sequence>
+              <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
+              <xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="3" />
+              <xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="4" />
+            </xsd:complexType>
+          </xsd:element>
+          <xsd:element name="resheader">
+            <xsd:complexType>
+              <xsd:sequence>
+                <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
+              </xsd:sequence>
+              <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" use="required" />
+            </xsd:complexType>
+          </xsd:element>
+        </xsd:choice>
+      </xsd:complexType>
+    </xsd:element>
+  </xsd:schema>
+  <resheader name="resmimetype">
+    <value>text/microsoft-resx</value>
+  </resheader>
+  <resheader name="version">
+    <value>2.0</value>
+  </resheader>
+  <resheader name="reader">
+    <value>System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value>
+  </resheader>
+  <resheader name="writer">
+    <value>System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value>
+  </resheader>
+</root>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..690fde3ba2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// <auto-generated>
+//     This code was generated by a tool.
+//     Runtime Version:4.0.30319.239
+//
+//     Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if
+//     the code is regenerated.
+// </auto-generated>
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+namespace CPUMonitor.Properties {
+    
+    
+    [global::System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()]
+    [global::System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("Microsoft.VisualStudio.Editors.SettingsDesigner.SettingsSingleFileGenerator", "10.0.0.0")]
+    internal sealed partial class Settings : global::System.Configuration.ApplicationSettingsBase {
+        
+        private static Settings defaultInstance = ((Settings)(global::System.Configuration.ApplicationSettingsBase.Synchronized(new Settings())));
+        
+        public static Settings Default {
+            get {
+                return defaultInstance;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Properties/Settings.settings b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Properties/Settings.settings
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..39645652af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Properties/Settings.settings
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<SettingsFile xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/VisualStudio/2004/01/settings" CurrentProfile="(Default)">
+  <Profiles>
+    <Profile Name="(Default)" />
+  </Profiles>
+  <Settings />
+</SettingsFile>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..75713f94d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            0
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..31e6b44b64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,245 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ *  the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ *  process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+	.Class                  = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+	.SubClass               = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificSubclass,
+	.Protocol               = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificProtocol,
+
+	.Endpoint0Size          = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+	.VendorID               = 0x03EB,
+	.ProductID              = 0x2044,
+	.ReleaseNumber          = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+	.ProductStrIndex        = STRING_ID_Product,
+	.SerialNumStrIndex      = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
+
+	.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+	.Config =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+			.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+			.TotalInterfaces        = 2,
+
+			.ConfigurationNumber    = 1,
+			.ConfigurationStrIndex  = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+			.ConfigAttributes       = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+			.MaxPowerConsumption    = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+		},
+
+	.CDC_CCI_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 1,
+
+			.Class                  = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+			.SubClass               = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.CDC_Functional_Header =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+			.CDCSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+		},
+
+	.CDC_Functional_ACM =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM,
+
+			.Capabilities           = 0x06,
+		},
+
+	.CDC_Functional_Union =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union,
+
+			.MasterInterfaceNumber  = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+			.SlaveInterfaceNumber   = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+		},
+
+	.CDC_NotificationEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0xFF
+		},
+
+	.CDC_DCI_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 2,
+
+			.Class                  = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass,
+			.SubClass               = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.CDC_DataOutEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		},
+
+	.CDC_DataInEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		}
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ *  the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ *  via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ *  form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ *  and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LED Notifier");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ *  USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8);
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+	const void* Address = NULL;
+	uint16_t    Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+	switch (DescriptorType)
+	{
+		case DTYPE_Device:
+			Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_Configuration:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_String:
+			switch (DescriptorNumber)
+			{
+				case STRING_ID_Language:
+					Address = &LanguageString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+					Address = &ManufacturerString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Product:
+					Address = &ProductString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+			}
+
+			break;
+	}
+
+	*DescriptorAddress = Address;
+	return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b19682a2b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+		#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR        (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 2)
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+		#define CDC_TX_EPADDR                  (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 3)
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the CDC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+		#define CDC_RX_EPADDR                  (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4)
+
+		/** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+		#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE        8
+
+		/** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */
+		#define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE                16
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t    Config;
+
+			// CDC Command Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t               CDC_CCI_Interface;
+			USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t    CDC_Functional_Header;
+			USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t       CDC_Functional_ACM;
+			USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t     CDC_Functional_Union;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t                CDC_NotificationEndpoint;
+
+			// CDC Data Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t               CDC_DCI_Interface;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t                CDC_DataOutEndpoint;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t                CDC_DataInEndpoint;
+		} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+		/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+		 *  should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+		 *  interface from other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+		{
+			INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI = 0, /**< CDC CCI interface descriptor ID */
+			INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI = 1, /**< CDC DCI interface descriptor ID */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+		 *  have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+		 *  other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum StringDescriptors_t
+		{
+			STRING_ID_Language     = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+			STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+			STRING_ID_Product      = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+		};
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+		                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+		                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+		                                    ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/LEDMixer.Designer.cs b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/LEDMixer.Designer.cs
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..595083a4a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/LEDMixer.Designer.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+namespace LEDMixer
+{
+    partial class LEDMixer
+    {
+        /// <summary>
+        /// Required designer variable.
+        /// </summary>
+        private System.ComponentModel.IContainer components = null;
+
+        /// <summary>
+        /// Clean up any resources being used.
+        /// </summary>
+        /// <param name="disposing">true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.</param>
+        protected override void Dispose(bool disposing)
+        {
+            if (disposing && (components != null))
+            {
+                components.Dispose();
+            }
+            base.Dispose(disposing);
+        }
+
+        #region Windows Form Designer generated code
+
+        /// <summary>
+        /// Required method for Designer support - do not modify
+        /// the contents of this method with the code editor.
+        /// </summary>
+        private void InitializeComponent()
+        {
+            this.components = new System.ComponentModel.Container();
+            this.tbRed = new System.Windows.Forms.TrackBar();
+            this.tbGreen = new System.Windows.Forms.TrackBar();
+            this.tbBlue = new System.Windows.Forms.TrackBar();
+            this.serSerialPort = new System.IO.Ports.SerialPort(this.components);
+            this.cbPort = new System.Windows.Forms.ComboBox();
+            this.lblRed = new System.Windows.Forms.Label();
+            this.lblBlue = new System.Windows.Forms.Label();
+            this.lblGreen = new System.Windows.Forms.Label();
+            ((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.tbRed)).BeginInit();
+            ((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.tbGreen)).BeginInit();
+            ((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.tbBlue)).BeginInit();
+            this.SuspendLayout();
+            // 
+            // tbRed
+            // 
+            this.tbRed.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(54, 64);
+            this.tbRed.Maximum = 512;
+            this.tbRed.Name = "tbRed";
+            this.tbRed.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(230, 45);
+            this.tbRed.TabIndex = 0;
+            this.tbRed.Scroll += new System.EventHandler(this.tbRed_Scroll);
+            // 
+            // tbGreen
+            // 
+            this.tbGreen.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(54, 115);
+            this.tbGreen.Maximum = 512;
+            this.tbGreen.Name = "tbGreen";
+            this.tbGreen.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(230, 45);
+            this.tbGreen.TabIndex = 1;
+            this.tbGreen.Scroll += new System.EventHandler(this.tbGreen_Scroll);
+            // 
+            // tbBlue
+            // 
+            this.tbBlue.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(54, 163);
+            this.tbBlue.Maximum = 512;
+            this.tbBlue.Name = "tbBlue";
+            this.tbBlue.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(230, 45);
+            this.tbBlue.TabIndex = 2;
+            this.tbBlue.Scroll += new System.EventHandler(this.tbBlue_Scroll);
+            // 
+            // cbPort
+            // 
+            this.cbPort.FormattingEnabled = true;
+            this.cbPort.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(97, 12);
+            this.cbPort.Name = "cbPort";
+            this.cbPort.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(99, 21);
+            this.cbPort.TabIndex = 3;
+            this.cbPort.SelectedIndexChanged += new System.EventHandler(this.cbPort_SelectedIndexChanged);
+            // 
+            // lblRed
+            // 
+            this.lblRed.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 9.75F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((byte)(0)));
+            this.lblRed.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(3, 64);
+            this.lblRed.Name = "lblRed";
+            this.lblRed.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(48, 29);
+            this.lblRed.TabIndex = 4;
+            this.lblRed.Text = "Red";
+            this.lblRed.TextAlign = System.Drawing.ContentAlignment.MiddleRight;
+            // 
+            // lblBlue
+            // 
+            this.lblBlue.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 9.75F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((byte)(0)));
+            this.lblBlue.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(3, 115);
+            this.lblBlue.Name = "lblGreen";
+            this.lblBlue.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(50, 27);
+            this.lblBlue.TabIndex = 5;
+            this.lblBlue.Text = "Green";
+            this.lblBlue.TextAlign = System.Drawing.ContentAlignment.MiddleRight;
+            // 
+            // lblGreen
+            // 
+            this.lblGreen.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 9.75F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((byte)(0)));
+            this.lblGreen.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(3, 163);
+            this.lblGreen.Name = "lblBlue";
+            this.lblGreen.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(50, 25);
+            this.lblGreen.TabIndex = 6;
+            this.lblGreen.Text = "Blue";
+            this.lblGreen.TextAlign = System.Drawing.ContentAlignment.MiddleRight;
+            // 
+            // LEDMixer
+            // 
+            this.AutoScaleDimensions = new System.Drawing.SizeF(6F, 13F);
+            this.AutoScaleMode = System.Windows.Forms.AutoScaleMode.Font;
+            this.ClientSize = new System.Drawing.Size(284, 207);
+            this.Controls.Add(this.lblGreen);
+            this.Controls.Add(this.lblBlue);
+            this.Controls.Add(this.lblRed);
+            this.Controls.Add(this.cbPort);
+            this.Controls.Add(this.tbBlue);
+            this.Controls.Add(this.tbGreen);
+            this.Controls.Add(this.tbRed);
+            this.FormBorderStyle = System.Windows.Forms.FormBorderStyle.FixedSingle;
+            this.MaximizeBox = false;
+            this.MinimizeBox = false;
+            this.Name = "LEDMixer";
+            this.Text = "LED Mixer";
+            this.Load += new System.EventHandler(this.LEDMixer_Load);
+            ((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.tbRed)).EndInit();
+            ((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.tbGreen)).EndInit();
+            ((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.tbBlue)).EndInit();
+            this.ResumeLayout(false);
+            this.PerformLayout();
+
+        }
+
+        #endregion
+
+        private System.Windows.Forms.TrackBar tbRed;
+        private System.Windows.Forms.TrackBar tbGreen;
+        private System.Windows.Forms.TrackBar tbBlue;
+        private System.IO.Ports.SerialPort serSerialPort;
+        private System.Windows.Forms.ComboBox cbPort;
+        private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblRed;
+        private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblBlue;
+        private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblGreen;
+    }
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/LEDMixer.cs b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/LEDMixer.cs
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dfaffed309
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/LEDMixer.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+using System;
+using System.Collections.Generic;
+using System.ComponentModel;
+using System.Data;
+using System.Drawing;
+using System.Linq;
+using System.Text;
+using System.Windows.Forms;
+
+namespace LEDMixer
+{
+    public partial class LEDMixer : Form
+    {
+        private const int LIGHT_MAX = 0x1F;
+        
+        public LEDMixer()
+        {
+            InitializeComponent();
+        }
+
+        private void LEDMixer_Load(object sender, EventArgs e)
+        {
+            String[] PortNames = System.IO.Ports.SerialPort.GetPortNames();
+            Array.Sort<String>(PortNames, delegate(string strA, string strB) { return int.Parse(strA.Substring(3)).CompareTo(int.Parse(strB.Substring(3))); });
+            cbPort.Items.Clear();
+            cbPort.Items.AddRange(PortNames);
+
+            cbPort.SelectedIndex = 0;
+
+            tbRed.Maximum = LIGHT_MAX;
+            tbGreen.Maximum = LIGHT_MAX;
+            tbBlue.Maximum = LIGHT_MAX;
+        }
+
+        private void tbRed_Scroll(object sender, EventArgs e)
+        {
+            NotifyLight(tbRed.Value, tbGreen.Value, tbBlue.Value);
+        }
+
+        private void tbGreen_Scroll(object sender, EventArgs e)
+        {
+            NotifyLight(tbRed.Value, tbGreen.Value, tbBlue.Value);
+        }
+
+        private void tbBlue_Scroll(object sender, EventArgs e)
+        {
+            NotifyLight(tbRed.Value, tbGreen.Value, tbBlue.Value);
+        }
+        
+        private void NotifyLight(int Red, int Green, int Blue)
+        {
+            byte[] buffer = new byte[3];
+            buffer[0] = (byte)(0x80 | (Red & LIGHT_MAX));
+            buffer[1] = (byte)(0x40 | (Green & LIGHT_MAX));
+            buffer[2] = (byte)(0x20 | (Blue & LIGHT_MAX));
+
+            try
+            {
+                serSerialPort.PortName = cbPort.Text;
+                serSerialPort.Open();
+                serSerialPort.Write(buffer, 0, buffer.Length);
+                serSerialPort.Close();
+            }
+            catch (Exception e)
+            {
+
+            }
+        }
+
+        private void cbPort_SelectedIndexChanged(object sender, EventArgs e)
+        {
+            NotifyLight(tbRed.Value, tbGreen.Value, tbBlue.Value);
+        }
+    }
+}
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/LEDMixer.csproj b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/LEDMixer.csproj
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6287ddcff1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/LEDMixer.csproj
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<Project ToolsVersion="4.0" DefaultTargets="Build" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/msbuild/2003">
+  <PropertyGroup>
+    <Configuration Condition=" '$(Configuration)' == '' ">Debug</Configuration>
+    <Platform Condition=" '$(Platform)' == '' ">AnyCPU</Platform>
+    <ProductVersion>9.0.21022</ProductVersion>
+    <SchemaVersion>2.0</SchemaVersion>
+    <ProjectGuid>{A7814DA7-FA30-4A3D-878F-2E1975F9B27D}</ProjectGuid>
+    <OutputType>WinExe</OutputType>
+    <AppDesignerFolder>Properties</AppDesignerFolder>
+    <RootNamespace>LEDMixer</RootNamespace>
+    <AssemblyName>LEDMixer</AssemblyName>
+    <TargetFrameworkVersion>v3.5</TargetFrameworkVersion>
+    <FileAlignment>512</FileAlignment>
+    <FileUpgradeFlags>
+    </FileUpgradeFlags>
+    <OldToolsVersion>3.5</OldToolsVersion>
+    <UpgradeBackupLocation />
+  </PropertyGroup>
+  <PropertyGroup Condition=" '$(Configuration)|$(Platform)' == 'Debug|AnyCPU' ">
+    <DebugSymbols>true</DebugSymbols>
+    <DebugType>full</DebugType>
+    <Optimize>false</Optimize>
+    <OutputPath>bin\Debug\</OutputPath>
+    <DefineConstants>DEBUG;TRACE</DefineConstants>
+    <ErrorReport>prompt</ErrorReport>
+    <WarningLevel>4</WarningLevel>
+  </PropertyGroup>
+  <PropertyGroup Condition=" '$(Configuration)|$(Platform)' == 'Release|AnyCPU' ">
+    <DebugType>pdbonly</DebugType>
+    <Optimize>true</Optimize>
+    <OutputPath>bin\Release\</OutputPath>
+    <DefineConstants>TRACE</DefineConstants>
+    <ErrorReport>prompt</ErrorReport>
+    <WarningLevel>4</WarningLevel>
+  </PropertyGroup>
+  <ItemGroup>
+    <Reference Include="System" />
+    <Reference Include="System.Core">
+      <RequiredTargetFramework>3.5</RequiredTargetFramework>
+    </Reference>
+    <Reference Include="System.Xml.Linq">
+      <RequiredTargetFramework>3.5</RequiredTargetFramework>
+    </Reference>
+    <Reference Include="System.Data.DataSetExtensions">
+      <RequiredTargetFramework>3.5</RequiredTargetFramework>
+    </Reference>
+    <Reference Include="System.Data" />
+    <Reference Include="System.Deployment" />
+    <Reference Include="System.Drawing" />
+    <Reference Include="System.Windows.Forms" />
+    <Reference Include="System.Xml" />
+  </ItemGroup>
+  <ItemGroup>
+    <Compile Include="LEDMixer.cs">
+      <SubType>Form</SubType>
+    </Compile>
+    <Compile Include="LEDMixer.Designer.cs">
+      <DependentUpon>LEDMixer.cs</DependentUpon>
+    </Compile>
+    <Compile Include="Program.cs" />
+    <Compile Include="Properties\AssemblyInfo.cs" />
+    <EmbeddedResource Include="LEDMixer.resx">
+      <DependentUpon>LEDMixer.cs</DependentUpon>
+      <SubType>Designer</SubType>
+    </EmbeddedResource>
+    <EmbeddedResource Include="Properties\Resources.resx">
+      <Generator>ResXFileCodeGenerator</Generator>
+      <LastGenOutput>Resources.Designer.cs</LastGenOutput>
+      <SubType>Designer</SubType>
+    </EmbeddedResource>
+    <Compile Include="Properties\Resources.Designer.cs">
+      <AutoGen>True</AutoGen>
+      <DependentUpon>Resources.resx</DependentUpon>
+      <DesignTime>True</DesignTime>
+    </Compile>
+    <None Include="Properties\Settings.settings">
+      <Generator>SettingsSingleFileGenerator</Generator>
+      <LastGenOutput>Settings.Designer.cs</LastGenOutput>
+    </None>
+    <Compile Include="Properties\Settings.Designer.cs">
+      <AutoGen>True</AutoGen>
+      <DependentUpon>Settings.settings</DependentUpon>
+      <DesignTimeSharedInput>True</DesignTimeSharedInput>
+    </Compile>
+  </ItemGroup>
+  <Import Project="$(MSBuildToolsPath)\Microsoft.CSharp.targets" />
+  <!-- To modify your build process, add your task inside one of the targets below and uncomment it. 
+       Other similar extension points exist, see Microsoft.Common.targets.
+  <Target Name="BeforeBuild">
+  </Target>
+  <Target Name="AfterBuild">
+  </Target>
+  -->
+</Project>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/LEDMixer.resx b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/LEDMixer.resx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0601840d7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/LEDMixer.resx
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<root>
+  <!-- 
+    Microsoft ResX Schema 
+    
+    Version 2.0
+    
+    The primary goals of this format is to allow a simple XML format 
+    that is mostly human readable. The generation and parsing of the 
+    various data types are done through the TypeConverter classes 
+    associated with the data types.
+    
+    Example:
+    
+    ... ado.net/XML headers & schema ...
+    <resheader name="resmimetype">text/microsoft-resx</resheader>
+    <resheader name="version">2.0</resheader>
+    <resheader name="reader">System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader>
+    <resheader name="writer">System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader>
+    <data name="Name1"><value>this is my long string</value><comment>this is a comment</comment></data>
+    <data name="Color1" type="System.Drawing.Color, System.Drawing">Blue</data>
+    <data name="Bitmap1" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64">
+        <value>[base64 mime encoded serialized .NET Framework object]</value>
+    </data>
+    <data name="Icon1" type="System.Drawing.Icon, System.Drawing" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64">
+        <value>[base64 mime encoded string representing a byte array form of the .NET Framework object]</value>
+        <comment>This is a comment</comment>
+    </data>
+                
+    There are any number of "resheader" rows that contain simple 
+    name/value pairs.
+    
+    Each data row contains a name, and value. The row also contains a 
+    type or mimetype. Type corresponds to a .NET class that support 
+    text/value conversion through the TypeConverter architecture. 
+    Classes that don't support this are serialized and stored with the 
+    mimetype set.
+    
+    The mimetype is used for serialized objects, and tells the 
+    ResXResourceReader how to depersist the object. This is currently not 
+    extensible. For a given mimetype the value must be set accordingly:
+    
+    Note - application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64 is the format 
+    that the ResXResourceWriter will generate, however the reader can 
+    read any of the formats listed below.
+    
+    mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64
+    value   : The object must be serialized with 
+            : System.Runtime.Serialization.Formatters.Binary.BinaryFormatter
+            : and then encoded with base64 encoding.
+    
+    mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.soap.base64
+    value   : The object must be serialized with 
+            : System.Runtime.Serialization.Formatters.Soap.SoapFormatter
+            : and then encoded with base64 encoding.
+
+    mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64
+    value   : The object must be serialized into a byte array 
+            : using a System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter
+            : and then encoded with base64 encoding.
+    -->
+  <xsd:schema id="root" xmlns="" xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema" xmlns:msdata="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:xml-msdata">
+    <xsd:import namespace="http://www.w3.org/XML/1998/namespace" />
+    <xsd:element name="root" msdata:IsDataSet="true">
+      <xsd:complexType>
+        <xsd:choice maxOccurs="unbounded">
+          <xsd:element name="metadata">
+            <xsd:complexType>
+              <xsd:sequence>
+                <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" />
+              </xsd:sequence>
+              <xsd:attribute name="name" use="required" type="xsd:string" />
+              <xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" />
+              <xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" />
+              <xsd:attribute ref="xml:space" />
+            </xsd:complexType>
+          </xsd:element>
+          <xsd:element name="assembly">
+            <xsd:complexType>
+              <xsd:attribute name="alias" type="xsd:string" />
+              <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" />
+            </xsd:complexType>
+          </xsd:element>
+          <xsd:element name="data">
+            <xsd:complexType>
+              <xsd:sequence>
+                <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
+                <xsd:element name="comment" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="2" />
+              </xsd:sequence>
+              <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" use="required" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
+              <xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="3" />
+              <xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="4" />
+              <xsd:attribute ref="xml:space" />
+            </xsd:complexType>
+          </xsd:element>
+          <xsd:element name="resheader">
+            <xsd:complexType>
+              <xsd:sequence>
+                <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
+              </xsd:sequence>
+              <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" use="required" />
+            </xsd:complexType>
+          </xsd:element>
+        </xsd:choice>
+      </xsd:complexType>
+    </xsd:element>
+  </xsd:schema>
+  <resheader name="resmimetype">
+    <value>text/microsoft-resx</value>
+  </resheader>
+  <resheader name="version">
+    <value>2.0</value>
+  </resheader>
+  <resheader name="reader">
+    <value>System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value>
+  </resheader>
+  <resheader name="writer">
+    <value>System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value>
+  </resheader>
+  <metadata name="serSerialPort.TrayLocation" type="System.Drawing.Point, System.Drawing, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b03f5f7f11d50a3a">
+    <value>17, 17</value>
+  </metadata>
+</root>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Program.cs b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Program.cs
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8958f86d2a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Program.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+using System;
+using System.Collections.Generic;
+using System.Linq;
+using System.Windows.Forms;
+
+namespace LEDMixer
+{
+    static class Program
+    {
+        /// <summary>
+        /// The main entry point for the application.
+        /// </summary>
+        [STAThread]
+        static void Main()
+        {
+            Application.EnableVisualStyles();
+            Application.SetCompatibleTextRenderingDefault(false);
+            Application.Run(new LEDMixer());
+        }
+    }
+}
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c88194381e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+using System.Reflection;
+using System.Runtime.CompilerServices;
+using System.Runtime.InteropServices;
+
+// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following 
+// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information
+// associated with an assembly.
+[assembly: AssemblyTitle("LEDMixer")]
+[assembly: AssemblyDescription("")]
+[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")]
+[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Microsoft")]
+[assembly: AssemblyProduct("LEDMixer")]
+[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Copyright © Microsoft 2009")]
+[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")]
+[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")]
+
+// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible 
+// to COM components.  If you need to access a type in this assembly from 
+// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type.
+[assembly: ComVisible(false)]
+
+// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM
+[assembly: Guid("335c1112-9aa6-42a0-9765-5cc6deb78c88")]
+
+// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values:
+//
+//      Major Version
+//      Minor Version 
+//      Build Number
+//      Revision
+//
+// You can specify all the values or you can default the Build and Revision Numbers 
+// by using the '*' as shown below:
+// [assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.*")]
+[assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.0.0")]
+[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")]
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..53e3f2e0b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// <auto-generated>
+//     This code was generated by a tool.
+//     Runtime Version:4.0.30319.239
+//
+//     Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if
+//     the code is regenerated.
+// </auto-generated>
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+namespace LEDMixer.Properties {
+    using System;
+    
+    
+    /// <summary>
+    ///   A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc.
+    /// </summary>
+    // This class was auto-generated by the StronglyTypedResourceBuilder
+    // class via a tool like ResGen or Visual Studio.
+    // To add or remove a member, edit your .ResX file then rerun ResGen
+    // with the /str option, or rebuild your VS project.
+    [global::System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("System.Resources.Tools.StronglyTypedResourceBuilder", "4.0.0.0")]
+    [global::System.Diagnostics.DebuggerNonUserCodeAttribute()]
+    [global::System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()]
+    internal class Resources {
+        
+        private static global::System.Resources.ResourceManager resourceMan;
+        
+        private static global::System.Globalization.CultureInfo resourceCulture;
+        
+        [global::System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis.SuppressMessageAttribute("Microsoft.Performance", "CA1811:AvoidUncalledPrivateCode")]
+        internal Resources() {
+        }
+        
+        /// <summary>
+        ///   Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class.
+        /// </summary>
+        [global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableAttribute(global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableState.Advanced)]
+        internal static global::System.Resources.ResourceManager ResourceManager {
+            get {
+                if (object.ReferenceEquals(resourceMan, null)) {
+                    global::System.Resources.ResourceManager temp = new global::System.Resources.ResourceManager("LEDMixer.Properties.Resources", typeof(Resources).Assembly);
+                    resourceMan = temp;
+                }
+                return resourceMan;
+            }
+        }
+        
+        /// <summary>
+        ///   Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all
+        ///   resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class.
+        /// </summary>
+        [global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableAttribute(global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableState.Advanced)]
+        internal static global::System.Globalization.CultureInfo Culture {
+            get {
+                return resourceCulture;
+            }
+            set {
+                resourceCulture = value;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Properties/Resources.resx b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Properties/Resources.resx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..af7dbebbac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Properties/Resources.resx
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<root>
+  <!-- 
+    Microsoft ResX Schema 
+    
+    Version 2.0
+    
+    The primary goals of this format is to allow a simple XML format 
+    that is mostly human readable. The generation and parsing of the 
+    various data types are done through the TypeConverter classes 
+    associated with the data types.
+    
+    Example:
+    
+    ... ado.net/XML headers & schema ...
+    <resheader name="resmimetype">text/microsoft-resx</resheader>
+    <resheader name="version">2.0</resheader>
+    <resheader name="reader">System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader>
+    <resheader name="writer">System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader>
+    <data name="Name1"><value>this is my long string</value><comment>this is a comment</comment></data>
+    <data name="Color1" type="System.Drawing.Color, System.Drawing">Blue</data>
+    <data name="Bitmap1" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64">
+        <value>[base64 mime encoded serialized .NET Framework object]</value>
+    </data>
+    <data name="Icon1" type="System.Drawing.Icon, System.Drawing" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64">
+        <value>[base64 mime encoded string representing a byte array form of the .NET Framework object]</value>
+        <comment>This is a comment</comment>
+    </data>
+                
+    There are any number of "resheader" rows that contain simple 
+    name/value pairs.
+    
+    Each data row contains a name, and value. The row also contains a 
+    type or mimetype. Type corresponds to a .NET class that support 
+    text/value conversion through the TypeConverter architecture. 
+    Classes that don't support this are serialized and stored with the 
+    mimetype set.
+    
+    The mimetype is used for serialized objects, and tells the 
+    ResXResourceReader how to depersist the object. This is currently not 
+    extensible. For a given mimetype the value must be set accordingly:
+    
+    Note - application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64 is the format 
+    that the ResXResourceWriter will generate, however the reader can 
+    read any of the formats listed below.
+    
+    mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64
+    value   : The object must be serialized with 
+            : System.Serialization.Formatters.Binary.BinaryFormatter
+            : and then encoded with base64 encoding.
+    
+    mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.soap.base64
+    value   : The object must be serialized with 
+            : System.Runtime.Serialization.Formatters.Soap.SoapFormatter
+            : and then encoded with base64 encoding.
+
+    mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64
+    value   : The object must be serialized into a byte array 
+            : using a System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter
+            : and then encoded with base64 encoding.
+    -->
+  <xsd:schema id="root" xmlns="" xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema" xmlns:msdata="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:xml-msdata">
+    <xsd:element name="root" msdata:IsDataSet="true">
+      <xsd:complexType>
+        <xsd:choice maxOccurs="unbounded">
+          <xsd:element name="metadata">
+            <xsd:complexType>
+              <xsd:sequence>
+                <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" />
+              </xsd:sequence>
+              <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" />
+              <xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" />
+              <xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" />
+            </xsd:complexType>
+          </xsd:element>
+          <xsd:element name="assembly">
+            <xsd:complexType>
+              <xsd:attribute name="alias" type="xsd:string" />
+              <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" />
+            </xsd:complexType>
+          </xsd:element>
+          <xsd:element name="data">
+            <xsd:complexType>
+              <xsd:sequence>
+                <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
+                <xsd:element name="comment" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="2" />
+              </xsd:sequence>
+              <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
+              <xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="3" />
+              <xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="4" />
+            </xsd:complexType>
+          </xsd:element>
+          <xsd:element name="resheader">
+            <xsd:complexType>
+              <xsd:sequence>
+                <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
+              </xsd:sequence>
+              <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" use="required" />
+            </xsd:complexType>
+          </xsd:element>
+        </xsd:choice>
+      </xsd:complexType>
+    </xsd:element>
+  </xsd:schema>
+  <resheader name="resmimetype">
+    <value>text/microsoft-resx</value>
+  </resheader>
+  <resheader name="version">
+    <value>2.0</value>
+  </resheader>
+  <resheader name="reader">
+    <value>System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value>
+  </resheader>
+  <resheader name="writer">
+    <value>System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value>
+  </resheader>
+</root>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d79f28b804
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// <auto-generated>
+//     This code was generated by a tool.
+//     Runtime Version:4.0.30319.239
+//
+//     Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if
+//     the code is regenerated.
+// </auto-generated>
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+namespace LEDMixer.Properties {
+    
+    
+    [global::System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()]
+    [global::System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("Microsoft.VisualStudio.Editors.SettingsDesigner.SettingsSingleFileGenerator", "10.0.0.0")]
+    internal sealed partial class Settings : global::System.Configuration.ApplicationSettingsBase {
+        
+        private static Settings defaultInstance = ((Settings)(global::System.Configuration.ApplicationSettingsBase.Synchronized(new Settings())));
+        
+        public static Settings Default {
+            get {
+                return defaultInstance;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Properties/Settings.settings b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Properties/Settings.settings
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..39645652af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Properties/Settings.settings
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<SettingsFile xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/VisualStudio/2004/01/settings" CurrentProfile="(Default)">
+  <Profiles>
+    <Profile Name="(Default)" />
+  </Profiles>
+  <Settings />
+</SettingsFile>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDNotifier.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDNotifier.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f399e1164f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDNotifier.c
@@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the LEDNotfier project. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the project and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "LEDNotifier.h"
+
+/** LUFA CDC Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ *  passed to all CDC Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ *  within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface =
+	{
+		.Config =
+			{
+				.ControlInterfaceNumber   = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+				.DataINEndpoint           =
+					{
+						.Address          = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
+						.Size             = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks            = 1,
+					},
+				.DataOUTEndpoint =
+					{
+						.Address          = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
+						.Size             = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks            = 1,
+					},
+				.NotificationEndpoint =
+					{
+						.Address          = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+						.Size             = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks            = 1,
+					},
+			},
+	};
+
+/** Counter for the software PWM. */
+static volatile uint8_t SoftPWM_Count;
+
+/** Duty cycle for the first software PWM channel. */
+static volatile uint8_t SoftPWM_Channel1_Duty;
+
+/** Duty cycle for the second software PWM channel. */
+static volatile uint8_t SoftPWM_Channel2_Duty;
+
+/** Duty cycle for the third software PWM channel. */
+static volatile uint8_t SoftPWM_Channel3_Duty;
+
+/** Standard file stream for the CDC interface when set up, so that the virtual CDC COM port can be
+ *  used like any regular character stream in the C APIs.
+ */
+static FILE USBSerialStream;
+
+
+/** Interrupt handler for managing the software PWM channels for the LEDs */
+ISR(TIMER0_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+	uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+
+	if (++SoftPWM_Count == 0b00011111)
+	  SoftPWM_Count = 0;
+
+	if (SoftPWM_Count >= SoftPWM_Channel1_Duty)
+	  LEDMask &= ~LEDS_LED1;
+
+	if (SoftPWM_Count >= SoftPWM_Channel2_Duty)
+	  LEDMask &= ~LEDS_LED2;
+
+	if (SoftPWM_Count >= SoftPWM_Channel3_Duty)
+	  LEDMask &= ~LEDS_LED3;
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+}
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ *  setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	/* Create a regular blocking character stream for the interface so that it can be used with the stdio.h functions */
+	CDC_Device_CreateBlockingStream(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface, &USBSerialStream);
+
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		/* Read in next LED colour command from the host */
+		uint8_t ColourUpdate = fgetc(&USBSerialStream);
+
+		/* Top 3 bits select the LED, bottom 5 control the brightness */
+		uint8_t Channel = (ColourUpdate & 0b11100000);
+		uint8_t Duty    = (ColourUpdate & 0b00011111);
+
+		if (Channel & (1 << 5))
+		  SoftPWM_Channel1_Duty = Duty;
+
+		if (Channel & (1 << 6))
+		  SoftPWM_Channel2_Duty = Duty;
+
+		if (Channel & (1 << 7))
+		  SoftPWM_Channel3_Duty = Duty;
+
+		fputc(&USBSerialStream, ColourUpdate);
+
+		CDC_Device_USBTask(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	LEDs_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+
+	/* Timer Initialization */
+	OCR0A  = 100;
+	TCCR0A = (1 << WGM01);
+	TCCR0B = (1 << CS00);
+	TIMSK0 = (1 << OCIE0A);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+	CDC_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+	CDC_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDNotifier.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDNotifier.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f094d43e51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDNotifier.h
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for LEDNotifier.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LEDNOTIFIER_H_
+#define _LEDNOTIFIER_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <string.h>
+		#include <stdio.h>
+
+		#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDNotifier.txt b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDNotifier.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..53728f448f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDNotifier.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage USB LED Notifier Project
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li AT90USB646
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Abstract Control Model (ACM)</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF CDC Class Standard</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  USB LED Notifier Project. This project is designed for the Busware BUI board, however it can run easily on any
+ *  USB AVR. It is a generic RGB LED controller (via a three channel software PWM) which listens for commands from the
+ *  host on a CDC virtual serial port. When new commands are received, it updates the board LEDs.
+ *
+ *  This can be controlled with any host application that can write to the virtual serial port, allowing it to become
+ *  a visual notification system for any number of custom host applications, such as a new unread email notifier.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this project, which can control the project behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>
+ *     None
+ *    </td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/LUFA LED Notifier.inf b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/LUFA LED Notifier.inf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dc3f0e74aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/LUFA LED Notifier.inf
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+;************************************************************
+; Windows USB CDC ACM Setup File
+; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
+;************************************************************
+
+[DefaultInstall]
+CopyINF="LUFA LED Notifier.inf"
+
+[Version]
+Signature="$Windows NT$"
+Class=Ports
+ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318}
+Provider=%MFGNAME%
+DriverVer=7/1/2012,10.0.0.0
+
+[Manufacturer]
+%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTx86, NTamd64, NTia64
+
+[SourceDisksNames]
+
+[SourceDisksFiles]
+
+[DestinationDirs]
+DefaultDestDir=12
+
+[DriverInstall]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+CopyFiles=FakeModemCopyFileSection
+AddReg=DriverInstall.AddReg
+
+[DriverInstall.Services]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, LowerFilter_Service_Inst
+
+[DriverInstall.AddReg]
+HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"msports.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;  Vendor and Product ID Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side
+; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match.
+; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID.  Use the format as shown below.
+; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs.
+; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line.
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[DeviceList]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044
+
+[DeviceList.NTx86]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044
+
+[DeviceList.NTamd64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044
+
+[DeviceList.NTia64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;  String Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;Modify these strings to customize your device
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[Strings]
+MFGNAME="http://www.lufa-lib.org"
+DESCRIPTION="LUFA CDC-ACM Virtual Serial Port"
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c3f42899a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="LED Notifier Widget" id="lufa.projects.led_notifier.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.projects.led_notifier"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="usbkey"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="8000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="8000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.projects.led_notifier" caption="LED Notifier Widget">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		RGB LED notification widget project.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Device"/>
+			<keyword value="CDC Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="LEDNotifier.txt"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="LUFA LED Notifier.inf"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="directory" value="CPUUsageApp"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="directory" value="LEDMixerApp"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="LEDNotifier.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="LEDNotifier.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..89391e8a61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2397 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - USB LED Notifier Project"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/ \
+                         CPUUsageApp/ \
+                         LEDMixerApp/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/makefile b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b426834fc5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/LEDNotifier/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = atmega32u2
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USB2AX
+F_CPU        = 16000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = LEDNotifier
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/Config/AppConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9c1cfe675d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ *  the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ *  specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ *  makefile or build system.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ *  \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#define MAX_SIMULTANEOUS_NOTES     3
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..75713f94d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            0
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b4bcea1ee7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,314 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ *  the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ *  process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+	.Class                  = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+	.SubClass               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+	.Protocol               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+	.Endpoint0Size          = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+	.VendorID               = 0x03EB,
+	.ProductID              = 0x2048,
+	.ReleaseNumber          = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+	.ProductStrIndex        = STRING_ID_Product,
+	.SerialNumStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+	.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+	.Config =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+			.TotalConfigurationSize   = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+			.TotalInterfaces          = 2,
+
+			.ConfigurationNumber      = 1,
+			.ConfigurationStrIndex    = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+			.ConfigAttributes         = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+			.MaxPowerConsumption      = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+		},
+
+	.Audio_ControlInterface =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber          = INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl,
+			.AlternateSetting         = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints           = 0,
+
+			.Class                    = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
+			.SubClass                 = AUDIO_CSCP_ControlSubclass,
+			.Protocol                 = AUDIO_CSCP_ControlProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex        = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.Audio_ControlInterface_SPC =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+			.ACSpecification          = VERSION_BCD(1,0,0),
+			.TotalLength              = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t),
+
+			.InCollection             = 1,
+			.InterfaceNumber          = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+		},
+
+	.Audio_StreamInterface =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber          = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+			.AlternateSetting         = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints           = 2,
+
+			.Class                    = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
+			.SubClass                 = AUDIO_CSCP_MIDIStreamingSubclass,
+			.Protocol                 = AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex        = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.Audio_StreamInterface_SPC =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_AudioInterface_AS_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_General,
+
+			.AudioSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,0,0),
+
+			.TotalLength              = (sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t) -
+			                             offsetof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t, Audio_StreamInterface_SPC))
+		},
+
+	.MIDI_In_Jack_Emb =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal,
+
+			.JackType                 = MIDI_JACKTYPE_Embedded,
+			.JackID                   = 0x01,
+
+			.JackStrIndex             = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.MIDI_In_Jack_Ext =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal,
+
+			.JackType                 = MIDI_JACKTYPE_External,
+			.JackID                   = 0x02,
+
+			.JackStrIndex             = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.MIDI_Out_Jack_Emb =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal,
+
+			.JackType                 = MIDI_JACKTYPE_Embedded,
+			.JackID                   = 0x03,
+
+			.NumberOfPins             = 1,
+			.SourceJackID             = {0x02},
+			.SourcePinID              = {0x01},
+
+			.JackStrIndex             = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.MIDI_Out_Jack_Ext =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal,
+
+			.JackType                 = MIDI_JACKTYPE_External,
+			.JackID                   = 0x04,
+
+			.NumberOfPins             = 1,
+			.SourceJackID             = {0x01},
+			.SourcePinID              = {0x01},
+
+			.JackStrIndex             = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint =
+		{
+			.Endpoint =
+				{
+					.Header              = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+					.EndpointAddress     = MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPADDR,
+					.Attributes          = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+					.EndpointSize        = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
+					.PollingIntervalMS   = 0x05
+				},
+
+			.Refresh                  = 0,
+			.SyncEndpointNumber       = 0
+		},
+
+	.MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint_SPC =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSEndpoint},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSEndpoint_General,
+
+			.TotalEmbeddedJacks       = 0x01,
+			.AssociatedJackID         = {0x01}
+		},
+
+	.MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint =
+		{
+			.Endpoint =
+				{
+					.Header              = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+					.EndpointAddress     = MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPADDR,
+					.Attributes          = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+					.EndpointSize        = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
+					.PollingIntervalMS   = 0x05
+				},
+
+			.Refresh                  = 0,
+			.SyncEndpointNumber       = 0
+		},
+
+	.MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint_SPC =
+		{
+			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSEndpoint},
+			.Subtype                  = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSEndpoint_General,
+
+			.TotalEmbeddedJacks       = 0x01,
+			.AssociatedJackID         = {0x03}
+		}
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ *  the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ *  via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ *  form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ *  and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA MIDI Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ *  USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8);
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+	const void* Address = NULL;
+	uint16_t    Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+	switch (DescriptorType)
+	{
+		case DTYPE_Device:
+			Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_Configuration:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_String:
+			switch (DescriptorNumber)
+			{
+				case STRING_ID_Language:
+					Address = &LanguageString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+					Address = &ManufacturerString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Product:
+					Address = &ProductString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+			}
+
+			break;
+	}
+
+	*DescriptorAddress = Address;
+	return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f973b4da78
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Endpoint address of the MIDI streaming data IN endpoint, for device-to-host data transfers. */
+		#define MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPADDR       (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 2)
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the MIDI streaming data OUT endpoint, for host-to-device data transfers. */
+		#define MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPADDR      (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 1)
+
+		/** Endpoint size in bytes of the Audio isochronous streaming data IN and OUT endpoints. */
+		#define MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE          64
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t     Config;
+
+			// MIDI Audio Control Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t                Audio_ControlInterface;
+			USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t       Audio_ControlInterface_SPC;
+
+			// MIDI Audio Streaming Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t                Audio_StreamInterface;
+			USB_MIDI_Descriptor_AudioInterface_AS_t   Audio_StreamInterface_SPC;
+			USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t           MIDI_In_Jack_Emb;
+			USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t           MIDI_In_Jack_Ext;
+			USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t          MIDI_Out_Jack_Emb;
+			USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t          MIDI_Out_Jack_Ext;
+			USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint;
+			USB_MIDI_Descriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t       MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint_SPC;
+			USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint;
+			USB_MIDI_Descriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t       MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint_SPC;
+		} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+		/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+		 *  should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+		 *  interface from other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+		{
+			INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl = 0, /**< Audio control interface descriptor ID */
+			INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream  = 1, /**< Audio stream interface descriptor ID */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+		 *  have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+		 *  other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum StringDescriptors_t
+		{
+			STRING_ID_Language     = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+			STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+			STRING_ID_Product      = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+		};
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+		                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+		                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+		                                    ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/MIDIToneGenerator.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/MIDIToneGenerator.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6d9e08a19d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/MIDIToneGenerator.c
@@ -0,0 +1,252 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the MIDI demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "MIDIToneGenerator.h"
+
+/** LUFA MIDI Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ *  passed to all MIDI Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ *  within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t Keyboard_MIDI_Interface =
+	{
+		.Config =
+			{
+				.StreamingInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+				.DataINEndpoint           =
+					{
+						.Address          = MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPADDR,
+						.Size             = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks            = 1,
+					},
+				.DataOUTEndpoint           =
+					{
+						.Address          = MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPADDR,
+						.Size             = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks            = 1,
+					},
+			},
+	};
+
+/** 8-bit 256 entry Sine Wave lookup table */
+static const uint8_t SineTable[256] =
+{
+	128, 131, 134, 137, 140, 143, 146, 149, 152, 156, 159, 162, 165, 168, 171, 174,
+	176, 179, 182, 185, 188, 191, 193, 196, 199, 201, 204, 206, 209, 211, 213, 216,
+	218, 220, 222, 224, 226, 228, 230, 232, 234, 236, 237, 239, 240, 242, 243, 245,
+	246, 247, 248, 249, 250, 251, 252, 252, 253, 254, 254, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255,
+	255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 255, 254, 254, 253, 252, 252, 251, 250, 249, 248, 247,
+	246, 245, 243, 242, 240, 239, 237, 236, 234, 232, 230, 228, 226, 224, 222, 220,
+	218, 216, 213, 211, 209, 206, 204, 201, 199, 196, 193, 191, 188, 185, 182, 179,
+	176, 174, 171, 168, 165, 162, 159, 156, 152, 149, 146, 143, 140, 137, 134, 131,
+	128, 124, 121, 118, 115, 112, 109, 106, 103,  99,  96,  93,  90,  87,  84,  81,
+	 79,  76,  73,  70,  67,  64,  62,  59,  56,  54,  51,  49,  46,  44,  42,  39,
+	 37,  35,  33,  31,  29,  27,  25,  23,  21,  19,  18,  16,  15,  13,  12,  10,
+	  9,   8,   7,   6,   5,   4,   3,   3,   2,   1,   1,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
+	  0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   1,   1,   2,   3,   3,   4,   5,   6,   7,   8,
+	  9,  10,  12,  13,  15,  16,  18,  19,  21,  23,  25,  27,  29,  31,  33,  35,
+	 37,  39,  42,  44,  46,  49,  51,  54,  56,  59,  62,  64,  67,  70,  73,  76,
+	 79,  81,  84,  87,  90,  93,  96,  99, 103, 106, 109, 112, 115, 118, 121, 124,
+};
+
+/** Array of structures describing each note being generated */
+static DDSNoteData NoteData[MAX_SIMULTANEOUS_NOTES];
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ *  setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		MIDI_EventPacket_t ReceivedMIDIEvent;
+		if (MIDI_Device_ReceiveEventPacket(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface, &ReceivedMIDIEvent))
+		{
+			if ((ReceivedMIDIEvent.Event == MIDI_EVENT(0, MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON)) && ((ReceivedMIDIEvent.Data1 & 0x0F) == 0))
+			{
+				DDSNoteData* LRUNoteStruct = &NoteData[0];
+
+				/* Find a free entry in the note table to use for the note being turned on */
+				for (uint8_t i = 0; i < MAX_SIMULTANEOUS_NOTES; i++)
+				{
+					/* Check if the note is unused */
+					if (!(NoteData[i].Pitch))
+					{
+						/* If a note is unused, it's age is essentially infinite - always prefer unused note entries */
+						LRUNoteStruct = &NoteData[i];
+						break;
+					}
+					else if (NoteData[i].LRUAge >= LRUNoteStruct->LRUAge)
+					{
+						/* If an older entry that the current entry has been found, prefer overwriting that one */
+						LRUNoteStruct = &NoteData[i];
+					}
+
+					NoteData[i].LRUAge++;
+				}
+
+				/* Update the oldest note entry with the new note data and reset its age */
+				LRUNoteStruct->Pitch          = ReceivedMIDIEvent.Data2;
+				LRUNoteStruct->TableIncrement = (uint32_t)(BASE_INCREMENT * SCALE_FACTOR) +
+						                         ((uint32_t)(BASE_INCREMENT * NOTE_OCTIVE_RATIO * SCALE_FACTOR) *
+						                          (ReceivedMIDIEvent.Data2 - BASE_PITCH_INDEX));
+				LRUNoteStruct->TablePosition  = 0;
+				LRUNoteStruct->LRUAge         = 0;
+
+				/* Turn on indicator LED to indicate note generation activity */
+				LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_LED1);
+			}
+			else if ((ReceivedMIDIEvent.Event == MIDI_EVENT(0, MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF)) && ((ReceivedMIDIEvent.Data1 & 0x0F) == 0))
+			{
+				bool FoundActiveNote = false;
+
+				/* Find the note in the note table to turn off */
+				for (uint8_t i = 0; i < MAX_SIMULTANEOUS_NOTES; i++)
+				{
+					if (NoteData[i].Pitch == ReceivedMIDIEvent.Data2)
+					  NoteData[i].Pitch = 0;
+					else if (NoteData[i].Pitch)
+					  FoundActiveNote   = true;
+				}
+
+				/* If all notes off, turn off the indicator LED */
+				if (!(FoundActiveNote))
+				  LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_NO_LEDS);
+			}
+		}
+
+		MIDI_Device_USBTask(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface);
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** ISR to handle the reloading of the PWM timer with the next sample. */
+ISR(TIMER0_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+	uint16_t MixedSample = 0;
+
+	/* Sum together all the active notes to form a single sample */
+	for (uint8_t i = 0; i < MAX_SIMULTANEOUS_NOTES; i++)
+	{
+		/* A non-zero pitch indicates the note is active */
+		if (NoteData[i].Pitch)
+		{
+			/* Use the top 8 bits of the table position as the sample table index */
+			uint8_t TableIndex = (NoteData[i].TablePosition >> 24);
+
+			/* Add the new tone sample to the accumulator and increment the table position */
+			MixedSample += SineTable[TableIndex];
+			NoteData[i].TablePosition += NoteData[i].TableIncrement;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Output clamped mixed sample value to the PWM */
+	OCR3A = (MixedSample <= 0xFF) ? MixedSample : 0xFF;
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	LEDs_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+
+	/* Sample reload timer initialization */
+	TIMSK0  = (1 << OCIE0A);
+	OCR0A   = (VIRTUAL_SAMPLE_TABLE_SIZE / 8);
+	TCCR0A  = (1 << WGM01);  // CTC mode
+	TCCR0B  = (1 << CS01);   // Fcpu/8 speed
+
+	/* Set speaker as output */
+	DDRC |= (1 << 6);
+
+	/* PWM speaker timer initialization */
+	TCCR3A  = ((1 << WGM31) | (1 << COM3A1) | (1 << COM3A0)); // Set on match, clear on TOP
+	TCCR3B  = ((1 << WGM32) | (1 << CS30));  // Fast 8-Bit PWM, Fcpu speed
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+	/* Set speaker as output */
+	DDRC |= (1 << 6);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+
+	/* Disable any notes currently being played */
+	for (uint8_t i = 0; i < MAX_SIMULTANEOUS_NOTES; i++)
+	  NoteData[i].Pitch = 0;
+
+	/* Set speaker as input to reduce current draw */
+	DDRC &= ~(1 << 6);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+	bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+	ConfigSuccess &= MIDI_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+	MIDI_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface);
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/MIDIToneGenerator.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/MIDIToneGenerator.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..026a6ee38d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/MIDIToneGenerator.h
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for AudioOutput.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _AUDIO_OUTPUT_H_
+#define _AUDIO_OUTPUT_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <stdbool.h>
+
+		#include "Descriptors.h"
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** Scale factor used to convert the floating point frequencies and ratios into a fixed point number */
+		#define SCALE_FACTOR               65536
+
+		/** Base (lowest) allowable MIDI note frequency */
+		#define BASE_FREQUENCY             27.5
+
+		/** Ratio between each note in an octave */
+		#define NOTE_OCTIVE_RATIO          1.05946
+
+		/** Lowest valid MIDI pitch index */
+		#define BASE_PITCH_INDEX           21
+
+		/** Number of samples in the virtual sample table (can be expanded to lower maximum frequency, but allow for
+		 *  more simultaneous notes due to the reduced amount of processing time needed when the samples are spaced out)
+		 */
+		#define VIRTUAL_SAMPLE_TABLE_SIZE  512
+
+		/** Sample table increments per period for the base MIDI note frequency */
+		#define BASE_INCREMENT             (((F_CPU / VIRTUAL_SAMPLE_TABLE_SIZE / 2) / BASE_FREQUENCY))
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint8_t  LRUAge;
+			uint8_t  Pitch;
+			uint32_t TableIncrement;
+			uint32_t TablePosition;
+		} DDSNoteData;
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/MIDIToneGenerator.txt b/lib/lufa/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/MIDIToneGenerator.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7d0f019ee5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/MIDIToneGenerator.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage MIDI Tone Generator Project
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Project Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this project.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *  \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ *  \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this project.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Audio Class</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Standard Audio Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF Audio Class Specification \n
+ *        USB-MIDI Audio Class Extension Specification \n
+ *        General MIDI Specification</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  MIDI note synthesiser project. This project implements a basic DDS frequency synthesiser, capable of producing 8-bit PWM sine
+ *  waves of variable frequency. When attached to a USB host, this project will allow for multiple MIDI notes to be synthesised into
+ *  audiable sound via PWM, using the notes sent to MIDI channel 1.
+ *
+ *  Outgoing audio will output in 8-bit PWM onto the timer 3 output compare channel A. Decouple the audio output with a capacitor
+ *  and attach to a speaker to hear the audio.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this project, which can control the project behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ *    <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ *    <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>MAX_SIMULTANEOUS_NOTES</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>Sets the maximum number of MIDI notes that can be generated simultaneously. More notes require more processing time,
+ *        and thus a value that is too high will cause audiable sound distortion due to insufficient CPU time.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..258393ac57
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="MIDI Tone Generator" id="lufa.projects.midi_tone_gen.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.projects.midi_tone_gen"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="usbkey"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="8000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="8000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.projects.midi_tone_gen" caption="MIDI Tone Generator">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		MIDI tone generator project.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Device"/>
+			<keyword value="MIDI Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="MIDIToneGenerator.txt"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="MIDIToneGenerator.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="MIDIToneGenerator.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..19bdcef4ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - MIDI Tone Generator Project"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/makefile b/lib/lufa/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c4132de45c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = MIDIToneGenerator
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Magstripe/Config/AppConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/Magstripe/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2b417b8a90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Magstripe/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ *  the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ *  specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ *  makefile or build system.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ *  \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#define MAG_T1_CLOCK         (1 << 0)
+	#define MAG_T1_DATA          (1 << 1)
+	#define MAG_T2_CLOCK         (1 << 2)
+	#define MAG_T2_DATA          (1 << 3)
+	#define MAG_T3_CLOCK         (1 << 4)
+	#define MAG_T3_DATA          (1 << 5)
+	#define MAG_CARDPRESENT      (1 << 6)
+
+	#define MAG_PORT             PORTC
+	#define MAG_PIN              PINC
+	#define MAG_DDR              DDRC
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Magstripe/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/Magstripe/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2b8d027a3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Magstripe/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            0
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Magstripe/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/Magstripe/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8032bccc84
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Magstripe/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2010  Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ *  the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** HID report descriptor. This is a HID class specific descriptor, which defines the structure of the
+ *  reports sent and received by the HID device to and from the USB host. It indicates what data is sent,
+ *  where in the report each element is located and exactly how the data should be interpreted and used.
+ *
+ *  See the HID class specification for more information on HID report descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM KeyboardReport[] =
+{
+	/* Use the HID class driver's standard Keyboard report.
+	 *   Max simultaneous keys: 6
+	 */
+	HID_DESCRIPTOR_KEYBOARD(6)
+};
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ *  process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+	.Class                  = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+	.SubClass               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+	.Protocol               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+	.Endpoint0Size          = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+	.VendorID               = 0x03EB,
+	.ProductID              = 0x2042,
+	.ReleaseNumber          = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+	.ProductStrIndex        = STRING_ID_Product,
+	.SerialNumStrIndex      = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
+
+	.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+	.Config =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+			.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+			.TotalInterfaces        = 1,
+
+			.ConfigurationNumber    = 1,
+			.ConfigurationStrIndex  = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+			.ConfigAttributes       = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+			.MaxPowerConsumption    = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+		},
+
+	.HID_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0x00,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 1,
+
+			.Class                  = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
+			.SubClass               = HID_CSCP_BootSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = HID_CSCP_KeyboardBootProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.HID_KeyboardHID =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
+
+			.HIDSpec                = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
+			.CountryCode            = 0x00,
+			.TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
+			.HIDReportType          = HID_DTYPE_Report,
+			.HIDReportLength        = sizeof(KeyboardReport)
+		},
+
+	.HID_ReportINEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = KEYBOARD_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = KEYBOARD_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		},
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ *  the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ *  via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors. */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ *  form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera and Denver Gingerich");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ *  and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Magnetic Card Reader");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ *  USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8);
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+	const void* Address = NULL;
+	uint16_t    Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+	switch (DescriptorType)
+	{
+		case DTYPE_Device:
+			Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_Configuration:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_String:
+			switch (DescriptorNumber)
+			{
+				case STRING_ID_Language:
+					Address = &LanguageString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+					Address = &ManufacturerString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Product:
+					Address = &ProductString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case HID_DTYPE_HID:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_KeyboardHID;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+			break;
+		case HID_DTYPE_Report:
+			Address = &KeyboardReport;
+			Size    = sizeof(KeyboardReport);
+			break;
+	}
+
+	*DescriptorAddress = Address;
+	return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Magstripe/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/Magstripe/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..149fe75314
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Magstripe/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2010  Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config; /**< Configuration descriptor header structure */
+
+			// Keyboard HID Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t            HID_Interface; /**< Keyboard interface descriptor */
+			USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t              HID_KeyboardHID; /**< Keyboard HID descriptor */
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             HID_ReportINEndpoint; /**< Keyboard key report endpoint descriptor */
+		} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+		/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+		 *  should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+		 *  interface from other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+		{
+			INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard = 0, /**< Keyboard interface descriptor ID */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+		 *  have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+		 *  other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum StringDescriptors_t
+		{
+			STRING_ID_Language     = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+			STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+			STRING_ID_Product      = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+		};
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Endpoint address of the keyboard key press reporting endpoint. */
+		#define KEYBOARD_EPADDR              (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+		/** Size of the keyboard report endpoints, in bytes. */
+		#define KEYBOARD_EPSIZE              8
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+		                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+		                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+		                                    ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Magstripe/Lib/CircularBitBuffer.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/Magstripe/Lib/CircularBitBuffer.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..802d040c5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Magstripe/Lib/CircularBitBuffer.c
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2010  Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** Circular bit buffer library. This will allow for individual bits
+ *  to be stored in packed form inside circular buffers, to reduce
+ *  overall RAM usage.
+ */
+
+#include "CircularBitBuffer.h"
+
+/** Function to initialize or reset a bit buffer, ready for data to be stored into it. */
+void BitBuffer_Init(BitBuffer_t* const Buffer)
+{
+	/* Reset the number of stored bits in the buffer */
+	Buffer->Elements        = 0;
+
+	/* Reset the data in and out pointer structures in the buffer to the first buffer bit */
+	Buffer->In.CurrentByte  = Buffer->Data;
+	Buffer->In.ByteMask     = (1 << 0);
+	Buffer->Out.CurrentByte = Buffer->Data;
+	Buffer->Out.ByteMask    = (1 << 0);
+}
+
+/** Function to store the given bit into the given bit buffer. */
+void BitBuffer_StoreNextBit(BitBuffer_t* const Buffer,
+                            const bool Bit)
+{
+	/* If the bit to store is true, set the next bit in the buffer */
+	if (Bit)
+	  *Buffer->In.CurrentByte |= Buffer->In.ByteMask;
+
+	/* Increment the number of stored bits in the buffer counter */
+	Buffer->Elements++;
+
+	/* Check if the current buffer byte is full of stored bits */
+	if (Buffer->In.ByteMask == (1 << 7))
+	{
+		/* Check if the end of the buffer has been reached, if so reset to start of buffer, otherwise advance to next bit */
+		if (Buffer->In.CurrentByte != &Buffer->Data[sizeof(Buffer->Data) - 1])
+		  Buffer->In.CurrentByte++;
+		else
+		  Buffer->In.CurrentByte = Buffer->Data;
+
+		/* Reset the storage bit mask in the current buffer byte to the first bit */
+		Buffer->In.ByteMask = (1 << 0);
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* Shift the current storage bit mask to the next bit in the current byte */
+		Buffer->In.ByteMask <<= 1;
+	}
+}
+
+/** Function to retrieve the next bit stored in the given bit buffer. */
+bool BitBuffer_GetNextBit(BitBuffer_t* const Buffer)
+{
+	/* Retrieve the value of the next bit stored in the buffer */
+	bool Bit = ((*Buffer->Out.CurrentByte & Buffer->Out.ByteMask) != 0);
+
+	/* Clear the buffer bit */
+	*Buffer->Out.CurrentByte &= ~Buffer->Out.ByteMask;
+
+	/* Decrement the number of stored bits in the buffer counter */
+	Buffer->Elements--;
+
+	/* Check if the current buffer byte is empty of stored bits */
+	if (Buffer->Out.ByteMask == (1 << 7))
+	{
+		/* Check if the end of the buffer has been reached, if so reset to start of buffer, otherwise advance to next bit */
+		if (Buffer->Out.CurrentByte != &Buffer->Data[sizeof(Buffer->Data) - 1])
+		  Buffer->Out.CurrentByte++;
+		else
+		  Buffer->Out.CurrentByte = Buffer->Data;
+
+		/* Reset the retrieval bit mask in the current buffer byte to the first bit */
+		Buffer->Out.ByteMask = (1 << 0);
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* Shift the current retrieval bit mask to the next bit in the current byte */
+		Buffer->Out.ByteMask <<= 1;
+	}
+
+	/* Return the retrieved bit from the buffer */
+	return Bit;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Magstripe/Lib/CircularBitBuffer.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/Magstripe/Lib/CircularBitBuffer.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0adbe0c89e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Magstripe/Lib/CircularBitBuffer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2010  Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for CircularBitBuffer.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CIRCULARBITBUFFER_H_
+#define _CIRCULARBITBUFFER_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <stdbool.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		#if (defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__) || \
+		     defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__)) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+			/** Maximum number of bits which can be stored into a bit buffer. The memory usage is one eighth of this value per buffer. */
+			#define MAX_BITS 8192
+		#else
+			#define MAX_BITS 1024
+		#endif
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for a pointer to a bit in a bit buffer. */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint8_t* CurrentByte; /**< Pointer to the current byte in the buffer */
+			uint8_t  ByteMask; /**< Mask of the current bit in the buffer */
+		} BitBufferPointer_t;
+
+		/** Type define for a circular packet bit buffer. */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint8_t            Data[MAX_BITS / 8]; /**< Buffer to hold the stored bits in packed form */
+			uint16_t           Elements; /**< Number of stored bits in the bit buffer */
+
+			BitBufferPointer_t In; /**< Bit pointer to the next storage location in the buffer */
+			BitBufferPointer_t Out; /**< Bit pointer to the next retrieval location in the buffer */
+		} BitBuffer_t;
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		/** Initializes or resets a given bit buffer, ready to store new bits.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in,out] Buffer  Bit buffer to initialize
+		 */
+		void BitBuffer_Init(BitBuffer_t* const Buffer) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+		/** Stores a bit into the next location inside a given bit buffer.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in,out] Buffer  Bit buffer to store a bit into
+		 *  \param[in] Bit  Bit to store into the buffer
+		 */
+		void BitBuffer_StoreNextBit(BitBuffer_t* const Buffer,
+		                            const bool Bit) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+		/** Retrieves a bit from the next location inside a given bit buffer.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in,out] Buffer  Bit buffer to retrieve a bit from
+		 *
+		 *  \return Next bit from the buffer
+		 */
+		bool BitBuffer_GetNextBit(BitBuffer_t* const Buffer) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Magstripe/Lib/MagstripeHW.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/Magstripe/Lib/MagstripeHW.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6d9cc8cbc4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Magstripe/Lib/MagstripeHW.h
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+/*
+  Copyright 2010  Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/*
+	NOTE: The user of this include file MUST define the following macros
+	prior to including the file:
+
+	MAG_T1_CLOCK_PIN   Pin connected to Track 1 clock wire (i.e.. PORTC1)
+	MAG_T1_DATA_PIN    Pin connected to Track 1 data wire (i.e.. PORTC2)
+	MAG_T2_CLOCK_PIN   Pin connected to Track 2 clock wire (i.e.. PORTC3)
+	MAG_T2_DATA_PIN    Pin connected to Track 2 data wire (i.e.. PORTC0)
+	MAG_T3_CLOCK_PIN   Pin connected to Track 3 clock wire (i.e.. PORTC5)
+	MAG_T3_DATA_PIN    Pin connected to Track 3 data wire (i.e.. PORTC6)
+	MAG_CLS_PIN        Pin connected to card loaded wire (i.e.. PORTC4)
+	MAG_PIN            PIN macro for the reader's port (i.e.. PINC)
+	MAG_DDR            DDR macro for the reader's port (i.e.. DDRC)
+	MAG_PORT           PORT macro for the reader's port (i.e.. PORTC)
+
+	The example macros listed above assume that the Track 2 data wire is
+	connected to pin 0 on port C, the Track 2 clock wire is connected to
+	pin 3 on port C (similarly for Tracks 1 and 3), and the card loaded
+	wire is connected to pin 4 on port C.
+
+	If the mag-stripe reader you are using only reads one or two tracks,
+	then set the clock and data pins for the tracks it doesn't read to a
+	pin that is unused.  For example, on the AT90USBKey, any of the pins on
+	port C that do not have wires attached will be unused since they are
+	not connected to any onboard devices (such as the joystick or
+	temperature sensor).
+
+	Connecting wires to pins on different ports (i.e.. a data wire to pin 0
+	on port C and a clock wire to pin 0 on port D) is currently
+	unsupported.  All pins specified above must be on the same port.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Driver header for a TTL Magnetic Card reader device (such as the Omron V3B-4K).
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MAGSTRIPEHW_H_
+#define _MAGSTRIPEHW_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+		/* Macros: */
+			/** Mask of the track data, clock and card detection pins. */
+			#define MAG_MASK    (MAG_T1_DATA | MAG_T1_CLOCK | \
+			                     MAG_T2_DATA | MAG_T2_CLOCK | \
+			                     MAG_T3_DATA | MAG_T3_CLOCK | \
+			                     MAG_CARDPRESENT)
+
+	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+		/* Inline Functions: */
+			/** Initializes the magnetic stripe card reader ports and pins so that the card reader
+			 *  device can be controlled and read by the card reader driver. This must be called before
+			 *  trying to read any of the card reader's status lines.
+			 */
+			static inline void Magstripe_Init(void)
+			{
+				MAG_DDR  &= ~MAG_MASK;
+				MAG_PORT |=  MAG_MASK;
+			};
+
+			/** Returns the status of all the magnetic card reader's outputs.
+			 *
+			 *  \return A mask indicating which card lines are high or low
+			 */
+			static inline uint8_t Magstripe_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+			static inline uint8_t Magstripe_GetStatus(void)
+			{
+				/* Mag-stripe IOs are active low and must be inverted when read */
+				return ((uint8_t)~MAG_PIN & MAG_MASK);
+			}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Magstripe/Magstripe.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/Magstripe/Magstripe.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9bb6ff01a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Magstripe/Magstripe.c
@@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2010  Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the MagStripe reader program. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the project and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "Magstripe.h"
+
+/** Bit buffers to hold the read bits for each of the three magnetic card tracks before they are transmitted
+ *  to the host as keyboard presses.
+ */
+static BitBuffer_t TrackDataBuffers[TOTAL_TRACKS];
+
+/** Pointer to the current track buffer being sent to the host. */
+static BitBuffer_t* CurrentTrackBuffer = &TrackDataBuffers[TOTAL_TRACKS];
+
+/** Buffer to hold the previously generated Keyboard HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */
+static uint8_t PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer[sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t)];
+
+/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ *  passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ *  within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Keyboard_HID_Interface =
+	{
+		.Config =
+			{
+				.InterfaceNumber            = INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard,
+				.ReportINEndpoint           =
+					{
+						.Address            = KEYBOARD_EPADDR,
+						.Size               = KEYBOARD_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks              = 1,
+					},
+				.PrevReportINBuffer         = PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer,
+				.PrevReportINBufferSize     = sizeof(PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer),
+			},
+	};
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ *  setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	for (uint8_t Buffer = 0; Buffer < TOTAL_TRACKS; Buffer++)
+	  BitBuffer_Init(&TrackDataBuffers[Buffer]);
+
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		if (Magstripe_GetStatus() & MAG_CARDPRESENT)
+		  ReadMagstripeData();
+
+		HID_Device_USBTask(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	Magstripe_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Determines if a card has been inserted, and if so reads in each track's contents into the bit buffers
+ *  until they are read out to the host as a series of keyboard presses.
+ */
+void ReadMagstripeData(void)
+{
+	/* Arrays to hold the buffer pointers, clock and data bit masks for the separate card tracks */
+	const struct
+	{
+		uint8_t ClockMask;
+		uint8_t DataMask;
+	} TrackInfo[] = {{MAG_T1_CLOCK, MAG_T1_DATA},
+	                 {MAG_T2_CLOCK, MAG_T2_DATA},
+	                 {MAG_T3_CLOCK, MAG_T3_DATA}};
+
+	uint8_t Magstripe_Prev = 0;
+	uint8_t Magstripe_LCL  = Magstripe_GetStatus();
+
+	while (Magstripe_LCL & MAG_CARDPRESENT)
+	{
+		for (uint8_t Track = 0; Track < TOTAL_TRACKS; Track++)
+		{
+			bool DataPinLevel      = ((Magstripe_LCL & TrackInfo[Track].DataMask) != 0);
+			bool ClockPinLevel     = ((Magstripe_LCL & TrackInfo[Track].ClockMask) != 0);
+			bool ClockLevelChanged = (((Magstripe_LCL ^ Magstripe_Prev) & TrackInfo[Track].ClockMask) != 0);
+
+			/* Sample data on rising clock edges from the card reader */
+			if (ClockPinLevel && ClockLevelChanged)
+			  BitBuffer_StoreNextBit(&TrackDataBuffers[Track], DataPinLevel);
+		}
+
+		Magstripe_Prev = Magstripe_LCL;
+		Magstripe_LCL  = Magstripe_GetStatus();
+	}
+
+	CurrentTrackBuffer = &TrackDataBuffers[0];
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+	HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
+
+	USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+	HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void)
+{
+	HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the creation of HID reports to the host.
+ *
+ *  \param[in]     HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ *  \param[in,out] ReportID    Report ID requested by the host if non-zero, otherwise callback should set to the generated report ID
+ *  \param[in]     ReportType  Type of the report to create, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_In or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ *  \param[out]    ReportData  Pointer to a buffer where the created report should be stored
+ *  \param[out]    ReportSize  Number of bytes written in the report (or zero if no report is to be sent)
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true to force the sending of the report, \c false to let the library determine if it needs to be sent
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+                                         uint8_t* const ReportID,
+                                         const uint8_t ReportType,
+                                         void* ReportData,
+                                         uint16_t* const ReportSize)
+{
+	USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t* KeyboardReport = (USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t*)ReportData;
+
+	static bool IsKeyReleaseReport;
+
+	/* Key reports must be interleaved with key release reports, or repeated keys will be ignored */
+	IsKeyReleaseReport = !IsKeyReleaseReport;
+
+	if ((IsKeyReleaseReport) || (CurrentTrackBuffer == &TrackDataBuffers[TOTAL_TRACKS]))
+	{
+		/* No more data to send, or key release report between key presses */
+		KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = KEY_NONE;
+	}
+	else if (!(CurrentTrackBuffer->Elements))
+	{
+		/* End of current track, send an enter press and change to the next track's buffer */
+		KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = KEY_ENTER;
+		CurrentTrackBuffer++;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* Still data in the current track; convert next bit to a 1 or 0 keypress */
+		KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = BitBuffer_GetNextBit(CurrentTrackBuffer) ? KEY_1 : KEY_0;
+	}
+
+	*ReportSize = sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t);
+	return false;
+}
+
+/** HID Class driver callback function for the processing of a received HID report from the host.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the HID interface structure for the HID interface being referenced
+ *  \param[in] ReportID          Report ID of the received report from the host
+ *  \param[in] ReportType        The type of report that the host has sent, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ *  \param[in] ReportData        Pointer to the report buffer where the received report is stored
+ *  \param[in] ReportSize        Size in bytes of the report received from the host
+ */
+void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+                                          const uint8_t ReportID,
+                                          const uint8_t ReportType,
+                                          const void* ReportData,
+                                          const uint16_t ReportSize)
+{
+	// Ignore keyboard LED reports from the host, but still need to declare the callback routine
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Magstripe/Magstripe.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/Magstripe/Magstripe.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..342cd8ffe5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Magstripe/Magstripe.h
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2010  Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Magstripe.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MAGSTRIPE_H_
+#define _MAGSTRIPE_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+
+		#include "Descriptors.h"
+		#include "Lib/MagstripeHW.h"
+		#include "Lib/CircularBitBuffer.h"
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Total number of tracks which can be read from the card, between 1 and 3. */
+		#define TOTAL_TRACKS       3
+
+		/** HID keyboard keycode to indicate that no is currently pressed. */
+		#define KEY_NONE           0
+
+		/** HID keyboard keycode to indicate that the "1" key is currently pressed. */
+		#define KEY_1              30
+
+		/** HID keyboard keycode to indicate that the "0" key is currently pressed. */
+		#define KEY_0              39
+
+		/** HID keyboard keycode to indicate that the enter key is currently pressed. */
+		#define KEY_ENTER          40
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+		void ReadMagstripeData(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
+
+		bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+		                                         uint8_t* const ReportID,
+		                                         const uint8_t ReportType,
+		                                         void* ReportData,
+		                                         uint16_t* const ReportSize);
+		void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+		                                          const uint8_t ReportID,
+		                                          const uint8_t ReportType,
+		                                          const void* ReportData,
+		                                          const uint16_t ReportSize);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Magstripe/Magstripe.txt b/lib/lufa/Projects/Magstripe/Magstripe.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a11dfaf804
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Magstripe/Magstripe.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Denver Gingerich's USBSnoop Magnetic Card Reader Project
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Project Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this project.
+ *
+ *  \li AT90USB1287
+ *  \li AT90USB1286
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this project.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *   <td>Device</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *   <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *   <td>Keyboard</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *   <td>USBIF HID Standard, USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *   <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Firmware for a USB AVR powered USB TTL magnetic stripe reader (using a card
+ *  reader such as the Omron V3B-4K) by Denver Gingerich. This project is designed
+ *  to be used with the open source Stripe Snoop project at <a>http://stripesnoop.sourceforge.net/</a>.
+ *
+ *  See <a>http://ossguy.com/ss_usb/</a> for the USB reader hardware project website,
+ *  including construction and support details.
+ *
+ *  To use, connect your magnetic card reader device to the USB AVR as follows (pin and port mapping may be adjusted
+ *  from the project makefile):
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <th><b>Signal:</b></th>
+ *    <th><b>AVR Port:</b></th>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>Track 1 Data</td>
+ *    <td>PORTC, Pin 1</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>Track 1 Clock</td>
+ *    <td>PORTC, Pin 2</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>Track 2 Data</td>
+ *    <td>PORTC, Pin 3</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>Track 2 Clock</td>
+ *    <td>PORTC, Pin 0</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>Track 3 Data</td>
+ *    <td>PORTC, Pin 5</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>Track 3 Clock</td>
+ *    <td>PORTC, Pin 6</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>Card Detect</td>
+ *    <td>PORTC, Pin 4</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  This project is based on the LUFA Keyboard project demonstration application, written by Denver Gingerich.
+ *
+ *  This application uses a keyboard HID driver to communicate the data collected a TTL magnetic stripe reader
+ *  to the connected computer. The raw bitstream obtained from the magnetic stripe reader is "typed" through
+ *  the keyboard driver as 0's and 1's. After every card swipe, the project will send a return key.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this project, which can control the project behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ *    <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ *    <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>MAX_BITS</td>
+ *    <td>CircularBitBuffer.h</td>
+ *    <td>Gives the maximum number of bits per track which can be buffered by the device for later transmission to a host.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>MAG_T1_CLOCK</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>Mask for the magnetic card reader's CLOCK line for the reader's track 1 output.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>MAG_T1_DATA</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>Mask for the magnetic card reader's DATA line for the reader's track 1 output.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>MAG_T2_CLOCK</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>Mask for the magnetic card reader's CLOCK line for the reader's track 2 output.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>MAG_T2_DATA</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>Mask for the magnetic card reader's DATA line for the reader's track 2 output.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>MAG_T3_CLOCK</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>Mask for the magnetic card reader's CLOCK line for the reader's track 3 output.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>MAG_T3_DATA</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>Mask for the magnetic card reader's DATA line for the reader's track 3 output.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>MAG_CARDPRESENT</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>Mask for the magnetic card reader's card detection output.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>MAG_PIN</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>PIN register that the magnetic card reader device is attached to.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>MAG_PORT</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>PORT register that the magnetic card reader device is attached to.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>MAG_DDR</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>DDR register that the magnetic card reader device is attached to.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Magstripe/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Projects/Magstripe/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..068eaa6fce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Magstripe/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="Magnetic Strip Card Reader" id="lufa.projects.magstripe.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.projects.magstripe"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="usbkey"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="8000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="8000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.projects.magstripe" caption="Magnetic Strip Card Reader">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Magnetic strip card reader project.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Device"/>
+			<keyword value="HID Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="Magstripe.txt"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="Magstripe.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Magstripe.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/CircularBitBuffer.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/CircularBitBuffer.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/MagstripeHW.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Magstripe/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Projects/Magstripe/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..23554c194b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Magstripe/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "Denver Gingerich's Stripe Snoop Project"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Magstripe/makefile b/lib/lufa/Projects/Magstripe/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3fc1bf526c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Magstripe/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = NONE
+F_CPU        = 16000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = Magstripe
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c Lib/CircularBitBuffer.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/MediaController/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/MediaController/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..75713f94d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/MediaController/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            0
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/MediaController/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/MediaController/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3213e76fe2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/MediaController/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ *  the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
+ *  USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
+ *  descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
+ *  the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
+ *  more details on HID report descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM MediaControlReport[] =
+{
+	HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x0C), /* Consumer Page */
+	HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x01), /* Consumer Controls */
+	HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x01), /* Application */
+		HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0xB0), /* Play */
+		HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0xB1), /* Pause */
+		HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0xB3), /* Fast Forward */
+		HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0xB4), /* Rewind */
+		HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0xB5), /* Next Track */
+		HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0xB6), /* Previous Track */
+		HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0xB7), /* Stop */
+		HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0xCD), /* Play/Pause (toggle) */
+		HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0xE2), /* Mute */
+		HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0xE9), /* Volume Up */
+		HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0xEA), /* Volume Down */
+		HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01),
+		HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x0B),
+		HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0),
+		HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 1),
+		HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_RELATIVE),
+		HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x05),
+		HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT),
+	HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0),
+};
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ *  process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+	.Class                  = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+	.SubClass               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+	.Protocol               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+	.Endpoint0Size          = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+	.VendorID               = 0x03EB,
+	.ProductID              = 0x206A,
+	.ReleaseNumber          = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+	.ProductStrIndex        = STRING_ID_Product,
+	.SerialNumStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+	.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+	.Config =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+			.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+			.TotalInterfaces        = 1,
+
+			.ConfigurationNumber    = 1,
+			.ConfigurationStrIndex  = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+			.ConfigAttributes       = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+			.MaxPowerConsumption    = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+		},
+
+	.HID_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_HID,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0x00,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 1,
+
+			.Class                  = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
+			.SubClass               = HID_CSCP_NonBootSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = HID_CSCP_NonBootProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.HID_MediaControlHID =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
+
+			.HIDSpec                = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
+			.CountryCode            = 0x00,
+			.TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
+			.HIDReportType          = HID_DTYPE_Report,
+			.HIDReportLength        = sizeof(MediaControlReport)
+		},
+
+	.HID_ReportINEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = MEDIACONTROL_HID_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = MEDIACONTROL_HID_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		},
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ *  the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ *  via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ *  form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ *  and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Media Controller");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ *  USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8);
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+	const void* Address = NULL;
+	uint16_t    Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+	switch (DescriptorType)
+	{
+		case DTYPE_Device:
+			Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_Configuration:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_String:
+			switch (DescriptorNumber)
+			{
+				case STRING_ID_Language:
+					Address = &LanguageString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+					Address = &ManufacturerString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Product:
+					Address = &ProductString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case HID_DTYPE_HID:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_MediaControlHID;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+			break;
+		case HID_DTYPE_Report:
+			Address = &MediaControlReport;
+			Size    = sizeof(MediaControlReport);
+			break;
+	}
+
+	*DescriptorAddress = Address;
+	return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/MediaController/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/MediaController/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e0e29dc106
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/MediaController/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+			// Media Controller HID Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t            HID_Interface;
+			USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t              HID_MediaControlHID;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             HID_ReportINEndpoint;
+		} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+		/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+		 *  should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+		 *  interface from other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+		{
+			INTERFACE_ID_HID = 0, /**< HID interface descriptor ID */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+		 *  have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+		 *  other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum StringDescriptors_t
+		{
+			STRING_ID_Language     = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+			STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+			STRING_ID_Product      = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+		};
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Endpoint address of the Media Control HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+		#define MEDIACONTROL_HID_EPADDR           (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+		/** Size in bytes of the Media Control HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+		#define MEDIACONTROL_HID_EPSIZE           8
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+		                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+		                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+		                                    ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/MediaController/MediaController.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/MediaController/MediaController.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5b3121a50b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/MediaController/MediaController.c
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the MediaControl project. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "MediaController.h"
+
+/** Buffer to hold the previously generated Media Control HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */
+static uint8_t PrevMediaControlHIDReportBuffer[sizeof(USB_MediaReport_Data_t)];
+
+/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ *  passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ *  within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t MediaControl_HID_Interface =
+ 	{
+		.Config =
+			{
+				.InterfaceNumber              = INTERFACE_ID_HID,
+				.ReportINEndpoint             =
+					{
+						.Address              = MEDIACONTROL_HID_EPADDR,
+						.Size                 = MEDIACONTROL_HID_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks                = 1,
+					},
+				.PrevReportINBuffer           = PrevMediaControlHIDReportBuffer,
+				.PrevReportINBufferSize       = sizeof(PrevMediaControlHIDReportBuffer),
+			},
+    };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ *  setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		HID_Device_USBTask(&MediaControl_HID_Interface);
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware()
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	Joystick_Init();
+	LEDs_Init();
+	Buttons_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+	bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+	ConfigSuccess &= HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&MediaControl_HID_Interface);
+
+	USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents();
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+	HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&MediaControl_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void)
+{
+	HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(&MediaControl_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the creation of HID reports to the host.
+ *
+ *  \param[in]     HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ *  \param[in,out] ReportID    Report ID requested by the host if non-zero, otherwise callback should set to the generated report ID
+ *  \param[in]     ReportType  Type of the report to create, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_In or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ *  \param[out]    ReportData  Pointer to a buffer where the created report should be stored
+ *  \param[out]    ReportSize  Number of bytes written in the report (or zero if no report is to be sent)
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true to force the sending of the report, \c false to let the library determine if it needs to be sent
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+                                         uint8_t* const ReportID,
+                                         const uint8_t ReportType,
+                                         void* ReportData,
+                                         uint16_t* const ReportSize)
+{
+	USB_MediaReport_Data_t* MediaReport = (USB_MediaReport_Data_t*)ReportData;
+
+	uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL    = Joystick_GetStatus();
+	uint8_t ButtonStatus_LCL = Buttons_GetStatus();
+
+	/* Update the Media Control report with the user button presses */
+	MediaReport->Mute          = ((ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ? true : false);
+	MediaReport->PlayPause     = ((JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS) ? true : false);
+	MediaReport->VolumeUp      = ((JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)    ? true : false);
+	MediaReport->VolumeDown    = ((JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)  ? true : false);
+	MediaReport->PreviousTrack = ((JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)  ? true : false);
+	MediaReport->NextTrack     = ((JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT) ? true : false);
+
+	*ReportSize = sizeof(USB_MediaReport_Data_t);
+	return false;
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the processing of HID reports from the host.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ *  \param[in] ReportID    Report ID of the received report from the host
+ *  \param[in] ReportType  The type of report that the host has sent, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ *  \param[in] ReportData  Pointer to a buffer where the received report has been stored
+ *  \param[in] ReportSize  Size in bytes of the received HID report
+ */
+void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+                                          const uint8_t ReportID,
+                                          const uint8_t ReportType,
+                                          const void* ReportData,
+                                          const uint16_t ReportSize)
+{
+	// Unused (but mandatory for the HID class driver) in this demo, since there are no Host->Device reports
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/MediaController/MediaController.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/MediaController/MediaController.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0e8ed5d6f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/MediaController/MediaController.h
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for MediaControl.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MEDIACONTROL_H_
+#define _MEDIACONTROL_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <stdbool.h>
+		#include <string.h>
+
+		#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for a Media Control HID report. This report contains the bits to match the usages defined
+		 *  in the HID report of the device. When set to a true value, the relevant media controls on the host will
+		 *  be triggered.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			unsigned Play           : 1;
+			unsigned Pause          : 1;
+			unsigned FForward       : 1;
+			unsigned Rewind         : 1;
+			unsigned NextTrack      : 1;
+			unsigned PreviousTrack  : 1;
+			unsigned Stop           : 1;
+			unsigned PlayPause      : 1;
+			unsigned Mute           : 1;
+			unsigned VolumeUp       : 1;
+			unsigned VolumeDown     : 1;
+			unsigned RESERVED       : 5;
+		} ATTR_PACKED USB_MediaReport_Data_t;
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
+
+		bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+		                                         uint8_t* const ReportID,
+		                                         const uint8_t ReportType,
+		                                         void* ReportData,
+		                                         uint16_t* const ReportSize);
+		void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+		                                          const uint8_t ReportID,
+		                                          const uint8_t ReportType,
+		                                          const void* ReportData,
+		                                          const uint16_t ReportSize);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/MediaController/MediaController.txt b/lib/lufa/Projects/MediaController/MediaController.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dece2132a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/MediaController/MediaController.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Media Controller Project
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Project Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this project.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *  \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ *  \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ *  \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>N/A</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ *        USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ *        Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Media Controller project. This project implements a basic Media Control device, to signal the host to play, pause, toggle playback,
+ *  mute and/or adjust the host volume, in addition to other such media commands. This project may be extended to create a dedicated
+ *  media playback control device, for home media centers or other equipment. By default, some of the most commonly used playback controls
+ *  are controlled by the board joystick and LEDs, however this may be altered as desired.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this project, which can control the project behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>
+ *     None
+ *    </td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/MediaController/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Projects/MediaController/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8a9fa2af9d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/MediaController/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="Media Controller" id="lufa.projects.media_control.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.projects.media_control"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="usbkey"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="8000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="8000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.projects.media_control" caption="Media Controller">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Magnetic strip card reader project.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Device"/>
+			<keyword value="HID Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="MediaController.txt"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="MediaController.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="MediaController.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/MediaController/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Projects/MediaController/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7206cf6495
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/MediaController/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Media Controller Project"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/MediaController/makefile b/lib/lufa/Projects/MediaController/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4df317e89f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/MediaController/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = MediaController
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/MissileLauncher/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/MissileLauncher/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..da8a8cc0d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/MissileLauncher/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+//		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+//		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              0
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/MissileLauncher/ConfigDescriptor.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/MissileLauncher/ConfigDescriptor.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d6a7b8726e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/MissileLauncher/ConfigDescriptor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
+ *  needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special  computer-readable structures
+ *  which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
+ *  routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
+ *  with compatible devices.
+ *
+ *  This routine searches for a HID interface descriptor containing at least one Interrupt type IN endpoint.
+ *
+ *  \return An error code from the GenericHIDHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
+ */
+uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
+{
+	uint8_t  ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+	void*    CurrConfigLocation = ConfigDescriptorData;
+	uint16_t CurrConfigBytesRem;
+
+	USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* HIDInterface    = NULL;
+	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  DataINEndpoint  = NULL;
+	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+
+	/* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
+	switch (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &CurrConfigBytesRem, ConfigDescriptorData, sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)))
+	{
+		case HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful:
+			break;
+		case HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData:
+			return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
+		case HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow:
+			return DescriptorTooLarge;
+		default:
+			return ControlError;
+	}
+
+	while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint))
+	{
+		/* See if we've found a likely compatible interface, and if there is an endpoint within that interface */
+		if (!(HIDInterface) ||
+		    USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+		                              DComp_NextHIDInterfaceDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+		{
+			/* Not all HID devices have an OUT endpoint - if we've reached the end of the HID descriptor
+			 * but only found the mandatory IN endpoint, it's safe to continue with the device enumeration */
+			if (DataINEndpoint)
+			  break;
+
+			/* Get the next HID interface from the configuration descriptor */
+			if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+			                              DComp_NextHIDInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+			{
+				/* Descriptor not found, error out */
+				return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+			}
+
+			/* Save the interface in case we need to refer back to it later */
+			HIDInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+			/* Clear any found endpoints */
+			DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+
+			/* Skip the remainder of the loop as we have not found an endpoint yet */
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
+		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+		/* If the endpoint is a IN type endpoint */
+		if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+		  DataINEndpoint  = EndpointData;
+		else
+		  DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
+	}
+
+	/* Configure the HID data IN pipe */
+	Pipe_ConfigurePipe(HID_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+	Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(DataINEndpoint->PollingIntervalMS);
+
+	/* Check if the HID interface contained an optional OUT data endpoint */
+	if (DataOUTEndpoint)
+	{
+		/* Configure the HID data OUT pipe */
+		Pipe_ConfigurePipe(HID_DATA_OUT_PIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+	}
+
+	/* Valid data found, return success */
+	return SuccessfulConfigRead;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ *  configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ *  descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ *  This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct HID Class value.
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextHIDInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	/* Determine if the current descriptor is an interface descriptor */
+	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+	{
+		USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+		/* Check the HID descriptor class and protocol, break out if correct class/protocol interface found */
+		if (Interface->Class == HID_CLASS)
+		{
+			/* Indicate that the descriptor being searched for has been found */
+			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Current descriptor does not match what this comparator is looking for */
+	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ *  configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ *  descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ *  This comparator searches for the next Endpoint descriptor inside the current interface descriptor,
+ *  aborting the search if another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint.
+ *
+ *  \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextHIDInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+	/* Determine the type of the current descriptor */
+	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+	{
+		/* Indicate that the descriptor being searched for has been found */
+		return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+	}
+	else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+	{
+		/* Indicate that the search has failed prematurely and should be aborted */
+		return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* Current descriptor does not match what this comparator is looking for */
+		return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+	}
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/MissileLauncher/ConfigDescriptor.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/MissileLauncher/ConfigDescriptor.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..32e86ad7eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/MissileLauncher/ConfigDescriptor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include "MissileLauncher.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Interface Class value for the Human Interface Device class. */
+		#define HID_CLASS                 0x03
+
+		/** Pipe address for the HID data IN pipe. */
+		#define HID_DATA_IN_PIPE          (PIPE_DIR_IN  | 1)
+
+		/** Pipe address for the HID data OUT pipe. */
+		#define HID_DATA_OUT_PIPE         (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2)
+
+	/* Enums: */
+		/** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
+		enum GenericHIDHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
+		{
+			SuccessfulConfigRead            = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
+			ControlError                    = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
+			DescriptorTooLarge              = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
+			InvalidConfigDataReturned       = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
+			NoCompatibleInterfaceFound      = 4, /**< A compatible interface with the required endpoints was not found */
+		};
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
+
+		uint8_t DComp_NextHIDInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+		uint8_t DComp_NextHIDInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/MissileLauncher/MissileLauncher.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/MissileLauncher/MissileLauncher.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..006543d86d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/MissileLauncher/MissileLauncher.c
@@ -0,0 +1,323 @@
+/*
+            USB Missile Launcher Demo
+        Copyright (C) Dave Fletcher, 2010.
+         fletch at fletchtronics dot net
+
+       Based on research by Scott Weston at
+        http://code.google.com/p/pymissile
+ */
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+  Copyright 2010  Dave Fletcher (fletch [at] fletchtronics [dot] net)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/*
+ *  Missile Launcher host. This is a host driver for the popular USB-controller table top toy missile launchers,
+ *  which can typically aim and fire small foam "missiles" from a spring-loaded turret. This project controls the
+ *  launcher via a joystick and button to aim and fire missiles at targets without a PC.
+ */
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the MissileLauncher application. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the application and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration as well
+ *  as the sending of commands to the attached launcher toy.
+ */
+
+#include "MissileLauncher.h"
+
+/** Launcher first init command report data sequence */
+static const uint8_t CMD_INITA[8]     = {  85, 83, 66, 67,  0,  0,  4,  0  };
+
+/** Launcher second init command report data sequence */
+static const uint8_t CMD_INITB[8]     = {  85, 83, 66, 67,  0, 64,  2,  0  };
+
+/** Launcher command report data sequence to stop all movement */
+static const uint8_t CMD_STOP[8]      = {   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  8,  8  };
+
+/** Launcher command report data sequence to move left */
+static const uint8_t CMD_LEFT[8]      = {   0,  1,  0,  0,  0,  0,  8,  8  };
+
+/** Launcher command report data sequence to move right */
+static const uint8_t CMD_RIGHT[8]     = {   0,  0,  1,  0,  0,  0,  8,  8  };
+
+/** Launcher command report data sequence to move up */
+static const uint8_t CMD_UP[8]        = {   0,  0,  0,  1,  0,  0,  8,  8  };
+
+/** Launcher command report data sequence to move down */
+static const uint8_t CMD_DOWN[8]      = {   0,  0,  0,  0,  1,  0,  8,  8  };
+
+/** Launcher command report data sequence to move left and up */
+static const uint8_t CMD_LEFTUP[8]    = {   0,  1,  0,  1,  0,  0,  8,  8  };
+
+/** Launcher command report data sequence to move right and up */
+static const uint8_t CMD_RIGHTUP[8]   = {   0,  0,  1,  1,  0,  0,  8,  8  };
+
+/** Launcher command report data sequence to move left and down */
+static const uint8_t CMD_LEFTDOWN[8]  = {   0,  1,  0,  0,  1,  0,  8,  8  };
+
+/** Launcher command report data sequence to move right and down */
+static const uint8_t CMD_RIGHTDOWN[8] = {   0,  0,  1,  0,  1,  0,  8,  8  };
+
+/** Launcher command report data sequence to fire a missile */
+static const uint8_t CMD_FIRE[8]      = {   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  1,  8,  8  };
+
+/** Last command sent to the launcher, to determine what new command (if any) must be sent */
+static const uint8_t* CmdState;
+
+/** Buffer to hold a command to send to the launcher */
+static uint8_t CmdBuffer[LAUNCHER_CMD_BUFFER_SIZE];
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ *  enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	CmdState = CMD_STOP;
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		Read_Joystick_Status();
+		DiscardNextReport();
+
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	LEDs_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+	Joystick_Init();
+	Buttons_Init();
+}
+
+/** Reads the joystick and button status, sending commands to the launcher as needed. */
+void Read_Joystick_Status(void)
+{
+	uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
+	uint8_t Buttons_LCL   = Buttons_GetStatus();
+
+	if (Buttons_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1)
+	  Send_Command(CMD_FIRE);
+	else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+	  Send_Command(CMD_UP);
+	else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+	  Send_Command(CMD_DOWN);
+	else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+	  Send_Command(CMD_LEFT);
+	else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+	  Send_Command(CMD_RIGHT);
+	else if (CmdState != CMD_STOP)
+	  Send_Command(CMD_STOP);
+}
+
+/** Lower level send routine, copies report into a larger buffer and sends.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] Report  Report data to send.
+ *  \param[in] ReportSize  Report length in bytes.
+ */
+void Send_Command_Report(const uint8_t* const Report,
+                         const uint16_t ReportSize)
+{
+	memcpy(CmdBuffer, Report, 8);
+	WriteNextReport(CmdBuffer, ReportSize);
+}
+
+/** Sends one of the \c CMD_* command constants to the attached device.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] Command  One of the command constants.
+ */
+void Send_Command(const uint8_t* const Command)
+{
+	if ((CmdState == CMD_STOP && Command != CMD_STOP) ||
+		(CmdState != CMD_STOP && Command == CMD_STOP))
+	{
+		LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDS_LED4);
+
+		Send_Command_Report(CMD_INITA, 8);
+		Send_Command_Report(CMD_INITB, 8);
+		Send_Command_Report(Command, LAUNCHER_CMD_BUFFER_SIZE);
+	}
+
+	CmdState = Command;
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ *  starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ *  stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ *  enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+	/* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
+	if (ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() != SuccessfulConfigRead)
+	{
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* Set the device configuration to the first configuration (rarely do devices use multiple configurations) */
+	if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+	USB_Disable();
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+	for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ *  enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Reads in and discards the next report from the attached device. */
+void DiscardNextReport(void)
+{
+	if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+	  return;
+
+	/* Select and unfreeze HID data IN pipe */
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(HID_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+	Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+	/* Check to see if a packet has been received */
+	if (!(Pipe_IsINReceived()))
+	{
+		/* Refreeze HID data IN pipe */
+		Pipe_Freeze();
+
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* Clear the IN endpoint, ready for next data packet */
+	Pipe_ClearIN();
+
+	/* Refreeze HID data IN pipe */
+	Pipe_Freeze();
+}
+
+/** Writes a report to the attached device.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] ReportOUTData  Buffer containing the report to send to the device
+ *  \param[in] ReportLength  Length of the report to send
+ */
+void WriteNextReport(uint8_t* const ReportOUTData,
+                     const uint16_t ReportLength)
+{
+	if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+	  return;
+
+	/* Select and unfreeze HID data OUT pipe */
+	Pipe_SelectPipe(HID_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
+
+	/* Not all HID devices have an OUT endpoint (some require OUT reports to be sent over the
+	 * control endpoint instead) - check to see if the OUT endpoint has been initialized */
+	if (Pipe_IsConfigured())
+	{
+		Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+		/* Ensure pipe is ready to be written to before continuing */
+		if (!(Pipe_IsOUTReady()))
+		{
+			/* Refreeze the data OUT pipe */
+			Pipe_Freeze();
+
+			return;
+		}
+
+		/* Write out HID report data */
+		Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(ReportOUTData, ReportLength, NULL);
+
+		/* Clear the OUT endpoint, send last data packet */
+		Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+		/* Refreeze the data OUT pipe */
+		Pipe_Freeze();
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* Class specific request to send a HID report to the device */
+		USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+			{
+				.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+				.bRequest      = HID_REQ_SetReport,
+				.wValue        = 0x02,
+				.wIndex        = 0x01,
+				.wLength       = ReportLength,
+			};
+
+		/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
+		Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+		/* Send the request to the device */
+		USB_Host_SendControlRequest(ReportOUTData);
+	}
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/MissileLauncher/MissileLauncher.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/MissileLauncher/MissileLauncher.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8f06d6f8c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/MissileLauncher/MissileLauncher.h
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for MissileLauncher.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MISSILELAUNCHER_HOST_H_
+#define _MISSILELAUNCHER_HOST_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <string.h>
+		#include <stdio.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+		#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING   (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY         (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR         (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** Size of the Launcher report command buffer. */
+		#define LAUNCHER_CMD_BUFFER_SIZE  64
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+
+		void Read_Joystick_Status(void);
+        void Send_Command_Report(const uint8_t* const Report,
+		                         const uint16_t ReportSize);
+        void Send_Command(const uint8_t* const Command);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+		                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+		void DiscardNextReport(void);
+		void WriteNextReport(uint8_t* const ReportOUTData,
+		                     const uint16_t ReportLength);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/MissileLauncher/MissileLauncher.txt b/lib/lufa/Projects/MissileLauncher/MissileLauncher.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a0ddd15cd7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/MissileLauncher/MissileLauncher.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage David Fletcher's Missile Launcher
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Project Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this project.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this project.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Host</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>N/A</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF HID Specification, USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Low Speed Mode, Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Missile Launcher host. This is a host driver for the popular USB-controller table top toy missile launchers,
+ *  which can typically aim and fire small foam "missiles" from a spring-loaded turret. This project controls the
+ *  launcher via a joystick and button to aim and fire missiles at targets without a PC.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this project, which can control the project behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>
+ *     None
+ *    </td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/MissileLauncher/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Projects/MissileLauncher/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6e359ccb0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/MissileLauncher/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="Missile Launcher" id="lufa.projects.missile_launcher.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.projects.missile_launcher"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="usbkey"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="8000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="8000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.projects.missile_launcher" caption="Missile Launcher">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Missile launcher project.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Host"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="MissileLauncher.txt"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="MissileLauncher.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="ConfigDescriptor.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="MissileLauncher.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="ConfigDescriptor.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/MissileLauncher/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Projects/MissileLauncher/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8a31d4536a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/MissileLauncher/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "Dave Fletcher's Missile Launcher Project"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/MissileLauncher/makefile b/lib/lufa/Projects/MissileLauncher/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..882f338d89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/MissileLauncher/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = MissileLauncher
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c ConfigDescriptor.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/RelayBoard/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/RelayBoard/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4ffe5d9c11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/RelayBoard/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            0
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              0
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/RelayBoard/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/RelayBoard/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..635e2ca7d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/RelayBoard/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,188 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2010  OBinou (obconseil [at] gmail [dot] com)
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ *  the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ *  process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM RelayBoard_DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+	.Class                  = USB_CSCP_VendorSpecificClass,
+	.SubClass               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+	.Protocol               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+	.Endpoint0Size          = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+	.VendorID               = 0x04B4,
+	.ProductID              = 0xFD11,
+	.ReleaseNumber          = VERSION_BCD(2,0,0),
+
+	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+	.ProductStrIndex        = STRING_ID_Product,
+	.SerialNumStrIndex      = STRING_ID_Serial,
+
+	.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM RelayBoard_ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+	.Config =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+			.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+			.TotalInterfaces        = 1,
+
+			.ConfigurationNumber    = 1,
+			.ConfigurationStrIndex  = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+			.ConfigAttributes       = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED,
+
+			.MaxPowerConsumption    = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(500)
+		},
+
+	.RelayBoardInterface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_RelayBoard,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 0,
+
+			.Class                  = USB_CSCP_VendorSpecificClass,
+			.SubClass               = 0x00,
+			.Protocol               = 0x00,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ *  the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ *  via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM RelayBoard_LanguageString =
+{
+	.Header                 = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
+
+	.UnicodeString          = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
+};
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ *  form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM RelayBoard_ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"SISPM");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ *  and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM RelayBoard_ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"RelayBoard");
+
+/** Serial number string. This is a Unicode string containing the device's unique serial number, expressed as a
+ *  series of uppercase hexadecimal digits.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM RelayBoard_SerialString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"00001");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ *  USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8);
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+	const void* Address = NULL;
+	uint16_t    Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+	switch (DescriptorType)
+	{
+		case DTYPE_Device:
+			Address = &RelayBoard_DeviceDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_Configuration:
+			Address = &RelayBoard_ConfigurationDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_String:
+			switch (DescriptorNumber)
+			{
+				case STRING_ID_Language:
+					Address = &RelayBoard_LanguageString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&RelayBoard_LanguageString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+					Address = &RelayBoard_ManufacturerString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&RelayBoard_ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Product:
+					Address = &RelayBoard_ProductString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&RelayBoard_ProductString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Serial:
+					Address = &RelayBoard_SerialString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&RelayBoard_SerialString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+			}
+
+			break;
+	}
+
+	*DescriptorAddress = Address;
+	return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/RelayBoard/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/RelayBoard/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f763196a0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/RelayBoard/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2010  OBinou (obconseil [at] gmail [dot] com)
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+			// Relay Board Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t            RelayBoardInterface;
+		} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+		/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+		 *  should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+		 *  interface from other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+		{
+			INTERFACE_ID_RelayBoard = 0, /**< Relay board interface descriptor ID */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+		 *  have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+		 *  other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum StringDescriptors_t
+		{
+			STRING_ID_Language     = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+			STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+			STRING_ID_Product      = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+			STRING_ID_Serial       = 3, /**< Serial number string ID */
+		};
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+		                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+		                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+		                                    ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/RelayBoard/RelayBoard.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/RelayBoard/RelayBoard.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b69ee5710a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/RelayBoard/RelayBoard.c
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2010  OBinou (obconseil [at] gmail [dot] com)
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the RelayBoard program. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the project and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "RelayBoard.h"
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ *  setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	  USB_USBTask();
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the project's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	USB_Init();
+
+	/* Initialize Relays */
+	DDRC  |=  ALL_RELAYS;
+	PORTC &= ~ALL_RELAYS;
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+    const uint8_t SerialNumber[5] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 1 };
+	uint8_t ControlData[2]        = { 0, 0 };
+
+    switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+	{
+		case 0x09:
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+			{
+				LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDS_LED1);
+
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+				Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(ControlData, sizeof(ControlData));
+				Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+				switch (USB_ControlRequest.wValue)
+				{
+					case 0x303:
+						if (ControlData[1]) PORTC &= ~RELAY1; else PORTC |= RELAY1;
+						break;
+					case 0x306:
+						if (ControlData[1]) PORTC &= ~RELAY2; else PORTC |= RELAY2;
+						break;
+					case 0x309:
+						if (ControlData[1]) PORTC &= ~RELAY3; else PORTC |= RELAY3;
+						break;
+					case 0x30c:
+						if (ControlData[1]) PORTC &= ~RELAY4; else PORTC |= RELAY4;
+						break;
+				}
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case 0x01:
+			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+			{
+				LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDS_LED1);
+
+				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+				switch (USB_ControlRequest.wValue)
+				{
+					case 0x301:
+						Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(SerialNumber, sizeof(SerialNumber));
+						break;
+					case 0x303:
+						ControlData[1] = (PORTC & RELAY1) ? 2 : 3;
+						break;
+					case 0x306:
+						ControlData[1] = (PORTC & RELAY2) ? 2 : 3;
+						break;
+					case 0x309:
+						ControlData[1] = (PORTC & RELAY3) ? 2 : 3;
+						break;
+					case 0x30c:
+						ControlData[1] = (PORTC & RELAY4) ? 2 : 3;
+						break;
+				}
+
+				if (ControlData[1])
+				  Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(ControlData, sizeof(ControlData));
+
+				Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+			}
+
+			break;
+	}
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/RelayBoard/RelayBoard.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/RelayBoard/RelayBoard.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..31ea732982
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/RelayBoard/RelayBoard.h
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2010  OBinou (obconseil [at] gmail [dot] com)
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for RelayBoard.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _RELAYBOARD_H_
+#define _RELAYBOARD_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+
+		#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		#define RELAY1      (1 << 7)
+		#define RELAY2      (1 << 6)
+		#define RELAY3      (1 << 5)
+		#define RELAY4      (1 << 4)
+		#define ALL_RELAYS  (RELAY1 | RELAY2 | RELAY3 | RELAY4)
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/RelayBoard/RelayBoard.txt b/lib/lufa/Projects/RelayBoard/RelayBoard.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4b190dfe32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/RelayBoard/RelayBoard.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage OB's Quad-Relay outlet control using a Teensy2++
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Project Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this project.
+ *
+ *  \li AT90USB1286
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this project.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *   <td>Device</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *   <td>None</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *   <td>None</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *   <td>USB Standards</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ *  <tr>
+ *   <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *   <td>Low Speed Mode, Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *  </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Firmware for a Teensy2++ AVR-based miniboard to control four relays, using the
+ *  same protocol used by the commercially available Silver Shield PM power outlets
+ *  ( http://sourceforge.net/projects/sispmctl ) sold for some time. Because this
+ *  project mimics the original device, it can be controlled using the "sismpctl"
+ *  package included in many Linux distributions - including router-orientated
+ *  versions such as OpenWRT - to control the board's relays.
+ *
+ *  Relays 1 to 4 are respectively wired to pins C4, C5, C6 and C7 of the Teensy++ V2,
+ *  which are the PORTC bits 4 to 7 of the AT90USB1286. The relays MUST be wired through
+ *  a transistor, and a diode must be added in antiparallel on the relay's coil pins to
+ *  protect the transistor from back EMF generated from the relay when the coil is turned off.
+ *  The transistor base pin is wired to the Teensy data port through a 10K resistor. A
+ *  LED may be also be added as a relay status indicator on each channel.
+ *
+ *  The Relay coil will be driven by the transistor, but the power will come from
+ *  the 5V from the PC's USB port: Be careful in choosing the relay to avoid overloading
+ *  the PC, as the maximum current used MUST remains under ~450mA @ 5V.
+ *
+ *  The author's tested relays are 2 Finder 32.21.7.005.2000, coil il 125ohm, which can
+ *  handle 5A @ 250VAC. Be careful to use proper isolation if high voltages are manipulated.
+ *  The author used Hotglue to isolate all parts of the PCB in contact with high voltage.
+ *
+ *  See <a>http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/</a> for the Teensy2++ website.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Signal:</b></td>
+ *    <td><b>AVR Port:</b></td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>Relay 1</td>
+ *    <td>PORTC, Pin 4</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>Relay 2</td>
+ *    <td>PORTC, Pin 5</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>Relay 3</td>
+ *    <td>PORTC, Pin 6</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>Relay 4</td>
+ *    <td>PORTC, Pin 7</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>Teensy2++ Yellow Led</td>
+ *    <td>PORTD, pin 6</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this project, which can control the project behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>
+ *     None
+ *    </td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/RelayBoard/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Projects/RelayBoard/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ca71c21440
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/RelayBoard/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="Relay Board Controller" id="lufa.projects.relay_board.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.projects.relay_board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="usbkey"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="8000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="8000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.projects.relay_board" caption="Relay Board Controller">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Relay Board Controller project.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Device"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="RelayBoard.txt"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="RelayBoard.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="RelayBoard.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/RelayBoard/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Projects/RelayBoard/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..12224900eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/RelayBoard/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "OB's Dual-Relay Outlet Control Project"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/RelayBoard/makefile b/lib/lufa/Projects/RelayBoard/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9553a85859
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/RelayBoard/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = RelayBoard
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/SerialToLCD/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/SerialToLCD/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6b113c8276
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/SerialToLCD/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            0
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/SerialToLCD/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/SerialToLCD/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..374ee0a16b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/SerialToLCD/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,257 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+  Copyright 2012  Simon Foster (simon.foster [at] inbox [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ *  the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/* On some devices, there is a factory set internal serial number which can be automatically sent to the host as
+ * the device's serial number when the Device Descriptor's .SerialNumStrIndex entry is set to USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL.
+ * This allows the host to track a device across insertions on different ports, allowing them to retain allocated
+ * resources like COM port numbers and drivers. On demos using this feature, give a warning on unsupported devices
+ * so that the user can supply their own serial number descriptor instead or remove the USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL value
+ * from the Device Descriptor (forcing the host to generate a serial number for each device from the VID, PID and
+ * port location).
+ */
+#if (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL == NO_DESCRIPTOR)
+	#warning USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL is not available on this AVR - please manually construct a device serial descriptor.
+#endif
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ *  process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+	.Class                  = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+	.SubClass               = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificSubclass,
+	.Protocol               = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificProtocol,
+
+	.Endpoint0Size          = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+	.VendorID               = 0x03EB,
+	.ProductID              = 0x204B,
+	.ReleaseNumber          = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+	.ProductStrIndex        = STRING_ID_Product,
+	.SerialNumStrIndex      = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
+
+	.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+	.Config =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+			.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+			.TotalInterfaces        = 2,
+
+			.ConfigurationNumber    = 1,
+			.ConfigurationStrIndex  = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+			.ConfigAttributes       = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+			.MaxPowerConsumption    = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+		},
+
+	.CDC_CCI_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 1,
+
+			.Class                  = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+			.SubClass               = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.CDC_Functional_Header =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+			.CDCSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+		},
+
+	.CDC_Functional_ACM =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM,
+
+			.Capabilities           = 0x06,
+		},
+
+	.CDC_Functional_Union =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union,
+
+			.MasterInterfaceNumber  = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+			.SlaveInterfaceNumber   = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+		},
+
+	.CDC_NotificationEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0xFF
+		},
+
+	.CDC_DCI_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 2,
+
+			.Class                  = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass,
+			.SubClass               = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.CDC_DataOutEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		},
+
+	.CDC_DataInEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		}
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ *  the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ *  via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ *  form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Simon Foster");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ *  and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"USB-HD44780 Adapter");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ *  USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8);
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+	const void* Address = NULL;
+	uint16_t    Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+	switch (DescriptorType)
+	{
+		case DTYPE_Device:
+			Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_Configuration:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_String:
+			switch (DescriptorNumber)
+			{
+				case STRING_ID_Language:
+					Address = &LanguageString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+					Address = &ManufacturerString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Product:
+					Address = &ProductString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+			}
+
+			break;
+	}
+
+	*DescriptorAddress = Address;
+	return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/SerialToLCD/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/SerialToLCD/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..360aa421ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/SerialToLCD/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+  Copyright 2012  Simon Foster (simon.foster [at] inbox [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+		#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR        (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 2)
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+		#define CDC_TX_EPADDR                  (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 3)
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the CDC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+		#define CDC_RX_EPADDR                  (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4)
+
+		/** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+		#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE        8
+
+		/** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */
+		#define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE                16
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t    Config;
+
+			// CDC Command Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t               CDC_CCI_Interface;
+			USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t    CDC_Functional_Header;
+			USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t       CDC_Functional_ACM;
+			USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t     CDC_Functional_Union;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t                CDC_NotificationEndpoint;
+
+			// CDC Data Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t               CDC_DCI_Interface;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t                CDC_DataOutEndpoint;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t                CDC_DataInEndpoint;
+		} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+		/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+		 *  should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+		 *  interface from other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+		{
+			INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI = 0, /**< CDC CCI interface descriptor ID */
+			INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI = 1, /**< CDC DCI interface descriptor ID */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+		 *  have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+		 *  other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum StringDescriptors_t
+		{
+			STRING_ID_Language     = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+			STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+			STRING_ID_Product      = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+		};
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+		                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+		                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+		                                    ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/SerialToLCD/LUFA SerialToLCD.inf b/lib/lufa/Projects/SerialToLCD/LUFA SerialToLCD.inf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4799bd1a7e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/SerialToLCD/LUFA SerialToLCD.inf
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+;************************************************************
+; Windows USB CDC ACM Setup File
+; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
+;************************************************************
+
+[DefaultInstall]
+CopyINF="LUFA VirtualSerial.inf"
+
+[Version]
+Signature="$Windows NT$"
+Class=Ports
+ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318}
+Provider=%MFGNAME%
+DriverVer=7/1/2012,10.0.0.0
+
+[Manufacturer]
+%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTx86, NTamd64, NTia64
+
+[SourceDisksNames]
+
+[SourceDisksFiles]
+
+[DestinationDirs]
+DefaultDestDir=12
+
+[DriverInstall]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+CopyFiles=FakeModemCopyFileSection
+AddReg=DriverInstall.AddReg
+
+[DriverInstall.Services]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, LowerFilter_Service_Inst
+
+[DriverInstall.AddReg]
+HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"msports.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;  Vendor and Product ID Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side
+; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match.
+; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID.  Use the format as shown below.
+; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs.
+; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line.
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[DeviceList]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204B
+
+[DeviceList.NTx86]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204B
+
+[DeviceList.NTamd64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204B
+
+[DeviceList.NTia64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204B
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;  String Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;Modify these strings to customize your device
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[Strings]
+MFGNAME="http://www.lufa-lib.org"
+DESCRIPTION="LUFA CDC-ACM Virtual Serial Port"
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/SerialToLCD/Lib/HD44780.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/SerialToLCD/Lib/HD44780.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..61a9b7ec6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/SerialToLCD/Lib/HD44780.c
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+  Copyright 2012  Simon Foster (simon.foster [at] inbox [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+#include "HD44780.h"
+
+static void HD44780_WriteNibble(const uint8_t nib)
+{
+	/* Read PORTD and clear the ENABLE and PD0..3 bits
+	   then OR in the data */
+
+	PORTD = (PORTD & ~(ENABLE | LO4_MASK)) | (nib & LO4_MASK);
+
+	/* Enforce address setup time (tAS) 60ns
+	   60 @ 16MHz = <1
+	   Let's us a few NOPs for good measure */
+	asm volatile("nop\n\t"
+	             "nop\n\t"
+	             :: );
+
+	/* Take enable high and enforce Enable High time (tEH=450ns)
+	   450ns @ 16MHz = 7.2 => 7 NOPs */
+
+	PORTD |= ENABLE;
+
+	asm volatile("nop\n\t"
+	             "nop\n\t"
+	             "nop\n\t"
+	             "nop\n\t"
+	             "nop\n\t"
+	             "nop\n\t"
+	             "nop\n\t"
+	             "nop\n\t"
+	             :: );
+
+	/* Take enable low and enforce Enable Low time (tEL=500ns)
+	   500ns @ 16MHz = 8.0 => 7 NOPs */
+	PORTD &= ~ENABLE;
+
+	asm volatile("nop\n\t"
+	             "nop\n\t"
+	             "nop\n\t"
+	             "nop\n\t"
+	             "nop\n\t"
+	             "nop\n\t"
+	             "nop\n\t"
+	             "nop\n\t"
+	             :: );
+}
+
+static void HD44780_WriteByte(const uint8_t c)
+{
+	HD44780_WriteNibble(HI4(c));
+	HD44780_WriteNibble(LO4(c));
+}
+
+static void HD44780_PowerUp4Bit(void)
+{
+	/* Wait for more than 40 ms after VCC rises to 2.7 V */
+	_delay_ms(40);
+	HD44780_WriteNibble(0x03);        // FN_SET 8-bit
+
+	/* Wait for more than 4.1 ms */
+	_delay_ms(5);
+	HD44780_WriteNibble(0x03);        // FN_SET 8-bit
+
+	/* Wait for more than 100 µs */
+	_delay_us(100);
+	HD44780_WriteNibble(0x03);        // FN_SET 8-bit
+
+	/* From now on we must allow 40us for each command */
+	_delay_us(50);
+	HD44780_WriteNibble(0x02);        // FN_SET 4-bit
+
+	/* The LCD is now in 4-bit mode so we can continue
+	   using the 4-bit API */
+	_delay_us(50);
+}
+
+void HD44780_Initialize(void)
+{
+	PORTD &= ~ALL_BITS;
+	DDRD  |=  ALL_BITS;
+	HD44780_PowerUp4Bit();
+}
+
+void HD44780_WriteCommand(const uint8_t c)
+{
+	PORTD &= ~RS;
+	HD44780_WriteByte(c);
+	_delay_us(50);
+}
+
+void HD44780_WriteData(const uint8_t c)
+{
+	PORTD |=  RS;
+	HD44780_WriteByte(c);
+	PORTD &= ~RS;
+	_delay_us(50);
+}
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/SerialToLCD/Lib/HD44780.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/SerialToLCD/Lib/HD44780.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0128037851
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/SerialToLCD/Lib/HD44780.h
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+  Copyright 2012  Simon Foster (simon.foster [at] inbox [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for HD44780.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _HD44780_H_
+#define _HD44780_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <util/delay.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		#define RS                  (1 << 4)    /* PD4 */
+		#define ENABLE              (1 << 7)    /* PD7 */
+
+		#define HI4_MASK            0xF0
+		#define LO4_MASK            0x0F        /* PD0-PD3 */
+
+		#define ALL_BITS            (RS | ENABLE | LO4_MASK)
+
+		#define HI4(c)              ((c & HI4_MASK) >> 4)
+		#define LO4(c)              ((c & LO4_MASK) >> 0)
+
+		#define CMD_DISPLAY_ON      0x0C
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void HD44780_Initialize(void);
+		void HD44780_WriteData(const uint8_t c);
+		void HD44780_WriteCommand(const uint8_t c);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/SerialToLCD/SerialToLCD.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/SerialToLCD/SerialToLCD.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..85abbdb50d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/SerialToLCD/SerialToLCD.c
@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+  Copyright 2012  Simon Foster (simon.foster [at] inbox [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the SerialToLCD program. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the project and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "SerialToLCD.h"
+
+/** Circular buffer to hold data from the host before it is sent to the LCD */
+static RingBuffer_t FromHost_Buffer;
+
+/** Underlying data buffer for \ref FromHost_Buffer, where the stored bytes are located. */
+static uint8_t      FromHost_Buffer_Data[128];
+
+/** LUFA CDC Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ *  passed to all CDC Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ *  within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface =
+	{
+		.Config =
+			{
+				.ControlInterfaceNumber   = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+				.DataINEndpoint           =
+					{
+						.Address          = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
+						.Size             = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks            = 1,
+					},
+				.DataOUTEndpoint =
+					{
+						.Address          = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
+						.Size             = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks            = 1,
+					},
+				.NotificationEndpoint =
+					{
+						.Address          = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+						.Size             = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks            = 1,
+					},
+			},
+	};
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ *  setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	RingBuffer_InitBuffer(&FromHost_Buffer, FromHost_Buffer_Data, sizeof(FromHost_Buffer_Data));
+
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		/* Only try to read in bytes from the CDC interface if the transmit buffer is not full */
+		if (!(RingBuffer_IsFull(&FromHost_Buffer)))
+		{
+			int16_t ReceivedByte = CDC_Device_ReceiveByte(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+
+			/* Read bytes from the USB OUT endpoint into the USART transmit buffer */
+			if (!(ReceivedByte < 0))
+			  RingBuffer_Insert(&FromHost_Buffer, ReceivedByte);
+		}
+
+		while (RingBuffer_GetCount(&FromHost_Buffer) > 0)
+		{
+			static uint8_t EscapePending = 0;
+			int16_t HD44780Byte = RingBuffer_Remove(&FromHost_Buffer);
+
+			if (HD44780Byte == COMMAND_ESCAPE)
+			{
+				if (EscapePending)
+				{
+					HD44780_WriteData(HD44780Byte);
+					EscapePending = 0;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					/* Next received character is the command byte */
+					EscapePending = 1;
+				}
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				if (EscapePending)
+				{
+					HD44780_WriteCommand(HD44780Byte);
+					EscapePending = 0;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					HD44780_WriteData(HD44780Byte);
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		CDC_Device_USBTask(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the application's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	USB_Init();
+
+	/* Power up the HD44780 Interface */
+	HD44780_Initialize();
+	HD44780_WriteCommand(CMD_DISPLAY_ON);
+
+	/* Start the flush timer so that overflows occur rapidly to push received bytes to the USB interface */
+	TCCR0B = (1 << CS02);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+	CDC_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+	CDC_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+}
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/SerialToLCD/SerialToLCD.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/SerialToLCD/SerialToLCD.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..03d28799bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/SerialToLCD/SerialToLCD.h
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+  Copyright 2012  Simon Foster (simon.foster [at] inbox [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for SerialToLCD.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SERIALTOLCD_H_
+#define _SERIALTOLCD_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+
+		#include "Descriptors.h"
+		#include "Lib/HD44780.h"
+
+		#include <LUFA/Version.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/RingBuffer.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		#define COMMAND_ESCAPE     0x1B
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/SerialToLCD/SerialToLCD.txt b/lib/lufa/Projects/SerialToLCD/SerialToLCD.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a2f3396489
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/SerialToLCD/SerialToLCD.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Simon Foster's USB Serial to HD44780 LCD Project
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Project Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this project.
+ *
+ *  \li AT90USB162
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this project.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Abstract Control Model (ACM)</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF CDC Class Standard</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Firmware for a USB Virtual Serial to HD44780 LCD controller project, by Simon Foster. This
+ *  project connects a standard HD7780 compatible LCD controller to a PC via a virtual serial
+ *  link, so that data supplied by the host can be written to the display. This project is
+ *  designed to use the Minimum USB AVR board, however it can be modified to suit other hardware
+ *  if desired.
+ *
+ *  LCD Datasheet:    http://www.sparkfun.com/datasheets/LCD/HD44780.pdf \n
+ *  More Information: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HD44780_Character_LCD \n
+ *
+ *  Below are the connections between the AVR Minimus board and LCD.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>AVR Pin:</b></td>
+ *    <td><b>HD44780 LCD Pin:</b></td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>VCC</td>
+ *    <td>VCC</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>GND</td>
+ *    <td>GND</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>PD0</td>
+ *    <td>DB4</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>PD1</td>
+ *    <td>DB5</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>PD2</td>
+ *    <td>DB6</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>PD3</td>
+ *    <td>DB7</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>PD4</td>
+ *    <td>/RS</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>GND</td>
+ *    <td>/RW</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>PD7</td>
+ *    <td>/E</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this project, which can control the project behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>
+ *     None
+ *    </td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/SerialToLCD/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Projects/SerialToLCD/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e0a41823e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/SerialToLCD/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="USB Serial to LCD Display" id="lufa.projects.serial_to_lcd.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.projects.serial_to_lcd"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="usbkey"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="8000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="8000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.projects.serial_to_lcd" caption="USB Serial to LCD Display">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		USB Serial to LCD Controller project.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Device"/>
+			<keyword value="CDC Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="SerialToLCD.txt"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="LUFA SerialToLCD.inf"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="SerialToLCD.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="SerialToLCD.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/HD44780.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/HD44780.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ringbuffer"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/SerialToLCD/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Projects/SerialToLCD/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..64b4d5a83a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/SerialToLCD/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "Simon Foster's USB Serial to HD44780 LCD Project"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/SerialToLCD/makefile b/lib/lufa/Projects/SerialToLCD/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..76e7350e7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/SerialToLCD/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb162
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = MINIMUS
+F_CPU        = 16000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = SerialToLCD
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c Lib/HD44780.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Config/AppConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fcfcb2590e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ *  the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ *  specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ *  makefile or build system.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ *  \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#define DUMMY_RTC
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f7d7e62708
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            0
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              0
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c07a588782
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,257 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ *  the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+
+/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
+ *  USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
+ *  descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
+ *  the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
+ *  more details on HID report descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM GenericReport[] =
+{
+	/* Use the HID class driver's standard Vendor HID report.
+	 *  Vendor Usage Page: 1
+	 *  Vendor Collection Usage: 1
+	 *  Vendor Report IN Usage: 2
+	 *  Vendor Report OUT Usage: 3
+	 *  Vendor Report Size: GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE
+	 */
+	HID_DESCRIPTOR_VENDOR(0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE)
+};
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ *  process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+	.Class                  = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+	.SubClass               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+	.Protocol               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+	.Endpoint0Size          = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+	.VendorID               = 0x03EB,
+	.ProductID              = 0x2063,
+	.ReleaseNumber          = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+	.ProductStrIndex        = STRING_ID_Product,
+	.SerialNumStrIndex      = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
+
+	.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+	.Config =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+			.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+			.TotalInterfaces        = 2,
+
+			.ConfigurationNumber    = 1,
+			.ConfigurationStrIndex  = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+			.ConfigAttributes       = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+			.MaxPowerConsumption    = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+		},
+
+	.MS_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 2,
+
+			.Class                  = MS_CSCP_MassStorageClass,
+			.SubClass               = MS_CSCP_SCSITransparentSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = MS_CSCP_BulkOnlyTransportProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.MS_DataInEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		},
+
+	.MS_DataOutEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		},
+
+	.HID_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_HID,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 1,
+
+			.Class                  = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
+			.SubClass               = HID_CSCP_NonBootSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = HID_CSCP_NonBootProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.HID_GenericHID =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
+
+			.HIDSpec                = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
+			.CountryCode            = 0x00,
+			.TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
+			.HIDReportType          = HID_DTYPE_Report,
+			.HIDReportLength        = sizeof(GenericReport)
+		},
+
+	.HID_ReportINEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = GENERIC_IN_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = GENERIC_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		},
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ *  the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ *  via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ *  form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ *  and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Temperature Datalogger");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ *  USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8);
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+	const void* Address = NULL;
+	uint16_t    Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+	switch (DescriptorType)
+	{
+		case DTYPE_Device:
+			Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_Configuration:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_String:
+			switch (DescriptorNumber)
+			{
+				case STRING_ID_Language:
+					Address = &LanguageString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+					Address = &ManufacturerString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Product:
+					Address = &ProductString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case HID_DTYPE_HID:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_GenericHID;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+			break;
+		case HID_DTYPE_Report:
+			Address = &GenericReport;
+			Size    = sizeof(GenericReport);
+			break;
+	}
+
+	*DescriptorAddress = Address;
+	return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ffbd65d465
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include "TempDataLogger.h"
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+		#define MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR         (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 3)
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+		#define MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR        (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4)
+
+		/** Size in bytes of the Mass Storage data endpoints. */
+		#define MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE         64
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the Generic HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+		#define GENERIC_IN_EPADDR              (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 1)
+
+		/** Size in bytes of the Generic HID reporting endpoint. */
+		#define GENERIC_EPSIZE                 16
+
+		/** Size in bytes of the Generic HID reports (including report ID byte). */
+		#define GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE            sizeof(Device_Report_t)
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+			// Mass Storage Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t            MS_Interface;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             MS_DataInEndpoint;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             MS_DataOutEndpoint;
+
+			// Settings Management Generic HID Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t            HID_Interface;
+			USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t              HID_GenericHID;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             HID_ReportINEndpoint;
+		} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+		/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+		 *  should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+		 *  interface from other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+		{
+			INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage = 0, /**< Mass storage interface descriptor ID */
+			INTERFACE_ID_HID         = 1, /**< HID interface descriptor ID */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+		 *  have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+		 *  other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum StringDescriptors_t
+		{
+			STRING_ID_Language     = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+			STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+			STRING_ID_Product      = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+		};
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+		                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+		                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+		                                    ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b1111ce39b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.c
@@ -0,0 +1,534 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Functions to manage the physical Dataflash media, including reading and writing of
+ *  blocks of data. These functions are called by the SCSI layer when data must be stored
+ *  or retrieved to/from the physical storage media. If a different media is used (such
+ *  as a SD card or EEPROM), functions similar to these will need to be generated.
+ */
+
+#define  INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASHMANAGER_C
+#include "DataflashManager.h"
+
+/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), from
+ *  the pre-selected data OUT endpoint. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the endpoint and writes
+ *  them to the Dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state
+ *  \param[in] BlockAddress  Data block starting address for the write sequence
+ *  \param[in] TotalBlocks   Number of blocks of data to write
+ */
+void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+                                  const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+                                  uint16_t TotalBlocks)
+{
+	uint16_t CurrDFPage          = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+	uint16_t CurrDFPageByte      = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+	uint8_t  CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+	bool     UsingSecondBuffer   = false;
+
+	/* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+	Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+	/* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+	Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+#endif
+
+	/* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte);
+
+	/* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */
+	if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+	  return;
+
+	while (TotalBlocks)
+	{
+		uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+		/* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */
+		while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+		{
+			/* Check if the endpoint is currently empty */
+			if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+			{
+				/* Clear the current endpoint bank */
+				Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+				/* Wait until the host has sent another packet */
+				if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+				  return;
+			}
+
+			/* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+			if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+			{
+				/* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+				Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+				Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+				Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+
+				/* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+				CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+				CurrDFPage++;
+
+				/* Once all the Dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */
+				if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
+				  UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer);
+
+				/* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+				Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+				/* If less than one Dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */
+				if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+				{
+					/* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+					Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+					Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+					Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+					Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+				}
+#endif
+
+				/* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+				Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE : DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+				Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
+			}
+
+			/* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the Dataflash */
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+
+			/* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+			CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+			/* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+			BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+
+			/* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
+			if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
+			  return;
+		}
+
+		/* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+		TotalBlocks--;
+	}
+
+	/* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+	Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+	Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00);
+	Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+
+	/* If the endpoint is empty, clear it ready for the next packet from the host */
+	if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+	  Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+	/* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+	Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), into
+ *  the pre-selected data IN endpoint. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash
+ *  and writes them in OS sized blocks to the endpoint.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state
+ *  \param[in] BlockAddress  Data block starting address for the read sequence
+ *  \param[in] TotalBlocks   Number of blocks of data to read
+ */
+void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+                                 const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+                                 uint16_t TotalBlocks)
+{
+	uint16_t CurrDFPage          = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+	uint16_t CurrDFPageByte      = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+	uint8_t  CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+
+	/* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+	Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+	/* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+
+	/* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */
+	if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+	  return;
+
+	while (TotalBlocks)
+	{
+		uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+		/* Read an endpoint packet sized data block from the Dataflash */
+		while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+		{
+			/* Check if the endpoint is currently full */
+			if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+			{
+				/* Clear the endpoint bank to send its contents to the host */
+				Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+				/* Wait until the endpoint is ready for more data */
+				if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+				  return;
+			}
+
+			/* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+			if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+			{
+				/* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+				CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+				CurrDFPage++;
+
+				/* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+				Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+				/* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+				Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+				Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+			}
+
+			/* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the Dataflash */
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+
+			/* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+			CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+			/* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+			BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+
+			/* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
+			if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
+			  return;
+		}
+
+		/* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+		TotalBlocks--;
+	}
+
+	/* If the endpoint is full, send its contents to the host */
+	if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+	  Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+	/* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+	Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), from
+ *  the given RAM buffer. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the buffer and writes them to the
+ *  Dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks. This can be linked to FAT libraries to write files to the
+ *  Dataflash.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] BlockAddress  Data block starting address for the write sequence
+ *  \param[in] TotalBlocks   Number of blocks of data to write
+ *  \param[in] BufferPtr     Pointer to the data source RAM buffer
+ */
+void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+                                      uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+                                      const uint8_t* BufferPtr)
+{
+	uint16_t CurrDFPage          = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+	uint16_t CurrDFPageByte      = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+	uint8_t  CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+	bool     UsingSecondBuffer   = false;
+
+	/* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+	Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+	/* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+	Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+#endif
+
+	/* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte);
+
+	while (TotalBlocks)
+	{
+		uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+		/* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */
+		while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+		{
+			/* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+			if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+			{
+				/* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+				Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+				Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+				Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+
+				/* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+				CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+				CurrDFPage++;
+
+				/* Once all the Dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */
+				if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
+				  UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer);
+
+				/* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+				Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+				/* If less than one Dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */
+				if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+				{
+					/* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+					Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+					Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+					Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+					Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+				}
+#endif
+
+				/* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+				Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+				Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE : DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+				Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
+			}
+
+			/* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the Dataflash */
+			for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++)
+			  Dataflash_SendByte(*(BufferPtr++));
+
+			/* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+			CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+			/* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+			BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+		}
+
+		/* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+		TotalBlocks--;
+	}
+
+	/* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+	Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+	Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00);
+	Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+
+	/* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+	Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), into
+ *  the preallocated RAM buffer. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash
+ *  and writes them in OS sized blocks to the given buffer. This can be linked to FAT libraries to read
+ *  the files stored on the Dataflash.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] BlockAddress  Data block starting address for the read sequence
+ *  \param[in] TotalBlocks   Number of blocks of data to read
+ *  \param[out] BufferPtr    Pointer to the data destination RAM buffer
+ */
+void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+                                     uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+                                     uint8_t* BufferPtr)
+{
+	uint16_t CurrDFPage          = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+	uint16_t CurrDFPageByte      = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+	uint8_t  CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+
+	/* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+	Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+	/* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+
+	while (TotalBlocks)
+	{
+		uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+		/* Read an endpoint packet sized data block from the Dataflash */
+		while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+		{
+			/* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+			if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+			{
+				/* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+				CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+				CurrDFPage++;
+
+				/* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+				Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+				/* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+				Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+				Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+			}
+
+			/* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the Dataflash */
+			for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++)
+			  *(BufferPtr++) = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+
+			/* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+			CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+			/* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+			BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+		}
+
+		/* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+		TotalBlocks--;
+	}
+
+	/* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+	Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Disables the Dataflash memory write protection bits on the board Dataflash ICs, if enabled. */
+void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void)
+{
+	/* Select first Dataflash chip, send the read status register command */
+	Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+
+	/* Check if sector protection is enabled */
+	if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON)
+	{
+		Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+
+		/* Send the commands to disable sector protection */
+		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]);
+		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]);
+		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]);
+		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]);
+	}
+
+	/* Select second Dataflash chip (if present on selected board), send read status register command */
+	#if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
+	Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+
+	/* Check if sector protection is enabled */
+	if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON)
+	{
+		Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+
+		/* Send the commands to disable sector protection */
+		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]);
+		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]);
+		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]);
+		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]);
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	/* Deselect current Dataflash chip */
+	Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Performs a simple test on the attached Dataflash IC(s) to ensure that they are working.
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if all media chips are working, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void)
+{
+	uint8_t ReturnByte;
+
+	/* Test first Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */
+	Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO);
+	ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+	Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+	/* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */
+	if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL)
+	  return false;
+
+	#if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
+	/* Test second Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */
+	Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO);
+	ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+	Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+	/* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */
+	if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL)
+	  return false;
+	#endif
+
+	return true;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f0feeb67bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.h
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for DataflashManager.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_
+#define _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+
+		#include "../TempDataLogger.h"
+		#include "../Descriptors.h"
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+		#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h>
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE % 16)
+			#error Dataflash page size must be a multiple of 16 bytes.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Defines: */
+		/** Total number of bytes of the storage medium, comprised of one or more Dataflash ICs. */
+		#define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES                ((uint32_t)DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS)
+
+		/** Block size of the device. This is kept at 512 to remain compatible with the OS despite the underlying
+		 *  storage media (Dataflash) using a different native block size. Do not change this value.
+		 */
+		#define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE           512
+
+		/** Total number of blocks of the virtual memory for reporting to the host as the device's total capacity. Do not
+		 *  change this value; change VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES instead to alter the media size.
+		 */
+		#define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS               (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES / VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+		                                  const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+		                                  uint16_t TotalBlocks);
+		void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+		                                 const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+		                                 uint16_t TotalBlocks);
+		void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+		                                      uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+		                                      const uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+		void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+		                                     uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+		                                     uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+		void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void);
+		bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/00readme.txt b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/00readme.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..80d8843d13
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/00readme.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+FatFs Module Source Files R0.09a                       (C)ChaN, 2012
+
+
+FILES
+
+  ffconf.h   Configuration file for FatFs module.
+  ff.h       Common include file for FatFs and application module.
+  ff.c       FatFs module.
+  diskio.h   Common include file for FatFs and disk I/O module.
+  diskio.c   An example of glue function to attach existing disk I/O module to FatFs.
+  integer.h  Integer type definitions for FatFs.
+  option     Optional external functions.
+
+  Low level disk I/O module is not included in this archive because the FatFs
+  module is only a generic file system layer and not depend on any specific
+  storage device. You have to provide a low level disk I/O module that written
+  to control your storage device.
+
+
+
+AGREEMENTS
+
+ FatFs module is an open source software to implement FAT file system to
+ small embedded systems. This is a free software and is opened for education,
+ research and commercial developments under license policy of following trems.
+
+  Copyright (C) 2012, ChaN, all right reserved.
+
+ * The FatFs module is a free software and there is NO WARRANTY.
+ * No restriction on use. You can use, modify and redistribute it for
+   personal, non-profit or commercial product UNDER YOUR RESPONSIBILITY.
+ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice.
+
+
+
+REVISION HISTORY
+
+  Feb 26, 2006  R0.00  Prototype
+
+  Apr 29, 2006  R0.01  First release.
+
+  Jun 01, 2006  R0.02  Added FAT12.
+                       Removed unbuffered mode.
+                       Fixed a problem on small (<32M) patition.
+
+  Jun 10, 2006  R0.02a Added a configuration option _FS_MINIMUM.
+
+  Sep 22, 2006  R0.03  Added f_rename.
+                       Changed option _FS_MINIMUM to _FS_MINIMIZE.
+
+  Dec 11, 2006  R0.03a Improved cluster scan algolithm to write files fast.
+                       Fixed f_mkdir creates incorrect directory on FAT32.
+
+  Feb 04, 2007  R0.04  Supported multiple drive system. (FatFs)
+                       Changed some APIs for multiple drive system.
+                       Added f_mkfs. (FatFs)
+                       Added _USE_FAT32 option. (Tiny-FatFs)
+
+  Apr 01, 2007  R0.04a Supported multiple partitions on a plysical drive. (FatFs)
+                       Fixed an endian sensitive code in f_mkfs. (FatFs)
+                       Added a capability of extending the file size to f_lseek.
+                       Added minimization level 3.
+                       Fixed a problem that can collapse a sector when recreate an
+                       existing file in any sub-directory at non FAT32 cfg. (Tiny-FatFs)
+
+  May 05, 2007  R0.04b Added _USE_NTFLAG option.
+                       Added FSInfo support.
+                       Fixed some problems corresponds to FAT32. (Tiny-FatFs)
+                       Fixed DBCS name can result FR_INVALID_NAME.
+                       Fixed short seek (0 < ofs <= csize) collapses the file object.
+
+  Aug 25, 2007  R0.05  Changed arguments of f_read, f_write.
+                       Changed arguments of f_mkfs. (FatFs)
+                       Fixed f_mkfs on FAT32 creates incorrect FSInfo. (FatFs)
+                       Fixed f_mkdir on FAT32 creates incorrect directory. (FatFs)
+
+  Feb 03, 2008  R0.05a Added f_truncate().
+                       Added f_utime().
+                       Fixed off by one error at FAT sub-type determination.
+                       Fixed btr in f_read() can be mistruncated.
+                       Fixed cached sector is not flushed when create and close without write.
+
+  Apr 01, 2008  R0.06  Added f_forward(). (Tiny-FatFs)
+                       Added string functions: fputc(), fputs(), fprintf() and fgets().
+                       Improved performance of f_lseek() on move to the same or following cluster.
+
+  Apr 01, 2009, R0.07  Merged Tiny-FatFs as a buffer configuration option.
+                       Added long file name support.
+                       Added multiple code page support.
+                       Added re-entrancy for multitask operation.
+                       Added auto cluster size selection to f_mkfs().
+                       Added rewind option to f_readdir().
+                       Changed result code of critical errors.
+                       Renamed string functions to avoid name collision.
+
+  Apr 14, 2009, R0.07a Separated out OS dependent code on reentrant cfg.
+                       Added multiple sector size support.
+
+  Jun 21, 2009, R0.07c Fixed f_unlink() may return FR_OK on error.
+                       Fixed wrong cache control in f_lseek().
+                       Added relative path feature.
+                       Added f_chdir().
+                       Added f_chdrive().
+                       Added proper case conversion for extended characters.
+
+  Nov 03, 2009 R0.07e  Separated out configuration options from ff.h to ffconf.h.
+                       Added a configuration option, _LFN_UNICODE.
+                       Fixed f_unlink() fails to remove a sub-dir on _FS_RPATH.
+                       Fixed name matching error on the 13 char boundary.
+                       Changed f_readdir() to return the SFN with always upper case on non-LFN cfg.
+
+  May 15, 2010, R0.08  Added a memory configuration option. (_USE_LFN)
+                       Added file lock feature. (_FS_SHARE)
+                       Added fast seek feature. (_USE_FASTSEEK)
+                       Changed some types on the API, XCHAR->TCHAR.
+                       Changed fname member in the FILINFO structure on Unicode cfg.
+                       String functions support UTF-8 encoding files on Unicode cfg.
+
+  Aug 16,'10 R0.08a    Added f_getcwd(). (_FS_RPATH = 2)
+                       Added sector erase feature. (_USE_ERASE)
+                       Moved file lock semaphore table from fs object to the bss.
+                       Fixed a wrong directory entry is created on non-LFN cfg when the given name contains ';'.
+                       Fixed f_mkfs() creates wrong FAT32 volume.
+
+  Jan 15,'11 R0.08b    Fast seek feature is also applied to f_read() and f_write().
+                       f_lseek() reports required table size on creating CLMP.
+                       Extended format syntax of f_printf function.
+                       Ignores duplicated directory separators in given path names.
+
+  Sep 06,'11 R0.09     f_mkfs() supports multiple partition to finish the multiple partition feature.
+                       Added f_fdisk(). (_MULTI_PARTITION = 2)
+
+  Aug 27,'12 R0.09a    Fixed assertion failure due to OS/2 EA on FAT12/16.
+                       Changed API rejects null object pointer to avoid crash.
+                       Changed option name _FS_SHARE to _FS_LOCK.
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8cc8cd4049
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.c
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Low level disk I/O module skeleton for FatFs     (C)ChaN, 2007        */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* This is a stub disk I/O module that acts as front end of the existing */
+/* disk I/O modules and attach it to FatFs module with common interface. */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#include "diskio.h"
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Initialize a Drive                                                    */
+
+DSTATUS disk_initialize (
+	BYTE drv				/* Physical drive number (0..) */
+)
+{
+	return FR_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Return Disk Status                                                    */
+
+DSTATUS disk_status (
+	BYTE drv		/* Physical drive number (0..) */
+)
+{
+	return FR_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Read Sector(s)                                                        */
+
+DRESULT disk_read (
+	BYTE drv,		/* Physical drive number (0..) */
+	BYTE *buff,		/* Data buffer to store read data */
+	DWORD sector,	/* Sector address (LBA) */
+	BYTE count		/* Number of sectors to read (1..128) */
+)
+{
+	DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(sector, count, buff);
+	return RES_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Write Sector(s)                                                       */
+
+#if _READONLY == 0
+DRESULT disk_write (
+	BYTE drv,			/* Physical drive number (0..) */
+	const BYTE *buff,	/* Data to be written */
+	DWORD sector,		/* Sector address (LBA) */
+	BYTE count			/* Number of sectors to write (1..128) */
+)
+{
+	DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(sector, count, buff);
+	return RES_OK;
+}
+#endif /* _READONLY */
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Miscellaneous Functions                                               */
+
+DRESULT disk_ioctl (
+	BYTE drv,		/* Physical drive number (0..) */
+	BYTE ctrl,		/* Control code */
+	void *buff		/* Buffer to send/receive control data */
+)
+{
+	if (ctrl == CTRL_SYNC)
+	  return RES_OK;
+	else
+	  return RES_PARERR;
+}
+
+
+DWORD get_fattime (void)
+{
+	TimeDate_t CurrTimeDate;
+
+	RTC_GetTimeDate(&CurrTimeDate);
+
+
+	return ((DWORD)(20 + CurrTimeDate.Year) << 25) |
+	             ((DWORD)CurrTimeDate.Month << 21) |
+	               ((DWORD)CurrTimeDate.Day << 16) |
+	              ((DWORD)CurrTimeDate.Hour << 11) |
+	             ((DWORD)CurrTimeDate.Minute << 5) |
+	      (((DWORD)CurrTimeDate.Second >> 1) << 0);
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d3c3149a59
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.h
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+/  Low level disk interface module include file
+/-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#ifndef _DISKIO_DEFINED
+#define _DISKIO_DEFINED
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include "integer.h"
+
+#include "../DataflashManager.h"
+
+
+/* Status of Disk Functions */
+typedef BYTE	DSTATUS;
+
+/* Results of Disk Functions */
+typedef enum {
+	RES_OK = 0,		/* 0: Successful */
+	RES_ERROR,		/* 1: R/W Error */
+	RES_WRPRT,		/* 2: Write Protected */
+	RES_NOTRDY,		/* 3: Not Ready */
+	RES_PARERR		/* 4: Invalid Parameter */
+} DRESULT;
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------*/
+/* Prototypes for disk control functions */
+
+DSTATUS disk_initialize (BYTE);
+DSTATUS disk_status (BYTE);
+DRESULT disk_read (BYTE, BYTE*, DWORD, BYTE);
+#if	_READONLY == 0
+DRESULT disk_write (BYTE, const BYTE*, DWORD, BYTE);
+#endif
+DRESULT disk_ioctl (BYTE, BYTE, void*);
+
+
+/* Disk Status Bits (DSTATUS) */
+
+#define STA_NOINIT		0x01	/* Drive not initialized */
+#define STA_NODISK		0x02	/* No medium in the drive */
+#define STA_PROTECT		0x04	/* Write protected */
+
+/* Generic command */
+#define CTRL_SYNC			0	/* Mandatory for write functions */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..059b5885ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.c
@@ -0,0 +1,4139 @@
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/  FatFs - FAT file system module  R0.09a                 (C)ChaN, 2012
+/-----------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/ FatFs module is a generic FAT file system module for small embedded systems.
+/ This is a free software that opened for education, research and commercial
+/ developments under license policy of following terms.
+/
+/  Copyright (C) 2012, ChaN, all right reserved.
+/
+/ * The FatFs module is a free software and there is NO WARRANTY.
+/ * No restriction on use. You can use, modify and redistribute it for
+/   personal, non-profit or commercial products UNDER YOUR RESPONSIBILITY.
+/ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice.
+/
+/-----------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/ Feb 26,'06 R0.00  Prototype.
+/
+/ Apr 29,'06 R0.01  First stable version.
+/
+/ Jun 01,'06 R0.02  Added FAT12 support.
+/                   Removed unbuffered mode.
+/                   Fixed a problem on small (<32M) partition.
+/ Jun 10,'06 R0.02a Added a configuration option (_FS_MINIMUM).
+/
+/ Sep 22,'06 R0.03  Added f_rename().
+/                   Changed option _FS_MINIMUM to _FS_MINIMIZE.
+/ Dec 11,'06 R0.03a Improved cluster scan algorithm to write files fast.
+/                   Fixed f_mkdir() creates incorrect directory on FAT32.
+/
+/ Feb 04,'07 R0.04  Supported multiple drive system.
+/                   Changed some interfaces for multiple drive system.
+/                   Changed f_mountdrv() to f_mount().
+/                   Added f_mkfs().
+/ Apr 01,'07 R0.04a Supported multiple partitions on a physical drive.
+/                   Added a capability of extending file size to f_lseek().
+/                   Added minimization level 3.
+/                   Fixed an endian sensitive code in f_mkfs().
+/ May 05,'07 R0.04b Added a configuration option _USE_NTFLAG.
+/                   Added FSInfo support.
+/                   Fixed DBCS name can result FR_INVALID_NAME.
+/                   Fixed short seek (<= csize) collapses the file object.
+/
+/ Aug 25,'07 R0.05  Changed arguments of f_read(), f_write() and f_mkfs().
+/                   Fixed f_mkfs() on FAT32 creates incorrect FSInfo.
+/                   Fixed f_mkdir() on FAT32 creates incorrect directory.
+/ Feb 03,'08 R0.05a Added f_truncate() and f_utime().
+/                   Fixed off by one error at FAT sub-type determination.
+/                   Fixed btr in f_read() can be mistruncated.
+/                   Fixed cached sector is not flushed when create and close without write.
+/
+/ Apr 01,'08 R0.06  Added fputc(), fputs(), fprintf() and fgets().
+/                   Improved performance of f_lseek() on moving to the same or following cluster.
+/
+/ Apr 01,'09 R0.07  Merged Tiny-FatFs as a configuration option. (_FS_TINY)
+/                   Added long file name feature.
+/                   Added multiple code page feature.
+/                   Added re-entrancy for multitask operation.
+/                   Added auto cluster size selection to f_mkfs().
+/                   Added rewind option to f_readdir().
+/                   Changed result code of critical errors.
+/                   Renamed string functions to avoid name collision.
+/ Apr 14,'09 R0.07a Separated out OS dependent code on reentrant cfg.
+/                   Added multiple sector size feature.
+/ Jun 21,'09 R0.07c Fixed f_unlink() can return FR_OK on error.
+/                   Fixed wrong cache control in f_lseek().
+/                   Added relative path feature.
+/                   Added f_chdir() and f_chdrive().
+/                   Added proper case conversion to extended char.
+/ Nov 03,'09 R0.07e Separated out configuration options from ff.h to ffconf.h.
+/                   Fixed f_unlink() fails to remove a sub-dir on _FS_RPATH.
+/                   Fixed name matching error on the 13 char boundary.
+/                   Added a configuration option, _LFN_UNICODE.
+/                   Changed f_readdir() to return the SFN with always upper case on non-LFN cfg.
+/
+/ May 15,'10 R0.08  Added a memory configuration option. (_USE_LFN = 3)
+/                   Added file lock feature. (_FS_SHARE)
+/                   Added fast seek feature. (_USE_FASTSEEK)
+/                   Changed some types on the API, XCHAR->TCHAR.
+/                   Changed fname member in the FILINFO structure on Unicode cfg.
+/                   String functions support UTF-8 encoding files on Unicode cfg.
+/ Aug 16,'10 R0.08a Added f_getcwd(). (_FS_RPATH = 2)
+/                   Added sector erase feature. (_USE_ERASE)
+/                   Moved file lock semaphore table from fs object to the bss.
+/                   Fixed a wrong directory entry is created on non-LFN cfg when the given name contains ';'.
+/                   Fixed f_mkfs() creates wrong FAT32 volume.
+/ Jan 15,'11 R0.08b Fast seek feature is also applied to f_read() and f_write().
+/                   f_lseek() reports required table size on creating CLMP.
+/                   Extended format syntax of f_printf function.
+/                   Ignores duplicated directory separators in given path name.
+/
+/ Sep 06,'11 R0.09  f_mkfs() supports multiple partition to finish the multiple partition feature.
+/                   Added f_fdisk(). (_MULTI_PARTITION = 2)
+/ Aug 27,'12 R0.09a Fixed assertion failure due to OS/2 EA on FAT12/16 volume.
+/                   Changed f_open() and f_opendir reject null object pointer to avoid crash.
+/                   Changed option name _FS_SHARE to _FS_LOCK.
+/---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#include "ff.h"			/* FatFs configurations and declarations */
+#include "diskio.h"		/* Declarations of low level disk I/O functions */
+
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+   Module Private Definitions
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if _FATFS != 4004	/* Revision ID */
+#error Wrong include file (ff.h).
+#endif
+
+
+/* Definitions on sector size */
+#if _MAX_SS != 512 && _MAX_SS != 1024 && _MAX_SS != 2048 && _MAX_SS != 4096
+#error Wrong sector size.
+#endif
+#if _MAX_SS != 512
+#define	SS(fs)	((fs)->ssize)	/* Variable sector size */
+#else
+#define	SS(fs)	512U			/* Fixed sector size */
+#endif
+
+
+/* Reentrancy related */
+#if _FS_REENTRANT
+#if _USE_LFN == 1
+#error Static LFN work area must not be used in re-entrant configuration.
+#endif
+#define	ENTER_FF(fs)		{ if (!lock_fs(fs)) return FR_TIMEOUT; }
+#define	LEAVE_FF(fs, res)	{ unlock_fs(fs, res); return res; }
+#else
+#define	ENTER_FF(fs)
+#define LEAVE_FF(fs, res)	return res
+#endif
+
+#define	ABORT(fs, res)		{ fp->flag |= FA__ERROR; LEAVE_FF(fs, res); }
+
+
+/* File access control feature */
+#if _FS_LOCK
+#if _FS_READONLY
+#error _FS_LOCK must be 0 on read-only cfg.
+#endif
+typedef struct {
+	FATFS *fs;				/* File ID 1, volume (NULL:blank entry) */
+	DWORD clu;				/* File ID 2, directory */
+	WORD idx;				/* File ID 3, directory index */
+	WORD ctr;				/* File open counter, 0:none, 0x01..0xFF:read open count, 0x100:write mode */
+} FILESEM;
+#endif
+
+
+
+/* DBCS code ranges and SBCS extend char conversion table */
+
+#if _CODE_PAGE == 932	/* Japanese Shift-JIS */
+#define _DF1S	0x81	/* DBC 1st byte range 1 start */
+#define _DF1E	0x9F	/* DBC 1st byte range 1 end */
+#define _DF2S	0xE0	/* DBC 1st byte range 2 start */
+#define _DF2E	0xFC	/* DBC 1st byte range 2 end */
+#define _DS1S	0x40	/* DBC 2nd byte range 1 start */
+#define _DS1E	0x7E	/* DBC 2nd byte range 1 end */
+#define _DS2S	0x80	/* DBC 2nd byte range 2 start */
+#define _DS2E	0xFC	/* DBC 2nd byte range 2 end */
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 936	/* Simplified Chinese GBK */
+#define _DF1S	0x81
+#define _DF1E	0xFE
+#define _DS1S	0x40
+#define _DS1E	0x7E
+#define _DS2S	0x80
+#define _DS2E	0xFE
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 949	/* Korean */
+#define _DF1S	0x81
+#define _DF1E	0xFE
+#define _DS1S	0x41
+#define _DS1E	0x5A
+#define _DS2S	0x61
+#define _DS2E	0x7A
+#define _DS3S	0x81
+#define _DS3E	0xFE
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 950	/* Traditional Chinese Big5 */
+#define _DF1S	0x81
+#define _DF1E	0xFE
+#define _DS1S	0x40
+#define _DS1E	0x7E
+#define _DS2S	0xA1
+#define _DS2E	0xFE
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 437	/* U.S. (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0x41,0x8E,0x41,0x8F,0x80,0x45,0x45,0x45,0x49,0x49,0x49,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0x4F,0x99,0x4F,0x55,0x55,0x59,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+				0x41,0x49,0x4F,0x55,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 720	/* Arabic (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x45,0x41,0x84,0x41,0x86,0x43,0x45,0x45,0x45,0x49,0x49,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x49,0x49,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+				0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 737	/* Greek (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87, \
+				0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0xAA,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+				0x97,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xE4,0xED,0xEE,0xE7,0xE8,0xF1,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 775	/* Baltic (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x91,0xA0,0x8E,0x95,0x8F,0x80,0xAD,0xED,0x8A,0x8A,0xA1,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x97,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+				0xA0,0xA1,0xE0,0xA3,0xA3,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xBD,0xBE,0xC6,0xC7,0xA5,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE3,0xE8,0xE8,0xEA,0xEA,0xEE,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 850	/* Multilingual Latin 1 (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xB7,0x8F,0x80,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD8,0xD7,0xDE,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0xE3,0xEA,0xEB,0x59,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+				0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE7,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xED,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 852	/* Latin 2 (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xDE,0x8F,0x80,0x9D,0xD3,0x8A,0x8A,0xD7,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x91,0xE2,0x99,0x95,0x95,0x97,0x97,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9B,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+				0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA4,0xA4,0xA6,0xA6,0xA8,0xA8,0xAA,0x8D,0xAC,0xB8,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBD,0xBF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC6,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD1,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD2,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xB7,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE3,0xD5,0xE6,0xE6,0xE8,0xE9,0xE8,0xEB,0xED,0xED,0xDD,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xEB,0xFC,0xFC,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 855	/* Cyrillic (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x81,0x81,0x83,0x83,0x85,0x85,0x87,0x87,0x89,0x89,0x8B,0x8B,0x8D,0x8D,0x8F,0x8F,0x91,0x91,0x93,0x93,0x95,0x95,0x97,0x97,0x99,0x99,0x9B,0x9B,0x9D,0x9D,0x9F,0x9F, \
+				0xA1,0xA1,0xA3,0xA3,0xA5,0xA5,0xA7,0xA7,0xA9,0xA9,0xAB,0xAB,0xAD,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB6,0xB6,0xB8,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBE,0xBE,0xBF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD1,0xD1,0xD3,0xD3,0xD5,0xD5,0xD7,0xD7,0xDD,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xE0,0xDF, \
+				0xE0,0xE2,0xE2,0xE4,0xE4,0xE6,0xE6,0xE8,0xE8,0xEA,0xEA,0xEC,0xEC,0xEE,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF2,0xF2,0xF4,0xF4,0xF6,0xF6,0xF8,0xF8,0xFA,0xFA,0xFC,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 857	/* Turkish (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xB7,0x8F,0x80,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD8,0xD7,0x98,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0xE3,0xEA,0xEB,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9E, \
+				0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA6,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xDE,0x59,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 858	/* Multilingual Latin 1 + Euro (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xB7,0x8F,0x80,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD8,0xD7,0xDE,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0xE3,0xEA,0xEB,0x59,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+				0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD1,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE7,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xED,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 862	/* Hebrew (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+				0x41,0x49,0x4F,0x55,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 866	/* Russian (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+				0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+				0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x9d,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F,0xF0,0xF0,0xF2,0xF2,0xF4,0xF4,0xF6,0xF6,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 874	/* Thai (OEM, Windows) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+				0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1250 /* Central Europe (Windows) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x8A,0x9B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F, \
+				0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xA3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xA5,0xAA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBC,0xAF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1251 /* Cyrillic (Windows) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x82,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x80,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x8A,0x9B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F, \
+				0xA0,0xA2,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB2,0xA5,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xA8,0xB9,0xAA,0xBB,0xA3,0xBD,0xBD,0xAF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1252 /* Latin 1 (Windows) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0xAd,0x9B,0x8C,0x9D,0xAE,0x9F, \
+				0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0x9F}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1253 /* Greek (Windows) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+				0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xA2,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA, \
+				0xE0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xF2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xFB,0xBC,0xFD,0xBF,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1254 /* Turkish (Windows) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x8A,0x9B,0x8C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+				0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0x9F}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1255 /* Hebrew (Windows) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+				0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1256 /* Arabic (Windows) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x8C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+				0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+				0x41,0xE1,0x41,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0x43,0x45,0x45,0x45,0x45,0xEC,0xED,0x49,0x49,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0x4F,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0x55,0xFA,0x55,0x55,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1257 /* Baltic (Windows) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+				0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xA8,0xB9,0xAA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xAF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1258 /* Vietnam (OEM, Windows) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0xAC,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+				0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xEC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xF2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xFE,0x9F}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1	/* ASCII (for only non-LFN cfg) */
+#if _USE_LFN
+#error Cannot use LFN feature without valid code page.
+#endif
+#define _DF1S	0
+
+#else
+#error Unknown code page
+
+#endif
+
+
+/* Character code support macros */
+#define IsUpper(c)	(((c)>='A')&&((c)<='Z'))
+#define IsLower(c)	(((c)>='a')&&((c)<='z'))
+#define IsDigit(c)	(((c)>='0')&&((c)<='9'))
+
+#if _DF1S		/* Code page is DBCS */
+
+#ifdef _DF2S	/* Two 1st byte areas */
+#define IsDBCS1(c)	(((BYTE)(c) >= _DF1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DF1E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DF2S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DF2E))
+#else			/* One 1st byte area */
+#define IsDBCS1(c)	((BYTE)(c) >= _DF1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DF1E)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _DS3S	/* Three 2nd byte areas */
+#define IsDBCS2(c)	(((BYTE)(c) >= _DS1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS1E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DS2S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS2E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DS3S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS3E))
+#else			/* Two 2nd byte areas */
+#define IsDBCS2(c)	(((BYTE)(c) >= _DS1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS1E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DS2S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS2E))
+#endif
+
+#else			/* Code page is SBCS */
+
+#define IsDBCS1(c)	0
+#define IsDBCS2(c)	0
+
+#endif /* _DF1S */
+
+
+/* Name status flags */
+#define NS			11		/* Index of name status byte in fn[] */
+#define NS_LOSS		0x01	/* Out of 8.3 format */
+#define NS_LFN		0x02	/* Force to create LFN entry */
+#define NS_LAST		0x04	/* Last segment */
+#define NS_BODY		0x08	/* Lower case flag (body) */
+#define NS_EXT		0x10	/* Lower case flag (ext) */
+#define NS_DOT		0x20	/* Dot entry */
+
+
+/* FAT sub-type boundaries */
+/* Note that the FAT spec by Microsoft says 4085 but Windows works with 4087! */
+#define MIN_FAT16	4086	/* Minimum number of clusters for FAT16 */
+#define	MIN_FAT32	65526	/* Minimum number of clusters for FAT32 */
+
+
+/* FatFs refers the members in the FAT structures as byte array instead of
+/ structure member because the structure is not binary compatible between
+/ different platforms */
+
+#define BS_jmpBoot			0	/* Jump instruction (3) */
+#define BS_OEMName			3	/* OEM name (8) */
+#define BPB_BytsPerSec		11	/* Sector size [byte] (2) */
+#define BPB_SecPerClus		13	/* Cluster size [sector] (1) */
+#define BPB_RsvdSecCnt		14	/* Size of reserved area [sector] (2) */
+#define BPB_NumFATs			16	/* Number of FAT copies (1) */
+#define BPB_RootEntCnt		17	/* Number of root dir entries for FAT12/16 (2) */
+#define BPB_TotSec16		19	/* Volume size [sector] (2) */
+#define BPB_Media			21	/* Media descriptor (1) */
+#define BPB_FATSz16			22	/* FAT size [sector] (2) */
+#define BPB_SecPerTrk		24	/* Track size [sector] (2) */
+#define BPB_NumHeads		26	/* Number of heads (2) */
+#define BPB_HiddSec			28	/* Number of special hidden sectors (4) */
+#define BPB_TotSec32		32	/* Volume size [sector] (4) */
+#define BS_DrvNum			36	/* Physical drive number (2) */
+#define BS_BootSig			38	/* Extended boot signature (1) */
+#define BS_VolID			39	/* Volume serial number (4) */
+#define BS_VolLab			43	/* Volume label (8) */
+#define BS_FilSysType		54	/* File system type (1) */
+#define BPB_FATSz32			36	/* FAT size [sector] (4) */
+#define BPB_ExtFlags		40	/* Extended flags (2) */
+#define BPB_FSVer			42	/* File system version (2) */
+#define BPB_RootClus		44	/* Root dir first cluster (4) */
+#define BPB_FSInfo			48	/* Offset of FSInfo sector (2) */
+#define BPB_BkBootSec		50	/* Offset of backup boot sector (2) */
+#define BS_DrvNum32			64	/* Physical drive number (2) */
+#define BS_BootSig32		66	/* Extended boot signature (1) */
+#define BS_VolID32			67	/* Volume serial number (4) */
+#define BS_VolLab32			71	/* Volume label (8) */
+#define BS_FilSysType32		82	/* File system type (1) */
+#define	FSI_LeadSig			0	/* FSI: Leading signature (4) */
+#define	FSI_StrucSig		484	/* FSI: Structure signature (4) */
+#define	FSI_Free_Count		488	/* FSI: Number of free clusters (4) */
+#define	FSI_Nxt_Free		492	/* FSI: Last allocated cluster (4) */
+#define MBR_Table			446	/* MBR: Partition table offset (2) */
+#define	SZ_PTE				16	/* MBR: Size of a partition table entry */
+#define BS_55AA				510	/* Boot sector signature (2) */
+
+#define	DIR_Name			0	/* Short file name (11) */
+#define	DIR_Attr			11	/* Attribute (1) */
+#define	DIR_NTres			12	/* NT flag (1) */
+#define DIR_CrtTimeTenth	13	/* Created time sub-second (1) */
+#define	DIR_CrtTime			14	/* Created time (2) */
+#define	DIR_CrtDate			16	/* Created date (2) */
+#define DIR_LstAccDate		18	/* Last accessed date (2) */
+#define	DIR_FstClusHI		20	/* Higher 16-bit of first cluster (2) */
+#define	DIR_WrtTime			22	/* Modified time (2) */
+#define	DIR_WrtDate			24	/* Modified date (2) */
+#define	DIR_FstClusLO		26	/* Lower 16-bit of first cluster (2) */
+#define	DIR_FileSize		28	/* File size (4) */
+#define	LDIR_Ord			0	/* LFN entry order and LLE flag (1) */
+#define	LDIR_Attr			11	/* LFN attribute (1) */
+#define	LDIR_Type			12	/* LFN type (1) */
+#define	LDIR_Chksum			13	/* Sum of corresponding SFN entry */
+#define	LDIR_FstClusLO		26	/* Filled by zero (0) */
+#define	SZ_DIR				32		/* Size of a directory entry */
+#define	LLE					0x40	/* Last long entry flag in LDIR_Ord */
+#define	DDE					0xE5	/* Deleted directory entry mark in DIR_Name[0] */
+#define	NDDE				0x05	/* Replacement of the character collides with DDE */
+
+
+/*------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Module private work area                                   */
+/*------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Note that uninitialized variables with static duration are
+/  zeroed/nulled at start-up. If not, the compiler or start-up
+/  routine is out of ANSI-C standard.
+*/
+
+#if _VOLUMES
+static
+FATFS *FatFs[_VOLUMES];	/* Pointer to the file system objects (logical drives) */
+#else
+#error Number of volumes must not be 0.
+#endif
+
+static
+WORD Fsid;				/* File system mount ID */
+
+#if _FS_RPATH
+static
+BYTE CurrVol;			/* Current drive */
+#endif
+
+#if _FS_LOCK
+static
+FILESEM	Files[_FS_LOCK];	/* File lock semaphores */
+#endif
+
+#if _USE_LFN == 0			/* No LFN feature */
+#define	DEF_NAMEBUF			BYTE sfn[12]
+#define INIT_BUF(dobj)		(dobj).fn = sfn
+#define	FREE_BUF()
+
+#elif _USE_LFN == 1			/* LFN feature with static working buffer */
+static WCHAR LfnBuf[_MAX_LFN+1];
+#define	DEF_NAMEBUF			BYTE sfn[12]
+#define INIT_BUF(dobj)		{ (dobj).fn = sfn; (dobj).lfn = LfnBuf; }
+#define	FREE_BUF()
+
+#elif _USE_LFN == 2 		/* LFN feature with dynamic working buffer on the stack */
+#define	DEF_NAMEBUF			BYTE sfn[12]; WCHAR lbuf[_MAX_LFN+1]
+#define INIT_BUF(dobj)		{ (dobj).fn = sfn; (dobj).lfn = lbuf; }
+#define	FREE_BUF()
+
+#elif _USE_LFN == 3 		/* LFN feature with dynamic working buffer on the heap */
+#define	DEF_NAMEBUF			BYTE sfn[12]; WCHAR *lfn
+#define INIT_BUF(dobj)		{ lfn = ff_memalloc((_MAX_LFN + 1) * 2); \
+							  if (!lfn) LEAVE_FF((dobj).fs, FR_NOT_ENOUGH_CORE); \
+							  (dobj).lfn = lfn;	(dobj).fn = sfn; }
+#define	FREE_BUF()			ff_memfree(lfn)
+
+#else
+#error Wrong LFN configuration.
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+   Module Private Functions
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* String functions                                                      */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Copy memory to memory */
+static
+void mem_cpy (void* dst, const void* src, UINT cnt) {
+	BYTE *d = (BYTE*)dst;
+	const BYTE *s = (const BYTE*)src;
+
+#if _WORD_ACCESS == 1
+	while (cnt >= sizeof (int)) {
+		*(int*)d = *(int*)s;
+		d += sizeof (int); s += sizeof (int);
+		cnt -= sizeof (int);
+	}
+#endif
+	while (cnt--)
+		*d++ = *s++;
+}
+
+/* Fill memory */
+static
+void mem_set (void* dst, int val, UINT cnt) {
+	BYTE *d = (BYTE*)dst;
+
+	while (cnt--)
+		*d++ = (BYTE)val;
+}
+
+/* Compare memory to memory */
+static
+int mem_cmp (const void* dst, const void* src, UINT cnt) {
+	const BYTE *d = (const BYTE *)dst, *s = (const BYTE *)src;
+	int r = 0;
+
+	while (cnt-- && (r = *d++ - *s++) == 0) ;
+	return r;
+}
+
+/* Check if chr is contained in the string */
+static
+int chk_chr (const char* str, int chr) {
+	while (*str && *str != chr) str++;
+	return *str;
+}
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Request/Release grant to access the volume                            */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if _FS_REENTRANT
+
+static
+int lock_fs (
+	FATFS *fs		/* File system object */
+)
+{
+	return ff_req_grant(fs->sobj);
+}
+
+
+static
+void unlock_fs (
+	FATFS *fs,		/* File system object */
+	FRESULT res		/* Result code to be returned */
+)
+{
+	if (fs &&
+		res != FR_NOT_ENABLED &&
+		res != FR_INVALID_DRIVE &&
+		res != FR_INVALID_OBJECT &&
+		res != FR_TIMEOUT) {
+		ff_rel_grant(fs->sobj);
+	}
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* File lock control functions                                           */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if _FS_LOCK
+
+static
+FRESULT chk_lock (	/* Check if the file can be accessed */
+	DIR* dj,		/* Directory object pointing the file to be checked */
+	int acc			/* Desired access (0:Read, 1:Write, 2:Delete/Rename) */
+)
+{
+	UINT i, be;
+
+	/* Search file semaphore table */
+	for (i = be = 0; i < _FS_LOCK; i++) {
+		if (Files[i].fs) {	/* Existing entry */
+			if (Files[i].fs == dj->fs &&	 	/* Check if the file matched with an open file */
+				Files[i].clu == dj->sclust &&
+				Files[i].idx == dj->index) break;
+		} else {			/* Blank entry */
+			be++;
+		}
+	}
+	if (i == _FS_LOCK)	/* The file is not opened */
+		return (be || acc == 2) ? FR_OK : FR_TOO_MANY_OPEN_FILES;	/* Is there a blank entry for new file? */
+
+	/* The file has been opened. Reject any open against writing file and all write mode open */
+	return (acc || Files[i].ctr == 0x100) ? FR_LOCKED : FR_OK;
+}
+
+
+static
+int enq_lock (void)	/* Check if an entry is available for a new file */
+{
+	UINT i;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < _FS_LOCK && Files[i].fs; i++) ;
+	return (i == _FS_LOCK) ? 0 : 1;
+}
+
+
+static
+UINT inc_lock (	/* Increment file open counter and returns its index (0:int error) */
+	DIR* dj,	/* Directory object pointing the file to register or increment */
+	int acc		/* Desired access mode (0:Read, !0:Write) */
+)
+{
+	UINT i;
+
+
+	for (i = 0; i < _FS_LOCK; i++) {	/* Find the file */
+		if (Files[i].fs == dj->fs &&
+			Files[i].clu == dj->sclust &&
+			Files[i].idx == dj->index) break;
+	}
+
+	if (i == _FS_LOCK) {				/* Not opened. Register it as new. */
+		for (i = 0; i < _FS_LOCK && Files[i].fs; i++) ;
+		if (i == _FS_LOCK) return 0;	/* No space to register (int err) */
+		Files[i].fs = dj->fs;
+		Files[i].clu = dj->sclust;
+		Files[i].idx = dj->index;
+		Files[i].ctr = 0;
+	}
+
+	if (acc && Files[i].ctr) return 0;	/* Access violation (int err) */
+
+	Files[i].ctr = acc ? 0x100 : Files[i].ctr + 1;	/* Set semaphore value */
+
+	return i + 1;
+}
+
+
+static
+FRESULT dec_lock (	/* Decrement file open counter */
+	UINT i			/* Semaphore index */
+)
+{
+	WORD n;
+	FRESULT res;
+
+
+	if (--i < _FS_LOCK) {
+		n = Files[i].ctr;
+		if (n == 0x100) n = 0;
+		if (n) n--;
+		Files[i].ctr = n;
+		if (!n) Files[i].fs = 0;
+		res = FR_OK;
+	} else {
+		res = FR_INT_ERR;
+	}
+	return res;
+}
+
+
+static
+void clear_lock (	/* Clear lock entries of the volume */
+	FATFS *fs
+)
+{
+	UINT i;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < _FS_LOCK; i++) {
+		if (Files[i].fs == fs) Files[i].fs = 0;
+	}
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Change window offset                                                  */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static
+FRESULT move_window (
+	FATFS *fs,		/* File system object */
+	DWORD sector	/* Sector number to make appearance in the fs->win[] */
+)					/* Move to zero only writes back dirty window */
+{
+	DWORD wsect;
+
+
+	wsect = fs->winsect;
+	if (wsect != sector) {	/* Changed current window */
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+		if (fs->wflag) {	/* Write back dirty window if needed */
+			if (disk_write(fs->drv, fs->win, wsect, 1) != RES_OK)
+				return FR_DISK_ERR;
+			fs->wflag = 0;
+			if (wsect < (fs->fatbase + fs->fsize)) {	/* In FAT area */
+				BYTE nf;
+				for (nf = fs->n_fats; nf > 1; nf--) {	/* Reflect the change to all FAT copies */
+					wsect += fs->fsize;
+					disk_write(fs->drv, fs->win, wsect, 1);
+				}
+			}
+		}
+#endif
+		if (sector) {
+			if (disk_read(fs->drv, fs->win, sector, 1) != RES_OK)
+				return FR_DISK_ERR;
+			fs->winsect = sector;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return FR_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Clean-up cached data                                                  */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+static
+FRESULT sync (	/* FR_OK: successful, FR_DISK_ERR: failed */
+	FATFS *fs	/* File system object */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+
+
+	res = move_window(fs, 0);
+	if (res == FR_OK) {
+		/* Update FSInfo sector if needed */
+		if (fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32 && fs->fsi_flag) {
+			fs->winsect = 0;
+			/* Create FSInfo structure */
+			mem_set(fs->win, 0, 512);
+			ST_WORD(fs->win+BS_55AA, 0xAA55);
+			ST_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_LeadSig, 0x41615252);
+			ST_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_StrucSig, 0x61417272);
+			ST_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_Free_Count, fs->free_clust);
+			ST_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_Nxt_Free, fs->last_clust);
+			/* Write it into the FSInfo sector */
+			disk_write(fs->drv, fs->win, fs->fsi_sector, 1);
+			fs->fsi_flag = 0;
+		}
+		/* Make sure that no pending write process in the physical drive */
+		if (disk_ioctl(fs->drv, CTRL_SYNC, 0) != RES_OK)
+			res = FR_DISK_ERR;
+	}
+
+	return res;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Get sector# from cluster#                                             */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+DWORD clust2sect (	/* !=0: Sector number, 0: Failed - invalid cluster# */
+	FATFS *fs,		/* File system object */
+	DWORD clst		/* Cluster# to be converted */
+)
+{
+	clst -= 2;
+	if (clst >= (fs->n_fatent - 2)) return 0;		/* Invalid cluster# */
+	return clst * fs->csize + fs->database;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* FAT access - Read value of a FAT entry                                */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+DWORD get_fat (	/* 0xFFFFFFFF:Disk error, 1:Internal error, Else:Cluster status */
+	FATFS *fs,	/* File system object */
+	DWORD clst	/* Cluster# to get the link information */
+)
+{
+	UINT wc, bc;
+	BYTE *p;
+
+
+	if (clst < 2 || clst >= fs->n_fatent)	/* Check range */
+		return 1;
+
+	switch (fs->fs_type) {
+	case FS_FAT12 :
+		bc = (UINT)clst; bc += bc / 2;
+		if (move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (bc / SS(fs)))) break;
+		wc = fs->win[bc % SS(fs)]; bc++;
+		if (move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (bc / SS(fs)))) break;
+		wc |= fs->win[bc % SS(fs)] << 8;
+		return (clst & 1) ? (wc >> 4) : (wc & 0xFFF);
+
+	case FS_FAT16 :
+		if (move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (clst / (SS(fs) / 2)))) break;
+		p = &fs->win[clst * 2 % SS(fs)];
+		return LD_WORD(p);
+
+	case FS_FAT32 :
+		if (move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (clst / (SS(fs) / 4)))) break;
+		p = &fs->win[clst * 4 % SS(fs)];
+		return LD_DWORD(p) & 0x0FFFFFFF;
+	}
+
+	return 0xFFFFFFFF;	/* An error occurred at the disk I/O layer */
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* FAT access - Change value of a FAT entry                              */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+
+FRESULT put_fat (
+	FATFS *fs,	/* File system object */
+	DWORD clst,	/* Cluster# to be changed in range of 2 to fs->n_fatent - 1 */
+	DWORD val	/* New value to mark the cluster */
+)
+{
+	UINT bc;
+	BYTE *p;
+	FRESULT res;
+
+
+	if (clst < 2 || clst >= fs->n_fatent) {	/* Check range */
+		res = FR_INT_ERR;
+
+	} else {
+		switch (fs->fs_type) {
+		case FS_FAT12 :
+			bc = (UINT)clst; bc += bc / 2;
+			res = move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (bc / SS(fs)));
+			if (res != FR_OK) break;
+			p = &fs->win[bc % SS(fs)];
+			*p = (clst & 1) ? ((*p & 0x0F) | ((BYTE)val << 4)) : (BYTE)val;
+			bc++;
+			fs->wflag = 1;
+			res = move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (bc / SS(fs)));
+			if (res != FR_OK) break;
+			p = &fs->win[bc % SS(fs)];
+			*p = (clst & 1) ? (BYTE)(val >> 4) : ((*p & 0xF0) | ((BYTE)(val >> 8) & 0x0F));
+			break;
+
+		case FS_FAT16 :
+			res = move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (clst / (SS(fs) / 2)));
+			if (res != FR_OK) break;
+			p = &fs->win[clst * 2 % SS(fs)];
+			ST_WORD(p, (WORD)val);
+			break;
+
+		case FS_FAT32 :
+			res = move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (clst / (SS(fs) / 4)));
+			if (res != FR_OK) break;
+			p = &fs->win[clst * 4 % SS(fs)];
+			val |= LD_DWORD(p) & 0xF0000000;
+			ST_DWORD(p, val);
+			break;
+
+		default :
+			res = FR_INT_ERR;
+		}
+		fs->wflag = 1;
+	}
+
+	return res;
+}
+#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* FAT handling - Remove a cluster chain                                 */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+static
+FRESULT remove_chain (
+	FATFS *fs,			/* File system object */
+	DWORD clst			/* Cluster# to remove a chain from */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	DWORD nxt;
+#if _USE_ERASE
+	DWORD scl = clst, ecl = clst, rt[2];
+#endif
+
+	if (clst < 2 || clst >= fs->n_fatent) {	/* Check range */
+		res = FR_INT_ERR;
+
+	} else {
+		res = FR_OK;
+		while (clst < fs->n_fatent) {			/* Not a last link? */
+			nxt = get_fat(fs, clst);			/* Get cluster status */
+			if (nxt == 0) break;				/* Empty cluster? */
+			if (nxt == 1) { res = FR_INT_ERR; break; }	/* Internal error? */
+			if (nxt == 0xFFFFFFFF) { res = FR_DISK_ERR; break; }	/* Disk error? */
+			res = put_fat(fs, clst, 0);			/* Mark the cluster "empty" */
+			if (res != FR_OK) break;
+			if (fs->free_clust != 0xFFFFFFFF) {	/* Update FSInfo */
+				fs->free_clust++;
+				fs->fsi_flag = 1;
+			}
+#if _USE_ERASE
+			if (ecl + 1 == nxt) {	/* Is next cluster contiguous? */
+				ecl = nxt;
+			} else {				/* End of contiguous clusters */ 
+				rt[0] = clust2sect(fs, scl);					/* Start sector */
+				rt[1] = clust2sect(fs, ecl) + fs->csize - 1;	/* End sector */
+				disk_ioctl(fs->drv, CTRL_ERASE_SECTOR, rt);		/* Erase the block */
+				scl = ecl = nxt;
+			}
+#endif
+			clst = nxt;	/* Next cluster */
+		}
+	}
+
+	return res;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* FAT handling - Stretch or Create a cluster chain                      */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+static
+DWORD create_chain (	/* 0:No free cluster, 1:Internal error, 0xFFFFFFFF:Disk error, >=2:New cluster# */
+	FATFS *fs,			/* File system object */
+	DWORD clst			/* Cluster# to stretch. 0 means create a new chain. */
+)
+{
+	DWORD cs, ncl, scl;
+	FRESULT res;
+
+
+	if (clst == 0) {		/* Create a new chain */
+		scl = fs->last_clust;			/* Get suggested start point */
+		if (!scl || scl >= fs->n_fatent) scl = 1;
+	}
+	else {					/* Stretch the current chain */
+		cs = get_fat(fs, clst);			/* Check the cluster status */
+		if (cs < 2) return 1;			/* It is an invalid cluster */
+		if (cs < fs->n_fatent) return cs;	/* It is already followed by next cluster */
+		scl = clst;
+	}
+
+	ncl = scl;				/* Start cluster */
+	for (;;) {
+		ncl++;							/* Next cluster */
+		if (ncl >= fs->n_fatent) {		/* Wrap around */
+			ncl = 2;
+			if (ncl > scl) return 0;	/* No free cluster */
+		}
+		cs = get_fat(fs, ncl);			/* Get the cluster status */
+		if (cs == 0) break;				/* Found a free cluster */
+		if (cs == 0xFFFFFFFF || cs == 1)/* An error occurred */
+			return cs;
+		if (ncl == scl) return 0;		/* No free cluster */
+	}
+
+	res = put_fat(fs, ncl, 0x0FFFFFFF);	/* Mark the new cluster "last link" */
+	if (res == FR_OK && clst != 0) {
+		res = put_fat(fs, clst, ncl);	/* Link it to the previous one if needed */
+	}
+	if (res == FR_OK) {
+		fs->last_clust = ncl;			/* Update FSINFO */
+		if (fs->free_clust != 0xFFFFFFFF) {
+			fs->free_clust--;
+			fs->fsi_flag = 1;
+		}
+	} else {
+		ncl = (res == FR_DISK_ERR) ? 0xFFFFFFFF : 1;
+	}
+
+	return ncl;		/* Return new cluster number or error code */
+}
+#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* FAT handling - Convert offset into cluster with link map table        */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if _USE_FASTSEEK
+static
+DWORD clmt_clust (	/* <2:Error, >=2:Cluster number */
+	FIL* fp,		/* Pointer to the file object */
+	DWORD ofs		/* File offset to be converted to cluster# */
+)
+{
+	DWORD cl, ncl, *tbl;
+
+
+	tbl = fp->cltbl + 1;	/* Top of CLMT */
+	cl = ofs / SS(fp->fs) / fp->fs->csize;	/* Cluster order from top of the file */
+	for (;;) {
+		ncl = *tbl++;			/* Number of cluters in the fragment */
+		if (!ncl) return 0;		/* End of table? (error) */
+		if (cl < ncl) break;	/* In this fragment? */
+		cl -= ncl; tbl++;		/* Next fragment */
+	}
+	return cl + *tbl;	/* Return the cluster number */
+}
+#endif	/* _USE_FASTSEEK */
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Directory handling - Set directory index                              */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static
+FRESULT dir_sdi (
+	DIR *dj,		/* Pointer to directory object */
+	WORD idx		/* Index of directory table */
+)
+{
+	DWORD clst;
+	WORD ic;
+
+
+	dj->index = idx;
+	clst = dj->sclust;
+	if (clst == 1 || clst >= dj->fs->n_fatent)	/* Check start cluster range */
+		return FR_INT_ERR;
+	if (!clst && dj->fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32)	/* Replace cluster# 0 with root cluster# if in FAT32 */
+		clst = dj->fs->dirbase;
+
+	if (clst == 0) {	/* Static table (root-dir in FAT12/16) */
+		dj->clust = clst;
+		if (idx >= dj->fs->n_rootdir)		/* Index is out of range */
+			return FR_INT_ERR;
+		dj->sect = dj->fs->dirbase + idx / (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR);	/* Sector# */
+	}
+	else {				/* Dynamic table (sub-dirs or root-dir in FAT32) */
+		ic = SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR * dj->fs->csize;	/* Entries per cluster */
+		while (idx >= ic) {	/* Follow cluster chain */
+			clst = get_fat(dj->fs, clst);				/* Get next cluster */
+			if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) return FR_DISK_ERR;	/* Disk error */
+			if (clst < 2 || clst >= dj->fs->n_fatent)	/* Reached to end of table or int error */
+				return FR_INT_ERR;
+			idx -= ic;
+		}
+		dj->clust = clst;
+		dj->sect = clust2sect(dj->fs, clst) + idx / (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR);	/* Sector# */
+	}
+
+	dj->dir = dj->fs->win + (idx % (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR)) * SZ_DIR;	/* Ptr to the entry in the sector */
+
+	return FR_OK;	/* Seek succeeded */
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Directory handling - Move directory table index next                  */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static
+FRESULT dir_next (	/* FR_OK:Succeeded, FR_NO_FILE:End of table, FR_DENIED:EOT and could not stretch */
+	DIR *dj,		/* Pointer to directory object */
+	int stretch		/* 0: Do not stretch table, 1: Stretch table if needed */
+)
+{
+	DWORD clst;
+	WORD i;
+
+
+	stretch = stretch;		/* To suppress warning on read-only cfg. */
+	i = dj->index + 1;
+	if (!i || !dj->sect)	/* Report EOT when index has reached 65535 */
+		return FR_NO_FILE;
+
+	if (!(i % (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR))) {	/* Sector changed? */
+		dj->sect++;					/* Next sector */
+
+		if (dj->clust == 0) {	/* Static table */
+			if (i >= dj->fs->n_rootdir)	/* Report EOT when end of table */
+				return FR_NO_FILE;
+		}
+		else {					/* Dynamic table */
+			if (((i / (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR)) & (dj->fs->csize - 1)) == 0) {	/* Cluster changed? */
+				clst = get_fat(dj->fs, dj->clust);				/* Get next cluster */
+				if (clst <= 1) return FR_INT_ERR;
+				if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) return FR_DISK_ERR;
+				if (clst >= dj->fs->n_fatent) {					/* When it reached end of dynamic table */
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+					BYTE c;
+					if (!stretch) return FR_NO_FILE;			/* When do not stretch, report EOT */
+					clst = create_chain(dj->fs, dj->clust);		/* Stretch cluster chain */
+					if (clst == 0) return FR_DENIED;			/* No free cluster */
+					if (clst == 1) return FR_INT_ERR;
+					if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) return FR_DISK_ERR;
+					/* Clean-up stretched table */
+					if (move_window(dj->fs, 0)) return FR_DISK_ERR;	/* Flush active window */
+					mem_set(dj->fs->win, 0, SS(dj->fs));			/* Clear window buffer */
+					dj->fs->winsect = clust2sect(dj->fs, clst);	/* Cluster start sector */
+					for (c = 0; c < dj->fs->csize; c++) {		/* Fill the new cluster with 0 */
+						dj->fs->wflag = 1;
+						if (move_window(dj->fs, 0)) return FR_DISK_ERR;
+						dj->fs->winsect++;
+					}
+					dj->fs->winsect -= c;						/* Rewind window address */
+#else
+					return FR_NO_FILE;			/* Report EOT */
+#endif
+				}
+				dj->clust = clst;				/* Initialize data for new cluster */
+				dj->sect = clust2sect(dj->fs, clst);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	dj->index = i;
+	dj->dir = dj->fs->win + (i % (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR)) * SZ_DIR;
+
+	return FR_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Directory handling - Load/Store start cluster number                  */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static
+DWORD ld_clust (
+	FATFS *fs,	/* Pointer to the fs object */
+	BYTE *dir	/* Pointer to the directory entry */
+)
+{
+	DWORD cl;
+
+	cl = LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusLO);
+	if (fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32)
+		cl |= (DWORD)LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusHI) << 16;
+
+	return cl;
+}
+
+
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+static
+void st_clust (
+	BYTE *dir,	/* Pointer to the directory entry */
+	DWORD cl	/* Value to be set */
+)
+{
+	ST_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusLO, cl);
+	ST_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusHI, cl >> 16);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* LFN handling - Test/Pick/Fit an LFN segment from/to directory entry   */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if _USE_LFN
+static
+const BYTE LfnOfs[] = {1,3,5,7,9,14,16,18,20,22,24,28,30};	/* Offset of LFN chars in the directory entry */
+
+
+static
+int cmp_lfn (			/* 1:Matched, 0:Not matched */
+	WCHAR *lfnbuf,		/* Pointer to the LFN to be compared */
+	BYTE *dir			/* Pointer to the directory entry containing a part of LFN */
+)
+{
+	UINT i, s;
+	WCHAR wc, uc;
+
+
+	i = ((dir[LDIR_Ord] & ~LLE) - 1) * 13;	/* Get offset in the LFN buffer */
+	s = 0; wc = 1;
+	do {
+		uc = LD_WORD(dir+LfnOfs[s]);	/* Pick an LFN character from the entry */
+		if (wc) {	/* Last char has not been processed */
+			wc = ff_wtoupper(uc);		/* Convert it to upper case */
+			if (i >= _MAX_LFN || wc != ff_wtoupper(lfnbuf[i++]))	/* Compare it */
+				return 0;				/* Not matched */
+		} else {
+			if (uc != 0xFFFF) return 0;	/* Check filler */
+		}
+	} while (++s < 13);				/* Repeat until all chars in the entry are checked */
+
+	if ((dir[LDIR_Ord] & LLE) && wc && lfnbuf[i])	/* Last segment matched but different length */
+		return 0;
+
+	return 1;						/* The part of LFN matched */
+}
+
+
+
+static
+int pick_lfn (			/* 1:Succeeded, 0:Buffer overflow */
+	WCHAR *lfnbuf,		/* Pointer to the Unicode-LFN buffer */
+	BYTE *dir			/* Pointer to the directory entry */
+)
+{
+	UINT i, s;
+	WCHAR wc, uc;
+
+
+	i = ((dir[LDIR_Ord] & 0x3F) - 1) * 13;	/* Offset in the LFN buffer */
+
+	s = 0; wc = 1;
+	do {
+		uc = LD_WORD(dir+LfnOfs[s]);		/* Pick an LFN character from the entry */
+		if (wc) {	/* Last char has not been processed */
+			if (i >= _MAX_LFN) return 0;	/* Buffer overflow? */
+			lfnbuf[i++] = wc = uc;			/* Store it */
+		} else {
+			if (uc != 0xFFFF) return 0;		/* Check filler */
+		}
+	} while (++s < 13);						/* Read all character in the entry */
+
+	if (dir[LDIR_Ord] & LLE) {				/* Put terminator if it is the last LFN part */
+		if (i >= _MAX_LFN) return 0;		/* Buffer overflow? */
+		lfnbuf[i] = 0;
+	}
+
+	return 1;
+}
+
+
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+static
+void fit_lfn (
+	const WCHAR *lfnbuf,	/* Pointer to the LFN buffer */
+	BYTE *dir,				/* Pointer to the directory entry */
+	BYTE ord,				/* LFN order (1-20) */
+	BYTE sum				/* SFN sum */
+)
+{
+	UINT i, s;
+	WCHAR wc;
+
+
+	dir[LDIR_Chksum] = sum;			/* Set check sum */
+	dir[LDIR_Attr] = AM_LFN;		/* Set attribute. LFN entry */
+	dir[LDIR_Type] = 0;
+	ST_WORD(dir+LDIR_FstClusLO, 0);
+
+	i = (ord - 1) * 13;				/* Get offset in the LFN buffer */
+	s = wc = 0;
+	do {
+		if (wc != 0xFFFF) wc = lfnbuf[i++];	/* Get an effective char */
+		ST_WORD(dir+LfnOfs[s], wc);	/* Put it */
+		if (!wc) wc = 0xFFFF;		/* Padding chars following last char */
+	} while (++s < 13);
+	if (wc == 0xFFFF || !lfnbuf[i]) ord |= LLE;	/* Bottom LFN part is the start of LFN sequence */
+	dir[LDIR_Ord] = ord;			/* Set the LFN order */
+}
+
+#endif
+#endif
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Create numbered name                                                  */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if _USE_LFN
+void gen_numname (
+	BYTE *dst,			/* Pointer to generated SFN */
+	const BYTE *src,	/* Pointer to source SFN to be modified */
+	const WCHAR *lfn,	/* Pointer to LFN */
+	WORD seq			/* Sequence number */
+)
+{
+	BYTE ns[8], c;
+	UINT i, j;
+
+
+	mem_cpy(dst, src, 11);
+
+	if (seq > 5) {	/* On many collisions, generate a hash number instead of sequential number */
+		do seq = (seq >> 1) + (seq << 15) + (WORD)*lfn++; while (*lfn);
+	}
+
+	/* itoa (hexdecimal) */
+	i = 7;
+	do {
+		c = (seq % 16) + '0';
+		if (c > '9') c += 7;
+		ns[i--] = c;
+		seq /= 16;
+	} while (seq);
+	ns[i] = '~';
+
+	/* Append the number */
+	for (j = 0; j < i && dst[j] != ' '; j++) {
+		if (IsDBCS1(dst[j])) {
+			if (j == i - 1) break;
+			j++;
+		}
+	}
+	do {
+		dst[j++] = (i < 8) ? ns[i++] : ' ';
+	} while (j < 8);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Calculate sum of an SFN                                               */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if _USE_LFN
+static
+BYTE sum_sfn (
+	const BYTE *dir		/* Ptr to directory entry */
+)
+{
+	BYTE sum = 0;
+	UINT n = 11;
+
+	do sum = (sum >> 1) + (sum << 7) + *dir++; while (--n);
+	return sum;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Directory handling - Find an object in the directory                  */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static
+FRESULT dir_find (
+	DIR *dj			/* Pointer to the directory object linked to the file name */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	BYTE c, *dir;
+#if _USE_LFN
+	BYTE a, ord, sum;
+#endif
+
+	res = dir_sdi(dj, 0);			/* Rewind directory object */
+	if (res != FR_OK) return res;
+
+#if _USE_LFN
+	ord = sum = 0xFF;
+#endif
+	do {
+		res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);
+		if (res != FR_OK) break;
+		dir = dj->dir;					/* Ptr to the directory entry of current index */
+		c = dir[DIR_Name];
+		if (c == 0) { res = FR_NO_FILE; break; }	/* Reached to end of table */
+#if _USE_LFN	/* LFN configuration */
+		a = dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_MASK;
+		if (c == DDE || ((a & AM_VOL) && a != AM_LFN)) {	/* An entry without valid data */
+			ord = 0xFF;
+		} else {
+			if (a == AM_LFN) {			/* An LFN entry is found */
+				if (dj->lfn) {
+					if (c & LLE) {		/* Is it start of LFN sequence? */
+						sum = dir[LDIR_Chksum];
+						c &= ~LLE; ord = c;	/* LFN start order */
+						dj->lfn_idx = dj->index;
+					}
+					/* Check validity of the LFN entry and compare it with given name */
+					ord = (c == ord && sum == dir[LDIR_Chksum] && cmp_lfn(dj->lfn, dir)) ? ord - 1 : 0xFF;
+				}
+			} else {					/* An SFN entry is found */
+				if (!ord && sum == sum_sfn(dir)) break;	/* LFN matched? */
+				ord = 0xFF; dj->lfn_idx = 0xFFFF;	/* Reset LFN sequence */
+				if (!(dj->fn[NS] & NS_LOSS) && !mem_cmp(dir, dj->fn, 11)) break;	/* SFN matched? */
+			}
+		}
+#else		/* Non LFN configuration */
+		if (!(dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_VOL) && !mem_cmp(dir, dj->fn, 11)) /* Is it a valid entry? */
+			break;
+#endif
+		res = dir_next(dj, 0);		/* Next entry */
+	} while (res == FR_OK);
+
+	return res;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Read an object from the directory                                     */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1
+static
+FRESULT dir_read (
+	DIR *dj			/* Pointer to the directory object that pointing the entry to be read */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	BYTE c, *dir;
+#if _USE_LFN
+	BYTE a, ord = 0xFF, sum = 0xFF;
+#endif
+
+	res = FR_NO_FILE;
+	while (dj->sect) {
+		res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);
+		if (res != FR_OK) break;
+		dir = dj->dir;					/* Ptr to the directory entry of current index */
+		c = dir[DIR_Name];
+		if (c == 0) { res = FR_NO_FILE; break; }	/* Reached to end of table */
+#if _USE_LFN	/* LFN configuration */
+		a = dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_MASK;
+		if (c == DDE || (!_FS_RPATH && c == '.') || ((a & AM_VOL) && a != AM_LFN)) {	/* An entry without valid data */
+			ord = 0xFF;
+		} else {
+			if (a == AM_LFN) {			/* An LFN entry is found */
+				if (c & LLE) {			/* Is it start of LFN sequence? */
+					sum = dir[LDIR_Chksum];
+					c &= ~LLE; ord = c;
+					dj->lfn_idx = dj->index;
+				}
+				/* Check LFN validity and capture it */
+				ord = (c == ord && sum == dir[LDIR_Chksum] && pick_lfn(dj->lfn, dir)) ? ord - 1 : 0xFF;
+			} else {					/* An SFN entry is found */
+				if (ord || sum != sum_sfn(dir))	/* Is there a valid LFN? */
+					dj->lfn_idx = 0xFFFF;		/* It has no LFN. */
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+#else		/* Non LFN configuration */
+		if (c != DDE && (_FS_RPATH || c != '.') && !(dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_VOL))	/* Is it a valid entry? */
+			break;
+#endif
+		res = dir_next(dj, 0);				/* Next entry */
+		if (res != FR_OK) break;
+	}
+
+	if (res != FR_OK) dj->sect = 0;
+
+	return res;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Register an object to the directory                                   */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+static
+FRESULT dir_register (	/* FR_OK:Successful, FR_DENIED:No free entry or too many SFN collision, FR_DISK_ERR:Disk error */
+	DIR *dj				/* Target directory with object name to be created */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	BYTE c, *dir;
+#if _USE_LFN	/* LFN configuration */
+	WORD n, ne, is;
+	BYTE sn[12], *fn, sum;
+	WCHAR *lfn;
+
+
+	fn = dj->fn; lfn = dj->lfn;
+	mem_cpy(sn, fn, 12);
+
+	if (_FS_RPATH && (sn[NS] & NS_DOT))		/* Cannot create dot entry */
+		return FR_INVALID_NAME;
+
+	if (sn[NS] & NS_LOSS) {			/* When LFN is out of 8.3 format, generate a numbered name */
+		fn[NS] = 0; dj->lfn = 0;			/* Find only SFN */
+		for (n = 1; n < 100; n++) {
+			gen_numname(fn, sn, lfn, n);	/* Generate a numbered name */
+			res = dir_find(dj);				/* Check if the name collides with existing SFN */
+			if (res != FR_OK) break;
+		}
+		if (n == 100) return FR_DENIED;		/* Abort if too many collisions */
+		if (res != FR_NO_FILE) return res;	/* Abort if the result is other than 'not collided' */
+		fn[NS] = sn[NS]; dj->lfn = lfn;
+	}
+
+	if (sn[NS] & NS_LFN) {			/* When LFN is to be created, reserve an SFN + LFN entries. */
+		for (ne = 0; lfn[ne]; ne++) ;
+		ne = (ne + 25) / 13;
+	} else {						/* Otherwise reserve only an SFN entry. */
+		ne = 1;
+	}
+
+	/* Reserve contiguous entries */
+	res = dir_sdi(dj, 0);
+	if (res != FR_OK) return res;
+	n = is = 0;
+	do {
+		res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);
+		if (res != FR_OK) break;
+		c = *dj->dir;				/* Check the entry status */
+		if (c == DDE || c == 0) {	/* Is it a blank entry? */
+			if (n == 0) is = dj->index;	/* First index of the contiguous entry */
+			if (++n == ne) break;	/* A contiguous entry that required count is found */
+		} else {
+			n = 0;					/* Not a blank entry. Restart to search */
+		}
+		res = dir_next(dj, 1);		/* Next entry with table stretch */
+	} while (res == FR_OK);
+
+	if (res == FR_OK && ne > 1) {	/* Initialize LFN entry if needed */
+		res = dir_sdi(dj, is);
+		if (res == FR_OK) {
+			sum = sum_sfn(dj->fn);	/* Sum of the SFN tied to the LFN */
+			ne--;
+			do {					/* Store LFN entries in bottom first */
+				res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);
+				if (res != FR_OK) break;
+				fit_lfn(dj->lfn, dj->dir, (BYTE)ne, sum);
+				dj->fs->wflag = 1;
+				res = dir_next(dj, 0);	/* Next entry */
+			} while (res == FR_OK && --ne);
+		}
+	}
+
+#else	/* Non LFN configuration */
+	res = dir_sdi(dj, 0);
+	if (res == FR_OK) {
+		do {	/* Find a blank entry for the SFN */
+			res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);
+			if (res != FR_OK) break;
+			c = *dj->dir;
+			if (c == DDE || c == 0) break;	/* Is it a blank entry? */
+			res = dir_next(dj, 1);			/* Next entry with table stretch */
+		} while (res == FR_OK);
+	}
+#endif
+
+	if (res == FR_OK) {		/* Initialize the SFN entry */
+		res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);
+		if (res == FR_OK) {
+			dir = dj->dir;
+			mem_set(dir, 0, SZ_DIR);	/* Clean the entry */
+			mem_cpy(dir, dj->fn, 11);	/* Put SFN */
+#if _USE_LFN
+			dir[DIR_NTres] = *(dj->fn+NS) & (NS_BODY | NS_EXT);	/* Put NT flag */
+#endif
+			dj->fs->wflag = 1;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return res;
+}
+#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Remove an object from the directory                                   */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if !_FS_READONLY && !_FS_MINIMIZE
+static
+FRESULT dir_remove (	/* FR_OK: Successful, FR_DISK_ERR: A disk error */
+	DIR *dj				/* Directory object pointing the entry to be removed */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+#if _USE_LFN	/* LFN configuration */
+	WORD i;
+
+	i = dj->index;	/* SFN index */
+	res = dir_sdi(dj, (WORD)((dj->lfn_idx == 0xFFFF) ? i : dj->lfn_idx));	/* Goto the SFN or top of the LFN entries */
+	if (res == FR_OK) {
+		do {
+			res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);
+			if (res != FR_OK) break;
+			*dj->dir = DDE;			/* Mark the entry "deleted" */
+			dj->fs->wflag = 1;
+			if (dj->index >= i) break;	/* When reached SFN, all entries of the object has been deleted. */
+			res = dir_next(dj, 0);		/* Next entry */
+		} while (res == FR_OK);
+		if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_INT_ERR;
+	}
+
+#else			/* Non LFN configuration */
+	res = dir_sdi(dj, dj->index);
+	if (res == FR_OK) {
+		res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);
+		if (res == FR_OK) {
+			*dj->dir = DDE;			/* Mark the entry "deleted" */
+			dj->fs->wflag = 1;
+		}
+	}
+#endif
+
+	return res;
+}
+#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Pick a segment and create the object name in directory form           */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static
+FRESULT create_name (
+	DIR *dj,			/* Pointer to the directory object */
+	const TCHAR **path	/* Pointer to pointer to the segment in the path string */
+)
+{
+#ifdef _EXCVT
+	static const BYTE excvt[] = _EXCVT;	/* Upper conversion table for extended chars */
+#endif
+
+#if _USE_LFN	/* LFN configuration */
+	BYTE b, cf;
+	WCHAR w, *lfn;
+	UINT i, ni, si, di;
+	const TCHAR *p;
+
+	/* Create LFN in Unicode */
+	for (p = *path; *p == '/' || *p == '\\'; p++) ;	/* Strip duplicated separator */
+	lfn = dj->lfn;
+	si = di = 0;
+	for (;;) {
+		w = p[si++];					/* Get a character */
+		if (w < ' ' || w == '/' || w == '\\') break;	/* Break on end of segment */
+		if (di >= _MAX_LFN)				/* Reject too long name */
+			return FR_INVALID_NAME;
+#if !_LFN_UNICODE
+		w &= 0xFF;
+		if (IsDBCS1(w)) {				/* Check if it is a DBC 1st byte (always false on SBCS cfg) */
+			b = (BYTE)p[si++];			/* Get 2nd byte */
+			if (!IsDBCS2(b))
+				return FR_INVALID_NAME;	/* Reject invalid sequence */
+			w = (w << 8) + b;			/* Create a DBC */
+		}
+		w = ff_convert(w, 1);			/* Convert ANSI/OEM to Unicode */
+		if (!w) return FR_INVALID_NAME;	/* Reject invalid code */
+#endif
+		if (w < 0x80 && chk_chr("\"*:<>\?|\x7F", w)) /* Reject illegal chars for LFN */
+			return FR_INVALID_NAME;
+		lfn[di++] = w;					/* Store the Unicode char */
+	}
+	*path = &p[si];						/* Return pointer to the next segment */
+	cf = (w < ' ') ? NS_LAST : 0;		/* Set last segment flag if end of path */
+#if _FS_RPATH
+	if ((di == 1 && lfn[di-1] == '.') || /* Is this a dot entry? */
+		(di == 2 && lfn[di-1] == '.' && lfn[di-2] == '.')) {
+		lfn[di] = 0;
+		for (i = 0; i < 11; i++)
+			dj->fn[i] = (i < di) ? '.' : ' ';
+		dj->fn[i] = cf | NS_DOT;		/* This is a dot entry */
+		return FR_OK;
+	}
+#endif
+	while (di) {						/* Strip trailing spaces and dots */
+		w = lfn[di-1];
+		if (w != ' ' && w != '.') break;
+		di--;
+	}
+	if (!di) return FR_INVALID_NAME;	/* Reject nul string */
+
+	lfn[di] = 0;						/* LFN is created */
+
+	/* Create SFN in directory form */
+	mem_set(dj->fn, ' ', 11);
+	for (si = 0; lfn[si] == ' ' || lfn[si] == '.'; si++) ;	/* Strip leading spaces and dots */
+	if (si) cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN;
+	while (di && lfn[di - 1] != '.') di--;	/* Find extension (di<=si: no extension) */
+
+	b = i = 0; ni = 8;
+	for (;;) {
+		w = lfn[si++];					/* Get an LFN char */
+		if (!w) break;					/* Break on end of the LFN */
+		if (w == ' ' || (w == '.' && si != di)) {	/* Remove spaces and dots */
+			cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN; continue;
+		}
+
+		if (i >= ni || si == di) {		/* Extension or end of SFN */
+			if (ni == 11) {				/* Long extension */
+				cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN; break;
+			}
+			if (si != di) cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN;	/* Out of 8.3 format */
+			if (si > di) break;			/* No extension */
+			si = di; i = 8; ni = 11;	/* Enter extension section */
+			b <<= 2; continue;
+		}
+
+		if (w >= 0x80) {				/* Non ASCII char */
+#ifdef _EXCVT
+			w = ff_convert(w, 0);		/* Unicode -> OEM code */
+			if (w) w = excvt[w - 0x80];	/* Convert extended char to upper (SBCS) */
+#else
+			w = ff_convert(ff_wtoupper(w), 0);	/* Upper converted Unicode -> OEM code */
+#endif
+			cf |= NS_LFN;				/* Force create LFN entry */
+		}
+
+		if (_DF1S && w >= 0x100) {		/* Double byte char (always false on SBCS cfg) */
+			if (i >= ni - 1) {
+				cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN; i = ni; continue;
+			}
+			dj->fn[i++] = (BYTE)(w >> 8);
+		} else {						/* Single byte char */
+			if (!w || chk_chr("+,;=[]", w)) {	/* Replace illegal chars for SFN */
+				w = '_'; cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN;/* Lossy conversion */
+			} else {
+				if (IsUpper(w)) {		/* ASCII large capital */
+					b |= 2;
+				} else {
+					if (IsLower(w)) {	/* ASCII small capital */
+						b |= 1; w -= 0x20;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		dj->fn[i++] = (BYTE)w;
+	}
+
+	if (dj->fn[0] == DDE) dj->fn[0] = NDDE;	/* If the first char collides with deleted mark, replace it with 0x05 */
+
+	if (ni == 8) b <<= 2;
+	if ((b & 0x0C) == 0x0C || (b & 0x03) == 0x03)	/* Create LFN entry when there are composite capitals */
+		cf |= NS_LFN;
+	if (!(cf & NS_LFN)) {						/* When LFN is in 8.3 format without extended char, NT flags are created */
+		if ((b & 0x03) == 0x01) cf |= NS_EXT;	/* NT flag (Extension has only small capital) */
+		if ((b & 0x0C) == 0x04) cf |= NS_BODY;	/* NT flag (Filename has only small capital) */
+	}
+
+	dj->fn[NS] = cf;	/* SFN is created */
+
+	return FR_OK;
+
+
+#else	/* Non-LFN configuration */
+	BYTE b, c, d, *sfn;
+	UINT ni, si, i;
+	const char *p;
+
+	/* Create file name in directory form */
+	for (p = *path; *p == '/' || *p == '\\'; p++) ;	/* Strip duplicated separator */
+	sfn = dj->fn;
+	mem_set(sfn, ' ', 11);
+	si = i = b = 0; ni = 8;
+#if _FS_RPATH
+	if (p[si] == '.') { /* Is this a dot entry? */
+		for (;;) {
+			c = (BYTE)p[si++];
+			if (c != '.' || si >= 3) break;
+			sfn[i++] = c;
+		}
+		if (c != '/' && c != '\\' && c > ' ') return FR_INVALID_NAME;
+		*path = &p[si];									/* Return pointer to the next segment */
+		sfn[NS] = (c <= ' ') ? NS_LAST | NS_DOT : NS_DOT;	/* Set last segment flag if end of path */
+		return FR_OK;
+	}
+#endif
+	for (;;) {
+		c = (BYTE)p[si++];
+		if (c <= ' ' || c == '/' || c == '\\') break;	/* Break on end of segment */
+		if (c == '.' || i >= ni) {
+			if (ni != 8 || c != '.') return FR_INVALID_NAME;
+			i = 8; ni = 11;
+			b <<= 2; continue;
+		}
+		if (c >= 0x80) {				/* Extended char? */
+			b |= 3;						/* Eliminate NT flag */
+#ifdef _EXCVT
+			c = excvt[c - 0x80];		/* Upper conversion (SBCS) */
+#else
+#if !_DF1S	/* ASCII only cfg */
+			return FR_INVALID_NAME;
+#endif
+#endif
+		}
+		if (IsDBCS1(c)) {				/* Check if it is a DBC 1st byte (always false on SBCS cfg) */
+			d = (BYTE)p[si++];			/* Get 2nd byte */
+			if (!IsDBCS2(d) || i >= ni - 1)	/* Reject invalid DBC */
+				return FR_INVALID_NAME;
+			sfn[i++] = c;
+			sfn[i++] = d;
+		} else {						/* Single byte code */
+			if (chk_chr("\"*+,:;<=>\?[]|\x7F", c))	/* Reject illegal chrs for SFN */
+				return FR_INVALID_NAME;
+			if (IsUpper(c)) {			/* ASCII large capital? */
+				b |= 2;
+			} else {
+				if (IsLower(c)) {		/* ASCII small capital? */
+					b |= 1; c -= 0x20;
+				}
+			}
+			sfn[i++] = c;
+		}
+	}
+	*path = &p[si];						/* Return pointer to the next segment */
+	c = (c <= ' ') ? NS_LAST : 0;		/* Set last segment flag if end of path */
+
+	if (!i) return FR_INVALID_NAME;		/* Reject nul string */
+	if (sfn[0] == DDE) sfn[0] = NDDE;	/* When first char collides with DDE, replace it with 0x05 */
+
+	if (ni == 8) b <<= 2;
+	if ((b & 0x03) == 0x01) c |= NS_EXT;	/* NT flag (Name extension has only small capital) */
+	if ((b & 0x0C) == 0x04) c |= NS_BODY;	/* NT flag (Name body has only small capital) */
+
+	sfn[NS] = c;		/* Store NT flag, File name is created */
+
+	return FR_OK;
+#endif
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Get file information from directory entry                             */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1
+static
+void get_fileinfo (		/* No return code */
+	DIR *dj,			/* Pointer to the directory object */
+	FILINFO *fno	 	/* Pointer to the file information to be filled */
+)
+{
+	UINT i;
+	BYTE nt, *dir;
+	TCHAR *p, c;
+
+
+	p = fno->fname;
+	if (dj->sect) {
+		dir = dj->dir;
+		nt = dir[DIR_NTres];		/* NT flag */
+		for (i = 0; i < 8; i++) {	/* Copy name body */
+			c = dir[i];
+			if (c == ' ') break;
+			if (c == NDDE) c = (TCHAR)DDE;
+			if (_USE_LFN && (nt & NS_BODY) && IsUpper(c)) c += 0x20;
+#if _LFN_UNICODE
+			if (IsDBCS1(c) && i < 7 && IsDBCS2(dir[i+1]))
+				c = (c << 8) | dir[++i];
+			c = ff_convert(c, 1);
+			if (!c) c = '?';
+#endif
+			*p++ = c;
+		}
+		if (dir[8] != ' ') {		/* Copy name extension */
+			*p++ = '.';
+			for (i = 8; i < 11; i++) {
+				c = dir[i];
+				if (c == ' ') break;
+				if (_USE_LFN && (nt & NS_EXT) && IsUpper(c)) c += 0x20;
+#if _LFN_UNICODE
+				if (IsDBCS1(c) && i < 10 && IsDBCS2(dir[i+1]))
+					c = (c << 8) | dir[++i];
+				c = ff_convert(c, 1);
+				if (!c) c = '?';
+#endif
+				*p++ = c;
+			}
+		}
+		fno->fattrib = dir[DIR_Attr];				/* Attribute */
+		fno->fsize = LD_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize);	/* Size */
+		fno->fdate = LD_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtDate);		/* Date */
+		fno->ftime = LD_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime);		/* Time */
+	}
+	*p = 0;		/* Terminate SFN str by a \0 */
+
+#if _USE_LFN
+	if (fno->lfname && fno->lfsize) {
+		TCHAR *tp = fno->lfname;
+		WCHAR w, *lfn;
+
+		i = 0;
+		if (dj->sect && dj->lfn_idx != 0xFFFF) {/* Get LFN if available */
+			lfn = dj->lfn;
+			while ((w = *lfn++) != 0) {			/* Get an LFN char */
+#if !_LFN_UNICODE
+				w = ff_convert(w, 0);			/* Unicode -> OEM conversion */
+				if (!w) { i = 0; break; }		/* Could not convert, no LFN */
+				if (_DF1S && w >= 0x100)		/* Put 1st byte if it is a DBC (always false on SBCS cfg) */
+					tp[i++] = (TCHAR)(w >> 8);
+#endif
+				if (i >= fno->lfsize - 1) { i = 0; break; }	/* Buffer overflow, no LFN */
+				tp[i++] = (TCHAR)w;
+			}
+		}
+		tp[i] = 0;	/* Terminate the LFN str by a \0 */
+	}
+#endif
+}
+#endif /* _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1 */
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Follow a file path                                                    */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static
+FRESULT follow_path (	/* FR_OK(0): successful, !=0: error code */
+	DIR *dj,			/* Directory object to return last directory and found object */
+	const TCHAR *path	/* Full-path string to find a file or directory */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	BYTE *dir, ns;
+
+
+#if _FS_RPATH
+	if (*path == '/' || *path == '\\') { /* There is a heading separator */
+		path++;	dj->sclust = 0;		/* Strip it and start from the root dir */
+	} else {							/* No heading separator */
+		dj->sclust = dj->fs->cdir;	/* Start from the current dir */
+	}
+#else
+	if (*path == '/' || *path == '\\')	/* Strip heading separator if exist */
+		path++;
+	dj->sclust = 0;						/* Start from the root dir */
+#endif
+
+	if ((UINT)*path < ' ') {			/* Nul path means the start directory itself */
+		res = dir_sdi(dj, 0);
+		dj->dir = 0;
+	} else {							/* Follow path */
+		for (;;) {
+			res = create_name(dj, &path);	/* Get a segment */
+			if (res != FR_OK) break;
+			res = dir_find(dj);				/* Find it */
+			ns = *(dj->fn+NS);
+			if (res != FR_OK) {				/* Failed to find the object */
+				if (res != FR_NO_FILE) break;	/* Abort if any hard error occurred */
+				/* Object not found */
+				if (_FS_RPATH && (ns & NS_DOT)) {	/* If dot entry is not exit */
+					dj->sclust = 0; dj->dir = 0;	/* It is the root dir */
+					res = FR_OK;
+					if (!(ns & NS_LAST)) continue;
+				} else {							/* Could not find the object */
+					if (!(ns & NS_LAST)) res = FR_NO_PATH;
+				}
+				break;
+			}
+			if (ns & NS_LAST) break;			/* Last segment match. Function completed. */
+			dir = dj->dir;						/* There is next segment. Follow the sub directory */
+			if (!(dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR)) {	/* Cannot follow because it is a file */
+				res = FR_NO_PATH; break;
+			}
+			dj->sclust = ld_clust(dj->fs, dir);
+		}
+	}
+
+	return res;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Load a sector and check if it is an FAT Volume Boot Record            */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static
+BYTE check_fs (	/* 0:FAT-VBR, 1:Any BR but not FAT, 2:Not a BR, 3:Disk error */
+	FATFS *fs,	/* File system object */
+	DWORD sect	/* Sector# (lba) to check if it is an FAT boot record or not */
+)
+{
+	if (disk_read(fs->drv, fs->win, sect, 1) != RES_OK)	/* Load boot record */
+		return 3;
+	if (LD_WORD(&fs->win[BS_55AA]) != 0xAA55)		/* Check record signature (always placed at offset 510 even if the sector size is >512) */
+		return 2;
+
+	if ((LD_DWORD(&fs->win[BS_FilSysType]) & 0xFFFFFF) == 0x544146)	/* Check "FAT" string */
+		return 0;
+	if ((LD_DWORD(&fs->win[BS_FilSysType32]) & 0xFFFFFF) == 0x544146)
+		return 0;
+
+	return 1;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Check if the file system object is valid or not                       */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static
+FRESULT chk_mounted (	/* FR_OK(0): successful, !=0: any error occurred */
+	const TCHAR **path,	/* Pointer to pointer to the path name (drive number) */
+	FATFS **rfs,		/* Pointer to pointer to the found file system object */
+	BYTE wmode			/* !=0: Check write protection for write access */
+)
+{
+	BYTE fmt, b, pi, *tbl;
+	UINT vol;
+	DSTATUS stat;
+	DWORD bsect, fasize, tsect, sysect, nclst, szbfat;
+	WORD nrsv;
+	const TCHAR *p = *path;
+	FATFS *fs;
+
+
+	/* Get logical drive number from the path name */
+	vol = p[0] - '0';					/* Is there a drive number? */
+	if (vol <= 9 && p[1] == ':') {		/* Found a drive number, get and strip it */
+		p += 2; *path = p;				/* Return pointer to the path name */
+	} else {							/* No drive number is given */
+#if _FS_RPATH
+		vol = CurrVol;					/* Use current drive */
+#else
+		vol = 0;						/* Use drive 0 */
+#endif
+	}
+
+	/* Check if the file system object is valid or not */
+	*rfs = 0;
+	if (vol >= _VOLUMES) 				/* Is the drive number valid? */
+		return FR_INVALID_DRIVE;
+	fs = FatFs[vol];					/* Get corresponding file system object */
+	if (!fs) return FR_NOT_ENABLED;		/* Is the file system object available? */
+
+	ENTER_FF(fs);						/* Lock file system */
+
+	*rfs = fs;							/* Return pointer to the corresponding file system object */
+	if (fs->fs_type) {					/* If the volume has been mounted */
+		stat = disk_status(fs->drv);
+		if (!(stat & STA_NOINIT)) {		/* and the physical drive is kept initialized (has not been changed), */
+			if (!_FS_READONLY && wmode && (stat & STA_PROTECT))	/* Check write protection if needed */
+				return FR_WRITE_PROTECTED;
+			return FR_OK;				/* The file system object is valid */
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* The file system object is not valid. */
+	/* Following code attempts to mount the volume. (analyze BPB and initialize the fs object) */
+
+	fs->fs_type = 0;					/* Clear the file system object */
+	fs->drv = LD2PD(vol);				/* Bind the logical drive and a physical drive */
+	stat = disk_initialize(fs->drv);	/* Initialize the physical drive */
+	if (stat & STA_NOINIT)				/* Check if the initialization succeeded */
+		return FR_NOT_READY;			/* Failed to initialize due to no medium or hard error */
+	if (!_FS_READONLY && wmode && (stat & STA_PROTECT))	/* Check disk write protection if needed */
+		return FR_WRITE_PROTECTED;
+#if _MAX_SS != 512						/* Get disk sector size (variable sector size cfg only) */
+	if (disk_ioctl(fs->drv, GET_SECTOR_SIZE, &fs->ssize) != RES_OK)
+		return FR_DISK_ERR;
+#endif
+	/* Search FAT partition on the drive. Supports only generic partitions, FDISK and SFD. */
+	fmt = check_fs(fs, bsect = 0);		/* Load sector 0 and check if it is an FAT-VBR (in SFD) */
+	if (LD2PT(vol) && !fmt) fmt = 1;	/* Force non-SFD if the volume is forced partition */
+	if (fmt == 1) {						/* Not an FAT-VBR, the physical drive can be partitioned */
+		/* Check the partition listed in the partition table */
+		pi = LD2PT(vol);
+		if (pi) pi--;
+		tbl = &fs->win[MBR_Table + pi * SZ_PTE];/* Partition table */
+		if (tbl[4]) {						/* Is the partition existing? */
+			bsect = LD_DWORD(&tbl[8]);		/* Partition offset in LBA */
+			fmt = check_fs(fs, bsect);		/* Check the partition */
+		}
+	}
+	if (fmt == 3) return FR_DISK_ERR;
+	if (fmt) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;		/* No FAT volume is found */
+
+	/* An FAT volume is found. Following code initializes the file system object */
+
+	if (LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_BytsPerSec) != SS(fs))		/* (BPB_BytsPerSec must be equal to the physical sector size) */
+		return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;
+
+	fasize = LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_FATSz16);				/* Number of sectors per FAT */
+	if (!fasize) fasize = LD_DWORD(fs->win+BPB_FATSz32);
+	fs->fsize = fasize;
+
+	fs->n_fats = b = fs->win[BPB_NumFATs];				/* Number of FAT copies */
+	if (b != 1 && b != 2) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;		/* (Must be 1 or 2) */
+	fasize *= b;										/* Number of sectors for FAT area */
+
+	fs->csize = b = fs->win[BPB_SecPerClus];			/* Number of sectors per cluster */
+	if (!b || (b & (b - 1))) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;	/* (Must be power of 2) */
+
+	fs->n_rootdir = LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_RootEntCnt);	/* Number of root directory entries */
+	if (fs->n_rootdir % (SS(fs) / SZ_DIR)) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;	/* (BPB_RootEntCnt must be sector aligned) */
+
+	tsect = LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_TotSec16);				/* Number of sectors on the volume */
+	if (!tsect) tsect = LD_DWORD(fs->win+BPB_TotSec32);
+
+	nrsv = LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_RsvdSecCnt);				/* Number of reserved sectors */
+	if (!nrsv) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;					/* (BPB_RsvdSecCnt must not be 0) */
+
+	/* Determine the FAT sub type */
+	sysect = nrsv + fasize + fs->n_rootdir / (SS(fs) / SZ_DIR);	/* RSV+FAT+DIR */
+	if (tsect < sysect) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;		/* (Invalid volume size) */
+	nclst = (tsect - sysect) / fs->csize;				/* Number of clusters */
+	if (!nclst) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;				/* (Invalid volume size) */
+	fmt = FS_FAT12;
+	if (nclst >= MIN_FAT16) fmt = FS_FAT16;
+	if (nclst >= MIN_FAT32) fmt = FS_FAT32;
+
+	/* Boundaries and Limits */
+	fs->n_fatent = nclst + 2;							/* Number of FAT entries */
+	fs->database = bsect + sysect;						/* Data start sector */
+	fs->fatbase = bsect + nrsv; 						/* FAT start sector */
+	if (fmt == FS_FAT32) {
+		if (fs->n_rootdir) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;		/* (BPB_RootEntCnt must be 0) */
+		fs->dirbase = LD_DWORD(fs->win+BPB_RootClus);	/* Root directory start cluster */
+		szbfat = fs->n_fatent * 4;						/* (Required FAT size) */
+	} else {
+		if (!fs->n_rootdir)	return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;	/* (BPB_RootEntCnt must not be 0) */
+		fs->dirbase = fs->fatbase + fasize;				/* Root directory start sector */
+		szbfat = (fmt == FS_FAT16) ?					/* (Required FAT size) */
+			fs->n_fatent * 2 : fs->n_fatent * 3 / 2 + (fs->n_fatent & 1);
+	}
+	if (fs->fsize < (szbfat + (SS(fs) - 1)) / SS(fs))	/* (BPB_FATSz must not be less than required) */
+		return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;
+
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+	/* Initialize cluster allocation information */
+	fs->free_clust = 0xFFFFFFFF;
+	fs->last_clust = 0;
+
+	/* Get fsinfo if available */
+	if (fmt == FS_FAT32) {
+	 	fs->fsi_flag = 0;
+		fs->fsi_sector = bsect + LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_FSInfo);
+		if (disk_read(fs->drv, fs->win, fs->fsi_sector, 1) == RES_OK &&
+			LD_WORD(fs->win+BS_55AA) == 0xAA55 &&
+			LD_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_LeadSig) == 0x41615252 &&
+			LD_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_StrucSig) == 0x61417272) {
+				fs->last_clust = LD_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_Nxt_Free);
+				fs->free_clust = LD_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_Free_Count);
+		}
+	}
+#endif
+	fs->fs_type = fmt;		/* FAT sub-type */
+	fs->id = ++Fsid;		/* File system mount ID */
+	fs->winsect = 0;		/* Invalidate sector cache */
+	fs->wflag = 0;
+#if _FS_RPATH
+	fs->cdir = 0;			/* Current directory (root dir) */
+#endif
+#if _FS_LOCK				/* Clear file lock semaphores */
+	clear_lock(fs);
+#endif
+
+	return FR_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Check if the file/dir object is valid or not                          */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static
+FRESULT validate (	/* FR_OK(0): The object is valid, !=0: Invalid */
+	void* obj		/* Pointer to the object FIL/DIR to check validity */
+)
+{
+	FIL *fil;
+
+
+	fil = (FIL*)obj;	/* Assuming offset of fs and id in the FIL/DIR is identical */
+	if (!fil->fs || !fil->fs->fs_type || fil->fs->id != fil->id)
+		return FR_INVALID_OBJECT;
+
+	ENTER_FF(fil->fs);		/* Lock file system */
+
+	if (disk_status(fil->fs->drv) & STA_NOINIT)
+		return FR_NOT_READY;
+
+	return FR_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+   Public Functions
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Mount/Unmount a Logical Drive                                         */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_mount (
+	BYTE vol,		/* Logical drive number to be mounted/unmounted */
+	FATFS *fs		/* Pointer to new file system object (NULL for unmount)*/
+)
+{
+	FATFS *rfs;
+
+
+	if (vol >= _VOLUMES)		/* Check if the drive number is valid */
+		return FR_INVALID_DRIVE;
+	rfs = FatFs[vol];			/* Get current fs object */
+
+	if (rfs) {
+#if _FS_LOCK
+		clear_lock(rfs);
+#endif
+#if _FS_REENTRANT				/* Discard sync object of the current volume */
+		if (!ff_del_syncobj(rfs->sobj)) return FR_INT_ERR;
+#endif
+		rfs->fs_type = 0;		/* Clear old fs object */
+	}
+
+	if (fs) {
+		fs->fs_type = 0;		/* Clear new fs object */
+#if _FS_REENTRANT				/* Create sync object for the new volume */
+		if (!ff_cre_syncobj(vol, &fs->sobj)) return FR_INT_ERR;
+#endif
+	}
+	FatFs[vol] = fs;			/* Register new fs object */
+
+	return FR_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Open or Create a File                                                 */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_open (
+	FIL *fp,			/* Pointer to the blank file object */
+	const TCHAR *path,	/* Pointer to the file name */
+	BYTE mode			/* Access mode and file open mode flags */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	DIR dj;
+	BYTE *dir;
+	DEF_NAMEBUF;
+
+
+	if (!fp) return FR_INVALID_OBJECT;
+	fp->fs = 0;			/* Clear file object */
+
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+	mode &= FA_READ | FA_WRITE | FA_CREATE_ALWAYS | FA_OPEN_ALWAYS | FA_CREATE_NEW;
+	res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, (BYTE)(mode & ~FA_READ));
+#else
+	mode &= FA_READ;
+	res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 0);
+#endif
+	if (res == FR_OK) {
+		INIT_BUF(dj);
+		res = follow_path(&dj, path);	/* Follow the file path */
+		dir = dj.dir;
+#if !_FS_READONLY	/* R/W configuration */
+		if (res == FR_OK) {
+			if (!dir)	/* Current dir itself */
+				res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
+#if _FS_LOCK
+			else
+				res = chk_lock(&dj, (mode & ~FA_READ) ? 1 : 0);
+#endif
+		}
+		/* Create or Open a file */
+		if (mode & (FA_CREATE_ALWAYS | FA_OPEN_ALWAYS | FA_CREATE_NEW)) {
+			DWORD dw, cl;
+
+			if (res != FR_OK) {					/* No file, create new */
+				if (res == FR_NO_FILE)			/* There is no file to open, create a new entry */
+#if _FS_LOCK
+					res = enq_lock() ? dir_register(&dj) : FR_TOO_MANY_OPEN_FILES;
+#else
+					res = dir_register(&dj);
+#endif
+				mode |= FA_CREATE_ALWAYS;		/* File is created */
+				dir = dj.dir;					/* New entry */
+			}
+			else {								/* Any object is already existing */
+				if (dir[DIR_Attr] & (AM_RDO | AM_DIR)) {	/* Cannot overwrite it (R/O or DIR) */
+					res = FR_DENIED;
+				} else {
+					if (mode & FA_CREATE_NEW)	/* Cannot create as new file */
+						res = FR_EXIST;
+				}
+			}
+			if (res == FR_OK && (mode & FA_CREATE_ALWAYS)) {	/* Truncate it if overwrite mode */
+				dw = get_fattime();					/* Created time */
+				ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_CrtTime, dw);
+				dir[DIR_Attr] = 0;					/* Reset attribute */
+				ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize, 0);		/* size = 0 */
+				cl = ld_clust(dj.fs, dir);			/* Get start cluster */
+				st_clust(dir, 0);					/* cluster = 0 */
+				dj.fs->wflag = 1;
+				if (cl) {							/* Remove the cluster chain if exist */
+					dw = dj.fs->winsect;
+					res = remove_chain(dj.fs, cl);
+					if (res == FR_OK) {
+						dj.fs->last_clust = cl - 1;	/* Reuse the cluster hole */
+						res = move_window(dj.fs, dw);
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		else {	/* Open an existing file */
+			if (res == FR_OK) {						/* Follow succeeded */
+				if (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR) {		/* It is a directory */
+					res = FR_NO_FILE;
+				} else {
+					if ((mode & FA_WRITE) && (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_RDO)) /* R/O violation */
+						res = FR_DENIED;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		if (res == FR_OK) {
+			if (mode & FA_CREATE_ALWAYS)			/* Set file change flag if created or overwritten */
+				mode |= FA__WRITTEN;
+			fp->dir_sect = dj.fs->winsect;			/* Pointer to the directory entry */
+			fp->dir_ptr = dir;
+#if _FS_LOCK
+			fp->lockid = inc_lock(&dj, (mode & ~FA_READ) ? 1 : 0);
+			if (!fp->lockid) res = FR_INT_ERR;
+#endif
+		}
+
+#else				/* R/O configuration */
+		if (res == FR_OK) {					/* Follow succeeded */
+			dir = dj.dir;
+			if (!dir) {						/* Current dir itself */
+				res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
+			} else {
+				if (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR)	/* It is a directory */
+					res = FR_NO_FILE;
+			}
+		}
+#endif
+		FREE_BUF();
+
+		if (res == FR_OK) {
+			fp->flag = mode;					/* File access mode */
+			fp->sclust = ld_clust(dj.fs, dir);	/* File start cluster */
+			fp->fsize = LD_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize);	/* File size */
+			fp->fptr = 0;						/* File pointer */
+			fp->dsect = 0;
+#if _USE_FASTSEEK
+			fp->cltbl = 0;						/* Normal seek mode */
+#endif
+			fp->fs = dj.fs; fp->id = dj.fs->id;	/* Validate file object */
+		}
+	}
+
+	LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Read File                                                             */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_read (
+	FIL *fp, 		/* Pointer to the file object */
+	void *buff,		/* Pointer to data buffer */
+	UINT btr,		/* Number of bytes to read */
+	UINT *br		/* Pointer to number of bytes read */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	DWORD clst, sect, remain;
+	UINT rcnt, cc;
+	BYTE csect, *rbuff = buff;
+
+
+	*br = 0;	/* Clear read byte counter */
+
+	res = validate(fp);							/* Check validity */
+	if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);
+	if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR)					/* Aborted file? */
+		LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+	if (!(fp->flag & FA_READ)) 					/* Check access mode */
+		LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DENIED);
+	remain = fp->fsize - fp->fptr;
+	if (btr > remain) btr = (UINT)remain;		/* Truncate btr by remaining bytes */
+
+	for ( ;  btr;								/* Repeat until all data read */
+		rbuff += rcnt, fp->fptr += rcnt, *br += rcnt, btr -= rcnt) {
+		if ((fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)) == 0) {		/* On the sector boundary? */
+			csect = (BYTE)(fp->fptr / SS(fp->fs) & (fp->fs->csize - 1));	/* Sector offset in the cluster */
+			if (!csect) {						/* On the cluster boundary? */
+				if (fp->fptr == 0) {			/* On the top of the file? */
+					clst = fp->sclust;			/* Follow from the origin */
+				} else {						/* Middle or end of the file */
+#if _USE_FASTSEEK
+					if (fp->cltbl)
+						clst = clmt_clust(fp, fp->fptr);	/* Get cluster# from the CLMT */
+					else
+#endif
+						clst = get_fat(fp->fs, fp->clust);	/* Follow cluster chain on the FAT */
+				}
+				if (clst < 2) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+				if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+				fp->clust = clst;				/* Update current cluster */
+			}
+			sect = clust2sect(fp->fs, fp->clust);	/* Get current sector */
+			if (!sect) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+			sect += csect;
+			cc = btr / SS(fp->fs);				/* When remaining bytes >= sector size, */
+			if (cc) {							/* Read maximum contiguous sectors directly */
+				if (csect + cc > fp->fs->csize)	/* Clip at cluster boundary */
+					cc = fp->fs->csize - csect;
+				if (disk_read(fp->fs->drv, rbuff, sect, (BYTE)cc) != RES_OK)
+					ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+#if !_FS_READONLY && _FS_MINIMIZE <= 2			/* Replace one of the read sectors with cached data if it contains a dirty sector */
+#if _FS_TINY
+				if (fp->fs->wflag && fp->fs->winsect - sect < cc)
+					mem_cpy(rbuff + ((fp->fs->winsect - sect) * SS(fp->fs)), fp->fs->win, SS(fp->fs));
+#else
+				if ((fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) && fp->dsect - sect < cc)
+					mem_cpy(rbuff + ((fp->dsect - sect) * SS(fp->fs)), fp->buf, SS(fp->fs));
+#endif
+#endif
+				rcnt = SS(fp->fs) * cc;			/* Number of bytes transferred */
+				continue;
+			}
+#if !_FS_TINY
+			if (fp->dsect != sect) {			/* Load data sector if not in cache */
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+				if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) {		/* Write-back dirty sector cache */
+					if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK)
+						ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+					fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY;
+				}
+#endif
+				if (disk_read(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, sect, 1) != RES_OK)	/* Fill sector cache */
+					ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+			}
+#endif
+			fp->dsect = sect;
+		}
+		rcnt = SS(fp->fs) - ((UINT)fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs));	/* Get partial sector data from sector buffer */
+		if (rcnt > btr) rcnt = btr;
+#if _FS_TINY
+		if (move_window(fp->fs, fp->dsect))		/* Move sector window */
+			ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+		mem_cpy(rbuff, &fp->fs->win[fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], rcnt);	/* Pick partial sector */
+#else
+		mem_cpy(rbuff, &fp->buf[fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], rcnt);	/* Pick partial sector */
+#endif
+	}
+
+	LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_OK);
+}
+
+
+
+
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Write File                                                            */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_write (
+	FIL *fp,			/* Pointer to the file object */
+	const void *buff,	/* Pointer to the data to be written */
+	UINT btw,			/* Number of bytes to write */
+	UINT *bw			/* Pointer to number of bytes written */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	DWORD clst, sect;
+	UINT wcnt, cc;
+	const BYTE *wbuff = buff;
+	BYTE csect;
+
+
+	*bw = 0;	/* Clear write byte counter */
+
+	res = validate(fp);						/* Check validity */
+	if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);
+	if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR)				/* Aborted file? */
+		LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+	if (!(fp->flag & FA_WRITE))				/* Check access mode */
+		LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DENIED);
+	if ((DWORD)(fp->fsize + btw) < fp->fsize) btw = 0;	/* File size cannot reach 4GB */
+
+	for ( ;  btw;							/* Repeat until all data written */
+		wbuff += wcnt, fp->fptr += wcnt, *bw += wcnt, btw -= wcnt) {
+		if ((fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)) == 0) {	/* On the sector boundary? */
+			csect = (BYTE)(fp->fptr / SS(fp->fs) & (fp->fs->csize - 1));	/* Sector offset in the cluster */
+			if (!csect) {					/* On the cluster boundary? */
+				if (fp->fptr == 0) {		/* On the top of the file? */
+					clst = fp->sclust;		/* Follow from the origin */
+					if (clst == 0)			/* When no cluster is allocated, */
+						fp->sclust = clst = create_chain(fp->fs, 0);	/* Create a new cluster chain */
+				} else {					/* Middle or end of the file */
+#if _USE_FASTSEEK
+					if (fp->cltbl)
+						clst = clmt_clust(fp, fp->fptr);	/* Get cluster# from the CLMT */
+					else
+#endif
+						clst = create_chain(fp->fs, fp->clust);	/* Follow or stretch cluster chain on the FAT */
+				}
+				if (clst == 0) break;		/* Could not allocate a new cluster (disk full) */
+				if (clst == 1) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+				if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+				fp->clust = clst;			/* Update current cluster */
+			}
+#if _FS_TINY
+			if (fp->fs->winsect == fp->dsect && move_window(fp->fs, 0))	/* Write-back sector cache */
+				ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+#else
+			if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) {		/* Write-back sector cache */
+				if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK)
+					ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+				fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY;
+			}
+#endif
+			sect = clust2sect(fp->fs, fp->clust);	/* Get current sector */
+			if (!sect) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+			sect += csect;
+			cc = btw / SS(fp->fs);			/* When remaining bytes >= sector size, */
+			if (cc) {						/* Write maximum contiguous sectors directly */
+				if (csect + cc > fp->fs->csize)	/* Clip at cluster boundary */
+					cc = fp->fs->csize - csect;
+				if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, wbuff, sect, (BYTE)cc) != RES_OK)
+					ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+#if _FS_TINY
+				if (fp->fs->winsect - sect < cc) {	/* Refill sector cache if it gets invalidated by the direct write */
+					mem_cpy(fp->fs->win, wbuff + ((fp->fs->winsect - sect) * SS(fp->fs)), SS(fp->fs));
+					fp->fs->wflag = 0;
+				}
+#else
+				if (fp->dsect - sect < cc) { /* Refill sector cache if it gets invalidated by the direct write */
+					mem_cpy(fp->buf, wbuff + ((fp->dsect - sect) * SS(fp->fs)), SS(fp->fs));
+					fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY;
+				}
+#endif
+				wcnt = SS(fp->fs) * cc;		/* Number of bytes transferred */
+				continue;
+			}
+#if _FS_TINY
+			if (fp->fptr >= fp->fsize) {	/* Avoid silly cache filling at growing edge */
+				if (move_window(fp->fs, 0)) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+				fp->fs->winsect = sect;
+			}
+#else
+			if (fp->dsect != sect) {		/* Fill sector cache with file data */
+				if (fp->fptr < fp->fsize &&
+					disk_read(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, sect, 1) != RES_OK)
+						ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+			}
+#endif
+			fp->dsect = sect;
+		}
+		wcnt = SS(fp->fs) - ((UINT)fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs));/* Put partial sector into file I/O buffer */
+		if (wcnt > btw) wcnt = btw;
+#if _FS_TINY
+		if (move_window(fp->fs, fp->dsect))	/* Move sector window */
+			ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+		mem_cpy(&fp->fs->win[fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], wbuff, wcnt);	/* Fit partial sector */
+		fp->fs->wflag = 1;
+#else
+		mem_cpy(&fp->buf[fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], wbuff, wcnt);	/* Fit partial sector */
+		fp->flag |= FA__DIRTY;
+#endif
+	}
+
+	if (fp->fptr > fp->fsize) fp->fsize = fp->fptr;	/* Update file size if needed */
+	fp->flag |= FA__WRITTEN;						/* Set file change flag */
+
+	LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_OK);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Synchronize the File Object                                           */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_sync (
+	FIL *fp		/* Pointer to the file object */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	DWORD tim;
+	BYTE *dir;
+
+
+	res = validate(fp);					/* Check validity of the object */
+	if (res == FR_OK) {
+		if (fp->flag & FA__WRITTEN) {	/* Has the file been written? */
+#if !_FS_TINY	/* Write-back dirty buffer */
+			if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) {
+				if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK)
+					LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+				fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY;
+			}
+#endif
+			/* Update the directory entry */
+			res = move_window(fp->fs, fp->dir_sect);
+			if (res == FR_OK) {
+				dir = fp->dir_ptr;
+				dir[DIR_Attr] |= AM_ARC;					/* Set archive bit */
+				ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize, fp->fsize);		/* Update file size */
+				st_clust(dir, fp->sclust);					/* Update start cluster */
+				tim = get_fattime();						/* Update updated time */
+				ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime, tim);
+				ST_WORD(dir+DIR_LstAccDate, 0);
+				fp->flag &= ~FA__WRITTEN;
+				fp->fs->wflag = 1;
+				res = sync(fp->fs);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);
+}
+
+#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Close File                                                            */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_close (
+	FIL *fp		/* Pointer to the file object to be closed */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+
+
+#if _FS_READONLY
+	res = validate(fp);
+	{
+#if _FS_REENTRANT
+		FATFS *fs = fp->fs;
+#endif
+		if (res == FR_OK) fp->fs = 0;	/* Discard file object */
+		LEAVE_FF(fs, res);
+	}
+#else
+	res = f_sync(fp);		/* Flush cached data */
+#if _FS_LOCK
+	if (res == FR_OK) {		/* Decrement open counter */
+#if _FS_REENTRANT
+		FATFS *fs = fp->fs;;
+		res = validate(fp);
+		if (res == FR_OK) {
+			res = dec_lock(fp->lockid);	
+			unlock_fs(fs, FR_OK);
+		}
+#else
+		res = dec_lock(fp->lockid);
+#endif
+	}
+#endif
+	if (res == FR_OK) fp->fs = 0;	/* Discard file object */
+	return res;
+#endif
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Current Drive/Directory Handlings                                     */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if _FS_RPATH >= 1
+
+FRESULT f_chdrive (
+	BYTE drv		/* Drive number */
+)
+{
+	if (drv >= _VOLUMES) return FR_INVALID_DRIVE;
+
+	CurrVol = drv;
+
+	return FR_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+FRESULT f_chdir (
+	const TCHAR *path	/* Pointer to the directory path */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	DIR dj;
+	DEF_NAMEBUF;
+
+
+	res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 0);
+	if (res == FR_OK) {
+		INIT_BUF(dj);
+		res = follow_path(&dj, path);		/* Follow the path */
+		FREE_BUF();
+		if (res == FR_OK) {					/* Follow completed */
+			if (!dj.dir) {
+				dj.fs->cdir = dj.sclust;	/* Start directory itself */
+			} else {
+				if (dj.dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR)	/* Reached to the directory */
+					dj.fs->cdir = ld_clust(dj.fs, dj.dir);
+				else
+					res = FR_NO_PATH;		/* Reached but a file */
+			}
+		}
+		if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_NO_PATH;
+	}
+
+	LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
+}
+
+
+#if _FS_RPATH >= 2
+FRESULT f_getcwd (
+	TCHAR *path,	/* Pointer to the directory path */
+	UINT sz_path	/* Size of path */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	DIR dj;
+	UINT i, n;
+	DWORD ccl;
+	TCHAR *tp;
+	FILINFO fno;
+	DEF_NAMEBUF;
+
+
+	*path = 0;
+	res = chk_mounted((const TCHAR**)&path, &dj.fs, 0);	/* Get current volume */
+	if (res == FR_OK) {
+		INIT_BUF(dj);
+		i = sz_path;		/* Bottom of buffer (dir stack base) */
+		dj.sclust = dj.fs->cdir;			/* Start to follow upper dir from current dir */
+		while ((ccl = dj.sclust) != 0) {	/* Repeat while current dir is a sub-dir */
+			res = dir_sdi(&dj, 1);			/* Get parent dir */
+			if (res != FR_OK) break;
+			res = dir_read(&dj);
+			if (res != FR_OK) break;
+			dj.sclust = ld_clust(dj.fs, dj.dir);	/* Goto parent dir */
+			res = dir_sdi(&dj, 0);
+			if (res != FR_OK) break;
+			do {							/* Find the entry links to the child dir */
+				res = dir_read(&dj);
+				if (res != FR_OK) break;
+				if (ccl == ld_clust(dj.fs, dj.dir)) break;	/* Found the entry */
+				res = dir_next(&dj, 0);	
+			} while (res == FR_OK);
+			if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_INT_ERR;/* It cannot be 'not found'. */
+			if (res != FR_OK) break;
+#if _USE_LFN
+			fno.lfname = path;
+			fno.lfsize = i;
+#endif
+			get_fileinfo(&dj, &fno);		/* Get the dir name and push it to the buffer */
+			tp = fno.fname;
+			if (_USE_LFN && *path) tp = path;
+			for (n = 0; tp[n]; n++) ;
+			if (i < n + 3) {
+				res = FR_NOT_ENOUGH_CORE; break;
+			}
+			while (n) path[--i] = tp[--n];
+			path[--i] = '/';
+		}
+		tp = path;
+		if (res == FR_OK) {
+			*tp++ = '0' + CurrVol;			/* Put drive number */
+			*tp++ = ':';
+			if (i == sz_path) {				/* Root-dir */
+				*tp++ = '/';
+			} else {						/* Sub-dir */
+				do		/* Add stacked path str */
+					*tp++ = path[i++];
+				while (i < sz_path);
+			}
+		}
+		*tp = 0;
+		FREE_BUF();
+	}
+
+	LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
+}
+#endif /* _FS_RPATH >= 2 */
+#endif /* _FS_RPATH >= 1 */
+
+
+
+#if _FS_MINIMIZE <= 2
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Seek File R/W Pointer                                                 */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_lseek (
+	FIL *fp,		/* Pointer to the file object */
+	DWORD ofs		/* File pointer from top of file */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+
+
+	res = validate(fp);					/* Check validity of the object */
+	if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);
+	if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR)			/* Check abort flag */
+		LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+
+#if _USE_FASTSEEK
+	if (fp->cltbl) {	/* Fast seek */
+		DWORD cl, pcl, ncl, tcl, dsc, tlen, ulen, *tbl;
+
+		if (ofs == CREATE_LINKMAP) {	/* Create CLMT */
+			tbl = fp->cltbl;
+			tlen = *tbl++; ulen = 2;	/* Given table size and required table size */
+			cl = fp->sclust;			/* Top of the chain */
+			if (cl) {
+				do {
+					/* Get a fragment */
+					tcl = cl; ncl = 0; ulen += 2;	/* Top, length and used items */
+					do {
+						pcl = cl; ncl++;
+						cl = get_fat(fp->fs, cl);
+						if (cl <= 1) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+						if (cl == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+					} while (cl == pcl + 1);
+					if (ulen <= tlen) {		/* Store the length and top of the fragment */
+						*tbl++ = ncl; *tbl++ = tcl;
+					}
+				} while (cl < fp->fs->n_fatent);	/* Repeat until end of chain */
+			}
+			*fp->cltbl = ulen;	/* Number of items used */
+			if (ulen <= tlen)
+				*tbl = 0;		/* Terminate table */
+			else
+				res = FR_NOT_ENOUGH_CORE;	/* Given table size is smaller than required */
+
+		} else {						/* Fast seek */
+			if (ofs > fp->fsize)		/* Clip offset at the file size */
+				ofs = fp->fsize;
+			fp->fptr = ofs;				/* Set file pointer */
+			if (ofs) {
+				fp->clust = clmt_clust(fp, ofs - 1);
+				dsc = clust2sect(fp->fs, fp->clust);
+				if (!dsc) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+				dsc += (ofs - 1) / SS(fp->fs) & (fp->fs->csize - 1);
+				if (fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs) && dsc != fp->dsect) {	/* Refill sector cache if needed */
+#if !_FS_TINY
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+					if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) {		/* Write-back dirty sector cache */
+						if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK)
+							ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+						fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY;
+					}
+#endif
+					if (disk_read(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, dsc, 1) != RES_OK)	/* Load current sector */
+						ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+#endif
+					fp->dsect = dsc;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	} else
+#endif
+
+	/* Normal Seek */
+	{
+		DWORD clst, bcs, nsect, ifptr;
+
+		if (ofs > fp->fsize					/* In read-only mode, clip offset with the file size */
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+			 && !(fp->flag & FA_WRITE)
+#endif
+			) ofs = fp->fsize;
+
+		ifptr = fp->fptr;
+		fp->fptr = nsect = 0;
+		if (ofs) {
+			bcs = (DWORD)fp->fs->csize * SS(fp->fs);	/* Cluster size (byte) */
+			if (ifptr > 0 &&
+				(ofs - 1) / bcs >= (ifptr - 1) / bcs) {	/* When seek to same or following cluster, */
+				fp->fptr = (ifptr - 1) & ~(bcs - 1);	/* start from the current cluster */
+				ofs -= fp->fptr;
+				clst = fp->clust;
+			} else {									/* When seek to back cluster, */
+				clst = fp->sclust;						/* start from the first cluster */
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+				if (clst == 0) {						/* If no cluster chain, create a new chain */
+					clst = create_chain(fp->fs, 0);
+					if (clst == 1) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+					if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+					fp->sclust = clst;
+				}
+#endif
+				fp->clust = clst;
+			}
+			if (clst != 0) {
+				while (ofs > bcs) {						/* Cluster following loop */
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+					if (fp->flag & FA_WRITE) {			/* Check if in write mode or not */
+						clst = create_chain(fp->fs, clst);	/* Force stretch if in write mode */
+						if (clst == 0) {				/* When disk gets full, clip file size */
+							ofs = bcs; break;
+						}
+					} else
+#endif
+						clst = get_fat(fp->fs, clst);	/* Follow cluster chain if not in write mode */
+					if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+					if (clst <= 1 || clst >= fp->fs->n_fatent) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+					fp->clust = clst;
+					fp->fptr += bcs;
+					ofs -= bcs;
+				}
+				fp->fptr += ofs;
+				if (ofs % SS(fp->fs)) {
+					nsect = clust2sect(fp->fs, clst);	/* Current sector */
+					if (!nsect) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+					nsect += ofs / SS(fp->fs);
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		if (fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs) && nsect != fp->dsect) {	/* Fill sector cache if needed */
+#if !_FS_TINY
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+			if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) {			/* Write-back dirty sector cache */
+				if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK)
+					ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+				fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY;
+			}
+#endif
+			if (disk_read(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, nsect, 1) != RES_OK)	/* Fill sector cache */
+				ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+#endif
+			fp->dsect = nsect;
+		}
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+		if (fp->fptr > fp->fsize) {			/* Set file change flag if the file size is extended */
+			fp->fsize = fp->fptr;
+			fp->flag |= FA__WRITTEN;
+		}
+#endif
+	}
+
+	LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+#if _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Create a Directory Object                                             */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_opendir (
+	DIR *dj,			/* Pointer to directory object to create */
+	const TCHAR *path	/* Pointer to the directory path */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	FATFS *fs;
+	DEF_NAMEBUF;
+
+
+	if (!dj) return FR_INVALID_OBJECT;
+
+	res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj->fs, 0);
+	fs = dj->fs;
+	if (res == FR_OK) {
+		INIT_BUF(*dj);
+		res = follow_path(dj, path);			/* Follow the path to the directory */
+		FREE_BUF();
+		if (res == FR_OK) {						/* Follow completed */
+			if (dj->dir) {						/* It is not the root dir */
+				if (dj->dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR) {	/* The object is a directory */
+					dj->sclust = ld_clust(fs, dj->dir);
+				} else {						/* The object is not a directory */
+					res = FR_NO_PATH;
+				}
+			}
+			if (res == FR_OK) {
+				dj->id = fs->id;
+				res = dir_sdi(dj, 0);			/* Rewind dir */
+			}
+		}
+		if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_NO_PATH;
+		if (res != FR_OK) dj->fs = 0;			/* Invalidate the dir object if function faild */
+	} else {
+		dj->fs = 0;
+	}
+
+	LEAVE_FF(fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Read Directory Entry in Sequence                                      */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_readdir (
+	DIR *dj,			/* Pointer to the open directory object */
+	FILINFO *fno		/* Pointer to file information to return */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	DEF_NAMEBUF;
+
+
+	res = validate(dj);						/* Check validity of the object */
+	if (res == FR_OK) {
+		if (!fno) {
+			res = dir_sdi(dj, 0);			/* Rewind the directory object */
+		} else {
+			INIT_BUF(*dj);
+			res = dir_read(dj);				/* Read an directory item */
+			if (res == FR_NO_FILE) {		/* Reached end of dir */
+				dj->sect = 0;
+				res = FR_OK;
+			}
+			if (res == FR_OK) {				/* A valid entry is found */
+				get_fileinfo(dj, fno);		/* Get the object information */
+				res = dir_next(dj, 0);		/* Increment index for next */
+				if (res == FR_NO_FILE) {
+					dj->sect = 0;
+					res = FR_OK;
+				}
+			}
+			FREE_BUF();
+		}
+	}
+
+	LEAVE_FF(dj->fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+#if _FS_MINIMIZE == 0
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Get File Status                                                       */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_stat (
+	const TCHAR *path,	/* Pointer to the file path */
+	FILINFO *fno		/* Pointer to file information to return */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	DIR dj;
+	DEF_NAMEBUF;
+
+
+	res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 0);
+	if (res == FR_OK) {
+		INIT_BUF(dj);
+		res = follow_path(&dj, path);	/* Follow the file path */
+		if (res == FR_OK) {				/* Follow completed */
+			if (dj.dir)		/* Found an object */
+				get_fileinfo(&dj, fno);
+			else			/* It is root dir */
+				res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
+		}
+		FREE_BUF();
+	}
+
+	LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Get Number of Free Clusters                                           */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_getfree (
+	const TCHAR *path,	/* Pointer to the logical drive number (root dir) */
+	DWORD *nclst,		/* Pointer to the variable to return number of free clusters */
+	FATFS **fatfs		/* Pointer to pointer to corresponding file system object to return */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	FATFS *fs;
+	DWORD n, clst, sect, stat;
+	UINT i;
+	BYTE fat, *p;
+
+
+	/* Get drive number */
+	res = chk_mounted(&path, fatfs, 0);
+	fs = *fatfs;
+	if (res == FR_OK) {
+		/* If free_clust is valid, return it without full cluster scan */
+		if (fs->free_clust <= fs->n_fatent - 2) {
+			*nclst = fs->free_clust;
+		} else {
+			/* Get number of free clusters */
+			fat = fs->fs_type;
+			n = 0;
+			if (fat == FS_FAT12) {
+				clst = 2;
+				do {
+					stat = get_fat(fs, clst);
+					if (stat == 0xFFFFFFFF) { res = FR_DISK_ERR; break; }
+					if (stat == 1) { res = FR_INT_ERR; break; }
+					if (stat == 0) n++;
+				} while (++clst < fs->n_fatent);
+			} else {
+				clst = fs->n_fatent;
+				sect = fs->fatbase;
+				i = 0; p = 0;
+				do {
+					if (!i) {
+						res = move_window(fs, sect++);
+						if (res != FR_OK) break;
+						p = fs->win;
+						i = SS(fs);
+					}
+					if (fat == FS_FAT16) {
+						if (LD_WORD(p) == 0) n++;
+						p += 2; i -= 2;
+					} else {
+						if ((LD_DWORD(p) & 0x0FFFFFFF) == 0) n++;
+						p += 4; i -= 4;
+					}
+				} while (--clst);
+			}
+			fs->free_clust = n;
+			if (fat == FS_FAT32) fs->fsi_flag = 1;
+			*nclst = n;
+		}
+	}
+	LEAVE_FF(fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Truncate File                                                         */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_truncate (
+	FIL *fp		/* Pointer to the file object */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	DWORD ncl;
+
+
+	if (!fp) return FR_INVALID_OBJECT;
+
+	res = validate(fp);						/* Check validity of the object */
+	if (res == FR_OK) {
+		if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR) {			/* Check abort flag */
+			res = FR_INT_ERR;
+		} else {
+			if (!(fp->flag & FA_WRITE))		/* Check access mode */
+				res = FR_DENIED;
+		}
+	}
+	if (res == FR_OK) {
+		if (fp->fsize > fp->fptr) {
+			fp->fsize = fp->fptr;	/* Set file size to current R/W point */
+			fp->flag |= FA__WRITTEN;
+			if (fp->fptr == 0) {	/* When set file size to zero, remove entire cluster chain */
+				res = remove_chain(fp->fs, fp->sclust);
+				fp->sclust = 0;
+			} else {				/* When truncate a part of the file, remove remaining clusters */
+				ncl = get_fat(fp->fs, fp->clust);
+				res = FR_OK;
+				if (ncl == 0xFFFFFFFF) res = FR_DISK_ERR;
+				if (ncl == 1) res = FR_INT_ERR;
+				if (res == FR_OK && ncl < fp->fs->n_fatent) {
+					res = put_fat(fp->fs, fp->clust, 0x0FFFFFFF);
+					if (res == FR_OK) res = remove_chain(fp->fs, ncl);
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		if (res != FR_OK) fp->flag |= FA__ERROR;
+	}
+
+	LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Delete a File or Directory                                            */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_unlink (
+	const TCHAR *path		/* Pointer to the file or directory path */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	DIR dj, sdj;
+	BYTE *dir;
+	DWORD dclst;
+	DEF_NAMEBUF;
+
+
+	res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 1);
+	if (res == FR_OK) {
+		INIT_BUF(dj);
+		res = follow_path(&dj, path);		/* Follow the file path */
+		if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_OK && (dj.fn[NS] & NS_DOT))
+			res = FR_INVALID_NAME;			/* Cannot remove dot entry */
+#if _FS_LOCK
+		if (res == FR_OK) res = chk_lock(&dj, 2);	/* Cannot remove open file */
+#endif
+		if (res == FR_OK) {					/* The object is accessible */
+			dir = dj.dir;
+			if (!dir) {
+				res = FR_INVALID_NAME;		/* Cannot remove the start directory */
+			} else {
+				if (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_RDO)
+					res = FR_DENIED;		/* Cannot remove R/O object */
+			}
+			dclst = ld_clust(dj.fs, dir);
+			if (res == FR_OK && (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR)) {	/* Is it a sub-dir? */
+				if (dclst < 2) {
+					res = FR_INT_ERR;
+				} else {
+					mem_cpy(&sdj, &dj, sizeof (DIR));	/* Check if the sub-dir is empty or not */
+					sdj.sclust = dclst;
+					res = dir_sdi(&sdj, 2);		/* Exclude dot entries */
+					if (res == FR_OK) {
+						res = dir_read(&sdj);
+						if (res == FR_OK		/* Not empty dir */
+#if _FS_RPATH
+						|| dclst == dj.fs->cdir	/* Current dir */
+#endif
+						) res = FR_DENIED;
+						if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_OK;	/* Empty */
+					}
+				}
+			}
+			if (res == FR_OK) {
+				res = dir_remove(&dj);		/* Remove the directory entry */
+				if (res == FR_OK) {
+					if (dclst)				/* Remove the cluster chain if exist */
+						res = remove_chain(dj.fs, dclst);
+					if (res == FR_OK) res = sync(dj.fs);
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		FREE_BUF();
+	}
+	LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Create a Directory                                                    */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_mkdir (
+	const TCHAR *path		/* Pointer to the directory path */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	DIR dj;
+	BYTE *dir, n;
+	DWORD dsc, dcl, pcl, tim = get_fattime();
+	DEF_NAMEBUF;
+
+
+	res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 1);
+	if (res == FR_OK) {
+		INIT_BUF(dj);
+		res = follow_path(&dj, path);			/* Follow the file path */
+		if (res == FR_OK) res = FR_EXIST;		/* Any object with same name is already existing */
+		if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_NO_FILE && (dj.fn[NS] & NS_DOT))
+			res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
+		if (res == FR_NO_FILE) {				/* Can create a new directory */
+			dcl = create_chain(dj.fs, 0);		/* Allocate a cluster for the new directory table */
+			res = FR_OK;
+			if (dcl == 0) res = FR_DENIED;		/* No space to allocate a new cluster */
+			if (dcl == 1) res = FR_INT_ERR;
+			if (dcl == 0xFFFFFFFF) res = FR_DISK_ERR;
+			if (res == FR_OK)					/* Flush FAT */
+				res = move_window(dj.fs, 0);
+			if (res == FR_OK) {					/* Initialize the new directory table */
+				dsc = clust2sect(dj.fs, dcl);
+				dir = dj.fs->win;
+				mem_set(dir, 0, SS(dj.fs));
+				mem_set(dir+DIR_Name, ' ', 8+3);	/* Create "." entry */
+				dir[DIR_Name] = '.';
+				dir[DIR_Attr] = AM_DIR;
+				ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime, tim);
+				st_clust(dir, dcl);
+				mem_cpy(dir+SZ_DIR, dir, SZ_DIR); 	/* Create ".." entry */
+				dir[33] = '.'; pcl = dj.sclust;
+				if (dj.fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32 && pcl == dj.fs->dirbase)
+					pcl = 0;
+				st_clust(dir+SZ_DIR, pcl);
+				for (n = dj.fs->csize; n; n--) {	/* Write dot entries and clear following sectors */
+					dj.fs->winsect = dsc++;
+					dj.fs->wflag = 1;
+					res = move_window(dj.fs, 0);
+					if (res != FR_OK) break;
+					mem_set(dir, 0, SS(dj.fs));
+				}
+			}
+			if (res == FR_OK) res = dir_register(&dj);	/* Register the object to the directoy */
+			if (res != FR_OK) {
+				remove_chain(dj.fs, dcl);			/* Could not register, remove cluster chain */
+			} else {
+				dir = dj.dir;
+				dir[DIR_Attr] = AM_DIR;				/* Attribute */
+				ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime, tim);		/* Created time */
+				st_clust(dir, dcl);					/* Table start cluster */
+				dj.fs->wflag = 1;
+				res = sync(dj.fs);
+			}
+		}
+		FREE_BUF();
+	}
+
+	LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Change Attribute                                                      */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_chmod (
+	const TCHAR *path,	/* Pointer to the file path */
+	BYTE value,			/* Attribute bits */
+	BYTE mask			/* Attribute mask to change */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	DIR dj;
+	BYTE *dir;
+	DEF_NAMEBUF;
+
+
+	res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 1);
+	if (res == FR_OK) {
+		INIT_BUF(dj);
+		res = follow_path(&dj, path);		/* Follow the file path */
+		FREE_BUF();
+		if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_OK && (dj.fn[NS] & NS_DOT))
+			res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
+		if (res == FR_OK) {
+			dir = dj.dir;
+			if (!dir) {						/* Is it a root directory? */
+				res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
+			} else {						/* File or sub directory */
+				mask &= AM_RDO|AM_HID|AM_SYS|AM_ARC;	/* Valid attribute mask */
+				dir[DIR_Attr] = (value & mask) | (dir[DIR_Attr] & (BYTE)~mask);	/* Apply attribute change */
+				dj.fs->wflag = 1;
+				res = sync(dj.fs);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Change Timestamp                                                      */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_utime (
+	const TCHAR *path,	/* Pointer to the file/directory name */
+	const FILINFO *fno	/* Pointer to the time stamp to be set */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	DIR dj;
+	BYTE *dir;
+	DEF_NAMEBUF;
+
+
+	res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 1);
+	if (res == FR_OK) {
+		INIT_BUF(dj);
+		res = follow_path(&dj, path);	/* Follow the file path */
+		FREE_BUF();
+		if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_OK && (dj.fn[NS] & NS_DOT))
+			res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
+		if (res == FR_OK) {
+			dir = dj.dir;
+			if (!dir) {					/* Root directory */
+				res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
+			} else {					/* File or sub-directory */
+				ST_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime, fno->ftime);
+				ST_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtDate, fno->fdate);
+				dj.fs->wflag = 1;
+				res = sync(dj.fs);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Rename File/Directory                                                 */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_rename (
+	const TCHAR *path_old,	/* Pointer to the old name */
+	const TCHAR *path_new	/* Pointer to the new name */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	DIR djo, djn;
+	BYTE buf[21], *dir;
+	DWORD dw;
+	DEF_NAMEBUF;
+
+
+	res = chk_mounted(&path_old, &djo.fs, 1);
+	if (res == FR_OK) {
+		djn.fs = djo.fs;
+		INIT_BUF(djo);
+		res = follow_path(&djo, path_old);		/* Check old object */
+		if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_OK && (djo.fn[NS] & NS_DOT))
+			res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
+#if _FS_LOCK
+		if (res == FR_OK) res = chk_lock(&djo, 2);
+#endif
+		if (res == FR_OK) {						/* Old object is found */
+			if (!djo.dir) {						/* Is root dir? */
+				res = FR_NO_FILE;
+			} else {
+				mem_cpy(buf, djo.dir+DIR_Attr, 21);		/* Save the object information except for name */
+				mem_cpy(&djn, &djo, sizeof (DIR));		/* Check new object */
+				res = follow_path(&djn, path_new);
+				if (res == FR_OK) res = FR_EXIST;		/* The new object name is already existing */
+				if (res == FR_NO_FILE) { 				/* Is it a valid path and no name collision? */
+/* Start critical section that an interruption or error can cause cross-link */
+					res = dir_register(&djn);			/* Register the new entry */
+					if (res == FR_OK) {
+						dir = djn.dir;					/* Copy object information except for name */
+						mem_cpy(dir+13, buf+2, 19);
+						dir[DIR_Attr] = buf[0] | AM_ARC;
+						djo.fs->wflag = 1;
+						if (djo.sclust != djn.sclust && (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR)) {		/* Update .. entry in the directory if needed */
+							dw = clust2sect(djo.fs, ld_clust(djo.fs, dir));
+							if (!dw) {
+								res = FR_INT_ERR;
+							} else {
+								res = move_window(djo.fs, dw);
+								dir = djo.fs->win+SZ_DIR;	/* .. entry */
+								if (res == FR_OK && dir[1] == '.') {
+									dw = (djo.fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32 && djn.sclust == djo.fs->dirbase) ? 0 : djn.sclust;
+									st_clust(dir, dw);
+									djo.fs->wflag = 1;
+								}
+							}
+						}
+						if (res == FR_OK) {
+							res = dir_remove(&djo);		/* Remove old entry */
+							if (res == FR_OK)
+								res = sync(djo.fs);
+						}
+					}
+/* End critical section */
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		FREE_BUF();
+	}
+	LEAVE_FF(djo.fs, res);
+}
+
+#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */
+#endif /* _FS_MINIMIZE == 0 */
+#endif /* _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1 */
+#endif /* _FS_MINIMIZE <= 2 */
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Forward data to the stream directly (available on only tiny cfg)      */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if _USE_FORWARD && _FS_TINY
+
+FRESULT f_forward (
+	FIL *fp, 						/* Pointer to the file object */
+	UINT (*func)(const BYTE*,UINT),	/* Pointer to the streaming function */
+	UINT btr,						/* Number of bytes to forward */
+	UINT *bf						/* Pointer to number of bytes forwarded */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	DWORD remain, clst, sect;
+	UINT rcnt;
+	BYTE csect;
+
+
+	*bf = 0;	/* Clear transfer byte counter */
+
+	if (!fp) return FR_INVALID_OBJECT;
+
+	res = validate(fp);								/* Check validity of the object */
+	if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);
+	if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR)						/* Check error flag */
+		LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+	if (!(fp->flag & FA_READ))						/* Check access mode */
+		LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DENIED);
+
+	remain = fp->fsize - fp->fptr;
+	if (btr > remain) btr = (UINT)remain;			/* Truncate btr by remaining bytes */
+
+	for ( ;  btr && (*func)(0, 0);					/* Repeat until all data transferred or stream becomes busy */
+		fp->fptr += rcnt, *bf += rcnt, btr -= rcnt) {
+		csect = (BYTE)(fp->fptr / SS(fp->fs) & (fp->fs->csize - 1));	/* Sector offset in the cluster */
+		if ((fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)) == 0) {			/* On the sector boundary? */
+			if (!csect) {							/* On the cluster boundary? */
+				clst = (fp->fptr == 0) ?			/* On the top of the file? */
+					fp->sclust : get_fat(fp->fs, fp->clust);
+				if (clst <= 1) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+				if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+				fp->clust = clst;					/* Update current cluster */
+			}
+		}
+		sect = clust2sect(fp->fs, fp->clust);		/* Get current data sector */
+		if (!sect) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+		sect += csect;
+		if (move_window(fp->fs, sect))				/* Move sector window */
+			ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+		fp->dsect = sect;
+		rcnt = SS(fp->fs) - (WORD)(fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs));	/* Forward data from sector window */
+		if (rcnt > btr) rcnt = btr;
+		rcnt = (*func)(&fp->fs->win[(WORD)fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], rcnt);
+		if (!rcnt) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+	}
+
+	LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_OK);
+}
+#endif /* _USE_FORWARD */
+
+
+
+#if _USE_MKFS && !_FS_READONLY
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Create File System on the Drive                                       */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#define N_ROOTDIR	512		/* Number of root dir entries for FAT12/16 */
+#define N_FATS		1		/* Number of FAT copies (1 or 2) */
+
+
+FRESULT f_mkfs (
+	BYTE drv,		/* Logical drive number */
+	BYTE sfd,		/* Partitioning rule 0:FDISK, 1:SFD */
+	UINT au			/* Allocation unit size [bytes] */
+)
+{
+	static const WORD vst[] = { 1024,   512,  256,  128,   64,    32,   16,    8,    4,    2,   0};
+	static const WORD cst[] = {32768, 16384, 8192, 4096, 2048, 16384, 8192, 4096, 2048, 1024, 512};
+	BYTE fmt, md, sys, *tbl, pdrv, part;
+	DWORD n_clst, vs, n, wsect;
+	UINT i;
+	DWORD b_vol, b_fat, b_dir, b_data;	/* LBA */
+	DWORD n_vol, n_rsv, n_fat, n_dir;	/* Size */
+	FATFS *fs;
+	DSTATUS stat;
+
+
+	/* Check mounted drive and clear work area */
+	if (drv >= _VOLUMES) return FR_INVALID_DRIVE;
+	if (sfd > 1) return FR_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+	if (au & (au - 1)) return FR_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+	fs = FatFs[drv];
+	if (!fs) return FR_NOT_ENABLED;
+	fs->fs_type = 0;
+	pdrv = LD2PD(drv);	/* Physical drive */
+	part = LD2PT(drv);	/* Partition (0:auto detect, 1-4:get from partition table)*/
+
+	/* Get disk statics */
+	stat = disk_initialize(pdrv);
+	if (stat & STA_NOINIT) return FR_NOT_READY;
+	if (stat & STA_PROTECT) return FR_WRITE_PROTECTED;
+#if _MAX_SS != 512					/* Get disk sector size */
+	if (disk_ioctl(pdrv, GET_SECTOR_SIZE, &SS(fs)) != RES_OK || SS(fs) > _MAX_SS)
+		return FR_DISK_ERR;
+#endif
+	if (_MULTI_PARTITION && part) {
+		/* Get partition information from partition table in the MBR */
+		if (disk_read(pdrv, fs->win, 0, 1) != RES_OK) return FR_DISK_ERR;
+		if (LD_WORD(fs->win+BS_55AA) != 0xAA55) return FR_MKFS_ABORTED;
+		tbl = &fs->win[MBR_Table + (part - 1) * SZ_PTE];
+		if (!tbl[4]) return FR_MKFS_ABORTED;	/* No partition? */
+		b_vol = LD_DWORD(tbl+8);	/* Volume start sector */
+		n_vol = LD_DWORD(tbl+12);	/* Volume size */
+	} else {
+		/* Create a partition in this function */
+		if (disk_ioctl(pdrv, GET_SECTOR_COUNT, &n_vol) != RES_OK || n_vol < 128)
+			return FR_DISK_ERR;
+		b_vol = (sfd) ? 0 : 63;		/* Volume start sector */
+		n_vol -= b_vol;				/* Volume size */
+	}
+
+	if (!au) {				/* AU auto selection */
+		vs = n_vol / (2000 / (SS(fs) / 512));
+		for (i = 0; vs < vst[i]; i++) ;
+		au = cst[i];
+	}
+	au /= SS(fs);		/* Number of sectors per cluster */
+	if (au == 0) au = 1;
+	if (au > 128) au = 128;
+
+	/* Pre-compute number of clusters and FAT sub-type */
+	n_clst = n_vol / au;
+	fmt = FS_FAT12;
+	if (n_clst >= MIN_FAT16) fmt = FS_FAT16;
+	if (n_clst >= MIN_FAT32) fmt = FS_FAT32;
+
+	/* Determine offset and size of FAT structure */
+	if (fmt == FS_FAT32) {
+		n_fat = ((n_clst * 4) + 8 + SS(fs) - 1) / SS(fs);
+		n_rsv = 32;
+		n_dir = 0;
+	} else {
+		n_fat = (fmt == FS_FAT12) ? (n_clst * 3 + 1) / 2 + 3 : (n_clst * 2) + 4;
+		n_fat = (n_fat + SS(fs) - 1) / SS(fs);
+		n_rsv = 1;
+		n_dir = (DWORD)N_ROOTDIR * SZ_DIR / SS(fs);
+	}
+	b_fat = b_vol + n_rsv;				/* FAT area start sector */
+	b_dir = b_fat + n_fat * N_FATS;		/* Directory area start sector */
+	b_data = b_dir + n_dir;				/* Data area start sector */
+	if (n_vol < b_data + au - b_vol) return FR_MKFS_ABORTED;	/* Too small volume */
+
+	/* Align data start sector to erase block boundary (for flash memory media) */
+	if (disk_ioctl(pdrv, GET_BLOCK_SIZE, &n) != RES_OK || !n || n > 32768) n = 1;
+	n = (b_data + n - 1) & ~(n - 1);	/* Next nearest erase block from current data start */
+	n = (n - b_data) / N_FATS;
+	if (fmt == FS_FAT32) {		/* FAT32: Move FAT offset */
+		n_rsv += n;
+		b_fat += n;
+	} else {					/* FAT12/16: Expand FAT size */
+		n_fat += n;
+	}
+
+	/* Determine number of clusters and final check of validity of the FAT sub-type */
+	n_clst = (n_vol - n_rsv - n_fat * N_FATS - n_dir) / au;
+	if (   (fmt == FS_FAT16 && n_clst < MIN_FAT16)
+		|| (fmt == FS_FAT32 && n_clst < MIN_FAT32))
+		return FR_MKFS_ABORTED;
+
+	switch (fmt) {	/* Determine system ID for partition table */
+	case FS_FAT12:	sys = 0x01; break;
+	case FS_FAT16:	sys = (n_vol < 0x10000) ? 0x04 : 0x06; break;
+	default: 		sys = 0x0C;
+	}
+
+	if (_MULTI_PARTITION && part) {
+		/* Update system ID in the partition table */
+		tbl = &fs->win[MBR_Table + (part - 1) * SZ_PTE];
+		tbl[4] = sys;
+		if (disk_write(pdrv, fs->win, 0, 1) != RES_OK) return FR_DISK_ERR;
+		md = 0xF8;
+	} else {
+		if (sfd) {	/* No partition table (SFD) */
+			md = 0xF0;
+		} else {	/* Create partition table (FDISK) */
+			mem_set(fs->win, 0, SS(fs));
+			tbl = fs->win+MBR_Table;	/* Create partition table for single partition in the drive */
+			tbl[1] = 1;						/* Partition start head */
+			tbl[2] = 1;						/* Partition start sector */
+			tbl[3] = 0;						/* Partition start cylinder */
+			tbl[4] = sys;					/* System type */
+			tbl[5] = 254;					/* Partition end head */
+			n = (b_vol + n_vol) / 63 / 255;
+			tbl[6] = (BYTE)((n >> 2) | 63);	/* Partition end sector */
+			tbl[7] = (BYTE)n;				/* End cylinder */
+			ST_DWORD(tbl+8, 63);			/* Partition start in LBA */
+			ST_DWORD(tbl+12, n_vol);		/* Partition size in LBA */
+			ST_WORD(fs->win+BS_55AA, 0xAA55);	/* MBR signature */
+			if (disk_write(pdrv, fs->win, 0, 1) != RES_OK)	/* Write it to the MBR sector */
+				return FR_DISK_ERR;
+			md = 0xF8;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Create BPB in the VBR */
+	tbl = fs->win;							/* Clear sector */
+	mem_set(tbl, 0, SS(fs));
+	mem_cpy(tbl, "\xEB\xFE\x90" "MSDOS5.0", 11);/* Boot jump code, OEM name */
+	i = SS(fs);								/* Sector size */
+	ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_BytsPerSec, i);
+	tbl[BPB_SecPerClus] = (BYTE)au;			/* Sectors per cluster */
+	ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_RsvdSecCnt, n_rsv);		/* Reserved sectors */
+	tbl[BPB_NumFATs] = N_FATS;				/* Number of FATs */
+	i = (fmt == FS_FAT32) ? 0 : N_ROOTDIR;	/* Number of rootdir entries */
+	ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_RootEntCnt, i);
+	if (n_vol < 0x10000) {					/* Number of total sectors */
+		ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_TotSec16, n_vol);
+	} else {
+		ST_DWORD(tbl+BPB_TotSec32, n_vol);
+	}
+	tbl[BPB_Media] = md;					/* Media descriptor */
+	ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_SecPerTrk, 63);			/* Number of sectors per track */
+	ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_NumHeads, 255);			/* Number of heads */
+	ST_DWORD(tbl+BPB_HiddSec, b_vol);		/* Hidden sectors */
+	n = get_fattime();						/* Use current time as VSN */
+	if (fmt == FS_FAT32) {
+		ST_DWORD(tbl+BS_VolID32, n);		/* VSN */
+		ST_DWORD(tbl+BPB_FATSz32, n_fat);	/* Number of sectors per FAT */
+		ST_DWORD(tbl+BPB_RootClus, 2);		/* Root directory start cluster (2) */
+		ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_FSInfo, 1);			/* FSInfo record offset (VBR+1) */
+		ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_BkBootSec, 6);		/* Backup boot record offset (VBR+6) */
+		tbl[BS_DrvNum32] = 0x80;			/* Drive number */
+		tbl[BS_BootSig32] = 0x29;			/* Extended boot signature */
+		mem_cpy(tbl+BS_VolLab32, "NO NAME    " "FAT32   ", 19);	/* Volume label, FAT signature */
+	} else {
+		ST_DWORD(tbl+BS_VolID, n);			/* VSN */
+		ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_FATSz16, n_fat);	/* Number of sectors per FAT */
+		tbl[BS_DrvNum] = 0x80;				/* Drive number */
+		tbl[BS_BootSig] = 0x29;				/* Extended boot signature */
+		mem_cpy(tbl+BS_VolLab, "NO NAME    " "FAT     ", 19);	/* Volume label, FAT signature */
+	}
+	ST_WORD(tbl+BS_55AA, 0xAA55);			/* Signature (Offset is fixed here regardless of sector size) */
+	if (disk_write(pdrv, tbl, b_vol, 1) != RES_OK)	/* Write it to the VBR sector */
+		return FR_DISK_ERR;
+	if (fmt == FS_FAT32)							/* Write backup VBR if needed (VBR+6) */
+		disk_write(pdrv, tbl, b_vol + 6, 1);
+
+	/* Initialize FAT area */
+	wsect = b_fat;
+	for (i = 0; i < N_FATS; i++) {		/* Initialize each FAT copy */
+		mem_set(tbl, 0, SS(fs));			/* 1st sector of the FAT  */
+		n = md;								/* Media descriptor byte */
+		if (fmt != FS_FAT32) {
+			n |= (fmt == FS_FAT12) ? 0x00FFFF00 : 0xFFFFFF00;
+			ST_DWORD(tbl+0, n);				/* Reserve cluster #0-1 (FAT12/16) */
+		} else {
+			n |= 0xFFFFFF00;
+			ST_DWORD(tbl+0, n);				/* Reserve cluster #0-1 (FAT32) */
+			ST_DWORD(tbl+4, 0xFFFFFFFF);
+			ST_DWORD(tbl+8, 0x0FFFFFFF);	/* Reserve cluster #2 for root dir */
+		}
+		if (disk_write(pdrv, tbl, wsect++, 1) != RES_OK)
+			return FR_DISK_ERR;
+		mem_set(tbl, 0, SS(fs));			/* Fill following FAT entries with zero */
+		for (n = 1; n < n_fat; n++) {		/* This loop may take a time on FAT32 volume due to many single sector writes */
+			if (disk_write(pdrv, tbl, wsect++, 1) != RES_OK)
+				return FR_DISK_ERR;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Initialize root directory */
+	i = (fmt == FS_FAT32) ? au : n_dir;
+	do {
+		if (disk_write(pdrv, tbl, wsect++, 1) != RES_OK)
+			return FR_DISK_ERR;
+	} while (--i);
+
+#if _USE_ERASE	/* Erase data area if needed */
+	{
+		DWORD eb[2];
+
+		eb[0] = wsect; eb[1] = wsect + (n_clst - ((fmt == FS_FAT32) ? 1 : 0)) * au - 1;
+		disk_ioctl(pdrv, CTRL_ERASE_SECTOR, eb);
+	}
+#endif
+
+	/* Create FSInfo if needed */
+	if (fmt == FS_FAT32) {
+		ST_DWORD(tbl+FSI_LeadSig, 0x41615252);
+		ST_DWORD(tbl+FSI_StrucSig, 0x61417272);
+		ST_DWORD(tbl+FSI_Free_Count, n_clst - 1);	/* Number of free clusters */
+		ST_DWORD(tbl+FSI_Nxt_Free, 2);				/* Last allocated cluster# */
+		ST_WORD(tbl+BS_55AA, 0xAA55);
+		disk_write(pdrv, tbl, b_vol + 1, 1);	/* Write original (VBR+1) */
+		disk_write(pdrv, tbl, b_vol + 7, 1);	/* Write backup (VBR+7) */
+	}
+
+	return (disk_ioctl(pdrv, CTRL_SYNC, 0) == RES_OK) ? FR_OK : FR_DISK_ERR;
+}
+
+
+#if _MULTI_PARTITION == 2
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Divide Physical Drive                                                 */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_fdisk (
+	BYTE pdrv,			/* Physical drive number */
+	const DWORD szt[],	/* Pointer to the size table for each partitions */
+	void* work			/* Pointer to the working buffer */
+)
+{
+	UINT i, n, sz_cyl, tot_cyl, b_cyl, e_cyl, p_cyl;
+	BYTE s_hd, e_hd, *p, *buf = (BYTE*)work;
+	DSTATUS stat;
+	DWORD sz_disk, sz_part, s_part;
+
+
+	stat = disk_initialize(pdrv);
+	if (stat & STA_NOINIT) return FR_NOT_READY;
+	if (stat & STA_PROTECT) return FR_WRITE_PROTECTED;
+	if (disk_ioctl(pdrv, GET_SECTOR_COUNT, &sz_disk)) return FR_DISK_ERR;
+
+	/* Determine CHS in the table regardless of the drive geometry */
+	for (n = 16; n < 256 && sz_disk / n / 63 > 1024; n *= 2) ;
+	if (n == 256) n--;
+	e_hd = n - 1;
+	sz_cyl = 63 * n;
+	tot_cyl = sz_disk / sz_cyl;
+
+	/* Create partition table */
+	mem_set(buf, 0, _MAX_SS);
+	p = buf + MBR_Table; b_cyl = 0;
+	for (i = 0; i < 4; i++, p += SZ_PTE) {
+		p_cyl = (szt[i] <= 100) ? (DWORD)tot_cyl * szt[i] / 100 : szt[i] / sz_cyl;
+		if (!p_cyl) continue;
+		s_part = (DWORD)sz_cyl * b_cyl;
+		sz_part = (DWORD)sz_cyl * p_cyl;
+		if (i == 0) {	/* Exclude first track of cylinder 0 */
+			s_hd = 1;
+			s_part += 63; sz_part -= 63;
+		} else {
+			s_hd = 0;
+		}
+		e_cyl = b_cyl + p_cyl - 1;
+		if (e_cyl >= tot_cyl) return FR_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+
+		/* Set partition table */
+		p[1] = s_hd;						/* Start head */
+		p[2] = (BYTE)((b_cyl >> 2) + 1);	/* Start sector */
+		p[3] = (BYTE)b_cyl;					/* Start cylinder */
+		p[4] = 0x06;						/* System type (temporary setting) */
+		p[5] = e_hd;						/* End head */
+		p[6] = (BYTE)((e_cyl >> 2) + 63);	/* End sector */
+		p[7] = (BYTE)e_cyl;					/* End cylinder */
+		ST_DWORD(p + 8, s_part);			/* Start sector in LBA */
+		ST_DWORD(p + 12, sz_part);			/* Partition size */
+
+		/* Next partition */
+		b_cyl += p_cyl;
+	}
+	ST_WORD(p, 0xAA55);
+
+	/* Write it to the MBR */
+	return (disk_write(pdrv, buf, 0, 1) || disk_ioctl(pdrv, CTRL_SYNC, 0)) ? FR_DISK_ERR : FR_OK;
+}
+
+
+#endif /* _MULTI_PARTITION == 2 */
+#endif /* _USE_MKFS && !_FS_READONLY */
+
+
+
+
+#if _USE_STRFUNC
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Get a string from the file                                            */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+TCHAR* f_gets (
+	TCHAR* buff,	/* Pointer to the string buffer to read */
+	int len,		/* Size of string buffer (characters) */
+	FIL* fil		/* Pointer to the file object */
+)
+{
+	int n = 0;
+	TCHAR c, *p = buff;
+	BYTE s[2];
+	UINT rc;
+
+
+	while (n < len - 1) {			/* Read bytes until buffer gets filled */
+		f_read(fil, s, 1, &rc);
+		if (rc != 1) break;			/* Break on EOF or error */
+		c = s[0];
+#if _LFN_UNICODE					/* Read a character in UTF-8 encoding */
+		if (c >= 0x80) {
+			if (c < 0xC0) continue;	/* Skip stray trailer */
+			if (c < 0xE0) {			/* Two-byte sequence */
+				f_read(fil, s, 1, &rc);
+				if (rc != 1) break;
+				c = ((c & 0x1F) << 6) | (s[0] & 0x3F);
+				if (c < 0x80) c = '?';
+			} else {
+				if (c < 0xF0) {		/* Three-byte sequence */
+					f_read(fil, s, 2, &rc);
+					if (rc != 2) break;
+					c = (c << 12) | ((s[0] & 0x3F) << 6) | (s[1] & 0x3F);
+					if (c < 0x800) c = '?';
+				} else {			/* Reject four-byte sequence */
+					c = '?';
+				}
+			}
+		}
+#endif
+#if _USE_STRFUNC >= 2
+		if (c == '\r') continue;	/* Strip '\r' */
+#endif
+		*p++ = c;
+		n++;
+		if (c == '\n') break;		/* Break on EOL */
+	}
+	*p = 0;
+	return n ? buff : 0;			/* When no data read (eof or error), return with error. */
+}
+
+
+
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+#include <stdarg.h>
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Put a character to the file                                           */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int f_putc (
+	TCHAR c,	/* A character to be output */
+	FIL* fil	/* Pointer to the file object */
+)
+{
+	UINT bw, btw;
+	BYTE s[3];
+
+
+#if _USE_STRFUNC >= 2
+	if (c == '\n') f_putc ('\r', fil);	/* LF -> CRLF conversion */
+#endif
+
+#if _LFN_UNICODE	/* Write the character in UTF-8 encoding */
+	if (c < 0x80) {			/* 7-bit */
+		s[0] = (BYTE)c;
+		btw = 1;
+	} else {
+		if (c < 0x800) {	/* 11-bit */
+			s[0] = (BYTE)(0xC0 | (c >> 6));
+			s[1] = (BYTE)(0x80 | (c & 0x3F));
+			btw = 2;
+		} else {			/* 16-bit */
+			s[0] = (BYTE)(0xE0 | (c >> 12));
+			s[1] = (BYTE)(0x80 | ((c >> 6) & 0x3F));
+			s[2] = (BYTE)(0x80 | (c & 0x3F));
+			btw = 3;
+		}
+	}
+#else				/* Write the character without conversion */
+	s[0] = (BYTE)c;
+	btw = 1;
+#endif
+	f_write(fil, s, btw, &bw);		/* Write the char to the file */
+	return (bw == btw) ? 1 : EOF;	/* Return the result */
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Put a string to the file                                              */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int f_puts (
+	const TCHAR* str,	/* Pointer to the string to be output */
+	FIL* fil			/* Pointer to the file object */
+)
+{
+	int n;
+
+
+	for (n = 0; *str; str++, n++) {
+		if (f_putc(*str, fil) == EOF) return EOF;
+	}
+	return n;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Put a formatted string to the file                                    */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int f_printf (
+	FIL* fil,			/* Pointer to the file object */
+	const TCHAR* str,	/* Pointer to the format string */
+	...					/* Optional arguments... */
+)
+{
+	va_list arp;
+	BYTE f, r;
+	UINT i, j, w;
+	ULONG v;
+	TCHAR c, d, s[16], *p;
+	int res, chc, cc;
+
+
+	va_start(arp, str);
+
+	for (cc = res = 0; cc != EOF; res += cc) {
+		c = *str++;
+		if (c == 0) break;			/* End of string */
+		if (c != '%') {				/* Non escape character */
+			cc = f_putc(c, fil);
+			if (cc != EOF) cc = 1;
+			continue;
+		}
+		w = f = 0;
+		c = *str++;
+		if (c == '0') {				/* Flag: '0' padding */
+			f = 1; c = *str++;
+		} else {
+			if (c == '-') {			/* Flag: left justified */
+				f = 2; c = *str++;
+			}
+		}
+		while (IsDigit(c)) {		/* Precision */
+			w = w * 10 + c - '0';
+			c = *str++;
+		}
+		if (c == 'l' || c == 'L') {	/* Prefix: Size is long int */
+			f |= 4; c = *str++;
+		}
+		if (!c) break;
+		d = c;
+		if (IsLower(d)) d -= 0x20;
+		switch (d) {				/* Type is... */
+		case 'S' :					/* String */
+			p = va_arg(arp, TCHAR*);
+			for (j = 0; p[j]; j++) ;
+			chc = 0;
+			if (!(f & 2)) {
+				while (j++ < w) chc += (cc = f_putc(' ', fil));
+			}
+			chc += (cc = f_puts(p, fil));
+			while (j++ < w) chc += (cc = f_putc(' ', fil));
+			if (cc != EOF) cc = chc;
+			continue;
+		case 'C' :					/* Character */
+			cc = f_putc((TCHAR)va_arg(arp, int), fil); continue;
+		case 'B' :					/* Binary */
+			r = 2; break;
+		case 'O' :					/* Octal */
+			r = 8; break;
+		case 'D' :					/* Signed decimal */
+		case 'U' :					/* Unsigned decimal */
+			r = 10; break;
+		case 'X' :					/* Hexdecimal */
+			r = 16; break;
+		default:					/* Unknown type (pass-through) */
+			cc = f_putc(c, fil); continue;
+		}
+
+		/* Get an argument and put it in numeral */
+		v = (f & 4) ? (ULONG)va_arg(arp, long) : ((d == 'D') ? (ULONG)(long)va_arg(arp, int) : (ULONG)va_arg(arp, unsigned int));
+		if (d == 'D' && (v & 0x80000000)) {
+			v = 0 - v;
+			f |= 8;
+		}
+		i = 0;
+		do {
+			d = (TCHAR)(v % r); v /= r;
+			if (d > 9) d += (c == 'x') ? 0x27 : 0x07;
+			s[i++] = d + '0';
+		} while (v && i < sizeof s / sizeof s[0]);
+		if (f & 8) s[i++] = '-';
+		j = i; d = (f & 1) ? '0' : ' ';
+		res = 0;
+		while (!(f & 2) && j++ < w) res += (cc = f_putc(d, fil));
+		do res += (cc = f_putc(s[--i], fil)); while(i);
+		while (j++ < w) res += (cc = f_putc(' ', fil));
+		if (cc != EOF) cc = res;
+	}
+
+	va_end(arp);
+	return (cc == EOF) ? cc : res;
+}
+
+#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */
+#endif /* _USE_STRFUNC */
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..627cbaabe6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.h
@@ -0,0 +1,337 @@
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/  FatFs - FAT file system module include file  R0.09a    (C)ChaN, 2012
+/----------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/ FatFs module is a generic FAT file system module for small embedded systems.
+/ This is a free software that opened for education, research and commercial
+/ developments under license policy of following terms.
+/
+/  Copyright (C) 2012, ChaN, all right reserved.
+/
+/ * The FatFs module is a free software and there is NO WARRANTY.
+/ * No restriction on use. You can use, modify and redistribute it for
+/   personal, non-profit or commercial product UNDER YOUR RESPONSIBILITY.
+/ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice.
+/
+/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#ifndef _FATFS
+#define _FATFS	4004	/* Revision ID */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include "integer.h"	/* Basic integer types */
+#include "ffconf.h"		/* FatFs configuration options */
+
+#if _FATFS != _FFCONF
+#error Wrong configuration file (ffconf.h).
+#endif
+
+
+
+/* Definitions of volume management */
+
+#if _MULTI_PARTITION		/* Multiple partition configuration */
+typedef struct {
+	BYTE pd;	/* Physical drive number */
+	BYTE pt;	/* Partition: 0:Auto detect, 1-4:Forced partition) */
+} PARTITION;
+extern PARTITION VolToPart[];	/* Volume - Partition resolution table */
+#define LD2PD(vol) (VolToPart[vol].pd)	/* Get physical drive number */
+#define LD2PT(vol) (VolToPart[vol].pt)	/* Get partition index */
+
+#else							/* Single partition configuration */
+#define LD2PD(vol) (BYTE)(vol)	/* Each logical drive is bound to the same physical drive number */
+#define LD2PT(vol) 0			/* Always mounts the 1st partition or in SFD */
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+/* Type of path name strings on FatFs API */
+
+#if _LFN_UNICODE			/* Unicode string */
+#if !_USE_LFN
+#error _LFN_UNICODE must be 0 in non-LFN cfg.
+#endif
+#ifndef _INC_TCHAR
+typedef WCHAR TCHAR;
+#define _T(x) L ## x
+#define _TEXT(x) L ## x
+#endif
+
+#else						/* ANSI/OEM string */
+#ifndef _INC_TCHAR
+typedef char TCHAR;
+#define _T(x) x
+#define _TEXT(x) x
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+/* File system object structure (FATFS) */
+
+typedef struct {
+	BYTE	fs_type;		/* FAT sub-type (0:Not mounted) */
+	BYTE	drv;			/* Physical drive number */
+	BYTE	csize;			/* Sectors per cluster (1,2,4...128) */
+	BYTE	n_fats;			/* Number of FAT copies (1,2) */
+	BYTE	wflag;			/* win[] dirty flag (1:must be written back) */
+	BYTE	fsi_flag;		/* fsinfo dirty flag (1:must be written back) */
+	WORD	id;				/* File system mount ID */
+	WORD	n_rootdir;		/* Number of root directory entries (FAT12/16) */
+#if _MAX_SS != 512
+	WORD	ssize;			/* Bytes per sector (512, 1024, 2048 or 4096) */
+#endif
+#if _FS_REENTRANT
+	_SYNC_t	sobj;			/* Identifier of sync object */
+#endif
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+	DWORD	last_clust;		/* Last allocated cluster */
+	DWORD	free_clust;		/* Number of free clusters */
+	DWORD	fsi_sector;		/* fsinfo sector (FAT32) */
+#endif
+#if _FS_RPATH
+	DWORD	cdir;			/* Current directory start cluster (0:root) */
+#endif
+	DWORD	n_fatent;		/* Number of FAT entries (= number of clusters + 2) */
+	DWORD	fsize;			/* Sectors per FAT */
+	DWORD	fatbase;		/* FAT start sector */
+	DWORD	dirbase;		/* Root directory start sector (FAT32:Cluster#) */
+	DWORD	database;		/* Data start sector */
+	DWORD	winsect;		/* Current sector appearing in the win[] */
+	BYTE	win[_MAX_SS];	/* Disk access window for Directory, FAT (and Data on tiny cfg) */
+} FATFS;
+
+
+
+/* File object structure (FIL) */
+
+typedef struct {
+	FATFS*	fs;				/* Pointer to the related file system object */
+	WORD	id;				/* File system mount ID of the related file system object */
+	BYTE	flag;			/* File status flags */
+	BYTE	pad1;
+	DWORD	fptr;			/* File read/write pointer (0ed on file open) */
+	DWORD	fsize;			/* File size */
+	DWORD	sclust;			/* File data start cluster (0:no data cluster, always 0 when fsize is 0) */
+	DWORD	clust;			/* Current cluster of fpter */
+	DWORD	dsect;			/* Current data sector of fpter */
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+	DWORD	dir_sect;		/* Sector containing the directory entry */
+	BYTE*	dir_ptr;		/* Pointer to the directory entry in the window */
+#endif
+#if _USE_FASTSEEK
+	DWORD*	cltbl;			/* Pointer to the cluster link map table (null on file open) */
+#endif
+#if _FS_LOCK
+	UINT	lockid;			/* File lock ID (index of file semaphore table Files[]) */
+#endif
+#if !_FS_TINY
+	BYTE	buf[_MAX_SS];	/* File data read/write buffer */
+#endif
+} FIL;
+
+
+
+/* Directory object structure (DIR) */
+
+typedef struct {
+	FATFS*	fs;				/* Pointer to the owner file system object */
+	WORD	id;				/* Owner file system mount ID */
+	WORD	index;			/* Current read/write index number */
+	DWORD	sclust;			/* Table start cluster (0:Root dir) */
+	DWORD	clust;			/* Current cluster */
+	DWORD	sect;			/* Current sector */
+	BYTE*	dir;			/* Pointer to the current SFN entry in the win[] */
+	BYTE*	fn;				/* Pointer to the SFN (in/out) {file[8],ext[3],status[1]} */
+#if _USE_LFN
+	WCHAR*	lfn;			/* Pointer to the LFN working buffer */
+	WORD	lfn_idx;		/* Last matched LFN index number (0xFFFF:No LFN) */
+#endif
+} DIR;
+
+
+
+/* File status structure (FILINFO) */
+
+typedef struct {
+	DWORD	fsize;			/* File size */
+	WORD	fdate;			/* Last modified date */
+	WORD	ftime;			/* Last modified time */
+	BYTE	fattrib;		/* Attribute */
+	TCHAR	fname[13];		/* Short file name (8.3 format) */
+#if _USE_LFN
+	TCHAR*	lfname;			/* Pointer to the LFN buffer */
+	UINT 	lfsize;			/* Size of LFN buffer in TCHAR */
+#endif
+} FILINFO;
+
+
+
+/* File function return code (FRESULT) */
+
+typedef enum {
+	FR_OK = 0,				/* (0) Succeeded */
+	FR_DISK_ERR,			/* (1) A hard error occurred in the low level disk I/O layer */
+	FR_INT_ERR,				/* (2) Assertion failed */
+	FR_NOT_READY,			/* (3) The physical drive cannot work */
+	FR_NO_FILE,				/* (4) Could not find the file */
+	FR_NO_PATH,				/* (5) Could not find the path */
+	FR_INVALID_NAME,		/* (6) The path name format is invalid */
+	FR_DENIED,				/* (7) Access denied due to prohibited access or directory full */
+	FR_EXIST,				/* (8) Access denied due to prohibited access */
+	FR_INVALID_OBJECT,		/* (9) The file/directory object is invalid */
+	FR_WRITE_PROTECTED,		/* (10) The physical drive is write protected */
+	FR_INVALID_DRIVE,		/* (11) The logical drive number is invalid */
+	FR_NOT_ENABLED,			/* (12) The volume has no work area */
+	FR_NO_FILESYSTEM,		/* (13) There is no valid FAT volume */
+	FR_MKFS_ABORTED,		/* (14) The f_mkfs() aborted due to any parameter error */
+	FR_TIMEOUT,				/* (15) Could not get a grant to access the volume within defined period */
+	FR_LOCKED,				/* (16) The operation is rejected according to the file sharing policy */
+	FR_NOT_ENOUGH_CORE,		/* (17) LFN working buffer could not be allocated */
+	FR_TOO_MANY_OPEN_FILES,	/* (18) Number of open files > _FS_SHARE */
+	FR_INVALID_PARAMETER	/* (19) Given parameter is invalid */
+} FRESULT;
+
+
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* FatFs module application interface                           */
+
+FRESULT f_mount (BYTE, FATFS*);						/* Mount/Unmount a logical drive */
+FRESULT f_open (FIL*, const TCHAR*, BYTE);			/* Open or create a file */
+FRESULT f_read (FIL*, void*, UINT, UINT*);			/* Read data from a file */
+FRESULT f_lseek (FIL*, DWORD);						/* Move file pointer of a file object */
+FRESULT f_close (FIL*);								/* Close an open file object */
+FRESULT f_opendir (DIR*, const TCHAR*);				/* Open an existing directory */
+FRESULT f_readdir (DIR*, FILINFO*);					/* Read a directory item */
+FRESULT f_stat (const TCHAR*, FILINFO*);			/* Get file status */
+FRESULT f_write (FIL*, const void*, UINT, UINT*);	/* Write data to a file */
+FRESULT f_getfree (const TCHAR*, DWORD*, FATFS**);	/* Get number of free clusters on the drive */
+FRESULT f_truncate (FIL*);							/* Truncate file */
+FRESULT f_sync (FIL*);								/* Flush cached data of a writing file */
+FRESULT f_unlink (const TCHAR*);					/* Delete an existing file or directory */
+FRESULT	f_mkdir (const TCHAR*);						/* Create a new directory */
+FRESULT f_chmod (const TCHAR*, BYTE, BYTE);			/* Change attribute of the file/dir */
+FRESULT f_utime (const TCHAR*, const FILINFO*);		/* Change times-tamp of the file/dir */
+FRESULT f_rename (const TCHAR*, const TCHAR*);		/* Rename/Move a file or directory */
+FRESULT f_chdrive (BYTE);							/* Change current drive */
+FRESULT f_chdir (const TCHAR*);						/* Change current directory */
+FRESULT f_getcwd (TCHAR*, UINT);					/* Get current directory */
+FRESULT f_forward (FIL*, UINT(*)(const BYTE*,UINT), UINT, UINT*);	/* Forward data to the stream */
+FRESULT f_mkfs (BYTE, BYTE, UINT);					/* Create a file system on the drive */
+FRESULT	f_fdisk (BYTE, const DWORD[], void*);		/* Divide a physical drive into some partitions */
+int f_putc (TCHAR, FIL*);							/* Put a character to the file */
+int f_puts (const TCHAR*, FIL*);					/* Put a string to the file */
+int f_printf (FIL*, const TCHAR*, ...);				/* Put a formatted string to the file */
+TCHAR* f_gets (TCHAR*, int, FIL*);					/* Get a string from the file */
+
+#define f_eof(fp) (((fp)->fptr == (fp)->fsize) ? 1 : 0)
+#define f_error(fp) (((fp)->flag & FA__ERROR) ? 1 : 0)
+#define f_tell(fp) ((fp)->fptr)
+#define f_size(fp) ((fp)->fsize)
+
+#ifndef EOF
+#define EOF (-1)
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Additional user defined functions                            */
+
+/* RTC function */
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+DWORD get_fattime (void);
+#endif
+
+/* Unicode support functions */
+#if _USE_LFN						/* Unicode - OEM code conversion */
+WCHAR ff_convert (WCHAR, UINT);		/* OEM-Unicode bidirectional conversion */
+WCHAR ff_wtoupper (WCHAR);			/* Unicode upper-case conversion */
+#if _USE_LFN == 3					/* Memory functions */
+void* ff_memalloc (UINT);			/* Allocate memory block */
+void ff_memfree (void*);			/* Free memory block */
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* Sync functions */
+#if _FS_REENTRANT
+int ff_cre_syncobj (BYTE, _SYNC_t*);/* Create a sync object */
+int ff_req_grant (_SYNC_t);			/* Lock sync object */
+void ff_rel_grant (_SYNC_t);		/* Unlock sync object */
+int ff_del_syncobj (_SYNC_t);		/* Delete a sync object */
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Flags and offset address                                     */
+
+
+/* File access control and file status flags (FIL.flag) */
+
+#define	FA_READ				0x01
+#define	FA_OPEN_EXISTING	0x00
+#define FA__ERROR			0x80
+
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+#define	FA_WRITE			0x02
+#define	FA_CREATE_NEW		0x04
+#define	FA_CREATE_ALWAYS	0x08
+#define	FA_OPEN_ALWAYS		0x10
+#define FA__WRITTEN			0x20
+#define FA__DIRTY			0x40
+#endif
+
+
+/* FAT sub type (FATFS.fs_type) */
+
+#define FS_FAT12	1
+#define FS_FAT16	2
+#define FS_FAT32	3
+
+
+/* File attribute bits for directory entry */
+
+#define	AM_RDO	0x01	/* Read only */
+#define	AM_HID	0x02	/* Hidden */
+#define	AM_SYS	0x04	/* System */
+#define	AM_VOL	0x08	/* Volume label */
+#define AM_LFN	0x0F	/* LFN entry */
+#define AM_DIR	0x10	/* Directory */
+#define AM_ARC	0x20	/* Archive */
+#define AM_MASK	0x3F	/* Mask of defined bits */
+
+
+/* Fast seek feature */
+#define CREATE_LINKMAP	0xFFFFFFFF
+
+
+
+/*--------------------------------*/
+/* Multi-byte word access macros  */
+
+#if _WORD_ACCESS == 1	/* Enable word access to the FAT structure */
+#define	LD_WORD(ptr)		(WORD)(*(WORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr))
+#define	LD_DWORD(ptr)		(DWORD)(*(DWORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr))
+#define	ST_WORD(ptr,val)	*(WORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr)=(WORD)(val)
+#define	ST_DWORD(ptr,val)	*(DWORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr)=(DWORD)(val)
+#else					/* Use byte-by-byte access to the FAT structure */
+#define	LD_WORD(ptr)		(WORD)(((WORD)*((BYTE*)(ptr)+1)<<8)|(WORD)*(BYTE*)(ptr))
+#define	LD_DWORD(ptr)		(DWORD)(((DWORD)*((BYTE*)(ptr)+3)<<24)|((DWORD)*((BYTE*)(ptr)+2)<<16)|((WORD)*((BYTE*)(ptr)+1)<<8)|*(BYTE*)(ptr))
+#define	ST_WORD(ptr,val)	*(BYTE*)(ptr)=(BYTE)(val); *((BYTE*)(ptr)+1)=(BYTE)((WORD)(val)>>8)
+#define	ST_DWORD(ptr,val)	*(BYTE*)(ptr)=(BYTE)(val); *((BYTE*)(ptr)+1)=(BYTE)((WORD)(val)>>8); *((BYTE*)(ptr)+2)=(BYTE)((DWORD)(val)>>16); *((BYTE*)(ptr)+3)=(BYTE)((DWORD)(val)>>24)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _FATFS */
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ffconf.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ffconf.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..63a4e78236
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ffconf.h
@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/  FatFs - FAT file system module configuration file  R0.09a (C)ChaN, 2012
+/----------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/
+/ CAUTION! Do not forget to make clean the project after any changes to
+/ the configuration options.
+/
+/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef _FFCONF
+#define _FFCONF 4004	/* Revision ID */
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/ Function and Buffer Configurations
+/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#define	_FS_TINY	1		/* 0:Normal or 1:Tiny */
+/* When _FS_TINY is set to 1, FatFs uses the sector buffer in the file system
+/  object instead of the sector buffer in the individual file object for file
+/  data transfer. This reduces memory consumption 512 bytes each file object. */
+
+
+#define _FS_READONLY	0	/* 0:Read/Write or 1:Read only */
+/* Setting _FS_READONLY to 1 defines read only configuration. This removes
+/  writing functions, f_write, f_sync, f_unlink, f_mkdir, f_chmod, f_rename,
+/  f_truncate and useless f_getfree. */
+
+
+#define _FS_MINIMIZE	2	/* 0 to 3 */
+/* The _FS_MINIMIZE option defines minimization level to remove some functions.
+/
+/   0: Full function.
+/   1: f_stat, f_getfree, f_unlink, f_mkdir, f_chmod, f_truncate and f_rename
+/      are removed.
+/   2: f_opendir and f_readdir are removed in addition to 1.
+/   3: f_lseek is removed in addition to 2. */
+
+
+#define	_USE_STRFUNC	0	/* 0:Disable or 1-2:Enable */
+/* To enable string functions, set _USE_STRFUNC to 1 or 2. */
+
+
+#define	_USE_MKFS	0		/* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */
+/* To enable f_mkfs function, set _USE_MKFS to 1 and set _FS_READONLY to 0 */
+
+
+#define	_USE_FORWARD	0	/* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */
+/* To enable f_forward function, set _USE_FORWARD to 1 and set _FS_TINY to 1. */
+
+
+#define	_USE_FASTSEEK	0	/* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */
+/* To enable fast seek feature, set _USE_FASTSEEK to 1. */
+
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/ Locale and Namespace Configurations
+/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#define _CODE_PAGE	932
+/* The _CODE_PAGE specifies the OEM code page to be used on the target system.
+/  Incorrect setting of the code page can cause a file open failure.
+/
+/   932  - Japanese Shift-JIS (DBCS, OEM, Windows)
+/   936  - Simplified Chinese GBK (DBCS, OEM, Windows)
+/   949  - Korean (DBCS, OEM, Windows)
+/   950  - Traditional Chinese Big5 (DBCS, OEM, Windows)
+/   1250 - Central Europe (Windows)
+/   1251 - Cyrillic (Windows)
+/   1252 - Latin 1 (Windows)
+/   1253 - Greek (Windows)
+/   1254 - Turkish (Windows)
+/   1255 - Hebrew (Windows)
+/   1256 - Arabic (Windows)
+/   1257 - Baltic (Windows)
+/   1258 - Vietnam (OEM, Windows)
+/   437  - U.S. (OEM)
+/   720  - Arabic (OEM)
+/   737  - Greek (OEM)
+/   775  - Baltic (OEM)
+/   850  - Multilingual Latin 1 (OEM)
+/   858  - Multilingual Latin 1 + Euro (OEM)
+/   852  - Latin 2 (OEM)
+/   855  - Cyrillic (OEM)
+/   866  - Russian (OEM)
+/   857  - Turkish (OEM)
+/   862  - Hebrew (OEM)
+/   874  - Thai (OEM, Windows)
+/	1    - ASCII only (Valid for non LFN cfg.)
+*/
+
+
+#define	_USE_LFN	0		/* 0 to 3 */
+#define	_MAX_LFN	255		/* Maximum LFN length to handle (12 to 255) */
+/* The _USE_LFN option switches the LFN support.
+/
+/   0: Disable LFN feature. _MAX_LFN and _LFN_UNICODE have no effect.
+/   1: Enable LFN with static working buffer on the BSS. Always NOT reentrant.
+/   2: Enable LFN with dynamic working buffer on the STACK.
+/   3: Enable LFN with dynamic working buffer on the HEAP.
+/
+/  The LFN working buffer occupies (_MAX_LFN + 1) * 2 bytes. To enable LFN,
+/  Unicode handling functions ff_convert() and ff_wtoupper() must be added
+/  to the project. When enable to use heap, memory control functions
+/  ff_memalloc() and ff_memfree() must be added to the project. */
+
+
+#define	_LFN_UNICODE	0	/* 0:ANSI/OEM or 1:Unicode */
+/* To switch the character code set on FatFs API to Unicode,
+/  enable LFN feature and set _LFN_UNICODE to 1. */
+
+
+#define _FS_RPATH		0	/* 0 to 2 */
+/* The _FS_RPATH option configures relative path feature.
+/
+/   0: Disable relative path feature and remove related functions.
+/   1: Enable relative path. f_chdrive() and f_chdir() are available.
+/   2: f_getcwd() is available in addition to 1.
+/
+/  Note that output of the f_readdir fnction is affected by this option. */
+
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/ Physical Drive Configurations
+/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#define _VOLUMES	1
+/* Number of volumes (logical drives) to be used. */
+
+
+#define	_MAX_SS		512		/* 512, 1024, 2048 or 4096 */
+/* Maximum sector size to be handled.
+/  Always set 512 for memory card and hard disk but a larger value may be
+/  required for on-board flash memory, floppy disk and optical disk.
+/  When _MAX_SS is larger than 512, it configures FatFs to variable sector size
+/  and GET_SECTOR_SIZE command must be implememted to the disk_ioctl function. */
+
+
+#define	_MULTI_PARTITION	0	/* 0:Single partition, 1/2:Enable multiple partition */
+/* When set to 0, each volume is bound to the same physical drive number and
+/ it can mount only first primaly partition. When it is set to 1, each volume
+/ is tied to the partitions listed in VolToPart[]. */
+
+
+#define	_USE_ERASE	0	/* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */
+/* To enable sector erase feature, set _USE_ERASE to 1. CTRL_ERASE_SECTOR command
+/  should be added to the disk_ioctl functio. */
+
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/ System Configurations
+/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#define _WORD_ACCESS	1	/* 0 or 1 */
+/* Set 0 first and it is always compatible with all platforms. The _WORD_ACCESS
+/  option defines which access method is used to the word data on the FAT volume.
+/
+/   0: Byte-by-byte access.
+/   1: Word access. Do not choose this unless following condition is met.
+/
+/  When the byte order on the memory is big-endian or address miss-aligned word
+/  access results incorrect behavior, the _WORD_ACCESS must be set to 0.
+/  If it is not the case, the value can also be set to 1 to improve the
+/  performance and code size.
+*/
+
+
+/* A header file that defines sync object types on the O/S, such as
+/  windows.h, ucos_ii.h and semphr.h, must be included prior to ff.h. */
+
+#define _FS_REENTRANT	0		/* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */
+#define _FS_TIMEOUT		1000	/* Timeout period in unit of time ticks */
+#define	_SYNC_t			HANDLE	/* O/S dependent type of sync object. e.g. HANDLE, OS_EVENT*, ID and etc.. */
+
+/* The _FS_REENTRANT option switches the reentrancy (thread safe) of the FatFs module.
+/
+/   0: Disable reentrancy. _SYNC_t and _FS_TIMEOUT have no effect.
+/   1: Enable reentrancy. Also user provided synchronization handlers,
+/      ff_req_grant, ff_rel_grant, ff_del_syncobj and ff_cre_syncobj
+/      function must be added to the project. */
+
+
+#define	_FS_LOCK	0	/* 0:Disable or >=1:Enable */
+/* To enable file lock control feature, set _FS_LOCK to 1 or greater.
+   The value defines how many files can be opened simultaneously. */
+
+
+#endif /* _FFCONFIG */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/integer.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/integer.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5408fe6b3e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/integer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------*/
+/* Integer type definitions for FatFs module */
+/*-------------------------------------------*/
+
+#ifndef _INTEGER
+#define _INTEGER
+
+#ifdef _WIN32	/* FatFs development platform */
+
+#include <windows.h>
+#include <tchar.h>
+
+#else			/* Embedded platform */
+
+/* These types must be 16-bit, 32-bit or larger integer */
+typedef int				INT;
+typedef unsigned int	UINT;
+
+/* These types must be 8-bit integer */
+typedef char			CHAR;
+typedef unsigned char	UCHAR;
+typedef unsigned char	BYTE;
+
+/* These types must be 16-bit integer */
+typedef short			SHORT;
+typedef unsigned short	USHORT;
+typedef unsigned short	WORD;
+typedef unsigned short	WCHAR;
+
+/* These types must be 32-bit integer */
+typedef long			LONG;
+typedef unsigned long	ULONG;
+typedef unsigned long	DWORD;
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/RTC.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/RTC.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a5291eaf3c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/RTC.c
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+/*
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+#include "RTC.h"
+
+#if defined(DUMMY_RTC)
+
+/** Current dummy RTC time and date */
+static volatile TimeDate_t DummyRTC_Count;
+
+void RTC_Init(void)
+{
+	DummyRTC_Count.Hour   = 0;
+	DummyRTC_Count.Minute = 0;
+	DummyRTC_Count.Second = 0;
+	DummyRTC_Count.Day    = 1;
+	DummyRTC_Count.Month  = 1;
+	DummyRTC_Count.Year   = 00;
+}
+
+void RTC_Tick500ms(void)
+{
+	static bool HalfSecondElapsed = false;
+
+	HalfSecondElapsed = !HalfSecondElapsed;
+	if (HalfSecondElapsed == false)
+	  return;
+
+	if (++DummyRTC_Count.Second < 60)
+	  return;
+
+	DummyRTC_Count.Second = 0;
+
+	if (++DummyRTC_Count.Minute < 60)
+	  return;
+
+	DummyRTC_Count.Minute = 0;
+
+	if (++DummyRTC_Count.Hour < 24)
+	  return;
+
+	DummyRTC_Count.Hour = 0;
+
+	static const char MonthLength[12] = {31, 28, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31};
+	uint8_t DaysInMonth = MonthLength[DummyRTC_Count.Month - 1];
+
+	/* Check if we need to account for a leap year */
+	if ((DummyRTC_Count.Month == 2) &&
+	    ((!(DummyRTC_Count.Year % 400)) || ((DummyRTC_Count.Year % 100) && !(DummyRTC_Count.Year % 4))))
+	{
+		DaysInMonth++;
+	}
+
+	if (++DummyRTC_Count.Day <= DaysInMonth)
+	  return;
+
+	DummyRTC_Count.Day = 1;
+
+	if (++DummyRTC_Count.Month <= 12)
+	  return;
+
+	DummyRTC_Count.Month = 1;
+	DummyRTC_Count.Year++;
+}
+
+bool RTC_SetTimeDate(const TimeDate_t* NewTimeDate)
+{
+	GlobalInterruptDisable();
+	DummyRTC_Count = *NewTimeDate;
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+bool RTC_GetTimeDate(TimeDate_t* const TimeDate)
+{
+	GlobalInterruptDisable();
+	*TimeDate = DummyRTC_Count;
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+#else
+
+void RTC_Init(void)
+{
+	/* Unused for a real external DS1307 RTC device */
+}
+
+void RTC_Tick500ms(void)
+{
+	/* Unused for a real external DS1307 RTC device */
+}
+
+bool RTC_SetTimeDate(const TimeDate_t* NewTimeDate)
+{
+	DS1307_DateTimeRegs_t NewRegValues;
+	const uint8_t         WriteAddress = 0;
+
+	// Convert new time data to the DS1307's time register layout
+	NewRegValues.Byte1.Fields.TenSec    = (NewTimeDate->Second / 10);
+	NewRegValues.Byte1.Fields.Sec       = (NewTimeDate->Second % 10);
+	NewRegValues.Byte1.Fields.CH        = false;
+	NewRegValues.Byte2.Fields.TenMin    = (NewTimeDate->Minute / 10);
+	NewRegValues.Byte2.Fields.Min       = (NewTimeDate->Minute % 10);
+	NewRegValues.Byte3.Fields.TenHour   = (NewTimeDate->Hour / 10);
+	NewRegValues.Byte3.Fields.Hour      = (NewTimeDate->Hour % 10);
+	NewRegValues.Byte3.Fields.TwelveHourMode = false;
+
+	// Convert new date data to the DS1307's date register layout
+	NewRegValues.Byte4.Fields.DayOfWeek = 0;
+	NewRegValues.Byte5.Fields.TenDay    = (NewTimeDate->Day / 10);
+	NewRegValues.Byte5.Fields.Day       = (NewTimeDate->Day % 10);
+	NewRegValues.Byte6.Fields.TenMonth  = (NewTimeDate->Month / 10);
+	NewRegValues.Byte6.Fields.Month     = (NewTimeDate->Month % 10);
+	NewRegValues.Byte7.Fields.TenYear   = (NewTimeDate->Year / 10);
+	NewRegValues.Byte7.Fields.Year      = (NewTimeDate->Year % 10);
+
+	// Write the new Time and Date into the DS1307
+	if (TWI_WritePacket(DS1307_ADDRESS, 10, &WriteAddress, sizeof(WriteAddress),
+	                   (uint8_t*)&NewRegValues, sizeof(DS1307_DateTimeRegs_t)) != TWI_ERROR_NoError)
+	{
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+bool RTC_GetTimeDate(TimeDate_t* const TimeDate)
+{
+	DS1307_DateTimeRegs_t CurrentRegValues;
+	const uint8_t         ReadAddress = 0;
+
+	// Read in the stored Time and Date from the DS1307
+	if (TWI_ReadPacket(DS1307_ADDRESS, 10, &ReadAddress, sizeof(ReadAddress),
+	                   (uint8_t*)&CurrentRegValues, sizeof(DS1307_DateTimeRegs_t)) != TWI_ERROR_NoError)
+	{
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	// Convert stored time value into decimal
+	TimeDate->Second  = (CurrentRegValues.Byte1.Fields.TenSec  * 10) + CurrentRegValues.Byte1.Fields.Sec;
+	TimeDate->Minute  = (CurrentRegValues.Byte2.Fields.TenMin  * 10) + CurrentRegValues.Byte2.Fields.Min;
+	TimeDate->Hour    = (CurrentRegValues.Byte3.Fields.TenHour * 10) + CurrentRegValues.Byte3.Fields.Hour;
+
+	// Convert stored date value into decimal
+	TimeDate->Day    = (CurrentRegValues.Byte5.Fields.TenDay   * 10) + CurrentRegValues.Byte5.Fields.Day;
+	TimeDate->Month  = (CurrentRegValues.Byte6.Fields.TenMonth * 10) + CurrentRegValues.Byte6.Fields.Month;
+	TimeDate->Year   = (CurrentRegValues.Byte7.Fields.TenYear  * 10) + CurrentRegValues.Byte7.Fields.Year;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/RTC.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/RTC.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f35b8ff1ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/RTC.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+#ifndef _RTC_H_
+#define _RTC_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h>
+
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint8_t Hour;
+			uint8_t Minute;
+			uint8_t Second;
+			uint8_t Day;
+			uint8_t Month;
+			uint8_t Year;
+		} TimeDate_t;
+
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			union
+			{
+				struct
+				{
+					unsigned Sec            : 4;
+					unsigned TenSec         : 3;
+					unsigned CH             : 1;
+				} Fields;
+
+				uint8_t IntVal;
+			} Byte1;
+
+			union
+			{
+				struct
+				{
+					unsigned Min            : 4;
+					unsigned TenMin         : 3;
+					unsigned Reserved       : 1;
+				} Fields;
+
+				uint8_t IntVal;
+			} Byte2;
+
+			union
+			{
+				struct
+				{
+					unsigned Hour            : 4;
+					unsigned TenHour         : 2;
+					unsigned TwelveHourMode  : 1;
+					unsigned Reserved        : 1;
+				} Fields;
+
+				uint8_t IntVal;
+			} Byte3;
+
+			union
+			{
+				struct
+				{
+					unsigned DayOfWeek       : 3;
+					unsigned Reserved        : 5;
+				} Fields;
+
+				uint8_t IntVal;
+			} Byte4;
+
+			union
+			{
+				struct
+				{
+					unsigned Day             : 4;
+					unsigned TenDay          : 2;
+					unsigned Reserved        : 2;
+				} Fields;
+
+				uint8_t IntVal;
+			} Byte5;
+
+			union
+			{
+				struct
+				{
+					unsigned Month           : 4;
+					unsigned TenMonth        : 1;
+					unsigned Reserved        : 3;
+				} Fields;
+
+				uint8_t IntVal;
+			} Byte6;
+
+			union
+			{
+				struct
+				{
+					unsigned Year            : 4;
+					unsigned TenYear         : 4;
+				} Fields;
+
+				uint8_t IntVal;
+			} Byte7;
+		} DS1307_DateTimeRegs_t;
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** TWI address of the DS1307 device on the bus. */
+		#define DS1307_ADDRESS       0xD0
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void RTC_Init(void);
+		void RTC_Tick500ms(void);
+		bool RTC_SetTimeDate(const TimeDate_t* NewTimeDate);
+		bool RTC_GetTimeDate(TimeDate_t* const TimeDate);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4fbbfd60e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.c
@@ -0,0 +1,344 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  SCSI command processing routines, for SCSI commands issued by the host. Mass Storage
+ *  devices use a thin "Bulk-Only Transport" protocol for issuing commands and status information,
+ *  which wrap around standard SCSI device commands for controlling the actual storage medium.
+ */
+
+#define  INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C
+#include "SCSI.h"
+
+/** Structure to hold the SCSI response data to a SCSI INQUIRY command. This gives information about the device's
+ *  features and capabilities.
+ */
+static const SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t InquiryData =
+	{
+		.DeviceType          = DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK,
+		.PeripheralQualifier = 0,
+
+		.Removable           = true,
+
+		.Version             = 0,
+
+		.ResponseDataFormat  = 2,
+		.NormACA             = false,
+		.TrmTsk              = false,
+		.AERC                = false,
+
+		.AdditionalLength    = 0x1F,
+
+		.SoftReset           = false,
+		.CmdQue              = false,
+		.Linked              = false,
+		.Sync                = false,
+		.WideBus16Bit        = false,
+		.WideBus32Bit        = false,
+		.RelAddr             = false,
+
+		.VendorID            = "LUFA",
+		.ProductID           = "Dataflash Disk",
+		.RevisionID          = {'0','.','0','0'},
+	};
+
+/** Structure to hold the sense data for the last issued SCSI command, which is returned to the host after a SCSI REQUEST SENSE
+ *  command is issued. This gives information on exactly why the last command failed to complete.
+ */
+static SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t SenseData =
+	{
+		.ResponseCode        = 0x70,
+		.AdditionalLength    = 0x0A,
+	};
+
+
+/** Main routine to process the SCSI command located in the Command Block Wrapper read from the host. This dispatches
+ *  to the appropriate SCSI command handling routine if the issued command is supported by the device, else it returns
+ *  a command failure due to a ILLEGAL REQUEST.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	bool CommandSuccess = false;
+
+	/* Run the appropriate SCSI command hander function based on the passed command */
+	switch (MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[0])
+	{
+		case SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY:
+			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Inquiry(MSInterfaceInfo);
+			break;
+		case SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE:
+			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(MSInterfaceInfo);
+			break;
+		case SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10:
+			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(MSInterfaceInfo);
+			break;
+		case SCSI_CMD_SEND_DIAGNOSTIC:
+			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(MSInterfaceInfo);
+			break;
+		case SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10:
+			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_WRITE);
+			break;
+		case SCSI_CMD_READ_10:
+			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_READ);
+			break;
+		case SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_6:
+			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(MSInterfaceInfo);
+			break;
+		case SCSI_CMD_START_STOP_UNIT:
+		case SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY:
+		case SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL:
+		case SCSI_CMD_VERIFY_10:
+			/* These commands should just succeed, no handling required */
+			CommandSuccess = true;
+			MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
+			break;
+		default:
+			/* Update the SENSE key to reflect the invalid command */
+			SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+		                   SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_COMMAND,
+		                   SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+			break;
+	}
+
+	/* Check if command was successfully processed */
+	if (CommandSuccess)
+	{
+		SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD,
+		               SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
+		               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+		return true;
+	}
+
+	return false;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI INQUIRY command. This command returns information about the device's features
+ *  and capabilities to the host.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	uint16_t AllocationLength  = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[3]);
+	uint16_t BytesTransferred  = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(InquiryData));
+
+	/* Only the standard INQUIRY data is supported, check if any optional INQUIRY bits set */
+	if ((MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & ((1 << 0) | (1 << 1))) ||
+	     MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2])
+	{
+		/* Optional but unsupported bits set - update the SENSE key and fail the request */
+		SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+		               SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
+		               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&InquiryData, BytesTransferred, NULL);
+
+	/* Pad out remaining bytes with 0x00 */
+	Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL);
+
+	/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+	/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+	MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI REQUEST SENSE command. This command returns information about the last issued command,
+ *  including the error code and additional error information so that the host can determine why a command failed to complete.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	uint8_t  AllocationLength = MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4];
+	uint8_t  BytesTransferred = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(SenseData));
+
+	Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&SenseData, BytesTransferred, NULL);
+	Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL);
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+	/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+	MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ CAPACITY (10) command. This command returns information about the device's capacity
+ *  on the selected Logical Unit (drive), as a number of OS-sized blocks.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	uint32_t LastBlockAddressInLUN = (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS - 1);
+	uint32_t MediaBlockSize        = VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE;
+
+	Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&LastBlockAddressInLUN, sizeof(LastBlockAddressInLUN), NULL);
+	Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&MediaBlockSize, sizeof(MediaBlockSize), NULL);
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+	/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+	MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 8;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI SEND DIAGNOSTIC command. This command performs a quick check of the Dataflash ICs on the
+ *  board, and indicates if they are present and functioning correctly. Only the Self-Test portion of the diagnostic command is
+ *  supported.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	/* Check to see if the SELF TEST bit is not set */
+	if (!(MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & (1 << 2)))
+	{
+		/* Only self-test supported - update SENSE key and fail the command */
+		SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+		               SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
+		               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	/* Check to see if all attached Dataflash ICs are functional */
+	if (!(DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation()))
+	{
+		/* Update SENSE key with a hardware error condition and return command fail */
+		SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_HARDWARE_ERROR,
+		               SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
+		               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+	MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ (10) or WRITE (10) command. This command reads in the block start address
+ *  and total number of blocks to process, then calls the appropriate low-level Dataflash routine to handle the actual
+ *  reading and writing of the data.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *  \param[in] IsDataRead  Indicates if the command is a READ (10) command or WRITE (10) command (DATA_READ or DATA_WRITE)
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+                                      const bool IsDataRead)
+{
+	uint32_t BlockAddress;
+	uint16_t TotalBlocks;
+
+	/* Check if the disk is write protected or not */
+	if ((IsDataRead == DATA_WRITE) && DISK_READ_ONLY)
+	{
+		/* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */
+		SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_DATA_PROTECT,
+		               SCSI_ASENSE_WRITE_PROTECTED,
+		               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	/* Load in the 32-bit block address (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */
+	BlockAddress = SwapEndian_32(*(uint32_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2]);
+
+	/* Load in the 16-bit total blocks (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */
+	TotalBlocks  = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[7]);
+
+	/* Check if the block address is outside the maximum allowable value for the LUN */
+	if (BlockAddress >= VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS)
+	{
+		/* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */
+		SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+		               SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_BLOCK_ADDRESS_OUT_OF_RANGE,
+		               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	/* Determine if the packet is a READ (10) or WRITE (10) command, call appropriate function */
+	if (IsDataRead == DATA_READ)
+	  DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);
+	else
+	  DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);
+
+	/* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */
+	MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= ((uint32_t)TotalBlocks * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE);
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI MODE SENSE (6) command. This command returns various informational pages about
+ *  the SCSI device, as well as the device's Write Protect status.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	/* Send an empty header response with the Write Protect flag status */
+	Endpoint_Write_8(0x00);
+	Endpoint_Write_8(0x00);
+	Endpoint_Write_8(DISK_READ_ONLY ? 0x80 : 0x00);
+	Endpoint_Write_8(0x00);
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+	/* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */
+	MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 4;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..494b31bf8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.h
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for SCSI.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SCSI_H_
+#define _SCSI_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include "../TempDataLogger.h"
+		#include "../Descriptors.h"
+		#include "DataflashManager.h"
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Macro to set the current SCSI sense data to the given key, additional sense code and additional sense qualifier. This
+		 *  is for convenience, as it allows for all three sense values (returned upon request to the host to give information about
+		 *  the last command failure) in a quick and easy manner.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in] Key    New SCSI sense key to set the sense code to
+		 *  \param[in] Acode  New SCSI additional sense key to set the additional sense code to
+		 *  \param[in] Aqual  New SCSI additional sense key qualifier to set the additional sense qualifier code to
+		 */
+		#define SCSI_SET_SENSE(Key, Acode, Aqual)  do { SenseData.SenseKey                 = (Key);   \
+		                                                SenseData.AdditionalSenseCode      = (Acode); \
+		                                                SenseData.AdditionalSenseQualifier = (Aqual); } while (0)
+
+		/** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be read from the storage medium. */
+		#define DATA_READ           true
+
+		/** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be written to the storage medium. */
+		#define DATA_WRITE          false
+
+		/** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a Block Media device. */
+		#define DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK   0x00
+
+		/** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a CD-ROM device. */
+		#define DEVICE_TYPE_CDROM   0x05
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+
+		#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C)
+			static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+			static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+			static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+			static bool SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+			static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+			                                      const bool IsDataRead);
+			static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempDataLogger.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempDataLogger.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1dc267a6fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempDataLogger.c
@@ -0,0 +1,331 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the TemperatureDataLogger project. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the project and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "TempDataLogger.h"
+
+/** LUFA Mass Storage Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ *  passed to all Mass Storage Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ *  within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t Disk_MS_Interface =
+	{
+		.Config =
+			{
+				.InterfaceNumber           = INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage,
+				.DataINEndpoint            =
+					{
+						.Address           = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR,
+						.Size              = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks             = 1,
+					},
+				.DataOUTEndpoint           =
+					{
+						.Address           = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR,
+						.Size              = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks             = 1,
+					},
+				.TotalLUNs                 = 1,
+			},
+	};
+
+/** Buffer to hold the previously generated HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */
+static uint8_t PrevHIDReportBuffer[GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE];
+
+/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ *  passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ *  within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Generic_HID_Interface =
+	{
+		.Config =
+			{
+				.InterfaceNumber              = INTERFACE_ID_HID,
+				.ReportINEndpoint             =
+					{
+						.Address              = GENERIC_IN_EPADDR,
+						.Size                 = GENERIC_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks                = 1,
+					},
+				.PrevReportINBuffer           = PrevHIDReportBuffer,
+				.PrevReportINBufferSize       = sizeof(PrevHIDReportBuffer),
+			},
+	};
+
+/** Non-volatile Logging Interval value in EEPROM, stored as a number of 500ms ticks */
+static uint8_t EEMEM LoggingInterval500MS_EEPROM = DEFAULT_LOG_INTERVAL;
+
+/** SRAM Logging Interval value fetched from EEPROM, stored as a number of 500ms ticks */
+static uint8_t LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM;
+
+/** Total number of 500ms logging ticks elapsed since the last log value was recorded */
+static uint16_t CurrentLoggingTicks;
+
+/** FAT Fs structure to hold the internal state of the FAT driver for the Dataflash contents. */
+static FATFS DiskFATState;
+
+/** FAT Fs structure to hold a FAT file handle for the log data write destination. */
+static FIL TempLogFile;
+
+
+/** ISR to handle the 500ms ticks for sampling and data logging */
+ISR(TIMER1_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+	/* Signal a 500ms tick has elapsed to the RTC */
+	RTC_Tick500ms();
+
+	/* Check to see if the logging interval has expired */
+	if (++CurrentLoggingTicks < LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM)
+	  return;
+
+	/* Reset log tick counter to prepare for next logging interval */
+	CurrentLoggingTicks = 0;
+
+	uint8_t LEDMask = LEDs_GetLEDs();
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+
+	/* Only log when not connected to a USB host */
+	if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+	{
+		TimeDate_t CurrentTimeDate;
+		RTC_GetTimeDate(&CurrentTimeDate);
+
+		char     LineBuffer[100];
+		uint16_t BytesWritten;
+
+		BytesWritten = sprintf(LineBuffer, "%02d/%02d/20%02d, %02d:%02d:%02d, %d Degrees\r\n",
+		                       CurrentTimeDate.Day, CurrentTimeDate.Month, CurrentTimeDate.Year,
+		                       CurrentTimeDate.Hour, CurrentTimeDate.Minute, CurrentTimeDate.Second,
+		                       Temperature_GetTemperature());
+
+		f_write(&TempLogFile, LineBuffer, BytesWritten, &BytesWritten);
+		f_sync(&TempLogFile);
+	}
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+}
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ *  setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	/* Fetch logging interval from EEPROM */
+	LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM = eeprom_read_byte(&LoggingInterval500MS_EEPROM);
+
+	/* Check if the logging interval is invalid (0xFF) indicating that the EEPROM is blank */
+	if (LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM == 0xFF)
+	  LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM = DEFAULT_LOG_INTERVAL;
+
+	/* Mount and open the log file on the Dataflash FAT partition */
+	OpenLogFile();
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		MS_Device_USBTask(&Disk_MS_Interface);
+		HID_Device_USBTask(&Generic_HID_Interface);
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Opens the log file on the Dataflash's FAT formatted partition according to the current date */
+void OpenLogFile(void)
+{
+	char LogFileName[12];
+
+	/* Get the current date for the filename as "DDMMYY.csv" */
+	TimeDate_t CurrentTimeDate;
+	RTC_GetTimeDate(&CurrentTimeDate);
+	sprintf(LogFileName, "%02d%02d%02d.csv", CurrentTimeDate.Day, CurrentTimeDate.Month, CurrentTimeDate.Year);
+
+	/* Mount the storage device, open the file */
+	f_mount(0, &DiskFATState);
+	f_open(&TempLogFile, LogFileName, FA_OPEN_ALWAYS | FA_WRITE);
+	f_lseek(&TempLogFile, TempLogFile.fsize);
+}
+
+/** Closes the open data log file on the Dataflash's FAT formatted partition */
+void CloseLogFile(void)
+{
+	/* Sync any data waiting to be written, unmount the storage device */
+	f_sync(&TempLogFile);
+	f_close(&TempLogFile);
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	LEDs_Init();
+	ADC_Init(ADC_FREE_RUNNING | ADC_PRESCALE_128);
+	Temperature_Init();
+	Dataflash_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+	TWI_Init(TWI_BIT_PRESCALE_4, TWI_BITLENGTH_FROM_FREQ(4, 50000));
+	RTC_Init();
+
+	/* 500ms logging interval timer configuration */
+	OCR1A   = (((F_CPU / 256) / 2) - 1);
+	TCCR1B  = (1 << WGM12) | (1 << CS12);
+	TIMSK1  = (1 << OCIE1A);
+
+	/* Check if the Dataflash is working, abort if not */
+	if (!(DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation()))
+	{
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		for(;;);
+	}
+
+	/* Clear Dataflash sector protections, if enabled */
+	DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+	/* Close the log file so that the host has exclusive file system access */
+	CloseLogFile();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+
+	/* Mount and open the log file on the Dataflash FAT partition */
+	OpenLogFile();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+	bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+	ConfigSuccess &= HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Generic_HID_Interface);
+	ConfigSuccess &= MS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Disk_MS_Interface);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+	MS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Disk_MS_Interface);
+	HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Generic_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Mass Storage class driver callback function the reception of SCSI commands from the host, which must be processed.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	bool CommandSuccess;
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+	CommandSuccess = SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(MSInterfaceInfo);
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+
+	return CommandSuccess;
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the creation of HID reports to the host.
+ *
+ *  \param[in]     HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ *  \param[in,out] ReportID    Report ID requested by the host if non-zero, otherwise callback should set to the generated report ID
+ *  \param[in]     ReportType  Type of the report to create, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_In or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ *  \param[out]    ReportData  Pointer to a buffer where the created report should be stored
+ *  \param[out]    ReportSize  Number of bytes written in the report (or zero if no report is to be sent)
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true to force the sending of the report, \c false to let the library determine if it needs to be sent
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+                                         uint8_t* const ReportID,
+                                         const uint8_t ReportType,
+                                         void* ReportData,
+                                         uint16_t* const ReportSize)
+{
+	Device_Report_t* ReportParams = (Device_Report_t*)ReportData;
+
+	RTC_GetTimeDate(&ReportParams->TimeDate);
+
+	ReportParams->LogInterval500MS = LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM;
+
+	*ReportSize = sizeof(Device_Report_t);
+	return true;
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the processing of HID reports from the host.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ *  \param[in] ReportID    Report ID of the received report from the host
+ *  \param[in] ReportType  The type of report that the host has sent, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ *  \param[in] ReportData  Pointer to a buffer where the received report has been stored
+ *  \param[in] ReportSize  Size in bytes of the received HID report
+ */
+void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+                                          const uint8_t ReportID,
+                                          const uint8_t ReportType,
+                                          const void* ReportData,
+                                          const uint16_t ReportSize)
+{
+	Device_Report_t* ReportParams = (Device_Report_t*)ReportData;
+
+	RTC_SetTimeDate(&ReportParams->TimeDate);
+
+	/* If the logging interval has changed from its current value, write it to EEPROM */
+	if (LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM != ReportParams->LogInterval500MS)
+	{
+		LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM = ReportParams->LogInterval500MS;
+		eeprom_update_byte(&LoggingInterval500MS_EEPROM, LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM);
+	}
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempDataLogger.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempDataLogger.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..90b9b4ea63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempDataLogger.h
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for TempDataLogger.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _TEMP_DATALOGGER_H_
+#define _TEMP_DATALOGGER_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <stdio.h>
+
+		#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+		#include "Lib/SCSI.h"
+		#include "Lib/DataflashManager.h"
+		#include "Lib/FATFs/ff.h"
+		#include "Lib/RTC.h"
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Temperature.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY          LEDS_LED2
+
+		/** Default log interval when the EEPROM is blank, in 500ms ticks. */
+		#define DEFAULT_LOG_INTERVAL     10
+
+		/** Indicates if the disk is write protected or not. */
+		#define DISK_READ_ONLY           false
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			TimeDate_t TimeDate;
+			uint8_t    LogInterval500MS;
+		} Device_Report_t;
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+		void OpenLogFile(void);
+		void CloseLogFile(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+		bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+		bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+		                                         uint8_t* const ReportID,
+		                                         const uint8_t ReportType,
+		                                         void* ReportData,
+		                                         uint16_t* const ReportSize);
+		void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+		                                          const uint8_t ReportID,
+		                                          const uint8_t ReportType,
+		                                          const void* ReportData,
+		                                          const uint16_t ReportSize);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.LESSER.txt b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.LESSER.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bdf8db0eed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.LESSER.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+		   GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+                       Version 3, 29 June 2007
+
+ Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+
+  This version of the GNU Lesser General Public License incorporates
+the terms and conditions of version 3 of the GNU General Public
+License, supplemented by the additional permissions listed below.
+
+  0. Additional Definitions.
+
+  As used herein, "this License" refers to version 3 of the GNU Lesser
+General Public License, and the "GNU GPL" refers to version 3 of the GNU
+General Public License.
+
+  "The Library" refers to a covered work governed by this License,
+other than an Application or a Combined Work as defined below.
+
+  An "Application" is any work that makes use of an interface provided
+by the Library, but which is not otherwise based on the Library.
+Defining a subclass of a class defined by the Library is deemed a mode
+of using an interface provided by the Library.
+
+  A "Combined Work" is a work produced by combining or linking an
+Application with the Library.  The particular version of the Library
+with which the Combined Work was made is also called the "Linked
+Version".
+
+  The "Minimal Corresponding Source" for a Combined Work means the
+Corresponding Source for the Combined Work, excluding any source code
+for portions of the Combined Work that, considered in isolation, are
+based on the Application, and not on the Linked Version.
+
+  The "Corresponding Application Code" for a Combined Work means the
+object code and/or source code for the Application, including any data
+and utility programs needed for reproducing the Combined Work from the
+Application, but excluding the System Libraries of the Combined Work.
+
+  1. Exception to Section 3 of the GNU GPL.
+
+  You may convey a covered work under sections 3 and 4 of this License
+without being bound by section 3 of the GNU GPL.
+
+  2. Conveying Modified Versions.
+
+  If you modify a copy of the Library, and, in your modifications, a
+facility refers to a function or data to be supplied by an Application
+that uses the facility (other than as an argument passed when the
+facility is invoked), then you may convey a copy of the modified
+version:
+
+   a) under this License, provided that you make a good faith effort to
+   ensure that, in the event an Application does not supply the
+   function or data, the facility still operates, and performs
+   whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful, or
+
+   b) under the GNU GPL, with none of the additional permissions of
+   this License applicable to that copy.
+
+  3. Object Code Incorporating Material from Library Header Files.
+
+  The object code form of an Application may incorporate material from
+a header file that is part of the Library.  You may convey such object
+code under terms of your choice, provided that, if the incorporated
+material is not limited to numerical parameters, data structure
+layouts and accessors, or small macros, inline functions and templates
+(ten or fewer lines in length), you do both of the following:
+
+   a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the object code that the
+   Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are
+   covered by this License.
+
+   b) Accompany the object code with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license
+   document.
+
+  4. Combined Works.
+
+  You may convey a Combined Work under terms of your choice that,
+taken together, effectively do not restrict modification of the
+portions of the Library contained in the Combined Work and reverse
+engineering for debugging such modifications, if you also do each of
+the following:
+
+   a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the Combined Work that
+   the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are
+   covered by this License.
+
+   b) Accompany the Combined Work with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license
+   document.
+
+   c) For a Combined Work that displays copyright notices during
+   execution, include the copyright notice for the Library among
+   these notices, as well as a reference directing the user to the
+   copies of the GNU GPL and this license document.
+
+   d) Do one of the following:
+
+       0) Convey the Minimal Corresponding Source under the terms of this
+       License, and the Corresponding Application Code in a form
+       suitable for, and under terms that permit, the user to
+       recombine or relink the Application with a modified version of
+       the Linked Version to produce a modified Combined Work, in the
+       manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL for conveying
+       Corresponding Source.
+
+       1) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the
+       Library.  A suitable mechanism is one that (a) uses at run time
+       a copy of the Library already present on the user's computer
+       system, and (b) will operate properly with a modified version
+       of the Library that is interface-compatible with the Linked
+       Version.
+
+   e) Provide Installation Information, but only if you would otherwise
+   be required to provide such information under section 6 of the
+   GNU GPL, and only to the extent that such information is
+   necessary to install and execute a modified version of the
+   Combined Work produced by recombining or relinking the
+   Application with a modified version of the Linked Version. (If
+   you use option 4d0, the Installation Information must accompany
+   the Minimal Corresponding Source and Corresponding Application
+   Code. If you use option 4d1, you must provide the Installation
+   Information in the manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL
+   for conveying Corresponding Source.)
+
+  5. Combined Libraries.
+
+  You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
+Library side by side in a single library together with other library
+facilities that are not Applications and are not covered by this
+License, and convey such a combined library under terms of your
+choice, if you do both of the following:
+
+   a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based
+   on the Library, uncombined with any other library facilities,
+   conveyed under the terms of this License.
+
+   b) Give prominent notice with the combined library that part of it
+   is a work based on the Library, and explaining where to find the
+   accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
+
+  6. Revised Versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License.
+
+  The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
+of the GNU Lesser General Public License from time to time. Such new
+versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
+differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
+
+  Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
+Library as you received it specifies that a certain numbered version
+of the GNU Lesser General Public License "or any later version"
+applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and
+conditions either of that published version or of any later version
+published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Library as you
+received it does not specify a version number of the GNU Lesser
+General Public License, you may choose any version of the GNU Lesser
+General Public License ever published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+  If the Library as you received it specifies that a proxy can decide
+whether future versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License shall
+apply, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of any version is
+permanent authorization for you to choose that version for the
+Library.
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.txt b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..10926e87f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,675 @@
+                    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+                       Version 3, 29 June 2007
+
+ Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+                            Preamble
+
+  The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
+software and other kinds of works.
+
+  The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
+to take away your freedom to share and change the works.  By contrast,
+the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
+share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
+software for all its users.  We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
+GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
+any other work released this way by its authors.  You can apply it to
+your programs, too.
+
+  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
+want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
+free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
+
+  To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
+these rights or asking you to surrender the rights.  Therefore, you have
+certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
+you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
+
+  For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
+gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
+freedoms that you received.  You must make sure that they, too, receive
+or can get the source code.  And you must show them these terms so they
+know their rights.
+
+  Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
+(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
+giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
+
+  For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
+that there is no warranty for this free software.  For both users' and
+authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
+changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
+authors of previous versions.
+
+  Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
+modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
+can do so.  This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
+protecting users' freedom to change the software.  The systematic
+pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
+use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable.  Therefore, we
+have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
+products.  If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
+stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
+of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
+
+  Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
+States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
+software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
+avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
+make it effectively proprietary.  To prevent this, the GPL assures that
+patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
+
+  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.
+
+                       TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+  0. Definitions.
+
+  "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
+
+  "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
+works, such as semiconductor masks.
+
+  "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
+License.  Each licensee is addressed as "you".  "Licensees" and
+"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
+
+  To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
+in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
+exact copy.  The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
+earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
+
+  A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
+on the Program.
+
+  To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
+permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
+infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
+computer or modifying a private copy.  Propagation includes copying,
+distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
+public, and in some countries other activities as well.
+
+  To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
+parties to make or receive copies.  Mere interaction with a user through
+a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
+
+  An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
+to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
+feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
+tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
+extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
+work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License.  If
+the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
+menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
+
+  1. Source Code.
+
+  The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
+for making modifications to it.  "Object code" means any non-source
+form of a work.
+
+  A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
+standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
+interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
+is widely used among developers working in that language.
+
+  The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
+than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
+packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
+Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
+Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
+implementation is available to the public in source code form.  A
+"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
+(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
+(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
+produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
+
+  The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
+the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
+work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
+control those activities.  However, it does not include the work's
+System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
+programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
+which are not part of the work.  For example, Corresponding Source
+includes interface definition files associated with source files for
+the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
+linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
+such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
+subprograms and other parts of the work.
+
+  The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
+can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
+Source.
+
+  The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
+same work.
+
+  2. Basic Permissions.
+
+  All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
+copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
+conditions are met.  This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
+permission to run the unmodified Program.  The output from running a
+covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
+content, constitutes a covered work.  This License acknowledges your
+rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
+
+  You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
+convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
+in force.  You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
+of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
+with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
+the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
+not control copyright.  Those thus making or running the covered works
+for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
+and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
+your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
+
+  Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
+the conditions stated below.  Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
+makes it unnecessary.
+
+  3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
+
+  No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
+measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
+11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
+similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
+measures.
+
+  When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
+circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
+is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
+the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
+modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
+users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
+technological measures.
+
+  4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
+
+  You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
+receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
+appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
+keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
+non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
+keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
+recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
+
+  You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
+and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
+
+  5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
+
+  You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
+produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
+terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+    a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
+    it, and giving a relevant date.
+
+    b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
+    released under this License and any conditions added under section
+    7.  This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
+    "keep intact all notices".
+
+    c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
+    License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy.  This
+    License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
+    additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
+    regardless of how they are packaged.  This License gives no
+    permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
+    invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
+
+    d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
+    Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
+    interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
+    work need not make them do so.
+
+  A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
+works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
+and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
+in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
+"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
+used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
+beyond what the individual works permit.  Inclusion of a covered work
+in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
+parts of the aggregate.
+
+  6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
+
+  You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
+of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
+machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
+in one of these ways:
+
+    a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
+    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
+    Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
+    customarily used for software interchange.
+
+    b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
+    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
+    written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
+    long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
+    model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
+    copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
+    product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
+    medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
+    more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
+    conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
+    Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
+
+    c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
+    written offer to provide the Corresponding Source.  This
+    alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
+    only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
+    with subsection 6b.
+
+    d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
+    place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
+    Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
+    further charge.  You need not require recipients to copy the
+    Corresponding Source along with the object code.  If the place to
+    copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
+    may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
+    that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
+    clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
+    Corresponding Source.  Regardless of what server hosts the
+    Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
+    available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
+
+    e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
+    you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
+    Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
+    charge under subsection 6d.
+
+  A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
+from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
+included in conveying the object code work.
+
+  A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
+tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
+or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
+into a dwelling.  In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
+doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage.  For a particular
+product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
+typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
+of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
+actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product.  A product
+is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
+commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
+the only significant mode of use of the product.
+
+  "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
+procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
+and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
+a modified version of its Corresponding Source.  The information must
+suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
+code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
+modification has been made.
+
+  If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
+specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
+part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
+User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
+fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
+Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
+by the Installation Information.  But this requirement does not apply
+if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
+modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
+been installed in ROM).
+
+  The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
+requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
+for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
+the User Product in which it has been modified or installed.  Access to a
+network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
+adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
+protocols for communication across the network.
+
+  Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
+in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
+documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
+source code form), and must require no special password or key for
+unpacking, reading or copying.
+
+  7. Additional Terms.
+
+  "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
+License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
+Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
+be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
+that they are valid under applicable law.  If additional permissions
+apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
+under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
+this License without regard to the additional permissions.
+
+  When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
+remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
+it.  (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
+removal in certain cases when you modify the work.)  You may place
+additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
+for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
+
+  Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
+add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
+that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
+
+    a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
+    terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
+
+    b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
+    author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
+    Notices displayed by works containing it; or
+
+    c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
+    requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
+    reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
+
+    d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
+    authors of the material; or
+
+    e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
+    trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
+
+    f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
+    material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
+    it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
+    any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
+    those licensors and authors.
+
+  All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
+restrictions" within the meaning of section 10.  If the Program as you
+received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
+governed by this License along with a term that is a further
+restriction, you may remove that term.  If a license document contains
+a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
+License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
+of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
+not survive such relicensing or conveying.
+
+  If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
+must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
+additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
+where to find the applicable terms.
+
+  Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
+form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
+the above requirements apply either way.
+
+  8. Termination.
+
+  You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
+provided under this License.  Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
+modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
+this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
+paragraph of section 11).
+
+  However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
+license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
+provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
+finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
+holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
+prior to 60 days after the cessation.
+
+  Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
+reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
+violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
+received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
+copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
+your receipt of the notice.
+
+  Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
+licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
+this License.  If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
+reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
+material under section 10.
+
+  9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
+
+  You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
+run a copy of the Program.  Ancillary propagation of a covered work
+occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
+to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance.  However,
+nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
+modify any covered work.  These actions infringe copyright if you do
+not accept this License.  Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
+covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
+
+  10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
+
+  Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
+receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
+propagate that work, subject to this License.  You are not responsible
+for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
+
+  An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
+organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
+organization, or merging organizations.  If propagation of a covered
+work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
+transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
+licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
+give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
+Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
+the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
+
+  You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
+rights granted or affirmed under this License.  For example, you may
+not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
+rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
+(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
+any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
+sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
+
+  11. Patents.
+
+  A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
+License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based.  The
+work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
+
+  A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
+owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
+hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
+by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
+but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
+consequence of further modification of the contributor version.  For
+purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
+patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
+this License.
+
+  Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
+patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
+make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
+propagate the contents of its contributor version.
+
+  In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
+agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
+(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
+sue for patent infringement).  To "grant" such a patent license to a
+party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
+patent against the party.
+
+  If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
+and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
+to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
+publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
+then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
+available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
+patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
+consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
+license to downstream recipients.  "Knowingly relying" means you have
+actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
+covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
+in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
+country that you have reason to believe are valid.
+
+  If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
+arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
+covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
+receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
+or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
+you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
+work and works based on it.
+
+  A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
+the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
+conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
+specifically granted under this License.  You may not convey a covered
+work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
+in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
+to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
+the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
+parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
+patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
+conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
+for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
+contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
+or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
+
+  Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
+any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
+otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
+
+  12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
+
+  If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot convey a
+covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
+not convey it at all.  For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
+to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
+the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
+License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
+
+  13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
+
+  Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
+permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
+under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
+combined work, and to convey the resulting work.  The terms of this
+License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
+but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
+section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
+combination as such.
+
+  14. Revised Versions of this License.
+
+  The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
+the GNU General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
+be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
+address new problems or concerns.
+
+  Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the
+Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
+Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
+option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
+version or of any later version published by the Free Software
+Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of the
+GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
+by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+  If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
+versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
+public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
+to choose that version for the Program.
+
+  Later license versions may give you additional or different
+permissions.  However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
+author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
+later version.
+
+  15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
+
+  THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
+APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
+HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
+OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
+IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
+ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+  16. Limitation of Liability.
+
+  IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
+THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
+GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
+USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
+DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
+PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
+EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+  17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
+
+  If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
+above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
+reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
+an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
+Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
+copy of the Program in return for a fee.
+
+                     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+            How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+
+  If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
+free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
+
+  To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
+to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+    <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
+    Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+  If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
+notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
+
+    <program>  Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
+    This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
+    This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
+    under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
+
+The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
+parts of the General Public License.  Of course, your program's commands
+might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
+
+  You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
+if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
+For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
+<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+  The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
+into proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you
+may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
+the library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
+Public License instead of this License.  But first, please read
+<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>.
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.Designer.cs b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.Designer.cs
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..58fac51449
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.Designer.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
+namespace Project1HostApp
+{
+    partial class frmDataloggerSettings
+    {
+        /// <summary>
+        /// Required designer variable.
+        /// </summary>
+        private System.ComponentModel.IContainer components = null;
+
+        /// <summary>
+        /// Clean up any resources being used.
+        /// </summary>
+        /// <param name="disposing">true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.</param>
+        protected override void Dispose(bool disposing)
+        {
+            if (disposing && (components != null))
+            {
+                components.Dispose();
+            }
+            base.Dispose(disposing);
+        }
+
+        #region Windows Form Designer generated code
+
+        /// <summary>
+        /// Required method for Designer support - do not modify
+        /// the contents of this method with the code editor.
+        /// </summary>
+        private void InitializeComponent()
+        {
+            this.btnSetValues = new System.Windows.Forms.Button();
+            this.dtpTime = new System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePicker();
+            this.lblTime = new System.Windows.Forms.Label();
+            this.lblLoggingInterval = new System.Windows.Forms.Label();
+            this.nudLogInterval = new System.Windows.Forms.NumericUpDown();
+            this.lblSeconds = new System.Windows.Forms.Label();
+            this.btnGetValues = new System.Windows.Forms.Button();
+            this.lblDate = new System.Windows.Forms.Label();
+            this.dtpDate = new System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePicker();
+            ((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.nudLogInterval)).BeginInit();
+            this.SuspendLayout();
+            // 
+            // btnSetValues
+            // 
+            this.btnSetValues.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(168, 136);
+            this.btnSetValues.Name = "btnSetValues";
+            this.btnSetValues.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(90, 35);
+            this.btnSetValues.TabIndex = 0;
+            this.btnSetValues.Text = "Set Values";
+            this.btnSetValues.UseVisualStyleBackColor = true;
+            this.btnSetValues.Click += new System.EventHandler(this.btnSetValues_Click);
+            // 
+            // dtpTime
+            // 
+            this.dtpTime.CustomFormat = "";
+            this.dtpTime.Format = System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePickerFormat.Time;
+            this.dtpTime.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(148, 61);
+            this.dtpTime.Name = "dtpTime";
+            this.dtpTime.ShowUpDown = true;
+            this.dtpTime.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(110, 20);
+            this.dtpTime.TabIndex = 1;
+            // 
+            // lblTime
+            // 
+            this.lblTime.AutoSize = true;
+            this.lblTime.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 8.25F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((byte)(0)));
+            this.lblTime.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(51, 67);
+            this.lblTime.Name = "lblTime";
+            this.lblTime.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(82, 13);
+            this.lblTime.TabIndex = 2;
+            this.lblTime.Text = "Device Time:";
+            // 
+            // lblLoggingInterval
+            // 
+            this.lblLoggingInterval.AutoSize = true;
+            this.lblLoggingInterval.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 8.25F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((byte)(0)));
+            this.lblLoggingInterval.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(30, 101);
+            this.lblLoggingInterval.Name = "lblLoggingInterval";
+            this.lblLoggingInterval.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(103, 13);
+            this.lblLoggingInterval.TabIndex = 3;
+            this.lblLoggingInterval.Text = "Logging Interval:";
+            // 
+            // nudLogInterval
+            // 
+            this.nudLogInterval.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(148, 94);
+            this.nudLogInterval.Maximum = new decimal(new int[] {
+            60,
+            0,
+            0,
+            0});
+            this.nudLogInterval.Minimum = new decimal(new int[] {
+            1,
+            0,
+            0,
+            0});
+            this.nudLogInterval.Name = "nudLogInterval";
+            this.nudLogInterval.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(51, 20);
+            this.nudLogInterval.TabIndex = 5;
+            this.nudLogInterval.Value = new decimal(new int[] {
+            5,
+            0,
+            0,
+            0});
+            // 
+            // lblSeconds
+            // 
+            this.lblSeconds.AutoSize = true;
+            this.lblSeconds.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(209, 101);
+            this.lblSeconds.Name = "lblSeconds";
+            this.lblSeconds.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(49, 13);
+            this.lblSeconds.TabIndex = 6;
+            this.lblSeconds.Text = "Seconds";
+            // 
+            // btnGetValues
+            // 
+            this.btnGetValues.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(30, 136);
+            this.btnGetValues.Name = "btnGetValues";
+            this.btnGetValues.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(90, 35);
+            this.btnGetValues.TabIndex = 7;
+            this.btnGetValues.Text = "Get Values";
+            this.btnGetValues.UseVisualStyleBackColor = true;
+            this.btnGetValues.Click += new System.EventHandler(this.btnGetValues_Click);
+            // 
+            // lblDate
+            // 
+            this.lblDate.AutoSize = true;
+            this.lblDate.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 8.25F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((byte)(0)));
+            this.lblDate.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(51, 33);
+            this.lblDate.Name = "lblDate";
+            this.lblDate.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(82, 13);
+            this.lblDate.TabIndex = 8;
+            this.lblDate.Text = "Device Date:";
+            // 
+            // dtpDate
+            // 
+            this.dtpDate.CustomFormat = "dd/MM/yyyy";
+            this.dtpDate.Format = System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePickerFormat.Custom;
+            this.dtpDate.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(148, 27);
+            this.dtpDate.Name = "dtpDate";
+            this.dtpDate.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(110, 20);
+            this.dtpDate.TabIndex = 9;
+            // 
+            // frmDataloggerSettings
+            // 
+            this.AutoScaleDimensions = new System.Drawing.SizeF(6F, 13F);
+            this.AutoScaleMode = System.Windows.Forms.AutoScaleMode.Font;
+            this.ClientSize = new System.Drawing.Size(300, 197);
+            this.Controls.Add(this.dtpDate);
+            this.Controls.Add(this.lblDate);
+            this.Controls.Add(this.btnGetValues);
+            this.Controls.Add(this.lblSeconds);
+            this.Controls.Add(this.nudLogInterval);
+            this.Controls.Add(this.lblLoggingInterval);
+            this.Controls.Add(this.lblTime);
+            this.Controls.Add(this.dtpTime);
+            this.Controls.Add(this.btnSetValues);
+            this.MaximizeBox = false;
+            this.MinimizeBox = false;
+            this.Name = "frmDataloggerSettings";
+            this.Text = "Datalogger";
+            this.Load += new System.EventHandler(this.frmDataloggerSettings_Load);
+            ((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.nudLogInterval)).EndInit();
+            this.ResumeLayout(false);
+            this.PerformLayout();
+
+        }
+
+        #endregion
+
+        private System.Windows.Forms.Button btnSetValues;
+        private System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePicker dtpTime;
+        private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblTime;
+        private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblLoggingInterval;
+        private System.Windows.Forms.NumericUpDown nudLogInterval;
+        private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblSeconds;
+        private System.Windows.Forms.Button btnGetValues;
+        private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblDate;
+        private System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePicker dtpDate;
+    }
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.cs b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.cs
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c3d1e15645
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
+using System;
+using System.Collections.Generic;
+using System.ComponentModel;
+using System.Data;
+using System.Drawing;
+using System.Linq;
+using System.Text;
+using System.Windows.Forms;
+using Hid;
+
+namespace Project1HostApp
+{
+    public partial class frmDataloggerSettings : Form
+    {
+        private const int DEVICE_VID = 0x03EB;
+        private const int DEVICE_PID = 0x2063;
+
+        private struct Device_Report_t
+        {
+            public Byte Day;
+            public Byte Month;
+            public Byte Year;
+
+            public Byte Hour;
+            public Byte Minute;
+            public Byte Second;
+
+            public Byte LogInterval500MS;
+
+            public Byte[] ToReport()
+            {
+                Byte[] Report = new Byte[7];
+
+                Report[0] = this.Hour;
+                Report[1] = this.Minute;
+                Report[2] = this.Second;
+                Report[3] = this.Day;
+                Report[4] = this.Month;
+                Report[5] = this.Year;
+                Report[6] = this.LogInterval500MS;
+
+                return Report;
+            }
+
+            public void FromReport(Byte[] Report)
+            {
+                this.Hour = Report[0];
+                this.Minute = Report[1];
+                this.Second = Report[2];
+                this.Day = Report[3];
+                this.Month = Report[4];
+                this.Year = Report[5];
+                this.LogInterval500MS = Report[6];
+            }
+        };
+
+        private IDevice GetDeviceConnection()
+        {
+            IDevice[] ConnectedDevices = DeviceFactory.Enumerate(DEVICE_VID, DEVICE_PID);
+            IDevice ConnectionHandle = null;
+
+            if (ConnectedDevices.Count() > 0)
+                ConnectionHandle = ConnectedDevices[0];
+            else
+                return null;
+
+            // Fix report handle under Windows
+            if (ConnectionHandle is Hid.Win32.Win32DeviceSet)
+            {
+                ((Hid.Win32.Win32DeviceSet)ConnectionHandle).AddDevice(0x00,
+                    ((Hid.Win32.Win32DeviceSet)ConnectionHandle).UnallocatedDevices[0]);
+            }
+
+            return ConnectionHandle;
+        }
+
+        public frmDataloggerSettings()
+        {
+            InitializeComponent();
+        }
+
+        private void btnSetValues_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)
+        {
+            IDevice ConnectionHandle = GetDeviceConnection();
+
+            if (ConnectionHandle == null)
+            {
+                MessageBox.Show("Error: Cannot connect to Datalogger device.");
+                return;
+            }
+
+            Device_Report_t DeviceReport = new Device_Report_t();
+            DeviceReport.Day = (byte)dtpDate.Value.Day;
+            DeviceReport.Month = (byte)dtpDate.Value.Month;
+            DeviceReport.Year = (byte)((dtpDate.Value.Year < 2000) ? 0 : (dtpDate.Value.Year - 2000));
+            DeviceReport.Hour = (byte)dtpTime.Value.Hour;
+            DeviceReport.Minute = (byte)dtpTime.Value.Minute;
+            DeviceReport.Second = (byte)dtpTime.Value.Second;
+            DeviceReport.LogInterval500MS = (byte)(nudLogInterval.Value * 2);
+
+            try
+            {
+                ConnectionHandle.Write(0x00, DeviceReport.ToReport());
+                MessageBox.Show("Device parameters updated successfully.");
+            }
+            catch (Exception ex)
+            {
+                MessageBox.Show("Error: " + ex.Message);
+            }
+        }
+
+        private void btnGetValues_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)
+        {
+            IDevice ConnectionHandle = GetDeviceConnection();
+
+            if (ConnectionHandle == null)
+            {
+                MessageBox.Show("Error: Cannot connect to Datalogger device.");
+                return;
+            }
+
+            Device_Report_t DeviceReport = new Device_Report_t();
+
+            try
+            {
+                Byte[] Report = new Byte[7];
+
+                ConnectionHandle.Read(0x00, Report);
+                DeviceReport.FromReport(Report);
+                String msgText = "Device parameters retrieved successfully.";
+
+                try
+                {
+                    dtpDate.Value = new DateTime(
+                        (2000 + DeviceReport.Year),
+                        DeviceReport.Month,
+                        DeviceReport.Day);
+
+                    dtpTime.Value = new DateTime(
+                        DateTime.Now.Year, DateTime.Now.Month, DateTime.Now.Day,
+                        DeviceReport.Hour,
+                        DeviceReport.Minute,
+                        DeviceReport.Second);
+                }
+                catch (Exception ex)
+                {
+                    msgText = "Problem reading device:\n" +
+                        ex.Message +
+                        "\nY:" + DeviceReport.Year.ToString() +
+                        " M:" + DeviceReport.Month.ToString() +
+                        " D:" + DeviceReport.Day.ToString() +
+                        "\n\nUsing current date and time.";
+                    dtpDate.Value = DateTime.Now;
+                    dtpTime.Value = DateTime.Now;
+                }
+
+                try
+                {
+                    nudLogInterval.Value = (DeviceReport.LogInterval500MS / 2);
+                }
+                catch (Exception ex)
+                {
+                    nudLogInterval.Value = nudLogInterval.Minimum;
+                }
+
+                MessageBox.Show(msgText);
+            }
+            catch (Exception ex)
+            {
+                MessageBox.Show("Error: " + ex.Message);
+            }
+        }
+
+        private void frmDataloggerSettings_Load(object sender, EventArgs e)
+        {
+
+        }
+    }
+}
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.resx b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.resx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..19dc0dd8b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.resx
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<root>
+  <!-- 
+    Microsoft ResX Schema 
+    
+    Version 2.0
+    
+    The primary goals of this format is to allow a simple XML format 
+    that is mostly human readable. The generation and parsing of the 
+    various data types are done through the TypeConverter classes 
+    associated with the data types.
+    
+    Example:
+    
+    ... ado.net/XML headers & schema ...
+    <resheader name="resmimetype">text/microsoft-resx</resheader>
+    <resheader name="version">2.0</resheader>
+    <resheader name="reader">System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader>
+    <resheader name="writer">System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader>
+    <data name="Name1"><value>this is my long string</value><comment>this is a comment</comment></data>
+    <data name="Color1" type="System.Drawing.Color, System.Drawing">Blue</data>
+    <data name="Bitmap1" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64">
+        <value>[base64 mime encoded serialized .NET Framework object]</value>
+    </data>
+    <data name="Icon1" type="System.Drawing.Icon, System.Drawing" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64">
+        <value>[base64 mime encoded string representing a byte array form of the .NET Framework object]</value>
+        <comment>This is a comment</comment>
+    </data>
+                
+    There are any number of "resheader" rows that contain simple 
+    name/value pairs.
+    
+    Each data row contains a name, and value. The row also contains a 
+    type or mimetype. Type corresponds to a .NET class that support 
+    text/value conversion through the TypeConverter architecture. 
+    Classes that don't support this are serialized and stored with the 
+    mimetype set.
+    
+    The mimetype is used for serialized objects, and tells the 
+    ResXResourceReader how to depersist the object. This is currently not 
+    extensible. For a given mimetype the value must be set accordingly:
+    
+    Note - application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64 is the format 
+    that the ResXResourceWriter will generate, however the reader can 
+    read any of the formats listed below.
+    
+    mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64
+    value   : The object must be serialized with 
+            : System.Runtime.Serialization.Formatters.Binary.BinaryFormatter
+            : and then encoded with base64 encoding.
+    
+    mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.soap.base64
+    value   : The object must be serialized with 
+            : System.Runtime.Serialization.Formatters.Soap.SoapFormatter
+            : and then encoded with base64 encoding.
+
+    mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64
+    value   : The object must be serialized into a byte array 
+            : using a System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter
+            : and then encoded with base64 encoding.
+    -->
+  <xsd:schema id="root" xmlns="" xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema" xmlns:msdata="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:xml-msdata">
+    <xsd:import namespace="http://www.w3.org/XML/1998/namespace" />
+    <xsd:element name="root" msdata:IsDataSet="true">
+      <xsd:complexType>
+        <xsd:choice maxOccurs="unbounded">
+          <xsd:element name="metadata">
+            <xsd:complexType>
+              <xsd:sequence>
+                <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" />
+              </xsd:sequence>
+              <xsd:attribute name="name" use="required" type="xsd:string" />
+              <xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" />
+              <xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" />
+              <xsd:attribute ref="xml:space" />
+            </xsd:complexType>
+          </xsd:element>
+          <xsd:element name="assembly">
+            <xsd:complexType>
+              <xsd:attribute name="alias" type="xsd:string" />
+              <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" />
+            </xsd:complexType>
+          </xsd:element>
+          <xsd:element name="data">
+            <xsd:complexType>
+              <xsd:sequence>
+                <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
+                <xsd:element name="comment" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="2" />
+              </xsd:sequence>
+              <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" use="required" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
+              <xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="3" />
+              <xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="4" />
+              <xsd:attribute ref="xml:space" />
+            </xsd:complexType>
+          </xsd:element>
+          <xsd:element name="resheader">
+            <xsd:complexType>
+              <xsd:sequence>
+                <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
+              </xsd:sequence>
+              <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" use="required" />
+            </xsd:complexType>
+          </xsd:element>
+        </xsd:choice>
+      </xsd:complexType>
+    </xsd:element>
+  </xsd:schema>
+  <resheader name="resmimetype">
+    <value>text/microsoft-resx</value>
+  </resheader>
+  <resheader name="version">
+    <value>2.0</value>
+  </resheader>
+  <resheader name="reader">
+    <value>System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value>
+  </resheader>
+  <resheader name="writer">
+    <value>System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value>
+  </resheader>
+</root>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Linux.dll b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Linux.dll
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4c19edd212
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Linux.dll
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Net.dll b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Net.dll
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2a7112fc09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Net.dll
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Win32.dll b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Win32.dll
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3693c6ca04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Win32.dll
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Program.cs b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Program.cs
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2588e60c14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Program.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+using System;
+using System.Collections.Generic;
+using System.Linq;
+using System.Windows.Forms;
+
+namespace Project1HostApp
+{
+    static class Program
+    {
+        /// <summary>
+        /// The main entry point for the application.
+        /// </summary>
+        [STAThread]
+        static void Main()
+        {
+            Application.EnableVisualStyles();
+            Application.SetCompatibleTextRenderingDefault(false);
+            Application.Run(new frmDataloggerSettings());
+        }
+    }
+}
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a4d0ab1d5f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+using System.Reflection;
+using System.Runtime.CompilerServices;
+using System.Runtime.InteropServices;
+
+// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following 
+// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information
+// associated with an assembly.
+[assembly: AssemblyTitle("TempDataLoggerHostApp")]
+[assembly: AssemblyDescription("")]
+[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")]
+[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Dean Camera")]
+[assembly: AssemblyProduct("Temp Datalogger HostApp")]
+[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Copyright © Dean Camera 2011")]
+[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")]
+[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")]
+
+// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible 
+// to COM components.  If you need to access a type in this assembly from 
+// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type.
+[assembly: ComVisible(false)]
+
+// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM
+[assembly: Guid("f41d67c7-13b2-4710-9e0f-f78e7f2bf2e9")]
+
+// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values:
+//
+//      Major Version
+//      Minor Version 
+//      Build Number
+//      Revision
+//
+// You can specify all the values or you can default the Build and Revision Numbers 
+// by using the '*' as shown below:
+// [assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.*")]
+[assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.0.0")]
+[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")]
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..63b1af40d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// <auto-generated>
+//     This code was generated by a tool.
+//     Runtime Version:4.0.30319.239
+//
+//     Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if
+//     the code is regenerated.
+// </auto-generated>
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+namespace TemperatureLoggerHostApp.Properties {
+    using System;
+    
+    
+    /// <summary>
+    ///   A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc.
+    /// </summary>
+    // This class was auto-generated by the StronglyTypedResourceBuilder
+    // class via a tool like ResGen or Visual Studio.
+    // To add or remove a member, edit your .ResX file then rerun ResGen
+    // with the /str option, or rebuild your VS project.
+    [global::System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("System.Resources.Tools.StronglyTypedResourceBuilder", "4.0.0.0")]
+    [global::System.Diagnostics.DebuggerNonUserCodeAttribute()]
+    [global::System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()]
+    internal class Resources {
+        
+        private static global::System.Resources.ResourceManager resourceMan;
+        
+        private static global::System.Globalization.CultureInfo resourceCulture;
+        
+        [global::System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis.SuppressMessageAttribute("Microsoft.Performance", "CA1811:AvoidUncalledPrivateCode")]
+        internal Resources() {
+        }
+        
+        /// <summary>
+        ///   Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class.
+        /// </summary>
+        [global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableAttribute(global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableState.Advanced)]
+        internal static global::System.Resources.ResourceManager ResourceManager {
+            get {
+                if (object.ReferenceEquals(resourceMan, null)) {
+                    global::System.Resources.ResourceManager temp = new global::System.Resources.ResourceManager("TemperatureLoggerHostApp.Properties.Resources", typeof(Resources).Assembly);
+                    resourceMan = temp;
+                }
+                return resourceMan;
+            }
+        }
+        
+        /// <summary>
+        ///   Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all
+        ///   resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class.
+        /// </summary>
+        [global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableAttribute(global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableState.Advanced)]
+        internal static global::System.Globalization.CultureInfo Culture {
+            get {
+                return resourceCulture;
+            }
+            set {
+                resourceCulture = value;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Resources.resx b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Resources.resx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..af7dbebbac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Resources.resx
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<root>
+  <!-- 
+    Microsoft ResX Schema 
+    
+    Version 2.0
+    
+    The primary goals of this format is to allow a simple XML format 
+    that is mostly human readable. The generation and parsing of the 
+    various data types are done through the TypeConverter classes 
+    associated with the data types.
+    
+    Example:
+    
+    ... ado.net/XML headers & schema ...
+    <resheader name="resmimetype">text/microsoft-resx</resheader>
+    <resheader name="version">2.0</resheader>
+    <resheader name="reader">System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader>
+    <resheader name="writer">System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, ...</resheader>
+    <data name="Name1"><value>this is my long string</value><comment>this is a comment</comment></data>
+    <data name="Color1" type="System.Drawing.Color, System.Drawing">Blue</data>
+    <data name="Bitmap1" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64">
+        <value>[base64 mime encoded serialized .NET Framework object]</value>
+    </data>
+    <data name="Icon1" type="System.Drawing.Icon, System.Drawing" mimetype="application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64">
+        <value>[base64 mime encoded string representing a byte array form of the .NET Framework object]</value>
+        <comment>This is a comment</comment>
+    </data>
+                
+    There are any number of "resheader" rows that contain simple 
+    name/value pairs.
+    
+    Each data row contains a name, and value. The row also contains a 
+    type or mimetype. Type corresponds to a .NET class that support 
+    text/value conversion through the TypeConverter architecture. 
+    Classes that don't support this are serialized and stored with the 
+    mimetype set.
+    
+    The mimetype is used for serialized objects, and tells the 
+    ResXResourceReader how to depersist the object. This is currently not 
+    extensible. For a given mimetype the value must be set accordingly:
+    
+    Note - application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64 is the format 
+    that the ResXResourceWriter will generate, however the reader can 
+    read any of the formats listed below.
+    
+    mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.binary.base64
+    value   : The object must be serialized with 
+            : System.Serialization.Formatters.Binary.BinaryFormatter
+            : and then encoded with base64 encoding.
+    
+    mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.soap.base64
+    value   : The object must be serialized with 
+            : System.Runtime.Serialization.Formatters.Soap.SoapFormatter
+            : and then encoded with base64 encoding.
+
+    mimetype: application/x-microsoft.net.object.bytearray.base64
+    value   : The object must be serialized into a byte array 
+            : using a System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter
+            : and then encoded with base64 encoding.
+    -->
+  <xsd:schema id="root" xmlns="" xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema" xmlns:msdata="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:xml-msdata">
+    <xsd:element name="root" msdata:IsDataSet="true">
+      <xsd:complexType>
+        <xsd:choice maxOccurs="unbounded">
+          <xsd:element name="metadata">
+            <xsd:complexType>
+              <xsd:sequence>
+                <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" />
+              </xsd:sequence>
+              <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" />
+              <xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" />
+              <xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" />
+            </xsd:complexType>
+          </xsd:element>
+          <xsd:element name="assembly">
+            <xsd:complexType>
+              <xsd:attribute name="alias" type="xsd:string" />
+              <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" />
+            </xsd:complexType>
+          </xsd:element>
+          <xsd:element name="data">
+            <xsd:complexType>
+              <xsd:sequence>
+                <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
+                <xsd:element name="comment" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="2" />
+              </xsd:sequence>
+              <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
+              <xsd:attribute name="type" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="3" />
+              <xsd:attribute name="mimetype" type="xsd:string" msdata:Ordinal="4" />
+            </xsd:complexType>
+          </xsd:element>
+          <xsd:element name="resheader">
+            <xsd:complexType>
+              <xsd:sequence>
+                <xsd:element name="value" type="xsd:string" minOccurs="0" msdata:Ordinal="1" />
+              </xsd:sequence>
+              <xsd:attribute name="name" type="xsd:string" use="required" />
+            </xsd:complexType>
+          </xsd:element>
+        </xsd:choice>
+      </xsd:complexType>
+    </xsd:element>
+  </xsd:schema>
+  <resheader name="resmimetype">
+    <value>text/microsoft-resx</value>
+  </resheader>
+  <resheader name="version">
+    <value>2.0</value>
+  </resheader>
+  <resheader name="reader">
+    <value>System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value>
+  </resheader>
+  <resheader name="writer">
+    <value>System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089</value>
+  </resheader>
+</root>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..95fc3ad588
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// <auto-generated>
+//     This code was generated by a tool.
+//     Runtime Version:4.0.30319.239
+//
+//     Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if
+//     the code is regenerated.
+// </auto-generated>
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+namespace TemperatureLoggerHostApp.Properties {
+    
+    
+    [global::System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()]
+    [global::System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("Microsoft.VisualStudio.Editors.SettingsDesigner.SettingsSingleFileGenerator", "10.0.0.0")]
+    internal sealed partial class Settings : global::System.Configuration.ApplicationSettingsBase {
+        
+        private static Settings defaultInstance = ((Settings)(global::System.Configuration.ApplicationSettingsBase.Synchronized(new Settings())));
+        
+        public static Settings Default {
+            get {
+                return defaultInstance;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Settings.settings b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Settings.settings
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..39645652af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Settings.settings
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?>
+<SettingsFile xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/VisualStudio/2004/01/settings" CurrentProfile="(Default)">
+  <Profiles>
+    <Profile Name="(Default)" />
+  </Profiles>
+  <Settings />
+</SettingsFile>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/README.txt b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/README.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ab6b9a83a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/README.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+http://en.sourceforge.jp/projects/sfnet_libhidnet/
+
+This library has been tested on Windows Vista 32bit, Windows Vista 64bit,
+Windows XP 32bit and Debian (Lenny) AMD64 but should work on any version of
+Windows that can run the .NET framework 2.0 and any other operating system
+that has both hiddev and Mono.
+
+Any additions must be tested and work on Windows and Linux, on both 32 and
+64 bit. Windows 64 bit testing is particularly important as it is often
+neglected.
+
+
+Hid.Linux.dll was compiled under Linux with Mono (mcs) and uses no generics.
+
+Hid.Win32.dll and Hid.Net.dll were compiled under Windows with the .NET
+Framework v2.0.50727 but are also tested to compile with Mono (gmcs).
+
+
+A good starting point when using this library is Hid.DeviceFactory's Enumerate
+methods.
+
+LogitechMX5000.cs is a simple example of how the library can be used. Other
+examples on common devices are welcomed.
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/TempLoggerHostApp.csproj b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/TempLoggerHostApp.csproj
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8517d6f42a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/TempLoggerHostApp.csproj
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<Project ToolsVersion="4.0" DefaultTargets="Build" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/msbuild/2003">
+  <PropertyGroup>
+    <Configuration Condition=" '$(Configuration)' == '' ">Debug</Configuration>
+    <Platform Condition=" '$(Platform)' == '' ">AnyCPU</Platform>
+    <ProductVersion>9.0.21022</ProductVersion>
+    <SchemaVersion>2.0</SchemaVersion>
+    <ProjectGuid>{A2D66069-8CF9-4104-828C-49A73D7DB5D1}</ProjectGuid>
+    <OutputType>WinExe</OutputType>
+    <AppDesignerFolder>Properties</AppDesignerFolder>
+    <RootNamespace>TemperatureLoggerHostApp</RootNamespace>
+    <AssemblyName>TemperatureLoggerHostApp</AssemblyName>
+    <TargetFrameworkVersion>v3.5</TargetFrameworkVersion>
+    <FileAlignment>512</FileAlignment>
+    <FileUpgradeFlags>
+    </FileUpgradeFlags>
+    <OldToolsVersion>3.5</OldToolsVersion>
+    <UpgradeBackupLocation />
+  </PropertyGroup>
+  <PropertyGroup Condition=" '$(Configuration)|$(Platform)' == 'Debug|AnyCPU' ">
+    <DebugSymbols>true</DebugSymbols>
+    <DebugType>full</DebugType>
+    <Optimize>false</Optimize>
+    <OutputPath>bin\Debug\</OutputPath>
+    <DefineConstants>DEBUG;TRACE</DefineConstants>
+    <ErrorReport>prompt</ErrorReport>
+    <WarningLevel>4</WarningLevel>
+  </PropertyGroup>
+  <PropertyGroup Condition=" '$(Configuration)|$(Platform)' == 'Release|AnyCPU' ">
+    <DebugType>pdbonly</DebugType>
+    <Optimize>true</Optimize>
+    <OutputPath>bin\Release\</OutputPath>
+    <DefineConstants>TRACE</DefineConstants>
+    <ErrorReport>prompt</ErrorReport>
+    <WarningLevel>4</WarningLevel>
+  </PropertyGroup>
+  <ItemGroup>
+    <Reference Include="Hid.Net, Version=1.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, processorArchitecture=MSIL">
+      <SpecificVersion>False</SpecificVersion>
+      <HintPath>.\Hid.Net.dll</HintPath>
+    </Reference>
+    <Reference Include="System" />
+    <Reference Include="System.Core">
+      <RequiredTargetFramework>3.5</RequiredTargetFramework>
+    </Reference>
+    <Reference Include="System.Xml.Linq">
+      <RequiredTargetFramework>3.5</RequiredTargetFramework>
+    </Reference>
+    <Reference Include="System.Data.DataSetExtensions">
+      <RequiredTargetFramework>3.5</RequiredTargetFramework>
+    </Reference>
+    <Reference Include="System.Data" />
+    <Reference Include="System.Deployment" />
+    <Reference Include="System.Drawing" />
+    <Reference Include="System.Windows.Forms" />
+    <Reference Include="System.Xml" />
+  </ItemGroup>
+  <ItemGroup>
+    <Compile Include="DataLoggerSettings.cs">
+      <SubType>Form</SubType>
+    </Compile>
+    <Compile Include="DataLoggerSettings.Designer.cs">
+      <DependentUpon>DataLoggerSettings.cs</DependentUpon>
+    </Compile>
+    <Compile Include="Program.cs" />
+    <Compile Include="Properties\AssemblyInfo.cs" />
+    <EmbeddedResource Include="DataLoggerSettings.resx">
+      <DependentUpon>DataLoggerSettings.cs</DependentUpon>
+      <SubType>Designer</SubType>
+    </EmbeddedResource>
+    <EmbeddedResource Include="Properties\Resources.resx">
+      <Generator>ResXFileCodeGenerator</Generator>
+      <LastGenOutput>Resources.Designer.cs</LastGenOutput>
+      <SubType>Designer</SubType>
+    </EmbeddedResource>
+    <Compile Include="Properties\Resources.Designer.cs">
+      <AutoGen>True</AutoGen>
+      <DependentUpon>Resources.resx</DependentUpon>
+      <DesignTime>True</DesignTime>
+    </Compile>
+    <None Include="Properties\Settings.settings">
+      <Generator>SettingsSingleFileGenerator</Generator>
+      <LastGenOutput>Settings.Designer.cs</LastGenOutput>
+    </None>
+    <Compile Include="Properties\Settings.Designer.cs">
+      <AutoGen>True</AutoGen>
+      <DependentUpon>Settings.settings</DependentUpon>
+      <DesignTimeSharedInput>True</DesignTimeSharedInput>
+    </Compile>
+  </ItemGroup>
+  <Import Project="$(MSBuildToolsPath)\Microsoft.CSharp.targets" />
+  <!-- To modify your build process, add your task inside one of the targets below and uncomment it. 
+       Other similar extension points exist, see Microsoft.Common.targets.
+  <Target Name="BeforeBuild">
+  </Target>
+  <Target Name="AfterBuild">
+  </Target>
+  -->
+</Project>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp_Python/temp_log_config.py b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp_Python/temp_log_config.py
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fdb4ad9b69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp_Python/temp_log_config.py
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+"""
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+"""
+
+"""
+    Front-end configuration app for the TempDataLogger project. This script
+    configures the logger to the current system time and date, with a user
+    defined logging interval.
+
+    The logging interval should be specified in milliseconds and is rounded to
+    a multiple of 500ms.
+
+    Usage:
+        python temp_log_config.py <Log_Interval>
+
+    Example:
+        python temp_log_config.py 500
+
+    Requires the pywinusb library (https://pypi.python.org/pypi/pywinusb/).
+"""
+
+import sys
+from datetime import datetime
+import pywinusb.hid as hid
+
+# Generic HID device VID, PID and report payload length (length is increased
+# by one to account for the Report ID byte that must be pre-pended)
+device_vid = 0x03EB
+device_pid = 0x2063
+report_length = 1 + 7
+
+
+def get_hid_device_handle():
+    hid_device_filter = hid.HidDeviceFilter(vendor_id=device_vid,
+                                            product_id=device_pid)
+
+    valid_hid_devices = hid_device_filter.get_devices()
+
+    if len(valid_hid_devices) is 0:
+        return None
+    else:
+        return valid_hid_devices[0]
+
+
+def configure_temp_log_device(device, time_date, log_interval_500ms):
+    # Report data for the demo is the report ID (always zero)
+    report_data = [0]
+
+    # Followed by the time/date data
+    report_data.extend([time_date.hour, time_date.minute,
+                        time_date.second, time_date.day,
+                        time_date.month, time_date.year - 2000])
+
+    # Lastly the log interval in 500ms units of time
+    report_data.extend([log_interval_500ms])
+
+    # Zero-extend the array to the length the report should be
+    report_data.extend([0] * (report_length - len(report_data)))
+
+    # Send the generated report to the device
+    device.send_output_report(report_data)
+
+
+def main(time_date, log_interval_500ms):
+    hid_device = get_hid_device_handle()
+
+    if hid_device is None:
+        print("No valid HID device found.")
+        sys.exit(1)
+
+    try:
+        hid_device.open()
+
+        print("Connected to device 0x%04X/0x%04X - %s [%s]" %
+              (hid_device.vendor_id, hid_device.product_id,
+               hid_device.product_name, hid_device.vendor_name))
+
+        configure_temp_log_device(hid_device, time_date, log_interval_500ms)
+
+        print("Time/Date is now set to %s" % time_date)
+        print("Log interval is now set to every %0.1fs" % (log_interval_500ms * (500.0 / 1000.0)))
+
+    finally:
+        hid_device.close()
+
+
+if __name__ == '__main__':
+    time_date = datetime.now()
+    log_interval_500ms = (int(sys.argv[1]) / 500) if len(sys.argv) > 1 else 2
+
+    # Clamp the log interval to the allowable range
+    log_interval_500ms = max(log_interval_500ms, 0x01)
+    log_interval_500ms = min(log_interval_500ms, 0xFF)
+
+    main(time_date, log_interval_500ms)
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TemperatureDataLogger.txt b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TemperatureDataLogger.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4d4e0b5e84
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/TemperatureDataLogger.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Temperature Datalogger Project
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *  \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ *  \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4) - <i>those with >16KB of FLASH memory only</i>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Classes:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Mass Storage Device \n
+ *        Human Interface Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclasses:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Bulk-Only Transport \n
+ *        Keyboard Subclass</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF Mass Storage Standard \n
+ *        USB Bulk-Only Transport Standard \n
+ *        SCSI Primary Commands Specification \n
+ *        SCSI Block Commands Specification \n
+ *        USBIF HID Specification, USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Temperature Data Logger project. This project is a very basic USB data logger for the current temperature as reported by
+ *  the board's temperature sensor, writing the temperature to a file stored on the board's Dataflash in a FAT filesystem
+ *  each time a specified interval elapses. When inserted into a PC, the datalogger will appear as a standard USB Mass Storage
+ *  device with a single text file, which contains the logged data. Files are named according to the current date when the
+ *  logging commences.
+ *
+ *  A DS1307 or compatible RTC IC is designed to be attached to the AVR's TWI bus, for the management of timestamps on the
+ *  sampled data. This project will not function correctly if the RTC chip is omitted unless the DUMMY_RTC compile time token
+ *  is specified - see \ref Sec_Options.
+ *
+ *  Due to the host's need for exclusive access to the file system, the device will not log samples while connected to a host.
+ *  For the logger to store data, the Dataflash must first be formatted by the host so that it contains a valid FAT file system.
+ *
+ *  This project uses the FatFS library from ELM Chan (http://elm-chan.org/fsw/ff/00index_e.html) and the .NET HID device library
+ *  LibHIDNet (http://sourceforge.net/projects/libhidnet/).
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ *    <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ *    <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>DUMMY_RTC</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>When a DS1307 RTC chip is not fitted, this token can be defined to make the demo use a dummy software RTC using the system
+ *        clock. This is less accurate and does not store the set time and date into non-volatile memory.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ca08c55b4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="Temperature Datalogger" id="lufa.projects.temp_datalogger.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.projects.temp_datalogger"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="usbkey"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="8000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="8000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.projects.temp_datalogger" caption="Temperature Datalogger">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Temperature Datalogger project.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Device"/>
+			<keyword value="HID Class"/>
+			<keyword value="Mass Storage Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="TemperatureDataLogger.txt"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="directory" value="TempLogHostApp"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="directory" value="TempLogHostApp_Python"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="TempDataLogger.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="TempDataLogger.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/DataflashManager.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/DataflashManager.h"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/RTC.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/RTC.h"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/SCSI.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/SCSI.h"/>
+
+		<build type="include-path" value="Lib/FATFs/"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/FATFs/ff.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/FATFs/ff.h"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/FATFs/diskio.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/FATFs/diskio.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/FATFs/ffconf.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/FATFs/integer.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.temperature"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.dataflash"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.adc"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.twi"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3959841744
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2397 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "Temperature Datalogger Project"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/ \
+                         TempLogHostApp/ \
+                         TempLogHostApp_Python/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/makefile b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fea6fea91d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/TempDataLogger/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = TempDataLogger
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c Lib/DataflashManager.c Lib/RTC.c Lib/SCSI.c Lib/FATFs/diskio.c Lib/FATFs/ff.c \
+               $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL) $(LUFA_SRC_TWI) $(LUFA_SRC_TEMPERATURE)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/USBtoSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/USBtoSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f7d7e62708
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/USBtoSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            0
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              0
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/USBtoSerial/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/USBtoSerial/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..982703707f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/USBtoSerial/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,245 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ *  the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ *  process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+	.Class                  = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+	.SubClass               = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificSubclass,
+	.Protocol               = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificProtocol,
+
+	.Endpoint0Size          = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+	.VendorID               = 0x03EB,
+	.ProductID              = 0x204B,
+	.ReleaseNumber          = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+	.ProductStrIndex        = STRING_ID_Product,
+	.SerialNumStrIndex      = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
+
+	.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+	.Config =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+			.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+			.TotalInterfaces        = 2,
+
+			.ConfigurationNumber    = 1,
+			.ConfigurationStrIndex  = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+			.ConfigAttributes       = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+			.MaxPowerConsumption    = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+		},
+
+	.CDC_CCI_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 1,
+
+			.Class                  = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+			.SubClass               = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.CDC_Functional_Header =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+			.CDCSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+		},
+
+	.CDC_Functional_ACM =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM,
+
+			.Capabilities           = 0x06,
+		},
+
+	.CDC_Functional_Union =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union,
+
+			.MasterInterfaceNumber  = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+			.SlaveInterfaceNumber   = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+		},
+
+	.CDC_NotificationEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0xFF
+		},
+
+	.CDC_DCI_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 2,
+
+			.Class                  = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass,
+			.SubClass               = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.CDC_DataOutEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		},
+
+	.CDC_DataInEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		}
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ *  the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ *  via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ *  form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ *  and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA USB-RS232 Adapter");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ *  USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8);
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+	const void* Address = NULL;
+	uint16_t    Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+	switch (DescriptorType)
+	{
+		case DTYPE_Device:
+			Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_Configuration:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_String:
+			switch (DescriptorNumber)
+			{
+				case STRING_ID_Language:
+					Address = &LanguageString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+					Address = &ManufacturerString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Product:
+					Address = &ProductString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+			}
+
+			break;
+	}
+
+	*DescriptorAddress = Address;
+	return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/USBtoSerial/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/USBtoSerial/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b19682a2b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/USBtoSerial/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+		#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR        (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 2)
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+		#define CDC_TX_EPADDR                  (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 3)
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the CDC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+		#define CDC_RX_EPADDR                  (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4)
+
+		/** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+		#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE        8
+
+		/** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */
+		#define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE                16
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t    Config;
+
+			// CDC Command Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t               CDC_CCI_Interface;
+			USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t    CDC_Functional_Header;
+			USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t       CDC_Functional_ACM;
+			USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t     CDC_Functional_Union;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t                CDC_NotificationEndpoint;
+
+			// CDC Data Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t               CDC_DCI_Interface;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t                CDC_DataOutEndpoint;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t                CDC_DataInEndpoint;
+		} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+		/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+		 *  should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+		 *  interface from other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+		{
+			INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI = 0, /**< CDC CCI interface descriptor ID */
+			INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI = 1, /**< CDC DCI interface descriptor ID */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+		 *  have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+		 *  other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum StringDescriptors_t
+		{
+			STRING_ID_Language     = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+			STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+			STRING_ID_Product      = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+		};
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+		                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+		                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+		                                    ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/USBtoSerial/LUFA USBtoSerial.inf b/lib/lufa/Projects/USBtoSerial/LUFA USBtoSerial.inf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b00fab6a44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/USBtoSerial/LUFA USBtoSerial.inf
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+;************************************************************
+; Windows USB CDC ACM Setup File
+; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
+;************************************************************
+
+[DefaultInstall]
+CopyINF="LUFA USBtoSerial.inf"
+
+[Version]
+Signature="$Windows NT$"
+Class=Ports
+ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318}
+Provider=%MFGNAME%
+DriverVer=7/1/2012,10.0.0.0
+
+[Manufacturer]
+%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTx86, NTamd64, NTia64
+
+[SourceDisksNames]
+
+[SourceDisksFiles]
+
+[DestinationDirs]
+DefaultDestDir=12
+
+[DriverInstall]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+CopyFiles=FakeModemCopyFileSection
+AddReg=DriverInstall.AddReg
+
+[DriverInstall.Services]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, LowerFilter_Service_Inst
+
+[DriverInstall.AddReg]
+HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"msports.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;  Vendor and Product ID Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side
+; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match.
+; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID.  Use the format as shown below.
+; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs.
+; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line.
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[DeviceList]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204B
+
+[DeviceList.NTx86]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204B
+
+[DeviceList.NTamd64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204B
+
+[DeviceList.NTia64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204B
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;  String Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;Modify these strings to customize your device
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[Strings]
+MFGNAME="http://www.lufa-lib.org"
+DESCRIPTION="LUFA USB to Serial"
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/USBtoSerial/USBtoSerial.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/USBtoSerial/USBtoSerial.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..47a84a4ada
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/USBtoSerial/USBtoSerial.c
@@ -0,0 +1,254 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the USBtoSerial project. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the project and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "USBtoSerial.h"
+
+/** Circular buffer to hold data from the host before it is sent to the device via the serial port. */
+static RingBuffer_t USBtoUSART_Buffer;
+
+/** Underlying data buffer for \ref USBtoUSART_Buffer, where the stored bytes are located. */
+static uint8_t      USBtoUSART_Buffer_Data[128];
+
+/** Circular buffer to hold data from the serial port before it is sent to the host. */
+static RingBuffer_t USARTtoUSB_Buffer;
+
+/** Underlying data buffer for \ref USARTtoUSB_Buffer, where the stored bytes are located. */
+static uint8_t      USARTtoUSB_Buffer_Data[128];
+
+/** LUFA CDC Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ *  passed to all CDC Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ *  within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface =
+	{
+		.Config =
+			{
+				.ControlInterfaceNumber         = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+				.DataINEndpoint                 =
+					{
+						.Address                = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
+						.Size                   = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks                  = 1,
+					},
+				.DataOUTEndpoint                =
+					{
+						.Address                = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
+						.Size                   = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks                  = 1,
+					},
+				.NotificationEndpoint           =
+					{
+						.Address                = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+						.Size                   = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks                  = 1,
+					},
+			},
+	};
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ *  setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	RingBuffer_InitBuffer(&USBtoUSART_Buffer, USBtoUSART_Buffer_Data, sizeof(USBtoUSART_Buffer_Data));
+	RingBuffer_InitBuffer(&USARTtoUSB_Buffer, USARTtoUSB_Buffer_Data, sizeof(USARTtoUSB_Buffer_Data));
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		/* Only try to read in bytes from the CDC interface if the transmit buffer is not full */
+		if (!(RingBuffer_IsFull(&USBtoUSART_Buffer)))
+		{
+			int16_t ReceivedByte = CDC_Device_ReceiveByte(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+
+			/* Store received byte into the USART transmit buffer */
+			if (!(ReceivedByte < 0))
+			  RingBuffer_Insert(&USBtoUSART_Buffer, ReceivedByte);
+		}
+
+		uint16_t BufferCount = RingBuffer_GetCount(&USARTtoUSB_Buffer);
+		if (BufferCount)
+		{
+			Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface.Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+
+			/* Check if a packet is already enqueued to the host - if so, we shouldn't try to send more data
+			 * until it completes as there is a chance nothing is listening and a lengthy timeout could occur */
+			if (Endpoint_IsINReady())
+			{
+				/* Never send more than one bank size less one byte to the host at a time, so that we don't block
+				 * while a Zero Length Packet (ZLP) to terminate the transfer is sent if the host isn't listening */
+				uint8_t BytesToSend = MIN(BufferCount, (CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE - 1));
+
+				/* Read bytes from the USART receive buffer into the USB IN endpoint */
+				while (BytesToSend--)
+				{
+					/* Try to send the next byte of data to the host, abort if there is an error without dequeuing */
+					if (CDC_Device_SendByte(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface,
+											RingBuffer_Peek(&USARTtoUSB_Buffer)) != ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError)
+					{
+						break;
+					}
+
+					/* Dequeue the already sent byte from the buffer now we have confirmed that no transmission error occurred */
+					RingBuffer_Remove(&USARTtoUSB_Buffer);
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		/* Load the next byte from the USART transmit buffer into the USART if transmit buffer space is available */
+		if (Serial_IsSendReady() && !(RingBuffer_IsEmpty(&USBtoUSART_Buffer)))
+		  Serial_SendByte(RingBuffer_Remove(&USBtoUSART_Buffer));
+
+		CDC_Device_USBTask(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	LEDs_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+	bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+	ConfigSuccess &= CDC_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+	CDC_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+}
+
+/** ISR to manage the reception of data from the serial port, placing received bytes into a circular buffer
+ *  for later transmission to the host.
+ */
+ISR(USART1_RX_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+	uint8_t ReceivedByte = UDR1;
+
+	if ((USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Configured) && !(RingBuffer_IsFull(&USARTtoUSB_Buffer)))
+	  RingBuffer_Insert(&USARTtoUSB_Buffer, ReceivedByte);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the CDC Class driver Line Encoding Changed event.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the CDC class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ */
+void EVENT_CDC_Device_LineEncodingChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	uint8_t ConfigMask = 0;
+
+	switch (CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.ParityType)
+	{
+		case CDC_PARITY_Odd:
+			ConfigMask = ((1 << UPM11) | (1 << UPM10));
+			break;
+		case CDC_PARITY_Even:
+			ConfigMask = (1 << UPM11);
+			break;
+	}
+
+	if (CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.CharFormat == CDC_LINEENCODING_TwoStopBits)
+	  ConfigMask |= (1 << USBS1);
+
+	switch (CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.DataBits)
+	{
+		case 6:
+			ConfigMask |= (1 << UCSZ10);
+			break;
+		case 7:
+			ConfigMask |= (1 << UCSZ11);
+			break;
+		case 8:
+			ConfigMask |= ((1 << UCSZ11) | (1 << UCSZ10));
+			break;
+	}
+
+	/* Keep the TX line held high (idle) while the USART is reconfigured */
+	PORTD |= (1 << 3);
+
+	/* Must turn off USART before reconfiguring it, otherwise incorrect operation may occur */
+	UCSR1B = 0;
+	UCSR1A = 0;
+	UCSR1C = 0;
+
+	/* Set the new baud rate before configuring the USART */
+	UBRR1  = SERIAL_2X_UBBRVAL(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS);
+
+	/* Reconfigure the USART in double speed mode for a wider baud rate range at the expense of accuracy */
+	UCSR1C = ConfigMask;
+	UCSR1A = (1 << U2X1);
+	UCSR1B = ((1 << RXCIE1) | (1 << TXEN1) | (1 << RXEN1));
+
+	/* Release the TX line after the USART has been reconfigured */
+	PORTD &= ~(1 << 3);
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/USBtoSerial/USBtoSerial.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/USBtoSerial/USBtoSerial.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ed6880baf0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/USBtoSerial/USBtoSerial.h
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for USBtoSerial.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _USB_SERIAL_H_
+#define _USB_SERIAL_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+
+		#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/RingBuffer.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+		void EVENT_CDC_Device_LineEncodingChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/USBtoSerial/USBtoSerial.txt b/lib/lufa/Projects/USBtoSerial/USBtoSerial.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0620f93938
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/USBtoSerial/USBtoSerial.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage USB to Serial Converter Project
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Project Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this project.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *  \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ *  \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ *  \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this project.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Abstract Control Model (ACM)</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF CDC Class Standard</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  USB to Serial bridge project. This project allows a USB AVR to serve
+ *  as a USB to USART bridge between a USB host and a device lacking a
+ *  USB port. When programmed into a USB AVR, the AVR will enumerate as a
+ *  virtual COM port.
+ *
+ *  The AVR's hardware USART's settings will change to mirror as closely as
+ *  possible the serial settings set on the host. However, due to hardware
+ *  limitations, some options may not be supported (baud rates with unacceptable
+ *  error rates at the AVR's clock speed, data lengths other than 6, 7 or 8 bits,
+ *  1.5 stop bits, parity other than none, even or odd).
+ *
+ *  After running this project for the first time on a new computer,
+ *  you will need to supply the .INF file located in this project
+ *  project's directory as the device's driver when running under
+ *  Windows. This will enable Windows to use its inbuilt CDC drivers,
+ *  negating the need for custom drivers for the device. Other
+ *  Operating Systems should automatically use their own inbuilt
+ *  CDC-ACM drivers.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this project, which can control the project behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>
+ *     None
+ *    </td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/USBtoSerial/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Projects/USBtoSerial/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..13f9ba8fb1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/USBtoSerial/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="USB to Serial Converter" id="lufa.projects.usb_to_serial.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.projects.usb_to_serial"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="usbkey"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="8000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="8000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.projects.usb_to_serial" caption="USB to Serial Converter">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		USB to Serial USART converter project.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Device"/>
+			<keyword value="CDC Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="USBtoSerial.txt"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="LUFA USBtoSerial.inf"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="USBtoSerial.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="USBtoSerial.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ringbuffer"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/USBtoSerial/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Projects/USBtoSerial/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4f79dc6bc0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/USBtoSerial/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - USB to Serial Device Project"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/USBtoSerial/makefile b/lib/lufa/Projects/USBtoSerial/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b39042ff31
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/USBtoSerial/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = USBtoSerial
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Config/AppConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..30a265767c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ *  the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ *  specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ *  makefile or build system.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ *  \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#define ENABLE_DHCP_CLIENT
+	#define ENABLE_DHCP_SERVER
+	#define ENABLE_TELNET_SERVER
+	#define MAX_URI_LENGTH                50
+
+	#define DEVICE_IP_ADDRESS             (uint8_t[]){ 10,   0,   0,   2}
+	#define DEVICE_NETMASK                (uint8_t[]){255, 255, 255,   0}
+	#define DEVICE_GATEWAY                (uint8_t[]){ 10,   0,   0,   1}
+	#define SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS            (uint8_t[]){  1,   0,   1,   0,   1,   0}
+
+	#define UIP_CONF_UDP                  (defined(ENABLE_DHCP_CLIENT) || defined(ENABLE_DHCP_SERVER))
+	#define UIP_CONF_BROADCAST            1
+	#define UIP_CONF_TCP                  1
+	#define UIP_CONF_UDP_CONNS            1
+	#define UIP_CONF_MAX_CONNECTIONS      3
+	#define UIP_CONF_MAX_LISTENPORTS      5
+	#define UIP_CONF_BUFFER_SIZE          1514
+	#define UIP_CONF_LL_802154            0
+	#define UIP_CONF_LL_80211             0
+	#define UIP_CONF_ROUTER               0
+	#define UIP_CONF_ICMP6                0
+	#define UIP_CONF_ICMP_DEST_UNREACH    1
+	#define UIP_URGDATA                   0
+	#define UIP_ARCH_CHKSUM               0
+	#define UIP_ARCH_ADD32                0
+	#define UIP_NEIGHBOR_CONF_ADDRTYPE    0
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ba602dbad6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+//		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
+		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            0
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              0
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..72dda9f124
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,295 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ *  the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ *  process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+	.Class                  = USB_CSCP_IADDeviceClass,
+	.SubClass               = USB_CSCP_IADDeviceSubclass,
+	.Protocol               = USB_CSCP_IADDeviceProtocol,
+
+	.Endpoint0Size          = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+	.VendorID               = 0x03EB,
+	.ProductID              = 0x2069,
+	.ReleaseNumber          = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+	.ProductStrIndex        = STRING_ID_Product,
+	.SerialNumStrIndex      = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
+
+	.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+	.Config =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+			.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+			.TotalInterfaces        = 3,
+
+			.ConfigurationNumber    = 1,
+			.ConfigurationStrIndex  = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+			.ConfigAttributes       = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED,
+
+			.MaxPowerConsumption    = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+		},
+
+	.CDC_IAD =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t), .Type = DTYPE_InterfaceAssociation},
+
+			.FirstInterfaceIndex    = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+			.TotalInterfaces        = 2,
+
+			.Class                  = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+			.SubClass               = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = CDC_CSCP_VendorSpecificProtocol,
+
+			.IADStrIndex            = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.CDC_CCI_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 1,
+
+			.Class                  = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+			.SubClass               = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = CDC_CSCP_VendorSpecificProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.CDC_Functional_Header =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+			.CDCSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+		},
+
+	.CDC_Functional_ACM =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM,
+
+			.Capabilities           = 0x00,
+		},
+
+	.CDC_Functional_Union =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union,
+
+			.MasterInterfaceNumber  = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+			.SlaveInterfaceNumber   = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+		},
+
+	.CDC_NotificationEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0xFF
+		},
+
+	.CDC_DCI_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 2,
+
+			.Class                  = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass,
+			.SubClass               = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.RNDIS_DataOutEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		},
+
+	.RNDIS_DataInEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		},
+
+	.MS_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 2,
+
+			.Class                  = MS_CSCP_MassStorageClass,
+			.SubClass               = MS_CSCP_SCSITransparentSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = MS_CSCP_BulkOnlyTransportProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.MS_DataInEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		},
+
+	.MS_DataOutEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		}
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ *  the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ *  via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ *  form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ *  and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Webserver");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ *  USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8);
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+	const void* Address = NULL;
+	uint16_t    Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+	switch (DescriptorType)
+	{
+		case DTYPE_Device:
+			Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_Configuration:
+			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_String:
+			switch (DescriptorNumber)
+			{
+				case STRING_ID_Language:
+					Address = &LanguageString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+					Address = &ManufacturerString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case STRING_ID_Product:
+					Address = &ProductString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+			}
+
+			break;
+	}
+
+	*DescriptorAddress = Address;
+	return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..66da1b654c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+		#define MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR         (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 3)
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+		#define MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR        (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4)
+
+		/** Size in bytes of the Mass Storage data endpoints. */
+		#define MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE         64
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+		#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR        (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 5)
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+		#define CDC_TX_EPADDR                  (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 1)
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the CDC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+		#define CDC_RX_EPADDR                  (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 2)
+
+		/** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+		#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE        8
+
+		/** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */
+		#define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE                64
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t  Config;
+
+			// RNDIS CDC Command Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t CDC_IAD;
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t             CDC_CCI_Interface;
+			USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t  CDC_Functional_Header;
+			USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t     CDC_Functional_ACM;
+			USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t   CDC_Functional_Union;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t              CDC_NotificationEndpoint;
+
+			// RNDIS CDC Data Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t             CDC_DCI_Interface;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t              RNDIS_DataOutEndpoint;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t              RNDIS_DataInEndpoint;
+
+			// Mass Storage Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t             MS_Interface;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t              MS_DataInEndpoint;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t              MS_DataOutEndpoint;
+		} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+		/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+		 *  should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+		 *  interface from other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+		{
+			INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI     = 0, /**< CDC CCI interface descriptor ID */
+			INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI     = 1, /**< CDC DCI interface descriptor ID */
+			INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage = 2, /**< Mass storage interface descriptor ID */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+		 *  have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+		 *  other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum StringDescriptors_t
+		{
+			STRING_ID_Language     = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+			STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+			STRING_ID_Product      = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+		};
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+		                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+		                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+		                                    ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/LUFA Webserver RNDIS.inf b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/LUFA Webserver RNDIS.inf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c77de8f6bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/LUFA Webserver RNDIS.inf
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+;     Windows LUFA RNDIS Setup File
+; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
+
+[DefaultInstall]
+CopyINF="LUFA Webserver RNDIS.inf"
+
+[Version]
+Signature="$Windows NT$"
+Class=Net
+ClassGuid={4d36e972-e325-11ce-bfc1-08002be10318}
+Provider=%MFGNAME%
+DriverVer=7/1/2012,10.0.0.0
+
+[Manufacturer]
+%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTx86, NTamd64, NTia64
+
+[ControlFlags]
+ExcludeFromSelect=*
+
+[DriverInstall]
+Characteristics=0x84 ; NCF_PHYSICAL + NCF_HAS_UI
+BusType=15
+include=netrndis.inf
+needs=Usb_Rndis.ndi
+AddReg=Rndis_AddReg_Vista
+
+[DriverInstall.Services]
+include=netrndis.inf
+needs=Usb_Rndis.ndi.Services
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;  Vendor and Product ID Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side
+; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match.
+; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID.  Use the format as shown below.
+; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs.
+; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line.
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[DeviceList]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2069
+
+[DeviceList.NTx86]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2069
+
+[DeviceList.NTamd64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2069
+
+[DeviceList.NTia64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2069
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;  String Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;Modify these strings to customize your device
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[Strings]
+MFGNAME="http://www.lufa-lib.org"
+DESCRIPTION="LUFA USB RNDIS Demo"
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPClientApp.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPClientApp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..760718127e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPClientApp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,208 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  DHCP Client Application. When connected to the uIP stack, this will retrieve IP configuration settings from the
+ *  DHCP server on the network.
+ */
+
+#define  INCLUDE_FROM_DHCPCLIENTAPP_C
+#include "DHCPClientApp.h"
+
+#if defined(ENABLE_DHCP_CLIENT) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+
+/** Initialization function for the DHCP client. */
+void DHCPClientApp_Init(void)
+{
+	/* Create a new UDP connection to the DHCP server port for the DHCP solicitation */
+	struct uip_udp_conn* Connection = uip_udp_new(&uip_broadcast_addr, HTONS(DHCP_SERVER_PORT));
+
+	/* If the connection was successfully created, bind it to the local DHCP client port */
+	if (Connection != NULL)
+	{
+		uip_udp_appstate_t* const AppState = &Connection->appstate;
+		uip_udp_bind(Connection, HTONS(DHCP_CLIENT_PORT));
+
+		/* Set the initial client state */
+		AppState->DHCPClient.CurrentState = DHCP_STATE_SendDiscover;
+
+		/* Set timeout period to half a second for a DHCP server to respond */
+		timer_set(&AppState->DHCPClient.Timeout, CLOCK_SECOND / 2);
+	}
+}
+
+/** uIP stack application callback for the DHCP client. This function must be called each time the TCP/IP stack
+ *  needs a UDP packet to be processed.
+ */
+void DHCPClientApp_Callback(void)
+{
+	uip_udp_appstate_t* const AppState    = &uip_udp_conn->appstate;
+	DHCP_Header_t*      const AppData     = (DHCP_Header_t*)uip_appdata;
+	uint16_t                  AppDataSize = 0;
+
+	switch (AppState->DHCPClient.CurrentState)
+	{
+		case DHCP_STATE_SendDiscover:
+			/* Clear all DHCP settings, reset client IP address */
+			memset(&AppState->DHCPClient.DHCPOffer_Data, 0x00, sizeof(AppState->DHCPClient.DHCPOffer_Data));
+			uip_sethostaddr((uip_ipaddr_t*)&AppState->DHCPClient.DHCPOffer_Data.AllocatedIP);
+
+			/* Fill out the DHCP response header */
+			AppDataSize += DHCPClientApp_FillDHCPHeader(AppData, DHCP_DISCOVER, AppState);
+
+			/* Add the required DHCP options list to the packet */
+			uint8_t RequiredOptionList[] = {DHCP_OPTION_SUBNET_MASK, DHCP_OPTION_ROUTER, DHCP_OPTION_DNS_SERVER};
+			AppDataSize += DHCPCommon_SetOption(AppData->Options, DHCP_OPTION_REQ_LIST, sizeof(RequiredOptionList),
+			                                    RequiredOptionList);
+
+			/* Send the DHCP DISCOVER packet */
+			uip_udp_send(AppDataSize);
+
+			/* Reset the timeout timer, progress to next state */
+			timer_reset(&AppState->DHCPClient.Timeout);
+			AppState->DHCPClient.CurrentState = DHCP_STATE_WaitForOffer;
+
+			break;
+		case DHCP_STATE_WaitForOffer:
+			if (!(uip_newdata()))
+			{
+				/* Check if the DHCP timeout period has expired while waiting for a response */
+				if (timer_expired(&AppState->DHCPClient.Timeout))
+				  AppState->DHCPClient.CurrentState = DHCP_STATE_SendDiscover;
+
+				break;
+			}
+
+			uint8_t OfferResponse_MessageType;
+			if ((AppData->TransactionID == DHCP_TRANSACTION_ID) &&
+			    DHCPCommon_GetOption(AppData->Options, DHCP_OPTION_MSG_TYPE, &OfferResponse_MessageType) &&
+			    (OfferResponse_MessageType == DHCP_OFFER))
+			{
+				/* Received a DHCP offer for an IP address, copy over values for later request */
+				memcpy(&AppState->DHCPClient.DHCPOffer_Data.AllocatedIP, &AppData->YourIP, sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t));
+				DHCPCommon_GetOption(AppData->Options, DHCP_OPTION_SUBNET_MASK, &AppState->DHCPClient.DHCPOffer_Data.Netmask);
+				DHCPCommon_GetOption(AppData->Options, DHCP_OPTION_ROUTER,      &AppState->DHCPClient.DHCPOffer_Data.GatewayIP);
+				DHCPCommon_GetOption(AppData->Options, DHCP_OPTION_SERVER_ID,   &AppState->DHCPClient.DHCPOffer_Data.ServerIP);
+
+				timer_reset(&AppState->DHCPClient.Timeout);
+				AppState->DHCPClient.CurrentState = DHCP_STATE_SendRequest;
+			}
+
+			break;
+		case DHCP_STATE_SendRequest:
+			/* Fill out the DHCP response header */
+			AppDataSize += DHCPClientApp_FillDHCPHeader(AppData, DHCP_REQUEST, AppState);
+
+			/* Add the DHCP REQUESTED IP ADDRESS option to the packet */
+			AppDataSize += DHCPCommon_SetOption(AppData->Options, DHCP_OPTION_REQ_IPADDR, sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t),
+			                                    &AppState->DHCPClient.DHCPOffer_Data.AllocatedIP);
+
+			/* Add the DHCP SERVER IP ADDRESS option to the packet */
+			AppDataSize += DHCPCommon_SetOption(AppData->Options, DHCP_OPTION_SERVER_ID, sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t),
+			                                    &AppState->DHCPClient.DHCPOffer_Data.ServerIP);
+
+			/* Send the DHCP REQUEST packet */
+			uip_udp_send(AppDataSize);
+
+			/* Reset the timeout timer, progress to next state */
+			timer_reset(&AppState->DHCPClient.Timeout);
+			AppState->DHCPClient.CurrentState = DHCP_STATE_WaitForACK;
+
+			break;
+		case DHCP_STATE_WaitForACK:
+			if (!(uip_newdata()))
+			{
+				/* Check if the DHCP timeout period has expired while waiting for a response */
+				if (timer_expired(&AppState->DHCPClient.Timeout))
+				  AppState->DHCPClient.CurrentState = DHCP_STATE_SendDiscover;
+
+				break;
+			}
+
+			uint8_t RequestResponse_MessageType;
+			if ((AppData->TransactionID == DHCP_TRANSACTION_ID) &&
+			    DHCPCommon_GetOption(AppData->Options, DHCP_OPTION_MSG_TYPE, &RequestResponse_MessageType) &&
+			    (RequestResponse_MessageType == DHCP_ACK))
+			{
+				/* Set the new network parameters from the DHCP server */
+				uip_sethostaddr((uip_ipaddr_t*)&AppState->DHCPClient.DHCPOffer_Data.AllocatedIP);
+				uip_setnetmask((uip_ipaddr_t*)&AppState->DHCPClient.DHCPOffer_Data.Netmask);
+				uip_setdraddr((uip_ipaddr_t*)&AppState->DHCPClient.DHCPOffer_Data.GatewayIP);
+
+				AppState->DHCPClient.CurrentState = DHCP_STATE_AddressLeased;
+			}
+
+			break;
+	}
+}
+
+/** Fills the DHCP packet response with the appropriate BOOTP header for DHCP. This fills out all the required
+ *  fields, leaving only the additional DHCP options to be added to the packet before it is sent to the DHCP server.
+ *
+ *  \param[out] DHCPHeader       Location in the packet buffer where the BOOTP header should be written to
+ *  \param[in]  DHCPMessageType  DHCP Message type, such as DHCP_DISCOVER
+ *  \param[in]  AppState         Application state of the current UDP connection
+ *
+ *  \return Size in bytes of the created DHCP packet
+ */
+static uint16_t DHCPClientApp_FillDHCPHeader(DHCP_Header_t* const DHCPHeader,
+                                             const uint8_t DHCPMessageType,
+                                             uip_udp_appstate_t* const AppState)
+{
+	/* Erase existing packet data so that we start will all 0x00 DHCP header data */
+ 	memset(DHCPHeader, 0, sizeof(DHCP_Header_t));
+
+	/* Fill out the DHCP packet header */
+	DHCPHeader->Operation             = DHCP_OP_BOOTREQUEST;
+	DHCPHeader->HardwareType          = DHCP_HTYPE_ETHERNET;
+	DHCPHeader->HardwareAddressLength = sizeof(MACAddress);
+	DHCPHeader->Hops                  = 0;
+	DHCPHeader->TransactionID         = DHCP_TRANSACTION_ID;
+	DHCPHeader->ElapsedSeconds        = 0;
+	DHCPHeader->Flags                 = HTONS(BOOTP_BROADCAST);
+	memcpy(&DHCPHeader->ClientIP,     &uip_hostaddr,        sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t));
+	memcpy(&DHCPHeader->YourIP,       &AppState->DHCPClient.DHCPOffer_Data.AllocatedIP, sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t));
+	memcpy(&DHCPHeader->NextServerIP, &AppState->DHCPClient.DHCPOffer_Data.ServerIP,    sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t));
+	memcpy(&DHCPHeader->ClientHardwareAddress, &MACAddress, sizeof(struct uip_eth_addr));
+	DHCPHeader->Cookie                = DHCP_MAGIC_COOKIE;
+
+	/* Add a DHCP message type and terminator options to the start of the DHCP options field */
+	DHCPHeader->Options[0]            = DHCP_OPTION_MSG_TYPE;
+	DHCPHeader->Options[1]            = 1;
+	DHCPHeader->Options[2]            = DHCPMessageType;
+	DHCPHeader->Options[3]            = DHCP_OPTION_END;
+
+	/* Calculate the total number of bytes added to the outgoing packet */
+	return (sizeof(DHCP_Header_t) + 4);
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPClientApp.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPClientApp.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0aec00331c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPClientApp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for DHCPClientApp.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DHCPCLIENT_APP_H_
+#define _DHCPCLIENT_APP_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <stdio.h>
+
+		#include <uip.h>
+
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+		#include "../Webserver.h"
+		#include "DHCPCommon.h"
+
+	/* Enums: */
+		/** States for each DHCP connection to a DHCP client. */
+		enum DHCP_Client_States_t
+		{
+			DHCP_STATE_SendDiscover,  /**< Send DISCOVER packet to retrieve DHCP lease offers */
+			DHCP_STATE_WaitForOffer,  /**< Waiting for OFFER packet giving available DHCP leases */
+			DHCP_STATE_SendRequest,   /**< Send REQUEST packet to request a DHCP lease */
+			DHCP_STATE_WaitForACK,    /**< Wait for ACK packet to complete the DHCP lease */
+			DHCP_STATE_AddressLeased, /**< DHCP address has been leased from a DHCP server */
+		};
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void DHCPClientApp_Init(void);
+		void DHCPClientApp_Callback(void);
+
+		#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_DHCPCLIENTAPP_C)
+			static uint16_t DHCPClientApp_FillDHCPHeader(DHCP_Header_t* const DHCPHeader,
+			                                             const uint8_t DHCPMessageType,
+			                                             uip_udp_appstate_t* const AppState);
+		#endif
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPCommon.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPCommon.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6d80f65cae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPCommon.c
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Common DHCP routines to manage DHCP packet data.
+ */
+
+#include "DHCPCommon.h"
+
+#if defined(ENABLE_DHCP_CLIENT) || defined(ENABLE_DHCP_SERVER) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+
+/** Sets the given DHCP option in the DHCP packet's option list. This automatically moves the
+ *  end of options terminator past the new option in the options list.
+ *
+ *  \param[in,out] DHCPOptionList  Pointer to the start of the DHCP packet's options list
+ *  \param[in]     Option          DHCP option to add to the list
+ *  \param[in]     DataLen         Size in bytes of the option data to add
+ *  \param[in]     OptionData      Buffer where the option's data is to be sourced from
+ *
+ *  \return Number of bytes added to the DHCP packet
+ */
+uint8_t DHCPCommon_SetOption(uint8_t* DHCPOptionList,
+                             const uint8_t Option,
+                             const uint8_t DataLen,
+                             void* const OptionData)
+{
+	/* Skip through the DHCP options list until the terminator option is found */
+	while (*DHCPOptionList != DHCP_OPTION_END)
+	  DHCPOptionList += (DHCPOptionList[1] + 2);
+
+	/* Overwrite the existing terminator with the new option, add a new terminator at the end of the list */
+	DHCPOptionList[0] = Option;
+	DHCPOptionList[1] = DataLen;
+	memcpy(&DHCPOptionList[2], OptionData, DataLen);
+	DHCPOptionList[2 + DataLen] = DHCP_OPTION_END;
+
+	/* Calculate the total number of bytes added to the outgoing packet */
+	return (2 + DataLen);
+}
+
+/** Retrieves the given option's data (if present) from the DHCP packet's options list.
+ *
+ *  \param[in,out] DHCPOptionList  Pointer to the start of the DHCP packet's options list
+ *  \param[in]     Option          DHCP option to retrieve to the list
+ *  \param[out]    Destination     Buffer where the option's data is to be written to if found
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the option was found in the DHCP packet's options list, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool DHCPCommon_GetOption(const uint8_t* DHCPOptionList,
+                          const uint8_t Option,
+                          void* const Destination)
+{
+	/* Look through the incoming DHCP packet's options list for the requested option */
+	while (*DHCPOptionList != DHCP_OPTION_END)
+	{
+		/* Check if the current DHCP option in the packet is the one requested */
+		if (DHCPOptionList[0] == Option)
+		{
+			/* Copy request option's data to the destination buffer */
+			memcpy(Destination, &DHCPOptionList[2], DHCPOptionList[1]);
+
+			/* Indicate that the requested option data was successfully retrieved */
+			return true;
+		}
+
+		/* Skip to next DHCP option in the options list */
+		DHCPOptionList += (DHCPOptionList[1] + 2);
+	}
+
+	/* Requested option not found in the incoming packet's DHCP options list */
+	return false;
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPCommon.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPCommon.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8f54c16717
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPCommon.h
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for common DHCP defines.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DHCP_COMMON_H_
+#define _DHCP_COMMON_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <stdint.h>
+		#include <stdbool.h>
+		#include <string.h>
+
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+		#include <uip.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** UDP listen port for a BOOTP server. */
+		#define DHCP_SERVER_PORT          67
+
+		/** UDP listen port for a BOOTP client. */
+		#define DHCP_CLIENT_PORT          68
+
+		/** BOOTP message type for a BOOTP REQUEST message. */
+		#define DHCP_OP_BOOTREQUEST       0x01
+
+		/** BOOTP message type for a BOOTP REPLY message. */
+		#define DHCP_OP_BOOTREPLY         0x02
+
+		/** BOOTP flag for a BOOTP broadcast message. */
+		#define BOOTP_BROADCAST           0x8000
+
+		/** Magic DHCP cookie for a BOOTP message to identify it as a DHCP message. */
+		#define DHCP_MAGIC_COOKIE         0x63538263
+
+		/** Unique transaction ID used to identify DHCP responses to the client. */
+		#define DHCP_TRANSACTION_ID       0x13245466
+
+		/** DHCP message type for a DISCOVER message. */
+		#define DHCP_DISCOVER             1
+
+		/** DHCP message type for an OFFER message. */
+		#define DHCP_OFFER                2
+
+		/** DHCP message type for a REQUEST message. */
+		#define DHCP_REQUEST              3
+
+		/** DHCP message type for a DECLINE message. */
+		#define DHCP_DECLINE              4
+
+		/** DHCP message type for an ACK message. */
+		#define DHCP_ACK                  5
+
+		/** DHCP message type for a NAK message. */
+		#define DHCP_NAK                  6
+
+		/** DHCP message type for a RELEASE message. */
+		#define DHCP_RELEASE              7
+
+		/** DHCP medium type for standard Ethernet. */
+		#define DHCP_HTYPE_ETHERNET       1
+
+		/** DHCP message option for the network subnet mask. */
+		#define DHCP_OPTION_SUBNET_MASK   1
+
+		/** DHCP message option for the network gateway IP. */
+		#define DHCP_OPTION_ROUTER        3
+
+		/** DHCP message option for the network DNS server. */
+		#define DHCP_OPTION_DNS_SERVER    6
+
+		/** DHCP message option for the requested client IP address. */
+		#define DHCP_OPTION_REQ_IPADDR    50
+
+		/** DHCP message option for the IP address lease time. */
+		#define DHCP_OPTION_LEASE_TIME    51
+
+		/** DHCP message option for the DHCP message type. */
+		#define DHCP_OPTION_MSG_TYPE      53
+
+		/** DHCP message option for the DHCP server IP. */
+		#define DHCP_OPTION_SERVER_ID     54
+
+		/** DHCP message option for the list of required options from the server. */
+		#define DHCP_OPTION_REQ_LIST      55
+
+		/** DHCP message option for the options list terminator. */
+		#define DHCP_OPTION_END           255
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for a DHCP packet inside an Ethernet frame. */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint8_t      Operation; /**< DHCP operation, either DHCP_OP_BOOTREQUEST or DHCP_OP_BOOTREPLY */
+			uint8_t      HardwareType; /**< Hardware carrier type constant */
+			uint8_t      HardwareAddressLength;  /**< Length in bytes of a hardware (MAC) address on the network */
+			uint8_t      Hops; /**< Number of hops required to reach the server, unused */
+
+			uint32_t     TransactionID; /**< Unique ID of the DHCP packet, for positive matching between sent and received packets */
+
+			uint16_t     ElapsedSeconds; /**< Elapsed seconds since the request was made */
+			uint16_t     Flags; /**< BOOTP packet flags */
+
+			uip_ipaddr_t ClientIP; /**< Client IP address, if already leased an IP */
+			uip_ipaddr_t YourIP; /**< Client IP address */
+			uip_ipaddr_t NextServerIP; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */
+			uip_ipaddr_t RelayAgentIP; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */
+
+			uint8_t      ClientHardwareAddress[16]; /**< Hardware (MAC) address of the client making a request to the DHCP server */
+			uint8_t      ServerHostnameString[64]; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */
+			uint8_t      BootFileName[128]; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */
+
+			uint32_t     Cookie; /**< Magic BOOTP protocol cookie to indicate a valid packet */
+
+			uint8_t      Options[]; /**< DHCP message options */
+		} DHCP_Header_t;
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint8_t  DHCPCommon_SetOption(uint8_t* DHCPOptionList,
+			                          const uint8_t Option,
+			                          const uint8_t DataLen,
+			                          void* const OptionData);
+		bool     DHCPCommon_GetOption(const uint8_t* DHCPOptionList,
+			                          const uint8_t Option,
+			                          void* const Destination);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPServerApp.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPServerApp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fea54ddb0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPServerApp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,265 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  DHCP Server Application. When connected to the uIP stack, this will send IP configuration settings to a
+ *  DHCP client on the network.
+ */
+
+#define  INCLUDE_FROM_DHCPSERVERAPP_C
+#include "DHCPServerApp.h"
+
+#if defined(ENABLE_DHCP_SERVER) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+
+struct uip_conn* BroadcastConnection;
+
+uint8_t LeasedIPs[255 / 8];
+
+/** Initialization function for the DHCP server. */
+void DHCPServerApp_Init(void)
+{
+	/* Listen on port 67 for DHCP server connections from hosts */
+	uip_listen(HTONS(DHCP_SERVER_PORT));
+
+	/* Create a new UDP connection to the DHCP server port for the DHCP solicitation */
+	struct uip_udp_conn* BroadcastConnection = uip_udp_new(&uip_broadcast_addr, HTONS(DHCP_CLIENT_PORT));
+
+	/* If the connection was successfully created, bind it to the local DHCP client port */
+	if (BroadcastConnection != NULL)
+	  uip_udp_bind(BroadcastConnection, HTONS(DHCP_SERVER_PORT));
+
+	/* Set all IP addresses as unleased */
+	memset(LeasedIPs, 0x00, sizeof(LeasedIPs));
+}
+
+/** uIP stack application callback for the DHCP server. This function must be called each time the TCP/IP stack
+ *  needs a UDP packet to be processed.
+ */
+void DHCPServerApp_Callback(void)
+{
+	DHCP_Header_t* const AppData     = (DHCP_Header_t*)uip_appdata;
+	uint16_t             AppDataSize = 0;
+
+	/* Only process when new data arrives - don't retransmit lost packets */
+	if (uip_newdata())
+	{
+		/* Get the DHCP message type (if present), otherwise early-abort */
+		uint8_t DHCPMessageType;
+		if (!(DHCPCommon_GetOption(AppData->Options, DHCP_OPTION_MSG_TYPE, &DHCPMessageType)))
+			return;
+
+		uip_ipaddr_t        Netmask, GatewayIPAddress, PreferredClientIP;
+		struct uip_eth_addr RemoteMACAddress;
+		uint32_t            TransactionID;
+
+		/* Get configured network mask, gateway IP and extract out DHCP transaction ID and remote IP */
+		uip_getnetmask(&Netmask);
+		uip_getdraddr(&GatewayIPAddress);
+		memcpy(&RemoteMACAddress, &AppData->ClientHardwareAddress, sizeof(struct uip_eth_addr));
+		TransactionID = AppData->TransactionID;
+
+		/* Try to extract out the client's preferred IP address if it is indicated in the packet */
+		if (!(DHCPCommon_GetOption(AppData->Options, DHCP_OPTION_REQ_IPADDR, &PreferredClientIP)))
+		  memcpy(&PreferredClientIP, &uip_all_zeroes_addr, sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t));
+
+		switch (DHCPMessageType)
+		{
+			case DHCP_DISCOVER:
+				/* If no preference was made or the preferred IP is already taken, find a new address */
+				if (DHCPServerApp_CheckIfIPLeased(&PreferredClientIP))
+				  DHCPServerApp_GetUnleasedIP(&PreferredClientIP);
+
+				/* Create a new DHCP OFFER packet with the offered IP address */
+				AppDataSize += DHCPServerApp_FillDHCPHeader(AppData, DHCP_OFFER, &RemoteMACAddress, &PreferredClientIP, TransactionID);
+
+				/* Add network mask and router information to the list of DHCP OFFER packet options */
+				AppDataSize += DHCPCommon_SetOption(AppData->Options, DHCP_OPTION_SUBNET_MASK,
+													sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t), &Netmask);
+				AppDataSize += DHCPCommon_SetOption(AppData->Options, DHCP_OPTION_ROUTER,
+					                                sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t), &GatewayIPAddress);
+
+				/* Send the DHCP OFFER packet */
+				uip_poll_conn(BroadcastConnection);
+				memcpy(&uip_udp_conn->ripaddr, &uip_broadcast_addr, sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t));
+				uip_udp_send(AppDataSize);
+
+				break;
+			case DHCP_REQUEST:
+				/* Check to see if the requested IP address has already been leased to a client */
+				if (!(DHCPServerApp_CheckIfIPLeased(&PreferredClientIP)))
+				{
+					/* Create a new DHCP ACK packet to accept the IP address lease */
+					AppDataSize += DHCPServerApp_FillDHCPHeader(AppData, DHCP_ACK, &RemoteMACAddress, &PreferredClientIP, TransactionID);
+
+					/* Add network mask and router information to the list of DHCP ACK packet options */
+					AppDataSize += DHCPCommon_SetOption(AppData->Options, DHCP_OPTION_SUBNET_MASK,
+														sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t), &Netmask);
+					AppDataSize += DHCPCommon_SetOption(AppData->Options, DHCP_OPTION_ROUTER,
+					                                    sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t), &GatewayIPAddress);
+
+					/* Mark the requested IP as leased to a client */
+					DHCPServerApp_LeaseIP(&PreferredClientIP);
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					/* Create a new DHCP NAK packet to reject the requested allocation */
+					AppDataSize += DHCPServerApp_FillDHCPHeader(AppData, DHCP_NAK, &RemoteMACAddress, &uip_all_zeroes_addr, TransactionID);
+				}
+
+				/* Send the DHCP ACK or NAK packet */
+				uip_poll_conn(BroadcastConnection);
+				memcpy(&uip_udp_conn->ripaddr, &uip_broadcast_addr, sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t));
+				uip_udp_send(AppDataSize);
+
+				break;
+			case DHCP_RELEASE:
+				/* Mark the IP address as released in the allocation table */
+				DHCPServerApp_UnleaseIP(&uip_udp_conn->ripaddr);
+				break;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+/** Fills the DHCP packet response with the appropriate BOOTP header for DHCP. This fills out all the required
+ *  fields, leaving only the additional DHCP options to be added to the packet before it is sent to the DHCP client.
+ *
+ *  \param[out] DHCPHeader             Location in the packet buffer where the BOOTP header should be written to
+ *  \param[in]  DHCPMessageType        DHCP Message type, such as DHCP_DISCOVER
+ *  \param[in]  ClientHardwareAddress  Client MAC address the created transaction should be directed to
+ *  \param[in]  PreferredClientIP      Preferred IP that should be given to the client if it is unallocated
+ *  \param[in]  TransactionID          Transaction ID the created transaction should be associated with
+ *
+ *  \return Size in bytes of the created DHCP packet
+ */
+static uint16_t DHCPServerApp_FillDHCPHeader(DHCP_Header_t* const DHCPHeader,
+                                             const uint8_t DHCPMessageType,
+                                             const struct uip_eth_addr* const ClientHardwareAddress,
+											 const uip_ipaddr_t* const PreferredClientIP,
+                                             const uint32_t TransactionID)
+{
+	/* Erase existing packet data so that we start will all 0x00 DHCP header data */
+ 	memset(DHCPHeader, 0, sizeof(DHCP_Header_t));
+
+	DHCPHeader->Operation             = DHCPMessageType;
+	DHCPHeader->HardwareType          = DHCP_HTYPE_ETHERNET;
+	DHCPHeader->HardwareAddressLength = sizeof(MACAddress);
+	DHCPHeader->Hops                  = 0;
+	DHCPHeader->TransactionID         = TransactionID;
+	DHCPHeader->ElapsedSeconds        = 0;
+	DHCPHeader->Flags                 = 0;
+	memcpy(&DHCPHeader->NextServerIP, &uip_hostaddr, sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t));
+	memcpy(&DHCPHeader->YourIP, PreferredClientIP, sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t));
+	memcpy(&DHCPHeader->ClientHardwareAddress, ClientHardwareAddress, sizeof(struct uip_eth_addr));
+	DHCPHeader->Cookie                = DHCP_MAGIC_COOKIE;
+
+	/* Add a DHCP message type and terminator options to the start of the DHCP options field */
+	DHCPHeader->Options[0]            = DHCP_OPTION_MSG_TYPE;
+	DHCPHeader->Options[1]            = 1;
+	DHCPHeader->Options[2]            = DHCPMessageType;
+	DHCPHeader->Options[3]            = DHCP_OPTION_END;
+
+	/* Calculate the total number of bytes added to the outgoing packet */
+	return (sizeof(DHCP_Header_t) + 4);
+}
+
+/** Checks to see if the nominated IP address has already been allocated to a client.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] IPAddress  IP Address whose lease status should be checked
+ *
+ *  \pre The IP address must be within the same /24 subnet as the virtual webserver.
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the IP has already been leased to a client, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool DHCPServerApp_CheckIfIPLeased(const uip_ipaddr_t* const IPAddress)
+{
+	uint8_t Byte = (IPAddress->u8[3] / 8);
+	uint8_t Mask = (1 << (IPAddress->u8[3] % 8));
+
+	/* Make sure that the requested IP address isn't already leased to the virtual server or another client */
+	if (IPAddress->u8[3] && !(IPAddress->u8[3] == uip_hostaddr.u8[3]) && !(LeasedIPs[Byte] & Mask))
+	  return false;
+	else
+	  return true;
+}
+
+/** Retrieves the next unleased IP in the IP address pool.
+ *
+ *  \param[out] NewIPAddress  Location where the generated IP Address should be stored
+ */
+static void DHCPServerApp_GetUnleasedIP(uip_ipaddr_t* const NewIPAddress)
+{
+	uip_ipaddr_copy(NewIPAddress, &uip_hostaddr);
+
+	/** Look through the current subnet, skipping the broadcast and zero IP addresses */
+	for (uint8_t IP = 1; IP < 254; IP++)
+	{
+		/* Update new IP address to lease with the current IP address to test */
+		NewIPAddress->u8[3] = IP;
+
+		/* If we've found an unleased IP, abort with the updated IP stored for the called */
+		if (!(DHCPServerApp_CheckIfIPLeased(NewIPAddress)))
+		  return;
+	}
+}
+
+/** Marks the given IP Address as leased in the address pool, so that it will not be
+ *  allocated to another client unless it is first released.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] IPAddress  IP Address to mark as leased
+ *
+ *  \pre The IP address must be within the same /24 subnet as the virtual webserver.
+ */
+static void DHCPServerApp_LeaseIP(const uip_ipaddr_t* const IPAddress)
+{
+	uint8_t Byte = (IPAddress->u8[3] / 8);
+	uint8_t Mask = (1 << (IPAddress->u8[3] % 8));
+
+	/* Mark the IP address as leased in the allocation table */
+	LeasedIPs[Byte] |= Mask;
+}
+
+/** Marks the given IP Address as not leased in the address pool, so that it can be
+ *  allocated to another client upon request.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] IPAddress  IP Address to mark as not leased
+ *
+ *  \pre The IP address must be within the same /24 subnet as the virtual webserver.
+ */
+static void DHCPServerApp_UnleaseIP(const uip_ipaddr_t* const IPAddress)
+{
+	uint8_t Byte = (IPAddress->u8[3] / 8);
+	uint8_t Mask = (1 << (IPAddress->u8[3] % 8));
+
+	/* Mark the IP address as unleased in the allocation table */
+	LeasedIPs[Byte] &= ~Mask;
+}
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPServerApp.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPServerApp.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a9dae7bf3a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPServerApp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for DHCPServerApp.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DHCPSERVER_APP_H_
+#define _DHCPSERVER_APP_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <stdio.h>
+
+		#include <uip.h>
+
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+		#include "../Webserver.h"
+		#include "DHCPCommon.h"
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void DHCPServerApp_Init(void);
+		void DHCPServerApp_Callback(void);
+
+		#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_DHCPSERVERAPP_C)
+		static uint16_t DHCPServerApp_FillDHCPHeader(DHCP_Header_t* const DHCPHeader,
+		                                             const uint8_t DHCPMessageType,
+		                                             const struct uip_eth_addr* const ClientHardwareAddress,
+		                                             const uip_ipaddr_t* const PreferredClientIP,
+		                                             const uint32_t TransactionID);
+		static bool DHCPServerApp_CheckIfIPLeased(const uip_ipaddr_t* const IPAddress);
+		static void DHCPServerApp_GetUnleasedIP(uip_ipaddr_t* const NewIPAddress);
+		static void DHCPServerApp_LeaseIP(const uip_ipaddr_t* const IPAddress);
+		static void DHCPServerApp_UnleaseIP(const uip_ipaddr_t* const IPAddress);
+		#endif
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DataflashManager.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DataflashManager.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b1111ce39b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DataflashManager.c
@@ -0,0 +1,534 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Functions to manage the physical Dataflash media, including reading and writing of
+ *  blocks of data. These functions are called by the SCSI layer when data must be stored
+ *  or retrieved to/from the physical storage media. If a different media is used (such
+ *  as a SD card or EEPROM), functions similar to these will need to be generated.
+ */
+
+#define  INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASHMANAGER_C
+#include "DataflashManager.h"
+
+/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), from
+ *  the pre-selected data OUT endpoint. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the endpoint and writes
+ *  them to the Dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state
+ *  \param[in] BlockAddress  Data block starting address for the write sequence
+ *  \param[in] TotalBlocks   Number of blocks of data to write
+ */
+void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+                                  const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+                                  uint16_t TotalBlocks)
+{
+	uint16_t CurrDFPage          = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+	uint16_t CurrDFPageByte      = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+	uint8_t  CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+	bool     UsingSecondBuffer   = false;
+
+	/* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+	Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+	/* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+	Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+#endif
+
+	/* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte);
+
+	/* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */
+	if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+	  return;
+
+	while (TotalBlocks)
+	{
+		uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+		/* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */
+		while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+		{
+			/* Check if the endpoint is currently empty */
+			if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+			{
+				/* Clear the current endpoint bank */
+				Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+				/* Wait until the host has sent another packet */
+				if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+				  return;
+			}
+
+			/* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+			if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+			{
+				/* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+				Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+				Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+				Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+
+				/* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+				CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+				CurrDFPage++;
+
+				/* Once all the Dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */
+				if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
+				  UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer);
+
+				/* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+				Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+				/* If less than one Dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */
+				if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+				{
+					/* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+					Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+					Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+					Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+					Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+				}
+#endif
+
+				/* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+				Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE : DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+				Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
+			}
+
+			/* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the Dataflash */
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+
+			/* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+			CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+			/* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+			BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+
+			/* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
+			if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
+			  return;
+		}
+
+		/* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+		TotalBlocks--;
+	}
+
+	/* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+	Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+	Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00);
+	Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+
+	/* If the endpoint is empty, clear it ready for the next packet from the host */
+	if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+	  Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+	/* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+	Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), into
+ *  the pre-selected data IN endpoint. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash
+ *  and writes them in OS sized blocks to the endpoint.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state
+ *  \param[in] BlockAddress  Data block starting address for the read sequence
+ *  \param[in] TotalBlocks   Number of blocks of data to read
+ */
+void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+                                 const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+                                 uint16_t TotalBlocks)
+{
+	uint16_t CurrDFPage          = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+	uint16_t CurrDFPageByte      = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+	uint8_t  CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+
+	/* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+	Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+	/* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+
+	/* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */
+	if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+	  return;
+
+	while (TotalBlocks)
+	{
+		uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+		/* Read an endpoint packet sized data block from the Dataflash */
+		while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+		{
+			/* Check if the endpoint is currently full */
+			if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+			{
+				/* Clear the endpoint bank to send its contents to the host */
+				Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+				/* Wait until the endpoint is ready for more data */
+				if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+				  return;
+			}
+
+			/* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+			if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+			{
+				/* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+				CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+				CurrDFPage++;
+
+				/* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+				Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+				/* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+				Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+				Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+			}
+
+			/* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the Dataflash */
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+
+			/* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+			CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+			/* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+			BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+
+			/* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
+			if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
+			  return;
+		}
+
+		/* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+		TotalBlocks--;
+	}
+
+	/* If the endpoint is full, send its contents to the host */
+	if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+	  Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+	/* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+	Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), from
+ *  the given RAM buffer. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the buffer and writes them to the
+ *  Dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks. This can be linked to FAT libraries to write files to the
+ *  Dataflash.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] BlockAddress  Data block starting address for the write sequence
+ *  \param[in] TotalBlocks   Number of blocks of data to write
+ *  \param[in] BufferPtr     Pointer to the data source RAM buffer
+ */
+void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+                                      uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+                                      const uint8_t* BufferPtr)
+{
+	uint16_t CurrDFPage          = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+	uint16_t CurrDFPageByte      = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+	uint8_t  CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+	bool     UsingSecondBuffer   = false;
+
+	/* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+	Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+	/* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+	Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+#endif
+
+	/* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte);
+
+	while (TotalBlocks)
+	{
+		uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+		/* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */
+		while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+		{
+			/* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+			if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+			{
+				/* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+				Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+				Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+				Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+
+				/* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+				CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+				CurrDFPage++;
+
+				/* Once all the Dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */
+				if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
+				  UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer);
+
+				/* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+				Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+				/* If less than one Dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */
+				if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+				{
+					/* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+					Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+					Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+					Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+					Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+				}
+#endif
+
+				/* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+				Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+				Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE : DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+				Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
+			}
+
+			/* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the Dataflash */
+			for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++)
+			  Dataflash_SendByte(*(BufferPtr++));
+
+			/* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+			CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+			/* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+			BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+		}
+
+		/* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+		TotalBlocks--;
+	}
+
+	/* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+	Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+	Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00);
+	Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+
+	/* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+	Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), into
+ *  the preallocated RAM buffer. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash
+ *  and writes them in OS sized blocks to the given buffer. This can be linked to FAT libraries to read
+ *  the files stored on the Dataflash.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] BlockAddress  Data block starting address for the read sequence
+ *  \param[in] TotalBlocks   Number of blocks of data to read
+ *  \param[out] BufferPtr    Pointer to the data destination RAM buffer
+ */
+void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+                                     uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+                                     uint8_t* BufferPtr)
+{
+	uint16_t CurrDFPage          = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+	uint16_t CurrDFPageByte      = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+	uint8_t  CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+
+	/* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+	Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+	/* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+
+	while (TotalBlocks)
+	{
+		uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+		/* Read an endpoint packet sized data block from the Dataflash */
+		while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+		{
+			/* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+			if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+			{
+				/* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+				CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+				CurrDFPage++;
+
+				/* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+				Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+				/* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+				Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+				Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+			}
+
+			/* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the Dataflash */
+			for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++)
+			  *(BufferPtr++) = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+
+			/* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+			CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+			/* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+			BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+		}
+
+		/* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+		TotalBlocks--;
+	}
+
+	/* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+	Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Disables the Dataflash memory write protection bits on the board Dataflash ICs, if enabled. */
+void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void)
+{
+	/* Select first Dataflash chip, send the read status register command */
+	Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+
+	/* Check if sector protection is enabled */
+	if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON)
+	{
+		Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+
+		/* Send the commands to disable sector protection */
+		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]);
+		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]);
+		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]);
+		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]);
+	}
+
+	/* Select second Dataflash chip (if present on selected board), send read status register command */
+	#if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
+	Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+
+	/* Check if sector protection is enabled */
+	if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON)
+	{
+		Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+
+		/* Send the commands to disable sector protection */
+		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]);
+		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]);
+		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]);
+		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]);
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	/* Deselect current Dataflash chip */
+	Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Performs a simple test on the attached Dataflash IC(s) to ensure that they are working.
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if all media chips are working, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void)
+{
+	uint8_t ReturnByte;
+
+	/* Test first Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */
+	Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO);
+	ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+	Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+	/* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */
+	if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL)
+	  return false;
+
+	#if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
+	/* Test second Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */
+	Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO);
+	ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+	Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+	/* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */
+	if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL)
+	  return false;
+	#endif
+
+	return true;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DataflashManager.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DataflashManager.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..367fbac8c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DataflashManager.h
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for DataflashManager.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_
+#define _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+
+		#include "../Descriptors.h"
+
+		#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h>
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE % 16)
+			#error Dataflash page size must be a multiple of 16 bytes.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Defines: */
+		/** Total number of bytes of the storage medium, comprised of one or more Dataflash ICs. */
+		#define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES                ((uint32_t)DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS)
+
+		/** Block size of the device. This is kept at 512 to remain compatible with the OS despite the underlying
+		 *  storage media (Dataflash) using a different native block size. Do not change this value.
+		 */
+		#define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE           512
+
+		/** Total number of blocks of the virtual memory for reporting to the host as the device's total capacity. Do not
+		 *  change this value; change VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES instead to alter the media size.
+		 */
+		#define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS               (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES / VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+
+		/** Indicates if the disk is write protected or not. */
+		#define DISK_READ_ONLY                      false
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+		                                  const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+		                                  uint16_t TotalBlocks);
+		void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+		                                 const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+		                                 uint16_t TotalBlocks);
+		void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+		                                      uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+		                                      const uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+		void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+		                                     uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+		                                     uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+		void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void);
+		bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/00readme.txt b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/00readme.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..80d8843d13
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/00readme.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+FatFs Module Source Files R0.09a                       (C)ChaN, 2012
+
+
+FILES
+
+  ffconf.h   Configuration file for FatFs module.
+  ff.h       Common include file for FatFs and application module.
+  ff.c       FatFs module.
+  diskio.h   Common include file for FatFs and disk I/O module.
+  diskio.c   An example of glue function to attach existing disk I/O module to FatFs.
+  integer.h  Integer type definitions for FatFs.
+  option     Optional external functions.
+
+  Low level disk I/O module is not included in this archive because the FatFs
+  module is only a generic file system layer and not depend on any specific
+  storage device. You have to provide a low level disk I/O module that written
+  to control your storage device.
+
+
+
+AGREEMENTS
+
+ FatFs module is an open source software to implement FAT file system to
+ small embedded systems. This is a free software and is opened for education,
+ research and commercial developments under license policy of following trems.
+
+  Copyright (C) 2012, ChaN, all right reserved.
+
+ * The FatFs module is a free software and there is NO WARRANTY.
+ * No restriction on use. You can use, modify and redistribute it for
+   personal, non-profit or commercial product UNDER YOUR RESPONSIBILITY.
+ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice.
+
+
+
+REVISION HISTORY
+
+  Feb 26, 2006  R0.00  Prototype
+
+  Apr 29, 2006  R0.01  First release.
+
+  Jun 01, 2006  R0.02  Added FAT12.
+                       Removed unbuffered mode.
+                       Fixed a problem on small (<32M) patition.
+
+  Jun 10, 2006  R0.02a Added a configuration option _FS_MINIMUM.
+
+  Sep 22, 2006  R0.03  Added f_rename.
+                       Changed option _FS_MINIMUM to _FS_MINIMIZE.
+
+  Dec 11, 2006  R0.03a Improved cluster scan algolithm to write files fast.
+                       Fixed f_mkdir creates incorrect directory on FAT32.
+
+  Feb 04, 2007  R0.04  Supported multiple drive system. (FatFs)
+                       Changed some APIs for multiple drive system.
+                       Added f_mkfs. (FatFs)
+                       Added _USE_FAT32 option. (Tiny-FatFs)
+
+  Apr 01, 2007  R0.04a Supported multiple partitions on a plysical drive. (FatFs)
+                       Fixed an endian sensitive code in f_mkfs. (FatFs)
+                       Added a capability of extending the file size to f_lseek.
+                       Added minimization level 3.
+                       Fixed a problem that can collapse a sector when recreate an
+                       existing file in any sub-directory at non FAT32 cfg. (Tiny-FatFs)
+
+  May 05, 2007  R0.04b Added _USE_NTFLAG option.
+                       Added FSInfo support.
+                       Fixed some problems corresponds to FAT32. (Tiny-FatFs)
+                       Fixed DBCS name can result FR_INVALID_NAME.
+                       Fixed short seek (0 < ofs <= csize) collapses the file object.
+
+  Aug 25, 2007  R0.05  Changed arguments of f_read, f_write.
+                       Changed arguments of f_mkfs. (FatFs)
+                       Fixed f_mkfs on FAT32 creates incorrect FSInfo. (FatFs)
+                       Fixed f_mkdir on FAT32 creates incorrect directory. (FatFs)
+
+  Feb 03, 2008  R0.05a Added f_truncate().
+                       Added f_utime().
+                       Fixed off by one error at FAT sub-type determination.
+                       Fixed btr in f_read() can be mistruncated.
+                       Fixed cached sector is not flushed when create and close without write.
+
+  Apr 01, 2008  R0.06  Added f_forward(). (Tiny-FatFs)
+                       Added string functions: fputc(), fputs(), fprintf() and fgets().
+                       Improved performance of f_lseek() on move to the same or following cluster.
+
+  Apr 01, 2009, R0.07  Merged Tiny-FatFs as a buffer configuration option.
+                       Added long file name support.
+                       Added multiple code page support.
+                       Added re-entrancy for multitask operation.
+                       Added auto cluster size selection to f_mkfs().
+                       Added rewind option to f_readdir().
+                       Changed result code of critical errors.
+                       Renamed string functions to avoid name collision.
+
+  Apr 14, 2009, R0.07a Separated out OS dependent code on reentrant cfg.
+                       Added multiple sector size support.
+
+  Jun 21, 2009, R0.07c Fixed f_unlink() may return FR_OK on error.
+                       Fixed wrong cache control in f_lseek().
+                       Added relative path feature.
+                       Added f_chdir().
+                       Added f_chdrive().
+                       Added proper case conversion for extended characters.
+
+  Nov 03, 2009 R0.07e  Separated out configuration options from ff.h to ffconf.h.
+                       Added a configuration option, _LFN_UNICODE.
+                       Fixed f_unlink() fails to remove a sub-dir on _FS_RPATH.
+                       Fixed name matching error on the 13 char boundary.
+                       Changed f_readdir() to return the SFN with always upper case on non-LFN cfg.
+
+  May 15, 2010, R0.08  Added a memory configuration option. (_USE_LFN)
+                       Added file lock feature. (_FS_SHARE)
+                       Added fast seek feature. (_USE_FASTSEEK)
+                       Changed some types on the API, XCHAR->TCHAR.
+                       Changed fname member in the FILINFO structure on Unicode cfg.
+                       String functions support UTF-8 encoding files on Unicode cfg.
+
+  Aug 16,'10 R0.08a    Added f_getcwd(). (_FS_RPATH = 2)
+                       Added sector erase feature. (_USE_ERASE)
+                       Moved file lock semaphore table from fs object to the bss.
+                       Fixed a wrong directory entry is created on non-LFN cfg when the given name contains ';'.
+                       Fixed f_mkfs() creates wrong FAT32 volume.
+
+  Jan 15,'11 R0.08b    Fast seek feature is also applied to f_read() and f_write().
+                       f_lseek() reports required table size on creating CLMP.
+                       Extended format syntax of f_printf function.
+                       Ignores duplicated directory separators in given path names.
+
+  Sep 06,'11 R0.09     f_mkfs() supports multiple partition to finish the multiple partition feature.
+                       Added f_fdisk(). (_MULTI_PARTITION = 2)
+
+  Aug 27,'12 R0.09a    Fixed assertion failure due to OS/2 EA on FAT12/16.
+                       Changed API rejects null object pointer to avoid crash.
+                       Changed option name _FS_SHARE to _FS_LOCK.
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/diskio.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/diskio.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b119b1a402
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/diskio.c
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Low level disk I/O module skeleton for FatFs     (C)ChaN, 2007        */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* This is a stub disk I/O module that acts as front end of the existing */
+/* disk I/O modules and attach it to FatFs module with common interface. */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#include "diskio.h"
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Initialize a Drive                                                    */
+
+DSTATUS disk_initialize (
+	BYTE drv				/* Physical drive number (0..) */
+)
+{
+	return FR_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Return Disk Status                                                    */
+
+DSTATUS disk_status (
+	BYTE drv		/* Physical drive number (0..) */
+)
+{
+	return FR_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Read Sector(s)                                                        */
+
+DRESULT disk_read (
+	BYTE drv,		/* Physical drive number (0..) */
+	BYTE *buff,		/* Data buffer to store read data */
+	DWORD sector,	/* Sector address (LBA) */
+	BYTE count		/* Number of sectors to read (1..128) */
+)
+{
+	DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(sector, count, buff);
+	return RES_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Write Sector(s)                                                       */
+
+#if _READONLY == 0
+DRESULT disk_write (
+	BYTE drv,			/* Physical drive number (0..) */
+	const BYTE *buff,	/* Data to be written */
+	DWORD sector,		/* Sector address (LBA) */
+	BYTE count			/* Number of sectors to write (1..128) */
+)
+{
+	DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(sector, count, buff);
+	return RES_OK;
+}
+#endif /* _READONLY */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/diskio.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/diskio.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..65e3048a0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/diskio.h
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+/  Low level disk interface module include file
+/-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#ifndef _DISKIO_DEFINED
+#define _DISKIO_DEFINED
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include "integer.h"
+#include "ff.h"
+
+#include "../DataflashManager.h"
+
+
+/* Status of Disk Functions */
+typedef BYTE	DSTATUS;
+
+/* Results of Disk Functions */
+typedef enum {
+	RES_OK = 0,		/* 0: Successful */
+	RES_ERROR,		/* 1: R/W Error */
+	RES_WRPRT,		/* 2: Write Protected */
+	RES_NOTRDY,		/* 3: Not Ready */
+	RES_PARERR		/* 4: Invalid Parameter */
+} DRESULT;
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------*/
+/* Prototypes for disk control functions */
+
+DSTATUS disk_initialize (BYTE);
+DSTATUS disk_status (BYTE);
+DRESULT disk_read (BYTE, BYTE*, DWORD, BYTE);
+DRESULT disk_write (BYTE, const BYTE*, DWORD, BYTE);
+DRESULT disk_ioctl (BYTE, BYTE, void*);
+
+
+/* Disk Status Bits (DSTATUS) */
+
+#define STA_NOINIT		0x01	/* Drive not initialized */
+#define STA_NODISK		0x02	/* No medium in the drive */
+#define STA_PROTECT		0x04	/* Write protected */
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/ff.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/ff.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2f58adf837
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/ff.c
@@ -0,0 +1,4139 @@
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/  FatFs - FAT file system module  R0.09a                 (C)ChaN, 2012
+/-----------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/ FatFs module is a generic FAT file system module for small embedded systems.
+/ This is a free software that opened for education, research and commercial
+/ developments under license policy of following terms.
+/
+/  Copyright (C) 2012, ChaN, all right reserved.
+/
+/ * The FatFs module is a free software and there is NO WARRANTY.
+/ * No restriction on use. You can use, modify and redistribute it for
+/   personal, non-profit or commercial products UNDER YOUR RESPONSIBILITY.
+/ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice.
+/
+/-----------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/ Feb 26,'06 R0.00  Prototype.
+/
+/ Apr 29,'06 R0.01  First stable version.
+/
+/ Jun 01,'06 R0.02  Added FAT12 support.
+/                   Removed unbuffered mode.
+/                   Fixed a problem on small (<32M) partition.
+/ Jun 10,'06 R0.02a Added a configuration option (_FS_MINIMUM).
+/
+/ Sep 22,'06 R0.03  Added f_rename().
+/                   Changed option _FS_MINIMUM to _FS_MINIMIZE.
+/ Dec 11,'06 R0.03a Improved cluster scan algorithm to write files fast.
+/                   Fixed f_mkdir() creates incorrect directory on FAT32.
+/
+/ Feb 04,'07 R0.04  Supported multiple drive system.
+/                   Changed some interfaces for multiple drive system.
+/                   Changed f_mountdrv() to f_mount().
+/                   Added f_mkfs().
+/ Apr 01,'07 R0.04a Supported multiple partitions on a physical drive.
+/                   Added a capability of extending file size to f_lseek().
+/                   Added minimization level 3.
+/                   Fixed an endian sensitive code in f_mkfs().
+/ May 05,'07 R0.04b Added a configuration option _USE_NTFLAG.
+/                   Added FSInfo support.
+/                   Fixed DBCS name can result FR_INVALID_NAME.
+/                   Fixed short seek (<= csize) collapses the file object.
+/
+/ Aug 25,'07 R0.05  Changed arguments of f_read(), f_write() and f_mkfs().
+/                   Fixed f_mkfs() on FAT32 creates incorrect FSInfo.
+/                   Fixed f_mkdir() on FAT32 creates incorrect directory.
+/ Feb 03,'08 R0.05a Added f_truncate() and f_utime().
+/                   Fixed off by one error at FAT sub-type determination.
+/                   Fixed btr in f_read() can be mistruncated.
+/                   Fixed cached sector is not flushed when create and close without write.
+/
+/ Apr 01,'08 R0.06  Added fputc(), fputs(), fprintf() and fgets().
+/                   Improved performance of f_lseek() on moving to the same or following cluster.
+/
+/ Apr 01,'09 R0.07  Merged Tiny-FatFs as a configuration option. (_FS_TINY)
+/                   Added long file name feature.
+/                   Added multiple code page feature.
+/                   Added re-entrancy for multitask operation.
+/                   Added auto cluster size selection to f_mkfs().
+/                   Added rewind option to f_readdir().
+/                   Changed result code of critical errors.
+/                   Renamed string functions to avoid name collision.
+/ Apr 14,'09 R0.07a Separated out OS dependent code on reentrant cfg.
+/                   Added multiple sector size feature.
+/ Jun 21,'09 R0.07c Fixed f_unlink() can return FR_OK on error.
+/                   Fixed wrong cache control in f_lseek().
+/                   Added relative path feature.
+/                   Added f_chdir() and f_chdrive().
+/                   Added proper case conversion to extended char.
+/ Nov 03,'09 R0.07e Separated out configuration options from ff.h to ffconf.h.
+/                   Fixed f_unlink() fails to remove a sub-dir on _FS_RPATH.
+/                   Fixed name matching error on the 13 char boundary.
+/                   Added a configuration option, _LFN_UNICODE.
+/                   Changed f_readdir() to return the SFN with always upper case on non-LFN cfg.
+/
+/ May 15,'10 R0.08  Added a memory configuration option. (_USE_LFN = 3)
+/                   Added file lock feature. (_FS_SHARE)
+/                   Added fast seek feature. (_USE_FASTSEEK)
+/                   Changed some types on the API, XCHAR->TCHAR.
+/                   Changed fname member in the FILINFO structure on Unicode cfg.
+/                   String functions support UTF-8 encoding files on Unicode cfg.
+/ Aug 16,'10 R0.08a Added f_getcwd(). (_FS_RPATH = 2)
+/                   Added sector erase feature. (_USE_ERASE)
+/                   Moved file lock semaphore table from fs object to the bss.
+/                   Fixed a wrong directory entry is created on non-LFN cfg when the given name contains ';'.
+/                   Fixed f_mkfs() creates wrong FAT32 volume.
+/ Jan 15,'11 R0.08b Fast seek feature is also applied to f_read() and f_write().
+/                   f_lseek() reports required table size on creating CLMP.
+/                   Extended format syntax of f_printf function.
+/                   Ignores duplicated directory separators in given path name.
+/
+/ Sep 06,'11 R0.09  f_mkfs() supports multiple partition to finish the multiple partition feature.
+/                   Added f_fdisk(). (_MULTI_PARTITION = 2)
+/ Aug 27,'12 R0.09a Fixed assertion failure due to OS/2 EA on FAT12/16 volume.
+/                   Changed f_open() and f_opendir reject null object pointer to avoid crash.
+/                   Changed option name _FS_SHARE to _FS_LOCK.
+/---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#include "ff.h"			/* FatFs configurations and declarations */
+#include "diskio.h"		/* Declarations of low level disk I/O functions */
+
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+   Module Private Definitions
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if _FATFS != 4004	/* Revision ID */
+#error Wrong include file (ff.h).
+#endif
+
+
+/* Definitions on sector size */
+#if _MAX_SS != 512 && _MAX_SS != 1024 && _MAX_SS != 2048 && _MAX_SS != 4096
+#error Wrong sector size.
+#endif
+#if _MAX_SS != 512
+#define	SS(fs)	((fs)->ssize)	/* Variable sector size */
+#else
+#define	SS(fs)	512U			/* Fixed sector size */
+#endif
+
+
+/* Reentrancy related */
+#if _FS_REENTRANT
+#if _USE_LFN == 1
+#error Static LFN work area must not be used in re-entrant configuration.
+#endif
+#define	ENTER_FF(fs)		{ if (!lock_fs(fs)) return FR_TIMEOUT; }
+#define	LEAVE_FF(fs, res)	{ unlock_fs(fs, res); return res; }
+#else
+#define	ENTER_FF(fs)
+#define LEAVE_FF(fs, res)	return res
+#endif
+
+#define	ABORT(fs, res)		{ fp->flag |= FA__ERROR; LEAVE_FF(fs, res); }
+
+
+/* File access control feature */
+#if _FS_LOCK
+#if _FS_READONLY
+#error _FS_LOCK must be 0 on read-only cfg.
+#endif
+typedef struct {
+	FATFS *fs;				/* File ID 1, volume (NULL:blank entry) */
+	DWORD clu;				/* File ID 2, directory */
+	WORD idx;				/* File ID 3, directory index */
+	WORD ctr;				/* File open counter, 0:none, 0x01..0xFF:read open count, 0x100:write mode */
+} FILESEM;
+#endif
+
+
+
+/* DBCS code ranges and SBCS extend char conversion table */
+
+#if _CODE_PAGE == 932	/* Japanese Shift-JIS */
+#define _DF1S	0x81	/* DBC 1st byte range 1 start */
+#define _DF1E	0x9F	/* DBC 1st byte range 1 end */
+#define _DF2S	0xE0	/* DBC 1st byte range 2 start */
+#define _DF2E	0xFC	/* DBC 1st byte range 2 end */
+#define _DS1S	0x40	/* DBC 2nd byte range 1 start */
+#define _DS1E	0x7E	/* DBC 2nd byte range 1 end */
+#define _DS2S	0x80	/* DBC 2nd byte range 2 start */
+#define _DS2E	0xFC	/* DBC 2nd byte range 2 end */
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 936	/* Simplified Chinese GBK */
+#define _DF1S	0x81
+#define _DF1E	0xFE
+#define _DS1S	0x40
+#define _DS1E	0x7E
+#define _DS2S	0x80
+#define _DS2E	0xFE
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 949	/* Korean */
+#define _DF1S	0x81
+#define _DF1E	0xFE
+#define _DS1S	0x41
+#define _DS1E	0x5A
+#define _DS2S	0x61
+#define _DS2E	0x7A
+#define _DS3S	0x81
+#define _DS3E	0xFE
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 950	/* Traditional Chinese Big5 */
+#define _DF1S	0x81
+#define _DF1E	0xFE
+#define _DS1S	0x40
+#define _DS1E	0x7E
+#define _DS2S	0xA1
+#define _DS2E	0xFE
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 437	/* U.S. (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0x41,0x8E,0x41,0x8F,0x80,0x45,0x45,0x45,0x49,0x49,0x49,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0x4F,0x99,0x4F,0x55,0x55,0x59,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+				0x41,0x49,0x4F,0x55,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 720	/* Arabic (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x45,0x41,0x84,0x41,0x86,0x43,0x45,0x45,0x45,0x49,0x49,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x49,0x49,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+				0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 737	/* Greek (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87, \
+				0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0xAA,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+				0x97,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xE4,0xED,0xEE,0xE7,0xE8,0xF1,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 775	/* Baltic (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x91,0xA0,0x8E,0x95,0x8F,0x80,0xAD,0xED,0x8A,0x8A,0xA1,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x97,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+				0xA0,0xA1,0xE0,0xA3,0xA3,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xBD,0xBE,0xC6,0xC7,0xA5,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE3,0xE8,0xE8,0xEA,0xEA,0xEE,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 850	/* Multilingual Latin 1 (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xB7,0x8F,0x80,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD8,0xD7,0xDE,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0xE3,0xEA,0xEB,0x59,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+				0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE7,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xED,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 852	/* Latin 2 (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xDE,0x8F,0x80,0x9D,0xD3,0x8A,0x8A,0xD7,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x91,0xE2,0x99,0x95,0x95,0x97,0x97,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9B,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+				0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA4,0xA4,0xA6,0xA6,0xA8,0xA8,0xAA,0x8D,0xAC,0xB8,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBD,0xBF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC6,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD1,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD2,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xB7,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE3,0xD5,0xE6,0xE6,0xE8,0xE9,0xE8,0xEB,0xED,0xED,0xDD,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xEB,0xFC,0xFC,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 855	/* Cyrillic (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x81,0x81,0x83,0x83,0x85,0x85,0x87,0x87,0x89,0x89,0x8B,0x8B,0x8D,0x8D,0x8F,0x8F,0x91,0x91,0x93,0x93,0x95,0x95,0x97,0x97,0x99,0x99,0x9B,0x9B,0x9D,0x9D,0x9F,0x9F, \
+				0xA1,0xA1,0xA3,0xA3,0xA5,0xA5,0xA7,0xA7,0xA9,0xA9,0xAB,0xAB,0xAD,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB6,0xB6,0xB8,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBE,0xBE,0xBF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD1,0xD1,0xD3,0xD3,0xD5,0xD5,0xD7,0xD7,0xDD,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xE0,0xDF, \
+				0xE0,0xE2,0xE2,0xE4,0xE4,0xE6,0xE6,0xE8,0xE8,0xEA,0xEA,0xEC,0xEC,0xEE,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF2,0xF2,0xF4,0xF4,0xF6,0xF6,0xF8,0xF8,0xFA,0xFA,0xFC,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 857	/* Turkish (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xB7,0x8F,0x80,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD8,0xD7,0x98,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0xE3,0xEA,0xEB,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9E, \
+				0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA6,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xDE,0x59,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 858	/* Multilingual Latin 1 + Euro (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xB7,0x8F,0x80,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD8,0xD7,0xDE,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0xE3,0xEA,0xEB,0x59,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+				0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD1,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE7,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xED,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 862	/* Hebrew (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+				0x41,0x49,0x4F,0x55,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 866	/* Russian (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+				0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+				0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x9d,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F,0xF0,0xF0,0xF2,0xF2,0xF4,0xF4,0xF6,0xF6,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 874	/* Thai (OEM, Windows) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+				0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1250 /* Central Europe (Windows) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x8A,0x9B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F, \
+				0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xA3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xA5,0xAA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBC,0xAF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1251 /* Cyrillic (Windows) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x82,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x80,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x8A,0x9B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F, \
+				0xA0,0xA2,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB2,0xA5,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xA8,0xB9,0xAA,0xBB,0xA3,0xBD,0xBD,0xAF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1252 /* Latin 1 (Windows) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0xAd,0x9B,0x8C,0x9D,0xAE,0x9F, \
+				0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0x9F}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1253 /* Greek (Windows) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+				0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xA2,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA, \
+				0xE0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xF2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xFB,0xBC,0xFD,0xBF,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1254 /* Turkish (Windows) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x8A,0x9B,0x8C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+				0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0x9F}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1255 /* Hebrew (Windows) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+				0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1256 /* Arabic (Windows) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x8C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+				0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+				0x41,0xE1,0x41,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0x43,0x45,0x45,0x45,0x45,0xEC,0xED,0x49,0x49,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0x4F,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0x55,0xFA,0x55,0x55,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1257 /* Baltic (Windows) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+				0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xA8,0xB9,0xAA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xAF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1258 /* Vietnam (OEM, Windows) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0xAC,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+				0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xEC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xF2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xFE,0x9F}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1	/* ASCII (for only non-LFN cfg) */
+#if _USE_LFN
+#error Cannot use LFN feature without valid code page.
+#endif
+#define _DF1S	0
+
+#else
+#error Unknown code page
+
+#endif
+
+
+/* Character code support macros */
+#define IsUpper(c)	(((c)>='A')&&((c)<='Z'))
+#define IsLower(c)	(((c)>='a')&&((c)<='z'))
+#define IsDigit(c)	(((c)>='0')&&((c)<='9'))
+
+#if _DF1S		/* Code page is DBCS */
+
+#ifdef _DF2S	/* Two 1st byte areas */
+#define IsDBCS1(c)	(((BYTE)(c) >= _DF1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DF1E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DF2S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DF2E))
+#else			/* One 1st byte area */
+#define IsDBCS1(c)	((BYTE)(c) >= _DF1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DF1E)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _DS3S	/* Three 2nd byte areas */
+#define IsDBCS2(c)	(((BYTE)(c) >= _DS1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS1E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DS2S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS2E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DS3S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS3E))
+#else			/* Two 2nd byte areas */
+#define IsDBCS2(c)	(((BYTE)(c) >= _DS1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS1E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DS2S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS2E))
+#endif
+
+#else			/* Code page is SBCS */
+
+#define IsDBCS1(c)	0
+#define IsDBCS2(c)	0
+
+#endif /* _DF1S */
+
+
+/* Name status flags */
+#define NS			11		/* Index of name status byte in fn[] */
+#define NS_LOSS		0x01	/* Out of 8.3 format */
+#define NS_LFN		0x02	/* Force to create LFN entry */
+#define NS_LAST		0x04	/* Last segment */
+#define NS_BODY		0x08	/* Lower case flag (body) */
+#define NS_EXT		0x10	/* Lower case flag (ext) */
+#define NS_DOT		0x20	/* Dot entry */
+
+
+/* FAT sub-type boundaries */
+/* Note that the FAT spec by Microsoft says 4085 but Windows works with 4087! */
+#define MIN_FAT16	4086	/* Minimum number of clusters for FAT16 */
+#define	MIN_FAT32	65526	/* Minimum number of clusters for FAT32 */
+
+
+/* FatFs refers the members in the FAT structures as byte array instead of
+/ structure member because the structure is not binary compatible between
+/ different platforms */
+
+#define BS_jmpBoot			0	/* Jump instruction (3) */
+#define BS_OEMName			3	/* OEM name (8) */
+#define BPB_BytsPerSec		11	/* Sector size [byte] (2) */
+#define BPB_SecPerClus		13	/* Cluster size [sector] (1) */
+#define BPB_RsvdSecCnt		14	/* Size of reserved area [sector] (2) */
+#define BPB_NumFATs			16	/* Number of FAT copies (1) */
+#define BPB_RootEntCnt		17	/* Number of root dir entries for FAT12/16 (2) */
+#define BPB_TotSec16		19	/* Volume size [sector] (2) */
+#define BPB_Media			21	/* Media descriptor (1) */
+#define BPB_FATSz16			22	/* FAT size [sector] (2) */
+#define BPB_SecPerTrk		24	/* Track size [sector] (2) */
+#define BPB_NumHeads		26	/* Number of heads (2) */
+#define BPB_HiddSec			28	/* Number of special hidden sectors (4) */
+#define BPB_TotSec32		32	/* Volume size [sector] (4) */
+#define BS_DrvNum			36	/* Physical drive number (2) */
+#define BS_BootSig			38	/* Extended boot signature (1) */
+#define BS_VolID			39	/* Volume serial number (4) */
+#define BS_VolLab			43	/* Volume label (8) */
+#define BS_FilSysType		54	/* File system type (1) */
+#define BPB_FATSz32			36	/* FAT size [sector] (4) */
+#define BPB_ExtFlags		40	/* Extended flags (2) */
+#define BPB_FSVer			42	/* File system version (2) */
+#define BPB_RootClus		44	/* Root dir first cluster (4) */
+#define BPB_FSInfo			48	/* Offset of FSInfo sector (2) */
+#define BPB_BkBootSec		50	/* Offset of backup boot sector (2) */
+#define BS_DrvNum32			64	/* Physical drive number (2) */
+#define BS_BootSig32		66	/* Extended boot signature (1) */
+#define BS_VolID32			67	/* Volume serial number (4) */
+#define BS_VolLab32			71	/* Volume label (8) */
+#define BS_FilSysType32		82	/* File system type (1) */
+#define	FSI_LeadSig			0	/* FSI: Leading signature (4) */
+#define	FSI_StrucSig		484	/* FSI: Structure signature (4) */
+#define	FSI_Free_Count		488	/* FSI: Number of free clusters (4) */
+#define	FSI_Nxt_Free		492	/* FSI: Last allocated cluster (4) */
+#define MBR_Table			446	/* MBR: Partition table offset (2) */
+#define	SZ_PTE				16	/* MBR: Size of a partition table entry */
+#define BS_55AA				510	/* Boot sector signature (2) */
+
+#define	DIR_Name			0	/* Short file name (11) */
+#define	DIR_Attr			11	/* Attribute (1) */
+#define	DIR_NTres			12	/* NT flag (1) */
+#define DIR_CrtTimeTenth	13	/* Created time sub-second (1) */
+#define	DIR_CrtTime			14	/* Created time (2) */
+#define	DIR_CrtDate			16	/* Created date (2) */
+#define DIR_LstAccDate		18	/* Last accessed date (2) */
+#define	DIR_FstClusHI		20	/* Higher 16-bit of first cluster (2) */
+#define	DIR_WrtTime			22	/* Modified time (2) */
+#define	DIR_WrtDate			24	/* Modified date (2) */
+#define	DIR_FstClusLO		26	/* Lower 16-bit of first cluster (2) */
+#define	DIR_FileSize		28	/* File size (4) */
+#define	LDIR_Ord			0	/* LFN entry order and LLE flag (1) */
+#define	LDIR_Attr			11	/* LFN attribute (1) */
+#define	LDIR_Type			12	/* LFN type (1) */
+#define	LDIR_Chksum			13	/* Sum of corresponding SFN entry */
+#define	LDIR_FstClusLO		26	/* Filled by zero (0) */
+#define	SZ_DIR				32		/* Size of a directory entry */
+#define	LLE					0x40	/* Last long entry flag in LDIR_Ord */
+#define	DDE					0xE5	/* Deleted directory entry mark in DIR_Name[0] */
+#define	NDDE				0x05	/* Replacement of the character collides with DDE */
+
+
+/*------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Module private work area                                   */
+/*------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Note that uninitialized variables with static duration are
+/  zeroed/nulled at start-up. If not, the compiler or start-up
+/  routine is out of ANSI-C standard.
+*/
+
+#if _VOLUMES
+static
+FATFS *FatFs[_VOLUMES];	/* Pointer to the file system objects (logical drives) */
+#else
+#error Number of volumes must not be 0.
+#endif
+
+static
+WORD Fsid;				/* File system mount ID */
+
+#if _FS_RPATH
+static
+BYTE CurrVol;			/* Current drive */
+#endif
+
+#if _FS_LOCK
+static
+FILESEM	Files[_FS_LOCK];	/* File lock semaphores */
+#endif
+
+#if _USE_LFN == 0			/* No LFN feature */
+#define	DEF_NAMEBUF			BYTE sfn[12]
+#define INIT_BUF(dobj)		(dobj).fn = sfn
+#define	FREE_BUF()
+
+#elif _USE_LFN == 1			/* LFN feature with static working buffer */
+static WCHAR LfnBuf[_MAX_LFN+1];
+#define	DEF_NAMEBUF			BYTE sfn[12]
+#define INIT_BUF(dobj)		{ (dobj).fn = sfn; (dobj).lfn = LfnBuf; }
+#define	FREE_BUF()
+
+#elif _USE_LFN == 2 		/* LFN feature with dynamic working buffer on the stack */
+#define	DEF_NAMEBUF			BYTE sfn[12]; WCHAR lbuf[_MAX_LFN+1]
+#define INIT_BUF(dobj)		{ (dobj).fn = sfn; (dobj).lfn = lbuf; }
+#define	FREE_BUF()
+
+#elif _USE_LFN == 3 		/* LFN feature with dynamic working buffer on the heap */
+#define	DEF_NAMEBUF			BYTE sfn[12]; WCHAR *lfn
+#define INIT_BUF(dobj)		{ lfn = ff_memalloc((_MAX_LFN + 1) * 2); \
+							  if (!lfn) LEAVE_FF((dobj).fs, FR_NOT_ENOUGH_CORE); \
+							  (dobj).lfn = lfn;	(dobj).fn = sfn; }
+#define	FREE_BUF()			ff_memfree(lfn)
+
+#else
+#error Wrong LFN configuration.
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+   Module Private Functions
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* String functions                                                      */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Copy memory to memory */
+static
+void mem_cpy (void* dst, const void* src, UINT cnt) {
+	BYTE *d = (BYTE*)dst;
+	const BYTE *s = (const BYTE*)src;
+
+#if _WORD_ACCESS == 1
+	while (cnt >= sizeof (int)) {
+		*(int*)d = *(int*)s;
+		d += sizeof (int); s += sizeof (int);
+		cnt -= sizeof (int);
+	}
+#endif
+	while (cnt--)
+		*d++ = *s++;
+}
+
+/* Fill memory */
+static
+void mem_set (void* dst, int val, UINT cnt) {
+	BYTE *d = (BYTE*)dst;
+
+	while (cnt--)
+		*d++ = (BYTE)val;
+}
+
+/* Compare memory to memory */
+static
+int mem_cmp (const void* dst, const void* src, UINT cnt) {
+	const BYTE *d = (const BYTE *)dst, *s = (const BYTE *)src;
+	int r = 0;
+
+	while (cnt-- && (r = *d++ - *s++) == 0) ;
+	return r;
+}
+
+/* Check if chr is contained in the string */
+static
+int chk_chr (const char* str, int chr) {
+	while (*str && *str != chr) str++;
+	return *str;
+}
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Request/Release grant to access the volume                            */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if _FS_REENTRANT
+
+static
+int lock_fs (
+	FATFS *fs		/* File system object */
+)
+{
+	return ff_req_grant(fs->sobj);
+}
+
+
+static
+void unlock_fs (
+	FATFS *fs,		/* File system object */
+	FRESULT res		/* Result code to be returned */
+)
+{
+	if (fs &&
+		res != FR_NOT_ENABLED &&
+		res != FR_INVALID_DRIVE &&
+		res != FR_INVALID_OBJECT &&
+		res != FR_TIMEOUT) {
+		ff_rel_grant(fs->sobj);
+	}
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* File lock control functions                                           */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if _FS_LOCK
+
+static
+FRESULT chk_lock (	/* Check if the file can be accessed */
+	DIR* dj,		/* Directory object pointing the file to be checked */
+	int acc			/* Desired access (0:Read, 1:Write, 2:Delete/Rename) */
+)
+{
+	UINT i, be;
+
+	/* Search file semaphore table */
+	for (i = be = 0; i < _FS_LOCK; i++) {
+		if (Files[i].fs) {	/* Existing entry */
+			if (Files[i].fs == dj->fs &&	 	/* Check if the file matched with an open file */
+				Files[i].clu == dj->sclust &&
+				Files[i].idx == dj->index) break;
+		} else {			/* Blank entry */
+			be++;
+		}
+	}
+	if (i == _FS_LOCK)	/* The file is not opened */
+		return (be || acc == 2) ? FR_OK : FR_TOO_MANY_OPEN_FILES;	/* Is there a blank entry for new file? */
+
+	/* The file has been opened. Reject any open against writing file and all write mode open */
+	return (acc || Files[i].ctr == 0x100) ? FR_LOCKED : FR_OK;
+}
+
+
+static
+int enq_lock (void)	/* Check if an entry is available for a new file */
+{
+	UINT i;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < _FS_LOCK && Files[i].fs; i++) ;
+	return (i == _FS_LOCK) ? 0 : 1;
+}
+
+
+static
+UINT inc_lock (	/* Increment file open counter and returns its index (0:int error) */
+	DIR* dj,	/* Directory object pointing the file to register or increment */
+	int acc		/* Desired access mode (0:Read, !0:Write) */
+)
+{
+	UINT i;
+
+
+	for (i = 0; i < _FS_LOCK; i++) {	/* Find the file */
+		if (Files[i].fs == dj->fs &&
+			Files[i].clu == dj->sclust &&
+			Files[i].idx == dj->index) break;
+	}
+
+	if (i == _FS_LOCK) {				/* Not opened. Register it as new. */
+		for (i = 0; i < _FS_LOCK && Files[i].fs; i++) ;
+		if (i == _FS_LOCK) return 0;	/* No space to register (int err) */
+		Files[i].fs = dj->fs;
+		Files[i].clu = dj->sclust;
+		Files[i].idx = dj->index;
+		Files[i].ctr = 0;
+	}
+
+	if (acc && Files[i].ctr) return 0;	/* Access violation (int err) */
+
+	Files[i].ctr = acc ? 0x100 : Files[i].ctr + 1;	/* Set semaphore value */
+
+	return i + 1;
+}
+
+
+static
+FRESULT dec_lock (	/* Decrement file open counter */
+	UINT i			/* Semaphore index */
+)
+{
+	WORD n;
+	FRESULT res;
+
+
+	if (--i < _FS_LOCK) {
+		n = Files[i].ctr;
+		if (n == 0x100) n = 0;
+		if (n) n--;
+		Files[i].ctr = n;
+		if (!n) Files[i].fs = 0;
+		res = FR_OK;
+	} else {
+		res = FR_INT_ERR;
+	}
+	return res;
+}
+
+
+static
+void clear_lock (	/* Clear lock entries of the volume */
+	FATFS *fs
+)
+{
+	UINT i;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < _FS_LOCK; i++) {
+		if (Files[i].fs == fs) Files[i].fs = 0;
+	}
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Change window offset                                                  */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static
+FRESULT move_window (
+	FATFS *fs,		/* File system object */
+	DWORD sector	/* Sector number to make appearance in the fs->win[] */
+)					/* Move to zero only writes back dirty window */
+{
+	DWORD wsect;
+
+
+	wsect = fs->winsect;
+	if (wsect != sector) {	/* Changed current window */
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+		if (fs->wflag) {	/* Write back dirty window if needed */
+			if (disk_write(fs->drv, fs->win, wsect, 1) != RES_OK)
+				return FR_DISK_ERR;
+			fs->wflag = 0;
+			if (wsect < (fs->fatbase + fs->fsize)) {	/* In FAT area */
+				BYTE nf;
+				for (nf = fs->n_fats; nf > 1; nf--) {	/* Reflect the change to all FAT copies */
+					wsect += fs->fsize;
+					disk_write(fs->drv, fs->win, wsect, 1);
+				}
+			}
+		}
+#endif
+		if (sector) {
+			if (disk_read(fs->drv, fs->win, sector, 1) != RES_OK)
+				return FR_DISK_ERR;
+			fs->winsect = sector;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return FR_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Clean-up cached data                                                  */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+static
+FRESULT sync (	/* FR_OK: successful, FR_DISK_ERR: failed */
+	FATFS *fs	/* File system object */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+
+
+	res = move_window(fs, 0);
+	if (res == FR_OK) {
+		/* Update FSInfo sector if needed */
+		if (fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32 && fs->fsi_flag) {
+			fs->winsect = 0;
+			/* Create FSInfo structure */
+			mem_set(fs->win, 0, 512);
+			ST_WORD(fs->win+BS_55AA, 0xAA55);
+			ST_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_LeadSig, 0x41615252);
+			ST_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_StrucSig, 0x61417272);
+			ST_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_Free_Count, fs->free_clust);
+			ST_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_Nxt_Free, fs->last_clust);
+			/* Write it into the FSInfo sector */
+			disk_write(fs->drv, fs->win, fs->fsi_sector, 1);
+			fs->fsi_flag = 0;
+		}
+		/* Make sure that no pending write process in the physical drive */
+		if (disk_ioctl(fs->drv, CTRL_SYNC, 0) != RES_OK)
+			res = FR_DISK_ERR;
+	}
+
+	return res;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Get sector# from cluster#                                             */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+DWORD clust2sect (	/* !=0: Sector number, 0: Failed - invalid cluster# */
+	FATFS *fs,		/* File system object */
+	DWORD clst		/* Cluster# to be converted */
+)
+{
+	clst -= 2;
+	if (clst >= (fs->n_fatent - 2)) return 0;		/* Invalid cluster# */
+	return clst * fs->csize + fs->database;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* FAT access - Read value of a FAT entry                                */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+DWORD get_fat (	/* 0xFFFFFFFF:Disk error, 1:Internal error, Else:Cluster status */
+	FATFS *fs,	/* File system object */
+	DWORD clst	/* Cluster# to get the link information */
+)
+{
+	UINT wc, bc;
+	BYTE *p;
+
+
+	if (clst < 2 || clst >= fs->n_fatent)	/* Check range */
+		return 1;
+
+	switch (fs->fs_type) {
+	case FS_FAT12 :
+		bc = (UINT)clst; bc += bc / 2;
+		if (move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (bc / SS(fs)))) break;
+		wc = fs->win[bc % SS(fs)]; bc++;
+		if (move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (bc / SS(fs)))) break;
+		wc |= fs->win[bc % SS(fs)] << 8;
+		return (clst & 1) ? (wc >> 4) : (wc & 0xFFF);
+
+	case FS_FAT16 :
+		if (move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (clst / (SS(fs) / 2)))) break;
+		p = &fs->win[clst * 2 % SS(fs)];
+		return LD_WORD(p);
+
+	case FS_FAT32 :
+		if (move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (clst / (SS(fs) / 4)))) break;
+		p = &fs->win[clst * 4 % SS(fs)];
+		return LD_DWORD(p) & 0x0FFFFFFF;
+	}
+
+	return 0xFFFFFFFF;	/* An error occurred at the disk I/O layer */
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* FAT access - Change value of a FAT entry                              */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+
+FRESULT put_fat (
+	FATFS *fs,	/* File system object */
+	DWORD clst,	/* Cluster# to be changed in range of 2 to fs->n_fatent - 1 */
+	DWORD val	/* New value to mark the cluster */
+)
+{
+	UINT bc;
+	BYTE *p;
+	FRESULT res;
+
+
+	if (clst < 2 || clst >= fs->n_fatent) {	/* Check range */
+		res = FR_INT_ERR;
+
+	} else {
+		switch (fs->fs_type) {
+		case FS_FAT12 :
+			bc = (UINT)clst; bc += bc / 2;
+			res = move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (bc / SS(fs)));
+			if (res != FR_OK) break;
+			p = &fs->win[bc % SS(fs)];
+			*p = (clst & 1) ? ((*p & 0x0F) | ((BYTE)val << 4)) : (BYTE)val;
+			bc++;
+			fs->wflag = 1;
+			res = move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (bc / SS(fs)));
+			if (res != FR_OK) break;
+			p = &fs->win[bc % SS(fs)];
+			*p = (clst & 1) ? (BYTE)(val >> 4) : ((*p & 0xF0) | ((BYTE)(val >> 8) & 0x0F));
+			break;
+
+		case FS_FAT16 :
+			res = move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (clst / (SS(fs) / 2)));
+			if (res != FR_OK) break;
+			p = &fs->win[clst * 2 % SS(fs)];
+			ST_WORD(p, (WORD)val);
+			break;
+
+		case FS_FAT32 :
+			res = move_window(fs, fs->fatbase + (clst / (SS(fs) / 4)));
+			if (res != FR_OK) break;
+			p = &fs->win[clst * 4 % SS(fs)];
+			val |= LD_DWORD(p) & 0xF0000000;
+			ST_DWORD(p, val);
+			break;
+
+		default :
+			res = FR_INT_ERR;
+		}
+		fs->wflag = 1;
+	}
+
+	return res;
+}
+#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* FAT handling - Remove a cluster chain                                 */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+static
+FRESULT remove_chain (
+	FATFS *fs,			/* File system object */
+	DWORD clst			/* Cluster# to remove a chain from */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	DWORD nxt;
+#if _USE_ERASE
+	DWORD scl = clst, ecl = clst, rt[2];
+#endif
+
+	if (clst < 2 || clst >= fs->n_fatent) {	/* Check range */
+		res = FR_INT_ERR;
+
+	} else {
+		res = FR_OK;
+		while (clst < fs->n_fatent) {			/* Not a last link? */
+			nxt = get_fat(fs, clst);			/* Get cluster status */
+			if (nxt == 0) break;				/* Empty cluster? */
+			if (nxt == 1) { res = FR_INT_ERR; break; }	/* Internal error? */
+			if (nxt == 0xFFFFFFFF) { res = FR_DISK_ERR; break; }	/* Disk error? */
+			res = put_fat(fs, clst, 0);			/* Mark the cluster "empty" */
+			if (res != FR_OK) break;
+			if (fs->free_clust != 0xFFFFFFFF) {	/* Update FSInfo */
+				fs->free_clust++;
+				fs->fsi_flag = 1;
+			}
+#if _USE_ERASE
+			if (ecl + 1 == nxt) {	/* Is next cluster contiguous? */
+				ecl = nxt;
+			} else {				/* End of contiguous clusters */ 
+				rt[0] = clust2sect(fs, scl);					/* Start sector */
+				rt[1] = clust2sect(fs, ecl) + fs->csize - 1;	/* End sector */
+				disk_ioctl(fs->drv, CTRL_ERASE_SECTOR, rt);		/* Erase the block */
+				scl = ecl = nxt;
+			}
+#endif
+			clst = nxt;	/* Next cluster */
+		}
+	}
+
+	return res;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* FAT handling - Stretch or Create a cluster chain                      */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+static
+DWORD create_chain (	/* 0:No free cluster, 1:Internal error, 0xFFFFFFFF:Disk error, >=2:New cluster# */
+	FATFS *fs,			/* File system object */
+	DWORD clst			/* Cluster# to stretch. 0 means create a new chain. */
+)
+{
+	DWORD cs, ncl, scl;
+	FRESULT res;
+
+
+	if (clst == 0) {		/* Create a new chain */
+		scl = fs->last_clust;			/* Get suggested start point */
+		if (!scl || scl >= fs->n_fatent) scl = 1;
+	}
+	else {					/* Stretch the current chain */
+		cs = get_fat(fs, clst);			/* Check the cluster status */
+		if (cs < 2) return 1;			/* It is an invalid cluster */
+		if (cs < fs->n_fatent) return cs;	/* It is already followed by next cluster */
+		scl = clst;
+	}
+
+	ncl = scl;				/* Start cluster */
+	for (;;) {
+		ncl++;							/* Next cluster */
+		if (ncl >= fs->n_fatent) {		/* Wrap around */
+			ncl = 2;
+			if (ncl > scl) return 0;	/* No free cluster */
+		}
+		cs = get_fat(fs, ncl);			/* Get the cluster status */
+		if (cs == 0) break;				/* Found a free cluster */
+		if (cs == 0xFFFFFFFF || cs == 1)/* An error occurred */
+			return cs;
+		if (ncl == scl) return 0;		/* No free cluster */
+	}
+
+	res = put_fat(fs, ncl, 0x0FFFFFFF);	/* Mark the new cluster "last link" */
+	if (res == FR_OK && clst != 0) {
+		res = put_fat(fs, clst, ncl);	/* Link it to the previous one if needed */
+	}
+	if (res == FR_OK) {
+		fs->last_clust = ncl;			/* Update FSINFO */
+		if (fs->free_clust != 0xFFFFFFFF) {
+			fs->free_clust--;
+			fs->fsi_flag = 1;
+		}
+	} else {
+		ncl = (res == FR_DISK_ERR) ? 0xFFFFFFFF : 1;
+	}
+
+	return ncl;		/* Return new cluster number or error code */
+}
+#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* FAT handling - Convert offset into cluster with link map table        */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if _USE_FASTSEEK
+static
+DWORD clmt_clust (	/* <2:Error, >=2:Cluster number */
+	FIL* fp,		/* Pointer to the file object */
+	DWORD ofs		/* File offset to be converted to cluster# */
+)
+{
+	DWORD cl, ncl, *tbl;
+
+
+	tbl = fp->cltbl + 1;	/* Top of CLMT */
+	cl = ofs / SS(fp->fs) / fp->fs->csize;	/* Cluster order from top of the file */
+	for (;;) {
+		ncl = *tbl++;			/* Number of cluters in the fragment */
+		if (!ncl) return 0;		/* End of table? (error) */
+		if (cl < ncl) break;	/* In this fragment? */
+		cl -= ncl; tbl++;		/* Next fragment */
+	}
+	return cl + *tbl;	/* Return the cluster number */
+}
+#endif	/* _USE_FASTSEEK */
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Directory handling - Set directory index                              */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static
+FRESULT dir_sdi (
+	DIR *dj,		/* Pointer to directory object */
+	WORD idx		/* Index of directory table */
+)
+{
+	DWORD clst;
+	WORD ic;
+
+
+	dj->index = idx;
+	clst = dj->sclust;
+	if (clst == 1 || clst >= dj->fs->n_fatent)	/* Check start cluster range */
+		return FR_INT_ERR;
+	if (!clst && dj->fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32)	/* Replace cluster# 0 with root cluster# if in FAT32 */
+		clst = dj->fs->dirbase;
+
+	if (clst == 0) {	/* Static table (root-dir in FAT12/16) */
+		dj->clust = clst;
+		if (idx >= dj->fs->n_rootdir)		/* Index is out of range */
+			return FR_INT_ERR;
+		dj->sect = dj->fs->dirbase + idx / (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR);	/* Sector# */
+	}
+	else {				/* Dynamic table (sub-dirs or root-dir in FAT32) */
+		ic = SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR * dj->fs->csize;	/* Entries per cluster */
+		while (idx >= ic) {	/* Follow cluster chain */
+			clst = get_fat(dj->fs, clst);				/* Get next cluster */
+			if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) return FR_DISK_ERR;	/* Disk error */
+			if (clst < 2 || clst >= dj->fs->n_fatent)	/* Reached to end of table or int error */
+				return FR_INT_ERR;
+			idx -= ic;
+		}
+		dj->clust = clst;
+		dj->sect = clust2sect(dj->fs, clst) + idx / (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR);	/* Sector# */
+	}
+
+	dj->dir = dj->fs->win + (idx % (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR)) * SZ_DIR;	/* Ptr to the entry in the sector */
+
+	return FR_OK;	/* Seek succeeded */
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Directory handling - Move directory table index next                  */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static
+FRESULT dir_next (	/* FR_OK:Succeeded, FR_NO_FILE:End of table, FR_DENIED:EOT and could not stretch */
+	DIR *dj,		/* Pointer to directory object */
+	int stretch		/* 0: Do not stretch table, 1: Stretch table if needed */
+)
+{
+	DWORD clst;
+	WORD i;
+
+
+	stretch = stretch;		/* To suppress warning on read-only cfg. */
+	i = dj->index + 1;
+	if (!i || !dj->sect)	/* Report EOT when index has reached 65535 */
+		return FR_NO_FILE;
+
+	if (!(i % (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR))) {	/* Sector changed? */
+		dj->sect++;					/* Next sector */
+
+		if (dj->clust == 0) {	/* Static table */
+			if (i >= dj->fs->n_rootdir)	/* Report EOT when end of table */
+				return FR_NO_FILE;
+		}
+		else {					/* Dynamic table */
+			if (((i / (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR)) & (dj->fs->csize - 1)) == 0) {	/* Cluster changed? */
+				clst = get_fat(dj->fs, dj->clust);				/* Get next cluster */
+				if (clst <= 1) return FR_INT_ERR;
+				if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) return FR_DISK_ERR;
+				if (clst >= dj->fs->n_fatent) {					/* When it reached end of dynamic table */
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+					BYTE c;
+					if (!stretch) return FR_NO_FILE;			/* When do not stretch, report EOT */
+					clst = create_chain(dj->fs, dj->clust);		/* Stretch cluster chain */
+					if (clst == 0) return FR_DENIED;			/* No free cluster */
+					if (clst == 1) return FR_INT_ERR;
+					if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) return FR_DISK_ERR;
+					/* Clean-up stretched table */
+					if (move_window(dj->fs, 0)) return FR_DISK_ERR;	/* Flush active window */
+					mem_set(dj->fs->win, 0, SS(dj->fs));			/* Clear window buffer */
+					dj->fs->winsect = clust2sect(dj->fs, clst);	/* Cluster start sector */
+					for (c = 0; c < dj->fs->csize; c++) {		/* Fill the new cluster with 0 */
+						dj->fs->wflag = 1;
+						if (move_window(dj->fs, 0)) return FR_DISK_ERR;
+						dj->fs->winsect++;
+					}
+					dj->fs->winsect -= c;						/* Rewind window address */
+#else
+					return FR_NO_FILE;			/* Report EOT */
+#endif
+				}
+				dj->clust = clst;				/* Initialize data for new cluster */
+				dj->sect = clust2sect(dj->fs, clst);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	dj->index = i;
+	dj->dir = dj->fs->win + (i % (SS(dj->fs) / SZ_DIR)) * SZ_DIR;
+
+	return FR_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Directory handling - Load/Store start cluster number                  */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static
+DWORD ld_clust (
+	FATFS *fs,	/* Pointer to the fs object */
+	BYTE *dir	/* Pointer to the directory entry */
+)
+{
+	DWORD cl;
+
+	cl = LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusLO);
+	if (fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32)
+		cl |= (DWORD)LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusHI) << 16;
+
+	return cl;
+}
+
+
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+static
+void st_clust (
+	BYTE *dir,	/* Pointer to the directory entry */
+	DWORD cl	/* Value to be set */
+)
+{
+	ST_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusLO, cl);
+	ST_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusHI, cl >> 16);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* LFN handling - Test/Pick/Fit an LFN segment from/to directory entry   */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if _USE_LFN
+static
+const BYTE LfnOfs[] = {1,3,5,7,9,14,16,18,20,22,24,28,30};	/* Offset of LFN chars in the directory entry */
+
+
+static
+int cmp_lfn (			/* 1:Matched, 0:Not matched */
+	WCHAR *lfnbuf,		/* Pointer to the LFN to be compared */
+	BYTE *dir			/* Pointer to the directory entry containing a part of LFN */
+)
+{
+	UINT i, s;
+	WCHAR wc, uc;
+
+
+	i = ((dir[LDIR_Ord] & ~LLE) - 1) * 13;	/* Get offset in the LFN buffer */
+	s = 0; wc = 1;
+	do {
+		uc = LD_WORD(dir+LfnOfs[s]);	/* Pick an LFN character from the entry */
+		if (wc) {	/* Last char has not been processed */
+			wc = ff_wtoupper(uc);		/* Convert it to upper case */
+			if (i >= _MAX_LFN || wc != ff_wtoupper(lfnbuf[i++]))	/* Compare it */
+				return 0;				/* Not matched */
+		} else {
+			if (uc != 0xFFFF) return 0;	/* Check filler */
+		}
+	} while (++s < 13);				/* Repeat until all chars in the entry are checked */
+
+	if ((dir[LDIR_Ord] & LLE) && wc && lfnbuf[i])	/* Last segment matched but different length */
+		return 0;
+
+	return 1;						/* The part of LFN matched */
+}
+
+
+
+static
+int pick_lfn (			/* 1:Succeeded, 0:Buffer overflow */
+	WCHAR *lfnbuf,		/* Pointer to the Unicode-LFN buffer */
+	BYTE *dir			/* Pointer to the directory entry */
+)
+{
+	UINT i, s;
+	WCHAR wc, uc;
+
+
+	i = ((dir[LDIR_Ord] & 0x3F) - 1) * 13;	/* Offset in the LFN buffer */
+
+	s = 0; wc = 1;
+	do {
+		uc = LD_WORD(dir+LfnOfs[s]);		/* Pick an LFN character from the entry */
+		if (wc) {	/* Last char has not been processed */
+			if (i >= _MAX_LFN) return 0;	/* Buffer overflow? */
+			lfnbuf[i++] = wc = uc;			/* Store it */
+		} else {
+			if (uc != 0xFFFF) return 0;		/* Check filler */
+		}
+	} while (++s < 13);						/* Read all character in the entry */
+
+	if (dir[LDIR_Ord] & LLE) {				/* Put terminator if it is the last LFN part */
+		if (i >= _MAX_LFN) return 0;		/* Buffer overflow? */
+		lfnbuf[i] = 0;
+	}
+
+	return 1;
+}
+
+
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+static
+void fit_lfn (
+	const WCHAR *lfnbuf,	/* Pointer to the LFN buffer */
+	BYTE *dir,				/* Pointer to the directory entry */
+	BYTE ord,				/* LFN order (1-20) */
+	BYTE sum				/* SFN sum */
+)
+{
+	UINT i, s;
+	WCHAR wc;
+
+
+	dir[LDIR_Chksum] = sum;			/* Set check sum */
+	dir[LDIR_Attr] = AM_LFN;		/* Set attribute. LFN entry */
+	dir[LDIR_Type] = 0;
+	ST_WORD(dir+LDIR_FstClusLO, 0);
+
+	i = (ord - 1) * 13;				/* Get offset in the LFN buffer */
+	s = wc = 0;
+	do {
+		if (wc != 0xFFFF) wc = lfnbuf[i++];	/* Get an effective char */
+		ST_WORD(dir+LfnOfs[s], wc);	/* Put it */
+		if (!wc) wc = 0xFFFF;		/* Padding chars following last char */
+	} while (++s < 13);
+	if (wc == 0xFFFF || !lfnbuf[i]) ord |= LLE;	/* Bottom LFN part is the start of LFN sequence */
+	dir[LDIR_Ord] = ord;			/* Set the LFN order */
+}
+
+#endif
+#endif
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Create numbered name                                                  */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if _USE_LFN
+void gen_numname (
+	BYTE *dst,			/* Pointer to generated SFN */
+	const BYTE *src,	/* Pointer to source SFN to be modified */
+	const WCHAR *lfn,	/* Pointer to LFN */
+	WORD seq			/* Sequence number */
+)
+{
+	BYTE ns[8], c;
+	UINT i, j;
+
+
+	mem_cpy(dst, src, 11);
+
+	if (seq > 5) {	/* On many collisions, generate a hash number instead of sequential number */
+		do seq = (seq >> 1) + (seq << 15) + (WORD)*lfn++; while (*lfn);
+	}
+
+	/* itoa (hexdecimal) */
+	i = 7;
+	do {
+		c = (seq % 16) + '0';
+		if (c > '9') c += 7;
+		ns[i--] = c;
+		seq /= 16;
+	} while (seq);
+	ns[i] = '~';
+
+	/* Append the number */
+	for (j = 0; j < i && dst[j] != ' '; j++) {
+		if (IsDBCS1(dst[j])) {
+			if (j == i - 1) break;
+			j++;
+		}
+	}
+	do {
+		dst[j++] = (i < 8) ? ns[i++] : ' ';
+	} while (j < 8);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Calculate sum of an SFN                                               */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if _USE_LFN
+static
+BYTE sum_sfn (
+	const BYTE *dir		/* Ptr to directory entry */
+)
+{
+	BYTE sum = 0;
+	UINT n = 11;
+
+	do sum = (sum >> 1) + (sum << 7) + *dir++; while (--n);
+	return sum;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Directory handling - Find an object in the directory                  */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static
+FRESULT dir_find (
+	DIR *dj			/* Pointer to the directory object linked to the file name */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	BYTE c, *dir;
+#if _USE_LFN
+	BYTE a, ord, sum;
+#endif
+
+	res = dir_sdi(dj, 0);			/* Rewind directory object */
+	if (res != FR_OK) return res;
+
+#if _USE_LFN
+	ord = sum = 0xFF;
+#endif
+	do {
+		res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);
+		if (res != FR_OK) break;
+		dir = dj->dir;					/* Ptr to the directory entry of current index */
+		c = dir[DIR_Name];
+		if (c == 0) { res = FR_NO_FILE; break; }	/* Reached to end of table */
+#if _USE_LFN	/* LFN configuration */
+		a = dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_MASK;
+		if (c == DDE || ((a & AM_VOL) && a != AM_LFN)) {	/* An entry without valid data */
+			ord = 0xFF;
+		} else {
+			if (a == AM_LFN) {			/* An LFN entry is found */
+				if (dj->lfn) {
+					if (c & LLE) {		/* Is it start of LFN sequence? */
+						sum = dir[LDIR_Chksum];
+						c &= ~LLE; ord = c;	/* LFN start order */
+						dj->lfn_idx = dj->index;
+					}
+					/* Check validity of the LFN entry and compare it with given name */
+					ord = (c == ord && sum == dir[LDIR_Chksum] && cmp_lfn(dj->lfn, dir)) ? ord - 1 : 0xFF;
+				}
+			} else {					/* An SFN entry is found */
+				if (!ord && sum == sum_sfn(dir)) break;	/* LFN matched? */
+				ord = 0xFF; dj->lfn_idx = 0xFFFF;	/* Reset LFN sequence */
+				if (!(dj->fn[NS] & NS_LOSS) && !mem_cmp(dir, dj->fn, 11)) break;	/* SFN matched? */
+			}
+		}
+#else		/* Non LFN configuration */
+		if (!(dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_VOL) && !mem_cmp(dir, dj->fn, 11)) /* Is it a valid entry? */
+			break;
+#endif
+		res = dir_next(dj, 0);		/* Next entry */
+	} while (res == FR_OK);
+
+	return res;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Read an object from the directory                                     */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1
+static
+FRESULT dir_read (
+	DIR *dj			/* Pointer to the directory object that pointing the entry to be read */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	BYTE c, *dir;
+#if _USE_LFN
+	BYTE a, ord = 0xFF, sum = 0xFF;
+#endif
+
+	res = FR_NO_FILE;
+	while (dj->sect) {
+		res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);
+		if (res != FR_OK) break;
+		dir = dj->dir;					/* Ptr to the directory entry of current index */
+		c = dir[DIR_Name];
+		if (c == 0) { res = FR_NO_FILE; break; }	/* Reached to end of table */
+#if _USE_LFN	/* LFN configuration */
+		a = dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_MASK;
+		if (c == DDE || (!_FS_RPATH && c == '.') || ((a & AM_VOL) && a != AM_LFN)) {	/* An entry without valid data */
+			ord = 0xFF;
+		} else {
+			if (a == AM_LFN) {			/* An LFN entry is found */
+				if (c & LLE) {			/* Is it start of LFN sequence? */
+					sum = dir[LDIR_Chksum];
+					c &= ~LLE; ord = c;
+					dj->lfn_idx = dj->index;
+				}
+				/* Check LFN validity and capture it */
+				ord = (c == ord && sum == dir[LDIR_Chksum] && pick_lfn(dj->lfn, dir)) ? ord - 1 : 0xFF;
+			} else {					/* An SFN entry is found */
+				if (ord || sum != sum_sfn(dir))	/* Is there a valid LFN? */
+					dj->lfn_idx = 0xFFFF;		/* It has no LFN. */
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+#else		/* Non LFN configuration */
+		if (c != DDE && (_FS_RPATH || c != '.') && !(dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_VOL))	/* Is it a valid entry? */
+			break;
+#endif
+		res = dir_next(dj, 0);				/* Next entry */
+		if (res != FR_OK) break;
+	}
+
+	if (res != FR_OK) dj->sect = 0;
+
+	return res;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Register an object to the directory                                   */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+static
+FRESULT dir_register (	/* FR_OK:Successful, FR_DENIED:No free entry or too many SFN collision, FR_DISK_ERR:Disk error */
+	DIR *dj				/* Target directory with object name to be created */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	BYTE c, *dir;
+#if _USE_LFN	/* LFN configuration */
+	WORD n, ne, is;
+	BYTE sn[12], *fn, sum;
+	WCHAR *lfn;
+
+
+	fn = dj->fn; lfn = dj->lfn;
+	mem_cpy(sn, fn, 12);
+
+	if (_FS_RPATH && (sn[NS] & NS_DOT))		/* Cannot create dot entry */
+		return FR_INVALID_NAME;
+
+	if (sn[NS] & NS_LOSS) {			/* When LFN is out of 8.3 format, generate a numbered name */
+		fn[NS] = 0; dj->lfn = 0;			/* Find only SFN */
+		for (n = 1; n < 100; n++) {
+			gen_numname(fn, sn, lfn, n);	/* Generate a numbered name */
+			res = dir_find(dj);				/* Check if the name collides with existing SFN */
+			if (res != FR_OK) break;
+		}
+		if (n == 100) return FR_DENIED;		/* Abort if too many collisions */
+		if (res != FR_NO_FILE) return res;	/* Abort if the result is other than 'not collided' */
+		fn[NS] = sn[NS]; dj->lfn = lfn;
+	}
+
+	if (sn[NS] & NS_LFN) {			/* When LFN is to be created, reserve an SFN + LFN entries. */
+		for (ne = 0; lfn[ne]; ne++) ;
+		ne = (ne + 25) / 13;
+	} else {						/* Otherwise reserve only an SFN entry. */
+		ne = 1;
+	}
+
+	/* Reserve contiguous entries */
+	res = dir_sdi(dj, 0);
+	if (res != FR_OK) return res;
+	n = is = 0;
+	do {
+		res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);
+		if (res != FR_OK) break;
+		c = *dj->dir;				/* Check the entry status */
+		if (c == DDE || c == 0) {	/* Is it a blank entry? */
+			if (n == 0) is = dj->index;	/* First index of the contiguous entry */
+			if (++n == ne) break;	/* A contiguous entry that required count is found */
+		} else {
+			n = 0;					/* Not a blank entry. Restart to search */
+		}
+		res = dir_next(dj, 1);		/* Next entry with table stretch */
+	} while (res == FR_OK);
+
+	if (res == FR_OK && ne > 1) {	/* Initialize LFN entry if needed */
+		res = dir_sdi(dj, is);
+		if (res == FR_OK) {
+			sum = sum_sfn(dj->fn);	/* Sum of the SFN tied to the LFN */
+			ne--;
+			do {					/* Store LFN entries in bottom first */
+				res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);
+				if (res != FR_OK) break;
+				fit_lfn(dj->lfn, dj->dir, (BYTE)ne, sum);
+				dj->fs->wflag = 1;
+				res = dir_next(dj, 0);	/* Next entry */
+			} while (res == FR_OK && --ne);
+		}
+	}
+
+#else	/* Non LFN configuration */
+	res = dir_sdi(dj, 0);
+	if (res == FR_OK) {
+		do {	/* Find a blank entry for the SFN */
+			res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);
+			if (res != FR_OK) break;
+			c = *dj->dir;
+			if (c == DDE || c == 0) break;	/* Is it a blank entry? */
+			res = dir_next(dj, 1);			/* Next entry with table stretch */
+		} while (res == FR_OK);
+	}
+#endif
+
+	if (res == FR_OK) {		/* Initialize the SFN entry */
+		res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);
+		if (res == FR_OK) {
+			dir = dj->dir;
+			mem_set(dir, 0, SZ_DIR);	/* Clean the entry */
+			mem_cpy(dir, dj->fn, 11);	/* Put SFN */
+#if _USE_LFN
+			dir[DIR_NTres] = *(dj->fn+NS) & (NS_BODY | NS_EXT);	/* Put NT flag */
+#endif
+			dj->fs->wflag = 1;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return res;
+}
+#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Remove an object from the directory                                   */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if !_FS_READONLY && !_FS_MINIMIZE
+static
+FRESULT dir_remove (	/* FR_OK: Successful, FR_DISK_ERR: A disk error */
+	DIR *dj				/* Directory object pointing the entry to be removed */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+#if _USE_LFN	/* LFN configuration */
+	WORD i;
+
+	i = dj->index;	/* SFN index */
+	res = dir_sdi(dj, (WORD)((dj->lfn_idx == 0xFFFF) ? i : dj->lfn_idx));	/* Goto the SFN or top of the LFN entries */
+	if (res == FR_OK) {
+		do {
+			res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);
+			if (res != FR_OK) break;
+			*dj->dir = DDE;			/* Mark the entry "deleted" */
+			dj->fs->wflag = 1;
+			if (dj->index >= i) break;	/* When reached SFN, all entries of the object has been deleted. */
+			res = dir_next(dj, 0);		/* Next entry */
+		} while (res == FR_OK);
+		if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_INT_ERR;
+	}
+
+#else			/* Non LFN configuration */
+	res = dir_sdi(dj, dj->index);
+	if (res == FR_OK) {
+		res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);
+		if (res == FR_OK) {
+			*dj->dir = DDE;			/* Mark the entry "deleted" */
+			dj->fs->wflag = 1;
+		}
+	}
+#endif
+
+	return res;
+}
+#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Pick a segment and create the object name in directory form           */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static
+FRESULT create_name (
+	DIR *dj,			/* Pointer to the directory object */
+	const TCHAR **path	/* Pointer to pointer to the segment in the path string */
+)
+{
+#ifdef _EXCVT
+	static const BYTE excvt[] = _EXCVT;	/* Upper conversion table for extended chars */
+#endif
+
+#if _USE_LFN	/* LFN configuration */
+	BYTE b, cf;
+	WCHAR w, *lfn;
+	UINT i, ni, si, di;
+	const TCHAR *p;
+
+	/* Create LFN in Unicode */
+	for (p = *path; *p == '/' || *p == '\\'; p++) ;	/* Strip duplicated separator */
+	lfn = dj->lfn;
+	si = di = 0;
+	for (;;) {
+		w = p[si++];					/* Get a character */
+		if (w < ' ' || w == '/' || w == '\\') break;	/* Break on end of segment */
+		if (di >= _MAX_LFN)				/* Reject too long name */
+			return FR_INVALID_NAME;
+#if !_LFN_UNICODE
+		w &= 0xFF;
+		if (IsDBCS1(w)) {				/* Check if it is a DBC 1st byte (always false on SBCS cfg) */
+			b = (BYTE)p[si++];			/* Get 2nd byte */
+			if (!IsDBCS2(b))
+				return FR_INVALID_NAME;	/* Reject invalid sequence */
+			w = (w << 8) + b;			/* Create a DBC */
+		}
+		w = ff_convert(w, 1);			/* Convert ANSI/OEM to Unicode */
+		if (!w) return FR_INVALID_NAME;	/* Reject invalid code */
+#endif
+		if (w < 0x80 && chk_chr("\"*:<>\?|\x7F", w)) /* Reject illegal chars for LFN */
+			return FR_INVALID_NAME;
+		lfn[di++] = w;					/* Store the Unicode char */
+	}
+	*path = &p[si];						/* Return pointer to the next segment */
+	cf = (w < ' ') ? NS_LAST : 0;		/* Set last segment flag if end of path */
+#if _FS_RPATH
+	if ((di == 1 && lfn[di-1] == '.') || /* Is this a dot entry? */
+		(di == 2 && lfn[di-1] == '.' && lfn[di-2] == '.')) {
+		lfn[di] = 0;
+		for (i = 0; i < 11; i++)
+			dj->fn[i] = (i < di) ? '.' : ' ';
+		dj->fn[i] = cf | NS_DOT;		/* This is a dot entry */
+		return FR_OK;
+	}
+#endif
+	while (di) {						/* Strip trailing spaces and dots */
+		w = lfn[di-1];
+		if (w != ' ' && w != '.') break;
+		di--;
+	}
+	if (!di) return FR_INVALID_NAME;	/* Reject nul string */
+
+	lfn[di] = 0;						/* LFN is created */
+
+	/* Create SFN in directory form */
+	mem_set(dj->fn, ' ', 11);
+	for (si = 0; lfn[si] == ' ' || lfn[si] == '.'; si++) ;	/* Strip leading spaces and dots */
+	if (si) cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN;
+	while (di && lfn[di - 1] != '.') di--;	/* Find extension (di<=si: no extension) */
+
+	b = i = 0; ni = 8;
+	for (;;) {
+		w = lfn[si++];					/* Get an LFN char */
+		if (!w) break;					/* Break on end of the LFN */
+		if (w == ' ' || (w == '.' && si != di)) {	/* Remove spaces and dots */
+			cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN; continue;
+		}
+
+		if (i >= ni || si == di) {		/* Extension or end of SFN */
+			if (ni == 11) {				/* Long extension */
+				cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN; break;
+			}
+			if (si != di) cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN;	/* Out of 8.3 format */
+			if (si > di) break;			/* No extension */
+			si = di; i = 8; ni = 11;	/* Enter extension section */
+			b <<= 2; continue;
+		}
+
+		if (w >= 0x80) {				/* Non ASCII char */
+#ifdef _EXCVT
+			w = ff_convert(w, 0);		/* Unicode -> OEM code */
+			if (w) w = excvt[w - 0x80];	/* Convert extended char to upper (SBCS) */
+#else
+			w = ff_convert(ff_wtoupper(w), 0);	/* Upper converted Unicode -> OEM code */
+#endif
+			cf |= NS_LFN;				/* Force create LFN entry */
+		}
+
+		if (_DF1S && w >= 0x100) {		/* Double byte char (always false on SBCS cfg) */
+			if (i >= ni - 1) {
+				cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN; i = ni; continue;
+			}
+			dj->fn[i++] = (BYTE)(w >> 8);
+		} else {						/* Single byte char */
+			if (!w || chk_chr("+,;=[]", w)) {	/* Replace illegal chars for SFN */
+				w = '_'; cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN;/* Lossy conversion */
+			} else {
+				if (IsUpper(w)) {		/* ASCII large capital */
+					b |= 2;
+				} else {
+					if (IsLower(w)) {	/* ASCII small capital */
+						b |= 1; w -= 0x20;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		dj->fn[i++] = (BYTE)w;
+	}
+
+	if (dj->fn[0] == DDE) dj->fn[0] = NDDE;	/* If the first char collides with deleted mark, replace it with 0x05 */
+
+	if (ni == 8) b <<= 2;
+	if ((b & 0x0C) == 0x0C || (b & 0x03) == 0x03)	/* Create LFN entry when there are composite capitals */
+		cf |= NS_LFN;
+	if (!(cf & NS_LFN)) {						/* When LFN is in 8.3 format without extended char, NT flags are created */
+		if ((b & 0x03) == 0x01) cf |= NS_EXT;	/* NT flag (Extension has only small capital) */
+		if ((b & 0x0C) == 0x04) cf |= NS_BODY;	/* NT flag (Filename has only small capital) */
+	}
+
+	dj->fn[NS] = cf;	/* SFN is created */
+
+	return FR_OK;
+
+
+#else	/* Non-LFN configuration */
+	BYTE b, c, d, *sfn;
+	UINT ni, si, i;
+	const char *p;
+
+	/* Create file name in directory form */
+	for (p = *path; *p == '/' || *p == '\\'; p++) ;	/* Strip duplicated separator */
+	sfn = dj->fn;
+	mem_set(sfn, ' ', 11);
+	si = i = b = 0; ni = 8;
+#if _FS_RPATH
+	if (p[si] == '.') { /* Is this a dot entry? */
+		for (;;) {
+			c = (BYTE)p[si++];
+			if (c != '.' || si >= 3) break;
+			sfn[i++] = c;
+		}
+		if (c != '/' && c != '\\' && c > ' ') return FR_INVALID_NAME;
+		*path = &p[si];									/* Return pointer to the next segment */
+		sfn[NS] = (c <= ' ') ? NS_LAST | NS_DOT : NS_DOT;	/* Set last segment flag if end of path */
+		return FR_OK;
+	}
+#endif
+	for (;;) {
+		c = (BYTE)p[si++];
+		if (c <= ' ' || c == '/' || c == '\\') break;	/* Break on end of segment */
+		if (c == '.' || i >= ni) {
+			if (ni != 8 || c != '.') return FR_INVALID_NAME;
+			i = 8; ni = 11;
+			b <<= 2; continue;
+		}
+		if (c >= 0x80) {				/* Extended char? */
+			b |= 3;						/* Eliminate NT flag */
+#ifdef _EXCVT
+			c = excvt[c - 0x80];		/* Upper conversion (SBCS) */
+#else
+#if !_DF1S	/* ASCII only cfg */
+			return FR_INVALID_NAME;
+#endif
+#endif
+		}
+		if (IsDBCS1(c)) {				/* Check if it is a DBC 1st byte (always false on SBCS cfg) */
+			d = (BYTE)p[si++];			/* Get 2nd byte */
+			if (!IsDBCS2(d) || i >= ni - 1)	/* Reject invalid DBC */
+				return FR_INVALID_NAME;
+			sfn[i++] = c;
+			sfn[i++] = d;
+		} else {						/* Single byte code */
+			if (chk_chr("\"*+,:;<=>\?[]|\x7F", c))	/* Reject illegal chrs for SFN */
+				return FR_INVALID_NAME;
+			if (IsUpper(c)) {			/* ASCII large capital? */
+				b |= 2;
+			} else {
+				if (IsLower(c)) {		/* ASCII small capital? */
+					b |= 1; c -= 0x20;
+				}
+			}
+			sfn[i++] = c;
+		}
+	}
+	*path = &p[si];						/* Return pointer to the next segment */
+	c = (c <= ' ') ? NS_LAST : 0;		/* Set last segment flag if end of path */
+
+	if (!i) return FR_INVALID_NAME;		/* Reject nul string */
+	if (sfn[0] == DDE) sfn[0] = NDDE;	/* When first char collides with DDE, replace it with 0x05 */
+
+	if (ni == 8) b <<= 2;
+	if ((b & 0x03) == 0x01) c |= NS_EXT;	/* NT flag (Name extension has only small capital) */
+	if ((b & 0x0C) == 0x04) c |= NS_BODY;	/* NT flag (Name body has only small capital) */
+
+	sfn[NS] = c;		/* Store NT flag, File name is created */
+
+	return FR_OK;
+#endif
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Get file information from directory entry                             */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1
+static
+void get_fileinfo (		/* No return code */
+	DIR *dj,			/* Pointer to the directory object */
+	FILINFO *fno	 	/* Pointer to the file information to be filled */
+)
+{
+	UINT i;
+	BYTE nt, *dir;
+	TCHAR *p, c;
+
+
+	p = fno->fname;
+	if (dj->sect) {
+		dir = dj->dir;
+		nt = dir[DIR_NTres];		/* NT flag */
+		for (i = 0; i < 8; i++) {	/* Copy name body */
+			c = dir[i];
+			if (c == ' ') break;
+			if (c == NDDE) c = (TCHAR)DDE;
+			if (_USE_LFN && (nt & NS_BODY) && IsUpper(c)) c += 0x20;
+#if _LFN_UNICODE
+			if (IsDBCS1(c) && i < 7 && IsDBCS2(dir[i+1]))
+				c = (c << 8) | dir[++i];
+			c = ff_convert(c, 1);
+			if (!c) c = '?';
+#endif
+			*p++ = c;
+		}
+		if (dir[8] != ' ') {		/* Copy name extension */
+			*p++ = '.';
+			for (i = 8; i < 11; i++) {
+				c = dir[i];
+				if (c == ' ') break;
+				if (_USE_LFN && (nt & NS_EXT) && IsUpper(c)) c += 0x20;
+#if _LFN_UNICODE
+				if (IsDBCS1(c) && i < 10 && IsDBCS2(dir[i+1]))
+					c = (c << 8) | dir[++i];
+				c = ff_convert(c, 1);
+				if (!c) c = '?';
+#endif
+				*p++ = c;
+			}
+		}
+		fno->fattrib = dir[DIR_Attr];				/* Attribute */
+		fno->fsize = LD_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize);	/* Size */
+		fno->fdate = LD_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtDate);		/* Date */
+		fno->ftime = LD_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime);		/* Time */
+	}
+	*p = 0;		/* Terminate SFN str by a \0 */
+
+#if _USE_LFN
+	if (fno->lfname && fno->lfsize) {
+		TCHAR *tp = fno->lfname;
+		WCHAR w, *lfn;
+
+		i = 0;
+		if (dj->sect && dj->lfn_idx != 0xFFFF) {/* Get LFN if available */
+			lfn = dj->lfn;
+			while ((w = *lfn++) != 0) {			/* Get an LFN char */
+#if !_LFN_UNICODE
+				w = ff_convert(w, 0);			/* Unicode -> OEM conversion */
+				if (!w) { i = 0; break; }		/* Could not convert, no LFN */
+				if (_DF1S && w >= 0x100)		/* Put 1st byte if it is a DBC (always false on SBCS cfg) */
+					tp[i++] = (TCHAR)(w >> 8);
+#endif
+				if (i >= fno->lfsize - 1) { i = 0; break; }	/* Buffer overflow, no LFN */
+				tp[i++] = (TCHAR)w;
+			}
+		}
+		tp[i] = 0;	/* Terminate the LFN str by a \0 */
+	}
+#endif
+}
+#endif /* _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1 */
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Follow a file path                                                    */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static
+FRESULT follow_path (	/* FR_OK(0): successful, !=0: error code */
+	DIR *dj,			/* Directory object to return last directory and found object */
+	const TCHAR *path	/* Full-path string to find a file or directory */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	BYTE *dir, ns;
+
+
+#if _FS_RPATH
+	if (*path == '/' || *path == '\\') { /* There is a heading separator */
+		path++;	dj->sclust = 0;		/* Strip it and start from the root dir */
+	} else {							/* No heading separator */
+		dj->sclust = dj->fs->cdir;	/* Start from the current dir */
+	}
+#else
+	if (*path == '/' || *path == '\\')	/* Strip heading separator if exist */
+		path++;
+	dj->sclust = 0;						/* Start from the root dir */
+#endif
+
+	if ((UINT)*path < ' ') {			/* Nul path means the start directory itself */
+		res = dir_sdi(dj, 0);
+		dj->dir = 0;
+	} else {							/* Follow path */
+		for (;;) {
+			res = create_name(dj, &path);	/* Get a segment */
+			if (res != FR_OK) break;
+			res = dir_find(dj);				/* Find it */
+			ns = *(dj->fn+NS);
+			if (res != FR_OK) {				/* Failed to find the object */
+				if (res != FR_NO_FILE) break;	/* Abort if any hard error occurred */
+				/* Object not found */
+				if (_FS_RPATH && (ns & NS_DOT)) {	/* If dot entry is not exit */
+					dj->sclust = 0; dj->dir = 0;	/* It is the root dir */
+					res = FR_OK;
+					if (!(ns & NS_LAST)) continue;
+				} else {							/* Could not find the object */
+					if (!(ns & NS_LAST)) res = FR_NO_PATH;
+				}
+				break;
+			}
+			if (ns & NS_LAST) break;			/* Last segment match. Function completed. */
+			dir = dj->dir;						/* There is next segment. Follow the sub directory */
+			if (!(dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR)) {	/* Cannot follow because it is a file */
+				res = FR_NO_PATH; break;
+			}
+			dj->sclust = ld_clust(dj->fs, dir);
+		}
+	}
+
+	return res;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Load a sector and check if it is an FAT Volume Boot Record            */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static
+BYTE check_fs (	/* 0:FAT-VBR, 1:Any BR but not FAT, 2:Not a BR, 3:Disk error */
+	FATFS *fs,	/* File system object */
+	DWORD sect	/* Sector# (lba) to check if it is an FAT boot record or not */
+)
+{
+	if (disk_read(fs->drv, fs->win, sect, 1) != RES_OK)	/* Load boot record */
+		return 3;
+	if (LD_WORD(&fs->win[BS_55AA]) != 0xAA55)		/* Check record signature (always placed at offset 510 even if the sector size is >512) */
+		return 2;
+
+	if ((LD_DWORD(&fs->win[BS_FilSysType]) & 0xFFFFFF) == 0x544146)	/* Check "FAT" string */
+		return 0;
+	if ((LD_DWORD(&fs->win[BS_FilSysType32]) & 0xFFFFFF) == 0x544146)
+		return 0;
+
+	return 1;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Check if the file system object is valid or not                       */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static
+FRESULT chk_mounted (	/* FR_OK(0): successful, !=0: any error occurred */
+	const TCHAR **path,	/* Pointer to pointer to the path name (drive number) */
+	FATFS **rfs,		/* Pointer to pointer to the found file system object */
+	BYTE wmode			/* !=0: Check write protection for write access */
+)
+{
+	BYTE fmt, b, pi, *tbl;
+	UINT vol;
+	DSTATUS stat;
+	DWORD bsect, fasize, tsect, sysect, nclst, szbfat;
+	WORD nrsv;
+	const TCHAR *p = *path;
+	FATFS *fs;
+
+
+	/* Get logical drive number from the path name */
+	vol = p[0] - '0';					/* Is there a drive number? */
+	if (vol <= 9 && p[1] == ':') {		/* Found a drive number, get and strip it */
+		p += 2; *path = p;				/* Return pointer to the path name */
+	} else {							/* No drive number is given */
+#if _FS_RPATH
+		vol = CurrVol;					/* Use current drive */
+#else
+		vol = 0;						/* Use drive 0 */
+#endif
+	}
+
+	/* Check if the file system object is valid or not */
+	*rfs = 0;
+	if (vol >= _VOLUMES) 				/* Is the drive number valid? */
+		return FR_INVALID_DRIVE;
+	fs = FatFs[vol];					/* Get corresponding file system object */
+	if (!fs) return FR_NOT_ENABLED;		/* Is the file system object available? */
+
+	ENTER_FF(fs);						/* Lock file system */
+
+	*rfs = fs;							/* Return pointer to the corresponding file system object */
+	if (fs->fs_type) {					/* If the volume has been mounted */
+		stat = disk_status(fs->drv);
+		if (!(stat & STA_NOINIT)) {		/* and the physical drive is kept initialized (has not been changed), */
+			if (!_FS_READONLY && wmode && (stat & STA_PROTECT))	/* Check write protection if needed */
+				return FR_WRITE_PROTECTED;
+			return FR_OK;				/* The file system object is valid */
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* The file system object is not valid. */
+	/* Following code attempts to mount the volume. (analyze BPB and initialize the fs object) */
+
+	fs->fs_type = 0;					/* Clear the file system object */
+	fs->drv = LD2PD(vol);				/* Bind the logical drive and a physical drive */
+	stat = disk_initialize(fs->drv);	/* Initialize the physical drive */
+	if (stat & STA_NOINIT)				/* Check if the initialization succeeded */
+		return FR_NOT_READY;			/* Failed to initialize due to no medium or hard error */
+	if (!_FS_READONLY && wmode && (stat & STA_PROTECT))	/* Check disk write protection if needed */
+		return FR_WRITE_PROTECTED;
+#if _MAX_SS != 512						/* Get disk sector size (variable sector size cfg only) */
+	if (disk_ioctl(fs->drv, GET_SECTOR_SIZE, &fs->ssize) != RES_OK)
+		return FR_DISK_ERR;
+#endif
+	/* Search FAT partition on the drive. Supports only generic partitions, FDISK and SFD. */
+	fmt = check_fs(fs, bsect = 0);		/* Load sector 0 and check if it is an FAT-VBR (in SFD) */
+	if (LD2PT(vol) && !fmt) fmt = 1;	/* Force non-SFD if the volume is forced partition */
+	if (fmt == 1) {						/* Not an FAT-VBR, the physical drive can be partitioned */
+		/* Check the partition listed in the partition table */
+		pi = LD2PT(vol);
+		if (pi) pi--;
+		tbl = &fs->win[MBR_Table + pi * SZ_PTE];/* Partition table */
+		if (tbl[4]) {						/* Is the partition existing? */
+			bsect = LD_DWORD(&tbl[8]);		/* Partition offset in LBA */
+			fmt = check_fs(fs, bsect);		/* Check the partition */
+		}
+	}
+	if (fmt == 3) return FR_DISK_ERR;
+	if (fmt) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;		/* No FAT volume is found */
+
+	/* An FAT volume is found. Following code initializes the file system object */
+
+	if (LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_BytsPerSec) != SS(fs))		/* (BPB_BytsPerSec must be equal to the physical sector size) */
+		return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;
+
+	fasize = LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_FATSz16);				/* Number of sectors per FAT */
+	if (!fasize) fasize = LD_DWORD(fs->win+BPB_FATSz32);
+	fs->fsize = fasize;
+
+	fs->n_fats = b = fs->win[BPB_NumFATs];				/* Number of FAT copies */
+	if (b != 1 && b != 2) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;		/* (Must be 1 or 2) */
+	fasize *= b;										/* Number of sectors for FAT area */
+
+	fs->csize = b = fs->win[BPB_SecPerClus];			/* Number of sectors per cluster */
+	if (!b || (b & (b - 1))) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;	/* (Must be power of 2) */
+
+	fs->n_rootdir = LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_RootEntCnt);	/* Number of root directory entries */
+	if (fs->n_rootdir % (SS(fs) / SZ_DIR)) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;	/* (BPB_RootEntCnt must be sector aligned) */
+
+	tsect = LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_TotSec16);				/* Number of sectors on the volume */
+	if (!tsect) tsect = LD_DWORD(fs->win+BPB_TotSec32);
+
+	nrsv = LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_RsvdSecCnt);				/* Number of reserved sectors */
+	if (!nrsv) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;					/* (BPB_RsvdSecCnt must not be 0) */
+
+	/* Determine the FAT sub type */
+	sysect = nrsv + fasize + fs->n_rootdir / (SS(fs) / SZ_DIR);	/* RSV+FAT+DIR */
+	if (tsect < sysect) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;		/* (Invalid volume size) */
+	nclst = (tsect - sysect) / fs->csize;				/* Number of clusters */
+	if (!nclst) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;				/* (Invalid volume size) */
+	fmt = FS_FAT12;
+	if (nclst >= MIN_FAT16) fmt = FS_FAT16;
+	if (nclst >= MIN_FAT32) fmt = FS_FAT32;
+
+	/* Boundaries and Limits */
+	fs->n_fatent = nclst + 2;							/* Number of FAT entries */
+	fs->database = bsect + sysect;						/* Data start sector */
+	fs->fatbase = bsect + nrsv; 						/* FAT start sector */
+	if (fmt == FS_FAT32) {
+		if (fs->n_rootdir) return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;		/* (BPB_RootEntCnt must be 0) */
+		fs->dirbase = LD_DWORD(fs->win+BPB_RootClus);	/* Root directory start cluster */
+		szbfat = fs->n_fatent * 4;						/* (Required FAT size) */
+	} else {
+		if (!fs->n_rootdir)	return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;	/* (BPB_RootEntCnt must not be 0) */
+		fs->dirbase = fs->fatbase + fasize;				/* Root directory start sector */
+		szbfat = (fmt == FS_FAT16) ?					/* (Required FAT size) */
+			fs->n_fatent * 2 : fs->n_fatent * 3 / 2 + (fs->n_fatent & 1);
+	}
+	if (fs->fsize < (szbfat + (SS(fs) - 1)) / SS(fs))	/* (BPB_FATSz must not be less than required) */
+		return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;
+
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+	/* Initialize cluster allocation information */
+	fs->free_clust = 0xFFFFFFFF;
+	fs->last_clust = 0;
+
+	/* Get fsinfo if available */
+	if (fmt == FS_FAT32) {
+	 	fs->fsi_flag = 0;
+		fs->fsi_sector = bsect + LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_FSInfo);
+		if (disk_read(fs->drv, fs->win, fs->fsi_sector, 1) == RES_OK &&
+			LD_WORD(fs->win+BS_55AA) == 0xAA55 &&
+			LD_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_LeadSig) == 0x41615252 &&
+			LD_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_StrucSig) == 0x61417272) {
+				fs->last_clust = LD_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_Nxt_Free);
+				fs->free_clust = LD_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_Free_Count);
+		}
+	}
+#endif
+	fs->fs_type = fmt;		/* FAT sub-type */
+	fs->id = ++Fsid;		/* File system mount ID */
+	fs->winsect = 0;		/* Invalidate sector cache */
+	fs->wflag = 0;
+#if _FS_RPATH
+	fs->cdir = 0;			/* Current directory (root dir) */
+#endif
+#if _FS_LOCK				/* Clear file lock semaphores */
+	clear_lock(fs);
+#endif
+
+	return FR_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Check if the file/dir object is valid or not                          */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static
+FRESULT validate (	/* FR_OK(0): The object is valid, !=0: Invalid */
+	void* obj		/* Pointer to the object FIL/DIR to check validity */
+)
+{
+	FIL *fil;
+
+
+	fil = (FIL*)obj;	/* Assuming offset of fs and id in the FIL/DIR is identical */
+	if (!fil->fs || !fil->fs->fs_type || fil->fs->id != fil->id)
+		return FR_INVALID_OBJECT;
+
+	ENTER_FF(fil->fs);		/* Lock file system */
+
+	if (disk_status(fil->fs->drv) & STA_NOINIT)
+		return FR_NOT_READY;
+
+	return FR_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+   Public Functions
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Mount/Unmount a Logical Drive                                         */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_mount (
+	BYTE vol,		/* Logical drive number to be mounted/unmounted */
+	FATFS *fs		/* Pointer to new file system object (NULL for unmount)*/
+)
+{
+	FATFS *rfs;
+
+
+	if (vol >= _VOLUMES)		/* Check if the drive number is valid */
+		return FR_INVALID_DRIVE;
+	rfs = FatFs[vol];			/* Get current fs object */
+
+	if (rfs) {
+#if _FS_LOCK
+		clear_lock(rfs);
+#endif
+#if _FS_REENTRANT				/* Discard sync object of the current volume */
+		if (!ff_del_syncobj(rfs->sobj)) return FR_INT_ERR;
+#endif
+		rfs->fs_type = 0;		/* Clear old fs object */
+	}
+
+	if (fs) {
+		fs->fs_type = 0;		/* Clear new fs object */
+#if _FS_REENTRANT				/* Create sync object for the new volume */
+		if (!ff_cre_syncobj(vol, &fs->sobj)) return FR_INT_ERR;
+#endif
+	}
+	FatFs[vol] = fs;			/* Register new fs object */
+
+	return FR_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Open or Create a File                                                 */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_open (
+	FIL *fp,			/* Pointer to the blank file object */
+	const TCHAR *path,	/* Pointer to the file name */
+	BYTE mode			/* Access mode and file open mode flags */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	DIR dj;
+	BYTE *dir;
+	DEF_NAMEBUF;
+
+
+	if (!fp) return FR_INVALID_OBJECT;
+	fp->fs = 0;			/* Clear file object */
+
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+	mode &= FA_READ | FA_WRITE | FA_CREATE_ALWAYS | FA_OPEN_ALWAYS | FA_CREATE_NEW;
+	res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, (BYTE)(mode & ~FA_READ));
+#else
+	mode &= FA_READ;
+	res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 0);
+#endif
+	if (res == FR_OK) {
+		INIT_BUF(dj);
+		res = follow_path(&dj, path);	/* Follow the file path */
+		dir = dj.dir;
+#if !_FS_READONLY	/* R/W configuration */
+		if (res == FR_OK) {
+			if (!dir)	/* Current dir itself */
+				res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
+#if _FS_LOCK
+			else
+				res = chk_lock(&dj, (mode & ~FA_READ) ? 1 : 0);
+#endif
+		}
+		/* Create or Open a file */
+		if (mode & (FA_CREATE_ALWAYS | FA_OPEN_ALWAYS | FA_CREATE_NEW)) {
+			DWORD dw, cl;
+
+			if (res != FR_OK) {					/* No file, create new */
+				if (res == FR_NO_FILE)			/* There is no file to open, create a new entry */
+#if _FS_LOCK
+					res = enq_lock() ? dir_register(&dj) : FR_TOO_MANY_OPEN_FILES;
+#else
+					res = dir_register(&dj);
+#endif
+				mode |= FA_CREATE_ALWAYS;		/* File is created */
+				dir = dj.dir;					/* New entry */
+			}
+			else {								/* Any object is already existing */
+				if (dir[DIR_Attr] & (AM_RDO | AM_DIR)) {	/* Cannot overwrite it (R/O or DIR) */
+					res = FR_DENIED;
+				} else {
+					if (mode & FA_CREATE_NEW)	/* Cannot create as new file */
+						res = FR_EXIST;
+				}
+			}
+			if (res == FR_OK && (mode & FA_CREATE_ALWAYS)) {	/* Truncate it if overwrite mode */
+				dw = get_fattime();					/* Created time */
+				ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_CrtTime, dw);
+				dir[DIR_Attr] = 0;					/* Reset attribute */
+				ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize, 0);		/* size = 0 */
+				cl = ld_clust(dj.fs, dir);			/* Get start cluster */
+				st_clust(dir, 0);					/* cluster = 0 */
+				dj.fs->wflag = 1;
+				if (cl) {							/* Remove the cluster chain if exist */
+					dw = dj.fs->winsect;
+					res = remove_chain(dj.fs, cl);
+					if (res == FR_OK) {
+						dj.fs->last_clust = cl - 1;	/* Reuse the cluster hole */
+						res = move_window(dj.fs, dw);
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		else {	/* Open an existing file */
+			if (res == FR_OK) {						/* Follow succeeded */
+				if (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR) {		/* It is a directory */
+					res = FR_NO_FILE;
+				} else {
+					if ((mode & FA_WRITE) && (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_RDO)) /* R/O violation */
+						res = FR_DENIED;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		if (res == FR_OK) {
+			if (mode & FA_CREATE_ALWAYS)			/* Set file change flag if created or overwritten */
+				mode |= FA__WRITTEN;
+			fp->dir_sect = dj.fs->winsect;			/* Pointer to the directory entry */
+			fp->dir_ptr = dir;
+#if _FS_LOCK
+			fp->lockid = inc_lock(&dj, (mode & ~FA_READ) ? 1 : 0);
+			if (!fp->lockid) res = FR_INT_ERR;
+#endif
+		}
+
+#else				/* R/O configuration */
+		if (res == FR_OK) {					/* Follow succeeded */
+			dir = dj.dir;
+			if (!dir) {						/* Current dir itself */
+				res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
+			} else {
+				if (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR)	/* It is a directory */
+					res = FR_NO_FILE;
+			}
+		}
+#endif
+		FREE_BUF();
+
+		if (res == FR_OK) {
+			fp->flag = mode;					/* File access mode */
+			fp->sclust = ld_clust(dj.fs, dir);	/* File start cluster */
+			fp->fsize = LD_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize);	/* File size */
+			fp->fptr = 0;						/* File pointer */
+			fp->dsect = 0;
+#if _USE_FASTSEEK
+			fp->cltbl = 0;						/* Normal seek mode */
+#endif
+			fp->fs = dj.fs; fp->id = dj.fs->id;	/* Validate file object */
+		}
+	}
+
+	LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Read File                                                             */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_read (
+	FIL *fp, 		/* Pointer to the file object */
+	void *buff,		/* Pointer to data buffer */
+	UINT btr,		/* Number of bytes to read */
+	UINT *br		/* Pointer to number of bytes read */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	DWORD clst, sect, remain;
+	UINT rcnt, cc;
+	BYTE csect, *rbuff = buff;
+
+
+	*br = 0;	/* Clear read byte counter */
+
+	res = validate(fp);							/* Check validity */
+	if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);
+	if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR)					/* Aborted file? */
+		LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+	if (!(fp->flag & FA_READ)) 					/* Check access mode */
+		LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DENIED);
+	remain = fp->fsize - fp->fptr;
+	if (btr > remain) btr = (UINT)remain;		/* Truncate btr by remaining bytes */
+
+	for ( ;  btr;								/* Repeat until all data read */
+		rbuff += rcnt, fp->fptr += rcnt, *br += rcnt, btr -= rcnt) {
+		if ((fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)) == 0) {		/* On the sector boundary? */
+			csect = (BYTE)(fp->fptr / SS(fp->fs) & (fp->fs->csize - 1));	/* Sector offset in the cluster */
+			if (!csect) {						/* On the cluster boundary? */
+				if (fp->fptr == 0) {			/* On the top of the file? */
+					clst = fp->sclust;			/* Follow from the origin */
+				} else {						/* Middle or end of the file */
+#if _USE_FASTSEEK
+					if (fp->cltbl)
+						clst = clmt_clust(fp, fp->fptr);	/* Get cluster# from the CLMT */
+					else
+#endif
+						clst = get_fat(fp->fs, fp->clust);	/* Follow cluster chain on the FAT */
+				}
+				if (clst < 2) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+				if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+				fp->clust = clst;				/* Update current cluster */
+			}
+			sect = clust2sect(fp->fs, fp->clust);	/* Get current sector */
+			if (!sect) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+			sect += csect;
+			cc = btr / SS(fp->fs);				/* When remaining bytes >= sector size, */
+			if (cc) {							/* Read maximum contiguous sectors directly */
+				if (csect + cc > fp->fs->csize)	/* Clip at cluster boundary */
+					cc = fp->fs->csize - csect;
+				if (disk_read(fp->fs->drv, rbuff, sect, (BYTE)cc) != RES_OK)
+					ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+#if !_FS_READONLY && _FS_MINIMIZE <= 2			/* Replace one of the read sectors with cached data if it contains a dirty sector */
+#if _FS_TINY
+				if (fp->fs->wflag && fp->fs->winsect - sect < cc)
+					mem_cpy(rbuff + ((fp->fs->winsect - sect) * SS(fp->fs)), fp->fs->win, SS(fp->fs));
+#else
+				if ((fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) && fp->dsect - sect < cc)
+					mem_cpy(rbuff + ((fp->dsect - sect) * SS(fp->fs)), fp->buf, SS(fp->fs));
+#endif
+#endif
+				rcnt = SS(fp->fs) * cc;			/* Number of bytes transferred */
+				continue;
+			}
+#if !_FS_TINY
+			if (fp->dsect != sect) {			/* Load data sector if not in cache */
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+				if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) {		/* Write-back dirty sector cache */
+					if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK)
+						ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+					fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY;
+				}
+#endif
+				if (disk_read(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, sect, 1) != RES_OK)	/* Fill sector cache */
+					ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+			}
+#endif
+			fp->dsect = sect;
+		}
+		rcnt = SS(fp->fs) - ((UINT)fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs));	/* Get partial sector data from sector buffer */
+		if (rcnt > btr) rcnt = btr;
+#if _FS_TINY
+		if (move_window(fp->fs, fp->dsect))		/* Move sector window */
+			ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+		mem_cpy(rbuff, &fp->fs->win[fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], rcnt);	/* Pick partial sector */
+#else
+		mem_cpy(rbuff, &fp->buf[fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], rcnt);	/* Pick partial sector */
+#endif
+	}
+
+	LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_OK);
+}
+
+
+
+
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Write File                                                            */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_write (
+	FIL *fp,			/* Pointer to the file object */
+	const void *buff,	/* Pointer to the data to be written */
+	UINT btw,			/* Number of bytes to write */
+	UINT *bw			/* Pointer to number of bytes written */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	DWORD clst, sect;
+	UINT wcnt, cc;
+	const BYTE *wbuff = buff;
+	BYTE csect;
+
+
+	*bw = 0;	/* Clear write byte counter */
+
+	res = validate(fp);						/* Check validity */
+	if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);
+	if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR)				/* Aborted file? */
+		LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+	if (!(fp->flag & FA_WRITE))				/* Check access mode */
+		LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DENIED);
+	if ((DWORD)(fp->fsize + btw) < fp->fsize) btw = 0;	/* File size cannot reach 4GB */
+
+	for ( ;  btw;							/* Repeat until all data written */
+		wbuff += wcnt, fp->fptr += wcnt, *bw += wcnt, btw -= wcnt) {
+		if ((fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)) == 0) {	/* On the sector boundary? */
+			csect = (BYTE)(fp->fptr / SS(fp->fs) & (fp->fs->csize - 1));	/* Sector offset in the cluster */
+			if (!csect) {					/* On the cluster boundary? */
+				if (fp->fptr == 0) {		/* On the top of the file? */
+					clst = fp->sclust;		/* Follow from the origin */
+					if (clst == 0)			/* When no cluster is allocated, */
+						fp->sclust = clst = create_chain(fp->fs, 0);	/* Create a new cluster chain */
+				} else {					/* Middle or end of the file */
+#if _USE_FASTSEEK
+					if (fp->cltbl)
+						clst = clmt_clust(fp, fp->fptr);	/* Get cluster# from the CLMT */
+					else
+#endif
+						clst = create_chain(fp->fs, fp->clust);	/* Follow or stretch cluster chain on the FAT */
+				}
+				if (clst == 0) break;		/* Could not allocate a new cluster (disk full) */
+				if (clst == 1) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+				if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+				fp->clust = clst;			/* Update current cluster */
+			}
+#if _FS_TINY
+			if (fp->fs->winsect == fp->dsect && move_window(fp->fs, 0))	/* Write-back sector cache */
+				ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+#else
+			if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) {		/* Write-back sector cache */
+				if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK)
+					ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+				fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY;
+			}
+#endif
+			sect = clust2sect(fp->fs, fp->clust);	/* Get current sector */
+			if (!sect) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+			sect += csect;
+			cc = btw / SS(fp->fs);			/* When remaining bytes >= sector size, */
+			if (cc) {						/* Write maximum contiguous sectors directly */
+				if (csect + cc > fp->fs->csize)	/* Clip at cluster boundary */
+					cc = fp->fs->csize - csect;
+				if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, wbuff, sect, (BYTE)cc) != RES_OK)
+					ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+#if _FS_TINY
+				if (fp->fs->winsect - sect < cc) {	/* Refill sector cache if it gets invalidated by the direct write */
+					mem_cpy(fp->fs->win, wbuff + ((fp->fs->winsect - sect) * SS(fp->fs)), SS(fp->fs));
+					fp->fs->wflag = 0;
+				}
+#else
+				if (fp->dsect - sect < cc) { /* Refill sector cache if it gets invalidated by the direct write */
+					mem_cpy(fp->buf, wbuff + ((fp->dsect - sect) * SS(fp->fs)), SS(fp->fs));
+					fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY;
+				}
+#endif
+				wcnt = SS(fp->fs) * cc;		/* Number of bytes transferred */
+				continue;
+			}
+#if _FS_TINY
+			if (fp->fptr >= fp->fsize) {	/* Avoid silly cache filling at growing edge */
+				if (move_window(fp->fs, 0)) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+				fp->fs->winsect = sect;
+			}
+#else
+			if (fp->dsect != sect) {		/* Fill sector cache with file data */
+				if (fp->fptr < fp->fsize &&
+					disk_read(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, sect, 1) != RES_OK)
+						ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+			}
+#endif
+			fp->dsect = sect;
+		}
+		wcnt = SS(fp->fs) - ((UINT)fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs));/* Put partial sector into file I/O buffer */
+		if (wcnt > btw) wcnt = btw;
+#if _FS_TINY
+		if (move_window(fp->fs, fp->dsect))	/* Move sector window */
+			ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+		mem_cpy(&fp->fs->win[fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], wbuff, wcnt);	/* Fit partial sector */
+		fp->fs->wflag = 1;
+#else
+		mem_cpy(&fp->buf[fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], wbuff, wcnt);	/* Fit partial sector */
+		fp->flag |= FA__DIRTY;
+#endif
+	}
+
+	if (fp->fptr > fp->fsize) fp->fsize = fp->fptr;	/* Update file size if needed */
+	fp->flag |= FA__WRITTEN;						/* Set file change flag */
+
+	LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_OK);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Synchronize the File Object                                           */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_sync (
+	FIL *fp		/* Pointer to the file object */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	DWORD tim;
+	BYTE *dir;
+
+
+	res = validate(fp);					/* Check validity of the object */
+	if (res == FR_OK) {
+		if (fp->flag & FA__WRITTEN) {	/* Has the file been written? */
+#if !_FS_TINY	/* Write-back dirty buffer */
+			if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) {
+				if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK)
+					LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+				fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY;
+			}
+#endif
+			/* Update the directory entry */
+			res = move_window(fp->fs, fp->dir_sect);
+			if (res == FR_OK) {
+				dir = fp->dir_ptr;
+				dir[DIR_Attr] |= AM_ARC;					/* Set archive bit */
+				ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize, fp->fsize);		/* Update file size */
+				st_clust(dir, fp->sclust);					/* Update start cluster */
+				tim = get_fattime();						/* Update updated time */
+				ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime, tim);
+				ST_WORD(dir+DIR_LstAccDate, 0);
+				fp->flag &= ~FA__WRITTEN;
+				fp->fs->wflag = 1;
+				res = sync(fp->fs);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);
+}
+
+#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Close File                                                            */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_close (
+	FIL *fp		/* Pointer to the file object to be closed */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+
+
+#if _FS_READONLY
+	res = validate(fp);
+	{
+#if _FS_REENTRANT
+		FATFS *fs = fp->fs;
+#endif
+		if (res == FR_OK) fp->fs = 0;	/* Discard file object */
+		LEAVE_FF(fs, res);
+	}
+#else
+	res = f_sync(fp);		/* Flush cached data */
+#if _FS_LOCK
+	if (res == FR_OK) {		/* Decrement open counter */
+#if _FS_REENTRANT
+		FATFS *fs = fp->fs;;
+		res = validate(fp);
+		if (res == FR_OK) {
+			res = dec_lock(fp->lockid);	
+			unlock_fs(fs, FR_OK);
+		}
+#else
+		res = dec_lock(fp->lockid);
+#endif
+	}
+#endif
+	if (res == FR_OK) fp->fs = 0;	/* Discard file object */
+	return res;
+#endif
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Current Drive/Directory Handlings                                     */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if _FS_RPATH >= 1
+
+FRESULT f_chdrive (
+	BYTE drv		/* Drive number */
+)
+{
+	if (drv >= _VOLUMES) return FR_INVALID_DRIVE;
+
+	CurrVol = drv;
+
+	return FR_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+FRESULT f_chdir (
+	const TCHAR *path	/* Pointer to the directory path */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	DIR dj;
+	DEF_NAMEBUF;
+
+
+	res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 0);
+	if (res == FR_OK) {
+		INIT_BUF(dj);
+		res = follow_path(&dj, path);		/* Follow the path */
+		FREE_BUF();
+		if (res == FR_OK) {					/* Follow completed */
+			if (!dj.dir) {
+				dj.fs->cdir = dj.sclust;	/* Start directory itself */
+			} else {
+				if (dj.dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR)	/* Reached to the directory */
+					dj.fs->cdir = ld_clust(dj.fs, dj.dir);
+				else
+					res = FR_NO_PATH;		/* Reached but a file */
+			}
+		}
+		if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_NO_PATH;
+	}
+
+	LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
+}
+
+
+#if _FS_RPATH >= 2
+FRESULT f_getcwd (
+	TCHAR *path,	/* Pointer to the directory path */
+	UINT sz_path	/* Size of path */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	DIR dj;
+	UINT i, n;
+	DWORD ccl;
+	TCHAR *tp;
+	FILINFO fno;
+	DEF_NAMEBUF;
+
+
+	*path = 0;
+	res = chk_mounted((const TCHAR**)&path, &dj.fs, 0);	/* Get current volume */
+	if (res == FR_OK) {
+		INIT_BUF(dj);
+		i = sz_path;		/* Bottom of buffer (dir stack base) */
+		dj.sclust = dj.fs->cdir;			/* Start to follow upper dir from current dir */
+		while ((ccl = dj.sclust) != 0) {	/* Repeat while current dir is a sub-dir */
+			res = dir_sdi(&dj, 1);			/* Get parent dir */
+			if (res != FR_OK) break;
+			res = dir_read(&dj);
+			if (res != FR_OK) break;
+			dj.sclust = ld_clust(dj.fs, dj.dir);	/* Goto parent dir */
+			res = dir_sdi(&dj, 0);
+			if (res != FR_OK) break;
+			do {							/* Find the entry links to the child dir */
+				res = dir_read(&dj);
+				if (res != FR_OK) break;
+				if (ccl == ld_clust(dj.fs, dj.dir)) break;	/* Found the entry */
+				res = dir_next(&dj, 0);	
+			} while (res == FR_OK);
+			if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_INT_ERR;/* It cannot be 'not found'. */
+			if (res != FR_OK) break;
+#if _USE_LFN
+			fno.lfname = path;
+			fno.lfsize = i;
+#endif
+			get_fileinfo(&dj, &fno);		/* Get the dir name and push it to the buffer */
+			tp = fno.fname;
+			if (_USE_LFN && *path) tp = path;
+			for (n = 0; tp[n]; n++) ;
+			if (i < n + 3) {
+				res = FR_NOT_ENOUGH_CORE; break;
+			}
+			while (n) path[--i] = tp[--n];
+			path[--i] = '/';
+		}
+		tp = path;
+		if (res == FR_OK) {
+			*tp++ = '0' + CurrVol;			/* Put drive number */
+			*tp++ = ':';
+			if (i == sz_path) {				/* Root-dir */
+				*tp++ = '/';
+			} else {						/* Sub-dir */
+				do		/* Add stacked path str */
+					*tp++ = path[i++];
+				while (i < sz_path);
+			}
+		}
+		*tp = 0;
+		FREE_BUF();
+	}
+
+	LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
+}
+#endif /* _FS_RPATH >= 2 */
+#endif /* _FS_RPATH >= 1 */
+
+
+
+#if _FS_MINIMIZE <= 2
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Seek File R/W Pointer                                                 */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_lseek (
+	FIL *fp,		/* Pointer to the file object */
+	DWORD ofs		/* File pointer from top of file */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+
+
+	res = validate(fp);					/* Check validity of the object */
+	if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);
+	if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR)			/* Check abort flag */
+		LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+
+#if _USE_FASTSEEK
+	if (fp->cltbl) {	/* Fast seek */
+		DWORD cl, pcl, ncl, tcl, dsc, tlen, ulen, *tbl;
+
+		if (ofs == CREATE_LINKMAP) {	/* Create CLMT */
+			tbl = fp->cltbl;
+			tlen = *tbl++; ulen = 2;	/* Given table size and required table size */
+			cl = fp->sclust;			/* Top of the chain */
+			if (cl) {
+				do {
+					/* Get a fragment */
+					tcl = cl; ncl = 0; ulen += 2;	/* Top, length and used items */
+					do {
+						pcl = cl; ncl++;
+						cl = get_fat(fp->fs, cl);
+						if (cl <= 1) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+						if (cl == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+					} while (cl == pcl + 1);
+					if (ulen <= tlen) {		/* Store the length and top of the fragment */
+						*tbl++ = ncl; *tbl++ = tcl;
+					}
+				} while (cl < fp->fs->n_fatent);	/* Repeat until end of chain */
+			}
+			*fp->cltbl = ulen;	/* Number of items used */
+			if (ulen <= tlen)
+				*tbl = 0;		/* Terminate table */
+			else
+				res = FR_NOT_ENOUGH_CORE;	/* Given table size is smaller than required */
+
+		} else {						/* Fast seek */
+			if (ofs > fp->fsize)		/* Clip offset at the file size */
+				ofs = fp->fsize;
+			fp->fptr = ofs;				/* Set file pointer */
+			if (ofs) {
+				fp->clust = clmt_clust(fp, ofs - 1);
+				dsc = clust2sect(fp->fs, fp->clust);
+				if (!dsc) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+				dsc += (ofs - 1) / SS(fp->fs) & (fp->fs->csize - 1);
+				if (fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs) && dsc != fp->dsect) {	/* Refill sector cache if needed */
+#if !_FS_TINY
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+					if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) {		/* Write-back dirty sector cache */
+						if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK)
+							ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+						fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY;
+					}
+#endif
+					if (disk_read(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, dsc, 1) != RES_OK)	/* Load current sector */
+						ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+#endif
+					fp->dsect = dsc;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	} else
+#endif
+
+	/* Normal Seek */
+	{
+		DWORD clst, bcs, nsect, ifptr;
+
+		if (ofs > fp->fsize					/* In read-only mode, clip offset with the file size */
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+			 && !(fp->flag & FA_WRITE)
+#endif
+			) ofs = fp->fsize;
+
+		ifptr = fp->fptr;
+		fp->fptr = nsect = 0;
+		if (ofs) {
+			bcs = (DWORD)fp->fs->csize * SS(fp->fs);	/* Cluster size (byte) */
+			if (ifptr > 0 &&
+				(ofs - 1) / bcs >= (ifptr - 1) / bcs) {	/* When seek to same or following cluster, */
+				fp->fptr = (ifptr - 1) & ~(bcs - 1);	/* start from the current cluster */
+				ofs -= fp->fptr;
+				clst = fp->clust;
+			} else {									/* When seek to back cluster, */
+				clst = fp->sclust;						/* start from the first cluster */
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+				if (clst == 0) {						/* If no cluster chain, create a new chain */
+					clst = create_chain(fp->fs, 0);
+					if (clst == 1) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+					if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+					fp->sclust = clst;
+				}
+#endif
+				fp->clust = clst;
+			}
+			if (clst != 0) {
+				while (ofs > bcs) {						/* Cluster following loop */
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+					if (fp->flag & FA_WRITE) {			/* Check if in write mode or not */
+						clst = create_chain(fp->fs, clst);	/* Force stretch if in write mode */
+						if (clst == 0) {				/* When disk gets full, clip file size */
+							ofs = bcs; break;
+						}
+					} else
+#endif
+						clst = get_fat(fp->fs, clst);	/* Follow cluster chain if not in write mode */
+					if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+					if (clst <= 1 || clst >= fp->fs->n_fatent) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+					fp->clust = clst;
+					fp->fptr += bcs;
+					ofs -= bcs;
+				}
+				fp->fptr += ofs;
+				if (ofs % SS(fp->fs)) {
+					nsect = clust2sect(fp->fs, clst);	/* Current sector */
+					if (!nsect) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+					nsect += ofs / SS(fp->fs);
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		if (fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs) && nsect != fp->dsect) {	/* Fill sector cache if needed */
+#if !_FS_TINY
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+			if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) {			/* Write-back dirty sector cache */
+				if (disk_write(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK)
+					ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+				fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY;
+			}
+#endif
+			if (disk_read(fp->fs->drv, fp->buf, nsect, 1) != RES_OK)	/* Fill sector cache */
+				ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+#endif
+			fp->dsect = nsect;
+		}
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+		if (fp->fptr > fp->fsize) {			/* Set file change flag if the file size is extended */
+			fp->fsize = fp->fptr;
+			fp->flag |= FA__WRITTEN;
+		}
+#endif
+	}
+
+	LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+#if _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Create a Directory Object                                             */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_opendir (
+	DIR *dj,			/* Pointer to directory object to create */
+	const TCHAR *path	/* Pointer to the directory path */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	FATFS *fs;
+	DEF_NAMEBUF;
+
+
+	if (!dj) return FR_INVALID_OBJECT;
+
+	res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj->fs, 0);
+	fs = dj->fs;
+	if (res == FR_OK) {
+		INIT_BUF(*dj);
+		res = follow_path(dj, path);			/* Follow the path to the directory */
+		FREE_BUF();
+		if (res == FR_OK) {						/* Follow completed */
+			if (dj->dir) {						/* It is not the root dir */
+				if (dj->dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR) {	/* The object is a directory */
+					dj->sclust = ld_clust(fs, dj->dir);
+				} else {						/* The object is not a directory */
+					res = FR_NO_PATH;
+				}
+			}
+			if (res == FR_OK) {
+				dj->id = fs->id;
+				res = dir_sdi(dj, 0);			/* Rewind dir */
+			}
+		}
+		if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_NO_PATH;
+		if (res != FR_OK) dj->fs = 0;			/* Invalidate the dir object if function failed */
+	} else {
+		dj->fs = 0;
+	}
+
+	LEAVE_FF(fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Read Directory Entry in Sequence                                      */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_readdir (
+	DIR *dj,			/* Pointer to the open directory object */
+	FILINFO *fno		/* Pointer to file information to return */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	DEF_NAMEBUF;
+
+
+	res = validate(dj);						/* Check validity of the object */
+	if (res == FR_OK) {
+		if (!fno) {
+			res = dir_sdi(dj, 0);			/* Rewind the directory object */
+		} else {
+			INIT_BUF(*dj);
+			res = dir_read(dj);				/* Read an directory item */
+			if (res == FR_NO_FILE) {		/* Reached end of dir */
+				dj->sect = 0;
+				res = FR_OK;
+			}
+			if (res == FR_OK) {				/* A valid entry is found */
+				get_fileinfo(dj, fno);		/* Get the object information */
+				res = dir_next(dj, 0);		/* Increment index for next */
+				if (res == FR_NO_FILE) {
+					dj->sect = 0;
+					res = FR_OK;
+				}
+			}
+			FREE_BUF();
+		}
+	}
+
+	LEAVE_FF(dj->fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+#if _FS_MINIMIZE == 0
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Get File Status                                                       */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_stat (
+	const TCHAR *path,	/* Pointer to the file path */
+	FILINFO *fno		/* Pointer to file information to return */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	DIR dj;
+	DEF_NAMEBUF;
+
+
+	res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 0);
+	if (res == FR_OK) {
+		INIT_BUF(dj);
+		res = follow_path(&dj, path);	/* Follow the file path */
+		if (res == FR_OK) {				/* Follow completed */
+			if (dj.dir)		/* Found an object */
+				get_fileinfo(&dj, fno);
+			else			/* It is root dir */
+				res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
+		}
+		FREE_BUF();
+	}
+
+	LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Get Number of Free Clusters                                           */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_getfree (
+	const TCHAR *path,	/* Pointer to the logical drive number (root dir) */
+	DWORD *nclst,		/* Pointer to the variable to return number of free clusters */
+	FATFS **fatfs		/* Pointer to pointer to corresponding file system object to return */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	FATFS *fs;
+	DWORD n, clst, sect, stat;
+	UINT i;
+	BYTE fat, *p;
+
+
+	/* Get drive number */
+	res = chk_mounted(&path, fatfs, 0);
+	fs = *fatfs;
+	if (res == FR_OK) {
+		/* If free_clust is valid, return it without full cluster scan */
+		if (fs->free_clust <= fs->n_fatent - 2) {
+			*nclst = fs->free_clust;
+		} else {
+			/* Get number of free clusters */
+			fat = fs->fs_type;
+			n = 0;
+			if (fat == FS_FAT12) {
+				clst = 2;
+				do {
+					stat = get_fat(fs, clst);
+					if (stat == 0xFFFFFFFF) { res = FR_DISK_ERR; break; }
+					if (stat == 1) { res = FR_INT_ERR; break; }
+					if (stat == 0) n++;
+				} while (++clst < fs->n_fatent);
+			} else {
+				clst = fs->n_fatent;
+				sect = fs->fatbase;
+				i = 0; p = 0;
+				do {
+					if (!i) {
+						res = move_window(fs, sect++);
+						if (res != FR_OK) break;
+						p = fs->win;
+						i = SS(fs);
+					}
+					if (fat == FS_FAT16) {
+						if (LD_WORD(p) == 0) n++;
+						p += 2; i -= 2;
+					} else {
+						if ((LD_DWORD(p) & 0x0FFFFFFF) == 0) n++;
+						p += 4; i -= 4;
+					}
+				} while (--clst);
+			}
+			fs->free_clust = n;
+			if (fat == FS_FAT32) fs->fsi_flag = 1;
+			*nclst = n;
+		}
+	}
+	LEAVE_FF(fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Truncate File                                                         */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_truncate (
+	FIL *fp		/* Pointer to the file object */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	DWORD ncl;
+
+
+	if (!fp) return FR_INVALID_OBJECT;
+
+	res = validate(fp);						/* Check validity of the object */
+	if (res == FR_OK) {
+		if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR) {			/* Check abort flag */
+			res = FR_INT_ERR;
+		} else {
+			if (!(fp->flag & FA_WRITE))		/* Check access mode */
+				res = FR_DENIED;
+		}
+	}
+	if (res == FR_OK) {
+		if (fp->fsize > fp->fptr) {
+			fp->fsize = fp->fptr;	/* Set file size to current R/W point */
+			fp->flag |= FA__WRITTEN;
+			if (fp->fptr == 0) {	/* When set file size to zero, remove entire cluster chain */
+				res = remove_chain(fp->fs, fp->sclust);
+				fp->sclust = 0;
+			} else {				/* When truncate a part of the file, remove remaining clusters */
+				ncl = get_fat(fp->fs, fp->clust);
+				res = FR_OK;
+				if (ncl == 0xFFFFFFFF) res = FR_DISK_ERR;
+				if (ncl == 1) res = FR_INT_ERR;
+				if (res == FR_OK && ncl < fp->fs->n_fatent) {
+					res = put_fat(fp->fs, fp->clust, 0x0FFFFFFF);
+					if (res == FR_OK) res = remove_chain(fp->fs, ncl);
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		if (res != FR_OK) fp->flag |= FA__ERROR;
+	}
+
+	LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Delete a File or Directory                                            */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_unlink (
+	const TCHAR *path		/* Pointer to the file or directory path */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	DIR dj, sdj;
+	BYTE *dir;
+	DWORD dclst;
+	DEF_NAMEBUF;
+
+
+	res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 1);
+	if (res == FR_OK) {
+		INIT_BUF(dj);
+		res = follow_path(&dj, path);		/* Follow the file path */
+		if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_OK && (dj.fn[NS] & NS_DOT))
+			res = FR_INVALID_NAME;			/* Cannot remove dot entry */
+#if _FS_LOCK
+		if (res == FR_OK) res = chk_lock(&dj, 2);	/* Cannot remove open file */
+#endif
+		if (res == FR_OK) {					/* The object is accessible */
+			dir = dj.dir;
+			if (!dir) {
+				res = FR_INVALID_NAME;		/* Cannot remove the start directory */
+			} else {
+				if (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_RDO)
+					res = FR_DENIED;		/* Cannot remove R/O object */
+			}
+			dclst = ld_clust(dj.fs, dir);
+			if (res == FR_OK && (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR)) {	/* Is it a sub-dir? */
+				if (dclst < 2) {
+					res = FR_INT_ERR;
+				} else {
+					mem_cpy(&sdj, &dj, sizeof (DIR));	/* Check if the sub-dir is empty or not */
+					sdj.sclust = dclst;
+					res = dir_sdi(&sdj, 2);		/* Exclude dot entries */
+					if (res == FR_OK) {
+						res = dir_read(&sdj);
+						if (res == FR_OK		/* Not empty dir */
+#if _FS_RPATH
+						|| dclst == dj.fs->cdir	/* Current dir */
+#endif
+						) res = FR_DENIED;
+						if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_OK;	/* Empty */
+					}
+				}
+			}
+			if (res == FR_OK) {
+				res = dir_remove(&dj);		/* Remove the directory entry */
+				if (res == FR_OK) {
+					if (dclst)				/* Remove the cluster chain if exist */
+						res = remove_chain(dj.fs, dclst);
+					if (res == FR_OK) res = sync(dj.fs);
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		FREE_BUF();
+	}
+	LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Create a Directory                                                    */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_mkdir (
+	const TCHAR *path		/* Pointer to the directory path */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	DIR dj;
+	BYTE *dir, n;
+	DWORD dsc, dcl, pcl, tim = get_fattime();
+	DEF_NAMEBUF;
+
+
+	res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 1);
+	if (res == FR_OK) {
+		INIT_BUF(dj);
+		res = follow_path(&dj, path);			/* Follow the file path */
+		if (res == FR_OK) res = FR_EXIST;		/* Any object with same name is already existing */
+		if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_NO_FILE && (dj.fn[NS] & NS_DOT))
+			res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
+		if (res == FR_NO_FILE) {				/* Can create a new directory */
+			dcl = create_chain(dj.fs, 0);		/* Allocate a cluster for the new directory table */
+			res = FR_OK;
+			if (dcl == 0) res = FR_DENIED;		/* No space to allocate a new cluster */
+			if (dcl == 1) res = FR_INT_ERR;
+			if (dcl == 0xFFFFFFFF) res = FR_DISK_ERR;
+			if (res == FR_OK)					/* Flush FAT */
+				res = move_window(dj.fs, 0);
+			if (res == FR_OK) {					/* Initialize the new directory table */
+				dsc = clust2sect(dj.fs, dcl);
+				dir = dj.fs->win;
+				mem_set(dir, 0, SS(dj.fs));
+				mem_set(dir+DIR_Name, ' ', 8+3);	/* Create "." entry */
+				dir[DIR_Name] = '.';
+				dir[DIR_Attr] = AM_DIR;
+				ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime, tim);
+				st_clust(dir, dcl);
+				mem_cpy(dir+SZ_DIR, dir, SZ_DIR); 	/* Create ".." entry */
+				dir[33] = '.'; pcl = dj.sclust;
+				if (dj.fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32 && pcl == dj.fs->dirbase)
+					pcl = 0;
+				st_clust(dir+SZ_DIR, pcl);
+				for (n = dj.fs->csize; n; n--) {	/* Write dot entries and clear following sectors */
+					dj.fs->winsect = dsc++;
+					dj.fs->wflag = 1;
+					res = move_window(dj.fs, 0);
+					if (res != FR_OK) break;
+					mem_set(dir, 0, SS(dj.fs));
+				}
+			}
+			if (res == FR_OK) res = dir_register(&dj);	/* Register the object to the directory */
+			if (res != FR_OK) {
+				remove_chain(dj.fs, dcl);			/* Could not register, remove cluster chain */
+			} else {
+				dir = dj.dir;
+				dir[DIR_Attr] = AM_DIR;				/* Attribute */
+				ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime, tim);		/* Created time */
+				st_clust(dir, dcl);					/* Table start cluster */
+				dj.fs->wflag = 1;
+				res = sync(dj.fs);
+			}
+		}
+		FREE_BUF();
+	}
+
+	LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Change Attribute                                                      */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_chmod (
+	const TCHAR *path,	/* Pointer to the file path */
+	BYTE value,			/* Attribute bits */
+	BYTE mask			/* Attribute mask to change */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	DIR dj;
+	BYTE *dir;
+	DEF_NAMEBUF;
+
+
+	res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 1);
+	if (res == FR_OK) {
+		INIT_BUF(dj);
+		res = follow_path(&dj, path);		/* Follow the file path */
+		FREE_BUF();
+		if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_OK && (dj.fn[NS] & NS_DOT))
+			res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
+		if (res == FR_OK) {
+			dir = dj.dir;
+			if (!dir) {						/* Is it a root directory? */
+				res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
+			} else {						/* File or sub directory */
+				mask &= AM_RDO|AM_HID|AM_SYS|AM_ARC;	/* Valid attribute mask */
+				dir[DIR_Attr] = (value & mask) | (dir[DIR_Attr] & (BYTE)~mask);	/* Apply attribute change */
+				dj.fs->wflag = 1;
+				res = sync(dj.fs);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Change Timestamp                                                      */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_utime (
+	const TCHAR *path,	/* Pointer to the file/directory name */
+	const FILINFO *fno	/* Pointer to the time stamp to be set */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	DIR dj;
+	BYTE *dir;
+	DEF_NAMEBUF;
+
+
+	res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 1);
+	if (res == FR_OK) {
+		INIT_BUF(dj);
+		res = follow_path(&dj, path);	/* Follow the file path */
+		FREE_BUF();
+		if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_OK && (dj.fn[NS] & NS_DOT))
+			res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
+		if (res == FR_OK) {
+			dir = dj.dir;
+			if (!dir) {					/* Root directory */
+				res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
+			} else {					/* File or sub-directory */
+				ST_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime, fno->ftime);
+				ST_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtDate, fno->fdate);
+				dj.fs->wflag = 1;
+				res = sync(dj.fs);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Rename File/Directory                                                 */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_rename (
+	const TCHAR *path_old,	/* Pointer to the old name */
+	const TCHAR *path_new	/* Pointer to the new name */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	DIR djo, djn;
+	BYTE buf[21], *dir;
+	DWORD dw;
+	DEF_NAMEBUF;
+
+
+	res = chk_mounted(&path_old, &djo.fs, 1);
+	if (res == FR_OK) {
+		djn.fs = djo.fs;
+		INIT_BUF(djo);
+		res = follow_path(&djo, path_old);		/* Check old object */
+		if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_OK && (djo.fn[NS] & NS_DOT))
+			res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
+#if _FS_LOCK
+		if (res == FR_OK) res = chk_lock(&djo, 2);
+#endif
+		if (res == FR_OK) {						/* Old object is found */
+			if (!djo.dir) {						/* Is root dir? */
+				res = FR_NO_FILE;
+			} else {
+				mem_cpy(buf, djo.dir+DIR_Attr, 21);		/* Save the object information except for name */
+				mem_cpy(&djn, &djo, sizeof (DIR));		/* Check new object */
+				res = follow_path(&djn, path_new);
+				if (res == FR_OK) res = FR_EXIST;		/* The new object name is already existing */
+				if (res == FR_NO_FILE) { 				/* Is it a valid path and no name collision? */
+/* Start critical section that an interruption or error can cause cross-link */
+					res = dir_register(&djn);			/* Register the new entry */
+					if (res == FR_OK) {
+						dir = djn.dir;					/* Copy object information except for name */
+						mem_cpy(dir+13, buf+2, 19);
+						dir[DIR_Attr] = buf[0] | AM_ARC;
+						djo.fs->wflag = 1;
+						if (djo.sclust != djn.sclust && (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR)) {		/* Update .. entry in the directory if needed */
+							dw = clust2sect(djo.fs, ld_clust(djo.fs, dir));
+							if (!dw) {
+								res = FR_INT_ERR;
+							} else {
+								res = move_window(djo.fs, dw);
+								dir = djo.fs->win+SZ_DIR;	/* .. entry */
+								if (res == FR_OK && dir[1] == '.') {
+									dw = (djo.fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32 && djn.sclust == djo.fs->dirbase) ? 0 : djn.sclust;
+									st_clust(dir, dw);
+									djo.fs->wflag = 1;
+								}
+							}
+						}
+						if (res == FR_OK) {
+							res = dir_remove(&djo);		/* Remove old entry */
+							if (res == FR_OK)
+								res = sync(djo.fs);
+						}
+					}
+/* End critical section */
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		FREE_BUF();
+	}
+	LEAVE_FF(djo.fs, res);
+}
+
+#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */
+#endif /* _FS_MINIMIZE == 0 */
+#endif /* _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1 */
+#endif /* _FS_MINIMIZE <= 2 */
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Forward data to the stream directly (available on only tiny cfg)      */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if _USE_FORWARD && _FS_TINY
+
+FRESULT f_forward (
+	FIL *fp, 						/* Pointer to the file object */
+	UINT (*func)(const BYTE*,UINT),	/* Pointer to the streaming function */
+	UINT btr,						/* Number of bytes to forward */
+	UINT *bf						/* Pointer to number of bytes forwarded */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	DWORD remain, clst, sect;
+	UINT rcnt;
+	BYTE csect;
+
+
+	*bf = 0;	/* Clear transfer byte counter */
+
+	if (!fp) return FR_INVALID_OBJECT;
+
+	res = validate(fp);								/* Check validity of the object */
+	if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);
+	if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR)						/* Check error flag */
+		LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+	if (!(fp->flag & FA_READ))						/* Check access mode */
+		LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DENIED);
+
+	remain = fp->fsize - fp->fptr;
+	if (btr > remain) btr = (UINT)remain;			/* Truncate btr by remaining bytes */
+
+	for ( ;  btr && (*func)(0, 0);					/* Repeat until all data transferred or stream becomes busy */
+		fp->fptr += rcnt, *bf += rcnt, btr -= rcnt) {
+		csect = (BYTE)(fp->fptr / SS(fp->fs) & (fp->fs->csize - 1));	/* Sector offset in the cluster */
+		if ((fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)) == 0) {			/* On the sector boundary? */
+			if (!csect) {							/* On the cluster boundary? */
+				clst = (fp->fptr == 0) ?			/* On the top of the file? */
+					fp->sclust : get_fat(fp->fs, fp->clust);
+				if (clst <= 1) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+				if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+				fp->clust = clst;					/* Update current cluster */
+			}
+		}
+		sect = clust2sect(fp->fs, fp->clust);		/* Get current data sector */
+		if (!sect) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+		sect += csect;
+		if (move_window(fp->fs, sect))				/* Move sector window */
+			ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+		fp->dsect = sect;
+		rcnt = SS(fp->fs) - (WORD)(fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs));	/* Forward data from sector window */
+		if (rcnt > btr) rcnt = btr;
+		rcnt = (*func)(&fp->fs->win[(WORD)fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], rcnt);
+		if (!rcnt) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+	}
+
+	LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_OK);
+}
+#endif /* _USE_FORWARD */
+
+
+
+#if _USE_MKFS && !_FS_READONLY
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Create File System on the Drive                                       */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#define N_ROOTDIR	512		/* Number of root dir entries for FAT12/16 */
+#define N_FATS		1		/* Number of FAT copies (1 or 2) */
+
+
+FRESULT f_mkfs (
+	BYTE drv,		/* Logical drive number */
+	BYTE sfd,		/* Partitioning rule 0:FDISK, 1:SFD */
+	UINT au			/* Allocation unit size [bytes] */
+)
+{
+	static const WORD vst[] = { 1024,   512,  256,  128,   64,    32,   16,    8,    4,    2,   0};
+	static const WORD cst[] = {32768, 16384, 8192, 4096, 2048, 16384, 8192, 4096, 2048, 1024, 512};
+	BYTE fmt, md, sys, *tbl, pdrv, part;
+	DWORD n_clst, vs, n, wsect;
+	UINT i;
+	DWORD b_vol, b_fat, b_dir, b_data;	/* LBA */
+	DWORD n_vol, n_rsv, n_fat, n_dir;	/* Size */
+	FATFS *fs;
+	DSTATUS stat;
+
+
+	/* Check mounted drive and clear work area */
+	if (drv >= _VOLUMES) return FR_INVALID_DRIVE;
+	if (sfd > 1) return FR_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+	if (au & (au - 1)) return FR_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+	fs = FatFs[drv];
+	if (!fs) return FR_NOT_ENABLED;
+	fs->fs_type = 0;
+	pdrv = LD2PD(drv);	/* Physical drive */
+	part = LD2PT(drv);	/* Partition (0:auto detect, 1-4:get from partition table)*/
+
+	/* Get disk statics */
+	stat = disk_initialize(pdrv);
+	if (stat & STA_NOINIT) return FR_NOT_READY;
+	if (stat & STA_PROTECT) return FR_WRITE_PROTECTED;
+#if _MAX_SS != 512					/* Get disk sector size */
+	if (disk_ioctl(pdrv, GET_SECTOR_SIZE, &SS(fs)) != RES_OK || SS(fs) > _MAX_SS)
+		return FR_DISK_ERR;
+#endif
+	if (_MULTI_PARTITION && part) {
+		/* Get partition information from partition table in the MBR */
+		if (disk_read(pdrv, fs->win, 0, 1) != RES_OK) return FR_DISK_ERR;
+		if (LD_WORD(fs->win+BS_55AA) != 0xAA55) return FR_MKFS_ABORTED;
+		tbl = &fs->win[MBR_Table + (part - 1) * SZ_PTE];
+		if (!tbl[4]) return FR_MKFS_ABORTED;	/* No partition? */
+		b_vol = LD_DWORD(tbl+8);	/* Volume start sector */
+		n_vol = LD_DWORD(tbl+12);	/* Volume size */
+	} else {
+		/* Create a partition in this function */
+		if (disk_ioctl(pdrv, GET_SECTOR_COUNT, &n_vol) != RES_OK || n_vol < 128)
+			return FR_DISK_ERR;
+		b_vol = (sfd) ? 0 : 63;		/* Volume start sector */
+		n_vol -= b_vol;				/* Volume size */
+	}
+
+	if (!au) {				/* AU auto selection */
+		vs = n_vol / (2000 / (SS(fs) / 512));
+		for (i = 0; vs < vst[i]; i++) ;
+		au = cst[i];
+	}
+	au /= SS(fs);		/* Number of sectors per cluster */
+	if (au == 0) au = 1;
+	if (au > 128) au = 128;
+
+	/* Pre-compute number of clusters and FAT sub-type */
+	n_clst = n_vol / au;
+	fmt = FS_FAT12;
+	if (n_clst >= MIN_FAT16) fmt = FS_FAT16;
+	if (n_clst >= MIN_FAT32) fmt = FS_FAT32;
+
+	/* Determine offset and size of FAT structure */
+	if (fmt == FS_FAT32) {
+		n_fat = ((n_clst * 4) + 8 + SS(fs) - 1) / SS(fs);
+		n_rsv = 32;
+		n_dir = 0;
+	} else {
+		n_fat = (fmt == FS_FAT12) ? (n_clst * 3 + 1) / 2 + 3 : (n_clst * 2) + 4;
+		n_fat = (n_fat + SS(fs) - 1) / SS(fs);
+		n_rsv = 1;
+		n_dir = (DWORD)N_ROOTDIR * SZ_DIR / SS(fs);
+	}
+	b_fat = b_vol + n_rsv;				/* FAT area start sector */
+	b_dir = b_fat + n_fat * N_FATS;		/* Directory area start sector */
+	b_data = b_dir + n_dir;				/* Data area start sector */
+	if (n_vol < b_data + au - b_vol) return FR_MKFS_ABORTED;	/* Too small volume */
+
+	/* Align data start sector to erase block boundary (for flash memory media) */
+	if (disk_ioctl(pdrv, GET_BLOCK_SIZE, &n) != RES_OK || !n || n > 32768) n = 1;
+	n = (b_data + n - 1) & ~(n - 1);	/* Next nearest erase block from current data start */
+	n = (n - b_data) / N_FATS;
+	if (fmt == FS_FAT32) {		/* FAT32: Move FAT offset */
+		n_rsv += n;
+		b_fat += n;
+	} else {					/* FAT12/16: Expand FAT size */
+		n_fat += n;
+	}
+
+	/* Determine number of clusters and final check of validity of the FAT sub-type */
+	n_clst = (n_vol - n_rsv - n_fat * N_FATS - n_dir) / au;
+	if (   (fmt == FS_FAT16 && n_clst < MIN_FAT16)
+		|| (fmt == FS_FAT32 && n_clst < MIN_FAT32))
+		return FR_MKFS_ABORTED;
+
+	switch (fmt) {	/* Determine system ID for partition table */
+	case FS_FAT12:	sys = 0x01; break;
+	case FS_FAT16:	sys = (n_vol < 0x10000) ? 0x04 : 0x06; break;
+	default: 		sys = 0x0C;
+	}
+
+	if (_MULTI_PARTITION && part) {
+		/* Update system ID in the partition table */
+		tbl = &fs->win[MBR_Table + (part - 1) * SZ_PTE];
+		tbl[4] = sys;
+		if (disk_write(pdrv, fs->win, 0, 1) != RES_OK) return FR_DISK_ERR;
+		md = 0xF8;
+	} else {
+		if (sfd) {	/* No partition table (SFD) */
+			md = 0xF0;
+		} else {	/* Create partition table (FDISK) */
+			mem_set(fs->win, 0, SS(fs));
+			tbl = fs->win+MBR_Table;	/* Create partition table for single partition in the drive */
+			tbl[1] = 1;						/* Partition start head */
+			tbl[2] = 1;						/* Partition start sector */
+			tbl[3] = 0;						/* Partition start cylinder */
+			tbl[4] = sys;					/* System type */
+			tbl[5] = 254;					/* Partition end head */
+			n = (b_vol + n_vol) / 63 / 255;
+			tbl[6] = (BYTE)((n >> 2) | 63);	/* Partition end sector */
+			tbl[7] = (BYTE)n;				/* End cylinder */
+			ST_DWORD(tbl+8, 63);			/* Partition start in LBA */
+			ST_DWORD(tbl+12, n_vol);		/* Partition size in LBA */
+			ST_WORD(fs->win+BS_55AA, 0xAA55);	/* MBR signature */
+			if (disk_write(pdrv, fs->win, 0, 1) != RES_OK)	/* Write it to the MBR sector */
+				return FR_DISK_ERR;
+			md = 0xF8;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Create BPB in the VBR */
+	tbl = fs->win;							/* Clear sector */
+	mem_set(tbl, 0, SS(fs));
+	mem_cpy(tbl, "\xEB\xFE\x90" "MSDOS5.0", 11);/* Boot jump code, OEM name */
+	i = SS(fs);								/* Sector size */
+	ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_BytsPerSec, i);
+	tbl[BPB_SecPerClus] = (BYTE)au;			/* Sectors per cluster */
+	ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_RsvdSecCnt, n_rsv);		/* Reserved sectors */
+	tbl[BPB_NumFATs] = N_FATS;				/* Number of FATs */
+	i = (fmt == FS_FAT32) ? 0 : N_ROOTDIR;	/* Number of rootdir entries */
+	ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_RootEntCnt, i);
+	if (n_vol < 0x10000) {					/* Number of total sectors */
+		ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_TotSec16, n_vol);
+	} else {
+		ST_DWORD(tbl+BPB_TotSec32, n_vol);
+	}
+	tbl[BPB_Media] = md;					/* Media descriptor */
+	ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_SecPerTrk, 63);			/* Number of sectors per track */
+	ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_NumHeads, 255);			/* Number of heads */
+	ST_DWORD(tbl+BPB_HiddSec, b_vol);		/* Hidden sectors */
+	n = get_fattime();						/* Use current time as VSN */
+	if (fmt == FS_FAT32) {
+		ST_DWORD(tbl+BS_VolID32, n);		/* VSN */
+		ST_DWORD(tbl+BPB_FATSz32, n_fat);	/* Number of sectors per FAT */
+		ST_DWORD(tbl+BPB_RootClus, 2);		/* Root directory start cluster (2) */
+		ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_FSInfo, 1);			/* FSInfo record offset (VBR+1) */
+		ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_BkBootSec, 6);		/* Backup boot record offset (VBR+6) */
+		tbl[BS_DrvNum32] = 0x80;			/* Drive number */
+		tbl[BS_BootSig32] = 0x29;			/* Extended boot signature */
+		mem_cpy(tbl+BS_VolLab32, "NO NAME    " "FAT32   ", 19);	/* Volume label, FAT signature */
+	} else {
+		ST_DWORD(tbl+BS_VolID, n);			/* VSN */
+		ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_FATSz16, n_fat);	/* Number of sectors per FAT */
+		tbl[BS_DrvNum] = 0x80;				/* Drive number */
+		tbl[BS_BootSig] = 0x29;				/* Extended boot signature */
+		mem_cpy(tbl+BS_VolLab, "NO NAME    " "FAT     ", 19);	/* Volume label, FAT signature */
+	}
+	ST_WORD(tbl+BS_55AA, 0xAA55);			/* Signature (Offset is fixed here regardless of sector size) */
+	if (disk_write(pdrv, tbl, b_vol, 1) != RES_OK)	/* Write it to the VBR sector */
+		return FR_DISK_ERR;
+	if (fmt == FS_FAT32)							/* Write backup VBR if needed (VBR+6) */
+		disk_write(pdrv, tbl, b_vol + 6, 1);
+
+	/* Initialize FAT area */
+	wsect = b_fat;
+	for (i = 0; i < N_FATS; i++) {		/* Initialize each FAT copy */
+		mem_set(tbl, 0, SS(fs));			/* 1st sector of the FAT  */
+		n = md;								/* Media descriptor byte */
+		if (fmt != FS_FAT32) {
+			n |= (fmt == FS_FAT12) ? 0x00FFFF00 : 0xFFFFFF00;
+			ST_DWORD(tbl+0, n);				/* Reserve cluster #0-1 (FAT12/16) */
+		} else {
+			n |= 0xFFFFFF00;
+			ST_DWORD(tbl+0, n);				/* Reserve cluster #0-1 (FAT32) */
+			ST_DWORD(tbl+4, 0xFFFFFFFF);
+			ST_DWORD(tbl+8, 0x0FFFFFFF);	/* Reserve cluster #2 for root dir */
+		}
+		if (disk_write(pdrv, tbl, wsect++, 1) != RES_OK)
+			return FR_DISK_ERR;
+		mem_set(tbl, 0, SS(fs));			/* Fill following FAT entries with zero */
+		for (n = 1; n < n_fat; n++) {		/* This loop may take a time on FAT32 volume due to many single sector writes */
+			if (disk_write(pdrv, tbl, wsect++, 1) != RES_OK)
+				return FR_DISK_ERR;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Initialize root directory */
+	i = (fmt == FS_FAT32) ? au : n_dir;
+	do {
+		if (disk_write(pdrv, tbl, wsect++, 1) != RES_OK)
+			return FR_DISK_ERR;
+	} while (--i);
+
+#if _USE_ERASE	/* Erase data area if needed */
+	{
+		DWORD eb[2];
+
+		eb[0] = wsect; eb[1] = wsect + (n_clst - ((fmt == FS_FAT32) ? 1 : 0)) * au - 1;
+		disk_ioctl(pdrv, CTRL_ERASE_SECTOR, eb);
+	}
+#endif
+
+	/* Create FSInfo if needed */
+	if (fmt == FS_FAT32) {
+		ST_DWORD(tbl+FSI_LeadSig, 0x41615252);
+		ST_DWORD(tbl+FSI_StrucSig, 0x61417272);
+		ST_DWORD(tbl+FSI_Free_Count, n_clst - 1);	/* Number of free clusters */
+		ST_DWORD(tbl+FSI_Nxt_Free, 2);				/* Last allocated cluster# */
+		ST_WORD(tbl+BS_55AA, 0xAA55);
+		disk_write(pdrv, tbl, b_vol + 1, 1);	/* Write original (VBR+1) */
+		disk_write(pdrv, tbl, b_vol + 7, 1);	/* Write backup (VBR+7) */
+	}
+
+	return (disk_ioctl(pdrv, CTRL_SYNC, 0) == RES_OK) ? FR_OK : FR_DISK_ERR;
+}
+
+
+#if _MULTI_PARTITION == 2
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Divide Physical Drive                                                 */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_fdisk (
+	BYTE pdrv,			/* Physical drive number */
+	const DWORD szt[],	/* Pointer to the size table for each partitions */
+	void* work			/* Pointer to the working buffer */
+)
+{
+	UINT i, n, sz_cyl, tot_cyl, b_cyl, e_cyl, p_cyl;
+	BYTE s_hd, e_hd, *p, *buf = (BYTE*)work;
+	DSTATUS stat;
+	DWORD sz_disk, sz_part, s_part;
+
+
+	stat = disk_initialize(pdrv);
+	if (stat & STA_NOINIT) return FR_NOT_READY;
+	if (stat & STA_PROTECT) return FR_WRITE_PROTECTED;
+	if (disk_ioctl(pdrv, GET_SECTOR_COUNT, &sz_disk)) return FR_DISK_ERR;
+
+	/* Determine CHS in the table regardless of the drive geometry */
+	for (n = 16; n < 256 && sz_disk / n / 63 > 1024; n *= 2) ;
+	if (n == 256) n--;
+	e_hd = n - 1;
+	sz_cyl = 63 * n;
+	tot_cyl = sz_disk / sz_cyl;
+
+	/* Create partition table */
+	mem_set(buf, 0, _MAX_SS);
+	p = buf + MBR_Table; b_cyl = 0;
+	for (i = 0; i < 4; i++, p += SZ_PTE) {
+		p_cyl = (szt[i] <= 100) ? (DWORD)tot_cyl * szt[i] / 100 : szt[i] / sz_cyl;
+		if (!p_cyl) continue;
+		s_part = (DWORD)sz_cyl * b_cyl;
+		sz_part = (DWORD)sz_cyl * p_cyl;
+		if (i == 0) {	/* Exclude first track of cylinder 0 */
+			s_hd = 1;
+			s_part += 63; sz_part -= 63;
+		} else {
+			s_hd = 0;
+		}
+		e_cyl = b_cyl + p_cyl - 1;
+		if (e_cyl >= tot_cyl) return FR_INVALID_PARAMETER;
+
+		/* Set partition table */
+		p[1] = s_hd;						/* Start head */
+		p[2] = (BYTE)((b_cyl >> 2) + 1);	/* Start sector */
+		p[3] = (BYTE)b_cyl;					/* Start cylinder */
+		p[4] = 0x06;						/* System type (temporary setting) */
+		p[5] = e_hd;						/* End head */
+		p[6] = (BYTE)((e_cyl >> 2) + 63);	/* End sector */
+		p[7] = (BYTE)e_cyl;					/* End cylinder */
+		ST_DWORD(p + 8, s_part);			/* Start sector in LBA */
+		ST_DWORD(p + 12, sz_part);			/* Partition size */
+
+		/* Next partition */
+		b_cyl += p_cyl;
+	}
+	ST_WORD(p, 0xAA55);
+
+	/* Write it to the MBR */
+	return (disk_write(pdrv, buf, 0, 1) || disk_ioctl(pdrv, CTRL_SYNC, 0)) ? FR_DISK_ERR : FR_OK;
+}
+
+
+#endif /* _MULTI_PARTITION == 2 */
+#endif /* _USE_MKFS && !_FS_READONLY */
+
+
+
+
+#if _USE_STRFUNC
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Get a string from the file                                            */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+TCHAR* f_gets (
+	TCHAR* buff,	/* Pointer to the string buffer to read */
+	int len,		/* Size of string buffer (characters) */
+	FIL* fil		/* Pointer to the file object */
+)
+{
+	int n = 0;
+	TCHAR c, *p = buff;
+	BYTE s[2];
+	UINT rc;
+
+
+	while (n < len - 1) {			/* Read bytes until buffer gets filled */
+		f_read(fil, s, 1, &rc);
+		if (rc != 1) break;			/* Break on EOF or error */
+		c = s[0];
+#if _LFN_UNICODE					/* Read a character in UTF-8 encoding */
+		if (c >= 0x80) {
+			if (c < 0xC0) continue;	/* Skip stray trailer */
+			if (c < 0xE0) {			/* Two-byte sequence */
+				f_read(fil, s, 1, &rc);
+				if (rc != 1) break;
+				c = ((c & 0x1F) << 6) | (s[0] & 0x3F);
+				if (c < 0x80) c = '?';
+			} else {
+				if (c < 0xF0) {		/* Three-byte sequence */
+					f_read(fil, s, 2, &rc);
+					if (rc != 2) break;
+					c = (c << 12) | ((s[0] & 0x3F) << 6) | (s[1] & 0x3F);
+					if (c < 0x800) c = '?';
+				} else {			/* Reject four-byte sequence */
+					c = '?';
+				}
+			}
+		}
+#endif
+#if _USE_STRFUNC >= 2
+		if (c == '\r') continue;	/* Strip '\r' */
+#endif
+		*p++ = c;
+		n++;
+		if (c == '\n') break;		/* Break on EOL */
+	}
+	*p = 0;
+	return n ? buff : 0;			/* When no data read (eof or error), return with error. */
+}
+
+
+
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+#include <stdarg.h>
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Put a character to the file                                           */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int f_putc (
+	TCHAR c,	/* A character to be output */
+	FIL* fil	/* Pointer to the file object */
+)
+{
+	UINT bw, btw;
+	BYTE s[3];
+
+
+#if _USE_STRFUNC >= 2
+	if (c == '\n') f_putc ('\r', fil);	/* LF -> CRLF conversion */
+#endif
+
+#if _LFN_UNICODE	/* Write the character in UTF-8 encoding */
+	if (c < 0x80) {			/* 7-bit */
+		s[0] = (BYTE)c;
+		btw = 1;
+	} else {
+		if (c < 0x800) {	/* 11-bit */
+			s[0] = (BYTE)(0xC0 | (c >> 6));
+			s[1] = (BYTE)(0x80 | (c & 0x3F));
+			btw = 2;
+		} else {			/* 16-bit */
+			s[0] = (BYTE)(0xE0 | (c >> 12));
+			s[1] = (BYTE)(0x80 | ((c >> 6) & 0x3F));
+			s[2] = (BYTE)(0x80 | (c & 0x3F));
+			btw = 3;
+		}
+	}
+#else				/* Write the character without conversion */
+	s[0] = (BYTE)c;
+	btw = 1;
+#endif
+	f_write(fil, s, btw, &bw);		/* Write the char to the file */
+	return (bw == btw) ? 1 : EOF;	/* Return the result */
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Put a string to the file                                              */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int f_puts (
+	const TCHAR* str,	/* Pointer to the string to be output */
+	FIL* fil			/* Pointer to the file object */
+)
+{
+	int n;
+
+
+	for (n = 0; *str; str++, n++) {
+		if (f_putc(*str, fil) == EOF) return EOF;
+	}
+	return n;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Put a formatted string to the file                                    */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int f_printf (
+	FIL* fil,			/* Pointer to the file object */
+	const TCHAR* str,	/* Pointer to the format string */
+	...					/* Optional arguments... */
+)
+{
+	va_list arp;
+	BYTE f, r;
+	UINT i, j, w;
+	ULONG v;
+	TCHAR c, d, s[16], *p;
+	int res, chc, cc;
+
+
+	va_start(arp, str);
+
+	for (cc = res = 0; cc != EOF; res += cc) {
+		c = *str++;
+		if (c == 0) break;			/* End of string */
+		if (c != '%') {				/* Non escape character */
+			cc = f_putc(c, fil);
+			if (cc != EOF) cc = 1;
+			continue;
+		}
+		w = f = 0;
+		c = *str++;
+		if (c == '0') {				/* Flag: '0' padding */
+			f = 1; c = *str++;
+		} else {
+			if (c == '-') {			/* Flag: left justified */
+				f = 2; c = *str++;
+			}
+		}
+		while (IsDigit(c)) {		/* Precision */
+			w = w * 10 + c - '0';
+			c = *str++;
+		}
+		if (c == 'l' || c == 'L') {	/* Prefix: Size is long int */
+			f |= 4; c = *str++;
+		}
+		if (!c) break;
+		d = c;
+		if (IsLower(d)) d -= 0x20;
+		switch (d) {				/* Type is... */
+		case 'S' :					/* String */
+			p = va_arg(arp, TCHAR*);
+			for (j = 0; p[j]; j++) ;
+			chc = 0;
+			if (!(f & 2)) {
+				while (j++ < w) chc += (cc = f_putc(' ', fil));
+			}
+			chc += (cc = f_puts(p, fil));
+			while (j++ < w) chc += (cc = f_putc(' ', fil));
+			if (cc != EOF) cc = chc;
+			continue;
+		case 'C' :					/* Character */
+			cc = f_putc((TCHAR)va_arg(arp, int), fil); continue;
+		case 'B' :					/* Binary */
+			r = 2; break;
+		case 'O' :					/* Octal */
+			r = 8; break;
+		case 'D' :					/* Signed decimal */
+		case 'U' :					/* Unsigned decimal */
+			r = 10; break;
+		case 'X' :					/* Hexdecimal */
+			r = 16; break;
+		default:					/* Unknown type (pass-through) */
+			cc = f_putc(c, fil); continue;
+		}
+
+		/* Get an argument and put it in numeral */
+		v = (f & 4) ? (ULONG)va_arg(arp, long) : ((d == 'D') ? (ULONG)(long)va_arg(arp, int) : (ULONG)va_arg(arp, unsigned int));
+		if (d == 'D' && (v & 0x80000000)) {
+			v = 0 - v;
+			f |= 8;
+		}
+		i = 0;
+		do {
+			d = (TCHAR)(v % r); v /= r;
+			if (d > 9) d += (c == 'x') ? 0x27 : 0x07;
+			s[i++] = d + '0';
+		} while (v && i < sizeof s / sizeof s[0]);
+		if (f & 8) s[i++] = '-';
+		j = i; d = (f & 1) ? '0' : ' ';
+		res = 0;
+		while (!(f & 2) && j++ < w) res += (cc = f_putc(d, fil));
+		do res += (cc = f_putc(s[--i], fil)); while(i);
+		while (j++ < w) res += (cc = f_putc(' ', fil));
+		if (cc != EOF) cc = res;
+	}
+
+	va_end(arp);
+	return (cc == EOF) ? cc : res;
+}
+
+#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */
+#endif /* _USE_STRFUNC */
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/ff.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/ff.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..627cbaabe6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/ff.h
@@ -0,0 +1,337 @@
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/  FatFs - FAT file system module include file  R0.09a    (C)ChaN, 2012
+/----------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/ FatFs module is a generic FAT file system module for small embedded systems.
+/ This is a free software that opened for education, research and commercial
+/ developments under license policy of following terms.
+/
+/  Copyright (C) 2012, ChaN, all right reserved.
+/
+/ * The FatFs module is a free software and there is NO WARRANTY.
+/ * No restriction on use. You can use, modify and redistribute it for
+/   personal, non-profit or commercial product UNDER YOUR RESPONSIBILITY.
+/ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice.
+/
+/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#ifndef _FATFS
+#define _FATFS	4004	/* Revision ID */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include "integer.h"	/* Basic integer types */
+#include "ffconf.h"		/* FatFs configuration options */
+
+#if _FATFS != _FFCONF
+#error Wrong configuration file (ffconf.h).
+#endif
+
+
+
+/* Definitions of volume management */
+
+#if _MULTI_PARTITION		/* Multiple partition configuration */
+typedef struct {
+	BYTE pd;	/* Physical drive number */
+	BYTE pt;	/* Partition: 0:Auto detect, 1-4:Forced partition) */
+} PARTITION;
+extern PARTITION VolToPart[];	/* Volume - Partition resolution table */
+#define LD2PD(vol) (VolToPart[vol].pd)	/* Get physical drive number */
+#define LD2PT(vol) (VolToPart[vol].pt)	/* Get partition index */
+
+#else							/* Single partition configuration */
+#define LD2PD(vol) (BYTE)(vol)	/* Each logical drive is bound to the same physical drive number */
+#define LD2PT(vol) 0			/* Always mounts the 1st partition or in SFD */
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+/* Type of path name strings on FatFs API */
+
+#if _LFN_UNICODE			/* Unicode string */
+#if !_USE_LFN
+#error _LFN_UNICODE must be 0 in non-LFN cfg.
+#endif
+#ifndef _INC_TCHAR
+typedef WCHAR TCHAR;
+#define _T(x) L ## x
+#define _TEXT(x) L ## x
+#endif
+
+#else						/* ANSI/OEM string */
+#ifndef _INC_TCHAR
+typedef char TCHAR;
+#define _T(x) x
+#define _TEXT(x) x
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+/* File system object structure (FATFS) */
+
+typedef struct {
+	BYTE	fs_type;		/* FAT sub-type (0:Not mounted) */
+	BYTE	drv;			/* Physical drive number */
+	BYTE	csize;			/* Sectors per cluster (1,2,4...128) */
+	BYTE	n_fats;			/* Number of FAT copies (1,2) */
+	BYTE	wflag;			/* win[] dirty flag (1:must be written back) */
+	BYTE	fsi_flag;		/* fsinfo dirty flag (1:must be written back) */
+	WORD	id;				/* File system mount ID */
+	WORD	n_rootdir;		/* Number of root directory entries (FAT12/16) */
+#if _MAX_SS != 512
+	WORD	ssize;			/* Bytes per sector (512, 1024, 2048 or 4096) */
+#endif
+#if _FS_REENTRANT
+	_SYNC_t	sobj;			/* Identifier of sync object */
+#endif
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+	DWORD	last_clust;		/* Last allocated cluster */
+	DWORD	free_clust;		/* Number of free clusters */
+	DWORD	fsi_sector;		/* fsinfo sector (FAT32) */
+#endif
+#if _FS_RPATH
+	DWORD	cdir;			/* Current directory start cluster (0:root) */
+#endif
+	DWORD	n_fatent;		/* Number of FAT entries (= number of clusters + 2) */
+	DWORD	fsize;			/* Sectors per FAT */
+	DWORD	fatbase;		/* FAT start sector */
+	DWORD	dirbase;		/* Root directory start sector (FAT32:Cluster#) */
+	DWORD	database;		/* Data start sector */
+	DWORD	winsect;		/* Current sector appearing in the win[] */
+	BYTE	win[_MAX_SS];	/* Disk access window for Directory, FAT (and Data on tiny cfg) */
+} FATFS;
+
+
+
+/* File object structure (FIL) */
+
+typedef struct {
+	FATFS*	fs;				/* Pointer to the related file system object */
+	WORD	id;				/* File system mount ID of the related file system object */
+	BYTE	flag;			/* File status flags */
+	BYTE	pad1;
+	DWORD	fptr;			/* File read/write pointer (0ed on file open) */
+	DWORD	fsize;			/* File size */
+	DWORD	sclust;			/* File data start cluster (0:no data cluster, always 0 when fsize is 0) */
+	DWORD	clust;			/* Current cluster of fpter */
+	DWORD	dsect;			/* Current data sector of fpter */
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+	DWORD	dir_sect;		/* Sector containing the directory entry */
+	BYTE*	dir_ptr;		/* Pointer to the directory entry in the window */
+#endif
+#if _USE_FASTSEEK
+	DWORD*	cltbl;			/* Pointer to the cluster link map table (null on file open) */
+#endif
+#if _FS_LOCK
+	UINT	lockid;			/* File lock ID (index of file semaphore table Files[]) */
+#endif
+#if !_FS_TINY
+	BYTE	buf[_MAX_SS];	/* File data read/write buffer */
+#endif
+} FIL;
+
+
+
+/* Directory object structure (DIR) */
+
+typedef struct {
+	FATFS*	fs;				/* Pointer to the owner file system object */
+	WORD	id;				/* Owner file system mount ID */
+	WORD	index;			/* Current read/write index number */
+	DWORD	sclust;			/* Table start cluster (0:Root dir) */
+	DWORD	clust;			/* Current cluster */
+	DWORD	sect;			/* Current sector */
+	BYTE*	dir;			/* Pointer to the current SFN entry in the win[] */
+	BYTE*	fn;				/* Pointer to the SFN (in/out) {file[8],ext[3],status[1]} */
+#if _USE_LFN
+	WCHAR*	lfn;			/* Pointer to the LFN working buffer */
+	WORD	lfn_idx;		/* Last matched LFN index number (0xFFFF:No LFN) */
+#endif
+} DIR;
+
+
+
+/* File status structure (FILINFO) */
+
+typedef struct {
+	DWORD	fsize;			/* File size */
+	WORD	fdate;			/* Last modified date */
+	WORD	ftime;			/* Last modified time */
+	BYTE	fattrib;		/* Attribute */
+	TCHAR	fname[13];		/* Short file name (8.3 format) */
+#if _USE_LFN
+	TCHAR*	lfname;			/* Pointer to the LFN buffer */
+	UINT 	lfsize;			/* Size of LFN buffer in TCHAR */
+#endif
+} FILINFO;
+
+
+
+/* File function return code (FRESULT) */
+
+typedef enum {
+	FR_OK = 0,				/* (0) Succeeded */
+	FR_DISK_ERR,			/* (1) A hard error occurred in the low level disk I/O layer */
+	FR_INT_ERR,				/* (2) Assertion failed */
+	FR_NOT_READY,			/* (3) The physical drive cannot work */
+	FR_NO_FILE,				/* (4) Could not find the file */
+	FR_NO_PATH,				/* (5) Could not find the path */
+	FR_INVALID_NAME,		/* (6) The path name format is invalid */
+	FR_DENIED,				/* (7) Access denied due to prohibited access or directory full */
+	FR_EXIST,				/* (8) Access denied due to prohibited access */
+	FR_INVALID_OBJECT,		/* (9) The file/directory object is invalid */
+	FR_WRITE_PROTECTED,		/* (10) The physical drive is write protected */
+	FR_INVALID_DRIVE,		/* (11) The logical drive number is invalid */
+	FR_NOT_ENABLED,			/* (12) The volume has no work area */
+	FR_NO_FILESYSTEM,		/* (13) There is no valid FAT volume */
+	FR_MKFS_ABORTED,		/* (14) The f_mkfs() aborted due to any parameter error */
+	FR_TIMEOUT,				/* (15) Could not get a grant to access the volume within defined period */
+	FR_LOCKED,				/* (16) The operation is rejected according to the file sharing policy */
+	FR_NOT_ENOUGH_CORE,		/* (17) LFN working buffer could not be allocated */
+	FR_TOO_MANY_OPEN_FILES,	/* (18) Number of open files > _FS_SHARE */
+	FR_INVALID_PARAMETER	/* (19) Given parameter is invalid */
+} FRESULT;
+
+
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* FatFs module application interface                           */
+
+FRESULT f_mount (BYTE, FATFS*);						/* Mount/Unmount a logical drive */
+FRESULT f_open (FIL*, const TCHAR*, BYTE);			/* Open or create a file */
+FRESULT f_read (FIL*, void*, UINT, UINT*);			/* Read data from a file */
+FRESULT f_lseek (FIL*, DWORD);						/* Move file pointer of a file object */
+FRESULT f_close (FIL*);								/* Close an open file object */
+FRESULT f_opendir (DIR*, const TCHAR*);				/* Open an existing directory */
+FRESULT f_readdir (DIR*, FILINFO*);					/* Read a directory item */
+FRESULT f_stat (const TCHAR*, FILINFO*);			/* Get file status */
+FRESULT f_write (FIL*, const void*, UINT, UINT*);	/* Write data to a file */
+FRESULT f_getfree (const TCHAR*, DWORD*, FATFS**);	/* Get number of free clusters on the drive */
+FRESULT f_truncate (FIL*);							/* Truncate file */
+FRESULT f_sync (FIL*);								/* Flush cached data of a writing file */
+FRESULT f_unlink (const TCHAR*);					/* Delete an existing file or directory */
+FRESULT	f_mkdir (const TCHAR*);						/* Create a new directory */
+FRESULT f_chmod (const TCHAR*, BYTE, BYTE);			/* Change attribute of the file/dir */
+FRESULT f_utime (const TCHAR*, const FILINFO*);		/* Change times-tamp of the file/dir */
+FRESULT f_rename (const TCHAR*, const TCHAR*);		/* Rename/Move a file or directory */
+FRESULT f_chdrive (BYTE);							/* Change current drive */
+FRESULT f_chdir (const TCHAR*);						/* Change current directory */
+FRESULT f_getcwd (TCHAR*, UINT);					/* Get current directory */
+FRESULT f_forward (FIL*, UINT(*)(const BYTE*,UINT), UINT, UINT*);	/* Forward data to the stream */
+FRESULT f_mkfs (BYTE, BYTE, UINT);					/* Create a file system on the drive */
+FRESULT	f_fdisk (BYTE, const DWORD[], void*);		/* Divide a physical drive into some partitions */
+int f_putc (TCHAR, FIL*);							/* Put a character to the file */
+int f_puts (const TCHAR*, FIL*);					/* Put a string to the file */
+int f_printf (FIL*, const TCHAR*, ...);				/* Put a formatted string to the file */
+TCHAR* f_gets (TCHAR*, int, FIL*);					/* Get a string from the file */
+
+#define f_eof(fp) (((fp)->fptr == (fp)->fsize) ? 1 : 0)
+#define f_error(fp) (((fp)->flag & FA__ERROR) ? 1 : 0)
+#define f_tell(fp) ((fp)->fptr)
+#define f_size(fp) ((fp)->fsize)
+
+#ifndef EOF
+#define EOF (-1)
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Additional user defined functions                            */
+
+/* RTC function */
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+DWORD get_fattime (void);
+#endif
+
+/* Unicode support functions */
+#if _USE_LFN						/* Unicode - OEM code conversion */
+WCHAR ff_convert (WCHAR, UINT);		/* OEM-Unicode bidirectional conversion */
+WCHAR ff_wtoupper (WCHAR);			/* Unicode upper-case conversion */
+#if _USE_LFN == 3					/* Memory functions */
+void* ff_memalloc (UINT);			/* Allocate memory block */
+void ff_memfree (void*);			/* Free memory block */
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* Sync functions */
+#if _FS_REENTRANT
+int ff_cre_syncobj (BYTE, _SYNC_t*);/* Create a sync object */
+int ff_req_grant (_SYNC_t);			/* Lock sync object */
+void ff_rel_grant (_SYNC_t);		/* Unlock sync object */
+int ff_del_syncobj (_SYNC_t);		/* Delete a sync object */
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Flags and offset address                                     */
+
+
+/* File access control and file status flags (FIL.flag) */
+
+#define	FA_READ				0x01
+#define	FA_OPEN_EXISTING	0x00
+#define FA__ERROR			0x80
+
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+#define	FA_WRITE			0x02
+#define	FA_CREATE_NEW		0x04
+#define	FA_CREATE_ALWAYS	0x08
+#define	FA_OPEN_ALWAYS		0x10
+#define FA__WRITTEN			0x20
+#define FA__DIRTY			0x40
+#endif
+
+
+/* FAT sub type (FATFS.fs_type) */
+
+#define FS_FAT12	1
+#define FS_FAT16	2
+#define FS_FAT32	3
+
+
+/* File attribute bits for directory entry */
+
+#define	AM_RDO	0x01	/* Read only */
+#define	AM_HID	0x02	/* Hidden */
+#define	AM_SYS	0x04	/* System */
+#define	AM_VOL	0x08	/* Volume label */
+#define AM_LFN	0x0F	/* LFN entry */
+#define AM_DIR	0x10	/* Directory */
+#define AM_ARC	0x20	/* Archive */
+#define AM_MASK	0x3F	/* Mask of defined bits */
+
+
+/* Fast seek feature */
+#define CREATE_LINKMAP	0xFFFFFFFF
+
+
+
+/*--------------------------------*/
+/* Multi-byte word access macros  */
+
+#if _WORD_ACCESS == 1	/* Enable word access to the FAT structure */
+#define	LD_WORD(ptr)		(WORD)(*(WORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr))
+#define	LD_DWORD(ptr)		(DWORD)(*(DWORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr))
+#define	ST_WORD(ptr,val)	*(WORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr)=(WORD)(val)
+#define	ST_DWORD(ptr,val)	*(DWORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr)=(DWORD)(val)
+#else					/* Use byte-by-byte access to the FAT structure */
+#define	LD_WORD(ptr)		(WORD)(((WORD)*((BYTE*)(ptr)+1)<<8)|(WORD)*(BYTE*)(ptr))
+#define	LD_DWORD(ptr)		(DWORD)(((DWORD)*((BYTE*)(ptr)+3)<<24)|((DWORD)*((BYTE*)(ptr)+2)<<16)|((WORD)*((BYTE*)(ptr)+1)<<8)|*(BYTE*)(ptr))
+#define	ST_WORD(ptr,val)	*(BYTE*)(ptr)=(BYTE)(val); *((BYTE*)(ptr)+1)=(BYTE)((WORD)(val)>>8)
+#define	ST_DWORD(ptr,val)	*(BYTE*)(ptr)=(BYTE)(val); *((BYTE*)(ptr)+1)=(BYTE)((WORD)(val)>>8); *((BYTE*)(ptr)+2)=(BYTE)((DWORD)(val)>>16); *((BYTE*)(ptr)+3)=(BYTE)((DWORD)(val)>>24)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _FATFS */
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/ffconf.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/ffconf.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..243a20fa22
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/ffconf.h
@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/  FatFs - FAT file system module configuration file  R0.09a (C)ChaN, 2012
+/----------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/
+/ CAUTION! Do not forget to make clean the project after any changes to
+/ the configuration options.
+/
+/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef _FFCONF
+#define _FFCONF 4004	/* Revision ID */
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/ Function and Buffer Configurations
+/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#define	_FS_TINY	1		/* 0:Normal or 1:Tiny */
+/* When _FS_TINY is set to 1, FatFs uses the sector buffer in the file system
+/  object instead of the sector buffer in the individual file object for file
+/  data transfer. This reduces memory consumption 512 bytes each file object. */
+
+
+#define _FS_READONLY	1	/* 0:Read/Write or 1:Read only */
+/* Setting _FS_READONLY to 1 defines read only configuration. This removes
+/  writing functions, f_write, f_sync, f_unlink, f_mkdir, f_chmod, f_rename,
+/  f_truncate and useless f_getfree. */
+
+
+#define _FS_MINIMIZE	2	/* 0 to 3 */
+/* The _FS_MINIMIZE option defines minimization level to remove some functions.
+/
+/   0: Full function.
+/   1: f_stat, f_getfree, f_unlink, f_mkdir, f_chmod, f_truncate and f_rename
+/      are removed.
+/   2: f_opendir and f_readdir are removed in addition to 1.
+/   3: f_lseek is removed in addition to 2. */
+
+
+#define	_USE_STRFUNC	0	/* 0:Disable or 1-2:Enable */
+/* To enable string functions, set _USE_STRFUNC to 1 or 2. */
+
+
+#define	_USE_MKFS	0		/* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */
+/* To enable f_mkfs function, set _USE_MKFS to 1 and set _FS_READONLY to 0 */
+
+
+#define	_USE_FORWARD	0	/* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */
+/* To enable f_forward function, set _USE_FORWARD to 1 and set _FS_TINY to 1. */
+
+
+#define	_USE_FASTSEEK	0	/* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */
+/* To enable fast seek feature, set _USE_FASTSEEK to 1. */
+
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/ Locale and Namespace Configurations
+/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#define _CODE_PAGE	932
+/* The _CODE_PAGE specifies the OEM code page to be used on the target system.
+/  Incorrect setting of the code page can cause a file open failure.
+/
+/   932  - Japanese Shift-JIS (DBCS, OEM, Windows)
+/   936  - Simplified Chinese GBK (DBCS, OEM, Windows)
+/   949  - Korean (DBCS, OEM, Windows)
+/   950  - Traditional Chinese Big5 (DBCS, OEM, Windows)
+/   1250 - Central Europe (Windows)
+/   1251 - Cyrillic (Windows)
+/   1252 - Latin 1 (Windows)
+/   1253 - Greek (Windows)
+/   1254 - Turkish (Windows)
+/   1255 - Hebrew (Windows)
+/   1256 - Arabic (Windows)
+/   1257 - Baltic (Windows)
+/   1258 - Vietnam (OEM, Windows)
+/   437  - U.S. (OEM)
+/   720  - Arabic (OEM)
+/   737  - Greek (OEM)
+/   775  - Baltic (OEM)
+/   850  - Multilingual Latin 1 (OEM)
+/   858  - Multilingual Latin 1 + Euro (OEM)
+/   852  - Latin 2 (OEM)
+/   855  - Cyrillic (OEM)
+/   866  - Russian (OEM)
+/   857  - Turkish (OEM)
+/   862  - Hebrew (OEM)
+/   874  - Thai (OEM, Windows)
+/	1    - ASCII only (Valid for non LFN cfg.)
+*/
+
+
+#define	_USE_LFN	0		/* 0 to 3 */
+#define	_MAX_LFN	255		/* Maximum LFN length to handle (12 to 255) */
+/* The _USE_LFN option switches the LFN support.
+/
+/   0: Disable LFN feature. _MAX_LFN and _LFN_UNICODE have no effect.
+/   1: Enable LFN with static working buffer on the BSS. Always NOT reentrant.
+/   2: Enable LFN with dynamic working buffer on the STACK.
+/   3: Enable LFN with dynamic working buffer on the HEAP.
+/
+/  The LFN working buffer occupies (_MAX_LFN + 1) * 2 bytes. To enable LFN,
+/  Unicode handling functions ff_convert() and ff_wtoupper() must be added
+/  to the project. When enable to use heap, memory control functions
+/  ff_memalloc() and ff_memfree() must be added to the project. */
+
+
+#define	_LFN_UNICODE	0	/* 0:ANSI/OEM or 1:Unicode */
+/* To switch the character code set on FatFs API to Unicode,
+/  enable LFN feature and set _LFN_UNICODE to 1. */
+
+
+#define _FS_RPATH		0	/* 0 to 2 */
+/* The _FS_RPATH option configures relative path feature.
+/
+/   0: Disable relative path feature and remove related functions.
+/   1: Enable relative path. f_chdrive() and f_chdir() are available.
+/   2: f_getcwd() is available in addition to 1.
+/
+/  Note that output of the f_readdir function is affected by this option. */
+
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/ Physical Drive Configurations
+/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#define _VOLUMES	1
+/* Number of volumes (logical drives) to be used. */
+
+
+#define	_MAX_SS		512		/* 512, 1024, 2048 or 4096 */
+/* Maximum sector size to be handled.
+/  Always set 512 for memory card and hard disk but a larger value may be
+/  required for on-board flash memory, floppy disk and optical disk.
+/  When _MAX_SS is larger than 512, it configures FatFs to variable sector size
+/  and GET_SECTOR_SIZE command must be implemented to the disk_ioctl function. */
+
+
+#define	_MULTI_PARTITION	0	/* 0:Single partition, 1/2:Enable multiple partition */
+/* When set to 0, each volume is bound to the same physical drive number and
+/ it can mount only first primary partition. When it is set to 1, each volume
+/ is tied to the partitions listed in VolToPart[]. */
+
+
+#define	_USE_ERASE	0	/* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */
+/* To enable sector erase feature, set _USE_ERASE to 1. CTRL_ERASE_SECTOR command
+/  should be added to the disk_ioctl function. */
+
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/ System Configurations
+/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#define _WORD_ACCESS	1	/* 0 or 1 */
+/* Set 0 first and it is always compatible with all platforms. The _WORD_ACCESS
+/  option defines which access method is used to the word data on the FAT volume.
+/
+/   0: Byte-by-byte access.
+/   1: Word access. Do not choose this unless following condition is met.
+/
+/  When the byte order on the memory is big-endian or address miss-aligned word
+/  access results incorrect behavior, the _WORD_ACCESS must be set to 0.
+/  If it is not the case, the value can also be set to 1 to improve the
+/  performance and code size. */
+
+
+/* A header file that defines sync object types on the O/S, such as
+/  windows.h, ucos_ii.h and semphr.h, must be included prior to ff.h. */
+
+#define _FS_REENTRANT	0		/* 0:Disable or 1:Enable */
+#define _FS_TIMEOUT		1000	/* Timeout period in unit of time ticks */
+#define	_SYNC_t			HANDLE	/* O/S dependent type of sync object. e.g. HANDLE, OS_EVENT*, ID and etc.. */
+
+/* The _FS_REENTRANT option switches the reentrancy (thread safe) of the FatFs module.
+/
+/   0: Disable reentrancy. _SYNC_t and _FS_TIMEOUT have no effect.
+/   1: Enable reentrancy. Also user provided synchronization handlers,
+/      ff_req_grant, ff_rel_grant, ff_del_syncobj and ff_cre_syncobj
+/      function must be added to the project. */
+
+
+#define	_FS_LOCK	0	/* 0:Disable or >=1:Enable */
+/* To enable file lock control feature, set _FS_LOCK to 1 or greater.
+   The value defines how many files can be opened simultaneously. */
+
+
+#endif /* _FFCONFIG */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/integer.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/integer.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5408fe6b3e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/integer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------*/
+/* Integer type definitions for FatFs module */
+/*-------------------------------------------*/
+
+#ifndef _INTEGER
+#define _INTEGER
+
+#ifdef _WIN32	/* FatFs development platform */
+
+#include <windows.h>
+#include <tchar.h>
+
+#else			/* Embedded platform */
+
+/* These types must be 16-bit, 32-bit or larger integer */
+typedef int				INT;
+typedef unsigned int	UINT;
+
+/* These types must be 8-bit integer */
+typedef char			CHAR;
+typedef unsigned char	UCHAR;
+typedef unsigned char	BYTE;
+
+/* These types must be 16-bit integer */
+typedef short			SHORT;
+typedef unsigned short	USHORT;
+typedef unsigned short	WORD;
+typedef unsigned short	WCHAR;
+
+/* These types must be 32-bit integer */
+typedef long			LONG;
+typedef unsigned long	ULONG;
+typedef unsigned long	DWORD;
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/HTTPServerApp.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/HTTPServerApp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ba5ce8b995
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/HTTPServerApp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,284 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Simple HTTP Webserver Application. When connected to the uIP stack,
+ *  this will serve out files to HTTP clients on port 80.
+ */
+
+#define  INCLUDE_FROM_HTTPSERVERAPP_C
+#include "HTTPServerApp.h"
+
+/** HTTP server response header, for transmission before the page contents. This indicates to the host that a page exists at the
+ *  given location, and gives extra connection information.
+ */
+const char PROGMEM HTTP200Header[] = "HTTP/1.1 200 OK\r\n"
+                                     "Server: LUFA " LUFA_VERSION_STRING "\r\n"
+                                     "Connection: close\r\n"
+                                     "MIME-version: 1.0\r\n"
+                                     "Content-Type: ";
+
+/** HTTP server response header, for transmission before a resource not found error. This indicates to the host that the given
+ *  URL is invalid, and gives extra error information.
+ */
+const char PROGMEM HTTP404Header[] = "HTTP/1.1 404 Not Found\r\n"
+                                     "Server: LUFA " LUFA_VERSION_STRING "\r\n"
+                                     "Connection: close\r\n"
+                                     "MIME-version: 1.0\r\n"
+                                     "Content-Type: text/plain\r\n\r\n"
+                                     "Error 404: File Not Found: /";
+
+/** Default filename to fetch when a directory is requested */
+const char PROGMEM DefaultDirFileName[] = "index.htm";
+
+/** Default MIME type sent if no other MIME type can be determined. */
+const char PROGMEM DefaultMIMEType[] = "text/plain";
+
+/** List of MIME types for each supported file extension. */
+const MIME_Type_t MIMETypes[] =
+	{
+		{.Extension = "htm", .MIMEType = "text/html"},
+		{.Extension = "jpg", .MIMEType = "image/jpeg"},
+		{.Extension = "gif", .MIMEType = "image/gif"},
+		{.Extension = "bmp", .MIMEType = "image/bmp"},
+		{.Extension = "png", .MIMEType = "image/png"},
+		{.Extension = "ico", .MIMEType = "image/x-icon"},
+		{.Extension = "exe", .MIMEType = "application/octet-stream"},
+		{.Extension = "gz",  .MIMEType = "application/x-gzip"},
+		{.Extension = "zip", .MIMEType = "application/zip"},
+		{.Extension = "pdf", .MIMEType = "application/pdf"},
+	};
+
+/** FATFs structure to hold the internal state of the FAT driver for the Dataflash contents. */
+FATFS DiskFATState;
+
+
+/** Initialization function for the simple HTTP webserver. */
+void HTTPServerApp_Init(void)
+{
+	/* Listen on port 80 for HTTP connections from hosts */
+	uip_listen(HTONS(HTTP_SERVER_PORT));
+
+	/* Mount the Dataflash disk via FatFS */
+	f_mount(0, &DiskFATState);
+}
+
+/** uIP stack application callback for the simple HTTP webserver. This function must be called each time the
+ *  TCP/IP stack needs a TCP packet to be processed.
+ */
+void HTTPServerApp_Callback(void)
+{
+	uip_tcp_appstate_t* const AppState = &uip_conn->appstate;
+
+	if (uip_aborted() || uip_timedout() || uip_closed())
+	{
+		/* Lock to the closed state so that no further processing will occur on the connection */
+		AppState->HTTPServer.CurrentState  = WEBSERVER_STATE_Closing;
+		AppState->HTTPServer.NextState     = WEBSERVER_STATE_Closing;
+	}
+
+	if (uip_connected())
+	{
+		/* New connection - initialize connection state values */
+		AppState->HTTPServer.CurrentState  = WEBSERVER_STATE_OpenRequestedFile;
+		AppState->HTTPServer.NextState     = WEBSERVER_STATE_OpenRequestedFile;
+		AppState->HTTPServer.FileOpen      = false;
+		AppState->HTTPServer.ACKedFilePos  = 0;
+		AppState->HTTPServer.SentChunkSize = 0;
+	}
+
+	if (uip_acked())
+	{
+		/* Add the amount of ACKed file data to the total sent file bytes counter */
+		AppState->HTTPServer.ACKedFilePos += AppState->HTTPServer.SentChunkSize;
+
+		/* Progress to the next state once the current state's data has been ACKed */
+		AppState->HTTPServer.CurrentState = AppState->HTTPServer.NextState;
+	}
+
+	if (uip_rexmit())
+	{
+		/* Return file pointer to the last ACKed position */
+		f_lseek(&AppState->HTTPServer.FileHandle, AppState->HTTPServer.ACKedFilePos);
+	}
+
+	if (uip_rexmit() || uip_acked() || uip_newdata() || uip_connected() || uip_poll())
+	{
+		switch (AppState->HTTPServer.CurrentState)
+		{
+			case WEBSERVER_STATE_OpenRequestedFile:
+				HTTPServerApp_OpenRequestedFile();
+				break;
+			case WEBSERVER_STATE_SendResponseHeader:
+				HTTPServerApp_SendResponseHeader();
+				break;
+			case WEBSERVER_STATE_SendData:
+				HTTPServerApp_SendData();
+				break;
+			case WEBSERVER_STATE_Closing:
+				/* Connection is being terminated for some reason - close file handle */
+				f_close(&AppState->HTTPServer.FileHandle);
+				AppState->HTTPServer.FileOpen = false;
+
+				/* If connection is not already closed, close it */
+				uip_close();
+
+				AppState->HTTPServer.CurrentState = WEBSERVER_STATE_Closed;
+				AppState->HTTPServer.NextState    = WEBSERVER_STATE_Closed;
+				break;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+/** HTTP Server State handler for the Request Process state. This state manages the processing of incoming HTTP
+ *  GET requests to the server from the receiving HTTP client.
+ */
+static void HTTPServerApp_OpenRequestedFile(void)
+{
+	uip_tcp_appstate_t* const AppState    = &uip_conn->appstate;
+	char*               const AppData     = (char*)uip_appdata;
+
+	/* No HTTP header received from the client, abort processing */
+	if (!(uip_newdata()))
+	  return;
+
+	char* RequestToken      = strtok(AppData, " ");
+	char* RequestedFileName = strtok(NULL, " ");
+
+	/* Must be a GET request, abort otherwise */
+	if (strcmp_P(RequestToken, PSTR("GET")) != 0)
+	{
+		uip_abort();
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* Copy over the requested filename */
+	strlcpy(AppState->HTTPServer.FileName, &RequestedFileName[1], sizeof(AppState->HTTPServer.FileName));
+
+	/* Determine the length of the URI so that it can be checked to see if it is a directory */
+	uint8_t FileNameLen = strlen(AppState->HTTPServer.FileName);
+
+	/* If the URI is a directory, append the default filename */
+	if ((AppState->HTTPServer.FileName[FileNameLen - 1] == '/') || !(FileNameLen))
+	{
+		strlcpy_P(&AppState->HTTPServer.FileName[FileNameLen], DefaultDirFileName,
+		          (sizeof(AppState->HTTPServer.FileName) - FileNameLen));
+	}
+
+	/* Try to open the file from the Dataflash disk */
+	AppState->HTTPServer.FileOpen     = (f_open(&AppState->HTTPServer.FileHandle, AppState->HTTPServer.FileName,
+	                                            (FA_OPEN_EXISTING | FA_READ)) == FR_OK);
+
+	/* Lock to the SendResponseHeader state until connection terminated */
+	AppState->HTTPServer.CurrentState = WEBSERVER_STATE_SendResponseHeader;
+	AppState->HTTPServer.NextState    = WEBSERVER_STATE_SendResponseHeader;
+}
+
+/** HTTP Server State handler for the HTTP Response Header Send state. This state manages the transmission of
+ *  the HTTP response header to the receiving HTTP client.
+ */
+static void HTTPServerApp_SendResponseHeader(void)
+{
+	uip_tcp_appstate_t* const AppState    = &uip_conn->appstate;
+	char*               const AppData     = (char*)uip_appdata;
+
+	char* Extension     = strpbrk(AppState->HTTPServer.FileName, ".");
+	bool  FoundMIMEType = false;
+
+	/* If the file isn't already open, it wasn't found - send back a 404 error response and abort */
+	if (!(AppState->HTTPServer.FileOpen))
+	{
+		/* Copy over the HTTP 404 response header and send it to the receiving client */
+		strcpy_P(AppData, HTTP404Header);
+		strcat(AppData, AppState->HTTPServer.FileName);
+		uip_send(AppData, strlen(AppData));
+
+		AppState->HTTPServer.NextState = WEBSERVER_STATE_Closing;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* Copy over the HTTP 200 response header and send it to the receiving client */
+	strcpy_P(AppData, HTTP200Header);
+
+	/* Check to see if a MIME type for the requested file's extension was found */
+	if (Extension != NULL)
+	{
+		/* Look through the MIME type list, copy over the required MIME type if found */
+		for (uint8_t i = 0; i < (sizeof(MIMETypes) / sizeof(MIMETypes[0])); i++)
+		{
+			if (strcmp(&Extension[1], MIMETypes[i].Extension) == 0)
+			{
+				strcat(AppData, MIMETypes[i].MIMEType);
+				FoundMIMEType = true;
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Check if a MIME type was found and copied to the output buffer */
+	if (!(FoundMIMEType))
+	{
+		/* MIME type not found - copy over the default MIME type */
+		strcat_P(AppData, DefaultMIMEType);
+	}
+
+	/* Add the end-of-line terminator and end-of-headers terminator after the MIME type */
+	strcat_P(AppData, PSTR("\r\n\r\n"));
+
+	/* Send the MIME header to the receiving client */
+	uip_send(AppData, strlen(AppData));
+
+	/* When the MIME header is ACKed, progress to the data send stage */
+	AppState->HTTPServer.NextState = WEBSERVER_STATE_SendData;
+}
+
+/** HTTP Server State handler for the Data Send state. This state manages the transmission of file chunks
+ *  to the receiving HTTP client.
+ */
+static void HTTPServerApp_SendData(void)
+{
+	uip_tcp_appstate_t* const AppState    = &uip_conn->appstate;
+	char*               const AppData     = (char*)uip_appdata;
+
+	/* Get the maximum segment size for the current packet */
+	uint16_t MaxChunkSize = uip_mss();
+
+	/* Read the next chunk of data from the open file */
+	f_read(&AppState->HTTPServer.FileHandle, AppData, MaxChunkSize, &AppState->HTTPServer.SentChunkSize);
+
+	/* Send the next file chunk to the receiving client */
+	uip_send(AppData, AppState->HTTPServer.SentChunkSize);
+
+	/* Check if we are at the last chunk of the file, if so next ACK should close the connection */
+	if (MaxChunkSize != AppState->HTTPServer.SentChunkSize)
+	  AppState->HTTPServer.NextState = WEBSERVER_STATE_Closing;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/HTTPServerApp.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/HTTPServerApp.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..11c39d87ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/HTTPServerApp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for HTTPServerApp.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _HTTPSERVER_APP_H_
+#define _HTTPSERVER_APP_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+		#include <string.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Version.h>
+
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+		#include <uip.h>
+		#include <ff.h>
+
+	/* Enums: */
+		/** States for each HTTP connection to the webserver. */
+		enum Webserver_States_t
+		{
+			WEBSERVER_STATE_OpenRequestedFile, /**< Currently opening requested file */
+			WEBSERVER_STATE_SendResponseHeader, /**< Currently sending HTTP response headers to the client */
+			WEBSERVER_STATE_SendData, /**< Currently sending HTTP page data to the client */
+			WEBSERVER_STATE_Closing, /**< Ready to close the connection to the client */
+			WEBSERVER_STATE_Closed, /**< Connection closed after all data sent */
+		};
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for a MIME type handler. */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			char* Extension; /**< File extension (no leading '.' character) */
+			char* MIMEType;  /**< Appropriate MIME type to send when the extension is encountered */
+		} MIME_Type_t;
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** TCP listen port for incoming HTTP traffic. */
+		#define HTTP_SERVER_PORT  80
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void HTTPServerApp_Init(void);
+		void HTTPServerApp_Callback(void);
+
+		#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_HTTPSERVERAPP_C)
+			static void HTTPServerApp_OpenRequestedFile(void);
+			static void HTTPServerApp_SendResponseHeader(void);
+			static void HTTPServerApp_SendData(void);
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/SCSI.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/SCSI.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4fbbfd60e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/SCSI.c
@@ -0,0 +1,344 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  SCSI command processing routines, for SCSI commands issued by the host. Mass Storage
+ *  devices use a thin "Bulk-Only Transport" protocol for issuing commands and status information,
+ *  which wrap around standard SCSI device commands for controlling the actual storage medium.
+ */
+
+#define  INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C
+#include "SCSI.h"
+
+/** Structure to hold the SCSI response data to a SCSI INQUIRY command. This gives information about the device's
+ *  features and capabilities.
+ */
+static const SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t InquiryData =
+	{
+		.DeviceType          = DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK,
+		.PeripheralQualifier = 0,
+
+		.Removable           = true,
+
+		.Version             = 0,
+
+		.ResponseDataFormat  = 2,
+		.NormACA             = false,
+		.TrmTsk              = false,
+		.AERC                = false,
+
+		.AdditionalLength    = 0x1F,
+
+		.SoftReset           = false,
+		.CmdQue              = false,
+		.Linked              = false,
+		.Sync                = false,
+		.WideBus16Bit        = false,
+		.WideBus32Bit        = false,
+		.RelAddr             = false,
+
+		.VendorID            = "LUFA",
+		.ProductID           = "Dataflash Disk",
+		.RevisionID          = {'0','.','0','0'},
+	};
+
+/** Structure to hold the sense data for the last issued SCSI command, which is returned to the host after a SCSI REQUEST SENSE
+ *  command is issued. This gives information on exactly why the last command failed to complete.
+ */
+static SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t SenseData =
+	{
+		.ResponseCode        = 0x70,
+		.AdditionalLength    = 0x0A,
+	};
+
+
+/** Main routine to process the SCSI command located in the Command Block Wrapper read from the host. This dispatches
+ *  to the appropriate SCSI command handling routine if the issued command is supported by the device, else it returns
+ *  a command failure due to a ILLEGAL REQUEST.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	bool CommandSuccess = false;
+
+	/* Run the appropriate SCSI command hander function based on the passed command */
+	switch (MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[0])
+	{
+		case SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY:
+			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Inquiry(MSInterfaceInfo);
+			break;
+		case SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE:
+			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(MSInterfaceInfo);
+			break;
+		case SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10:
+			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(MSInterfaceInfo);
+			break;
+		case SCSI_CMD_SEND_DIAGNOSTIC:
+			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(MSInterfaceInfo);
+			break;
+		case SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10:
+			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_WRITE);
+			break;
+		case SCSI_CMD_READ_10:
+			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_READ);
+			break;
+		case SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_6:
+			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(MSInterfaceInfo);
+			break;
+		case SCSI_CMD_START_STOP_UNIT:
+		case SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY:
+		case SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL:
+		case SCSI_CMD_VERIFY_10:
+			/* These commands should just succeed, no handling required */
+			CommandSuccess = true;
+			MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
+			break;
+		default:
+			/* Update the SENSE key to reflect the invalid command */
+			SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+		                   SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_COMMAND,
+		                   SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+			break;
+	}
+
+	/* Check if command was successfully processed */
+	if (CommandSuccess)
+	{
+		SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD,
+		               SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
+		               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+		return true;
+	}
+
+	return false;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI INQUIRY command. This command returns information about the device's features
+ *  and capabilities to the host.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	uint16_t AllocationLength  = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[3]);
+	uint16_t BytesTransferred  = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(InquiryData));
+
+	/* Only the standard INQUIRY data is supported, check if any optional INQUIRY bits set */
+	if ((MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & ((1 << 0) | (1 << 1))) ||
+	     MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2])
+	{
+		/* Optional but unsupported bits set - update the SENSE key and fail the request */
+		SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+		               SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
+		               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&InquiryData, BytesTransferred, NULL);
+
+	/* Pad out remaining bytes with 0x00 */
+	Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL);
+
+	/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+	/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+	MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI REQUEST SENSE command. This command returns information about the last issued command,
+ *  including the error code and additional error information so that the host can determine why a command failed to complete.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	uint8_t  AllocationLength = MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4];
+	uint8_t  BytesTransferred = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(SenseData));
+
+	Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&SenseData, BytesTransferred, NULL);
+	Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL);
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+	/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+	MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ CAPACITY (10) command. This command returns information about the device's capacity
+ *  on the selected Logical Unit (drive), as a number of OS-sized blocks.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	uint32_t LastBlockAddressInLUN = (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS - 1);
+	uint32_t MediaBlockSize        = VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE;
+
+	Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&LastBlockAddressInLUN, sizeof(LastBlockAddressInLUN), NULL);
+	Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&MediaBlockSize, sizeof(MediaBlockSize), NULL);
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+	/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+	MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 8;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI SEND DIAGNOSTIC command. This command performs a quick check of the Dataflash ICs on the
+ *  board, and indicates if they are present and functioning correctly. Only the Self-Test portion of the diagnostic command is
+ *  supported.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	/* Check to see if the SELF TEST bit is not set */
+	if (!(MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & (1 << 2)))
+	{
+		/* Only self-test supported - update SENSE key and fail the command */
+		SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+		               SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
+		               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	/* Check to see if all attached Dataflash ICs are functional */
+	if (!(DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation()))
+	{
+		/* Update SENSE key with a hardware error condition and return command fail */
+		SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_HARDWARE_ERROR,
+		               SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
+		               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+	MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ (10) or WRITE (10) command. This command reads in the block start address
+ *  and total number of blocks to process, then calls the appropriate low-level Dataflash routine to handle the actual
+ *  reading and writing of the data.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *  \param[in] IsDataRead  Indicates if the command is a READ (10) command or WRITE (10) command (DATA_READ or DATA_WRITE)
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+                                      const bool IsDataRead)
+{
+	uint32_t BlockAddress;
+	uint16_t TotalBlocks;
+
+	/* Check if the disk is write protected or not */
+	if ((IsDataRead == DATA_WRITE) && DISK_READ_ONLY)
+	{
+		/* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */
+		SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_DATA_PROTECT,
+		               SCSI_ASENSE_WRITE_PROTECTED,
+		               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	/* Load in the 32-bit block address (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */
+	BlockAddress = SwapEndian_32(*(uint32_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2]);
+
+	/* Load in the 16-bit total blocks (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */
+	TotalBlocks  = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[7]);
+
+	/* Check if the block address is outside the maximum allowable value for the LUN */
+	if (BlockAddress >= VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS)
+	{
+		/* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */
+		SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+		               SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_BLOCK_ADDRESS_OUT_OF_RANGE,
+		               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	/* Determine if the packet is a READ (10) or WRITE (10) command, call appropriate function */
+	if (IsDataRead == DATA_READ)
+	  DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);
+	else
+	  DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);
+
+	/* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */
+	MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= ((uint32_t)TotalBlocks * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE);
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI MODE SENSE (6) command. This command returns various informational pages about
+ *  the SCSI device, as well as the device's Write Protect status.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	/* Send an empty header response with the Write Protect flag status */
+	Endpoint_Write_8(0x00);
+	Endpoint_Write_8(0x00);
+	Endpoint_Write_8(DISK_READ_ONLY ? 0x80 : 0x00);
+	Endpoint_Write_8(0x00);
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+	/* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */
+	MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 4;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/SCSI.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/SCSI.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8f41f63b43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/SCSI.h
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for SCSI.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SCSI_H_
+#define _SCSI_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include "../Descriptors.h"
+		#include "DataflashManager.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Macro to set the current SCSI sense data to the given key, additional sense code and additional sense qualifier. This
+		 *  is for convenience, as it allows for all three sense values (returned upon request to the host to give information about
+		 *  the last command failure) in a quick and easy manner.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in] Key    New SCSI sense key to set the sense code to
+		 *  \param[in] Acode  New SCSI additional sense key to set the additional sense code to
+		 *  \param[in] Aqual  New SCSI additional sense key qualifier to set the additional sense qualifier code to
+		 */
+		#define SCSI_SET_SENSE(Key, Acode, Aqual)  do { SenseData.SenseKey                 = (Key);   \
+		                                                SenseData.AdditionalSenseCode      = (Acode); \
+		                                                SenseData.AdditionalSenseQualifier = (Aqual); } while (0)
+
+		/** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be read from the storage medium. */
+		#define DATA_READ           true
+
+		/** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be written to the storage medium. */
+		#define DATA_WRITE          false
+
+		/** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a Block Media device. */
+		#define DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK   0x00
+
+		/** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a CD-ROM device. */
+		#define DEVICE_TYPE_CDROM   0x05
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+
+		#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C)
+			static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+			static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+			static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+			static bool SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+			static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+			                                      const bool IsDataRead);
+			static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/TELNETServerApp.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/TELNETServerApp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4500a4b781
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/TELNETServerApp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  TELNET Webserver Application. When connected to the uIP stack,
+ *  this will serve out raw TELNET to the client on port 23.
+ */
+
+#define  INCLUDE_FROM_TELNETSERVERAPP_C
+#include "TELNETServerApp.h"
+
+#if defined(ENABLE_TELNET_SERVER) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+
+/** Welcome message to send to a TELNET client when a connection is first made. */
+const char PROGMEM WelcomeHeader[] = "********************************************\r\n"
+                                     "*       LUFA uIP Webserver (TELNET)        *\r\n"
+                                     "********************************************\r\n";
+
+/** Main TELNET menu, giving the user the list of available commands they may issue */
+const char PROGMEM TELNETMenu[] = "\r\n"
+                                  "  == Available Commands: ==\r\n"
+                                  "     c) List Active TCP Connections\r\n"
+                                  "  =========================\r\n"
+                                  "\r\n>";
+
+/** Header to print before the current connections are printed to the client */
+const char PROGMEM CurrentConnectionsHeader[] = "\r\n* Current TCP Connections: *\r\n";
+
+/** Initialization function for the simple TELNET webserver. */
+void TELNETServerApp_Init(void)
+{
+	/* Listen on port 23 for TELNET connections from hosts */
+	uip_listen(HTONS(TELNET_SERVER_PORT));
+}
+
+/** uIP stack application callback for the TELNET server. This function must be called each time the
+ *  TCP/IP stack needs a TCP packet to be processed.
+ */
+void TELNETServerApp_Callback(void)
+{
+	uip_tcp_appstate_t* const AppState   = &uip_conn->appstate;
+	char*               const AppData    = (char*)uip_appdata;
+
+	if (uip_connected())
+	{
+		/* New connection - initialize connection state values */
+		AppState->TELNETServer.CurrentState = TELNET_STATE_SendHeader;
+	}
+
+	if (uip_acked())
+	{
+		/* Progress to the next state once the current state's data has been ACKed */
+		AppState->TELNETServer.CurrentState = AppState->TELNETServer.NextState;
+	}
+
+	if (uip_rexmit() || uip_acked() || uip_newdata() || uip_connected() || uip_poll())
+	{
+		switch (AppState->TELNETServer.CurrentState)
+		{
+			case TELNET_STATE_SendHeader:
+				/* Copy over and send the TELNET welcome message upon first connection */
+				strcpy_P(AppData, WelcomeHeader);
+				uip_send(AppData, strlen(AppData));
+
+				AppState->TELNETServer.NextState = TELNET_STATE_SendMenu;
+				break;
+			case TELNET_STATE_SendMenu:
+				/* Copy over and send the TELNET menu to the client */
+				strcpy_P(AppData, TELNETMenu);
+				uip_send(AppData, strlen(AppData));
+
+				AppState->TELNETServer.NextState = TELNET_STATE_GetCommand;
+				break;
+			case TELNET_STATE_GetCommand:
+				if (!(uip_datalen()))
+				  break;
+
+				/* Save the issued command for later processing */
+				AppState->TELNETServer.IssuedCommand = AppData[0];
+
+				AppState->TELNETServer.CurrentState  = TELNET_STATE_SendResponse;
+				break;
+			case TELNET_STATE_SendResponse:
+				/* Determine which command was issued, perform command processing */
+				switch (AppState->TELNETServer.IssuedCommand)
+				{
+					case 'c':
+						TELNETServerApp_DisplayTCPConnections();
+						break;
+					default:
+						strcpy_P(AppData, PSTR("Invalid Command.\r\n"));
+						uip_send(AppData, strlen(AppData));
+						break;
+				}
+
+				AppState->TELNETServer.NextState = TELNET_STATE_SendMenu;
+				break;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+/** Sends a list of active TCP connections to the TELNET client. */
+static void TELNETServerApp_DisplayTCPConnections(void)
+{
+	char* const AppData    = (char*)uip_appdata;
+
+	strcpy_P(AppData, CurrentConnectionsHeader);
+
+	uint16_t ResponseLen     = strlen(AppData);
+	uint8_t  ActiveConnCount = 0;
+
+	/* Loop through the complete uIP TCP connections list, looking for active connections */
+	for (uint8_t i = 0; i < UIP_CONNS; i++)
+	{
+		struct uip_conn* CurrConnection = &uip_conns[i];
+
+		/* If the connection is not closed, it is active and must be added to the out buffer */
+		if (CurrConnection->tcpstateflags != UIP_CLOSED)
+		{
+			/* Add the current connection's details to the out buffer */
+			ResponseLen += sprintf_P(&AppData[ResponseLen], PSTR("%u) %d.%d.%d.%d (Local Port %u <=> Remote Port %u)\r\n"),
+			                         ++ActiveConnCount,
+			                         CurrConnection->ripaddr.u8[0],
+			                         CurrConnection->ripaddr.u8[1],
+			                         CurrConnection->ripaddr.u8[2],
+			                         CurrConnection->ripaddr.u8[3],
+			                         HTONS(CurrConnection->lport), HTONS(CurrConnection->rport));
+		}
+	}
+
+	uip_send(AppData, ResponseLen);
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/TELNETServerApp.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/TELNETServerApp.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..67301ba09c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/TELNETServerApp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for TELNETServerApp.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _TELNETSERVER_APP_H_
+#define _TELNETSERVER_APP_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+		#include <string.h>
+		#include <stdio.h>
+
+		#include <uip.h>
+
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** TCP listen port for incoming TELNET traffic. */
+		#define TELNET_SERVER_PORT  23
+
+	/* Enums: */
+		/** States for each TELNET connection to the server. */
+		enum TELNET_States_t
+		{
+			TELNET_STATE_SendHeader, /**< Currently sending welcome header to the client */
+			TELNET_STATE_SendMenu, /**< Currently sending the command list menu to the client */
+			TELNET_STATE_GetCommand, /**< Currently waiting for a command from the client */
+			TELNET_STATE_SendResponse, /**< Processing the issued command and sending a response */
+		};
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void TELNETServerApp_Init(void);
+		void TELNETServerApp_Callback(void);
+
+		#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_TELNETSERVERAPP_C)
+			static void TELNETServerApp_DisplayTCPConnections(void);
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uIPManagement.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uIPManagement.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..12f6c8f9e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uIPManagement.c
@@ -0,0 +1,298 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  uIP Management functions. This file contains the functions and globals needed to maintain the uIP
+ *  stack once an RNDIS device has been attached to the system.
+ */
+
+#define  INCLUDE_FROM_UIPMANAGEMENT_C
+#include "uIPManagement.h"
+
+/** Connection timer, to retain the time elapsed since the last time the uIP connections were managed. */
+static struct timer ConnectionTimer;
+
+/** ARP timer, to retain the time elapsed since the ARP cache was last updated. */
+static struct timer ARPTimer;
+
+/** MAC address of the RNDIS device, when enumerated. */
+struct uip_eth_addr MACAddress;
+
+
+/** Configures the uIP stack ready for network traffic processing. */
+void uIPManagement_Init(void)
+{
+	/* uIP Timing Initialization */
+	clock_init();
+	timer_set(&ConnectionTimer, CLOCK_SECOND / 2);
+	timer_set(&ARPTimer, CLOCK_SECOND * 10);
+
+	/* uIP Stack Initialization */
+	uip_init();
+	uip_arp_init();
+
+	/* DHCP/Server IP Settings Initialization */
+	if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Device)
+	{
+		MACAddress.addr[0] = SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS[0];
+		MACAddress.addr[1] = SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS[1];
+		MACAddress.addr[2] = SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS[2];
+		MACAddress.addr[3] = SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS[3];
+		MACAddress.addr[4] = SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS[4];
+		MACAddress.addr[5] = SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS[5];
+
+		#if defined(ENABLE_DHCP_SERVER)
+		DHCPServerApp_Init();
+		#endif
+
+		uip_ipaddr_t IPAddress, Netmask, GatewayIPAddress;
+		uip_ipaddr(&IPAddress,        DEVICE_IP_ADDRESS[0], DEVICE_IP_ADDRESS[1], DEVICE_IP_ADDRESS[2], DEVICE_IP_ADDRESS[3]);
+		uip_ipaddr(&Netmask,          DEVICE_NETMASK[0],    DEVICE_NETMASK[1],    DEVICE_NETMASK[2],    DEVICE_NETMASK[3]);
+		uip_ipaddr(&GatewayIPAddress, DEVICE_GATEWAY[0],    DEVICE_GATEWAY[1],    DEVICE_GATEWAY[2],    DEVICE_GATEWAY[3]);
+		uip_sethostaddr(&IPAddress);
+		uip_setnetmask(&Netmask);
+		uip_setdraddr(&GatewayIPAddress);
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		#if defined(ENABLE_DHCP_CLIENT)
+		DHCPClientApp_Init();
+		#else
+		uip_ipaddr_t IPAddress, Netmask, GatewayIPAddress;
+		uip_ipaddr(&IPAddress,        DEVICE_IP_ADDRESS[0], DEVICE_IP_ADDRESS[1], DEVICE_IP_ADDRESS[2], DEVICE_IP_ADDRESS[3]);
+		uip_ipaddr(&Netmask,          DEVICE_NETMASK[0],    DEVICE_NETMASK[1],    DEVICE_NETMASK[2],    DEVICE_NETMASK[3]);
+		uip_ipaddr(&GatewayIPAddress, DEVICE_GATEWAY[0],    DEVICE_GATEWAY[1],    DEVICE_GATEWAY[2],    DEVICE_GATEWAY[3]);
+		uip_sethostaddr(&IPAddress);
+		uip_setnetmask(&Netmask);
+		uip_setdraddr(&GatewayIPAddress);
+		#endif
+	}
+
+	/* Virtual Webserver Ethernet Address Configuration */
+	uip_setethaddr(MACAddress);
+
+	/* HTTP Webserver Initialization */
+	HTTPServerApp_Init();
+
+	/* TELNET Server Initialization */
+	#if defined(ENABLE_TELNET_SERVER)
+	TELNETServerApp_Init();
+	#endif
+}
+
+/** uIP Management function. This function manages the uIP stack when called while an RNDIS device has been
+ *  attached to the system.
+ */
+void uIPManagement_ManageNetwork(void)
+{
+	if (((USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Host)   && (USB_HostState   == HOST_STATE_Configured)) ||
+	    ((USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Device) && (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Configured)))
+	{
+		uIPManagement_ProcessIncomingPacket();
+		uIPManagement_ManageConnections();
+	}
+}
+
+/** uIP TCP/IP network stack callback function for the processing of a given TCP connection. This routine dispatches
+ *  to the appropriate TCP protocol application based on the connection's listen port number.
+ */
+void uIPManagement_TCPCallback(void)
+{
+	/* Call the correct TCP application based on the port number the connection is listening on */
+	switch (uip_conn->lport)
+	{
+		case HTONS(HTTP_SERVER_PORT):
+			HTTPServerApp_Callback();
+			break;
+		#if defined(ENABLE_TELNET_SERVER)
+		case HTONS(TELNET_SERVER_PORT):
+			TELNETServerApp_Callback();
+			break;
+		#endif
+	}
+}
+
+/** uIP TCP/IP network stack callback function for the processing of a given UDP connection. This routine dispatches
+ *  to the appropriate UDP protocol application based on the connection's listen port number.
+ */
+void uIPManagement_UDPCallback(void)
+{
+	/* Call the correct UDP application based on the port number the connection is listening on */
+	switch (uip_udp_conn->lport)
+	{
+		#if defined(ENABLE_DHCP_CLIENT)
+		case HTONS(DHCP_CLIENT_PORT):
+			DHCPClientApp_Callback();
+			break;
+		#endif
+		#if defined(ENABLE_DHCP_SERVER)
+		case HTONS(DHCP_SERVER_PORT):
+			DHCPServerApp_Callback();
+			break;
+		#endif
+	}
+}
+
+/** Processes Incoming packets to the server from the connected RNDIS device, creating responses as needed. */
+static void uIPManagement_ProcessIncomingPacket(void)
+{
+	/* Determine which USB mode the system is currently initialized in */
+	if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Device)
+	{
+		/* If no packet received, exit processing routine */
+		if (!(RNDIS_Device_IsPacketReceived(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Device)))
+		  return;
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+
+		/* Read the Incoming packet straight into the UIP packet buffer */
+		RNDIS_Device_ReadPacket(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Device, uip_buf, &uip_len);
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* If no packet received, exit processing routine */
+		if (!(RNDIS_Host_IsPacketReceived(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Host)))
+		  return;
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+
+		/* Read the Incoming packet straight into the UIP packet buffer */
+		RNDIS_Host_ReadPacket(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Host, uip_buf, &uip_len);
+	}
+
+	/* If the packet contains an Ethernet frame, process it */
+	if (uip_len > 0)
+	{
+		switch (((struct uip_eth_hdr*)uip_buf)->type)
+		{
+			case HTONS(UIP_ETHTYPE_IP):
+				/* Filter packet by MAC destination */
+				uip_arp_ipin();
+
+				/* Process Incoming packet */
+				uip_input();
+
+				/* If a response was generated, send it */
+				if (uip_len > 0)
+				{
+					/* Add destination MAC to outgoing packet */
+					uip_arp_out();
+
+					uip_split_output();
+				}
+
+				break;
+			case HTONS(UIP_ETHTYPE_ARP):
+				/* Process ARP packet */
+				uip_arp_arpin();
+
+				/* If a response was generated, send it */
+				if (uip_len > 0)
+				  uip_split_output();
+
+				break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Manages the currently open network connections, including TCP and (if enabled) UDP. */
+static void uIPManagement_ManageConnections(void)
+{
+	/* Poll TCP connections for more data to send back to the host */
+	for (uint8_t i = 0; i < UIP_CONNS; i++)
+	{
+		uip_poll_conn(&uip_conns[i]);
+
+		/* If a response was generated, send it */
+		if (uip_len > 0)
+		{
+			/* Add destination MAC to outgoing packet */
+			uip_arp_out();
+
+			/* Split and send the outgoing packet */
+			uip_split_output();
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Manage open connections for timeouts */
+	if (timer_expired(&ConnectionTimer))
+	{
+		timer_reset(&ConnectionTimer);
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+
+		for (uint8_t i = 0; i < UIP_CONNS; i++)
+		{
+			/* Run periodic connection management for each TCP connection */
+			uip_periodic(i);
+
+			/* If a response was generated, send it */
+			if (uip_len > 0)
+			{
+				/* Add destination MAC to outgoing packet */
+				uip_arp_out();
+
+				/* Split and send the outgoing packet */
+				uip_split_output();
+			}
+		}
+
+		#if defined(ENABLE_DHCP_CLIENT)
+		for (uint8_t i = 0; i < UIP_UDP_CONNS; i++)
+		{
+			/* Run periodic connection management for each UDP connection */
+			uip_udp_periodic(i);
+
+			/* If a response was generated, send it */
+			if (uip_len > 0)
+			{
+				/* Add destination MAC to outgoing packet */
+				uip_arp_out();
+
+				/* Split and send the outgoing packet */
+				uip_split_output();
+			}
+		}
+		#endif
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+	}
+
+	/* Manage ARP cache refreshing */
+	if (timer_expired(&ARPTimer))
+	{
+		timer_reset(&ARPTimer);
+		uip_arp_timer();
+	}
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uIPManagement.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uIPManagement.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3bdc5c96b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uIPManagement.h
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for uIPManagement.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _UIP_MANAGEMENT_H_
+#define _UIP_MANAGEMENT_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include <uip.h>
+		#include <uip_arp.h>
+		#include <uip-split.h>
+		#include <timer.h>
+
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+		#include "DHCPClientApp.h"
+		#include "DHCPServerApp.h"
+		#include "HTTPServerApp.h"
+		#include "TELNETServerApp.h"
+
+	/* External Variables: */
+		extern struct uip_eth_addr MACAddress;
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void uIPManagement_Init(void);
+		void uIPManagement_ManageNetwork(void);
+		void uIPManagement_TCPCallback(void);
+		void uIPManagement_UDPCallback(void);
+
+		#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_UIPMANAGEMENT_C)
+			static void uIPManagement_ProcessIncomingPacket(void);
+			static void uIPManagement_ManageConnections(void);
+		#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/clock.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/clock.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e71f7209d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/clock.c
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
+
+#include "clock.h"
+
+//Counted time
+volatile clock_time_t clock_datetime = 0;
+
+//Overflow interrupt
+ISR(TIMER1_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+	clock_datetime += 1;
+}
+
+//Initialise the clock
+void clock_init()
+{
+	OCR1A  = (((F_CPU / 1024) / 100) - 1);
+	TCCR1B = ((1 << WGM12) | (1 << CS12) | (1 << CS10));
+	TIMSK1 = (1 << OCIE1A);
+}
+
+//Return time
+clock_time_t clock_time()
+{
+	clock_time_t time;
+
+	GlobalInterruptDisable();
+	time = clock_datetime;
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	return time;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/clock.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/clock.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bbfa4ac0e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/clock.h
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+#ifndef __CLOCK_ARCH_H__
+#define __CLOCK_ARCH_H__
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <util/atomic.h>
+
+typedef uint16_t clock_time_t;
+#define CLOCK_SECOND 100
+void clock_init(void);
+clock_time_t clock_time(void);
+
+#endif /* __CLOCK_ARCH_H__ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/timer.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/timer.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..eae06f43bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/timer.c
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+/**
+ * \addtogroup timer
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * Timer library implementation.
+ * \author
+ * Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2004, Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the Institute nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE INSTITUTE AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE INSTITUTE OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the uIP TCP/IP stack
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ * $Id: timer.c,v 1.2 2006/06/12 08:00:30 adam Exp $
+ */
+
+#include "clock.h"
+#include "timer.h"
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/**
+ * Set a timer.
+ *
+ * This function is used to set a timer for a time sometime in the
+ * future. The function timer_expired() will evaluate to true after
+ * the timer has expired.
+ *
+ * \param t A pointer to the timer
+ * \param interval The interval before the timer expires.
+ *
+ */
+void
+timer_set(struct timer *t, clock_time_t interval)
+{
+  t->interval = interval;
+  t->start = clock_time();
+}
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/**
+ * Reset the timer with the same interval.
+ *
+ * This function resets the timer with the same interval that was
+ * given to the timer_set() function. The start point of the interval
+ * is the exact time that the timer last expired. Therefore, this
+ * function will cause the timer to be stable over time, unlike the
+ * timer_restart() function.
+ *
+ * \param t A pointer to the timer.
+ *
+ * \sa timer_restart()
+ */
+void
+timer_reset(struct timer *t)
+{
+  t->start += t->interval;
+}
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/**
+ * Restart the timer from the current point in time
+ *
+ * This function restarts a timer with the same interval that was
+ * given to the timer_set() function. The timer will start at the
+ * current time.
+ *
+ * \note A periodic timer will drift if this function is used to reset
+ * it. For periodic timers, use the timer_reset() function instead.
+ *
+ * \param t A pointer to the timer.
+ *
+ * \sa timer_reset()
+ */
+void
+timer_restart(struct timer *t)
+{
+  t->start = clock_time();
+}
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/**
+ * Check if a timer has expired.
+ *
+ * This function tests if a timer has expired and returns true or
+ * false depending on its status.
+ *
+ * \param t A pointer to the timer
+ *
+ * \return Non-zero if the timer has expired, zero otherwise.
+ *
+ */
+int
+timer_expired(struct timer *t)
+{
+  return (clock_time_t)(clock_time() - t->start) >= (clock_time_t)t->interval;
+}
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/timer.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/timer.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..04917e4c52
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/timer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/**
+ * \defgroup timer Timer library
+ *
+ * The timer library provides functions for setting, resetting and
+ * restarting timers, and for checking if a timer has expired. An
+ * application must "manually" check if its timers have expired; this
+ * is not done automatically.
+ *
+ * A timer is declared as a \c struct \c timer and all access to the
+ * timer is made by a pointer to the declared timer.
+ *
+ * \note The timer library uses the \ref clock "Clock library" to
+ * measure time. Intervals should be specified in the format used by
+ * the clock library.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * Timer library header file.
+ * \author
+ * Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2004, Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the Institute nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE INSTITUTE AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE INSTITUTE OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the uIP TCP/IP stack
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ * $Id: timer.h,v 1.3 2006/06/11 21:46:39 adam Exp $
+ */
+#ifndef __TIMER_H__
+#define __TIMER_H__
+
+#include "clock.h"
+
+/**
+ * A timer.
+ *
+ * This structure is used for declaring a timer. The timer must be set
+ * with timer_set() before it can be used.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+struct timer {
+  clock_time_t start;
+  clock_time_t interval;
+};
+
+void timer_set(struct timer *t, clock_time_t interval);
+void timer_reset(struct timer *t);
+void timer_restart(struct timer *t);
+int timer_expired(struct timer *t);
+
+#endif /* __TIMER_H__ */
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip-split.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip-split.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5222a05b63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip-split.c
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2004, Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the Institute nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE INSTITUTE AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE INSTITUTE OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the Contiki operating system.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ * $Id: uip-split.c,v 1.2 2008/10/14 13:39:12 julienabeille Exp $
+ */
+
+#include "uip-split.h"
+
+
+#define BUF ((struct uip_tcpip_hdr *)&uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN])
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+void
+uip_split_output(void)
+{
+#if UIP_TCP
+  u16_t tcplen, len1, len2;
+
+  /* We only try to split maximum sized TCP segments. */
+  if(BUF->proto == UIP_PROTO_TCP  && uip_len == UIP_BUFSIZE) {
+
+    tcplen = uip_len - UIP_TCPIP_HLEN - UIP_LLH_LEN;
+    /* Split the segment in two. If the original packet length was
+       odd, we make the second packet one byte larger. */
+    len1 = len2 = tcplen / 2;
+    if(len1 + len2 < tcplen) {
+      ++len2;
+    }
+
+    /* Create the first packet. This is done by altering the length
+       field of the IP header and updating the checksums. */
+    uip_len = len1 + UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN;
+#if UIP_CONF_IPV6
+    /* For IPv6, the IP length field does not include the IPv6 IP header
+       length. */
+    BUF->len[0] = ((uip_len - UIP_IPH_LEN) >> 8);
+    BUF->len[1] = ((uip_len - UIP_IPH_LEN) & 0xff);
+#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+    BUF->len[0] = (uip_len - UIP_LLH_LEN) >> 8;
+    BUF->len[1] = (uip_len - UIP_LLH_LEN) & 0xff;
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+
+    /* Recalculate the TCP checksum. */
+    BUF->tcpchksum = 0;
+    BUF->tcpchksum = ~(uip_tcpchksum());
+
+#if !UIP_CONF_IPV6
+    /* Recalculate the IP checksum. */
+    BUF->ipchksum = 0;
+    BUF->ipchksum = ~(uip_ipchksum());
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+
+    /* Transmit the first packet. */
+#if UIP_CONF_IPV6
+    tcpip_ipv6_output();
+#else
+	if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Device)
+	  RNDIS_Device_SendPacket(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Device, uip_buf, uip_len);
+	else
+	  RNDIS_Host_SendPacket(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Host, uip_buf, uip_len);
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+
+    /* Now, create the second packet. To do this, it is not enough to
+       just alter the length field, but we must also update the TCP
+       sequence number and point the uip_appdata to a new place in
+       memory. This place is determined by the length of the first
+       packet (len1). */
+    uip_len = len2 + UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN;
+#if UIP_CONF_IPV6
+    /* For IPv6, the IP length field does not include the IPv6 IP header
+       length. */
+    BUF->len[0] = ((uip_len - UIP_IPH_LEN) >> 8);
+    BUF->len[1] = ((uip_len - UIP_IPH_LEN) & 0xff);
+#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+    BUF->len[0] = (uip_len  - UIP_LLH_LEN) >> 8;
+    BUF->len[1] = (uip_len - UIP_LLH_LEN) & 0xff;
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+
+    memcpy(uip_appdata, (u8_t *)uip_appdata + len1, len2);
+
+    uip_add32(BUF->seqno, len1);
+    BUF->seqno[0] = uip_acc32[0];
+    BUF->seqno[1] = uip_acc32[1];
+    BUF->seqno[2] = uip_acc32[2];
+    BUF->seqno[3] = uip_acc32[3];
+
+    /* Recalculate the TCP checksum. */
+    BUF->tcpchksum = 0;
+    BUF->tcpchksum = ~(uip_tcpchksum());
+
+#if !UIP_CONF_IPV6
+    /* Recalculate the IP checksum. */
+    BUF->ipchksum = 0;
+    BUF->ipchksum = ~(uip_ipchksum());
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+
+    /* Transmit the second packet. */
+#if UIP_CONF_IPV6
+    tcpip_ipv6_output();
+#else
+	if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Device)
+	  RNDIS_Device_SendPacket(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Device, uip_buf, uip_len);
+	else
+	  RNDIS_Host_SendPacket(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Host, uip_buf, uip_len);
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+    return;
+  }
+#endif /* UIP_TCP */
+
+  /*    uip_fw_output();*/
+#if UIP_CONF_IPV6
+	tcpip_ipv6_output();
+#else
+	if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Device)
+	  RNDIS_Device_SendPacket(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Device, uip_buf, uip_len);
+	else
+	  RNDIS_Host_SendPacket(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Host, uip_buf, uip_len);
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+}
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip-split.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip-split.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0c768ce40a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip-split.h
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2004, Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the Institute nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE INSTITUTE AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE INSTITUTE OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the Contiki operating system.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ * $Id: uip-split.h,v 1.1 2006/06/17 22:41:19 adamdunkels Exp $
+ */
+/**
+ * \addtogroup uip
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \defgroup uipsplit uIP TCP throughput booster hack
+ * @{
+ *
+ * The basic uIP TCP implementation only allows each TCP connection to
+ * have a single TCP segment in flight at any given time. Because of
+ * the delayed ACK algorithm employed by most TCP receivers, uIP's
+ * limit on the amount of in-flight TCP segments seriously reduces the
+ * maximum achievable throughput for sending data from uIP.
+ *
+ * The uip-split module is a hack which tries to remedy this
+ * situation. By splitting maximum sized outgoing TCP segments into
+ * two, the delayed ACK algorithm is not invoked at TCP
+ * receivers. This improves the throughput when sending data from uIP
+ * by orders of magnitude.
+ *
+ * The uip-split module uses the uip-fw module (uIP IP packet
+ * forwarding) for sending packets. Therefore, the uip-fw module must
+ * be set up with the appropriate network interfaces for this module
+ * to work.
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * Module for splitting outbound TCP segments in two to avoid the
+ * delayed ACK throughput degradation.
+ * \author
+ * Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef __UIP_SPLIT_H__
+#define __UIP_SPLIT_H__
+
+#include <string.h>
+#include <uip.h>
+
+#include "../../USBHostMode.h"
+
+#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+/**
+ * Handle outgoing packets.
+ *
+ * This function inspects an outgoing packet in the uip_buf buffer and
+ * sends it out using the uip_fw_output() function. If the packet is a
+ * full-sized TCP segment it will be split into two segments and
+ * transmitted separately. This function should be called instead of
+ * the actual device driver output function, or the uip_fw_output()
+ * function.
+ *
+ * The headers of the outgoing packet is assumed to be in the uip_buf
+ * buffer and the payload is assumed to be wherever uip_appdata
+ * points. The length of the outgoing packet is assumed to be in the
+ * uip_len variable.
+ *
+ */
+void uip_split_output(void);
+void uip_add32(u8_t *op32, u16_t op16);
+#endif /* __UIP_SPLIT_H__ */
+
+/** @} */
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fead75775c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1941 @@
+#define DEBUG_PRINTF(...) /*printf(__VA_ARGS__)*/
+
+/**
+ * \addtogroup uip
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * The uIP TCP/IP stack code.
+ * \author Adam Dunkels <adam@dunkels.com>
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2003, Adam Dunkels.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
+ *    products derived from this software without specific prior
+ *    written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
+ * OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY
+ * DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE
+ * GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
+ * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
+ * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the uIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * $Id: uip.c,v 1.15 2008/10/15 08:08:32 adamdunkels Exp $
+ *
+ */
+
+/*
+ * uIP is a small implementation of the IP, UDP and TCP protocols (as
+ * well as some basic ICMP stuff). The implementation couples the IP,
+ * UDP, TCP and the application layers very tightly. To keep the size
+ * of the compiled code down, this code frequently uses the goto
+ * statement. While it would be possible to break the uip_process()
+ * function into many smaller functions, this would increase the code
+ * size because of the overhead of parameter passing and the fact that
+ * the optimizer would not be as efficient.
+ *
+ * The principle is that we have a small buffer, called the uip_buf,
+ * in which the device driver puts an incoming packet. The TCP/IP
+ * stack parses the headers in the packet, and calls the
+ * application. If the remote host has sent data to the application,
+ * this data is present in the uip_buf and the application read the
+ * data from there. It is up to the application to put this data into
+ * a byte stream if needed. The application will not be fed with data
+ * that is out of sequence.
+ *
+ * If the application whishes to send data to the peer, it should put
+ * its data into the uip_buf. The uip_appdata pointer points to the
+ * first available byte. The TCP/IP stack will calculate the
+ * checksums, and fill in the necessary header fields and finally send
+ * the packet back to the peer.
+*/
+
+#include "uip.h"
+#include "uipopt.h"
+#include "uip_arp.h"
+
+#if !UIP_CONF_IPV6 /* If UIP_CONF_IPV6 is defined, we compile the
+		      uip6.c file instead of this one. Therefore
+		      this #ifndef removes the entire compilation
+		      output of the uip.c file */
+
+
+#if UIP_CONF_IPV6
+#include "net/uip-neighbor.h"
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Variable definitions. */
+
+
+/* The IP address of this host. If it is defined to be fixed (by
+   setting UIP_FIXEDADDR to 1 in uipopt.h), the address is set
+   here. Otherwise, the address */
+#if UIP_FIXEDADDR > 0
+const uip_ipaddr_t uip_hostaddr =
+  { UIP_IPADDR0, UIP_IPADDR1, UIP_IPADDR2, UIP_IPADDR3 };
+const uip_ipaddr_t uip_draddr =
+  { UIP_DRIPADDR0, UIP_DRIPADDR1, UIP_DRIPADDR2, UIP_DRIPADDR3 };
+const uip_ipaddr_t uip_netmask =
+  { UIP_NETMASK0, UIP_NETMASK1, UIP_NETMASK2, UIP_NETMASK3 };
+#else
+uip_ipaddr_t uip_hostaddr, uip_draddr, uip_netmask;
+#endif /* UIP_FIXEDADDR */
+
+const uip_ipaddr_t uip_broadcast_addr =
+#if UIP_CONF_IPV6
+  { { 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff,
+      0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff } };
+#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+  { { 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff } };
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+const uip_ipaddr_t uip_all_zeroes_addr = { { 0x0, /* rest is 0 */ } };
+
+#if UIP_FIXEDETHADDR
+const struct uip_eth_addr uip_ethaddr = {{UIP_ETHADDR0,
+					  UIP_ETHADDR1,
+					  UIP_ETHADDR2,
+					  UIP_ETHADDR3,
+					  UIP_ETHADDR4,
+					  UIP_ETHADDR5}};
+#else
+struct uip_eth_addr uip_ethaddr = {{0,0,0,0,0,0}};
+#endif
+
+#ifndef UIP_CONF_EXTERNAL_BUFFER
+u8_t uip_buf[UIP_BUFSIZE + 2];   /* The packet buffer that contains
+				    incoming packets. */
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_EXTERNAL_BUFFER */
+
+void *uip_appdata;               /* The uip_appdata pointer points to
+				    application data. */
+void *uip_sappdata;              /* The uip_appdata pointer points to
+				    the application data which is to
+				    be sent. */
+#if UIP_URGDATA > 0
+void *uip_urgdata;               /* The uip_urgdata pointer points to
+   				    urgent data (out-of-band data), if
+   				    present. */
+u16_t uip_urglen, uip_surglen;
+#endif /* UIP_URGDATA > 0 */
+
+u16_t uip_len, uip_slen;
+                             /* The uip_len is either 8 or 16 bits,
+				depending on the maximum packet
+				size. */
+
+u8_t uip_flags;     /* The uip_flags variable is used for
+				communication between the TCP/IP stack
+				and the application program. */
+struct uip_conn *uip_conn;   /* uip_conn always points to the current
+				connection. */
+
+struct uip_conn uip_conns[UIP_CONNS];
+                             /* The uip_conns array holds all TCP
+				connections. */
+u16_t uip_listenports[UIP_LISTENPORTS];
+                             /* The uip_listenports list all currently
+				listening ports. */
+#if UIP_UDP
+struct uip_udp_conn *uip_udp_conn;
+struct uip_udp_conn uip_udp_conns[UIP_UDP_CONNS];
+#endif /* UIP_UDP */
+
+static u16_t ipid;           /* Ths ipid variable is an increasing
+				number that is used for the IP ID
+				field. */
+
+void uip_setipid(u16_t id) { ipid = id; }
+
+static u8_t iss[4];          /* The iss variable is used for the TCP
+				initial sequence number. */
+
+#if UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN
+static u16_t lastport;       /* Keeps track of the last port used for
+				a new connection. */
+#endif /* UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN */
+
+/* Temporary variables. */
+u8_t uip_acc32[4];
+static u8_t c, opt;
+static u16_t tmp16;
+
+/* Structures and definitions. */
+#define TCP_FIN 0x01
+#define TCP_SYN 0x02
+#define TCP_RST 0x04
+#define TCP_PSH 0x08
+#define TCP_ACK 0x10
+#define TCP_URG 0x20
+#define TCP_CTL 0x3f
+
+#define TCP_OPT_END     0   /* End of TCP options list */
+#define TCP_OPT_NOOP    1   /* "No-operation" TCP option */
+#define TCP_OPT_MSS     2   /* Maximum segment size TCP option */
+
+#define TCP_OPT_MSS_LEN 4   /* Length of TCP MSS option. */
+
+#define ICMP_ECHO_REPLY 0
+#define ICMP_ECHO       8
+
+#define ICMP_DEST_UNREACHABLE        3
+#define ICMP_PORT_UNREACHABLE        3
+
+#define ICMP6_ECHO_REPLY             129
+#define ICMP6_ECHO                   128
+#define ICMP6_NEIGHBOR_SOLICITATION  135
+#define ICMP6_NEIGHBOR_ADVERTISEMENT 136
+
+#define ICMP6_FLAG_S (1 << 6)
+
+#define ICMP6_OPTION_SOURCE_LINK_ADDRESS 1
+#define ICMP6_OPTION_TARGET_LINK_ADDRESS 2
+
+
+/* Macros. */
+#define BUF ((struct uip_tcpip_hdr *)&uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN])
+#define FBUF ((struct uip_tcpip_hdr *)&uip_reassbuf[0])
+#define ICMPBUF ((struct uip_icmpip_hdr *)&uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN])
+#define UDPBUF ((struct uip_udpip_hdr *)&uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN])
+
+
+#if UIP_STATISTICS == 1
+struct uip_stats uip_stat;
+#define UIP_STAT(s) s
+#else
+#define UIP_STAT(s)
+#endif /* UIP_STATISTICS == 1 */
+
+#if UIP_LOGGING == 1
+#include <stdio.h>
+void uip_log(char *msg);
+#define UIP_LOG(m) uip_log(m)
+#else
+#define UIP_LOG(m)
+#endif /* UIP_LOGGING == 1 */
+
+#if ! UIP_ARCH_ADD32
+void
+uip_add32(u8_t *op32, u16_t op16)
+{
+  uip_acc32[3] = op32[3] + (op16 & 0xff);
+  uip_acc32[2] = op32[2] + (op16 >> 8);
+  uip_acc32[1] = op32[1];
+  uip_acc32[0] = op32[0];
+
+  if(uip_acc32[2] < (op16 >> 8)) {
+    ++uip_acc32[1];
+    if(uip_acc32[1] == 0) {
+      ++uip_acc32[0];
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  if(uip_acc32[3] < (op16 & 0xff)) {
+    ++uip_acc32[2];
+    if(uip_acc32[2] == 0) {
+      ++uip_acc32[1];
+      if(uip_acc32[1] == 0) {
+	++uip_acc32[0];
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+#endif /* UIP_ARCH_ADD32 */
+
+#if ! UIP_ARCH_CHKSUM
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static u16_t
+chksum(u16_t sum, const u8_t *data, u16_t len)
+{
+  u16_t t;
+  const u8_t *dataptr;
+  const u8_t *last_byte;
+
+  dataptr = data;
+  last_byte = data + len - 1;
+
+  while(dataptr < last_byte) {	/* At least two more bytes */
+    t = (dataptr[0] << 8) + dataptr[1];
+    sum += t;
+    if(sum < t) {
+      sum++;		/* carry */
+    }
+    dataptr += 2;
+  }
+
+  if(dataptr == last_byte) {
+    t = (dataptr[0] << 8) + 0;
+    sum += t;
+    if(sum < t) {
+      sum++;		/* carry */
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Return sum in host byte order. */
+  return sum;
+}
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+u16_t
+uip_chksum(u16_t *data, u16_t len)
+{
+  return htons(chksum(0, (u8_t *)data, len));
+}
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef UIP_ARCH_IPCHKSUM
+u16_t
+uip_ipchksum(void)
+{
+  u16_t sum;
+
+  sum = chksum(0, &uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN], UIP_IPH_LEN);
+  DEBUG_PRINTF("uip_ipchksum: sum 0x%04x\n", sum);
+  return (sum == 0) ? 0xffff : htons(sum);
+}
+#endif
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static u16_t
+upper_layer_chksum(u8_t proto)
+{
+  u16_t upper_layer_len;
+  u16_t sum;
+
+#if UIP_CONF_IPV6
+  upper_layer_len = (((u16_t)(BUF->len[0]) << 8) + BUF->len[1]);
+#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+  upper_layer_len = (((u16_t)(BUF->len[0]) << 8) + BUF->len[1]) - UIP_IPH_LEN;
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+
+  /* First sum pseudo-header. */
+
+  /* IP protocol and length fields. This addition cannot carry. */
+  sum = upper_layer_len + proto;
+  /* Sum IP source and destination addresses. */
+  sum = chksum(sum, (u8_t *)&BUF->srcipaddr, 2 * sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t));
+
+  /* Sum TCP header and data. */
+  sum = chksum(sum, &uip_buf[UIP_IPH_LEN + UIP_LLH_LEN],
+	       upper_layer_len);
+
+  return (sum == 0) ? 0xffff : htons(sum);
+}
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if UIP_CONF_IPV6
+u16_t
+uip_icmp6chksum(void)
+{
+  return upper_layer_chksum(UIP_PROTO_ICMP6);
+
+}
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+u16_t
+uip_tcpchksum(void)
+{
+  return upper_layer_chksum(UIP_PROTO_TCP);
+}
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if UIP_UDP_CHECKSUMS
+u16_t
+uip_udpchksum(void)
+{
+  return upper_layer_chksum(UIP_PROTO_UDP);
+}
+#endif /* UIP_UDP_CHECKSUMS */
+#endif /* UIP_ARCH_CHKSUM */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+void
+uip_init(void)
+{
+  for(c = 0; c < UIP_LISTENPORTS; ++c) {
+    uip_listenports[c] = 0;
+  }
+  for(c = 0; c < UIP_CONNS; ++c) {
+    uip_conns[c].tcpstateflags = UIP_CLOSED;
+  }
+#if UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN
+  lastport = 1024;
+#endif /* UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN */
+
+#if UIP_UDP
+  for(c = 0; c < UIP_UDP_CONNS; ++c) {
+    uip_udp_conns[c].lport = 0;
+  }
+#endif /* UIP_UDP */
+
+
+  /* IPv4 initialization. */
+#if UIP_FIXEDADDR == 0
+  /*  uip_hostaddr[0] = uip_hostaddr[1] = 0;*/
+#endif /* UIP_FIXEDADDR */
+
+}
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN
+struct uip_conn *
+uip_connect(uip_ipaddr_t *ripaddr, u16_t rport)
+{
+  register struct uip_conn *conn, *cconn;
+
+  /* Find an unused local port. */
+ again:
+  ++lastport;
+
+  if(lastport >= 32000) {
+    lastport = 4096;
+  }
+
+  /* Check if this port is already in use, and if so try to find
+     another one. */
+  for(c = 0; c < UIP_CONNS; ++c) {
+    conn = &uip_conns[c];
+    if(conn->tcpstateflags != UIP_CLOSED &&
+       conn->lport == htons(lastport)) {
+      goto again;
+    }
+  }
+
+  conn = 0;
+  for(c = 0; c < UIP_CONNS; ++c) {
+    cconn = &uip_conns[c];
+    if(cconn->tcpstateflags == UIP_CLOSED) {
+      conn = cconn;
+      break;
+    }
+    if(cconn->tcpstateflags == UIP_TIME_WAIT) {
+      if(conn == 0 ||
+	 cconn->timer > conn->timer) {
+	conn = cconn;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if(conn == 0) {
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  conn->tcpstateflags = UIP_SYN_SENT;
+
+  conn->snd_nxt[0] = iss[0];
+  conn->snd_nxt[1] = iss[1];
+  conn->snd_nxt[2] = iss[2];
+  conn->snd_nxt[3] = iss[3];
+
+  conn->initialmss = conn->mss = UIP_TCP_MSS;
+
+  conn->len = 1;   /* TCP length of the SYN is one. */
+  conn->nrtx = 0;
+  conn->timer = 1; /* Send the SYN next time around. */
+  conn->rto = UIP_RTO;
+  conn->sa = 0;
+  conn->sv = 16;   /* Initial value of the RTT variance. */
+  conn->lport = htons(lastport);
+  conn->rport = rport;
+  uip_ipaddr_copy(&conn->ripaddr, ripaddr);
+
+  return conn;
+}
+#endif /* UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if UIP_UDP
+struct uip_udp_conn *
+uip_udp_new(const uip_ipaddr_t *ripaddr, u16_t rport)
+{
+  register struct uip_udp_conn *conn;
+
+  /* Find an unused local port. */
+ again:
+  ++lastport;
+
+  if(lastport >= 32000) {
+    lastport = 4096;
+  }
+
+  for(c = 0; c < UIP_UDP_CONNS; ++c) {
+    if(uip_udp_conns[c].lport == htons(lastport)) {
+      goto again;
+    }
+  }
+
+
+  conn = 0;
+  for(c = 0; c < UIP_UDP_CONNS; ++c) {
+    if(uip_udp_conns[c].lport == 0) {
+      conn = &uip_udp_conns[c];
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if(conn == 0) {
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  conn->lport = HTONS(lastport);
+  conn->rport = rport;
+  if(ripaddr == NULL) {
+    memset(&conn->ripaddr, 0, sizeof(uip_ipaddr_t));
+  } else {
+    uip_ipaddr_copy(&conn->ripaddr, ripaddr);
+  }
+  conn->ttl = UIP_TTL;
+
+  return conn;
+}
+#endif /* UIP_UDP */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+void
+uip_unlisten(u16_t port)
+{
+  for(c = 0; c < UIP_LISTENPORTS; ++c) {
+    if(uip_listenports[c] == port) {
+      uip_listenports[c] = 0;
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+}
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+void
+uip_listen(u16_t port)
+{
+  for(c = 0; c < UIP_LISTENPORTS; ++c) {
+    if(uip_listenports[c] == 0) {
+      uip_listenports[c] = port;
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+}
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* XXX: IP fragment reassembly: not well-tested. */
+
+#if UIP_REASSEMBLY && !UIP_CONF_IPV6
+#define UIP_REASS_BUFSIZE (UIP_BUFSIZE - UIP_LLH_LEN)
+static u8_t uip_reassbuf[UIP_REASS_BUFSIZE];
+static u8_t uip_reassbitmap[UIP_REASS_BUFSIZE / (8 * 8)];
+static const u8_t bitmap_bits[8] = {0xff, 0x7f, 0x3f, 0x1f,
+				    0x0f, 0x07, 0x03, 0x01};
+static u16_t uip_reasslen;
+static u8_t uip_reassflags;
+#define UIP_REASS_FLAG_LASTFRAG 0x01
+static u8_t uip_reasstmr;
+
+#define IP_MF   0x20
+
+static u8_t
+uip_reass(void)
+{
+  u16_t offset, len;
+  u16_t i;
+
+  /* If ip_reasstmr is zero, no packet is present in the buffer, so we
+     write the IP header of the fragment into the reassembly
+     buffer. The timer is updated with the maximum age. */
+  if(uip_reasstmr == 0) {
+    memcpy(uip_reassbuf, &BUF->vhl, UIP_IPH_LEN);
+    uip_reasstmr = UIP_REASS_MAXAGE;
+    uip_reassflags = 0;
+    /* Clear the bitmap. */
+    memset(uip_reassbitmap, 0, sizeof(uip_reassbitmap));
+  }
+
+  /* Check if the incoming fragment matches the one currently present
+     in the reasembly buffer. If so, we proceed with copying the
+     fragment into the buffer. */
+  if(BUF->srcipaddr[0] == FBUF->srcipaddr[0] &&
+     BUF->srcipaddr[1] == FBUF->srcipaddr[1] &&
+     BUF->destipaddr[0] == FBUF->destipaddr[0] &&
+     BUF->destipaddr[1] == FBUF->destipaddr[1] &&
+     BUF->ipid[0] == FBUF->ipid[0] &&
+     BUF->ipid[1] == FBUF->ipid[1]) {
+
+    len = (BUF->len[0] << 8) + BUF->len[1] - (BUF->vhl & 0x0f) * 4;
+    offset = (((BUF->ipoffset[0] & 0x3f) << 8) + BUF->ipoffset[1]) * 8;
+
+    /* If the offset or the offset + fragment length overflows the
+       reassembly buffer, we discard the entire packet. */
+    if(offset > UIP_REASS_BUFSIZE ||
+       offset + len > UIP_REASS_BUFSIZE) {
+      uip_reasstmr = 0;
+      goto nullreturn;
+    }
+
+    /* Copy the fragment into the reassembly buffer, at the right
+       offset. */
+    memcpy(&uip_reassbuf[UIP_IPH_LEN + offset],
+	   (char *)BUF + (int)((BUF->vhl & 0x0f) * 4),
+	   len);
+
+    /* Update the bitmap. */
+    if(offset / (8 * 8) == (offset + len) / (8 * 8)) {
+      /* If the two endpoints are in the same byte, we only update
+	 that byte. */
+
+      uip_reassbitmap[offset / (8 * 8)] |=
+	     bitmap_bits[(offset / 8 ) & 7] &
+	     ~bitmap_bits[((offset + len) / 8 ) & 7];
+    } else {
+      /* If the two endpoints are in different bytes, we update the
+	 bytes in the endpoints and fill the stuff in-between with
+	 0xff. */
+      uip_reassbitmap[offset / (8 * 8)] |=
+	bitmap_bits[(offset / 8 ) & 7];
+      for(i = 1 + offset / (8 * 8); i < (offset + len) / (8 * 8); ++i) {
+	uip_reassbitmap[i] = 0xff;
+      }
+      uip_reassbitmap[(offset + len) / (8 * 8)] |=
+	~bitmap_bits[((offset + len) / 8 ) & 7];
+    }
+
+    /* If this fragment has the More Fragments flag set to zero, we
+       know that this is the last fragment, so we can calculate the
+       size of the entire packet. We also set the
+       IP_REASS_FLAG_LASTFRAG flag to indicate that we have received
+       the final fragment. */
+
+    if((BUF->ipoffset[0] & IP_MF) == 0) {
+      uip_reassflags |= UIP_REASS_FLAG_LASTFRAG;
+      uip_reasslen = offset + len;
+    }
+
+    /* Finally, we check if we have a full packet in the buffer. We do
+       this by checking if we have the last fragment and if all bits
+       in the bitmap are set. */
+    if(uip_reassflags & UIP_REASS_FLAG_LASTFRAG) {
+      /* Check all bytes up to and including all but the last byte in
+	 the bitmap. */
+      for(i = 0; i < uip_reasslen / (8 * 8) - 1; ++i) {
+	if(uip_reassbitmap[i] != 0xff) {
+	  goto nullreturn;
+	}
+      }
+      /* Check the last byte in the bitmap. It should contain just the
+	 right amount of bits. */
+      if(uip_reassbitmap[uip_reasslen / (8 * 8)] !=
+	 (u8_t)~bitmap_bits[uip_reasslen / 8 & 7]) {
+	goto nullreturn;
+      }
+
+      /* If we have come this far, we have a full packet in the
+	 buffer, so we allocate a pbuf and copy the packet into it. We
+	 also reset the timer. */
+      uip_reasstmr = 0;
+      memcpy(BUF, FBUF, uip_reasslen);
+
+      /* Pretend to be a "normal" (i.e., not fragmented) IP packet
+	 from now on. */
+      BUF->ipoffset[0] = BUF->ipoffset[1] = 0;
+      BUF->len[0] = uip_reasslen >> 8;
+      BUF->len[1] = uip_reasslen & 0xff;
+      BUF->ipchksum = 0;
+      BUF->ipchksum = ~(uip_ipchksum());
+
+      return uip_reasslen;
+    }
+  }
+
+ nullreturn:
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif /* UIP_REASSEMBLY */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static void
+uip_add_rcv_nxt(u16_t n)
+{
+  uip_add32(uip_conn->rcv_nxt, n);
+  uip_conn->rcv_nxt[0] = uip_acc32[0];
+  uip_conn->rcv_nxt[1] = uip_acc32[1];
+  uip_conn->rcv_nxt[2] = uip_acc32[2];
+  uip_conn->rcv_nxt[3] = uip_acc32[3];
+}
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+void
+uip_process(u8_t flag)
+{
+  register struct uip_conn *uip_connr = uip_conn;
+
+#if UIP_UDP
+  if(flag == UIP_UDP_SEND_CONN) {
+    goto udp_send;
+  }
+#endif /* UIP_UDP */
+
+  uip_sappdata = uip_appdata = &uip_buf[UIP_IPTCPH_LEN + UIP_LLH_LEN];
+
+  /* Check if we were invoked because of a poll request for a
+     particular connection. */
+  if(flag == UIP_POLL_REQUEST) {
+    if((uip_connr->tcpstateflags & UIP_TS_MASK) == UIP_ESTABLISHED &&
+       !uip_outstanding(uip_connr)) {
+	uip_len = uip_slen = 0;
+	uip_flags = UIP_POLL;
+	UIP_APPCALL();
+	goto appsend;
+    }
+    goto drop;
+
+    /* Check if we were invoked because of the periodic timer firing. */
+  } else if(flag == UIP_TIMER) {
+#if UIP_REASSEMBLY
+    if(uip_reasstmr != 0) {
+      --uip_reasstmr;
+    }
+#endif /* UIP_REASSEMBLY */
+    /* Increase the initial sequence number. */
+    if(++iss[3] == 0) {
+      if(++iss[2] == 0) {
+	if(++iss[1] == 0) {
+	  ++iss[0];
+	}
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Reset the length variables. */
+    uip_len = 0;
+    uip_slen = 0;
+
+    /* Check if the connection is in a state in which we simply wait
+       for the connection to time out. If so, we increase the
+       connection's timer and remove the connection if it times
+       out. */
+    if(uip_connr->tcpstateflags == UIP_TIME_WAIT ||
+       uip_connr->tcpstateflags == UIP_FIN_WAIT_2) {
+      ++(uip_connr->timer);
+      if(uip_connr->timer == UIP_TIME_WAIT_TIMEOUT) {
+	uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_CLOSED;
+      }
+    } else if(uip_connr->tcpstateflags != UIP_CLOSED) {
+      /* If the connection has outstanding data, we increase the
+	 connection's timer and see if it has reached the RTO value
+	 in which case we retransmit. */
+      if(uip_outstanding(uip_connr)) {
+	if(uip_connr->timer-- == 0) {
+	  if(uip_connr->nrtx == UIP_MAXRTX ||
+	     ((uip_connr->tcpstateflags == UIP_SYN_SENT ||
+	       uip_connr->tcpstateflags == UIP_SYN_RCVD) &&
+	      uip_connr->nrtx == UIP_MAXSYNRTX)) {
+	    uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_CLOSED;
+
+	    /* We call UIP_APPCALL() with uip_flags set to
+	       UIP_TIMEDOUT to inform the application that the
+	       connection has timed out. */
+	    uip_flags = UIP_TIMEDOUT;
+	    UIP_APPCALL();
+
+	    /* We also send a reset packet to the remote host. */
+	    BUF->flags = TCP_RST | TCP_ACK;
+	    goto tcp_send_nodata;
+	  }
+
+	  /* Exponential back-off. */
+	  uip_connr->timer = UIP_RTO << (uip_connr->nrtx > 4?
+					 4:
+					 uip_connr->nrtx);
+	  ++(uip_connr->nrtx);
+
+	  /* Ok, so we need to retransmit. We do this differently
+	     depending on which state we are in. In ESTABLISHED, we
+	     call upon the application so that it may prepare the
+	     data for the retransmit. In SYN_RCVD, we resend the
+	     SYNACK that we sent earlier and in LAST_ACK we have to
+	     retransmit our FINACK. */
+	  UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.tcp.rexmit);
+	  switch(uip_connr->tcpstateflags & UIP_TS_MASK) {
+	  case UIP_SYN_RCVD:
+	    /* In the SYN_RCVD state, we should retransmit our
+               SYNACK. */
+	    goto tcp_send_synack;
+
+#if UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN
+	  case UIP_SYN_SENT:
+	    /* In the SYN_SENT state, we retransmit out SYN. */
+	    BUF->flags = 0;
+	    goto tcp_send_syn;
+#endif /* UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN */
+
+	  case UIP_ESTABLISHED:
+	    /* In the ESTABLISHED state, we call upon the application
+               to do the actual retransmit after which we jump into
+               the code for sending out the packet (the apprexmit
+               label). */
+	    uip_flags = UIP_REXMIT;
+	    UIP_APPCALL();
+	    goto apprexmit;
+
+	  case UIP_FIN_WAIT_1:
+	  case UIP_CLOSING:
+	  case UIP_LAST_ACK:
+	    /* In all these states we should retransmit a FINACK. */
+	    goto tcp_send_finack;
+
+	  }
+	}
+      } else if((uip_connr->tcpstateflags & UIP_TS_MASK) == UIP_ESTABLISHED) {
+	/* If there was no need for a retransmission, we poll the
+           application for new data. */
+	uip_len = uip_slen = 0;
+	uip_flags = UIP_POLL;
+	UIP_APPCALL();
+	goto appsend;
+      }
+    }
+    goto drop;
+  }
+#if UIP_UDP
+  if(flag == UIP_UDP_TIMER) {
+    if(uip_udp_conn->lport != 0) {
+      uip_conn = NULL;
+      uip_sappdata = uip_appdata = &uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN + UIP_IPUDPH_LEN];
+      uip_len = uip_slen = 0;
+      uip_flags = UIP_POLL;
+      UIP_UDP_APPCALL();
+      goto udp_send;
+    } else {
+      goto drop;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* This is where the input processing starts. */
+  UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.recv);
+
+  /* Start of IP input header processing code. */
+
+#if UIP_CONF_IPV6
+  /* Check validity of the IP header. */
+  if((BUF->vtc & 0xf0) != 0x60)  { /* IP version and header length. */
+    UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.drop);
+    UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.vhlerr);
+    UIP_LOG("ipv6: invalid version.");
+    goto drop;
+  }
+#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+  /* Check validity of the IP header. */
+  if(BUF->vhl != 0x45)  { /* IP version and header length. */
+    UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.drop);
+    UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.vhlerr);
+    UIP_LOG("ip: invalid version or header length.");
+    goto drop;
+  }
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+
+  /* Check the size of the packet. If the size reported to us in
+     uip_len is smaller the size reported in the IP header, we assume
+     that the packet has been corrupted in transit. If the size of
+     uip_len is larger than the size reported in the IP packet header,
+     the packet has been padded and we set uip_len to the correct
+     value.. */
+
+  if((BUF->len[0] << 8) + BUF->len[1] <= uip_len) {
+    uip_len = (BUF->len[0] << 8) + BUF->len[1];
+#if UIP_CONF_IPV6
+    uip_len += 40; /* The length reported in the IPv6 header is the
+		      length of the payload that follows the
+		      header. However, uIP uses the uip_len variable
+		      for holding the size of the entire packet,
+		      including the IP header. For IPv4 this is not a
+		      problem as the length field in the IPv4 header
+		      contains the length of the entire packet. But
+		      for IPv6 we need to add the size of the IPv6
+		      header (40 bytes). */
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+  } else {
+    UIP_LOG("ip: packet shorter than reported in IP header.");
+    goto drop;
+  }
+
+#if !UIP_CONF_IPV6
+  /* Check the fragment flag. */
+  if((BUF->ipoffset[0] & 0x3f) != 0 ||
+     BUF->ipoffset[1] != 0) {
+#if UIP_REASSEMBLY
+    uip_len = uip_reass();
+    if(uip_len == 0) {
+      goto drop;
+    }
+#else /* UIP_REASSEMBLY */
+    UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.drop);
+    UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.fragerr);
+    UIP_LOG("ip: fragment dropped.");
+    goto drop;
+#endif /* UIP_REASSEMBLY */
+  }
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+
+  if(uip_ipaddr_cmp(&uip_hostaddr, &uip_all_zeroes_addr)) {
+    /* If we are configured to use ping IP address configuration and
+       hasn't been assigned an IP address yet, we accept all ICMP
+       packets. */
+#if UIP_PINGADDRCONF && !UIP_CONF_IPV6
+    if(BUF->proto == UIP_PROTO_ICMP) {
+      UIP_LOG("ip: possible ping config packet received.");
+      goto icmp_input;
+    } else {
+      UIP_LOG("ip: packet dropped since no address assigned.");
+      goto drop;
+    }
+#endif /* UIP_PINGADDRCONF */
+
+  } else {
+    /* If IP broadcast support is configured, we check for a broadcast
+       UDP packet, which may be destined to us. */
+#if UIP_BROADCAST
+    DEBUG_PRINTF("UDP IP checksum 0x%04x\n", uip_ipchksum());
+    if(BUF->proto == UIP_PROTO_UDP &&
+       uip_ipaddr_cmp(&BUF->destipaddr, &uip_broadcast_addr))
+	{
+		if (uip_ipaddr_cmp(&BUF->srcipaddr, &uip_all_zeroes_addr))
+		  uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->srcipaddr, &uip_broadcast_addr);
+
+		goto udp_input;
+    }
+#endif /* UIP_BROADCAST */
+
+    /* Check if the packet is destined for our IP address. */
+#if !UIP_CONF_IPV6
+    if(!uip_ipaddr_cmp(&BUF->destipaddr, &uip_hostaddr)) {
+      UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.drop);
+      goto drop;
+    }
+#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+    /* For IPv6, packet reception is a little trickier as we need to
+       make sure that we listen to certain multicast addresses (all
+       hosts multicast address, and the solicited-node multicast
+       address) as well. However, we will cheat here and accept all
+       multicast packets that are sent to the ff02::/16 addresses. */
+    if(!uip_ipaddr_cmp(&BUF->destipaddr, &uip_hostaddr) &&
+       BUF->destipaddr.u16[0] != HTONS(0xff02)) {
+      UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.drop);
+      goto drop;
+    }
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+  }
+
+#if !UIP_CONF_IPV6
+  if(uip_ipchksum() != 0xffff) { /* Compute and check the IP header
+				    checksum. */
+    UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.drop);
+    UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.chkerr);
+    UIP_LOG("ip: bad checksum.");
+    goto drop;
+  }
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+
+  if(BUF->proto == UIP_PROTO_TCP) { /* Check for TCP packet. If so,
+				       proceed with TCP input
+				       processing. */
+    goto tcp_input;
+  }
+
+#if UIP_UDP
+  if(BUF->proto == UIP_PROTO_UDP) {
+    goto udp_input;
+  }
+#endif /* UIP_UDP */
+
+#if !UIP_CONF_IPV6
+  /* ICMPv4 processing code follows. */
+  if(BUF->proto != UIP_PROTO_ICMP) { /* We only allow ICMP packets from
+					here. */
+    UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.drop);
+    UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.protoerr);
+    UIP_LOG("ip: neither tcp nor icmp.");
+    goto drop;
+  }
+
+#if UIP_PINGADDRCONF
+ icmp_input:
+#endif /* UIP_PINGADDRCONF */
+  UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.icmp.recv);
+
+  /* ICMP echo (i.e., ping) processing. This is simple, we only change
+     the ICMP type from ECHO to ECHO_REPLY and adjust the ICMP
+     checksum before we return the packet. */
+  if(ICMPBUF->type != ICMP_ECHO) {
+    UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.icmp.drop);
+    UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.icmp.typeerr);
+    UIP_LOG("icmp: not icmp echo.");
+    goto drop;
+  }
+
+  /* If we are configured to use ping IP address assignment, we use
+     the destination IP address of this ping packet and assign it to
+     yourself. */
+#if UIP_PINGADDRCONF
+  if(uip_ipaddr_cmp(&uip_hostaddr, &uip_all_zeroes_addr)) {
+    uip_hostaddr = BUF->destipaddr;
+  }
+#endif /* UIP_PINGADDRCONF */
+
+  ICMPBUF->type = ICMP_ECHO_REPLY;
+
+  if(ICMPBUF->icmpchksum >= HTONS(0xffff - (ICMP_ECHO << 8))) {
+    ICMPBUF->icmpchksum += HTONS(ICMP_ECHO << 8) + 1;
+  } else {
+    ICMPBUF->icmpchksum += HTONS(ICMP_ECHO << 8);
+  }
+
+  /* Swap IP addresses. */
+  uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->destipaddr, &BUF->srcipaddr);
+  uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->srcipaddr, &uip_hostaddr);
+
+  UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.icmp.sent);
+  BUF->ttl = UIP_TTL;
+  goto ip_send_nolen;
+
+  /* End of IPv4 input header processing code. */
+#else /* !UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+
+  /* This is IPv6 ICMPv6 processing code. */
+  DEBUG_PRINTF("icmp6_input: length %d\n", uip_len);
+
+  if(BUF->proto != UIP_PROTO_ICMP6) { /* We only allow ICMPv6 packets from
+					 here. */
+    UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.drop);
+    UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.protoerr);
+    UIP_LOG("ip: neither tcp nor icmp6.");
+    goto drop;
+  }
+
+  UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.icmp.recv);
+
+  /* If we get a neighbor solicitation for our address we should send
+     a neighbor advertisement message back. */
+  if(ICMPBUF->type == ICMP6_NEIGHBOR_SOLICITATION) {
+    if(uip_ipaddr_cmp(&ICMPBUF->icmp6data, &uip_hostaddr)) {
+
+      if(ICMPBUF->options[0] == ICMP6_OPTION_SOURCE_LINK_ADDRESS) {
+	/* Save the sender's address in our neighbor list. */
+	uip_neighbor_add(&ICMPBUF->srcipaddr, &(ICMPBUF->options[2]));
+      }
+
+      /* We should now send a neighbor advertisement back to where the
+	 neighbor solicitation came from. */
+      ICMPBUF->type = ICMP6_NEIGHBOR_ADVERTISEMENT;
+      ICMPBUF->flags = ICMP6_FLAG_S; /* Solicited flag. */
+
+      ICMPBUF->reserved1 = ICMPBUF->reserved2 = ICMPBUF->reserved3 = 0;
+
+      uip_ipaddr_copy(&ICMPBUF->destipaddr, &ICMPBUF->srcipaddr);
+      uip_ipaddr_copy(&ICMPBUF->srcipaddr, &uip_hostaddr);
+      ICMPBUF->options[0] = ICMP6_OPTION_TARGET_LINK_ADDRESS;
+      ICMPBUF->options[1] = 1;  /* Options length, 1 = 8 bytes. */
+      memcpy(&(ICMPBUF->options[2]), &uip_ethaddr, sizeof(uip_ethaddr));
+      ICMPBUF->icmpchksum = 0;
+      ICMPBUF->icmpchksum = ~uip_icmp6chksum();
+
+      goto send;
+
+    }
+    goto drop;
+  } else if(ICMPBUF->type == ICMP6_ECHO) {
+    /* ICMP echo (i.e., ping) processing. This is simple, we only
+       change the ICMP type from ECHO to ECHO_REPLY and update the
+       ICMP checksum before we return the packet. */
+
+    ICMPBUF->type = ICMP6_ECHO_REPLY;
+
+    uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->destipaddr, &BUF->srcipaddr);
+    uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->srcipaddr, &uip_hostaddr);
+    ICMPBUF->icmpchksum = 0;
+    ICMPBUF->icmpchksum = ~uip_icmp6chksum();
+
+    UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.icmp.sent);
+    goto send;
+  } else {
+    DEBUG_PRINTF("Unknown icmp6 message type %d\n", ICMPBUF->type);
+    UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.icmp.drop);
+    UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.icmp.typeerr);
+    UIP_LOG("icmp: unknown ICMP message.");
+    goto drop;
+  }
+
+  /* End of IPv6 ICMP processing. */
+
+#endif /* !UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+
+#if UIP_UDP
+  /* UDP input processing. */
+ udp_input:
+  /* UDP processing is really just a hack. We don't do anything to the
+     UDP/IP headers, but let the UDP application do all the hard
+     work. If the application sets uip_slen, it has a packet to
+     send. */
+#if UIP_UDP_CHECKSUMS
+  uip_len = uip_len - UIP_IPUDPH_LEN;
+  uip_appdata = &uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN + UIP_IPUDPH_LEN];
+  if(UDPBUF->udpchksum != 0 && uip_udpchksum() != 0xffff) {
+    UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.udp.drop);
+    UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.udp.chkerr);
+    UIP_LOG("udp: bad checksum.");
+    goto drop;
+  }
+#else /* UIP_UDP_CHECKSUMS */
+  uip_len = uip_len - UIP_IPUDPH_LEN;
+#endif /* UIP_UDP_CHECKSUMS */
+
+  /* Demultiplex this UDP packet between the UDP "connections". */
+  for(uip_udp_conn = &uip_udp_conns[0];
+      uip_udp_conn < &uip_udp_conns[UIP_UDP_CONNS];
+      ++uip_udp_conn) {
+    /* If the local UDP port is non-zero, the connection is considered
+       to be used. If so, the local port number is checked against the
+       destination port number in the received packet. If the two port
+       numbers match, the remote port number is checked if the
+       connection is bound to a remote port. Finally, if the
+       connection is bound to a remote IP address, the source IP
+       address of the packet is checked. */
+    if(uip_udp_conn->lport != 0 &&
+       UDPBUF->destport == uip_udp_conn->lport &&
+       (uip_udp_conn->rport == 0 ||
+        UDPBUF->srcport == uip_udp_conn->rport) &&
+       (uip_ipaddr_cmp(&uip_udp_conn->ripaddr, &uip_all_zeroes_addr) ||
+	uip_ipaddr_cmp(&uip_udp_conn->ripaddr, &uip_broadcast_addr) ||
+	uip_ipaddr_cmp(&BUF->srcipaddr, &uip_udp_conn->ripaddr))) {
+      goto udp_found;
+    }
+  }
+  UIP_LOG("udp: no matching connection found");
+#if UIP_CONF_ICMP_DEST_UNREACH && !UIP_CONF_IPV6
+  /* Copy fields from packet header into payload of this ICMP packet. */
+  memcpy(&(ICMPBUF->payload[0]), ICMPBUF, UIP_IPH_LEN + 8);
+
+  /* Set the ICMP type and code. */
+  ICMPBUF->type = ICMP_DEST_UNREACHABLE;
+  ICMPBUF->icode = ICMP_PORT_UNREACHABLE;
+
+  /* Calculate the ICMP checksum. */
+  ICMPBUF->icmpchksum = 0;
+  ICMPBUF->icmpchksum = ~uip_chksum((u16_t *)&(ICMPBUF->type), 36);
+
+  /* Set the IP destination address to be the source address of the
+     original packet. */
+  uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->destipaddr, &BUF->srcipaddr);
+
+  /* Set our IP address as the source address. */
+  uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->srcipaddr, &uip_hostaddr);
+
+  /* The size of the ICMP destination unreachable packet is 36 + the
+     size of the IP header (20) = 56. */
+  uip_len = 36 + UIP_IPH_LEN;
+  ICMPBUF->len[0] = 0;
+  ICMPBUF->len[1] = (u8_t)uip_len;
+  ICMPBUF->ttl = UIP_TTL;
+  ICMPBUF->proto = UIP_PROTO_ICMP;
+
+  goto ip_send_nolen;
+#else /* UIP_CONF_ICMP_DEST_UNREACH */
+  goto drop;
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_ICMP_DEST_UNREACH */
+
+ udp_found:
+  uip_conn = NULL;
+  uip_flags = UIP_NEWDATA;
+  uip_sappdata = uip_appdata = &uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN + UIP_IPUDPH_LEN];
+  uip_slen = 0;
+  UIP_UDP_APPCALL();
+
+ udp_send:
+  if(uip_slen == 0) {
+    goto drop;
+  }
+  uip_len = uip_slen + UIP_IPUDPH_LEN;
+
+#if UIP_CONF_IPV6
+  /* For IPv6, the IP length field does not include the IPv6 IP header
+     length. */
+  BUF->len[0] = ((uip_len - UIP_IPH_LEN) >> 8);
+  BUF->len[1] = ((uip_len - UIP_IPH_LEN) & 0xff);
+#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+  BUF->len[0] = (uip_len >> 8);
+  BUF->len[1] = (uip_len & 0xff);
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+
+  BUF->ttl = uip_udp_conn->ttl;
+  BUF->proto = UIP_PROTO_UDP;
+
+  UDPBUF->udplen = HTONS(uip_slen + UIP_UDPH_LEN);
+  UDPBUF->udpchksum = 0;
+
+  BUF->srcport  = uip_udp_conn->lport;
+  BUF->destport = uip_udp_conn->rport;
+
+  uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->srcipaddr, &uip_hostaddr);
+  uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->destipaddr, &uip_udp_conn->ripaddr);
+
+  uip_appdata = &uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN + UIP_IPTCPH_LEN];
+
+#if UIP_UDP_CHECKSUMS
+  /* Calculate UDP checksum. */
+  UDPBUF->udpchksum = ~(uip_udpchksum());
+  if(UDPBUF->udpchksum == 0) {
+    UDPBUF->udpchksum = 0xffff;
+  }
+#endif /* UIP_UDP_CHECKSUMS */
+
+  goto ip_send_nolen;
+#endif /* UIP_UDP */
+
+  /* TCP input processing. */
+ tcp_input:
+  UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.tcp.recv);
+
+  /* Start of TCP input header processing code. */
+
+  if(uip_tcpchksum() != 0xffff) {   /* Compute and check the TCP
+				       checksum. */
+    UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.tcp.drop);
+    UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.tcp.chkerr);
+    UIP_LOG("tcp: bad checksum.");
+    goto drop;
+  }
+
+  /* Demultiplex this segment. */
+  /* First check any active connections. */
+  for(uip_connr = &uip_conns[0]; uip_connr <= &uip_conns[UIP_CONNS - 1];
+      ++uip_connr) {
+    if(uip_connr->tcpstateflags != UIP_CLOSED &&
+       BUF->destport == uip_connr->lport &&
+       BUF->srcport == uip_connr->rport &&
+       uip_ipaddr_cmp(&BUF->srcipaddr, &uip_connr->ripaddr)) {
+      goto found;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If we didn't find and active connection that expected the packet,
+     either this packet is an old duplicate, or this is a SYN packet
+     destined for a connection in LISTEN. If the SYN flag isn't set,
+     it is an old packet and we send a RST. */
+  if((BUF->flags & TCP_CTL) != TCP_SYN) {
+    goto reset;
+  }
+
+  tmp16 = BUF->destport;
+  /* Next, check listening connections. */
+  for(c = 0; c < UIP_LISTENPORTS; ++c) {
+    if(tmp16 == uip_listenports[c]) {
+      goto found_listen;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* No matching connection found, so we send a RST packet. */
+  UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.tcp.synrst);
+
+ reset:
+  /* We do not send resets in response to resets. */
+  if(BUF->flags & TCP_RST) {
+    goto drop;
+  }
+
+  UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.tcp.rst);
+
+  BUF->flags = TCP_RST | TCP_ACK;
+  uip_len = UIP_IPTCPH_LEN;
+  BUF->tcpoffset = 5 << 4;
+
+  /* Flip the seqno and ackno fields in the TCP header. */
+  c = BUF->seqno[3];
+  BUF->seqno[3] = BUF->ackno[3];
+  BUF->ackno[3] = c;
+
+  c = BUF->seqno[2];
+  BUF->seqno[2] = BUF->ackno[2];
+  BUF->ackno[2] = c;
+
+  c = BUF->seqno[1];
+  BUF->seqno[1] = BUF->ackno[1];
+  BUF->ackno[1] = c;
+
+  c = BUF->seqno[0];
+  BUF->seqno[0] = BUF->ackno[0];
+  BUF->ackno[0] = c;
+
+  /* We also have to increase the sequence number we are
+     acknowledging. If the least significant byte overflowed, we need
+     to propagate the carry to the other bytes as well. */
+  if(++BUF->ackno[3] == 0) {
+    if(++BUF->ackno[2] == 0) {
+      if(++BUF->ackno[1] == 0) {
+	++BUF->ackno[0];
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Swap port numbers. */
+  tmp16 = BUF->srcport;
+  BUF->srcport = BUF->destport;
+  BUF->destport = tmp16;
+
+  /* Swap IP addresses. */
+  uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->destipaddr, &BUF->srcipaddr);
+  uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->srcipaddr, &uip_hostaddr);
+
+  /* And send out the RST packet! */
+  goto tcp_send_noconn;
+
+  /* This label will be jumped to if we matched the incoming packet
+     with a connection in LISTEN. In that case, we should create a new
+     connection and send a SYNACK in return. */
+ found_listen:
+  /* First we check if there are any connections available. Unused
+     connections are kept in the same table as used connections, but
+     unused ones have the tcpstate set to CLOSED. Also, connections in
+     TIME_WAIT are kept track of and we'll use the oldest one if no
+     CLOSED connections are found. Thanks to Eddie C. Dost for a very
+     nice algorithm for the TIME_WAIT search. */
+  uip_connr = 0;
+  for(c = 0; c < UIP_CONNS; ++c) {
+    if(uip_conns[c].tcpstateflags == UIP_CLOSED) {
+      uip_connr = &uip_conns[c];
+      break;
+    }
+    if(uip_conns[c].tcpstateflags == UIP_TIME_WAIT) {
+      if(uip_connr == 0 ||
+	 uip_conns[c].timer > uip_connr->timer) {
+	uip_connr = &uip_conns[c];
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if(uip_connr == 0) {
+    /* All connections are used already, we drop packet and hope that
+       the remote end will retransmit the packet at a time when we
+       have more spare connections. */
+    UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.tcp.syndrop);
+    UIP_LOG("tcp: found no unused connections.");
+    goto drop;
+  }
+  uip_conn = uip_connr;
+
+  /* Fill in the necessary fields for the new connection. */
+  uip_connr->rto = uip_connr->timer = UIP_RTO;
+  uip_connr->sa = 0;
+  uip_connr->sv = 4;
+  uip_connr->nrtx = 0;
+  uip_connr->lport = BUF->destport;
+  uip_connr->rport = BUF->srcport;
+  uip_ipaddr_copy(&uip_connr->ripaddr, &BUF->srcipaddr);
+  uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_SYN_RCVD;
+
+  uip_connr->snd_nxt[0] = iss[0];
+  uip_connr->snd_nxt[1] = iss[1];
+  uip_connr->snd_nxt[2] = iss[2];
+  uip_connr->snd_nxt[3] = iss[3];
+  uip_connr->len = 1;
+
+  /* rcv_nxt should be the seqno from the incoming packet + 1. */
+  uip_connr->rcv_nxt[3] = BUF->seqno[3];
+  uip_connr->rcv_nxt[2] = BUF->seqno[2];
+  uip_connr->rcv_nxt[1] = BUF->seqno[1];
+  uip_connr->rcv_nxt[0] = BUF->seqno[0];
+  uip_add_rcv_nxt(1);
+
+  /* Parse the TCP MSS option, if present. */
+  if((BUF->tcpoffset & 0xf0) > 0x50) {
+    for(c = 0; c < ((BUF->tcpoffset >> 4) - 5) << 2 ;) {
+      opt = uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + c];
+      if(opt == TCP_OPT_END) {
+	/* End of options. */
+	break;
+      } else if(opt == TCP_OPT_NOOP) {
+	++c;
+	/* NOP option. */
+      } else if(opt == TCP_OPT_MSS &&
+		uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + 1 + c] == TCP_OPT_MSS_LEN) {
+	/* An MSS option with the right option length. */
+	tmp16 = ((u16_t)uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + 2 + c] << 8) |
+	  (u16_t)uip_buf[UIP_IPTCPH_LEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + 3 + c];
+	uip_connr->initialmss = uip_connr->mss =
+	  tmp16 > UIP_TCP_MSS? UIP_TCP_MSS: tmp16;
+
+	/* And we are done processing options. */
+	break;
+      } else {
+	/* All other options have a length field, so that we easily
+	   can skip past them. */
+	if(uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + 1 + c] == 0) {
+	  /* If the length field is zero, the options are malformed
+	     and we don't process them further. */
+	  break;
+	}
+	c += uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + 1 + c];
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Our response will be a SYNACK. */
+#if UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN
+ tcp_send_synack:
+  BUF->flags = TCP_ACK;
+
+ tcp_send_syn:
+  BUF->flags |= TCP_SYN;
+#else /* UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN */
+ tcp_send_synack:
+  BUF->flags = TCP_SYN | TCP_ACK;
+#endif /* UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN */
+
+  /* We send out the TCP Maximum Segment Size option with our
+     SYNACK. */
+  BUF->optdata[0] = TCP_OPT_MSS;
+  BUF->optdata[1] = TCP_OPT_MSS_LEN;
+  BUF->optdata[2] = (UIP_TCP_MSS) / 256;
+  BUF->optdata[3] = (UIP_TCP_MSS) & 255;
+  uip_len = UIP_IPTCPH_LEN + TCP_OPT_MSS_LEN;
+  BUF->tcpoffset = ((UIP_TCPH_LEN + TCP_OPT_MSS_LEN) / 4) << 4;
+  goto tcp_send;
+
+  /* This label will be jumped to if we found an active connection. */
+ found:
+  uip_conn = uip_connr;
+  uip_flags = 0;
+  /* We do a very naive form of TCP reset processing; we just accept
+     any RST and kill our connection. We should in fact check if the
+     sequence number of this reset is within our advertised window
+     before we accept the reset. */
+  if(BUF->flags & TCP_RST) {
+    uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_CLOSED;
+    UIP_LOG("tcp: got reset, aborting connection.");
+    uip_flags = UIP_ABORT;
+    UIP_APPCALL();
+    goto drop;
+  }
+  /* Calculate the length of the data, if the application has sent
+     any data to us. */
+  c = (BUF->tcpoffset >> 4) << 2;
+  /* uip_len will contain the length of the actual TCP data. This is
+     calculated by subtracing the length of the TCP header (in
+     c) and the length of the IP header (20 bytes). */
+  uip_len = uip_len - c - UIP_IPH_LEN;
+
+  /* First, check if the sequence number of the incoming packet is
+     what we're expecting next. If not, we send out an ACK with the
+     correct numbers in. */
+  if(!(((uip_connr->tcpstateflags & UIP_TS_MASK) == UIP_SYN_SENT) &&
+       ((BUF->flags & TCP_CTL) == (TCP_SYN | TCP_ACK)))) {
+    if((uip_len > 0 || ((BUF->flags & (TCP_SYN | TCP_FIN)) != 0)) &&
+       (BUF->seqno[0] != uip_connr->rcv_nxt[0] ||
+	BUF->seqno[1] != uip_connr->rcv_nxt[1] ||
+	BUF->seqno[2] != uip_connr->rcv_nxt[2] ||
+	BUF->seqno[3] != uip_connr->rcv_nxt[3])) {
+      goto tcp_send_ack;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Next, check if the incoming segment acknowledges any outstanding
+     data. If so, we update the sequence number, reset the length of
+     the outstanding data, calculate RTT estimations, and reset the
+     retransmission timer. */
+  if((BUF->flags & TCP_ACK) && uip_outstanding(uip_connr)) {
+    uip_add32(uip_connr->snd_nxt, uip_connr->len);
+
+    if(BUF->ackno[0] == uip_acc32[0] &&
+       BUF->ackno[1] == uip_acc32[1] &&
+       BUF->ackno[2] == uip_acc32[2] &&
+       BUF->ackno[3] == uip_acc32[3]) {
+      /* Update sequence number. */
+      uip_connr->snd_nxt[0] = uip_acc32[0];
+      uip_connr->snd_nxt[1] = uip_acc32[1];
+      uip_connr->snd_nxt[2] = uip_acc32[2];
+      uip_connr->snd_nxt[3] = uip_acc32[3];
+
+      /* Do RTT estimation, unless we have done retransmissions. */
+      if(uip_connr->nrtx == 0) {
+	signed char m;
+	m = uip_connr->rto - uip_connr->timer;
+	/* This is taken directly from VJs original code in his paper */
+	m = m - (uip_connr->sa >> 3);
+	uip_connr->sa += m;
+	if(m < 0) {
+	  m = -m;
+	}
+	m = m - (uip_connr->sv >> 2);
+	uip_connr->sv += m;
+	uip_connr->rto = (uip_connr->sa >> 3) + uip_connr->sv;
+
+      }
+      /* Set the acknowledged flag. */
+      uip_flags = UIP_ACKDATA;
+      /* Reset the retransmission timer. */
+      uip_connr->timer = uip_connr->rto;
+
+      /* Reset length of outstanding data. */
+      uip_connr->len = 0;
+    }
+
+  }
+
+  /* Do different things depending on in what state the connection is. */
+  switch(uip_connr->tcpstateflags & UIP_TS_MASK) {
+    /* CLOSED and LISTEN are not handled here. CLOSE_WAIT is not
+	implemented, since we force the application to close when the
+	peer sends a FIN (hence the application goes directly from
+	ESTABLISHED to LAST_ACK). */
+  case UIP_SYN_RCVD:
+    /* In SYN_RCVD we have sent out a SYNACK in response to a SYN, and
+       we are waiting for an ACK that acknowledges the data we sent
+       out the last time. Therefore, we want to have the UIP_ACKDATA
+       flag set. If so, we enter the ESTABLISHED state. */
+    if(uip_flags & UIP_ACKDATA) {
+      uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_ESTABLISHED;
+      uip_flags = UIP_CONNECTED;
+      uip_connr->len = 0;
+      if(uip_len > 0) {
+        uip_flags |= UIP_NEWDATA;
+        uip_add_rcv_nxt(uip_len);
+      }
+      uip_slen = 0;
+      UIP_APPCALL();
+      goto appsend;
+    }
+    goto drop;
+#if UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN
+  case UIP_SYN_SENT:
+    /* In SYN_SENT, we wait for a SYNACK that is sent in response to
+       our SYN. The rcv_nxt is set to sequence number in the SYNACK
+       plus one, and we send an ACK. We move into the ESTABLISHED
+       state. */
+    if((uip_flags & UIP_ACKDATA) &&
+       (BUF->flags & TCP_CTL) == (TCP_SYN | TCP_ACK)) {
+
+      /* Parse the TCP MSS option, if present. */
+      if((BUF->tcpoffset & 0xf0) > 0x50) {
+	for(c = 0; c < ((BUF->tcpoffset >> 4) - 5) << 2 ;) {
+	  opt = uip_buf[UIP_IPTCPH_LEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + c];
+	  if(opt == TCP_OPT_END) {
+	    /* End of options. */
+	    break;
+	  } else if(opt == TCP_OPT_NOOP) {
+	    ++c;
+	    /* NOP option. */
+	  } else if(opt == TCP_OPT_MSS &&
+		    uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + 1 + c] == TCP_OPT_MSS_LEN) {
+	    /* An MSS option with the right option length. */
+	    tmp16 = (uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + 2 + c] << 8) |
+	      uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + 3 + c];
+	    uip_connr->initialmss =
+	      uip_connr->mss = tmp16 > UIP_TCP_MSS? UIP_TCP_MSS: tmp16;
+
+	    /* And we are done processing options. */
+	    break;
+	  } else {
+	    /* All other options have a length field, so that we easily
+	       can skip past them. */
+	    if(uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + 1 + c] == 0) {
+	      /* If the length field is zero, the options are malformed
+		 and we don't process them further. */
+	      break;
+	    }
+	    c += uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN + 1 + c];
+	  }
+	}
+      }
+      uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_ESTABLISHED;
+      uip_connr->rcv_nxt[0] = BUF->seqno[0];
+      uip_connr->rcv_nxt[1] = BUF->seqno[1];
+      uip_connr->rcv_nxt[2] = BUF->seqno[2];
+      uip_connr->rcv_nxt[3] = BUF->seqno[3];
+      uip_add_rcv_nxt(1);
+      uip_flags = UIP_CONNECTED | UIP_NEWDATA;
+      uip_connr->len = 0;
+      uip_len = 0;
+      uip_slen = 0;
+      UIP_APPCALL();
+      goto appsend;
+    }
+    /* Inform the application that the connection failed */
+    uip_flags = UIP_ABORT;
+    UIP_APPCALL();
+    /* The connection is closed after we send the RST */
+    uip_conn->tcpstateflags = UIP_CLOSED;
+    goto reset;
+#endif /* UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN */
+
+  case UIP_ESTABLISHED:
+    /* In the ESTABLISHED state, we call upon the application to feed
+    data into the uip_buf. If the UIP_ACKDATA flag is set, the
+    application should put new data into the buffer, otherwise we are
+    retransmitting an old segment, and the application should put that
+    data into the buffer.
+
+    If the incoming packet is a FIN, we should close the connection on
+    this side as well, and we send out a FIN and enter the LAST_ACK
+    state. We require that there is no outstanding data; otherwise the
+    sequence numbers will be screwed up. */
+
+    if(BUF->flags & TCP_FIN && !(uip_connr->tcpstateflags & UIP_STOPPED)) {
+      if(uip_outstanding(uip_connr)) {
+	goto drop;
+      }
+      uip_add_rcv_nxt(1 + uip_len);
+      uip_flags |= UIP_CLOSE;
+      if(uip_len > 0) {
+	uip_flags |= UIP_NEWDATA;
+      }
+      UIP_APPCALL();
+      uip_connr->len = 1;
+      uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_LAST_ACK;
+      uip_connr->nrtx = 0;
+    tcp_send_finack:
+      BUF->flags = TCP_FIN | TCP_ACK;
+      goto tcp_send_nodata;
+    }
+
+    /* Check the URG flag. If this is set, the segment carries urgent
+       data that we must pass to the application. */
+    if((BUF->flags & TCP_URG) != 0) {
+#if UIP_URGDATA > 0
+      uip_urglen = (BUF->urgp[0] << 8) | BUF->urgp[1];
+      if(uip_urglen > uip_len) {
+	/* There is more urgent data in the next segment to come. */
+	uip_urglen = uip_len;
+      }
+      uip_add_rcv_nxt(uip_urglen);
+      uip_len -= uip_urglen;
+      uip_urgdata = uip_appdata;
+      uip_appdata += uip_urglen;
+    } else {
+      uip_urglen = 0;
+#else /* UIP_URGDATA > 0 */
+      uip_appdata = ((char *)uip_appdata) + ((BUF->urgp[0] << 8) | BUF->urgp[1]);
+      uip_len -= (BUF->urgp[0] << 8) | BUF->urgp[1];
+#endif /* UIP_URGDATA > 0 */
+    }
+
+    /* If uip_len > 0 we have TCP data in the packet, and we flag this
+       by setting the UIP_NEWDATA flag and update the sequence number
+       we acknowledge. If the application has stopped the dataflow
+       using uip_stop(), we must not accept any data packets from the
+       remote host. */
+    if(uip_len > 0 && !(uip_connr->tcpstateflags & UIP_STOPPED)) {
+      uip_flags |= UIP_NEWDATA;
+      uip_add_rcv_nxt(uip_len);
+    }
+
+    /* Check if the available buffer space advertised by the other end
+       is smaller than the initial MSS for this connection. If so, we
+       set the current MSS to the window size to ensure that the
+       application does not send more data than the other end can
+       handle.
+
+       If the remote host advertises a zero window, we set the MSS to
+       the initial MSS so that the application will send an entire MSS
+       of data. This data will not be acknowledged by the receiver,
+       and the application will retransmit it. This is called the
+       "persistent timer" and uses the retransmission mechanism.
+    */
+    tmp16 = ((u16_t)BUF->wnd[0] << 8) + (u16_t)BUF->wnd[1];
+    if(tmp16 > uip_connr->initialmss ||
+       tmp16 == 0) {
+      tmp16 = uip_connr->initialmss;
+    }
+    uip_connr->mss = tmp16;
+
+    /* If this packet constitutes an ACK for outstanding data (flagged
+       by the UIP_ACKDATA flag, we should call the application since it
+       might want to send more data. If the incoming packet had data
+       from the peer (as flagged by the UIP_NEWDATA flag), the
+       application must also be notified.
+
+       When the application is called, the global variable uip_len
+       contains the length of the incoming data. The application can
+       access the incoming data through the global pointer
+       uip_appdata, which usually points UIP_IPTCPH_LEN + UIP_LLH_LEN
+       bytes into the uip_buf array.
+
+       If the application wishes to send any data, this data should be
+       put into the uip_appdata and the length of the data should be
+       put into uip_len. If the application don't have any data to
+       send, uip_len must be set to 0. */
+    if(uip_flags & (UIP_NEWDATA | UIP_ACKDATA)) {
+      uip_slen = 0;
+      UIP_APPCALL();
+
+    appsend:
+
+      if(uip_flags & UIP_ABORT) {
+	uip_slen = 0;
+	uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_CLOSED;
+	BUF->flags = TCP_RST | TCP_ACK;
+	goto tcp_send_nodata;
+      }
+
+      if(uip_flags & UIP_CLOSE) {
+	uip_slen = 0;
+	uip_connr->len = 1;
+	uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_FIN_WAIT_1;
+	uip_connr->nrtx = 0;
+	BUF->flags = TCP_FIN | TCP_ACK;
+	goto tcp_send_nodata;
+      }
+
+      /* If uip_slen > 0, the application has data to be sent. */
+      if(uip_slen > 0) {
+
+	/* If the connection has acknowledged data, the contents of
+	   the ->len variable should be discarded. */
+	if((uip_flags & UIP_ACKDATA) != 0) {
+	  uip_connr->len = 0;
+	}
+
+	/* If the ->len variable is non-zero the connection has
+	   already data in transit and cannot send anymore right
+	   now. */
+	if(uip_connr->len == 0) {
+
+	  /* The application cannot send more than what is allowed by
+	     the mss (the minumum of the MSS and the available
+	     window). */
+	  if(uip_slen > uip_connr->mss) {
+	    uip_slen = uip_connr->mss;
+	  }
+
+	  /* Remember how much data we send out now so that we know
+	     when everything has been acknowledged. */
+	  uip_connr->len = uip_slen;
+	} else {
+
+	  /* If the application already had unacknowledged data, we
+	     make sure that the application does not send (i.e.,
+	     retransmit) out more than it previously sent out. */
+	  uip_slen = uip_connr->len;
+	}
+      }
+      uip_connr->nrtx = 0;
+    apprexmit:
+      uip_appdata = uip_sappdata;
+
+      /* If the application has data to be sent, or if the incoming
+         packet had new data in it, we must send out a packet. */
+      if(uip_slen > 0 && uip_connr->len > 0) {
+	/* Add the length of the IP and TCP headers. */
+	uip_len = uip_connr->len + UIP_TCPIP_HLEN;
+	/* We always set the ACK flag in response packets. */
+	BUF->flags = TCP_ACK | TCP_PSH;
+	/* Send the packet. */
+	goto tcp_send_noopts;
+      }
+      /* If there is no data to send, just send out a pure ACK if
+	 there is newdata. */
+      if(uip_flags & UIP_NEWDATA) {
+	uip_len = UIP_TCPIP_HLEN;
+	BUF->flags = TCP_ACK;
+	goto tcp_send_noopts;
+      }
+    }
+    goto drop;
+  case UIP_LAST_ACK:
+    /* We can close this connection if the peer has acknowledged our
+       FIN. This is indicated by the UIP_ACKDATA flag. */
+    if(uip_flags & UIP_ACKDATA) {
+      uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_CLOSED;
+      uip_flags = UIP_CLOSE;
+      UIP_APPCALL();
+    }
+    break;
+
+  case UIP_FIN_WAIT_1:
+    /* The application has closed the connection, but the remote host
+       hasn't closed its end yet. Thus we do nothing but wait for a
+       FIN from the other side. */
+    if(uip_len > 0) {
+      uip_add_rcv_nxt(uip_len);
+    }
+    if(BUF->flags & TCP_FIN) {
+      if(uip_flags & UIP_ACKDATA) {
+	uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_TIME_WAIT;
+	uip_connr->timer = 0;
+	uip_connr->len = 0;
+      } else {
+	uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_CLOSING;
+      }
+      uip_add_rcv_nxt(1);
+      uip_flags = UIP_CLOSE;
+      UIP_APPCALL();
+      goto tcp_send_ack;
+    } else if(uip_flags & UIP_ACKDATA) {
+      uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_FIN_WAIT_2;
+      uip_connr->len = 0;
+      goto drop;
+    }
+    if(uip_len > 0) {
+      goto tcp_send_ack;
+    }
+    goto drop;
+
+  case UIP_FIN_WAIT_2:
+    if(uip_len > 0) {
+      uip_add_rcv_nxt(uip_len);
+    }
+    if(BUF->flags & TCP_FIN) {
+      uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_TIME_WAIT;
+      uip_connr->timer = 0;
+      uip_add_rcv_nxt(1);
+      uip_flags = UIP_CLOSE;
+      UIP_APPCALL();
+      goto tcp_send_ack;
+    }
+    if(uip_len > 0) {
+      goto tcp_send_ack;
+    }
+    goto drop;
+
+  case UIP_TIME_WAIT:
+    goto tcp_send_ack;
+
+  case UIP_CLOSING:
+    if(uip_flags & UIP_ACKDATA) {
+      uip_connr->tcpstateflags = UIP_TIME_WAIT;
+      uip_connr->timer = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  goto drop;
+
+  /* We jump here when we are ready to send the packet, and just want
+     to set the appropriate TCP sequence numbers in the TCP header. */
+ tcp_send_ack:
+  BUF->flags = TCP_ACK;
+
+ tcp_send_nodata:
+  uip_len = UIP_IPTCPH_LEN;
+
+ tcp_send_noopts:
+  BUF->tcpoffset = (UIP_TCPH_LEN / 4) << 4;
+
+  /* We're done with the input processing. We are now ready to send a
+     reply. Our job is to fill in all the fields of the TCP and IP
+     headers before calculating the checksum and finally send the
+     packet. */
+ tcp_send:
+  BUF->ackno[0] = uip_connr->rcv_nxt[0];
+  BUF->ackno[1] = uip_connr->rcv_nxt[1];
+  BUF->ackno[2] = uip_connr->rcv_nxt[2];
+  BUF->ackno[3] = uip_connr->rcv_nxt[3];
+
+  BUF->seqno[0] = uip_connr->snd_nxt[0];
+  BUF->seqno[1] = uip_connr->snd_nxt[1];
+  BUF->seqno[2] = uip_connr->snd_nxt[2];
+  BUF->seqno[3] = uip_connr->snd_nxt[3];
+
+  BUF->proto = UIP_PROTO_TCP;
+
+  BUF->srcport  = uip_connr->lport;
+  BUF->destport = uip_connr->rport;
+
+  uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->srcipaddr, &uip_hostaddr);
+  uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->destipaddr, &uip_connr->ripaddr);
+
+  if(uip_connr->tcpstateflags & UIP_STOPPED) {
+    /* If the connection has issued uip_stop(), we advertise a zero
+       window so that the remote host will stop sending data. */
+    BUF->wnd[0] = BUF->wnd[1] = 0;
+  } else {
+    BUF->wnd[0] = ((UIP_RECEIVE_WINDOW) >> 8);
+    BUF->wnd[1] = ((UIP_RECEIVE_WINDOW) & 0xff);
+  }
+
+ tcp_send_noconn:
+  BUF->ttl = UIP_TTL;
+#if UIP_CONF_IPV6
+  /* For IPv6, the IP length field does not include the IPv6 IP header
+     length. */
+  BUF->len[0] = ((uip_len - UIP_IPH_LEN) >> 8);
+  BUF->len[1] = ((uip_len - UIP_IPH_LEN) & 0xff);
+#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+  BUF->len[0] = (uip_len >> 8);
+  BUF->len[1] = (uip_len & 0xff);
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+
+  BUF->urgp[0] = BUF->urgp[1] = 0;
+
+  /* Calculate TCP checksum. */
+  BUF->tcpchksum = 0;
+  BUF->tcpchksum = ~(uip_tcpchksum());
+
+ ip_send_nolen:
+#if UIP_CONF_IPV6
+  BUF->vtc = 0x60;
+  BUF->tcflow = 0x00;
+  BUF->flow = 0x00;
+#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+  BUF->vhl = 0x45;
+  BUF->tos = 0;
+  BUF->ipoffset[0] = BUF->ipoffset[1] = 0;
+  ++ipid;
+  BUF->ipid[0] = ipid >> 8;
+  BUF->ipid[1] = ipid & 0xff;
+  /* Calculate IP checksum. */
+  BUF->ipchksum = 0;
+  BUF->ipchksum = ~(uip_ipchksum());
+  DEBUG_PRINTF("uip ip_send_nolen: checksum 0x%04x\n", uip_ipchksum());
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+  UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.tcp.sent);
+#if UIP_CONF_IPV6
+ send:
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+  DEBUG_PRINTF("Sending packet with length %d (%d)\n", uip_len,
+	       (BUF->len[0] << 8) | BUF->len[1]);
+
+  UIP_STAT(++uip_stat.ip.sent);
+  /* Return and let the caller do the actual transmission. */
+  uip_flags = 0;
+  return;
+
+ drop:
+  uip_len = 0;
+  uip_flags = 0;
+  return;
+}
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+u16_t
+htons(u16_t val)
+{
+  return HTONS(val);
+}
+
+u32_t
+htonl(u32_t val)
+{
+  return HTONL(val);
+}
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+void
+uip_send(const void *data, int len)
+{
+  int copylen;
+#define MIN(a,b) ((a) < (b)? (a): (b))
+  copylen = MIN(len, UIP_BUFSIZE - UIP_LLH_LEN - UIP_TCPIP_HLEN -
+		(int)((char *)uip_sappdata - (char *)&uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN + UIP_TCPIP_HLEN]));
+  if(copylen > 0) {
+    uip_slen = copylen;
+    if(data != uip_sappdata) {
+      memcpy(uip_sappdata, (data), uip_slen);
+    }
+  }
+}
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @} */
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7b87a2c77c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip.h
@@ -0,0 +1,2130 @@
+
+/**
+ * \addtogroup uip
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * Header file for the uIP TCP/IP stack.
+ * \author  Adam Dunkels <adam@dunkels.com>
+ * \author  Julien Abeille <jabeille@cisco.com> (IPv6 related code)
+ * \author  Mathilde Durvy <mdurvy@cisco.com> (IPv6 related code)
+ *
+ * The uIP TCP/IP stack header file contains definitions for a number
+ * of C macros that are used by uIP programs as well as internal uIP
+ * structures, TCP/IP header structures and function declarations.
+ *
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2003, Adam Dunkels.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
+ *    products derived from this software without specific prior
+ *    written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
+ * OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY
+ * DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE
+ * GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
+ * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
+ * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the uIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * $Id: uip.h,v 1.24 2009/04/06 13:18:50 nvt-se Exp $
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef __UIP_H__
+#define __UIP_H__
+
+#include "uipopt.h"
+
+/**
+ * Representation of an IP address.
+ *
+ */
+#if UIP_CONF_IPV6
+typedef union uip_ip6addr_t {
+  u8_t  u8[16];			/* Initialiser, must come first!!! */
+  u16_t u16[8];
+} uip_ip6addr_t;
+
+typedef uip_ip6addr_t uip_ipaddr_t;
+#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+typedef union uip_ip4addr_t {
+  u8_t  u8[4];			/* Initialiser, must come first!!! */
+  u16_t u16[2];
+#if 0
+  u32_t u32;
+#endif
+} uip_ip4addr_t;
+typedef uip_ip4addr_t uip_ipaddr_t;
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** \brief 16 bit 802.15.4 address */
+struct uip_802154_shortaddr {
+  u8_t addr[2];
+};
+/** \brief 64 bit 802.15.4 address */
+struct uip_802154_longaddr {
+  u8_t addr[8];
+};
+
+/** \brief 802.11 address */
+struct uip_80211_addr {
+  u8_t addr[6];
+};
+
+/** \brief 802.3 address */
+struct uip_eth_addr {
+  u8_t addr[6];
+};
+
+#if UIP_CONF_LL_802154
+/** \brief 802.15.4 address */
+typedef struct uip_802154_longaddr uip_lladdr_t;
+#define UIP_802154_SHORTADDR_LEN 2
+#define UIP_802154_LONGADDR_LEN  8
+#define UIP_LLADDR_LEN UIP_802154_LONGADDR_LEN
+#else /*UIP_CONF_LL_802154*/
+#if UIP_CONF_LL_80211
+/** \brief 802.11 address */
+typedef struct uip_80211_addr uip_lladdr_t;
+#define UIP_LLADDR_LEN 6
+#else /*UIP_CONF_LL_80211*/
+/** \brief Ethernet address */
+typedef struct uip_eth_addr uip_lladdr_t;
+#define UIP_LLADDR_LEN 6
+#endif /*UIP_CONF_LL_80211*/
+#endif /*UIP_CONF_LL_802154*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* First, the functions that should be called from the
+ * system. Initialization, the periodic timer, and incoming packets are
+ * handled by the following three functions.
+ */
+/**
+ * \defgroup uipconffunc uIP configuration functions
+ * @{
+ *
+ * The uIP configuration functions are used for setting run-time
+ * parameters in uIP such as IP addresses.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Set the IP address of this host.
+ *
+ * The IP address is represented as a 4-byte array where the first
+ * octet of the IP address is put in the first member of the 4-byte
+ * array.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ \code
+
+ uip_ipaddr_t addr;
+
+ uip_ipaddr(&addr, 192,168,1,2);
+ uip_sethostaddr(&addr);
+
+ \endcode
+ * \param addr A pointer to an IP address of type uip_ipaddr_t;
+ *
+ * \sa uip_ipaddr()
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_sethostaddr(addr) uip_ipaddr_copy(&uip_hostaddr, (addr))
+
+/**
+ * Get the IP address of this host.
+ *
+ * The IP address is represented as a 4-byte array where the first
+ * octet of the IP address is put in the first member of the 4-byte
+ * array.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ \code
+ uip_ipaddr_t hostaddr;
+
+ uip_gethostaddr(&hostaddr);
+ \endcode
+ * \param addr A pointer to a uip_ipaddr_t variable that will be
+ * filled in with the currently configured IP address.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_gethostaddr(addr) uip_ipaddr_copy((addr), &uip_hostaddr)
+
+/**
+ * Set the default router's IP address.
+ *
+ * \param addr A pointer to a uip_ipaddr_t variable containing the IP
+ * address of the default router.
+ *
+ * \sa uip_ipaddr()
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_setdraddr(addr) uip_ipaddr_copy(&uip_draddr, (addr))
+
+/**
+ * Set the netmask.
+ *
+ * \param addr A pointer to a uip_ipaddr_t variable containing the IP
+ * address of the netmask.
+ *
+ * \sa uip_ipaddr()
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_setnetmask(addr) uip_ipaddr_copy(&uip_netmask, (addr))
+
+
+/**
+ * Get the default router's IP address.
+ *
+ * \param addr A pointer to a uip_ipaddr_t variable that will be
+ * filled in with the IP address of the default router.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_getdraddr(addr) uip_ipaddr_copy((addr), &uip_draddr)
+
+/**
+ * Get the netmask.
+ *
+ * \param addr A pointer to a uip_ipaddr_t variable that will be
+ * filled in with the value of the netmask.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_getnetmask(addr) uip_ipaddr_copy((addr), &uip_netmask)
+
+/** @} */
+
+/**
+ * \defgroup uipinit uIP initialization functions
+ * @{
+ *
+ * The uIP initialization functions are used for booting uIP.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * uIP initialization function.
+ *
+ * This function should be called at boot up to initialize the uIP
+ * TCP/IP stack.
+ */
+void uip_init(void);
+
+/**
+ * uIP initialization function.
+ *
+ * This function may be used at boot time to set the initial ip_id.
+ */
+void uip_setipid(u16_t id);
+
+/** @} */
+
+/**
+ * \defgroup uipdevfunc uIP device driver functions
+ * @{
+ *
+ * These functions are used by a network device driver for interacting
+ * with uIP.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Process an incoming packet.
+ *
+ * This function should be called when the device driver has received
+ * a packet from the network. The packet from the device driver must
+ * be present in the uip_buf buffer, and the length of the packet
+ * should be placed in the uip_len variable.
+ *
+ * When the function returns, there may be an outbound packet placed
+ * in the uip_buf packet buffer. If so, the uip_len variable is set to
+ * the length of the packet. If no packet is to be sent out, the
+ * uip_len variable is set to 0.
+ *
+ * The usual way of calling the function is presented by the source
+ * code below.
+ \code
+ uip_len = devicedriver_poll();
+ if(uip_len > 0) {
+ uip_input();
+ if(uip_len > 0) {
+ devicedriver_send();
+ }
+ }
+ \endcode
+ *
+ * \note If you are writing a uIP device driver that needs ARP
+ * (Address Resolution Protocol), e.g., when running uIP over
+ * Ethernet, you will need to call the uIP ARP code before calling
+ * this function:
+ \code
+ #define BUF ((struct uip_eth_hdr *)&uip_buf[0])
+ uip_len = ethernet_devicedrver_poll();
+ if(uip_len > 0) {
+ if(BUF->type == HTONS(UIP_ETHTYPE_IP)) {
+ uip_arp_ipin();
+ uip_input();
+ if(uip_len > 0) {
+ uip_arp_out();
+ ethernet_devicedriver_send();
+ }
+ } else if(BUF->type == HTONS(UIP_ETHTYPE_ARP)) {
+ uip_arp_arpin();
+ if(uip_len > 0) {
+ ethernet_devicedriver_send();
+ }
+ }
+ \endcode
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_input()        uip_process(UIP_DATA)
+
+
+/**
+ * Periodic processing for a connection identified by its number.
+ *
+ * This function does the necessary periodic processing (timers,
+ * polling) for a uIP TCP connection, and should be called when the
+ * periodic uIP timer goes off. It should be called for every
+ * connection, regardless of whether they are open of closed.
+ *
+ * When the function returns, it may have an outbound packet waiting
+ * for service in the uIP packet buffer, and if so the uip_len
+ * variable is set to a value larger than zero. The device driver
+ * should be called to send out the packet.
+ *
+ * The usual way of calling the function is through a for() loop like
+ * this:
+ \code
+ for(i = 0; i < UIP_CONNS; ++i) {
+ uip_periodic(i);
+ if(uip_len > 0) {
+ devicedriver_send();
+ }
+ }
+ \endcode
+ *
+ * \note If you are writing a uIP device driver that needs ARP
+ * (Address Resolution Protocol), e.g., when running uIP over
+ * Ethernet, you will need to call the uip_arp_out() function before
+ * calling the device driver:
+ \code
+ for(i = 0; i < UIP_CONNS; ++i) {
+ uip_periodic(i);
+ if(uip_len > 0) {
+ uip_arp_out();
+ ethernet_devicedriver_send();
+ }
+ }
+ \endcode
+ *
+ * \param conn The number of the connection which is to be periodically polled.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#if UIP_TCP
+#define uip_periodic(conn) do { uip_conn = &uip_conns[conn];    \
+    uip_process(UIP_TIMER); } while (0)
+
+/**
+ *
+ *
+ */
+#define uip_conn_active(conn) (uip_conns[conn].tcpstateflags != UIP_CLOSED)
+
+/**
+ * Perform periodic processing for a connection identified by a pointer
+ * to its structure.
+ *
+ * Same as uip_periodic() but takes a pointer to the actual uip_conn
+ * struct instead of an integer as its argument. This function can be
+ * used to force periodic processing of a specific connection.
+ *
+ * \param conn A pointer to the uip_conn struct for the connection to
+ * be processed.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_periodic_conn(conn) do { uip_conn = conn;   \
+    uip_process(UIP_TIMER); } while (0)
+
+/**
+ * Request that a particular connection should be polled.
+ *
+ * Similar to uip_periodic_conn() but does not perform any timer
+ * processing. The application is polled for new data.
+ *
+ * \param conn A pointer to the uip_conn struct for the connection to
+ * be processed.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_poll_conn(conn) do { uip_conn = conn;       \
+    uip_process(UIP_POLL_REQUEST); } while (0)
+
+#endif /* UIP_TCP */
+
+#if UIP_UDP
+/**
+ * Periodic processing for a UDP connection identified by its number.
+ *
+ * This function is essentially the same as uip_periodic(), but for
+ * UDP connections. It is called in a similar fashion as the
+ * uip_periodic() function:
+ \code
+ for(i = 0; i < UIP_UDP_CONNS; i++) {
+ uip_udp_periodic(i);
+ if(uip_len > 0) {
+ devicedriver_send();
+ }
+ }
+ \endcode
+ *
+ * \note As for the uip_periodic() function, special care has to be
+ * taken when using uIP together with ARP and Ethernet:
+ \code
+ for(i = 0; i < UIP_UDP_CONNS; i++) {
+ uip_udp_periodic(i);
+ if(uip_len > 0) {
+ uip_arp_out();
+ ethernet_devicedriver_send();
+ }
+ }
+ \endcode
+ *
+ * \param conn The number of the UDP connection to be processed.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_udp_periodic(conn) do { uip_udp_conn = &uip_udp_conns[conn]; \
+    uip_process(UIP_UDP_TIMER); } while(0)
+
+/**
+ * Periodic processing for a UDP connection identified by a pointer to
+ * its structure.
+ *
+ * Same as uip_udp_periodic() but takes a pointer to the actual
+ * uip_conn struct instead of an integer as its argument. This
+ * function can be used to force periodic processing of a specific
+ * connection.
+ *
+ * \param conn A pointer to the uip_udp_conn struct for the connection
+ * to be processed.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_udp_periodic_conn(conn) do { uip_udp_conn = conn;   \
+    uip_process(UIP_UDP_TIMER); } while(0)
+#endif /* UIP_UDP */
+
+/** \brief Abandon the reassembly of the current packet */
+void uip_reass_over(void);
+
+/**
+ * The uIP packet buffer.
+ *
+ * The uip_buf array is used to hold incoming and outgoing
+ * packets. The device driver should place incoming data into this
+ * buffer. When sending data, the device driver should read the link
+ * level headers and the TCP/IP headers from this buffer. The size of
+ * the link level headers is configured by the UIP_LLH_LEN define.
+ *
+ * \note The application data need not be placed in this buffer, so
+ * the device driver must read it from the place pointed to by the
+ * uip_appdata pointer as illustrated by the following example:
+ \code
+ void
+ devicedriver_send(void)
+ {
+ hwsend(&uip_buf[0], UIP_LLH_LEN);
+ if(uip_len <= UIP_LLH_LEN + UIP_TCPIP_HLEN) {
+ hwsend(&uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN], uip_len - UIP_LLH_LEN);
+ } else {
+ hwsend(&uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN], UIP_TCPIP_HLEN);
+ hwsend(uip_appdata, uip_len - UIP_TCPIP_HLEN - UIP_LLH_LEN);
+ }
+ }
+ \endcode
+*/
+extern u8_t uip_buf[UIP_BUFSIZE+2];
+
+
+
+/** @} */
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Functions that are used by the uIP application program. Opening and
+ * closing connections, sending and receiving data, etc. is all
+ * handled by the functions below.
+ */
+/**
+ * \defgroup uipappfunc uIP application functions
+ * @{
+ *
+ * Functions used by an application running of top of uIP.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Start listening to the specified port.
+ *
+ * \note Since this function expects the port number in network byte
+ * order, a conversion using HTONS() or htons() is necessary.
+ *
+ \code
+ uip_listen(HTONS(80));
+ \endcode
+ *
+ * \param port A 16-bit port number in network byte order.
+ */
+void uip_listen(u16_t port);
+
+/**
+ * Stop listening to the specified port.
+ *
+ * \note Since this function expects the port number in network byte
+ * order, a conversion using HTONS() or htons() is necessary.
+ *
+ \code
+ uip_unlisten(HTONS(80));
+ \endcode
+ *
+ * \param port A 16-bit port number in network byte order.
+ */
+void uip_unlisten(u16_t port);
+
+/**
+ * Connect to a remote host using TCP.
+ *
+ * This function is used to start a new connection to the specified
+ * port on the specified host. It allocates a new connection identifier,
+ * sets the connection to the SYN_SENT state and sets the
+ * retransmission timer to 0. This will cause a TCP SYN segment to be
+ * sent out the next time this connection is periodically processed,
+ * which usually is done within 0.5 seconds after the call to
+ * uip_connect().
+ *
+ * \note This function is available only if support for active open
+ * has been configured by defining UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN to 1 in uipopt.h.
+ *
+ * \note Since this function requires the port number to be in network
+ * byte order, a conversion using HTONS() or htons() is necessary.
+ *
+ \code
+ uip_ipaddr_t ipaddr;
+
+ uip_ipaddr(&ipaddr, 192,168,1,2);
+ uip_connect(&ipaddr, HTONS(80));
+ \endcode
+ *
+ * \param ripaddr The IP address of the remote host.
+ *
+ * \param port A 16-bit port number in network byte order.
+ *
+ * \return A pointer to the uIP connection identifier for the new connection,
+ * or NULL if no connection could be allocated.
+ *
+ */
+struct uip_conn *uip_connect(uip_ipaddr_t *ripaddr, u16_t port);
+
+
+
+/**
+ * \internal
+ *
+ * Check if a connection has outstanding (i.e., unacknowledged) data.
+ *
+ * \param conn A pointer to the uip_conn structure for the connection.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_outstanding(conn) ((conn)->len)
+
+/**
+ * Send data on the current connection.
+ *
+ * This function is used to send out a single segment of TCP
+ * data. Only applications that have been invoked by uIP for event
+ * processing can send data.
+ *
+ * The amount of data that actually is sent out after a call to this
+ * function is determined by the maximum amount of data TCP allows. uIP
+ * will automatically crop the data so that only the appropriate
+ * amount of data is sent. The function uip_mss() can be used to query
+ * uIP for the amount of data that actually will be sent.
+ *
+ * \note This function does not guarantee that the sent data will
+ * arrive at the destination. If the data is lost in the network, the
+ * application will be invoked with the uip_rexmit() event being
+ * set. The application will then have to resend the data using this
+ * function.
+ *
+ * \param data A pointer to the data which is to be sent.
+ *
+ * \param len The maximum amount of data bytes to be sent.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+void uip_send(const void *data, int len);
+
+/**
+ * The length of any incoming data that is currently available (if available)
+ * in the uip_appdata buffer.
+ *
+ * The test function uip_data() must first be used to check if there
+ * is any data available at all.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+/*void uip_datalen(void);*/
+#define uip_datalen()       uip_len
+
+/**
+ * The length of any out-of-band data (urgent data) that has arrived
+ * on the connection.
+ *
+ * \note The configuration parameter UIP_URGDATA must be set for this
+ * function to be enabled.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_urgdatalen()    uip_urglen
+
+/**
+ * Close the current connection.
+ *
+ * This function will close the current connection in a nice way.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_close()         (uip_flags = UIP_CLOSE)
+
+/**
+ * Abort the current connection.
+ *
+ * This function will abort (reset) the current connection, and is
+ * usually used when an error has occurred that prevents using the
+ * uip_close() function.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_abort()         (uip_flags = UIP_ABORT)
+
+/**
+ * Tell the sending host to stop sending data.
+ *
+ * This function will close our receiver's window so that we stop
+ * receiving data for the current connection.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_stop()          (uip_conn->tcpstateflags |= UIP_STOPPED)
+
+/**
+ * Find out if the current connection has been previously stopped with
+ * uip_stop().
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_stopped(conn)   ((conn)->tcpstateflags & UIP_STOPPED)
+
+/**
+ * Restart the current connection, if is has previously been stopped
+ * with uip_stop().
+ *
+ * This function will open the receiver's window again so that we
+ * start receiving data for the current connection.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_restart()         do { uip_flags |= UIP_NEWDATA;    \
+    uip_conn->tcpstateflags &= ~UIP_STOPPED;                    \
+  } while(0)
+
+
+/* uIP tests that can be made to determine in what state the current
+   connection is, and what the application function should do. */
+
+/**
+ * Is the current connection a UDP connection?
+ *
+ * This function checks whether the current connection is a UDP connection.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ *
+ */
+#define uip_udpconnection() (uip_conn == NULL)
+
+/**
+ * Is new incoming data available?
+ *
+ * Will reduce to non-zero if there is new data for the application
+ * present at the uip_appdata pointer. The size of the data is
+ * available through the uip_len variable.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_newdata()   (uip_flags & UIP_NEWDATA)
+
+/**
+ * Has previously sent data been acknowledged?
+ *
+ * Will reduce to non-zero if the previously sent data has been
+ * acknowledged by the remote host. This means that the application
+ * can send new data.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_acked()   (uip_flags & UIP_ACKDATA)
+
+/**
+ * Has the connection just been connected?
+ *
+ * Reduces to non-zero if the current connection has been connected to
+ * a remote host. This will happen both if the connection has been
+ * actively opened (with uip_connect()) or passively opened (with
+ * uip_listen()).
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_connected() (uip_flags & UIP_CONNECTED)
+
+/**
+ * Has the connection been closed by the other end?
+ *
+ * Is non-zero if the connection has been closed by the remote
+ * host. The application may then do the necessary clean-ups.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_closed()    (uip_flags & UIP_CLOSE)
+
+/**
+ * Has the connection been aborted by the other end?
+ *
+ * Non-zero if the current connection has been aborted (reset) by the
+ * remote host.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_aborted()    (uip_flags & UIP_ABORT)
+
+/**
+ * Has the connection timed out?
+ *
+ * Non-zero if the current connection has been aborted due to too many
+ * retransmissions.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_timedout()    (uip_flags & UIP_TIMEDOUT)
+
+/**
+ * Do we need to retransmit previously data?
+ *
+ * Reduces to non-zero if the previously sent data has been lost in
+ * the network, and the application should retransmit it. The
+ * application should send the exact same data as it did the last
+ * time, using the uip_send() function.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_rexmit()     (uip_flags & UIP_REXMIT)
+
+/**
+ * Is the connection being polled by uIP?
+ *
+ * Is non-zero if the reason the application is invoked is that the
+ * current connection has been idle for a while and should be
+ * polled.
+ *
+ * The polling event can be used for sending data without having to
+ * wait for the remote host to send data.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_poll()       (uip_flags & UIP_POLL)
+
+/**
+ * Get the initial maximum segment size (MSS) of the current
+ * connection.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_initialmss()             (uip_conn->initialmss)
+
+/**
+ * Get the current maximum segment size that can be sent on the current
+ * connection.
+ *
+ * The current maximum segment size that can be sent on the
+ * connection is computed from the receiver's window and the MSS of
+ * the connection (which also is available by calling
+ * uip_initialmss()).
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_mss()             (uip_conn->mss)
+
+/**
+ * Set up a new UDP connection.
+ *
+ * This function sets up a new UDP connection. The function will
+ * automatically allocate an unused local port for the new
+ * connection. However, another port can be chosen by using the
+ * uip_udp_bind() call, after the uip_udp_new() function has been
+ * called.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ \code
+ uip_ipaddr_t addr;
+ struct uip_udp_conn *c;
+
+ uip_ipaddr(&addr, 192,168,2,1);
+ c = uip_udp_new(&addr, HTONS(12345));
+ if(c != NULL) {
+ uip_udp_bind(c, HTONS(12344));
+ }
+ \endcode
+ * \param ripaddr The IP address of the remote host.
+ *
+ * \param rport The remote port number in network byte order.
+ *
+ * \return The uip_udp_conn structure for the new connection or NULL
+ * if no connection could be allocated.
+ */
+struct uip_udp_conn *uip_udp_new(const uip_ipaddr_t *ripaddr, u16_t rport);
+
+/**
+ * Removed a UDP connection.
+ *
+ * \param conn A pointer to the uip_udp_conn structure for the connection.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_udp_remove(conn) (conn)->lport = 0
+
+/**
+ * Bind a UDP connection to a local port.
+ *
+ * \param conn A pointer to the uip_udp_conn structure for the
+ * connection.
+ *
+ * \param port The local port number, in network byte order.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_udp_bind(conn, port) (conn)->lport = port
+
+/**
+ * Send a UDP datagram of length len on the current connection.
+ *
+ * This function can only be called in response to a UDP event (poll
+ * or newdata). The data must be present in the uip_buf buffer, at the
+ * place pointed to by the uip_appdata pointer.
+ *
+ * \param len The length of the data in the uip_buf buffer.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_udp_send(len) uip_send((char *)uip_appdata, len)
+
+/** @} */
+
+/* uIP convenience and converting functions. */
+
+/**
+ * \defgroup uipconvfunc uIP conversion functions
+ * @{
+ *
+ * These functions can be used for converting between different data
+ * formats used by uIP.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Convert an IP address to four bytes separated by commas.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ \code
+ uip_ipaddr_t ipaddr;
+ printf("ipaddr=%d.%d.%d.%d\n", uip_ipaddr_to_quad(&ipaddr));
+ \endcode
+ *
+ * \param a A pointer to a uip_ipaddr_t.
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_ipaddr_to_quad(a) (a)->u8[0],(a)->u8[1],(a)->u8[2],(a)->u8[3]
+
+/**
+ * Construct an IP address from four bytes.
+ *
+ * This function constructs an IP address of the type that uIP handles
+ * internally from four bytes. The function is handy for specifying IP
+ * addresses to use with e.g. the uip_connect() function.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ \code
+ uip_ipaddr_t ipaddr;
+ struct uip_conn *c;
+
+ uip_ipaddr(&ipaddr, 192,168,1,2);
+ c = uip_connect(&ipaddr, HTONS(80));
+ \endcode
+ *
+ * \param addr A pointer to a uip_ipaddr_t variable that will be
+ * filled in with the IP address.
+ *
+ * \param addr0 The first octet of the IP address.
+ * \param addr1 The second octet of the IP address.
+ * \param addr2 The third octet of the IP address.
+ * \param addr3 The forth octet of the IP address.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_ipaddr(addr, addr0,addr1,addr2,addr3) do {  \
+    (addr)->u8[0] = addr0;                              \
+    (addr)->u8[1] = addr1;                              \
+    (addr)->u8[2] = addr2;                              \
+    (addr)->u8[3] = addr3;                              \
+  } while(0)
+
+/**
+ * Construct an IPv6 address from eight 16-bit words.
+ *
+ * This function constructs an IPv6 address.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_ip6addr(addr, addr0,addr1,addr2,addr3,addr4,addr5,addr6,addr7) do { \
+    (addr)->u16[0] = HTONS(addr0);                                      \
+    (addr)->u16[1] = HTONS(addr1);                                      \
+    (addr)->u16[2] = HTONS(addr2);                                      \
+    (addr)->u16[3] = HTONS(addr3);                                      \
+    (addr)->u16[4] = HTONS(addr4);                                      \
+    (addr)->u16[5] = HTONS(addr5);                                      \
+    (addr)->u16[6] = HTONS(addr6);                                      \
+    (addr)->u16[7] = HTONS(addr7);                                      \
+  } while(0)
+
+/**
+ * Construct an IPv6 address from sixteen 8-bit words.
+ *
+ * This function constructs an IPv6 address.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_ip6addr_u8(addr, addr0,addr1,addr2,addr3,addr4,addr5,addr6,addr7,addr8,addr9,addr10,addr11,addr12,addr13,addr14,addr15) do { \
+    (addr)->u8[0] = addr0;                                       \
+    (addr)->u8[1] = addr1;                                       \
+    (addr)->u8[2] = addr2;                                       \
+    (addr)->u8[3] = addr3;                                       \
+    (addr)->u8[4] = addr4;                                       \
+    (addr)->u8[5] = addr5;                                       \
+    (addr)->u8[6] = addr6;                                       \
+    (addr)->u8[7] = addr7;                                       \
+    (addr)->u8[8] = addr8;                                       \
+    (addr)->u8[9] = addr9;                                       \
+    (addr)->u8[10] = addr10;                                     \
+    (addr)->u8[11] = addr11;                                     \
+    (addr)->u8[12] = addr12;                                     \
+    (addr)->u8[13] = addr13;                                     \
+    (addr)->u8[14] = addr14;                                     \
+    (addr)->u8[15] = addr15;                                     \
+  } while(0)
+
+
+/**
+ * Copy an IP address to another IP address.
+ *
+ * Copies an IP address from one place to another.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ \code
+ uip_ipaddr_t ipaddr1, ipaddr2;
+
+ uip_ipaddr(&ipaddr1, 192,16,1,2);
+ uip_ipaddr_copy(&ipaddr2, &ipaddr1);
+ \endcode
+ *
+ * \param dest The destination for the copy.
+ * \param src The source from where to copy.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#ifndef uip_ipaddr_copy
+#define uip_ipaddr_copy(dest, src) (*(dest) = *(src))
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Compare two IP addresses
+ *
+ * Compares two IP addresses.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ \code
+ uip_ipaddr_t ipaddr1, ipaddr2;
+
+ uip_ipaddr(&ipaddr1, 192,16,1,2);
+ if(uip_ipaddr_cmp(&ipaddr2, &ipaddr1)) {
+ printf("They are the same");
+ }
+ \endcode
+ *
+ * \param addr1 The first IP address.
+ * \param addr2 The second IP address.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#if !UIP_CONF_IPV6
+#define uip_ipaddr_cmp(addr1, addr2) ((addr1)->u16[0] == (addr2)->u16[0] && \
+				      (addr1)->u16[1] == (addr2)->u16[1])
+#else /* !UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+#define uip_ipaddr_cmp(addr1, addr2) (memcmp(addr1, addr2, sizeof(uip_ip6addr_t)) == 0)
+#endif /* !UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+
+/**
+ * Compare two IP addresses with netmasks
+ *
+ * Compares two IP addresses with netmasks. The masks are used to mask
+ * out the bits that are to be compared.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ \code
+ uip_ipaddr_t ipaddr1, ipaddr2, mask;
+
+ uip_ipaddr(&mask, 255,255,255,0);
+ uip_ipaddr(&ipaddr1, 192,16,1,2);
+ uip_ipaddr(&ipaddr2, 192,16,1,3);
+ if(uip_ipaddr_maskcmp(&ipaddr1, &ipaddr2, &mask)) {
+ printf("They are the same");
+ }
+ \endcode
+ *
+ * \param addr1 The first IP address.
+ * \param addr2 The second IP address.
+ * \param mask The netmask.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#if !UIP_CONF_IPV6
+#define uip_ipaddr_maskcmp(addr1, addr2, mask)          \
+  (((((u16_t *)addr1)[0] & ((u16_t *)mask)[0]) ==       \
+    (((u16_t *)addr2)[0] & ((u16_t *)mask)[0])) &&      \
+   ((((u16_t *)addr1)[1] & ((u16_t *)mask)[1]) ==       \
+    (((u16_t *)addr2)[1] & ((u16_t *)mask)[1])))
+#else
+#define uip_ipaddr_prefixcmp(addr1, addr2, length) (memcmp(addr1, addr2, length>>3) == 0)
+#endif
+
+
+/**
+ * Check if an address is a broadcast address for a network.
+ *
+ * Checks if an address is the broadcast address for a network. The
+ * network is defined by an IP address that is on the network and the
+ * network's netmask.
+ *
+ * \param addr The IP address.
+ * \param netaddr The network's IP address.
+ * \param netmask The network's netmask.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+/*#define uip_ipaddr_isbroadcast(addr, netaddr, netmask)
+  ((uip_ipaddr_t *)(addr)).u16 & ((uip_ipaddr_t *)(addr)).u16*/
+
+
+
+/**
+ * Mask out the network part of an IP address.
+ *
+ * Masks out the network part of an IP address, given the address and
+ * the netmask.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ \code
+ uip_ipaddr_t ipaddr1, ipaddr2, netmask;
+
+ uip_ipaddr(&ipaddr1, 192,16,1,2);
+ uip_ipaddr(&netmask, 255,255,255,0);
+ uip_ipaddr_mask(&ipaddr2, &ipaddr1, &netmask);
+ \endcode
+ *
+ * In the example above, the variable "ipaddr2" will contain the IP
+ * address 192.168.1.0.
+ *
+ * \param dest Where the result is to be placed.
+ * \param src The IP address.
+ * \param mask The netmask.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_ipaddr_mask(dest, src, mask) do {                           \
+    ((u16_t *)dest)[0] = ((u16_t *)src)[0] & ((u16_t *)mask)[0];        \
+    ((u16_t *)dest)[1] = ((u16_t *)src)[1] & ((u16_t *)mask)[1];        \
+  } while(0)
+
+/**
+ * Pick the first octet of an IP address.
+ *
+ * Picks out the first octet of an IP address.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ \code
+ uip_ipaddr_t ipaddr;
+ u8_t octet;
+
+ uip_ipaddr(&ipaddr, 1,2,3,4);
+ octet = uip_ipaddr1(&ipaddr);
+ \endcode
+ *
+ * In the example above, the variable "octet" will contain the value 1.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_ipaddr1(addr) ((addr)->u8[0])
+
+/**
+ * Pick the second octet of an IP address.
+ *
+ * Picks out the second octet of an IP address.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ \code
+ uip_ipaddr_t ipaddr;
+ u8_t octet;
+
+ uip_ipaddr(&ipaddr, 1,2,3,4);
+ octet = uip_ipaddr2(&ipaddr);
+ \endcode
+ *
+ * In the example above, the variable "octet" will contain the value 2.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_ipaddr2(addr) ((addr)->u8[1])
+
+/**
+ * Pick the third octet of an IP address.
+ *
+ * Picks out the third octet of an IP address.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ \code
+ uip_ipaddr_t ipaddr;
+ u8_t octet;
+
+ uip_ipaddr(&ipaddr, 1,2,3,4);
+ octet = uip_ipaddr3(&ipaddr);
+ \endcode
+ *
+ * In the example above, the variable "octet" will contain the value 3.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_ipaddr3(addr) ((addr)->u8[2])
+
+/**
+ * Pick the fourth octet of an IP address.
+ *
+ * Picks out the fourth octet of an IP address.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ \code
+ uip_ipaddr_t ipaddr;
+ u8_t octet;
+
+ uip_ipaddr(&ipaddr, 1,2,3,4);
+ octet = uip_ipaddr4(&ipaddr);
+ \endcode
+ *
+ * In the example above, the variable "octet" will contain the value 4.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_ipaddr4(addr) ((addr)->u8[3])
+
+/**
+ * Convert 16-bit quantity from host byte order to network byte order.
+ *
+ * This macro is primarily used for converting constants from host
+ * byte order to network byte order. For converting variables to
+ * network byte order, use the htons() function instead.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#ifndef HTONS
+#   if UIP_BYTE_ORDER == UIP_BIG_ENDIAN
+#      define HTONS(n) (n)
+#      define HTONL(n) (n)
+#   else /* UIP_BYTE_ORDER == UIP_BIG_ENDIAN */
+#      define HTONS(n) (u16_t)((((u16_t) (n)) << 8) | (((u16_t) (n)) >> 8))
+#      define HTONL(n) (((u32_t)HTONS(n) << 16) | HTONS((u32_t)(n) >> 16))
+#   endif /* UIP_BYTE_ORDER == UIP_BIG_ENDIAN */
+#else
+#error "HTONS already defined!"
+#endif /* HTONS */
+
+/**
+ * Convert 16-bit quantity from host byte order to network byte order.
+ *
+ * This function is primarily used for converting variables from host
+ * byte order to network byte order. For converting constants to
+ * network byte order, use the HTONS() macro instead.
+ */
+#ifndef htons
+u16_t htons(u16_t val);
+#endif /* htons */
+#ifndef ntohs
+#define ntohs htons
+#endif
+
+#ifndef htonl
+u32_t htonl(u32_t val);
+#endif /* htonl */
+#ifndef ntohl
+#define ntohl htonl
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
+/**
+ * Pointer to the application data in the packet buffer.
+ *
+ * This pointer points to the application data when the application is
+ * called. If the application wishes to send data, the application may
+ * use this space to write the data into before calling uip_send().
+ */
+extern void *uip_appdata;
+
+#if UIP_URGDATA > 0
+/* u8_t *uip_urgdata:
+ *
+ * This pointer points to any urgent data that has been received. Only
+ * present if compiled with support for urgent data (UIP_URGDATA).
+ */
+extern void *uip_urgdata;
+#endif /* UIP_URGDATA > 0 */
+
+
+/**
+ * \defgroup uipdrivervars Variables used in uIP device drivers
+ * @{
+ *
+ * uIP has a few global variables that are used in device drivers for
+ * uIP.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * The length of the packet in the uip_buf buffer.
+ *
+ * The global variable uip_len holds the length of the packet in the
+ * uip_buf buffer.
+ *
+ * When the network device driver calls the uIP input function,
+ * uip_len should be set to the length of the packet in the uip_buf
+ * buffer.
+ *
+ * When sending packets, the device driver should use the contents of
+ * the uip_len variable to determine the length of the outgoing
+ * packet.
+ *
+ */
+extern u16_t uip_len;
+
+/**
+ * The length of the extension headers
+ */
+extern u8_t uip_ext_len;
+/** @} */
+
+#if UIP_URGDATA > 0
+extern u16_t uip_urglen, uip_surglen;
+#endif /* UIP_URGDATA > 0 */
+
+
+/**
+ * Representation of a uIP TCP connection.
+ *
+ * The uip_conn structure is used for identifying a connection. All
+ * but one field in the structure are to be considered read-only by an
+ * application. The only exception is the appstate field whose purpose
+ * is to let the application store application-specific state (e.g.,
+ * file pointers) for the connection. The type of this field is
+ * configured in the "uipopt.h" header file.
+ */
+struct uip_conn {
+  uip_ipaddr_t ripaddr;   /**< The IP address of the remote host. */
+
+  u16_t lport;        /**< The local TCP port, in network byte order. */
+  u16_t rport;        /**< The local remote TCP port, in network byte
+			 order. */
+
+  u8_t rcv_nxt[4];    /**< The sequence number that we expect to
+			 receive next. */
+  u8_t snd_nxt[4];    /**< The sequence number that was last sent by
+                         us. */
+  u16_t len;          /**< Length of the data that was previously sent. */
+  u16_t mss;          /**< Current maximum segment size for the
+			 connection. */
+  u16_t initialmss;   /**< Initial maximum segment size for the
+			 connection. */
+  u8_t sa;            /**< Retransmission time-out calculation state
+			 variable. */
+  u8_t sv;            /**< Retransmission time-out calculation state
+			 variable. */
+  u8_t rto;           /**< Retransmission time-out. */
+  u8_t tcpstateflags; /**< TCP state and flags. */
+  u8_t timer;         /**< The retransmission timer. */
+  u8_t nrtx;          /**< The number of retransmissions for the last
+			 segment sent. */
+
+  /** The application state. */
+  uip_tcp_appstate_t appstate;
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * Pointer to the current TCP connection.
+ *
+ * The uip_conn pointer can be used to access the current TCP
+ * connection.
+ */
+
+extern struct uip_conn *uip_conn;
+#if UIP_TCP
+/* The array containing all uIP connections. */
+extern struct uip_conn uip_conns[UIP_CONNS];
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \addtogroup uiparch
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * 4-byte array used for the 32-bit sequence number calculations.
+ */
+extern u8_t uip_acc32[4];
+/** @} */
+
+/**
+ * Representation of a uIP UDP connection.
+ */
+struct uip_udp_conn {
+  uip_ipaddr_t ripaddr;   /**< The IP address of the remote peer. */
+  u16_t lport;        /**< The local port number in network byte order. */
+  u16_t rport;        /**< The remote port number in network byte order. */
+  u8_t  ttl;          /**< Default time-to-live. */
+
+  /** The application state. */
+  uip_udp_appstate_t appstate;
+};
+
+/**
+ * The current UDP connection.
+ */
+extern struct uip_udp_conn *uip_udp_conn;
+extern struct uip_udp_conn uip_udp_conns[UIP_UDP_CONNS];
+
+struct uip_router {
+  int (*activate)(void);
+  int (*deactivate)(void);
+  uip_ipaddr_t *(*lookup)(uip_ipaddr_t *destipaddr, uip_ipaddr_t *nexthop);
+};
+
+#if UIP_CONF_ROUTER
+extern const struct uip_router *uip_router;
+
+/**
+ * uIP routing driver registration function.
+ */
+void uip_router_register(const struct uip_router *router);
+#endif /*UIP_CONF_ROUTER*/
+
+#if UIP_CONF_ICMP6
+struct uip_icmp6_conn {
+  uip_icmp6_appstate_t appstate;
+};
+extern struct uip_icmp6_conn uip_icmp6_conns;
+#endif /*UIP_CONF_ICMP6*/
+
+/**
+ * The uIP TCP/IP statistics.
+ *
+ * This is the variable in which the uIP TCP/IP statistics are gathered.
+ */
+#if UIP_STATISTICS == 1
+extern struct uip_stats uip_stat;
+#define UIP_STAT(s) s
+#else
+#define UIP_STAT(s)
+#endif /* UIP_STATISTICS == 1 */
+
+/**
+ * The structure holding the TCP/IP statistics that are gathered if
+ * UIP_STATISTICS is set to 1.
+ *
+ */
+struct uip_stats {
+  struct {
+    uip_stats_t recv;     /**< Number of received packets at the IP
+			     layer. */
+    uip_stats_t sent;     /**< Number of sent packets at the IP
+			     layer. */
+    uip_stats_t forwarded;/**< Number of forwarded packets at the IP
+			     layer. */
+    uip_stats_t drop;     /**< Number of dropped packets at the IP
+			     layer. */
+    uip_stats_t vhlerr;   /**< Number of packets dropped due to wrong
+			     IP version or header length. */
+    uip_stats_t hblenerr; /**< Number of packets dropped due to wrong
+			     IP length, high byte. */
+    uip_stats_t lblenerr; /**< Number of packets dropped due to wrong
+			     IP length, low byte. */
+    uip_stats_t fragerr;  /**< Number of packets dropped since they
+			     were IP fragments. */
+    uip_stats_t chkerr;   /**< Number of packets dropped due to IP
+			     checksum errors. */
+    uip_stats_t protoerr; /**< Number of packets dropped since they
+			     were neither ICMP, UDP nor TCP. */
+  } ip;                   /**< IP statistics. */
+  struct {
+    uip_stats_t recv;     /**< Number of received ICMP packets. */
+    uip_stats_t sent;     /**< Number of sent ICMP packets. */
+    uip_stats_t drop;     /**< Number of dropped ICMP packets. */
+    uip_stats_t typeerr;  /**< Number of ICMP packets with a wrong
+			     type. */
+    uip_stats_t chkerr;   /**< Number of ICMP packets with a bad
+			     checksum. */
+  } icmp;                 /**< ICMP statistics. */
+#if UIP_TCP
+  struct {
+    uip_stats_t recv;     /**< Number of received TCP segments. */
+    uip_stats_t sent;     /**< Number of sent TCP segments. */
+    uip_stats_t drop;     /**< Number of dropped TCP segments. */
+    uip_stats_t chkerr;   /**< Number of TCP segments with a bad
+			     checksum. */
+    uip_stats_t ackerr;   /**< Number of TCP segments with a bad ACK
+			     number. */
+    uip_stats_t rst;      /**< Number of received TCP RST (reset) segments. */
+    uip_stats_t rexmit;   /**< Number of retransmitted TCP segments. */
+    uip_stats_t syndrop;  /**< Number of dropped SYNs due to too few
+			     connections was available. */
+    uip_stats_t synrst;   /**< Number of SYNs for closed ports,
+			     triggering a RST. */
+  } tcp;                  /**< TCP statistics. */
+#endif
+#if UIP_UDP
+  struct {
+    uip_stats_t drop;     /**< Number of dropped UDP segments. */
+    uip_stats_t recv;     /**< Number of received UDP segments. */
+    uip_stats_t sent;     /**< Number of sent UDP segments. */
+    uip_stats_t chkerr;   /**< Number of UDP segments with a bad
+			     checksum. */
+  } udp;                  /**< UDP statistics. */
+#endif /* UIP_UDP */
+#if UIP_CONF_IPV6
+  struct {
+    uip_stats_t drop;     /**< Number of dropped ND6 packets. */
+    uip_stats_t recv;     /**< Number of received ND6 packets */
+    uip_stats_t sent;     /**< Number of sent ND6 packets */
+  } nd6;
+#endif /*UIP_CONF_IPV6*/
+};
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* All the stuff below this point is internal to uIP and should not be
+ * used directly by an application or by a device driver.
+ */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+
+/* u8_t uip_flags:
+ *
+ * When the application is called, uip_flags will contain the flags
+ * that are defined in this file. Please read below for more
+ * information.
+ */
+extern u8_t uip_flags;
+
+/* The following flags may be set in the global variable uip_flags
+   before calling the application callback. The UIP_ACKDATA,
+   UIP_NEWDATA, and UIP_CLOSE flags may both be set at the same time,
+   whereas the others are mutually exclusive. Note that these flags
+   should *NOT* be accessed directly, but only through the uIP
+   functions/macros. */
+
+#define UIP_ACKDATA   1     /* Signifies that the outstanding data was
+			       acked and the application should send
+			       out new data instead of retransmitting
+			       the last data. */
+#define UIP_NEWDATA   2     /* Flags the fact that the peer has sent
+			       us new data. */
+#define UIP_REXMIT    4     /* Tells the application to retransmit the
+			       data that was last sent. */
+#define UIP_POLL      8     /* Used for polling the application, to
+			       check if the application has data that
+			       it wants to send. */
+#define UIP_CLOSE     16    /* The remote host has closed the
+			       connection, thus the connection has
+			       gone away. Or the application signals
+			       that it wants to close the
+			       connection. */
+#define UIP_ABORT     32    /* The remote host has aborted the
+			       connection, thus the connection has
+			       gone away. Or the application signals
+			       that it wants to abort the
+			       connection. */
+#define UIP_CONNECTED 64    /* We have got a connection from a remote
+                               host and have set up a new connection
+                               for it, or an active connection has
+                               been successfully established. */
+
+#define UIP_TIMEDOUT  128   /* The connection has been aborted due to
+			       too many retransmissions. */
+
+
+/**
+ * \brief process the options within a hop by hop or destination option header
+ * \retval 0: nothing to send,
+ * \retval 1: drop pkt
+ * \retval 2: ICMP error message to send
+*/
+/*static u8_t
+uip_ext_hdr_options_process(); */
+
+/* uip_process(flag):
+ *
+ * The actual uIP function which does all the work.
+ */
+void uip_process(u8_t flag);
+
+  /* The following flags are passed as an argument to the uip_process()
+   function. They are used to distinguish between the two cases where
+   uip_process() is called. It can be called either because we have
+   incoming data that should be processed, or because the periodic
+   timer has fired. These values are never used directly, but only in
+   the macros defined in this file. */
+
+#define UIP_DATA          1     /* Tells uIP that there is incoming
+				   data in the uip_buf buffer. The
+				   length of the data is stored in the
+				   global variable uip_len. */
+#define UIP_TIMER         2     /* Tells uIP that the periodic timer
+				   has fired. */
+#define UIP_POLL_REQUEST  3     /* Tells uIP that a connection should
+				   be polled. */
+#define UIP_UDP_SEND_CONN 4     /* Tells uIP that a UDP datagram
+				   should be constructed in the
+				   uip_buf buffer. */
+#if UIP_UDP
+#define UIP_UDP_TIMER     5
+#endif /* UIP_UDP */
+
+/* The TCP states used in the uip_conn->tcpstateflags. */
+#define UIP_CLOSED      0
+#define UIP_SYN_RCVD    1
+#define UIP_SYN_SENT    2
+#define UIP_ESTABLISHED 3
+#define UIP_FIN_WAIT_1  4
+#define UIP_FIN_WAIT_2  5
+#define UIP_CLOSING     6
+#define UIP_TIME_WAIT   7
+#define UIP_LAST_ACK    8
+#define UIP_TS_MASK     15
+
+#define UIP_STOPPED      16
+
+/* The TCP and IP headers. */
+struct uip_tcpip_hdr {
+#if UIP_CONF_IPV6
+  /* IPv6 header. */
+  u8_t vtc,
+    tcflow;
+  u16_t flow;
+  u8_t len[2];
+  u8_t proto, ttl;
+  uip_ip6addr_t srcipaddr, destipaddr;
+#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+  /* IPv4 header. */
+  u8_t vhl,
+    tos,
+    len[2],
+    ipid[2],
+    ipoffset[2],
+    ttl,
+    proto;
+  u16_t ipchksum;
+  uip_ipaddr_t srcipaddr, destipaddr;
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+
+  /* TCP header. */
+  u16_t srcport,
+    destport;
+  u8_t seqno[4],
+    ackno[4],
+    tcpoffset,
+    flags,
+    wnd[2];
+  u16_t tcpchksum;
+  u8_t urgp[2];
+  u8_t optdata[4];
+};
+
+/* The ICMP and IP headers. */
+struct uip_icmpip_hdr {
+#if UIP_CONF_IPV6
+  /* IPv6 header. */
+  u8_t vtc,
+    tcf;
+  u16_t flow;
+  u8_t len[2];
+  u8_t proto, ttl;
+  uip_ip6addr_t srcipaddr, destipaddr;
+#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+  /* IPv4 header. */
+  u8_t vhl,
+    tos,
+    len[2],
+    ipid[2],
+    ipoffset[2],
+    ttl,
+    proto;
+  u16_t ipchksum;
+  uip_ipaddr_t srcipaddr, destipaddr;
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+
+  /* ICMP header. */
+  u8_t type, icode;
+  u16_t icmpchksum;
+#if !UIP_CONF_IPV6
+  u16_t id, seqno;
+  u8_t payload[1];
+#endif /* !UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+};
+
+
+/* The UDP and IP headers. */
+struct uip_udpip_hdr {
+#if UIP_CONF_IPV6
+  /* IPv6 header. */
+  u8_t vtc,
+    tcf;
+  u16_t flow;
+  u8_t len[2];
+  u8_t proto, ttl;
+  uip_ip6addr_t srcipaddr, destipaddr;
+#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+  /* IP header. */
+  u8_t vhl,
+    tos,
+    len[2],
+    ipid[2],
+    ipoffset[2],
+    ttl,
+    proto;
+  u16_t ipchksum;
+  uip_ipaddr_t srcipaddr, destipaddr;
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+
+  /* UDP header. */
+  u16_t srcport,
+    destport;
+  u16_t udplen;
+  u16_t udpchksum;
+};
+
+/*
+ * In IPv6 the length of the L3 headers before the transport header is
+ * not fixed, due to the possibility to include extension option headers
+ * after the IP header. hence we split here L3 and L4 headers
+ */
+/* The IP header */
+struct uip_ip_hdr {
+#if UIP_CONF_IPV6
+  /* IPV6 header */
+  u8_t vtc;
+  u8_t tcflow;
+  u16_t flow;
+  u8_t len[2];
+  u8_t proto, ttl;
+  uip_ip6addr_t srcipaddr, destipaddr;
+#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+  /* IPV4 header */
+  u8_t vhl,
+    tos,
+    len[2],
+    ipid[2],
+    ipoffset[2],
+    ttl,
+    proto;
+  u16_t ipchksum;
+  uip_ipaddr_t srcipaddr, destipaddr;
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+};
+
+
+/*
+ * IPv6 extension option headers: we are able to process
+ * the 4 extension headers defined in RFC2460 (IPv6):
+ * - Hop by hop option header, destination option header:
+ *   These two are not used by any core IPv6 protocol, hence
+ *   we just read them and go to the next. They convey options,
+ *   the options defined in RFC2460 are Pad1 and PadN, which do
+ *   some padding, and that we do not need to read (the length
+ *   field in the header is enough)
+ * - Routing header: this one is most notably used by MIPv6,
+ *   which we do not implement, hence we just read it and go
+ *   to the next
+ * - Fragmentation header: we read this header and are able to
+ *   reassemble packets
+ *
+ * We do not offer any means to send packets with extension headers
+ *
+ * We do not implement Authentication and ESP headers, which are
+ * used in IPSec and defined in RFC4302,4303,4305,4385
+ */
+/* common header part */
+struct uip_ext_hdr {
+  u8_t next;
+  u8_t len;
+};
+
+/* Hop by Hop option header */
+struct uip_hbho_hdr {
+  u8_t next;
+  u8_t len;
+};
+
+/* destination option header */
+struct uip_desto_hdr {
+  u8_t next;
+  u8_t len;
+};
+
+/* We do not define structures for PAD1 and PADN options */
+
+/*
+ * routing header
+ * the routing header as 4 common bytes, then routing header type
+ * specific data there are several types of routing header. Type 0 was
+ * deprecated as per RFC5095 most notable other type is 2, used in
+ * RFC3775 (MIPv6) here we do not implement MIPv6, so we just need to
+ * parse the 4 first bytes
+ */
+struct uip_routing_hdr {
+  u8_t next;
+  u8_t len;
+  u8_t routing_type;
+  u8_t seg_left;
+};
+
+/* fragmentation header */
+struct uip_frag_hdr {
+  u8_t next;
+  u8_t res;
+  u16_t offsetresmore;
+  u32_t id;
+};
+
+/*
+ * an option within the destination or hop by hop option headers
+ * it contains type an length, which is true for all options but PAD1
+ */
+struct uip_ext_hdr_opt {
+  u8_t type;
+  u8_t len;
+};
+
+/* PADN option */
+struct uip_ext_hdr_opt_padn {
+  u8_t opt_type;
+  u8_t opt_len;
+};
+
+/* TCP header */
+struct uip_tcp_hdr {
+  u16_t srcport;
+  u16_t destport;
+  u8_t seqno[4];
+  u8_t ackno[4];
+  u8_t tcpoffset;
+  u8_t flags;
+  u8_t  wnd[2];
+  u16_t tcpchksum;
+  u8_t urgp[2];
+  u8_t optdata[4];
+};
+
+/* The ICMP headers. */
+struct uip_icmp_hdr {
+  u8_t type, icode;
+  u16_t icmpchksum;
+#if !UIP_CONF_IPV6
+  u16_t id, seqno;
+#endif /* !UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+};
+
+
+/* The UDP headers. */
+struct uip_udp_hdr {
+  u16_t srcport;
+  u16_t destport;
+  u16_t udplen;
+  u16_t udpchksum;
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * The buffer size available for user data in the \ref uip_buf buffer.
+ *
+ * This macro holds the available size for user data in the \ref
+ * uip_buf buffer. The macro is intended to be used for checking
+ * bounds of available user data.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ \code
+ snprintf(uip_appdata, UIP_APPDATA_SIZE, "%u\n", i);
+ \endcode
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define UIP_APPDATA_SIZE (UIP_BUFSIZE - UIP_LLH_LEN - UIP_TCPIP_HLEN)
+#define UIP_APPDATA_PTR (void *)&uip_buf[UIP_LLH_LEN + UIP_TCPIP_HLEN]
+
+#define UIP_PROTO_ICMP  1
+#define UIP_PROTO_TCP   6
+#define UIP_PROTO_UDP   17
+#define UIP_PROTO_ICMP6 58
+
+
+#if UIP_CONF_IPV6
+/** @{ */
+/** \brief  extension headers types */
+#define UIP_PROTO_HBHO        0
+#define UIP_PROTO_DESTO       60
+#define UIP_PROTO_ROUTING     43
+#define UIP_PROTO_FRAG        44
+#define UIP_PROTO_NONE        59
+/** @} */
+
+/** @{ */
+/** \brief  Destination and Hop By Hop extension headers option types */
+#define UIP_EXT_HDR_OPT_PAD1  0
+#define UIP_EXT_HDR_OPT_PADN  1
+/** @} */
+
+/** @{ */
+/**
+ * \brief Bitmaps for extension header processing
+ *
+ * When processing extension headers, we should record somehow which one we
+ * see, because you cannot have twice the same header, except for destination
+ * We store all this in one u8_t bitmap one bit for each header expected. The
+ * order in the bitmap is the order recommended in RFC2460
+ */
+#define UIP_EXT_HDR_BITMAP_HBHO 0x01
+#define UIP_EXT_HDR_BITMAP_DESTO1 0x02
+#define UIP_EXT_HDR_BITMAP_ROUTING 0x04
+#define UIP_EXT_HDR_BITMAP_FRAG 0x08
+#define UIP_EXT_HDR_BITMAP_AH 0x10
+#define UIP_EXT_HDR_BITMAP_ESP 0x20
+#define UIP_EXT_HDR_BITMAP_DESTO2 0x40
+/** @} */
+
+
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+
+
+/* Header sizes. */
+#if UIP_CONF_IPV6
+#define UIP_IPH_LEN    40
+#define UIP_FRAGH_LEN  8
+#else /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+#define UIP_IPH_LEN    20    /* Size of IP header */
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_IPV6 */
+
+#define UIP_UDPH_LEN    8    /* Size of UDP header */
+#define UIP_TCPH_LEN   20    /* Size of TCP header */
+#ifdef UIP_IPH_LEN
+#define UIP_ICMPH_LEN   4    /* Size of ICMP header */
+#endif
+#define UIP_IPUDPH_LEN (UIP_UDPH_LEN + UIP_IPH_LEN)    /* Size of IP +
+                        * UDP
+							   * header */
+#define UIP_IPTCPH_LEN (UIP_TCPH_LEN + UIP_IPH_LEN)    /* Size of IP +
+							   * TCP
+							   * header */
+#define UIP_TCPIP_HLEN UIP_IPTCPH_LEN
+#define UIP_IPICMPH_LEN (UIP_IPH_LEN + UIP_ICMPH_LEN) /* size of ICMP
+                                                         + IP header */
+#define UIP_LLIPH_LEN (UIP_LLH_LEN + UIP_IPH_LEN)    /* size of L2
+                                                        + IP header */
+#if UIP_CONF_IPV6
+/**
+ * The sums below are quite used in ND. When used for uip_buf, we
+ * include link layer length when used for uip_len, we do not, hence
+ * we need values with and without LLH_LEN we do not use capital
+ * letters as these values are variable
+ */
+#define uip_l2_l3_hdr_len (UIP_LLH_LEN + UIP_IPH_LEN + uip_ext_len)
+#define uip_l2_l3_icmp_hdr_len (UIP_LLH_LEN + UIP_IPH_LEN + uip_ext_len + UIP_ICMPH_LEN)
+#define uip_l3_hdr_len (UIP_IPH_LEN + uip_ext_len)
+#define uip_l3_icmp_hdr_len (UIP_IPH_LEN + uip_ext_len + UIP_ICMPH_LEN)
+#endif /*UIP_CONF_IPV6*/
+
+
+#if UIP_FIXEDADDR
+extern const uip_ipaddr_t uip_hostaddr, uip_netmask, uip_draddr;
+#else /* UIP_FIXEDADDR */
+extern uip_ipaddr_t uip_hostaddr, uip_netmask, uip_draddr;
+#endif /* UIP_FIXEDADDR */
+extern const uip_ipaddr_t uip_broadcast_addr;
+extern const uip_ipaddr_t uip_all_zeroes_addr;
+
+#if UIP_FIXEDETHADDR
+extern const uip_lladdr_t uip_lladdr;
+#else
+extern uip_lladdr_t uip_lladdr;
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+#ifdef UIP_CONF_IPV6
+/**
+ * \brief Is IPv6 address a the unspecified address
+ * a is of type uip_ipaddr_t
+ */
+#define uip_is_addr_unspecified(a)               \
+  ((((a)->u16[0]) == 0) &&                       \
+   (((a)->u16[1]) == 0) &&                       \
+   (((a)->u16[2]) == 0) &&                       \
+   (((a)->u16[3]) == 0) &&                       \
+   (((a)->u16[4]) == 0) &&                       \
+   (((a)->u16[5]) == 0) &&                       \
+   (((a)->u16[6]) == 0) &&                       \
+   (((a)->u16[7]) == 0))
+
+/** \brief Is IPv6 address a the link local all-nodes multicast address */
+#define uip_is_addr_linklocal_allnodes_mcast(a)     \
+  ((((a)->u8[0]) == 0xff) &&                        \
+   (((a)->u8[1]) == 0x02) &&                        \
+   (((a)->u16[1]) == 0) &&                          \
+   (((a)->u16[2]) == 0) &&                          \
+   (((a)->u16[3]) == 0) &&                          \
+   (((a)->u16[4]) == 0) &&                          \
+   (((a)->u16[5]) == 0) &&                          \
+   (((a)->u16[6]) == 0) &&                          \
+   (((a)->u8[14]) == 0) &&                          \
+   (((a)->u8[15]) == 0x01))
+
+/** \brief set IP address a to unspecified */
+#define uip_create_unspecified(a) uip_ip6addr(a, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0)
+
+/** \brief set IP address a to the link local all-nodes multicast address */
+#define uip_create_linklocal_allnodes_mcast(a) uip_ip6addr(a, 0xff02, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0x0001)
+
+/** \brief set IP address a to the link local all-routers multicast address */
+#define uip_create_linklocal_allrouters_mcast(a) uip_ip6addr(a, 0xff02, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0x0002)
+
+/**
+ * \brief  is addr (a) a solicited node multicast address, see RFC3513
+ *  a is of type uip_ipaddr_t*
+ */
+#define uip_is_addr_solicited_node(a)           \
+  ((((a)->u8[0]) == 0xFF) &&                     \
+  (((a)->u8[1]) == 0x02) &&                     \
+  (((a)->u16[1]) == 0) &&                       \
+  (((a)->u16[2]) == 0) &&                       \
+  (((a)->u16[3]) == 0) &&                       \
+  (((a)->u16[4]) == 0) &&                       \
+  (((a)->u16[5]) == 1) &&                       \
+  (((a)->u8[12]) == 0xFF))
+
+/**
+ * \briefput in b the solicited node address corresponding to address a
+ * both a and b are of type uip_ipaddr_t*
+ * */
+#define uip_create_solicited_node(a, b)    \
+  (((b)->u8[0]) = 0xFF);                        \
+  (((b)->u8[1]) = 0x02);                        \
+  (((b)->u16[1]) = 0);                          \
+  (((b)->u16[2]) = 0);                          \
+  (((b)->u16[3]) = 0);                          \
+  (((b)->u16[4]) = 0);                          \
+  (((b)->u8[10]) = 0);                          \
+  (((b)->u8[11]) = 0x01);                       \
+  (((b)->u8[12]) = 0xFF);                       \
+  (((b)->u8[13]) = ((a)->u8[13]));              \
+  (((b)->u16[7]) = ((a)->u16[7]))
+
+/**
+ * \brief is addr (a) a link local unicast address, see RFC3513
+ *  i.e. is (a) on prefix FE80::/10
+ *  a is of type uip_ipaddr_t*
+ */
+#define uip_is_addr_link_local(a) \
+  ((((a)->u8[0]) == 0xFE) && \
+  (((a)->u8[1]) == 0x80))
+
+/**
+ * \brief was addr (a) forged based on the mac address m
+ * a type is uip_ipaddr_t
+ * m type is uiplladdr_t
+ */
+#if UIP_CONF_LL_802154
+#define uip_is_addr_mac_addr_based(a, m) \
+  ((((a)->u8[8])  == (((m)->addr[0]) ^ 0x02)) &&   \
+   (((a)->u8[9])  == (m)->addr[1]) &&            \
+   (((a)->u8[10]) == (m)->addr[2]) &&            \
+   (((a)->u8[11]) == (m)->addr[3]) &&            \
+   (((a)->u8[12]) == (m)->addr[4]) &&            \
+   (((a)->u8[13]) == (m)->addr[5]) &&            \
+   (((a)->u8[14]) == (m)->addr[6]) &&            \
+   (((a)->u8[15]) == (m)->addr[7]))
+#else
+
+#define uip_is_addr_mac_addr_based(a, m) \
+  ((((a)->u8[8])  == (((m)->addr[0]) | 0x02)) &&   \
+   (((a)->u8[9])  == (m)->addr[1]) &&            \
+   (((a)->u8[10]) == (m)->addr[2]) &&            \
+   (((a)->u8[11]) == 0xff) &&            \
+   (((a)->u8[12]) == 0xfe) &&            \
+   (((a)->u8[13]) == (m)->addr[3]) &&            \
+   (((a)->u8[14]) == (m)->addr[4]) &&            \
+   (((a)->u8[15]) == (m)->addr[5]))
+
+#endif /*UIP_CONF_LL_802154*/
+
+/**
+ * \brief is address a multicast address, see RFC 3513
+ * a is of type uip_ipaddr_t*
+ * */
+#define uip_is_addr_mcast(a)                    \
+  (((a)->u8[0]) == 0xFF)
+
+/**
+ * \brief is group-id of multicast address a
+ * the all nodes group-id
+ */
+#define uip_is_mcast_group_id_all_nodes(a) \
+  ((((a)->u16[1])  == 0) &&                 \
+   (((a)->u16[2])  == 0) &&                 \
+   (((a)->u16[3])  == 0) &&                 \
+   (((a)->u16[4])  == 0) &&                 \
+   (((a)->u16[5])  == 0) &&                 \
+   (((a)->u16[6])  == 0) &&                 \
+   (((a)->u8[14])  == 0) &&                 \
+   (((a)->u8[15])  == 1))
+
+/**
+ * \brief is group-id of multicast address a
+ * the all routers group-id
+ */
+#define uip_is_mcast_group_id_all_routers(a) \
+  ((((a)->u16[1])  == 0) &&                 \
+   (((a)->u16[2])  == 0) &&                 \
+   (((a)->u16[3])  == 0) &&                 \
+   (((a)->u16[4])  == 0) &&                 \
+   (((a)->u16[5])  == 0) &&                 \
+   (((a)->u16[6])  == 0) &&                 \
+   (((a)->u8[14])  == 0) &&                 \
+   (((a)->u8[15])  == 2))
+
+
+#endif /*UIP_CONF_IPV6*/
+
+/**
+ * Calculate the Internet checksum over a buffer.
+ *
+ * The Internet checksum is the one's complement of the one's
+ * complement sum of all 16-bit words in the buffer.
+ *
+ * See RFC1071.
+ *
+ * \param buf A pointer to the buffer over which the checksum is to be
+ * computed.
+ *
+ * \param len The length of the buffer over which the checksum is to
+ * be computed.
+ *
+ * \return The Internet checksum of the buffer.
+ */
+u16_t uip_chksum(u16_t *buf, u16_t len);
+
+/**
+ * Calculate the IP header checksum of the packet header in uip_buf.
+ *
+ * The IP header checksum is the Internet checksum of the 20 bytes of
+ * the IP header.
+ *
+ * \return The IP header checksum of the IP header in the uip_buf
+ * buffer.
+ */
+u16_t uip_ipchksum(void);
+
+/**
+ * Calculate the TCP checksum of the packet in uip_buf and uip_appdata.
+ *
+ * The TCP checksum is the Internet checksum of data contents of the
+ * TCP segment, and a pseudo-header as defined in RFC793.
+ *
+ * \return The TCP checksum of the TCP segment in uip_buf and pointed
+ * to by uip_appdata.
+ */
+u16_t uip_tcpchksum(void);
+
+/**
+ * Calculate the UDP checksum of the packet in uip_buf and uip_appdata.
+ *
+ * The UDP checksum is the Internet checksum of data contents of the
+ * UDP segment, and a pseudo-header as defined in RFC768.
+ *
+ * \return The UDP checksum of the UDP segment in uip_buf and pointed
+ * to by uip_appdata.
+ */
+u16_t uip_udpchksum(void);
+
+/**
+ * Calculate the ICMP checksum of the packet in uip_buf.
+ *
+ * \return The ICMP checksum of the ICMP packet in uip_buf
+ */
+u16_t uip_icmp6chksum(void);
+
+
+#endif /* __UIP_H__ */
+
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip_arp.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip_arp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fcb783b140
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip_arp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,432 @@
+/**
+ * \addtogroup uip
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \defgroup uiparp uIP Address Resolution Protocol
+ * @{
+ *
+ * The Address Resolution Protocol ARP is used for mapping between IP
+ * addresses and link level addresses such as the Ethernet MAC
+ * addresses. ARP uses broadcast queries to ask for the link level
+ * address of a known IP address and the host which is configured with
+ * the IP address for which the query was meant, will respond with its
+ * link level address.
+ *
+ * \note This ARP implementation only supports Ethernet.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * Implementation of the ARP Address Resolution Protocol.
+ * \author Adam Dunkels <adam@dunkels.com>
+ *
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2003, Adam Dunkels.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
+ *    products derived from this software without specific prior
+ *    written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
+ * OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY
+ * DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE
+ * GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
+ * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
+ * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the uIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * $Id: uip_arp.c,v 1.5 2008/02/07 01:35:00 adamdunkels Exp $
+ *
+ */
+
+
+#include "uip_arp.h"
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+struct arp_hdr {
+  struct uip_eth_hdr ethhdr;
+  u16_t hwtype;
+  u16_t protocol;
+  u8_t hwlen;
+  u8_t protolen;
+  u16_t opcode;
+  struct uip_eth_addr shwaddr;
+  uip_ipaddr_t sipaddr;
+  struct uip_eth_addr dhwaddr;
+  uip_ipaddr_t dipaddr;
+};
+
+struct ethip_hdr {
+  struct uip_eth_hdr ethhdr;
+  /* IP header. */
+  u8_t vhl,
+    tos,
+    len[2],
+    ipid[2],
+    ipoffset[2],
+    ttl,
+    proto;
+  u16_t ipchksum;
+  uip_ipaddr_t srcipaddr, destipaddr;
+};
+
+#define ARP_REQUEST 1
+#define ARP_REPLY   2
+
+#define ARP_HWTYPE_ETH 1
+
+struct arp_entry {
+  uip_ipaddr_t ipaddr;
+  struct uip_eth_addr ethaddr;
+  u8_t time;
+};
+
+static const struct uip_eth_addr broadcast_ethaddr =
+  {{0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff}};
+static const u16_t broadcast_ipaddr[2] = {0xffff,0xffff};
+
+static struct arp_entry arp_table[UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE];
+static uip_ipaddr_t ipaddr;
+static u8_t i, c;
+
+static u8_t arptime;
+static u8_t tmpage;
+
+#define BUF   ((struct arp_hdr *)&uip_buf[0])
+#define IPBUF ((struct ethip_hdr *)&uip_buf[0])
+
+#define DEBUG 0
+#if DEBUG
+#include <stdio.h>
+#define PRINTF(...) printf(__VA_ARGS__)
+#else
+#define PRINTF(...)
+#endif
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/**
+ * Initialize the ARP module.
+ *
+ */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+void
+uip_arp_init(void)
+{
+  for(i = 0; i < UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE; ++i) {
+    memset(&arp_table[i].ipaddr, 0, 4);
+  }
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/**
+ * Periodic ARP processing function.
+ *
+ * This function performs periodic timer processing in the ARP module
+ * and should be called at regular intervals. The recommended interval
+ * is 10 seconds between the calls.
+ *
+ */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+void
+uip_arp_timer(void)
+{
+  struct arp_entry *tabptr = NULL;
+
+  ++arptime;
+  for(i = 0; i < UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE; ++i) {
+    tabptr = &arp_table[i];
+    if(uip_ipaddr_cmp(&tabptr->ipaddr, &uip_all_zeroes_addr) &&
+       arptime - tabptr->time >= UIP_ARP_MAXAGE) {
+      memset(&tabptr->ipaddr, 0, 4);
+    }
+  }
+
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static void
+uip_arp_update(uip_ipaddr_t *ipaddr, struct uip_eth_addr *ethaddr)
+{
+  register struct arp_entry *tabptr = NULL;
+  /* Walk through the ARP mapping table and try to find an entry to
+     update. If none is found, the IP -> MAC address mapping is
+     inserted in the ARP table. */
+  for(i = 0; i < UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE; ++i) {
+
+    tabptr = &arp_table[i];
+    /* Only check those entries that are actually in use. */
+    if(!uip_ipaddr_cmp(&tabptr->ipaddr, &uip_all_zeroes_addr)) {
+
+      /* Check if the source IP address of the incoming packet matches
+         the IP address in this ARP table entry. */
+      if(uip_ipaddr_cmp(ipaddr, &tabptr->ipaddr)) {
+
+	/* An old entry found, update this and return. */
+	memcpy(tabptr->ethaddr.addr, ethaddr->addr, 6);
+	tabptr->time = arptime;
+
+	return;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If we get here, no existing ARP table entry was found, so we
+     create one. */
+
+  /* First, we try to find an unused entry in the ARP table. */
+  for(i = 0; i < UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE; ++i) {
+    tabptr = &arp_table[i];
+    if(uip_ipaddr_cmp(&tabptr->ipaddr, &uip_all_zeroes_addr)) {
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If no unused entry is found, we try to find the oldest entry and
+     throw it away. */
+  if(i == UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE) {
+    tmpage = 0;
+    c = 0;
+    for(i = 0; i < UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE; ++i) {
+      tabptr = &arp_table[i];
+      if(arptime - tabptr->time > tmpage) {
+	tmpage = arptime - tabptr->time;
+	c = i;
+      }
+    }
+    i = c;
+    tabptr = &arp_table[i];
+  }
+
+  /* Now, i is the ARP table entry which we will fill with the new
+     information. */
+  uip_ipaddr_copy(&tabptr->ipaddr, ipaddr);
+  memcpy(tabptr->ethaddr.addr, ethaddr->addr, 6);
+  tabptr->time = arptime;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/**
+ * ARP processing for incoming IP packets
+ *
+ * This function should be called by the device driver when an IP
+ * packet has been received. The function will check if the address is
+ * in the ARP cache, and if so the ARP cache entry will be
+ * refreshed. If no ARP cache entry was found, a new one is created.
+ *
+ * This function expects an IP packet with a prepended Ethernet header
+ * in the uip_buf[] buffer, and the length of the packet in the global
+ * variable uip_len.
+ */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if 0
+void
+uip_arp_ipin(void)
+{
+  uip_len -= sizeof(struct uip_eth_hdr);
+
+  /* Only insert/update an entry if the source IP address of the
+     incoming IP packet comes from a host on the local network. */
+  if((IPBUF->srcipaddr[0] & uip_netmask[0]) !=
+     (uip_hostaddr[0] & uip_netmask[0])) {
+    return;
+  }
+  if((IPBUF->srcipaddr[1] & uip_netmask[1]) !=
+     (uip_hostaddr[1] & uip_netmask[1])) {
+    return;
+  }
+  uip_arp_update(IPBUF->srcipaddr, &(IPBUF->ethhdr.src));
+
+  return;
+}
+#endif /* 0 */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/**
+ * ARP processing for incoming ARP packets.
+ *
+ * This function should be called by the device driver when an ARP
+ * packet has been received. The function will act differently
+ * depending on the ARP packet type: if it is a reply for a request
+ * that we previously sent out, the ARP cache will be filled in with
+ * the values from the ARP reply. If the incoming ARP packet is an ARP
+ * request for our IP address, an ARP reply packet is created and put
+ * into the uip_buf[] buffer.
+ *
+ * When the function returns, the value of the global variable uip_len
+ * indicates whether the device driver should send out a packet or
+ * not. If uip_len is zero, no packet should be sent. If uip_len is
+ * non-zero, it contains the length of the outbound packet that is
+ * present in the uip_buf[] buffer.
+ *
+ * This function expects an ARP packet with a prepended Ethernet
+ * header in the uip_buf[] buffer, and the length of the packet in the
+ * global variable uip_len.
+ */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+void
+uip_arp_arpin(void)
+{
+  if(uip_len < sizeof(struct arp_hdr)) {
+    uip_len = 0;
+    return;
+  }
+  uip_len = 0;
+
+  switch(BUF->opcode) {
+  case HTONS(ARP_REQUEST):
+    /* ARP request. If it asked for our address, we send out a
+       reply. */
+    /*    if(BUF->dipaddr[0] == uip_hostaddr[0] &&
+	  BUF->dipaddr[1] == uip_hostaddr[1]) {*/
+    PRINTF("uip_arp_arpin: request for %d.%d.%d.%d (we are %d.%d.%d.%d)\n",
+	   BUF->dipaddr.u8[0], BUF->dipaddr.u8[1],
+	   BUF->dipaddr.u8[2], BUF->dipaddr.u8[3],
+	   uip_hostaddr.u8[0], uip_hostaddr.u8[1],
+	   uip_hostaddr.u8[2], uip_hostaddr.u8[3]);
+    if(uip_ipaddr_cmp(&BUF->dipaddr, &uip_hostaddr)) {
+      /* First, we register the one who made the request in our ARP
+	 table, since it is likely that we will do more communication
+	 with this host in the future. */
+      uip_arp_update(&BUF->sipaddr, &BUF->shwaddr);
+
+      BUF->opcode = HTONS(ARP_REPLY);
+
+      memcpy(BUF->dhwaddr.addr, BUF->shwaddr.addr, 6);
+      memcpy(BUF->shwaddr.addr, uip_ethaddr.addr, 6);
+      memcpy(BUF->ethhdr.src.addr, uip_ethaddr.addr, 6);
+      memcpy(BUF->ethhdr.dest.addr, BUF->dhwaddr.addr, 6);
+
+      uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->dipaddr, &BUF->sipaddr);
+      uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->sipaddr, &uip_hostaddr);
+
+      BUF->ethhdr.type = HTONS(UIP_ETHTYPE_ARP);
+      uip_len = sizeof(struct arp_hdr);
+    }
+    break;
+  case HTONS(ARP_REPLY):
+    /* ARP reply. We insert or update the ARP table if it was meant
+       for us. */
+    if(uip_ipaddr_cmp(&BUF->dipaddr, &uip_hostaddr)) {
+      uip_arp_update(&BUF->sipaddr, &BUF->shwaddr);
+    }
+    break;
+  }
+
+  return;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/**
+ * Prepend Ethernet header to an outbound IP packet and see if we need
+ * to send out an ARP request.
+ *
+ * This function should be called before sending out an IP packet. The
+ * function checks the destination IP address of the IP packet to see
+ * what Ethernet MAC address that should be used as a destination MAC
+ * address on the Ethernet.
+ *
+ * If the destination IP address is in the local network (determined
+ * by logical ANDing of netmask and our IP address), the function
+ * checks the ARP cache to see if an entry for the destination IP
+ * address is found. If so, an Ethernet header is prepended and the
+ * function returns. If no ARP cache entry is found for the
+ * destination IP address, the packet in the uip_buf[] is replaced by
+ * an ARP request packet for the IP address. The IP packet is dropped
+ * and it is assumed that they higher level protocols (e.g., TCP)
+ * eventually will retransmit the dropped packet.
+ *
+ * If the destination IP address is not on the local network, the IP
+ * address of the default router is used instead.
+ *
+ * When the function returns, a packet is present in the uip_buf[]
+ * buffer, and the length of the packet is in the global variable
+ * uip_len.
+ */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+void
+uip_arp_out(void)
+{
+  struct arp_entry *tabptr = NULL;
+
+  /* Find the destination IP address in the ARP table and construct
+     the Ethernet header. If the destination IP address isn't on the
+     local network, we use the default router's IP address instead.
+
+     If not ARP table entry is found, we overwrite the original IP
+     packet with an ARP request for the IP address. */
+
+  /* First check if destination is a local broadcast. */
+  if(uip_ipaddr_cmp(&IPBUF->destipaddr, &uip_broadcast_addr)) {
+    memcpy(IPBUF->ethhdr.dest.addr, broadcast_ethaddr.addr, 6);
+  } else {
+    /* Check if the destination address is on the local network. */
+    if(!uip_ipaddr_maskcmp(&IPBUF->destipaddr, &uip_hostaddr, &uip_netmask)) {
+      /* Destination address was not on the local network, so we need to
+	 use the default router's IP address instead of the destination
+	 address when determining the MAC address. */
+      uip_ipaddr_copy(&ipaddr, &uip_draddr);
+    } else {
+      /* Else, we use the destination IP address. */
+      uip_ipaddr_copy(&ipaddr, &IPBUF->destipaddr);
+    }
+
+    for(i = 0; i < UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE; ++i) {
+      tabptr = &arp_table[i];
+      if(uip_ipaddr_cmp(&ipaddr, &tabptr->ipaddr)) {
+	break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if(i == UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE) {
+      /* The destination address was not in our ARP table, so we
+	 overwrite the IP packet with an ARP request. */
+
+      memset(BUF->ethhdr.dest.addr, 0xff, 6);
+      memset(BUF->dhwaddr.addr, 0x00, 6);
+      memcpy(BUF->ethhdr.src.addr, uip_ethaddr.addr, 6);
+      memcpy(BUF->shwaddr.addr, uip_ethaddr.addr, 6);
+
+      uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->dipaddr, &ipaddr);
+      uip_ipaddr_copy(&BUF->sipaddr, &uip_hostaddr);
+      BUF->opcode = HTONS(ARP_REQUEST); /* ARP request. */
+      BUF->hwtype = HTONS(ARP_HWTYPE_ETH);
+      BUF->protocol = HTONS(UIP_ETHTYPE_IP);
+      BUF->hwlen = 6;
+      BUF->protolen = 4;
+      BUF->ethhdr.type = HTONS(UIP_ETHTYPE_ARP);
+
+      uip_appdata = &uip_buf[UIP_TCPIP_HLEN + UIP_LLH_LEN];
+
+      uip_len = sizeof(struct arp_hdr);
+      return;
+    }
+
+    /* Build an ethernet header. */
+    memcpy(IPBUF->ethhdr.dest.addr, tabptr->ethaddr.addr, 6);
+  }
+  memcpy(IPBUF->ethhdr.src.addr, uip_ethaddr.addr, 6);
+
+  IPBUF->ethhdr.type = HTONS(UIP_ETHTYPE_IP);
+
+  uip_len += sizeof(struct uip_eth_hdr);
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @} */
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip_arp.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip_arp.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4e78ce7b77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip_arp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+/**
+ * \addtogroup uip
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \addtogroup uiparp
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * Macros and definitions for the ARP module.
+ * \author Adam Dunkels <adam@dunkels.com>
+ */
+
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2003, Adam Dunkels.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
+ *    products derived from this software without specific prior
+ *    written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
+ * OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY
+ * DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE
+ * GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
+ * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
+ * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the uIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * $Id: uip_arp.h,v 1.2 2006/08/26 23:58:45 oliverschmidt Exp $
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef __UIP_ARP_H__
+#define __UIP_ARP_H__
+
+#include "uip.h"
+
+
+extern struct uip_eth_addr uip_ethaddr;
+
+/**
+ * The Ethernet header.
+ */
+struct uip_eth_hdr {
+  struct uip_eth_addr dest;
+  struct uip_eth_addr src;
+  u16_t type;
+};
+
+#define UIP_ETHTYPE_ARP  0x0806
+#define UIP_ETHTYPE_IP   0x0800
+#define UIP_ETHTYPE_IPV6 0x86dd
+
+
+/* The uip_arp_init() function must be called before any of the other
+   ARP functions. */
+void uip_arp_init(void);
+
+/* The uip_arp_ipin() function should be called whenever an IP packet
+   arrives from the Ethernet. This function refreshes the ARP table or
+   inserts a new mapping if none exists. The function assumes that an
+   IP packet with an Ethernet header is present in the uip_buf buffer
+   and that the length of the packet is in the uip_len variable. */
+/*void uip_arp_ipin(void);*/
+#define uip_arp_ipin()
+
+/* The uip_arp_arpin() should be called when an ARP packet is received
+   by the Ethernet driver. This function also assumes that the
+   Ethernet frame is present in the uip_buf buffer. When the
+   uip_arp_arpin() function returns, the contents of the uip_buf
+   buffer should be sent out on the Ethernet if the uip_len variable
+   is > 0. */
+void uip_arp_arpin(void);
+
+/* The uip_arp_out() function should be called when an IP packet
+   should be sent out on the Ethernet. This function creates an
+   Ethernet header before the IP header in the uip_buf buffer. The
+   Ethernet header will have the correct Ethernet MAC destination
+   address filled in if an ARP table entry for the destination IP
+   address (or the IP address of the default router) is present. If no
+   such table entry is found, the IP packet is overwritten with an ARP
+   request and we rely on TCP to retransmit the packet that was
+   overwritten. In any case, the uip_len variable holds the length of
+   the Ethernet frame that should be transmitted. */
+void uip_arp_out(void);
+
+/* The uip_arp_timer() function should be called every ten seconds. It
+   is responsible for flushing old entries in the ARP table. */
+void uip_arp_timer(void);
+
+/** @} */
+
+/**
+ * \addtogroup uipconffunc
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * Specifiy the Ethernet MAC address.
+ *
+ * The ARP code needs to know the MAC address of the Ethernet card in
+ * order to be able to respond to ARP queries and to generate working
+ * Ethernet headers.
+ *
+ * \note This macro only specifies the Ethernet MAC address to the ARP
+ * code. It cannot be used to change the MAC address of the Ethernet
+ * card.
+ *
+ * \param eaddr A pointer to a struct uip_eth_addr containing the
+ * Ethernet MAC address of the Ethernet card.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define uip_setethaddr(eaddr) do {uip_ethaddr.addr[0] = eaddr.addr[0]; \
+                              uip_ethaddr.addr[1] = eaddr.addr[1];\
+                              uip_ethaddr.addr[2] = eaddr.addr[2];\
+                              uip_ethaddr.addr[3] = eaddr.addr[3];\
+                              uip_ethaddr.addr[4] = eaddr.addr[4];\
+                              uip_ethaddr.addr[5] = eaddr.addr[5];} while(0)
+
+/** @} */
+
+
+#endif /* __UIP_ARP_H__ */
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uipopt.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uipopt.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..520c03f25e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uipopt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,740 @@
+/**
+ * \addtogroup uip
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \defgroup uipopt Configuration options for uIP
+ * @{
+ *
+ * uIP is configured using the per-project configuration file
+ * "uipopt.h". This file contains all compile-time options for uIP and
+ * should be tweaked to match each specific project. The uIP
+ * distribution contains a documented example "uipopt.h" that can be
+ * copied and modified for each project.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \file
+ * Configuration options for uIP.
+ * \author Adam Dunkels <adam@dunkels.com>
+ *
+ * This file is used for tweaking various configuration options for
+ * uIP. You should make a copy of this file into one of your project's
+ * directories instead of editing this example "uipopt.h" file that
+ * comes with the uIP distribution.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2003, Adam Dunkels.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
+ *    products derived from this software without specific prior
+ *    written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
+ * OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY
+ * DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE
+ * GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
+ * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
+ * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the uIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * $Id: uipopt.h,v 1.11 2009/04/10 00:37:48 adamdunkels Exp $
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef __UIPOPT_H__
+#define __UIPOPT_H__
+
+#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+#ifndef UIP_LITTLE_ENDIAN
+#define UIP_LITTLE_ENDIAN  3412
+#endif /* UIP_LITTLE_ENDIAN */
+#ifndef UIP_BIG_ENDIAN
+#define UIP_BIG_ENDIAN     1234
+#endif /* UIP_BIG_ENDIAN */
+
+/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * \defgroup uipoptstaticconf Static configuration options
+ * @{
+ *
+ * These configuration options can be used for setting the IP address
+ * settings statically, but only if UIP_FIXEDADDR is set to 1. The
+ * configuration options for a specific node includes IP address,
+ * netmask and default router as well as the Ethernet address. The
+ * netmask, default router and Ethernet address are applicable only
+ * if uIP should be run over Ethernet.
+ *
+ * This options are meaningful only for the IPv4 code.
+ *
+ * All of these should be changed to suit your project.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Determines if uIP should use a fixed IP address or not.
+ *
+ * If uIP should use a fixed IP address, the settings are set in the
+ * uipopt.h file. If not, the macros uip_sethostaddr(),
+ * uip_setdraddr() and uip_setnetmask() should be used instead.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define UIP_FIXEDADDR    0
+
+/**
+ * Ping IP address assignment.
+ *
+ * uIP uses a "ping" packets for setting its own IP address if this
+ * option is set. If so, uIP will start with an empty IP address and
+ * the destination IP address of the first incoming "ping" (ICMP echo)
+ * packet will be used for setting the hosts IP address.
+ *
+ * \note This works only if UIP_FIXEDADDR is 0.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#ifdef UIP_CONF_PINGADDRCONF
+#define UIP_PINGADDRCONF UIP_CONF_PINGADDRCONF
+#else /* UIP_CONF_PINGADDRCONF */
+#define UIP_PINGADDRCONF 0
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_PINGADDRCONF */
+
+
+/**
+ * Specifies if the uIP ARP module should be compiled with a fixed
+ * Ethernet MAC address or not.
+ *
+ * If this configuration option is 0, the macro uip_setethaddr() can
+ * be used to specify the Ethernet address at run-time.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#define UIP_FIXEDETHADDR 0
+
+/** @} */
+/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/**
+ * \defgroup uipoptip IP configuration options
+ * @{
+ *
+ */
+/**
+ * The IP TTL (time to live) of IP packets sent by uIP.
+ *
+ * This should normally not be changed.
+ */
+#define UIP_TTL         64
+
+/**
+ * The maximum time an IP fragment should wait in the reassembly
+ * buffer before it is dropped.
+ *
+ */
+#define UIP_REASS_MAXAGE 60 /*60s*/
+
+/**
+ * Turn on support for IP packet reassembly.
+ *
+ * uIP supports reassembly of fragmented IP packets. This features
+ * requires an additional amount of RAM to hold the reassembly buffer
+ * and the reassembly code size is approximately 700 bytes.  The
+ * reassembly buffer is of the same size as the uip_buf buffer
+ * (configured by UIP_BUFSIZE).
+ *
+ * \note IP packet reassembly is not heavily tested.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#ifdef UIP_CONF_REASSEMBLY
+#define UIP_REASSEMBLY UIP_CONF_REASSEMBLY
+#else /* UIP_CONF_REASSEMBLY */
+#define UIP_REASSEMBLY 0
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_REASSEMBLY */
+/** @} */
+
+/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/**
+ * \defgroup uipoptipv6 IPv6 configuration options
+ * @{
+ *
+ */
+
+/** The maximum transmission unit at the IP Layer*/
+#define UIP_LINK_MTU 1280
+
+#ifndef UIP_CONF_IPV6
+/** Do we use IPv6 or not (default: no) */
+#define UIP_CONF_IPV6                 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef UIP_CONF_IPV6_QUEUE_PKT
+/** Do we do per %neighbor queuing during address resolution (default: no) */
+#define UIP_CONF_IPV6_QUEUE_PKT       0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef UIP_CONF_IPV6_CHECKS
+/** Do we do IPv6 consistency checks (highly recommended, default: yes) */
+#define UIP_CONF_IPV6_CHECKS          1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef UIP_CONF_IPV6_REASSEMBLY
+/** Do we do IPv6 fragmentation (default: no) */
+#define UIP_CONF_IPV6_REASSEMBLY      0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef UIP_CONF_NETIF_MAX_ADDRESSES
+/** Default number of IPv6 addresses associated to the node's interface */
+#define UIP_CONF_NETIF_MAX_ADDRESSES  3
+#endif
+
+#ifndef UIP_CONF_ND6_MAX_PREFIXES
+/** Default number of IPv6 prefixes associated to the node's interface */
+#define UIP_CONF_ND6_MAX_PREFIXES     3
+#endif
+
+#ifndef UIP_CONF_ND6_MAX_NEIGHBORS
+/** Default number of neighbors that can be stored in the %neighbor cache */
+#define UIP_CONF_ND6_MAX_NEIGHBORS    4
+#endif
+
+#ifndef UIP_CONF_ND6_MAX_DEFROUTERS
+/** Minimum number of default routers */
+#define UIP_CONF_ND6_MAX_DEFROUTERS   2
+#endif
+/** @} */
+
+/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/**
+ * \defgroup uipoptudp UDP configuration options
+ * @{
+ *
+ * \note The UDP support in uIP is still not entirely complete; there
+ * is no support for sending or receiving broadcast or multicast
+ * packets, but it works well enough to support a number of vital
+ * applications such as DNS queries, though
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Toggles whether UDP support should be compiled in or not.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#ifdef UIP_CONF_UDP
+#define UIP_UDP UIP_CONF_UDP
+#else /* UIP_CONF_UDP */
+#define UIP_UDP           1
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_UDP */
+
+/**
+ * Toggles if UDP checksums should be used or not.
+ *
+ * \note Support for UDP checksums is currently not included in uIP,
+ * so this option has no function.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#ifdef UIP_CONF_UDP_CHECKSUMS
+#define UIP_UDP_CHECKSUMS UIP_CONF_UDP_CHECKSUMS
+#else
+#define UIP_UDP_CHECKSUMS 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * The maximum amount of concurrent UDP connections.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#ifdef UIP_CONF_UDP_CONNS
+#define UIP_UDP_CONNS UIP_CONF_UDP_CONNS
+#else /* UIP_CONF_UDP_CONNS */
+#define UIP_UDP_CONNS    10
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_UDP_CONNS */
+
+/**
+ * The name of the function that should be called when UDP datagrams arrive.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+
+
+/** @} */
+/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/**
+ * \defgroup uipopttcp TCP configuration options
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Toggles whether TCP support should be compiled in or not.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#ifdef UIP_CONF_TCP
+#define UIP_TCP UIP_CONF_TCP
+#else /* UIP_CONF_TCP */
+#define UIP_TCP           1
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_TCP */
+
+/**
+ * Determines if support for opening connections from uIP should be
+ * compiled in.
+ *
+ * If the applications that are running on top of uIP for this project
+ * do not need to open outgoing TCP connections, this configuration
+ * option can be turned off to reduce the code size of uIP.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#ifndef UIP_CONF_ACTIVE_OPEN
+#define UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN 1
+#else /* UIP_CONF_ACTIVE_OPEN */
+#define UIP_ACTIVE_OPEN UIP_CONF_ACTIVE_OPEN
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_ACTIVE_OPEN */
+
+/**
+ * The maximum number of simultaneously open TCP connections.
+ *
+ * Since the TCP connections are statically allocated, turning this
+ * configuration knob down results in less RAM used. Each TCP
+ * connection requires approximately 30 bytes of memory.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#ifndef UIP_CONF_MAX_CONNECTIONS
+#define UIP_CONNS       10
+#else /* UIP_CONF_MAX_CONNECTIONS */
+#define UIP_CONNS UIP_CONF_MAX_CONNECTIONS
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_MAX_CONNECTIONS */
+
+
+/**
+ * The maximum number of simultaneously listening TCP ports.
+ *
+ * Each listening TCP port requires 2 bytes of memory.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#ifndef UIP_CONF_MAX_LISTENPORTS
+#define UIP_LISTENPORTS 20
+#else /* UIP_CONF_MAX_LISTENPORTS */
+#define UIP_LISTENPORTS UIP_CONF_MAX_LISTENPORTS
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_MAX_LISTENPORTS */
+
+/**
+ * Determines if support for TCP urgent data notification should be
+ * compiled in.
+ *
+ * Urgent data (out-of-band data) is a rarely used TCP feature that
+ * very seldom would be required.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#if !defined(UIP_URGDATA)
+#define UIP_URGDATA      0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * The initial retransmission timeout counted in timer pulses.
+ *
+ * This should not be changed.
+ */
+#if !defined(UIP_RTO)
+#define UIP_RTO         3
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * The maximum number of times a segment should be retransmitted
+ * before the connection should be aborted.
+ *
+ * This should not be changed.
+ */
+#if !defined(UIP_MAXRTX)
+#define UIP_MAXRTX      8
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * The maximum number of times a SYN segment should be retransmitted
+ * before a connection request should be deemed to have been
+ * unsuccessful.
+ *
+ * This should not need to be changed.
+ */
+#if !defined(UIP_MAXSYNRTX)
+#define UIP_MAXSYNRTX      5
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * The TCP maximum segment size.
+ *
+ * This is should not be to set to more than
+ * UIP_BUFSIZE - UIP_LLH_LEN - UIP_TCPIP_HLEN.
+ */
+#ifdef UIP_CONF_TCP_MSS
+#define UIP_TCP_MSS UIP_CONF_TCP_MSS
+#else
+#define UIP_TCP_MSS     (UIP_BUFSIZE - UIP_LLH_LEN - UIP_TCPIP_HLEN)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * The size of the advertised receiver's window.
+ *
+ * Should be set low (i.e., to the size of the uip_buf buffer) if the
+ * application is slow to process incoming data, or high (32768 bytes)
+ * if the application processes data quickly.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#ifndef UIP_CONF_RECEIVE_WINDOW
+#define UIP_RECEIVE_WINDOW UIP_TCP_MSS
+#else
+#define UIP_RECEIVE_WINDOW UIP_CONF_RECEIVE_WINDOW
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * How long a connection should stay in the TIME_WAIT state.
+ *
+ * This configuration option has no real implication, and it should be
+ * left untouched.
+ */
+#define UIP_TIME_WAIT_TIMEOUT 120
+
+
+/** @} */
+/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/**
+ * \defgroup uipoptarp ARP configuration options
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * The size of the ARP table.
+ *
+ * This option should be set to a larger value if this uIP node will
+ * have many connections from the local network.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#ifdef UIP_CONF_ARPTAB_SIZE
+#define UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE UIP_CONF_ARPTAB_SIZE
+#else
+#define UIP_ARPTAB_SIZE 8
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * The maximum age of ARP table entries measured in 10ths of seconds.
+ *
+ * An UIP_ARP_MAXAGE of 120 corresponds to 20 minutes (BSD
+ * default).
+ */
+#define UIP_ARP_MAXAGE 120
+
+
+/** @} */
+
+/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * \defgroup uipoptmac layer 2 options (for ipv6)
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define UIP_DEFAULT_PREFIX_LEN 64
+
+/** @} */
+
+/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * \defgroup uipoptsics 6lowpan options (for ipv6)
+ * @{
+ */
+/**
+ * Timeout for packet reassembly at the 6lowpan layer
+ * (should be < 60s)
+ */
+#ifdef SICSLOWPAN_CONF_MAXAGE
+#define SICSLOWPAN_REASS_MAXAGE SICSLOWPAN_CONF_MAXAGE
+#else
+#define SICSLOWPAN_REASS_MAXAGE 20
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Do we compress the IP header or not (default: no)
+ */
+#ifndef SICSLOWPAN_CONF_COMPRESSION
+#define SICSLOWPAN_CONF_COMPRESSION 0
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * If we use IPHC compression, how many address contexts do we support
+ */
+#ifndef SICSLOWPAN_CONF_MAX_ADDR_CONTEXTS
+#define SICSLOWPAN_CONF_MAX_ADDR_CONTEXTS 1
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Do we support 6lowpan fragmentation
+ */
+#ifndef SICSLOWPAN_CONF_FRAG
+#define SICSLOWPAN_CONF_FRAG  0
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
+/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * \defgroup uipoptgeneral General configuration options
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * The size of the uIP packet buffer.
+ *
+ * The uIP packet buffer should not be smaller than 60 bytes, and does
+ * not need to be larger than 1514 bytes. Lower size results in lower
+ * TCP throughput, larger size results in higher TCP throughput.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#ifndef UIP_CONF_BUFFER_SIZE
+#define UIP_BUFSIZE UIP_LINK_MTU + UIP_LLH_LEN
+#else /* UIP_CONF_BUFFER_SIZE */
+#define UIP_BUFSIZE UIP_CONF_BUFFER_SIZE
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_BUFFER_SIZE */
+
+
+/**
+ * Determines if statistics support should be compiled in.
+ *
+ * The statistics is useful for debugging and to show the user.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#ifndef UIP_CONF_STATISTICS
+#define UIP_STATISTICS  0
+#else /* UIP_CONF_STATISTICS */
+#define UIP_STATISTICS UIP_CONF_STATISTICS
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_STATISTICS */
+
+/**
+ * Determines if logging of certain events should be compiled in.
+ *
+ * This is useful mostly for debugging. The function uip_log()
+ * must be implemented to suit the architecture of the project, if
+ * logging is turned on.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#ifndef UIP_CONF_LOGGING
+#define UIP_LOGGING     0
+#else /* UIP_CONF_LOGGING */
+#define UIP_LOGGING     UIP_CONF_LOGGING
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_LOGGING */
+
+/**
+ * Broadcast support.
+ *
+ * This flag configures IP broadcast support. This is useful only
+ * together with UDP.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef UIP_CONF_BROADCAST
+#define UIP_BROADCAST 0
+#else /* UIP_CONF_BROADCAST */
+#define UIP_BROADCAST UIP_CONF_BROADCAST
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_BROADCAST */
+
+/**
+ * Print out a uIP log message.
+ *
+ * This function must be implemented by the module that uses uIP, and
+ * is called by uIP whenever a log message is generated.
+ */
+void uip_log(char *msg);
+
+/**
+ * The link level header length.
+ *
+ * This is the offset into the uip_buf where the IP header can be
+ * found. For Ethernet, this should be set to 14. For SLIP, this
+ * should be set to 0.
+ *
+ * \note we probably won't use this constant for other link layers than
+ * ethernet as they have variable header length (this is due to variable
+ * number and type of address fields and to optional security features)
+ * E.g.: 802.15.4 -> 2 + (1/2*4/8) + 0/5/6/10/14
+ *       802.11 -> 4 + (6*3/4) + 2
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#ifdef UIP_CONF_LLH_LEN
+#define UIP_LLH_LEN UIP_CONF_LLH_LEN
+#else /* UIP_LLH_LEN */
+#define UIP_LLH_LEN     14
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_LLH_LEN */
+
+/** @} */
+/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/**
+ * \defgroup uipoptcpu CPU architecture configuration
+ * @{
+ *
+ * The CPU architecture configuration is where the endianess of the
+ * CPU on which uIP is to be run is specified. Most CPUs today are
+ * little endian, and the most notable exception are the Motorolas
+ * which are big endian. The BYTE_ORDER macro should be changed to
+ * reflect the CPU architecture on which uIP is to be run.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * The byte order of the CPU architecture on which uIP is to be run.
+ *
+ * This option can be either UIP_BIG_ENDIAN (Motorola byte order) or
+ * UIP_LITTLE_ENDIAN (Intel byte order).
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ */
+#ifdef UIP_CONF_BYTE_ORDER
+#define UIP_BYTE_ORDER     UIP_CONF_BYTE_ORDER
+#else /* UIP_CONF_BYTE_ORDER */
+#define UIP_BYTE_ORDER     UIP_LITTLE_ENDIAN
+#endif /* UIP_CONF_BYTE_ORDER */
+
+/** @} */
+/*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#include <ff.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "timer.h"
+
+typedef uint8_t u8_t;
+typedef uint16_t u16_t;
+typedef uint32_t u32_t;
+typedef uint32_t uip_stats_t;
+
+/**
+ * \defgroup uipoptapp Application specific configurations
+ * @{
+ *
+ * An uIP application is implemented using a single application
+ * function that is called by uIP whenever a TCP/IP event occurs. The
+ * name of this function must be registered with uIP at compile time
+ * using the UIP_APPCALL definition.
+ *
+ * uIP applications can store the application state within the
+ * uip_conn structure by specifying the type of the application
+ * structure by typedef:ing the type uip_tcp_appstate_t and uip_udp_appstate_t.
+ *
+ * The file containing the definitions must be included in the
+ * uipopt.h file.
+ *
+ * The following example illustrates how this can look.
+ \code
+
+ void httpd_appcall(void);
+ #define UIP_APPCALL     httpd_appcall
+
+ struct httpd_state {
+ u8_t state;
+ u16_t count;
+ char *dataptr;
+ char *script;
+ };
+ typedef struct httpd_state uip_tcp_appstate_t
+ \endcode
+*/
+#define UIP_UDP_APPCALL uIPManagement_UDPCallback
+void UIP_UDP_APPCALL(void);
+
+/**
+ * \var #define UIP_APPCALL
+ *
+ * The name of the application function that uIP should call in
+ * response to TCP/IP events.
+ *
+ */
+#define UIP_APPCALL     uIPManagement_TCPCallback
+void UIP_APPCALL(void);
+
+/**
+ * \var typedef uip_tcp_appstate_t
+ *
+ * The type of the application state that is to be stored in the
+ * uip_conn structure. This usually is typedef:ed to a struct holding
+ * application state information.
+ */
+typedef union
+{
+	struct
+	{
+		uint8_t  CurrentState;
+		uint8_t  NextState;
+
+		char     FileName[MAX_URI_LENGTH];
+		FIL      FileHandle;
+		bool     FileOpen;
+		uint32_t ACKedFilePos;
+		uint16_t SentChunkSize;
+	} HTTPServer;
+
+	struct
+	{
+		uint8_t  CurrentState;
+		uint8_t  NextState;
+
+		uint8_t  IssuedCommand;
+	} TELNETServer;
+} uip_tcp_appstate_t;
+
+/**
+ * \var typedef uip_udp_appstate_t
+ *
+ * The type of the application state that is to be stored in the
+ * uip_conn structure. This usually is typedef:ed to a struct holding
+ * application state information.
+ */
+typedef union
+{
+	struct
+	{
+		uint8_t      CurrentState;
+		struct timer Timeout;
+
+		struct
+		{
+			uint8_t AllocatedIP[4];
+			uint8_t Netmask[4];
+			uint8_t GatewayIP[4];
+			uint8_t ServerIP[4];
+		} DHCPOffer_Data;
+	} DHCPClient;
+} uip_udp_appstate_t;
+/** @} */
+
+#endif /* __UIPOPT_H__ */
+/** @} */
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/USBDeviceMode.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/USBDeviceMode.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c883f1441d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/USBDeviceMode.c
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Mode management functions and variables. This file contains the LUFA code required to
+ *  manage the USB Mass Storage device mode.
+ */
+
+#include "USBDeviceMode.h"
+
+/** Message buffer for RNDIS messages processed by the RNDIS device class driver. */
+static uint8_t RNDIS_Message_Buffer[192];
+
+/** LUFA RNDIS Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ *  passed to all RNDIS Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ *  within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Device =
+	{
+		.Config =
+			{
+				.ControlInterfaceNumber         = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+				.DataINEndpoint                 =
+					{
+						.Address                = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
+						.Size                   = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks                  = 1,
+					},
+				.DataOUTEndpoint                =
+					{
+						.Address                = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
+						.Size                   = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks                  = 1,
+					},
+				.NotificationEndpoint           =
+					{
+						.Address                = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+						.Size                   = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks                  = 1,
+					},
+				.AdapterVendorDescription       = "LUFA RNDIS Adapter",
+				.AdapterMACAddress              = {{0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00}},
+				.MessageBuffer                  = RNDIS_Message_Buffer,
+				.MessageBufferLength            = sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Buffer),
+			},
+	};
+
+/** LUFA Mass Storage Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ *  passed to all Mass Storage Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ *  within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t Disk_MS_Interface =
+	{
+		.Config =
+			{
+				.InterfaceNumber                = INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage,
+				.DataINEndpoint                 =
+					{
+						.Address                = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR,
+						.Size                   = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks                  = 1,
+					},
+				.DataOUTEndpoint                =
+					{
+						.Address                = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR,
+						.Size                   = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks                  = 1,
+					},
+				.TotalLUNs                 = 1,
+			},
+	};
+
+
+/** USB device mode management task. This function manages the Mass Storage Device class driver when the device is
+ *  initialized in USB device mode.
+ */
+void USBDeviceMode_USBTask(void)
+{
+	if (USB_CurrentMode != USB_MODE_Device)
+	  return;
+
+	uIPManagement_ManageNetwork();
+
+	RNDIS_Device_USBTask(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Device);
+	MS_Device_USBTask(&Disk_MS_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+	uIPManagement_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+	bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+	ConfigSuccess &= RNDIS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Device);
+	ConfigSuccess &= MS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Disk_MS_Interface);
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+	RNDIS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Device);
+	MS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Disk_MS_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Mass Storage class driver callback function the reception of SCSI commands from the host, which must be processed.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	bool CommandSuccess;
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+	CommandSuccess = SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(MSInterfaceInfo);
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+
+	return CommandSuccess;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/USBDeviceMode.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/USBDeviceMode.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f714903332
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/USBDeviceMode.h
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for USBDeviceMode.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _USBDEVICEMODE_H_
+#define _USBDEVICEMODE_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include "Webserver.h"
+		#include "Descriptors.h"
+		#include "Lib/uIPManagement.h"
+		#include "Lib/SCSI.h"
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+	/* External Variables: */
+		extern USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Device;
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void USBDeviceMode_USBTask(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+		bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/USBHostMode.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/USBHostMode.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..04190bfe20
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/USBHostMode.c
@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Host Mode management functions and variables. This file contains the LUFA code required to
+ *  manage the USB RNDIS host mode.
+ */
+
+#include "USBHostMode.h"
+
+/** LUFA RNDIS Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ *  passed to all RNDIS Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ *  within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Host =
+	{
+		.Config =
+			{
+				.DataINPipe             =
+					{
+						.Address        = (PIPE_DIR_IN  | 1),
+						.Banks          = 1,
+					},
+				.DataOUTPipe            =
+					{
+						.Address        = (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2),
+						.Banks          = 1,
+					},
+				.NotificationPipe       =
+					{
+						.Address        = (PIPE_DIR_IN  | 3),
+						.Banks          = 1,
+					},
+				.HostMaxPacketSize      = UIP_CONF_BUFFER_SIZE,
+			},
+	};
+
+
+/** USB host mode management task. This function manages the RNDIS Host class driver and uIP stack when the device is
+ *  initialized in USB host mode.
+ */
+void USBHostMode_USBTask(void)
+{
+	if (USB_CurrentMode != USB_MODE_Host)
+	  return;
+
+	uIPManagement_ManageNetwork();
+
+	RNDIS_Host_USBTask(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Host);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ *  starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ *  stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ *  enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+	uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
+	uint8_t  ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+
+	if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
+	                                       sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
+	{
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (RNDIS_Host_ConfigurePipes(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Host,
+	                              ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != RNDIS_ENUMERROR_NoError)
+	{
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (RNDIS_Host_InitializeDevice(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Host) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	uint32_t PacketFilter = (REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_DIRECTED | REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_BROADCAST);
+	if (RNDIS_Host_SetRNDISProperty(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Host, OID_GEN_CURRENT_PACKET_FILTER,
+	                                &PacketFilter, sizeof(PacketFilter)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (RNDIS_Host_QueryRNDISProperty(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Host, OID_802_3_CURRENT_ADDRESS,
+	                                  &MACAddress, sizeof(MACAddress)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+	{
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+		USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* Initialize uIP stack */
+	uIPManagement_Init();
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+	USB_Disable();
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+	for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ *  enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/USBHostMode.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/USBHostMode.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b2c8d66ec7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/USBHostMode.h
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for USBHostMode.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _USBHOSTMODE_H_
+#define _USBHOSTMODE_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include "Webserver.h"
+		#include "Lib/uIPManagement.h"
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+	/* External Variables: */
+		extern USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface_Host;
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void USBHostMode_USBTask(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+		                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+		void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Webserver.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Webserver.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bd8fa24ce6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Webserver.c
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the Webserver project. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the project and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "Webserver.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ *  enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Host)
+		  USBHostMode_USBTask();
+		else
+		  USBDeviceMode_USBTask();
+
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	Dataflash_Init();
+	LEDs_Init();
+	USB_Init(USB_MODE_UID);
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Webserver.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Webserver.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0438fe0b90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Webserver.h
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for Webserver.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _WEBSERVER_H_
+#define _WEBSERVER_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+		#include "USBDeviceMode.h"
+		#include "USBHostMode.h"
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY          LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING      (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY             LEDS_LED2
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR            (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY             (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Webserver.txt b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Webserver.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..10aa716528
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/Webserver.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage uIP Powered Webserver Project
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Project Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this project.
+ *
+ *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this project.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Dual Mode Host/Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Communications Device Class (CDC) \n
+ *        Mass Storage Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Remote NDIS (Microsoft Proprietary CDC Class Networking Standard) \n
+ *        Bulk-Only Transport</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Microsoft RNDIS Specification \n
+ *        USBIF Mass Storage Standard \n
+ *        USB Bulk-Only Transport Standard \n
+ *        SCSI Primary Commands Specification \n
+ *        SCSI Block Commands Specification</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  Simple HTTP webserver project. This project combines the LUFA library with the uIP TCP/IP full network stack and FatFS
+ *  library to create a RNDIS host capable of serving out HTTP web pages to multiple hosts simultaneously. This project
+ *  demonstrates how the libraries can be combined into a robust network enabled application, with the addition of a RNDIS
+ *  network device.
+ *
+ *  To use this project, plug the USB AVR into a computer, so that it enumerates as a standard Mass Storage and RNDIS composite
+ *  device. Load HTML files onto the disk, so that they can be served out to clients -- the default file to serve should be called
+ *  <i>index.htm</i>. Filenames must be in 8.3 format for them to be retrieved correctly by the webserver, and the total
+ *  requested file path must be equal to or less than the maximum URI length (\see \ref Sec_Options). Supply the included INF
+ *  file when requested on Windows machines to enable the RNDIS interface, and allow the files to be viewed on a standard web-browser
+ *  using the IP address 10.0.0.2.
+ *
+ *  When attached to a RNDIS class device, such as a USB (desktop) modem, the system will enumerate the device, set the
+ *  appropriate parameters needed for connectivity and begin listening for new HTTP connections on port 80 and TELNET
+ *  connections on port 23. The device IP, netmask and default gateway IP must be set to values appropriate for the RNDIS
+ *  device being used for this project to work if the DHCP client is disabled (see \ref Sec_Options) - otherwise, the device
+ *  will query the network's DHCP server for these parameters automatically.
+ *
+ *  When properly configured, the webserver can be accessed from any HTTP web browser by typing in the device's statically or
+ *  dynamically allocated IP address. The TELNET client can be accessed via any network socket app by connecting to the device
+ *  on port 23 on the device's statically or dynamically allocated IP address.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this project, which can control the project behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ *    <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ *    <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>ENABLE_TELNET_SERVER</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>When defined, this enables the TELNET server in addition to the HTTP webserver, which listens for incoming connections
+ *        and processes user commands.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>ENABLE_DHCP_CLIENT</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>When defined, this enables the DHCP client for dynamic IP allocation of the network settings from a DHCP server.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>ENABLE_DHCP_SERVER</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>When defined, this enables the DHCP server for dynamic IP allocation of the network settings to a DHCP client.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>DEVICE_IP_ADDRESS</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>IP address that the webserver should use when connected to a RNDIS device (when ENABLE_DHCP_CLIENT is not defined).</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>DEVICE_NETMASK</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>Netmask that the webserver should use when connected to a RNDIS device (when ENABLE_DHCP_CLIENT is not defined).</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>DEVICE_GATEWAY</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>Default routing gateway that the webserver should use when connected to a RNDIS device (when ENABLE_DHCP_CLIENT
+ *        is not defined).</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>MAX_URI_LENGTH</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>Maximum length of a URI for the Webserver. This is the maximum file path, including subdirectories and separators.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>MAC address of the server used when sending Ethernet packets onto the bus.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ca1733e85f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="RNDIS Webserver" id="lufa.projects.webserver.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.projects.webserver"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="usbkey"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="8000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="8000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.projects.webserver" caption="RNDIS Webserver">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		RNDIS Webserver project, using the open source uIP network stack.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Dual Role"/>
+			<keyword value="RNDIS Class"/>
+			<keyword value="Mass Storage Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="Webserver.txt"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="LUFA Webserver RNDIS.inf"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="Webserver.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="USBDeviceMode.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="USBHostMode.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Webserver.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="USBDeviceMode.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="USBHostMode.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/DataflashManager.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/DataflashManager.h"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/DHCPClientApp.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/DHCPClientApp.h"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/DHCPCommon.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/DHCPCommon.h"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/DHCPServerApp.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/DHCPServerApp.h"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/HTTPServerApp.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/HTTPServerApp.h"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/SCSI.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/SCSI.h"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/TELNETServerApp.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/TELNETServerApp.h"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/uIPManagement.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/uIPManagement.h"/>
+
+		<build type="include-path" value="Lib/FATFs/"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/FATFs/ff.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/FATFs/ff.h"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/FATFs/diskio.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/FATFs/diskio.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/FATFs/ffconf.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/FATFs/integer.h"/>
+
+		<build type="include-path" value="Lib/uip/"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/uip/clock.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/uip/clock.h"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/uip/timer.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/uip/timer.h"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/uip/uip.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/uip/uip.h"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/uip/uip_arp.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/uip/uip_arp.h"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/uip/uip-split.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/uip/uip-split.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/uip/uipopt.h"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.dataflash"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.spi"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0f01c93b3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2396 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - uIP Powered Webserver Project"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       = */uip/* \
+                         */FATFs/*
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/makefile b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..852d011bcf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/Webserver/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = USBKEY
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = Webserver
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c USBDeviceMode.c USBHostMode.c Lib/SCSI.c Lib/DataflashManager.c \
+               Lib/uIPManagement.c Lib/DHCPCommon.c Lib/DHCPClientApp.c Lib/DHCPServerApp.c Lib/HTTPServerApp.c \
+               Lib/TELNETServerApp.c Lib/uip/uip.c Lib/uip/uip_arp.c Lib/uip/timer.c Lib/uip/clock.c \
+               Lib/uip/uip-split.c Lib/FATFs/diskio.c Lib/FATFs/ff.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/ -ILib/uip/ -ILib/FATFs/
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/XPLAINBridge/Config/AppConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/XPLAINBridge/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ce9caaf616
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/XPLAINBridge/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ *  the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ *  specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ *  makefile or build system.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ *  \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#define AUX_LINE_PORT              PORTB
+	#define AUX_LINE_PIN               PINB
+	#define AUX_LINE_DDR               DDRB
+	#define AUX_LINE_MASK              (1 << 4)
+
+//	#define ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL
+	#define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL
+
+	#define VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL        2
+	#define VTARGET_REF_VOLTS          3.3
+	#define VTARGET_SCALE_FACTOR       2
+//	#define VTARGET_USE_INTERNAL_REF
+//	#define NO_VTARGET_DETECT
+//	#define XCK_RESCUE_CLOCK_ENABLE
+//	#define INVERTED_ISP_MISO
+
+//	#define FIRMWARE_VERSION_MINOR     0x11
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/XPLAINBridge/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/XPLAINBridge/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2767f33e32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/XPLAINBridge/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ *  a makefile.
+ *
+ *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
+//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      16
+		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            0
+		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
+//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
+//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+	#else
+
+		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+	#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/XPLAINBridge/LUFA XPLAIN Bridge.inf b/lib/lufa/Projects/XPLAINBridge/LUFA XPLAIN Bridge.inf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..45840e8bf0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/XPLAINBridge/LUFA XPLAIN Bridge.inf
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+;************************************************************
+; Windows USB CDC ACM Setup File
+; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
+;************************************************************
+
+[DefaultInstall]
+CopyINF="LUFA XPLAIN Bridge.inf"
+
+[Version]
+Signature="$Windows NT$"
+Class=Ports
+ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318}
+Provider=%MFGNAME%
+DriverVer=7/1/2012,10.0.0.0
+
+[Manufacturer]
+%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTx86, NTamd64, NTia64
+
+[SourceDisksNames]
+
+[SourceDisksFiles]
+
+[DestinationDirs]
+DefaultDestDir=12
+
+[DriverInstall]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+CopyFiles=FakeModemCopyFileSection
+AddReg=DriverInstall.AddReg
+
+[DriverInstall.Services]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, LowerFilter_Service_Inst
+
+[DriverInstall.AddReg]
+HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"msports.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;  Vendor and Product ID Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side
+; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match.
+; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID.  Use the format as shown below.
+; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs.
+; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line.
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[DeviceList]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204B
+
+[DeviceList.NTx86]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204B
+
+[DeviceList.NTamd64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204B
+
+[DeviceList.NTia64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204B
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;  String Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;Modify these strings to customize your device
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[Strings]
+MFGNAME="http://www.lufa-lib.org"
+DESCRIPTION="LUFA XPLAIN Bridge"
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/XPLAINBridge/Lib/SoftUART.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/XPLAINBridge/Lib/SoftUART.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5c0e3c8cd9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/XPLAINBridge/Lib/SoftUART.c
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2010  David Prentice (david.prentice [at] farming [dot] uk)
+  Copyright 2010  Peter Danneger
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Software UART for both data transmission and reception. This
+ *  code continuously monitors the ring buffers set up by the main
+ *  project source file and reads/writes data as it becomes available.
+ */
+
+#include "SoftUART.h"
+
+/** Total number of bits remaining to be sent in the current frame */
+static uint8_t TX_BitsRemaining;
+
+/** Temporary data variable to hold the byte being transmitted as it is shifted out */
+static uint8_t TX_Data;
+
+/** Total number of bits remaining to be received in the current frame */
+static uint8_t RX_BitsRemaining;
+
+/** Temporary data variable to hold the byte being received as it is shifted in */
+static uint8_t RX_Data;
+
+
+/** Initializes the software UART, ready for data transmission and reception into the global ring buffers. */
+void SoftUART_Init(void)
+{
+	/* Set TX pin to output high, enable RX pull-up */
+	STXPORT |= (1 << STX);
+	STXDDR  |= (1 << STX);
+	SRXPORT |= (1 << SRX);
+
+	/* Enable INT0 for the detection of incoming start bits that signal the start of a byte */
+	EICRA  = (1 << ISC01);
+	EIMSK  = (1 << INT0);
+
+	/* Set the transmission and reception timer compare values for the default baud rate */
+	SoftUART_SetBaud(9600);
+
+	/* Setup reception timer compare ISR */
+	TIMSK1 = (1 << OCIE1A);
+
+	/* Setup transmission timer compare ISR and start the timer */
+	TIMSK3 = (1 << OCIE3A);
+	TCCR3B = ((1 << CS30) | (1 << WGM32));
+}
+
+/** ISR to detect the start of a bit being sent to the software UART. */
+ISR(INT0_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+	/* Reset the number of reception bits remaining counter */
+	RX_BitsRemaining = 8;
+
+	/* Reset the bit reception timer to -(1/2) of the total bit time, so that the first data bit is
+	 * sampled mid way through the total bit time, making reception more robust.
+	 */
+	TCNT1 = -(OCR1A >> 1);
+
+	/* Check to see that the pin is still low (prevents glitches from starting a frame reception) */
+	if (!(SRXPIN & (1 << SRX)))
+	{
+		/* Disable start bit detection ISR while the next byte is received */
+		EIMSK = 0;
+
+		/* Start the reception timer */
+		TCCR1B = ((1 << CS10) | (1 << WGM12));
+	}
+}
+
+/** ISR to manage the reception of bits to the software UART. */
+ISR(TIMER1_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+	/* Cache the current RX pin value for later checking */
+	uint8_t SRX_Cached = (SRXPIN & (1 << SRX));
+
+	/* Check if reception has finished */
+	if (RX_BitsRemaining)
+	{
+		/* Shift the current received bit mask to the next bit position */
+		RX_Data >>= 1;
+		RX_BitsRemaining--;
+
+		/* Store next bit into the received data variable */
+		if (SRX_Cached)
+		  RX_Data |= (1 << 7);
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* Disable the reception timer as all data has now been received, re-enable start bit detection ISR */
+		TCCR1B = 0;
+		EIFR   = (1 << INTF0);
+		EIMSK  = (1 << INT0);
+
+		/* Reception complete, store the received byte if stop bit valid */
+		if (SRX_Cached)
+		  RingBuffer_Insert(&UARTtoUSB_Buffer, RX_Data);
+	}
+}
+
+/** ISR to manage the transmission of bits via the software UART. */
+ISR(TIMER3_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+	/* Check if transmission has finished */
+	if (TX_BitsRemaining)
+	{
+		/* Set the TX line to the value of the next bit in the byte to send */
+		if (TX_Data & (1 << 0))
+		  STXPORT &= ~(1 << STX);
+		else
+		  STXPORT |=  (1 << STX);
+
+		/* Shift the transmission byte to move the next bit into position and decrement the bits remaining counter */
+		TX_Data >>= 1;
+		TX_BitsRemaining--;
+	}
+	else if (!(RX_BitsRemaining) && !(RingBuffer_IsEmpty(&USBtoUART_Buffer)))
+	{
+		/* Start bit - TX line low */
+		STXPORT &= ~(1 << STX);
+
+		/* Transmission complete, get the next byte to send (if available) */
+		TX_Data          = ~RingBuffer_Remove(&USBtoUART_Buffer);
+		TX_BitsRemaining = 9;
+	}
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/XPLAINBridge/Lib/SoftUART.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/XPLAINBridge/Lib/SoftUART.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b273967814
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/XPLAINBridge/Lib/SoftUART.h
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2010  David Prentice (david.prentice [at] farming [dot] uk)
+  Copyright 2010  Peter Danneger
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for SoftUART.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SOFT_UART_
+#define _SOFT_UART_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <stdbool.h>
+
+		#include "../XPLAINBridge.h"
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		#define SRX        PD0
+		#define SRXPIN     PIND
+		#define SRXPORT    PORTD
+
+		#define STX        PD1
+		#define STXPORT    PORTD
+		#define STXDDR     DDRD
+
+	/* Inline Functions: */
+		static inline void SoftUART_SetBaud(const uint32_t Baud)
+		{
+			uint16_t BitTime = ((F_CPU / Baud) - 1);
+
+			OCR1A = BitTime;
+			OCR3A = BitTime;
+		}
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SoftUART_Init(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/XPLAINBridge/USARTDescriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/XPLAINBridge/USARTDescriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..54f0d96fe6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/XPLAINBridge/USARTDescriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,242 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ *  the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "USARTDescriptors.h"
+
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ *  process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM USART_DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+	.Class                  = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+	.SubClass               = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificSubclass,
+	.Protocol               = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificProtocol,
+
+	.Endpoint0Size          = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+	.VendorID               = 0x03EB,
+	.ProductID              = 0x204B,
+	.ReleaseNumber          = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = USART_STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+	.ProductStrIndex        = USART_STRING_ID_Product,
+	.SerialNumStrIndex      = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
+
+	.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USART_USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM USART_ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+	.Config =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+			.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USART_USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+			.TotalInterfaces        = 2,
+
+			.ConfigurationNumber    = 1,
+			.ConfigurationStrIndex  = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+			.ConfigAttributes       = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED,
+
+			.MaxPowerConsumption    = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+		},
+
+	.CDC_CCI_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 1,
+
+			.Class                  = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+			.SubClass               = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.CDC_Functional_Header =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+			.CDCSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+		},
+
+	.CDC_Functional_ACM =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM,
+
+			.Capabilities           = 0x06,
+		},
+
+	.CDC_Functional_Union =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+			.Subtype                = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union,
+
+			.MasterInterfaceNumber  = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+			.SlaveInterfaceNumber   = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+		},
+
+	.CDC_NotificationEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0xFF
+		},
+
+	.CDC_DCI_Interface =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0,
+
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 2,
+
+			.Class                  = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass,
+			.SubClass               = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass,
+			.Protocol               = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol,
+
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.CDC_DataOutEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		},
+
+	.CDC_DataInEndpoint =
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
+		}
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ *  the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ *  via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM USART_LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ *  form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM USART_ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ *  and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM USART_ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA XPLAIN Bridge");
+
+/** Descriptor retrieval function for the USART Bridge descriptors. This function is in turn called by the GetDescriptor
+ *  callback function in the main source file, to retrieve the device's descriptors when in USART bridge mode.
+ */
+uint16_t USART_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+                             const uint16_t wIndex,
+                             const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8);
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+	const void* Address = NULL;
+	uint16_t    Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+	switch (DescriptorType)
+	{
+		case DTYPE_Device:
+			Address = &USART_DeviceDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_Configuration:
+			Address = &USART_ConfigurationDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USART_USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_String:
+			switch (DescriptorNumber)
+			{
+				case USART_STRING_ID_Language:
+					Address = &USART_LanguageString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&USART_LanguageString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case USART_STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+					Address = &USART_ManufacturerString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&USART_ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case USART_STRING_ID_Product:
+					Address = &USART_ProductString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&USART_ProductString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+			}
+
+			break;
+	}
+
+	*DescriptorAddress = Address;
+	return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/XPLAINBridge/USARTDescriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/XPLAINBridge/USARTDescriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4f165a1e16
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/XPLAINBridge/USARTDescriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for USARTDescriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _USART_DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _USART_DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+		#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR        (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 2)
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+		#define CDC_TX_EPADDR                  (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 3)
+
+		/** Endpoint address of the CDC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+		#define CDC_RX_EPADDR                  (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4)
+
+		/** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+		#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE        8
+
+		/** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */
+		#define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE                16
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t    Config;
+
+			// CDC Control Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t               CDC_CCI_Interface;
+			USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t    CDC_Functional_Header;
+			USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t       CDC_Functional_ACM;
+			USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t     CDC_Functional_Union;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t                CDC_NotificationEndpoint;
+
+			// CDC Data Interface
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t               CDC_DCI_Interface;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t                CDC_DataOutEndpoint;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t                CDC_DataInEndpoint;
+		} USART_USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+		/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+		 *  should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+		 *  interface from other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum USART_InterfaceDescriptors_t
+		{
+			INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI = 0, /**< CDC CCI interface descriptor ID */
+			INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI = 1, /**< CDC DCI interface descriptor ID */
+		};
+
+		/** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+		 *  have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+		 *  other descriptors.
+		 */
+		enum USART_StringDescriptors_t
+		{
+			USART_STRING_ID_Language     = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+			USART_STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+			USART_STRING_ID_Product      = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+		};
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint16_t USART_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+		                             const uint16_t wIndex,
+		                             const void** const DescriptorAddress);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/XPLAINBridge/XPLAINBridge.c b/lib/lufa/Projects/XPLAINBridge/XPLAINBridge.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d901af819c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/XPLAINBridge/XPLAINBridge.c
@@ -0,0 +1,292 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the XPLAINBridge project. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the project and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "XPLAINBridge.h"
+
+/** Current firmware mode, making the device behave as either a programmer or a USART bridge */
+bool CurrentFirmwareMode = MODE_USART_BRIDGE;
+
+/** LUFA CDC Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ *  passed to all CDC Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ *  within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface =
+	{
+		.Config =
+			{
+				.ControlInterfaceNumber         = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+				.DataINEndpoint                 =
+					{
+						.Address                = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
+						.Size                   = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks                  = 1,
+					},
+				.DataOUTEndpoint                =
+					{
+						.Address                = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
+						.Size                   = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks                  = 1,
+					},
+				.NotificationEndpoint           =
+					{
+						.Address                = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+						.Size                   = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+						.Banks                  = 1,
+					},
+			},
+	};
+
+/** Circular buffer to hold data from the host before it is sent to the device via the serial port. */
+RingBuffer_t   USBtoUART_Buffer;
+
+/** Underlying data buffer for \ref USBtoUART_Buffer, where the stored bytes are located. */
+static uint8_t USBtoUART_Buffer_Data[128];
+
+/** Circular buffer to hold data from the serial port before it is sent to the host. */
+RingBuffer_t   UARTtoUSB_Buffer;
+
+/** Underlying data buffer for \ref UARTtoUSB_Buffer, where the stored bytes are located. */
+static uint8_t UARTtoUSB_Buffer_Data[128];
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ *  setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		if (CurrentFirmwareMode == MODE_USART_BRIDGE)
+		  UARTBridge_Task();
+		else
+		  AVRISP_Task();
+
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+void AVRISP_Task(void)
+{
+	/* Must be in the configured state for the AVRISP code to process data */
+	if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+	  return;
+
+	V2Params_UpdateParamValues();
+
+	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPADDR);
+
+	/* Check to see if a V2 Protocol command has been received */
+	if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+	{
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_BUSY);
+
+		/* Pass off processing of the V2 Protocol command to the V2 Protocol handler */
+		V2Protocol_ProcessCommand();
+
+		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+	}
+}
+
+void UARTBridge_Task(void)
+{
+	/* Must be in the configured state for the USART Bridge code to process data */
+	if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+	  return;
+
+	/* Only try to read in bytes from the CDC interface if the transmit buffer is not full */
+	if (!(RingBuffer_IsFull(&USBtoUART_Buffer)))
+	{
+		int16_t ReceivedByte = CDC_Device_ReceiveByte(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+
+		/* Read bytes from the USB OUT endpoint into the UART transmit buffer */
+		if (!(ReceivedByte < 0))
+		  RingBuffer_Insert(&USBtoUART_Buffer, ReceivedByte);
+	}
+
+	/* Check if the UART receive buffer flush timer has expired or buffer is nearly full */
+	uint16_t BufferCount = RingBuffer_GetCount(&UARTtoUSB_Buffer);
+	if ((TIFR0 & (1 << TOV0)) || (BufferCount > 200))
+	{
+		/* Clear flush timer expiry flag */
+		TIFR0 |= (1 << TOV0);
+
+		/* Read bytes from the USART receive buffer into the USB IN endpoint */
+		while (BufferCount--)
+		{
+			/* Try to send the next byte of data to the host, abort if there is an error without dequeuing */
+			if (CDC_Device_SendByte(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface,
+									RingBuffer_Peek(&UARTtoUSB_Buffer)) != ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError)
+			{
+				break;
+			}
+
+			/* Dequeue the already sent byte from the buffer now we have confirmed that no transmission error occurred */
+			RingBuffer_Remove(&UARTtoUSB_Buffer);
+		}
+	}
+
+	CDC_Device_USBTask(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+	/* Disable JTAG debugging */
+	MCUCR |= (1 << JTD);
+	MCUCR |= (1 << JTD);
+
+	/* Enable pull-up on the JTAG TDI pin so we can use it to select the mode */
+	PORTF |= (1 << 7);
+	Delay_MS(10);
+
+	/* Select the firmware mode based on the JTD pin's value */
+	CurrentFirmwareMode = (PINF & (1 << 7)) ? MODE_USART_BRIDGE : MODE_PDI_PROGRAMMER;
+
+	/* Re-enable JTAG debugging */
+	MCUCR &= ~(1 << JTD);
+	MCUCR &= ~(1 << JTD);
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	SoftUART_Init();
+	LEDs_Init();
+	#if defined(RESET_TOGGLES_LIBUSB_COMPAT)
+	UpdateCurrentCompatibilityMode();
+	#endif
+
+	/* USB Stack Initialization */
+	USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+	bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+	/* Configure the device endpoints according to the selected mode */
+	if (CurrentFirmwareMode == MODE_USART_BRIDGE)
+	{
+		ConfigSuccess &= CDC_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+
+		/* Configure the UART flush timer - run at Fcpu/1024 for maximum interval before overflow */
+		TCCR0B = ((1 << CS02) | (1 << CS00));
+
+		/* Initialize ring buffers used to hold serial data between USB and software UART interfaces */
+		RingBuffer_InitBuffer(&USBtoUART_Buffer, USBtoUART_Buffer_Data, sizeof(USBtoUART_Buffer_Data));
+		RingBuffer_InitBuffer(&UARTtoUSB_Buffer, UARTtoUSB_Buffer_Data, sizeof(UARTtoUSB_Buffer_Data));
+
+		/* Start the software USART */
+		SoftUART_Init();
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE, 1);
+
+		if ((AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK) != (AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPADDR & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK))
+		  ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE, 1);
+
+		/* Configure the V2 protocol packet handler */
+		V2Protocol_Init();
+	}
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+	if (CurrentFirmwareMode == MODE_USART_BRIDGE)
+	  CDC_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the CDC Class driver Line Encoding Changed event.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the CDC class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ */
+void EVENT_CDC_Device_LineEncodingChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	/* Change the software UART's baud rate to match the new baud rate */
+	SoftUART_SetBaud(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS);
+}
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ *  USB host.
+ *
+ *  \param[in]  wValue                 Descriptor type and index to retrieve
+ *  \param[in]  wIndex                 Sub-index to retrieve (such as a localized string language)
+ *  \param[out] DescriptorAddress      Address of the retrieved descriptor
+ *
+ *  \return Length of the retrieved descriptor in bytes, or NO_DESCRIPTOR if the descriptor was not found
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+	/* Return the correct descriptors based on the selected mode */
+	if (CurrentFirmwareMode == MODE_USART_BRIDGE)
+	  return USART_GetDescriptor(wValue, wIndex, DescriptorAddress);
+	else
+	  return AVRISP_GetDescriptor(wValue, wIndex, DescriptorAddress);
+}
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/XPLAINBridge/XPLAINBridge.h b/lib/lufa/Projects/XPLAINBridge/XPLAINBridge.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cc7d5b4997
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/XPLAINBridge/XPLAINBridge.h
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+           www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2017  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for XPLAINBridge.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _XPLAIN_BRIDGE_H_
+#define _XPLAIN_BRIDGE_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <util/delay.h>
+
+		#include "USARTDescriptors.h"
+
+		#include "AVRISPDescriptors.h"
+		#include "Lib/V2Protocol.h"
+		#include "Lib/SoftUART.h"
+		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/RingBuffer.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY     LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        LEDS_NO_LEDS
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+		#define LEDMASK_BUSY             LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** Firmware mode define for the USART Bridge mode. */
+		#define MODE_USART_BRIDGE        false
+
+		/** Firmware mode define for the AVRISP Programmer mode. */
+		#define MODE_PDI_PROGRAMMER      true
+
+	/* External Variables: */
+		extern bool         CurrentFirmwareMode;
+		extern RingBuffer_t UARTtoUSB_Buffer;
+		extern RingBuffer_t USBtoUART_Buffer;
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+		void AVRISP_Task(void);
+		void UARTBridge_Task(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+
+		void EVENT_CDC_Device_LineEncodingChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo);
+
+		uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+		                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
+		                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+		                                    ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/XPLAINBridge/XPLAINBridge.txt b/lib/lufa/Projects/XPLAINBridge/XPLAINBridge.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0cf59a67d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/XPLAINBridge/XPLAINBridge.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage XPLAIN UART Bridge/PDI Programmer Project
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Compat Project Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this project.
+ *
+ *  \li AT90USB1287
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this project.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>1) Device</td>
+ *    <td>2) Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ *    <td>1) Communications Device Class (CDC)</td>
+ *    <td>2) Vendor Specific Class</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ *    <td>1) Abstract Control Model (ACM)</td>
+ *    <td>2) N/A</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>1) USBIF CDC Class Standard</td>
+ *    <td>2) Atmel AVRISP MKII Protocol Specification</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>1) Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *    <td>2) Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ *  This project serves a dual purpose. When loaded into the USB AVR on the XPLAIN board, it will act as either a USB to Serial
+ *  converter for the XPLAIN's hardware USART (at a speed of 9600 baud), or an AVRStudio compatible PDI programmer for the XMEGA.
+ *  This project replaces the firmware preloaded onto the XPLAIN's onboard AT90USB1287 microcontroller.
+ *
+ *  When power to the board is applied, the TDI pin (pin 9) of the USB AVR's JTAG port is read. If the pin is left high, the device
+ *  will enumerate as a regular COM port on the host, which can then be opened and data exchanged between the XMEGA and Host as if
+ *  the XMEGA was connected directly to the host's serial port. If the pin is pulled low by shorting it to GND (pin 10), the device
+ *  will enumerate as an AVRISP-MKII to the host, so that the XMEGA can be reprogrammed by AVRStudio or other compatible software
+ *  such as avrdude by connecting to the board as if it was an Atmel AVRISP-MKII programmer.
+ *
+ *  After running this project in serial bridge mode for the first time on a new computer, you will need to supply the .INF file
+ *  located in this project project's directory as the device's driver when running under Windows. This will enable Windows to use
+ *  its inbuilt CDC virtual serial drivers, negating the need for custom drivers for the device. Other Operating Systems should
+ *  automatically use their own inbuilt CDC-ACM drivers.
+ *
+ *  In serial bridge mode, the UART baud rate can be altered through the host terminal software to select a new baud rate - the default
+ *  baud is 9600. Note that parity, data bits and stop bits are fixed at none, eight and one respectively can cannot be altered. Changes
+ *  to the connection's parity, data bits or stop bits are ignored by the firmware. As the serial link between the controllers on the
+ *  XPLAIN is software emulated by the USB AVR, not all baud rates will work correctly.
+ *
+ *  This project relies on files from the LUFA AVRISP-MKII project for compilation.
+ *
+ *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this project, which can control the project behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ *    <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ *    <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>FIRMWARE_VERSION_MINOR</td>
+ *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ *    <td>Define to set the minor firmware revision nunber reported to the host on request. By default this will use a firmware version compatible
+ *        with the latest Atmel IDE version, however if desired the reported minor value can be adjusted here.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/XPLAINBridge/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Projects/XPLAINBridge/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3530332ba1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/XPLAINBridge/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+	<project caption="XPLAIN Bridge" id="lufa.projects.xplain_bridge.avr8">
+		<require idref="lufa.projects.xplain_bridge"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+		<generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+		<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+		<config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="xplain"/>
+
+		<build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="8000000UL"/>
+		<build type="define" name="F_USB" value="8000000UL"/>
+	</project>
+
+	<module type="application" id="lufa.projects.xplain_bridge" caption="XPLAIN Bridge">
+		<info type="description" value="summary">
+		Bridge firmware for the original (green) XPLAIN board, for programming and USB virtual serial communications.
+		</info>
+
+ 		<info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+		<info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+			<keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+			<keyword value="USB Device"/>
+			<keyword value="CDC Class"/>
+		</info>
+
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+		<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="XPLAINBridge.txt"/>
+		<build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="LUFA XPLAIN Bridge.inf"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="XPLAINBridge.c"/>
+		<build type="c-source" value="USARTDescriptors.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="XPLAINBridge.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="USARTDescriptors.h"/>
+
+		<build type="c-source" value="Lib/SoftUART.c"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Lib/SoftUART.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.projects.avrispmkii_clone.src"/>
+
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+		<build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+		<build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+		<require idref="lufa.common"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ringbuffer"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+		<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+	</module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/XPLAINBridge/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Projects/XPLAINBridge/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..15ae5a0d70
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/XPLAINBridge/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.9
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - XPLAIN Serial Bridge/PDI Programmer Project"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF          =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included
+# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55
+# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy
+# the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new
+# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part
+# of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST              =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or
+# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO,
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option
+# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will
+# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to
+# YES the compound reference will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo
+# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test
+# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete
+# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty,
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated
+# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated
+# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty
+# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred
+# to HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created
+# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen
+# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code
+# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an
+# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the
+# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is
+# still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
+                         PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in
+# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH               =
+
+# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+
+# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by
+# the !include statement in a plantuml block.
+
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/XPLAINBridge/makefile b/lib/lufa/Projects/XPLAINBridge/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6c38917cb3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/XPLAINBridge/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+#         LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+AVRISP_PATH  = ../AVRISP-MKII
+
+MCU          = at90usb1287
+ARCH         = AVR8
+BOARD        = XPLAIN
+F_CPU        = 8000000
+F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET       = XPLAINBridge
+SRC          = $(TARGET).c Lib/SoftUART.c USARTDescriptors.c $(AVRISP_PATH)/AVRISPDescriptors.c $(AVRISP_PATH)/Lib/V2Protocol.c \
+               $(AVRISP_PATH)/Lib/V2ProtocolParams.c $(AVRISP_PATH)/Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.c $(AVRISP_PATH)/Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.c \
+               $(AVRISP_PATH)/Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.c $(AVRISP_PATH)/Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.c $(AVRISP_PATH)/Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.c \
+               $(AVRISP_PATH)/Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH    = ../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/ -I$(AVRISP_PATH)
+LD_FLAGS     =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Since this project borrows files from the AVRISP-MKII project which may also have an
+# identical OBJDIR directory, we need to enforce the use of this project's object file
+# directory as the one where the build object files are to be stored, by giving it a
+# path relative to the current folder.
+OBJDIR      := ./obj
+
+# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules
+DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk
+include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk
+
+# Include common DMBS build system modules
+DMBS_PATH      ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk
+include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Projects/makefile b/lib/lufa/Projects/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1681584244
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/Projects/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+# Makefile to build all the LUFA Projects. Call with "make all" to
+# rebuild all projects.
+
+# Projects are pre-cleaned before each one is built, to ensure any
+# custom LUFA library build options are reflected in the compiled
+# code.
+
+PROJECT_DIRECTORIES := $(shell ls -d */)
+
+# This makefile is potentially infinitely recursive if something really bad
+# happens when determining the set of project directories - hard-abort if
+# more than 10 levels deep to avoid angry emails.
+ifeq ($(MAKELEVEL), 10)
+   $(error EMERGENCY ABORT: INFINITE RECURSION DETECTED)
+endif
+
+# Need to special-case building without a per-project object directory
+ifeq ($(OBJDIR),)
+   # If no target specified, force "clean all" and disallow parallel build
+   ifeq ($(MAKECMDGOALS),)
+      MAKECMDGOALS := clean all
+      .NOTPARALLEL:
+   endif
+
+   # If one of the targets is to build, force "clean" beforehand and disallow parallel build
+   ifneq ($(findstring all, $(MAKECMDGOALS)),)
+      MAKECMDGOALS := clean $(MAKECMDGOALS)
+      .NOTPARALLEL:
+   endif
+endif
+
+%: $(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES)
+	@echo . > /dev/null
+
+$(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES):
+	@$(MAKE) -C $@ $(MAKECMDGOALS)
+
+.PHONY: $(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES)
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/README.txt b/lib/lufa/README.txt
index 80a5c81d88..80a5c81d88 100644
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/README.txt
+++ b/lib/lufa/README.txt
diff --git a/lib/lufa/makefile b/lib/lufa/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..56d40086c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/lufa/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+#
+#             LUFA Library
+#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017.
+#
+#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+#           www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+# Makefile to build the LUFA library, projects and demos.
+
+# Call with "make all" to rebuild everything, "make clean" to clean everything,
+# "make mostlyclean" to remove all intermediary files but preserve any binaries,
+# "make doxygen" to document everything with Doxygen (if installed). Call
+# "make help" for additional target build information within a specific project.
+
+all:
+
+%:
+	@echo Executing \"make $@\" on all LUFA library elements.
+	@echo
+	$(MAKE) -C LUFA $@
+	$(MAKE) -C Demos $@
+	$(MAKE) -C Projects $@
+	$(MAKE) -C Bootloaders $@
+	@echo
+	@echo LUFA \"make $@\" operation complete.
diff --git a/message.mk b/message.mk
index fa051fd712..4f72202e6a 100644
--- a/message.mk
+++ b/message.mk
@@ -21,8 +21,8 @@ OK_STRING=$(OK_COLOR)[OK]$(NO_COLOR)\n
 ERROR_STRING=$(ERROR_COLOR)[ERRORS]$(NO_COLOR)\n
 WARN_STRING=$(WARN_COLOR)[WARNINGS]$(NO_COLOR)\n
 
-TAB_LOG = printf "\n$$LOG\n\n" | $(AWK) '{ sub(/^/," | "); print }'
-TAB_LOG_PLAIN = printf "$$LOG\n"
+TAB_LOG = printf "\n%s\n\n" "$$LOG" | $(AWK) '{ sub(/^/," | "); print }'
+TAB_LOG_PLAIN = printf "%s\n" "$$LOG"
 AWK_STATUS = $(AWK) '{ printf " %-10s\n", $$1; }'
 AWK_CMD = $(AWK) '{ printf "%-99s", $$0; }'
 PRINT_ERROR = ($(SILENT) ||printf " $(ERROR_STRING)" | $(AWK_STATUS)) && $(TAB_LOG) && $(ON_ERROR)
diff --git a/quantum/audio/audio.c b/quantum/audio/audio.c
index c924f2bd58..8e8570d26c 100644
--- a/quantum/audio/audio.c
+++ b/quantum/audio/audio.c
@@ -13,6 +13,7 @@
  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  */
+
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <string.h>
 //#include <math.h>
@@ -98,7 +99,6 @@ uint16_t note_position = 0;
 float (* notes_pointer)[][2];
 uint16_t notes_count;
 bool     notes_repeat;
-float    notes_rest;
 bool     note_resting = false;
 
 uint8_t current_note = 0;
@@ -119,9 +119,17 @@ audio_config_t audio_config;
 uint16_t envelope_index = 0;
 bool glissando = true;
 
+#ifndef STARTUP_SONG
+    #define STARTUP_SONG SONG(STARTUP_SOUND)
+#endif
+float startup_song[][2] = STARTUP_SONG;
+
 void audio_init()
 {
 
+    if (audio_initialized)
+        return;
+
     // Check EEPROM
     if (!eeconfig_is_enabled())
     {
@@ -169,6 +177,11 @@ void audio_init()
     #endif
 
     audio_initialized = true;
+
+    if (audio_config.enable) {
+        PLAY_SONG(startup_song);
+    }
+
 }
 
 void stop_all_notes()
@@ -402,9 +415,12 @@ ISR(TIMER3_COMPA_vect)
         note_position++;
         bool end_of_note = false;
         if (TIMER_3_PERIOD > 0) {
-            end_of_note = (note_position >= (note_length / TIMER_3_PERIOD * 0xFFFF));
+            if (!note_resting) 
+                end_of_note = (note_position >= (note_length / TIMER_3_PERIOD * 0xFFFF - 1));
+            else
+                end_of_note = (note_position >= (note_length));
         } else {
-            end_of_note = (note_position >= (note_length * 0x7FF));
+            end_of_note = (note_position >= (note_length));
         }
 
         if (end_of_note) {
@@ -419,11 +435,16 @@ ISR(TIMER3_COMPA_vect)
                     return;
                 }
             }
-            if (!note_resting && (notes_rest > 0)) {
+            if (!note_resting) {
                 note_resting = true;
-                note_frequency = 0;
-                note_length = notes_rest;
                 current_note--;
+                if ((*notes_pointer)[current_note][0] == (*notes_pointer)[current_note + 1][0]) {
+                    note_frequency = 0;
+                    note_length = 1;
+                } else {
+                    note_frequency = (*notes_pointer)[current_note][0];
+                    note_length = 1;
+                }
             } else {
                 note_resting = false;
                 envelope_index = 0;
@@ -534,9 +555,12 @@ ISR(TIMER1_COMPA_vect)
         note_position++;
         bool end_of_note = false;
         if (TIMER_1_PERIOD > 0) {
-            end_of_note = (note_position >= (note_length / TIMER_1_PERIOD * 0xFFFF));
+            if (!note_resting) 
+                end_of_note = (note_position >= (note_length / TIMER_1_PERIOD * 0xFFFF - 1));
+            else
+                end_of_note = (note_position >= (note_length));
         } else {
-            end_of_note = (note_position >= (note_length * 0x7FF));
+            end_of_note = (note_position >= (note_length));
         }
 
         if (end_of_note) {
@@ -551,11 +575,16 @@ ISR(TIMER1_COMPA_vect)
                     return;
                 }
             }
-            if (!note_resting && (notes_rest > 0)) {
+            if (!note_resting) {
                 note_resting = true;
-                note_frequency = 0;
-                note_length = notes_rest;
                 current_note--;
+                if ((*notes_pointer)[current_note][0] == (*notes_pointer)[current_note + 1][0]) {
+                    note_frequency = 0;
+                    note_length = 1;
+                } else {
+                    note_frequency = (*notes_pointer)[current_note][0];
+                    note_length = 1;
+                }
             } else {
                 note_resting = false;
                 envelope_index = 0;
@@ -624,7 +653,7 @@ void play_note(float freq, int vol) {
 
 }
 
-void play_notes(float (*np)[][2], uint16_t n_count, bool n_repeat, float n_rest)
+void play_notes(float (*np)[][2], uint16_t n_count, bool n_repeat)
 {
 
     if (!audio_initialized) {
@@ -649,7 +678,6 @@ void play_notes(float (*np)[][2], uint16_t n_count, bool n_repeat, float n_rest)
         notes_pointer = np;
         notes_count = n_count;
         notes_repeat = n_repeat;
-        notes_rest = n_rest;
 
         place = 0;
         current_note = 0;
diff --git a/quantum/audio/audio.h b/quantum/audio/audio.h
index 27fdc2ab63..79e0da2295 100644
--- a/quantum/audio/audio.h
+++ b/quantum/audio/audio.h
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ void play_sample(uint8_t * s, uint16_t l, bool r);
 void play_note(float freq, int vol);
 void stop_note(float freq);
 void stop_all_notes(void);
-void play_notes(float (*np)[][2], uint16_t n_count, bool n_repeat, float n_rest);
+void play_notes(float (*np)[][2], uint16_t n_count, bool n_repeat);
 
 #define SCALE (int8_t []){ 0 + (12*0), 2 + (12*0), 4 + (12*0), 5 + (12*0), 7 + (12*0), 9 + (12*0), 11 + (12*0), \
                            0 + (12*1), 2 + (12*1), 4 + (12*1), 5 + (12*1), 7 + (12*1), 9 + (12*1), 11 + (12*1), \
@@ -98,8 +98,10 @@ void play_notes(float (*np)[][2], uint16_t n_count, bool n_repeat, float n_rest)
 // length. This works around the limitation of C's sizeof operation on pointers.
 // The global float array for the song must be used here.
 #define NOTE_ARRAY_SIZE(x) ((int16_t)(sizeof(x) / (sizeof(x[0]))))
-#define PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY(note_array, note_repeat, note_rest_style) play_notes(&note_array, NOTE_ARRAY_SIZE((note_array)), (note_repeat), (note_rest_style));
-
+#define PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY(note_array, note_repeat, deprecated_arg) play_notes(&note_array, NOTE_ARRAY_SIZE((note_array)), (note_repeat)); \
+	_Pragma ("message \"'PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY' macro is deprecated\"")
+#define PLAY_SONG(note_array) play_notes(&note_array, NOTE_ARRAY_SIZE((note_array)), false)
+#define PLAY_LOOP(note_array) play_notes(&note_array, NOTE_ARRAY_SIZE((note_array)), true)
 
 bool is_playing_notes(void);
 
diff --git a/quantum/audio/musical_notes.h b/quantum/audio/musical_notes.h
index a3aaa2f199..647b695640 100644
--- a/quantum/audio/musical_notes.h
+++ b/quantum/audio/musical_notes.h
@@ -51,12 +51,6 @@
 #define ED_NOTE(n)                     EIGHTH_DOT_NOTE(n)
 #define SD_NOTE(n)                     SIXTEENTH_DOT_NOTE(n)
 
-// Note Styles
-// Staccato makes sure there is a rest between each note. Think: TA TA TA
-// Legato makes notes flow together. Think: TAAA
-#define STACCATO 0.01
-#define LEGATO   0
-
 // Note Timbre
 // Changes how the notes sound
 #define TIMBRE_12       0.125
@@ -65,7 +59,6 @@
 #define TIMBRE_75       0.750
 #define TIMBRE_DEFAULT  TIMBRE_50
 
-
 // Notes - # = Octave
 
 #define NOTE_REST         0.00
diff --git a/quantum/audio/song_list.h b/quantum/audio/song_list.h
index db2d1a94cd..f355d371bd 100644
--- a/quantum/audio/song_list.h
+++ b/quantum/audio/song_list.h
@@ -18,9 +18,7 @@
 #ifndef SONG_LIST_H
 #define SONG_LIST_H
 
-#define COIN_SOUND \
-    E__NOTE(_A5  ),\
-    HD_NOTE(_E6  ),
+#define NO_SOUND
 
 #define ODE_TO_JOY                                          \
     Q__NOTE(_E4), Q__NOTE(_E4), Q__NOTE(_F4), Q__NOTE(_G4), \
@@ -55,18 +53,29 @@
     E__NOTE(_CS4), E__NOTE(_B4),  QD_NOTE(_AS4), \
     E__NOTE(_AS4), E__NOTE(_AS4), QD_NOTE(_B4),
 
+#define STARTUP_SOUND  \
+    E__NOTE(_E6),     \
+    E__NOTE(_A6),     \
+    ED_NOTE(_E7),
+
 #define GOODBYE_SOUND \
     E__NOTE(_E7),     \
     E__NOTE(_A6),     \
     ED_NOTE(_E6),
 
-#define STARTUP_SOUND  \
+#define PLANCK_SOUND  \
     ED_NOTE(_E7 ),     \
     E__NOTE(_CS7),     \
     E__NOTE(_E6 ),     \
     E__NOTE(_A6 ),     \
     M__NOTE(_CS7, 20),
 
+#define PREONIC_SOUND \
+    M__NOTE(_B5, 20),  \
+    E__NOTE(_B6),      \
+    M__NOTE(_DS6, 20), \
+    E__NOTE(_B6),
+
 #define QWERTY_SOUND \
     E__NOTE(_GS6 ),  \
     E__NOTE(_A6  ),  \
@@ -107,7 +116,8 @@
     S__NOTE(_REST),  \
     ED_NOTE(_E7  ),
 
-#define MUSIC_SCALE_SOUND \
+
+#define MUSIC_ON_SOUND \
     E__NOTE(_A5 ),        \
     E__NOTE(_B5 ),        \
     E__NOTE(_CS6),        \
@@ -117,6 +127,50 @@
     E__NOTE(_GS6),        \
     E__NOTE(_A6 ),
 
+#define MUSIC_SCALE_SOUND MUSIC_ON_SOUND
+
+#define MUSIC_OFF_SOUND \
+    E__NOTE(_A6 ),        \
+    E__NOTE(_GS6 ),        \
+    E__NOTE(_FS6),        \
+    E__NOTE(_E6 ),        \
+    E__NOTE(_D6 ),        \
+    E__NOTE(_CS6),        \
+    E__NOTE(_B5),        \
+    E__NOTE(_A5 ),
+
+#define VOICE_CHANGE_SOUND \
+    Q__NOTE(_A5 ),        \
+    Q__NOTE(_CS6),        \
+    Q__NOTE(_E6 ),        \
+    Q__NOTE(_A6 ),
+
+#define CHROMATIC_SOUND \
+    Q__NOTE(_A5 ),        \
+    Q__NOTE(_AS5 ),        \
+    Q__NOTE(_B5),        \
+    Q__NOTE(_C6 ),        \
+    Q__NOTE(_CS6 ),        
+
+#define MAJOR_SOUND \
+    Q__NOTE(_A5 ),        \
+    Q__NOTE(_B5 ),        \
+    Q__NOTE(_CS6),        \
+    Q__NOTE(_D6 ),        \
+    Q__NOTE(_E6 ),        
+
+#define GUITAR_SOUND \
+    Q__NOTE(_E5 ),        \
+    Q__NOTE(_A5),        \
+    Q__NOTE(_D6 ),        \
+    Q__NOTE(_G6 ),
+
+#define VIOLIN_SOUND \
+    Q__NOTE(_G5 ),        \
+    Q__NOTE(_D6),        \
+    Q__NOTE(_A6 ),        \
+    Q__NOTE(_E7 ),
+
 #define CAPS_LOCK_ON_SOUND \
     E__NOTE(_A3),          \
     E__NOTE(_B3),
@@ -141,6 +195,16 @@
     E__NOTE(_E5),          \
     E__NOTE(_D5),
 
+#define AG_NORM_SOUND \
+    E__NOTE(_A5),      \
+    E__NOTE(_A5),
+
+#define AG_SWAP_SOUND \
+    SD_NOTE(_B5),      \
+    SD_NOTE(_A5),      \
+    SD_NOTE(_B5),      \
+    SD_NOTE(_A5),
+
 #define UNICODE_WINDOWS \
     E__NOTE(_B5),       \
     S__NOTE(_E6),
diff --git a/quantum/config_common.h b/quantum/config_common.h
index c88e02d918..4c6a702af4 100644
--- a/quantum/config_common.h
+++ b/quantum/config_common.h
@@ -100,4 +100,6 @@
 
 #define API_SYSEX_MAX_SIZE 32
 
+#include "song_list.h"
+
 #endif
diff --git a/quantum/keymap_common.c b/quantum/keymap_common.c
index b1460c53cc..1c522e8b8b 100644
--- a/quantum/keymap_common.c
+++ b/quantum/keymap_common.c
@@ -169,7 +169,6 @@ void action_function(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt)
 }
 
 // translates key to keycode
-__attribute__ ((weak))
 uint16_t keymap_key_to_keycode(uint8_t layer, keypos_t key)
 {
     // Read entire word (16bits)
diff --git a/quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_steno.h b/quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_steno.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4ce91cc135
--- /dev/null
+++ b/quantum/keymap_extras/keymap_steno.h
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/* Copyright 2017 Joseph Wasson
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ */
+#ifndef KEYMAP_STENO_H
+#define KEYMAP_STENO_H
+
+#include "keymap.h"
+
+// List of keycodes for the steno keyboard. To prevent
+// errors, this must be <= 42 total entries in order to
+// support the GeminiPR protocol.
+enum steno_keycodes {
+  STN__MIN = QK_STENO,
+  STN_FN  = STN__MIN,
+  STN_NUM,
+  STN_N1 = STN_NUM,
+  STN_N2,
+  STN_N3,
+  STN_N4,
+  STN_N5,
+  STN_N6,
+  STN_SL,
+  STN_S1 = STN_SL,
+  STN_S2,
+  STN_TL,
+  STN_KL,
+  STN_PL,
+  STN_WL,
+  STN_HL,
+  STN_RL,
+  STN_A,
+  STN_O,
+  STN_STR,
+  STN_ST1 = STN_STR,
+  STN_ST2,
+  STN_RES1,
+  STN_RE1 = STN_RES1,
+  STN_RES2,
+  STN_RE2 = STN_RES2,
+  STN_PWR,
+  STN_ST3,
+  STN_ST4,
+  STN_E,
+  STN_U,
+  STN_FR,
+  STN_RR,
+  STN_PR,
+  STN_BR,
+  STN_LR,
+  STN_GR,
+  STN_TR,
+  STN_SR,
+  STN_DR,
+  STN_N7,
+  STN_N8,
+  STN_N9,
+  STN_NA,
+  STN_NB,
+  STN_NC,
+  STN_ZR,
+  STN__MAX = STN_ZR, // must be less than QK_STENO_BOLT
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/quantum/keymap_extras/sendstring_colemak.h b/quantum/keymap_extras/sendstring_colemak.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fa9ace9290
--- /dev/null
+++ b/quantum/keymap_extras/sendstring_colemak.h
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/* Copyright 2016 Jack Humbert
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ */
+/* Sendstring definitions for the Colemak layout */
+#ifndef SENDSTRING_COLEMAK
+#define SENDSTRING_COLEMAK
+
+#include "keymap_colemak.h"
+
+const uint8_t ascii_to_keycode_lut[0x80] PROGMEM = {
+    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+    KC_BSPC, KC_TAB, KC_ENT, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+    0, 0, 0, KC_ESC, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+    KC_SPC, KC_1, KC_QUOT, KC_3, KC_4, KC_5, KC_7, KC_QUOT,
+    KC_9, KC_0, KC_8, KC_EQL, KC_COMM, KC_MINS, KC_DOT, KC_SLSH,
+    KC_0, KC_1, KC_2, KC_3, KC_4, KC_5, KC_6, KC_7,
+    KC_8, KC_9, CM_SCLN, CM_SCLN, KC_COMM, KC_EQL, KC_DOT, KC_SLSH,
+    KC_2, CM_A, CM_B, CM_C, CM_D, CM_E, CM_F, CM_G,
+    CM_H, CM_I, CM_J, CM_K, CM_L, CM_M, CM_N, CM_O,
+    CM_P, CM_Q, CM_R, CM_S, CM_T, CM_U, CM_V, CM_W,
+    CM_X, CM_Y, CM_Z, KC_LBRC, KC_BSLS, KC_RBRC, KC_6, KC_MINS,
+    KC_GRV, CM_A, CM_B, CM_C, CM_D, CM_E, CM_F, CM_G,
+    CM_H, CM_I, CM_J, CM_K, CM_L, CM_M, CM_N, CM_O,
+    CM_P, CM_Q, CM_R, CM_S, CM_T, CM_U, CM_V, CM_W,
+    CM_X, CM_Y, CM_Z, KC_LBRC, KC_BSLS, KC_RBRC, KC_GRV, KC_DEL
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/quantum/keymap_extras/sendstring_dvorak.h b/quantum/keymap_extras/sendstring_dvorak.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f5c5c818b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/quantum/keymap_extras/sendstring_dvorak.h
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/* Copyright 2016 Jack Humbert
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ */
+/* Sendstring definitions for the Dvorak layout */
+#ifndef SENDSTRING_DVORAK
+#define SENDSTRING_DVORAK
+
+#include "keymap_dvorak.h"
+
+const uint8_t ascii_to_keycode_lut[0x80] PROGMEM = {
+    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+    KC_BSPC, KC_TAB, KC_ENT, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+    0, 0, 0, KC_ESC, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+    KC_SPC, DV_1, DV_QUOT, DV_3, DV_4, DV_5, DV_7, DV_QUOT,
+    DV_9, DV_0, DV_8, DV_EQL, DV_COMM, DV_MINS, DV_DOT, DV_SLSH,
+    DV_0, DV_1, DV_2, DV_3, DV_4, DV_5, DV_6, DV_7,
+    DV_8, DV_9, DV_SCLN, DV_SCLN, DV_COMM, DV_EQL, DV_DOT, DV_SLSH,
+    DV_2, DV_A, DV_B, DV_C, DV_D, DV_E, DV_F, DV_G,
+    DV_H, DV_I, DV_J, DV_K, DV_L, DV_M, DV_N, DV_O,
+    DV_P, DV_Q, DV_R, DV_S, DV_T, DV_U, DV_V, DV_W,
+    DV_X, DV_Y, DV_Z, DV_LBRC, DV_BSLS, DV_RBRC, DV_6, DV_MINS,
+    DV_GRV, DV_A, DV_B, DV_C, DV_D, DV_E, DV_F, DV_G,
+    DV_H, DV_I, DV_J, DV_K, DV_L, DV_M, DV_N, DV_O,
+    DV_P, DV_Q, DV_R, DV_S, DV_T, DV_U, DV_V, DV_W,
+    DV_X, DV_Y, DV_Z, DV_LBRC, DV_BSLS, DV_RBRC, DV_GRV, KC_DEL
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/quantum/keymap_extras/sendstring_jis.h b/quantum/keymap_extras/sendstring_jis.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c5a38c6a5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/quantum/keymap_extras/sendstring_jis.h
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/* Copyright 2016 Jack Humbert
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ */
+/* Sendstring definitions for the JIS keyboard layout */
+#ifndef SENDSTRING_JIS
+#define SENDSTRING_JIS
+
+const bool ascii_to_shift_lut[0x80] PROGMEM = {
+    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
+    1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+    0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1,
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
+    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
+    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
+    1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1,
+    1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+    0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0
+};
+
+const uint8_t ascii_to_keycode_lut[0x80] PROGMEM = {
+    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+    KC_BSPC, KC_TAB, KC_ENT, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+    0, 0, 0, KC_ESC, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+    KC_SPC, KC_1, KC_2, KC_3, KC_4, KC_5, KC_6, KC_7,
+    KC_8, KC_9, KC_QUOT, KC_SCLN, KC_COMM, KC_MINS, KC_DOT, KC_SLSH,
+    KC_0, KC_1, KC_2, KC_3, KC_4, KC_5, KC_6, KC_7,
+    KC_8, KC_9, KC_QUOT, KC_SCLN, KC_COMM, KC_MINS, KC_DOT, KC_SLSH,
+    KC_LBRC, KC_A, KC_B, KC_C, KC_D, KC_E, KC_F, KC_G,
+    KC_H, KC_I, KC_J, KC_K, KC_L, KC_M, KC_N, KC_O,
+    KC_P, KC_Q, KC_R, KC_S, KC_T, KC_U, KC_V, KC_W,
+    KC_X, KC_Y, KC_Z, KC_RBRC, KC_JYEN, KC_BSLS, KC_EQL, KC_RO,
+    KC_LBRC, KC_A, KC_B, KC_C, KC_D, KC_E, KC_F, KC_G,
+    KC_H, KC_I, KC_J, KC_K, KC_L, KC_M, KC_N, KC_O,
+    KC_P, KC_Q, KC_R, KC_S, KC_T, KC_U, KC_V, KC_W,
+    KC_X, KC_Y, KC_Z, KC_RBRC, KC_JYEN, KC_BSLS, KC_EQL, KC_DEL,
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/quantum/light_ws2812.c b/quantum/light_ws2812.c
deleted file mode 100755
index 2506e3d8ec..0000000000
--- a/quantum/light_ws2812.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,342 +0,0 @@
-/*
-* light weight WS2812 lib V2.0b
-*
-* Controls WS2811/WS2812/WS2812B RGB-LEDs
-* Author: Tim (cpldcpu@gmail.com)
-*
-* Jan 18th, 2014  v2.0b Initial Version
-* Nov 29th, 2015  v2.3  Added SK6812RGBW support
-*
-* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-* the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
-* (at your option) any later version.
-*
-* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-* GNU General Public License for more details.
-*
-* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-* along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-
-#include "light_ws2812.h"
-#include <avr/interrupt.h>
-#include <avr/io.h>
-#include <util/delay.h>
-#include "debug.h"
-
-#ifdef RGBW_BB_TWI
-
-// Port for the I2C
-#define I2C_DDR DDRD
-#define I2C_PIN PIND
-#define I2C_PORT PORTD
-
-// Pins to be used in the bit banging
-#define I2C_CLK 0
-#define I2C_DAT 1
-
-#define I2C_DATA_HI()\
-I2C_DDR &= ~ (1 << I2C_DAT);\
-I2C_PORT |= (1 << I2C_DAT);
-#define I2C_DATA_LO()\
-I2C_DDR |= (1 << I2C_DAT);\
-I2C_PORT &= ~ (1 << I2C_DAT);
-
-#define I2C_CLOCK_HI()\
-I2C_DDR &= ~ (1 << I2C_CLK);\
-I2C_PORT |= (1 << I2C_CLK);
-#define I2C_CLOCK_LO()\
-I2C_DDR |= (1 << I2C_CLK);\
-I2C_PORT &= ~ (1 << I2C_CLK);
-
-#define I2C_DELAY 1
-
-void I2C_WriteBit(unsigned char c)
-{
-    if (c > 0)
-    {
-        I2C_DATA_HI();
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        I2C_DATA_LO();
-    }
-
-    I2C_CLOCK_HI();
-    _delay_us(I2C_DELAY);
-
-    I2C_CLOCK_LO();
-    _delay_us(I2C_DELAY);
-
-    if (c > 0)
-    {
-        I2C_DATA_LO();
-    }
-
-    _delay_us(I2C_DELAY);
-}
-
-// Inits bitbanging port, must be called before using the functions below
-//
-void I2C_Init(void)
-{
-    I2C_PORT &= ~ ((1 << I2C_DAT) | (1 << I2C_CLK));
-
-    I2C_CLOCK_HI();
-    I2C_DATA_HI();
-
-    _delay_us(I2C_DELAY);
-}
-
-// Send a START Condition
-//
-void I2C_Start(void)
-{
-    // set both to high at the same time
-    I2C_DDR &= ~ ((1 << I2C_DAT) | (1 << I2C_CLK));
-    _delay_us(I2C_DELAY);
-
-    I2C_DATA_LO();
-    _delay_us(I2C_DELAY);
-
-    I2C_CLOCK_LO();
-    _delay_us(I2C_DELAY);
-}
-
-// Send a STOP Condition
-//
-void I2C_Stop(void)
-{
-    I2C_CLOCK_HI();
-    _delay_us(I2C_DELAY);
-
-    I2C_DATA_HI();
-    _delay_us(I2C_DELAY);
-}
-
-// write a byte to the I2C slave device
-//
-unsigned char I2C_Write(unsigned char c)
-{
-    for (char i = 0; i < 8; i++)
-    {
-        I2C_WriteBit(c & 128);
-
-        c <<= 1;
-    }
-
-    
-    I2C_WriteBit(0);
-    _delay_us(I2C_DELAY);
-    _delay_us(I2C_DELAY);
-  
-    // _delay_us(I2C_DELAY);
-    //return I2C_ReadBit();
-    return 0;
-}
-
-
-#endif
-
-// Setleds for standard RGB
-void inline ws2812_setleds(LED_TYPE *ledarray, uint16_t leds)
-{
-   // ws2812_setleds_pin(ledarray,leds, _BV(ws2812_pin));
-   ws2812_setleds_pin(ledarray,leds, _BV(RGB_DI_PIN & 0xF));
-}
-
-void inline ws2812_setleds_pin(LED_TYPE *ledarray, uint16_t leds, uint8_t pinmask)
-{
-  // ws2812_DDRREG |= pinmask; // Enable DDR
-  // new universal format (DDR)
-  _SFR_IO8((RGB_DI_PIN >> 4) + 1) |= pinmask;
-
-  ws2812_sendarray_mask((uint8_t*)ledarray,leds+leds+leds,pinmask);
-  _delay_us(50);
-}
-
-// Setleds for SK6812RGBW
-void inline ws2812_setleds_rgbw(LED_TYPE *ledarray, uint16_t leds)
-{
-
-  #ifdef RGBW_BB_TWI
-    uint8_t sreg_prev, twcr_prev;
-    sreg_prev=SREG;
-    twcr_prev=TWCR;
-    cli();
-    TWCR &= ~(1<<TWEN);
-    I2C_Init();
-    I2C_Start();
-    I2C_Write(0x84);
-    uint16_t datlen = leds<<2;
-    uint8_t curbyte;
-    uint8_t * data = (uint8_t*)ledarray;
-    while (datlen--) {
-      curbyte=*data++;
-      I2C_Write(curbyte);
-    }
-    I2C_Stop();
-    SREG=sreg_prev;
-    TWCR=twcr_prev;
-  #endif
-
-
-  // ws2812_DDRREG |= _BV(ws2812_pin); // Enable DDR
-  // new universal format (DDR)
-  _SFR_IO8((RGB_DI_PIN >> 4) + 1) |= _BV(RGB_DI_PIN & 0xF);
-
-  ws2812_sendarray_mask((uint8_t*)ledarray,leds<<2,_BV(RGB_DI_PIN & 0xF));
-
-
-  #ifndef RGBW_BB_TWI
-    _delay_us(80);
-  #endif
-}
-
-void ws2812_sendarray(uint8_t *data,uint16_t datlen)
-{
-  ws2812_sendarray_mask(data,datlen,_BV(RGB_DI_PIN & 0xF));
-}
-
-/*
-  This routine writes an array of bytes with RGB values to the Dataout pin
-  using the fast 800kHz clockless WS2811/2812 protocol.
-*/
-
-// Timing in ns
-#define w_zeropulse   350
-#define w_onepulse    900
-#define w_totalperiod 1250
-
-// Fixed cycles used by the inner loop
-#define w_fixedlow    2
-#define w_fixedhigh   4
-#define w_fixedtotal  8
-
-// Insert NOPs to match the timing, if possible
-#define w_zerocycles    (((F_CPU/1000)*w_zeropulse          )/1000000)
-#define w_onecycles     (((F_CPU/1000)*w_onepulse    +500000)/1000000)
-#define w_totalcycles   (((F_CPU/1000)*w_totalperiod +500000)/1000000)
-
-// w1 - nops between rising edge and falling edge - low
-#define w1 (w_zerocycles-w_fixedlow)
-// w2   nops between fe low and fe high
-#define w2 (w_onecycles-w_fixedhigh-w1)
-// w3   nops to complete loop
-#define w3 (w_totalcycles-w_fixedtotal-w1-w2)
-
-#if w1>0
-  #define w1_nops w1
-#else
-  #define w1_nops  0
-#endif
-
-// The only critical timing parameter is the minimum pulse length of the "0"
-// Warn or throw error if this timing can not be met with current F_CPU settings.
-#define w_lowtime ((w1_nops+w_fixedlow)*1000000)/(F_CPU/1000)
-#if w_lowtime>550
-   #error "Light_ws2812: Sorry, the clock speed is too low. Did you set F_CPU correctly?"
-#elif w_lowtime>450
-   #warning "Light_ws2812: The timing is critical and may only work on WS2812B, not on WS2812(S)."
-   #warning "Please consider a higher clockspeed, if possible"
-#endif
-
-#if w2>0
-#define w2_nops w2
-#else
-#define w2_nops  0
-#endif
-
-#if w3>0
-#define w3_nops w3
-#else
-#define w3_nops  0
-#endif
-
-#define w_nop1  "nop      \n\t"
-#define w_nop2  "rjmp .+0 \n\t"
-#define w_nop4  w_nop2 w_nop2
-#define w_nop8  w_nop4 w_nop4
-#define w_nop16 w_nop8 w_nop8
-
-void inline ws2812_sendarray_mask(uint8_t *data,uint16_t datlen,uint8_t maskhi)
-{
-  uint8_t curbyte,ctr,masklo;
-  uint8_t sreg_prev;
-
-  // masklo  =~maskhi&ws2812_PORTREG;
-  // maskhi |=        ws2812_PORTREG;
-  masklo  =~maskhi&_SFR_IO8((RGB_DI_PIN >> 4) + 2);
-  maskhi |=        _SFR_IO8((RGB_DI_PIN >> 4) + 2);
-  sreg_prev=SREG;
-  cli();
-
-  while (datlen--) {
-    curbyte=(*data++);
-
-    asm volatile(
-    "       ldi   %0,8  \n\t"
-    "loop%=:            \n\t"
-    "       out   %2,%3 \n\t"    //  '1' [01] '0' [01] - re
-#if (w1_nops&1)
-w_nop1
-#endif
-#if (w1_nops&2)
-w_nop2
-#endif
-#if (w1_nops&4)
-w_nop4
-#endif
-#if (w1_nops&8)
-w_nop8
-#endif
-#if (w1_nops&16)
-w_nop16
-#endif
-    "       sbrs  %1,7  \n\t"    //  '1' [03] '0' [02]
-    "       out   %2,%4 \n\t"    //  '1' [--] '0' [03] - fe-low
-    "       lsl   %1    \n\t"    //  '1' [04] '0' [04]
-#if (w2_nops&1)
-  w_nop1
-#endif
-#if (w2_nops&2)
-  w_nop2
-#endif
-#if (w2_nops&4)
-  w_nop4
-#endif
-#if (w2_nops&8)
-  w_nop8
-#endif
-#if (w2_nops&16)
-  w_nop16
-#endif
-    "       out   %2,%4 \n\t"    //  '1' [+1] '0' [+1] - fe-high
-#if (w3_nops&1)
-w_nop1
-#endif
-#if (w3_nops&2)
-w_nop2
-#endif
-#if (w3_nops&4)
-w_nop4
-#endif
-#if (w3_nops&8)
-w_nop8
-#endif
-#if (w3_nops&16)
-w_nop16
-#endif
-
-    "       dec   %0    \n\t"    //  '1' [+2] '0' [+2]
-    "       brne  loop%=\n\t"    //  '1' [+3] '0' [+4]
-    :	"=&d" (ctr)
-    :	"r" (curbyte), "I" (_SFR_IO_ADDR(_SFR_IO8((RGB_DI_PIN >> 4) + 2))), "r" (maskhi), "r" (masklo)
-    );
-  }
-
-  SREG=sreg_prev;
-}
diff --git a/quantum/process_keycode/process_audio.c b/quantum/process_keycode/process_audio.c
index 0b6380ed39..32057ae8dc 100644
--- a/quantum/process_keycode/process_audio.c
+++ b/quantum/process_keycode/process_audio.c
@@ -1,10 +1,19 @@
 #include "audio.h"
 #include "process_audio.h"
 
+#ifndef VOICE_CHANGE_SONG
+    #define VOICE_CHANGE_SONG SONG(VOICE_CHANGE_SOUND)
+#endif
+float voice_change_song[][2] = VOICE_CHANGE_SONG;
+
+#ifndef PITCH_STANDARD_A
+    #define PITCH_STANDARD_A 440.0f
+#endif
+
 static float compute_freq_for_midi_note(uint8_t note)
 {
     // https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/MIDI_tuning_standard
-    return pow(2.0, (note - 69) / 12.0) * 440.0f;
+    return pow(2.0, (note - 69) / 12.0) * PITCH_STANDARD_A;
 }
 
 bool process_audio(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
@@ -20,12 +29,9 @@ bool process_audio(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
     }
 
     if (keycode == AU_TOG && record->event.pressed) {
-        if (is_audio_on())
-        {
+        if (is_audio_on()) {
             audio_off();
-        }
-        else
-        {
+        } else {
             audio_on();
         }
         return false;
@@ -33,13 +39,13 @@ bool process_audio(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
 
     if (keycode == MUV_IN && record->event.pressed) {
         voice_iterate();
-        music_scale_user();
+        PLAY_SONG(voice_change_song);
         return false;
     }
 
     if (keycode == MUV_DE && record->event.pressed) {
         voice_deiterate();
-        music_scale_user();
+        PLAY_SONG(voice_change_song);
         return false;
     }
 
diff --git a/quantum/process_keycode/process_key_lock.c b/quantum/process_keycode/process_key_lock.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d7978f91c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/quantum/process_keycode/process_key_lock.c
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+/* Copyright 2017 Fredric Silberberg
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ */
+
+#include "inttypes.h"
+#include "stdint.h"
+#include "process_key_lock.h"
+
+#define BV_64(shift) (((uint64_t)1) << (shift))
+#define GET_KEY_ARRAY(code) (((code) < 0x40) ? key_state[0] : \
+                             ((code) < 0x80) ? key_state[1] : \
+                             ((code) < 0xC0) ? key_state[2] : key_state[3])
+#define GET_CODE_INDEX(code) (((code) < 0x40) ? (code) : \
+                              ((code) < 0x80) ? (code) - 0x40 : \
+                              ((code) < 0xC0) ? (code) - 0x80 : (code) - 0xC0)
+#define KEY_STATE(code)  (GET_KEY_ARRAY(code) & BV_64(GET_CODE_INDEX(code))) == BV_64(GET_CODE_INDEX(code))
+#define SET_KEY_ARRAY_STATE(code, val) do { \
+    switch (code) { \
+        case 0x00 ... 0x3F: \
+            key_state[0] = (val); \
+            break; \
+        case 0x40 ... 0x7F: \
+            key_state[1] = (val); \
+            break; \
+        case 0x80 ... 0xBF: \
+            key_state[2] = (val); \
+            break; \
+        case 0xC0 ... 0xFF: \
+            key_state[3] = (val); \
+            break; \
+    } \
+} while(0)
+#define SET_KEY_STATE(code) SET_KEY_ARRAY_STATE(code, (GET_KEY_ARRAY(code) | BV_64(GET_CODE_INDEX(code))))
+#define UNSET_KEY_STATE(code) SET_KEY_ARRAY_STATE(code, (GET_KEY_ARRAY(code)) & ~(BV_64(GET_CODE_INDEX(code))))
+#define IS_STANDARD_KEYCODE(code) ((code) <= 0xFF)
+
+// Locked key state. This is an array of 256 bits, one for each of the standard keys supported qmk.
+uint64_t key_state[4] = { 0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0 };
+bool watching = false;
+
+// Translate any OSM keycodes back to their unmasked versions.
+uint16_t inline translate_keycode(uint16_t keycode) {
+    if (keycode > QK_ONE_SHOT_MOD && keycode <= QK_ONE_SHOT_MOD_MAX) {
+        return keycode ^ QK_ONE_SHOT_MOD;
+    } else {
+        return keycode;
+    }
+}
+
+bool process_key_lock(uint16_t *keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
+    // We start by categorizing the keypress event. In the event of a down
+    // event, there are several possibilities:
+    // 1. The key is not being locked, and we are not watching for new keys.
+    //    In this case, we bail immediately. This is the common case for down events.
+    // 2. The key was locked, and we need to unlock it. In this case, we will
+    //    reset the state in our map and return false. When the user releases the
+    //    key, the up event will no longer be masked and the OS will observe the
+    //    released key.
+    // 3. KC_LOCK was just pressed. In this case, we set up the state machine
+    //    to watch for the next key down event, and finish processing
+    // 4. The keycode is below 0xFF, and we are watching for new keys. In this case,
+    //    we will send the key down event to the os, and set the key_state for that
+    //    key to mask the up event.
+    // 5. The keycode is above 0xFF, and we're wathing for new keys. In this case,
+    //    the user pressed a key that we cannot "lock", as it's a series of keys,
+    //    or a macro invocation, or a layer transition, or a custom-defined key, or
+    //    or some other arbitrary code. In this case, we bail immediately, reset
+    //    our watch state, and return true.
+    //
+    // In the event of an up event, there are these possibilities:
+    // 1. The key is not being locked. In this case, we return true and bail
+    //    immediately. This is the common case.
+    // 2. The key is being locked. In this case, we will mask the up event
+    //    by returning false, so the OS never sees that the key was released
+    //    until the user pressed the key again.
+
+    // We translate any OSM keycodes back to their original keycodes, so that if the key being
+    // one-shot modded is a standard keycode, we can handle it. This is the only set of special
+    // keys that we handle
+    uint16_t translated_keycode = translate_keycode(*keycode);
+
+    if (record->event.pressed) {
+        // Non-standard keycode, reset and return
+        if (!(IS_STANDARD_KEYCODE(translated_keycode) || translated_keycode == KC_LOCK)) {
+            watching = false;
+            return true;
+        }
+
+        // If we're already watching, turn off the watch.
+        if (translated_keycode == KC_LOCK) {
+            watching = !watching;
+            return false;
+        }
+
+        if (IS_STANDARD_KEYCODE(translated_keycode)) {
+            // We check watching first. This is so that in the following scenario, we continue to
+            // hold the key: KC_LOCK, KC_F, KC_LOCK, KC_F
+            // If we checked in reverse order, we'd end up holding the key pressed after the second
+            // KC_F press is registered, when the user likely meant to hold F
+            if (watching) {
+                watching = false;
+                SET_KEY_STATE(translated_keycode);
+                // We need to set the keycode passed in to be the translated keycode, in case we
+                // translated a OSM back to the original keycode.
+                *keycode = translated_keycode;
+                // Let the standard keymap send the keycode down event. The up event will be masked.
+                return true;
+            }
+
+            if (KEY_STATE(translated_keycode)) {
+                UNSET_KEY_STATE(translated_keycode);
+                // The key is already held, stop this process. The up event will be sent when the user
+                // releases the key.
+                return false;
+            }
+        }
+
+        // Either the key isn't a standard key, or we need to send the down event. Continue standard
+        // processing
+        return true;
+    } else {
+        // Stop processing if it's a standard key and we're masking up.
+        return !(IS_STANDARD_KEYCODE(translated_keycode) && KEY_STATE(translated_keycode));
+    }
+}
+
diff --git a/quantum/process_keycode/process_key_lock.h b/quantum/process_keycode/process_key_lock.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..876db4a324
--- /dev/null
+++ b/quantum/process_keycode/process_key_lock.h
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+/* Copyright 2017 Fredric Silberberg
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ */
+
+#ifndef PROCESS_KEY_LOCK_H
+#define PROCESS_KEY_LOCK_H
+
+#include "quantum.h"
+
+bool process_key_lock(uint16_t *keycode, keyrecord_t *record);
+
+#endif // PROCESS_KEY_LOCK_H
diff --git a/quantum/process_keycode/process_leader.c b/quantum/process_keycode/process_leader.c
index 473906d657..e0fe476548 100644
--- a/quantum/process_keycode/process_leader.c
+++ b/quantum/process_keycode/process_leader.c
@@ -14,6 +14,8 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  */
 
+#ifndef DISABLE_LEADER
+
 #include "process_leader.h"
 
 __attribute__ ((weak))
@@ -52,3 +54,5 @@ bool process_leader(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
   }
   return true;
 }
+
+#endif
diff --git a/quantum/process_keycode/process_music.c b/quantum/process_keycode/process_music.c
index 217dca2807..63841d1e87 100644
--- a/quantum/process_keycode/process_music.c
+++ b/quantum/process_keycode/process_music.c
@@ -27,6 +27,7 @@
 bool music_activated = false;
 uint8_t music_starting_note = 0x0C;
 int music_offset = 7;
+uint8_t music_mode = MUSIC_MODE_CHROMATIC;
 
 // music sequencer
 static bool music_sequence_recording = false;
@@ -39,6 +40,39 @@ static uint8_t music_sequence_position = 0;
 static uint16_t music_sequence_timer = 0;
 static uint16_t music_sequence_interval = 100;
 
+#ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+  #ifndef MUSIC_ON_SONG
+    #define MUSIC_ON_SONG SONG(MUSIC_ON_SOUND)
+  #endif
+  #ifndef MUSIC_OFF_SONG
+    #define MUSIC_OFF_SONG SONG(MUSIC_OFF_SOUND)
+  #endif
+  #ifndef CHROMATIC_SONG
+    #define CHROMATIC_SONG SONG(CHROMATIC_SOUND)
+  #endif
+  #ifndef GUITAR_SONG
+    #define GUITAR_SONG SONG(GUITAR_SOUND)
+  #endif
+  #ifndef VIOLIN_SONG
+    #define VIOLIN_SONG SONG(VIOLIN_SOUND)
+  #endif
+  #ifndef MAJOR_SONG
+    #define MAJOR_SONG SONG(MAJOR_SOUND)
+  #endif
+  float music_mode_songs[NUMBER_OF_MODES][5][2] = {
+    CHROMATIC_SONG,
+    GUITAR_SONG,
+    VIOLIN_SONG,
+    MAJOR_SONG
+  };
+  float music_on_song[][2] = MUSIC_ON_SONG;
+  float music_off_song[][2] = MUSIC_OFF_SONG;
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MUSIC_MASK
+  #define MUSIC_MASK keycode < 0xFF
+#endif
+
 static void music_noteon(uint8_t note) {
     #ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
     process_audio_noteon(note);
@@ -79,70 +113,71 @@ bool process_music(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
     }
 
     if (keycode == MU_TOG && record->event.pressed) {
-        if (music_activated)
-        {
+        if (music_activated) {
             music_off();
-        }
-        else
-        {
+        } else {
             music_on();
         }
         return false;
     }
 
-    if (music_activated) {
+    if (keycode == MU_MOD && record->event.pressed) {
+      music_mode_cycle();
+      return false;
+    }
 
-      if (keycode == KC_LCTL && record->event.pressed) { // Start recording
-        music_all_notes_off();
-        music_sequence_recording = true;
-        music_sequence_recorded = false;
-        music_sequence_playing = false;
-        music_sequence_count = 0;
-        return false;
-      }
+    if (music_activated) {
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        if (keycode == KC_LCTL) { // Start recording
+          music_all_notes_off();
+          music_sequence_recording = true;
+          music_sequence_recorded = false;
+          music_sequence_playing = false;
+          music_sequence_count = 0;
+          return false;
+        }
 
-      if (keycode == KC_LALT && record->event.pressed) { // Stop recording/playing
-        music_all_notes_off();
-        if (music_sequence_recording) { // was recording
-          music_sequence_recorded = true;
+        if (keycode == KC_LALT) { // Stop recording/playing
+          music_all_notes_off();
+          if (music_sequence_recording) { // was recording
+            music_sequence_recorded = true;
+          }
+          music_sequence_recording = false;
+          music_sequence_playing = false;
+          return false;
         }
-        music_sequence_recording = false;
-        music_sequence_playing = false;
-        return false;
-      }
 
-      if (keycode == KC_LGUI && record->event.pressed && music_sequence_recorded) { // Start playing
-        music_all_notes_off();
-        music_sequence_recording = false;
-        music_sequence_playing = true;
-        music_sequence_position = 0;
-        music_sequence_timer = 0;
-        return false;
-      }
+        if (keycode == KC_LGUI && music_sequence_recorded) { // Start playing
+          music_all_notes_off();
+          music_sequence_recording = false;
+          music_sequence_playing = true;
+          music_sequence_position = 0;
+          music_sequence_timer = 0;
+          return false;
+        }
 
-      if (keycode == KC_UP) {
-        if (record->event.pressed)
-            music_sequence_interval-=10;
-        return false;
-      }
+        if (keycode == KC_UP) {
+          music_sequence_interval-=10;
+          return false;
+        }
 
-      if (keycode == KC_DOWN) {
-        if (record->event.pressed)
-            music_sequence_interval+=10;
-        return false;
+        if (keycode == KC_DOWN) {
+          music_sequence_interval+=10;
+          return false;
+        }
       }
 
-      #define MUSIC_MODE_GUITAR
-
-      #ifdef MUSIC_MODE_CHROMATIC
-      uint8_t note = (music_starting_note + record->event.key.col + music_offset - 3)+12*(MATRIX_ROWS - record->event.key.row);
-      #elif defined(MUSIC_MODE_GUITAR)
-      uint8_t note = (music_starting_note + record->event.key.col + music_offset + 32)+5*(MATRIX_ROWS - record->event.key.row);
-      #elif defined(MUSIC_MODE_VIOLIN)
-      uint8_t note = (music_starting_note + record->event.key.col + music_offset + 32)+7*(MATRIX_ROWS - record->event.key.row);
-      #else
-      uint8_t note = (music_starting_note + SCALE[record->event.key.col + music_offset] - 3)+12*(MATRIX_ROWS - record->event.key.row);
-      #endif
+      uint8_t note;
+      if (music_mode == MUSIC_MODE_CHROMATIC) 
+        note = (music_starting_note + record->event.key.col + music_offset - 3)+12*(MATRIX_ROWS - record->event.key.row);
+      else if (music_mode == MUSIC_MODE_GUITAR)
+        note = (music_starting_note + record->event.key.col + music_offset + 32)+5*(MATRIX_ROWS - record->event.key.row);
+      else if (music_mode == MUSIC_MODE_VIOLIN)
+        note = (music_starting_note + record->event.key.col + music_offset + 32)+7*(MATRIX_ROWS - record->event.key.row);
+      else if (music_mode == MUSIC_MODE_MAJOR)
+        note = (music_starting_note + SCALE[record->event.key.col + music_offset] - 3)+12*(MATRIX_ROWS - record->event.key.row);
+      else
+        note = music_starting_note;
 
       if (record->event.pressed) {
         music_noteon(note);
@@ -154,7 +189,7 @@ bool process_music(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
         music_noteoff(note);
       }
 
-      if (keycode < 0xFF) // ignores all normal keycodes, but lets RAISE, LOWER, etc through
+      if (MUSIC_MASK)
         return false;
     }
 
@@ -175,12 +210,26 @@ void music_toggle(void) {
 
 void music_on(void) {
     music_activated = 1;
+    #ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+      PLAY_SONG(music_on_song);
+    #endif
     music_on_user();
 }
 
 void music_off(void) {
-    music_activated = 0;
     music_all_notes_off();
+    music_activated = 0;
+    #ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+      PLAY_SONG(music_off_song);
+    #endif
+}
+
+void music_mode_cycle(void) {
+  music_all_notes_off();
+  music_mode = (music_mode + 1) % NUMBER_OF_MODES;
+  #ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+    PLAY_SONG(music_mode_songs[music_mode]);
+  #endif
 }
 
 void matrix_scan_music(void) {
diff --git a/quantum/process_keycode/process_music.h b/quantum/process_keycode/process_music.h
index 8dfbf041f4..ee027197c2 100644
--- a/quantum/process_keycode/process_music.h
+++ b/quantum/process_keycode/process_music.h
@@ -21,6 +21,14 @@
 
 #if defined(AUDIO_ENABLE) || (defined(MIDI_ENABLE) && defined(MIDI_BASIC))
 
+enum music_modes {
+  MUSIC_MODE_CHROMATIC,
+  MUSIC_MODE_GUITAR,
+  MUSIC_MODE_VIOLIN,
+  MUSIC_MODE_MAJOR,
+  NUMBER_OF_MODES
+};
+
 bool process_music(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record);
 
 bool is_music_on(void);
@@ -31,6 +39,7 @@ void music_off(void);
 void music_on_user(void);
 void music_scale_user(void);
 void music_all_notes_off(void);
+void music_mode_cycle(void);
 
 void matrix_scan_music(void);
 
diff --git a/quantum/process_keycode/process_steno.c b/quantum/process_keycode/process_steno.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..71e5e8ff1c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/quantum/process_keycode/process_steno.c
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+/* Copyright 2017 Joseph Wasson
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ */
+#include "process_steno.h"
+#include "quantum_keycodes.h"
+#include "keymap_steno.h"
+#include "virtser.h"
+
+// TxBolt Codes
+#define TXB_NUL 0
+#define TXB_S_L 0b00000001
+#define TXB_T_L 0b00000010
+#define TXB_K_L 0b00000100
+#define TXB_P_L 0b00001000
+#define TXB_W_L 0b00010000
+#define TXB_H_L 0b00100000
+#define TXB_R_L 0b01000001
+#define TXB_A_L 0b01000010
+#define TXB_O_L 0b01000100
+#define TXB_STR 0b01001000
+#define TXB_E_R 0b01010000
+#define TXB_U_R 0b01100000
+#define TXB_F_R 0b10000001
+#define TXB_R_R 0b10000010
+#define TXB_P_R 0b10000100
+#define TXB_B_R 0b10001000
+#define TXB_L_R 0b10010000
+#define TXB_G_R 0b10100000
+#define TXB_T_R 0b11000001
+#define TXB_S_R 0b11000010
+#define TXB_D_R 0b11000100
+#define TXB_Z_R 0b11001000
+#define TXB_NUM 0b11010000
+
+#define TXB_GRP0 0b00000000
+#define TXB_GRP1 0b01000000
+#define TXB_GRP2 0b10000000
+#define TXB_GRP3 0b11000000
+#define TXB_GRPMASK 0b11000000
+
+#define TXB_GET_GROUP(code) ((code & TXB_GRPMASK) >> 6)
+
+#define BOLT_STATE_SIZE 4
+#define GEMINI_STATE_SIZE 6
+
+uint8_t state[MAX(BOLT_STATE_SIZE, GEMINI_STATE_SIZE)] = {0};
+uint8_t pressed = 0;
+steno_mode_t mode;
+
+uint8_t boltmap[64] = {
+  TXB_NUL, TXB_NUM, TXB_NUM, TXB_NUM, TXB_NUM, TXB_NUM, TXB_NUM,
+  TXB_S_L, TXB_S_L, TXB_T_L, TXB_K_L, TXB_P_L, TXB_W_L, TXB_H_L,
+  TXB_R_L, TXB_A_L, TXB_O_L, TXB_STR, TXB_STR, TXB_NUL, TXB_NUL,
+  TXB_NUL, TXB_STR, TXB_STR, TXB_E_R, TXB_U_R, TXB_F_R, TXB_R_R,
+  TXB_P_R, TXB_B_R, TXB_L_R, TXB_G_R, TXB_T_R, TXB_S_R, TXB_D_R,
+  TXB_NUM, TXB_NUM, TXB_NUM, TXB_NUM, TXB_NUM, TXB_NUM, TXB_Z_R
+};
+
+#define BOLTMAP_MASK (sizeof(boltmap) - 1)
+
+
+void steno_clear_state(void) {
+  memset(state, 0, sizeof(state));
+}
+
+void steno_init() {
+  if (!eeconfig_is_enabled()) {
+    eeconfig_init();
+  }
+  mode = eeprom_read_byte(EECONFIG_STENOMODE);
+}
+
+void steno_set_mode(steno_mode_t new_mode) {
+  steno_clear_state();
+  mode = new_mode;
+  eeprom_update_byte(EECONFIG_STENOMODE, mode);
+}
+
+void send_steno_state(uint8_t size, bool send_empty) {
+  for (uint8_t i = 0; i < size; ++i) {
+    if (state[i] || send_empty) {
+      virtser_send(state[i]);
+    }
+  }
+  steno_clear_state();
+}
+
+bool update_state_bolt(uint8_t key) {
+  uint8_t boltcode = boltmap[key];
+  state[TXB_GET_GROUP(boltcode)] |= boltcode;
+  return false;
+}
+
+bool send_state_bolt(void) {
+  send_steno_state(BOLT_STATE_SIZE, false);
+  virtser_send(0); // terminating byte
+  return false;
+}
+
+bool update_state_gemini(uint8_t key) {
+  state[key / 7] |= 1 << (6 - (key % 7));
+  return false;
+}
+
+bool send_state_gemini(void) {
+  state[0] |= 0x80; // Indicate start of packet
+  send_steno_state(GEMINI_STATE_SIZE, true);
+  return false;
+}
+
+bool process_steno(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
+  switch (keycode) {
+    case QK_STENO_BOLT:
+      if (IS_PRESSED(record->event)) {
+        steno_set_mode(STENO_MODE_BOLT);
+      }
+      return false;
+
+    case QK_STENO_GEMINI:
+      if (IS_PRESSED(record->event)) {
+        steno_set_mode(STENO_MODE_GEMINI);
+      }
+      return false;
+
+    case STN__MIN...STN__MAX:
+      if (IS_PRESSED(record->event)) {
+        uint8_t key = keycode - QK_STENO;
+        ++pressed;
+        switch(mode) {
+          case STENO_MODE_BOLT:
+            return update_state_bolt(key);
+          case STENO_MODE_GEMINI:
+            return update_state_gemini(key);
+          default:
+            return false;
+        }
+      } else {
+        --pressed;
+        if (pressed <= 0) {
+          pressed = 0;
+          switch(mode) {
+            case STENO_MODE_BOLT:
+              return send_state_bolt();
+            case STENO_MODE_GEMINI:
+              return send_state_gemini();
+            default:
+              return false;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+
+  }
+  return true;
+}
diff --git a/quantum/process_keycode/process_steno.h b/quantum/process_keycode/process_steno.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3bbcbeaaf8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/quantum/process_keycode/process_steno.h
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/* Copyright 2017 Joseph Wasson
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ */
+#ifndef PROCESS_STENO_H
+#define PROCESS_STENO_H
+
+#include "quantum.h"
+
+#if defined(STENO_ENABLE) && !defined(VIRTSER_ENABLE)
+  #error "must have virtser enabled to use steno"
+#endif
+
+typedef enum { STENO_MODE_BOLT, STENO_MODE_GEMINI } steno_mode_t;
+
+bool process_steno(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record);
+void steno_init(void);
+void steno_set_mode(steno_mode_t mode);
+
+#endif
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/quantum/process_keycode/process_tap_dance.c b/quantum/process_keycode/process_tap_dance.c
index 4fd45810bb..00870c4e7f 100644
--- a/quantum/process_keycode/process_tap_dance.c
+++ b/quantum/process_keycode/process_tap_dance.c
@@ -41,6 +41,24 @@ void qk_tap_dance_pair_reset (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
   }
 }
 
+void qk_tap_dance_dual_role_finished (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
+  qk_tap_dance_dual_role_t *pair = (qk_tap_dance_dual_role_t *)user_data;
+
+  if (state->count == 1) {
+    register_code16 (pair->kc);
+  } else if (state->count == 2) {
+    layer_invert (pair->layer);
+  }
+}
+
+void qk_tap_dance_dual_role_reset (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
+  qk_tap_dance_dual_role_t *pair = (qk_tap_dance_dual_role_t *)user_data;
+
+  if (state->count == 1) {
+    unregister_code16 (pair->kc);
+  }
+}
+
 static inline void _process_tap_dance_action_fn (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state,
                                                  void *user_data,
                                                  qk_tap_dance_user_fn_t fn)
diff --git a/quantum/process_keycode/process_tap_dance.h b/quantum/process_keycode/process_tap_dance.h
index f42c154a05..37a27c5366 100644
--- a/quantum/process_keycode/process_tap_dance.h
+++ b/quantum/process_keycode/process_tap_dance.h
@@ -54,11 +54,22 @@ typedef struct
   uint16_t kc2;
 } qk_tap_dance_pair_t;
 
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint16_t kc;
+  uint8_t layer;
+} qk_tap_dance_dual_role_t;
+
 #define ACTION_TAP_DANCE_DOUBLE(kc1, kc2) { \
     .fn = { NULL, qk_tap_dance_pair_finished, qk_tap_dance_pair_reset }, \
     .user_data = (void *)&((qk_tap_dance_pair_t) { kc1, kc2 }),  \
   }
 
+#define ACTION_TAP_DANCE_DUAL_ROLE(kc, layer) { \
+    .fn = { NULL, qk_tap_dance_dual_role_finished, qk_tap_dance_dual_role_reset }, \
+    .user_data = (void *)&((qk_tap_dance_dual_role_t) { kc, layer }), \
+  }
+
 #define ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN(user_fn) {  \
     .fn = { NULL, user_fn, NULL }, \
     .user_data = NULL, \
@@ -86,6 +97,9 @@ void reset_tap_dance (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state);
 void qk_tap_dance_pair_finished (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data);
 void qk_tap_dance_pair_reset (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data);
 
+void qk_tap_dance_dual_role_finished (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data);
+void qk_tap_dance_dual_role_reset (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data);
+
 #else
 
 #define TD(n) KC_NO
diff --git a/quantum/quantum.c b/quantum/quantum.c
index 5bb7b04d53..65213eaea7 100644
--- a/quantum/quantum.c
+++ b/quantum/quantum.c
@@ -30,6 +30,24 @@ extern backlight_config_t backlight_config;
 #include "fauxclicky.h"
 #endif
 
+#ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+  #ifndef GOODBYE_SONG
+    #define GOODBYE_SONG SONG(GOODBYE_SOUND)
+  #endif
+  #ifndef AG_NORM_SONG
+    #define AG_NORM_SONG SONG(AG_NORM_SOUND)
+  #endif
+  #ifndef AG_SWAP_SONG
+    #define AG_SWAP_SONG SONG(AG_SWAP_SOUND)
+  #endif
+  float goodbye_song[][2] = GOODBYE_SONG;
+  float ag_norm_song[][2] = AG_NORM_SONG;
+  float ag_swap_song[][2] = AG_SWAP_SONG;
+  #ifdef DEFAULT_LAYER_SONGS
+    float default_layer_songs[][16][2] = DEFAULT_LAYER_SONGS;
+  #endif
+#endif
+
 static void do_code16 (uint16_t code, void (*f) (uint8_t)) {
   switch (code) {
   case QK_MODS ... QK_MODS_MAX:
@@ -116,9 +134,15 @@ void reset_keyboard(void) {
   clear_keyboard();
 #if defined(AUDIO_ENABLE) || (defined(MIDI_ENABLE) && defined(MIDI_ENABLE_BASIC))
   music_all_notes_off();
+  uint16_t timer_start = timer_read();
+  PLAY_SONG(goodbye_song);
   shutdown_user();
-#endif
+  while(timer_elapsed(timer_start) < 250) 
+    wait_ms(1);
+  stop_all_notes();
+#else
   wait_ms(250);
+#endif
 #ifdef CATERINA_BOOTLOADER
   *(uint16_t *)0x0800 = 0x7777; // these two are a-star-specific
 #endif
@@ -137,6 +161,11 @@ void reset_keyboard(void) {
 static bool shift_interrupted[2] = {0, 0};
 static uint16_t scs_timer[2] = {0, 0};
 
+/* true if the last press of GRAVE_ESC was shifted (i.e. GUI or SHIFT were pressed), false otherwise.
+ * Used to ensure that the correct keycode is released if the key is released.
+ */
+static bool grave_esc_was_shifted = false;
+
 bool process_record_quantum(keyrecord_t *record) {
 
   /* This gets the keycode from the key pressed */
@@ -168,6 +197,10 @@ bool process_record_quantum(keyrecord_t *record) {
     // }
 
   if (!(
+  #if defined(KEY_LOCK_ENABLE)
+    // Must run first to be able to mask key_up events.
+    process_key_lock(&keycode, record) &&
+  #endif
     process_record_kb(keycode, record) &&
   #if defined(MIDI_ENABLE) && defined(MIDI_ADVANCED)
     process_midi(keycode, record) &&
@@ -175,6 +208,9 @@ bool process_record_quantum(keyrecord_t *record) {
   #ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
     process_audio(keycode, record) &&
   #endif
+  #ifdef STENO_ENABLE
+    process_steno(keycode, record) &&
+  #endif
   #if defined(AUDIO_ENABLE) || (defined(MIDI_ENABLE) && defined(MIDI_BASIC))
     process_music(keycode, record) &&
   #endif
@@ -351,6 +387,9 @@ bool process_record_quantum(keyrecord_t *record) {
           case MAGIC_SWAP_ALT_GUI:
             keymap_config.swap_lalt_lgui = true;
             keymap_config.swap_ralt_rgui = true;
+            #ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+              PLAY_SONG(ag_swap_song);
+            #endif
             break;
           case MAGIC_UNSWAP_CONTROL_CAPSLOCK:
             keymap_config.swap_control_capslock = false;
@@ -379,6 +418,9 @@ bool process_record_quantum(keyrecord_t *record) {
           case MAGIC_UNSWAP_ALT_GUI:
             keymap_config.swap_lalt_lgui = false;
             keymap_config.swap_ralt_rgui = false;
+            #ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+              PLAY_SONG(ag_norm_song);
+            #endif
             break;
           case MAGIC_TOGGLE_NKRO:
             keymap_config.nkro = !keymap_config.nkro;
@@ -438,12 +480,25 @@ bool process_record_quantum(keyrecord_t *record) {
       // break;
     }
     case GRAVE_ESC: {
-      void (*method)(uint8_t) = (record->event.pressed) ? &add_key : &del_key;
       uint8_t shifted = get_mods() & ((MOD_BIT(KC_LSHIFT)|MOD_BIT(KC_RSHIFT)
                                       |MOD_BIT(KC_LGUI)|MOD_BIT(KC_RGUI)));
 
-      method(shifted ? KC_GRAVE : KC_ESCAPE);
-      send_keyboard_report(); 
+#ifdef GRAVE_ESC_CTRL_OVERRIDE
+      // if CTRL is pressed, ESC is always read as ESC, even if SHIFT or GUI is pressed.
+      // this is handy for the ctrl+shift+esc shortcut on windows, among other things.
+      if (get_mods() & (MOD_BIT(KC_LCTL) | MOD_BIT(KC_RCTL)))
+        shifted = 0;
+#endif
+
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        grave_esc_was_shifted = shifted;
+        add_key(shifted ? KC_GRAVE : KC_ESCAPE);
+      }
+      else {
+        del_key(grave_esc_was_shifted ? KC_GRAVE : KC_ESCAPE);
+      }
+
+      send_keyboard_report();
     }
     default: {
       shift_interrupted[0] = true;
@@ -455,103 +510,8 @@ bool process_record_quantum(keyrecord_t *record) {
   return process_action_kb(record);
 }
 
-#ifdef JIS_KEYCODE
-static const uint16_t ascii_to_shift_lut[8] PROGMEM = {
-  0x0000, /*0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-            0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,*/
-  0x0000, /*0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-            0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,*/
-  0x7ff0, /*0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
-            1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0,*/
-  0x000f, /*0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-            0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1,*/
-  0x7fff, /*0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
-            1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,*/
-  0xffe1, /*1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
-            1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1,*/
-  0x8000, /*1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-            0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,*/
-  0x001e, /*0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-            0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0*/
-};
-
-static const struct {
-  uint8_t controls_0[16],
-          controls_1[16],
-          numerics[16],
-          alphabets_0[16],
-          alphabets_1[16];
-} lower_to_keycode PROGMEM = {
-  .controls_0 = {
-    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-    KC_BSPC, KC_TAB, KC_ENT, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 
-  },
-  .controls_1 = {
-    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-    0, 0, 0, KC_ESC, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-  },
-  .numerics = {
-    KC_0, KC_1, KC_2, KC_3, KC_4, KC_5, KC_6, KC_7,
-    KC_8, KC_9, KC_QUOT, KC_SCLN, KC_COMM, KC_MINS, KC_DOT, KC_SLSH,
-  },
-  .alphabets_0 = {
-    KC_LBRC, KC_A, KC_B, KC_C, KC_D, KC_E, KC_F, KC_G,
-    KC_H, KC_I, KC_J, KC_K, KC_L, KC_M, KC_N, KC_O,
-  },
-  .alphabets_1 = {
-    KC_P, KC_Q, KC_R, KC_S, KC_T, KC_U, KC_V, KC_W,
-    KC_X, KC_Y, KC_Z, KC_RBRC, KC_JYEN, KC_BSLS, KC_EQL, KC_RO,
-  },
-};
-static const uint8_t* ascii_to_keycode_lut[8] = {
-  lower_to_keycode.controls_0,
-  lower_to_keycode.controls_1,
-  lower_to_keycode.numerics,
-  lower_to_keycode.numerics,
-  lower_to_keycode.alphabets_0,
-  lower_to_keycode.alphabets_1,
-  lower_to_keycode.alphabets_0,
-  lower_to_keycode.alphabets_1
-};
-
-void send_string(const char *str) {
-    while (1) {
-        uint8_t keycode;
-        bool shift;
-        uint8_t ascii_code = pgm_read_byte(str);
-
-        if ( ascii_code == 0x00u ){ break; }
-        else if (ascii_code == 0x20u) {
-          keycode = KC_SPC;
-          shift = false;
-        }
-        else if (ascii_code == 0x7Fu) {
-          keycode = KC_DEL;
-          shift = false;
-        }
-        else {
-          int hi = ascii_code>>4 & 0x0f,
-              lo = ascii_code & 0x0f;
-          keycode = pgm_read_byte(&ascii_to_keycode_lut[hi][lo]);
-          shift = !!( pgm_read_word(&ascii_to_shift_lut[hi]) & (0x8000u>>lo) );
-        }
-
-        if (shift) {
-            register_code(KC_LSFT);
-            register_code(keycode);
-            unregister_code(keycode);
-            unregister_code(KC_LSFT);
-        }
-        else {
-            register_code(keycode);
-            unregister_code(keycode);
-        }
-        ++str;
-    }
-}
-
-#else
-static const bool ascii_to_qwerty_shift_lut[0x80] PROGMEM = {
+__attribute__ ((weak))
+const bool ascii_to_shift_lut[0x80] PROGMEM = {
     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
@@ -570,7 +530,8 @@ static const bool ascii_to_qwerty_shift_lut[0x80] PROGMEM = {
     0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0
 };
 
-static const uint8_t ascii_to_qwerty_keycode_lut[0x80] PROGMEM = {
+__attribute__ ((weak))
+const uint8_t ascii_to_keycode_lut[0x80] PROGMEM = {
     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
     KC_BSPC, KC_TAB, KC_ENT, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
     0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
@@ -590,12 +551,16 @@ static const uint8_t ascii_to_qwerty_keycode_lut[0x80] PROGMEM = {
 };
 
 void send_string(const char *str) {
+  send_string_with_delay(str, 0);
+}
+
+void send_string_with_delay(const char *str, uint8_t interval) {
     while (1) {
         uint8_t keycode;
         uint8_t ascii_code = pgm_read_byte(str);
         if (!ascii_code) break;
-        keycode = pgm_read_byte(&ascii_to_qwerty_keycode_lut[ascii_code]);
-        if (pgm_read_byte(&ascii_to_qwerty_shift_lut[ascii_code])) {
+        keycode = pgm_read_byte(&ascii_to_keycode_lut[ascii_code]);
+        if (pgm_read_byte(&ascii_to_shift_lut[ascii_code])) {
             register_code(KC_LSFT);
             register_code(keycode);
             unregister_code(keycode);
@@ -606,54 +571,18 @@ void send_string(const char *str) {
             unregister_code(keycode);
         }
         ++str;
+        // interval
+        { uint8_t ms = interval; while (ms--) wait_ms(1); }
     }
 }
 
-#endif
-
-/* for users whose OSes are set to Colemak */
-#if 0
-#include "keymap_colemak.h"
-
-const bool ascii_to_colemak_shift_lut[0x80] PROGMEM = {
-    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0,
-    1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-    0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1,
-    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
-    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
-    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
-    1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1,
-    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-    0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0
-};
-
-const uint8_t ascii_to_colemak_keycode_lut[0x80] PROGMEM = {
-    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-    KC_BSPC, KC_TAB, KC_ENT, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-    0, 0, 0, KC_ESC, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-    KC_SPC, KC_1, KC_QUOT, KC_3, KC_4, KC_5, KC_7, KC_QUOT,
-    KC_9, KC_0, KC_8, KC_EQL, KC_COMM, KC_MINS, KC_DOT, KC_SLSH,
-    KC_0, KC_1, KC_2, KC_3, KC_4, KC_5, KC_6, KC_7,
-    KC_8, KC_9, CM_SCLN, CM_SCLN, KC_COMM, KC_EQL, KC_DOT, KC_SLSH,
-    KC_2, CM_A, CM_B, CM_C, CM_D, CM_E, CM_F, CM_G,
-    CM_H, CM_I, CM_J, CM_K, CM_L, CM_M, CM_N, CM_O,
-    CM_P, CM_Q, CM_R, CM_S, CM_T, CM_U, CM_V, CM_W,
-    CM_X, CM_Y, CM_Z, KC_LBRC, KC_BSLS, KC_RBRC, KC_6, KC_MINS,
-    KC_GRV, CM_A, CM_B, CM_C, CM_D, CM_E, CM_F, CM_G,
-    CM_H, CM_I, CM_J, CM_K, CM_L, CM_M, CM_N, CM_O,
-    CM_P, CM_Q, CM_R, CM_S, CM_T, CM_U, CM_V, CM_W,
-    CM_X, CM_Y, CM_Z, KC_LBRC, KC_BSLS, KC_RBRC, KC_GRV, KC_DEL
-};
-
-#endif
+void set_single_persistent_default_layer(uint8_t default_layer) {
+  #if defined(AUDIO_ENABLE) && defined(DEFAULT_LAYER_SONGS)
+    PLAY_SONG(default_layer_songs[default_layer]);
+  #endif
+  eeconfig_update_default_layer(1U<<default_layer);
+  default_layer_set(1U<<default_layer);
+}
 
 void update_tri_layer(uint8_t layer1, uint8_t layer2, uint8_t layer3) {
   if (IS_LAYER_ON(layer1) && IS_LAYER_ON(layer2)) {
@@ -705,6 +634,9 @@ void matrix_init_quantum() {
   #ifdef BACKLIGHT_ENABLE
     backlight_init_ports();
   #endif
+  #ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+    audio_init();
+  #endif
   matrix_init_kb();
 }
 
@@ -814,14 +746,14 @@ void backlight_set(uint8_t level)
       //   _SFR_IO8((backlight_pin >> 4) + 2) &= ~_BV(backlight_pin & 0xF);
       // #endif
     #endif
-  } 
+  }
   #ifndef NO_BACKLIGHT_CLOCK
     else if ( level == BACKLIGHT_LEVELS ) {
       // Turn on PWM control of backlight pin
       TCCR1A |= _BV(COM1x1);
       // Set the brightness
       OCR1x = 0xFFFF;
-    } 
+    }
     else {
       // Turn on PWM control of backlight pin
       TCCR1A |= _BV(COM1x1);
@@ -839,7 +771,7 @@ uint8_t backlight_tick = 0;
 
 void backlight_task(void) {
   #ifdef NO_BACKLIGHT_CLOCK
-  if ((0xFFFF >> ((BACKLIGHT_LEVELS - backlight_config.level) * ((BACKLIGHT_LEVELS + 1) / 2))) & (1 << backlight_tick)) { 
+  if ((0xFFFF >> ((BACKLIGHT_LEVELS - backlight_config.level) * ((BACKLIGHT_LEVELS + 1) / 2))) & (1 << backlight_tick)) {
     #if BACKLIGHT_ON_STATE == 0
       // PORTx &= ~n
       _SFR_IO8((backlight_pin >> 4) + 2) &= ~_BV(backlight_pin & 0xF);
diff --git a/quantum/quantum.h b/quantum/quantum.h
index 2bf18d095e..9a6d691a15 100644
--- a/quantum/quantum.h
+++ b/quantum/quantum.h
@@ -56,9 +56,14 @@ extern uint32_t default_layer_state;
 #endif // MIDI_ENABLE
 
 #ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+	#include "audio.h"
  	#include "process_audio.h"
 #endif
 
+#ifdef STENO_ENABLE
+	#include "process_steno.h"
+#endif
+
 #if defined(AUDIO_ENABLE) || (defined(MIDI_ENABLE) && defined(MIDI_BASIC))
 	#include "process_music.h"
 #endif
@@ -94,12 +99,21 @@ extern uint32_t default_layer_state;
 	#include "process_combo.h"
 #endif
 
+#ifdef KEY_LOCK_ENABLE
+	#include "process_key_lock.h"
+#endif
+
 #define SEND_STRING(str) send_string(PSTR(str))
+extern const bool ascii_to_shift_lut[0x80];
+extern const uint8_t ascii_to_keycode_lut[0x80];
 void send_string(const char *str);
+void send_string_with_delay(const char *str, uint8_t interval);
 
 // For tri-layer
 void update_tri_layer(uint8_t layer1, uint8_t layer2, uint8_t layer3);
 
+void set_single_persistent_default_layer(uint8_t default_layer);
+
 void tap_random_base64(void);
 
 #define IS_LAYER_ON(layer)  (layer_state & (1UL << (layer)))
diff --git a/quantum/quantum_keycodes.h b/quantum/quantum_keycodes.h
index 6038e31c46..1bb6706ba4 100644
--- a/quantum/quantum_keycodes.h
+++ b/quantum/quantum_keycodes.h
@@ -26,6 +26,10 @@
 #endif
 #endif
 
+// Fillers to make layering more clear
+#define _______ KC_TRNS
+#define XXXXXXX KC_NO
+
 enum quantum_keycodes {
     // Ranges used in shortucuts - not to be used directly
     QK_TMK                = 0x0000,
@@ -67,6 +71,12 @@ enum quantum_keycodes {
     QK_TAP_DANCE_MAX      = 0x57FF,
     QK_LAYER_TAP_TOGGLE   = 0x5800,
     QK_LAYER_TAP_TOGGLE_MAX = 0x58FF,
+#ifdef STENO_ENABLE
+    QK_STENO              = 0x5A00,
+    QK_STENO_BOLT         = 0x5A30,
+    QK_STENO_GEMINI       = 0x5A31,
+    QK_STENO_MAX          = 0x5A3F,
+#endif
     QK_MOD_TAP            = 0x6000,
     QK_MOD_TAP_MAX        = 0x7FFF,
 #if defined(UNICODEMAP_ENABLE) && defined(UNICODE_ENABLE)
@@ -128,6 +138,9 @@ enum quantum_keycodes {
     MU_OFF,
     MU_TOG,
 
+    // Music mode cycle
+    MU_MOD,
+
     // Music voice iterate
     MUV_IN,
     MUV_DE,
@@ -406,6 +419,10 @@ enum quantum_keycodes {
     OUT_BT,
 #endif
 
+#ifdef KEY_LOCK_ENABLE
+    KC_LOCK,
+#endif
+
     // always leave at the end
     SAFE_RANGE
 };
diff --git a/quantum/rgblight.h b/quantum/rgblight.h
index 92130192ce..8fea96a9e8 100644
--- a/quantum/rgblight.h
+++ b/quantum/rgblight.h
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@
 #include <stdint.h>
 #include <stdbool.h>
 #include "eeconfig.h"
-#include "light_ws2812.h"
+#include "ws2812.h"
 
 extern LED_TYPE led[RGBLED_NUM];
 
diff --git a/quantum/template/config.h b/quantum/template/config.h
index dbca45765d..700a56f527 100644
--- a/quantum/template/config.h
+++ b/quantum/template/config.h
@@ -67,6 +67,11 @@ along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 /* Locking resynchronize hack */
 #define LOCKING_RESYNC_ENABLE
 
+/* If defined, GRAVE_ESC will always act as ESC when CTRL is held.
+ * This is userful for the Windows task manager shortcut (ctrl+shift+esc).
+ */
+// #define GRAVE_ESC_CTRL_OVERRIDE
+
 /*
  * Force NKRO
  *
diff --git a/quantum/visualizer/common_gfxconf.h b/quantum/visualizer/common_gfxconf.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..eb705b1881
--- /dev/null
+++ b/quantum/visualizer/common_gfxconf.h
@@ -0,0 +1,325 @@
+/**
+ * This file has a different license to the rest of the uGFX system.
+ * You can copy, modify and distribute this file as you see fit.
+ * You do not need to publish your source modifications to this file.
+ * The only thing you are not permitted to do is to relicense it
+ * under a different license.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Copy this file into your project directory and rename it as gfxconf.h
+ * Edit your copy to turn on the uGFX features you want to use.
+ * The values below are the defaults.
+ *
+ * Only remove the comments from lines where you want to change the
+ * default value. This allows definitions to be included from
+ * driver makefiles when required and provides the best future
+ * compatibility for your project.
+ *
+ * Please use spaces instead of tabs in this file.
+ */
+
+#ifndef COMMON_GFXCONF_H
+#define COMMON_GFXCONF_H
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// GOS - One of these must be defined, preferably in your Makefile       //
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//#define GFX_USE_OS_CHIBIOS                           TRUE
+//#define GFX_USE_OS_FREERTOS                          FALSE
+//    #define GFX_FREERTOS_USE_TRACE                   FALSE
+//#define GFX_USE_OS_WIN32                             FALSE
+//#define GFX_USE_OS_LINUX                             FALSE
+//#define GFX_USE_OS_OSX                               FALSE
+//#define GFX_USE_OS_ECOS                              FALSE
+//#define GFX_USE_OS_RAWRTOS                           FALSE
+//#define GFX_USE_OS_ARDUINO                           FALSE
+//#define GFX_USE_OS_KEIL                              FALSE
+//#define GFX_USE_OS_CMSIS                             FALSE
+//#define GFX_USE_OS_RAW32                             FALSE
+//    #define INTERRUPTS_OFF()                         optional_code
+//    #define INTERRUPTS_ON()                          optional_code
+// These are not defined by default for some reason
+#define GOS_NEED_X_THREADS	FALSE
+#define GOS_NEED_X_HEAP		FALSE
+
+// Options that (should where relevant) apply to all operating systems
+    #define GFX_NO_INLINE                            FALSE
+//    #define GFX_COMPILER                             GFX_COMPILER_UNKNOWN
+//    #define GFX_CPU                                  GFX_CPU_UNKNOWN
+//    #define GFX_OS_HEAP_SIZE                         0
+//    #define GFX_OS_NO_INIT                           FALSE
+//    #define GFX_OS_INIT_NO_WARNING                   FALSE
+//    #define GFX_OS_PRE_INIT_FUNCTION                 myHardwareInitRoutine
+//    #define GFX_OS_EXTRA_INIT_FUNCTION               myOSInitRoutine
+//    #define GFX_OS_EXTRA_DEINIT_FUNCTION             myOSDeInitRoutine
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// GDISP                                                                 //
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#define GFX_USE_GDISP                                TRUE
+
+//#define GDISP_NEED_AUTOFLUSH                         FALSE
+//#define GDISP_NEED_TIMERFLUSH                        FALSE
+//#define GDISP_NEED_VALIDATION                        TRUE
+//#define GDISP_NEED_CLIP                              TRUE
+#define GDISP_NEED_CIRCLE                            TRUE
+#define GDISP_NEED_ELLIPSE                           TRUE
+#define GDISP_NEED_ARC                               TRUE
+#define GDISP_NEED_ARCSECTORS                        TRUE
+#define GDISP_NEED_CONVEX_POLYGON                    TRUE
+//#define GDISP_NEED_SCROLL                            FALSE
+#define GDISP_NEED_PIXELREAD                         TRUE
+#define GDISP_NEED_CONTROL                           TRUE
+//#define GDISP_NEED_QUERY                             FALSE
+//#define GDISP_NEED_MULTITHREAD                       FALSE
+//#define GDISP_NEED_STREAMING                         FALSE
+#define GDISP_NEED_TEXT                              TRUE
+//    #define GDISP_NEED_TEXT_WORDWRAP                 FALSE
+//    #define GDISP_NEED_ANTIALIAS                     FALSE
+//    #define GDISP_NEED_UTF8                          FALSE
+    #define GDISP_NEED_TEXT_KERNING                  TRUE
+//    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_UI1                   FALSE
+//    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_UI2                   FALSE		// The smallest preferred font.
+//    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_LARGENUMBERS          FALSE
+//    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_DEJAVUSANS10          FALSE
+//    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_DEJAVUSANS12          FALSE
+//    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_DEJAVUSANS16          FALSE
+//    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_DEJAVUSANS20          FALSE
+//    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_DEJAVUSANS24          FALSE
+//    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_DEJAVUSANS32          FALSE
+    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_DEJAVUSANSBOLD12      TRUE
+//    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_FIXED_10X20           FALSE
+//    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_FIXED_7X14            FALSE
+    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_FIXED_5X8             TRUE
+//    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_DEJAVUSANS12_AA       FALSE
+//    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_DEJAVUSANS16_AA       FALSE
+//    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_DEJAVUSANS20_AA       FALSE
+//    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_DEJAVUSANS24_AA       FALSE
+//    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_DEJAVUSANS32_AA       FALSE
+//    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_FONT_DEJAVUSANSBOLD12_AA   FALSE
+//    #define GDISP_INCLUDE_USER_FONTS                 FALSE
+
+//#define GDISP_NEED_IMAGE                             FALSE
+//    #define GDISP_NEED_IMAGE_NATIVE                  FALSE
+//    #define GDISP_NEED_IMAGE_GIF                     FALSE
+//    #define GDISP_NEED_IMAGE_BMP                     FALSE
+//        #define GDISP_NEED_IMAGE_BMP_1               FALSE
+//        #define GDISP_NEED_IMAGE_BMP_4               FALSE
+//        #define GDISP_NEED_IMAGE_BMP_4_RLE           FALSE
+//        #define GDISP_NEED_IMAGE_BMP_8               FALSE
+//        #define GDISP_NEED_IMAGE_BMP_8_RLE           FALSE
+//        #define GDISP_NEED_IMAGE_BMP_16              FALSE
+//        #define GDISP_NEED_IMAGE_BMP_24              FALSE
+//        #define GDISP_NEED_IMAGE_BMP_32              FALSE
+//    #define GDISP_NEED_IMAGE_JPG                     FALSE
+//    #define GDISP_NEED_IMAGE_PNG                     FALSE
+//    #define GDISP_NEED_IMAGE_ACCOUNTING              FALSE
+#ifdef EMULATOR
+#define GDISP_NEED_PIXMAP                            TRUE
+#endif
+//    #define GDISP_NEED_PIXMAP_IMAGE                  FALSE
+
+//#define GDISP_DEFAULT_ORIENTATION                    GDISP_ROTATE_LANDSCAPE    // If not defined the native hardware orientation is used.
+//#define GDISP_LINEBUF_SIZE                           128
+//#define GDISP_STARTUP_COLOR                          Black
+#define GDISP_NEED_STARTUP_LOGO                      FALSE
+
+//#define GDISP_TOTAL_DISPLAYS		                 2
+
+    #ifdef GDISP_DRIVER_LIST
+        // For code and speed optimization define as TRUE or FALSE if all controllers have the same capability
+        #define GDISP_HARDWARE_STREAM_WRITE          FALSE
+        #define GDISP_HARDWARE_STREAM_READ           FALSE
+        #define GDISP_HARDWARE_STREAM_POS            FALSE
+        #define GDISP_HARDWARE_DRAWPIXEL             TRUE
+        #define GDISP_HARDWARE_CLEARS                FALSE
+        #define GDISP_HARDWARE_FILLS                 FALSE
+        //#define GDISP_HARDWARE_BITFILLS              FALSE
+        #define GDISP_HARDWARE_SCROLL                FALSE
+        #define GDISP_HARDWARE_PIXELREAD             TRUE
+        #define GDISP_HARDWARE_CONTROL               TRUE
+        #define GDISP_HARDWARE_QUERY                 FALSE
+        #define GDISP_HARDWARE_CLIP                  FALSE
+
+        #define GDISP_PIXELFORMAT                    GDISP_PIXELFORMAT_RGB888
+    #endif
+
+// The custom format is not defined for some reason, so define it as error
+// so we don't get compiler warnings
+#define GDISP_PIXELFORMAT_CUSTOM GDISP_PIXELFORMAT_ERROR
+
+#define GDISP_USE_GFXNET                             FALSE
+//    #define GDISP_GFXNET_PORT                        13001
+//    #define GDISP_GFXNET_CUSTOM_LWIP_STARTUP         FALSE
+//    #define GDISP_DONT_WAIT_FOR_NET_DISPLAY          FALSE
+//    #define GDISP_GFXNET_UNSAFE_SOCKETS              FALSE
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// GWIN                                                                  //
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#define GFX_USE_GWIN                                 FALSE
+
+//#define GWIN_NEED_WINDOWMANAGER                      FALSE
+//    #define GWIN_REDRAW_IMMEDIATE                    FALSE
+//    #define GWIN_REDRAW_SINGLEOP                     FALSE
+//    #define GWIN_NEED_FLASHING                       FALSE
+//        #define GWIN_FLASHING_PERIOD                 250
+
+//#define GWIN_NEED_CONSOLE                            FALSE
+//    #define GWIN_CONSOLE_USE_HISTORY                 FALSE
+//        #define GWIN_CONSOLE_HISTORY_AVERAGING       FALSE
+//        #define GWIN_CONSOLE_HISTORY_ATCREATE        FALSE
+//    #define GWIN_CONSOLE_ESCSEQ                      FALSE
+//    #define GWIN_CONSOLE_USE_BASESTREAM              FALSE
+//    #define GWIN_CONSOLE_USE_FLOAT                   FALSE
+//#define GWIN_NEED_GRAPH                              FALSE
+//#define GWIN_NEED_GL3D                               FALSE
+
+//#define GWIN_NEED_WIDGET                             FALSE
+//#define GWIN_FOCUS_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH                   1
+//    #define GWIN_NEED_LABEL                          FALSE
+//        #define GWIN_LABEL_ATTRIBUTE                 FALSE
+//    #define GWIN_NEED_BUTTON                         FALSE
+//        #define GWIN_BUTTON_LAZY_RELEASE             FALSE
+//    #define GWIN_NEED_SLIDER                         FALSE
+//        #define GWIN_SLIDER_NOSNAP                   FALSE
+//        #define GWIN_SLIDER_DEAD_BAND                5
+//        #define GWIN_SLIDER_TOGGLE_INC               20
+//    #define GWIN_NEED_CHECKBOX                       FALSE
+//    #define GWIN_NEED_IMAGE                          FALSE
+//        #define GWIN_NEED_IMAGE_ANIMATION            FALSE
+//    #define GWIN_NEED_RADIO                          FALSE
+//    #define GWIN_NEED_LIST                           FALSE
+//        #define GWIN_NEED_LIST_IMAGES                FALSE
+//    #define GWIN_NEED_PROGRESSBAR                    FALSE
+//        #define GWIN_PROGRESSBAR_AUTO                FALSE
+//    #define GWIN_NEED_KEYBOARD                       FALSE
+//        #define GWIN_KEYBOARD_DEFAULT_LAYOUT         VirtualKeyboard_English1
+//        #define GWIN_NEED_KEYBOARD_ENGLISH1          TRUE
+//    #define GWIN_NEED_TEXTEDIT                       FALSE
+//    #define GWIN_FLAT_STYLING                        FALSE
+//    #define GWIN_WIDGET_TAGS                         FALSE
+
+//#define GWIN_NEED_CONTAINERS                         FALSE
+//    #define GWIN_NEED_CONTAINER                      FALSE
+//    #define GWIN_NEED_FRAME                          FALSE
+//    #define GWIN_NEED_TABSET                         FALSE
+//        #define GWIN_TABSET_TABHEIGHT                18
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// GEVENT                                                                //
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#define GFX_USE_GEVENT                               TRUE
+
+//#define GEVENT_ASSERT_NO_RESOURCE                    FALSE
+//#define GEVENT_MAXIMUM_SIZE                          32
+//#define GEVENT_MAX_SOURCE_LISTENERS                  32
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// GTIMER                                                                //
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#define GFX_USE_GTIMER                               FALSE
+
+//#define GTIMER_THREAD_PRIORITY                       HIGH_PRIORITY
+//#define GTIMER_THREAD_WORKAREA_SIZE                  2048
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// GQUEUE                                                                //
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#define GFX_USE_GQUEUE                               FALSE
+
+//#define GQUEUE_NEED_ASYNC                            FALSE
+//#define GQUEUE_NEED_GSYNC                            FALSE
+//#define GQUEUE_NEED_FSYNC                            FALSE
+//#define GQUEUE_NEED_BUFFERS                          FALSE
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// GINPUT                                                                //
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#define GFX_USE_GINPUT                               FALSE
+
+//#define GINPUT_NEED_MOUSE                            FALSE
+//    #define GINPUT_TOUCH_STARTRAW                    FALSE
+//    #define GINPUT_TOUCH_NOTOUCH                     FALSE
+//    #define GINPUT_TOUCH_NOCALIBRATE                 FALSE
+//    #define GINPUT_TOUCH_NOCALIBRATE_GUI             FALSE
+//    #define GINPUT_MOUSE_POLL_PERIOD                 25
+//    #define GINPUT_MOUSE_CLICK_TIME                  300
+//    #define GINPUT_TOUCH_CXTCLICK_TIME               700
+//    #define GINPUT_TOUCH_USER_CALIBRATION_LOAD       FALSE
+//    #define GINPUT_TOUCH_USER_CALIBRATION_SAVE       FALSE
+//    #define GMOUSE_DRIVER_LIST                       GMOUSEVMT_Win32, GMOUSEVMT_Win32
+//#define GINPUT_NEED_KEYBOARD                         FALSE
+//    #define GINPUT_KEYBOARD_POLL_PERIOD              200
+//    #define GKEYBOARD_DRIVER_LIST                    GKEYBOARDVMT_Win32, GKEYBOARDVMT_Win32
+//    #define GKEYBOARD_LAYOUT_OFF                     FALSE
+//        #define GKEYBOARD_LAYOUT_SCANCODE2_US        FALSE
+//#define GINPUT_NEED_TOGGLE                           FALSE
+//#define GINPUT_NEED_DIAL                             FALSE
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// GFILE                                                                 //
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#define GFX_USE_GFILE                                FALSE
+
+//#define GFILE_NEED_PRINTG                            FALSE
+//#define GFILE_NEED_SCANG                             FALSE
+//#define GFILE_NEED_STRINGS                           FALSE
+//#define GFILE_NEED_FILELISTS                         FALSE
+//#define GFILE_NEED_STDIO                             FALSE
+//#define GFILE_NEED_NOAUTOMOUNT                       FALSE
+//#define GFILE_NEED_NOAUTOSYNC                        FALSE
+
+//#define GFILE_NEED_MEMFS                             FALSE
+//#define GFILE_NEED_ROMFS                             FALSE
+//#define GFILE_NEED_RAMFS                             FALSE
+//#define GFILE_NEED_FATFS                             FALSE
+//#define GFILE_NEED_NATIVEFS                          FALSE
+//#define GFILE_NEED_CHBIOSFS                          FALSE
+
+//#define GFILE_ALLOW_FLOATS                           FALSE
+//#define GFILE_ALLOW_DEVICESPECIFIC                   FALSE
+//#define GFILE_MAX_GFILES                             3
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// GADC                                                                  //
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#define GFX_USE_GADC                                 FALSE
+
+//#define GADC_MAX_LOWSPEED_DEVICES                    4
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// GAUDIO                                                                //
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#define GFX_USE_GAUDIO                               FALSE
+// There seems to be a bug in the ugfx code, the wrong define is used
+// So define it in order to avoid warnings
+#define GFX_USE_GAUDIN                               GFX_USE_GAUDIO
+//    #define GAUDIO_NEED_PLAY                         FALSE
+//    #define GAUDIO_NEED_RECORD                       FALSE
+
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// GMISC                                                                 //
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#define GFX_USE_GMISC                                TRUE
+
+//#define GMISC_NEED_ARRAYOPS                          FALSE
+//#define GMISC_NEED_FASTTRIG                          FALSE
+//#define GMISC_NEED_FIXEDTRIG                         FALSE
+//#define GMISC_NEED_INVSQRT                           FALSE
+//    #define GMISC_INVSQRT_MIXED_ENDIAN               FALSE
+//    #define GMISC_INVSQRT_REAL_SLOW                  FALSE
+#define GMISC_NEED_MATRIXFLOAT2D                     TRUE
+#define GMISC_NEED_MATRIXFIXED2D                     FALSE
+
+#endif /* COMMON_GFXCONF_H */
diff --git a/quantum/visualizer/default_animations.c b/quantum/visualizer/default_animations.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2d03273720
--- /dev/null
+++ b/quantum/visualizer/default_animations.c
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+/* Copyright 2017 Fred Sundvik
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ */
+
+#if defined(VISUALIZER_ENABLE)
+
+#include "default_animations.h"
+#include "visualizer.h"
+#ifdef LCD_ENABLE
+#include "lcd_keyframes.h"
+#endif
+#ifdef LCD_BACKLIGHT_ENABLE
+#include "lcd_backlight_keyframes.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef BACKLIGHT_ENABLE
+#include "led_backlight_keyframes.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "visualizer_keyframes.h"
+
+
+#if defined(LCD_ENABLE) || defined(LCD_BACKLIGHT_ENABLE) || defined(BACKLIGHT_ENABLE)
+
+static bool keyframe_enable(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state) {
+#ifdef LCD_ENABLE
+    lcd_keyframe_enable(animation, state);
+#endif
+#ifdef LCD_BACKLIGHT_ENABLE
+    lcd_backlight_keyframe_enable(animation, state);
+#endif
+#ifdef BACKLIGHT_ENABLE
+    led_backlight_keyframe_enable(animation, state);
+#endif
+    return false;
+}
+
+static bool keyframe_disable(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state) {
+#ifdef LCD_ENABLE
+    lcd_keyframe_disable(animation, state);
+#endif
+#ifdef LCD_BACKLIGHT_ENABLE
+    lcd_backlight_keyframe_disable(animation, state);
+#endif
+#ifdef BACKLIGHT_ENABLE
+    led_backlight_keyframe_disable(animation, state);
+#endif
+    return false;
+}
+
+static bool keyframe_fade_in(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state) {
+    bool ret = false;
+#ifdef LCD_BACKLIGHT_ENABLE
+    ret |= lcd_backlight_keyframe_animate_color(animation, state);
+#endif
+#ifdef BACKLIGHT_ENABLE
+    ret |= led_backlight_keyframe_fade_in_all(animation, state);
+#endif
+    return ret;
+}
+
+static bool keyframe_fade_out(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state) {
+    bool ret = false;
+#ifdef LCD_BACKLIGHT_ENABLE
+    ret |= lcd_backlight_keyframe_animate_color(animation, state);
+#endif
+#ifdef BACKLIGHT_ENABLE
+    ret |= led_backlight_keyframe_fade_out_all(animation, state);
+#endif
+    return ret;
+}
+
+
+// Don't worry, if the startup animation is long, you can use the keyboard like normal
+// during that time
+keyframe_animation_t default_startup_animation = {
+#if LCD_ENABLE
+    .num_frames = 3,
+#else
+    .num_frames = 2,
+#endif
+    .loop = false,
+    .frame_lengths = {
+        0, 
+#if LCD_ENABLE
+        0, 
+#endif
+        gfxMillisecondsToTicks(5000)},
+    .frame_functions = {
+            keyframe_enable,
+#if LCD_ENABLE
+            lcd_keyframe_draw_logo,
+#endif
+            keyframe_fade_in,
+    },
+};
+
+keyframe_animation_t default_suspend_animation = {
+#if LCD_ENABLE
+    .num_frames = 3,
+#else
+    .num_frames = 2,
+#endif
+    .loop = false,
+    .frame_lengths = {
+#if LCD_ENABLE
+        0, 
+#endif
+        gfxMillisecondsToTicks(1000), 
+        0},
+    .frame_functions = {
+#if LCD_ENABLE
+            lcd_keyframe_display_layer_text,
+#endif
+            keyframe_fade_out,
+            keyframe_disable,
+    },
+};
+#endif
+
+#if defined(BACKLIGHT_ENABLE)
+#define CROSSFADE_TIME 1000
+#define GRADIENT_TIME 3000
+
+keyframe_animation_t led_test_animation = {
+    .num_frames = 14,
+    .loop = true,
+    .frame_lengths = {
+        gfxMillisecondsToTicks(1000), // fade in
+        gfxMillisecondsToTicks(1000), // no op (leds on)
+        gfxMillisecondsToTicks(1000), // fade out
+        gfxMillisecondsToTicks(CROSSFADE_TIME), // crossfade
+        gfxMillisecondsToTicks(GRADIENT_TIME), // left to rigt (outside in)
+        gfxMillisecondsToTicks(CROSSFADE_TIME), // crossfade
+        gfxMillisecondsToTicks(GRADIENT_TIME), // top_to_bottom
+        0,           // mirror leds
+        gfxMillisecondsToTicks(CROSSFADE_TIME), // crossfade
+        gfxMillisecondsToTicks(GRADIENT_TIME), // left_to_right (mirrored, so inside out)
+        gfxMillisecondsToTicks(CROSSFADE_TIME), // crossfade
+        gfxMillisecondsToTicks(GRADIENT_TIME), // top_to_bottom
+        0,           // normal leds
+        gfxMillisecondsToTicks(CROSSFADE_TIME), // crossfade
+
+    },
+    .frame_functions = {
+        led_backlight_keyframe_fade_in_all,
+        keyframe_no_operation,
+        led_backlight_keyframe_fade_out_all,
+        led_backlight_keyframe_crossfade,
+        led_backlight_keyframe_left_to_right_gradient,
+        led_backlight_keyframe_crossfade,
+        led_backlight_keyframe_top_to_bottom_gradient,
+        led_backlight_keyframe_mirror_orientation,
+        led_backlight_keyframe_crossfade,
+        led_backlight_keyframe_left_to_right_gradient,
+        led_backlight_keyframe_crossfade,
+        led_backlight_keyframe_top_to_bottom_gradient,
+        led_backlight_keyframe_normal_orientation,
+        led_backlight_keyframe_crossfade,
+    },
+};
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/quantum/visualizer/default_animations.h b/quantum/visualizer/default_animations.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..51320b8b8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/quantum/visualizer/default_animations.h
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/* Copyright 2017 Fred Sundvik
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ */
+
+#ifndef DEFAULT_ANIMATIONS_H_
+#define DEFAULT_ANIMATIONS_H_
+
+#include "visualizer.h"
+
+// You can use these default animations, but of course you can also write your own custom ones instead
+extern keyframe_animation_t default_startup_animation;
+extern keyframe_animation_t default_suspend_animation;
+
+// An animation for testing and demonstrating the led support, should probably not be used for real world
+// cases
+extern keyframe_animation_t led_test_animation;
+
+#endif /* DEFAULT_ANIMATIONS_H_ */
diff --git a/quantum/visualizer/lcd_backlight_keyframes.c b/quantum/visualizer/lcd_backlight_keyframes.c
index 8436d4e3dd..8c402baf6c 100644
--- a/quantum/visualizer/lcd_backlight_keyframes.c
+++ b/quantum/visualizer/lcd_backlight_keyframes.c
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
 
 #include "lcd_backlight_keyframes.h"
 
-bool backlight_keyframe_animate_color(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state) {
+bool lcd_backlight_keyframe_animate_color(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state) {
     int frame_length = animation->frame_lengths[animation->current_frame];
     int current_pos = frame_length - animation->time_left_in_frame;
     uint8_t t_h = LCD_HUE(state->target_lcd_color);
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ bool backlight_keyframe_animate_color(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualize
     return true;
 }
 
-bool backlight_keyframe_set_color(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state) {
+bool lcd_backlight_keyframe_set_color(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state) {
     (void)animation;
     state->prev_lcd_color = state->target_lcd_color;
     state->current_lcd_color = state->target_lcd_color;
@@ -60,14 +60,14 @@ bool backlight_keyframe_set_color(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_st
     return false;
 }
 
-bool backlight_keyframe_disable(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state) {
+bool lcd_backlight_keyframe_disable(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state) {
     (void)animation;
     (void)state;
     lcd_backlight_hal_color(0, 0, 0);
     return false;
 }
 
-bool backlight_keyframe_enable(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state) {
+bool lcd_backlight_keyframe_enable(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state) {
     (void)animation;
     (void)state;
     lcd_backlight_color(LCD_HUE(state->current_lcd_color),
diff --git a/quantum/visualizer/lcd_backlight_keyframes.h b/quantum/visualizer/lcd_backlight_keyframes.h
deleted file mode 100644
index e1c125cf91..0000000000
--- a/quantum/visualizer/lcd_backlight_keyframes.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright 2017 Fred Sundvik
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
- */
-
-#ifndef QUANTUM_VISUALIZER_LCD_BACKLIGHT_KEYFRAMES_H_
-#define QUANTUM_VISUALIZER_LCD_BACKLIGHT_KEYFRAMES_H_
-
-#include "visualizer.h"
-
-// Animates the LCD backlight color between the current color and the target color (of the state)
-bool backlight_keyframe_animate_color(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state);
-// Sets the backlight color to the target color
-bool backlight_keyframe_set_color(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state);
-
-bool backlight_keyframe_disable(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state);
-bool backlight_keyframe_enable(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state);
-
-#endif /* QUANTUM_VISUALIZER_LCD_BACKLIGHT_KEYFRAMES_H_ */
diff --git a/quantum/visualizer/lcd_keyframes.c b/quantum/visualizer/lcd_keyframes.c
index 82e4184d2c..75eb457001 100644
--- a/quantum/visualizer/lcd_keyframes.c
+++ b/quantum/visualizer/lcd_keyframes.c
@@ -166,8 +166,8 @@ bool lcd_keyframe_draw_logo(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t*
     // or state structs, here we use the image
 
     //gdispGBlitArea is a tricky function to use since it supports blitting part of the image
-    // if you have full screen image, then just use 128 and 32 for both source and target dimensions
-    gdispGBlitArea(GDISP, 0, 0, 128, 32, 0, 0, 128, (pixel_t*)resource_lcd_logo);
+    // if you have full screen image, then just use LCD_WIDTH and LCD_HEIGHT for both source and target dimensions
+    gdispGBlitArea(GDISP, 0, 0, LCD_WIDTH, LCD_HEIGHT, 0, 0, LCD_WIDTH, (pixel_t*)resource_lcd_logo);
 
     return false;
 }
diff --git a/quantum/visualizer/led_backlight_keyframes.c b/quantum/visualizer/led_backlight_keyframes.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..eb3f5561d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/quantum/visualizer/led_backlight_keyframes.c
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+/*
+The MIT License (MIT)
+
+Copyright (c) 2016 Fred Sundvik
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+SOFTWARE.
+*/
+#include "gfx.h"
+#include "math.h"
+#include "led_backlight_keyframes.h"
+
+static uint8_t fade_led_color(keyframe_animation_t* animation, int from, int to) {
+    int frame_length = animation->frame_lengths[animation->current_frame];
+    int current_pos = frame_length - animation->time_left_in_frame;
+    int delta = to - from;
+    int luma = (delta * current_pos) / frame_length;
+    luma += from;
+    return luma;
+}
+
+static void keyframe_fade_all_leds_from_to(keyframe_animation_t* animation, uint8_t from, uint8_t to) {
+    uint8_t luma = fade_led_color(animation, from, to);
+    color_t color = LUMA2COLOR(luma);
+    gdispGClear(LED_DISPLAY, color);
+}
+
+// TODO: Should be customizable per keyboard
+#define NUM_ROWS LED_HEIGHT
+#define NUM_COLS LED_WIDTH
+
+static uint8_t crossfade_start_frame[NUM_ROWS][NUM_COLS];
+static uint8_t crossfade_end_frame[NUM_ROWS][NUM_COLS];
+
+static uint8_t compute_gradient_color(float t, float index, float num) {
+    const float two_pi = M_PI * 2.0f;
+    float normalized_index = (1.0f - index / (num - 1.0f)) * two_pi;
+    float x = t * two_pi + normalized_index;
+    float v = 0.5 * (cosf(x) + 1.0f);
+    return (uint8_t)(255.0f * v);
+}
+
+bool led_backlight_keyframe_fade_in_all(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state) {
+    (void)state;
+    keyframe_fade_all_leds_from_to(animation, 0, 255);
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool led_backlight_keyframe_fade_out_all(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state) {
+    (void)state;
+    keyframe_fade_all_leds_from_to(animation, 255, 0);
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool led_backlight_keyframe_left_to_right_gradient(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state) {
+    (void)state;
+    float frame_length = animation->frame_lengths[animation->current_frame];
+    float current_pos = frame_length - animation->time_left_in_frame;
+    float t = current_pos / frame_length;
+    for (int i=0; i< NUM_COLS; i++) {
+        uint8_t color = compute_gradient_color(t, i, NUM_COLS);
+        gdispGDrawLine(LED_DISPLAY, i, 0, i, NUM_ROWS - 1, LUMA2COLOR(color));
+    }
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool led_backlight_keyframe_top_to_bottom_gradient(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state) {
+    (void)state;
+    float frame_length = animation->frame_lengths[animation->current_frame];
+    float current_pos = frame_length - animation->time_left_in_frame;
+    float t = current_pos / frame_length;
+    for (int i=0; i< NUM_ROWS; i++) {
+        uint8_t color = compute_gradient_color(t, i, NUM_ROWS);
+        gdispGDrawLine(LED_DISPLAY, 0, i, NUM_COLS - 1, i, LUMA2COLOR(color));
+    }
+    return true;
+}
+
+static void copy_current_led_state(uint8_t* dest) {
+    for (int i=0;i<NUM_ROWS;i++) {
+        for (int j=0;j<NUM_COLS;j++) {
+            dest[i*NUM_COLS + j] = gdispGGetPixelColor(LED_DISPLAY, j, i);
+        }
+    }
+}
+bool led_backlight_keyframe_crossfade(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state) {
+    (void)state;
+    if (animation->first_update_of_frame) {
+        copy_current_led_state(&crossfade_start_frame[0][0]);
+        run_next_keyframe(animation, state);
+        copy_current_led_state(&crossfade_end_frame[0][0]);
+    }
+    for (int i=0;i<NUM_ROWS;i++) {
+        for (int j=0;j<NUM_COLS;j++) {
+            color_t color  = LUMA2COLOR(fade_led_color(animation, crossfade_start_frame[i][j], crossfade_end_frame[i][j]));
+            gdispGDrawPixel(LED_DISPLAY, j, i, color);
+        }
+    }
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool led_backlight_keyframe_mirror_orientation(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state) {
+    (void)state;
+    (void)animation;
+    gdispGSetOrientation(LED_DISPLAY, GDISP_ROTATE_180);
+    return false;
+}
+
+bool led_backlight_keyframe_normal_orientation(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state) {
+    (void)state;
+    (void)animation;
+    gdispGSetOrientation(LED_DISPLAY, GDISP_ROTATE_0);
+    return false;
+}
+
+bool led_backlight_keyframe_disable(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state) {
+    (void)state;
+    (void)animation;
+    gdispGSetPowerMode(LED_DISPLAY, powerOff);
+    return false;
+}
+
+bool led_backlight_keyframe_enable(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state) {
+    (void)state;
+    (void)animation;
+    gdispGSetPowerMode(LED_DISPLAY, powerOn);
+    return false;
+}
diff --git a/quantum/visualizer/led_backlight_keyframes.h b/quantum/visualizer/led_backlight_keyframes.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..487151013a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/quantum/visualizer/led_backlight_keyframes.h
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/*
+The MIT License (MIT)
+
+Copyright (c) 2016 Fred Sundvik
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+SOFTWARE.
+*/
+
+#ifndef LED_BACKLIGHT_KEYFRAMES_H
+#define LED_BACKLIGHT_KEYFRAMES_H
+
+#include "visualizer.h"
+
+bool led_backlight_keyframe_fade_in_all(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state);
+bool led_backlight_keyframe_fade_out_all(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state);
+bool led_backlight_keyframe_left_to_right_gradient(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state);
+bool led_backlight_keyframe_top_to_bottom_gradient(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state);
+bool led_backlight_keyframe_crossfade(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state);
+bool led_backlight_keyframe_mirror_orientation(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state);
+bool led_backlight_keyframe_normal_orientation(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state);
+
+bool led_backlight_keyframe_disable(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state);
+bool led_backlight_keyframe_enable(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state);
+
+extern keyframe_animation_t led_test_animation;
+
+
+#endif /* LED_KEYFRAMES_H */
diff --git a/quantum/visualizer/led_keyframes.c b/quantum/visualizer/led_keyframes.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 7e6e5d1ab9..0000000000
--- a/quantum/visualizer/led_keyframes.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,143 +0,0 @@
-/*
-The MIT License (MIT)
-
-Copyright (c) 2016 Fred Sundvik
-
-Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
-in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
-to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
-furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
-copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
-LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
-OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
-SOFTWARE.
-*/
-#include "gfx.h"
-#include "math.h"
-#include "led_keyframes.h"
-
-static uint8_t fade_led_color(keyframe_animation_t* animation, int from, int to) {
-    int frame_length = animation->frame_lengths[animation->current_frame];
-    int current_pos = frame_length - animation->time_left_in_frame;
-    int delta = to - from;
-    int luma = (delta * current_pos) / frame_length;
-    luma += from;
-    return luma;
-}
-
-static void keyframe_fade_all_leds_from_to(keyframe_animation_t* animation, uint8_t from, uint8_t to) {
-    uint8_t luma = fade_led_color(animation, from, to);
-    color_t color = LUMA2COLOR(luma);
-    gdispGClear(LED_DISPLAY, color);
-}
-
-// TODO: Should be customizable per keyboard
-#define NUM_ROWS LED_NUM_ROWS
-#define NUM_COLS LED_NUM_COLS
-
-static uint8_t crossfade_start_frame[NUM_ROWS][NUM_COLS];
-static uint8_t crossfade_end_frame[NUM_ROWS][NUM_COLS];
-
-static uint8_t compute_gradient_color(float t, float index, float num) {
-    const float two_pi = M_PI * 2.0f;
-    float normalized_index = (1.0f - index / (num - 1.0f)) * two_pi;
-    float x = t * two_pi + normalized_index;
-    float v = 0.5 * (cosf(x) + 1.0f);
-    return (uint8_t)(255.0f * v);
-}
-
-bool led_keyframe_fade_in_all(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state) {
-    (void)state;
-    keyframe_fade_all_leds_from_to(animation, 0, 255);
-    return true;
-}
-
-bool led_keyframe_fade_out_all(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state) {
-    (void)state;
-    keyframe_fade_all_leds_from_to(animation, 255, 0);
-    return true;
-}
-
-bool led_keyframe_left_to_right_gradient(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state) {
-    (void)state;
-    float frame_length = animation->frame_lengths[animation->current_frame];
-    float current_pos = frame_length - animation->time_left_in_frame;
-    float t = current_pos / frame_length;
-    for (int i=0; i< NUM_COLS; i++) {
-        uint8_t color = compute_gradient_color(t, i, NUM_COLS);
-        gdispGDrawLine(LED_DISPLAY, i, 0, i, NUM_ROWS - 1, LUMA2COLOR(color));
-    }
-    return true;
-}
-
-bool led_keyframe_top_to_bottom_gradient(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state) {
-    (void)state;
-    float frame_length = animation->frame_lengths[animation->current_frame];
-    float current_pos = frame_length - animation->time_left_in_frame;
-    float t = current_pos / frame_length;
-    for (int i=0; i< NUM_ROWS; i++) {
-        uint8_t color = compute_gradient_color(t, i, NUM_ROWS);
-        gdispGDrawLine(LED_DISPLAY, 0, i, NUM_COLS - 1, i, LUMA2COLOR(color));
-    }
-    return true;
-}
-
-static void copy_current_led_state(uint8_t* dest) {
-    for (int i=0;i<NUM_ROWS;i++) {
-        for (int j=0;j<NUM_COLS;j++) {
-            dest[i*NUM_COLS + j] = gdispGGetPixelColor(LED_DISPLAY, j, i);
-        }
-    }
-}
-bool led_keyframe_crossfade(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state) {
-    (void)state;
-    if (animation->first_update_of_frame) {
-        copy_current_led_state(&crossfade_start_frame[0][0]);
-        run_next_keyframe(animation, state);
-        copy_current_led_state(&crossfade_end_frame[0][0]);
-    }
-    for (int i=0;i<NUM_ROWS;i++) {
-        for (int j=0;j<NUM_COLS;j++) {
-            color_t color  = LUMA2COLOR(fade_led_color(animation, crossfade_start_frame[i][j], crossfade_end_frame[i][j]));
-            gdispGDrawPixel(LED_DISPLAY, j, i, color);
-        }
-    }
-    return true;
-}
-
-bool led_keyframe_mirror_orientation(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state) {
-    (void)state;
-    (void)animation;
-    gdispGSetOrientation(LED_DISPLAY, GDISP_ROTATE_180);
-    return false;
-}
-
-bool led_keyframe_normal_orientation(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state) {
-    (void)state;
-    (void)animation;
-    gdispGSetOrientation(LED_DISPLAY, GDISP_ROTATE_0);
-    return false;
-}
-
-bool led_keyframe_disable(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state) {
-    (void)state;
-    (void)animation;
-    gdispGSetPowerMode(LED_DISPLAY, powerOff);
-    return false;
-}
-
-bool led_keyframe_enable(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state) {
-    (void)state;
-    (void)animation;
-    gdispGSetPowerMode(LED_DISPLAY, powerOn);
-    return false;
-}
diff --git a/quantum/visualizer/led_keyframes.h b/quantum/visualizer/led_keyframes.h
deleted file mode 100644
index a59a4f37d1..0000000000
--- a/quantum/visualizer/led_keyframes.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-/*
-The MIT License (MIT)
-
-Copyright (c) 2016 Fred Sundvik
-
-Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
-in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
-to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
-furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
-copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
-LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
-OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
-SOFTWARE.
-*/
-
-#ifndef LED_KEYFRAMES_H
-#define LED_KEYFRAMES_H
-
-#include "visualizer.h"
-
-bool led_keyframe_fade_in_all(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state);
-bool led_keyframe_fade_out_all(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state);
-bool led_keyframe_left_to_right_gradient(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state);
-bool led_keyframe_top_to_bottom_gradient(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state);
-bool led_keyframe_crossfade(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state);
-bool led_keyframe_mirror_orientation(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state);
-bool led_keyframe_normal_orientation(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state);
-
-bool led_keyframe_disable(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state);
-bool led_keyframe_enable(keyframe_animation_t* animation, visualizer_state_t* state);
-
-extern keyframe_animation_t led_test_animation;
-
-
-#endif /* LED_KEYFRAMES_H */
diff --git a/quantum/visualizer/visualizer.c b/quantum/visualizer/visualizer.c
index cc99d1e3b6..5b4d8d603e 100644
--- a/quantum/visualizer/visualizer.c
+++ b/quantum/visualizer/visualizer.c
@@ -52,7 +52,8 @@ SOFTWARE.
 
 // Define this in config.h
 #ifndef VISUALIZER_THREAD_PRIORITY
-#define "Visualizer thread priority not defined"
+// The visualizer needs gfx thread priorities
+#define VISUALIZER_THREAD_PRIORITY (NORMAL_PRIORITY - 2)
 #endif
 
 static visualizer_keyboard_status_t current_status = {
@@ -255,6 +256,9 @@ static DECLARE_THREAD_FUNCTION(visualizerThread, arg) {
         .mods = 0xFF,
         .leds = 0xFFFFFFFF,
         .suspended = false,
+    #ifdef BACKLIGHT_ENABLE
+        .backlight_level = 0,
+    #endif
     #ifdef VISUALIZER_USER_DATA_SIZE
         .user_data = {0},
     #endif
@@ -299,6 +303,7 @@ static DECLARE_THREAD_FUNCTION(visualizerThread, arg) {
                 else {
                     gdispGSetPowerMode(LED_DISPLAY, powerOff);
                 }
+                state.status.backlight_level = current_status.backlight_level;
             }
     #endif
             if (visualizer_enabled) {
diff --git a/quantum/visualizer/visualizer.mk b/quantum/visualizer/visualizer.mk
index 0f7d8636cf..102d23b7ef 100644
--- a/quantum/visualizer/visualizer.mk
+++ b/quantum/visualizer/visualizer.mk
@@ -20,6 +20,30 @@
 # OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
 # SOFTWARE.
 
+define ADD_DRIVER
+    $(1)_DRIVER:=$(strip $($(1)_DRIVER))
+    $(1)_WIDTH:=$(strip $($(1)_WIDTH))
+    $(1)_HEIGHT:=$(strip $($(1)_HEIGHT))
+    ifeq ($($(1)_DRIVER),)
+        $$(error $(1)_DRIVER is not defined)
+    endif
+    ifeq ($($(1)_WIDTH),)
+        $$(error $(1)_WIDTH is not defined)
+    endif
+    ifeq ($($(1)_HEIGHT),)
+        $$(error $(1)_HEIGHT is not defined)
+    endif
+    OPT_DEFS+=-D$(1)_WIDTH=$($(1)_WIDTH)
+    OPT_DEFS+=-D$(1)_HEIGHT=$($(1)_HEIGHT)
+    GFXDEFS+=-D$(1)_WIDTH=$($(1)_WIDTH)
+    GFXDEFS+=-D$(1)_HEIGHT=$($(1)_HEIGHT)
+    $(1)_DISPLAY_NUMBER:=$$(words $$(GDISP_DRIVER_LIST))
+    OPT_DEFS+=-D$(1)_DISPLAY_NUMBER=$$($(1)_DISPLAY_NUMBER)
+    include $(TOP_DIR)/drivers/ugfx/gdisp/$($(1)_DRIVER)/driver.mk
+endef
+
+GDISP_DRIVER_LIST:=
+
 SRC += $(VISUALIZER_DIR)/visualizer.c \
 	$(VISUALIZER_DIR)/visualizer_keyframes.c
 EXTRAINCDIRS += $(GFXINC) $(VISUALIZER_DIR)
@@ -40,16 +64,32 @@ SRC += $(VISUALIZER_DIR)/lcd_backlight_keyframes.c
 # Note, that the linker will strip out any resources that are not actually in use
 SRC += $(VISUALIZER_DIR)/resources/lcd_logo.c
 OPT_DEFS += -DLCD_BACKLIGHT_ENABLE
+$(eval $(call ADD_DRIVER,LCD))
 endif
 
 ifeq ($(strip $(BACKLIGHT_ENABLE)), yes)
-SRC += $(VISUALIZER_DIR)/led_keyframes.c
+SRC += $(VISUALIZER_DIR)/led_backlight_keyframes.c
+$(eval $(call ADD_DRIVER,LED))
 endif
 
+SRC += $(VISUALIZER_DIR)/default_animations.c
+
 include $(GFXLIB)/gfx.mk
+# For the common_gfxconf.h
+GFXINC += quantum/visualizer
+
 GFXSRC := $(patsubst $(TOP_DIR)/%,%,$(GFXSRC))
 GFXDEFS := $(patsubst %,-D%,$(patsubst -D%,%,$(GFXDEFS)))
 
+GDISP_LIST_COMMA=,
+GDISP_LIST_EMPTY=
+GDISP_LIST_SPACE=$(GDISP_LIST_EMPTY) $(GDISP_LIST_EMPTY)
+
+GDISP_DRIVER_LIST := $(strip $(GDISP_DRIVER_LIST))
+GDISP_DRIVER_LIST := $(subst $(GDISP_LIST_SPACE),$(GDISP_LIST_COMMA),$(GDISP_DRIVER_LIST))
+
+GFXDEFS +=-DGDISP_DRIVER_LIST="$(GDISP_DRIVER_LIST)"
+
 ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYMAP_PATH)/visualizer.c)","")
     SRC += keyboards/$(KEYBOARD)/keymaps/$(KEYMAP)/visualizer.c
 else 
diff --git a/readme.md b/readme.md
index 6cdce72400..781b9f615d 100644
--- a/readme.md
+++ b/readme.md
@@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
 # Quantum Mechanical Keyboard Firmware
 
+[![Current Version](https://img.shields.io/github/tag/qmk/qmk_firmware.svg)](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/tags)
 [![Build Status](https://travis-ci.org/qmk/qmk_firmware.svg?branch=master)](https://travis-ci.org/qmk/qmk_firmware)
 [![Gitter](https://img.shields.io/gitter/room/qmk/qmk_firmware.js.svg)](https://gitter.im/qmk/qmk_firmware)
 [![Docs Status](https://img.shields.io/badge/docs-ready-orange.svg)](https://docs.qmk.fm)
diff --git a/tests/basic/config.h b/tests/basic/config.h
index 4da8d04253..e5d018a32a 100644
--- a/tests/basic/config.h
+++ b/tests/basic/config.h
@@ -17,8 +17,7 @@
 #ifndef TESTS_BASIC_CONFIG_H_
 #define TESTS_BASIC_CONFIG_H_
 
-#define MATRIX_ROWS 2
-#define MATRIX_COLS 2
-
+#define MATRIX_ROWS 4
+#define MATRIX_COLS 10
 
 #endif /* TESTS_BASIC_CONFIG_H_ */
diff --git a/tests/basic/keymap.c b/tests/basic/keymap.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3f97c0a0ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tests/basic/keymap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/* Copyright 2017 Fred Sundvik
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ */
+
+#include "quantum.h"
+
+// Don't rearrange keys as existing tests might rely on the order
+// Col2, Row 0 has to be KC_NO, because tests rely on it
+
+#define COMBO1 RSFT(LCTL(KC_O))
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+    [0] = {
+        // 0    1      2      3        4        5        6       7            8      9
+        {KC_A,  KC_B,  KC_NO, KC_LSFT, KC_RSFT, KC_LCTL, COMBO1, SFT_T(KC_P), M(0),  KC_NO},
+        {KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO,   KC_NO,   KC_NO,   KC_NO,  KC_NO,       KC_NO, KC_NO},
+        {KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO,   KC_NO,   KC_NO,   KC_NO,  KC_NO,       KC_NO, KC_NO},
+        {KC_C,  KC_D,  KC_NO, KC_NO,   KC_NO,   KC_NO,   KC_NO,  KC_NO,       KC_NO, KC_NO},
+    },
+};
+
+const macro_t *action_get_macro(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt) {
+    if (record->event.pressed) {
+        switch(id) {
+        case 0:
+            return MACRO(D(LSFT), T(H), U(LSFT), T(E), T(L), T(L), T(O), T(SPACE), W(100), 
+            D(LSFT), T(W), U(LSFT), I(10), T(O), T(R), T(L), T(D), D(LSFT), T(1), U(LSFT), END);
+        }
+    }
+    return MACRO_NONE;
+};
+
+void action_function(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt) {
+}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/tests/basic/test.cpp b/tests/basic/test.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 1bd5c2762d..0000000000
--- a/tests/basic/test.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright 2017 Fred Sundvik
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
- */
-
-#include "gtest/gtest.h"
-#include "gmock/gmock.h"
-
-#include "quantum.h"
-#include "test_driver.h"
-#include "test_matrix.h"
-#include "keyboard_report_util.h"
-#include "test_fixture.h"
-
-using testing::_;
-using testing::Return;
-
-const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
-	[0] = {
-	    {KC_A, KC_B},
-	    {KC_C, KC_D}
-	},
-};
-
-class KeyPress : public TestFixture {};
-
-TEST_F(KeyPress, SendKeyboardIsNotCalledWhenNoKeyIsPressed) {
-    TestDriver driver;
-    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(_)).Times(0);
-    keyboard_task();
-}
-
-TEST_F(KeyPress, CorrectKeyIsReportedWhenPressed) {
-    TestDriver driver;
-    press_key(0, 0);
-    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport(KC_A)));
-    keyboard_task();
-}
-
-TEST_F(KeyPress, CorrectKeysAreReportedWhenTwoKeysArePressed) {
-    TestDriver driver;
-    press_key(1, 0);
-    press_key(0, 1);
-    //Note that QMK only processes one key at a time
-    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport(KC_B)));
-    keyboard_task();
-    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport(KC_B, KC_C)));
-    keyboard_task();
-}
diff --git a/tests/basic/test_keypress.cpp b/tests/basic/test_keypress.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..194b1745b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tests/basic/test_keypress.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+/* Copyright 2017 Fred Sundvik
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ */
+
+#include "test_common.hpp"
+
+using testing::_;
+using testing::Return;
+
+class KeyPress : public TestFixture {};
+
+TEST_F(KeyPress, SendKeyboardIsNotCalledWhenNoKeyIsPressed) {
+    TestDriver driver;
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(_)).Times(0);
+    keyboard_task();
+}
+
+TEST_F(KeyPress, CorrectKeyIsReportedWhenPressed) {
+    TestDriver driver;
+    press_key(0, 0);
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport(KC_A)));
+    keyboard_task();
+    release_key(0, 0);
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport()));
+    keyboard_task();
+}
+
+TEST_F(KeyPress, CorrectKeysAreReportedWhenTwoKeysArePressed) {
+    TestDriver driver;
+    press_key(1, 0);
+    press_key(0, 3);
+    //Note that QMK only processes one key at a time
+    //See issue #1476 for more information
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport(KC_B)));
+    keyboard_task();
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport(KC_B, KC_C)));
+    keyboard_task();
+    release_key(1, 0);
+    release_key(0, 3);
+    //Note that the first key released is the first one in the matrix order
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport(KC_C)));
+    keyboard_task();
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport()));
+    keyboard_task();
+}
+
+TEST_F(KeyPress, ANonMappedKeyDoesNothing) {
+    TestDriver driver;
+    press_key(2, 0);
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(_)).Times(0);
+    keyboard_task();
+    keyboard_task();
+}
+
+TEST_F(KeyPress, LeftShiftIsReportedCorrectly) {
+    TestDriver driver;
+    press_key(3, 0);
+    press_key(0, 0);
+    // Unfortunately modifiers are also processed in the wrong order
+    // See issue #1476 for more information
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport(KC_A)));
+    keyboard_task();
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport(KC_A, KC_LSFT)));
+    keyboard_task();
+    release_key(0, 0);
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport(KC_LSFT)));
+    keyboard_task();
+    release_key(3, 0);
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport()));
+    keyboard_task();
+}
+
+TEST_F(KeyPress, PressLeftShiftAndControl) {
+    TestDriver driver;
+    press_key(3, 0);
+    press_key(5, 0);
+    // Unfortunately modifiers are also processed in the wrong order
+    // See issue #1476 for more information
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport(KC_LSFT)));
+    keyboard_task();
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport(KC_LSFT, KC_LCTRL)));
+    keyboard_task();
+}
+
+TEST_F(KeyPress, LeftAndRightShiftCanBePressedAtTheSameTime) {
+    TestDriver driver;
+    press_key(3, 0);
+    press_key(4, 0);
+    // Unfortunately modifiers are also processed in the wrong order
+    // See issue #1476 for more information
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport(KC_LSFT)));
+    keyboard_task();
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport(KC_LSFT, KC_RSFT)));
+    keyboard_task();
+}
+
+TEST_F(KeyPress, RightShiftLeftControlAndCharWithTheSameKey) {
+    TestDriver driver;
+    press_key(6, 0);
+    // BUG: The press is split into two reports
+    // BUG: It reports RSFT instead of LSFT
+    // See issue #524 for more information
+    // The underlying cause is that we use only one bit to represent the right hand
+    // modifiers.
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport(KC_RSFT, KC_RCTRL)));
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport(KC_RSFT, KC_RCTRL, KC_O)));
+    keyboard_task();
+    release_key(6, 0);
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport(KC_RSFT, KC_RCTRL)));
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport()));
+    keyboard_task();
+}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/tests/basic/test_macro.cpp b/tests/basic/test_macro.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..80676d5153
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tests/basic/test_macro.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+/* Copyright 2017 Fred Sundvik
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ */
+
+#include "test_common.hpp"
+#include "time.h"
+
+using testing::InSequence;
+using testing::InvokeWithoutArgs;
+
+class Macro : public TestFixture {};
+
+#define AT_TIME(t) WillOnce(InvokeWithoutArgs([current_time]() {EXPECT_EQ(timer_elapsed32(current_time), t);}))
+
+TEST_F(Macro, PlayASimpleMacro) {
+    TestDriver driver;
+    InSequence s;
+    press_key(8, 0);
+    uint32_t current_time = timer_read32();
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport(KC_LSFT)))
+        .AT_TIME(0);
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport(KC_LSFT, KC_H)))
+        .AT_TIME(0);
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport(KC_LSFT)))
+        .AT_TIME(0);
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport()))
+        .AT_TIME(0);
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport(KC_E)))
+        .AT_TIME(0);
+    // The macro system could actually skip these empty keyboard reports
+    // it should be enough to just send a report with the next key down
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport()))
+        .AT_TIME(0);
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport(KC_L)))
+        .AT_TIME(0);
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport()))
+        .AT_TIME(0);
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport(KC_L)))
+        .AT_TIME(0);
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport()))
+        .AT_TIME(0);
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport(KC_O)))
+        .AT_TIME(0);
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport()))
+        .AT_TIME(0);
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport(KC_SPACE)))
+        .AT_TIME(0);
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport()))
+        .AT_TIME(0);
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport(KC_LSFT)))
+        .AT_TIME(100);
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport(KC_LSFT, KC_W)))
+        .AT_TIME(100);
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport(KC_LSFT)))
+        .AT_TIME(100);
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport()))
+        .AT_TIME(100);
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport(KC_O)))
+    // BUG: The timer should not really have advanced 10 ms here
+    // See issue #1477
+        .AT_TIME(110);
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport()))
+    // BUG: The timer should not advance on both keydown and key-up
+    // See issue #1477
+        .AT_TIME(120);
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport(KC_R)))
+        .AT_TIME(130);
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport()))
+        .AT_TIME(140);
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport(KC_L)))
+        .AT_TIME(150);
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport()))
+        .AT_TIME(160);
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport(KC_D)))
+        .AT_TIME(170);
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport()))
+        .AT_TIME(180);
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport(KC_LSFT)))
+        .AT_TIME(190);
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport(KC_LSFT, KC_1)))
+        .AT_TIME(200);
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport(KC_LSFT)))
+        .AT_TIME(210);
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport()))
+        .AT_TIME(220);
+    run_one_scan_loop();
+}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/tests/basic/test_tapping.cpp b/tests/basic/test_tapping.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..30d032e9fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tests/basic/test_tapping.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+/* Copyright 2017 Fred Sundvik
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ */
+
+#include "test_common.hpp"
+#include "action_tapping.h"
+
+using testing::_;
+using testing::InSequence;
+
+class Tapping : public TestFixture {};
+
+TEST_F(Tapping, TapA_SHFT_T_KeyReportsKey) {
+    TestDriver driver;
+    InSequence s;
+
+    press_key(7, 0);
+    // Tapping keys does nothing on press
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(_)).Times(0);
+    run_one_scan_loop();
+    release_key(7, 0);
+    // First we get the key press
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport(KC_P)));
+    // Then the release
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport()));
+    run_one_scan_loop();
+}
+
+TEST_F(Tapping, HoldA_SHFT_T_KeyReportsShift) {
+    TestDriver driver;
+    InSequence s;
+
+    press_key(7, 0);
+    // Tapping keys does nothing on press
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(_)).Times(0);
+    idle_for(TAPPING_TERM);
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport(KC_LSFT)));
+    run_one_scan_loop();
+}
+
+TEST_F(Tapping, ANewTapWithinTappingTermIsBuggy) {
+    // See issue #1478 for more information
+    TestDriver driver;
+    InSequence s;
+
+    press_key(7, 0);
+    // Tapping keys does nothing on press
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(_)).Times(0);
+    run_one_scan_loop();
+    release_key(7, 0);
+    // First we get the key press
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport(KC_P)));
+    // Then the release
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport()));
+    run_one_scan_loop();
+
+    // This sends KC_P, even if it should do nothing
+    press_key(7, 0);
+    // This test should not succed if everything works correctly
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport(KC_P)));
+    run_one_scan_loop();
+    release_key(7, 0);
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport()));
+    idle_for(TAPPING_TERM + 1);
+
+    // On the other hand, nothing is sent if we are outside the tapping term
+    press_key(7, 0);
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(_)).Times(0);
+    run_one_scan_loop();
+    release_key(7, 0);
+
+    // First we get the key press
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport(KC_P)));
+    // Then the release
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport()));
+    idle_for(TAPPING_TERM + 1);
+
+    // Now we are geting into strange territory, as the hold registers too early here
+    // But the stranges part is:
+    // If TAPPING_TERM + 1 above is changed to TAPPING_TERM or TAPPING_TERM + 2 it doesn't
+    press_key(7, 0);
+    // Shouldn't be called here really
+    EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport(KC_LSFT))).Times(1);
+    idle_for(TAPPING_TERM);
+}
diff --git a/tests/test_common/keyboard_report_util.cpp b/tests/test_common/keyboard_report_util.cpp
index aca4433dd6..bf728b9a2a 100644
--- a/tests/test_common/keyboard_report_util.cpp
+++ b/tests/test_common/keyboard_report_util.cpp
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  */
 
- #include "keyboard_report_util.h"
+ #include "keyboard_report_util.hpp"
  #include <vector>
  #include <algorithm>
  using namespace testing;
@@ -47,19 +47,25 @@ bool operator==(const report_keyboard_t& lhs, const report_keyboard_t& rhs) {
 
 std::ostream& operator<<(std::ostream& stream, const report_keyboard_t& value) {
     stream << "Keyboard report:" << std::endl;
-    stream << "Mods: " << value.mods << std::endl;
+    stream << "Mods: " << (uint32_t)value.mods << std::endl;
+    stream << "Keys: ";
     // TODO: This should probably print friendly names for the keys
     for (uint32_t k: get_keys(value)) {
-        stream << k << std::endl;
+        stream << k << " ";
     }
+    stream << std::endl;
     return stream;
 }
 
 KeyboardReportMatcher::KeyboardReportMatcher(const std::vector<uint8_t>& keys) {
-    // TODO: Support modifiers
     memset(m_report.raw, 0, sizeof(m_report.raw));
     for (auto k: keys) {
-        add_key_to_report(&m_report, k);
+        if (IS_MOD(k)) {
+            m_report.mods |= MOD_BIT(k);
+        }
+        else {
+            add_key_to_report(&m_report, k);
+        }
     }
 }
 
diff --git a/tests/test_common/keyboard_report_util.h b/tests/test_common/keyboard_report_util.hpp
index 48543c2053..48543c2053 100644
--- a/tests/test_common/keyboard_report_util.h
+++ b/tests/test_common/keyboard_report_util.hpp
diff --git a/tests/test_common/matrix.c b/tests/test_common/matrix.c
index 0d9fa68b04..4b501039b6 100644
--- a/tests/test_common/matrix.c
+++ b/tests/test_common/matrix.c
@@ -58,3 +58,6 @@ void release_key(uint8_t col, uint8_t row) {
 void clear_all_keys(void) {
     memset(matrix, 0, sizeof(matrix));
 }
+
+void led_set(uint8_t usb_led) {
+}
diff --git a/tests/test_common/test_common.hpp b/tests/test_common/test_common.hpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2398446339
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tests/test_common/test_common.hpp
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+/* Copyright 2017 Fred Sundvik
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ */
+
+#include "gtest/gtest.h"
+#include "gmock/gmock.h"
+
+#include "quantum.h"
+#include "test_driver.hpp"
+#include "test_matrix.h"
+#include "keyboard_report_util.hpp"
+#include "test_fixture.hpp"
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/tests/test_common/test_driver.cpp b/tests/test_common/test_driver.cpp
index feb80563a1..5113099698 100644
--- a/tests/test_common/test_driver.cpp
+++ b/tests/test_common/test_driver.cpp
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
  * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  */
 
-#include "test_driver.h"
+#include "test_driver.hpp"
 
 TestDriver* TestDriver::m_this = nullptr;
 
diff --git a/tests/test_common/test_driver.h b/tests/test_common/test_driver.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0123fd539b..0000000000
--- a/tests/test_common/test_driver.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright 2017 Fred Sundvik
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
- */
-
-#ifndef TESTS_TEST_COMMON_TEST_DRIVER_H_
-#define TESTS_TEST_COMMON_TEST_DRIVER_H_
-
-#include "gmock/gmock.h"
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include "host.h"
-#include "keyboard_report_util.h"
-
-
-class TestDriver {
-public:
-    TestDriver();
-    ~TestDriver();
-    void set_leds(uint8_t leds) { m_leds = leds; }
-    
-    MOCK_METHOD1(send_keyboard_mock, void (report_keyboard_t&));
-    MOCK_METHOD1(send_mouse_mock, void (report_mouse_t&));
-    MOCK_METHOD1(send_system_mock, void (uint16_t));
-    MOCK_METHOD1(send_consumer_mock, void (uint16_t));
-private:
-    static uint8_t keyboard_leds(void);
-    static void send_keyboard(report_keyboard_t *report);
-    static void send_mouse(report_mouse_t* report);
-    static void send_system(uint16_t data);
-    static void send_consumer(uint16_t data);
-    host_driver_t m_driver;
-    uint8_t m_leds = 0;
-    static TestDriver* m_this;
-};
-
-
-#endif /* TESTS_TEST_COMMON_TEST_DRIVER_H_ */
diff --git a/tests/test_common/test_driver.hpp b/tests/test_common/test_driver.hpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c3ae17b1a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tests/test_common/test_driver.hpp
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/* Copyright 2017 Fred Sundvik
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ */
+
+#ifndef TESTS_TEST_COMMON_TEST_DRIVER_H_
+#define TESTS_TEST_COMMON_TEST_DRIVER_H_
+
+#include "gmock/gmock.h"
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "host.h"
+#include "keyboard_report_util.hpp"
+
+
+class TestDriver {
+public:
+    TestDriver();
+    ~TestDriver();
+    void set_leds(uint8_t leds) { m_leds = leds; }
+    
+    MOCK_METHOD1(send_keyboard_mock, void (report_keyboard_t&));
+    MOCK_METHOD1(send_mouse_mock, void (report_mouse_t&));
+    MOCK_METHOD1(send_system_mock, void (uint16_t));
+    MOCK_METHOD1(send_consumer_mock, void (uint16_t));
+private:
+    static uint8_t keyboard_leds(void);
+    static void send_keyboard(report_keyboard_t *report);
+    static void send_mouse(report_mouse_t* report);
+    static void send_system(uint16_t data);
+    static void send_consumer(uint16_t data);
+    host_driver_t m_driver;
+    uint8_t m_leds = 0;
+    static TestDriver* m_this;
+};
+
+
+#endif /* TESTS_TEST_COMMON_TEST_DRIVER_H_ */
diff --git a/tests/test_common/test_fixture.cpp b/tests/test_common/test_fixture.cpp
index eef9b854b7..4084ee9c67 100644
--- a/tests/test_common/test_fixture.cpp
+++ b/tests/test_common/test_fixture.cpp
@@ -1,8 +1,15 @@
-#include "test_fixture.h"
+#include "test_fixture.hpp"
 #include "gmock/gmock.h"
-#include "test_driver.h"
+#include "test_driver.hpp"
 #include "test_matrix.h"
 #include "keyboard.h"
+#include "action.h"
+#include "action_tapping.h"
+
+extern "C" {
+    void set_time(uint32_t t);
+    void advance_time(uint32_t ms);
+}
 
 using testing::_;
 using testing::AnyNumber;
@@ -25,12 +32,20 @@ TestFixture::~TestFixture() {
     TestDriver driver;
     clear_all_keys();
     // Run for a while to make sure all keys are completely released
-    // Should probably wait until tapping term etc, has timed out
     EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(_)).Times(AnyNumber());
-    for (int i=0; i<100; i++) {
-        keyboard_task();
-    }
+    idle_for(TAPPING_TERM + 10);
     testing::Mock::VerifyAndClearExpectations(&driver); 
     // Verify that the matrix really is cleared
     EXPECT_CALL(driver, send_keyboard_mock(KeyboardReport())).Times(Between(0, 1));
+}
+
+void TestFixture::run_one_scan_loop() {
+    keyboard_task();
+    advance_time(1);
+}
+
+void TestFixture::idle_for(unsigned time) {
+    for (unsigned i=0; i<time; i++) {
+        run_one_scan_loop();
+    }
 }
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/tests/test_common/test_fixture.h b/tests/test_common/test_fixture.h
deleted file mode 100644
index a775a425aa..0000000000
--- a/tests/test_common/test_fixture.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright 2017 Fred Sundvik
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
- */
-
- #pragma once
-
-#include "gtest/gtest.h"
-
-class TestFixture : public testing::Test {
-public:
-    TestFixture();
-    ~TestFixture();
-    static void SetUpTestCase();
-    static void TearDownTestCase();
-
-};
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/tests/test_common/test_fixture.hpp b/tests/test_common/test_fixture.hpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fb37e440fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tests/test_common/test_fixture.hpp
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/* Copyright 2017 Fred Sundvik
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ */
+
+ #pragma once
+
+#include "gtest/gtest.h"
+
+class TestFixture : public testing::Test {
+public:
+    TestFixture();
+    ~TestFixture();
+    static void SetUpTestCase();
+    static void TearDownTestCase();
+
+    void run_one_scan_loop();
+    void idle_for(unsigned ms);
+};
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/tmk_core/avr.mk b/tmk_core/avr.mk
index ccecdb1929..95aa973aa9 100644
--- a/tmk_core/avr.mk
+++ b/tmk_core/avr.mk
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ HEX = $(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom -R .fuse -R .lock -R .signature
 EEP = $(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" --change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) 
 BIN =
 
-
+COMMON_VPATH += $(DRIVER_PATH)/avr
 
 COMPILEFLAGS += -funsigned-char
 COMPILEFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
@@ -87,11 +87,13 @@ DEBUG_PORT = 4242
 DEBUG_HOST = localhost
 
 #============================================================================
-# Autodecct teensy loader
-ifneq (, $(shell which teensy-loader-cli 2>/dev/null))
-  TEENSY_LOADER_CLI ?= teensy-loader-cli
-else
-  TEENSY_LOADER_CLI ?= teensy_loader_cli
+# Autodetect teensy loader
+ifndef TEENSY_LOADER_CLI
+    ifneq (, $(shell which teensy-loader-cli 2>/dev/null))
+        TEENSY_LOADER_CLI ?= teensy-loader-cli
+    else
+        TEENSY_LOADER_CLI ?= teensy_loader_cli
+    endif
 endif
 
 # Program the device.
@@ -115,11 +117,11 @@ dfu: $(BUILD_DIR)/$(TARGET).hex sizeafter
 		echo "Error: Bootloader not found. Trying again in 5s." ;\
 		sleep 5 ;\
 	done
-ifneq (, $(findstring 0.7, $(shell $(DFU_PROGRAMMER) --version 2>&1)))
-	$(DFU_PROGRAMMER) $(MCU) erase --force
-else
-	$(DFU_PROGRAMMER) $(MCU) erase
-endif
+	if $(DFU_PROGRAMMER) --version 2>&1 | grep -q 0.7 ; then\
+		$(DFU_PROGRAMMER) $(MCU) erase --force;\
+	else\
+		$(DFU_PROGRAMMER) $(MCU) erase;\
+	fi
 	$(DFU_PROGRAMMER) $(MCU) flash $(BUILD_DIR)/$(TARGET).hex
 	$(DFU_PROGRAMMER) $(MCU) reset
 
@@ -135,13 +137,31 @@ flip-ee: $(BUILD_DIR)/$(TARGET).hex $(BUILD_DIR)/$(TARGET).eep
 	$(REMOVE) $(BUILD_DIR)/$(TARGET)eep.hex
 
 dfu-ee: $(BUILD_DIR)/$(TARGET).hex $(BUILD_DIR)/$(TARGET).eep
-ifneq (, $(findstring 0.7, $(shell dfu-programmer --version 2>&1)))
-	$(DFU_PROGRAMMER) $(MCU) flash --eeprom $(BUILD_DIR)/$(TARGET).eep
-else
-	$(DFU_PROGRAMMER) $(MCU) flash-eeprom $(BUILD_DIR)/$(TARGET).eep
-endif
+	if $(DFU_PROGRAMMER) --version 2>&1 | grep -q 0.7 ; then\
+		$(DFU_PROGRAMMER) $(MCU) flash --eeprom $(BUILD_DIR)/$(TARGET).eep;\
+	else\
+		$(DFU_PROGRAMMER) $(MCU) flash-eeprom $(BUILD_DIR)/$(TARGET).eep;\
+	fi
 	$(DFU_PROGRAMMER) $(MCU) reset
 
+avrdude: $(BUILD_DIR)/$(TARGET).hex
+	if grep -q -s Microsoft /proc/version; then \
+		echo 'ERROR: Pro Micros can not be flashed within the Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL) currently. Instead, take the .hex file generated and flash it using AVRDUDE, AVRDUDESS, or XLoader.'; \
+	else \
+		ls /dev/tty* > /tmp/1; \
+		echo "Detecting Pro Micro port, reset your Pro Micro now.\c"; \
+		while [ -z $$USB ]; do \
+			sleep 1; \
+			echo ".\c"; \
+			ls /dev/tty* > /tmp/2; \
+			USB=`diff /tmp/1 /tmp/2 | grep -o '/dev/tty.*'`; \
+		done; \
+		echo ""; \
+		echo "Detected Pro Micro port at $$USB"; \
+		sleep 1; \
+		avrdude -p $(MCU) -c avr109 -P $$USB -U flash:w:$(BUILD_DIR)/$(TARGET).hex; \
+	fi
+
 # Convert hex to bin.
 flashbin: $(BUILD_DIR)/$(TARGET).hex
 	$(OBJCOPY) -Iihex -Obinary $(BUILD_DIR)/$(TARGET).hex $(BUILD_DIR)/$(TARGET).bin
diff --git a/tmk_core/common/eeconfig.c b/tmk_core/common/eeconfig.c
index 140d2b85bb..e2eb4a38e3 100644
--- a/tmk_core/common/eeconfig.c
+++ b/tmk_core/common/eeconfig.c
@@ -19,6 +19,9 @@ void eeconfig_init(void)
 #ifdef RGBLIGHT_ENABLE
     eeprom_update_dword(EECONFIG_RGBLIGHT,      0);
 #endif
+#ifdef STENO_ENABLE
+    eeprom_update_byte(EECONFIG_STENOMODE,      0);
+#endif
 }
 
 void eeconfig_enable(void)
diff --git a/tmk_core/common/eeconfig.h b/tmk_core/common/eeconfig.h
index 280dc7ab67..1397a90c79 100644
--- a/tmk_core/common/eeconfig.h
+++ b/tmk_core/common/eeconfig.h
@@ -34,6 +34,9 @@ along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 #define EECONFIG_AUDIO                              (uint8_t *)7
 #define EECONFIG_RGBLIGHT                           (uint32_t *)8
 #define EECONFIG_UNICODEMODE                        (uint8_t *)12
+#define EECONFIG_STENOMODE                          (uint8_t *)13
+// EEHANDS for two handed boards
+#define EECONFIG_HANDEDNESS         				(uint8_t *)14
 
 
 /* debug bit */
diff --git a/tmk_core/common/keyboard.c b/tmk_core/common/keyboard.c
index 97a8f1cd8c..9466e10e2d 100644
--- a/tmk_core/common/keyboard.c
+++ b/tmk_core/common/keyboard.c
@@ -51,6 +51,9 @@ along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 #ifdef RGBLIGHT_ENABLE
 #   include "rgblight.h"
 #endif
+#ifdef STENO_ENABLE
+#   include "process_steno.h"
+#endif
 #ifdef FAUXCLICKY_ENABLE
 #   include "fauxclicky.h"
 #endif
@@ -139,6 +142,9 @@ void keyboard_init(void) {
 #ifdef RGBLIGHT_ENABLE
     rgblight_init();
 #endif
+#ifdef STENO_ENABLE
+    steno_init();
+#endif
 #ifdef FAUXCLICKY_ENABLE
     fauxclicky_init();
 #endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/common/keycode.h b/tmk_core/common/keycode.h
index 54e9c322c1..a1e0bc9a47 100644
--- a/tmk_core/common/keycode.h
+++ b/tmk_core/common/keycode.h
@@ -94,6 +94,9 @@ along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 #define KC_JYEN KC_INT3
 #define KC_HENK KC_INT4
 #define KC_MHEN KC_INT5
+/* Korean specific */
+#define KC_HAEN KC_LANG1
+#define KC_HANJ KC_LANG2
 /* Keypad */
 #define KC_P1   KC_KP_1
 #define KC_P2   KC_KP_2
@@ -113,6 +116,11 @@ along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 #define KC_PPLS KC_KP_PLUS
 #define KC_PEQL KC_KP_EQUAL
 #define KC_PENT KC_KP_ENTER
+/* Unix function key */
+#define KC_EXEC KC_EXECUTE
+#define KC_SLCT KC_SELECT
+#define KC_AGIN KC_AGAIN
+#define KC_PSTE KC_PASTE
 /* Mousekey */
 #define KC_MS_U KC_MS_UP
 #define KC_MS_D KC_MS_DOWN
diff --git a/tmk_core/common/mousekey.c b/tmk_core/common/mousekey.c
index 23469476e2..aa128f0e87 100644
--- a/tmk_core/common/mousekey.c
+++ b/tmk_core/common/mousekey.c
@@ -55,6 +55,14 @@ uint8_t mk_wheel_time_to_max = MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_TIME_TO_MAX;
 
 static uint16_t last_timer = 0;
 
+inline int8_t times_inv_sqrt2(int8_t x)
+{
+    // 181/256 is pretty close to 1/sqrt(2)
+    // 0.70703125                 0.707106781
+    // 1 too small for x=99 and x=198
+    // This ends up being a mult and discard lower 8 bits
+    return (x * 181) >> 8;
+}
 
 static uint8_t move_unit(void)
 {
@@ -111,10 +119,10 @@ void mousekey_task(void)
     if (mouse_report.y > 0) mouse_report.y = move_unit();
     if (mouse_report.y < 0) mouse_report.y = move_unit() * -1;
 
-    /* diagonal move [1/sqrt(2) = 0.7] */
+    /* diagonal move [1/sqrt(2)] */
     if (mouse_report.x && mouse_report.y) {
-        mouse_report.x *= 0.7;
-        mouse_report.y *= 0.7;
+        mouse_report.x = times_inv_sqrt2(mouse_report.x);
+        mouse_report.y = times_inv_sqrt2(mouse_report.y);
     }
 
     if (mouse_report.v > 0) mouse_report.v = wheel_unit();
diff --git a/tmk_core/common/test/timer.c b/tmk_core/common/test/timer.c
index 09ea91a891..19e79e1f54 100644
--- a/tmk_core/common/test/timer.c
+++ b/tmk_core/common/test/timer.c
@@ -16,15 +16,20 @@
 
 #include "timer.h"
 
-// TODO: the timer should work, but at a much faster rate than realtime
-// It should also have some kind of integration with the testing system
+static uint32_t current_time = 0;
 
-void timer_init(void) {}
+void timer_init(void) {current_time = 0;}
 
-void timer_clear(void) {}
+void timer_clear(void) {current_time = 0;}
 
-uint16_t timer_read(void) { return 0; }
-uint32_t timer_read32(void) { return 0; }
-uint16_t timer_elapsed(uint16_t last) { return 0; }
-uint32_t timer_elapsed32(uint32_t last) { return 0; }
+uint16_t timer_read(void) { return current_time & 0xFFFF; }
+uint32_t timer_read32(void) { return current_time; }
+uint16_t timer_elapsed(uint16_t last) { return TIMER_DIFF_16(timer_read(), last); }
+uint32_t timer_elapsed32(uint32_t last) { return TIMER_DIFF_32(timer_read32(), last); }
 
+void set_time(uint32_t t) { current_time = t; }
+void advance_time(uint32_t ms) { current_time += ms; }
+
+void wait_ms(uint32_t ms) {
+    advance_time(ms);
+}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/tmk_core/common/wait.h b/tmk_core/common/wait.h
index 911c9ddb5d..bdcb3f2a41 100644
--- a/tmk_core/common/wait.h
+++ b/tmk_core/common/wait.h
@@ -1,6 +1,8 @@
 #ifndef WAIT_H
 #define WAIT_H
 
+#include <inttypes.h>
+
 #ifdef __cplusplus
 extern "C" {
 #endif
@@ -16,8 +18,8 @@ extern "C" {
 #elif defined(__arm__)
 #   include "wait_api.h"
 #else  // Unit tests
-#define wait_ms(ms)
-#define wait_us(us)
+void wait_ms(uint32_t ms);
+#define wait_us(us) wait_ms(us / 1000)
 #endif
 
 #ifdef __cplusplus
diff --git a/tmk_core/native.mk b/tmk_core/native.mk
index 50232ee9b7..530b50b84a 100644
--- a/tmk_core/native.mk
+++ b/tmk_core/native.mk
@@ -1,3 +1,5 @@
+SYSTEM_TYPE := $(shell gcc -dumpmachine)
+
 CC = gcc
 OBJCOPY = 
 OBJDUMP = 
@@ -14,6 +16,9 @@ COMPILEFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
 COMPILEFLAGS += -ffunction-sections
 COMPILEFLAGS += -fdata-sections
 COMPILEFLAGS += -fshort-enums
+ifneq ($(findstring mingw, ${SYSTEM_TYPE}),)
+COMPILEFLAGS += -mno-ms-bitfields
+endif
 
 CFLAGS += $(COMPILEFLAGS)
 CFLAGS += -fno-inline-small-functions
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa.mk b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa.mk
index 7ce727dab0..4d005debcd 100644
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa.mk
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa.mk
@@ -1,16 +1,17 @@
 LUFA_DIR = protocol/lufa
 
 # Path to the LUFA library
-LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_DIR)/LUFA-git
+LUFA_PATH = $(LIB_PATH)/lufa
 
 
 # Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA makefile
-ifneq (, $(wildcard $(TMK_PATH)/$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Build/lufa_sources.mk))
+ifneq (, $(wildcard $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Build/lufa_sources.mk))
     # New build system from 20120730
     LUFA_ROOT_PATH = $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA
-    include $(TMK_PATH)/$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+    DMBS_LUFA_PATH = $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Build/LUFA
+    include $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Build/lufa_sources.mk
 else
-    include $(TMK_PATH)/$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/makefile
+    include $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/makefile
 endif
 
 LUFA_SRC = lufa.c \
@@ -49,7 +50,7 @@ SRC += $(LUFA_SRC)
 
 # Search Path
 VPATH += $(TMK_PATH)/$(LUFA_DIR)
-VPATH += $(TMK_PATH)/$(LUFA_PATH)
+VPATH += $(LUFA_PATH)
 
 # Option modules
 #ifdef $(or MOUSEKEY_ENABLE, PS2_MOUSE_ENABLE)
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/.gitignore b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/.gitignore
deleted file mode 100644
index 045f969808..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/.gitignore
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
-*.o
-*.d
-*.elf
-*.hex
-*.eep
-*.sym
-*.bin
-*.lss
-*.map
-*.bak
-*.class
-Documentation/
-LUFA/StudioIntegration/ProjectGenerator/*
-LUFA/StudioIntegration/DocBook/*
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderAPI.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderAPI.c
deleted file mode 100644
index f7564e9827..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderAPI.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  Bootloader user application API functions.
- */
-
-#include "BootloaderAPI.h"
-
-void BootloaderAPI_ErasePage(const uint32_t Address)
-{
-	boot_page_erase_safe(Address);
-	boot_spm_busy_wait();
-	boot_rww_enable();
-}
-
-void BootloaderAPI_WritePage(const uint32_t Address)
-{
-	boot_page_write_safe(Address);
-	boot_spm_busy_wait();
-	boot_rww_enable();
-}
-
-void BootloaderAPI_FillWord(const uint32_t Address, const uint16_t Word)
-{
-	boot_page_fill_safe(Address, Word);
-}
-
-uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature(const uint16_t Address)
-{
-	return boot_signature_byte_get(Address);
-}
-
-uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse(const uint16_t Address)
-{
-	return boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(Address);
-}
-
-uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadLock(void)
-{
-	return boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(GET_LOCK_BITS);
-}
-
-void BootloaderAPI_WriteLock(const uint8_t LockBits)
-{
-	boot_lock_bits_set_safe(LockBits);
-}
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderAPI.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderAPI.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 2462cacdd0..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderAPI.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  Header file for BootloaderAPI.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _BOOTLOADER_API_H_
-#define _BOOTLOADER_API_H_
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include <avr/io.h>
-		#include <avr/boot.h>
-		#include <stdbool.h>
-
-		#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
-
-		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
-
-	/* Function Prototypes: */
-		void    BootloaderAPI_ErasePage(const uint32_t Address);
-		void    BootloaderAPI_WritePage(const uint32_t Address);
-		void    BootloaderAPI_FillWord(const uint32_t Address, const uint16_t Word);
-		uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature(const uint16_t Address);
-		uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse(const uint16_t Address);
-		uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadLock(void);
-		void    BootloaderAPI_WriteLock(const uint8_t LockBits);
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderAPITable.S b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderAPITable.S
deleted file mode 100644
index 69ebd387a9..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderAPITable.S
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-; Trampolines to actual API implementations if the target address is outside the
-; range of a rjmp instruction (can happen with large bootloader sections)
-.section .apitable_trampolines, "ax"
-.global BootloaderAPI_Trampolines
-BootloaderAPI_Trampolines:
-
-	BootloaderAPI_ErasePage_Trampoline:
-		jmp BootloaderAPI_ErasePage
-	BootloaderAPI_WritePage_Trampoline:
-		jmp BootloaderAPI_WritePage
-	BootloaderAPI_FillWord_Trampoline:
-		jmp BootloaderAPI_FillWord
-	BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature_Trampoline:
-		jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature
-	BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse_Trampoline:
-		jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse
-	BootloaderAPI_ReadLock_Trampoline:
-		jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadLock
-	BootloaderAPI_WriteLock_Trampoline:
-		jmp BootloaderAPI_WriteLock
-	BootloaderAPI_UNUSED1:
-		ret
-	BootloaderAPI_UNUSED2:
-		ret
-	BootloaderAPI_UNUSED3:
-		ret
-	BootloaderAPI_UNUSED4:
-		ret
-	BootloaderAPI_UNUSED5:
-		ret
-
-
-
-; API function jump table
-.section .apitable_jumptable, "ax"
-.global BootloaderAPI_JumpTable
-BootloaderAPI_JumpTable:
-
-	rjmp BootloaderAPI_ErasePage_Trampoline
-	rjmp BootloaderAPI_WritePage_Trampoline
-	rjmp BootloaderAPI_FillWord_Trampoline
-	rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature_Trampoline
-	rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse_Trampoline
-	rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadLock_Trampoline
-	rjmp BootloaderAPI_WriteLock_Trampoline
-	rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED1 ; UNUSED ENTRY 1
-	rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED2 ; UNUSED ENTRY 2
-	rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED3 ; UNUSED ENTRY 3
-	rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED4 ; UNUSED ENTRY 4
-	rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED5 ; UNUSED ENTRY 5
-
-
-
-; Bootloader table signatures and information
-.section .apitable_signatures, "ax"
-.global BootloaderAPI_Signatures
-BootloaderAPI_Signatures:
-
-	.long BOOT_START_ADDR ; Start address of the bootloader
-	.word 0xDF00 ; Signature for the CDC class bootloader
-	.word 0xDCFB ; Signature for a LUFA class bootloader
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderCDC.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderCDC.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 58bb338927..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderCDC.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,641 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  Main source file for the CDC class bootloader. This file contains the complete bootloader logic.
- */
-
-#define  INCLUDE_FROM_BOOTLOADERCDC_C
-#include "BootloaderCDC.h"
-
-/** Contains the current baud rate and other settings of the first virtual serial port. This must be retained as some
- *  operating systems will not open the port unless the settings can be set successfully.
- */
-static CDC_LineEncoding_t LineEncoding = { .BaudRateBPS = 0,
-                                           .CharFormat  = CDC_LINEENCODING_OneStopBit,
-                                           .ParityType  = CDC_PARITY_None,
-                                           .DataBits    = 8                            };
-
-/** Current address counter. This stores the current address of the FLASH or EEPROM as set by the host,
- *  and is used when reading or writing to the AVRs memory (either FLASH or EEPROM depending on the issued
- *  command.)
- */
-static uint32_t CurrAddress;
-
-/** Flag to indicate if the bootloader should be running, or should exit and allow the application code to run
- *  via a watchdog reset. When cleared the bootloader will exit, starting the watchdog and entering an infinite
- *  loop until the AVR restarts and the application runs.
- */
-static bool RunBootloader = true;
-
-/** Magic lock for forced application start. If the HWBE fuse is programmed and BOOTRST is unprogrammed, the bootloader
- *  will start if the /HWB line of the AVR is held low and the system is reset. However, if the /HWB line is still held
- *  low when the application attempts to start via a watchdog reset, the bootloader will re-start. If set to the value
- *  \ref MAGIC_BOOT_KEY the special init function \ref Application_Jump_Check() will force the application to start.
- */
-uint16_t MagicBootKey ATTR_NO_INIT;
-
-
-/** Special startup routine to check if the bootloader was started via a watchdog reset, and if the magic application
- *  start key has been loaded into \ref MagicBootKey. If the bootloader started via the watchdog and the key is valid,
- *  this will force the user application to start via a software jump.
- */
-void Application_Jump_Check(void)
-{
-	bool JumpToApplication = false;
-
-	#if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
-		/* Disable JTAG debugging */
-		JTAG_DISABLE();
-
-		/* Enable pull-up on the JTAG TCK pin so we can use it to select the mode */
-		PORTF |= (1 << 4);
-		Delay_MS(10);
-
-		/* If the TCK pin is not jumpered to ground, start the user application instead */
-		JumpToApplication |= ((PINF & (1 << 4)) != 0);
-
-		/* Re-enable JTAG debugging */
-		JTAG_ENABLE();
-	#endif
-
-	/* If the reset source was the bootloader and the key is correct, clear it and jump to the application */
-	if ((MCUSR & (1 << WDRF)) && (MagicBootKey == MAGIC_BOOT_KEY))
-	  JumpToApplication |= true;
-
-	/* If a request has been made to jump to the user application, honor it */
-	if (JumpToApplication)
-	{
-		/* Turn off the watchdog */
-		MCUSR &= ~(1<<WDRF);
-		wdt_disable();
-
-		/* Clear the boot key and jump to the user application */
-		MagicBootKey = 0;
-
-		// cppcheck-suppress constStatement
-		((void (*)(void))0x0000)();
-	}
-}
-
-/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the bootloader, then continuously
- *  runs the bootloader processing routine until instructed to soft-exit, or hard-reset via the watchdog to start
- *  the loaded application code.
- */
-int main(void)
-{
-	/* Setup hardware required for the bootloader */
-	SetupHardware();
-
-	/* Turn on first LED on the board to indicate that the bootloader has started */
-	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_LED1);
-
-	/* Enable global interrupts so that the USB stack can function */
-	GlobalInterruptEnable();
-
-	while (RunBootloader)
-	{
-		CDC_Task();
-		USB_USBTask();
-	}
-
-	/* Disconnect from the host - USB interface will be reset later along with the AVR */
-	USB_Detach();
-
-	/* Unlock the forced application start mode of the bootloader if it is restarted */
-	MagicBootKey = MAGIC_BOOT_KEY;
-
-	/* Enable the watchdog and force a timeout to reset the AVR */
-	wdt_enable(WDTO_250MS);
-
-	for (;;);
-}
-
-/** Configures all hardware required for the bootloader. */
-static void SetupHardware(void)
-{
-	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
-	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
-	wdt_disable();
-
-	/* Disable clock division */
-	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
-
-	/* Relocate the interrupt vector table to the bootloader section */
-	MCUCR = (1 << IVCE);
-	MCUCR = (1 << IVSEL);
-
-	/* Initialize the USB and other board hardware drivers */
-	USB_Init();
-	LEDs_Init();
-
-	/* Bootloader active LED toggle timer initialization */
-	TIMSK1 = (1 << TOIE1);
-	TCCR1B = ((1 << CS11) | (1 << CS10));
-}
-
-/** ISR to periodically toggle the LEDs on the board to indicate that the bootloader is active. */
-ISR(TIMER1_OVF_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
-{
-	LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This configures the device's endpoints ready
- *  to relay data to and from the attached USB host.
- */
-void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
-{
-	/* Setup CDC Notification, Rx and Tx Endpoints */
-	Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT,
-	                           CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE, 1);
-
-	Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC_TX_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, 1);
-
-	Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC_RX_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, 1);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
- *  the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
- *  internally.
- */
-void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
-{
-	/* Ignore any requests that aren't directed to the CDC interface */
-	if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & (CONTROL_REQTYPE_TYPE | CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT)) !=
-	    (REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
-	{
-		return;
-	}
-
-	/* Activity - toggle indicator LEDs */
-	LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
-
-	/* Process CDC specific control requests */
-	switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
-	{
-		case CDC_REQ_GetLineEncoding:
-			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
-			{
-				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
-
-				/* Write the line coding data to the control endpoint */
-				Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(&LineEncoding, sizeof(CDC_LineEncoding_t));
-				Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-			}
-
-			break;
-		case CDC_REQ_SetLineEncoding:
-			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
-			{
-				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
-
-				/* Read the line coding data in from the host into the global struct */
-				Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(&LineEncoding, sizeof(CDC_LineEncoding_t));
-				Endpoint_ClearIN();
-			}
-
-			break;
-        case CDC_REQ_SetControlLineState:
-	        if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
-	        {
-	            Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
-	            Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
-	        }
-
-	        break;
-	}
-}
-
-#if !defined(NO_BLOCK_SUPPORT)
-/** Reads or writes a block of EEPROM or FLASH memory to or from the appropriate CDC data endpoint, depending
- *  on the AVR109 protocol command issued.
- *
- *  \param[in] Command  Single character AVR109 protocol command indicating what memory operation to perform
- */
-static void ReadWriteMemoryBlock(const uint8_t Command)
-{
-	uint16_t BlockSize;
-	char     MemoryType;
-
-	uint8_t  HighByte = 0;
-	uint8_t  LowByte  = 0;
-
-	BlockSize  = (FetchNextCommandByte() << 8);
-	BlockSize |=  FetchNextCommandByte();
-
-	MemoryType =  FetchNextCommandByte();
-
-	if ((MemoryType != MEMORY_TYPE_FLASH) && (MemoryType != MEMORY_TYPE_EEPROM))
-	{
-		/* Send error byte back to the host */
-		WriteNextResponseByte('?');
-
-		return;
-	}
-
-	/* Check if command is to read a memory block */
-	if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_BlockRead)
-	{
-		/* Re-enable RWW section */
-		boot_rww_enable();
-
-		while (BlockSize--)
-		{
-			if (MemoryType == MEMORY_TYPE_FLASH)
-			{
-				/* Read the next FLASH byte from the current FLASH page */
-				#if (FLASHEND > 0xFFFF)
-				WriteNextResponseByte(pgm_read_byte_far(CurrAddress | HighByte));
-				#else
-				WriteNextResponseByte(pgm_read_byte(CurrAddress | HighByte));
-				#endif
-
-				/* If both bytes in current word have been read, increment the address counter */
-				if (HighByte)
-				  CurrAddress += 2;
-
-				HighByte = !HighByte;
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				/* Read the next EEPROM byte into the endpoint */
-				WriteNextResponseByte(eeprom_read_byte((uint8_t*)(intptr_t)(CurrAddress >> 1)));
-
-				/* Increment the address counter after use */
-				CurrAddress += 2;
-			}
-		}
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		uint32_t PageStartAddress = CurrAddress;
-
-		if (MemoryType == MEMORY_TYPE_FLASH)
-		{
-			boot_page_erase(PageStartAddress);
-			boot_spm_busy_wait();
-		}
-
-		while (BlockSize--)
-		{
-			if (MemoryType == MEMORY_TYPE_FLASH)
-			{
-				/* If both bytes in current word have been written, increment the address counter */
-				if (HighByte)
-				{
-					/* Write the next FLASH word to the current FLASH page */
-					boot_page_fill(CurrAddress, ((FetchNextCommandByte() << 8) | LowByte));
-
-					/* Increment the address counter after use */
-					CurrAddress += 2;
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					LowByte = FetchNextCommandByte();
-				}
-
-				HighByte = !HighByte;
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				/* Write the next EEPROM byte from the endpoint */
-				eeprom_update_byte((uint8_t*)((intptr_t)(CurrAddress >> 1)), FetchNextCommandByte());
-
-				/* Increment the address counter after use */
-				CurrAddress += 2;
-			}
-		}
-
-		/* If in FLASH programming mode, commit the page after writing */
-		if (MemoryType == MEMORY_TYPE_FLASH)
-		{
-			/* Commit the flash page to memory */
-			boot_page_write(PageStartAddress);
-
-			/* Wait until write operation has completed */
-			boot_spm_busy_wait();
-		}
-
-		/* Send response byte back to the host */
-		WriteNextResponseByte('\r');
-	}
-}
-#endif
-
-/** Retrieves the next byte from the host in the CDC data OUT endpoint, and clears the endpoint bank if needed
- *  to allow reception of the next data packet from the host.
- *
- *  \return Next received byte from the host in the CDC data OUT endpoint
- */
-static uint8_t FetchNextCommandByte(void)
-{
-	/* Select the OUT endpoint so that the next data byte can be read */
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC_RX_EPADDR);
-
-	/* If OUT endpoint empty, clear it and wait for the next packet from the host */
-	while (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
-	{
-		Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-
-		while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
-		{
-			if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
-			  return 0;
-		}
-	}
-
-	/* Fetch the next byte from the OUT endpoint */
-	return Endpoint_Read_8();
-}
-
-/** Writes the next response byte to the CDC data IN endpoint, and sends the endpoint back if needed to free up the
- *  bank when full ready for the next byte in the packet to the host.
- *
- *  \param[in] Response  Next response byte to send to the host
- */
-static void WriteNextResponseByte(const uint8_t Response)
-{
-	/* Select the IN endpoint so that the next data byte can be written */
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC_TX_EPADDR);
-
-	/* If IN endpoint full, clear it and wait until ready for the next packet to the host */
-	if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
-	{
-		Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
-		while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
-		{
-			if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
-			  return;
-		}
-	}
-
-	/* Write the next byte to the IN endpoint */
-	Endpoint_Write_8(Response);
-}
-
-/** Task to read in AVR109 commands from the CDC data OUT endpoint, process them, perform the required actions
- *  and send the appropriate response back to the host.
- */
-static void CDC_Task(void)
-{
-	/* Select the OUT endpoint */
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC_RX_EPADDR);
-
-	/* Check if endpoint has a command in it sent from the host */
-	if (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
-	  return;
-
-	/* Read in the bootloader command (first byte sent from host) */
-	uint8_t Command = FetchNextCommandByte();
-
-	if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ExitBootloader)
-	{
-		RunBootloader = false;
-
-		/* Send confirmation byte back to the host */
-		WriteNextResponseByte('\r');
-	}
-	else if ((Command == AVR109_COMMAND_SetLED) || (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ClearLED) ||
-	         (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_SelectDeviceType))
-	{
-		FetchNextCommandByte();
-
-		/* Send confirmation byte back to the host */
-		WriteNextResponseByte('\r');
-	}
-	else if ((Command == AVR109_COMMAND_EnterProgrammingMode) || (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_LeaveProgrammingMode))
-	{
-		/* Send confirmation byte back to the host */
-		WriteNextResponseByte('\r');
-	}
-	else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadPartCode)
-	{
-		/* Return ATMEGA128 part code - this is only to allow AVRProg to use the bootloader */
-		WriteNextResponseByte(0x44);
-		WriteNextResponseByte(0x00);
-	}
-	else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadAutoAddressIncrement)
-	{
-		/* Indicate auto-address increment is supported */
-		WriteNextResponseByte('Y');
-	}
-	else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_SetCurrentAddress)
-	{
-		/* Set the current address to that given by the host (translate 16-bit word address to byte address) */
-		CurrAddress   = (FetchNextCommandByte() << 9);
-		CurrAddress  |= (FetchNextCommandByte() << 1);
-
-		/* Send confirmation byte back to the host */
-		WriteNextResponseByte('\r');
-	}
-	else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadBootloaderInterface)
-	{
-		/* Indicate serial programmer back to the host */
-		WriteNextResponseByte('S');
-	}
-	else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadBootloaderIdentifier)
-	{
-		/* Write the 7-byte software identifier to the endpoint */
-		for (uint8_t CurrByte = 0; CurrByte < 7; CurrByte++)
-		  WriteNextResponseByte(SOFTWARE_IDENTIFIER[CurrByte]);
-	}
-	else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadBootloaderSWVersion)
-	{
-		WriteNextResponseByte('0' + BOOTLOADER_VERSION_MAJOR);
-		WriteNextResponseByte('0' + BOOTLOADER_VERSION_MINOR);
-	}
-	else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadSignature)
-	{
-		WriteNextResponseByte(AVR_SIGNATURE_3);
-		WriteNextResponseByte(AVR_SIGNATURE_2);
-		WriteNextResponseByte(AVR_SIGNATURE_1);
-	}
-	else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_EraseFLASH)
-	{
-		/* Clear the application section of flash */
-		for (uint32_t CurrFlashAddress = 0; CurrFlashAddress < (uint32_t)BOOT_START_ADDR; CurrFlashAddress += SPM_PAGESIZE)
-		{
-			boot_page_erase(CurrFlashAddress);
-			boot_spm_busy_wait();
-			boot_page_write(CurrFlashAddress);
-			boot_spm_busy_wait();
-		}
-
-		/* Send confirmation byte back to the host */
-		WriteNextResponseByte('\r');
-	}
-	#if !defined(NO_LOCK_BYTE_WRITE_SUPPORT)
-	else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_WriteLockbits)
-	{
-		/* Set the lock bits to those given by the host */
-		boot_lock_bits_set(FetchNextCommandByte());
-
-		/* Send confirmation byte back to the host */
-		WriteNextResponseByte('\r');
-	}
-	#endif
-	else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadLockbits)
-	{
-		WriteNextResponseByte(boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(GET_LOCK_BITS));
-	}
-	else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadLowFuses)
-	{
-		WriteNextResponseByte(boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(GET_LOW_FUSE_BITS));
-	}
-	else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadHighFuses)
-	{
-		WriteNextResponseByte(boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(GET_HIGH_FUSE_BITS));
-	}
-	else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadExtendedFuses)
-	{
-		WriteNextResponseByte(boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(GET_EXTENDED_FUSE_BITS));
-	}
-	#if !defined(NO_BLOCK_SUPPORT)
-	else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_GetBlockWriteSupport)
-	{
-		WriteNextResponseByte('Y');
-
-		/* Send block size to the host */
-		WriteNextResponseByte(SPM_PAGESIZE >> 8);
-		WriteNextResponseByte(SPM_PAGESIZE & 0xFF);
-	}
-	else if ((Command == AVR109_COMMAND_BlockWrite) || (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_BlockRead))
-	{
-		/* Delegate the block write/read to a separate function for clarity */
-		ReadWriteMemoryBlock(Command);
-	}
-	#endif
-	#if !defined(NO_FLASH_BYTE_SUPPORT)
-	else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_FillFlashPageWordHigh)
-	{
-		/* Write the high byte to the current flash page */
-		boot_page_fill(CurrAddress, FetchNextCommandByte());
-
-		/* Send confirmation byte back to the host */
-		WriteNextResponseByte('\r');
-	}
-	else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_FillFlashPageWordLow)
-	{
-		/* Write the low byte to the current flash page */
-		boot_page_fill(CurrAddress | 0x01, FetchNextCommandByte());
-
-		/* Increment the address */
-		CurrAddress += 2;
-
-		/* Send confirmation byte back to the host */
-		WriteNextResponseByte('\r');
-	}
-	else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_WriteFlashPage)
-	{
-		/* Commit the flash page to memory */
-		boot_page_write(CurrAddress);
-
-		/* Wait until write operation has completed */
-		boot_spm_busy_wait();
-
-		/* Send confirmation byte back to the host */
-		WriteNextResponseByte('\r');
-	}
-	else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadFLASHWord)
-	{
-		#if (FLASHEND > 0xFFFF)
-		uint16_t ProgramWord = pgm_read_word_far(CurrAddress);
-		#else
-		uint16_t ProgramWord = pgm_read_word(CurrAddress);
-		#endif
-
-		WriteNextResponseByte(ProgramWord >> 8);
-		WriteNextResponseByte(ProgramWord & 0xFF);
-	}
-	#endif
-	#if !defined(NO_EEPROM_BYTE_SUPPORT)
-	else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_WriteEEPROM)
-	{
-		/* Read the byte from the endpoint and write it to the EEPROM */
-		eeprom_update_byte((uint8_t*)((intptr_t)(CurrAddress >> 1)), FetchNextCommandByte());
-
-		/* Increment the address after use */
-		CurrAddress += 2;
-
-		/* Send confirmation byte back to the host */
-		WriteNextResponseByte('\r');
-	}
-	else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadEEPROM)
-	{
-		/* Read the EEPROM byte and write it to the endpoint */
-		WriteNextResponseByte(eeprom_read_byte((uint8_t*)((intptr_t)(CurrAddress >> 1))));
-
-		/* Increment the address after use */
-		CurrAddress += 2;
-	}
-	#endif
-	else if (Command != AVR109_COMMAND_Sync)
-	{
-		/* Unknown (non-sync) command, return fail code */
-		WriteNextResponseByte('?');
-	}
-
-	/* Select the IN endpoint */
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC_TX_EPADDR);
-
-	/* Remember if the endpoint is completely full before clearing it */
-	bool IsEndpointFull = !(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed());
-
-	/* Send the endpoint data to the host */
-	Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
-	/* If a full endpoint's worth of data was sent, we need to send an empty packet afterwards to signal end of transfer */
-	if (IsEndpointFull)
-	{
-		while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
-		{
-			if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
-			  return;
-		}
-
-		Endpoint_ClearIN();
-	}
-
-	/* Wait until the data has been sent to the host */
-	while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
-	{
-		if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
-		  return;
-	}
-
-	/* Select the OUT endpoint */
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC_RX_EPADDR);
-
-	/* Acknowledge the command from the host */
-	Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-}
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderCDC.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderCDC.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 9b326abc39..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderCDC.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,144 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  Header file for BootloaderCDC.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _CDC_H_
-#define _CDC_H_
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include <avr/io.h>
-		#include <avr/wdt.h>
-		#include <avr/boot.h>
-		#include <avr/eeprom.h>
-		#include <avr/power.h>
-		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
-		#include <stdbool.h>
-
-		#include "Descriptors.h"
-		#include "BootloaderAPI.h"
-		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
-
-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
-		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__OPTIMIZE_SIZE__)
-			#error This bootloader requires that it be optimized for size, not speed, to fit into the target device. Change optimization settings and try again.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Macros: */
-		/** Version major of the CDC bootloader. */
-		#define BOOTLOADER_VERSION_MAJOR     0x01
-
-		/** Version minor of the CDC bootloader. */
-		#define BOOTLOADER_VERSION_MINOR     0x00
-
-		/** Hardware version major of the CDC bootloader. */
-		#define BOOTLOADER_HWVERSION_MAJOR   0x01
-
-		/** Hardware version minor of the CDC bootloader. */
-		#define BOOTLOADER_HWVERSION_MINOR   0x00
-
-		/** Eight character bootloader firmware identifier reported to the host when requested. */
-		#define SOFTWARE_IDENTIFIER          "LUFACDC"
-
-		/** Magic bootloader key to unlock forced application start mode. */
-		#define MAGIC_BOOT_KEY               0xDC42
-
-	/* Enums: */
-		/** Possible memory types that can be addressed via the bootloader. */
-		enum AVR109_Memories
-		{
-			MEMORY_TYPE_FLASH  = 'F',
-			MEMORY_TYPE_EEPROM = 'E',
-		};
-
-		/** Possible commands that can be issued to the bootloader. */
-		enum AVR109_Commands
-		{
-			AVR109_COMMAND_Sync                     = 27,
-			AVR109_COMMAND_ReadEEPROM               = 'd',
-			AVR109_COMMAND_WriteEEPROM              = 'D',
-			AVR109_COMMAND_ReadFLASHWord            = 'R',
-			AVR109_COMMAND_WriteFlashPage           = 'm',
-			AVR109_COMMAND_FillFlashPageWordLow     = 'c',
-			AVR109_COMMAND_FillFlashPageWordHigh    = 'C',
-			AVR109_COMMAND_GetBlockWriteSupport     = 'b',
-			AVR109_COMMAND_BlockWrite               = 'B',
-			AVR109_COMMAND_BlockRead                = 'g',
-			AVR109_COMMAND_ReadExtendedFuses        = 'Q',
-			AVR109_COMMAND_ReadHighFuses            = 'N',
-			AVR109_COMMAND_ReadLowFuses             = 'F',
-			AVR109_COMMAND_ReadLockbits             = 'r',
-			AVR109_COMMAND_WriteLockbits            = 'l',
-			AVR109_COMMAND_EraseFLASH               = 'e',
-			AVR109_COMMAND_ReadSignature            = 's',
-			AVR109_COMMAND_ReadBootloaderSWVersion  = 'V',
-			AVR109_COMMAND_ReadBootloaderHWVersion  = 'v',
-			AVR109_COMMAND_ReadBootloaderIdentifier = 'S',
-			AVR109_COMMAND_ReadBootloaderInterface  = 'p',
-			AVR109_COMMAND_SetCurrentAddress        = 'A',
-			AVR109_COMMAND_ReadAutoAddressIncrement = 'a',
-			AVR109_COMMAND_ReadPartCode             = 't',
-			AVR109_COMMAND_EnterProgrammingMode     = 'P',
-			AVR109_COMMAND_LeaveProgrammingMode     = 'L',
-			AVR109_COMMAND_SelectDeviceType         = 'T',
-			AVR109_COMMAND_SetLED                   = 'x',
-			AVR109_COMMAND_ClearLED                 = 'y',
-			AVR109_COMMAND_ExitBootloader           = 'E',
-		};
-
-	/* Type Defines: */
-		/** Type define for a non-returning pointer to the start of the loaded application in flash memory. */
-		typedef void (*AppPtr_t)(void) ATTR_NO_RETURN;
-
-	/* Function Prototypes: */
-		static void CDC_Task(void);
-		static void SetupHardware(void);
-
-		void Application_Jump_Check(void) ATTR_INIT_SECTION(3);
-
-		void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
-
-		#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_BOOTLOADERCDC_C) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			#if !defined(NO_BLOCK_SUPPORT)
-			static void    ReadWriteMemoryBlock(const uint8_t Command);
-			#endif
-			static uint8_t FetchNextCommandByte(void);
-			static void    WriteNextResponseByte(const uint8_t Response);
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderCDC.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderCDC.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 55e5e55a45..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderCDC.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,240 +0,0 @@
-/** \file
- *
- *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
- *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
- */
-
-/** \mainpage CDC Class USB AVR Bootloader
- *
- *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
- *
- *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
- *
- *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
- *  \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
- *  \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
- *  \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
- *
- *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
- *
- *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
- *
- *  <table>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
- *    <td>Device</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
- *    <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
- *    <td>Abstract Control Model (ACM)</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
- *    <td>USBIF CDC Class Standard</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
- *    <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
- *   </tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
- *
- *  This bootloader enumerates to the host as a CDC Class device (virtual serial port), allowing for AVR109
- *  protocol compatible programming software to load firmware onto the AVR.
- *
- *  Out of the box this bootloader builds for the AT90USB1287 with an 8KB bootloader section size, and will fit
- *  into 4KB of bootloader space. If you wish to alter this size and/or change the AVR model, you will need to
- *  edit the MCU, FLASH_SIZE_KB and BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB values in the accompanying makefile.
- *
- *  When the bootloader is running, the board's LED(s) will flash at regular intervals to distinguish the
- *  bootloader from the normal user application.
- *
- *  \warning <b>THIS BOOTLOADER IS NOT SECURE.</b> Malicious entities can recover written data, even if the device
- *           lockbits are set.
- *
- *  \section Sec_Running Running the Bootloader
- *
- *  This bootloader is designed to be started via the HWB mechanism of the USB AVRs; ground the HWB pin (see device
- *  datasheet) then momentarily ground /RESET to start the bootloader. This assumes the HWBE fuse is set and the BOOTRST
- *  fuse is cleared.
- *
- *  For board specific exceptions to the above, see below.
- *
- *  \subsection SSec_XPLAIN Atmel Xplain Board
- *  Ground the USB AVR JTAG's \c TCK pin to ground when powering on the board to start the bootloader. This assumes the
- *  \c HWBE fuse is cleared and the \c BOOTRST fuse is set as the HWBE pin is not user accessible on this board.
- *
- *  \subsection SSec_Leonardo Arduino Leonardo Board
- *  Ground \c IO13 when powering the board to start the bootloader. This assumes the \c HWBE fuse is cleared and the
- *  \c BOOTRST fuse is set as the HWBE pin is not user accessible on this board.
- *
- *  \section Sec_Installation Driver Installation
- *
- *  After running this bootloader for the first time on a new computer, you will need to supply the .INF
- *  file located in this bootloader project's directory as the device's driver when running under Windows.
- *  This will enable Windows to use its inbuilt CDC drivers, negating the need for custom drivers for the
- *  device. Other Operating Systems should automatically use their own inbuilt CDC-ACM drivers.
- *
- *  \section Sec_HostApp Host Controller Application
- *
- *  This bootloader is compatible with the open source application AVRDUDE, Atmel's AVRPROG, or other
- *  applications implementing the AVR109 protocol, which is documented on the Atmel website as an application
- *  note.
- *
- *  \subsection SSec_AVRDude AVRDUDE (Windows, Mac, Linux)
- *
- *  AVRDude is a free, cross-platform and open source command line programmer for Atmel and third party AVR
- *  programmers. It is available on the the Windows platform as part of the "WinAVR" package, or on other systems
- *  either from a build from the official source code, or in many distributions as a precompiled binary package.
- *
- *  To load a new HEX file with AVRDude, specify "AVR109" as the programmer, with the allocated COM port. On Windows
- *  platforms this will be a COMx port name:
- *  \code
- *  avrdude -c AVR109 -p at90usb1287 -P COM0 -U flash:w:Mouse.hex
- *  \endcode
- *
- *  On Linux systems, this will typically be a /dev/ttyACMx port name:
- *  \code
- *  avrdude -c AVR109 -p at90usb1287 -P /dev/ttyACM0 -U flash:w:Mouse.hex
- *  \endcode
- *
- *  Refer to the AVRDude project documentation for additional usage instructions.
- *
- *  \section Sec_API User Application API
- *
- *  Several user application functions for FLASH and other special memory area manipulations are exposed by the bootloader,
- *  allowing the user application to call into the bootloader at runtime to read and write FLASH data.
- *
- *  By default, the bootloader API jump table is located 32 bytes from the end of the device's FLASH memory, and follows the
- *  following layout:
- *
- *  \code
- *  #define BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE          32
- *  #define BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START         ((FLASHEND + 1UL) - BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE)
- *  #define BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(Index)         (void*)((BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (Index * 2)) / 2)
- *
- *  void    (*BootloaderAPI_ErasePage)(uint32_t Address)               = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(0);
- *  void    (*BootloaderAPI_WritePage)(uint32_t Address)               = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(1);
- *  void    (*BootloaderAPI_FillWord)(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Word) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(2);
- *  uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature)(uint16_t Address)           = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(3);
- *  uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse)(uint16_t Address)                = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(4);
- *  uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadLock)(void)                            = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(5);
- *  void    (*BootloaderAPI_WriteLock)(uint8_t LockBits)               = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(6);
- *
- *  #define BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE_START   (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 2))
- *  #define BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE         0xDCFB
- *
- *  #define BOOTLOADER_CLASS_SIGNATURE_START   (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 4))
- *  #define BOOTLOADER_CDC_SIGNATURE           0xDF00
- *
- *  #define BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_START           (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 8))
- *  #define BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_LENGTH          4
- *  \endcode
- *
- *  From the application the API support of the bootloader can be detected by reading the FLASH memory bytes located at address
- *  \c BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE_START and comparing them to the value \c BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE. The class of bootloader
- *  can be determined by reading the FLASH memory bytes located at address \c BOOTLOADER_CLASS_SIGNATURE_START and comparing them
- *  to the value \c BOOTLOADER_CDC_SIGNATURE. The start address of the bootloader can be retrieved by reading the bytes of FLASH
- *  memory starting from address \c BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_START.
- *
- *  \subsection SSec_API_MemLayout Device Memory Map
- *  The following illustration indicates the final memory map of the device when loaded with the bootloader.
- *
- *  \verbatim
- *  +----------------------------+ 0x0000
- *  |                            |
- *  |                            |
- *  |                            |
- *  |                            |
- *  |                            |
- *  |                            |
- *  |                            |
- *  |                            |
- *  |      User Application      |
- *  |                            |
- *  |                            |
- *  |                            |
- *  |                            |
- *  |                            |
- *  |                            |
- *  |                            |
- *  +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - BOOT_SECTION_SIZE
- *  |                            |
- *  |   Bootloader Application   |
- *  | (Not User App. Accessible) |
- *  |                            |
- *  +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 96
- *  |   API Table Trampolines    |
- *  | (Not User App. Accessible) |
- *  +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 32
- *  |    Bootloader API Table    |
- *  |   (User App. Accessible)   |
- *  +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 8
- *  |   Bootloader ID Constants  |
- *  |   (User App. Accessible)   |
- *  +----------------------------+ FLASHEND
- *  \endverbatim
- *
- *  \section Sec_KnownIssues Known Issues:
- *
- *  \par On Linux machines, the CDC bootloader is unstable or inaccessible.
- *  A change to the \c ModemManager module in many Linux distributions causes
- *  this module to try to take control over inserted CDC devices, corrupting the
- *  datastream. A UDEV rule is required to prevent this.
- *  See <a href=https://groups.google.com/d/msg/lufa-support/CP9cy2bc8yo/kBqsOu-RBeMJ>here</a> for resolution steps.
- *  If the issue still persists then uninstall modemmanager by executing <tt>sudo apt-get remove modemmanager</tt>, or
- *  the equivalent using your chosen distribution's package manager.
- *
- *  \par On Linux machines, the CDC bootloader is inaccessible.
- *  On many Linux systems, non-root users do not have automatic access to newly
- *  inserted CDC devices. Root privileges or a UDEV rule is required to gain
- *  access.
- *  See <a href=https://groups.google.com/d/msg/lufa-support/CP9cy2bc8yo/kBqsOu-RBeMJ>here</a> for resolution steps.
- *
- *  \par After loading an application, it is not run automatically on startup.
- *  Some USB AVR boards ship with the BOOTRST fuse set, causing the bootloader
- *  to run automatically when the device is reset. In most cases, the BOOTRST
- *  fuse should be disabled and the HWBE fuse used instead to run the bootloader
- *  when needed.
- *
- *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
- *
- *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
- *
- *  <table>
- *   <tr>
- *    <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
- *    <th><b>Location:</b></th>
- *    <th><b>Description:</b></th>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td>NO_BLOCK_SUPPORT</td>
- *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
- *    <td>Define to disable memory block read/write support in the bootloader, requiring all reads and writes to be made
- *        using the byte-level commands.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td>NO_EEPROM_BYTE_SUPPORT</td>
- *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
- *    <td>Define to disable EEPROM memory byte read/write support in the bootloader, requiring all EEPROM reads and writes
- *        to be made using the block-level commands.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td>NO_FLASH_BYTE_SUPPORT</td>
- *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
- *    <td>Define to disable FLASH memory byte read/write support in the bootloader, requiring all FLASH reads and writes
- *        to be made using the block-level commands.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td>NO_LOCK_BYTE_WRITE_SUPPORT</td>
- *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
- *    <td>Define to disable lock byte write support in the bootloader, preventing the lock bits from being set programmatically.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *  </table>
- */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/Config/AppConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/Config/AppConfig.h
deleted file mode 100644
index bbb5cb227e..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/Config/AppConfig.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Application Configuration Header File
- *
- *  This is a header file which is be used to configure LUFA's
- *  compile time options, as an alternative to the compile time
- *  constants supplied through a makefile.
- *
- *  For information on what each token does, refer to the
- *  \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
- */
-
-#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
-#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
-
-//	#define NO_BLOCK_SUPPORT
-//	#define NO_EEPROM_BYTE_SUPPORT
-//	#define NO_FLASH_BYTE_SUPPORT
-//	#define NO_LOCK_BYTE_WRITE_SUPPORT
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/Config/LUFAConfig.h
deleted file mode 100644
index af2dd3060e..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/Config/LUFAConfig.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
- *
- *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
- *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
- *  a makefile.
- *
- *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
- *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
- */
-
-#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
-#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
-
-	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
-
-		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
-//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
-
-		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
-//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
-//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
-
-		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
-		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
-		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
-		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
-//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
-//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
-		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
-
-		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
-		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
-//		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
-//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
-		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
-		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
-		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            0
-		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
-//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
-//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
-		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
-		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
-
-		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
-//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
-//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
-
-	#else
-
-		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
-
-	#endif
-#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/Descriptors.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/Descriptors.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 2ff6b503ba..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/Descriptors.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,244 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
- *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
- *  the device's capabilities and functions.
- */
-
-#include "Descriptors.h"
-
-/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, describes the overall
- *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
- *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
- *  process begins.
- */
-const USB_Descriptor_Device_t DeviceDescriptor =
-{
-	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
-
-	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
-	.Class                  = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
-	.SubClass               = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificSubclass,
-	.Protocol               = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificProtocol,
-
-	.Endpoint0Size          = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
-
-	.VendorID               = 0x03EB,
-	.ProductID              = 0x204A,
-	.ReleaseNumber          = VERSION_BCD(1,0,0),
-
-	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
-	.ProductStrIndex        = STRING_ID_Product,
-	.SerialNumStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
-
-	.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
-};
-
-/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, describes the usage
- *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
- *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
- *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
- */
-const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t ConfigurationDescriptor =
-{
-	.Config =
-		{
-			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
-
-			.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
-			.TotalInterfaces        = 2,
-
-			.ConfigurationNumber    = 1,
-			.ConfigurationStrIndex  = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
-
-			.ConfigAttributes       = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED,
-
-			.MaxPowerConsumption    = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
-		},
-
-	.CDC_CCI_Interface =
-		{
-			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
-
-			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
-			.AlternateSetting       = 0,
-
-			.TotalEndpoints         = 1,
-
-			.Class                  = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
-			.SubClass               = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
-			.Protocol               = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
-
-			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
-		},
-
-	.CDC_Functional_Header =
-		{
-			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
-			.Subtype                = 0x00,
-
-			.CDCSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
-		},
-
-	.CDC_Functional_ACM =
-		{
-			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
-			.Subtype                = 0x02,
-
-			.Capabilities           = 0x02,
-		},
-
-	.CDC_Functional_Union =
-		{
-			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
-			.Subtype                = 0x06,
-
-			.MasterInterfaceNumber  = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
-			.SlaveInterfaceNumber   = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
-		},
-
-	.CDC_NotificationEndpoint =
-		{
-			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
-
-			.EndpointAddress        = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
-			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
-			.EndpointSize           = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
-			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0xFF
-		},
-
-	.CDC_DCI_Interface =
-		{
-			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
-
-			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
-			.AlternateSetting       = 0,
-
-			.TotalEndpoints         = 2,
-
-			.Class                  = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass,
-			.SubClass               = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass,
-			.Protocol               = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol,
-
-			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
-		},
-
-	.CDC_DataOutEndpoint =
-		{
-			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
-
-			.EndpointAddress        = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
-			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
-			.EndpointSize           = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
-			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
-		},
-
-	.CDC_DataInEndpoint =
-		{
-			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
-
-			.EndpointAddress        = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
-			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
-			.EndpointSize           = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
-			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
-		}
-};
-
-/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, is returned when the host requests
- *  the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
- *  via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
- */
-const USB_Descriptor_String_t LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
-
-/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
- *  form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
- *  Descriptor.
- */
-const USB_Descriptor_String_t ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
-
-/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
- *  and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
- *  Descriptor.
- */
-const USB_Descriptor_String_t ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA CDC");
-
-/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see LUFA library "USB Descriptors"
- *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
- *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
- *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
- *  USB host.
- */
-uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
-                                    const uint8_t wIndex,
-                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
-{
-	const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8);
-	const uint8_t  DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
-
-	const void* Address = NULL;
-	uint16_t    Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
-
-	switch (DescriptorType)
-	{
-		case DTYPE_Device:
-			Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
-			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
-			break;
-		case DTYPE_Configuration:
-			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
-			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
-			break;
-		case DTYPE_String:
-			if (DescriptorNumber == STRING_ID_Language)
-			{
-				Address = &LanguageString;
-				Size    = LanguageString.Header.Size;
-			}
-			else if (DescriptorNumber == STRING_ID_Manufacturer)
-			{
-				Address = &ManufacturerString;
-				Size    = ManufacturerString.Header.Size;
-			}
-			else if (DescriptorNumber == STRING_ID_Product)
-			{
-				Address = &ProductString;
-				Size    = ProductString.Header.Size;
-			}
-
-			break;
-	}
-
-	*DescriptorAddress = Address;
-	return Size;
-}
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/Descriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/Descriptors.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ef04379179..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/Descriptors.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,158 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  Header file for Descriptors.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
-#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
-
-		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
-
-	/* Macros: */
-		#if defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__)
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_1               0x1E
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_2               0x97
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_3               0x82
-		#elif defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__)
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_1               0x1E
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_2               0x96
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_3               0x82
-		#elif defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__)
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_1               0x1E
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_2               0x97
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_3               0x82
-		#elif defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__)
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_1               0x1E
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_2               0x96
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_3               0x82
-		#elif defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__)
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_1               0x1E
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_2               0x95
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_3               0x87
-		#elif defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__)
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_1               0x1E
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_2               0x94
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_3               0x88
-		#elif defined(__AVR_ATmega32U2__)
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_1               0x1E
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_2               0x95
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_3               0x8A
-		#elif defined(__AVR_ATmega16U2__)
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_1               0x1E
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_2               0x94
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_3               0x89
-		#elif defined(__AVR_AT90USB162__)
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_1               0x1E
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_2               0x94
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_3               0x82
-		#elif defined(__AVR_ATmega8U2__)
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_1               0x1E
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_2               0x93
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_3               0x89
-		#elif defined(__AVR_AT90USB82__)
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_1               0x1E
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_2               0x94
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_3               0x82
-		#else
-			#error The selected AVR part is not currently supported by this bootloader.
-		#endif
-
-		/** Endpoint address for the CDC control interface event notification endpoint. */
-		#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR        (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 2)
-
-		/** Endpoint address for the CDC data interface TX (data IN) endpoint. */
-		#define CDC_TX_EPADDR                  (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3)
-
-		/** Endpoint address for the CDC data interface RX (data OUT) endpoint. */
-		#define CDC_RX_EPADDR                  (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4)
-
-		/** Size of the CDC data interface TX and RX data endpoint banks, in bytes. */
-		#define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE                16
-
-		/** Size of the CDC control interface notification endpoint bank, in bytes. */
-		#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE        8
-
-	/* Type Defines: */
-		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
-		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
-		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t    Config;
-
-			// CDC Control Interface
-			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t               CDC_CCI_Interface;
-			USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t    CDC_Functional_Header;
-			USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t       CDC_Functional_ACM;
-			USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t     CDC_Functional_Union;
-			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t                CDC_NotificationEndpoint;
-
-			// CDC Data Interface
-			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t               CDC_DCI_Interface;
-			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t                CDC_DataOutEndpoint;
-			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t                CDC_DataInEndpoint;
-		} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
-
-		/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
-		 *  should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
-		 *  interface from other descriptors.
-		 */
-		enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
-		{
-			INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI = 0, /**< CDC CCI interface descriptor ID */
-			INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI = 1, /**< CDC DCI interface descriptor ID */
-		};
-
-		/** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
-		 *  have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
-		 *  other descriptors.
-		 */
-		enum StringDescriptors_t
-		{
-			STRING_ID_Language     = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
-			STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
-			STRING_ID_Product      = 2, /**< Product string ID */
-		};
-
-	/* Function Prototypes: */
-		uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
-		                                    const uint8_t wIndex,
-		                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
-		                                    ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/doxyfile
deleted file mode 100644
index 2dfb2a08a6..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/doxyfile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2365 +0,0 @@
-# Doxyfile 1.8.8
-
-# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
-# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
-#
-# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
-# front of the TAG it is preceding.
-#
-# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
-# The format is:
-# TAG = value [value, ...]
-# For lists, items can also be appended using:
-# TAG += value [value, ...]
-# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Project related configuration options
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
-# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
-# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
-# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
-# for the list of possible encodings.
-# The default value is: UTF-8.
-
-DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
-
-# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
-# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
-# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
-# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
-# The default value is: My Project.
-
-PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - CDC Class Bootloader"
-
-# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
-# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
-# control system is used.
-
-PROJECT_NUMBER         =
-
-# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
-# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
-# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
-
-PROJECT_BRIEF          =
-
-# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
-# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
-# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
-# to the output directory.
-
-PROJECT_LOGO           =
-
-# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
-# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
-# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
-# left blank the current directory will be used.
-
-OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
-
-# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
-# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
-# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
-# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
-# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
-# performance problems for the file system.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
-
-# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
-# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
-# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
-# U+3044.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
-
-# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
-# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
-# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
-# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
-# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
-# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
-# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
-# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
-# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
-# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
-# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
-# The default value is: English.
-
-OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
-
-# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
-# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
-# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
-
-# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
-# description of a member or function before the detailed description
-#
-# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
-# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
-
-# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
-# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
-# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
-# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
-# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
-# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
-# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
-# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
-
-ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
-                         "The $name widget" \
-                         "The $name file" \
-                         is \
-                         provides \
-                         specifies \
-                         contains \
-                         represents \
-                         a \
-                         an \
-                         the
-
-# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
-# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
-# description.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
-
-# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
-# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
-# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
-# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
-
-# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
-# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
-# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
-
-# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
-# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
-# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
-# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
-# strip.
-#
-# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
-# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
-# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
-
-STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
-
-# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
-# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
-# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
-# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
-# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
-# using the -I flag.
-
-STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
-
-# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
-# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
-# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SHORT_NAMES            = YES
-
-# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
-# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
-# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
-# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
-# description.)
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
-
-# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
-# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
-# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
-# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
-
-# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
-# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
-# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
-# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
-# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
-#
-# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
-# not recognized any more.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
-
-# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
-# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
-
-# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
-# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
-# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
-
-# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
-# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
-# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
-
-TAB_SIZE               = 4
-
-# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
-# the documentation. An alias has the form:
-# name=value
-# For example adding
-# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
-# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
-# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
-# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
-# newlines.
-
-ALIASES                =
-
-# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
-# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
-# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
-
-TCL_SUBST              =
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
-# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
-# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
-# members will be omitted, etc.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
-# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
-# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
-# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
-# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
-# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
-
-# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
-# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
-# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
-# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
-# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
-# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
-# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
-# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
-# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
-# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
-# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
-#
-# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
-#
-# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
-# the files are not read by doxygen.
-
-EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
-
-# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
-# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
-# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
-# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
-# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
-# case of backward compatibilities issues.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
-
-# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
-# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
-# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
-# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
-
-# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
-# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
-# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
-# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
-# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
-# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
-
-# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
-# enable parsing support.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
-
-# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
-# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
-# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
-# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
-
-# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
-# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
-# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
-# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
-# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
-# should set this option to NO.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
-
-# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
-# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
-# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
-# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
-
-# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
-# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
-# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
-# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
-# \nosubgrouping command.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SUBGROUPING            = YES
-
-# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
-# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
-# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
-# and RTF).
-#
-# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
-# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
-
-# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
-# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
-# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
-# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
-# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
-# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
-
-# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
-# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
-# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
-# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
-# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
-# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
-# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
-
-# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
-# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
-# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
-# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
-# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
-# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
-# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
-# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
-# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
-
-LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Build related configuration options
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
-# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
-# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
-# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
-# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
-# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
-# be included in the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
-# scope will be included in the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
-
-# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
-# included in the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
-# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
-# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
-# for Java sources.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
-
-# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
-# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
-# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
-# included.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
-
-# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
-# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
-# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
-# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
-# are hidden.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
-# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
-# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
-# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
-# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
-# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
-# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
-# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
-# included in the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
-# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
-# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
-
-# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
-# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
-# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
-
-# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
-# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
-# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
-# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
-# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
-# The default value is: system dependent.
-
-CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
-# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
-# scope will be hidden.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
-
-# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
-# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
-
-# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
-# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
-# which file to include in order to use the member.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
-
-# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
-# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
-
-# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
-# documentation for inline members.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-INLINE_INFO            = YES
-
-# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
-# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
-# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
-
-# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
-# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
-# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
-# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
-
-# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
-# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
-# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
-# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
-# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
-# member documentation.
-# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
-# detailed member documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
-
-# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
-# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
-# appear in their defined order.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
-
-# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
-# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
-# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
-# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
-# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
-# list.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
-
-# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
-# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
-# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
-# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
-# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
-# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
-# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
-# documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
-# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
-# documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
-# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
-# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
-# the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
-
-# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
-# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
-# ... \endcond blocks.
-
-ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
-
-# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
-# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
-# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
-# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
-# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
-# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
-# documentation regardless of this setting.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
-
-MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
-
-# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
-# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
-# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
-
-# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
-# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
-# (if specified).
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SHOW_FILES             = YES
-
-# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
-# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
-# Folder Tree View (if specified).
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
-
-# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
-# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
-# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
-# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
-# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
-# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
-# version. For an example see the documentation.
-
-FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
-
-# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
-# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
-# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
-# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
-# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
-# will be used as the name of the layout file.
-#
-# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
-# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
-# tag is left empty.
-
-LAYOUT_FILE            =
-
-# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
-# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
-# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
-# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
-# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
-# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
-# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
-
-CITE_BIB_FILES         =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
-# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
-# messages are off.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-QUIET                  = YES
-
-# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
-# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
-# this implies that the warnings are on.
-#
-# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-WARNINGS               = YES
-
-# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
-# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
-# will automatically be disabled.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
-
-# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
-# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
-# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
-# markup commands wrongly.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
-
-# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
-# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
-# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
-# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
-
-# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
-# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
-# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
-# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
-# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
-# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
-# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
-
-WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
-
-# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
-# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
-# error (stderr).
-
-WARN_LOGFILE           =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the input files
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
-# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
-# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
-# spaces.
-# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
-
-INPUT                  = ./
-
-# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
-# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
-# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
-# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
-# possible encodings.
-# The default value is: UTF-8.
-
-INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
-
-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
-# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
-# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
-# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
-# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
-# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
-# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
-# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
-
-FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
-                         *.c \
-                         *.txt
-
-# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
-# be searched for input files as well.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-RECURSIVE              = YES
-
-# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
-# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
-# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
-#
-# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
-# run.
-
-EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
-
-# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
-# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
-# from the input.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
-
-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
-# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
-# certain files from those directories.
-#
-# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
-# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
-
-EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
-
-# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
-# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
-# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
-# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
-# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
-#
-# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
-# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
-
-EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
-                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
-
-# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
-# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
-# command).
-
-EXAMPLE_PATH           =
-
-# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
-# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
-# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
-# files are included.
-
-EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
-
-# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
-# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
-# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
-
-# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
-# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
-# \image command).
-
-IMAGE_PATH             =
-
-# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
-# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
-# by executing (via popen()) the command:
-#
-# <filter> <input-file>
-#
-# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
-# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
-# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
-# will be ignored.
-#
-# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
-# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
-# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
-
-INPUT_FILTER           =
-
-# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
-# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
-# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
-# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
-# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
-# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
-
-FILTER_PATTERNS        =
-
-# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
-# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
-# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
-
-# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
-# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
-# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
-# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
-# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
-
-FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
-
-# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
-# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
-# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
-# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
-
-USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to source browsing
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
-# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
-#
-# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
-# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
-
-# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
-# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
-
-# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
-# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
-# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
-
-# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
-# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
-
-# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
-# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
-
-# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
-# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
-# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
-# link to the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
-
-# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
-# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
-# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
-# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
-# can opt to disable this feature.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
-
-SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
-
-# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
-# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
-# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
-# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
-# 4.8.6 or higher.
-#
-# To use it do the following:
-# - Install the latest version of global
-# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
-# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
-# - Run doxygen as normal
-#
-# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
-# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
-#
-# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
-# source code will now point to the output of htags.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
-
-USE_HTAGS              = NO
-
-# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
-# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
-# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
-# See also: Section \class.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
-
-# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
-# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
-# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
-# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
-# information.
-# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
-# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
-
-# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
-# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
-# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
-# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
-# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
-
-CLANG_OPTIONS          =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
-# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
-# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
-
-# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
-# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
-# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
-# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
-
-COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
-
-# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
-# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
-# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
-# while generating the index headers.
-# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
-
-IGNORE_PREFIX          =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the HTML output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_HTML          = YES
-
-# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it.
-# The default directory is: html.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_OUTPUT            = html
-
-# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
-# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
-# The default value is: .html.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
-
-# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
-# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
-# standard header.
-#
-# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
-# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
-# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
-# default header using
-# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
-# YourConfigFile
-# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
-# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
-# uses.
-# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
-# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
-# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_HEADER            =
-
-# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
-# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
-# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
-# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
-# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
-# that doxygen normally uses.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_FOOTER            =
-
-# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
-# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
-# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
-# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
-# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
-# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
-# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
-# obsolete.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_STYLESHEET        =
-
-# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
-# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
-# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
-# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
-# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
-# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
-# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
-# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
-# list). For an example see the documentation.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
-
-# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
-# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
-# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
-# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
-# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
-# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
-
-# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
-# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
-# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
-# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
-# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
-# purple, and 360 is red again.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
-
-# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
-# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
-# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
-
-# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
-# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
-# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
-# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
-# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
-# change the gamma.
-# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
-
-# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
-# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
-# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
-
-# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
-# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
-# page has loaded.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
-
-# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
-# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
-# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
-# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
-# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
-# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
-# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
-# tree by default.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
-
-# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
-# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
-# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
-# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
-# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
-# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
-# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
-# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
-# for more information.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
-
-# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
-# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
-# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
-# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
-
-DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
-
-# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
-# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
-# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
-# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
-
-DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
-# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
-# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
-# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
-
-DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
-
-# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
-# The default value is: Publisher.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
-
-DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
-# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
-# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
-# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
-# Windows.
-#
-# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
-# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
-# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
-# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
-# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
-# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
-# compressed HTML files.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
-
-# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
-# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
-# written to the html output directory.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-CHM_FILE               =
-
-# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
-# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
-# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
-# The file has to be specified with full path.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-HHC_LOCATION           =
-
-# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
-# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_CHI           = NO
-
-# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
-# and project file content.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
-
-# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
-# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
-# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-BINARY_TOC             = NO
-
-# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
-# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-TOC_EXPAND             = YES
-
-# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
-# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
-# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
-# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_QHP           = NO
-
-# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
-# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
-# the HTML output folder.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QCH_FILE               =
-
-# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
-# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
-# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
-# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
-# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
-# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
-# folders).
-# The default value is: doc.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
-
-# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
-# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
-# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
-# filters).
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
-
-# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
-# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
-# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
-# filters).
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
-
-# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
-# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
-# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
-
-# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
-# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
-# generated .qhp file.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHG_LOCATION           =
-
-# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
-# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
-# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
-# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
-# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
-# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
-# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
-
-# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
-# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
-# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
-# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
-
-ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
-# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
-# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
-# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
-# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
-# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
-
-# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
-# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
-# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
-# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
-# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
-# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
-# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
-# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
-# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
-# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
-# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
-# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
-
-# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
-# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
-#
-# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
-# in the overview section.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
-
-# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
-# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
-
-# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
-# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
-
-# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
-# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
-# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
-# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
-# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
-
-# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
-# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
-# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
-#
-# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
-# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
-
-# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
-# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
-# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
-# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
-# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
-# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-USE_MATHJAX            = NO
-
-# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
-# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
-# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
-# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
-# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
-# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
-# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
-
-MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
-
-# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
-# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
-# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
-# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
-# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
-# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
-# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
-# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
-# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
-# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
-
-MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
-
-# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
-# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
-# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
-# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
-
-MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
-
-# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
-# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
-# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
-# example see the documentation.
-# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
-
-MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
-
-# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
-# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
-# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
-# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
-# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
-# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
-# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
-# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
-# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
-# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
-# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
-# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
-# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
-# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
-# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
-# option.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-SEARCHENGINE           = NO
-
-# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
-# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
-# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
-# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
-# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
-# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
-# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
-
-# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
-# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
-# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
-# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
-# search results.
-#
-# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
-# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
-# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
-#
-# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
-
-# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
-# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
-#
-# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
-# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
-# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
-# Searching" for details.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
-
-# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
-# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
-# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
-# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
-
-# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
-# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
-# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
-# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
-
-# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
-# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
-# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
-# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
-# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
-# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
-
-# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it.
-# The default directory is: latex.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
-
-# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
-# invoked.
-#
-# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
-# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
-# written to the output directory.
-# The default file is: latex.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
-
-# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
-# index for LaTeX.
-# The default file is: makeindex.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
-
-# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
-# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
-# trees in general.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
-
-# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
-# printer.
-# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
-# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
-# The default value is: a4.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
-
-# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
-# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
-# instance you can specify
-# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
-# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
-
-# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
-# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
-# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
-# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
-# default header to a separate file.
-#
-# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
-# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
-# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
-# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
-# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
-# HTML_HEADER.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_HEADER           =
-
-# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
-# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
-# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
-# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
-# special commands can be used inside the footer.
-#
-# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_FOOTER           =
-
-# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
-# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
-# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
-# markers available.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
-
-# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
-# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
-# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
-# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
-
-# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
-# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
-# higher quality PDF documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
-
-# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
-# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
-# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
-# when generating formulas in HTML.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
-
-# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
-# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
-
-# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
-# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
-#
-# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
-# SOURCE_BROWSER.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
-
-# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
-# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
-# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
-# The default value is: plain.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the RTF output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
-# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
-# readers/editors.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_RTF           = NO
-
-# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it.
-# The default directory is: rtf.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
-
-# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
-# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
-# trees in general.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-COMPACT_RTF            = NO
-
-# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
-# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
-# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
-# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
-# fields.
-#
-# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
-
-# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
-# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
-# missing definitions are set to their default value.
-#
-# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
-# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
-
-# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
-# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
-# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the man page output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
-# classes and files.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_MAN           = NO
-
-# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
-# MAN_OUTPUT.
-# The default directory is: man.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
-
-MAN_OUTPUT             = man
-
-# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
-# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
-# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
-# optional.
-# The default value is: .3.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
-
-MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
-
-# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
-# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
-# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
-
-MAN_SUBDIR             =
-
-# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
-# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
-# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
-# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
-
-MAN_LINKS              = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the XML output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
-# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_XML           = NO
-
-# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it.
-# The default directory is: xml.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
-
-XML_OUTPUT             = xml
-
-# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
-# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
-# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
-# of the XML output.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
-
-XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
-# that can be used to generate PDF.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
-
-# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
-# front of it.
-# The default directory is: docbook.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
-
-DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
-
-# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
-# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
-# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
-# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
-
-DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
-# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
-# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
-# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
-# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
-#
-# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
-
-# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
-# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
-# output from the Perl module output.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
-
-PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
-
-# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
-# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
-# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
-# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
-# just the same.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
-
-PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
-
-# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
-# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
-# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
-# overwrite each other's variables.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
-
-PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
-# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
-
-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
-# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
-# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
-# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
-
-# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
-# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
-# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
-
-# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
-# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
-
-# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
-# preprocessor.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
-
-INCLUDE_PATH           =
-
-# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
-# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
-# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
-# used.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
-
-# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
-# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
-# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
-# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
-# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
-# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
-                         PROGMEM \
-                         ATTR_NO_INIT
-
-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
-# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
-# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
-# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
-# definition found in the source code.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
-
-# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
-# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
-# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
-# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
-# removed.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to external references
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
-# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
-# a tag file without this location is as follows:
-# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
-# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
-# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
-# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
-# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
-# of tag files.
-# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
-# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
-# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
-
-TAGFILES               =
-
-# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
-# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
-# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
-
-GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
-
-# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
-# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
-
-# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
-# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
-# listed.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
-
-# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
-# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
-# be listed.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
-
-# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
-# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
-# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
-
-PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the dot tool
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
-# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
-# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
-# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
-# powerful graphs.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
-
-# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
-# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
-# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
-# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
-# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
-# default search path.
-
-MSCGEN_PATH            =
-
-# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
-# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
-# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
-# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
-
-DIA_PATH               =
-
-# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
-# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
-
-# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
-# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
-# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
-# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
-# set to NO
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HAVE_DOT               = NO
-
-# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
-# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
-# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
-# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
-# speed.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
-
-# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
-# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
-# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
-# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
-# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
-# The default value is: Helvetica.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_FONTNAME           =
-
-# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
-# dot graphs.
-# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
-
-# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
-# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
-# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_FONTPATH           =
-
-# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
-# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
-# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
-
-# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
-# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
-# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
-# class with other documented classes.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
-
-# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
-# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
-
-# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
-# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
-# Language.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-UML_LOOK               = NO
-
-# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
-# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
-# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
-# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
-# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
-# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
-# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
-# 10.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
-
-# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
-# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
-# instances.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
-
-# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
-# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
-# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
-# files.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
-
-# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
-# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
-# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
-# files.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
-
-# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
-# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
-#
-# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
-# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
-# functions only using the \callgraph command.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-CALL_GRAPH             = NO
-
-# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
-# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
-#
-# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
-# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
-# functions only using the \callergraph command.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
-
-# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
-# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
-
-# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
-# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
-# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
-# files in the directories.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
-
-# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
-# generated by dot.
-# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
-# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
-# requirement).
-# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
-# The default value is: png.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
-
-# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
-# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
-#
-# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
-# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
-# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
-# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
-
-# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
-# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_PATH               =
-
-# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
-# command).
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOTFILE_DIRS           =
-
-# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
-# command).
-
-MSCFILE_DIRS           =
-
-# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
-# command).
-
-DIAFILE_DIRS           =
-
-# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
-# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
-# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
-# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
-# will not generate output for the diagram.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
-
-# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
-# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
-# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
-# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
-# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
-# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
-
-# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
-# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
-# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
-# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
-# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
-# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
-
-# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
-# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
-# to support this out of the box.
-#
-# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
-# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
-# read).
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
-
-# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
-# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
-# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
-# this, this feature is disabled by default.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
-# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
-# graphs.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
-
-# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
-# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index 161e64c08e..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-#
-#             LUFA Library
-#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-#
-#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-#           www.lufa-lib.org
-#
-# --------------------------------------
-#         LUFA Project Makefile.
-# --------------------------------------
-
-# Run "make help" for target help.
-
-MCU          = at90usb1287
-ARCH         = AVR8
-BOARD        = USBKEY
-F_CPU        = 8000000
-F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
-OPTIMIZATION = s
-TARGET       = BootloaderCDC
-SRC          = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c BootloaderAPI.c BootloaderAPITable.S $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
-LUFA_PATH    = ../../LUFA
-CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/ -DBOOT_START_ADDR=$(BOOT_START_OFFSET)
-LD_FLAGS     = -Wl,--section-start=.text=$(BOOT_START_OFFSET) $(BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS)
-
-# Flash size and bootloader section sizes of the target, in KB. These must
-# match the target's total FLASH size and the bootloader size set in the
-# device's fuses.
-FLASH_SIZE_KB         = 128
-BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB  = 8
-
-# Bootloader address calculation formulas
-# Do not modify these macros, but rather modify the dependent values above.
-CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX   = $(shell printf "0x%X" $$(( $(1) )) )
-BOOT_START_OFFSET     = $(call CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX, ($(FLASH_SIZE_KB) - $(BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB)) * 1024 )
-BOOT_SEC_OFFSET       = $(call CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX, ($(FLASH_SIZE_KB) * 1024) - ($(strip $(1))) )
-
-# Bootloader linker section flags for relocating the API table sections to
-# known FLASH addresses - these should not normally be user-edited.
-BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG  = -Wl,--section-start=$(strip $(1))=$(call BOOT_SEC_OFFSET, $(3)) -Wl,--undefined=$(strip $(2))
-BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS     = $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_trampolines, BootloaderAPI_Trampolines, 96)
-BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS    += $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_jumptable,   BootloaderAPI_JumpTable,   32)
-BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS    += $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_signatures,  BootloaderAPI_Signatures,  8)
-
-# Default target
-all:
-
-# Include LUFA build script makefiles
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderAPI.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderAPI.c
deleted file mode 100644
index cad59c8ca2..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderAPI.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  Bootloader user application API functions.
- */
-
-#include "BootloaderAPI.h"
-
-void BootloaderAPI_ErasePage(const uint32_t Address)
-{
-	boot_page_erase_safe(Address);
-	boot_spm_busy_wait();
-	boot_rww_enable();
-}
-
-void BootloaderAPI_WritePage(const uint32_t Address)
-{
-	boot_page_write_safe(Address);
-	boot_spm_busy_wait();
-	boot_rww_enable();
-}
-
-void BootloaderAPI_FillWord(const uint32_t Address, const uint16_t Word)
-{
-	boot_page_fill_safe(Address, Word);
-}
-
-uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature(const uint16_t Address)
-{
-	return boot_signature_byte_get(Address);
-}
-
-uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse(const uint16_t Address)
-{
-	return boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(Address);
-}
-
-uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadLock(void)
-{
-	return boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(GET_LOCK_BITS);
-}
-
-void BootloaderAPI_WriteLock(const uint8_t LockBits)
-{
-	boot_lock_bits_set_safe(LockBits);
-}
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderAPI.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderAPI.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 2462cacdd0..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderAPI.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  Header file for BootloaderAPI.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _BOOTLOADER_API_H_
-#define _BOOTLOADER_API_H_
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include <avr/io.h>
-		#include <avr/boot.h>
-		#include <stdbool.h>
-
-		#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
-
-		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
-
-	/* Function Prototypes: */
-		void    BootloaderAPI_ErasePage(const uint32_t Address);
-		void    BootloaderAPI_WritePage(const uint32_t Address);
-		void    BootloaderAPI_FillWord(const uint32_t Address, const uint16_t Word);
-		uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature(const uint16_t Address);
-		uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse(const uint16_t Address);
-		uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadLock(void);
-		void    BootloaderAPI_WriteLock(const uint8_t LockBits);
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderAPITable.S b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderAPITable.S
deleted file mode 100644
index 101dcbd722..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderAPITable.S
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-; Trampolines to actual API implementations if the target address is outside the
-; range of a rjmp instruction (can happen with large bootloader sections)
-.section .apitable_trampolines, "ax"
-.global BootloaderAPI_Trampolines
-BootloaderAPI_Trampolines:
-
-	BootloaderAPI_ErasePage_Trampoline:
-		jmp BootloaderAPI_ErasePage
-	BootloaderAPI_WritePage_Trampoline:
-		jmp BootloaderAPI_WritePage
-	BootloaderAPI_FillWord_Trampoline:
-		jmp BootloaderAPI_FillWord
-	BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature_Trampoline:
-		jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature
-	BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse_Trampoline:
-		jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse
-	BootloaderAPI_ReadLock_Trampoline:
-		jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadLock
-	BootloaderAPI_WriteLock_Trampoline:
-		jmp BootloaderAPI_WriteLock
-	BootloaderAPI_UNUSED1:
-		ret
-	BootloaderAPI_UNUSED2:
-		ret
-	BootloaderAPI_UNUSED3:
-		ret
-	BootloaderAPI_UNUSED4:
-		ret
-	BootloaderAPI_UNUSED5:
-		ret
-
-
-
-; API function jump table
-.section .apitable_jumptable, "ax"
-.global BootloaderAPI_JumpTable
-BootloaderAPI_JumpTable:
-
-	rjmp BootloaderAPI_ErasePage_Trampoline
-	rjmp BootloaderAPI_WritePage_Trampoline
-	rjmp BootloaderAPI_FillWord_Trampoline
-	rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature_Trampoline
-	rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse_Trampoline
-	rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadLock_Trampoline
-	rjmp BootloaderAPI_WriteLock_Trampoline
-	rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED1 ; UNUSED ENTRY 1
-	rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED2 ; UNUSED ENTRY 2
-	rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED3 ; UNUSED ENTRY 3
-	rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED4 ; UNUSED ENTRY 4
-	rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED5 ; UNUSED ENTRY 5
-
-
-
-; Bootloader table signatures and information
-.section .apitable_signatures, "ax"
-.global BootloaderAPI_Signatures
-BootloaderAPI_Signatures:
-
-	.long BOOT_START_ADDR ; Start address of the bootloader
-	.word 0xDF10 ; Signature for the DFU class bootloader, V1
-	.word 0xDCFB ; Signature for a LUFA class bootloader
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderDFU.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderDFU.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 00e673268a..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderDFU.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,804 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  Main source file for the DFU class bootloader. This file contains the complete bootloader logic.
- */
-
-#define  INCLUDE_FROM_BOOTLOADER_C
-#include "BootloaderDFU.h"
-
-/** Flag to indicate if the bootloader is currently running in secure mode, disallowing memory operations
- *  other than erase. This is initially set to the value set by SECURE_MODE, and cleared by the bootloader
- *  once a memory erase has completed in a bootloader session.
- */
-static bool IsSecure = SECURE_MODE;
-
-/** Flag to indicate if the bootloader should be running, or should exit and allow the application code to run
- *  via a soft reset. When cleared, the bootloader will abort, the USB interface will shut down and the application
- *  jumped to via an indirect jump to location 0x0000 (or other location specified by the host).
- */
-static bool RunBootloader = true;
-
-/** Flag to indicate if the bootloader is waiting to exit. When the host requests the bootloader to exit and
- *  jump to the application address it specifies, it sends two sequential commands which must be properly
- *  acknowledged. Upon reception of the first the RunBootloader flag is cleared and the WaitForExit flag is set,
- *  causing the bootloader to wait for the final exit command before shutting down.
- */
-static bool WaitForExit = false;
-
-/** Current DFU state machine state, one of the values in the DFU_State_t enum. */
-static uint8_t DFU_State = dfuIDLE;
-
-/** Status code of the last executed DFU command. This is set to one of the values in the DFU_Status_t enum after
- *  each operation, and returned to the host when a Get Status DFU request is issued.
- */
-static uint8_t DFU_Status = OK;
-
-/** Data containing the DFU command sent from the host. */
-static DFU_Command_t SentCommand;
-
-/** Response to the last issued Read Data DFU command. Unlike other DFU commands, the read command
- *  requires a single byte response from the bootloader containing the read data when the next DFU_UPLOAD command
- *  is issued by the host.
- */
-static uint8_t ResponseByte;
-
-/** Pointer to the start of the user application. By default this is 0x0000 (the reset vector), however the host
- *  may specify an alternate address when issuing the application soft-start command.
- */
-static AppPtr_t AppStartPtr = (AppPtr_t)0x0000;
-
-/** 64-bit flash page number. This is concatenated with the current 16-bit address on USB AVRs containing more than
- *  64KB of flash memory.
- */
-static uint8_t Flash64KBPage = 0;
-
-/** Memory start address, indicating the current address in the memory being addressed (either FLASH or EEPROM
- *  depending on the issued command from the host).
- */
-static uint16_t StartAddr = 0x0000;
-
-/** Memory end address, indicating the end address to read from/write to in the memory being addressed (either FLASH
- *  of EEPROM depending on the issued command from the host).
- */
-static uint16_t EndAddr = 0x0000;
-
-/** Magic lock for forced application start. If the HWBE fuse is programmed and BOOTRST is unprogrammed, the bootloader
- *  will start if the /HWB line of the AVR is held low and the system is reset. However, if the /HWB line is still held
- *  low when the application attempts to start via a watchdog reset, the bootloader will re-start. If set to the value
- *  \ref MAGIC_BOOT_KEY the special init function \ref Application_Jump_Check() will force the application to start.
- */
-uint16_t MagicBootKey ATTR_NO_INIT;
-
-
-/** Special startup routine to check if the bootloader was started via a watchdog reset, and if the magic application
- *  start key has been loaded into \ref MagicBootKey. If the bootloader started via the watchdog and the key is valid,
- *  this will force the user application to start via a software jump.
- */
-void Application_Jump_Check(void)
-{
-	bool JumpToApplication = false;
-
-	#if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
-		/* Disable JTAG debugging */
-		JTAG_DISABLE();
-
-		/* Enable pull-up on the JTAG TCK pin so we can use it to select the mode */
-		PORTF |= (1 << 4);
-		Delay_MS(10);
-
-		/* If the TCK pin is not jumpered to ground, start the user application instead */
-		JumpToApplication |= ((PINF & (1 << 4)) != 0);
-
-		/* Re-enable JTAG debugging */
-		JTAG_ENABLE();
-	#endif
-
-	/* If the reset source was the bootloader and the key is correct, clear it and jump to the application */
-	if ((MCUSR & (1 << WDRF)) && (MagicBootKey == MAGIC_BOOT_KEY))
-	  JumpToApplication |= true;
-
-	/* If a request has been made to jump to the user application, honor it */
-	if (JumpToApplication)
-	{
-		/* Turn off the watchdog */
-		MCUSR &= ~(1<<WDRF);
-		wdt_disable();
-
-		/* Clear the boot key and jump to the user application */
-		MagicBootKey = 0;
-
-		// cppcheck-suppress constStatement
-		((void (*)(void))0x0000)();
-	}
-}
-
-/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the bootloader, then continuously
- *  runs the bootloader processing routine until instructed to soft-exit, or hard-reset via the watchdog to start
- *  the loaded application code.
- */
-int main(void)
-{
-	/* Configure hardware required by the bootloader */
-	SetupHardware();
-
-	/* Turn on first LED on the board to indicate that the bootloader has started */
-	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_LED1);
-
-	/* Enable global interrupts so that the USB stack can function */
-	GlobalInterruptEnable();
-
-	/* Run the USB management task while the bootloader is supposed to be running */
-	while (RunBootloader || WaitForExit)
-	  USB_USBTask();
-
-	/* Reset configured hardware back to their original states for the user application */
-	ResetHardware();
-
-	/* Start the user application */
-	AppStartPtr();
-}
-
-/** Configures all hardware required for the bootloader. */
-static void SetupHardware(void)
-{
-	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
-	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
-	wdt_disable();
-
-	/* Disable clock division */
-	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
-
-	/* Relocate the interrupt vector table to the bootloader section */
-	MCUCR = (1 << IVCE);
-	MCUCR = (1 << IVSEL);
-
-	/* Initialize the USB and other board hardware drivers */
-	USB_Init();
-	LEDs_Init();
-
-	/* Bootloader active LED toggle timer initialization */
-	TIMSK1 = (1 << TOIE1);
-	TCCR1B = ((1 << CS11) | (1 << CS10));
-}
-
-/** Resets all configured hardware required for the bootloader back to their original states. */
-static void ResetHardware(void)
-{
-	/* Shut down the USB and other board hardware drivers */
-	USB_Disable();
-	LEDs_Disable();
-
-	/* Disable Bootloader active LED toggle timer */
-	TIMSK1 = 0;
-	TCCR1B = 0;
-
-	/* Relocate the interrupt vector table back to the application section */
-	MCUCR = (1 << IVCE);
-	MCUCR = 0;
-}
-
-/** ISR to periodically toggle the LEDs on the board to indicate that the bootloader is active. */
-ISR(TIMER1_OVF_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
-{
-	LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
- *  the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
- *  internally.
- */
-void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
-{
-	/* Ignore any requests that aren't directed to the DFU interface */
-	if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & (CONTROL_REQTYPE_TYPE | CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT)) !=
-	    (REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
-	{
-		return;
-	}
-
-	/* Activity - toggle indicator LEDs */
-	LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
-
-	/* Get the size of the command and data from the wLength value */
-	SentCommand.DataSize = USB_ControlRequest.wLength;
-
-	switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
-	{
-		case DFU_REQ_DNLOAD:
-			Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
-
-			/* Check if bootloader is waiting to terminate */
-			if (WaitForExit)
-			{
-				/* Bootloader is terminating - process last received command */
-				ProcessBootloaderCommand();
-
-				/* Indicate that the last command has now been processed - free to exit bootloader */
-				WaitForExit = false;
-			}
-
-			/* If the request has a data stage, load it into the command struct */
-			if (SentCommand.DataSize)
-			{
-				while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
-				{
-					if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
-					  return;
-				}
-
-				/* First byte of the data stage is the DNLOAD request's command */
-				SentCommand.Command = Endpoint_Read_8();
-
-				/* One byte of the data stage is the command, so subtract it from the total data bytes */
-				SentCommand.DataSize--;
-
-				/* Load in the rest of the data stage as command parameters */
-				for (uint8_t DataByte = 0; (DataByte < sizeof(SentCommand.Data)) &&
-				     Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint(); DataByte++)
-				{
-					SentCommand.Data[DataByte] = Endpoint_Read_8();
-					SentCommand.DataSize--;
-				}
-
-				/* Process the command */
-				ProcessBootloaderCommand();
-			}
-
-			/* Check if currently downloading firmware */
-			if (DFU_State == dfuDNLOAD_IDLE)
-			{
-				if (!(SentCommand.DataSize))
-				{
-					DFU_State = dfuIDLE;
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					/* Throw away the filler bytes before the start of the firmware */
-					DiscardFillerBytes(DFU_FILLER_BYTES_SIZE);
-
-					/* Throw away the packet alignment filler bytes before the start of the firmware */
-					DiscardFillerBytes(StartAddr % FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE);
-
-					/* Calculate the number of bytes remaining to be written */
-					uint16_t BytesRemaining = ((EndAddr - StartAddr) + 1);
-
-					if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x00))        // Write flash
-					{
-						/* Calculate the number of words to be written from the number of bytes to be written */
-						uint16_t WordsRemaining = (BytesRemaining >> 1);
-
-						union
-						{
-							uint16_t Words[2];
-							uint32_t Long;
-						} CurrFlashAddress                 = {.Words = {StartAddr, Flash64KBPage}};
-
-						uint32_t CurrFlashPageStartAddress = CurrFlashAddress.Long;
-						uint8_t  WordsInFlashPage          = 0;
-
-						while (WordsRemaining--)
-						{
-							/* Check if endpoint is empty - if so clear it and wait until ready for next packet */
-							if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
-							{
-								Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-
-								while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
-								{
-									if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
-									  return;
-								}
-							}
-
-							/* Write the next word into the current flash page */
-							boot_page_fill(CurrFlashAddress.Long, Endpoint_Read_16_LE());
-
-							/* Adjust counters */
-							WordsInFlashPage      += 1;
-							CurrFlashAddress.Long += 2;
-
-							/* See if an entire page has been written to the flash page buffer */
-							if ((WordsInFlashPage == (SPM_PAGESIZE >> 1)) || !(WordsRemaining))
-							{
-								/* Commit the flash page to memory */
-								boot_page_write(CurrFlashPageStartAddress);
-								boot_spm_busy_wait();
-
-								/* Check if programming incomplete */
-								if (WordsRemaining)
-								{
-									CurrFlashPageStartAddress = CurrFlashAddress.Long;
-									WordsInFlashPage          = 0;
-
-									/* Erase next page's temp buffer */
-									boot_page_erase(CurrFlashAddress.Long);
-									boot_spm_busy_wait();
-								}
-							}
-						}
-
-						/* Once programming complete, start address equals the end address */
-						StartAddr = EndAddr;
-
-						/* Re-enable the RWW section of flash */
-						boot_rww_enable();
-					}
-					else                                                   // Write EEPROM
-					{
-						while (BytesRemaining--)
-						{
-							/* Check if endpoint is empty - if so clear it and wait until ready for next packet */
-							if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
-							{
-								Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-
-								while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
-								{
-									if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
-									  return;
-								}
-							}
-
-							/* Read the byte from the USB interface and write to to the EEPROM */
-							eeprom_update_byte((uint8_t*)StartAddr, Endpoint_Read_8());
-
-							/* Adjust counters */
-							StartAddr++;
-						}
-					}
-
-					/* Throw away the currently unused DFU file suffix */
-					DiscardFillerBytes(DFU_FILE_SUFFIX_SIZE);
-				}
-			}
-
-			Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-
-			Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
-
-			break;
-		case DFU_REQ_UPLOAD:
-			Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
-
-			while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
-			{
-				if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
-				  return;
-			}
-
-			if (DFU_State != dfuUPLOAD_IDLE)
-			{
-				if ((DFU_State == dfuERROR) && IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x01))       // Blank Check
-				{
-					/* Blank checking is performed in the DFU_DNLOAD request - if we get here we've told the host
-					   that the memory isn't blank, and the host is requesting the first non-blank address */
-					Endpoint_Write_16_LE(StartAddr);
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					/* Idle state upload - send response to last issued command */
-					Endpoint_Write_8(ResponseByte);
-				}
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				/* Determine the number of bytes remaining in the current block */
-				uint16_t BytesRemaining = ((EndAddr - StartAddr) + 1);
-
-				if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x00))            // Read FLASH
-				{
-					/* Calculate the number of words to be written from the number of bytes to be written */
-					uint16_t WordsRemaining = (BytesRemaining >> 1);
-
-					union
-					{
-						uint16_t Words[2];
-						uint32_t Long;
-					} CurrFlashAddress = {.Words = {StartAddr, Flash64KBPage}};
-
-					while (WordsRemaining--)
-					{
-						/* Check if endpoint is full - if so clear it and wait until ready for next packet */
-						if (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint() == FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE)
-						{
-							Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
-							while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
-							{
-								if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
-								  return;
-							}
-						}
-
-						/* Read the flash word and send it via USB to the host */
-						#if (FLASHEND > 0xFFFF)
-							Endpoint_Write_16_LE(pgm_read_word_far(CurrFlashAddress.Long));
-						#else
-							Endpoint_Write_16_LE(pgm_read_word(CurrFlashAddress.Long));
-						#endif
-
-						/* Adjust counters */
-						CurrFlashAddress.Long += 2;
-					}
-
-					/* Once reading is complete, start address equals the end address */
-					StartAddr = EndAddr;
-				}
-				else if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x02))       // Read EEPROM
-				{
-					while (BytesRemaining--)
-					{
-						/* Check if endpoint is full - if so clear it and wait until ready for next packet */
-						if (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint() == FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE)
-						{
-							Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
-							while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
-							{
-								if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
-								  return;
-							}
-						}
-
-						/* Read the EEPROM byte and send it via USB to the host */
-						Endpoint_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte((uint8_t*)StartAddr));
-
-						/* Adjust counters */
-						StartAddr++;
-					}
-				}
-
-				/* Return to idle state */
-				DFU_State = dfuIDLE;
-			}
-
-			Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
-			Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
-			break;
-		case DFU_REQ_GETSTATUS:
-			Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
-
-			while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
-			{
-				if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
-				  return;
-			}
-
-			/* Write 8-bit status value */
-			Endpoint_Write_8(DFU_Status);
-
-			/* Write 24-bit poll timeout value */
-			Endpoint_Write_8(0);
-			Endpoint_Write_16_LE(0);
-
-			/* Write 8-bit state value */
-			Endpoint_Write_8(DFU_State);
-
-			/* Write 8-bit state string ID number */
-			Endpoint_Write_8(0);
-
-			Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
-			Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
-			break;
-		case DFU_REQ_CLRSTATUS:
-			Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
-
-			/* Reset the status value variable to the default OK status */
-			DFU_Status = OK;
-
-			Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
-			break;
-		case DFU_REQ_GETSTATE:
-			Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
-
-			while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
-			{
-				if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
-				  return;
-			}
-
-			/* Write the current device state to the endpoint */
-			Endpoint_Write_8(DFU_State);
-
-			Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
-			Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
-			break;
-		case DFU_REQ_ABORT:
-			Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
-
-			/* Reset the current state variable to the default idle state */
-			DFU_State = dfuIDLE;
-
-			Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
-			break;
-	}
-}
-
-/** Routine to discard the specified number of bytes from the control endpoint stream. This is used to
- *  discard unused bytes in the stream from the host, including the memory program block suffix.
- *
- *  \param[in] NumberOfBytes  Number of bytes to discard from the host from the control endpoint
- */
-static void DiscardFillerBytes(uint8_t NumberOfBytes)
-{
-	while (NumberOfBytes--)
-	{
-		if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
-		{
-			Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-
-			/* Wait until next data packet received */
-			while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
-			{
-				if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
-				  return;
-			}
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			Endpoint_Discard_8();
-		}
-	}
-}
-
-/** Routine to process an issued command from the host, via a DFU_DNLOAD request wrapper. This routine ensures
- *  that the command is allowed based on the current secure mode flag value, and passes the command off to the
- *  appropriate handler function.
- */
-static void ProcessBootloaderCommand(void)
-{
-	/* Check if device is in secure mode */
-	if (IsSecure)
-	{
-		/* Don't process command unless it is a READ or chip erase command */
-		if (!(((SentCommand.Command == COMMAND_WRITE)             &&
-		        IS_TWOBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x00, 0xFF)) ||
-			   (SentCommand.Command == COMMAND_READ)))
-		{
-			/* Set the state and status variables to indicate the error */
-			DFU_State  = dfuERROR;
-			DFU_Status = errWRITE;
-
-			/* Stall command */
-			Endpoint_StallTransaction();
-
-			/* Don't process the command */
-			return;
-		}
-	}
-
-	/* Dispatch the required command processing routine based on the command type */
-	switch (SentCommand.Command)
-	{
-		case COMMAND_PROG_START:
-			ProcessMemProgCommand();
-			break;
-		case COMMAND_DISP_DATA:
-			ProcessMemReadCommand();
-			break;
-		case COMMAND_WRITE:
-			ProcessWriteCommand();
-			break;
-		case COMMAND_READ:
-			ProcessReadCommand();
-			break;
-		case COMMAND_CHANGE_BASE_ADDR:
-			if (IS_TWOBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x03, 0x00))              // Set 64KB flash page command
-			  Flash64KBPage = SentCommand.Data[2];
-
-			break;
-	}
-}
-
-/** Routine to concatenate the given pair of 16-bit memory start and end addresses from the host, and store them
- *  in the StartAddr and EndAddr global variables.
- */
-static void LoadStartEndAddresses(void)
-{
-	union
-	{
-		uint8_t  Bytes[2];
-		uint16_t Word;
-	} Address[2] = {{.Bytes = {SentCommand.Data[2], SentCommand.Data[1]}},
-	                {.Bytes = {SentCommand.Data[4], SentCommand.Data[3]}}};
-
-	/* Load in the start and ending read addresses from the sent data packet */
-	StartAddr = Address[0].Word;
-	EndAddr   = Address[1].Word;
-}
-
-/** Handler for a Memory Program command issued by the host. This routine handles the preparations needed
- *  to write subsequent data from the host into the specified memory.
- */
-static void ProcessMemProgCommand(void)
-{
-	if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x00) ||                          // Write FLASH command
-	    IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x01))                            // Write EEPROM command
-	{
-		/* Load in the start and ending read addresses */
-		LoadStartEndAddresses();
-
-		/* If FLASH is being written to, we need to pre-erase the first page to write to */
-		if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x00))
-		{
-			union
-			{
-				uint16_t Words[2];
-				uint32_t Long;
-			} CurrFlashAddress = {.Words = {StartAddr, Flash64KBPage}};
-
-			/* Erase the current page's temp buffer */
-			boot_page_erase(CurrFlashAddress.Long);
-			boot_spm_busy_wait();
-		}
-
-		/* Set the state so that the next DNLOAD requests reads in the firmware */
-		DFU_State = dfuDNLOAD_IDLE;
-	}
-}
-
-/** Handler for a Memory Read command issued by the host. This routine handles the preparations needed
- *  to read subsequent data from the specified memory out to the host, as well as implementing the memory
- *  blank check command.
- */
-static void ProcessMemReadCommand(void)
-{
-	if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x00) ||                          // Read FLASH command
-        IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x02))                            // Read EEPROM command
-	{
-		/* Load in the start and ending read addresses */
-		LoadStartEndAddresses();
-
-		/* Set the state so that the next UPLOAD requests read out the firmware */
-		DFU_State = dfuUPLOAD_IDLE;
-	}
-	else if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x01))                       // Blank check FLASH command
-	{
-		uint32_t CurrFlashAddress = 0;
-
-		while (CurrFlashAddress < (uint32_t)BOOT_START_ADDR)
-		{
-			/* Check if the current byte is not blank */
-			#if (FLASHEND > 0xFFFF)
-			if (pgm_read_byte_far(CurrFlashAddress) != 0xFF)
-			#else
-			if (pgm_read_byte(CurrFlashAddress) != 0xFF)
-			#endif
-			{
-				/* Save the location of the first non-blank byte for response back to the host */
-				Flash64KBPage = (CurrFlashAddress >> 16);
-				StartAddr     = CurrFlashAddress;
-
-				/* Set state and status variables to the appropriate error values */
-				DFU_State  = dfuERROR;
-				DFU_Status = errCHECK_ERASED;
-
-				break;
-			}
-
-			CurrFlashAddress++;
-		}
-	}
-}
-
-/** Handler for a Data Write command issued by the host. This routine handles non-programming commands such as
- *  bootloader exit (both via software jumps and hardware watchdog resets) and flash memory erasure.
- */
-static void ProcessWriteCommand(void)
-{
-	if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x03))                            // Start application
-	{
-		/* Indicate that the bootloader is terminating */
-		WaitForExit = true;
-
-		/* Check if data supplied for the Start Program command - no data executes the program */
-		if (SentCommand.DataSize)
-		{
-			if (SentCommand.Data[1] == 0x01)                                   // Start via jump
-			{
-				union
-				{
-					uint8_t  Bytes[2];
-					AppPtr_t FuncPtr;
-				} Address = {.Bytes = {SentCommand.Data[4], SentCommand.Data[3]}};
-
-				/* Load in the jump address into the application start address pointer */
-				AppStartPtr = Address.FuncPtr;
-			}
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			if (SentCommand.Data[1] == 0x00)                                   // Start via watchdog
-			{
-				/* Unlock the forced application start mode of the bootloader if it is restarted */
-				MagicBootKey = MAGIC_BOOT_KEY;
-
-				/* Start the watchdog to reset the AVR once the communications are finalized */
-				wdt_enable(WDTO_250MS);
-			}
-			else                                                               // Start via jump
-			{
-				/* Set the flag to terminate the bootloader at next opportunity */
-				RunBootloader = false;
-			}
-		}
-	}
-	else if (IS_TWOBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x00, 0xFF))                 // Erase flash
-	{
-		uint32_t CurrFlashAddress = 0;
-
-		/* Clear the application section of flash */
-		while (CurrFlashAddress < (uint32_t)BOOT_START_ADDR)
-		{
-			boot_page_erase(CurrFlashAddress);
-			boot_spm_busy_wait();
-			boot_page_write(CurrFlashAddress);
-			boot_spm_busy_wait();
-
-			CurrFlashAddress += SPM_PAGESIZE;
-		}
-
-		/* Re-enable the RWW section of flash as writing to the flash locks it out */
-		boot_rww_enable();
-
-		/* Memory has been erased, reset the security bit so that programming/reading is allowed */
-		IsSecure = false;
-	}
-}
-
-/** Handler for a Data Read command issued by the host. This routine handles bootloader information retrieval
- *  commands such as device signature and bootloader version retrieval.
- */
-static void ProcessReadCommand(void)
-{
-	const uint8_t BootloaderInfo[3] = {BOOTLOADER_VERSION, BOOTLOADER_ID_BYTE1, BOOTLOADER_ID_BYTE2};
-	const uint8_t SignatureInfo[4]  = {0x58, AVR_SIGNATURE_1, AVR_SIGNATURE_2, AVR_SIGNATURE_3};
-
-	uint8_t DataIndexToRead = SentCommand.Data[1];
-
-	if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x00))                        // Read bootloader info
-	{
-		ResponseByte = BootloaderInfo[DataIndexToRead];
-	}
-	else if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x01))                    // Read signature byte
-	{
-		if (DataIndexToRead < 0x60)
-		  ResponseByte = SignatureInfo[DataIndexToRead - 0x30];
-		else
-		  ResponseByte = SignatureInfo[DataIndexToRead - 0x60 + 3];
-	}
-}
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderDFU.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderDFU.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c5d812847c..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderDFU.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,216 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  Header file for BootloaderDFU.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _BOOTLOADER_H_
-#define _BOOTLOADER_H_
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include <avr/io.h>
-		#include <avr/wdt.h>
-		#include <avr/boot.h>
-		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
-		#include <avr/eeprom.h>
-		#include <avr/power.h>
-		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
-		#include <util/delay.h>
-		#include <stdbool.h>
-
-		#include "Descriptors.h"
-		#include "BootloaderAPI.h"
-		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
-
-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
-		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__OPTIMIZE_SIZE__)
-			#error This bootloader requires that it be optimized for size, not speed, to fit into the target device. Change optimization settings and try again.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Macros: */
-		/** Major bootloader version number. */
-		#define BOOTLOADER_VERSION_MINOR 2
-
-		/** Minor bootloader version number. */
-		#define BOOTLOADER_VERSION_REV   0
-
-		/** Magic bootloader key to unlock forced application start mode. */
-		#define MAGIC_BOOT_KEY           0xDC42
-
-		/** Complete bootloader version number expressed as a packed byte, constructed from the
-		 *  two individual bootloader version macros.
-		 */
-		#define BOOTLOADER_VERSION       ((BOOTLOADER_VERSION_MINOR << 4) | BOOTLOADER_VERSION_REV)
-
-		/** First byte of the bootloader identification bytes, used to identify a device's bootloader. */
-		#define BOOTLOADER_ID_BYTE1      0xDC
-
-		/** Second byte of the bootloader identification bytes, used to identify a device's bootloader. */
-		#define BOOTLOADER_ID_BYTE2      0xFB
-
-		/** Convenience macro, used to determine if the issued command is the given one-byte long command.
-		 *
-		 *  \param[in] dataarr  Command byte array to check against
-		 *  \param[in] cb1      First command byte to check
-		 */
-		#define IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(dataarr, cb1)       (dataarr[0] == (cb1))
-
-		/** Convenience macro, used to determine if the issued command is the given two-byte long command.
-		 *
-		 *  \param[in] dataarr  Command byte array to check against
-		 *  \param[in] cb1      First command byte to check
-		 *  \param[in] cb2      Second command byte to check
-		 */
-		#define IS_TWOBYTE_COMMAND(dataarr, cb1, cb2) ((dataarr[0] == (cb1)) && (dataarr[1] == (cb2)))
-
-		/** Length of the DFU file suffix block, appended to the end of each complete memory write command.
-		 *  The DFU file suffix is currently unused (but is designed to give extra file information, such as
-		 *  a CRC of the complete firmware for error checking) and so is discarded.
-		 */
-		#define DFU_FILE_SUFFIX_SIZE     16
-
-		/** Length of the DFU file filler block, appended to the start of each complete memory write command.
-		 *  Filler bytes are added to the start of each complete memory write command, and must be discarded.
-		 */
-		#define DFU_FILLER_BYTES_SIZE    26
-
-		/** DFU class command request to detach from the host. */
-		#define DFU_REQ_DETATCH          0x00
-
-		/** DFU class command request to send data from the host to the bootloader. */
-		#define DFU_REQ_DNLOAD           0x01
-
-		/** DFU class command request to send data from the bootloader to the host. */
-		#define DFU_REQ_UPLOAD           0x02
-
-		/** DFU class command request to get the current DFU status and state from the bootloader. */
-		#define DFU_REQ_GETSTATUS        0x03
-
-		/** DFU class command request to reset the current DFU status and state variables to their defaults. */
-		#define DFU_REQ_CLRSTATUS        0x04
-
-		/** DFU class command request to get the current DFU state of the bootloader. */
-		#define DFU_REQ_GETSTATE         0x05
-
-		/** DFU class command request to abort the current multi-request transfer and return to the dfuIDLE state. */
-		#define DFU_REQ_ABORT            0x06
-
-		/** DFU command to begin programming the device's memory. */
-		#define COMMAND_PROG_START       0x01
-
-		/** DFU command to begin reading the device's memory. */
-		#define COMMAND_DISP_DATA        0x03
-
-		/** DFU command to issue a write command. */
-		#define COMMAND_WRITE            0x04
-
-		/** DFU command to issue a read command. */
-		#define COMMAND_READ             0x05
-
-		/** DFU command to issue a memory base address change command, to set the current 64KB flash page
-		 *  that subsequent flash operations should use. */
-		#define COMMAND_CHANGE_BASE_ADDR 0x06
-
-	/* Type Defines: */
-		/** Type define for a non-returning function pointer to the loaded application. */
-		typedef void (*AppPtr_t)(void) ATTR_NO_RETURN;
-
-		/** Type define for a structure containing a complete DFU command issued by the host. */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			uint8_t  Command; /**< Single byte command to perform, one of the \c COMMAND_* macro values */
-			uint8_t  Data[5]; /**< Command parameters */
-			uint16_t DataSize; /**< Size of the command parameters */
-		} DFU_Command_t;
-
-	/* Enums: */
-		/** DFU bootloader states. Refer to the DFU class specification for information on each state. */
-		enum DFU_State_t
-		{
-			appIDLE                      = 0,
-			appDETACH                    = 1,
-			dfuIDLE                      = 2,
-			dfuDNLOAD_SYNC               = 3,
-			dfuDNBUSY                    = 4,
-			dfuDNLOAD_IDLE               = 5,
-			dfuMANIFEST_SYNC             = 6,
-			dfuMANIFEST                  = 7,
-			dfuMANIFEST_WAIT_RESET       = 8,
-			dfuUPLOAD_IDLE               = 9,
-			dfuERROR                     = 10
-		};
-
-		/** DFU command status error codes. Refer to the DFU class specification for information on each error code. */
-		enum DFU_Status_t
-		{
-			OK                           = 0,
-			errTARGET                    = 1,
-			errFILE                      = 2,
-			errWRITE                     = 3,
-			errERASE                     = 4,
-			errCHECK_ERASED              = 5,
-			errPROG                      = 6,
-			errVERIFY                    = 7,
-			errADDRESS                   = 8,
-			errNOTDONE                   = 9,
-			errFIRMWARE                  = 10,
-			errVENDOR                    = 11,
-			errUSBR                      = 12,
-			errPOR                       = 13,
-			errUNKNOWN                   = 14,
-			errSTALLEDPKT                = 15
-		};
-
-	/* Function Prototypes: */
-		static void SetupHardware(void);
-		static void ResetHardware(void);
-
-		void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
-
-		#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_BOOTLOADER_C)
-			static void DiscardFillerBytes(uint8_t NumberOfBytes);
-			static void ProcessBootloaderCommand(void);
-			static void LoadStartEndAddresses(void);
-			static void ProcessMemProgCommand(void);
-			static void ProcessMemReadCommand(void);
-			static void ProcessWriteCommand(void);
-			static void ProcessReadCommand(void);
-		#endif
-
-		void Application_Jump_Check(void) ATTR_INIT_SECTION(3);
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderDFU.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderDFU.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index e63bcc1f09..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderDFU.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,233 +0,0 @@
-/** \file
- *
- *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
- *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
- */
-
-/** \mainpage DFU Class USB AVR Bootloader
- *
- *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
- *
- *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
- *
- *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
- *  \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
- *  \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4) - <i>See \ref SSec_Aux_Space</i>
- *  \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2) - <i>See \ref SSec_Aux_Space</i>
- *
- *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
- *
- *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
- *
- * <table>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
- *   <td>Device</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
- *   <td>Device Firmware Update Class (DFU)</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
- *   <td>None</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
- *   <td>USBIF DFU Class Standard, Atmel USB Bootloader Datasheet</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
- *   <td>Low Speed Mode \n
- *       Full Speed Mode</td>
- *  </tr>
- * </table>
- *
- *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
- *
- *  This bootloader enumerates to the host as a DFU Class device, allowing for DFU-compatible programming
- *  software to load firmware onto the AVR.
- *
- *  Out of the box this bootloader builds for the AT90USB1287 with an 8KB bootloader section size, and will fit
- *  into 4KB of bootloader space. If you wish to alter this size and/or change the AVR model, you will need to
- *  edit the MCU, FLASH_SIZE_KB and BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB values in the accompanying makefile.
- *
- *  When the bootloader is running, the board's LED(s) will flash at regular intervals to distinguish the
- *  bootloader from the normal user application.
- *
- *  \section Sec_Running Running the Bootloader
- *
- *  This bootloader is designed to be started via the HWB mechanism of the USB AVRs; ground the HWB pin (see device
- *  datasheet) then momentarily ground /RESET to start the bootloader. This assumes the HWBE fuse is set and the BOOTRST
- *  fuse is cleared.
- *
- *  For board specific exceptions to the above, see below.
- *
- *  \subsection SSec_XPLAIN Atmel Xplain Board
- *  Ground the USB AVR JTAG's \c TCK pin to ground when powering on the board to start the bootloader. This assumes the
- *  \c HWBE fuse is cleared and the \c BOOTRST fuse is set as the HWBE pin is not user accessible on this board.
- *
- *  \subsection SSec_Leonardo Arduino Leonardo Board
- *  Ground \c IO13 when powering the board to start the bootloader. This assumes the \c HWBE fuse is cleared and the
- *  \c BOOTRST fuse is set as the HWBE pin is not user accessible on this board.
- *
- *  \section Sec_Installation Driver Installation
- *
- *  This bootloader is designed to be compatible with Atmel's provided Windows DFU class drivers. You will need to
- *  install Atmel's DFU drivers prior to using this bootloader on Windows platforms. If you are using a 64 bit Windows
- *  OS, you will need to either disable the driver signing requirement (see online tutorials for details) or use a
- *  digitally signed version of the official Atmel driver provided by a third party AVR user at
- *  <a>http://www.avrfreaks.net/index.php?module=Freaks%20Academy&func=viewItem&item_id=2196&item_type=project</a>.
- *
- *  \note This device spoofs Atmel's DFU Bootloader USB VID and PID so that the Atmel DFU bootloader
- *        drivers included with FLIP will work. If you do not wish to use Atmel's ID codes, please
- *        manually change them in Descriptors.c and alter your driver's INF file accordingly.
- *
- *  \section Sec_HostApp Host Controller Application
- *
- *  This bootloader is compatible with Atmel's FLIP utility on Windows machines, and dfu-programmer on Linux machines.
- *
- *  \subsection SSec_FLIP FLIP (Windows)
- *
- *  FLIP (Flexible In-System Programmer) is a utility written by Atmel, and distributed for free on the Atmel website.
- *  The FLIP utility is designed to assist in the bootloader programming of a range of Atmel devices, through several
- *  popular physical interfaces including USB. It is written in Java, however makes use of native extensions for USB
- *  support and thus is only offered on Windows.
- *
- *  To program a device using FLIP, refer to the Atmel FLIP documentation.
- *
- *  \subsection SSec_DFUProgrammer dfu-programmer (Linux)
- *
- *  dfu-programmer is an open-source command line solution for the bootloader programming of Atmel devices through a
- *  USB connection, using the DFU protocol, available for download at <a>http://sourceforge.net/projects/dfu-programmer/</a>.
- *
- *  The following example loads a HEX file into the AVR's FLASH memory using dfu-programmer:
- *  \code
- *  dfu-programmer at90usb1287 erase flash Mouse.hex
- *  \endcode
- *
- *  \section Sec_API User Application API
- *
- *  Several user application functions for FLASH and other special memory area manipulations are exposed by the bootloader,
- *  allowing the user application to call into the bootloader at runtime to read and write FLASH data.
- *
- *  \warning The APIs exposed by the DFU class bootloader are \b NOT compatible with the API exposed by the official Atmel DFU bootloader.
- *
- *  By default, the bootloader API jump table is located 32 bytes from the end of the device's FLASH memory, and follows the
- *  following layout:
- *
- *  \code
- *  #define BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE          32
- *  #define BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START         ((FLASHEND + 1UL) - BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE)
- *  #define BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(Index)         (void*)((BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (Index * 2)) / 2)
- *
- *  void    (*BootloaderAPI_ErasePage)(uint32_t Address)               = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(0);
- *  void    (*BootloaderAPI_WritePage)(uint32_t Address)               = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(1);
- *  void    (*BootloaderAPI_FillWord)(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Word) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(2);
- *  uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature)(uint16_t Address)           = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(3);
- *  uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse)(uint16_t Address)                = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(4);
- *  uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadLock)(void)                            = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(5);
- *  void    (*BootloaderAPI_WriteLock)(uint8_t LockBits)               = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(6);
- *
- *  #define BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE_START   (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 2))
- *  #define BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE         0xDCFB
- *
- *  #define BOOTLOADER_CLASS_SIGNATURE_START   (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 4))
- *  #define BOOTLOADER_DFU_SIGNATURE           0xDF10
- *
- *  #define BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_START           (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 8))
- *  #define BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_LENGTH          4
- *  \endcode
- *
- *  From the application the API support of the bootloader can be detected by reading the FLASH memory bytes located at address
- *  \c BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE_START and comparing them to the value \c BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE. The class of bootloader
- *  can be determined by reading the FLASH memory bytes located at address \c BOOTLOADER_CLASS_SIGNATURE_START and comparing them
- *  to the value \c BOOTLOADER_DFU_SIGNATURE. The start address of the bootloader can be retrieved by reading the bytes of FLASH
- *  memory starting from address \c BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_START.
- *
- *  \subsection SSec_API_MemLayout Device Memory Map
- *  The following illustration indicates the final memory map of the device when loaded with the bootloader.
- *
- *  \verbatim
- *  +----------------------------+ 0x0000
- *  |                            |
- *  |                            |
- *  |                            |
- *  |                            |
- *  |                            |
- *  |                            |
- *  |                            |
- *  |                            |
- *  |      User Application      |
- *  |                            |
- *  |                            |
- *  |                            |
- *  |                            |
- *  |                            |
- *  |                            |
- *  |                            |
- *  |                            |
- *  +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - BOOT_AUX_SECTION_SIZE
- *  | Booloader Start Trampoline |
- *  | (Not User App. Accessible) |
- *  +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - (BOOT_AUX_SECTION_SIZE - 4)
- *  |                            |
- *  |     Auxillery Bootloader   |
- *  |  Space for Smaller Devices |
- *  | (Not User App. Accessible) |
- *  |                            |
- *  +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - BOOT_SECTION_SIZE
- *  |                            |
- *  |   Bootloader Application   |
- *  | (Not User App. Accessible) |
- *  |                            |
- *  +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 96
- *  |   API Table Trampolines    |
- *  | (Not User App. Accessible) |
- *  +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 32
- *  |    Bootloader API Table    |
- *  |   (User App. Accessible)   |
- *  +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 8
- *  |   Bootloader ID Constants  |
- *  |   (User App. Accessible)   |
- *  +----------------------------+ FLASHEND
- *  \endverbatim
- *
- *  \subsection SSec_Aux_Space Auxiliary Bootloader Section
- *  To make the bootloader function on smaller devices (those with a physical
- *  bootloader section of smaller than 6KB)
- *
- *  \section Sec_KnownIssues Known Issues:
- *
- *  \par On Linux machines, the DFU bootloader is inaccessible.
- *  On many Linux systems, non-root users do not have automatic access to newly
- *  inserted DFU devices. Root privileges or a UDEV rule is required to gain
- *  access.
- *  See <a href=https://groups.google.com/d/msg/lufa-support/CP9cy2bc8yo/kBqsOu-RBeMJ>here</a> for resolution steps.
- *
- *  \par After loading an application, it is not run automatically on startup.
- *  Some USB AVR boards ship with the BOOTRST fuse set, causing the bootloader
- *  to run automatically when the device is reset. In most cases, the BOOTRST
- *  fuse should be disabled and the HWBE fuse used instead to run the bootloader
- *  when needed.
- *
- *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
- *
- *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
- *
- *  <table>
- *   <tr>
- *    <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
- *    <th><b>Location:</b></th>
- *    <th><b>Description:</b></th>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td>SECURE_MODE</td>
- *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
- *    <td>If defined to \c true, the bootloader will not accept any memory commands other than a chip erase on start-up, until an
- *        erase has been performed. This can be used in conjunction with the AVR's lockbits to prevent the AVRs firmware from
- *        being dumped by unauthorized persons. When false, all memory operations are allowed at any time.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *  </table>
- */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/Config/AppConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/Config/AppConfig.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 260a8f4cde..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/Config/AppConfig.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Application Configuration Header File
- *
- *  This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
- *  the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
- *  specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
- *  makefile or build system.
- *
- *  For information on what each token does, refer to the
- *  \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
- */
-
-#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
-#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
-
-	#define SECURE_MODE              false
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/Config/LUFAConfig.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f123dd5aaa..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/Config/LUFAConfig.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
- *
- *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
- *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
- *  a makefile.
- *
- *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
- *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
- */
-
-#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
-#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
-
-	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
-
-		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
-//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
-
-		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
-//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
-//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
-
-		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
-//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
-		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
-		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
-//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
-//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
-		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
-
-		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
-		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
-//		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
-//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
-		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
-		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      32
-		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            0
-		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
-		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
-//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
-		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
-		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
-
-		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
-//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
-//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
-
-	#else
-
-		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
-
-	#endif
-#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/Descriptors.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/Descriptors.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 922c06bcd5..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/Descriptors.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,185 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
- *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
- *  the device's capabilities and functions.
- */
-
-#include "Descriptors.h"
-
-/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, describes the overall
- *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
- *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
- *  process begins.
- */
-const USB_Descriptor_Device_t DeviceDescriptor =
-{
-	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
-
-	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
-	.Class                  = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
-	.SubClass               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
-	.Protocol               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
-
-	.Endpoint0Size          = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
-
-	.VendorID               = 0x03EB,
-	.ProductID              = PRODUCT_ID_CODE,
-	.ReleaseNumber          = VERSION_BCD(0,0,0),
-
-	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
-	.ProductStrIndex        = STRING_ID_Product,
-	.SerialNumStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
-
-	.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
-};
-
-/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, describes the usage
- *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
- *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
- *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
- */
-const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t ConfigurationDescriptor =
-{
-	.Config =
-		{
-			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
-
-			.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
-			.TotalInterfaces        = 1,
-
-			.ConfigurationNumber    = 1,
-			.ConfigurationStrIndex  = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
-
-			.ConfigAttributes       = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED,
-
-			.MaxPowerConsumption    = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
-		},
-
-	.DFU_Interface =
-		{
-			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
-
-			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_DFU,
-			.AlternateSetting       = 0,
-
-			.TotalEndpoints         = 0,
-
-			.Class                  = 0xFE,
-			.SubClass               = 0x01,
-			.Protocol               = 0x02,
-
-			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
-		},
-
-	.DFU_Functional =
-		{
-			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_DFU_Functional_t), .Type = DTYPE_DFUFunctional},
-
-			.Attributes             = (ATTR_CAN_UPLOAD | ATTR_CAN_DOWNLOAD),
-
-			.DetachTimeout          = 0x0000,
-			.TransferSize           = 0x0C00,
-
-			.DFUSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0)
-		}
-};
-
-/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, is returned when the host requests
- *  the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
- *  via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
- */
-const USB_Descriptor_String_t LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
-
-/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
- *  form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
- *  Descriptor.
- */
-const USB_Descriptor_String_t ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
-
-/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
- *  and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
- *  Descriptor.
- */
-const USB_Descriptor_String_t ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA DFU");
-
-/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
- *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
- *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
- *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
- *  USB host.
- */
-uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
-                                    const uint8_t wIndex,
-                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
-{
-	const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8);
-	const uint8_t  DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
-
-	const void* Address = NULL;
-	uint16_t    Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
-
-	switch (DescriptorType)
-	{
-		case DTYPE_Device:
-			Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
-			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
-			break;
-		case DTYPE_Configuration:
-			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
-			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
-			break;
-		case DTYPE_String:
-			if (DescriptorNumber == STRING_ID_Language)
-			{
-				Address = &LanguageString;
-				Size    = LanguageString.Header.Size;
-			}
-			else if (DescriptorNumber == STRING_ID_Manufacturer)
-			{
-				Address = &ManufacturerString;
-				Size    = ManufacturerString.Header.Size;
-			}
-			else if (DescriptorNumber == STRING_ID_Product)
-			{
-				Address = &ProductString;
-				Size    = ProductString.Header.Size;
-			}
-
-			break;
-	}
-
-	*DescriptorAddress = Address;
-	return Size;
-}
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/Descriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/Descriptors.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 249172b6de..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/Descriptors.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,194 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  Header file for Descriptors.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
-#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
-
-		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
-
-	/* Macros: */
-		/** Descriptor type value for a DFU class functional descriptor. */
-		#define DTYPE_DFUFunctional               0x21
-
-		/** DFU attribute mask, indicating that the DFU device will detach and re-attach when a DFU_DETACH
-		 *  command is issued, rather than the host issuing a USB Reset.
-		 */
-		#define ATTR_WILL_DETATCH                 (1 << 3)
-
-		/** DFU attribute mask, indicating that the DFU device can communicate during the manifestation phase
-		 *  (memory programming phase).
-		 */
-		#define ATTR_MANEFESTATION_TOLLERANT      (1 << 2)
-
-		/** DFU attribute mask, indicating that the DFU device can accept DFU_UPLOAD requests to send data from
-		 *  the device to the host.
-		 */
-		#define ATTR_CAN_UPLOAD                   (1 << 1)
-
-		/** DFU attribute mask, indicating that the DFU device can accept DFU_DNLOAD requests to send data from
-		 *  the host to the device.
-		 */
-		#define ATTR_CAN_DOWNLOAD                 (1 << 0)
-
-		#if defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__)
-			#define PRODUCT_ID_CODE               0x2FFB
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_1               0x1E
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_2               0x97
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_3               0x82
-		#elif defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__)
-			#define PRODUCT_ID_CODE               0x2FF9
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_1               0x1E
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_2               0x96
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_3               0x82
-		#elif defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__)
-			#define PRODUCT_ID_CODE               0x2FFB
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_1               0x1E
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_2               0x97
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_3               0x82
-		#elif defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__)
-			#define PRODUCT_ID_CODE               0x2FF9
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_1               0x1E
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_2               0x96
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_3               0x82
-		#elif defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__)
-			#define PRODUCT_ID_CODE               0x2FF4
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_1               0x1E
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_2               0x95
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_3               0x87
-		#elif defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__)
-			#define PRODUCT_ID_CODE               0x2FF3
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_1               0x1E
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_2               0x94
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_3               0x88
-		#elif defined(__AVR_ATmega32U2__)
-			#define PRODUCT_ID_CODE               0x2FF0
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_1               0x1E
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_2               0x95
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_3               0x8A
-		#elif defined(__AVR_ATmega16U2__)
-			#define PRODUCT_ID_CODE               0x2FEF
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_1               0x1E
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_2               0x94
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_3               0x89
-		#elif defined(__AVR_AT90USB162__)
-			#define PRODUCT_ID_CODE               0x2FFA
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_1               0x1E
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_2               0x94
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_3               0x82
-		#elif defined(__AVR_ATmega8U2__)
-			#define PRODUCT_ID_CODE               0x2FEE
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_1               0x1E
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_2               0x93
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_3               0x89
-		#elif defined(__AVR_AT90USB82__)
-			#define PRODUCT_ID_CODE               0x2FF7
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_1               0x1E
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_2               0x94
-			#define AVR_SIGNATURE_3               0x82
-		#else
-			#error The selected AVR part is not currently supported by this bootloader.
-		#endif
-
-		#if !defined(PRODUCT_ID_CODE)
-			#error Current AVR model is not supported by this bootloader.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Type Defines: */
-		/** Type define for a DFU class function descriptor. This descriptor gives DFU class information
-		 *  to the host when read, indicating the DFU device's capabilities.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Standard descriptor header structure */
-
-			uint8_t                 Attributes; /**< DFU device attributes, a mask comprising of the
-			                                     *  ATTR_* macros listed in this source file
-			                                     */
-			uint16_t                DetachTimeout; /**< Timeout in milliseconds between a USB_DETACH
-			                                        *  command being issued and the device detaching
-			                                        *  from the USB bus
-			                                        */
-			uint16_t                TransferSize; /**< Maximum number of bytes the DFU device can accept
-			                                       *  from the host in a transaction
-			                                       */
-			uint16_t                DFUSpecification; /**< BCD packed DFU specification number this DFU
-			                                           *  device complies with
-			                                           */
-		} USB_Descriptor_DFU_Functional_t;
-
-		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
-		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
-		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
-
-			// DFU Interface
-			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t            DFU_Interface;
-			USB_Descriptor_DFU_Functional_t       DFU_Functional;
-		} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
-
-		/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
-		 *  should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
-		 *  interface from other descriptors.
-		 */
-		enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
-		{
-			INTERFACE_ID_DFU = 0, /**< DFU interface descriptor ID */
-		};
-
-		/** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
-		 *  have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
-		 *  other descriptors.
-		 */
-		enum StringDescriptors_t
-		{
-			STRING_ID_Language     = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
-			STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
-			STRING_ID_Product      = 2, /**< Product string ID */
-		};
-
-	/* Function Prototypes: */
-		uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
-		                                    const uint8_t wIndex,
-		                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
-		                                    ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/doxyfile
deleted file mode 100644
index 6cc42af79a..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/doxyfile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2365 +0,0 @@
-# Doxyfile 1.8.8
-
-# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
-# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
-#
-# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
-# front of the TAG it is preceding.
-#
-# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
-# The format is:
-# TAG = value [value, ...]
-# For lists, items can also be appended using:
-# TAG += value [value, ...]
-# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Project related configuration options
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
-# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
-# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
-# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
-# for the list of possible encodings.
-# The default value is: UTF-8.
-
-DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
-
-# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
-# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
-# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
-# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
-# The default value is: My Project.
-
-PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - DFU Class Bootloader"
-
-# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
-# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
-# control system is used.
-
-PROJECT_NUMBER         =
-
-# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
-# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
-# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
-
-PROJECT_BRIEF          =
-
-# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
-# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
-# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
-# to the output directory.
-
-PROJECT_LOGO           =
-
-# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
-# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
-# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
-# left blank the current directory will be used.
-
-OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
-
-# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
-# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
-# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
-# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
-# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
-# performance problems for the file system.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
-
-# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
-# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
-# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
-# U+3044.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
-
-# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
-# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
-# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
-# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
-# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
-# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
-# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
-# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
-# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
-# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
-# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
-# The default value is: English.
-
-OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
-
-# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
-# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
-# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
-
-# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
-# description of a member or function before the detailed description
-#
-# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
-# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
-
-# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
-# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
-# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
-# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
-# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
-# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
-# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
-# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
-
-ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
-                         "The $name widget" \
-                         "The $name file" \
-                         is \
-                         provides \
-                         specifies \
-                         contains \
-                         represents \
-                         a \
-                         an \
-                         the
-
-# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
-# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
-# description.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
-
-# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
-# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
-# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
-# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
-
-# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
-# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
-# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
-
-# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
-# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
-# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
-# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
-# strip.
-#
-# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
-# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
-# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
-
-STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
-
-# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
-# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
-# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
-# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
-# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
-# using the -I flag.
-
-STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
-
-# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
-# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
-# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SHORT_NAMES            = YES
-
-# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
-# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
-# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
-# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
-# description.)
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
-
-# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
-# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
-# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
-# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
-
-# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
-# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
-# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
-# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
-# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
-#
-# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
-# not recognized any more.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
-
-# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
-# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
-
-# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
-# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
-# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
-
-# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
-# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
-# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
-
-TAB_SIZE               = 4
-
-# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
-# the documentation. An alias has the form:
-# name=value
-# For example adding
-# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
-# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
-# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
-# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
-# newlines.
-
-ALIASES                =
-
-# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
-# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
-# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
-
-TCL_SUBST              =
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
-# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
-# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
-# members will be omitted, etc.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
-# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
-# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
-# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
-# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
-# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
-
-# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
-# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
-# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
-# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
-# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
-# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
-# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
-# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
-# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
-# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
-# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
-#
-# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
-#
-# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
-# the files are not read by doxygen.
-
-EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
-
-# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
-# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
-# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
-# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
-# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
-# case of backward compatibilities issues.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
-
-# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
-# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
-# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
-# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
-
-# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
-# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
-# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
-# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
-# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
-# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
-
-# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
-# enable parsing support.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
-
-# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
-# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
-# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
-# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
-
-# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
-# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
-# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
-# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
-# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
-# should set this option to NO.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
-
-# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
-# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
-# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
-# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
-
-# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
-# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
-# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
-# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
-# \nosubgrouping command.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SUBGROUPING            = YES
-
-# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
-# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
-# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
-# and RTF).
-#
-# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
-# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
-
-# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
-# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
-# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
-# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
-# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
-# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
-
-# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
-# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
-# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
-# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
-# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
-# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
-# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
-
-# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
-# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
-# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
-# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
-# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
-# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
-# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
-# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
-# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
-
-LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Build related configuration options
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
-# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
-# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
-# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
-# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
-# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
-# be included in the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
-# scope will be included in the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
-
-# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
-# included in the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
-# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
-# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
-# for Java sources.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
-
-# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
-# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
-# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
-# included.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
-
-# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
-# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
-# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
-# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
-# are hidden.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
-# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
-# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
-# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
-# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
-# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
-# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
-# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
-# included in the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
-# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
-# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
-
-# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
-# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
-# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
-
-# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
-# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
-# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
-# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
-# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
-# The default value is: system dependent.
-
-CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
-# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
-# scope will be hidden.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
-
-# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
-# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
-
-# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
-# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
-# which file to include in order to use the member.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
-
-# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
-# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
-
-# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
-# documentation for inline members.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-INLINE_INFO            = YES
-
-# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
-# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
-# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
-
-# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
-# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
-# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
-# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
-
-# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
-# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
-# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
-# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
-# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
-# member documentation.
-# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
-# detailed member documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
-
-# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
-# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
-# appear in their defined order.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
-
-# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
-# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
-# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
-# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
-# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
-# list.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
-
-# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
-# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
-# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
-# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
-# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
-# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
-# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
-# documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
-# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
-# documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
-# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
-# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
-# the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
-
-# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
-# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
-# ... \endcond blocks.
-
-ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
-
-# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
-# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
-# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
-# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
-# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
-# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
-# documentation regardless of this setting.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
-
-MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
-
-# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
-# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
-# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
-
-# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
-# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
-# (if specified).
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SHOW_FILES             = YES
-
-# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
-# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
-# Folder Tree View (if specified).
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
-
-# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
-# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
-# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
-# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
-# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
-# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
-# version. For an example see the documentation.
-
-FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
-
-# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
-# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
-# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
-# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
-# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
-# will be used as the name of the layout file.
-#
-# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
-# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
-# tag is left empty.
-
-LAYOUT_FILE            =
-
-# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
-# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
-# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
-# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
-# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
-# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
-# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
-
-CITE_BIB_FILES         =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
-# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
-# messages are off.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-QUIET                  = YES
-
-# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
-# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
-# this implies that the warnings are on.
-#
-# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-WARNINGS               = YES
-
-# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
-# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
-# will automatically be disabled.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
-
-# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
-# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
-# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
-# markup commands wrongly.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
-
-# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
-# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
-# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
-# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
-
-# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
-# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
-# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
-# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
-# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
-# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
-# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
-
-WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
-
-# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
-# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
-# error (stderr).
-
-WARN_LOGFILE           =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the input files
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
-# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
-# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
-# spaces.
-# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
-
-INPUT                  = ./
-
-# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
-# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
-# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
-# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
-# possible encodings.
-# The default value is: UTF-8.
-
-INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
-
-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
-# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
-# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
-# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
-# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
-# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
-# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
-# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
-
-FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
-                         *.c \
-                         *.txt
-
-# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
-# be searched for input files as well.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-RECURSIVE              = YES
-
-# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
-# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
-# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
-#
-# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
-# run.
-
-EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
-
-# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
-# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
-# from the input.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
-
-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
-# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
-# certain files from those directories.
-#
-# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
-# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
-
-EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
-
-# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
-# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
-# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
-# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
-# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
-#
-# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
-# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
-
-EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
-                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
-
-# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
-# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
-# command).
-
-EXAMPLE_PATH           =
-
-# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
-# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
-# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
-# files are included.
-
-EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
-
-# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
-# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
-# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
-
-# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
-# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
-# \image command).
-
-IMAGE_PATH             =
-
-# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
-# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
-# by executing (via popen()) the command:
-#
-# <filter> <input-file>
-#
-# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
-# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
-# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
-# will be ignored.
-#
-# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
-# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
-# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
-
-INPUT_FILTER           =
-
-# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
-# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
-# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
-# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
-# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
-# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
-
-FILTER_PATTERNS        =
-
-# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
-# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
-# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
-
-# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
-# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
-# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
-# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
-# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
-
-FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
-
-# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
-# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
-# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
-# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
-
-USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to source browsing
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
-# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
-#
-# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
-# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
-
-# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
-# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
-
-# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
-# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
-# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
-
-# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
-# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
-
-# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
-# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
-
-# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
-# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
-# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
-# link to the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
-
-# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
-# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
-# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
-# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
-# can opt to disable this feature.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
-
-SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
-
-# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
-# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
-# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
-# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
-# 4.8.6 or higher.
-#
-# To use it do the following:
-# - Install the latest version of global
-# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
-# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
-# - Run doxygen as normal
-#
-# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
-# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
-#
-# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
-# source code will now point to the output of htags.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
-
-USE_HTAGS              = NO
-
-# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
-# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
-# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
-# See also: Section \class.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
-
-# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
-# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
-# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
-# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
-# information.
-# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
-# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
-
-# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
-# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
-# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
-# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
-# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
-
-CLANG_OPTIONS          =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
-# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
-# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
-
-# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
-# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
-# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
-# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
-
-COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
-
-# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
-# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
-# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
-# while generating the index headers.
-# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
-
-IGNORE_PREFIX          =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the HTML output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_HTML          = YES
-
-# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it.
-# The default directory is: html.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_OUTPUT            = html
-
-# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
-# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
-# The default value is: .html.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
-
-# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
-# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
-# standard header.
-#
-# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
-# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
-# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
-# default header using
-# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
-# YourConfigFile
-# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
-# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
-# uses.
-# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
-# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
-# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_HEADER            =
-
-# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
-# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
-# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
-# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
-# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
-# that doxygen normally uses.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_FOOTER            =
-
-# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
-# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
-# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
-# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
-# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
-# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
-# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
-# obsolete.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_STYLESHEET        =
-
-# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
-# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
-# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
-# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
-# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
-# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
-# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
-# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
-# list). For an example see the documentation.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
-
-# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
-# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
-# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
-# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
-# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
-# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
-
-# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
-# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
-# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
-# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
-# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
-# purple, and 360 is red again.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
-
-# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
-# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
-# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
-
-# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
-# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
-# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
-# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
-# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
-# change the gamma.
-# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
-
-# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
-# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
-# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
-
-# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
-# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
-# page has loaded.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
-
-# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
-# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
-# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
-# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
-# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
-# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
-# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
-# tree by default.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
-
-# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
-# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
-# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
-# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
-# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
-# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
-# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
-# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
-# for more information.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
-
-# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
-# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
-# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
-# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
-
-DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
-
-# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
-# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
-# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
-# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
-
-DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
-# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
-# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
-# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
-
-DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
-
-# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
-# The default value is: Publisher.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
-
-DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
-# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
-# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
-# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
-# Windows.
-#
-# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
-# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
-# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
-# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
-# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
-# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
-# compressed HTML files.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
-
-# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
-# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
-# written to the html output directory.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-CHM_FILE               =
-
-# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
-# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
-# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
-# The file has to be specified with full path.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-HHC_LOCATION           =
-
-# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
-# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_CHI           = NO
-
-# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
-# and project file content.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
-
-# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
-# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
-# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-BINARY_TOC             = NO
-
-# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
-# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-TOC_EXPAND             = YES
-
-# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
-# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
-# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
-# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_QHP           = NO
-
-# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
-# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
-# the HTML output folder.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QCH_FILE               =
-
-# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
-# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
-# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
-# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
-# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
-# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
-# folders).
-# The default value is: doc.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
-
-# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
-# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
-# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
-# filters).
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
-
-# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
-# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
-# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
-# filters).
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
-
-# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
-# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
-# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
-
-# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
-# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
-# generated .qhp file.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHG_LOCATION           =
-
-# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
-# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
-# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
-# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
-# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
-# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
-# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
-
-# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
-# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
-# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
-# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
-
-ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
-# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
-# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
-# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
-# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
-# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
-
-# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
-# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
-# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
-# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
-# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
-# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
-# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
-# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
-# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
-# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
-# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
-# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
-
-# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
-# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
-#
-# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
-# in the overview section.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
-
-# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
-# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
-
-# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
-# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
-
-# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
-# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
-# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
-# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
-# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
-
-# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
-# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
-# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
-#
-# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
-# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
-
-# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
-# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
-# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
-# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
-# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
-# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-USE_MATHJAX            = NO
-
-# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
-# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
-# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
-# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
-# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
-# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
-# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
-
-MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
-
-# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
-# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
-# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
-# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
-# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
-# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
-# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
-# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
-# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
-# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
-
-MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
-
-# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
-# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
-# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
-# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
-
-MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
-
-# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
-# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
-# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
-# example see the documentation.
-# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
-
-MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
-
-# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
-# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
-# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
-# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
-# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
-# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
-# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
-# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
-# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
-# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
-# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
-# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
-# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
-# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
-# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
-# option.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-SEARCHENGINE           = NO
-
-# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
-# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
-# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
-# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
-# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
-# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
-# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
-
-# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
-# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
-# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
-# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
-# search results.
-#
-# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
-# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
-# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
-#
-# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
-
-# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
-# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
-#
-# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
-# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
-# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
-# Searching" for details.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
-
-# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
-# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
-# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
-# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
-
-# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
-# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
-# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
-# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
-
-# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
-# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
-# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
-# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
-# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
-# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
-
-# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it.
-# The default directory is: latex.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
-
-# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
-# invoked.
-#
-# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
-# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
-# written to the output directory.
-# The default file is: latex.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
-
-# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
-# index for LaTeX.
-# The default file is: makeindex.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
-
-# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
-# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
-# trees in general.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
-
-# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
-# printer.
-# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
-# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
-# The default value is: a4.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
-
-# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
-# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
-# instance you can specify
-# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
-# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
-
-# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
-# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
-# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
-# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
-# default header to a separate file.
-#
-# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
-# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
-# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
-# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
-# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
-# HTML_HEADER.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_HEADER           =
-
-# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
-# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
-# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
-# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
-# special commands can be used inside the footer.
-#
-# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_FOOTER           =
-
-# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
-# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
-# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
-# markers available.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
-
-# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
-# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
-# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
-# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
-
-# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
-# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
-# higher quality PDF documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
-
-# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
-# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
-# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
-# when generating formulas in HTML.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
-
-# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
-# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
-
-# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
-# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
-#
-# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
-# SOURCE_BROWSER.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
-
-# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
-# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
-# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
-# The default value is: plain.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the RTF output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
-# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
-# readers/editors.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_RTF           = NO
-
-# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it.
-# The default directory is: rtf.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
-
-# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
-# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
-# trees in general.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-COMPACT_RTF            = NO
-
-# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
-# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
-# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
-# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
-# fields.
-#
-# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
-
-# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
-# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
-# missing definitions are set to their default value.
-#
-# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
-# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
-
-# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
-# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
-# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the man page output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
-# classes and files.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_MAN           = NO
-
-# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
-# MAN_OUTPUT.
-# The default directory is: man.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
-
-MAN_OUTPUT             = man
-
-# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
-# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
-# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
-# optional.
-# The default value is: .3.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
-
-MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
-
-# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
-# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
-# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
-
-MAN_SUBDIR             =
-
-# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
-# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
-# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
-# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
-
-MAN_LINKS              = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the XML output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
-# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_XML           = NO
-
-# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it.
-# The default directory is: xml.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
-
-XML_OUTPUT             = xml
-
-# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
-# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
-# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
-# of the XML output.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
-
-XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
-# that can be used to generate PDF.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
-
-# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
-# front of it.
-# The default directory is: docbook.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
-
-DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
-
-# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
-# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
-# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
-# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
-
-DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
-# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
-# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
-# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
-# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
-#
-# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
-
-# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
-# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
-# output from the Perl module output.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
-
-PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
-
-# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
-# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
-# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
-# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
-# just the same.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
-
-PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
-
-# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
-# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
-# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
-# overwrite each other's variables.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
-
-PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
-# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
-
-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
-# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
-# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
-# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
-
-# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
-# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
-# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
-
-# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
-# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
-
-# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
-# preprocessor.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
-
-INCLUDE_PATH           =
-
-# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
-# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
-# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
-# used.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
-
-# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
-# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
-# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
-# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
-# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
-# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
-                         PROGMEM \
-                         ATTR_NO_INIT
-
-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
-# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
-# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
-# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
-# definition found in the source code.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
-
-# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
-# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
-# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
-# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
-# removed.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to external references
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
-# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
-# a tag file without this location is as follows:
-# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
-# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
-# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
-# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
-# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
-# of tag files.
-# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
-# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
-# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
-
-TAGFILES               =
-
-# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
-# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
-# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
-
-GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
-
-# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
-# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
-
-# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
-# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
-# listed.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
-
-# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
-# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
-# be listed.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
-
-# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
-# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
-# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
-
-PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the dot tool
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
-# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
-# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
-# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
-# powerful graphs.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
-
-# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
-# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
-# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
-# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
-# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
-# default search path.
-
-MSCGEN_PATH            =
-
-# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
-# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
-# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
-# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
-
-DIA_PATH               =
-
-# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
-# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
-
-# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
-# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
-# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
-# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
-# set to NO
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HAVE_DOT               = NO
-
-# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
-# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
-# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
-# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
-# speed.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
-
-# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
-# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
-# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
-# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
-# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
-# The default value is: Helvetica.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_FONTNAME           =
-
-# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
-# dot graphs.
-# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
-
-# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
-# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
-# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_FONTPATH           =
-
-# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
-# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
-# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
-
-# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
-# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
-# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
-# class with other documented classes.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
-
-# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
-# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
-
-# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
-# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
-# Language.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-UML_LOOK               = NO
-
-# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
-# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
-# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
-# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
-# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
-# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
-# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
-# 10.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
-
-# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
-# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
-# instances.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
-
-# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
-# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
-# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
-# files.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
-
-# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
-# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
-# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
-# files.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
-
-# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
-# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
-#
-# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
-# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
-# functions only using the \callgraph command.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-CALL_GRAPH             = NO
-
-# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
-# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
-#
-# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
-# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
-# functions only using the \callergraph command.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
-
-# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
-# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
-
-# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
-# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
-# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
-# files in the directories.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
-
-# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
-# generated by dot.
-# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
-# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
-# requirement).
-# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
-# The default value is: png.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
-
-# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
-# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
-#
-# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
-# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
-# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
-# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
-
-# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
-# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_PATH               =
-
-# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
-# command).
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOTFILE_DIRS           =
-
-# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
-# command).
-
-MSCFILE_DIRS           =
-
-# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
-# command).
-
-DIAFILE_DIRS           =
-
-# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
-# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
-# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
-# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
-# will not generate output for the diagram.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
-
-# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
-# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
-# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
-# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
-# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
-# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
-
-# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
-# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
-# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
-# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
-# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
-# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
-
-# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
-# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
-# to support this out of the box.
-#
-# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
-# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
-# read).
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
-
-# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
-# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
-# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
-# this, this feature is disabled by default.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
-# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
-# graphs.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
-
-# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
-# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index 9b91cc63fb..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-#
-#             LUFA Library
-#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-#
-#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-#           www.lufa-lib.org
-#
-# --------------------------------------
-#         LUFA Project Makefile.
-# --------------------------------------
-
-# Run "make help" for target help.
-
-MCU          = at90usb1287
-ARCH         = AVR8
-BOARD        = USBKEY
-F_CPU        = 8000000
-F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
-OPTIMIZATION = s
-TARGET       = BootloaderDFU
-SRC          = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c BootloaderAPI.c BootloaderAPITable.S $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
-LUFA_PATH    = ../../LUFA
-CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/ -DBOOT_START_ADDR=$(BOOT_START_OFFSET)
-LD_FLAGS     = -Wl,--section-start=.text=$(BOOT_START_OFFSET) $(BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS)
-
-# Flash size and bootloader section sizes of the target, in KB. These must
-# match the target's total FLASH size and the bootloader size set in the
-# device's fuses.
-FLASH_SIZE_KB         = 128
-BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB  = 8
-
-# Bootloader address calculation formulas
-# Do not modify these macros, but rather modify the dependent values above.
-CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX   = $(shell printf "0x%X" $$(( $(1) )) )
-BOOT_START_OFFSET     = $(call CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX, ($(FLASH_SIZE_KB) - $(BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB)) * 1024 )
-BOOT_SEC_OFFSET       = $(call CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX, ($(FLASH_SIZE_KB) * 1024) - ($(strip $(1))) )
-
-# Bootloader linker section flags for relocating the API table sections to
-# known FLASH addresses - these should not normally be user-edited.
-BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG  = -Wl,--section-start=$(strip $(1))=$(call BOOT_SEC_OFFSET, $(3)) -Wl,--undefined=$(strip $(2))
-BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS     = $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_trampolines, BootloaderAPI_Trampolines, 96)
-BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS    += $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_jumptable,   BootloaderAPI_JumpTable,   32)
-BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS    += $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_signatures,  BootloaderAPI_Signatures,  8)
-
-# Default target
-all:
-
-# Include LUFA build script makefiles
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/BootloaderHID.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/BootloaderHID.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 518029ac47..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/BootloaderHID.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,190 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  Main source file for the HID class bootloader. This file contains the complete bootloader logic.
- */
-
-#include "BootloaderHID.h"
-
-/** Flag to indicate if the bootloader should be running, or should exit and allow the application code to run
- *  via a soft reset. When cleared, the bootloader will abort, the USB interface will shut down and the application
- *  started via a forced watchdog reset.
- */
-static bool RunBootloader = true;
-
-/** Magic lock for forced application start. If the HWBE fuse is programmed and BOOTRST is unprogrammed, the bootloader
- *  will start if the /HWB line of the AVR is held low and the system is reset. However, if the /HWB line is still held
- *  low when the application attempts to start via a watchdog reset, the bootloader will re-start. If set to the value
- *  \ref MAGIC_BOOT_KEY the special init function \ref Application_Jump_Check() will force the application to start.
- */
-uint16_t MagicBootKey ATTR_NO_INIT;
-
-
-/** Special startup routine to check if the bootloader was started via a watchdog reset, and if the magic application
- *  start key has been loaded into \ref MagicBootKey. If the bootloader started via the watchdog and the key is valid,
- *  this will force the user application to start via a software jump.
- */
-void Application_Jump_Check(void)
-{
-	/* If the reset source was the bootloader and the key is correct, clear it and jump to the application */
-	if ((MCUSR & (1 << WDRF)) && (MagicBootKey == MAGIC_BOOT_KEY))
-	{
-		MagicBootKey = 0;
-
-		// cppcheck-suppress constStatement
-		((void (*)(void))0x0000)();
-	}
-}
-
-/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the bootloader, then continuously
- *  runs the bootloader processing routine until instructed to soft-exit.
- */
-int main(void)
-{
-	/* Setup hardware required for the bootloader */
-	SetupHardware();
-
-	/* Enable global interrupts so that the USB stack can function */
-	GlobalInterruptEnable();
-
-	while (RunBootloader)
-	  USB_USBTask();
-
-	/* Disconnect from the host - USB interface will be reset later along with the AVR */
-	USB_Detach();
-
-	/* Unlock the forced application start mode of the bootloader if it is restarted */
-	MagicBootKey = MAGIC_BOOT_KEY;
-
-	/* Enable the watchdog and force a timeout to reset the AVR */
-	wdt_enable(WDTO_250MS);
-
-	for (;;);
-}
-
-/** Configures all hardware required for the bootloader. */
-static void SetupHardware(void)
-{
-	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
-	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
-	wdt_disable();
-
-	/* Relocate the interrupt vector table to the bootloader section */
-	MCUCR = (1 << IVCE);
-	MCUCR = (1 << IVSEL);
-
-	/* Initialize USB subsystem */
-	USB_Init();
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This configures the device's endpoints ready
- *  to relay data to and from the attached USB host.
- */
-void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
-{
-	/* Setup HID Report Endpoint */
-	Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(HID_IN_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, HID_IN_EPSIZE, 1);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
- *  the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
- *  internally.
- */
-void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
-{
-	/* Ignore any requests that aren't directed to the HID interface */
-	if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & (CONTROL_REQTYPE_TYPE | CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT)) !=
-	    (REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
-	{
-		return;
-	}
-
-	/* Process HID specific control requests */
-	switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
-	{
-		case HID_REQ_SetReport:
-			Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
-
-			/* Wait until the command has been sent by the host */
-			while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()));
-
-			/* Read in the write destination address */
-			#if (FLASHEND > 0xFFFF)
-			uint32_t PageAddress = ((uint32_t)Endpoint_Read_16_LE() << 8);
-			#else
-			uint16_t PageAddress = Endpoint_Read_16_LE();
-			#endif
-
-			/* Check if the command is a program page command, or a start application command */
-			#if (FLASHEND > 0xFFFF)
-			if ((uint16_t)(PageAddress >> 8) == COMMAND_STARTAPPLICATION)
-			#else
-			if (PageAddress == COMMAND_STARTAPPLICATION)
-			#endif
-			{
-				RunBootloader = false;
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				/* Erase the given FLASH page, ready to be programmed */
-				boot_page_erase(PageAddress);
-				boot_spm_busy_wait();
-
-				/* Write each of the FLASH page's bytes in sequence */
-				for (uint8_t PageWord = 0; PageWord < (SPM_PAGESIZE / 2); PageWord++)
-				{
-					/* Check if endpoint is empty - if so clear it and wait until ready for next packet */
-					if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
-					{
-						Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-						while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()));
-					}
-
-					/* Write the next data word to the FLASH page */
-					boot_page_fill(PageAddress + ((uint16_t)PageWord << 1), Endpoint_Read_16_LE());
-				}
-
-				/* Write the filled FLASH page to memory */
-				boot_page_write(PageAddress);
-				boot_spm_busy_wait();
-
-				/* Re-enable RWW section */
-				boot_rww_enable();
-			}
-
-			Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-
-			Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
-			break;
-	}
-}
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/BootloaderHID.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/BootloaderHID.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 8efd47ec25..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/BootloaderHID.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  Header file for BootloaderHID.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _BOOTLOADERHID_H_
-#define _BOOTLOADERHID_H_
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include <avr/io.h>
-		#include <avr/wdt.h>
-		#include <avr/boot.h>
-		#include <avr/power.h>
-		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
-		#include <stdbool.h>
-
-		#include "Descriptors.h"
-
-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
-		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__OPTIMIZE_SIZE__)
-			#error This bootloader requires that it be optimized for size, not speed, to fit into the target device. Change optimization settings and try again.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Macros: */
-		/** Bootloader special address to start the user application */
-		#define COMMAND_STARTAPPLICATION   0xFFFF
-
-		/** Magic bootloader key to unlock forced application start mode. */
-		#define MAGIC_BOOT_KEY             0xDC42
-
-	/* Function Prototypes: */
-		static void SetupHardware(void);
-
-		void Application_Jump_Check(void) ATTR_INIT_SECTION(3);
-
-		void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
-		void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/BootloaderHID.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/BootloaderHID.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 63c1505cc0..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/BootloaderHID.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,105 +0,0 @@
-/** \file
- *
- *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
- *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
- */
-
-/** \mainpage HID Class USB AVR Bootloader
- *
- *  \section SSec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
- *
- *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
- *
- *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
- *  \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
- *  \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
- *  \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
- *
- *  \section SSec_Info USB Information:
- *
- *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
- *
- * <table>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
- *   <td>Device</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
- *   <td>Human Interface Device Class (HID)</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
- *   <td>N/A</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
- *   <td>USBIF HID Class Standard \n
- *       Teensy Programming Protocol Specification</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
- *   <td>Low Speed Mode \n
- *       Full Speed Mode</td>
- *  </tr>
- * </table>
- *
- *  \section SSec_Description Project Description:
- *
- *  This bootloader enumerates to the host as a HID Class device, allowing for device FLASH programming through
- *  the supplied command line software, which is a modified version of Paul's TeensyHID Command Line loader code
- *  from PJRC (used with permission). This bootloader is deliberately non-compatible with the proprietary PJRC
- *  HalfKay bootloader GUI; only the command line interface software accompanying this bootloader will work with it.
- *
- *  Out of the box this bootloader builds for the AT90USB1287 with an 8KB bootloader section size, and will fit
- *  into 2KB of bootloader space for the Series 2 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU2, AT90USBxx2) or 4KB of bootloader space for
- *  all other models. If you wish to alter this size and/or change the AVR model, you will need to edit the MCU,
- *  FLASH_SIZE_KB and BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB values in the accompanying makefile.
- *
- *  \warning <b>THIS BOOTLOADER IS NOT SECURE.</b> Malicious entities can recover written data, even if the device
- *           lockbits are set.
- *
- *  \section Sec_Running Running the Bootloader
- *
- *  This bootloader is designed to be started via the HWB mechanism of the USB AVRs; ground the HWB pin (see device
- *  datasheet) then momentarily ground /RESET to start the bootloader. This assumes the HWBE fuse is set and the BOOTRST
- *  fuse is cleared.
- *
- *  \section Sec_Installation Driver Installation
- *
- *  This bootloader uses the HID class driver inbuilt into all modern operating systems, thus no additional drivers
- *  need to be supplied for correct operation.
- *
- *  \section Sec_HostApp Host Controller Application
- *
- *  Due to licensing issues, the supplied bootloader is compatible with the HalfKay bootloader protocol designed
- *  by PJRC, but is non-compatible with the cross-platform loader GUI. A modified version of the open source
- *  cross-platform TeensyLoader application is supplied, which can be compiled under most operating systems. The
- *  command-line loader application should remain compatible with genuine Teensy boards in addition to boards using
- *  this custom bootloader.
- *
- *  Once compiled, programs can be loaded into the AVR's FLASH memory through the following example command:
- *  \code
- *  hid_bootloader_cli -mmcu=at90usb1287 Mouse.hex
- *  \endcode
- *
- *  \section Sec_KnownIssues Known Issues:
- *
- *  \par After loading an application, it is not run automatically on startup.
- *  Some USB AVR boards ship with the BOOTRST fuse set, causing the bootloader
- *  to run automatically when the device is reset. In most cases, the BOOTRST
- *  fuse should be disabled and the HWBE fuse used instead to run the bootloader
- *  when needed.
- *
- *  \section SSec_Options Project Options
- *
- *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
- *
- *  <table>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td>
- *     None
- *    </td>
- *   </tr>
- *  </table>
- */
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/Config/LUFAConfig.h
deleted file mode 100644
index af2dd3060e..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/Config/LUFAConfig.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
- *
- *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
- *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
- *  a makefile.
- *
- *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
- *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
- */
-
-#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
-#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
-
-	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
-
-		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
-//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
-
-		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
-//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
-//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
-
-		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
-		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
-		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
-		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
-//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
-//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
-		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
-
-		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
-		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
-//		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
-//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
-		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
-		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
-		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            0
-		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
-//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
-//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
-		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
-		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
-
-		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
-//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
-//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
-
-	#else
-
-		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
-
-	#endif
-#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/Descriptors.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/Descriptors.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 3eaa192956..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/Descriptors.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,187 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
- *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
- *  the device's capabilities and functions.
- */
-
-#include "Descriptors.h"
-
-/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
- *  USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
- *  descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
- *  the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
- *  more details on HID report descriptors.
- */
-const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t HIDReport[] =
-{
-	HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(16, 0xFFDC), /* Vendor Page 0xDC */
-	HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0xFB), /* Vendor Usage 0xFB */
-	HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x01), /* Vendor Usage 1 */
-		HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x02), /* Vendor Usage 2 */
-		HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00),
-		HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0xFF),
-		HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08),
-		HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(16, (sizeof(uint16_t) + SPM_PAGESIZE)),
-		HID_RI_OUTPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE | HID_IOF_NON_VOLATILE),
-	HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0),
-};
-
-/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, describes the overall
- *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
- *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
- *  process begins.
- */
-const USB_Descriptor_Device_t DeviceDescriptor =
-{
-	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
-
-	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
-	.Class                  = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
-	.SubClass               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
-	.Protocol               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
-
-	.Endpoint0Size          = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
-
-	.VendorID               = 0x03EB,
-	.ProductID              = 0x2067,
-	.ReleaseNumber          = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
-
-	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
-	.ProductStrIndex        = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
-	.SerialNumStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
-
-	.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
-};
-
-/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, describes the usage
- *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
- *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
- *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
- */
-const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t ConfigurationDescriptor =
-{
-	.Config =
-		{
-			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
-
-			.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
-			.TotalInterfaces        = 1,
-
-			.ConfigurationNumber    = 1,
-			.ConfigurationStrIndex  = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
-
-			.ConfigAttributes       = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED,
-
-			.MaxPowerConsumption    = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
-		},
-
-	.HID_Interface =
-		{
-			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
-
-			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_Printer,
-			.AlternateSetting       = 0x00,
-
-			.TotalEndpoints         = 1,
-
-			.Class                  = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
-			.SubClass               = HID_CSCP_NonBootSubclass,
-			.Protocol               = HID_CSCP_NonBootProtocol,
-
-			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
-		},
-
-	.HID_VendorHID =
-		{
-			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
-
-			.HIDSpec                = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
-			.CountryCode            = 0x00,
-			.TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
-			.HIDReportType          = HID_DTYPE_Report,
-			.HIDReportLength        = sizeof(HIDReport)
-		},
-
-	.HID_ReportINEndpoint =
-		{
-			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
-
-			.EndpointAddress        = HID_IN_EPADDR,
-			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
-			.EndpointSize           = HID_IN_EPSIZE,
-			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
-		},
-};
-
-/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
- *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
- *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
- *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
- *  USB host.
- */
-uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
-                                    const uint8_t wIndex,
-                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
-{
-	const uint8_t DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8);
-
-	const void* Address = NULL;
-	uint16_t    Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
-
-	/* If/Else If chain compiles slightly smaller than a switch case */
-	if (DescriptorType == DTYPE_Device)
-	{
-		Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
-		Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
-	}
-	else if (DescriptorType == DTYPE_Configuration)
-	{
-		Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
-		Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
-	}
-	else if (DescriptorType == HID_DTYPE_HID)
-	{
-		Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_VendorHID;
-		Size    = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		Address = &HIDReport;
-		Size    = sizeof(HIDReport);
-	}
-
-	*DescriptorAddress = Address;
-	return Size;
-}
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/Descriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/Descriptors.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 4c7d08b517..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/Descriptors.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  Header file for Descriptors.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
-#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
-
-	/* Type Defines: */
-		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
-		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
-		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
-
-			// Generic HID Interface
-			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t            HID_Interface;
-			USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t              HID_VendorHID;
-			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             HID_ReportINEndpoint;
-		} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
-
-		/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
-		 *  should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
-		 *  interface from other descriptors.
-		 */
-		enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
-		{
-			INTERFACE_ID_Printer = 0, /**< Printer interface descriptor ID */
-		};
-
-	/* Macros: */
-		/** Endpoint address of the HID data IN endpoint. */
-		#define HID_IN_EPADDR                (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
-
-		/** Size in bytes of the HID reporting IN endpoint. */
-		#define HID_IN_EPSIZE                64
-
-	/* Function Prototypes: */
-		uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
-		                                    const uint8_t wIndex,
-		                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
-		                                    ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/Makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/Makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index 7b2833e62f..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/Makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-OS ?= LINUX
-#OS ?= WINDOWS
-#OS ?= MACOSX
-#OS ?= BSD
-
-ifeq ($(OS), LINUX)  # also works on FreeBSD
-CC ?= gcc
-CFLAGS ?= -O2 -Wall
-hid_bootloader_cli: hid_bootloader_cli.c
-	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -s -DUSE_LIBUSB -o hid_bootloader_cli hid_bootloader_cli.c -lusb
-
-
-else ifeq ($(OS), WINDOWS)
-CC = i586-mingw32msvc-gcc
-CFLAGS ?= -O2 -Wall
-hid_bootloader_cli.exe: hid_bootloader_cli.c
-	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -s -DUSE_WIN32 -o hid_bootloader_cli.exe hid_bootloader_cli.c -lhid -lsetupapi
-
-
-else ifeq ($(OS), MACOSX)
-CC ?= gcc
-SDK ?= /Developer/SDKs/MacOSX10.5.sdk
-CFLAGS ?= -O2 -Wall
-hid_bootloader_cli: hid_bootloader_cli.c
-	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -DUSE_APPLE_IOKIT -isysroot $(SDK) -o hid_bootloader_cli hid_bootloader_cli.c -Wl,-syslibroot,$(SDK) -framework IOKit -framework CoreFoundation
-
-
-else ifeq ($(OS), BSD)  # works on NetBSD and OpenBSD
-CC ?= gcct
-CFLAGS ?= -O2 -Wall
-hid_bootloader_cli: hid_bootloader_cli.c
-	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -s -DUSE_UHID -o hid_bootloader_cli hid_bootloader_cli.c
-
-
-endif
-
-
-clean:
-	rm -f hid_bootloader_cli hid_bootloader_cli.exe
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/hid_bootloader_cli.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/hid_bootloader_cli.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 058ccc63da..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/hid_bootloader_cli.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1010 +0,0 @@
-/* Modified for the LUFA HID Bootloader by Dean Camera
- *           http://www.lufa-lib.org
- *
- *   THIS MODIFIED VERSION IS UNSUPPORTED BY PJRC.
- */
-
-/* Teensy Loader, Command Line Interface
- * Program and Reboot Teensy Board with HalfKay Bootloader
- * http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/loader_cli.html
- * Copyright 2008-2010, PJRC.COM, LLC
- *
- *
- * You may redistribute this program and/or modify it under the terms
- * of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software
- * Foundation, version 3 of the License.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program.  If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/
- */
-
-/* Want to incorporate this code into a proprietary application??
- * Just email paul@pjrc.com to ask.  Usually it's not a problem,
- * but you do need to ask to use this code in any way other than
- * those permitted by the GNU General Public License, version 3  */
-
-/* For non-root permissions on ubuntu or similar udev-based linux
- * http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/49-teensy.rules
- */
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stdarg.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-
-void usage(void)
-{
-	fprintf(stderr, "Usage: hid_bootloader_cli -mmcu=<MCU> [-w] [-h] [-n] [-v] <file.hex>\n");
-	fprintf(stderr, "\t-w : Wait for device to appear\n");
-	fprintf(stderr, "\t-r : Use hard reboot if device not online\n");
-	fprintf(stderr, "\t-n : No reboot after programming\n");
-	fprintf(stderr, "\t-v : Verbose output\n");
-	fprintf(stderr, "\n<MCU> = atmegaXXuY or at90usbXXXY");
-
-	fprintf(stderr, "\nFor support and more information, please visit:\n");
-	fprintf(stderr, "http://www.lufa-lib.org\n");
-
-	fprintf(stderr, "\nBased on the TeensyHID command line programmer software:\n");
-	fprintf(stderr, "http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/loader_cli.html\n");
-	exit(1);
-}
-
-// USB Access Functions
-int teensy_open(void);
-int teensy_write(void *buf, int len, double timeout);
-void teensy_close(void);
-int hard_reboot(void);
-
-// Intel Hex File Functions
-int read_intel_hex(const char *filename);
-int ihex_bytes_within_range(int begin, int end);
-void ihex_get_data(int addr, int len, unsigned char *bytes);
-
-// Misc stuff
-int printf_verbose(const char *format, ...);
-void delay(double seconds);
-void die(const char *str, ...);
-void parse_options(int argc, char **argv);
-
-// options (from user via command line args)
-int wait_for_device_to_appear = 0;
-int hard_reboot_device = 0;
-int reboot_after_programming = 1;
-int verbose = 0;
-int code_size = 0, block_size = 0;
-const char *filename=NULL;
-
-
-/****************************************************************/
-/*                                                              */
-/*                       Main Program                           */
-/*                                                              */
-/****************************************************************/
-
-int main(int argc, char **argv)
-{
-	unsigned char buf[260];
-	int num, addr, r, first_block=1, waited=0;
-
-	// parse command line arguments
-	parse_options(argc, argv);
-	if (!filename) {
-		fprintf(stderr, "Filename must be specified\n\n");
-		usage();
-	}
-	if (!code_size) {
-		fprintf(stderr, "MCU type must be specified\n\n");
-		usage();
-	}
-	printf_verbose("Teensy Loader, Command Line, Version 2.0\n");
-
-	// read the intel hex file
-	// this is done first so any error is reported before using USB
-	num = read_intel_hex(filename);
-	if (num < 0) die("error reading intel hex file \"%s\"", filename);
-	printf_verbose("Read \"%s\": %d bytes, %.1f%% usage\n",
-		filename, num, (double)num / (double)code_size * 100.0);
-
-	// open the USB device
-	while (1) {
-		if (teensy_open()) break;
-		if (hard_reboot_device) {
-			if (!hard_reboot()) die("Unable to find rebootor\n");
-			printf_verbose("Hard Reboot performed\n");
-			hard_reboot_device = 0; // only hard reboot once
-			wait_for_device_to_appear = 1;
-		}
-		if (!wait_for_device_to_appear) die("Unable to open device\n");
-		if (!waited) {
-			printf_verbose("Waiting for Teensy device...\n");
-			printf_verbose(" (hint: press the reset button)\n");
-			waited = 1;
-		}
-		delay(0.25);
-	}
-	printf_verbose("Found HalfKay Bootloader\n");
-
-	// if we waited for the device, read the hex file again
-	// perhaps it changed while we were waiting?
-	if (waited) {
-		num = read_intel_hex(filename);
-		if (num < 0) die("error reading intel hex file \"%s\"", filename);
-		printf_verbose("Read \"%s\": %d bytes, %.1f%% usage\n",
-		 	filename, num, (double)num / (double)code_size * 100.0);
-	}
-
-	// program the data
-	printf_verbose("Programming");
-	fflush(stdout);
-	for (addr = 0; addr < code_size; addr += block_size) {
-		if (addr > 0 && !ihex_bytes_within_range(addr, addr + block_size - 1)) {
-			// don't waste time on blocks that are unused,
-			// but always do the first one to erase the chip
-			continue;
-		}
-		printf_verbose(".");
-		if (code_size < 0x10000) {
-			buf[0] = addr & 255;
-			buf[1] = (addr >> 8) & 255;
-		} else {
-			buf[0] = (addr >> 8) & 255;
-			buf[1] = (addr >> 16) & 255;
-		}
-		ihex_get_data(addr, block_size, buf + 2);
-		r = teensy_write(buf, block_size + 2, first_block ? 3.0 : 0.25);
-		if (!r) die("error writing to Teensy\n");
-		first_block = 0;
-	}
-	printf_verbose("\n");
-
-	// reboot to the user's new code
-	if (reboot_after_programming) {
-		printf_verbose("Booting\n");
-		buf[0] = 0xFF;
-		buf[1] = 0xFF;
-		memset(buf + 2, 0, sizeof(buf) - 2);
-		teensy_write(buf, block_size + 2, 0.25);
-	}
-	teensy_close();
-	return 0;
-}
-
-
-
-
-/****************************************************************/
-/*                                                              */
-/*             USB Access - libusb (Linux & FreeBSD)            */
-/*                                                              */
-/****************************************************************/
-
-#if defined(USE_LIBUSB)
-
-// http://libusb.sourceforge.net/doc/index.html
-#include <usb.h>
-
-usb_dev_handle * open_usb_device(int vid, int pid)
-{
-	struct usb_bus *bus;
-	struct usb_device *dev;
-	usb_dev_handle *h;
-	#ifdef LIBUSB_HAS_GET_DRIVER_NP
-	char buf[128];
-	#endif
-	int r;
-
-	usb_init();
-	usb_find_busses();
-	usb_find_devices();
-	//printf_verbose("\nSearching for USB device:\n");
-	for (bus = usb_get_busses(); bus; bus = bus->next) {
-		for (dev = bus->devices; dev; dev = dev->next) {
-			//printf_verbose("bus \"%s\", device \"%s\" vid=%04X, pid=%04X\n",
-			//	bus->dirname, dev->filename,
-			//	dev->descriptor.idVendor,
-			//	dev->descriptor.idProduct
-			//);
-			if (dev->descriptor.idVendor != vid) continue;
-			if (dev->descriptor.idProduct != pid) continue;
-			h = usb_open(dev);
-			if (!h) {
-				printf_verbose("Found device but unable to open");
-				continue;
-			}
-			#ifdef LIBUSB_HAS_GET_DRIVER_NP
-			r = usb_get_driver_np(h, 0, buf, sizeof(buf));
-			if (r >= 0) {
-				r = usb_detach_kernel_driver_np(h, 0);
-				if (r < 0) {
-					usb_close(h);
-					printf_verbose("Device is in use by \"%s\" driver", buf);
-					continue;
-				}
-			}
-			#endif
-			// Mac OS-X - removing this call to usb_claim_interface() might allow
-			// this to work, even though it is a clear misuse of the libusb API.
-			// normally Apple's IOKit should be used on Mac OS-X
-			r = usb_claim_interface(h, 0);
-			if (r < 0) {
-				usb_close(h);
-				printf_verbose("Unable to claim interface, check USB permissions");
-				continue;
-			}
-			return h;
-		}
-	}
-	return NULL;
-}
-
-static usb_dev_handle *libusb_teensy_handle = NULL;
-
-int teensy_open(void)
-{
-	teensy_close();
-	libusb_teensy_handle = open_usb_device(0x16C0, 0x0478);
-
-	if (!libusb_teensy_handle)
-		libusb_teensy_handle = open_usb_device(0x03eb, 0x2067);
-
-	if (!libusb_teensy_handle) return 0;
-	return 1;
-}
-
-int teensy_write(void *buf, int len, double timeout)
-{
-	int r;
-
-	if (!libusb_teensy_handle) return 0;
-	r = usb_control_msg(libusb_teensy_handle, 0x21, 9, 0x0200, 0, (char *)buf,
-		len, (int)(timeout * 1000.0));
-	if (r < 0) return 0;
-	return 1;
-}
-
-void teensy_close(void)
-{
-	if (!libusb_teensy_handle) return;
-	usb_release_interface(libusb_teensy_handle, 0);
-	usb_close(libusb_teensy_handle);
-	libusb_teensy_handle = NULL;
-}
-
-int hard_reboot(void)
-{
-	usb_dev_handle *rebootor;
-	int r;
-
-	rebootor = open_usb_device(0x16C0, 0x0477);
-
-	if (!rebootor)
-		rebootor = open_usb_device(0x03eb, 0x2067);
-
-	if (!rebootor) return 0;
-	r = usb_control_msg(rebootor, 0x21, 9, 0x0200, 0, "reboot", 6, 100);
-	usb_release_interface(rebootor, 0);
-	usb_close(rebootor);
-	if (r < 0) return 0;
-	return 1;
-}
-
-#endif
-
-
-/****************************************************************/
-/*                                                              */
-/*               USB Access - Microsoft WIN32                   */
-/*                                                              */
-/****************************************************************/
-
-#if defined(USE_WIN32)
-
-// http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ms790932.aspx
-#include <windows.h>
-#include <setupapi.h>
-#include <ddk/hidsdi.h>
-#include <ddk/hidclass.h>
-
-HANDLE open_usb_device(int vid, int pid)
-{
-	GUID guid;
-	HDEVINFO info;
-	DWORD index, required_size;
-	SP_DEVICE_INTERFACE_DATA iface;
-	SP_DEVICE_INTERFACE_DETAIL_DATA *details;
-	HIDD_ATTRIBUTES attrib;
-	HANDLE h;
-	BOOL ret;
-
-	HidD_GetHidGuid(&guid);
-	info = SetupDiGetClassDevs(&guid, NULL, NULL, DIGCF_PRESENT | DIGCF_DEVICEINTERFACE);
-	if (info == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) return NULL;
-	for (index=0; 1 ;index++) {
-		iface.cbSize = sizeof(SP_DEVICE_INTERFACE_DATA);
-		ret = SetupDiEnumDeviceInterfaces(info, NULL, &guid, index, &iface);
-		if (!ret) {
-			SetupDiDestroyDeviceInfoList(info);
-			break;
-		}
-		SetupDiGetInterfaceDeviceDetail(info, &iface, NULL, 0, &required_size, NULL);
-		details = (SP_DEVICE_INTERFACE_DETAIL_DATA *)malloc(required_size);
-		if (details == NULL) continue;
-		memset(details, 0, required_size);
-		details->cbSize = sizeof(SP_DEVICE_INTERFACE_DETAIL_DATA);
-		ret = SetupDiGetDeviceInterfaceDetail(info, &iface, details,
-			required_size, NULL, NULL);
-		if (!ret) {
-			free(details);
-			continue;
-		}
-		h = CreateFile(details->DevicePath, GENERIC_READ|GENERIC_WRITE,
-			FILE_SHARE_READ|FILE_SHARE_WRITE, NULL, OPEN_EXISTING,
-			FILE_FLAG_OVERLAPPED, NULL);
-		free(details);
-		if (h == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) continue;
-		attrib.Size = sizeof(HIDD_ATTRIBUTES);
-		ret = HidD_GetAttributes(h, &attrib);
-		if (!ret) {
-			CloseHandle(h);
-			continue;
-		}
-		if (attrib.VendorID != vid || attrib.ProductID != pid) {
-			CloseHandle(h);
-			continue;
-		}
-		SetupDiDestroyDeviceInfoList(info);
-		return h;
-	}
-	return NULL;
-}
-
-int write_usb_device(HANDLE h, void *buf, int len, int timeout)
-{
-	static HANDLE event = NULL;
-	unsigned char tmpbuf[1040];
-	OVERLAPPED ov;
-	DWORD n, r;
-
-	if (len > sizeof(tmpbuf) - 1) return 0;
-	if (event == NULL) {
-		event = CreateEvent(NULL, TRUE, TRUE, NULL);
-		if (!event) return 0;
-	}
-	ResetEvent(&event);
-	memset(&ov, 0, sizeof(ov));
-	ov.hEvent = event;
-	tmpbuf[0] = 0;
-	memcpy(tmpbuf + 1, buf, len);
-	if (!WriteFile(h, tmpbuf, len + 1, NULL, &ov)) {
-		if (GetLastError() != ERROR_IO_PENDING) return 0;
-		r = WaitForSingleObject(event, timeout);
-		if (r == WAIT_TIMEOUT) {
-			CancelIo(h);
-			return 0;
-		}
-		if (r != WAIT_OBJECT_0) return 0;
-	}
-	if (!GetOverlappedResult(h, &ov, &n, FALSE)) return 0;
-	return 1;
-}
-
-static HANDLE win32_teensy_handle = NULL;
-
-int teensy_open(void)
-{
-	teensy_close();
-	win32_teensy_handle = open_usb_device(0x16C0, 0x0478);
-
-	if (!win32_teensy_handle)
-		win32_teensy_handle = open_usb_device(0x03eb, 0x2067);
-
-	if (!win32_teensy_handle) return 0;
-	return 1;
-}
-
-int teensy_write(void *buf, int len, double timeout)
-{
-	int r;
-	if (!win32_teensy_handle) return 0;
-	r = write_usb_device(win32_teensy_handle, buf, len, (int)(timeout * 1000.0));
-	return r;
-}
-
-void teensy_close(void)
-{
-	if (!win32_teensy_handle) return;
-	CloseHandle(win32_teensy_handle);
-	win32_teensy_handle = NULL;
-}
-
-int hard_reboot(void)
-{
-	HANDLE rebootor;
-	int r;
-
-	rebootor = open_usb_device(0x16C0, 0x0477);
-
-	if (!rebootor)
-		rebootor = open_usb_device(0x03eb, 0x2067);
-
-	if (!rebootor) return 0;
-	r = write_usb_device(rebootor, "reboot", 6, 100);
-	CloseHandle(rebootor);
-	return r;
-}
-
-#endif
-
-
-
-/****************************************************************/
-/*                                                              */
-/*             USB Access - Apple's IOKit, Mac OS-X             */
-/*                                                              */
-/****************************************************************/
-
-#if defined(USE_APPLE_IOKIT)
-
-// http://developer.apple.com/technotes/tn2007/tn2187.html
-#include <IOKit/IOKitLib.h>
-#include <IOKit/hid/IOHIDLib.h>
-#include <IOKit/hid/IOHIDDevice.h>
-
-struct usb_list_struct {
-	IOHIDDeviceRef ref;
-	int pid;
-	int vid;
-	struct usb_list_struct *next;
-};
-
-static struct usb_list_struct *usb_list=NULL;
-static IOHIDManagerRef hid_manager=NULL;
-
-void attach_callback(void *context, IOReturn r, void *hid_mgr, IOHIDDeviceRef dev)
-{
-	CFTypeRef type;
-	struct usb_list_struct *n, *p;
-	int32_t pid, vid;
-
-	if (!dev) return;
-	type = IOHIDDeviceGetProperty(dev, CFSTR(kIOHIDVendorIDKey));
-	if (!type || CFGetTypeID(type) != CFNumberGetTypeID()) return;
-	if (!CFNumberGetValue((CFNumberRef)type, kCFNumberSInt32Type, &vid)) return;
-	type = IOHIDDeviceGetProperty(dev, CFSTR(kIOHIDProductIDKey));
-	if (!type || CFGetTypeID(type) != CFNumberGetTypeID()) return;
-	if (!CFNumberGetValue((CFNumberRef)type, kCFNumberSInt32Type, &pid)) return;
-	n = (struct usb_list_struct *)malloc(sizeof(struct usb_list_struct));
-	if (!n) return;
-	//printf("attach callback: vid=%04X, pid=%04X\n", vid, pid);
-	n->ref = dev;
-	n->vid = vid;
-	n->pid = pid;
-	n->next = NULL;
-	if (usb_list == NULL) {
-		usb_list = n;
-	} else {
-		for (p = usb_list; p->next; p = p->next) ;
-		p->next = n;
-	}
-}
-
-void detach_callback(void *context, IOReturn r, void *hid_mgr, IOHIDDeviceRef dev)
-{
-	struct usb_list_struct *p, *tmp, *prev=NULL;
-
-	p = usb_list;
-	while (p) {
-		if (p->ref == dev) {
-			if (prev) {
-				prev->next = p->next;
-			} else {
-				usb_list = p->next;
-			}
-			tmp = p;
-			p = p->next;
-			free(tmp);
-		} else {
-			prev = p;
-			p = p->next;
-		}
-	}
-}
-
-void init_hid_manager(void)
-{
-	CFMutableDictionaryRef dict;
-	IOReturn ret;
-
-	if (hid_manager) return;
-	hid_manager = IOHIDManagerCreate(kCFAllocatorDefault, kIOHIDOptionsTypeNone);
-	if (hid_manager == NULL || CFGetTypeID(hid_manager) != IOHIDManagerGetTypeID()) {
-		if (hid_manager) CFRelease(hid_manager);
-		printf_verbose("no HID Manager - maybe this is a pre-Leopard (10.5) system?\n");
-		return;
-	}
-	dict = CFDictionaryCreateMutable(kCFAllocatorDefault, 0,
-		&kCFTypeDictionaryKeyCallBacks, &kCFTypeDictionaryValueCallBacks);
-	if (!dict) return;
-	IOHIDManagerSetDeviceMatching(hid_manager, dict);
-	CFRelease(dict);
-	IOHIDManagerScheduleWithRunLoop(hid_manager, CFRunLoopGetCurrent(), kCFRunLoopDefaultMode);
-	IOHIDManagerRegisterDeviceMatchingCallback(hid_manager, attach_callback, NULL);
-	IOHIDManagerRegisterDeviceRemovalCallback(hid_manager, detach_callback, NULL);
-	ret = IOHIDManagerOpen(hid_manager, kIOHIDOptionsTypeNone);
-	if (ret != kIOReturnSuccess) {
-		IOHIDManagerUnscheduleFromRunLoop(hid_manager,
-			CFRunLoopGetCurrent(), kCFRunLoopDefaultMode);
-		CFRelease(hid_manager);
-		printf_verbose("Error opening HID Manager");
-	}
-}
-
-static void do_run_loop(void)
-{
-	while (CFRunLoopRunInMode(kCFRunLoopDefaultMode, 0, true) == kCFRunLoopRunHandledSource) ;
-}
-
-IOHIDDeviceRef open_usb_device(int vid, int pid)
-{
-	struct usb_list_struct *p;
-	IOReturn ret;
-
-	init_hid_manager();
-	do_run_loop();
-	for (p = usb_list; p; p = p->next) {
-		if (p->vid == vid && p->pid == pid) {
-			ret = IOHIDDeviceOpen(p->ref, kIOHIDOptionsTypeNone);
-			if (ret == kIOReturnSuccess) return p->ref;
-		}
-	}
-	return NULL;
-}
-
-void close_usb_device(IOHIDDeviceRef dev)
-{
-	struct usb_list_struct *p;
-
-	do_run_loop();
-	for (p = usb_list; p; p = p->next) {
-		if (p->ref == dev) {
-			IOHIDDeviceClose(dev, kIOHIDOptionsTypeNone);
-			return;
-		}
-	}
-}
-
-static IOHIDDeviceRef iokit_teensy_reference = NULL;
-
-int teensy_open(void)
-{
-	teensy_close();
-	iokit_teensy_reference = open_usb_device(0x16C0, 0x0478);
-
-	if (!iokit_teensy_reference)
-		iokit_teensy_reference = open_usb_device(0x03eb, 0x2067);
-
-	if (!iokit_teensy_reference) return 0;
-	return 1;
-}
-
-int teensy_write(void *buf, int len, double timeout)
-{
-	IOReturn ret;
-
-	// timeouts do not work on OS-X
-	// IOHIDDeviceSetReportWithCallback is not implemented
-	// even though Apple documents it with a code example!
-	// submitted to Apple on 22-sep-2009, problem ID 7245050
-	if (!iokit_teensy_reference) return 0;
-	ret = IOHIDDeviceSetReport(iokit_teensy_reference,
-		kIOHIDReportTypeOutput, 0, buf, len);
-	if (ret == kIOReturnSuccess) return 1;
-	return 0;
-}
-
-void teensy_close(void)
-{
-	if (!iokit_teensy_reference) return;
-	close_usb_device(iokit_teensy_reference);
-	iokit_teensy_reference = NULL;
-}
-
-int hard_reboot(void)
-{
-	IOHIDDeviceRef rebootor;
-	IOReturn ret;
-
-	rebootor = open_usb_device(0x16C0, 0x0477);
-
-	if (!rebootor)
-		rebootor = open_usb_device(0x03eb, 0x2067);
-
-	if (!rebootor) return 0;
-	ret = IOHIDDeviceSetReport(rebootor,
-		kIOHIDReportTypeOutput, 0, (uint8_t *)("reboot"), 6);
-	close_usb_device(rebootor);
-	if (ret == kIOReturnSuccess) return 1;
-	return 0;
-}
-
-#endif
-
-
-
-/****************************************************************/
-/*                                                              */
-/*              USB Access - BSD's UHID driver                  */
-/*                                                              */
-/****************************************************************/
-
-#if defined(USE_UHID)
-
-// Thanks to Todd T Fries for help getting this working on OpenBSD
-// and to Chris Kuethe for the initial patch to use UHID.
-
-#include <sys/ioctl.h>
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <dirent.h>
-#include <dev/usb/usb.h>
-#ifndef USB_GET_DEVICEINFO
-#include <dev/usb/usb_ioctl.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifndef USB_GET_DEVICEINFO
-# define USB_GET_DEVICEINFO 0
-# error The USB_GET_DEVICEINFO ioctl() value is not defined for your system.
-#endif
-
-int open_usb_device(int vid, int pid)
-{
-	int r, fd;
-	DIR *dir;
-	struct dirent *d;
-	struct usb_device_info info;
-	char buf[256];
-
-	dir = opendir("/dev");
-	if (!dir) return -1;
-	while ((d = readdir(dir)) != NULL) {
-		if (strncmp(d->d_name, "uhid", 4) != 0) continue;
-		snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "/dev/%s", d->d_name);
-		fd = open(buf, O_RDWR);
-		if (fd < 0) continue;
-		r = ioctl(fd, USB_GET_DEVICEINFO, &info);
-		if (r < 0) {
-			// NetBSD: added in 2004
-			// OpenBSD: added November 23, 2009
-			// FreeBSD: missing (FreeBSD 8.0) - USE_LIBUSB works!
-			die("Error: your uhid driver does not support"
-			  " USB_GET_DEVICEINFO, please upgrade!\n");
-			close(fd);
-			closedir(dir);
-			exit(1);
-		}
-		//printf("%s: v=%d, p=%d\n", buf, info.udi_vendorNo, info.udi_productNo);
-		if (info.udi_vendorNo == vid && info.udi_productNo == pid) {
-			closedir(dir);
-			return fd;
-		}
-		close(fd);
-	}
-	closedir(dir);
-	return -1;
-}
-
-static int uhid_teensy_fd = -1;
-
-int teensy_open(void)
-{
-	teensy_close();
-	uhid_teensy_fd = open_usb_device(0x16C0, 0x0478);
-
-	if (uhid_teensy_fd < 0)
-		uhid_teensy_fd = open_usb_device(0x03eb, 0x2067);
-
-	if (uhid_teensy_fd < 0) return 0;
-	return 1;
-}
-
-int teensy_write(void *buf, int len, double timeout)
-{
-	int r;
-
-	// TODO: implement timeout... how??
-	r = write(uhid_teensy_fd, buf, len);
-	if (r == len) return 1;
-	return 0;
-}
-
-void teensy_close(void)
-{
-	if (uhid_teensy_fd >= 0) {
-		close(uhid_teensy_fd);
-		uhid_teensy_fd = -1;
-	}
-}
-
-int hard_reboot(void)
-{
-	int r, rebootor_fd;
-
-	rebootor_fd = open_usb_device(0x16C0, 0x0477);
-
-	if (rebootor_fd < 0)
-		rebootor_fd = open_usb_device(0x03eb, 0x2067);
-
-	if (rebootor_fd < 0) return 0;
-	r = write(rebootor_fd, "reboot", 6);
-	delay(0.1);
-	close(rebootor_fd);
-	if (r == 6) return 1;
-	return 0;
-}
-
-#endif
-
-
-
-/****************************************************************/
-/*                                                              */
-/*                     Read Intel Hex File                      */
-/*                                                              */
-/****************************************************************/
-
-// the maximum flash image size we can support
-// chips with larger memory may be used, but only this
-// much intel-hex data can be loaded into memory!
-#define MAX_MEMORY_SIZE 0x10000
-
-static unsigned char firmware_image[MAX_MEMORY_SIZE];
-static unsigned char firmware_mask[MAX_MEMORY_SIZE];
-static int end_record_seen=0;
-static int byte_count;
-static unsigned int extended_addr = 0;
-static int parse_hex_line(char *line);
-
-int read_intel_hex(const char *filename)
-{
-	FILE *fp;
-	int i, lineno=0;
-	char buf[1024];
-
-	byte_count = 0;
-	end_record_seen = 0;
-	for (i=0; i<MAX_MEMORY_SIZE; i++) {
-		firmware_image[i] = 0xFF;
-		firmware_mask[i] = 0;
-	}
-	extended_addr = 0;
-
-	fp = fopen(filename, "r");
-	if (fp == NULL) {
-		//printf("Unable to read file %s\n", filename);
-		return -1;
-	}
-	while (!feof(fp)) {
-		*buf = '\0';
-		if (!fgets(buf, sizeof(buf), fp)) break;
-		lineno++;
-		if (*buf) {
-			if (parse_hex_line(buf) == 0) {
-				//printf("Warning, parse error line %d\n", lineno);
-				fclose(fp);
-				return -2;
-			}
-		}
-		if (end_record_seen) break;
-		if (feof(stdin)) break;
-	}
-	fclose(fp);
-	return byte_count;
-}
-
-
-/* from ihex.c, at http://www.pjrc.com/tech/8051/pm2_docs/intel-hex.html */
-
-/* parses a line of intel hex code, stores the data in bytes[] */
-/* and the beginning address in addr, and returns a 1 if the */
-/* line was valid, or a 0 if an error occurred.  The variable */
-/* num gets the number of bytes that were stored into bytes[] */
-
-
-int
-parse_hex_line(char *line)
-{
-	int addr, code, num;
-        int sum, len, cksum, i;
-        char *ptr;
-
-        num = 0;
-        if (line[0] != ':') return 0;
-        if (strlen(line) < 11) return 0;
-        ptr = line+1;
-        if (!sscanf(ptr, "%02x", &len)) return 0;
-        ptr += 2;
-        if ((int)strlen(line) < (11 + (len * 2)) ) return 0;
-        if (!sscanf(ptr, "%04x", &addr)) return 0;
-        ptr += 4;
-          /* printf("Line: length=%d Addr=%d\n", len, addr); */
-        if (!sscanf(ptr, "%02x", &code)) return 0;
-	if (addr + extended_addr + len >= MAX_MEMORY_SIZE) return 0;
-        ptr += 2;
-        sum = (len & 255) + ((addr >> 8) & 255) + (addr & 255) + (code & 255);
-	if (code != 0) {
-		if (code == 1) {
-			end_record_seen = 1;
-			return 1;
-		}
-		if (code == 2 && len == 2) {
-			if (!sscanf(ptr, "%04x", &i)) return 1;
-			ptr += 4;
-			sum += ((i >> 8) & 255) + (i & 255);
-        		if (!sscanf(ptr, "%02x", &cksum)) return 1;
-			if (((sum & 255) + (cksum & 255)) & 255) return 1;
-			extended_addr = i << 4;
-			//printf("ext addr = %05X\n", extended_addr);
-		}
-		if (code == 4 && len == 2) {
-			if (!sscanf(ptr, "%04x", &i)) return 1;
-			ptr += 4;
-			sum += ((i >> 8) & 255) + (i & 255);
-        		if (!sscanf(ptr, "%02x", &cksum)) return 1;
-			if (((sum & 255) + (cksum & 255)) & 255) return 1;
-			extended_addr = i << 16;
-			//printf("ext addr = %08X\n", extended_addr);
-		}
-		return 1;	// non-data line
-	}
-	byte_count += len;
-        while (num != len) {
-                if (sscanf(ptr, "%02x", &i) != 1) return 0;
-		i &= 255;
-		firmware_image[addr + extended_addr + num] = i;
-		firmware_mask[addr + extended_addr + num] = 1;
-                ptr += 2;
-                sum += i;
-                (num)++;
-                if (num >= 256) return 0;
-        }
-        if (!sscanf(ptr, "%02x", &cksum)) return 0;
-        if (((sum & 255) + (cksum & 255)) & 255) return 0; /* checksum error */
-        return 1;
-}
-
-int ihex_bytes_within_range(int begin, int end)
-{
-	int i;
-
-	if (begin < 0 || begin >= MAX_MEMORY_SIZE ||
-	   end < 0 || end >= MAX_MEMORY_SIZE) {
-		return 0;
-	}
-	for (i=begin; i<=end; i++) {
-		if (firmware_mask[i]) return 1;
-	}
-	return 0;
-}
-
-void ihex_get_data(int addr, int len, unsigned char *bytes)
-{
-	int i;
-
-	if (addr < 0 || len < 0 || addr + len >= MAX_MEMORY_SIZE) {
-		for (i=0; i<len; i++) {
-			bytes[i] = 255;
-		}
-		return;
-	}
-	for (i=0; i<len; i++) {
-		if (firmware_mask[addr]) {
-			bytes[i] = firmware_image[addr];
-		} else {
-			bytes[i] = 255;
-		}
-		addr++;
-	}
-}
-
-/****************************************************************/
-/*                                                              */
-/*                       Misc Functions                         */
-/*                                                              */
-/****************************************************************/
-
-int printf_verbose(const char *format, ...)
-{
-	va_list ap;
-	int r;
-
-	va_start(ap, format);
-	if (verbose) {
-		r = vprintf(format, ap);
-		fflush(stdout);
-		return r;
-	}
-	return 0;
-}
-
-void delay(double seconds)
-{
-	#ifdef WIN32
-	Sleep(seconds * 1000.0);
-	#else
-	usleep(seconds * 1000000.0);
-	#endif
-}
-
-void die(const char *str, ...)
-{
-	va_list  ap;
-
-	va_start(ap, str);
-	vfprintf(stderr, str, ap);
-	fprintf(stderr, "\n");
-	exit(1);
-}
-
-#if defined(WIN32)
-#define strcasecmp stricmp
-#endif
-
-void parse_options(int argc, char **argv)
-{
-	int i;
-	const char *arg;
-
-	for (i=1; i<argc; i++) {
-		arg = argv[i];
-
-		if (*arg == '-') {
-			if (strcmp(arg, "-w") == 0) {
-				wait_for_device_to_appear = 1;
-			} else if (strcmp(arg, "-r") == 0) {
-				hard_reboot_device = 1;
-			} else if (strcmp(arg, "-n") == 0) {
-				reboot_after_programming = 0;
-			} else if (strcmp(arg, "-v") == 0) {
-				verbose = 1;
-			} else if (strncmp(arg, "-mmcu=", 6) == 0) {
-				arg += 6;
-
-				if (strncmp(arg, "at90usb", 7) == 0) {
-					arg += 7;
-				} else if (strncmp(arg, "atmega", 6) == 0) {
-					arg += 6;
-				} else {
-					die("Unknown MCU type\n");
-				}
-
-				if (strncmp(arg, "128", 3) == 0) {
-					code_size  = 128 * 1024;
-					block_size = 256;
-				} else if (strncmp(arg, "64", 2) == 0) {
-					code_size  = 64 * 1024;
-					block_size = 256;
-				} else if (strncmp(arg, "32", 2) == 0) {
-					code_size  = 32 * 1024;
-					block_size = 128;
-				} else if (strncmp(arg, "16", 2) == 0) {
-					code_size  = 16 * 1024;
-					block_size = 128;
-				} else if (strncmp(arg, "8", 1) == 0) {
-					code_size  = 8 * 1024;
-					block_size = 128;
-				} else {
-					die("Unknown MCU type\n");
-				}
-			}
-		} else {
-			filename = argv[i];
-		}
-	}
-}
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp_Python/hid_bootloader_loader.py b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp_Python/hid_bootloader_loader.py
deleted file mode 100644
index 2598fde605..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp_Python/hid_bootloader_loader.py
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,120 +0,0 @@
-"""
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-"""
-
-"""
-    Front-end programmer for the LUFA HID class bootloader.
-
-    Usage:
-        python hid_bootloader_loader.py <Device> <Input>.hex
-
-    Example:
-        python hid_bootloader_loader.py at90usb1287 Mouse.hex
-
-    Requires the pywinusb (https://pypi.python.org/pypi/pywinusb/) and
-    IntelHex (http://bialix.com/intelhex/) libraries.
-"""
-
-import sys
-from pywinusb import hid
-from intelhex import IntelHex
-
-
-# Device information table
-device_info_map = dict()
-device_info_map['at90usb1287'] = {'page_size': 256, 'flash_kb': 128}
-device_info_map['at90usb1286'] = {'page_size': 256, 'flash_kb': 128}
-device_info_map['at90usb647']  = {'page_size': 256, 'flash_kb': 64}
-device_info_map['at90usb646']  = {'page_size': 256, 'flash_kb': 64}
-device_info_map['atmega32u4']  = {'page_size': 128, 'flash_kb': 32}
-device_info_map['atmega32u2']  = {'page_size': 128, 'flash_kb': 32}
-device_info_map['atmega16u4']  = {'page_size': 128, 'flash_kb': 16}
-device_info_map['atmega16u2']  = {'page_size': 128, 'flash_kb': 16}
-device_info_map['at90usb162']  = {'page_size': 128, 'flash_kb': 16}
-device_info_map['atmega8u2']   = {'page_size': 128, 'flash_kb': 8}
-device_info_map['at90usb82']   = {'page_size': 128, 'flash_kb': 8}
-
-
-def get_hid_device_handle():
-    hid_device_filter = hid.HidDeviceFilter(vendor_id=0x03EB,
-                                            product_id=0x2067)
-
-    valid_hid_devices = hid_device_filter.get_devices()
-
-    if len(valid_hid_devices) is 0:
-        return None
-    else:
-        return valid_hid_devices[0]
-
-
-def send_page_data(hid_device, address, data):
-    # Bootloader page data should be the HID Report ID (always zero) followed
-    # by the starting address to program, then one device's flash page worth
-    # of data
-    output_report_data = [0]
-    output_report_data.extend([address & 0xFF, address >> 8])
-    output_report_data.extend(data)
-
-    hid_device.send_output_report(output_report_data)
-
-
-def program_device(hex_data, device_info):
-    hid_device = get_hid_device_handle()
-
-    if hid_device is None:
-        print("No valid HID device found.")
-        sys.exit(1)
-
-    try:
-        hid_device.open()
-        print("Connected to bootloader.")
-
-        # Program in all data from the loaded HEX file, in a number of device
-        # page sized chunks
-        for addr in range(0, hex_data.maxaddr(), device_info['page_size']):
-            # Compute the address range of the current page in the device
-            current_page_range = range(addr, addr+device_info['page_size'])
-
-            # Extract the data from the hex file at the specified start page
-            # address and convert it to a regular list of bytes
-            page_data = [hex_data[i] for i in current_page_range]
-
-            print("Writing address 0x%04X-0x%04X" % (current_page_range[0], current_page_range[-1]))
-
-            # Devices with more than 64KB of flash should shift down the page
-            # address so that it is 16-bit (page size is guaranteed to be
-            # >= 256 bytes so no non-zero address bits are discarded)
-            if device_info['flash_kb'] < 64:
-                send_page_data(hid_device, addr, page_data)
-            else:
-                send_page_data(hid_device, addr >> 8, page_data)
-
-        # Once programming is complete, start the application via a dummy page
-        # program to the page address 0xFFFF
-        print("Programming complete, starting application.")
-        send_page_data(hid_device, 0xFFFF, [0] * device_info['page_size'])
-
-    finally:
-        hid_device.close()
-
-
-if __name__ == '__main__':
-    # Load the specified HEX file
-    try:
-        hex_data = IntelHex(sys.argv[2])
-    except:
-        print("Could not open the specified HEX file.")
-        sys.exit(1)
-
-    # Retrieve the device information entry for the specified device
-    try:
-        device_info = device_info_map[sys.argv[1]]
-    except:
-        print("Unknown device name specified.")
-        sys.exit(1)
-
-    program_device(hex_data, device_info)
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/doxyfile
deleted file mode 100644
index 281792ac9b..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/doxyfile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2367 +0,0 @@
-# Doxyfile 1.8.8
-
-# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
-# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
-#
-# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
-# front of the TAG it is preceding.
-#
-# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
-# The format is:
-# TAG = value [value, ...]
-# For lists, items can also be appended using:
-# TAG += value [value, ...]
-# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Project related configuration options
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
-# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
-# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
-# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
-# for the list of possible encodings.
-# The default value is: UTF-8.
-
-DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
-
-# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
-# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
-# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
-# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
-# The default value is: My Project.
-
-PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - HID Class Bootloader"
-
-# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
-# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
-# control system is used.
-
-PROJECT_NUMBER         =
-
-# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
-# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
-# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
-
-PROJECT_BRIEF          =
-
-# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
-# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
-# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
-# to the output directory.
-
-PROJECT_LOGO           =
-
-# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
-# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
-# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
-# left blank the current directory will be used.
-
-OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
-
-# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
-# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
-# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
-# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
-# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
-# performance problems for the file system.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
-
-# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
-# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
-# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
-# U+3044.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
-
-# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
-# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
-# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
-# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
-# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
-# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
-# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
-# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
-# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
-# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
-# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
-# The default value is: English.
-
-OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
-
-# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
-# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
-# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
-
-# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
-# description of a member or function before the detailed description
-#
-# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
-# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
-
-# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
-# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
-# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
-# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
-# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
-# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
-# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
-# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
-
-ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
-                         "The $name widget" \
-                         "The $name file" \
-                         is \
-                         provides \
-                         specifies \
-                         contains \
-                         represents \
-                         a \
-                         an \
-                         the
-
-# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
-# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
-# description.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
-
-# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
-# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
-# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
-# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
-
-# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
-# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
-# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
-
-# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
-# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
-# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
-# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
-# strip.
-#
-# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
-# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
-# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
-
-STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
-
-# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
-# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
-# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
-# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
-# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
-# using the -I flag.
-
-STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
-
-# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
-# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
-# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SHORT_NAMES            = YES
-
-# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
-# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
-# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
-# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
-# description.)
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
-
-# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
-# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
-# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
-# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
-
-# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
-# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
-# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
-# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
-# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
-#
-# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
-# not recognized any more.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
-
-# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
-# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
-
-# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
-# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
-# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
-
-# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
-# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
-# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
-
-TAB_SIZE               = 4
-
-# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
-# the documentation. An alias has the form:
-# name=value
-# For example adding
-# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
-# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
-# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
-# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
-# newlines.
-
-ALIASES                =
-
-# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
-# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
-# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
-
-TCL_SUBST              =
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
-# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
-# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
-# members will be omitted, etc.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
-# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
-# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
-# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
-# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
-# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
-
-# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
-# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
-# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
-# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
-# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
-# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
-# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
-# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
-# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
-# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
-# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
-#
-# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
-#
-# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
-# the files are not read by doxygen.
-
-EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
-
-# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
-# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
-# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
-# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
-# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
-# case of backward compatibilities issues.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
-
-# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
-# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
-# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
-# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
-
-# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
-# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
-# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
-# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
-# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
-# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
-
-# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
-# enable parsing support.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
-
-# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
-# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
-# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
-# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
-
-# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
-# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
-# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
-# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
-# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
-# should set this option to NO.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
-
-# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
-# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
-# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
-# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
-
-# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
-# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
-# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
-# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
-# \nosubgrouping command.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SUBGROUPING            = YES
-
-# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
-# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
-# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
-# and RTF).
-#
-# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
-# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
-
-# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
-# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
-# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
-# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
-# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
-# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
-
-# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
-# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
-# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
-# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
-# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
-# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
-# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
-
-# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
-# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
-# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
-# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
-# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
-# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
-# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
-# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
-# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
-
-LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Build related configuration options
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
-# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
-# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
-# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
-# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
-# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
-# be included in the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
-# scope will be included in the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
-
-# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
-# included in the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
-# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
-# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
-# for Java sources.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
-
-# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
-# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
-# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
-# included.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
-
-# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
-# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
-# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
-# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
-# are hidden.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
-# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
-# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
-# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
-# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
-# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
-# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
-# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
-# included in the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
-# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
-# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
-
-# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
-# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
-# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
-
-# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
-# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
-# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
-# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
-# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
-# The default value is: system dependent.
-
-CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
-# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
-# scope will be hidden.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
-
-# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
-# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
-
-# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
-# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
-# which file to include in order to use the member.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
-
-# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
-# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
-
-# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
-# documentation for inline members.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-INLINE_INFO            = YES
-
-# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
-# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
-# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
-
-# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
-# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
-# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
-# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
-
-# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
-# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
-# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
-# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
-# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
-# member documentation.
-# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
-# detailed member documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
-
-# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
-# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
-# appear in their defined order.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
-
-# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
-# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
-# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
-# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
-# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
-# list.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
-
-# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
-# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
-# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
-# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
-# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
-# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
-# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
-# documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
-# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
-# documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
-# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
-# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
-# the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
-
-# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
-# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
-# ... \endcond blocks.
-
-ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
-
-# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
-# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
-# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
-# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
-# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
-# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
-# documentation regardless of this setting.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
-
-MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
-
-# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
-# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
-# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
-
-# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
-# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
-# (if specified).
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SHOW_FILES             = YES
-
-# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
-# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
-# Folder Tree View (if specified).
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
-
-# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
-# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
-# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
-# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
-# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
-# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
-# version. For an example see the documentation.
-
-FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
-
-# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
-# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
-# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
-# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
-# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
-# will be used as the name of the layout file.
-#
-# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
-# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
-# tag is left empty.
-
-LAYOUT_FILE            =
-
-# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
-# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
-# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
-# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
-# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
-# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
-# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
-
-CITE_BIB_FILES         =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
-# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
-# messages are off.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-QUIET                  = YES
-
-# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
-# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
-# this implies that the warnings are on.
-#
-# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-WARNINGS               = YES
-
-# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
-# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
-# will automatically be disabled.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
-
-# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
-# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
-# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
-# markup commands wrongly.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
-
-# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
-# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
-# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
-# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
-
-# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
-# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
-# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
-# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
-# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
-# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
-# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
-
-WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
-
-# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
-# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
-# error (stderr).
-
-WARN_LOGFILE           =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the input files
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
-# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
-# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
-# spaces.
-# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
-
-INPUT                  = ./
-
-# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
-# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
-# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
-# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
-# possible encodings.
-# The default value is: UTF-8.
-
-INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
-
-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
-# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
-# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
-# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
-# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
-# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
-# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
-# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
-
-FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
-                         *.c \
-                         *.txt
-
-# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
-# be searched for input files as well.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-RECURSIVE              = YES
-
-# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
-# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
-# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
-#
-# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
-# run.
-
-EXCLUDE                = Documentation/ \
-                         HostLoaderApp/ \
-                         HostLoaderApp_Python/
-
-# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
-# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
-# from the input.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
-
-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
-# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
-# certain files from those directories.
-#
-# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
-# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
-
-EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
-
-# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
-# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
-# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
-# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
-# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
-#
-# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
-# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
-
-EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
-                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
-
-# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
-# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
-# command).
-
-EXAMPLE_PATH           =
-
-# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
-# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
-# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
-# files are included.
-
-EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
-
-# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
-# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
-# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
-
-# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
-# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
-# \image command).
-
-IMAGE_PATH             =
-
-# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
-# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
-# by executing (via popen()) the command:
-#
-# <filter> <input-file>
-#
-# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
-# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
-# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
-# will be ignored.
-#
-# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
-# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
-# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
-
-INPUT_FILTER           =
-
-# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
-# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
-# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
-# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
-# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
-# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
-
-FILTER_PATTERNS        =
-
-# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
-# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
-# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
-
-# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
-# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
-# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
-# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
-# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
-
-FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
-
-# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
-# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
-# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
-# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
-
-USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to source browsing
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
-# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
-#
-# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
-# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
-
-# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
-# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
-
-# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
-# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
-# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
-
-# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
-# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
-
-# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
-# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
-
-# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
-# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
-# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
-# link to the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
-
-# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
-# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
-# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
-# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
-# can opt to disable this feature.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
-
-SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
-
-# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
-# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
-# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
-# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
-# 4.8.6 or higher.
-#
-# To use it do the following:
-# - Install the latest version of global
-# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
-# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
-# - Run doxygen as normal
-#
-# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
-# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
-#
-# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
-# source code will now point to the output of htags.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
-
-USE_HTAGS              = NO
-
-# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
-# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
-# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
-# See also: Section \class.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
-
-# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
-# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
-# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
-# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
-# information.
-# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
-# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
-
-# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
-# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
-# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
-# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
-# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
-
-CLANG_OPTIONS          =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
-# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
-# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
-
-# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
-# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
-# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
-# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
-
-COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
-
-# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
-# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
-# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
-# while generating the index headers.
-# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
-
-IGNORE_PREFIX          =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the HTML output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_HTML          = YES
-
-# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it.
-# The default directory is: html.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_OUTPUT            = html
-
-# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
-# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
-# The default value is: .html.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
-
-# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
-# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
-# standard header.
-#
-# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
-# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
-# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
-# default header using
-# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
-# YourConfigFile
-# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
-# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
-# uses.
-# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
-# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
-# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_HEADER            =
-
-# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
-# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
-# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
-# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
-# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
-# that doxygen normally uses.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_FOOTER            =
-
-# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
-# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
-# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
-# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
-# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
-# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
-# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
-# obsolete.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_STYLESHEET        =
-
-# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
-# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
-# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
-# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
-# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
-# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
-# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
-# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
-# list). For an example see the documentation.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
-
-# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
-# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
-# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
-# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
-# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
-# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
-
-# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
-# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
-# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
-# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
-# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
-# purple, and 360 is red again.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
-
-# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
-# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
-# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
-
-# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
-# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
-# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
-# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
-# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
-# change the gamma.
-# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
-
-# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
-# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
-# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
-
-# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
-# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
-# page has loaded.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
-
-# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
-# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
-# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
-# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
-# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
-# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
-# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
-# tree by default.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
-
-# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
-# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
-# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
-# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
-# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
-# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
-# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
-# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
-# for more information.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
-
-# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
-# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
-# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
-# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
-
-DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
-
-# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
-# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
-# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
-# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
-
-DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
-# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
-# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
-# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
-
-DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
-
-# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
-# The default value is: Publisher.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
-
-DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
-# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
-# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
-# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
-# Windows.
-#
-# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
-# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
-# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
-# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
-# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
-# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
-# compressed HTML files.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
-
-# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
-# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
-# written to the html output directory.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-CHM_FILE               =
-
-# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
-# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
-# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
-# The file has to be specified with full path.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-HHC_LOCATION           =
-
-# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
-# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_CHI           = NO
-
-# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
-# and project file content.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
-
-# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
-# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
-# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-BINARY_TOC             = NO
-
-# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
-# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-TOC_EXPAND             = YES
-
-# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
-# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
-# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
-# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_QHP           = NO
-
-# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
-# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
-# the HTML output folder.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QCH_FILE               =
-
-# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
-# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
-# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
-# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
-# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
-# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
-# folders).
-# The default value is: doc.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
-
-# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
-# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
-# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
-# filters).
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
-
-# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
-# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
-# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
-# filters).
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
-
-# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
-# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
-# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
-
-# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
-# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
-# generated .qhp file.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHG_LOCATION           =
-
-# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
-# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
-# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
-# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
-# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
-# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
-# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
-
-# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
-# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
-# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
-# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
-
-ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
-# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
-# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
-# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
-# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
-# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
-
-# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
-# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
-# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
-# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
-# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
-# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
-# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
-# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
-# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
-# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
-# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
-# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
-
-# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
-# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
-#
-# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
-# in the overview section.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
-
-# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
-# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
-
-# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
-# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
-
-# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
-# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
-# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
-# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
-# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
-
-# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
-# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
-# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
-#
-# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
-# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
-
-# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
-# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
-# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
-# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
-# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
-# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-USE_MATHJAX            = NO
-
-# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
-# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
-# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
-# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
-# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
-# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
-# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
-
-MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
-
-# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
-# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
-# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
-# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
-# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
-# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
-# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
-# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
-# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
-# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
-
-MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
-
-# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
-# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
-# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
-# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
-
-MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
-
-# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
-# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
-# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
-# example see the documentation.
-# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
-
-MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
-
-# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
-# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
-# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
-# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
-# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
-# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
-# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
-# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
-# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
-# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
-# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
-# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
-# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
-# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
-# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
-# option.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-SEARCHENGINE           = NO
-
-# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
-# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
-# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
-# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
-# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
-# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
-# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
-
-# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
-# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
-# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
-# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
-# search results.
-#
-# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
-# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
-# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
-#
-# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
-
-# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
-# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
-#
-# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
-# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
-# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
-# Searching" for details.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
-
-# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
-# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
-# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
-# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
-
-# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
-# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
-# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
-# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
-
-# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
-# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
-# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
-# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
-# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
-# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
-
-# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it.
-# The default directory is: latex.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
-
-# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
-# invoked.
-#
-# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
-# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
-# written to the output directory.
-# The default file is: latex.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
-
-# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
-# index for LaTeX.
-# The default file is: makeindex.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
-
-# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
-# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
-# trees in general.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
-
-# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
-# printer.
-# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
-# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
-# The default value is: a4.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
-
-# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
-# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
-# instance you can specify
-# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
-# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
-
-# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
-# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
-# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
-# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
-# default header to a separate file.
-#
-# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
-# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
-# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
-# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
-# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
-# HTML_HEADER.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_HEADER           =
-
-# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
-# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
-# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
-# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
-# special commands can be used inside the footer.
-#
-# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_FOOTER           =
-
-# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
-# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
-# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
-# markers available.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
-
-# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
-# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
-# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
-# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
-
-# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
-# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
-# higher quality PDF documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
-
-# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
-# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
-# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
-# when generating formulas in HTML.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
-
-# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
-# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
-
-# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
-# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
-#
-# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
-# SOURCE_BROWSER.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
-
-# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
-# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
-# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
-# The default value is: plain.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the RTF output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
-# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
-# readers/editors.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_RTF           = NO
-
-# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it.
-# The default directory is: rtf.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
-
-# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
-# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
-# trees in general.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-COMPACT_RTF            = NO
-
-# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
-# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
-# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
-# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
-# fields.
-#
-# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
-
-# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
-# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
-# missing definitions are set to their default value.
-#
-# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
-# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
-
-# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
-# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
-# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the man page output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
-# classes and files.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_MAN           = NO
-
-# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
-# MAN_OUTPUT.
-# The default directory is: man.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
-
-MAN_OUTPUT             = man
-
-# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
-# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
-# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
-# optional.
-# The default value is: .3.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
-
-MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
-
-# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
-# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
-# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
-
-MAN_SUBDIR             =
-
-# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
-# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
-# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
-# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
-
-MAN_LINKS              = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the XML output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
-# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_XML           = NO
-
-# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it.
-# The default directory is: xml.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
-
-XML_OUTPUT             = xml
-
-# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
-# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
-# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
-# of the XML output.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
-
-XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
-# that can be used to generate PDF.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
-
-# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
-# front of it.
-# The default directory is: docbook.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
-
-DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
-
-# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
-# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
-# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
-# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
-
-DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
-# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
-# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
-# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
-# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
-#
-# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
-
-# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
-# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
-# output from the Perl module output.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
-
-PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
-
-# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
-# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
-# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
-# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
-# just the same.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
-
-PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
-
-# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
-# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
-# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
-# overwrite each other's variables.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
-
-PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
-# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
-
-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
-# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
-# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
-# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
-
-# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
-# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
-# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
-
-# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
-# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
-
-# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
-# preprocessor.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
-
-INCLUDE_PATH           =
-
-# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
-# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
-# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
-# used.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
-
-# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
-# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
-# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
-# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
-# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
-# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
-                         PROGMEM \
-                         ATTR_NO_INIT
-
-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
-# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
-# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
-# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
-# definition found in the source code.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
-
-# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
-# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
-# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
-# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
-# removed.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to external references
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
-# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
-# a tag file without this location is as follows:
-# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
-# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
-# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
-# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
-# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
-# of tag files.
-# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
-# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
-# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
-
-TAGFILES               =
-
-# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
-# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
-# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
-
-GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
-
-# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
-# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
-
-# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
-# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
-# listed.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
-
-# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
-# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
-# be listed.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
-
-# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
-# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
-# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
-
-PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the dot tool
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
-# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
-# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
-# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
-# powerful graphs.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
-
-# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
-# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
-# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
-# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
-# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
-# default search path.
-
-MSCGEN_PATH            =
-
-# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
-# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
-# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
-# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
-
-DIA_PATH               =
-
-# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
-# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
-
-# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
-# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
-# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
-# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
-# set to NO
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HAVE_DOT               = NO
-
-# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
-# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
-# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
-# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
-# speed.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
-
-# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
-# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
-# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
-# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
-# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
-# The default value is: Helvetica.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_FONTNAME           =
-
-# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
-# dot graphs.
-# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
-
-# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
-# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
-# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_FONTPATH           =
-
-# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
-# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
-# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
-
-# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
-# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
-# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
-# class with other documented classes.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
-
-# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
-# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
-
-# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
-# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
-# Language.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-UML_LOOK               = NO
-
-# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
-# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
-# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
-# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
-# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
-# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
-# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
-# 10.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
-
-# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
-# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
-# instances.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
-
-# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
-# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
-# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
-# files.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
-
-# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
-# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
-# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
-# files.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
-
-# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
-# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
-#
-# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
-# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
-# functions only using the \callgraph command.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-CALL_GRAPH             = NO
-
-# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
-# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
-#
-# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
-# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
-# functions only using the \callergraph command.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
-
-# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
-# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
-
-# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
-# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
-# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
-# files in the directories.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
-
-# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
-# generated by dot.
-# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
-# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
-# requirement).
-# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
-# The default value is: png.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
-
-# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
-# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
-#
-# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
-# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
-# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
-# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
-
-# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
-# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_PATH               =
-
-# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
-# command).
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOTFILE_DIRS           =
-
-# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
-# command).
-
-MSCFILE_DIRS           =
-
-# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
-# command).
-
-DIAFILE_DIRS           =
-
-# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
-# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
-# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
-# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
-# will not generate output for the diagram.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
-
-# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
-# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
-# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
-# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
-# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
-# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
-
-# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
-# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
-# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
-# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
-# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
-# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
-
-# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
-# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
-# to support this out of the box.
-#
-# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
-# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
-# read).
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
-
-# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
-# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
-# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
-# this, this feature is disabled by default.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
-# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
-# graphs.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
-
-# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
-# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index 6589d75aa6..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-#
-#             LUFA Library
-#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-#
-#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-#           www.lufa-lib.org
-#
-# --------------------------------------
-#         LUFA Project Makefile.
-# --------------------------------------
-
-# Run "make help" for target help.
-
-MCU          = at90usb1287
-ARCH         = AVR8
-BOARD        = USBKEY
-F_CPU        = 8000000
-F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
-OPTIMIZATION = s
-TARGET       = BootloaderHID
-SRC          = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
-LUFA_PATH    = ../../LUFA
-CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
-LD_FLAGS     = -Wl,--section-start=.text=$(BOOT_START_OFFSET)
-
-# Flash size and bootloader section sizes of the target, in KB. These must
-# match the target's total FLASH size and the bootloader size set in the
-# device's fuses.
-FLASH_SIZE_KB        := 128
-BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB := 8
-
-# Bootloader address calculation formulas
-# Do not modify these macros, but rather modify the dependent values above.
-CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX   = $(shell printf "0x%X" $$(( $(1) )) )
-BOOT_START_OFFSET     = $(call CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX, ($(FLASH_SIZE_KB) - $(BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB)) * 1024 )
-BOOT_SEC_OFFSET       = $(call CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX, ($(FLASH_SIZE_KB) * 1024) - ($(strip $(1))) )
-
-# Default target
-all:
-
-# Include LUFA build script makefiles
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderAPI.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderAPI.c
deleted file mode 100644
index cad59c8ca2..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderAPI.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  Bootloader user application API functions.
- */
-
-#include "BootloaderAPI.h"
-
-void BootloaderAPI_ErasePage(const uint32_t Address)
-{
-	boot_page_erase_safe(Address);
-	boot_spm_busy_wait();
-	boot_rww_enable();
-}
-
-void BootloaderAPI_WritePage(const uint32_t Address)
-{
-	boot_page_write_safe(Address);
-	boot_spm_busy_wait();
-	boot_rww_enable();
-}
-
-void BootloaderAPI_FillWord(const uint32_t Address, const uint16_t Word)
-{
-	boot_page_fill_safe(Address, Word);
-}
-
-uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature(const uint16_t Address)
-{
-	return boot_signature_byte_get(Address);
-}
-
-uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse(const uint16_t Address)
-{
-	return boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(Address);
-}
-
-uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadLock(void)
-{
-	return boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(GET_LOCK_BITS);
-}
-
-void BootloaderAPI_WriteLock(const uint8_t LockBits)
-{
-	boot_lock_bits_set_safe(LockBits);
-}
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderAPI.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderAPI.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0f0cd70405..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderAPI.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  Header file for BootloaderAPI.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _BOOTLOADER_API_H_
-#define _BOOTLOADER_API_H_
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include <avr/io.h>
-		#include <avr/boot.h>
-		#include <stdbool.h>
-
-		#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
-
-	/* Macros: */
-		#if AUX_BOOT_SECTION_SIZE > 0
-			#define AUX_BOOT_SECTION       __attribute__((section(".boot_aux")))
-		#else
-			#define AUX_BOOT_SECTION
-		#endif
-
-	/* Function Prototypes: */
-		void    BootloaderAPI_ErasePage(const uint32_t Address);
-		void    BootloaderAPI_WritePage(const uint32_t Address);
-		void    BootloaderAPI_FillWord(const uint32_t Address, const uint16_t Word);
-		uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature(const uint16_t Address);
-		uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse(const uint16_t Address);
-		uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadLock(void);
-		void    BootloaderAPI_WriteLock(const uint8_t LockBits);
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderAPITable.S b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderAPITable.S
deleted file mode 100644
index 91fc949666..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderAPITable.S
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#if AUX_BOOT_SECTION_SIZE > 0
-#warning Using a AUX bootloader section in addition to the defined bootloader space (see documentation).
-
-; Trampoline to jump over the AUX bootloader section to the start of the bootloader,
-; on devices where an AUX bootloader section is used.
-.section .boot_aux_trampoline, "ax"
-.global Boot_AUX_Trampoline
-Boot_AUX_Trampoline:
-	jmp BOOT_START_ADDR
-#endif
-
-; Trampolines to actual API implementations if the target address is outside the
-; range of a rjmp instruction (can happen with large bootloader sections)
-.section .apitable_trampolines, "ax"
-.global BootloaderAPI_Trampolines
-BootloaderAPI_Trampolines:
-
-	BootloaderAPI_ErasePage_Trampoline:
-		jmp BootloaderAPI_ErasePage
-	BootloaderAPI_WritePage_Trampoline:
-		jmp BootloaderAPI_WritePage
-	BootloaderAPI_FillWord_Trampoline:
-		jmp BootloaderAPI_FillWord
-	BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature_Trampoline:
-		jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature
-	BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse_Trampoline:
-		jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse
-	BootloaderAPI_ReadLock_Trampoline:
-		jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadLock
-	BootloaderAPI_WriteLock_Trampoline:
-		jmp BootloaderAPI_WriteLock
-	BootloaderAPI_UNUSED1:
-		ret
-	BootloaderAPI_UNUSED2:
-		ret
-	BootloaderAPI_UNUSED3:
-		ret
-	BootloaderAPI_UNUSED4:
-		ret
-	BootloaderAPI_UNUSED5:
-		ret
-
-
-
-; API function jump table
-.section .apitable_jumptable, "ax"
-.global BootloaderAPI_JumpTable
-BootloaderAPI_JumpTable:
-
-	rjmp BootloaderAPI_ErasePage_Trampoline
-	rjmp BootloaderAPI_WritePage_Trampoline
-	rjmp BootloaderAPI_FillWord_Trampoline
-	rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature_Trampoline
-	rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse_Trampoline
-	rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadLock_Trampoline
-	rjmp BootloaderAPI_WriteLock_Trampoline
-	rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED1 ; UNUSED ENTRY 1
-	rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED2 ; UNUSED ENTRY 2
-	rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED3 ; UNUSED ENTRY 3
-	rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED4 ; UNUSED ENTRY 4
-	rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED5 ; UNUSED ENTRY 5
-
-
-
-; Bootloader table signatures and information
-.section .apitable_signatures, "ax"
-.global BootloaderAPI_Signatures
-BootloaderAPI_Signatures:
-
-	.long BOOT_START_ADDR ; Start address of the bootloader
-	.word 0xDF30 ; Signature for the MS class bootloader, V1
-	.word 0xDCFB ; Signature for a LUFA class bootloader
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderMassStorage.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderMassStorage.c
deleted file mode 100644
index cfe0cdbf8f..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderMassStorage.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,238 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  Main source file for the Mass Storage class bootloader. This file contains the complete bootloader logic.
- */
-
-#define  INCLUDE_FROM_BOOTLOADER_MASSSTORAGE_C
-#include "BootloaderMassStorage.h"
-
-/** LUFA Mass Storage Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
- *  passed to all Mass Storage Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
- *  within a device can be differentiated from one another.
- */
-USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t Disk_MS_Interface =
-	{
-		.Config =
-			{
-				.InterfaceNumber           = INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage,
-				.DataINEndpoint            =
-					{
-						.Address           = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR,
-						.Size              = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
-						.Banks             = 1,
-					},
-				.DataOUTEndpoint           =
-					{
-						.Address           = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR,
-						.Size              = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
-						.Banks             = 1,
-					},
-				.TotalLUNs                 = 1,
-			},
-	};
-
-/** Flag to indicate if the bootloader should be running, or should exit and allow the application code to run
- *  via a soft reset. When cleared, the bootloader will abort, the USB interface will shut down and the application
- *  started via a forced watchdog reset.
- */
-bool RunBootloader = true;
-
-/** Magic lock for forced application start. If the HWBE fuse is programmed and BOOTRST is unprogrammed, the bootloader
- *  will start if the /HWB line of the AVR is held low and the system is reset. However, if the /HWB line is still held
- *  low when the application attempts to start via a watchdog reset, the bootloader will re-start. If set to the value
- *  \ref MAGIC_BOOT_KEY the special init function \ref Application_Jump_Check() will force the application to start.
- */
-uint16_t MagicBootKey ATTR_NO_INIT;
-
-/** Indicates if the bootloader is allowed to exit immediately if \ref RunBootloader is \c false. During shutdown all
- *  pending commands must be processed before jumping to the user-application, thus this tracks the main program loop
- *  iterations since a SCSI command from the host was received.
- */
-static uint8_t TicksSinceLastCommand = 0;
-
-
-/** Special startup routine to check if the bootloader was started via a watchdog reset, and if the magic application
- *  start key has been loaded into \ref MagicBootKey. If the bootloader started via the watchdog and the key is valid,
- *  this will force the user application to start via a software jump.
- */
-void Application_Jump_Check(void)
-{
-	bool JumpToApplication = false;
-
-	#if (BOARD == BOARD_LEONARDO)
-		/* Enable pull-up on the IO13 pin so we can use it to select the mode */
-		PORTC |=  (1 << 7);
-		Delay_MS(10);
-
-		/* If IO13 is not jumpered to ground, start the user application instead */
-		JumpToApplication |= ((PINC & (1 << 7)) != 0);
-
-		/* Disable pull-up after the check has completed */
-		PORTC &= ~(1 << 7);
-	#elif ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
-		/* Disable JTAG debugging */
-		JTAG_DISABLE();
-
-		/* Enable pull-up on the JTAG TCK pin so we can use it to select the mode */
-		PORTF |= (1 << 4);
-		Delay_MS(10);
-
-		/* If the TCK pin is not jumpered to ground, start the user application instead */
-		JumpToApplication |= ((PINF & (1 << 4)) != 0);
-
-		/* Re-enable JTAG debugging */
-		JTAG_ENABLE();
-	#endif
-
-	/* If the reset source was the bootloader and the key is correct, clear it and jump to the application */
-	if ((MCUSR & (1 << WDRF)) && (MagicBootKey == MAGIC_BOOT_KEY))
-	{
-		MagicBootKey      = 0;
-		JumpToApplication = true;
-	}
-
-	if (JumpToApplication)
-	{
-		// cppcheck-suppress constStatement
-		((void (*)(void))0x0000)();
-	}
-}
-
-/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
- *  enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
- */
-int main(void)
-{
-	SetupHardware();
-
-	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
-	GlobalInterruptEnable();
-
-	while (RunBootloader || TicksSinceLastCommand++ < 0xFF)
-	{
-		MS_Device_USBTask(&Disk_MS_Interface);
-		USB_USBTask();
-	}
-
-	/* Disconnect from the host - USB interface will be reset later along with the AVR */
-	USB_Detach();
-
-	/* Unlock the forced application start mode of the bootloader if it is restarted */
-	MagicBootKey = MAGIC_BOOT_KEY;
-
-	/* Enable the watchdog and force a timeout to reset the AVR */
-	wdt_enable(WDTO_250MS);
-
-	for (;;);
-}
-
-/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
-static void SetupHardware(void)
-{
-	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
-	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
-	wdt_disable();
-
-	/* Disable clock division */
-	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
-
-	/* Relocate the interrupt vector table to the bootloader section */
-	MCUCR = (1 << IVCE);
-	MCUCR = (1 << IVSEL);
-
-	/* Hardware Initialization */
-	LEDs_Init();
-	USB_Init();
-
-	/* Bootloader active LED toggle timer initialization */
-	TIMSK1 = (1 << TOIE1);
-	TCCR1B = ((1 << CS11) | (1 << CS10));
-}
-
-/** ISR to periodically toggle the LEDs on the board to indicate that the bootloader is active. */
-ISR(TIMER1_OVF_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
-{
-	LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs. */
-void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
-{
-	/* Indicate USB enumerating */
-	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
- *  the status LEDs and stops the Mass Storage management task.
- */
-void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
-{
-	/* Indicate USB not ready */
-	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
-void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
-{
-	bool ConfigSuccess = true;
-
-	/* Setup Mass Storage Data Endpoints */
-	ConfigSuccess &= MS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Disk_MS_Interface);
-
-	/* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */
-	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
-void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
-{
-	MS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Disk_MS_Interface);
-}
-
-/** Mass Storage class driver callback function the reception of SCSI commands from the host, which must be processed.
- *
- *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface configuration structure being referenced
- */
-bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	bool CommandSuccess;
-
-	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
-	CommandSuccess = SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(MSInterfaceInfo);
-	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
-
-	/* Signal that a command was processed, must not exit bootloader yet */
-	TicksSinceLastCommand = 0;
-
-	return CommandSuccess;
-}
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderMassStorage.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderMassStorage.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c1bd004106..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderMassStorage.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,99 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  Header file for BootloaderMassStorage.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _BOOTLOADER_MASS_STORAGE_H_
-#define _BOOTLOADER_MASS_STORAGE_H_
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include <avr/io.h>
-		#include <avr/wdt.h>
-		#include <avr/power.h>
-		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
-		#include <string.h>
-
-		#include "Descriptors.h"
-		#include "Config/AppConfig.h"
-
-		#include "Lib/SCSI.h"
-
-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
-		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__OPTIMIZE_SIZE__)
-			#error This bootloader requires that it be optimized for size, not speed, to fit into the target device. Change optimization settings and try again.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Macros: */
-		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
-		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
-
-		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
-		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
-
-		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
-		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
-
-		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
-		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
-
-		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
-		#define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY          LEDS_LED2
-
-		/** Magic bootloader key to unlock forced application start mode. */
-		#define MAGIC_BOOT_KEY             0xDC42
-
-	/* Global Variables: */
-		extern bool RunBootloader;
-
-	/* Function Prototypes: */
-		int main(void) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
-
-		void Application_Jump_Check(void) ATTR_INIT_SECTION(3);
-
-		void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
-		void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
-		void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
-		void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
-
-		bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
-
-		#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_BOOTLOADER_MASSSTORAGE_C)
-			static void SetupHardware(void) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderMassStorage.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderMassStorage.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index e094847933..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderMassStorage.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,225 +0,0 @@
-/** \file
- *
- *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
- *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
- */
-
-/** \mainpage Mass Storage Class USB AVR Bootloader
- *
- *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
- *
- *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
- *
- *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
- *  \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
- *  \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4) - <i>See \ref SSec_Aux_Space</i>
- *  \li ATMEGA32U2 - <i>See \ref SSec_Aux_Space</i>
- *
- *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
- *
- *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
- *
- *  <table>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
- *    <td>Device</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
- *    <td>Mass Storage Device</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
- *    <td>Bulk-Only Transport</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
- *    <td>USBIF Mass Storage Standard \n
- *        USB Bulk-Only Transport Standard \n
- *        SCSI Primary Commands Specification \n
- *        SCSI Block Commands Specification</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
- *    <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
- *   </tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
- *
- *  This bootloader enumerates to the host as a Mass Storage device, capable of reading and writing a new binary
- *  firmware image file, to load firmware onto the AVR.
- *
- *  Out of the box this bootloader builds for the AT90USB1287 with an 8KB bootloader section size, and will fit
- *  into 6KB of bootloader space. If you wish to alter this size and/or change the AVR model, you will need to
- *  edit the MCU, FLASH_SIZE_KB and BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB values in the accompanying makefile.
- *
- *  When the bootloader is running, the board's LED(s) will flash at regular intervals to distinguish the
- *  bootloader from the normal user application.
- *
- *  \warning <b>THIS BOOTLOADER IS NOT SECURE.</b> Malicious entities can recover written data, even if the device
- *           lockbits are set.
- *
- *  \section Sec_Running Running the Bootloader
- *
- *  This bootloader is designed to be started via the HWB mechanism of the USB AVRs; ground the HWB pin (see device
- *  datasheet) then momentarily ground /RESET to start the bootloader. This assumes the HWBE fuse is set and the BOOTRST
- *  fuse is cleared.
- *
- *  For board specific exceptions to the above, see below.
- *
- *  \subsection SSec_XPLAIN Atmel Xplain Board
- *  Ground the USB AVR JTAG's \c TCK pin to ground when powering on the board to start the bootloader. This assumes the
- *  \c HWBE fuse is cleared and the \c BOOTRST fuse is set as the HWBE pin is not user accessible on this board.
- *
- *  \subsection SSec_Leonardo Arduino Leonardo Board
- *  Ground \c IO13 when powering the board to start the bootloader. This assumes the \c HWBE fuse is cleared and the
- *  \c BOOTRST fuse is set as the HWBE pin is not user accessible on this board.
- *
- *  \section Sec_Installation Driver Installation
- *
- *  This bootloader uses the Mass Storage drivers inbuilt into all modern operating systems, thus no additional
- *  drivers need to be supplied for correct operation.
- *
- *  \section Sec_HostApp Host Controller Application
- *
- *  This bootloader is compatible with all operating systems that support the FAT12 file system format. To reprogram the
- *  device, overwrite a file stored on the virtual FAT filesystem with a new binary (BIN format) image. Remember to safely
- *  remove your device from the host using the host OS's ejection APIs, to ensure all data is correctly flushed to the
- *  bootloader's virtual filesystem and not cached in the OS's file system driver.
- *
- *  The current device firmware can be read from the device by reading a file from the virtual FAT filesystem.
- *
- *  \warning This bootloader is currently <b>incompatible with the Apple MacOS X OS Finder GUI</b>, due to the
- *           large amount of meta files this OS attempts to write to the disk along with the new binaries. On
- *           this platform, firmwares must be copied to the disk via the Terminal application only to prevent
- *           firmware corruption.
- *
- *  \section Sec_API User Application API
- *
- *  Several user application functions for FLASH and other special memory area manipulations are exposed by the bootloader,
- *  allowing the user application to call into the bootloader at runtime to read and write FLASH data.
- *
- *  By default, the bootloader API jump table is located 32 bytes from the end of the device's FLASH memory, and follows the
- *  following layout:
- *
- *  \code
- *  #define BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE          32
- *  #define BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START         ((FLASHEND + 1UL) - BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE)
- *  #define BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(Index)         (void*)((BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (Index * 2)) / 2)
- *
- *  void    (*BootloaderAPI_ErasePage)(uint32_t Address)               = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(0);
- *  void    (*BootloaderAPI_WritePage)(uint32_t Address)               = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(1);
- *  void    (*BootloaderAPI_FillWord)(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Word) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(2);
- *  uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature)(uint16_t Address)           = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(3);
- *  uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse)(uint16_t Address)                = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(4);
- *  uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadLock)(void)                            = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(5);
- *  void    (*BootloaderAPI_WriteLock)(uint8_t LockBits)               = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(6);
- *
- *  #define BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE_START   (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 2))
- *  #define BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE         0xDCFB
- *
- *  #define BOOTLOADER_CLASS_SIGNATURE_START   (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 4))
- *  #define BOOTLOADER_MASS_STORAGE_SIGNATURE  0xDF30
- *
- *  #define BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_START           (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 8))
- *  #define BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_LENGTH          4
- *  \endcode
- *
- *  From the application the API support of the bootloader can be detected by reading the FLASH memory bytes located at address
- *  \c BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE_START and comparing them to the value \c BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE. The class of bootloader
- *  can be determined by reading the FLASH memory bytes located at address \c BOOTLOADER_CLASS_SIGNATURE_START and comparing them
- *  to the value \c BOOTLOADER_MASS_STORAGE_SIGNATURE. The start address of the bootloader can be retrieved by reading the bytes
- *  of FLASH memory starting from address \c BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_START.
- *
- *  \subsection SSec_Aux_Space Auxiliary Bootloader Section
- *  To make the bootloader function on smaller devices (those with a physical bootloader section of smaller than 6KB) a second
- *  section of memory (called the <i>Auxiliary Bootloader Section</i>) is added before the start of the real bootloader section,
- *  and is filled with a portion of the bootloader code. This allows smaller devices to run the bootloader, at the cost of an
- *  additional portion of the device's FLASH (the bootloader section size in KB subtracted from the 6KB total size). A small
- *  trampoline is inserted at the start of the auxiliary section so that the bootloader will run normally in the case of a blank
- *  application section.
- *
- *  On devices supporting a 8KB bootloader section size, the AUX section is not created in the final binary.
- *
- *  \subsection SSec_API_MemLayout Device Memory Map
- *  The following illustration indicates the final memory map of the device when loaded with the bootloader.
- *
- *  \verbatim
- *  +----------------------------+ 0x0000
- *  |                            |
- *  |                            |
- *  |                            |
- *  |                            |
- *  |                            |
- *  |                            |
- *  |                            |
- *  |                            |
- *  |      User Application      |
- *  |                            |
- *  |                            |
- *  |                            |
- *  |                            |
- *  |                            |
- *  |                            |
- *  |                            |
- *  |                            |
- *  +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - BOOT_SECTION_SIZE - BOOT_AUX_SECTION_SIZE
- *  | Booloader Start Trampoline |
- *  | (Not User App. Accessible) |
- *  +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - BOOT_SECTION_SIZE - BOOT_AUX_SECTION_SIZE + 4
- *  |                            |
- *  |     Auxiliary Bootloader   |
- *  |  Space for Smaller Devices |
- *  | (Not User App. Accessible) |
- *  |                            |
- *  +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - BOOT_SECTION_SIZE
- *  |                            |
- *  |   Bootloader Application   |
- *  | (Not User App. Accessible) |
- *  |                            |
- *  +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 96
- *  |   API Table Trampolines    |
- *  | (Not User App. Accessible) |
- *  +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 32
- *  |    Bootloader API Table    |
- *  |   (User App. Accessible)   |
- *  +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 8
- *  |   Bootloader ID Constants  |
- *  |   (User App. Accessible)   |
- *  +----------------------------+ FLASHEND
- *  \endverbatim
- *
- *  \section Sec_KnownIssues Known Issues:
- *
- *  \par In some cases, the application is not fully loaded into the device.
- *  Write-caching on some operating systems may interfere with the normal
- *  operation of the bootloader. Write caching should be disabled when using the
- *  Mass Storage bootloader, or the file system synced via an appropriate command
- *  (such as the OS's normal disk ejection command) before disconnecting the device.
- *
- *  \par After loading an application, it is not run automatically on startup.
- *  Some USB AVR boards ship with the BOOTRST fuse set, causing the bootloader
- *  to run automatically when the device is reset. In most cases, the BOOTRST
- *  fuse should be disabled and the HWBE fuse used instead to run the bootloader
- *  when needed.
- *
- *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
- *
- *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
- *
- *  <table>
- *   <tr>
- *    <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
- *    <th><b>Location:</b></th>
- *    <th><b>Description:</b></th>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td>NO_APP_START_ON_EJECT</td>
- *    <td>AppConfig.h</td>
- *    <td>Define to disable automatic start of the loaded application when the virtual
- *        Mass Storage disk is ejected on the host.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *  </table>
- */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Config/AppConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Config/AppConfig.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6745a86e3b..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Config/AppConfig.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Application Configuration Header File
- *
- *  This is a header file which is be used to configure LUFA's
- *  compile time options, as an alternative to the compile time
- *  constants supplied through a makefile.
- *
- *  For information on what each token does, refer to the
- *  \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
- */
-
-#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
-#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
-
-//	#define NO_APP_START_ON_EJECT
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Config/LUFAConfig.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c0648160c7..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Config/LUFAConfig.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
- *
- *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
- *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
- *  a makefile.
- *
- *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
- *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
- */
-
-#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
-#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
-
-	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
-
-		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
-//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
-
-		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
-//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
-//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
-
-		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
-		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
-		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
-		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
-//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
-//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
-		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
-
-		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
-		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
-//		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
-//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
-		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
-		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
-		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            0
-		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
-//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
-		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
-		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
-		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
-
-		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
-//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
-//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
-
-	#else
-
-		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
-
-	#endif
-#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Descriptors.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Descriptors.c
deleted file mode 100644
index a1cefa3516..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Descriptors.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,157 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
- *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
- *  the device's capabilities and functions.
- */
-
-#include "Descriptors.h"
-
-
-/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, describes the overall
- *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
- *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
- *  process begins.
- */
-const USB_Descriptor_Device_t DeviceDescriptor =
-{
-	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
-
-	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
-	.Class                  = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
-	.SubClass               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
-	.Protocol               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
-
-	.Endpoint0Size          = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
-
-	.VendorID               = 0x03EB,
-	.ProductID              = 0x2045,
-	.ReleaseNumber          = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
-
-	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
-	.ProductStrIndex        = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
-	.SerialNumStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
-
-	.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
-};
-
-/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
- *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
- *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
- *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
- */
-const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t ConfigurationDescriptor =
-{
-	.Config =
-		{
-			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
-
-			.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
-			.TotalInterfaces        = 1,
-
-			.ConfigurationNumber    = 1,
-			.ConfigurationStrIndex  = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
-
-			.ConfigAttributes       = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED,
-
-			.MaxPowerConsumption    = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
-		},
-
-	.MS_Interface =
-		{
-			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
-
-			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage,
-			.AlternateSetting       = 0,
-
-			.TotalEndpoints         = 2,
-
-			.Class                  = MS_CSCP_MassStorageClass,
-			.SubClass               = MS_CSCP_SCSITransparentSubclass,
-			.Protocol               = MS_CSCP_BulkOnlyTransportProtocol,
-
-			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
-		},
-
-	.MS_DataInEndpoint =
-		{
-			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
-
-			.EndpointAddress        = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR,
-			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
-			.EndpointSize           = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
-			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
-		},
-
-	.MS_DataOutEndpoint =
-		{
-			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
-
-			.EndpointAddress        = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR,
-			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
-			.EndpointSize           = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
-			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
-		}
-};
-
-/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
- *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
- *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
- *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
- *  USB host.
- */
-uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
-                                    const uint8_t wIndex,
-                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
-{
-	const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
-
-	const void* Address = NULL;
-	uint16_t    Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
-
-	/* If/Else If chain compiles slightly smaller than a switch case */
-	if (DescriptorType == DTYPE_Device)
-	{
-		Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
-		Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
-	}
-	else if (DescriptorType == DTYPE_Configuration)
-	{
-		Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
-		Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
-	}
-
-	*DescriptorAddress = Address;
-	return Size;
-}
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Descriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Descriptors.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 31747e4c81..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Descriptors.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  Header file for Descriptors.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
-#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
-
-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
-
-		#include "BootloaderAPI.h"
-
-	/* Macros: */
-		/** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
-		#define MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR         (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 3)
-
-		/** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
-		#define MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR        (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4)
-
-		/** Size in bytes of the Mass Storage data endpoints. */
-		#define MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE         64
-
-	/* Type Defines: */
-		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
-		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
-		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
-
-			// Mass Storage Interface
-			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t            MS_Interface;
-			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             MS_DataInEndpoint;
-			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             MS_DataOutEndpoint;
-		} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
-
-
-		/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
-		 *  should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
-		 *  interface from other descriptors.
-		 */
-		enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
-		{
-			INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage = 0, /**< Mass storage interface descriptor ID */
-		};
-
-	/* Function Prototypes: */
-		uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
-		                                    const uint8_t wIndex,
-		                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
-		                                    ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.c
deleted file mode 100644
index ace118a481..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,294 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  SCSI command processing routines, for SCSI commands issued by the host. Mass Storage
- *  devices use a thin "Bulk-Only Transport" protocol for issuing commands and status information,
- *  which wrap around standard SCSI device commands for controlling the actual storage medium.
- */
-
-#define  INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C
-#include "SCSI.h"
-
-/** Structure to hold the SCSI response data to a SCSI INQUIRY command. This gives information about the device's
- *  features and capabilities.
- */
-static const SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t InquiryData =
-	{
-		.DeviceType          = DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK,
-		.PeripheralQualifier = 0,
-
-		.Removable           = true,
-
-		.Version             = 0,
-
-		.ResponseDataFormat  = 2,
-		.NormACA             = false,
-		.TrmTsk              = false,
-		.AERC                = false,
-
-		.AdditionalLength    = 0x1F,
-
-		.SoftReset           = false,
-		.CmdQue              = false,
-		.Linked              = false,
-		.Sync                = false,
-		.WideBus16Bit        = false,
-		.WideBus32Bit        = false,
-		.RelAddr             = false,
-
-		.VendorID            = "LUFA",
-		.ProductID           = "Bootloader",
-		.RevisionID          = {'0','.','0','0'},
-	};
-
-/** Structure to hold the sense data for the last issued SCSI command, which is returned to the host after a SCSI REQUEST SENSE
- *  command is issued. This gives information on exactly why the last command failed to complete.
- */
-static SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t SenseData =
-	{
-		.ResponseCode        = 0x70,
-		.AdditionalLength    = 0x0A,
-	};
-
-
-/** Main routine to process the SCSI command located in the Command Block Wrapper read from the host. This dispatches
- *  to the appropriate SCSI command handling routine if the issued command is supported by the device, else it returns
- *  a command failure due to a ILLEGAL REQUEST.
- *
- *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
- *
- *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise
- */
-bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	bool CommandSuccess = false;
-
-	/* Run the appropriate SCSI command hander function based on the passed command */
-	switch (MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[0])
-	{
-		case SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY:
-			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Inquiry(MSInterfaceInfo);
-			break;
-		case SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE:
-			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(MSInterfaceInfo);
-			break;
-		case SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10:
-			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(MSInterfaceInfo);
-			break;
-		case SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10:
-			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_WRITE);
-			break;
-		case SCSI_CMD_READ_10:
-			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_READ);
-			break;
-		case SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_6:
-			CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(MSInterfaceInfo);
-			break;
-		case SCSI_CMD_START_STOP_UNIT:
-#if !defined(NO_APP_START_ON_EJECT)
-			/* If the user ejected the volume, signal bootloader exit at next opportunity. */
-			RunBootloader = ((MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4] & 0x03) != 0x02);
-#endif
-		case SCSI_CMD_SEND_DIAGNOSTIC:
-		case SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY:
-		case SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL:
-		case SCSI_CMD_VERIFY_10:
-			/* These commands should just succeed, no handling required */
-			CommandSuccess = true;
-			MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
-			break;
-		default:
-			/* Update the SENSE key to reflect the invalid command */
-			SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
-		                   SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_COMMAND,
-		                   SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
-			break;
-	}
-
-	/* Check if command was successfully processed */
-	if (CommandSuccess)
-	{
-		SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD,
-		               SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
-		               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
-
-		return true;
-	}
-
-	return false;
-}
-
-/** Command processing for an issued SCSI INQUIRY command. This command returns information about the device's features
- *  and capabilities to the host.
- *
- *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
- *
- *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
- */
-static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	uint16_t AllocationLength  = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[3]);
-	uint16_t BytesTransferred  = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(InquiryData));
-
-	/* Only the standard INQUIRY data is supported, check if any optional INQUIRY bits set */
-	if ((MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & ((1 << 0) | (1 << 1))) ||
-	     MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2])
-	{
-		/* Optional but unsupported bits set - update the SENSE key and fail the request */
-		SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
-		               SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
-		               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
-
-		return false;
-	}
-
-	Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&InquiryData, BytesTransferred, NULL);
-
-	/* Pad out remaining bytes with 0x00 */
-	Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL);
-
-	/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
-	Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
-	/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
-	MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-/** Command processing for an issued SCSI REQUEST SENSE command. This command returns information about the last issued command,
- *  including the error code and additional error information so that the host can determine why a command failed to complete.
- *
- *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
- *
- *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
- */
-static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	uint8_t AllocationLength = MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4];
-	uint8_t BytesTransferred = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(SenseData));
-
-	Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&SenseData, BytesTransferred, NULL);
-	Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL);
-	Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
-	/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
-	MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ CAPACITY (10) command. This command returns information about the device's capacity
- *  on the selected Logical Unit (drive), as a number of OS-sized blocks.
- *
- *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
- *
- *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
- */
-static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	Endpoint_Write_32_BE(LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS - 1);
-	Endpoint_Write_32_BE(SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES);
-	Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
-	/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
-	MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 8;
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ (10) or WRITE (10) command. This command reads in the block start address
- *  and total number of blocks to process, then calls the appropriate low-level Dataflash routine to handle the actual
- *  reading and writing of the data.
- *
- *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
- *  \param[in] IsDataRead  Indicates if the command is a READ (10) command or WRITE (10) command (DATA_READ or DATA_WRITE)
- *
- *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
- */
-static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
-                                      const bool IsDataRead)
-{
-	uint16_t BlockAddress;
-	uint16_t TotalBlocks;
-
-	/* Load in the 32-bit block address (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */
-	BlockAddress = SwapEndian_32(*(uint32_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2]);
-
-	/* Load in the 16-bit total blocks (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */
-	TotalBlocks  = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[7]);
-
-	/* Check if the block address is outside the maximum allowable value for the LUN */
-	if (BlockAddress >= LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS)
-	{
-		/* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */
-		SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
-		               SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_BLOCK_ADDRESS_OUT_OF_RANGE,
-		               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
-
-		return false;
-	}
-
-	/* Determine if the packet is a READ (10) or WRITE (10) command, call appropriate function */
-	for (uint16_t i = 0; i < TotalBlocks; i++)
-	{
-		if (IsDataRead == DATA_READ)
-		  VirtualFAT_ReadBlock(BlockAddress + i);
-		else
-		  VirtualFAT_WriteBlock(BlockAddress + i);
-	}
-
-	/* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */
-	MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= ((uint32_t)TotalBlocks * SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES);
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-/** Command processing for an issued SCSI MODE SENSE (6) command. This command returns various informational pages about
- *  the SCSI device, as well as the device's Write Protect status.
- *
- *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
- *
- *  \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
- */
-static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	/* Send an empty header response indicating Write Protect flag is off */
-	Endpoint_Write_32_LE(0);
-	Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
-	/* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */
-	MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 4;
-
-	return true;
-}
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 3529fde605..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  Header file for SCSI.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _SCSI_H_
-#define _SCSI_H_
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include <avr/io.h>
-		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
-
-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
-
-		#include "../BootloaderMassStorage.h"
-		#include "../Descriptors.h"
-		#include "VirtualFAT.h"
-
-	/* Macros: */
-		/** Macro to set the current SCSI sense data to the given key, additional sense code and additional sense qualifier. This
-		 *  is for convenience, as it allows for all three sense values (returned upon request to the host to give information about
-		 *  the last command failure) in a quick and easy manner.
-		 *
-		 *  \param[in] Key    New SCSI sense key to set the sense code to
-		 *  \param[in] Acode  New SCSI additional sense key to set the additional sense code to
-		 *  \param[in] Aqual  New SCSI additional sense key qualifier to set the additional sense qualifier code to
-		 */
-		#define SCSI_SET_SENSE(Key, Acode, Aqual)  do { SenseData.SenseKey                 = (Key);   \
-		                                                SenseData.AdditionalSenseCode      = (Acode); \
-		                                                SenseData.AdditionalSenseQualifier = (Aqual); } while (0)
-
-		/** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be read from the storage medium. */
-		#define DATA_READ           true
-
-		/** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be written to the storage medium. */
-		#define DATA_WRITE          false
-
-		/** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a Block Media device. */
-		#define DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK   0x00
-
-	/* Function Prototypes: */
-		bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
-
-		#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C)
-			static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
-			static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
-			static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
-			static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
-			                                      const bool IsDataRead) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
-			static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/VirtualFAT.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/VirtualFAT.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 907b4e5ff7..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/VirtualFAT.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,482 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  Virtualized FAT12 filesystem implementation, to perform self-programming
- *  in response to read and write requests to the virtual filesystem by the
- *  host PC.
- */
-
-#define  INCLUDE_FROM_VIRTUAL_FAT_C
-#include "VirtualFAT.h"
-
-/** FAT filesystem boot sector block, must be the first sector on the physical
- *  disk so that the host can identify the presence of a FAT filesystem. This
- *  block is truncated; normally a large bootstrap section is located near the
- *  end of the block for booting purposes however as this is not meant to be a
- *  bootable disk it is omitted for space reasons.
- *
- *  \note When returning the boot block to the host, the magic signature 0xAA55
- *        must be added to the very end of the block to identify it as a boot
- *        block.
- */
-static const FATBootBlock_t BootBlock =
-	{
-		.Bootstrap               = {0xEB, 0x3C, 0x90},
-		.Description             = "mkdosfs",
-		.SectorSize              = SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES,
-		.SectorsPerCluster       = SECTOR_PER_CLUSTER,
-		.ReservedSectors         = 1,
-		.FATCopies               = 2,
-		.RootDirectoryEntries    = (SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES / sizeof(FATDirectoryEntry_t)),
-		.TotalSectors16          = LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS,
-		.MediaDescriptor         = 0xF8,
-		.SectorsPerFAT           = 1,
-		.SectorsPerTrack         = (LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS % 64),
-		.Heads                   = (LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS / 64),
-		.HiddenSectors           = 0,
-		.TotalSectors32          = 0,
-		.PhysicalDriveNum        = 0,
-		.ExtendedBootRecordSig   = 0x29,
-		.VolumeSerialNumber      = 0x12345678,
-		.VolumeLabel             = "LUFA BOOT  ",
-		.FilesystemIdentifier    = "FAT12   ",
-	};
-
-/** FAT 8.3 style directory entry, for the virtual FLASH contents file. */
-static FATDirectoryEntry_t FirmwareFileEntries[] =
-	{
-		/* Root volume label entry; disk label is contained in the Filename and
-		 * Extension fields (concatenated) with a special attribute flag - other
-		 * fields are ignored. Should be the same as the label in the boot block.
-		 */
-		[DISK_FILE_ENTRY_VolumeID] =
-		{
-			.MSDOS_Directory =
-				{
-					.Name            = "LUFA BOOT  ",
-					.Attributes      = FAT_FLAG_VOLUME_NAME,
-					.Reserved        = {0},
-					.CreationTime    = 0,
-					.CreationDate    = 0,
-					.StartingCluster = 0,
-					.Reserved2       = 0,
-				}
-		},
-
-		/* VFAT Long File Name entry for the virtual firmware file; required to
-		 * prevent corruption from systems that are unable to detect the device
-		 * as being a legacy MSDOS style FAT12 volume. */
-		[DISK_FILE_ENTRY_FLASH_LFN] =
-		{
-			.VFAT_LongFileName =
-				{
-					.Ordinal         = 1 | FAT_ORDINAL_LAST_ENTRY,
-					.Attribute       = FAT_FLAG_LONG_FILE_NAME,
-					.Reserved1       = 0,
-					.Reserved2       = 0,
-
-					.Checksum        = FAT_CHECKSUM('F','L','A','S','H',' ',' ',' ','B','I','N'),
-
-					.Unicode1        = 'F',
-					.Unicode2        = 'L',
-					.Unicode3        = 'A',
-					.Unicode4        = 'S',
-					.Unicode5        = 'H',
-					.Unicode6        = '.',
-					.Unicode7        = 'B',
-					.Unicode8        = 'I',
-					.Unicode9        = 'N',
-					.Unicode10       = 0,
-					.Unicode11       = 0,
-					.Unicode12       = 0,
-					.Unicode13       = 0,
-				}
-		},
-
-		/* MSDOS file entry for the virtual Firmware image. */
-		[DISK_FILE_ENTRY_FLASH_MSDOS] =
-		{
-			.MSDOS_File =
-				{
-					.Filename        = "FLASH   ",
-					.Extension       = "BIN",
-					.Attributes      = 0,
-					.Reserved        = {0},
-					.CreationTime    = FAT_TIME(1, 1, 0),
-					.CreationDate    = FAT_DATE(14, 2, 1989),
-					.StartingCluster = 2,
-					.FileSizeBytes   = FLASH_FILE_SIZE_BYTES,
-				}
-		},
-
-		[DISK_FILE_ENTRY_EEPROM_LFN] =
-		{
-			.VFAT_LongFileName =
-				{
-					.Ordinal         = 1 | FAT_ORDINAL_LAST_ENTRY,
-					.Attribute       = FAT_FLAG_LONG_FILE_NAME,
-					.Reserved1       = 0,
-					.Reserved2       = 0,
-
-					.Checksum        = FAT_CHECKSUM('E','E','P','R','O','M',' ',' ','B','I','N'),
-
-					.Unicode1        = 'E',
-					.Unicode2        = 'E',
-					.Unicode3        = 'P',
-					.Unicode4        = 'R',
-					.Unicode5        = 'O',
-					.Unicode6        = 'M',
-					.Unicode7        = '.',
-					.Unicode8        = 'B',
-					.Unicode9        = 'I',
-					.Unicode10       = 'N',
-					.Unicode11       = 0,
-					.Unicode12       = 0,
-					.Unicode13       = 0,
-				}
-		},
-
-		[DISK_FILE_ENTRY_EEPROM_MSDOS] =
-		{
-			.MSDOS_File =
-				{
-					.Filename        = "EEPROM  ",
-					.Extension       = "BIN",
-					.Attributes      = 0,
-					.Reserved        = {0},
-					.CreationTime    = FAT_TIME(1, 1, 0),
-					.CreationDate    = FAT_DATE(14, 2, 1989),
-					.StartingCluster = 2 + FILE_CLUSTERS(FLASH_FILE_SIZE_BYTES),
-					.FileSizeBytes   = EEPROM_FILE_SIZE_BYTES,
-				}
-		},
-	};
-
-/** Starting cluster of the virtual FLASH.BIN file on disk, tracked so that the
- *  offset from the start of the data sector can be determined. On Windows
- *  systems files are usually replaced using the original file's disk clusters,
- *  while Linux appears to overwrite with an offset which must be compensated for.
- */
-static const uint16_t* FLASHFileStartCluster  = &FirmwareFileEntries[DISK_FILE_ENTRY_FLASH_MSDOS].MSDOS_File.StartingCluster;
-
-/** Starting cluster of the virtual EEPROM.BIN file on disk, tracked so that the
- *  offset from the start of the data sector can be determined. On Windows
- *  systems files are usually replaced using the original file's disk clusters,
- *  while Linux appears to overwrite with an offset which must be compensated for.
- */
-static const uint16_t* EEPROMFileStartCluster = &FirmwareFileEntries[DISK_FILE_ENTRY_EEPROM_MSDOS].MSDOS_File.StartingCluster;
-
-/** Reads a byte of EEPROM out from the EEPROM memory space.
- *
- *  \note This function is required as the avr-libc EEPROM functions do not cope
- *        with linker relaxations, and a jump longer than 4K of FLASH on the
- *        larger USB AVRs will break the linker. This function is marked as
- *        never inlinable and placed into the normal text segment so that the
- *        call to the EEPROM function will be short even if the AUX boot section
- *        is used.
- *
- *  \param[in]  Address   Address of the EEPROM location to read from
- *
- *  \return Read byte of EEPROM data.
- */
-static uint8_t ReadEEPROMByte(const uint8_t* const Address)
-{
-	return eeprom_read_byte(Address);
-}
-
-/** Writes a byte of EEPROM out to the EEPROM memory space.
- *
- *  \note This function is required as the avr-libc EEPROM functions do not cope
- *        with linker relaxations, and a jump longer than 4K of FLASH on the
- *        larger USB AVRs will break the linker. This function is marked as
- *        never inlinable and placed into the normal text segment so that the
- *        call to the EEPROM function will be short even if the AUX boot section
- *        is used.
- *
- *  \param[in]  Address   Address of the EEPROM location to write to
- *  \param[in]  Data      New data to write to the EEPROM location
- */
-static void WriteEEPROMByte(uint8_t* const Address,
-                            const uint8_t Data)
-{
-	 eeprom_update_byte(Address, Data);
-}
-
-/** Updates a FAT12 cluster entry in the FAT file table with the specified next
- *  chain index. If the cluster is the last in the file chain, the magic value
- *  \c 0xFFF should be used.
- *
- *  \note FAT data cluster indexes are offset by 2, so that cluster 2 is the
- *        first file data cluster on the disk. See the FAT specification.
- *
- *  \param[out]  FATTable    Pointer to the FAT12 allocation table
- *  \param[in]   Index       Index of the cluster entry to update
- *  \param[in]   ChainEntry  Next cluster index in the file chain
- */
-static void UpdateFAT12ClusterEntry(uint8_t* const FATTable,
-                                    const uint16_t Index,
-                                    const uint16_t ChainEntry)
-{
-	/* Calculate the starting offset of the cluster entry in the FAT12 table */
-	uint8_t FATOffset   = (Index + (Index >> 1));
-	bool    UpperNibble = ((Index & 1) != 0);
-
-	/* Check if the start of the entry is at an upper nibble of the byte, fill
-	 * out FAT12 entry as required */
-	if (UpperNibble)
-	{
-		FATTable[FATOffset]     = (FATTable[FATOffset] & 0x0F) | ((ChainEntry & 0x0F) << 4);
-		FATTable[FATOffset + 1] = (ChainEntry >> 4);
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		FATTable[FATOffset]     = ChainEntry;
-		FATTable[FATOffset + 1] = (FATTable[FATOffset] & 0xF0) | (ChainEntry >> 8);
-	}
-}
-
-/** Updates a FAT12 cluster chain in the FAT file table with a linear chain of
- *  the specified length.
- *
- *  \note FAT data cluster indexes are offset by 2, so that cluster 2 is the
- *        first file data cluster on the disk. See the FAT specification.
- *
- *  \param[out]  FATTable     Pointer to the FAT12 allocation table
- *  \param[in]   Index        Index of the start of the cluster chain to update
- *  \param[in]   ChainLength  Length of the chain to write, in clusters
- */
-static void UpdateFAT12ClusterChain(uint8_t* const FATTable,
-                                    const uint16_t Index,
-                                    const uint8_t ChainLength)
-{
-	for (uint8_t i = 0; i < ChainLength; i++)
-	{
-		uint16_t CurrentCluster = Index + i;
-		uint16_t NextCluster    = CurrentCluster + 1;
-
-		/* Mark last cluster as end of file */
-		if (i == (ChainLength - 1))
-		  NextCluster = 0xFFF;
-
-		UpdateFAT12ClusterEntry(FATTable, CurrentCluster, NextCluster);
-	}
-}
-
-/** Reads or writes a block of data from/to the physical device FLASH using a
- *  block buffer stored in RAM, if the requested block is within the virtual
- *  firmware file's sector ranges in the emulated FAT file system.
- *
- *  \param[in]      BlockNumber  Physical disk block to read from/write to
- *  \param[in,out]  BlockBuffer  Pointer to the start of the block buffer in RAM
- *  \param[in]      Read         If \c true, the requested block is read, if
- *                               \c false, the requested block is written
- */
-static void ReadWriteFLASHFileBlock(const uint16_t BlockNumber,
-                                    uint8_t* BlockBuffer,
-                                    const bool Read)
-{
-	uint16_t FileStartBlock = DISK_BLOCK_DataStartBlock + (*FLASHFileStartCluster - 2) * SECTOR_PER_CLUSTER;
-	uint16_t FileEndBlock   = FileStartBlock + (FILE_SECTORS(FLASH_FILE_SIZE_BYTES) - 1);
-
-	/* Range check the write request - abort if requested block is not within the
-	 * virtual firmware file sector range */
-	if (!((BlockNumber >= FileStartBlock) && (BlockNumber <= FileEndBlock)))
-	  return;
-
-	#if (FLASHEND > 0xFFFF)
-	uint32_t FlashAddress = (uint32_t)(BlockNumber - FileStartBlock) * SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES;
-	#else
-	uint16_t FlashAddress = (uint16_t)(BlockNumber - FileStartBlock) * SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES;
-	#endif
-
-	if (Read)
-	{
-		/* Read out the mapped block of data from the device's FLASH */
-		for (uint16_t i = 0; i < SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES; i++)
-		{
-			#if (FLASHEND > 0xFFFF)
-			  BlockBuffer[i] = pgm_read_byte_far(FlashAddress++);
-			#else
-			  BlockBuffer[i] = pgm_read_byte(FlashAddress++);
-			#endif
-		}
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		/* Write out the mapped block of data to the device's FLASH */
-		for (uint16_t i = 0; i < SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES; i += 2)
-		{
-			if ((FlashAddress % SPM_PAGESIZE) == 0)
-			{
-				/* Erase the given FLASH page, ready to be programmed */
-				BootloaderAPI_ErasePage(FlashAddress);
-			}
-
-			/* Write the next data word to the FLASH page */
-			BootloaderAPI_FillWord(FlashAddress, (BlockBuffer[i + 1] << 8) | BlockBuffer[i]);
-			FlashAddress += 2;
-
-			if ((FlashAddress % SPM_PAGESIZE) == 0)
-			{
-				/* Write the filled FLASH page to memory */
-				BootloaderAPI_WritePage(FlashAddress - SPM_PAGESIZE);
-			}
-		}
-	}
-}
-
-/** Reads or writes a block of data from/to the physical device EEPROM using a
- *  block buffer stored in RAM, if the requested block is within the virtual
- *  firmware file's sector ranges in the emulated FAT file system.
- *
- *  \param[in]      BlockNumber  Physical disk block to read from/write to
- *  \param[in,out]  BlockBuffer  Pointer to the start of the block buffer in RAM
- *  \param[in]      Read         If \c true, the requested block is read, if
- *                               \c false, the requested block is written
- */
-static void ReadWriteEEPROMFileBlock(const uint16_t BlockNumber,
-                                     uint8_t* BlockBuffer,
-                                     const bool Read)
-{
-	uint16_t FileStartBlock = DISK_BLOCK_DataStartBlock + (*EEPROMFileStartCluster - 2) * SECTOR_PER_CLUSTER;
-	uint16_t FileEndBlock   = FileStartBlock + (FILE_SECTORS(EEPROM_FILE_SIZE_BYTES) - 1);
-
-	/* Range check the write request - abort if requested block is not within the
-	 * virtual firmware file sector range */
-	if (!((BlockNumber >= FileStartBlock) && (BlockNumber <= FileEndBlock)))
-	  return;
-
-	uint16_t EEPROMAddress = (uint16_t)(BlockNumber - FileStartBlock) * SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES;
-
-	if (Read)
-	{
-		/* Read out the mapped block of data from the device's EEPROM */
-		for (uint16_t i = 0; i < SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES; i++)
-		  BlockBuffer[i] = ReadEEPROMByte((uint8_t*)EEPROMAddress++);
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		/* Write out the mapped block of data to the device's EEPROM */
-		for (uint16_t i = 0; i < SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES; i++)
-		  WriteEEPROMByte((uint8_t*)EEPROMAddress++, BlockBuffer[i]);
-	}
-}
-
-/** Writes a block of data to the virtual FAT filesystem, from the USB Mass
- *  Storage interface.
- *
- *  \param[in]  BlockNumber  Index of the block to write.
- */
-void VirtualFAT_WriteBlock(const uint16_t BlockNumber)
-{
-	uint8_t BlockBuffer[SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES];
-
-	/* Buffer the entire block to be written from the host */
-	Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(BlockBuffer, sizeof(BlockBuffer), NULL);
-	Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-
-	switch (BlockNumber)
-	{
-		case DISK_BLOCK_BootBlock:
-		case DISK_BLOCK_FATBlock1:
-		case DISK_BLOCK_FATBlock2:
-			/* Ignore writes to the boot and FAT blocks */
-
-			break;
-
-		case DISK_BLOCK_RootFilesBlock:
-			/* Copy over the updated directory entries */
-			memcpy(FirmwareFileEntries, BlockBuffer, sizeof(FirmwareFileEntries));
-
-			break;
-
-		default:
-			ReadWriteFLASHFileBlock(BlockNumber, BlockBuffer, false);
-			ReadWriteEEPROMFileBlock(BlockNumber, BlockBuffer, false);
-
-			break;
-	}
-}
-
-/** Reads a block of data from the virtual FAT filesystem, and sends it to the
- *  host via the USB Mass Storage interface.
- *
- *  \param[in]  BlockNumber  Index of the block to read.
- */
-void VirtualFAT_ReadBlock(const uint16_t BlockNumber)
-{
-	uint8_t BlockBuffer[SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES];
-	memset(BlockBuffer, 0x00, sizeof(BlockBuffer));
-
-	switch (BlockNumber)
-	{
-		case DISK_BLOCK_BootBlock:
-			memcpy(BlockBuffer, &BootBlock, sizeof(FATBootBlock_t));
-
-			/* Add the magic signature to the end of the block */
-			BlockBuffer[SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES - 2] = 0x55;
-			BlockBuffer[SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES - 1] = 0xAA;
-
-			break;
-
-		case DISK_BLOCK_FATBlock1:
-		case DISK_BLOCK_FATBlock2:
-			/* Cluster 0: Media type/Reserved */
-			UpdateFAT12ClusterEntry(BlockBuffer, 0, 0xF00 | BootBlock.MediaDescriptor);
-
-			/* Cluster 1: Reserved */
-			UpdateFAT12ClusterEntry(BlockBuffer, 1, 0xFFF);
-
-			/* Cluster 2 onwards: Cluster chain of FLASH.BIN */
-			UpdateFAT12ClusterChain(BlockBuffer, *FLASHFileStartCluster, FILE_CLUSTERS(FLASH_FILE_SIZE_BYTES));
-
-			/* Cluster 2+n onwards: Cluster chain of EEPROM.BIN */
-			UpdateFAT12ClusterChain(BlockBuffer, *EEPROMFileStartCluster, FILE_CLUSTERS(EEPROM_FILE_SIZE_BYTES));
-
-			break;
-
-		case DISK_BLOCK_RootFilesBlock:
-			memcpy(BlockBuffer, FirmwareFileEntries, sizeof(FirmwareFileEntries));
-
-			break;
-
-		default:
-			ReadWriteFLASHFileBlock(BlockNumber, BlockBuffer, true);
-			ReadWriteEEPROMFileBlock(BlockNumber, BlockBuffer, true);
-
-			break;
-	}
-
-	/* Write the entire read block Buffer to the host */
-	Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(BlockBuffer, sizeof(BlockBuffer), NULL);
-	Endpoint_ClearIN();
-}
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/VirtualFAT.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/VirtualFAT.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 380132c537..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/VirtualFAT.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,302 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#ifndef _VIRTUALFAT_H_
-#define _VIRTUALFAT_H_
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include <avr/io.h>
-		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
-
-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
-
-		#include "../BootloaderAPI.h"
-
-	/* Macros: */
-		/** Size of the virtual FLASH.BIN file in bytes. */
-		#define FLASH_FILE_SIZE_BYTES     (FLASHEND - (FLASHEND - BOOT_START_ADDR) - AUX_BOOT_SECTION_SIZE)
-
-		/** Size of the virtual EEPROM.BIN file in bytes. */
-		#define EEPROM_FILE_SIZE_BYTES    E2END
-
-		/** Number of sectors that comprise a single logical disk cluster. */
-		#define SECTOR_PER_CLUSTER        4
-
-		/** Size of a single logical sector on the disk. */
-		#define SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES         512
-
-		/** Size of a logical cluster on the disk, in bytes */
-		#define CLUSTER_SIZE_BYTES        (SECTOR_PER_CLUSTER * SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES)
-
-		/** Number of sectors required to store a given size in bytes.
-		 *
-		 *  \param[in] size  Size of the data that needs to be stored
-		 *
-		 *  \return Number of sectors required to store the given data on the disk.
-		 */
-		#define FILE_SECTORS(size)        ((size / SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES)  + ((size % SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES)  ? 1 : 0))
-
-		/** Number of clusters required to store a given size in bytes.
-		 *
-		 *  \param[in] size  Size of the data that needs to be stored
-		 *
-		 *  \return Number of clusters required to store the given data on the disk.
-		 */
-		#define FILE_CLUSTERS(size)       ((size / CLUSTER_SIZE_BYTES) + ((size % CLUSTER_SIZE_BYTES) ? 1 : 0))
-
-		/** Total number of logical sectors/blocks on the disk. */
-		#define LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS          (FILE_SECTORS(FLASH_FILE_SIZE_BYTES) + FILE_SECTORS(EEPROM_FILE_SIZE_BYTES) + 32)
-
-		/** Converts a given time in HH:MM:SS format to a FAT filesystem time.
-		 *
-		 *  \note The minimum seconds resolution of FAT is 2, thus odd seconds
-		 *        will be truncated to the previous integer multiple of 2 seconds.
-		 *
-		 *  \param[in] hh  Hours (0-23)
-		 *  \param[in] mm  Minutes (0-59)
-		 *  \param[in] ss  Seconds (0-59)
-		 *
-		 *  \return Given time encoded as a FAT filesystem timestamp
-		 */
-		#define FAT_TIME(hh, mm, ss)      ((hh << 11) | (mm << 5) | (ss >> 1))
-
-		/** Converts a given date in DD/MM/YYYY format to a FAT filesystem date.
-		 *
-		 *  \param[in] dd    Days in the month (1-31)
-		 *  \param[in] mm    Months in the year (1-12)
-		 *  \param[in] yyyy  Year (1980 - 2107)
-		 *
-		 *  \return Given date encoded as a FAT filesystem datestamp
-		 */
-		#define FAT_DATE(dd, mm, yyyy)    (((yyyy - 1980) << 9) | (mm << 5) | (dd << 0))
-
-		/** Bit-rotates a given 8-bit value once to the right.
-		 *
-		 *  \param x  Value to rotate right once
-		 *
-		 *  \return Bit-rotated input value, rotated once to the right.
-		 */
-		#define _ROT8(x)                  ((((x) & 0xFE) >> 1) | (((x) & 1) ? 0x80 : 0x00))
-
-		/** Computes the LFN entry checksum of a MSDOS 8.3 format file entry,
-		 *  to associate a LFN entry with its short file entry.
-		 *
-		 *  \param n0  MSDOS Filename character 1
-		 *  \param n1  MSDOS Filename character 2
-		 *  \param n2  MSDOS Filename character 3
-		 *  \param n3  MSDOS Filename character 4
-		 *  \param n4  MSDOS Filename character 5
-		 *  \param n5  MSDOS Filename character 6
-		 *  \param n6  MSDOS Filename character 7
-		 *  \param n7  MSDOS Filename character 8
-		 *  \param e0  MSDOS Extension character 1
-		 *  \param e1  MSDOS Extension character 2
-		 *  \param e2  MSDOS Extension character 3
-		 *
-		 *  \return LFN checksum of the given MSDOS 8.3 filename.
-		 */
-		#define FAT_CHECKSUM(n0, n1, n2, n3, n4, n5, n6, n7, e0, e1, e2) \
-		   (uint8_t)(_ROT8(_ROT8(_ROT8(_ROT8(_ROT8(_ROT8(_ROT8(_ROT8(_ROT8(_ROT8(n0)+n1)+n2)+n3)+n4)+n5)+n6)+n7)+e0)+e1)+e2)
-
-		/** \name FAT Filesystem Flags */
-		//@{
-		/** FAT attribute flag to indicate a read-only file. */
-		#define FAT_FLAG_READONLY         (1 << 0)
-
-		/** FAT attribute flag to indicate a hidden file. */
-		#define FAT_FLAG_HIDDEN           (1 << 1)
-
-		/** FAT attribute flag to indicate a system file. */
-		#define FAT_FLAG_SYSTEM           (1 << 2)
-
-		/** FAT attribute flag to indicate a Volume name entry. */
-		#define FAT_FLAG_VOLUME_NAME      (1 << 3)
-
-		/** FAT attribute flag to indicate a directory entry. */
-		#define FAT_FLAG_DIRECTORY        (1 << 4)
-
-		/** FAT attribute flag to indicate a file ready for archiving. */
-		#define FAT_FLAG_ARCHIVE          (1 << 5)
-
-		/** FAT pseudo-attribute flag to indicate a Long File Name entry. */
-		#define FAT_FLAG_LONG_FILE_NAME   0x0F
-
-		/** Ordinal flag marker for FAT Long File Name entries to mark the last entry. */
-		#define FAT_ORDINAL_LAST_ENTRY    (1 << 6)
-		//@}
-
-	/* Enums: */
-		/** Enum for the Root FAT file entry indexes on the disk. This can be used
-		 *  to retrieve the current contents of a known directory entry.
-		 */
-		enum
-		{
-			/** Volume ID directory entry, giving the name of the virtual disk. */
-			DISK_FILE_ENTRY_VolumeID      = 0,
-			/** Long File Name FAT file entry of the virtual FLASH.BIN image file. */
-			DISK_FILE_ENTRY_FLASH_LFN     = 1,
-			/** Legacy MSDOS FAT file entry of the virtual FLASH.BIN image file. */
-			DISK_FILE_ENTRY_FLASH_MSDOS   = 2,
-			/** Long File Name FAT file entry of the virtual EEPROM.BIN image file. */
-			DISK_FILE_ENTRY_EEPROM_LFN    = 3,
-			/** Legacy MSDOS FAT file entry of the virtual EEPROM.BIN image file. */
-			DISK_FILE_ENTRY_EEPROM_MSDOS  = 4,
-		};
-
-		/** Enum for the physical disk blocks of the virtual disk. */
-		enum
-		{
-			/** Boot sector disk block. */
-			DISK_BLOCK_BootBlock          = 0,
-			/** First copy of the FAT table block. */
-			DISK_BLOCK_FATBlock1          = 1,
-			/** Second copy of the FAT table block. */
-			DISK_BLOCK_FATBlock2          = 2,
-			/** Root file and directory entries block. */
-			DISK_BLOCK_RootFilesBlock     = 3,
-			/** Start block of the disk data section. */
-			DISK_BLOCK_DataStartBlock     = 4,
-		};
-
-	/* Type Definitions: */
-		/** FAT boot block structure definition, used to identify the core
-		 *  parameters of a FAT file system stored on a disk.
-		 *
-		 *  \note This definition is truncated to save space; the magic signature
-		 *        \c 0xAA55 must be appended to the very end of the block for it
-		 *        to be detected by the host as a valid boot block.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			uint8_t  Bootstrap[3];
-			uint8_t  Description[8];
-			uint16_t SectorSize;
-			uint8_t  SectorsPerCluster;
-			uint16_t ReservedSectors;
-			uint8_t  FATCopies;
-			uint16_t RootDirectoryEntries;
-			uint16_t TotalSectors16;
-			uint8_t  MediaDescriptor;
-			uint16_t SectorsPerFAT;
-			uint16_t SectorsPerTrack;
-			uint16_t Heads;
-			uint32_t HiddenSectors;
-			uint32_t TotalSectors32;
-			uint16_t PhysicalDriveNum;
-			uint8_t  ExtendedBootRecordSig;
-			uint32_t VolumeSerialNumber;
-			uint8_t  VolumeLabel[11];
-			uint8_t  FilesystemIdentifier[8];
-			/* uint8_t  BootstrapProgram[448]; */
-			/* uint16_t MagicSignature; */
-		} FATBootBlock_t;
-
-		/** FAT directory entry structure, for the various kinds of File and
-		 *  directory descriptors on a FAT disk.
-		 */
-		typedef union
-		{
-			/** VFAT Long File Name file entry. */
-			struct
-			{
-				uint8_t  Ordinal;
-				uint16_t Unicode1;
-				uint16_t Unicode2;
-				uint16_t Unicode3;
-				uint16_t Unicode4;
-				uint16_t Unicode5;
-				uint8_t  Attribute;
-				uint8_t  Reserved1;
-				uint8_t  Checksum;
-				uint16_t Unicode6;
-				uint16_t Unicode7;
-				uint16_t Unicode8;
-				uint16_t Unicode9;
-				uint16_t Unicode10;
-				uint16_t Unicode11;
-				uint16_t Reserved2;
-				uint16_t Unicode12;
-				uint16_t Unicode13;
-			} VFAT_LongFileName;
-
-			/** Legacy FAT MSDOS 8.3 file entry. */
-			struct
-			{
-				uint8_t  Filename[8];
-				uint8_t  Extension[3];
-				uint8_t  Attributes;
-				uint8_t  Reserved[10];
-				uint16_t CreationTime;
-				uint16_t CreationDate;
-				uint16_t StartingCluster;
-				uint32_t FileSizeBytes;
-			} MSDOS_File;
-
-			/** Legacy FAT MSDOS (sub-)directory entry. */
-			struct
-			{
-				uint8_t  Name[11];
-				uint8_t  Attributes;
-				uint8_t  Reserved[10];
-				uint16_t CreationTime;
-				uint16_t CreationDate;
-				uint16_t StartingCluster;
-				uint32_t Reserved2;
-			} MSDOS_Directory;
-		} FATDirectoryEntry_t;
-
-	/* Function Prototypes: */
-		#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_VIRTUAL_FAT_C)
-			static uint8_t ReadEEPROMByte(const uint8_t* const Address) ATTR_NO_INLINE;
-
-			static void WriteEEPROMByte(uint8_t* const Address,
-			                            const uint8_t Data) ATTR_NO_INLINE;
-
-			static void UpdateFAT12ClusterEntry(uint8_t* const FATTable,
-			                                    const uint16_t Index,
-			                                    const uint16_t ChainEntry) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
-
-			static void UpdateFAT12ClusterChain(uint8_t* const FATTable,
-			                                    const uint16_t StartIndex,
-			                                    const uint8_t ChainLength) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
-
-			static void ReadWriteFLASHFileBlock(const uint16_t BlockNumber,
-			                                    uint8_t* BlockBuffer,
-			                                    const bool Read) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
-
-			static void ReadWriteEEPROMFileBlock(const uint16_t BlockNumber,
-			                                     uint8_t* BlockBuffer,
-			                                     const bool Read) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
-		#endif
-
-		void VirtualFAT_WriteBlock(const uint16_t BlockNumber) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
-		void VirtualFAT_ReadBlock(const uint16_t BlockNumber) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/doxyfile
deleted file mode 100644
index 9e816908eb..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/doxyfile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2365 +0,0 @@
-# Doxyfile 1.8.8
-
-# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
-# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
-#
-# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
-# front of the TAG it is preceding.
-#
-# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
-# The format is:
-# TAG = value [value, ...]
-# For lists, items can also be appended using:
-# TAG += value [value, ...]
-# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Project related configuration options
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
-# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
-# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
-# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
-# for the list of possible encodings.
-# The default value is: UTF-8.
-
-DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
-
-# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
-# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
-# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
-# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
-# The default value is: My Project.
-
-PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Mass Storage Class Bootloader"
-
-# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
-# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
-# control system is used.
-
-PROJECT_NUMBER         =
-
-# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
-# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
-# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
-
-PROJECT_BRIEF          =
-
-# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
-# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
-# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
-# to the output directory.
-
-PROJECT_LOGO           =
-
-# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
-# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
-# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
-# left blank the current directory will be used.
-
-OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
-
-# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
-# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
-# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
-# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
-# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
-# performance problems for the file system.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
-
-# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
-# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
-# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
-# U+3044.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
-
-# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
-# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
-# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
-# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
-# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
-# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
-# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
-# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
-# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
-# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
-# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
-# The default value is: English.
-
-OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
-
-# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
-# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
-# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
-
-# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
-# description of a member or function before the detailed description
-#
-# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
-# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
-
-# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
-# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
-# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
-# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
-# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
-# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
-# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
-# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
-
-ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
-                         "The $name widget" \
-                         "The $name file" \
-                         is \
-                         provides \
-                         specifies \
-                         contains \
-                         represents \
-                         a \
-                         an \
-                         the
-
-# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
-# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
-# description.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
-
-# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
-# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
-# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
-# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
-
-# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
-# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
-# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
-
-# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
-# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
-# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
-# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
-# strip.
-#
-# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
-# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
-# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
-
-STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
-
-# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
-# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
-# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
-# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
-# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
-# using the -I flag.
-
-STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
-
-# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
-# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
-# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SHORT_NAMES            = YES
-
-# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
-# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
-# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
-# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
-# description.)
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
-
-# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
-# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
-# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
-# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
-
-# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
-# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
-# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
-# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
-# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
-#
-# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
-# not recognized any more.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
-
-# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
-# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
-
-# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
-# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
-# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
-
-# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
-# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
-# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
-
-TAB_SIZE               = 4
-
-# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
-# the documentation. An alias has the form:
-# name=value
-# For example adding
-# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
-# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
-# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
-# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
-# newlines.
-
-ALIASES                =
-
-# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
-# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
-# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
-
-TCL_SUBST              =
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
-# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
-# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
-# members will be omitted, etc.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
-# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
-# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
-# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
-# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
-# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
-
-# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
-# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
-# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
-# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
-# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
-# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
-# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
-# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
-# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
-# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
-# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
-#
-# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
-#
-# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
-# the files are not read by doxygen.
-
-EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
-
-# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
-# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
-# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
-# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
-# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
-# case of backward compatibilities issues.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
-
-# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
-# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
-# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
-# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
-
-# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
-# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
-# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
-# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
-# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
-# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
-
-# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
-# enable parsing support.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
-
-# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
-# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
-# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
-# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
-
-# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
-# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
-# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
-# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
-# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
-# should set this option to NO.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
-
-# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
-# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
-# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
-# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
-
-# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
-# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
-# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
-# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
-# \nosubgrouping command.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SUBGROUPING            = YES
-
-# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
-# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
-# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
-# and RTF).
-#
-# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
-# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
-
-# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
-# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
-# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
-# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
-# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
-# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
-
-# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
-# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
-# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
-# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
-# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
-# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
-# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
-
-# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
-# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
-# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
-# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
-# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
-# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
-# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
-# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
-# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
-
-LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Build related configuration options
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
-# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
-# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
-# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
-# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
-# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
-# be included in the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
-# scope will be included in the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
-
-# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
-# included in the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
-# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
-# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
-# for Java sources.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
-
-# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
-# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
-# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
-# included.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
-
-# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
-# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
-# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
-# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
-# are hidden.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
-# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
-# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
-# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
-# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
-# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
-# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
-# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
-# included in the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
-# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
-# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
-
-# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
-# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
-# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
-
-# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
-# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
-# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
-# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
-# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
-# The default value is: system dependent.
-
-CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
-# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
-# scope will be hidden.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
-
-# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
-# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
-
-# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
-# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
-# which file to include in order to use the member.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
-
-# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
-# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
-
-# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
-# documentation for inline members.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-INLINE_INFO            = YES
-
-# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
-# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
-# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
-
-# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
-# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
-# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
-# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
-
-# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
-# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
-# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
-# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
-# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
-# member documentation.
-# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
-# detailed member documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
-
-# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
-# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
-# appear in their defined order.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
-
-# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
-# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
-# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
-# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
-# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
-# list.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
-
-# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
-# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
-# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
-# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
-# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
-# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
-# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
-# documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
-# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
-# documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
-# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
-# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
-# the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
-
-# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
-# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
-# ... \endcond blocks.
-
-ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
-
-# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
-# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
-# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
-# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
-# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
-# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
-# documentation regardless of this setting.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
-
-MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
-
-# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
-# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
-# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
-
-# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
-# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
-# (if specified).
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SHOW_FILES             = YES
-
-# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
-# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
-# Folder Tree View (if specified).
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
-
-# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
-# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
-# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
-# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
-# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
-# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
-# version. For an example see the documentation.
-
-FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
-
-# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
-# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
-# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
-# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
-# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
-# will be used as the name of the layout file.
-#
-# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
-# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
-# tag is left empty.
-
-LAYOUT_FILE            =
-
-# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
-# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
-# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
-# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
-# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
-# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
-# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
-
-CITE_BIB_FILES         =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
-# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
-# messages are off.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-QUIET                  = YES
-
-# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
-# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
-# this implies that the warnings are on.
-#
-# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-WARNINGS               = YES
-
-# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
-# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
-# will automatically be disabled.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
-
-# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
-# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
-# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
-# markup commands wrongly.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
-
-# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
-# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
-# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
-# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
-
-# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
-# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
-# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
-# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
-# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
-# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
-# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
-
-WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
-
-# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
-# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
-# error (stderr).
-
-WARN_LOGFILE           =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the input files
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
-# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
-# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
-# spaces.
-# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
-
-INPUT                  = ./
-
-# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
-# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
-# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
-# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
-# possible encodings.
-# The default value is: UTF-8.
-
-INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
-
-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
-# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
-# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
-# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
-# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
-# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
-# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
-# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
-
-FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
-                         *.c \
-                         *.txt
-
-# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
-# be searched for input files as well.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-RECURSIVE              = YES
-
-# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
-# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
-# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
-#
-# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
-# run.
-
-EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
-
-# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
-# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
-# from the input.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
-
-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
-# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
-# certain files from those directories.
-#
-# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
-# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
-
-EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
-
-# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
-# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
-# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
-# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
-# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
-#
-# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
-# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
-
-EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
-                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
-
-# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
-# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
-# command).
-
-EXAMPLE_PATH           =
-
-# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
-# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
-# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
-# files are included.
-
-EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
-
-# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
-# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
-# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
-
-# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
-# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
-# \image command).
-
-IMAGE_PATH             =
-
-# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
-# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
-# by executing (via popen()) the command:
-#
-# <filter> <input-file>
-#
-# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
-# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
-# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
-# will be ignored.
-#
-# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
-# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
-# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
-
-INPUT_FILTER           =
-
-# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
-# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
-# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
-# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
-# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
-# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
-
-FILTER_PATTERNS        =
-
-# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
-# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
-# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
-
-# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
-# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
-# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
-# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
-# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
-
-FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
-
-# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
-# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
-# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
-# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
-
-USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to source browsing
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
-# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
-#
-# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
-# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
-
-# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
-# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
-
-# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
-# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
-# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
-
-# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
-# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
-
-# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
-# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
-
-# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
-# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
-# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
-# link to the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
-
-# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
-# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
-# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
-# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
-# can opt to disable this feature.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
-
-SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
-
-# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
-# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
-# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
-# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
-# 4.8.6 or higher.
-#
-# To use it do the following:
-# - Install the latest version of global
-# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
-# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
-# - Run doxygen as normal
-#
-# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
-# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
-#
-# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
-# source code will now point to the output of htags.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
-
-USE_HTAGS              = NO
-
-# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
-# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
-# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
-# See also: Section \class.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
-
-# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
-# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
-# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
-# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
-# information.
-# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
-# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
-
-# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
-# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
-# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
-# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
-# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
-
-CLANG_OPTIONS          =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
-# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
-# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
-
-# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
-# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
-# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
-# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
-
-COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
-
-# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
-# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
-# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
-# while generating the index headers.
-# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
-
-IGNORE_PREFIX          =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the HTML output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_HTML          = YES
-
-# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it.
-# The default directory is: html.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_OUTPUT            = html
-
-# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
-# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
-# The default value is: .html.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
-
-# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
-# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
-# standard header.
-#
-# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
-# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
-# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
-# default header using
-# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
-# YourConfigFile
-# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
-# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
-# uses.
-# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
-# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
-# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_HEADER            =
-
-# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
-# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
-# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
-# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
-# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
-# that doxygen normally uses.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_FOOTER            =
-
-# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
-# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
-# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
-# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
-# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
-# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
-# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
-# obsolete.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_STYLESHEET        =
-
-# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
-# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
-# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
-# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
-# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
-# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
-# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
-# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
-# list). For an example see the documentation.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
-
-# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
-# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
-# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
-# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
-# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
-# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
-
-# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
-# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
-# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
-# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
-# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
-# purple, and 360 is red again.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
-
-# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
-# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
-# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
-
-# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
-# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
-# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
-# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
-# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
-# change the gamma.
-# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
-
-# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
-# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
-# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
-
-# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
-# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
-# page has loaded.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
-
-# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
-# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
-# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
-# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
-# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
-# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
-# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
-# tree by default.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
-
-# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
-# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
-# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
-# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
-# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
-# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
-# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
-# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
-# for more information.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
-
-# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
-# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
-# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
-# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
-
-DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
-
-# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
-# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
-# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
-# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
-
-DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
-# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
-# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
-# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
-
-DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
-
-# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
-# The default value is: Publisher.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
-
-DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
-# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
-# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
-# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
-# Windows.
-#
-# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
-# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
-# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
-# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
-# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
-# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
-# compressed HTML files.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
-
-# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
-# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
-# written to the html output directory.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-CHM_FILE               =
-
-# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
-# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
-# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
-# The file has to be specified with full path.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-HHC_LOCATION           =
-
-# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
-# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_CHI           = NO
-
-# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
-# and project file content.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
-
-# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
-# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
-# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-BINARY_TOC             = NO
-
-# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
-# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-TOC_EXPAND             = YES
-
-# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
-# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
-# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
-# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_QHP           = NO
-
-# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
-# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
-# the HTML output folder.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QCH_FILE               =
-
-# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
-# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
-# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
-# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
-# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
-# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
-# folders).
-# The default value is: doc.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
-
-# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
-# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
-# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
-# filters).
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
-
-# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
-# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
-# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
-# filters).
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
-
-# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
-# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
-# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
-
-# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
-# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
-# generated .qhp file.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHG_LOCATION           =
-
-# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
-# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
-# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
-# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
-# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
-# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
-# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
-
-# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
-# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
-# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
-# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
-
-ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
-# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
-# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
-# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
-# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
-# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
-
-# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
-# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
-# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
-# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
-# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
-# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
-# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
-# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
-# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
-# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
-# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
-# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
-
-# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
-# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
-#
-# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
-# in the overview section.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
-
-# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
-# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
-
-# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
-# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
-
-# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
-# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
-# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
-# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
-# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
-
-# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
-# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
-# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
-#
-# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
-# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
-
-# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
-# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
-# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
-# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
-# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
-# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-USE_MATHJAX            = NO
-
-# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
-# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
-# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
-# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
-# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
-# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
-# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
-
-MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
-
-# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
-# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
-# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
-# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
-# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
-# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
-# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
-# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
-# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
-# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
-
-MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
-
-# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
-# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
-# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
-# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
-
-MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
-
-# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
-# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
-# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
-# example see the documentation.
-# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
-
-MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
-
-# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
-# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
-# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
-# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
-# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
-# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
-# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
-# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
-# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
-# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
-# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
-# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
-# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
-# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
-# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
-# option.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-SEARCHENGINE           = NO
-
-# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
-# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
-# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
-# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
-# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
-# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
-# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
-
-# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
-# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
-# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
-# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
-# search results.
-#
-# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
-# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
-# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
-#
-# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
-
-# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
-# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
-#
-# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
-# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
-# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
-# Searching" for details.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
-
-# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
-# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
-# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
-# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
-
-# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
-# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
-# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
-# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
-
-# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
-# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
-# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
-# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
-# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
-# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
-
-# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it.
-# The default directory is: latex.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
-
-# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
-# invoked.
-#
-# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
-# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
-# written to the output directory.
-# The default file is: latex.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
-
-# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
-# index for LaTeX.
-# The default file is: makeindex.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
-
-# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
-# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
-# trees in general.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
-
-# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
-# printer.
-# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
-# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
-# The default value is: a4.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
-
-# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
-# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
-# instance you can specify
-# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
-# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
-
-# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
-# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
-# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
-# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
-# default header to a separate file.
-#
-# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
-# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
-# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
-# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
-# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
-# HTML_HEADER.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_HEADER           =
-
-# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
-# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
-# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
-# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
-# special commands can be used inside the footer.
-#
-# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_FOOTER           =
-
-# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
-# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
-# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
-# markers available.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
-
-# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
-# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
-# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
-# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
-
-# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
-# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
-# higher quality PDF documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
-
-# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
-# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
-# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
-# when generating formulas in HTML.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
-
-# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
-# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
-
-# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
-# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
-#
-# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
-# SOURCE_BROWSER.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
-
-# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
-# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
-# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
-# The default value is: plain.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the RTF output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
-# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
-# readers/editors.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_RTF           = NO
-
-# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it.
-# The default directory is: rtf.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
-
-# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
-# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
-# trees in general.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-COMPACT_RTF            = NO
-
-# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
-# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
-# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
-# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
-# fields.
-#
-# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
-
-# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
-# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
-# missing definitions are set to their default value.
-#
-# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
-# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
-
-# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
-# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
-# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the man page output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
-# classes and files.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_MAN           = NO
-
-# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
-# MAN_OUTPUT.
-# The default directory is: man.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
-
-MAN_OUTPUT             = man
-
-# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
-# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
-# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
-# optional.
-# The default value is: .3.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
-
-MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
-
-# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
-# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
-# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
-
-MAN_SUBDIR             =
-
-# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
-# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
-# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
-# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
-
-MAN_LINKS              = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the XML output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
-# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_XML           = NO
-
-# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it.
-# The default directory is: xml.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
-
-XML_OUTPUT             = xml
-
-# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
-# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
-# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
-# of the XML output.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
-
-XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
-# that can be used to generate PDF.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
-
-# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
-# front of it.
-# The default directory is: docbook.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
-
-DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
-
-# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
-# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
-# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
-# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
-
-DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
-# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
-# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
-# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
-# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
-#
-# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
-
-# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
-# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
-# output from the Perl module output.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
-
-PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
-
-# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
-# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
-# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
-# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
-# just the same.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
-
-PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
-
-# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
-# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
-# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
-# overwrite each other's variables.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
-
-PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
-# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
-
-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
-# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
-# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
-# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
-
-# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
-# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
-# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
-
-# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
-# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
-
-# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
-# preprocessor.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
-
-INCLUDE_PATH           =
-
-# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
-# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
-# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
-# used.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
-
-# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
-# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
-# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
-# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
-# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
-# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
-                         PROGMEM \
-                         ATTR_NO_INIT
-
-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
-# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
-# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
-# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
-# definition found in the source code.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
-
-# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
-# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
-# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
-# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
-# removed.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to external references
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
-# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
-# a tag file without this location is as follows:
-# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
-# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
-# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
-# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
-# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
-# of tag files.
-# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
-# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
-# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
-
-TAGFILES               =
-
-# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
-# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
-# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
-
-GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
-
-# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
-# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
-
-# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
-# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
-# listed.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
-
-# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
-# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
-# be listed.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
-
-# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
-# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
-# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
-
-PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the dot tool
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
-# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
-# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
-# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
-# powerful graphs.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
-
-# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
-# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
-# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
-# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
-# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
-# default search path.
-
-MSCGEN_PATH            =
-
-# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
-# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
-# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
-# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
-
-DIA_PATH               =
-
-# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
-# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
-
-# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
-# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
-# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
-# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
-# set to NO
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HAVE_DOT               = NO
-
-# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
-# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
-# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
-# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
-# speed.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
-
-# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
-# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
-# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
-# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
-# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
-# The default value is: Helvetica.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_FONTNAME           =
-
-# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
-# dot graphs.
-# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
-
-# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
-# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
-# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_FONTPATH           =
-
-# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
-# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
-# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
-
-# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
-# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
-# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
-# class with other documented classes.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
-
-# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
-# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
-
-# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
-# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
-# Language.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-UML_LOOK               = NO
-
-# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
-# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
-# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
-# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
-# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
-# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
-# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
-# 10.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
-
-# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
-# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
-# instances.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
-
-# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
-# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
-# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
-# files.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
-
-# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
-# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
-# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
-# files.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
-
-# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
-# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
-#
-# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
-# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
-# functions only using the \callgraph command.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-CALL_GRAPH             = NO
-
-# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
-# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
-#
-# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
-# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
-# functions only using the \callergraph command.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
-
-# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
-# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
-
-# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
-# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
-# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
-# files in the directories.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
-
-# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
-# generated by dot.
-# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
-# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
-# requirement).
-# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
-# The default value is: png.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
-
-# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
-# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
-#
-# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
-# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
-# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
-# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
-
-# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
-# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_PATH               =
-
-# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
-# command).
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOTFILE_DIRS           =
-
-# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
-# command).
-
-MSCFILE_DIRS           =
-
-# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
-# command).
-
-DIAFILE_DIRS           =
-
-# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
-# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
-# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
-# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
-# will not generate output for the diagram.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
-
-# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
-# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
-# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
-# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
-# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
-# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
-
-# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
-# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
-# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
-# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
-# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
-# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
-
-# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
-# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
-# to support this out of the box.
-#
-# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
-# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
-# read).
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
-
-# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
-# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
-# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
-# this, this feature is disabled by default.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
-# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
-# graphs.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
-
-# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
-# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index a0edb2c4f5..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
-#
-#             LUFA Library
-#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-#
-#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-#           www.lufa-lib.org
-#
-# --------------------------------------
-#         LUFA Project Makefile.
-# --------------------------------------
-
-# Run "make help" for target help.
-
-MCU          = at90usb1287
-ARCH         = AVR8
-BOARD        = USBKEY
-F_CPU        = 8000000
-F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
-OPTIMIZATION = s
-TARGET       = BootloaderMassStorage
-SRC          = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c BootloaderAPI.c BootloaderAPITable.S Lib/SCSI.c Lib/VirtualFAT.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
-LUFA_PATH    = ../../LUFA
-CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/ -DBOOT_START_ADDR=$(BOOT_START_OFFSET)
-LD_FLAGS     = -Wl,--section-start=.text=$(BOOT_START_OFFSET) $(BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS)
-
-# Flash size and bootloader section sizes of the target, in KB. These must
-# match the target's total FLASH size and the bootloader size set in the
-# device's fuses.
-FLASH_SIZE_KB         = 128
-BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB  = 8
-
-# Bootloader address calculation formulas
-# Do not modify these macros, but rather modify the dependent values above.
-CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX   = $(shell printf "0x%X" $$(( $(1) )) )
-BOOT_START_OFFSET     = $(call CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX, ($(FLASH_SIZE_KB) - $(BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB)) * 1024 )
-BOOT_SEC_OFFSET       = $(call CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX, ($(FLASH_SIZE_KB) * 1024) - ($(strip $(1))) )
-
-# Bootloader linker section flags for relocating the API table sections to
-# known FLASH addresses - these should not normally be user-edited.
-BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG  = -Wl,--section-start=$(strip $(1))=$(call BOOT_SEC_OFFSET, $(3)) -Wl,--undefined=$(strip $(2))
-BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS     = $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_trampolines, BootloaderAPI_Trampolines, 96)
-BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS    += $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_jumptable,   BootloaderAPI_JumpTable,   32)
-BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS    += $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_signatures,  BootloaderAPI_Signatures,  8)
-
-# Check if the bootloader needs an AUX section, located before the real bootloader section to store some of the
-# bootloader code. This is required for 32KB and smaller devices, where the actual bootloader is 6KB but the maximum
-# bootloader section size is 4KB. The actual usable application space will be reduced by 6KB for these devices.
-ifeq ($(BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB),8)
-  CC_FLAGS           += -DAUX_BOOT_SECTION_SIZE=0
-else
-  AUX_BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB = (6 - $(BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB))
-
-  CC_FLAGS           += -DAUX_BOOT_SECTION_SIZE='($(AUX_BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB) * 1024)'
-  LD_FLAGS           += -Wl,--section-start=.boot_aux=$(call BOOT_SEC_OFFSET, (($(BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB) + $(AUX_BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB)) * 1024 - 16))
-  LD_FLAGS           += $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .boot_aux_trampoline, Boot_AUX_Trampoline, ($(BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB) + $(AUX_BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB)) * 1024)
-endif
-
-# Default target
-all:
-
-# Include LUFA build script makefiles
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderAPI.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderAPI.c
deleted file mode 100644
index f7564e9827..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderAPI.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  Bootloader user application API functions.
- */
-
-#include "BootloaderAPI.h"
-
-void BootloaderAPI_ErasePage(const uint32_t Address)
-{
-	boot_page_erase_safe(Address);
-	boot_spm_busy_wait();
-	boot_rww_enable();
-}
-
-void BootloaderAPI_WritePage(const uint32_t Address)
-{
-	boot_page_write_safe(Address);
-	boot_spm_busy_wait();
-	boot_rww_enable();
-}
-
-void BootloaderAPI_FillWord(const uint32_t Address, const uint16_t Word)
-{
-	boot_page_fill_safe(Address, Word);
-}
-
-uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature(const uint16_t Address)
-{
-	return boot_signature_byte_get(Address);
-}
-
-uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse(const uint16_t Address)
-{
-	return boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(Address);
-}
-
-uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadLock(void)
-{
-	return boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(GET_LOCK_BITS);
-}
-
-void BootloaderAPI_WriteLock(const uint8_t LockBits)
-{
-	boot_lock_bits_set_safe(LockBits);
-}
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderAPI.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderAPI.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f44ab06c72..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderAPI.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  Header file for BootloaderAPI.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _BOOTLOADER_API_H_
-#define _BOOTLOADER_API_H_
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include <avr/io.h>
-		#include <avr/boot.h>
-		#include <stdbool.h>
-
-		#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
-
-	/* Function Prototypes: */
-		void    BootloaderAPI_ErasePage(const uint32_t Address);
-		void    BootloaderAPI_WritePage(const uint32_t Address);
-		void    BootloaderAPI_FillWord(const uint32_t Address, const uint16_t Word);
-		uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature(const uint16_t Address);
-		uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse(const uint16_t Address);
-		uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadLock(void);
-		void    BootloaderAPI_WriteLock(const uint8_t LockBits);
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderAPITable.S b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderAPITable.S
deleted file mode 100644
index 88c51da825..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderAPITable.S
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-; Trampolines to actual API implementations if the target address is outside the
-; range of a rjmp instruction (can happen with large bootloader sections)
-.section .apitable_trampolines, "ax"
-.global BootloaderAPI_Trampolines
-BootloaderAPI_Trampolines:
-
-	BootloaderAPI_ErasePage_Trampoline:
-		jmp BootloaderAPI_ErasePage
-	BootloaderAPI_WritePage_Trampoline:
-		jmp BootloaderAPI_WritePage
-	BootloaderAPI_FillWord_Trampoline:
-		jmp BootloaderAPI_FillWord
-	BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature_Trampoline:
-		jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature
-	BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse_Trampoline:
-		jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse
-	BootloaderAPI_ReadLock_Trampoline:
-		jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadLock
-	BootloaderAPI_WriteLock_Trampoline:
-		jmp BootloaderAPI_WriteLock
-	BootloaderAPI_UNUSED1:
-		ret
-	BootloaderAPI_UNUSED2:
-		ret
-	BootloaderAPI_UNUSED3:
-		ret
-	BootloaderAPI_UNUSED4:
-		ret
-	BootloaderAPI_UNUSED5:
-		ret
-
-
-
-; API function jump table
-.section .apitable_jumptable, "ax"
-.global BootloaderAPI_JumpTable
-BootloaderAPI_JumpTable:
-
-	rjmp BootloaderAPI_ErasePage_Trampoline
-	rjmp BootloaderAPI_WritePage_Trampoline
-	rjmp BootloaderAPI_FillWord_Trampoline
-	rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature_Trampoline
-	rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse_Trampoline
-	rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadLock_Trampoline
-	rjmp BootloaderAPI_WriteLock_Trampoline
-	rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED1 ; UNUSED ENTRY 1
-	rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED2 ; UNUSED ENTRY 2
-	rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED3 ; UNUSED ENTRY 3
-	rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED4 ; UNUSED ENTRY 4
-	rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED5 ; UNUSED ENTRY 5
-
-
-
-; Bootloader table signatures and information
-.section .apitable_signatures, "ax"
-.global BootloaderAPI_Signatures
-BootloaderAPI_Signatures:
-
-	.long BOOT_START_ADDR ; Start address of the bootloader
-	.word 0xDF20 ; Signature for the Printer class bootloader
-	.word 0xDCFB ; Signature for a LUFA class bootloader
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderPrinter.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderPrinter.c
deleted file mode 100644
index a19cb06746..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderPrinter.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,431 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  Main source file for the Printer class bootloader. This file contains the complete bootloader logic.
- */
-
-#include "BootloaderPrinter.h"
-
-/** LUFA Printer Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
- *  passed to all Printer Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
- *  within a device can be differentiated from one another.
- */
-USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t TextOnly_Printer_Interface =
-	{
-		.Config =
-			{
-				.InterfaceNumber          = INTERFACE_ID_Printer,
-				.DataINEndpoint           =
-					{
-						.Address          = PRINTER_IN_EPADDR,
-						.Size             = PRINTER_IO_EPSIZE,
-						.Banks            = 1,
-					},
-				.DataOUTEndpoint =
-					{
-						.Address          = PRINTER_OUT_EPADDR,
-						.Size             = PRINTER_IO_EPSIZE,
-						.Banks            = 1,
-					},
-				.IEEE1284String =
-					"MFG:Generic;"
-					"MDL:Generic_/_Text_Only;"
-					"CMD:1284.4;"
-					"CLS:PRINTER",
-			},
-	};
-
-/** Intel HEX parser state machine state information, to track the contents of
- *  a HEX file streamed in as a sequence of arbitrary bytes.
- */
-struct
-{
-	/** Current HEX parser state machine state. */
-	uint8_t  ParserState;
-	/** Previously decoded numerical byte of data. */
-	uint8_t  PrevData;
-	/** Currently decoded numerical byte of data. */
-	uint8_t  Data;
-	/** Indicates if both bytes that correspond to a single decoded numerical
-	 *  byte of data (HEX encodes values in ASCII HEX, two characters per byte)
-	 *  have been read.
-	 */
-	bool     ReadMSB;
-	/** Intel HEX record type of the current Intel HEX record. */
-	uint8_t  RecordType;
-	/** Numerical bytes of data remaining to be read in the current record. */
-	uint8_t  DataRem;
-	/** Checksum of the current record received so far. */
-	uint8_t  Checksum;
-	/** Starting address of the last addressed FLASH page. */
-	uint32_t PageStartAddress;
-	/** Current 32-bit byte extended base address in FLASH being targeted. */
-	uint32_t CurrBaseAddress;
-	/** Current 32-bit byte address in FLASH being targeted. */
-	uint32_t CurrAddress;
-} HEXParser;
-
-/** Indicates if there is data waiting to be written to a physical page of
- *  memory in FLASH.
- */
-static bool PageDirty = false;
-
-/** Flag to indicate if the bootloader should be running, or should exit and allow the application code to run
- *  via a soft reset. When cleared, the bootloader will abort, the USB interface will shut down and the application
- *  started via a forced watchdog reset.
- */
-static bool RunBootloader = true;
-
-/** Magic lock for forced application start. If the HWBE fuse is programmed and BOOTRST is unprogrammed, the bootloader
- *  will start if the /HWB line of the AVR is held low and the system is reset. However, if the /HWB line is still held
- *  low when the application attempts to start via a watchdog reset, the bootloader will re-start. If set to the value
- *  \ref MAGIC_BOOT_KEY the special init function \ref Application_Jump_Check() will force the application to start.
- */
-uint16_t MagicBootKey ATTR_NO_INIT;
-
-
-/** Special startup routine to check if the bootloader was started via a watchdog reset, and if the magic application
- *  start key has been loaded into \ref MagicBootKey. If the bootloader started via the watchdog and the key is valid,
- *  this will force the user application to start via a software jump.
- */
-void Application_Jump_Check(void)
-{
-	/* If the reset source was the bootloader and the key is correct, clear it and jump to the application */
-	if ((MCUSR & (1 << WDRF)) && (MagicBootKey == MAGIC_BOOT_KEY))
-	{
-		MagicBootKey = 0;
-
-		// cppcheck-suppress constStatement
-		((void (*)(void))0x0000)();
-	}
-}
-
-/**
- * Converts a given input byte of data from an ASCII encoded HEX value to an integer value.
- *
- * \note Input HEX bytes are expected to be in uppercase only.
- *
- * \param[in] Byte  ASCII byte of data to convert
- *
- * \return Integer converted value of the input ASCII encoded HEX byte of data, or -1 if the
- *         input is not valid ASCII encoded HEX.
- */
-static int8_t HexToDecimal(const char Byte)
-{
-	if ((Byte >= 'A') && (Byte <= 'F'))
-	  return (10 + (Byte - 'A'));
-	else if ((Byte >= '0') && (Byte <= '9'))
-	  return (Byte - '0');
-
-	return -1;
-}
-
-/**
- * Flushes a partially written page of data to physical FLASH, if a page
- * boundary has been crossed.
- *
- * \note If a page flush occurs the global HEX parser state is updated.
- */
-static void FlushPageIfRequired(void)
-{
-	/* Abort if no data has been buffered for writing to the current page */
-	if (!PageDirty)
-	  return;
-
-	/* Flush the FLASH page to physical memory if we are crossing a page boundary */
-	uint32_t NewPageStartAddress = (HEXParser.CurrAddress & ~(SPM_PAGESIZE - 1));
-	if (HEXParser.PageStartAddress != NewPageStartAddress)
-	{
-		boot_page_write(HEXParser.PageStartAddress);
-		boot_spm_busy_wait();
-
-		HEXParser.PageStartAddress = NewPageStartAddress;
-
-		PageDirty = false;
-	}
-}
-
-/**
- * Parses an input Intel HEX formatted stream one character at a time, loading
- * the data contents into the device's internal FLASH memory.
- *
- * \param[in] ReadCharacter  Next input ASCII byte of data to parse
- */
-static void ParseIntelHEXByte(const char ReadCharacter)
-{
-	/* Reset the line parser while waiting for a new line to start */
-	if ((HEXParser.ParserState == HEX_PARSE_STATE_WAIT_LINE) || (ReadCharacter == ':'))
-	{
-		HEXParser.Checksum     = 0;
-		HEXParser.CurrAddress  = HEXParser.CurrBaseAddress;
-		HEXParser.ReadMSB      = false;
-
-		/* ASCII ':' indicates the start of a new HEX record */
-		if (ReadCharacter == ':')
-		  HEXParser.ParserState = HEX_PARSE_STATE_BYTE_COUNT;
-
-		return;
-	}
-
-	/* Only allow ASCII HEX encoded digits, ignore all other characters */
-	int8_t ReadCharacterDec = HexToDecimal(ReadCharacter);
-	if (ReadCharacterDec < 0)
-	  return;
-
-	/* Read and convert the next nibble of data from the current character */
-	HEXParser.Data    = (HEXParser.Data << 4) | ReadCharacterDec;
-	HEXParser.ReadMSB = !HEXParser.ReadMSB;
-
-	/* Only process further when a full byte (two nibbles) have been read */
-	if (HEXParser.ReadMSB)
-	  return;
-
-	/* Intel HEX checksum is for all fields except starting character and the
-	 * checksum itself
-	 */
-	if (HEXParser.ParserState != HEX_PARSE_STATE_CHECKSUM)
-	  HEXParser.Checksum += HEXParser.Data;
-
-	switch (HEXParser.ParserState)
-	{
-		case HEX_PARSE_STATE_BYTE_COUNT:
-			HEXParser.DataRem      = HEXParser.Data;
-			HEXParser.ParserState  = HEX_PARSE_STATE_ADDRESS_HIGH;
-			break;
-
-		case HEX_PARSE_STATE_ADDRESS_HIGH:
-			HEXParser.CurrAddress += ((uint16_t)HEXParser.Data << 8);
-			HEXParser.ParserState  = HEX_PARSE_STATE_ADDRESS_LOW;
-			break;
-
-		case HEX_PARSE_STATE_ADDRESS_LOW:
-			HEXParser.CurrAddress += HEXParser.Data;
-			HEXParser.ParserState  = HEX_PARSE_STATE_RECORD_TYPE;
-			break;
-
-		case HEX_PARSE_STATE_RECORD_TYPE:
-			HEXParser.RecordType   = HEXParser.Data;
-			HEXParser.ParserState  = (HEXParser.DataRem ? HEX_PARSE_STATE_READ_DATA : HEX_PARSE_STATE_CHECKSUM);
-			break;
-
-		case HEX_PARSE_STATE_READ_DATA:
-			/* Track the number of read data bytes in the record */
-			HEXParser.DataRem--;
-
-			/* Protect the bootloader against being written to */
-			if (HEXParser.CurrAddress >= BOOT_START_ADDR)
-			{
-				HEXParser.ParserState = HEX_PARSE_STATE_WAIT_LINE;
-				PageDirty = false;
-				return;
-			}
-
-			/* Wait for a machine word (two bytes) of data to be read */
-			if (HEXParser.DataRem & 0x01)
-			{
-				HEXParser.PrevData = HEXParser.Data;
-				break;
-			}
-
-			/* Convert the last two received data bytes into a 16-bit word */
-			uint16_t NewDataWord = ((uint16_t)HEXParser.Data << 8) | HEXParser.PrevData;
-
-			switch (HEXParser.RecordType)
-			{
-				case HEX_RECORD_TYPE_Data:
-					/* If we are writing to a new page, we need to erase it first */
-					if (!(PageDirty))
-					{
-						boot_page_erase(HEXParser.PageStartAddress);
-						boot_spm_busy_wait();
-
-						PageDirty = true;
-					}
-
-					/* Fill the FLASH memory buffer with the new word of data */
-					boot_page_fill(HEXParser.CurrAddress, NewDataWord);
-					HEXParser.CurrAddress += 2;
-
-					/* Flush the FLASH page to physical memory if we are crossing a page boundary */
-					FlushPageIfRequired();
-					break;
-
-				case HEX_RECORD_TYPE_ExtendedSegmentAddress:
-					/* Extended address data - store the upper 12-bits of the new address */
-					HEXParser.CurrBaseAddress = ((uint32_t)NewDataWord << 4);
-					break;
-
-				case HEX_RECORD_TYPE_ExtendedLinearAddress:
-					/* Extended address data - store the upper 16-bits of the new address */
-					HEXParser.CurrBaseAddress = ((uint32_t)NewDataWord << 16);
-					break;
-			}
-
-			if (!HEXParser.DataRem)
-			  HEXParser.ParserState = HEX_PARSE_STATE_CHECKSUM;
-			break;
-
-		case HEX_PARSE_STATE_CHECKSUM:
-			/* Verify checksum of the completed record */
-			if (HEXParser.Data != ((~HEXParser.Checksum + 1) & 0xFF))
-			  break;
-
-			/* Flush the FLASH page to physical memory if we are crossing a page boundary */
-			FlushPageIfRequired();
-
-			/* If end of the HEX file reached, the bootloader should exit at next opportunity */
-			if (HEXParser.RecordType == HEX_RECORD_TYPE_EndOfFile)
-			  RunBootloader = false;
-
-			break;
-
-		default:
-			HEXParser.ParserState = HEX_PARSE_STATE_WAIT_LINE;
-			break;
-	}
-}
-
-/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
- *  enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
- */
-int main(void)
-{
-	SetupHardware();
-
-	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
-	GlobalInterruptEnable();
-
-	while (RunBootloader)
-	{
-		uint8_t BytesReceived = PRNT_Device_BytesReceived(&TextOnly_Printer_Interface);
-
-		if (BytesReceived)
-		{
-			LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
-
-			while (BytesReceived--)
-			{
-				int16_t ReceivedByte = PRNT_Device_ReceiveByte(&TextOnly_Printer_Interface);
-
-				/* Feed the next byte of data to the HEX parser */
-				ParseIntelHEXByte(ReceivedByte);
-			}
-
-			LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
-		}
-
-		PRNT_Device_USBTask(&TextOnly_Printer_Interface);
-		USB_USBTask();
-	}
-
-	/* Disconnect from the host - USB interface will be reset later along with the AVR */
-	USB_Detach();
-
-	/* Unlock the forced application start mode of the bootloader if it is restarted */
-	MagicBootKey = MAGIC_BOOT_KEY;
-
-	/* Enable the watchdog and force a timeout to reset the AVR */
-	wdt_enable(WDTO_250MS);
-
-	for (;;);
-}
-
-/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
-static void SetupHardware(void)
-{
-	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
-	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
-	wdt_disable();
-
-	/* Disable clock division */
-	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
-
-	/* Relocate the interrupt vector table to the bootloader section */
-	MCUCR = (1 << IVCE);
-	MCUCR = (1 << IVSEL);
-
-	/* Hardware Initialization */
-	LEDs_Init();
-	USB_Init();
-
-	/* Bootloader active LED toggle timer initialization */
-	TIMSK1 = (1 << TOIE1);
-	TCCR1B = ((1 << CS11) | (1 << CS10));
-}
-
-/** ISR to periodically toggle the LEDs on the board to indicate that the bootloader is active. */
-ISR(TIMER1_OVF_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
-{
-	LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs. */
-void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
-{
-	/* Indicate USB enumerating */
-	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
- *  the status LEDs and stops the Printer management task.
- */
-void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
-{
-	/* Indicate USB not ready */
-	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host set the current configuration
- *  of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured and the Mass Storage management task started.
- */
-void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
-{
-	bool ConfigSuccess = true;
-
-	/* Setup Printer Data Endpoints */
-	ConfigSuccess &= PRNT_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&TextOnly_Printer_Interface);
-
-	/* Reset the HEX parser upon successful connection to a host */
-	HEXParser.ParserState = HEX_PARSE_STATE_WAIT_LINE;
-
-	/* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */
-	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
- *  the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
- *  internally.
- */
-void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
-{
-	PRNT_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&TextOnly_Printer_Interface);
-}
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderPrinter.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderPrinter.h
deleted file mode 100644
index d5cec1914d..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderPrinter.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,108 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  Header file for BootloaderPrinter.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _BOOTLOADER_PRINTER_H_
-#define _BOOTLOADER_PRINTER_H_
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include <avr/io.h>
-		#include <avr/wdt.h>
-		#include <avr/power.h>
-		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
-
-		#include "Descriptors.h"
-
-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
-		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__OPTIMIZE_SIZE__)
-			#error This bootloader requires that it be optimized for size, not speed, to fit into the target device. Change optimization settings and try again.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Macros: */
-		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
-		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY       LEDS_LED1
-
-		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
-		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING   (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
-
-		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
-		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY         (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
-
-		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
-		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR         (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
-
-		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
-		#define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY           LEDS_LED2
-
-		/** Magic bootloader key to unlock forced application start mode. */
-		#define MAGIC_BOOT_KEY             0xDC42
-
-	/* Enums: */
-		/** Intel HEX parser state machine states. */
-		enum HEX_Parser_States_t
-		{
-			HEX_PARSE_STATE_WAIT_LINE,    /**< Parser is waiting for a HEX Start of Line character. */
-			HEX_PARSE_STATE_BYTE_COUNT,   /**< Parser is waiting for a record byte count. */
-			HEX_PARSE_STATE_ADDRESS_HIGH, /**< Parser is waiting for the MSB of a record address. */
-			HEX_PARSE_STATE_ADDRESS_LOW,  /**< Parser is waiting for the LSB of a record address. */
-			HEX_PARSE_STATE_RECORD_TYPE,  /**< Parser is waiting for the record type. */
-			HEX_PARSE_STATE_READ_DATA,    /**< Parser is waiting for more data in the current record. */
-			HEX_PARSE_STATE_CHECKSUM,     /**< Parser is waiting for the checksum of the current record. */
-		};
-
-		/** Intel HEX record types, used to indicate the type of record contained in a line of a HEX file. */
-		enum HEX_Record_Types_t
-		{
-			HEX_RECORD_TYPE_Data                   = 0, /**< Record contains loadable data. */
-			HEX_RECORD_TYPE_EndOfFile              = 1, /**< End of file record. */
-			HEX_RECORD_TYPE_ExtendedSegmentAddress = 2, /**< Extended segment start record. */
-			HEX_RECORD_TYPE_StartSegmentAddress    = 3, /**< Normal segment start record. */
-			HEX_RECORD_TYPE_ExtendedLinearAddress  = 4, /**< Extended linear address start record. */
-			HEX_RECORD_TYPE_StartLinearAddress     = 5, /**< Linear address start record. */
-		};
-
-	/* Function Prototypes: */
-		static void SetupHardware(void);
-
-		void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
-		void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
-		void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
-		void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderPrinter.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderPrinter.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index cfa51d4cf8..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderPrinter.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,190 +0,0 @@
-/** \file
- *
- *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
- *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
- */
-
-/** \mainpage Printer Class USB AVR Bootloader
- *
- *  \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
- *
- *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
- *
- *  \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
- *  \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
- *  \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
- *  \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
- *
- *  \section Sec_Info USB Information:
- *
- *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
- *
- *  <table>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
- *    <td>Device</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
- *    <td>Printer Class</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
- *    <td>Printer Subclass</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
- *    <td>USBIF Printer Class Standard</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
- *    <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
- *   </tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  \section Sec_Description Project Description:
- *
- *  This bootloader enumerates to the host as a Generic Text Only Printer device, capable of reading and parsing
- *  "printed" plain-text Intel HEX files to load firmware onto the AVR.
- *
- *  Out of the box this bootloader builds for the AT90USB1287 with an 8KB bootloader section size, and will fit
- *  into 4KB of bootloader space. If you wish to alter this size and/or change the AVR model, you will need to
- *  edit the MCU, FLASH_SIZE_KB and BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB values in the accompanying makefile.
- *
- *  When the bootloader is running, the board's LED(s) will flash at regular intervals to distinguish the
- *  bootloader from the normal user application.
- *
- *  \section Sec_Running Running the Bootloader
- *
- *  This bootloader is designed to be started via the HWB mechanism of the USB AVRs; ground the HWB pin (see device
- *  datasheet) then momentarily ground /RESET to start the bootloader. This assumes the HWBE fuse is set and the BOOTRST
- *  fuse is cleared.
- *
- *  \section Sec_Installation Driver Installation
- *
- *  This bootloader uses the Generic Text-Only printer drivers inbuilt into all modern operating systems, thus no
- *  additional drivers need to be supplied for correct operation.
- *
- *  \section Sec_HostApp Host Controller Application
- *
- *  This bootloader is compatible with Notepad under Windows, and the command line \c lpr utility under Linux.
- *
- *  \subsection SSec_Notepad Notepad (Windows)
- *
- *  While most text applications under Windows will be compatible with the bootloader, the inbuilt Notepad utility
- *  is recommended as it will introduce minimal formatting changes to the output stream. To program with Notepad,
- *  open the target HEX file and print it to the Generic Text Only printer device the bootloader creates.
- *
- *  \subsection SSec_LPR LPR (Linux)
- *
- *  While the CUPS framework under Linux will enumerate the bootloader as a Generic Text-Only printer, many
- *  applications will refuse to print to the device due to the lack of rich formatting options available. As a result,
- *  under Linux HEX files must be printed via the low level \c lpr utility instead.
- *
- *  \code
- *  cat Mouse.hex | lpr
- *  \endcode
- *
- *  \section Sec_API User Application API
- *
- *  Several user application functions for FLASH and other special memory area manipulations are exposed by the bootloader,
- *  allowing the user application to call into the bootloader at runtime to read and write FLASH data.
- *
- *  By default, the bootloader API jump table is located 32 bytes from the end of the device's FLASH memory, and follows the
- *  following layout:
- *
- *  \code
- *  #define BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE          32
- *  #define BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START         ((FLASHEND + 1UL) - BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE)
- *  #define BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(Index)         (void*)((BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (Index * 2)) / 2)
- *
- *  void    (*BootloaderAPI_ErasePage)(uint32_t Address)               = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(0);
- *  void    (*BootloaderAPI_WritePage)(uint32_t Address)               = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(1);
- *  void    (*BootloaderAPI_FillWord)(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Word) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(2);
- *  uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature)(uint16_t Address)           = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(3);
- *  uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse)(uint16_t Address)                = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(4);
- *  uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadLock)(void)                            = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(5);
- *  void    (*BootloaderAPI_WriteLock)(uint8_t LockBits)               = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(6);
- *
- *  #define BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE_START   (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 2))
- *  #define BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE         0xDCFB
- *
- *  #define BOOTLOADER_CLASS_SIGNATURE_START   (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 4))
- *  #define BOOTLOADER_PRINTER_SIGNATURE       0xDF20
- *
- *  #define BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_START           (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 8))
- *  #define BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_LENGTH          4
- *  \endcode
- *
- *  From the application the API support of the bootloader can be detected by reading the FLASH memory bytes located at address
- *  \c BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE_START and comparing them to the value \c BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE. The class of bootloader
- *  can be determined by reading the FLASH memory bytes located at address \c BOOTLOADER_CLASS_SIGNATURE_START and comparing them
- *  to the value \c BOOTLOADER_PRINTER_SIGNATURE. The start address of the bootloader can be retrieved by reading the bytes of FLASH
- *  memory starting from address \c BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_START.
- *
- *  \subsection SSec_API_MemLayout Device Memory Map
- *  The following illustration indicates the final memory map of the device when loaded with the bootloader.
- *
- *  \verbatim
- *  +----------------------------+ 0x0000
- *  |                            |
- *  |                            |
- *  |                            |
- *  |                            |
- *  |                            |
- *  |                            |
- *  |                            |
- *  |                            |
- *  |      User Application      |
- *  |                            |
- *  |                            |
- *  |                            |
- *  |                            |
- *  |                            |
- *  |                            |
- *  |                            |
- *  +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - BOOT_SECTION_SIZE
- *  |                            |
- *  |   Bootloader Application   |
- *  | (Not User App. Accessible) |
- *  |                            |
- *  +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 96
- *  |   API Table Trampolines    |
- *  | (Not User App. Accessible) |
- *  +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 32
- *  |    Bootloader API Table    |
- *  |   (User App. Accessible)   |
- *  +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 8
- *  |   Bootloader ID Constants  |
- *  |   (User App. Accessible)   |
- *  +----------------------------+ FLASHEND
- *  \endverbatim
- *
- *
- *  \section Sec_KnownIssues Known Issues:
- *
- *  \par On Linux machines, new firmware fails to be sent to the device via CUPS.
- *  Only a limited subset of normal printer functionality is exposed via the
- *  bootloader, causing CUPS to reject print requests from applications that
- *  are unable to handle true plain-text printing. For best results, the low
- *  level \c lpr command should be used to print new firmware to the bootloader.
- *
- *  \par After loading an application, it is not run automatically on startup.
- *  Some USB AVR boards ship with the BOOTRST fuse set, causing the bootloader
- *  to run automatically when the device is reset. In most cases, the BOOTRST
- *  fuse should be disabled and the HWBE fuse used instead to run the bootloader
- *  when needed.
- *
- *  \section Sec_Options Project Options
- *
- *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
- *
- *  <table>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td>
- *     None
- *    </td>
- *   </tr>
- *  </table>
- */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/Config/LUFAConfig.h
deleted file mode 100644
index af2dd3060e..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/Config/LUFAConfig.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
- *
- *  This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
- *  as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
- *  a makefile.
- *
- *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
- *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
- */
-
-#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
-#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
-
-	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
-
-		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
-//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
-
-		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
-//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
-//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
-
-		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
-		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
-		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
-		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
-//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
-//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
-		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
-
-		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
-		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
-//		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
-//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
-		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
-		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      8
-		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            0
-		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         1
-//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
-//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
-		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
-		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
-
-		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
-//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
-//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
-
-	#else
-
-		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
-
-	#endif
-#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/Descriptors.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/Descriptors.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 187f7733d6..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/Descriptors.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,194 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
- *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
- *  the device's capabilities and functions.
- */
-
-#include "Descriptors.h"
-
-
-/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, describes the overall
- *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
- *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
- *  process begins.
- */
-const USB_Descriptor_Device_t DeviceDescriptor =
-{
-	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
-
-	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
-	.Class                  = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
-	.SubClass               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
-	.Protocol               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
-
-	.Endpoint0Size          = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
-
-	.VendorID               = 0x03EB,
-	.ProductID              = 0x206B,
-	.ReleaseNumber          = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
-
-	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
-	.ProductStrIndex        = STRING_ID_Product,
-	.SerialNumStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
-
-	.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
-};
-
-/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, describes the usage
- *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
- *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
- *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
- */
-const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t ConfigurationDescriptor =
-{
-	.Config =
-		{
-			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
-
-			.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
-			.TotalInterfaces        = 1,
-
-			.ConfigurationNumber    = 1,
-			.ConfigurationStrIndex  = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
-
-			.ConfigAttributes       = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED,
-
-			.MaxPowerConsumption    = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
-		},
-
-	.Printer_Interface =
-		{
-			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
-
-			.InterfaceNumber        = INTERFACE_ID_Printer,
-			.AlternateSetting       = 0,
-
-			.TotalEndpoints         = 2,
-
-			.Class                  = PRNT_CSCP_PrinterClass,
-			.SubClass               = PRNT_CSCP_PrinterSubclass,
-			.Protocol               = PRNT_CSCP_BidirectionalProtocol,
-
-			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
-		},
-
-	.Printer_DataInEndpoint =
-		{
-			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
-
-			.EndpointAddress        = PRINTER_IN_EPADDR,
-			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
-			.EndpointSize           = PRINTER_IO_EPSIZE,
-			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
-		},
-
-	.Printer_DataOutEndpoint =
-		{
-			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
-
-			.EndpointAddress        = PRINTER_OUT_EPADDR,
-			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
-			.EndpointSize           = PRINTER_IO_EPSIZE,
-			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x05
-		}
-};
-
-/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, is returned when the host requests
- *  the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
- *  via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
- */
-const USB_Descriptor_String_t LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
-
-/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
- *  form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
- *  Descriptor.
- */
-const USB_Descriptor_String_t ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
-
-/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
- *  and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
- *  Descriptor.
- */
-const USB_Descriptor_String_t ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Printer Bootloader");
-
-/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
- *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
- *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
- *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
- *  USB host.
- */
-uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
-                                    const uint8_t wIndex,
-                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
-{
-	const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8);
-	const uint8_t  DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
-
-	const void* Address = NULL;
-	uint16_t    Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
-
-	switch (DescriptorType)
-	{
-		case DTYPE_Device:
-			Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
-			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
-			break;
-		case DTYPE_Configuration:
-			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
-			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
-			break;
-		case DTYPE_String:
-			switch (DescriptorNumber)
-			{
-				case STRING_ID_Language:
-					Address = &LanguageString;
-					Size    = LanguageString.Header.Size;
-					break;
-				case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
-					Address = &ManufacturerString;
-					Size    = ManufacturerString.Header.Size;
-					break;
-				case STRING_ID_Product:
-					Address = &ProductString;
-					Size    = ProductString.Header.Size;
-					break;
-			}
-
-			break;
-	}
-
-	*DescriptorAddress = Address;
-	return Size;
-}
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/Descriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/Descriptors.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 144ca0660d..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/Descriptors.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  Header file for Descriptors.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
-#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
-
-		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
-
-	/* Macros: */
-		/** Endpoint address of the Printer device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
-		#define PRINTER_IN_EPADDR         (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN  | 3)
-
-		/** Endpoint address of the Printer host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
-		#define PRINTER_OUT_EPADDR        (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4)
-
-		/** Size in bytes of the Printer data endpoints. */
-		#define PRINTER_IO_EPSIZE         64
-
-	/* Type Defines: */
-		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
-		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
-		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
-
-			// Printer Interface
-			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t            Printer_Interface;
-			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             Printer_DataInEndpoint;
-			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             Printer_DataOutEndpoint;
-		} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
-
-		/** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor
-		 *  should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
-		 *  interface from other descriptors.
-		 */
-		enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
-		{
-			INTERFACE_ID_Printer = 0, /**< Printer interface descriptor ID */
-		};
-
-		/** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
-		 *  have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
-		 *  other descriptors.
-		 */
-		enum StringDescriptors_t
-		{
-			STRING_ID_Language     = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
-			STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
-			STRING_ID_Product      = 2, /**< Product string ID */
-		};
-
-	/* Function Prototypes: */
-		uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
-		                                    const uint8_t wIndex,
-		                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress)
-		                                    ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/doxyfile
deleted file mode 100644
index a81be54f46..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/doxyfile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2365 +0,0 @@
-# Doxyfile 1.8.8
-
-# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
-# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
-#
-# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
-# front of the TAG it is preceding.
-#
-# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
-# The format is:
-# TAG = value [value, ...]
-# For lists, items can also be appended using:
-# TAG += value [value, ...]
-# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Project related configuration options
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
-# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
-# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
-# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
-# for the list of possible encodings.
-# The default value is: UTF-8.
-
-DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
-
-# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
-# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
-# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
-# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
-# The default value is: My Project.
-
-PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Printer Class Bootloader"
-
-# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
-# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
-# control system is used.
-
-PROJECT_NUMBER         =
-
-# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
-# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
-# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
-
-PROJECT_BRIEF          =
-
-# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
-# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
-# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
-# to the output directory.
-
-PROJECT_LOGO           =
-
-# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
-# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
-# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
-# left blank the current directory will be used.
-
-OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
-
-# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
-# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
-# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
-# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
-# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
-# performance problems for the file system.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
-
-# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
-# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
-# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
-# U+3044.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
-
-# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
-# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
-# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
-# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
-# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
-# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
-# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
-# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
-# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
-# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
-# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
-# The default value is: English.
-
-OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
-
-# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
-# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
-# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
-
-# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
-# description of a member or function before the detailed description
-#
-# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
-# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
-
-# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
-# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
-# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
-# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
-# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
-# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
-# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
-# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
-
-ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
-                         "The $name widget" \
-                         "The $name file" \
-                         is \
-                         provides \
-                         specifies \
-                         contains \
-                         represents \
-                         a \
-                         an \
-                         the
-
-# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
-# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
-# description.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
-
-# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
-# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
-# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
-# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
-
-# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
-# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
-# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
-
-# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
-# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
-# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
-# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
-# strip.
-#
-# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
-# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
-# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
-
-STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
-
-# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
-# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
-# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
-# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
-# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
-# using the -I flag.
-
-STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
-
-# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
-# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
-# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SHORT_NAMES            = YES
-
-# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
-# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
-# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
-# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
-# description.)
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
-
-# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
-# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
-# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
-# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
-
-# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
-# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
-# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
-# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
-# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
-#
-# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
-# not recognized any more.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
-
-# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
-# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
-
-# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
-# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
-# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
-
-# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
-# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
-# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
-
-TAB_SIZE               = 4
-
-# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
-# the documentation. An alias has the form:
-# name=value
-# For example adding
-# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
-# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
-# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
-# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
-# newlines.
-
-ALIASES                =
-
-# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
-# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
-# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
-
-TCL_SUBST              =
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
-# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
-# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
-# members will be omitted, etc.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
-# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
-# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
-# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
-# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
-# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
-
-# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
-# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
-# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
-# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
-# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
-# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
-# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
-# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
-# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
-# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
-# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
-#
-# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
-#
-# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
-# the files are not read by doxygen.
-
-EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
-
-# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
-# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
-# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
-# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
-# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
-# case of backward compatibilities issues.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
-
-# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
-# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
-# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
-# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
-
-# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
-# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
-# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
-# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
-# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
-# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
-
-# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
-# enable parsing support.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
-
-# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
-# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
-# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
-# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
-
-# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
-# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
-# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
-# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
-# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
-# should set this option to NO.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
-
-# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
-# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
-# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
-# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
-
-# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
-# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
-# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
-# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
-# \nosubgrouping command.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SUBGROUPING            = YES
-
-# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
-# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
-# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
-# and RTF).
-#
-# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
-# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
-
-# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
-# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
-# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
-# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
-# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
-# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
-
-# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
-# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
-# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
-# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
-# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
-# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
-# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
-
-# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
-# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
-# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
-# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
-# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
-# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
-# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
-# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
-# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
-
-LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Build related configuration options
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
-# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
-# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
-# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
-# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
-# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
-# be included in the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
-# scope will be included in the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
-
-# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
-# included in the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
-# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
-# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
-# for Java sources.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
-
-# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
-# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
-# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
-# included.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
-
-# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
-# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
-# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
-# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
-# are hidden.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
-# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
-# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
-# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
-# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
-# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
-# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
-# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
-# included in the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
-# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
-# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
-
-# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
-# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
-# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
-
-# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
-# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
-# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
-# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
-# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
-# The default value is: system dependent.
-
-CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
-# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
-# scope will be hidden.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
-
-# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
-# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
-
-# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
-# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
-# which file to include in order to use the member.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
-
-# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
-# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
-
-# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
-# documentation for inline members.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-INLINE_INFO            = YES
-
-# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
-# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
-# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
-
-# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
-# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
-# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
-# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
-
-# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
-# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
-# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
-# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
-# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
-# member documentation.
-# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
-# detailed member documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
-
-# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
-# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
-# appear in their defined order.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
-
-# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
-# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
-# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
-# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
-# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
-# list.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
-
-# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
-# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
-# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
-# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
-# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
-# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
-# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
-# documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
-# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
-# documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
-# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
-# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
-# the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
-
-# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
-# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
-# ... \endcond blocks.
-
-ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
-
-# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
-# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
-# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
-# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
-# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
-# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
-# documentation regardless of this setting.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
-
-MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
-
-# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
-# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
-# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
-
-# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
-# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
-# (if specified).
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SHOW_FILES             = YES
-
-# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
-# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
-# Folder Tree View (if specified).
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
-
-# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
-# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
-# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
-# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
-# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
-# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
-# version. For an example see the documentation.
-
-FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
-
-# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
-# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
-# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
-# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
-# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
-# will be used as the name of the layout file.
-#
-# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
-# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
-# tag is left empty.
-
-LAYOUT_FILE            =
-
-# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
-# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
-# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
-# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
-# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
-# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
-# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
-
-CITE_BIB_FILES         =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
-# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
-# messages are off.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-QUIET                  = YES
-
-# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
-# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
-# this implies that the warnings are on.
-#
-# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-WARNINGS               = YES
-
-# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
-# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
-# will automatically be disabled.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
-
-# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
-# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
-# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
-# markup commands wrongly.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
-
-# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
-# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
-# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
-# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
-
-# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
-# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
-# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
-# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
-# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
-# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
-# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
-
-WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
-
-# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
-# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
-# error (stderr).
-
-WARN_LOGFILE           =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the input files
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
-# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
-# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
-# spaces.
-# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
-
-INPUT                  = ./
-
-# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
-# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
-# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
-# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
-# possible encodings.
-# The default value is: UTF-8.
-
-INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
-
-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
-# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
-# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
-# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
-# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
-# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
-# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
-# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
-
-FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
-                         *.c \
-                         *.txt
-
-# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
-# be searched for input files as well.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-RECURSIVE              = YES
-
-# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
-# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
-# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
-#
-# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
-# run.
-
-EXCLUDE                = Documentation/
-
-# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
-# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
-# from the input.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
-
-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
-# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
-# certain files from those directories.
-#
-# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
-# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
-
-EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
-
-# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
-# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
-# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
-# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
-# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
-#
-# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
-# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
-
-EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
-                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
-
-# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
-# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
-# command).
-
-EXAMPLE_PATH           =
-
-# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
-# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
-# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
-# files are included.
-
-EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
-
-# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
-# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
-# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
-
-# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
-# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
-# \image command).
-
-IMAGE_PATH             =
-
-# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
-# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
-# by executing (via popen()) the command:
-#
-# <filter> <input-file>
-#
-# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
-# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
-# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
-# will be ignored.
-#
-# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
-# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
-# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
-
-INPUT_FILTER           =
-
-# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
-# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
-# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
-# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
-# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
-# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
-
-FILTER_PATTERNS        =
-
-# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
-# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
-# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
-
-# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
-# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
-# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
-# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
-# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
-
-FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
-
-# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
-# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
-# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
-# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
-
-USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to source browsing
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
-# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
-#
-# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
-# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
-
-# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
-# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
-
-# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
-# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
-# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
-
-# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
-# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
-
-# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
-# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
-
-# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
-# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
-# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
-# link to the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
-
-# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
-# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
-# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
-# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
-# can opt to disable this feature.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
-
-SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
-
-# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
-# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
-# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
-# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
-# 4.8.6 or higher.
-#
-# To use it do the following:
-# - Install the latest version of global
-# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
-# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
-# - Run doxygen as normal
-#
-# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
-# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
-#
-# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
-# source code will now point to the output of htags.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
-
-USE_HTAGS              = NO
-
-# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
-# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
-# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
-# See also: Section \class.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
-
-# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
-# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
-# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
-# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
-# information.
-# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
-# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
-
-# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
-# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
-# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
-# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
-# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
-
-CLANG_OPTIONS          =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
-# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
-# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
-
-# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
-# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
-# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
-# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
-
-COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
-
-# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
-# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
-# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
-# while generating the index headers.
-# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
-
-IGNORE_PREFIX          =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the HTML output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_HTML          = YES
-
-# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it.
-# The default directory is: html.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_OUTPUT            = html
-
-# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
-# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
-# The default value is: .html.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
-
-# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
-# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
-# standard header.
-#
-# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
-# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
-# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
-# default header using
-# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
-# YourConfigFile
-# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
-# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
-# uses.
-# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
-# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
-# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_HEADER            =
-
-# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
-# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
-# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
-# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
-# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
-# that doxygen normally uses.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_FOOTER            =
-
-# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
-# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
-# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
-# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
-# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
-# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
-# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
-# obsolete.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_STYLESHEET        =
-
-# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
-# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
-# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
-# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
-# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
-# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
-# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
-# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
-# list). For an example see the documentation.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
-
-# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
-# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
-# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
-# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
-# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
-# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
-
-# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
-# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
-# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
-# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
-# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
-# purple, and 360 is red again.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
-
-# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
-# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
-# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
-
-# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
-# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
-# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
-# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
-# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
-# change the gamma.
-# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
-
-# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
-# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
-# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
-
-# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
-# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
-# page has loaded.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
-
-# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
-# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
-# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
-# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
-# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
-# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
-# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
-# tree by default.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
-
-# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
-# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
-# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
-# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
-# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
-# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
-# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
-# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
-# for more information.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
-
-# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
-# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
-# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
-# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
-
-DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
-
-# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
-# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
-# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
-# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
-
-DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
-# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
-# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
-# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
-
-DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
-
-# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
-# The default value is: Publisher.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
-
-DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
-# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
-# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
-# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
-# Windows.
-#
-# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
-# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
-# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
-# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
-# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
-# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
-# compressed HTML files.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
-
-# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
-# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
-# written to the html output directory.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-CHM_FILE               =
-
-# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
-# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
-# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
-# The file has to be specified with full path.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-HHC_LOCATION           =
-
-# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
-# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_CHI           = NO
-
-# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
-# and project file content.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
-
-# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
-# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
-# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-BINARY_TOC             = NO
-
-# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
-# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-TOC_EXPAND             = YES
-
-# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
-# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
-# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
-# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_QHP           = NO
-
-# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
-# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
-# the HTML output folder.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QCH_FILE               =
-
-# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
-# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
-# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
-# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
-# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
-# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
-# folders).
-# The default value is: doc.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
-
-# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
-# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
-# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
-# filters).
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
-
-# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
-# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
-# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
-# filters).
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
-
-# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
-# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
-# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
-
-# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
-# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
-# generated .qhp file.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHG_LOCATION           =
-
-# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
-# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
-# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
-# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
-# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
-# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
-# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
-
-# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
-# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
-# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
-# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
-
-ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
-# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
-# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
-# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
-# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
-# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
-
-# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
-# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
-# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
-# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
-# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
-# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
-# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
-# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
-# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
-# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
-# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
-# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
-
-# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
-# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
-#
-# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
-# in the overview section.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
-
-# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
-# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
-
-# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
-# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
-
-# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
-# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
-# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
-# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
-# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
-
-# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
-# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
-# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
-#
-# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
-# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
-
-# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
-# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
-# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
-# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
-# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
-# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-USE_MATHJAX            = NO
-
-# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
-# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
-# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
-# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
-# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
-# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
-# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
-
-MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
-
-# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
-# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
-# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
-# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
-# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
-# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
-# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
-# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
-# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
-# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
-
-MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
-
-# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
-# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
-# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
-# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
-
-MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
-
-# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
-# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
-# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
-# example see the documentation.
-# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
-
-MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
-
-# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
-# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
-# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
-# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
-# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
-# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
-# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
-# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
-# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
-# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
-# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
-# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
-# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
-# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
-# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
-# option.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-SEARCHENGINE           = NO
-
-# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
-# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
-# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
-# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
-# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
-# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
-# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
-
-# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
-# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
-# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
-# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
-# search results.
-#
-# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
-# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
-# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
-#
-# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
-
-# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
-# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
-#
-# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
-# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
-# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
-# Searching" for details.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
-
-# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
-# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
-# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
-# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
-
-# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
-# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
-# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
-# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
-
-# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
-# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
-# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
-# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
-# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
-# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
-
-# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it.
-# The default directory is: latex.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
-
-# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
-# invoked.
-#
-# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
-# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
-# written to the output directory.
-# The default file is: latex.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
-
-# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
-# index for LaTeX.
-# The default file is: makeindex.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
-
-# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
-# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
-# trees in general.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
-
-# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
-# printer.
-# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
-# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
-# The default value is: a4.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
-
-# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
-# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
-# instance you can specify
-# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
-# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
-
-# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
-# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
-# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
-# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
-# default header to a separate file.
-#
-# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
-# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
-# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
-# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
-# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
-# HTML_HEADER.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_HEADER           =
-
-# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
-# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
-# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
-# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
-# special commands can be used inside the footer.
-#
-# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_FOOTER           =
-
-# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
-# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
-# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
-# markers available.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
-
-# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
-# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
-# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
-# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
-
-# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
-# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
-# higher quality PDF documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
-
-# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
-# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
-# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
-# when generating formulas in HTML.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
-
-# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
-# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
-
-# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
-# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
-#
-# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
-# SOURCE_BROWSER.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
-
-# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
-# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
-# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
-# The default value is: plain.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the RTF output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
-# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
-# readers/editors.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_RTF           = NO
-
-# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it.
-# The default directory is: rtf.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
-
-# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
-# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
-# trees in general.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-COMPACT_RTF            = NO
-
-# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
-# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
-# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
-# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
-# fields.
-#
-# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
-
-# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
-# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
-# missing definitions are set to their default value.
-#
-# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
-# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
-
-# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
-# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
-# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the man page output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
-# classes and files.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_MAN           = NO
-
-# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
-# MAN_OUTPUT.
-# The default directory is: man.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
-
-MAN_OUTPUT             = man
-
-# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
-# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
-# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
-# optional.
-# The default value is: .3.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
-
-MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
-
-# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
-# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
-# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
-
-MAN_SUBDIR             =
-
-# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
-# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
-# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
-# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
-
-MAN_LINKS              = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the XML output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
-# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_XML           = NO
-
-# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it.
-# The default directory is: xml.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
-
-XML_OUTPUT             = xml
-
-# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
-# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
-# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
-# of the XML output.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
-
-XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
-# that can be used to generate PDF.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
-
-# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
-# front of it.
-# The default directory is: docbook.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
-
-DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
-
-# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
-# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
-# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
-# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
-
-DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
-# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
-# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
-# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
-# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
-#
-# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
-
-# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
-# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
-# output from the Perl module output.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
-
-PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
-
-# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
-# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
-# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
-# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
-# just the same.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
-
-PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
-
-# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
-# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
-# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
-# overwrite each other's variables.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
-
-PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
-# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
-
-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
-# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
-# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
-# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
-
-# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
-# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
-# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
-
-# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
-# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
-
-# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
-# preprocessor.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
-
-INCLUDE_PATH           =
-
-# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
-# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
-# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
-# used.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
-
-# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
-# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
-# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
-# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
-# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
-# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
-                         PROGMEM \
-                         ATTR_NO_INIT
-
-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
-# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
-# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
-# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
-# definition found in the source code.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
-
-# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
-# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
-# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
-# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
-# removed.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to external references
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
-# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
-# a tag file without this location is as follows:
-# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
-# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
-# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
-# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
-# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
-# of tag files.
-# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
-# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
-# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
-
-TAGFILES               =
-
-# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
-# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
-# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
-
-GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
-
-# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
-# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
-
-# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
-# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
-# listed.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
-
-# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
-# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
-# be listed.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
-
-# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
-# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
-# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
-
-PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the dot tool
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
-# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
-# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
-# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
-# powerful graphs.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
-
-# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
-# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
-# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
-# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
-# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
-# default search path.
-
-MSCGEN_PATH            =
-
-# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
-# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
-# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
-# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
-
-DIA_PATH               =
-
-# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
-# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
-
-# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
-# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
-# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
-# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
-# set to NO
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HAVE_DOT               = NO
-
-# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
-# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
-# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
-# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
-# speed.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
-
-# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
-# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
-# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
-# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
-# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
-# The default value is: Helvetica.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_FONTNAME           =
-
-# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
-# dot graphs.
-# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
-
-# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
-# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
-# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_FONTPATH           =
-
-# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
-# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
-# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
-
-# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
-# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
-# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
-# class with other documented classes.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
-
-# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
-# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
-
-# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
-# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
-# Language.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-UML_LOOK               = NO
-
-# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
-# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
-# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
-# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
-# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
-# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
-# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
-# 10.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
-
-# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
-# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
-# instances.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
-
-# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
-# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
-# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
-# files.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
-
-# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
-# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
-# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
-# files.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
-
-# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
-# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
-#
-# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
-# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
-# functions only using the \callgraph command.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-CALL_GRAPH             = NO
-
-# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
-# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
-#
-# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
-# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
-# functions only using the \callergraph command.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
-
-# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
-# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
-
-# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
-# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
-# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
-# files in the directories.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
-
-# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
-# generated by dot.
-# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
-# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
-# requirement).
-# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
-# The default value is: png.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
-
-# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
-# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
-#
-# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
-# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
-# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
-# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
-
-# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
-# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_PATH               =
-
-# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
-# command).
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOTFILE_DIRS           =
-
-# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
-# command).
-
-MSCFILE_DIRS           =
-
-# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
-# command).
-
-DIAFILE_DIRS           =
-
-# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
-# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
-# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
-# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
-# will not generate output for the diagram.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
-
-# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
-# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
-# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
-# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
-# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
-# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
-
-# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
-# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
-# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
-# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
-# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
-# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
-
-# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
-# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
-# to support this out of the box.
-#
-# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
-# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
-# read).
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
-
-# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
-# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
-# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
-# this, this feature is disabled by default.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
-# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
-# graphs.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
-
-# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
-# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index 0db035de3b..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-#
-#             LUFA Library
-#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-#
-#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-#           www.lufa-lib.org
-#
-# --------------------------------------
-#         LUFA Project Makefile.
-# --------------------------------------
-
-# Run "make help" for target help.
-
-MCU          = at90usb1287
-ARCH         = AVR8
-BOARD        = USBKEY
-F_CPU        = 8000000
-F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
-OPTIMIZATION = s
-TARGET       = BootloaderPrinter
-SRC          = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c BootloaderAPI.c BootloaderAPITable.S $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
-LUFA_PATH    = ../../LUFA
-CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/ -DBOOT_START_ADDR=$(BOOT_START_OFFSET)
-LD_FLAGS     = -Wl,--section-start=.text=$(BOOT_START_OFFSET) $(BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS)
-
-# Flash size and bootloader section sizes of the target, in KB. These must
-# match the target's total FLASH size and the bootloader size set in the
-# device's fuses.
-FLASH_SIZE_KB         = 128
-BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB  = 8
-
-# Bootloader address calculation formulas
-# Do not modify these macros, but rather modify the dependent values above.
-CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX   = $(shell printf "0x%X" $$(( $(1) )) )
-BOOT_START_OFFSET     = $(call CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX, ($(FLASH_SIZE_KB) - $(BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB)) * 1024 )
-BOOT_SEC_OFFSET       = $(call CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX, ($(FLASH_SIZE_KB) * 1024) - ($(strip $(1))) )
-
-# Bootloader linker section flags for relocating the API table sections to
-# known FLASH addresses - these should not normally be user-edited.
-BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG  = -Wl,--section-start=$(strip $(1))=$(call BOOT_SEC_OFFSET, $(3)) -Wl,--undefined=$(strip $(2))
-BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS     = $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_trampolines, BootloaderAPI_Trampolines, 96)
-BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS    += $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_jumptable,   BootloaderAPI_JumpTable,   32)
-BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS    += $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_signatures,  BootloaderAPI_Signatures,  8)
-
-# Default target
-all:
-
-# Include LUFA build script makefiles
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index 885b17029e..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-#
-#             LUFA Library
-#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-#
-#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-#           www.lufa-lib.org
-#
-
-# Makefile to build all the LUFA USB Bootloaders. Call with "make all" to
-# rebuild all bootloaders.
-
-# Bootloaders are pre-cleaned before each one is built, to ensure any
-# custom LUFA library build options are reflected in the compiled
-# code.
-
-PROJECT_DIRECTORIES := $(shell ls -d */)
-
-# This makefile is potentially infinitely recursive if something really bad
-# happens when determining the set of project directories - hard-abort if
-# more than 10 levels deep to avoid angry emails.
-ifeq ($(MAKELEVEL), 10)
-   $(error EMERGENCY ABORT: INFINITE RECURSION DETECTED)
-endif
-
-# Need to special-case building without a per-project object directory
-ifeq ($(OBJDIR),)
-   # If no target specified, force "clean all" and disallow parallel build
-   ifeq ($(MAKECMDGOALS),)
-      MAKECMDGOALS := clean all
-      .NOTPARALLEL:
-   endif
-
-   # If one of the targets is to build, force "clean" beforehand and disallow parallel build
-   ifneq ($(findstring all, $(MAKECMDGOALS)),)
-      MAKECMDGOALS := clean $(MAKECMDGOALS)
-      .NOTPARALLEL:
-   endif
-endif
-
-%: $(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES)
-	@echo . > /dev/null
-
-$(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES):
-	@$(MAKE) -C $@ $(MAKECMDGOALS)
-
-.PHONY: $(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES)
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/Board.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 2eb2c536a7..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/Board.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief LUFA Custom Board Hardware Information Driver (Template)
- *
- *  This is a stub driver header file, for implementing custom board
- *  layout hardware with compatible LUFA board specific drivers. If
- *  the library is configured to use the BOARD_USER board mode, this
- *  driver file should be completed and copied into the "/Board/" folder
- *  inside the application's folder.
- *
- *  This stub is for the board-specific component of the LUFA Board Hardware
- *  information driver.
- */
-
-#ifndef __BOARD_USER_H__
-#define __BOARD_USER_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		// TODO: Add any required includes here
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Indicates the board has a hardware Buttons mounted if defined. */
-//			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
-
-			/** Indicates the board has a hardware Dataflash mounted if defined. */
-//			#define BOARD_HAS_DATAFLASH
-
-			/** Indicates the board has a hardware Joystick mounted if defined. */
-//			#define BOARD_HAS_JOYSTICK
-
-			/** Indicates the board has a hardware LEDs mounted if defined. */
-//			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/Buttons.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b14388527a..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/Buttons.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief LUFA Custom Board Button Hardware Driver (Template)
- *
- *  This is a stub driver header file, for implementing custom board
- *  layout hardware with compatible LUFA board specific drivers. If
- *  the library is configured to use the BOARD_USER board mode, this
- *  driver file should be completed and copied into the "/Board/" folder
- *  inside the application's folder.
- *
- *  This stub is for the board-specific component of the LUFA Buttons driver,
- *  for the control of physical board-mounted GPIO pushbuttons.
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_USER_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_USER_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		// TODO: Add any required includes here
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-		#define BOARD_DUMMY_BUTTONS_IMPLEMENTATION
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
-			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1          (1 << 0)
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
-			{
-
-			}
-
-			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
-			{
-
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
-			{
-				return 0;
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/Dataflash.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/Dataflash.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f32e398eab..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/Dataflash.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,197 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief LUFA Custom Board Dataflash Hardware Driver (Template)
- *
- *  This is a stub driver header file, for implementing custom board
- *  layout hardware with compatible LUFA board specific drivers. If
- *  the library is configured to use the BOARD_USER board mode, this
- *  driver file should be completed and copied into the "/Board/" folder
- *  inside the application's folder.
- *
- *  This stub is for the board-specific component of the LUFA Dataflash
- *  driver.
-*/
-
-#ifndef __DATAFLASH_USER_H__
-#define __DATAFLASH_USER_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		// TODO: Add any required includes here
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-		#define BOARD_DUMMY_DATAFLASH_IMPLEMENTATION
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Macros: */
-			#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK                0
-			#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR                 0
-			#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT                0
-	#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Constant indicating the total number of dataflash ICs mounted on the selected board. */
-			#define DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS                 1
-
-			/** Mask for no dataflash chip selected. */
-			#define DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP                    0
-
-			/** Mask for the first dataflash chip selected. */
-			#define DATAFLASH_CHIP1                      0
-
-			/** Mask for the second dataflash chip selected. */
-			#define DATAFLASH_CHIP2                      0
-
-			/** Internal main memory page size for the board's dataflash ICs. */
-			#define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE                  0
-
-			/** Total number of pages inside each of the board's dataflash ICs. */
-			#define DATAFLASH_PAGES                      0
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			/** Initializes the dataflash driver so that commands and data may be sent to an attached dataflash IC.
-			 *  The microcontroller's SPI driver MUST be initialized before any of the dataflash commands are used.
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_Init(void)
-			{
-
-			}
-
-			/** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns a byte from the dataflash.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Byte  Byte of data to send to the dataflash
-			 *
-			 *  \return Last response byte from the dataflash
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte)
-			{
-				return 0;
-			}
-
-			/** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and ignores the next byte from the dataflash.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Byte  Byte of data to send to the dataflash
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
-			{
-
-			}
-
-			/** Sends a dummy byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns the next byte from the dataflash.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Last response byte from the dataflash
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void)
-			{
-				return 0;
-			}
-
-			/** Determines the currently selected dataflash chip.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Mask of the currently selected Dataflash chip, either \ref DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP if no chip is selected
-			 *          or a DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is the chip number).
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void)
-			{
-				return 0;
-			}
-
-			/** Selects the given dataflash chip.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in]  ChipMask  Mask of the Dataflash IC to select, in the form of a \c DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is
-			 *              the chip number).
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask)
-			{
-
-			}
-
-			/** Deselects the current dataflash chip, so that no dataflash is selected. */
-			static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void)
-			{
-
-			}
-
-			/** Selects a dataflash IC from the given page number, which should range from 0 to
-			 *  ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1). For boards containing only one
-			 *  dataflash IC, this will select DATAFLASH_CHIP1. If the given page number is outside
-			 *  the total number of pages contained in the boards dataflash ICs, all dataflash ICs
-			 *  are deselected.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] PageAddress  Address of the page to manipulate, ranging from
-			 *                          0 to ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1).
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress)
-			{
-
-			}
-
-			/** Toggles the select line of the currently selected dataflash IC, so that it is ready to receive
-			 *  a new command.
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void)
-			{
-
-			}
-
-			/** Spin-loops while the currently selected dataflash is busy executing a command, such as a main
-			 *  memory page program or main memory to buffer transfer.
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void)
-			{
-
-			}
-
-			/** Sends a set of page and buffer address bytes to the currently selected dataflash IC, for use with
-			 *  dataflash commands which require a complete 24-bit address.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] PageAddress  Page address within the selected dataflash IC
-			 *  \param[in] BufferByte   Address within the dataflash's buffer
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress, const uint16_t BufferByte)
-			{
-
-			}
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/Joystick.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/Joystick.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 4aa45ab67c..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/Joystick.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief LUFA Custom Board Joystick Hardware Driver (Template)
- *
- *  This is a stub driver header file, for implementing custom board
- *  layout hardware with compatible LUFA board specific drivers. If
- *  the library is configured to use the BOARD_USER board mode, this
- *  driver file should be completed and copied into the "/Board/" folder
- *  inside the application's folder.
- *
- *  This stub is for the board-specific component of the LUFA Joystick
- *  driver, for a digital four-way (plus button) joystick.
-*/
-
-#ifndef __JOYSTICK_USER_H__
-#define __JOYSTICK_USER_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		// TODO: Add any required includes here
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-		#define BOARD_DUMMY_JOYSTICK_IMPLEMENTATION
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the left direction. */
-			#define JOY_LEFT                  0
-
-			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the right direction. */
-			#define JOY_RIGHT                 0
-
-			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the upward direction. */
-			#define JOY_UP                    0
-
-			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the downward direction. */
-			#define JOY_DOWN                  0
-
-			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed inward. */
-			#define JOY_PRESS                 0
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void Joystick_Init(void)
-			{
-
-			}
-
-			static inline void Joystick_Disable(void)
-			{
-
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void)
-			{
-				return 0;
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/LEDs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index a146e99c3b..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/LEDs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,132 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief LUFA Custom Board LED Hardware Driver (Template)
- *
- *  This is a stub driver header file, for implementing custom board
- *  layout hardware with compatible LUFA board specific drivers. If
- *  the library is configured to use the BOARD_USER board mode, this
- *  driver file should be completed and copied into the "/Board/" folder
- *  inside the application's folder.
- *
- *  This stub is for the board-specific component of the LUFA LEDs driver,
- *  for the LEDs (up to four) mounted on most development boards.
-*/
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_USER_H__
-#define __LEDS_USER_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		// TODO: Add any required includes here
-
-/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-		#define BOARD_DUMMY_LEDS_IMPLEMENTATION
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 0)
-
-			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED2        (1 << 1)
-
-			/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED3        (1 << 2)
-
-			/** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED4        (1 << 3)
-
-			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
-
-			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
-			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
-			{
-
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
-			{
-
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask, const uint8_t ActiveMask)
-			{
-
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
-			{
-				return 0;
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/BoardDeviceMap.cfg b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/BoardDeviceMap.cfg
deleted file mode 100644
index 3fee2f1e3f..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/BoardDeviceMap.cfg
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
-#
-#             LUFA Library
-#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-#
-#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-#           www.lufa-lib.org
-#
-#
-# =============================================================================
-# Board configuration map script, processed with the "BoardDriverTest"
-# makefile. This script file maps the possible LUFA target BOARD makefile
-# values in user projects to a specific architecture and device. This mapping is
-# then used by the makefile to build all possible drivers for that board, to
-# detect any missing or erroneous functions. To add a new board mapping, use
-# the syntax:
-#
-#    BOARD DEFINE = {ARCH} : {MCU} :
-#
-# And re-run the makefile. Note that each board may have only one target.
-# =============================================================================
-#
-#
-# ----------------- AVR8 Boards ------------------
-BOARD_ADAFRUITU4        = AVR8  : atmega32u4     :
-BOARD_ATAVRUSBRF01      = AVR8  : at90usb1287    :
-BOARD_BENITO            = AVR8  : at90usb162     :
-BOARD_BIGMULTIO         = AVR8  : atmega32u4     :
-BOARD_BLACKCAT          = AVR8  : at90usb162     :
-BOARD_BUI               = AVR8  : at90usb646     :
-BOARD_BUMBLEB           = AVR8  : at90usb162     :
-BOARD_CULV3             = AVR8  : atmega32u4     :
-BOARD_DUCE              = AVR8  : atmega32u2     :
-BOARD_EVK527            = AVR8  : atmega32u4     :
-BOARD_JMDBU2            = AVR8  : atmega32u2     :
-BOARD_LEONARDO          = AVR8  : atmega32u4     :
-BOARD_MAXIMUS           = AVR8  : at90usb162     :
-BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 = AVR8  : atmega32u2     :
-BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_A    = AVR8  : at90usb1287    :
-BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_1    = AVR8  : at90usb162     :
-BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_2    = AVR8  : atmega32u4     :
-BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_3    = AVR8  : at90usb1287    :
-BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_4    = AVR8  : at90usb1287    :
-BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_DIP  = AVR8  : at90usb1287    :
-BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV1 = AVR8  : at90usb1287    :
-BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV2 = AVR8  : at90usb1287    :
-BOARD_MICROSIN162       = AVR8  : atmega162      :
-BOARD_MINIMUS           = AVR8  : atmega32u2     :
-BOARD_MULTIO            = AVR8  : at90usb162     :
-BOARD_NONE              = AVR8  : at90usb1287    :
-BOARD_OLIMEX162         = AVR8  : at90usb162     :
-BOARD_OLIMEX32U4        = AVR8  : atmega32u4     :
-BOARD_OLIMEXT32U4       = AVR8  : atmega32u4     :
-BOARD_OLIMEXISPMK2      = AVR8  : at90usb162     :
-BOARD_RZUSBSTICK        = AVR8  : at90usb1287    :
-BOARD_SPARKFUN8U2       = AVR8  : atmega8u2      :
-BOARD_STK525            = AVR8  : at90usb647     :
-BOARD_STK526            = AVR8  : at90usb162     :
-BOARD_TEENSY            = AVR8  : at90usb162     :
-BOARD_TEENSY2           = AVR8  : at90usb646     :
-BOARD_TUL               = AVR8  : atmega32u4     :
-BOARD_UDIP              = AVR8  : atmega32u2     :
-BOARD_UNO               = AVR8  : atmega8u2      :
-BOARD_USB2AX            = AVR8  : atmega32u2     :
-BOARD_USB2AX_V3         = AVR8  : atmega32u2     :
-BOARD_USB2AX_V31        = AVR8  : atmega32u2     :
-BOARD_USBFOO            = AVR8  : atmega162      :
-BOARD_USBKEY            = AVR8  : at90usb1287    :
-BOARD_USBTINYMKII       = AVR8  : at90usb162     :
-BOARD_USER              = AVR8  : at90usb1287    :
-BOARD_XPLAIN            = AVR8  : at90usb1287    :
-BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1       = AVR8  : at90usb1287    :
-BOARD_STANGE_ISP        = AVR8  : at90usb162     :
-BOARD_U2S               = AVR8  : atmega32u2     :
-BOARD_YUN               = AVR8  : atmega32u4     :
-BOARD_MICRO             = AVR8  : atmega32u4     :
-#
-# ----------------- XMEGA Boards -----------------
-BOARD_A3BU_XPLAINED     = XMEGA : atxmega256a3bu :
-BOARD_B1_XPLAINED       = XMEGA : atxmega128b1   :
-BOARD_C3_XPLAINED       = XMEGA : atxmega384c3   :
-#
-# ------------------ UC3 Boards ------------------
-BOARD_EVK1100           = UC3   : uc3a0512       :
-BOARD_EVK1101           = UC3   : uc3b0256       :
-BOARD_EVK1104           = UC3   : uc3a3256       :
-BOARD_UC3A3_XPLAINED    = UC3   : uc3a3256       :
-#
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Test.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Test.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 0105886b22..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Test.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,115 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
-#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h>
-#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
-#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h>
-#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
-#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
-
-#if defined(BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS) == defined(BOARD_DUMMY_BUTTONS_IMPLEMENTATION)
-	#error Mismatch between BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS and implementation.
-#endif
-
-#if defined(BOARD_HAS_DATAFLASH) == defined(BOARD_DUMMY_DATAFLASH_IMPLEMENTATION)
-	#error Mismatch between BOARD_HAS_DATAFLASH and implementation.
-#endif
-
-#if defined(BOARD_HAS_LEDS) == defined(BOARD_DUMMY_LEDS_IMPLEMENTATION)
-	#error Mismatch between BOARD_HAS_LEDS and implementation.
-#endif
-
-#if defined(BOARD_HAS_JOYSTICK) == defined(BOARD_DUMMY_JOYSTICK_IMPLEMENTATION)
-	#error Mismatch between BOARD_HAS_JOYSTICK and implementation.
-#endif
-
-int main(void)
-{
-	uint_reg_t Dummy;
-
-	/* =============================
-	 *     Buttons Compile Check
-	 * ============================= */
-	// cppcheck-suppress redundantAssignment
-	Dummy = BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-	Buttons_Init();
-	// cppcheck-suppress redundantAssignment
-	Dummy = Buttons_GetStatus();
-	Buttons_Disable();
-
-	/* =============================
-	 *    Dataflash Compile Check
-	 * ============================= */
-	// cppcheck-suppress redundantAssignment
-	Dummy = DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS + DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP + DATAFLASH_CHIP1 + DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE + DATAFLASH_PAGES;
-	Dataflash_Init();
-	Dataflash_TransferByte(0);
-	Dataflash_SendByte(0);
-	// cppcheck-suppress redundantAssignment
-	Dummy = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
-	// cppcheck-suppress redundantAssignment
-	Dummy = Dataflash_GetSelectedChip();
-	Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
-	Dataflash_DeselectChip();
-	Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(0);
-	Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
-	Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
-	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
-
-	/* =============================
-	 *       LEDs Compile Check
-	 * ============================= */
-	// cppcheck-suppress redundantAssignment
-	Dummy = LEDS_LED1 + LEDS_LED2 + LEDS_LED3 + LEDS_LED4;
-	LEDs_Init();
-	LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
-	LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
-	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
-	LEDs_ChangeLEDs(LEDS_ALL_LEDS, LEDS_NO_LEDS);
-	LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
-	// cppcheck-suppress redundantAssignment
-	Dummy = LEDs_GetLEDs();
-	LEDs_Disable();
-
-	/* =============================
-	 *     Joystick Compile Check
-	 * ============================= */
-	// cppcheck-suppress redundantAssignment
-	Dummy = JOY_LEFT + JOY_RIGHT + JOY_UP + JOY_DOWN + JOY_PRESS;
-	Joystick_Init();
-	// cppcheck-suppress redundantAssignment
-	Dummy = Joystick_GetStatus();
-	Joystick_Disable();
-
-	(void)Dummy;
-}
-
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index cfd9da7981..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
-#
-#             LUFA Library
-#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-#
-#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-#           www.lufa-lib.org
-#
-
-# Makefile for the board driver build test. This
-# test attempts to build a dummy project with all
-# possible board targets using their respective
-# compiler.
-
-# Path to the LUFA library core
-LUFA_PATH := ../../LUFA/
-
-# Build test cannot be run with multiple parallel jobs
-.NOTPARALLEL:
-
-all: begin makeboardlist testboards clean end
-
-begin:
-	@echo Executing build test "BoardDriverTest".
-	@echo
-
-end:
-	@echo Build test "BoardDriverTest" complete.
-	@echo
-
-makeboardlist:
-	@grep "BOARD_" $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_PATH))/Common/BoardTypes.h | cut -d'#' -f2 | cut -d' ' -f2 | grep "BOARD_" > BoardList.txt
-
-testboards:
-	@echo "buildtest:" > BuildMakefile
-
-	@while read line;                                                                               \
-	 do                                                                                             \
-	   build_cfg=`grep "$$line " BoardDeviceMap.cfg | grep -v "#" | cut -d'=' -f2- | sed 's/ //g'`; \
-	                                                                                                \
-	   build_board=$$line;                                                                          \
-	   build_arch=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d':' -f1`;                                               \
-	   build_mcu=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d':' -f2`;                                                \
-	                                                                                                \
-	   if ( test -z "$$build_cfg" ); then                                                           \
-	     echo "No matching information set for board $$build_board";                                \
-	   else                                                                                         \
-	     echo "Found board configuration for $$build_board - $$build_arch, $$build_mcu";            \
-		                                                                                            \
-		 printf "\t@echo Building dummy project for $$build_board...\n" >> BuildMakefile;           \
-		 printf "\t$(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean elf MCU=%s ARCH=%s BOARD=%s\n\n" $$build_mcu $$build_arch $$build_board >> BuildMakefile; \
-	   fi;                                                                                          \
-	 done < BoardList.txt
-
-	 $(MAKE) -f BuildMakefile buildtest
-
-clean:
-	rm -f BuildMakefile
-	rm -f BoardList.txt
-	$(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean BOARD=NONE ARCH=AVR8 MCU=at90usb1287
-	$(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean BOARD=NONE ARCH=XMEGA MCU=atxmega128a1u
-	$(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean BOARD=NONE ARCH=UC3 MCU=uc3a0256
-
-%:
-
-.PHONY: all begin end makeboardlist testboards clean
-
-# Include LUFA build script makefiles
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/makefile.test b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/makefile.test
deleted file mode 100644
index 7391b514a7..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/makefile.test
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-#
-#             LUFA Library
-#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-#
-#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-#           www.lufa-lib.org
-#
-# --------------------------------------
-#         LUFA Project Makefile.
-# --------------------------------------
-
-# Run "make help" for target help.
-
-MCU          =
-ARCH         =
-BOARD        =
-F_CPU        = $(F_USB)
-F_USB        = 8000000
-OPTIMIZATION = 1
-TARGET       = Test
-SRC          = $(TARGET).c
-LUFA_PATH    = ../../LUFA
-CC_FLAGS     = -Werror
-DEBUG_LEVEL  = 0
-
-# Include LUFA build script makefiles
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BootloaderTest/BootloaderDeviceMap.cfg b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BootloaderTest/BootloaderDeviceMap.cfg
deleted file mode 100644
index 9e15c8cf45..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BootloaderTest/BootloaderDeviceMap.cfg
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,167 +0,0 @@
-#
-#             LUFA Library
-#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-#
-#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-#           www.lufa-lib.org
-#
-#
-# =============================================================================
-# Bootloader configuration map script, processed with the "BootloaderTest"
-# makefile. This script file defines the targets for each LUFA bootloader,
-# which are then built as part of the build test to ensure that there are no
-# failures on all standard configurations. To add a new build target for a
-# bootloader to this script, use the format:
-#
-#    BOOTLOADER = {ARCH} : {MCU} : {BOARD} : {FLASH SIZE KB} : {BOOT SIZE KB} : {F_USB MHZ}
-#
-# And re-run the makefile.
-# =============================================================================
-#
-#
-# ------------ CDC Bootloader --------------------
-CDC         = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : XPLAIN   : 128 : 8 :  8 :
-CDC         = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE     : 128 : 8 :  8 :
-CDC         = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE     : 128 : 4 :  8 :
-CDC         = AVR8 : at90usb647  : NONE     :  64 : 4 :  8 :
-CDC         = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE     : 128 : 8 :  8 :
-CDC         = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE     : 128 : 4 :  8 :
-CDC         = AVR8 : at90usb646  : NONE     :  64 : 4 :  8 :
-CDC         = AVR8 : atmega32u4  : NONE     :  32 : 4 :  8 :
-CDC         = AVR8 : atmega16u4  : NONE     :  16 : 4 :  8 :
-CDC         = AVR8 : atmega32u2  : NONE     :  32 : 4 :  8 :
-CDC         = AVR8 : atmega16u2  : NONE     :  16 : 4 :  8 :
-CDC         = AVR8 : atmega8u2   : NONE     :   8 : 4 :  8 :
-CDC         = AVR8 : at90usb162  : NONE     :  16 : 4 :  8 :
-CDC         = AVR8 : at90usb82   : NONE     :   8 : 4 :  8 :
-CDC         = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE     : 128 : 8 : 16 :
-CDC         = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE     : 128 : 4 : 16 :
-CDC         = AVR8 : at90usb647  : NONE     :  64 : 4 : 16 :
-CDC         = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE     : 128 : 8 : 16 :
-CDC         = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE     : 128 : 4 : 16 :
-CDC         = AVR8 : at90usb646  : NONE     :  64 : 4 : 16 :
-CDC         = AVR8 : atmega32u4  : NONE     :  32 : 4 : 16 :
-CDC         = AVR8 : atmega16u4  : NONE     :  16 : 4 : 16 :
-CDC         = AVR8 : atmega32u2  : NONE     :  32 : 4 : 16 :
-CDC         = AVR8 : atmega16u2  : NONE     :  16 : 4 : 16 :
-CDC         = AVR8 : atmega8u2   : NONE     :   8 : 4 : 16 :
-CDC         = AVR8 : at90usb162  : NONE     :  16 : 4 : 16 :
-CDC         = AVR8 : at90usb82   : NONE     :   8 : 4 : 16 :
-#
-# ------------ DFU Bootloader --------------------
-DFU         = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : XPLAIN   : 128 : 8 :  8 :
-DFU         = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE     : 128 : 8 :  8 :
-DFU         = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE     : 128 : 4 :  8 :
-DFU         = AVR8 : at90usb647  : NONE     :  64 : 4 :  8 :
-DFU         = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE     : 128 : 8 :  8 :
-DFU         = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE     : 128 : 4 :  8 :
-DFU         = AVR8 : at90usb646  : NONE     :  64 : 4 :  8 :
-DFU         = AVR8 : atmega32u4  : NONE     :  32 : 4 :  8 :
-DFU         = AVR8 : atmega16u4  : NONE     :  16 : 4 :  8 :
-DFU         = AVR8 : atmega32u2  : NONE     :  32 : 4 :  8 :
-DFU         = AVR8 : atmega16u2  : NONE     :  16 : 4 :  8 :
-DFU         = AVR8 : atmega8u2   : NONE     :   8 : 4 :  8 :
-DFU         = AVR8 : at90usb162  : NONE     :  16 : 4 :  8 :
-DFU         = AVR8 : at90usb82   : NONE     :   8 : 4 :  8 :
-DFU         = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE     : 128 : 8 : 16 :
-DFU         = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE     : 128 : 4 : 16 :
-DFU         = AVR8 : at90usb647  : NONE     :  64 : 4 : 16 :
-DFU         = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE     : 128 : 8 : 16 :
-DFU         = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE     : 128 : 4 : 16 :
-DFU         = AVR8 : at90usb646  : NONE     :  64 : 4 : 16 :
-DFU         = AVR8 : atmega32u4  : NONE     :  32 : 4 : 16 :
-DFU         = AVR8 : atmega16u4  : NONE     :  16 : 4 : 16 :
-DFU         = AVR8 : atmega32u2  : NONE     :  32 : 4 : 16 :
-DFU         = AVR8 : atmega16u2  : NONE     :  16 : 4 : 16 :
-DFU         = AVR8 : atmega8u2   : NONE     :   8 : 4 : 16 :
-DFU         = AVR8 : at90usb162  : NONE     :  16 : 4 : 16 :
-DFU         = AVR8 : at90usb82   : NONE     :   8 : 4 : 16 :
-#
-# ------------ HID Bootloader --------------------
-HID         = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE     : 128 : 8 :  8 :
-HID         = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE     : 128 : 4 :  8 :
-HID         = AVR8 : at90usb647  : NONE     :  64 : 4 :  8 :
-HID         = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE     : 128 : 8 :  8 :
-HID         = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE     : 128 : 4 :  8 :
-HID         = AVR8 : at90usb646  : NONE     :  64 : 4 :  8 :
-HID         = AVR8 : atmega32u4  : NONE     :  32 : 4 :  8 :
-HID         = AVR8 : atmega16u4  : NONE     :  16 : 4 :  8 :
-HID         = AVR8 : atmega32u2  : NONE     :  32 : 2 :  8 :
-HID         = AVR8 : atmega32u2  : NONE     :  32 : 4 :  8 :
-HID         = AVR8 : atmega16u2  : NONE     :  16 : 2 :  8 :
-HID         = AVR8 : atmega16u2  : NONE     :  16 : 4 :  8 :
-HID         = AVR8 : atmega8u2   : NONE     :   8 : 2 :  8 :
-HID         = AVR8 : atmega8u2   : NONE     :   8 : 4 :  8 :
-HID         = AVR8 : at90usb162  : NONE     :  16 : 2 :  8 :
-HID         = AVR8 : at90usb162  : NONE     :  16 : 4 :  8 :
-HID         = AVR8 : at90usb162  : NONE     :  16 : 2 :  8 :
-HID         = AVR8 : at90usb162  : NONE     :  16 : 4 :  8 :
-HID         = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE     : 128 : 8 :  8 :
-HID         = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE     : 128 : 4 :  8 :
-HID         = AVR8 : at90usb647  : NONE     :  64 : 4 :  8 :
-HID         = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE     : 128 : 8 : 16 :
-HID         = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE     : 128 : 4 : 16 :
-HID         = AVR8 : at90usb646  : NONE     :  64 : 4 : 16 :
-HID         = AVR8 : atmega32u4  : NONE     :  32 : 4 : 16 :
-HID         = AVR8 : atmega16u4  : NONE     :  16 : 4 : 16 :
-HID         = AVR8 : atmega32u2  : NONE     :  32 : 2 : 16 :
-HID         = AVR8 : atmega32u2  : NONE     :  32 : 4 : 16 :
-HID         = AVR8 : atmega16u2  : NONE     :  16 : 2 : 16 :
-HID         = AVR8 : atmega16u2  : NONE     :  16 : 4 : 16 :
-HID         = AVR8 : atmega8u2   : NONE     :   8 : 2 : 16 :
-HID         = AVR8 : atmega8u2   : NONE     :   8 : 4 : 16 :
-HID         = AVR8 : at90usb162  : NONE     :  16 : 2 : 16 :
-HID         = AVR8 : at90usb162  : NONE     :  16 : 4 : 16 :
-HID         = AVR8 : at90usb162  : NONE     :  16 : 2 : 16 :
-HID         = AVR8 : at90usb162  : NONE     :  16 : 4 : 16 :
-#
-# ---------- Printer Bootloader ------------------
-Printer     = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE     : 128 : 8 :  8 :
-Printer     = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE     : 128 : 4 :  8 :
-Printer     = AVR8 : at90usb647  : NONE     :  64 : 4 :  8 :
-Printer     = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE     : 128 : 8 :  8 :
-Printer     = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE     : 128 : 4 :  8 :
-Printer     = AVR8 : at90usb646  : NONE     :  64 : 4 :  8 :
-Printer     = AVR8 : atmega32u4  : NONE     :  32 : 4 :  8 :
-Printer     = AVR8 : atmega16u4  : NONE     :  16 : 4 :  8 :
-Printer     = AVR8 : atmega32u2  : NONE     :  32 : 4 :  8 :
-Printer     = AVR8 : atmega16u2  : NONE     :  16 : 4 :  8 :
-Printer     = AVR8 : atmega8u2   : NONE     :   8 : 4 :  8 :
-Printer     = AVR8 : at90usb162  : NONE     :  16 : 4 :  8 :
-Printer     = AVR8 : at90usb82   : NONE     :   8 : 4 :  8 :
-Printer     = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE     : 128 : 8 : 16 :
-Printer     = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE     : 128 : 4 : 16 :
-Printer     = AVR8 : at90usb647  : NONE     :  64 : 4 : 16 :
-Printer     = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE     : 128 : 8 : 16 :
-Printer     = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE     : 128 : 4 : 16 :
-Printer     = AVR8 : at90usb646  : NONE     :  64 : 4 : 16 :
-Printer     = AVR8 : atmega32u4  : NONE     :  32 : 4 : 16 :
-Printer     = AVR8 : atmega16u4  : NONE     :  16 : 4 : 16 :
-Printer     = AVR8 : atmega32u2  : NONE     :  32 : 4 : 16 :
-Printer     = AVR8 : atmega16u2  : NONE     :  16 : 4 : 16 :
-Printer     = AVR8 : atmega8u2   : NONE     :   8 : 4 : 16 :
-Printer     = AVR8 : at90usb162  : NONE     :  16 : 4 : 16 :
-Printer     = AVR8 : at90usb82   : NONE     :   8 : 4 : 16 :
-#
-# ---------- Mass Storage Bootloader -----------------
-MassStorage = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : XPLAIN   : 128 : 8 :  8 :
-MassStorage = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE     : 128 : 8 :  8 :
-MassStorage = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE     : 128 : 4 :  8 :
-MassStorage = AVR8 : at90usb647  : NONE     :  64 : 4 :  8 :
-MassStorage = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE     : 128 : 8 :  8 :
-MassStorage = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE     : 128 : 4 :  8 :
-MassStorage = AVR8 : at90usb646  : NONE     :  64 : 4 :  8 :
-MassStorage = AVR8 : atmega32u4  : LEONARDO :  32 : 4 : 16 :
-MassStorage = AVR8 : atmega32u4  : NONE     :  32 : 4 :  8 :
-MassStorage = AVR8 : atmega16u4  : NONE     :  16 : 4 :  8 :
-MassStorage = AVR8 : atmega32u2  : NONE     :  32 : 4 :  8 :
-MassStorage = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE     : 128 : 8 : 16 :
-MassStorage = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE     : 128 : 4 : 16 :
-MassStorage = AVR8 : at90usb647  : NONE     :  64 : 4 : 16 :
-MassStorage = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE     : 128 : 8 : 16 :
-MassStorage = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE     : 128 : 4 : 16 :
-MassStorage = AVR8 : at90usb646  : NONE     :  64 : 4 : 16 :
-MassStorage = AVR8 : atmega32u4  : NONE     :  32 : 4 : 16 :
-MassStorage = AVR8 : atmega16u4  : NONE     :  16 : 4 : 16 :
-MassStorage = AVR8 : atmega32u2  : NONE     :  32 : 4 : 16 :
-#
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BootloaderTest/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BootloaderTest/makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index 52ebb9cdb7..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BootloaderTest/makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-#
-#             LUFA Library
-#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-#
-#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-#           www.lufa-lib.org
-#
-
-# Makefile for the bootloader build test. This
-# test attempts to build all the bootloaders
-# with all supported device configurations.
-
-# Path to the LUFA library core
-LUFA_PATH := ../../LUFA/
-
-# Build test cannot be run with multiple parallel jobs
-.NOTPARALLEL:
-
-all: begin testbootloaders clean end
-
-begin:
-	@echo Executing build test "BootloaderTest".
-	@echo
-
-end:
-	@echo Build test "BootloaderTest" complete.
-	@echo
-
-testbootloaders:
-	@echo "buildtest:" > BuildMakefile
-
-	@while read line;                                         \
-	 do                                                       \
-	   build_cfg=`echo $$line | grep -v "#" | sed 's/ //g'`;  \
-	                                                          \
-	   if ( test -n "$$build_cfg" ); then                     \
-	     build_bootloader=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d'=' -f1`; \
-		 build_cfg=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d'=' -f2-`;       \
-		                                                      \
-	     build_arch=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d':' -f1`;       \
-	     build_mcu=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d':' -f2`;        \
-	     build_board=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d':' -f3`;      \
-	     build_flashsize=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d':' -f4`;  \
-	     build_bootsize=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d':' -f5`;   \
-	     build_fusb=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d':' -f6`;       \
-	                                                          \
-	     printf "Found '%s' bootloader configuration (FLASH: %3s KB | BOOT: %3s KB | MCU: %12s / %4s | BOARD: %s | F_USB: %sMHz)\n" $$build_bootloader $$build_flashsize $$build_bootsize $$build_mcu $$build_arch $$build_board $$build_fusb; \
-	                                                          \
-	     printf "\t@echo Building bootloader %s - %s - FLASH: %s KB, BOOT: %s KB, BOARD: %s, F_USB: %sMHz\n" $$build_bootloader $$build_mcu $$build_flashsize $$build_bootsize $$build_board $$build_fusb >> BuildMakefile; \
-	     printf "\t$(MAKE) -C $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_PATH))/../Bootloaders/%s/ clean elf ARCH=%s MCU=%s BOARD=%s FLASH_SIZE_KB=%s BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB=%s F_USB=%s000000 DEBUG_LEVEL=0\n\n" $$build_bootloader $$build_arch $$build_mcu $$build_board $$build_flashsize $$build_bootsize $$build_fusb >> BuildMakefile; \
-	   fi;                                                    \
-	 done < BootloaderDeviceMap.cfg
-
-	 $(MAKE) -f BuildMakefile buildtest
-
-clean:
-	rm -f BuildMakefile
-
-%:
-
-.PHONY: all begin end testbootloaders clean
-
-# Include LUFA build script makefiles
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/ModuleTest/Dummy.S b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/ModuleTest/Dummy.S
deleted file mode 100644
index dcfe981868..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/ModuleTest/Dummy.S
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-.section .text
-
-
-# Mandatory entry point for successful compilation and link
-.global main
-main:
-
-
-# Mandatory callback needed for base compile of the USB driver
-.global CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor
-CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor:
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/ModuleTest/Modules.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/ModuleTest/Modules.h
deleted file mode 100644
index cc16fd6b95..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/ModuleTest/Modules.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
-
-#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
-
-#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
-#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/RingBuffer.h>
-#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
-
-#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
-	#if defined(ADC)
-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h>
-	#endif
-
-	#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
-	#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialSPI.h>
-	#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h>
-
-	#if defined(TWCR)
-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h>
-	#endif
-#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
-	#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
-	#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialSPI.h>
-	#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h>
-	#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h>
-#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/ModuleTest/Test_C.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/ModuleTest/Test_C.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 349ac6eec3..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/ModuleTest/Test_C.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#include "Modules.h"
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/ModuleTest/Test_CPP.cpp b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/ModuleTest/Test_CPP.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 349ac6eec3..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/ModuleTest/Test_CPP.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#include "Modules.h"
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/ModuleTest/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/ModuleTest/makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index 2cd33cf871..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/ModuleTest/makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
-#
-#             LUFA Library
-#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-#
-#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-#           www.lufa-lib.org
-#
-
-# Makefile for the module build test. This test
-# attempts to build as many modules as possible
-# under all supported architectures, and include
-# all module headers in a simple C and C++
-# application.
-
-# Path to the LUFA library core
-LUFA_PATH := ../../LUFA/
-
-# Build test cannot be run with multiple parallel jobs
-.NOTPARALLEL:
-
-# List of device families per architecture, one device per architecture sub-family
-AVR8_FAMILIES   := at90usb1287 at90usb1286 atmega16u4 atmega16u2 at90usb162
-XMEGA_FAMILIES  := atxmega128a1u atxmega128a3u atxmega256a3bu atxmega128a4u atxmega128b1 atxmega128b3 atxmega128c3 atxmega32c4
-UC3_FAMILIES    := uc3a0256 uc3a1256 uc3a3256 uc3a4256 uc3b0256 uc3b1256
-
-# List of all device families, with a family postfix
-DEVICE_FAMILIES := $(AVR8_FAMILIES:%=%.avr8) $(XMEGA_FAMILIES:%=%.xmega) $(UC3_FAMILIES:%=%.uc3)
-
-
-all: begin $(DEVICE_FAMILIES) clean end
-
-arch_avr8:  begin $(AVR8_FAMILIES:%=%.avr8) end
-arch_xmega: begin $(XMEGA_FAMILIES:%=%.xmega) end
-arch_uc3:   begin $(UC3_FAMILIES:%=%.uc3) end
-
-begin:
-	@echo Executing build test "ModuleTest".
-	@echo
-
-end:
-	@echo Build test "ModuleTest" complete.
-	@echo
-
-%.avr8:
-	@echo Building ModuleTest for ARCH=AVR8 MCU=$(@:%.avr8=%)...
-	$(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean elf ARCH=AVR8 MCU=$(@:%.avr8=%)
-
-%.xmega:
-	@echo Building ModuleTest for ARCH=XMEGA MCU=$(@:%.xmega=%)...
-	$(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean elf ARCH=XMEGA MCU=$(@:%.xmega=%)
-
-%.uc3:
-	@echo Building ModuleTest for ARCH=UC3 MCU=$(@:%.uc3=%)...
-	$(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean elf ARCH=UC3 MCU=$(@:%.uc3=%)
-
-clean:
-	$(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean ARCH=AVR8 MCU=$(firstword $(AVR8_FAMILIES))
-	$(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean ARCH=XMEGA MCU=$(firstword $(XMEGA_FAMILIES))
-	$(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean ARCH=UC3 MCU=$(firstword $(UC3_FAMILIES))
-
-%:
-
-.PHONY: all arch_avr8 arch_xmega arch_uc3 begin end
-
-# Include LUFA build script makefiles
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/ModuleTest/makefile.test b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/ModuleTest/makefile.test
deleted file mode 100644
index 1307d5e370..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/ModuleTest/makefile.test
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-#
-#             LUFA Library
-#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-#
-#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-#           www.lufa-lib.org
-#
-# --------------------------------------
-#         LUFA Project Makefile.
-# --------------------------------------
-
-# Run "make help" for target help.
-
-MCU          =
-ARCH         =
-BOARD        = NONE
-F_CPU        = $(F_USB)
-OPTIMIZATION = 1
-TARGET       = Test
-SRC          = $(TARGET)_C.c $(TARGET)_CPP.cpp Dummy.S $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
-LUFA_PATH    = ../../LUFA
-DEBUG_LEVEL  = 0
-
-ifeq ($(ARCH), AVR8)
-  F_USB        = 8000000
-else ifeq ($(ARCH), XMEGA)
-  F_USB        = 48000000
-else ifeq ($(ARCH), UC3)
-  F_USB        = 48000000
-endif
-
-# Generic C/C++ compiler flags
-CC_FLAGS  = -Wextra
-CC_FLAGS += -Werror
-CC_FLAGS += -Wformat=2
-CC_FLAGS += -Winit-self
-CC_FLAGS += -Wswitch-enum
-CC_FLAGS += -Wunused
-CC_FLAGS += -Wundef
-CC_FLAGS += -Wpointer-arith
-CC_FLAGS += -Wcast-align
-CC_FLAGS += -Wwrite-strings
-CC_FLAGS += -Wlogical-op
-CC_FLAGS += -Wmissing-declarations
-CC_FLAGS += -Wmissing-field-initializers
-CC_FLAGS += -Wmissing-format-attribute
-CC_FLAGS += -Woverlength-strings
-CC_FLAGS += -Wswitch-default
-CC_FLAGS += -Wfloat-equal
-CC_FLAGS += -Waggregate-return
-CC_FLAGS += -Wmissing-include-dirs
-
-# Disable warnings not supported by the version of GCC used for UC3 targets (FIXME)
-ifneq ($(ARCH), UC3)
-  CC_FLAGS += -Wdouble-promotion
-endif
-
-# Only enable redundant declaration warnings for AVR8 target (FIXME)
-ifeq ($(ARCH), AVR8)
-  CC_FLAGS += -Wredundant-decls
-endif
-
-# C compiler only flags
-C_FLAGS += -Wmissing-parameter-type
-C_FLAGS += -Wmissing-prototypes
-C_FLAGS += -Wnested-externs
-C_FLAGS += -Wbad-function-cast
-C_FLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
-C_FLAGS += -Wold-style-definition
-
-# Disable warnings not supported by the version of GCC used for UC3 targets (FIXME)
-ifneq ($(ARCH), UC3)
-  C_FLAGS += -Wunsuffixed-float-constants
-  C_FLAGS += -Wjump-misses-init
-endif
-
-# Only check C++ compatibility on the build files, to ensure headers are C++ compatible
-Test_C.c Test_CPP.c: CC_FLAGS += -Wc++-compat
-
-# Potential additional warnings to enable in the future (FIXME)
-#CC_FLAGS += -Wcast-qual
-#CC_FLAGS += -Wconversion
-#CC_FLAGS += -Wsign-conversion
-#CC_FLAGS += -pedantic
-
-# Include LUFA build script makefiles
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/SingleUSBModeTest/Dummy.S b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/SingleUSBModeTest/Dummy.S
deleted file mode 100644
index b5655add56..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/SingleUSBModeTest/Dummy.S
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-.section .text
-
-
-# Mandatory entry point for successful compilation and link
-.global main
-main:
-	# Force code generation of the base USB stack
-	call USB_Init
-
-# Mandatory callback needed for base compile of the USB driver
-.global CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor
-CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor:
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/SingleUSBModeTest/Test.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/SingleUSBModeTest/Test.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 7a83794df6..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/SingleUSBModeTest/Test.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
-#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/SingleUSBModeTest/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/SingleUSBModeTest/makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index cd88754db3..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/SingleUSBModeTest/makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-#
-#             LUFA Library
-#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-#
-#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-#           www.lufa-lib.org
-#
-
-# Makefile for the single USB mode build test.
-# This test attempts to build the USB module
-# under fixed device and fixed host modes under
-# all supported architectures
-
-# Path to the LUFA library core
-LUFA_PATH := ../../LUFA/
-
-# Build test cannot be run with multiple parallel jobs
-.NOTPARALLEL:
-
-all: begin compile clean end
-
-begin:
-	@echo Executing build test "SingleUSBModeTest".
-	@echo
-
-end:
-	@echo Build test "SingleUSBModeTest" complete.
-	@echo
-
-compile:
-	@echo Building SingleUSBModeTest for ARCH=AVR8 in device only mode...
-	$(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean elf ARCH=AVR8 MCU=at90usb1287 CC_FLAGS='-D USB_DEVICE_ONLY'
-
-	@echo Building SingleUSBModeTest for ARCH=AVR8 in host only mode...
-	$(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean elf ARCH=AVR8 MCU=at90usb1287 CC_FLAGS='-D USB_HOST_ONLY'
-
-	@echo Building SingleUSBModeTest for ARCH=XMEGA in device only mode...
-	$(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean elf ARCH=XMEGA MCU=atxmega128a1u CC_FLAGS='-D USB_DEVICE_ONLY'
-
-	@echo Building SingleUSBModeTest for ARCH=UC3 in device only mode...
-	$(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean elf ARCH=UC3 MCU=uc3a0256 CC_FLAGS='-D USB_DEVICE_ONLY'
-
-	@echo Building SingleUSBModeTest for ARCH=UC3 in host only mode...
-	$(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean elf ARCH=UC3 MCU=uc3a0256 CC_FLAGS='-D USB_HOST_ONLY'
-
-clean:
-	$(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean ARCH=AVR8 MCU=at90usb1287
-	$(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean ARCH=XMEGA MCU=atxmega128a1u
-	$(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean ARCH=UC3 MCU=uc3a0256
-
-%:
-
-.PHONY: begin end compile clean
-
-# Include LUFA build script makefiles
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/SingleUSBModeTest/makefile.test b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/SingleUSBModeTest/makefile.test
deleted file mode 100644
index 242e530ea3..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/SingleUSBModeTest/makefile.test
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
-#
-#             LUFA Library
-#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-#
-#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-#           www.lufa-lib.org
-#
-# --------------------------------------
-#         LUFA Project Makefile.
-# --------------------------------------
-
-# Run "make help" for target help.
-
-MCU          =
-ARCH         =
-BOARD        = NONE
-F_CPU        = $(F_USB)
-DEBUG_LEVEL  = 0
-
-ifeq ($(ARCH), AVR8)
-  F_USB      = 8000000
-else ifeq ($(ARCH), XMEGA)
-  F_USB      = 48000000
-else ifeq ($(ARCH), UC3)
-  F_USB      = 48000000
-endif
-
-OPTIMIZATION = 1
-TARGET       = Test
-SRC          = Test.c Dummy.S $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
-LUFA_PATH    = ../../LUFA
-
-# Generic C/C++ compiler flags
-CC_FLAGS  = -Wextra
-CC_FLAGS += -Werror
-CC_FLAGS += -Wformat=2
-CC_FLAGS += -Winit-self
-CC_FLAGS += -Wswitch-enum
-CC_FLAGS += -Wunused
-CC_FLAGS += -Wundef
-CC_FLAGS += -Wpointer-arith
-CC_FLAGS += -Wcast-align
-CC_FLAGS += -Wwrite-strings
-CC_FLAGS += -Wlogical-op
-CC_FLAGS += -Wmissing-declarations
-CC_FLAGS += -Wmissing-field-initializers
-CC_FLAGS += -Wmissing-format-attribute
-CC_FLAGS += -Woverlength-strings
-
-# Only enable rendundant declaration warnings for AVR8 target (FIXME)
-ifeq ($(ARCH), AVR8)
-  CC_FLAGS += -Wredundant-decls
-endif
-
-# C compiler only flags
-C_FLAGS += -Wmissing-parameter-type
-C_FLAGS += -Wnested-externs
-
-# Potential additional warnings to enable in the future (FIXME)
-#CC_FLAGS += -Wswitch-default
-#CC_FLAGS += -Wc++-compat
-#CC_FLAGS += -Wcast-qual
-#CC_FLAGS += -Wconversion
-#CC_FLAGS += -Wjump-misses-init
-#CC_FLAGS += -pedantic
-
-# Include LUFA build script makefiles
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/StaticAnalysisTest/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/StaticAnalysisTest/makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index f5dc1c007d..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/StaticAnalysisTest/makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-#
-#             LUFA Library
-#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-#
-#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-#           www.lufa-lib.org
-#
-
-# Static anlysis of the entire LUFA source tree, using the free cross-platform "cppcheck" tool.
-
-# Path to the LUFA library core
-LUFA_PATH := ../../LUFA/
-
-CPPCHECK_EXCLUDES := FATFs/            \
-                     PetiteFATFs/      \
-                     uip/
-
-CPPCHECK_INCLUDES := $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_PATH))/CodeTemplates/               \
-                     $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_PATH))/../Projects/AVRISP-MKII/
-
-CPPCHECK_FLAGS    := -U TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME -U __GNUC__ -U __DOXYGEN__
-
-CPPCHECK_SUPPRESS := variableScope missingInclude unusedFunction
-
-SRC               := $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_PATH))/..
-
-# Build test cannot be run with multiple parallel jobs
-.NOTPARALLEL:
-
-all: begin cppcheck end
-
-begin:
-	@echo Executing build test "StaticAnalysisTest".
-	@echo
-
-end:
-	@echo Build test "StaticAnalysisTest" complete.
-	@echo
-
-%:
-
-
-.PHONY: all begin end
-
-# Include LUFA build script makefiles
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index 1f09b3fec6..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-#
-#             LUFA Library
-#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-#
-#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-#           www.lufa-lib.org
-#
-
-# Makefile to build all the LUFA Build Tests. Build Tests are
-# used to verify the correctness of the LUFA library, and are
-# not intended to be modified or compiled by non-developers.
-
-all:
-
-%:
-	@echo Executing \"make $@\" on all LUFA build tests.
-	@echo
-	$(MAKE) -C BoardDriverTest $@
-	$(MAKE) -C BootloaderTest $@
-	$(MAKE) -C ModuleTest $@
-	$(MAKE) -C SingleUSBModeTest $@
-	$(MAKE) -C StaticAnalysisTest $@
-	@echo
-	@echo LUFA build test \"make $@\" operation complete.
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/HID_EEPROM_Loader/HID_EEPROM_Loader.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/HID_EEPROM_Loader/HID_EEPROM_Loader.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ee46b4db4..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/HID_EEPROM_Loader/HID_EEPROM_Loader.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  Special application to extract an EEPROM image stored in FLASH memory, and
- *  copy it to the device EEPROM. This application is designed to be used with
- *  the HID build system module of LUFA to program the EEPROM of a target device
- *  that uses the HID bootloader protocol, which does not have native EEPROM
- *  programming support.
- */
-
-#include <avr/io.h>
-#include <avr/eeprom.h>
-#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
-
-/* References to the binary EEPROM data linked in the AVR's FLASH memory space */
-extern const char _binary_InputEEData_bin_start[];
-extern const char _binary_InputEEData_bin_end[];
-extern const char _binary_InputEEData_bin_size[];
-
-/* Friendly names for the embedded binary data stored in FLASH memory space */
-#define InputEEData       _binary_InputEEData_bin_start
-#define InputEEData_size  ((int)_binary_InputEEData_bin_size)
-
-int main(void)
-{
-	/* Copy out the embedded EEPROM data from FLASH to EEPROM memory space */
-	for (uint16_t i = 0; i < InputEEData_size; i++)
-	  eeprom_update_byte((uint8_t*)i, pgm_read_byte(&InputEEData[i]));
-
-	/* Infinite loop once complete */
-	for (;;);
-}
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/HID_EEPROM_Loader/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/HID_EEPROM_Loader/makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index e839ba6b1d..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/HID_EEPROM_Loader/makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-#
-#             LUFA Library
-#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-#
-#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-#           www.lufa-lib.org
-#
-# --------------------------------------
-#         LUFA Project Makefile.
-# --------------------------------------
-
-# Run "make help" for target help.
-
-MCU          = at90usb1287
-ARCH         = AVR8
-F_CPU        = 1000000
-F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
-OPTIMIZATION = s
-TARGET       = HID_EEPROM_Loader
-SRC          = $(TARGET).c
-LUFA_PATH    = ../../../LUFA
-CC_FLAGS     =
-LD_FLAGS     =
-OBJECT_FILES = InputEEData.o
-
-# Default target
-all:
-
-# Determine the AVR sub-architecture of the build main application object file
-FIND_AVR_SUBARCH = avr$(shell avr-objdump -f $(TARGET).o | grep architecture | cut -d':' -f3 | cut -d',' -f1)
-
-# Create a linkable object file with the input binary EEPROM data stored in the FLASH section
-InputEEData.o: InputEEData.bin $(TARGET).o $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
-	@echo $(MSG_OBJCPY_CMD) Converting \"$<\" to a object file \"$@\"
-	avr-objcopy -I binary -O elf32-avr -B $(call FIND_AVR_SUBARCH) --rename-section .data=.progmem.data,contents,alloc,readonly,data $< $@
-
-# Include LUFA build script makefiles
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 9433834187..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-#
-#             LUFA Library
-#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-#
-#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-#           www.lufa-lib.org
-#
-
-LUFA_BUILD_MODULES         += ATPROGRAM
-LUFA_BUILD_TARGETS         += atprogram atprogram-ee
-LUFA_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS  += MCU TARGET
-LUFA_BUILD_OPTIONAL_VARS   += ATPROGRAM_PROGRAMMER ATPROGRAM_INTERFACE ATPROGRAM_PORT
-LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_VARS   +=
-LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_MACROS +=
-
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#             LUFA ATPROGRAM Programmer Buildsystem Makefile Module.
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# DESCRIPTION:
-#   Provides a set of targets to re-program a device using the Atmel atprogram
-#   utility in AVR Studio 5.x and Atmel Studio 6.0 onwards.
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TARGETS:
-#
-#    atprogram                 - Program target FLASH with application using
-#                                atprogram
-#    atprogram-ee              - Program target EEPROM with application data
-#                                using atprogram
-#
-# MANDATORY PARAMETERS:
-#
-#    MCU                       - Microcontroller device model name
-#    TARGET                    - Application name
-#
-# OPTIONAL PARAMETERS:
-#
-#    ATPROGRAM_PROGRAMMER      - Name of programming hardware to use
-#    ATPROGRAM_INTERFACE       - Name of programming interface to use
-#    ATPROGRAM_PORT            - Name of communication port to use
-#
-# PROVIDED VARIABLES:
-#
-#    (None)
-#
-# PROVIDED MACROS:
-#
-#    (None)
-#
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-SHELL = /bin/sh
-
-ERROR_IF_UNSET   ?= $(if $(filter undefined, $(origin $(strip $(1)))), $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) value not set))
-ERROR_IF_EMPTY   ?= $(if $(strip $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option cannot be blank))
-ERROR_IF_NONBOOL ?= $(if $(filter Y N, $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option must be Y or N))
-
-# Default values of optionally user-supplied variables
-ATPROGRAM_PROGRAMMER ?= jtagice3
-ATPROGRAM_INTERFACE  ?= jtag
-ATPROGRAM_PORT       ?=
-
-# Sanity check user supplied values
-$(foreach MANDATORY_VAR, $(LUFA_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS), $(call ERROR_IF_UNSET, $(MANDATORY_VAR)))
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, MCU)
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, TARGET)
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, ATPROGRAM_PROGRAMMER)
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, ATPROGRAM_INTERFACE)
-
-# Output Messages
-MSG_ATPROGRAM_CMD    := ' [ATPRGRM] :'
-
-# Construct base atprogram command flags
-BASE_ATPROGRAM_FLAGS := --tool $(ATPROGRAM_PROGRAMMER) --interface $(ATPROGRAM_INTERFACE) --device $(MCU)
-ifneq ($(ATPROGRAM_PORT),)
-   BASE_ATPROGRAM_FLAGS += --port $(ATPROGRAM_PORT)
-endif
-
-# Construct the flags to use for the various memory spaces
-ifeq ($(ARCH), AVR8)
-   ATPROGRAM_FLASH_FLAGS  := --chiperase --flash
-   ATPROGRAM_EEPROM_FLAGS := --eeprom
-else ifeq ($(ARCH), XMEGA)
-   ATPROGRAM_FLASH_FLAGS  := --erase --flash
-   ATPROGRAM_EEPROM_FLAGS := --eeprom
-else ifeq ($(ARCH), UC3)
-   ATPROGRAM_FLASH_FLAGS  := --erase
-   ATPROGRAM_EEPROM_FLAGS := --eeprom
-else
-   $(error Unsupported architecture "$(ARCH)")
-endif
-
-# Programs in the target FLASH memory using ATPROGRAM
-atprogram: $(TARGET).elf $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
-	@echo $(MSG_ATPROGRAM_CMD) Programming device \"$(MCU)\" FLASH using \"$(ATPROGRAM_PROGRAMMER)\"
-	atprogram $(BASE_ATPROGRAM_FLAGS) program $(ATPROGRAM_FLASH_FLAGS) --file $<
-
-# Programs in the target EEPROM memory using ATPROGRAM
-atprogram-ee: $(TARGET).elf $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
-	@echo $(MSG_ATPROGRAM_CMD) Programming device \"$(MCU)\" EEPROM using \"$(ATPROGRAM_PROGRAMMER)\"
-	atprogram $(BASE_ATPROGRAM_FLAGS) program $(ATPROGRAM_EEPROM_FLAGS) --file $<
-
-# Phony build targets for this module
-.PHONY: atprogram atprogram-ee
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 4eff4181c3..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-#
-#             LUFA Library
-#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-#
-#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-#           www.lufa-lib.org
-#
-
-LUFA_BUILD_MODULES         += AVRDUDE
-LUFA_BUILD_TARGETS         += avrdude avrdude-ee
-LUFA_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS  += MCU TARGET
-LUFA_BUILD_OPTIONAL_VARS   += AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER AVRDUDE_PORT AVRDUDE_FLAGS
-LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_VARS   +=
-LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_MACROS +=
-
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#             LUFA AVRDUDE Programmer Buildsystem Makefile Module.
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# DESCRIPTION:
-#   Provides a set of targets to re-program a device using the open source
-#   avr-dude utility.
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TARGETS:
-#
-#    avrdude                   - Program target FLASH with application using
-#                                avrdude
-#    avrdude-ee                - Program target EEPROM with application data
-#                                using avrdude
-#
-# MANDATORY PARAMETERS:
-#
-#    MCU                       - Microcontroller device model name
-#    TARGET                    - Application name
-#
-# OPTIONAL PARAMETERS:
-#
-#    AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER        - Name of programming hardware to use
-#    AVRDUDE_PORT              - Name of communication port to use
-#    AVRDUDE_FLAGS             - Flags to pass to avr-dude
-#
-# PROVIDED VARIABLES:
-#
-#    (None)
-#
-# PROVIDED MACROS:
-#
-#    (None)
-#
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-SHELL = /bin/sh
-
-ERROR_IF_UNSET   ?= $(if $(filter undefined, $(origin $(strip $(1)))), $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) value not set))
-ERROR_IF_EMPTY   ?= $(if $(strip $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option cannot be blank))
-ERROR_IF_NONBOOL ?= $(if $(filter Y N, $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option must be Y or N))
-
-# Default values of optionally user-supplied variables
-AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER ?= jtagicemkii
-AVRDUDE_PORT       ?= usb
-AVRDUDE_FLAGS      ?=
-
-# Sanity check user supplied values
-$(foreach MANDATORY_VAR, $(LUFA_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS), $(call ERROR_IF_UNSET, $(MANDATORY_VAR)))
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, MCU)
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, TARGET)
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, AVRDUDE_PORT)
-
-# Output Messages
-MSG_AVRDUDE_CMD    := ' [AVRDUDE] :'
-
-# Construct base avrdude command flags
-BASE_AVRDUDE_FLAGS := -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)
-
-# Programs in the target FLASH memory using AVRDUDE
-avrdude: $(TARGET).hex $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
-	@echo $(MSG_AVRDUDE_CMD) Programming device \"$(MCU)\" FLASH using \"$(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)\" on port \"$(AVRDUDE_PORT)\"
-	avrdude $(BASE_AVRDUDE_FLAGS) -U flash:w:$< $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS)
-
-# Programs in the target EEPROM memory using AVRDUDE
-avrdude-ee: $(TARGET).eep $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
-	@echo $(MSG_AVRDUDE_CMD) Programming device \"$(MCU)\" EEPROM using \"$(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)\" on port \"$(AVRDUDE_PORT)\"
-	avrdude $(BASE_AVRDUDE_FLAGS) -U eeprom:w:$< $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS)
-
-# Phony build targets for this module
-.PHONY: avrdude avrdude-ee
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/lufa_build.mk b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/lufa_build.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index b9b144aee5..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/lufa_build.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,351 +0,0 @@
-#
-#             LUFA Library
-#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-#
-#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-#           www.lufa-lib.org
-#
-
-LUFA_BUILD_MODULES         += BUILD
-LUFA_BUILD_TARGETS         += size symbol-sizes all lib elf bin hex lss clean mostlyclean
-LUFA_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS  += TARGET ARCH MCU SRC F_USB LUFA_PATH
-LUFA_BUILD_OPTIONAL_VARS   += BOARD OPTIMIZATION C_STANDARD CPP_STANDARD F_CPU C_FLAGS CPP_FLAGS ASM_FLAGS CC_FLAGS LD_FLAGS OBJDIR OBJECT_FILES DEBUG_TYPE DEBUG_LEVEL LINKER_RELAXATIONS COMPILER_PATH
-LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_VARS   +=
-LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_MACROS +=
-
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#               LUFA GCC Compiler Buildsystem Makefile Module.
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# DESCRIPTION:
-#   Provides a set of targets to build a C, C++ and/or Assembly application
-#   via the AVR-GCC compiler.
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TARGETS:
-#
-#    size                      - List built application size
-#    symbol-sizes              - Print application symbols from the binary ELF
-#                                file as a list sorted by size in bytes
-#    all                       - Build application and list size
-#    lib                       - Build and archive source files into a library
-#    elf                       - Build application ELF debug object file
-#    bin                       - Build application BIN binary object file
-#    hex                       - Build application HEX object file
-#    lss                       - Build application LSS assembly listing file
-#    clean                     - Remove all project intermediary and binary
-#                                output files
-#    mostlyclean               - Remove intermediary output files, but
-#                                preserve binaries
-#    <filename>.s              - Compile C/C++ source file into an assembly file
-#                                for manual code inspection
-#
-# MANDATORY PARAMETERS:
-#
-#    TARGET                    - Application name
-#    ARCH                      - Device architecture name
-#    MCU                       - Microcontroller device model name
-#    SRC                       - List of input source files (*.c, *.cpp, *.S)
-#    F_USB                     - Speed of the input clock of the USB controller
-#                                in Hz
-#    LUFA_PATH                 - Path to the LUFA library core
-#
-# OPTIONAL PARAMETERS:
-#
-#    BOARD                     - LUFA board hardware
-#    OPTIMIZATION              - Optimization level
-#    C_STANDARD                - C Language Standard to use
-#    CPP_STANDARD              - C++ Language Standard to use
-#    F_CPU                     - Speed of the CPU, in Hz
-#    C_FLAGS                   - Flags to pass to the C compiler only
-#    CPP_FLAGS                 - Flags to pass to the C++ compiler only
-#    ASM_FLAGS                 - Flags to pass to the assembler only
-#    CC_FLAGS                  - Common flags to pass to the C/C++ compiler and
-#                                assembler
-#    LD_FLAGS                  - Flags to pass to the linker
-#    LINKER_RELAXATIONS        - Enable or disable linker relaxations to
-#                                decrease binary size (note: can cause link
-#                                failures on systems with an unpatched binutils)
-#    OBJDIR                    - Directory for the output object and dependency
-#                                files; if equal to ".", the output files will
-#                                be generated in the same folder as the sources
-#    OBJECT_FILES              - Extra object files to link in to the binaries
-#    DEBUG_FORMAT              - Format of the debugging information to
-#                                generate in the compiled object files
-#    DEBUG_LEVEL               - Level the debugging information to generate in
-#                                the compiled object files
-#    COMPILER_PATH             - Location of the GCC toolchain to use
-#
-# PROVIDED VARIABLES:
-#
-#    (None)
-#
-# PROVIDED MACROS:
-#
-#    (None)
-#
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-SHELL = /bin/sh
-
-ERROR_IF_UNSET   ?= $(if $(filter undefined, $(origin $(strip $(1)))), $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) value not set))
-ERROR_IF_EMPTY   ?= $(if $(strip $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option cannot be blank))
-ERROR_IF_NONBOOL ?= $(if $(filter Y N, $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option must be Y or N))
-
-# Default values of optionally user-supplied variables
-COMPILER_PATH      ?=
-BOARD              ?= NONE
-OPTIMIZATION       ?= s
-F_CPU              ?=
-C_STANDARD         ?= gnu99
-CPP_STANDARD       ?= gnu++98
-C_FLAGS            ?=
-CPP_FLAGS          ?=
-ASM_FLAGS          ?=
-CC_FLAGS           ?=
-OBJDIR             ?= .
-OBJECT_FILES       ?=
-DEBUG_FORMAT       ?= dwarf-2
-DEBUG_LEVEL        ?= 2
-LINKER_RELAXATIONS ?= Y
-
-# Sanity check user supplied values
-$(foreach MANDATORY_VAR, $(LUFA_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS), $(call ERROR_IF_UNSET, $(MANDATORY_VAR)))
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, MCU)
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, TARGET)
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, ARCH)
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, F_USB)
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, LUFA_PATH)
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, BOARD)
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, OPTIMIZATION)
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, C_STANDARD)
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, CPP_STANDARD)
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, OBJDIR)
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, DEBUG_FORMAT)
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, DEBUG_LEVEL)
-$(call ERROR_IF_NONBOOL, LINKER_RELAXATIONS)
-
-# Determine the utility prefix to use for the selected architecture
-ifeq ($(ARCH), AVR8)
-   CROSS        := $(COMPILER_PATH)avr
-else ifeq ($(ARCH), XMEGA)
-   CROSS        := $(COMPILER_PATH)avr
-   $(warning The XMEGA device support is currently EXPERIMENTAL (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only.)
-else ifeq ($(ARCH), UC3)
-   CROSS        := $(COMPILER_PATH)avr32
-   $(warning The UC3 device support is currently EXPERIMENTAL (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only.)
-else
-   $(error Unsupported architecture "$(ARCH)")
-endif
-
-# Output Messages
-MSG_INFO_MESSAGE := ' [INFO]    :'
-MSG_COMPILE_CMD  := ' [GCC]     :'
-MSG_ASSEMBLE_CMD := ' [GAS]     :'
-MSG_NM_CMD       := ' [NM]      :'
-MSG_REMOVE_CMD   := ' [RM]      :'
-MSG_LINK_CMD     := ' [LNK]     :'
-MSG_ARCHIVE_CMD  := ' [AR]      :'
-MSG_SIZE_CMD     := ' [SIZE]    :'
-MSG_OBJCPY_CMD   := ' [OBJCPY]  :'
-MSG_OBJDMP_CMD   := ' [OBJDMP]  :'
-
-# Convert input source file list to differentiate them by type
-C_SOURCE   := $(filter %.c, $(SRC))
-CPP_SOURCE := $(filter %.cpp, $(SRC))
-ASM_SOURCE := $(filter %.S, $(SRC))
-
-# Create a list of unknown source file types, if any are found throw an error
-UNKNOWN_SOURCE := $(filter-out $(C_SOURCE) $(CPP_SOURCE) $(ASM_SOURCE), $(SRC))
-ifneq ($(UNKNOWN_SOURCE),)
-   $(error Unknown input source file formats: $(UNKNOWN_SOURCE))
-endif
-
-# Convert input source filenames into a list of required output object files
-OBJECT_FILES += $(addsuffix .o, $(basename $(SRC)))
-
-# Check if an output object file directory was specified instead of the input file location
-ifneq ($(OBJDIR),.)
-   # Prefix all the object filenames with the output object file directory path
-   OBJECT_FILES    := $(addprefix $(patsubst %/,%,$(OBJDIR))/, $(notdir $(OBJECT_FILES)))
-
-   # Check if any object file (without path) appears more than once in the object file list
-   ifneq ($(words $(sort $(OBJECT_FILES))), $(words $(OBJECT_FILES)))
-       $(error Cannot build with OBJDIR parameter set - one or more object file name is not unique)
-   endif
-
-   # Create the output object file directory if it does not exist and add it to the virtual path list
-   $(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2> /dev/null)
-   VPATH           += $(dir $(SRC))
-endif
-
-# Create a list of dependency files from the list of object files
-DEPENDENCY_FILES := $(OBJECT_FILES:%.o=%.d)
-
-# Create a list of common flags to pass to the compiler/linker/assembler
-BASE_CC_FLAGS    := -pipe -g$(DEBUG_FORMAT) -g$(DEBUG_LEVEL)
-ifeq ($(ARCH), AVR8)
-   BASE_CC_FLAGS += -mmcu=$(MCU) -fshort-enums -fno-inline-small-functions -fpack-struct
-else ifeq ($(ARCH), XMEGA)
-   BASE_CC_FLAGS += -mmcu=$(MCU) -fshort-enums -fno-inline-small-functions -fpack-struct
-else ifeq ($(ARCH), UC3)
-   BASE_CC_FLAGS += -mpart=$(MCU:at32%=%) -masm-addr-pseudos
-endif
-BASE_CC_FLAGS += -Wall -fno-strict-aliasing -funsigned-char -funsigned-bitfields -ffunction-sections
-BASE_CC_FLAGS += -I. -I$(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_PATH))/..
-BASE_CC_FLAGS += -DARCH=ARCH_$(ARCH) -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD) -DF_USB=$(F_USB)UL
-ifneq ($(F_CPU),)
-   BASE_CC_FLAGS += -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL
-endif
-ifeq ($(LINKER_RELAXATIONS), Y)
-BASE_CC_FLAGS += -mrelax
-endif
-
-# This flag is required for bootloaders as GCC will emit invalid jump table
-# assembly code for devices with large amounts of flash; the jump table target
-# is extracted from FLASH without using the correct ELPM instruction, resulting
-# in a pseudo-random jump target.
-BASE_CC_FLAGS += -fno-jump-tables
-
-# Additional language specific compiler flags
-BASE_C_FLAGS   := -x c -O$(OPTIMIZATION) -std=$(C_STANDARD) -Wstrict-prototypes
-BASE_CPP_FLAGS := -x c++ -O$(OPTIMIZATION) -std=$(CPP_STANDARD)
-BASE_ASM_FLAGS := -x assembler-with-cpp
-
-# Create a list of flags to pass to the linker
-BASE_LD_FLAGS := -lm -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref -Wl,--gc-sections
-ifeq ($(LINKER_RELAXATIONS), Y)
-   BASE_LD_FLAGS += -Wl,--relax
-endif
-ifeq ($(ARCH), AVR8)
-   BASE_LD_FLAGS += -mmcu=$(MCU)
-else ifeq ($(ARCH), XMEGA)
-   BASE_LD_FLAGS += -mmcu=$(MCU)
-else ifeq ($(ARCH), UC3)
-   BASE_LD_FLAGS += -mpart=$(MCU:at32%=%) --rodata-writable --direct-data
-endif
-
-# Determine flags to pass to the size utility based on its reported features (only invoke if size target required)
-# and on an architecture where this non-standard patch is available
-ifneq ($(ARCH), UC3)
-size: SIZE_MCU_FLAG    := $(shell $(CROSS)-size --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) )
-size: SIZE_FORMAT_FLAG := $(shell $(CROSS)-size --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr )
-endif
-
-# Pre-build informational target, to give compiler and project name information when building
-build_begin:
-	@echo $(MSG_INFO_MESSAGE) Begin compilation of project \"$(TARGET)\"...
-	@echo ""
-	@$(CROSS)-gcc --version
-
-# Post-build informational target, to project name information when building has completed
-build_end:
-	@echo $(MSG_INFO_MESSAGE) Finished building project \"$(TARGET)\".
-
-# Prints size information of a compiled application (FLASH, RAM and EEPROM usages)
-size: $(TARGET).elf
-	@echo $(MSG_SIZE_CMD) Determining size of \"$<\"
-	@echo ""
-	$(CROSS)-size $(SIZE_MCU_FLAG) $(SIZE_FORMAT_FLAG) $<
-
-# Prints size information on the symbols within a compiled application in decimal bytes
-symbol-sizes: $(TARGET).elf
-	@echo $(MSG_NM_CMD) Extracting \"$<\" symbols with decimal byte sizes
-	$(CROSS)-nm --size-sort --demangle --radix=d $<
-
-# Cleans intermediary build files, leaving only the compiled application files
-mostlyclean:
-	@echo $(MSG_REMOVE_CMD) Removing object files of \"$(TARGET)\"
-	rm -f $(OBJECT_FILES)
-	@echo $(MSG_REMOVE_CMD) Removing dependency files of \"$(TARGET)\"
-	rm -f $(DEPENDENCY_FILES)
-
-# Cleans all build files, leaving only the original source code
-clean: mostlyclean
-	@echo $(MSG_REMOVE_CMD) Removing output files of \"$(TARGET)\"
-	rm -f $(TARGET).elf $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).bin $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET).map $(TARGET).lss $(TARGET).sym lib$(TARGET).a
-
-# Performs a complete build of the user application and prints size information afterwards
-all: build_begin elf hex bin lss sym size build_end
-
-# Helper targets, to build a specific type of output file without having to know the project target name
-lib: lib$(TARGET).a
-elf: $(TARGET).elf
-hex: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
-bin: $(TARGET).bin
-lss: $(TARGET).lss
-sym: $(TARGET).sym
-
-# Default target to *create* the user application's specified source files; if this rule is executed by
-# make, the input source file doesn't exist and an error needs to be presented to the user
-$(SRC):
-	$(error Source file does not exist: $@)
-
-# Compiles an input C source file and generates an assembly listing for it
-%.s: %.c $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
-	@echo $(MSG_COMPILE_CMD) Generating assembly from C file \"$(notdir $<)\"
-	$(CROSS)-gcc -S $(BASE_CC_FLAGS) $(BASE_C_FLAGS) $(CC_FLAGS) $(C_FLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-# Compiles an input C++ source file and generates an assembly listing for it
-%.s: %.cpp $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
-	@echo $(MSG_COMPILE_CMD) Generating assembly from C++ file \"$(notdir $<)\"
-	$(CROSS)-gcc -S $(BASE_CC_FLAGS) $(BASE_CPP_FLAGS) $(CC_FLAGS) $(CPP_FLAGS) $< -o $@
-
-# Compiles an input C source file and generates a linkable object file for it
-$(OBJDIR)/%.o: %.c $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
-	@echo $(MSG_COMPILE_CMD) Compiling C file \"$(notdir $<)\"
-	$(CROSS)-gcc -c $(BASE_CC_FLAGS) $(BASE_C_FLAGS) $(CC_FLAGS) $(C_FLAGS) -MMD -MP -MF $(@:%.o=%.d) $< -o $@
-
-# Compiles an input C++ source file and generates a linkable object file for it
-$(OBJDIR)/%.o: %.cpp $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
-	@echo $(MSG_COMPILE_CMD) Compiling C++ file \"$(notdir $<)\"
-	$(CROSS)-gcc -c $(BASE_CC_FLAGS) $(BASE_CPP_FLAGS) $(CC_FLAGS) $(CPP_FLAGS) -MMD -MP -MF $(@:%.o=%.d) $< -o $@
-
-# Assembles an input ASM source file and generates a linkable object file for it
-$(OBJDIR)/%.o: %.S $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
-	@echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLE_CMD) Assembling \"$(notdir $<)\"
-	$(CROSS)-gcc -c $(BASE_CC_FLAGS) $(BASE_ASM_FLAGS) $(CC_FLAGS) $(ASM_FLAGS) -MMD -MP -MF $(@:%.o=%.d) $< -o $@
-
-# Generates a library archive file from the user application, which can be linked into other applications
-.PRECIOUS  : $(OBJECT_FILES)
-.SECONDARY : %.a
-%.a: $(OBJECT_FILES)
-	@echo $(MSG_ARCHIVE_CMD) Archiving object files into \"$@\"
-	$(CROSS)-ar rcs $@ $(OBJECT_FILES)
-
-# Generates an ELF debug file from the user application, which can be further processed for FLASH and EEPROM data
-# files, or used for programming and debugging directly
-.PRECIOUS  : $(OBJECT_FILES)
-.SECONDARY : %.elf
-%.elf: $(OBJECT_FILES)
-	@echo $(MSG_LINK_CMD) Linking object files into \"$@\"
-	$(CROSS)-gcc $^ -o $@ $(BASE_LD_FLAGS) $(LD_FLAGS)
-
-# Extracts out the loadable FLASH memory data from the project ELF file, and creates an Intel HEX format file of it
-%.hex: %.elf
-	@echo $(MSG_OBJCPY_CMD) Extracting HEX file data from \"$<\"
-	$(CROSS)-objcopy -O ihex -R .eeprom -R .fuse -R .lock -R .signature $< $@
-
-# Extracts out the loadable FLASH memory data from the project ELF file, and creates an Binary format file of it
-%.bin: %.elf
-	@echo $(MSG_OBJCPY_CMD) Extracting BIN file data from \"$<\"
-	$(CROSS)-objcopy -O binary -R .eeprom -R .fuse -R .lock -R .signature $< $@
-
-# Extracts out the loadable EEPROM memory data from the project ELF file, and creates an Intel HEX format file of it
-%.eep: %.elf
-	@echo $(MSG_OBJCPY_CMD) Extracting EEP file data from \"$<\"
-	$(CROSS)-objcopy -O ihex -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" --change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings $< $@ || exit 0
-
-# Creates an assembly listing file from an input project ELF file, containing interleaved assembly and source data
-%.lss: %.elf
-	@echo $(MSG_OBJDMP_CMD) Extracting LSS file data from \"$<\"
-	$(CROSS)-objdump -h -d -S -z $< > $@
-
-# Creates a symbol file listing the loadable and discarded symbols from an input project ELF file
-%.sym: %.elf
-	@echo $(MSG_NM_CMD) Extracting SYM file data from \"$<\"
-	$(CROSS)-nm -n $< > $@
-
-# Include build dependency files
--include $(DEPENDENCY_FILES)
-
-# Phony build targets for this module
-.PHONY: build_begin build_end size symbol-sizes lib elf hex lss clean mostlyclean
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/lufa_core.mk b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/lufa_core.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 7d974664bf..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/lufa_core.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,175 +0,0 @@
-#
-#             LUFA Library
-#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-#
-#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-#           www.lufa-lib.org
-#
-
-LUFA_BUILD_MODULES         += CORE
-LUFA_BUILD_TARGETS         += help list_targets list_modules list_mandatory list_optional list_provided list_macros
-LUFA_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS  +=
-LUFA_BUILD_OPTIONAL_VARS   +=
-LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_VARS   +=
-LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_MACROS +=
-
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#               LUFA Core Build System Makefile Module.
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# DESCRIPTION:
-#   Provides a set of core build targets for the LUFA build system
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TARGETS:
-#
-#    help                      - Build system help
-#    list_targets              - List all build targets
-#    list_modules              - List all build modules
-#    list_mandatory            - List all mandatory make variables required by
-#                                the included build modules of the application
-#    list_optional             - List all optional make variables required by
-#                                the included build modules of the application
-#    list_provided             - List all provided make variables from the
-#                                included build modules of the application
-#    list_macros               - List all provided make macros from the
-#                                included build modules of the application
-#
-# MANDATORY PARAMETERS:
-#
-#    (None)
-#
-# OPTIONAL PARAMETERS:
-#
-#    (None)
-#
-# PROVIDED VARIABLES:
-#
-#    (None)
-#
-# PROVIDED MACROS:
-#
-#    (None)
-#
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-SHELL = /bin/sh
-
-# Converts a given input to a printable output using "(None)" if no items are in the list
-CONVERT_TO_PRINTABLE           = $(if $(strip $(1)), $(1), (None))
-
-
-# Build sorted and filtered lists of the included build module data
-SORTED_LUFA_BUILD_MODULES      = $(sort $(LUFA_BUILD_MODULES))
-SORTED_LUFA_BUILD_TARGETS      = $(sort $(LUFA_BUILD_TARGETS))
-SORTED_LUFA_MANDATORY_VARS     = $(sort $(LUFA_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS))
-SORTED_LUFA_OPTIONAL_VARS      = $(filter-out $(SORTED_LUFA_MANDATORY_VARS), $(sort $(LUFA_BUILD_OPTIONAL_VARS)))
-SORTED_LUFA_PROVIDED_VARS      = $(sort $(LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_VARS))
-SORTED_LUFA_PROVIDED_MACROS    = $(sort $(LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_MACROS))
-
-# Create printable versions of the sorted build module data (use "(None)" when no data is available)
-PRINTABLE_LUFA_BUILD_MODULES   = $(call CONVERT_TO_PRINTABLE, $(SORTED_LUFA_BUILD_MODULES))
-PRINTABLE_LUFA_BUILD_TARGETS   = $(call CONVERT_TO_PRINTABLE, $(SORTED_LUFA_BUILD_TARGETS))
-PRINTABLE_LUFA_MANDATORY_VARS  = $(call CONVERT_TO_PRINTABLE, $(SORTED_LUFA_MANDATORY_VARS))
-PRINTABLE_LUFA_OPTIONAL_VARS   = $(call CONVERT_TO_PRINTABLE, $(SORTED_LUFA_OPTIONAL_VARS))
-PRINTABLE_LUFA_PROVIDED_VARS   = $(call CONVERT_TO_PRINTABLE, $(SORTED_LUFA_PROVIDED_VARS))
-PRINTABLE_LUFA_PROVIDED_MACROS = $(call CONVERT_TO_PRINTABLE, $(SORTED_LUFA_PROVIDED_MACROS))
-
-help:
-	@echo "==================================================================="
-	@echo "                       LUFA Build System 2.0                       "
-	@echo "      (C) Dean Camera, 2014 { dean @ fourwalledcubicle . com }     "
-	@echo "==================================================================="
-	@echo "DESCRIPTION:                                                       "
-	@echo " This build system is a set of makefile modules for (GNU) Make, to "
-	@echo " provide a simple system for building LUFA powered applications.   "
-	@echo " Each makefile module can be included from within a user makefile, "
-	@echo " to expose the build rules documented in the comments at the top of"
-	@echo " each build module.                                                "
-	@echo "                                                                   "
-	@echo "USAGE:                                                             "
-	@echo " To execute a rule, define all variables indicated in the desired  "
-	@echo " module as a required parameter before including the build module  "
-	@echo " in your project makefile. Parameters marked as optional will      "
-	@echo " assume a default value in the modules if not user-assigned.       "
-	@echo "                                                                   "
-	@echo " By default the target output shows both a friendly summary, as    "
-	@echo " well as the actual invoked command. To suppress the output of the "
-	@echo " invoked commands and show only the friendly command output, run   "
-	@echo " make with the \"-s\" switch added before the target(s).           "
-	@echo "                                                                   "
-	@echo "SEE ALSO:                                                          "
-	@echo " For more information, see the 'Build System' chapter of the LUFA  "
-	@echo " project documentation.                                            "
-	@echo "==================================================================="
-	@echo "                                                                   "
-	@echo "  Currently used build system modules in this application:         "
-	@echo "                                                                   "
-	@printf " %b" "$(PRINTABLE_LUFA_BUILD_MODULES:%=   - %\n)"
-	@echo "                                                                   "
-	@echo "                                                                   "
-	@echo "  Currently available build targets in this application:           "
-	@echo "                                                                   "
-	@printf " %b" "$(PRINTABLE_LUFA_BUILD_TARGETS:%=   - %\n)"
-	@echo "                                                                   "
-	@echo "                                                                   "
-	@echo "  Mandatory variables required by the selected build Modules:      "
-	@echo "                                                                   "
-	@printf " %b" "$(PRINTABLE_LUFA_MANDATORY_VARS:%=   - %\n)"
-	@echo "                                                                   "
-	@echo "                                                                   "
-	@echo "  Optional variables required by the selected build Modules:       "
-	@echo "                                                                   "
-	@printf " %b" "$(PRINTABLE_LUFA_OPTIONAL_VARS:%=   - %\n)"
-	@echo "                                                                   "
-	@echo "                                                                   "
-	@echo "  Variables provided by the selected build Modules:                "
-	@echo "                                                                   "
-	@printf " %b" "$(PRINTABLE_LUFA_PROVIDED_VARS:%=   - %\n)"
-	@echo "                                                                   "
-	@echo "                                                                   "
-	@echo "  Macros provided by the selected build Modules:                   "
-	@echo "                                                                   "
-	@printf " %b" "$(PRINTABLE_LUFA_PROVIDED_MACROS:%=   - %\n)"
-	@echo "                                                                   "
-	@echo "==================================================================="
-	@echo "   The LUFA BuildSystem 2.0 - Powered By Positive Thinking (tm)    "
-	@echo "==================================================================="
-
-# Lists build modules included by the project makefile, in alphabetical order
-list_modules:
-	@echo Currently Used Build System Modules:
-	@printf " %b" "$(PRINTABLE_LUFA_BUILD_MODULES:%=   - %\n)"
-
-# Lists build targets included by the project makefile, in alphabetical order
-list_targets:
-	@echo Currently Available Build Targets:
-	@printf " %b" "$(PRINTABLE_LUFA_BUILD_TARGETS:%=   - %\n)"
-
-# Lists mandatory variables that must be set by the project makefile, in alphabetical order
-list_mandatory:
-	@echo Mandatory Variables for Included Modules:
-	@printf " %b" "$(PRINTABLE_LUFA_MANDATORY_VARS:%=   - %\n)"
-
-# Lists optional variables that must be set by the project makefile, in alphabetical order
-list_optional:
-	@echo Optional Variables for Included Modules:
-	@printf " %b" "$(PRINTABLE_LUFA_OPTIONAL_VARS:%=   - %\n)"
-
-# Lists variables provided by the included build modules, in alphabetical order
-list_provided:
-	@echo Variables Provided by the Included Modules:
-	@printf " %b" "$(PRINTABLE_LUFA_PROVIDED_VARS:%=   - %\n)"
-
-# Lists macros provided by the included build modules, in alphabetical order
-list_macros:
-	@echo Macros Provided by the Included Modules:
-	@printf " %b" "$(PRINTABLE_LUFA_PROVIDED_MACROS:%=   - %\n)"
-
-# Disable default in-built make rules (those that are needed are explicitly
-# defined, and doing so has performance benefits when recursively building)
-ifeq ($(filter -r,$(MAKEFLAGS)),)
-  MAKEFLAGS += -r
-endif
-.SUFFIXES:
-
-# Phony build targets for this module
-.PHONY: help list_modules list_targets list_mandatory list_optional list_provided list_macros
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b9b611646..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,107 +0,0 @@
-#
-#             LUFA Library
-#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-#
-#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-#           www.lufa-lib.org
-#
-
-LUFA_BUILD_MODULES         += CPPCHECK
-LUFA_BUILD_TARGETS         += cppcheck cppcheck-config
-LUFA_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS  += SRC
-LUFA_BUILD_OPTIONAL_VARS   += CPPCHECK_INCLUDES CPPCHECK_EXCLUDES CPPCHECK_MSG_TEMPLATE CPPCHECK_ENABLE \
-                              CPPCHECK_SUPPRESS CPPCHECK_FAIL_ON_WARNING CPPCHECK_QUIET CPPCHECK_FLAGS
-LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_VARS   +=
-LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_MACROS +=
-
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#                LUFA CPPCheck Buildsystem Makefile Module.
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# DESCRIPTION:
-#   Provides a set of targets to scan a project with the free "cppcheck" static
-#   analysis tool, to check for code errors at runtime
-#   (see http://cppcheck.sourceforge.net).
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TARGETS:
-#
-#    cppcheck                  - Scan the project with CPPCheck
-#    cppcheck-config           - Use CPPCheck to look for missing include files
-#
-# MANDATORY PARAMETERS:
-#
-#    SRC                       - List of source files to statically analyze
-#
-# OPTIONAL PARAMETERS:
-#
-#    CPPCHECK_INCLUDES         - Extra include paths to search for missing
-#                                header files
-#    CPPCHECK_EXCLUDES         - Source file paths to exclude checking (can be
-#                                a path fragment if desired)
-#    CPPCHECK_MSG_TEMPLATE     - Template for cppcheck error and warning output
-#    CPPCHECK_ENABLE           - General cppcheck category checks to enable
-#    CPPCHECK_SUPPRESS         - Specific cppcheck warnings to disable by ID
-#    CPPCHECK_FAIL_ON_WARNING  - Set to Y to fail the build on cppcheck
-#                                warnings, N to continue even if warnings occur
-#    CPPCHECK_QUIET            - Enable cppcheck verbose or quiet output mode
-#    CPPCHECK_FLAGS            - Additional flags to pass to cppcheck
-#
-# PROVIDED VARIABLES:
-#
-#    (None)
-#
-# PROVIDED MACROS:
-#
-#    (None)
-#
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-SHELL = /bin/sh
-
-ERROR_IF_UNSET   ?= $(if $(filter undefined, $(origin $(strip $(1)))), $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) value not set))
-ERROR_IF_EMPTY   ?= $(if $(strip $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option cannot be blank))
-ERROR_IF_NONBOOL ?= $(if $(filter Y N, $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option must be Y or N))
-
-# Default values of optionally user-supplied variables
-CPPCHECK_INCLUDES            ?=
-CPPCHECK_EXCLUDES            ?=
-CPPCHECK_MSG_TEMPLATE        ?= {file}:{line}: {severity} ({id}): {message}
-CPPCHECK_ENABLE              ?= all
-CPPCHECK_SUPPRESS            ?= variableScope missingInclude
-CPPCHECK_FAIL_ON_WARNING     ?= Y
-CPPCHECK_QUIET               ?= Y
-CPPCHECK_FLAGS               ?=
-
-# Sanity check user supplied values
-$(foreach MANDATORY_VAR, $(LUFA_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS), $(call ERROR_IF_UNSET, $(MANDATORY_VAR)))
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, SRC)
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, CPPCHECK_MSG_TEMPLATE)
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, CPPCHECK_ENABLE)
-$(call ERROR_IF_NONBOOL, CPPCHECK_FAIL_ON_WARNING)
-$(call ERROR_IF_NONBOOL, CPPCHECK_QUIET)
-
-# Build a default argument list for cppcheck
-BASE_CPPCHECK_FLAGS := --template="$(CPPCHECK_MSG_TEMPLATE)" $(CPPCHECK_INCLUDES:%=-I%) $(CPPCHECK_EXCLUDES:%=-i%) --inline-suppr --force --std=c99
-
-# Sanity check parameters and construct additional command line arguments to cppcheck
-ifeq ($(CPPCHECK_FAIL_ON_WARNING), Y)
-   BASE_CPPCHECK_FLAGS += --error-exitcode=1
-endif
-ifeq ($(CPPCHECK_QUIET), Y)
-   BASE_CPPCHECK_FLAGS += --quiet
-endif
-
-# Output Messages
-MSG_CPPCHECK_CMD         := ' [CPPCHECK]:'
-
-# Checks the CPPCheck configuration as used in the user project, to determine if any paths are missing or invalid
-cppcheck-config: $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
-	@echo $(MSG_CPPCHECK_CMD) Checking cppcheck configuration check on source files
-	cppcheck $(BASE_CPPCHECK_FLAGS) --check-config $(CPPCHECK_FLAGS) $(SRC)
-
-# Runs a static analysis using CPPCheck to determine if there are any issues
-cppcheck: $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
-	@echo $(MSG_CPPCHECK_CMD) Performing static analysis on source files
-	cppcheck $(BASE_CPPCHECK_FLAGS) --enable=$(CPPCHECK_ENABLE) $(CPPCHECK_SUPPRESS:%=--suppress=%) $(CPPCHECK_FLAGS) $(SRC)
-
-# Phony build targets for this module
-.PHONY: cppcheck-config cppcheck
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/lufa_dfu.mk b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 956adc8ba0..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
-#
-#             LUFA Library
-#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-#
-#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-#           www.lufa-lib.org
-#
-
-LUFA_BUILD_MODULES         += DFU
-LUFA_BUILD_TARGETS         += flip flip-ee dfu dfu-ee
-LUFA_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS  += MCU TARGET
-LUFA_BUILD_OPTIONAL_VARS   +=
-LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_VARS   +=
-LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_MACROS +=
-
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#               LUFA DFU Bootloader Buildsystem Makefile Module.
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# DESCRIPTION:
-#   Provides a set of targets to re-program a device currently running a DFU
-#   class bootloader with a project's FLASH and EEPROM files.
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TARGETS:
-#
-#    flip                      - Program FLASH into target via Atmel FLIP
-#    flip-ee                   - Program EEPROM into target via Atmel FLIP
-#    dfu                       - Program FLASH into target via dfu-programmer
-#    dfu-ee                    - Program EEPROM into target via dfu-programmer
-#
-# MANDATORY PARAMETERS:
-#
-#    MCU                       - Microcontroller device model name
-#    TARGET                    - Application name
-#
-# OPTIONAL PARAMETERS:
-#
-#    (None)
-#
-# PROVIDED VARIABLES:
-#
-#    (None)
-#
-# PROVIDED MACROS:
-#
-#    (None)
-#
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-SHELL = /bin/sh
-
-ERROR_IF_UNSET   ?= $(if $(filter undefined, $(origin $(strip $(1)))), $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) value not set))
-ERROR_IF_EMPTY   ?= $(if $(strip $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option cannot be blank))
-ERROR_IF_NONBOOL ?= $(if $(filter Y N, $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option must be Y or N))
-
-# Sanity-check values of mandatory user-supplied variables
-$(foreach MANDATORY_VAR, $(LUFA_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS), $(call ERROR_IF_UNSET, $(MANDATORY_VAR)))
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, MCU)
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, TARGET)
-
-# Output Messages
-MSG_COPY_CMD   := ' [CP]      :'
-MSG_REMOVE_CMD := ' [RM]      :'
-MSG_DFU_CMD    := ' [DFU]     :'
-
-# Programs in the target FLASH memory using BATCHISP, the command line tool used by FLIP
-flip: $(TARGET).hex $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
-	@echo $(MSG_DFU_CMD) Programming FLASH with batchisp using \"$<\"
-	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f loadbuffer $< program
-	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
-
-# Programs in the target EEPROM memory using BATCHISP, the command line tool used by FLIP
-flip-ee: $(TARGET).eep $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
-	@echo $(MSG_COPY_CMD) Copying EEP file to temporary file \"$<.hex\"
-	cp $< $<.hex
-	@echo $(MSG_DFU_CMD) Programming EEPROM with batchisp using \"$<.hex\"
-	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $<.hex program
-	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
-	@echo $(MSG_REMOVE_CMD) Removing temporary file \"$<.hex\"
-	rm $<.hex
-
-# Programs in the target FLASH memory using DFU-PROGRAMMER
-dfu: $(TARGET).hex $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
-	@echo $(MSG_DFU_CMD) Programming FLASH with dfu-programmer using \"$<\"
-	dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase
-	dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash $<
-	dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
-
-# Programs in the target EEPROM memory using DFU-PROGRAMMER
-dfu-ee: $(TARGET).eep $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
-	@echo $(MSG_DFU_CMD) Programming EEPROM with dfu-programmer using \"$<\"
-	dfu-programmer $(MCU) eeprom-flash $<
-	dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
-
-# Phony build targets for this module
-.PHONY: flip flip-ee dfu dfu-ee
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index babf287981..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
-#
-#             LUFA Library
-#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-#
-#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-#           www.lufa-lib.org
-#
-
-LUFA_BUILD_MODULES         += DOXYGEN
-LUFA_BUILD_TARGETS         += doxygen doxygen_upgrade doxygen_create
-LUFA_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS  += LUFA_PATH
-LUFA_BUILD_OPTIONAL_VARS   += DOXYGEN_CONF DOXYGEN_FAIL_ON_WARNING DOXYGEN_OVERRIDE_PARAMS
-LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_VARS   +=
-LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_MACROS +=
-
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#                 LUFA Doxygen Buildsystem Makefile Module.
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# DESCRIPTION:
-#   Provides a set of targets to automatically build Doxygen documentation for
-#   a project (see www.doxygen.org).
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TARGETS:
-#
-#    doxygen                   - Build Doxygen Documentation
-#    doxygen_create            - Create a new Doxygen configuration file using
-#                                the latest template
-#    doxygen_upgrade           - Upgrade an existing Doxygen configuration file
-#                                to the latest template
-#
-# MANDATORY PARAMETERS:
-#
-#    LUFA_PATH                 - Path to the LUFA library core
-#
-# OPTIONAL PARAMETERS:
-#
-#    DOXYGEN_CONF              - Doxygen configuration filename
-#    DOXYGEN_FAIL_ON_WARNING   - Set to Y to fail the build on Doxygen warnings,
-#                                N to continue even if warnings occur
-#    DOXYGEN_OVERRIDE_PARAMS   - Parameters to override in the doxygen
-#                                configuration file
-# PROVIDED VARIABLES:
-#
-#    (None)
-#
-# PROVIDED MACROS:
-#
-#    (None)
-#
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-SHELL = /bin/sh
-
-ERROR_IF_UNSET   ?= $(if $(filter undefined, $(origin $(strip $(1)))), $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) value not set))
-ERROR_IF_EMPTY   ?= $(if $(strip $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option cannot be blank))
-ERROR_IF_NONBOOL ?= $(if $(filter Y N, $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option must be Y or N))
-
-# Default values of optionally user-supplied variables
-DOXYGEN_CONF            ?= doxyfile
-DOXYGEN_FAIL_ON_WARNING ?= Y
-DOXYGEN_OVERRIDE_PARAMS ?= QUIET=YES HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET=$(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_PATH))/DoxygenPages/Style/Style.css
-
-# Sanity check user supplied values
-$(foreach MANDATORY_VAR, $(LUFA_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS), $(call ERROR_IF_UNSET, $(MANDATORY_VAR)))
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, DOXYGEN_CONF)
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, LUFA_PATH)
-$(call ERROR_IF_NONBOOL, DOXYGEN_FAIL_ON_WARNING)
-
-# Output Messages
-MSG_DOXYGEN_CMD         := ' [DOXYGEN] :'
-
-# Determine Doxygen invocation command
-BASE_DOXYGEN_CMD := ( cat $(DOXYGEN_CONF) $(DOXYGEN_OVERRIDE_PARAMS:%=; echo "%") ) | doxygen -
-ifeq ($(DOXYGEN_FAIL_ON_WARNING), Y)
-   DOXYGEN_CMD := if ( $(BASE_DOXYGEN_CMD) 2>&1 | grep -v "warning: ignoring unsupported tag" ;); then exit 1; fi;
-else
-   DOXYGEN_CMD := $(BASE_DOXYGEN_CMD)
-endif
-
-# Error if the specified Doxygen configuration file does not exist
-$(DOXYGEN_CONF):
-	$(error Doxygen configuration file $@ does not exist)
-
-# Builds the project documentation using the specified configuration file and the DOXYGEN tool
-doxygen: $(DOXYGEN_CONF) $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
-	@echo $(MSG_DOXYGEN_CMD) Configuration file \"$(DOXYGEN_CONF)\" with parameters \"$(DOXYGEN_OVERRIDE_PARAMS)\"
-	$(DOXYGEN_CMD)
-
-# Upgrades an existing Doxygen configuration file to the latest Doxygen template, preserving settings
-doxygen_upgrade: $(DOXYGEN_CONF) $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
-	@echo $(MSG_DOXYGEN_CMD) Upgrading configuration file \"$(DOXYGEN_CONF)\" with latest template
-	doxygen -u $(DOXYGEN_CONF) > /dev/null
-
-# Creates a new Doxygen configuration file with the set file name
-doxygen_create: $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
-	@echo $(MSG_DOXYGEN_CMD) Creating new configuration file \"$(DOXYGEN_CONF)\" with latest template
-	doxygen -g $(DOXYGEN_CONF) > /dev/null
-
-# Phony build targets for this module
-.PHONY: doxygen doxygen_upgrade doxygen_create
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/lufa_hid.mk b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/lufa_hid.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index e79b7bf4dd..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
-#
-#             LUFA Library
-#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-#
-#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-#           www.lufa-lib.org
-#
-
-LUFA_BUILD_MODULES         += HID
-LUFA_BUILD_TARGETS         += hid hid-ee teensy teensy-ee
-LUFA_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS  += MCU TARGET
-LUFA_BUILD_OPTIONAL_VARS   +=
-LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_VARS   +=
-LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_MACROS +=
-
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#               LUFA HID Bootloader Buildsystem Makefile Module.
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# DESCRIPTION:
-#   Provides a set of targets to re-program a device currently running a HID
-#   class bootloader with a project's FLASH files.
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TARGETS:
-#
-#    hid                       - Program FLASH into target via
-#                                hid_bootloader_cli
-#    hid-ee                    - Program EEPROM into target via a temporary
-#                                AVR application and hid_bootloader_cli
-#    teensy                    - Program FLASH into target via
-#                                teensy_loader_cli
-#    teensy-ee                 - Program EEPROM into target via a temporary
-#                                AVR application and teensy_loader_cli
-#
-# MANDATORY PARAMETERS:
-#
-#    MCU                       - Microcontroller device model name
-#    TARGET                    - Application name
-#
-# OPTIONAL PARAMETERS:
-#
-#    (None)
-#
-# PROVIDED VARIABLES:
-#
-#    (None)
-#
-# PROVIDED MACROS:
-#
-#    (None)
-#
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-SHELL = /bin/sh
-
-LUFA_MODULE_PATH := $(patsubst %/,%,$(dir $(lastword $(MAKEFILE_LIST))))
-
-ERROR_IF_UNSET   ?= $(if $(filter undefined, $(origin $(strip $(1)))), $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) value not set))
-ERROR_IF_EMPTY   ?= $(if $(strip $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option cannot be blank))
-ERROR_IF_NONBOOL ?= $(if $(filter Y N, $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option must be Y or N))
-
-# Sanity-check values of mandatory user-supplied variables
-$(foreach MANDATORY_VAR, $(LUFA_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS), $(call ERROR_IF_UNSET, $(MANDATORY_VAR)))
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, MCU)
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, TARGET)
-
-# Output Messages
-MSG_HID_BOOTLOADER_CMD := ' [HID]     :'
-MSG_OBJCPY_CMD         := ' [OBJCPY]  :'
-MSG_MAKE_CMD           := ' [MAKE]    :'
-
-# Programs in the target FLASH memory using the HID_BOOTLOADER_CLI tool
-hid: $(TARGET).hex $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
-	@echo $(MSG_HID_BOOTLOADER_CMD) Programming FLASH with hid_bootloader_cli using \"$<\"
-	hid_bootloader_cli -mmcu=$(MCU) -v $<
-
-# Programs in the target EEPROM memory using the HID_BOOTLOADER_CLI tool (note: clears target FLASH memory)
-hid-ee: $(TARGET).eep $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
-	@echo $(MSG_OBJCPY_CMD) Converting \"$<\" to a binary file \"InputEEData.bin\"
-	avr-objcopy -I ihex -O binary $< $(LUFA_MODULE_PATH)/HID_EEPROM_Loader/InputEEData.bin
-	@echo $(MSG_MAKE_CMD) Making EEPROM loader application for \"$<\"
-	$(MAKE) -C $(LUFA_MODULE_PATH)/HID_EEPROM_Loader/ MCU=$(MCU) clean hid
-
-# Programs in the target FLASH memory using the TEENSY_BOOTLOADER_CLI tool
-teensy: $(TARGET).hex $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
-	@echo $(MSG_HID_BOOTLOADER_CMD) Programming FLASH with teensy_loader_cli using \"$<\"
-	teensy_loader_cli -mmcu=$(MCU) -v $<
-
-# Programs in the target EEPROM memory using the TEENSY_BOOTLOADER_CLI tool (note: clears target FLASH memory)
-teensy-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
-	@echo $(MSG_OBJCPY_CMD) Converting \"$<\" to a binary file \"InputEEData.bin\"
-	avr-objcopy -I ihex -O binary $< $(LUFA_MODULE_PATH)/HID_EEPROM_Loader/InputEEData.bin
-	@echo $(MSG_MAKE_CMD) Making EEPROM loader application for \"$<\"
-	$(MAKE) -s -C $(LUFA_MODULE_PATH)/HID_EEPROM_Loader/ MCU=$(MCU) clean teensy
-
-# Phony build targets for this module
-.PHONY: hid hid-ee teensy teensy-ee
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/lufa_sources.mk b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/lufa_sources.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index cc3492ecce..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,144 +0,0 @@
-#
-#             LUFA Library
-#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-#
-#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-#           www.lufa-lib.org
-#
-
-LUFA_BUILD_MODULES         += SOURCES
-LUFA_BUILD_TARGETS         +=
-LUFA_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS  += LUFA_PATH ARCH
-LUFA_BUILD_OPTIONAL_VARS   +=
-LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_VARS   += LUFA_SRC_USB_DEVICE LUFA_SRC_USB_HOST    \
-                              LUFA_SRC_USB LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS_DEVICE    \
-                              LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS_HOST LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS \
-                              LUFA_SRC_TEMPERATURE LUFA_SRC_SERIAL     \
-                              LUFA_SRC_TWI LUFA_SRC_PLATFORM
-LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_MACROS +=
-
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#               LUFA Sources Buildsystem Makefile Module.
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# DESCRIPTION:
-#   Provides a set of makefile variables for the various LUFA module sources.
-#   Once included, the sources required to use a given LUFA module will become
-#   available using the makefile variable names listed in the LUFA project
-#   documentation.
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TARGETS:
-#
-#    (None)
-#
-# MANDATORY PARAMETERS:
-#
-#    LUFA_PATH                 - Path to the LUFA library core
-#    ARCH                      - Device architecture name
-#
-# OPTIONAL PARAMETERS:
-#
-#    (None)
-#
-# PROVIDED VARIABLES:
-#
-#    LUFA_SRC_USB_DEVICE       - List of LUFA USB driver source files required
-#                                for USB Device mode only
-#    LUFA_SRC_USB_HOST         - List of LUFA USB driver source files required
-#                                for USB Host mode only
-#    LUFA_SRC_USB              - List of LUFA USB driver source files for all
-#                                USB modes
-#    LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS_DEVICE  - List of LUFA USB Class driver source files for
-#                                USB Device mode only
-#    LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS_HOST    - List of LUFA USB Class driver source files for
-#                                USB Host mode only
-#    LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS         - List of LUFA USB Class driver source files for
-#                                all USB modes
-#    LUFA_SRC_TEMPERATURE      - List of LUFA temperature sensor driver source
-#                                files
-#    LUFA_SRC_SERIAL           - List of LUFA Serial U(S)ART driver source files
-#    LUFA_SRC_TWI              - List of LUFA TWI driver source files
-#    LUFA_SRC_PLATFORM         - List of LUFA architecture specific platform
-#                                management source files
-#
-# PROVIDED MACROS:
-#
-#    (None)
-#
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-SHELL = /bin/sh
-
-ERROR_IF_UNSET   ?= $(if $(filter undefined, $(origin $(strip $(1)))), $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) value not set))
-ERROR_IF_EMPTY   ?= $(if $(strip $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option cannot be blank))
-ERROR_IF_NONBOOL ?= $(if $(filter Y N, $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option must be Y or N))
-
-# Sanity check user supplied values
-$(foreach MANDATORY_VAR, $(LUFA_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS), $(call ERROR_IF_UNSET, $(MANDATORY_VAR)))
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, LUFA_PATH)
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, ARCH)
-
-# Allow LUFA_ROOT_PATH to be overridden elsewhere to support legacy LUFA makefiles
-LUFA_ROOT_PATH ?= $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_PATH))
-
-# Construct LUFA module source variables
-LUFA_SRC_USB_COMMON      := $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/$(ARCH)/USBController_$(ARCH).c   \
-                            $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/$(ARCH)/USBInterrupt_$(ARCH).c    \
-                            $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/ConfigDescriptors.c               \
-                            $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/Events.c                          \
-                            $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/USBTask.c                         \
-                            $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDParser.c               \
-
-LUFA_SRC_USB_HOST        := $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/$(ARCH)/Host_$(ARCH).c            \
-                            $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/$(ARCH)/Pipe_$(ARCH).c            \
-                            $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/$(ARCH)/PipeStream_$(ARCH).c      \
-                            $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/HostStandardReq.c                 \
-                            $(LUFA_SRC_USB_COMMON)
-
-LUFA_SRC_USB_DEVICE      := $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/$(ARCH)/Device_$(ARCH).c          \
-                            $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/$(ARCH)/Endpoint_$(ARCH).c        \
-                            $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/$(ARCH)/EndpointStream_$(ARCH).c  \
-                            $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/DeviceStandardReq.c               \
-                            $(LUFA_SRC_USB_COMMON)
-
-LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS_DEVICE := $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.c        \
-                            $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.c          \
-                            $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.c          \
-                            $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.c  \
-                            $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.c         \
-                            $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/PrinterClassDevice.c      \
-                            $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.c        \
-
-LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS_HOST   := $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.c \
-                            $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.c            \
-                            $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.c              \
-                            $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.c              \
-                            $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.c      \
-                            $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.c             \
-                            $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.c          \
-                            $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.c            \
-                            $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/StillImageClassHost.c
-
-LUFA_SRC_USB             := $(sort $(LUFA_SRC_USB_COMMON) $(LUFA_SRC_USB_HOST) $(LUFA_SRC_USB_DEVICE))
-
-LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS        := $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS_DEVICE) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS_HOST)
-
-LUFA_SRC_TEMPERATURE     := $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/Board/Temperature.c
-
-LUFA_SRC_SERIAL          := $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/Peripheral/$(ARCH)/Serial_$(ARCH).c
-
-LUFA_SRC_TWI             := $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/Peripheral/$(ARCH)/TWI_$(ARCH).c
-
-ifeq ($(ARCH), UC3)
-   LUFA_SRC_PLATFORM     := $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Platform/UC3/Exception.S   \
-                            $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Platform/UC3/InterruptManagement.c
-else
-   LUFA_SRC_PLATFORM     :=
-endif
-
-# Build a list of all available module sources
-LUFA_SRC_ALL_FILES   := $(LUFA_SRC_USB)            \
-                        $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)       \
-                        $(LUFA_SRC_TEMPERATURE)    \
-                        $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)         \
-                        $(LUFA_SRC_TWI)            \
-                        $(LUFA_SRC_PLATFORM)
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/Descriptors.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/Descriptors.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 71cebe8911..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/Descriptors.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,180 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
- *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
- *  the device's capabilities and functions.
- */
-
-#include "Descriptors.h"
-
-/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor describes the overall device
- *  characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size
- *  and the number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the
- *  USB host when the enumeration process begins.
- */
-const USB_Descriptor_Device_t DeviceDescriptor =
-{
-	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
-
-	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(2,0,0),
-	.Class                  = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
-	.SubClass               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
-	.Protocol               = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
-
-	.Endpoint0Size          = 64,
-
-	.VendorID               = 0x0000,
-	.ProductID              = 0x0000,
-	.ReleaseNumber          = VERSION_BCD(0,0,2),
-
-	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = 0x01,
-	.ProductStrIndex        = 0x02,
-	.SerialNumStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
-
-	.NumberOfConfigurations = 1
-};
-
-/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
- *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
- *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
- *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
- */
-const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t ConfigurationDescriptor =
-{
-	.Config =
-		{
-			.Header                   = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
-
-			.TotalConfigurationSize   = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
-			.TotalInterfaces          = 0,
-
-			.ConfigurationNumber      = 1,
-			.ConfigurationStrIndex    = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
-
-			.ConfigAttributes         = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
-
-			.MaxPowerConsumption      = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
-		},
-};
-
-/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
- *  the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
- *  via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
- */
-const USB_Descriptor_String_t LanguageString =
-{
-	.Header                 = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
-
-	.UnicodeString          = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
-};
-
-/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
- *  form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
- *  Descriptor.
- */
-const USB_Descriptor_String_t ManufacturerString =
-{
-	.Header                 = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(14), .Type = DTYPE_String},
-
-	.UnicodeString          = L"Your Name Here"
-};
-
-/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
- *  and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
- *  Descriptor.
- */
-const USB_Descriptor_String_t ProductString =
-{
-	.Header                 = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(15), .Type = DTYPE_String},
-
-	.UnicodeString          = L"LUFA USB Device"
-};
-
-/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
- *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
- *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
- *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
- *  USB host.
- */
-uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
-                                    const uint8_t wIndex,
-                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress
-									#if defined(HAS_MULTIPLE_DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS_SPACES)
-									, uint8_t* const DescriptorMemorySpace
-									#endif
-									)
-{
-	const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8);
-	const uint8_t  DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
-
-	const void* Address = NULL;
-	uint16_t    Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
-
-	switch (DescriptorType)
-	{
-		case DTYPE_Device:
-			Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
-			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
-			break;
-		case DTYPE_Configuration:
-			Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
-			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
-			break;
-		case DTYPE_String:
-			switch (DescriptorNumber)
-			{
-				case 0x00:
-					Address = &LanguageString;
-					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
-					break;
-				case 0x01:
-					Address = &ManufacturerString;
-					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
-					break;
-				case 0x02:
-					Address = &ProductString;
-					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
-					break;
-			}
-
-			break;
-	}
-
-	#if defined(HAS_MULTIPLE_DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS_SPACES)
-	*DescriptorMemorySpace = MEMSPACE_RAM;
-	#endif
-
-	*DescriptorAddress = Address;
-	return Size;
-}
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/Descriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/Descriptors.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6d8145d0cc..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/Descriptors.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  Header file for Descriptors.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
-#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
-
-  /* Macros: */
-    #if (defined(ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE) && \
-         !(defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS)))
-      #define HAS_MULTIPLE_DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS_SPACES
-    #endif
-
-	/* Type Defines: */
-		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
-		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
-		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
-		} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/DeviceApplication.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/DeviceApplication.c
deleted file mode 100644
index ddaa9d0893..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/DeviceApplication.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,106 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  Main source file for the USB device application. This file contains the
- *  main tasks of the application and is responsible for the initial
- *  application hardware configuration.
- */
-
-#include "DeviceApplication.h"
-
-/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
- *  setup of all components and the main program loop.
- */
-int main(void)
-{
-	SetupHardware();
-
-	GlobalInterruptEnable();
-
-	for (;;)
-	{
-		USB_USBTask();
-	}
-}
-
-/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
-void SetupHardware(void)
-{
-	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
-		/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
-		MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
-		wdt_disable();
-
-		/* Disable clock division */
-		clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
-
-		/* Hardware Initialization */
-		USB_Init(USB_MODE_Device, USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL);
-	#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
-		/* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
-		XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
-		XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
-
-		/* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
-		XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
-		XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
-
-		PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
-
-		/* Hardware Initialization */
-		USB_Init(USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH);
-	#endif
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
-void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
-{
-
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
-void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
-{
-
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
-void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
-{
-
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
-void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
-{
-
-}
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/DeviceApplication.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/DeviceApplication.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 325176c537..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/DeviceApplication.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  Header file for DeviceApplication.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _USB_DEVICE_APPLICATION_H_
-#define _USB_DEVICE_APPLICATION_H_
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include <avr/io.h>
-		#include <avr/wdt.h>
-		#include <avr/power.h>
-
-		#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
-
-		#include "Descriptors.h"
-
-	/* Function Prototypes: */
-		void SetupHardware(void);
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Board.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 5a1e58364f..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Board.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief LUFA Custom Board Hardware Information Driver (Template)
- *
- *  This is a stub driver header file, for implementing custom board
- *  layout hardware with compatible LUFA board specific drivers. If
- *  the library is configured to use the BOARD_USER board mode, this
- *  driver file should be completed and copied into the "/Board/" folder
- *  inside the application's folder.
- *
- *  This stub is for the board-specific component of the LUFA Board Hardware
- *  information driver.
- */
-
-#ifndef __BOARD_USER_H__
-#define __BOARD_USER_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		// TODO: Add any required includes here
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted if defined. */
-//			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
-
-			/** Indicates the board has a hardware Dataflash mounted if defined. */
-//			#define BOARD_HAS_DATAFLASH
-
-			/** Indicates the board has a hardware Joystick mounted if defined. */
-//			#define BOARD_HAS_JOYSTICK
-
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted if defined. */
-//			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Buttons.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b3c2f2b422..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Buttons.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief LUFA Custom Board Button Hardware Driver (Template)
- *
- *  This is a stub driver header file, for implementing custom board
- *  layout hardware with compatible LUFA board specific drivers. If
- *  the library is configured to use the BOARD_USER board mode, this
- *  driver file should be completed and copied into the "/Board/" folder
- *  inside the application's folder.
- *
- *  This stub is for the board-specific component of the LUFA Buttons driver,
- *  for the control of physical board-mounted GPIO pushbuttons.
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_USER_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_USER_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		// TODO: Add any required includes here
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
-			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1          // TODO: Add mask for first board button here
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
-			{
-				// TODO: Initialize the appropriate port pins as an inputs here, with pull-ups
-			}
-
-			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
-			{
-				// TODO: Clear the appropriate port pins as high impedance inputs here
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
-			{
-				// TODO: Return current button status here, debounced if required
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Dataflash.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Dataflash.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 83acb2f12e..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Dataflash.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,223 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief LUFA Custom Board Dataflash Hardware Driver (Template)
- *
- *  This is a stub driver header file, for implementing custom board
- *  layout hardware with compatible LUFA board specific drivers. If
- *  the library is configured to use the BOARD_USER board mode, this
- *  driver file should be completed and copied into the "/Board/" folder
- *  inside the application's folder.
- *
- *  This stub is for the board-specific component of the LUFA Dataflash
- *  driver.
-*/
-
-#ifndef __DATAFLASH_USER_H__
-#define __DATAFLASH_USER_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		// TODO: Add any required includes here
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Macros: */
-			#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK                // TODO: Replace this with a mask of all the /CS pins of all Dataflashes
-			#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR                 // TODO: Replace with the DDR register name for the board's Dataflash ICs
-			#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT                // TODO: Replace with the PORT register name for the board's Dataflash ICs
-	#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Constant indicating the total number of dataflash ICs mounted on the selected board. */
-			#define DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS                 1 // TODO: Replace with the number of Dataflashes on the board, max 2
-
-			/** Mask for no dataflash chip selected. */
-			#define DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP                    0
-
-			/** Mask for the first dataflash chip selected. */
-			#define DATAFLASH_CHIP1                      // TODO: Replace with mask with the pin attached to the first Dataflash /CS set
-
-			/** Mask for the second dataflash chip selected. */
-			#define DATAFLASH_CHIP2                      // TODO: Replace with mask with the pin attached to the second Dataflash /CS set
-
-			/** Internal main memory page size for the board's dataflash ICs. */
-			#define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE                  // TODO: Replace with the page size for the Dataflash ICs
-
-			/** Total number of pages inside each of the board's dataflash ICs. */
-			#define DATAFLASH_PAGES                      // TODO: Replace with the total number of pages inside one of the Dataflash ICs
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			/** Initializes the dataflash driver so that commands and data may be sent to an attached dataflash IC.
-			 *  The microcontroller's SPI driver MUST be initialized before any of the dataflash commands are used.
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_Init(void)
-			{
-				DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR  |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
-				DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
-			}
-
-			/** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns a byte from the dataflash.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Byte  Byte of data to send to the dataflash
-			 *
-			 *  \return Last response byte from the dataflash
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte)
-			{
-				// TODO
-			}
-
-			/** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and ignores the next byte from the dataflash.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Byte  Byte of data to send to the dataflash
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
-			{
-				// TODO
-			}
-
-			/** Sends a dummy byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns the next byte from the dataflash.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Last response byte from the dataflash
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void)
-			{
-				// TODO
-			}
-
-			/** Determines the currently selected dataflash chip.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Mask of the currently selected Dataflash chip, either \ref DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP if no chip is selected
-			 *          or a DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is the chip number).
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void)
-			{
-				return (~DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT & DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK);
-			}
-
-			/** Selects the given dataflash chip.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in]  ChipMask  Mask of the Dataflash IC to select, in the form of a \c DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is
-			 *              the chip number).
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask)
-			{
-				DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT = ((DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT | DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK) & ~ChipMask);
-			}
-
-			/** Deselects the current dataflash chip, so that no dataflash is selected. */
-			static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void)
-			{
-				Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP);
-			}
-
-			/** Selects a dataflash IC from the given page number, which should range from 0 to
-			 *  ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1). For boards containing only one
-			 *  dataflash IC, this will select DATAFLASH_CHIP1. If the given page number is outside
-			 *  the total number of pages contained in the boards dataflash ICs, all dataflash ICs
-			 *  are deselected.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] PageAddress  Address of the page to manipulate, ranging from
-			 *                          0 to ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1).
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress)
-			{
-				Dataflash_DeselectChip();
-
-				if (PageAddress >= (DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
-				  return;
-
-				#if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
-					if (PageAddress & 0x01)
-					  Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);
-					else
-					  Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
-				#else
-					Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
-				#endif
-			}
-
-			/** Toggles the select line of the currently selected dataflash IC, so that it is ready to receive
-			 *  a new command.
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void)
-			{
-				uint8_t SelectedChipMask = Dataflash_GetSelectedChip();
-
-				Dataflash_DeselectChip();
-				Dataflash_SelectChip(SelectedChipMask);
-			}
-
-			/** Spin-loops while the currently selected dataflash is busy executing a command, such as a main
-			 *  memory page program or main memory to buffer transfer.
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void)
-			{
-				Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
-				Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
-				while (!(Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_READY));
-				Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
-			}
-
-			/** Sends a set of page and buffer address bytes to the currently selected dataflash IC, for use with
-			 *  dataflash commands which require a complete 24-bit address.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] PageAddress  Page address within the selected dataflash IC
-			 *  \param[in] BufferByte   Address within the dataflash's buffer
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress,
-			                                              const uint16_t BufferByte)
-			{
-				#if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
-					PageAddress >>= 1;
-				#endif
-
-				Dataflash_SendByte(PageAddress >> 5);
-				Dataflash_SendByte((PageAddress << 3) | (BufferByte >> 8));
-				Dataflash_SendByte(BufferByte);
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Joystick.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Joystick.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 07542ab723..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Joystick.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief LUFA Custom Board Joystick Hardware Driver (Template)
- *
- *  This is a stub driver header file, for implementing custom board
- *  layout hardware with compatible LUFA board specific drivers. If
- *  the library is configured to use the BOARD_USER board mode, this
- *  driver file should be completed and copied into the "/Board/" folder
- *  inside the application's folder.
- *
- *  This stub is for the board-specific component of the LUFA Joystick
- *  driver, for a digital four-way (plus button) joystick.
-*/
-
-#ifndef __JOYSTICK_USER_H__
-#define __JOYSTICK_USER_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		// TODO: Add any required includes here
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the left direction. */
-			#define JOY_LEFT                  // TODO: Add mask to indicate joystick left position here
-
-			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the right direction. */
-			#define JOY_RIGHT                 // TODO: Add mask to indicate joystick right position here
-
-			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the upward direction. */
-			#define JOY_UP                    // TODO: Add mask to indicate joystick up position here
-
-			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the downward direction. */
-			#define JOY_DOWN                  // TODO: Add mask to indicate joystick down position here
-
-			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed inward. */
-			#define JOY_PRESS                 // TODO: Add mask to indicate joystick pressed position here
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void Joystick_Init(void)
-			{
-				// TODO: Initialize joystick port pins as inputs with pull-ups
-			}
-
-			static inline void Joystick_Disable(void)
-			{
-				// TODO: Clear the joystick pins as high impedance inputs here
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void)
-			{
-				// TODO: Return current joystick position data which can be obtained by masking against the JOY_* macros
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/LEDs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 4373972790..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/LEDs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,130 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief LUFA Custom Board LED Hardware Driver (Template)
- *
- *  This is a stub driver header file, for implementing custom board
- *  layout hardware with compatible LUFA board specific drivers. If
- *  the library is configured to use the BOARD_USER board mode, this
- *  driver file should be completed and copied into the "/Board/" folder
- *  inside the application's folder.
- *
- *  This stub is for the board-specific component of the LUFA LEDs driver,
- *  for the LEDs (up to four) mounted on most development boards.
-*/
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_USER_H__
-#define __LEDS_USER_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		// TODO: Add any required includes here
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED1        // TODO: Add mask for first board LED here
-
-			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED2        // TODO: Add mask for second board LED here
-
-			/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED3        // TODO: Add mask for third board LED here
-
-			/** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED4        // TODO: Add mask for fourth board LED here
-
-			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
-
-			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
-			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
-			{
-				// TODO: Add code to initialize LED port pins as outputs here
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
-			{
-				// TODO: Clear the LED port pins as high impedance inputs here
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				// TODO: Add code to turn on LEDs given in the LEDMask mask here, leave others as-is
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				// TODO: Add code to turn off LEDs given in the LEDMask mask here, leave others as-is
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				// TODO: Add code to turn on only LEDs given in the LEDMask mask here, all others off
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask, const uint8_t ActiveMask)
-			{
-				// TODO: Add code to set the Leds in the given LEDMask to the status given in ActiveMask here
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				// TODO: Add code to toggle the Leds in the given LEDMask, ignoring all others
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
-			{
-				// TODO: Add code to return the current LEDs status' here which can be masked against LED_LED* macros
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/HostTemplate/HostApplication.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/HostTemplate/HostApplication.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 1ac03788d3..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/HostTemplate/HostApplication.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,133 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  Main source file for the USB host application. This file contains the
- *  main tasks of the application and is responsible for the initial
- *  application hardware configuration.
- */
-
-#include "HostApplication.h"
-
-/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
- *  enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
- */
-int main(void)
-{
-	SetupHardware();
-
-	GlobalInterruptEnable();
-
-	for (;;)
-	{
-		USB_USBTask();
-	}
-}
-
-/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
-void SetupHardware(void)
-{
-	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
-	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
-	wdt_disable();
-
-	/* Disable clock division */
-	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
-
-	/* Hardware Initialization */
-	USB_Init(USB_MODE_Host, USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
- *  starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
- */
-void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
-{
-
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
- *  stops the library USB task management process.
- */
-void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
-{
-
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
- *  enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
- */
-void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
-{
-	uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
-	uint8_t  ConfigDescriptorData[512];
-
-	if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
-	                                       sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
-	{
-		return;
-	}
-
-	if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
-	{
-		return;
-	}
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
-void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
-{
-	USB_Disable();
-	for(;;);
-}
-
-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
- *  enumerating an attached USB device.
- */
-void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
-                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
-{
-
-}
-
-/* Required callback for retrieving descriptors from a LUFA device - unless the USB_HOST_ONLY configuration
- * option is set, this is still required even in an application that uses host mode only.
- */
-uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
-		const uint8_t wIndex,
-		const void** const DescriptorAddress
-#if defined(HAS_MULTIPLE_DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS_SPACES)
-		, uint8_t* const DescriptorMemorySpace
-#endif
-)
-{
-	return 0;
-}
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/HostTemplate/HostApplication.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/HostTemplate/HostApplication.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 16dbb535ab..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/HostTemplate/HostApplication.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  Header file for HostApplication.c.
- */
-
-#ifndef _USB_HOST_APPLICATION_H_
-#define _USB_HOST_APPLICATION_H_
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include <avr/io.h>
-		#include <avr/wdt.h>
-		#include <avr/power.h>
-
-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
-
-	/* Macros: */
-		#if (defined(ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE) && \
-			 !(defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS)))
-		  #define HAS_MULTIPLE_DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS_SPACES
-		#endif
-
-	/* Function Prototypes: */
-		void SetupHardware(void);
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/LUFAConfig.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ab7fc7520e..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/LUFAConfig.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,167 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File (Template)
- *
- *  This is a header file which can be used to configure LUFA's
- *  compile time options, as an alternative to the compile time
- *  constants supplied through a makefile. To use this configuration
- *  header, copy this into your project's root directory and supply
- *  the \c USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER token to the compiler so that it is
- *  defined in all compiled source files.
- *
- *  For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
- *  manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
- */
-
-#ifndef __LUFA_CONFIG_H__
-#define __LUFA_CONFIG_H__
-
-	#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
-
-		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
-//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
-
-		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
-//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
-//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
-
-		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
-//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
-//		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
-//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
-//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
-//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
-
-		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
-//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
-//		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
-//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
-//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
-//		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
-//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
-//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
-//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
-
-		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
-//		#define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR              {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
-//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
-
-	#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
-
-		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
-//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
-
-		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
-//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
-//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
-
-		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
-//		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
-//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
-
-		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
-//		#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
-//		#define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
-//		#define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
-//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
-//		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR            {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
-// 		#define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX               {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
-//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
-
-	#elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
-
-		/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
-//		#define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
-
-		/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
-//		#define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
-//		#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH       {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH            {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS              {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS              {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS               {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
-
-		/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
-//		#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
-//		#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS               {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
-//		#define USB_HOST_ONLY
-//		#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS            {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
-
-		/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
-//		#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
-//		#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE      {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS         {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
-//		#define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
-//		#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
-//		#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
-
-		/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
-//		#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS              {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS	     {Insert Value Here}
-//		#define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
-//		#define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
-
-	#else
-
-		#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
-
-	#endif
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/makefile_template b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/makefile_template
deleted file mode 100644
index efb6aa76f8..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/makefile_template
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-#
-#             LUFA Library
-#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-#
-#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-#           www.lufa-lib.org
-#
-# --------------------------------------
-#         LUFA Project Makefile.
-# --------------------------------------
-
-# Run "make help" for target help.
-
-MCU          = at90usb1287
-ARCH         = AVR8
-BOARD        = USBKEY
-F_CPU        = 8000000
-F_USB        = $(F_CPU)
-OPTIMIZATION = s
-TARGET       = Target
-SRC          = $(TARGET).c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_PLATFORM)
-LUFA_PATH    = ../../LUFA
-CC_FLAGS     = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig
-LD_FLAGS     =
-
-# Default target
-all:
-
-# Include LUFA build script makefiles
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Common/ArchitectureSpecific.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Common/ArchitectureSpecific.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 292e27b37f..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Common/ArchitectureSpecific.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,185 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Architecture specific definitions relating to specific processor architectures.
- *
- *  \copydetails Group_ArchitectureSpecific
- *
- *  \note Do not include this file directly, rather include the Common.h header file instead to gain this file's
- *        functionality.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Common
- *  \defgroup Group_ArchitectureSpecific Architecture Specific Definitions
- *  \brief Architecture specific definitions relating to specific processor architectures.
- *
- *  Architecture specific macros, functions and other definitions, which relate to specific architectures. This
- *  definitions may or may not be available in some form on other architectures, and thus should be protected by
- *  preprocessor checks in portable code to prevent compile errors.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LUFA_ARCHSPEC_H__
-#define __LUFA_ARCHSPEC_H__
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_COMMON_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Common/Common.h instead to gain this functionality.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) || (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-				#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-					/** Re-enables the AVR's JTAG bus in software, until a system reset. This will re-enable JTAG debugging
-					 *  interface after is has been disabled in software via \ref JTAG_DISABLE().
-					 *
-					 *  \note This macro is not available for all architectures.
-					 */
-					#define JTAG_ENABLE()               do {                                     \
-					                                        __asm__ __volatile__ (               \
-					                                        "in __tmp_reg__,__SREG__" "\n\t"     \
-					                                        "cli" "\n\t"                         \
-					                                        "out %1, %0" "\n\t"                  \
-					                                        "out __SREG__, __tmp_reg__" "\n\t"   \
-					                                        "out %1, %0" "\n\t"                  \
-					                                        :                                    \
-					                                        : "r" (MCUCR & ~(1 << JTD)),         \
-					                                          "M" (_SFR_IO_ADDR(MCUCR))          \
-					                                        : "r0");                             \
-					                                    } while (0)
-
-					/** Disables the AVR's JTAG bus in software, until a system reset. This will override the current JTAG
-					 *  status as set by the JTAGEN fuse, disabling JTAG debugging and reverting the JTAG pins back to GPIO
-					 *  mode.
-					 *
-					 *  \note This macro is not available for all architectures.
-					 */
-					#define JTAG_DISABLE()              do {                                     \
-					                                        __asm__ __volatile__ (               \
-					                                        "in __tmp_reg__,__SREG__" "\n\t"     \
-					                                        "cli" "\n\t"                         \
-					                                        "out %1, %0" "\n\t"                  \
-					                                        "out __SREG__, __tmp_reg__" "\n\t"   \
-					                                        "out %1, %0" "\n\t"                  \
-					                                        :                                    \
-					                                        : "r" (MCUCR | (1 << JTD)),          \
-					                                          "M" (_SFR_IO_ADDR(MCUCR))          \
-					                                        : "r0");                             \
-					                                    } while (0)
-				#endif
-
-				/** Defines a volatile \c NOP statement which cannot be optimized out by the compiler, and thus can always
-				 *  be set as a breakpoint in the resulting code. Useful for debugging purposes, where the optimizer
-				 *  removes/reorders code to the point where break points cannot reliably be set.
-				 *
-				 *  \note This macro is not available for all architectures.
-				 */
-				#define JTAG_DEBUG_POINT()              __asm__ __volatile__ ("nop" ::)
-
-				/** Defines an explicit JTAG break point in the resulting binary via the assembly \c BREAK statement. When
-				 *  a JTAG is used, this causes the program execution to halt when reached until manually resumed.
-				 *
-				 *  \note This macro is not available for all architectures.
-				 */
-				#define JTAG_DEBUG_BREAK()              __asm__ __volatile__ ("break" ::)
-
-				/** Macro for testing condition "x" and breaking via \ref JTAG_DEBUG_BREAK() if the condition is false.
-				 *
-				 *  \note This macro is not available for all architectures.
-				 *
-				 *  \param[in] Condition  Condition that will be evaluated.
-				*/
-				#define JTAG_ASSERT(Condition)          do {                       \
-				                                            if (!(Condition))      \
-				                                              JTAG_DEBUG_BREAK();  \
-				                                        } while (0)
-
-				/** Macro for testing condition \c "x" and writing debug data to the stdout stream if \c false. The stdout stream
-				 *  must be pre-initialized before this macro is run and linked to an output device, such as the microcontroller's
-				 *  USART peripheral.
-				 *
-				 *  The output takes the form "{FILENAME}: Function {FUNCTION NAME}, Line {LINE NUMBER}: Assertion {Condition} failed."
-				 *
-				 *  \note This macro is not available for all architectures.
-				 *
-				 *  \param[in] Condition  Condition that will be evaluated,
-				 */
-				#define STDOUT_ASSERT(Condition)        do {                                                           \
-				                                            if (!(Condition))                                          \
-				                                              printf_P(PSTR("%s: Function \"%s\", Line %d: "           \
-				                                                            "Assertion \"%s\" failed.\r\n"),           \
-				                                                            __FILE__, __func__, __LINE__, #Condition); \
-				                                        } while (0)
-
-				#if !defined(pgm_read_ptr) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-					/** Reads a pointer out of PROGMEM space on the AVR8 architecture. This is a wrapper for the avr-libc
-					 *  \c pgm_read_word() macro with a \c void* cast, so that its value can be assigned directly to a
-					 *  pointer variable or used in pointer arithmetic without further casting in C.
-					 *
-					 *  \note This macro is not available for all architectures.
-					 *
-					 *  \param[in] Address  Address of the pointer to read.
-					 *
-					 *  \return Pointer retrieved from PROGMEM space.
-					 */
-					#define pgm_read_ptr(Address)       (void*)pgm_read_word(Address)
-				#endif
-			#elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
-				#define JTAG_DEBUG_POINT()              __asm__ __volatile__ ("nop" ::)
-				#define JTAG_DEBUG_BREAK()              __asm__ __volatile__ ("breakpoint" ::)
-				#define JTAG_ASSERT(Condition)          do {                                                    \
-				                                            if (!(Condition))                                   \
-				                                              JTAG_DEBUG_BREAK();                               \
-				                                        } while (0)
-				#define STDOUT_ASSERT(Condition)        do {                                                    \
-				                                            if (!(Condition))                                   \
-				                                              printf("%s: Function \"%s\", Line %d: "           \
-				                                                     "Assertion \"%s\" failed.\r\n",            \
-				                                                     __FILE__, __func__, __LINE__, #Condition); \
-				                                        } while (0)
-			#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Common/Architectures.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Common/Architectures.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 265b412441..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Common/Architectures.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Supported library architecture defines.
- *
- *  \copydetails Group_Architectures
- *
- *  \note Do not include this file directly, rather include the Common.h header file instead to gain this file's
- *        functionality.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Common
- *  \defgroup Group_Architectures Hardware Architectures
- *  \brief Supported library architecture defines.
- *
- *  Architecture macros for selecting the desired target microcontroller architecture. One of these values should be
- *  defined as the value of \c ARCH in the user project makefile via the \c -D compiler switch to GCC, to select the
- *  target architecture.
- *
- *  The selected architecture should remain consistent with the makefile \c ARCH value, which is used to select the
- *  underlying driver source files for each architecture.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LUFA_ARCHITECTURES_H__
-#define __LUFA_ARCHITECTURES_H__
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_COMMON_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Common/Common.h instead to gain this functionality.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Selects the Atmel 8-bit AVR (AT90USB* and ATMEGA*U* chips) architecture. */
-			#define ARCH_AVR8           0
-
-			/** Selects the Atmel 32-bit UC3 AVR (AT32UC3* chips) architecture. */
-			#define ARCH_UC3            1
-
-			/** Selects the Atmel XMEGA AVR (ATXMEGA* chips) architecture. */
-			#define ARCH_XMEGA          2
-
-			#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-				#define ARCH_           ARCH_AVR8
-
-				#if !defined(ARCH)
-					#define ARCH        ARCH_AVR8
-				#endif
-			#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Common/Attributes.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Common/Attributes.h
deleted file mode 100644
index dc5c6be4c7..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Common/Attributes.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,150 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Special function/variable attribute macros.
- *
- *  \copydetails Group_FuncVarAttributes
- *
- *  \note Do not include this file directly, rather include the Common.h header file instead to gain this file's
- *        functionality.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Common
- *  \defgroup Group_FuncVarAttributes Function/Variable Attributes
- *  \brief Special function/variable attribute macros.
- *
- *  This module contains macros for applying specific attributes to functions and variables to control various
- *  optimizer and code generation features of the compiler. Attributes may be placed in the function prototype
- *  or variable declaration in any order, and multiple attributes can be specified for a single item via a space
- *  separated list.
- *
- *  On incompatible versions of GCC or on other compilers, these macros evaluate to nothing unless they are
- *  critical to the code's function and thus must throw a compile error when used.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LUFA_ATTR_H__
-#define __LUFA_ATTR_H__
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_COMMON_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Common/Common.h instead to gain this functionality.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			#if (__GNUC__ >= 3) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-				/** Indicates to the compiler that the function can not ever return, so that any stack restoring or
-				 *  return code may be omitted by the compiler in the resulting binary.
-				 */
-				#define ATTR_NO_RETURN               __attribute__ ((noreturn))
-
-				/** Indicates that the function returns a value which should not be ignored by the user code. When
-				 *  applied, any ignored return value from calling the function will produce a compiler warning.
-				 */
-				#define ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT      __attribute__ ((warn_unused_result))
-
-				/** Indicates that the specified parameters of the function are pointers which should never be \c NULL.
-				 *  When applied as a 1-based comma separated list the compiler will emit a warning if the specified
-				 *  parameters are known at compiler time to be \c NULL at the point of calling the function.
-				 */
-				#define ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(...)   __attribute__ ((nonnull (__VA_ARGS__)))
-
-				/** Removes any preamble or postamble from the function. When used, the function will not have any
-				 *  register or stack saving code. This should be used with caution, and when used the programmer
-				 *  is responsible for maintaining stack and register integrity.
-				 */
-				#define ATTR_NAKED                   __attribute__ ((naked))
-
-				/** Prevents the compiler from considering a specified function for in-lining. When applied, the given
-				 *  function will not be in-lined under any circumstances.
-				 */
-				#define ATTR_NO_INLINE               __attribute__ ((noinline))
-
-				/** Forces the compiler to inline the specified function. When applied, the given function will be
-				 *  in-lined under all circumstances.
-				 */
-				#define ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE           __attribute__ ((always_inline))
-
-				/** Indicates that the specified function is pure, in that it has no side-effects other than global
-				 *  or parameter variable access.
-				 */
-				#define ATTR_PURE                    __attribute__ ((pure))
-
-				/** Indicates that the specified function is constant, in that it has no side effects other than
-				 *  parameter access.
-				 */
-				#define ATTR_CONST                   __attribute__ ((const))
-
-				/** Marks a given function as deprecated, which produces a warning if the function is called. */
-				#define ATTR_DEPRECATED              __attribute__ ((deprecated))
-
-				/** Marks a function as a weak reference, which can be overridden by other functions with an
-				 *  identical name (in which case the weak reference is discarded at link time).
-				 */
-				#define ATTR_WEAK                    __attribute__ ((weak))
-			#endif
-
-			/** Forces the compiler to not automatically zero the given global variable on startup, so that the
-			 *  current RAM contents is retained. Under most conditions this value will be random due to the
-			 *  behavior of volatile memory once power is removed, but may be used in some specific circumstances,
-			 *  like the passing of values back after a system watchdog reset.
-			 */
-			#define ATTR_NO_INIT                     __attribute__ ((section (".noinit")))
-
-			/** Places the function in one of the initialization sections, which execute before the main function
-			 *  of the application. Refer to the avr-libc manual for more information on the initialization sections.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] SectionIndex  Initialization section number where the function should be placed.
-			 */
-			#define ATTR_INIT_SECTION(SectionIndex)  __attribute__ ((used, naked, section (".init" #SectionIndex )))
-
-			/** Marks a function as an alias for another function.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Func  Name of the function which the given function name should alias.
-			 */
-			#define ATTR_ALIAS(Func)                 __attribute__ ((alias( #Func )))
-
-			/** Marks a variable or struct element for packing into the smallest space available, omitting any
-			 *  alignment bytes usually added between fields to optimize field accesses.
-			 */
-			#define ATTR_PACKED                      __attribute__ ((packed))
-
-			/** Indicates the minimum alignment in bytes for a variable or struct element.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Bytes  Minimum number of bytes the item should be aligned to.
-			 */
-			#define ATTR_ALIGNED(Bytes)              __attribute__ ((aligned(Bytes)))
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Common/BoardTypes.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Common/BoardTypes.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 06ff4ddb4a..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Common/BoardTypes.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,254 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Supported pre-made board hardware defines.
- *
- *  \copydetails Group_BoardTypes
- *
- *  \note Do not include this file directly, rather include the Common.h header file instead to gain this file's
- *        functionality.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Common
- *  \defgroup Group_BoardTypes Board Types
- *  \brief Supported pre-made board hardware defines.
- *
- *  Board macros for indicating the chosen physical board hardware to the library. These macros should be used when
- *  defining the \c BOARD token to the chosen hardware via the \c -D switch in the project makefile. If a custom
- *  board is used, the \ref BOARD_NONE or \ref BOARD_USER values should be selected.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LUFA_BOARDTYPES_H__
-#define __LUFA_BOARDTYPES_H__
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_COMMON_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Common/Common.h instead to gain this functionality.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Selects the user-defined board drivers, which should be placed in the user project's folder
-			 *  under a directory named \c /Board/. Each board driver should be named identically to the LUFA
-			 *  master board driver (i.e., driver in the \c LUFA/Drivers/Board directory) so that the library
-			 *  can correctly identify it.
-			 */
-			#define BOARD_USER                 0
-
-			/** Disables board drivers when operation will not be adversely affected (e.g. LEDs) - use of board drivers
-			 *  such as the Joystick driver, where the removal would adversely affect the code's operation is still disallowed. */
-			#define BOARD_NONE                 1
-
-			/** Selects the USBKEY specific board drivers, including Temperature, Button, Dataflash, Joystick and LED drivers. */
-			#define BOARD_USBKEY               2
-
-			/** Selects the STK525 specific board drivers, including Temperature, Button, Dataflash, Joystick and LED drivers. */
-			#define BOARD_STK525               3
-
-			/** Selects the STK526 specific board drivers, including Temperature, Button, Dataflash, Joystick and LED drivers. */
-			#define BOARD_STK526               4
-
-			/** Selects the RZUSBSTICK specific board drivers, including the driver for the boards LEDs. */
-			#define BOARD_RZUSBSTICK           5
-
-			/** Selects the ATAVRUSBRF01 specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
-			#define BOARD_ATAVRUSBRF01         6
-
-			/** Selects the BUMBLEB specific board drivers, using the officially recommended peripheral layout. */
-			#define BOARD_BUMBLEB              7
-
-			/** Selects the XPLAIN (Revision 2 or newer) specific board drivers, including LED and Dataflash drivers. */
-			#define BOARD_XPLAIN               8
-
-			/** Selects the XPLAIN (Revision 1) specific board drivers, including LED and Dataflash drivers. */
-			#define BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1          9
-
-			/** Selects the EVK527 specific board drivers, including Temperature, Button, Dataflash, Joystick and LED drivers. */
-			#define BOARD_EVK527               10
-
-			/** Selects the Teensy version 1.x specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
-			#define BOARD_TEENSY               11
-
-			/** Selects the USBTINY MKII specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
-			#define BOARD_USBTINYMKII          12
-
-			/** Selects the Benito specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
-			#define BOARD_BENITO               13
-
-			/** Selects the JM-DB-U2 specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
-			#define BOARD_JMDBU2               14
-
-			/** Selects the Olimex AVR-USB-162 specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
-			#define BOARD_OLIMEX162            15
-
-			/** Selects the UDIP specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
-			#define BOARD_UDIP                 16
-
-			/** Selects the BUI specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
-			#define BOARD_BUI                  17
-
-			/** Selects the Arduino Uno specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
-			#define BOARD_UNO                  18
-
-			/** Selects the Busware CUL V3 specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
-			#define BOARD_CULV3                19
-
-			/** Selects the Blackcat USB JTAG specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
-			#define BOARD_BLACKCAT             20
-
-			/** Selects the Maximus specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
-			#define BOARD_MAXIMUS              21
-
-			/** Selects the Minimus specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
-			#define BOARD_MINIMUS              22
-
-			/** Selects the Adafruit U4 specific board drivers, including the Button driver. */
-			#define BOARD_ADAFRUITU4           23
-
-			/** Selects the Microsin AVR-USB162 specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
-			#define BOARD_MICROSIN162          24
-
-			/** Selects the Kernel Concepts USBFOO specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
-			#define BOARD_USBFOO               25
-
-			/** Selects the Sparkfun ATMEGA8U2 specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
-			#define BOARD_SPARKFUN8U2          26
-
-			/** Selects the Atmel EVK1101 specific board drivers, including the Button, Joystick and LED drivers. */
-			#define BOARD_EVK1101              27
-
-			/** Selects the Busware TUL specific board drivers, including the Button and LED drivers. */
-			#define BOARD_TUL                  28
-
-			/** Selects the Atmel EVK1100 specific board drivers, including the Button, Joystick and LED drivers. */
-			#define BOARD_EVK1100              29
-
-			/** Selects the Atmel EVK1104 specific board drivers, including the Button and LED drivers. */
-			#define BOARD_EVK1104              30
-
-			/** Selects the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained specific board drivers, including Dataflash, Button and LED drivers. */
-			#define BOARD_A3BU_XPLAINED        31
-
-			/** Selects the Teensy version 2.x specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
-			#define BOARD_TEENSY2              32
-
-			/** Selects the USB2AX version 1 and 2 specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
-			#define BOARD_USB2AX               33
-
-			/** Selects the USB2AX version 3 specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
-			#define BOARD_USB2AX_V3            34
-
-			/** Selects the Micropendous 32U2 specific board drivers, including the Button and LED drivers. */
-			#define BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_32U2    35
-
-			/** Selects the Micropendous A specific board drivers, including the driver for the board Button. */
-			#define BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_A       36
-
-			/** Selects the Micropendous 1 specific board drivers, including the driver for the board Button. */
-			#define BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_1       37
-
-			/** Selects the Micropendous 2 specific board drivers, including the driver for the board Button. */
-			#define BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_2       38
-
-			/** Selects the Micropendous 3 specific board drivers, including the driver for the board Button. */
-			#define BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_3       39
-
-			/** Selects the Micropendous 4 specific board drivers, including the driver for the board Button. */
-			#define BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_4       40
-
-			/** Selects the Micropendous DIP specific board drivers, including the driver for the board Button. */
-			#define BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_DIP     41
-
-			/** Selects the Micropendous (Arduino-like) revision 1 specific board drivers, including the Button and LED drivers. */
-			#define BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV1    42
-
-			/** Selects the Micropendous (Arduino-like) revision 2 specific board drivers, including the Button and LED drivers. */
-			#define BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV2    43
-
-			/** Selects the XMEGA B1 Xplained specific board drivers, including the Button and LED drivers. */
-			#define BOARD_B1_XPLAINED          44
-
-			/** Selects the Bitwizard Multio specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
-			#define BOARD_MULTIO               45
-
-			/** Selects the Bitwizard Big-Multio specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
-			#define BOARD_BIGMULTIO            46
-
-			/** Selects the DorkbotPDX Duce specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
-			#define BOARD_DUCE                 47
-
-			/** Selects the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4 specific board drivers, including the Button and LED drivers. */
-			#define BOARD_OLIMEX32U4           48
-
-			/** Selects the Olimex AVR-USB-T32U4 specific board drivers, including the Button and LED drivers. */
-			#define BOARD_OLIMEXT32U4          49
-
-			/** Selects the Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2 specific board drivers, including the Button and LED drivers. */
-			#define BOARD_OLIMEXISPMK2         50
-
-			/** Selects the Arduino Leonardo specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
-			#define BOARD_LEONARDO             51
-
-			/** Selects the UC3-A3 Xplained specific board drivers, including the Button and LED drivers. */
-			#define BOARD_UC3A3_XPLAINED       52
-
-			/** Selects the USB2AX version 3.1 specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
-			#define BOARD_USB2AX_V31           53
-
-			/** Selects the Stange-ISP specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
-			#define BOARD_STANGE_ISP           54
-
-			/** Selects the XMEGA C3 XPLAINED specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
-			#define BOARD_C3_XPLAINED          55
-
-			/** Selects the U2S specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
-			#define BOARD_U2S                  56
-
-			/** Selects the Arduino YUN specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
-			#define BOARD_YUN                  57
-
-			/** Selects the Arduino Micro specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
-			#define BOARD_MICRO                58
-
-			#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-				#define BOARD_                 BOARD_NONE
-
-				#if !defined(BOARD)
-					#define BOARD              BOARD_NONE
-				#endif
-			#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Common/Common.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Common/Common.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 3e12e4f33f..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Common/Common.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,393 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \dir
- *  \brief Common library header files.
- *
- *  This folder contains header files which are common to all parts of the LUFA library. They may be used freely in
- *  user applications.
- */
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Common library convenience headers, macros and functions.
- *
- *  \copydetails Group_Common
- */
-
-/** \defgroup Group_Common Common Utility Headers - LUFA/Drivers/Common/Common.h
- *  \brief Common library convenience headers, macros and functions.
- *
- *  Common utility headers containing macros, functions, enums and types which are common to all
- *  aspects of the library.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-/** \defgroup Group_GlobalInt Global Interrupt Macros
- *  \brief Convenience macros for the management of interrupts globally within the device.
- *
- *  Macros and functions to create and control global interrupts within the device.
- */
-
-#ifndef __LUFA_COMMON_H__
-#define __LUFA_COMMON_H__
-
-	/* Macros: */
-		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_COMMON_H
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include <stdint.h>
-		#include <stdbool.h>
-		#include <string.h>
-		#include <stddef.h>
-
-		#include "Architectures.h"
-		#include "BoardTypes.h"
-		#include "ArchitectureSpecific.h"
-		#include "CompilerSpecific.h"
-		#include "Attributes.h"
-
-		#if defined(USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER)
-			#include "LUFAConfig.h"
-		#endif
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Architecture specific utility includes: */
-		#if defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			/** Type define for an unsigned integer the same width as the selected architecture's machine register.
-			 *  This is distinct from the non-specific standard int data type, whose width is machine dependant but
-			 *  which may not reflect the actual machine register width on some targets (e.g. AVR8).
-			 */
-			typedef MACHINE_REG_t uint_reg_t;
-		#elif (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
-			#include <avr/io.h>
-			#include <avr/interrupt.h>
-			#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
-			#include <avr/eeprom.h>
-			#include <avr/boot.h>
-			#include <math.h>
-			#include <util/delay.h>
-
-			typedef uint8_t uint_reg_t;
-
-			#define ARCH_HAS_EEPROM_ADDRESS_SPACE
-			#define ARCH_HAS_FLASH_ADDRESS_SPACE
-			#define ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE
-			#define ARCH_LITTLE_ENDIAN
-
-			#include "Endianness.h"
-		#elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
-			#include <avr32/io.h>
-			#include <math.h>
-
-			// === TODO: Find abstracted way to handle these ===
-			#define PROGMEM
-			#define pgm_read_byte(x)         *x
-			#define memcmp_P(...)            memcmp(__VA_ARGS__)
-			#define memcpy_P(...)            memcpy(__VA_ARGS__)
-			// =================================================
-
-			typedef uint32_t uint_reg_t;
-
-			#define ARCH_BIG_ENDIAN
-
-			#include "Endianness.h"
-		#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
-			#include <avr/io.h>
-			#include <avr/interrupt.h>
-			#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
-			#include <avr/eeprom.h>
-			#include <math.h>
-			#include <util/delay.h>
-
-			typedef uint8_t uint_reg_t;
-
-			#define ARCH_HAS_EEPROM_ADDRESS_SPACE
-			#define ARCH_HAS_FLASH_ADDRESS_SPACE
-			#define ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE
-			#define ARCH_LITTLE_ENDIAN
-
-			#include "Endianness.h"
-		#else
-			#error Unknown device architecture specified.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-				// Obsolete, retained for compatibility with user code
-				#define MACROS                  do
-				#define MACROE                  while (0)
-			#endif
-
-			/** Convenience macro to determine the larger of two values.
-			 *
-			 *  \attention This macro should only be used with operands that do not have side effects from being evaluated
-			 *             multiple times.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] x  First value to compare
-			 *  \param[in] y  First value to compare
-			 *
-			 *  \return The larger of the two input parameters
-			 */
-			#if !defined(MAX) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-				#define MAX(x, y)               (((x) > (y)) ? (x) : (y))
-			#endif
-
-			/** Convenience macro to determine the smaller of two values.
-			 *
-			 *  \attention This macro should only be used with operands that do not have side effects from being evaluated
-			 *             multiple times.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] x  First value to compare.
-			 *  \param[in] y  First value to compare.
-			 *
-			 *  \return The smaller of the two input parameters
-			 */
-			#if !defined(MIN) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-				#define MIN(x, y)               (((x) < (y)) ? (x) : (y))
-			#endif
-
-			#if !defined(STRINGIFY) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-				/** Converts the given input into a string, via the C Preprocessor. This macro puts literal quotation
-				 *  marks around the input, converting the source into a string literal.
-				 *
-				 *  \param[in] x  Input to convert into a string literal.
-				 *
-				 *  \return String version of the input.
-				 */
-				#define STRINGIFY(x)            #x
-
-				/** Converts the given input into a string after macro expansion, via the C Preprocessor. This macro puts
-				 *  literal quotation marks around the expanded input, converting the source into a string literal.
-				 *
-				 *  \param[in] x  Input to expand and convert into a string literal.
-				 *
-				 *  \return String version of the expanded input.
-				 */
-				#define STRINGIFY_EXPANDED(x)   STRINGIFY(x)
-			#endif
-
-			#if !defined(CONCAT) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-				/** Concatenates the given input into a single token, via the C Preprocessor.
-				 *
-				 *  \param[in] x  First item to concatenate.
-				 *  \param[in] y  Second item to concatenate.
-				 *
-				 *  \return Concatenated version of the input.
-				 */
-				#define CONCAT(x, y)            x ## y
-
-				/** CConcatenates the given input into a single token after macro expansion, via the C Preprocessor.
-				 *
-				 *  \param[in] x  First item to concatenate.
-				 *  \param[in] y  Second item to concatenate.
-				 *
-				 *  \return Concatenated version of the expanded input.
-				 */
-				#define CONCAT_EXPANDED(x, y)   CONCAT(x, y)
-			#endif
-
-			#if !defined(ISR) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-				/** Macro for the definition of interrupt service routines, so that the compiler can insert the required
-				 *  prologue and epilogue code to properly manage the interrupt routine without affecting the main thread's
-				 *  state with unintentional side-effects.
-				 *
-				 *  Interrupt handlers written using this macro may still need to be registered with the microcontroller's
-				 *  Interrupt Controller (if present) before they will properly handle incoming interrupt events.
-				 *
-				 *  \note This macro is only supplied on some architectures, where the standard library does not include a valid
-				 *        definition. If an existing definition exists, the alternative definition here will be ignored.
-				 *
-				 *  \ingroup Group_GlobalInt
-				 *
-				 *  \param[in] Name  Unique name of the interrupt service routine.
-				 */
-				#define ISR(Name, ...)          void Name (void) __attribute__((__interrupt__)) __VA_ARGS__; void Name (void)
-			#endif
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			/** Function to reverse the individual bits in a byte - i.e. bit 7 is moved to bit 0, bit 6 to bit 1,
-			 *  etc.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Byte  Byte of data whose bits are to be reversed.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Input data with the individual bits reversed (mirrored).
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t BitReverse(uint8_t Byte) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_CONST;
-			static inline uint8_t BitReverse(uint8_t Byte)
-			{
-				Byte = (((Byte & 0xF0) >> 4) | ((Byte & 0x0F) << 4));
-				Byte = (((Byte & 0xCC) >> 2) | ((Byte & 0x33) << 2));
-				Byte = (((Byte & 0xAA) >> 1) | ((Byte & 0x55) << 1));
-
-				return Byte;
-			}
-
-			/** Function to perform a blocking delay for a specified number of milliseconds. The actual delay will be
-			 *  at a minimum the specified number of milliseconds, however due to loop overhead and internal calculations
-			 *  may be slightly higher.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Milliseconds  Number of milliseconds to delay
-			 */
-			static inline void Delay_MS(uint16_t Milliseconds) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Delay_MS(uint16_t Milliseconds)
-			{
-				#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
-				if (GCC_IS_COMPILE_CONST(Milliseconds))
-				{
-					_delay_ms(Milliseconds);
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					while (Milliseconds--)
-					  _delay_ms(1);
-				}
-				#elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
-				while (Milliseconds--)
-				{
-					__builtin_mtsr(AVR32_COUNT, 0);
-					while ((uint32_t)__builtin_mfsr(AVR32_COUNT) < (F_CPU / 1000));
-				}
-				#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
-				if (GCC_IS_COMPILE_CONST(Milliseconds))
-				{
-					_delay_ms(Milliseconds);
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					while (Milliseconds--)
-					  _delay_ms(1);
-				}
-				#endif
-			}
-
-			/** Retrieves a mask which contains the current state of the global interrupts for the device. This
-			 *  value can be stored before altering the global interrupt enable state, before restoring the
-			 *  flag(s) back to their previous values after a critical section using \ref SetGlobalInterruptMask().
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_GlobalInt
-			 *
-			 *  \return  Mask containing the current Global Interrupt Enable Mask bit(s).
-			 */
-			static inline uint_reg_t GetGlobalInterruptMask(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint_reg_t GetGlobalInterruptMask(void)
-			{
-				GCC_MEMORY_BARRIER();
-
-				#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
-				return SREG;
-				#elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
-				return __builtin_mfsr(AVR32_SR);
-				#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
-				return SREG;
-				#endif
-			}
-
-			/** Sets the global interrupt enable state of the microcontroller to the mask passed into the function.
-			 *  This can be combined with \ref GetGlobalInterruptMask() to save and restore the Global Interrupt Enable
-			 *  Mask bit(s) of the device after a critical section has completed.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_GlobalInt
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] GlobalIntState  Global Interrupt Enable Mask value to use
-			 */
-			static inline void SetGlobalInterruptMask(const uint_reg_t GlobalIntState) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void SetGlobalInterruptMask(const uint_reg_t GlobalIntState)
-			{
-				GCC_MEMORY_BARRIER();
-
-				#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
-				SREG = GlobalIntState;
-				#elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
-				if (GlobalIntState & AVR32_SR_GM)
-				  __builtin_ssrf(AVR32_SR_GM_OFFSET);
-				else
-				  __builtin_csrf(AVR32_SR_GM_OFFSET);
-				#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
-				SREG = GlobalIntState;
-				#endif
-
-				GCC_MEMORY_BARRIER();
-			}
-
-			/** Enables global interrupt handling for the device, allowing interrupts to be handled.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_GlobalInt
-			 */
-			static inline void GlobalInterruptEnable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void GlobalInterruptEnable(void)
-			{
-				GCC_MEMORY_BARRIER();
-
-				#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
-				sei();
-				#elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
-				__builtin_csrf(AVR32_SR_GM_OFFSET);
-				#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
-				sei();
-				#endif
-
-				GCC_MEMORY_BARRIER();
-			}
-
-			/** Disabled global interrupt handling for the device, preventing interrupts from being handled.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_GlobalInt
-			 */
-			static inline void GlobalInterruptDisable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void GlobalInterruptDisable(void)
-			{
-				GCC_MEMORY_BARRIER();
-
-				#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
-				cli();
-				#elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
-				__builtin_ssrf(AVR32_SR_GM_OFFSET);
-				#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
-				cli();
-				#endif
-
-				GCC_MEMORY_BARRIER();
-			}
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Common/CompilerSpecific.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Common/CompilerSpecific.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 9979fffbbb..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Common/CompilerSpecific.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Compiler specific definitions for code optimization and correctness.
- *
- *  \copydetails Group_CompilerSpecific
- *
- *  \note Do not include this file directly, rather include the Common.h header file instead to gain this file's
- *        functionality.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Common
- *  \defgroup Group_CompilerSpecific Compiler Specific Definitions
- *  \brief Compiler specific definitions for code optimization and correctness.
- *
- *  Compiler specific definitions to expose certain compiler features which may increase the level of code optimization
- *  for a specific compiler, or correct certain issues that may be present such as memory barriers for use in conjunction
- *  with atomic variable access.
- *
- *  Where possible, on alternative compilers, these macros will either have no effect, or default to returning a sane value
- *  so that they can be used in existing code without the need for extra compiler checks in the user application code.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LUFA_COMPILERSPEC_H__
-#define __LUFA_COMPILERSPEC_H__
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_COMMON_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Common/Common.h instead to gain this functionality.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-				/** Forces GCC to use pointer indirection (via the device's pointer register pairs) when accessing the given
-				 *  struct pointer. In some cases GCC will emit non-optimal assembly code when accessing a structure through
-				 *  a pointer, resulting in a larger binary. When this macro is used on a (non \c const) structure pointer before
-				 *  use, it will force GCC to use pointer indirection on the elements rather than direct store and load
-				 *  instructions.
-				 *
-				 *  \param[in, out] StructPtr  Pointer to a structure which is to be forced into indirect access mode.
-				 */
-				#define GCC_FORCE_POINTER_ACCESS(StructPtr)   __asm__ __volatile__("" : "=b" (StructPtr) : "0" (StructPtr))
-
-				/** Forces GCC to create a memory barrier, ensuring that memory accesses are not reordered past the barrier point.
-				 *  This can be used before ordering-critical operations, to ensure that the compiler does not re-order the resulting
-				 *  assembly output in an unexpected manner on sections of code that are ordering-specific.
-				 */
-				#define GCC_MEMORY_BARRIER()                  __asm__ __volatile__("" ::: "memory");
-
-				/** Determines if the specified value can be determined at compile-time to be a constant value when compiling under GCC.
-				 *
-				 *  \param[in] x  Value to check compile-time constantness of.
-				 *
-				 *  \return Boolean \c true if the given value is known to be a compile time constant, \c false otherwise.
-				 */
-				#define GCC_IS_COMPILE_CONST(x)               __builtin_constant_p(x)
-			#else
-				#define GCC_FORCE_POINTER_ACCESS(StructPtr)
-				#define GCC_MEMORY_BARRIER()
-				#define GCC_IS_COMPILE_CONST(x)               0
-			#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Common/Endianness.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Common/Endianness.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 2eb3ad0947..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Common/Endianness.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,493 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Endianness and Byte Ordering macros and functions.
- *
- *  \copydetails Group_Endianness
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Endianness
- *  \defgroup Group_ByteSwapping Byte Reordering
- *  \brief Macros and functions for forced byte reordering.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Endianness
- *  \defgroup Group_EndianConversion Endianness Conversion
- *  \brief Macros and functions for automatic endianness conversion.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Common
- *  \defgroup Group_Endianness Endianness and Byte Ordering
- *  \brief Convenience macros and functions relating to byte (re-)ordering
- *
- *  Common library convenience macros and functions relating to byte (re-)ordering.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LUFA_ENDIANNESS_H__
-#define __LUFA_ENDIANNESS_H__
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_COMMON_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Common/Common.h instead to gain this functionality.
-		#endif
-
-		#if !(defined(ARCH_BIG_ENDIAN) || defined(ARCH_LITTLE_ENDIAN))
-			#error ARCH_BIG_ENDIAN or ARCH_LITTLE_ENDIAN not set for the specified architecture.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Swaps the byte ordering of a 16-bit value at compile-time. Do not use this macro for swapping byte orderings
-			 *  of dynamic values computed at runtime, use \ref SwapEndian_16() instead. The result of this macro can be used
-			 *  inside struct or other variable initializers outside of a function, something that is not possible with the
-			 *  inline function variant.
-			 *
-			 *  \hideinitializer
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_ByteSwapping
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] x  16-bit value whose byte ordering is to be swapped.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Input value with the byte ordering reversed.
-			 */
-			#define SWAPENDIAN_16(x)            (uint16_t)((((x) & 0xFF00) >> 8) | (((x) & 0x00FF) << 8))
-
-			/** Swaps the byte ordering of a 32-bit value at compile-time. Do not use this macro for swapping byte orderings
-			 *  of dynamic values computed at runtime- use \ref SwapEndian_32() instead. The result of this macro can be used
-			 *  inside struct or other variable initializers outside of a function, something that is not possible with the
-			 *  inline function variant.
-			 *
-			 *  \hideinitializer
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_ByteSwapping
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] x  32-bit value whose byte ordering is to be swapped.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Input value with the byte ordering reversed.
-			 */
-			#define SWAPENDIAN_32(x)            (uint32_t)((((x) & 0xFF000000UL) >> 24UL) | (((x) & 0x00FF0000UL) >> 8UL) | \
-			                                               (((x) & 0x0000FF00UL) << 8UL)  | (((x) & 0x000000FFUL) << 24UL))
-
-			#if defined(ARCH_BIG_ENDIAN) && !defined(le16_to_cpu)
-				#define le16_to_cpu(x)           SwapEndian_16(x)
-				#define le32_to_cpu(x)           SwapEndian_32(x)
-				#define be16_to_cpu(x)           (x)
-				#define be32_to_cpu(x)           (x)
-				#define cpu_to_le16(x)           SwapEndian_16(x)
-				#define cpu_to_le32(x)           SwapEndian_32(x)
-				#define cpu_to_be16(x)           (x)
-				#define cpu_to_be32(x)           (x)
-				#define LE16_TO_CPU(x)           SWAPENDIAN_16(x)
-				#define LE32_TO_CPU(x)           SWAPENDIAN_32(x)
-				#define BE16_TO_CPU(x)           (x)
-				#define BE32_TO_CPU(x)           (x)
-				#define CPU_TO_LE16(x)           SWAPENDIAN_16(x)
-				#define CPU_TO_LE32(x)           SWAPENDIAN_32(x)
-				#define CPU_TO_BE16(x)           (x)
-				#define CPU_TO_BE32(x)           (x)
-			#elif !defined(le16_to_cpu)
-				/** \name Run-time endianness conversion */
-				//@{
-
-				/** Performs a conversion between a Little Endian encoded 16-bit piece of data and the
-				 *  Endianness of the currently selected CPU architecture.
-				 *
-				 *  On little endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
-				 *
-				 *  \note This macro is designed for run-time conversion of data - for compile-time endianness
-				 *        conversion, use \ref LE16_TO_CPU instead.
-				 *
-				 *  \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
-				 *
-				 *  \param[in] x  Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
-				 *
-				 *  \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
-				 */
-				#define le16_to_cpu(x)           (x)
-
-				/** Performs a conversion between a Little Endian encoded 32-bit piece of data and the
-				 *  Endianness of the currently selected CPU architecture.
-				 *
-				 *  On little endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
-				 *
-				 *  \note This macro is designed for run-time conversion of data - for compile-time endianness
-				 *        conversion, use \ref LE32_TO_CPU instead.
-				 *
-				 *  \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
-				 *
-				 *  \param[in] x  Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
-				 *
-				 *  \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
-				 */
-				#define le32_to_cpu(x)           (x)
-
-				/** Performs a conversion between a Big Endian encoded 16-bit piece of data and the
-				 *  Endianness of the currently selected CPU architecture.
-				 *
-				 *  On big endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
-				 *
-				 *  \note This macro is designed for run-time conversion of data - for compile-time endianness
-				 *        conversion, use \ref BE16_TO_CPU instead.
-				 *
-				 *  \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
-				 *
-				 *  \param[in] x  Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
-				 *
-				 *  \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
-				 */
-				#define be16_to_cpu(x)           SwapEndian_16(x)
-
-				/** Performs a conversion between a Big Endian encoded 32-bit piece of data and the
-				 *  Endianness of the currently selected CPU architecture.
-				 *
-				 *  On big endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
-				 *
-				 *  \note This macro is designed for run-time conversion of data - for compile-time endianness
-				 *        conversion, use \ref BE32_TO_CPU instead.
-				 *
-				 *  \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
-				 *
-				 *  \param[in] x  Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
-				 *
-				 *  \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
-				 */
-				#define be32_to_cpu(x)           SwapEndian_32(x)
-
-				/** Performs a conversion on a natively encoded 16-bit piece of data to ensure that it
-				 *  is in Little Endian format regardless of the currently selected CPU architecture.
-				 *
-				 *  On little endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
-				 *
-				 *  \note This macro is designed for run-time conversion of data - for compile-time endianness
-				 *        conversion, use \ref CPU_TO_LE16 instead.
-				 *
-				 *  \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
-				 *
-				 *  \param[in] x  Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
-				 *
-				 *  \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
-				 */
-				#define cpu_to_le16(x)           (x)
-
-				/** Performs a conversion on a natively encoded 32-bit piece of data to ensure that it
-				 *  is in Little Endian format regardless of the currently selected CPU architecture.
-				 *
-				 *  On little endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
-				 *
-				 *  \note This macro is designed for run-time conversion of data - for compile-time endianness
-				 *        conversion, use \ref CPU_TO_LE32 instead.
-				 *
-				 *  \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
-				 *
-				 *  \param[in] x  Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
-				 *
-				 *  \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
-				 */
-				#define cpu_to_le32(x)           (x)
-
-				/** Performs a conversion on a natively encoded 16-bit piece of data to ensure that it
-				 *  is in Big Endian format regardless of the currently selected CPU architecture.
-				 *
-				 *  On big endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
-				 *
-				 *  \note This macro is designed for run-time conversion of data - for compile-time endianness
-				 *        conversion, use \ref CPU_TO_BE16 instead.
-				 *
-				 *  \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
-				 *
-				 *  \param[in] x  Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
-				 *
-				 *  \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
-				 */
-				#define cpu_to_be16(x)           SwapEndian_16(x)
-
-				/** Performs a conversion on a natively encoded 32-bit piece of data to ensure that it
-				 *  is in Big Endian format regardless of the currently selected CPU architecture.
-				 *
-				 *  On big endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
-				 *
-				 *  \note This macro is designed for run-time conversion of data - for compile-time endianness
-				 *        conversion, use \ref CPU_TO_BE32 instead.
-				 *
-				 *  \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
-				 *
-				 *  \param[in] x  Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
-				 *
-				 *  \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
-				 */
-				#define cpu_to_be32(x)           SwapEndian_32(x)
-
-				//@}
-
-				/** \name Compile-time endianness conversion */
-				//@{
-
-				/** Performs a conversion between a Little Endian encoded 16-bit piece of data and the
-				 *  Endianness of the currently selected CPU architecture.
-				 *
-				 *  On little endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
-				 *
-				 *  \note This macro is designed for compile-time conversion of data - for run time endianness
-				 *        conversion, use \ref le16_to_cpu instead.
-				 *
-				 *  \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
-				 *
-				 *  \param[in] x  Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
-				 *
-				 *  \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
-				 */
-				#define LE16_TO_CPU(x)           (x)
-
-				/** Performs a conversion between a Little Endian encoded 32-bit piece of data and the
-				 *  Endianness of the currently selected CPU architecture.
-				 *
-				 *  On little endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
-				 *
-				 *  \note This macro is designed for compile-time conversion of data - for run time endianness
-				 *        conversion, use \ref le32_to_cpu instead.
-				 *
-				 *  \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
-				 *
-				 *  \param[in] x  Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
-				 *
-				 *  \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
-				 */
-				#define LE32_TO_CPU(x)           (x)
-
-				/** Performs a conversion between a Big Endian encoded 16-bit piece of data and the
-				 *  Endianness of the currently selected CPU architecture.
-				 *
-				 *  On big endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
-				 *
-				 *  \note This macro is designed for compile-time conversion of data - for run-time endianness
-				 *        conversion, use \ref be16_to_cpu instead.
-				 *
-				 *  \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
-				 *
-				 *  \param[in] x  Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
-				 *
-				 *  \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
-				 */
-				#define BE16_TO_CPU(x)           SWAPENDIAN_16(x)
-
-				/** Performs a conversion between a Big Endian encoded 32-bit piece of data and the
-				 *  Endianness of the currently selected CPU architecture.
-				 *
-				 *  On big endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
-				 *
-				 *  \note This macro is designed for compile-time conversion of data - for run-time endianness
-				 *        conversion, use \ref be32_to_cpu instead.
-				 *
-				 *  \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
-				 *
-				 *  \param[in] x  Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
-				 *
-				 *  \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
-				 */
-				#define BE32_TO_CPU(x)           SWAPENDIAN_32(x)
-
-				/** Performs a conversion on a natively encoded 16-bit piece of data to ensure that it
-				 *  is in Little Endian format regardless of the currently selected CPU architecture.
-				 *
-				 *  On little endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
-				 *
-				 *  \note This macro is designed for compile-time conversion of data - for run-time endianness
-				 *        conversion, use \ref cpu_to_le16 instead.
-				 *
-				 *  \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
-				 *
-				 *  \param[in] x  Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
-				 *
-				 *  \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
-				 */
-				#define CPU_TO_LE16(x)           (x)
-
-				/** Performs a conversion on a natively encoded 32-bit piece of data to ensure that it
-				 *  is in Little Endian format regardless of the currently selected CPU architecture.
-				 *
-				 *  On little endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
-				 *
-				 *  \note This macro is designed for compile-time conversion of data - for run-time endianness
-				 *        conversion, use \ref cpu_to_le32 instead.
-				 *
-				 *  \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
-				 *
-				 *  \param[in] x  Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
-				 *
-				 *  \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
-				 */
-				#define CPU_TO_LE32(x)           (x)
-
-				/** Performs a conversion on a natively encoded 16-bit piece of data to ensure that it
-				 *  is in Big Endian format regardless of the currently selected CPU architecture.
-				 *
-				 *  On big endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
-				 *
-				 *  \note This macro is designed for compile-time conversion of data - for run-time endianness
-				 *        conversion, use \ref cpu_to_be16 instead.
-				 *
-				 *  \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
-				 *
-				 *  \param[in] x  Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
-				 *
-				 *  \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
-				 */
-				#define CPU_TO_BE16(x)           SWAPENDIAN_16(x)
-
-				/** Performs a conversion on a natively encoded 32-bit piece of data to ensure that it
-				 *  is in Big Endian format regardless of the currently selected CPU architecture.
-				 *
-				 *  On big endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
-				 *
-				 *  \note This macro is designed for compile-time conversion of data - for run-time endianness
-				 *        conversion, use \ref cpu_to_be32 instead.
-				 *
-				 *  \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
-				 *
-				 *  \param[in] x  Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
-				 *
-				 *  \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
-				 */
-				#define CPU_TO_BE32(x)           SWAPENDIAN_32(x)
-
-				//! @}
-			#endif
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			/** Function to reverse the byte ordering of the individual bytes in a 16 bit value.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_ByteSwapping
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Word  Word of data whose bytes are to be swapped.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Input data with the individual bytes reversed.
-			 */
-			static inline uint16_t SwapEndian_16(const uint16_t Word) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_CONST;
-			static inline uint16_t SwapEndian_16(const uint16_t Word)
-			{
-				if (GCC_IS_COMPILE_CONST(Word))
-				  return SWAPENDIAN_16(Word);
-
-				uint8_t Temp;
-
-				union
-				{
-					uint16_t Word;
-					uint8_t  Bytes[2];
-				} Data;
-
-				Data.Word = Word;
-
-				Temp = Data.Bytes[0];
-				Data.Bytes[0] = Data.Bytes[1];
-				Data.Bytes[1] = Temp;
-
-				return Data.Word;
-			}
-
-			/** Function to reverse the byte ordering of the individual bytes in a 32 bit value.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_ByteSwapping
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] DWord  Double word of data whose bytes are to be swapped.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Input data with the individual bytes reversed.
-			 */
-			static inline uint32_t SwapEndian_32(const uint32_t DWord) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_CONST;
-			static inline uint32_t SwapEndian_32(const uint32_t DWord)
-			{
-				if (GCC_IS_COMPILE_CONST(DWord))
-				  return SWAPENDIAN_32(DWord);
-
-				uint8_t Temp;
-
-				union
-				{
-					uint32_t DWord;
-					uint8_t  Bytes[4];
-				} Data;
-
-				Data.DWord = DWord;
-
-				Temp = Data.Bytes[0];
-				Data.Bytes[0] = Data.Bytes[3];
-				Data.Bytes[3] = Temp;
-
-				Temp = Data.Bytes[1];
-				Data.Bytes[1] = Data.Bytes[2];
-				Data.Bytes[2] = Temp;
-
-				return Data.DWord;
-			}
-
-			/** Function to reverse the byte ordering of the individual bytes in a n byte value.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_ByteSwapping
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] Data    Pointer to a number containing an even number of bytes to be reversed.
-			 *  \param[in]     Length  Length of the data in bytes.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Input data with the individual bytes reversed.
-			 */
-			static inline void SwapEndian_n(void* const Data,
-			                                uint8_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-			static inline void SwapEndian_n(void* const Data,
-			                                uint8_t Length)
-			{
-				uint8_t* CurrDataPos = (uint8_t*)Data;
-
-				while (Length > 1)
-				{
-					uint8_t Temp = *CurrDataPos;
-					*CurrDataPos = *(CurrDataPos + Length - 1);
-					*(CurrDataPos + Length - 1) = Temp;
-
-					CurrDataPos++;
-					Length -= 2;
-				}
-			}
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/BuildSystem.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/BuildSystem.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 0ae1dd678f..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/BuildSystem.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,975 +0,0 @@
-/** \file
- *
- *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
- *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
- */
-
-/** \page Page_BuildSystem The LUFA Build System
- *
- *  \section Sec_BuildSystem_Overview Overview of the LUFA Build System
- *  The LUFA build system is an attempt at making a set of re-usable, modular build make files which
- *  can be referenced in a LUFA powered project, to minimize the amount of code required in an
- *  application makefile. The system is written in GNU Make, and each module is independent of
- *  one-another.
- *
- *  For details on the prerequisites needed for Linux and Windows machines to be able to use the LUFA
- *  build system, see \ref Sec_CompilingApps_Prerequisites.
- *
- *  To use a LUFA build system module, simply add an include to your project makefile. All user projects
- *  should at a minimum include \ref Page_BuildModule_CORE for base functionality:
- *  \code
- *  include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
- *  \endcode
- *
- *  Once included in your project makefile, the associated build module targets will be added to your
- *  project's build makefile targets automatically. To call a build target, run <tt>make {TARGET_NAME}</tt>
- *  from the command line, substituting in the appropriate target name.
- *
- *  \see \ref Sec_ConfiguringApps_AppMakefileParams for a copy of the sample LUFA project makefile.
- *
- *  Each build module may have one or more mandatory parameters (GNU Make variables) which <i>must</i>
- *  be supplied in the project makefile for the module to work, and one or more optional parameters which
- *  may be defined and which will assume a sensible default if not.
- *
- *  \section SSec_BuildSystem_Modules Available Modules
- *
- *  The following modules are included in this LUFA release:
- *
- *  \li \subpage Page_BuildModule_ATPROGRAM - Device Programming
- *  \li \subpage Page_BuildModule_AVRDUDE - Device Programming
- *  \li \subpage Page_BuildModule_BUILD - Compiling/Assembling/Linking
- *  \li \subpage Page_BuildModule_CORE - Core Build System Functions
- *  \li \subpage Page_BuildModule_CPPCHECK - Static Code Analysis
- *  \li \subpage Page_BuildModule_DFU - Device Programming
- *  \li \subpage Page_BuildModule_DOXYGEN - Automated Source Code Documentation
- *  \li \subpage Page_BuildModule_HID - Device Programming
- *  \li \subpage Page_BuildModule_SOURCES - LUFA Module Source Code Variables
- *
- *  If you have problems building using the LUFA build system, see \subpage Page_BuildTroubleshooting for resolution steps.
- */
-
- /** \page Page_BuildModule_BUILD The BUILD build module
- *
- *  The BUILD LUFA build system module, providing targets for the compilation,
- *  assembling and linking of an application from source code into binary files
- *  suitable for programming into a target device, using the GCC compiler.
- *
- *  To use this module in your application makefile, add the following code:
- *  \code
- *  include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
- *  \endcode
- *
- *  \section SSec_BuildModule_BUILD_Requirements Requirements
- *  This module requires the the architecture appropriate binaries of the GCC compiler are available in your
- *  system's <b>PATH</b> variable. The GCC compiler and associated toolchain is distributed in Atmel AVR Studio
- *  5.x and Atmel Studio 6.x installation directories, as well as in many third party distribution packages.
- *
- *  \section SSec_BuildModule_BUILD_Targets Targets
- *
- *  <table>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>size</tt></td>
- *    <td>Display size of the compiled application FLASH and SRAM segments.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>symbol-sizes</tt></td>
- *    <td>Display a size-sorted list of symbols from the compiled application, in decimal bytes.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>lib</tt></td>
- *    <td>Build and archive all source files into a library A binary file.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>all</tt></td>
- *    <td>Build and link the application into ELF debug and HEX binary files.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>elf</tt></td>
- *    <td>Build and link the application into an ELF debug file.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>bin</tt></td>
- *    <td>Build and link the application and produce a BIN binary file.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>hex</tt></td>
- *    <td>Build and link the application and produce HEX and EEP binary files.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>lss</tt></td>
- *    <td>Build and link the application and produce a LSS source code/assembly code mixed listing file.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>clean</tt></td>
- *    <td>Remove all intermediary files and binary output files.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>mostlyclean</tt></td>
- *    <td>Remove all intermediary files but preserve any binary output files.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt><i>&lt;filename&gt;</i>.s</tt></td>
- *    <td>Create an assembly listing of a given input C/C++ source file.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  \section SSec_BuildModule_BUILD_MandatoryParams Mandatory Parameters
- *
- *  <table>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>TARGET</tt></td>
- *    <td>Name of the application output file prefix (e.g. <tt>TestApplication</tt>).</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>ARCH</tt></td>
- *    <td>Architecture of the target processor (see \ref Page_DeviceSupport).</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>MCU</tt></td>
- *    <td>Name of the Atmel processor model (e.g. <tt>at90usb1287</tt>).</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>SRC</tt></td>
- *    <td>List of relative or absolute paths to the application C (.c), C++ (.cpp) and Assembly (.S) source files.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>F_USB</tt></td>
- *    <td>Speed in Hz of the input clock frequency to the target's USB controller.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>LUFA_PATH</tt></td>
- *    <td>Path to the LUFA library core, either relative or absolute (e.g. <tt>../LUFA-000000/LUFA/</tt>).</td>
- *   </tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  \section SSec_BuildModule_BUILD_OptionalParams Optional Parameters
- *
- *  <table>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>BOARD</tt></td>
- *    <td>LUFA board hardware drivers to use (see \ref Page_DeviceSupport).</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>OPTIMIZATION</tt></td>
- *    <td>Optimization level to use when compiling source files (see GCC manual).</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>C_STANDARD</tt></td>
- *    <td>Version of the C standard to apply when compiling C++ source files (see GCC manual).</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>CPP_STANDARD</tt></td>
- *    <td>Version of the C++ standard to apply when compiling C++ source files (see GCC manual).</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>DEBUG_FORMAT</tt></td>
- *    <td>Format of the debug information to embed in the generated object files (see GCC manual).</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>DEBUG_LEVEL</tt></td>
- *    <td>Level of the debugging information to embed in the generated object files (see GCC manual).</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>F_CPU</tt></td>
- *    <td>Speed of the processor CPU clock, in Hz.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>C_FLAGS</tt></td>
- *    <td>Flags to pass to the C compiler only, after the automatically generated flags.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>CPP_FLAGS</tt></td>
- *    <td>Flags to pass to the C++ compiler only, after the automatically generated flags.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>ASM_FLAGS</tt></td>
- *    <td>Flags to pass to the assembler only, after the automatically generated flags.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>CC_FLAGS</tt></td>
- *    <td>Common flags to pass to the C/C++ compiler and assembler, after the automatically generated flags.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>COMPILER_PATH</tt></td>
- *    <td>Directory where the C/C++ toolchain is located, if not available in the system <tt>PATH</tt>.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>LD_FLAGS</tt></td>
- *    <td>Flags to pass to the linker, after the automatically generated flags.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>LINKER_RELAXATIONS</tt></td>
- *    <td>Enables or disables linker relaxations when linking the application binary. This can reduce the total size
- *        of the application by replacing full \c CALL instructions with smaller \c RCALL instructions where possible.
- *        \note On some unpatched versions of binutils, this can cause link failures in some circumstances. If you
- *              receive a link error <tt>relocation truncated to fit: R_AVR_13_PCREL</tt>, disable this setting.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>OBJDIR</tt></td>
- *    <td>Directory to place the generated object and dependency files. If set to "." the same folder as the source file will be used.
- *        \note When this option is enabled, all source filenames <b>must</b> be unique.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>OBJECT_FILES</tt></td>
- *    <td>List of additional object files that should be linked into the resulting binary.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  \section SSec_BuildModule_BUILD_ProvidedVariables Module Provided Variables
- *
- *  <table>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><i>None</i></td>
- *   </tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  \section SSec_BuildModule_BUILD_ProvidedMacros Module Provided Macros
- *
- *  <table>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><i>None</i></td>
- *   </tr>
- *  </table>
- */
-
-/** \page Page_BuildModule_CORE The CORE build module
- *
- *  The core LUFA build system module, providing common build system help and information targets.
- *
- *  To use this module in your application makefile, add the following code:
- *  \code
- *  include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
- *  \endcode
- *
- *  \section SSec_BuildModule_CORE_Requirements Requirements
- *  This module has no requirements outside a standard *nix shell like environment; the <tt>sh</tt>
- *  shell, GNU <tt>make</tt> and *nix CoreUtils (<tt>echo</tt>, <tt>printf</tt>, etc.).
- *
- *  \section SSec_BuildModule_CORE_Targets Targets
- *
- *  <table>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>help</tt></td>
- *    <td>Display build system help and configuration information.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>list_targets</tt></td>
- *    <td>List all available build targets from the build system.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>list_modules</tt></td>
- *    <td>List all available build modules from the build system.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>list_mandatory</tt></td>
- *    <td>List all mandatory parameters required by the included modules.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>list_optional</tt></td>
- *    <td>List all optional parameters required by the included modules.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>list_provided</tt></td>
- *    <td>List all variables provided by the included modules.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>list_macros</tt></td>
- *    <td>List all macros provided by the included modules.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  \section SSec_BuildModule_CORE_MandatoryParams Mandatory Parameters
- *
- *  <table>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><i>None</i></td>
- *   </tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  \section SSec_BuildModule_CORE_OptionalParams Optional Parameters
- *
- *  <table>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><i>None</i></td>
- *   </tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  \section SSec_BuildModule_CORE_ProvidedVariables Module Provided Variables
- *
- *  <table>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><i>None</i></td>
- *   </tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  \section SSec_BuildModule_CORE_ProvidedMacros Module Provided Macros
- *
- *  <table>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><i>None</i></td>
- *   </tr>
- *  </table>
- */
-
-/** \page Page_BuildModule_ATPROGRAM The ATPROGRAM build module
- *
- *  The ATPROGRAM programming utility LUFA build system module, providing targets to reprogram an
- *  Atmel processor FLASH and EEPROM memories with a project's compiled binary output files.
- *
- *  To use this module in your application makefile, add the following code:
- *  \code
- *  include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
- *  \endcode
- *
- *  \section SSec_BuildModule_ATPROGRAM_Requirements Requirements
- *  This module requires the <tt>atprogram.exe</tt> utility to be available in your system's <b>PATH</b>
- *  variable. The <tt>atprogram.exe</tt> utility is distributed in Atmel AVR Studio 5.x and Atmel Studio 6.x
- *  inside the application install folder's "\atbackend" subdirectory.
- *
- *  \section SSec_BuildModule_ATPROGRAM_Targets Targets
- *
- *  <table>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>atprogram</tt></td>
- *    <td>Program the device FLASH memory with the application's executable data.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>atprogram-ee</tt></td>
- *    <td>Program the device EEPROM memory with the application's EEPROM data.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  \section SSec_BuildModule_ATPROGRAM_MandatoryParams Mandatory Parameters
- *
- *  <table>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>MCU</tt></td>
- *    <td>Name of the Atmel processor model (e.g. <tt>at90usb1287</tt>).</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>TARGET</tt></td>
- *    <td>Name of the application output file prefix (e.g. <tt>TestApplication</tt>).</td>
- *   </tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  \section SSec_BuildModule_ATPROGRAM_OptionalParams Optional Parameters
- *
- *  <table>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>ATPROGRAM_PROGRAMMER</tt></td>
- *    <td>Name of the Atmel programmer or debugger tool to communicate with (e.g. <tt>jtagice3</tt>).</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>ATPROGRAM_INTERFACE</tt></td>
- *    <td>Name of the programming interface to use when programming the target (e.g. <tt>spi</tt>).</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>ATPROGRAM_PORT</tt></td>
- *    <td>Name of the communication port to use when when programming with a serially connected tool (e.g. <tt>COM2</tt>).</td>
- *   </tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  \section SSec_BuildModule_ATPROGRAM_ProvidedVariables Module Provided Variables
- *
- *  <table>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><i>None</i></td>
- *   </tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  \section SSec_BuildModule_ATPROGRAM_ProvidedMacros Module Provided Macros
- *
- *  <table>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><i>None</i></td>
- *   </tr>
- *  </table>
- */
-
-/** \page Page_BuildModule_AVRDUDE The AVRDUDE build module
- *
- *  The AVRDUDE programming utility LUFA build system module, providing targets to reprogram an
- *  Atmel processor FLASH and EEPROM memories with a project's compiled binary output files.
- *
- *  To use this module in your application makefile, add the following code:
- *  \code
- *  include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
- *  \endcode
- *
- *  \section SSec_BuildModule_AVRDUDE_Requirements Requirements
- *  This module requires the <tt>avrdude</tt> utility to be available in your system's <b>PATH</b>
- *  variable. The <tt>avrdude</tt> utility is distributed in the old WinAVR project releases for
- *  Windows (<a>http://winavr.sourceforge.net</a>) or can be installed on *nix systems via the project's
- *  source code (<a>https://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/avrdude</a>) or through the package manager.
- *
- *  \section SSec_BuildModule_AVRDUDE_Targets Targets
- *
- *  <table>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>avrdude</tt></td>
- *    <td>Program the device FLASH memory with the application's executable data.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>avrdude-ee</tt></td>
- *    <td>Program the device EEPROM memory with the application's EEPROM data.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  \section SSec_BuildModule_AVRDUDE_MandatoryParams Mandatory Parameters
- *
- *  <table>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>MCU</tt></td>
- *    <td>Name of the Atmel processor model (e.g. <tt>at90usb1287</tt>).</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>TARGET</tt></td>
- *    <td>Name of the application output file prefix (e.g. <tt>TestApplication</tt>).</td>
- *   </tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  \section SSec_BuildModule_AVRDUDE_OptionalParams Optional Parameters
- *
- *  <table>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER</tt></td>
- *    <td>Name of the programmer or debugger tool to communicate with (e.g. <tt>jtagicemkii</tt>).</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>AVRDUDE_PORT</tt></td>
- *    <td>Name of the communication port to use when when programming with the connected tool (e.g. <tt>COM2</tt>, <tt>/dev/ttyUSB0</tt> or <tt>usb</tt>).</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>AVRDUDE_FLAGS</tt></td>
- *    <td>Additional flags to pass to avrdude when programming, applied after the automatically generated flags.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  \section SSec_BuildModule_AVRDUDE_ProvidedVariables Module Provided Variables
- *
- *  <table>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><i>None</i></td>
- *   </tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  \section SSec_BuildModule_AVRDUDE_ProvidedMacros Module Provided Macros
- *
- *  <table>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><i>None</i></td>
- *   </tr>
- *  </table>
- */
-
- /** \page Page_BuildModule_CPPCHECK The CPPCHECK build module
- *
- *  The CPPCHECK programming utility LUFA build system module, providing targets to statically
- *  analyze C and C++ source code for errors and performance/style issues.
- *
- *  To use this module in your application makefile, add the following code:
- *  \code
- *  include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
- *  \endcode
- *
- *  \section SSec_BuildModule_CPPCHECK_Requirements Requirements
- *  This module requires the <tt>cppcheck</tt> utility to be available in your system's <b>PATH</b>
- *  variable. The <tt>cppcheck</tt> utility is distributed through the project's home page
- *  (<a>http://cppcheck.sourceforge.net</a>) for Windows, and can be installed on *nix systems via
- *  the project's source code or through the package manager.
- *
- *  \section SSec_BuildModule_CPPCHECK_Targets Targets
- *
- *  <table>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>cppcheck</tt></td>
- *    <td>Statically analyze the project source code for issues.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>cppcheck-config</tt></td>
- *    <td>Check the <tt>cppcheck</tt> configuration - scan source code and warn about missing header files and other issues.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  \section SSec_BuildModule_CPPCHECK_MandatoryParams Mandatory Parameters
- *
- *  <table>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>SRC</tt></td>
- *    <td>List of source files to statically analyze.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  \section SSec_BuildModule_CPPCHECK_OptionalParams Optional Parameters
- *
- *  <table>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>CPPCHECK_INCLUDES</tt></td>
- *    <td>Path of extra directories to check when attemting to resolve C/C++ header file includes.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>CPPCHECK_EXCLUDES</tt></td>
- *    <td>Paths or path fragments to exclude when analyzing.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>CPPCHECK_MSG_TEMPLATE</tt></td>
- *    <td>Output message template to use when printing errors, warnings and information (see <tt>cppcheck</tt> documentation).</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>CPPCHECK_ENABLE</tt></td>
- *    <td>Analysis rule categories to enable (see <tt>cppcheck</tt> documentation).</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>CPPCHECK_SUPPRESS</tt></td>
- *    <td>Specific analysis rules to suppress (see <tt>cppcheck</tt> documentation).</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>CPPCHECK_FAIL_ON_WARNING</tt></td>
- *    <td>Set to <b>Y</b> to fail the analysis job with an error exit code if warnings are found, <b>N</b> to continue without failing.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>CPPCHECK_QUIET</tt></td>
- *    <td>Set to <b>Y</b> to suppress all output except warnings and errors, <b>N</b> to show verbose output information.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>CPPCHECK_FLAGS</tt></td>
- *    <td>Extra flags to pass to <tt>cppcheck</tt>, after the automatically generated flags.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  \section SSec_BuildModule_CPPCHECK_ProvidedVariables Module Provided Variables
- *
- *  <table>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><i>None</i></td>
- *   </tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  \section SSec_BuildModule_CPPCHECK_ProvidedMacros Module Provided Macros
- *
- *  <table>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><i>None</i></td>
- *   </tr>
- *  </table>
- */
-
- /** \page Page_BuildModule_DFU The DFU build module
- *
- *  The DFU programming utility LUFA build system module, providing targets to reprogram an
- *  Atmel processor FLASH and EEPROM memories with a project's compiled binary output files.
- *  This module requires a DFU class bootloader to be running in the target, compatible with
- *  the DFU bootloader protocol as published by Atmel.
- *
- *  To use this module in your application makefile, add the following code:
- *  \code
- *  include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
- *  \endcode
- *
- *  \section SSec_BuildModule_DFU_Requirements Requirements
- *  This module requires either the <tt>batchisp</tt> utility from Atmel's FLIP utility, or the open
- *  source <tt>dfu-programmer</tt> utility (<a>http://dfu-programmer.sourceforge.net/</a>) to be
- *  available in your system's <b>PATH</b> variable. On *nix systems the <tt>dfu-programmer</tt> utility
- *  can be installed via the project's source code or through the package manager.
- *
- *  \section SSec_BuildModule_DFU_Targets Targets
- *
- *  <table>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>dfu</tt></td>
- *    <td>Program the device FLASH memory with the application's executable data using <tt>dfu-programmer</tt>.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>dfu-ee</tt></td>
- *    <td>Program the device EEPROM memory with the application's EEPROM data using <tt>dfu-programmer</tt>.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>flip</tt></td>
- *    <td>Program the device FLASH memory with the application's executable data using <tt>batchisp</tt>.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>flip-ee</tt></td>
- *    <td>Program the device EEPROM memory with the application's EEPROM data using <tt>batchisp</tt>.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  \section SSec_BuildModule_DFU_MandatoryParams Mandatory Parameters
- *
- *  <table>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>MCU</tt></td>
- *    <td>Name of the Atmel processor model (e.g. <tt>at90usb1287</tt>).</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>TARGET</tt></td>
- *    <td>Name of the application output file prefix (e.g. <tt>TestApplication</tt>).</td>
- *   </tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  \section SSec_BuildModule_DFU_OptionalParams Optional Parameters
- *
- *  <table>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><i>None</i></td>
- *   </tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  \section SSec_BuildModule_DFU_ProvidedVariables Module Provided Variables
- *
- *  <table>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><i>None</i></td>
- *   </tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  \section SSec_BuildModule_DFU_ProvidedMacros Module Provided Macros
- *
- *  <table>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><i>None</i></td>
- *   </tr>
- *  </table>
- */
-
- /** \page Page_BuildModule_DOXYGEN The DOXYGEN build module
- *
- *  The DOXYGEN code documentation utility LUFA build system module, providing targets to generate
- *  project HTML and other format documentation from a set of source files that include special
- *  Doxygen comments.
- *
- *  To use this module in your application makefile, add the following code:
- *  \code
- *  include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
- *  \endcode
- *
- *  \section SSec_BuildModule_DOXYGEN_Requirements Requirements
- *  This module requires the <tt>doxygen</tt> utility from the Doxygen website
- *  (<a>http://www.doxygen.org/</a>) to be available in your system's <b>PATH</b> variable. On *nix
- *  systems the <tt>doxygen</tt> utility can be installed via the project's source code or through
- *  the package manager.
- *
- *  \section SSec_BuildModule_DOXYGEN_Targets Targets
- *
- *  <table>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>doxygen</tt></td>
- *    <td>Generate project documentation.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>doxygen_create</tt></td>
- *    <td>Create a new Doxygen configuration file using the latest template.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>doxygen_upgrade</tt></td>
- *    <td>Upgrade an existing Doxygen configuration file to the latest template</td>
- *   </tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  \section SSec_BuildModule_DOXYGEN_MandatoryParams Mandatory Parameters
- *
- *  <table>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>LUFA_PATH</tt></td>
- *    <td>Path to the LUFA library core, either relative or absolute (e.g. <tt>../LUFA-000000/LUFA/</tt>).</td>
- *   </tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  \section SSec_BuildModule_DOXYGEN_OptionalParams Optional Parameters
- *
- *  <table>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>DOXYGEN_CONF</tt></td>
- *    <td>Name and path of the base Doxygen configuration file for the project.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>DOXYGEN_FAIL_ON_WARNING</tt></td>
- *    <td>Set to <b>Y</b> to fail the generation with an error exit code if warnings are found other than unsupported configuration parameters, <b>N</b> to continue without failing.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>DOXYGEN_OVERRIDE_PARAMS</tt></td>
- *    <td>Extra Doxygen configuration parameters to apply, overriding the corresponding config entry in the project's configuration file (e.g. <tt>QUIET=YES</tt>).</td>
- *   </tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  \section SSec_BuildModule_DOXYGEN_ProvidedVariables Module Provided Variables
- *
- *  <table>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><i>None</i></td>
- *   </tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  \section SSec_BuildModule_DOXYGEN_ProvidedMacros Module Provided Macros
- *
- *  <table>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><i>None</i></td>
- *   </tr>
- *  </table>
- */
-
- /** \page Page_BuildModule_HID The HID build module
- *
- *  The HID programming utility LUFA build system module, providing targets to reprogram an
- *  Atmel processor's FLASH memory with a project's compiled binary output file. This module
- *  requires a HID class bootloader to be running in the target, using a protocol compatible
- *  with the PJRC "HalfKay" protocol (<a>http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/halfkay_protocol.html</a>).
- *
- *  To use this module in your application makefile, add the following code:
- *  \code
- *  include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
- *  \endcode
- *
- *  \section SSec_BuildModule_HID_Requirements Requirements
- *  This module requires either the <tt>hid_bootloader_cli</tt> utility from the included LUFA HID
- *  class bootloader API subdirectory, or the <tt>teensy_loader_cli</tt> utility from PJRC
- *  (<a>http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/loader_cli.html</a>) to be available in your system's <b>PATH</b>
- *  variable.
- *
- *  \section SSec_BuildModule_HID_Targets Targets
- *
- *  <table>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>hid</tt></td>
- *    <td>Program the device FLASH memory with the application's executable data using <tt>hid_bootloader_cli</tt>.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>hid-ee</tt></td>
- *    <td>Program the device EEPROM memory with the application's EEPROM data using <tt>hid_bootloader_cli</tt> and
- *        a temporary AVR application programmed into the target's FLASH.
- *        \note This will erase the currently loaded application in the target.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>teensy</tt></td>
- *    <td>Program the device FLASH memory with the application's executable data using <tt>teensy_loader_cli</tt>.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>teensy-ee</tt></td>
- *    <td>Program the device EEPROM memory with the application's EEPROM data using <tt>teensy_loader_cli</tt> and
- *        a temporary AVR application programmed into the target's FLASH.
- *        \note This will erase the currently loaded application in the target.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  \section SSec_BuildModule_HID_MandatoryParams Mandatory Parameters
- *
- *  <table>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>MCU</tt></td>
- *    <td>Name of the Atmel processor model (e.g. <tt>at90usb1287</tt>).</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>TARGET</tt></td>
- *    <td>Name of the application output file prefix (e.g. <tt>TestApplication</tt>).</td>
- *   </tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  \section SSec_BuildModule_HID_OptionalParams Optional Parameters
- *
- *  <table>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><i>None</i></td>
- *   </tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  \section SSec_BuildModule_HID_ProvidedVariables Module Provided Variables
- *
- *  <table>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><i>None</i></td>
- *   </tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  \section SSec_BuildModule_HID_ProvidedMacros Module Provided Macros
- *
- *  <table>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><i>None</i></td>
- *   </tr>
- *  </table>
- */
-
- /** \page Page_BuildModule_SOURCES The SOURCES build module
- *
- *  The SOURCES LUFA build system module, providing variables listing the various LUFA source files
- *  required to be build by a project for a given LUFA module. This module gives a way to reference
- *  LUFA source files symbolically, so that changes to the library structure do not break the library
- *  makefile.
- *
- *  To use this module in your application makefile, add the following code:
- *  \code
- *  include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
- *  \endcode
- *
- *  \section SSec_BuildModule_SOURCES_Requirements Requirements
- *  None.
- *
- *  \section SSec_BuildModule_SOURCES_Targets Targets
- *
- *  <table>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><i>None</i></td>
- *   </tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  \section SSec_BuildModule_SOURCES_MandatoryParams Mandatory Parameters
- *
- *  <table>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>LUFA_PATH</tt></td>
- *    <td>Path to the LUFA library core, either relative or absolute (e.g. <tt>../LUFA-000000/LUFA/</tt>).</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>ARCH</tt></td>
- *    <td>Architecture of the target processor (see \ref Page_DeviceSupport).</td>
- *   </tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  \section SSec_BuildModule_SOURCES_OptionalParams Optional Parameters
- *
- *  <table>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><i>None</i></td>
- *   </tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  \section SSec_BuildModule_SOURCES_ProvidedVariables Module Provided Variables
- *
- *  <table>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>LUFA_SRC_USB</tt></td>
- *    <td>List of LUFA USB driver source files.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS</tt></td>
- *    <td>List of LUFA USB Class driver source files.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>LUFA_SRC_TEMPERATURE</tt></td>
- *    <td>List of LUFA temperature sensor driver source files.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>LUFA_SRC_SERIAL</tt></td>
- *    <td>List of LUFA Serial U(S)ART driver source files.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>LUFA_SRC_TWI</tt></td>
- *    <td>List of LUFA TWI driver source files.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><tt>LUFA_SRC_PLATFORM</tt></td>
- *    <td>List of LUFA architecture specific platform management source files.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  \section SSec_BuildModule_SOURCES_ProvidedMacros Module Provided Macros
- *
- *  <table>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td><i>None</i></td>
- *   </tr>
- *  </table>
- */
-
-/** \page Page_BuildTroubleshooting Troubleshooting Information
- *
- *  LUFA uses a lot of advanced features of the AVR-GCC compiler, linker, and surrounding binaries. This can sometimes lead to problems compiling applications if one of these
- *  features is buggy in the version of the tools used in a build environment. Missing utilities and incorrectly set makefile configuration options can also result in different
- *  errors being produced when compilation or other operations are attempted. The table below lists a set of commonly encountered errors and their resolutions.
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr>
- *    <th>Problem</th>
- *    <th>Resolution</th>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>relocation truncated to fit: R_AVR_13_PCREL against symbol <i>{X}</i></tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling.</td>
- *    <td>Try compiling with the setting <tt>LINKER_RELAXATIONS=N</tt> in your LUFA Build System 2.0 makefile, or remove the line <tt>-Wl,--relax</tt>
- *        from other makefiles. Alternatively, make sure you have the latest version of the Atmel Toolchain installed for your system.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>error: ld terminated with signal 11 [Segmentation fault]</tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling.</td>
- *    <td>Try compiling with the setting <tt>DEBUG_LEVEL=2</tt> in your LUFA Build System 2.0 makefile, or make sure you are using <tt>binutils</tt> version 2.22 or later.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>EMERGENCY ABORT: INFINITE RECURSION DETECTED</tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling.</td>
- *    <td>Make sure you are using an up to date version of GNU Make when compiling. This error is a safety system added to the mid-level makefiles, to prevent an issue with
- *        GNU make or other variants of Make causing an infinitely recursive build.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>Unsupported architecture &quot;<i>{X}</i>&quot;</tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling.</td>
- *    <td>Ensure your makefile's <tt>ARCH</tt> setting is set to one of the architecture names (case-sensitive) supported by the version of LUFA you are compiling against.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>Makefile <i>{X}</i> value not set</tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling.</td>
- *    <td>The specified Makefile value was not configured in your project's makefile or on the command line, and the nominated setting is required by one or more LUFA
- *        build system modules. Define the value in your project makefile and try again.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>Makefile <i>{X}</i> option cannot be blank</tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling.</td>
- *    <td>The specified Makefile value was configured in your project's makefile or on the command line, but was set to an empty value. For the nominated configuration
- *        option, an empty value is not allowed. Define the nominated setting to a correct non-blank value and try again.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>Makefile <i>{X}</i> option must be Y or N</tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling.</td>
- *    <td>The specified Makefile value was configured in your project's makefile or on the command line, but was set to a value other than a Y (for "Yes") or "N" (for "No").
- *        This configuration option is required to be one of the aforementioned boolean values, and other values are invalid. Set this option to either Y or N and try again.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>Unknown input source file formats: <i>{X}</i></tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling.</td>
- *    <td>The nominated source files, specified in your project's makefile in the <tt>SRC</tt> configuration option, has an extension that the LUFA build system does not
- *        recognise. The file extensions are case sensitive, and must be one of the supported formats (<tt>*.c</tt>, <tt>*.cpp</tt> or <tt>*.S</tt>).</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>Cannot build with OBJDIR parameter set - one or more object file name is not unique</tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling.</td>
- *    <td>When a project is built with a non-empty <tt>OBJDIR</tt> object directory name set, all input source files must have unique names, excluding extension and path.
- *        This means that input files that are named identically and differ only by their path or extension are invalid when this mode is used.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>Source file does not exist: <i>{X}</i></tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling.</td>
- *    <td>The nominated input source file, specified in the user project's <tt>SRC</tt> parameter, could not be found. Ensure the source file exists and the absolute or
- *        relative path given in the user project makefile is correct and try again.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>Doxygen configuration file <i>{X}</i> does not exist</tt></b>&quot; shown when upgrading a Doxygen configuration file.</td>
- *    <td>The nominated Doxygen configuration file, specified in the user project's <tt>DOXYGEN_CONF</tt> parameter, could not be found. Ensure the configuration file exists
- *        and the absolute or relative path given in the user project makefile is correct and try again, or run the appropriate makefile target to generate a new configuration
- *        file.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>avr-gcc: error: unrecognized option '<i>{X}</i>'</tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling.</td>
- *    <td>An unrecognised option was supplied to the compiler, usually in the <tt>C_FLAGS</tt>, <tt>CPP_FLAGS</tt>, <tt>ASM_FLAGS</tt> or <tt>CC_FLAGS</tt> configuration
- *        options. The nominated compiler switch may be invalid, or unsupported by the version of AVR-GCC on the host system. Remove the unrecognised flag if invalid, or
- *        upgrade to the latest AVR-GCC. If the option is a valid linker option, use the prefix "-Wl," to ensure it is passed to the linker correctly.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>makefile:{X}: {Y}.mk: No such file or directory</tt></b>&quot; shown when make is invoked.</td>
- *    <td>The path to the nominated makefile module was incorrect. This usually indicates that the makefile <tt>LUFA_PATH</tt> option is not set to a valid relative or
- *        absolute path to the LUFA library core.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>fatal error: LUFAConfig.h: No such file or directory</tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling.</td>
- *    <td>The <tt>USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER</tt> compile time option was set in the user project makefile, but the user supplied <tt>LUFAConfig.h</tt> header could not be
- *        found. Ensure that the directory that contains this configuration file is correctly passed to the compiler via the -I switch in the makefile <tt>CC_FLAGS</tt>
- *        parameter.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>ld.exe: section .apitable_trampolines loaded at <i>{X}</i> overlaps section .text</tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling a bootloader.</td>
- *    <td>The bootloader is compiling too large for the given <tt>FLASH_SIZE_KB</tt> and <tt>BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB</tt> parameters set in the bootloader makefile. This
- *        usually indicates that these values are incorrect for the specified device the bootloader is targeting. If these values are correct, a newer version of the
- *        compiler may need to be used to ensure that the bootloader is built within the section size constraints of the target device.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>unknown MCU '<i>{X}</i>' specified</tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling.</td>
- *    <td>The specified microcontroller device model name set in the user application's makefile as the <tt>MCU</tt> parameter is incorrect, or unsupported by the
- *        version of the compiler being used. Make sure the model name is correct, or upgrade to the latest Atmel Toolchain to obtain newer device support.</td>
- *   </tr>
- *   <tr>
- *    <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>undefined reference to `<i>{X}</i>'</tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling.</td>
- *    <td>This is usually caused by a missing source file in the user application's <tt>SRC</tt> configuration parameter. If the indicated symbol is one from the LUFA
- *        library, you may be missing a LUFA source makefile module (see \ref Page_BuildModule_SOURCES).</td>
- *   </tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  For troubleshooting other errors you encounter, please see \ref Sec_ProjectHelp.
- */
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/ChangeLog.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/ChangeLog.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 482c8868ea..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/ChangeLog.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1597 +0,0 @@
-/** \file
- *
- *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
- *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
- */
-
- /** \page Page_ChangeLog Project Changelog
-  *
-  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog140928 Version 140928
-  *  <b>New:</b>
-  *  - Core:
-  *   - Updated the BUILD build system module to add a new COMPILER_PATH optional variable
-  *   - Added Serial_IsSendReady() and Serial_IsSendComplete() functions to the Serial hardware peripheral driver
-  *   - Added support for the Arduino Yun board (ATMEGA32U4 co-processor)
-  *   - Added support for the Arduino Micro board (thanks to Zoltán Szőke)
-  *  - Library Applications:
-  *   - Added new Dual MIDI class driver device demo
-  *
-  *  <b>Changed:</b>
-  *  - Core:
-  *   - The RNDIS device class driver now takes a user-supplied buffer and buffer length for the internal RNDIS
-  *     message management (thanks to Peter Mc Shane)
-  *
-  *  <b>Fixed:</b>
-  *  - Core:
-  *   - Fixed device class driver pipe configuration routines returning success with a partially constructed instance
-  *     when a pipe configuration failed (thanks to Helge Suess)
-  *   - Fixed incorrect XMEGA DFLL reference frequency (thanks to Martin Aakerberg)
-  *   - Fixed possible infinite loop in the control endpoint stream write function (thanks to Clayton Knight)
-  *   - Fixed missing HID report ID prefix on HID class driver GetReport request responses (thanks to Bert van Hall)
-  *   - Fixed incorrect XMEGA USB controller clock division factory for non-Full Speed operation (thanks to Bert van Hall)
-  *   - Fixed the LUFA build system to prevent incorrect code from being generated in newer toolchains when building for larger
-  *     FLASH memory devices (thanks to demultiplexer)
-  *   - Fixed missing parenthesis in the MIDI_EVENT() macro which could cause incorrect results (thanks to hexwab)
-  *   - Fixed mixed capitalization of TWI in the XMEGA TWI driver causing compilation failures (thanks to Jacob Schloss)
-  *   - Fixed broken AVR8 USART-SPI peripheral driver (thanks to Phil Zakielarz)
-  *  - Library Applications:
-  *   - Fixed spurious 0xFE USART byte sent in the USBtoSerial project when the baud rate is changed (thanks to Carl Kjeldsen)
-  *   - Fixed blocking USART reads causing low throughput on slow baud rates in the USBtoSerial project (thanks to Nevada Smith)
-  *   - Fixed USART reception overrun corrupting the internal buffers in the USBtoSerial project (thanks to Nevada Smith)
-  *   - Fixed broken LowLevel Audio Out demo sampling frequency configuration (thanks to Torsten Duwe)
-  *
-  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog140302 Version 140302
-  *  <b>New:</b>
-  *  - Library Applications:
-  *   - Added new Bulk Vendor low level device demo
-  *   - Added new libUSB host Python and NodeJS application examples for the Class driver GenericHID demo (thanks to Laszlo Monda)
-  *   - Added new AVR8 USB option to keep 3.3V regulator enabled (thanks to Michael Hanselmann)
-  *   - Added new USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR() and USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY() convenience macros (thanks to Laszlo Monda)
-  *
-  *  <b>Changed:</b>
-  *  - Library Applications:
-  *   - Refactored out USB interface IDs in the demo applications into enums (thanks to Laszlo Monda)
-  *   - AVRISP-MKII Clone Project PDI/TPI frequency increased from 250KHz to 2MHz as it is now stable
-  *   - Increased TPI/PDI handshake delay to 100us from 1us to support targets with high amounts of capacitance on their
-  *     /RESET lines (thanks to Paul Duke)
-  *   - Changed the VERSION_BCD() macro to accept the major/minor/revision values as separate parameters
-  *
-  *  <b>Fixed:</b>
-  *  - Core:
-  *   - Fixed MIDI device class driver MIDI_Device_ReceiveEventPacket() for the XMEGA architecture
-  *  - Library Applications:
-  *   - Fixed incorrect signature bytes returned in the DFU bootloader
-  *
-  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog130901 Version 130901
-  *  <b>New:</b>
-  *  - Core:
-  *   - Added additional MIDI command definitions to the MIDI class driver (thanks to Daniel Dreibrodt)
-  *   - Added new CONCAT() and CONCAT_EXPANDED() convenience macros
-  *   - Added new Printer Device Class driver
-  *   - Added support for the XMEGA C3 Xplained board
-  *   - Added support for the U2S board (thanks to megal0maniac)
-  *   - Added TWI Master driver for the XMEGA architecture (thanks to Michael Janssen)
-  *  - Library Applications:
-  *   - Added new Printer class bootloader
-  *   - Added new Mass Storage class bootloader
-  *   - Added XMEGA support for class driver device demos (where applicable)
-  *   - Added Python host application example for the Generic HID class driver device demo
-  *   - Added Python alternative host application for the HID class bootloader
-  *
-  *  <b>Changed:</b>
-  *  - Core:
-  *   - Updated the BUILD build system module to produce binary BIN files in addition to Intel HEX files
-  *   - Updated the Android Accessory Class to accept version 2 protocol devices (with version 1 functionality)
-  *   - All board drivers now implement dummy functions and constants when BOARD is set to NONE
-  *   - Added missing LEDs to the XMEGA A3BU Xplained board LED driver (thanks to Michael Janssen)
-  *   - Changed board Dataflash drivers to automatically configure the appropriate SPI interface for the selected board
-  *  - Library Applications:
-  *   - Re-added Set Control Line State request handling to the CDC class bootloader to prevent issues with the .NET serial
-  *     class (thanks to Erik Lins)
-  *   - TemperatureDataLogger project dummy RTC mode now tracks real time (thanks to David Lazarus)
-  *
-  *  <b>Fixed:</b>
-  *  - Core:
-  *   - Fixed Low Speed USB devices broken when using the library HID Class driver (thanks to Michael)
-  *   - Fixed possible register corruption in USB Host mode on AVR8 devices when ORDERED_EP_CONFIG is used (thanks to Martin Aakerberg)
-  *   - Fixed Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress() returning invalid endpoint directions on AVR8 architecture devices (thanks to decerri)
-  *     under some circumstances
-  *   - Fixed incorrect USB device state set when a suspended LUFA device is woken while addressed but not configured (thanks to Balaji Krishnan)
-  *   - Fixed broken USART SPI driver for the AVR8 architecture due to incorrect initialization
-  *   - Fixed re-enumeration issue of XMEGA architecture targets (thanks to Jaroslav Jedlinsky)
-  *   - Fixed error receiving PIMA events via the Still Image Host class driver
-  *  - Library Applications:
-  *   - Added handler for SCSI_CMD_START_STOP_UNIT in demos using the Mass Storage class, to prevent ejection errors on *nix systems due to an
-  *     unknown SCSI command
-  *   - Fixed incorrect HID report descriptor generated for 16-bit axis ranges by the HID_DESCRIPTOR_MOUSE() and HID_DESCRIPTOR_JOYSTICK()
-  *     macros (thanks to Armory)
-  *   - Fixed incorrect HID report descriptor generated for button multiples of 8 by the HID_DESCRIPTOR_MOUSE() and HID_DESCRIPTOR_JOYSTICK()
-  *     macros
-  *   - Fixed race condition in the DFU class bootloader causing failed device reprogramming in some circumstances (thanks to Luis Mendes)
-  *   - Fixed incorrect time/date configuration data order in the TempDataLogger host application (thanks to David Lazarus)
-  *
-  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog130303 Version 130303
-  *  <b>New:</b>
-  *  - Core:
-  *   - Added support for the Arduino Leonardo board
-  *   - Added support for the Atmel UC3-A3 Xplained board
-  *   - Added support for the Xevelabs USB2AX revision 3.1 board
-  *   - Added support for the Dimex Stange-ISP board (thanks to Gerhard Wesser)
-  *   - Added new \c doxygen_upgrade and \c doxygen_create targets to the DOXYGEN build system module
-  *   - Added new Board Hardware Information board driver
-  *  - Library Applications:
-  *   - Added a different device serial number when the AVRISP-MKII Clone project is in libUSB compatibility mode, so that
-  *     both the libUSB and Jungo drivers can be installed at the same time without having to use a filter driver
-  *
-  *  <b>Changed:</b>
-  *  - Core:
-  *   - Added workaround for broken VBUS detection on AVR8 devices when a bootloader starts the application
-  *     via a software jump without first turning off the OTG pad (thanks to Simon Inns)
-  *  - Library Applications:
-  *   - Increased throughput in the USBtoSerial project now that data transmission is non-blocking (thanks to Joseph Lacerte)
-  *   - Updated bootloader makefiles to remove dependency on the \c bc command line calculator tool
-  *   - Updated AVRISP-MKII Clone Programmer project so that the SCK clock period is saved in EEPROM (thanks to Gerhard Wesser)
-  *   - Changed all *_SendByte() function prototypes to accept a void pointer for the input buffer (thanks to Simon Kuppers)
-  *
-  *  <b>Fixed:</b>
-  *  - Core:
-  *   - Fixed incorrectly issuing STALL response to unsupported control request SETUP packets, rather than in the data/status stage
-  *   - Fixed inverted LEDs_GetLEDs() function implementation for the Benito, Minimus and Arduino UNO boards
-  *   - Fixed missing Windows 32-bit compatibility sections in the LUFA INF driver files (thanks to Christan Beharrell)
-  *   - Fixed logic hole breaking USB operations on a USB controller with only one supported USB mode and no USB_DEVICE_ONLY or USB_HOST_ONLY
-  *     configuration token set
-  *   - Fixed possible rounding in the VERSION_BCD() macros for some 0.01 step increments (thanks to Oliver Zander)
-  *   - Fixed incorrect Dataflash functionality in the USBKEY board if the driver is modified for a single Dataflash chip (thanks to Jonathan Oakley)
-  *   - Fixed incorrect definitions of \c HID_KEYBOARD_LED_KANA, \c HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_EQUAL_SIGN and \c HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_EQUAL_SIGN_AS400
-  *     and added a missing definition for \c HID_KEYBOARD_SC_APPLICATION (thanks to David Monro)
-  *   - Fixed maximum allowed keyboard key code usage of \c 0x65 rather than \c 0xFF for the \c HID_DESCRIPTOR_KEYBOARD() macro (thanks to David Monro)
-  *   - Fixed hardware race condition that could cause failed device enumerations for AVR8 and UC3 architectures (thanks to Mike Beyhs)
-  *   - Fixed incorrect Minimus board LED definitions (thanks to Joonas Lahtinen)
-  *   - Fixed incorrect ordering of the linker options in the build system causing link failures in some cases
-  *   - Fixed bug in the TWI peripheral driver for the AVR8 devices causing incorrect failure codes to be returned in some cases (thanks to Peter K)
-  *   - Fixed swapped LED3 and LED4 masks for the Olimex-32U4 development board LED driver
-  *   - Fixed potential NULL pointer dereference in the HID Host mode Class Driver (thanks to Pavel Kuzmin)
-  *  - Library Applications:
-  *   - Fixed broken RESET_TOGGLES_LIBUSB_COMPAT compile time option in the AVRISP-MKII project
-  *   - Fixed incompatibility in the CDC class bootloader on some systems (thanks to Sylvain Munaut)
-  *   - Fixed lengthy timeouts in the USBtoSerial project if no application on the host is consuming data (thanks to Nicolas Saugnier)
-  *   - Fixed lengthy automatic data flushing in the CDC and MIDI device class drivers
-  *   - Fixed incorrect LED masks for received data display in the Device GenericHID demos (thanks to Denys Berkovskyy)
-  *   - Fixed incorrect output in the HIDReportViewer project when no device is connected (thanks to Pavel Kuzmin)
-  *
-  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog120730 Version 120730
-  *  <b>New:</b>
-  *  - Core:
-  *   - Added new, revamped modular build system with new makefile templates
-  *   - Added support for the BitWizard Multio and Big-Multio boards
-  *   - Added support for the DorkbotPDX Duce board
-  *   - Added support for the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4 board
-  *   - Added support for the Olimex AVR-USB-T32U4 board
-  *   - Added support for the Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2 board
-  *   - Added new Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable() function
-  *   - Added new Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable() function
-  *   - Added build test to verify correct compilation of all board drivers using all driver APIs
-  *   - Added build test to verify correct compilation of all bootloaders using all supported devices
-  *   - Added build test to verify that there are no detectable errors in the codebase via static analysis
-  *   - Added new JTAG_ENABLE() macro for the AVR8 architecture
-  *  - Library Applications:
-  *   - Modified the CDC Host demos to set a default CDC Line Encoding on enumerated devices
-  *   - Added Dataflash operational checks and aborts to all projects using the Dataflash to ensure it is working correctly before use
-  *   - Added new SerialToLCD user project contributed by Simon Foster
-  *   - Added new RESET_TOGGLES_LIBUSB_COMPAT compile time option to the AVRISP-MKII clone programmer project (thanks to Robert Spitzenpfeil)
-  *
-  *  <b>Changed:</b>
-  *  - Core:
-  *   - Android Accessory Host property strings changed from a struct of pointer to an array to prevent unaligned access on greater than 8-bit architectures
-  *   - Audio Device Class driver changed to also require the index of the Audio Control interface within the device, for SET/GET/CUR/MIN/MAX/RES property adjustments
-  *   - Removed variable axis support from the HID_DESCRIPTOR_JOYSTICK() macro due to OS incompatibilities, replaced with fixed 3-axis joystick report structure
-  *   - Removed the old pseudo-scheduler from the library as it was unused and deprecated since the 090810 release
-  *   - Endpoint indexes are now specified as full endpoint addresses within the device in device mode, rather than a logical index
-  *   - The Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint() function no longer takes an endpoint direction as a parameter, as this is now deduced from the specified full endpoint
-  *     address and type
-  *   - The Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint() function no longer takes a number of banks as a special mask; the number of banks is now specified as an integer parameter
-  *   - Endpoints are now configured via instances of a new struct USB_Endpoint_Table_t in all device mode class drivers, rather than a list of endpoint parameters
-  *   - Pipe indexes are now specified as full pipe addresses within the host in host mode, rather than a logical index
-  *   - The Pipe_ConfigurePipe() function no longer takes an pipe token as a parameter, as this is now deduced from the specified full pipe address and type
-  *   - The Pipe_ConfigurePipe() function no longer takes a number of banks as a special mask; the number of banks is now specified as an integer parameter
-  *   - Pipes are now configured via instances of a new struct USB_Pipe_Table_t in all host mode class drivers, rather than a list of pipe parameters
-  *   - Added support for various assert and debugging macros for the UC3 devices
-  *   - Changed MIDI event structure MIDI_EventPacket_t to use a single field for the combined virtual cable index and command ID, to prevent bitfield packing issues
-  *     on some architectures (thanks to Darren Gibbs)
-  *   - Changed board LED driver implementations of LEDs_ToggleLEDs() for the AVR8 architecture to use the fast PIN register toggle alternative function for speed
-  *  - Library Applications:
-  *   - Raised the guard bits in the AVRISP-MKII clone project when in PDI and TPI to 32, to prevent communication errors on low quality connections to a target
-  *   - Added additional bootloader API data to expose the bootloader start address and class to the DFU and CDC class bootloaders
-  *   - Reverted AVRISP-MKII clone project watchdog based command timeout patch in favour of a hardware timer, to allow for use in devices with WDTRST fuse programmed
-  *   - The library bootloaders will now correctly start the user application after a watchdog-based application start, even if the /HWB line is held low externally
-  *     during the reset phase
-  *   - Increased endpoint polling interval for all demos and projects to 5ms, as 1ms was causing some enumeration issues on some machines (thanks to Riku Salminen)
-  *
-  *  <b>Fixed:</b>
-  *  - Core:
-  *   - Fixed possible enumeration error if the user application selects a pipe other than the default Control pipe between the Powered and Default states of
-  *     the host state machine
-  *   - Fixed incorrect call to the user callback CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetInterfaceProperty() in the Audio Class device driver (thanks to Tiit Ratsep)
-  *   - Fixed compile error for the UC3 architecture when INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT is specified (thanks to Andrus Aaslaid)
-  *   - Fixed compile error if LEDs_Disable() is called and BOARD=NONE is set (thanks to Sam Lin)
-  *   - Fixed inverted LED logic in the OLIMEX162 board LED driver
-  *   - Fixed incorrect response to GET STATUS requests in device mode if NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER or NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP tokens are defined (thanks to Georg Glock)
-  *   - Fixed inverted LED logic in the USB2AX board LED driver
-  *   - Fixed possible deadlock in the CDC device driver if the USB connection is dropped while the CDC_REQ_SetLineEncoding control request is being processed by
-  *     the stack (thanks to Jonathan Hudgins)
-  *   - Fixed broken MIDI host driver MIDI_Host_ReceiveEventPacket() function due to not unfreezing the MIDI data IN pipe before use (thanks to Michael Brown)
-  *   - Fixed swapped Little Endian/Big Endian endpoint and pipe write code for the UC3 devices (thanks to Andrew Chu)
-  *   - Fixed the JTAG_DISABLE() macro clearing all other bits in MCUSR when called
-  *   - Fixed incorrect Micropendous board LED driver LEDs_SetAllLEDs() and LEDs_ChangeLEDs() function implementations (thanks to MitchJS)
-  *   - Fixed endianess issues in the RNDIS host class driver for UC3 devices (thanks to Andrew Chu)
-  *  - Library Applications:
-  *   - Fixed error in the AVRISP-MKII programmer when ISP mode is used at 64KHz (thanks to Ben R. Porter)
-  *   - Fixed AVRISP-MKII programmer project failing to compile for the U4 chips when VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL is defined to an invalid channel and NO_VTARGET_DETECT is
-  *     defined (thanks to Steven Morehouse)
-  *   - Fixed AVRISP-MKII programmer project reset line polarity inverted when the generated EEP file is loaded into the USB AVR's EEPROM and avr-dude is used
-  *   - Fixed CDC and DFU bootloaders failing to compile when the bootloader section size is 8KB or more (thanks to Georg Glock)
-  *   - Fixed CDC and DFU bootloaders API function offsets incorrect on some devices (thanks to Rod DeMay)
-  *   - Fixed incorrect DFU version number reported to the host in the  DFU bootloader descriptors (thanks to Georg Glock)
-  *   - Fixed incorrect version hundredths value encoding in VERSION_BCD() macro (thanks to Georg Glock)
-  *   - Fixed invalid configuration descriptor in the low level KeyboardMouse device demo (thanks to Jun Wako)
-  *   - Fixed CDC and DFU bootloaders API page erase and write function failures (thanks to Martin Lambert)
-  *
-  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog120219 Version 120219
-  *  <b>New:</b>
-  *  - Core:
-  *   - Added support for the XMEGA A3BU Xplained board
-  *   - Added support for the new B series XMEGA devices
-  *   - Added support for version 2 of the Teensy boards (thanks to Christoph Redecker)
-  *   - Added support for the USB2AX boards, hardware revision 1-3
-  *   - Added new Android Accessory Host class driver
-  *   - Added new USB_Host_GetDescriptor(), USB_Host_GetDeviceConfiguration() and USB_Host_GetInterfaceAltSetting() functions
-  *   - Added new CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetInterfaceProperty() callback to the Audio Device Class driver
-  *   - Added new LEDs_Disable(), Buttons_Disable() and Joystick_Disable() functions to the board hardware drivers
-  *   - Added support for the Micropendous family of boards (Arduino-like revisions 1 and 2, DIP, 32U2, A, 1, 2, 3 and 4)
-  *   - Added INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE and NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT compile time options (thanks to Opendous Inc.)
-  *   - Added support for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained board
-  *   - Added Serial USART peripheral driver for the XMEGA architecture
-  *   - Added Master Mode SPI USART peripheral driver for the XMEGA and AVR8 architectures
-  *   - Added build test to verify correct compilation of as many modules as possible under as many architectures as possible under the C and C++ languages
-  *   - Added build test to verify correct compilation of the USB driver when forced into single USB mode under as many architectures as possible
-  *  - Library Applications:
-  *   - Added User Application APIs to the CDC and DFU class bootloaders
-  *   - Added INVERTED_ISP_MISO compile time option to the AVRISP-MKII clone project (thanks to Chuck Rohs)
-  *   - Added new Android Accessory Host demo (thanks to Opendous Inc.)
-  *
-  *  <b>Changed:</b>
-  *  - Core:
-  *   - When automatic PLL management mode is enabled on the U4 series AVR8 chips, the PLL is now configured for 48MHz and not
-  *     a divided 96MHz, to lower power consumption and to keep the system within the datasheet specs for 3.3V operation (thanks to Scott Vitale)
-  *   - Added Class, ClassDevice, ClassHost and ClassCommon to the internal class driver source filenames to prevent ambiguities
-  *   - Altered the Mass Storage Host class driver so that SCSI data STALLs from the attached device can be recovered from automatically without
-  *     having to reset the Mass Storage interface
-  *   - USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED constant renamed to USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED, as this was misnamed (thanks to NXP Semiconductors)
-  *   - Reordered board name definition indexes so that a misspelled BOARD compile option will default to BOARD_USER rather than BOARD_USBKEY
-  *   - Altered the HID class driver to only try to construct at maximum one packet per USB frame, to reduce CPU usage
-  *   - All USB Class Driver configuration struct values are now non-const, to allow for run-time modifications if required before configuring an instance
-  *  - Library Applications:
-  *   - Altered the Mass Storage Host LowLevel demo so that SCSI data STALLs from the attached device can be recovered from automatically without
-  *     having to reset the Mass Storage interface
-  *   - Updated the AVRISP-MKII Clone programmer project to be compatible with the latest version of AVR Studio (version 5.1)
-  *   - Changed the AVRISP-MKII Clone programmer project to report a fixed 3.3V VTARGET voltage on USB AVRs lacking an ADC instead of 5V to prevent
-  *     warnings in AVR Studio 5.1 when programming XMEGA devices
-  *   - Allow serial strings to be generated on the older AVR8 devices which do not explicitly state they contain unique values in the datasheet,
-  *     as this appears to be implemented in hardware
-  *
-  *  <b>Fixed:</b>
-  *  - Core:
-  *   - Fixed ring buffer size limited to 255 elements, instead of the intended 65535 elements.
-  *   - Fixed CDC class drivers not saving and sending all 16-bits of the control line states (thanks to Matthew Swabey)
-  *   - Fixed race conditions in the CDC, HID and Mass Storage class drivers when processing some control requests
-  *   - Fixed misspelled HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_* macros in the HID class driver (thanks to Laszlo Monda)
-  *   - Fixed broken AVR32 endpoint/pipe communications when ORDERED_EP_CONFIG compile time option is not enabled (thanks to Matthias Jahr)
-  *   - Fixed broken compilation for the AVR32 devices if the NO_SOF_EVENTS compile time option was not enabled (thanks to Matthias Jahr)
-  *   - Fixed compiler warning on GCC with \c -wundef compile flag is used (thanks to Georg Glock)
-  *   - Fixed incorrect implementation of LEDs_ToggleLEDs() for the Adafruit-U4 board (thanks to Caroline Saliman)
-  *   - Fixed broken compilation of LUFA under C++ compilers when the Serial peripheral module header file is included in a C++ source file
-  *   - Fixed missing semicolon in the UC3 architecture host pipe functions
-  *   - Fixed failed compilation for the XMEGA architecture if USB_DEVICE_ONLY us not specified
-  *   - Fixed UC3 architecture ignoring the pipe size when Pipe_ConfigurePipe() is called
-  *  - Library Applications:
-  *   - Added reliability patches to the AVRISP-MKII Clone project's PDI/TPI protocols (thanks to Justin Mattair)
-  *   - Fixed AVRISP-MKII Clone compile warning on AVR8 U4 targets even when NO_VTARGET_DETECT is enabled
-  *   - Fixed AVRISP-MKII Clone failing to start application firmware once a TPI programming session is exited
-  *   - Fixed DFU class bootloader not resetting the LED pins as high impedance inputs when a software jump to the user applications is requested
-  *   - Fixed AVRISP-MKII Clone timing out on long programming commands such as programming the EEPROM on an ATMEGA8 (thanks to Martin Kelling)
-  *   - Fixed invalid PID value used in the TempDataLogger project host application (thanks to Anupam Pathak)
-  *
-  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog111009 Version 111009
-  *  <b>New:</b>
-  *  - Core:
-  *   - Added USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER compile time option to include a LUFAConfig.h header in the user director for LUFA configuration
-  *     tokens as an alternative to tokens defined in the project makefile
-  *   - Added new USB_Host_SetInterfaceAltSetting() convenience function for the selection of an interface's alternative setting
-  *   - Added Audio class control request definitions
-  *   - Added new CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetEndpointProperty() callback to the Audio Device Class driver to allow for endpoint control manipulations
-  *     such as data sample rates
-  *   - Added support for the Audio class GET STATUS request in the Audio Device Class driver so that it is correctly ACKed when sent by the host
-  *   - Added new EVENT_Audio_Device_StreamStartStop() event to the Audio Device Class driver to detect stream start/stop events
-  *   - Added board driver support for the Busware TUL board
-  *   - Added board hardware driver support for the EVK1100 board
-  *   - Added board hardware driver support for the EVK1104 board
-  *   - Added new Host mode Audio Class driver
-  *   - Added new SPI_GetCurrentMode() function to the SPI peripheral driver
-  *   - Added RingBuffer_GetFreeCount() function to the Ring Buffer driver
-  *   - Added new HID_Host_SetIdlePeriod() function to the HID Host Class driver
-  *   - Added new USB_Host_ConfigurationNumber global variable to indicate the selected configuration in an attached device
-  *   - Added new USB_Host_GetDeviceStatus() function to the host standard request function set
-  *   - Added AVR USB XMEGA architecture port (currently incomplete/experimental)
-  *   - Added new STRINGIFY() and STRINGIFY_EXPANDED() convenience macros
-  *   - Added new JTAG_DISABLE() macro for the AVR8 architecture
-  *   - Added Device Qualifier standard descriptor structure definitions USB_StdDescriptor_DeviceQualifier_t and USB_Descriptor_DeviceQualifier_t
-  *  - Library Applications:
-  *   - Added RNDIS device mode to the Webserver project
-  *   - Added new incomplete AndroidAccessoryHost Host LowLevel demo
-  *   - Added new HIDReportViewer project
-  *   - Added new MediaControl project
-  *   - Added new AudioInputHost Host ClassDriver demo
-  *   - Added new AudioOutputHost Host ClassDriver demo
-  *   - Added new AudioInputHost Host LowLevel demo
-  *   - Added new AudioOutputHost Host LowLevel demo
-  *   - Added new "checksource" target to all library project makefiles
-  *   - Added new VTARGET_USE_INTERNAL_REF configuration option to the AVRISP-MKII clone project (thanks to Volker Bosch)
-  *
-  *  <b>Changed:</b>
-  *  - Core:
-  *   - Altered the definition of the USB_Audio_Descriptor_Format_t descriptor so that the user is now responsible for supplying
-  *     the supported audio sampling rates, to allow for multiple audio interfaces with different numbers of supported rates and/or
-  *     continuous sample rates
-  *   - Pipe_BoundEndpointNumber() has been renamed to Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress(), and now returns the correct endpoint direction
-  *     as part of the endpoint address
-  *   - Renamed global state variables that are specific to a certain USB mode to clearly indicate which mode the variable relates to,
-  *     by changing the USB_* prefix to USB_Device_* or USB_Host_*
-  *   - Removed the HOST_STATE_WaitForDeviceRemoval and HOST_STATE_Suspended host state machine states, as these are no longer required
-  *   - Altered the USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration() function to update the global Host state machine state and the new
-  *     USB_Host_ConfigurationNumber global as required
-  *   - Added endian correcting code to the library USB class drivers for multiple architecture support
-  *   - Removed the ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_* macros, replaced by ENDPOINT_DIR_* instead
-  *   - Renamed the JTAG_DEBUG_ASSERT() macro to JTAG_ASSERT()
-  *   - Added variable number of axis to HID_DESCRIPTOR_JOYSTICK() for multi-axis joysticks above just X and Y
-  *   - Renamed USB_Host_ClearPipeStall() to USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall() as the function works on an endpoint address within the attached device,
-  *     and not a Pipe within the host
-  *   - The MS_Host_ResetMSInterface() now performs a full Mass Storage reset sequence to prevent data corruption in the event of a device
-  *     lock up or timeout (thanks to David Lyons)
-  *   - Added endian-correction to the CDC driver's Line Encoding control request handlers.
-  *  - Library Applications:
-  *   - Modified the Low Level and Class Driver AudioInput and AudioOutput demos to support multiple audio sample rates
-  *   - Updated all host mode demos and projects to use the EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete() event callback for device configuration
-  *     instead of manual host state machine manipulations in the main application task
-  *   - Changed the reports in the GenericHID device demos to control the board LEDs, to reduce user confusion over the callback routines
-  *   - Added reliability patches to the AVRISP-MKII Clone project's ISP and PDI/TPI protocols (thanks to Justin Mattair)
-  *
-  *  <b>Fixed:</b>
-  *  - Core:
-  *   - Large number of documentation and code comment corrections (thanks to Andrey from Microsin.ru)
-  *   - Fixed possibility of the AVR's SPI interface being pulled out of master mode if the /SS pin is a input and pulled low (thanks
-  *     to Andrey from Microsin.ru)
-  *   - Fixed compile error when FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE compile time option was disabled, and a USE_*_DESCRIPTORS compile time
-  *     option was not enabled on the AVR8s
-  *   - Fixed lack of C++ compatibility in some internal header files causing compile errors when using LUFA in C++ projects
-  *   - Fixed error in the pipe unordered allocation algorithm for the AVR8 devices breaking compatibility with some devices
-  *   - Fixed USB_USBTask not being called internally in stream transfers between packets when Partial Stream Transfers are used
-  *   - Fixed swapped TWI_ADDRESS_READ and TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE values
-  *   - Fixed TWI_ReadPacket() not releasing the TWI bus on read completion
-  *   - Fixed optimization error in the HID Parser item value USB_SetHIDReportItemInfo() and USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo() routines if the report item was
-  *     \c NULL (which should be allowable according to the API)
-  *   - Fixed HID Parser CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem() callback function not being passed a cacheable report item pointer
-  *   - Fixed HID Parser's largest report size bit count not including the size of the last parsed report item
-  *   - Fixed HID host driver's largest HID report size count corrupt when the number of report bits exceeds 255
-  *  - Library Applications:
-  *   - Fixed incorrect signature in the CDC and DFU class bootloaders for the ATMEGA8U2
-  *   - Fixed KeyboardHost and KeyboardHostWithParser demos displaying incorrect values when numerical keys were pressed
-  *   - Fixed compile errors in the incomplete BluetoothHost demo application (thanks to Timo Lindfors)
-  *   - Fixed incorrect Dataflash buffer use in the DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM() function of several demos/projects (thanks to Jeremy Willden)
-  *   - Fixed incorrect logging interval (always 500ms longer than requested) in the TempDataLogger project
-  *   - Fixed incorrect buffer size check in the USBtoSerial project (thanks to Yuri A Nikiforov)
-  *   - Fixed port state table corruption in the TCP layer of the RNDIS Ethernet device demos
-  *
-  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog110528 Version 110528
-  *  <b>New:</b>
-  *  - Core:
-  *   - Added new ORDERED_EP_CONFIG compile time option to restrict endpoint/pipe configuration to ascending order
-  *     in exchange for a smaller compiled program binary size
-  *   - Added a new general RingBuff.h miscellaneous ring buffer library driver header
-  *   - Added new GCC_FORCE_POINTER_ACCESS() macro to correct GCC's mishandling of struct pointer accesses
-  *   - Added new GCC_MEMORY_BARRIER() macro to prevent instruction reordering across boundaries
-  *   - Added basic driver example use code to the library documentation
-  *   - Added new Endpoint_Null_Stream() and Pipe_Null_Stream() functions
-  *   - Added new ADC_GET_CHANNEL_MASK() convenience macro
-  *   - Added new HID report item macros (with HID_RI_ prefix) to allow for easy creation and editing of HID report descriptors
-  *   - Added new HID_DESCRIPTOR_MOUSE(), HID_DESCRIPTOR_KEYBOARD(), HID_DESCRIPTOR_JOYSTICK() and HID_DESCRIPTOR_VENDOR() macros
-  *     for easy automatic creation of basic USB HID device reports
-  *   - Added new MAX() and MIN() convenience macros
-  *   - Added new Serial_SendData() function to the Serial driver
-  *   - Added board driver support for the Sparkfun ATMEGA8U2 breakout board
-  *   - Added TWI baud rate prescaler and bit length parameters to the TWI_Init() function (thanks to Thomas Herlinghaus)
-  *   - Internal restructuring for eventual multiple architecture ports
-  *   - Added AVR32 UC3 architecture port (currently incomplete/experimental)
-  *   - Added new architecture independent functions to enable, disable, save and restore the Global Interrupt Enable flags
-  *   - Added new RNDIS Device Class Driver packet send and receive functions
-  *  - Library Applications:
-  *   - Added ability to write protect Mass Storage disk write operations from the host OS
-  *   - Added new MIDIToneGenerator project
-  *   - Added new KeyboardMouseMultiReport Device ClassDriver demo
-  *   - Added new VirtualSerialMassStorage Device ClassDriver demo
-  *   - Added HID class bootloader, compatible with a modified version of the command line Teensy loader from PJRC.com
-  *   - Added LED flashing to the CDC and DFU class bootloaders to indicate when they are running
-  *
-  *  <b>Changed:</b>
-  *  - Core:
-  *   - Unordered Endpoint/Pipe configuration is now allowed once again by default via the previous reconfig workaround
-  *   - Refactored Host mode Class Driver *_Host_ConfigurePipes() routines to be more space efficient when compiled
-  *   - Added new *_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed error codes for the *_Host_ConfigurePipes() routines
-  *   - The USARTStream global is now public and documented in the SerialStream module, allowing for the serial USART
-  *     stream to be accessed via its handle rather than via the implicit stdout and stdin streams
-  *   - The FAST_STREAM_TRANSFERS compile time option has been removed due to lack of use and low cost/benefit ratio
-  *   - Altered all endpoint/pipe stream transfers so that the new BytesProcessed parameter now points to a location
-  *     where the number of bytes in the transfer that have been completed can be stored (or NULL if entire transaction
-  *     should be performed in one chunk)
-  *   - The NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS compile time option has now been removed due to the new partial stream transfer feature
-  *   - Changed over all project and demo HID report descriptors to use the new HID report item macros
-  *   - Moved the HIDParser.c source file to the LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/ directory from the LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/
-  *   - Added support to the HID parser for extended USAGE items that contain the usage page as well as the usage index
-  *   - Removed the SerialStream driver, rolled functionality into the regular Serial peripheral driver via the new
-  *     Serial_CreateStream() and Serial_CreateBlockingStream() functions
-  *   - Renamed the low level Serial byte send/receive functions, to be consistent with the CDC class driver byte functions
-  *   - Altered the behaviour of the serial byte reception function so that is is non-blocking, and now returns a negative
-  *     value if no character is received (to remain consistent with the CDC class driver byte reception routines)
-  *   - Renamed the PRNT_Host_SendString(), CDC_Host_SendString() and CDC_Device_SendString() functions to *_SendData(), and
-  *     added new versions of the *_SendString() routines that expect a null terminated string instead
-  *   - Renamed all driver termination *_ShutDown() functions to the more logical name *_Disable()
-  *   - Reduced latency for executing the Start-Of-Frame events (if enabled in the user application)
-  *   - Removed Pipe_ClearErrorFlags(), pipe error flags are now automatically cleared when Pipe_ClearError() is called
-  *   - Endpoint_ResetFIFO() renamed to Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(), to be consistent with the Pipe_ResetPipe() function name
-  *   - Implemented on-demand PLL clock generation for the U4, U6 and U7 series USB AVRs when automatic PLL mode is specified
-  *   - F_CLOCK changed to F_USB to be more descriptive, and applicable on future architecture ports
-  *   - Renamed all low level Endpoint_Read_*, Endpoint_Write_* and Endpoint_Discard_* functions to use the number of bits instead of
-  *     a symbolic size (Byte, Word, DWord) so that the function names are applicable and correct across all architectures
-  *   - Renamed all low level Pipe_Read_*, Pipe_Write_* and Pipe_Discard_* functions to use the number of bits instead of
-  *     a symbolic size (Byte, Word, DWord) so that the function names are applicable and correct across all architectures
-  *   - Separated out board drivers by architecture in the library internals for better organisation
-  *  - Library Applications:
-  *   - Changed the XPLAINBridge software UART to use the regular timer CTC mode instead of the alternative CTC mode
-  *     via the Input Capture register, to reduce user confusion
-  *   - Combined page and word ISP programming mode code in the AVRISP-MKII clone project to reduce compiled size and
-  *     increase maintainability of the code
-  *   - Changed over library projects to use the new general ring buffer library driver module
-  *   - Added new high level TWI packet read/write commands, altered behaviour of the TWI_StartTransmission() function
-  *   - Changed TempDataLogger project's DS1307 driver to simplify the function interface and prevent a possible race condition
-  *   - Changed AVRISP-MKII project to use the Watchdog interrupt for command timeouts, to reduce CPU usage and free timer 0
-  *     for other uses
-  *   - Updated the software USART code in the XPLAIN Bridge application so that the incoming bits are sampled at their mid-point
-  *     instead of starting point, to give maximum reliability (thanks to Anton Staaf)
-  *
-  *  <b>Fixed:</b>
-  *  - Core:
-  *   - Fixed broken USBFOO board drivers due to missing BOARD_USBFOO define
-  *   - Fixed HID host class driver incorrectly binding to HID devices that do not have an OUT endpoint
-  *   - Fixed incorrect definition of the HID_KEYBOARD_SC_D constant in the HID class driver (thanks to Opendous Inc.)
-  *   - Fixed incorrect definition of the HID_KEYBOARD_SC_RIGHT_ARROW constant in the HID class driver (thanks to Joby Taffey)
-  *   - Fixed incorrect endpoint initialisation order in the several device demos (thanks to Rick Drolet)
-  *   - Fixed inverted Minimus board LEDs
-  *   - Fixed incorrect byte ordering in the Audio_Device_WriteSample24 function (thanks to WZab)
-  *   - Fixed several functions in the Host mode Still Image Class driver returning an error code from the incorrect
-  *     error code enum (thanks to Daniel Seibert)
-  *   - Fixed ReportID not being removed from the feature/out report data array in the HID class driver when Report IDs are used
-  *   - Fixed incorrect BUTTONS_BUTTON1 definition for the Minimus board
-  *   - Fixed Still Image Host class driver exiting the descriptor search routine prematurely if the data pipes (but not event pipe)
-  *     is found
-  *   - Fixed missing call to Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests() in the Pipe_ConfigurePipe() routine
-  *   - Fixed Remote Wakeup broken on the AVRs due to the mechanism only operating when the SUSPI bit is set (thanks to Holger Steinhaus)
-  *   - Fixed possible invalid program execution when in host mode if corrupt descriptor lengths are supplied by the attached device
-  *  - Library Applications:
-  *   - Fixed Benito project discarding incoming data from the USB virtual serial port when the USART is busy
-  *   - Fixed broken DFU bootloader, added XPLAIN support for bootloader start when XCK jumpered to ground
-  *   - Fixed broken HID_REQ_GetReport request handler in the Low Level GenericHID demo
-  *   - Fixed possible lost data in the XPLAINBridge, USBtoSerial and Benito projects when the host exceeds the packet
-  *     timeout period on received packets as set by USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS (thanks to Justin Rajewski)
-  *   - Fixed possible programming problem in the AVRISP-MKII clone project when programming specific patterns into a target
-  *     memory space that is only byte (not page) addressable
-  *   - Fixed errors in the incomplete Test and Measurement device demo preventing proper operation (thanks to Pavel Plotnikov)
-  *   - Fixed programming errors in the AVRISP-MKII project when the programming packet is a round multiple of the endpoint bank
-  *     size under avrdude (thanks to Steffan Woltjer)
-  *
-  *
-  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog101122 Version 101122
-  *  <b>New:</b>
-  *  - Core:
-  *    - Added new SCSI_ASENSE_NOT_READY_TO_READY_CHANGE constant to the Mass Storage class driver, to indicate when a previously
-  *      not ready removable medium has now become ready for the host's use (thanks to Martin Degelsegger)
-  *    - Moved the Pipe and Endpoint stream related code to two new USB library core source files EndpointStream.c and PipeStream.c
-  *    - Added new USB_Device_GetFrameNumber() and USB_Host_GetFrameNumber() functions to retrieve the current USB frame number
-  *    - Added new USB_Host_EnableSOFEvents(), USB_Host_DisableSOFEvents() and EVENT_USB_Host_StartOfFrame() for the user application
-  *      handling of USB Start of Frame events while in USB Host mode
-  *    - Added new PRNT_Host_BytesReceived(), PRNT_Host_ReceiveByte(), PRNT_Host_SendByte() and PRNT_Host_Flush() functions to the
-  *      Print Host Class driver
-  *    - Added class specific descriptor alternative struct type defines with standard USB-IF element naming
-  *    - Added new project makefile template to the library and moved board driver stub files into in a new "CodeTemplates" directory
-  *    - Added board hardware driver support for the Adafruit U4 breakout board
-  *    - Added board hardware driver support for the Arduino Uno development board
-  *    - Added board hardware driver support for the Blackcat USB JTAG board (thanks to the PSGroove team)
-  *    - Added board hardware driver support for the Busware BUI development board
-  *    - Added board hardware driver support for the Busware CUL V3 868MHZ radio board (thanks to Dirk Tostmann)
-  *    - Added board hardware driver support for the Kernel Concepts USBFOO development board
-  *    - Added board hardware driver support for the Linnix UDIP development board
-  *    - Added board hardware driver support for the Olimex AVR-USB-162 development board (thanks to Steve Fawcett)
-  *    - Added board hardware driver support for the Maximus board (thanks to the PSGroove team)
-  *    - Added board hardware driver support for the Microsin AVR-USB162 breakout board
-  *    - Added board hardware driver support for the Minimus board (thanks to the PSGroove team)
-  *    - Added new NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH compile time option to disable automatic flushing of interfaces when the USB management
-  *      tasks for each driver is called
-  *    - Added standard keyboard HID report scan-code defines (thanks to Laszlo Monda)
-  *    - Added new Pipe_GetBusyBanks(), Endpoint_GetBusyBanks() and Endpoint_AbortPendingIN() functions
-  *  - Library Applications:
-  *    - Added default test tone generation mode to the Device mode AudioInput demos
-  *    - Added new NO_BLOCK_SUPPORT, NO_EEPROM_BYTE_SUPPORT, NO_FLASH_BYTE_SUPPORT and NO_LOCK_BYTE_WRITE_SUPPORT compile time options to the
-  *      CDC class bootloader
-  *    - Added new XCK_RESCUE_CLOCK_ENABLE compile time option to the AVRISP-MKII clone programmer project (thanks to Tom Light)
-  *
-  *  <b>Changed:</b>
-  *  - Core:
-  *    - Removed complicated logic for the Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint() function to use inlined or function called versions
-  *      depending of if the given bank size is a compile time constant, as the compiler does a better job of optimizing
-  *      with basic code
-  *    - Changed the signature of the CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor() callback function so that the descriptor pointer is const, to remove
-  *      the need for extra casting inside the callback (thanks to Jonathan Kollasch)
-  *    - Reduced HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS to 1000ms down from 1500ms to improve device compatibility while in USB Host mode
-  *    - Removed the EVENT_USB_InitFailure() event, not specifying a USB mode correctly now defaults to UID selection mode
-  *    - Renamed and moved class driver common constant definitions to make the naming scheme more uniform
-  *    - Moved the USB mode specifier constants into a new enum, so that they are semantically related to one another
-  *    - Renamed ENDPOINT_DOUBLEBANK_SUPPORTED() to ENDPOINT_BANKS_SUPPORTED() and changed it to return the maximum number of supported banks for
-  *      the given endpoint
-  *    - Better algorithm to extract and convert the internal device serial number into a string descriptor (if present)
-  *    - All USB class drivers are now automatically included when LUFA/Drivers/USB.h is included, and no longer need to be separately included
-  *    - The MIDI class drivers now automatically flushes the MIDI interface when the MIDI class driver's USBTask() function is called
-  *    - Renamed the EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest() event to EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() as it is now fired before the library
-  *      request handlers, not afterwards
-  *  - Library Applications:
-  *    - Changed over all device demos to use a clearer algorithm for the configuring of the application's endpoints
-  *    - Added missing DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation() function to the MassStorageKeyboard demo, removed redundant
-  *      SCSI_Codes.h file as these values are part of the MassStorage Class Driver
-  *    - Added compile time error to the AVRISP-MKII project when built for the U4 chips, as the default VTARGET detection ADC channel
-  *      does not exist on these chips (thanks to Marco)
-  *    - Changed all Device mode LowLevel demos and Device Class drivers so that the control request is acknowledged and any data
-  *      transferred as quickly as possible without any processing in between sections, so that long callbacks or event handlers will
-  *      not break communications with the host by exceeding the maximum control request stage timeout period
-  *    - Changed over all demos, drivers and internal functions to use the current frame number over the Start of Frame flag where possible
-  *      to free up the Start of Frame flag for interrupt use in the user application
-  *    - All project makefiles now correctly clean intermediate build files from assembly and C++ sources (thanks to Daniel Czigany)
-  *    - Changed default value for the reset polarity parameter in the AVRISP-MKII project so that it defaults to active low drive
-  *    - Changed configuration descriptor parser for all host mode projects and class drivers to ensure better compatibility with devices
-  *    - All LowLevel demos changed to use the constants and types defined in the USB class drivers
-  *    - Changed AudioInput and AudioOutput demos to reload the next sample via an interrupt rather than polling the sample timer
-  *    - Rescue clock of the AVRISP-MKII moved to the AVR's OCR1A pin, so that the clock can be generated at all times
-  *    - Changed ClassDriver MIDI demos to process all incoming events in a loop until the bank becomes empty rather than one at a time
-  *    - Changed LowLevel MIDI demos to only clear the incoming event bank once it has become empty to support packed event packets
-  *
-  *  <b>Fixed:</b>
-  *  - Core:
-  *    - Fixed USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo() function modifying the given report item's data when the report item does not exist
-  *      within the supplied report of a multiple report HID device
-  *    - Fixed critical pipe/endpoint memory allocation issue where the bank memory address space could be silently overlapped
-  *      in the USB controller if the endpoints or pipes were allocated in anything other than ascending order (thanks to Martin Degelsegger)
-  *    - Added LEDs_ToggleLEDs() function to several board LED drivers which were missing it (thanks to Andrei Krainev)
-  *    - Fixed SET FEATURE and CLEAR FEATURE control requests directed at an unconfigured endpoint causing request timeouts
-  *    - Fixed USB_Host_ClearPipeStall() incorrectly determining the endpoint direction from the currently selected pipe
-  *    - Fixed JTAG_DEBUG_POINT() and JTAG_DEBUG_BREAK() macros not compiling under pure C99 standards mode
-  *    - Fixed endpoint selection within the CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport() callback function causing broken GET REPORT requests
-  *    - Fixed incorrect command name for EEPROM memory programming in the makefile dfu-ee target
-  *    - Fixed incorrect LEDs_ChangeLEDs() function in the Benito board LED driver
-  *    - Fixed incorrect USB_DeviceState value when unconfiguring the device without an address set
-  *    - Fixed SPI driver not explicitly setting /SS and MISO pins as inputs when SPI_Init() is called
-  *    - Fixed random enumeration failure while in device mode due to interrupts causing the Set Address request to exceed maximum timings
-  *    - Fixed MIDI_Host_Flush() not aborting early when the specified MIDI host interface was not configured
-  *    - Fixed MIDI class driver send routines silently discarding packets if the endpoint or pipe is busy (thanks to Robin Green)
-  *  - Library Applications:
-  *    - Fixed MassStorage based demos and projects resetting the SCSI sense values before the command is executed, leading to
-  *      missed SCSI sense values when the host retrieves the sense key (thanks to Martin Degelsegger)
-  *    - Fixed USBtoSerial and Benito project SetLineEncoding calls failing if the USART is busy, due to the RX ISR delaying the control
-  *      request handler
-  *    - Fixed LowLevel PrinterHost demo not sending control requests to the attached printer with the correct printer interface wIndex value
-  *    - Fixed incorrect signature reported in the CDC class bootloader for the ATMEGA32U2
-  *    - Fixed BootloaderCDC project failing on some operating systems due to removed Line Encoding options (thanks to Alexey Belyaev)
-  *    - Fixed broken FLASH/EEPROM programming in the AVRISP-MKII clone project when writing in non-paged mode and the polling byte cannot be used
-  *    - Fixed ISR definition conflict in the XPLAIN bridge between the software UART and the AVRISP-MKII ISP modules
-  *    - Fixed USBtoSerial and XPLAINBridge demos discarding data from the PC if the send buffer becomes full
-  *    - Fixed broken input in the MagStripe reader project due to an incorrect HID report descriptor
-  *    - Fixed incorrect PollingIntervalMS values in the demo/project/bootloader endpoint descriptors (thanks to MCS Electronics)
-  *    - Fixed AVRISP-MKII clone project not starting the target's program automatically after exiting TPI programming mode
-  *
-  *
-  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog100807 Version 100807
-  *  <b>New:</b>
-  *  - Added new ADC_DisableChannel() function (thanks to Mich Davis)
-  *  - Added new VTARGET_REF_VOLTS and VTARGET_SCALE_FACTOR compile time defines to the AVRISP-MKII programmer project to set
-  *    the VTARGET reference voltage and scale factor
-  *  - Added new pgm_read_ptr() macro to Common.h for reading of pointers out of flash memory space
-  *  - Added new SWAPENDIAN_16() and SWAPENDIAN_32() macros to Common.h for statically initialized variables at compile time
-  *  - Added new Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Device.c file to house Device mode specific functions that are more complicated than simple macros
-  *  - Added new AVRStudio 4 project files for all library demos, projects and bootloaders
-  *  - Added ability to set the serial baud rate via the user's terminal in the XPLAINBridge project
-  *  - Added new LUFA module variables for the different source modules in the core library makefile to simplify project makefiles
-  *  - Added start of a new Test and Measurement class demo (thanks to Peter Lawrence)
-  *  - Added new SPI_ORDER_* data order masks to the SPI peripheral driver
-  *  - Added support to the AVRISP-MKII project for ISP speeds slower than 125KHz via a new software SPI driver
-  *  - Added support for the new button/LED on the latest model USBTINY-MKII
-  *
-  *  <b>Changed:</b>
-  *  - The RingBuff library code has been replaced in the XPLAINBridge, Benito and USBtoSerial projects with an ultra lightweight
-  *    ring buffer to help improve the reliability of the projects
-  *  - The EEPROM stream read/write functions now use eeprom_update_byte() instead of eeprom_write_byte(), so that only
-  *    changed bytes are written to EEPROM to preserve its lifespan
-  *  - Changed over the AVRISP-MKII and TemperatureDataLogger projects to use eeprom_update_byte() when writing non-volatile
-  *    parameters to EEPROM to preserve its lifespan
-  *  - Removed unused line encoding data and control requests from the CDC Bootloader code, to save space
-  *  - Renamed SERIAL_STREAM_ASSERT() macro to STDOUT_ASSERT()
-  *  - The USB_Device_IsRemoteWakeupSent() and USB_Device_IsUSBSuspended() macros have been deleted, as they are now obsolete
-  *  - Rewrote the implementation of the SwapEndian_16() and SwapEndian_32() functions so that they compile down in most instances to
-  *    minimal loads and stores rather than complicated shifts
-  *  - The software UART in the XPLAINBridge has been largely altered to try to improve upon its performance and reliability
-  *  - The USBtoSerial and Benito projects now flushes received data via a flush timer, so that several bytes can be transmitted at once
-  *  - Removed the automated checking of event names in the demo, project and bootloader makefiles due to inconsistencies between the
-  *    behaviour of the command line tools used to perform the check on each platform
-  *  - Internal USB driver source files renamed and moved to ease future possible architecture ports
-  *  - All internal pseudo-function macros have been converted to true inline functions for type-safety and readability
-  *  - Changed LED indicator masks for the AVRISP-MKII project, so that there are defined roles for each LED
-  *  - Altered the CDC Device and Host Class drivers' receive byte routines, so that no data is indicated by the function returning a
-  *    negative value (thanks to Andreas Paulin)
-  *  - Added auto flushing of OUT data to the CDC Host Class driver's USBTask function to automatically flush the send pipe buffer
-  *
-  *  <b>Fixed:</b>
-  *  - Fixed AVRISP project sending a LOAD EXTENDED ADDRESS command to 128KB AVRs after programming or reading from
-  *    the last page of FLASH (thanks to Gerard Sexton)
-  *  - Fixed AVRISP project not sending a full erase-and-write EEPROM command to XMEGA targets when writing to the EEPROM
-  *    instead of the split write-only command (thanks to Tim Margush)
-  *  - Fixed RNDISEthernet demos crashing when calculating checksums for Ethernet/TCP packets of more than ~500 bytes due to
-  *    an overflow in the checksum calculation loop (thanks to Kevin Malec)
-  *  - Fixed XPLAINBridge project not correctly reading the XMEGA's supply voltage when reporting back to the host
-  *  - Fixed incorrect signature for the ATMEGA32U2 in the DFU bootloader (thanks to Axel Rohde)
-  *  - Fixed internal device serial not being accessible on the ATMEGAXXU2 AVRs (thanks to Axel Rohde)
-  *  - Fixed void pointer arithmetic in ConfigDescriptor.h breaking C++ compatibility (thanks to Michael Hennebry)
-  *  - Fixed broken PDI EEPROM Section Erase functionality in the AVRISP-MKII project
-  *  - Fixed USB_Device_SendRemoteWakeup() not working when the USB clock was frozen during USB bus suspend (thanks to Brian Dickman)
-  *  - Fixed occasional lockup of the AVRISP project due to the timeout extension code incorrectly extending the timeout in
-  *    PDI and TPI programming modes infinitely
-  *  - Fixed HID device class driver still using PrevReportINBuffer for GetReport control requests even when it has been
-  *    set to NULL by the user application (thanks to Axel Rohde)
-  *  - Fixed MIDI_Device_SendEventPacket() not correctly waiting for the endpoint to become ready (thanks to Robin Green)
-  *  - Fixed Benito and USBtoSerial projects not turning off the USART before reconfiguring it, which could cause incorrect
-  *    operation to occur (thanks to Bob Paddock)
-  *  - Fixed Serial peripheral driver not turning off the USART before reconfiguring it, which would cause incorrect operation
-  *    to occur (thanks to Bob Paddock)
-  *  - Fixed software application start command broken in the DFU class bootloader when dfu-programmer is used due to application
-  *    start address corruption
-  *
-  *
-  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog100513 Version 100513
-  *  <b>New:</b>
-  *  - Added incomplete MIDIToneGenerator project
-  *  - Added new Relay Controller Board project (thanks to OBinou)
-  *  - Added board hardware driver support for the Teensy, USBTINY MKII, Benito and JM-DB-U2 lines of third party USB AVR boards
-  *  - Added new ATTR_NO_INIT variable attribute for global variables that should not be automatically cleared on startup
-  *  - Added new ENDPOINT_*_BusSuspended error code to the Endpoint function, so that the stream functions early-abort if the bus
-  *    is suspended before or during a transfer
-  *  - Added new EVENT_CDC_Device_BreakSent() event and CDC_Host_SendBreak() function to the Device and Host CDC Class drivers
-  *  - Added ReportType parameter to the HID device class driver CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport() function so that FEATURE
-  *    reports from the host to the device can be correctly processed
-  *  - Added ReportType parameter to the HID host class driver HID_Host_SendReportByID() function so that FEATURE reports can be
-  *    issued to the attached device
-  *
-  *  <b>Changed:</b>
-  *  - AVRISP programmer project now has a more robust timeout system
-  *  - Added a timeout value to the TWI_StartTransmission() function, within which the addressed device must respond
-  *  - Webserver project now uses the board LEDs to indicate the current IP configuration state
-  *  - Added ENABLE_TELNET_SERVER compile time option to the Webserver project to disable the TELNET server if desired
-  *  - Increased throughput of the USBtoSerial demo on systems that send multiple bytes per packet (thanks to Opendous Inc.)
-  *  - Double bank CDC endpoints in the XPLAIN Bridge project, re-enable JTAG once the mode selection pin has been sampled.
-  *  - Standardized the naming scheme given to configuration descriptor sub-elements in the Device mode demos, bootloaders
-  *    and projects
-  *  - All Class Driver Host mode demos now correctly set the board LEDs to READY once the enumeration process has completed
-  *  - Added LIBUSB_FILTERDRV_COMPAT compile time option to the AVRISP programmer project to make the code compatible with Windows
-  *    builds of avrdude at the expense of AVRStudio compatibility
-  *  - Removed two-step endpoint/pipe bank clear and switch sequence for smaller, faster endpoint/pipe code
-  *  - The USB_Init() function no longer calls sei() - the user is now responsible for enabling interrupts when they are ready
-  *    for them to be enabled (thanks to Andrei Krainev)
-  *  - The Audio_Device_IsSampleReceived() and Audio_Device_IsReadyForNextSample() functions are now inline, to reduce overhead
-  *  - Removed the cast to uint16_t on the set baud rate in the USBtoSerial project, so that the higher >1M baud rates can be
-  *    selected (thanks to Steffan Woltjer)
-  *  - Removed software PDI and TPI emulation from the AVRISP-MKII clone project as it was very buggy and slow - PDI and TPI must
-  *    now be implemented via separate programming headers
-  *  - The CDC class bootloader now uses a watchdog reset rather than a soft-reset when exited to ensure that all hardware is
-  *    properly reset to their defaults
-  *  - Device mode class driver callbacks are now fired before the control request status stage is sent to prevent the host from
-  *    timing out if another request is immediately fired and the device has a lengthy callback routine
-  *  - The TeensyHID bootloader has been removed, per request from Paul at PJRC
-  *  - The LIBUSB_FILTERDRV_COMPAT compile time option in the XPLAINBridge and AVRISP-MKII projects has been renamed
-  *    LIBUSB_DRIVER_COMPAT, as it applies to all software on all platforms using the libUSB driver
-  *
-  *  <b>Fixed:</b>
-  *  - Fixed possible device lockup when INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT is enabled and the control endpoint is not properly
-  *    selected when the ISR completes
-  *  - Fixed AVRISP-MKII clone project not correctly issuing LOAD EXTENDED ADDRESS commands when the extended address
-  *    boundary is crossed during programming or read back (thanks to Gerard Sexton)
-  *  - Fixed warnings when building the AVRISP-MKII clone project with the ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL compile time option disabled
-  *  - Fixed software PDI/TPI programming mode in the AVRISP project not correctly toggling just the clock pin
-  *  - Fixed TWI_StartTransmission() corrupting the contents of the GPIOR0 register
-  *  - Fixed TWI driver not aborting when faced with no response after attempting to address a device on the bus
-  *  - Fixed ADC routines not correctly returning the last result when multiple channels were read
-  *  - Fixed ADC routines failing to read the extended channels (Channels 8 to 13, Internal Temperature Sensor) on the
-  *    U4 series USB AVR parts
-  *  - Fixed LowLevel MassStorage demo broken on the U2 series USB AVRs due to unsupported double-banked endpoint modes used
-  *  - Fixed compilation error in the AudioInput demos when MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL is defined (thanks to C. Scott Ananian)
-  *  - Fixed incorrect definition of HID_ALIGN_DATA() causing incorrect HID report item data alignment
-  *  - Fixed Still Image Host class driver not resetting the transaction ID when a new session is opened, fixed driver not sending
-  *    a valid session ID to the device
-  *  - Removed invalid dfu and flip related targets from the bootloaders - bootloaders can only be replaced with an external programmer
-  *  - Fixed Set/Clear Feature requests directed to a non-configured endpoint not returning a stall to the host
-  *  - Fixed HID Device Class Driver not allocating a temporary buffer when the host requests a report via the control endpoint and the
-  *    user has set the PrevReportINBuffer driver configuration element to NULL (thanks to Lars Noschinski)
-  *  - Fixed device state not being reset to DEVICE_STATE_Default if the host sets a 0x00 device address
-  *  - Fixed device not stalling configuration requests before the device's address has been set
-  *  - Fixed possibility of internal signature retrieval being corrupted if an interrupt occurs during a signature byte
-  *    read (thanks to Andrei Krainev)
-  *  - Fixed device state not being reset back to the default state if the host sets the address to 0
-  *  - Fixed Set Configuration requests not being stalled until the host has set the device's address
-  *  - Fixed Host mode HID class driver not sending the correct report type when HID_Host_SendReportByID() was called and the
-  *    HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY compile time option is set
-  *  - Fixed INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT compile time option preventing other interrupts from occurring while the control endpoint
-  *    request is being processed, causing possible lockups if a USB interrupt occurs during a transfer
-  *  - Remove incorrect Abstract Call Management class specific descriptor from the CDC demos, bootloaders and projects
-  *
-  *
-  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog100219 Version 100219
-  *
-  *  <b>New:</b>
-  *  - Added TPI programming support for 6-pin ATTINY devices to the AVRISP programmer project (thanks to Tom Light)
-  *  - Added command timeout counter to the AVRISP project so that the device no longer freezes when incorrectly connected
-  *    to a target
-  *  - Added new TemperatureDataLogger application, a USB data logger which writes to the device's dataflash and appears to
-  *    the host as a standard Mass Storage device when inserted
-  *  - Added MIDI event packing support to the MIDI Device and Host mode Class drivers, allowing for multiple MIDI events to
-  *    sent or received in packed form in a single USB packet
-  *  - Added new MIDI send buffer flush routines to the MIDI Device and Host mode Class drivers, to flush packed events
-  *  - Added master mode hardware TWI driver for easy TWI peripheral control
-  *  - Added ADC MUX masks for the standard ADC input channels on all AVR models with an ADC, altered demos to use these masks
-  *    as on some models, the channel number is not identical to its single-ended ADC MUX mask
-  *  - New Webserver project, a RNDIS host USB webserver using the open source uIP TCP/IP network stack and FatFS library
-  *  - New BOARD value option BOARD_NONE (equivalent to not specifying BOARD) which will remove all board hardware drivers which
-  *    do not adversely affect the code operation (currently only the LEDs driver)
-  *  - Added keyboard modifier masks (HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFER_*) and LED report masks (KEYBOARD_LED_*) to the HID class driver and
-  *    Keyboard demos
-  *  - Added .5MHz recovery clock to the AVRISP programmer project when in ISP programming mode to correct mis-set fuses
-  *
-  *  <b>Changed:</b>
-  *  - Slowed down software USART carried PDI programming in the AVRISP project to prevent transmission errors
-  *  - Renamed the AVRISP project folder to AVRISP-MKII to reduce confusion
-  *  - Renamed the RESET_LINE_* makefile tokens in the AVRISP MKII Project to AUX_LINE_*, as they are not always used for target
-  *    reset
-  *  - Changed over the MassStorageKeyboard Class driver device demo to use Start of Frame events rather than a timer to keep track
-  *    of elapsed milliseconds
-  *  - Inlined currently unused (but standardized) maintenance functions in the Device and Host Class drivers to save space
-  *  - The XPLAINBridge project now selects between a USB to Serial bridge and a PDI programmer on startup, reading the JTAG port's
-  *    TDI pin to determine which mode to use
-  *  - Removed the stream example code from the Low Level VirtualSerial demos, as they were buggy and only served to add clutter
-  *
-  *  <b>Fixed:</b>
-  *  - Fixed AVRISP project not able to enter programming mode when ISP protocol is used
-  *  - Fixed AVRISP PDI race condition where the guard time between direction changes could be interpreted as a start bit
-  *  - Fixed ADC_IsReadingComplete() returning an inverted result
-  *  - Fixed blocking CDC streams not aborting when the host is disconnected
-  *  - Fixed XPLAIN board Dataflash driver broken due to incorrect preprocessor commands
-  *  - Fixed inverted XPLAIN LED driver output (LED turned on when it was supposed to be turned off, and vice-versa)
-  *  - Fixed Class Driver struct interface numbers in the KeyboardMouse and VirtualSerialMouse demos (thanks to Renaud Cerrato)
-  *  - Fixed invalid USB controller PLL prescaler values for the ATMEGAxxU2 controllers
-  *  - Fixed lack of support for the ATMEGA32U2 in the DFU and CDC class bootloaders
-  *  - Fixed Benito project not resetting the target AVR automatically when programming has completed
-  *  - Fixed DFU bootloader programming not discarding the correct number of filler bytes from the host when non-aligned programming
-  *    ranges are specified (thanks to Thomas Bleeker)
-  *  - Fixed CDC and RNDIS host demos and class drivers - bidirectional endpoints should use two separate pipes, not one half-duplex pipe
-  *  - Fixed Pipe_IsEndpointBound() not taking the endpoint's direction into account
-  *  - Fixed EEPROM and FLASH ISP programming in the AVRISP project
-  *  - Fixed incorrect values of USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED and USB_CONFIG_ATTR_REMOTEWAKEUP tokens (thanks to Claus Christensen)
-  *  - Fixed SerialStream driver blocking while waiting for characters to be received instead of returning EOF
-  *  - Fixed SerialStream driver not setting stdin to the created serial stream (thanks to Mike Alexander)
-  *  - Fixed USB_GetHIDReportSize() returning the number of bits in the specified report instead of bytes
-  *  - Fixed AVRISP project not extending the command delay after each successful page/word/byte program
-  *  - Fixed accuracy of the SERIAL_UBBRVAL() and SERIAL_2X_UBBRVAL() macros for higher baud rates (thanks to Renaud Cerrato)
-  *
-  *
-  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog091223 Version 091223
-  *
-  *  <b>New:</b>
-  *  - Added activity LED indicators to the AVRISP project to indicate when the device is busy processing a command
-  *  - The USB target family and allowable USB mode tokens are now public and documented (USB_CAN_BE_*, USB_SERIES_*_AVR)
-  *  - Added new XPLAIN USB to Serial Bridge project (thanks to John Steggall for initial proof-of-concept, David Prentice
-  *    and Peter Danneger for revised software USART code)
-  *  - Added new RNDIS Ethernet Host LowLevel demo
-  *  - Added new RNDIS Ethernet Host Class Driver
-  *  - Added new RNDIS Ethernet Host ClassDriver demo
-  *  - Added CDC_Host_Flush() function to the CDC Host Class driver to flush sent data to the attached device
-  *  - Added PDI programming support for XMEGA devices to the AVRISP programmer project (thanks to Justin Mattair)
-  *  - Added support for the XPLAIN board Dataflash, with new XPLAIN_REV1 board target for the different Dataflash used
-  *    on the first revision boards compared to the one mounted on later revisions
-  *  - Added new HID_ALIGN_DATA() macro to return the pre-retrieved value of a HID report item, left-aligned to a given datatype
-  *  - Added new PreviousValue to the HID Report Parser report item structure, for easy monitoring of previous report item values
-  *  - Added new EVK527 board target
-  *  - Added new USB_Host_GetDeviceStringDescriptor() convenience function
-  *  - Added new LEDNotification project to the library, to give a visual LED notification on new events from the host
-  *  - Added new NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP and NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER compile time options
-  *
-  *  <b>Changed:</b>
-  *  - Removed code in the Keyboard demos to send zeroed reports between two reports with differing numbers of key codes
-  *    as this relied on non-standard OS driver behaviour to repeat key groups
-  *  - The SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t and SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t type defines are now part of the Mass Storage Class
-  *    driver common defines, rather than being defined in the Host mode Class driver section only
-  *  - The USB_MODE_HOST token is now defined even when host mode is not available
-  *  - The CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport() HID Device Class driver callback now has a new ReportType parameter to
-  *    indicate the report type to generate
-  *  - All Class Drivers now return false or the "DeviceDisconnected" error code of their respective error enums when a function
-  *    is called when no host/device is connected where possible
-  *  - The HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnect enum value has been renamed to HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected to be in line
-  *    with the rest of the library error codes
-  *  - Make MIDI device demos also turn off the on board LEDs if MIDI Note On messages are sent with a velocity of zero,
-  *    which some devices use instead of Note Off messages (thanks to Robin Green)
-  *  - The CDC demos are now named "VirtualSerial" instead to indicate the demos' function rather than its implemented USB class,
-  *    to reduce confusion and to be in line with the rest of the LUFA demos
-  *  - The SImage_Host_SendBlockHeader() and SImage_Host_ReceiveBlockHeader() Still Image Host Class driver functions are now public
-  *
-  *  <b>Fixed:</b>
-  *  - Added missing CDC_Host_CreateBlockingStream() function code to the CDC Host Class driver
-  *  - Fixed incorrect values for REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_* enum values causing corrupt data in the HID Host Parser
-  *  - Fixed misnamed SI_Host_USBTask() and SI_Host_ConfigurePipes() functions
-  *  - Fixed broken USB_GetNextDescriptor() function causing the descriptor to jump ahead double the expected amount
-  *  - Fixed Pipe_IsEndpointBound() not masking the given Endpoint Address against PIPE_EPNUM_MASK
-  *  - Fixed host state machine not enabling Auto VBUS mode when HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS is set to zero
-  *  - Fixed misnamed Pipe_SetPipeToken() macro for setting a pipe's direction
-  *  - Fixed CDCHost failing on devices with bidirectional endpoints
-  *  - Fixed USB driver failing to define the PLL prescaler mask for the ATMEGA8U2 and ATMEGA16U2
-  *  - Fixed HID Parser not distributing the Usage Min and Usage Max values across an array of report items
-  *  - Fixed Mass Storage Host Class driver and Low Level demo not clearing the error condition if an attached device returns a
-  *    STALL to a GET MAX LUN request (thanks to Martin Luxen)
-  *  - Fixed TeensyHID bootloader not properly shutting down the USB interface to trigger a disconnection on the host before resetting
-  *  - Fixed MassStorageHost Class driver demo not having USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS compile time option set properly to prevent slow
-  *    devices from timing out the data pipes
-  *  - Fixed the definition of the Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint() macro for the U4 series AVR parts
-  *  - Fixed MIDI host Class driver MIDI_Host_SendEventPacket() routine not properly checking for Pipe ready before writing
-  *  - Fixed use of deprecated struct initializers, removed library unused parameter warnings when compiled with -Wextra enabled
-  *  - Fixed Still Image Host Class driver truncating the PIMA response code (thanks to Daniel Seibert)
-  *  - Fixed USB_CurrentMode not being reset to USB_MODE_NONE when the USB interface is shut down and both Host and Device modes can be
-  *    used (thanks to Daniel Levy)
-  *  - Fixed TeensyHID bootloader not enumerating to the host correctly (thanks to Clint Fisher)
-  *  - Fixed AVRISP project timeouts not checking for the correct timeout period (thanks to Carl Ott)
-  *  - Fixed STK525 Dataflash driver using incorrect bit-shifting for Dataflash addresses (thanks to Tim Mitchell)
-  *
-  *
-  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog091122 Version 091122
-  *
-  *  <b>New:</b>
-  *  - Added new Dual Role Keyboard/Mouse demo
-  *  - Added new HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY compile time token to reduce the size of the HID Host Class driver when
-  *    Report protocol is not needed
-  *  - Added new MIDI LowLevel and ClassDriver Host demo, add new MIDI Host Class driver
-  *  - Added new CDC/Mouse ClassDriver device demo
-  *  - Added new Joystick Host ClassDriver and LowLevel demos
-  *  - Added new Printer Host mode Class driver
-  *  - Added new Printer Host mode ClassDriver demo
-  *  - Added optional support for double banked endpoints and pipes in the Device and Host mode Class drivers
-  *  - Added new stream creation function to the CDC Class drivers, to easily make standard I/O streams from CDC Class driver instances
-  *
-  *  <b>Changed:</b>
-  *  - Removed mostly useless "TestApp" demo, as it was mainly useful only for checking for syntax errors in the library
-  *  - MIDI device demos now receive MIDI events from the host and display note ON messages via the board LEDs
-  *  - Cleanups to the Device mode Mass Storage demo application SCSI routines
-  *  - Changed Audio Class driver sample read/write functions to be inline, to reduce the number of cycles needed to transfer
-  *    samples to and from the device (allowing more time for sample processing and output)
-  *  - Audio class Device mode demos now work at both 16MHz and 8MHz, rather than just at 8MHz
-  *  - The previous USBtoSerial demo has been moved into the projects directory, as it was just a modified CDC demo
-  *  - The Endpoint/Pipe functions now use the const qualifier on the input buffer
-  *  - Changed the CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem() callback to pass a HID_ReportItem_t rather than just the current
-  *    item's attributes, to expose more information on the item (including it's type, collection path, etc.)
-  *  - Changed MouseHostWithParser demos to check that the report items have a Mouse usage collection as a parent at some point,
-  *    to prevent Joysticks from enumerating with the demo
-  *  - Corrected the name of the misnamed USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor() function to USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor().
-  *  - Keyboard LowLevel/ClassDriver demos now support multiple simultaneous key presses (up to 6) per report
-  *
-  *  <b>Fixed:</b>
-  *  - Fixed PrinterHost demo returning invalid Device ID data when the attached device does not have a
-  *    device ID (thanks to Andrei Krainev)
-  *  - Changed LUFA_VERSION_INTEGER define to use BCD values, to make comparisons easier
-  *  - Fixed issue in the HID Host class driver's HID_Host_SendReportByID() routine using the incorrect mode (control/pipe)
-  *    to send report to the attached device
-  *  - Fixed ClassDriver AudioOutput device demo not selecting an audio output mode
-  *  - Fixed incorrect SampleFrequencyType value in the AudioInput and AudioOutput ClassDriver demos' descriptors
-  *  - Fixed incorrect event name rule in demo/project/bootloader makefiles
-  *  - Fixed HID device class driver not reselecting the correct endpoint once the user callback routines have been called
-  *  - Corrected HID descriptor in the Joystick Device demos - buttons should be placed outside the pointer collection
-  *  - Fixed HID report parser collection paths invalid due to misplaced semicolon in the free path item search loop
-  *  - Fixed HID host Class driver report send/receive report broken when issued through the control pipe
-  *  - Fixed HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR compile time option being ignored when in host mode (thanks to David Lyons)
-  *  - Fixed LowLevel Keyboard demo not saving the issues report only after it has been sent to the host
-  *  - Fixed Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_* functions not sending a terminating IN when given data Length is zero
-  *
-  *
-  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog090924 Version 090924
-  *
-  *  <b>New:</b>
-  *  - Added new host mode class drivers and matching demos to the library for rapid application development
-  *  - Added flag to the HID report parser to indicate if a device has multiple reports
-  *  - Added new EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame() event, controlled by the new USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents() and
-  *    USB_Device_DisableSOFEvents() macros to give bus-synchronized millisecond interrupts when in USB device mode
-  *  - Added new Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection() macro for bidirectional endpoints
-  *  - Added new AVRISP project, a LUFA powered clone of the Atmel AVRISP-MKII programmer
-  *  - Added ShutDown() functions for all hardware peripheral drivers, so that peripherals can be turned off after use
-  *  - Added new CDC_Device_Flush() command to the device mode CDC Class driver to flush Device->Host data
-  *  - Added extra masks to the SPI driver, changed SPI_Init() so that the clock polarity and sample modes can be set
-  *  - Added new callback to the HID report parser, so that the user application can filter only the items it is interested
-  *    in to be stored into the HIDReportInfo structure to save RAM
-  *  - Added support for the officially recommended external peripheral layout for the BUMBLEB board (thanks to Dave Fletcher)
-  *  - Added new Pipe_IsFrozen() macro to determine if the currently selected pipe is frozen
-  *  - Added new USB_GetHIDReportSize() function to the HID report parser to retrieve the size of a given report by its ID
-  *  - Added new combined Mass Storage and Keyboard demo (thanks to Matthias Hullin)
-  *
-  *  <b>Changed:</b>
-  *  - SetIdle requests to the HID device driver with a 0 idle period (send changes only) now only affect the requested
-  *    HID interface within the device, not all HID interfaces
-  *  - Added explicit attribute masks to the device mode demos' descriptors
-  *  - Added return values to the CDC and MIDI class driver transmit functions
-  *  - Optimized Endpoint_Read_Word_* and Pipe_Read_Word_* macros to reduce compiled size
-  *  - Added non-null function parameter pointer restrictions to USB Class drivers to improve user code reliability
-  *  - Added new "Common" section to the class drivers, to hold all mode-independent definitions for clarity
-  *  - Moved SCSI command/sense constants into the Mass Storage Class driver, instead of the user-code
-  *  - Altered the SCSI commands in the LowLevel Mass Storage Host to save on FLASH space by reducing function calls
-  *  - Changed the parameters and behaviour of the USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor() function so that it now performs size checks
-  *    and data validations internally, to simplify user code
-  *  - Changed HIDParser to only zero out important values in the Parsed HID Report Item Information structure to save cycles
-  *  - The HID report parser now always processed FEATURE items - HID_ENABLE_FEATURE_PROCESSING token now has no effect
-  *  - The HID report parser now always ignores constant-data items, HID_INCLUDE_CONSTANT_DATA_ITEMS token now has no effect
-  *  - The Benito Programmer project now has its own unique VID/PID pair allocated from the Atmel donated LUFA VID/PID pool
-  *  - Add in new invalid event hook check targets to project makefiles to produce compilation errors when invalid event names
-  *    are used in a project
-  *  - The HID Report Parser now gives information on the total length of each report within a HID interface
-  *  - The USE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES compile time token has been removed - there are now separate USB_Descriptor_* and
-  *    USB_StdDescriptor_* structures for both the LUFA and standardized element naming conventions so both may be used
-  *
-  *  <b>Fixed:</b>
-  *  - Fixed possible lockup in the CDC device class driver, when the host sends data that is a multiple of the
-  *    endpoint's bank
-  *  - Fixed swapped parameters in the HID state memory copy call while processing a HID PUSH item in the HID report parser
-  *  - Fixed memory corruption HID report parser when too many COLLECTION or PUSH items were processed
-  *  - Fixed HID report parser not resetting the FEATURE item count when a REPORT ID item is encountered
-  *  - Fixed USBtoSerial demos not reading in UDR1 when the USART receives data but the USB interface is not enumerated,
-  *    causing continuous USART receive interrupts
-  *  - Fixed misspelled event name in the Class driver USBtoSerial demo, preventing correct operation
-  *  - Fixed invalid data being returned when a GetStatus request is issued in Device mode with an unhandled data recipient
-  *  - Added hardware USART receive interrupt and software buffering to the Benito project to ensure received data is not
-  *    missed or corrupted
-  *  - Fixed Device mode HID Class driver always sending IN packets, even when nothing to report
-  *  - Fixed Device mode HID Class driver not explicitly initializing the ReportSize parameter to zero before calling callback
-  *    routine, so that ignored callbacks don't cause incorrect data to be sent
-  *  - Fixed StillImageHost not correctly freezing and unfreezing data pipes while waiting for a response block header
-  *  - Fixed error in the PrinterHost demo preventing the full page data from being sent to the attached device (thanks to John Andrews)
-  *  - Fixed CDC based demos and projects' INF driver files under 64 bit versions of Windows (thanks to Ronny Hanson, Thomas Bleeker)
-  *  - Re-add in missing flip, flip-ee, dfu and dfu-ee targets to project makefiles (thanks to Opendous Inc.)
-  *  - Fix allowable F_CPU values comment in project makefiles to more accurately reflect the allowable values on the USB AVRs
-  *  - Fixed DFU and CDC class bootloaders on the series 2 USB AVRs, corrected invalid signatures, added support for the new
-  *    ATMEGAxx2 series 2 variant AVRs to the DFU bootloader
-  *  - Fixed Low Level USBtoSerial demo not storing received characters (thanks to Michael Cooper)
-  *  - Fixed MIDI Device Class driver not sending/receiving MIDI packets of the correct size (thanks to Thomas Bleeker)
-  *
-  *
-  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog090810 Version 090810
-  *
-  *  <b>New:</b>
-  *  - Added new device class drivers and matching demos to the library for rapid application development
-  *  - Added new PrinterHost demo (thanks to John Andrews)
-  *  - Added USB Missile Launcher project, submitted by Dave Fletcher
-  *  - Added new Benito Arduino Programmer project
-  *  - Added incomplete device and host mode demos for later enhancement
-  *  - Updated MassStorage device block write routines to use ping-pong Dataflash buffering to increase throughput by around 30%
-  *  - Error status LEDs shown when device endpoint configuration fails to complete in all demos and projects
-  *  - Added new USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration() convenience function for easy configuration selection of devices while in USB
-  *    host mode
-  *  - Added new USB_Host_ClearPipeStall() convenience function to clear a stall condition on an attached device's endpoint
-  *  - Added new USB_Host_GetDeviceDescriptor() convenience function to retrieve the attached device's Device descriptor
-  *  - Added new Endpoint_ClearStatusStage() convenience function to assist with the status stages of control transfers
-  *  - Added new USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL define for using the unique serial numbers in some AVR models as the USB device's serial number,
-  *    added NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL compile time option to turn off new serial number reading code
-  *  - Added new DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK() macro to the Dataflash driver, which returns the Dataflash select mask for the given chip index
-  *  - Added new HOST_STATE_WaitForDeviceRemoval host state machine state for non-blocking disabling of device communications until the
-  *    device has been removed (for use when an error occurs or communications with the device have completed)
-  *  - Added new FAST_STREAM_TRANSFERS compile time option for faster stream transfers via multiple bytes copied per stream loop
-  *  - Added stdio stream demo code to the CDC device demos, to show how to create standard streams out of the virtual serial ports
-  *  - Added new EEPROM and FLASH buffer versions of the Endpoint and Pipe stream functions
-  *  - Added new USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS and FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS compile time options
-  *  - Added support for the new ATMEGA32U2, ATMEGA16U2 and ATMEGA8U2 AVR models
-  *  - Added new USB_DeviceState variable to keep track of the current Device mode USB state
-  *  - Added new LEDs_ToggleLEDs() function to the LEDs driver
-  *  - Added new Pipe_BoundEndpointNumber() and Pipe_IsEndpointBound() functions
-  *  - Added new DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR and HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR compile time options
-  *  - Added 404 Not Found errors to the webserver in the RNDIS demos to indicate invalid URLs
-  *
-  *  <b>Changed:</b>
-  *  - Deprecated pseudo-scheduler and removed dynamic memory allocator from the library (first no longer needed and second unused)
-  *  - The device-mode CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor() function now has an extra parameter so that the memory space in which the requested
-  *    descriptor is located can be specified. This means that descriptors can now be located in multiple memory spaces within a device.
-  *  - Removed vague USB_IsConnected global - test USB_DeviceState or USB_HostState explicitly to gain previous functionality
-  *  - Removed USB_IsSuspended global - test USB_DeviceState against DEVICE_STATE_Suspended instead
-  *  - Extended USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor() routine to require the configuration number within the device to fetch
-  *  - Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy() now always ensures that the dataflash is ready for the next command immediately after returning,
-  *    no need to call Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS() afterwards
-  *  - Low level API MIDI device demo no longer blocks if a note change event is sent while the endpoint is not ready
-  *  - Pipe_GetErrorFlags() now returns additional error flags for overflow and underflow errors
-  *  - Pipe stream functions now automatically set the correct pipe token, so that bidirectional pipes can be used
-  *  - Pipe_ConfigurePipe() now automatically defaults IN pipes to accepting infinite IN requests, this can still be changed by calling
-  *    the existing Pipe_SetFiniteINRequests() function
-  *  - Changed F_USB entries in project makefiles to alias to F_CPU by default, as this is the most common case
-  *  - Host mode demos now use sane terminal escape codes, so that text is always readable and events/program output is visually distinguished
-  *    from one another using foreground colours
-  *  - Internal per-device preprocessing conditions changed to per-device series rather than per-controller group for finer-grain
-  *    internal control
-  *  - Interrupts are no longer disabled during the processing of Control Requests on the default endpoint while in device mode
-  *  - AudioOutput demos now always output to board LEDs, regardless of output mode (removed AUDIO_OUT_LEDS project option)
-  *  - Removed SINGLE_DEVICE_CONFIGURATION compile time option in favor of the new FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS option so that the exact number
-  *    of device configurations can be defined statically
-  *  - Removed VBUS events, as they are already exposed to the user application via the regular device connection and disconnection events
-  *  - Renamed and altered existing events to properly separate out Host and Device mode events
-  *  - All demos switched over from GNU99 standards mode to C99 standards mode, to reduce the dependencies on GCC-only language extensions
-  *
-  *  <b>Fixed:</b>
-  *  - Changed bootloaders to use FLASHEND rather than the existence of RAMPZ to determine if far FLASH pointers are needed to fix
-  *    bootloaders on some of the USB AVR devices where avr-libc erroneously defines RAMPZ
-  *  - Fixes to MassStorageHost for better device compatibility (increase command timeout, change MassStore_WaitForDataReceived()
-  *    to only unfreeze and check one data pipe at a time) to prevent incorrect device enumerations and freezes while transferring data
-  *  - Make Pipe_ConfigurePipe() mask the given endpoint number against PIPE_EPNUM_MASK to ensure the endpoint IN direction bit is
-  *    cleared to prevent endpoint type corruption
-  *  - Fixed issue opening CDC-ACM ports on hosts when the CDC device tries to send data before the host has set the line encoding
-  *  - Fixed USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL option being ignored during device disconnects on some models (thanks to Brian Dickman)
-  *  - Fixed documentation mentioning Pipe_GetCurrentToken() function when correct function name is Pipe_GetPipeToken()
-  *  - Fixed ADC driver for the ATMEGA32U4 and ATMEGA16U4 (thanks to Opendous Inc.)
-  *  - Fixed CDCHost demo unfreezing the pipes at the point of configuration, rather than use
-  *  - Fixed MassStorage demo not clearing the reset flag when a Mass Storage Reset is issued while not processing a command
-  *  - Fixed USB_Host_SendControlRequest() not re-suspending the USB bus when initial device ready-wait fails
-  *  - Fixed USB Pad regulator not being disabled on some AVR models when the USB_OPT_REG_DISABLED option is used
-  *  - Fixed Host mode to Device mode UID change not causing a USB Disconnect event when a device was connected
-  *  - Fixed Mouse/Keyboard demos not performing the correct arithmetic on the Idle period at the right times (thanks to Brian Dickman)
-  *  - Fixed GenericHID failing HID class tests due to incorrect Logical Minimum and Logical Maximum values (thanks to Soren Greiner)
-  *  - Fixed incorrect PIPE_EPNUM_MASK mask causing pipe failures on devices with endpoint addresses of 8 and above (thanks to John Andrews)
-  *  - Fixed report data alignment issues in the MouseHostWithParser demo when X and Y movement data size is not a multiple of 8 bits
-  *  - Fixed HID Report Descriptor Parser not correctly resetting internal states when a REPORT ID element is encountered
-  *  - Fixed incorrect BUTTONS_BUTTON1 for the STK526 target
-  *  - Fixed RNDIS demos freezing when more than one connection was attempted simultaneously, causing memory corruption
-  *  - Fixed USBtoSerial demo receiving noise from the USART due to pull-up not being enabled
-  *
-  *
-  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog090605 Version 090605
-  *
-  *  - Fixed bug in RNDISEthernet and DualCDC demos not using the correct USB_ControlRequest structure for control request data
-  *  - Fixed documentation showing incorrect USB mode support on the supported AVRs list
-  *  - Fixed RNDISEthernet not working under Linux due to Linux requiring an "optional" RNDIS request which was unhandled
-  *  - Fixed Mouse and Keyboard device demos not acting in accordance with the HID specification for idle periods (thanks to Brian Dickman)
-  *  - Removed support for endpoint/pipe non-control interrupts; these did not act in the way users expected, and had many subtle issues
-  *  - Fixed Device Mode not handling Set Feature and Clear Feature Chapter 9 requests that are addressed to the device (thanks to Brian Dickman)
-  *  - Moved control endpoint interrupt handling into the library itself, enable via the new INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT token
-  *  - Fixed CDCHost not clearing configured pipes and resetting configured pipes mask when a partially enumerated invalid CDC
-  *    interface is skipped
-  *  - Clarified the size of library tokens which accept integer values in the Compile Time Tokens page, values now use the smallest datatype
-  *    inside the library that is able to hold their defined value to save space
-  *  - Removed DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS() macro as it was largely superfluous and only served to obfuscate code
-  *  - Rewritten event system to remove all macros, to make user code clearer
-  *  - Fixed incorrect ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK mask preventing endpoints above EP3 from being selected (thanks to Jonathan Oakley)
-  *  - Removed STREAM_CALLBACK() macro - callbacks now use regular function definitions to clarify user code
-  *  - Removed DESCRIPTOR_COMPARATOR() macro - comparators should now use regular function definitions to clarify user code
-  *  - USB_IsConnected is now cleared before the USB_Disconnect() event is fired in response to VBUS being removed
-  *  - Fixed incorrect PID value being used in the USBtoSerial project (thanks to Phill)
-  *  - Deleted StdDescriptors.c, renamed USB_GetDescriptor() to CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor, moved ConfigDescriptor.c/.h from the
-  *    LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/ directory to LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ in preparation for the new USB class APIs
-  *  - Moved out each demos' functionality library files (e.g. Ring Buffer library) to /Lib directories for a better directory structure
-  *  - Removed Tx interrupt from the USBtoSerial demo; now sends characters via polling to ensure more time for the Rx interrupt
-  *  - Fixed possible enumeration errors from spin-loops which may fail to exit if the USB connection is severed before the exit condition
-  *    becomes true
-  *
-  *
-  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog090510 Version 090510
-  *
-  *  - Added new GenericHIDHost demo
-  *  - Corrections to the KeyboardHost and MouseHost demos' pipe handling to freeze and unfreeze the data pipes at the point of use
-  *  - KeyboardHost, MouseHost and GenericHIDHost demos now save and restore the currently selected pipe inside the pipe ISR
-  *  - Changed GenericHID device demo to use the LUFA scheduler, added INTERRUPT_DATA_ENDPOINT and INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT compile
-  *    time options
-  *  - All comments in the library, bootloaders, demos and projects have now been spell-checked and spelling mistakes/typos corrected
-  *  - Added new PIMA_DATA_SIZE() define to the Still Image Host demo
-  *  - Add call to MassStore_WaitForDataReceived() in MassStore_GetReturnedStatus() to ensure that the CSW has been received in the
-  *    extended MSC timeout period before continuing, to prevent long processing delays from causing the MassStore_GetReturnedStatus()
-  *    to early-abort (thanks to Dmitry Maksimov)
-  *  - Move StdRequestType.h, StreamCallbacks.h, USBMode.h from the LowLevel USB driver directory to the HighLevel USB driver directory,
-  *    where they are more suited
-  *  - Removed all binary constants and replaced with decimal or hexadecimal constants so that unpatched GCC compilers can still build the
-  *    code without having to be itself patched and recompiled first
-  *  - Added preprocessor checks and documentation to the bootloaders giving information about missing SIGNATURE_x defines due to
-  *    outdated avr-libc versions.
-  *  - Added support to the CDCHost demo for devices with multiple CDC interfaces which are not the correct ACM type preceding the desired
-  *    ACM CDC interface
-  *  - Fixed GenericHID demo not starting USB and HID management tasks when not using interrupt driven modes (thanks to Carl Kjeldsen)
-  *  - Fixed RNDISEthenet demo checking the incorrect message field for packet size constraints (thanks to Jonathan Oakley)
-  *  - Fixed WriteNextReport code in the GenericHIDHost demo using incorrect parameter types and not selecting the correct endpoint
-  *  - Adjusted sample CTC timer calculations in the AudioOutput and AudioInput demos to match the CTC calculations in the AVR datasheet,
-  *    and to fix instances where rounding caused the endpoint to underflow (thanks to Robin Theunis)
-  *  - The USB_Host_SendControlRequest() function no longer automatically selects the Control pipe (pipe 0), so that other control type
-  *    pipes can be used with the function
-  *  - The USB Host management task now saves and restores the currently selected pipe before and after the task completes
-  *  - Fixed GenericHIDHost demo report write routine incorrect for control type requests (thanks to Andrei Krainev)
-  *  - Removed Endpoint_ClearCurrentBank() and Pipe_ClearCurrentBank() in favor of new Endpoint_ClearIN(), Endpoint_ClearOUT(),
-  *    Pipe_ClearIN() and Pipe_ClearOUT() macros (done to allow for the detection of packets of zero length)
-  *  - Renamed *_ReadWriteAllowed() macros to *_IsReadWriteAllowed() to remain consistent with the rest of the LUFA API
-  *  - Endpoint_IsSetupReceived() macro has been renamed to Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived(), Endpoint_ClearSetupReceived() macro has been
-  *    renamed to Endpoint_ClearSETUP(), the Pipe_IsSetupSent() macro has been renamed to Pipe_IsSETUPSent() and the
-  *    Pipe_ClearSetupSent() macro is no longer applicable and should be removed - changes made to compliment the new endpoint and pipe
-  *    bank management API
-  *  - Updated all demos, bootloaders and projects to use the new endpoint and pipe management APIs (thanks to Roman Thiel from Curetis AG)
-  *  - Updated library Doxygen documentation, added groups, changed documentation macro functions to real functions for clarity
-  *  - Removed old endpoint and pipe aliased read/write/discard routines which did not have an explicit endian specifier for clarity
-  *  - Removed the ButtLoadTag.h header file, as no one used for its intended purpose anyway
-  *  - Renamed the main Drivers/AT90USBXXX directory to Drivers/Peripheral, renamed the Serial_Stream driver to SerialStream
-  *  - Fixed CDC and USBtoSerial demos freezing where buffers were full while still transmitting or receiving (thanks to Peter Hand)
-  *  - Removed "Host_" section of the function names in ConfigDescriptor.h, as most of the routines can now be used in device mode on the
-  *    device descriptor
-  *  - Renamed functions in the HID parser to have a "USB_" prefix and the acronym "HID" in the name
-  *  - Fixed incorrect HID interface class and subclass values in the Mouse and KeyboardMouse demos (thanks to Brian Dickman)
-  *  - Capitalized the "Descriptor_Search" and "Descriptor_Search_Comp" prefixes of the values in the DSearch_Return_ErrorCodes_t and
-  *    DSearch_Comp_Return_ErrorCodes_t enums
-  *  - Removed "ERROR" from the enum names in the endpoint and pipe stream error code enums
-  *  - Renamed the USB_PowerOnErrorCodes_t enum to USB_InitErrorCodes_t, renamed the POWERON_ERROR_NoUSBModeSpecified enum value to
-  *    USB_INITERROR_NoUSBModeSpecified
-  *  - Renamed USB_PowerOnFail event to USB_InitFailure
-  *  - Renamed OTG.h header functions to be more consistent with the rest of the library API
-  *  - Changed over all deprecated GCC structure tag initializers to the standardized C99 format (thanks to Mike Alexander)
-  *  - USB_HostRequest renamed to USB_ControlRequest, entire control request header is now read into USB_ControlRequest in Device mode
-  *    rather than having the library pass only partially read header data to the application
-  *  - The USB_UnhandledControlPacket event has had its parameters removed, in favor of accessing the new USB_ControlRequest structure
-  *  - The Endpoint control stream functions now correctly send a ZLP to the host when less data than requested is sent
-  *  - Fixed USB_RemoteWakeupEnabled flag never being set (the REMOTE WAKEUP Set Feature request was not being handled)
-  *  - Renamed the FEATURELESS_CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE compile-time token to CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
-  *  - Endpoint configuration is now refined to give better output when all configurations have static inputs - removed the now useless
-  *    STATIC_ENDPOINT_CONFIGURATION compile time token
-  *  - Fixed SPI driver init function not clearing SPI2X bit when not needed
-  *  - Fixed PREVENT ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL command issuing in the MassStorageHost demo using incorrect parameters (thanks to Mike Alex)
-  *  - Fixed MassStorageHost demo broken due to an incorrect if statement test in MassStore_GetReturnedStatus()
-  *  - Fixed reversed signature byte ordering in the CDC bootloader (thanks to Johannes Raschke)
-  *  - Changed PIPE_CONTROLPIPE_DEFAULT_SIZE from 8 to 64 to try to prevent problems with faulty devices which do not respect the given
-  *    wLength value when reading in the device descriptor
-  *  - Fixed missing semicolon in the ATAVRUSBRF01 LED board driver code (thanks to Morten Lund)
-  *  - Changed LED board driver code to define dummy LED masks for the first four board LEDs, so that user code can be compiled for boards
-  *    with less than four LEDs without code modifications (thanks to Morten Lund)
-  *  - Changed HWB board driver to Buttons driver, to allow for the support of future boards with more than one mounted GPIO button
-  *  - Serial driver now correctly calculates the baud register value when in double speed mode
-  *  - Init function of the Serial driver is now static inline to product smaller code for the common-case of static init values
-  *
-  *
-  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog090401 Version 090401
-  *
-  *  - Fixed MagStripe project configuration descriptor containing an unused (blank) endpoint descriptor
-  *  - Incorporated makefile changes by Denver Gingerich to retain compatibility with stock (non-WinAVR) AVR-GCC installations
-  *  - Fixed makefile EEPROM programming targets programming FLASH data in addition to EEPROM data
-  *  - LUFA devices now enumerate correctly with LUFA hosts
-  *  - Fixed Configuration Descriptor search routine freezing when a comparator returned a failure
-  *  - Removed HID report item serial dump in the MouseHostWithParser and KeyboardHostWithParser - useful only for debugging, and
-  *    slowed down the enumeration of HID devices too much
-  *  - Increased the number of bits per track which can be read in the MagStripe project to 8192 when compiled for the AT90USBXXX6/7
-  *  - Fixed KeyboardMouse demo discarding the wIndex value in the REQ_GetReport request
-  *  - USBtoSerial demo now discards all Rx data when not connected to a USB host, rather than buffering characters for transmission
-  *    next time the device is attached to a host.
-  *  - Added new F_USB compile time constant to the library and makefiles, to give the raw input clock (used to feed the PLL before any
-  *    clock prescaling is performed) frequency, so that the PLL prescale mask can be determined
-  *  - Changed stream wait timeout counter to be 16-bit, so that very long timeout periods can be set for correct communications with
-  *    badly designed hosts or devices which greatly exceed the USB specification limits
-  *  - Mass Storage Host demo now uses a USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS of two seconds to maintain compatibility with poorly designed devices
-  *  - Function attribute ATTR_ALWAYSINLINE renamed to ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE to match other function attribute macro naming conventions
-  *  - Added ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE attribute to several key inlined library components, to ensure they are inlined in all circumstances
-  *  - Removed SetSystemClockPrescaler() macro, the clock_prescale_set() avr-libc macro has been corrected in recent avr-libc versions
-  *  - Fixed incorrect/missing control status stage transfers on demos, bootloaders and applications (thanks to Nate Lawson)
-  *  - The NO_CLEARSET_FEATURE_REQUEST compile time token has been renamed to FEATURELESS_CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE, and its function expanded
-  *    to also remove parts of the Get Status chapter 9 request to further reduce code usage
-  *  - Makefile updated to include output giving the currently selected BOARD parameter value
-  *  - Board Dataflash driver now allows for dataflash ICs which use different shifts for setting the current page/byte address (thanks
-  *    to Kenneth Clubb)
-  *  - Added DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM() and DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM() functions to the MassStorage demo, to allow for easy
-  *    interfacing with a FAT library for dataflash file level access
-  *  - Corrected CDC class bootloader to fix a few bugs, changed address counter to store x2 addresses for convenience
-  *  - Fixed typos in the SPI driver SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_64 and SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_128 masks (thanks to Markus Zocholl)
-  *  - Keyboard and Mouse device demos (normal, data interrupt and fully interrupt driven) combined into unified keyboard and mouse demos
-  *  - Keyboard and Mouse host demos (normal and data interrupt driven) combined into unified keyboard and mouse demos
-  *  - Removed AVRISP_Programmer project due to code quality concerns
-  *  - Fixed CDC demo not sending an empty packet after each transfer to prevent the host from buffering incoming data
-  *  - Fixed documentation typos and preprocessor checks relating to misspellings of the USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS token (thanks to Ian Gregg)
-  *  - Fixed USBTask.h not conditionally including HostChapter9.h only when USB_CAN_BE_HOST is defined (thanks to Ian Gregg)
-  *  - Fixed incorrect ADC driver init register manipulation (thanks to Tobias)
-  *  - Added new GenericHID device demo application
-  *  - Fixed Still Image Host SImage_SendData() function not clearing the pipe bank after sending data
-  *
-  *
-  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog090209 Version 090209
-  *
-  *  - PWM timer mode in AudioOut demo changed to Fast PWM for speed
-  *  - Updated Magstripe project to work with the latest hardware revision
-  *  - Fixed library not responding to the BCERRI flag correctly in host mode, leading to device lockups
-  *  - Fixed library handling Get Descriptor requests when not addressed as standard requests to the device or interface (thanks to
-  *    Nate Lawson)
-  *  - Fixed serious data corruption issue in MassStorage demo dataflash write routine
-  *  - Added new NO_CLEARSET_FEATURE_REQUEST compile time token
-  *  - USB task now restores previous global interrupt state after execution, rather than forcing global interrupts to be enabled
-  *  - Fixed USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event firing after each configuration change, rather than once after the initial configuration
-  *  - Added ENDPOINT_DOUBLEBANK_SUPPORTED() macros to Endpoint.h, altered ENDPOINT_MAX_SIZE() to allow user to specify endpoint
-  *  - ENDPOINT_MAX_ENDPOINTS changed to ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS, PIPE_MAX_PIPES changed to PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES
-  *  - Endpoint and Pipe non-control stream functions now ensure endpoint or pipe is ready before reading or writing
-  *  - Changed Teensy bootloader to use a watchdog reset when exiting rather than a software jump
-  *  - Fixed integer promotion error in MassStorage and MassStorageHost demos, corrupting read/write transfers
-  *  - SPI_SendByte is now SPI_TransferByte, added new SPI_SendByte and SPI_ReceiveByte functions for fast one-way transfer
-  *  - MassStorage demo changed to use new fast one-way SPI transfers to increase throughput
-  *  - MassStorage handling of Mass Storage Reset class request improved
-  *  - Altered MassStorage demo dataflash block read code for speed
-  *  - Added USB_IsSuspended global flag
-  *  - Simplified internal Dual Mode (OTG) USB library code to reduce code size
-  *  - Extended stream timeout period to 100ms from 50ms
-  *  - Mass Storage Host demo commands now all return an error code from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
-  *  - Added SubErrorCode parameter to the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event
-  *  - VBUS drop interrupt now disabled during the manual-to-auto VBUS delivery handoff
-  *  - Simplified low level backend so that device/host mode initialization uses the same code paths
-  *  - Added workaround for faulty Mass Storage devices which do not implement the required GET_MAX_LUN request
-  *  - Removed buggy Telnet application from the RNDIS demo
-  *  - Moved Mass Storage class requests in the Mass Storage Host demo to wrapper functions in MassStoreCommands.c
-  *  - Fixed incorrect SCSI command size value in the Request Sense command in MassStoreCommands.c
-  *  - Added SetProtocol request to HID class non-parser Mouse and Keyboard demos to force devices to use the correct Boot Protocol
-  *  - Added new "dfu" and "flip" programming targets to project makefiles
-  *  - HID_PARSE_Sucessful enum member typo corrected to HID_PARSE_Successful
-  *  - Changed COLLECTION item structures in the HID descriptor parser to include the collection's Usage Page value
-  *  - Serial driver now sets Tx line as output, enables pull-up on Rx line
-  *  - Fixed smaller USB AVRs raising multiple connection and disconnection events when NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT is disabled
-  *  - Added HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS to give the host delay after a device is connected before it is enumerated
-  *  - Fixed KeyboardHostWithParser demo linking against the wrong global variables
-  *  - Completed doxygen documentation of remaining library bootloaders, demos and projects
-  *  - Fixed incorrect bootloader start address in the TeensyHID bootloader
-  *  - Added HWB button whole-disk ASCII dump functionality to MassStoreHost demo
-  *  - Replaced printf_P(PSTR("%c"), {Variable}) calls with putchar(<Variable>) for speed and size savings
-  *  - Serial driver now accepts baud rates over 16-bits in size, added double speed flag option
-  *  - Fixed incorrect callback abort return value in Pipe.c
-  *  - Added new flip-ee and dfu-ee makefile targets (courtesy of Opendous Inc.)
-  *  - Removed reboot-on-disconnect code from the TeensyHID bootloader, caused problems on some systems
-  *  - Fixed AudioOutput and AudioInput demos looping on the endpoint data, rather than processing a sample at a time and returning
-  *    each time the task runs to allow for other tasks to execute
-  *  - Added support for the Atmel ATAVRUSBRF01 board
-  *  - Added AVRISP Programmer Project, courtesy of Opendous Inc.
-  *  - Fixed CDC Host demo not searching through both CDC interfaces for endpoints
-  *  - Fixed incorrect Product String descriptor length in the DFU class bootloader
-  *
-  *
-  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog081224 Version 081224
-  *
-  *  - MyUSB name changed to LUFA, the Lightweight USB Framework for AVRs
-  *  - Fixed Mass Storage Host demo's MassStore_SendCommand() delay in the incorrect place
-  *  - Fixed USBtoSerial demo not calling ReconfigureUSART() after a change in the line encoding
-  *  - Fixed infinite loop in host mode Host-to-Device control transfers with data stages
-  *  - HID report parser now supports devices with multiple reports in one interface via Report IDs
-  *  - Fixed RZUSBSTICK board LED driver header incorrect macro definition order causing compile errors
-  *  - Calling USB_Init() when the USB interface is already configured now forces a complete interface reset
-  *    and re-enumeration - fixes MyUSB DFU bootloader not switching to app code correctly when soft reset used
-  *  - Fixed "No newline at end of file" warning when stream callbacks are enabled
-  *  - DFU bootloader now uses fixed signature bytes per device, rather than reading them out dynamically for size
-  *  - Added new FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE and USE_SINGLE_DEVICE_CONFIGURATION switches to statically define certain values to
-  *    reduce compiled binary size
-  *  - Added new NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT switch to prevent the library from trying to determine bus connection
-  *    state from the suspension and wake up events on the smaller USB AVRs
-  *  - Added summary of all library compile time tokens to the documentation
-  *  - Added overview of the LUFA scheduler to the documentation
-  *  - Removed MANUAL_PLL_CONTROL compile time token, replaced with a mask for the USB_Init() Options parameter
-  *  - CDC bootloader now uses the correct non-far or far versions of the pgm_* functions depending on if RAMPZ is defined
-  *  - Doxygen documentation now contains documentation on all the projects, bootloaders and most demos included with the library
-  *  - CDC bootloader now runs user application when USB disconnected rather than waiting for a hard reset
-  *  - MouseHostWithParser and KeyboardHostWithParser now support multiple-report devices
-  *  - RNDIS demo can now close connections correctly using the new TCP_APP_CLOSECONNECTION() macro - used in Webserver
-  *  - Fixed the DFU bootloader, no longer freezes up when certain files are programmed into an AVR, made reading/writing faster
-  *  - Fixed mouse/joystick up/down movements reversed - HID mouse X/Y coordinates use a left-handed coordinate system, not a normal
-  *    right-handed system
-  *  - Added stub code to the CDC and USBtoSerial demos showing how to read and set the RS-232 handshake lines - not currently used in
-  *    the demos, but the example code and supporting defines are now in place
-  *  - Interrupts are now disabled when processing a control request in device mode, to avoid exceeding the strict control request
-  *    timing requirements.
-  *  - All demos now use a central StatusUpdate() function rather than direct calls to the board LED functions, so that the demos can
-  *    easily be altered to show different LED combinations (or do something else entirely) as the demo's status changes
-  *  - Removed LED commands from the CDC bootloader, unused by most AVR910 programming software
-  *  - Fixed RNDIS demo ICMP ping requests echoing back incorrect data
-  *  - Added DHCP server code to RNDIS demo, allowing for hands-free auto configuration on any PC
-  *  - Fixed DFU bootloader PID value for the ATMEGA16U4 AVR
-  *  - Endpoint and Pipe configuration functions now return an error code indicating success or failure
-  *  - USB Reset in device mode now resets and disables all device endpoints
-  *  - Added intermediate states to the host mode state machine, reducing the USB task blocking time to no more than 1ms explicitly per
-  *    invocation when in host mode
-  *  - Added support for the ATMEGA32U6 microcontroller
-  *  - Added STATIC_ENDPOINT_CONFIGURATION compile time option, enabled in the bootloaders to minimize space usage
-  *  - Removed redundant code from the USB device GetStatus() chapter 9 processing routine
-  *  - Added new TeensyHID bootloader, compatible with the Teensy HID protocol (http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/)
-  *  - Versions are now numbered by release dates, rather than arbitrary major/minor revision numbers
-  *  - USB_RemoteWakeupEnabled is now correctly set and cleared by SetFeature and ClearFeature requests from the host
-  *  - Changed prototype of GetDescriptor, so that it now returns the descriptor size (or zero if the descriptor doesn't exist)
-  *    rather than passing the size back to the caller through a parameter and returning a boolean
-  *
-  *
-  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog153 Version 1.5.3 (081002)
-  *
-  *  - Fixed CDC bootloader using pgmspace macros for some descriptors inappropriately
-  *  - Updated all Mouse and Keyboard device demos to include boot protocol support (now works in BIOS)
-  *  - Renamed bootloader directories to remove spaces, which were causing build problems on several OSes
-  *  - Removed serial number strings from all but the MassStore demo where it is required - users were not
-  *    modifying the code to either omit the descriptor or use a unique serial per device causing problems
-  *    when multiple units of the same device were plugged in at the same time
-  *  - AudioOutput and AudioInput demos now correctly silence endpoints when not enabled by the host
-  *  - Added KeyboardMouse demo (Keyboard and Mouse functionality combined into a single demo)
-  *  - Added DriverStubs directory to house board level driver templates, to make MyUSB compatible custom board
-  *    driver creation easier
-  *  - Extended MassStorage demo to support multiple LUNs, 2 by default
-  *  - Fixed incorrect device address mask, preventing the device from enumerating with addresses larger than 63
-  *  - Fixed incorrect data direction mask in the GetStatus standard request, preventing it from being handled
-  *  - Fixed incorrect GetStatus standard request for endpoints, now returns the endpoint STALL status correctly
-  *  - Added in new USB_RemoteWakeupEnabled and USB_CurrentlySelfPowered flags rather than using fixed values
-  *  - Added DualCDC demo to demonstrate the use of Interface Association Descriptors
-  *  - Added pipe NAK detection and clearing API
-  *  - Added pipe status change (NAK, STALL, etc.) interrupt API
-  *  - Fixed MassStorageHost demo so that it no longer freezes randomly when issuing several commands in a row
-  *  - Host demos configuration descriptor routines now return a unique error code when the returned data does
-  *    not have a valid configuration descriptor header
-  *  - Added Endpoint_WaitUntilReady() and Pipe_WaitUntilReady() functions
-  *  - Stream functions now have software timeouts, timeout period can be set by the USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS token
-  *  - All demos now pass the USB.org automated Chapter 9 device compliance tests
-  *  - All HID demos now pass the USB.org automated HID compliance tests
-  *  - Polling interval of the interrupt endpoint in the CDC based demos changed to 0xFF to fix problems on Linux systems
-  *  - Changed stream functions to accept a new callback function, with NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS used to disable all callbacks
-  *  - Mass Storage demo Dataflash management routines changed to use the endpoint stream functions
-  *  - Added AVRStudio project files for each demo in addition to the existing Programmer's Notepad master project file
-  *  - Re-added call to ReconfigureUSART() in USBtoSerial SetLineCoding request, so that baud rate changes
-  *    are reflected in the hardware (change was previously lost)
-  *
-  *
-  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog152 Version 1.5.2 (080731)
-  *
-  *  - Fixed SwapEndian_32() function in Common.h so that it now works correctly (wrong parameter types)
-  *  - Updated RNDIS demo - notification endpoint is no longer blocking so that it works with faulty Linux RNDIS
-  *    implementations (where the notification endpoint is ignored in favor of polling the control endpoint)
-  *  - Fixed incorrect Vendor Description string return size in RNDIS demo for the OID_GEN_VENDOR_DESCRIPTION OID token
-  *  - Added very basic TCP/IP stack and HTTP/TELNET servers to RNDIS demo
-  *  - Fixed DFU bootloader exit causing programming software to complain about failed writes
-  *  - Fixed DFU bootloader EEPROM programming mode wiping first flash page
-  *  - Fixed Clear/Set Feature device standard request processing code (fixing MassStorage demo in the process)
-  *  - Added support for the ATMEGA16U4 AVR microcontroller
-  *  - Library license changed from LGPLv3 to MIT license
-  *
-  *
-  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog151 Version 1.5.1 (080707)
-  *
-  *  - Changed host demos to enable the host function task on the firing of the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event
-  *    rather than the USB_DeviceAttached event
-  *  - HID Usage Stack now forcefully cleared after an IN/OUT/FEATURE item has been completely processed to remove
-  *    any referenced but not created usages
-  *  - Changed USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts() and USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts(), USB_Host_GetNextDescriptorOfType(),
-  *    USB_Host_GetNextDescriptorOfTypeBefore(), USB_Host_GetNextDescriptorOfTypeAfter() to normal functions (from inline)
-  *  - Fixed USBtoSerial demo not sending data, only receiving
-  *  - Fixed main makefile to make all by default, fixed MagStripe directory case to prevent case-sensitive path problems
-  *  - ConfigDescriptor functions made normal, instead of static inline
-  *  - Pipe/Endpoint *_Ignore_* functions changed to *_Discard_*, old names still present as aliases
-  *  - Fixed ENDPOINT_MAX_SIZE define to be correct on limited USB controller AVRs
-  *  - Changed endpoint and pipe size translation routines to use previous IF/ELSE IF cascade code, new algorithmic
-  *    approach was buggy and caused problems
-  *  - Bootloaders now compile with -fno-inline-small-functions option to reduce code size
-  *  - Audio demos now use correct endpoint sizes for full and limited controller USB AVRs, double banking in all cases
-  *    to be in line with the specification (isochronous endpoints MUST be double banked)
-  *  - Added Interface Association descriptor to StdDescriptors.h, based on the relevant USB2.0 ECN
-  *  - Fixed MIDI demo, corrected Audio Streaming descriptor to follow the MIDI-specific AS structure
-  *  - Fixed HID class demo descriptors so that the HID interface's protocol is 0x00 (required for non-boot protocol HID
-  *    devices) to prevent problems on hosts expecting the boot protocol functions to be supported
-  *  - Added read/write control stream functions to Endpoint.h
-  *  - Fixed AudioOut demo not setting port pins to inputs on USB disconnect properly
-  *  - Added RNDISEthernet demo application
-  *
-  *
-  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog150 Version 1.5.0 (080610)
-  *
-  *  - Fixed MIDI demo, now correctly waits for the endpoint to be ready between multiple note messages
-  *  - Added CDC Host demo application
-  *  - Added KeyboardFullInt demo application
-  *  - Endpoint and Pipe creation routines now mask endpoint/pipe size with the size mask, to remove transaction
-  *    size bits not required for the routines (improves compatibility with devices)
-  *  - Fixed AudioInput demo - now correctly sends sampled audio to the host PC
-  *  - Fixed AudioOutput demo once more -- apparently Windows requires endpoint packets to be >=192 bytes
-  *  - Shrunk round-robin scheduler code slightly via the use of struct pointers rather than array indexes
-  *  - Fixed off-by-one error when determining if the Usage Stack is full inside the HID Report parser
-  *  - Renamed Magstripe.h to MagstripeHW.h and moved driver out of the library and into the MagStripe demo folder
-  *  - Added preprocessor checks to enable C linkage on the library components when used with a C++ compiler
-  *  - Added Still Image Host demo application
-  *  - The USB device task now restores the previously selected endpoint, allowing control requests to be transparently
-  *    handled via interrupts while other endpoints are serviced through polling
-  *  - Fixed device signature being sent in reverse order in the CDC bootloader
-  *  - Host demos now have a separate ConfigDescriptor.c/.h file for configuration descriptor processing
-  *  - HostWithParser demos now have a separate HIDReport.c/.h file for HID report processing and dumping
-  *  - Removed non-mandatory commands from MassStorage demo to save space, fixed SENSE ResponseCode value
-  *  - CDC demos now send empty packets after sending a full one to prevent buffering issues on the host
-  *  - Updated demo descriptors to use VID/PID values donated by Atmel
-  *  - Added DoxyGen documentation to the source files
-  *  - Fixed Serial_IsCharReceived() definition, was previously reversed
-  *  - Removed separate USB_Descriptor_Language_t descriptor, USB_Descriptor_String_t is used instead
-  *  - Removed unused Device Qualifier descriptor structure
-  *  - Renamed the USB_CreateEndpoints event to the more appropriate USB_ConfigurationChanged
-  *  - Fixed MassStorageHost demo reading in the block data in reverse
-  *  - Removed outdated typedefs in StdRequestType.h, superseded by the macro masks
-  *  - Corrected OTG.h is now included when the AVR supports both Host and Device modes, for creating OTG products
-  *  - USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event is now also fired when in device mode and the host has finished its enumeration
-  *  - Interrupt driven demos now properly restore previously selected endpoint when ISR is complete
-  *  - The value of USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS can now be overridden in the user project makefile to a custom fixed timeout value
-  *  - Renamed USB_Host_SOFGeneration_* macros to more friendly USB_Host_SuspendBus(), USB_Host_ResumeBus()
-  *    and USB_Host_IsBusSuspended()
-  *  - Renamed *_*_Is* macros to *_Is* to make all flag checking macros consistent, Pipe_SetInterruptFreq() is now
-  *    Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod() to use the correct terminology
-  *  - UnicodeString member of USB_Descriptor_String_t struct changed to an ordinary int array type, so that the GCC
-  *    Unicode strings (prefixed with an L before the opening quotation mark) can be used instead of explicit arrays
-  *    of ASCII characters
-  *  - Fixed Endpoint/Pipes being configured incorrectly if the maximum endpoint/pipe size for the selected USB AVR
-  *    model was given as the bank size
-  *  - HID device demos now use a true raw array for the HID report descriptor rather than a struct wrapped array
-  *  - Added VERSION_BCD() macro, fixed reported HID and USB version numbers in demo descriptors
-  *  - Cleaned up GetDescriptor device chapter 9 handler function
-  *  - Added GET_REPORT class specific request to HID demos to make them complaint to the HID class
-  *  - Cleaned up setting of USB_IsInitialized and USB_IsConnected values to only when needed
-  *  - Removed Atomic.c and ISRMacro.h; the library was already only compatible with recent avr-lib-c for other reasons
-  *  - All demos and library functions now use USB standardized names for the USB data (bRequest, wLength, etc.)
-  *  - Added USE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES token to switch back to the non-standard descriptor element names
-  *
-  *
-  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog141 Version 1.4.1 (090519)
-  *
-  *  - Enhanced KeyboardWithParser demo, now prints out pressed alphanumeric characters like the standard demo
-  *  - Fixed MassStorage demo, read/writes using non mode-10 commands now work correctly
-  *  - Corrected version number in Version.h
-  *
-  *
-  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog140 Version 1.4.0 (090505)
-  *
-  *  - Added HID Report Parser API to the library
-  *  - Added Mouse and Keyboard host demo applications, using the new HID report parser engine
-  *  - Added MouseFullInt demo, which demonstrates a fully interrupt (including control requests) mouse device
-  *  - Fixed incorrect length value in the audio control descriptor of the AudioOutput and AudioInput demos
-  *  - Added MIDI device demo application to the library
-  *  - Fixed problem preventing USB devices from being resumed from a suspended state
-  *  - Added new CDC class bootloader to the library, based on the AVR109 bootloader protocol
-  *  - Added header to each demo application indicating the mode, class, subclass, standards used and supported speed
-  *  - Functions expecting endpoint/pipe numbers are no longer automatically masked against ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK or
-  *    PIPE_PIPENUM_MASK - this should be manually added to code which requires it
-  *  - Fixed DFU class bootloader - corrected frequency of flash page writes, greatly reducing programming time
-  *  - Renamed AVR_HOST_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor() to USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor() and AVR_HOST_GetNextDescriptor()
-  *    to USB_Host_GetNextDescriptor()
-  *  - Added new USB_Host_GetNextDescriptorOfTypeBefore() and USB_Host_GetNextDescriptorOfTypeAfter() routines
-  *  - Moved configuration descriptor routines to MyUSB/Drivers/USB/Class/, new accompanying ConfigDescriptors.c file
-  *  - Added new configuration descriptor comparator API for more powerful descriptor parsing, updated host demos to use the
-  *    new comparator API
-  *  - Fixed MassStorageHost demo capacity printout, and changed data read/write mode from little-endian to the correct
-  *    big-endian for SCSI devices
-  *  - Fixed macro/function naming consistency; USB_HOST is now USB_Host, USB_DEV is now USB_Device
-  *  - Added better error reporting to host demos
-  *  - Added 10 microsecond delay after addressing devices in host mode, to prevent control stalls
-  *
-  *
-  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog132 Version 1.3.2 (080401)
-  *
-  *  - Added call to ReconfigureUSART() in USBtoSerial SetLineCoding request, so that baud rate changes
-  *    are reflected in the hardware
-  *  - Fixed CDC and USBtoSerial demos - Stream commands do not work for control endpoints, and the
-  *    GetLineCoding request had an incorrect RequestType mask preventing it from being processed
-  *  - Improved reliability of the USBtoSerial demo, adding a busy wait while the buffer is full
-  *  - Device control endpoint size is now determined from the device's descriptors rather than being fixed
-  *  - Separated out SPI code into new SPI driver in AT90USBXXX driver directory
-  *  - Bootloader now returns correct PID for the selected USB AVR model, not just the AT90USB128X PID
-  *  - Added support for the RZUSBSTICK board
-  *  - Bicolour driver removed in favor of generic LEDs driver
-  *  - Added support for the ATMEGA32U4 AVR
-  *  - Added MANUAL_PLL_CONTROL compile time option to prevent the USB library from manipulating the PLL
-  *
-  *
-  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog131 Version 1.3.1 (080319)
-  *
-  *  - Fixed USB to Serial demo - class value in the descriptors was incorrect
-  *  - Control endpoint size changed from 64 bytes to 8 bytes to save on USB FIFO RAM and to allow low
-  *    speed mode devices to enumerate properly
-  *  - USB to Serial demo data endpoints changed to dual-banked 16 byte to allow the demo to work
-  *    on USB AVRs with limited USB FIFO RAM
-  *  - Changed demo endpoint numbers to use endpoints 3 and 4 for double banking, to allow limited
-  *    USB device controller AVRs (AT90USB162, AT90USB82) to function correctly
-  *  - Updated Audio Out demo to use timer 1 for AVRs lacking a timer 3 for the PWM output
-  *  - Fixed incorrect USB_DEV_OPT_HIGHSPEED entry in the Mass Storage device demo makefile
-  *  - Optimized Mass Storage demo for a little extra transfer speed
-  *  - Added LED indicators to the Keyboard demo for Caps Lock, Num Lock and Scroll Lock
-  *  - Added Endpoint_Read_Stream, Endpoint_Write_Stream, Pipe_Read_Stream and Pipe_Write_Stream functions
-  *    (including Big and Little Endian variants)
-  *  - Made Dataflash functions inline for speed, removed now empty Dataflash.c driver file
-  *  - Added new SetSystemClockPrescaler() macro (thanks to Joerg Wunsch)
-  *  - Fixed Endpoint_ClearStall() to function correctly on full USB controller AVRs (AT90USBXXX6/7)
-  *  - Endpoint_Setup_In_Clear() and Endpoint_Setup_Out_Clear() no longer set FIFOCON, in line with the
-  *    directives in the datasheet
-  *  - Fixed PLL prescaler defines for all AVR models and frequencies
-  *  - Fixed ENDPOINT_INT_IN and ENDPOINT_INT_OUT definitions
-  *  - Added interrupt driven keyboard and mouse device demos
-  *  - Combined USB_Device_ClearFeature and USB_Device_SetFeature requests into a single routine for code
-  *    size savings
-  *  - Added missing Pipe_GetCurrentPipe() macro to Pipe.h
-  *
-  *
-  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog130 Version 1.3.0 (080307)
-  *
-  *  - Unnecessary control endpoint config removed from device mode
-  *  - Fixed device standard request interpreter accidentally processing some class-specific requests
-  *  - Added USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS and USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS compile time options to instruct the library
-  *    to use descriptors stored in RAM or EEPROM rather than flash memory
-  *  - All demos now disable watchdog on startup, in case it has been enabled by fuses or the bootloader
-  *  - USB_DEV_OPT_LOWSPEED option now works correctly
-  *  - Added ability to set the USB options statically for a binary size reduction via the USE_STATIC_OPTIONS
-  *    compile time define
-  *  - USB_Init no longer takes a Mode parameter if compiled for a USB device with no host mode option, or
-  *    if forced to a particular mode via the USB_HOST_ONLY or USB_DEVICE_ONLY compile time options
-  *  - USB_Init no longer takes an Options parameter if options statically configured by USE_STATIC_OPTIONS
-  *  - Endpoint_Ignore_* and Pipe_Ignore_* made smaller by making the dummy variable non-volatile so that the
-  *    compiler can throw away the result more efficiently
-  *  - Added in an optional GroupID value to each scheduler entry, so that groups of tasks can once again be
-  *    controlled by the new Scheduler_SetGroupTaskMode() routine
-  *  - Added support for AT90USB162 and AT90USB82 AVR models
-  *  - Added support for the STK525 and STK526 boards
-  *  - Added support for custom board drivers to be supplied by selecting the board type as BOARD_USER, and
-  *    placing board drivers in {Application Directory}/Board/
-  *  - PLL is now stopped and USB clock is frozen when detached from host in device mode, to save power
-  *  - Joystick defines are now in sync with the schematics - orientation will be rotated for the USBKEY
-  *  - Fixed USB_DEV_IsUSBSuspended() - now checks the correct register
-  *  - Fixed data transfers to devices when in host mode
-  *  - Renamed USB_DEV_OPT_HIGHSPEED to USB_DEV_OPT_FULLSPEED and USB_HOST_IsDeviceHighSpeed() to
-  *    USB_HOST_IsDeviceFullSpeed() to be in line with the official USB speed names (to avoid confusion with
-  *    the real high speed mode, which is unavailable on the USB AVRs)
-  *
-  *
-  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog120 Version 1.2.0 (080204)
-  *
-  *  - Added USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event for host mode
-  *  - Added new Scheduler_Init routine to prepare the scheduler, so that tasks can be started and
-  *    stopped before the scheduler has been started (via Scheduler_Start)
-  *  - Connection events in both Device and Host mode are now interrupt-driven, allowing the USB management
-  *    task to be stopped when the USB is not connected to a host or device
-  *  - All demos updated to stop the USB task when not in use via the appropriate USB events
-  *  - Mass Storage Host demo application updated to function correctly with all USB flash disks
-  *  - Mass Storage Host demo application now prints out the capacity and number of LUNs in the attached
-  *    device, and prints the first block as hexadecimal numbers rather than ASCII characters
-  *  - Endpoint and Pipe clearing routines now clear the Endpoint/Pipe interrupt and status flags
-  *  - Shifted error handling code in the host enum state machine to a single block, to reduce code complexity
-  *  - Added in DESCRIPTOR_TYPE, DESCRIPTOR_SIZE and DESCRIPTOR_CAST macros to make config descriptor processing
-  *    clearer in USB hosts and DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS for convenience in USB devices
-  *  - Added in alloca macro to common.h, in case the user is using an old version of avr-lib-c missing the macro
-  *
-  *
-  *  \section Sec_ChangeLog110 Version 1.1.0 (080125)
-  *
-  *  - Fixed DCONNI interrupt being enabled accidentally after a USB reset
-  *  - Fixed DDISCI interrupt not being disabled when a device is not connected
-  *  - Added workaround for powerless pull-up devices causing false disconnect interrupts
-  *  - Added USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event for Host mode
-  *  - AVR_HOST_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor routine no longer modifies ConfigSizePtr if a valid buffer
-  *    pointer is passed
-  *  - Added ALLOCABLE_BYTES to DynAlloc, and added code to make the size of key storage variables
-  *    dependent on size of memory parameters passed in via the user project's makefile
-  *  - Fixed incorrect device reset routine being called in USBTask
-  *  - Devices which do not connect within the standard 300mS are now supported
-  *  - Removed incorrect ATTR_PURE from Scheduler_SetTaskMode(), which was preventing tasks from being
-  *    started/stopped, as well as USB_InitTaskPointer(), which was breaking dual device/host USB projects
-  *  - Changed scheduler to use the task name rather than IDs for setting the task mode, eliminating the
-  *    need to have a task ID list
-  *  - ID transition interrupt now raises the appropriate device/host disconnect event if device attached
-  *  - Fixed double VBUS change (and VBUS -) event when detaching in device mode
-  *  - Added ability to disable ANSI terminal codes by the defining of DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES in makefile
-  *  - Removed return from ConfigurePipe and ConfigureEndpoint functions - use Pipe_IsConfigured() and
-  *    Endpoint_IsConfigured() after calling the config functions to determine success
-  */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/CompileTimeTokens.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/CompileTimeTokens.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index ab075cff73..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/CompileTimeTokens.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,223 +0,0 @@
-/** \file
- *
- *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
- *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
- */
-
-/** \page Page_TokenSummary Summary of Compile Tokens
- *
- *  The following lists all the possible tokens which can be defined in a project makefile, and passed to the
- *  compiler via the -D switch, to alter the LUFA library code. These tokens may alter the library behaviour,
- *  or remove features unused by a given application in order to save flash space.
- *
- *  \note If the \c USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER token is defined, the library will include a header file named \c LUFAConfig.h located
- *        in the user directory where the below compile time tokens may be defined. This allows for an alternative to makefile
- *        defined tokens for configuring the library.
- *
- *  \section Sec_TokenSummary_NonUSBTokens Non USB Related Tokens
- *  This section describes compile tokens which affect non-USB sections of the LUFA library.
- *
- *  \li <b>DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES</b> - (\ref Group_Terminal) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
- *      If an application contains ANSI terminal control codes listed in TerminalCodes.h, it might be desired to remove them
- *      at compile time for use with a terminal which is non-ANSI control code aware, without modifying the source code. If
- *      this token is defined, all ANSI control codes in the application code from the TerminalCodes.h header are removed from
- *      the source code at compile time.
- *
- *
- *  \section Sec_TokenSummary_USBClassTokens USB Class Driver Related Tokens
- *  This section describes compile tokens which affect USB class-specific drivers in the LUFA library.
- *
- *  \li <b>HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY</b> - (\ref Group_USBClassHIDHost) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
- *      By default, the USB HID Host class driver is designed to work with HID devices using either the Boot or Report HID
- *      communication protocols. On devices where the Report protocol is not used (i.e. in applications where only basic
- *      Mouse or Keyboard operation is desired, using boot compatible devices), the code responsible for the Report protocol
- *      mode can be removed to save space in the compiled application by defining this token. When defined, it is still necessary
- *      to explicitly put the attached device into Boot protocol mode via a call to \ref HID_Host_SetBootProtocol().
- *
- *  \li <b>HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH</b>=<i>x</i> - (\ref Group_HIDParser) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
- *      HID reports may contain PUSH and POP elements, to store and retrieve the current HID state table onto a stack. This
- *      allows for reports to save the state table before modifying it slightly for a data item, and then restore the previous
- *      state table in a compact manner. This token may be defined to a non-zero 8-bit value to give the maximum depth of the state
- *      table stack. If not defined, this defaults to the value indicated in the HID.h file documentation.
- *
- *  \li <b>HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH</b>=<i>x</i> - (\ref Group_HIDParser) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
- *      HID reports generally contain many USAGE elements, which are assigned to INPUT, OUTPUT and FEATURE items in succession
- *      when multiple items are defined at once (via REPORT COUNT elements). This allows for several items to be defined with
- *      different usages in a compact manner. This token may be defined to a non-zero 8-bit value to set the maximum depth of the
- *      usage stack, indicating the maximum number of USAGE items which can be stored temporarily until the next INPUT, OUTPUT
- *      and FEATURE item. If not defined, this defaults to the value indicated in the HID.h file documentation.
- *
- *  \li <b>HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS</b>=<i>x</i> - (\ref Group_HIDParser) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
- *      HID reports generally contain several COLLECTION elements, used to group related data items together. Collection information
- *      is stored separately in the processed usage structure (and referred to by the data elements in the structure) to save space.
- *      This token may be defined to a non-zero 8-bit value to set the maximum number of COLLECTION items which can be processed by the
- *      parser into the resultant processed report structure. If not defined, this defaults to the value indicated in the HID.h file
- *      documentation.
- *
- *  \li <b>HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS</b>=<i>x</i> - (\ref Group_HIDParser) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
- *      All HID reports contain one or more INPUT, OUTPUT and/or FEATURE items describing the data which can be sent to and from the HID
- *      device. Each item has associated usages, bit offsets in the item reports and other associated data indicating the manner in which
- *      the report data should be interpreted by the host. This token may be defined to a non-zero 8-bit value to set the maximum number of
- *      data elements which can be stored in the processed HID report structure, including INPUT, OUTPUT and (if enabled) FEATURE items.
- *      If a item has a multiple count (i.e. a REPORT COUNT of more than 1), each item in the report count is placed separately in the
- *      processed HID report table. If not defined, this defaults to the value indicated in the HID.h file documentation.
- *
- *  \li <b>HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS</b>=<i>x</i> - (\ref Group_HIDParser) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
- *      HID reports may contain several report IDs, to logically distinguish grouped device data from one another - for example, a combination
- *      keyboard and mouse might use report IDs to separate the keyboard reports from the mouse reports. In order to determine the size of each
- *      report, and thus know how many bytes must be read or written, the size of each report (IN, OUT and FEATURE) must be calculated and
- *      stored. This token may be defined to a non-zero 8-bit value to set the maximum number of report IDs in a device which can be processed
- *      and their sizes calculated/stored into the resultant processed report structure. If not defined, this defaults to the value indicated in
- *      the HID.h file documentation.
- *
- *  \li <b>NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH</b> - (\ref Group_USBClassDrivers) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
- *      Many of the device and host mode class drivers automatically flush any data waiting to be written to an interface, when the corresponding
- *      USB management task is executed. This is usually desirable to ensure that any queued data is sent as soon as possible once and new data is
- *      constructed in the main program loop. However, if flushing is to be controlled manually by the user application via the *_Flush() commands,
- *      the compile time token may be defined in the application's makefile to disable automatic flushing during calls to the class driver USB
- *      management tasks.
- *
- *
- *  \section Sec_TokenSummary_USBTokens General USB Driver Related Tokens
- *  This section describes compile tokens which affect USB driver stack as a whole in the LUFA library.
- *
- *  \li <b>ORDERED_EP_CONFIG</b> - (\ref Group_EndpointManagement , \ref Group_PipeManagement) - <i>AVR8, UC3</i> \n
- *      The USB AVRs do not allow for Endpoints and Pipes to be configured out of order; they <i>must</i> be configured in an ascending order to
- *      prevent data corruption issues. However, by default LUFA employs a workaround to allow for unordered Endpoint/Pipe initialization. This compile
- *      time token may be used to restrict the initialization order to ascending indexes only in exchange for a smaller compiled binary size. Use
- *      caution when applied to applications using the library USB Class drivers; the user application must ensure that all endpoints and pipes are
- *      allocated sequentially.
- *
- *  \li <b>USE_STATIC_OPTIONS</b>=<i>x</i> - (\ref Group_USBManagement) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
- *      By default, the USB_Init() function accepts dynamic options at runtime to alter the library behaviour, including whether the USB pad
- *      voltage regulator is enabled, and the device speed when in device mode. By defining this token to a mask comprised of the USB options
- *      mask defines usually passed as the Options parameter to USB_Init(), the resulting compiled binary can be decreased in size by removing
- *      the dynamic options code, and replacing it with the statically set options. When defined, the USB_Init() function no longer accepts an
- *      Options parameter.
- *
- *  \li <b>USB_DEVICE_ONLY</b> - (\ref Group_USBManagement) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
- *      For the USB AVR models supporting both device and host USB modes, the USB_Init() function contains a Mode parameter which specifies the
- *      mode the library should be initialized to. If only device mode is required, the code for USB host mode can be removed from the binary to
- *      save space. When defined, the USB_Init() function no longer accepts a Mode parameter. This define is irrelevant on smaller USB AVRs which
- *      do not support host mode.
- *
- *  \li <b>USB_HOST_ONLY</b> - (\ref Group_USBManagement) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
- *      Same as USB_DEVICE_ONLY, except the library is fixed to USB host mode rather than USB device mode. Not available on some USB AVR models.
- *
- *  \li <b>USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS</b>=<i>x</i> - (\ref Group_USBManagement) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
- *      When endpoint and/or pipe stream functions are used, by default there is a timeout between each transfer which the connected device or host
- *      must satisfy, or the stream function aborts the remaining data transfer. This token may be defined to a non-zero 16-bit value to set the timeout
- *      period for stream transfers, specified in milliseconds. If not defined, the default value specified in LowLevel.h is used instead.
- *
- *  \li <b>NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT</b> - (\ref Group_Events) - <i>AVR8 Only</i> \n
- *      On the smaller USB AVRs, the USB controller lacks VBUS events to determine the physical connection state of the USB bus to a host. In lieu of
- *      VBUS events, the library attempts to determine the connection state via the bus suspension and wake up events instead. This however may be
- *      slightly inaccurate due to the possibility of the host suspending the bus while the device is still connected. If accurate connection status is
- *      required, the VBUS line of the USB connector should be routed to an AVR pin to detect its level, so that the USB_DeviceState global
- *      can be accurately set and the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_Connect() and \ref EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect() events manually raised by the RAISE_EVENT macro.
- *      When defined, this token disables the library's auto-detection of the connection state by the aforementioned suspension and wake up events.
- *
- *  \li <b>NO_SOF_EVENTS</b> - (\ref Group_Events) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
- *      By default, there exists a LUFA application event for the start of each USB frame while the USB bus is not suspended in either host or device mode.
- *      This event can be selectively enabled or disabled by calling the appropriate device or host mode function. When this compile time token is defined,
- *      the ability to receive USB Start of Frame events via the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame() or \ref EVENT_USB_Host_StartOfFrame() events is removed,
- *      reducing the compiled program's binary size.
- *
- *
- *  \section Sec_TokenSummary_USBDeviceTokens USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens
- *  This section describes compile tokens which affect USB driver stack of the LUFA library when used in Device mode.
- *
- *  \li <b>USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS</b> - (\ref Group_StdDescriptors) - <i>AVR8 Only</i> \n
- *      Define this token to indicate to the USB driver that all device descriptors are stored in RAM, rather than being located in any one
- *      of the AVR's memory spaces. RAM descriptors may be desirable in applications where the descriptors need to be modified at runtime.
- *
- *  \li <b>USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS</b> - (\ref Group_StdDescriptors) - <i>AVR8 Only</i> \n
- *      Similar to USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS, but all descriptors are stored in the AVR's FLASH memory rather than RAM.
- *
- *  \li <b>USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS</b> - (\ref Group_StdDescriptors) - <i>AVR8 Only</i> \n
- *      Similar to USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS, but all descriptors are stored in the AVR's EEPROM memory rather than RAM.
- *
- *  \li <b>NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL</b> - (\ref Group_StdDescriptors) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
- *      Some AVR models contain a unique serial number which can be used as the device serial number, while in device mode. This allows
- *      the host to uniquely identify the device regardless of if it is moved between USB ports on the same computer, allowing allocated
- *      resources (such as drivers, COM Port number allocations) to be preserved. This is not needed in many apps, and so the code that
- *      performs this task can be disabled by defining this option and passing it to the compiler via the -D switch.
- *
- *  \li <b>FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE</b>=<i>x</i> - (\ref Group_EndpointManagement) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
- *      By default, the library determines the size of the control endpoint (when in device mode) by reading the device descriptor.
- *      Normally this reduces the amount of configuration required for the library, allows the value to change dynamically (if
- *      descriptors are stored in EEPROM or RAM rather than flash memory) and reduces code maintenance. However, this token can be
- *      defined to a non-zero value instead to give the size in bytes of the control endpoint, to reduce the size of the compiled
- *      binary.
- *
- *  \li <b>DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR</b> - (\ref Group_Device) - <i>AVR8 Only</i> \n
- *      One of the most frequently used global variables in the stack is the USB_DeviceState global, which indicates the current state of
- *      the Device State Machine. To reduce the amount of code and time required to access and modify this global in an application, this token
- *      may be defined to a value between 0 and 2 to fix the state variable into one of the three general purpose IO registers inside the AVR
- *      reserved for application use. When defined, the corresponding GPIOR register should not be used within the user application except
- *      implicitly via the library APIs.
- *
- *  \li <b>FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS</b>=<i>x</i> - (\ref Group_Device) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
- *      By default, the library determines the number of configurations a USB device supports by reading the device descriptor. This reduces
- *      the amount of configuration required to set up the library, and allows the value to change dynamically (if descriptors are stored in
- *      EEPROM or RAM rather than flash memory) and reduces code maintenance. However, this value may be fixed via this token in the project
- *      makefile to reduce the compiled size of the binary at the expense of flexibility.
- *
- *  \li <b>CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE</b> - (\ref Group_Device) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
- *      In some limited USB device applications, there are no device endpoints other than the control endpoint; i.e. all device communication
- *      is through control endpoint requests. Defining this token will remove several features related to the selection and control of device
- *      endpoints internally, saving space. Generally, this is usually only useful in (some) bootloaders and is best avoided.
- *
- *  \li <b>MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX</b> - (\ref Group_Device) - <i>XMEGA Only</i> \n
- *      Defining this value to the highest index (not address - this excludes the direction flag) endpoint within the device will restrict the
- *      number of FIFOs created internally for the endpoint buffers, reducing the total RAM usage.
- *
- *  \li <b>INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT</b> - (\ref Group_USBManagement) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
- *      Some applications prefer to not call the USB_USBTask() management task regularly while in device mode, as it can complicate code significantly.
- *      Instead, when device mode is used this token can be passed to the library via the -D switch to allow the library to manage the USB control
- *      endpoint entirely via USB controller interrupts asynchronously to the user application. When defined, USB_USBTask() does not need to be called
- *      when in USB device mode.
- *
- *  \li <b>NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP</b> - (\ref Group_Device) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
- *      Many devices do not require the use of the Remote Wakeup features of USB, used to wake up the USB host when suspended. On these devices,
- *      the code required to manage device Remote Wakeup can be disabled by defining this token and passing it to the library via the -D switch.
- *
- *  \li <b>NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER</b> - (\ref Group_Device) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
- *      USB devices may be bus powered, self powered, or a combination of both. When a device can be both bus powered and self powered, the host may
- *      query the device to determine the current power source, via \ref USB_Device_CurrentlySelfPowered. For solely bus powered devices, this global
- *      and the code required to manage it may be disabled by passing this token to the library via the -D switch.
- *
- *
- *  \section Sec_TokenSummary_USBHostTokens USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens
- *
- *  This section describes compile tokens which affect USB driver stack of the LUFA library when used in Host mode.
- *
- *  \li <b>HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR</b> - (\ref Group_Host) - <i>AVR8 Only</i> \n
- *      One of the most frequently used global variables in the stack is the USB_HostState global, which indicates the current state of
- *      the Host State Machine. To reduce the amount of code and time required to access and modify this global in an application, this token
- *      may be defined to a value between 0 and 2 to fix the state variable into one of the three general purpose IO registers inside the AVR
- *      reserved for application use. When defined, the corresponding GPIOR register should not be used within the user application except
- *      implicitly via the library APIs.
- *
- *  \li <b>USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS</b>=<i>x</i> - (\ref Group_Host) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
- *      When a control transfer is initiated in host mode to an attached device, a timeout is used to abort the transfer if the attached
- *      device fails to respond within the timeout period. This token may be defined to a non-zero 16-bit value to set the timeout period for
- *      control transfers, specified in milliseconds. If not defined, the default value specified in Host.h is used instead.
- *
- *  \li <b>HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS</b>=<i>x</i> - (\ref Group_Host) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
- *      Some devices require a delay of up to 5 seconds after they are connected to VBUS before the enumeration process can be started, or
- *      they will fail to enumerate correctly. By placing a delay before the enumeration process, it can be ensured that the bus has settled
- *      back to a known idle state before communications occur with the device. This token may be defined to a 16-bit value to set the device
- *      settle period, specified in milliseconds. If not defined, the default value specified in Host.h is used instead.
- *
- *  \li <b>INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE</b> - (\ref Group_Host) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
- *      If enabled, this will indicate that the USB target VBUS line polarity is inverted; i.e. it should be pulled low to enable VBUS to the
- *      target, and pulled high to stop the target VBUS generation.
- *      \n
- *      \attention On AVR8 architecture devices, this compile time option requires \c NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT to be set.
- *
- *  \li <b>NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT</b> - (\ref Group_Host) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
- *      Disables the automatic management of VBUS to the target, i.e. automatic shut down in the even of an overcurrent situation. When enabled, VBUS
- *      is enabled while the USB controller is initialized in USB Host mode.
- */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/DevelopingWithLUFA.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/DevelopingWithLUFA.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 9a02f95b93..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/DevelopingWithLUFA.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-/** \file
- *
- *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
- *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
- */
-
-/**
- *  \page Page_DevelopingWithLUFA Developing With LUFA
- *
- *  This section of the manual contains information on LUFA development, such as Getting Started information,
- *  information on compile-time tuning of the library and other developer-related sections.
- *
- *  <b>Subsections:</b>
- *  \li \subpage Page_BuildSystem - The LUFA Buildsystem
- *  \li \subpage Page_TokenSummary - Summary of Compile Time Tokens
- *  \li \subpage Page_Migration - Migrating from an Older LUFA Version
- *  \li \subpage Page_VIDPID - Allocated USB VID and PID Values
- *  \li \subpage Page_OSDrivers - Operating System Driver Information
- *  \li \subpage Page_BuildLibrary - Building as a Linkable Library
- *  \li \subpage Page_ExportingLibrary - Exporting LUFA for IDE Use
- *  \li \subpage Page_WritingBoardDrivers - How to Write Custom Board Drivers
- *  \li \subpage Page_SoftwareBootloaderStart - How to jump to the bootloader in software
- */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/DeviceSupport.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/DeviceSupport.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 2a4b9c3354..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/DeviceSupport.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,422 +0,0 @@
-/** \file
- *
- *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
- *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
- */
-
-/**
- *  \page Page_DeviceSupport Device and Hardware Support
- *
- *  <b>Atmel Microcontrollers:</b>
- *  \li \subpage Page_AVR8Support - Atmel AVR8 Support
- *  \li \subpage Page_UC3Support - Atmel AVR32 UC3 Support
- *  \li \subpage Page_XMEGASupport - Atmel XMEGA Support
- */
-
-/**
- *  \page Page_AVR8Support Atmel 8-Bit AVR (AVR8) Support
- *
- *  \section Sec_AVR8Support_Devices Supported Microcontroller Models
- *
- *  Currently supported AVR8 models:
- *
- *  <table>
- *  <tr>
- *   <th width="150px">Part</th>
- *   <th width="150px">USB Device Mode</th>
- *   <th width="150px">USB Host Mode</th>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>AT90USB82</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>ATMEGA8U2</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>AT90USB162</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>ATMEGA16U2</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>ATMEGA16U4</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>ATMEGA32U2</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>ATMEGA32U4</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>AT90USB646</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>AT90USB647</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>AT90USB1286</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>AT90USB1287</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  \section Sec_AVR8Support_Boards Supported Atmel Boards
- *  Currently supported Atmel AVR8 boards (see \ref Group_BoardTypes):
- *   - AT90USBKEY
- *   - ATAVRUSBRF01
- *   - EVK527
- *   - RZUSBSTICK
- *   - STK525
- *   - STK526
- *   - XPLAIN (Original green board, <i>not</i> the newer blue XPLAINED family boards)
- *
- *  \section Sec_AVR8Support_ThirdParty Supported Third Party Boards
- *  Currently supported third-party boards (see \ref Group_BoardTypes for makefile \c BOARD constant names):
- *   - Adafruit U4 Breakout Board
- *   - Arduino Leonardo
- *   - Arduino Micro
- *   - Arduino Uno
- *   - Arduino Yun
- *   - Bitwizard Multio and Big-Multio
- *   - Busware BUI
- *   - Busware CUL V3
- *   - Busware TUL
- *   - DorkbotPDX Duce
- *   - Fletchtronics Bumble-B (using manufacturer recommended peripheral layout)
- *   - Kernel Concepts USBFOO
- *   - Linnix UDIP
- *   - MattairTech JM-DB-U2
- *   - Maximus USB
- *   - Micropendous Boards (Micropendous-32U2, Micropendous-1, Micropendous-2)
- *   - Microsin AVR-USB162
- *   - Minimus USB
- *   - Olimex AVR-USB-162, AVR-USB-32U4 and AVR-USB-T32U4 Boards
- *   - Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2
- *   - Paranoid Studio's US2AX (V1, V2 and V3 hardware revisions)
- *   - PJRC Teensy (1.x and 2.x versions)
- *   - Rikus' U2S
- *   - Sparkfun U2 Breakout Board
- *   - Stange ISP Programmer Board
- *   - TCNISO Blackcat USB JTAG
- *   - Tempusdictum Benito
- *   - Tom's USBTINY-MKII (all revisions and versions)
- *   - Custom User Boards (with Board Drivers if desired, see \ref Page_WritingBoardDrivers)
- */
-
-/**
- *  \page Page_UC3Support Atmel 32-Bit UC3 AVR (UC3)
- *
- *  \warning The AVR32 UC3 device support is currently <b>experimental</b>, and is included for preview purposes only.
- *
- *  \section Sec_UC3Support_Devices Supported Microcontroller Models
- *
- *  Currently supported UC3 models:
- *
- *  <table>
- *  <tr>
- *   <th width="150px">Part</th>
- *   <th width="150px">USB Device Mode</th>
- *   <th width="150px">USB Host Mode</th>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>AT32UC3A364</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>AT32UC3A364S</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>AT32UC3A464</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>AT32UC3A464S</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>AT32UC3B064</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>AT32UC3B164</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>AT32UC3A0128</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>AT32UC3A1128</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>AT32UC3A3128</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>AT32UC3A3128S</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>AT32UC3A4128</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>AT32UC3A4128S</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>AT32UC3B0128</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>AT32UC3B1128</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>AT32UC3A0256</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>AT32UC3A1256</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>AT32UC3A3256</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>AT32UC3A3256S</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>AT32UC3A4256</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>AT32UC3A4256S</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>AT32UC3B0256</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>AT32UC3B1256</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>AT32UC3A0512</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>AT32UC3A1512</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>AT32UC3B0512</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>AT32UC3B1512</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  \section Sec_UC3Support_Boards Supported Atmel Boards
- *
- *  Currently supported Atmel UC3 boards (see \ref Group_BoardTypes):
- *   - EVK1100
- *   - EVK1101
- *   - EVK1104
- *   - UC3-A3 Xplained
- *
- *  \section Sec_UC3Support_ThirdParty Supported Third Party Boards
- *
- *  Currently supported third-party boards (see \ref Group_BoardTypes for makefile \c BOARD constant names):
- *   - Custom User Boards (with Board Drivers if desired, see \ref Page_WritingBoardDrivers)
- */
-
-/**
- *  \page Page_XMEGASupport Atmel USB XMEGA AVR (XMEGA)
- *
- *  \warning The XMEGA device support is currently <b>experimental</b> (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only.
- *
- *  \section Sec_XMEGASupport_Devices Supported Microcontroller Models
- *
- *  Currently supported XMEGA models:
- *
- *  <table>
- *  <tr>
- *   <th width="150px">Part</th>
- *   <th width="150px">USB Device Mode</th>
- *   <th width="150px">USB Host Mode</th>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>ATXMEGA16A4U</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>ATXMEGA32A4U</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>ATXMEGA64A4U</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>ATXMEGA128A4U</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>ATXMEGA64A3U</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>ATXMEGA128A3U</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>ATXMEGA192A3U</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>ATXMEGA256A3U</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>ATXMEGA256A3BU</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>ATXMEGA128A1U</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>ATXMEGA64B3</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>ATXMEGA128B3</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>ATXMEGA64B1</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>ATXMEGA128B1</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>ATXMEGA64C3</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>ATXMEGA128C3</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>ATXMEGA192C3</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>ATXMEGA256C3</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>ATXMEGA384C3</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>ATXMEGA16C4</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>ATXMEGA32C4</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  \section Sec_XMEGASupport_Boards Supported Atmel Boards
- *  Currently supported Atmel XMEGA boards (see \ref Group_BoardTypes):
- *   - XMEGA A3BU Xplained
- *   - XMEGA B1 Xplained
- *   - XMEGA C3 Xplained
- *
- *  \section Sec_XMEGASupport_ThirdParty Supported Third Party Boards
- *  Currently supported third-party boards (see \ref Group_BoardTypes for makefile \c BOARD constant names):
- *   - Custom User Boards (with Board Drivers if desired, see \ref Page_WritingBoardDrivers)
- */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Donating.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Donating.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 4a4b6aa72f..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Donating.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-/** \file
- *
- *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
- *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
- */
-
-/**
- *  \page Page_Donating Donating to Support This Project
- *
- *  \image html Images/Author.jpg "Dean Camera, LUFA Developer"
- *
- *  I am a 24 year old Atmel Applications Engineer, living in Trondheim, Norway and working on LUFA in my spare time.
- *  The development and support of this library requires much effort from myself, as I am the sole developer, maintainer
- *  and supporter. Please consider donating a small amount to support this and my future Open Source projects - All
- *  donations are <i>greatly</i> appreciated.
- *
- *  Note that commercial entities can remove the attribution portion of the LUFA license by a one-time fee - see
- *  \ref Page_LicenseInfo for more details (<b>Note: Please do NOT pay this in advance through the donation link below -
- *  contact author for payment details.</b>).
- *
- *  \htmlonly
- *    \image html "http://www.pledgie.com/campaigns/6927.png"
- *  \endhtmlonly
- *  <a href="http://www.lufa-lib.org/donate">Donate to this project via PayPal</a> - Thanks in Advance!
- */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/ExportingLibrary.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/ExportingLibrary.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 0951848622..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/ExportingLibrary.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,112 +0,0 @@
-/** \file
- *
- *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
- *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
- */
-
-/** \page Page_ExportingLibrary Exporting the Library for IDE Use
- *
- *  While LUFA was designed to allow for easy compilation in a makefile driven environment,
- *  it is possible to export the library into a form suitable for drop-in use inside of an
- *  IDE.
- *
- *  \note <b>LUFA is also available as a native Atmel Studio 6.1 extension</b>, which integrates LUFA into
- *        Atmel Studio including all demos and projects. If you are running Atmel Studio 6.1 or later, the
- *        below instructions are not required; download and install the native LUFA extension from the
- *        <a href="http://gallery.atmel.com">Atmel Gallery</a> instead.
- *
- *  \section Sec_LibraryExport Exporting the Library
- *  An export of the library is at its most basic, a direct copy of the main "LUFA" source folder from the
- *  root download folder; this contains the library core which can be re-used within external projects.
- *  However, as many IDEs attempt to automatically compile all included source files, it is necessary to
- *  exclude some directories and files from the library core export to allow for easier integration into
- *  an IDE project.
- *
- *  \subsection SSec_ManualExport Manual Export
- *  To manually export the library core, copy over the main LUFA library folder from the LUFA root directory,
- *  renaming as desired. Within the library core folder, the following directories should be removed or
- *  excluded from your IDE import:
- *   - Documentation/
- *   - DoxygenPages/
- *   - CodeTemplates/
- *   - StudioIntegration/
- *
- *  If required, files from the CodeTemplates/ subdirectory may be copied to your IDE project as needed.
- *
- *  The resulting copy of the library may then be imported into your chosen IDE according to the instructions
- *  shown in \ref Sec_LibraryImport.
- *
- *  \subsection SSec_AutomaticExport Automatic Export
- *  If desired, the steps indicated in \ref SSec_ManualExport may be automatically performed, by running the
- *  command <b><code>make export_tar</code></b> from the command line. This will generate two .tar files in the
- *  current directory, named <code>LUFA_YYMMDD.tar</code> and <code>LUFA_YYMMDD_Code_Templates.tar</code> (where
- *  "YYMMDD" is the version of the library being exported). The first archive contains the exported LUFA core
- *  with the non-required files removed, while the second contains an archived copy of the code template files
- *  for the current LUFA version.
- *
- *  The resulting archived copy of the library may then be extracted to your chosen IDE project source directory
- *  and imported according to the instructions shown in \ref Sec_LibraryImport.
- *
- *  \section Sec_LibraryImport Importing the Library
- *  An exported copy of the library may be imported wholesale into an IDE project, if the instructions detailed
- *  in \ref Sec_LibraryExport are followed.
- *
- *  Specific instructions for importing an exported version of LUFA into various IDEs are listed below.
- *
- *  \subsection SSec_AS56_Import Importing into AVRStudio 5.x/Atmel Studio 6.0
- *  To import LUFA into a new or existing project, the following steps must be followed.
- *
- *  \subsubsection SSSec_AS56_Import_Step1 Copy over the exported library
- *  Copy over the exported library archive created via the steps listed in \ref Sec_LibraryExport to your AS5/AS6
- *  project directory.
- *
- *  \image html Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step1.png
- *
- *  \subsubsection SSSec_AS56_Import_Step2 Extract exported library
- *  Extract out the contents of the archive to a new folder. This may be any name you wish, however keep in mind
- *  that this name will need to be referenced within your user application under most circumstances. It is
- *  suggested that this folder be named "LUFA", or "LUFA" followed by the version string for easy reference.
- *
- *  \image html Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step2.png
- *
- *  \subsubsection SSSec_AS56_Import_Step3 Add the library files
- *  Open your AVRStudio 5/Atmel Studio 6 project. From the "Solution Explorer" pane, click the "Show All Files"
- *  button on the toolbar to display ghosted icons of files and folders located in the project source directory
- *  that are not currently added to the project.
- *
- *  \image html Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step3.png
- *
- *  Right-click the ghosted version of the extracted LUFA export folder in the Solution Explorer pane, and
- *  choose the "Add to Project" option from the context menu. This will add the entire LUFA source tree to the
- *  current project.
- *
- *  \subsubsection SSSec_AS56_Import_Step4 Open Project Toolchain Properties
- *  In the Solution Explorer pane, click the project node, and press the "Properties" button in the toolbar to
- *  open the Project Properties window. This window allows you to configure the various project global compiler,
- *  assembler and linker options.
- *
- *  \image html Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step4.png
- *
- *  Click the "Toolchain" tab on the left side of the Project Properties window.
- *
- *  \subsubsection SSSec_AS56_Import_Step5 Configure Project Toolchain Properties
- *
- *  In the GNU C Compiler section, open the "Symbols" page. Click the "Add Item" button to the top-right of the
- *  "Defined Symbols" section to add new symbols.
- *
- *  At a minimum, you will need to define the following symbols (for more information on these symbols, see
- *  \ref Page_ConfiguringApps):
- *   - ARCH
- *   - F_CPU
- *   - F_USB
- *   - BOARD
- *  \image html Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step5_1.png
- *
- *  Next, open the GNU C Compiler section's "Optimization" page. Ensure that the option to prepare functions for
- *  garbage collection is enabled.
- *  \image html Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step5_2.png
- *
- *  Finally, in the GNU C Linker section, open the "Optimization" page. Ensure that the option to garbage collect
- *  unused sections is selected.
- *  \image html Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step5_3.png
- */
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step1.png b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step1.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 4f0c26f374..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step1.png
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step2.png b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step2.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 6e309ae415..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step2.png
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step3.png b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step3.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 8192c9ae8a..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step3.png
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step4.png b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step4.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 2bb8f5fc8f..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step4.png
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step5_1.png b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step5_1.png
deleted file mode 100644
index f3a49ba9c4..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step5_1.png
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step5_2.png b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step5_2.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 078f4ec8d7..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step5_2.png
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step5_3.png b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step5_3.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 8a8571bd86..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step5_3.png
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/KnownIssues.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/KnownIssues.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 7018fec4d1..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/KnownIssues.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,170 +0,0 @@
-/** \file
- *
- *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
- *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
- */
-
- /** \page Page_KnownIssues Known Issues
-  *  The following are known issues present in each official LUFA release. This list should contain all known
-  *  issues in the library. Most of these issues should be corrected in the future release - see
-  *  \ref Page_FutureChanges for a list of planned changes in future releases.
-  *
-  *  \section Sec_KnownIssues140928 Version 140928
-  *  - AVR8 Architecture
-  *    - No known issues.
-  *  - UC3 Architecture
-  *    \warning The UC3 device support is currently <b>experimental</b> (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only. \n
-  *
-  *    - No demos, bootloaders or projects have been ported for the UC3 devices in the current release,
-  *      although the architecture is supported in the LUFA core library.
-  *    - DMA transfers to and from the USB controller are not yet implemented for this release.
-  *    - The UC3C, UC3D and UC3L sub-families of UC3 are not currently supported by the library due to their
-  *      altered USB controller design.
-  *    - The various \c *_CreateStream() functions for creating standard \c <stdio.h> compatible virtual file
-  *      streams are not available on the UC3 architecture, due to a lack of suitable library support.
-  *  - XMEGA Architecture
-  *    \warning The XMEGA device support is currently <b>experimental</b> (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only.
-  *
-  *    - Endpoints of more than 64 bytes are not currently supported in this release.
-  *    - Isochronous endpoints are not currently supported in this release. As a result, the audio class
-  *      cannot be used on XMEGA devices.
-  *    - Multiple-bank endpoints are not currently supported in this release.
-  *    - Early silicon revisions of the ATXMEGA128A1U are incompatible with LUFA, due to their various errata
-  *      relating to the USB controller.
-  *  - Architecture Independent
-  *    - The LUFA library is not watchdog aware, and thus timeouts are possible if short periods are used
-  *      and a lengthy USB operation is initiated.
-  *    - No LUFA provided driver INF files for Windows are signed, and thus may fail to install on systems where driver signing is enforced (e.g. Windows 8).
-  *  - Build System
-  *    - No known issues.
-  *  - Atmel Studio Integration
-  *    - Not all devices are listed in the "Supported Parts" screen when selecting a device. To select an alternative device, change the "Show Device" drop-down to "All Parts".
-  *    - When switching boards after changing the device selection, a second conflicting \c BOARD symbol definition can be created that prevents successful compilation. To fix, open the project properties window (<i>Project->Project {name} Properties...</i> menu item), click the "Toolchain" tab, click "Symbols" under the "AVR/GNU C Compiler" section and remove the incorrect definition.
-  *
-  *  \section Sec_KnownIssues140302 Version 140302
-  *  - AVR8 Architecture
-  *    - No known issues.
-  *  - UC3 Architecture
-  *    \warning The UC3 device support is currently <b>experimental</b> (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only. \n
-  *
-  *    - No demos, bootloaders or projects have been ported for the UC3 devices in the current release,
-  *      although the architecture is supported in the LUFA core library.
-  *    - DMA transfers to and from the USB controller are not yet implemented for this release.
-  *    - The UC3C, UC3D and UC3L sub-families of UC3 are not currently supported by the library due to their
-  *      altered USB controller design.
-  *    - The various \c *_CreateStream() functions for creating standard \c <stdio.h> compatible virtual file
-  *      streams are not available on the UC3 architecture, due to a lack of suitable library support.
-  *  - XMEGA Architecture
-  *    \warning The XMEGA device support is currently <b>experimental</b> (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only.
-  *
-  *    - Endpoints of more than 64 bytes are not currently supported in this release.
-  *    - Isochronous endpoints are not currently supported in this release. As a result, the audio class
-  *      cannot be used on XMEGA devices.
-  *    - Multiple-bank endpoints are not currently supported in this release.
-  *    - Early silicon revisions of the ATXMEGA128A1U are incompatible with LUFA, due to their various errata
-  *      relating to the USB controller.
-  *  - Architecture Independent
-  *    - The LUFA library is not watchdog aware, and thus timeouts are possible if short periods are used
-  *      and a lengthy USB operation is initiated.
-  *    - No LUFA provided driver INF files for Windows are signed, and thus may fail to install on systems where driver signing is enforced (e.g. Windows 8).
-  *  - Build System
-  *    - No known issues.
-  *  - Atmel Studio Integration
-  *    - Not all devices are listed in the "Supported Parts" screen when selecting a device. To select an alternative device, change the "Show Device" drop-down to "All Parts".
-  *    - When switching boards after changing the device selection, a second conflicting BOARD symbol definition can be created that prevents successful compilation. To fix, open the project properties window (<i>Project->Project {name} Properties...</i> menu item), click the Toolchain tab, click "Symbols" under the "AVR/GNU C Compiler" section and remove the incorrect definition.
-  *
-  *  \section Sec_KnownIssues130901 Version 130901
-  *  - AVR8 Architecture
-  *    - No known issues.
-  *  - UC3 Architecture
-  *    \warning The UC3 device support is currently <b>experimental</b> (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only. \n
-  *
-  *    - No demos, bootloaders or projects have been ported for the UC3 devices in the current release,
-  *      although the architecture is supported in the LUFA core library.
-  *    - DMA transfers to and from the USB controller are not yet implemented for this release.
-  *    - The UC3C, UC3D and UC3L sub-families of UC3 are not currently supported by the library due to their
-  *      altered USB controller design.
-  *    - The various \c *_CreateStream() functions for creating standard \c <stdio.h> compatible virtual file
-  *      streams are not available on the UC3 architecture, due to a lack of suitable library support.
-  *  - XMEGA Architecture
-  *    \warning The XMEGA device support is currently <b>experimental</b> (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only.
-  *
-  *    - Endpoints of more than 64 bytes are not currently supported in this release.
-  *    - Isochronous endpoints are not currently supported in this release. As a result, the audio class
-  *      cannot be used on XMEGA devices.
-  *    - Multiple-bank endpoints are not currently supported in this release.
-  *    - Early silicon revisions of the ATXMEGA128A1U are incompatible with LUFA, due to their various errata
-  *      relating to the USB controller.
-  *  - Architecture Independent
-  *    - The LUFA library is not watchdog aware, and thus timeouts are possible if short periods are used
-  *      and a lengthy USB operation is initiated.
-  *    - No LUFA provided driver INF files for Windows are signed, and thus may fail to install on systems where driver signing is enforced (e.g. Windows 8).
-  *  - Build System
-  *    - No known issues.
-  *  - Atmel Studio Integration
-  *    - Not all devices are listed in the "Supported Parts" screen when selecting a device. To select an alternative device, change the "Show Device" drop-down to "All Parts".
-  *    - When switching boards after changing the device selection, a second conflicting BOARD symbol definition can be created that prevents successful compilation. To fix, open the project properties window (<i>Project->Project {name} Properties...</i> menu item), click the Toolchain tab, click "Symbols" under the "AVR/GNU C Compiler" section and remove the incorrect definition.
-  *
-  *  \section Sec_KnownIssues130303 Version 130303
-  *  - AVR8 Architecture
-  *    - No known issues.
-  *  - UC3 Architecture
-  *    \warning The UC3 device support is currently <b>experimental</b> (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only. \n
-  *
-  *    - No demos, bootloaders or projects have been ported for the UC3 devices in the current release,
-  *      although the architecture is supported in the LUFA core library.
-  *    - DMA transfers to and from the USB controller are not yet implemented for this release.
-  *    - The UC3C, UC3D and UC3L sub-families of UC3 are not currently supported by the library due to their
-  *      altered USB controller design.
-  *    - The various \c CreateStream() functions for creating standard \c <stdio.h> compatible virtual file
-  *      streams are not available on the UC3 architecture, due to a lack of suitable library support.
-  *  - XMEGA Architecture
-  *    \warning The XMEGA device support is currently <b>experimental</b> (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only.
-  *
-  *    - No demos, bootloaders or projects have been ported for the XMEGA devices in the current release,
-  *      although the architecture is supported in the LUFA core library.
-  *    - Endpoints of more than 64 bytes are not currently supported in this release.
-  *    - Isochronous endpoints are not currently supported in this release. As a result, the audio class
-  *      cannot be used on XMEGA devices.
-  *    - Multiple-bank endpoints are not currently supported in this release.
-  *    - Early revisions of the ATXMEGA128A1U are incompatible with LUFA, due to their various errata
-  *      relating to the USB controller.
-  *  - Architecture Independent
-  *    - The LUFA library is not watchdog aware, and thus timeouts are possible if short periods are used
-  *      and a lengthy USB operation is initiated.
-  *    - No LUFA provided driver INF files for Windows are signed, and thus may fail to install on systems where driver signing is enforced (e.g. Windows 8).
-  *  - Build System
-  *    - No known issues.
-  *
-  *  \section Sec_KnownIssues120730 Version 120730
-  *  - AVR8 Architecture
-  *    - No known issues.
-  *  - UC3 Architecture
-  *    \warning The UC3 device support is currently <b>experimental</b> (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only. \n
-  *
-  *    - No demos, bootloaders or projects have been ported for the UC3 devices in the current release,
-  *      although the architecture is supported in the LUFA core library.
-  *    - DMA transfers to and from the USB controller are not yet implemented for this release.
-  *    - The UC3C, UC3D and UC3L sub-families of UC3 are not currently supported by the library due to their
-  *      altered USB controller design.
-  *    - The various \c CreateStream() functions for creating standard \c <stdio.h> compatible virtual file
-  *      streams are not available on the UC3 architecture, due to a lack of suitable library support.
-  *  - XMEGA Architecture
-  *    \warning The XMEGA device support is currently <b>experimental</b> (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only.
-  *
-  *    - No demos, bootloaders or projects have been ported for the XMEGA devices in the current release,
-  *      although the architecture is supported in the LUFA core library.
-  *    - Endpoints of more than 64 bytes are not currently supported in this release.
-  *    - Isochronous endpoints are not currently supported in this release. As a result, the audio class
-  *      cannot be used on XMEGA devices.
-  *    - Multiple-bank endpoints are not currently supported in this release.
-  *    - Early revisions of the ATXMEGA128A1U are incompatible with LUFA, due to their various errata
-  *      relating to the USB controller.
-  *  - Architecture Independent
-  *    - The LUFA library is not watchdog aware, and thus timeouts are possible if short periods are used
-  *      and a lengthy USB operation is initiated.
-  *    - No LUFA provided driver INF files for Windows are signed, and thus may fail to install on systems where driver signing is enforced (e.g. Windows 8).
-  *  - Build System
-  *    - No known issues.
-  */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/LUFAPoweredProjects.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/LUFAPoweredProjects.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index b1816d0618..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/LUFAPoweredProjects.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,224 +0,0 @@
-/** \file
- *
- *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
- *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
- */
-
-/** \page Page_LUFAPoweredProjects User Projects Powered by LUFA
- *
- *  LUFA is currently in use all around the world, in many applications both commercial and non-commercial. Below is a
- *  list of known public LUFA powered projects, which all use the LUFA library in some way. Feel free to visit each project's
- *  home page for more information on each project.
- *
- *  If you have a project that you would like to add to this list, please contact me via the details on the main page of this
- *  documentation.
- *
- *  \section Sec_BoardsUsingLUFA AVR-USB Development Boards Using LUFA
- *
- *  The following is a list of known AVR USB development boards, which recommend using LUFA for the USB stack. Some of these
- *  are open design, and all are available for purchase as completed development boards suitable for project development.
- *
- *  \li AVR-USB-162, a USBKEY-like development board for the AT90USB162: http://olimex.com/dev/avr-usb-162.html
- *  \li Benito #7, a no-frills USB board: http://www.dorkbotpdx.org/wiki/benito
- *  \li Duce, the successor to the Benito #7: http://dorkbotpdx.org/wiki/duce
- *  \li JM-DB-U2, an ATMEGA32U2 development board: http://u2.mattair.net/index.html
- *  \li Micropendous, an open design/source set of AVR USB development boards: http://micropendous.org/
- *  \li Microsin AVR-USB162 breakout board, a DIY AT90USB162 development board: http://microsin.ru/content/view/685/44/
- *  \li Minimus USB, a board specially designed for PSGroove: http://www.minimususb.com/
- *  \li Nanduino, a do-it-yourself AT90USB162 board: http://www.makestuff.eu/wordpress/?page_id=569
- *  \li Sparkfun ATMEGA8U2 breakout board: http://www.sparkfun.com/products/10277
- *  \li Teensy and Teensy++, two other AVR USB development boards: http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/index.html
- *  \li U2DIL/U4DIL, a set of DIP layout USB AVR boards: http://www.reworld.eu/re/en/products/u2dil/
- *  \li USB2AX, a tiny USB to serial converter board: http://paranoidstudio.assembla.com/wiki/show/paranoidstudio/USB2AX
- *  \li USBFOO 2, AT90USB162 based development board: http://shop.kernelconcepts.de/product_info.php?products_id=102
- *
- *  \section Sec_LUFAProjects Projects Using LUFA (Hobbyist)
- *
- *  The following are known hobbyist projects using LUFA. Most are open source, and show off interesting ways that the LUFA library
- *  can be incorporated into many different applications.
- *
- *  \li Accelerometer Game Joystick: http://www.crictor.co.il/he/episodes/joystick/
- *  \li Adjacent Reality Motion Tracker: http://www.adjacentreality.org/
- *  \li AD9833 based USB Function Generator: http://tuomasnylund.fi/drupal6/content/ad9833-based-usb-function-generator
- *  \li AERY development platform for the AVR32 devices: http://www.aery32.com/
- *  \li AM Radio transmitter: http://amcinnes.info/2012/uc_am_xmit/
- *  \li Arcade Controller: http://fletchtronics.net/arcade-controller-made-petunia
- *  \li Arcade Joystick: http://jamie.lentin.co.uk/embedded/arcade-joystick/
- *  \li AttoBasic AVR BASIC interpreter: http://cappels.org/dproj/AttoBasic_Home/AttoBasic_Home.html
- *  \li AVR USB Modem, a 3G Wireless Modem host: http://code.google.com/p/avrusbmodem/
- *  \li Bicycle POV: http://www.code.google.com/p/bicycleledpov/
- *  \li Bluetooth Explorerbot: http://code.google.com/p/bluetooth-explorerbot/
- *  \li Bus Ninja, an AVR clone of the popular BusPirate project: http://blog.hodgepig.org/busninja/
- *  \li CAMTRIG, a remote Camera Trigger device: http://code.astraw.com/projects/motmot/camtrig
- *  \li ChameleonMini, a smart card emulator: https://github.com/skuep/ChameleonMini
- *  \li CD Driver Emulator Dongle for ISO Files: http://cdemu.blogspot.com/
- *  \li ChipWhisperer, a signal capture device: https://www.assembla.com/spaces/chipwhisperer/wiki/ChipWhisperer_Rev2_Capture_Hardware
- *  \li ClockTamer, a configurable clock generator: http://code.google.com/p/clock-tamer/
- *  \li Collection of alternative Arduino Uno firmwares: http://hunt.net.nz/users/darran/
- *  \li Computer controlled LED matrix (Russian): http://we.easyelectronics.ru/AVR/nebolshoy-primer-s-lufa-hidapi.html
- *  \li CULFW, a 868MHz RF packet encoder/decoder: http://www.koeniglich.de/culfw/culfw.html
- *  \li Dashkey, a custom PC keyboard controller: http://geekhack.org/showwiki.php?title=Island:19096
- *  \li DIY PS3 controller emulator: https://code.google.com/p/diyps3controller/
- *  \li EMuSer, a USB-RS422 adapter for E-Mu samplers: http://www.emxp.net/EMuSer.htm
- *  \li EQ Track, a telescope mount controller: http://sourceforge.net/projects/eqtrack/
- *  \li Estick JTAG, an ARM JTAG debugger: http://code.google.com/p/estick-jtag/
- *  \li "Fingerlicking Wingdinger" (WARNING: Bad language if no Javascript), a MIDI controller: http://noisybox.net/electronics/wingdinger/
- *  \li Flyatar, a real-time fly tracking system: https://github.com/peterpolidoro/Flyatar
- *  \li FootJoy, a 22 button, 6-axis josystick with keyboard and mouse modes: https://bitbucket.org/sirbrialliance/foot-joy/
- *  \li Gamecube controller to USB adapter: https://www.facebook.com/media/set/?set=a.10150202447076304.310536.688776303&l=df53851c50
- *  \li Garmin GPS USB to NMEA standard serial sentence translator: http://github.com/nall/garmin-transmogrifier/tree/master
- *  \li Geiger Counter with USB interface: http://www.hforsten.com/i-made-a-geiger-counter.html
- *  \li Generic HID Device Creator: http://generichid.sourceforge.net/
- *  \li Generic HID Open Source Framework: http://www.waitingforfriday.com/index.php/USB_Generic_HID_Open_Source_Framework_for_Atmel_AVR_and_Windows
- *  \li Ghetto Drum, a MIDI drum controller: http://noisybox.net/art/gdrum/
- *  \li GPS enabled lap timer for vehicles: http://www.assembla.com/code/ironlung/subversion/nodes/trunk/LapTimer
- *  \li GSynth, an 8-bit sound synthesizer: https://github.com/gcielniak/GSynth
- *  \li Gumbi, a Python library and USB GPIO controller: https://code.google.com/p/gumbi/
- *  \li Hardware Volume Control: https://github.com/davidk/hw-volume-control
- *  \li Hiduino, a USB-MIDI replacement firmware for the Arduino Uno: http://code.google.com/p/hiduino/
- *  \li IBM capacitive keybord replacement controller: http://downloads.cornall.co/ibm-capsense-usb-web/ibm-capsense-usb.html
- *  \li Ikea RGB LED USB modification: http://slashhome.se/p/projects/id/ikea_dioder_usb/#project
- *  \li IR electricity meter monitor: http://sourceforge.net/projects/irmetermon/
- *  \li IR Remote to Keyboard decoder: http://netzhansa.blogspot.com/2010/04/our-living-room-hi-fi-setup-needs-mp3.html
- *  \li Jukebox panic button: http://thinkl33t.co.uk/the-panic-button
- *  \li Kinesis replacement firmware: https://github.com/chrisandreae/kinesis-firmware
- *  \li LED Panel controller: http://projects.peterpolidoro.net/caltech/panelscontroller/panelscontroller.htm
- *  \li Linux Secure Storage Dongle: http://github.com/TomMD/teensy
- *  \li LUFA powered DDR dance mat (French): http://logicien-parfait.fr/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=projet:ddr_repair
- *  \li Macintosh SIMM ROM Programmer: https://code.google.com/p/mac-rom-simm-programmer/
- *  \li MakeTV Episode Dispenser: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BkWUi18hl3g
- *  \li Mec64,a Commodore 64 keyboard: http://deskthority.net/workshop-f7/mec64-keyboard-t4522.html
- *  \li MidiMonster, a USB-to-MIDI gateway board: http://www.dorkbotpdx.org/wiki/midimonster
- *  \li MIDI Theremin: http://baldwisdom.com/usb-midi-controller-theremin-style-on-arduino-uno/
- *  \li MIDI interface hack of a toy Guitar: http://blog.x37v.info/2011/06/26/toy-guitar-hacked-midi-conroller
- *  \li MiniBloq, a graphical Ardunio programming environment : http://minibloq.org/
- *  \li MiXley, a port of the Teacup 3D printer firmware for the USB AVRs: http://codaset.com/michielh/mixley
- *  \li Mobo 4.3, a USB controlled all band (160-10m) HF SDR transceiver: http://sites.google.com/site/lofturj/mobo4_3
- *  \li Moco, a native Arduino Uno MIDI replacement firmware: http://web.mac.com/kuwatay/morecat_lab./MocoLUFA.html
- *  \li Monash ECSE Smart Packet Radio Testbed: http://www.ecse.monash.edu.au/twiki/bin/view/WSRNLab/SmartPacketRadio
- *  \li Motherboard BIOS flasher: http://www.coreboot.org/InSystemFlasher
- *  \li Multi-button Joystick (French): http://logicien-parfait.fr/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=projet:joystick
- *  \li Music Playing Alarm Clock (Tutorial): http://www.instructables.com/id/Music-Playing-Alarm-Clock/
- *  \li Nehebkau, Laptop Controlled Keyboard and Mouse: http://www.frank-zhao.com/cache/nehebkau.php
- *  \li NeroJTAG, a JTAG dongle: https://github.com/makestuff/neroJtag
- *  \li NES Controller USB modification: https://github.com/nfd/nes_adapter
- *  \li Nikon wireless camera remote control (Norwegian): http://hekta.org/~hpe1119/
- *  \li Nintendo Four-Score, USB NES 4-player controller adapter: http://www.waitingforfriday.com/index.php/Nintendo_Four_Score_USB
- *  \li Numpad keyboard: http://tuomasnylund.fi/drupal6/content/usb-cherry-mx-numpad
- *  \li Opendous-JTAG, an open source ARM JTAG debugger: http://code.google.com/p/opendous-jtag/
- *  \li Openkubus, an open source hardware-based authentication dongle: http://code.google.com/p/openkubus/
- *  \li Orbee, a USB connected RGB Orb for notifications: http://www.franksworkshop.com.au/Electronics/Orbee/Orbee.htm
- *  \li Password keyring: http://owlsan.blogspot.no/2014/06/keyring-project-version-10.html
- *  \li Picade alternative firmware, a retro Arcade controller/cabinet: https://github.com/rktrlng/picade_lufa
- *  \li PPM signal generator over USB: https://github.com/G33KatWork/USBPPM
- *  \li Programmable keyboard controller: http://41j.com/blog/2011/10/a-programmable-keyboard-controller/
- *  \li Programmable XBOX controller: http://richard-burke.dyndns.org/wordpress/pan-galactic-gargantuan-gargle-brain-aka-xbox-360-usb-controller/
- *  \li Project Surface, a touch interface controller for Windows 8: https://code.google.com/p/project-surface/
- *  \li PSGroove, a Playstation 3 Homebrew dongle: http://github.com/psgroove
- *  \li PS/2 to USB adapter: https://github.com/makestuff/p2ukbd
- *  \li RaspiFace, an Arduino platform bridge for the Raspberry Pi: http://www.raspiface.com/
- *  \li Reflow oven controller: http://danstrother.com/2011/01/15/reflow-oven-controller/
- *  \li RFPirate, a RF experimentation platform: https://github.com/ebuller/RF-Pirate
- *  \li RF Power Meter, based on the AD8307 log amp: https://sites.google.com/site/lofturj/ad8307-power-meter
- *  \li RF Transceiver using the MRF49XA: http://alternet.us.com/?page_id=1494
- *  \li SD Card reader: http://elasticsheep.com/2010/04/teensy2-usb-mass-storage-with-an-sd-card/
- *  \li SDR1, a Software Defined Radio firmware: https://code.google.com/p/sdr-mk1/
- *  \li SEGA Megadrive/Genesis Development Cartridge: http://www.makestuff.eu/wordpress/?page_id=398
- *  \li Serial Line bus analyser: http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/projects/SerialAnalyzer.html
- *  \li Simple USB LED Controller (SULC): https://github.com/scottbez1/sulc
- *  \li SNES custom FLASH ROM: http://electrifiedfoolingmachine.co/?page_id=633
- *  \li Smartcard Detective: https://code.google.com/p/smartcarddetective/
- *  \li SmartportVHD Apple II Mass Storage adapter: http://pcedric3.free.fr/SmartportVHD/
- *  \li Single LED Matrix Display: http://guysoft.wordpress.com/2009/10/08/bumble-b/
- *  \li Simple USB LED Controller: https://github.com/scottbez1/sulc
- *  \li Stripe Snoop, a Magnetic Card reader: http://www.ossguy.com/ss_usb/
- *  \li Stylophone, with USB MIDI connectivity: http://www.waitingforfriday.com/index.php/Stylophone_Studio_5
- *  \li Teensy SD Card .WAV file player: http://elasticsheep.com/2010/04/teensy2-usb-wav-player-part-1/
- *  \li Touch It (Fabulously), presumably art: http://touch.it.fa.bulo.us/ly/
- *  \li Touchscreen Input Device: http://capnstech.blogspot.com/2010/07/touchscreen-update.html
- *  \li UDFS, a BBC Micro USB disk filing system: https://github.com/makestuff/udfs
- *  \li Universal USB AVR Module: http://usbavr.bplaced.net/
- *  \li USB2AX, a USB to Dynamixel network adapter: http://paranoidstudio.assembla.com/wiki/show/paranoidstudio/USB2AX
- *  \li USBPass, a USB password keeper: http://sroz.net/projects/usbpass/
- *  \li USB Business Card: http://www.limpkin.fr/index.php?post/2012/09/15/My-new-business-card
- *  \li USB Function Generator: http://tuomasnylund.fi/drupal6/content/ad9833-based-usb-function-generator
- *  \li USB Infrared Receiver/Transmitter: http://vaton4.web2001.cz/
- *  \li USB Interface for Playstation Portable Devices: http://forums.ps2dev.org/viewtopic.php?t=11001
- *  \li USB MIDI to DMX controller: http://github.com/hanshuebner/miDiMX
- *  \li USB Mood Light: https://github.com/hsbp/usb_moodlight
- *  \li USB powered Geiger Counter: http://uhrheber.wordpress.com/2011/04/28/a-usb-powered-geiger-counter-for-the-z2-and-other-computers/
- *  \li Userial, a USB to Serial converter with SPI, I2C and other protocols: http://www.tty1.net/userial/
- *  \li Wii Classic Controller to USB converter: https://github.com/crazyiop/wii-classic-2-usb
- *  \li Wireless MIDI Guitar system: http://www.ise.pw.edu.pl/~wzab/wireless_guitar_system/
- *  \li XBOX 360 Startup Sound Changer: http://www.homebrew-connection.org/change-your-xbox-360-startup-sounds-yourself/
- *  \li Xnormidi, a C MIDI library: http://x37v.info/projects/xnormidi
- *  \li XUM1541, a Commodore 64 floppy drive to USB adapter: http://www.root.org/~nate/c64/xum1541/
- *  \li Zeus, a touch screen computer for music manipulation: http://www.benbengler.com/developments_zeus.html
- *
- *  \section Sec_LUFACommercialProjects Projects Using LUFA (Commercial)
- *
- *  The following is a list of known commercial products using LUFA. Some of these are open source, although many are "black-box"
- *  solutions with no source code given. Those companies which have purchased a Commercial License to LUFA (see \ref Page_LicenseInfo)
- *  are not listed here unless specifically requested.
- *
- *  \li Alphasphere, a MIDI input sphere device for music creation: http://www.alphasphere.com/
- *  \li Arduino Uno and Leonardo, official Arduino boards: http://www.arduino.cc
- *  \li ARPS Locator: http://la3t.hamradio.no/lab//?id=tracker_en
- *  \li AsTeRICS assistive technologies project, HID actuator: http://www.asterics.eu
- *  \li BitFury, a Bitcoin ASIC miner: https://github.com/aauer1/LUFA-BitFury/tree/master/Projects/BitfuryBTC
- *  \li Ceberus, a MadCatz Xbox 360 arcade stick modifier: http://www.phreakmods.com/products/cerberus
- *  \li CFFA3000, a CompactFlash interface for the Apple II: http://www.dreher.net/CFforAppleII
- *  \li Digital Survey Instruments Magnetometer and Pointer: http://www.digitalsurveyinstruments.com/
- *  \li FinchRobot, a robot designed for educational use: http://www.finchrobot.com/
- *  \li Flysight, a GPS logger for wingsuit pilots: http://flysight.ca/
- *  \li Goldilocks, an Arduino compatible clone: http://feilipu.me/2014/03/08/goldilocks-1284p-arduino-uno-clone/
- *  \li HummingBird Kit, a robotics learning platform: http://www.hummingbirdkit.com/
- *  \li LP1, an AVRISP-MKII Clone AVR Programmer: http://embeddedglow.com/items/LP1/LP1.php
- *  \li Penguino, an Arduino Board With On-Board LUFA Powered Debugger/Programmer: http://wiki.icy.com.au/PenguinoAVR
- *  \li PhatIO, a filesystem based I/O interface: http://www.phatio.com/
- *  \li PIR-1, an IR control interface for consumer electronics: http://www.promixis.com/pir-1.php
- *  \li PIR-4, a USB Connected 4 port IR transmitter: http://promixis.com/pir-4.php
- *  \li PortPilot, a USB device charger with power meter: http://portpilot.net/
- *  \li KeyGlove, an alternative input system: http://www.keyglove.net/
- *  \li Many of Busware's Products: http://www.busware.de/
- *  \li MIDIFighter, a USB-MIDI controller: http://www.midifighter.com/
- *  \li MIDI USB Arduino Shield: http://openpipe.cc/products/midi-usb-shield/
- *  \li Norduino, a wireless Arduino: http://norduino.robomotic.com/norduino-is-now-usb-hid/
- *  \li Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2, an AVRISP-MKII Clone AVR Programmer: https://www.olimex.com/dev/avr-isp-mk2.html
- *  \li Retrode, a USB Games Console Cartridge Reader: http://www.retrode.org
- *  \li RFI21.1EU UHF RFID reader: http://www.metra.cz/rfid/uhf-rfid-ctecky/rfi21-1eu-uhf-rfid-ctecka.htm
- *  \li SmartCardDetective, a Smart Card analysis tool: http://www.smartcarddetective.com/
- *  \li TimelapsePlus, a digital camera time lapse tool: https://github.com/timelapseplus/TimelapsePlus-Firmware
- *  \li USBTINY-MKII, an AVRISP-MKII Clone AVR Programmer: http://tom-itx.no-ip.biz:81/~webpage/boards/USBTiny_Mkii/USBTiny_Mkii_index.php
- *  \li UDS18B20 USB Temperature sensor: http://toughlog.org/uds18b20/
- *  \li VMeter, a USB MIDI touch strip controller: http://www.vmeter.net/
- *  \li XMEGA Development Board, using LUFA as an On-Board Programmer: http://xmega.mattair.net/
- *  \li Zeptoprog, a multifunction AVR programmer: http://www.mattairtech.com/index.php/featured/zeptoprog.html
- *
- *  \section Sec_LUFAPublications Publications Mentioning LUFA
- *  The following are published magazines which have either mentioned or featured the LUFA library.
- *
- *  \li Elektor Magazine, "My First AVR-USB" by Antoine Authier (feature), January 2010 Issue
- *  \li Elektor Magazine, "USB is Cool/Sucks" by Jerry Jacobs and Chris Vossen (minor mention), January 2010 Issue
- *  \li Elektor Magazine, "20 x Open Source" by Jens Nickel, March 2010 Issue
- *  \li Circuit Cellar Magazine, "Advanced USB Design Debugging" by Collin O'Flynn, August 2010 Issue
- *  \li "Some Assembly Required: Assembly Language Programming with the AVR Microcontroller" by Timothy S. Margush
- *  \li Elektor Magazine, "Taming the Beast (2)" by Clemens Valens/Raymond Vermeulen, January 2014 Issue
- *
- *  \section Sec_LUFANotableMentions Other Notable Mentions of LUFA
- *  The following are non-print but notable mentions of the LUFA library.
- *
- *  \li Adafruit "Ask an Engineer", 7th November 2010
- *  \li Arduino 2010 Keynote speech
- *  \li The Amp Hour podcast blog #11
- *  \li Blackhat 2011 conference, "Exploiting USB Devices with Arduino"
- *
- *  \section Sec_PortsAndForks Non-Official LUFA Ports and Forks
- *  The following are unofficial forks of the LUFA codebase, which implement different features such as support for
- *  additional architectures.
- *
- *  \li NXP's official LPCOpen "LPCUSBLib" LUFA fork, for LPC devices: http://www.lpcware.com/
- *  \li Kevin Mehall's LUFA port to the NXP LPC13xx: https://github.com/kevinmehall/LUFA-LPC13xx
- *  \li Mark Ding's port for the Silicon Labs SiM3U1xx: https://www.github.com/MarkDing/USB_CDC
- *  \li Mark Ding's port for the Silicon Labs EFM32 Giant Gecko: https://github.com/MarkDing/lufa-efm32
- */
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/MigrationInformation.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/MigrationInformation.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index bc47d14753..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/MigrationInformation.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,708 +0,0 @@
-/** \file
- *
- *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
- *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
- */
-
-/** \page Page_Migration Migrating from Older Versions
- *
- *  Below is migration information for updating existing projects based on previous versions of the LUFA library
- *  to the next version released. It does not indicate all new additions to the library in each version change, only
- *  areas relevant to making older projects compatible with the API changes of each new release.
- *
- *  \section Sec_Migration140928 Migrating from 140302 to 140928
- *  <b>Device Mode</b>
- *    - The device mode RNDIS class driver now requires a user-supplied buffer and buffer length to operate, rather
- *      than allocating this buffer internally.
- *
- *  \section Sec_Migration140302 Migrating from 130901 to 140302
- *  <b>USB Core</b>
- *    - The \c VERSION_BCD() macro has changed from accepting one floating point parameter to taking three distinct major/minor/revision integer parameters, as
- *      some edge cases caused incorrect parsing of the input float into the final integer BCD encoded value.
- *
- *  <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
- *    - The \c ATTR_NEVER_INLINE macro, erroneously introduced in a previous release has been removed, as it duplicates the existing \c ATTR_NO_INLINE macro.
- *
- *  <b>Build System</b>
- *    - The default configuration file for Doxygen is now "doxyfile" rather than "Doxygen.conf", to conform to the Doxygen project's own default file name.
- *      Set \c DOXYGEN_CONF to override the new default file name.
- *
- *  \section Sec_Migration130901 Migrating from 130303 to 130901
- *  <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
- *    - The Board Dataflash \c Dataflash_Init() function now automatically configures the appropriate communication interface.
- *
- *  \section Sec_Migration130303 Migrating from 120730 to 130303
- *  <b>Device Mode</b>
- *    - The \ref HID_KEYBOARD_LED_KANA macro was previously misspelled as \c HID_KEYBOARD_LED_KATANA, and had an incorrect value. User applications requiring this
- *      constant should use the new name, and remove any workarounds for the previously incorrect macro definition.
- *    - The \c HID_KEYBOARD_SC_EQUAL_SIGN macro has been renamed to \ref HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_EQUAL_SIGN, and the previous definition of
- *      \c HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_EQUAL_SIGN has been renamed \ref HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_EQUAL_SIGN_AS400 to conform to the definitions in the HID specification.
- *
- *  <b>Host Mode</b>
- *    - The \ref HID_KEYBOARD_LED_KANA macro was previously misspelled as \c HID_KEYBOARD_LED_KATANA, and had an incorrect value. User applications requiring this
- *      constant should use the new name, and remove any workarounds for the previously incorrect macro definition.
- *    - The \c HID_KEYBOARD_SC_EQUAL_SIGN macro has been renamed to \ref HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_EQUAL_SIGN, and the previous definition of
- *      \c HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_EQUAL_SIGN has been renamed \ref HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_EQUAL_SIGN_AS400 to conform to the definitions in the HID specification.
- *
- *  \section Sec_Migration120730 Migrating from 120219 to 120730
- *  <b>Device Mode</b>
- *    - The device mode Audio Class driver now requires an additional configuration parameter, the Audio Control interface index. Existing applications should
- *      be adjusted to specify the additional configuration parameter.
- *    - The HID_DESCRIPTOR_JOYSTICK() macro no longer takes a variable number of axis as a parameter, due to OS incompatibilities; this macro now uses a fixed
- *      3 axis of data. User applications should update their calls to this macro and their report structures to suit a fixed 3-axis joystick report. If a user
- *      application requires more than 3 axis' of data, a custom report descriptor will need to be constructed by hand.
- *    - The \ref Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint() function no longer takes in masks for the banks and direction; the number of banks is now an integer argument, and
- *      the direction is obtained from the full endpoint address within the device. Applications calling Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint() should update their API
- *      call to use a full endpoint address (including ENDPOINT_DIR_IN or ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT direction in the MSB of the endpoint address) and an integer number
- *      of banks.
- *    - All endpoint functions now operate on full endpoint addresses within the device, rather than a directionless endpoint index. Applications should update
- *      their API calls to use full endpoint addresses when required within the device.
- *    - All device mode class drivers have been updated to use a new unified endpoint description structure for all endpoints; existing applications will need
- *      to update their class driver struct instantiation to match the new scheme (see \ref USB_Endpoint_Table_t).
- *    - The \c ENDPOINT_BANKS_SUPPORTED() and \c ENDPOINT_MAX_ENDPOINT_SIZE() macros have been removed, as these do not function correctly with the new addressing
- *      scheme for the endpoint APIs. Please refer to the target device's datasheet for the maximum bank size of each endpoint.
- *    - The MIDI class driver \ref MIDI_EventPacket_t event packet no longer contains separate \c CableIndex and \c Command entries; these have been combined
- *      into a single \c Event element which can be constructed using the new macro \ref MIDI_EVENT(). Existing applications should use the new macro and structure
- *      element name.
- *
- *  <b>Host Mode</b>
- *    - The Android Accessory Host class driver property strings are now a array of \c char* rather than a struct of named pointers. Existing applications
- *      should use C99 Designated Initializers with the property string indexes located in \ref AOA_Strings_t instead.
- *    - The \ref Pipe_ConfigurePipe() function no longer takes in masks for the banks and token; the number of banks is now an integer argument, and the token
- *      is now inferred from the full pipe address within the device, and the pipe type. Applications calling Pipe_ConfigurePipe() should update their API
- *      call to use a full pipe address (including PIPE_DIR_IN or PIPE_DIR_OUT direction in the MSB of the pipe address) and an integer number of banks.
- *    - All pipe functions now operate on full pipe addresses within the device, rather than a directionless pipe index. Applications should update their API
- *      calls to use full pipe addresses when required within the device.
- *    - All host mode class drivers have been updated to use a new unified pipe description structure for all pipes; existing applications will need to update
- *      their class driver struct instantiation to match the new scheme (see \ref USB_Pipe_Table_t).
- *    - The MIDI class driver \ref MIDI_EventPacket_t event packet no longer contains seperate \c CableIndex and \c Command entries; these have been combined
- *      into a single \c Event element which can be constructed using the new macro \ref MIDI_EVENT(). Existing applications should use the new macro and structure
- *      element name.
- *    - The library "LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/ConfigDescriptor.c" source file has been renamed "LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/ConfigDescriptors.c" as this was clashing with
- *      files in some low level host mode demo applications, preventing parallel project builds. If you are referencing the project source files directly instead
- *      of using the makefile module names, you will need to adjust your project makefile.
- *
- *  \section Sec_Migration120219 Migrating from 111009 to 120219
- *  <b>USB Core</b>
- *    - The HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFER_* macros in the HID class driver have been corrected to HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_* (note the spelling of "modifier").
- *      Existing applications should switch over to the correctly spelled macro names.
- *    - The names of the USB Device and USB Host class driver files have changed; a new "ClassDevice" and "ClassHost" postfix has been added to the
- *      respective class driver files. Projects referencing the class driver source files by filename rather than the LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS makefile
- *      variable should append these postfixes to the source file names. Projects including the USB class driver dispatch headers directly should either
- *      switch to including the main USB driver header instead, or use the updated header filenames.
- *    - The USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED constant has been renamed to USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED, as this was misnamed. All devices must set this bit in
- *      the Configuration descriptor's attributes field. As all devices are assumed to be bus-powered unless stated otherwise with the
- *      USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED flag a replacement constant for bus powered devices is not provided.
- *
- *  <b>Device Mode</b>
- *    - The device mode Audio class driver now requires a new user application callback, \ref CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetInterfaceProperty().
- *      Existing applications must implement this new callback, however if no audio entities are defined in the audio device's descriptors,
- *      this function may be hard-coded to always return false for previous behaviour to be retained.
- *
- *  \section Sec_Migration111009 Migrating from 110528 to 111009
- *  <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
- *    - The \c JTAG_DEBUG_ASSERT() macro has been renamed \ref JTAG_ASSERT() to be consistent with \ref STDOUT_ASSERT().
- *
- *  <b>USB Core</b>
- *    - By default, unordered Endpoint and Pipe configuration is now allowed once again, via the previous workaround of
- *      reconfiguring all Endpoints/Pipes in order each time a new Endpoint/Pipe is created. To minimize the compiled program
- *      size, the new \c ORDERED_EP_CONFIG compile time option may be defined in the project makefile to restrict the ordering
- *      in exchange for a smaller compiled binary size.
- *    - The previous \c F_CLOCK symbol, required in the project makefile, has been renamed to \c F_USB. This is due to the previous name
- *      being far too generic for use in future architecture ports, where multiple clock domains are used.
- *
- *  <b>Device Mode</b>
- *    - The Endpoint stream functions now all require a \c BytesProcessed parameter instead of the previous callback parameter.
- *      This should be set to \c NULL to retain previous behaviour of the functions, or point to a location where the number of bytes
- *      processed in the current transaction can be stored. If the \c BytesProcessed parameter is non \c NULL, each time the endpoint
- *      bank becomes full and the packet is sent, the routine will exit with the new \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer
- *      error code to allow the user application to determine when to send the next chunk of data.
- *    - The \ref CDC_Device_SendString() function now expects a null terminated string instead of an explicit length. Existing code
- *      should use the new \ref CDC_Device_SendData() function, or remove the length parameter from the function call.
- *    - The \c Endpoint_ResetFIFO() function has been renamed to \ref Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(), to make the API function names more
- *      consistent. Existing applications using the old function name should simply replace it with a call to the new function name.
- *    - The \c Endpoint_*_Byte() functions have been renamed Endpoint_*_8() to ensure they are correct across all architectures. Existing
- *      code using these functions should replace the previous function names with the new function names.
- *    - The \c Endpoint_*_Word() functions have been renamed Endpoint_*_16() to ensure they are correct across all architectures. Existing
- *      code using these functions should replace the previous function names with the new function names.
- *    - The \c Endpoint_*_DWord() functions have been renamed Endpoint_*_32() to ensure they are correct across all architectures. Existing
- *      code using these functions should replace the previous function names with the new function names.
- *    - The Device mode RNDIS class driver no longer stores the incoming and outgoing packets in the class driver instance; the user is
- *      now expected to manually define a storage location for the packet data. Packets must now be sent and received manually via a call
- *      to \ref RNDIS_Device_ReadPacket() and/or \ref RNDIS_Device_SendPacket().
- *    - The definition of the Audio class \ref USB_Audio_Descriptor_Format_t has been altered, to remove the fixed singular
- *      audio sample rate in the descriptor definition, and to rename the \c SampleFrequencyType to the more appropriate
- *      \c TotalDiscreteSampleRates. Existing applications will need to add an array of \ref USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t elements
- *      immediately following any \ref USB_Audio_Descriptor_Format_t descriptors, and insert the appropriate sampling rates
- *      supported by the device, as well as rename the descriptor elements to match the updated element names.
- *    - The device mode Audio class driver now requires a new user application callback, \ref CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetEndpointProperty().
- *      Existing applications must implement this new callback, however if multiple sample rates or pitch control is not used,
- *      this function may be hard-coded to always return false for previous behaviour to be retained.
- *    - The \c USB_ConfigurationNumber, \c USB_RemoteWakeupEnabled and \c USB_CurrentlySelfPowered globals have been renamed to
- *      \ref USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber, \ref USB_Device_RemoteWakeupEnabled and \ref USB_Device_CurrentlySelfPowered to clearly indicate
- *      the USB mode they relate to. Existing applications using these variables should rename all references to the previous names.
- *    - The \c ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN and \c ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT macros have now been replaced by \ref ENDPOINT_DIR_IN and
- *      \ref ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT to improve code clarity.
- *    - The \ref HID_DESCRIPTOR_JOYSTICK() macro now takes an additional (first) parameter indicating the number of axis in the joystick.
- *
- *  <b>Host Mode</b>
- *    - The Pipe stream functions now all require a \c BytesProcessed parameter instead of the previous callback parameter.
- *      This should be set to \c NULL to retain previous behaviour of the functions, or point to a location where the number of bytes
- *      processed in the current transaction can be stored. If the BytesProcessed parameter is non \c NULL, each time the pipe
- *      bank becomes full and the packet is sent, the routine will exit with the new \ref PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer
- *      error code to allow the user application to determine when to send the next chunk of data.
- *    - The \ref PRNT_Host_SendString() and \ref CDC_Host_SendString() functions now expect a null terminated string instead of an explicit
- *      length. Existing code should use the new \ref PRNT_Host_SendData() and \ref CDC_Host_SendData() functions, or remove the
- *      length parameter from the function call.
- *    - The \c Pipe_ClearErrorFlags() function has been removed, as the pipe error flags are now automatically cleared when the
- *      \ref Pipe_ClearError() function is called.
- *    - The \c Pipe_*_Byte() functions have been renamed Pipe_*_8() to ensure they are correct across all architectures. Existing code using
- *      these functions should replace the previous function names with the new function names.
- *    - The \c Pipe_*_Word() functions have been renamed Pipe_*_16() to ensure they are correct across all architectures. Existing code using
- *      these functions should replace the previous function names with the new function names.
- *    - The \c Pipe_*_DWord() functions have been renamed Pipe_*_32() to ensure they are correct across all architectures. Existing code using
- *      these functions should replace the previous function names with the new function names.
- *    - The \c USB_Host_ClearPipeStall() function has been renamed to USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(), as it operates on a full endpoint address
- *      within the attached device and not a pipe within the host. Existing code using the old function name should update the function calls and
- *      check for correct usage.
- *
- *  \section Sec_Migration101122 Migrating from 100807 to 101122
- *  <b>USB Core</b>
- *    - A new USB driver source file, \c Drivers/USB/HighLevel/EndpointStream.c now exists. This source file should be added
- *      to all project makefiles using the USB driver of LUFA, or the makefile should be updated to use the new module source
- *      variables.
- *    - A new USB driver source file, \c Drivers/USB/HighLevel/PipeStream.c now exists. This source file should be added to all
- *      project makefiles using the USB driver of LUFA, or the makefile should be updated to use the new module source variables.
- *    - The \c EVENT_USB_InitFailure() event has been removed, as the \ref USB_Init() function will no longer fail; if not USB mode is
- *      specified, the controller will default to UID selection mode.
- *    - The USB mode specifier constants have been moved into a new enum and renamed. Existing projects should use the equivalent
- *      value in the new \ref USB_Modes_t enum.
- *    - All class driver headers are now included as part of the standard \c LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h master dispatch header, and should
- *      no longer be included separately. Class driver module source files must still be added as a separate module in the project's
- *      makefile if used.
- *
- *  <b>Device Mode</b>
- *    - Endpoints MUST be allocated in ascending order to ensure that bank corruption does not occur. Ensure that your user application
- *      allocated endpoints in ascending order - or if your application uses the USB device mode class drivers, ensure that each instance's
- *      endpoint indexes are not overlapped with other interface's endpoints.
- *    - The signature for the \ref CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor() callback has changed, the \c void** \c const \c DescriptorAddress parameter is
- *      now \c const \c void** \c const \c DescriptorAddress. Existing applications should update their callback signatures to match this, and
- *      eliminate any casting of descriptor pointers to a non \c const pointer.
- *    - The names of the class specific descriptor type defines in the USB Class drivers have changed - refer to the driver documentation
- *      for each class driver for the new class specific descriptor type names.
- *    - The \c ENDPOINT_DOUBLEBANK_SUPPORTED() macro is has been renamed \c ENDPOINT_BANKS_SUPPORTED() and now returns the total number of
- *      banks supported by the given endpoint. Existing code should switch to the new naming scheme, and test that the return value of the
- *      macro is equal to or greater than 2 to regain the previous functionality.
- *    - The \c EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest() event is now named \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() and fires before (not after)
- *      the internal library event handlers. Existing code should rename the event handlers in the user application to match the new event
- *      name, and should ensure that the new execution order does not affect the application's operation.
- *
- *  <b>Host Mode</b>
- *    - Pipes MUST be allocated in ascending order to ensure that bank corruption does not occur. Ensure that your user application
- *      allocated pipes in ascending order - or if your application uses the USB host mode class drivers, ensure that each instance's
- *      pipe indexes are not overlapped with other interface's pipes.
- *    - The \c PRNT_Host_SendData() function has been renamed to \ref PRNT_Host_SendString(). Existing applications should simply
- *      replace all references to the obsolete function name with the new function name.
- *    - The names of the class specific descriptor type defines in the USB Class drivers have changed - refer to the driver documentation
- *      for each class driver for the new class specific descriptor type names.
- *    - The Still Image Host class' function prefix has been changed from \c SImage_ to  \c SI_, to remain consistent with the rest of the
- *      driver's enums, type defines and constants.
- *
- *  \section Sec_Migration100807 Migrating from 100513 to 100807
- *
- *  <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
- *    - The Dataflash board driver stub file has changed, as dataflash functions previously located in the internal
- *      Dataflash driver of the library have now been moved to the individual board files. Existing drivers can
- *      copy-paste the new functions from the board Dataflash stub driver.
- *
- *  <b>USB Core</b>
- *    - A new USB driver source file, \c Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Device.c now exists. This source file should be added to all project
- *      makefiles using the USB driver of LUFA, or the makefile should be updated to use the new module source variables.
- *    - The \c Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c source file has moved to \c Drivers/USB/HighLevel/DeviceStandardReq.c - this should
- *      be updated in all project makefiles, or the makefile should be updated to use the new module source variables.
- *    - The \c Drivers/USB/LowLevel/HostChapter9.h source file has moved to \c Drivers/USB/HighLevel/HostStandardReq.c - this should
- *      be updated in all project makefiles, or the makefile should be updated to use the new module source variables.
- *    - The \c Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c source file has moved to \c Drivers/LowLevel/USBController.c - this should be updated
- *      in all project makefiles, or the makefile should be updated to use the new module source variables.
- *
- *  <b>Device Mode</b>
- *    - The \c USB_Device_IsRemoteWakeupSent() macro has been removed, as the remote wakeup request is now fully handled by the
- *      enhanced \ref USB_Device_SendRemoteWakeup() function. Existing code may now discard any checks to \c USB_Device_IsRemoteWakeupSent().
- *    - The \c USB_Device_IsUSBSuspended() macro has been removed, as it is obsolete. Existing code should compare \ref USB_DeviceState
- *      to see if it the device is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Suspended state instead.
- *    - The \ref CDC_Device_ReceiveByte() function has changed, and now returns a signed 16-bit integer, with -1 indicating no data was
- *      received. This allows for more efficient coding, as a call to \ref CDC_Device_BytesReceived() is no longer needed if the exact
- *      number of queued bytes received is not needed.
- *
- *  <b>Host Mode</b>
- *    - The \ref CDC_Host_ReceiveByte() function has changed, and now returns a signed 16-bit integer, with -1 indicating no data was
- *      received. This allows for more efficient coding, as a call to \ref CDC_Host_BytesReceived() is no longer needed if the exact
- *      number of queued bytes received is not needed.
- *    - The \ref CDC_Host_USBTask() now calls \ref CDC_Host_Flush() automatically, flushing any queued data to the attached device. Manual
- *      flushing of the interface is no longer needed if the flushes should be in sync with calls to \ref CDC_Host_USBTask().
- *
- *  \section Sec_Migration100513 Migrating from 100219 to 100513
- *
- *  <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
- *    - The \ref TWI_StartTransmission() function now takes in a timeout period, expressed in milliseconds, within which the addressed
- *      device must respond or the function will abort.
- *
- *  <b>Device Mode</b>
- *    - The \ref USB_Init() function no longer calls \c sei() to enable global interrupts, as the user application may need
- *      to perform other initialization before it is ready to handle global interrupts. The user application is now responsible
- *      for enabling global interrupts before or shortly after calling \ref USB_Init() to ensure that the enumeration process
- *      functions correctly.
- *    - The \c USBInterrupt.c USB driver source file has been relocated from \c LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ to \c LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel.
- *      Projects must update their makefile SRC values accordingly.
- *    - The HID Device Class driver's function signature for the \ref CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport() function has been changed, to
- *      allow for a new \c ReportType parameter. This new parameter must be added in all user applications using the Device mode HID Class
- *      Driver, but may be ignored unless Host-to-Device FEATURE HID reports are used.
- *
- *  <b>Host Mode</b>
- *    - The \ref USB_Init() function no longer calls \c sei() to enable global interrupts, as the user application may need
- *      to perform other initialization before it is ready to handle global interrupts. The user application is now responsible
- *      for enabling global interrupts before or shortly after calling \ref USB_Init() to ensure that the enumeration process
- *      functions correctly.
- *    - The \c USBInterrupt.c USB driver source file has been relocated from \c LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ to \c LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel.
- *      Projects must update their makefile \c SRC values accordingly.
- *    - The HID Host Class driver's function signature for the \ref HID_Host_SendReportByID() function has been changed, to allow for a new
- *      ReportType parameter. Existing calls to this function should substitute \c REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_Out as this parameter's value.
- *
- *  \section Sec_Migration100219 Migrating from 091223 to 100219
- *
- *  <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
- *    - Due to some ADC channels not being identical to their ADC MUX selection masks for single-ended conversions on some AVR models,
- *      the ADC driver now has explicit masks for each of the standard ADC channels (see \ref Group_ADC). These masks should be used
- *      when calling the ADC functions to ensure proper operation across all AVR models. Note that the \ref ADC_SetupChannel() function
- *      is an exception, and should always be called with a channel number rather than a channel mask.
- *
- *  <b>Host Mode</b>
- *    - The MIDI Host Class driver send and receive routines now operate on packed events, where multiple MIDI events may be
- *      packed into a single USB packet. This means that the sending of MIDI events will now be delayed until the MIDI send
- *      pipe bank is full. To override this new behaviour and revert to the previous behaviour, the user application may manually
- *      flush the queued event(s) to the device by calling \ref MIDI_Host_Flush().
- *    - The \ref Pipe_IsEndpointBound() function now takes the endpoint's direction into account, by checking if the MSB of the endpoint's address
- *      is set to denote IN endpoints. If the previous functionality where the direction is to be discounted is required, mask the endpoint
- *      address against the \ref PIPE_EPNUM_MASK token before calling \ref Pipe_IsEndpointBound().
- *
- *  <b>Device Mode</b>
- *    - The MIDI Device Class driver send and receive routines now operate on packed events, where multiple MIDI events may be
- *      packed into a single USB packet. This means that the sending of MIDI events will now be delayed until the MIDI send
- *      endpoint bank is full. To override this new behaviour and revert to the previous behaviour, the user application may manually
- *      flush the queued event(s) to the host by calling \ref MIDI_Device_Flush().
- *
- *  \section Sec_Migration091223 Migrating from 091122 to 091223
- *
- *  <b>Host Mode</b>
- *    - The Still Image Host Class driver \ref SI_Host_USBTask() and \ref SI_Host_ConfigurePipes() functions were misnamed, and are
- *      now named \c SImage_Host_USBTask() and \c SImage_Host_ConfigurePipes() respectively.
- *    - The \c HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnect enum value has been renamed to \ref HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected to be in
- *      line with the rest of the library error codes.
- *    - The HID Parser item usages no longer contain separate minimum and maximum values, as this was a violation of the HID
- *      specification. Instead, the values are distributed evenly across each item as its usage value, to ensure that all items
- *      can be distinguished from one-another.
- *
- *  <b>Device Mode</b>
- *    - The \ref CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport() HID Device Class driver callback now has a new \c ReportType parameter to
- *      indicate the report type to generate. Existing applications may simply add and ignore this additional parameter.
- *
- *  \section Sec_Migration091122 Migrating from 090924 to 091122
- *
- *  <b>Host Mode</b>
- *    - The \c HID_PARSE_UsageStackOverflow HID parser error constant is now named \ref HID_PARSE_UsageListOverflow
- *    - The \ref CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem() HID Parser callback now passes a complete \ref HID_ReportItem_t to the
- *      user application, instead of just its attributes.
- *    - The \c USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor() function was incorrectly named and is now called \ref USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor().
- *
- *  \section Sec_Migration090924 Migrating from 090810 to 090924
- *
- *  <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
- *    - The \c ADC_Off() function has been renamed to \c ADC_ShutDown() to be consistent with the rest of the library.
- *    - The \ref SPI_Init() routine's parameters have changed, so that the clock polarity and data sampling modes can be set. See
- *      the \ref SPI_Init() function documentation for more details
- *    - The \ref Dataflash_Init() routine no longer initializes the SPI bus - the SPI bus should be initialized manually via a
- *      call to \ref SPI_Init() before using the Dataflash driver
- *
- *  <b>Host Mode</b>
- *    - The \c USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor() function's parameters and behaviour has changed; the user is required to
- *      preallocate the largest allowable buffer, and pass the size of the buffer to the function. This allows for a single
- *      call to the function to retrieve, size check and validate the Configuration Descriptor rather than having the user
- *      application perform these intermediary steps.
- *    - The HID report parser now requires a mandatory callback in the user code, to filter only the items the application
- *      is interested in into the processed HID report item structure to save RAM. See \ref CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem().
- *    - The HID report parser now always parses FEATURE and always ignores constant-data items - the \c HID_ENABLE_FEATURE_PROCESSING
- *      and \c HID_INCLUDE_CONSTANT_DATA_ITEMS compile time tokens now have no effect.
- *    - The \c USE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES compile time token has been removed - there are now separate \c USB_Descriptor_*
- *      and \c USB_StdDescriptor_* structures for both the LUFA and standardized element naming conventions so that both may be used in
- *      the one project. For existing projects using the standardized names, change all code to use the \c USB_StdDescriptor_* variants.
- *
- *  <b>Device Mode</b>
- *    - The \c USE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES compile time token has been removed - there are now separate \c USB_Descriptor_*
- *      and \c USB_StdDescriptor_* structures for both the LUFA and standardized element naming conventions so that both may be used in
- *      the one project. For existing projects using the standardized names, change all code to use the \c USB_StdDescriptor_* variants.
- *
- *  \section Sec_Migration090810 Migrating from 090605 to 090810
- *
- *  <b>All</b>
- *    - The "Simple Scheduler" has been <i>deprecated</i>, as it was little more than an abstracted loop and caused much confusion.
- *      User applications using the scheduler should switch to regular loops instead. The scheduler code will be removed in a future
- *      release.
- *    - The "Dynamic Memory Block Allocator" has been removed, as it was unused in (and unrelated to) the LUFA library and never
- *      used in user applications.
- *
- *  <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
- *    - The \c ATTR_NOINLINE function attribute macro has been renamed to \ref ATTR_NO_INLINE to be in line with the rest of the function attribute
- *      macro names.
- *
- *  <b>Library Demos</b>
- *    - Most demos now have a corresponding Class Driver implementation, which uses the new internal library class drivers for the standard
- *      USB classes. This allows for more rapid device and host development, and so should be used in preference to the low level APIs where
- *      possible so that fixes to the class drivers propagate to all applications which use them automatically with each new LUFA release.
- *
- *  <b>Host Mode</b>
- *    - The \c HIDParser.c module has moved from \c LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/ to \c LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/.
- *    - The \c USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor() function now requires the desired configuration index within the device as its first
- *      parameter, to add support for multi-configuration devices. Existing code should use a configuration index of 1 to indicate the
- *      first configuration descriptor within the device.
- *    - The non-standard "Ready" host state has been removed. Existing \ref HOST_STATE_Configured code should be moved to the end of
- *      the existing \ref HOST_STATE_Addressed state, and the existing HOST_STATE_Ready state code should be moved to the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured
- *      state.
- *    - The \c USB_IsConnected global has been removed, as it is too vague for general use. Test \ref USB_HostState explicitly to ensure the host is
- *      in the desired state instead.
- *    - The USB event names have been changed and their firing conditions changed to properly separate out Host mode events from Device mode
- *      events. See the \ref Group_Events page for details on the new event names and firing conditions.
- *
- *  <b>Device Mode</b>
- *    - The \ref CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor() function now takes an extra parameter to specify the descriptor's memory space so that
- *      descriptors in mixed memory spaces can be used. The previous functionality can be returned by defining the \c USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
- *      token in the project makefile to fix all descriptors into FLASH space and remove the extra function parameter.
- *    - The \c USB_IsSuspended global has been removed - test \ref USB_DeviceState against \ref DEVICE_STATE_Suspended instead.
- *    - The \c USB_IsConnected global has been removed, as it is too vague for general use. Test \ref USB_DeviceState explicitly to ensure the device
- *      is in the desired state instead.
- *    - The VBUS events have been removed, as they are already exposed to the user via the \c USB_Connect and \c USB_Disconnect events.
- *    - The USB event names have been changed and their firing conditions changed to properly separate out Host mode events from Device mode
- *      events. See the \ref Group_Events page for details on the new event names and firing conditions.
- *
- *  \section Sec_Migration090605 Migrating from 090510 to 090605
- *
- *  <b>Device Mode</b>
- *    - Support for non-control data endpoint interrupts has been dropped due to many issues in the implementation. All existing
- *      projects using interrupts on non-control endpoints should switch to polling. For control interrupts, the library can
- *      manage the control endpoint via interrupts automatically by compiling with the \c INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT token defined.
- *    - The \c DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS() macro has been removed. User applications should use normal casts to obtain a descriptor's memory
- *      address.
- *    - The library events system has been rewritten, so that all macros have been removed to allow for clearer user code. See
- *      \ref Group_Events for new API details.
- *    - The \c STREAM_CALLBACK() macro has been removed. User applications should replace all instances of the macro with regular
- *      function signatures of a function accepting no arguments and returning a \c uint8_t value.
- *    - The \c Event_DeviceError() event no longer exists, as its sole caller (unlinked \c USB_GetDescriptor() function) now produces a
- *      compilation error rather than a runtime error. The \c StdDescriptors.c file no longer exists as a result, and should be removed
- *      from project makefiles.
- *    - The \c USB_GetDescriptor() function has been renamed to \ref CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor() to be in line with the new \c CALLBACK_
- *      function prefixes for functions which <i>must</i> be implemented in the user application.
- *
- *  <b>Host Mode</b>
- *    - Support for non-control data pipe interrupts has been dropped due to many issues in the implementation. All existing
- *      projects using interrupts on non-control pipes should switch to polling.
- *    - The library events system has been rewritten, so that all macros have been removed to allow for clearer user code. See
- *      \ref Group_Events for new API details.
- *    - The \c STREAM_CALLBACK() macro has been removed. User applications should replace all instances of the macro with regular
- *      function signatures of a function accepting no arguments and returning a \c uint8_t value.
- *    - The \c DESCRIPTOR_COMPARATOR() macro has been removed. User applications should replace all instances of the macro with
- *      regular function signatures of a function accepting a void pointer to the descriptor to test, and returning a \c uint8_t value.
- *
- *  \section Sec_Migration090510 Migrating from 090401 to 090510
- *
- *  <b>All</b>
- *    - The \c ButtLoadTag.h header has been removed, as it was never used for its intended purpose. Projects should either remove all
- *      \c BUTTLOADTAG() elements, or download and extract \c ButtLoadTag.h header from the ButtLoad project.
- *    - The \c Drivers/AT90USBXXX/ directory has been renamed to \c Drivers/Peripheral/.
- *    - The \c Serial_Stream driver has been renamed to \c SerialStream to remain consistent with the rest of the library naming scheme.
- *    - The HWB driver has changed to the \c Buttons driver. See the board Buttons driver documentation for the new API.
- *
- *  <b>Dual Role Mode</b>
- *    - The \c USB_PowerOnFail event has been renamed to \c USB_InitFailure.
- *    - The functions in \c OTG.h have been renamed to remain more consistent with the library API. See the functions in \c OTG.h for more
- *      details.
- *
- *  <b>Device Mode</b>
- *    - The \c Endpoint_ClearCurrentBank() macro has been removed, and is now replaced with the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN(), \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT()
- *      macros. See \c Endpoint.h documentation for more details on the new endpoint management macros.
- *    - The \c Endpoint_ReadWriteAllowed() macro has been renamed to \ref Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed() to be more consistent with the rest of
- *      the API naming scheme.
- *    - The \c Endpoint_IsSetupINReady() and \c Endpoint_IsSetupOUTReceived() macros have been renamed to \ref Endpoint_IsINReady() and
- *      \ref Endpoint_IsOUTReceived() respectively.
- *    - The \c Endpoint_IsSetupReceived() macro has been renamed to \ref Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived().
- *    - The \c Endpoint_ClearSetupReceived() macro has been renamed to \ref Endpoint_ClearSETUP().
- *    - All endpoint read/write/discard aliases which did not have an explicitly endianness specifier (such as \c Endpoint_Read_Word()) have
- *      been removed for clarity. Existing projects should use the \c _LE suffix on such calls to use the explicit Little Endian versions.
- *    - The \c USB_UnhandledControlPacket event no longer has any parameters. User code should no longer attempt to read in the remainder of
- *      the Control Request header as all Control Request header data is now preloaded by the library and made available in the
- *      USB_ControlRequest structure.
- *    - The \c FEATURELESS_CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE token has been renamed to \c CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE.
- *    - The \c STATIC_ENDPOINT_CONFIGURATION is no longer applicable as the library will apply this optimization when appropriate automatically.
- *    - The values of the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t and \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enums have had the \c ERROR_ portion
- *      of their names removed.
- *
- *  <b>Host Mode</b>
- *    - The \ref USB_Host_SendControlRequest() function no longer automatically selects the Control pipe (pipe 0) to allow it to be used on
- *      other control type pipes. Care should be taken to ensure that the Control pipe is always selected before the function is called
- *      in existing projects where the Control pipe is to be operated on.
- *    - The USB Host management task now saves and restores the currently selected pipe before and after the task runs. Projects no longer
- *      need to manage this manually when calling the USB management task.
- *    - The \c Pipe_ClearCurrentBank() macro has been removed, and is now replaced with the Pipe_ClearIN(), Pipe_ClearOUT() macros. See
- *      Pipe.h documentation for more details on the new pipe management macros.
- *    - The \c Pipe_ReadWriteAllowed() macro has been renamed to \ref Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed() to be more consistent with the rest of the API
- *      naming scheme.
- *    - The \c Pipe_IsSetupINReceived() and \c Pipe_IsOutReady() macros have been renamed to \ref Pipe_IsINReceived() and \ref Pipe_IsOUTReady()
- *      respectively.
- *    - The new \ref Pipe_ClearSETUP() macro should be used to send SETUP transactions, rather than the previous \c Pipe_ClearSetupOUT() macro.
- *    - The \c Pipe_IsSetupSent() macro has been renamed to \ref Pipe_IsSETUPSent().
- *    - The \c Pipe_ClearSetupSent() macro is no longer applicable and should be removed.
- *    - All pipe read/write/discard aliases which did not have an explicitly endianness specifier (such as \c Pipe_Read_Word()) have
- *      been removed for clarity. Existing projects should use the \c _LE suffix on such calls to use the explicit Little Endian versions.
- *    - The \c Host_IsResetBusDone() macro has been renamed to \c Host_IsBusResetComplete().
- *    - The \c Pipe_Ignore_Word() and \c Pipe_Ignore_DWord() functions have been renamed to \c Pipe_Discard_Word() and \c Pipe_Discard_DWord()
- *      to remain consistent with the rest of the pipe API.
- *    - It is no longer needed to manually include the headers from \c LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class, as they are now included along with the rest
- *      of the USB headers when \c LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h is included.
- *    - Functions in the \c ConfigDescriptor.h header file no longer have \c Host_ as part of their names.
- *    - The \c ProcessHIDReport() has been renamed to \ref USB_ProcessHIDReport(), \c GetReportItemInfo() has been renamed to \ref USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo()
- *      and \c SetReportItemInfo() has been renamed to \ref USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo().
- *    - The values of the \ref DSearch_Return_ErrorCodes_t and \ref DSearch_Comp_Return_ErrorCodes_t enums have had their respective \c Descriptor_Search
- *      and \c Descriptor_Search_Comp prefixes changed to all caps.
- *    - The \c USB_HostRequest global has been renamed to \ref USB_ControlRequest, and is used in Device mode also. The \c USB_Host_Request_Header_t
- *      structure type has been renamed to \ref USB_Request_Header_t.
- *    - The values of the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum have had the \c ERROR_ portion of their names removed.
- *
- *  \section Sec_Migration090401 Migrating from 090209 to 090401
- *
- *  <b>All</b>
- *    - LUFA projects must now give the raw input clock frequency (before any prescaling) as a compile time constant \c F_USB,
- *      defined in the project makefile and passed to the compiler via the -D switch.
- *    - The makefile EEPROM programming targets for FLIP and dfu-programmer no longer program in the FLASH data in addition to the
- *      EEPROM data into the device. If both are to be programmed, both the EEPROM and FLASH programming targets must be called.
- *    - As the avr-libc macro has been corrected in recent avr-libc distributions, the \c SetSystemClockPrescaler() macro has been removed.
- *      Include \c <avr/power.h> and call \c clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1); instead on recent avr-libc distributions.
- *
- *  <b>Library Demos</b>
- *    - The USBtoSerial demo now discards all data when not connected to a host, rather than buffering it for later transmission.
- *
- *  <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
- *    - The \c ATTR_ALWAYSINLINE function attribute macro has been renamed to \ref ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE.
- *    - Custom board Dataflash drivers now require the implementation of \ref Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage() and \ref Dataflash_SendAddressBytes().
- *
- *  <b>Device Mode</b>
- *    - The \c NO_CLEARSET_FEATURE_REQUEST compile time token has been renamed to \c FEATURELESS_CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE, and its function expanded
- *      to also remove parts of the Get Status chapter 9 request to further reduce code usage. On all applications currently using the
- *      \c NO_CLEARSET_FEATURE_REQUEST compile time token, it can be replaced with the \c FEATURELESS_CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE token with no further
- *      modifications required.
- *
- *  \section Sec_Migration090209 Migrating from 081217 to 090209
- *
- *  <b>Device Mode</b>
- *    - The \c ENDPOINT_MAX_ENDPOINTS constant has been renamed to the more appropriate name of \c ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS.
- *    - The \c USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS stream timeout default period has been extended to 100ms. This can be overridden in the user
- *      makefile if desired to restore the previous 50ms timeout.
- *
- *  <b>Host Mode</b>
- *    - The \c PIPE_MAX_ENDPOINTS constant has been renamed to the more appropriate name of \c PIPE_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS.
- *    - The \c USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS stream timeout default period has been extended to 100ms. This can be overridden in the user
- *      makefile if desired to restore the previous 50ms timeout.
- *    - The \c USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event now contains a second \c SubErrorCode parameter, giving the error code of the function
- *      which failed.
- *    - The \c HID_PARSE_Sucessful enum member constant name has been corrected to \ref HID_PARSE_Successful.
- *
- *  <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
- *    - The previous \c SPI_SendByte() functionality is now located in \ref SPI_TransferByte(). \ref SPI_SendByte() now discards the return byte
- *      for speed, to compliment the new \ref SPI_ReceiveByte() function. If bidirectional SPI transfers are required, calls to \ref SPI_SendByte()
- *      should be changed to \ref SPI_TransferByte().
- *    - The serial driver now sets the Tx line as an output explicitly, and enables the pull-up of the Rx line.
- *    - The \ref Serial_Init() and \c SerialStream_Init() functions now take a second \c DoubleSpeed parameter, which indicates if the USART
- *      should be initialized in double speed mode - useful in some circumstances for attaining baud rates not usually possible at the given AVR
- *      clock speed.
- *
- *  \section Sec_Migration171208 Migrating from V1.5.3 to 081217
- *
- *  <b>All</b>
- *    - The MyUSB project name has been changed to LUFA (Lightweight Framework for USB AVRs). All references to MyUSB, including macro names,
- *      have been changed to LUFA.
- *
- *  <b>Library Demos</b>
- *    - The ReconfigureUSART() routine in the USBtoSerial demo was not being called after new line encoding
- *      parameters were set by the host. Projects built on the USBtoSerial code should update to the latest version.
- *    - The HID Parser now supports multiple report (on a single endpoint) HID devices. The MouseHostWithParser and
- *      KeyboardHostWithPaser demos use the updated API functions to function correctly on such devices. Projects
- *      built on either "WithParser" demo should update to the latest code.
- *    - The RNDIS demo TCP stack has been modified so that connections can be properly closed. It is still not
- *      recommended that the MyUSB RNDIS demo TCP/IP stack be used for anything other than demonstration purposes,
- *      as it is neither a full nor a standards compliant implementation.
- *
- *  <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
- *    - The Serial_IsCharReceived() macro has been changed to the correct spelling of Serial_IsCharReceived() in Serial.h.
- *
- *  <b>Device Mode</b>
- *    - The MANUAL_PLL_CONTROL compile time token has been removed, and replaced with a USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL mask
- *      to be used in the Options parameter of the USB_Init() function.
- *    - Calling USB_Init() now forces a complete USB interface reset and enumeration, even if the USB interface is
- *      currently initialized.
- *    - Interrupts are now disabled when processing control requests, to avoid problems with interrupts causing the library
- *      or user request processing code to exceed the strict USB timing requirements on control transfers.
- *    - The USB Reset event now resets and disables all device endpoints. If user code depends on endpoints remaining configured
- *      after a Reset event, it should be altered to explicitly re-initialize all user endpoints.
- *    - The prototype for the GetDescriptor function has been changed, as the return value was redundant. The function now
- *      returns the size of the descriptor, rather than passing it back via a parameter, or returns NO_DESCRIPTOR if the specified
- *      descriptor does not exist.
- *    - The NO_DESCRIPTOR_STRING macro has been renamed NO_DESCRIPTOR, and is now also used as a possible return value for the
- *      GetDescriptor function.
- *
- *  <b>Host Mode</b>
- *    - The MANUAL_PLL_CONTROL compile time token has been removed, and replaced with a USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL mask
- *      to be used in the Options parameter of the USB_Init() function.
- *    - The HID report parser now supports multiple Report IDs. The HID report parser GetReportItemInfo() and
- *      SetReportItemInfo() routines now return a boolean, set if the requested report item was located in the
- *      current report. If sending a report to a multi-report device, the first byte of the report is automatically
- *      set to the report ID of the given report item.
- *    - Calling USB_Init() now forces a complete USB interface reset and enumeration, even if the USB interface is
- *      currently initialized.
- *
- *  \section Sec_Migration152 Migrating from V1.5.2 to V1.5.3
- *
- *  <b>Library Demos</b>
- *    - Previously, all demos contained a serial number string descriptor, filled with all zeros. A serial number
- *      string is required in Mass Storage devices, or devices which are to retain settings when moved between
- *      ports on a machine. As people were not changing the serial number value, this was causing conflicts and so
- *      the serial number descriptor has been removed from all but the Mass Storage demo, which requires it.
- *    - The AudioOut and AudioIn demos did not previously silence their endpoints when the host has deactivated
- *      them. Projects built upon either demo should upgrade to the latest code.
- *    - The FEATURE_ENDPOINT macro has been renamed FEATURE_ENDPOINT_HALT, and is now correctly documented.
- *    - The MassStoreHost demo contained errors which caused it to lock up randomly on certain devices. Projects built
- *      on the MassStoreDemo code should update to the latest version.
- *    - The Interrupt type endpoint in the CDC based demos previously had a polling interval of 0x02, which caused
- *      problems on some Linux systems. This has been changed to 0xFF, projects built on the CDC demos should upgrade
- *      to the latest code.
- *    - The HID keyboard and mouse demos were not previously boot mode compatible. To enable boot mode support, projects
- *      built on the keyboard or mouse demos (or derivatives) should upgrade to the latest code.
- *    - The Mass Storage demo was not previously standards compliant. Projects built on the Mass Storage demo should
- *      upgrade to the latest code.
- *    - The USART was not being reconfigured after the host sent new encoding settings in the USBtoSerial demo. This was
- *      previously discovered and fixed, but the change was lost. Projects built on the USBtoSerial demo should update
- *      to the latest code.
- *
- *  <b>Device Mode</b>
- *    - The endpoint non-control stream functions now have a default timeout of 50ms between packets in the stream.
- *      If this timeout is exceeded, the function returns the new ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_ERROR_Timeout error value. The
- *      timeout value can be overridden by defining the USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS in the project makefile to the desired
- *      timeout duration in ms.
- *    - Rather than returning fixed values, the flags indicating if the device has Remote Wakeup currently enabled
- *      and/or is self-powered are now accessed and set through the new USB_RemoteWakeupEnabled and
- *      USB_CurrentlySelfPowered macros. See the DevChapter9.h documentation for more details.
- *    - All endpoint stream functions now require an extra Callback function parameter. Existing code may be updated
- *      to either supply NO_STREAM_CALLBACK as the extra parameter, or disable stream callbacks altogether by passing
- *      the token NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS to the compiler using the -D switch.
- *
- *  <b>Host Mode</b>
- *    - The pipe non-control stream functions now have a default timeout of 50ms between packets in the stream.
- *      If this timeout is exceeded, the function returns the new PIPE_RWSTREAM_ERROR_Timeout error value. The
- *      timeout value can be overridden by defining the USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS in the project makefile to the desired
- *      timeout duration in ms.
- *    - CollectionPath_t has been renamed to HID_CollectionPath_t to be more in line with the other HID parser structures.
- *    - All pipe stream functions now require an extra Callback function parameter. Existing code may be updated
- *      to either supply NO_STREAM_CALLBACK as the extra parameter, or disable stream callbacks altogether by passing
- *      the token NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS to the compiler using the -D switch.
- *
- *  \section Sec_Migration151 Migrating from V1.5.1 to V1.5.2
- *
- *  <b>Library Demos</b>
- *    - The RNDIS demo application has been updated so that it is functional on Linux under earlier implementations
- *      of the RNDIS specification, which had non-standard behaviour. Projects built upon the demo should upgrade
- *      to the latest code.
- *    - The DFU class bootloader has had several bugs corrected in this release. It is recommended that where
- *      possible any existing devices upgrade to the latest bootloader code.
- *
- *  \section Sec_Migration150 Migrating from V1.5.0 to V1.5.1
- *
- *  <b>Library Demos</b>
- *    - The USBtoSerial demo was broken in the 1.5.0 release, due to incorrect register polling in place of the
- *      global "Transmitting" flag. The change has been reverted in this release. Projects built upon the demo
- *      should upgrade to the latest code.
- *    - The HID class demos did not implement the mandatory GetReport HID class request. Projects built upon the HID
- *      demos should upgrade to the latest code.
- *    - The HID class demos incorrectly reported themselves as boot-protocol enabled HID devices in their descriptors.
- *      Projects built upon the HID demos should upgrade to the latest code.
- *    - The MIDI device demo had incorrect AudioStreaming interface descriptors. Projects built upon the MIDI demo
- *      should upgrade to the latest code.
- *    - The AudioOut demo did not correctly tristate the speaker pins when USB was disconnected, wasting power.
- *      Projects built upon the AudioOut demo should upgrade to the latest code.
- *
- *  \section Sec_Migration141 Migrating from V1.4.1 to V1.5.0
- *
- *  <b>Library Demos</b>
- *    - Previous versions of the library demos had incorrectly encoded BCD version numbers in the descriptors. To
- *      avoid such mistakes in the future, the VERSION_BCD macro has been added to StdDescriptors.h. Existing
- *      projects should at least manually correct the BCD version numbers, or preferably update the descriptors to
- *      encode the version number in BCD format using the new macro.
- *    - The mandatory GetReport class-specific request was accidentally omitted from previous versions of the demos
- *      based on the Human Interface Device (HID) class. This has been corrected, and any user projects based on the
- *      HID demos should also be updated accordingly.
- *    - The CDC demos now correctly send an empty packet directly after a full packet, to end the transmission.
- *      Failure to do this on projects which always or frequently send full packets will cause buffering issues on
- *      the host OS. All CDC user projects are advised to update their transmission routines in the same manner as
- *      the library CDC demos.
- *    - The previous interrupt-driven Endpoint/Pipe demos did not properly save and restore the currently selected
- *      Endpoint/Pipe when the ISR fired. This has been corrected - user projects based on the interrupt driven
- *      demos should also update to properly save and restore the selected Endpoint/Pipe.
- *
- *  <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
- *    - The Atomic.h and ISRMacro.h header files in MyUSB/Common have been removed, as the library is now only
- *      compatible with avr-libc library versions newer than the time before the functionality of the deleted
- *      headers was available.
- *
- *  <b>Device Mode</b>
- *    - The GetDescriptor function (see StdDescriptors.h) now has a new prototype, with altered parameter names and
- *      functions. Existing projects will need to update the GetDescriptor implementation to reflect the new API.
- *      The previously split Type and Index parameters are now passed as the original wValue parameter to the
- *      function, to make way for the USB specification wIndex parameter which is <i>not</i> the same as the
- *      previous Index parameter.
- *    - The USB_UnhandledControlPacket event (see Events.h) now has new parameter names, to be in line with the
- *      official USB specification. Existing code will need to be altered to use the new parameter names.
- *    - The USB_CreateEndpoints event (see Events.h) has been renamed to USB_ConfigurationChanged, which is more
- *      appropriate. It fires in an identical manner to the previously named event, thus the only change to be made
- *      is the event name itself in the user project.
- *    - The USB_Descriptor_Language_t structure no longer exists in StdDescriptors.h, as this was a
- *      pseudo-descriptor modeled on the string descriptor. It is replaced by the true USB_Descriptor_String_t type
- *      descriptor as indicated in the USB specification, thus all device code must be updated accordingly.
- *    - The names of several Endpoint macros have been changed to be more consistent with the rest of the library,
- *      with no implementation changes. This means that existing code can be altered to use the new macro names
- *      with no other considerations required. See Endpoint.h for the new macro names.
- *    - The previous version of the MassStorage demo had an incorrect value in the SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t
- *      structure named SenseData in SCSI.c which caused some problems with some hosts. User projects based on this
- *      demo should correct the structure value to maintain compatibility across multiple OS platforms.
- *    - By default, the descriptor structures use the official USB specification names for the elements. Previous
- *      versions of the library used non-standard (but more verbose) names, which are still usable in the current
- *      and future releases when the correct compile time option is enabled. See the StdDescriptors.h file
- *      documentation for more details.
- *
- *  <b>Host Mode</b>
- *    - The USB_Host_Request_Header_t structure in HostChapter9.h (used for issuing control requests) has had its
- *      members renamed to the official USB specification names for requests. Existing code will need to be updated
- *      to use the new names.
- *    - The names of several Pipe macros have been changed to be more consistent with the rest of the library,
- *      with no implementation changes. This means that existing code can be altered to use the new macro names
- *      with no other considerations required. See Pipe.h for the new macro names.
- *    - By default, the descriptor structures use the official USB specification names for the elements. Previous
- *      versions of the library used non-standard (but more verbose) names, which are still usable in the current
- *      and future releases when the correct compile time option is enabled. See the StdDescriptors.h file
- *      documentation for more details.
- *    - The names of the macros in Host.h for controlling the SOF generation have been renamed, see the Host.h
- *      module documentation for the new macro names.
- *
- *  <b>Dual Role Mode</b>
- *    - The OTG.h header file has been corrected so that the macros now perform their stated functions. Any existing
- *      projects using custom headers to fix the broken OTG header should now be altered to once again use the OTG
- *      header inside the library.
- *    - The USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event (see Events.h) now also fires in Device mode, when the host has
- *      finished enumerating the device. Projects relying on the event only firing in Host mode should be updated
- *      so that the event action only occurs when the USB_Mode global is set to USB_MODE_HOST.
- */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/ProgrammingApps.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/ProgrammingApps.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 4759ac87ae..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/ProgrammingApps.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-/** \file
- *
- *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
- *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
- */
-
-/** \page Page_ProgrammingApps Programming an Application into a USB AVR
- *
- *  Once you have built an application, you will need a way to program in the resulting ".HEX" file (and, if your
- *  application uses EEPROM variables with initial values, also a ".EEP" file) into your USB AVR. Normally, the
- *  reprogramming of an AVR device must be performed using a special piece of programming hardware, through one of the
- *  supported AVR programming protocols - ISP, HVSP, HVPP, JTAG, dW or PDI. This can be done through a custom programmer,
- *  a third party programmer, or an official Atmel AVR tool - for more information, see the <a>atmel.com</a> website.
- *
- *  Alternatively, you can use the bootloader. From the Atmel factory, each USB AVR comes preloaded with the Atmel
- *  DFU (Device Firmware Update) class bootloader, a small piece of AVR firmware which allows the remainder of the
- *  AVR to be programmed through a non-standard interface such as the serial USART port, SPI, or (in this case) USB.
- *  Bootloaders have the advantage of not requiring any special hardware for programming, and cannot usually be erased
- *  or broken without an external programming device. They have disadvantages however; they cannot change the fuses of
- *  the AVR (special configuration settings that control the operation of the chip itself) and a small portion of the
- *  AVR's FLASH program memory must be reserved to contain the bootloader firmware, and thus cannot be used by the
- *  loaded application.
- *
- *  If you wish to use the DFU bootloader to program in your application, refer to your DFU programmer's documentation.
- *  Atmel provides a free utility called FLIP which is USB AVR compatible, and an open source (Linux compatible)
- *  alternative exists called "dfu-programmer".
- *
- *  \see \ref Page_BuildModule_DFU for information on the LUFA build system DFU module, for automatic DFU bootloader
- *  programming makefile targets.
- */
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/SoftwareBootloaderJump.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/SoftwareBootloaderJump.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b69612b68..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/SoftwareBootloaderJump.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
-/** \file
- *
- *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
- *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
- */
-
-/**
- *  \page Page_SoftwareBootloaderStart Entering the Bootloader via Software
- *
- *  A common requirement of many applications is the ability to jump to the programmed bootloader of a chip
- *  on demand, via the code's firmware (i.e. not as a result of any physical user interaction with the
- *  hardware). This might be required because the device does not have any physical user input, or simply
- *  just to streamline the device upgrade process on the host PC.
- *
- *  The following C code snippets may be used to enter the bootloader upon request by the user application.
- *  By using the watchdog to physically reset the controller, it is ensured that all system hardware is
- *  completely reset to their defaults before the bootloader is run. This is important; since bootloaders
- *  are written to occupy a very limited space, they usually make assumptions about the register states based
- *  on the default values after a hard-reset of the chip.
- *
- *  \section Sec_SoftareBootAVR8 AVR8 Architecture
- *  The following software bootloader jump code is written for the AVR8 architecture.
- *
- *  \code
- *  #include <avr/wdt.h>
- *  #include <avr/io.h>
- *  #include <util/delay.h>
- *
- *  #include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
- *  #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
- *
- *  uint32_t Boot_Key ATTR_NO_INIT;
- *
- *  #define MAGIC_BOOT_KEY            0xDC42ACCA
- *  #define BOOTLOADER_START_ADDRESS  ((FLASH_SIZE_BYTES - BOOTLOADER_SEC_SIZE_BYTES) >> 1)
- *
- *  void Bootloader_Jump_Check(void) ATTR_INIT_SECTION(3);
- *  void Bootloader_Jump_Check(void)
- *  {
- *      // If the reset source was the bootloader and the key is correct, clear it and jump to the bootloader
- *      if ((MCUSR & (1 << WDRF)) && (Boot_Key == MAGIC_BOOT_KEY))
- *      {
- *          Boot_Key = 0;
- *          ((void (*)(void))BOOTLOADER_START_ADDRESS)();
- *      }
- *  }
- *
- *  void Jump_To_Bootloader(void)
- *  {
- *      // If USB is used, detach from the bus and reset it
- *      USB_Disable();
- *
- *      // Disable all interrupts
- *      cli();
- *
- *      // Wait two seconds for the USB detachment to register on the host
- *      Delay_MS(2000);
- *
- *      // Set the bootloader key to the magic value and force a reset
- *      Boot_Key = MAGIC_BOOT_KEY;
- *      wdt_enable(WDTO_250MS);
- *      for (;;);
- *  }
- *  \endcode
- *
- *  Note that the bootloader magic key can be any arbitrary value. The <em>FLASH_SIZE_BYTES</em> and
- *  <em>BOOTLOADER_SEC_SIZE_BYTES</em> tokens should be replaced with the total flash size of the AVR
- *  in bytes, and the allocated size of the bootloader section for the target AVR.
- *
- */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ADAFRUITU4/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ADAFRUITU4/Board.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 48016e0bf4..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ADAFRUITU4/Board.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Adafruit U4 Breakout board.
- *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_ADAFRUITU4
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
- *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_ADAFRUITU4 ADAFRUITU4
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Adafruit U4 Breakout board.
- *
- *  Board specific information header for the Adafruit U4 Breakout board (http://ladyada.net/products/atmega32u4breakout).
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BOARD_ADAFRUITU4_H__
-#define __BOARD_ADAFRUITU4_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../../LEDs.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ADAFRUITU4/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ADAFRUITU4/LEDs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 9f312207b8..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ADAFRUITU4/LEDs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,135 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Adafruit U4 Breakout board.
- *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_ADAFRUITU4
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_ADAFRUITU4 ADAFRUITU4
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Adafruit U4 Breakout board.
- *
- *  Board specific LED driver header for the Adafruit U4 Breakout board (http://ladyada.net/products/atmega32u4breakout).
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTE.6</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_ADAFRUITU4_H__
-#define __LEDS_ADAFRUITU4_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 6)
-
-			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    LEDS_LED1
-
-			/** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs. */
-			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRE  |=  LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				PORTE &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-         	}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRE  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				PORTE &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-         	}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTE |= LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTE &= ~LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTE  = ((PORTE & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
-			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
-			{
-				PORTE  = ((PORTE & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PINE   = LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
-			{
-				return (PORTE & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/Board.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 07000ecddf..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/Board.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel ATAVRUSBRF01.
- *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_ATAVRUSBRF01
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
- *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_ATAVRUSBRF01 ATAVRUSBRF01
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel ATAVRUSBRF01.
- *
- *  Board specific information header for the Atmel ATAVRUSBRF01.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BOARD_ATAVRUSBRF01_H__
-#define __BOARD_ATAVRUSBRF01_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../../Buttons.h"
-		#include "../../LEDs.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
-
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/Buttons.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 8b815dbcb6..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/Buttons.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel ATAVRUSBRF01.
- *  \copydetails Group_Buttons_ATAVRUSBRF01
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_ATAVRUSBRF01 ATAVRUSBRF01
- *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel ATAVRUSBRF01.
- *
- *  Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel ATAVRUSBRF01.
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_ATAVRUSBRF01_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_ATAVRUSBRF01_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
-			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1      (1 << 7)
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-				PORTD |=  BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-			}
-
-			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-				PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
-			{
-				return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/LEDs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 76e89fd0df..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/LEDs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,139 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel ATAVRUSBRF01.
- *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_ATAVRUSBRF01
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_ATAVRUSBRF01 ATAVRUSBRF01
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel ATAVRUSBRF01.
- *
- *  Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel ATAVRUSBRF01.
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>RX LED</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.0</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Red</td><td>TX LED</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.1</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_ATAVRUSBRF01_H__
-#define __LEDS_ATAVRUSBRF01_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 0)
-
-			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED2        (1 << 1)
-
-			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
-
-			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
-			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  |=  LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTD |= (LEDMask & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTD &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTD = (PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
-			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
-			{
-				PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PIND  = LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
-			{
-				return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BENITO/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BENITO/Board.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 5584e1ea7e..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BENITO/Board.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Tempusdictum Benito.
- *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_BENITO
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
- *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_BENITO BENITO
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Tempusdictum Benito.
- *
- *  Board specific information header for the Tempusdictum Benito (http://dorkbotpdx.org/wiki/benito).
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BOARD_BENITO_H__
-#define __BOARD_BENITO_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../../Buttons.h"
-		#include "../../LEDs.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
-
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BENITO/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BENITO/Buttons.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 96d14a3ae0..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BENITO/Buttons.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Tempusdictum Benito.
- *  \copydetails Group_Buttons_BENITO
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_BENITO BENITO
- *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Tempusdictum Benito.
- *
- *  Board specific Buttons driver header for the Tempusdictum Benito (http://dorkbotpdx.org/wiki/benito).
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_BENITO_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_BENITO_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
-			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1      (1 << 7)
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-				PORTD |=  BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-			}
-
-			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-				PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
-			{
-				return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BENITO/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BENITO/LEDs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 49df441918..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BENITO/LEDs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,139 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Tempusdictum Benito.
- *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_BENITO
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_BENITO BENITO
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Tempusdictum Benito.
- *
- *  Board specific LED driver header for the Tempusdictum Benito (http://dorkbotpdx.org/wiki/benito).
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>TX LED</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTC.7</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Red</td><td>RX LED</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTC.6</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_BENITO_H__
-#define __LEDS_BENITO_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 7)
-
-			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED2        (1 << 6)
-
-			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
-
-			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
-			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRC  |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				PORTC |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRC  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				PORTC &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTC &= ~LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTC |= LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTC = ((PORTC | LEDS_ALL_LEDS) & ~LEDMask);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
-			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
-			{
-				PORTC = ((PORTC | LEDMask) & ~ActiveMask);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PINC  = LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
-			{
-				return (~PORTC & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BIGMULTIO/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BIGMULTIO/Board.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 9d4e301306..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BIGMULTIO/Board.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Bitwizard Big-Multio.
- *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_BIGMULTIO
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
- *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_BIGMULTIO BIGMULTIO
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Bitwizard Big-Multio.
- *
- *  Board specific information header for the Bitwizard Big-Multio (http://www.bitwizard.nl/wiki/index.php/Usbbigmultio).
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BOARD_BIGMULTIO_H__
-#define __BOARD_BIGMULTIO_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../../LEDs.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BIGMULTIO/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BIGMULTIO/LEDs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 93d5bec97e..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BIGMULTIO/LEDs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,161 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Bitwizard Big-Multio.
- *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_BIGMULTIO
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_BIGMULTIO BIGMULTIO
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Bitwizard Big-Multio.
- *
- *  Board specific LED driver header for the Bitwizard Big-Multio (http://www.bitwizard.nl/wiki/index.php/Usbbigmultio).
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Unknown</td><td>LED0</td><td>High</td><td>PORTF.6</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Unknown</td><td>LED1</td><td>High</td><td>PORTF.7</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Unknown</td><td>LED2</td><td>High</td><td>PORTE.2</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_BIGMULTIO_H__
-#define __LEDS_BIGMULTIO_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Macros: */
-			#define LEDS_PORTF_LEDS       (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
-			#define LEDS_PORTE_LEDS       LEDS_LED3
-	#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 6)
-
-			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED2        (1 << 7)
-
-			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED3        (1 << 2)
-
-			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
-
-			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
-			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRF  |=  LEDS_PORTF_LEDS;
-				DDRE  |=  LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
-
-				PORTF &= ~LEDS_PORTF_LEDS;
-				PORTE &= ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRF  &= ~LEDS_PORTF_LEDS;
-				DDRE  &= ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
-
-				PORTF &= ~LEDS_PORTF_LEDS;
-				PORTE &= ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTF |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTF_LEDS);
-				PORTE |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTF &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTF_LEDS);
-				PORTE &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTF = (PORTF & ~LEDS_PORTF_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTF_LEDS);
-				PORTE = (PORTE & ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
-			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
-			{
-				PORTF = (PORTF & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTF_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTF_LEDS);
-				PORTE = (PORTE & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PINF  = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTF_LEDS);
-				PINE  = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
-			{
-				return ((PORTF & LEDS_PORTF_LEDS) | (PORTE & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS));
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BLACKCAT/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BLACKCAT/Board.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6eec7bf7d1..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BLACKCAT/Board.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the BLACKCAT USB JTAG.
- *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_BLACKCAT
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
- *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_BLACKCAT BLACKCAT
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the BLACKCAT USB JTAG.
- *
- *  Board specific information header for the TCNISO Blackcat USB JTAG (http://www.embeddedcomputers.net/products/BlackcatUSB).
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BOARD_BLACKCAT_H__
-#define __BOARD_BLACKCAT_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../../LEDs.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BLACKCAT/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BLACKCAT/LEDs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 4a72039aed..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BLACKCAT/LEDs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,139 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the BLACKCAT USB JTAG.
- *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_BLACKCAT
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_BLACKCAT BLACKCAT
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the BLACKCAT USB JTAG.
- *
- *  Board specific LED driver header for the TCNISO Blackcat USB JTAG (http://www.embeddedcomputers.net/products/BlackcatUSB).
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Unknown</td><td>LED0</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.6</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Unknown</td><td>LED1</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.3</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_BLACKCAT_H__
-#define __LEDS_BLACKCAT_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 6)
-
-			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED2        (1 << 3)
-
-			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
-
-			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
-			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  |=  LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTD |= LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
-			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
-			{
-				PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PIND  = LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
-			{
-				return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUI/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUI/Board.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 067e870d88..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUI/Board.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Busware BUI.
- *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_BUI
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
- *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_BUI BUI
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Busware BUI.
- *
- *  Board specific information header for the Busware BUI (http://www.busware.de/tiki-index.php?page=BUI).
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BOARD_BUI_H__
-#define __BOARD_BUI_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../../LEDs.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUI/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUI/LEDs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index e06edb5fc1..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUI/LEDs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,143 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Busware BUI.
- *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_BUI
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_BUI BUI
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Busware BUI.
- *
- *  Board specific LED driver header for the Busware BUI (http://www.busware.de/tiki-index.php?page=BUI).
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Red</td><td>RGB LED</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.2</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>RGB LED</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.3</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Blue</td><td>RGB LED</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.4</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_BUI_H__
-#define __LEDS_BUI_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 2)
-
-			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED2        (1 << 3)
-
-			/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED3        (1 << 4)
-
-			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
-
-			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
-			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRC  |=  LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				PORTC &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRC  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				PORTC &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTC |= LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTC &= ~LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTC = (PORTC & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
-			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
-			{
-				PORTC = (PORTC & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PINC  = LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
-			{
-				return (PORTC & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/Board.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 906f0b5e06..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/Board.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Fletchtronics BUMBLEB.
- *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_BUMBLEB
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
- *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_BUMBLEB BUMBLEB
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Fletchtronics BUMBLEB.
- *
- *  Board specific information header for the Fletchtronics BUMBLEB (http://fletchtronics.net/bumble-b).
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BOARD_BUMBLEB_H__
-#define __BOARD_BUMBLEB_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../../Buttons.h"
-		#include "../../Joystick.h"
-		#include "../../LEDs.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
-
-			/** Indicates the board has a hardware Joystick mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_JOYSTICK
-
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/Buttons.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0495425919..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/Buttons.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,105 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Fletchtronics BUMBLEB.
- *  \copydetails Group_Buttons_BUMBLEB
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_BUMBLEB BUMBLEB
- *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Fletchtronics BUMBLEB.
- *
- *  Board specific buttons driver header for the Fletchtronics BUMBLEB (http://fletchtronics.net/bumble-b). The BUMBLEB
- *  third-party board does not include any on-board peripherals, but does have an officially recommended external peripheral
- *  layout for buttons, LEDs and a Joystick.
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_BUMBLEB_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_BUMBLEB_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
-			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1      (1 << 7)
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-				PORTD |=  BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-			}
-
-			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-				PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
-			{
-				return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/Joystick.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/Joystick.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 82d085e89c..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/Joystick.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,123 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Fletchtronics BUMBLEB.
- *  \copydetails Group_Joystick_BUMBLEB
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the joystick driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Joystick
- *  \defgroup Group_Joystick_BUMBLEB BUMBLEB
- *  \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Fletchtronics BUMBLEB.
- *
- *  Board specific joystick driver header for the Fletchtronics BUMBLEB (http://fletchtronics.net/bumble-b). The BUMBLEB
- *  third-party board does not include any on-board peripherals, but does have an officially recommended external peripheral
- *  layout for buttons, LEDs and a Joystick.
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Left Port Pin</th><th>Up Port Pin</th><th>Right Port Pin</th><th>Down Port Pin</th><th>Press Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>PORTD.2</td><td>PORTD.3</td><td>PORTD.0</td><td>PORTD.1</td><td>PORTD.4</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __JOYSTICK_BUMBLEB_H__
-#define __JOYSTICK_BUMBLEB_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Macros: */
-			#define JOY_MASK                 ((1 << 0) | (1 << 1) | (1 << 2) | (1 << 3) | (1 << 4))
-	#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the left direction. */
-			#define JOY_LEFT                  (1 << 2)
-
-			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the upward direction. */
-			#define JOY_UP                    (1 << 3)
-
-			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the right direction. */
-			#define JOY_RIGHT                 (1 << 0)
-
-			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the downward direction. */
-			#define JOY_DOWN                  (1 << 1)
-
-			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed inward. */
-			#define JOY_PRESS                 (1 << 4)
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void Joystick_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  &= ~JOY_MASK;
-				PORTD |=  JOY_MASK;
-			}
-
-			static inline void Joystick_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  &= ~JOY_MASK;
-				PORTD &= ~JOY_MASK;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void)
-			{
-				return (uint8_t)(~PIND & JOY_MASK);
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/LEDs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 5cd7b483c6..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/LEDs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,149 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Fletchtronics BUMBLEB.
- *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_BUMBLEB
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_BUMBLEB BUMBLEB
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Fletchtronics BUMBLEB.
- *
- *  Board specific LED driver header for the Fletchtronics BUMBLEB (http://fletchtronics.net/bumble-b). The BUMBLEB
- *  third-party board does not include any on-board peripherals, but does have an officially recommended external
- *  peripheral layout for buttons, LEDs and a Joystick.
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>N/A</td><td>User Supplied</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.4</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>N/A</td><td>User Supplied</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.5</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>N/A</td><td>User Supplied</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.6</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>N/A</td><td>User Supplied</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.7</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_BUMBLEB_H__
-#define __LEDS_BUMBLEB_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 4)
-
-			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED2        (1 << 5)
-
-			/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED3        (1 << 6)
-
-			/** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED4        (1 << 7)
-
-			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
-
-			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
-			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRB  |=  LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				PORTB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRB  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				PORTB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask)
-			{
-				PORTB |= LedMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask)
-			{
-				PORTB &= ~LedMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask)
-			{
-				PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LedMask);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask,
-			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
-			{
-				PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LedMask) | ActiveMask);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PINB  = LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
-			{
-				return (PORTB & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/CULV3/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/CULV3/Board.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 777902d274..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/CULV3/Board.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Busware CUL V3.
- *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_CULV3
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
- *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_CULV3 CULV3
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Busware CUL V3.
- *
- *  Board specific information header for the Busware CUL V3 (http://busware.de/tiki-index.php?page=CUL).
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BOARD_CULV3_H__
-#define __BOARD_CULV3_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../../Buttons.h"
-		#include "../../LEDs.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
-
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/CULV3/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/CULV3/Buttons.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6a26a99808..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/CULV3/Buttons.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Busware CULV3.
- *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_CULV3
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_CULV3 CULV3
- *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Busware CULV3.
- *
- *  Board specific Buttons driver header for the Busware CUL V3 (http://busware.de/tiki-index.php?page=CUL).
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.2</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_CULV3_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_CULV3_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
-			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1      (1 << 2)
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRE  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-				PORTE |=  BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-			}
-
-			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRE  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-				PORTE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
-			{
-				return ((PINE & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/CULV3/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/CULV3/LEDs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 3d2b8fda07..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/CULV3/LEDs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,135 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Busware CUL V3.
- *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_CULV3
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_CULV3 CULV3
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Busware CUL V3.
- *
- *  Board specific LED driver header for the Busware CUL V3 (http://busware.de/tiki-index.php?page=CUL).
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTE.6</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_CULV3_H__
-#define __LEDS_CULV3_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 6)
-
-			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    LEDS_LED1
-
-			/** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs. */
-			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRE  |=  LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				PORTE &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-         	}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRE  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				PORTE &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-         	}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTE |= LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTE &= ~LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTE = ((PORTE & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
-			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
-			{
-				PORTE = ((PORTE & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PINE  = LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
-			{
-				return (PORTE & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/DUCE/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/DUCE/Board.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 44cf6918bf..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/DUCE/Board.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the DorkbotPDX Duce.
- *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_DUCE
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
- *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_DUCE DUCE
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the DorkbotPDX Duce.
- *
- *  Board specific information header for the DorkbotPDX Duce (http://dorkbotpdx.org/wiki/duce).
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BOARD_DUCE_H__
-#define __BOARD_DUCE_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../../LEDs.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/DUCE/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/DUCE/LEDs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 83cadedffa..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/DUCE/LEDs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,147 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the DorkbotPDX Duce.
- *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_DUCE
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_DUCE DUCE
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the DorkbotPDX Duce.
- *
- *  Board specific LED driver header for the DorkbotPDX Duce (http://dorkbotpdx.org/wiki/duce).
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Red</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 1</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.4</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 1</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.5</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Red</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 2</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.6</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Green</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 2</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.7</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_DUCE_H__
-#define __LEDS_DUCE_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 4)
-
-			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED2        (1 << 5)
-
-			/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED3        (1 << 6)
-
-			/** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED4        (1 << 7)
-
-			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
-
-			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
-			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRC  |=  LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				PORTC &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRC  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				PORTC &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTC |= LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTC &= ~LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTC = ((PORTC & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
-			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
-			{
-				PORTC = ((PORTC & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PINC  = LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
-			{
-				return (PORTC & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Board.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c77c18b9b8..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Board.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel EVK527.
- *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_EVK527
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
- *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_EVK527 EVK527
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel EVK527.
- *
- *  Board specific information header for the Atmel EVK527.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BOARD_EVK527_H__
-#define __BOARD_EVK527_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../../Buttons.h"
-		#include "../../Dataflash.h"
-		#include "../../Joystick.h"
-		#include "../../LEDs.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
-
-			/** Indicates the board has a hardware Dataflash mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_DATAFLASH
-
-			/** Indicates the board has a hardware Joystick mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_JOYSTICK
-
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Buttons.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 239880cc63..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Buttons.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
- *  \copydetails Group_Buttons_EVK527
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_EVK527 EVK527
- *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
- *
- *  Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.2</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_EVK527_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_EVK527_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
-			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1      (1 << 2)
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRE  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-				PORTE |=  BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-			}
-
-			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRE  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-				PORTE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
-			{
-				return ((PINE & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Dataflash.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Dataflash.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 38b2b58892..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Dataflash.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,222 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
- *  \copydetails Group_Dataflash_EVK527
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Dataflash
- *  \defgroup Group_Dataflash_EVK527 EVK527
- *  \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
- *
- *  Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Select Pin</th><th>SPI Port</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>DATAFLASH_CHIP1</td><td>AT45DB321C (4MB)</td><td>PORTE.6</td><td>SPI0</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __DATAFLASH_EVK527_H__
-#define __DATAFLASH_EVK527_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../../../Misc/AT45DB321C.h"
-		#include "../../../Peripheral/SPI.h"
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Macros: */
-			#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK                DATAFLASH_CHIP1
-			#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR                 DDRE
-			#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT                PORTE
-	#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Constant indicating the total number of dataflash ICs mounted on the selected board. */
-			#define DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS                 1
-
-			/** Mask for no dataflash chip selected. */
-			#define DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP                    0
-
-			/** Mask for the first dataflash chip selected. */
-			#define DATAFLASH_CHIP1                      (1 << 6)
-
-			/** Internal main memory page size for the board's dataflash IC. */
-			#define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE                  512
-
-			/** Total number of pages inside the board's dataflash IC. */
-			#define DATAFLASH_PAGES                      8192
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			/** Initializes the dataflash driver so that commands and data may be sent to an attached dataflash IC.
-			 *  The appropriate SPI interface will be automatically configured.
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_Init(void)
-			{
-				DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR  |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
-				DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
-
-				SPI_Init(SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2 | SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST | SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING | SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING | SPI_MODE_MASTER);
-			}
-
-			/** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns a byte from the dataflash.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Byte  Byte of data to send to the dataflash
-			 *
-			 *  \return Last response byte from the dataflash
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte)
-			{
-				return SPI_TransferByte(Byte);
-			}
-
-			/** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and ignores the next byte from the dataflash.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Byte  Byte of data to send to the dataflash
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
-			{
-				SPI_SendByte(Byte);
-			}
-
-			/** Sends a dummy byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns the next byte from the dataflash.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Last response byte from the dataflash
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void)
-			{
-				return SPI_ReceiveByte();
-			}
-
-			/** Determines the currently selected dataflash chip.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Mask of the currently selected Dataflash chip, either \ref DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP if no chip is selected
-			 *          or a DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is the chip number).
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void)
-			{
-				return (~DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT & DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK);
-			}
-
-			/** Selects the given dataflash chip.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in]  ChipMask  Mask of the Dataflash IC to select, in the form of a \c DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is
-			 *              the chip number).
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask)
-			{
-				DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT = ((DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT | DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK) & ~ChipMask);
-			}
-
-			/** Deselects the current dataflash chip, so that no dataflash is selected. */
-			static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void)
-			{
-				Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP);
-			}
-
-			/** Selects a dataflash IC from the given page number, which should range from 0 to
-			 *  ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1). For boards containing only one
-			 *  dataflash IC, this will select DATAFLASH_CHIP1. If the given page number is outside
-			 *  the total number of pages contained in the boards dataflash ICs, all dataflash ICs
-			 *  are deselected.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] PageAddress  Address of the page to manipulate, ranging from
-			 *                          0 to ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1).
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress)
-			{
-				Dataflash_DeselectChip();
-
-				if (PageAddress >= DATAFLASH_PAGES)
-				  return;
-
-				Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
-			}
-
-			/** Toggles the select line of the currently selected dataflash IC, so that it is ready to receive
-			 *  a new command.
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void)
-			{
-				uint8_t SelectedChipMask = Dataflash_GetSelectedChip();
-
-				Dataflash_DeselectChip();
-				Dataflash_SelectChip(SelectedChipMask);
-			}
-
-			/** Spin-loops while the currently selected dataflash is busy executing a command, such as a main
-			 *  memory page program or main memory to buffer transfer.
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void)
-			{
-				Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
-				Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
-				while (!(Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_READY));
-				Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
-			}
-
-			/** Sends a set of page and buffer address bytes to the currently selected dataflash IC, for use with
-			 *  dataflash commands which require a complete 24-bit address.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] PageAddress  Page address within the selected dataflash IC
-			 *  \param[in] BufferByte   Address within the dataflash's buffer
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress,
-			                                              const uint16_t BufferByte)
-			{
-				Dataflash_SendByte(PageAddress >> 5);
-				Dataflash_SendByte((PageAddress << 3) | (BufferByte >> 8));
-				Dataflash_SendByte(BufferByte);
-			}
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Joystick.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Joystick.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 492c706993..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Joystick.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,130 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
- *  \copydetails Group_Joystick_EVK527
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the joystick driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Joystick
- *  \defgroup Group_Joystick_EVK527 EVK527
- *  \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
- *
- *  Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Left Port Pin</th><th>Up Port Pin</th><th>Right Port Pin</th><th>Down Port Pin</th><th>Press Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>PORTF.4</td><td>PORTF.5</td><td>PORTF.7</td><td>PORTC.6</td><td>PORTF.6</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __JOYSTICK_EVK527_H__
-#define __JOYSTICK_EVK527_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Macros: */
-			#define JOY_FMASK                 ((1 << 4) | (1 << 5) | (1 << 6) | (1 << 7))
-			#define JOY_CMASK                 (1 << 6)
-
-			#define JOY_PORTC_MASK_SHIFT      3
-	#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the left direction. */
-			#define JOY_LEFT                  (1 << 4)
-
-			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the right direction. */
-			#define JOY_RIGHT                 (1 << 7)
-
-			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the upward direction. */
-			#define JOY_UP                    (1 << 5)
-
-			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the downward direction. */
-			#define JOY_DOWN                 ((1 << 6) >> JOY_PORTC_MASK_SHIFT)
-
-			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed inward. */
-			#define JOY_PRESS                 (1 << 6)
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void Joystick_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRF  &= ~JOY_FMASK;
-				DDRC  &= ~JOY_CMASK;
-
-				PORTF |=  JOY_FMASK;
-				PORTC |=  JOY_CMASK;
-			}
-
-			static inline void Joystick_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRF  &= ~JOY_FMASK;
-				DDRC  &= ~JOY_CMASK;
-
-				PORTF &= ~JOY_FMASK;
-				PORTC &= ~JOY_CMASK;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void)
-			{
-				return (((uint8_t)~PINF & JOY_FMASK) | (((uint8_t)~PINC & JOY_CMASK) >> JOY_PORTC_MASK_SHIFT));
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/LEDs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 84e689a4b7..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/LEDs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,143 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
- *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_EVK527
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_EVK527 EVK527
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
- *
- *  Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.6</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_EVK527_H__
-#define __LEDS_EVK527_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 5)
-
-			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED2        (1 << 6)
-
-			/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED3        (1 << 7)
-
-			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
-
-			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
-			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  |=  LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTD |= LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
-			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
-			{
-				PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PIND  = LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
-			{
-				return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/JMDBU2/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/JMDBU2/Board.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0f1aca09dd..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/JMDBU2/Board.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Mattairtech JM-DB-U2.
- *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_JMDBU2
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
- *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_JMDBU2 JMDBU2
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Mattairtech JM-DB-U2.
- *
- *  Board specific information header for the Mattairtech JM-DB-U2 (http://u2.mattair.net/index.html).
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BOARD_JMDBU2_H__
-#define __BOARD_JMDBU2_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../../Buttons.h"
-		#include "../../LEDs.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
-
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/JMDBU2/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/JMDBU2/Buttons.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 80500993dc..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/JMDBU2/Buttons.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Mattairtech JM-DB-U2.
- *  \copydetails Group_Buttons_JMDBU2
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_JMDBU2 JMDBU2
- *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Mattairtech JM-DB-U2.
- *
- *  Board specific Buttons driver header for the Mattairtech JM-DB-U2 (http://u2.mattair.net/index.html).
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_JMDBU2_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_JMDBU2_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
-			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1      (1 << 7)
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-				PORTD |=  BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-			}
-
-			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-				PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
-			{
-				return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/JMDBU2/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/JMDBU2/LEDs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 562103e33b..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/JMDBU2/LEDs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,135 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Mattairtech JM-DB-U2.
- *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_JMDBU2
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_JMDBU2 JMDBU2
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Mattairtech JM-DB-U2.
- *
- *  Board specific LED driver header for the Mattairtech JM-DB-U2 (http://u2.mattair.net/index.html).
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.4</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_JMDBU2_H__
-#define __LEDS_JMDBU2_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 4)
-
-			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    LEDS_LED1
-
-			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
-			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  |=  LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTD |= LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
-			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
-			{
-				PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PIND  = LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
-			{
-				return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/LEONARDO/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/LEONARDO/Board.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 95ef437f56..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/LEONARDO/Board.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Arduino Leonardo board.
- *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_LEONARDO
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
- *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_LEONARDO LEONARDO
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Arduino Leonardo board.
- *
- *  Board specific information header for the Arduino Leonardo board (http://arduino.cc/en/Main/arduinoBoardLeonardo).
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BOARD_LEONARDO_H__
-#define __BOARD_LEONARDO_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../../LEDs.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/LEONARDO/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/LEONARDO/LEDs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ea7d41c01c..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/LEONARDO/LEDs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,169 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Arduino Leonardo board.
- *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_LEONARDO
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_LEONARDO LEONARDO
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Arduino Leonardo board.
- *
- *  Board specific LED driver header for the Arduino Leonardo board (http://arduino.cc/en/Main/arduinoBoardLeonardo).
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>RX</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTB.0</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Yellow</td><td>TX</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Yellow</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.7</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_LEONARDO_H__
-#define __LEDS_LEONARDO_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Macros: */
-			#define LEDS_PORTB_LEDS       (LEDS_LED1)
-			#define LEDS_PORTD_LEDS       (LEDS_LED2)
-			#define LEDS_PORTC_LEDS       (LEDS_LED3)
-	#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 0)
-
-			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED2        (1 << 5)
-
-			/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED3        (1 << 7)
-
-			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
-
-			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
-			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRB  |=  LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
-				PORTB |=  LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
-				DDRD  |=  LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
-				PORTD |=  LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
-				DDRC  |=  LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
-				PORTC &= ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRB  &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
-				PORTB &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
-				DDRD  &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
-				PORTD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
-				DDRC  &= ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
-				PORTC &= ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTB &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
-				PORTD &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
-				PORTC |=  (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTB |=  (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
-				PORTD |=  (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
-				PORTC &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTB = ((PORTB |  LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS));
-				PORTD = ((PORTD |  LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS));
-				PORTC = ((PORTC & ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS) |  (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS));
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
-			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
-			{
-				PORTB = ((PORTB |  (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS)) & ~(ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS));
-				PORTD = ((PORTD |  (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS)) & ~(ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS));
-				PORTC = ((PORTC & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS)) |  (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS));
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PINB  = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
-				PIND  = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
-				PINC  = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
-			{
-				return ((~PORTB & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) | (~PORTD & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) | (PORTC & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS));
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MAXIMUS/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MAXIMUS/Board.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 929e60a8cc..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MAXIMUS/Board.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Maximus board.
- *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_MAXIMUS
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
- *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_MAXIMUS MAXIMUS
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Maximus board.
- *
- *  Board specific information header for the Maximus (http://www.avrusb.com/).
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BOARD_MAXIMUS_H__
-#define __BOARD_MAXIMUS_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../../LEDs.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MAXIMUS/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MAXIMUS/LEDs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 695949a176..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MAXIMUS/LEDs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,139 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Maximus.
- *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_MAXIMUS
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_MAXIMUS MAXIMUS
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Maximus.
- *
- *  Board specific LED driver header for the Maximus (http://www.avrusb.com/).
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>LG</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.6</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Red</td><td>LR</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.7</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_MAXIMUS_H__
-#define __LEDS_MAXIMUS_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 6)
-
-			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED2        (1 << 7)
-
-			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
-
-			/** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs. */
-			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRB  |=  LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				PORTB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRB  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				PORTB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTB |= LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTB &= ~LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
-			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
-			{
-				PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PINB  = LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
-			{
-				return (PORTB & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICRO/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICRO/Board.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 622bfc8b92..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICRO/Board.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Arduino Micro board.
- *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_MICRO
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
- *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_MICRO MICRO
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Arduino Micro board.
- *
- *  Board specific information header for the Arduino Micro board (http://arduino.cc/en/Main/arduinoBoardMicro).
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BOARD_MICRO_H__
-#define __BOARD_MICRO_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../../LEDs.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICRO/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICRO/LEDs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c3e471d5f4..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICRO/LEDs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,169 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Arduino Micro board.
- *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_MICRO
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_MICRO MICRO
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Arduino Micro board.
- *
- *  Board specific LED driver header for the Arduino Micro board (http://arduino.cc/en/Main/arduinoBoardMicro).
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>RX</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.0</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Yellow</td><td>TX</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.7</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_MICRO_H__
-#define __LEDS_MICRO_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Macros: */
-			#define LEDS_PORTB_LEDS       (LEDS_LED1)
-			#define LEDS_PORTD_LEDS       (LEDS_LED2)
-			#define LEDS_PORTC_LEDS       (LEDS_LED3)
-	#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 0)
-
-			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED2        (1 << 5)
-
-			/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED3        (1 << 7)
-
-			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
-
-			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
-			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRB  |=  LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
-				PORTB &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
-				DDRD  |=  LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
-				PORTD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
-				DDRC  |=  LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
-				PORTC &= ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRB  &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
-				PORTB &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
-				DDRD  &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
-				PORTD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
-				DDRC  &= ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
-				PORTC &= ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTB |=  (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
-				PORTD |=  (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
-				PORTC |=  (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTB &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
-				PORTD &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
-				PORTC &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS));
-				PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS));
-				PORTC = ((PORTC & ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS));
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
-			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
-			{
-				PORTB = ((PORTB & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS));
-				PORTD = ((PORTD & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS));
-				PORTC = ((PORTC & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS));
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTB ^= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
-				PORTD ^= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
-				PORTC ^= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
-			{
-				return ((PORTB & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) | (PORTD & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) | (PORTC & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS));
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Board.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b84bf790b1..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Board.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,149 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Micropendous series boards.
- *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_32U2
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
- *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_A MICROPENDOUS_A
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Micropendous A (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/MicropendousA).
- *
- *  See \ref Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
- *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_1 MICROPENDOUS_1
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Micropendous 1 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous1).
- *
- *  See \ref Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
- *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_2 MICROPENDOUS_2
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Micropendous 2 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous2).
- *
- *  See \ref Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
- *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_3 MICROPENDOUS_3
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Micropendous 3 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous3).
- *
- *  See \ref Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
- *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_4 MICROPENDOUS_4
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Micropendous 4 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous4).
- *
- *  See \ref Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
- *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_DIP MICROPENDOUS_DIP
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Micropendous DIP (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/MicropendousDIP).
- *
- *  See \ref Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
- *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_REV1 MICROPENDOUS_REV1
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Micropendous Arduino-like Revision 1 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous).
- *
- *  See \ref Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
- *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_REV2 MICROPENDOUS_REV2
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Micropendous Arduino-like Revision 2 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous).
- *
- *  See \ref Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
- *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 MICROPENDOUS_32U2
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Micropendous series boards.
- *
- *  Board specific information header for the Micropendous series boards (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous).
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_H__
-#define __BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			#if ((BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_32U2) || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_A) || \
-			     (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_1)    || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_2) || \
-			     (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_3)    || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_4) || \
-			     (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV1) || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV2) || \
-			     (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_DIP) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
-				#include "../../Buttons.h"
-
-				/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
-				#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
-			#endif
-
-			#if ((BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV1) || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV2) || \
-			     (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_32U2) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
-				#include "../../LEDs.h"
-
-				/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
-				#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
-			#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Buttons.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 8adff2d30d..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Buttons.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,205 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Micropendous series boards.
- *  \copydetails Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_32U2
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_A MICROPENDOUS_A
- *  \brief Board specific Button driver header for the Micropendous A (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/MicropendousA).
- *
- *  See \ref Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_1 MICROPENDOUS_1
- *  \brief Board specific Button driver header for the Micropendous 1 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous1).
- *
- *  See \ref Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_2 MICROPENDOUS_2
- *  \brief Board specific Button driver header for the Micropendous 2 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous2).
- *
- *  See \ref Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_3 MICROPENDOUS_3
- *  \brief Board specific Button driver header for the Micropendous 3 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous3).
- *
- *  See \ref Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_4 MICROPENDOUS_4
- *  \brief Board specific Button driver header for the Micropendous 4 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous4).
- *
- *  See \ref Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_DIP MICROPENDOUS_DIP
- *  \brief Board specific Button driver header for the Micropendous DIP (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/MicropendousDIP).
- *
- *  See \ref Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_REV1 MICROPENDOUS_REV1
- *  \brief Board specific Button driver header for the Micropendous Arduino-like Revision 1 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous).
- *
- *  See \ref Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_REV2 MICROPENDOUS_REV2
- *  \brief Board specific Button driver header for the Micropendous Arduino-like Revision 2 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous).
- *
- *  See \ref Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 MICROPENDOUS_32U2
- *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Micropendous 32U2.
- *
- *  \note There are multiple supported Micropendous boards, compile with <code>BOARD = MICROPENDOUS_{VERSION}</code>.
- *
- *  Board specific Buttons driver header for the Micropendous 32U2 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous_32U2).
- *
- *  <b>BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_1 and BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_32U2</b>:
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  <b>Other Revisions</b>:
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.2</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_MICROPENDOUS_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_MICROPENDOUS_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		#if (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_32U2)
-			#define _BOARD_BUTTON1_MASK             (1 << 7)
-			#define _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER        D
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_A)
-			#define _BOARD_BUTTON1_MASK             (1 << 2)
-			#define _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER        E
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_1)
-			#define _BOARD_BUTTON1_MASK             (1 << 7)
-			#define _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER        D
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_2)
-			#define _BOARD_BUTTON1_MASK             (1 << 2)
-			#define _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER        E
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_3)
-			#define _BOARD_BUTTON1_MASK             (1 << 2)
-			#define _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER        E
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_4)
-			#define _BOARD_BUTTON1_MASK             (1 << 2)
-			#define _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER        E
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_DIP)
-			#define _BOARD_BUTTON1_MASK             (1 << 2)
-			#define _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER        E
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV1)
-			#define _BOARD_BUTTON1_MASK             (1 << 2)
-			#define _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER        E
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV2)
-			#define _BOARD_BUTTON1_MASK             (1 << 2)
-			#define _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER        E
-		#endif
-
-		#define _BOARD_BUTTON_PORT                  CONCAT_EXPANDED(PORT, _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER)
-		#define _BOARD_BUTTON_PIN                   CONCAT_EXPANDED(PIN,  _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER)
-		#define _BOARD_BUTTON_DDR                   CONCAT_EXPANDED(DDR,  _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER)
-	#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
-			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1     _BOARD_BUTTON1_MASK
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
-			{
-				_BOARD_BUTTON_DDR  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-				_BOARD_BUTTON_PORT |=  BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-			}
-
-			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
-			{
-				_BOARD_BUTTON_DDR  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-				_BOARD_BUTTON_PORT &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
-			{
-				return ((_BOARD_BUTTON_PIN & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/LEDs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 253ad31422..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/LEDs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,174 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Micropendous series boards.
- *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_MICROPENDOUS_32U2
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_MICROPENDOUS_REV1 MICROPENDOUS_REV1
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Micropendous Arduino-like Revision 1 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous).
- *
- *  See \ref Group_LEDs_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_MICROPENDOUS_REV2 MICROPENDOUS_REV2
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Micropendous Arduino-like Revision 2 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous).
- *
- *  See \ref Group_LEDs_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 MICROPENDOUS_32U2
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Micropendous-32U2.
- *
- *  Board specific LED driver header for the Micropendous 32U2 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous_32U2).
- *
- *  <b>BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_32U2</b>:
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.6</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  <b>Other Revisions</b>:
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.1</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_MICROPENDOUS_H__
-#define __LEDS_MICROPENDOUS_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		#if (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_32U2)
-			#define _BOARD_LED1_MASK                (1 << 6)
-			#define _BOARD_LED_PORTLETTER           D
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV1)
-			#define _BOARD_LED1_MASK                (1 << 1)
-			#define _BOARD_LED_PORTLETTER           B
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV2)
-			#define _BOARD_LED1_MASK                (1 << 1)
-			#define _BOARD_LED_PORTLETTER           B
-		#endif
-
-		#define _BOARD_LED_PORT                     CONCAT_EXPANDED(PORT, _BOARD_LED_PORTLETTER)
-		#define _BOARD_LED_PIN                      CONCAT_EXPANDED(PIN,  _BOARD_LED_PORTLETTER)
-		#define _BOARD_LED_DDR                      CONCAT_EXPANDED(DDR,  _BOARD_LED_PORTLETTER)
-	#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED1        _BOARD_LED1_MASK
-
-			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    LEDS_LED1
-
-			/** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs. */
-			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
-			{
-				_BOARD_LED_DDR  |=  LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				_BOARD_LED_PORT &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
-			{
-				_BOARD_LED_DDR  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				_BOARD_LED_PORT &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				_BOARD_LED_PORT |= LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				_BOARD_LED_PORT &= ~LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				_BOARD_LED_PORT = ((_BOARD_LED_PORT & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
-			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
-			{
-				_BOARD_LED_PORT = ((_BOARD_LED_PORT & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				_BOARD_LED_PIN  = LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
-			{
-				return (_BOARD_LED_PORT & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROSIN162/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROSIN162/Board.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 3ffb028c0d..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROSIN162/Board.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Microsin AVR-USB162 board.
- *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_MICROSIN162
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
- *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_MICROSIN162 MICROSIN162
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Microsin AVR-USB162 board.
- *
- *  Board specific information header for the Microsin AVR-USB162 board (http://microsin.ru/content/view/685/44/).
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BOARD_MICROSIN162_H__
-#define __BOARD_MICROSIN162_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../../Buttons.h"
-		#include "../../LEDs.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
-
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROSIN162/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROSIN162/Buttons.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 68344feb22..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROSIN162/Buttons.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Microsin AVR-USB162 board.
- *  \copydetails Group_Buttons_MICROSIN162
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_MICROSIN162 MICROSIN162
- *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Microsin AVR-USB162 board.
- *
- *  Board specific Buttons driver header for the Microsin AVR-USB162 board (http://microsin.ru/content/view/685/44/).
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_MICROSIN162_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_MICROSIN162_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
-			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1      (1 << 7)
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-				PORTD |=  BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-			}
-
-			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-				PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
-			{
-				return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROSIN162/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROSIN162/LEDs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 51d1b3eba8..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROSIN162/LEDs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,135 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Microsin AVR-USB162 board.
- *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_MICROSIN162
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_MICROSIN162 MICROSIN162
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Microsin AVR-USB162 board.
- *
- *  Board specific LED driver header for the Microsin AVR-USB162 board (http://microsin.ru/content/view/685/44/).
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.4</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_MICROSIN162_H__
-#define __LEDS_MICROSIN162_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 4)
-
-			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    LEDS_LED1
-
-			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
-			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				PORTD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTD |= LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDS_ALL_LEDS) & ~LEDMask);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
-			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
-			{
-				PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDMask) & ~ActiveMask);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PIND  = LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
-			{
-				return (~PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MINIMUS/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MINIMUS/Board.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 80b8b3c86c..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MINIMUS/Board.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the MINIMUS.
- *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_MINIMUS
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
- *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_MINIMUS MINIMUS
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the MINIMUS.
- *
- *  Board specific information header for the MINIMUS.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BOARD_MINIMUS_H__
-#define __BOARD_MINIMUS_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../../Buttons.h"
-		#include "../../LEDs.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
-
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MINIMUS/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MINIMUS/Buttons.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ec94445a80..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MINIMUS/Buttons.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the MINIMUS.
- *  \copydetails Group_Buttons_MINIMUS
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_MINIMUS MINIMUS
- *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the MINIMUS.
- *
- *  Board specific Buttons driver header for the MINIMUS.
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_MINIMUS_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_MINIMUS_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
-			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1      (1 << 7)
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-				PORTD |=  BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-			}
-
-			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-				PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
-			{
-				return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MINIMUS/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MINIMUS/LEDs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index adc34686fe..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MINIMUS/LEDs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,139 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the MINIMUS.
- *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_MINIMUS
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_MINIMUS MINIMUS
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the MINIMUS.
- *
- *  Board specific LED driver header for the Minimus USB (http://www.minimususb.com/).
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Blue</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Red</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.6</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_MINIMUS_H__
-#define __LEDS_MINIMUS_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 5)
-
-			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED2        (1 << 6)
-
-			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
-
-			/** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs. */
-			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				PORTD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTD |=  LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDS_ALL_LEDS) & ~LEDMask);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
-			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
-			{
-				PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PIND  = LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
-			{
-				return (~PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MULTIO/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MULTIO/Board.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 84f3d87250..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MULTIO/Board.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Bitwizard Multio.
- *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_MULTIO
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
- *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_MULTIO MULTIO
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Bitwizard Multio.
- *
- *  Board specific information header for the Bitwizard Multio (http://www.bitwizard.nl/wiki/index.php/USB-multio).
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BOARD_MULTIO_H__
-#define __BOARD_MULTIO_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../../LEDs.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MULTIO/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MULTIO/LEDs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ca6d440414..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MULTIO/LEDs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,161 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Bitwizard Multio.
- *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_MULTIO
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_MULTIO MULTIO
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Bitwizard Multio.
- *
- *  Board specific LED driver header for the Bitwizard Multio (http://www.bitwizard.nl/wiki/index.php/USB-multio).
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.0</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.2</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_MULTIO_H__
-#define __LEDS_MULTIO_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Macros: */
-			#define LEDS_PORTD_LEDS       (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
-			#define LEDS_PORTC_LEDS       LEDS_LED2
-	#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 0)
-
-			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED2        (1 << 2)
-
-			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED3        (1 << 7)
-
-			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
-
-			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
-			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  |=  LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
-				DDRC  |=  LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
-
-				PORTD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
-				PORTC &= ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
-				DDRC  &= ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
-
-				PORTD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
-				PORTC &= ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTD |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
-				PORTC |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTD &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
-				PORTC &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTD = (PORTD & ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
-				PORTC = (PORTC & ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
-			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
-			{
-				PORTD = (PORTD & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
-				PORTC = (PORTC & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PIND  = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
-				PINC  = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
-			{
-				return ((PORTD & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) | (PORTC & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS));
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX162/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX162/Board.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b9bcf77344..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX162/Board.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Olimex AVR-USB-162 Development Board.
- *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_OLIMEX162
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
- *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_OLIMEX162 OLIMEX162
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Olimex AVR-USB-162 Development Board.
- *
- *  Board specific information header for the Olimex AVR-USB-162 Development Board (http://www.olimex.com/dev/avr-usb-162.html).
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BOARD_OLIMEX162_H__
-#define __BOARD_OLIMEX162_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../../Buttons.h"
-		#include "../../LEDs.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
-
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX162/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX162/Buttons.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 3714c5e9ae..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX162/Buttons.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-162 Development Board.
- *  \copydetails Group_Buttons_OLIMEX162
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_OLIMEX162 OLIMEX162
- *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-162 Development Board.
- *
- *  Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-162 Development Board (http://www.olimex.com/dev/avr-usb-162.html).
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_OLIMEX162_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_OLIMEX162_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
-			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1      (1 << 7)
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-				PORTD |=  BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-			}
-
-			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-				PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
-			{
-				return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX162/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX162/LEDs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 5ecc1f5d79..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX162/LEDs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,135 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-162.
- *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_OLIMEX162
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_OLIMEX162 OLIMEX162
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-162.
- *
- *  Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-162 (http://www.olimex.com/dev/avr-usb-162.html).
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.4</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_OLIMEX162_H__
-#define __LEDS_OLIMEX162_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 4)
-
-			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    LEDS_LED1
-
-			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
-			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  |=  LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTD |= LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
-			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
-			{
-				PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PIND  = LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
-			{
-				return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/Board.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 657b15c6d7..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/Board.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4 Development Board.
- *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_OLIMEX32U4
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
- *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_OLIMEX32U4 OLIMEX32U4
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4 Development Board.
- *
- *  Board specific information header for the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4 Development Board (http://www.olimex.com/dev/olimexino-32u4.html).
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BOARD_OLIMEX32U4_H__
-#define __BOARD_OLIMEX32U4_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../../Buttons.h"
-		#include "../../LEDs.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
-
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/Buttons.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 8e33fd965c..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/Buttons.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4 Development Board.
- *  \copydetails Group_Buttons_OLIMEX32U4
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_OLIMEX32U4 OLIMEX32U4
- *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4 Development Board.
- *
- *  Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4 Development Board (http://www.olimex.com/dev/olimexino-32u4.html).
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.2</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_OLIMEX32U4_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_OLIMEX32U4_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
-			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1      (1 << 2)
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRE  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-				PORTE |=  BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-			}
-
-			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRE  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-				PORTE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
-			{
-				return ((PINE & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/LEDs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 259859c90c..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/LEDs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,179 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4.
- *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_OLIMEX32U4
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_OLIMEX32U4 OLIMEX32U4
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4.
- *
- *  Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4 (http://www.olimex.com/dev/olimexino-32u4.html).
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>TX</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Yellow</td><td>RX</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.0</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator (Default Unconnected)</td><td>High</td><td>PORTE.6</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Yellow</td><td>General Indicator (Default Unconnected)</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.5</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_OLIMEX32U4_H__
-#define __LEDS_OLIMEX32U4_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Macros: */
-			#define LEDS_PORTB_LEDS       (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
-			#define LEDS_PORTD_LEDS       (LEDS_LED1)
-			#define LEDS_PORTE_LEDS       (LEDS_LED3)
-
-			#define LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT 1
-	#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED1        ((1 << 5) >> LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT)
-
-			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED2        (1 << 0)
-
-			/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED3        (1 << 6)
-
-			/** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED4        (1 << 5)
-
-			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
-
-			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
-			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRB  |=  LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
-				PORTB &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
-				DDRD  |=  (LEDS_PORTD_LEDS << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
-				PORTD &= ~(LEDS_PORTD_LEDS << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
-				DDRE  |=  LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
-				PORTE &= ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRB  &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
-				PORTB &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
-				DDRD  &= ~(LEDS_PORTD_LEDS << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
-				PORTD &= ~(LEDS_PORTD_LEDS << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
-				DDRE  &= ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
-				PORTE &= ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTB |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
-				PORTD |= ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
-				PORTE |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTB &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
-				PORTD &= ~((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
-				PORTE &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS));
-				PORTD = ((PORTD & ~(LEDS_PORTD_LEDS << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT)) |
-				         ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT));
-				PORTE = ((PORTE & ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS));
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
-			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
-			{
-				PORTB = ((PORTB & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS));
-				PORTD = ((PORTD & ~((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT)) |
-				         ((ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT));
-				PORTE = ((PORTE & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS));
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PINB  = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
-				PIND  = ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
-				PINE  = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
-			{
-				return ((PORTB & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) |
-				        ((PORTD & (LEDS_PORTD_LEDS << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT)) >> LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT) |
-				        (PORTE & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS));
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/Board.h
deleted file mode 100644
index d318a82b03..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/Board.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2 Development Board.
- *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_OLIMEXISPMK2
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
- *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_OLIMEXISPMK2 OLIMEXISPMK2
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2 Development Board.
- *
- *  Board specific information header for the Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2 Development Board (https://www.olimex.com/dev/avr-isp-mk2.html).
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BOARD_OLIMEXISPMK2_H__
-#define __BOARD_OLIMEXISPMK2_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../../Buttons.h"
-		#include "../../LEDs.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
-
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/Buttons.h
deleted file mode 100644
index aff10b1035..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/Buttons.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2 Development Board.
- *  \copydetails Group_Buttons_OLIMEXISPMK2
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_OLIMEXISPMK2 OLIMEXISPMK2
- *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2.
- *
- *  Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2 Development Board (https://www.olimex.com/dev/avr-isp-mk2.html).
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_OLIMEXISPMK2_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_OLIMEXISPMK2_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
-			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1      (1 << 7)
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-				PORTD |=  BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-			}
-
-			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-				PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
-			{
-				return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/LEDs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 033fca05e6..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/LEDs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,143 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2 Development Board.
- *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_OLIMEXISPMK2
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_OLIMEXISPMK2 OLIMEXISPMK2
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2.
- *
- *  Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2 Development Board (https://www.olimex.com/dev/avr-isp-mk2.html).
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>Target Power</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.5</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Red</td><td>Activity</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.6</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Green</td><td>Ready</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.7</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_OLIMEXISPMK2_H__
-#define __LEDS_OLIMEXISPMK2_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 5)
-
-			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED2        (1 << 6)
-
-			/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED3        (1 << 7)
-
-			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
-
-			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
-			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRB  |=  LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				PORTB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRB  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				PORTB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTB |= LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTB &= ~LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
-			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
-			{
-				PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PINB  = LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
-			{
-				return (PORTB & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/Board.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 690fee1534..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/Board.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Olimex AVR-USB-T32U4 Development Board.
- *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_OLIMEXT32U4
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
- *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_OLIMEXT32U4 OLIMEXT32U4
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Olimex AVR-USB-T32U4 Development Board.
- *
- *  Board specific information header for the Olimex AVR-USB-T32U4 Development Board (http://www.olimex.com/dev/avr-t32u4.html).
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BOARD_OLIMEXT32U4_H__
-#define __BOARD_OLIMEXT32U4_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../../Buttons.h"
-		#include "../../LEDs.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
-
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/Buttons.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 634eda9cb8..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/Buttons.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-T32U4 Development Board.
- *  \copydetails Group_Buttons_OLIMEXT32U4
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_OLIMEXT32U4 OLIMEXT32U4
- *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4 Development Board.
- *
- *  Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-T32U4 Development Board (http://www.olimex.com/dev/avr-t32u4.html).
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.2</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_OLIMEXT32U4_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_OLIMEXT32U4_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
-			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1      (1 << 2)
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRE  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-				PORTE |=  BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-			}
-
-			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRE  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-				PORTE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
-			{
-				return ((PINE & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/LEDs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 2bbaf6826e..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/LEDs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,169 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-T32U4.
- *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_OLIMEXT32U4
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_OLIMEXT32U4 OLIMEXT32U4
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-T32U4.
- *
- *  Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-T32U4 (http://www.olimex.com/dev/avr-t32u4.html).
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>RX</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.0</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>TX</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>N/A</td><td>General Indicator (Not Mounted)</td><td>High</td><td>PORTE.6</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_OLIMEXT32U4_H__
-#define __LEDS_OLIMEXT32U4_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Macros: */
-			#define LEDS_PORTB_LEDS       (LEDS_LED1)
-			#define LEDS_PORTD_LEDS       (LEDS_LED2)
-			#define LEDS_PORTE_LEDS       (LEDS_LED3)
-	#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 0)
-
-			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED2        (1 << 5)
-
-			/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED3        (1 << 6)
-
-			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
-
-			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
-			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRB  |=  LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
-				PORTB &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
-				DDRD  |=  LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
-				PORTD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
-				DDRE  |=  LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
-				PORTE &= ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRB  &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
-				PORTB &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
-				DDRD  &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
-				PORTD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
-				DDRE  &= ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
-				PORTE &= ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTB |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
-				PORTD |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
-				PORTE |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTB &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
-				PORTD &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
-				PORTE &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS));
-				PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS));
-				PORTE = ((PORTE & ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS));
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
-			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
-			{
-				PORTB = ((PORTB & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS));
-				PORTD = ((PORTD & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS));
-				PORTE = ((PORTE & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS));
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PINB  = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
-				PIND  = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
-				PINE  = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
-			{
-				return ((PORTB & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) | (PORTD & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) | (PORTE & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS));
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/RZUSBSTICK/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/RZUSBSTICK/Board.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6fc3666739..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/RZUSBSTICK/Board.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel RZUSBSTICK.
- *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_RZUSBSTICK
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
- *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_RZUSBSTICK RZUSBSTICK
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel RZUSBSTICK.
- *
- *  Board specific information header for the Atmel RZUSBSTICK.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BOARD_RZUSBSTICK_H__
-#define __BOARD_RZUSBSTICK_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../../LEDs.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/RZUSBSTICK/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/RZUSBSTICK/LEDs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6ebcdfc6b0..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/RZUSBSTICK/LEDs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,175 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel RZUSBSTICK.
- *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_RZUSBSTICK
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_RZUSBSTICK RZUSBSTICK
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel RZUSBSTICK.
- *
- *  Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel RZUSBSTICK.
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Blue</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Red</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.6</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.7</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_RZUSBSTICK_H__
-#define __LEDS_RZUSBSTICK_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Macros: */
-			#define LEDS_PORTD_LEDS       (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
-			#define LEDS_PORTE_LEDS       (LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
-
-			#define LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT 4
-	#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 7)
-
-			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED2        (1 << 5)
-
-			/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED3        ((1 << 6) >> LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)
-
-			/** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED4        ((1 << 7) >> LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)
-
-			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
-
-			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
-			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  |=  LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
-				PORTD &= ~LEDS_LED1;
-				PORTD |=  LEDS_LED2;
-
-				DDRE  |=  (LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
-				PORTE |=  (LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
-				PORTD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
-
-				DDRE  &= ~(LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
-				PORTE &= ~(LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTD |=  (LEDMask & LEDS_LED1);
-				PORTD &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_LED2);
-				PORTE &= ~((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTD &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_LED1);
-				PORTD |=  (LEDMask & LEDS_LED2);
-				PORTE |=  ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTD = (((PORTD & ~LEDS_LED1) |  (LEDMask & LEDS_LED1)) |
-				         ((PORTD |  LEDS_LED2) & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_LED2)));
-				PORTE = ((PORTE | (LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)) &
-				        ~((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT));
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
-			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
-			{
-				PORTD = (((PORTD & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_LED1)) |  (ActiveMask & LEDS_LED1)) |
-				         ((PORTD |  (LEDMask & LEDS_LED2)) & ~(ActiveMask & LEDS_LED2)));
-				PORTE = ((PORTE | ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)) &
-				        ~((ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT));
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PIND  = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
-				PINE  = ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
-			{
-				return (((PORTD & LEDS_LED1) | (~PORTD & LEDS_LED2)) |
-				        ((~PORTE & (LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)) >> LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT));
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/SPARKFUN8U2/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/SPARKFUN8U2/Board.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 49cc2e5105..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/SPARKFUN8U2/Board.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Sparkfun ATMEGA8U2 breakout board.
- *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_SPARKFUN8U2
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
- *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_SPARKFUN8U2 SPARKFUN8U2
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Sparkfun ATMEGA8U2 breakout board.
- *
- *  Board specific information header for the Sparkfun ATMEGA8U2 breakout board (http://www.sparkfun.com/products/10277).
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BOARD_SPARKFUN8U2_H__
-#define __BOARD_SPARKFUN8U2_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../../LEDs.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/SPARKFUN8U2/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/SPARKFUN8U2/LEDs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b8eb4abfea..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/SPARKFUN8U2/LEDs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,135 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Sparkfun ATMEGA8U2 breakout board.
- *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_SPARKFUN8U2
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_SPARKFUN8U2 SPARKFUN8U2
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Sparkfun ATMEGA8U2 breakout board.
- *
- *  Board specific LED driver header for the Sparkfun ATMEGA8U2 breakout board (http://www.sparkfun.com/products/10277).
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTB.4</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_SPARKFUN8U2_H__
-#define __LEDS_SPARKFUN8U2_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 4)
-
-			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    LEDS_LED1
-
-			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
-			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRB  |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				PORTB |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRB  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				PORTB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTB &= ~LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTB |= LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTB = ((PORTB | LEDS_ALL_LEDS) & ~LEDMask);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
-			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
-			{
-				PORTB = ((PORTB | LEDMask) & ~ActiveMask);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PINB  = LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
-			{
-				return (~PORTB & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STANGE_ISP/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STANGE_ISP/Board.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 36594fcc03..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STANGE_ISP/Board.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Dimex Stange-ISP board.
- *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_STANGE_ISP
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
- *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_STANGE_ISP STANGE_ISP
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Dimex Stange-ISP board.
- *
- *  Board specific information header for the Dimex Stange-ISP board (http://www.diamex.de/dxshop/USB-ISP-Programmer-fuer-Atmel-AVR).
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BOARD_STANGE_ISP_H__
-#define __BOARD_STANGE_ISP_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../../Buttons.h"
-		#include "../../LEDs.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
-
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STANGE_ISP/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STANGE_ISP/Buttons.h
deleted file mode 100644
index d4576b6885..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STANGE_ISP/Buttons.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific button driver header for the Dimex Stange-ISP board.
- *  \copydetails Group_Buttons_STANGE_ISP
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_STANGE_ISP STANGE_ISP
- *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Dimex Stange-ISP.
- *
- *  Board specific Buttons driver header for the Dimex Stange-ISP board (http://www.diamex.de/dxshop/USB-ISP-Programmer-fuer-Atmel-AVR).
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_STANGE_ISP_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_STANGE_ISP_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
-			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1      (1 << 7)
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-				PORTD |=  BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-			}
-
-			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-				PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
-			{
-				return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STANGE_ISP/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STANGE_ISP/LEDs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 9f10683795..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STANGE_ISP/LEDs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,138 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Dimex Stange-ISP board.
- *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_STANGE_ISP
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_STANGE_ISP STANGE_ISP
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Dimex Stange-ISP board.
- *
- *  Board specific LED driver header for the Dimex Stange-ISP board (http://www.diamex.de/dxshop/USB-ISP-Programmer-fuer-Atmel-AVR).
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.0</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Red</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.1</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_STANGE_ISP_LEDS_H__
-#define __LEDS_STANGE_ISP_LEDS_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-	#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-	#if defined(__cplusplus)
-	extern "C" {
-	#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-	#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
-		#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
-	#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 0)
-
-			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED2        (1 << 1)
-
-			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
-
-			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
-			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				PORTD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTD |= LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs (const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDS_ALL_LEDS) & ~LEDMask);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs ( const uint8_t LEDMask, const uint8_t ActiveMask)
-			{
-				PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDMask) & ~ActiveMask);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PIND  = LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
-			{
-				return (~PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-	#if defined(__cplusplus)
-	}
-	#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Board.h
deleted file mode 100644
index bda925bb5b..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Board.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel STK525.
- *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_STK525
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
- *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_STK525 STK525
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel STK525.
- *
- *  Board specific information header for the Atmel STK525.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BOARD_STK525_H__
-#define __BOARD_STK525_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../../Buttons.h"
-		#include "../../Dataflash.h"
-		#include "../../Joystick.h"
-		#include "../../LEDs.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
-
-			/** Indicates the board has a hardware Dataflash mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_DATAFLASH
-
-			/** Indicates the board has a hardware Joystick mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_JOYSTICK
-
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Buttons.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 532a46f1dd..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Buttons.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel STK525.
- *  \copydetails Group_Buttons_STK525
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_STK525 STK525
- *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel STK525.
- *
- *  Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel STK525.
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.2</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_STK525_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_STK525_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
-			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1      (1 << 2)
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRE  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-				PORTE |=  BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-			}
-
-			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRE  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-				PORTE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
-			{
-				return ((PINE & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Dataflash.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Dataflash.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 825a7a524f..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Dataflash.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,222 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel STK525.
- *  \copydetails Group_Dataflash_STK525
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Dataflash
- *  \defgroup Group_Dataflash_STK525 STK525
- *  \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel STK525.
- *
- *  Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel STK525.
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Select Pin</th><th>SPI Port</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>DATAFLASH_CHIP1</td><td>AT45DB321C (4MB)</td><td>PORTB.4</td><td>SPI0</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __DATAFLASH_STK525_H__
-#define __DATAFLASH_STK525_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../../../Misc/AT45DB321C.h"
-		#include "../../../Peripheral/SPI.h"
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Macros: */
-			#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK                DATAFLASH_CHIP1
-			#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR                 DDRB
-			#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT                PORTB
-	#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Constant indicating the total number of dataflash ICs mounted on the selected board. */
-			#define DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS                 1
-
-			/** Mask for no dataflash chip selected. */
-			#define DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP                    0
-
-			/** Mask for the first dataflash chip selected. */
-			#define DATAFLASH_CHIP1                      (1 << 4)
-
-			/** Internal main memory page size for the board's dataflash IC. */
-			#define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE                  512
-
-			/** Total number of pages inside the board's dataflash IC. */
-			#define DATAFLASH_PAGES                      8192
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			/** Initializes the dataflash driver so that commands and data may be sent to an attached dataflash IC.
-			 *  The appropriate SPI interface will be automatically configured.
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_Init(void)
-			{
-				DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR  |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
-				DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
-
-				SPI_Init(SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2 | SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST | SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING | SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING | SPI_MODE_MASTER);
-			}
-
-			/** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns a byte from the dataflash.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Byte  Byte of data to send to the dataflash
-			 *
-			 *  \return Last response byte from the dataflash
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte)
-			{
-				return SPI_TransferByte(Byte);
-			}
-
-			/** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and ignores the next byte from the dataflash.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Byte  Byte of data to send to the dataflash
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
-			{
-				SPI_SendByte(Byte);
-			}
-
-			/** Sends a dummy byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns the next byte from the dataflash.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Last response byte from the dataflash
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void)
-			{
-				return SPI_ReceiveByte();
-			}
-
-			/** Determines the currently selected dataflash chip.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Mask of the currently selected Dataflash chip, either \ref DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP if no chip is selected
-			 *          or a DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is the chip number).
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void)
-			{
-				return (~DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT & DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK);
-			}
-
-			/** Selects the given dataflash chip.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in]  ChipMask  Mask of the Dataflash IC to select, in the form of a \c DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is
-			 *              the chip number).
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask)
-			{
-				DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT = ((DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT | DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK) & ~ChipMask);
-			}
-
-			/** Deselects the current dataflash chip, so that no dataflash is selected. */
-			static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void)
-			{
-				Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP);
-			}
-
-			/** Selects a dataflash IC from the given page number, which should range from 0 to
-			 *  ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1). For boards containing only one
-			 *  dataflash IC, this will select DATAFLASH_CHIP1. If the given page number is outside
-			 *  the total number of pages contained in the boards dataflash ICs, all dataflash ICs
-			 *  are deselected.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] PageAddress  Address of the page to manipulate, ranging from
-			 *                          0 to ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1).
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress)
-			{
-				Dataflash_DeselectChip();
-
-				if (PageAddress >= DATAFLASH_PAGES)
-				  return;
-
-				Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
-			}
-
-			/** Toggles the select line of the currently selected dataflash IC, so that it is ready to receive
-			 *  a new command.
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void)
-			{
-				uint8_t SelectedChipMask = Dataflash_GetSelectedChip();
-
-				Dataflash_DeselectChip();
-				Dataflash_SelectChip(SelectedChipMask);
-			}
-
-			/** Spin-loops while the currently selected dataflash is busy executing a command, such as a main
-			 *  memory page program or main memory to buffer transfer.
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void)
-			{
-				Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
-				Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
-				while (!(Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_READY));
-				Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
-			}
-
-			/** Sends a set of page and buffer address bytes to the currently selected dataflash IC, for use with
-			 *  dataflash commands which require a complete 24-bit address.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] PageAddress  Page address within the selected dataflash IC
-			 *  \param[in] BufferByte   Address within the dataflash's buffer
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress,
-			                                              const uint16_t BufferByte)
-			{
-				Dataflash_SendByte(PageAddress >> 6);
-				Dataflash_SendByte((PageAddress << 2) | (BufferByte >> 8));
-				Dataflash_SendByte(BufferByte);
-			}
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Joystick.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Joystick.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6b9b4f42c6..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Joystick.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,130 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel STK525.
- *  \copydetails Group_Joystick_STK525
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the joystick driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Joystick
- *  \defgroup Group_Joystick_STK525 STK525
- *  \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel STK525.
- *
- *  Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel STK525.
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Left Port Pin</th><th>Up Port Pin</th><th>Right Port Pin</th><th>Down Port Pin</th><th>Press Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>PORTB.6</td><td>PORTB.7</td><td>PORTE.4</td><td>PORTE.5</td><td>PORTB.5</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __JOYSTICK_STK525_H__
-#define __JOYSTICK_STK525_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Macros: */
-			#define JOY_BMASK                 ((1 << 5) | (1 << 6) | (1 << 7))
-			#define JOY_EMASK                 ((1 << 4) | (1 << 5))
-
-			#define JOY_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT      1
-	#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the left direction. */
-			#define JOY_LEFT                  (1 << 6)
-
-			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the right direction. */
-			#define JOY_RIGHT                ((1 << 4) >> JOY_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)
-
-			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the upward direction. */
-			#define JOY_UP                    (1 << 7)
-
-			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the downward direction. */
-			#define JOY_DOWN                 ((1 << 5) >> JOY_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)
-
-			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed inward. */
-			#define JOY_PRESS                 (1 << 5)
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void Joystick_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRB  &= ~JOY_BMASK;
-				DDRE  &= ~JOY_EMASK;
-
-				PORTB |=  JOY_BMASK;
-				PORTE |=  JOY_EMASK;
-			}
-
-			static inline void Joystick_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRB  &= ~JOY_BMASK;
-				DDRE  &= ~JOY_EMASK;
-
-				PORTB &= ~JOY_BMASK;
-				PORTE &= ~JOY_EMASK;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void)
-			{
-				return (((uint8_t)~PINB & JOY_BMASK) | (((uint8_t)~PINE & JOY_EMASK) >> JOY_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT));
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/LEDs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 53948b461b..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/LEDs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,147 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel STK525.
- *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_STK525
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_STK525 STK525
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel STK525.
- *
- *  Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel STK525.
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.4</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.6</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_STK525_H__
-#define __LEDS_STK525_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 4)
-
-			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED2        (1 << 5)
-
-			/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED3        (1 << 7)
-
-			/** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED4        (1 << 6)
-
-			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
-
-			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
-			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  |=  LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTD |= LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
-			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
-			{
-				PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PIND  = LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
-			{
-				return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Board.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6be146fcd5..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Board.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel STK526.
- *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_STK526
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
- *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_STK526 STK526
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel STK526.
- *
- *  Board specific information header for the Atmel STK526.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BOARD_STK526_H__
-#define __BOARD_STK526_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../../Buttons.h"
-		#include "../../Dataflash.h"
-		#include "../../Joystick.h"
-		#include "../../LEDs.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
-
-			/** Indicates the board has a hardware Dataflash mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_DATAFLASH
-
-			/** Indicates the board has a hardware Joystick mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_JOYSTICK
-
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Buttons.h
deleted file mode 100644
index bc598d389c..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Buttons.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel STK526.
- *  \copydetails Group_Buttons_STK526
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_STK526 STK526
- *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel STK526.
- *
- *  Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel STK526.
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_STK526_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_STK526_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
-			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1      (1 << 7)
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-				PORTD |=  BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-			}
-
-			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-				PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
-			{
-				return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Dataflash.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Dataflash.h
deleted file mode 100644
index d2a59b12e2..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Dataflash.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,222 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel STK525.
- *  \copydetails Group_Dataflash_STK526
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Dataflash
- *  \defgroup Group_Dataflash_STK526 STK526
- *  \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel STK525.
- *
- *  Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel STK525.
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Select Pin</th><th>SPI Port</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>DATAFLASH_CHIP1</td><td>AT45DB642D (8MB)</td><td>PORTC.2</td><td>SPI0</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __DATAFLASH_STK526_H__
-#define __DATAFLASH_STK526_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../../../Misc/AT45DB642D.h"
-		#include "../../../Peripheral/SPI.h"
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Macros: */
-			#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK                DATAFLASH_CHIP1
-			#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR                 DDRC
-			#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT                PORTC
-	#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Constant indicating the total number of dataflash ICs mounted on the selected board. */
-			#define DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS                 1
-
-			/** Mask for no dataflash chip selected. */
-			#define DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP                    0
-
-			/** Mask for the first dataflash chip selected. */
-			#define DATAFLASH_CHIP1                      (1 << 2)
-
-			/** Internal main memory page size for the board's dataflash IC. */
-			#define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE                  1024
-
-			/** Total number of pages inside the board's dataflash IC. */
-			#define DATAFLASH_PAGES                      8192
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			/** Initializes the dataflash driver so that commands and data may be sent to an attached dataflash IC.
-			 *  The appropriate SPI interface will be automatically configured.
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_Init(void)
-			{
-				DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR  |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
-				DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
-
-				SPI_Init(SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2 | SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST | SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING | SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING | SPI_MODE_MASTER);
-			}
-
-			/** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns a byte from the dataflash.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Byte  Byte of data to send to the dataflash
-			 *
-			 *  \return Last response byte from the dataflash
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte)
-			{
-				return SPI_TransferByte(Byte);
-			}
-
-			/** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and ignores the next byte from the dataflash.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Byte  Byte of data to send to the dataflash
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
-			{
-				SPI_SendByte(Byte);
-			}
-
-			/** Sends a dummy byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns the next byte from the dataflash.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Last response byte from the dataflash
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void)
-			{
-				return SPI_ReceiveByte();
-			}
-
-			/** Determines the currently selected dataflash chip.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Mask of the currently selected Dataflash chip, either \ref DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP if no chip is selected
-			 *          or a DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is the chip number).
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void)
-			{
-				return (~DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT & DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK);
-			}
-
-			/** Selects the given dataflash chip.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in]  ChipMask  Mask of the Dataflash IC to select, in the form of a \c DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is
-			 *              the chip number).
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask)
-			{
-				DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT = ((DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT | DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK) & ~ChipMask);
-			}
-
-			/** Deselects the current dataflash chip, so that no dataflash is selected. */
-			static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void)
-			{
-				Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP);
-			}
-
-			/** Selects a dataflash IC from the given page number, which should range from 0 to
-			 *  ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1). For boards containing only one
-			 *  dataflash IC, this will select DATAFLASH_CHIP1. If the given page number is outside
-			 *  the total number of pages contained in the boards dataflash ICs, all dataflash ICs
-			 *  are deselected.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] PageAddress  Address of the page to manipulate, ranging from
-			 *                          0 to ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1).
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress)
-			{
-				Dataflash_DeselectChip();
-
-				if (PageAddress >= DATAFLASH_PAGES)
-				  return;
-
-				Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
-			}
-
-			/** Toggles the select line of the currently selected dataflash IC, so that it is ready to receive
-			 *  a new command.
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void)
-			{
-				uint8_t SelectedChipMask = Dataflash_GetSelectedChip();
-
-				Dataflash_DeselectChip();
-				Dataflash_SelectChip(SelectedChipMask);
-			}
-
-			/** Spin-loops while the currently selected dataflash is busy executing a command, such as a main
-			 *  memory page program or main memory to buffer transfer.
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void)
-			{
-				Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
-				Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
-				while (!(Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_READY));
-				Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
-			}
-
-			/** Sends a set of page and buffer address bytes to the currently selected dataflash IC, for use with
-			 *  dataflash commands which require a complete 24-bit address.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] PageAddress  Page address within the selected dataflash IC
-			 *  \param[in] BufferByte   Address within the dataflash's buffer
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress,
-			                                              const uint16_t BufferByte)
-			{
-				Dataflash_SendByte(PageAddress >> 5);
-				Dataflash_SendByte((PageAddress << 3) | (BufferByte >> 8));
-				Dataflash_SendByte(BufferByte);
-			}
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Joystick.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Joystick.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 7decabc5da..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Joystick.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,123 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel STK526.
- *  \copydetails Group_Joystick_STK526
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the joystick driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Joystick
- *  \defgroup Group_Joystick_STK526 STK526
- *  \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel STK526.
- *
- *  Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel STK526.
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Left Port Pin</th><th>Up Port Pin</th><th>Right Port Pin</th><th>Down Port Pin</th><th>Press Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>PORTB.4</td><td>PORTB.5</td><td>PORTB.6</td><td>PORTB.7</td><td>PORTB.0</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __JOYSTICK_STK526_H__
-#define __JOYSTICK_STK526_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Macros: */
-			#define JOY_BMASK                 ((1 << 0) | (1 << 4) | (1 << 5) | (1 << 6) | (1 << 7))
-	#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the left direction. */
-			#define JOY_LEFT                  (1 << 4)
-
-			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the right direction. */
-			#define JOY_RIGHT                 (1 << 6)
-
-			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the upward direction. */
-			#define JOY_UP                    (1 << 5)
-
-			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the downward direction. */
-			#define JOY_DOWN                  (1 << 7)
-
-			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed inward. */
-			#define JOY_PRESS                 (1 << 0)
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void Joystick_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRB  &= ~JOY_BMASK;
-
-				PORTB |=  JOY_BMASK;
-			}
-
-			static inline void Joystick_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRB  &= ~JOY_BMASK;
-
-				PORTB &= ~JOY_BMASK;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void)
-			{
-				return ((uint8_t)~PINB & JOY_BMASK);
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/LEDs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 71525e9619..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/LEDs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,147 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel STK526.
- *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_STK526
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_STK526 STK526
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel STK526.
- *
- *  Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel STK526.
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.1</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.0</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.4</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_STK526_H__
-#define __LEDS_STK526_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 1)
-
-			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED2        (1 << 0)
-
-			/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED3        (1 << 5)
-
-			/** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED4        (1 << 4)
-
-			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
-
-			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
-			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  |=  LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTD |= LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
-			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
-			{
-				PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PIND  = LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
-			{
-				return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TEENSY/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TEENSY/Board.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 52e4d61148..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TEENSY/Board.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the PJRC Teensy 1.x/2.x boards.
- *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_TEENSY
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
- *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_TEENSY2 TEENSY2
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the PJRC Teensy 2 boards.
- *
- *  See \ref Group_BoardInfo_TEENSY for more details.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
- *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_TEENSY TEENSY
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the PJRC Teensy 1.x/2.x boards.
- *
- *  Board specific information header for the PJRC Teensy boards (http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/index.html).
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BOARD_TEENSY_H__
-#define __BOARD_TEENSY_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../../LEDs.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TEENSY/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TEENSY/LEDs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 9f872247ed..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TEENSY/LEDs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,176 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the PJRC Teensy 1.x/2.x boards.
- *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_TEENSY
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_TEENSY2 TEENSY2
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the PJRC Teensy 2 boards.
- *
- *  See \ref Group_LEDs_TEENSY for more details.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_TEENSY TEENSY
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the PJRC Teensy 1.x/2.x boards.
- *
- *  \note For version 2 Teensy boards, compile with <code>BOARD = TEENSY2</code>.
- *
- *  Board specific LED driver header for the PJRC Teensy boards (http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/index.html).
- *
- *  <b>TEENSY</b>:
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.6</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  <b>TEENSY2</b>:
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.6</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_TEENSY_H__
-#define __LEDS_TEENSY_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 6)
-
-			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    LEDS_LED1
-
-			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
-			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-
-				#if (BOARD == BOARD_TEENSY2)
-				PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				#else
-				PORTD |=  LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				#endif
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				#if (BOARD == BOARD_TEENSY2)
-				PORTD |=  LEDMask;
-				#else
-				PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
-				#endif
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				#if (BOARD == BOARD_TEENSY2)
-				PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
-				#else
-				PORTD |=  LEDMask;
-				#endif
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				#if (BOARD == BOARD_TEENSY2)
-				PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
-				#else
-				PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDS_ALL_LEDS) & ~LEDMask);
-				#endif
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
-			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
-			{
-				#if (BOARD == BOARD_TEENSY2)
-				PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
-				#else
-				PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDMask) & ~ActiveMask);
-				#endif
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PIND  = LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
-			{
-				#if (BOARD == BOARD_TEENSY2)
-				return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
-				#else
-				return (~PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
-				#endif
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TUL/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TUL/Board.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 7759c37cb7..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TUL/Board.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the TUL.
- *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_TUL
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
- *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_TUL TUL
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the TUL.
- *
- *  Board specific information header for the Busware TUL (http://www.busware.de/tiki-index.php?page=TUL).
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BOARD_TUL_H__
-#define __BOARD_TUL_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../../Buttons.h"
-		#include "../../LEDs.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
-
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TUL/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TUL/Buttons.h
deleted file mode 100644
index bbcca263d4..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TUL/Buttons.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the TUL.
- *  \copydetails Group_Buttons_TUL
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_TUL TUL
- *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the TUL.
- *
- *  Board specific Buttons driver header for the Busware TUL (http://www.busware.de/tiki-index.php?page=TUL).
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.2</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_TUL_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_TUL_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
-			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1      (1 << 2)
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRE  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-				PORTE |=  BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-			}
-
-			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRE  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-				PORTE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
-			{
-				return ((PINE & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TUL/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TUL/LEDs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 8a14b8a9a6..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TUL/LEDs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,135 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Busware TUL.
- *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_TUL
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_TUL TUL
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Busware TUL.
- *
- *  Board specific LED driver header for the Busware TUL (http://www.busware.de/tiki-index.php?page=TUL).
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTF.0</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_TUL_H__
-#define __LEDS_TUL_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 0)
-
-			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    LEDS_LED1
-
-			/** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs. */
-			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRF  |=  LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				PORTF &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRF  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				PORTF &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTF |= LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTF &= ~LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTF = ((PORTF & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
-			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
-			{
-				PORTF = ((PORTF & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PINF  = LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
-			{
-				return (PORTF & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/U2S/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/U2S/Board.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 128580a95b..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/U2S/Board.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the U2S.
- *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_U2S
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
- *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_U2S U2S
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the U2S.
- *
- *  Board specific information header for the U2S (http://sites.google.com/site/megau2s/).
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BOARD_U2S__
-#define __BOARD_U2S__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../../Buttons.h"
-		#include "../../LEDs.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Indicates the board has a hardware Buttons mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
-
-			/** Indicates the board has a hardware LEDs mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/U2S/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/U2S/Buttons.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 30f0a9f5b5..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/U2S/Buttons.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the U2S.
- *  \copydetails Group_Buttons_U2S
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_U2S U2S
- *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the U2S.
- *
- *  Board specific Buttons driver header for the U2S (http://sites.google.com/site/megau2s/).
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTC.4</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_U2S__
-#define __BUTTONS_U2S__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
-			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1      (1 << 4)
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRC  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-				PORTC |=  BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-			}
-
-			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRC  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-				PORTC &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
-			{
-				return ((PINC & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/U2S/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/U2S/LEDs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index d7cf7cfb17..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/U2S/LEDs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,135 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the U2S.
- *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_U2S
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_U2S U2S
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the U2S.
- *
- *  Board specific LED driver header for the U2S (http://sites.google.com/site/megau2s/).
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Red</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTC.2</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_U2S__
-#define __LEDS_U2S__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 2)
-
-			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    LEDS_LED1
-
-			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
-			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRC  |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				PORTC |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRC  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				PORTC &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTC &= ~LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTC |= LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTC = ((PORTC | LEDS_ALL_LEDS) & ~LEDMask);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
-			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
-			{
-				PORTC = ((PORTC | LEDMask) & ~ActiveMask);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PINC  = LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
-			{
-				return (~PORTC & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UDIP/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UDIP/Board.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 3a400053c4..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UDIP/Board.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the UDIP.
- *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_UDIP
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
- *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_UDIP UDIP
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the UDIP.
- *
- *  Board specific information header for the Linnix UDIP (http://linnix.com/udip/).
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BOARD_UDIP_H__
-#define __BOARD_UDIP_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../../Buttons.h"
-		#include "../../LEDs.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
-
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UDIP/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UDIP/Buttons.h
deleted file mode 100644
index dab29a60a8..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UDIP/Buttons.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the UDIP.
- *  \copydetails Group_Buttons_UDIP
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_UDIP UDIP
- *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the UDIP.
- *
- *  Board specific Buttons driver header for the Linnix UDIP (http://linnix.com/udip/).
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_UDIP_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_UDIP_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
-			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1      (1 << 7)
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-				PORTD |=  BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-			}
-
-			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-				PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
-			{
-				return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UDIP/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UDIP/LEDs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index fbcc8ff660..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UDIP/LEDs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,163 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Linnix UDIP.
- *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_UDIP
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_UDIP UDIP
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Linnix UDIP.
- *
- *  Board specific LED driver header for the Linnix UDIP (http://linnix.com/udip/).
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 1</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.6</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Red</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 1</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.5</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Green</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 2</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Red</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 2</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.4</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_UDIP_H__
-#define __LEDS_UDIP_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Macros: */
-			#define LEDS_PORTB_LEDS       (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
-			#define LEDS_PORTD_LEDS       (LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
-
-			#define LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT 1
-	#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 6)
-
-			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED2        (1 << 5)
-
-			/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED3        ((1 << 5) >> LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT)
-
-			/** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED4        ((1 << 4) >> LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT)
-
-			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
-
-			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
-			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRB |= LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
-				DDRD |= (LEDS_PORTD_LEDS << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRB &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
-				DDRD &= ~(LEDS_PORTD_LEDS << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTB |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
-				PORTD |= ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTB &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
-				PORTD &= ~((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTB = (PORTB & ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
-				PORTD = (PORTD & ~(LEDS_PORTD_LEDS << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT)) |
-				        ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
-			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
-			{
-				PORTB = (PORTB & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
-				PORTD = (PORTD & ~((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT)) |
-				        ((ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PINB  = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
-				PIND  = ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
-			{
-				return ((PORTB & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) | ((PORTD & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) >> LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT));
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UNO/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UNO/Board.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b23f8d0fd4..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UNO/Board.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Arduino Uno.
- *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_UNO
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
- *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_UNO UNO
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Arduino Uno.
- *
- *  Board specific information header for the Arduino Uno (http://arduino.cc/en/Main/ArduinoBoardUno).
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BOARD_UNO_H__
-#define __BOARD_UNO_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../../LEDs.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UNO/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UNO/LEDs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 006c3a5ddf..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UNO/LEDs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,139 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Arduino Uno.
- *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_UNO
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_UNO UNO
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Arduino Uno.
- *
- *  Board specific LED driver header for the Arduino Uno (http://arduino.cc/en/Main/ArduinoBoardUno).
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>RX</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.4</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Yellow</td><td>TX</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_UNO_H__
-#define __LEDS_UNO_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 4)
-
-			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED2        (1 << 5)
-
-			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
-
-			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
-			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				PORTD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTD |= LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDS_ALL_LEDS) & ~LEDMask);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
-			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
-			{
-				PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDMask) & ~ActiveMask);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PIND  = LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
-			{
-				return (~PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/Board.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 05a4dea5a9..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/Board.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,105 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Xevelabs USB2AX.
- *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_USB2AX
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
- *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_USB2AX_V31 USB2AX_V31
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Xevelabs USB2AX revision 3.1.
- *
- *  See \ref Group_BoardInfo_USB2AX for more details.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
- *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_USB2AX_V3 USB2AX_V3
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Xevelabs USB2AX revision 3.
- *
- *  See \ref Group_BoardInfo_USB2AX for more details.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
- *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_USB2AX USB2AX
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Xevelabs USB2AX.
- *
- *  Board specific information header for the Xevelabs USB2AX (http://paranoidstudio.assembla.com/wiki/show/paranoidstudio/USB2AX).
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BOARD_USB2AX_H__
-#define __BOARD_USB2AX_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../../Buttons.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			#if (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX) || (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX_V3) || \
-			    defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-				#include "../../Buttons.h"
-
-				/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
-				#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
-			#endif
-
-			#if ((BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX) || (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX_V3) || \
-			     (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX_V31) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
-				#include "../../LEDs.h"
-
-				/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
-				#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
-			#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/Buttons.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 170a9affb2..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/Buttons.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,120 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Xevelabs USB2AX.
- *  \copydetails Group_Buttons_USB2AX
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_USB2AX_V31 USB2AX_V31
- *  \brief Board specific Button driver header for the Xevelabs USB2AX revision 3.1.
- *
- *  See \ref Group_Buttons_USB2AX for more details.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_USB2AX_V3 USB2AX_V3
- *  \brief Board specific Button driver header for the Xevelabs USB2AX revision 3.
- *
- *  See \ref Group_Buttons_USB2AX for more details.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_USB2AX USB2AX
- *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Xevelabs USB2AX revisions 1 and 2.
- *
- *  \note For version 3 USB2AX boards, compile with <code>BOARD = USB2AX_V3</code> and for version 3.1, with <code>BOARD = USB2AX_V31</code>.
- *
- *  Board specific Buttons driver header for the Paranoid Studio USB2AX (http://paranoidstudio.assembla.com/wiki/show/paranoidstudio/USB2AX).
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_USB2AX_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_USB2AX_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
-			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1      (1 << 7)
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-				PORTD |=  BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-			}
-
-			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-				PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
-			{
-				return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/LEDs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 03550fc00d..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/LEDs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,218 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Xevelabs USB2AX.
- *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_USB2AX
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_USB2AX_V31 USB2AX_V31
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Xevelabs USB2AX revision 3.1.
- *
- *  See \ref Group_LEDs_USB2AX for more details.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_USB2AX_V3 USB2AX_V3
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Xevelabs USB2AX revision 3.
- *
- *  See \ref Group_LEDs_USB2AX for more details.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_USB2AX USB2AX
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Xevelabs USB2AX revisions 1 and 2.
- *
- *  \note For version 3 USB2AX boards, compile with <code>BOARD = USB2AX_V3</code> and for version 3.1, with <code>BOARD = USB2AX_V31</code>.
- *
- *  Board specific LED driver header for the Xevelabs USB2AX (http://paranoidstudio.assembla.com/wiki/show/paranoidstudio/USB2AX).
- *
- *  <b>USB2AX</b>:
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.6</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  <b>USB2AX_V3</b>:
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.1</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  <b>USB2AX_V31</b>:
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Red</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.6</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_USB2AX_H__
-#define __LEDS_USB2AX_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Macros: */
-			#if (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX_V31)
-                #define USB2AX_LEDS_LED1   (1 << 5)
-                #define USB2AX_LEDS_LED2   (1 << 6)
-            #elif (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX_V3)
-				#define USB2AX_LEDS_LED1   (1 << 1)
-                #define USB2AX_LEDS_LED2   0
-			#else
-				#define USB2AX_LEDS_LED1   (1 << 6)
-                #define USB2AX_LEDS_LED2   0
-			#endif
-	#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED1        USB2AX_LEDS_LED1
-
-			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED2        USB2AX_LEDS_LED2
-
-			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
-
-			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
-			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
-			{
-				#if (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX)
-				DDRC  |=  LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				PORTC &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				#else
-				DDRD  |=  LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				#endif
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
-			{
-				#if (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX)
-				DDRC  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				PORTC &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				#else
-				DDRD  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				#endif
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				#if (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX)
-				PORTC |= LEDMask;
-				#else
-				PORTD |= LEDMask;
-				#endif
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				#if (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX)
-				PORTC &= ~LEDMask;
-				#else
-				PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
-				#endif
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				#if (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX)
-				PORTC = ((PORTC & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
-				#else
-				PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
-				#endif
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
-			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
-			{
-				#if (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX)
-				PORTC = ((PORTC & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
-				#else
-				PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
-				#endif
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				#if (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX)
-				PINC  = LEDMask;
-				#else
-				PIND  = LEDMask;
-				#endif
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
-			{
-				#if (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX)
-				return (PORTC & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
-				#else
-				return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
-				#endif
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBFOO/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBFOO/Board.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 15c41ab5ec..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBFOO/Board.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Kernel Concepts USBFOO.
- *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_USBFOO
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
- *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_USBFOO USBFOO
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Kernel Concepts USBFOO.
- *
- *  Board specific information header for the Kernel Concepts USBFOO (http://shop.kernelconcepts.de/product_info.php?products_id=102).
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BOARD_USBFOO_H__
-#define __BOARD_USBFOO_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../../Buttons.h"
-		#include "../../LEDs.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
-
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBFOO/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBFOO/Buttons.h
deleted file mode 100644
index e901437d71..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBFOO/Buttons.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Kernel Concepts USBFOO.
- *  \copydetails Group_Buttons_USBFOO
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_USBFOO USBFOO
- *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Kernel Concepts USBFOO.
- *
- *  Board specific Buttons driver header for the Kernel Concepts USBFOO (http://shop.kernelconcepts.de/product_info.php?products_id=102).
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_USBFOO_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_USBFOO_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
-			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1      (1 << 7)
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-				PORTD |=  BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-			}
-
-			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-				PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
-			{
-				return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBFOO/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBFOO/LEDs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index e396630df5..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBFOO/LEDs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,135 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Kernel Concepts USBFOO.
- *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_USBFOO
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_USBFOO USBFOO
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Kernel Concepts USBFOO.
- *
- *  Board specific LED driver header for the Kernel Concepts USBFOO (http://shop.kernelconcepts.de/product_info.php?products_id=102).
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.4</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_USBFOO_H__
-#define __LEDS_USBFOO_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 4)
-
-			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    LEDS_LED1
-
-			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
-			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				PORTD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTD |= LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDS_ALL_LEDS) & ~LEDMask);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
-			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
-			{
-				PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDMask) & ~ActiveMask);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PIND  = LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
-			{
-				return (~PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Board.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 3663056566..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Board.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel USBKEY.
- *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_USBKEY
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
- *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_USBKEY USBKEY
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel USBKEY.
- *
- *  Board specific information header for the Atmel USBKEY.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BOARD_USBKEY_H__
-#define __BOARD_USBKEY_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../../Buttons.h"
-		#include "../../Dataflash.h"
-		#include "../../Joystick.h"
-		#include "../../LEDs.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
-
-			/** Indicates the board has a hardware Dataflash mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_DATAFLASH
-
-			/** Indicates the board has a hardware Joystick mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_JOYSTICK
-
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Buttons.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 3ec7b3acd2..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Buttons.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel USBKEY.
- *  \copydetails Group_Buttons_USBKEY
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_USBKEY USBKEY
- *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel USBKEY.
- *
- *  Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel USBKEY.
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.2</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_USBKEY_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_USBKEY_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
-			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1      (1 << 2)
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRE  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-				PORTE |=  BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-			}
-
-			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRE  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-				PORTE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
-			{
-				return ((PINE & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Dataflash.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Dataflash.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 85a8dda3d4..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Dataflash.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,237 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel USBKEY.
- *  \copydetails Group_Dataflash_USBKEY
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Dataflash
- *  \defgroup Group_Dataflash_USBKEY USBKEY
- *  \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel USBKEY.
- *
- *  Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel USBKEY board.
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Select Pin</th><th>SPI Port</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>DATAFLASH_CHIP1</td><td>AT45DB642D (8MB)</td><td>PORTE.0</td><td>SPI0</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>DATAFLASH_CHIP2</td><td>AT45DB642D (8MB)</td><td>PORTE.1</td><td>SPI0</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __DATAFLASH_USBKEY_H__
-#define __DATAFLASH_USBKEY_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../../../Misc/AT45DB642D.h"
-		#include "../../../Peripheral/SPI.h"
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Macros: */
-			#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK                (DATAFLASH_CHIP1 | DATAFLASH_CHIP2)
-			#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR                 DDRE
-			#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT                PORTE
-	#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Constant indicating the total number of dataflash ICs mounted on the selected board. */
-			#define DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS                 2
-
-			/** Mask for no dataflash chip selected. */
-			#define DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP                    0
-
-			/** Mask for the first dataflash chip selected. */
-			#define DATAFLASH_CHIP1                      (1 << 0)
-
-			/** Mask for the second dataflash chip selected. */
-			#define DATAFLASH_CHIP2                      (1 << 1)
-
-			/** Internal main memory page size for the board's dataflash ICs. */
-			#define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE                  1024
-
-			/** Total number of pages inside each of the board's dataflash ICs. */
-			#define DATAFLASH_PAGES                      8192
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			/** Initializes the dataflash driver so that commands and data may be sent to an attached dataflash IC.
-			 *  The appropriate SPI interface will be automatically configured.
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_Init(void)
-			{
-				DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR  |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
-				DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
-
-				SPI_Init(SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2 | SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST | SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING | SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING | SPI_MODE_MASTER);
-			}
-
-			/** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns a byte from the dataflash.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Byte  Byte of data to send to the dataflash
-			 *
-			 *  \return Last response byte from the dataflash
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte)
-			{
-				return SPI_TransferByte(Byte);
-			}
-
-			/** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and ignores the next byte from the dataflash.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Byte  Byte of data to send to the dataflash
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
-			{
-				SPI_SendByte(Byte);
-			}
-
-			/** Sends a dummy byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns the next byte from the dataflash.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Last response byte from the dataflash
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void)
-			{
-				return SPI_ReceiveByte();
-			}
-
-			/** Determines the currently selected dataflash chip.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Mask of the currently selected Dataflash chip, either \ref DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP if no chip is selected
-			 *          or a DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is the chip number).
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void)
-			{
-				return (~DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT & DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK);
-			}
-
-			/** Selects the given dataflash chip.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in]  ChipMask  Mask of the Dataflash IC to select, in the form of a \c DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is
-			 *              the chip number).
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask)
-			{
-				DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT = ((DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT | DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK) & ~ChipMask);
-			}
-
-			/** Deselects the current dataflash chip, so that no dataflash is selected. */
-			static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void)
-			{
-				Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP);
-			}
-
-			/** Selects a dataflash IC from the given page number, which should range from 0 to
-			 *  ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1). For boards containing only one
-			 *  dataflash IC, this will select DATAFLASH_CHIP1. If the given page number is outside
-			 *  the total number of pages contained in the boards dataflash ICs, all dataflash ICs
-			 *  are deselected.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] PageAddress  Address of the page to manipulate, ranging from
-			 *                          0 to ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1).
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress)
-			{
-				Dataflash_DeselectChip();
-
-				if (PageAddress >= (DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
-				  return;
-
-				#if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
-					if (PageAddress & 0x01)
-					  Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);
-					else
-					  Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
-				#else
-					Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
-				#endif
-			}
-
-			/** Toggles the select line of the currently selected dataflash IC, so that it is ready to receive
-			 *  a new command.
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void)
-			{
-				uint8_t SelectedChipMask = Dataflash_GetSelectedChip();
-
-				Dataflash_DeselectChip();
-				Dataflash_SelectChip(SelectedChipMask);
-			}
-
-			/** Spin-loops while the currently selected dataflash is busy executing a command, such as a main
-			 *  memory page program or main memory to buffer transfer.
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void)
-			{
-				Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
-				Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
-				while (!(Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_READY));
-				Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
-			}
-
-			/** Sends a set of page and buffer address bytes to the currently selected dataflash IC, for use with
-			 *  dataflash commands which require a complete 24-bit address.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] PageAddress  Page address within the selected dataflash IC
-			 *  \param[in] BufferByte   Address within the dataflash's buffer
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress,
-			                                              const uint16_t BufferByte)
-			{
-				#if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
-					PageAddress >>= 1;
-				#endif
-
-				Dataflash_SendByte(PageAddress >> 5);
-				Dataflash_SendByte((PageAddress << 3) | (BufferByte >> 8));
-				Dataflash_SendByte(BufferByte);
-			}
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Joystick.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Joystick.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 45d5a66a88..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Joystick.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,130 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel USBKEY.
- *  \copydetails Group_Joystick_USBKEY
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the joystick driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Joystick
- *  \defgroup Group_Joystick_USBKEY USBKEY
- *  \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel USBKEY.
- *
- *  Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel USBKEY.
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Left Port Pin</th><th>Up Port Pin</th><th>Right Port Pin</th><th>Down Port Pin</th><th>Press Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>PORTB.6</td><td>PORTB.7</td><td>PORTE.4</td><td>PORTE.5</td><td>PORTB.5</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __JOYSTICK_USBKEY_H__
-#define __JOYSTICK_USBKEY_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Macros: */
-			#define JOY_BMASK                 ((1 << 5) | (1 << 6) | (1 << 7))
-			#define JOY_EMASK                 ((1 << 4) | (1 << 5))
-
-			#define JOY_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT      1
-	#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the left direction. */
-			#define JOY_LEFT                  (1 << 6)
-
-			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the right direction. */
-			#define JOY_RIGHT                ((1 << 4) >> JOY_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)
-
-			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the upward direction. */
-			#define JOY_UP                    (1 << 7)
-
-			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the downward direction. */
-			#define JOY_DOWN                 ((1 << 5) >> JOY_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)
-
-			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed inward. */
-			#define JOY_PRESS                 (1 << 5)
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void Joystick_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRB  &= ~JOY_BMASK;
-				DDRE  &= ~JOY_EMASK;
-
-				PORTB |=  JOY_BMASK;
-				PORTE |=  JOY_EMASK;
-			}
-
-			static inline void Joystick_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRB  &= ~JOY_BMASK;
-				DDRE  &= ~JOY_EMASK;
-
-				PORTB &= ~JOY_BMASK;
-				PORTE &= ~JOY_EMASK;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void)
-			{
-				return (((uint8_t)~PINB & JOY_BMASK) | (((uint8_t)~PINE & JOY_EMASK) >> JOY_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT));
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/LEDs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index dc02da52e3..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/LEDs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,147 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel USBKEY.
- *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_USBKEY
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_USBKEY USBKEY
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel USBKEY.
- *
- *  Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel USBKEY.
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Red</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 1</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.4</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 1</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Red</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 2</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.6</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Green</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 2</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_USBKEY_H__
-#define __LEDS_USBKEY_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 4)
-
-			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED2        (1 << 5)
-
-			/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED3        (1 << 7)
-
-			/** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED4        (1 << 6)
-
-			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
-
-			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
-			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  |=  LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTD |= LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
-			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
-			{
-				PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PIND  = LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
-			{
-				return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBTINYMKII/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBTINYMKII/Board.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 492aced782..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBTINYMKII/Board.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific information header for Tom's USBTINY MKII.
- *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_USBTINYMKII
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
- *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_USBTINYMKII USBTINYMKII
- *  \brief Board specific information header for Tom's USBTINY MKII.
- *
- *  Board specific information header for Tom's USBTINY MKII (http://tom-itx.dyndns.org:81/~webpage/).
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BOARD_USBTINYMKII_H__
-#define __BOARD_USBTINYMKII_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../../Buttons.h"
-		#include "../../LEDs.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
-
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBTINYMKII/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBTINYMKII/Buttons.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 682239cd72..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBTINYMKII/Buttons.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for Tom's USBTINY MKII.
- *  \copydetails Group_Buttons_USBTINYMKII
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_USBTINYMKII USBTINYMKII
- *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for Tom's USBTINY MKII.
- *
- *  Board specific Buttons driver header for Tom's USBTINY MKII (http://tom-itx.dyndns.org:81/~webpage/).
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_USBTINYMKII_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_USBTINYMKII_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
-			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1      (1 << 7)
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-				PORTD |=  BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-			}
-
-			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRD  &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-				PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
-			{
-				return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBTINYMKII/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBTINYMKII/LEDs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index a2decbc497..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBTINYMKII/LEDs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,143 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for Tom's USBTINY MKII.
- *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_USBTINYMKII
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_USBTINYMKII USBTINYMKII
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for Tom's USBTINY MKII.
- *
- *  Board specific LED driver header for Tom's USBTINY MKII (http://tom-itx.dyndns.org:81/~webpage/).
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Red</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 1</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.6</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 1</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.7</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Red</td><td>Target Power</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.5</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_USBTINYMKII_H__
-#define __LEDS_USBTINYMKII_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 6)
-
-			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED2        (1 << 7)
-
-			/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED3        (1 << 5)
-
-			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
-
-			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
-			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRB  |=  LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				PORTB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRB  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				PORTB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask)
-			{
-				PORTB |= LedMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask)
-			{
-				PORTB &= ~LedMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask)
-			{
-				PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LedMask);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask,
-			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
-			{
-				PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LedMask) | ActiveMask);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PINB  = LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
-			{
-				return (PORTB & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/Board.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 57ad4c98b1..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/Board.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the original Atmel XPLAIN.
- *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_XPLAIN
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
- *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_XPLAIN_REV1 XPLAIN_REV1
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the original Atmel XPLAIN, revision 1.
- *
- *  See \ref Group_BoardInfo_XPLAIN for more details.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
- *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_XPLAIN XPLAIN
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the original Atmel XPLAIN.
- *
- *  Board specific information header for the original Atmel XPLAIN.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BOARD_XPLAIN_H__
-#define __BOARD_XPLAIN_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../../Dataflash.h"
-		#include "../../LEDs.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Indicates the board has a hardware Dataflash mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_DATAFLASH
-
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/Dataflash.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/Dataflash.h
deleted file mode 100644
index a8078f61f6..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/Dataflash.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,245 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the original Atmel XPLAIN.
- *  \copydetails Group_Dataflash_XPLAIN
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Dataflash
- *  \defgroup Group_Dataflash_XPLAIN_REV1 XPLAIN_REV1
- *  \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the original Atmel XPLAIN, revision 1.
- *
- *  See \ref Group_Dataflash_XPLAIN for more details.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Dataflash
- *  \defgroup Group_Dataflash_XPLAIN XPLAIN
- *  \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the original Atmel XPLAIN.
- *
- *  \note For the first revision XPLAIN board, compile with <code>BOARD = BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1</code>.
- *
- *  Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel XPLAIN.
- *
- *  <b>Revision 1 Boards</b>:
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Select Pin</th><th>SPI Port</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>DATAFLASH_CHIP1</td><td>AT45DB041D (512KB)</td><td>PORTB.5</td><td>SPI0</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  <b>Other Board Revisions</b>:
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Select Pin</th><th>SPI Port</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>DATAFLASH_CHIP1</td><td>AT45DB642D (8MB)</td><td>PORTB.5</td><td>SPI0</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __DATAFLASH_XPLAIN_H__
-#define __DATAFLASH_XPLAIN_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-		#include "../../../Misc/AT45DB642D.h"
-		#include "../../../Peripheral/SPI.h"
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Macros: */
-			#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK                DATAFLASH_CHIP1
-			#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR                 DDRB
-			#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT                PORTB
-	#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Constant indicating the total number of dataflash ICs mounted on the selected board. */
-			#define DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS                 1
-
-			/** Mask for no dataflash chip selected. */
-			#define DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP                    0
-
-			/** Mask for the first dataflash chip selected. */
-			#define DATAFLASH_CHIP1                      (1 << 5)
-
-			#if ((BOARD != BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
-				/** Internal main memory page size for the board's dataflash ICs. */
-				#define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE              1024
-
-				/** Total number of pages inside each of the board's dataflash ICs. */
-				#define DATAFLASH_PAGES                  8192
-			#else
-				#define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE              256
-
-				#define DATAFLASH_PAGES                  2048
-			#endif
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			/** Initializes the dataflash driver so that commands and data may be sent to an attached dataflash IC.
-			 *  The appropriate SPI interface will be automatically configured.
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_Init(void)
-			{
-				DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR  |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
-				DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
-
-				SPI_Init(SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2 | SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST | SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING | SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING | SPI_MODE_MASTER);
-			}
-
-			/** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns a byte from the dataflash.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Byte  Byte of data to send to the dataflash
-			 *
-			 *  \return Last response byte from the dataflash
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte)
-			{
-				return SPI_TransferByte(Byte);
-			}
-
-			/** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and ignores the next byte from the dataflash.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Byte  Byte of data to send to the dataflash
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
-			{
-				SPI_SendByte(Byte);
-			}
-
-			/** Sends a dummy byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns the next byte from the dataflash.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Last response byte from the dataflash
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void)
-			{
-				return SPI_ReceiveByte();
-			}
-
-			/** Determines the currently selected dataflash chip.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Mask of the currently selected Dataflash chip, either \ref DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP if no chip is selected
-			 *          or a DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is the chip number).
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void)
-			{
-				return (~DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT & DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK);
-			}
-
-			/** Selects the given dataflash chip.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in]  ChipMask  Mask of the Dataflash IC to select, in the form of a \c DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is
-			 *              the chip number).
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask)
-			{
-				DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT = ((DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT | DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK) & ~ChipMask);
-			}
-
-			/** Deselects the current dataflash chip, so that no dataflash is selected. */
-			static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void)
-			{
-				Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP);
-			}
-
-			/** Selects a dataflash IC from the given page number, which should range from 0 to
-			 *  ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1). For boards containing only one
-			 *  dataflash IC, this will select DATAFLASH_CHIP1. If the given page number is outside
-			 *  the total number of pages contained in the boards dataflash ICs, all dataflash ICs
-			 *  are deselected.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] PageAddress  Address of the page to manipulate, ranging from
-			 *                          0 to ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1).
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress)
-			{
-				Dataflash_DeselectChip();
-
-				if (PageAddress >= DATAFLASH_PAGES)
-				  return;
-
-				Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
-			}
-
-			/** Toggles the select line of the currently selected dataflash IC, so that it is ready to receive
-			 *  a new command.
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void)
-			{
-				uint8_t SelectedChipMask = Dataflash_GetSelectedChip();
-
-				Dataflash_DeselectChip();
-				Dataflash_SelectChip(SelectedChipMask);
-			}
-
-			/** Spin-loops while the currently selected dataflash is busy executing a command, such as a main
-			 *  memory page program or main memory to buffer transfer.
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void)
-			{
-				Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
-				Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
-				while (!(Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_READY));
-				Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
-			}
-
-			/** Sends a set of page and buffer address bytes to the currently selected dataflash IC, for use with
-			 *  dataflash commands which require a complete 24-bit address.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] PageAddress  Page address within the selected dataflash IC
-			 *  \param[in] BufferByte   Address within the dataflash's buffer
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress,
-			                                              const uint16_t BufferByte)
-			{
-				Dataflash_SendByte(PageAddress >> 5);
-				Dataflash_SendByte((PageAddress << 3) | (BufferByte >> 8));
-				Dataflash_SendByte(BufferByte);
-			}
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/LEDs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 338b1b419c..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/LEDs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,142 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the original Atmel XPLAIN.
- *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_XPLAIN
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_XPLAIN_REV1 XPLAIN_REV1
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the original Atmel XPLAIN, revision 1.
- *
- *  See \ref Group_LEDs_XPLAIN for more details.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_XPLAIN XPLAIN
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the original Atmel XPLAIN.
- *
- *  Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel XPLAIN.
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTB.6</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_XPLAIN_H__
-#define __LEDS_XPLAIN_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 6)
-
-			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    LEDS_LED1
-
-			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
-			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRB  |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				PORTB |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRB  &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				PORTB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTB &= ~LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTB |= LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTB = ((PORTB | LEDS_ALL_LEDS) & ~LEDMask);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
-			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
-			{
-				PORTB = ((PORTB | LEDMask) & ~ActiveMask);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PINB  = LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
-			{
-				return (~PORTB & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/YUN/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/YUN/Board.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 1d99302f6a..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/YUN/Board.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Arduino Yun board.
- *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_YUN
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
- *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_YUN YUN
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Arduino Yun board.
- *
- *  Board specific information header for the Arduino Yun board (http://arduino.cc/en/Main/arduinoBoardYun).
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BOARD_YUN_H__
-#define __BOARD_YUN_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../../LEDs.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/YUN/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/YUN/LEDs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index bcdd47f9b4..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/YUN/LEDs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,169 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Arduino Yun board.
- *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_YUN
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_YUN YUN
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Arduino Yun board.
- *
- *  Board specific LED driver header for the Arduino Yun board (http://arduino.cc/en/Main/arduinoBoardYun).
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>RX</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTB.0</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Yellow</td><td>TX</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Red</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.7</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_YUN_H__
-#define __LEDS_YUN_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Macros: */
-			#define LEDS_PORTB_LEDS       (LEDS_LED1)
-			#define LEDS_PORTD_LEDS       (LEDS_LED2)
-			#define LEDS_PORTC_LEDS       (LEDS_LED3)
-	#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 0)
-
-			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED2        (1 << 5)
-
-			/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED3        (1 << 7)
-
-			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
-
-			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
-			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
-			{
-				DDRB  |=  LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
-				PORTB |=  LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
-				DDRD  |=  LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
-				PORTD |=  LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
-				DDRC  |=  LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
-				PORTC &= ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRB  &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
-				PORTB &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
-				DDRD  &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
-				PORTD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
-				DDRC  &= ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
-				PORTC &= ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTB &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
-				PORTD &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
-				PORTC |=  (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTB |=  (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
-				PORTD |=  (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
-				PORTC &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTB = ((PORTB |  LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS));
-				PORTD = ((PORTD |  LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS));
-				PORTC = ((PORTC & ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS) |  (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS));
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
-			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
-			{
-				PORTB = ((PORTB |  (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS)) & ~(ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS));
-				PORTD = ((PORTD |  (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS)) & ~(ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS));
-				PORTC = ((PORTC & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS)) |  (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS));
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PINB  = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
-				PIND  = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
-				PINC  = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
-			{
-				return ((~PORTB & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) | (~PORTD & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) | (PORTC & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS));
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 27f495361a..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,167 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board hardware information driver.
- *
- *  This file is the master dispatch header file for the board-specific information driver, to give information
- *  on the hardware contained on a specific board.
- *
- *  User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct board driver header file for the
- *  currently selected board.
- *
- *  If the \c BOARD value is set to \c BOARD_USER, this will include the \c /Board/Board.h file in the user project
- *  directory.
- *
- *  For possible \c BOARD makefile values, see \ref Group_BoardTypes.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardDrivers
- *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo Board Information Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h
- *  \brief Board hardware information driver.
- *
- *  \section Sec_BoardInfo_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- *    - None
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BOARD_H__
-#define __BOARD_H__
-
-	/* Macros: */
-		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../Common/Common.h"
-
-		#if (BOARD == BOARD_USBKEY)
-			#include "AVR8/USBKEY/Board.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK525)
-			#include "AVR8/STK525/Board.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK526)
-			#include "AVR8/STK526/Board.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_RZUSBSTICK)
-			#include "AVR8/RZUSBSTICK/Board.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_ATAVRUSBRF01)
-			#include "AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/Board.h"
-		#elif ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
-			#include "AVR8/XPLAIN/Board.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_BUMBLEB)
-			#include "AVR8/BUMBLEB/Board.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK527)
-			#include "AVR8/EVK527/Board.h"
-		#elif ((BOARD == BOARD_TEENSY) || (BOARD == BOARD_TEENSY2))
-			#include "AVR8/TEENSY/Board.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_USBTINYMKII)
-			#include "AVR8/USBTINYMKII/Board.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_BENITO)
-			#include "AVR8/BENITO/Board.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_JMDBU2)
-			#include "AVR8/JMDBU2/Board.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_OLIMEX162)
-			#include "AVR8/OLIMEX162/Board.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_USBFOO)
-			#include "AVR8/USBFOO/Board.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_UDIP)
-			#include "AVR8/UDIP/Board.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_BUI)
-			#include "AVR8/BUI/Board.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_UNO)
-			#include "AVR8/UNO/Board.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_CULV3)
-			#include "AVR8/CULV3/Board.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_BLACKCAT)
-			#include "AVR8/BLACKCAT/Board.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_MAXIMUS)
-			#include "AVR8/MAXIMUS/Board.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_MINIMUS)
-			#include "AVR8/MINIMUS/Board.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_ADAFRUITU4)
-			#include "AVR8/ADAFRUITU4/Board.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROSIN162)
-			#include "AVR8/MICROSIN162/Board.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_SPARKFUN8U2)
-			#include "AVR8/SPARKFUN8U2/Board.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK1101)
-			#include "UC3/EVK1101/Board.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_TUL)
-			#include "AVR8/TUL/Board.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK1100)
-			#include "UC3/EVK1100/Board.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK1104)
-			#include "UC3/EVK1104/Board.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_A3BU_XPLAINED)
-			#include "XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Board.h"
-		#elif ((BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX) || (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX_V3) || (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX_V31))
-			#include "AVR8/USB2AX/Board.h"
-		#elif ((BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV1) || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV2) || \
-		       (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_32U2) || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_A) || \
-		       (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_1)    || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_2) || \
-		       (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_3)    || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_4) || \
-		       (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_DIP))
-			#include "AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Board.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_B1_XPLAINED)
-			#include "XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Board.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_MULTIO)
-			#include "AVR8/MULTIO/Board.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_BIGMULTIO)
-			#include "AVR8/BIGMULTIO/Board.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_DUCE)
-			#include "AVR8/DUCE/Board.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_OLIMEX32U4)
-			#include "AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/Board.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_OLIMEXT32U4)
-			#include "AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/Board.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_OLIMEXISPMK2)
-			#include "AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/Board.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_LEONARDO)
-			#include "AVR8/LEONARDO/Board.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_UC3A3_XPLAINED)
-			#include "UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/Board.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_STANGE_ISP)
-			#include "AVR8/STANGE_ISP/Board.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_C3_XPLAINED)
-			#include "XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/Board.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_U2S)
-			#include "AVR8/U2S/Board.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_YUN)
-			#include "AVR8/YUN/Board.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICRO)
-			#include "AVR8/MICRO/Board.h"
-		#else
-			#include "Board/Board.h"
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h
deleted file mode 100644
index dc22cc1ab5..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,188 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Digital button board hardware driver.
- *
- *  This file is the master dispatch header file for the board-specific Buttons driver, for boards containing
- *  physical pushbuttons connected to the microcontroller's GPIO pins.
- *
- *  User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct Button driver header file for the
- *  currently selected board.
- *
- *  If the \c BOARD value is set to \c BOARD_USER, this will include the \c /Board/Buttons.h file in the user project
- *  directory.
- *
- *  For possible \c BOARD makefile values, see \ref Group_BoardTypes.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardDrivers
- *  \defgroup Group_Buttons Buttons Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h
- *  \brief Digital button board hardware driver.
- *
- *  \section Sec_Buttons_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- *    - None
- *
- *  \section Sec_Buttons_ModDescription Module Description
- *  Hardware buttons driver. This provides an easy to use driver for the hardware buttons present on many boards.
- *  It provides a way to easily configure and check the status of all the buttons on the board so that appropriate
- *  actions can be taken.
- *
- *  If the \c BOARD value is set to \c BOARD_USER, this will include the \c /Board/Buttons.h file in the user project
- *  directory. Otherwise, it will include the appropriate built-in board driver header file.
- *
- *  For possible \c BOARD makefile values, see \ref Group_BoardTypes.
- *
- *  \section Sec_Buttons_ExampleUsage Example Usage
- *  The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
- *  application.
- *
- *  \code
- *      // Initialize the button driver before first use
- *      Buttons_Init();
- *
- *      printf("Waiting for button press...\r\n");
- *
- *      // Loop until a board button has been pressed
- *      uint8_t ButtonPress;
- *      while (!(ButtonPress = Buttons_GetStatus())) {};
- *
- *      // Display which button was pressed (assuming two board buttons)
- *      printf("Button pressed: %s\r\n", (ButtonPress == BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ? "Button 1" : "Button 2");
- *  \endcode
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_H__
-
-	/* Macros: */
-		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../Common/Common.h"
-
-		#if (BOARD == BOARD_NONE)
-			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1  0
-			static inline void       Buttons_Init(void) {};
-			static inline uint_reg_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) { return 0; };
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_USBKEY)
-			#include "AVR8/USBKEY/Buttons.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK525)
-			#include "AVR8/STK525/Buttons.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK526)
-			#include "AVR8/STK526/Buttons.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_ATAVRUSBRF01)
-			#include "AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/Buttons.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_BUMBLEB)
-			#include "AVR8/BUMBLEB/Buttons.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK527)
-			#include "AVR8/EVK527/Buttons.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_USBTINYMKII)
-			#include "AVR8/USBTINYMKII/Buttons.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_BENITO)
-			#include "AVR8/BENITO/Buttons.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_JMDBU2)
-			#include "AVR8/JMDBU2/Buttons.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_OLIMEX162)
-			#include "AVR8/OLIMEX162/Buttons.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_USBFOO)
-			#include "AVR8/USBFOO/Buttons.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_UDIP)
-			#include "AVR8/UDIP/Buttons.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_CULV3)
-			#include "AVR8/CULV3/Buttons.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_MINIMUS)
-			#include "AVR8/MINIMUS/Buttons.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROSIN162)
-			#include "AVR8/MICROSIN162/Buttons.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK1101)
-			#include "UC3/EVK1101/Buttons.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_TUL)
-			#include "AVR8/TUL/Buttons.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK1100)
-			#include "UC3/EVK1100/Buttons.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK1104)
-			#include "UC3/EVK1104/Buttons.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_A3BU_XPLAINED)
-			#include "XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Buttons.h"
-		#elif ((BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX) || (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX_V3))
-			#include "AVR8/USB2AX/Buttons.h"
-		#elif ((BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_32U2) || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_A) || \
-		       (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_1)    || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_2) || \
-		       (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_3)    || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_4) || \
-		       (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV1) || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV2) || \
-		       (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_DIP))
-			#include "AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Buttons.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_B1_XPLAINED)
-			#include "XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Buttons.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_OLIMEX32U4)
-			#include "AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/Buttons.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_OLIMEXT32U4)
-			#include "AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/Buttons.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_OLIMEXISPMK2)
-			#include "AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/Buttons.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_UC3A3_XPLAINED)
-			#include "UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/Buttons.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_STANGE_ISP)
-			#include "AVR8/STANGE_ISP/Buttons.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_C3_XPLAINED)
-			#include "XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/Buttons.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_U2S)
-			#include "AVR8/U2S/Buttons.h"
-		#else
-			#include "Board/Buttons.h"
-		#endif
-
-	/* Pseudo-Functions for Doxygen: */
-	#if defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/** Initializes the buttons driver, so that the current button position can be read. This sets the appropriate
-		 *  I/O pins to an inputs with pull-ups enabled.
-		 *
-		 *  This must be called before any Button driver functions are used.
-		 */
-		static inline void Buttons_Init(void);
-
-		/** Disables the buttons driver, releasing the I/O pins back to their default high-impedance input mode. */
-		static inline void Buttons_Disable(void);
-
-		/** Returns a mask indicating which board buttons are currently pressed.
-		 *
-		 *  \return Mask of \c BUTTONS_BUTTON* constants indicating which board buttons are currently pressed.
-		 */
-		static inline uint_reg_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-	#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 9b4bf56139..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,264 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Master include file for the board dataflash IC driver.
- *  \brief Atmel Dataflash storage IC board hardware driver.
- *
- *  This file is the master dispatch header file for the board-specific Atmel dataflash driver, for boards containing
- *  Atmel Dataflash ICs for external non-volatile storage.
- *
- *  User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct dataflash driver header file for
- *  the currently selected board.
- *
- *  If the \c BOARD value is set to \c BOARD_USER, this will include the \c /Board/Dataflash.h file in the user project
- *  directory.
- *
- *  For possible \c BOARD makefile values, see \ref Group_BoardTypes.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardDrivers
- *  \defgroup Group_Dataflash Dataflash Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h
- *  \brief Atmel Dataflash storage IC board hardware driver.
- *
- *  \section Sec_Dataflash_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- *    - None
- *
- *  \section Sec_Dataflash_ModDescription Module Description
- *  Dataflash driver. This module provides an easy to use interface for the Dataflash ICs located on many boards,
- *  for the storage of large amounts of data into the Dataflash's non-volatile memory.
- *
- *  If the \c BOARD value is set to \c BOARD_USER, this will include the \c /Board/Dataflash.h file in the user project
- *  directory. Otherwise, it will include the appropriate built-in board driver header file.
- *
- *  For possible \c BOARD makefile values, see \ref Group_BoardTypes.
- *
- *  \section Sec_Dataflash_ExampleUsage Example Usage
- *  The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
- *  application.
- *
- *  \code
- *      // Initialize the board Dataflash driver before first use
- *      Dataflash_Init();
- *
- *      uint8_t WriteBuffer[DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE];
- *      uint8_t ReadBuffer[DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE];
- *
- *      // Fill page write buffer with a repeating pattern
- *      for (uint16_t i = 0; i < DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE; i++)
- *        WriteBuffer[i] = (i & 0xFF);
- *
- *      // Must select the chip of interest first before operating on it
- *      Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
- *
- *      // Write to the Dataflash's first internal memory buffer
- *      printf("Writing data to first dataflash buffer:\r\n");
- *      Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
- *      Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
- *
- *      for (uint16_t i = 0; i < DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE; i++)
- *        Dataflash_SendByte(WriteBuffer[i]);
- *
- *      // Commit the Dataflash's first memory buffer to the non-volatile FLASH memory
- *      printf("Committing page to non-volatile memory page index 5:\r\n");
- *      Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
- *      Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(5, 0);
- *      Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
- *
- *      // Read the page from non-volatile FLASH memory into the Dataflash's second memory buffer
- *      printf("Reading data into second dataflash buffer:\r\n");
- *      Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2);
- *      Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(5, 0);
- *      Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
- *
- *      // Read the Dataflash's second internal memory buffer
- *      Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF2READ);
- *      Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
- *
- *      for (uint16_t i = 0; i < DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE; i++)
- *        ReadBuffer[i] = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
- *
- *      // Deselect the chip after use
- *      Dataflash_DeselectChip();
- *  \endcode
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __DATAFLASH_H__
-#define __DATAFLASH_H__
-
-	/* Macros: */
-		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Retrieves the Dataflash chip select mask for the given Dataflash chip index.
-			 *
-			 *  \attention This macro will only work correctly on chip index numbers that are compile-time
-			 *             constants defined by the preprocessor.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] index  Index of the dataflash chip mask to retrieve.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Mask for the given Dataflash chip's /CS pin
-			 */
-			#define DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(index)      CONCAT_EXPANDED(DATAFLASH_CHIP, index)
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			/** Initializes the dataflash driver so that commands and data may be sent to an attached dataflash IC.
-			 *
-			 *  \note The microcontroller's physical interface driver connected to the Dataflash IC must be initialized before
-			 *        any of the dataflash commands are used. This is usually a SPI hardware port, but on some devices/boards may
-			 *        be a USART operating in SPI Master mode.
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_Init(void);
-
-			/** Determines the currently selected dataflash chip.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Mask of the currently selected Dataflash chip, either \ref DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP if no chip is selected
-			 *  or a \c DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is the chip number).
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-
-			/** Selects the given dataflash chip.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in]  ChipMask  Mask of the Dataflash IC to select, in the form of a \c DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is
-			 *              the chip number).
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-
-			/** Deselects the current dataflash chip, so that no dataflash is selected. */
-			static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-
-			/** Selects a dataflash IC from the given page number, which should range from 0 to
-			 *  ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1). For boards containing only one
-			 *  dataflash IC, this will select \ref DATAFLASH_CHIP1. If the given page number is outside
-			 *  the total number of pages contained in the boards dataflash ICs, all dataflash ICs
-			 *  are deselected.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] PageAddress  Address of the page to manipulate, ranging from
-			 *                          0 to ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1).
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress);
-
-			/** Toggles the select line of the currently selected dataflash IC, so that it is ready to receive
-			 *  a new command.
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void);
-
-			/** Spin-loops while the currently selected dataflash is busy executing a command, such as a main
-			 *  memory page program or main memory to buffer transfer.
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void);
-
-			/** Sends a set of page and buffer address bytes to the currently selected dataflash IC, for use with
-			 *  dataflash commands which require a complete 24-bit address.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] PageAddress  Page address within the selected dataflash IC
-			 *  \param[in] BufferByte   Address within the dataflash's buffer
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress,
-			                                              const uint16_t BufferByte);
-
-			/** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns a byte from the dataflash.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Byte  Byte of data to send to the dataflash
-			 *
-			 *  \return Last response byte from the dataflash
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-
-			/** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and ignores the next byte from the dataflash.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Byte  Byte of data to send to the dataflash
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-
-			/** Sends a dummy byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns the next byte from the dataflash.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Last response byte from the dataflash
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-
-		/* Includes: */
-			#if (BOARD == BOARD_NONE)
-				#define DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS  0
-				#define DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP     0
-				#define DATAFLASH_CHIP1       0
-				#define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE   0
-				#define DATAFLASH_PAGES       0
-				static inline void    Dataflash_Init(void) {};
-				static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) { return 0; };
-				static inline void    Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) {};
-				static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void) { return 0; };
-				static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) { return 0; };
-				static inline void    Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) {};
-				static inline void    Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) {};
-				static inline void    Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress) {};
-				static inline void    Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void) {};
-				static inline void    Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void) {};
-				static inline void    Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress,
-				                                                 const uint16_t BufferByte) {};
-			#elif (BOARD == BOARD_USBKEY)
-				#include "AVR8/USBKEY/Dataflash.h"
-			#elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK525)
-				#include "AVR8/STK525/Dataflash.h"
-			#elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK526)
-				#include "AVR8/STK526/Dataflash.h"
-			#elif ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
-				#include "AVR8/XPLAIN/Dataflash.h"
-			#elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK527)
-				#include "AVR8/EVK527/Dataflash.h"
-			#elif (BOARD == BOARD_A3BU_XPLAINED)
-				#include "XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Dataflash.h"
-			#elif (BOARD == BOARD_B1_XPLAINED)
-				#include "XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Dataflash.h"
-			#else
-				#include "Board/Dataflash.h"
-			#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 4ecf61fefc..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,151 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Digital joystick board hardware driver.
- *
- *  This file is the master dispatch header file for the board-specific Joystick driver, for boards containing a
- *  digital joystick.
- *
- *  User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct joystick driver header file for the
- *  currently selected board.
- *
- *  If the \c BOARD value is set to \c BOARD_USER, this will include the \c /Board/Joystick.h file in the user project
- *  directory.
- *
- *  For possible \c BOARD makefile values, see \ref Group_BoardTypes.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardDrivers
- *  \defgroup Group_Joystick Joystick Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h
- *  \brief Digital joystick board hardware driver.
- *
- *  \section Sec_Joystick_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- *    - None
- *
- *  \section Sec_Joystick_ModDescription Module Description
- *  Hardware Joystick driver. This module provides an easy to use interface to control the hardware digital Joystick
- *  located on many boards.
- *
- *  If the \c BOARD value is set to \c BOARD_USER, this will include the \c /Board/Joystick.h file in the user project
- *  directory. Otherwise, it will include the appropriate built-in board driver header file.
- *
- *  For possible \c BOARD makefile values, see \ref Group_BoardTypes.
- *
- *  \section Sec_Joystick_ExampleUsage Example Usage
- *  The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
- *  application.
- *
- *  \code
- *      // Initialize the board Joystick driver before first use
- *      Joystick_Init();
- *
- *      printf("Waiting for joystick movement...\r\n");
- *
- *      // Loop until a the joystick has been moved
- *      uint8_t JoystickMovement;
- *      while (!(JoystickMovement = Joystick_GetStatus())) {};
- *
- *      // Display which direction the joystick was moved in
- *      printf("Joystick moved:\r\n");
- *
- *      if (JoystickMovement & (JOY_UP | JOY_DOWN))
- *        printf("%s ", (JoystickMovement & JOY_UP) ? "Up" : "Down");
- *
- *      if (JoystickMovement & (JOY_LEFT | JOY_RIGHT))
- *        printf("%s ", (JoystickMovement & JOY_LEFT) ? "Left" : "Right");
- *
- *      if (JoystickMovement & JOY_PRESS)
- *        printf("Pressed");
- *  \endcode
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __JOYSTICK_H__
-#define __JOYSTICK_H__
-
-	/* Macros: */
-		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../Common/Common.h"
-
-		#if (BOARD == BOARD_NONE)
-			#define JOY_UP           0
-			#define JOY_DOWN         0
-			#define JOY_LEFT         0
-			#define JOY_RIGHT        0
-			#define JOY_PRESS        0
-			static inline void       Joystick_Init(void) {};
-			static inline uint_reg_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) { return 0; };
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_USBKEY)
-			#include "AVR8/USBKEY/Joystick.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK525)
-			#include "AVR8/STK525/Joystick.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK526)
-			#include "AVR8/STK526/Joystick.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_BUMBLEB)
-			#include "AVR8/BUMBLEB/Joystick.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK527)
-			#include "AVR8/EVK527/Joystick.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK1101)
-			#include "UC3/EVK1101/Joystick.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK1100)
-			#include "UC3/EVK1100/Joystick.h"
-		#else
-			#include "Board/Joystick.h"
-		#endif
-
-	/* Pseudo-Functions for Doxygen: */
-	#if defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/** Initializes the joystick driver so that the joystick position can be read. This sets the appropriate
-		 *  I/O pins to inputs with their pull-ups enabled.
-		 *
-		 *  This must be called before any Joystick driver functions are used.
-		 */
-		static inline void Joystick_Init(void);
-
-		/** Disables the joystick driver, releasing the I/O pins back to their default high-impedance input mode. */
-		static inline void Joystick_Disable(void);
-
-		/** Returns the current status of the joystick, as a mask indicating the direction the joystick is
-		 *  currently facing in (multiple bits can be set).
-		 *
-		 *  \return Mask of \c JOYSTICK_* constants indicating the current joystick direction(s).
-		 */
-		static inline uint_reg_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-	#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 392714a4e6..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,298 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief LED board hardware driver.
- *
- *  This file is the master dispatch header file for the board-specific LED driver, for boards containing user
- *  controllable LEDs.
- *
- *  User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct LED driver header file for the
- *  currently selected board.
- *
- *  If the \c BOARD value is set to \c BOARD_USER, this will include the \c /Board/LEDs.h file in the user project
- *  directory.
- *
- *  For possible \c BOARD makefile values, see \ref Group_BoardTypes.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardDrivers
- *  \defgroup Group_LEDs LEDs Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h
- *  \brief LED board hardware driver.
- *
- *  \section Sec_LEDs_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- *    - None
- *
- *  \section Sec_LEDs_ModDescription Module Description
- *  Hardware LEDs driver. This provides an easy to use driver for the hardware LEDs present on many boards. It
- *  provides an interface to configure, test and change the status of all the board LEDs.
- *
- *  If the \c BOARD value is set to \c BOARD_USER, this will include the \c /Board/LEDs.h file in the user project
- *  directory. Otherwise, it will include the appropriate built-in board driver header file. If the BOARD value
- *  is set to \c BOARD_NONE, this driver is silently disabled.
- *
- *  For possible \c BOARD makefile values, see \ref Group_BoardTypes.
- *
- *  \note To make code as compatible as possible, it is assumed that all boards carry a minimum of four LEDs. If
- *        a board contains less than four LEDs, the remaining LED masks are defined to 0 so as to have no effect.
- *        If other behavior is desired, either alias the remaining LED masks to existing LED masks via the -D
- *        switch in the project makefile, or alias them to nothing in the makefile to cause compilation errors when
- *        a non-existing LED is referenced in application code. Note that this means that it is possible to make
- *        compatible code for a board with no LEDs by making a board LED driver (see \ref Page_WritingBoardDrivers)
- *        which contains only stub functions and defines no LEDs.
- *
- *  \section Sec_LEDs_ExampleUsage Example Usage
- *  The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
- *  application.
- *
- *  \code
- *      // Initialize the board LED driver before first use
- *      LEDs_Init();
- *
- *      // Turn on each of the four LEDs in turn
- *      LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_LED1);
- *      Delay_MS(500);
- *      LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_LED2);
- *      Delay_MS(500);
- *      LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_LED3);
- *      Delay_MS(500);
- *      LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_LED4);
- *      Delay_MS(500);
- *
- *      // Turn on all LEDs
- *      LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
- *      Delay_MS(1000);
- *
- *      // Turn on LED 1, turn off LED 2, leaving LEDs 3 and 4 in their current state
- *      LEDs_ChangeLEDs((LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2), LEDS_LED1);
- *  \endcode
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_H__
-#define __LEDS_H__
-
-	/* Macros: */
-		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../Common/Common.h"
-
-		#if (BOARD == BOARD_NONE)
-			static inline void LEDs_Init(void) {};
-			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void) {};
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint_reg_t LEDMask) {};
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint_reg_t LEDMask) {};
-			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint_reg_t LEDMask) {};
-			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint_reg_t LEDMask, const uint_reg_t ActiveMask) {};
-			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint_reg_t LEDMask) {};
-			static inline uint_reg_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) { return 0; }
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_USBKEY)
-			#include "AVR8/USBKEY/LEDs.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK525)
-			#include "AVR8/STK525/LEDs.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK526)
-			#include "AVR8/STK526/LEDs.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_RZUSBSTICK)
-			#include "AVR8/RZUSBSTICK/LEDs.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_ATAVRUSBRF01)
-			#include "AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/LEDs.h"
-		#elif ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
-			#include "AVR8/XPLAIN/LEDs.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_BUMBLEB)
-			#include "AVR8/BUMBLEB/LEDs.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK527)
-			#include "AVR8/EVK527/LEDs.h"
-		#elif ((BOARD == BOARD_TEENSY) || (BOARD == BOARD_TEENSY2))
-			#include "AVR8/TEENSY/LEDs.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_USBTINYMKII)
-			#include "AVR8/USBTINYMKII/LEDs.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_BENITO)
-			#include "AVR8/BENITO/LEDs.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_JMDBU2)
-			#include "AVR8/JMDBU2/LEDs.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_OLIMEX162)
-			#include "AVR8/OLIMEX162/LEDs.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_USBFOO)
-			#include "AVR8/USBFOO/LEDs.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_UDIP)
-			#include "AVR8/UDIP/LEDs.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_BUI)
-			#include "AVR8/BUI/LEDs.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_UNO)
-			#include "AVR8/UNO/LEDs.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_CULV3)
-			#include "AVR8/CULV3/LEDs.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_BLACKCAT)
-			#include "AVR8/BLACKCAT/LEDs.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_MAXIMUS)
-			#include "AVR8/MAXIMUS/LEDs.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_MINIMUS)
-			#include "AVR8/MINIMUS/LEDs.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_ADAFRUITU4)
-			#include "AVR8/ADAFRUITU4/LEDs.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROSIN162)
-			#include "AVR8/MICROSIN162/LEDs.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_SPARKFUN8U2)
-			#include "AVR8/SPARKFUN8U2/LEDs.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK1101)
-			#include "UC3/EVK1101/LEDs.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_TUL)
-			#include "AVR8/TUL/LEDs.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK1100)
-			#include "UC3/EVK1100/LEDs.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK1104)
-			#include "UC3/EVK1104/LEDs.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_A3BU_XPLAINED)
-			#include "XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/LEDs.h"
-		#elif ((BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX) || (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX_V3) || (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX_V31))
-			#include "AVR8/USB2AX/LEDs.h"
-		#elif ((BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV1) || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV2) || \
-		       (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_32U2))
-			#include "AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/LEDs.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_B1_XPLAINED)
-			#include "XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/LEDs.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_MULTIO)
-			#include "AVR8/MULTIO/LEDs.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_BIGMULTIO)
-			#include "AVR8/BIGMULTIO/LEDs.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_DUCE)
-			#include "AVR8/DUCE/LEDs.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_OLIMEX32U4)
-			#include "AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/LEDs.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_OLIMEXT32U4)
-			#include "AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/LEDs.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_OLIMEXISPMK2)
-			#include "AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/LEDs.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_LEONARDO)
-			#include "AVR8/LEONARDO/LEDs.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_UC3A3_XPLAINED)
-			#include "UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/LEDs.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_STANGE_ISP)
-			#include "AVR8/STANGE_ISP/LEDs.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_C3_XPLAINED)
-			#include "XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/LEDs.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_U2S)
-			#include "AVR8/U2S/LEDs.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_YUN)
-			#include "AVR8/YUN/LEDs.h"
-		#elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICRO)
-			#include "AVR8/MICRO/LEDs.h"
-		#else
-			#include "Board/LEDs.h"
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			#if !defined(LEDS_NO_LEDS)
-				#define LEDS_NO_LEDS   0
-			#endif
-
-			#if !defined(LEDS_ALL_LEDS)
-				#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS  (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
-			#endif
-
-			#if !defined(LEDS_LED1)
-				#define LEDS_LED1      0
-			#endif
-
-			#if !defined(LEDS_LED2)
-				#define LEDS_LED2      0
-			#endif
-
-			#if !defined(LEDS_LED3)
-				#define LEDS_LED3      0
-			#endif
-
-			#if !defined(LEDS_LED4)
-				#define LEDS_LED4      0
-			#endif
-		#endif
-
-	/* Pseudo-Functions for Doxygen: */
-	#if defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/** Initializes the board LED driver so that the LEDs can be controlled. This sets the appropriate port
-		 *  I/O pins as outputs, and sets the LEDs to default to off.
-		 *
-		 *  This must be called before any LED driver functions are used.
-		 */
-		static inline void LEDs_Init(void);
-
-		/** Disables the board LED driver, releasing the I/O pins back to their default high-impedance input mode. */
-		static inline void LEDs_Disable(void);
-
-		/** Turns on the LEDs specified in the given LED mask.
-		 *
-		 *  \param[in] LEDMask  Mask of the board LEDs to manipulate (see board-specific LEDs.h driver file).
-		 */
-		static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint_reg_t LEDMask);
-
-		/** Turns off the LEDs specified in the given LED mask.
-		 *
-		 *  \param[in] LEDMask  Mask of the board LEDs to manipulate (see board-specific LEDs.h driver file).
-		 */
-		static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint_reg_t LEDMask);
-
-		/** Turns off all LEDs not specified in the given LED mask, and turns on all the LEDs in the given LED
-		 *  mask.
-		 *
-		 *  \param[in] LEDMask  Mask of the board LEDs to manipulate (see board-specific LEDs.h driver file).
-		 */
-		static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint_reg_t LEDMask);
-
-		/** Turns off all LEDs in the LED mask that are not set in the active mask, and turns on all the LEDs
-		 *  specified in both the LED and active masks.
-		 *
-		 *  \param[in] LEDMask     Mask of the board LEDs to manipulate (see board-specific LEDs.h driver file).
-		 *  \param[in] ActiveMask  Mask of whether the LEDs in the LED mask should be turned on or off.
-		 */
-		static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint_reg_t LEDMask,
-		                                   const uint_reg_t ActiveMask);
-
-		/** Toggles all LEDs in the LED mask, leaving all others in their current states.
-		 *
-		 *  \param[in] LEDMask  Mask of the board LEDs to manipulate (see board-specific LEDs.h driver file).
-		 */
-		static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint_reg_t LEDMask);
-
-		/** Returns the status of all the board LEDs; set LED masks in the return value indicate that the
-		 *  corresponding LED is on.
-		 *
-		 *  \return Mask of \c LEDS_LED* constants indicating which of the board LEDs are currently turned on.
-		 */
-		static inline uint_reg_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-	#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Temperature.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Temperature.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 8b09f1094b..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Temperature.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_TEMPERATURE_C
-#include "Temperature.h"
-
-#if defined(TEMPERATURE_SENSOR_DRIVER_COMPATIBLE)
-
-static const uint16_t PROGMEM Temperature_Lookup[TEMP_TABLE_SIZE] =
-{
-	0x3B4, 0x3B0, 0x3AB, 0x3A6, 0x3A0, 0x39A, 0x394, 0x38E, 0x388, 0x381, 0x37A, 0x373,
-	0x36B, 0x363, 0x35B, 0x353, 0x34A, 0x341, 0x338, 0x32F, 0x325, 0x31B, 0x311, 0x307,
-	0x2FC, 0x2F1, 0x2E6, 0x2DB, 0x2D0, 0x2C4, 0x2B8, 0x2AC, 0x2A0, 0x294, 0x288, 0x27C,
-	0x26F, 0x263, 0x256, 0x24A, 0x23D, 0x231, 0x225, 0x218, 0x20C, 0x200, 0x1F3, 0x1E7,
-	0x1DB, 0x1CF, 0x1C4, 0x1B8, 0x1AC, 0x1A1, 0x196, 0x18B, 0x180, 0x176, 0x16B, 0x161,
-	0x157, 0x14D, 0x144, 0x13A, 0x131, 0x128, 0x11F, 0x117, 0x10F, 0x106, 0x0FE, 0x0F7,
-	0x0EF, 0x0E8, 0x0E1, 0x0DA, 0x0D3, 0x0CD, 0x0C7, 0x0C0, 0x0BA, 0x0B5, 0x0AF, 0x0AA,
-	0x0A4, 0x09F, 0x09A, 0x096, 0x091, 0x08C, 0x088, 0x084, 0x080, 0x07C, 0x078, 0x074,
-	0x071, 0x06D, 0x06A, 0x067, 0x064, 0x061, 0x05E, 0x05B, 0x058, 0x055, 0x053, 0x050,
-	0x04E, 0x04C, 0x049, 0x047, 0x045, 0x043, 0x041, 0x03F, 0x03D, 0x03C, 0x03A, 0x038
-};
-
-int8_t Temperature_GetTemperature(void)
-{
-	uint16_t Temp_ADC = ADC_GetChannelReading(ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC | ADC_RIGHT_ADJUSTED | TEMP_ADC_CHANNEL_MASK);
-
-	if (Temp_ADC > pgm_read_word(&Temperature_Lookup[0]))
-	  return TEMP_MIN_TEMP;
-
-	for (uint16_t Index = 0; Index < TEMP_TABLE_SIZE; Index++)
-	{
-		if (Temp_ADC > pgm_read_word(&Temperature_Lookup[Index]))
-		  return (Index + TEMP_TABLE_OFFSET_DEGREES);
-	}
-
-	return TEMP_MAX_TEMP;
-}
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Temperature.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Temperature.h
deleted file mode 100644
index d20c6f7018..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Temperature.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,147 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief NTC Temperature Sensor board hardware driver.
- *
- *  Master include file for the board temperature sensor driver, for the USB boards which contain a temperature sensor.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardDrivers
- *  \defgroup Group_Temperature Temperature Sensor Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Board/Temperature.h
- *  \brief NTC Temperature Sensor board hardware driver.
- *
- *  \section Sec_Temperature_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- *    - LUFA/Drivers/Board/Temperature.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_TEMPERATURE)</i>
- *
- *  \section Sec_Temperature_ModDescription Module Description
- *  Temperature sensor driver. This provides an easy to use interface for the hardware temperature sensor located
- *  on many boards. It provides an interface to configure the sensor and appropriate ADC channel, plus read out the
- *  current temperature in degrees C. It is designed for and will only work with the temperature sensor located on the
- *  official Atmel USB AVR boards, as each sensor has different characteristics.
- *
- *  \section Sec_Temperature_ExampleUsage Example Usage
- *  The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
- *  application.
- *
- *  \code
- *      // Initialize the ADC and board temperature sensor drivers before first use
- *      ADC_Init(ADC_FREE_RUNNING | ADC_PRESCALE_128);
- *      Temperature_Init();
- *
- *      // Display converted temperature in degrees Celsius
- *      printf("Current Temperature: %d Degrees\r\n", Temperature_GetTemperature());
- *  \endcode
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __TEMPERATURE_H__
-#define __TEMPERATURE_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if ((BOARD == BOARD_USBKEY) || (BOARD == BOARD_STK525) || \
-		     (BOARD == BOARD_STK526) || (BOARD == BOARD_EVK527))
-			#define TEMPERATURE_SENSOR_DRIVER_COMPATIBLE
-		#endif
-
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_TEMPERATURE_C) && !defined(TEMPERATURE_SENSOR_DRIVER_COMPATIBLE)
-			#error The selected board does not contain a compatible temperature sensor.
-		#endif
-
-	#if defined(TEMPERATURE_SENSOR_DRIVER_COMPATIBLE)
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../Peripheral/ADC.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** ADC channel number for the temperature sensor. */
-			#define TEMP_ADC_CHANNEL       0
-
-			/** ADC channel MUX mask for the temperature sensor. */
-			#define TEMP_ADC_CHANNEL_MASK  ADC_CHANNEL0
-
-			/** Size of the temperature sensor lookup table, in lookup values */
-			#define TEMP_TABLE_SIZE        120
-
-			/** Minimum returnable temperature from the \ref Temperature_GetTemperature() function. */
-			#define TEMP_MIN_TEMP          TEMP_TABLE_OFFSET_DEGREES
-
-			/** Maximum returnable temperature from the \ref Temperature_GetTemperature() function. */
-			#define TEMP_MAX_TEMP          ((TEMP_TABLE_SIZE - 1) + TEMP_TABLE_OFFSET_DEGREES)
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			/** Initializes the temperature sensor driver, including setting up the appropriate ADC channel.
-			 *  This must be called before any other temperature sensor routines.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre The ADC itself (not the ADC channel) must be configured separately before calling the
-			 *       temperature sensor functions.
-			 */
-			static inline void Temperature_Init(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Temperature_Init(void)
-			{
-				ADC_SetupChannel(TEMP_ADC_CHANNEL);
-			}
-
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			/** Performs a complete ADC on the temperature sensor channel, and converts the result into a
-			 *  valid temperature between \ref TEMP_MIN_TEMP and \ref TEMP_MAX_TEMP in degrees Celsius.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Signed temperature value in degrees Celsius.
-			 */
-			int8_t Temperature_GetTemperature(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Macros: */
-			#define TEMP_TABLE_OFFSET_DEGREES   -21
-	#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/Board.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0c34a3f049..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/Board.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel EVK1100.
- *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_EVK1100
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
- *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_EVK1100 EVK1100
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel Atmel EVK1100.
- *
- *  Board specific information header for the Atmel Atmel EVK1100.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BOARD_EVK1100_H__
-#define __BOARD_EVK1100_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../../Buttons.h"
-		#include "../../Joystick.h"
-		#include "../../LEDs.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
-
-			/** Indicates the board has a hardware Joystick mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_JOYSTICK
-
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/Buttons.h
deleted file mode 100644
index fa452003fe..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/Buttons.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,117 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK1100.
- *  \copydetails Group_Buttons_EVK1100
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_EVK1100 EVK1100
- *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK1100.
- *
- *  Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK1100.
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>SW0 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO88</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON2</td><td>SW1 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO85</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON3</td><td>SW2 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO82</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_EVK1100_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_EVK1100_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Macros: */
-			#define BUTTONS_PORT          2
-	#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Mask of the first button on the board */
-			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1       (1UL << 24)
-
-			/** Mask of the second button on the board */
-			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON2       (1UL << 21)
-
-			/** Mask of the third button on the board */
-			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON3       (1UL << 18)
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
-			{
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].gpers = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].puers = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
-			}
-
-			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
-			{
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].gperc = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].puerc = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
-			}
-
-			static inline uint32_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint32_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
-			{
-				return (~(AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_MOVE_PORT].pvr & (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2)));
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/Joystick.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/Joystick.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 72dd769b05..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/Joystick.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,122 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel EVK1100.
- *  \copydetails Group_Joystick_EVK1100
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the joystick driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Joystick
- *  \defgroup Group_Joystick_EVK1100 EVK1100
- *  \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel EVK1100.
- *
- *  Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel EVK1100.
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Left Port Pin</th><th>Up Port Pin</th><th>Right Port Pin</th><th>Down Port Pin</th><th>Press Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>GPIO25</td><td>GPIO26</td><td>GPIO28</td><td>GPIO27</td><td>GPIO20</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __JOYSTICK_EVK1100_H__
-#define __JOYSTICK_EVK1100_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Macros: */
-			#define JOY_PORT                 0
-			#define JOY_MASK                ((1UL << 28) | (1UL << 27) | (1UL << 26) | (1UL << 25) | (1UL << 20))
-	#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the left direction. */
-			#define JOY_LEFT                  (1UL << 25)
-
-			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the upward direction. */
-			#define JOY_UP                    (1UL << 26)
-
-			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the right direction. */
-			#define JOY_RIGHT                 (1UL << 28)
-
-			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the downward direction. */
-			#define JOY_DOWN                  (1UL << 27)
-
-			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed inward. */
-			#define JOY_PRESS                 (1UL << 20)
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void Joystick_Init(void)
-			{
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_PORT].gpers = JOY_MASK;
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_PORT].gpers = JOY_MASK;
-			};
-
-			static inline void Joystick_Disable(void)
-			{
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_PORT].gperc = JOY_MASK;
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_PORT].gperc = JOY_MASK;
-			};
-
-			static inline uint32_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint32_t Joystick_GetStatus(void)
-			{
-				return (uint32_t)(~(AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_PORT].pvr & JOY_MASK));
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/LEDs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f66eddbc1e..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/LEDs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,173 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK1100.
- *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_EVK1100
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_EVK1100 EVK1100
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK1100.
- *
- *  Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK1100.
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>LED0 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO51</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>LED1 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO52</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Green</td><td>LED2 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO53</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Green</td><td>LED3 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO54</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED5</td><td>Green</td><td>LED4 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO59</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED6</td><td>Green</td><td>LED5 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO60</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED7</td><td>Green</td><td>LED6 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO61</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED8</td><td>Green</td><td>LED7 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO62</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_EVK1100_H__
-#define __LEDS_EVK1100_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Macros: */
-			#define LEDS_PORT        1
-	#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED1        (1UL << 19)
-
-			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED2        (1UL << 20)
-
-			/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED3        (1UL << 21)
-
-			/** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED4        (1UL << 22)
-
-			/** LED mask for the fifth LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED5        (1UL << 27)
-
-			/** LED mask for the sixth LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED6        (1UL << 28)
-
-			/** LED mask for the seventh LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED7        (1UL << 29)
-
-			/** LED mask for the eighth LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED8        (1UL << 30)
-
-			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4 \
-			                          LEDS_LED5 | LEDS_LED6 | LEDS_LED7 | LEDS_LED8)
-
-			/** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs */
-			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
-			{
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].gpers = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].oders = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrs  = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
-			{
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].gperc = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].oderc = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrc  = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrc  = LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrs  = LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrs  = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrc  = LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask, const uint32_t ActiveMask)
-			{
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrs  = LEDMask;
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrc  = ActiveMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrt  = LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint32_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint32_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
-			{
-				return (~AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovr & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/Board.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 5d5f95a6a5..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/Board.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel EVK1101.
- *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_EVK1101
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
- *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_EVK1101 EVK1101
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel Atmel EVK1101.
- *
- *  Board specific information header for the Atmel Atmel EVK1101.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BOARD_EVK1101_H__
-#define __BOARD_EVK1101_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../../Buttons.h"
-		#include "../../Joystick.h"
-		#include "../../LEDs.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
-
-			/** Indicates the board has a hardware Joystick mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_JOYSTICK
-
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/Buttons.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 3de4b3373c..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/Buttons.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,113 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK1101.
- *  \copydetails Group_Buttons_EVK1101
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_EVK1101 EVK1101
- *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK1101.
- *
- *  Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK1101.
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>SW0 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO34</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON2</td><td>SW1 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO35</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_EVK1101_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_EVK1101_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Macros: */
-			#define BUTTONS_PORT          1
-	#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Mask of the first button on the board */
-			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1       (1UL << 2)
-
-			/** Mask of the second button on the board */
-			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON2       (1UL << 3)
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
-			{
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].gpers = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].puers = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
-			}
-
-			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
-			{
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].gperc = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].puerc = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
-			}
-
-			static inline uint32_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint32_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
-			{
-				return (~(AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].pvr & (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2)));
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/Joystick.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/Joystick.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f7a9a7538b..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/Joystick.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,131 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel EVK1101.
- *  \copydetails Group_Joystick_EVK1101
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the joystick driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Joystick
- *  \defgroup Group_Joystick_EVK1101 EVK1101
- *  \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel EVK1101.
- *
- *  Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel EVK1101.
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Left Port Pin</th><th>Up Port Pin</th><th>Right Port Pin</th><th>Down Port Pin</th><th>Press Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>GPIO38</td><td>GPIO39</td><td>GPIO41</td><td>GPIO40</td><td>GPIO13</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __JOYSTICK_EVK1101_H__
-#define __JOYSTICK_EVK1101_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Macros: */
-			#define JOY_MOVE_PORT            1
-			#define JOY_MOVE_MASK            ((1UL << 6) | (1UL << 7) | (1UL << 8) | (1UL << 9))
-			#define JOY_PRESS_PORT           0
-			#define JOY_PRESS_MASK           (1UL << 13)
-	#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the left direction. */
-			#define JOY_LEFT                  (1UL << 6)
-
-			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the upward direction. */
-			#define JOY_UP                    (1UL << 7)
-
-			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the right direction. */
-			#define JOY_RIGHT                 (1UL << 9)
-
-			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the downward direction. */
-			#define JOY_DOWN                  (1UL << 8)
-
-			/** Mask for the joystick being pushed inward. */
-			#define JOY_PRESS                 (1UL << 13)
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void Joystick_Init(void)
-			{
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_MOVE_PORT].gpers  = JOY_MOVE_MASK;
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_PRESS_PORT].gpers = JOY_PRESS_MASK;
-
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_MOVE_PORT].puers  = JOY_MOVE_MASK;
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_PRESS_PORT].puers = JOY_PRESS_MASK;
-			};
-
-			static inline void Joystick_Disable(void)
-			{
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_MOVE_PORT].gperc  = JOY_MOVE_MASK;
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_PRESS_PORT].gperc = JOY_PRESS_MASK;
-
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_MOVE_PORT].puerc  = JOY_MOVE_MASK;
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_PRESS_PORT].puerc = JOY_PRESS_MASK;
-			};
-
-			static inline uint32_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint32_t Joystick_GetStatus(void)
-			{
-				return (uint32_t)(~((AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_MOVE_PORT].pvr  & JOY_MOVE_MASK) |
-				                    (AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_PRESS_PORT].pvr & JOY_PRESS_MASK)));
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/LEDs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index dad7771a26..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/LEDs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,156 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK1101.
- *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_EVK1101
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_EVK1101 EVK1101
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK1101.
- *
- *  Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK1101.
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>LED0 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO7</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>LED1 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO8</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Green</td><td>LED2 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO21</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Green</td><td>LED3 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO22</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_EVK1101_H__
-#define __LEDS_EVK1101_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Macros: */
-			#define LEDS_PORT        0
-	#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED1        (1UL << 7)
-
-			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED2        (1UL << 8)
-
-			/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED3        (1UL << 21)
-
-			/** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED4        (1UL << 22)
-
-			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
-
-			/** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs */
-			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
-			{
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].gpers = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].oders = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrs  = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
-			{
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].gperc = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].oderc = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrc  = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrc  = LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrs  = LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrs  = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrc  = LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask, const uint32_t ActiveMask)
-			{
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrs  = LEDMask;
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrc  = ActiveMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrt  = LEDMask;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint32_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint32_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
-			{
-				return (~AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovr & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1104/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1104/Board.h
deleted file mode 100644
index aa7adbfb0c..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1104/Board.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel EVK1104.
- *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_EVK1104
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
- *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_EVK1104 EVK1104
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel Atmel EVK1104.
- *
- *  Board specific information header for the Atmel Atmel EVK1104.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BOARD_EVK1104_H__
-#define __BOARD_EVK1104_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../../Buttons.h"
-		#include "../../LEDs.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
-
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1104/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1104/Buttons.h
deleted file mode 100644
index dfcfb665ea..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1104/Buttons.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,109 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK1104.
- *  \copydetails Group_Buttons_EVK1104
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_EVK1104 EVK1104
- *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK1104.
- *
- *  Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK1104.
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>SW0 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO42</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_EVK1104_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_EVK1104_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Macros: */
-			#define BUTTONS_PORT          1
-	#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Mask of the first button on the board */
-			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1       (1UL << 10)
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
-			{
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].gpers = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].puers = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
-			}
-
-			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
-			{
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].gperc = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].puerc = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
-			}
-
-			static inline uint32_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint32_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
-			{
-				return (~(AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_MOVE_PORT].pvr & (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2)));
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1104/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1104/LEDs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 2258a267f1..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1104/LEDs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,174 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK1104.
- *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_EVK1104
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_EVK1104 EVK1104
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK1104.
- *
- *  Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK1104.
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>LED0 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO67</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>LED1 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO101</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Green</td><td>LED2 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO102</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Green</td><td>LED3 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO105</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_EVK1104_H__
-#define __LEDS_EVK1104_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Macros: */
-			#define LEDS_LEDMASK2    (1UL << 3)
-			#define LEDS_LEDMASK3   ((1UL << 9) | (1UL << 6) | (1UL << 5))
-	#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED1        (1UL << 3)
-
-			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED2        (1UL << 5)
-
-			/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED3        (1UL << 9)
-
-			/** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED4        (1UL << 6)
-
-			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
-
-			/** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs */
-			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
-			{
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[2].gpers = LEDS_LEDMASK2;
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[2].oders = LEDS_LEDMASK2;
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[2].ovrs  = LEDS_LEDMASK2;
-
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[3].gpers = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[3].oders = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrs  = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
-			{
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[2].gperc = LEDS_LEDMASK2;
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[2].oderc = LEDS_LEDMASK2;
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[2].ovrc  = LEDS_LEDMASK2;
-
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[3].gperc = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[3].oderc = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrc  = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[2].ovrc  = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK2);
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrc  = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK3);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[2].ovrs  = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK2);
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrs  = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK3);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[2].ovrs  = LEDS_LEDMASK2;
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[2].ovrc  = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK2);
-
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrs  = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrc  = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK3);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask, const uint32_t ActiveMask)
-			{
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[2].ovrs  = (LEDMask    & LEDS_LEDMASK2);
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[2].ovrc  = (ActiveMask & LEDS_LEDMASK2);
-
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrs  = (LEDMask    & LEDS_LEDMASK3);
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrc  = (ActiveMask & LEDS_LEDMASK3);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[2].ovrt  = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK2);
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrt  = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK3);
-			}
-
-			static inline uint32_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint32_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
-			{
-				return ((~AVR32_GPIO.port[2].ovr & LEDS_LEDMASK2) | (~AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovr & LEDS_LEDMASK3));
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/Board.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ec4d9c7c94..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/Board.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel UC3-A3 Xplained.
- *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_UC3_A3_XPLAINED
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
- *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_UC3_A3_XPLAINED UC3_A3_XPLAINED
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel UC3-A3 Xplained.
- *
- *  Board specific information header for the Atmel UC3-A3 Xplained.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BOARD_UC3_A3_XPLAINED_H__
-#define __BOARD_UC3_A3_XPLAINED_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../../Buttons.h"
-		#include "../../LEDs.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
-
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/Buttons.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 8accb6fe1c..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/Buttons.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,109 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel UC3-A3 Xplained.
- *  \copydetails Group_Buttons_UC3A3_XPLAINED
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_UC3A3_XPLAINED UC3A3_XPLAINED
- *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel UC3-A3 Xplained.
- *
- *  Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel UC3-A3 Xplained.
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>SW0 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO32</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_UC3A3_XPLAINED_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_UC3A3_XPLAINED_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Macros: */
-			#define BUTTONS_PORT          1
-	#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Mask of the first button on the board */
-			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1       (1UL << 0)
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
-			{
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].gpers = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].puers = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
-			}
-
-			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
-			{
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].gperc = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].puerc = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
-			}
-
-			static inline uint32_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint32_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
-			{
-				return (~(AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_MOVE_PORT].pvr & (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2)));
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/LEDs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 66b7834c73..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/LEDs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,182 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel UC3-A3 Xplained.
- *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_UC3A3_XPLAINED
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_UC3A3_XPLAINED UC3A3_XPLAINED
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel UC3-A3 Xplained.
- *
- *  Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel UC3-A3 Xplained.
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>LED0 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO35</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Yellow</td><td>LED1 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO73</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Yellow</td><td>LED2 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO34</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Yellow</td><td>LED3 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO38</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED5</td><td>Green</td><td>Status</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO50</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED6</td><td>Red</td><td>Power</td><td>High</td><td>GPIO49</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_UC3A3_XPLAINED_H__
-#define __LEDS_UC3A3_XPLAINED_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Macros: */
-			#define LEDS_LEDMASK1   ((1UL << 3) | (1UL << 2) | (1UL << 6) | (1UL << 18) | (1UL << 17))
-			#define LEDS_LEDMASK3    (1UL << 9)
-	#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED1        (1UL << 3)
-
-			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED2        (1UL << 9)
-
-			/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED3        (1UL << 2)
-
-			/** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED4        (1UL << 6)
-
-			/** LED mask for the fifth LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED5        (1UL << 18)
-
-			/** LED mask for the sixth LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED6        (1UL << 17)
-
-			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4 | LEDS_LED5 | LEDS_LED6)
-
-			/** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs */
-			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
-			{
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[1].gpers = LEDS_LEDMASK1;
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[1].oders = LEDS_LEDMASK1;
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[1].ovrs  = LEDS_LEDMASK1;
-
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[3].gpers = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[3].oders = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrs  = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
-			{
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[1].gperc = LEDS_LEDMASK1;
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[1].oderc = LEDS_LEDMASK1;
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[1].ovrc  = LEDS_LEDMASK1;
-
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[3].gperc = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[3].oderc = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrc  = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[1].ovrc  = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK1);
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrc  = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK3);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[1].ovrs  = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK1);
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrs  = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK3);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[1].ovrs  = LEDS_LEDMASK1;
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[1].ovrc  = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK1);
-
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrs  = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrc  = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK3);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask, const uint32_t ActiveMask)
-			{
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[1].ovrs  = (LEDMask    & LEDS_LEDMASK1);
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[1].ovrc  = (ActiveMask & LEDS_LEDMASK1);
-
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrs  = (LEDMask    & LEDS_LEDMASK3);
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrc  = (ActiveMask & LEDS_LEDMASK3);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[1].ovrt  = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK1);
-				AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrt  = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK3);
-			}
-
-			static inline uint32_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint32_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
-			{
-				return ((~AVR32_GPIO.port[1].ovr & LEDS_LEDMASK1) | (~AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovr & LEDS_LEDMASK3));
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Board.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 824c3db498..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Board.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained.
- *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_A3BU_XPLAINED
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
- *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_A3BU_XPLAINED A3BU_XPLAINED
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained.
- *
- *  Board specific information header for the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BOARD_A3BU_XPLAINED_H__
-#define __BOARD_A3BU_XPLAINED_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../../Buttons.h"
-		#include "../../Dataflash.h"
-		#include "../../LEDs.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
-
-			/** Indicates the board has a hardware Dataflash mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_DATAFLASH
-
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Buttons.h
deleted file mode 100644
index d5119eb5ca..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Buttons.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,119 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained.
- *  \copydetails Group_Buttons_A3BU_XPLAINED
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_A3BU_XPLAINED A3BU_XPLAINED
- *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained.
- *
- *  Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained.
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>SW0 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.5</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON2</td><td>SW1 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTF.1</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON3</td><td>SW2 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTF.2</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_A3BU_XPLAINED_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_A3BU_XPLAINED_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include <avr/io.h>
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
-			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1          (1 << 5)
-
-			/** Button mask for the second button on the board. */
-			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON2          (1 << 1)
-
-			/** Button mask for the third button on the board. */
-			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON3          (1 << 2)
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
-			{
-				PORTE.OUTCLR   = BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-				PORTE.PIN5CTRL = (PORT_OPC_PULLUP_gc | PORT_INVEN_bm);
-
-				PORTF.OUTCLR   = (BUTTONS_BUTTON2 | BUTTONS_BUTTON3);
-				PORTF.PIN1CTRL = (PORT_OPC_PULLUP_gc | PORT_INVEN_bm);
-				PORTF.PIN2CTRL = (PORT_OPC_PULLUP_gc | PORT_INVEN_bm);
-			}
-
-			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
-			{
-				PORTE.OUTCLR   = BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
-				PORTE.PIN5CTRL = 0;
-
-				PORTF.OUTCLR   = (BUTTONS_BUTTON2 | BUTTONS_BUTTON3);
-				PORTF.PIN1CTRL = 0;
-				PORTF.PIN2CTRL = 0;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
-			{
-				return ((PORTE_IN & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) | (PORTF_IN & (BUTTONS_BUTTON2 | BUTTONS_BUTTON3)));
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Dataflash.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Dataflash.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 2d0983941c..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Dataflash.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,228 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained.
- *  \copydetails Group_Dataflash_A3BU_XPLAINED
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Dataflash
- *  \defgroup Group_Dataflash_A3BU_XPLAINED A3BU_XPLAINED
- *  \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained.
- *
- *  Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained board.
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Select Pin</th><th>SPI Port</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>DATAFLASH_CHIP1</td><td>AT45DB642D (8MB)</td><td>PORTF.4</td><td>USARTD0 (In SPI Mode)</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __DATAFLASH_A3BU_XPLAINED_H__
-#define __DATAFLASH_A3BU_XPLAINED_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../../../Misc/AT45DB642D.h"
-		#include "../../../Peripheral/SerialSPI.h"
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Macros: */
-			#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK                DATAFLASH_CHIP1
-			#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT                PORTF
-	#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Constant indicating the total number of dataflash ICs mounted on the selected board. */
-			#define DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS                 1
-
-			/** Mask for no dataflash chip selected. */
-			#define DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP                    0
-
-			/** Mask for the first dataflash chip selected. */
-			#define DATAFLASH_CHIP1                      (1 << 4)
-
-			/** Internal main memory page size for the board's dataflash ICs. */
-			#define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE                  1024
-
-			/** Total number of pages inside each of the board's dataflash ICs. */
-			#define DATAFLASH_PAGES                      8192
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			/** Initializes the dataflash driver so that commands and data may be sent to an attached dataflash IC.
-			 *  The appropriate SPI interface will be automatically configured.
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_Init(void)
-			{
-				DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT.DIRSET   = DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
-
-				PORTCFG.MPCMASK                = DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
-				DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT.PIN0CTRL = PORT_INVEN_bm;
-
-				SerialSPI_Init(&USARTD0, (USART_SPI_SCK_LEAD_RISING | USART_SPI_SAMPLE_LEADING | USART_SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST), (F_CPU / 2));
-
-				PORTD.DIRSET   = PIN3_bm | PIN1_bm;
-				PORTD.DIRCLR   = PIN2_bm;
-				PORTC.PIN2CTRL = PORT_OPC_PULLUP_gc;
-			}
-
-			/** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns a byte from the dataflash.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Byte  Byte of data to send to the dataflash
-			 *
-			 *  \return Last response byte from the dataflash
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte)
-			{
-				return SerialSPI_TransferByte(&USARTD0, Byte);
-			}
-
-			/** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and ignores the next byte from the dataflash.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Byte  Byte of data to send to the dataflash
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
-			{
-				SerialSPI_SendByte(&USARTD0, Byte);
-			}
-
-			/** Sends a dummy byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns the next byte from the dataflash.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Last response byte from the dataflash
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void)
-			{
-				return SerialSPI_ReceiveByte(&USARTD0);
-			}
-
-			/** Determines the currently selected dataflash chip.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Mask of the currently selected Dataflash chip, either \ref DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP if no chip is selected
-			 *          or a DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is the chip number).
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void)
-			{
-				return (DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT.OUT & DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK);
-			}
-
-			/** Selects the given dataflash chip.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in]  ChipMask  Mask of the Dataflash IC to select, in the form of a \c DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is
-			 *              the chip number).
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask)
-			{
-				DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT.OUTCLR = DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
-				DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT.OUTSET = ChipMask;
-			}
-
-			/** Deselects the current dataflash chip, so that no dataflash is selected. */
-			static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void)
-			{
-				Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP);
-			}
-
-			/** Selects a dataflash IC from the given page number, which should range from 0 to
-			 *  ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1). For boards containing only one
-			 *  dataflash IC, this will select DATAFLASH_CHIP1. If the given page number is outside
-			 *  the total number of pages contained in the boards dataflash ICs, all dataflash ICs
-			 *  are deselected.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] PageAddress  Address of the page to manipulate, ranging from
-			 *                          0 to ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1).
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress)
-			{
-				Dataflash_DeselectChip();
-
-				if (PageAddress >= (DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
-				  return;
-
-				Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
-			}
-
-			/** Toggles the select line of the currently selected dataflash IC, so that it is ready to receive
-			 *  a new command.
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void)
-			{
-				uint8_t SelectedChipMask = Dataflash_GetSelectedChip();
-
-				Dataflash_DeselectChip();
-				Dataflash_SelectChip(SelectedChipMask);
-			}
-
-			/** Spin-loops while the currently selected dataflash is busy executing a command, such as a main
-			 *  memory page program or main memory to buffer transfer.
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void)
-			{
-				Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
-				Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
-				while (!(Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_READY));
-				Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
-			}
-
-			/** Sends a set of page and buffer address bytes to the currently selected dataflash IC, for use with
-			 *  dataflash commands which require a complete 24-bit address.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] PageAddress  Page address within the selected dataflash IC
-			 *  \param[in] BufferByte   Address within the dataflash's buffer
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress,
-			                                              const uint16_t BufferByte)
-			{
-				Dataflash_SendByte(PageAddress >> 5);
-				Dataflash_SendByte((PageAddress << 3) | (BufferByte >> 8));
-				Dataflash_SendByte(BufferByte);
-			}
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/LEDs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 16abfbc974..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/LEDs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,181 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained.
- *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_A3BU_XPLAINED
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_A3BU_XPLAINED A3BU_XPLAINED
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained.
- *
- *  Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained.
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>LED0 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTR.0</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Yellow</td><td>LED1 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTR.1</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Red</td><td>Status Bicolour Red LED</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.4</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Green</td><td>Status Bicolour Green LED</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_A3BU_XPLAINED_H__
-#define __LEDS_A3BU_XPLAINED_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include <avr/io.h>
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Macros: */
-			#define LEDS_PORTR_LEDS       (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
-			#define LEDS_PORTD_LEDS       (LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
-	#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 0)
-
-			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED2        (1 << 1)
-
-			/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED3        (1 << 4)
-
-			/** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED4        (1 << 5)
-
-			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
-
-			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
-			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
-			{
-				PORTR.DIRSET    = LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
-				PORTR.OUTCLR    = LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
-
-				PORTCFG.MPCMASK = LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
-				PORTR.PIN0CTRL  = PORT_INVEN_bm;
-
-				PORTD.DIRSET    = LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
-				PORTD.OUTCLR    = LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
-
-				PORTD.PIN4CTRL  = PORT_INVEN_bm;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
-			{
-				PORTR.DIRCLR    = LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
-				PORTR.OUTCLR    = LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
-
-				PORTCFG.MPCMASK = 0;
-				PORTR.PIN0CTRL  = LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
-
-				PORTD.DIRCLR    = LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
-				PORTD.OUTCLR    = LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
-
-				PORTD.PIN4CTRL  = 0;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTR_OUTSET = LEDMask & LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
-				PORTD_OUTSET = LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTR_OUTCLR = LEDMask & LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
-				PORTD_OUTCLR = LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTR_OUTCLR = LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
-				PORTD_OUTCLR = LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
-
-				PORTR_OUTSET = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTR_LEDS);
-				PORTD_OUTSET = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
-			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
-			{
-				PORTR_OUTCLR = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTR_LEDS);
-				PORTD_OUTCLR = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
-
-				PORTR_OUTSET = (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTR_LEDS);
-				PORTD_OUTSET = (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTR_OUTTGL = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTR_LEDS);
-				PORTD_OUTTGL = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
-			{
-				return ((PORTR_OUT & LEDS_PORTR_LEDS) | (PORTD_OUT & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS));
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Board.h
deleted file mode 100644
index d807d18b34..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Board.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained.
- *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_B1_XPLAINED
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
- *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_B1_XPLAINED B1_XPLAINED
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained.
- *
- *  Board specific information header for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BOARD_B1_XPLAINED_H__
-#define __BOARD_B1_XPLAINED_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../../Buttons.h"
-		#include "../../Dataflash.h"
-		#include "../../LEDs.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
-
-			/** Indicates the board has a hardware Dataflash mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_DATAFLASH
-
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Buttons.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 9c458b4966..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Buttons.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,119 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained.
- *  \copydetails Group_Buttons_B1_XPLAINED
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_B1_XPLAINED B1_XPLAINED
- *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained.
- *
- *  Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained.
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>Touch CS0 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.0</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON2</td><td>Touch CS1 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.1</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON3</td><td>Touch CS2 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.2</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON4</td><td>Touch CS3 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.3</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_B1_XPLAINED_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_B1_XPLAINED_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include <avr/io.h>
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
-			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1          (1 << 0)
-
-			/** Button mask for the second button on the board. */
-			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON2          (1 << 1)
-
-			/** Button mask for the third button on the board. */
-			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON3          (1 << 2)
-
-			/** Button mask for the fourth button on the board. */
-			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON4          (1 << 3)
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
-			{
-				PORTE.OUTSET    = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2 | BUTTONS_BUTTON3 | BUTTONS_BUTTON4);
-
-				PORTCFG.MPCMASK = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2 | BUTTONS_BUTTON3 | BUTTONS_BUTTON4);
-				PORTE.PIN0CTRL  = (PORT_INVEN_bm | PORT_OPC_PULLUP_gc);
-			}
-
-			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
-			{
-				PORTE.OUTCLR    = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2 | BUTTONS_BUTTON3 | BUTTONS_BUTTON4);
-
-				PORTCFG.MPCMASK = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2 | BUTTONS_BUTTON3 | BUTTONS_BUTTON4);
-				PORTE.PIN0CTRL  = 0;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
-			{
-				return (PORTE_IN & (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2 | BUTTONS_BUTTON3 | BUTTONS_BUTTON4));
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Dataflash.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Dataflash.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f02ca4af0f..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Dataflash.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,229 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained.
- *  \copydetails Group_Dataflash_B1_XPLAINED
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Dataflash
- *  \defgroup Group_Dataflash_B1_XPLAINED B1_XPLAINED
- *  \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained.
- *
- *  Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained board.
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Select Pin</th><th>SPI Port</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>DATAFLASH_CHIP1</td><td>AT45DB642D (8MB)</td><td>PORTD.2</td><td>USARTC0 (In SPI Mode, Remapped)</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __DATAFLASH_B1_XPLAINED_H__
-#define __DATAFLASH_B1_XPLAINED_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../../../Misc/AT45DB642D.h"
-		#include "../../../Peripheral/SerialSPI.h"
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Macros: */
-			#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK                DATAFLASH_CHIP1
-			#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT                PORTD
-	#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Constant indicating the total number of dataflash ICs mounted on the selected board. */
-			#define DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS                 1
-
-			/** Mask for no dataflash chip selected. */
-			#define DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP                    0
-
-			/** Mask for the first dataflash chip selected. */
-			#define DATAFLASH_CHIP1                      (1 << 2)
-
-			/** Internal main memory page size for the board's dataflash ICs. */
-			#define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE                  1024
-
-			/** Total number of pages inside each of the board's dataflash ICs. */
-			#define DATAFLASH_PAGES                      8192
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			/** Initializes the dataflash driver so that commands and data may be sent to an attached dataflash IC.
-			 *  The appropriate SPI interface will be automatically configured.
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_Init(void)
-			{
-				DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT.DIRSET   = DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
-
-				PORTCFG.MPCMASK                = DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
-				DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT.PIN0CTRL = PORT_INVEN_bm;
-
-				SerialSPI_Init(&USARTC0, (USART_SPI_SCK_LEAD_RISING | USART_SPI_SAMPLE_LEADING | USART_SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST), (F_CPU / 2));
-
-				PORTC.REMAP   |= PORT_USART0_bm;
-				PORTC.DIRSET   = PIN7_bm | PIN5_bm;
-				PORTC.DIRCLR   = PIN6_bm;
-				PORTC.PIN6CTRL = PORT_OPC_PULLUP_gc;
-			}
-
-			/** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns a byte from the dataflash.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Byte  Byte of data to send to the dataflash
-			 *
-			 *  \return Last response byte from the dataflash
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte)
-			{
-				return SerialSPI_TransferByte(&USARTC0, Byte);
-			}
-
-			/** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and ignores the next byte from the dataflash.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Byte  Byte of data to send to the dataflash
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
-			{
-				SerialSPI_SendByte(&USARTC0, Byte);
-			}
-
-			/** Sends a dummy byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns the next byte from the dataflash.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Last response byte from the dataflash
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void)
-			{
-				return SerialSPI_ReceiveByte(&USARTC0);
-			}
-
-			/** Determines the currently selected dataflash chip.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Mask of the currently selected Dataflash chip, either \ref DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP if no chip is selected
-			 *          or a DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is the chip number).
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void)
-			{
-				return (DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT.OUT & DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK);
-			}
-
-			/** Selects the given dataflash chip.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in]  ChipMask  Mask of the Dataflash IC to select, in the form of a \c DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is
-			 *              the chip number).
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask)
-			{
-				DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT.OUTCLR = DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
-				DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT.OUTSET = (ChipMask & DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK);
-			}
-
-			/** Deselects the current dataflash chip, so that no dataflash is selected. */
-			static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void)
-			{
-				Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP);
-			}
-
-			/** Selects a dataflash IC from the given page number, which should range from 0 to
-			 *  ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1). For boards containing only one
-			 *  dataflash IC, this will select DATAFLASH_CHIP1. If the given page number is outside
-			 *  the total number of pages contained in the boards dataflash ICs, all dataflash ICs
-			 *  are deselected.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] PageAddress  Address of the page to manipulate, ranging from
-			 *                          0 to ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1).
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress)
-			{
-				Dataflash_DeselectChip();
-
-				if (PageAddress >= (DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
-				  return;
-
-				Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
-			}
-
-			/** Toggles the select line of the currently selected dataflash IC, so that it is ready to receive
-			 *  a new command.
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void)
-			{
-				uint8_t SelectedChipMask = Dataflash_GetSelectedChip();
-
-				Dataflash_DeselectChip();
-				Dataflash_SelectChip(SelectedChipMask);
-			}
-
-			/** Spin-loops while the currently selected dataflash is busy executing a command, such as a main
-			 *  memory page program or main memory to buffer transfer.
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void)
-			{
-				Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
-				Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
-				while (!(Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_READY));
-				Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
-			}
-
-			/** Sends a set of page and buffer address bytes to the currently selected dataflash IC, for use with
-			 *  dataflash commands which require a complete 24-bit address.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] PageAddress  Page address within the selected dataflash IC
-			 *  \param[in] BufferByte   Address within the dataflash's buffer
-			 */
-			static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress,
-			                                              const uint16_t BufferByte)
-			{
-				Dataflash_SendByte(PageAddress >> 5);
-				Dataflash_SendByte((PageAddress << 3) | (BufferByte >> 8));
-				Dataflash_SendByte(BufferByte);
-			}
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/LEDs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 7bd31ad094..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/LEDs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,183 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained.
- *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_B1_XPLAINED
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_B1_XPLAINED B1_XPLAINED
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained.
- *
- *  Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained.
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>LED0 LED</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.4</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Yellow</td><td>LED1 LED</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.5</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Yellow</td><td>LED2 LED</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.6</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Yellow</td><td>LED3 LED</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.7</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED5</td><td>Green</td><td>USB LED</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.4</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_B1_XPLAINED_H__
-#define __LEDS_B1_XPLAINED_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include <avr/io.h>
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Macros: */
-			#define LEDS_PORTB_LEDS        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
-			#define LEDS_PORTE_LEDS        LEDS_LED5
-
-			#define LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT  1
-	#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 4)
-
-			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED2        (1 << 5)
-
-			/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED3        (1 << 6)
-
-			/** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED4        (1 << 7)
-
-			/** LED mask for the fifth LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED5       ((1 << 4) >> LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)
-
-			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4 | LEDS_LED5)
-
-			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
-			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
-			{
-				PORTB.DIRSET    = LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
-				PORTB.OUTCLR    = LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
-
-				PORTCFG.MPCMASK = LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
-				PORTB.PIN0CTRL  = PORT_INVEN_bm;
-
-				PORTE.DIRSET    = (LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
-				PORTE.OUTCLR    = (LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
-			{
-				PORTB.DIRCLR    = LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
-				PORTB.OUTCLR    = LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
-
-				PORTCFG.MPCMASK = 0;
-				PORTB.PIN0CTRL  = LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
-
-				PORTE.DIRCLR    = (LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
-				PORTE.OUTCLR    = (LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTB_OUTSET = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
-				PORTE_OUTSET = ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTB_OUTCLR = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
-				PORTE_OUTCLR = ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTB_OUTCLR = LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
-				PORTE_OUTCLR = (LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
-
-				PORTB_OUTSET = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
-				PORTE_OUTSET = ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
-			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
-			{
-				PORTB_OUTCLR =  (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
-				PORTE_OUTCLR = ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
-
-				PORTB_OUTSET =  (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
-				PORTE_OUTSET = ((ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTB_OUTTGL = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
-				PORTE_OUTTGL = ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
-			{
-				return ((PORTB_OUT & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) | (PORTE_OUT & (LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)));
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/Board.h
deleted file mode 100644
index d90cc3a5c6..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/Board.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel XMEGA C3 Xplained.
- *  \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_C3_XPLAINED
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
- *  \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_C3_XPLAINED C3_XPLAINED
- *  \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel XMEGA C3 Xplained.
- *
- *  Board specific information header for the Atmel XMEGA C3 Xplained.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BOARD_C3_XPLAINED_H__
-#define __BOARD_C3_XPLAINED_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../../Buttons.h"
-		#include "../../Dataflash.h"
-		#include "../../LEDs.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
-
-			/** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
-			#define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/Buttons.h
deleted file mode 100644
index db62b1d1f1..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/Buttons.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,109 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel XMEGA C3 Xplained.
- *  \copydetails Group_Buttons_C3_XPLAINED
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- *  \defgroup Group_Buttons_C3_XPLAINED C3_XPLAINED
- *  \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel XMEGA C3 Xplained.
- *
- *  Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel XMEGA C3 Xplained.
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>SW0 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTF.1</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON2</td><td>SW1 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTF.2</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_C3_XPLAINED_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_C3_XPLAINED_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include <avr/io.h>
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
-			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1          (1 << 1)
-
-			/** Button mask for the second button on the board. */
-			#define BUTTONS_BUTTON2          (1 << 2)
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
-			{
-				PORTF.OUTCLR   = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
-				PORTF.PIN1CTRL = (PORT_OPC_PULLUP_gc | PORT_INVEN_bm);
-				PORTF.PIN2CTRL = (PORT_OPC_PULLUP_gc | PORT_INVEN_bm);
-			}
-
-			static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
-			{
-				PORTF.OUTCLR   = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
-				PORTF.PIN1CTRL = 0;
-				PORTF.PIN2CTRL = 0;
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
-			{
-				return (PORTF_IN & (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2));
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/LEDs.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 737624bd39..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/LEDs.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,181 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel XMEGA C3 Xplained.
- *  \copydetails Group_LEDs_C3_XPLAINED
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- *  \defgroup Group_LEDs_C3_XPLAINED C3_XPLAINED
- *  \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel XMEGA C3 Xplained.
- *
- *  Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel XMEGA C3 Xplained.
- *
- *  <table>
- *    <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>LED0 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTR.0</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Yellow</td><td>LED1 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTR.1</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Red</td><td>Status Bicolour Red LED</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.4</td></tr>
- *    <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Green</td><td>Status Bicolour Green LED</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_C3_XPLAINED_H__
-#define __LEDS_C3_XPLAINED_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include <avr/io.h>
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Macros: */
-			#define LEDS_PORTR_LEDS       (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
-			#define LEDS_PORTD_LEDS       (LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
-	#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED1        (1 << 0)
-
-			/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED2        (1 << 1)
-
-			/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED3        (1 << 4)
-
-			/** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_LED4        (1 << 5)
-
-			/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
-			#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS    (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
-
-			/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
-			#define LEDS_NO_LEDS     0
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
-			{
-				PORTR.DIRSET    = LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
-				PORTR.OUTCLR    = LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
-
-				PORTCFG.MPCMASK = LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
-				PORTR.PIN0CTRL  = PORT_INVEN_bm;
-
-				PORTD.DIRSET    = LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
-				PORTD.OUTCLR    = LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
-
-				PORTD.PIN4CTRL  = PORT_INVEN_bm;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
-			{
-				PORTR.DIRCLR    = LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
-				PORTR.OUTCLR    = LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
-
-				PORTCFG.MPCMASK = 0;
-				PORTR.PIN0CTRL  = LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
-
-				PORTD.DIRCLR    = LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
-				PORTD.OUTCLR    = LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
-
-				PORTD.PIN4CTRL  = 0;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTR_OUTSET = LEDMask & LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
-				PORTD_OUTSET = LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTR_OUTCLR = LEDMask & LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
-				PORTD_OUTCLR = LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTR_OUTCLR = LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
-				PORTD_OUTCLR = LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
-
-				PORTR_OUTSET = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTR_LEDS);
-				PORTD_OUTSET = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
-			                                   const uint8_t ActiveMask)
-			{
-				PORTR_OUTCLR = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTR_LEDS);
-				PORTD_OUTCLR = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
-
-				PORTR_OUTSET = (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTR_LEDS);
-				PORTD_OUTSET = (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
-			}
-
-			static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
-			{
-				PORTR_OUTTGL = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTR_LEDS);
-				PORTD_OUTTGL = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
-			}
-
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
-			{
-				return ((PORTR_OUT & LEDS_PORTR_LEDS) | (PORTD_OUT & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS));
-			}
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/AT45DB321C.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/AT45DB321C.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 25069286fe..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/AT45DB321C.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Command constants for the Atmel AT45DB321C Dataflash.
- *  \copydetails Group_AT45DB321C
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_MiscDrivers
- *  \defgroup Group_AT45DB321C Atmel AT45DB321C Dataflash Commands - LUFA/Drivers/Misc/AT45DB321C.h
- *  \brief Command constants for the Atmel AT45DB321C Dataflash.
- *
- *  Dataflash command constants for the Atmel AT45DB321C Dataflash IC.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __AT45DB321C_CMDS_H__
-#define __AT45DB321C_CMDS_H__
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** \name Dataflash Status Values */
-			//@{
-			#define DF_STATUS_READY                         (1 << 7)
-			#define DF_STATUS_COMPMISMATCH                  (1 << 6)
-			#define DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON           (1 << 1)
-			//@}
-
-			/** \name Dataflash Commands */
-			//@{
-			#define DF_CMD_GETSTATUS                        0xD7
-
-			#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1                   0x53
-			#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2                   0x55
-			#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1COMP               0x60
-			#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2COMP               0x61
-			#define DF_CMD_AUTOREWRITEBUFF1                 0x58
-			#define DF_CMD_AUTOREWRITEBUFF2                 0x59
-
-			#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD                  0xD2
-			#define DF_CMD_CONTARRAYREAD_LF                 0xE8
-			#define DF_CMD_BUFF1READ_LF                     0xD4
-			#define DF_CMD_BUFF2READ_LF                     0xD6
-
-			#define DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE                       0x84
-			#define DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE                       0x87
-			#define DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE          0x83
-			#define DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE          0x86
-			#define DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEM                   0x88
-			#define DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEM                   0x89
-			#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGETHROUGHBUFF1          0x82
-			#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGETHROUGHBUFF2          0x85
-
-			#define DF_CMD_PAGEERASE                        0x81
-			#define DF_CMD_BLOCKERASE                       0x50
-
-			#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF              ((char[]){0x3D, 0x2A, 0x7F, 0xCF})
-			#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE1        0x3D
-			#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE2        0x2A
-			#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE3        0x7F
-			#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE4        0xCF
-
-			#define DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO       0x9F
-			//@}
-
-			/** Manufacturer code for Atmel Corporation, returned by Atmel Dataflash ICs in response to the \c DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO command. */
-			#define DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL                   0x1F
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/AT45DB642D.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/AT45DB642D.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ebbad71f95..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/AT45DB642D.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,116 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Command constants for the Atmel AT45DB642D Dataflash.
- *  \copydetails Group_AT45DB642D
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_MiscDrivers
- *  \defgroup Group_AT45DB642D Atmel AT45DB642D Dataflash Commands - LUFA/Drivers/Misc/AT45DB642D.h
- *  \brief Command constants for the Atmel AT45DB642D Dataflash.
- *
- *  Dataflash command constants for the Atmel AT45DB642D Dataflash IC.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __AT45DB642D_CMDS_H__
-#define __AT45DB642D_CMDS_H__
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** \name Dataflash Status Values */
-			//@{
-			#define DF_STATUS_READY                         (1 << 7)
-			#define DF_STATUS_COMPMISMATCH                  (1 << 6)
-			#define DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON           (1 << 1)
-			#define DF_STATUS_BINARYPAGESIZE_ON             (1 << 0)
-			//@}
-
-			/** \name Dataflash Commands */
-			//@{
-			#define DF_CMD_GETSTATUS                        0xD7
-			#define DF_CMD_POWERDOWN                        0xB9
-			#define DF_CMD_WAKEUP                           0xAB
-
-			#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1                   0x53
-			#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2                   0x55
-			#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1COMP               0x60
-			#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2COMP               0x61
-			#define DF_CMD_AUTOREWRITEBUFF1                 0x58
-			#define DF_CMD_AUTOREWRITEBUFF2                 0x59
-
-			#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD                  0xD2
-			#define DF_CMD_CONTARRAYREAD_LF                 0x03
-			#define DF_CMD_BUFF1READ_LF                     0xD1
-			#define DF_CMD_BUFF2READ_LF                     0xD3
-
-			#define DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE                       0x84
-			#define DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE                       0x87
-			#define DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE          0x83
-			#define DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE          0x86
-			#define DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEM                   0x88
-			#define DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEM                   0x89
-			#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGETHROUGHBUFF1          0x82
-			#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGETHROUGHBUFF2          0x85
-
-			#define DF_CMD_PAGEERASE                        0x81
-			#define DF_CMD_BLOCKERASE                       0x50
-			#define DF_CMD_SECTORERASE                      0x7C
-
-			#define DF_CMD_CHIPERASE                        ((char[]){0xC7, 0x94, 0x80, 0x9A})
-			#define DF_CMD_CHIPERASE_BYTE1                  0xC7
-			#define DF_CMD_CHIPERASE_BYTE2                  0x94
-			#define DF_CMD_CHIPERASE_BYTE3                  0x80
-			#define DF_CMD_CHIPERASE_BYTE4                  0x9A
-
-			#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF              ((char[]){0x3D, 0x2A, 0x7F, 0x9A})
-			#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE1        0x3D
-			#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE2        0x2A
-			#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE3        0x7F
-			#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE4        0x9A
-
-			#define DF_CMD_BINARYPAGESIZEMODEON             ((char[]){0x3D, 0x2A, 0x80, 0xA6})
-			#define DF_CMD_BINARYPAGESIZEMODEON_BYTE1       0x3D
-			#define DF_CMD_BINARYPAGESIZEMODEON_BYTE2       0x2A
-			#define DF_CMD_BINARYPAGESIZEMODEON_BYTE3       0x80
-			#define DF_CMD_BINARYPAGESIZEMODEON_BYTE4       0xA6
-
-			#define DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO       0x9F
-			//@}
-
-			/** Manufacturer code for Atmel Corporation, returned by Atmel Dataflash ICs in response to the \c DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO command. */
-			#define DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL                   0x1F
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/RingBuffer.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/RingBuffer.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 68fdb8e92c..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/RingBuffer.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,308 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Lightweight ring (circular) buffer, for fast insertion/deletion of bytes.
- *
- *  Lightweight ring buffer, for fast insertion/deletion. Multiple buffers can be created of
- *  different sizes to suit different needs.
- *
- *  Note that for each buffer, insertion and removal operations may occur at the same time (via
- *  a multi-threaded ISR based system) however the same kind of operation (two or more insertions
- *  or deletions) must not overlap. If there is possibility of two or more of the same kind of
- *  operating occurring at the same point in time, atomic (mutex) locking should be used.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_MiscDrivers
- *  \defgroup Group_RingBuff Generic Byte Ring Buffer - LUFA/Drivers/Misc/RingBuffer.h
- *  \brief Lightweight ring buffer, for fast insertion/deletion of bytes.
- *
- *  \section Sec_RingBuff_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- *    - None
- *
- *  \section Sec_RingBuff_ModDescription Module Description
- *  Lightweight ring buffer, for fast insertion/deletion. Multiple buffers can be created of
- *  different sizes to suit different needs.
- *
- *  Note that for each buffer, insertion and removal operations may occur at the same time (via
- *  a multi-threaded ISR based system) however the same kind of operation (two or more insertions
- *  or deletions) must not overlap. If there is possibility of two or more of the same kind of
- *  operating occurring at the same point in time, atomic (mutex) locking should be used.
- *
- *  \section Sec_RingBuff_ExampleUsage Example Usage
- *  The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
- *  application.
- *
- *  \code
- *      // Create the buffer structure and its underlying storage array
- *      RingBuffer_t Buffer;
- *      uint8_t      BufferData[128];
- *
- *      // Initialize the buffer with the created storage array
- *      RingBuffer_InitBuffer(&Buffer, BufferData, sizeof(BufferData));
- *
- *      // Insert some data into the buffer
- *      RingBuffer_Insert(&Buffer, 'H');
- *      RingBuffer_Insert(&Buffer, 'E');
- *      RingBuffer_Insert(&Buffer, 'L');
- *      RingBuffer_Insert(&Buffer, 'L');
- *      RingBuffer_Insert(&Buffer, 'O');
- *
- *      // Cache the number of stored bytes in the buffer
- *      uint16_t BufferCount = RingBuffer_GetCount(&Buffer);
- *
- *      // Printer stored data length
- *      printf("Buffer Length: %d, Buffer Data: \r\n", BufferCount);
- *
- *      // Print contents of the buffer one character at a time
- *      while (BufferCount--)
- *        putc(RingBuffer_Remove(&Buffer));
- *  \endcode
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __RING_BUFFER_H__
-#define __RING_BUFFER_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Type Defines: */
-		/** \brief Ring Buffer Management Structure.
-		 *
-		 *  Type define for a new ring buffer object. Buffers should be initialized via a call to
-		 *  \ref RingBuffer_InitBuffer() before use.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			uint8_t* In; /**< Current storage location in the circular buffer. */
-			uint8_t* Out; /**< Current retrieval location in the circular buffer. */
-			uint8_t* Start; /**< Pointer to the start of the buffer's underlying storage array. */
-			uint8_t* End; /**< Pointer to the end of the buffer's underlying storage array. */
-			uint16_t Size; /**< Size of the buffer's underlying storage array. */
-			uint16_t Count; /**< Number of bytes currently stored in the buffer. */
-		} RingBuffer_t;
-
-	/* Inline Functions: */
-		/** Initializes a ring buffer ready for use. Buffers must be initialized via this function
-		 *  before any operations are called upon them. Already initialized buffers may be reset
-		 *  by re-initializing them using this function.
-		 *
-		 *  \param[out] Buffer   Pointer to a ring buffer structure to initialize.
-		 *  \param[out] DataPtr  Pointer to a global array that will hold the data stored into the ring buffer.
-		 *  \param[out] Size     Maximum number of bytes that can be stored in the underlying data array.
-		 */
-		static inline void RingBuffer_InitBuffer(RingBuffer_t* Buffer,
-		                                         uint8_t* const DataPtr,
-		                                         const uint16_t Size) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-		static inline void RingBuffer_InitBuffer(RingBuffer_t* Buffer,
-		                                         uint8_t* const DataPtr,
-		                                         const uint16_t Size)
-		{
-			GCC_FORCE_POINTER_ACCESS(Buffer);
-
-			uint_reg_t CurrentGlobalInt = GetGlobalInterruptMask();
-			GlobalInterruptDisable();
-
-			Buffer->In     = DataPtr;
-			Buffer->Out    = DataPtr;
-			Buffer->Start  = &DataPtr[0];
-			Buffer->End    = &DataPtr[Size];
-			Buffer->Size   = Size;
-			Buffer->Count  = 0;
-
-			SetGlobalInterruptMask(CurrentGlobalInt);
-		}
-
-		/** Retrieves the current number of bytes stored in a particular buffer. This value is computed
-		 *  by entering an atomic lock on the buffer, so that the buffer cannot be modified while the
-		 *  computation takes place. This value should be cached when reading out the contents of the buffer,
-		 *  so that as small a time as possible is spent in an atomic lock.
-		 *
-		 *  \note The value returned by this function is guaranteed to only be the minimum number of bytes
-		 *        stored in the given buffer; this value may change as other threads write new data, thus
-		 *        the returned number should be used only to determine how many successive reads may safely
-		 *        be performed on the buffer.
-		 *
-		 *  \param[in] Buffer  Pointer to a ring buffer structure whose count is to be computed.
-		 *
-		 *  \return Number of bytes currently stored in the buffer.
-		 */
-		static inline uint16_t RingBuffer_GetCount(RingBuffer_t* const Buffer) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-		static inline uint16_t RingBuffer_GetCount(RingBuffer_t* const Buffer)
-		{
-			uint16_t Count;
-
-			uint_reg_t CurrentGlobalInt = GetGlobalInterruptMask();
-			GlobalInterruptDisable();
-
-			Count = Buffer->Count;
-
-			SetGlobalInterruptMask(CurrentGlobalInt);
-			return Count;
-		}
-
-		/** Retrieves the free space in a particular buffer. This value is computed by entering an atomic lock
-		 *  on the buffer, so that the buffer cannot be modified while the computation takes place.
-		 *
-		 *  \note The value returned by this function is guaranteed to only be the maximum number of bytes
-		 *        free in the given buffer; this value may change as other threads write new data, thus
-		 *        the returned number should be used only to determine how many successive writes may safely
-		 *        be performed on the buffer when there is a single writer thread.
-		 *
-		 *  \param[in] Buffer  Pointer to a ring buffer structure whose free count is to be computed.
-		 *
-		 *  \return Number of free bytes in the buffer.
-		 */
-		static inline uint16_t RingBuffer_GetFreeCount(RingBuffer_t* const Buffer) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-		static inline uint16_t RingBuffer_GetFreeCount(RingBuffer_t* const Buffer)
-		{
-			return (Buffer->Size - RingBuffer_GetCount(Buffer));
-		}
-
-		/** Atomically determines if the specified ring buffer contains any data. This should
-		 *  be tested before removing data from the buffer, to ensure that the buffer does not
-		 *  underflow.
-		 *
-		 *  If the data is to be removed in a loop, store the total number of bytes stored in the
-		 *  buffer (via a call to the \ref RingBuffer_GetCount() function) in a temporary variable
-		 *  to reduce the time spent in atomicity locks.
-		 *
-		 *  \param[in,out] Buffer  Pointer to a ring buffer structure to insert into.
-		 *
-		 *  \return Boolean \c true if the buffer contains no free space, \c false otherwise.
-		 */
-		static inline bool RingBuffer_IsEmpty(RingBuffer_t* const Buffer) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-		static inline bool RingBuffer_IsEmpty(RingBuffer_t* const Buffer)
-		{
-			return (RingBuffer_GetCount(Buffer) == 0);
-		}
-
-		/** Atomically determines if the specified ring buffer contains any free space. This should
-		 *  be tested before storing data to the buffer, to ensure that no data is lost due to a
-		 *  buffer overrun.
-		 *
-		 *  \param[in,out] Buffer  Pointer to a ring buffer structure to insert into.
-		 *
-		 *  \return Boolean \c true if the buffer contains no free space, \c false otherwise.
-		 */
-		static inline bool RingBuffer_IsFull(RingBuffer_t* const Buffer) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-		static inline bool RingBuffer_IsFull(RingBuffer_t* const Buffer)
-		{
-			return (RingBuffer_GetCount(Buffer) == Buffer->Size);
-		}
-
-		/** Inserts an element into the ring buffer.
-		 *
-		 *  \warning Only one execution thread (main program thread or an ISR) may insert into a single buffer
-		 *           otherwise data corruption may occur. Insertion and removal may occur from different execution
-		 *           threads.
-		 *
-		 *  \param[in,out] Buffer  Pointer to a ring buffer structure to insert into.
-		 *  \param[in]     Data    Data element to insert into the buffer.
-		 */
-		static inline void RingBuffer_Insert(RingBuffer_t* Buffer,
-		                                     const uint8_t Data) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-		static inline void RingBuffer_Insert(RingBuffer_t* Buffer,
-		                                     const uint8_t Data)
-		{
-			GCC_FORCE_POINTER_ACCESS(Buffer);
-
-			*Buffer->In = Data;
-
-			if (++Buffer->In == Buffer->End)
-			  Buffer->In = Buffer->Start;
-
-			uint_reg_t CurrentGlobalInt = GetGlobalInterruptMask();
-			GlobalInterruptDisable();
-
-			Buffer->Count++;
-
-			SetGlobalInterruptMask(CurrentGlobalInt);
-		}
-
-		/** Removes an element from the ring buffer.
-		 *
-		 *  \warning Only one execution thread (main program thread or an ISR) may remove from a single buffer
-		 *           otherwise data corruption may occur. Insertion and removal may occur from different execution
-		 *           threads.
-		 *
-		 *  \param[in,out] Buffer  Pointer to a ring buffer structure to retrieve from.
-		 *
-		 *  \return Next data element stored in the buffer.
-		 */
-		static inline uint8_t RingBuffer_Remove(RingBuffer_t* Buffer) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-		static inline uint8_t RingBuffer_Remove(RingBuffer_t* Buffer)
-		{
-			GCC_FORCE_POINTER_ACCESS(Buffer);
-
-			uint8_t Data = *Buffer->Out;
-
-			if (++Buffer->Out == Buffer->End)
-			  Buffer->Out = Buffer->Start;
-
-			uint_reg_t CurrentGlobalInt = GetGlobalInterruptMask();
-			GlobalInterruptDisable();
-
-			Buffer->Count--;
-
-			SetGlobalInterruptMask(CurrentGlobalInt);
-
-			return Data;
-		}
-
-		/** Returns the next element stored in the ring buffer, without removing it.
-		 *
-		 *  \param[in,out] Buffer  Pointer to a ring buffer structure to retrieve from.
-		 *
-		 *  \return Next data element stored in the buffer.
-		 */
-		static inline uint8_t RingBuffer_Peek(RingBuffer_t* const Buffer) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-		static inline uint8_t RingBuffer_Peek(RingBuffer_t* const Buffer)
-		{
-			return *Buffer->Out;
-		}
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h
deleted file mode 100644
index d43fe010c5..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,231 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief ANSI terminal special escape code macros.
- *
- *  ANSI terminal compatible escape sequences. These escape sequences are designed to be concatenated with existing
- *  strings to modify their display on a compatible terminal application.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_MiscDrivers
- *  \defgroup Group_Terminal ANSI Terminal Escape Codes - LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h
- *  \brief ANSI terminal special escape code macros.
- *
- *  \section Sec_Terminal_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- *    - None
- *
- *  \section Sec_Terminal_ModDescription Module Description
- *  Escape code macros for ANSI compliant text terminals.
- *
- *  \note If desired, the macro \c DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES can be defined in the project makefile and passed to the GCC
- *        compiler via the -D switch to disable the terminal codes without modifying the source, for use with non
- *        compatible terminals (any terminal codes then equate to empty strings).
- *
- *  \section Sec_Terminal_ExampleUsage Example Usage
- *  The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
- *  application.
- *
- *  \code
- *      printf("Normal String, "
- *             ESC_BOLD_ON "Bold String, "
- *             ESC_UNDERLINE_ON "Bold and Underlined String"
- *             ESC_RESET ESC_FG_BLUE ESC_BG_YELLOW "Normal Blue-on-Yellow String");
- *  \endcode
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __TERMINALCODES_H__
-#define __TERMINALCODES_H__
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			#if !defined(DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES)
-				/** Creates an ANSI escape sequence with the specified payload.
-				 *
-				 *  \param[in] EscapeSeq  Payload to encode as an ANSI escape sequence, a \c ESC_* mask.
-				 */
-				#define ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE(EscapeSeq)  "\33[" EscapeSeq
-			#else
-				#define ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE(EscapeSeq)
-			#endif
-
-			/** \name Text Display Modifier Control Sequences */
-			//@{
-			/** Turns on bold so that any following text is printed to the terminal in bold. */
-			#define ESC_BOLD_ON                     ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("1m")
-
-			/** Turns on italics so that any following text is printed to the terminal in italics. */
-			#define ESC_ITALICS_ON                  ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("3m")
-
-			/** Turns on underline so that any following text is printed to the terminal underlined. */
-			#define ESC_UNDERLINE_ON                ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("4m")
-
-			/** Turns on inverse so that any following text is printed to the terminal in inverted colours. */
-			#define ESC_INVERSE_ON                  ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("7m")
-
-			/** Turns on strike-through so that any following text is printed to the terminal with a line through the
-			 *  center.
-			 */
-			#define ESC_STRIKETHROUGH_ON            ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("9m")
-
-			/** Turns off bold so that any following text is printed to the terminal in non bold. */
-			#define ESC_BOLD_OFF                    ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("22m")
-
-			/** Turns off italics so that any following text is printed to the terminal in non italics. */
-			#define ESC_ITALICS_OFF                 ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("23m")
-
-			/** Turns off underline so that any following text is printed to the terminal non underlined. */
-			#define ESC_UNDERLINE_OFF               ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("24m")
-
-			/** Turns off inverse so that any following text is printed to the terminal in non inverted colours. */
-			#define ESC_INVERSE_OFF                 ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("27m")
-
-			/** Turns off strike-through so that any following text is printed to the terminal without a line through
-			 *  the center.
-			 */
-			#define ESC_STRIKETHROUGH_OFF           ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("29m")
-			//@}
-
-			/** \name Text Colour Control Sequences */
-			//@{
-			/** Sets the foreground (text) colour to black. */
-			#define ESC_FG_BLACK                    ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("30m")
-
-			/** Sets the foreground (text) colour to red. */
-			#define ESC_FG_RED                      ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("31m")
-
-			/** Sets the foreground (text) colour to green. */
-			#define ESC_FG_GREEN                    ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("32m")
-
-			/** Sets the foreground (text) colour to yellow. */
-			#define ESC_FG_YELLOW                   ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("33m")
-
-			/** Sets the foreground (text) colour to blue. */
-			#define ESC_FG_BLUE                     ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("34m")
-
-			/** Sets the foreground (text) colour to magenta. */
-			#define ESC_FG_MAGENTA                  ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("35m")
-
-			/** Sets the foreground (text) colour to cyan. */
-			#define ESC_FG_CYAN                     ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("36m")
-
-			/** Sets the foreground (text) colour to white. */
-			#define ESC_FG_WHITE                    ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("37m")
-
-			/** Sets the foreground (text) colour to the terminal's default. */
-			#define ESC_FG_DEFAULT                  ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("39m")
-
-			/** Sets the text background colour to black. */
-			#define ESC_BG_BLACK                    ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("40m")
-
-			/** Sets the text background colour to red. */
-			#define ESC_BG_RED                      ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("41m")
-
-			/** Sets the text background colour to green. */
-			#define ESC_BG_GREEN                    ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("42m")
-
-			/** Sets the text background colour to yellow. */
-			#define ESC_BG_YELLOW                   ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("43m")
-
-			/** Sets the text background colour to blue. */
-			#define ESC_BG_BLUE                     ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("44m")
-
-			/** Sets the text background colour to magenta. */
-			#define ESC_BG_MAGENTA                  ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("45m")
-
-			/** Sets the text background colour to cyan. */
-			#define ESC_BG_CYAN                     ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("46m")
-
-			/** Sets the text background colour to white. */
-			#define ESC_BG_WHITE                    ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("47m")
-
-			/** Sets the text background colour to the terminal's default. */
-			#define ESC_BG_DEFAULT                  ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("49m")
-			//@}
-
-			/** \name Cursor Positioning Control Sequences */
-			//@{
-			/** Saves the current cursor position so that it may be restored with \ref ESC_CURSOR_POS_RESTORE. */
-			#define ESC_CURSOR_POS_SAVE             ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("s")
-
-			/** Restores the cursor position to the last position saved with \ref ESC_CURSOR_POS_SAVE. */
-			#define ESC_CURSOR_POS_RESTORE          ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("u")
-
-			/** Sets the cursor position to the given line and column.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Line    Line number to position the cursor at.
-			 *  \param[in] Column  Column number to position the cursor at.
-			 */
-			#define ESC_CURSOR_POS(Line, Column)    ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE(#Line ";" #Column "H")
-
-			/** Moves the cursor up the given number of lines.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Lines  Number of lines to move the cursor position
-			 */
-			#define ESC_CURSOR_UP(Lines)            ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE(#Lines "A")
-
-			/** Moves the cursor down the given number of lines.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Lines  Number of lines to move the cursor position
-			 */
-			#define ESC_CURSOR_DOWN(Lines)          ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE(#Lines "B")
-
-			/** Moves the cursor to the right the given number of columns.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Columns  Number of columns to move the cursor position
-			 */
-			#define ESC_CURSOR_FORWARD(Columns)     ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE(#Columns "C")
-
-			/** Moves the cursor to the left the given number of columns.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Columns  Number of columns to move the cursor position
-			 */
-			#define ESC_CURSOR_BACKWARD(Columns)    ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE(#Columns "D")
-			//@}
-
-			/** \name Miscellaneous Control Sequences */
-			//@{
-			/** Resets any escape sequence modifiers back to their defaults. */
-			#define ESC_RESET                       ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("0m")
-
-			/** Erases the entire display, returning the cursor to the top left. */
-			#define ESC_ERASE_DISPLAY               ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("2J")
-
-			/** Erases the current line, returning the cursor to the far left. */
-			#define ESC_ERASE_LINE                  ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("K")
-			//@}
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 295c6e1e85..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Hardware Analogue-to-Digital converter driver.
- *
- *  This file is the master dispatch header file for the device-specific ADC driver, for microcontrollers
- *  containing an ADC.
- *
- *  User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct ADC driver header file for the
- *  currently selected architecture and microcontroller model.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_PeripheralDrivers
- *  \defgroup Group_ADC ADC Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h
- *  \brief Hardware Analogue-to-Digital converter driver.
- *
- *  \section Sec_ADC_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- *    - None
- *
- *  \section Sec_ADC_ModDescription Module Description
- *  Hardware ADC driver. This module provides an easy to use driver for the hardware ADC
- *  present on many microcontrollers, for the conversion of analogue signals into the
- *  digital domain.
- *
- *  \note The exact API for this driver may vary depending on the target used - see
- *        individual target module documentation for the API specific to your target processor.
- */
-
-#ifndef __ADC_H__
-#define __ADC_H__
-
-	/* Macros: */
-		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_ADC_H
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
-			#include "AVR8/ADC_AVR8.h"
-		#else
-			#error The ADC peripheral driver is not currently available for your selected architecture.
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/ADC_AVR8.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/ADC_AVR8.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 03b6ed0c29..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/ADC_AVR8.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,446 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief ADC Peripheral Driver (AVR8)
- *
- *  On-chip Analogue-to-Digital converter (ADC) driver for supported U4, U6 and U7 model AVRs that contain an ADC
- *  peripheral internally.
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the ADC driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_ADC
- *  \defgroup Group_ADC_AVR8 ADC Peripheral Driver (AVR8)
- *
- *  \section Sec_ADC_AVR8_ModDescription Module Description
- *  On-chip Analogue-to-Digital converter (ADC) driver for supported U4, U6 and U7 model AVRs that contain an ADC
- *  peripheral internally.
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the ADC driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h.
- *
- *  \section Sec_ADC_AVR8_ExampleUsage Example Usage
- *  The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
- *  application.
- *
- *  \code
- *      // Initialize the ADC driver before first use
- *      ADC_Init(ADC_FREE_RUNNING | ADC_PRESCALE_32);
- *
- *      // Must setup the ADC channel to read beforehand
- *      ADC_SetupChannel(1);
- *
- *      // Perform a single conversion of the ADC channel 1
- *      ADC_GetChannelReading(ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC | ADC_RIGHT_ADJUSTED | ADC_CHANNEL1);
- *      printf("Conversion Result: %d\r\n", ADC_GetResult());
- *
- *      // Start reading ADC channel 1 in free running (continuous conversion) mode
- *      ADC_StartReading(ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC | ADC_RIGHT_ADJUSTED | ADC_CHANNEL1);
- *      for (;;)
- *      {
- *           while (!(ADC_IsReadingComplete())) {};
- *           printf("Conversion Result: %d\r\n", ADC_GetResult());
- *      }
- *  \endcode
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __ADC_AVR8_H__
-#define __ADC_AVR8_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_ADC_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-		#if !(defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__) || \
-		      defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__) || \
-			  defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__)  || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__))
-			#error The ADC peripheral driver is not currently available for your selected microcontroller model.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** \name ADC Reference Configuration Masks */
-			//@{
-			/** Reference mask, for using the voltage present at the AVR's AREF pin for the ADC reference. */
-			#define ADC_REFERENCE_AREF              0
-
-			/** Reference mask, for using the voltage present at the AVR's AVCC pin for the ADC reference. */
-			#define ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC              (1 << REFS0)
-
-			/** Reference mask, for using the internally generated 2.56V reference voltage as the ADC reference. */
-			#define ADC_REFERENCE_INT2560MV         ((1 << REFS1) | (1 << REFS0))
-			//@}
-
-			/** \name ADC Result Adjustment Configuration Masks */
-			//@{
-			/** Left-adjusts the 10-bit ADC result, so that the upper 8 bits of the value returned by the
-			 *  \ref ADC_GetResult() macro contain the 8 most significant bits of the result.
-			 */
-			#define ADC_LEFT_ADJUSTED               (1 << ADLAR)
-
-			/** Right-adjusts the 10-bit ADC result, so that the lower 8 bits of the value returned by the
-			 *  \ref ADC_GetResult() macro contain the 8 least significant bits of the result.
-			 */
-			#define ADC_RIGHT_ADJUSTED              (0 << ADLAR)
-			//@}
-
-			/** \name ADC Mode Configuration Masks */
-			//@{
-			/** Sets the ADC mode to free running, so that conversions take place continuously as fast as the ADC
-			 *  is capable of at the given input clock speed.
-			 */
-			#define ADC_FREE_RUNNING                (1 << ADATE)
-
-			/** Sets the ADC mode to single conversion, so that only a single conversion will take place before
-			 *  the ADC returns to idle.
-			 */
-			#define ADC_SINGLE_CONVERSION           (0 << ADATE)
-			//@}
-
-			/** \name ADC Prescaler Configuration Masks */
-			//@{
-			/** Sets the ADC input clock to prescale by a factor of 2 the AVR's system clock. */
-			#define ADC_PRESCALE_2                  (1 << ADPS0)
-
-			/** Sets the ADC input clock to prescale by a factor of 4 the AVR's system clock. */
-			#define ADC_PRESCALE_4                  (1 << ADPS1)
-
-			/** Sets the ADC input clock to prescale by a factor of 8 the AVR's system clock. */
-			#define ADC_PRESCALE_8                  ((1 << ADPS0) | (1 << ADPS1))
-
-			/** Sets the ADC input clock to prescale by a factor of 16 the AVR's system clock. */
-			#define ADC_PRESCALE_16                 (1 << ADPS2)
-
-			/** Sets the ADC input clock to prescale by a factor of 32 the AVR's system clock. */
-			#define ADC_PRESCALE_32                 ((1 << ADPS2) | (1 << ADPS0))
-
-			/** Sets the ADC input clock to prescale by a factor of 64 the AVR's system clock. */
-			#define ADC_PRESCALE_64                 ((1 << ADPS2) | (1 << ADPS1))
-
-			/** Sets the ADC input clock to prescale by a factor of 128 the AVR's system clock. */
-			#define ADC_PRESCALE_128                ((1 << ADPS2) | (1 << ADPS1) | (1 << ADPS0))
-			//@}
-
-			/** \name ADC MUX Masks */
-			//@{
-			/** MUX mask define for the ADC0 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading(). */
-			#define ADC_CHANNEL0                    (0x00 << MUX0)
-
-			/** MUX mask define for the ADC1 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading(). */
-			#define ADC_CHANNEL1                    (0x01 << MUX0)
-
-			#if (!(defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__)) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
-				/** MUX mask define for the ADC2 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading().
-				 *
-				 *  \note Not available on all AVR models.
-				 */
-				#define ADC_CHANNEL2                (0x02 << MUX0)
-
-				/** MUX mask define for the ADC3 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading().
-				 *
-				 *  \note Not available on all AVR models.
-				 */
-				#define ADC_CHANNEL3                (0x03 << MUX0)
-			#endif
-
-			/** MUX mask define for the ADC4 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading(). */
-			#define ADC_CHANNEL4                    (0x04 << MUX0)
-
-			/** MUX mask define for the ADC5 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading(). */
-			#define ADC_CHANNEL5                    (0x05 << MUX0)
-
-			/** MUX mask define for the ADC6 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading(). */
-			#define ADC_CHANNEL6                    (0x06 << MUX0)
-
-			/** MUX mask define for the ADC7 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading. */
-			#define ADC_CHANNEL7                    (0x07 << MUX0)
-
-			#if (defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__)  || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
-				/** MUX mask define for the ADC8 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading().
-				 *
-				 *  \note Not available on all AVR models.
-				 */
-				#define ADC_CHANNEL8                ((1 << 8) | (0x00 << MUX0))
-
-				/** MUX mask define for the ADC9 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading().
-				 *
-				 *  \note Not available on all AVR models.
-				 */
-				#define ADC_CHANNEL9                ((1 << 8) | (0x01 << MUX0))
-
-				/** MUX mask define for the ADC10 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading().
-				 *
-				 *  \note Not available on all AVR models.
-				 */
-				#define ADC_CHANNEL10               ((1 << 8) | (0x02 << MUX0))
-
-				/** MUX mask define for the ADC11 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading().
-				 *
-				 *  \note Not available on all AVR models.
-				 */
-				#define ADC_CHANNEL11               ((1 << 8) | (0x03 << MUX0))
-
-				/** MUX mask define for the ADC12 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading().
-				 *
-				 *  \note Not available on all AVR models.
-				 */
-				#define ADC_CHANNEL12               ((1 << 8) | (0x04 << MUX0))
-
-				/** MUX mask define for the ADC13 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading().
-				 *
-				 *  \note Not available on all AVR models.
-				 */
-				#define ADC_CHANNEL13               ((1 << 8) | (0x05 << MUX0))
-
-				/** MUX mask define for the internal temperature sensor channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and
-				 *  \ref ADC_GetChannelReading().
-				 *
-				 *  \note Not available on all AVR models.
-				 */
-				#define ADC_INT_TEMP_SENS           ((1 << 8) | (0x07 << MUX0))
-			#endif
-
-			/** MUX mask define for the internal 1.1V band-gap channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading(). */
-			#define ADC_1100MV_BANDGAP              (0x1E << MUX0)
-
-			/** Retrieves the ADC MUX mask for the given ADC channel number.
-			 *
-			 *  \attention This macro will only work correctly on channel numbers that are compile-time
-			 *             constants defined by the preprocessor.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Channel  Index of the ADC channel whose MUX mask is to be retrieved.
-			 */
-			#define ADC_GET_CHANNEL_MASK(Channel)   CONCAT_EXPANDED(ADC_CHANNEL, Channel)
-			//@}
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			/** Configures the given ADC channel, ready for ADC conversions. This function sets the
-			 *  associated port pin as an input and disables the digital portion of the I/O to reduce
-			 *  power consumption.
-			 *
-			 *  \note This must only be called for ADC channels with are connected to a physical port
-			 *        pin of the AVR, denoted by its special alternative function ADCx.
-			 *
-			 *  \warning The channel number must be specified as an integer, and <b>not</b> a \c ADC_CHANNEL* mask.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] ChannelIndex  ADC channel number to set up for conversions.
-			 */
-			static inline void ADC_SetupChannel(const uint8_t ChannelIndex)
-			{
-				#if (defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__) || \
-					 defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__))
-				DDRF  &= ~(1 << ChannelIndex);
-				DIDR0 |=  (1 << ChannelIndex);
-				#elif (defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__))
-				if (ChannelIndex < 8)
-				{
-					DDRF  &= ~(1 << ChannelIndex);
-					DIDR0 |=  (1 << ChannelIndex);
-				}
-				else if (ChannelIndex == 8)
-				{
-					DDRD  &= ~(1 << 4);
-					DIDR2 |=  (1 << 0);
-				}
-				else if (ChannelIndex < 11)
-				{
-					DDRD  &= ~(1 << (ChannelIndex - 3));
-					DIDR2 |=  (1 << (ChannelIndex - 8));
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					DDRB  &= ~(1 << (ChannelIndex - 7));
-					DIDR2 |=  (1 << (ChannelIndex - 8));
-				}
-				#endif
-			}
-
-			/** De-configures the given ADC channel, re-enabling digital I/O mode instead of analog. This
-			 *  function sets the associated port pin as an input and re-enabled the digital portion of
-			 *  the I/O.
-			 *
-			 *  \note This must only be called for ADC channels with are connected to a physical port
-			 *        pin of the AVR, denoted by its special alternative function ADCx.
-			 *
-			 *  \warning The channel number must be specified as an integer, and <b>not</b> a \c ADC_CHANNEL* mask.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] ChannelIndex  ADC channel number to set up for conversions.
-			 */
-			static inline void ADC_DisableChannel(const uint8_t ChannelIndex)
-			{
-				#if (defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__) || \
-					 defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__))
-				DDRF  &= ~(1 << ChannelIndex);
-				DIDR0 &= ~(1 << ChannelIndex);
-				#elif (defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__))
-				if (ChannelIndex < 8)
-				{
-					DDRF  &= ~(1 << ChannelIndex);
-					DIDR0 &= ~(1 << ChannelIndex);
-				}
-				else if (ChannelIndex == 8)
-				{
-					DDRD  &= ~(1 << 4);
-					DIDR2 &= ~(1 << 0);
-				}
-				else if (ChannelIndex < 11)
-				{
-					DDRD  &= ~(1 << (ChannelIndex - 3));
-					DIDR2 &= ~(1 << (ChannelIndex - 8));
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					DDRB  &= ~(1 << (ChannelIndex - 7));
-					DIDR2 &= ~(1 << (ChannelIndex - 8));
-				}
-				#endif
-			}
-
-			/** Starts the reading of the given channel, but does not wait until the conversion has completed.
-			 *  Once executed, the conversion status can be determined via the \ref ADC_IsReadingComplete() macro and
-			 *  the result read via the \ref ADC_GetResult() macro.
-			 *
-			 *  If the ADC has been initialized in free running mode, calling this function once will begin the repeated
-			 *  conversions. If the ADC is in single conversion mode (or the channel to convert from is to be changed),
-			 *  this function must be called each time a conversion is to take place.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] MUXMask  ADC channel mask, reference mask and adjustment mask.
-			 */
-			static inline void ADC_StartReading(const uint16_t MUXMask)
-			{
-				ADMUX = MUXMask;
-
-				#if (defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__)  || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
-				if (MUXMask & (1 << 8))
-				  ADCSRB |=  (1 << MUX5);
-				else
-				  ADCSRB &= ~(1 << MUX5);
-				#endif
-
-				ADCSRA |= (1 << ADSC);
-			}
-
-			/** Indicates if the current ADC conversion is completed, or still in progress.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c false if the reading is still taking place, or true if the conversion is
-			 *          complete and ready to be read out with \ref ADC_GetResult().
-			 */
-			static inline bool ADC_IsReadingComplete(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool ADC_IsReadingComplete(void)
-			{
-				return ((ADCSRA & (1 << ADIF)) ? true : false);
-			}
-
-			/** Retrieves the conversion value of the last completed ADC conversion and clears the reading
-			 *  completion flag.
-			 *
-			 *  \return The result of the last ADC conversion as an unsigned value.
-			 */
-			static inline uint16_t ADC_GetResult(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint16_t ADC_GetResult(void)
-			{
-				ADCSRA |= (1 << ADIF);
-				return ADC;
-			}
-
-			/** Performs a complete single reading from channel, including a polling spin-loop to wait for the
-			 *  conversion to complete, and the returning of the converted value.
-			 *
-			 *  \note For free running mode, the automated conversions should be initialized with a single call
-			 *        to \ref ADC_StartReading() to select the channel and begin the automated conversions, and
-			 *        the results read directly from the \ref ADC_GetResult() instead to reduce overhead.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] MUXMask  Mask comprising of an ADC channel mask, reference mask and adjustment mask.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Converted ADC result for the given ADC channel.
-			 */
-			static inline uint16_t ADC_GetChannelReading(const uint16_t MUXMask) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint16_t ADC_GetChannelReading(const uint16_t MUXMask)
-			{
-				ADC_StartReading(MUXMask);
-
-				while (!(ADC_IsReadingComplete()));
-
-				return ADC_GetResult();
-			}
-
-			/** Initializes the ADC, ready for conversions. This must be called before any other ADC operations.
-			 *  The "mode" parameter should be a mask comprised of a conversion mode (free running or single) and
-			 *  prescaler masks.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Mode  Mask of ADC prescale and mode settings.
-			 */
-			static inline void ADC_Init(const uint8_t Mode) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void ADC_Init(const uint8_t Mode)
-			{
-				ADCSRA = ((1 << ADEN) | Mode);
-			}
-
-			/** Turns off the ADC. If this is called, any further ADC operations will require a call to
-			 *  \ref ADC_Init() before the ADC can be used again.
-			 */
-			static inline void ADC_Disable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void ADC_Disable(void)
-			{
-				ADCSRA = 0;
-			}
-
-			/** Indicates if the ADC is currently enabled.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the ADC subsystem is currently enabled, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool ADC_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool ADC_GetStatus(void)
-			{
-				return ((ADCSRA & (1 << ADEN)) ? true : false);
-			}
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/SPI_AVR8.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/SPI_AVR8.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 1b8f53e2b1..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/SPI_AVR8.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,258 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief SPI Peripheral Driver (AVR8)
- *
- *  On-chip SPI driver for the 8-bit AVR microcontrollers.
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the SPI driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_SPI
- *  \defgroup Group_SPI_AVR8 SPI Peripheral Driver (AVR8)
- *
- *  \section Sec_SPI_AVR8_ModDescription Module Description
- *  Driver for the hardware SPI port available on most 8-bit AVR microcontroller models. This
- *  module provides an easy to use driver for the setup and transfer of data over the
- *  AVR's SPI port.
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the SPI driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h.
- *
- *  \section Sec_SPI_AVR8_ExampleUsage Example Usage
- *  The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
- *  application.
- *
- *  \code
- *      // Initialize the SPI driver before first use
- *      SPI_Init(SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2 | SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST | SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING |
- *               SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING | SPI_MODE_MASTER);
- *
- *      // Send several bytes, ignoring the returned data
- *      SPI_SendByte(0x01);
- *      SPI_SendByte(0x02);
- *      SPI_SendByte(0x03);
- *
- *      // Receive several bytes, sending a dummy 0x00 byte each time
- *      uint8_t Byte1 = SPI_ReceiveByte();
- *      uint8_t Byte2 = SPI_ReceiveByte();
- *      uint8_t Byte3 = SPI_ReceiveByte();
- *
- *      // Send a byte, and store the received byte from the same transaction
- *      uint8_t ResponseByte = SPI_TransferByte(0xDC);
- *  \endcode
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __SPI_AVR8_H__
-#define __SPI_AVR8_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_SPI_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Macros: */
-			#define SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED            (1 << SPE)
-	#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** \name SPI Prescaler Configuration Masks */
-			//@{
-			/** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 2. */
-			#define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2           SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED
-
-			/** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 4. */
-			#define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_4           0
-
-			/** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 8. */
-			#define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_8           (SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED | (1 << SPR0))
-
-			/** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 16. */
-			#define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_16          (1 << SPR0)
-
-			/** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 32. */
-			#define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_32          (SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED | (1 << SPR1))
-
-			/** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 64. */
-			#define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_64          (SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED | (1 << SPR1) | (1 << SPR0))
-
-			/** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 128. */
-			#define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_128         ((1 << SPR1) | (1 << SPR0))
-			//@}
-
-			/** \name SPI SCK Polarity Configuration Masks */
-			//@{
-			/** SPI clock polarity mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the SCK should lead on the rising edge. */
-			#define SPI_SCK_LEAD_RISING            (0 << CPOL)
-
-			/** SPI clock polarity mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the SCK should lead on the falling edge. */
-			#define SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING           (1 << CPOL)
-			//@}
-
-			/** \name SPI Sample Edge Configuration Masks */
-			//@{
-			/** SPI data sample mode mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the data should sampled on the leading edge. */
-			#define SPI_SAMPLE_LEADING             (0 << CPHA)
-
-			/** SPI data sample mode mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the data should be sampled on the trailing edge. */
-			#define SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING            (1 << CPHA)
-			//@}
-
-			/** \name SPI Data Ordering Configuration Masks */
-			//@{
-			/** SPI data order mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that data should be shifted out MSB first. */
-			#define SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST            (0 << DORD)
-
-			/** SPI data order mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that data should be shifted out LSB first. */
-			#define SPI_ORDER_LSB_FIRST            (1 << DORD)
-			//@}
-
-			/** \name SPI Mode Configuration Masks */
-			//@{
-			/** SPI mode mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the SPI interface should be initialized into slave mode. */
-			#define SPI_MODE_SLAVE                 (0 << MSTR)
-
-			/** SPI mode mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the SPI interface should be initialized into master mode. */
-			#define SPI_MODE_MASTER                (1 << MSTR)
-			//@}
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			/** Initializes the SPI subsystem, ready for transfers. Must be called before calling any other
-			 *  SPI routines.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] SPIOptions  SPI Options, a mask consisting of one of each of the \c SPI_SPEED_*,
-			 *                         \c SPI_SCK_*, \c SPI_SAMPLE_*, \c SPI_ORDER_* and \c SPI_MODE_* masks.
-			 */
-			static inline void SPI_Init(const uint8_t SPIOptions);
-			static inline void SPI_Init(const uint8_t SPIOptions)
-			{
-				/* Prevent high rise times on PB.0 (/SS) from forcing a change to SPI slave mode */
-				DDRB  |= (1 << 0);
-				PORTB |= (1 << 0);
-
-				DDRB  |=  ((1 << 1) | (1 << 2));
-				DDRB  &= ~(1 << 3);
-				PORTB |=  (1 << 3);
-
-				if (SPIOptions & SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED)
-				  SPSR |= (1 << SPI2X);
-				else
-				  SPSR &= ~(1 << SPI2X);
-
-				/* Switch /SS to input mode after configuration to allow for forced mode changes */
-				DDRB &= ~(1 << 0);
-
-				SPCR  = ((1 << SPE) | SPIOptions);
-			}
-
-			/** Turns off the SPI driver, disabling and returning used hardware to their default configuration. */
-			static inline void SPI_Disable(void);
-			static inline void SPI_Disable(void)
-			{
-				DDRB  &= ~((1 << 1) | (1 << 2));
-				PORTB &= ~((1 << 0) | (1 << 3));
-
-				SPCR   = 0;
-				SPSR   = 0;
-			}
-
-			/** Retrieves the currently selected SPI mode, once the SPI interface has been configured.
-			 *
-			 *  \return \ref SPI_MODE_MASTER if the interface is currently in SPI Master mode, \ref SPI_MODE_SLAVE otherwise
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t SPI_GetCurrentMode(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint8_t SPI_GetCurrentMode(void)
-			{
-				return (SPCR & SPI_MODE_MASTER);
-			}
-
-			/** Sends and receives a byte through the SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Byte  Byte to send through the SPI interface.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Response byte from the attached SPI device.
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t SPI_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint8_t SPI_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte)
-			{
-				SPDR = Byte;
-				while (!(SPSR & (1 << SPIF)));
-				return SPDR;
-			}
-
-			/** Sends a byte through the SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete. The response
-			 *  byte sent to from the attached SPI device is ignored.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Byte  Byte to send through the SPI interface.
-			 */
-			static inline void SPI_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void SPI_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
-			{
-				SPDR = Byte;
-				while (!(SPSR & (1 << SPIF)));
-			}
-
-			/** Sends a dummy byte through the SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete. The response
-			 *  byte from the attached SPI device is returned.
-			 *
-			 *  \return The response byte from the attached SPI device.
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t SPI_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t SPI_ReceiveByte(void)
-			{
-				SPDR = 0x00;
-				while (!(SPSR & (1 << SPIF)));
-				return SPDR;
-			}
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/SerialSPI_AVR8.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/SerialSPI_AVR8.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 8d58369a12..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/SerialSPI_AVR8.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,208 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Master SPI Mode Serial USART Peripheral Driver (XMEGA)
- *
- *  On-chip Master SPI mode USART driver for the XMEGA AVR microcontrollers.
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the SPI Master
- *        Mode USART driver dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_SerialSPI
- *  \defgroup Group_SerialSPI_AVR8 Master SPI Mode Serial USART Peripheral Driver (AVR8)
- *
- *  \section Sec_SerialSPI_AVR8_ModDescription Module Description
- *  On-chip serial USART driver for the 8-bit AVR8 microcontrollers.
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the SPI Master
- *        driver dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialSPI.h.
- *
- *  \section Sec_SerialSPI_AVR8_ExampleUsage Example Usage
- *  The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
- *  application.
- *
- *  \code
- *      // Initialize the Master SPI mode USART driver before first use, with 1Mbit baud
- *      SerialSPI_Init((USART_SPI_SCK_LEAD_RISING | USART_SPI_SAMPLE_LEADING | USART_SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST), 1000000);
- *
- *      // Send several bytes, ignoring the returned data
- *      SerialSPI_SendByte(0x01);
- *      SerialSPI_SendByte(0x02);
- *      SerialSPI_SendByte(0x03);
- *
- *      // Receive several bytes, sending a dummy 0x00 byte each time
- *      uint8_t Byte1 = SerialSPI_ReceiveByte();
- *      uint8_t Byte2 = SerialSPI_ReceiveByte();
- *      uint8_t Byte3 = SerialSPI_ReceiveByte();
- *
- *      // Send a byte, and store the received byte from the same transaction
- *      uint8_t ResponseByte = SerialSPI_TransferByte(0xDC);
- *  \endcode
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __SERIAL_SPI_AVR8_H__
-#define __SERIAL_SPI_AVR8_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-		#include <stdio.h>
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_SERIAL_SPI_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			#define SERIAL_SPI_UBBRVAL(Baud)             ((Baud < (F_CPU / 2)) ? ((F_CPU / (2 * Baud)) - 1) : 0)
-
-			/* Master USART SPI mode flag definitions missing in the AVR8 toolchain */
-			#if !defined(UCPHA1)
-				#define UCPHA1                           1
-			#endif
-			#if !defined(UDORD1)
-				#define UDORD1                           2
-			#endif
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** \name SPI SCK Polarity Configuration Masks */
-			//@{
-			/** SPI clock polarity mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the SCK should lead on the rising edge. */
-			#define USART_SPI_SCK_LEAD_RISING            (0 << UCPOL1)
-
-			/** SPI clock polarity mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the SCK should lead on the falling edge. */
-			#define USART_SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING           (1 << UCPOL1)
-			//@}
-
-			/** \name SPI Sample Edge Configuration Masks */
-			//@{
-			/** SPI data sample mode mask for \ref SerialSPI_Init(). Indicates that the data should sampled on the leading edge. */
-			#define USART_SPI_SAMPLE_LEADING             (0 << UCPHA1)
-
-			/** SPI data sample mode mask for \ref SerialSPI_Init(). Indicates that the data should be sampled on the trailing edge. */
-			#define USART_SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING            (1 << UCPHA1)
-			//@}
-
-			/** \name SPI Data Ordering Configuration Masks */
-			//@{
-			/** SPI data order mask for \ref SerialSPI_Init(). Indicates that data should be shifted out MSB first. */
-			#define USART_SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST            (0 << UDORD1)
-
-			/** SPI data order mask for \ref SerialSPI_Init(). Indicates that data should be shifted out LSB first. */
-			#define USART_SPI_ORDER_LSB_FIRST            (1 << UDORD1)
-			//@}
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			/** Initialize the USART module in Master SPI mode.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in]     SPIOptions   USART SPI Options, a mask consisting of one of each of the \c USART_SPI_SCK_*,
-			 *                              \c USART_SPI_SAMPLE_* and \c USART_SPI_ORDER_* masks.
-			 *  \param[in]     BaudRate     SPI baud rate, in bits per second.
-			 */
-			static inline void SerialSPI_Init(const uint8_t SPIOptions,
-			                                  const uint32_t BaudRate)
-			{
-				DDRD  |= ((1 << 3) | (1 << 5));
-				PORTD |= (1 << 2);
-
-				UCSR1C = ((1 << UMSEL11) | (1 << UMSEL10) | SPIOptions);
-				UCSR1B = ((1 << TXEN1)  | (1 << RXEN1));
-
-				UBRR1  = SERIAL_SPI_UBBRVAL(BaudRate);
-			}
-
-			/** Turns off the USART driver, disabling and returning used hardware to their default configuration. */
-			static inline void SerialSPI_Disable(void)
-			{
-				UCSR1B = 0;
-				UCSR1A = 0;
-				UCSR1C = 0;
-
-				UBRR1  = 0;
-
-				DDRD  &= ~((1 << 3) | (1 << 5));
-				PORTD &= ~(1 << 2);
-			}
-
-			/** Sends and receives a byte through the USART SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] DataByte  Byte to send through the USART SPI interface.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Response byte from the attached SPI device.
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t SerialSPI_TransferByte(const uint8_t DataByte)
-			{
-				UDR1 = DataByte;
-				while (!(UCSR1A & (1 << TXC1)));
-				UCSR1A = (1 << TXC1);
-				return UDR1;
-			}
-
-			/** Sends a byte through the USART SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete. The response
-			 *  byte sent to from the attached SPI device is ignored.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] DataByte  Byte to send through the USART SPI interface.
-			 */
-			static inline void SerialSPI_SendByte(const uint8_t DataByte)
-			{
-				SerialSPI_TransferByte(DataByte);
-			}
-
-			/** Sends a dummy byte through the USART SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete. The response
-			 *  byte from the attached SPI device is returned.
-			 *
-			 *  \return The response byte from the attached SPI device.
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t SerialSPI_ReceiveByte(void)
-			{
-				return SerialSPI_TransferByte(0);
-			}
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/Serial_AVR8.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/Serial_AVR8.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 8785a4b6db..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/Serial_AVR8.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,119 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
-#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_SERIAL_C
-#include "../Serial.h"
-
-FILE USARTSerialStream;
-
-int Serial_putchar(char DataByte,
-                   FILE *Stream)
-{
-	(void)Stream;
-
-	Serial_SendByte(DataByte);
-	return 0;
-}
-
-int Serial_getchar(FILE *Stream)
-{
-	(void)Stream;
-
-	if (!(Serial_IsCharReceived()))
-	  return _FDEV_EOF;
-
-	return Serial_ReceiveByte();
-}
-
-int Serial_getchar_Blocking(FILE *Stream)
-{
-	(void)Stream;
-
-	while (!(Serial_IsCharReceived()));
-	return Serial_ReceiveByte();
-}
-
-void Serial_SendString_P(const char* FlashStringPtr)
-{
-	uint8_t CurrByte;
-
-	while ((CurrByte = pgm_read_byte(FlashStringPtr)) != 0x00)
-	{
-		Serial_SendByte(CurrByte);
-		FlashStringPtr++;
-	}
-}
-
-void Serial_SendString(const char* StringPtr)
-{
-	uint8_t CurrByte;
-
-	while ((CurrByte = *StringPtr) != 0x00)
-	{
-		Serial_SendByte(CurrByte);
-		StringPtr++;
-	}
-}
-
-void Serial_SendData(const void* Buffer,
-                     uint16_t Length)
-{
-	while (Length--)
-	  Serial_SendByte(*((uint8_t*)Buffer++));
-}
-
-void Serial_CreateStream(FILE* Stream)
-{
-	if (!(Stream))
-	{
-		Stream = &USARTSerialStream;
-		stdin  = Stream;
-		stdout = Stream;
-	}
-
-	*Stream = (FILE)FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(Serial_putchar, Serial_getchar, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
-}
-
-void Serial_CreateBlockingStream(FILE* Stream)
-{
-	if (!(Stream))
-	{
-		Stream = &USARTSerialStream;
-		stdin  = Stream;
-		stdout = Stream;
-	}
-
-	*Stream = (FILE)FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(Serial_putchar, Serial_getchar_Blocking, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
-}
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/Serial_AVR8.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/Serial_AVR8.h
deleted file mode 100644
index e8860a5115..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/Serial_AVR8.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,270 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Serial USART Peripheral Driver (AVR8)
- *
- *  On-chip serial USART driver for the 8-bit AVR microcontrollers.
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USART driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Serial
- *  \defgroup Group_Serial_AVR8 Serial USART Peripheral Driver (AVR8)
- *
- *  \section Sec_Serial_AVR8_ModDescription Module Description
- *  On-chip serial USART driver for the 8-bit AVR microcontrollers.
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USART driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h.
- *
- *  \section Sec_Serial_AVR8_ExampleUsage Example Usage
- *  The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
- *  application.
- *
- *  \code
- *      // Initialize the serial USART driver before first use, with 9600 baud (and no double-speed mode)
- *      Serial_Init(9600, false);
- *
- *      // Send a string through the USART
- *      Serial_SendString("Test String\r\n");
- *
- *      // Send a raw byte through the USART
- *      Serial_SendByte(0xDC);
- *
- *      // Receive a byte through the USART (or -1 if no data received)
- *      int16_t DataByte = Serial_ReceiveByte();
- *  \endcode
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __SERIAL_AVR8_H__
-#define __SERIAL_AVR8_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../../Misc/TerminalCodes.h"
-
-		#include <stdio.h>
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_SERIAL_H) && !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_SERIAL_C)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* External Variables: */
-			extern FILE USARTSerialStream;
-
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			int Serial_putchar(char DataByte,
-			                   FILE *Stream);
-			int Serial_getchar(FILE *Stream);
-			int Serial_getchar_Blocking(FILE *Stream);
-	#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Macro for calculating the baud value from a given baud rate when the \c U2X (double speed) bit is
-			 *  not set.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Baud  Target serial UART baud rate.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Closest UBRR register value for the given UART frequency.
-			 */
-			#define SERIAL_UBBRVAL(Baud)    ((((F_CPU / 16) + (Baud / 2)) / (Baud)) - 1)
-
-			/** Macro for calculating the baud value from a given baud rate when the \c U2X (double speed) bit is
-			 *  set.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Baud  Target serial UART baud rate.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Closest UBRR register value for the given UART frequency.
-			 */
-			#define SERIAL_2X_UBBRVAL(Baud) ((((F_CPU / 8) + (Baud / 2)) / (Baud)) - 1)
-
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			/** Transmits a given NUL terminated string located in program space (FLASH) through the USART.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] FlashStringPtr  Pointer to a string located in program space.
-			 */
-			void Serial_SendString_P(const char* FlashStringPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Transmits a given NUL terminated string located in SRAM memory through the USART.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] StringPtr  Pointer to a string located in SRAM space.
-			 */
-			void Serial_SendString(const char* StringPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Transmits a given buffer located in SRAM memory through the USART.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Buffer  Pointer to a buffer containing the data to send.
-			 *  \param[in] Length  Length of the data to send, in bytes.
-			 */
-			void Serial_SendData(const void* Buffer, uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Creates a standard character stream from the USART so that it can be used with all the regular functions
-			 *  in the avr-libc \c <stdio.h> library that accept a \c FILE stream as a destination (e.g. \c fprintf). The created
-			 *  stream is bidirectional and can be used for both input and output functions.
-			 *
-			 *  Reading data from this stream is non-blocking, i.e. in most instances, complete strings cannot be read in by a single
-			 *  fetch, as the endpoint will not be ready at some point in the transmission, aborting the transfer. However, this may
-			 *  be used when the read data is processed byte-per-bye (via \c getc()) or when the user application will implement its own
-			 *  line buffering.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] Stream  Pointer to a FILE structure where the created stream should be placed, if \c NULL, \c stdout
-			 *                         and \c stdin will be configured to use the USART.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre The USART must first be configured via a call to \ref Serial_Init() before the stream is used.
-			 */
-			void Serial_CreateStream(FILE* Stream);
-
-			/** Identical to \ref Serial_CreateStream(), except that reads are blocking until the calling stream function terminates
-			 *  the transfer.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] Stream  Pointer to a FILE structure where the created stream should be placed, if \c NULL, \c stdout
-			 *                         and \c stdin will be configured to use the USART.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre The USART must first be configured via a call to \ref Serial_Init() before the stream is used.
-			 */
-			void Serial_CreateBlockingStream(FILE* Stream);
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			/** Initializes the USART, ready for serial data transmission and reception. This initializes the interface to
-			 *  standard 8-bit, no parity, 1 stop bit settings suitable for most applications.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] BaudRate     Serial baud rate, in bits per second.
-			 *  \param[in] DoubleSpeed  Enables double speed mode when set, halving the sample time to double the baud rate.
-			 */
-			static inline void Serial_Init(const uint32_t BaudRate,
-			                               const bool DoubleSpeed);
-			static inline void Serial_Init(const uint32_t BaudRate,
-			                               const bool DoubleSpeed)
-			{
-				UBRR1  = (DoubleSpeed ? SERIAL_2X_UBBRVAL(BaudRate) : SERIAL_UBBRVAL(BaudRate));
-
-				UCSR1C = ((1 << UCSZ11) | (1 << UCSZ10));
-				UCSR1A = (DoubleSpeed ? (1 << U2X1) : 0);
-				UCSR1B = ((1 << TXEN1)  | (1 << RXEN1));
-
-				DDRD  |= (1 << 3);
-				PORTD |= (1 << 2);
-			}
-
-			/** Turns off the USART driver, disabling and returning used hardware to their default configuration. */
-			static inline void Serial_Disable(void);
-			static inline void Serial_Disable(void)
-			{
-				UCSR1B = 0;
-				UCSR1A = 0;
-				UCSR1C = 0;
-
-				UBRR1  = 0;
-
-				DDRD  &= ~(1 << 3);
-				PORTD &= ~(1 << 2);
-			}
-
-			/** Indicates whether a character has been received through the USART.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if a character has been received, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool Serial_IsCharReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool Serial_IsCharReceived(void)
-			{
-				return ((UCSR1A & (1 << RXC1)) ? true : false);
-			}
-
-			/** Indicates whether there is hardware buffer space for a new transmit on the USART. This
-			 *  function can be used to determine if a call to \ref Serial_SendByte() will block in advance.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if a character can be queued for transmission immediately, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool Serial_IsSendReady(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool Serial_IsSendReady(void)
-			{
-				return ((UCSR1A & (1 << UDRE1)) ? true : false);
-			}
-
-			/** Indicates whether the hardware USART transmit buffer is completely empty, indicating all
-			 *  pending transmissions have completed.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if no characters are buffered for transmission, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool Serial_IsSendComplete(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool Serial_IsSendComplete(void)
-			{
-				return ((UCSR1A & (1 << TXC1)) ? true : false);
-			}
-
-			/** Transmits a given byte through the USART.
-			 *
-			 *  \note If no buffer space is available in the hardware USART, this function will block. To check if
-			 *        space is available before calling this function, see \ref Serial_IsSendReady().
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] DataByte  Byte to transmit through the USART.
-			 */
-			static inline void Serial_SendByte(const char DataByte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Serial_SendByte(const char DataByte)
-			{
-				while (!(Serial_IsSendReady()));
-				UDR1 = DataByte;
-			}
-
-			/** Receives the next byte from the USART.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Next byte received from the USART, or a negative value if no byte has been received.
-			 */
-			static inline int16_t Serial_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline int16_t Serial_ReceiveByte(void)
-			{
-				if (!(Serial_IsCharReceived()))
-				  return -1;
-
-				return UDR1;
-			}
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/TWI_AVR8.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/TWI_AVR8.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 2a6c160e8f..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/TWI_AVR8.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,209 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
-#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) && defined(TWCR)
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_TWI_C
-#include "../TWI.h"
-
-uint8_t TWI_StartTransmission(const uint8_t SlaveAddress,
-                              const uint8_t TimeoutMS)
-{
-	for (;;)
-	{
-		bool     BusCaptured = false;
-		uint16_t TimeoutRemaining;
-
-		TWCR = ((1 << TWINT) | (1 << TWSTA) | (1 << TWEN));
-
-		TimeoutRemaining = (TimeoutMS * 100);
-		while (TimeoutRemaining && !(BusCaptured))
-		{
-			if (TWCR & (1 << TWINT))
-			{
-				switch (TWSR & TW_STATUS_MASK)
-				{
-					case TW_START:
-					case TW_REP_START:
-						BusCaptured = true;
-						break;
-					case TW_MT_ARB_LOST:
-						TWCR = ((1 << TWINT) | (1 << TWSTA) | (1 << TWEN));
-						continue;
-					default:
-						TWCR = (1 << TWEN);
-						return TWI_ERROR_BusFault;
-				}
-			}
-
-			_delay_us(10);
-			TimeoutRemaining--;
-		}
-
-		if (!(TimeoutRemaining))
-		{
-			TWCR = (1 << TWEN);
-			return TWI_ERROR_BusCaptureTimeout;
-		}
-
-		TWDR = SlaveAddress;
-		TWCR = ((1 << TWINT) | (1 << TWEN));
-
-		TimeoutRemaining = (TimeoutMS * 100);
-		while (TimeoutRemaining)
-		{
-			if (TWCR & (1 << TWINT))
-			  break;
-
-			_delay_us(10);
-			TimeoutRemaining--;
-		}
-
-		if (!(TimeoutRemaining))
-		  return TWI_ERROR_SlaveResponseTimeout;
-
-		switch (TWSR & TW_STATUS_MASK)
-		{
-			case TW_MT_SLA_ACK:
-			case TW_MR_SLA_ACK:
-				return TWI_ERROR_NoError;
-			default:
-				TWCR = ((1 << TWINT) | (1 << TWSTO) | (1 << TWEN));
-				return TWI_ERROR_SlaveNotReady;
-		}
-	}
-}
-
-bool TWI_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
-{
-	TWDR = Byte;
-	TWCR = ((1 << TWINT) | (1 << TWEN));
-	while (!(TWCR & (1 << TWINT)));
-
-	return ((TWSR & TW_STATUS_MASK) == TW_MT_DATA_ACK);
-}
-
-bool TWI_ReceiveByte(uint8_t* const Byte,
-					 const bool LastByte)
-{
-	uint8_t TWCRMask;
-
-	if (LastByte)
-	  TWCRMask = ((1 << TWINT) | (1 << TWEN));
-	else
-	  TWCRMask = ((1 << TWINT) | (1 << TWEN) | (1 << TWEA));
-
-	TWCR = TWCRMask;
-	while (!(TWCR & (1 << TWINT)));
-	*Byte = TWDR;
-
-	uint8_t Status = (TWSR & TW_STATUS_MASK);
-
-	return ((LastByte) ? (Status == TW_MR_DATA_NACK) : (Status == TW_MR_DATA_ACK));
-}
-
-uint8_t TWI_ReadPacket(const uint8_t SlaveAddress,
-                       const uint8_t TimeoutMS,
-                       const uint8_t* InternalAddress,
-                       uint8_t InternalAddressLen,
-                       uint8_t* Buffer,
-                       uint8_t Length)
-{
-	uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
-	if ((ErrorCode = TWI_StartTransmission((SlaveAddress & TWI_DEVICE_ADDRESS_MASK) | TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE,
-	                                       TimeoutMS)) == TWI_ERROR_NoError)
-	{
-		while (InternalAddressLen--)
-		{
-			if (!(TWI_SendByte(*(InternalAddress++))))
-			{
-				ErrorCode = TWI_ERROR_SlaveNAK;
-				break;
-			}
-		}
-
-		if ((ErrorCode = TWI_StartTransmission((SlaveAddress & TWI_DEVICE_ADDRESS_MASK) | TWI_ADDRESS_READ,
-											   TimeoutMS)) == TWI_ERROR_NoError)
-		{
-			while (Length--)
-			{
-				if (!(TWI_ReceiveByte(Buffer++, (Length == 0))))
-				{
-					ErrorCode = TWI_ERROR_SlaveNAK;
-					break;
-				}
-			}
-
-			TWI_StopTransmission();
-		}
-	}
-
-	return ErrorCode;
-}
-
-uint8_t TWI_WritePacket(const uint8_t SlaveAddress,
-                        const uint8_t TimeoutMS,
-                        const uint8_t* InternalAddress,
-                        uint8_t InternalAddressLen,
-                        const uint8_t* Buffer,
-                        uint8_t Length)
-{
-	uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
-	if ((ErrorCode = TWI_StartTransmission((SlaveAddress & TWI_DEVICE_ADDRESS_MASK) | TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE,
-	                                       TimeoutMS)) == TWI_ERROR_NoError)
-	{
-		while (InternalAddressLen--)
-		{
-			if (!(TWI_SendByte(*(InternalAddress++))))
-			{
-				ErrorCode = TWI_ERROR_SlaveNAK;
-				break;
-			}
-		}
-
-		while (Length--)
-		{
-			if (!(TWI_SendByte(*(Buffer++))))
-			{
-				ErrorCode = TWI_ERROR_SlaveNAK;
-				break;
-			}
-		}
-
-		TWI_StopTransmission();
-	}
-
-	return ErrorCode;
-}
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/TWI_AVR8.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/TWI_AVR8.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 584b584fe0..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/TWI_AVR8.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,305 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief TWI Peripheral Driver (AVR8)
- *
- *  On-chip TWI driver for the 8-bit AVR microcontrollers.
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the TWI driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_TWI
- *  \defgroup Group_TWI_AVR8 TWI Peripheral Driver (AVR8)
- *
- *  \section Sec_TWI_AVR8_ModDescription Module Description
- *  Master mode TWI driver for the 8-bit AVR microcontrollers which contain a hardware TWI module.
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the TWI driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h.
- *
- *  \section Sec_TWI_AVR8_ExampleUsage Example Usage
- *  The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
- *  application.
- *
- *  <b>Low Level API Example:</b>
- *  \code
- *      // Initialize the TWI driver before first use at 200KHz
- *      TWI_Init(TWI_BIT_PRESCALE_1, TWI_BITLENGTH_FROM_FREQ(1, 200000));
- *
- *      // Start a write session to device at device address 0xA0, internal address 0xDC with a 10ms timeout
- *      if (TWI_StartTransmission(0xA0 | TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE, 10) == TWI_ERROR_NoError)
- *      {
- *          TWI_SendByte(0xDC);
- *
- *          TWI_SendByte(0x01);
- *          TWI_SendByte(0x02);
- *          TWI_SendByte(0x03);
- *
- *          // Must stop transmission afterwards to release the bus
- *          TWI_StopTransmission();
- *      }
- *
- *      // Start a read session to device at address 0xA0, internal address 0xDC with a 10ms timeout
- *      if (TWI_StartTransmission(0xA0 | TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE, 10) == TWI_ERROR_NoError)
- *      {
- *          TWI_SendByte(0xDC);
- *          TWI_StopTransmission();
- *
- *          if (TWI_StartTransmission(0xA0 | TWI_ADDRESS_READ, 10) == TWI_ERROR_NoError)
- *          {
- *              uint8_t Byte1, Byte2, Byte3;
- *
- *              // Read three bytes, acknowledge after the third byte is received
- *              TWI_ReceiveByte(&Byte1, false);
- *              TWI_ReceiveByte(&Byte2, false);
- *              TWI_ReceiveByte(&Byte3, true);
- *
- *              // Must stop transmission afterwards to release the bus
- *              TWI_StopTransmission();
- *          }
- *      }
- *  \endcode
- *
- *  <b>High Level API Example:</b>
- *  \code
- *      // Initialize the TWI driver before first use at 200KHz
- *      TWI_Init(TWI_BIT_PRESCALE_1, TWI_BITLENGTH_FROM_FREQ(1, 200000));
- *
- *      // Start a write session to device at device address 0xA0, internal address 0xDC with a 10ms timeout
- *      uint8_t InternalWriteAddress = 0xDC;
- *      uint8_t WritePacket[3] = {0x01, 0x02, 0x03};
- *
- *      TWI_WritePacket(0xA0, 10, &InternalWriteAddress, sizeof(InternalWriteAddress),
- *                      &WritePacket, sizeof(WritePacket);
- *
- *      // Start a read session to device at address 0xA0, internal address 0xDC with a 10ms timeout
- *      uint8_t InternalReadAddress = 0xDC;
- *      uint8_t ReadPacket[3];
- *
- *      TWI_ReadPacket(0xA0, 10, &InternalReadAddress, sizeof(InternalReadAddress),
- *                     &ReadPacket, sizeof(ReadPacket);
- *  \endcode
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __TWI_AVR8_H__
-#define __TWI_AVR8_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-		#include <stdio.h>
-		#include <util/twi.h>
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_TWI_H) && !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_TWI_C)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-		#if !(defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__) || \
-		      defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__) || \
-			  defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__)  || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__))
-			#error The TWI peripheral driver is not currently available for your selected microcontroller model.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** TWI slave device address mask for a read session. Mask with a slave device base address to obtain
-			 *  the correct TWI bus address for the slave device when reading data from it.
-			 */
-			#define TWI_ADDRESS_READ         0x01
-
-			/** TWI slave device address mask for a write session. Mask with a slave device base address to obtain
-			 *  the correct TWI bus address for the slave device when writing data to it.
-			 */
-			#define TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE        0x00
-
-			/** Mask to retrieve the base address for a TWI device, which can then be ORed with \ref TWI_ADDRESS_READ
-			 *  or \ref TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE to obtain the device's read and write address respectively.
-			 */
-			#define TWI_DEVICE_ADDRESS_MASK  0xFE
-
-			/** Bit length prescaler for \ref TWI_Init(). This mask multiplies the TWI bit length prescaler by 1. */
-			#define TWI_BIT_PRESCALE_1       ((0 << TWPS1) | (0 << TWPS0))
-
-			/** Bit length prescaler for \ref TWI_Init(). This mask multiplies the TWI bit length prescaler by 4. */
-			#define TWI_BIT_PRESCALE_4       ((0 << TWPS1) | (1 << TWPS0))
-
-			/** Bit length prescaler for \ref TWI_Init(). This mask multiplies the TWI bit length prescaler by 16. */
-			#define TWI_BIT_PRESCALE_16      ((1 << TWPS1) | (0 << TWPS0))
-
-			/** Bit length prescaler for \ref TWI_Init(). This mask multiplies the TWI bit length prescaler by 64. */
-			#define TWI_BIT_PRESCALE_64      ((1 << TWPS1) | (1 << TWPS0))
-
-			/** Calculates the length of each bit on the TWI bus for a given target frequency. This may be used with
-			 *  the \ref TWI_Init() function to convert a bus frequency to a number of clocks for the \c BitLength
-			 *  parameter.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Prescale   Prescaler set on the TWI bus.
-			 *  \param[in] Frequency  Desired TWI bus frequency in Hz.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Bit length in clocks for the given TWI bus frequency at the given prescaler value.
-			 */
-			#define TWI_BITLENGTH_FROM_FREQ(Prescale, Frequency) ((((F_CPU / (Prescale)) / (Frequency)) - 16) / 2)
-
-		/* Enums: */
-			/** Enum for the possible return codes of the TWI transfer start routine and other dependant TWI functions. */
-			enum TWI_ErrorCodes_t
-			{
-				TWI_ERROR_NoError              = 0, /**< Indicates that the command completed successfully. */
-				TWI_ERROR_BusFault             = 1, /**< A TWI bus fault occurred while attempting to capture the bus. */
-				TWI_ERROR_BusCaptureTimeout    = 2, /**< A timeout occurred whilst waiting for the bus to be ready. */
-				TWI_ERROR_SlaveResponseTimeout = 3, /**< No ACK received at the nominated slave address within the timeout period. */
-				TWI_ERROR_SlaveNotReady        = 4, /**< Slave NAKed the TWI bus START condition. */
-				TWI_ERROR_SlaveNAK             = 5, /**< Slave NAKed whilst attempting to send data to the device. */
-			};
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			/** Initializes the TWI hardware into master mode, ready for data transmission and reception. This must be
-			 *  before any other TWI operations.
-			 *
-			 *  The generated SCL frequency will be according to the formula <pre>F_CPU / (16 + 2 * BitLength + 4 ^ Prescale)</pre>.
-			 *
-			 *  \attention The value of the \c BitLength parameter should not be set below 10 or invalid bus conditions may
-			 *             occur, as indicated in the AVR8 microcontroller datasheet.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Prescale   Prescaler to use when determining the bus frequency, a \c TWI_BIT_PRESCALE_* value.
-			 *  \param[in] BitLength  Length of the bits sent on the bus.
-			 */
-			static inline void TWI_Init(const uint8_t Prescale,
-			                            const uint8_t BitLength) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void TWI_Init(const uint8_t Prescale,
-			                            const uint8_t BitLength)
-			{
-				TWCR |= (1 << TWEN);
-				TWSR  = Prescale;
-				TWBR  = BitLength;
-			}
-
-			/** Turns off the TWI driver hardware. If this is called, any further TWI operations will require a call to
-			 *  \ref TWI_Init() before the TWI can be used again.
-			 */
-			static inline void TWI_Disable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void TWI_Disable(void)
-			{
-				TWCR &= ~(1 << TWEN);
-			}
-
-			/** Sends a TWI STOP onto the TWI bus, terminating communication with the currently addressed device. */
-			static inline void TWI_StopTransmission(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void TWI_StopTransmission(void)
-			{
-				TWCR = ((1 << TWINT) | (1 << TWSTO) | (1 << TWEN));
-			}
-
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			/** Begins a master mode TWI bus communication with the given slave device address.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] SlaveAddress  Address of the slave TWI device to communicate with.
-			 *  \param[in] TimeoutMS     Timeout period within which the slave must respond, in milliseconds.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref TWI_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t TWI_StartTransmission(const uint8_t SlaveAddress,
-			                              const uint8_t TimeoutMS);
-
-			/** Sends a byte to the currently addressed device on the TWI bus.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Byte  Byte to send to the currently addressed device
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the recipient ACKed the byte, \c false otherwise
-			 */
-			bool TWI_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte);
-
-			/** Receives a byte from the currently addressed device on the TWI bus.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Byte      Location where the read byte is to be stored.
-			 *  \param[in] LastByte  Indicates if the byte should be ACKed if false, NAKed if true.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the byte reception successfully completed, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			bool TWI_ReceiveByte(uint8_t* const Byte,
-			                     const bool LastByte) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** High level function to perform a complete packet transfer over the TWI bus to the specified
-			 *  device.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] SlaveAddress        Base address of the TWI slave device to communicate with.
-			 *  \param[in] TimeoutMS           Timeout for bus capture and slave START ACK, in milliseconds.
-			 *  \param[in] InternalAddress     Pointer to a location where the internal slave read start address is stored.
-			 *  \param[in] InternalAddressLen  Size of the internal device address, in bytes.
-			 *  \param[in] Buffer              Pointer to a buffer where the read packet data is to be stored.
-			 *  \param[in] Length              Size of the packet to read, in bytes.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref TWI_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t TWI_ReadPacket(const uint8_t SlaveAddress,
-			                       const uint8_t TimeoutMS,
-			                       const uint8_t* InternalAddress,
-			                       uint8_t InternalAddressLen,
-			                       uint8_t* Buffer,
-			                       uint8_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-
-			/** High level function to perform a complete packet transfer over the TWI bus from the specified
-			 *  device.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] SlaveAddress        Base address of the TWI slave device to communicate with
-			 *  \param[in] TimeoutMS           Timeout for bus capture and slave START ACK, in milliseconds
-			 *  \param[in] InternalAddress     Pointer to a location where the internal slave write start address is stored
-			 *  \param[in] InternalAddressLen  Size of the internal device address, in bytes
-			 *  \param[in] Buffer              Pointer to a buffer where the packet data to send is stored
-			 *  \param[in] Length              Size of the packet to send, in bytes
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref TWI_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t TWI_WritePacket(const uint8_t SlaveAddress,
-			                        const uint8_t TimeoutMS,
-			                        const uint8_t* InternalAddress,
-			                        uint8_t InternalAddressLen,
-			                        const uint8_t* Buffer,
-			                        uint8_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 54c46423e8..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Hardware Serial Peripheral Interface driver.
- *
- *  This file is the master dispatch header file for the device-specific SPI driver, for microcontrollers
- *  containing a hardware SPI.
- *
- *  User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct SPI driver header file for the
- *  currently selected architecture and microcontroller model.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_PeripheralDrivers
- *  \defgroup Group_SPI SPI Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h
- *  \brief Hardware Serial Peripheral Interface driver.
- *
- *  \section Sec_SPI_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- *    - None
- *
- *  \section Sec_SPI_ModDescription Module Description
- *  Hardware SPI driver. This module provides an easy to use driver for the setup and transfer of data over
- *  the selected architecture and microcontroller model's SPI port.
- *
- *  \note The exact API for this driver may vary depending on the target used - see
- *        individual target module documentation for the API specific to your target processor.
- */
-
-#ifndef __SPI_H__
-#define __SPI_H__
-
-	/* Macros: */
-		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_SPI_H
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
-			#include "AVR8/SPI_AVR8.h"
-		#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
-			#include "XMEGA/SPI_XMEGA.h"
-		#else
-			#error The SPI peripheral driver is not currently available for your selected architecture.
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 46ee61b209..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Hardware Serial USART driver.
- *
- *  This file is the master dispatch header file for the device-specific USART driver, for microcontrollers
- *  containing a hardware USART.
- *
- *  User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct ADC driver header file for the
- *  currently selected architecture and microcontroller model.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_PeripheralDrivers
- *  \defgroup Group_Serial Serial USART Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h
- *  \brief Hardware Serial USART driver.
- *
- *  \section Sec_Serial_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- *    - LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/<i>ARCH</i>/Serial_<i>ARCH</i>.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)</i>
- *
- *  \section Sec_Serial_ModDescription Module Description
- *  Hardware serial USART driver. This module provides an easy to use driver for the setup and transfer
- *  of data over the selected architecture and microcontroller model's USART port.
- *
- *  \note The exact API for this driver may vary depending on the target used - see
- *        individual target module documentation for the API specific to your target processor.
- */
-
-#ifndef __SERIAL_H__
-#define __SERIAL_H__
-
-	/* Macros: */
-		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_SERIAL_H
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
-			#include "AVR8/Serial_AVR8.h"
-		#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
-			#include "XMEGA/Serial_XMEGA.h"
-		#else
-			#error The Serial peripheral driver is not currently available for your selected architecture.
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialSPI.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialSPI.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 9a42ba5d96..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialSPI.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Hardware SPI Master Mode Serial USART driver.
- *
- *  This file is the master dispatch header file for the device-specific SPI Master Mode USART driver, for
- *  microcontrollers containing a hardware USART capable of operating in a Master SPI mode.
- *
- *  User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct ADC driver header file for the
- *  currently selected architecture and microcontroller model.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_PeripheralDrivers
- *  \defgroup Group_SerialSPI Master SPI Mode Serial USART Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialSPI.h
- *  \brief Hardware SPI Master Mode Serial USART driver.
- *
- *  \section Sec_SerialSPI_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- *    - None
- *
- *  \section Sec_SerialSPI_ModDescription Module Description
- *  Hardware SPI Master Mode serial USART driver. This module provides an easy to use driver for the setup and transfer
- *  of data over the selected architecture and microcontroller model's USART port, using a SPI framing format.
- *
- *  \note The exact API for this driver may vary depending on the target used - see
- *        individual target module documentation for the API specific to your target processor.
- */
-
-#ifndef __SERIAL_SPI_H__
-#define __SERIAL_SPI_H__
-
-	/* Macros: */
-		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_SERIAL_SPI_H
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
-			#include "AVR8/SerialSPI_AVR8.h"
-		#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
-			#include "XMEGA/SerialSPI_XMEGA.h"
-		#else
-			#error The Serial SPI Master Mode peripheral driver is not currently available for your selected architecture.
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 5290e66795..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Hardware Two Wire Interface (I2C) driver.
- *
- *  This file is the master dispatch header file for the device-specific SPI driver, for microcontrollers
- *  containing a hardware TWI.
- *
- *  User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct TWI driver header file for the
- *  currently selected architecture and microcontroller model.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_PeripheralDrivers
- *  \defgroup Group_TWI TWI Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h
- *  \brief Hardware Two Wire Interface (I2C) driver.
- *
- *  \section Sec_TWI_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- *    - LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/<i>ARCH</i>/TWI_<i>ARCH</i>.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_TWI)</i>
- *
- *  \section Sec_TWI_ModDescription Module Description
- *  Hardware TWI driver. This module provides an easy to use driver for the setup and transfer of data over
- *  the selected architecture and microcontroller model's TWI bus port.
- *
- *  \note The exact API for this driver may vary depending on the target used - see
- *        individual target module documentation for the API specific to your target processor.
- */
-
-#ifndef __TWI_H__
-#define __TWI_H__
-
-	/* Macros: */
-		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_TWI_H
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
-			#include "AVR8/TWI_AVR8.h"
-		#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
-			#include "XMEGA/TWI_XMEGA.h"
-		#else
-			#error The TWI peripheral driver is not currently available for your selected architecture.
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/SPI_XMEGA.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/SPI_XMEGA.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c6230481ed..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/SPI_XMEGA.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,251 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief SPI Peripheral Driver (XMEGA)
- *
- *  On-chip SPI driver for the XMEGA microcontrollers.
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the SPI driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_SPI
- *  \defgroup Group_SPI_XMEGA SPI Peripheral Driver (XMEGA)
- *
- *  \section Sec_SPI_XMEGA_ModDescription Module Description
- *  Driver for the hardware SPI port(s) available on XMEGA AVR microcontroller models. This
- *  module provides an easy to use driver for the setup and transfer of data over the AVR's
- *  SPI ports.
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the SPI driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h.
- *
- *  \code
- *      // Initialize the SPI driver before first use
- *      SPI_Init(&SPIC,
- *               SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2 | SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST | SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING |
- *               SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING | SPI_MODE_MASTER);
- *
- *      // Send several bytes, ignoring the returned data
- *      SPI_SendByte(&SPIC, 0x01);
- *      SPI_SendByte(&SPIC, 0x02);
- *      SPI_SendByte(&SPIC, 0x03);
- *
- *      // Receive several bytes, sending a dummy 0x00 byte each time
- *      uint8_t Byte1 = SPI_ReceiveByte(&SPIC);
- *      uint8_t Byte2 = SPI_ReceiveByte(&SPIC);
- *      uint8_t Byte3 = SPI_ReceiveByte(&SPIC);
- *
- *      // Send a byte, and store the received byte from the same transaction
- *      uint8_t ResponseByte = SPI_TransferByte(&SPIC, 0xDC);
- *  \endcode
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __SPI_XMEGA_H__
-#define __SPI_XMEGA_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_SPI_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Macros: */
-			#define SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED            SPI_CLK2X_bm
-	#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** \name SPI Prescaler Configuration Masks */
-			//@{
-			/** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 2. */
-			#define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2           SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED
-
-			/** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 4. */
-			#define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_4           0
-
-			/** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 8. */
-			#define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_8           (SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED | (1 << SPI_PRESCALER_gp))
-
-			/** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 16. */
-			#define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_16          (1 << SPI_PRESCALER_gp)
-
-			/** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 32. */
-			#define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_32          (SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED | (2 << SPI_PRESCALER_gp))
-
-			/** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 64. */
-			#define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_64          (2 << SPI_PRESCALER_gp)
-
-			/** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 128. */
-			#define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_128         (3 << SPI_PRESCALER_gp)
-			//@}
-
-			/** \name SPI SCK Polarity Configuration Masks */
-			//@{
-			/** SPI clock polarity mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the SCK should lead on the rising edge. */
-			#define SPI_SCK_LEAD_RISING            0
-
-			/** SPI clock polarity mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the SCK should lead on the falling edge. */
-			#define SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING           SPI_MODE1_bm
-			//@}
-
-			/** \name SPI Sample Edge Configuration Masks */
-			//@{
-			/** SPI data sample mode mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the data should sampled on the leading edge. */
-			#define SPI_SAMPLE_LEADING             0
-
-			/** SPI data sample mode mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the data should be sampled on the trailing edge. */
-			#define SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING            SPI_MODE0_bm
-			//@}
-
-			/** \name SPI Data Ordering Configuration Masks */
-			//@{
-			/** SPI data order mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that data should be shifted out MSB first. */
-			#define SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST            0
-
-			/** SPI data order mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that data should be shifted out LSB first. */
-			#define SPI_ORDER_LSB_FIRST            SPI_DORD_bm
-			//@}
-
-			/** \name SPI Mode Configuration Masks */
-			//@{
-			/** SPI mode mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the SPI interface should be initialized into slave mode. */
-			#define SPI_MODE_SLAVE                 0
-
-			/** SPI mode mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the SPI interface should be initialized into master mode. */
-			#define SPI_MODE_MASTER                SPI_MASTER_bm
-			//@}
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			/** Initializes the SPI subsystem, ready for transfers. Must be called before calling any other
-			 *  SPI routines.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] SPI         Pointer to the base of the SPI peripheral within the device.
-			 *  \param[in]     SPIOptions  SPI Options, a mask consisting of one of each of the \c SPI_SPEED_*,
-			 *                             \c SPI_SCK_*, \c SPI_SAMPLE_*, \c SPI_ORDER_* and \c SPI_MODE_* masks.
-			 */
-			static inline void SPI_Init(SPI_t* const SPI,
-			                            const uint8_t SPIOptions) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-			static inline void SPI_Init(SPI_t* const SPI,
-			                            const uint8_t SPIOptions)
-			{
-				SPI->CTRL = (SPIOptions | SPI_ENABLE_bm);
-			}
-
-			/** Turns off the SPI driver, disabling and returning used hardware to their default configuration.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] SPI   Pointer to the base of the SPI peripheral within the device.
-			 */
-			static inline void SPI_Disable(SPI_t* const SPI) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-			static inline void SPI_Disable(SPI_t* const SPI)
-			{
-				SPI->CTRL &= ~SPI_ENABLE_bm;
-			}
-
-			/** Retrieves the currently selected SPI mode, once the SPI interface has been configured.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] SPI  Pointer to the base of the SPI peripheral within the device.
-			 *
-			 *  \return \ref SPI_MODE_MASTER if the interface is currently in SPI Master mode, \ref SPI_MODE_SLAVE otherwise
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t SPI_GetCurrentMode(SPI_t* const SPI) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-			static inline uint8_t SPI_GetCurrentMode(SPI_t* const SPI)
-			{
-				return (SPI->CTRL & SPI_MASTER_bm);
-			}
-
-			/** Sends and receives a byte through the SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] SPI   Pointer to the base of the SPI peripheral within the device.
-			 *  \param[in]     Byte  Byte to send through the SPI interface.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Response byte from the attached SPI device.
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t SPI_TransferByte(SPI_t* const SPI,
-			                                       const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-			static inline uint8_t SPI_TransferByte(SPI_t* const SPI,
-			                                       const uint8_t Byte)
-			{
-				SPI->DATA = Byte;
-				while (!(SPI->STATUS & SPI_IF_bm));
-				return SPI->DATA;
-			}
-
-			/** Sends a byte through the SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete. The response
-			 *  byte sent to from the attached SPI device is ignored.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] SPI   Pointer to the base of the SPI peripheral within the device.
-			 *  \param[in]     Byte  Byte to send through the SPI interface.
-			 */
-			static inline void SPI_SendByte(SPI_t* const SPI,
-			                                const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-			static inline void SPI_SendByte(SPI_t* const SPI,
-			                                const uint8_t Byte)
-			{
-				SPI->DATA = Byte;
-				while (!(SPI->STATUS & SPI_IF_bm));
-			}
-
-			/** Sends a dummy byte through the SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete. The response
-			 *  byte from the attached SPI device is returned.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] SPI  Pointer to the base of the SPI peripheral within the device.
-			 *
-			 *  \return The response byte from the attached SPI device.
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t SPI_ReceiveByte(SPI_t* const SPI) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-			static inline uint8_t SPI_ReceiveByte(SPI_t* const SPI)
-			{
-				SPI->DATA = 0;
-				while (!(SPI->STATUS & SPI_IF_bm));
-				return SPI->DATA;
-			}
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/SerialSPI_XMEGA.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/SerialSPI_XMEGA.h
deleted file mode 100644
index a981ce6a6d..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/SerialSPI_XMEGA.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,212 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Master SPI Mode Serial USART Peripheral Driver (XMEGA)
- *
- *  On-chip Master SPI mode USART driver for the XMEGA AVR microcontrollers.
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the SPI Master
- *        Mode USART driver dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_SerialSPI
- *  \defgroup Group_SerialSPI_XMEGA Master SPI Mode Serial USART Peripheral Driver (XMEGA)
- *
- *  \section Sec_SerialSPI_XMEGA_ModDescription Module Description
- *  On-chip serial USART driver for the XMEGA AVR microcontrollers.
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the ADC driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialSPI.h.
- *
- *  \section Sec_SerialSPI_XMEGA_ExampleUsage Example Usage
- *  The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
- *  application.
- *
- *  \code
- *      // Initialize the Master SPI mode USART driver before first use, with 1Mbit baud
- *      SerialSPI_Init(&USARTD0, (USART_SPI_SCK_LEAD_RISING | USART_SPI_SAMPLE_LEADING | USART_SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST), 1000000);
- *
- *      // Send several bytes, ignoring the returned data
- *      SerialSPI_SendByte(&USARTD0, 0x01);
- *      SerialSPI_SendByte(&USARTD0, 0x02);
- *      SerialSPI_SendByte(&USARTD0, 0x03);
- *
- *      // Receive several bytes, sending a dummy 0x00 byte each time
- *      uint8_t Byte1 = SerialSPI_ReceiveByte(&USARTD);
- *      uint8_t Byte2 = SerialSPI_ReceiveByte(&USARTD);
- *      uint8_t Byte3 = SerialSPI_ReceiveByte(&USARTD);
- *
- *      // Send a byte, and store the received byte from the same transaction
- *      uint8_t ResponseByte = SerialSPI_TransferByte(&USARTD0, 0xDC);
- *  \endcode
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __SERIAL_SPI_XMEGA_H__
-#define __SERIAL_SPI_XMEGA_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-		#include <stdio.h>
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_SERIAL_SPI_H)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			#define SERIAL_SPI_UBBRVAL(Baud)       ((Baud < (F_CPU / 2)) ? ((F_CPU / (2 * Baud)) - 1) : 0)
-	#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** \name SPI SCK Polarity Configuration Masks */
-			//@{
-			/** SPI clock polarity mask for \ref SerialSPI_Init(). Indicates that the SCK should lead on the rising edge. */
-			#define USART_SPI_SCK_LEAD_RISING      0
-			//@}
-
-			/** \name SPI Sample Edge Configuration Masks */
-			//@{
-			/** SPI data sample mode mask for \ref SerialSPI_Init(). Indicates that the data should sampled on the leading edge. */
-			#define USART_SPI_SAMPLE_LEADING       0
-
-			/** SPI data sample mode mask for \ref SerialSPI_Init(). Indicates that the data should be sampled on the trailing edge. */
-			#define USART_SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING      (1 << 1)
-			//@}
-
-			/** \name SPI Data Ordering Configuration Masks */
-			//@{
-			/** SPI data order mask for \ref SerialSPI_Init(). Indicates that data should be shifted out MSB first. */
-			#define USART_SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST      0
-
-			/** SPI data order mask for \ref SerialSPI_Init(). Indicates that data should be shifted out LSB first. */
-			#define USART_SPI_ORDER_LSB_FIRST      (1 << 2)
-			//@}
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			/** Initialize the USART module in Master SPI mode.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] USART        Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
-			 *  \param[in]     SPIOptions   USART SPI Options, a mask consisting of one of each of the \c USART_SPI_SCK_*,
-			 *                              \c USART_SPI_SAMPLE_* and \c USART_SPI_ORDER_* masks.
-			 *  \param[in]     BaudRate     SPI baud rate, in bits per second.
-			 */
-			static inline void SerialSPI_Init(USART_t* const USART,
-			                                  const uint8_t SPIOptions,
-			                                  const uint32_t BaudRate) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-			static inline void SerialSPI_Init(USART_t* const USART,
-			                                  const uint8_t SPIOptions,
-			                                  const uint32_t BaudRate)
-			{
-				uint16_t BaudValue = SERIAL_SPI_UBBRVAL(BaudRate);
-
-				USART->BAUDCTRLB = (BaudValue >> 8);
-				USART->BAUDCTRLA = (BaudValue & 0xFF);
-
-				USART->CTRLC = (USART_CMODE_MSPI_gc | SPIOptions);
-				USART->CTRLB = (USART_RXEN_bm | USART_TXEN_bm);
-			}
-
-			/** Turns off the USART driver, disabling and returning used hardware to their default configuration.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] USART  Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
-			 */
-			static inline void SerialSPI_Disable(USART_t* const USART) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-			static inline void SerialSPI_Disable(USART_t* const USART)
-			{
-				USART->CTRLA = 0;
-				USART->CTRLB = 0;
-				USART->CTRLC = 0;
-			}
-
-			/** Sends and receives a byte through the USART SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] USART     Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
-			 *  \param[in]     DataByte  Byte to send through the USART SPI interface.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Response byte from the attached SPI device.
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t SerialSPI_TransferByte(USART_t* const USART,
-			                                             const uint8_t DataByte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-			static inline uint8_t SerialSPI_TransferByte(USART_t* const USART,
-			                                             const uint8_t DataByte)
-			{
-				USART->DATA   = DataByte;
-				while (!(USART->STATUS & USART_TXCIF_bm));
-				USART->STATUS = USART_TXCIF_bm;
-				return USART->DATA;
-			}
-
-			/** Sends a byte through the USART SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete. The response
-			 *  byte sent to from the attached SPI device is ignored.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] USART     Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
-			 *  \param[in]     DataByte  Byte to send through the USART SPI interface.
-			 */
-			static inline void SerialSPI_SendByte(USART_t* const USART,
-			                                      const uint8_t DataByte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-			static inline void SerialSPI_SendByte(USART_t* const USART,
-			                                      const uint8_t DataByte)
-			{
-				SerialSPI_TransferByte(USART, DataByte);
-			}
-
-			/** Sends a dummy byte through the USART SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete. The response
-			 *  byte from the attached SPI device is returned.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] USART  Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
-			 *
-			 *  \return The response byte from the attached SPI device.
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t SerialSPI_ReceiveByte(USART_t* const USART) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-			static inline uint8_t SerialSPI_ReceiveByte(USART_t* const USART)
-			{
-				return SerialSPI_TransferByte(USART, 0);
-			}
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/Serial_XMEGA.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/Serial_XMEGA.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 4e2935730e..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/Serial_XMEGA.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,122 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
-#if (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_SERIAL_C
-#include "../Serial.h"
-
-FILE USARTSerialStream;
-
-int Serial_putchar(char DataByte,
-                   FILE *Stream)
-{
-	USART_t* USART = fdev_get_udata(Stream);
-
-	Serial_SendByte(USART, DataByte);
-	return 0;
-}
-
-int Serial_getchar(FILE *Stream)
-{
-	USART_t* USART = fdev_get_udata(Stream);
-
-	if (!(Serial_IsCharReceived(USART)))
-	  return _FDEV_EOF;
-
-	return Serial_ReceiveByte(USART);
-}
-
-int Serial_getchar_Blocking(FILE *Stream)
-{
-	USART_t* USART = fdev_get_udata(Stream);
-
-	while (!(Serial_IsCharReceived(USART)));
-	return Serial_ReceiveByte(USART);
-}
-
-void Serial_SendString_P(USART_t* const USART,
-                         const char* FlashStringPtr)
-{
-	uint8_t CurrByte;
-
-	while ((CurrByte = pgm_read_byte(FlashStringPtr)) != 0x00)
-	{
-		Serial_SendByte(USART, CurrByte);
-		FlashStringPtr++;
-	}
-}
-
-void Serial_SendString(USART_t* const USART,
-                       const char* StringPtr)
-{
-	uint8_t CurrByte;
-
-	while ((CurrByte = *StringPtr) != 0x00)
-	{
-		Serial_SendByte(USART, CurrByte);
-		StringPtr++;
-	}
-}
-
-void Serial_SendData(USART_t* const USART,
-                     const void* Buffer,
-                     uint16_t Length)
-{
-	while (Length--)
-	  Serial_SendByte(USART, *((uint8_t*)Buffer++));
-}
-
-void Serial_CreateStream(FILE* Stream)
-{
-	if (!(Stream))
-	{
-		Stream = &USARTSerialStream;
-		stdin  = Stream;
-		stdout = Stream;
-	}
-
-	*Stream = (FILE)FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(Serial_putchar, Serial_getchar, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
-}
-
-void Serial_CreateBlockingStream(FILE* Stream)
-{
-	if (!(Stream))
-	{
-		Stream = &USARTSerialStream;
-		stdin  = Stream;
-		stdout = Stream;
-	}
-
-	*Stream = (FILE)FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(Serial_putchar, Serial_getchar_Blocking, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
-}
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/Serial_XMEGA.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/Serial_XMEGA.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ad34c8535d..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/Serial_XMEGA.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,286 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Serial USART Peripheral Driver (XMEGA)
- *
- *  On-chip serial USART driver for the XMEGA AVR microcontrollers.
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USART driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Serial
- *  \defgroup Group_Serial_XMEGA Serial USART Peripheral Driver (XMEGA)
- *
- *  \section Sec_Serial_XMEGA_ModDescription Module Description
- *  On-chip serial USART driver for the XMEGA AVR microcontrollers.
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USART driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h.
- *
- *  \section Sec_Serial_XMEGA_ExampleUsage Example Usage
- *  The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
- *  application.
- *
- *  \code
- *      // Initialize the serial USART driver before first use, with 9600 baud (and no double-speed mode)
- *      Serial_Init(&USARTD0, 9600, false);
- *
- *      // Send a string through the USART
- *      Serial_TxString(&USARTD0, "Test String\r\n");
- *
- *      // Receive a byte through the USART
- *      uint8_t DataByte = Serial_RxByte(&USARTD0);
- *  \endcode
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __SERIAL_XMEGA_H__
-#define __SERIAL_XMEGA_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../../Misc/TerminalCodes.h"
-
-		#include <stdio.h>
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_SERIAL_H) && !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_SERIAL_C)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* External Variables: */
-			extern FILE USARTSerialStream;
-
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			int Serial_putchar(char DataByte,
-			                   FILE *Stream);
-			int Serial_getchar(FILE *Stream);
-			int Serial_getchar_Blocking(FILE *Stream);
-	#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Macro for calculating the baud value from a given baud rate when the \c U2X (double speed) bit is
-			 *  not set.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Baud  Target serial UART baud rate.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Closest UBRR register value for the given UART frequency.
-			 */
-			#define SERIAL_UBBRVAL(Baud)    ((((F_CPU / 16) + (Baud / 2)) / (Baud)) - 1)
-
-			/** Macro for calculating the baud value from a given baud rate when the \c U2X (double speed) bit is
-			 *  set.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Baud  Target serial UART baud rate.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Closest UBRR register value for the given UART frequency.
-			 */
-			#define SERIAL_2X_UBBRVAL(Baud) ((((F_CPU / 8) + (Baud / 2)) / (Baud)) - 1)
-
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			/** Transmits a given string located in program space (FLASH) through the USART.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] USART           Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
-			 *  \param[in]     FlashStringPtr  Pointer to a string located in program space.
-			 */
-			void Serial_SendString_P(USART_t* const USART,
-			                         const char* FlashStringPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Transmits a given string located in SRAM memory through the USART.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] USART      Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
-			 *  \param[in]     StringPtr  Pointer to a string located in SRAM space.
-			 */
-			void Serial_SendString(USART_t* const USART,
-			                       const char* StringPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Transmits a given buffer located in SRAM memory through the USART.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] USART   Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
-			 *  \param[in]     Buffer  Pointer to a buffer containing the data to send.
-			 *  \param[in]     Length  Length of the data to send, in bytes.
-			 */
-			void Serial_SendData(USART_t* const USART,
-			                     const void* Buffer,
-			                     uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Creates a standard character stream from the USART so that it can be used with all the regular functions
-			 *  in the avr-libc \c <stdio.h> library that accept a \c FILE stream as a destination (e.g. \c fprintf). The created
-			 *  stream is bidirectional and can be used for both input and output functions.
-			 *
-			 *  Reading data from this stream is non-blocking, i.e. in most instances, complete strings cannot be read in by a single
-			 *  fetch, as the endpoint will not be ready at some point in the transmission, aborting the transfer. However, this may
-			 *  be used when the read data is processed byte-per-bye (via \c getc()) or when the user application will implement its own
-			 *  line buffering.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] Stream  Pointer to a FILE structure where the created stream should be placed, if \c NULL, \c stdout
-			 *                         and \c stdin will be configured to use the USART.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre The USART must first be configured via a call to \ref Serial_Init() before the stream is used.
-			 */
-			void Serial_CreateStream(FILE* Stream);
-
-			/** Identical to \ref Serial_CreateStream(), except that reads are blocking until the calling stream function terminates
-			 *  the transfer.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] Stream  Pointer to a FILE structure where the created stream should be placed, if \c NULL, \c stdout
-			 *                         and \c stdin will be configured to use the USART.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre The USART must first be configured via a call to \ref Serial_Init() before the stream is used.
-			 */
-			void Serial_CreateBlockingStream(FILE* Stream);
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			/** Initializes the USART, ready for serial data transmission and reception. This initializes the interface to
-			 *  standard 8-bit, no parity, 1 stop bit settings suitable for most applications.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] USART        Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
-			 *  \param[in]     BaudRate     Serial baud rate, in bits per second.
-			 *  \param[in]     DoubleSpeed  Enables double speed mode when set, halving the sample time to double the baud rate.
-			 */
-			static inline void Serial_Init(USART_t* const USART,
-			                               const uint32_t BaudRate,
-			                               const bool DoubleSpeed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-			static inline void Serial_Init(USART_t* const USART,
-			                               const uint32_t BaudRate,
-			                               const bool DoubleSpeed)
-			{
-				uint16_t BaudValue = (DoubleSpeed ? SERIAL_2X_UBBRVAL(BaudRate) : SERIAL_UBBRVAL(BaudRate));
-
-				USART->BAUDCTRLB = (BaudValue >> 8);
-				USART->BAUDCTRLA = (BaudValue & 0xFF);
-
-				USART->CTRLC = (USART_CMODE_ASYNCHRONOUS_gc | USART_PMODE_DISABLED_gc | USART_CHSIZE_8BIT_gc);
-				USART->CTRLB = (USART_RXEN_bm | USART_TXEN_bm | (DoubleSpeed ? USART_CLK2X_bm : 0));
-			}
-
-			/** Turns off the USART driver, disabling and returning used hardware to their default configuration.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] USART  Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
-			 */
-			static inline void Serial_Disable(USART_t* const USART) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-			static inline void Serial_Disable(USART_t* const USART)
-			{
-				USART->CTRLA = 0;
-				USART->CTRLB = 0;
-				USART->CTRLC = 0;
-			}
-
-			/** Indicates whether a character has been received through the USART.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] USART  Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if a character has been received, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool Serial_IsCharReceived(USART_t* const USART) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-			static inline bool Serial_IsCharReceived(USART_t* const USART)
-			{
-				return ((USART->STATUS & USART_RXCIF_bm) ? true : false);
-			}
-
-			/** Indicates whether there is hardware buffer space for a new transmit on the USART. This
-			 *  function can be used to determine if a call to \ref Serial_SendByte() will block in advance.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] USART  Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if a character can be queued for transmission immediately, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool Serial_IsSendReady(USART_t* const USART) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-			static inline bool Serial_IsSendReady(USART_t* const USART)
-			{
-				return (USART->STATUS & USART_DREIF_bm) ? true : false;
-			}
-
-			/** Indicates whether the hardware USART transmit buffer is completely empty, indicating all
-			 *  pending transmissions have completed.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] USART  Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if no characters are buffered for transmission, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool Serial_IsSendComplete(USART_t* const USART) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-			static inline bool Serial_IsSendComplete(USART_t* const USART)
-			{
-				return (USART->STATUS & USART_TXCIF_bm) ? true : false;
-			}
-
-			/** Transmits a given byte through the USART.
-			 *
-			 *  \note If no buffer space is available in the hardware USART, this function will block. To check if
-			 *        space is available before calling this function, see \ref Serial_IsSendReady().
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] USART     Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
-			 *  \param[in]     DataByte  Byte to transmit through the USART.
-			 */
-			static inline void Serial_SendByte(USART_t* const USART,
-			                                   const char DataByte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-			static inline void Serial_SendByte(USART_t* const USART,
-			                                   const char DataByte)
-			{
-				while (!(Serial_IsSendReady(USART)));
-				USART->DATA = DataByte;
-			}
-
-			/** Receives the next byte from the USART.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] USART  Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Next byte received from the USART, or a negative value if no byte has been received.
-			 */
-			static inline int16_t Serial_ReceiveByte(USART_t* const USART) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-			static inline int16_t Serial_ReceiveByte(USART_t* const USART)
-			{
-				if (!(Serial_IsCharReceived(USART)))
-				  return -1;
-
-				USART->STATUS = USART_RXCIF_bm;
-				return USART->DATA;
-			}
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/TWI_XMEGA.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/TWI_XMEGA.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 6f8ab1d4c5..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/TWI_XMEGA.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,185 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
-#if (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_TWI_C
-#include "../TWI.h"
-
-uint8_t TWI_StartTransmission(TWI_t* const TWI,
-                              const uint8_t SlaveAddress,
-                              const uint8_t TimeoutMS)
-{
-	uint16_t TimeoutRemaining;
-
-	TWI->MASTER.ADDR = SlaveAddress;
-
-	TimeoutRemaining = (TimeoutMS * 100);
-	while (TimeoutRemaining)
-	{
-		uint8_t status = TWI->MASTER.STATUS;
-
-		if ((status & (TWI_MASTER_WIF_bm | TWI_MASTER_ARBLOST_bm)) == (TWI_MASTER_WIF_bm | TWI_MASTER_ARBLOST_bm))
-		{
-			TWI->MASTER.ADDR = SlaveAddress;
-		}
-		else if ((status & (TWI_MASTER_WIF_bm | TWI_MASTER_RXACK_bm)) == (TWI_MASTER_WIF_bm | TWI_MASTER_RXACK_bm))
-		{
-			TWI_StopTransmission(TWI);
-			return TWI_ERROR_SlaveResponseTimeout;
-		}
-		else if (status & (TWI_MASTER_WIF_bm | TWI_MASTER_RIF_bm))
-		{
-			return TWI_ERROR_NoError;
-		}
-
-		_delay_us(10);
-		TimeoutRemaining--;
-	}
-
-	if (!(TimeoutRemaining)) {
-		if (TWI->MASTER.STATUS & TWI_MASTER_CLKHOLD_bm) {
-			TWI_StopTransmission(TWI);
-		}
-	}
-
-	return TWI_ERROR_BusCaptureTimeout;
-}
-
-bool TWI_SendByte(TWI_t* const TWI,
-                  const uint8_t Byte)
-{
-	TWI->MASTER.DATA = Byte;
-
-	while (!(TWI->MASTER.STATUS & TWI_MASTER_WIF_bm));
-
-	return (TWI->MASTER.STATUS & TWI_MASTER_WIF_bm) && !(TWI->MASTER.STATUS & TWI_MASTER_RXACK_bm);
-}
-
-bool TWI_ReceiveByte(TWI_t* const TWI,
-                     uint8_t* const Byte,
-                     const bool LastByte)
-{
-	if ((TWI->MASTER.STATUS & (TWI_MASTER_BUSERR_bm | TWI_MASTER_ARBLOST_bm)) == (TWI_MASTER_BUSERR_bm | TWI_MASTER_ARBLOST_bm)) {
-		return false;
-	}
-
-	while (!(TWI->MASTER.STATUS & TWI_MASTER_RIF_bm));
-
-	*Byte = TWI->MASTER.DATA;
-
-	if (LastByte)
-	  TWI->MASTER.CTRLC = TWI_MASTER_ACKACT_bm | TWI_MASTER_CMD_STOP_gc;
-	else
-	  TWI->MASTER.CTRLC = TWI_MASTER_CMD_RECVTRANS_gc;
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-uint8_t TWI_ReadPacket(TWI_t* const TWI,
-                       const uint8_t SlaveAddress,
-                       const uint8_t TimeoutMS,
-                       const uint8_t* InternalAddress,
-                       uint8_t InternalAddressLen,
-                       uint8_t* Buffer,
-                       uint8_t Length)
-{
-	uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
-	if ((ErrorCode = TWI_StartTransmission(TWI, (SlaveAddress & TWI_DEVICE_ADDRESS_MASK) | TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE,
-	                                       TimeoutMS)) == TWI_ERROR_NoError)
-	{
-		while (InternalAddressLen--)
-		{
-			if (!(TWI_SendByte(TWI, *(InternalAddress++))))
-			{
-				ErrorCode = TWI_ERROR_SlaveNAK;
-				break;
-			}
-		}
-
-		if ((ErrorCode = TWI_StartTransmission(TWI, (SlaveAddress & TWI_DEVICE_ADDRESS_MASK) | TWI_ADDRESS_READ,
-		                                       TimeoutMS)) == TWI_ERROR_NoError)
-		{
-			while (Length--)
-			{
-				if (!(TWI_ReceiveByte(TWI, Buffer++, (Length == 0))))
-				{
-					ErrorCode = TWI_ERROR_SlaveNAK;
-					break;
-				}
-			}
-		}
-
-		TWI_StopTransmission(TWI);
-	}
-
-	return ErrorCode;
-}
-
-uint8_t TWI_WritePacket(TWI_t* const TWI,
-                        const uint8_t SlaveAddress,
-                        const uint8_t TimeoutMS,
-                        const uint8_t* InternalAddress,
-                        uint8_t InternalAddressLen,
-                        const uint8_t* Buffer,
-                        uint8_t Length)
-{
-	uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
-	if ((ErrorCode = TWI_StartTransmission(TWI, (SlaveAddress & TWI_DEVICE_ADDRESS_MASK) | TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE,
-	                                       TimeoutMS)) == TWI_ERROR_NoError)
-	{
-		while (InternalAddressLen--)
-		{
-			if (!(TWI_SendByte(TWI, *(InternalAddress++))))
-			{
-				ErrorCode = TWI_ERROR_SlaveNAK;
-				break;
-			}
-		}
-
-		while (Length--)
-		{
-			if (!(TWI_SendByte(TWI, *(Buffer++))))
-			{
-				ErrorCode = TWI_ERROR_SlaveNAK;
-				break;
-			}
-		}
-
-		TWI_StopTransmission(TWI);
-	}
-
-	return ErrorCode;
-}
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/TWI_XMEGA.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/TWI_XMEGA.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 72437e5e15..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/TWI_XMEGA.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,302 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief TWI Peripheral Driver (XMEGA)
- *
- *  On-chip TWI driver for the XMEGA Family of AVR microcontrollers.
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the TWI driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_TWI
- *  \defgroup Group_TWI_XMEGA TWI Peripheral Driver (XMEGA)
- *
- *  \section Sec_TWI_XMEGA_ModDescription Module Description
- *  Master mode TWI driver for the 8-bit AVR microcontrollers which contain a hardware TWI module.
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the TWI driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h.
- *
- *  \section Sec_TWI_XMEGA_ExampleUsage Example Usage
- *  The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
- *  application.
- *
- *  <b>Low Level API Example:</b>
- *  \code
- *      // Initialize the TWI driver before first use at 200KHz
- *      TWI_Init(&TWIC, TWI_BAUD_FROM_FREQ(200000));
- *
- *      // Start a write session to device at device address 0xA0, internal address 0xDC with a 10ms timeout
- *      if (TWI_StartTransmission(&TWIC, 0xA0 | TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE, 10) == TWI_ERROR_NoError)
- *      {
- *          TWI_SendByte(&TWIC, 0xDC);
- *
- *          TWI_SendByte(&TWIC, 0x01);
- *          TWI_SendByte(&TWIC, 0x02);
- *          TWI_SendByte(&TWIC, 0x03);
- *
- *          // Must stop transmission afterwards to release the bus
- *          TWI_StopTransmission(&TWIC);
- *      }
- *
- *      // Start a read session to device at address 0xA0, internal address 0xDC with a 10ms timeout
- *      if (TWI_StartTransmission(&TWIC, 0xA0 | TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE, 10) == TWI_ERROR_NoError)
- *      {
- *          TWI_SendByte(&TWIC, 0xDC);
- *          TWI_StopTransmission(&TWIC);
- *
- *          if (TWI_StartTransmission(&TWIC, 0xA0 | TWI_ADDRESS_READ, 10) == TWI_ERROR_NoError)
- *          {
- *              uint8_t Byte1, Byte2, Byte3;
- *
- *              // Read three bytes, acknowledge after the third byte is received
- *              TWI_ReceiveByte(&TWIC, &Byte1, false);
- *              TWI_ReceiveByte(&TWIC, &Byte2, false);
- *              TWI_ReceiveByte(&TWIC, &Byte3, true);
- *
- *              // Must stop transmission afterwards to release the bus
- *              TWI_StopTransmission(&TWIC);
- *          }
- *      }
- *  \endcode
- *
- *  <b>High Level API Example:</b>
- *  \code
- *      // Initialize the TWI driver before first use at 200KHz
- *      TWI_Init(&TWIC, TWI_BAUD_FROM_FREQ(200000));
- *
- *      // Start a write session to device at device address 0xA0, internal address 0xDC with a 10ms timeout
- *      uint8_t InternalWriteAddress = 0xDC;
- *      uint8_t WritePacket[3] = {0x01, 0x02, 0x03};
- *
- *      TWI_WritePacket(&TWIC, 0xA0, 10, &InternalWriteAddress, sizeof(InternalWriteAddress),
- *                      &WritePacket, sizeof(WritePacket);
- *
- *      // Start a read session to device at address 0xA0, internal address 0xDC with a 10ms timeout
- *      uint8_t InternalReadAddress = 0xDC;
- *      uint8_t ReadPacket[3];
- *
- *      TWI_ReadPacket(&TWIC, 0xA0, 10, &InternalReadAddress, sizeof(InternalReadAddress),
- *                     &ReadPacket, sizeof(ReadPacket);
- *  \endcode
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __TWI_XMEGA_H__
-#define __TWI_XMEGA_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-		#include <stdio.h>
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_TWI_H) && !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_TWI_C)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** TWI slave device address mask for a read session. Mask with a slave device base address to obtain
-			 *  the correct TWI bus address for the slave device when reading data from it.
-			 */
-			#define TWI_ADDRESS_READ         0x01
-
-			/** TWI slave device address mask for a write session. Mask with a slave device base address to obtain
-			 *  the correct TWI bus address for the slave device when writing data to it.
-			 */
-			#define TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE        0x00
-
-			/** Mask to retrieve the base address for a TWI device, which can then be ORed with \ref TWI_ADDRESS_READ
-			 *  or \ref TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE to obtain the device's read and write address respectively.
-			 */
-			#define TWI_DEVICE_ADDRESS_MASK  0xFE
-
-			/** Calculates the length of each bit on the TWI bus for a given target frequency. This may be used with
-			 *  the \ref TWI_Init() function to convert a bus frequency to a number of clocks for the \c BitLength
-			 *  parameter.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Frequency  Desired TWI bus frequency in Hz.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Bit length in clocks for the given TWI bus frequency at the given prescaler value.
-			 */
-			#define TWI_BAUD_FROM_FREQ(Frequency) ((F_CPU / (2 * Frequency)) - 5)
-
-		/* Enums: */
-			/** Enum for the possible return codes of the TWI transfer start routine and other dependant TWI functions. */
-			enum TWI_ErrorCodes_t
-			{
-				TWI_ERROR_NoError              = 0, /**< Indicates that the command completed successfully. */
-				TWI_ERROR_BusFault             = 1, /**< A TWI bus fault occurred while attempting to capture the bus. */
-				TWI_ERROR_BusCaptureTimeout    = 2, /**< A timeout occurred whilst waiting for the bus to be ready. */
-				TWI_ERROR_SlaveResponseTimeout = 3, /**< No ACK received at the nominated slave address within the timeout period. */
-				TWI_ERROR_SlaveNotReady        = 4, /**< Slave NAKed the TWI bus START condition. */
-				TWI_ERROR_SlaveNAK             = 5, /**< Slave NAKed whilst attempting to send data to the device. */
-			};
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			/** Initializes the TWI hardware into master mode, ready for data transmission and reception. This must be
-			 *  before any other TWI operations.
-			 *
-			 *  The generated SCL frequency will be according to the formula <pre>F_CPU / (2 * (5 + (BAUD)))</pre>.
-			 *
-			 *  \attention The value of the \c BitLength parameter should not be set below 10 or invalid bus conditions may
-			 *             occur, as indicated in the XMEGA microcontroller datasheet.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] TWI   Pointer to the base of the TWI peripheral within the device.
-			 *  \param[in] Baud  Value of the BAUD register of the TWI Master.
-			 */
-			static inline void TWI_Init(TWI_t* const TWI,
-			                            const uint8_t Baud) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-			static inline void TWI_Init(TWI_t* const TWI,
-			                            const uint8_t Baud)
-			{
-				TWI->CTRL          = 0x00;
-				TWI->MASTER.BAUD   = Baud;
-				TWI->MASTER.CTRLA  = TWI_MASTER_ENABLE_bm;
-				TWI->MASTER.CTRLB  = 0;
-				TWI->MASTER.STATUS = TWI_MASTER_BUSSTATE_IDLE_gc;
-			}
-
-			/** Turns off the TWI driver hardware. If this is called, any further TWI operations will require a call to
-			 *  \ref TWI_Init() before the TWI can be used again.
-	   		 *
-			 *  \param[in] TWI  Pointer to the base of the TWI peripheral within the device.
-			 */
-			static inline void TWI_Disable(TWI_t* const TWI) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-			static inline void TWI_Disable(TWI_t* const TWI)
-			{
-				TWI->MASTER.CTRLA &= ~TWI_MASTER_ENABLE_bm;
-			}
-
-			/** Sends a TWI STOP onto the TWI bus, terminating communication with the currently addressed device.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] TWI  Pointer to the base of the TWI peripheral within the device.
-			 */
-			static inline void TWI_StopTransmission(TWI_t* const TWI) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-			static inline void TWI_StopTransmission(TWI_t* const TWI)
-			{
-				TWI->MASTER.CTRLC = TWI_MASTER_ACKACT_bm | TWI_MASTER_CMD_STOP_gc;
-			}
-
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			/** Begins a master mode TWI bus communication with the given slave device address.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] TWI           Pointer to the base of the TWI peripheral within the device.
-			 *  \param[in] SlaveAddress  Address of the slave TWI device to communicate with.
-			 *  \param[in] TimeoutMS     Timeout period within which the slave must respond, in milliseconds.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref TWI_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t TWI_StartTransmission(TWI_t* const TWI,
-			                              const uint8_t SlaveAddress,
-			                              const uint8_t TimeoutMS) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Sends a byte to the currently addressed device on the TWI bus.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] TWI   Pointer to the base of the TWI peripheral within the device.
-			 *  \param[in] Byte  Byte to send to the currently addressed device
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the recipient ACKed the byte, \c false otherwise
-			 */
-			bool TWI_SendByte(TWI_t* const TWI,
-			                  const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Receives a byte from the currently addressed device on the TWI bus.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] TWI       Pointer to the base of the TWI peripheral within the device.
-			 *  \param[in] Byte      Location where the read byte is to be stored.
-			 *  \param[in] LastByte  Indicates if the byte should be ACKed if false, NAKed if true.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the byte reception successfully completed, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			bool TWI_ReceiveByte(TWI_t* const TWI,
-			                     uint8_t* const Byte,
-			                     const bool LastByte) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
-			/** High level function to perform a complete packet transfer over the TWI bus to the specified
-			 *  device.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] TWI                 Pointer to the base of the TWI peripheral within the device.
-			 *  \param[in] SlaveAddress        Base address of the TWI slave device to communicate with.
-			 *  \param[in] TimeoutMS           Timeout for bus capture and slave START ACK, in milliseconds.
-			 *  \param[in] InternalAddress     Pointer to a location where the internal slave read start address is stored.
-			 *  \param[in] InternalAddressLen  Size of the internal device address, in bytes.
-			 *  \param[in] Buffer              Pointer to a buffer where the read packet data is to be stored.
-			 *  \param[in] Length              Size of the packet to read, in bytes.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref TWI_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t TWI_ReadPacket(TWI_t* const TWI,
-			                       const uint8_t SlaveAddress,
-			                       const uint8_t TimeoutMS,
-			                       const uint8_t* InternalAddress,
-			                       uint8_t InternalAddressLen,
-			                       uint8_t* Buffer,
-			                       uint8_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(4);
-
-			/** High level function to perform a complete packet transfer over the TWI bus from the specified
-			 *  device.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] TWI                 Pointer to the base of the TWI peripheral within the device.
-			 *  \param[in] SlaveAddress        Base address of the TWI slave device to communicate with
-			 *  \param[in] TimeoutMS           Timeout for bus capture and slave START ACK, in milliseconds
-			 *  \param[in] InternalAddress     Pointer to a location where the internal slave write start address is stored
-			 *  \param[in] InternalAddressLen  Size of the internal device address, in bytes
-			 *  \param[in] Buffer              Pointer to a buffer where the packet data to send is stored
-			 *  \param[in] Length              Size of the packet to send, in bytes
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref TWI_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t TWI_WritePacket(TWI_t* const TWI,
-			                        const uint8_t SlaveAddress,
-			                        const uint8_t TimeoutMS,
-			                        const uint8_t* InternalAddress,
-			                        uint8_t InternalAddressLen,
-			                        const uint8_t* Buffer,
-			                        uint8_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(4);
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/AndroidAccessoryClass.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/AndroidAccessoryClass.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 24978ca2e3..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/AndroidAccessoryClass.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Master include file for the library USB Android Open Accessory Class driver.
- *
- *  Master include file for the library USB Android Open Accessory Class driver, for both host and device modes, where available.
- *
- *  This file should be included in all user projects making use of this optional class driver, instead of
- *  including any headers in the USB/ClassDriver/Device, USB/ClassDriver/Host or USB/ClassDriver/Common subdirectories.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassDrivers
- *  \defgroup Group_USBClassAOA Android Open Accessory Class Driver
- *  \brief USB class driver for the Google Android Open Accessory class standard.
- *
- *  \section Sec_USBClassAOA_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- *
- *  \section Sec_USBClassAOA_ModDescription Module Description
- *  Android Open Accessory Class Driver module. This module contains an internal implementation of the USB Android Open Accessory
- *  Class, for Host USB mode. User applications can use this class driver instead of implementing the Android Open Accessory Class
- *  manually via the low-level LUFA APIs.
- *
- *  This module is designed to simplify the user code by exposing only the required interface needed to interface with
- *  Host using the USB Android Open Accessory Class.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef _AOA_CLASS_H_
-#define _AOA_CLASS_H_
-
-	/* Macros: */
-		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_AOA_DRIVER
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../Core/USBMode.h"
-
-		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-			#include "Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.h"
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/AudioClass.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/AudioClass.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0e3ca8d751..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/AudioClass.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Master include file for the library USB Audio 1.0 Class driver.
- *
- *  Master include file for the library USB Audio 1.0 Class driver, for both host and device modes, where available.
- *
- *  This file should be included in all user projects making use of this optional class driver, instead of
- *  including any headers in the USB/ClassDriver/Device, USB/ClassDriver/Host or USB/ClassDriver/Common subdirectories.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassDrivers
- *  \defgroup Group_USBClassAudio Audio 1.0 Class Driver
- *  \brief USB class driver for the USB-IF Audio 1.0 class standard.
- *
- *  \section Sec_USBClassAudio_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- *
- *  \section Sec_USBClassAudio_ModDescription Module Description
- *  Audio 1.0 Class Driver module. This module contains an internal implementation of the USB Audio 1.0 Class, for both
- *  Device and Host USB modes. User applications can use this class driver instead of implementing the Audio 1.0 class
- *  manually via the low-level LUFA APIs.
- *
- *  This module is designed to simplify the user code by exposing only the required interface needed to interface with
- *  Hosts or Devices using the USB Audio 1.0 Class.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef _AUDIO_CLASS_H_
-#define _AUDIO_CLASS_H_
-
-	/* Macros: */
-		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_AUDIO_DRIVER
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../Core/USBMode.h"
-
-		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-			#include "Device/AudioClassDevice.h"
-		#endif
-
-		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-			#include "Host/AudioClassHost.h"
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/CDCClass.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/CDCClass.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 3bad74bfa1..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/CDCClass.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Master include file for the library USB CDC-ACM Class driver.
- *
- *  Master include file for the library USB CDC Class driver, for both host and device modes, where available.
- *
- *  This file should be included in all user projects making use of this optional class driver, instead of
- *  including any headers in the USB/ClassDriver/Device, USB/ClassDriver/Host or USB/ClassDriver/Common subdirectories.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassDrivers
- *  \defgroup Group_USBClassCDC CDC-ACM (Virtual Serial) Class Driver
- *  \brief USB class driver for the USB-IF CDC-ACM (Virtual Serial) class standard.
- *
- *  \section Sec_USBClassCDC_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- *
- *  \section Sec_USBClassCDC_ModDescription Module Description
- *  CDC Class Driver module. This module contains an internal implementation of the USB CDC-ACM class Virtual Serial
- *  Ports, for both Device and Host USB modes. User applications can use this class driver instead of implementing the
- *  CDC class manually via the low-level LUFA APIs.
- *
- *  This module is designed to simplify the user code by exposing only the required interface needed to interface with
- *  Hosts or Devices using the USB CDC Class.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef _CDC_CLASS_H_
-#define _CDC_CLASS_H_
-
-	/* Macros: */
-		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_CDC_DRIVER
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../Core/USBMode.h"
-
-		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-			#include "Device/CDCClassDevice.h"
-		#endif
-
-		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-			#include "Host/CDCClassHost.h"
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/AndroidAccessoryClassCommon.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/AndroidAccessoryClassCommon.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c3153dab71..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/AndroidAccessoryClassCommon.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,129 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Common definitions and declarations for the library USB Android Open Accessory Class driver.
- *
- *  Common definitions and declarations for the library USB Android Open Accessory Class driver.
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassAOA
- *  \defgroup Group_USBClassAOACommon  Common Class Definitions
- *
- *  \section Sec_USBClassAOACommon_ModDescription Module Description
- *  Constants, Types and Enum definitions that are common to both Device and Host modes for the USB
- *  Android Open Accessory Class.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef _AOA_CLASS_COMMON_H_
-#define _AOA_CLASS_COMMON_H_
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../Core/StdDescriptors.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_AOA_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Macros: */
-		/** Product ID value in a Device Descriptor to indicate an Android device in Open Accessory mode. */
-		#define ANDROID_ACCESSORY_PRODUCT_ID        0x2D00
-
-		/** Product ID value in a Device Descriptor to indicate an Android device in Open Accessory and Android Debug mode. */
-		#define ANDROID_ACCESSORY_ADB_PRODUCT_ID    0x2D01
-
-	/* Enums: */
-		/** Enum for possible Class, Subclass and Protocol values of device and interface descriptors relating to the
-		 *  Android Open Accessory class.
-		 */
-		enum AOA_Descriptor_ClassSubclassProtocol_t
-		{
-			AOA_CSCP_AOADataClass    = 0xFF, /**< Descriptor Class value indicating that the device or interface
-			                                  *   belongs to the AOA data class.
-			                                  */
-			AOA_CSCP_AOADataSubclass = 0xFF, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or interface
-			                                  *   belongs to AOA data subclass.
-			                                  */
-			AOA_CSCP_AOADataProtocol = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or interface
-			                                  *   belongs to the AOA data class protocol.
-			                                  */
-		};
-
-		/** Enum for the Android Open Accessory class specific control requests that can be issued by the USB bus host. */
-		enum AOA_ClassRequests_t
-		{
-			AOA_REQ_GetAccessoryProtocol    = 0x33, /**< Android Open Accessory control request to retrieve the device's supported Accessory Protocol version. */
-			AOA_REQ_SendString              = 0x34, /**< Android Open Accessory control request to set an accessory property string in the device. */
-			AOA_REQ_StartAccessoryMode      = 0x35, /**< Android Open Accessory control request to switch the device into Accessory mode. */
-		};
-
-		/** Enum for the possible Android Open Accessory property string indexes. */
-		enum AOA_Strings_t
-		{
-			AOA_STRING_Manufacturer         = 0, /**< Index of the Manufacturer property string. */
-			AOA_STRING_Model                = 1, /**< Index of the Model Name property string. */
-			AOA_STRING_Description          = 2, /**< Index of the Description property string. */
-			AOA_STRING_Version              = 3, /**< Index of the Version Number property string. */
-			AOA_STRING_URI                  = 4, /**< Index of the URI Information property string. */
-			AOA_STRING_Serial               = 5, /**< Index of the Serial Number property string. */
-
-			#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			AOA_STRING_TOTAL_STRINGS
-			#endif
-		};
-
-		/** Enum for the possible Android Open Accessory protocol versions. */
-		enum AOA_Protocols_t
-		{
-			AOA_PROTOCOL_AccessoryV1        = 0x0001, /**< Android Open Accessory version 1. */
-			AOA_PROTOCOL_AccessoryV2        = 0x0002, /**< Android Open Accessory version 2. */
-		};
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/AudioClassCommon.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/AudioClassCommon.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 2db5eeea1d..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/AudioClassCommon.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,780 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Common definitions and declarations for the library USB Audio 1.0 Class driver.
- *
- *  Common definitions and declarations for the library USB Audio 1.0 Class driver.
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassAudio
- *  \defgroup Group_USBClassAudioCommon  Common Class Definitions
- *
- *  \section Sec_USBClassAudioCommon_ModDescription Module Description
- *  Constants, Types and Enum definitions that are common to both Device and Host modes for the USB
- *  Audio 1.0 Class.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef _AUDIO_CLASS_COMMON_H_
-#define _AUDIO_CLASS_COMMON_H_
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../Core/StdDescriptors.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_AUDIO_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Macros: */
-		/** \name Audio Channel Masks */
-		//@{
-		/** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
-		#define AUDIO_CHANNEL_LEFT_FRONT           (1 << 0)
-
-		/** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
-		#define AUDIO_CHANNEL_RIGHT_FRONT          (1 << 1)
-
-		/** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
-		#define AUDIO_CHANNEL_CENTER_FRONT         (1 << 2)
-
-		/** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
-		#define AUDIO_CHANNEL_LOW_FREQ_ENHANCE     (1 << 3)
-
-		/** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
-		#define AUDIO_CHANNEL_LEFT_SURROUND        (1 << 4)
-
-		/** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
-		#define AUDIO_CHANNEL_RIGHT_SURROUND       (1 << 5)
-
-		/** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
-		#define AUDIO_CHANNEL_LEFT_OF_CENTER       (1 << 6)
-
-		/** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
-		#define AUDIO_CHANNEL_RIGHT_OF_CENTER      (1 << 7)
-
-		/** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
-		#define AUDIO_CHANNEL_SURROUND             (1 << 8)
-
-		/** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
-		#define AUDIO_CHANNEL_SIDE_LEFT            (1 << 9)
-
-		/** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
-		#define AUDIO_CHANNEL_SIDE_RIGHT           (1 << 10)
-
-		/** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
-		#define AUDIO_CHANNEL_TOP                  (1 << 11)
-		//@}
-
-		/** \name Audio Feature Masks */
-		//@{
-		/** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
-		#define AUDIO_FEATURE_MUTE                 (1 << 0)
-
-		/** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
-		#define AUDIO_FEATURE_VOLUME               (1 << 1)
-
-		/** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
-		#define AUDIO_FEATURE_BASS                 (1 << 2)
-
-		/** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
-		#define AUDIO_FEATURE_MID                  (1 << 3)
-
-		/** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
-		#define AUDIO_FEATURE_TREBLE               (1 << 4)
-
-		/** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
-		#define AUDIO_FEATURE_GRAPHIC_EQUALIZER    (1 << 5)
-
-		/** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
-		#define AUDIO_FEATURE_AUTOMATIC_GAIN       (1 << 6)
-
-		/** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
-		#define AUDIO_FEATURE_DELAY                (1 << 7)
-
-		/** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
-		#define AUDIO_FEATURE_BASS_BOOST           (1 << 8)
-
-		/** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
-		#define AUDIO_FEATURE_BASS_LOUDNESS        (1 << 9)
-		//@}
-
-		/** \name Audio Terminal Types */
-		//@{
-		/** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
-		#define AUDIO_TERMINAL_UNDEFINED           0x0100
-
-		/** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
-		#define AUDIO_TERMINAL_STREAMING           0x0101
-
-		/** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
-		#define AUDIO_TERMINAL_VENDOR              0x01FF
-
-		/** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
-		#define AUDIO_TERMINAL_IN_UNDEFINED        0x0200
-
-		/** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
-		#define AUDIO_TERMINAL_IN_MIC              0x0201
-
-		/** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
-		#define AUDIO_TERMINAL_IN_DESKTOP_MIC      0x0202
-
-		/** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
-		#define AUDIO_TERMINAL_IN_PERSONAL_MIC     0x0203
-
-		/** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
-		#define AUDIO_TERMINAL_IN_OMNIDIR_MIC      0x0204
-
-		/** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
-		#define AUDIO_TERMINAL_IN_MIC_ARRAY        0x0205
-
-		/** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
-		#define AUDIO_TERMINAL_IN_PROCESSING_MIC   0x0206
-
-		/** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
-		#define AUDIO_TERMINAL_IN_OUT_UNDEFINED    0x0300
-
-		/** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
-		#define AUDIO_TERMINAL_OUT_SPEAKER         0x0301
-
-		/** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
-		#define AUDIO_TERMINAL_OUT_HEADPHONES      0x0302
-
-		/** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
-		#define AUDIO_TERMINAL_OUT_HEAD_MOUNTED    0x0303
-
-		/** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
-		#define AUDIO_TERMINAL_OUT_DESKTOP         0x0304
-
-		/** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
-		#define AUDIO_TERMINAL_OUT_ROOM            0x0305
-
-		/** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
-		#define AUDIO_TERMINAL_OUT_COMMUNICATION   0x0306
-
-		/** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
-		#define AUDIO_TERMINAL_OUT_LOWFREQ         0x0307
-		//@}
-
-		/** Convenience macro to fill a 24-bit \ref USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t structure with the given sample rate as a 24-bit number.
-		 *
-		 *  \param[in] freq  Required audio sampling frequency in HZ
-		 */
-		#define AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(freq)           {.Byte1 = ((uint32_t)freq & 0xFF), .Byte2 = (((uint32_t)freq >> 8) & 0xFF), .Byte3 = (((uint32_t)freq >> 16) & 0xFF)}
-
-		/** Mask for the attributes parameter of an Audio class-specific Endpoint descriptor, indicating that the endpoint
-		 *  accepts only filled endpoint packets of audio samples.
-		 */
-		#define AUDIO_EP_FULL_PACKETS_ONLY        (1 << 7)
-
-		/** Mask for the attributes parameter of an Audio class-specific Endpoint descriptor, indicating that the endpoint
-		 *  will accept partially filled endpoint packets of audio samples.
-		 */
-		#define AUDIO_EP_ACCEPTS_SMALL_PACKETS    (0 << 7)
-
-		/** Mask for the attributes parameter of an Audio class-specific Endpoint descriptor, indicating that the endpoint
-		 *  allows for sampling frequency adjustments to be made via control requests directed at the endpoint.
-		 */
-		#define AUDIO_EP_SAMPLE_FREQ_CONTROL      (1 << 0)
-
-		/** Mask for the attributes parameter of an Audio class-specific Endpoint descriptor, indicating that the endpoint
-		 *  allows for pitch adjustments to be made via control requests directed at the endpoint.
-		 */
-		#define AUDIO_EP_PITCH_CONTROL            (1 << 1)
-
-	/* Enums: */
-		/** Enum for possible Class, Subclass and Protocol values of device and interface descriptors relating to the Audio
-		 *  device class.
-		 */
-		enum Audio_Descriptor_ClassSubclassProtocol_t
-		{
-			AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass                     = 0x01, /**< Descriptor Class value indicating that the device or
-			                                                   *   interface belongs to the USB Audio 1.0 class.
-			                                                   */
-			AUDIO_CSCP_ControlSubclass                = 0x01, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or
-			                                                   *   interface belongs to the Audio Control subclass.
-			                                                   */
-			AUDIO_CSCP_ControlProtocol                = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or
-			                                                   *   interface belongs to the Audio Control protocol.
-			                                                   */
-			AUDIO_CSCP_AudioStreamingSubclass         = 0x02, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or
-			                                                   *   interface belongs to the MIDI Streaming subclass.
-			                                                   */
-			AUDIO_CSCP_MIDIStreamingSubclass          = 0x03, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or
-			                                                   *   interface belongs to the Audio streaming subclass.
-			                                                   */
-			AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol              = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or
-			                                                   *   interface belongs to the Streaming Audio protocol.
-			                                                   */
-		};
-
-		/** Audio class specific interface description subtypes, for the Audio Control interface. */
-		enum Audio_CSInterface_AC_SubTypes_t
-		{
-			AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header         = 0x01, /**< Audio class specific control interface header. */
-			AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal  = 0x02, /**< Audio class specific control interface Input Terminal. */
-			AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal = 0x03, /**< Audio class specific control interface Output Terminal. */
-			AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Mixer          = 0x04, /**< Audio class specific control interface Mixer Unit. */
-			AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Selector       = 0x05, /**< Audio class specific control interface Selector Unit. */
-			AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Feature        = 0x06, /**< Audio class specific control interface Feature Unit. */
-			AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Processing     = 0x07, /**< Audio class specific control interface Processing Unit. */
-			AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Extension      = 0x08, /**< Audio class specific control interface Extension Unit. */
-		};
-
-		/** Audio class specific interface description subtypes, for the Audio Streaming interface. */
-		enum Audio_CSInterface_AS_SubTypes_t
-		{
-			AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_General        = 0x01, /**< Audio class specific streaming interface general descriptor. */
-			AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_FormatType     = 0x02, /**< Audio class specific streaming interface format type descriptor. */
-			AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_FormatSpecific = 0x03, /**< Audio class specific streaming interface format information descriptor. */
-		};
-
-		/** Audio class specific endpoint description subtypes, for the Audio Streaming interface. */
-		enum Audio_CSEndpoint_SubTypes_t
-		{
-			AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSEndpoint_General         = 0x01, /**< Audio class specific endpoint general descriptor. */
-		};
-
-		/** Enum for the Audio class specific control requests that can be issued by the USB bus host. */
-		enum Audio_ClassRequests_t
-		{
-			AUDIO_REQ_SetCurrent    = 0x01, /**< Audio class-specific request to set the current value of a parameter within the device. */
-			AUDIO_REQ_SetMinimum    = 0x02, /**< Audio class-specific request to set the minimum value of a parameter within the device. */
-			AUDIO_REQ_SetMaximum    = 0x03, /**< Audio class-specific request to set the maximum value of a parameter within the device. */
-			AUDIO_REQ_SetResolution = 0x04, /**< Audio class-specific request to set the resolution value of a parameter within the device. */
-			AUDIO_REQ_SetMemory     = 0x05, /**< Audio class-specific request to set the memory value of a parameter within the device. */
-			AUDIO_REQ_GetCurrent    = 0x81, /**< Audio class-specific request to get the current value of a parameter within the device. */
-			AUDIO_REQ_GetMinimum    = 0x82, /**< Audio class-specific request to get the minimum value of a parameter within the device. */
-			AUDIO_REQ_GetMaximum    = 0x83, /**< Audio class-specific request to get the maximum value of a parameter within the device. */
-			AUDIO_REQ_GetResolution = 0x84, /**< Audio class-specific request to get the resolution value of a parameter within the device. */
-			AUDIO_REQ_GetMemory     = 0x85, /**< Audio class-specific request to get the memory value of a parameter within the device. */
-			AUDIO_REQ_GetStatus     = 0xFF, /**< Audio class-specific request to get the device status. */
-		};
-
-		/** Enum for Audio class specific Endpoint control modifiers which can be set and retrieved by a USB host, if the corresponding
-		 *  endpoint control is indicated to be supported in the Endpoint's Audio-class specific endpoint descriptor.
-		 */
-		enum Audio_EndpointControls_t
-		{
-			AUDIO_EPCONTROL_SamplingFreq = 0x01, /**< Sampling frequency adjustment of the endpoint. */
-			AUDIO_EPCONTROL_Pitch        = 0x02, /**< Pitch adjustment of the endpoint. */
-		};
-
-	/* Type Defines: */
-		/** \brief Audio class-specific Input Terminal Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
-		 *
-		 *  Type define for an Audio class-specific input terminal descriptor. This indicates to the host that the device
-		 *  contains an input audio source, either from a physical terminal on the device, or a logical terminal (for example,
-		 *  a USB endpoint). See the USB Audio specification for more details.
-		 *
-		 *  \see \ref USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_InputTerminal_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
-		 *
-		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
-			uint8_t                 Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
-			                                  *   must be \ref AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal.
-			                                  */
-
-			uint8_t                 TerminalID; /**< ID value of this terminal unit - must be a unique value within the device. */
-			uint16_t                TerminalType; /**< Type of terminal, a \c TERMINAL_* mask. */
-			uint8_t                 AssociatedOutputTerminal; /**< ID of associated output terminal, for physically grouped terminals
-			                                                   *   such as the speaker and microphone of a phone handset.
-			                                                   */
-			uint8_t                 TotalChannels; /**< Total number of separate audio channels within this interface (right, left, etc.) */
-			uint16_t                ChannelConfig; /**< \c CHANNEL_* masks indicating what channel layout is supported by this terminal. */
-
-			uint8_t                 ChannelStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this channel within the device. */
-			uint8_t                 TerminalStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device. */
-		} ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_Descriptor_InputTerminal_t;
-
-		/** \brief Audio class-specific Input Terminal Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
-		 *
-		 *  Type define for an Audio class-specific input terminal descriptor. This indicates to the host that the device
-		 *  contains an input audio source, either from a physical terminal on the device, or a logical terminal (for example,
-		 *  a USB endpoint). See the USB Audio specification for more details.
-		 *
-		 *  \see \ref USB_Audio_Descriptor_InputTerminal_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
-		 *       element names.
-		 *
-		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			uint8_t  bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
-			uint8_t  bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
-			                           *   given by the specific class.
-			                           */
-
-			uint8_t  bDescriptorSubtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
-			                              *   must be \ref AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal.
-			                              */
-			uint8_t  bTerminalID; /**< ID value of this terminal unit - must be a unique value within the device. */
-			uint16_t wTerminalType; /**< Type of terminal, a \c TERMINAL_* mask. */
-			uint8_t  bAssocTerminal; /**< ID of associated output terminal, for physically grouped terminals
-			                          *   such as the speaker and microphone of a phone handset.
-			                          */
-			uint8_t  bNrChannels; /**< Total number of separate audio channels within this interface (right, left, etc.) */
-			uint16_t wChannelConfig; /**< \c CHANNEL_* masks indicating what channel layout is supported by this terminal. */
-
-			uint8_t  iChannelNames; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this channel within the device. */
-			uint8_t  iTerminal; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device. */
-		} ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_InputTerminal_t;
-
-		/** \brief Audio class-specific Output Terminal Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
-		 *
-		 *  Type define for an Audio class-specific output terminal descriptor. This indicates to the host that the device
-		 *  contains an output audio sink, either to a physical terminal on the device, or a logical terminal (for example,
-		 *  a USB endpoint). See the USB Audio specification for more details.
-		 *
-		 *  \see \ref USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_OutputTerminal_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
-		 *
-		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
-			uint8_t                 Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
-			                                  *   must be \ref AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal.
-			                                  */
-
-			uint8_t                 TerminalID; /**< ID value of this terminal unit - must be a unique value within the device. */
-			uint16_t                TerminalType; /**< Type of terminal, a \c TERMINAL_* mask. */
-			uint8_t                 AssociatedInputTerminal; /**< ID of associated input terminal, for physically grouped terminals
-			                                                    *   such as the speaker and microphone of a phone handset.
-			                                                    */
-			uint8_t                 SourceID; /**< ID value of the unit this terminal's audio is sourced from. */
-
-			uint8_t                 TerminalStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device. */
-		} ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_Descriptor_OutputTerminal_t;
-
-		/** \brief Audio class-specific Output Terminal Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
-		 *
-		 *  Type define for an Audio class-specific output terminal descriptor. This indicates to the host that the device
-		 *  contains an output audio sink, either to a physical terminal on the device, or a logical terminal (for example,
-		 *  a USB endpoint). See the USB Audio specification for more details.
-		 *
-		 *  \see \ref USB_Audio_Descriptor_OutputTerminal_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
-		 *       element names.
-		 *
-		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			uint8_t  bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
-			uint8_t  bDescriptorType; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
-			                           *   must be \ref AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal.
-			                           */
-
-			uint8_t  bDescriptorSubtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
-			                              *   a value from the \ref Audio_CSInterface_AC_SubTypes_t enum.
-			                              */
-			uint8_t  bTerminalID; /**< ID value of this terminal unit - must be a unique value within the device. */
-			uint16_t wTerminalType; /**< Type of terminal, a \c TERMINAL_* mask. */
-			uint8_t  bAssocTerminal; /**< ID of associated input terminal, for physically grouped terminals
-			                          *   such as the speaker and microphone of a phone handset.
-			                          */
-			uint8_t  bSourceID; /**< ID value of the unit this terminal's audio is sourced from. */
-
-			uint8_t  iTerminal; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device. */
-		} ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_OutputTerminal_t;
-
-		/** \brief Audio class-specific Interface Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
-		 *
-		 *  Type define for an Audio class-specific interface descriptor. This follows a regular interface descriptor to
-		 *  supply extra information about the audio device's layout to the host. See the USB Audio specification for more
-		 *  details.
-		 *
-		 *  \see \ref USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_Interface_AC_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
-		 *
-		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
-			uint8_t                 Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
-			                                  *   a value from the \ref Audio_CSInterface_AS_SubTypes_t enum.
-			                                  */
-
-			uint16_t                ACSpecification; /**< Binary Coded Decimal value, indicating the supported Audio Class specification version.
-			                                          *
-			                                          *   \see \ref VERSION_BCD() utility macro.
-			                                          */
-			uint16_t                TotalLength; /**< Total length of the Audio class-specific descriptors, including this descriptor. */
-
-			uint8_t                 InCollection; /**< Total number of Audio Streaming interfaces linked to this Audio Control interface (must be 1). */
-			uint8_t                 InterfaceNumber; /**< Interface number of the associated Audio Streaming interface. */
-		} ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t;
-
-		/** \brief Audio class-specific Interface Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
-		 *
-		 *  Type define for an Audio class-specific interface descriptor. This follows a regular interface descriptor to
-		 *  supply extra information about the audio device's layout to the host. See the USB Audio specification for more
-		 *  details.
-		 *
-		 *  \see \ref USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
-		 *       element names.
-		 *
-		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			uint8_t  bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
-			uint8_t  bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
-			                           *   given by the specific class.
-			                           */
-
-			uint8_t  bDescriptorSubtype;/**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
-			                             *   a value from the \ref Audio_CSInterface_AS_SubTypes_t enum.
-			                             */
-
-			uint16_t bcdADC; /**< Binary coded decimal value, indicating the supported Audio Class specification version.
-			                  *
-			                  *   \see \ref VERSION_BCD() utility macro.
-			                  */
-			uint16_t wTotalLength; /**< Total length of the Audio class-specific descriptors, including this descriptor. */
-
-			uint8_t  bInCollection; /**< Total number of Audio Streaming interfaces linked to this Audio Control interface (must be 1). */
-			uint8_t  bInterfaceNumbers; /**< Interface number of the associated Audio Streaming interface. */
-		} ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_Interface_AC_t;
-
-		/** \brief Audio class-specific Feature Unit Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
-		 *
-		 *  Type define for an Audio class-specific Feature Unit descriptor. This indicates to the host what features
-		 *  are present in the device's audio stream for basic control, such as per-channel volume. See the USB Audio
-		 *  specification for more details.
-		 *
-		 *  \see \ref USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_FeatureUnit_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
-		 *
-		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
-			uint8_t                 Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
-			                                  *   must be \ref AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Feature.
-			                                  */
-
-			uint8_t                 UnitID; /**< ID value of this feature unit - must be a unique value within the device. */
-			uint8_t                 SourceID; /**< Source ID value of the audio source input into this feature unit. */
-
-			uint8_t                 ControlSize; /**< Size of each element in the \c ChannelControls array. */
-			uint8_t                 ChannelControls[3]; /**< Feature masks for the control channel, and each separate audio channel. */
-
-			uint8_t                 FeatureUnitStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device. */
-		} ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_Descriptor_FeatureUnit_t;
-
-		/** \brief Audio class-specific Feature Unit Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
-		 *
-		 *  Type define for an Audio class-specific Feature Unit descriptor. This indicates to the host what features
-		 *  are present in the device's audio stream for basic control, such as per-channel volume. See the USB Audio
-		 *  specification for more details.
-		 *
-		 *  \see \ref USB_Audio_Descriptor_FeatureUnit_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
-		 *       element names.
-		 *
-		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
-			uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
-			                          *   given by the specific class.
-			                          */
-
-			uint8_t bDescriptorSubtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
-			                             *   must be \ref AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Feature.
-			                             */
-
-			uint8_t bUnitID; /**< ID value of this feature unit - must be a unique value within the device. */
-			uint8_t bSourceID; /**< Source ID value of the audio source input into this feature unit. */
-
-			uint8_t bControlSize; /**< Size of each element in the \c ChannelControls array. */
-			uint8_t bmaControls[3]; /**< Feature masks for the control channel, and each separate audio channel. */
-
-			uint8_t iFeature; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device. */
-		} ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_FeatureUnit_t;
-
-		/** \brief Audio class-specific Streaming Audio Interface Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
-		 *
-		 *  Type define for an Audio class-specific streaming interface descriptor. This indicates to the host
-		 *  how audio streams within the device are formatted. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
-		 *
-		 *  \see \ref USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_Interface_AS_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
-		 *
-		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
-			uint8_t                 Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
-			                                  *   a value from the \ref Audio_CSInterface_AS_SubTypes_t enum.
-			                                  */
-
-			uint8_t                 TerminalLink; /**< ID value of the output terminal this descriptor is describing. */
-
-			uint8_t                 FrameDelay; /**< Delay in frames resulting from the complete sample processing from input to output. */
-			uint16_t                AudioFormat; /**< Format of the audio stream, see Audio Device Formats specification. */
-		} ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AS_t;
-
-		/** \brief Audio class-specific Streaming Audio Interface Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
-		 *
-		 *  Type define for an Audio class-specific streaming interface descriptor. This indicates to the host
-		 *  how audio streams within the device are formatted. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
-		 *
-		 *  \see \ref USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AS_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
-		 *       element names.
-		 *
-		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			uint8_t  bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
-			uint8_t  bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
-			                           *   given by the specific class.
-			                           */
-
-			uint8_t  bDescriptorSubtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
-			                              *   a value from the \ref Audio_CSInterface_AS_SubTypes_t enum.
-			                              */
-
-			uint8_t  bTerminalLink; /**< ID value of the output terminal this descriptor is describing. */
-
-			uint8_t  bDelay; /**< Delay in frames resulting from the complete sample processing from input to output. */
-			uint16_t wFormatTag; /**< Format of the audio stream, see Audio Device Formats specification. */
-		} ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_Interface_AS_t;
-
-		/** \brief Audio class-specific Format Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
-		 *
-		 *  Type define for an Audio class-specific audio format descriptor. This is used to give the host full details
-		 *  about the number of channels, the sample resolution, acceptable sample frequencies and encoding method used
-		 *  in the device's audio streams. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
-		 *
-		 *  \attention This descriptor <b>must</b> be followed by one or more \ref USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t elements containing
-		 *             the continuous or discrete sample frequencies.
-		 *
-		 *  \see \ref USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_Format_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
-		 *
-		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
-			uint8_t                 Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
-			                                  *   must be \ref AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_FormatType.
-			                                  */
-
-			uint8_t                 FormatType; /**< Format of the audio stream, see Audio Device Formats specification. */
-			uint8_t                 Channels; /**< Total number of discrete channels in the stream. */
-
-			uint8_t                 SubFrameSize; /**< Size in bytes of each channel's sample data in the stream. */
-			uint8_t                 BitResolution; /**< Bits of resolution of each channel's samples in the stream. */
-
-			uint8_t                 TotalDiscreteSampleRates; /**< Total number of discrete sample frequencies supported by the device. When
-			                                                   *   zero, this must be followed by the lower and upper continuous sampling
-			                                                   *   frequencies supported by the device; otherwise, this must be followed
-			                                                   *   by the given number of discrete sampling frequencies supported.
-			                                                   */
-		} ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_Descriptor_Format_t;
-
-		/** \brief 24-Bit Audio Frequency Structure.
-		 *
-		 *  Type define for a 24-bit audio sample frequency structure. As GCC does not contain a built in 24-bit datatype,
-		 *  this this structure is used to build up the value instead. Fill this structure with the \ref AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ() macro.
-		 *
-		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			uint8_t Byte1; /**< Lowest 8 bits of the 24-bit value. */
-			uint8_t Byte2; /**< Middle 8 bits of the 24-bit value. */
-			uint8_t Byte3; /**< Upper 8 bits of the 24-bit value. */
-		} ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t;
-
-		/** \brief Audio class-specific Format Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
-		 *
-		 *  Type define for an Audio class-specific audio format descriptor. This is used to give the host full details
-		 *  about the number of channels, the sample resolution, acceptable sample frequencies and encoding method used
-		 *  in the device's audio streams. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
-		 *
-		 *  \attention This descriptor <b>must</b> be followed by one or more 24-bit integer elements containing the continuous
-		 *             or discrete sample frequencies.
-		 *
-		 *  \see \ref USB_Audio_Descriptor_Format_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
-		 *       element names.
-		 *
-		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
-			uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
-			                          *   must be \ref AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_FormatType.
-			                          */
-
-			uint8_t bDescriptorSubtype;/**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
-			                            *   a value from the \ref Audio_CSInterface_AS_SubTypes_t enum.
-			                            */
-
-			uint8_t bFormatType; /**< Format of the audio stream, see Audio Device Formats specification. */
-			uint8_t bNrChannels; /**< Total number of discrete channels in the stream. */
-
-			uint8_t bSubFrameSize; /**< Size in bytes of each channel's sample data in the stream. */
-			uint8_t bBitResolution; /**< Bits of resolution of each channel's samples in the stream. */
-
-			uint8_t bSampleFrequencyType; /**< Total number of sample frequencies supported by the device. When
-			                               *   zero, this must be followed by the lower and upper continuous sampling
-			                               *   frequencies supported by the device; otherwise, this must be followed
-			                               *   by the given number of discrete sampling frequencies supported.
-			                               */
-		} ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_Format_t;
-
-		/** \brief Audio class-specific Streaming Endpoint Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
-		 *
-		 *  Type define for an Audio class-specific endpoint descriptor. This contains a regular endpoint
-		 *  descriptor with a few Audio-class-specific extensions. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
-		 *
-		 *  \see \ref USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
-		 *
-		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t Endpoint; /**< Standard endpoint descriptor describing the audio endpoint. */
-
-			uint8_t                   Refresh; /**< Always set to zero for Audio class devices. */
-			uint8_t                   SyncEndpointNumber; /**< Endpoint address to send synchronization information to, if needed (zero otherwise). */
-		} ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t;
-
-		/** \brief Audio class-specific Streaming Endpoint Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
-		 *
-		 *  Type define for an Audio class-specific endpoint descriptor. This contains a regular endpoint
-		 *  descriptor with a few Audio-class-specific extensions. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
-		 *
-		 *  \see \ref USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
-		 *       element names.
-		 *
-		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			uint8_t  bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
-			uint8_t  bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a
-			                           *   value given by the specific class.
-			                           */
-			uint8_t  bEndpointAddress; /**< Logical address of the endpoint within the device for the current
-			                            *   configuration, including direction mask.
-			                            */
-			uint8_t  bmAttributes; /**< Endpoint attributes, comprised of a mask of the endpoint type (\c EP_TYPE_*)
-			                        *   and attributes (\c ENDPOINT_ATTR_*) masks.
-			                        */
-			uint16_t wMaxPacketSize; /**< Size of the endpoint bank, in bytes. This indicates the maximum packet size
-			                          *   that the endpoint can receive at a time.
-			                          */
-			uint8_t  bInterval; /**< Polling interval in milliseconds for the endpoint if it is an INTERRUPT or
-			                     *   ISOCHRONOUS type.
-			                     */
-
-			uint8_t  bRefresh; /**< Always set to zero for Audio class devices. */
-			uint8_t  bSynchAddress; /**< Endpoint address to send synchronization information to, if needed (zero otherwise). */
-		} ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t;
-
-		/** \brief Audio class-specific Extended Endpoint Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
-		 *
-		 *  Type define for an Audio class-specific extended endpoint descriptor. This contains extra information
-		 *  on the usage of endpoints used to stream audio in and out of the USB Audio device, and follows an Audio
-		 *  class-specific extended endpoint descriptor. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
-		 *
-		 *  \see \ref USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
-		 *
-		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
-			uint8_t                 Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
-			                                  *   a value from the \ref Audio_CSEndpoint_SubTypes_t enum.
-			                                  */
-
-			uint8_t                 Attributes; /**< Audio class-specific endpoint attributes, such as \ref AUDIO_EP_FULL_PACKETS_ONLY. */
-
-			uint8_t                 LockDelayUnits; /**< Units used for the LockDelay field, see Audio class specification. */
-			uint16_t                LockDelay; /**< Time required to internally lock endpoint's internal clock recovery circuitry. */
-		} ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t;
-
-		/** \brief Audio class-specific Extended Endpoint Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
-		 *
-		 *  Type define for an Audio class-specific extended endpoint descriptor. This contains extra information
-		 *  on the usage of endpoints used to stream audio in and out of the USB Audio device, and follows an Audio
-		 *  class-specific extended endpoint descriptor. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
-		 *
-		 *  \see \ref USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
-		 *       element names.
-		 *
-		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			uint8_t  bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
-			uint8_t  bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
-			                           *   given by the specific class.
-			                           */
-
-			uint8_t  bDescriptorSubtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
-			                              *   a value from the \ref Audio_CSEndpoint_SubTypes_t enum.
-			                              */
-
-			uint8_t  bmAttributes; /**< Audio class-specific endpoint attributes, such as \ref AUDIO_EP_FULL_PACKETS_ONLY. */
-
-			uint8_t  bLockDelayUnits; /**< Units used for the LockDelay field, see Audio class specification. */
-			uint16_t wLockDelay; /**< Time required to internally lock endpoint's internal clock recovery circuitry. */
-		} ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t;
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/CDCClassCommon.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/CDCClassCommon.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 94e6c68db1..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/CDCClassCommon.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,391 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Common definitions and declarations for the library USB CDC Class driver.
- *
- *  Common definitions and declarations for the library USB CDC Class driver.
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassCDC
- *  \defgroup Group_USBClassCDCCommon  Common Class Definitions
- *
- *  \section Sec_USBClassCDCCommon_ModDescription Module Description
- *  Constants, Types and Enum definitions that are common to both Device and Host modes for the USB
- *  CDC Class.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef _CDC_CLASS_COMMON_H_
-#define _CDC_CLASS_COMMON_H_
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../Core/StdDescriptors.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_CDC_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Macros: */
-		/** \name Virtual Control Line Masks */
-		//@{
-		/** Mask for the DTR handshake line for use with the \ref CDC_REQ_SetControlLineState class-specific request
-		 *  from the host, to indicate that the DTR line state should be high.
-		 */
-		#define CDC_CONTROL_LINE_OUT_DTR         (1 << 0)
-
-		/** Mask for the RTS handshake line for use with the \ref CDC_REQ_SetControlLineState class-specific request
-		 *  from the host, to indicate that the RTS line state should be high.
-		 */
-		#define CDC_CONTROL_LINE_OUT_RTS         (1 << 1)
-
-		/** Mask for the DCD handshake line for use with the \ref CDC_NOTIF_SerialState class-specific notification
-		 *  from the device to the host, to indicate that the DCD line state is currently high.
-		 */
-		#define CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_DCD          (1 << 0)
-
-		/** Mask for the DSR handshake line for use with the \ref CDC_NOTIF_SerialState class-specific notification
-		 *  from the device to the host, to indicate that the DSR line state is currently high.
-		 */
-		#define CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_DSR          (1 << 1)
-
-		/** Mask for the BREAK handshake line for use with the \ref CDC_NOTIF_SerialState class-specific notification
-		 *  from the device to the host, to indicate that the BREAK line state is currently high.
-		 */
-		#define CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_BREAK        (1 << 2)
-
-		/** Mask for the RING handshake line for use with the \ref CDC_NOTIF_SerialState class-specific notification
-		 *  from the device to the host, to indicate that the RING line state is currently high.
-		 */
-		#define CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_RING         (1 << 3)
-
-		/** Mask for use with the \ref CDC_NOTIF_SerialState class-specific notification from the device to the host,
-		 *  to indicate that a framing error has occurred on the virtual serial port.
-		 */
-		#define CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_FRAMEERROR   (1 << 4)
-
-		/** Mask for use with the \ref CDC_NOTIF_SerialState class-specific notification from the device to the host,
-		 *  to indicate that a parity error has occurred on the virtual serial port.
-		 */
-		#define CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_PARITYERROR  (1 << 5)
-
-		/** Mask for use with the \ref CDC_NOTIF_SerialState class-specific notification from the device to the host,
-		 *  to indicate that a data overrun error has occurred on the virtual serial port.
-		 */
-		#define CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_OVERRUNERROR (1 << 6)
-		//@}
-
-		/** Macro to define a CDC class-specific functional descriptor. CDC functional descriptors have a
-		 *  uniform structure but variable sized data payloads, thus cannot be represented accurately by
-		 *  a single \c typedef \c struct. A macro is used instead so that functional descriptors can be created
-		 *  easily by specifying the size of the payload. This allows \c sizeof() to work correctly.
-		 *
-		 *  \param[in] DataSize  Size in bytes of the CDC functional descriptor's data payload.
-		 */
-		#define CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(DataSize)        \
-		     struct                                        \
-		     {                                             \
-		          USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header;          \
-			      uint8_t                 SubType;         \
-		          uint8_t                 Data[DataSize];  \
-		     }
-
-	/* Enums: */
-		/** Enum for possible Class, Subclass and Protocol values of device and interface descriptors relating to the CDC
-		 *  device class.
-		 */
-		enum CDC_Descriptor_ClassSubclassProtocol_t
-		{
-			CDC_CSCP_CDCClass               = 0x02, /**< Descriptor Class value indicating that the device or interface
-			                                         *   belongs to the CDC class.
-			                                         */
-			CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificSubclass     = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or interface
-			                                         *   belongs to no specific subclass of the CDC class.
-			                                         */
-			CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass            = 0x02, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or interface
-			                                         *   belongs to the Abstract Control Model CDC subclass.
-			                                         */
-			CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol      = 0x01, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or interface
-			                                         *   belongs to the AT Command protocol of the CDC class.
-			                                         */
-			CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificProtocol     = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or interface
-			                                         *   belongs to no specific protocol of the CDC class.
-			                                         */
-			CDC_CSCP_VendorSpecificProtocol = 0xFF, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or interface
-			                                         *   belongs to a vendor-specific protocol of the CDC class.
-			                                         */
-			CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass           = 0x0A, /**< Descriptor Class value indicating that the device or interface
-			                                         *   belongs to the CDC Data class.
-			                                         */
-			CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass         = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or interface
-			                                         *   belongs to no specific subclass of the CDC data class.
-			                                         */
-			CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol         = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or interface
-			                                         *   belongs to no specific protocol of the CDC data class.
-			                                         */
-		};
-
-		/** Enum for the CDC class specific control requests that can be issued by the USB bus host. */
-		enum CDC_ClassRequests_t
-		{
-			CDC_REQ_SendEncapsulatedCommand = 0x00, /**< CDC class-specific request to send an encapsulated command to the device. */
-			CDC_REQ_GetEncapsulatedResponse = 0x01, /**< CDC class-specific request to retrieve an encapsulated command response from the device. */
-			CDC_REQ_SetLineEncoding         = 0x20, /**< CDC class-specific request to set the current virtual serial port configuration settings. */
-			CDC_REQ_GetLineEncoding         = 0x21, /**< CDC class-specific request to get the current virtual serial port configuration settings. */
-			CDC_REQ_SetControlLineState     = 0x22, /**< CDC class-specific request to set the current virtual serial port handshake line states. */
-			CDC_REQ_SendBreak               = 0x23, /**< CDC class-specific request to send a break to the receiver via the carrier channel. */
-		};
-
-		/** Enum for the CDC class specific notification requests that can be issued by a CDC device to a host. */
-		enum CDC_ClassNotifications_t
-		{
-			CDC_NOTIF_SerialState = 0x20, /**< Notification type constant for a change in the virtual serial port
-			                               *   handshake line states, for use with a \ref USB_Request_Header_t
-			                               *   notification structure when sent to the host via the CDC notification
-			                               *   endpoint.
-			                               */
-		};
-
-		/** Enum for the CDC class specific interface descriptor subtypes. */
-		enum CDC_DescriptorSubtypes_t
-		{
-			CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header           = 0x00, /**< CDC class-specific Header functional descriptor. */
-			CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_CallManagement   = 0x01, /**< CDC class-specific Call Management functional descriptor. */
-			CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM              = 0x02, /**< CDC class-specific Abstract Control Model functional descriptor. */
-			CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_DirectLine       = 0x03, /**< CDC class-specific Direct Line functional descriptor. */
-			CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_TelephoneRinger  = 0x04, /**< CDC class-specific Telephone Ringer functional descriptor. */
-			CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_TelephoneCall    = 0x05, /**< CDC class-specific Telephone Call functional descriptor. */
-			CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union            = 0x06, /**< CDC class-specific Union functional descriptor. */
-			CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_CountrySelection = 0x07, /**< CDC class-specific Country Selection functional descriptor. */
-			CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_TelephoneOpModes = 0x08, /**< CDC class-specific Telephone Operation Modes functional descriptor. */
-			CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_USBTerminal      = 0x09, /**< CDC class-specific USB Terminal functional descriptor. */
-			CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_NetworkChannel   = 0x0A, /**< CDC class-specific Network Channel functional descriptor. */
-			CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ProtocolUnit     = 0x0B, /**< CDC class-specific Protocol Unit functional descriptor. */
-			CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ExtensionUnit    = 0x0C, /**< CDC class-specific Extension Unit functional descriptor. */
-			CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_MultiChannel     = 0x0D, /**< CDC class-specific Multi-Channel Management functional descriptor. */
-			CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_CAPI             = 0x0E, /**< CDC class-specific Common ISDN API functional descriptor. */
-			CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Ethernet         = 0x0F, /**< CDC class-specific Ethernet functional descriptor. */
-			CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ATM              = 0x10, /**< CDC class-specific Asynchronous Transfer Mode functional descriptor. */
-		};
-
-		/** Enum for the possible line encoding formats of a virtual serial port. */
-		enum CDC_LineEncodingFormats_t
-		{
-			CDC_LINEENCODING_OneStopBit          = 0, /**< Each frame contains one stop bit. */
-			CDC_LINEENCODING_OneAndAHalfStopBits = 1, /**< Each frame contains one and a half stop bits. */
-			CDC_LINEENCODING_TwoStopBits         = 2, /**< Each frame contains two stop bits. */
-		};
-
-		/** Enum for the possible line encoding parity settings of a virtual serial port. */
-		enum CDC_LineEncodingParity_t
-		{
-			CDC_PARITY_None  = 0, /**< No parity bit mode on each frame. */
-			CDC_PARITY_Odd   = 1, /**< Odd parity bit mode on each frame. */
-			CDC_PARITY_Even  = 2, /**< Even parity bit mode on each frame. */
-			CDC_PARITY_Mark  = 3, /**< Mark parity bit mode on each frame. */
-			CDC_PARITY_Space = 4, /**< Space parity bit mode on each frame. */
-		};
-
-	/* Type Defines: */
-		/** \brief CDC class-specific Functional Header Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
-		 *
-		 *  Type define for a CDC class-specific functional header descriptor. This indicates to the host that the device
-		 *  contains one or more CDC functional data descriptors, which give the CDC interface's capabilities and configuration.
-		 *  See the CDC class specification for more details.
-		 *
-		 *  \see \ref USB_CDC_StdDescriptor_FunctionalHeader_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
-		 *
-		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
-			uint8_t                 Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between CDC class-specific descriptors,
-			                                  *   must be \ref CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header.
-			                                  */
-			uint16_t                CDCSpecification; /**< Version number of the CDC specification implemented by the device,
-			                                           *   encoded in BCD format.
-			                                           *
-			                                           *   \see \ref VERSION_BCD() utility macro.
-			                                           */
-		} ATTR_PACKED USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t;
-
-		/** \brief CDC class-specific Functional Header Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
-		 *
-		 *  Type define for a CDC class-specific functional header descriptor. This indicates to the host that the device
-		 *  contains one or more CDC functional data descriptors, which give the CDC interface's capabilities and configuration.
-		 *  See the CDC class specification for more details.
-		 *
-		 *  \see \ref USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
-		 *       element names.
-		 *
-		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			uint8_t  bFunctionLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
-			uint8_t  bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
-			                           *   given by the specific class.
-			                           */
-			uint8_t  bDescriptorSubType; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between CDC class-specific descriptors,
-			                              *   must be \ref CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header.
-			                              */
-			uint16_t bcdCDC; /**< Version number of the CDC specification implemented by the device, encoded in BCD format.
-			                  *
-			                  *   \see \ref VERSION_BCD() utility macro.
-			                  */
-		} ATTR_PACKED USB_CDC_StdDescriptor_FunctionalHeader_t;
-
-		/** \brief CDC class-specific Functional ACM Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
-		 *
-		 *  Type define for a CDC class-specific functional ACM descriptor. This indicates to the host that the CDC interface
-		 *  supports the CDC ACM subclass of the CDC specification. See the CDC class specification for more details.
-		 *
-		 *  \see \ref USB_CDC_StdDescriptor_FunctionalACM_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
-		 *
-		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
-			uint8_t                 Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between CDC class-specific descriptors,
-			                                  *   must be \ref CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM.
-			                                  */
-			uint8_t                 Capabilities; /**< Capabilities of the ACM interface, given as a bit mask. For most devices,
-			                                       *   this should be set to a fixed value of \c 0x06 - for other capabilities, refer
-			                                       *   to the CDC ACM specification.
-			                                       */
-		} ATTR_PACKED USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t;
-
-		/** \brief CDC class-specific Functional ACM Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
-		 *
-		 *  Type define for a CDC class-specific functional ACM descriptor. This indicates to the host that the CDC interface
-		 *  supports the CDC ACM subclass of the CDC specification. See the CDC class specification for more details.
-		 *
-		 *  \see \ref USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
-		 *       element names.
-		 *
-		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			uint8_t bFunctionLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
-			uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
-			                          *   given by the specific class.
-			                          */
-			uint8_t bDescriptorSubType; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between CDC class-specific descriptors,
-			                             *   must be \ref CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM.
-			                             */
-			uint8_t bmCapabilities; /**< Capabilities of the ACM interface, given as a bit mask. For most devices,
-			                         *   this should be set to a fixed value of 0x06 - for other capabilities, refer
-			                         *   to the CDC ACM specification.
-			                         */
-		} ATTR_PACKED USB_CDC_StdDescriptor_FunctionalACM_t;
-
-		/** \brief CDC class-specific Functional Union Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
-		 *
-		 *  Type define for a CDC class-specific functional Union descriptor. This indicates to the host that specific
-		 *  CDC control and data interfaces are related. See the CDC class specification for more details.
-		 *
-		 *  \see \ref USB_CDC_StdDescriptor_FunctionalUnion_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
-		 *
-		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
-			uint8_t                 Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between CDC class-specific descriptors,
-			                                  *   must be \ref CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union.
-			                                  */
-			uint8_t                 MasterInterfaceNumber; /**< Interface number of the CDC Control interface. */
-			uint8_t                 SlaveInterfaceNumber; /**< Interface number of the CDC Data interface. */
-		} ATTR_PACKED USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t;
-
-		/** \brief CDC class-specific Functional Union Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
-		 *
-		 *  Type define for a CDC class-specific functional Union descriptor. This indicates to the host that specific
-		 *  CDC control and data interfaces are related. See the CDC class specification for more details.
-		 *
-		 *  \see \ref USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
-		 *       element names.
-		 *
-		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			uint8_t bFunctionLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
-			uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
-			                          *   given by the specific class.
-			                          */
-			uint8_t bDescriptorSubType; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between CDC class-specific descriptors,
-			                             *   must be \ref CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union.
-			                             */
-			uint8_t bMasterInterface; /**< Interface number of the CDC Control interface. */
-			uint8_t bSlaveInterface0; /**< Interface number of the CDC Data interface. */
-		} ATTR_PACKED USB_CDC_StdDescriptor_FunctionalUnion_t;
-
-		/** \brief CDC Virtual Serial Port Line Encoding Settings Structure.
-		 *
-		 *  Type define for a CDC Line Encoding structure, used to hold the various encoding parameters for a virtual
-		 *  serial port.
-		 *
-		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			uint32_t BaudRateBPS; /**< Baud rate of the virtual serial port, in bits per second. */
-			uint8_t  CharFormat; /**< Character format of the virtual serial port, a value from the
-								  *   \ref CDC_LineEncodingFormats_t enum.
-								  */
-			uint8_t  ParityType; /**< Parity setting of the virtual serial port, a value from the
-								  *   \ref CDC_LineEncodingParity_t enum.
-								  */
-			uint8_t  DataBits; /**< Bits of data per character of the virtual serial port. */
-		} ATTR_PACKED CDC_LineEncoding_t;
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDClassCommon.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDClassCommon.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 9d701fbeba..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDClassCommon.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,682 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Common definitions and declarations for the library USB HID Class driver.
- *
- *  Common definitions and declarations for the library USB HID Class driver.
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassHID
- *  \defgroup Group_USBClassHIDCommon  Common Class Definitions
- *
- *  \section Sec_USBClassHIDCommon_ModDescription Module Description
- *  Constants, Types and Enum definitions that are common to both Device and Host modes for the USB
- *  HID Class.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef _HID_CLASS_COMMON_H_
-#define _HID_CLASS_COMMON_H_
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../Core/StdDescriptors.h"
-		#include "HIDParser.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_HID_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Macros: */
-		/** \name Keyboard Standard Report Modifier Masks */
-		//@{
-		/** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's left control key is currently pressed. */
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_LEFTCTRL                    (1 << 0)
-
-		/** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's left shift key is currently pressed. */
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_LEFTSHIFT                   (1 << 1)
-
-		/** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's left alt key is currently pressed. */
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_LEFTALT                     (1 << 2)
-
-		/** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's left GUI key is currently pressed. */
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_LEFTGUI                     (1 << 3)
-
-		/** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's right control key is currently pressed. */
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_RIGHTCTRL                   (1 << 4)
-
-		/** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's right shift key is currently pressed. */
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_RIGHTSHIFT                  (1 << 5)
-
-		/** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's right alt key is currently pressed. */
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_RIGHTALT                    (1 << 6)
-
-		/** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's right GUI key is currently pressed. */
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_RIGHTGUI                    (1 << 7)
-		//@}
-
-		/** \name Keyboard Standard Report LED Masks */
-		//@{
-		/** Constant for a keyboard output report LED byte, indicating that the host's NUM LOCK mode is currently set. */
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_LED_NUMLOCK                          (1 << 0)
-
-		/** Constant for a keyboard output report LED byte, indicating that the host's CAPS LOCK mode is currently set. */
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_LED_CAPSLOCK                         (1 << 1)
-
-		/** Constant for a keyboard output report LED byte, indicating that the host's SCROLL LOCK mode is currently set. */
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_LED_SCROLLLOCK                       (1 << 2)
-
-		/** Constant for a keyboard output report LED byte, indicating that the host's COMPOSE mode is currently set. */
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_LED_COMPOSE                          (1 << 3)
-
-		/** Constant for a keyboard output report LED byte, indicating that the host's KANA mode is currently set. */
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_LED_KANA                             (1 << 4)
-		//@}
-
-		/** \name Keyboard Standard Report Key Scan-codes */
-		//@{
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_ERROR_ROLLOVER                    0x01
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_POST_FAIL                         0x02
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_ERROR_UNDEFINED                   0x03
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_A                                 0x04
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_B                                 0x05
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_C                                 0x06
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_D                                 0x07
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_E                                 0x08
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F                                 0x09
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_G                                 0x0A
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_H                                 0x0B
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_I                                 0x0C
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_J                                 0x0D
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_K                                 0x0E
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_L                                 0x0F
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_M                                 0x10
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_N                                 0x11
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_O                                 0x12
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_P                                 0x13
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_Q                                 0x14
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_R                                 0x15
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_S                                 0x16
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_T                                 0x17
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_U                                 0x18
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_V                                 0x19
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_W                                 0x1A
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_X                                 0x1B
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_Y                                 0x1C
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_Z                                 0x1D
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_1_AND_EXCLAMATION                 0x1E
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_2_AND_AT                          0x1F
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_3_AND_HASHMARK                    0x20
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_4_AND_DOLLAR                      0x21
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_5_AND_PERCENTAGE                  0x22
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_6_AND_CARET                       0x23
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_7_AND_AMPERSAND                   0x24
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_8_AND_ASTERISK                    0x25
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_9_AND_OPENING_PARENTHESIS         0x26
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_0_AND_CLOSING_PARENTHESIS         0x27
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_ENTER                             0x28
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_ESCAPE                            0x29
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_BACKSPACE                         0x2A
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_TAB                               0x2B
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_SPACE                             0x2C
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MINUS_AND_UNDERSCORE              0x2D
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_EQUAL_AND_PLUS                    0x2E
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_OPENING_BRACKET_AND_OPENING_BRACE 0x2F
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_CLOSING_BRACKET_AND_CLOSING_BRACE 0x30
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_BACKSLASH_AND_PIPE                0x31
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_NON_US_HASHMARK_AND_TILDE         0x32
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_SEMICOLON_AND_COLON               0x33
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_APOSTROPHE_AND_QUOTE              0x34
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_GRAVE_ACCENT_AND_TILDE            0x35
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_COMMA_AND_LESS_THAN_SIGN          0x36
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_DOT_AND_GREATER_THAN_SIGN         0x37
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_SLASH_AND_QUESTION_MARK           0x38
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_CAPS_LOCK                         0x39
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F1                                0x3A
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F2                                0x3B
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F3                                0x3C
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F4                                0x3D
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F5                                0x3E
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F6                                0x3F
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F7                                0x40
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F8                                0x41
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F9                                0x42
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F10                               0x43
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F11                               0x44
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F12                               0x45
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_PRINT_SCREEN                      0x46
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_SCROLL_LOCK                       0x47
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_PAUSE                             0x48
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_INSERT                            0x49
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_HOME                              0x4A
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_PAGE_UP                           0x4B
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_DELETE                            0x4C
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_END                               0x4D
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_PAGE_DOWN                         0x4E
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_RIGHT_ARROW                       0x4F
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LEFT_ARROW                        0x50
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_DOWN_ARROW                        0x51
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_UP_ARROW                          0x52
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_NUM_LOCK                          0x53
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_SLASH                      0x54
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_ASTERISK                   0x55
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_MINUS                      0x56
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_PLUS                       0x57
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_ENTER                      0x58
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_1_AND_END                  0x59
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_2_AND_DOWN_ARROW           0x5A
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_3_AND_PAGE_DOWN            0x5B
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_4_AND_LEFT_ARROW           0x5C
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_5                          0x5D
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_6_AND_RIGHT_ARROW          0x5E
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_7_AND_HOME                 0x5F
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_8_AND_UP_ARROW             0x60
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_9_AND_PAGE_UP              0x61
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_0_AND_INSERT               0x62
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_DOT_AND_DELETE             0x63
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_NON_US_BACKSLASH_AND_PIPE         0x64
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_APPLICATION                       0x65
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_POWER                             0x66
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_EQUAL_SIGN                 0x67
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F13                               0x68
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F14                               0x69
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F15                               0x6A
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F16                               0x6B
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F17                               0x6C
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F18                               0x6D
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F19                               0x6E
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F20                               0x6F
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F21                               0x70
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F22                               0x71
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F23                               0x72
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F24                               0x73
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_EXECUTE                           0x74
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_HELP                              0x75
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MENU                              0x76
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_SELECT                            0x77
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_STOP                              0x78
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_AGAIN                             0x79
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_UNDO                              0x7A
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_CUT                               0x7B
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_COPY                              0x7C
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_PASTE                             0x7D
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_FIND                              0x7E
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MUTE                              0x7F
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_VOLUME_UP                         0x80
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_VOLUME_DOWN                       0x81
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LOCKING_CAPS_LOCK                 0x82
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LOCKING_NUM_LOCK                  0x83
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LOCKING_SCROLL_LOCK               0x84
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_COMMA                      0x85
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_EQUAL_SIGN_AS400           0x86
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_INTERNATIONAL1                    0x87
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_INTERNATIONAL2                    0x88
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_INTERNATIONAL3                    0x89
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_INTERNATIONAL4                    0x8A
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_INTERNATIONAL5                    0x8B
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_INTERNATIONAL6                    0x8C
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_INTERNATIONAL7                    0x8D
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_INTERNATIONAL8                    0x8E
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_INTERNATIONAL9                    0x8F
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LANG1                             0x90
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LANG2                             0x91
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LANG3                             0x92
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LANG4                             0x93
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LANG5                             0x94
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LANG6                             0x95
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LANG7                             0x96
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LANG8                             0x97
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LANG9                             0x98
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_ALTERNATE_ERASE                   0x99
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_SYSREQ                            0x9A
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_CANCEL                            0x9B
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_CLEAR                             0x9C
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_PRIOR                             0x9D
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_RETURN                            0x9E
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_SEPARATOR                         0x9F
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_OUT                               0xA0
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_OPER                              0xA1
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_CLEAR_AND_AGAIN                   0xA2
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_CRSEL_AND_PROPS                   0xA3
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_EXSEL                             0xA4
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_00                         0xB0
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_000                        0xB1
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_THOUSANDS_SEPARATOR               0xB2
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_DECIMAL_SEPARATOR                 0xB3
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_CURRENCY_UNIT                     0xB4
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_CURRENCY_SUB_UNIT                 0xB5
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_OPENING_PARENTHESIS        0xB6
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_CLOSING_PARENTHESIS        0xB7
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_OPENING_BRACE              0xB8
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_CLOSING_BRACE              0xB9
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_TAB                        0xBA
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_BACKSPACE                  0xBB
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_A                          0xBC
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_B                          0xBD
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_C                          0xBE
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_D                          0xBF
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_E                          0xC0
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_F                          0xC1
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_XOR                        0xC2
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_CARET                      0xC3
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_PERCENTAGE                 0xC4
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_LESS_THAN_SIGN             0xC5
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_GREATER_THAN_SIGN          0xC6
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_AMP                        0xC7
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_AMP_AMP                    0xC8
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_PIPE                       0xC9
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_PIPE_PIPE                  0xCA
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_COLON                      0xCB
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_HASHMARK                   0xCC
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_SPACE                      0xCD
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_AT                         0xCE
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_EXCLAMATION_SIGN           0xCF
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_MEMORY_STORE               0xD0
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_MEMORY_RECALL              0xD1
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_MEMORY_CLEAR               0xD2
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_MEMORY_ADD                 0xD3
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_MEMORY_SUBTRACT            0xD4
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_MEMORY_MULTIPLY            0xD5
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_MEMORY_DIVIDE              0xD6
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_PLUS_AND_MINUS             0xD7
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_CLEAR                      0xD8
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_CLEAR_ENTRY                0xD9
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_BINARY                     0xDA
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_OCTAL                      0xDB
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_DECIMAL                    0xDC
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_HEXADECIMAL                0xDD
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LEFT_CONTROL                      0xE0
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LEFT_SHIFT                        0xE1
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LEFT_ALT                          0xE2
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LEFT_GUI                          0xE3
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_RIGHT_CONTROL                     0xE4
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_RIGHT_SHIFT                       0xE5
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_RIGHT_ALT                         0xE6
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_RIGHT_GUI                         0xE7
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_PLAY                        0xE8
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_STOP                        0xE9
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_PREVIOUS_TRACK              0xEA
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_NEXT_TRACK                  0xEB
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_EJECT                       0xEC
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_VOLUME_UP                   0xED
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_VOLUME_DOWN                 0xEE
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_MUTE                        0xEF
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_WWW                         0xF0
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_BACKWARD                    0xF1
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_FORWARD                     0xF2
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_CANCEL                      0xF3
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_SEARCH                      0xF4
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_SLEEP                       0xF8
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_LOCK                        0xF9
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_RELOAD                      0xFA
-		#define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_CALCULATOR                  0xFB
-		//@}
-
-		/** \name Common HID Device Report Descriptors */
-		//@{
-		/** \hideinitializer
-		 *  A list of HID report item array elements that describe a typical HID USB Joystick. The resulting report
-		 *  descriptor is structured according to the following layout:
-		 *
-		 *  \code
-		 *  struct
-		 *  {
-		 *      intA_t X; // Signed X axis value
-		 *      intA_t Y; // Signed Y axis value
-		 *      intA_t Z; // Signed Z axis value
-		 *      uintB_t Buttons; // Pressed buttons bitmask
-		 *  } Joystick_Report;
-		 *  \endcode
-		 *
-		 *  Where \c uintA_t is a type large enough to hold the ranges of the signed \c MinAxisVal and \c MaxAxisVal values,
-		 *  and \c intB_t is a type large enough to hold one bit per button.
-		 *
-		 *  \param[in] MinAxisVal      Minimum logical axis value (16-bit).
-		 *  \param[in] MaxAxisVal      Maximum logical axis value (16-bit).
-		 *  \param[in] MinPhysicalVal  Minimum physical axis value, for movement resolution calculations (16-bit).
-		 *  \param[in] MaxPhysicalVal  Maximum physical axis value, for movement resolution calculations (16-bit).
-		 *  \param[in] Buttons         Total number of buttons in the device (8-bit).
-		 */
-		#define HID_DESCRIPTOR_JOYSTICK(MinAxisVal, MaxAxisVal, MinPhysicalVal, MaxPhysicalVal, Buttons) \
-			HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x01),                     \
-			HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x04),                          \
-			HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x01),                     \
-				HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x01),                      \
-				HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x00),                 \
-					HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x30),                  \
-					HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x31),                  \
-					HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x32),                  \
-					HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(16, MinAxisVal), \
-					HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(16, MaxAxisVal), \
-					HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MINIMUM(16, MinPhysicalVal), \
-					HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MAXIMUM(16, MaxPhysicalVal), \
-					HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 3),              \
-					HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, (((MinAxisVal >= -128) && (MaxAxisVal <= 127)) ? 8 : 16)), \
-					HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE), \
-				HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0),                   \
-				HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x09),                 \
-				HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0x01),              \
-				HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, Buttons),           \
-				HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00),            \
-				HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0x01),            \
-				HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01),                \
-				HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, Buttons),            \
-				HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE), \
-				HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, (Buttons % 8) ? (8 - (Buttons % 8)) : 0), \
-				HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x01),               \
-				HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT),          \
-			HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0)
-
-		/** \hideinitializer
-		 *  A list of HID report item array elements that describe a typical HID USB keyboard. The resulting report descriptor
-		 *  is compatible with \ref USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t when \c MaxKeys is equal to 6. For other values, the report will
-		 *  be structured according to the following layout:
-		 *
-		 *  \code
-		 *  struct
-		 *  {
-		 *      uint8_t Modifier; // Keyboard modifier byte indicating pressed modifier keys (\c HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFER_* masks)
-		 *      uint8_t Reserved; // Reserved for OEM use, always set to 0.
-		 *      uint8_t KeyCode[MaxKeys]; // Length determined by the number of keys that can be reported
-		 *  } Keyboard_Report;
-		 *  \endcode
-		 *
-		 *  \param[in] MaxKeys  Number of simultaneous keys that can be reported at the one time (8-bit).
-		 */
-		#define HID_DESCRIPTOR_KEYBOARD(MaxKeys)            \
-			HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x01),                     \
-			HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x06),                          \
-			HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x01),                     \
-				HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x07),                 \
-				HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0xE0),              \
-				HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0xE7),              \
-				HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00),            \
-				HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0x01),            \
-				HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01),                \
-				HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x08),               \
-				HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE), \
-				HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x01),               \
-				HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08),                \
-				HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT),          \
-				HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x08),                 \
-				HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0x01),              \
-				HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0x05),              \
-				HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x05),               \
-				HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01),                \
-				HID_RI_OUTPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE | HID_IOF_NON_VOLATILE), \
-				HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x01),               \
-				HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x03),                \
-				HID_RI_OUTPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT),         \
-				HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00),            \
-				HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0xFF),            \
-				HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x07),                 \
-				HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0x00),              \
-				HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0xFF),              \
-				HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, MaxKeys),            \
-				HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08),                \
-				HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_ARRAY | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE), \
-			HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0)
-
-		/** \hideinitializer
-		 *  A list of HID report item array elements that describe a typical HID USB mouse. The resulting report descriptor
-		 *  is compatible with \ref USB_MouseReport_Data_t if the \c MinAxisVal and \c MaxAxisVal values fit within a \c int8_t range
-		 *  and the number of Buttons is less than 8. For other values, the report is structured according to the following layout:
-		 *
-		 *  \code
-		 *  struct
-		 *  {
-		 *      uintA_t Buttons; // Pressed buttons bitmask
-		 *      intB_t X; // X axis value
-		 *      intB_t Y; // Y axis value
-		 *  } Mouse_Report;
-		 *  \endcode
-		 *
-		 *  Where \c intA_t is a type large enough to hold one bit per button, and \c intB_t is a type large enough to hold the
-		 *  ranges of the signed \c MinAxisVal and \c MaxAxisVal values.
-		 *
-		 *  \param[in] MinAxisVal      Minimum X/Y logical axis value (16-bit).
-		 *  \param[in] MaxAxisVal      Maximum X/Y logical axis value (16-bit).
-		 *  \param[in] MinPhysicalVal  Minimum X/Y physical axis value, for movement resolution calculations (16-bit).
-		 *  \param[in] MaxPhysicalVal  Maximum X/Y physical axis value, for movement resolution calculations (16-bit).
-		 *  \param[in] Buttons         Total number of buttons in the device (8-bit).
-		 *  \param[in] AbsoluteCoords  Boolean \c true to use absolute X/Y coordinates (e.g. touchscreen).
-		 */
-		#define HID_DESCRIPTOR_MOUSE(MinAxisVal, MaxAxisVal, MinPhysicalVal, MaxPhysicalVal, Buttons, AbsoluteCoords) \
-			HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x01),                     \
-			HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x02),                          \
-			HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x01),                     \
-				HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x01),                      \
-				HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x00),                 \
-					HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x09),             \
-					HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0x01),          \
-					HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, Buttons),       \
-					HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00),        \
-					HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0x01),        \
-					HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, Buttons),        \
-					HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01),            \
-					HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE), \
-					HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x01),           \
-					HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, (Buttons % 8) ? (8 - (Buttons % 8)) : 0), \
-					HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT),      \
-					HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x01),             \
-					HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x30),                  \
-					HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x31),                  \
-					HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(16, MinAxisVal), \
-					HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(16, MaxAxisVal), \
-					HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MINIMUM(16, MinPhysicalVal), \
-					HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MAXIMUM(16, MaxPhysicalVal), \
-					HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x02),           \
-					HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, (((MinAxisVal >= -128) && (MaxAxisVal <= 127)) ? 8 : 16)), \
-					HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | (AbsoluteCoords ? HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE : HID_IOF_RELATIVE)), \
-				HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0),                   \
-			HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0)
-
-		/** \hideinitializer
-		 *  A list of HID report item array elements that describe a typical Vendor Defined byte array HID report descriptor,
-		 *  used for transporting arbitrary data between the USB host and device via HID reports. The resulting report should be
-		 *  a \c uint8_t byte array of the specified length in both Device to Host (IN) and Host to Device (OUT) directions.
-		 *
-		 *  \param[in] VendorPageNum    Vendor Defined HID Usage Page index, ranging from 0x00 to 0xFF.
-		 *  \param[in] CollectionUsage  Vendor Usage for the encompassing report IN and OUT collection, ranging from 0x00 to 0xFF.
-		 *  \param[in] DataINUsage      Vendor Usage for the IN report data, ranging from 0x00 to 0xFF.
-		 *  \param[in] DataOUTUsage     Vendor Usage for the OUT report data, ranging from 0x00 to 0xFF.
-		 *  \param[in] NumBytes         Length of the data IN and OUT reports.
-		 */
-		#define HID_DESCRIPTOR_VENDOR(VendorPageNum, CollectionUsage, DataINUsage, DataOUTUsage, NumBytes) \
-			HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(16, (0xFF00 | VendorPageNum)), \
-			HID_RI_USAGE(8, CollectionUsage),           \
-			HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x01),                 \
-				HID_RI_USAGE(8, DataINUsage),           \
-				HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00),        \
-				HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0xFF),        \
-				HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08),            \
-				HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, NumBytes),       \
-				HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE), \
-				HID_RI_USAGE(8, DataOUTUsage),          \
-				HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00),        \
-				HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0xFF),        \
-				HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08),            \
-				HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, NumBytes),       \
-				HID_RI_OUTPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE | HID_IOF_NON_VOLATILE), \
-			HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0)
-		//@}
-
-	/* Type Defines: */
-		/** Enum for possible Class, Subclass and Protocol values of device and interface descriptors relating to the HID
-		 *  device class.
-		 */
-		enum HID_Descriptor_ClassSubclassProtocol_t
-		{
-			HID_CSCP_HIDClass             = 0x03, /**< Descriptor Class value indicating that the device or interface
-			                                       *   belongs to the HID class.
-			                                       */
-			HID_CSCP_NonBootSubclass      = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or interface
-			                                       *   does not implement a HID boot protocol.
-			                                       */
-			HID_CSCP_BootSubclass         = 0x01, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or interface
-			                                       *   implements a HID boot protocol.
-			                                       */
-			HID_CSCP_NonBootProtocol      = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or interface
-			                                       *   does not belong to a HID boot protocol.
-			                                       */
-			HID_CSCP_KeyboardBootProtocol = 0x01, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or interface
-			                                       *   belongs to the Keyboard HID boot protocol.
-			                                       */
-			HID_CSCP_MouseBootProtocol    = 0x02, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or interface
-			                                       *   belongs to the Mouse HID boot protocol.
-			                                       */
-		};
-
-		/** Enum for the HID class specific control requests that can be issued by the USB bus host. */
-		enum HID_ClassRequests_t
-		{
-			HID_REQ_GetReport       = 0x01, /**< HID class-specific Request to get the current HID report from the device. */
-			HID_REQ_GetIdle         = 0x02, /**< HID class-specific Request to get the current device idle count. */
-			HID_REQ_GetProtocol     = 0x03, /**< HID class-specific Request to get the current HID report protocol mode. */
-			HID_REQ_SetReport       = 0x09, /**< HID class-specific Request to set the current HID report to the device. */
-			HID_REQ_SetIdle         = 0x0A, /**< HID class-specific Request to set the device's idle count. */
-			HID_REQ_SetProtocol     = 0x0B, /**< HID class-specific Request to set the current HID report protocol mode. */
-		};
-
-		/** Enum for the HID class specific descriptor types. */
-		enum HID_DescriptorTypes_t
-		{
-			HID_DTYPE_HID           = 0x21, /**< Descriptor header type value, to indicate a HID class HID descriptor. */
-			HID_DTYPE_Report        = 0x22, /**< Descriptor header type value, to indicate a HID class HID report descriptor. */
-		};
-
-		/** Enum for the different types of HID reports. */
-		enum HID_ReportItemTypes_t
-		{
-			HID_REPORT_ITEM_In      = 0, /**< Indicates that the item is an IN report type. */
-			HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out     = 1, /**< Indicates that the item is an OUT report type. */
-			HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature = 2, /**< Indicates that the item is a FEATURE report type. */
-		};
-
-		/** \brief HID class-specific HID Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
-		 *
-		 *  Type define for the HID class-specific HID descriptor, to describe the HID device's specifications. Refer to the HID
-		 *  specification for details on the structure elements.
-		 *
-		 *  \see \ref USB_HID_StdDescriptor_HID_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
-		 *
-		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
-
-			uint16_t                HIDSpec; /**< BCD encoded version that the HID descriptor and device complies to.
-			                                  *
-			                                  *   \see \ref VERSION_BCD() utility macro.
-			                                  */
-			uint8_t                 CountryCode; /**< Country code of the localized device, or zero if universal. */
-
-			uint8_t                 TotalReportDescriptors; /**< Total number of HID report descriptors for the interface. */
-
-			uint8_t                 HIDReportType; /**< Type of HID report, set to \ref HID_DTYPE_Report. */
-			uint16_t                HIDReportLength; /**< Length of the associated HID report descriptor, in bytes. */
-		} ATTR_PACKED USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t;
-
-		/** \brief HID class-specific HID Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
-		 *
-		 *  Type define for the HID class-specific HID descriptor, to describe the HID device's specifications. Refer to the HID
-		 *  specification for details on the structure elements.
-		 *
-		 *  \see \ref USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
-		 *       element names.
-		 *
-		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			uint8_t  bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
-			uint8_t  bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
-			                           *   given by the specific class.
-			                           */
-
-			uint16_t bcdHID; /**< BCD encoded version that the HID descriptor and device complies to.
-			                  *
-			                  *   \see \ref VERSION_BCD() utility macro.
-			                  */
-			uint8_t  bCountryCode; /**< Country code of the localized device, or zero if universal. */
-
-			uint8_t  bNumDescriptors; /**< Total number of HID report descriptors for the interface. */
-
-			uint8_t  bDescriptorType2; /**< Type of HID report, set to \ref HID_DTYPE_Report. */
-			uint16_t wDescriptorLength; /**< Length of the associated HID report descriptor, in bytes. */
-		} ATTR_PACKED USB_HID_StdDescriptor_HID_t;
-
-		/** \brief Standard HID Boot Protocol Mouse Report.
-		 *
-		 *  Type define for a standard Boot Protocol Mouse report
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			uint8_t Button; /**< Button mask for currently pressed buttons in the mouse. */
-			int8_t  X; /**< Current delta X movement of the mouse. */
-			int8_t  Y; /**< Current delta Y movement on the mouse. */
-		} ATTR_PACKED USB_MouseReport_Data_t;
-
-		/** \brief Standard HID Boot Protocol Keyboard Report.
-		 *
-		 *  Type define for a standard Boot Protocol Keyboard report
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			uint8_t Modifier; /**< Keyboard modifier byte, indicating pressed modifier keys (a combination of
-			                   *   \c HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFER_* masks).
-			                   */
-			uint8_t Reserved; /**< Reserved for OEM use, always set to 0. */
-			uint8_t KeyCode[6]; /**< Key codes of the currently pressed keys. */
-		} ATTR_PACKED USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t;
-
-		/** Type define for the data type used to store HID report descriptor elements. */
-		typedef uint8_t USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t;
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDParser.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDParser.c
deleted file mode 100644
index d93508f495..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDParser.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,389 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_HID_DRIVER
-#include "HIDParser.h"
-
-uint8_t USB_ProcessHIDReport(const uint8_t* ReportData,
-                             uint16_t ReportSize,
-                             HID_ReportInfo_t* const ParserData)
-{
-	HID_StateTable_t      StateTable[HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH];
-	HID_StateTable_t*     CurrStateTable     = &StateTable[0];
-	HID_CollectionPath_t* CurrCollectionPath = NULL;
-	HID_ReportSizeInfo_t* CurrReportIDInfo   = &ParserData->ReportIDSizes[0];
-	uint16_t              UsageList[HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH];
-	uint8_t               UsageListSize      = 0;
-	HID_MinMax_t          UsageMinMax        = {0, 0};
-
-	memset(ParserData,       0x00, sizeof(HID_ReportInfo_t));
-	memset(CurrStateTable,   0x00, sizeof(HID_StateTable_t));
-	memset(CurrReportIDInfo, 0x00, sizeof(HID_ReportSizeInfo_t));
-
-	ParserData->TotalDeviceReports = 1;
-
-	while (ReportSize)
-	{
-		uint8_t  HIDReportItem  = *ReportData;
-		uint32_t ReportItemData;
-
-		ReportData++;
-		ReportSize--;
-
-		switch (HIDReportItem & HID_RI_DATA_SIZE_MASK)
-		{
-			case HID_RI_DATA_BITS_32:
-				ReportItemData  = (((uint32_t)ReportData[3] << 24) | ((uint32_t)ReportData[2] << 16) |
-			                       ((uint16_t)ReportData[1] << 8)  | ReportData[0]);
-				ReportSize     -= 4;
-				ReportData     += 4;
-				break;
-
-			case HID_RI_DATA_BITS_16:
-				ReportItemData  = (((uint16_t)ReportData[1] << 8) | (ReportData[0]));
-				ReportSize     -= 2;
-				ReportData     += 2;
-				break;
-
-			case HID_RI_DATA_BITS_8:
-				ReportItemData  = ReportData[0];
-				ReportSize     -= 1;
-				ReportData     += 1;
-				break;
-
-			default:
-				ReportItemData  = 0;
-				break;
-		}
-
-		switch (HIDReportItem & (HID_RI_TYPE_MASK | HID_RI_TAG_MASK))
-		{
-			case HID_RI_PUSH(0):
-				if (CurrStateTable == &StateTable[HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH - 1])
-				  return HID_PARSE_HIDStackOverflow;
-
-				memcpy((CurrStateTable + 1),
-				       CurrStateTable,
-				       sizeof(HID_ReportItem_t));
-
-				CurrStateTable++;
-				break;
-
-			case HID_RI_POP(0):
-				if (CurrStateTable == &StateTable[0])
-				  return HID_PARSE_HIDStackUnderflow;
-
-				CurrStateTable--;
-				break;
-
-			case HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(0):
-				if ((HIDReportItem & HID_RI_DATA_SIZE_MASK) == HID_RI_DATA_BITS_32)
-				  CurrStateTable->Attributes.Usage.Page = (ReportItemData >> 16);
-
-				CurrStateTable->Attributes.Usage.Page       = ReportItemData;
-				break;
-
-			case HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(0):
-				CurrStateTable->Attributes.Logical.Minimum  = ReportItemData;
-				break;
-
-			case HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(0):
-				CurrStateTable->Attributes.Logical.Maximum  = ReportItemData;
-				break;
-
-			case HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MINIMUM(0):
-				CurrStateTable->Attributes.Physical.Minimum = ReportItemData;
-				break;
-
-			case HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MAXIMUM(0):
-				CurrStateTable->Attributes.Physical.Maximum = ReportItemData;
-				break;
-
-			case HID_RI_UNIT_EXPONENT(0):
-				CurrStateTable->Attributes.Unit.Exponent    = ReportItemData;
-				break;
-
-			case HID_RI_UNIT(0):
-				CurrStateTable->Attributes.Unit.Type        = ReportItemData;
-				break;
-
-			case HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(0):
-				CurrStateTable->Attributes.BitSize          = ReportItemData;
-				break;
-
-			case HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(0):
-				CurrStateTable->ReportCount                 = ReportItemData;
-				break;
-
-			case HID_RI_REPORT_ID(0):
-				CurrStateTable->ReportID                    = ReportItemData;
-
-				if (ParserData->UsingReportIDs)
-				{
-					CurrReportIDInfo = NULL;
-
-					for (uint8_t i = 0; i < ParserData->TotalDeviceReports; i++)
-					{
-						if (ParserData->ReportIDSizes[i].ReportID == CurrStateTable->ReportID)
-						{
-							CurrReportIDInfo = &ParserData->ReportIDSizes[i];
-							break;
-						}
-					}
-
-					if (CurrReportIDInfo == NULL)
-					{
-						if (ParserData->TotalDeviceReports == HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS)
-						  return HID_PARSE_InsufficientReportIDItems;
-
-						CurrReportIDInfo = &ParserData->ReportIDSizes[ParserData->TotalDeviceReports++];
-						memset(CurrReportIDInfo, 0x00, sizeof(HID_ReportSizeInfo_t));
-					}
-				}
-
-				ParserData->UsingReportIDs = true;
-
-				CurrReportIDInfo->ReportID = CurrStateTable->ReportID;
-				break;
-
-			case HID_RI_USAGE(0):
-				if (UsageListSize == HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH)
-				  return HID_PARSE_UsageListOverflow;
-
-				UsageList[UsageListSize++] = ReportItemData;
-				break;
-
-			case HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(0):
-				UsageMinMax.Minimum = ReportItemData;
-				break;
-
-			case HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(0):
-				UsageMinMax.Maximum = ReportItemData;
-				break;
-
-			case HID_RI_COLLECTION(0):
-				if (CurrCollectionPath == NULL)
-				{
-					CurrCollectionPath = &ParserData->CollectionPaths[0];
-				}
-				else
-				{
-					HID_CollectionPath_t* ParentCollectionPath = CurrCollectionPath;
-
-					CurrCollectionPath = &ParserData->CollectionPaths[1];
-
-					while (CurrCollectionPath->Parent != NULL)
-					{
-						if (CurrCollectionPath == &ParserData->CollectionPaths[HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS - 1])
-						  return HID_PARSE_InsufficientCollectionPaths;
-
-						CurrCollectionPath++;
-					}
-
-					CurrCollectionPath->Parent = ParentCollectionPath;
-				}
-
-				CurrCollectionPath->Type       = ReportItemData;
-				CurrCollectionPath->Usage.Page = CurrStateTable->Attributes.Usage.Page;
-
-				if (UsageListSize)
-				{
-					CurrCollectionPath->Usage.Usage = UsageList[0];
-
-					for (uint8_t i = 1; i < UsageListSize; i++)
-					  UsageList[i - 1] = UsageList[i];
-
-					UsageListSize--;
-				}
-				else if (UsageMinMax.Minimum <= UsageMinMax.Maximum)
-				{
-					CurrCollectionPath->Usage.Usage = UsageMinMax.Minimum++;
-				}
-
-				break;
-
-			case HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0):
-				if (CurrCollectionPath == NULL)
-				  return HID_PARSE_UnexpectedEndCollection;
-
-				CurrCollectionPath = CurrCollectionPath->Parent;
-				break;
-
-			case HID_RI_INPUT(0):
-			case HID_RI_OUTPUT(0):
-			case HID_RI_FEATURE(0):
-				for (uint8_t ReportItemNum = 0; ReportItemNum < CurrStateTable->ReportCount; ReportItemNum++)
-				{
-					HID_ReportItem_t NewReportItem;
-
-					memcpy(&NewReportItem.Attributes,
-					       &CurrStateTable->Attributes,
-					       sizeof(HID_ReportItem_Attributes_t));
-
-					NewReportItem.ItemFlags      = ReportItemData;
-					NewReportItem.CollectionPath = CurrCollectionPath;
-					NewReportItem.ReportID       = CurrStateTable->ReportID;
-
-					if (UsageListSize)
-					{
-						NewReportItem.Attributes.Usage.Usage = UsageList[0];
-
-						for (uint8_t i = 1; i < UsageListSize; i++)
-						  UsageList[i - 1] = UsageList[i];
-
-						UsageListSize--;
-					}
-					else if (UsageMinMax.Minimum <= UsageMinMax.Maximum)
-					{
-						NewReportItem.Attributes.Usage.Usage = UsageMinMax.Minimum++;
-					}
-
-					uint8_t ItemTypeTag = (HIDReportItem & (HID_RI_TYPE_MASK | HID_RI_TAG_MASK));
-
-					if (ItemTypeTag == HID_RI_INPUT(0))
-					  NewReportItem.ItemType = HID_REPORT_ITEM_In;
-					else if (ItemTypeTag == HID_RI_OUTPUT(0))
-					  NewReportItem.ItemType = HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out;
-					else
-					  NewReportItem.ItemType = HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature;
-
-					NewReportItem.BitOffset = CurrReportIDInfo->ReportSizeBits[NewReportItem.ItemType];
-
-					CurrReportIDInfo->ReportSizeBits[NewReportItem.ItemType] += CurrStateTable->Attributes.BitSize;
-
-					ParserData->LargestReportSizeBits = MAX(ParserData->LargestReportSizeBits, CurrReportIDInfo->ReportSizeBits[NewReportItem.ItemType]);
-
-					if (ParserData->TotalReportItems == HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS)
-					  return HID_PARSE_InsufficientReportItems;
-
-					memcpy(&ParserData->ReportItems[ParserData->TotalReportItems],
-					       &NewReportItem, sizeof(HID_ReportItem_t));
-
-					if (!(ReportItemData & HID_IOF_CONSTANT) && CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem(&NewReportItem))
-					  ParserData->TotalReportItems++;
-				}
-
-				break;
-
-			default:
-				break;
-		}
-
-		if ((HIDReportItem & HID_RI_TYPE_MASK) == HID_RI_TYPE_MAIN)
-		{
-			UsageMinMax.Minimum = 0;
-			UsageMinMax.Maximum = 0;
-			UsageListSize       = 0;
-		}
-	}
-
-	if (!(ParserData->TotalReportItems))
-	  return HID_PARSE_NoUnfilteredReportItems;
-
-	return HID_PARSE_Successful;
-}
-
-bool USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo(const uint8_t* ReportData,
-                              HID_ReportItem_t* const ReportItem)
-{
-	if (ReportItem == NULL)
-	  return false;
-
-	uint16_t DataBitsRem  = ReportItem->Attributes.BitSize;
-	uint16_t CurrentBit   = ReportItem->BitOffset;
-	uint32_t BitMask      = (1 << 0);
-
-	if (ReportItem->ReportID)
-	{
-		if (ReportItem->ReportID != ReportData[0])
-		  return false;
-
-		ReportData++;
-	}
-
-	ReportItem->PreviousValue = ReportItem->Value;
-	ReportItem->Value = 0;
-
-	while (DataBitsRem--)
-	{
-		if (ReportData[CurrentBit / 8] & (1 << (CurrentBit % 8)))
-		  ReportItem->Value |= BitMask;
-
-		CurrentBit++;
-		BitMask <<= 1;
-	}
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-void USB_SetHIDReportItemInfo(uint8_t* ReportData,
-                              HID_ReportItem_t* const ReportItem)
-{
-	if (ReportItem == NULL)
-	  return;
-
-	uint16_t DataBitsRem  = ReportItem->Attributes.BitSize;
-	uint16_t CurrentBit   = ReportItem->BitOffset;
-	uint32_t BitMask      = (1 << 0);
-
-	if (ReportItem->ReportID)
-	{
-		ReportData[0] = ReportItem->ReportID;
-		ReportData++;
-	}
-
-	ReportItem->PreviousValue = ReportItem->Value;
-
-	while (DataBitsRem--)
-	{
-		if (ReportItem->Value & (1 << (CurrentBit % 8)))
-		  ReportData[CurrentBit / 8] |= BitMask;
-
-		CurrentBit++;
-		BitMask <<= 1;
-	}
-}
-
-uint16_t USB_GetHIDReportSize(HID_ReportInfo_t* const ParserData,
-                              const uint8_t ReportID,
-                              const uint8_t ReportType)
-{
-	for (uint8_t i = 0; i < HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS; i++)
-	{
-		uint16_t ReportSizeBits = ParserData->ReportIDSizes[i].ReportSizeBits[ReportType];
-
-		if (ParserData->ReportIDSizes[i].ReportID == ReportID)
-		  return (ReportSizeBits / 8) + ((ReportSizeBits % 8) ? 1 : 0);
-	}
-
-	return 0;
-}
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDParser.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDParser.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 1f84ef44ff..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDParser.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,364 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief USB Human Interface Device (HID) Class report descriptor parser.
- *
- *  This file allows for the easy parsing of complex HID report descriptors, which describes the data that
- *  a HID device transmits to the host. It also provides an easy API for extracting and processing the data
- *  elements inside a HID report sent from an attached HID device.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USB
- *  \defgroup Group_HIDParser HID Report Parser
- *  \brief USB Human Interface Device (HID) Class report descriptor parser.
- *
- *  \section Sec_HIDParser_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDParser.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
- *
- *  \section Sec_HIDParser_ModDescription Module Description
- *  Human Interface Device (HID) class report descriptor parser. This module implements a parser than is
- *  capable of processing a complete HID report descriptor, and outputting a flat structure containing the
- *  contents of the report in an a more friendly format. The parsed data may then be further processed and used
- *  within an application to process sent and received HID reports to and from an attached HID device.
- *
- *  A HID report descriptor consists of a set of HID report items, which describe the function and layout
- *  of data exchanged between a HID device and a host, including both the physical encoding of each item
- *  (such as a button, key press or joystick axis) in the sent and received data packets - known as "reports" -
- *  as well as other information about each item such as the usages, data range, physical location and other
- *  characteristics. In this way a HID device can retain a high degree of flexibility in its capabilities, as it
- *  is not forced to comply with a given report layout or feature-set.
- *
- *  This module also contains routines for the processing of data in an actual HID report, using the parsed report
- *  descriptor data as a guide for the encoding.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __HIDPARSER_H__
-#define __HIDPARSER_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-		#include "HIDReportData.h"
-		#include "HIDClassCommon.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Macros: */
-		#if !defined(HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			/** Constant indicating the maximum stack depth of the state table. A larger state table
-			 *  allows for more PUSH/POP report items to be nested, but consumes more memory. By default
-			 *  this is set to 2 levels (allowing non-nested PUSH items) but this can be overridden by
-			 *  defining \c HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH to another value in the user project makefile, passing the
-			 *  define to the compiler using the -D compiler switch.
-			 */
-			#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH    2
-		#endif
-
-		#if !defined(HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			/** Constant indicating the maximum stack depth of the usage table. A larger usage table
-			 *  allows for more USAGE items to be indicated sequentially for REPORT COUNT entries of more than
-			 *  one, but requires more stack space. By default this is set to 8 levels (allowing for a report
-			 *  item with a count of 8) but this can be overridden by defining \c HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH to another
-			 *  value in the user project makefile, passing the define to the compiler using the -D compiler
-			 *  switch.
-			 */
-			#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH         8
-		#endif
-
-		#if !defined(HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			/** Constant indicating the maximum number of COLLECTION items (nested or unnested) that can be
-			 *  processed in the report item descriptor. A large value allows for more COLLECTION items to be
-			 *  processed, but consumes more memory. By default this is set to 10 collections, but this can be
-			 *  overridden by defining \c HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS to another value in the user project makefile, passing
-			 *  the define to the compiler using the -D compiler switch.
-			 */
-			#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS           10
-		#endif
-
-		#if !defined(HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			/** Constant indicating the maximum number of report items (IN, OUT or FEATURE) that can be processed
-			 *  in the report item descriptor and stored in the user HID Report Info structure. A large value allows
-			 *  for more report items to be stored, but consumes more memory. By default this is set to 20 items,
-			 *  but this can be overridden by defining \c HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS to another value in the user project
-			 *  makefile, and passing the define to the compiler using the -D compiler switch.
-			 */
-			#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS           20
-		#endif
-
-		#if !defined(HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			/** Constant indicating the maximum number of unique report IDs that can be processed in the report item
-			 *  descriptor for the report size information array in the user HID Report Info structure. A large value
-			 *  allows for more report ID report sizes to be stored, but consumes more memory. By default this is set
-			 *  to 10 items, but this can be overridden by defining \c HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS to another value in the user project
-			 *  makefile, and passing the define to the compiler using the -D compiler switch. Note that IN, OUT and FEATURE
-			 *  items sharing the same report ID consume only one size item in the array.
-			 */
-			#define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS            10
-		#endif
-
-		/** Returns the value a given HID report item (once its value has been fetched via \ref USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo())
-		 *  left-aligned to the given data type. This allows for signed data to be interpreted correctly, by shifting the data
-		 *  leftwards until the data's sign bit is in the correct position.
-		 *
-		 *  \param[in] ReportItem  HID Report Item whose retrieved value is to be aligned.
-		 *  \param[in] Type        Data type to align the HID report item's value to.
-		 *
-		 *  \return Left-aligned data of the given report item's pre-retrieved value for the given datatype.
-		 */
-		#define HID_ALIGN_DATA(ReportItem, Type) ((Type)(ReportItem->Value << ((8 * sizeof(Type)) - ReportItem->Attributes.BitSize)))
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Enums: */
-			/** Enum for the possible error codes in the return value of the \ref USB_ProcessHIDReport() function. */
-			enum HID_Parse_ErrorCodes_t
-			{
-				HID_PARSE_Successful                  = 0, /**< Successful parse of the HID report descriptor, no error. */
-				HID_PARSE_HIDStackOverflow            = 1, /**< More than \ref HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH nested PUSHes in the report. */
-				HID_PARSE_HIDStackUnderflow           = 2, /**< A POP was found when the state table stack was empty. */
-				HID_PARSE_InsufficientReportItems     = 3, /**< More than \ref HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS report items in the report. */
-				HID_PARSE_UnexpectedEndCollection     = 4, /**< An END COLLECTION item found without matching COLLECTION item. */
-				HID_PARSE_InsufficientCollectionPaths = 5, /**< More than \ref HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS collections in the report. */
-				HID_PARSE_UsageListOverflow           = 6, /**< More than \ref HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH usages listed in a row. */
-				HID_PARSE_InsufficientReportIDItems   = 7, /**< More than \ref HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS report IDs in the device. */
-				HID_PARSE_NoUnfilteredReportItems     = 8, /**< All report items from the device were filtered by the filtering callback routine. */
-			};
-
-		/* Type Defines: */
-			/** \brief HID Parser Report Item Min/Max Structure.
-			 *
-			 *  Type define for an attribute with both minimum and maximum values (e.g. Logical Min/Max).
-			 */
-			typedef struct
-			{
-				uint32_t Minimum; /**< Minimum value for the attribute. */
-				uint32_t Maximum; /**< Maximum value for the attribute. */
-			} HID_MinMax_t;
-
-			/** \brief HID Parser Report Item Unit Structure.
-			 *
-			 *  Type define for the Unit attributes of a report item.
-			 */
-			typedef struct
-			{
-				uint32_t Type;     /**< Unit type (refer to HID specifications for details). */
-				uint8_t  Exponent; /**< Unit exponent (refer to HID specifications for details). */
-			} HID_Unit_t;
-
-			/** \brief HID Parser Report Item Usage Structure.
-			 *
-			 *  Type define for the Usage attributes of a report item.
-			 */
-			typedef struct
-			{
-				uint16_t Page;  /**< Usage page of the report item. */
-				uint16_t Usage; /**< Usage of the report item. */
-			} HID_Usage_t;
-
-			/** \brief HID Parser Report Item Collection Path Structure.
-			 *
-			 *  Type define for a COLLECTION object. Contains the collection attributes and a reference to the
-			 *  parent collection if any.
-			 */
-			typedef struct HID_CollectionPath
-			{
-				uint8_t                    Type;   /**< Collection type (e.g. "Generic Desktop"). */
-				HID_Usage_t                Usage;  /**< Collection usage. */
-				struct HID_CollectionPath* Parent; /**< Reference to parent collection, or \c NULL if root collection. */
-			} HID_CollectionPath_t;
-
-			/** \brief HID Parser Report Item Attributes Structure.
-			 *
-			 *  Type define for all the data attributes of a report item, except flags.
-			 */
-			typedef struct
-			{
-				uint8_t      BitSize;  /**< Size in bits of the report item's data. */
-
-				HID_Usage_t  Usage;    /**< Usage of the report item. */
-				HID_Unit_t   Unit;     /**< Unit type and exponent of the report item. */
-				HID_MinMax_t Logical;  /**< Logical minimum and maximum of the report item. */
-				HID_MinMax_t Physical; /**< Physical minimum and maximum of the report item. */
-			} HID_ReportItem_Attributes_t;
-
-			/** \brief HID Parser Report Item Details Structure.
-			 *
-			 *  Type define for a report item (IN, OUT or FEATURE) layout attributes and other details.
-			 */
-			typedef struct
-			{
-				uint16_t                    BitOffset;      /**< Bit offset in the IN, OUT or FEATURE report of the item. */
-				uint8_t                     ItemType;       /**< Report item type, a value in \ref HID_ReportItemTypes_t. */
-				uint16_t                    ItemFlags;      /**< Item data flags, a mask of \c HID_IOF_* constants. */
-				uint8_t                     ReportID;       /**< Report ID this item belongs to, or 0x00 if device has only one report */
-				HID_CollectionPath_t*       CollectionPath; /**< Collection path of the item. */
-
-				HID_ReportItem_Attributes_t Attributes;     /**< Report item attributes. */
-
-				uint32_t                    Value;          /**< Current value of the report item - use \ref HID_ALIGN_DATA() when processing
-				                                             *   a retrieved value so that it is aligned to a specific type.
-				                                             */
-				uint32_t                    PreviousValue;  /**< Previous value of the report item. */
-			} HID_ReportItem_t;
-
-			/** \brief HID Parser Report Size Structure.
-			 *
-			 *  Type define for a report item size information structure, to retain the size of a device's reports by ID.
-			 */
-			typedef struct
-			{
-				uint8_t  ReportID; /**< Report ID of the report within the HID interface. */
-				uint16_t ReportSizeBits[3]; /**< Total number of bits in each report type for the given Report ID,
-				                             *   indexed by the \ref HID_ReportItemTypes_t enum.
-				                             */
-			} HID_ReportSizeInfo_t;
-
-			/** \brief HID Parser State Structure.
-			 *
-			 *  Type define for a complete processed HID report, including all report item data and collections.
-			 */
-			typedef struct
-			{
-				uint8_t              TotalReportItems; /**< Total number of report items stored in the \c ReportItems array. */
-				HID_ReportItem_t     ReportItems[HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS]; /**< Report items array, including all IN, OUT
-			                                                            *   and FEATURE items.
-				                                                        */
-				HID_CollectionPath_t CollectionPaths[HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS]; /**< All collection items, referenced
-				                                                            *   by the report items.
-				                                                            */
-				uint8_t              TotalDeviceReports; /**< Number of reports within the HID interface */
-				HID_ReportSizeInfo_t ReportIDSizes[HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS]; /**< Report sizes for each report in the interface */
-				uint16_t             LargestReportSizeBits; /**< Largest report that the attached device will generate, in bits */
-				bool                 UsingReportIDs; /**< Indicates if the device has at least one REPORT ID
-				                                      *   element in its HID report descriptor.
-				                                      */
-			} HID_ReportInfo_t;
-
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			/** Function to process a given HID report returned from an attached device, and store it into a given
-			 *  \ref HID_ReportInfo_t structure.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in]  ReportData  Buffer containing the device's HID report table.
-			 *  \param[in]  ReportSize  Size in bytes of the HID report table.
-			 *  \param[out] ParserData  Pointer to a \ref HID_ReportInfo_t instance for the parser output.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value in the \ref HID_Parse_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t USB_ProcessHIDReport(const uint8_t* ReportData,
-			                             uint16_t ReportSize,
-			                             HID_ReportInfo_t* const ParserData) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-
-			/** Extracts the given report item's value out of the given HID report and places it into the Value
-			 *  member of the report item's \ref HID_ReportItem_t structure.
-			 *
-			 *  When called on a report with an item that exists in that report, this copies the report item's \c Value
-			 *  to its \c PreviousValue element for easy checking to see if an item's value has changed before processing
-			 *  a report. If the given item does not exist in the report, the function does not modify the report item's
-			 *  data.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in]     ReportData  Buffer containing an IN or FEATURE report from an attached device.
-			 *  \param[in,out] ReportItem  Pointer to the report item of interest in a \ref HID_ReportInfo_t ReportItem array.
-			 *
-			 *  \returns Boolean \c true if the item to retrieve was located in the given report, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			bool USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo(const uint8_t* ReportData,
-			                              HID_ReportItem_t* const ReportItem) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Retrieves the given report item's value out of the \c Value member of the report item's
-			 *  \ref HID_ReportItem_t structure and places it into the correct position in the HID report
-			 *  buffer. The report buffer is assumed to have the appropriate bits cleared before calling
-			 *  this function (i.e., the buffer should be explicitly cleared before report values are added).
-			 *
-			 *  When called, this copies the report item's \c Value element to its \c PreviousValue element for easy
-			 *  checking to see if an item's value has changed before sending a report.
-			 *
-			 *  If the device has multiple HID reports, the first byte in the report is set to the report ID of the given item.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[out] ReportData  Buffer holding the current OUT or FEATURE report data.
-			 *  \param[in]  ReportItem  Pointer to the report item of interest in a \ref HID_ReportInfo_t ReportItem array.
-			 */
-			void USB_SetHIDReportItemInfo(uint8_t* ReportData,
-			                              HID_ReportItem_t* const ReportItem) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Retrieves the size of a given HID report in bytes from its Report ID.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] ParserData  Pointer to a \ref HID_ReportInfo_t instance containing the parser output.
-			 *  \param[in] ReportID    Report ID of the report whose size is to be determined.
-			 *  \param[in] ReportType  Type of the report whose size is to be determined, a value from the
-			 *                         \ref HID_ReportItemTypes_t enum.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Size of the report in bytes, or \c 0 if the report does not exist.
-			 */
-			uint16_t USB_GetHIDReportSize(HID_ReportInfo_t* const ParserData,
-			                              const uint8_t ReportID,
-			                              const uint8_t ReportType) ATTR_CONST ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Callback routine for the HID Report Parser. This callback <b>must</b> be implemented by the user code when
-			 *  the parser is used, to determine what report IN, OUT and FEATURE item's information is stored into the user
-			 *  \ref HID_ReportInfo_t structure. This can be used to filter only those items the application will be using, so that
-			 *  no RAM is wasted storing the attributes for report items which will never be referenced by the application.
-			 *
-			 *  Report item pointers passed to this callback function may be cached by the user application for later use
-			 *  when processing report items. This provides faster report processing in the user application than would
-			 *  a search of the entire parsed report item table for each received or sent report.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] CurrentItem  Pointer to the current report item for user checking.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the item should be stored into the \ref HID_ReportInfo_t structure, \c false if
-			 *          it should be ignored.
-			 */
-			bool CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem(HID_ReportItem_t* const CurrentItem);
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Type Defines: */
-			typedef struct
-			{
-				 HID_ReportItem_Attributes_t Attributes;
-				 uint8_t                     ReportCount;
-				 uint8_t                     ReportID;
-			} HID_StateTable_t;
-	#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDReportData.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDReportData.h
deleted file mode 100644
index df4302cc73..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDReportData.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,126 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Constants for HID report item attributes.
- *
- *  HID report item constants for report item attributes. Refer to the HID specification for
- *  details on each flag's meaning when applied to an IN, OUT or FEATURE item.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_HIDParser
- *  \defgroup Group_HIDReportItemConst HID Report Descriptor Item Constants
- *
- *  General HID constant definitions for HID Report Descriptor elements.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __HIDREPORTDATA_H__
-#define __HIDREPORTDATA_H__
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Macros: */
-			#define HID_RI_DATA_SIZE_MASK                   0x03
-			#define HID_RI_TYPE_MASK                        0x0C
-			#define HID_RI_TAG_MASK                         0xF0
-
-			#define HID_RI_TYPE_MAIN                        0x00
-			#define HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL                      0x04
-			#define HID_RI_TYPE_LOCAL                       0x08
-
-			#define HID_RI_DATA_BITS_0                      0x00
-			#define HID_RI_DATA_BITS_8                      0x01
-			#define HID_RI_DATA_BITS_16                     0x02
-			#define HID_RI_DATA_BITS_32                     0x03
-			#define HID_RI_DATA_BITS(DataBits)              CONCAT_EXPANDED(HID_RI_DATA_BITS_, DataBits)
-
-			#define _HID_RI_ENCODE_0(Data)
-			#define _HID_RI_ENCODE_8(Data)                  , (Data & 0xFF)
-			#define _HID_RI_ENCODE_16(Data)                 _HID_RI_ENCODE_8(Data)  _HID_RI_ENCODE_8(Data >> 8)
-			#define _HID_RI_ENCODE_32(Data)                 _HID_RI_ENCODE_16(Data) _HID_RI_ENCODE_16(Data >> 16)
-			#define _HID_RI_ENCODE(DataBits, ...)           CONCAT_EXPANDED(_HID_RI_ENCODE_, DataBits(__VA_ARGS__))
-
-			#define _HID_RI_ENTRY(Type, Tag, DataBits, ...) (Type | Tag | HID_RI_DATA_BITS(DataBits)) _HID_RI_ENCODE(DataBits, (__VA_ARGS__))
-	#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-		/** \name HID Input, Output and Feature Report Descriptor Item Flags */
-		//@{
-			#define HID_IOF_CONSTANT                        (1 << 0)
-			#define HID_IOF_DATA                            (0 << 0)
-			#define HID_IOF_VARIABLE                        (1 << 1)
-			#define HID_IOF_ARRAY                           (0 << 1)
-			#define HID_IOF_RELATIVE                        (1 << 2)
-			#define HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE                        (0 << 2)
-			#define HID_IOF_WRAP                            (1 << 3)
-			#define HID_IOF_NO_WRAP                         (0 << 3)
-			#define HID_IOF_NON_LINEAR                      (1 << 4)
-			#define HID_IOF_LINEAR                          (0 << 4)
-			#define HID_IOF_NO_PREFERRED_STATE              (1 << 5)
-			#define HID_IOF_PREFERRED_STATE                 (0 << 5)
-			#define HID_IOF_NULLSTATE                       (1 << 6)
-			#define HID_IOF_NO_NULL_POSITION                (0 << 6)
-			#define HID_IOF_VOLATILE                        (1 << 7)
-			#define HID_IOF_NON_VOLATILE                    (0 << 7)
-			#define HID_IOF_BUFFERED_BYTES                  (1 << 8)
-			#define HID_IOF_BITFIELD                        (0 << 8)
-		//@}
-
-		/** \name HID Report Descriptor Item Macros */
-		//@{
-			#define HID_RI_INPUT(DataBits, ...)             _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_MAIN  , 0x80, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
-			#define HID_RI_OUTPUT(DataBits, ...)            _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_MAIN  , 0x90, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
-			#define HID_RI_COLLECTION(DataBits, ...)        _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_MAIN  , 0xA0, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
-			#define HID_RI_FEATURE(DataBits, ...)           _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_MAIN  , 0xB0, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
-			#define HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(DataBits, ...)    _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_MAIN  , 0xC0, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
-			#define HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(DataBits, ...)        _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0x00, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
-			#define HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(DataBits, ...)   _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0x10, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
-			#define HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(DataBits, ...)   _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0x20, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
-			#define HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MINIMUM(DataBits, ...)  _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0x30, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
-			#define HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MAXIMUM(DataBits, ...)  _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0x40, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
-			#define HID_RI_UNIT_EXPONENT(DataBits, ...)     _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0x50, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
-			#define HID_RI_UNIT(DataBits, ...)              _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0x60, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
-			#define HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(DataBits, ...)       _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0x70, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
-			#define HID_RI_REPORT_ID(DataBits, ...)         _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0x80, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
-			#define HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(DataBits, ...)      _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0x90, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
-			#define HID_RI_PUSH(DataBits, ...)              _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0xA0, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
-			#define HID_RI_POP(DataBits, ...)               _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0xB0, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
-			#define HID_RI_USAGE(DataBits, ...)             _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_LOCAL , 0x00, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
-			#define HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(DataBits, ...)     _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_LOCAL , 0x10, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
-			#define HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(DataBits, ...)     _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_LOCAL , 0x20, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
-		//@}
-
-/** @} */
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/MIDIClassCommon.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/MIDIClassCommon.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b6f6034550..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/MIDIClassCommon.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,363 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Common definitions and declarations for the library USB MIDI Class driver.
- *
- *  Common definitions and declarations for the library USB MIDI Class driver.
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassMIDI
- *  \defgroup Group_USBClassMIDICommon  Common Class Definitions
- *
- *  \section Sec_USBClassMIDICommon_ModDescription Module Description
- *  Constants, Types and Enum definitions that are common to both Device and Host modes for the USB
- *  MIDI Class.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef _MIDI_CLASS_COMMON_H_
-#define _MIDI_CLASS_COMMON_H_
-
-	/* Macros: */
-		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_AUDIO_DRIVER
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../Core/StdDescriptors.h"
-		#include "AudioClassCommon.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_MIDI_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Macros: */
-		/** \name MIDI Command Values
-		 *  See http://www.midi.org/techspecs/midimessages.php for more information.
-		 */
-		//@{
-		/** MIDI command for System Exclusive (SysEx) single event that has one byte of data total. */
-		#define MIDI_COMMAND_SYSEX_1BYTE           MIDI_COMMAND_SYSEX_END_1BYTE
-
-		/** MIDI command for System Exclusive (SysEx) single event that has two bytes of data total. */
-		#define MIDI_COMMAND_SYSEX_2BYTE           0x20
-
-		/** MIDI command for System Exclusive (SysEx) single event that has three bytes of data total. */
-		#define MIDI_COMMAND_SYSEX_3BYTE           0x30
-
-		/** MIDI command for System Exclusive (SysEx) stream event that has at least four bytes of data total. */
-		#define MIDI_COMMAND_SYSEX_START_3BYTE     0x40
-
-		/** MIDI command for System Exclusive (SysEx) stream event terminator with one remaining data byte. */
-		#define MIDI_COMMAND_SYSEX_END_1BYTE       0x50
-
-		/** MIDI command for System Exclusive (SysEx) stream event terminator with two remaining data bytes. */
-		#define MIDI_COMMAND_SYSEX_END_2BYTE       0x60
-
-		/** MIDI command for System Exclusive (SysEx) stream event terminator with three remaining data bytes. */
-		#define MIDI_COMMAND_SYSEX_END_3BYTE       0x70
-
-		/** MIDI command for a note off (deactivation) event. */
-		#define MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF              0x80
-
-		/** MIDI command for a note on (activation) event. */
-		#define MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON               0x90
-
-		/** MIDI command for a note pressure change event. */
-		#define MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_PRESSURE         0xA0
-
-		/** MIDI command for a control change event. */
-		#define MIDI_COMMAND_CONTROL_CHANGE        0xB0
-
-		/** MIDI command for a control change event. */
-		#define MIDI_COMMAND_PROGRAM_CHANGE        0xC0
-
-		/** MIDI command for a channel pressure change event. */
-		#define MIDI_COMMAND_CHANNEL_PRESSURE      0xD0
-
-		/** MIDI command for a pitch change event. */
-		#define MIDI_COMMAND_PITCH_WHEEL_CHANGE    0xE0
-		//@}
-
-		/** Standard key press velocity value used for all note events. */
-		#define MIDI_STANDARD_VELOCITY             64
-
-		/** Convenience macro. MIDI channels are numbered from 1-10 (natural numbers) however the logical channel
-		 *  addresses are zero-indexed. This converts a natural MIDI channel number into the logical channel address.
-		 *
-		 *  \param[in] channel  MIDI channel number to address.
-		 *
-		 *  \return Constructed MIDI channel ID.
-		 */
-		#define MIDI_CHANNEL(channel)              ((channel) - 1)
-
-		/** Constructs a MIDI event ID from a given MIDI command and a virtual MIDI cable index. This can then be
-		 *  used to create and decode \ref MIDI_EventPacket_t MIDI event packets.
-		 *
-		 *  \param[in] virtualcable  Index of the virtual MIDI cable the event relates to
-		 *  \param[in] command       MIDI command to send through the virtual MIDI cable
-		 *
-		 *  \return Constructed MIDI event ID.
-		 */
-		#define MIDI_EVENT(virtualcable, command)  (((virtualcable) << 4) | ((command) >> 4))
-
-	/* Enums: */
-		/** Enum for the possible MIDI jack types in a MIDI device jack descriptor. */
-		enum MIDI_JackTypes_t
-		{
-			MIDI_JACKTYPE_Embedded = 0x01, /**< MIDI class descriptor jack type value for an embedded (logical) MIDI input or output jack. */
-			MIDI_JACKTYPE_External = 0x02, /**< MIDI class descriptor jack type value for an external (physical) MIDI input or output jack. */
-		};
-
-	/* Type Defines: */
-		/** \brief MIDI class-specific Streaming Interface Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
-		 *
-		 *  Type define for an Audio class-specific MIDI streaming interface descriptor. This indicates to the host
-		 *  how MIDI the specification compliance of the device and the total length of the Audio class-specific descriptors.
-		 *  See the USB Audio specification for more details.
-		 *
-		 *  \see \ref USB_MIDI_StdDescriptor_AudioInterface_AS_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
-		 *
-		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
-			uint8_t                 Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors. */
-
-			uint16_t                AudioSpecification; /**< Binary coded decimal value, indicating the supported Audio Class
-			                                             *   specification version.
-			                                             *
-			                                             *   \see \ref VERSION_BCD() utility macro.
-			                                             */
-			uint16_t                TotalLength; /**< Total length of the Audio class-specific descriptors, including this descriptor. */
-		} ATTR_PACKED USB_MIDI_Descriptor_AudioInterface_AS_t;
-
-		/** \brief MIDI class-specific Streaming Interface Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
-		 *
-		 *  Type define for an Audio class-specific MIDI streaming interface descriptor. This indicates to the host
-		 *  how MIDI the specification compliance of the device and the total length of the Audio class-specific descriptors.
-		 *  See the USB Audio specification for more details.
-		 *
-		 *  \see \ref USB_MIDI_Descriptor_AudioInterface_AS_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
-		 *       element names.
-		 *
-		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			uint8_t  bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
-			uint8_t  bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
-			                           *   given by the specific class.
-			                           */
-
-			uint8_t  bDescriptorSubtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors. */
-
-			uint16_t bcdMSC; /**< Binary coded decimal value, indicating the supported MIDI Class specification version.
-			                  *
-			                  *   \see \ref VERSION_BCD() utility macro.
-			                  */
-			uint16_t wTotalLength; /**< Total length of the Audio class-specific descriptors, including this descriptor. */
-		} ATTR_PACKED USB_MIDI_StdDescriptor_AudioInterface_AS_t;
-
-		/** \brief MIDI class-specific Input Jack Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
-		 *
-		 *  Type define for an Audio class-specific MIDI IN jack. This gives information to the host on a MIDI input, either
-		 *  a physical input jack, or a logical jack (receiving input data internally, or from the host via an endpoint).
-		 *
-		 *  \see \ref USB_MIDI_StdDescriptor_InputJack_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
-		 *
-		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
-			uint8_t                 Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors. */
-
-			uint8_t                 JackType; /**< Type of jack, one of the \c JACKTYPE_* mask values. */
-			uint8_t                 JackID; /**< ID value of this jack - must be a unique value within the device. */
-
-			uint8_t                 JackStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device. */
-		} ATTR_PACKED USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t;
-
-		/** \brief MIDI class-specific Input Jack Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
-		 *
-		 *  Type define for an Audio class-specific MIDI IN jack. This gives information to the host on a MIDI input, either
-		 *  a physical input jack, or a logical jack (receiving input data internally, or from the host via an endpoint).
-		 *
-		 *  \see \ref USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
-		 *       element names.
-		 *
-		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			uint8_t  bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
-			uint8_t  bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
-			                           *   given by the specific class.
-			                           */
-
-			uint8_t  bDescriptorSubtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors. */
-
-			uint8_t  bJackType; /**< Type of jack, one of the \c JACKTYPE_* mask values. */
-			uint8_t  bJackID; /**< ID value of this jack - must be a unique value within the device. */
-
-			uint8_t  iJack; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device. */
-		} ATTR_PACKED USB_MIDI_StdDescriptor_InputJack_t;
-
-		/** \brief MIDI class-specific Output Jack Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
-		 *
-		 *  Type define for an Audio class-specific MIDI OUT jack. This gives information to the host on a MIDI output, either
-		 *  a physical output jack, or a logical jack (sending output data internally, or to the host via an endpoint).
-		 *
-		 *  \see \ref USB_MIDI_StdDescriptor_OutputJack_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
-		 *
-		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			USB_Descriptor_Header_t   Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
-			uint8_t                   Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors. */
-
-			uint8_t                   JackType; /**< Type of jack, one of the \c JACKTYPE_* mask values. */
-			uint8_t                   JackID; /**< ID value of this jack - must be a unique value within the device. */
-
-			uint8_t                   NumberOfPins; /**< Number of output channels within the jack, either physical or logical. */
-			uint8_t                   SourceJackID[1]; /**< ID of each output pin's source data jack. */
-			uint8_t                   SourcePinID[1]; /**< Pin number in the input jack of each output pin's source data. */
-
-			uint8_t                   JackStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device. */
-		} ATTR_PACKED USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t;
-
-		/** \brief MIDI class-specific Output Jack Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
-		 *
-		 *  Type define for an Audio class-specific MIDI OUT jack. This gives information to the host on a MIDI output, either
-		 *  a physical output jack, or a logical jack (sending output data internally, or to the host via an endpoint).
-		 *
-		 *  \see \ref USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
-		 *       element names.
-		 *
-		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			uint8_t  bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
-			uint8_t  bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
-			                           *   given by the specific class.
-			                           */
-
-			uint8_t  bDescriptorSubtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors. */
-
-			uint8_t  bJackType; /**< Type of jack, one of the \c JACKTYPE_* mask values. */
-			uint8_t  bJackID; /**< ID value of this jack - must be a unique value within the device. */
-
-			uint8_t  bNrInputPins; /**< Number of output channels within the jack, either physical or logical. */
-			uint8_t  baSourceID[1]; /**< ID of each output pin's source data jack. */
-			uint8_t  baSourcePin[1]; /**< Pin number in the input jack of each output pin's source data. */
-
-			uint8_t  iJack; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device. */
-		} ATTR_PACKED USB_MIDI_StdDescriptor_OutputJack_t;
-
-		/** \brief Audio class-specific Jack Endpoint Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
-		 *
-		 *  Type define for an Audio class-specific extended MIDI jack endpoint descriptor. This contains extra information
-		 *  on the usage of MIDI endpoints used to stream MIDI events in and out of the USB Audio device, and follows an Audio
-		 *  class-specific extended MIDI endpoint descriptor. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
-		 *
-		 *  \see \ref USB_MIDI_StdDescriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
-		 *
-		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			USB_Descriptor_Header_t   Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
-			uint8_t                   Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors. */
-
-			uint8_t                   TotalEmbeddedJacks; /**< Total number of jacks inside this endpoint. */
-			uint8_t                   AssociatedJackID[1]; /**< IDs of each jack inside the endpoint. */
-		} ATTR_PACKED USB_MIDI_Descriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t;
-
-		/** \brief Audio class-specific Jack Endpoint Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
-		 *
-		 *  Type define for an Audio class-specific extended MIDI jack endpoint descriptor. This contains extra information
-		 *  on the usage of MIDI endpoints used to stream MIDI events in and out of the USB Audio device, and follows an Audio
-		 *  class-specific extended MIDI endpoint descriptor. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
-		 *
-		 *  \see \ref USB_MIDI_Descriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
-		 *       element names.
-		 *
-		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			uint8_t  bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
-			uint8_t  bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
-			                           *   given by the specific class.
-			                           */
-
-			uint8_t  bDescriptorSubtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors. */
-
-			uint8_t  bNumEmbMIDIJack; /**< Total number of jacks inside this endpoint. */
-			uint8_t  bAssocJackID[1]; /**< IDs of each jack inside the endpoint. */
-		} ATTR_PACKED USB_MIDI_StdDescriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t;
-
-		/** \brief MIDI Class Driver Event Packet.
-		 *
-		 *  Type define for a USB MIDI event packet, used to encapsulate sent and received MIDI messages from a USB MIDI interface.
-		 *
-		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			uint8_t  Event; /**< MIDI event type, constructed with the \ref MIDI_EVENT() macro. */
-
-			uint8_t  Data1; /**< First byte of data in the MIDI event. */
-			uint8_t  Data2; /**< Second byte of data in the MIDI event. */
-			uint8_t  Data3; /**< Third byte of data in the MIDI event. */
-		} ATTR_PACKED MIDI_EventPacket_t;
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/MassStorageClassCommon.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/MassStorageClassCommon.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 8a12f31b80..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/MassStorageClassCommon.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,368 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Common definitions and declarations for the library USB Mass Storage Class driver.
- *
- *  Common definitions and declarations for the library USB Mass Storage Class driver.
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassMS
- *  \defgroup Group_USBClassMSCommon  Common Class Definitions
- *
- *  \section Sec_USBClassMSCommon_ModDescription Module Description
- *  Constants, Types and Enum definitions that are common to both Device and Host modes for the USB
- *  Mass Storage Class.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef _MS_CLASS_COMMON_H_
-#define _MS_CLASS_COMMON_H_
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../Core/StdDescriptors.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_MS_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Macros: */
-		/** Magic signature for a Command Block Wrapper used in the Mass Storage Bulk-Only transport protocol. */
-		#define MS_CBW_SIGNATURE                               0x43425355UL
-
-		/** Magic signature for a Command Status Wrapper used in the Mass Storage Bulk-Only transport protocol. */
-		#define MS_CSW_SIGNATURE                               0x53425355UL
-
-		/** Mask for a Command Block Wrapper's flags attribute to specify a command with data sent from host-to-device. */
-		#define MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_OUT                        (0 << 7)
-
-		/** Mask for a Command Block Wrapper's flags attribute to specify a command with data sent from device-to-host. */
-		#define MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN                         (1 << 7)
-
-		/** \name SCSI Commands*/
-		//@{
-		/** SCSI Command Code for an INQUIRY command. */
-		#define SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY                               0x12
-
-		/** SCSI Command Code for a REQUEST SENSE command. */
-		#define SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE                         0x03
-
-		/** SCSI Command Code for a TEST UNIT READY command. */
-		#define SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY                       0x00
-
-		/** SCSI Command Code for a READ CAPACITY (10) command. */
-		#define SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10                      0x25
-
-		/** SCSI Command Code for a START STOP UNIT command. */
-		#define SCSI_CMD_START_STOP_UNIT                       0x1B
-
-		/** SCSI Command Code for a SEND DIAGNOSTIC command. */
-		#define SCSI_CMD_SEND_DIAGNOSTIC                       0x1D
-
-		/** SCSI Command Code for a PREVENT ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL command. */
-		#define SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL          0x1E
-
-		/** SCSI Command Code for a WRITE (10) command. */
-		#define SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10                              0x2A
-
-		/** SCSI Command Code for a READ (10) command. */
-		#define SCSI_CMD_READ_10                               0x28
-
-		/** SCSI Command Code for a WRITE (6) command. */
-		#define SCSI_CMD_WRITE_6                               0x0A
-
-		/** SCSI Command Code for a READ (6) command. */
-		#define SCSI_CMD_READ_6                                0x08
-
-		/** SCSI Command Code for a VERIFY (10) command. */
-		#define SCSI_CMD_VERIFY_10                             0x2F
-
-		/** SCSI Command Code for a MODE SENSE (6) command. */
-		#define SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_6                          0x1A
-
-		/** SCSI Command Code for a MODE SENSE (10) command. */
-		#define SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_10                         0x5A
-		//@}
-
-		/** \name SCSI Sense Key Values */
-		//@{
-		/** SCSI Sense Code to indicate no error has occurred. */
-		#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD                            0x00
-
-		/** SCSI Sense Code to indicate that the device has recovered from an error. */
-		#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_RECOVERED_ERROR                 0x01
-
-		/** SCSI Sense Code to indicate that the device is not ready for a new command. */
-		#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_NOT_READY                       0x02
-
-		/** SCSI Sense Code to indicate an error whilst accessing the medium. */
-		#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_MEDIUM_ERROR                    0x03
-
-		/** SCSI Sense Code to indicate a hardware error has occurred. */
-		#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_HARDWARE_ERROR                  0x04
-
-		/** SCSI Sense Code to indicate that an illegal request has been issued. */
-		#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST                 0x05
-
-		/** SCSI Sense Code to indicate that the unit requires attention from the host to indicate
-		 *  a reset event, medium removal or other condition.
-		 */
-		#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_UNIT_ATTENTION                  0x06
-
-		/** SCSI Sense Code to indicate that a write attempt on a protected block has been made. */
-		#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_DATA_PROTECT                    0x07
-
-		/** SCSI Sense Code to indicate an error while trying to write to a write-once medium. */
-		#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_BLANK_CHECK                     0x08
-
-		/** SCSI Sense Code to indicate a vendor specific error has occurred. */
-		#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_VENDOR_SPECIFIC                 0x09
-
-		/** SCSI Sense Code to indicate that an EXTENDED COPY command has aborted due to an error. */
-		#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_COPY_ABORTED                    0x0A
-
-		/** SCSI Sense Code to indicate that the device has aborted the issued command. */
-		#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ABORTED_COMMAND                 0x0B
-
-		/** SCSI Sense Code to indicate an attempt to write past the end of a partition has been made. */
-		#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_VOLUME_OVERFLOW                 0x0D
-
-		/** SCSI Sense Code to indicate that the source data did not match the data read from the medium. */
-		#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_MISCOMPARE                      0x0E
-		//@}
-
-		/** \name SCSI Additional Sense Codes */
-		//@{
-		/** SCSI Additional Sense Code to indicate no additional sense information is available. */
-		#define SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION          0x00
-
-		/** SCSI Additional Sense Code to indicate that the logical unit (LUN) addressed is not ready. */
-		#define SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_UNIT_NOT_READY             0x04
-
-		/** SCSI Additional Sense Code to indicate an invalid field was encountered while processing the issued command. */
-		#define SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB               0x24
-
-		/** SCSI Additional Sense Code to indicate that a medium that was previously indicated as not ready has now
-		 *  become ready for use.
-		 */
-		#define SCSI_ASENSE_NOT_READY_TO_READY_CHANGE          0x28
-
-		/** SCSI Additional Sense Code to indicate that an attempt to write to a protected area was made. */
-		#define SCSI_ASENSE_WRITE_PROTECTED                    0x27
-
-		/** SCSI Additional Sense Code to indicate an error whilst formatting the device medium. */
-		#define SCSI_ASENSE_FORMAT_ERROR                       0x31
-
-		/** SCSI Additional Sense Code to indicate an invalid command was issued. */
-		#define SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_COMMAND                    0x20
-
-		/** SCSI Additional Sense Code to indicate a write to a block out outside of the medium's range was issued. */
-		#define SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_BLOCK_ADDRESS_OUT_OF_RANGE 0x21
-
-		/** SCSI Additional Sense Code to indicate that no removable medium is inserted into the device. */
-		#define SCSI_ASENSE_MEDIUM_NOT_PRESENT                 0x3A
-		//@}
-
-		/** \name SCSI Additional Sense Key Code Qualifiers */
-		//@{
-		/** SCSI Additional Sense Qualifier Code to indicate no additional sense qualifier information is available. */
-		#define SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER                      0x00
-
-		/** SCSI Additional Sense Qualifier Code to indicate that a medium format command failed to complete. */
-		#define SCSI_ASENSEQ_FORMAT_COMMAND_FAILED             0x01
-
-		/** SCSI Additional Sense Qualifier Code to indicate that an initializing command must be issued before the issued
-		 *  command can be executed.
-		 */
-		#define SCSI_ASENSEQ_INITIALIZING_COMMAND_REQUIRED     0x02
-
-		/** SCSI Additional Sense Qualifier Code to indicate that an operation is currently in progress. */
-		#define SCSI_ASENSEQ_OPERATION_IN_PROGRESS             0x07
-		//@}
-
-	/* Enums: */
-		/** Enum for possible Class, Subclass and Protocol values of device and interface descriptors relating to the Mass
-		 *  Storage device class.
-		 */
-		enum MS_Descriptor_ClassSubclassProtocol_t
-		{
-			MS_CSCP_MassStorageClass          = 0x08, /**< Descriptor Class value indicating that the device or interface
-			                                           *   belongs to the Mass Storage class.
-			                                           */
-			MS_CSCP_SCSITransparentSubclass   = 0x06, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or interface
-			                                           *   belongs to the SCSI Transparent Command Set subclass of the Mass
-			                                           *   storage class.
-			                                           */
-			MS_CSCP_BulkOnlyTransportProtocol = 0x50, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or interface
-			                                           *   belongs to the Bulk Only Transport protocol of the Mass Storage class.
-			                                           */
-		};
-
-		/** Enum for the Mass Storage class specific control requests that can be issued by the USB bus host. */
-		enum MS_ClassRequests_t
-		{
-			MS_REQ_GetMaxLUN                  = 0xFE, /**< Mass Storage class-specific request to retrieve the total number of Logical
-			                                           *   Units (drives) in the SCSI device.
-			                                           */
-			MS_REQ_MassStorageReset           = 0xFF, /**< Mass Storage class-specific request to reset the Mass Storage interface,
-			                                           *   ready for the next command.
-		                                               */
-		};
-
-		/** Enum for the possible command status wrapper return status codes. */
-		enum MS_CommandStatusCodes_t
-		{
-			MS_SCSI_COMMAND_Pass              = 0, /**< Command completed with no error */
-			MS_SCSI_COMMAND_Fail              = 1, /**< Command failed to complete - host may check the exact error via a
-			                                        *   SCSI REQUEST SENSE command.
-			                                        */
-			MS_SCSI_COMMAND_PhaseError        = 2, /**< Command failed due to being invalid in the current phase. */
-		};
-
-	/* Type Defines: */
-		/** \brief Mass Storage Class Command Block Wrapper.
-		 *
-		 *  Type define for a Command Block Wrapper, used in the Mass Storage Bulk-Only Transport protocol.
-		 *
-		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			uint32_t Signature; /**< Command block signature, must be \ref MS_CBW_SIGNATURE to indicate a valid Command Block. */
-			uint32_t Tag; /**< Unique command ID value, to associate a command block wrapper with its command status wrapper. */
-			uint32_t DataTransferLength; /**< Length of the optional data portion of the issued command, in bytes. */
-			uint8_t  Flags; /**< Command block flags, indicating command data direction. */
-			uint8_t  LUN; /**< Logical Unit number this command is issued to. */
-			uint8_t  SCSICommandLength; /**< Length of the issued SCSI command within the SCSI command data array. */
-			uint8_t  SCSICommandData[16]; /**< Issued SCSI command in the Command Block. */
-		} ATTR_PACKED MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t;
-
-		/** \brief Mass Storage Class Command Status Wrapper.
-		 *
-		 *  Type define for a Command Status Wrapper, used in the Mass Storage Bulk-Only Transport protocol.
-		 *
-		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			uint32_t Signature; /**< Status block signature, must be \ref MS_CSW_SIGNATURE to indicate a valid Command Status. */
-			uint32_t Tag; /**< Unique command ID value, to associate a command block wrapper with its command status wrapper. */
-			uint32_t DataTransferResidue; /**< Number of bytes of data not processed in the SCSI command. */
-			uint8_t  Status; /**< Status code of the issued command - a value from the \ref MS_CommandStatusCodes_t enum. */
-		} ATTR_PACKED MS_CommandStatusWrapper_t;
-
-		/** \brief Mass Storage Class SCSI Sense Structure
-		 *
-		 *  Type define for a SCSI Sense structure. Structures of this type are filled out by the
-		 *  device via the \ref MS_Host_RequestSense() function, indicating the current sense data of the
-		 *  device (giving explicit error codes for the last issued command). For details of the
-		 *  structure contents, refer to the SCSI specifications.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			uint8_t  ResponseCode;
-
-			uint8_t  SegmentNumber;
-
-			unsigned SenseKey            : 4;
-			unsigned Reserved            : 1;
-			unsigned ILI                 : 1;
-			unsigned EOM                 : 1;
-			unsigned FileMark            : 1;
-
-			uint8_t  Information[4];
-			uint8_t  AdditionalLength;
-			uint8_t  CmdSpecificInformation[4];
-			uint8_t  AdditionalSenseCode;
-			uint8_t  AdditionalSenseQualifier;
-			uint8_t  FieldReplaceableUnitCode;
-			uint8_t  SenseKeySpecific[3];
-		} ATTR_PACKED SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t;
-
-		/** \brief Mass Storage Class SCSI Inquiry Structure.
-		 *
-		 *  Type define for a SCSI Inquiry structure. Structures of this type are filled out by the
-		 *  device via the \ref MS_Host_GetInquiryData() function, retrieving the attached device's
-		 *  information.
-		 *
-		 *  For details of the structure contents, refer to the SCSI specifications.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			unsigned DeviceType          : 5;
-			unsigned PeripheralQualifier : 3;
-
-			unsigned Reserved            : 7;
-			unsigned Removable           : 1;
-
-			uint8_t  Version;
-
-			unsigned ResponseDataFormat  : 4;
-			unsigned Reserved2           : 1;
-			unsigned NormACA             : 1;
-			unsigned TrmTsk              : 1;
-			unsigned AERC                : 1;
-
-			uint8_t  AdditionalLength;
-			uint8_t  Reserved3[2];
-
-			unsigned SoftReset           : 1;
-			unsigned CmdQue              : 1;
-			unsigned Reserved4           : 1;
-			unsigned Linked              : 1;
-			unsigned Sync                : 1;
-			unsigned WideBus16Bit        : 1;
-			unsigned WideBus32Bit        : 1;
-			unsigned RelAddr             : 1;
-
-			uint8_t  VendorID[8];
-			uint8_t  ProductID[16];
-			uint8_t  RevisionID[4];
-		} ATTR_PACKED SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t;
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/PrinterClassCommon.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/PrinterClassCommon.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 1edd1dd0e1..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/PrinterClassCommon.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,119 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Common definitions and declarations for the library USB Printer Class driver.
- *
- *  Common definitions and declarations for the library USB Printer Class driver.
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassPrinter
- *  \defgroup Group_USBClassPrinterCommon  Common Class Definitions
- *
- *  \section Sec_USBClassPrinterCommon_ModDescription Module Description
- *  Constants, Types and Enum definitions that are common to both Device and Host modes for the USB
- *  Printer Class.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef _PRINTER_CLASS_COMMON_H_
-#define _PRINTER_CLASS_COMMON_H_
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../Core/StdDescriptors.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_PRINTER_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Macros: */
-		/** \name Virtual Printer Status Line Masks */
-		//@{
-		/** Port status mask for a printer device, indicating that an error has *not* occurred. */
-		#define PRNT_PORTSTATUS_NOTERROR    (1 << 3)
-
-		/** Port status mask for a printer device, indicating that the device is currently selected. */
-		#define PRNT_PORTSTATUS_SELECT      (1 << 4)
-
-		/** Port status mask for a printer device, indicating that the device is currently out of paper. */
-		#define PRNT_PORTSTATUS_PAPEREMPTY  (1 << 5)
-		//@}
-
-	/* Enums: */
-		/** Enum for possible Class, Subclass and Protocol values of device and interface descriptors relating to the Printer
-		 *  device class.
-		 */
-		enum PRNT_Descriptor_ClassSubclassProtocol_t
-		{
-			PRNT_CSCP_PrinterClass          = 0x07, /**< Descriptor Class value indicating that the device or interface
-			                                         *   belongs to the Printer class.
-			                                         */
-			PRNT_CSCP_PrinterSubclass       = 0x01, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or interface
-			                                         *   belongs to the Printer subclass.
-			                                         */
-			PRNT_CSCP_BidirectionalProtocol = 0x02, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or interface
-			                                         *   belongs to the Bidirectional protocol of the Printer class.
-			                                         */
-		};
-
-		/** Enum for the Printer class specific control requests that can be issued by the USB bus host. */
-		enum PRNT_ClassRequests_t
-		{
-			PRNT_REQ_GetDeviceID            = 0x00, /**< Printer class-specific request to retrieve the Unicode ID
-			                                         *   string of the device, containing the device's name, manufacturer
-			                                         *   and supported printer languages.
-			                                         */
-			PRNT_REQ_GetPortStatus          = 0x01, /**< Printer class-specific request to get the current status of the
-			                                         *   virtual printer port, for device selection and ready states.
-			                                         */
-			PRNT_REQ_SoftReset              = 0x02, /**< Printer class-specific request to reset the device, ready for new
-			                                         *   printer commands.
-			                                         */
-		};
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/RNDISClassCommon.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/RNDISClassCommon.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 640745efe8..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/RNDISClassCommon.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,411 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Common definitions and declarations for the library USB RNDIS Class driver.
- *
- *  Common definitions and declarations for the library USB RNDIS Class driver.
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassRNDIS
- *  \defgroup Group_USBClassRNDISCommon  Common Class Definitions
- *
- *  \section Sec_USBClassRNDISCommon_ModDescription Module Description
- *  Constants, Types and Enum definitions that are common to both Device and Host modes for the USB
- *  RNDIS Class.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef _RNDIS_CLASS_COMMON_H_
-#define _RNDIS_CLASS_COMMON_H_
-
-	/* Macros: */
-		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_CDC_DRIVER
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../Core/StdDescriptors.h"
-		#include "CDCClassCommon.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Macros: */
-		/** Additional error code for RNDIS functions when a device returns a logical command failure. */
-		#define RNDIS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED        0x80
-
-		/** Implemented RNDIS Version Major. */
-		#define REMOTE_NDIS_VERSION_MAJOR             0x01
-
-		/** Implemented RNDIS Version Minor. */
-		#define REMOTE_NDIS_VERSION_MINOR             0x00
-
-		/** \name RNDIS Message Values */
-		//@{
-		#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_MSG                0x00000001UL
-		#define REMOTE_NDIS_INITIALIZE_MSG            0x00000002UL
-		#define REMOTE_NDIS_HALT_MSG                  0x00000003UL
-		#define REMOTE_NDIS_QUERY_MSG                 0x00000004UL
-		#define REMOTE_NDIS_SET_MSG                   0x00000005UL
-		#define REMOTE_NDIS_RESET_MSG                 0x00000006UL
-		#define REMOTE_NDIS_INDICATE_STATUS_MSG       0x00000007UL
-		#define REMOTE_NDIS_KEEPALIVE_MSG             0x00000008UL
-		//@}
-
-		/** \name RNDIS Response Values */
-		//@{
-		#define REMOTE_NDIS_INITIALIZE_CMPLT          0x80000002UL
-		#define REMOTE_NDIS_QUERY_CMPLT               0x80000004UL
-		#define REMOTE_NDIS_SET_CMPLT                 0x80000005UL
-		#define REMOTE_NDIS_RESET_CMPLT               0x80000006UL
-		#define REMOTE_NDIS_KEEPALIVE_CMPLT           0x80000008UL
-		//@}
-
-		/** \name RNDIS Status Values */
-		//@{
-		#define REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS            0x00000000UL
-		#define REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_FAILURE            0xC0000001UL
-		#define REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_INVALID_DATA       0xC0010015UL
-		#define REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_NOT_SUPPORTED      0xC00000BBUL
-		#define REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_MEDIA_CONNECT      0x4001000BUL
-		#define REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_MEDIA_DISCONNECT   0x4001000CUL
-		//@}
-
-		/** \name RNDIS Media States */
-		//@{
-		#define REMOTE_NDIS_MEDIA_STATE_CONNECTED     0x00000000UL
-		#define REMOTE_NDIS_MEDIA_STATE_DISCONNECTED  0x00000001UL
-		//@}
-
-		/** \name RNDIS Media Types */
-		//@{
-		#define REMOTE_NDIS_MEDIUM_802_3              0x00000000UL
-		//@}
-
-		/** \name RNDIS Connection Types */
-		//@{
-		#define REMOTE_NDIS_DF_CONNECTIONLESS	      0x00000001UL
-		#define REMOTE_NDIS_DF_CONNECTION_ORIENTED    0x00000002UL
-		//@}
-
-		/** \name RNDIS Packet Types */
-		//@{
-		#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_DIRECTED           0x00000001UL
-		#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_MULTICAST          0x00000002UL
-		#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_ALL_MULTICAST      0x00000004UL
-		#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_BROADCAST          0x00000008UL
-		#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_SOURCE_ROUTING     0x00000010UL
-		#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_PROMISCUOUS        0x00000020UL
-		#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_SMT                0x00000040UL
-		#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_ALL_LOCAL          0x00000080UL
-		#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_GROUP              0x00001000UL
-		#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_ALL_FUNCTIONAL     0x00002000UL
-		#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_FUNCTIONAL         0x00004000UL
-		#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_MAC_FRAME          0x00008000UL
-		//@}
-
-		/** \name RNDIS OID Values */
-		//@{
-		#define OID_GEN_SUPPORTED_LIST                0x00010101UL
-		#define OID_GEN_HARDWARE_STATUS               0x00010102UL
-		#define OID_GEN_MEDIA_SUPPORTED               0x00010103UL
-		#define OID_GEN_MEDIA_IN_USE                  0x00010104UL
-		#define OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_FRAME_SIZE            0x00010106UL
-		#define OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_TOTAL_SIZE            0x00010111UL
-		#define OID_GEN_LINK_SPEED                    0x00010107UL
-		#define OID_GEN_TRANSMIT_BLOCK_SIZE           0x0001010AUL
-		#define OID_GEN_RECEIVE_BLOCK_SIZE            0x0001010BUL
-		#define OID_GEN_VENDOR_ID                     0x0001010CUL
-		#define OID_GEN_VENDOR_DESCRIPTION            0x0001010DUL
-		#define OID_GEN_CURRENT_PACKET_FILTER         0x0001010EUL
-		#define OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_TOTAL_SIZE            0x00010111UL
-		#define OID_GEN_MEDIA_CONNECT_STATUS          0x00010114UL
-		#define OID_GEN_PHYSICAL_MEDIUM               0x00010202UL
-		#define OID_GEN_XMIT_OK                       0x00020101UL
-		#define OID_GEN_RCV_OK                        0x00020102UL
-		#define OID_GEN_XMIT_ERROR                    0x00020103UL
-		#define OID_GEN_RCV_ERROR                     0x00020104UL
-		#define OID_GEN_RCV_NO_BUFFER                 0x00020105UL
-		#define OID_802_3_PERMANENT_ADDRESS           0x01010101UL
-		#define OID_802_3_CURRENT_ADDRESS             0x01010102UL
-		#define OID_802_3_MULTICAST_LIST              0x01010103UL
-		#define OID_802_3_MAXIMUM_LIST_SIZE           0x01010104UL
-		#define OID_802_3_RCV_ERROR_ALIGNMENT         0x01020101UL
-		#define OID_802_3_XMIT_ONE_COLLISION          0x01020102UL
-		#define OID_802_3_XMIT_MORE_COLLISIONS        0x01020103UL
-		//@}
-
-		/** Maximum size in bytes of an Ethernet frame according to the Ethernet standard. */
-		#define ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX               1500
-
-	/* Enums: */
-		/** Enum for the RNDIS class specific control requests that can be issued by the USB bus host. */
-		enum RNDIS_ClassRequests_t
-		{
-			RNDIS_REQ_SendEncapsulatedCommand = 0x00, /**< RNDIS request to issue a host-to-device NDIS command. */
-			RNDIS_REQ_GetEncapsulatedResponse = 0x01, /**< RNDIS request to issue a device-to-host NDIS response. */
-		};
-
-		/** Enum for the possible NDIS adapter states. */
-		enum RNDIS_States_t
-		{
-			RNDIS_Uninitialized    = 0, /**< Adapter currently uninitialized. */
-			RNDIS_Initialized      = 1, /**< Adapter currently initialized but not ready for data transfers. */
-			RNDIS_Data_Initialized = 2, /**< Adapter currently initialized and ready for data transfers. */
-		};
-
-		/** Enum for the RNDIS class specific notification requests that can be issued by a RNDIS device to a host. */
-		enum RNDIS_ClassNotifications_t
-		{
-			RNDIS_NOTIF_ResponseAvailable = 0x01, /**< Notification request value for a RNDIS Response Available notification. */
-		};
-
-		/** Enum for the NDIS hardware states. */
-		enum NDIS_Hardware_Status_t
-		{
-			NDIS_HardwareStatus_Ready, /**< Hardware Ready to accept commands from the host. */
-			NDIS_HardwareStatus_Initializing, /**< Hardware busy initializing. */
-			NDIS_HardwareStatus_Reset, /**< Hardware reset. */
-			NDIS_HardwareStatus_Closing, /**< Hardware currently closing. */
-			NDIS_HardwareStatus_NotReady /**< Hardware not ready to accept commands from the host. */
-		};
-
-	/* Type Defines: */
-		/** \brief MAC Address Structure.
-		 *
-		 *  Type define for a physical MAC address of a device on a network.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			uint8_t Octets[6]; /**< Individual bytes of a MAC address */
-		} ATTR_PACKED MAC_Address_t;
-
-		/** \brief RNDIS Common Message Header Structure.
-		 *
-		 *  Type define for a RNDIS message header, sent before RNDIS messages.
-		 *
-		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			uint32_t MessageType; /**< RNDIS message type, a \c REMOTE_NDIS_*_MSG constant */
-			uint32_t MessageLength; /**< Total length of the RNDIS message, in bytes */
-		} ATTR_PACKED RNDIS_Message_Header_t;
-
-		/** \brief RNDIS Message Structure.
-		 *
-		 *  Type define for a RNDIS packet message, used to encapsulate Ethernet packets sent to and from the adapter.
-		 *
-		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			uint32_t MessageType;
-			uint32_t MessageLength;
-			uint32_t DataOffset;
-			uint32_t DataLength;
-			uint32_t OOBDataOffset;
-			uint32_t OOBDataLength;
-			uint32_t NumOOBDataElements;
-			uint32_t PerPacketInfoOffset;
-			uint32_t PerPacketInfoLength;
-			uint32_t VcHandle;
-			uint32_t Reserved;
-		} ATTR_PACKED RNDIS_Packet_Message_t;
-
-		/** \brief RNDIS Initialization Message Structure.
-		 *
-		 *  Type define for a RNDIS Initialize command message.
-		 *
-		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			uint32_t MessageType;
-			uint32_t MessageLength;
-			uint32_t RequestId;
-
-			uint32_t MajorVersion;
-			uint32_t MinorVersion;
-			uint32_t MaxTransferSize;
-		} ATTR_PACKED RNDIS_Initialize_Message_t;
-
-		/** \brief RNDIS Initialize Complete Message Structure.
-		 *
-		 *  Type define for a RNDIS Initialize Complete response message.
-		 *
-		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			uint32_t MessageType;
-			uint32_t MessageLength;
-			uint32_t RequestId;
-			uint32_t Status;
-
-			uint32_t MajorVersion;
-			uint32_t MinorVersion;
-			uint32_t DeviceFlags;
-			uint32_t Medium;
-			uint32_t MaxPacketsPerTransfer;
-			uint32_t MaxTransferSize;
-			uint32_t PacketAlignmentFactor;
-			uint32_t AFListOffset;
-			uint32_t AFListSize;
-		} ATTR_PACKED RNDIS_Initialize_Complete_t;
-
-		/** \brief RNDIS Keep Alive Message Structure.
-		 *
-		 *  Type define for a RNDIS Keep Alive command message.
-		 *
-		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			uint32_t MessageType;
-			uint32_t MessageLength;
-			uint32_t RequestId;
-		} ATTR_PACKED RNDIS_KeepAlive_Message_t;
-
-		/** \brief RNDIS Keep Alive Complete Message Structure.
-		 *
-		 *  Type define for a RNDIS Keep Alive Complete response message.
-		 *
-		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			uint32_t MessageType;
-			uint32_t MessageLength;
-			uint32_t RequestId;
-			uint32_t Status;
-		} ATTR_PACKED RNDIS_KeepAlive_Complete_t;
-
-		/** \brief RNDIS Reset Complete Message Structure.
-		 *
-		 *  Type define for a RNDIS Reset Complete response message.
-		 *
-		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			uint32_t MessageType;
-			uint32_t MessageLength;
-			uint32_t Status;
-
-			uint32_t AddressingReset;
-		} ATTR_PACKED RNDIS_Reset_Complete_t;
-
-		/** \brief RNDIS OID Property Set Message Structure.
-		 *
-		 *  Type define for a RNDIS OID Property Set command message.
-		 *
-		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			uint32_t MessageType;
-			uint32_t MessageLength;
-			uint32_t RequestId;
-
-			uint32_t Oid;
-			uint32_t InformationBufferLength;
-			uint32_t InformationBufferOffset;
-			uint32_t DeviceVcHandle;
-		} ATTR_PACKED RNDIS_Set_Message_t;
-
-		/** \brief RNDIS OID Property Set Complete Message Structure.
-		 *
-		 *  Type define for a RNDIS OID Property Set Complete response message.
-		 *
-		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			uint32_t MessageType;
-			uint32_t MessageLength;
-			uint32_t RequestId;
-			uint32_t Status;
-		} ATTR_PACKED RNDIS_Set_Complete_t;
-
-		/** \brief RNDIS OID Property Query Message Structure.
-		 *
-		 *  Type define for a RNDIS OID Property Query command message.
-		 *
-		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			uint32_t MessageType;
-			uint32_t MessageLength;
-			uint32_t RequestId;
-
-			uint32_t Oid;
-			uint32_t InformationBufferLength;
-			uint32_t InformationBufferOffset;
-			uint32_t DeviceVcHandle;
-		} ATTR_PACKED RNDIS_Query_Message_t;
-
-		/** \brief RNDIS OID Property Query Complete Message Structure.
-		 *
-		 *  Type define for a RNDIS OID Property Query Complete response message.
-		 *
-		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			uint32_t MessageType;
-			uint32_t MessageLength;
-			uint32_t RequestId;
-			uint32_t Status;
-
-			uint32_t InformationBufferLength;
-			uint32_t InformationBufferOffset;
-		} ATTR_PACKED RNDIS_Query_Complete_t;
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/StillImageClassCommon.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/StillImageClassCommon.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 09a9eab35e..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/StillImageClassCommon.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,161 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Common definitions and declarations for the library USB Still Image Class driver.
- *
- *  Common definitions and declarations for the library USB Still Image Class driver.
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassSI
- *  \defgroup Group_USBClassSICommon  Common Class Definitions
- *
- *  \section Sec_USBClassSICommon_ModDescription Module Description
- *  Constants, Types and Enum definitions that are common to both Device and Host modes for the USB
- *  Still Image Class.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef _SI_CLASS_COMMON_H_
-#define _SI_CLASS_COMMON_H_
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../Core/StdDescriptors.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_SI_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Macros: */
-		/** Length in bytes of a given Unicode string's character length.
-		 *
-		 *  \param[in] Chars  Total number of Unicode characters in the string.
-		 *
-		 *  \return Number of bytes of the given unicode string.
-		 */
-		#define UNICODE_STRING_LENGTH(Chars)  ((Chars) << 1)
-
-		/** Used in the DataLength field of a PIMA container, to give the total container size in bytes for
-		 *  a command container.
-		 *
-		 *  \param[in] Params  Number of parameters which are to be sent in the \c Param field of the container.
-		 */
-		#define PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(Params)     ((sizeof(PIMA_Container_t) - 12) + ((Params) * sizeof(uint32_t)))
-
-		/** Used in the DataLength field of a PIMA container, to give the total container size in bytes for
-		 *  a data container.
-		 *
-		 *  \param[in] DataLen  Length in bytes of the data in the container.
-		 */
-		#define PIMA_DATA_SIZE(DataLen)       ((sizeof(PIMA_Container_t) - 12) + (DataLen))
-
-	/* Enums: */
-		/** Enum for the possible PIMA contains types. */
-		enum PIMA_Container_Types_t
-		{
-			PIMA_CONTAINER_Undefined     = 0, /**< Undefined container type. */
-			PIMA_CONTAINER_CommandBlock  = 1, /**< Command Block container type. */
-			PIMA_CONTAINER_DataBlock     = 2, /**< Data Block container type. */
-			PIMA_CONTAINER_ResponseBlock = 3, /**< Response container type. */
-			PIMA_CONTAINER_EventBlock    = 4, /**< Event Block container type. */
-		};
-
-	/* Enums: */
-		/** Enum for possible Class, Subclass and Protocol values of device and interface descriptors relating to the
-		 *  Still Image device class.
-		 */
-		enum SI_Descriptor_ClassSubclassProtocol_t
-		{
-			SI_CSCP_StillImageClass             = 0x06, /**< Descriptor Class value indicating that the device or interface
-			                                             *   belongs to the Still Image class.
-			                                             */
-			SI_CSCP_StillImageSubclass          = 0x01, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or interface
-			                                             *   belongs to the Still Image subclass.
-			                                             */
-			SI_CSCP_BulkOnlyProtocol            = 0x01, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or interface
-			                                             *   belongs to the Bulk Only Transport protocol of the Still Image class.
-			                                             */
-		};
-
-		/** Enums for the possible status codes of a returned Response Block from an attached PIMA compliant Still Image device. */
-		enum PIMA_ResponseCodes_t
-		{
-			PIMA_RESPONSE_OK                    = 1, /**< Response code indicating no error in the issued command. */
-			PIMA_RESPONSE_GeneralError          = 2, /**< Response code indicating a general error while processing the
-			                                          *  issued command.
-			                                          */
-			PIMA_RESPONSE_SessionNotOpen        = 3, /**< Response code indicating that the sent command requires an open
-			                                          *   session before being issued.
-			                                          */
-			PIMA_RESPONSE_InvalidTransaction    = 4, /**< Response code indicating an invalid transaction occurred. */
-			PIMA_RESPONSE_OperationNotSupported = 5, /**< Response code indicating that the issued command is not supported
-			                                          *   by the attached device.
-			                                          */
-			PIMA_RESPONSE_ParameterNotSupported = 6, /**< Response code indicating that one or more of the issued command's
-			                                          *   parameters are not supported by the device.
-			                                          */
-		};
-
-	/* Type Defines: */
-		/** \brief PIMA Still Image Device Command/Response Container.
-		 *
-		 *  Type define for a PIMA container, use to send commands and receive responses to and from an
-		 *  attached Still Image device.
-		 *
-		 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-		 */
-		typedef struct
-		{
-			uint32_t DataLength; /**< Length of the container and data, in bytes. */
-			uint16_t Type; /**< Container type, a value from the \ref PIMA_Container_Types_t enum. */
-			uint16_t Code; /**< Command, event or response code of the container. */
-			uint32_t TransactionID; /**< Unique container ID to link blocks together. */
-			uint32_t Params[3]; /**< Block parameters to be issued along with the block code (command blocks only). */
-		} ATTR_PACKED PIMA_Container_t;
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.c
deleted file mode 100644
index f862ba7647..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,197 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_AUDIO_DRIVER
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_AUDIO_DEVICE_C
-#include "AudioClassDevice.h"
-
-void Audio_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	if (!(Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived()))
-	  return;
-
-	if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT) == REQREC_INTERFACE)
-	{
-		uint8_t InterfaceIndex = (USB_ControlRequest.wIndex & 0xFF);
-
-		if ((InterfaceIndex != AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.ControlInterfaceNumber) &&
-		    (InterfaceIndex != AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.StreamingInterfaceNumber))
-		{
-			return;
-		}
-	}
-	else if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT) == REQREC_ENDPOINT)
-	{
-		uint8_t EndpointAddress = (USB_ControlRequest.wIndex & 0xFF);
-
-		if ((EndpointAddress != AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address) &&
-		    (EndpointAddress != AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address))
-		{
-			return;
-		}
-	}
-
-	switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
-	{
-		case REQ_SetInterface:
-			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_INTERFACE))
-			{
-				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
-				Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
-
-				AudioInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceEnabled = ((USB_ControlRequest.wValue & 0xFF) != 0);
-				EVENT_Audio_Device_StreamStartStop(AudioInterfaceInfo);
-			}
-
-			break;
-		case AUDIO_REQ_GetStatus:
-			if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) ||
-			    (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_ENDPOINT)))
-			{
-				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
-				Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
-			}
-
-			break;
-		case AUDIO_REQ_SetCurrent:
-		case AUDIO_REQ_SetMinimum:
-		case AUDIO_REQ_SetMaximum:
-		case AUDIO_REQ_SetResolution:
-			if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT) == REQREC_ENDPOINT)
-			{
-				uint8_t EndpointProperty = USB_ControlRequest.bRequest;
-				uint8_t EndpointAddress  = (uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wIndex;
-				uint8_t EndpointControl  = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue >> 8);
-
-				if (CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetEndpointProperty(AudioInterfaceInfo, EndpointProperty, EndpointAddress,
-				                                                 EndpointControl, NULL, NULL))
-				{
-					uint16_t ValueLength = USB_ControlRequest.wLength;
-					uint8_t  Value[ValueLength];
-
-					Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
-					Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(Value, ValueLength);
-					Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
-					CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetEndpointProperty(AudioInterfaceInfo, EndpointProperty, EndpointAddress,
-					                                             EndpointControl, &ValueLength, Value);
-				}
-			}
-			else if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT) == REQREC_INTERFACE)
-			{
-				uint8_t  Property  = USB_ControlRequest.bRequest;
-				uint8_t  Entity    = (USB_ControlRequest.wIndex >> 8);
-				uint16_t Parameter = USB_ControlRequest.wValue;
-
-				if (CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetInterfaceProperty(AudioInterfaceInfo, Property, Entity,
-				                                                  Parameter, NULL, NULL))
-				{
-					uint16_t ValueLength = USB_ControlRequest.wLength;
-					uint8_t  Value[ValueLength];
-
-					Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
-					Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(Value, ValueLength);
-					Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
-					CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetInterfaceProperty(AudioInterfaceInfo, Property, Entity,
-				                                                  Parameter, &ValueLength, Value);
-				}
-			}
-
-			break;
-		case AUDIO_REQ_GetCurrent:
-		case AUDIO_REQ_GetMinimum:
-		case AUDIO_REQ_GetMaximum:
-		case AUDIO_REQ_GetResolution:
-			if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT) == REQREC_ENDPOINT)
-			{
-				uint8_t  EndpointProperty = USB_ControlRequest.bRequest;
-				uint8_t  EndpointAddress  = (uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wIndex;
-				uint8_t  EndpointControl  = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue >> 8);
-				uint16_t ValueLength      = USB_ControlRequest.wLength;
-				uint8_t  Value[ValueLength];
-
-				if (CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetEndpointProperty(AudioInterfaceInfo, EndpointProperty, EndpointAddress,
-				                                                 EndpointControl, &ValueLength, Value))
-				{
-					Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
-					Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(Value, ValueLength);
-					Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-				}
-			}
-			else if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT) == REQREC_INTERFACE)
-			{
-				uint8_t  Property    = USB_ControlRequest.bRequest;
-				uint8_t  Entity      = (USB_ControlRequest.wIndex >> 8);
-				uint16_t Parameter   = USB_ControlRequest.wValue;
-				uint16_t ValueLength = USB_ControlRequest.wLength;
-				uint8_t  Value[ValueLength];
-
-				if (CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetInterfaceProperty(AudioInterfaceInfo, Property, Entity,
-				                                                  Parameter, &ValueLength, Value))
-				{
-					Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
-					Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(Value, ValueLength);
-					Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-				}
-			}
-
-			break;
-	}
-}
-
-bool Audio_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	memset(&AudioInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(AudioInterfaceInfo->State));
-
-	AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Type  = EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS;
-	AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Type = EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS;
-
-	if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint, 1)))
-	  return false;
-
-	if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint, 1)))
-	  return false;
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-void Audio_Device_Event_Stub(void)
-{
-
-}
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6cdf4db700..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,396 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Device mode driver for the library USB Audio 1.0 Class driver.
- *
- *  Device mode driver for the library USB Audio 1.0 Class driver.
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassAudio
- *  \defgroup Group_USBClassAudioDevice Audio 1.0 Class Device Mode Driver
- *
- *  \section Sec_USBClassAudioDevice_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- *
- *  \section Sec_USBClassAudioDevice_ModDescription Module Description
- *  Device Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the Audio 1.0 USB Class driver.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef _AUDIO_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
-#define _AUDIO_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../USB.h"
-		#include "../Common/AudioClassCommon.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_AUDIO_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Type Defines: */
-			/** \brief Audio Class Device Mode Configuration and State Structure.
-			 *
-			 *  Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made for each Audio interface
-			 *  within the user application, and passed to each of the Audio class driver functions as the
-			 *  \c AudioInterfaceInfo parameter. This stores each Audio interface's configuration and state information.
-			 */
-			typedef struct
-			{
-				struct
-				{
-					uint8_t  ControlInterfaceNumber; /**< Index of the Audio Control interface within the device this
-					                                  *   structure controls.
-					                                  */
-					uint8_t  StreamingInterfaceNumber; /**< Index of the Audio Streaming interface within the device this
-														*   structure controls.
-														*/
-
-					USB_Endpoint_Table_t DataINEndpoint; /**< Data IN endpoint configuration table. */
-					USB_Endpoint_Table_t DataOUTEndpoint; /**< Data OUT endpoint configuration table. */
-				} Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
-				           *   <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
-				           */
-				struct
-				{
-					bool InterfaceEnabled; /**< Set and cleared by the class driver to indicate if the host has enabled the streaming endpoints
-					                        *   of the Audio Streaming interface.
-					                        */
-				} State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
-				          *   are reset to their defaults when the interface is enumerated.
-				          */
-			} USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t;
-
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			/** Configures the endpoints of a given Audio interface, ready for use. This should be linked to the library
-			 *  \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged() event so that the endpoints are configured when the configuration containing the
-			 *  given Audio interface is selected.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the endpoints were successfully configured, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			bool Audio_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Processes incoming control requests from the host, that are directed to the given Audio class interface. This should be
-			 *  linked to the library \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
-			 */
-			void Audio_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Audio class driver callback for the setting and retrieval of streaming endpoint properties. This callback must be implemented
-			 *  in the user application to handle property manipulations on streaming audio endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  When the DataLength parameter is NULL, this callback should only indicate whether the specified operation is valid for
-			 *  the given endpoint index, and should return as fast as possible. When non-NULL, this value may be altered for GET operations
-			 *  to indicate the size of the retrieved data.
-			 *
-			 *  \note The length of the retrieved data stored into the Data buffer on GET operations should not exceed the initial value
-			 *        of the \c DataLength parameter.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in]     EndpointProperty    Property of the endpoint to get or set, a value from \ref Audio_ClassRequests_t.
-			 *  \param[in]     EndpointAddress     Address of the streaming endpoint whose property is being referenced.
-			 *  \param[in]     EndpointControl     Parameter of the endpoint to get or set, a value from \ref Audio_EndpointControls_t.
-			 *  \param[in,out] DataLength          For SET operations, the length of the parameter data to set. For GET operations, the maximum
-			 *                                     length of the retrieved data. When NULL, the function should return whether the given property
-			 *                                     and parameter is valid for the requested endpoint without reading or modifying the Data buffer.
-			 *  \param[in,out] Data                Pointer to a location where the parameter data is stored for SET operations, or where
-			 *                                     the retrieved data is to be stored for GET operations.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the property GET/SET was successful, \c false otherwise
-			 */
-			bool CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetEndpointProperty(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
-			                                                  const uint8_t EndpointProperty,
-			                                                  const uint8_t EndpointAddress,
-			                                                  const uint8_t EndpointControl,
-			                                                  uint16_t* const DataLength,
-			                                                  uint8_t* Data) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Audio class driver callback for the setting and retrieval of streaming interface properties. This callback must be implemented
-			 *  in the user application to handle property manipulations on streaming audio interfaces.
-			 *
-			 *  When the DataLength parameter is NULL, this callback should only indicate whether the specified operation is valid for
-			 *  the given entity and should return as fast as possible. When non-NULL, this value may be altered for GET operations
-			 *  to indicate the size of the retrieved data.
-			 *
-			 *  \note The length of the retrieved data stored into the Data buffer on GET operations should not exceed the initial value
-			 *        of the \c DataLength parameter.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in]     Property            Property of the interface to get or set, a value from \ref Audio_ClassRequests_t.
-			 *  \param[in]     EntityAddress       Address of the audio entity whose property is being referenced.
-			 *  \param[in]     Parameter           Parameter of the entity to get or set, specific to each type of entity (see USB Audio specification).
-			 *  \param[in,out] DataLength          For SET operations, the length of the parameter data to set. For GET operations, the maximum
-			 *                                     length of the retrieved data. When NULL, the function should return whether the given property
-			 *                                     and parameter is valid for the requested endpoint without reading or modifying the Data buffer.
-			 *  \param[in,out] Data                Pointer to a location where the parameter data is stored for SET operations, or where
-			 *                                     the retrieved data is to be stored for GET operations.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the property GET/SET was successful, \c false otherwise
-			 */
-			bool CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetInterfaceProperty(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
-			                                                   const uint8_t Property,
-			                                                   const uint8_t EntityAddress,
-			                                                   const uint16_t Parameter,
-			                                                   uint16_t* const DataLength,
-			                                                   uint8_t* Data) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Audio class driver event for an Audio Stream start/stop change. This event fires each time the device receives a stream enable or
-			 *  disable control request from the host, to start and stop the audio stream. The current state of the stream can be determined by the
-			 *  State.InterfaceEnabled value inside the Audio interface structure passed as a parameter.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
-			 */
-			void EVENT_Audio_Device_StreamStartStop(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo);
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			/** General management task for a given Audio class interface, required for the correct operation of the interface. This should
-			 *  be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task \ref USB_USBTask().
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
-			 */
-			static inline void Audio_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
-			                                        ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Audio_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
-			{
-				(void)AudioInterfaceInfo;
-			}
-
-			/** Determines if the given audio interface is ready for a sample to be read from it, and selects the streaming
-			 *  OUT endpoint ready for reading.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
-			 *       the call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the given Audio interface has a sample to be read, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool Audio_Device_IsSampleReceived(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
-			                                                 ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool Audio_Device_IsSampleReceived(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
-			{
-				if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) || !(AudioInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceEnabled))
-				  return false;
-
-				Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
-				return Endpoint_IsOUTReceived();
-			}
-
-			/** Determines if the given audio interface is ready to accept the next sample to be written to it, and selects
-			 *  the streaming IN endpoint ready for writing.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
-			 *       the call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the given Audio interface is ready to accept the next sample, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool Audio_Device_IsReadyForNextSample(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
-			                                                     ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool Audio_Device_IsReadyForNextSample(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
-			{
-				if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) || !(AudioInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceEnabled))
-				  return false;
-
-				Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
-				return Endpoint_IsINReady();
-			}
-
-			/** Reads the next 8-bit audio sample from the current audio interface.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Device_IsSampleReceived() function to ensure
-			 *       that the correct endpoint is selected and ready for data.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
-			 *
-			 *  \return  Signed 8-bit audio sample from the audio interface.
-			 */
-			static inline int8_t Audio_Device_ReadSample8(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
-			                                              ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline int8_t Audio_Device_ReadSample8(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
-			{
-				int8_t Sample;
-
-				(void)AudioInterfaceInfo;
-
-				Sample = Endpoint_Read_8();
-
-				if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
-				  Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-
-				return Sample;
-			}
-
-			/** Reads the next 16-bit audio sample from the current audio interface.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Device_IsSampleReceived() function to ensure
-			 *       that the correct endpoint is selected and ready for data.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
-			 *
-			 *  \return  Signed 16-bit audio sample from the audio interface.
-			 */
-			static inline int16_t Audio_Device_ReadSample16(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
-			                                                ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline int16_t Audio_Device_ReadSample16(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
-			{
-				int16_t Sample;
-
-				(void)AudioInterfaceInfo;
-
-				Sample = (int16_t)Endpoint_Read_16_LE();
-
-				if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
-				  Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-
-				return Sample;
-			}
-
-			/** Reads the next 24-bit audio sample from the current audio interface.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Device_IsSampleReceived() function to ensure
-			 *       that the correct endpoint is selected and ready for data.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Signed 24-bit audio sample from the audio interface.
-			 */
-			static inline int32_t Audio_Device_ReadSample24(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
-			                                                ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline int32_t Audio_Device_ReadSample24(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
-			{
-				int32_t Sample;
-
-				(void)AudioInterfaceInfo;
-
-				Sample = (((uint32_t)Endpoint_Read_8() << 16) | Endpoint_Read_16_LE());
-
-				if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
-				  Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-
-				return Sample;
-			}
-
-			/** Writes the next 8-bit audio sample to the current audio interface.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Device_IsReadyForNextSample() function to
-			 *       ensure that the correct endpoint is selected and ready for data.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in]     Sample              Signed 8-bit audio sample.
-			 */
-			static inline void Audio_Device_WriteSample8(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
-			                                             const int8_t Sample) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Audio_Device_WriteSample8(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
-			                                             const int8_t Sample)
-			{
-				Endpoint_Write_8(Sample);
-
-				if (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint() == AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Size)
-				  Endpoint_ClearIN();
-			}
-
-			/** Writes the next 16-bit audio sample to the current audio interface.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Device_IsReadyForNextSample() function to
-			 *       ensure that the correct endpoint is selected and ready for data.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in]     Sample              Signed 16-bit audio sample.
-			 */
-			static inline void Audio_Device_WriteSample16(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
-			                                              const int16_t Sample) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Audio_Device_WriteSample16(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
-			                                              const int16_t Sample)
-			{
-				Endpoint_Write_16_LE(Sample);
-
-				if (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint() == AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Size)
-				  Endpoint_ClearIN();
-			}
-
-			/** Writes the next 24-bit audio sample to the current audio interface.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Device_IsReadyForNextSample() function to
-			 *       ensure that the correct endpoint is selected and ready for data.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in]     Sample              Signed 24-bit audio sample.
-			 */
-			static inline void Audio_Device_WriteSample24(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
-			                                              const int32_t Sample) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Audio_Device_WriteSample24(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
-			                                              const int32_t Sample)
-			{
-				Endpoint_Write_16_LE(Sample);
-				Endpoint_Write_8(Sample >> 16);
-
-				if (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint() == AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Size)
-				  Endpoint_ClearIN();
-			}
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			#if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_AUDIO_DEVICE_C)
-				void Audio_Device_Event_Stub(void) ATTR_CONST;
-
-				void EVENT_Audio_Device_StreamStartStop(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
-				                                        ATTR_WEAK ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALIAS(Audio_Device_Event_Stub);
-			#endif
-
-	#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.c
deleted file mode 100644
index f4e74cf906..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,341 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_CDC_DRIVER
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_CDC_DEVICE_C
-#include "CDCClassDevice.h"
-
-void CDC_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	if (!(Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived()))
-	  return;
-
-	if (USB_ControlRequest.wIndex != CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.ControlInterfaceNumber)
-	  return;
-
-	switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
-	{
-		case CDC_REQ_GetLineEncoding:
-			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
-			{
-				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
-
-				while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()));
-
-				Endpoint_Write_32_LE(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS);
-				Endpoint_Write_8(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.CharFormat);
-				Endpoint_Write_8(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.ParityType);
-				Endpoint_Write_8(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.DataBits);
-
-				Endpoint_ClearIN();
-				Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
-			}
-
-			break;
-		case CDC_REQ_SetLineEncoding:
-			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
-			{
-				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
-
-				while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
-				{
-					if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
-					  return;
-				}
-
-				CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS = Endpoint_Read_32_LE();
-				CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.CharFormat  = Endpoint_Read_8();
-				CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.ParityType  = Endpoint_Read_8();
-				CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.DataBits    = Endpoint_Read_8();
-
-				Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-				Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
-
-				EVENT_CDC_Device_LineEncodingChanged(CDCInterfaceInfo);
-			}
-
-			break;
-		case CDC_REQ_SetControlLineState:
-			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
-			{
-				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
-				Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
-
-				CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlLineStates.HostToDevice = USB_ControlRequest.wValue;
-
-				EVENT_CDC_Device_ControLineStateChanged(CDCInterfaceInfo);
-			}
-
-			break;
-		case CDC_REQ_SendBreak:
-			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
-			{
-				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
-				Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
-
-				EVENT_CDC_Device_BreakSent(CDCInterfaceInfo, (uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wValue);
-			}
-
-			break;
-	}
-}
-
-bool CDC_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	memset(&CDCInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(CDCInterfaceInfo->State));
-
-	CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Type       = EP_TYPE_BULK;
-	CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Type      = EP_TYPE_BULK;
-	CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationEndpoint.Type = EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT;
-
-	if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint, 1)))
-	  return false;
-
-	if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint, 1)))
-	  return false;
-
-	if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationEndpoint, 1)))
-	  return false;
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-void CDC_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS))
-	  return;
-
-	#if !defined(NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH)
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
-
-	if (Endpoint_IsINReady())
-	  CDC_Device_Flush(CDCInterfaceInfo);
-	#endif
-}
-
-uint8_t CDC_Device_SendString(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
-                              const char* const String)
-{
-	if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS))
-	  return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
-
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
-	return Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(String, strlen(String), NULL);
-}
-
-uint8_t CDC_Device_SendData(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
-                            const void* const Buffer,
-                            const uint16_t Length)
-{
-	if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS))
-	  return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
-
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
-	return Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(Buffer, Length, NULL);
-}
-
-uint8_t CDC_Device_SendByte(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
-                            const uint8_t Data)
-{
-	if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS))
-	  return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
-
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
-
-	if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
-	{
-		Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
-		uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
-		if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) != ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError)
-		  return ErrorCode;
-	}
-
-	Endpoint_Write_8(Data);
-	return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
-}
-
-uint8_t CDC_Device_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS))
-	  return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
-
-	uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
-
-	if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
-	  return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
-
-	bool BankFull = !(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed());
-
-	Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
-	if (BankFull)
-	{
-		if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) != ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError)
-		  return ErrorCode;
-
-		Endpoint_ClearIN();
-	}
-
-	return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
-}
-
-uint16_t CDC_Device_BytesReceived(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS))
-	  return 0;
-
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
-
-	if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
-	{
-		if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
-		{
-			Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-			return 0;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			return Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint();
-		}
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		return 0;
-	}
-}
-
-int16_t CDC_Device_ReceiveByte(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS))
-	  return -1;
-
-	int16_t ReceivedByte = -1;
-
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
-
-	if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
-	{
-		if (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint())
-		  ReceivedByte = Endpoint_Read_8();
-
-		if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
-		  Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-	}
-
-	return ReceivedByte;
-}
-
-void CDC_Device_SendControlLineStateChange(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS))
-	  return;
-
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationEndpoint.Address);
-
-	USB_Request_Header_t Notification = (USB_Request_Header_t)
-		{
-			.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
-			.bRequest      = CDC_NOTIF_SerialState,
-			.wValue        = CPU_TO_LE16(0),
-			.wIndex        = CPU_TO_LE16(0),
-			.wLength       = CPU_TO_LE16(sizeof(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlLineStates.DeviceToHost)),
-		};
-
-	Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&Notification, sizeof(USB_Request_Header_t), NULL);
-	Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlLineStates.DeviceToHost,
-	                         sizeof(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlLineStates.DeviceToHost),
-	                         NULL);
-	Endpoint_ClearIN();
-}
-
-#if defined(FDEV_SETUP_STREAM)
-void CDC_Device_CreateStream(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
-                             FILE* const Stream)
-{
-	*Stream = (FILE)FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(CDC_Device_putchar, CDC_Device_getchar, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
-	fdev_set_udata(Stream, CDCInterfaceInfo);
-}
-
-void CDC_Device_CreateBlockingStream(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
-                                     FILE* const Stream)
-{
-	*Stream = (FILE)FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(CDC_Device_putchar, CDC_Device_getchar_Blocking, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
-	fdev_set_udata(Stream, CDCInterfaceInfo);
-}
-
-static int CDC_Device_putchar(char c,
-                              FILE* Stream)
-{
-	return CDC_Device_SendByte((USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream), c) ? _FDEV_ERR : 0;
-}
-
-static int CDC_Device_getchar(FILE* Stream)
-{
-	int16_t ReceivedByte = CDC_Device_ReceiveByte((USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream));
-
-	if (ReceivedByte < 0)
-	  return _FDEV_EOF;
-
-	return ReceivedByte;
-}
-
-static int CDC_Device_getchar_Blocking(FILE* Stream)
-{
-	int16_t ReceivedByte;
-
-	while ((ReceivedByte = CDC_Device_ReceiveByte((USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream))) < 0)
-	{
-		if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
-		  return _FDEV_EOF;
-
-		CDC_Device_USBTask((USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream));
-		USB_USBTask();
-	}
-
-	return ReceivedByte;
-}
-#endif
-
-void CDC_Device_Event_Stub(void)
-{
-
-}
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 05c0fdddb3..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,352 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Device mode driver for the library USB CDC Class driver.
- *
- *  Device mode driver for the library USB CDC Class driver.
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassCDC
- *  \defgroup Group_USBClassCDCDevice CDC Class Device Mode Driver
- *
- *  \section Sec_USBClassCDCDevice_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- *
- *  \section Sec_USBClassCDCDevice_ModDescription Module Description
- *  Device Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the CDC USB Class driver.
- *
- *  \note There are several major drawbacks to the CDC-ACM standard USB class, however
- *        it is very standardized and thus usually available as a built-in driver on
- *        most platforms, and so is a better choice than a proprietary serial class.
- *
- *        One major issue with CDC-ACM is that it requires two Interface descriptors,
- *        which will upset most hosts when part of a multi-function "Composite" USB
- *        device. This is because each interface will be loaded into a separate driver
- *        instance, causing the two interfaces be become unlinked. To prevent this, you
- *        should use the "Interface Association Descriptor" addendum to the USB 2.0 standard
- *        which is available on most OSes when creating Composite devices.
- *
- *        Another major oversight is that there is no mechanism for the host to notify the
- *        device that there is a data sink on the host side ready to accept data. This
- *        means that the device may try to send data while the host isn't listening, causing
- *        lengthy blocking timeouts in the transmission routines. It is thus highly recommended
- *        that the virtual serial line DTR (Data Terminal Ready) signal be used where possible
- *        to determine if a host application is ready for data.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef _CDC_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
-#define _CDC_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../USB.h"
-		#include "../Common/CDCClassCommon.h"
-
-		#include <stdio.h>
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_CDC_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Type Defines: */
-			/** \brief CDC Class Device Mode Configuration and State Structure.
-			 *
-			 *  Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made for each CDC interface
-			 *  within the user application, and passed to each of the CDC class driver functions as the
-			 *  CDCInterfaceInfo parameter. This stores each CDC interface's configuration and state information.
-			 */
-			typedef struct
-			{
-				struct
-				{
-					uint8_t ControlInterfaceNumber; /**< Interface number of the CDC control interface within the device. */
-
-					USB_Endpoint_Table_t DataINEndpoint; /**< Data IN endpoint configuration table. */
-					USB_Endpoint_Table_t DataOUTEndpoint; /**< Data OUT endpoint configuration table. */
-					USB_Endpoint_Table_t NotificationEndpoint; /**< Notification IN Endpoint configuration table. */
-				} Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
-				           *   <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
-				           */
-				struct
-				{
-					struct
-					{
-						uint16_t HostToDevice; /**< Control line states from the host to device, as a set of \c CDC_CONTROL_LINE_OUT_*
-											    *   masks. This value is updated each time \ref CDC_Device_USBTask() is called.
-											    */
-						uint16_t DeviceToHost; /**< Control line states from the device to host, as a set of \c CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_*
-											    *   masks - to notify the host of changes to these values, call the
-											    *   \ref CDC_Device_SendControlLineStateChange() function.
-											    */
-					} ControlLineStates; /**< Current states of the virtual serial port's control lines between the device and host. */
-
-					CDC_LineEncoding_t LineEncoding; /**< Line encoding used in the virtual serial port, for the device's information.
-					                                  *   This is generally only used if the virtual serial port data is to be
-					                                  *   reconstructed on a physical UART.
-					                                  */
-				} State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
-				          *   are reset to their defaults when the interface is enumerated.
-				          */
-			} USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t;
-
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			/** Configures the endpoints of a given CDC interface, ready for use. This should be linked to the library
-			 *  \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged() event so that the endpoints are configured when the configuration containing
-			 *  the given CDC interface is selected.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the endpoints were successfully configured, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			bool CDC_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Processes incoming control requests from the host, that are directed to the given CDC class interface. This should be
-			 *  linked to the library \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
-			 */
-			void CDC_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** General management task for a given CDC class interface, required for the correct operation of the interface. This should
-			 *  be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task \ref USB_USBTask().
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
-			 */
-			void CDC_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** CDC class driver event for a line encoding change on a CDC interface. This event fires each time the host requests a
-			 *  line encoding change (containing the serial parity, baud and other configuration information) and may be hooked in the
-			 *  user program by declaring a handler function with the same name and parameters listed here. The new line encoding
-			 *  settings are available in the \c LineEncoding structure inside the CDC interface structure passed as a parameter.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
-			 */
-			void EVENT_CDC_Device_LineEncodingChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** CDC class driver event for a control line state change on a CDC interface. This event fires each time the host requests a
-			 *  control line state change (containing the virtual serial control line states, such as DTR) and may be hooked in the
-			 *  user program by declaring a handler function with the same name and parameters listed here. The new control line states
-			 *  are available in the \c ControlLineStates.HostToDevice value inside the CDC interface structure passed as a parameter, set as
-			 *  a mask of \c CDC_CONTROL_LINE_OUT_* masks.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
-			 */
-			void EVENT_CDC_Device_ControLineStateChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** CDC class driver event for a send break request sent to the device from the host. This is generally used to separate
-			 *  data or to indicate a special condition to the receiving device.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in]     Duration          Duration of the break that has been sent by the host, in milliseconds.
-			 */
-			void EVENT_CDC_Device_BreakSent(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
-			                                const uint8_t Duration) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Sends a given data buffer to the attached USB host, if connected. If a host is not connected when the function is
-			 *  called, the string is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the host until either the endpoint bank
-			 *  becomes full, or the \ref CDC_Device_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to the host. This allows
-			 *  for multiple bytes to be packed into a single endpoint packet, increasing data throughput.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
-			 *       the call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in]     Buffer            Pointer to a buffer containing the data to send to the device.
-			 *  \param[in]     Length            Length of the data to send to the host.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t CDC_Device_SendData(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
-			                            const void* const Buffer,
-			                            const uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
-			/** Sends a given null terminated string to the attached USB host, if connected. If a host is not connected when
-			 *  the function is called, the string is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the host until either
-			 *  the endpoint bank becomes full, or the \ref CDC_Device_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to
-			 *  the host. This allows for multiple bytes to be packed into a single endpoint packet, increasing data throughput.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
-			 *       the call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in]     String            Pointer to the null terminated string to send to the host.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t CDC_Device_SendString(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
-			                              const char* const String) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
-			/** Sends a given byte to the attached USB host, if connected. If a host is not connected when the function is called, the
-			 *  byte is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the host until either the endpoint bank becomes full, or the
-			 *  \ref CDC_Device_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to the host. This allows for multiple bytes to be
-			 *  packed into a single endpoint packet, increasing data throughput.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
-			 *       the call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in]     Data              Byte of data to send to the host.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t CDC_Device_SendByte(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
-			                            const uint8_t Data) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Determines the number of bytes received by the CDC interface from the host, waiting to be read. This indicates the number
-			 *  of bytes in the OUT endpoint bank only, and thus the number of calls to \ref CDC_Device_ReceiveByte() which are guaranteed to
-			 *  succeed immediately. If multiple bytes are to be received, they should be buffered by the user application, as the endpoint
-			 *  bank will not be released back to the USB controller until all bytes are read.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
-			 *       the call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Total number of buffered bytes received from the host.
-			 */
-			uint16_t CDC_Device_BytesReceived(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Reads a byte of data from the host. If no data is waiting to be read of if a USB host is not connected, the function
-			 *  returns a negative value. The \ref CDC_Device_BytesReceived() function may be queried in advance to determine how many
-			 *  bytes are currently buffered in the CDC interface's data receive endpoint bank, and thus how many repeated calls to this
-			 *  function which are guaranteed to succeed.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
-			 *       the call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Next received byte from the host, or a negative value if no data received.
-			 */
-			int16_t CDC_Device_ReceiveByte(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Flushes any data waiting to be sent, ensuring that the send buffer is cleared.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
-			 *       the call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t CDC_Device_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Sends a Serial Control Line State Change notification to the host. This should be called when the virtual serial
-			 *  control lines (DCD, DSR, etc.) have changed states, or to give BREAK notifications to the host. Line states persist
-			 *  until they are cleared via a second notification. This should be called each time the CDC class driver's
-			 *  \c ControlLineStates.DeviceToHost value is updated to push the new states to the USB host.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
-			 *       the call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
-			 */
-			void CDC_Device_SendControlLineStateChange(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			#if defined(FDEV_SETUP_STREAM) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			/** Creates a standard character stream for the given CDC Device instance so that it can be used with all the regular
-			 *  functions in the standard <stdio.h> library that accept a \c FILE stream as a destination (e.g. \c fprintf()). The created
-			 *  stream is bidirectional and can be used for both input and output functions.
-			 *
-			 *  Reading data from this stream is non-blocking, i.e. in most instances, complete strings cannot be read in by a single
-			 *  fetch, as the endpoint will not be ready at some point in the transmission, aborting the transfer. However, this may
-			 *  be used when the read data is processed byte-per-bye (via \c getc()) or when the user application will implement its own
-			 *  line buffering.
-			 *
-			 *  \note The created stream can be given as \c stdout if desired to direct the standard output from all \c <stdio.h> functions
-			 *        to the given CDC interface.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \note This function is not available on all microcontroller architectures.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in,out] Stream            Pointer to a FILE structure where the created stream should be placed.
-			 */
-			void CDC_Device_CreateStream(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
-			                             FILE* const Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
-			/** Identical to \ref CDC_Device_CreateStream(), except that reads are blocking until the calling stream function terminates
-			 *  the transfer. While blocking, the USB and CDC service tasks are called repeatedly to maintain USB communications.
-			 *
-			 *  \note This function is not available on all microcontroller architectures.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in,out] Stream            Pointer to a FILE structure where the created stream should be placed.
-			 */
-			void CDC_Device_CreateBlockingStream(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
-			                                     FILE* const Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-			#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			#if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_CDC_DEVICE_C)
-				#if defined(FDEV_SETUP_STREAM)
-				static int CDC_Device_putchar(char c,
-				                              FILE* Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-				static int CDC_Device_getchar(FILE* Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-				static int CDC_Device_getchar_Blocking(FILE* Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-				#endif
-
-				void CDC_Device_Event_Stub(void) ATTR_CONST;
-
-				void EVENT_CDC_Device_LineEncodingChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
-				                                          ATTR_WEAK ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALIAS(CDC_Device_Event_Stub);
-				void EVENT_CDC_Device_ControLineStateChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
-				                                             ATTR_WEAK ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALIAS(CDC_Device_Event_Stub);
-				void EVENT_CDC_Device_BreakSent(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
-				                                const uint8_t Duration) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
-				                                ATTR_ALIAS(CDC_Device_Event_Stub);
-			#endif
-
-	#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 03a745c1af..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,211 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_HID_DRIVER
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_HID_DEVICE_C
-#include "HIDClassDevice.h"
-
-void HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	if (!(Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived()))
-	  return;
-
-	if (USB_ControlRequest.wIndex != HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.InterfaceNumber)
-	  return;
-
-	switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
-	{
-		case HID_REQ_GetReport:
-			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
-			{
-				uint16_t ReportSize = 0;
-				uint8_t  ReportID   = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue & 0xFF);
-				uint8_t  ReportType = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue >> 8) - 1;
-				uint8_t  ReportData[HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.PrevReportINBufferSize];
-
-				memset(ReportData, 0, sizeof(ReportData));
-
-				CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(HIDInterfaceInfo, &ReportID, ReportType, ReportData, &ReportSize);
-
-				if (HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.PrevReportINBuffer != NULL)
-				{
-					memcpy(HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.PrevReportINBuffer, ReportData,
-					       HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.PrevReportINBufferSize);
-				}
-
-				Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP);
-
-				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
-
-				if (ReportID)
-				  Endpoint_Write_8(ReportID);
-
-				Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(ReportData, ReportSize);
-				Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-			}
-
-			break;
-		case HID_REQ_SetReport:
-			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
-			{
-				uint16_t ReportSize = USB_ControlRequest.wLength;
-				uint8_t  ReportID   = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue & 0xFF);
-				uint8_t  ReportType = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue >> 8) - 1;
-				uint8_t  ReportData[ReportSize];
-
-				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
-				Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(ReportData, ReportSize);
-				Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
-				CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(HIDInterfaceInfo, ReportID, ReportType,
-				                                     &ReportData[ReportID ? 1 : 0], ReportSize - (ReportID ? 1 : 0));
-			}
-
-			break;
-		case HID_REQ_GetProtocol:
-			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
-			{
-				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
-				while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()));
-				Endpoint_Write_8(HIDInterfaceInfo->State.UsingReportProtocol);
-				Endpoint_ClearIN();
-				Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
-			}
-
-			break;
-		case HID_REQ_SetProtocol:
-			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
-			{
-				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
-				Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
-
-				HIDInterfaceInfo->State.UsingReportProtocol = ((USB_ControlRequest.wValue & 0xFF) != 0x00);
-			}
-
-			break;
-		case HID_REQ_SetIdle:
-			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
-			{
-				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
-				Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
-
-				HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IdleCount = ((USB_ControlRequest.wValue & 0xFF00) >> 6);
-			}
-
-			break;
-		case HID_REQ_GetIdle:
-			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
-			{
-				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
-				while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()));
-				Endpoint_Write_8(HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IdleCount >> 2);
-				Endpoint_ClearIN();
-				Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
-			}
-
-			break;
-	}
-}
-
-bool HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	memset(&HIDInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(HIDInterfaceInfo->State));
-	HIDInterfaceInfo->State.UsingReportProtocol = true;
-	HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IdleCount           = 500;
-
-	HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.ReportINEndpoint.Type = EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT;
-
-	if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.ReportINEndpoint, 1)))
-	  return false;
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-void HID_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
-	  return;
-
-	if (HIDInterfaceInfo->State.PrevFrameNum == USB_Device_GetFrameNumber())
-	{
-		#if defined(USB_DEVICE_OPT_LOWSPEED)
-		if (!(USB_Options & USB_DEVICE_OPT_LOWSPEED))
-		  return;
-		#else
-		return;
-		#endif
-	}
-
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.ReportINEndpoint.Address);
-
-	if (Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())
-	{
-		uint8_t  ReportINData[HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.PrevReportINBufferSize];
-		uint8_t  ReportID     = 0;
-		uint16_t ReportINSize = 0;
-
-		memset(ReportINData, 0, sizeof(ReportINData));
-
-		bool ForceSend         = CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(HIDInterfaceInfo, &ReportID, HID_REPORT_ITEM_In,
-		                                                             ReportINData, &ReportINSize);
-		bool StatesChanged     = false;
-		bool IdlePeriodElapsed = (HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IdleCount && !(HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IdleMSRemaining));
-
-		if (HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.PrevReportINBuffer != NULL)
-		{
-			StatesChanged = (memcmp(ReportINData, HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.PrevReportINBuffer, ReportINSize) != 0);
-			memcpy(HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.PrevReportINBuffer, ReportINData, HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.PrevReportINBufferSize);
-		}
-
-		if (ReportINSize && (ForceSend || StatesChanged || IdlePeriodElapsed))
-		{
-			HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IdleMSRemaining = HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IdleCount;
-
-			Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.ReportINEndpoint.Address);
-
-			if (ReportID)
-			  Endpoint_Write_8(ReportID);
-
-			Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(ReportINData, ReportINSize, NULL);
-
-			Endpoint_ClearIN();
-		}
-
-		HIDInterfaceInfo->State.PrevFrameNum = USB_Device_GetFrameNumber();
-	}
-}
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f373cf0769..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,210 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Device mode driver for the library USB HID Class driver.
- *
- *  Device mode driver for the library USB HID Class driver.
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassHID
- *  \defgroup Group_USBClassHIDDevice HID Class Device Mode Driver
- *
- *  \section Sec_USBClassHIDDevice_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- *
- *  \section Sec_USBClassHIDDevice_ModDescription Module Description
- *  Device Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the HID USB Class driver.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef _HID_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
-#define _HID_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../USB.h"
-		#include "../Common/HIDClassCommon.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_HID_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Type Defines: */
-			/** \brief HID Class Device Mode Configuration and State Structure.
-			 *
-			 *  Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made for each HID interface
-			 *  within the user application, and passed to each of the HID class driver functions as the
-			 *  \c HIDInterfaceInfo parameter. This stores each HID interface's configuration and state information.
-			 *
-			 *  \note Due to technical limitations, the HID device class driver does not utilize a separate OUT
-			 *        endpoint for host->device communications. Instead, the host->device data (if any) is sent to
-			 *        the device via the control endpoint.
-			 */
-			typedef struct
-			{
-				struct
-				{
-					uint8_t  InterfaceNumber; /**< Interface number of the HID interface within the device. */
-
-					USB_Endpoint_Table_t ReportINEndpoint; /**< Data IN HID report endpoint configuration table. */
-
-					void*    PrevReportINBuffer; /**< Pointer to a buffer where the previously created HID input report can be
-					                              *  stored by the driver, for comparison purposes to detect report changes that
-					                              *  must be sent immediately to the host. This should point to a buffer big enough
-					                              *  to hold the largest HID input report sent from the HID interface. If this is set
-					                              *  to \c NULL, it is up to the user to force transfers when needed in the
-					                              *  \ref CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport() callback function.
-					                              *
-					                              *  \note Due to the single buffer, the internal driver can only correctly compare
-					                              *        subsequent reports with identical report IDs. In multiple report devices,
-					                              *        this buffer should be set to \c NULL and the decision to send reports made
-					                              *        by the user application instead.
-					                              */
-					uint8_t  PrevReportINBufferSize; /**< Size in bytes of the given input report buffer. This is used to create a
-					                                  *  second buffer of the same size within the driver so that subsequent reports
-					                                  *  can be compared. If the user app is to determine when reports are to be sent
-					                                  *  exclusively (i.e. \c PrevReportINBuffer is \c NULL) this value must still be
-					                                  *  set to the size of the largest report the device can issue to the host.
-					                                  */
-				} Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
-				           *   <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
-				           */
-				struct
-				{
-					bool     UsingReportProtocol; /**< Indicates if the HID interface is set to Boot or Report protocol mode. */
-					uint16_t PrevFrameNum; /**< Frame number of the previous HID report packet opportunity. */
-					uint16_t IdleCount; /**< Report idle period, in milliseconds, set by the host. */
-					uint16_t IdleMSRemaining; /**< Total number of milliseconds remaining before the idle period elapsed - this
-				                               *   should be decremented by the user application if non-zero each millisecond. */
-				} State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
-				          *   are reset to their defaults when the interface is enumerated.
-				          */
-			} USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t;
-
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			/** Configures the endpoints of a given HID interface, ready for use. This should be linked to the library
-			 *  \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged() event so that the endpoints are configured when the configuration
-			 *  containing the given HID interface is selected.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class configuration and state.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the endpoints were successfully configured, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			bool HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Processes incoming control requests from the host, that are directed to the given HID class interface. This should be
-			 *  linked to the library \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class configuration and state.
-			 */
-			void HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** General management task for a given HID class interface, required for the correct operation of the interface. This should
-			 *  be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task \ref USB_USBTask().
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class configuration and state.
-			 */
-			void HID_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** HID class driver callback for the user creation of a HID IN report. This callback may fire in response to either
-			 *  HID class control requests from the host, or by the normal HID endpoint polling procedure. Inside this callback the
-			 *  user is responsible for the creation of the next HID input report to be sent to the host.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in,out] ReportID          If preset to a non-zero value, this is the report ID being requested by the host. If zero,
-			 *                                   this should be set to the report ID of the generated HID input report (if any). If multiple
-			 *                                   reports are not sent via the given HID interface, this parameter should be ignored.
-			 *  \param[in]     ReportType        Type of HID report to generate, either \ref HID_REPORT_ITEM_In or \ref HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature.
-			 *  \param[out]    ReportData        Pointer to a buffer where the generated HID report should be stored.
-			 *  \param[out]    ReportSize        Number of bytes in the generated input report, or zero if no report is to be sent.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true to force the sending of the report even if it is identical to the previous report and still within
-			 *          the idle period (useful for devices which report relative movement), \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
-			                                         uint8_t* const ReportID,
-			                                         const uint8_t ReportType,
-			                                         void* ReportData,
-			                                         uint16_t* const ReportSize) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
-			                                         ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(4) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(5);
-
-			/** HID class driver callback for the user processing of a received HID OUT report. This callback may fire in response to
-			 *  either HID class control requests from the host, or by the normal HID endpoint polling procedure. Inside this callback
-			 *  the user is responsible for the processing of the received HID output report from the host.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in]     ReportID          Report ID of the received output report. If multiple reports are not received via the given HID
-			 *                                   interface, this parameter should be ignored.
-			 *  \param[in]     ReportType        Type of received HID report, either \ref HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out or \ref HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature.
-			 *  \param[in]     ReportData        Pointer to a buffer where the received HID report is stored.
-			 *  \param[in]     ReportSize        Size in bytes of the received report from the host.
-			 */
-			void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
-			                                          const uint8_t ReportID,
-			                                          const uint8_t ReportType,
-			                                          const void* ReportData,
-			                                          const uint16_t ReportSize) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(4);
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			/** Indicates that a millisecond of idle time has elapsed on the given HID interface, and the interface's idle count should be
-			 *  decremented. This should be called once per millisecond so that hardware key-repeats function correctly. It is recommended
-			 *  that this be called by the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame() event, once SOF events have been enabled via
-			 *  \ref USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents().
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class configuration and state.
-			 */
-			static inline void HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-			static inline void HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo)
-			{
-				if (HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IdleMSRemaining)
-				  HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IdleMSRemaining--;
-			}
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.c
deleted file mode 100644
index b002525975..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,131 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_MIDI_DRIVER
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_MIDI_DEVICE_C
-#include "MIDIClassDevice.h"
-
-bool MIDI_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	memset(&MIDIInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(MIDIInterfaceInfo->State));
-
-	MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Type  = EP_TYPE_BULK;
-	MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
-
-	if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint, 1)))
-	  return false;
-
-	if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint, 1)))
-	  return false;
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-void MIDI_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
-	  return;
-
-	#if !defined(NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH)
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
-
-	if (Endpoint_IsINReady())
-	  MIDI_Device_Flush(MIDIInterfaceInfo);
-	#endif
-}
-
-uint8_t MIDI_Device_SendEventPacket(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo,
-                                    const MIDI_EventPacket_t* const Event)
-{
-	if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
-	  return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
-
-	uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
-
-	if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(Event, sizeof(MIDI_EventPacket_t), NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-	  return ErrorCode;
-
-	if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
-	  Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
-	return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-uint8_t MIDI_Device_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
-	  return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
-
-	uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
-
-	if (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint())
-	{
-		Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
-		if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) != ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError)
-		  return ErrorCode;
-	}
-
-	return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
-}
-
-bool MIDI_Device_ReceiveEventPacket(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo,
-                                    MIDI_EventPacket_t* const Event)
-{
-	if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
-	  return false;
-
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
-
-	if (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
-		return false;
-
-	if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
-	  return false;
-
-	Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(Event, sizeof(MIDI_EventPacket_t), NULL);
-
-	if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
-	  Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 70eb442911..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,175 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Device mode driver for the library USB MIDI Class driver.
- *
- *  Device mode driver for the library USB MIDI Class driver.
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassMIDI
- *  \defgroup Group_USBClassMIDIDevice MIDI Class Device Mode Driver
- *
- *  \section Sec_USBClassMIDIDevice_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- *
- *  \section Sec_USBClassMIDIDevice_ModDescription Module Description
- *  Device Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the MIDI USB Class driver.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef _MIDI_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
-#define _MIDI_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../USB.h"
-		#include "../Common/MIDIClassCommon.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_MIDI_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Type Define: */
-			/** \brief MIDI Class Device Mode Configuration and State Structure.
-			 *
-			 *  Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made for each MIDI interface
-			 *  within the user application, and passed to each of the MIDI class driver functions as the
-			 *  \c MIDIInterfaceInfo parameter. This stores each MIDI interface's configuration and state information.
-			 */
-			typedef struct
-			{
-				struct
-				{
-					uint8_t  StreamingInterfaceNumber; /**< Index of the Audio Streaming interface within the device this structure controls. */
-
-					USB_Endpoint_Table_t DataINEndpoint; /**< Data IN endpoint configuration table. */
-					USB_Endpoint_Table_t DataOUTEndpoint; /**< Data OUT endpoint configuration table. */
-				} Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
-				           *   <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
-				           */
-
-				struct
-				{
-					uint8_t RESERVED; // No state information for this class
-				} State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
-				          *   are reset to their defaults when the interface is enumerated.
-				          */
-			} USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t;
-
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			/** Configures the endpoints of a given MIDI interface, ready for use. This should be linked to the library
-			 *  \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged() event so that the endpoints are configured when the configuration
-			 *  containing the given MIDI interface is selected.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] MIDIInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a MIDI Class configuration and state.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the endpoints were successfully configured, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			bool MIDI_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** General management task for a given MIDI class interface, required for the correct operation of the interface. This should
-			 *  be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task \ref USB_USBTask().
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] MIDIInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a MIDI Class configuration and state.
-			 */
-			void MIDI_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Sends a MIDI event packet to the host. If no host is connected, the event packet is discarded. Events are queued into the
-			 *  endpoint bank until either the endpoint bank is full, or \ref MIDI_Device_Flush() is called. This allows for multiple
-			 *  MIDI events to be packed into a single endpoint packet, increasing data throughput.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
-			 *       call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] MIDIInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a MIDI Class configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in]     Event              Pointer to a populated \ref MIDI_EventPacket_t structure containing the MIDI event to send.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t MIDI_Device_SendEventPacket(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo,
-			                                    const MIDI_EventPacket_t* const Event) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
-
-			/** Flushes the MIDI send buffer, sending any queued MIDI events to the host. This should be called to override the
-			 *  \ref MIDI_Device_SendEventPacket() function's packing behavior, to flush queued events.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] MIDIInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a MIDI Class configuration and state.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t MIDI_Device_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Receives a MIDI event packet from the host. Events are unpacked from the endpoint, thus if the endpoint bank contains
-			 *  multiple MIDI events from the host in the one packet, multiple calls to this function will return each individual event.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
-			 *       call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] MIDIInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a MIDI Class configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[out]    Event              Pointer to a USB_MIDI_EventPacket_t structure where the received MIDI event is to be placed.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if a MIDI event packet was received, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			bool MIDI_Device_ReceiveEventPacket(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo,
-			                                    MIDI_EventPacket_t* const Event) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			/** Processes incoming control requests from the host, that are directed to the given MIDI class interface. This should be
-			 *  linked to the library \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] MIDIInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a MIDI Class configuration and state.
-			 */
-			static inline void MIDI_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-			static inline void MIDI_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo)
-			{
-				(void)MIDIInterfaceInfo;
-			}
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.c
deleted file mode 100644
index d0907963a3..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,215 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_MS_DRIVER
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_MASSSTORAGE_DEVICE_C
-#include "MassStorageClassDevice.h"
-
-void MS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	if (!(Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived()))
-	  return;
-
-	if (USB_ControlRequest.wIndex != MSInterfaceInfo->Config.InterfaceNumber)
-	  return;
-
-	switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
-	{
-		case MS_REQ_MassStorageReset:
-			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
-			{
-				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
-				Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
-
-				MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset = true;
-			}
-
-			break;
-		case MS_REQ_GetMaxLUN:
-			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
-			{
-				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
-				while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()));
-				Endpoint_Write_8(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.TotalLUNs - 1);
-				Endpoint_ClearIN();
-				Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
-			}
-
-			break;
-	}
-}
-
-bool MS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	memset(&MSInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(MSInterfaceInfo->State));
-
-	MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Type  = EP_TYPE_BULK;
-	MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
-
-	if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint, 1)))
-	  return false;
-
-	if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint, 1)))
-	  return false;
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-void MS_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
-	  return;
-
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
-
-	if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
-	{
-		if (MS_Device_ReadInCommandBlock(MSInterfaceInfo))
-		{
-			if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.Flags & MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN)
-			  Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
-
-			bool SCSICommandResult = CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(MSInterfaceInfo);
-
-			MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandStatus.Status              = (SCSICommandResult) ? MS_SCSI_COMMAND_Pass : MS_SCSI_COMMAND_Fail;
-			MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandStatus.Signature           = CPU_TO_LE32(MS_CSW_SIGNATURE);
-			MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandStatus.Tag                 = MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.Tag;
-			MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandStatus.DataTransferResidue = MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength;
-
-			if (!(SCSICommandResult) && (le32_to_cpu(MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandStatus.DataTransferResidue)))
-			  Endpoint_StallTransaction();
-
-			MS_Device_ReturnCommandStatus(MSInterfaceInfo);
-		}
-	}
-
-	if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
-	{
-		Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
-		Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
-
-		Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
-		Endpoint_ClearStall();
-		Endpoint_ResetDataToggle();
-		Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
-		Endpoint_ClearStall();
-		Endpoint_ResetDataToggle();
-
-		MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset = false;
-	}
-}
-
-static bool MS_Device_ReadInCommandBlock(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	uint16_t BytesProcessed;
-
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
-
-	BytesProcessed = 0;
-	while (Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock,
-	                               (sizeof(MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t) - 16), &BytesProcessed) ==
-	                               ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
-	{
-		if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
-		  return false;
-	}
-
-	if ((MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.Signature         != CPU_TO_LE32(MS_CBW_SIGNATURE))     ||
-	    (MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.LUN               >= MSInterfaceInfo->Config.TotalLUNs) ||
-		(MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.Flags              & 0x1F)                              ||
-		(MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandLength == 0)                                 ||
-		(MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandLength >  16))
-	{
-		Endpoint_StallTransaction();
-		Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
-		Endpoint_StallTransaction();
-
-		return false;
-	}
-
-	BytesProcessed = 0;
-	while (Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData,
-	                                MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandLength, &BytesProcessed) ==
-	                                ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
-	{
-		if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
-		  return false;
-	}
-
-	Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-static void MS_Device_ReturnCommandStatus(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
-
-	while (Endpoint_IsStalled())
-	{
-		#if !defined(INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT)
-		USB_USBTask();
-		#endif
-
-		if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
-		  return;
-	}
-
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
-
-	while (Endpoint_IsStalled())
-	{
-		#if !defined(INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT)
-		USB_USBTask();
-		#endif
-
-		if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
-		  return;
-	}
-
-	uint16_t BytesProcessed = 0;
-	while (Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandStatus,
-	                                sizeof(MS_CommandStatusWrapper_t), &BytesProcessed) ==
-	                                ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
-	{
-		if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
-		  return;
-	}
-
-	Endpoint_ClearIN();
-}
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 513221308d..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,161 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Device mode driver for the library USB Mass Storage Class driver.
- *
- *  Device mode driver for the library USB Mass Storage Class driver.
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassMS
- *  \defgroup Group_USBClassMSDevice Mass Storage Class Device Mode Driver
- *
- *  \section Sec_USBClassMSDevice_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- *
- *  \section Sec_USBClassMSDevice_ModDescription Module Description
- *  Device Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the Mass Storage USB Class driver.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef _MS_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
-#define _MS_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../USB.h"
-		#include "../Common/MassStorageClassCommon.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_MS_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Type Defines: */
-			/** \brief Mass Storage Class Device Mode Configuration and State Structure.
-			 *
-			 *  Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made for each Mass Storage interface
-			 *  within the user application, and passed to each of the Mass Storage class driver functions as the
-			 *  \c MSInterfaceInfo parameter. This stores each Mass Storage interface's configuration and state information.
-			 */
-			typedef struct
-			{
-				struct
-				{
-					uint8_t  InterfaceNumber; /**< Interface number of the Mass Storage interface within the device. */
-
-					USB_Endpoint_Table_t DataINEndpoint; /**< Data IN endpoint configuration table. */
-					USB_Endpoint_Table_t DataOUTEndpoint; /**< Data OUT endpoint configuration table. */
-
-					uint8_t  TotalLUNs; /**< Total number of logical drives in the Mass Storage interface. */
-				} Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
-				           *   <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
-				           */
-				struct
-				{
-					MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t  CommandBlock; /**< Mass Storage class command block structure, stores the received SCSI
-															 *   command from the host which is to be processed.
-															 */
-					MS_CommandStatusWrapper_t CommandStatus; /**< Mass Storage class command status structure, set elements to indicate
-															  *   the issued command's success or failure to the host.
-															  */
-					volatile bool IsMassStoreReset; /**< Flag indicating that the host has requested that the Mass Storage interface be reset
-											         *   and that all current Mass Storage operations should immediately abort.
-											         */
-				} State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
-				          *   are reset to their defaults when the interface is enumerated.
-				          */
-			} USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t;
-
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			/** Configures the endpoints of a given Mass Storage interface, ready for use. This should be linked to the library
-			 *  \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged() event so that the endpoints are configured when the configuration
-			 *  containing the given Mass Storage interface is selected.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the endpoints were successfully configured, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			bool MS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Processes incoming control requests from the host, that are directed to the given Mass Storage class interface. This should be
-			 *  linked to the library \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state.
-			 */
-			void MS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** General management task for a given Mass Storage class interface, required for the correct operation of the interface. This should
-			 *  be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task \ref USB_USBTask().
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage configuration and state.
-			 */
-			void MS_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Mass Storage class driver callback for the user processing of a received SCSI command. This callback will fire each time the
-			 *  host sends a SCSI command which requires processing by the user application. Inside this callback the user is responsible
-			 *  for the processing of the received SCSI command from the host. The SCSI command is available in the CommandBlock structure
-			 *  inside the Mass Storage class state structure passed as a parameter to the callback function.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the SCSI command was successfully processed, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			#if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_MASSSTORAGE_DEVICE_C)
-				static void MS_Device_ReturnCommandStatus(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-				static bool MS_Device_ReadInCommandBlock(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-			#endif
-
-	#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/PrinterClassDevice.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/PrinterClassDevice.c
deleted file mode 100644
index fd3454b1ad..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/PrinterClassDevice.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,314 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_PRINTER_DRIVER
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_PRINTER_DEVICE_C
-#include "PrinterClassDevice.h"
-
-void PRNT_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	if (!(Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived()))
-	  return;
-
-	if (USB_ControlRequest.wIndex != PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.InterfaceNumber)
-	  return;
-
-	switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
-	{
-		case PRNT_REQ_GetDeviceID:
-			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
-			{
-				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
-
-				while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
-				{
-					if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
-					  return;
-				}
-
-				uint16_t IEEEStringLen = strlen(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.IEEE1284String);
-				Endpoint_Write_16_BE(IEEEStringLen);
-				Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.IEEE1284String, IEEEStringLen);
-				Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
-			}
-
-			break;
-		case PRNT_REQ_GetPortStatus:
-			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
-			{
-				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
-
-				while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
-				{
-					if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
-					  return;
-				}
-
-				Endpoint_Write_8(PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.PortStatus);
-				Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
-			}
-
-			break;
-		case PRNT_REQ_SoftReset:
-			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
-			{
-				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
-				Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
-
-				PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.IsPrinterReset = true;
-
-				EVENT_PRNT_Device_SoftReset(PRNTInterfaceInfo);
-			}
-
-			break;
-	}
-}
-
-bool PRNT_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	memset(&PRNTInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(PRNTInterfaceInfo->State));
-	PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.PortStatus = PRNT_PORTSTATUS_NOTERROR | PRNT_PORTSTATUS_SELECT;
-
-	PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Type  = EP_TYPE_BULK;
-	PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
-
-	if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint, 1)))
-	  return false;
-
-	if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint, 1)))
-	  return false;
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-void PRNT_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
-	  return;
-
-	#if !defined(NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH)
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
-
-	if (Endpoint_IsINReady())
-	  PRNT_Device_Flush(PRNTInterfaceInfo);
-	#endif
-
-	if (PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.IsPrinterReset)
-	{
-		Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
-		Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
-
-		Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
-		Endpoint_ClearStall();
-		Endpoint_ResetDataToggle();
-		Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
-		Endpoint_ClearStall();
-		Endpoint_ResetDataToggle();
-
-		PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.IsPrinterReset = false;
-	}
-}
-
-uint8_t PRNT_Device_SendString(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
-                               const char* const String)
-{
-	if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
-	  return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
-
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
-	return Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(String, strlen(String), NULL);
-}
-
-uint8_t PRNT_Device_SendData(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
-                             const void* const Buffer,
-                             const uint16_t Length)
-{
-	if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
-	  return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
-
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
-	return Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(Buffer, Length, NULL);
-}
-
-uint8_t PRNT_Device_SendByte(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
-                             const uint8_t Data)
-{
-	if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
-	  return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
-
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
-
-	if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
-	{
-		Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
-		uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
-		if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) != ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError)
-		  return ErrorCode;
-	}
-
-	Endpoint_Write_8(Data);
-	return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
-}
-
-uint8_t PRNT_Device_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
-	  return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
-
-	uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
-
-	if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
-	  return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
-
-	bool BankFull = !(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed());
-
-	Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
-	if (BankFull)
-	{
-		if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) != ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError)
-		  return ErrorCode;
-
-		Endpoint_ClearIN();
-	}
-
-	return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
-}
-
-uint16_t PRNT_Device_BytesReceived(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
-	  return 0;
-
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
-
-	if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
-	{
-		if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
-		{
-			Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-			return 0;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			return Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint();
-		}
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		return 0;
-	}
-}
-
-int16_t PRNT_Device_ReceiveByte(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
-	  return -1;
-
-	int16_t ReceivedByte = -1;
-
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
-
-	if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
-	{
-		if (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint())
-		  ReceivedByte = Endpoint_Read_8();
-
-		if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
-		  Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-	}
-
-	return ReceivedByte;
-}
-
-#if defined(FDEV_SETUP_STREAM)
-void PRNT_Device_CreateStream(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
-                              FILE* const Stream)
-{
-	*Stream = (FILE)FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(PRNT_Device_putchar, PRNT_Device_getchar, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
-	fdev_set_udata(Stream, PRNTInterfaceInfo);
-}
-
-void PRNT_Device_CreateBlockingStream(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
-                                      FILE* const Stream)
-{
-	*Stream = (FILE)FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(PRNT_Device_putchar, PRNT_Device_getchar_Blocking, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
-	fdev_set_udata(Stream, PRNTInterfaceInfo);
-}
-
-static int PRNT_Device_putchar(char c,
-                               FILE* Stream)
-{
-	return PRNT_Device_SendByte((USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream), c) ? _FDEV_ERR : 0;
-}
-
-static int PRNT_Device_getchar(FILE* Stream)
-{
-	int16_t ReceivedByte = PRNT_Device_ReceiveByte((USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream));
-
-	if (ReceivedByte < 0)
-	  return _FDEV_EOF;
-
-	return ReceivedByte;
-}
-
-static int PRNT_Device_getchar_Blocking(FILE* Stream)
-{
-	int16_t ReceivedByte;
-
-	while ((ReceivedByte = PRNT_Device_ReceiveByte((USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream))) < 0)
-	{
-		if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
-		  return _FDEV_EOF;
-
-		PRNT_Device_USBTask((USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream));
-		USB_USBTask();
-	}
-
-	return ReceivedByte;
-}
-#endif
-
-void PRNT_Device_Event_Stub(void)
-{
-
-}
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/PrinterClassDevice.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/PrinterClassDevice.h
deleted file mode 100644
index d9d9644cbe..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/PrinterClassDevice.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,293 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Device mode driver for the library USB Printer Class driver.
- *
- *  Device mode driver for the library USB Printer Class driver.
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassPrinter
- *  \defgroup Group_USBClassPrinterDevice Printer Class Device Mode Driver
- *
- *  \section Sec_USBClassPrinterDevice_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/PrinterClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- *
- *  \section Sec_USBClassPrinterDevice_ModDescription Module Description
- *  Device Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the Printer USB Class driver.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef _PRINTER_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
-#define _PRINTER_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../USB.h"
-		#include "../Common/PrinterClassCommon.h"
-
-		#include <stdio.h>
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_PRINTER_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Type Defines: */
-			/** \brief Printer Class Device Mode Configuration and State Structure.
-			 *
-			 *  Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made for each Printer interface
-			 *  within the user application, and passed to each of the Printer class driver functions as the
-			 *  PRNTInterfaceInfo parameter. This stores each Printer interface's configuration and state information.
-			 */
-			typedef struct
-			{
-				struct
-				{
-					uint8_t InterfaceNumber; /**< Interface number of the Printer interface within the device. */
-
-					USB_Endpoint_Table_t DataINEndpoint; /**< Data IN endpoint configuration table. */
-					USB_Endpoint_Table_t DataOUTEndpoint; /**< Data OUT endpoint configuration table. */
-
-					char* IEEE1284String; /**< IEEE 1284 identification string, sent to the host during enumeration
-					                       *   to identify the printer model, manufacturer and other characteristics.
-					                       */
-				} Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
-				           *   <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
-				           */
-				struct
-				{
-					uint8_t PortStatus; /**< Current status of the Printer virtual port, a collection of \c PRNT_PORTSTATUS_*
-					                     *   bitmask values.
-					                     */
-
-					volatile bool IsPrinterReset; /**< Flag indicating that the host has requested that the Printer interface be reset
-											       *   and that all current Mass Storage operations should immediately abort.
-											       */
-				} State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
-				          *   are reset to their defaults when the interface is enumerated.
-				          */
-			} USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t;
-
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			/** Configures the endpoints of a given Printer interface, ready for use. This should be linked to the library
-			 *  \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged() event so that the endpoints are configured when the configuration containing
-			 *  the given Printer interface is selected.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class configuration and state.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the endpoints were successfully configured, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			bool PRNT_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Processes incoming control requests from the host, that are directed to the given Printer class interface. This should be
-			 *  linked to the library \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class configuration and state.
-			 */
-			void PRNT_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** General management task for a given Printer class interface, required for the correct operation of the interface. This should
-			 *  be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task \ref USB_USBTask().
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class configuration and state.
-			 */
-			void PRNT_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Printer class driver event for a soft reset request on a Printer interface. This event fires each time the host
-			 *  requests a reset of the printer interface's internal state, and may be hooked in the user program by declaring a
-			 *  handler function with the same name and parameters listed here.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class configuration and state.
-			 */
-			void EVENT_PRNT_Device_SoftReset(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Sends a given data buffer to the attached USB host, if connected. If a host is not connected when the function is
-			 *  called, the string is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the host until either the endpoint bank
-			 *  becomes full, or the \ref PRNT_Device_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to the host. This allows
-			 *  for multiple bytes to be packed into a single endpoint packet, increasing data throughput.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
-			 *       the call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in]     Buffer            Pointer to a buffer containing the data to send to the device.
-			 *  \param[in]     Length            Length of the data to send to the host.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t PRNT_Device_SendData(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
-			                             const void* const Buffer,
-			                             const uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
-			/** Sends a given null terminated string to the attached USB host, if connected. If a host is not connected when
-			 *  the function is called, the string is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the host until either
-			 *  the endpoint bank becomes full, or the \ref PRNT_Device_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to
-			 *  the host. This allows for multiple bytes to be packed into a single endpoint packet, increasing data throughput.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
-			 *       the call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in]     String            Pointer to the null terminated string to send to the host.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t PRNT_Device_SendString(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
-			                               const char* const String) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
-			/** Sends a given byte to the attached USB host, if connected. If a host is not connected when the function is called, the
-			 *  byte is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the host until either the endpoint bank becomes full, or the
-			 *  \ref PRNT_Device_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to the host. This allows for multiple bytes to be
-			 *  packed into a single endpoint packet, increasing data throughput.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
-			 *       the call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in]     Data              Byte of data to send to the host.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t PRNT_Device_SendByte(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
-			                             const uint8_t Data) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Determines the number of bytes received by the Printer interface from the host, waiting to be read. This indicates the number
-			 *  of bytes in the OUT endpoint bank only, and thus the number of calls to \ref PRNT_Device_ReceiveByte() which are guaranteed to
-			 *  succeed immediately. If multiple bytes are to be received, they should be buffered by the user application, as the endpoint
-			 *  bank will not be released back to the USB controller until all bytes are read.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
-			 *       the call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class configuration and state.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Total number of buffered bytes received from the host.
-			 */
-			uint16_t PRNT_Device_BytesReceived(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Reads a byte of data from the host. If no data is waiting to be read of if a USB host is not connected, the function
-			 *  returns a negative value. The \ref PRNT_Device_BytesReceived() function may be queried in advance to determine how many
-			 *  bytes are currently buffered in the Printer interface's data receive endpoint bank, and thus how many repeated calls to this
-			 *  function which are guaranteed to succeed.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
-			 *       the call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class configuration and state.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Next received byte from the host, or a negative value if no data received.
-			 */
-			int16_t PRNT_Device_ReceiveByte(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Flushes any data waiting to be sent, ensuring that the send buffer is cleared.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
-			 *       the call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class configuration and state.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t PRNT_Device_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			#if defined(FDEV_SETUP_STREAM) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			/** Creates a standard character stream for the given Printer Device instance so that it can be used with all the regular
-			 *  functions in the standard <stdio.h> library that accept a \c FILE stream as a destination (e.g. \c fprintf()). The created
-			 *  stream is bidirectional and can be used for both input and output functions.
-			 *
-			 *  Reading data from this stream is non-blocking, i.e. in most instances, complete strings cannot be read in by a single
-			 *  fetch, as the endpoint will not be ready at some point in the transmission, aborting the transfer. However, this may
-			 *  be used when the read data is processed byte-per-bye (via \c getc()) or when the user application will implement its own
-			 *  line buffering.
-			 *
-			 *  \note The created stream can be given as \c stdout if desired to direct the standard output from all \c <stdio.h> functions
-			 *        to the given Printer interface.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \note This function is not available on all microcontroller architectures.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in,out] Stream            Pointer to a FILE structure where the created stream should be placed.
-			 */
-			void PRNT_Device_CreateStream(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
-			                              FILE* const Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
-			/** Identical to \ref PRNT_Device_CreateStream(), except that reads are blocking until the calling stream function terminates
-			 *  the transfer. While blocking, the USB and Printer service tasks are called repeatedly to maintain USB communications.
-			 *
-			 *  \note This function is not available on all microcontroller architectures.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in,out] Stream            Pointer to a FILE structure where the created stream should be placed.
-			 */
-			void PRNT_Device_CreateBlockingStream(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
-			                                      FILE* const Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-			#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			#if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_PRINTER_DEVICE_C)
-				#if defined(FDEV_SETUP_STREAM)
-				static int PRNT_Device_putchar(char c,
-				                               FILE* Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-				static int PRNT_Device_getchar(FILE* Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-				static int PRNT_Device_getchar_Blocking(FILE* Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-				#endif
-
-				void PRNT_Device_Event_Stub(void) ATTR_CONST;
-
-				void EVENT_PRNT_Device_SoftReset(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo)
-				                                 ATTR_WEAK ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALIAS(PRNT_Device_Event_Stub);
-
-			#endif
-
-	#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 6ee73c5bb9..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,508 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_DRIVER
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_DEVICE_C
-#include "RNDISClassDevice.h"
-
-static const uint32_t PROGMEM AdapterSupportedOIDList[]  =
-	{
-		CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_SUPPORTED_LIST),
-		CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_PHYSICAL_MEDIUM),
-		CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_HARDWARE_STATUS),
-		CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_MEDIA_SUPPORTED),
-		CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_MEDIA_IN_USE),
-		CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_FRAME_SIZE),
-		CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_TOTAL_SIZE),
-		CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_LINK_SPEED),
-		CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_TRANSMIT_BLOCK_SIZE),
-		CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_RECEIVE_BLOCK_SIZE),
-		CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_VENDOR_ID),
-		CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_VENDOR_DESCRIPTION),
-		CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_CURRENT_PACKET_FILTER),
-		CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_TOTAL_SIZE),
-		CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_MEDIA_CONNECT_STATUS),
-		CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_XMIT_OK),
-		CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_RCV_OK),
-		CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_XMIT_ERROR),
-		CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_RCV_ERROR),
-		CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_RCV_NO_BUFFER),
-		CPU_TO_LE32(OID_802_3_PERMANENT_ADDRESS),
-		CPU_TO_LE32(OID_802_3_CURRENT_ADDRESS),
-		CPU_TO_LE32(OID_802_3_MULTICAST_LIST),
-		CPU_TO_LE32(OID_802_3_MAXIMUM_LIST_SIZE),
-		CPU_TO_LE32(OID_802_3_RCV_ERROR_ALIGNMENT),
-		CPU_TO_LE32(OID_802_3_XMIT_ONE_COLLISION),
-		CPU_TO_LE32(OID_802_3_XMIT_MORE_COLLISIONS),
-	};
-
-void RNDIS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	if (!(Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived()))
-	  return;
-
-	if (USB_ControlRequest.wIndex != RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.ControlInterfaceNumber)
-	  return;
-
-	switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
-	{
-		case RNDIS_REQ_SendEncapsulatedCommand:
-			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
-			{
-				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
-				Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer, USB_ControlRequest.wLength);
-				Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
-				RNDIS_Device_ProcessRNDISControlMessage(RNDISInterfaceInfo);
-			}
-
-			break;
-		case RNDIS_REQ_GetEncapsulatedResponse:
-			if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
-			{
-				RNDIS_Message_Header_t* MessageHeader = (RNDIS_Message_Header_t*)RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer;
-
-				if (!(MessageHeader->MessageLength))
-				{
-					RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer[0] = 0;
-					MessageHeader->MessageLength                = CPU_TO_LE32(1);
-				}
-
-				Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
-				Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer, le32_to_cpu(MessageHeader->MessageLength));
-				Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-
-				MessageHeader->MessageLength = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
-			}
-
-			break;
-	}
-}
-
-bool RNDIS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	memset(&RNDISInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(RNDISInterfaceInfo->State));
-
-	RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Type       = EP_TYPE_BULK;
-	RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Type      = EP_TYPE_BULK;
-	RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationEndpoint.Type = EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT;
-
-	if (RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer == NULL)
-	  return false;
-
-	if (RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBufferLength < RNDIS_DEVICE_MIN_MESSAGE_BUFFER_LENGTH)
-	  return false;
-
-	if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint, 1)))
-	  return false;
-
-	if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint, 1)))
-	  return false;
-
-	if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationEndpoint, 1)))
-	  return false;
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-void RNDIS_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
-	  return;
-
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationEndpoint.Address);
-
-	if (Endpoint_IsINReady() && RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.ResponseReady)
-	{
-		USB_Request_Header_t Notification = (USB_Request_Header_t)
-			{
-				.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
-				.bRequest      = RNDIS_NOTIF_ResponseAvailable,
-				.wValue        = CPU_TO_LE16(0),
-				.wIndex        = CPU_TO_LE16(0),
-				.wLength       = CPU_TO_LE16(0),
-			};
-
-		Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&Notification, sizeof(USB_Request_Header_t), NULL);
-
-		Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
-		RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.ResponseReady = false;
-	}
-}
-
-void RNDIS_Device_ProcessRNDISControlMessage(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	/* Note: Only a single buffer is used for both the received message and its response to save SRAM. Because of
-	         this, response bytes should be filled in order so that they do not clobber unread data in the buffer. */
-
-	RNDIS_Message_Header_t* MessageHeader = (RNDIS_Message_Header_t*)RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer;
-
-	switch (le32_to_cpu(MessageHeader->MessageType))
-	{
-		case REMOTE_NDIS_INITIALIZE_MSG:
-			RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.ResponseReady     = true;
-
-			RNDIS_Initialize_Message_t*  INITIALIZE_Message  =
-			               (RNDIS_Initialize_Message_t*)RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer;
-			RNDIS_Initialize_Complete_t* INITIALIZE_Response =
-			               (RNDIS_Initialize_Complete_t*)RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer;
-
-			INITIALIZE_Response->MessageType            = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_INITIALIZE_CMPLT);
-			INITIALIZE_Response->MessageLength          = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Initialize_Complete_t));
-			INITIALIZE_Response->RequestId              = INITIALIZE_Message->RequestId;
-			INITIALIZE_Response->Status                 = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS);
-
-			INITIALIZE_Response->MajorVersion           = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_VERSION_MAJOR);
-			INITIALIZE_Response->MinorVersion           = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_VERSION_MINOR);
-			INITIALIZE_Response->DeviceFlags            = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_DF_CONNECTIONLESS);
-			INITIALIZE_Response->Medium                 = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_MEDIUM_802_3);
-			INITIALIZE_Response->MaxPacketsPerTransfer  = CPU_TO_LE32(1);
-			INITIALIZE_Response->MaxTransferSize        = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t) + ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX);
-			INITIALIZE_Response->PacketAlignmentFactor  = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
-			INITIALIZE_Response->AFListOffset           = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
-			INITIALIZE_Response->AFListSize             = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
-
-			RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.CurrRNDISState    = RNDIS_Initialized;
-			break;
-		case REMOTE_NDIS_HALT_MSG:
-			RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.ResponseReady     = false;
-
-			MessageHeader->MessageLength                = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
-
-			RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.CurrRNDISState    = RNDIS_Uninitialized;
-			break;
-		case REMOTE_NDIS_QUERY_MSG:
-			RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.ResponseReady     = true;
-
-			RNDIS_Query_Message_t*  QUERY_Message       = (RNDIS_Query_Message_t*)RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer;
-			RNDIS_Query_Complete_t* QUERY_Response      = (RNDIS_Query_Complete_t*)RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer;
-			uint32_t                Query_Oid           = CPU_TO_LE32(QUERY_Message->Oid);
-
-			void*    QueryData    = &RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer[sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t) +
-			                                                                  le32_to_cpu(QUERY_Message->InformationBufferOffset)];
-			void*    ResponseData = &RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer[sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Complete_t)];
-			uint16_t ResponseSize;
-
-			QUERY_Response->MessageType                 = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_QUERY_CMPLT);
-
-			if (RNDIS_Device_ProcessNDISQuery(RNDISInterfaceInfo, Query_Oid, QueryData, le32_to_cpu(QUERY_Message->InformationBufferLength),
-			                                  ResponseData, &ResponseSize))
-			{
-				QUERY_Response->Status                  = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS);
-				QUERY_Response->MessageLength           = cpu_to_le32(sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Complete_t) + ResponseSize);
-
-				QUERY_Response->InformationBufferLength = CPU_TO_LE32(ResponseSize);
-				QUERY_Response->InformationBufferOffset = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Complete_t) - sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t));
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				QUERY_Response->Status                  = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_NOT_SUPPORTED);
-				QUERY_Response->MessageLength           = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Complete_t));
-
-				QUERY_Response->InformationBufferLength = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
-				QUERY_Response->InformationBufferOffset = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
-			}
-
-			break;
-		case REMOTE_NDIS_SET_MSG:
-			RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.ResponseReady     = true;
-
-			RNDIS_Set_Message_t*  SET_Message           = (RNDIS_Set_Message_t*)RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer;
-			RNDIS_Set_Complete_t* SET_Response          = (RNDIS_Set_Complete_t*)RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer;
-			uint32_t              SET_Oid               = le32_to_cpu(SET_Message->Oid);
-
-			SET_Response->MessageType                   = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_SET_CMPLT);
-			SET_Response->MessageLength                 = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Set_Complete_t));
-			SET_Response->RequestId                     = SET_Message->RequestId;
-
-			void* SetData = &RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer[sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t) +
-			                                                              le32_to_cpu(SET_Message->InformationBufferOffset)];
-
-			SET_Response->Status = RNDIS_Device_ProcessNDISSet(RNDISInterfaceInfo, SET_Oid, SetData,
-			                                                   le32_to_cpu(SET_Message->InformationBufferLength)) ?
-			                                                   REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS : REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_NOT_SUPPORTED;
-			break;
-		case REMOTE_NDIS_RESET_MSG:
-			RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.ResponseReady     = true;
-
-			RNDIS_Reset_Complete_t* RESET_Response      = (RNDIS_Reset_Complete_t*)RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer;
-
-			RESET_Response->MessageType                 = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_RESET_CMPLT);
-			RESET_Response->MessageLength               = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Reset_Complete_t));
-			RESET_Response->Status                      = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS);
-			RESET_Response->AddressingReset             = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
-
-			break;
-		case REMOTE_NDIS_KEEPALIVE_MSG:
-			RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.ResponseReady     = true;
-
-			RNDIS_KeepAlive_Message_t*  KEEPALIVE_Message  =
-			                (RNDIS_KeepAlive_Message_t*)RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer;
-			RNDIS_KeepAlive_Complete_t* KEEPALIVE_Response =
-			                (RNDIS_KeepAlive_Complete_t*)RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer;
-
-			KEEPALIVE_Response->MessageType             = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_KEEPALIVE_CMPLT);
-			KEEPALIVE_Response->MessageLength           = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_KeepAlive_Complete_t));
-			KEEPALIVE_Response->RequestId               = KEEPALIVE_Message->RequestId;
-			KEEPALIVE_Response->Status                  = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS);
-
-			break;
-	}
-}
-
-static bool RNDIS_Device_ProcessNDISQuery(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
-                                          const uint32_t OId,
-                                          void* const QueryData,
-                                          const uint16_t QuerySize,
-                                          void* ResponseData,
-                                          uint16_t* const ResponseSize)
-{
-	(void)QueryData;
-	(void)QuerySize;
-
-	switch (OId)
-	{
-		case OID_GEN_SUPPORTED_LIST:
-			*ResponseSize = sizeof(AdapterSupportedOIDList);
-
-			memcpy_P(ResponseData, AdapterSupportedOIDList, sizeof(AdapterSupportedOIDList));
-
-			return true;
-		case OID_GEN_PHYSICAL_MEDIUM:
-			*ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
-
-			/* Indicate that the device is a true ethernet link */
-			*((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
-
-			return true;
-		case OID_GEN_HARDWARE_STATUS:
-			*ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
-
-			*((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = CPU_TO_LE32(NDIS_HardwareStatus_Ready);
-
-			return true;
-		case OID_GEN_MEDIA_SUPPORTED:
-		case OID_GEN_MEDIA_IN_USE:
-			*ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
-
-			*((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_MEDIUM_802_3);
-
-			return true;
-		case OID_GEN_VENDOR_ID:
-			*ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
-
-			/* Vendor ID 0x0xFFFFFF is reserved for vendors who have not purchased a NDIS VID */
-			*((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = CPU_TO_LE32(0x00FFFFFF);
-
-			return true;
-		case OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_FRAME_SIZE:
-		case OID_GEN_TRANSMIT_BLOCK_SIZE:
-		case OID_GEN_RECEIVE_BLOCK_SIZE:
-			*ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
-
-			*((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = CPU_TO_LE32(ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX);
-
-			return true;
-		case OID_GEN_VENDOR_DESCRIPTION:
-			*ResponseSize = (strlen(RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.AdapterVendorDescription) + 1);
-
-			memcpy(ResponseData, RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.AdapterVendorDescription, *ResponseSize);
-
-			return true;
-		case OID_GEN_MEDIA_CONNECT_STATUS:
-			*ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
-
-			*((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_MEDIA_STATE_CONNECTED);
-
-			return true;
-		case OID_GEN_LINK_SPEED:
-			*ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
-
-			/* Indicate 10Mb/s link speed */
-			*((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = CPU_TO_LE32(100000);
-
-			return true;
-		case OID_802_3_PERMANENT_ADDRESS:
-		case OID_802_3_CURRENT_ADDRESS:
-			*ResponseSize = sizeof(MAC_Address_t);
-
-			memcpy(ResponseData, &RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.AdapterMACAddress, sizeof(MAC_Address_t));
-
-			return true;
-		case OID_802_3_MAXIMUM_LIST_SIZE:
-			*ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
-
-			/* Indicate only one multicast address supported */
-			*((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = CPU_TO_LE32(1);
-
-			return true;
-		case OID_GEN_CURRENT_PACKET_FILTER:
-			*ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
-
-			*((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = cpu_to_le32(RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.CurrPacketFilter);
-
-			return true;
-		case OID_GEN_XMIT_OK:
-		case OID_GEN_RCV_OK:
-		case OID_GEN_XMIT_ERROR:
-		case OID_GEN_RCV_ERROR:
-		case OID_GEN_RCV_NO_BUFFER:
-		case OID_802_3_RCV_ERROR_ALIGNMENT:
-		case OID_802_3_XMIT_ONE_COLLISION:
-		case OID_802_3_XMIT_MORE_COLLISIONS:
-			*ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
-
-			/* Unused statistic OIDs - always return 0 for each */
-			*((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
-
-			return true;
-		case OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_TOTAL_SIZE:
-			*ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
-
-			/* Indicate maximum overall buffer (Ethernet frame and RNDIS header) the adapter can handle */
-			*((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = CPU_TO_LE32(RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBufferLength + ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX);
-
-			return true;
-		default:
-			return false;
-	}
-}
-
-static bool RNDIS_Device_ProcessNDISSet(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
-                                        const uint32_t OId,
-                                        const void* SetData,
-                                        const uint16_t SetSize)
-{
-	(void)SetSize;
-
-	switch (OId)
-	{
-		case OID_GEN_CURRENT_PACKET_FILTER:
-			RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.CurrPacketFilter = le32_to_cpu(*((uint32_t*)SetData));
-			RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.CurrRNDISState   = (RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.CurrPacketFilter) ? RNDIS_Data_Initialized : RNDIS_Initialized;
-
-			return true;
-		case OID_802_3_MULTICAST_LIST:
-			/* Do nothing - throw away the value from the host as it is unused */
-
-			return true;
-		default:
-			return false;
-	}
-}
-
-bool RNDIS_Device_IsPacketReceived(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) ||
-	    (RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.CurrRNDISState != RNDIS_Data_Initialized))
-	{
-		return false;
-	}
-
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
-	return Endpoint_IsOUTReceived();
-}
-
-uint8_t RNDIS_Device_ReadPacket(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
-                                void* Buffer,
-                                uint16_t* const PacketLength)
-{
-	if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) ||
-	    (RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.CurrRNDISState != RNDIS_Data_Initialized))
-	{
-		return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
-	}
-
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
-
-	*PacketLength = 0;
-
-	if (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
-		return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-
-	RNDIS_Packet_Message_t RNDISPacketHeader;
-	Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&RNDISPacketHeader, sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t), NULL);
-
-	if (le32_to_cpu(RNDISPacketHeader.DataLength) > ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX)
-	{
-		Endpoint_StallTransaction();
-
-		return RNDIS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED;
-	}
-
-	*PacketLength = (uint16_t)le32_to_cpu(RNDISPacketHeader.DataLength);
-
-	Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(Buffer, *PacketLength, NULL);
-	Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-
-	return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-uint8_t RNDIS_Device_SendPacket(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
-                                void* Buffer,
-                                const uint16_t PacketLength)
-{
-	uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
-	if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) ||
-	    (RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.CurrRNDISState != RNDIS_Data_Initialized))
-	{
-		return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
-	}
-
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
-
-	if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) != ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError)
-	  return ErrorCode;
-
-	RNDIS_Packet_Message_t RNDISPacketHeader;
-
-	memset(&RNDISPacketHeader, 0, sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t));
-
-	RNDISPacketHeader.MessageType   = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_MSG);
-	RNDISPacketHeader.MessageLength = cpu_to_le32(sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t) + PacketLength);
-	RNDISPacketHeader.DataOffset    = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t) - sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t));
-	RNDISPacketHeader.DataLength    = cpu_to_le32(PacketLength);
-
-	Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&RNDISPacketHeader, sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t), NULL);
-	Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(Buffer, PacketLength, NULL);
-	Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
-	return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 2821d7deba..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,207 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Device mode driver for the library USB RNDIS Class driver.
- *
- *  Device mode driver for the library USB RNDIS Class driver.
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassRNDIS
- *  \defgroup Group_USBClassRNDISDevice RNDIS Class Device Mode Driver
- *
- *  \section Sec_USBClassRNDISDevice_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- *
- *  \section Sec_USBClassRNDISDevice_ModDescription Module Description
- *  Device Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the RNDIS USB Class driver.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef _RNDIS_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
-#define _RNDIS_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../USB.h"
-		#include "../Common/RNDISClassCommon.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Type Defines: */
-			/** \brief RNDIS Class Device Mode Configuration and State Structure.
-			 *
-			 *  Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made for each RNDIS interface
-			 *  within the user application, and passed to each of the RNDIS class driver functions as the
-			 *  \c RNDISInterfaceInfo parameter. This stores each RNDIS interface's configuration and state information.
-			 */
-			typedef struct
-			{
-				struct
-				{
-					uint8_t  ControlInterfaceNumber; /**< Interface number of the RNDIS control interface within the device. */
-
-					USB_Endpoint_Table_t DataINEndpoint; /**< Data IN endpoint configuration table. */
-					USB_Endpoint_Table_t DataOUTEndpoint; /**< Data OUT endpoint configuration table. */
-					USB_Endpoint_Table_t NotificationEndpoint; /**< Notification IN Endpoint configuration table. */
-
-					char*         AdapterVendorDescription; /**< String description of the adapter vendor. */
-					MAC_Address_t AdapterMACAddress; /**< MAC address of the adapter. */
-
-					uint8_t*      MessageBuffer; /**< Buffer where RNDIS messages can be stored by the internal driver. This
-					                              *   should be at least 132 bytes in length for minimal functionality. */
-					uint16_t      MessageBufferLength; /**< Length in bytes of the \ref MessageBuffer RNDIS buffer. */
-				} Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
-				           *   <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
-				           */
-				struct
-				{
-					bool     ResponseReady; /**< Internal flag indicating if a RNDIS message is waiting to be returned to the host. */
-					uint8_t  CurrRNDISState; /**< Current RNDIS state of the adapter, a value from the \ref RNDIS_States_t enum. */
-					uint32_t CurrPacketFilter; /**< Current packet filter mode, used internally by the class driver. */
-				} State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
-				          *   are reset to their defaults when the interface is enumerated.
-				          */
-			} USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t;
-
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			/** Configures the endpoints of a given RNDIS interface, ready for use. This should be linked to the library
-			 *  \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged() event so that the endpoints are configured when the configuration
-			 *  containing the given RNDIS interface is selected.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a RNDIS Class configuration and state.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the endpoints were successfully configured, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			bool RNDIS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Processes incoming control requests from the host, that are directed to the given RNDIS class interface. This should be
-			 *  linked to the library \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a RNDIS Class configuration and state.
-			 */
-			void RNDIS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** General management task for a given RNDIS class interface, required for the correct operation of the interface. This should
-			 *  be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task \ref USB_USBTask().
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a RNDIS Class configuration and state.
-			 */
-			void RNDIS_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Determines if a packet is currently waiting for the device to read in and process.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or the
-			 *       call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class configuration and state.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if a packet is waiting to be read in by the host, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			bool RNDIS_Device_IsPacketReceived(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Retrieves the next pending packet from the device, discarding the remainder of the RNDIS packet header to leave
-			 *  only the packet contents for processing by the device in the nominated buffer.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or the
-			 *       call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[out]    Buffer              Pointer to a buffer where the packer data is to be written to.
-			 *  \param[out]    PacketLength        Pointer to where the length in bytes of the read packet is to be stored.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t RNDIS_Device_ReadPacket(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
-											void* Buffer,
-											uint16_t* const PacketLength) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Sends the given packet to the attached RNDIS device, after adding a RNDIS packet message header.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or the
-			 *       call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in]     Buffer              Pointer to a buffer where the packer data is to be read from.
-			 *  \param[in]     PacketLength        Length in bytes of the packet to send.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t RNDIS_Device_SendPacket(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
-											void* Buffer,
-											const uint16_t PacketLength) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Macros: */
-			#define RNDIS_DEVICE_MIN_MESSAGE_BUFFER_LENGTH  sizeof(AdapterSupportedOIDList) + sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Complete_t)
-
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-		#if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_DEVICE_C)
-			static void RNDIS_Device_ProcessRNDISControlMessage(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo)
-			                                                    ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-			static bool RNDIS_Device_ProcessNDISQuery(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
-			                                          const uint32_t OId,
-                                                      void* const QueryData,
-                                                      const uint16_t QuerySize,
-										              void* ResponseData,
-                                                      uint16_t* const ResponseSize) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
-			                                          ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(5) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(6);
-			static bool RNDIS_Device_ProcessNDISSet(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
-                                                    const uint32_t OId,
-			                                        const void* SetData,
-                                                    const uint16_t SetSize) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
-			                                        ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-		#endif
-
-	#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HIDClass.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HIDClass.h
deleted file mode 100644
index d2eea75321..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HIDClass.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Master include file for the library USB HID Class driver.
- *
- *  Master include file for the library USB HID Class driver, for both host and device modes, where available.
- *
- *  This file should be included in all user projects making use of this optional class driver, instead of
- *  including any headers in the USB/ClassDriver/Device, USB/ClassDriver/Host or USB/ClassDriver/Common subdirectories.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassDrivers
- *  \defgroup Group_USBClassHID HID Class Driver
- *  \brief USB class driver for the USB-IF Human Interface Device (HID) class standard.
- *
- *  \section Sec_USBClassHID_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDParser.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
- *
- *  \section Sec_USBClassHID_ModDescription Module Description
- *  HID Class Driver module. This module contains an internal implementation of the USB HID Class, for both Device
- *  and Host USB modes. User applications can use this class driver instead of implementing the HID class manually
- *  via the low-level LUFA APIs.
- *
- *  This module is designed to simplify the user code by exposing only the required interface needed to interface with
- *  Hosts or Devices using the USB HID Class.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef _HID_CLASS_H_
-#define _HID_CLASS_H_
-
-	/* Macros: */
-		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_HID_DRIVER
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../Core/USBMode.h"
-
-		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-			#include "Device/HIDClassDevice.h"
-		#endif
-
-		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-			#include "Host/HIDClassHost.h"
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.c
deleted file mode 100644
index ac8d5dc5c7..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,422 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_AOA_DRIVER
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_ANDROIDACCESSORY_HOST_C
-#include "AndroidAccessoryClassHost.h"
-
-bool AOA_Host_ValidateAccessoryDevice(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
-                                      const USB_Descriptor_Device_t* const DeviceDescriptor,
-                                      bool* const NeedModeSwitch)
-{
-	(void)AOAInterfaceInfo;
-
-	if (DeviceDescriptor->Header.Type != DTYPE_Device)
-	  return false;
-
-	*NeedModeSwitch = ((DeviceDescriptor->ProductID != ANDROID_ACCESSORY_PRODUCT_ID) &&
-	                   (DeviceDescriptor->ProductID != ANDROID_ACCESSORY_ADB_PRODUCT_ID));
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-uint8_t AOA_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
-                                uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
-                                void* ConfigDescriptorData)
-{
-	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  DataINEndpoint  = NULL;
-	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
-	USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* AOAInterface    = NULL;
-
-	memset(&AOAInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(AOAInterfaceInfo->State));
-
-	if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
-	  return AOA_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor;
-
-	if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
-	                              DCOMP_AOA_Host_NextAndroidAccessoryInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
-	{
-		return AOA_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
-	}
-
-	AOAInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
-
-	while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint))
-	{
-		if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
-		                              DCOMP_AOA_Host_NextInterfaceBulkEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
-		{
-			return AOA_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
-		}
-
-		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
-
-		if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
-		  DataINEndpoint  = EndpointData;
-		else
-		  DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
-	}
-
-	AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Size  = le16_to_cpu(DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize);
-	AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.EndpointAddress = DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
-	AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Type  = EP_TYPE_BULK;
-
-	AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize);
-	AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.EndpointAddress = DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
-	AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
-
-	if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe, 1)))
-	  return AOA_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
-
-	if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe, 1)))
-	  return AOA_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
-
-	AOAInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive        = true;
-	AOAInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber = AOAInterface->InterfaceNumber;
-
-	return AOA_ENUMERROR_NoError;
-}
-
-static uint8_t DCOMP_AOA_Host_NextAndroidAccessoryInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
-{
-	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
-
-	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
-	{
-		USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
-
-		if ((Interface->Class    == AOA_CSCP_AOADataClass)    &&
-		    (Interface->SubClass == AOA_CSCP_AOADataSubclass) &&
-		    (Interface->Protocol == AOA_CSCP_AOADataProtocol))
-		{
-			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
-		}
-	}
-
-	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
-
-static uint8_t DCOMP_AOA_Host_NextInterfaceBulkEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
-{
-	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
-
-	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
-	{
-		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
-
-		uint8_t EndpointType = (Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK);
-
-		if ((EndpointType == EP_TYPE_BULK) && (!(Pipe_IsEndpointBound(Endpoint->EndpointAddress))))
-		  return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
-	}
-	else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
-	{
-		return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
-	}
-
-	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
-
-void AOA_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(AOAInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
-	  return;
-
-	#if !defined(NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH)
-	AOA_Host_Flush(AOAInterfaceInfo);
-	#endif
-}
-
-uint8_t AOA_Host_StartAccessoryMode(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
-	uint16_t AccessoryProtocol;
-	if ((ErrorCode = AOA_Host_GetAccessoryProtocol(&AccessoryProtocol)) != HOST_WAITERROR_Successful)
-	  return ErrorCode;
-
-	if ((AccessoryProtocol != CPU_TO_LE16(AOA_PROTOCOL_AccessoryV1)) && (AccessoryProtocol != CPU_TO_LE16(AOA_PROTOCOL_AccessoryV2)))
-	  return AOA_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED;
-
-	for (uint8_t PropertyIndex = 0; PropertyIndex < AOA_STRING_TOTAL_STRINGS; PropertyIndex++)
-	{
-		if ((ErrorCode = AOA_Host_SendPropertyString(AOAInterfaceInfo, PropertyIndex)) != HOST_WAITERROR_Successful)
-		  return ErrorCode;
-	}
-
-	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
-	{
-		.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_VENDOR | REQREC_DEVICE),
-		.bRequest      = AOA_REQ_StartAccessoryMode,
-		.wValue        = 0,
-		.wIndex        = 0,
-		.wLength       = 0,
-	};
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-	return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL);
-}
-
-static uint8_t AOA_Host_GetAccessoryProtocol(uint16_t* const Protocol)
-{
-	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
-	{
-		.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_VENDOR | REQREC_DEVICE),
-		.bRequest      = AOA_REQ_GetAccessoryProtocol,
-		.wValue        = 0,
-		.wIndex        = 0,
-		.wLength       = sizeof(uint16_t),
-	};
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-	return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(Protocol);
-}
-
-static uint8_t AOA_Host_SendPropertyString(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
-                                           const uint8_t StringIndex)
-{
-	const char* String = AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.PropertyStrings[StringIndex];
-
-	if (String == NULL)
-	  String = "";
-
-	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
-	{
-		.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_VENDOR | REQREC_DEVICE),
-		.bRequest      = AOA_REQ_SendString,
-		.wValue        = 0,
-		.wIndex        = StringIndex,
-		.wLength       = (strlen(String) + 1),
-	};
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-	return USB_Host_SendControlRequest((char*)String);
-}
-
-uint8_t AOA_Host_SendData(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
-                          const void* const Buffer,
-                          const uint16_t Length)
-{
-	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(AOAInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
-	  return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
-
-	uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
-
-	Pipe_Unfreeze();
-	ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(Buffer, Length, NULL);
-	Pipe_Freeze();
-
-	return ErrorCode;
-}
-
-uint8_t AOA_Host_SendString(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
-                            const char* const String)
-{
-	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(AOAInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
-	  return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
-
-	uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
-
-	Pipe_Unfreeze();
-	ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(String, strlen(String), NULL);
-	Pipe_Freeze();
-
-	return ErrorCode;
-}
-
-uint8_t AOA_Host_SendByte(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
-                          const uint8_t Data)
-{
-	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(AOAInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
-	  return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
-
-	uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
-	Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
-	if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
-	{
-		Pipe_ClearOUT();
-
-		if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()) != PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError)
-		  return ErrorCode;
-	}
-
-	Pipe_Write_8(Data);
-	Pipe_Freeze();
-
-	return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
-}
-
-uint16_t AOA_Host_BytesReceived(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(AOAInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
-	  return 0;
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
-	Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
-	if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
-	{
-		if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
-		{
-			Pipe_ClearIN();
-			Pipe_Freeze();
-			return 0;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			Pipe_Freeze();
-			return Pipe_BytesInPipe();
-		}
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		Pipe_Freeze();
-
-		return 0;
-	}
-}
-
-int16_t AOA_Host_ReceiveByte(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(AOAInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
-	  return -1;
-
-	int16_t ReceivedByte = -1;
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
-	Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
-	if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
-	{
-		if (Pipe_BytesInPipe())
-		  ReceivedByte = Pipe_Read_8();
-
-		if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
-		  Pipe_ClearIN();
-	}
-
-	Pipe_Freeze();
-
-	return ReceivedByte;
-}
-
-uint8_t AOA_Host_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(AOAInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
-	  return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
-
-	uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
-	Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
-	if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
-	  return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
-
-	bool BankFull = !(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed());
-
-	Pipe_ClearOUT();
-
-	if (BankFull)
-	{
-		if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()) != PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError)
-		  return ErrorCode;
-
-		Pipe_ClearOUT();
-	}
-
-	Pipe_Freeze();
-
-	return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
-}
-
-#if defined(FDEV_SETUP_STREAM)
-void AOA_Host_CreateStream(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
-                           FILE* const Stream)
-{
-	*Stream = (FILE)FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(AOA_Host_putchar, AOA_Host_getchar, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
-	fdev_set_udata(Stream, AOAInterfaceInfo);
-}
-
-void AOA_Host_CreateBlockingStream(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
-                                   FILE* const Stream)
-{
-	*Stream = (FILE)FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(AOA_Host_putchar, AOA_Host_getchar_Blocking, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
-	fdev_set_udata(Stream, AOAInterfaceInfo);
-}
-
-static int AOA_Host_putchar(char c,
-                            FILE* Stream)
-{
-	return AOA_Host_SendByte((USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream), c) ? _FDEV_ERR : 0;
-}
-
-static int AOA_Host_getchar(FILE* Stream)
-{
-	int16_t ReceivedByte = AOA_Host_ReceiveByte((USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream));
-
-	if (ReceivedByte < 0)
-	  return _FDEV_EOF;
-
-	return ReceivedByte;
-}
-
-static int AOA_Host_getchar_Blocking(FILE* Stream)
-{
-	int16_t ReceivedByte;
-
-	while ((ReceivedByte = AOA_Host_ReceiveByte((USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream))) < 0)
-	{
-		if (USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached)
-		  return _FDEV_EOF;
-
-		AOA_Host_USBTask((USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream));
-		USB_USBTask();
-	}
-
-	return ReceivedByte;
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif
-
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0476f2e023..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,314 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Host mode driver for the library USB Android Open Accessory Class driver.
- *
- *  Host mode driver for the library USB Android Open Accessory Class driver.
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassAOA
- *  \defgroup Group_USBClassAndroidAccessoryHost Android Open Accessory Class Host Mode Driver
- *
- *  \section Sec_USBClassAndroidAccessoryHost_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- *
- *  \section Sec_USBClassAndroidAccessoryHost_ModDescription Module Description
- *  Host Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the Android Open Accessory USB Class driver.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __AOA_CLASS_HOST_H__
-#define __AOA_CLASS_HOST_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../USB.h"
-		#include "../Common/AndroidAccessoryClassCommon.h"
-
-		#include <stdio.h>
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_AOA_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Error code for some Android Open Accessory Host functions, indicating a logical (and not hardware) error. */
-			#define AOA_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED              0x80
-
-		/* Type Defines: */
-			/** \brief Android Open Accessory Class Host Mode Configuration and State Structure.
-			 *
-			 *  Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made within the user application,
-			 *  and passed to each of the Android Open Accessory class driver functions as the \c AOAInterfaceInfo
-			 *  parameter. This stores each Android Open Accessory interface's configuration and state information.
-			 */
-			typedef struct
-			{
-				struct
-				{
-					USB_Pipe_Table_t DataINPipe; /**< Data IN Pipe configuration table. */
-					USB_Pipe_Table_t DataOUTPipe; /**< Data OUT Pipe configuration table. */
-
-					char*    PropertyStrings[AOA_STRING_TOTAL_STRINGS]; /**< Android Accessory property strings, sent to identify the accessory when the
-					                                                     *   Android device is switched into Open Accessory mode. */
-				} Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
-				           *   <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
-				           */
-				struct
-				{
-					bool IsActive; /**< Indicates if the current interface instance is connected to an attached device, valid
-					                *   after \ref AOA_Host_ConfigurePipes() is called and the Host state machine is in the
-					                *   Configured state.
-					                */
-					uint8_t  InterfaceNumber; /**< Interface index of the AOA interface within the attached device. */
-				} State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
-						  *   <b>may</b> be set to initial values, but may also be ignored to default to sane values when
-						  *   the interface is enumerated.
-						  */
-			} USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t;
-
-		/* Enums: */
-			/** Enum for the possible error codes returned by the \ref AOA_Host_ConfigurePipes() function. */
-			enum AOA_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t
-			{
-				AOA_ENUMERROR_NoError                    = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully. */
-				AOA_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor    = 1, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor. */
-				AOA_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 2, /**< A compatible Android Open Accessory interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor. */
-				AOA_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed    = 3, /**< One or more pipes for the specified interface could not be configured correctly. */
-			};
-
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			/** General management task for a given Android Open Accessory host class interface, required for the correct operation of the interface.
-			 *  This should be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task \ref USB_USBTask().
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an Android Open Accessory Class host configuration and state.
-			 */
-			void AOA_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Validates a device descriptor, to check if the device is a valid Android device, and if it is currently in Android Open Accessory mode.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an AOA Class host configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in]     DeviceDescriptor  Pointer a buffer containing the attached device's Device Descriptor.
-			 *  \param[out]    NeedModeSwitch    Pointer to a boolean where the mode switch requirement of the attached device is to be stored.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the attached device is a valid Android device, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			bool AOA_Host_ValidateAccessoryDevice(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
-                                                  const USB_Descriptor_Device_t* const DeviceDescriptor,
-			                                      bool* const NeedModeSwitch) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-
-			/** Host interface configuration routine, to configure a given Android Open Accessory host interface instance using the Configuration
-			 *  Descriptor read from an attached USB device. This function automatically updates the given Android Open Accessory Host instance's
-			 *  state values and configures the pipes required to communicate with the interface if it is found within the device. This should be
-			 *  called once after the stack has enumerated the attached device, while the host state machine is in the Addressed state.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo      Pointer to a structure containing an AOA Class host configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in]     ConfigDescriptorSize  Length of the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
-			 *  \param[in]     ConfigDescriptorData  Pointer to a buffer containing the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref AOA_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t AOA_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
-			                                uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
-			                                void* ConfigDescriptorData) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-
-			/** Starts Accessory Mode in the attached Android device. This function will validate the device's Android Open Accessory protocol
-			 *  version, send the configured property strings, and request a switch to Android Open Accessory mode.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an AOA Class host configuration and state.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum, or \ref AOA_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if a logical error occurred..
-			 */
-			uint8_t AOA_Host_StartAccessoryMode(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Sends a given data buffer to the attached USB device, if connected. If a device is not connected when the function is
-			 *  called, the data will be discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the device until either the pipe bank
-			 *  becomes full, or the \ref AOA_Host_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to the device. This allows for
-			 *  multiple bytes to be packed into a single pipe packet, increasing data throughput.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
-			 *       call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a AOA Class host configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in]     Buffer            Pointer to a buffer containing the data to send to the device.
-			 *  \param[in]     Length            Length of the data to send to the device.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t AOA_Host_SendData(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
-			                          const void* const Buffer,
-			                          const uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Sends a given null-terminated string to the attached USB device, if connected. If a device is not connected when the
-			 *  function is called, the string is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the device until either the pipe
-			 *  bank becomes full, or the \ref AOA_Host_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to the device. This allows
-			 *  for multiple bytes to be packed into a single pipe packet, increasing data throughput.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
-			 *       call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a AOA Class host configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in]     String            Pointer to the null terminated string to send to the device.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t AOA_Host_SendString(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
-			                            const char* const String) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
-			/** Sends a given byte to the attached USB device, if connected. If a device is not connected when the function is called, the
-			 *  byte is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the device until either the pipe bank becomes full, or the
-			 *  \ref AOA_Host_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to the host. This allows for multiple bytes to be
-			 *  packed into a single pipe packet, increasing data throughput.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
-			 *       call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a AOA Class host configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in]     Data              Byte of data to send to the device.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t AOA_Host_SendByte(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
-			                          const uint8_t Data) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Determines the number of bytes received by the AOA interface from the device, waiting to be read. This indicates the number
-			 *  of bytes in the IN pipe bank only, and thus the number of calls to \ref AOA_Host_ReceiveByte() which are guaranteed to succeed
-			 *  immediately. If multiple bytes are to be received, they should be buffered by the user application, as the pipe bank will not be
-			 *  released back to the USB controller until all bytes are read.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
-			 *       call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a AOA Class host configuration and state.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Total number of buffered bytes received from the device.
-			 */
-			uint16_t AOA_Host_BytesReceived(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Reads a byte of data from the device. If no data is waiting to be read of if a USB device is not connected, the function
-			 *  returns a negative value. The \ref AOA_Host_BytesReceived() function may be queried in advance to determine how many bytes
-			 *  are currently buffered in the AOA interface's data receive pipe.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
-			 *       call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a AOA Class host configuration and state.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Next received byte from the device, or a negative value if no data received.
-			 */
-			int16_t AOA_Host_ReceiveByte(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Flushes any data waiting to be sent, ensuring that the send buffer is cleared.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
-			 *       call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a AOA Class host configuration and state.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t AOA_Host_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Creates a standard character stream for the given AOA Device instance so that it can be used with all the regular
-			 *  functions in the standard \c <stdio.h> library that accept a \c FILE stream as a destination (e.g. \c fprintf). The created
-			 *  stream is bidirectional and can be used for both input and output functions.
-			 *
-			 *  Reading data from this stream is non-blocking, i.e. in most instances, complete strings cannot be read in by a single
-			 *  fetch, as the endpoint will not be ready at some point in the transmission, aborting the transfer. However, this may
-			 *  be used when the read data is processed byte-per-bye (via \c getc()) or when the user application will implement its own
-			 *  line buffering.
-			 *
-			 *  \note The created stream can be given as \c stdout if desired to direct the standard output from all \c <stdio.h> functions
-			 *        to the given AOA interface.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \note This function is not available on all microcontroller architectures.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a AOA Class configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in,out] Stream            Pointer to a FILE structure where the created stream should be placed.
-			 */
-			void AOA_Host_CreateStream(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
-			                           FILE* const Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
-			/** Identical to \ref AOA_Host_CreateStream(), except that reads are blocking until the calling stream function terminates
-			 *  the transfer. While blocking, the USB and AOA service tasks are called repeatedly to maintain USB communications.
-			 *
-			 *  \note This function is not available on all microcontroller architectures.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a AOA Class configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in,out] Stream            Pointer to a FILE structure where the created stream should be placed.
-			 */
-			void AOA_Host_CreateBlockingStream(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
-			                                   FILE* const Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			#if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_ANDROIDACCESSORY_HOST_C)
-				#if defined(FDEV_SETUP_STREAM)
-				static int AOA_Host_putchar(char c,
-				                            FILE* Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-				static int AOA_Host_getchar(FILE* Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-				static int AOA_Host_getchar_Blocking(FILE* Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-				#endif
-
-				static uint8_t AOA_Host_GetAccessoryProtocol(uint16_t* const Protocol) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-				static uint8_t AOA_Host_SendPropertyString(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
-			                                               const uint8_t StringIndex) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-				static uint8_t DCOMP_AOA_Host_NextAndroidAccessoryInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
-				                                                            ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-				static uint8_t DCOMP_AOA_Host_NextInterfaceBulkEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
-				                                                        ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-			#endif
-	#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 3b5bceb6a8..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,223 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_AUDIO_DRIVER
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_AUDIO_HOST_C
-#include "AudioClassHost.h"
-
-uint8_t Audio_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
-                                  uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
-                                  void* ConfigDescriptorData)
-{
-	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  DataINEndpoint          = NULL;
-	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  DataOUTEndpoint         = NULL;
-	USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* AudioControlInterface   = NULL;
-	USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* AudioStreamingInterface = NULL;
-
-	memset(&AudioInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(AudioInterfaceInfo->State));
-
-	if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
-	  return AUDIO_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor;
-
-	while ((AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address  && !(DataINEndpoint)) ||
-	       (AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address && !(DataOUTEndpoint)))
-	{
-		if (!(AudioControlInterface) ||
-		    USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
-		                              DCOMP_Audio_Host_NextAudioInterfaceDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
-		{
-			if (!(AudioControlInterface) ||
-			    USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
-			                              DCOMP_Audio_Host_NextAudioStreamInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
-			{
-				if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
-				                              DCOMP_Audio_Host_NextAudioControlInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
-				{
-					return AUDIO_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
-				}
-
-				AudioControlInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
-
-				if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
-				                              DCOMP_Audio_Host_NextAudioStreamInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
-				{
-					return AUDIO_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
-				}
-			}
-
-			AudioStreamingInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
-
-			DataINEndpoint  = NULL;
-			DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
-
-			continue;
-		}
-
-		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
-
-		if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
-		  DataINEndpoint  = EndpointData;
-		else
-		  DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
-	}
-
-	AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Size   = le16_to_cpu(DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize);
-	AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.EndpointAddress = DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
-	AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Type   = EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS;
-	AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Banks  = 2;
-
-	AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Size  = le16_to_cpu(DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize);
-	AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.EndpointAddress = DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
-	AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Type  = EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS;
-	AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Banks = 2;
-
-	if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe, 1)))
-	  return AUDIO_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
-
-	if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe, 1)))
-	  return AUDIO_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
-
-	AudioInterfaceInfo->State.ControlInterfaceNumber    = AudioControlInterface->InterfaceNumber;
-	AudioInterfaceInfo->State.StreamingInterfaceNumber  = AudioStreamingInterface->InterfaceNumber;
-	AudioInterfaceInfo->State.EnabledStreamingAltIndex  = AudioStreamingInterface->AlternateSetting;
-	AudioInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive = true;
-
-	return AUDIO_ENUMERROR_NoError;
-}
-
-static uint8_t DCOMP_Audio_Host_NextAudioControlInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
-{
-	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
-
-	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
-	{
-		USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
-
-		if ((Interface->Class    == AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass) &&
-		    (Interface->SubClass == AUDIO_CSCP_ControlSubclass) &&
-		    (Interface->Protocol == AUDIO_CSCP_ControlProtocol))
-		{
-			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
-		}
-	}
-
-	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
-
-static uint8_t DCOMP_Audio_Host_NextAudioStreamInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
-{
-	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
-
-	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
-	{
-		USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
-
-		if ((Interface->Class    == AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass) &&
-		    (Interface->SubClass == AUDIO_CSCP_AudioStreamingSubclass) &&
-		    (Interface->Protocol == AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol))
-		{
-			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
-		}
-	}
-
-	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
-
-static uint8_t DCOMP_Audio_Host_NextAudioInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
-{
-	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
-
-	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
-	{
-		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
-
-		if ((Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS)
-		  return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
-	}
-	else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
-	{
-		return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
-	}
-
-	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
-
-uint8_t Audio_Host_StartStopStreaming(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
-			                          const bool EnableStreaming)
-{
-	if (!(AudioInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
-	  return HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected;
-
-	return USB_Host_SetInterfaceAltSetting(AudioInterfaceInfo->State.StreamingInterfaceNumber,
-	                                       EnableStreaming ? AudioInterfaceInfo->State.EnabledStreamingAltIndex : 0);
-}
-
-uint8_t Audio_Host_GetSetEndpointProperty(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
-			                              const uint8_t DataPipeIndex,
-			                              const uint8_t EndpointProperty,
-			                              const uint8_t EndpointControl,
-			                              const uint16_t DataLength,
-			                              void* const Data)
-{
-	if (!(AudioInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
-	  return HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected;
-
-	uint8_t RequestType;
-	uint8_t EndpointAddress;
-
-	if (EndpointProperty & 0x80)
-	  RequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_ENDPOINT);
-	else
-	  RequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_ENDPOINT);
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(DataPipeIndex);
-	EndpointAddress = Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress();
-
-	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
-		{
-			.bmRequestType = RequestType,
-			.bRequest      = EndpointProperty,
-			.wValue        = ((uint16_t)EndpointControl << 8),
-			.wIndex        = EndpointAddress,
-			.wLength       = DataLength,
-		};
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
-	return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(Data);
-}
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b00bb5fcd3..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,411 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Host mode driver for the library USB Audio 1.0 Class driver.
- *
- *  Host mode driver for the library USB Audio 1.0 Class driver.
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassAudio
- *  \defgroup Group_USBClassAudioHost Audio 1.0 Class Host Mode Driver
- *
- *  \section Sec_USBClassAudioHost_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- *
- *  \section Sec_USBClassAudioHost_ModDescription Module Description
- *  Host Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the Audio 1.0 USB Class driver.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __AUDIO_CLASS_HOST_H__
-#define __AUDIO_CLASS_HOST_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../USB.h"
-		#include "../Common/AudioClassCommon.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_AUDIO_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Type Defines: */
-			/** \brief Audio Class Host Mode Configuration and State Structure.
-			 *
-			 *  Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made within the user application,
-			 *  and passed to each of the Audio class driver functions as the \c AudioInterfaceInfo parameter. This
-			 *  stores each Audio interface's configuration and state information.
-			 */
-			typedef struct
-			{
-				struct
-				{
-					USB_Pipe_Table_t DataINPipe; /**< Data IN Pipe configuration table. */
-					USB_Pipe_Table_t DataOUTPipe; /**< Data OUT Pipe configuration table. */
-				} Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
-				           *   <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
-				           */
-				struct
-				{
-					bool IsActive; /**< Indicates if the current interface instance is connected to an attached device, valid
-					                *   after \ref Audio_Host_ConfigurePipes() is called and the Host state machine is in the
-					                *   Configured state.
-					                */
-					uint8_t ControlInterfaceNumber; /**< Interface index of the Audio Control interface within the attached device. */
-					uint8_t StreamingInterfaceNumber; /**< Interface index of the Audio Streaming interface within the attached device. */
-
-					uint8_t EnabledStreamingAltIndex; /**< Alternative setting index of the Audio Streaming interface when the stream is enabled. */
-				} State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
-						  *   <b>may</b> be set to initial values, but may also be ignored to default to sane values when
-						  *   the interface is enumerated.
-						  */
-			} USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t;
-
-		/* Enums: */
-			/** Enum for the possible error codes returned by the \ref Audio_Host_ConfigurePipes() function. */
-			enum AUDIO_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t
-			{
-				AUDIO_ENUMERROR_NoError                    = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully. */
-				AUDIO_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor    = 1, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor. */
-				AUDIO_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 2, /**< A compatible AUDIO interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor. */
-				AUDIO_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed    = 3, /**< One or more pipes for the specified interface could not be configured correctly. */
-			};
-
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			/** Host interface configuration routine, to configure a given Audio host interface instance using the Configuration
-			 *  Descriptor read from an attached USB device. This function automatically updates the given Audio Host instance's
-			 *  state values and configures the pipes required to communicate with the interface if it is found within the
-			 *  device. This should be called once after the stack has enumerated the attached device, while the host state
-			 *  machine is in the Addressed state.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo    Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class host configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in]     ConfigDescriptorSize  Length of the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
-			 *  \param[in]     ConfigDescriptorData  Pointer to a buffer containing the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref AUDIO_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Audio_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
-			                                  uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
-			                                  void* ConfigDescriptorData) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-
-			/** Starts or stops the audio streaming for the given configured Audio Host interface, allowing for audio samples to be
-			 *  send and/or received.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class host configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in]     EnableStreaming     Boolean true to enable streaming of the specified interface, \c false to disable
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Audio_Host_StartStopStreaming(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
-			                                      const bool EnableStreaming) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Gets or sets the specified property of a streaming audio class endpoint that is bound to a pipe in the given
-			 *  class instance.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class host configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in]     DataPipeIndex       Index of the data pipe whose bound endpoint is to be altered.
-			 *  \param[in]     EndpointProperty    Property of the endpoint to get or set, a value from \ref Audio_ClassRequests_t.
-			 *  \param[in]     EndpointControl     Parameter of the endpoint to get or set, a value from \ref Audio_EndpointControls_t.
-			 *  \param[in,out] DataLength          For SET operations, the length of the parameter data to set. For GET operations, the maximum
-			 *                                     length of the retrieved data.
-			 *  \param[in,out] Data                Pointer to a location where the parameter data is stored for SET operations, or where
-			 *                                     the retrieved data is to be stored for GET operations.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Audio_Host_GetSetEndpointProperty(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
-			                                          const uint8_t DataPipeIndex,
-			                                          const uint8_t EndpointProperty,
-			                                          const uint8_t EndpointControl,
-			                                          const uint16_t DataLength,
-			                                          void* const Data) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(6);
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			/** General management task for a given Audio host class interface, required for the correct operation of
-			 *  the interface. This should be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task
-			 *  \ref USB_USBTask().
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class host configuration and state.
-			 */
-			static inline void Audio_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
-			                                      ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Audio_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
-			{
-				(void)AudioInterfaceInfo;
-			}
-
-			/** Determines if the given audio interface is ready for a sample to be read from it, and selects the streaming
-			 *  IN pipe ready for reading.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or
-			 *       the call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the given Audio interface has a sample to be read, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool Audio_Host_IsSampleReceived(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
-			                                               ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool Audio_Host_IsSampleReceived(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
-			{
-				if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(AudioInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
-				  return false;
-
-				bool SampleReceived = false;
-
-				Pipe_SelectPipe(AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
-				Pipe_Unfreeze();
-				SampleReceived = Pipe_IsINReceived();
-				Pipe_Freeze();
-
-				return SampleReceived;
-			}
-
-			/** Determines if the given audio interface is ready to accept the next sample to be written to it, and selects
-			 *  the streaming OUT pipe ready for writing.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or
-			 *       the call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the given Audio interface is ready to accept the next sample, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool Audio_Host_IsReadyForNextSample(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
-			                                                   ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool Audio_Host_IsReadyForNextSample(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
-			{
-				if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(AudioInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
-				  return false;
-
-				Pipe_SelectPipe(AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
-				return Pipe_IsOUTReady();
-			}
-
-			/** Reads the next 8-bit audio sample from the current audio interface.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Host_IsSampleReceived() function to ensure
-			 *       that the correct pipe is selected and ready for data.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
-			 *
-			 *  \return  Signed 8-bit audio sample from the audio interface.
-			 */
-			static inline int8_t Audio_Host_ReadSample8(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
-			                                            ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline int8_t Audio_Host_ReadSample8(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
-			{
-				int8_t Sample;
-
-				(void)AudioInterfaceInfo;
-
-				Sample = Pipe_Read_8();
-
-				if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
-				{
-					Pipe_Unfreeze();
-					Pipe_ClearIN();
-					Pipe_Freeze();
-				}
-
-				return Sample;
-			}
-
-			/** Reads the next 16-bit audio sample from the current audio interface.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Host_IsSampleReceived() function to ensure
-			 *       that the correct pipe is selected and ready for data.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
-			 *
-			 *  \return  Signed 16-bit audio sample from the audio interface.
-			 */
-			static inline int16_t Audio_Host_ReadSample16(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
-			                                              ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline int16_t Audio_Host_ReadSample16(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
-			{
-				int16_t Sample;
-
-				(void)AudioInterfaceInfo;
-
-				Sample = (int16_t)Pipe_Read_16_LE();
-
-				if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
-				{
-					Pipe_Unfreeze();
-					Pipe_ClearIN();
-					Pipe_Freeze();
-				}
-
-				return Sample;
-			}
-
-			/** Reads the next 24-bit audio sample from the current audio interface.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Host_IsSampleReceived() function to ensure
-			 *       that the correct pipe is selected and ready for data.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Signed 24-bit audio sample from the audio interface.
-			 */
-			static inline int32_t Audio_Host_ReadSample24(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
-			                                              ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline int32_t Audio_Host_ReadSample24(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
-			{
-				int32_t Sample;
-
-				(void)AudioInterfaceInfo;
-
-				Sample = (((uint32_t)Pipe_Read_8() << 16) | Pipe_Read_16_LE());
-
-				if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
-				{
-					Pipe_Unfreeze();
-					Pipe_ClearIN();
-					Pipe_Freeze();
-				}
-
-				return Sample;
-			}
-
-			/** Writes the next 8-bit audio sample to the current audio interface.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Host_IsReadyForNextSample() function to
-			 *       ensure that the correct pipe is selected and ready for data.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in]     Sample              Signed 8-bit audio sample.
-			 */
-			static inline void Audio_Host_WriteSample8(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
-			                                           const int8_t Sample) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Audio_Host_WriteSample8(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
-			                                           const int8_t Sample)
-			{
-				(void)AudioInterfaceInfo;
-
-				Pipe_Write_8(Sample);
-
-				if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
-				{
-					Pipe_Unfreeze();
-					Pipe_ClearOUT();
-					Pipe_WaitUntilReady();
-					Pipe_Freeze();
-				}
-			}
-
-			/** Writes the next 16-bit audio sample to the current audio interface.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Host_IsReadyForNextSample() function to
-			 *       ensure that the correct pipe is selected and ready for data.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in]     Sample              Signed 16-bit audio sample.
-			 */
-			static inline void Audio_Host_WriteSample16(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
-			                                            const int16_t Sample) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Audio_Host_WriteSample16(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
-			                                            const int16_t Sample)
-			{
-				(void)AudioInterfaceInfo;
-
-				Pipe_Write_16_LE(Sample);
-
-				if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
-				{
-					Pipe_Unfreeze();
-					Pipe_ClearOUT();
-					Pipe_WaitUntilReady();
-					Pipe_Freeze();
-				}
-			}
-
-			/** Writes the next 24-bit audio sample to the current audio interface.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Host_IsReadyForNextSample() function to
-			 *       ensure that the correct pipe is selected and ready for data.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in]     Sample              Signed 24-bit audio sample.
-			 */
-			static inline void Audio_Host_WriteSample24(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
-			                                            const int32_t Sample) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Audio_Host_WriteSample24(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
-			                                            const int32_t Sample)
-			{
-				(void)AudioInterfaceInfo;
-
-				Pipe_Write_16_LE(Sample);
-				Pipe_Write_8(Sample >> 16);
-
-				if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
-				{
-					Pipe_Unfreeze();
-					Pipe_ClearOUT();
-					Pipe_WaitUntilReady();
-					Pipe_Freeze();
-				}
-			}
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			#if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_AUDIO_HOST_C)
-				static uint8_t DCOMP_Audio_Host_NextAudioControlInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
-				                                                          ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-				static uint8_t DCOMP_Audio_Host_NextAudioStreamInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
-				                                                         ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-				static uint8_t DCOMP_Audio_Host_NextAudioInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
-				                                                               ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-			#endif
-	#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.c
deleted file mode 100644
index b32a237cc9..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,477 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_CDC_DRIVER
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_CDC_HOST_C
-#include "CDCClassHost.h"
-
-uint8_t CDC_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
-                                uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
-                                void* ConfigDescriptorData)
-{
-	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  DataINEndpoint       = NULL;
-	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  DataOUTEndpoint      = NULL;
-	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  NotificationEndpoint = NULL;
-	USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* CDCControlInterface  = NULL;
-
-	memset(&CDCInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(CDCInterfaceInfo->State));
-
-	if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
-	  return CDC_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor;
-
-	while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint) || !(NotificationEndpoint))
-	{
-		if (!(CDCControlInterface) ||
-		    USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
-		                              DCOMP_CDC_Host_NextCDCInterfaceEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
-		{
-			if (NotificationEndpoint)
-			{
-				if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
-				                              DCOMP_CDC_Host_NextCDCDataInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
-				{
-					return CDC_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
-				}
-
-				DataINEndpoint  = NULL;
-				DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
-				                              DCOMP_CDC_Host_NextCDCControlInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
-				{
-					return CDC_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
-				}
-
-				CDCControlInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
-
-				NotificationEndpoint = NULL;
-			}
-
-			continue;
-		}
-
-		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
-
-		if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
-		{
-			if ((EndpointData->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT)
-			  NotificationEndpoint = EndpointData;
-			else
-			  DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
-		}
-	}
-
-	CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Size  = le16_to_cpu(DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize);
-	CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.EndpointAddress = DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
-	CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Type  = EP_TYPE_BULK;
-
-	CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize);
-	CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.EndpointAddress = DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
-	CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
-
-	CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(NotificationEndpoint->EndpointSize);
-	CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationPipe.EndpointAddress = NotificationEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
-	CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT;
-
-	if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe, 1)))
-	  return CDC_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
-
-	if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe, 1)))
-	  return CDC_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
-
-	if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationPipe, 1)))
-	  return CDC_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
-
-	CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlInterfaceNumber = CDCControlInterface->InterfaceNumber;
-	CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlLineStates.HostToDevice = (CDC_CONTROL_LINE_OUT_RTS | CDC_CONTROL_LINE_OUT_DTR);
-	CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlLineStates.DeviceToHost = (CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_DCD  | CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_DSR);
-	CDCInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive = true;
-
-	return CDC_ENUMERROR_NoError;
-}
-
-static uint8_t DCOMP_CDC_Host_NextCDCControlInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
-{
-	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
-
-	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
-	{
-		USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
-
-		if ((Interface->Class    == CDC_CSCP_CDCClass)    &&
-		    (Interface->SubClass == CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass) &&
-		    (Interface->Protocol == CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol))
-		{
-			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
-		}
-	}
-
-	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
-
-static uint8_t DCOMP_CDC_Host_NextCDCDataInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
-{
-	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
-
-	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
-	{
-		USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
-
-		if ((Interface->Class    == CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass)   &&
-		    (Interface->SubClass == CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass) &&
-		    (Interface->Protocol == CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol))
-		{
-			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
-		}
-	}
-
-	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
-
-static uint8_t DCOMP_CDC_Host_NextCDCInterfaceEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
-{
-	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
-
-	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
-	{
-		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
-
-		uint8_t EndpointType = (Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK);
-
-		if (((EndpointType == EP_TYPE_BULK) || (EndpointType == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT)) &&
-		    !(Pipe_IsEndpointBound(Endpoint->EndpointAddress)))
-		{
-			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
-		}
-	}
-	else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
-	{
-		return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
-	}
-
-	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
-
-void CDC_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
-	  return;
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationPipe.Address);
-	Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
-	if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
-	{
-		USB_Request_Header_t Notification;
-		Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&Notification, sizeof(USB_Request_Header_t), NULL);
-
-		if ((Notification.bRequest      == CDC_NOTIF_SerialState) &&
-		    (Notification.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)))
-		{
-			Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlLineStates.DeviceToHost,
-			                    sizeof(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlLineStates.DeviceToHost),
-			                    NULL);
-
-			Pipe_ClearIN();
-
-			EVENT_CDC_Host_ControLineStateChanged(CDCInterfaceInfo);
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			Pipe_ClearIN();
-		}
-	}
-
-	Pipe_Freeze();
-
-	#if !defined(NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH)
-	CDC_Host_Flush(CDCInterfaceInfo);
-	#endif
-}
-
-uint8_t CDC_Host_SetLineEncoding(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
-	{
-		.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
-		.bRequest      = CDC_REQ_SetLineEncoding,
-		.wValue        = 0,
-		.wIndex        = CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlInterfaceNumber,
-		.wLength       = sizeof(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding),
-	};
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
-	return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(&CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding);
-}
-
-uint8_t CDC_Host_SendControlLineStateChange(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
-	{
-		.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
-		.bRequest      = CDC_REQ_SetControlLineState,
-		.wValue        = CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlLineStates.HostToDevice,
-		.wIndex        = CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlInterfaceNumber,
-		.wLength       = 0,
-	};
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
-	return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL);
-}
-
-uint8_t CDC_Host_SendBreak(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
-                           const uint8_t Duration)
-{
-	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
-	{
-		.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
-		.bRequest      = CDC_REQ_SendBreak,
-		.wValue        = Duration,
-		.wIndex        = CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlInterfaceNumber,
-		.wLength       = 0,
-	};
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
-	return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL);
-}
-
-uint8_t CDC_Host_SendData(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
-                          const void* const Buffer,
-                          const uint16_t Length)
-{
-	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
-	  return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
-
-	uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
-
-	Pipe_Unfreeze();
-	ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(Buffer, Length, NULL);
-	Pipe_Freeze();
-
-	return ErrorCode;
-}
-
-uint8_t CDC_Host_SendString(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
-                            const char* const String)
-{
-	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
-	  return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
-
-	uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
-
-	Pipe_Unfreeze();
-	ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(String, strlen(String), NULL);
-	Pipe_Freeze();
-
-	return ErrorCode;
-}
-
-uint8_t CDC_Host_SendByte(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
-                          const uint8_t Data)
-{
-	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
-	  return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
-
-	uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
-	Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
-	if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
-	{
-		Pipe_ClearOUT();
-
-		if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()) != PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError)
-		  return ErrorCode;
-	}
-
-	Pipe_Write_8(Data);
-	Pipe_Freeze();
-
-	return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
-}
-
-uint16_t CDC_Host_BytesReceived(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
-	  return 0;
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
-	Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
-	if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
-	{
-		if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
-		{
-			Pipe_ClearIN();
-			Pipe_Freeze();
-			return 0;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			Pipe_Freeze();
-			return Pipe_BytesInPipe();
-		}
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		Pipe_Freeze();
-
-		return 0;
-	}
-}
-
-int16_t CDC_Host_ReceiveByte(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
-	  return -1;
-
-	int16_t ReceivedByte = -1;
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
-	Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
-	if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
-	{
-		if (Pipe_BytesInPipe())
-		  ReceivedByte = Pipe_Read_8();
-
-		if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
-		  Pipe_ClearIN();
-	}
-
-	Pipe_Freeze();
-
-	return ReceivedByte;
-}
-
-uint8_t CDC_Host_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
-	  return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
-
-	uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
-	Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
-	if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
-	  return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
-
-	bool BankFull = !(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed());
-
-	Pipe_ClearOUT();
-
-	if (BankFull)
-	{
-		if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()) != PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError)
-		  return ErrorCode;
-
-		Pipe_ClearOUT();
-	}
-
-	Pipe_Freeze();
-
-	return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
-}
-
-#if defined(FDEV_SETUP_STREAM)
-void CDC_Host_CreateStream(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
-                           FILE* const Stream)
-{
-	*Stream = (FILE)FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(CDC_Host_putchar, CDC_Host_getchar, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
-	fdev_set_udata(Stream, CDCInterfaceInfo);
-}
-
-void CDC_Host_CreateBlockingStream(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
-                                   FILE* const Stream)
-{
-	*Stream = (FILE)FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(CDC_Host_putchar, CDC_Host_getchar_Blocking, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
-	fdev_set_udata(Stream, CDCInterfaceInfo);
-}
-
-static int CDC_Host_putchar(char c,
-                            FILE* Stream)
-{
-	return CDC_Host_SendByte((USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream), c) ? _FDEV_ERR : 0;
-}
-
-static int CDC_Host_getchar(FILE* Stream)
-{
-	int16_t ReceivedByte = CDC_Host_ReceiveByte((USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream));
-
-	if (ReceivedByte < 0)
-	  return _FDEV_EOF;
-
-	return ReceivedByte;
-}
-
-static int CDC_Host_getchar_Blocking(FILE* Stream)
-{
-	int16_t ReceivedByte;
-
-	while ((ReceivedByte = CDC_Host_ReceiveByte((USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream))) < 0)
-	{
-		if (USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached)
-		  return _FDEV_EOF;
-
-		CDC_Host_USBTask((USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream));
-		USB_USBTask();
-	}
-
-	return ReceivedByte;
-}
-#endif
-
-void CDC_Host_Event_Stub(void)
-{
-
-}
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.h
deleted file mode 100644
index aeee23e50b..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,351 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Host mode driver for the library USB CDC Class driver.
- *
- *  Host mode driver for the library USB CDC Class driver.
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassCDC
- *  \defgroup Group_USBClassCDCHost CDC Class Host Mode Driver
- *
- *  \section Sec_USBClassCDCHost_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- *
- *  \section Sec_USBClassCDCHost_ModDescription Module Description
- *  Host Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the CDC USB Class driver.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __CDC_CLASS_HOST_H__
-#define __CDC_CLASS_HOST_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../USB.h"
-		#include "../Common/CDCClassCommon.h"
-
-		#include <stdio.h>
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_CDC_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Type Defines: */
-			/** \brief CDC Class Host Mode Configuration and State Structure.
-			 *
-			 *  Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made within the user application,
-			 *  and passed to each of the CDC class driver functions as the \c CDCInterfaceInfo parameter. This
-			 *  stores each CDC interface's configuration and state information.
-			 */
-			typedef struct
-			{
-				struct
-				{
-					USB_Pipe_Table_t DataINPipe; /**< Data IN Pipe configuration table. */
-					USB_Pipe_Table_t DataOUTPipe; /**< Data OUT Pipe configuration table. */
-					USB_Pipe_Table_t NotificationPipe; /**< Notification IN Pipe configuration table. */
-				} Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
-				           *   <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
-				           */
-				struct
-				{
-					bool IsActive; /**< Indicates if the current interface instance is connected to an attached device, valid
-					                *   after \ref CDC_Host_ConfigurePipes() is called and the Host state machine is in the
-					                *   Configured state.
-					                */
-					uint8_t  ControlInterfaceNumber; /**< Interface index of the CDC-ACM control interface within the attached device. */
-
-					struct
-					{
-						uint16_t HostToDevice; /**< Control line states from the host to device, as a set of \c CDC_CONTROL_LINE_OUT_*
-						                        *   masks - to notify the device of changes to these values, call the
-						                        *   \ref CDC_Host_SendControlLineStateChange() function.
-						                        */
-						uint16_t DeviceToHost; /**< Control line states from the device to host, as a set of \c CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_*
-						                        *   masks. This value is updated each time \ref CDC_Host_USBTask() is called.
-						                        */
-					} ControlLineStates; /**< Current states of the virtual serial port's control lines between the device and host. */
-
-					CDC_LineEncoding_t LineEncoding; /**< Line encoding used in the virtual serial port, for the device's information.
-					                                  *   This is generally only used if the virtual serial port data is to be
-					                                  *   reconstructed on a physical UART. When set by the host application, the
-					                                  *   \ref CDC_Host_SetLineEncoding() function must be called to push the changes
-					                                  *   to the device.
-					                                  */
-				} State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
-						  *   <b>may</b> be set to initial values, but may also be ignored to default to sane values when
-						  *   the interface is enumerated.
-						  */
-			} USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t;
-
-		/* Enums: */
-			/** Enum for the possible error codes returned by the \ref CDC_Host_ConfigurePipes() function. */
-			enum CDC_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t
-			{
-				CDC_ENUMERROR_NoError                    = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully. */
-				CDC_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor    = 1, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor. */
-				CDC_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 2, /**< A compatible CDC interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor. */
-				CDC_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed    = 3, /**< One or more pipes for the specified interface could not be configured correctly. */
-			};
-
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			/** General management task for a given CDC host class interface, required for the correct operation of the interface. This should
-			 *  be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task \ref USB_USBTask().
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an CDC Class host configuration and state.
-			 */
-			void CDC_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Host interface configuration routine, to configure a given CDC host interface instance using the Configuration
-			 *  Descriptor read from an attached USB device. This function automatically updates the given CDC Host instance's
-			 *  state values and configures the pipes required to communicate with the interface if it is found within the device.
-			 *  This should be called once after the stack has enumerated the attached device, while the host state machine is in
-			 *  the Addressed state.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo      Pointer to a structure containing an CDC Class host configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in]     ConfigDescriptorSize  Length of the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
-			 *  \param[in]     ConfigDescriptorData  Pointer to a buffer containing the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref CDC_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t CDC_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
-			                                uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
-			                                void* ConfigDescriptorData) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-
-			/** Sets the line encoding for the attached device's virtual serial port. This should be called when the \c LineEncoding
-			 *  values of the interface have been changed to push the new settings to the USB device.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class host configuration and state.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t CDC_Host_SetLineEncoding(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Sends a Serial Control Line State Change notification to the device. This should be called when the virtual serial
-			 *  control lines (DTR, RTS, etc.) have changed states. Line states persist until they are cleared via a second
-			 *  notification. This should be called each time the CDC class driver's \c ControlLineStates.HostToDevice value is updated
-			 *  to push the new states to the USB device.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class host configuration and state.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t CDC_Host_SendControlLineStateChange(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Sends a Send Break request to the device. This is generally used to separate data or to indicate a special condition
-			 *  to the receiving device.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class host configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in]     Duration          Duration of the break, in milliseconds.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t CDC_Host_SendBreak(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
-			                           const uint8_t Duration) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Sends a given data buffer to the attached USB device, if connected. If a device is not connected when the function is
-			 *  called, the data will be discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the device until either the pipe bank
-			 *  becomes full, or the \ref CDC_Host_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to the device. This allows for
-			 *  multiple bytes to be packed into a single pipe packet, increasing data throughput.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
-			 *       call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class host configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in]     Buffer            Pointer to a buffer containing the data to send to the device.
-			 *  \param[in]     Length            Length of the data to send to the device.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t CDC_Host_SendData(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
-			                          const void* const Buffer,
-			                          const uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Sends a given null-terminated string to the attached USB device, if connected. If a device is not connected when the
-			 *  function is called, the string is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the device until either the pipe
-			 *  bank becomes full, or the \ref CDC_Host_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to the device. This allows
-			 *  for multiple bytes to be packed into a single pipe packet, increasing data throughput.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
-			 *       call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class host configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in]     String            Pointer to the null terminated string to send to the device.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t CDC_Host_SendString(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
-			                            const char* const String) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
-			/** Sends a given byte to the attached USB device, if connected. If a device is not connected when the function is called, the
-			 *  byte is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the device until either the pipe bank becomes full, or the
-			 *  \ref CDC_Host_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to the host. This allows for multiple bytes to be
-			 *  packed into a single pipe packet, increasing data throughput.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
-			 *       call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class host configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in]     Data              Byte of data to send to the device.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t CDC_Host_SendByte(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
-			                          const uint8_t Data) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Determines the number of bytes received by the CDC interface from the device, waiting to be read. This indicates the number
-			 *  of bytes in the IN pipe bank only, and thus the number of calls to \ref CDC_Host_ReceiveByte() which are guaranteed to succeed
-			 *  immediately. If multiple bytes are to be received, they should be buffered by the user application, as the pipe bank will not be
-			 *  released back to the USB controller until all bytes are read.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
-			 *       call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class host configuration and state.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Total number of buffered bytes received from the device.
-			 */
-			uint16_t CDC_Host_BytesReceived(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Reads a byte of data from the device. If no data is waiting to be read of if a USB device is not connected, the function
-			 *  returns a negative value. The \ref CDC_Host_BytesReceived() function may be queried in advance to determine how many bytes
-			 *  are currently buffered in the CDC interface's data receive pipe.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
-			 *       call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class host configuration and state.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Next received byte from the device, or a negative value if no data received.
-			 */
-			int16_t CDC_Host_ReceiveByte(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Flushes any data waiting to be sent, ensuring that the send buffer is cleared.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
-			 *       call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class host configuration and state.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t CDC_Host_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			#if defined(FDEV_SETUP_STREAM) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			/** Creates a standard character stream for the given CDC Device instance so that it can be used with all the regular
-			 *  functions in the standard \c <stdio.h> library that accept a \c FILE stream as a destination (e.g. \c fprintf). The created
-			 *  stream is bidirectional and can be used for both input and output functions.
-			 *
-			 *  Reading data from this stream is non-blocking, i.e. in most instances, complete strings cannot be read in by a single
-			 *  fetch, as the endpoint will not be ready at some point in the transmission, aborting the transfer. However, this may
-			 *  be used when the read data is processed byte-per-bye (via \c getc()) or when the user application will implement its own
-			 *  line buffering.
-			 *
-			 *  \note The created stream can be given as \c stdout if desired to direct the standard output from all \c <stdio.h> functions
-			 *        to the given CDC interface.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \note This function is not available on all microcontroller architectures.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in,out] Stream            Pointer to a FILE structure where the created stream should be placed.
-			 */
-			void CDC_Host_CreateStream(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
-			                           FILE* const Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
-			/** Identical to \ref CDC_Host_CreateStream(), except that reads are blocking until the calling stream function terminates
-			 *  the transfer. While blocking, the USB and CDC service tasks are called repeatedly to maintain USB communications.
-			 *
-			 *  \note This function is not available on all microcontroller architectures.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in,out] Stream            Pointer to a FILE structure where the created stream should be placed.
-			 */
-			void CDC_Host_CreateBlockingStream(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
-			                                   FILE* const Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)  ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-			#endif
-
-			/** CDC class driver event for a control line state change on a CDC host interface. This event fires each time the device notifies
-			 *  the host of a control line state change (containing the virtual serial control line states, such as DCD) and may be hooked in the
-			 *  user program by declaring a handler function with the same name and parameters listed here. The new control line states
-			 *  are available in the \c ControlLineStates.DeviceToHost value inside the CDC host interface structure passed as a parameter, set as
-			 *  a mask of \c CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_* masks.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class host configuration and state.
-			 */
-			void EVENT_CDC_Host_ControLineStateChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			#if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_CDC_HOST_C)
-				#if defined(FDEV_SETUP_STREAM)
-				static int CDC_Host_putchar(char c,
-				                            FILE* Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-				static int CDC_Host_getchar(FILE* Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-				static int CDC_Host_getchar_Blocking(FILE* Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-				#endif
-
-				void CDC_Host_Event_Stub(void) ATTR_CONST;
-
-				void EVENT_CDC_Host_ControLineStateChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
-				                                           ATTR_WEAK ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALIAS(CDC_Host_Event_Stub);
-
-				static uint8_t DCOMP_CDC_Host_NextCDCControlInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
-				                                                      ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-				static uint8_t DCOMP_CDC_Host_NextCDCDataInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
-				                                                   ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-				static uint8_t DCOMP_CDC_Host_NextCDCInterfaceEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
-				                                                       ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-			#endif
-	#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.c
deleted file mode 100644
index b43435dcb7..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,399 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_HID_DRIVER
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_HID_HOST_C
-#include "HIDClassHost.h"
-
-uint8_t HID_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
-                                uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
-                                void* ConfigDescriptorData)
-{
-	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  DataINEndpoint  = NULL;
-	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
-	USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* HIDInterface    = NULL;
-	USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t*   HIDDescriptor   = NULL;
-
-	memset(&HIDInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(HIDInterfaceInfo->State));
-
-	if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
-	  return HID_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor;
-
-	while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint))
-	{
-		if (!(HIDInterface) ||
-		    USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
-		                              DCOMP_HID_Host_NextHIDInterfaceEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
-		{
-			if (DataINEndpoint)
-			  break;
-
-			do
-			{
-				if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
-				                              DCOMP_HID_Host_NextHIDInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
-				{
-					return HID_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
-				}
-
-				HIDInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
-			} while (HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.HIDInterfaceProtocol &&
-					 (HIDInterface->Protocol != HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.HIDInterfaceProtocol));
-
-			if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
-			                              DCOMP_HID_Host_NextHIDDescriptor) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
-			{
-				return HID_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
-			}
-
-			HIDDescriptor = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
-
-			DataINEndpoint  = NULL;
-			DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
-
-			continue;
-		}
-
-		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
-
-		if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
-		  DataINEndpoint  = EndpointData;
-		else
-		  DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
-	}
-
-	HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Size  = le16_to_cpu(DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize);
-	HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.EndpointAddress = DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
-	HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Type  = EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT;
-
-	if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe, 1)))
-	  return HID_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
-
-	if (DataOUTEndpoint)
-	{
-		HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize);
-		HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.EndpointAddress = DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
-		HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT;
-
-		if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe, 1)))
-		  return HID_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
-	}
-
-	HIDInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber      = HIDInterface->InterfaceNumber;
-	HIDInterfaceInfo->State.HIDReportSize        = LE16_TO_CPU(HIDDescriptor->HIDReportLength);
-	HIDInterfaceInfo->State.SupportsBootProtocol = (HIDInterface->SubClass != HID_CSCP_NonBootProtocol);
-	HIDInterfaceInfo->State.LargestReportSize    = 8;
-	HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive             = true;
-
-	return HID_ENUMERROR_NoError;
-}
-
-static uint8_t DCOMP_HID_Host_NextHIDInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
-{
-	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
-
-	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
-	{
-		USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
-
-		if (Interface->Class == HID_CSCP_HIDClass)
-		  return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
-	}
-
-	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
-
-static uint8_t DCOMP_HID_Host_NextHIDDescriptor(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
-{
-	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
-
-	if (Header->Type == HID_DTYPE_HID)
-	  return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
-	else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
-	  return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
-	else
-	  return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
-
-static uint8_t DCOMP_HID_Host_NextHIDInterfaceEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
-{
-	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
-
-	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
-	{
-		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
-
-		if (!(Pipe_IsEndpointBound(Endpoint->EndpointAddress)))
-		  return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
-	}
-	else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
-	{
-		return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
-	}
-
-	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
-
-#if !defined(HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY)
-uint8_t HID_Host_ReceiveReportByID(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
-                                   const uint8_t ReportID,
-                                   void* Buffer)
-{
-	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
-	{
-		.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
-		.bRequest      = HID_REQ_SetReport,
-		.wValue        = ((HID_REPORT_ITEM_In + 1) << 8) | ReportID,
-		.wIndex        = HIDInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
-		.wLength       = USB_GetHIDReportSize(HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.HIDParserData, ReportID, HID_REPORT_ITEM_In),
-	};
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
-	return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(Buffer);
-}
-#endif
-
-uint8_t HID_Host_ReceiveReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
-                               void* Buffer)
-{
-	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
-	  return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
-
-	uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
-	Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
-	uint16_t ReportSize;
-	uint8_t* BufferPos = Buffer;
-
-#if !defined(HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY)
-	if (!(HIDInterfaceInfo->State.UsingBootProtocol))
-	{
-		uint8_t ReportID = 0;
-
-		if (HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.HIDParserData->UsingReportIDs)
-		{
-			ReportID = Pipe_Read_8();
-			*(BufferPos++) = ReportID;
-		}
-
-		ReportSize = USB_GetHIDReportSize(HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.HIDParserData, ReportID, HID_REPORT_ITEM_In);
-	}
-	else
-#endif
-	{
-		ReportSize = Pipe_BytesInPipe();
-	}
-
-	if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(BufferPos, ReportSize, NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-	  return ErrorCode;
-
-	Pipe_ClearIN();
-	Pipe_Freeze();
-
-	return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-uint8_t HID_Host_SendReportByID(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
-#if !defined(HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY)
-                                const uint8_t ReportID,
-#endif
-                                const uint8_t ReportType,
-                                void* Buffer,
-                                const uint16_t ReportSize)
-{
-#if !defined(HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY)
-	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
-	  return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-
-	if (HIDInterfaceInfo->State.DeviceUsesOUTPipe && (ReportType == HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out))
-	{
-		uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
-		Pipe_SelectPipe(HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
-		Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
-		if (ReportID)
-		  Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(&ReportID, sizeof(ReportID), NULL);
-
-		if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(Buffer, ReportSize, NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-		  return ErrorCode;
-
-		Pipe_ClearOUT();
-		Pipe_Freeze();
-
-		return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-	}
-	else
-#endif
-	{
-		USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
-		{
-			.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
-			.bRequest      = HID_REQ_SetReport,
-#if !defined(HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY)
-			.wValue        = ((ReportType + 1) << 8) | ReportID,
-#else
-			.wValue        = ((ReportType + 1) << 8),
-#endif
-			.wIndex        = HIDInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
-			.wLength       = ReportSize,
-		};
-
-		Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
-		return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(Buffer);
-	}
-}
-
-bool HID_Host_IsReportReceived(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
-	  return false;
-
-	bool ReportReceived;
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
-	Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
-	ReportReceived = Pipe_IsINReceived();
-
-	Pipe_Freeze();
-
-	return ReportReceived;
-}
-
-uint8_t HID_Host_SetBootProtocol(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
-	if (!(HIDInterfaceInfo->State.SupportsBootProtocol))
-	  return HID_ERROR_LOGICAL;
-
-	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
-		{
-			.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
-			.bRequest      = HID_REQ_SetProtocol,
-			.wValue        = 0,
-			.wIndex        = HIDInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
-			.wLength       = 0,
-		};
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
-	if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
-	  return ErrorCode;
-
-	HIDInterfaceInfo->State.LargestReportSize = 8;
-	HIDInterfaceInfo->State.UsingBootProtocol = true;
-
-	return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
-}
-
-uint8_t HID_Host_SetIdlePeriod(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
-                               const uint16_t MS)
-{
-	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
-		{
-			.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
-			.bRequest      = HID_REQ_SetIdle,
-			.wValue        = ((MS << 6) & 0xFF00),
-			.wIndex        = HIDInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
-			.wLength       = 0,
-		};
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
-	return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL);
-}
-
-#if !defined(HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY)
-uint8_t HID_Host_SetReportProtocol(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
-	uint8_t HIDReportData[HIDInterfaceInfo->State.HIDReportSize];
-
-	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
-		{
-			.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_INTERFACE),
-			.bRequest      = REQ_GetDescriptor,
-			.wValue        = (HID_DTYPE_Report << 8),
-			.wIndex        = HIDInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
-			.wLength       = HIDInterfaceInfo->State.HIDReportSize,
-		};
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
-	if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(HIDReportData)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
-	  return ErrorCode;
-
-	if (HIDInterfaceInfo->State.UsingBootProtocol)
-	{
-		USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
-			{
-				.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
-				.bRequest      = HID_REQ_SetProtocol,
-				.wValue        = 1,
-				.wIndex        = HIDInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
-				.wLength       = 0,
-			};
-
-		if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
-		  return ErrorCode;
-
-		HIDInterfaceInfo->State.UsingBootProtocol = false;
-	}
-
-	if (HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.HIDParserData == NULL)
-	  return HID_ERROR_LOGICAL;
-
-	if ((ErrorCode = USB_ProcessHIDReport(HIDReportData, HIDInterfaceInfo->State.HIDReportSize,
-	                                      HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.HIDParserData)) != HID_PARSE_Successful)
-	{
-		return HID_ERROR_LOGICAL | ErrorCode;
-	}
-
-	uint16_t LargestReportSizeBits = HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.HIDParserData->LargestReportSizeBits;
-	HIDInterfaceInfo->State.LargestReportSize = (LargestReportSizeBits >> 3) + ((LargestReportSizeBits & 0x07) != 0);
-
-	return 0;
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 703b698dfb..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,313 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Host mode driver for the library USB HID Class driver.
- *
- *  Host mode driver for the library USB HID Class driver.
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassHID
- *  \defgroup Group_USBClassHIDHost HID Class Host Mode Driver
- *
- *  \section Sec_USBClassHIDHost_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- *
- *  \section Sec_USBClassHIDHost_ModDescription Module Description
- *  Host Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the HID USB Class driver.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __HID_CLASS_HOST_H__
-#define __HID_CLASS_HOST_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../USB.h"
-		#include "../Common/HIDClassCommon.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_HID_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Error code for some HID Host functions, indicating a logical (and not hardware) error. */
-			#define HID_ERROR_LOGICAL              0x80
-
-		/* Type Defines: */
-			/** \brief HID Class Host Mode Configuration and State Structure.
-			 *
-			 *  Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made within the user application,
-			 *  and passed to each of the HID class driver functions as the \c HIDInterfaceInfo parameter. This
-			 *  stores each HID interface's configuration and state information.
-			 */
-			typedef struct
-			{
-				struct
-				{
-					USB_Pipe_Table_t DataINPipe; /**< Data IN Pipe configuration table. */
-					USB_Pipe_Table_t DataOUTPipe; /**< Data OUT Pipe configuration table. */
-
-					uint8_t  HIDInterfaceProtocol; /**< HID interface protocol value to match against if a specific
-					                                *   boot subclass protocol is required, a protocol value from the
-					                                *   \ref HID_Descriptor_ClassSubclassProtocol_t enum.
-					                                */
-					#if !defined(HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY)
-					HID_ReportInfo_t* HIDParserData; /**< HID parser data to store the parsed HID report data, when boot protocol
-					                                  *   is not used.
-					                                  *
-					                                  *  \note When the \c HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY compile time token is defined,
-					                                  *        this field is unavailable.
-					                                  */
-					#endif
-				} Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
-				           *   <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
-				           */
-				struct
-				{
-					bool IsActive; /**< Indicates if the current interface instance is connected to an attached device, valid
-					                *   after \ref HID_Host_ConfigurePipes() is called and the Host state machine is in the
-					                *   Configured state.
-					                */
-					uint8_t InterfaceNumber; /**< Interface index of the HID interface within the attached device. */
-
-					bool SupportsBootProtocol; /**< Indicates if the current interface instance supports the HID Boot
-					                            *   Protocol when enabled via \ref HID_Host_SetBootProtocol().
-					                            */
-					bool DeviceUsesOUTPipe; /**< Indicates if the current interface instance uses a separate OUT data pipe for
-					                         *   OUT reports, or if OUT reports are sent via the control pipe instead.
-					                         */
-					bool UsingBootProtocol; /**< Indicates that the interface is currently initialized in Boot Protocol mode */
-					uint16_t HIDReportSize; /**< Size in bytes of the HID report descriptor in the device. */
-
-					uint8_t LargestReportSize; /**< Largest report the device will send, in bytes. */
-				} State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
-				          *   <b>may</b> be set to initial values, but may also be ignored to default to sane values when
-				          *   the interface is enumerated.
-				          */
-			} USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t;
-
-		/* Enums: */
-			/** Enum for the possible error codes returned by the \ref HID_Host_ConfigurePipes() function. */
-			enum HID_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t
-			{
-				HID_ENUMERROR_NoError                    = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully. */
-				HID_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor    = 1, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor. */
-				HID_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 2, /**< A compatible HID interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor. */
-				HID_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed    = 3, /**< One or more pipes for the specified interface could not be configured correctly. */
-			};
-
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			/** Host interface configuration routine, to configure a given HID host interface instance using the Configuration
-			 *  Descriptor read from an attached USB device. This function automatically updates the given HID Host instance's
-			 *  state values and configures the pipes required to communicate with the interface if it is found within the
-			 *  device. This should be called once after the stack has enumerated the attached device, while the host state
-			 *  machine is in the Addressed state.
-			 *
-			 *  \attention Once the device pipes are configured, the HID device's reporting protocol <b>must</b> be set via a call
-			 *             to either the \ref HID_Host_SetBootProtocol() or \ref HID_Host_SetReportProtocol() function.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo      Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class host configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in]     ConfigDescriptorSize  Length of the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
-			 *  \param[in]     ConfigDescriptorData  Pointer to a buffer containing the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref HID_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t HID_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
-			                                uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
-			                                void* ConfigDescriptorData) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-
-
-			/** Receives a HID IN report from the attached HID device, when a report has been received on the HID IN Data pipe.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
-			 *       call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \attention The destination buffer should be large enough to accommodate the largest report that the attached device
-			 *             can generate.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class host configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in]     Buffer            Buffer to store the received report into.
-			 *
-			 *  \return An error code from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t HID_Host_ReceiveReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
-			                               void* Buffer) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
-			#if !defined(HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY)
-			/** Receives a HID IN report from the attached device, by the report ID.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
-			 *       call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \note When the \c HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY compile time token is defined, this method is unavailable.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class host configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in]     ReportID          Report ID of the received report if ControlRequest is false, set by the to the Report ID to fetch.
-			 *  \param[in]     Buffer            Buffer to store the received report into.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t HID_Host_ReceiveReportByID(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
-			                                   const uint8_t ReportID,
-			                                   void* Buffer) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-			#endif
-
-			/** Sends an OUT or FEATURE report to the currently attached HID device, using the device's OUT pipe if available,
-			 *  or the device's Control pipe if not.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
-			 *       call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \note When the \c HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY compile time token is defined, the ReportID parameter is removed
-			 *        from the parameter list of this function.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class host configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in]     ReportID          Report ID of the report to send to the device, or 0 if the device does not use report IDs.
-			 *  \param[in]     ReportType        Type of report to issue to the device, either \ref HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out or \ref HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature.
-			 *  \param[in]     Buffer            Buffer containing the report to send to the attached device.
-			 *  \param[in]     ReportSize        Report size in bytes to send to the attached device.
-			 *
-			 *  \return An error code from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum if the DeviceUsesOUTPipe flag is set in
-			 *          the interface's state structure, a value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum otherwise.
-			 */
-			uint8_t HID_Host_SendReportByID(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
-			#if !defined(HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY)
-			                                const uint8_t ReportID,
-			#endif
-			                                const uint8_t ReportType,
-			                                void* Buffer,
-			                                const uint16_t ReportSize) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
-			#if !defined(HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY)
-			                                ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(4);
-			#else
-			                                ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-			#endif
-
-			/** Determines if a HID IN report has been received from the attached device on the data IN pipe.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
-			 *       call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class host configuration and state.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if a report has been received, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			bool HID_Host_IsReportReceived(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Switches the attached HID device's reporting protocol over to the Boot Report protocol mode, on supported devices.
-			 *
-			 *  \note When the \c HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY compile time token is defined, this method must still be called
-			 *        to explicitly place the attached device into boot protocol mode before use.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class host configuration and state.
-			 *
-			 *  \return \ref HID_ERROR_LOGICAL if the device does not support Boot Protocol mode, a value from the
-			 *          \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum otherwise.
-			 */
-			uint8_t HID_Host_SetBootProtocol(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Sets the idle period for the attached HID device to the specified interval. The HID idle period determines the rate
-			 *  at which the device should send a report, when no state changes have occurred; i.e. on HID keyboards, this sets the
-			 *  hardware key repeat interval.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class host configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in]     MS                Idle period as a multiple of four milliseconds, zero to disable hardware repeats
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t HID_Host_SetIdlePeriod(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
-			                               const uint16_t MS) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			#if !defined(HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY)
-			/** Switches the attached HID device's reporting protocol over to the standard Report protocol mode. This also retrieves
-			 *  and parses the device's HID report descriptor, so that the size of each report can be determined in advance.
-			 *
-			 *  \attention Whether this function is used or not, the \ref CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem() callback from the HID
-			 *             Report Parser this function references <b>must</b> be implemented in the user code.
-			 *
-			 *  \note When the \c HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY compile time token is defined, this method is unavailable.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class host configuration and state.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum if an error occurs while retrieving the HID
-			 *          Report descriptor or the setting of the Report protocol, \ref HID_ERROR_LOGICAL if the HID interface does
-			 *          not have a valid \ref HID_ReportInfo_t structure set in its configuration, a mask of \ref HID_ERROR_LOGICAL
-			 *          and a value from the \ref HID_Parse_ErrorCodes_t otherwise.
-			 */
-			uint8_t HID_Host_SetReportProtocol(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-			#endif
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			/** General management task for a given Human Interface Class host class interface, required for the correct operation of
-			 *  the interface. This should be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task
-			 *  \ref USB_USBTask().
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class host configuration and state.
-			 */
-			static inline void HID_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-			static inline void HID_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo)
-			{
-				(void)HIDInterfaceInfo;
-			}
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			#if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_HID_HOST_C)
-				static uint8_t DCOMP_HID_Host_NextHIDInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
-				                                               ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-				static uint8_t DCOMP_HID_Host_NextHIDDescriptor(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
-				                                                ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-				static uint8_t DCOMP_HID_Host_NextHIDInterfaceEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
-				                                                       ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-			#endif
-	#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 8b898cba5d..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,231 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_MIDI_DRIVER
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_MIDI_HOST_C
-#include "MIDIClassHost.h"
-
-uint8_t MIDI_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo,
-                                 uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
-                                 void* ConfigDescriptorData)
-{
-	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  DataINEndpoint  = NULL;
-	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
-	USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* MIDIInterface   = NULL;
-
-	memset(&MIDIInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(MIDIInterfaceInfo->State));
-
-	if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
-	  return MIDI_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor;
-
-	while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint))
-	{
-		if (!(MIDIInterface) ||
-		    USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
-		                              DCOMP_MIDI_Host_NextMIDIStreamingDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
-		{
-			if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
-			                              DCOMP_MIDI_Host_NextMIDIStreamingInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
-			{
-				return MIDI_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
-			}
-
-			MIDIInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
-
-			DataINEndpoint  = NULL;
-			DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
-
-			continue;
-		}
-
-		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
-
-		if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
-		  DataINEndpoint  = EndpointData;
-		else
-		  DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
-	}
-
-	MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Size  = le16_to_cpu(DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize);
-	MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.EndpointAddress = DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
-	MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Type  = EP_TYPE_BULK;
-
-	MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize);
-	MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.EndpointAddress = DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
-	MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
-
-	if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe, 1)))
-	  return MIDI_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
-
-	if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe, 1)))
-	  return MIDI_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
-
-	MIDIInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber = MIDIInterface->InterfaceNumber;
-	MIDIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive = true;
-
-	return MIDI_ENUMERROR_NoError;
-}
-
-static uint8_t DCOMP_MIDI_Host_NextMIDIStreamingInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
-{
-	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
-
-	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
-	{
-		USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
-
-		if ((Interface->Class    == AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass)            &&
-		    (Interface->SubClass == AUDIO_CSCP_MIDIStreamingSubclass) &&
-		    (Interface->Protocol == AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol))
-		{
-			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
-		}
-	}
-
-	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
-
-static uint8_t DCOMP_MIDI_Host_NextMIDIStreamingDataEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
-{
-	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
-
-	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
-	{
-		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
-
-		uint8_t EndpointType = (Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK);
-
-		if ((EndpointType == EP_TYPE_BULK) && !(Pipe_IsEndpointBound(Endpoint->EndpointAddress)))
-		  return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
-	}
-	else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
-	{
-		return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
-	}
-
-	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
-
-void MIDI_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(MIDIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
-	  return;
-
-	#if !defined(NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH)
-	MIDI_Host_Flush(MIDIInterfaceInfo);
-	#endif
-}
-
-uint8_t MIDI_Host_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(MIDIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
-	  return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
-
-	uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
-	Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
-	if (Pipe_BytesInPipe())
-	{
-		Pipe_ClearOUT();
-
-		if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()) != PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError)
-		{
-			Pipe_Freeze();
-			return ErrorCode;
-		}
-	}
-
-	Pipe_Freeze();
-
-	return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
-}
-
-uint8_t MIDI_Host_SendEventPacket(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo,
-                                  MIDI_EventPacket_t* const Event)
-{
-	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(MIDIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
-	  return HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected;
-
-	uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
-	Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
-	if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(Event, sizeof(MIDI_EventPacket_t), NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-	{
-		Pipe_Freeze();
-		return ErrorCode;
-	}
-
-	if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
-	  Pipe_ClearOUT();
-
-	Pipe_Freeze();
-
-	return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-bool MIDI_Host_ReceiveEventPacket(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo,
-                                  MIDI_EventPacket_t* const Event)
-{
-	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(MIDIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
-	  return HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected;
-
-	bool DataReady = false;
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
-	Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
-	if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
-	{
-		if (Pipe_BytesInPipe())
-		{
-			Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(Event, sizeof(MIDI_EventPacket_t), NULL);
-			DataReady = true;
-		}
-
-		if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
-		  Pipe_ClearIN();
-	}
-
-	Pipe_Freeze();
-
-	return DataReady;
-}
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 7624f8ed93..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,190 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Host mode driver for the library USB MIDI Class driver.
- *
- *  Host mode driver for the library USB MIDI Class driver.
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassMIDI
- *  \defgroup Group_USBClassMIDIHost MIDI Class Host Mode Driver
- *
- *  \section Sec_USBClassMIDIHost_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- *
- *  \section Sec_USBClassMIDIHost_ModDescription Module Description
- *  Host Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the MIDI USB Class driver.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __MIDI_CLASS_HOST_H__
-#define __MIDI_CLASS_HOST_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../USB.h"
-		#include "../Common/MIDIClassCommon.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_MIDI_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Type Defines: */
-			/** \brief MIDI Class Host Mode Configuration and State Structure.
-			 *
-			 *  Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made within the user application,
-			 *  and passed to each of the MIDI class driver functions as the \c MIDIInterfaceInfo parameter. This
-			 *  stores each MIDI interface's configuration and state information.
-			 */
-			typedef struct
-			{
-				struct
-				{
-					USB_Pipe_Table_t DataINPipe; /**< Data IN Pipe configuration table. */
-					USB_Pipe_Table_t DataOUTPipe; /**< Data OUT Pipe configuration table. */
-				} Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
-				           *   <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
-				           */
-				struct
-				{
-					bool     IsActive; /**< Indicates if the current interface instance is connected to an attached device, valid
-					                    *   after \ref MIDI_Host_ConfigurePipes() is called and the Host state machine is in the
-					                    *   Configured state.
-					                    */
-					uint8_t  InterfaceNumber; /**< Interface index of the MIDI interface within the attached device. */
-				} State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
-						  *   <b>may</b> be set to initial values, but may also be ignored to default to sane values when
-						  *   the interface is enumerated.
-						  */
-			} USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t;
-
-		/* Enums: */
-			/** Enum for the possible error codes returned by the \ref MIDI_Host_ConfigurePipes() function. */
-			enum MIDI_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t
-			{
-				MIDI_ENUMERROR_NoError                    = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully. */
-				MIDI_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor    = 1, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor. */
-				MIDI_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 2, /**< A compatible MIDI interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor. */
-				MIDI_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed    = 3, /**< One or more pipes for the specified interface could not be configured correctly. */
-			};
-
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			/** Host interface configuration routine, to configure a given MIDI host interface instance using the Configuration
-			 *  Descriptor read from an attached USB device. This function automatically updates the given MIDI Host instance's
-			 *  state values and configures the pipes required to communicate with the interface if it is found within the device.
-			 *  This should be called once after the stack has enumerated the attached device, while the host state machine is in
-			 *  the Addressed state.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] MIDIInterfaceInfo     Pointer to a structure containing an MIDI Class host configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in]     ConfigDescriptorSize  Length of the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
-			 *  \param[in]     ConfigDescriptorData  Pointer to a buffer containing the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref MIDI_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t MIDI_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo,
-			                                 uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
-			                                 void* ConfigDescriptorData) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-
-			/** General management task for a given MIDI host class interface, required for the correct operation of the interface. This should
-			 *  be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task \ref USB_USBTask().
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] MIDIInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an MIDI Class host configuration and state.
-			 */
-			void MIDI_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Sends a MIDI event packet to the device. If no device is connected, the event packet is discarded.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
-			 *       call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] MIDIInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a MIDI Class configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in]     Event              Pointer to a populated USB_MIDI_EventPacket_t structure containing the MIDI event to send.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t MIDI_Host_SendEventPacket(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo,
-			                                  MIDI_EventPacket_t* const Event) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
-			/** Flushes the MIDI send buffer, sending any queued MIDI events to the device. This should be called to override the
-			 *  \ref MIDI_Host_SendEventPacket() function's packing behavior, to flush queued events. Events are queued into the
-			 *  pipe bank until either the pipe bank is full, or \ref MIDI_Host_Flush() is called. This allows for multiple MIDI
-			 *  events to be packed into a single pipe packet, increasing data throughput.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] MIDIInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a MIDI Class configuration and state.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			 uint8_t MIDI_Host_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Receives a MIDI event packet from the device.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
-			 *       call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] MIDIInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a MIDI Class configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[out]    Event              Pointer to a USB_MIDI_EventPacket_t structure where the received MIDI event is to be placed.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if a MIDI event packet was received, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			bool MIDI_Host_ReceiveEventPacket(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo,
-			                                  MIDI_EventPacket_t* const Event) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			#if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_MIDI_HOST_C)
-				static uint8_t DCOMP_MIDI_Host_NextMIDIStreamingInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
-				                                                          ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-				static uint8_t DCOMP_MIDI_Host_NextMIDIStreamingDataEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
-				                                                             ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-			#endif
-	#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.c
deleted file mode 100644
index ac448a55b2..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,579 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_MS_DRIVER
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_MASSSTORAGE_HOST_C
-#include "MassStorageClassHost.h"
-
-uint8_t MS_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
-                               uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
-							   void* ConfigDescriptorData)
-{
-	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  DataINEndpoint       = NULL;
-	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  DataOUTEndpoint      = NULL;
-	USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* MassStorageInterface = NULL;
-
-	memset(&MSInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(MSInterfaceInfo->State));
-
-	if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
-	  return MS_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor;
-
-	while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint))
-	{
-		if (!(MassStorageInterface) ||
-		    USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
-		                              DCOMP_MS_Host_NextMSInterfaceEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
-		{
-			if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
-			                              DCOMP_MS_Host_NextMSInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
-			{
-				return MS_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
-			}
-
-			MassStorageInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
-
-			DataINEndpoint  = NULL;
-			DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
-
-			continue;
-		}
-
-		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
-
-		if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
-		  DataINEndpoint  = EndpointData;
-		else
-		  DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
-	}
-
-	MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Size  = le16_to_cpu(DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize);
-	MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.EndpointAddress = DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
-	MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Type  = EP_TYPE_BULK;
-
-	MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize);
-	MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.EndpointAddress = DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
-	MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
-
-	if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe, 1)))
-	  return MS_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
-
-	if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe, 1)))
-	  return MS_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
-
-	MSInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber = MassStorageInterface->InterfaceNumber;
-	MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive = true;
-
-	return MS_ENUMERROR_NoError;
-}
-
-static uint8_t DCOMP_MS_Host_NextMSInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
-{
-	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
-
-	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
-	{
-		USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
-
-		if ((Interface->Class    == MS_CSCP_MassStorageClass)        &&
-		    (Interface->SubClass == MS_CSCP_SCSITransparentSubclass) &&
-		    (Interface->Protocol == MS_CSCP_BulkOnlyTransportProtocol))
-		{
-			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
-		}
-	}
-
-	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
-
-static uint8_t DCOMP_MS_Host_NextMSInterfaceEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
-{
-	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
-
-	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
-	{
-		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
-
-		uint8_t EndpointType = (Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK);
-
-		if ((EndpointType == EP_TYPE_BULK) && (!(Pipe_IsEndpointBound(Endpoint->EndpointAddress))))
-		{
-			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
-		}
-	}
-	else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
-	{
-		return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
-	}
-
-	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
-
-static uint8_t MS_Host_SendCommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
-                                   MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t* const SCSICommandBlock,
-                                   const void* const BufferPtr)
-{
-	uint8_t ErrorCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-
-	if (++MSInterfaceInfo->State.TransactionTag == 0xFFFFFFFF)
-	  MSInterfaceInfo->State.TransactionTag = 1;
-
-	SCSICommandBlock->Signature = CPU_TO_LE32(MS_CBW_SIGNATURE);
-	SCSICommandBlock->Tag       = cpu_to_le32(MSInterfaceInfo->State.TransactionTag);
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
-	Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
-	if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(SCSICommandBlock, sizeof(MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t),
-	                                      NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-	{
-		return ErrorCode;
-	}
-
-	Pipe_ClearOUT();
-	Pipe_WaitUntilReady();
-
-	Pipe_Freeze();
-
-	if (BufferPtr != NULL)
-	{
-		ErrorCode = MS_Host_SendReceiveData(MSInterfaceInfo, SCSICommandBlock, (void*)BufferPtr);
-
-		if ((ErrorCode != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError) && (ErrorCode != PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled))
-		{
-			Pipe_Freeze();
-			return ErrorCode;
-		}
-	}
-
-	MS_CommandStatusWrapper_t SCSIStatusBlock;
-	return MS_Host_GetReturnedStatus(MSInterfaceInfo, &SCSIStatusBlock);
-}
-
-static uint8_t MS_Host_WaitForDataReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	uint16_t TimeoutMSRem        = MS_COMMAND_DATA_TIMEOUT_MS;
-	uint16_t PreviousFrameNumber = USB_Host_GetFrameNumber();
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
-	Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
-	while (!(Pipe_IsINReceived()))
-	{
-		uint16_t CurrentFrameNumber = USB_Host_GetFrameNumber();
-
-		if (CurrentFrameNumber != PreviousFrameNumber)
-		{
-			PreviousFrameNumber = CurrentFrameNumber;
-
-			if (!(TimeoutMSRem--))
-			  return PIPE_RWSTREAM_Timeout;
-		}
-
-		Pipe_Freeze();
-		Pipe_SelectPipe(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
-		Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
-		if (Pipe_IsStalled())
-		{
-			USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress());
-			return PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled;
-		}
-
-		Pipe_Freeze();
-		Pipe_SelectPipe(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
-		Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
-		if (Pipe_IsStalled())
-		{
-			USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress());
-			return PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled;
-		}
-
-		if (USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached)
-		  return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
-	};
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
-	Pipe_Freeze();
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
-	Pipe_Freeze();
-
-	return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-static uint8_t MS_Host_SendReceiveData(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
-                                       MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t* const SCSICommandBlock,
-                                       void* BufferPtr)
-{
-	uint8_t  ErrorCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-	uint16_t BytesRem  = le32_to_cpu(SCSICommandBlock->DataTransferLength);
-
-	if (SCSICommandBlock->Flags & MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN)
-	{
-		if ((ErrorCode = MS_Host_WaitForDataReceived(MSInterfaceInfo)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-		{
-			Pipe_Freeze();
-			return ErrorCode;
-		}
-
-		Pipe_SelectPipe(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
-		Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
-		if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(BufferPtr, BytesRem, NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-		  return ErrorCode;
-
-		Pipe_ClearIN();
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		Pipe_SelectPipe(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
-		Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
-		if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(BufferPtr, BytesRem, NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-		  return ErrorCode;
-
-		Pipe_ClearOUT();
-
-		while (!(Pipe_IsOUTReady()))
-		{
-			if (USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached)
-			  return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
-		}
-	}
-
-	Pipe_Freeze();
-
-	return ErrorCode;
-}
-
-static uint8_t MS_Host_GetReturnedStatus(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
-                                         MS_CommandStatusWrapper_t* const SCSICommandStatus)
-{
-	uint8_t ErrorCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-
-	if ((ErrorCode = MS_Host_WaitForDataReceived(MSInterfaceInfo)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-	  return ErrorCode;
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
-	Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
-	if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(SCSICommandStatus, sizeof(MS_CommandStatusWrapper_t),
-	                                     NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-	{
-		return ErrorCode;
-	}
-
-	Pipe_ClearIN();
-	Pipe_Freeze();
-
-	if (SCSICommandStatus->Status != MS_SCSI_COMMAND_Pass)
-	  ErrorCode = MS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED;
-
-	return ErrorCode;
-}
-
-uint8_t MS_Host_ResetMSInterface(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
-	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
-		{
-			.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
-			.bRequest      = MS_REQ_MassStorageReset,
-			.wValue        = 0,
-			.wIndex        = MSInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
-			.wLength       = 0,
-		};
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
-	if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
-	  return ErrorCode;
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
-
-	if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress())) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
-	  return ErrorCode;
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
-
-	if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress())) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
-	  return ErrorCode;
-
-	return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
-}
-
-uint8_t MS_Host_GetMaxLUN(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
-                          uint8_t* const MaxLUNIndex)
-{
-	uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
-	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
-		{
-			.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
-			.bRequest      = MS_REQ_GetMaxLUN,
-			.wValue        = 0,
-			.wIndex        = MSInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
-			.wLength       = 1,
-		};
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
-	if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(MaxLUNIndex)) == HOST_SENDCONTROL_SetupStalled)
-	{
-		*MaxLUNIndex = 0;
-		ErrorCode    = HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
-	}
-
-	return ErrorCode;
-}
-
-uint8_t MS_Host_GetInquiryData(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
-                               const uint8_t LUNIndex,
-                               SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t* const InquiryData)
-{
-	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
-	  return HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected;
-
-	MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock = (MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t)
-		{
-			.DataTransferLength = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t)),
-			.Flags              = MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN,
-			.LUN                = LUNIndex,
-			.SCSICommandLength  = 6,
-			.SCSICommandData    =
-				{
-					SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY,
-					0x00,                            // Reserved
-					0x00,                            // Reserved
-					0x00,                            // Reserved
-					sizeof(SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t), // Allocation Length
-					0x00                             // Unused (control)
-				}
-		};
-
-	return MS_Host_SendCommand(MSInterfaceInfo, &SCSICommandBlock, InquiryData);
-}
-
-uint8_t MS_Host_TestUnitReady(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
-                              const uint8_t LUNIndex)
-{
-	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
-	  return HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected;
-
-	MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock = (MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t)
-		{
-			.DataTransferLength = CPU_TO_LE32(0),
-			.Flags              = MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN,
-			.LUN                = LUNIndex,
-			.SCSICommandLength  = 6,
-			.SCSICommandData    =
-				{
-					SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY,
-					0x00,                   // Reserved
-					0x00,                   // Reserved
-					0x00,                   // Reserved
-					0x00,                   // Reserved
-					0x00                    // Unused (control)
-				}
-		};
-
-	return MS_Host_SendCommand(MSInterfaceInfo, &SCSICommandBlock, NULL);
-}
-
-uint8_t MS_Host_ReadDeviceCapacity(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
-                                   const uint8_t LUNIndex,
-                                   SCSI_Capacity_t* const DeviceCapacity)
-{
-	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
-	  return HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected;
-
-	uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
-	MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock = (MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t)
-		{
-			.DataTransferLength = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(SCSI_Capacity_t)),
-			.Flags              = MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN,
-			.LUN                = LUNIndex,
-			.SCSICommandLength  = 10,
-			.SCSICommandData    =
-				{
-					SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10,
-					0x00,                   // Reserved
-					0x00,                   // MSB of Logical block address
-					0x00,
-					0x00,
-					0x00,                   // LSB of Logical block address
-					0x00,                   // Reserved
-					0x00,                   // Reserved
-					0x00,                   // Partial Medium Indicator
-					0x00                    // Unused (control)
-				}
-		};
-
-	if ((ErrorCode = MS_Host_SendCommand(MSInterfaceInfo, &SCSICommandBlock, DeviceCapacity)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-	  return ErrorCode;
-
-	DeviceCapacity->Blocks    = BE32_TO_CPU(DeviceCapacity->Blocks);
-	DeviceCapacity->BlockSize = BE32_TO_CPU(DeviceCapacity->BlockSize);
-
-	return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-uint8_t MS_Host_RequestSense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
-                             const uint8_t LUNIndex,
-                             SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t* const SenseData)
-{
-	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
-	  return HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected;
-
-	MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock = (MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t)
-		{
-			.DataTransferLength = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t)),
-			.Flags              = MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN,
-			.LUN                = LUNIndex,
-			.SCSICommandLength  = 6,
-			.SCSICommandData    =
-				{
-					SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE,
-					0x00,                                  // Reserved
-					0x00,                                  // Reserved
-					0x00,                                  // Reserved
-					sizeof(SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t), // Allocation Length
-					0x00                                   // Unused (control)
-				}
-		};
-
-	return MS_Host_SendCommand(MSInterfaceInfo, &SCSICommandBlock, SenseData);
-}
-
-uint8_t MS_Host_PreventAllowMediumRemoval(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
-                                          const uint8_t LUNIndex,
-                                          const bool PreventRemoval)
-{
-	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
-	  return HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected;
-
-	MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock = (MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t)
-		{
-			.DataTransferLength = CPU_TO_LE32(0),
-			.Flags              = MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_OUT,
-			.LUN                = LUNIndex,
-			.SCSICommandLength  = 6,
-			.SCSICommandData    =
-				{
-					SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL,
-					0x00,                   // Reserved
-					0x00,                   // Reserved
-					PreventRemoval,         // Prevent flag
-					0x00,                   // Reserved
-					0x00                    // Unused (control)
-				}
-		};
-
-	return MS_Host_SendCommand(MSInterfaceInfo, &SCSICommandBlock, NULL);
-}
-
-uint8_t MS_Host_ReadDeviceBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
-                                 const uint8_t LUNIndex,
-                                 const uint32_t BlockAddress,
-                                 const uint8_t Blocks,
-                                 const uint16_t BlockSize,
-                                 void* BlockBuffer)
-{
-	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
-	  return HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected;
-
-	MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock = (MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t)
-		{
-			.DataTransferLength = cpu_to_le32((uint32_t)Blocks * BlockSize),
-			.Flags              = MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN,
-			.LUN                = LUNIndex,
-			.SCSICommandLength  = 10,
-			.SCSICommandData    =
-				{
-					SCSI_CMD_READ_10,
-					0x00,                   // Unused (control bits, all off)
-					(BlockAddress >> 24),   // MSB of Block Address
-					(BlockAddress >> 16),
-					(BlockAddress >> 8),
-					(BlockAddress & 0xFF),  // LSB of Block Address
-					0x00,                   // Reserved
-					0x00,                   // MSB of Total Blocks to Read
-					Blocks,                 // LSB of Total Blocks to Read
-					0x00                    // Unused (control)
-				}
-		};
-
-	return MS_Host_SendCommand(MSInterfaceInfo, &SCSICommandBlock, BlockBuffer);
-}
-
-uint8_t MS_Host_WriteDeviceBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
-                                  const uint8_t LUNIndex,
-                                  const uint32_t BlockAddress,
-                                  const uint8_t Blocks,
-                                  const uint16_t BlockSize,
-                                  const void* BlockBuffer)
-{
-	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
-	  return HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected;
-
-	MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock = (MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t)
-		{
-			.DataTransferLength = cpu_to_le32((uint32_t)Blocks * BlockSize),
-			.Flags              = MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_OUT,
-			.LUN                = LUNIndex,
-			.SCSICommandLength  = 10,
-			.SCSICommandData    =
-				{
-					SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10,
-					0x00,                   // Unused (control bits, all off)
-					(BlockAddress >> 24),   // MSB of Block Address
-					(BlockAddress >> 16),
-					(BlockAddress >> 8),
-					(BlockAddress & 0xFF),  // LSB of Block Address
-					0x00,                   // Reserved
-					0x00,                   // MSB of Total Blocks to Write
-					Blocks,                 // LSB of Total Blocks to Write
-					0x00                    // Unused (control)
-				}
-		};
-
-	return MS_Host_SendCommand(MSInterfaceInfo, &SCSICommandBlock, BlockBuffer);
-}
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6e558073b8..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,335 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Host mode driver for the library USB Mass Storage Class driver.
- *
- *  Host mode driver for the library USB Mass Storage Class driver.
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassMS
- *  \defgroup Group_USBClassMassStorageHost Mass Storage Class Host Mode Driver
- *
- *  \section Sec_USBClassMassStorageHost_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- *
- *  \section Sec_USBClassMassStorageHost_ModDescription Module Description
- *  Host Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the Mass Storage USB Class driver.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __MS_CLASS_HOST_H__
-#define __MS_CLASS_HOST_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../USB.h"
-		#include "../Common/MassStorageClassCommon.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_MS_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Error code for some Mass Storage Host functions, indicating a logical (and not hardware) error. */
-			#define MS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED              0x80
-
-		/* Type Defines: */
-			/** \brief Mass Storage Class Host Mode Configuration and State Structure.
-			 *
-			 *  Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made within the user application,
-			 *  and passed to each of the Mass Storage class driver functions as the \c MSInterfaceInfo parameter. This
-			 *  stores each Mass Storage interface's configuration and state information.
-			 */
-			typedef struct
-			{
-				struct
-				{
-					USB_Pipe_Table_t DataINPipe; /**< Data IN Pipe configuration table. */
-					USB_Pipe_Table_t DataOUTPipe; /**< Data OUT Pipe configuration table. */
-				} Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
-				           *   <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
-				           */
-				struct
-				{
-					bool     IsActive; /**< Indicates if the current interface instance is connected to an attached device, valid
-					                    *   after \ref MS_Host_ConfigurePipes() is called and the Host state machine is in the
-					                    *   Configured state.
-					                    */
-					uint8_t  InterfaceNumber; /**< Interface index of the Mass Storage interface within the attached device. */
-
-					uint32_t TransactionTag; /**< Current transaction tag for data synchronizing of packets. */
-				} State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
-						  *   <b>may</b> be set to initial values, but may also be ignored to default to sane values when
-						  *   the interface is enumerated.
-						  */
-			} USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t;
-
-			/** \brief SCSI Device LUN Capacity Structure.
-			 *
-			 *  SCSI capacity structure, to hold the total capacity of the device in both the number
-			 *  of blocks in the current LUN, and the size of each block. This structure is filled by
-			 *  the device when the \ref MS_Host_ReadDeviceCapacity() function is called.
-			 */
-			typedef struct
-			{
-				uint32_t Blocks; /**< Number of blocks in the addressed LUN of the device. */
-				uint32_t BlockSize; /**< Number of bytes in each block in the addressed LUN. */
-			} SCSI_Capacity_t;
-
-		/* Enums: */
-			/** Enum for the possible error codes returned by the \ref MS_Host_ConfigurePipes() function. */
-			enum MS_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t
-			{
-				MS_ENUMERROR_NoError                    = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully. */
-				MS_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor    = 1, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor. */
-				MS_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 2, /**< A compatible Mass Storage interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor. */
-				MS_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed    = 3, /**< One or more pipes for the specified interface could not be configured correctly. */
-			};
-
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			/** Host interface configuration routine, to configure a given Mass Storage host interface instance using the
-			 *  Configuration Descriptor read from an attached USB device. This function automatically updates the given Mass
-			 *  Storage Host instance's state values and configures the pipes required to communicate with the interface if it
-			 *  is found within the device. This should be called once after the stack has enumerated the attached device, while
-			 *  the host state machine is in the Addressed state.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo         Pointer to a structure containing an MS Class host configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in]     ConfigDescriptorSize    Length of the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
-			 *  \param[in]     DeviceConfigDescriptor  Pointer to a buffer containing the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref MS_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t MS_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
-			                               uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
-			                               void* DeviceConfigDescriptor) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-
-			/** Sends a MASS STORAGE RESET control request to the attached device, resetting the Mass Storage Interface
-			 *  and readying it for the next Mass Storage command. This should be called after a failed SCSI request to
-			 *  ensure the attached Mass Storage device is ready to receive the next command.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a MS Class host configuration and state.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t MS_Host_ResetMSInterface(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Sends a GET MAX LUN control request to the attached device, retrieving the index of the highest LUN (Logical
-			 *  UNit, a logical drive) in the device. This value can then be used in the other functions of the Mass Storage
-			 *  Host mode Class driver to address a specific LUN within the device.
-			 *
-			 *  \note Some devices do not support this request, and will STALL it when issued. To get around this,
-			 *        on unsupported devices the max LUN index will be reported as zero and no error will be returned
-			 *        if the device STALLs the request.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a MS Class host configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[out]    MaxLUNIndex      Pointer to a location where the highest LUN index value should be stored.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t MS_Host_GetMaxLUN(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
-			                          uint8_t* const MaxLUNIndex) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
-			/** Retrieves the Mass Storage device's inquiry data for the specified LUN, indicating the device characteristics and
-			 *  properties.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
-			 *       call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a MS Class host configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in]     LUNIndex         LUN index within the device the command is being issued to.
-			 *  \param[out]    InquiryData      Location where the read inquiry data should be stored.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum or \ref MS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED.
-			 */
-			uint8_t MS_Host_GetInquiryData(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
-			                               const uint8_t LUNIndex,
-			                               SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t* const InquiryData) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
-			                               ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-
-			/** Sends a TEST UNIT READY command to the device, to determine if it is ready to accept other SCSI commands.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a MS Class host configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in]     LUNIndex         LUN index within the device the command is being issued to.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum or \ref MS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if not ready.
-			 */
-			uint8_t MS_Host_TestUnitReady(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
-			                              const uint8_t LUNIndex) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Retrieves the total capacity of the attached USB Mass Storage device, in blocks, and block size.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
-			 *       call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a MS Class host configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in]     LUNIndex         LUN index within the device the command is being issued to.
-			 *  \param[out]    DeviceCapacity   Pointer to the location where the capacity information should be stored.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum or \ref MS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if not ready.
-			 */
-			uint8_t MS_Host_ReadDeviceCapacity(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
-			                                   const uint8_t LUNIndex,
-			                                   SCSI_Capacity_t* const DeviceCapacity) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
-			                                   ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-
-			/** Retrieves the device sense data, indicating the current device state and error codes for the previously
-			 *  issued command.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
-			 *       call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a MS Class host configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in]     LUNIndex         LUN index within the device the command is being issued to.
-			 *  \param[out]    SenseData        Pointer to the location where the sense information should be stored.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum or \ref MS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if not ready.
-			 */
-			uint8_t MS_Host_RequestSense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
-			                             const uint8_t LUNIndex,
-			                             SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t* const SenseData) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
-			                             ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-
-			/** Issues a PREVENT MEDIUM REMOVAL command, to logically (or, depending on the type of device, physically) lock
-			 *  the device from removal so that blocks of data on the medium can be read or altered.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
-			 *       call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a MS Class host configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in]     LUNIndex         LUN index within the device the command is being issued to.
-			 *  \param[in]     PreventRemoval   Boolean \c true if the device should be locked from removal, \c false otherwise.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum or \ref MS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if not ready.
-			 */
-			uint8_t MS_Host_PreventAllowMediumRemoval(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
-			                                          const uint8_t LUNIndex,
-			                                          const bool PreventRemoval) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Reads blocks of data from the attached Mass Storage device's medium.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
-			 *       call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a MS Class host configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in]     LUNIndex         LUN index within the device the command is being issued to.
-			 *  \param[in]     BlockAddress     Starting block address within the device to read from.
-			 *  \param[in]     Blocks           Total number of blocks to read.
-			 *  \param[in]     BlockSize        Size in bytes of each block within the device.
-			 *  \param[out]    BlockBuffer      Pointer to where the read data from the device should be stored.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum or \ref MS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if not ready.
-			 */
-			uint8_t MS_Host_ReadDeviceBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
-			                                 const uint8_t LUNIndex,
-			                                 const uint32_t BlockAddress,
-			                                 const uint8_t Blocks,
-			                                 const uint16_t BlockSize,
-			                                 void* BlockBuffer) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(6);
-
-			/** Writes blocks of data to the attached Mass Storage device's medium.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
-			 *       call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a MS Class host configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in]     LUNIndex         LUN index within the device the command is being issued to.
-			 *  \param[in]     BlockAddress     Starting block address within the device to write to.
-			 *  \param[in]     Blocks           Total number of blocks to read.
-			 *  \param[in]     BlockSize        Size in bytes of each block within the device.
-			 *  \param[in]     BlockBuffer      Pointer to where the data to write should be sourced from.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum or \ref MS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if not ready.
-			 */
-			uint8_t MS_Host_WriteDeviceBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
-			                                  const uint8_t LUNIndex,
-			                                  const uint32_t BlockAddress,
-			                                  const uint8_t Blocks,
-			                                  const uint16_t BlockSize,
-			                                  const void* BlockBuffer) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(6);
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			/** General management task for a given Mass Storage host class interface, required for the correct operation of
-			 *  the interface. This should be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task
-			 *  \ref USB_USBTask().
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an Mass Storage Class host configuration and state.
-			 */
-			static inline void MS_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void MS_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
-			{
-				(void)MSInterfaceInfo;
-			}
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Macros: */
-			#define MS_COMMAND_DATA_TIMEOUT_MS        10000
-
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			#if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_MASSSTORAGE_HOST_C)
-				static uint8_t MS_Host_SendCommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
-				                                   MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t* const SCSICommandBlock,
-				                                   const void* const BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-				static uint8_t MS_Host_WaitForDataReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-				static uint8_t MS_Host_SendReceiveData(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
-				                                       MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t* const SCSICommandBlock,
-				                                       void* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-				static uint8_t MS_Host_GetReturnedStatus(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
-				                                         MS_CommandStatusWrapper_t* const SCSICommandStatus)
-				                                         ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
-				static uint8_t DCOMP_MS_Host_NextMSInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
-				                                             ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-				static uint8_t DCOMP_MS_Host_NextMSInterfaceEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
-				                                                     ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-			#endif
-	#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.c
deleted file mode 100644
index fd32e1c28e..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,400 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_PRINTER_DRIVER
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_PRINTER_HOST_C
-#include "PrinterClassHost.h"
-
-uint8_t PRNT_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
-                                 uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
-							     void* ConfigDescriptorData)
-{
-	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  DataINEndpoint   = NULL;
-	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  DataOUTEndpoint  = NULL;
-	USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* PrinterInterface = NULL;
-
-	memset(&PRNTInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(PRNTInterfaceInfo->State));
-
-	if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
-	  return PRNT_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor;
-
-	while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint))
-	{
-		if (!(PrinterInterface) ||
-		    USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
-		                              DCOMP_PRNT_Host_NextPRNTInterfaceEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
-		{
-			if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
-			                              DCOMP_PRNT_Host_NextPRNTInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
-			{
-				return PRNT_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
-			}
-
-			PrinterInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
-
-			DataINEndpoint  = NULL;
-			DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
-
-			continue;
-		}
-
-		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
-
-		if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
-		  DataINEndpoint  = EndpointData;
-		else
-		  DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
-	}
-
-	PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Size  = le16_to_cpu(DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize);
-	PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.EndpointAddress = DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
-	PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Type  = EP_TYPE_BULK;
-
-	PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize);
-	PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.EndpointAddress = DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
-	PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
-
-	if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe, 1)))
-	  return PRNT_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
-
-	if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe, 1)))
-	  return PRNT_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
-
-	PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber  = PrinterInterface->InterfaceNumber;
-	PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.AlternateSetting = PrinterInterface->AlternateSetting;
-	PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive = true;
-
-	return PRNT_ENUMERROR_NoError;
-}
-
-static uint8_t DCOMP_PRNT_Host_NextPRNTInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
-{
-	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
-
-	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
-	{
-		USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
-
-		if ((Interface->Class    == PRNT_CSCP_PrinterClass)    &&
-		    (Interface->SubClass == PRNT_CSCP_PrinterSubclass) &&
-		    (Interface->Protocol == PRNT_CSCP_BidirectionalProtocol))
-		{
-			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
-		}
-	}
-
-	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
-
-static uint8_t DCOMP_PRNT_Host_NextPRNTInterfaceEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
-{
-	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
-
-	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
-	{
-		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
-
-		uint8_t EndpointType = (Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK);
-
-		if (EndpointType == EP_TYPE_BULK)
-		  return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
-	}
-	else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
-	{
-		return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
-	}
-
-	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
-
-void PRNT_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
-	  return;
-
-	#if !defined(NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH)
-	PRNT_Host_Flush(PRNTInterfaceInfo);
-	#endif
-}
-
-uint8_t PRNT_Host_SetBidirectionalMode(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	if (PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.AlternateSetting)
-	{
-		uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
-		if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetInterfaceAltSetting(PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
-		                                                 PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.AlternateSetting)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
-		{
-			return ErrorCode;
-		}
-	}
-
-	return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
-}
-
-uint8_t PRNT_Host_GetPortStatus(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
-                                uint8_t* const PortStatus)
-{
-	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
-		{
-			.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
-			.bRequest      = PRNT_REQ_GetPortStatus,
-			.wValue        = 0,
-			.wIndex        = PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
-			.wLength       = sizeof(uint8_t),
-		};
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-	return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(PortStatus);
-}
-
-uint8_t PRNT_Host_SoftReset(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
-		{
-			.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
-			.bRequest      = PRNT_REQ_SoftReset,
-			.wValue        = 0,
-			.wIndex        = PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
-			.wLength       = 0,
-		};
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-	return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL);
-}
-
-uint8_t PRNT_Host_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
-	  return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
-
-	uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
-	Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
-	if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
-	  return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
-
-	bool BankFull = !(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed());
-
-	Pipe_ClearOUT();
-
-	if (BankFull)
-	{
-		if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()) != PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError)
-		  return ErrorCode;
-
-		Pipe_ClearOUT();
-	}
-
-	Pipe_Freeze();
-
-	return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
-}
-
-uint8_t PRNT_Host_SendByte(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
-                           const uint8_t Data)
-{
-	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
-	  return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
-
-	uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
-	Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
-	if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
-	{
-		Pipe_ClearOUT();
-
-		if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()) != PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError)
-		  return ErrorCode;
-	}
-
-	Pipe_Write_8(Data);
-	Pipe_Freeze();
-
-	return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
-}
-
-uint8_t PRNT_Host_SendString(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
-                             const char* const String)
-{
-	uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
-	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
-	  return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
-	Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
-	if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(String, strlen(String), NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-	  return ErrorCode;
-
-	Pipe_ClearOUT();
-
-	ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady();
-
-	Pipe_Freeze();
-
-	return ErrorCode;
-}
-
-uint8_t PRNT_Host_SendData(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
-                           const void* Buffer,
-                           const uint16_t Length)
-{
-	uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
-	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
-	  return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
-	Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
-	if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(Buffer, Length, NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-	  return ErrorCode;
-
-	Pipe_ClearOUT();
-
-	ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady();
-
-	Pipe_Freeze();
-
-	return ErrorCode;
-}
-
-uint16_t PRNT_Host_BytesReceived(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
-	  return 0;
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
-	Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
-	if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
-	{
-		if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
-		{
-			Pipe_ClearIN();
-			Pipe_Freeze();
-			return 0;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			Pipe_Freeze();
-			return Pipe_BytesInPipe();
-		}
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		Pipe_Freeze();
-
-		return 0;
-	}
-}
-
-int16_t PRNT_Host_ReceiveByte(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
-	  return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
-
-	int16_t ReceivedByte = -1;
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
-	Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
-	if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
-	{
-		if (Pipe_BytesInPipe())
-		  ReceivedByte = Pipe_Read_8();
-
-		if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
-		  Pipe_ClearIN();
-	}
-
-	Pipe_Freeze();
-
-	return ReceivedByte;
-}
-
-uint8_t PRNT_Host_GetDeviceID(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
-                              char* const DeviceIDString,
-                              const uint16_t BufferSize)
-{
-	uint8_t  ErrorCode;
-	uint16_t DeviceIDStringLength = 0;
-
-	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
-		{
-			.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
-			.bRequest      = PRNT_REQ_GetDeviceID,
-			.wValue        = 0,
-			.wIndex        = PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
-			.wLength       = sizeof(DeviceIDStringLength),
-		};
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
-	if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(&DeviceIDStringLength)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
-	  return ErrorCode;
-
-	if (!(DeviceIDStringLength))
-	{
-		DeviceIDString[0] = 0x00;
-		return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
-	}
-
-	DeviceIDStringLength = be16_to_cpu(DeviceIDStringLength);
-
-	if (DeviceIDStringLength > BufferSize)
-	  DeviceIDStringLength = BufferSize;
-
-	USB_ControlRequest.wLength = DeviceIDStringLength;
-
-	if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(DeviceIDString)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
-	  return ErrorCode;
-
-	memmove(&DeviceIDString[0], &DeviceIDString[2], DeviceIDStringLength - 2);
-
-	DeviceIDString[DeviceIDStringLength - 2] = 0x00;
-
-	return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
-}
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 8089aa5921..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,285 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Host mode driver for the library USB Printer Class driver.
- *
- *  Host mode driver for the library USB Printer Class driver.
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassPrinter
- *  \defgroup Group_USBClassPrinterHost Printer Class Host Mode Driver
- *
- *  \section Sec_USBClassPrinterHost_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- *
- *  \section Sec_USBClassPrinterHost_ModDescription Module Description
- *  Host Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the Printer USB Class driver.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __PRINTER_CLASS_HOST_H__
-#define __PRINTER_CLASS_HOST_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../USB.h"
-		#include "../Common/PrinterClassCommon.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_PRINTER_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Type Defines: */
-			/** \brief Printer Class Host Mode Configuration and State Structure.
-			 *
-			 *  Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made within the user application,
-			 *  and passed to each of the Printer class driver functions as the \c PRNTInterfaceInfo parameter. This
-			 *  stores each Printer interface's configuration and state information.
-			 */
-			typedef struct
-			{
-				struct
-				{
-					USB_Pipe_Table_t DataINPipe; /**< Data IN Pipe configuration table. */
-					USB_Pipe_Table_t DataOUTPipe; /**< Data OUT Pipe configuration table. */
-				} Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
-				           *   <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
-				           */
-				struct
-				{
-					bool IsActive; /**< Indicates if the current interface instance is connected to an attached device, valid
-					                *   after \ref PRNT_Host_ConfigurePipes() is called and the Host state machine is in the
-					                *   Configured state.
-					                */
-					uint8_t InterfaceNumber; /**< Interface index of the Printer interface within the attached device. */
-					uint8_t AlternateSetting; /**< Alternate setting within the Printer Interface in the attached device. */
-				} State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
-						  *   <b>may</b> be set to initial values, but may also be ignored to default to sane values when
-						  *   the interface is enumerated.
-						  */
-			} USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t;
-
-		/* Enums: */
-			/** Enum for the possible error codes returned by the \ref PRNT_Host_ConfigurePipes() function. */
-			enum PRNT_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t
-			{
-				PRNT_ENUMERROR_NoError                    = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully. */
-				PRNT_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor    = 1, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor. */
-				PRNT_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 2, /**< A compatible Printer interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor. */
-				PRNT_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed    = 3, /**< One or more pipes for the specified interface could not be configured correctly. */
-			};
-
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			/** Host interface configuration routine, to configure a given Printer host interface instance using the
-			 *  Configuration Descriptor read from an attached USB device. This function automatically updates the given Printer
-			 *  instance's state values and configures the pipes required to communicate with the interface if it is found within
-			 *  the device. This should be called once after the stack has enumerated the attached device, while the host state
-			 *  machine is in the Addressed state.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo     Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in]     ConfigDescriptorSize  Length of the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
-			 *  \param[in]     ConfigDescriptorData  Pointer to a buffer containing the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref PRNT_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t PRNT_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
-			                                 uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
-			                                 void* ConfigDescriptorData) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-
-			/** General management task for a given Printer host class interface, required for the correct operation of
-			 *  the interface. This should be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task
-			 *  \ref USB_USBTask().
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
-			 */
-			void PRNT_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Configures the printer to enable Bidirectional mode, if it is not already in this mode. This should be called
-			 *  once the connected device's configuration has been set, to ensure the printer is ready to accept commands.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t PRNT_Host_SetBidirectionalMode(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Retrieves the status of the virtual Printer port's inbound status lines. The result can then be masked against the
-			 *  \c PRNT_PORTSTATUS_* macros to determine the printer port's status.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[out]    PortStatus         Location where the retrieved port status should be stored.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t PRNT_Host_GetPortStatus(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
-			                                uint8_t* const PortStatus)
-			                                ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
-			/** Soft-resets the attached printer, readying it for new commands.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t PRNT_Host_SoftReset(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Flushes any data waiting to be sent, ensuring that the send buffer is cleared.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
-			 *       call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t PRNT_Host_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Sends the given null terminated string to the attached printer's input endpoint.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
-			 *       call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in]     String             Pointer to a null terminated string to send.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t PRNT_Host_SendString(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
-			                             const char* const String) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
-			/** Sends the given raw data stream to the attached printer's input endpoint. This should contain commands that the
-			 *  printer is able to understand - for example, PCL data. Not all printers accept all printer languages; see
-			 *  \ref PRNT_Host_GetDeviceID() for details on determining acceptable languages for an attached printer.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
-			 *       call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in]     Buffer             Pointer to a buffer containing the raw command stream to send to the printer.
-			 *  \param[in]     Length             Size in bytes of the command stream to be sent.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t PRNT_Host_SendData(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
-			                           const void* Buffer,
-			                           const uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
-			/** Sends a given byte to the attached USB device, if connected. If a device is not connected when the function is called, the
-			 *  byte is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the device until either the pipe bank becomes full, or the
-			 *  \ref PRNT_Host_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to the host. This allows for multiple bytes to be
-			 *  packed into a single pipe packet, increasing data throughput.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
-			 *       call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in]     Data               Byte of data to send to the device.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t PRNT_Host_SendByte(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
-			                           const uint8_t Data) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Determines the number of bytes received by the printer interface from the device, waiting to be read. This indicates the number
-			 *  of bytes in the IN pipe bank only, and thus the number of calls to \ref PRNT_Host_ReceiveByte() which are guaranteed to succeed
-			 *  immediately. If multiple bytes are to be received, they should be buffered by the user application, as the pipe bank will not be
-			 *  released back to the USB controller until all bytes are read.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
-			 *       call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Total number of buffered bytes received from the device.
-			 */
-			uint16_t PRNT_Host_BytesReceived(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Reads a byte of data from the device. If no data is waiting to be read of if a USB device is not connected, the function
-			 *  returns a negative value. The \ref PRNT_Host_BytesReceived() function may be queried in advance to determine how many bytes
-			 *  are currently buffered in the Printer interface's data receive pipe.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
-			 *       call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Next received byte from the device, or a negative value if no data received.
-			 */
-			int16_t PRNT_Host_ReceiveByte(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Retrieves the attached printer device's ID string, formatted according to IEEE 1284. This string is sent as a
-			 *  Unicode string from the device and is automatically converted to an ASCII encoded C string by this function, thus
-			 *  the maximum reportable string length is two less than the size given (to accommodate the Unicode string length
-			 *  bytes which are removed).
-			 *
-			 *  This string, when supported, contains the model, manufacturer and acceptable printer languages for the attached device.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[out]    DeviceIDString     Pointer to a buffer where the Device ID string should be stored, in ASCII format.
-			 *  \param[in]     BufferSize         Size in bytes of the buffer allocated for the Device ID string.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t PRNT_Host_GetDeviceID(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
-			                              char* const DeviceIDString,
-			                              const uint16_t BufferSize) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			#if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_PRINTER_HOST_C)
-				static uint8_t DCOMP_PRNT_Host_NextPRNTInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
-				                                                 ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-				static uint8_t DCOMP_PRNT_Host_NextPRNTInterfaceEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
-				                                                         ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-			#endif
-	#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 3ed51c8d9c..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,476 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_DRIVER
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_HOST_C
-#include "RNDISClassHost.h"
-
-uint8_t RNDIS_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
-                                  uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
-                                  void* ConfigDescriptorData)
-{
-	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  DataINEndpoint        = NULL;
-	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  DataOUTEndpoint       = NULL;
-	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  NotificationEndpoint  = NULL;
-	USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* RNDISControlInterface = NULL;
-
-	memset(&RNDISInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(RNDISInterfaceInfo->State));
-
-	if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
-	  return RNDIS_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor;
-
-	RNDISControlInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
-
-	while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint) || !(NotificationEndpoint))
-	{
-		if (!(RNDISControlInterface) ||
-		    USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
-		                              DCOMP_RNDIS_Host_NextRNDISInterfaceEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
-		{
-			if (NotificationEndpoint)
-			{
-				if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
-											  DCOMP_RNDIS_Host_NextRNDISDataInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
-				{
-					return RNDIS_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
-				}
-
-				DataINEndpoint  = NULL;
-				DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
-											  DCOMP_RNDIS_Host_NextRNDISControlInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
-				{
-					return RNDIS_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
-				}
-
-				RNDISControlInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
-
-				NotificationEndpoint = NULL;
-			}
-
-			continue;
-		}
-
-		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
-
-		if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
-		{
-			if ((EndpointData->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT)
-			  NotificationEndpoint = EndpointData;
-			else
-			  DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
-		}
-	}
-
-	RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Size  = le16_to_cpu(DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize);
-	RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.EndpointAddress = DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
-	RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Type  = EP_TYPE_BULK;
-
-	RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize);
-	RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.EndpointAddress = DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
-	RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
-
-	RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(NotificationEndpoint->EndpointSize);
-	RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationPipe.EndpointAddress = NotificationEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
-	RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT;
-
-	if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe, 1)))
-	  return RNDIS_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
-
-	if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe, 1)))
-	  return RNDIS_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
-
-	if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationPipe, 1)))
-	  return RNDIS_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
-
-	RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.ControlInterfaceNumber = RNDISControlInterface->InterfaceNumber;
-	RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive = true;
-
-	return RNDIS_ENUMERROR_NoError;
-}
-
-static uint8_t DCOMP_RNDIS_Host_NextRNDISControlInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
-{
-	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
-
-	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
-	{
-		USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
-
-		if ((Interface->Class    == CDC_CSCP_CDCClass)    &&
-		    (Interface->SubClass == CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass) &&
-		    (Interface->Protocol == CDC_CSCP_VendorSpecificProtocol))
-		{
-			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
-		}
-	}
-
-	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
-
-static uint8_t DCOMP_RNDIS_Host_NextRNDISDataInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
-{
-	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
-
-	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
-	{
-		USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor,
-		                                                         USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
-
-		if ((Interface->Class    == CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass)   &&
-		    (Interface->SubClass == CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass) &&
-		    (Interface->Protocol == CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol))
-		{
-			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
-		}
-	}
-
-	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
-
-static uint8_t DCOMP_RNDIS_Host_NextRNDISInterfaceEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
-{
-	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
-
-	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
-	{
-		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
-
-		uint8_t EndpointType = (Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK);
-
-		if (((EndpointType == EP_TYPE_BULK) || (EndpointType == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT)) &&
-		    !(Pipe_IsEndpointBound(Endpoint->EndpointAddress)))
-		{
-			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
-		}
-	}
-	else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
-	{
-		return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
-	}
-
-	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
-
-static uint8_t RNDIS_SendEncapsulatedCommand(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
-                                             void* Buffer,
-                                             const uint16_t Length)
-{
-	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
-		{
-			.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
-			.bRequest      = RNDIS_REQ_SendEncapsulatedCommand,
-			.wValue        = 0,
-			.wIndex        = RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.ControlInterfaceNumber,
-			.wLength       = Length,
-		};
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
-	return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(Buffer);
-}
-
-static uint8_t RNDIS_GetEncapsulatedResponse(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
-                                             void* Buffer,
-                                             const uint16_t Length)
-{
-	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
-		{
-			.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
-			.bRequest      = RNDIS_REQ_GetEncapsulatedResponse,
-			.wValue        = 0,
-			.wIndex        = RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.ControlInterfaceNumber,
-			.wLength       = Length,
-		};
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
-	return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(Buffer);
-}
-
-uint8_t RNDIS_Host_SendKeepAlive(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
-	RNDIS_KeepAlive_Message_t  KeepAliveMessage;
-	RNDIS_KeepAlive_Complete_t KeepAliveMessageResponse;
-
-	KeepAliveMessage.MessageType     = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_KEEPALIVE_MSG);
-	KeepAliveMessage.MessageLength   = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_KeepAlive_Message_t));
-	KeepAliveMessage.RequestId       = cpu_to_le32(RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.RequestID++);
-
-	if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_SendEncapsulatedCommand(RNDISInterfaceInfo, &KeepAliveMessage,
-	                                               sizeof(RNDIS_KeepAlive_Message_t))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
-	{
-		return ErrorCode;
-	}
-
-	if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_GetEncapsulatedResponse(RNDISInterfaceInfo, &KeepAliveMessageResponse,
-	                                               sizeof(RNDIS_KeepAlive_Complete_t))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
-	{
-		return ErrorCode;
-	}
-
-	return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
-}
-
-uint8_t RNDIS_Host_InitializeDevice(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
-	RNDIS_Initialize_Message_t  InitMessage;
-	RNDIS_Initialize_Complete_t InitMessageResponse;
-
-	InitMessage.MessageType     = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_INITIALIZE_MSG);
-	InitMessage.MessageLength   = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Initialize_Message_t));
-	InitMessage.RequestId       = cpu_to_le32(RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.RequestID++);
-
-	InitMessage.MajorVersion    = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_VERSION_MAJOR);
-	InitMessage.MinorVersion    = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_VERSION_MINOR);
-	InitMessage.MaxTransferSize = cpu_to_le32(RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.HostMaxPacketSize);
-
-	if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_SendEncapsulatedCommand(RNDISInterfaceInfo, &InitMessage,
-	                                               sizeof(RNDIS_Initialize_Message_t))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
-	{
-		return ErrorCode;
-	}
-
-	if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_GetEncapsulatedResponse(RNDISInterfaceInfo, &InitMessageResponse,
-	                                               sizeof(RNDIS_Initialize_Complete_t))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
-	{
-		return ErrorCode;
-	}
-
-	if (InitMessageResponse.Status != CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS))
-	  return RNDIS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED;
-
-	RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.DeviceMaxPacketSize = le32_to_cpu(InitMessageResponse.MaxTransferSize);
-
-	return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
-}
-
-uint8_t RNDIS_Host_SetRNDISProperty(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
-                                    const uint32_t Oid,
-                                    void* Buffer,
-                                    const uint16_t Length)
-{
-	uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
-	struct
-	{
-		RNDIS_Set_Message_t SetMessage;
-		uint8_t             ContiguousBuffer[Length];
-	} SetMessageData;
-
-	RNDIS_Set_Complete_t SetMessageResponse;
-
-	SetMessageData.SetMessage.MessageType    = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_SET_MSG);
-	SetMessageData.SetMessage.MessageLength  = cpu_to_le32(sizeof(RNDIS_Set_Message_t) + Length);
-	SetMessageData.SetMessage.RequestId      = cpu_to_le32(RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.RequestID++);
-
-	SetMessageData.SetMessage.Oid            = cpu_to_le32(Oid);
-	SetMessageData.SetMessage.InformationBufferLength = cpu_to_le32(Length);
-	SetMessageData.SetMessage.InformationBufferOffset = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Set_Message_t) - sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t));
-	SetMessageData.SetMessage.DeviceVcHandle = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
-
-	memcpy(&SetMessageData.ContiguousBuffer, Buffer, Length);
-
-	if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_SendEncapsulatedCommand(RNDISInterfaceInfo, &SetMessageData,
-	                                               (sizeof(RNDIS_Set_Message_t) + Length))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
-	{
-		return ErrorCode;
-	}
-
-	if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_GetEncapsulatedResponse(RNDISInterfaceInfo, &SetMessageResponse,
-	                                               sizeof(RNDIS_Set_Complete_t))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
-	{
-		return ErrorCode;
-	}
-
-	if (SetMessageResponse.Status != CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS))
-	  return RNDIS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED;
-
-	return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
-}
-
-uint8_t RNDIS_Host_QueryRNDISProperty(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
-                                      const uint32_t Oid,
-                                      void* Buffer,
-                                      const uint16_t MaxLength)
-{
-	uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
-	RNDIS_Query_Message_t QueryMessage;
-
-	struct
-	{
-		RNDIS_Query_Complete_t QueryMessageResponse;
-		uint8_t                ContiguousBuffer[MaxLength];
-	} QueryMessageResponseData;
-
-	QueryMessage.MessageType    = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_QUERY_MSG);
-	QueryMessage.MessageLength  = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Message_t));
-	QueryMessage.RequestId      = cpu_to_le32(RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.RequestID++);
-
-	QueryMessage.Oid            = cpu_to_le32(Oid);
-	QueryMessage.InformationBufferLength = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
-	QueryMessage.InformationBufferOffset = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
-	QueryMessage.DeviceVcHandle = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
-
-	if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_SendEncapsulatedCommand(RNDISInterfaceInfo, &QueryMessage,
-	                                               sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Message_t))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
-	{
-		return ErrorCode;
-	}
-
-	if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_GetEncapsulatedResponse(RNDISInterfaceInfo, &QueryMessageResponseData,
-	                                               sizeof(QueryMessageResponseData))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
-	{
-		return ErrorCode;
-	}
-
-	if (QueryMessageResponseData.QueryMessageResponse.Status != CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS))
-	  return RNDIS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED;
-
-	memcpy(Buffer, &QueryMessageResponseData.ContiguousBuffer, MaxLength);
-
-	return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
-}
-
-bool RNDIS_Host_IsPacketReceived(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	bool PacketWaiting;
-
-	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
-	  return false;
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
-
-	Pipe_Unfreeze();
-	PacketWaiting = Pipe_IsINReceived();
-	Pipe_Freeze();
-
-	return PacketWaiting;
-}
-
-uint8_t RNDIS_Host_ReadPacket(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
-                              void* Buffer,
-                              uint16_t* const PacketLength)
-{
-	uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
-	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
-	  return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
-	Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
-	if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
-	{
-		if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
-		  Pipe_ClearIN();
-
-		*PacketLength = 0;
-		Pipe_Freeze();
-		return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-	}
-
-	RNDIS_Packet_Message_t DeviceMessage;
-
-	if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&DeviceMessage, sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t),
-	                                     NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-	{
-		return ErrorCode;
-	}
-
-	*PacketLength = (uint16_t)le32_to_cpu(DeviceMessage.DataLength);
-
-	Pipe_Discard_Stream(le32_to_cpu(DeviceMessage.DataOffset) -
-	                    (sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t) - sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t)),
-	                    NULL);
-
-	Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(Buffer, *PacketLength, NULL);
-
-	if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
-	  Pipe_ClearIN();
-
-	Pipe_Freeze();
-
-	return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-uint8_t RNDIS_Host_SendPacket(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
-                              void* Buffer,
-                              const uint16_t PacketLength)
-{
-	uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
-	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
-	  return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
-
-	RNDIS_Packet_Message_t DeviceMessage;
-
-	memset(&DeviceMessage, 0, sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t));
-	DeviceMessage.MessageType   = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_MSG);
-	DeviceMessage.MessageLength = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t) + PacketLength);
-	DeviceMessage.DataOffset    = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t) - sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t));
-	DeviceMessage.DataLength    = cpu_to_le32(PacketLength);
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
-	Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
-	if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(&DeviceMessage, sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t),
-	                                      NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-	{
-		return ErrorCode;
-	}
-
-	Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(Buffer, PacketLength, NULL);
-	Pipe_ClearOUT();
-
-	Pipe_Freeze();
-
-	return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 79334b41b0..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,270 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Host mode driver for the library USB RNDIS Class driver.
- *
- *  Host mode driver for the library USB RNDIS Class driver.
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassRNDIS
- *  \defgroup Group_USBClassRNDISHost RNDIS Class Host Mode Driver
- *
- *  \section Sec_USBClassRNDISHost_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- *
- *  \section Sec_USBClassRNDISHost_ModDescription Module Description
- *  Host Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the Microsoft RNDIS Ethernet
- *  USB Class driver.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __RNDIS_CLASS_HOST_H__
-#define __RNDIS_CLASS_HOST_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../USB.h"
-		#include "../Common/RNDISClassCommon.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Type Defines: */
-			/** \brief RNDIS Class Host Mode Configuration and State Structure.
-			 *
-			 *  Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made within the user application,
-			 *  and passed to each of the RNDIS class driver functions as the \c RNDISInterfaceInfo parameter. This
-			 *  stores each RNDIS interface's configuration and state information.
-			 */
-			typedef struct
-			{
-				struct
-				{
-					USB_Pipe_Table_t DataINPipe; /**< Data IN Pipe configuration table. */
-					USB_Pipe_Table_t DataOUTPipe; /**< Data OUT Pipe configuration table. */
-					USB_Pipe_Table_t NotificationPipe; /**< Notification IN Pipe configuration table. */
-
-					uint32_t HostMaxPacketSize; /**< Maximum size of a packet which can be buffered by the host. */
-				} Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
-				           *   <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
-				           */
-				struct
-				{
-					bool IsActive; /**< Indicates if the current interface instance is connected to an attached device, valid
-					                *   after \ref RNDIS_Host_ConfigurePipes() is called and the Host state machine is in the
-					                *   Configured state.
-					                */
-					uint8_t ControlInterfaceNumber; /**< Interface index of the RNDIS control interface within the attached device. */
-
-					uint32_t DeviceMaxPacketSize; /**< Maximum size of a packet which can be buffered by the attached RNDIS device. */
-
-					uint32_t RequestID; /**< Request ID counter to give a unique ID for each command/response pair. */
-				} State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
-						  *   <b>may</b> be set to initial values, but may also be ignored to default to sane values when
-						  *   the interface is enumerated.
-						  */
-			} USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t;
-
-		/* Enums: */
-			/** Enum for the possible error codes returned by the \ref RNDIS_Host_ConfigurePipes() function. */
-			enum RNDIS_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t
-			{
-				RNDIS_ENUMERROR_NoError                    = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully. */
-				RNDIS_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor    = 1, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor. */
-				RNDIS_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 2, /**< A compatible RNDIS interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor. */
-				RNDIS_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed    = 3, /**< One or more pipes for the specified interface could not be configured correctly. */
-			};
-
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			/** Host interface configuration routine, to configure a given RNDIS host interface instance using the Configuration
-			 *  Descriptor read from an attached USB device. This function automatically updates the given RNDIS Host instance's
-			 *  state values and configures the pipes required to communicate with the interface if it is found within the device.
-			 *  This should be called once after the stack has enumerated the attached device, while the host state machine is in
-			 *  the Addressed state.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo    Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class host configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in]     ConfigDescriptorSize  Length of the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
-			 *  \param[in]     ConfigDescriptorData  Pointer to a buffer containing the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref RNDIS_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t RNDIS_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
-			                                  uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
-			                                  void* ConfigDescriptorData) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-
-			/** Sends a RNDIS KEEPALIVE command to the device, to ensure that it does not enter standby mode after periods
-			 *  of long inactivity.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class host configuration and state.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum or \ref RNDIS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if the device returned a
-			 *          logical command failure.
-			 */
-			uint8_t RNDIS_Host_SendKeepAlive(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Initializes the attached RNDIS device's RNDIS interface. This should be called after the device's pipes have been
-			 *  configured via the call to \ref RNDIS_Host_ConfigurePipes().
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class host configuration and state.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum or \ref RNDIS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if the
-			 *          device returned a logical command failure.
-			 */
-			uint8_t RNDIS_Host_InitializeDevice(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Sets a given RNDIS property of an attached RNDIS device.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class host configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in]     Oid                 OID number of the parameter to set.
-			 *  \param[in]     Buffer              Pointer to where the property data is to be sourced from.
-			 *  \param[in]     Length              Length in bytes of the property data to sent to the device.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum or \ref RNDIS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if the
-			 *          device returned a logical command failure.
-			 */
-			uint8_t RNDIS_Host_SetRNDISProperty(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
-			                                    const uint32_t Oid,
-			                                    void* Buffer,
-			                                    const uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-
-			/** Gets a given RNDIS property of an attached RNDIS device.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class host configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in]     Oid                 OID number of the parameter to get.
-			 *  \param[in]     Buffer              Pointer to where the property data is to be written to.
-			 *  \param[in]     MaxLength           Length in bytes of the destination buffer size.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum or \ref RNDIS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if the
-			 *          device returned a logical command failure.
-			 */
-			uint8_t RNDIS_Host_QueryRNDISProperty(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
-			                                      const uint32_t Oid,
-			                                      void* Buffer,
-			                                      const uint16_t MaxLength) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-
-			/** Determines if a packet is currently waiting for the host to read in and process.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
-			 *       call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class host configuration and state.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if a packet is waiting to be read in by the host, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			bool RNDIS_Host_IsPacketReceived(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Retrieves the next pending packet from the device, discarding the remainder of the RNDIS packet header to leave
-			 *  only the packet contents for processing by the host in the nominated buffer.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
-			 *       call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class host configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[out]    Buffer              Pointer to a buffer where the packer data is to be written to.
-			 *  \param[out]    PacketLength        Pointer to where the length in bytes of the read packet is to be stored.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t RNDIS_Host_ReadPacket(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
-			                              void* Buffer,
-			                              uint16_t* const PacketLength) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2)
-			                              ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-
-			/** Sends the given packet to the attached RNDIS device, after adding a RNDIS packet message header.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
-			 *       call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class host configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in]     Buffer              Pointer to a buffer where the packer data is to be read from.
-			 *  \param[in]     PacketLength        Length in bytes of the packet to send.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t RNDIS_Host_SendPacket(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
-			                              void* Buffer,
-			                              const uint16_t PacketLength) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			/** General management task for a given RNDIS host class interface, required for the correct operation of the interface. This should
-			 *  be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task \ref USB_USBTask().
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class host configuration and state.
-			 */
-			static inline void RNDIS_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void RNDIS_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo)
-			{
-				(void)RNDISInterfaceInfo;
-			}
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			#if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_HOST_C)
-				static uint8_t RNDIS_SendEncapsulatedCommand(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
-				                                             void* Buffer,
-				                                             const uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
-				                                             ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-				static uint8_t RNDIS_GetEncapsulatedResponse(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
-				                                             void* Buffer,
-				                                             const uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
-				                                             ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
-				static uint8_t DCOMP_RNDIS_Host_NextRNDISControlInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
-				                                                          ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-				static uint8_t DCOMP_RNDIS_Host_NextRNDISDataInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
-				                                                       ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-				static uint8_t DCOMP_RNDIS_Host_NextRNDISInterfaceEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
-				                                                           ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-			#endif
-	#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/StillImageClassHost.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/StillImageClassHost.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 24a6308f5d..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/StillImageClassHost.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,436 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_SI_DRIVER
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_STILLIMAGE_HOST_C
-#include "StillImageClassHost.h"
-
-uint8_t SI_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
-                               uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
-                               void* ConfigDescriptorData)
-{
-	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  DataINEndpoint      = NULL;
-	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  DataOUTEndpoint     = NULL;
-	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t*  EventsEndpoint      = NULL;
-	USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* StillImageInterface = NULL;
-
-	memset(&SIInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(SIInterfaceInfo->State));
-
-	if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
-	  return SI_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor;
-
-	while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint) || !(EventsEndpoint))
-	{
-		if (!(StillImageInterface) ||
-		    USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
-		                              DCOMP_SI_Host_NextSIInterfaceEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
-		{
-			if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
-			                              DCOMP_SI_Host_NextSIInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
-			{
-				return SI_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
-			}
-
-			StillImageInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
-
-			DataINEndpoint  = NULL;
-			DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
-			EventsEndpoint  = NULL;
-
-			continue;
-		}
-
-		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
-
-		if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
-		{
-			if ((EndpointData->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT)
-			  EventsEndpoint = EndpointData;
-			else
-			  DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
-		}
-	}
-
-	SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Size  = le16_to_cpu(DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize);
-	SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.EndpointAddress = DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
-	SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Type  = EP_TYPE_BULK;
-
-	SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize);
-	SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.EndpointAddress = DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
-	SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
-
-	SIInterfaceInfo->Config.EventsPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(EventsEndpoint->EndpointSize);
-	SIInterfaceInfo->Config.EventsPipe.EndpointAddress = EventsEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
-	SIInterfaceInfo->Config.EventsPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT;
-
-	if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe, 1)))
-	  return SI_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
-
-	if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe, 1)))
-	  return SI_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
-
-	if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&SIInterfaceInfo->Config.EventsPipe, 1)))
-	  return SI_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
-
-	SIInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber = StillImageInterface->InterfaceNumber;
-	SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive = true;
-
-	return SI_ENUMERROR_NoError;
-}
-
-uint8_t DCOMP_SI_Host_NextSIInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
-{
-	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
-
-	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
-	{
-		USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
-
-		if ((Interface->Class    == SI_CSCP_StillImageClass)    &&
-		    (Interface->SubClass == SI_CSCP_StillImageSubclass) &&
-		    (Interface->Protocol == SI_CSCP_BulkOnlyProtocol))
-		{
-			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
-		}
-	}
-
-	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
-
-uint8_t DCOMP_SI_Host_NextSIInterfaceEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
-{
-	USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
-
-	if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
-	{
-		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
-
-		uint8_t EndpointType = (Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK);
-
-		if (((EndpointType == EP_TYPE_BULK) || (EndpointType == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT)) &&
-		    (!(Pipe_IsEndpointBound(Endpoint->EndpointAddress))))
-		{
-			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
-		}
-	}
-	else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
-	{
-		return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
-	}
-
-	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
-
-uint8_t SI_Host_SendBlockHeader(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
-                                PIMA_Container_t* const PIMAHeader)
-{
-	uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
-	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
-	  return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
-
-	if (SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsSessionOpen)
-	  PIMAHeader->TransactionID = cpu_to_le32(SIInterfaceInfo->State.TransactionID++);
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
-	Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
-	if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(PIMAHeader, PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0), NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-	  return ErrorCode;
-
-	uint8_t ParamBytes = (PIMAHeader->DataLength - PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0));
-
-	if (ParamBytes)
-	{
-		if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(&PIMAHeader->Params, ParamBytes, NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-		  return ErrorCode;
-	}
-
-	Pipe_ClearOUT();
-	Pipe_Freeze();
-
-	return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-uint8_t SI_Host_ReceiveBlockHeader(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
-                                   PIMA_Container_t* const PIMAHeader)
-{
-	uint16_t TimeoutMSRem        = SI_COMMAND_DATA_TIMEOUT_MS;
-	uint16_t PreviousFrameNumber = USB_Host_GetFrameNumber();
-
-	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
-	  return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
-	Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
-	while (!(Pipe_IsINReceived()))
-	{
-		uint16_t CurrentFrameNumber = USB_Host_GetFrameNumber();
-
-		if (CurrentFrameNumber != PreviousFrameNumber)
-		{
-			PreviousFrameNumber = CurrentFrameNumber;
-
-			if (!(TimeoutMSRem--))
-			  return PIPE_RWSTREAM_Timeout;
-		}
-
-		Pipe_Freeze();
-		Pipe_SelectPipe(SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
-		Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
-		if (Pipe_IsStalled())
-		{
-			USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress());
-			return PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled;
-		}
-
-		Pipe_Freeze();
-		Pipe_SelectPipe(SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
-		Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
-		if (Pipe_IsStalled())
-		{
-			USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress());
-			return PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled;
-		}
-
-		if (USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached)
-		  return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
-	}
-
-	Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(PIMAHeader, PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0), NULL);
-
-	if (PIMAHeader->Type == CPU_TO_LE16(PIMA_CONTAINER_ResponseBlock))
-	{
-		uint8_t ParamBytes = (PIMAHeader->DataLength - PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0));
-
-		if (ParamBytes)
-		  Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&PIMAHeader->Params, ParamBytes, NULL);
-
-		Pipe_ClearIN();
-	}
-
-	Pipe_Freeze();
-
-	return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-uint8_t SI_Host_SendData(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
-                         const void* Buffer,
-                         const uint16_t Bytes)
-{
-	uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
-	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
-	  return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
-	Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
-	ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(Buffer, Bytes, NULL);
-
-	Pipe_ClearOUT();
-	Pipe_Freeze();
-
-	return ErrorCode;
-}
-
-uint8_t SI_Host_ReadData(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
-                         void* Buffer,
-                         const uint16_t Bytes)
-{
-	uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
-	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
-	  return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
-	Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
-	ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(Buffer, Bytes, NULL);
-
-	Pipe_Freeze();
-
-	return ErrorCode;
-}
-
-bool SI_Host_IsEventReceived(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	bool IsEventReceived = false;
-
-	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
-	  return false;
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(SIInterfaceInfo->Config.EventsPipe.Address);
-	Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
-	if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
-	  IsEventReceived = true;
-
-	Pipe_Freeze();
-
-	return IsEventReceived;
-}
-
-uint8_t SI_Host_ReceiveEventHeader(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
-                                   PIMA_Container_t* const PIMAHeader)
-{
-	uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
-	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
-	  return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(SIInterfaceInfo->Config.EventsPipe.Address);
-	Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
-	ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(PIMAHeader, sizeof(PIMA_Container_t), NULL);
-
-	Pipe_ClearIN();
-	Pipe_Freeze();
-
-	return ErrorCode;
-}
-
-uint8_t SI_Host_OpenSession(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
-	  return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
-
-	uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
-	SIInterfaceInfo->State.TransactionID = 0;
-	SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsSessionOpen = false;
-
-	PIMA_Container_t PIMABlock = (PIMA_Container_t)
-		{
-			.DataLength    = CPU_TO_LE32(PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(1)),
-			.Type          = CPU_TO_LE16(PIMA_CONTAINER_CommandBlock),
-			.Code          = CPU_TO_LE16(0x1002),
-			.Params        = {CPU_TO_LE32(1)},
-		};
-
-	if ((ErrorCode = SI_Host_SendBlockHeader(SIInterfaceInfo, &PIMABlock)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-	  return ErrorCode;
-
-	if ((ErrorCode = SI_Host_ReceiveBlockHeader(SIInterfaceInfo, &PIMABlock)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-	  return ErrorCode;
-
-	if ((PIMABlock.Type != CPU_TO_LE16(PIMA_CONTAINER_ResponseBlock)) || (PIMABlock.Code != CPU_TO_LE16(0x2001)))
-	  return SI_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED;
-
-	SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsSessionOpen = true;
-
-	return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-uint8_t SI_Host_CloseSession(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
-	  return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
-
-	uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
-	PIMA_Container_t PIMABlock = (PIMA_Container_t)
-		{
-			.DataLength    = CPU_TO_LE32(PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(1)),
-			.Type          = CPU_TO_LE16(PIMA_CONTAINER_CommandBlock),
-			.Code          = CPU_TO_LE16(0x1003),
-			.Params        = {CPU_TO_LE32(1)},
-		};
-
-	if ((ErrorCode = SI_Host_SendBlockHeader(SIInterfaceInfo, &PIMABlock)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-	  return ErrorCode;
-
-	if ((ErrorCode = SI_Host_ReceiveBlockHeader(SIInterfaceInfo, &PIMABlock)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-	  return ErrorCode;
-
-	SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsSessionOpen = false;
-
-	if ((PIMABlock.Type != CPU_TO_LE16(PIMA_CONTAINER_ResponseBlock)) || (PIMABlock.Code != CPU_TO_LE16(0x2001)))
-	  return SI_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED;
-
-	return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-uint8_t SI_Host_SendCommand(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
-                            const uint16_t Operation,
-                            const uint8_t TotalParams,
-                            uint32_t* const Params)
-{
-	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
-	  return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
-
-	uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
-	PIMA_Container_t PIMABlock = (PIMA_Container_t)
-		{
-			.DataLength    = cpu_to_le32(PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(TotalParams)),
-			.Type          = CPU_TO_LE16(PIMA_CONTAINER_CommandBlock),
-			.Code          = cpu_to_le16(Operation),
-		};
-
-	memcpy(&PIMABlock.Params, Params, sizeof(uint32_t) * TotalParams);
-
-	if ((ErrorCode = SI_Host_SendBlockHeader(SIInterfaceInfo, &PIMABlock)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-	  return ErrorCode;
-
-	return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-uint8_t SI_Host_ReceiveResponse(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo)
-{
-	uint8_t ErrorCode;
-	PIMA_Container_t PIMABlock;
-
-	if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
-	  return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
-
-	if ((ErrorCode = SI_Host_ReceiveBlockHeader(SIInterfaceInfo, &PIMABlock)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-	  return ErrorCode;
-
-	if ((PIMABlock.Type != CPU_TO_LE16(PIMA_CONTAINER_ResponseBlock)) || (PIMABlock.Code != CPU_TO_LE16(0x2001)))
-	  return SI_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED;
-
-	return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/StillImageClassHost.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/StillImageClassHost.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f9f41adb69..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/StillImageClassHost.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,317 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Host mode driver for the library USB Still Image Class driver.
- *
- *  Host mode driver for the library USB Still Image Class driver.
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassSI
- *  \defgroup Group_USBClassStillImageHost Still Image Class Host Mode Driver
- *
- *  \section Sec_USBClassStillImageHost_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/StillImageClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- *
- *  \section Sec_USBClassStillImageHost_ModDescription Module Description
- *  Host Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the Still Image USB Class driver.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __SI_CLASS_HOST_H__
-#define __SI_CLASS_HOST_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../USB.h"
-		#include "../Common/StillImageClassCommon.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_SI_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Error code for some Still Image Host functions, indicating a logical (and not hardware) error. */
-			#define SI_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED              0x80
-
-		/* Type Defines: */
-			/** \brief Still Image Class Host Mode Configuration and State Structure.
-			 *
-			 *  Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made within the user application,
-			 *  and passed to each of the Still Image class driver functions as the \c SIInterfaceInfo parameter. This
-			 *  stores each Still Image interface's configuration and state information.
-			 */
-			typedef struct
-			{
-				struct
-				{
-					USB_Pipe_Table_t DataINPipe; /**< Data IN Pipe configuration table. */
-					USB_Pipe_Table_t DataOUTPipe; /**< Data OUT Pipe configuration table. */
-					USB_Pipe_Table_t EventsPipe; /**< Event notification IN Pipe configuration table. */
-				} Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
-				           *   <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
-				           */
-				struct
-				{
-					bool     IsActive; /**< Indicates if the current interface instance is connected to an attached device, valid
-					                    *   after \ref SI_Host_ConfigurePipes() is called and the Host state machine is in the
-					                    *   Configured state.
-					                    */
-					uint8_t  InterfaceNumber; /**< Interface index of the Still Image interface within the attached device. */
-
-					bool IsSessionOpen; /**< Indicates if a PIMA session is currently open with the attached device. */
-					uint32_t TransactionID; /**< Transaction ID for the next transaction to send to the device. */
-				} State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
-						  *   <b>may</b> be set to initial values, but may also be ignored to default to sane values when
-						  *   the interface is enumerated.
-						  */
-			} USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t;
-
-		/* Enums: */
-			/** Enum for the possible error codes returned by the \ref SI_Host_ConfigurePipes() function. */
-			enum SI_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t
-			{
-				SI_ENUMERROR_NoError                    = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully. */
-				SI_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor    = 1, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor. */
-				SI_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 2, /**< A compatible Still Image interface was not found in the device's
-				                                              *   Configuration Descriptor.
-				                                              */
-				SI_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed    = 3, /**< One or more pipes for the specified interface could not be configured correctly. */
-			};
-
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			/** Host interface configuration routine, to configure a given Still Image host interface instance using the
-			 *  Configuration Descriptor read from an attached USB device. This function automatically updates the given Still
-			 *  Image Host instance's state values and configures the pipes required to communicate with the interface if it is
-			 *  found within the device. This should be called once after the stack has enumerated the attached device, while
-			 *  the host state machine is in the Addressed state.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo       Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in]     ConfigDescriptorSize  Length of the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
-			 *  \param[in]     ConfigDescriptorData  Pointer to a buffer containing the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref SI_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t SI_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
-			                               uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
-			                               void* ConfigDescriptorData) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-
-			/** Opens a new PIMA session with the attached device. This should be used before any session-orientated PIMA commands
-			 *  are issued to the device. Only one session can be open at the one time.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
-			 *       call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum, or \ref SI_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if the device
-			 *          returned a logical command failure.
-			 */
-			uint8_t SI_Host_OpenSession(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Closes an already opened PIMA session with the attached device. This should be used after all session-orientated
-			 *  PIMA commands have been issued to the device.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
-			 *       call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum, or \ref SI_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if the device
-			 *          returned a logical command failure.
-			 */
-			uint8_t SI_Host_CloseSession(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Sends a raw PIMA block header to the device, filling out the transaction ID automatically. This can be used to send
-			 *  arbitrary PIMA blocks to the device with or without parameters.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
-			 *       call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in]     PIMAHeader       Pointer to a PIMA container structure that is to be sent.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t SI_Host_SendBlockHeader(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
-			                                PIMA_Container_t* const PIMAHeader) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
-			                                ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
-			/** Receives a raw PIMA block header from the device. This can be used to receive arbitrary PIMA blocks from the device with
-			 *  or without parameters.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
-			 *       call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[out]    PIMAHeader       Pointer to a PIMA container structure where the received block is to be stored.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t SI_Host_ReceiveBlockHeader(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
-			                                   PIMA_Container_t* const PIMAHeader) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
-			                                   ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
-			/** Sends a given PIMA command to the attached device, filling out the PIMA command header's Transaction ID automatically.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
-			 *       call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in]     Operation        PIMA operation code to issue to the device.
-			 *  \param[in]     TotalParams      Total number of 32-bit parameters to send to the device in the issued command block.
-			 *  \param[in]     Params           Pointer to an array of 32-bit values containing the parameters to send in the command block.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum, or \ref SI_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if the device
-			 *          returned a logical command failure.
-			 */
-			uint8_t SI_Host_SendCommand(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
-			                            const uint16_t Operation,
-			                            const uint8_t TotalParams,
-			                            uint32_t* const Params) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Receives and checks a response block from the attached Still Image device, once a command has been issued and all data
-			 *  associated with the command has been transferred.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
-			 *       call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum, or \ref SI_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if the device
-			 *          returned a logical command failure.
-			 */
-			uint8_t SI_Host_ReceiveResponse(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Indicates if the device has issued a PIMA event block to the host via the asynchronous events pipe.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
-			 *       call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if an event is waiting to be read, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			bool SI_Host_IsEventReceived(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Receives an asynchronous event block from the device via the asynchronous events pipe.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
-			 *       call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[out]    PIMAHeader       Pointer to a PIMA container structure where the event should be stored.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum, or \ref SI_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if the device
-			 *          returned a logical command failure.
-			 */
-			uint8_t SI_Host_ReceiveEventHeader(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
-			                                   PIMA_Container_t* const PIMAHeader) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
-			                                   ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
-			/** Sends arbitrary data to the attached device, for use in the data phase of PIMA commands which require data
-			 *  transfer beyond the regular PIMA command block parameters.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
-			 *       call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[in]     Buffer           Pointer to a buffer where the data to send has been stored.
-			 *  \param[in]     Bytes            Length in bytes of the data in the buffer to send to the attached device.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t SI_Host_SendData(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
-			                         const void* Buffer,
-			                         const uint16_t Bytes) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
-			/** Receives arbitrary data from the attached device, for use in the data phase of PIMA commands which require data
-			 *  transfer beyond the regular PIMA command block parameters.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
-			 *       call will fail.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
-			 *  \param[out]    Buffer           Pointer to a buffer where the received data is to be stored.
-			 *  \param[in]     Bytes            Length in bytes of the data to read.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t SI_Host_ReadData(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
-			                         void* Buffer,
-			                         const uint16_t Bytes) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			/** General management task for a given Still Image host class interface, required for the correct operation of the
-			 *  interface. This should be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task
-			 *  \ref USB_USBTask().
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
-			 */
-			static inline void SI_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void SI_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo)
-			{
-				(void)SIInterfaceInfo;
-			}
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Macros: */
-			#define SI_COMMAND_DATA_TIMEOUT_MS        10000
-
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			#if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_STILLIMAGE_HOST_C)
-				static uint8_t DCOMP_SI_Host_NextSIInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
-				                                             ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-				static uint8_t DCOMP_SI_Host_NextSIInterfaceEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
-				                                                     ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-			#endif
-	#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MIDIClass.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MIDIClass.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 7e6ba1c5b9..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MIDIClass.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Master include file for the library USB MIDI Class driver.
- *
- *  Master include file for the library USB MIDI Class driver, for both host and device modes, where available.
- *
- *  This file should be included in all user projects making use of this optional class driver, instead of
- *  including any headers in the USB/ClassDriver/Device, USB/ClassDriver/Host or USB/ClassDriver/Common subdirectories.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassDrivers
- *  \defgroup Group_USBClassMIDI MIDI Class Driver
- *  \brief USB class driver for the USB-IF MIDI class standard.
- *
- *  \section Sec_USBClassMIDI_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- *
- *  \section Sec_USBClassMIDI_ModDescription Module Description
- *  MIDI Class Driver module. This module contains an internal implementation of the USB MIDI Class, for both Device
- *  and Host USB modes. User applications can use this class driver instead of implementing the MIDI class manually
- *  via the low-level LUFA APIs.
- *
- *  This module is designed to simplify the user code by exposing only the required interface needed to interface with
- *  Hosts or Devices using the USB MIDI Class.
- *
- *  \note The USB MIDI class is actually a special case of the regular Audio class, thus this module depends on
- *        structure definitions from the \ref Group_USBClassAudioDevice class driver module.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef _MIDI_CLASS_H_
-#define _MIDI_CLASS_H_
-
-	/* Macros: */
-		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_MIDI_DRIVER
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../Core/USBMode.h"
-
-		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-			#include "Device/MIDIClassDevice.h"
-		#endif
-
-		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-			#include "Host/MIDIClassHost.h"
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorageClass.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorageClass.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 79a052163a..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorageClass.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Master include file for the library USB Mass Storage Class driver.
- *
- *  Master include file for the library USB Mass Storage Class driver, for both host and device modes, where available.
- *
- *  This file should be included in all user projects making use of this optional class driver, instead of
- *  including any headers in the USB/ClassDriver/Device, USB/ClassDriver/Host or USB/ClassDriver/Common subdirectories.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassDrivers
- *  \defgroup Group_USBClassMS Mass Storage Class Driver
- *  \brief USB class driver for the USB-IF Bulk-Only Transport Mass Storage class standard.
- *
- *  \section Sec_USBClassMS_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- *
- *  \section Sec_USBClassMS_ModDescription Module Description
- *  Mass Storage Class Driver module. This module contains an internal implementation of the USB Mass Storage Class, for both
- *  Device and Host USB modes. User applications can use this class driver instead of implementing the Mass Storage class
- *  manually via the low-level LUFA APIs.
- *
- *  This module is designed to simplify the user code by exposing only the required interface needed to interface with
- *  Hosts or Devices using the USB Mass Storage Class.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef _MS_CLASS_H_
-#define _MS_CLASS_H_
-
-	/* Macros: */
-		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_MS_DRIVER
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../Core/USBMode.h"
-
-		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-			#include "Device/MassStorageClassDevice.h"
-		#endif
-
-		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-			#include "Host/MassStorageClassHost.h"
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/PrinterClass.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/PrinterClass.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 91121b5d04..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/PrinterClass.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Master include file for the library USB Printer Class driver.
- *
- *  Master include file for the library USB Printer Class driver, for both host and device modes, where available.
- *
- *  This file should be included in all user projects making use of this optional class driver, instead of
- *  including any headers in the USB/ClassDriver/Device, USB/ClassDriver/Host or USB/ClassDriver/Common subdirectories.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassDrivers
- *  \defgroup Group_USBClassPrinter Printer Class Driver
- *  \brief USB class driver for the USB-IF Printer class standard.
- *
- *  \section Sec_USBClassPrinter_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- *
- *  \section Sec_USBClassPrinter_ModDescription Module Description
- *  Printer Class Driver module. This module contains an internal implementation of the USB Printer Class, for the base
- *  USB Printer transport layer for USB Host mode only. Note that printers are free to implement whatever printer language
- *  they choose on top of this (e.g. Postscript), and so this driver exposes low level data transport functions only rather
- *  than high level raster or text functions. User applications can use this class driver instead of implementing the Printer
- *  class manually via the low-level LUFA APIs.
- *
- *  This module is designed to simplify the user code by exposing only the required interface needed to interface with
- *  Devices using the USB Printer Class.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef _PRINTER_CLASS_H_
-#define _PRINTER_CLASS_H_
-
-	/* Macros: */
-		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_PRINTER_DRIVER
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../Core/USBMode.h"
-
-		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-			#include "Device/PrinterClassDevice.h"
-		#endif
-
-		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-			#include "Host/PrinterClassHost.h"
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/RNDISClass.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/RNDISClass.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 1555f0d232..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/RNDISClass.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Master include file for the library USB RNDIS Class driver.
- *
- *  Master include file for the library USB RNDIS Class driver, for both host and device modes, where available.
- *
- *  This file should be included in all user projects making use of this optional class driver, instead of
- *  including any headers in the USB/ClassDriver/Device, USB/ClassDriver/Host or USB/ClassDriver/Common subdirectories.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassDrivers
- *  \defgroup Group_USBClassRNDIS RNDIS (Networking) Class Driver
- *  \brief USB class driver for the Microsoft Remote Network Driver Interface Specification (RNDIS) class standard.
- *
- *  \section Sec_USBClassRNDIS_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- *
- *  \section Sec_USBClassRNDIS_ModDescription Module Description
- *  RNDIS Class Driver module. This module contains an internal implementation of the Microsoft USB RNDIS Networking
- *  Class, for both Device and Host USB modes. User applications can use this class driver instead of implementing the
- *  RNDIS class manually via the low-level LUFA APIs.
- *
- *  This module is designed to simplify the user code by exposing only the required interface needed to interface with
- *  Hosts using the USB RNDIS Class.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef _RNDIS_CLASS_H_
-#define _RNDIS_CLASS_H_
-
-	/* Macros: */
-		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_DRIVER
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../Core/USBMode.h"
-
-		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-			#include "Device/RNDISClassDevice.h"
-		#endif
-
-		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-			#include "Host/RNDISClassHost.h"
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/StillImageClass.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/StillImageClass.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f2ec37b03b..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/StillImageClass.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Master include file for the library USB Still Image Class driver.
- *
- *  Master include file for the library USB Still Image Class driver, for both host and device modes, where available.
- *
- *  This file should be included in all user projects making use of this optional class driver, instead of
- *  including any headers in the USB/ClassDriver/Device, USB/ClassDriver/Host or USB/ClassDriver/Common subdirectories.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassDrivers
- *  \defgroup Group_USBClassSI Still Image Class Driver
- *  \brief USB class driver for the USB-IF Still Image (PIMA-compliant) class standard.
- *
- *  \section Sec_USBClassSI_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/StillImageClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- *
- *  \section Sec_USBClassSI_ModDescription Module Description
- *  Still Image Class Driver module. This module contains an internal implementation of the USB Still Image Class,
- *  for USB Host mode only. User applications can use this class driver instead of implementing the Still Image class
- *  manually via the low-level LUFA APIs.
- *
- *  This module is designed to simplify the user code by exposing only the required interface needed to interface with
- *  Devices using the USB Still Image Class.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef _SI_CLASS_H_
-#define _SI_CLASS_H_
-
-	/* Macros: */
-		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_SI_DRIVER
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../Core/USBMode.h"
-
-		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-			#include "Host/StillImageClassHost.h"
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Device_AVR8.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Device_AVR8.c
deleted file mode 100644
index d23e7b8468..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Device_AVR8.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-
-#include "../Device.h"
-
-void USB_Device_SendRemoteWakeup(void)
-{
-	if (!(USB_Options & USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL))
-	{
-		USB_PLL_On();
-		while (!(USB_PLL_IsReady()));
-	}
-
-	USB_CLK_Unfreeze();
-
-	UDCON |= (1 << RMWKUP);
-	while (UDCON & (1 << RMWKUP));
-}
-
-#endif
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Device_AVR8.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Device_AVR8.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 5efffe7b8d..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Device_AVR8.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,269 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief USB Device definitions for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
- *  \copydetails Group_Device_AVR8
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Device
- *  \defgroup Group_Device_AVR8 Device Management (AVR8)
- *  \brief USB Device definitions for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
- *
- *  Architecture specific USB Device definitions for the Atmel 8-bit AVR microcontrollers.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __USBDEVICE_AVR8_H__
-#define __USBDEVICE_AVR8_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../USBController.h"
-		#include "../StdDescriptors.h"
-		#include "../USBInterrupt.h"
-		#include "../Endpoint.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-		#if (defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS) && defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS))
-			#error USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS and USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS are mutually exclusive.
-		#endif
-
-		#if (defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) && defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS))
-			#error USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS and USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS are mutually exclusive.
-		#endif
-
-		#if (defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) && defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS))
-			#error USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS and USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS are mutually exclusive.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** \name USB Device Mode Option Masks */
-			//@{
-			#if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-				/** Mask for the Options parameter of the \ref USB_Init() function. This indicates that the
-				 *  USB interface should be initialized in low speed (1.5Mb/s) mode.
-				 *
-				 *  \note Low Speed mode is not available on all USB AVR models.
-				 *        \n
-				 *
-				 *  \note Restrictions apply on the number, size and type of endpoints which can be used
-				 *        when running in low speed mode - please refer to the USB 2.0 specification.
-				 */
-				#define USB_DEVICE_OPT_LOWSPEED            (1 << 0)
-			#endif
-
-			/** Mask for the Options parameter of the \ref USB_Init() function. This indicates that the
-			 *  USB interface should be initialized in full speed (12Mb/s) mode.
-			 */
-			#define USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED               (0 << 0)
-			//@}
-
-			#if (!defined(NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL) && \
-			     (defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || \
-			      defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_2_AVR) || \
-				  defined(__DOXYGEN__)))
-				/** String descriptor index for the device's unique serial number string descriptor within the device.
-				 *  This unique serial number is used by the host to associate resources to the device (such as drivers or COM port
-				 *  number allocations) to a device regardless of the port it is plugged in to on the host. Some microcontrollers contain
-				 *  a unique serial number internally, and setting the device descriptors serial number string index to this value
-				 *  will cause it to use the internal serial number.
-				 *
-				 *  On unsupported devices, this will evaluate to \ref NO_DESCRIPTOR and so will force the host to create a pseudo-serial
-				 *  number for the device.
-				 */
-				#define USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL            0xDC
-
-				/** Length of the device's unique internal serial number, in bits, if present on the selected microcontroller
-				 *  model.
-				 */
-				#define INTERNAL_SERIAL_LENGTH_BITS    80
-
-				/** Start address of the internal serial number, in the appropriate address space, if present on the selected microcontroller
-				 *  model.
-				 */
-				#define INTERNAL_SERIAL_START_ADDRESS  0x0E
-			#else
-				#define USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL            NO_DESCRIPTOR
-
-				#define INTERNAL_SERIAL_LENGTH_BITS    0
-				#define INTERNAL_SERIAL_START_ADDRESS  0
-			#endif
-
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			/** Sends a Remote Wakeup request to the host. This signals to the host that the device should
-			 *  be taken out of suspended mode, and communications should resume.
-			 *
-			 *  Typically, this is implemented so that HID devices (mice, keyboards, etc.) can wake up the
-			 *  host computer when the host has suspended all USB devices to enter a low power state.
-			 *
-			 *  \attention This function should only be used if the device has indicated to the host that it
-			 *             supports the Remote Wakeup feature in the device descriptors, and should only be
-			 *             issued if the host is currently allowing remote wakeup events from the device (i.e.,
-			 *             the \ref USB_Device_RemoteWakeupEnabled flag is set). When the \c NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
-			 *             compile time option is used, this function is unavailable.
-			 *             \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \attention The USB clock must be running for this function to operate. If the stack is initialized with
-			 *             the \ref USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL option enabled, the user must ensure that the PLL is running
-			 *             before attempting to call this function.
-			 *
-			 *  \see \ref Group_StdDescriptors for more information on the RMWAKEUP feature and device descriptors.
-			 */
-			void USB_Device_SendRemoteWakeup(void);
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			/** Returns the current USB frame number, when in device mode. Every millisecond the USB bus is active (i.e. enumerated to a host)
-			 *  the frame number is incremented by one.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Current USB frame number from the USB controller.
-			 */
-			static inline uint16_t USB_Device_GetFrameNumber(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint16_t USB_Device_GetFrameNumber(void)
-			{
-				return UDFNUM;
-			}
-
-			#if !defined(NO_SOF_EVENTS)
-				/** Enables the device mode Start Of Frame events. When enabled, this causes the
-				 *  \ref EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame() event to fire once per millisecond, synchronized to the USB bus,
-				 *  at the start of each USB frame when enumerated in device mode.
-				 *
-				 *  \note This function is not available when the \c NO_SOF_EVENTS compile time token is defined.
-				 */
-				static inline void USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-				static inline void USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents(void)
-				{
-					USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_SOFI);
-				}
-
-				/** Disables the device mode Start Of Frame events. When disabled, this stops the firing of the
-				 *  \ref EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame() event when enumerated in device mode.
-				 *
-				 *  \note This function is not available when the \c NO_SOF_EVENTS compile time token is defined.
-				 */
-				static inline void USB_Device_DisableSOFEvents(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-				static inline void USB_Device_DisableSOFEvents(void)
-				{
-					USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_SOFI);
-				}
-			#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			#if defined(USB_DEVICE_OPT_LOWSPEED)
-			static inline void USB_Device_SetLowSpeed(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_Device_SetLowSpeed(void)
-			{
-				UDCON |=  (1 << LSM);
-			}
-
-			static inline void USB_Device_SetFullSpeed(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_Device_SetFullSpeed(void)
-			{
-				UDCON &= ~(1 << LSM);
-			}
-			#endif
-
-			static inline void USB_Device_SetDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_Device_SetDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address)
-			{
-				UDADDR = (UDADDR & (1 << ADDEN)) | (Address & 0x7F);
-			}
-
-			static inline void USB_Device_EnableDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_Device_EnableDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address)
-			{
-				(void)Address;
-
-				UDADDR |= (1 << ADDEN);
-			}
-
-			static inline bool USB_Device_IsAddressSet(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline bool USB_Device_IsAddressSet(void)
-			{
-				return (UDADDR & (1 << ADDEN));
-			}
-
-			#if (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL != NO_DESCRIPTOR)
-			static inline void USB_Device_GetSerialString(uint16_t* const UnicodeString) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-			static inline void USB_Device_GetSerialString(uint16_t* const UnicodeString)
-			{
-				uint_reg_t CurrentGlobalInt = GetGlobalInterruptMask();
-				GlobalInterruptDisable();
-
-				uint8_t SigReadAddress = INTERNAL_SERIAL_START_ADDRESS;
-
-				for (uint8_t SerialCharNum = 0; SerialCharNum < (INTERNAL_SERIAL_LENGTH_BITS / 4); SerialCharNum++)
-				{
-					uint8_t SerialByte = boot_signature_byte_get(SigReadAddress);
-
-					if (SerialCharNum & 0x01)
-					{
-						SerialByte >>= 4;
-						SigReadAddress++;
-					}
-
-					SerialByte &= 0x0F;
-
-					UnicodeString[SerialCharNum] = cpu_to_le16((SerialByte >= 10) ?
-															   (('A' - 10) + SerialByte) : ('0' + SerialByte));
-				}
-
-				SetGlobalInterruptMask(CurrentGlobalInt);
-			}
-			#endif
-
-	#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/EndpointStream_AVR8.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/EndpointStream_AVR8.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 5782824cc4..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/EndpointStream_AVR8.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,275 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-
-#include "EndpointStream_AVR8.h"
-
-#if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
-uint8_t Endpoint_Discard_Stream(uint16_t Length,
-                                uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
-{
-	uint8_t  ErrorCode;
-	uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
-
-	if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
-	  return ErrorCode;
-
-	if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
-	  Length -= *BytesProcessed;
-
-	while (Length)
-	{
-		if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
-		{
-			Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-
-			if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
-			{
-				*BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
-				return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
-			}
-
-			if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
-			  return ErrorCode;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			Endpoint_Discard_8();
-
-			Length--;
-			BytesInTransfer++;
-		}
-	}
-
-	return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-uint8_t Endpoint_Null_Stream(uint16_t Length,
-                             uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
-{
-	uint8_t  ErrorCode;
-	uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
-
-	if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
-	  return ErrorCode;
-
-	if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
-	  Length -= *BytesProcessed;
-
-	while (Length)
-	{
-		if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
-		{
-			Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
-			if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
-			{
-				*BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
-				return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
-			}
-
-			if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
-			  return ErrorCode;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			Endpoint_Write_8(0);
-
-			Length--;
-			BytesInTransfer++;
-		}
-	}
-
-	return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-/* The following abuses the C preprocessor in order to copy-paste common code with slight alterations,
- * so that the code needs to be written once. It is a crude form of templating to reduce code maintenance. */
-
-#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      const void*
-#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearIN()
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr += Amount
-#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
-#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-
-#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      const void*
-#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearIN()
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr -= Amount
-#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
-#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-
-#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      void*
-#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearOUT()
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr += Amount
-#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
-#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-
-#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Read_Stream_BE
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      void*
-#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearOUT()
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr -= Amount
-#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
-#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-
-#if defined(ARCH_HAS_FLASH_ADDRESS_SPACE)
-	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_PStream_LE
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      const void*
-	#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearIN()
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr += Amount
-	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
-	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-
-	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_PStream_BE
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      const void*
-	#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearIN()
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr -= Amount
-	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
-	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-#endif
-
-#if defined(ARCH_HAS_EEPROM_ADDRESS_SPACE)
-	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_EStream_LE
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      const void*
-	#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearIN()
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr += Amount
-	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
-	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-
-	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_EStream_BE
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      const void*
-	#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearIN()
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr -= Amount
-	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
-	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-
-	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Read_EStream_LE
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      void*
-	#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearOUT()
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr += Amount
-	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Endpoint_Read_8())
-	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-
-	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Read_EStream_BE
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      void*
-	#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearOUT()
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr -= Amount
-	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Endpoint_Read_8())
-	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-#endif
-
-#endif
-
-#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr += Amount
-#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
-#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
-
-#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_BE
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr -= Amount
-#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
-#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
-
-#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr += Amount
-#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
-#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c"
-
-#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_BE
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr -= Amount
-#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
-#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c"
-
-#if defined(ARCH_HAS_FLASH_ADDRESS_SPACE)
-	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_Control_PStream_LE
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr += Amount
-	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
-	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
-
-	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_Control_PStream_BE
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr -= Amount
-	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
-	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
-#endif
-
-#if defined(ARCH_HAS_EEPROM_ADDRESS_SPACE)
-	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_Control_EStream_LE
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr += Amount
-	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
-	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
-
-	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_Control_EStream_BE
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr -= Amount
-	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
-	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
-
-	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Read_Control_EStream_LE
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr += Amount
-	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Endpoint_Read_8())
-	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c"
-
-	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Read_Control_EStream_BE
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr -= Amount
-	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Endpoint_Read_8())
-	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c"
-#endif
-
-#endif
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/EndpointStream_AVR8.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/EndpointStream_AVR8.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 2032789764..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/EndpointStream_AVR8.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,658 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Endpoint data stream transmission and reception management for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
- *  \copydetails Group_EndpointStreamRW_AVR8
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_EndpointStreamRW
- *  \defgroup Group_EndpointStreamRW_AVR8 Read/Write of Multi-Byte Streams (AVR8)
- *  \brief Endpoint data stream transmission and reception management for the Atmel AVR8 architecture.
- *
- *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of data streams from
- *  and to endpoints.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __ENDPOINT_STREAM_AVR8_H__
-#define __ENDPOINT_STREAM_AVR8_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../USBMode.h"
-		#include "../USBTask.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			/** \name Stream functions for null data */
-			//@{
-
-			/** Reads and discards the given number of bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank,
-			 *  discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically
-			 *  discarded once the remaining bytes has been read; the user is responsible for manually
-			 *  discarding the last packet from the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
-			 *
-			 *  If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
-			 *  failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
-			 *  storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
-			 *  the endpoint bank becomes empty while there is still data to process (and after the current
-			 *  packet has been acknowledged) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the total number
-			 *  of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
-			 *  \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
-			 *  in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
-			 *  and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
-			 *
-			 *  <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
-			 *  \code
-			 *  uint8_t ErrorCode;
-			 *
-			 *  if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Discard_Stream(512, NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-			 *  {
-			 *       // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
-			 *  }
-			 *  \endcode
-			 *
-			 *  <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
-			 *  \code
-			 *  uint8_t  ErrorCode;
-			 *  uint16_t BytesProcessed;
-			 *
-			 *  BytesProcessed = 0;
-			 *  while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Discard_Stream(512, &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
-			 *  {
-			 *      // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
-			 *  }
-			 *
-			 *  if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-			 *  {
-			 *      // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
-			 *  }
-			 *  \endcode
-			 *
-			 *  \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of bytes to discard via the currently selected endpoint.
-			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
-			 *                             transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Endpoint_Discard_Stream(uint16_t Length,
-			                                uint16_t* const BytesProcessed);
-
-			/** Writes a given number of zeroed bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank, sending
-			 *  full packets to the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically sent once the
-			 *  remaining bytes have been written; the user is responsible for manually sending the last
-			 *  packet to the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
-			 *
-			 *  If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
-			 *  failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
-			 *  storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
-			 *  the endpoint bank becomes full while there is still data to process (and after the current
-			 *  packet transmission has been initiated) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the
-			 *  total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
-			 *  \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
-			 *  in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
-			 *  and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
-			 *
-			 *  <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
-			 *  \code
-			 *  uint8_t ErrorCode;
-			 *
-			 *  if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Null_Stream(512, NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-			 *  {
-			 *       // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
-			 *  }
-			 *  \endcode
-			 *
-			 *  <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
-			 *  \code
-			 *  uint8_t  ErrorCode;
-			 *  uint16_t BytesProcessed;
-			 *
-			 *  BytesProcessed = 0;
-			 *  while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Null_Stream(512, &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
-			 *  {
-			 *      // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
-			 *  }
-			 *
-			 *  if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-			 *  {
-			 *      // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
-			 *  }
-			 *  \endcode
-			 *
-			 *  \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of zero bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
-			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
-			 *                             transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Endpoint_Null_Stream(uint16_t Length,
-			                             uint16_t* const BytesProcessed);
-
-			//@}
-
-			/** \name Stream functions for RAM source/destination data */
-			//@{
-
-			/** Writes the given number of bytes to the endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
-			 *  sending full packets to the host as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
-			 *  the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
-			 *  \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
-			 *
-			 *  If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
-			 *  failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
-			 *  storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
-			 *  the endpoint bank becomes full while there is still data to process (and after the current
-			 *  packet transmission has been initiated) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the
-			 *  total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
-			 *  \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
-			 *  in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
-			 *  and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
-			 *
-			 *  <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
-			 *  \code
-			 *  uint8_t DataStream[512];
-			 *  uint8_t ErrorCode;
-			 *
-			 *  if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
-			 *                                            NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-			 *  {
-			 *       // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
-			 *  }
-			 *  \endcode
-			 *
-			 *  <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
-			 *  \code
-			 *  uint8_t  DataStream[512];
-			 *  uint8_t  ErrorCode;
-			 *  uint16_t BytesProcessed;
-			 *
-			 *  BytesProcessed = 0;
-			 *  while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
-			 *                                               &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
-			 *  {
-			 *      // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
-			 *  }
-			 *
-			 *  if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-			 *  {
-			 *      // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
-			 *  }
-			 *  \endcode
-			 *
-			 *  \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Buffer          Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
-			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
-			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
-			 *                             transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
-			                                 uint16_t Length,
-			                                 uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Writes the given number of bytes to the endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
-			 *  sending full packets to the host as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
-			 *  the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
-			 *  \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
-			 *
-			 *  \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Buffer          Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
-			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
-			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
-			 *                             transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
-			                                 uint16_t Length,
-			                                 uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Reads the given number of bytes from the endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
-			 *  discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically
-			 *  discarded once the remaining bytes has been read; the user is responsible for manually
-			 *  discarding the last packet from the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
-			 *
-			 *  If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
-			 *  failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
-			 *  storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
-			 *  the endpoint bank becomes empty while there is still data to process (and after the current
-			 *  packet has been acknowledged) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the total number
-			 *  of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
-			 *  \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
-			 *  in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
-			 *  and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
-			 *
-			 *  <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
-			 *  \code
-			 *  uint8_t DataStream[512];
-			 *  uint8_t ErrorCode;
-			 *
-			 *  if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
-			 *                                           NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-			 *  {
-			 *       // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
-			 *  }
-			 *  \endcode
-			 *
-			 *  <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
-			 *  \code
-			 *  uint8_t  DataStream[512];
-			 *  uint8_t  ErrorCode;
-			 *  uint16_t BytesProcessed;
-			 *
-			 *  BytesProcessed = 0;
-			 *  while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
-			 *                                              &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
-			 *  {
-			 *      // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
-			 *  }
-			 *
-			 *  if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-			 *  {
-			 *      // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
-			 *  }
-			 *  \endcode
-			 *
-			 *  \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[out] Buffer          Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
-			 *  \param[in]  Length          Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
-			 *  \param[in]  BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
-			 *                              transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(void* const Buffer,
-			                                uint16_t Length,
-			                                uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Reads the given number of bytes from the endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
-			 *  discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically
-			 *  discarded once the remaining bytes has been read; the user is responsible for manually
-			 *  discarding the last packet from the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
-			 *
-			 *  \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[out] Buffer          Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
-			 *  \param[in]  Length          Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
-			 *  \param[in]  BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
-			 *                              transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Stream_BE(void* const Buffer,
-			                                uint16_t Length,
-			                                uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Writes the given number of bytes to the CONTROL type endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
-			 *  sending full packets to the host as needed. The host OUT acknowledgement is not automatically cleared
-			 *  in both failure and success states; the user is responsible for manually clearing the status OUT packet
-			 *  to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
-			 *
-			 *  \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
-			 *        function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
-			 *        Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
-			 *           together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Buffer  Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
-			 *  \param[in] Length  Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
-			                                         uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Writes the given number of bytes to the CONTROL type endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
-			 *  sending full packets to the host as needed. The host OUT acknowledgement is not automatically cleared
-			 *  in both failure and success states; the user is responsible for manually clearing the status OUT packet
-			 *  to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
-			 *
-			 *  \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
-			 *        function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
-			 *        Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
-			 *           together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Buffer  Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
-			 *  \param[in] Length  Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
-			                                         uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Reads the given number of bytes from the CONTROL endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
-			 *  discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The device IN acknowledgement is not
-			 *  automatically sent after success or failure states; the user is responsible for manually sending the
-			 *  status IN packet to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
-			 *
-			 *  \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
-			 *        function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
-			 *        Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
-			 *           together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[out] Buffer  Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
-			 *  \param[in]  Length  Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(void* const Buffer,
-			                                        uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Reads the given number of bytes from the CONTROL endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
-			 *  discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The device IN acknowledgement is not
-			 *  automatically sent after success or failure states; the user is responsible for manually sending the
-			 *  status IN packet to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
-			 *
-			 *  \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
-			 *        function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
-			 *        Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
-			 *           together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[out] Buffer  Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
-			 *  \param[in]  Length  Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_BE(void* const Buffer,
-			                                        uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-			//@}
-
-			/** \name Stream functions for EEPROM source/destination data */
-			//@{
-
-			/** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE().
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Buffer          Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
-			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
-			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
-			 *                             transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Endpoint_Write_EStream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
-			                                  uint16_t Length,
-			                                  uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE().
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Buffer          Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
-			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
-			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
-			 *                             transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Endpoint_Write_EStream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
-			                                  uint16_t Length,
-			                                  uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** EEPROM buffer destination version of \ref Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE().
-			 *
-			 *  \param[out] Buffer          Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to, located in EEPROM memory space.
-			 *  \param[in]  Length          Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
-			 *  \param[in]  BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
-			 *                              transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Endpoint_Read_EStream_LE(void* const Buffer,
-			                                 uint16_t Length,
-			                                 uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** EEPROM buffer destination version of \ref Endpoint_Read_Stream_BE().
-			 *
-			 *  \param[out] Buffer          Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to, located in EEPROM memory space.
-			 *  \param[in]  Length          Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
-			 *  \param[in]  BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
-			 *                              transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Endpoint_Read_EStream_BE(void* const Buffer,
-			                                 uint16_t Length,
-			                                 uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** EEPROM buffer source version of Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE.
-			 *
-			 *  \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
-			 *        function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
-			 *        Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
-			 *           together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Buffer  Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
-			 *  \param[in] Length  Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_EStream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
-			                                          uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_BE().
-			 *
-			 *  \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
-			 *        function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
-			 *        Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
-			 *           together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Buffer  Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
-			 *  \param[in] Length  Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_EStream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
-			                                          uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE().
-			 *
-			 *  \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
-			 *        function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
-			 *        Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
-			 *           together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[out] Buffer  Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
-			 *  \param[in]  Length  Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Control_EStream_LE(void* const Buffer,
-			                                         uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_BE().
-			 *
-			 *  \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
-			 *        function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
-			 *        Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
-			 *           together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[out] Buffer  Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
-			 *  \param[in]  Length  Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Control_EStream_BE(void* const Buffer,
-			                                         uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-			//@}
-
-			/** \name Stream functions for PROGMEM source/destination data */
-			//@{
-
-			/** FLASH buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE().
-			 *
-			 *  \pre The FLASH data must be located in the first 64KB of FLASH for this function to work correctly.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Buffer          Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
-			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
-			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
-			 *                             transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Endpoint_Write_PStream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
-			                                  uint16_t Length,
-			                                  uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** FLASH buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE().
-			 *
-			 *  \pre The FLASH data must be located in the first 64KB of FLASH for this function to work correctly.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Buffer          Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
-			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
-			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
-			 *                             transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Endpoint_Write_PStream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
-			                                  uint16_t Length,
-			                                  uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** FLASH buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE().
-			 *
-			 *  \pre The FLASH data must be located in the first 64KB of FLASH for this function to work correctly.
-			 *
-			 *  \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
-			 *        function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
-			 *        Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
-			 *           together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Buffer  Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
-			 *  \param[in] Length  Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_PStream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
-			                                          uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** FLASH buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_BE().
-			 *
-			 *  \pre The FLASH data must be located in the first 64KB of FLASH for this function to work correctly.
-			 *
-			 *  \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
-			 *        function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
-			 *        Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
-			 *           together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Buffer  Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
-			 *  \param[in] Length  Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_PStream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
-			                                          uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-			//@}
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Endpoint_AVR8.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Endpoint_AVR8.c
deleted file mode 100644
index f5d20341b7..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Endpoint_AVR8.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,201 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-
-#include "../Endpoint.h"
-
-#if !defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE)
-uint8_t USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP_DEFAULT_SIZE;
-#endif
-
-bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(const USB_Endpoint_Table_t* const Table,
-                                     const uint8_t Entries)
-{
-	for (uint8_t i = 0; i < Entries; i++)
-	{
-		if (!(Table[i].Address))
-		  continue;
-
-		if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(Table[i].Address, Table[i].Type, Table[i].Size, Table[i].Banks)))
-		  return false;
-	}
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint_Prv(const uint8_t Number,
-                                    const uint8_t UECFG0XData,
-                                    const uint8_t UECFG1XData)
-{
-#if defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE) || defined(ORDERED_EP_CONFIG)
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(Number);
-	Endpoint_EnableEndpoint();
-
-	UECFG1X = 0;
-	UECFG0X = UECFG0XData;
-	UECFG1X = UECFG1XData;
-
-	return Endpoint_IsConfigured();
-#else
-	for (uint8_t EPNum = Number; EPNum < ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS; EPNum++)
-	{
-		uint8_t UECFG0XTemp;
-		uint8_t UECFG1XTemp;
-		uint8_t UEIENXTemp;
-
-		Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(EPNum);
-
-		if (EPNum == Number)
-		{
-			UECFG0XTemp = UECFG0XData;
-			UECFG1XTemp = UECFG1XData;
-			UEIENXTemp  = 0;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			UECFG0XTemp = UECFG0X;
-			UECFG1XTemp = UECFG1X;
-			UEIENXTemp  = UEIENX;
-		}
-
-		if (!(UECFG1XTemp & (1 << ALLOC)))
-		  continue;
-
-		Endpoint_DisableEndpoint();
-		UECFG1X &= ~(1 << ALLOC);
-
-		Endpoint_EnableEndpoint();
-		UECFG0X = UECFG0XTemp;
-		UECFG1X = UECFG1XTemp;
-		UEIENX  = UEIENXTemp;
-
-		if (!(Endpoint_IsConfigured()))
-		  return false;
-	}
-
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(Number);
-	return true;
-#endif
-}
-
-void Endpoint_ClearEndpoints(void)
-{
-	UEINT = 0;
-
-	for (uint8_t EPNum = 0; EPNum < ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS; EPNum++)
-	{
-		Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(EPNum);
-		UEIENX  = 0;
-		UEINTX  = 0;
-		UECFG1X = 0;
-		Endpoint_DisableEndpoint();
-	}
-}
-
-void Endpoint_ClearStatusStage(void)
-{
-	if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST)
-	{
-		while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
-		{
-			if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
-			  return;
-		}
-
-		Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
-		{
-			if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
-			  return;
-		}
-
-		Endpoint_ClearIN();
-	}
-}
-
-#if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
-uint8_t Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(void)
-{
-	#if (USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS < 0xFF)
-	uint8_t  TimeoutMSRem = USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS;
-	#else
-	uint16_t TimeoutMSRem = USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS;
-	#endif
-
-	uint16_t PreviousFrameNumber = USB_Device_GetFrameNumber();
-
-	for (;;)
-	{
-		if (Endpoint_GetEndpointDirection() == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
-		{
-			if (Endpoint_IsINReady())
-			  return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
-			  return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
-		}
-
-		uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
-
-		if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
-		  return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
-		else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
-		  return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_BusSuspended;
-		else if (Endpoint_IsStalled())
-		  return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_EndpointStalled;
-
-		uint16_t CurrentFrameNumber = USB_Device_GetFrameNumber();
-
-		if (CurrentFrameNumber != PreviousFrameNumber)
-		{
-			PreviousFrameNumber = CurrentFrameNumber;
-
-			if (!(TimeoutMSRem--))
-			  return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_Timeout;
-		}
-	}
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Endpoint_AVR8.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Endpoint_AVR8.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 1632d93cfc..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Endpoint_AVR8.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,819 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief USB Endpoint definitions for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
- *  \copydetails Group_EndpointManagement_AVR8
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_EndpointRW
- *  \defgroup Group_EndpointRW_AVR8 Endpoint Data Reading and Writing (AVR8)
- *  \brief Endpoint data read/write definitions for the Atmel AVR8 architecture.
- *
- *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing from and to endpoints.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW
- *  \defgroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8 Read/Write of Primitive Data Types (AVR8)
- *  \brief Endpoint primitive read/write definitions for the Atmel AVR8 architecture.
- *
- *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of primitive data types
- *  from and to endpoints.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement
- *  \defgroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8 Endpoint Packet Management (AVR8)
- *  \brief Endpoint packet management definitions for the Atmel AVR8 architecture.
- *
- *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to packet management of endpoints.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_EndpointManagement
- *  \defgroup Group_EndpointManagement_AVR8 Endpoint Management (AVR8)
- *  \brief Endpoint management definitions for the Atmel AVR8 architecture.
- *
- *  Functions, macros and enums related to endpoint management when in USB Device mode. This
- *  module contains the endpoint management macros, as well as endpoint interrupt and data
- *  send/receive functions for various data types.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __ENDPOINT_AVR8_H__
-#define __ENDPOINT_AVR8_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../USBTask.h"
-		#include "../USBInterrupt.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			static inline uint8_t Endpoint_BytesToEPSizeMask(const uint16_t Bytes) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_CONST
-			                                                                       ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint8_t Endpoint_BytesToEPSizeMask(const uint16_t Bytes)
-			{
-				uint8_t  MaskVal    = 0;
-				uint16_t CheckBytes = 8;
-
-				while (CheckBytes < Bytes)
-				{
-					MaskVal++;
-					CheckBytes <<= 1;
-				}
-
-				return (MaskVal << EPSIZE0);
-			}
-
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			void Endpoint_ClearEndpoints(void);
-			bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint_Prv(const uint8_t Number,
-			                                    const uint8_t UECFG0XData,
-			                                    const uint8_t UECFG1XData);
-
-	#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			#if (!defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
-				/** Default size of the default control endpoint's bank, until altered by the control endpoint bank size
-				 *  value in the device descriptor. Not available if the \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token is defined.
-				 */
-				#define ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP_DEFAULT_SIZE     8
-			#endif
-
-			#if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-				#if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-					/** Total number of endpoints (including the default control endpoint at address 0) which may
-					 *  be used in the device. Different USB AVR models support different amounts of endpoints,
-					 *  this value reflects the maximum number of endpoints for the currently selected AVR model.
-					 */
-					#define ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS        7
-				#else
-					#define ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS        5
-				#endif
-			#else
-				#define ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS            1
-			#endif
-
-		/* Enums: */
-			/** Enum for the possible error return codes of the \ref Endpoint_WaitUntilReady() function.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointRW_AVR8
-			 */
-			enum Endpoint_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t
-			{
-				ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError                 = 0, /**< Endpoint is ready for next packet, no error. */
-				ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_EndpointStalled         = 1, /**< The endpoint was stalled during the stream
-				                                                 *   transfer by the host or device.
-				                                                 */
-				ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected      = 2,	/**< Device was disconnected from the host while
-				                                                 *   waiting for the endpoint to become ready.
-				                                                 */
-				ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_BusSuspended            = 3, /**< The USB bus has been suspended by the host and
-				                                                 *   no USB endpoint traffic can occur until the bus
-				                                                 *   has resumed.
-				                                                 */
-				ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_Timeout                 = 4, /**< The host failed to accept or send the next packet
-				                                                 *   within the software timeout period set by the
-				                                                 *   \ref USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS macro.
-				                                                 */
-			};
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			/** Configures the specified endpoint address with the given endpoint type, bank size and number of hardware
-			 *  banks. Once configured, the endpoint may be read from or written to, depending on its direction.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Address    Endpoint address to configure.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Type       Type of endpoint to configure, a \c EP_TYPE_* mask. Not all endpoint types
-			 *                        are available on Low Speed USB devices - refer to the USB 2.0 specification.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Size       Size of the endpoint's bank, where packets are stored before they are transmitted
-			 *                        to the USB host, or after they have been received from the USB host (depending on
-			 *                        the endpoint's data direction). The bank size must indicate the maximum packet size
-			 *                        that the endpoint can handle.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Banks      Number of banks to use for the endpoint being configured.
-			 *
-			 *  \attention When the \c ORDERED_EP_CONFIG compile time option is used, Endpoints <b>must</b> be configured in
-			 *             ascending order, or bank corruption will occur.
-			 *
-			 *  \note Different endpoints may have different maximum packet sizes based on the endpoint's index - please
-			 *        refer to the chosen microcontroller model's datasheet to determine the maximum bank size for each endpoint.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \note The default control endpoint should not be manually configured by the user application, as
-			 *        it is automatically configured by the library internally.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \note This routine will automatically select the specified endpoint upon success. Upon failure, the endpoint
-			 *        which failed to reconfigure correctly will be selected.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the configuration succeeded, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(const uint8_t Address,
-			                                              const uint8_t Type,
-			                                              const uint16_t Size,
-			                                              const uint8_t Banks) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(const uint8_t Address,
-			                                              const uint8_t Type,
-			                                              const uint16_t Size,
-			                                              const uint8_t Banks)
-			{
-				uint8_t Number = (Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK);
-
-				if (Number >= ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS)
-				  return false;
-
-				return Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint_Prv(Number,
-				                                      ((Type << EPTYPE0) | ((Address & ENDPOINT_DIR_IN) ? (1 << EPDIR) : 0)),
-				                                      ((1 << ALLOC) | ((Banks > 1) ? (1 << EPBK0) : 0) | Endpoint_BytesToEPSizeMask(Size)));
-			}
-
-			/** Indicates the number of bytes currently stored in the current endpoint's selected bank.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointRW_AVR8
-			 *
-			 *  \return Total number of bytes in the currently selected Endpoint's FIFO buffer.
-			 */
-			static inline uint16_t Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint16_t Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint(void)
-			{
-				#if (defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR))
-					return UEBCX;
-				#elif defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR)
-					return (((uint16_t)UEBCHX << 8) | UEBCLX);
-				#elif defined(USB_SERIES_2_AVR)
-					return UEBCLX;
-				#endif
-			}
-
-			/** Determines the currently selected endpoint's direction.
-			 *
-			 *  \return The currently selected endpoint's direction, as a \c ENDPOINT_DIR_* mask.
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetEndpointDirection(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetEndpointDirection(void)
-			{
-				return (UECFG0X & (1 << EPDIR)) ? ENDPOINT_DIR_IN : ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT;
-			}
-
-			/** Get the endpoint address of the currently selected endpoint. This is typically used to save
-			 *  the currently selected endpoint so that it can be restored after another endpoint has been
-			 *  manipulated.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Index of the currently selected endpoint.
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint(void)
-			{
-				#if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
-					return ((UENUM & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK) | Endpoint_GetEndpointDirection());
-				#else
-					return ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP;
-				#endif
-			}
-
-			/** Selects the given endpoint address.
-			 *
-			 *  Any endpoint operations which do not require the endpoint address to be indicated will operate on
-			 *  the currently selected endpoint.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Address Endpoint address to select.
-			 */
-			static inline void Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(const uint8_t Address)
-			{
-				#if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
-					UENUM = (Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK);
-				#endif
-			}
-
-			/** Resets the endpoint bank FIFO. This clears all the endpoint banks and resets the USB controller's
-			 *  data In and Out pointers to the bank's contents.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Address  Endpoint address whose FIFO buffers are to be reset.
-			 */
-			static inline void Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(const uint8_t Address)
-			{
-				UERST = (1 << (Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK));
-				UERST = 0;
-			}
-
-			/** Enables the currently selected endpoint so that data can be sent and received through it to
-			 *  and from a host.
-			 *
-			 *  \note Endpoints must first be configured properly via \ref Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint().
-			 */
-			static inline void Endpoint_EnableEndpoint(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Endpoint_EnableEndpoint(void)
-			{
-				UECONX |= (1 << EPEN);
-			}
-
-			/** Disables the currently selected endpoint so that data cannot be sent and received through it
-			 *  to and from a host.
-			 */
-			static inline void Endpoint_DisableEndpoint(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Endpoint_DisableEndpoint(void)
-			{
-				UECONX &= ~(1 << EPEN);
-			}
-
-			/** Determines if the currently selected endpoint is enabled, but not necessarily configured.
-			 *
-			 * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint is enabled, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool Endpoint_IsEnabled(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool Endpoint_IsEnabled(void)
-			{
-				return ((UECONX & (1 << EPEN)) ? true : false);
-			}
-
-			/** Retrieves the number of busy banks in the currently selected endpoint, which have been queued for
-			 *  transmission via the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() command, or are awaiting acknowledgment via the
-			 *  \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() command.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
-			 *
-			 *  \return Total number of busy banks in the selected endpoint.
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetBusyBanks(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetBusyBanks(void)
-			{
-				return (UESTA0X & (0x03 << NBUSYBK0));
-			}
-
-			/** Aborts all pending IN transactions on the currently selected endpoint, once the bank
-			 *  has been queued for transmission to the host via \ref Endpoint_ClearIN(). This function
-			 *  will terminate all queued transactions, resetting the endpoint banks ready for a new
-			 *  packet.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
-			 */
-			static inline void Endpoint_AbortPendingIN(void)
-			{
-				while (Endpoint_GetBusyBanks() != 0)
-				{
-					UEINTX |= (1 << RXOUTI);
-					while (UEINTX & (1 << RXOUTI));
-				}
-			}
-
-			/** Determines if the currently selected endpoint may be read from (if data is waiting in the endpoint
-			 *  bank and the endpoint is an OUT direction, or if the bank is not yet full if the endpoint is an IN
-			 *  direction). This function will return false if an error has occurred in the endpoint, if the endpoint
-			 *  is an OUT direction and no packet (or an empty packet) has been received, or if the endpoint is an IN
-			 *  direction and the endpoint bank is full.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint may be read from or written to, depending
-			 *          on its direction.
-			 */
-			static inline bool Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed(void)
-			{
-				return ((UEINTX & (1 << RWAL)) ? true : false);
-			}
-
-			/** Determines if the currently selected endpoint is configured.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint has been configured, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool Endpoint_IsConfigured(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool Endpoint_IsConfigured(void)
-			{
-				return ((UESTA0X & (1 << CFGOK)) ? true : false);
-			}
-
-			/** Returns a mask indicating which INTERRUPT type endpoints have interrupted - i.e. their
-			 *  interrupt duration has elapsed. Which endpoints have interrupted can be determined by
-			 *  masking the return value against <tt>(1 << <i>{Endpoint Number}</i>)</tt>.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Mask whose bits indicate which endpoints have interrupted.
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetEndpointInterrupts(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetEndpointInterrupts(void)
-			{
-				return UEINT;
-			}
-
-			/** Determines if the specified endpoint number has interrupted (valid only for INTERRUPT type
-			 *  endpoints).
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Address  Address of the endpoint whose interrupt flag should be tested.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the specified endpoint has interrupted, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool Endpoint_HasEndpointInterrupted(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool Endpoint_HasEndpointInterrupted(const uint8_t Address)
-			{
-				return ((Endpoint_GetEndpointInterrupts() & (1 << (Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK))) ? true : false);
-			}
-
-			/** Determines if the selected IN endpoint is ready for a new packet to be sent to the host.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the current endpoint is ready for an IN packet, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool Endpoint_IsINReady(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool Endpoint_IsINReady(void)
-			{
-				return ((UEINTX & (1 << TXINI)) ? true : false);
-			}
-
-			/** Determines if the selected OUT endpoint has received new packet from the host.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if current endpoint is has received an OUT packet, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool Endpoint_IsOUTReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool Endpoint_IsOUTReceived(void)
-			{
-				return ((UEINTX & (1 << RXOUTI)) ? true : false);
-			}
-
-			/** Determines if the current CONTROL type endpoint has received a SETUP packet.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the selected endpoint has received a SETUP packet, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived(void)
-			{
-				return ((UEINTX & (1 << RXSTPI)) ? true : false);
-			}
-
-			/** Clears a received SETUP packet on the currently selected CONTROL type endpoint, freeing up the
-			 *  endpoint for the next packet.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
-			 *
-			 *  \note This is not applicable for non CONTROL type endpoints.
-			 */
-			static inline void Endpoint_ClearSETUP(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Endpoint_ClearSETUP(void)
-			{
-				UEINTX &= ~(1 << RXSTPI);
-			}
-
-			/** Sends an IN packet to the host on the currently selected endpoint, freeing up the endpoint for the
-			 *  next packet and switching to the alternative endpoint bank if double banked.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
-			 */
-			static inline void Endpoint_ClearIN(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Endpoint_ClearIN(void)
-			{
-				#if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
-					UEINTX &= ~((1 << TXINI) | (1 << FIFOCON));
-				#else
-					UEINTX &= ~(1 << TXINI);
-				#endif
-			}
-
-			/** Acknowledges an OUT packet to the host on the currently selected endpoint, freeing up the endpoint
-			 *  for the next packet and switching to the alternative endpoint bank if double banked.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
-			 */
-			static inline void Endpoint_ClearOUT(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Endpoint_ClearOUT(void)
-			{
-				#if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
-					UEINTX &= ~((1 << RXOUTI) | (1 << FIFOCON));
-				#else
-					UEINTX &= ~(1 << RXOUTI);
-				#endif
-			}
-
-			/** Stalls the current endpoint, indicating to the host that a logical problem occurred with the
-			 *  indicated endpoint and that the current transfer sequence should be aborted. This provides a
-			 *  way for devices to indicate invalid commands to the host so that the current transfer can be
-			 *  aborted and the host can begin its own recovery sequence.
-			 *
-			 *  The currently selected endpoint remains stalled until either the \ref Endpoint_ClearStall() macro
-			 *  is called, or the host issues a CLEAR FEATURE request to the device for the currently selected
-			 *  endpoint.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
-			 */
-			static inline void Endpoint_StallTransaction(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Endpoint_StallTransaction(void)
-			{
-				UECONX |= (1 << STALLRQ);
-			}
-
-			/** Clears the STALL condition on the currently selected endpoint.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
-			 */
-			static inline void Endpoint_ClearStall(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Endpoint_ClearStall(void)
-			{
-				UECONX |= (1 << STALLRQC);
-			}
-
-			/** Determines if the currently selected endpoint is stalled, \c false otherwise.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint is stalled, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool Endpoint_IsStalled(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool Endpoint_IsStalled(void)
-			{
-				return ((UECONX & (1 << STALLRQ)) ? true : false);
-			}
-
-			/** Resets the data toggle of the currently selected endpoint. */
-			static inline void Endpoint_ResetDataToggle(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Endpoint_ResetDataToggle(void)
-			{
-				UECONX |= (1 << RSTDT);
-			}
-
-			/** Sets the direction of the currently selected endpoint.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] DirectionMask  New endpoint direction, as a \c ENDPOINT_DIR_* mask.
-			 */
-			static inline void Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(const uint8_t DirectionMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(const uint8_t DirectionMask)
-			{
-				UECFG0X = ((UECFG0X & ~(1 << EPDIR)) | (DirectionMask ? (1 << EPDIR) : 0));
-			}
-
-			/** Reads one byte from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
-			 *
-			 *  \return Next byte in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t Endpoint_Read_8(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint8_t Endpoint_Read_8(void)
-			{
-				return UEDATX;
-			}
-
-			/** Writes one byte to the currently selected endpoint's bank, for IN direction endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Data  Data to write into the the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
-			 */
-			static inline void Endpoint_Write_8(const uint8_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Endpoint_Write_8(const uint8_t Data)
-			{
-				UEDATX = Data;
-			}
-
-			/** Discards one byte from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
-			 */
-			static inline void Endpoint_Discard_8(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Endpoint_Discard_8(void)
-			{
-				uint8_t Dummy;
-
-				Dummy = UEDATX;
-
-				(void)Dummy;
-			}
-
-			/** Reads two bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for OUT
-			 *  direction endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
-			 *
-			 *  \return Next two bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
-			 */
-			static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_LE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_LE(void)
-			{
-				union
-				{
-					uint16_t Value;
-					uint8_t  Bytes[2];
-				} Data;
-
-				Data.Bytes[0] = UEDATX;
-				Data.Bytes[1] = UEDATX;
-
-				return Data.Value;
-			}
-
-			/** Reads two bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for OUT
-			 *  direction endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
-			 *
-			 *  \return Next two bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
-			 */
-			static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_BE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_BE(void)
-			{
-				union
-				{
-					uint16_t Value;
-					uint8_t  Bytes[2];
-				} Data;
-
-				Data.Bytes[1] = UEDATX;
-				Data.Bytes[0] = UEDATX;
-
-				return Data.Value;
-			}
-
-			/** Writes two bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for IN
-			 *  direction endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Data  Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
-			 */
-			static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_LE(const uint16_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_LE(const uint16_t Data)
-			{
-				UEDATX = (Data & 0xFF);
-				UEDATX = (Data >> 8);
-			}
-
-			/** Writes two bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for IN
-			 *  direction endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Data  Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
-			 */
-			static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_BE(const uint16_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_BE(const uint16_t Data)
-			{
-				UEDATX = (Data >> 8);
-				UEDATX = (Data & 0xFF);
-			}
-
-			/** Discards two bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
-			 */
-			static inline void Endpoint_Discard_16(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Endpoint_Discard_16(void)
-			{
-				uint8_t Dummy;
-
-				Dummy = UEDATX;
-				Dummy = UEDATX;
-
-				(void)Dummy;
-			}
-
-			/** Reads four bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for OUT
-			 *  direction endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
-			 *
-			 *  \return Next four bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
-			 */
-			static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_LE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_LE(void)
-			{
-				union
-				{
-					uint32_t Value;
-					uint8_t  Bytes[4];
-				} Data;
-
-				Data.Bytes[0] = UEDATX;
-				Data.Bytes[1] = UEDATX;
-				Data.Bytes[2] = UEDATX;
-				Data.Bytes[3] = UEDATX;
-
-				return Data.Value;
-			}
-
-			/** Reads four bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for OUT
-			 *  direction endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
-			 *
-			 *  \return Next four bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
-			 */
-			static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_BE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_BE(void)
-			{
-				union
-				{
-					uint32_t Value;
-					uint8_t  Bytes[4];
-				} Data;
-
-				Data.Bytes[3] = UEDATX;
-				Data.Bytes[2] = UEDATX;
-				Data.Bytes[1] = UEDATX;
-				Data.Bytes[0] = UEDATX;
-
-				return Data.Value;
-			}
-
-			/** Writes four bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for IN
-			 *  direction endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Data  Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
-			 */
-			static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_LE(const uint32_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_LE(const uint32_t Data)
-			{
-				UEDATX = (Data &  0xFF);
-				UEDATX = (Data >> 8);
-				UEDATX = (Data >> 16);
-				UEDATX = (Data >> 24);
-			}
-
-			/** Writes four bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for IN
-			 *  direction endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Data  Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
-			 */
-			static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_BE(const uint32_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_BE(const uint32_t Data)
-			{
-				UEDATX = (Data >> 24);
-				UEDATX = (Data >> 16);
-				UEDATX = (Data >> 8);
-				UEDATX = (Data &  0xFF);
-			}
-
-			/** Discards four bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
-			 */
-			static inline void Endpoint_Discard_32(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Endpoint_Discard_32(void)
-			{
-				uint8_t Dummy;
-
-				Dummy = UEDATX;
-				Dummy = UEDATX;
-				Dummy = UEDATX;
-				Dummy = UEDATX;
-
-				(void)Dummy;
-			}
-
-		/* External Variables: */
-			/** Global indicating the maximum packet size of the default control endpoint located at address
-			 *  0 in the device. This value is set to the value indicated in the device descriptor in the user
-			 *  project once the USB interface is initialized into device mode.
-			 *
-			 *  If space is an issue, it is possible to fix this to a static value by defining the control
-			 *  endpoint size in the \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token passed to the compiler in the makefile
-			 *  via the -D switch. When a fixed control endpoint size is used, the size is no longer dynamically
-			 *  read from the descriptors at runtime and instead fixed to the given value. When used, it is
-			 *  important that the descriptor control endpoint size value matches the size given as the
-			 *  \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token - it is recommended that the \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token
-			 *  be used in the device descriptors to ensure this.
-			 *
-			 *  \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
-			 *             changed in value.
-			 */
-			#if (!defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
-				extern uint8_t USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize;
-			#else
-				#define USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE
-			#endif
-
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			/** Configures a table of endpoint descriptions, in sequence. This function can be used to configure multiple
-			 *  endpoints at the same time.
-			 *
-			 *  \note Endpoints with a zero address will be ignored, thus this function cannot be used to configure the
-			 *        control endpoint.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Table    Pointer to a table of endpoint descriptions.
-			 *  \param[in] Entries  Number of entries in the endpoint table to configure.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if all endpoints configured successfully, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(const USB_Endpoint_Table_t* const Table,
-			                                     const uint8_t Entries);
-
-			/** Completes the status stage of a control transfer on a CONTROL type endpoint automatically,
-			 *  with respect to the data direction. This is a convenience function which can be used to
-			 *  simplify user control request handling.
-			 *
-			 *  \note This routine should not be called on non CONTROL type endpoints.
-			 */
-			void Endpoint_ClearStatusStage(void);
-
-			/** Spin-loops until the currently selected non-control endpoint is ready for the next packet of data
-			 *  to be read or written to it.
-			 *
-			 *  \note This routine should not be called on CONTROL type endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointRW_AVR8
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(void);
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Host_AVR8.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Host_AVR8.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 4e38c75a60..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Host_AVR8.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,297 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_HOST_C
-#include "../Host.h"
-
-void USB_Host_ProcessNextHostState(void)
-{
-	uint8_t ErrorCode    = HOST_ENUMERROR_NoError;
-	uint8_t SubErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_NoError;
-
-	static uint16_t WaitMSRemaining;
-	static uint8_t  PostWaitState;
-
-	switch (USB_HostState)
-	{
-		case HOST_STATE_WaitForDevice:
-			if (WaitMSRemaining)
-			{
-				if ((SubErrorCode = USB_Host_WaitMS(1)) != HOST_WAITERROR_Successful)
-				{
-					USB_HostState = PostWaitState;
-					ErrorCode     = HOST_ENUMERROR_WaitStage;
-					break;
-				}
-
-				if (!(--WaitMSRemaining))
-				  USB_HostState = PostWaitState;
-			}
-
-			break;
-		case HOST_STATE_Powered:
-			WaitMSRemaining = HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS;
-
-			USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Powered_WaitForDeviceSettle;
-			break;
-		case HOST_STATE_Powered_WaitForDeviceSettle:
-			if (WaitMSRemaining--)
-			{
-				Delay_MS(1);
-				break;
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Off();
-
-				USB_OTGPAD_On();
-				USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Enable();
-				USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_On();
-
-				#if defined(NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT)
-				USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Enable();
-				USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_On();
-				#endif
-
-				USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Powered_WaitForConnect;
-			}
-
-			break;
-		case HOST_STATE_Powered_WaitForConnect:
-			if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_DCONNI))
-			{
-				USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DCONNI);
-				USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DDISCI);
-
-				USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_VBERRI);
-				USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_VBERRI);
-
-				USB_Host_ResumeBus();
-				Pipe_ClearPipes();
-
-				HOST_TASK_NONBLOCK_WAIT(100, HOST_STATE_Powered_DoReset);
-			}
-
-			break;
-		case HOST_STATE_Powered_DoReset:
-			USB_Host_ResetDevice();
-
-			HOST_TASK_NONBLOCK_WAIT(200, HOST_STATE_Powered_ConfigPipe);
-			break;
-		case HOST_STATE_Powered_ConfigPipe:
-			if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE, EP_TYPE_CONTROL, ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP, PIPE_CONTROLPIPE_DEFAULT_SIZE, 1)))
-			{
-				ErrorCode    = HOST_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigError;
-				SubErrorCode = 0;
-				break;
-			}
-
-			USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Default;
-			break;
-		case HOST_STATE_Default:
-			USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
-				{
-					.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
-					.bRequest      = REQ_GetDescriptor,
-					.wValue        = (DTYPE_Device << 8),
-					.wIndex        = 0,
-					.wLength       = 8,
-				};
-
-			uint8_t DataBuffer[8];
-
-			Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-			if ((SubErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(DataBuffer)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
-			{
-				ErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_ControlError;
-				break;
-			}
-
-			USB_Host_ControlPipeSize = DataBuffer[offsetof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t, Endpoint0Size)];
-
-			USB_Host_ResetDevice();
-
-			HOST_TASK_NONBLOCK_WAIT(200, HOST_STATE_Default_PostReset);
-			break;
-		case HOST_STATE_Default_PostReset:
-			if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE, EP_TYPE_CONTROL, ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP, USB_Host_ControlPipeSize, 1)))
-			{
-				ErrorCode    = HOST_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigError;
-				SubErrorCode = 0;
-				break;
-			}
-
-			USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
-				{
-					.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
-					.bRequest      = REQ_SetAddress,
-					.wValue        = USB_HOST_DEVICEADDRESS,
-					.wIndex        = 0,
-					.wLength       = 0,
-				};
-
-			if ((SubErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
-			{
-				ErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_ControlError;
-				break;
-			}
-
-			HOST_TASK_NONBLOCK_WAIT(100, HOST_STATE_Default_PostAddressSet);
-			break;
-		case HOST_STATE_Default_PostAddressSet:
-			USB_Host_SetDeviceAddress(USB_HOST_DEVICEADDRESS);
-
-			USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Addressed;
-
-			EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete();
-			break;
-
-		default:
-			break;
-	}
-
-	if ((ErrorCode != HOST_ENUMERROR_NoError) && (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Unattached))
-	{
-		EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(ErrorCode, SubErrorCode);
-
-		USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Off();
-
-		EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached();
-
-		USB_ResetInterface();
-	}
-}
-
-uint8_t USB_Host_WaitMS(uint8_t MS)
-{
-	bool    BusSuspended = USB_Host_IsBusSuspended();
-	uint8_t ErrorCode    = HOST_WAITERROR_Successful;
-	bool    HSOFIEnabled = USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_HSOFI);
-
-	USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
-	USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
-
-	USB_Host_ResumeBus();
-
-	while (MS)
-	{
-		if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_HSOFI))
-		{
-			USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
-			MS--;
-		}
-
-		if ((USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached) || (USB_CurrentMode != USB_MODE_Host))
-		{
-			ErrorCode = HOST_WAITERROR_DeviceDisconnect;
-
-			break;
-		}
-
-		if (Pipe_IsError())
-		{
-			Pipe_ClearError();
-			ErrorCode = HOST_WAITERROR_PipeError;
-
-			break;
-		}
-
-		if (Pipe_IsStalled())
-		{
-			Pipe_ClearStall();
-			ErrorCode = HOST_WAITERROR_SetupStalled;
-
-			break;
-		}
-	}
-
-	if (BusSuspended)
-	  USB_Host_SuspendBus();
-
-	if (HSOFIEnabled)
-	  USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
-
-	return ErrorCode;
-}
-
-static void USB_Host_ResetDevice(void)
-{
-	bool BusSuspended = USB_Host_IsBusSuspended();
-
-	USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_DDISCI);
-
-	USB_Host_ResetBus();
-	while (!(USB_Host_IsBusResetComplete()));
-	USB_Host_ResumeBus();
-
-	USB_Host_ConfigurationNumber = 0;
-
-	bool HSOFIEnabled = USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_HSOFI);
-
-	USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
-	USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
-
-	for (uint8_t MSRem = 10; MSRem != 0; MSRem--)
-	{
-		/* Workaround for powerless-pull-up devices. After a USB bus reset,
-		   all disconnection interrupts are suppressed while a USB frame is
-		   looked for - if it is found within 10ms, the device is still
-		   present.                                                        */
-
-		if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_HSOFI))
-		{
-			USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
-			USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DDISCI);
-			break;
-		}
-
-		Delay_MS(1);
-	}
-
-	if (HSOFIEnabled)
-	  USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
-
-	if (BusSuspended)
-	  USB_Host_SuspendBus();
-
-	USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_DDISCI);
-}
-
-#endif
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Host_AVR8.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Host_AVR8.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f0ffa5a54c..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Host_AVR8.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,372 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief USB Host definitions for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
- *  \copydetails Group_Host_AVR8
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Host
- *  \defgroup Group_Host_AVR8 Host Management (AVR8)
- *  \brief USB Host definitions for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
- *
- *  Architecture specific USB Host definitions for the Atmel 8-bit AVR microcontrollers.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __USBHOST_AVR8_H__
-#define __USBHOST_AVR8_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../StdDescriptors.h"
-		#include "../Pipe.h"
-		#include "../USBInterrupt.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-		#if defined(INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE) && !defined(NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT)
-			#error The INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE compile option requires NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT for the AVR8 architecture.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Indicates the fixed USB device address which any attached device is enumerated to when in
-			 *  host mode. As only one USB device may be attached to the AVR in host mode at any one time
-			 *  and that the address used is not important (other than the fact that it is non-zero), a
-			 *  fixed value is specified by the library.
-			 */
-			#define USB_HOST_DEVICEADDRESS                 1
-
-			#if !defined(HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-				/** Constant for the delay in milliseconds after a device is connected before the library
-				 *  will start the enumeration process. Some devices require a delay of up to 5 seconds
-				 *  after connection before the enumeration process can start or incorrect operation will
-				 *  occur.
-				 *
-				 *  The default delay value may be overridden in the user project makefile by defining the
-				 *  \c HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS token to the required delay in milliseconds, and passed to the
-				 *  compiler using the -D switch.
-				 */
-				#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS        1000
-			#endif
-
-			/** Enum for the error codes for the \ref EVENT_USB_Host_HostError() event.
-			 *
-			 *  \see \ref Group_Events for more information on this event.
-			 */
-			enum USB_Host_ErrorCodes_t
-			{
-				HOST_ERROR_VBusVoltageDip       = 0, /**< VBUS voltage dipped to an unacceptable level. This
-				                                      *   error may be the result of an attached device drawing
-				                                      *   too much current from the VBUS line, or due to the
-				                                      *   AVR's power source being unable to supply sufficient
-				                                      *   current.
-				                                      */
-			};
-
-			/** Enum for the error codes for the \ref EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed() event.
-			 *
-			 *  \see \ref Group_Events for more information on this event.
-			 */
-			enum USB_Host_EnumerationErrorCodes_t
-			{
-				HOST_ENUMERROR_NoError          = 0, /**< No error occurred. Used internally, this is not a valid
-				                                      *   ErrorCode parameter value for the \ref EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed()
-				                                      *   event.
-				                                      */
-				HOST_ENUMERROR_WaitStage        = 1, /**< One of the delays between enumeration steps failed
-				                                      *   to complete successfully, due to a timeout or other
-				                                      *   error.
-				                                      */
-				HOST_ENUMERROR_NoDeviceDetected = 2, /**< No device was detected, despite the USB data lines
-				                                      *   indicating the attachment of a device.
-				                                      */
-				HOST_ENUMERROR_ControlError     = 3, /**< One of the enumeration control requests failed to
-				                                      *   complete successfully.
-				                                      */
-				HOST_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigError  = 4, /**< The default control pipe (address 0) failed to
-				                                      *   configure correctly.
-				                                      */
-			};
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			/** Returns the current USB frame number, when in host mode. Every millisecond the USB bus is active (i.e. not suspended)
-			 *  the frame number is incremented by one.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Current USB frame number from the USB controller.
-			 */
-			static inline uint16_t USB_Host_GetFrameNumber(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint16_t USB_Host_GetFrameNumber(void)
-			{
-				return UHFNUM;
-			}
-
-			#if !defined(NO_SOF_EVENTS)
-				/** Enables the host mode Start Of Frame events. When enabled, this causes the
-				 *  \ref EVENT_USB_Host_StartOfFrame() event to fire once per millisecond, synchronized to the USB bus,
-				 *  at the start of each USB frame when a device is enumerated while in host mode.
-				 *
-				 *  \note This function is not available when the \c NO_SOF_EVENTS compile time token is defined.
-				 */
-				static inline void USB_Host_EnableSOFEvents(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-				static inline void USB_Host_EnableSOFEvents(void)
-				{
-					USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
-				}
-
-				/** Disables the host mode Start Of Frame events. When disabled, this stops the firing of the
-				 *  \ref EVENT_USB_Host_StartOfFrame() event when enumerated in host mode.
-				 *
-				 *  \note This function is not available when the \c NO_SOF_EVENTS compile time token is defined.
-				 */
-				static inline void USB_Host_DisableSOFEvents(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-				static inline void USB_Host_DisableSOFEvents(void)
-				{
-					USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
-				}
-			#endif
-
-			/** Resets the USB bus, including the endpoints in any attached device and pipes on the AVR host.
-			 *  USB bus resets leave the default control pipe configured (if already configured).
-			 *
-			 *  If the USB bus has been suspended prior to issuing a bus reset, the attached device will be
-			 *  woken up automatically and the bus resumed after the reset has been correctly issued.
-			 */
-			static inline void USB_Host_ResetBus(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_Host_ResetBus(void)
-			{
-				UHCON |=  (1 << RESET);
-			}
-
-			/** Determines if a previously issued bus reset (via the \ref USB_Host_ResetBus() macro) has
-			 *  completed.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if no bus reset is currently being sent, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool USB_Host_IsBusResetComplete(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool USB_Host_IsBusResetComplete(void)
-			{
-				return ((UHCON & (1 << RESET)) ? false : true);
-			}
-
-			/** Resumes USB communications with an attached and enumerated device, by resuming the transmission
-			 *  of the 1MS Start Of Frame messages to the device. When resumed, USB communications between the
-			 *  host and attached device may occur.
-			 */
-			static inline void USB_Host_ResumeBus(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_Host_ResumeBus(void)
-			{
-				UHCON |=  (1 << SOFEN);
-			}
-
-			/** Suspends the USB bus, preventing any communications from occurring between the host and attached
-			 *  device until the bus has been resumed. This stops the transmission of the 1MS Start Of Frame
-			 *  messages to the device.
-			 *
-			 *  \attention While the USB bus is suspended, all USB interrupt sources are also disabled; this means that
-			 *             some events (such as device disconnections) will not fire until the bus is resumed.
-			 */
-			static inline void USB_Host_SuspendBus(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_Host_SuspendBus(void)
-			{
-				UHCON &= ~(1 << SOFEN);
-			}
-
-			/** Determines if the USB bus has been suspended via the use of the \ref USB_Host_SuspendBus() macro,
-			 *  false otherwise. While suspended, no USB communications can occur until the bus is resumed,
-			 *  except for the Remote Wakeup event from the device if supported.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the bus is currently suspended, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool USB_Host_IsBusSuspended(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool USB_Host_IsBusSuspended(void)
-			{
-				return ((UHCON & (1 << SOFEN)) ? false : true);
-			}
-
-			/** Determines if the attached device is currently enumerated in Full Speed mode (12Mb/s), or
-			 *  false if the attached device is enumerated in Low Speed mode (1.5Mb/s).
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the attached device is enumerated in Full Speed mode, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool USB_Host_IsDeviceFullSpeed(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool USB_Host_IsDeviceFullSpeed(void)
-			{
-				return ((USBSTA & (1 << SPEED)) ? true : false);
-			}
-
-			/** Determines if the attached device is currently issuing a Remote Wakeup request, requesting
-			 *  that the host resume the USB bus and wake up the device, \c false otherwise.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the attached device has sent a Remote Wakeup request, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool USB_Host_IsRemoteWakeupSent(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool USB_Host_IsRemoteWakeupSent(void)
-			{
-				return ((UHINT & (1 << RXRSMI)) ? true : false);
-			}
-
-			/** Clears the flag indicating that a Remote Wakeup request has been issued by an attached device. */
-			static inline void USB_Host_ClearRemoteWakeupSent(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_Host_ClearRemoteWakeupSent(void)
-			{
-				UHINT &= ~(1 << RXRSMI);
-			}
-
-			/** Accepts a Remote Wakeup request from an attached device. This must be issued in response to
-			 *  a device's Remote Wakeup request within 2ms for the request to be accepted and the bus to
-			 *  be resumed.
-			 */
-			static inline void USB_Host_ResumeFromWakeupRequest(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_Host_ResumeFromWakeupRequest(void)
-			{
-				UHCON |=  (1 << RESUME);
-			}
-
-			/** Determines if a resume from Remote Wakeup request is currently being sent to an attached
-			 *  device.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if no resume request is currently being sent, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool USB_Host_IsResumeFromWakeupRequestSent(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool USB_Host_IsResumeFromWakeupRequestSent(void)
-			{
-				return ((UHCON & (1 << RESUME)) ? false : true);
-			}
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Macros: */
-			static inline void USB_Host_HostMode_On(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_Host_HostMode_On(void)
-			{
-				USBCON |=  (1 << HOST);
-			}
-
-			static inline void USB_Host_HostMode_Off(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_Host_HostMode_Off(void)
-			{
-				USBCON &= ~(1 << HOST);
-			}
-
-			static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Enable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Enable(void)
-			{
-				OTGCON &= ~(1 << VBUSHWC);
-				UHWCON |=  (1 << UVCONE);
-			}
-
-			static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Enable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Enable(void)
-			{
-				OTGCON |=  (1 << VBUSHWC);
-				UHWCON &= ~(1 << UVCONE);
-
-				DDRE   |=  (1 << 7);
-			}
-
-			static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_On(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_On(void)
-			{
-				OTGCON |=  (1 << VBUSREQ);
-			}
-
-			static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_On(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_On(void)
-			{
-				#if defined(INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE)
-				PORTE  &= ~(1 << 7);
-				#else
-				PORTE  |=  (1 << 7);
-				#endif
-			}
-
-			static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Off(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Off(void)
-			{
-				OTGCON |=  (1 << VBUSRQC);
-			}
-
-			static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Off(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Off(void)
-			{
-				#if defined(INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE)
-				PORTE  |=  (1 << 7);
-				#else
-				PORTE  &= ~(1 << 7);
-				#endif
-			}
-
-			static inline void USB_Host_SetDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_Host_SetDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address)
-			{
-				UHADDR  =  (Address & 0x7F);
-			}
-
-		/* Enums: */
-			enum USB_Host_WaitMSErrorCodes_t
-			{
-				HOST_WAITERROR_Successful       = 0,
-				HOST_WAITERROR_DeviceDisconnect = 1,
-				HOST_WAITERROR_PipeError        = 2,
-				HOST_WAITERROR_SetupStalled     = 3,
-			};
-
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			void    USB_Host_ProcessNextHostState(void);
-			uint8_t USB_Host_WaitMS(uint8_t MS);
-
-			#if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_HOST_C)
-				static void USB_Host_ResetDevice(void);
-			#endif
-	#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/OTG_AVR8.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/OTG_AVR8.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c2e8496274..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/OTG_AVR8.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,159 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief USB OTG definitions for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
- *  \copydetails Group_OTG_AVR8
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_OTG
- *  \defgroup Group_OTG_AVR8 USB On The Go (OTG) Management (AVR8)
- *  \brief USB OTG definitions for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
- *
- *  Architecture specific USB OTG definitions for the Atmel 8-bit AVR microcontrollers.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __USBOTG_AVR8_H__
-#define __USBOTG_AVR8_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Mask for the VBUS pulsing method of SRP, supported by some OTG devices.
-			 *
-			 *  \see \ref USB_OTG_Device_InitiateSRP().
-			 */
-			#define USB_OTG_SRP_VBUS                   (1 << SRPSEL)
-
-			/** Mask for the Data + pulsing method of SRP, supported by some OTG devices.
-			 *
-			 *  \see \ref USB_OTG_Device_InitiateSRP().
-			 */
-			#define USB_OTG_STP_DATA                   0
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			/** Initiate a Host Negotiation Protocol request. This indicates to the other connected device
-			 *  that the device wishes to change device/host roles.
-			 */
-			static inline void USB_OTG_Device_RequestHNP(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_OTG_Device_RequestHNP(void)
-			{
-				OTGCON |=  (1 << HNPREQ);
-			}
-
-			/** Cancel a Host Negotiation Protocol request. This stops a pending HNP request to the other
-			 *  connected device.
-			 */
-			static inline void USB_OTG_Device_CancelHNPRequest(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_OTG_Device_CancelHNPRequest(void)
-			{
-				OTGCON &= ~(1 << HNPREQ);
-			}
-
-			/** Determines if the device is currently sending a HNP to an attached host.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if currently sending a HNP to the other connected device, \c false otherwise
-			 */
-			static inline bool USB_OTG_Device_IsSendingHNP(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool USB_OTG_Device_IsSendingHNP(void)
-			{
-				return ((OTGCON & (1 << HNPREQ)) ? true : false);
-			}
-
-			/** Initiates a Session Request Protocol request. Most OTG devices turn off VBUS when the USB
-			 *  interface is not in use, to conserve power. Sending a SRP to a USB OTG device running in
-			 *  host mode indicates that VBUS should be applied and a session started.
-			 *
-			 *  There are two different methods of sending a SRP - either pulses on the VBUS line, or by
-			 *  pulsing the Data + line via the internal pull-up resistor.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] SRPTypeMask  Mask indicating the type of SRP to use, either \ref USB_OTG_SRP_VBUS or
-			 *                          \ref USB_OTG_STP_DATA.
-			 */
-			static inline void USB_OTG_Device_InitiateSRP(const uint8_t SRPTypeMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_OTG_Device_InitiateSRP(const uint8_t SRPTypeMask)
-			{
-				OTGCON = ((OTGCON & ~(1 << SRPSEL)) | (SRPTypeMask | (1 << SRPREQ)));
-			}
-
-			/** Accepts a HNP from a connected device, indicating that both devices should exchange
-			 *  device/host roles.
-			 */
-			static inline void USB_OTG_Host_AcceptHNP(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_OTG_Host_AcceptHNP(void)
-			{
-				OTGCON |=  (1 << HNPREQ);
-			}
-
-			/** Rejects a HNP from a connected device, indicating that both devices should remain in their
-			 *  current device/host roles.
-			 */
-			static inline void USB_OTG_Host_RejectHNP(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_OTG_Host_RejectHNP(void)
-			{
-				OTGCON &= ~(1 << HNPREQ);
-			}
-
-			/** Indicates if the connected device is currently sending a HNP request.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if a HNP is currently being issued by the connected device, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool USB_OTG_Host_IsHNPReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool USB_OTG_Host_IsHNPReceived(void)
-			{
-				return ((OTGCON & (1 << HNPREQ)) ? true : false);
-			}
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/PipeStream_AVR8.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/PipeStream_AVR8.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 47169b3feb..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/PipeStream_AVR8.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,221 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-
-#include "PipeStream_AVR8.h"
-
-uint8_t Pipe_Discard_Stream(uint16_t Length,
-                            uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
-{
-	uint8_t  ErrorCode;
-	uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
-
-	Pipe_SetPipeToken(PIPE_TOKEN_IN);
-
-	if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
-	  return ErrorCode;
-
-	if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
-	  Length -= *BytesProcessed;
-
-	while (Length)
-	{
-		if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
-		{
-			Pipe_ClearIN();
-
-			if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
-			{
-				*BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
-				return PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
-			}
-
-			if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
-			  return ErrorCode;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			Pipe_Discard_8();
-
-			Length--;
-			BytesInTransfer++;
-		}
-	}
-
-	return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-uint8_t Pipe_Null_Stream(uint16_t Length,
-                         uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
-{
-	uint8_t  ErrorCode;
-	uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
-
-	Pipe_SetPipeToken(PIPE_TOKEN_OUT);
-
-	if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
-	  return ErrorCode;
-
-	if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
-	  Length -= *BytesProcessed;
-
-	while (Length)
-	{
-		if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
-		{
-			Pipe_ClearOUT();
-
-			if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
-			{
-				*BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
-				return PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
-			}
-
-			USB_USBTask();
-
-			if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
-			  return ErrorCode;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			Pipe_Write_8(0);
-
-			Length--;
-			BytesInTransfer++;
-		}
-	}
-
-	return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-/* The following abuses the C preprocessor in order to copy-paste common code with slight alterations,
- * so that the code needs to be written once. It is a crude form of templating to reduce code maintenance. */
-
-#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Pipe_Write_Stream_LE
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      const void*
-#define  TEMPLATE_TOKEN                            PIPE_TOKEN_OUT
-#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE()                     Pipe_ClearOUT()
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   DataStream += Amount
-#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Pipe_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
-#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
-
-#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Pipe_Write_Stream_BE
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      const void*
-#define  TEMPLATE_TOKEN                            PIPE_TOKEN_OUT
-#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE()                     Pipe_ClearOUT()
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   DataStream -= Amount
-#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Pipe_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
-#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
-
-#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Pipe_Read_Stream_LE
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      void*
-#define  TEMPLATE_TOKEN                            PIPE_TOKEN_IN
-#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE()                     Pipe_ClearIN()
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   DataStream += Amount
-#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         *BufferPtr = Pipe_Read_8()
-#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
-
-#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Pipe_Read_Stream_BE
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      void*
-#define  TEMPLATE_TOKEN                            PIPE_TOKEN_IN
-#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE()                     Pipe_ClearIN()
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   DataStream -= Amount
-#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         *BufferPtr = Pipe_Read_8()
-#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
-
-#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Pipe_Write_PStream_LE
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      const void*
-#define  TEMPLATE_TOKEN                            PIPE_TOKEN_OUT
-#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE()                     Pipe_ClearOUT()
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   DataStream += Amount
-#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Pipe_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
-#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
-
-#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Pipe_Write_PStream_BE
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      const void*
-#define  TEMPLATE_TOKEN                            PIPE_TOKEN_OUT
-#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE()                     Pipe_ClearOUT()
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   DataStream -= Amount
-#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Pipe_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
-#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
-
-#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Pipe_Write_EStream_LE
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      const void*
-#define  TEMPLATE_TOKEN                            PIPE_TOKEN_OUT
-#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE()                     Pipe_ClearOUT()
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   DataStream += Amount
-#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Pipe_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
-#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
-
-#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Pipe_Write_EStream_BE
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      const void*
-#define  TEMPLATE_TOKEN                            PIPE_TOKEN_OUT
-#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE()                     Pipe_ClearOUT()
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   DataStream -= Amount
-#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Pipe_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
-#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
-
-#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Pipe_Read_EStream_LE
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      void*
-#define  TEMPLATE_TOKEN                            PIPE_TOKEN_IN
-#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE()                     Pipe_ClearIN()
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   DataStream += Amount
-#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Pipe_Read_8())
-#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
-
-#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Pipe_Read_EStream_BE
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      void*
-#define  TEMPLATE_TOKEN                            PIPE_TOKEN_IN
-#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE()                     Pipe_ClearIN()
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   DataStream -= Amount
-#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Pipe_Read_8())
-#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
-
-#endif
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/PipeStream_AVR8.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/PipeStream_AVR8.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 264dab54e9..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/PipeStream_AVR8.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,442 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Pipe data stream transmission and reception management for the AVR8 microcontrollers
- *  \copydetails Group_PipeStreamRW_AVR8
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_PipeStreamRW
- *  \defgroup Group_PipeStreamRW_AVR8 Read/Write of Multi-Byte Streams (AVR8)
- *  \brief Pipe data stream transmission and reception management for the Atmel AVR8 architecture.
- *
- *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of data streams from
- *  and to pipes.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __PIPE_STREAM_AVR8_H__
-#define __PIPE_STREAM_AVR8_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../USBMode.h"
-		#include "../USBTask.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			/** \name Stream functions for null data */
-			//@{
-
-			/** Reads and discards the given number of bytes from the pipe, discarding fully read packets from the host
-			 *  as needed. The last packet is not automatically discarded once the remaining bytes has been read; the
-			 *  user is responsible for manually discarding the last packet from the device via the \ref Pipe_ClearIN() macro.
-			 *
-			 *  If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once, failing or
-			 *  succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid storage location, the transfer
-			 *  will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time the pipe bank becomes empty while there is still data
-			 *  to process (and after the current packet has been acknowledged) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with
-			 *  the total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
-			 *  \ref PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed in the user code - to
-			 *  continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters and it will resume until the BytesProcessed
-			 *  value reaches the total transfer length.
-			 *
-			 *  <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
-			 *  \code
-			 *  uint8_t ErrorCode;
-			 *
-			 *  if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Discard_Stream(512, NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-			 *  {
-			 *       // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
-			 *  }
-			 *  \endcode
-			 *
-			 *  <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
-			 *  \code
-			 *  uint8_t  ErrorCode;
-			 *  uint16_t BytesProcessed;
-			 *
-			 *  BytesProcessed = 0;
-			 *  while ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Discard_Stream(512, &BytesProcessed)) == PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
-			 *  {
-			 *      // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
-			 *  }
-			 *
-			 *  if (ErrorCode != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-			 *  {
-			 *      // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
-			 *  }
-			 *  \endcode
-			 *
-			 *  \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
-			 *        having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of bytes to discard via the currently selected pipe.
-			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
-			 *                             updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be processed at once.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Pipe_Discard_Stream(uint16_t Length,
-			                            uint16_t* const BytesProcessed);
-
-			/** Writes a given number of zeroed bytes to the pipe, sending full pipe packets from the host to the device
-			 *  as needed. The last packet is not automatically sent once the remaining bytes has been written; the
-			 *  user is responsible for manually discarding the last packet from the device via the \ref Pipe_ClearOUT() macro.
-			 *
-			 *  If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once, failing or
-			 *  succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid storage location, the transfer
-			 *  will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time the pipe bank becomes full while there is still data
-			 *  to process (and after the current packet transmission has been initiated) the BytesProcessed location will be
-			 *  updated with the total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
-			 *  \ref PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed in the user code - to
-			 *  continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters and it will resume until the BytesProcessed
-			 *  value reaches the total transfer length.
-			 *
-			 *  <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
-			 *  \code
-			 *  uint8_t ErrorCode;
-			 *
-			 *  if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Null_Stream(512, NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-			 *  {
-			 *       // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
-			 *  }
-			 *  \endcode
-			 *
-			 *  <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
-			 *  \code
-			 *  uint8_t  ErrorCode;
-			 *  uint16_t BytesProcessed;
-			 *
-			 *  BytesProcessed = 0;
-			 *  while ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Null_Stream(512, &BytesProcessed)) == PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
-			 *  {
-			 *      // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
-			 *  }
-			 *
-			 *  if (ErrorCode != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-			 *  {
-			 *      // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
-			 *  }
-			 *  \endcode
-			 *
-			 *  \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
-			 *        having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of zero bytes to write via the currently selected pipe.
-			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
-			 *                             updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be processed at once.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Pipe_Null_Stream(uint16_t Length,
-			                         uint16_t* const BytesProcessed);
-
-			//@}
-
-			/** \name Stream functions for RAM source/destination data */
-			//@{
-
-			/** Writes the given number of bytes to the pipe from the given buffer in little endian,
-			 *  sending full packets to the device as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
-			 *  the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
-			 *  \ref Pipe_ClearOUT() macro. Between each USB packet, the given stream callback function is
-			 *  executed repeatedly until the next packet is ready, allowing for early aborts of stream transfers.
-			 *
-			 *  If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
-			 *  failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
-			 *  storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
-			 *  the pipe bank becomes full while there is still data to process (and after the current
-			 *  packet transmission has been initiated) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the
-			 *  total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
-			 *  \ref PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
-			 *  in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
-			 *  and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
-			 *
-			 *  <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
-			 *  \code
-			 *  uint8_t DataStream[512];
-			 *  uint8_t ErrorCode;
-			 *
-			 *  if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
-			 *                                        NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-			 *  {
-			 *       // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
-			 *  }
-			 *  \endcode
-			 *
-			 *  <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
-			 *  \code
-			 *  uint8_t  DataStream[512];
-			 *  uint8_t  ErrorCode;
-			 *  uint16_t BytesProcessed;
-			 *
-			 *  BytesProcessed = 0;
-			 *  while ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
-			 *                                           &BytesProcessed)) == PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
-			 *  {
-			 *      // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
-			 *  }
-			 *
-			 *  if (ErrorCode != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-			 *  {
-			 *      // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
-			 *  }
-			 *  \endcode
-			 *
-			 *  \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
-			 *        having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Buffer          Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
-			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe into the buffer.
-			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
-			 *                             updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
-			                             uint16_t Length,
-			                             uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Writes the given number of bytes to the pipe from the given buffer in big endian,
-			 *  sending full packets to the device as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
-			 *  the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
-			 *  \ref Pipe_ClearOUT() macro. Between each USB packet, the given stream callback function is
-			 *  executed repeatedly until the next packet is ready, allowing for early aborts of stream transfers.
-			 *
-			 *  \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
-			 *        having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Buffer          Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
-			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe into the buffer.
-			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
-			 *                             updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Pipe_Write_Stream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
-			                             uint16_t Length,
-			                             uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Reads the given number of bytes from the pipe into the given buffer in little endian,
-			 *  sending full packets to the device as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
-			 *  the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
-			 *  \ref Pipe_ClearIN() macro. Between each USB packet, the given stream callback function is
-			 *  executed repeatedly until the next packet is ready, allowing for early aborts of stream transfers.
-			 *
-			 *  If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
-			 *  failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
-			 *  storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
-			 *  the pipe bank becomes empty while there is still data to process (and after the current
-			 *  packet has been acknowledged) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the total number
-			 *  of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
-			 *  \ref PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
-			 *  in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
-			 *  and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
-			 *
-			 *  <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
-			 *  \code
-			 *  uint8_t DataStream[512];
-			 *  uint8_t ErrorCode;
-			 *
-			 *  if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
-			 *                                       NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-			 *  {
-			 *       // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
-			 *  }
-			 *  \endcode
-			 *
-			 *  <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
-			 *  \code
-			 *  uint8_t  DataStream[512];
-			 *  uint8_t  ErrorCode;
-			 *  uint16_t BytesProcessed;
-			 *
-			 *  BytesProcessed = 0;
-			 *  while ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
-			 *                                          &BytesProcessed)) == PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
-			 *  {
-			 *      // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
-			 *  }
-			 *
-			 *  if (ErrorCode != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-			 *  {
-			 *      // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
-			 *  }
-			 *  \endcode
-			 *
-			 *  \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
-			 *        having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
-			 *
-			 *  \param[out] Buffer          Pointer to the source data buffer to write to.
-			 *  \param[in]  Length          Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe to read from.
-			 *  \param[in]  BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
-			 *                              updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(void* const Buffer,
-			                            uint16_t Length,
-			                            uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Reads the given number of bytes from the pipe into the given buffer in big endian,
-			 *  sending full packets to the device as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
-			 *  the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
-			 *  \ref Pipe_ClearIN() macro. Between each USB packet, the given stream callback function is
-			 *  executed repeatedly until the next packet is ready, allowing for early aborts of stream transfers.
-			 *
-			 *  \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
-			 *        having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
-			 *
-			 *  \param[out] Buffer          Pointer to the source data buffer to write to.
-			 *  \param[in]  Length          Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe to read from.
-			 *  \param[in]  BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
-			 *                              updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Pipe_Read_Stream_BE(void* const Buffer,
-			                            uint16_t Length,
-			                            uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-			//@}
-
-			/** \name Stream functions for EEPROM source/destination data */
-			//@{
-
-			/** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Pipe_Write_Stream_LE().
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Buffer          Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
-			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe into the buffer.
-			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
-			 *                             updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Pipe_Write_EStream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
-			                              uint16_t Length,
-			                              uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Pipe_Write_Stream_BE().
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Buffer          Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
-			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe into the buffer.
-			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
-			 *                             updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Pipe_Write_EStream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
-			                              uint16_t Length,
-			                              uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Pipe_Read_Stream_LE().
-			 *
-			 *  \param[out] Buffer          Pointer to the source data buffer to write to.
-			 *  \param[in]  Length          Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe to read from.
-			 *  \param[in]  BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
-			 *                              updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Pipe_Read_EStream_LE(void* const Buffer,
-			                             uint16_t Length,
-			                             uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Pipe_Read_Stream_BE().
-			 *
-			 *  \param[out] Buffer          Pointer to the source data buffer to write to.
-			 *  \param[in]  Length          Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe to read from.
-			 *  \param[in]  BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
-			 *                              updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Pipe_Read_EStream_BE(void* const Buffer,
-			                             uint16_t Length,
-			                             uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-			//@}
-
-			/** \name Stream functions for PROGMEM source/destination data */
-			//@{
-
-			/** FLASH buffer source version of \ref Pipe_Write_Stream_LE().
-			 *
-			 *  \pre The FLASH data must be located in the first 64KB of FLASH for this function to work correctly.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Buffer          Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
-			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe into the buffer.
-			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
-			 *                             updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Pipe_Write_PStream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
-			                              uint16_t Length,
-			                              uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** FLASH buffer source version of \ref Pipe_Write_Stream_BE().
-			 *
-			 *  \pre The FLASH data must be located in the first 64KB of FLASH for this function to work correctly.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Buffer          Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
-			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe into the buffer.
-			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
-			 *                             updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Pipe_Write_PStream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
-			                              uint16_t Length,
-			                              uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-			//@}
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Pipe_AVR8.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Pipe_AVR8.c
deleted file mode 100644
index fc99ae416d..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Pipe_AVR8.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,210 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-
-#include "../Pipe.h"
-
-uint8_t USB_Host_ControlPipeSize = PIPE_CONTROLPIPE_DEFAULT_SIZE;
-
-bool Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(const USB_Pipe_Table_t* const Table,
-                             const uint8_t Entries)
-{
-	for (uint8_t i = 0; i < Entries; i++)
-	{
-		if (!(Table[i].Address))
-		  continue;
-
-		if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipe(Table[i].Address, Table[i].Type, Table[i].EndpointAddress, Table[i].Size, Table[i].Banks)))
-		{
-			return false;
-		}
-	}
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-bool Pipe_ConfigurePipe(const uint8_t Address,
-                        const uint8_t Type,
-                        const uint8_t EndpointAddress,
-                        const uint16_t Size,
-                        const uint8_t Banks)
-{
-	uint8_t Number = (Address & PIPE_EPNUM_MASK);
-	uint8_t Token  = (Address & PIPE_DIR_IN) ? PIPE_TOKEN_IN : PIPE_TOKEN_OUT;
-
-	if (Number >= PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES)
-	  return false;
-
-	if (Type == EP_TYPE_CONTROL)
-	  Token = PIPE_TOKEN_SETUP;
-
-#if defined(ORDERED_EP_CONFIG)
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(Number);
-	Pipe_EnablePipe();
-
-	UPCFG1X = 0;
-
-	UPCFG0X = ((Type << EPTYPE0) | Token | ((EndpointAddress & PIPE_EPNUM_MASK) << PEPNUM0));
-	UPCFG1X = ((1 << ALLOC) | ((Banks > 1) ? (1 << EPBK0) : 0) | Pipe_BytesToEPSizeMask(Size));
-
-	Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests();
-
-	return Pipe_IsConfigured();
-#else
-	for (uint8_t PNum = Number; PNum < PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES; PNum++)
-	{
-		uint8_t UPCFG0XTemp;
-		uint8_t UPCFG1XTemp;
-		uint8_t UPCFG2XTemp;
-		uint8_t UPIENXTemp;
-
-		Pipe_SelectPipe(PNum);
-
-		if (PNum == Number)
-		{
-			UPCFG0XTemp = ((Type << EPTYPE0) | Token | ((EndpointAddress & PIPE_EPNUM_MASK) << PEPNUM0));
-			UPCFG1XTemp = ((1 << ALLOC) | ((Banks > 1) ? (1 << EPBK0) : 0) | Pipe_BytesToEPSizeMask(Size));
-			UPCFG2XTemp = 0;
-			UPIENXTemp  = 0;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			UPCFG0XTemp = UPCFG0X;
-			UPCFG1XTemp = UPCFG1X;
-			UPCFG2XTemp = UPCFG2X;
-			UPIENXTemp  = UPIENX;
-		}
-
-		if (!(UPCFG1XTemp & (1 << ALLOC)))
-		  continue;
-
-		Pipe_DisablePipe();
-		UPCFG1X &= ~(1 << ALLOC);
-
-		Pipe_EnablePipe();
-		UPCFG0X = UPCFG0XTemp;
-		UPCFG1X = UPCFG1XTemp;
-		UPCFG2X = UPCFG2XTemp;
-		UPIENX  = UPIENXTemp;
-
-		Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests();
-
-		if (!(Pipe_IsConfigured()))
-		  return false;
-	}
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(Number);
-	return true;
-#endif
-}
-
-void Pipe_ClearPipes(void)
-{
-	UPINT = 0;
-
-	for (uint8_t PNum = 0; PNum < PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES; PNum++)
-	{
-		Pipe_SelectPipe(PNum);
-		UPIENX  = 0;
-		UPINTX  = 0;
-		UPCFG1X = 0;
-		Pipe_DisablePipe();
-	}
-}
-
-bool Pipe_IsEndpointBound(const uint8_t EndpointAddress)
-{
-	uint8_t PrevPipeNumber = Pipe_GetCurrentPipe();
-
-	for (uint8_t PNum = 0; PNum < PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES; PNum++)
-	{
-		Pipe_SelectPipe(PNum);
-
-		if (!(Pipe_IsConfigured()))
-		  continue;
-
-		if (Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress() == EndpointAddress)
-		  return true;
-	}
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(PrevPipeNumber);
-	return false;
-}
-
-uint8_t Pipe_WaitUntilReady(void)
-{
-	#if (USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS < 0xFF)
-	uint8_t  TimeoutMSRem = USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS;
-	#else
-	uint16_t TimeoutMSRem = USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS;
-	#endif
-
-	uint16_t PreviousFrameNumber = USB_Host_GetFrameNumber();
-
-	for (;;)
-	{
-		if (Pipe_GetPipeToken() == PIPE_TOKEN_IN)
-		{
-			if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
-			  return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			if (Pipe_IsOUTReady())
-			  return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
-		}
-
-		if (Pipe_IsStalled())
-		  return PIPE_READYWAIT_PipeStalled;
-		else if (USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached)
-		  return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
-
-		uint16_t CurrentFrameNumber = USB_Host_GetFrameNumber();
-
-		if (CurrentFrameNumber != PreviousFrameNumber)
-		{
-			PreviousFrameNumber = CurrentFrameNumber;
-
-			if (!(TimeoutMSRem--))
-			  return PIPE_READYWAIT_Timeout;
-		}
-	}
-}
-
-#endif
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Pipe_AVR8.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Pipe_AVR8.h
deleted file mode 100644
index bac324ffc0..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Pipe_AVR8.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,922 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief USB Pipe definitions for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
- *  \copydetails Group_PipeManagement_AVR8
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_PipeRW
- *  \defgroup Group_PipeRW_AVR8 Pipe Data Reading and Writing (AVR8)
- *  \brief Pipe data read/write definitions for the Atmel AVR8 architecture.
- *
- *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing from and to pipes.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW
- *  \defgroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8 Read/Write of Primitive Data Types (AVR8)
- *  \brief Pipe primitive data read/write definitions for the Atmel AVR8 architecture.
- *
- *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of primitive data types
- *  from and to pipes.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement
- *  \defgroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8 Pipe Packet Management (AVR8)
- *  \brief Pipe packet management definitions for the Atmel AVR8 architecture.
- *
- *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to packet management of pipes.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
- *  \defgroup Group_PipeControlReq_AVR8 Pipe Control Request Management (AVR8)
- *  \brief Pipe control request management definitions for the Atmel AVR8 architecture.
- *
- *  Module for host mode request processing. This module allows for the transmission of standard, class and
- *  vendor control requests to the default control endpoint of an attached device while in host mode.
- *
- *  \see Chapter 9 of the USB 2.0 specification.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_PipeManagement
- *  \defgroup Group_PipeManagement_AVR8 Pipe Management (AVR8)
- *  \brief Pipe management definitions for the Atmel AVR8 architecture.
- *
- *  This module contains functions, macros and enums related to pipe management when in USB Host mode. This
- *  module contains the pipe management macros, as well as pipe interrupt and data send/receive functions
- *  for various data types.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __PIPE_AVR8_H__
-#define __PIPE_AVR8_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../USBTask.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** \name Pipe Error Flag Masks */
-			//@{
-			/** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that an overflow error occurred in the pipe on the received data. */
-			#define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_OVERFLOW         (1 << 6)
-
-			/** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that an underflow error occurred in the pipe on the received data. */
-			#define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_UNDERFLOW        (1 << 5)
-
-			/** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that a CRC error occurred in the pipe on the received data. */
-			#define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_CRC16            (1 << 4)
-
-			/** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that a hardware timeout error occurred in the pipe. */
-			#define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_TIMEOUT          (1 << 3)
-
-			/** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that a hardware PID error occurred in the pipe. */
-			#define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_PID              (1 << 2)
-
-			/** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that a hardware data PID error occurred in the pipe. */
-			#define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_DATAPID          (1 << 1)
-
-			/** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that a hardware data toggle error occurred in the pipe. */
-			#define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_DATATGL          (1 << 0)
-			//@}
-
-			/** \name Pipe Token Masks */
-			//@{
-			/** Token mask for \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken() and \ref Pipe_GetPipeToken(). This sets the pipe as a SETUP token (for CONTROL type pipes),
-			 *  which will trigger a control request on the attached device when data is written to the pipe.
-			 */
-			#define PIPE_TOKEN_SETUP                (0 << PTOKEN0)
-
-			/** Token mask for \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken() and \ref Pipe_GetPipeToken(). This sets the pipe as a IN token (for non-CONTROL type pipes),
-			 *  indicating that the pipe data will flow from device to host.
-			 */
-			#define PIPE_TOKEN_IN                   (1 << PTOKEN0)
-
-			/** Token mask for \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken() and \ref Pipe_GetPipeToken(). This sets the pipe as a OUT token (for non-CONTROL type pipes),
-			 *  indicating that the pipe data will flow from host to device.
-			 */
-			#define PIPE_TOKEN_OUT                  (2 << PTOKEN0)
-			//@}
-
-			/** Default size of the default control pipe's bank, until altered by the Endpoint0Size value
-			 *  in the device descriptor of the attached device.
-			 */
-			#define PIPE_CONTROLPIPE_DEFAULT_SIZE   64
-
-			/** Total number of pipes (including the default control pipe at address 0) which may be used in
-			 *  the device. Different USB AVR models support different amounts of pipes, this value reflects
-			 *  the maximum number of pipes for the currently selected AVR model.
-			 */
-			#define PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES                7
-
-			/** Size in bytes of the largest pipe bank size possible in the device. Not all banks on each AVR
-			 *  model supports the largest bank size possible on the device; different pipe numbers support
-			 *  different maximum bank sizes. This value reflects the largest possible bank of any pipe on the
-			 *  currently selected USB AVR model.
-			 */
-			#define PIPE_MAX_SIZE                   256
-
-		/* Enums: */
-			/** Enum for the possible error return codes of the \ref Pipe_WaitUntilReady() function.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipeRW_AVR8
-			 */
-			enum Pipe_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t
-			{
-				PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError                 = 0, /**< Pipe ready for next packet, no error. */
-				PIPE_READYWAIT_PipeStalled             = 1,	/**< The device stalled the pipe while waiting. */
-				PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected      = 2,	/**< Device was disconnected from the host while waiting. */
-				PIPE_READYWAIT_Timeout                 = 3, /**< The device failed to accept or send the next packet
-				                                             *   within the software timeout period set by the
-				                                             *   \ref USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS macro.
-				                                             */
-			};
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			/** Indicates the number of bytes currently stored in the current pipes's selected bank.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipeRW_AVR8
-			 *
-			 *  \return Total number of bytes in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
-			 */
-			static inline uint16_t Pipe_BytesInPipe(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint16_t Pipe_BytesInPipe(void)
-			{
-				return UPBCX;
-			}
-
-			/** Determines the currently selected pipe's direction.
-			 *
-			 *  \return The currently selected pipe's direction, as a \c PIPE_DIR_* mask.
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeDirection(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeDirection(void)
-			{
-				return (UPCFG0X & (1 << EPDIR)) ? PIPE_DIR_IN : PIPE_DIR_OUT;
-			}
-
-			/** Returns the pipe address of the currently selected pipe. This is typically used to save the
-			 *  currently selected pipe address so that it can be restored after another pipe has been manipulated.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Index of the currently selected pipe.
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetCurrentPipe(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetCurrentPipe(void)
-			{
-				return ((UPNUM & PIPE_PIPENUM_MASK) | Pipe_GetPipeDirection());
-			}
-
-			/** Selects the given pipe address. Any pipe operations which do not require the pipe address to be
-			 *  indicated will operate on the currently selected pipe.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Address  Address of the pipe to select.
-			 */
-			static inline void Pipe_SelectPipe(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Pipe_SelectPipe(const uint8_t Address)
-			{
-				UPNUM = (Address & PIPE_PIPENUM_MASK);
-			}
-
-			/** Resets the desired pipe, including the pipe banks and flags.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Address  Address of the pipe to reset.
-			 */
-			static inline void Pipe_ResetPipe(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Pipe_ResetPipe(const uint8_t Address)
-			{
-				UPRST = (1 << (Address & PIPE_PIPENUM_MASK));
-				UPRST = 0;
-			}
-
-			/** Enables the currently selected pipe so that data can be sent and received through it to and from
-			 *  an attached device.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre The currently selected pipe must first be configured properly via \ref Pipe_ConfigurePipe().
-			 */
-			static inline void Pipe_EnablePipe(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Pipe_EnablePipe(void)
-			{
-				UPCONX |= (1 << PEN);
-			}
-
-			/** Disables the currently selected pipe so that data cannot be sent and received through it to and
-			 *  from an attached device.
-			 */
-			static inline void Pipe_DisablePipe(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Pipe_DisablePipe(void)
-			{
-				UPCONX &= ~(1 << PEN);
-			}
-
-			/** Determines if the currently selected pipe is enabled, but not necessarily configured.
-			 *
-			 * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected pipe is enabled, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool Pipe_IsEnabled(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool Pipe_IsEnabled(void)
-			{
-				return ((UPCONX & (1 << PEN)) ? true : false);
-			}
-
-			/** Gets the current pipe token, indicating the pipe's data direction and type.
-			 *
-			 *  \return The current pipe token, as a \c PIPE_TOKEN_* mask.
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeToken(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeToken(void)
-			{
-				return (UPCFG0X & (0x03 << PTOKEN0));
-			}
-
-			/** Sets the token for the currently selected pipe to one of the tokens specified by the \c PIPE_TOKEN_*
-			 *  masks. This can be used on CONTROL type pipes, to allow for bidirectional transfer of data during
-			 *  control requests, or on regular pipes to allow for half-duplex bidirectional data transfer to devices
-			 *  which have two endpoints of opposite direction sharing the same endpoint address within the device.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Token  New pipe token to set the selected pipe to, as a \c PIPE_TOKEN_* mask.
-			 */
-			static inline void Pipe_SetPipeToken(const uint8_t Token) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Pipe_SetPipeToken(const uint8_t Token)
-			{
-				UPCFG0X = ((UPCFG0X & ~(0x03 << PTOKEN0)) | Token);
-			}
-
-			/** Configures the currently selected pipe to allow for an unlimited number of IN requests. */
-			static inline void Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests(void)
-			{
-				UPCONX |= (1 << INMODE);
-			}
-
-			/** Configures the currently selected pipe to only allow the specified number of IN requests to be
-			 *  accepted by the pipe before it is automatically frozen.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] TotalINRequests  Total number of IN requests that the pipe may receive before freezing.
-			 */
-			static inline void Pipe_SetFiniteINRequests(const uint8_t TotalINRequests) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Pipe_SetFiniteINRequests(const uint8_t TotalINRequests)
-			{
-				UPCONX &= ~(1 << INMODE);
-				UPINRQX = TotalINRequests;
-			}
-
-			/** Determines if the currently selected pipe is configured.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the selected pipe is configured, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool Pipe_IsConfigured(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool Pipe_IsConfigured(void)
-			{
-				return ((UPSTAX & (1 << CFGOK)) ? true : false);
-			}
-
-			/** Retrieves the endpoint address of the endpoint within the attached device that the currently selected
-			 *  pipe is bound to.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Endpoint address the currently selected pipe is bound to.
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress(void)
-			{
-				uint8_t UPCFG0X_Temp = UPCFG0X;
-
-				return (((UPCFG0X_Temp >> PEPNUM0) & PIPE_EPNUM_MASK) |
-				        ((UPCFG0X_Temp & (1 << PTOKEN1)) ? ENDPOINT_DIR_IN : ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT));
-			}
-
-			/** Sets the period between interrupts for an INTERRUPT type pipe to a specified number of milliseconds.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Milliseconds  Number of milliseconds between each pipe poll.
-			 */
-			static inline void Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(const uint8_t Milliseconds) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(const uint8_t Milliseconds)
-			{
-				UPCFG2X = Milliseconds;
-			}
-
-			/** Returns a mask indicating which pipe's interrupt periods have elapsed, indicating that the pipe should
-			 *  be serviced.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Mask whose bits indicate which pipes have interrupted.
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeInterrupts(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeInterrupts(void)
-			{
-				return UPINT;
-			}
-
-			/** Determines if the specified pipe address has interrupted (valid only for INTERRUPT type
-			 *  pipes).
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Address  Address of the pipe whose interrupt flag should be tested.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the specified pipe has interrupted, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool Pipe_HasPipeInterrupted(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool Pipe_HasPipeInterrupted(const uint8_t Address)
-			{
-				return ((UPINT & (1 << (Address & PIPE_PIPENUM_MASK))) ? true : false);
-			}
-
-			/** Unfreezes the selected pipe, allowing it to communicate with an attached device. */
-			static inline void Pipe_Unfreeze(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Pipe_Unfreeze(void)
-			{
-				UPCONX &= ~(1 << PFREEZE);
-			}
-
-			/** Freezes the selected pipe, preventing it from communicating with an attached device. */
-			static inline void Pipe_Freeze(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Pipe_Freeze(void)
-			{
-				UPCONX |= (1 << PFREEZE);
-			}
-
-			/** Determines if the currently selected pipe is frozen, and not able to accept data.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected pipe is frozen, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool Pipe_IsFrozen(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool Pipe_IsFrozen(void)
-			{
-				return ((UPCONX & (1 << PFREEZE)) ? true : false);
-			}
-
-			/** Clears the error flags for the currently selected pipe. */
-			static inline void Pipe_ClearError(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Pipe_ClearError(void)
-			{
-				UPERRX = 0;
-				UPINTX &= ~(1 << PERRI);
-			}
-
-			/** Determines if the master pipe error flag is set for the currently selected pipe, indicating that
-			 *  some sort of hardware error has occurred on the pipe.
-			 *
-			 *  \see \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags() macro for information on retrieving the exact error flag.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if an error has occurred on the selected pipe, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool Pipe_IsError(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool Pipe_IsError(void)
-			{
-				return ((UPINTX & (1 << PERRI)) ? true : false);
-			}
-
-			/** Gets a mask of the hardware error flags which have occurred on the currently selected pipe. This
-			 *  value can then be masked against the \c PIPE_ERRORFLAG_* masks to determine what error has occurred.
-			 *
-			 *  \return  Mask comprising of \c PIPE_ERRORFLAG_* bits indicating what error has occurred on the selected pipe.
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetErrorFlags(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetErrorFlags(void)
-			{
-				return ((UPERRX & (PIPE_ERRORFLAG_CRC16 | PIPE_ERRORFLAG_TIMEOUT |
-				                   PIPE_ERRORFLAG_PID   | PIPE_ERRORFLAG_DATAPID |
-				                   PIPE_ERRORFLAG_DATATGL)) |
-				        (UPSTAX & (PIPE_ERRORFLAG_OVERFLOW | PIPE_ERRORFLAG_UNDERFLOW)));
-			}
-
-			/** Retrieves the number of busy banks in the currently selected pipe, which have been queued for
-			 *  transmission via the \ref Pipe_ClearOUT() command, or are awaiting acknowledgement via the
-			 *  \ref Pipe_ClearIN() command.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
-			 *
-			 *  \return Total number of busy banks in the selected pipe.
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetBusyBanks(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetBusyBanks(void)
-			{
-				return (UPSTAX & (0x03 << NBUSYBK0));
-			}
-
-			/** Determines if the currently selected pipe may be read from (if data is waiting in the pipe
-			 *  bank and the pipe is an IN direction, or if the bank is not yet full if the pipe is an OUT
-			 *  direction). This function will return false if an error has occurred in the pipe, or if the pipe
-			 *  is an IN direction and no packet (or an empty packet) has been received, or if the pipe is an OUT
-			 *  direction and the pipe bank is full.
-			 *
-			 *  \note This function is not valid on CONTROL type pipes.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected pipe may be read from or written to, depending
-			 *          on its direction.
-			 */
-			static inline bool Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed(void)
-			{
-				return ((UPINTX & (1 << RWAL)) ? true : false);
-			}
-
-			/** Determines if a packet has been received on the currently selected IN pipe from the attached device.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the current pipe has received an IN packet, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool Pipe_IsINReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool Pipe_IsINReceived(void)
-			{
-				return ((UPINTX & (1 << RXINI)) ? true : false);
-			}
-
-			/** Determines if the currently selected OUT pipe is ready to send an OUT packet to the attached device.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the current pipe is ready for an OUT packet, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool Pipe_IsOUTReady(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool Pipe_IsOUTReady(void)
-			{
-				return ((UPINTX & (1 << TXOUTI)) ? true : false);
-			}
-
-			/** Determines if no SETUP request is currently being sent to the attached device on the selected
-			 *  CONTROL type pipe.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the current pipe is ready for a SETUP packet, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool Pipe_IsSETUPSent(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool Pipe_IsSETUPSent(void)
-			{
-				return ((UPINTX & (1 << TXSTPI)) ? true : false);
-			}
-
-			/** Sends the currently selected CONTROL type pipe's contents to the device as a SETUP packet.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
-			 */
-			static inline void Pipe_ClearSETUP(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Pipe_ClearSETUP(void)
-			{
-				UPINTX &= ~((1 << TXSTPI) | (1 << FIFOCON));
-			}
-
-			/** Acknowledges the reception of a setup IN request from the attached device on the currently selected
-			 *  pipe, freeing the bank ready for the next packet.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
-			 */
-			static inline void Pipe_ClearIN(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Pipe_ClearIN(void)
-			{
-				UPINTX &= ~((1 << RXINI) | (1 << FIFOCON));
-			}
-
-			/** Sends the currently selected pipe's contents to the device as an OUT packet on the selected pipe, freeing
-			 *  the bank ready for the next packet.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
-			 */
-			static inline void Pipe_ClearOUT(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Pipe_ClearOUT(void)
-			{
-				UPINTX &= ~((1 << TXOUTI) | (1 << FIFOCON));
-			}
-
-			/** Determines if the device sent a NAK (Negative Acknowledge) in response to the last sent packet on
-			 *  the currently selected pipe. This occurs when the host sends a packet to the device, but the device
-			 *  is not currently ready to handle the packet (i.e. its endpoint banks are full). Once a NAK has been
-			 *  received, it must be cleared using \ref Pipe_ClearNAKReceived() before the previous (or any other) packet
-			 *  can be re-sent.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if an NAK has been received on the current pipe, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool Pipe_IsNAKReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool Pipe_IsNAKReceived(void)
-			{
-				return ((UPINTX & (1 << NAKEDI)) ? true : false);
-			}
-
-			/** Clears the NAK condition on the currently selected pipe.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
-			 *
-			 *  \see \ref Pipe_IsNAKReceived() for more details.
-			 */
-			static inline void Pipe_ClearNAKReceived(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Pipe_ClearNAKReceived(void)
-			{
-				UPINTX &= ~(1 << NAKEDI);
-			}
-
-			/** Determines if the currently selected pipe has had the STALL condition set by the attached device.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the current pipe has been stalled by the attached device, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool Pipe_IsStalled(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool Pipe_IsStalled(void)
-			{
-				return ((UPINTX & (1 << RXSTALLI)) ? true : false);
-			}
-
-			/** Clears the STALL condition detection flag on the currently selected pipe, but does not clear the
-			 *  STALL condition itself (this must be done via a ClearFeature control request to the device).
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
-			 */
-			static inline void Pipe_ClearStall(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Pipe_ClearStall(void)
-			{
-				UPINTX &= ~(1 << RXSTALLI);
-			}
-
-			/** Reads one byte from the currently selected pipe's bank, for OUT direction pipes.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
-			 *
-			 *  \return Next byte in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t Pipe_Read_8(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint8_t Pipe_Read_8(void)
-			{
-				return UPDATX;
-			}
-
-			/** Writes one byte to the currently selected pipe's bank, for IN direction pipes.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Data  Data to write into the the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
-			 */
-			static inline void Pipe_Write_8(const uint8_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Pipe_Write_8(const uint8_t Data)
-			{
-				UPDATX = Data;
-			}
-
-			/** Discards one byte from the currently selected pipe's bank, for OUT direction pipes.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
-			 */
-			static inline void Pipe_Discard_8(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Pipe_Discard_8(void)
-			{
-				uint8_t Dummy;
-
-				Dummy = UPDATX;
-
-				(void)Dummy;
-			}
-
-			/** Reads two bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank in little endian format, for OUT
-			 *  direction pipes.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
-			 *
-			 *  \return Next two bytes in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
-			 */
-			static inline uint16_t Pipe_Read_16_LE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint16_t Pipe_Read_16_LE(void)
-			{
-				union
-				{
-					uint16_t Value;
-					uint8_t  Bytes[2];
-				} Data;
-
-				Data.Bytes[0] = UPDATX;
-				Data.Bytes[1] = UPDATX;
-
-				return Data.Value;
-			}
-
-			/** Reads two bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank in big endian format, for OUT
-			 *  direction pipes.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
-			 *
-			 *  \return Next two bytes in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
-			 */
-			static inline uint16_t Pipe_Read_16_BE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint16_t Pipe_Read_16_BE(void)
-			{
-				union
-				{
-					uint16_t Value;
-					uint8_t  Bytes[2];
-				} Data;
-
-				Data.Bytes[1] = UPDATX;
-				Data.Bytes[0] = UPDATX;
-
-				return Data.Value;
-			}
-
-			/** Writes two bytes to the currently selected pipe's bank in little endian format, for IN
-			 *  direction pipes.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Data  Data to write to the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
-			 */
-			static inline void Pipe_Write_16_LE(const uint16_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Pipe_Write_16_LE(const uint16_t Data)
-			{
-				UPDATX = (Data & 0xFF);
-				UPDATX = (Data >> 8);
-			}
-
-			/** Writes two bytes to the currently selected pipe's bank in big endian format, for IN
-			 *  direction pipes.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Data  Data to write to the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
-			 */
-			static inline void Pipe_Write_16_BE(const uint16_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Pipe_Write_16_BE(const uint16_t Data)
-			{
-				UPDATX = (Data >> 8);
-				UPDATX = (Data & 0xFF);
-			}
-
-			/** Discards two bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank, for OUT direction pipes.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
-			 */
-			static inline void Pipe_Discard_16(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Pipe_Discard_16(void)
-			{
-				uint8_t Dummy;
-
-				Dummy = UPDATX;
-				Dummy = UPDATX;
-
-				(void)Dummy;
-			}
-
-			/** Reads four bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank in little endian format, for OUT
-			 *  direction pipes.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
-			 *
-			 *  \return Next four bytes in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
-			 */
-			static inline uint32_t Pipe_Read_32_LE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint32_t Pipe_Read_32_LE(void)
-			{
-				union
-				{
-					uint32_t Value;
-					uint8_t  Bytes[4];
-				} Data;
-
-				Data.Bytes[0] = UPDATX;
-				Data.Bytes[1] = UPDATX;
-				Data.Bytes[2] = UPDATX;
-				Data.Bytes[3] = UPDATX;
-
-				return Data.Value;
-			}
-
-			/** Reads four bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank in big endian format, for OUT
-			 *  direction pipes.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
-			 *
-			 *  \return Next four bytes in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
-			 */
-			static inline uint32_t Pipe_Read_32_BE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint32_t Pipe_Read_32_BE(void)
-			{
-				union
-				{
-					uint32_t DWord;
-					uint8_t  Bytes[4];
-				} Data;
-
-				Data.Bytes[3] = UPDATX;
-				Data.Bytes[2] = UPDATX;
-				Data.Bytes[1] = UPDATX;
-				Data.Bytes[0] = UPDATX;
-
-				return Data.DWord;
-			}
-
-			/** Writes four bytes to the currently selected pipe's bank in little endian format, for IN
-			 *  direction pipes.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Data  Data to write to the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
-			 */
-			static inline void Pipe_Write_32_LE(const uint32_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Pipe_Write_32_LE(const uint32_t Data)
-			{
-				UPDATX = (Data &  0xFF);
-				UPDATX = (Data >> 8);
-				UPDATX = (Data >> 16);
-				UPDATX = (Data >> 24);
-			}
-
-			/** Writes four bytes to the currently selected pipe's bank in big endian format, for IN
-			 *  direction pipes.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Data  Data to write to the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
-			 */
-			static inline void Pipe_Write_32_BE(const uint32_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Pipe_Write_32_BE(const uint32_t Data)
-			{
-				UPDATX = (Data >> 24);
-				UPDATX = (Data >> 16);
-				UPDATX = (Data >> 8);
-				UPDATX = (Data &  0xFF);
-			}
-
-			/** Discards four bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank, for OUT direction pipes.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
-			 */
-			static inline void Pipe_Discard_32(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Pipe_Discard_32(void)
-			{
-				uint8_t Dummy;
-
-				Dummy = UPDATX;
-				Dummy = UPDATX;
-				Dummy = UPDATX;
-				Dummy = UPDATX;
-
-				(void)Dummy;
-			}
-
-		/* External Variables: */
-			/** Global indicating the maximum packet size of the default control pipe located at address
-			 *  0 in the device. This value is set to the value indicated in the attached device's device
-		     *  descriptor once the USB interface is initialized into host mode and a device is attached
-			 *  to the USB bus.
-			 *
-			 *  \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
-			 *             changed in value.
-			 */
-			extern uint8_t USB_Host_ControlPipeSize;
-
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			/** Configures a table of pipe descriptions, in sequence. This function can be used to configure multiple
-			 *  pipes at the same time.
-			 *
-			 *  \note Pipe with a zero address will be ignored, thus this function cannot be used to configure the
-			 *        control pipe.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Table    Pointer to a table of pipe descriptions.
-			 *  \param[in] Entries  Number of entries in the pipe table to configure.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if all pipes configured successfully, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			bool Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(const USB_Pipe_Table_t* const Table,
-			                             const uint8_t Entries);
-
-			/** Configures the specified pipe address with the given pipe type, endpoint address within the attached device,
-			 *  bank size and number of hardware banks.
-			 *
-			 *  A newly configured pipe is frozen by default, and must be unfrozen before use via the \ref Pipe_Unfreeze()
-			 *  before being used. Pipes should be kept frozen unless waiting for data from a device while in IN mode, or
-			 *  sending data to the device in OUT mode. IN type pipes are also automatically configured to accept infinite
-			 *  numbers of IN requests without automatic freezing - this can be overridden by a call to
-			 *  \ref Pipe_SetFiniteINRequests().
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Address          Pipe address to configure.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Type             Type of pipe to configure, an \c EP_TYPE_* mask. Not all pipe types are available on Low
-			 *                              Speed USB devices - refer to the USB 2.0 specification.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] EndpointAddress  Endpoint address within the attached device that the pipe should interface to.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Size             Size of the pipe's bank, where packets are stored before they are transmitted to
-			 *                              the USB device, or after they have been received from the USB device (depending on
-			 *                              the pipe's data direction). The bank size must indicate the maximum packet size that
-			 *                              the pipe can handle.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Banks            Number of banks to use for the pipe being configured.
-			 *
-			 *  \attention When the \c ORDERED_EP_CONFIG compile time option is used, Pipes <b>must</b> be configured in ascending order,
-			 *             or bank corruption will occur.
-			 *
-			 *  \note Certain microcontroller model's pipes may have different maximum packet sizes based on the pipe's
-			 *        index - refer to the chosen microcontroller's datasheet to determine the maximum bank size for each pipe.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \note The default control pipe should not be manually configured by the user application, as it is
-			 *        automatically configured by the library internally.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \note This routine will automatically select the specified pipe upon success. Upon failure, the pipe which
-			 *        failed to reconfigure correctly will be selected.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the configuration succeeded, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			bool Pipe_ConfigurePipe(const uint8_t Address,
-			                        const uint8_t Type,
-			                        const uint8_t EndpointAddress,
-			                        const uint16_t Size,
-			                        const uint8_t Banks);
-
-			/** Spin-loops until the currently selected non-control pipe is ready for the next packet of data to be read
-			 *  or written to it, aborting in the case of an error condition (such as a timeout or device disconnect).
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipeRW_AVR8
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Pipe_WaitUntilReady(void);
-
-			/** Determines if a pipe has been bound to the given device endpoint address. If a pipe which is bound to the given
-			 *  endpoint is found, it is automatically selected.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] EndpointAddress Address and direction mask of the endpoint within the attached device to check.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if a pipe bound to the given endpoint address of the specified direction is found,
-			 *          \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			bool Pipe_IsEndpointBound(const uint8_t EndpointAddress) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Macros: */
-			#if !defined(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP)
-				#define ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP          0
-			#endif
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			static inline uint8_t Pipe_BytesToEPSizeMask(const uint16_t Bytes) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_CONST ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint8_t Pipe_BytesToEPSizeMask(const uint16_t Bytes)
-			{
-				uint8_t  MaskVal    = 0;
-				uint16_t CheckBytes = 8;
-
-				while ((CheckBytes < Bytes) && (CheckBytes < PIPE_MAX_SIZE))
-				{
-					MaskVal++;
-					CheckBytes <<= 1;
-				}
-
-				return (MaskVal << EPSIZE0);
-			}
-
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			void Pipe_ClearPipes(void);
-	#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 59c620ae59..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#if defined(TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME)
-
-uint8_t TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME (void* const Buffer,
-                            uint16_t Length)
-{
-	uint8_t* DataStream = ((uint8_t*)Buffer + TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length));
-
-	if (!(Length))
-	  Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-
-	while (Length)
-	{
-		uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
-
-		if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
-		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
-		else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
-		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
-		else if (Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived())
-		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_HostAborted;
-
-		if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
-		{
-			while (Length && Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint())
-			{
-				TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(DataStream);
-				TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, 1);
-				Length--;
-			}
-
-			Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-		}
-	}
-
-	while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
-	{
-		uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
-
-		if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
-		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
-		else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
-		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
-	}
-
-	return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET
-#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE
-#undef TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME
-#undef TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 98887009cc..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#if defined(TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME)
-
-uint8_t TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME (const void* const Buffer,
-                            uint16_t Length)
-{
-	uint8_t* DataStream     = ((uint8_t*)Buffer + TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length));
-	bool     LastPacketFull = false;
-
-	if (Length > USB_ControlRequest.wLength)
-	  Length = USB_ControlRequest.wLength;
-	else if (!(Length))
-	  Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
-	while (Length || LastPacketFull)
-	{
-		uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
-
-		if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
-		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
-		else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
-		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
-		else if (Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived())
-		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_HostAborted;
-		else if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
-		  break;
-
-		if (Endpoint_IsINReady())
-		{
-			uint16_t BytesInEndpoint = Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint();
-
-			while (Length && (BytesInEndpoint < USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize))
-			{
-				TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(DataStream);
-				TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, 1);
-				Length--;
-				BytesInEndpoint++;
-			}
-
-			LastPacketFull = (BytesInEndpoint == USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize);
-			Endpoint_ClearIN();
-		}
-	}
-
-	while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
-	{
-		uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
-
-		if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
-		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
-		else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
-		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
-		else if (Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived())
-		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_HostAborted;
-	}
-
-	return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET
-#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE
-#undef TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME
-#undef TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c
deleted file mode 100644
index d51afdfb16..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#if defined(TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME)
-
-uint8_t TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME (TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const Buffer,
-                            uint16_t Length,
-                            uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
-{
-	uint8_t* DataStream      = ((uint8_t*)Buffer + TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length));
-	uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
-	uint8_t  ErrorCode;
-
-	if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
-	  return ErrorCode;
-
-	if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
-	{
-		Length -= *BytesProcessed;
-		TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, *BytesProcessed);
-	}
-
-	while (Length)
-	{
-		if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
-		{
-			TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT();
-
-			#if !defined(INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT)
-			USB_USBTask();
-			#endif
-
-			if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
-			{
-				*BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
-				return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
-			}
-
-			if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
-			  return ErrorCode;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(DataStream);
-			TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, 1);
-			Length--;
-			BytesInTransfer++;
-		}
-	}
-
-	return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-#undef TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME
-#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE
-#undef TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE
-#undef TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT
-#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET
-#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 2685c9b9db..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#if defined(TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME)
-
-uint8_t TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME (TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const Buffer,
-                            uint16_t Length,
-                            uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
-{
-	uint8_t* DataStream      = ((uint8_t*)Buffer + TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length));
-	uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
-	uint8_t  ErrorCode;
-
-	Pipe_SetPipeToken(TEMPLATE_TOKEN);
-
-	if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
-	  return ErrorCode;
-
-	if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
-	{
-		Length -= *BytesProcessed;
-		TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, *BytesProcessed);
-	}
-
-	while (Length)
-	{
-		if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
-		{
-			TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE();
-
-			if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
-			{
-				*BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
-				return PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
-			}
-
-			if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
-			  return ErrorCode;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(DataStream);
-			TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, 1);
-			Length--;
-			BytesInTransfer++;
-		}
-	}
-
-	return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-#undef TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME
-#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE
-#undef TEMPLATE_TOKEN
-#undef TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE
-#undef TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE
-#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET
-#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBController_AVR8.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBController_AVR8.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 71c5f916d7..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBController_AVR8.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,273 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_CONTROLLER_C
-#include "../USBController.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
-volatile uint8_t USB_CurrentMode = USB_MODE_None;
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
-volatile uint8_t USB_Options;
-#endif
-
-void USB_Init(
-               #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
-               const uint8_t Mode
-               #endif
-
-               #if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS))
-               ,
-               #elif (!defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS))
-               void
-               #endif
-
-               #if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
-               const uint8_t Options
-               #endif
-               )
-{
-	#if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
-	USB_Options = Options;
-	#endif
-
-	#if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR)
-	/* Workaround for AVR8 bootloaders that fail to turn off the OTG pad before running
-	 * the loaded application. This causes VBUS detection to fail unless we first force
-	 * it off to reset it. */
-	USB_OTGPAD_Off();
-	#endif
-
-	if (!(USB_Options & USB_OPT_REG_DISABLED))
-	  USB_REG_On();
-	else
-	  USB_REG_Off();
-
-	if (!(USB_Options & USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL))
-	{
-		#if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR)
-		PLLFRQ = (1 << PDIV2);
-		#endif
-	}
-
-	#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
-	if (Mode == USB_MODE_UID)
-	{
-		UHWCON |=  (1 << UIDE);
-		USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_IDTI);
-		USB_CurrentMode = USB_GetUSBModeFromUID();
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		UHWCON &= ~(1 << UIDE);
-		USB_CurrentMode = Mode;
-	}
-	#endif
-
-	USB_IsInitialized = true;
-
-	USB_ResetInterface();
-}
-
-void USB_Disable(void)
-{
-	USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts();
-	USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts();
-
-	USB_Detach();
-	USB_Controller_Disable();
-
-	if (!(USB_Options & USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL))
-	  USB_PLL_Off();
-
-	if (!(USB_Options & USB_OPT_REG_KEEP_ENABLED))
-	  USB_REG_Off();
-
-	#if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR)
-	USB_OTGPAD_Off();
-	#endif
-
-	#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
-	USB_CurrentMode = USB_MODE_None;
-	#endif
-
-	USB_IsInitialized = false;
-}
-
-void USB_ResetInterface(void)
-{
-	#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
-	bool UIDModeSelectEnabled = ((UHWCON & (1 << UIDE)) != 0);
-	#endif
-
-	USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts();
-	USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts();
-
-	USB_Controller_Reset();
-
-	#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
-	if (UIDModeSelectEnabled)
-	  USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_IDTI);
-	#endif
-
-	USB_CLK_Unfreeze();
-
-	if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Device)
-	{
-		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-		#if (defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR))
-		UHWCON |=  (1 << UIMOD);
-		#endif
-
-		if (!(USB_Options & USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL))
-		{
-			#if defined(USB_SERIES_2_AVR)
-			USB_PLL_On();
-			while (!(USB_PLL_IsReady()));
-			#else
-			USB_PLL_Off();
-			#endif
-		}
-
-		USB_Init_Device();
-		#endif
-	}
-	else if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Host)
-	{
-		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-		UHWCON &= ~(1 << UIMOD);
-
-		if (!(USB_Options & USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL))
-		{
-			#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-			USB_PLL_On();
-			while (!(USB_PLL_IsReady()));
-			#endif
-		}
-
-		USB_Init_Host();
-		#endif
-	}
-
-	#if (defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR))
-	USB_OTGPAD_On();
-	#endif
-}
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-static void USB_Init_Device(void)
-{
-	USB_DeviceState                 = DEVICE_STATE_Unattached;
-	USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber  = 0;
-
-	#if !defined(NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP)
-	USB_Device_RemoteWakeupEnabled  = false;
-	#endif
-
-	#if !defined(NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER)
-	USB_Device_CurrentlySelfPowered = false;
-	#endif
-
-	#if !defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE)
-	USB_Descriptor_Device_t* DeviceDescriptorPtr;
-
-	#if defined(ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE) && \
-	    !(defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS))
-	uint8_t DescriptorAddressSpace;
-
-	if (CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor((DTYPE_Device << 8), 0, (void*)&DeviceDescriptorPtr, &DescriptorAddressSpace) != NO_DESCRIPTOR)
-	{
-		if (DescriptorAddressSpace == MEMSPACE_FLASH)
-		  USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = pgm_read_byte(&DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size);
-		else if (DescriptorAddressSpace == MEMSPACE_EEPROM)
-		  USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = eeprom_read_byte(&DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size);
-		else
-		  USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size;
-	}
-	#else
-	if (CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor((DTYPE_Device << 8), 0, (void*)&DeviceDescriptorPtr) != NO_DESCRIPTOR)
-	{
-		#if defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS)
-		USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size;
-		#elif defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS)
-		USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = eeprom_read_byte(&DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size);
-		#else
-		USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = pgm_read_byte(&DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size);
-		#endif
-	}
-	#endif
-	#endif
-
-	#if (defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR))
-	if (USB_Options & USB_DEVICE_OPT_LOWSPEED)
-	  USB_Device_SetLowSpeed();
-	else
-	  USB_Device_SetFullSpeed();
-
-	USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_VBUSTI);
-	#endif
-
-	Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP, EP_TYPE_CONTROL,
-							   USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize, 1);
-
-	USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_SUSPI);
-	USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_SUSPI);
-	USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_EORSTI);
-
-	USB_Attach();
-}
-#endif
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-static void USB_Init_Host(void)
-{
-	USB_HostState                = HOST_STATE_Unattached;
-	USB_Host_ConfigurationNumber = 0;
-	USB_Host_ControlPipeSize     = PIPE_CONTROLPIPE_DEFAULT_SIZE;
-
-	USB_Host_HostMode_On();
-
-	USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Off();
-	USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Enable();
-	USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_On();
-
-	USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_SRPI);
-	USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_BCERRI);
-
-	USB_Attach();
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBController_AVR8.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBController_AVR8.h
deleted file mode 100644
index de34f42a17..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBController_AVR8.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,432 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief USB Controller definitions for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
- *  \copydetails Group_USBManagement_AVR8
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBManagement
- *  \defgroup Group_USBManagement_AVR8 USB Interface Management (AVR8)
- *  \brief USB Controller definitions for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
- *
- *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to the setup and management of the USB interface.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __USBCONTROLLER_AVR8_H__
-#define __USBCONTROLLER_AVR8_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../USBMode.h"
-		#include "../Events.h"
-		#include "../USBTask.h"
-		#include "../USBInterrupt.h"
-
-		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			#include "../Host.h"
-			#include "../OTG.h"
-			#include "../Pipe.h"
-			#include "../HostStandardReq.h"
-			#include "../PipeStream.h"
-		#endif
-
-		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			#include "../Device.h"
-			#include "../Endpoint.h"
-			#include "../DeviceStandardReq.h"
-			#include "../EndpointStream.h"
-		#endif
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks and Defines: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-		#if !defined(F_USB)
-			#error F_USB is not defined. You must define F_USB to the frequency of the unprescaled USB controller clock in your project makefile.
-		#endif
-
-		#if (F_USB == 8000000)
-			#if (defined(__AVR_AT90USB82__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB162__) || \
-			     defined(__AVR_ATmega8U2__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega16U2__) || \
-			     defined(__AVR_ATmega32U2__))
-				#define USB_PLL_PSC                0
-			#elif (defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__))
-				#define USB_PLL_PSC                0
-			#elif (defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__)  || defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__))
-				#define USB_PLL_PSC                ((1 << PLLP1) | (1 << PLLP0))
-			#elif (defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__)  || defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__))
-				#define USB_PLL_PSC                ((1 << PLLP1) | (1 << PLLP0))
-			#endif
-		#elif (F_USB == 16000000)
-			#if (defined(__AVR_AT90USB82__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB162__) || \
-			     defined(__AVR_ATmega8U2__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega16U2__) || \
-			     defined(__AVR_ATmega32U2__))
-				#define USB_PLL_PSC                (1 << PLLP0)
-			#elif (defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__))
-				#define USB_PLL_PSC                (1 << PINDIV)
-			#elif (defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__))
-				#define USB_PLL_PSC                ((1 << PLLP2) | (1 << PLLP1))
-			#elif (defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__))
-				#define USB_PLL_PSC                ((1 << PLLP2) | (1 << PLLP0))
-			#endif
-		#endif
-
-		#if !defined(USB_PLL_PSC)
-			#error No PLL prescale value available for chosen F_USB value and AVR model.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** \name USB Controller Option Masks */
-			//@{
-			/** Regulator disable option mask for \ref USB_Init(). This indicates that the internal 3.3V USB data pad
-			 *  regulator should be disabled and the AVR's VCC level used for the data pads.
-			 *
-			 *  \note See USB AVR data sheet for more information on the internal pad regulator.
-			 */
-			#define USB_OPT_REG_DISABLED               (1 << 1)
-
-			/** Regulator enable option mask for \ref USB_Init(). This indicates that the internal 3.3V USB data pad
-			 *  regulator should be enabled to regulate the data pin voltages from the VBUS level down to a level within
-			 *  the range allowable by the USB standard.
-			 *
-			 *  \note See USB AVR data sheet for more information on the internal pad regulator.
-			 */
-			#define USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED                (0 << 1)
-
-			/** Option mask for \ref USB_Init() to keep regulator enabled at all times. Indicates that \ref USB_Disable()
-			 *  should not disable the regulator as it would otherwise. Has no effect if regulator is disabled using
-			 *  \ref USB_OPT_REG_DISABLED.
-			 *
-			 *  \note See USB AVR data sheet for more information on the internal pad regulator.
-			 */
-			#define USB_OPT_REG_KEEP_ENABLED           (1 << 3)
-
-			/** Manual PLL control option mask for \ref USB_Init(). This indicates to the library that the user application
-			 *  will take full responsibility for controlling the AVR's PLL (used to generate the high frequency clock
-			 *  that the USB controller requires) and ensuring that it is locked at the correct frequency for USB operations.
-			 */
-			#define USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL                 (1 << 2)
-
-			/** Automatic PLL control option mask for \ref USB_Init(). This indicates to the library that the library should
-			 *  take full responsibility for controlling the AVR's PLL (used to generate the high frequency clock
-			 *  that the USB controller requires) and ensuring that it is locked at the correct frequency for USB operations.
-			 */
-			#define USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL                   (0 << 2)
-			//@}
-
-			#if !defined(USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-				/** Constant for the maximum software timeout period of the USB data stream transfer functions
-				 *  (both control and standard) when in either device or host mode. If the next packet of a stream
-				 *  is not received or acknowledged within this time period, the stream function will fail.
-				 *
-				 *  This value may be overridden in the user project makefile as the value of the
-				 *  \ref USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS token, and passed to the compiler using the -D switch.
-				 */
-				#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS       100
-			#endif
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			#if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-				/** Determines if the VBUS line is currently high (i.e. the USB host is supplying power).
-				 *
-				 *  \note This function is not available on some AVR models which do not support hardware VBUS monitoring.
-				 *
-				 *  \return Boolean \c true if the VBUS line is currently detecting power from a host, \c false otherwise.
-				 */
-				static inline bool USB_VBUS_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-				static inline bool USB_VBUS_GetStatus(void)
-				{
-					return ((USBSTA & (1 << VBUS)) ? true : false);
-				}
-			#endif
-
-			/** Detaches the device from the USB bus. This has the effect of removing the device from any
-			 *  attached host, ceasing USB communications. If no host is present, this prevents any host from
-			 *  enumerating the device once attached until \ref USB_Attach() is called.
-			 */
-			static inline void USB_Detach(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_Detach(void)
-			{
-				UDCON  |=  (1 << DETACH);
-			}
-
-			/** Attaches the device to the USB bus. This announces the device's presence to any attached
-			 *  USB host, starting the enumeration process. If no host is present, attaching the device
-			 *  will allow for enumeration once a host is connected to the device.
-			 *
-			 *  This is inexplicably also required for proper operation while in host mode, to enable the
-			 *  attachment of a device to the host. This is despite the bit being located in the device-mode
-			 *  register and despite the datasheet making no mention of its requirement in host mode.
-			 */
-			static inline void USB_Attach(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_Attach(void)
-			{
-				UDCON  &= ~(1 << DETACH);
-			}
-
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			/** Main function to initialize and start the USB interface. Once active, the USB interface will
-			 *  allow for device connection to a host when in device mode, or for device enumeration while in
-			 *  host mode.
-			 *
-			 *  As the USB library relies on interrupts for the device and host mode enumeration processes,
-			 *  the user must enable global interrupts before or shortly after this function is called. In
-			 *  device mode, interrupts must be enabled within 500ms of this function being called to ensure
-			 *  that the host does not time out whilst enumerating the device. In host mode, interrupts may be
-			 *  enabled at the application's leisure however enumeration will not begin of an attached device
-			 *  until after this has occurred.
-			 *
-			 *  Calling this function when the USB interface is already initialized will cause a complete USB
-			 *  interface reset and re-enumeration.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Mode     Mask indicating what mode the USB interface is to be initialized to, a value
-			 *                      from the \ref USB_Modes_t enum.
-			 *                      \note This parameter does not exist on devices with only one supported USB
-			 *                            mode (device or host).
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Options  Mask indicating the options which should be used when initializing the USB
-			 *                      interface to control the USB interface's behavior. This should be comprised of
-			 *                      a \c USB_OPT_REG_* mask to control the regulator, a \c USB_OPT_*_PLL mask to control the
-			 *                      PLL, and a \c USB_DEVICE_OPT_* mask (when the device mode is enabled) to set the device
-			 *                      mode speed.
-			 *
-			 *  \note To reduce the FLASH requirements of the library if only device or host mode is required,
-			 *        the mode can be statically set in the project makefile by defining the token \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY
-			 *        (for device mode) or \c USB_HOST_ONLY (for host mode), passing the token to the compiler
-			 *        via the -D switch. If the mode is statically set, this parameter does not exist in the
-			 *        function prototype.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \note To reduce the FLASH requirements of the library if only fixed settings are required,
-			 *        the options may be set statically in the same manner as the mode (see the Mode parameter of
-			 *        this function). To statically set the USB options, pass in the \c USE_STATIC_OPTIONS token,
-			 *        defined to the appropriate options masks. When the options are statically set, this
-			 *        parameter does not exist in the function prototype.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \note The mode parameter does not exist on devices where only one mode is possible, such as USB
-			 *        AVR models which only implement the USB device mode in hardware.
-			 *
-			 *  \see \ref Group_Device for the \c USB_DEVICE_OPT_* masks.
-			 */
-			void USB_Init(
-			               #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			               const uint8_t Mode
-			               #endif
-
-			               #if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			               ,
-			               #elif (!defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS))
-			               void
-			               #endif
-
-			               #if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			               const uint8_t Options
-			               #endif
-			               );
-
-			/** Shuts down the USB interface. This turns off the USB interface after deallocating all USB FIFO
-			 *  memory, endpoints and pipes. When turned off, no USB functionality can be used until the interface
-			 *  is restarted with the \ref USB_Init() function.
-			 */
-			void USB_Disable(void);
-
-			/** Resets the interface, when already initialized. This will re-enumerate the device if already connected
-			 *  to a host, or re-enumerate an already attached device when in host mode.
-			 */
-			void USB_ResetInterface(void);
-
-		/* Global Variables: */
-			#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-				/** Indicates the mode that the USB interface is currently initialized to, a value from the
-				 *  \ref USB_Modes_t enum.
-				 *
-				 *  \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
-				 *             changed in value.
-				 *
-				 *  \note When the controller is initialized into UID auto-detection mode, this variable will hold the
-				 *        currently selected USB mode (i.e. \ref USB_MODE_Device or \ref USB_MODE_Host). If the controller
-				 *        is fixed into a specific mode (either through the \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY or \c USB_HOST_ONLY compile time
-				 *        options, or a limitation of the USB controller in the chosen device model) this will evaluate to
-				 *        a constant of the appropriate value and will never evaluate to \ref USB_MODE_None even when the
-				 *        USB interface is not initialized.
-				 */
-				extern volatile uint8_t USB_CurrentMode;
-			#elif defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-				#define USB_CurrentMode USB_MODE_Host
-			#elif defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-				#define USB_CurrentMode USB_MODE_Device
-			#endif
-
-			#if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-				/** Indicates the current USB options that the USB interface was initialized with when \ref USB_Init()
-				 *  was called. This value will be one of the \c USB_MODE_* masks defined elsewhere in this module.
-				 *
-				 *  \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
-				 *             changed in value.
-				 */
-				extern volatile uint8_t USB_Options;
-			#elif defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
-				#define USB_Options USE_STATIC_OPTIONS
-			#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			#if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_CONTROLLER_C)
-				#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-				static void USB_Init_Device(void);
-				#endif
-
-				#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-				static void USB_Init_Host(void);
-				#endif
-			#endif
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			static inline void USB_PLL_On(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_PLL_On(void)
-			{
-				PLLCSR = USB_PLL_PSC;
-				PLLCSR = (USB_PLL_PSC | (1 << PLLE));
-			}
-
-			static inline void USB_PLL_Off(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_PLL_Off(void)
-			{
-				PLLCSR = 0;
-			}
-
-			static inline bool USB_PLL_IsReady(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool USB_PLL_IsReady(void)
-			{
-				return ((PLLCSR & (1 << PLOCK)) ? true : false);
-			}
-
-			static inline void USB_REG_On(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_REG_On(void)
-			{
-			#if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR)
-				UHWCON |=  (1 << UVREGE);
-			#else
-				REGCR  &= ~(1 << REGDIS);
-			#endif
-			}
-
-			static inline void USB_REG_Off(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_REG_Off(void)
-			{
-			#if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR)
-				UHWCON &= ~(1 << UVREGE);
-			#else
-				REGCR  |=  (1 << REGDIS);
-			#endif
-			}
-
-			#if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR)
-			static inline void USB_OTGPAD_On(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_OTGPAD_On(void)
-			{
-				USBCON |=  (1 << OTGPADE);
-			}
-
-			static inline void USB_OTGPAD_Off(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_OTGPAD_Off(void)
-			{
-				USBCON &= ~(1 << OTGPADE);
-			}
-			#endif
-
-			static inline void USB_CLK_Freeze(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_CLK_Freeze(void)
-			{
-				USBCON |=  (1 << FRZCLK);
-			}
-
-			static inline void USB_CLK_Unfreeze(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_CLK_Unfreeze(void)
-			{
-				USBCON &= ~(1 << FRZCLK);
-			}
-
-			static inline void USB_Controller_Enable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_Controller_Enable(void)
-			{
-				USBCON |=  (1 << USBE);
-			}
-
-			static inline void USB_Controller_Disable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_Controller_Disable(void)
-			{
-				USBCON &= ~(1 << USBE);
-			}
-
-			static inline void USB_Controller_Reset(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_Controller_Reset(void)
-			{
-				USBCON &= ~(1 << USBE);
-				USBCON |=  (1 << USBE);
-			}
-
-			#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
-			static inline uint8_t USB_GetUSBModeFromUID(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint8_t USB_GetUSBModeFromUID(void)
-			{
-				if (USBSTA & (1 << ID))
-				  return USB_MODE_Device;
-				else
-				  return USB_MODE_Host;
-			}
-			#endif
-
-	#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBInterrupt_AVR8.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBInterrupt_AVR8.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 7efaea65a0..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBInterrupt_AVR8.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,279 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../USBInterrupt.h"
-
-void USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts(void)
-{
-	#if defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR)
-	USBCON &= ~((1 << VBUSTE) | (1 << IDTE));
-	#elif defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR)
-	USBCON &= ~(1 << VBUSTE);
-	#endif
-
-	#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
-	OTGIEN  = 0;
-	#endif
-
-	#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-	UHIEN   = 0;
-	#endif
-
-	#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-	UDIEN   = 0;
-	#endif
-}
-
-void USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts(void)
-{
-	#if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR)
-	USBINT = 0;
-	#endif
-
-	#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
-	OTGINT = 0;
-	#endif
-
-	#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-	UHINT  = 0;
-	#endif
-
-	#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-	UDINT  = 0;
-	#endif
-}
-
-ISR(USB_GEN_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
-{
-	#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-	#if !defined(NO_SOF_EVENTS)
-	if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_SOFI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_SOFI))
-	{
-		USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_SOFI);
-
-		EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame();
-	}
-	#endif
-
-	#if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR)
-	if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_VBUSTI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_VBUSTI))
-	{
-		USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_VBUSTI);
-
-		if (USB_VBUS_GetStatus())
-		{
-			if (!(USB_Options & USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL))
-			{
-				USB_PLL_On();
-				while (!(USB_PLL_IsReady()));
-			}
-
-			USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Powered;
-			EVENT_USB_Device_Connect();
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			if (!(USB_Options & USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL))
-			  USB_PLL_Off();
-
-			USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Unattached;
-			EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect();
-		}
-	}
-	#endif
-
-	if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_SUSPI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_SUSPI))
-	{
-		USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_SUSPI);
-		USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_WAKEUPI);
-
-		USB_CLK_Freeze();
-
-		if (!(USB_Options & USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL))
-		  USB_PLL_Off();
-
-		#if defined(USB_SERIES_2_AVR) && !defined(NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT)
-		USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Unattached;
-		EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect();
-		#else
-		USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Suspended;
-		EVENT_USB_Device_Suspend();
-		#endif
-	}
-
-	if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_WAKEUPI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_WAKEUPI))
-	{
-		if (!(USB_Options & USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL))
-		{
-			USB_PLL_On();
-			while (!(USB_PLL_IsReady()));
-		}
-
-		USB_CLK_Unfreeze();
-
-		USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_WAKEUPI);
-
-		USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_WAKEUPI);
-		USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_SUSPI);
-
-		if (USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber)
-		  USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Configured;
-		else
-		  USB_DeviceState = (USB_Device_IsAddressSet()) ? DEVICE_STATE_Addressed : DEVICE_STATE_Powered;
-
-		#if defined(USB_SERIES_2_AVR) && !defined(NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT)
-		EVENT_USB_Device_Connect();
-		#else
-		EVENT_USB_Device_WakeUp();
-		#endif
-	}
-
-	if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_EORSTI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_EORSTI))
-	{
-		USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_EORSTI);
-
-		USB_DeviceState                = DEVICE_STATE_Default;
-		USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber = 0;
-
-		USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_SUSPI);
-		USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_SUSPI);
-		USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_WAKEUPI);
-
-		Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP, EP_TYPE_CONTROL,
-		                           USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize, 1);
-
-		#if defined(INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT)
-		USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_RXSTPI);
-		#endif
-
-		EVENT_USB_Device_Reset();
-	}
-	#endif
-
-	#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-	#if !defined(NO_SOF_EVENTS)
-	if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_HSOFI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_HSOFI))
-	{
-		USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
-
-		EVENT_USB_Host_StartOfFrame();
-	}
-	#endif
-
-	if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_DDISCI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_DDISCI))
-	{
-		USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DDISCI);
-		USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DCONNI);
-		USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_DDISCI);
-
-		EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached();
-
-		USB_ResetInterface();
-	}
-
-	if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_VBERRI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_VBERRI))
-	{
-		USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_VBERRI);
-
-		USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Off();
-		USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Off();
-
-		EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(HOST_ERROR_VBusVoltageDip);
-		EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached();
-
-		USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Unattached;
-	}
-
-	if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_SRPI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_SRPI))
-	{
-		USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_SRPI);
-		USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_SRPI);
-
-		EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached();
-
-		USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_DDISCI);
-
-		USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Powered;
-	}
-
-	if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_BCERRI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_BCERRI))
-	{
-		USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_BCERRI);
-
-		EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(HOST_ENUMERROR_NoDeviceDetected, 0);
-		EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached();
-
-		USB_ResetInterface();
-	}
-	#endif
-
-	#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
-	if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_IDTI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_IDTI))
-	{
-		USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_IDTI);
-
-		if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
-		  EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect();
-
-		if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Unattached)
-		  EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached();
-
-		USB_CurrentMode = USB_GetUSBModeFromUID();
-		USB_ResetInterface();
-
-		EVENT_USB_UIDChange();
-	}
-	#endif
-}
-
-#if defined(INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT) && defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-ISR(USB_COM_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
-{
-	uint8_t PrevSelectedEndpoint = Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint();
-
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP);
-	USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_RXSTPI);
-
-	GlobalInterruptEnable();
-
-	USB_Device_ProcessControlRequest();
-
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP);
-	USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_RXSTPI);
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PrevSelectedEndpoint);
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBInterrupt_AVR8.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBInterrupt_AVR8.h
deleted file mode 100644
index e6f5ff994e..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBInterrupt_AVR8.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,375 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief USB Controller Interrupt definitions for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
- *
- *  This file contains definitions required for the correct handling of low level USB service routine interrupts
- *  from the USB controller.
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-#ifndef __USBINTERRUPT_AVR8_H__
-#define __USBINTERRUPT_AVR8_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Enums: */
-			enum USB_Interrupts_t
-			{
-				#if (defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
-				USB_INT_VBUSTI  = 0,
-				#endif
-				#if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
-				USB_INT_IDTI    = 1,
-				#endif
-				#if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
-				USB_INT_WAKEUPI = 2,
-				USB_INT_SUSPI   = 3,
-				USB_INT_EORSTI  = 4,
-				USB_INT_SOFI    = 5,
-				USB_INT_RXSTPI  = 6,
-				#endif
-				#if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
-				USB_INT_HSOFI   = 7,
-				USB_INT_DCONNI  = 8,
-				USB_INT_DDISCI  = 9,
-				USB_INT_RSTI    = 10,
-				USB_INT_BCERRI  = 11,
-				USB_INT_VBERRI  = 12,
-				USB_INT_SRPI    = 13,
-				#endif
-			};
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			static inline void USB_INT_Enable(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_INT_Enable(const uint8_t Interrupt)
-			{
-				switch (Interrupt)
-				{
-					#if (defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR))
-					case USB_INT_VBUSTI:
-						USBCON |= (1 << VBUSTE);
-						break;
-					#endif
-					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
-					case USB_INT_IDTI:
-						USBCON |= (1 << IDTE);
-						break;
-					#endif
-					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-					case USB_INT_WAKEUPI:
-						UDIEN  |= (1 << WAKEUPE);
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_SUSPI:
-						UDIEN  |= (1 << SUSPE);
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_EORSTI:
-						UDIEN  |= (1 << EORSTE);
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_SOFI:
-						UDIEN  |= (1 << SOFE);
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_RXSTPI:
-						UEIENX |= (1 << RXSTPE);
-						break;
-					#endif
-					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-					case USB_INT_HSOFI:
-						UHIEN  |= (1 << HSOFE);
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_DCONNI:
-						UHIEN  |= (1 << DCONNE);
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_DDISCI:
-						UHIEN  |= (1 << DDISCE);
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_RSTI:
-						UHIEN  |= (1 << RSTE);
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_BCERRI:
-						OTGIEN |= (1 << BCERRE);
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_VBERRI:
-						OTGIEN |= (1 << VBERRE);
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_SRPI:
-						OTGIEN |= (1 << SRPE);
-						break;
-					#endif
-					default:
-						break;
-				}
-			}
-
-			static inline void USB_INT_Disable(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_INT_Disable(const uint8_t Interrupt)
-			{
-				switch (Interrupt)
-				{
-					#if (defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR))
-					case USB_INT_VBUSTI:
-						USBCON &= ~(1 << VBUSTE);
-						break;
-					#endif
-					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
-					case USB_INT_IDTI:
-						USBCON &= ~(1 << IDTE);
-						break;
-					#endif
-					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-					case USB_INT_WAKEUPI:
-						UDIEN  &= ~(1 << WAKEUPE);
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_SUSPI:
-						UDIEN  &= ~(1 << SUSPE);
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_EORSTI:
-						UDIEN  &= ~(1 << EORSTE);
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_SOFI:
-						UDIEN  &= ~(1 << SOFE);
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_RXSTPI:
-						UEIENX &= ~(1 << RXSTPE);
-						break;
-					#endif
-					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-					case USB_INT_HSOFI:
-						UHIEN  &= ~(1 << HSOFE);
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_DCONNI:
-						UHIEN  &= ~(1 << DCONNE);
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_DDISCI:
-						UHIEN  &= ~(1 << DDISCE);
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_RSTI:
-						UHIEN  &= ~(1 << RSTE);
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_BCERRI:
-						OTGIEN &= ~(1 << BCERRE);
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_VBERRI:
-						OTGIEN &= ~(1 << VBERRE);
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_SRPI:
-						OTGIEN &= ~(1 << SRPE);
-						break;
-					#endif
-					default:
-						break;
-				}
-			}
-
-			static inline void USB_INT_Clear(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_INT_Clear(const uint8_t Interrupt)
-			{
-				switch (Interrupt)
-				{
-					#if (defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR))
-					case USB_INT_VBUSTI:
-						USBINT &= ~(1 << VBUSTI);
-						break;
-					#endif
-					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
-					case USB_INT_IDTI:
-						USBINT &= ~(1 << IDTI);
-						break;
-					#endif
-					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-					case USB_INT_WAKEUPI:
-						UDINT  &= ~(1 << WAKEUPI);
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_SUSPI:
-						UDINT  &= ~(1 << SUSPI);
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_EORSTI:
-						UDINT  &= ~(1 << EORSTI);
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_SOFI:
-						UDINT  &= ~(1 << SOFI);
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_RXSTPI:
-						UEINTX &= ~(1 << RXSTPI);
-						break;
-					#endif
-					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-					case USB_INT_HSOFI:
-						UHINT  &= ~(1 << HSOFI);
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_DCONNI:
-						UHINT  &= ~(1 << DCONNI);
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_DDISCI:
-						UHINT  &= ~(1 << DDISCI);
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_RSTI:
-						UHINT  &= ~(1 << RSTI);
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_BCERRI:
-						OTGINT &= ~(1 << BCERRI);
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_VBERRI:
-						OTGINT &= ~(1 << VBERRI);
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_SRPI:
-						OTGINT &= ~(1 << SRPI);
-						break;
-					#endif
-					default:
-						break;
-				}
-			}
-
-			static inline bool USB_INT_IsEnabled(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline bool USB_INT_IsEnabled(const uint8_t Interrupt)
-			{
-				switch (Interrupt)
-				{
-					#if (defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR))
-					case USB_INT_VBUSTI:
-						return (USBCON & (1 << VBUSTE));
-					#endif
-					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
-					case USB_INT_IDTI:
-						return (USBCON & (1 << IDTE));
-					#endif
-					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-					case USB_INT_WAKEUPI:
-						return (UDIEN  & (1 << WAKEUPE));
-					case USB_INT_SUSPI:
-						return (UDIEN  & (1 << SUSPE));
-					case USB_INT_EORSTI:
-						return (UDIEN  & (1 << EORSTE));
-					case USB_INT_SOFI:
-						return (UDIEN  & (1 << SOFE));
-					case USB_INT_RXSTPI:
-						return (UEIENX & (1 << RXSTPE));
-					#endif
-					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-					case USB_INT_HSOFI:
-						return (UHIEN  & (1 << HSOFE));
-					case USB_INT_DCONNI:
-						return (UHIEN  & (1 << DCONNE));
-					case USB_INT_DDISCI:
-						return (UHIEN  & (1 << DDISCE));
-					case USB_INT_RSTI:
-						return (UHIEN  & (1 << RSTE));
-					case USB_INT_BCERRI:
-						return (OTGIEN & (1 << BCERRE));
-					case USB_INT_VBERRI:
-						return (OTGIEN & (1 << VBERRE));
-					case USB_INT_SRPI:
-						return (OTGIEN & (1 << SRPE));
-					#endif
-					default:
-						return false;
-				}
-			}
-
-			static inline bool USB_INT_HasOccurred(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline bool USB_INT_HasOccurred(const uint8_t Interrupt)
-			{
-				switch (Interrupt)
-				{
-					#if (defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR))
-					case USB_INT_VBUSTI:
-						return (USBINT & (1 << VBUSTI));
-					#endif
-					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
-					case USB_INT_IDTI:
-						return (USBINT & (1 << IDTI));
-					#endif
-					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-					case USB_INT_WAKEUPI:
-						return (UDINT  & (1 << WAKEUPI));
-					case USB_INT_SUSPI:
-						return (UDINT  & (1 << SUSPI));
-					case USB_INT_EORSTI:
-						return (UDINT  & (1 << EORSTI));
-					case USB_INT_SOFI:
-						return (UDINT  & (1 << SOFI));
-					case USB_INT_RXSTPI:
-						return (UEINTX & (1 << RXSTPI));
-					#endif
-					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-					case USB_INT_HSOFI:
-						return (UHINT  & (1 << HSOFI));
-					case USB_INT_DCONNI:
-						return (UHINT  & (1 << DCONNI));
-					case USB_INT_DDISCI:
-						return (UHINT  & (1 << DDISCI));
-					case USB_INT_RSTI:
-						return (UHINT  & (1 << RSTI));
-					case USB_INT_BCERRI:
-						return (OTGINT & (1 << BCERRI));
-					case USB_INT_VBERRI:
-						return (OTGINT & (1 << VBERRI));
-					case USB_INT_SRPI:
-						return (OTGINT & (1 << SRPI));
-					#endif
-					default:
-						return false;
-				}
-			}
-
-		/* Includes: */
-			#include "../USBMode.h"
-			#include "../Events.h"
-			#include "../USBController.h"
-
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			void USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts(void);
-			void USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts(void);
-	#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/ConfigDescriptors.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/ConfigDescriptors.c
deleted file mode 100644
index da6812a323..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/ConfigDescriptors.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,146 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "ConfigDescriptors.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-uint8_t USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(const uint8_t ConfigNumber,
-                                           uint16_t* const ConfigSizePtr,
-                                           void* const BufferPtr,
-                                           const uint16_t BufferSize)
-{
-	uint8_t ErrorCode;
-	uint8_t ConfigHeader[sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t)];
-
-	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
-		{
-			.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
-			.bRequest      = REQ_GetDescriptor,
-			.wValue        = ((DTYPE_Configuration << 8) | (ConfigNumber - 1)),
-			.wIndex        = 0,
-			.wLength       = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t),
-		};
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
-	if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(ConfigHeader)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
-	  return ErrorCode;
-
-	*ConfigSizePtr = le16_to_cpu(DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigHeader, USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t)->TotalConfigurationSize);
-
-	if (*ConfigSizePtr > BufferSize)
-	  return HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow;
-
-	USB_ControlRequest.wLength = *ConfigSizePtr;
-
-	if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(BufferPtr)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
-	  return ErrorCode;
-
-	if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(BufferPtr) != DTYPE_Configuration)
-	  return HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData;
-
-	return HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful;
-}
-#endif
-
-void USB_GetNextDescriptorOfType(uint16_t* const BytesRem,
-                                 void** const CurrConfigLoc,
-                                 const uint8_t Type)
-{
-	while (*BytesRem)
-	{
-		USB_GetNextDescriptor(BytesRem, CurrConfigLoc);
-
-		if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(*CurrConfigLoc) == Type)
-		  return;
-	}
-}
-
-void USB_GetNextDescriptorOfTypeBefore(uint16_t* const BytesRem,
-                                       void** const CurrConfigLoc,
-                                       const uint8_t Type,
-                                       const uint8_t BeforeType)
-{
-	while (*BytesRem)
-	{
-		USB_GetNextDescriptor(BytesRem, CurrConfigLoc);
-
-		if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(*CurrConfigLoc) == Type)
-		{
-			return;
-		}
-		else if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(*CurrConfigLoc) == BeforeType)
-		{
-			*BytesRem = 0;
-			return;
-		}
-	}
-}
-
-void USB_GetNextDescriptorOfTypeAfter(uint16_t* const BytesRem,
-                                      void** const CurrConfigLoc,
-                                      const uint8_t Type,
-                                      const uint8_t AfterType)
-{
-	USB_GetNextDescriptorOfType(BytesRem, CurrConfigLoc, AfterType);
-
-	if (*BytesRem)
-	  USB_GetNextDescriptorOfType(BytesRem, CurrConfigLoc, Type);
-}
-
-uint8_t USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(uint16_t* const BytesRem,
-                                  void** const CurrConfigLoc,
-                                  ConfigComparatorPtr_t const ComparatorRoutine)
-{
-	uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
-	while (*BytesRem)
-	{
-		uint8_t* PrevDescLoc  = *CurrConfigLoc;
-		uint16_t PrevBytesRem = *BytesRem;
-
-		USB_GetNextDescriptor(BytesRem, CurrConfigLoc);
-
-		if ((ErrorCode = ComparatorRoutine(*CurrConfigLoc)) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound)
-		{
-			if (ErrorCode == DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail)
-			{
-				*CurrConfigLoc = PrevDescLoc;
-				*BytesRem      = PrevBytesRem;
-			}
-
-			return ErrorCode;
-		}
-	}
-
-	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_EndOfDescriptor;
-}
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/ConfigDescriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/ConfigDescriptors.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b4a9788c28..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/ConfigDescriptors.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,287 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief USB Configuration Descriptor definitions.
- *  \copydetails Group_ConfigDescriptorParser
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_StdDescriptors
- *  \defgroup Group_ConfigDescriptorParser Configuration Descriptor Parser
- *  \brief USB Configuration Descriptor definitions.
- *
- *  This section of the library gives a friendly API which can be used in host applications to easily
- *  parse an attached device's configuration descriptor so that endpoint, interface and other descriptor
- *  data can be extracted and used as needed.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __CONFIGDESCRIPTORS_H__
-#define __CONFIGDESCRIPTORS_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "USBMode.h"
-		#include "HostStandardReq.h"
-		#include "StdDescriptors.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Casts a pointer to a descriptor inside the configuration descriptor into a pointer to the given
-			 *  descriptor type.
-			 *
-			 *  Usage Example:
-			 *  \code
-			 *  uint8_t* CurrDescriptor = &ConfigDescriptor[0]; // Pointing to the configuration header
-			 *  USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t* ConfigHeaderPtr = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrDescriptor,
-			 *                                                           USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t);
-			 *
-			 *  // Can now access elements of the configuration header struct using the -> indirection operator
-			 *  \endcode
-			 */
-			#define DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(DescriptorPtr, Type) ((Type*)(DescriptorPtr))
-
-			/** Casts a pointer to a descriptor inside the configuration descriptor into the given descriptor
-			 *  type (as an actual struct instance rather than a pointer to a struct).
-			 *
-			 *  Usage Example:
-			 *  \code
-			 *  uint8_t* CurrDescriptor = &ConfigDescriptor[0]; // Pointing to the configuration header
-			 *  USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t ConfigHeader = DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrDescriptor,
-			 *                                                       USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t);
-			 *
-			 *  // Can now access elements of the configuration header struct using the . operator
-			 *  \endcode
-			 */
-			#define DESCRIPTOR_CAST(DescriptorPtr, Type)  (*DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(DescriptorPtr, Type))
-
-			/** Returns the descriptor's type, expressed as the 8-bit type value in the header of the descriptor.
-			 *  This value's meaning depends on the descriptor's placement in the descriptor, but standard type
-			 *  values can be accessed in the \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t enum.
-			 */
-			#define DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(DescriptorPtr)    DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(DescriptorPtr, USB_Descriptor_Header_t)->Type
-
-			/** Returns the descriptor's size, expressed as the 8-bit value indicating the number of bytes. */
-			#define DESCRIPTOR_SIZE(DescriptorPtr)    DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(DescriptorPtr, USB_Descriptor_Header_t)->Size
-
-		/* Type Defines: */
-			/** Type define for a Configuration Descriptor comparator function (function taking a pointer to an array
-			 *  of type void, returning a uint8_t value).
-			 *
-			 *  \see \ref USB_GetNextDescriptorComp function for more details.
-			 */
-			typedef uint8_t (* ConfigComparatorPtr_t)(void*);
-
-		/* Enums: */
-			/** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor() function. */
-			enum USB_Host_GetConfigDescriptor_ErrorCodes_t
-			{
-				HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful       = 0, /**< No error occurred while retrieving the configuration descriptor. */
-				HOST_GETCONFIG_DeviceDisconnect = 1, /**< The attached device was disconnected while retrieving the configuration
-				                                      *   descriptor.
-				                                      */
-				HOST_GETCONFIG_PipeError        = 2, /**< An error occurred in the pipe while sending the request. */
-				HOST_GETCONFIG_SetupStalled     = 3, /**< The attached device stalled the request to retrieve the configuration
-				                                      *   descriptor.
-				                                      */
-				HOST_GETCONFIG_SoftwareTimeOut  = 4, /**< The request or data transfer timed out. */
-				HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow     = 5, /**< The device's configuration descriptor is too large to fit into the allocated
-				                                      *   buffer.
-				                                      */
-				HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData      = 6, /**< The device returned invalid configuration descriptor data. */
-			};
-
-			/** Enum for return values of a descriptor comparator function. */
-			enum DSearch_Return_ErrorCodes_t
-			{
-				DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found                = 0, /**< Current descriptor matches comparator criteria. */
-				DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail                 = 1, /**< No further descriptor could possibly match criteria, fail the search. */
-				DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound             = 2, /**< Current descriptor does not match comparator criteria. */
-			};
-
-			/** Enum for return values of \ref USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(). */
-			enum DSearch_Comp_Return_ErrorCodes_t
-			{
-				DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found           = 0, /**< Configuration descriptor now points to descriptor which matches
-				                                             *   search criteria of the given comparator function. */
-				DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Fail            = 1, /**< Comparator function returned \ref DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail. */
-				DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_EndOfDescriptor = 2, /**< End of configuration descriptor reached before match found. */
-			};
-
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			/** Retrieves the configuration descriptor data from an attached device via a standard request into a buffer,
-			 *  including validity and size checking to prevent a buffer overflow.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in]     ConfigNumber   Device configuration descriptor number to fetch from the device (usually set to 1 for
-			 *                                single configuration devices).
-			 *  \param[in,out] ConfigSizePtr  Pointer to a location for storing the retrieved configuration descriptor size.
-			 *  \param[out]    BufferPtr      Pointer to the buffer for storing the configuration descriptor data.
-			 *  \param[out]    BufferSize     Size of the allocated buffer where the configuration descriptor is to be stored.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_GetConfigDescriptor_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(const uint8_t ConfigNumber,
-			                                           uint16_t* const ConfigSizePtr,
-			                                           void* const BufferPtr,
-			                                           const uint16_t BufferSize) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-
-			/** Skips to the next sub-descriptor inside the configuration descriptor of the specified type value.
-			 *  The bytes remaining value is automatically decremented.
-			 *
-			 * \param[in,out] BytesRem       Pointer to the number of bytes remaining of the configuration descriptor.
-			 * \param[in,out] CurrConfigLoc  Pointer to the current descriptor inside the configuration descriptor.
-			 * \param[in]     Type           Descriptor type value to search for.
-			 */
-			void USB_GetNextDescriptorOfType(uint16_t* const BytesRem,
-			                                 void** const CurrConfigLoc,
-			                                 const uint8_t Type)
-			                                 ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
-			/** Skips to the next sub-descriptor inside the configuration descriptor of the specified type value,
-			 *  which must come before a descriptor of the second given type value. If the BeforeType type
-			 *  descriptor is reached first, the number of bytes remaining to process is set to zero and the
-			 *  function exits. The bytes remaining value is automatically decremented.
-			 *
-			 * \param[in,out] BytesRem       Pointer to the number of bytes remaining of the configuration descriptor.
-			 * \param[in,out] CurrConfigLoc  Pointer to the current descriptor inside the configuration descriptor.
-			 * \param[in]     Type           Descriptor type value to search for.
-			 * \param[in]     BeforeType     Descriptor type value which must not be reached before the given Type descriptor.
-			 */
-			void USB_GetNextDescriptorOfTypeBefore(uint16_t* const BytesRem,
-			                                       void** const CurrConfigLoc,
-			                                       const uint8_t Type,
-			                                       const uint8_t BeforeType)
-			                                       ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
-			/** Skips to the next sub-descriptor inside the configuration descriptor of the specified type value,
-			 *  which must come after a descriptor of the second given type value. The bytes remaining value is
-			 *  automatically decremented.
-			 *
-			 * \param[in,out] BytesRem       Pointer to the number of bytes remaining of the configuration descriptor.
-			 * \param[in,out] CurrConfigLoc  Pointer to the current descriptor inside the configuration descriptor.
-			 * \param[in]     Type           Descriptor type value to search for.
-			 * \param[in]     AfterType      Descriptor type value which must be reached before the given Type descriptor.
-			 */
-			void USB_GetNextDescriptorOfTypeAfter(uint16_t* const BytesRem,
-			                                      void** const CurrConfigLoc,
-			                                      const uint8_t Type,
-			                                      const uint8_t AfterType)
-			                                      ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
-			/** Searches for the next descriptor in the given configuration descriptor using a pre-made comparator
-			 *  function. The routine updates the position and remaining configuration descriptor bytes values
-			 *  automatically. If a comparator routine fails a search, the descriptor pointer is retreated back
-			 *  so that the next descriptor search invocation will start from the descriptor which first caused the
-			 *  original search to fail. This behavior allows for one comparator to be used immediately after another
-			 *  has failed, starting the second search from the descriptor which failed the first.
-			 *
-			 *  Comparator functions should be standard functions which accept a pointer to the header of the current
-			 *  descriptor inside the configuration descriptor which is being compared, and should return a value from
-			 *  the \ref DSearch_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum as a uint8_t value.
-			 *
-			 *  \note This function is available in USB Host mode only.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in,out] BytesRem           Pointer to an int storing the remaining bytes in the configuration descriptor.
-			 *  \param[in,out] CurrConfigLoc      Pointer to the current position in the configuration descriptor.
-			 *  \param[in]     ComparatorRoutine  Name of the comparator search function to use on the configuration descriptor.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Value of one of the members of the \ref DSearch_Comp_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 *
-			 *  Usage Example:
-			 *  \code
-			 *  uint8_t EndpointSearcher(void* CurrentDescriptor); // Comparator Prototype
-			 *
-			 *  uint8_t EndpointSearcher(void* CurrentDescriptor)
-			 *  {
-			 *     if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Endpoint)
-			 *         return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
-			 *     else
-			 *         return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-			 *  }
-			 *
-			 *  //...
-			 *
-			 *  // After retrieving configuration descriptor:
-			 *  if (USB_Host_GetNextDescriptorComp(&BytesRemaining, &CurrentConfigLoc, EndpointSearcher) ==
-			 *      Descriptor_Search_Comp_Found)
-			 *  {
-			 *      // Do something with the endpoint descriptor
-			 *  }
-			 *  \endcode
-			 */
-			uint8_t USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(uint16_t* const BytesRem,
-			                                  void** const CurrConfigLoc,
-			                                  ConfigComparatorPtr_t const ComparatorRoutine) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
-			                                  ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			/** Skips over the current sub-descriptor inside the configuration descriptor, so that the pointer then
-			    points to the next sub-descriptor. The bytes remaining value is automatically decremented.
-			 *
-			 * \param[in,out] BytesRem       Pointer to the number of bytes remaining of the configuration descriptor.
-			 * \param[in,out] CurrConfigLoc  Pointer to the current descriptor inside the configuration descriptor.
-			 */
-			static inline void USB_GetNextDescriptor(uint16_t* const BytesRem,
-			                                         void** CurrConfigLoc) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-			static inline void USB_GetNextDescriptor(uint16_t* const BytesRem,
-			                                         void** CurrConfigLoc)
-			{
-				uint16_t CurrDescriptorSize = DESCRIPTOR_CAST(*CurrConfigLoc, USB_Descriptor_Header_t).Size;
-
-				if (*BytesRem < CurrDescriptorSize)
-				  CurrDescriptorSize = *BytesRem;
-
-				*CurrConfigLoc  = (void*)((uintptr_t)*CurrConfigLoc + CurrDescriptorSize);
-				*BytesRem      -= CurrDescriptorSize;
-			}
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Device.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Device.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 10d739f569..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Device.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,159 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Common USB Device definitions for all architectures.
- *  \copydetails Group_Device
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USB
- *  \defgroup Group_Device Device Management
- *  \brief USB Device management definitions for USB device mode.
- *
- *  USB Device mode related definitions common to all architectures. This module contains definitions which
- *  are used when the USB controller is initialized in device mode.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __USBDEVICE_H__
-#define __USBDEVICE_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "USBMode.h"
-		#include "StdDescriptors.h"
-		#include "USBInterrupt.h"
-		#include "Endpoint.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Enums: */
-			/** Enum for the various states of the USB Device state machine. Only some states are
-			 *  implemented in the LUFA library - other states are left to the user to implement.
-			 *
-			 *  For information on each possible USB device state, refer to the USB 2.0 specification.
-			 *
-			 *  \see \ref USB_DeviceState, which stores the current device state machine state.
-			 */
-			enum USB_Device_States_t
-			{
-				DEVICE_STATE_Unattached                   = 0, /**< Internally implemented by the library. This state indicates
-				                                                *   that the device is not currently connected to a host.
-				                                                */
-				DEVICE_STATE_Powered                      = 1, /**< Internally implemented by the library. This state indicates
-				                                                *   that the device is connected to a host, but enumeration has not
-				                                                *   yet begun.
-				                                                */
-				DEVICE_STATE_Default                      = 2, /**< Internally implemented by the library. This state indicates
-				                                                *   that the device's USB bus has been reset by the host and it is
-				                                                *   now waiting for the host to begin the enumeration process.
-				                                                */
-				DEVICE_STATE_Addressed                    = 3, /**< Internally implemented by the library. This state indicates
-				                                                *   that the device has been addressed by the USB Host, but is not
-				                                                *   yet configured.
-				                                                */
-				DEVICE_STATE_Configured                   = 4, /**< May be implemented by the user project. This state indicates
-				                                                *   that the device has been enumerated by the host and is ready
-				                                                *   for USB communications to begin.
-				                                                */
-				DEVICE_STATE_Suspended                    = 5, /**< May be implemented by the user project. This state indicates
-				                                                *   that the USB bus has been suspended by the host, and the device
-				                                                *   should power down to a minimal power level until the bus is
-				                                                *   resumed.
-				                                                */
-			};
-
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			/** Function to retrieve a given descriptor's size and memory location from the given descriptor type value,
-			 *  index and language ID. This function MUST be overridden in the user application (added with full, identical
-			 *  prototype and name so that the library can call it to retrieve descriptor data.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] wValue                  The type of the descriptor to retrieve in the upper byte, and the index in the
-			 *                                     lower byte (when more than one descriptor of the given type exists, such as the
-			 *                                     case of string descriptors). The type may be one of the standard types defined
-			 *                                     in the DescriptorTypes_t enum, or may be a class-specific descriptor type value.
-			 *  \param[in] wIndex                  The language ID of the string to return if the \c wValue type indicates
-			 *                                     \ref DTYPE_String, otherwise zero for standard descriptors, or as defined in a
-			 *                                     class-specific standards.
-			 *  \param[out] DescriptorAddress      Pointer to the descriptor in memory. This should be set by the routine to
-			 *                                     the address of the descriptor.
-			 *  \param[out] DescriptorMemorySpace  A value from the \ref USB_DescriptorMemorySpaces_t enum to indicate the memory
-			 *                                     space in which the descriptor is stored. This parameter does not exist when one
-			 *                                     of the \c USE_*_DESCRIPTORS compile time options is used, or on architectures which
-			 *                                     use a unified address space.
-			 *
-			 *  \note By default, the library expects all descriptors to be located in flash memory via the \c PROGMEM attribute.
-			 *        If descriptors should be located in RAM or EEPROM instead (to speed up access in the case of RAM, or to
-			 *        allow the descriptors to be changed dynamically at runtime) either the \c USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS or the
-			 *        \c USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS tokens may be defined in the project makefile and passed to the compiler by the -D
-			 *        switch.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Size in bytes of the descriptor if it exists, zero or \ref NO_DESCRIPTOR otherwise.
-			 */
-			uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
-			                                    const uint8_t wIndex,
-			                                    const void** const DescriptorAddress
-			#if (defined(ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)) && \
-			    !(defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS))
-			                                    , uint8_t* const DescriptorMemorySpace
-			#endif
-			                                    ) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-
-	/* Architecture Includes: */
-		#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
-			#include "AVR8/Device_AVR8.h"
-		#elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
-			#include "UC3/Device_UC3.h"
-		#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
-			#include "XMEGA/Device_XMEGA.h"
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/DeviceStandardReq.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/DeviceStandardReq.c
deleted file mode 100644
index adf615a9c4..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/DeviceStandardReq.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,380 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_DEVICESTDREQ_C
-#include "DeviceStandardReq.h"
-
-uint8_t USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber;
-
-#if !defined(NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER)
-bool    USB_Device_CurrentlySelfPowered;
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP)
-bool    USB_Device_RemoteWakeupEnabled;
-#endif
-
-void USB_Device_ProcessControlRequest(void)
-{
-	#if defined(ARCH_BIG_ENDIAN)
-	USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType = Endpoint_Read_8();
-	USB_ControlRequest.bRequest      = Endpoint_Read_8();
-	USB_ControlRequest.wValue        = Endpoint_Read_16_LE();
-	USB_ControlRequest.wIndex        = Endpoint_Read_16_LE();
-	USB_ControlRequest.wLength       = Endpoint_Read_16_LE();
-	#else
-	uint8_t* RequestHeader = (uint8_t*)&USB_ControlRequest;
-
-	for (uint8_t RequestHeaderByte = 0; RequestHeaderByte < sizeof(USB_Request_Header_t); RequestHeaderByte++)
-	  *(RequestHeader++) = Endpoint_Read_8();
-	#endif
-
-	EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest();
-
-	if (Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived())
-	{
-		uint8_t bmRequestType = USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType;
-
-		switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
-		{
-			case REQ_GetStatus:
-				if ((bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE)) ||
-					(bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_ENDPOINT)))
-				{
-					USB_Device_GetStatus();
-				}
-
-				break;
-			case REQ_ClearFeature:
-			case REQ_SetFeature:
-				if ((bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE)) ||
-					(bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_ENDPOINT)))
-				{
-					USB_Device_ClearSetFeature();
-				}
-
-				break;
-			case REQ_SetAddress:
-				if (bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE))
-				  USB_Device_SetAddress();
-
-				break;
-			case REQ_GetDescriptor:
-				if ((bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE)) ||
-					(bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_INTERFACE)))
-				{
-					USB_Device_GetDescriptor();
-				}
-
-				break;
-			case REQ_GetConfiguration:
-				if (bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE))
-				  USB_Device_GetConfiguration();
-
-				break;
-			case REQ_SetConfiguration:
-				if (bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE))
-				  USB_Device_SetConfiguration();
-
-				break;
-
-			default:
-				break;
-		}
-	}
-
-	if (Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived())
-	{
-		Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
-		Endpoint_StallTransaction();
-	}
-}
-
-static void USB_Device_SetAddress(void)
-{
-	uint8_t DeviceAddress = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue & 0x7F);
-
-	USB_Device_SetDeviceAddress(DeviceAddress);
-
-	Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
-
-	Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
-
-	while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()));
-
-	USB_Device_EnableDeviceAddress(DeviceAddress);
-
-	USB_DeviceState = (DeviceAddress) ? DEVICE_STATE_Addressed : DEVICE_STATE_Default;
-}
-
-static void USB_Device_SetConfiguration(void)
-{
-	#if defined(FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS)
-	if ((uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wValue > FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS)
-	  return;
-	#else
-	USB_Descriptor_Device_t* DevDescriptorPtr;
-
-	#if defined(ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE)
-		#if defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS)
-			#define MemoryAddressSpace  MEMSPACE_FLASH
-		#elif defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS)
-			#define MemoryAddressSpace  MEMSPACE_EEPROM
-		#elif defined(USE_SRAM_DESCRIPTORS)
-			#define MemoryAddressSpace  MEMSPACE_SRAM
-		#else
-			uint8_t MemoryAddressSpace;
-		#endif
-	#endif
-
-	if (CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor((DTYPE_Device << 8), 0, (void*)&DevDescriptorPtr
-	#if defined(ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE) && \
-	    !(defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS))
-	                               , &MemoryAddressSpace
-	#endif
-	                               ) == NO_DESCRIPTOR)
-	{
-		return;
-	}
-
-	#if defined(ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE)
-	if (MemoryAddressSpace == MEMSPACE_FLASH)
-	{
-		if (((uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wValue > pgm_read_byte(&DevDescriptorPtr->NumberOfConfigurations)))
-		  return;
-	}
-	else if (MemoryAddressSpace == MEMSPACE_EEPROM)
-	{
-		if (((uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wValue > eeprom_read_byte(&DevDescriptorPtr->NumberOfConfigurations)))
-		  return;
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		if ((uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wValue > DevDescriptorPtr->NumberOfConfigurations)
-		  return;
-	}
-	#else
-	if ((uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wValue > DevDescriptorPtr->NumberOfConfigurations)
-	  return;
-	#endif
-	#endif
-
-	Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
-
-	USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber = (uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wValue;
-
-	Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
-
-	if (USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber)
-	  USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Configured;
-	else
-	  USB_DeviceState = (USB_Device_IsAddressSet()) ? DEVICE_STATE_Configured : DEVICE_STATE_Powered;
-
-	EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged();
-}
-
-static void USB_Device_GetConfiguration(void)
-{
-	Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
-
-	Endpoint_Write_8(USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber);
-	Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
-	Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
-}
-
-#if !defined(NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL) && (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL != NO_DESCRIPTOR)
-static void USB_Device_GetInternalSerialDescriptor(void)
-{
-	struct
-	{
-		USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header;
-		uint16_t                UnicodeString[INTERNAL_SERIAL_LENGTH_BITS / 4];
-	} SignatureDescriptor;
-
-	SignatureDescriptor.Header.Type = DTYPE_String;
-	SignatureDescriptor.Header.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(INTERNAL_SERIAL_LENGTH_BITS / 4);
-
-	USB_Device_GetSerialString(SignatureDescriptor.UnicodeString);
-
-	Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
-
-	Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(&SignatureDescriptor, sizeof(SignatureDescriptor));
-	Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-}
-#endif
-
-static void USB_Device_GetDescriptor(void)
-{
-	const void* DescriptorPointer;
-	uint16_t    DescriptorSize;
-
-	#if defined(ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE) && \
-	    !(defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS))
-	uint8_t DescriptorAddressSpace;
-	#endif
-
-	#if !defined(NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL) && (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL != NO_DESCRIPTOR)
-	if (USB_ControlRequest.wValue == ((DTYPE_String << 8) | USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL))
-	{
-		USB_Device_GetInternalSerialDescriptor();
-		return;
-	}
-	#endif
-
-	if ((DescriptorSize = CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(USB_ControlRequest.wValue, USB_ControlRequest.wIndex,
-	                                                 &DescriptorPointer
-	#if defined(ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE) && \
-	    !(defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS))
-	                                                 , &DescriptorAddressSpace
-	#endif
-													 )) == NO_DESCRIPTOR)
-	{
-		return;
-	}
-
-	Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
-
-	#if defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS) || !defined(ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE)
-	Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(DescriptorPointer, DescriptorSize);
-	#elif defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS)
-	Endpoint_Write_Control_EStream_LE(DescriptorPointer, DescriptorSize);
-	#elif defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS)
-	Endpoint_Write_Control_PStream_LE(DescriptorPointer, DescriptorSize);
-	#else
-	if (DescriptorAddressSpace == MEMSPACE_FLASH)
-	  Endpoint_Write_Control_PStream_LE(DescriptorPointer, DescriptorSize);
-	else if (DescriptorAddressSpace == MEMSPACE_EEPROM)
-	  Endpoint_Write_Control_EStream_LE(DescriptorPointer, DescriptorSize);
-	else
-	  Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(DescriptorPointer, DescriptorSize);
-	#endif
-
-	Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-}
-
-static void USB_Device_GetStatus(void)
-{
-	uint8_t CurrentStatus = 0;
-
-	switch (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType)
-	{
-		case (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE):
-			#if !defined(NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER)
-			if (USB_Device_CurrentlySelfPowered)
-			  CurrentStatus |= FEATURE_SELFPOWERED_ENABLED;
-			#endif
-
-			#if !defined(NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP)
-			if (USB_Device_RemoteWakeupEnabled)
-			  CurrentStatus |= FEATURE_REMOTE_WAKEUP_ENABLED;
-			#endif
-			break;
-		case (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_ENDPOINT):
-			#if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
-			Endpoint_SelectEndpoint((uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wIndex & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK);
-
-			CurrentStatus = Endpoint_IsStalled();
-
-			Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP);
-			#endif
-
-			break;
-		default:
-			return;
-	}
-
-	Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
-
-	Endpoint_Write_16_LE(CurrentStatus);
-	Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
-	Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
-}
-
-static void USB_Device_ClearSetFeature(void)
-{
-	switch (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT)
-	{
-		#if !defined(NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP)
-		case REQREC_DEVICE:
-			if ((uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wValue == FEATURE_SEL_DeviceRemoteWakeup)
-			  USB_Device_RemoteWakeupEnabled = (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest == REQ_SetFeature);
-			else
-			  return;
-
-			break;
-		#endif
-		#if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
-		case REQREC_ENDPOINT:
-			if ((uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wValue == FEATURE_SEL_EndpointHalt)
-			{
-				uint8_t EndpointIndex = ((uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wIndex & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK);
-
-				if (EndpointIndex == ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP)
-				  return;
-
-				Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(EndpointIndex);
-
-				if (Endpoint_IsEnabled())
-				{
-					if (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest == REQ_SetFeature)
-					{
-						Endpoint_StallTransaction();
-					}
-					else
-					{
-						Endpoint_ClearStall();
-						Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(EndpointIndex);
-						Endpoint_ResetDataToggle();
-					}
-				}
-			}
-
-			break;
-		#endif
-		default:
-			return;
-	}
-
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP);
-
-	Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
-
-	Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
-}
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/DeviceStandardReq.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/DeviceStandardReq.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 396e205547..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/DeviceStandardReq.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,158 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief USB device standard request management.
- *
- *  This file contains the function prototypes necessary for the processing of incoming standard control requests
- *  when the library is in USB device mode.
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-#ifndef __DEVICESTDREQ_H__
-#define __DEVICESTDREQ_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "USBMode.h"
-		#include "StdDescriptors.h"
-		#include "Events.h"
-		#include "StdRequestType.h"
-		#include "USBTask.h"
-		#include "USBController.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Enums: */
-			#if defined(ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-				/** Enum for the possible descriptor memory spaces, for the \c MemoryAddressSpace parameter of the
-				 *  \ref CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor() function. This can be used when none of the \c USE_*_DESCRIPTORS
-				 *  compile time options are used, to indicate in which memory space the descriptor is stored.
-				 *
-				 *  \ingroup Group_Device
-				 */
-				enum USB_DescriptorMemorySpaces_t
-				{
-					#if defined(ARCH_HAS_FLASH_ADDRESS_SPACE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-					MEMSPACE_FLASH    = 0, /**< Indicates the requested descriptor is located in FLASH memory. */
-					#endif
-					#if defined(ARCH_HAS_EEPROM_ADDRESS_SPACE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-					MEMSPACE_EEPROM   = 1, /**< Indicates the requested descriptor is located in EEPROM memory. */
-					#endif
-					MEMSPACE_RAM      = 2, /**< Indicates the requested descriptor is located in RAM memory. */
-				};
-			#endif
-
-		/* Global Variables: */
-			/** Indicates the currently set configuration number of the device. USB devices may have several
-			 *  different configurations which the host can select between; this indicates the currently selected
-			 *  value, or 0 if no configuration has been selected.
-			 *
-			 *  \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
-			 *             changed in value.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_Device
-			 */
-			extern uint8_t USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber;
-
-			#if !defined(NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP)
-				/** Indicates if the host is currently allowing the device to issue remote wakeup events. If this
-				 *  flag is cleared, the device should not issue remote wakeup events to the host.
-				 *
-				 *  \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
-				 *             changed in value.
-				 *
-				 *  \note To reduce FLASH usage of the compiled applications where Remote Wakeup is not supported,
-				 *        this global and the underlying management code can be disabled by defining the
-				 *        \c NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP token in the project makefile and passing it to the compiler via
-				 *        the -D switch.
-				 *
-				 *  \ingroup Group_Device
-				 */
-				extern bool USB_Device_RemoteWakeupEnabled;
-			#endif
-
-			#if !defined(NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER)
-				/** Indicates if the device is currently being powered by its own power supply, rather than being
-				 *  powered by the host's USB supply. This flag should remain cleared if the device does not
-				 *  support self powered mode, as indicated in the device descriptors.
-				 *
-				 *  \ingroup Group_Device
-				 */
-				extern bool USB_Device_CurrentlySelfPowered;
-			#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		#if defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS) && defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS)
-			#error USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS and USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS are mutually exclusive.
-		#elif defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS) && defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS)
-			#error USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS and USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS are mutually exclusive.
-		#elif defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) && defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS)
-			#error USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS and USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS are mutually exclusive.
-		#elif defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) && defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS) && defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS)
-			#error Only one of the USE_*_DESCRIPTORS modes should be selected.
-		#endif
-
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			void USB_Device_ProcessControlRequest(void);
-
-			#if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_DEVICESTDREQ_C)
-				static void USB_Device_SetAddress(void);
-				static void USB_Device_SetConfiguration(void);
-				static void USB_Device_GetConfiguration(void);
-				static void USB_Device_GetDescriptor(void);
-				static void USB_Device_GetStatus(void);
-				static void USB_Device_ClearSetFeature(void);
-
-				#if !defined(NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL) && (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL != NO_DESCRIPTOR)
-					static void USB_Device_GetInternalSerialDescriptor(void);
-				#endif
-			#endif
-	#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Endpoint.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Endpoint.h
deleted file mode 100644
index bf41376f4f..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Endpoint.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,130 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief USB Endpoint definitions for all architectures.
- *  \copydetails Group_EndpointManagement
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_EndpointManagement
- *  \defgroup Group_EndpointRW Endpoint Data Reading and Writing
- *  \brief Endpoint data read/write definitions.
- *
- *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing from and to endpoints.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_EndpointRW
- *  \defgroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW Read/Write of Primitive Data Types
- *  \brief Endpoint data primitive read/write definitions.
- *
- *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of primitive data types
- *  from and to endpoints.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_EndpointManagement
- *  \defgroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement Endpoint Packet Management
- *  \brief USB Endpoint package management definitions.
- *
- *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to packet management of endpoints.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USB
- *  \defgroup Group_EndpointManagement Endpoint Management
- *  \brief Endpoint management definitions.
- *
- *  Functions, macros and enums related to endpoint management when in USB Device mode. This
- *  module contains the endpoint management macros, as well as endpoint interrupt and data
- *  send/receive functions for various data types.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __ENDPOINT_H__
-#define __ENDPOINT_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "USBMode.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Type Defines: */
-			/** Type define for a endpoint table entry, used to configure endpoints in groups via
-			 *  \ref Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable().
-			 */
-			typedef struct
-			{
-				uint8_t  Address; /**< Address of the endpoint to configure, or zero if the table entry is to be unused. */
-				uint16_t Size; /**< Size of the endpoint bank, in bytes. */
-				uint8_t  Type; /**< Type of the endpoint, a \c EP_TYPE_* mask. */
-				uint8_t  Banks; /**< Number of hardware banks to use for the endpoint. */
-			} USB_Endpoint_Table_t;
-
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Endpoint number mask, for masking against endpoint addresses to retrieve the endpoint's
-			 *  numerical address in the device.
-			 */
-			#define ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK                     0x0F
-
-			/** Endpoint address for the default control endpoint, which always resides in address 0. This is
-			 *  defined for convenience to give more readable code when used with the endpoint macros.
-			 */
-			#define ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP                      0
-
-	/* Architecture Includes: */
-		#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
-			#include "AVR8/Endpoint_AVR8.h"
-		#elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
-			#include "UC3/Endpoint_UC3.h"
-		#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
-			#include "XMEGA/Endpoint_XMEGA.h"
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/EndpointStream.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/EndpointStream.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 5675c323cc..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/EndpointStream.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,124 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Endpoint data stream transmission and reception management.
- *  \copydetails Group_EndpointStreamRW
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_EndpointRW
- *  \defgroup Group_EndpointStreamRW Read/Write of Multi-Byte Streams
- *  \brief Endpoint data stream transmission and reception management.
- *
- *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of data streams from
- *  and to endpoints.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __ENDPOINT_STREAM_H__
-#define __ENDPOINT_STREAM_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "USBMode.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Enums: */
-			/** Enum for the possible error return codes of the \c Endpoint_*_Stream_* functions. */
-			enum Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t
-			{
-				ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError            = 0, /**< Command completed successfully, no error. */
-				ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_EndpointStalled    = 1, /**< The endpoint was stalled during the stream
-				                                           *   transfer by the host or device.
-				                                           */
-				ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected = 2, /**< Device was disconnected from the host during
-				                                           *   the transfer.
-				                                           */
-				ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_BusSuspended       = 3, /**< The USB bus has been suspended by the host and
-				                                           *   no USB endpoint traffic can occur until the bus
-				                                           *   has resumed.
-				                                           */
-				ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_Timeout            = 4, /**< The host failed to accept or send the next packet
-				                                           *   within the software timeout period set by the
-				                                           *   \ref USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS macro.
-				                                           */
-				ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer = 5, /**< Indicates that the endpoint bank became full or empty before
-				                                           *   the complete contents of the current stream could be
-				                                           *   transferred. The endpoint stream function should be called
-				                                           *   again to process the next chunk of data in the transfer.
-				                                           */
-			};
-
-			/** Enum for the possible error return codes of the \c Endpoint_*_Control_Stream_* functions. */
-			enum Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t
-			{
-				ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_NoError            = 0, /**< Command completed successfully, no error. */
-				ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_HostAborted        = 1, /**< The aborted the transfer prematurely. */
-				ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected = 2, /**< Device was disconnected from the host during
-				                                            *   the transfer.
-				                                            */
-				ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended       = 3, /**< The USB bus has been suspended by the host and
-				                                            *   no USB endpoint traffic can occur until the bus
-				                                            *   has resumed.
-				                                            */
-			};
-
-	/* Architecture Includes: */
-		#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
-			#include "AVR8/EndpointStream_AVR8.h"
-		#elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
-			#include "UC3/EndpointStream_UC3.h"
-		#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
-			#include "XMEGA/EndpointStream_XMEGA.h"
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Events.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Events.c
deleted file mode 100644
index a63b002fec..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Events.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_EVENTS_C
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "Events.h"
-
-void USB_Event_Stub(void)
-{
-
-}
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Events.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Events.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 9c85112fb8..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Events.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,372 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief USB Event management definitions.
- *  \copydetails Group_Events
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USB
- *  \defgroup Group_Events USB Events
- *  \brief USB Event management definitions.
- *
- *  This module contains macros and functions relating to the management of library events, which are small
- *  pieces of code similar to ISRs which are run when a given condition is met. Each event can be fired from
- *  multiple places in the user or library code, which may or may not be inside an ISR, thus each handler
- *  should be written to be as small and fast as possible to prevent possible problems.
- *
- *  Events can be hooked by the user application by declaring a handler function with the same name and parameters
- *  listed here. If an event with no user-associated handler is fired within the library, it by default maps to an
- *  internal empty stub function.
- *
- *  Each event must only have one associated event handler, but can be raised by multiple sources by calling the
- *  event handler function (with any required event parameters).
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __USBEVENTS_H__
-#define __USBEVENTS_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "USBMode.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Pseudo-Functions for Doxygen: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_EVENTS_C) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			/** Event for USB mode pin level change. This event fires when the USB interface is set to dual role
-			 *  mode, and the UID pin level has changed to indicate a new mode (device or host). This event fires
-			 *  before the mode is switched to the newly indicated mode but after the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect
-			 *  event has fired (if disconnected before the role change).
-			 *
-			 *  \note This event only exists on microcontrollers that support dual role USB modes.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY or \c USB_HOST_ONLY tokens have been supplied
-			 *        to the compiler (see \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
-			 */
-			void EVENT_USB_UIDChange(void);
-
-			/** Event for USB host error. This event fires when a hardware fault has occurred whilst the USB
-			 *  interface is in host mode.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] ErrorCode  Error code indicating the failure reason, a value in \ref USB_Host_ErrorCodes_t.
-			 *
-			 *  \note This event only exists on microcontrollers that supports USB host mode.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
-			 *        \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
-			 */
-			void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
-
-			/** Event for USB device attachment. This event fires when a the USB interface is in host mode, and
-			 *  a USB device has been connected to the USB interface. This is interrupt driven, thus fires before
-			 *  the standard \ref EVENT_USB_Device_Connect() event and so can be used to programmatically start the USB
-			 *  management task to reduce CPU consumption.
-			 *
-			 *  \note This event only exists on microcontrollers that supports USB host mode.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
-			 *        \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
-			 *
-			 *  \see \ref USB_USBTask() for more information on the USB management task and reducing CPU usage.
-			 */
-			void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
-
-			/** Event for USB device removal. This event fires when a the USB interface is in host mode, and
-			 *  a USB device has been removed the USB interface whether or not it has been enumerated. This
-			 *  can be used to programmatically stop the USB management task to reduce CPU consumption.
-			 *
-			 *  \note This event only exists on microcontrollers that supports USB host mode.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
-			 *        \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
-			 *
-			 *  \see \ref USB_USBTask() for more information on the USB management task and reducing CPU usage.
-			 */
-			void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
-
-			/** Event for USB device enumeration failure. This event fires when a the USB interface is
-			 *  in host mode, and an attached USB device has failed to enumerate completely.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] ErrorCode     Error code indicating the failure reason, a value in
-			 *                           \ref USB_Host_EnumerationErrorCodes_t.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] SubErrorCode  Sub error code indicating the reason for failure - for example, if the
-			 *                           ErrorCode parameter indicates a control error, this will give the error
-			 *                           code returned by the \ref USB_Host_SendControlRequest() function.
-			 *
-			 *  \note This event only exists on microcontrollers that supports USB host mode.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
-			 *        \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
-			 */
-			void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
-			                                            const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
-
-			/** Event for USB device enumeration completion. This event fires when a the USB interface is
-			 *  in host mode and an attached USB device has been completely enumerated and is ready to be
-			 *  controlled by the user application.
-			 *
-			 *  This event is time-critical; exceeding OS-specific delays within this event handler (typically of around
-			 *  1 second) when a transaction is waiting to be processed by the device will prevent break communications
-			 *  and cause the host to reset the USB bus.
-			 *
-			 *  \note This event only exists on microcontrollers that supports USB host mode.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
-			 *        \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
-			 */
-			void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
-
-			/** Event for USB Start Of Frame detection, when enabled. This event fires at the start of each USB
-			 *  frame, once per millisecond, and is synchronized to the USB bus. This can be used as an accurate
-			 *  millisecond timer source when the USB bus is not suspended while in host mode.
-			 *
-			 *  This event is time-critical; it is run once per millisecond and thus long handlers will significantly
-			 *  degrade device performance. This event should only be enabled when needed to reduce device wake-ups.
-			 *
-			 *  \note This event is not normally active - it must be manually enabled and disabled via the
-			 *        \ref USB_Host_EnableSOFEvents() and \ref USB_Host_DisableSOFEvents() commands after enumeration of
-			 *        a USB device.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
-			 *        \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
-			 */
-			void EVENT_USB_Host_StartOfFrame(void);
-
-			/** Event for USB device connection. This event fires when the microcontroller is in USB Device mode
-			 *  and the device is connected to a USB host, beginning the enumeration process measured by a rising
-			 *  level on the microcontroller's VBUS sense pin.
-			 *
-			 *  This event is time-critical; exceeding OS-specific delays within this event handler (typically of around
-			 *  two seconds) will prevent the device from enumerating correctly.
-			 *
-			 *  \attention This event may fire multiple times during device enumeration on the microcontrollers with limited USB controllers
-			 *             if \c NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT is not defined.
-			 *
-			 *  \note For the microcontrollers with limited USB controller functionality, VBUS sensing is not available.
-			 *        this means that the current connection state is derived from the bus suspension and wake up events by default,
-			 *        which is not always accurate (host may suspend the bus while still connected). If the actual connection state
-			 *        needs to be determined, VBUS should be routed to an external pin, and the auto-detect behavior turned off by
-			 *        passing the \c NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT token to the compiler via the -D switch at compile time. The connection
-			 *        and disconnection events may be manually fired, and the \ref USB_DeviceState global changed manually.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \see \ref Group_USBManagement for more information on the USB management task and reducing CPU usage.
-			 */
-			void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
-
-			/** Event for USB device disconnection. This event fires when the microcontroller is in USB Device mode and the device is
-			 *  disconnected from a host, measured by a falling level on the microcontroller's VBUS sense pin.
-			 *
-			 *  \attention This event may fire multiple times during device enumeration on the microcontrollers with limited USB controllers
-			 *             if \c NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT is not defined.
-			 *
-			 *  \note For the microcontrollers with limited USB controllers, VBUS sense is not available to the USB controller.
-			 *        this means that the current connection state is derived from the bus suspension and wake up events by default,
-			 *        which is not always accurate (host may suspend the bus while still connected). If the actual connection state
-			 *        needs to be determined, VBUS should be routed to an external pin, and the auto-detect behavior turned off by
-			 *        passing the \c NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT token to the compiler via the -D switch at compile time. The connection
-			 *        and disconnection events may be manually fired, and the \ref USB_DeviceState global changed manually.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \see \ref Group_USBManagement for more information on the USB management task and reducing CPU usage.
-			 */
-			void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
-
-			/** Event for control requests. This event fires when a the USB host issues a control request
-			 *  to the mandatory device control endpoint (of address 0). This may either be a standard
-			 *  request that the library may have a handler code for internally, or a class specific request
-			 *  issued to the device which must be handled appropriately. If a request is not processed in the
-			 *  user application via this event, it will be passed to the library for processing internally
-			 *  if a suitable handler exists.
-			 *
-			 *  This event is time-critical; each packet within the request transaction must be acknowledged or
-			 *  sent within 50ms or the host will abort the transfer.
-			 *
-			 *  The library internally handles all standard control requests with the exceptions of SYNC FRAME,
-			 *  SET DESCRIPTOR and SET INTERFACE. These and all other non-standard control requests will be left
-			 *  for the user to process via this event if desired. If not handled in the user application or by
-			 *  the library internally, unknown requests are automatically STALLed.
-			 *
-			 *  \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_HOST_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
-			 *        \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \note Requests should be handled in the same manner as described in the USB 2.0 Specification,
-			 *        or appropriate class specification. In all instances, the library has already read the
-			 *        request SETUP parameters into the \ref USB_ControlRequest structure which should then be used
-			 *        by the application to determine how to handle the issued request.
-			 */
-			void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
-
-			/** Event for USB configuration number changed. This event fires when a the USB host changes the
-			 *  selected configuration number while in device mode. This event should be hooked in device
-			 *  applications to create the endpoints and configure the device for the selected configuration.
-			 *
-			 *  This event is time-critical; exceeding OS-specific delays within this event handler (typically of around
-			 *  one second) will prevent the device from enumerating correctly.
-			 *
-			 *  This event fires after the value of \ref USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber has been changed.
-			 *
-			 *  \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_HOST_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
-			 *        \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
-			 */
-			void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
-
-			/** Event for USB suspend. This event fires when a the USB host suspends the device by halting its
-			 *  transmission of Start Of Frame pulses to the device. This is generally hooked in order to move
-			 *  the device over to a low power state until the host wakes up the device. If the USB interface is
-			 *  enumerated with the \ref USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL option set, the library will automatically suspend the
-			 *  USB PLL before the event is fired to save power.
-			 *
-			 *  \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_HOST_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
-			 *        \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \note This event does not exist on the microcontrollers with limited USB VBUS sensing abilities
-			 *        when the \c NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT compile time token is not set - see
-			 *        \ref EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect.
-			 *
-			 *  \see \ref EVENT_USB_Device_WakeUp() event for accompanying Wake Up event.
-			 */
-			void EVENT_USB_Device_Suspend(void);
-
-			/** Event for USB wake up. This event fires when a the USB interface is suspended while in device
-			 *  mode, and the host wakes up the device by supplying Start Of Frame pulses. This is generally
-			 *  hooked to pull the user application out of a low power state and back into normal operating
-			 *  mode. If the USB interface is enumerated with the \ref USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL option set, the library
-			 *  will automatically restart the USB PLL before the event is fired.
-			 *
-			 *  \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_HOST_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
-			 *        \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \note This event does not exist on the microcontrollers with limited USB VBUS sensing abilities
-			 *        when the \c NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT compile time token is not set - see
-			 *        \ref EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect.
-			 *
-			 *  \see \ref EVENT_USB_Device_Suspend() event for accompanying Suspend event.
-			 */
-			void EVENT_USB_Device_WakeUp(void);
-
-			/** Event for USB interface reset. This event fires when the USB interface is in device mode, and
-			 *  a the USB host requests that the device reset its interface. This event fires after the control
-			 *  endpoint has been automatically configured by the library.
-			 *
-			 *  This event is time-critical; exceeding OS-specific delays within this event handler (typically of around
-			 *  two seconds) will prevent the device from enumerating correctly.
-			 *
-			 *  \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_HOST_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
-			 *        \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
-			 */
-			void EVENT_USB_Device_Reset(void);
-
-			/** Event for USB Start Of Frame detection, when enabled. This event fires at the start of each USB
-			 *  frame, once per millisecond, and is synchronized to the USB bus. This can be used as an accurate
-			 *  millisecond timer source when the USB bus is enumerated in device mode to a USB host.
-			 *
-			 *  This event is time-critical; it is run once per millisecond and thus long handlers will significantly
-			 *  degrade device performance. This event should only be enabled when needed to reduce device wake-ups.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre This event is not normally active - it must be manually enabled and disabled via the
-			 *       \ref USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents() and \ref USB_Device_DisableSOFEvents() commands after enumeration.
-			 *       \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_HOST_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
-			 *        \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
-			 */
-			void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
-		#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			#if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_EVENTS_C)
-				void USB_Event_Stub(void) ATTR_CONST;
-
-				#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
-					void EVENT_USB_UIDChange(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
-				#endif
-
-				#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-					void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
-					void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
-					void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
-					void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
-					void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
-                                                                const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
-					                                            ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
-					void EVENT_USB_Host_StartOfFrame(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
-				#endif
-
-				#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-					void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
-					void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
-					void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
-					void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
-					void EVENT_USB_Device_Suspend(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
-					void EVENT_USB_Device_WakeUp(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
-					void EVENT_USB_Device_Reset(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
-					void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
-				#endif
-			#endif
-	#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Host.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Host.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6146cc5aeb..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Host.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,139 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Common USB Host definitions for all architectures.
- *  \copydetails Group_Host
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USB
- *  \defgroup Group_Host Host Management
- *  \brief USB Host management definitions for USB host mode.
- *
- *  USB Host mode related macros and enums. This module contains macros and enums which are used when
- *  the USB controller is initialized in host mode.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __USBHOST_H__
-#define __USBHOST_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "USBMode.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Enums: */
-			/** Enum for the various states of the USB Host state machine.
-			 *
-			 *  For information on each possible USB host state, refer to the USB 2.0 specification.
-			 *  Several of the USB host states are broken up further into multiple smaller sub-states,
-			 *  so that they can be internally implemented inside the library in an efficient manner.
-			 *
-			 *  \see \ref USB_HostState, which stores the current host state machine state.
-			 */
-			enum USB_Host_States_t
-			{
-				HOST_STATE_WaitForDevice                = 0,  /**< This state indicates that the stack is waiting for an interval
-				                                               *   to elapse before continuing with the next step of the device
-				                                               *   enumeration process.
-				                                               */
-				HOST_STATE_Unattached                   = 1,  /**< This state indicates that the host state machine is waiting for
-				                                               *   a device to be attached so that it can start the enumeration process.
-				                                               */
-				HOST_STATE_Powered                      = 2,  /**< This state indicates that a device has been attached, and the
-				                                               *   library's internals are being configured to begin the enumeration
-				                                               *   process.
-				                                               */
-				HOST_STATE_Powered_WaitForDeviceSettle  = 3,  /**< This state indicates that the stack is waiting for the initial
-				                                               *   settling period to elapse before beginning the enumeration process.
-				                                               */
-				HOST_STATE_Powered_WaitForConnect       = 4,  /**< This state indicates that the stack is waiting for a connection event
-				                                               *   from the USB controller to indicate a valid USB device has been attached
-				                                               *   to the bus and is ready to be enumerated.
-				                                               */
-				HOST_STATE_Powered_DoReset              = 5,  /**< This state indicates that a valid USB device has been attached, and that
-				                                               *   it will now be reset to ensure it is ready for enumeration.
-				                                               */
-				HOST_STATE_Powered_ConfigPipe           = 6,  /**< This state indicates that the attached device is currently powered and
-				                                               *   reset, and that the control pipe is now being configured by the stack.
-				                                               */
-				HOST_STATE_Default                      = 7,  /**< This state indicates that the stack is currently retrieving the control
-				                                               *   endpoint's size from the device, so that the control pipe can be altered
-				                                               *   to match.
-				                                               */
-				HOST_STATE_Default_PostReset            = 8,  /**< This state indicates that the control pipe is being reconfigured to match
-				                                               *   the retrieved control endpoint size from the device, and the device's USB
-				                                               *   bus address is being set.
-				                                               */
-				HOST_STATE_Default_PostAddressSet       = 9,  /**< This state indicates that the device's address has now been set, and the
-				                                               *   stack is has now completed the device enumeration process. This state causes
-				                                               *   the stack to change the current USB device address to that set for the
-				                                               *   connected device, before progressing to the \ref HOST_STATE_Addressed state
-				                                               *   ready for use in the user application.
-				                                               */
-				HOST_STATE_Addressed                    = 10, /**< Indicates that the device has been enumerated and addressed, and is now waiting
-				                                               *   for the user application to configure the device ready for use.
-				                                               */
-				HOST_STATE_Configured                   = 11, /**< Indicates that the device has been configured into a valid device configuration,
-				                                               *   ready for general use by the user application.
-				                                               */
-			};
-
-	/* Architecture Includes: */
-		#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
-			#include "AVR8/Host_AVR8.h"
-		#elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
-			#include "UC3/Host_UC3.h"
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/HostStandardReq.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/HostStandardReq.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 4a21ce73c0..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/HostStandardReq.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,322 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_HOSTSTDREQ_C
-#include "HostStandardReq.h"
-
-uint8_t USB_Host_ConfigurationNumber;
-
-static uint8_t USB_Host_SendControlRequest_PRV(void* const BufferPtr)
-{
-	uint8_t* DataStream   = (uint8_t*)BufferPtr;
-	uint8_t  ReturnStatus = HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
-	uint16_t DataLen      = USB_ControlRequest.wLength;
-
-	USB_Host_ResumeBus();
-
-	if ((ReturnStatus = USB_Host_WaitMS(1)) != HOST_WAITERROR_Successful)
-	  return ReturnStatus;
-
-	Pipe_SetPipeToken(PIPE_TOKEN_SETUP);
-	Pipe_ClearError();
-
-	Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
-	#if defined(ARCH_BIG_ENDIAN)
-	Pipe_Write_8(USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType);
-	Pipe_Write_8(USB_ControlRequest.bRequest);
-	Pipe_Write_16_LE(USB_ControlRequest.wValue);
-	Pipe_Write_16_LE(USB_ControlRequest.wIndex);
-	Pipe_Write_16_LE(USB_ControlRequest.wLength);
-	#else
-	uint8_t* HeaderStream = (uint8_t*)&USB_ControlRequest;
-
-	for (uint8_t HeaderByte = 0; HeaderByte < sizeof(USB_Request_Header_t); HeaderByte++)
-	  Pipe_Write_8(*(HeaderStream++));
-	#endif
-
-	Pipe_ClearSETUP();
-
-	if ((ReturnStatus = USB_Host_WaitForIOS(USB_HOST_WAITFOR_SetupSent)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
-	  return ReturnStatus;
-
-	Pipe_Freeze();
-
-	if ((ReturnStatus = USB_Host_WaitMS(1)) != HOST_WAITERROR_Successful)
-	  return ReturnStatus;
-
-	if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & CONTROL_REQTYPE_DIRECTION) == REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST)
-	{
-		Pipe_SetPipeToken(PIPE_TOKEN_IN);
-
-		if (DataStream != NULL)
-		{
-			while (DataLen)
-			{
-				Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
-				if ((ReturnStatus = USB_Host_WaitForIOS(USB_HOST_WAITFOR_InReceived)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
-				  return ReturnStatus;
-
-				if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
-				  DataLen = 0;
-
-				while (Pipe_BytesInPipe() && DataLen)
-				{
-					*(DataStream++) = Pipe_Read_8();
-					DataLen--;
-				}
-
-				Pipe_Freeze();
-				Pipe_ClearIN();
-			}
-		}
-
-		Pipe_SetPipeToken(PIPE_TOKEN_OUT);
-		Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
-		if ((ReturnStatus = USB_Host_WaitForIOS(USB_HOST_WAITFOR_OutReady)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
-		  return ReturnStatus;
-
-		Pipe_ClearOUT();
-
-		if ((ReturnStatus = USB_Host_WaitForIOS(USB_HOST_WAITFOR_OutReady)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
-		  return ReturnStatus;
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		if (DataStream != NULL)
-		{
-			Pipe_SetPipeToken(PIPE_TOKEN_OUT);
-			Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
-			while (DataLen)
-			{
-				if ((ReturnStatus = USB_Host_WaitForIOS(USB_HOST_WAITFOR_OutReady)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
-				  return ReturnStatus;
-
-				while (DataLen && (Pipe_BytesInPipe() < USB_Host_ControlPipeSize))
-				{
-					Pipe_Write_8(*(DataStream++));
-					DataLen--;
-				}
-
-				Pipe_ClearOUT();
-			}
-
-			if ((ReturnStatus = USB_Host_WaitForIOS(USB_HOST_WAITFOR_OutReady)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
-			  return ReturnStatus;
-
-			Pipe_Freeze();
-		}
-
-		Pipe_SetPipeToken(PIPE_TOKEN_IN);
-		Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
-		if ((ReturnStatus = USB_Host_WaitForIOS(USB_HOST_WAITFOR_InReceived)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
-		  return ReturnStatus;
-
-		Pipe_ClearIN();
-	}
-
-	return ReturnStatus;
-}
-
-static uint8_t USB_Host_WaitForIOS(const uint8_t WaitType)
-{
-	#if (USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS < 0xFF)
-	uint8_t  TimeoutCounter = USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS;
-	#else
-	uint16_t TimeoutCounter = USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS;
-	#endif
-
-	while (!(((WaitType == USB_HOST_WAITFOR_SetupSent)  && Pipe_IsSETUPSent())  ||
-	         ((WaitType == USB_HOST_WAITFOR_InReceived) && Pipe_IsINReceived()) ||
-	         ((WaitType == USB_HOST_WAITFOR_OutReady)   && Pipe_IsOUTReady())))
-	{
-		uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
-		if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_WaitMS(1)) != HOST_WAITERROR_Successful)
-		  return ErrorCode;
-
-		if (!(TimeoutCounter--))
-		  return HOST_SENDCONTROL_SoftwareTimeOut;
-	}
-
-	return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
-}
-
-uint8_t USB_Host_SendControlRequest(void* const BufferPtr)
-{
-	bool BusSuspended    = USB_Host_IsBusSuspended();
-	uint8_t ReturnStatus = USB_Host_SendControlRequest_PRV(BufferPtr);
-
-	Pipe_Freeze();
-
-	if (BusSuspended)
-	  USB_Host_SuspendBus();
-
-	Pipe_ResetPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
-	return ReturnStatus;
-}
-
-uint8_t USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(const uint8_t ConfigNumber)
-{
-	uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
-	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
-		{
-			.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
-			.bRequest      = REQ_SetConfiguration,
-			.wValue        = ConfigNumber,
-			.wIndex        = 0,
-			.wLength       = 0,
-		};
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
-	if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) == HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
-	{
-		USB_Host_ConfigurationNumber = ConfigNumber;
-		USB_HostState                = (ConfigNumber) ? HOST_STATE_Configured : HOST_STATE_Addressed;
-	}
-
-	return ErrorCode;
-}
-
-uint8_t USB_Host_GetDeviceConfiguration(uint8_t* const ConfigNumber)
-{
-	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
-		{
-			.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
-			.bRequest      = REQ_GetConfiguration,
-			.wValue        = 0,
-			.wIndex        = 0,
-			.wLength       = sizeof(uint8_t),
-		};
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
-	return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(ConfigNumber);
-}
-
-uint8_t USB_Host_GetDescriptor(const uint8_t Type,
-                               const uint8_t Index,
-                               void* const Buffer,
-                               const uint8_t BufferLength)
-{
-	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
-		{
-			.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
-			.bRequest      = REQ_GetDescriptor,
-			.wValue        = (((uint16_t)Type << 8) | Index),
-			.wIndex        = 0,
-			.wLength       = BufferLength,
-		};
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
-	return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(Buffer);
-}
-
-uint8_t USB_Host_GetDeviceStatus(uint8_t* const FeatureStatus)
-{
-	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
-		{
-			.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
-			.bRequest      = REQ_GetStatus,
-			.wValue        = 0,
-			.wIndex        = 0,
-			.wLength       = 0,
-		};
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
-	return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(FeatureStatus);
-}
-
-uint8_t USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(const uint8_t EndpointAddress)
-{
-	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
-		{
-			.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_ENDPOINT),
-			.bRequest      = REQ_ClearFeature,
-			.wValue        = FEATURE_SEL_EndpointHalt,
-			.wIndex        = EndpointAddress,
-			.wLength       = 0,
-		};
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
-	return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL);
-}
-
-uint8_t USB_Host_SetInterfaceAltSetting(const uint8_t InterfaceIndex,
-                                        const uint8_t AltSetting)
-{
-	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
-		{
-			.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_INTERFACE),
-			.bRequest      = REQ_SetInterface,
-			.wValue        = AltSetting,
-			.wIndex        = InterfaceIndex,
-			.wLength       = 0,
-		};
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
-	return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL);
-}
-
-uint8_t USB_Host_GetInterfaceAltSetting(const uint8_t InterfaceIndex,
-                                        uint8_t* const AltSetting)
-{
-	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
-		{
-			.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_INTERFACE),
-			.bRequest      = REQ_GetInterface,
-			.wValue        = 0,
-			.wIndex        = InterfaceIndex,
-			.wLength       = sizeof(uint8_t),
-		};
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
-	return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(AltSetting);
-}
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/HostStandardReq.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/HostStandardReq.h
deleted file mode 100644
index bd67bcb9e9..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/HostStandardReq.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,292 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief USB host standard request management.
- *
- *  This file contains the function prototypes necessary for the issuing of outgoing standard control requests
- *  when the library is in USB host mode.
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-#ifndef __HOSTSTDREQ_H__
-#define __HOSTSTDREQ_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "USBMode.h"
-		#include "StdRequestType.h"
-		#include "USBController.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			#if !defined(USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-				/** Constant for the maximum software timeout period of sent USB control transactions to an attached
-				 *  device. If a device fails to respond to a sent control request within this period, the
-				 *  library will return a timeout error code.
-				 *
-				 *  This value may be overridden in the user project makefile as the value of the
-				 *  \ref USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS token, and passed to the compiler using the -D switch.
-				 */
-				#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS                1000
-			#endif
-
-		/* Enums: */
-			/** Enum for the \ref USB_Host_SendControlRequest() return code, indicating the reason for the error
-			 *  if the transfer of the request is unsuccessful.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
-			 */
-			enum USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t
-			{
-				HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful         = 0, /**< No error occurred in the request transfer. */
-				HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected = 1, /**< The attached device was disconnected during the
-				                                        *     request transfer.
-				                                        */
-				HOST_SENDCONTROL_PipeError          = 2, /**< An error occurred in the pipe while sending the request. */
-				HOST_SENDCONTROL_SetupStalled       = 3, /**< The attached device stalled the request, usually
-				                                          *   indicating that the request is unsupported on the device.
-				                                          */
-				HOST_SENDCONTROL_SoftwareTimeOut    = 4, /**< The request or data transfer timed out. */
-			};
-
-		/* Global Variables: */
-			/** Indicates the currently set configuration number of the attached device. This indicates the currently
-			 *  selected configuration value if one has been set successfully, or 0 if no configuration has been selected.
-			 *
-			 *  To set a device configuration, call the \ref USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration() function.
-			 *
-			 *  \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
-			 *             changed in value.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_Host
-			 */
-			extern uint8_t USB_Host_ConfigurationNumber;
-
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			/** Sends the request stored in the \ref USB_ControlRequest global structure to the attached device,
-			 *  and transfers the data stored in the buffer to the device, or from the device to the buffer
-			 *  as requested. The transfer is made on the currently selected pipe.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] BufferPtr  Pointer to the start of the data buffer if the request has a data stage, or
-			 *                        \c NULL if the request transfers no data to or from the device.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum to indicate the result.
-			 */
-			uint8_t USB_Host_SendControlRequest(void* const BufferPtr);
-
-			/** Sends a SET CONFIGURATION standard request to the attached device, with the given configuration index.
-			 *
-			 *  This routine will automatically update the \ref USB_HostState and \ref USB_Host_ConfigurationNumber
-			 *  state variables according to the given function parameters and the result of the request.
-			 *
-			 *  \note After this routine returns, the control pipe will be selected.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] ConfigNumber  Configuration index to send to the device.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum to indicate the result.
-			 */
-			uint8_t USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(const uint8_t ConfigNumber);
-
-			/** Sends a GET CONFIGURATION standard request to the attached device, to retrieve the currently selected
-			 *  device configuration index.
-			 *
-			 *  \note After this routine returns, the control pipe will be selected.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
-			 *
-			 *  \param[out] ConfigNumber  Pointer to a location where the retrieved configuration index should be stored.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum to indicate the result.
-			 */
-			uint8_t USB_Host_GetDeviceConfiguration(uint8_t* const ConfigNumber) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Sends a GET DESCRIPTOR standard request to the attached device, requesting the  descriptor of the
-			 *  specified type and index.
-			 *
-			 *  \note After this routine returns, the control pipe will be selected.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in]  Type          Type of descriptor to retrieve, a value from the \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t enum.
-			 *  \param[in]  Index         Index of the descriptor to retrieve.
-			 *  \param[out] Buffer        Pointer to the destination buffer where the retrieved string descriptor is to be stored.
-			 *  \param[in]  BufferLength  Maximum size of the string descriptor which can be stored into the buffer.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum to indicate the result.
-			 */
-			uint8_t USB_Host_GetDescriptor(const uint8_t Type,
-			                               const uint8_t Index,
-			                               void* const Buffer,
-			                               const uint8_t BufferLength) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-
-			/** Retrieves the current feature status of the attached device, via a GET STATUS standard request. The
-			 *  retrieved feature status can then be examined by masking the retrieved value with the various
-			 *  \c FEATURE_* masks for bus/self power information and remote wakeup support.
-			 *
-			 *  \note After this routine returns, the control pipe will be selected.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
-			 *
-			 *  \param[out]  FeatureStatus  Location where the retrieved feature status should be stored.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum to indicate the result.
-			 */
-			uint8_t USB_Host_GetDeviceStatus(uint8_t* const FeatureStatus) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Clears a stall condition on the given pipe, via a CLEAR FEATURE standard request to the attached device.
-			 *
-			 *  \note After this routine returns, the control pipe will be selected.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] EndpointAddress  Address of the endpoint to clear, including the endpoint's direction.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum to indicate the result.
-			 */
-			uint8_t USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(const uint8_t EndpointAddress);
-
-			/** Selects a given alternative setting for the specified interface, via a SET INTERFACE standard request to
-			 *  the attached device.
-			 *
-			 *  \note After this routine returns, the control pipe will be selected.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] InterfaceIndex  Index of the interface whose alternative setting is to be altered.
-			 *  \param[in] AltSetting      Index of the interface's alternative setting which is to be selected.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum to indicate the result.
-			 */
-			uint8_t USB_Host_SetInterfaceAltSetting(const uint8_t InterfaceIndex,
-			                                        const uint8_t AltSetting);
-
-
-			/** Retrieves the current alternative setting for the specified interface, via a GET INTERFACE standard request to
-			 *  the attached device.
-			 *
-			 *  \note After this routine returns, the control pipe will be selected.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in]  InterfaceIndex  Index of the interface whose alternative setting is to be altered.
-			 *  \param[out] AltSetting      Pointer to a location where the retrieved alternative setting value should be stored.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum to indicate the result.
-			 */
-			uint8_t USB_Host_GetInterfaceAltSetting(const uint8_t InterfaceIndex,
-			                                        uint8_t* const AltSetting) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			/** Sends a GET DESCRIPTOR standard request to the attached device, requesting the device descriptor.
-			 *  This can be used to easily retrieve information about the device such as its VID, PID and power
-			 *  requirements. This is a convenience wrapper for \ref USB_Host_GetDescriptor().
-			 *
-			 *  \note After this routine returns, the control pipe will be selected.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
-			 *
-			 *  \param[out] DeviceDescriptorPtr  Pointer to the destination device descriptor structure where
-			 *                                   the read data is to be stored.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum to indicate the result.
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t USB_Host_GetDeviceDescriptor(USB_Descriptor_Device_t* const DeviceDescriptorPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-			static inline uint8_t USB_Host_GetDeviceDescriptor(USB_Descriptor_Device_t* const DeviceDescriptorPtr)
-			{
-				return USB_Host_GetDescriptor(DTYPE_Device, 0, DeviceDescriptorPtr, sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t));
-			}
-
-			/** Sends a GET DESCRIPTOR standard request to the attached device, requesting the string descriptor
-			 *  of the specified index. This can be used to easily retrieve string descriptors from the device by
-			 *  index, after the index is obtained from the Device or Configuration descriptors. This is a convenience
-			 *  wrapper for \ref USB_Host_GetDescriptor().
-			 *
-			 *  \note After this routine returns, the control pipe will be selected.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in]  Index        Index of the string descriptor to retrieve.
-			 *  \param[out] Buffer       Pointer to the destination buffer where the retrieved string descriptor is
-			 *                           to be stored.
-			 *  \param[in] BufferLength  Maximum size of the string descriptor which can be stored into the buffer.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum to indicate the result.
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t USB_Host_GetDeviceStringDescriptor(const uint8_t Index,
-			                                                         void* const Buffer,
-			                                                         const uint8_t BufferLength) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-			static inline uint8_t USB_Host_GetDeviceStringDescriptor(const uint8_t Index,
-			                                                         void* const Buffer,
-			                                                         const uint8_t BufferLength)
-			{
-				return USB_Host_GetDescriptor(DTYPE_String, Index,  Buffer, BufferLength);
-			}
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Enums: */
-			enum USB_WaitForTypes_t
-			{
-				USB_HOST_WAITFOR_SetupSent,
-				USB_HOST_WAITFOR_InReceived,
-				USB_HOST_WAITFOR_OutReady,
-			};
-
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			#if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_HOSTSTDREQ_C)
-				static uint8_t USB_Host_SendControlRequest_PRV(void* const BufferPtr);
-				static uint8_t USB_Host_WaitForIOS(const uint8_t WaitType);
-			#endif
-	#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/OTG.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/OTG.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 58d47bace3..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/OTG.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Common USB OTG definitions for all architectures.
- *  \copydetails Group_OTG
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USB
- *  \defgroup Group_OTG USB On The Go (OTG) Management
- *  \brief USB OTG management definitions.
- *
- *  This module contains macros for embedded USB hosts with dual role On The Go capabilities, for managing role
- *  exchange. OTG is a way for two USB dual role devices to talk to one another directly without fixed device/host
- *  roles.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __USBOTG_H__
-#define __USBOTG_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "USBMode.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Architecture Includes: */
-		#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
-			#include "AVR8/OTG_AVR8.h"
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Pipe.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Pipe.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ca3fdbe7ad..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Pipe.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,144 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Common USB Pipe definitions for all architectures.
- *  \copydetails Group_PipeManagement
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_PipeManagement
- *  \defgroup Group_PipeRW Pipe Data Reading and Writing
- *  \brief Pipe data read/write definitions.
- *
- *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing from and to pipes.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_PipeRW
- *  \defgroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW Read/Write of Primitive Data Types
- *  \brief Pipe data primitive read/write definitions.
- *
- *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of primitive data types
- *  from and to pipes.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_PipeManagement
- *  \defgroup Group_PipePacketManagement Pipe Packet Management
- *  \brief Pipe packet management definitions.
- *
- *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to packet management of pipes.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_PipeManagement
- *  \defgroup Group_PipeControlReq Pipe Control Request Management
- *  \brief Pipe control request definitions.
- *
- *  Module for host mode request processing. This module allows for the transmission of standard, class and
- *  vendor control requests to the default control endpoint of an attached device while in host mode.
- *
- *  \see Chapter 9 of the USB 2.0 specification.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USB
- *  \defgroup Group_PipeManagement Pipe Management
- *  \brief Pipe management definitions.
- *
- *  This module contains functions, macros and enums related to pipe management when in USB Host mode. This
- *  module contains the pipe management macros, as well as pipe interrupt and data send/receive functions
- *  for various data types.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __PIPE_H__
-#define __PIPE_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "USBMode.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Type Defines: */
-			/** Type define for a pipe table entry, used to configure pipes in groups via
-			 *  \ref Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable().
-			 */
-			typedef struct
-			{
-				uint8_t  Address; /**< Address of the pipe to configure, or zero if the table entry is to be unused. */
-				uint16_t Size; /**< Size of the pipe bank, in bytes. */
-				uint8_t  EndpointAddress; /**< Address of the endpoint in the connected device. */
-				uint8_t  Type; /**< Type of the endpoint, a \c EP_TYPE_* mask. */
-				uint8_t  Banks; /**< Number of hardware banks to use for the pipe. */
-			} USB_Pipe_Table_t;
-
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Pipe address for the default control pipe, which always resides in address 0. This is
-			 *  defined for convenience to give more readable code when used with the pipe macros.
-			 */
-			#define PIPE_CONTROLPIPE                0
-
-			/** Pipe number mask, for masking against pipe addresses to retrieve the pipe's numerical address
-			 *  in the device.
-			 */
-			#define PIPE_PIPENUM_MASK               0x0F
-
-			/** Endpoint number mask, for masking against endpoint addresses to retrieve the endpoint's
-			 *  numerical address in the attached device.
-			 */
-			#define PIPE_EPNUM_MASK                 0x0F
-
-	/* Architecture Includes: */
-		#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
-			#include "AVR8/Pipe_AVR8.h"
-		#elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
-			#include "UC3/Pipe_UC3.h"
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/PipeStream.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/PipeStream.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 2399696874..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/PipeStream.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Pipe data stream transmission and reception management.
- *  \copydetails Group_PipeStreamRW
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_PipeRW
- *  \defgroup Group_PipeStreamRW Read/Write of Multi-Byte Streams
- *  \brief Pipe data stream transmission and reception management.
- *
- *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of data streams from
- *  and to pipes.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __PIPE_STREAM_H__
-#define __PIPE_STREAM_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "USBMode.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Enums: */
-			/** Enum for the possible error return codes of the Pipe_*_Stream_* functions. */
-			enum Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t
-			{
-				PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError            = 0, /**< Command completed successfully, no error. */
-				PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled        = 1, /**< The device stalled the pipe during the transfer. */
-				PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected = 2, /**< Device was disconnected from the host during
-			                                           *   the transfer.
-			                                           */
-				PIPE_RWSTREAM_Timeout            = 3, /**< The device failed to accept or send the next packet
-				                                       *   within the software timeout period set by the
-				                                       *   \ref USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS macro.
-				                                       */
-				PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer = 4, /**< Indicates that the pipe bank became full/empty before the
-				                                       *   complete contents of the stream could be transferred.
-				                                       */
-			};
-
-	/* Architecture Includes: */
-		#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
-			#include "AVR8/PipeStream_AVR8.h"
-		#elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
-			#include "UC3/PipeStream_UC3.h"
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/StdDescriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/StdDescriptors.h
deleted file mode 100644
index e0a1a37f4f..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/StdDescriptors.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,765 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Common standard USB Descriptor definitions for all architectures.
- *  \copydetails Group_StdDescriptors
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USB
- *  \defgroup Group_StdDescriptors USB Descriptors
- *  \brief Standard USB Descriptor definitions.
- *
- *  Standard USB device descriptor defines and retrieval routines, for USB devices. This module contains
- *  structures and macros for the easy creation of standard USB descriptors in USB device projects.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __USBDESCRIPTORS_H__
-#define __USBDESCRIPTORS_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "USBMode.h"
-		#include "Events.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Indicates that a given descriptor does not exist in the device. This can be used inside descriptors
-			 *  for string descriptor indexes, or may be use as a return value for GetDescriptor when the specified
-			 *  descriptor does not exist.
-			 */
-			#define NO_DESCRIPTOR                     0
-
-			/** Macro to calculate the power value for the configuration descriptor, from a given number of milliamperes.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] mA  Maximum number of milliamps the device consumes when the given configuration is selected.
-			 */
-			#define USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(mA)           ((mA) >> 1)
-
-			/** Macro to calculate the Unicode length of a string with a given number of Unicode characters.
-			 *  Should be used in string descriptor's headers for giving the string descriptor's byte length.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] UnicodeChars  Number of Unicode characters in the string text.
-			 */
-			#define USB_STRING_LEN(UnicodeChars)      (sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Header_t) + ((UnicodeChars) << 1))
-
-			/** Convenience macro to easily create \ref USB_Descriptor_String_t instances from a wide character string.
-			 *
-			 *  \note This macro is for little-endian systems only.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] String  String to initialize a USB String Descriptor structure with.
-			 */
-			#define USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(String)     { .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Header_t) + (sizeof(String) - 2), .Type = DTYPE_String}, .UnicodeString = String }
-
-			/** Convenience macro to easily create \ref USB_Descriptor_String_t instances from an array of characters.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] ...  Characters to initialize a USB String Descriptor structure with.
-			 */
-			#define USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(...)  { .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Header_t) + sizeof((uint16_t){__VA_ARGS__}), .Type = DTYPE_String}, .UnicodeString = {__VA_ARGS__} }
-
-			/** Macro to encode a given major/minor/revision version number into Binary Coded Decimal format for descriptor
-			 *  fields requiring BCD encoding, such as the USB version number in the standard device descriptor.
-			 *
-			 *  \note This value is automatically converted into Little Endian, suitable for direct use inside device
-			 *        descriptors on all architectures without endianness conversion macros.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in]  Major     Major version number to encode.
-			 *  \param[in]  Minor     Minor version number to encode.
-			 *  \param[in]  Revision  Revision version number to encode.
-			 */
-			#define VERSION_BCD(Major, Minor, Revision) \
-			                                          CPU_TO_LE16( ((Major & 0xFF) << 8) | \
-			                                                       ((Minor & 0x0F) << 4) | \
-			                                                       (Revision & 0x0F) )
-
-			/** String language ID for the English language. Should be used in \ref USB_Descriptor_String_t descriptors
-			 *  to indicate that the English language is supported by the device in its string descriptors.
-			 */
-			#define LANGUAGE_ID_ENG                   0x0409
-
-			/** \name USB Configuration Descriptor Attribute Masks */
-			//@{
-			/** Mask for the reserved bit in the Configuration Descriptor's \c ConfigAttributes field, which must be set on all
-			 *  devices for historical purposes.
-			 */
-			#define USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED          0x80
-
-			/** Can be masked with other configuration descriptor attributes for a \ref USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t
-			 *  descriptor's \c ConfigAttributes value to indicate that the specified configuration can draw its power
-			 *  from the device's own power source.
-			 */
-			#define USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED       0x40
-
-			/** Can be masked with other configuration descriptor attributes for a \ref USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t
-			 *  descriptor's \c ConfigAttributes value to indicate that the specified configuration supports the
-			 *  remote wakeup feature of the USB standard, allowing a suspended USB device to wake up the host upon
-			 *  request.
-			 */
-			#define USB_CONFIG_ATTR_REMOTEWAKEUP      0x20
-			//@}
-
-			/** \name Endpoint Descriptor Attribute Masks */
-			//@{
-			/** Can be masked with other endpoint descriptor attributes for a \ref USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t descriptor's
-			 *  \c Attributes value to indicate that the specified endpoint is not synchronized.
-			 *
-			 *  \see The USB specification for more details on the possible Endpoint attributes.
-			 */
-			#define ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC             (0 << 2)
-
-			/** Can be masked with other endpoint descriptor attributes for a \ref USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t descriptor's
-			 *  \c Attributes value to indicate that the specified endpoint is asynchronous.
-			 *
-			 *  \see The USB specification for more details on the possible Endpoint attributes.
-			 */
-			#define ENDPOINT_ATTR_ASYNC               (1 << 2)
-
-			/** Can be masked with other endpoint descriptor attributes for a \ref USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t descriptor's
-			 *  \c Attributes value to indicate that the specified endpoint is adaptive.
-			 *
-			 *  \see The USB specification for more details on the possible Endpoint attributes.
-			 */
-			#define ENDPOINT_ATTR_ADAPTIVE            (2 << 2)
-
-			/** Can be masked with other endpoint descriptor attributes for a \ref USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t descriptor's
-			 *  \c Attributes value to indicate that the specified endpoint is synchronized.
-			 *
-			 *  \see The USB specification for more details on the possible Endpoint attributes.
-			 */
-			#define ENDPOINT_ATTR_SYNC                (3 << 2)
-			//@}
-
-			/** \name Endpoint Descriptor Usage Masks */
-			//@{
-			/** Can be masked with other endpoint descriptor attributes for a \ref USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t descriptor's
-			 *  \c Attributes value to indicate that the specified endpoint is used for data transfers.
-			 *
-			 *  \see The USB specification for more details on the possible Endpoint usage attributes.
-			 */
-			#define ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA               (0 << 4)
-
-			/** Can be masked with other endpoint descriptor attributes for a \ref USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t descriptor's
-			 *  \c Attributes value to indicate that the specified endpoint is used for feedback.
-			 *
-			 *  \see The USB specification for more details on the possible Endpoint usage attributes.
-			 */
-			#define ENDPOINT_USAGE_FEEDBACK           (1 << 4)
-
-			/** Can be masked with other endpoint descriptor attributes for a \ref USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t descriptor's
-			 *  \c Attributes value to indicate that the specified endpoint is used for implicit feedback.
-			 *
-			 *  \see The USB specification for more details on the possible Endpoint usage attributes.
-			 */
-			#define ENDPOINT_USAGE_IMPLICIT_FEEDBACK  (2 << 4)
-			//@}
-
-		/* Enums: */
-			/** Enum for the possible standard descriptor types, as given in each descriptor's header. */
-			enum USB_DescriptorTypes_t
-			{
-				DTYPE_Device                    = 0x01, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is a device descriptor. */
-				DTYPE_Configuration             = 0x02, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is a configuration descriptor. */
-				DTYPE_String                    = 0x03, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is a string descriptor. */
-				DTYPE_Interface                 = 0x04, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is an interface descriptor. */
-				DTYPE_Endpoint                  = 0x05, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is an endpoint descriptor. */
-				DTYPE_DeviceQualifier           = 0x06, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is a device qualifier descriptor. */
-				DTYPE_Other                     = 0x07, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is of other type. */
-				DTYPE_InterfacePower            = 0x08, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is an interface power descriptor. */
-				DTYPE_InterfaceAssociation      = 0x0B, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is an interface association descriptor. */
-				DTYPE_CSInterface               = 0x24, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is a class specific interface descriptor. */
-				DTYPE_CSEndpoint                = 0x25, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is a class specific endpoint descriptor. */
-			};
-
-			/** Enum for possible Class, Subclass and Protocol values of device and interface descriptors. */
-			enum USB_Descriptor_ClassSubclassProtocol_t
-			{
-				USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass          = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Class value indicating that the device does not belong
-				                                         *   to a particular class at the device level.
-				                                         */
-				USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass       = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device does not belong
-				                                         *   to a particular subclass at the device level.
-				                                         */
-				USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol       = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device does not belong
-				                                         *   to a particular protocol at the device level.
-				                                         */
-				USB_CSCP_VendorSpecificClass    = 0xFF, /**< Descriptor Class value indicating that the device/interface belongs
-				                                         *   to a vendor specific class.
-				                                         */
-				USB_CSCP_VendorSpecificSubclass = 0xFF, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device/interface belongs
-				                                         *   to a vendor specific subclass.
-				                                         */
-				USB_CSCP_VendorSpecificProtocol = 0xFF, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device/interface belongs
-				                                         *   to a vendor specific protocol.
-				                                         */
-				USB_CSCP_IADDeviceClass         = 0xEF, /**< Descriptor Class value indicating that the device belongs to the
-				                                         *   Interface Association Descriptor class.
-				                                         */
-				USB_CSCP_IADDeviceSubclass      = 0x02, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device belongs to the
-				                                         *   Interface Association Descriptor subclass.
-				                                         */
-				USB_CSCP_IADDeviceProtocol      = 0x01, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device belongs to the
-				                                         *   Interface Association Descriptor protocol.
-				                                         */
-			};
-
-		/* Type Defines: */
-			/** \brief Standard USB Descriptor Header (LUFA naming conventions).
-			 *
-             *  Type define for all descriptors' standard header, indicating the descriptor's length and type. This structure
-			 *  uses LUFA-specific element names to make each element's purpose clearer.
-			 *
-			 *  \see \ref USB_StdDescriptor_Header_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
-			 *
-			 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-			 */
-			typedef struct
-			{
-				uint8_t Size; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
-				uint8_t Type; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
-				               *   given by the specific class.
-				               */
-			} ATTR_PACKED USB_Descriptor_Header_t;
-
-			/** \brief Standard USB Descriptor Header (USB-IF naming conventions).
-			 *
-			 *  Type define for all descriptors' standard header, indicating the descriptor's length and type. This structure
-			 *  uses the relevant standard's given element names to ensure compatibility with the standard.
-			 *
-			 *  \see \ref USB_Descriptor_Header_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific element names.
-			 *
-			 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-			 */
-			typedef struct
-			{
-				uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
-				uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
-				                          *   given by the specific class.
-				                          */
-			} ATTR_PACKED USB_StdDescriptor_Header_t;
-
-			/** \brief Standard USB Device Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
-			 *
-			 *  Type define for a standard Device Descriptor. This structure uses LUFA-specific element names to make each
-			 *  element's purpose clearer.
-			 *
-			 *  \see \ref USB_StdDescriptor_Device_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
-			 *
-			 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-			 */
-			typedef struct
-			{
-				USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Descriptor header, including type and size. */
-
-				uint16_t USBSpecification; /**< BCD of the supported USB specification.
-				                            *
-				                            *   \see \ref VERSION_BCD() utility macro.
-				                            */
-				uint8_t  Class; /**< USB device class. */
-				uint8_t  SubClass; /**< USB device subclass. */
-				uint8_t  Protocol; /**< USB device protocol. */
-
-				uint8_t  Endpoint0Size; /**< Size of the control (address 0) endpoint's bank in bytes. */
-
-				uint16_t VendorID; /**< Vendor ID for the USB product. */
-				uint16_t ProductID; /**< Unique product ID for the USB product. */
-				uint16_t ReleaseNumber; /**< Product release (version) number.
-				                         *
-				                         *   \see \ref VERSION_BCD() utility macro.
-				                         */
-				uint8_t  ManufacturerStrIndex; /**< String index for the manufacturer's name. The
-				                                *   host will request this string via a separate
-				                                *   control request for the string descriptor.
-				                                *
-				                                *   \note If no string supplied, use \ref NO_DESCRIPTOR.
-				                                */
-				uint8_t  ProductStrIndex; /**< String index for the product name/details.
-				                           *
-				                           *  \see ManufacturerStrIndex structure entry.
-				                           */
-				uint8_t  SerialNumStrIndex; /**< String index for the product's globally unique hexadecimal
-				                             *   serial number, in uppercase Unicode ASCII.
-				                             *
-				                             *  \note On some microcontroller models, there is an embedded serial number
-				                             *        in the chip which can be used for the device serial number.
-				                             *        To use this serial number, set this to \c USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL.
-				                             *        On unsupported devices, this will evaluate to \ref NO_DESCRIPTOR
-				                             *        and will cause the host to generate a pseudo-unique value for the
-				                             *        device upon insertion.
-				                             *
-				                             *  \see \c ManufacturerStrIndex structure entry.
-				                             */
-				uint8_t  NumberOfConfigurations; /**< Total number of configurations supported by
-				                                  *   the device.
-				                                  */
-			} ATTR_PACKED USB_Descriptor_Device_t;
-
-			/** \brief Standard USB Device Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
-			 *
-			 *  Type define for a standard Device Descriptor. This structure uses the relevant standard's given element names
-			 *  to ensure compatibility with the standard.
-			 *
-			 *  \see \ref USB_Descriptor_Device_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific element names.
-			 *
-			 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-			 */
-			typedef struct
-			{
-				uint8_t  bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
-				uint8_t  bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
-				                              *   given by the specific class.
-				                              */
-				uint16_t bcdUSB; /**< BCD of the supported USB specification.
-				                  *
-				                  *   \see \ref VERSION_BCD() utility macro.
-				                  */
-				uint8_t  bDeviceClass; /**< USB device class. */
-				uint8_t  bDeviceSubClass; /**< USB device subclass. */
-				uint8_t  bDeviceProtocol; /**< USB device protocol. */
-				uint8_t  bMaxPacketSize0; /**< Size of the control (address 0) endpoint's bank in bytes. */
-				uint16_t idVendor; /**< Vendor ID for the USB product. */
-				uint16_t idProduct; /**< Unique product ID for the USB product. */
-				uint16_t bcdDevice; /**< Product release (version) number.
-				                     *
-				                     *   \see \ref VERSION_BCD() utility macro.
-				                     */
-				uint8_t  iManufacturer; /**< String index for the manufacturer's name. The
-				                         *   host will request this string via a separate
-				                         *   control request for the string descriptor.
-				                         *
-				                         *   \note If no string supplied, use \ref NO_DESCRIPTOR.
-				                         */
-				uint8_t  iProduct; /**< String index for the product name/details.
-				                    *
-				                    *  \see ManufacturerStrIndex structure entry.
-				                    */
-				uint8_t iSerialNumber; /**< String index for the product's globally unique hexadecimal
-				                        *   serial number, in uppercase Unicode ASCII.
-				                        *
-				                        *  \note On some microcontroller models, there is an embedded serial number
-				                        *        in the chip which can be used for the device serial number.
-				                        *        To use this serial number, set this to \c USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL.
-				                        *        On unsupported devices, this will evaluate to \ref NO_DESCRIPTOR
-				                        *        and will cause the host to generate a pseudo-unique value for the
-				                        *        device upon insertion.
-				                        *
-				                        *  \see \c ManufacturerStrIndex structure entry.
-				                        */
-				uint8_t  bNumConfigurations; /**< Total number of configurations supported by
-				                              *   the device.
-				                              */
-			} ATTR_PACKED USB_StdDescriptor_Device_t;
-
-			/** \brief Standard USB Device Qualifier Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
-			 *
-			 *  Type define for a standard Device Qualifier Descriptor. This structure uses LUFA-specific element names
-			 *  to make each element's purpose clearer.
-			 *
-			 *  \see \ref USB_StdDescriptor_DeviceQualifier_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
-			 */
-			typedef struct
-			{
-				USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Descriptor header, including type and size. */
-
-				uint16_t USBSpecification; /**< BCD of the supported USB specification.
-				                            *
-				                            *   \see \ref VERSION_BCD() utility macro.
-				                            */
-				uint8_t  Class; /**< USB device class. */
-				uint8_t  SubClass; /**< USB device subclass. */
-				uint8_t  Protocol; /**< USB device protocol. */
-
-				uint8_t  Endpoint0Size; /**< Size of the control (address 0) endpoint's bank in bytes. */
-				uint8_t  NumberOfConfigurations; /**< Total number of configurations supported by
-				                                  *   the device.
-				                                  */
-				uint8_t  Reserved; /**< Reserved for future use, must be 0. */
-			} ATTR_PACKED USB_Descriptor_DeviceQualifier_t;
-
-			/** \brief Standard USB Device Qualifier Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
-			 *
-			 *  Type define for a standard Device Qualifier Descriptor. This structure uses the relevant standard's given element names
-			 *  to ensure compatibility with the standard.
-			 *
-			 *  \see \ref USB_Descriptor_DeviceQualifier_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific element names.
-			 */
-			typedef struct
-			{
-				uint8_t  bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
-				uint8_t  bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
-				                           *   given by the specific class.
-				                           */
-				uint16_t bcdUSB; /**< BCD of the supported USB specification.
-				                  *
-				                  *   \see \ref VERSION_BCD() utility macro.
-				                  */
-				uint8_t  bDeviceClass; /**< USB device class. */
-				uint8_t  bDeviceSubClass; /**< USB device subclass. */
-				uint8_t  bDeviceProtocol; /**< USB device protocol. */
-				uint8_t  bMaxPacketSize0; /**< Size of the control (address 0) endpoint's bank in bytes. */
-				uint8_t  bNumConfigurations; /**< Total number of configurations supported by
-				                              *   the device.
-				                              */
-				uint8_t  bReserved; /**< Reserved for future use, must be 0. */
-			} ATTR_PACKED USB_StdDescriptor_DeviceQualifier_t;
-
-			/** \brief Standard USB Configuration Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
-			 *
-			 *  Type define for a standard Configuration Descriptor header. This structure uses LUFA-specific element names
-			 *  to make each element's purpose clearer.
-			 *
-			 *  \see \ref USB_StdDescriptor_Configuration_Header_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
-			 *
-			 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-			 */
-			typedef struct
-			{
-				USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Descriptor header, including type and size. */
-
-				uint16_t TotalConfigurationSize; /**< Size of the configuration descriptor header,
-				                                  *   and all sub descriptors inside the configuration.
-				                                  */
-				uint8_t  TotalInterfaces; /**< Total number of interfaces in the configuration. */
-
-				uint8_t  ConfigurationNumber; /**< Configuration index of the current configuration. */
-				uint8_t  ConfigurationStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing the configuration. */
-
-				uint8_t  ConfigAttributes; /**< Configuration attributes, comprised of a mask of \c USB_CONFIG_ATTR_* masks.
-				                            *   On all devices, this should include USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED at a minimum.
-				                            */
-
-				uint8_t  MaxPowerConsumption; /**< Maximum power consumption of the device while in the
-				                               *   current configuration, calculated by the \ref USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA()
-				                               *   macro.
-				                               */
-			} ATTR_PACKED USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t;
-
-			/** \brief Standard USB Configuration Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
-			 *
-			 *  Type define for a standard Configuration Descriptor header. This structure uses the relevant standard's given element names
-			 *  to ensure compatibility with the standard.
-			 *
-			 *  \see \ref USB_Descriptor_Device_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific element names.
-			 *
-			 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-			 */
-			typedef struct
-			{
-				uint8_t  bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
-				uint8_t  bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
-				                           *   given by the specific class.
-				                           */
-				uint16_t wTotalLength; /**< Size of the configuration descriptor header,
-				                           *   and all sub descriptors inside the configuration.
-				                           */
-				uint8_t  bNumInterfaces; /**< Total number of interfaces in the configuration. */
-				uint8_t  bConfigurationValue; /**< Configuration index of the current configuration. */
-				uint8_t  iConfiguration; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing the configuration. */
-				uint8_t  bmAttributes; /**< Configuration attributes, comprised of a mask of \c USB_CONFIG_ATTR_* masks.
-				                        *   On all devices, this should include USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED at a minimum.
-				                        */
-				uint8_t  bMaxPower; /**< Maximum power consumption of the device while in the
-				                     *   current configuration, calculated by the \ref USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA()
-				                     *   macro.
-				                     */
-			} ATTR_PACKED USB_StdDescriptor_Configuration_Header_t;
-
-			/** \brief Standard USB Interface Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
-			 *
-			 *  Type define for a standard Interface Descriptor. This structure uses LUFA-specific element names
-			 *  to make each element's purpose clearer.
-			 *
-			 *  \see \ref USB_StdDescriptor_Interface_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
-			 *
-			 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-			 */
-			typedef struct
-			{
-				USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Descriptor header, including type and size. */
-
-				uint8_t InterfaceNumber; /**< Index of the interface in the current configuration. */
-				uint8_t AlternateSetting; /**< Alternate setting for the interface number. The same
-				                           *   interface number can have multiple alternate settings
-				                           *   with different endpoint configurations, which can be
-				                           *   selected by the host.
-				                           */
-				uint8_t TotalEndpoints; /**< Total number of endpoints in the interface. */
-
-				uint8_t Class; /**< Interface class ID. */
-				uint8_t SubClass; /**< Interface subclass ID. */
-				uint8_t Protocol; /**< Interface protocol ID. */
-
-				uint8_t InterfaceStrIndex; /**< Index of the string descriptor describing the interface. */
-			} ATTR_PACKED USB_Descriptor_Interface_t;
-
-			/** \brief Standard USB Interface Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
-			 *
-			 *  Type define for a standard Interface Descriptor. This structure uses the relevant standard's given element names
-			 *  to ensure compatibility with the standard.
-			 *
-			 *  \see \ref USB_Descriptor_Interface_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific element names.
-			 *
-			 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-			 */
-			typedef struct
-			{
-				uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
-				uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
-				                          *   given by the specific class.
-				                          */
-				uint8_t bInterfaceNumber; /**< Index of the interface in the current configuration. */
-				uint8_t bAlternateSetting; /**< Alternate setting for the interface number. The same
-				                            *   interface number can have multiple alternate settings
-				                            *   with different endpoint configurations, which can be
-				                            *   selected by the host.
-				                            */
-				uint8_t bNumEndpoints; /**< Total number of endpoints in the interface. */
-				uint8_t bInterfaceClass; /**< Interface class ID. */
-				uint8_t bInterfaceSubClass; /**< Interface subclass ID. */
-				uint8_t bInterfaceProtocol; /**< Interface protocol ID. */
-				uint8_t iInterface; /**< Index of the string descriptor describing the
-				                     *   interface.
-				                     */
-			} ATTR_PACKED USB_StdDescriptor_Interface_t;
-
-			/** \brief Standard USB Interface Association Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
-			 *
-			 *  Type define for a standard Interface Association Descriptor. This structure uses LUFA-specific element names
-			 *  to make each element's purpose clearer.
-			 *
-			 *  This descriptor has been added as a supplement to the USB2.0 standard, in the ECN located at
-			 *  <a>http://www.usb.org/developers/docs/InterfaceAssociationDescriptor_ecn.pdf</a>. It allows composite
-			 *  devices with multiple interfaces related to the same function to have the multiple interfaces bound
-			 *  together at the point of enumeration, loading one generic driver for all the interfaces in the single
-			 *  function. Read the ECN for more information.
-			 *
-			 *  \see \ref USB_StdDescriptor_Interface_Association_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
-			 *
-			 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-			 */
-			typedef struct
-			{
-				USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Descriptor header, including type and size. */
-
-				uint8_t FirstInterfaceIndex; /**< Index of the first associated interface. */
-				uint8_t TotalInterfaces; /**< Total number of associated interfaces. */
-
-				uint8_t Class; /**< Interface class ID. */
-				uint8_t SubClass; /**< Interface subclass ID. */
-				uint8_t Protocol; /**< Interface protocol ID. */
-
-				uint8_t IADStrIndex; /**< Index of the string descriptor describing the
-				                      *   interface association.
-				                      */
-			} ATTR_PACKED USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t;
-
-			/** \brief Standard USB Interface Association Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
-			 *
-			 *  Type define for a standard Interface Association Descriptor. This structure uses the relevant standard's given
-			 *  element names to ensure compatibility with the standard.
-			 *
-			 *  This descriptor has been added as a supplement to the USB2.0 standard, in the ECN located at
-			 *  <a>http://www.usb.org/developers/docs/InterfaceAssociationDescriptor_ecn.pdf</a>. It allows composite
-			 *  devices with multiple interfaces related to the same function to have the multiple interfaces bound
-			 *  together at the point of enumeration, loading one generic driver for all the interfaces in the single
-			 *  function. Read the ECN for more information.
-			 *
-			 *  \see \ref USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
-			 *       element names.
-			 *
-			 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-			 */
-			typedef struct
-			{
-				uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
-				uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
-				                          *   given by the specific class.
-				                          */
-				uint8_t bFirstInterface; /**< Index of the first associated interface. */
-				uint8_t bInterfaceCount; /**< Total number of associated interfaces. */
-				uint8_t bFunctionClass; /**< Interface class ID. */
-				uint8_t bFunctionSubClass; /**< Interface subclass ID. */
-				uint8_t bFunctionProtocol; /**< Interface protocol ID. */
-				uint8_t iFunction; /**< Index of the string descriptor describing the
-				                    *   interface association.
-				                    */
-			} ATTR_PACKED USB_StdDescriptor_Interface_Association_t;
-
-			/** \brief Standard USB Endpoint Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
-			 *
-			 *  Type define for a standard Endpoint Descriptor. This structure uses LUFA-specific element names
-			 *  to make each element's purpose clearer.
-			 *
-			 *  \see \ref USB_StdDescriptor_Endpoint_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
-			 *
-			 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-			 */
-			typedef struct
-			{
-				USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Descriptor header, including type and size. */
-
-				uint8_t  EndpointAddress; /**< Logical address of the endpoint within the device for the current
-				                           *   configuration, including direction mask.
-				                           */
-				uint8_t  Attributes; /**< Endpoint attributes, comprised of a mask of the endpoint type (EP_TYPE_*)
-				                      *   and attributes (ENDPOINT_ATTR_*) masks.
-				                      */
-				uint16_t EndpointSize; /**< Size of the endpoint bank, in bytes. This indicates the maximum packet
-				                        *   size that the endpoint can receive at a time.
-				                        */
-				uint8_t  PollingIntervalMS; /**< Polling interval in milliseconds for the endpoint if it is an INTERRUPT
-				                             *   or ISOCHRONOUS type.
-				                             */
-			} ATTR_PACKED USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t;
-
-			/** \brief Standard USB Endpoint Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
-			 *
-			 *  Type define for a standard Endpoint Descriptor. This structure uses the relevant standard's given
-			 *  element names to ensure compatibility with the standard.
-			 *
-			 *  \see \ref USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
-			 *       element names.
-			 *
-			 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-			 */
-			typedef struct
-			{
-				uint8_t  bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
-				uint8_t  bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a
-				                           *   value given by the specific class.
-				                           */
-				uint8_t  bEndpointAddress; /**< Logical address of the endpoint within the device for the current
-				                            *   configuration, including direction mask.
-				                            */
-				uint8_t  bmAttributes; /**< Endpoint attributes, comprised of a mask of the endpoint type (EP_TYPE_*)
-				                        *   and attributes (ENDPOINT_ATTR_*) masks.
-				                        */
-				uint16_t wMaxPacketSize; /**< Size of the endpoint bank, in bytes. This indicates the maximum packet size
-				                          *   that the endpoint can receive at a time.
-				                          */
-				uint8_t  bInterval; /**< Polling interval in milliseconds for the endpoint if it is an INTERRUPT or
-				                     *   ISOCHRONOUS type.
-				                     */
-			} ATTR_PACKED USB_StdDescriptor_Endpoint_t;
-
-			/** \brief Standard USB String Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
-			 *
-			 *  Type define for a standard string descriptor. Unlike other standard descriptors, the length
-			 *  of the descriptor for placement in the descriptor header must be determined by the \ref USB_STRING_LEN()
-			 *  macro rather than by the size of the descriptor structure, as the length is not fixed.
-			 *
-			 *  This structure should also be used for string index 0, which contains the supported language IDs for
-			 *  the device as an array.
-			 *
-			 *  This structure uses LUFA-specific element names to make each element's purpose clearer.
-			 *
-			 *  \see \ref USB_StdDescriptor_String_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
-			 *
-			 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-			 */
-			typedef struct
-			{
-				USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Descriptor header, including type and size. */
-
-				#if (((ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) || (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)) && !defined(__DOXYGEN__))
-				wchar_t  UnicodeString[];
-				#else
-				uint16_t UnicodeString[]; /**< String data, as unicode characters (alternatively,
-				                           *   string language IDs). If normal ASCII characters are
-				                           *   to be used, they must be added as an array of characters
-				                           *   rather than a normal C string so that they are widened to
-				                           *   Unicode size.
-				                           *
-				                           *   Under GCC, strings prefixed with the "L" character (before
-				                           *   the opening string quotation mark) are considered to be
-				                           *   Unicode strings, and may be used instead of an explicit
-				                           *   array of ASCII characters on little endian devices with
-				                           *   UTF-16-LE \c wchar_t encoding.
-				                           */
-				#endif
-			} ATTR_PACKED USB_Descriptor_String_t;
-
-			/** \brief Standard USB String Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
-			 *
-			 *  Type define for a standard string descriptor. Unlike other standard descriptors, the length
-			 *  of the descriptor for placement in the descriptor header must be determined by the \ref USB_STRING_LEN()
-			 *  macro rather than by the size of the descriptor structure, as the length is not fixed.
-			 *
-			 *  This structure should also be used for string index 0, which contains the supported language IDs for
-			 *  the device as an array.
-			 *
-			 *  This structure uses the relevant standard's given element names to ensure compatibility with the standard.
-			 *
-			 *  \see \ref USB_Descriptor_String_t for the version of this type with with non-standard LUFA specific
-			 *       element names.
-			 *
-			 *  \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
-			 */
-			typedef struct
-			{
-				uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
-				uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t
-				                          *   or a value given by the specific class.
-				                          */
-				uint16_t bString[]; /**< String data, as unicode characters (alternatively, string language IDs).
-				                     *   If normal ASCII characters are to be used, they must be added as an array
-				                     *   of characters rather than a normal C string so that they are widened to
-				                     *   Unicode size.
-				                     *
-				                     *   Under GCC, strings prefixed with the "L" character (before the opening string
-				                     *   quotation mark) are considered to be Unicode strings, and may be used instead
-				                     *   of an explicit array of ASCII characters.
-				                     */
-			} ATTR_PACKED USB_StdDescriptor_String_t;
-
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/StdRequestType.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/StdRequestType.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b2506cd7d2..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/StdRequestType.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,258 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief USB control endpoint request definitions.
- *  \copydetails Group_StdRequest
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USB
- *  \defgroup Group_StdRequest Standard USB Requests
- *  \brief USB control endpoint request definitions.
- *
- *  This module contains definitions for the various control request parameters, so that the request
- *  details (such as data direction, request recipient, etc.) can be extracted via masking.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __STDREQTYPE_H__
-#define __STDREQTYPE_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "USBMode.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Mask for the request type parameter, to indicate the direction of the request data (Host to Device
-			 *  or Device to Host). The result of this mask should then be compared to the request direction masks.
-			 *
-			 *  \see \c REQDIR_* macros for masks indicating the request data direction.
-			 */
-			#define CONTROL_REQTYPE_DIRECTION  0x80
-
-			/** Mask for the request type parameter, to indicate the type of request (Device, Class or Vendor
-			 *  Specific). The result of this mask should then be compared to the request type masks.
-			 *
-			 *  \see \c REQTYPE_* macros for masks indicating the request type.
-			 */
-			#define CONTROL_REQTYPE_TYPE       0x60
-
-			/** Mask for the request type parameter, to indicate the recipient of the request (Device, Interface
-			 *  Endpoint or Other). The result of this mask should then be compared to the request recipient
-			 *  masks.
-			 *
-			 *  \see \c REQREC_* macros for masks indicating the request recipient.
-			 */
-			#define CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT  0x1F
-
-			/** \name Control Request Data Direction Masks */
-			//@{
-			/** Request data direction mask, indicating that the request data will flow from host to device.
-			 *
-			 *  \see \ref CONTROL_REQTYPE_DIRECTION macro.
-			 */
-			#define REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE        (0 << 7)
-
-			/** Request data direction mask, indicating that the request data will flow from device to host.
-			 *
-			 *  \see \ref CONTROL_REQTYPE_DIRECTION macro.
-			 */
-			#define REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST        (1 << 7)
-			//@}
-
-			/** \name Control Request Type Masks */
-			//@{
-			/** Request type mask, indicating that the request is a standard request.
-			 *
-			 *  \see \ref CONTROL_REQTYPE_TYPE macro.
-			 */
-			#define REQTYPE_STANDARD           (0 << 5)
-
-			/** Request type mask, indicating that the request is a class-specific request.
-			 *
-			 *  \see \ref CONTROL_REQTYPE_TYPE macro.
-			 */
-			#define REQTYPE_CLASS              (1 << 5)
-
-			/** Request type mask, indicating that the request is a vendor specific request.
-			 *
-			 *  \see \ref CONTROL_REQTYPE_TYPE macro.
-			 */
-			#define REQTYPE_VENDOR             (2 << 5)
-			//@}
-
-			/** \name Control Request Recipient Masks */
-			//@{
-			/** Request recipient mask, indicating that the request is to be issued to the device as a whole.
-			 *
-			 *  \see \ref CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT macro.
-			 */
-			#define REQREC_DEVICE              (0 << 0)
-
-			/** Request recipient mask, indicating that the request is to be issued to an interface in the
-			 *  currently selected configuration.
-			 *
-			 *  \see \ref CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT macro.
-			 */
-			#define REQREC_INTERFACE           (1 << 0)
-
-			/** Request recipient mask, indicating that the request is to be issued to an endpoint in the
-			 *  currently selected configuration.
-			 *
-			 *  \see \ref CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT macro.
-			 */
-			#define REQREC_ENDPOINT            (2 << 0)
-
-			/** Request recipient mask, indicating that the request is to be issued to an unspecified element
-			 *  in the currently selected configuration.
-			 *
-			 *  \see \ref CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT macro.
-			 */
-			#define REQREC_OTHER               (3 << 0)
-			//@}
-
-		/* Type Defines: */
-			/** \brief Standard USB Control Request
-			 *
-			 *  Type define for a standard USB control request.
-			 *
-			 *  \see The USB 2.0 specification for more information on standard control requests.
-			 */
-			typedef struct
-			{
-				uint8_t  bmRequestType; /**< Type of the request. */
-				uint8_t  bRequest; /**< Request command code. */
-				uint16_t wValue; /**< wValue parameter of the request. */
-				uint16_t wIndex; /**< wIndex parameter of the request. */
-				uint16_t wLength; /**< Length of the data to transfer in bytes. */
-			} ATTR_PACKED USB_Request_Header_t;
-
-		/* Enums: */
-			/** Enumeration for the various standard request commands. These commands are applicable when the
-			 *  request type is \ref REQTYPE_STANDARD (with the exception of \ref REQ_GetDescriptor, which is always
-			 *  handled regardless of the request type value).
-			 *
-			 *  \see Chapter 9 of the USB 2.0 Specification.
-			 */
-			enum USB_Control_Request_t
-			{
-				REQ_GetStatus           = 0, /**< Implemented in the library for device and endpoint recipients. Passed
-				                              *   to the user application for other recipients via the
-				                              *   \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event when received in
-				                              *   device mode. */
-				REQ_ClearFeature        = 1, /**< Implemented in the library for device and endpoint recipients. Passed
-				                              *   to the user application for other recipients via the
-				                              *   \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event when received in
-				                              *   device mode. */
-				REQ_SetFeature          = 3, /**< Implemented in the library for device and endpoint recipients. Passed
-				                              *   to the user application for other recipients via the
-				                              *   \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event when received in
-				                              *   device mode. */
-				REQ_SetAddress          = 5, /**< Implemented in the library for the device recipient. Passed
-				                              *   to the user application for other recipients via the
-				                              *   \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event when received in
-				                              *   device mode. */
-				REQ_GetDescriptor       = 6, /**< Implemented in the library for device and interface recipients. Passed to the
-				                              *   user application for other recipients via the
-				                              *   \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event when received in
-				                              *   device mode. */
-				REQ_SetDescriptor       = 7, /**< Not implemented in the library, passed to the user application
-				                              *   via the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event when received in
-				                              *   device mode. */
-				REQ_GetConfiguration    = 8, /**< Implemented in the library for the device recipient. Passed
-				                              *   to the user application for other recipients via the
-				                              *   \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event when received in
-				                              *   device mode. */
-				REQ_SetConfiguration    = 9, /**< Implemented in the library for the device recipient. Passed
-				                              *   to the user application for other recipients via the
-				                              *   \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event when received in
-				                              *   device mode. */
-				REQ_GetInterface        = 10, /**< Not implemented in the library, passed to the user application
-				                              *   via the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event when received in
-				                              *   device mode. */
-				REQ_SetInterface        = 11, /**< Not implemented in the library, passed to the user application
-				                              *   via the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event when received in
-				                              *   device mode. */
-				REQ_SynchFrame          = 12, /**< Not implemented in the library, passed to the user application
-				                              *   via the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event when received in
-				                              *   device mode. */
-			};
-
-			/** Feature Selector values for Set Feature and Clear Feature standard control requests directed to the device, interface
-			 *  and endpoint recipients.
-			 */
-			enum USB_Feature_Selectors_t
-			{
-				FEATURE_SEL_EndpointHalt       = 0x00, /**< Feature selector for Clear Feature or Set Feature commands. When
-				                                        *   used in a Set Feature or Clear Feature request this indicates that an
-				                                        *   endpoint (whose address is given elsewhere in the request) should have
-				                                        *   its stall condition changed.
-				                                        */
-				FEATURE_SEL_DeviceRemoteWakeup = 0x01, /**< Feature selector for Device level Remote Wakeup enable set or clear.
-			                                            *   This feature can be controlled by the host on devices which indicate
-			                                            *   remote wakeup support in their descriptors to selectively disable or
-			                                            *   enable remote wakeup.
-			                                            */
-				FEATURE_SEL_TestMode           = 0x02, /**< Feature selector for Test Mode features, used to test the USB controller
-			                                            *   to check for incorrect operation.
-			                                            */
-			};
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-		#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			/* Macros: */
-				#define FEATURE_SELFPOWERED_ENABLED     (1 << 0)
-				#define FEATURE_REMOTE_WAKEUP_ENABLED   (1 << 1)
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Device_UC3.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Device_UC3.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 6f6de3f5e9..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Device_UC3.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-#if (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-
-#include "../Device.h"
-
-void USB_Device_SendRemoteWakeup(void)
-{
-	USB_CLK_Unfreeze();
-
-	AVR32_USBB.UDCON.rmwkup = true;
-	while (AVR32_USBB.UDCON.rmwkup);
-}
-
-#endif
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Device_UC3.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Device_UC3.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 5579ea0bc4..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Device_UC3.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,267 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief USB Device definitions for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
- *  \copydetails Group_Device_UC3
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Device
- *  \defgroup Group_Device_UC3 Device Management (UC3)
- *  \brief USB Device definitions for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
- *
- *  Architecture specific USB Device definitions for the Atmel 32-bit UC3 AVR microcontrollers.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __USBDEVICE_UC3_H__
-#define __USBDEVICE_UC3_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../USBController.h"
-		#include "../StdDescriptors.h"
-		#include "../USBInterrupt.h"
-		#include "../Endpoint.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** \name USB Device Mode Option Masks */
-			//@{
-			/** Mask for the Options parameter of the \ref USB_Init() function. This indicates that the
-			 *  USB interface should be initialized in low speed (1.5Mb/s) mode.
-			 *
-			 *  \note Restrictions apply on the number, size and type of endpoints which can be used
-			 *        when running in low speed mode - please refer to the USB 2.0 specification.
-			 */
-			#define USB_DEVICE_OPT_LOWSPEED                (1 << 0)
-
-			/** Mask for the Options parameter of the \ref USB_Init() function. This indicates that the
-			 *  USB interface should be initialized in full speed (12Mb/s) mode.
-			 */
-			#define USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED               (0 << 0)
-
-			#if defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A3_AVR32) || defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A4_AVR32) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-				/** Mask for the Options parameter of the \ref USB_Init() function. This indicates that the
-				 *  USB interface should be initialized in high speed (480Mb/s) mode.
-				 */
-				#define USB_DEVICE_OPT_HIGHSPEED           (1 << 1)
-			#endif
-			//@}
-
-			#if (!defined(NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL) && \
-			     (defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A3_AVR32) || defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A4_AVR32) || \
-				  defined(__DOXYGEN__)))
-				/** String descriptor index for the device's unique serial number string descriptor within the device.
-				 *  This unique serial number is used by the host to associate resources to the device (such as drivers or COM port
-				 *  number allocations) to a device regardless of the port it is plugged in to on the host. Some microcontrollers contain
-				 *  a unique serial number internally, and setting the device descriptors serial number string index to this value
-				 *  will cause it to use the internal serial number.
-				 *
-				 *  On unsupported devices, this will evaluate to \ref NO_DESCRIPTOR and so will force the host to create a pseudo-serial
-				 *  number for the device.
-				 */
-				#define USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL             0xDC
-
-				/** Length of the device's unique internal serial number, in bits, if present on the selected microcontroller
-				 *  model.
-				 */
-				#define INTERNAL_SERIAL_LENGTH_BITS     120
-
-				/** Start address of the internal serial number, in the appropriate address space, if present on the selected microcontroller
-				 *  model.
-				 */
-				#define INTERNAL_SERIAL_START_ADDRESS   0x80800204
-			#else
-				#define USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL             NO_DESCRIPTOR
-
-				#define INTERNAL_SERIAL_LENGTH_BITS     0
-				#define INTERNAL_SERIAL_START_ADDRESS   0
-			#endif
-
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			/** Sends a Remote Wakeup request to the host. This signals to the host that the device should
-			 *  be taken out of suspended mode, and communications should resume.
-			 *
-			 *  Typically, this is implemented so that HID devices (mice, keyboards, etc.) can wake up the
-			 *  host computer when the host has suspended all USB devices to enter a low power state.
-			 *
-			 *  \note This function should only be used if the device has indicated to the host that it
-			 *        supports the Remote Wakeup feature in the device descriptors, and should only be
-			 *        issued if the host is currently allowing remote wakeup events from the device (i.e.,
-			 *        the \ref USB_Device_RemoteWakeupEnabled flag is set). When the \c NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
-			 *        compile time option is used, this function is unavailable.
-			 *
-			 *  \note The USB clock must be running for this function to operate. If the stack is initialized with
-			 *        the \ref USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL option enabled, the user must ensure that the PLL is running
-			 *        before attempting to call this function.
-			 *
-			 *  \see \ref Group_StdDescriptors for more information on the RMWAKEUP feature and device descriptors.
-			 */
-			void USB_Device_SendRemoteWakeup(void);
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			/** Returns the current USB frame number, when in device mode. Every millisecond the USB bus is active (i.e. enumerated to a host)
-			 *  the frame number is incremented by one.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Current USB frame number from the USB controller.
-			 */
-			static inline uint16_t USB_Device_GetFrameNumber(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint16_t USB_Device_GetFrameNumber(void)
-			{
-				return AVR32_USBB.UDFNUM.fnum;
-			}
-
-			#if !defined(NO_SOF_EVENTS)
-				/** Enables the device mode Start Of Frame events. When enabled, this causes the
-				 *  \ref EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame() event to fire once per millisecond, synchronized to the USB bus,
-				 *  at the start of each USB frame when enumerated in device mode.
-				 *
-				 *  \note Not available when the \c NO_SOF_EVENTS compile time token is defined.
-				 */
-				static inline void USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-				static inline void USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents(void)
-				{
-					USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_SOFI);
-				}
-
-				/** Disables the device mode Start Of Frame events. When disabled, this stops the firing of the
-				 *  \ref EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame() event when enumerated in device mode.
-				 *
-				 *  \note Not available when the \c NO_SOF_EVENTS compile time token is defined.
-				 */
-				static inline void USB_Device_DisableSOFEvents(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-				static inline void USB_Device_DisableSOFEvents(void)
-				{
-					USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_SOFI);
-				}
-			#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			static inline void USB_Device_SetLowSpeed(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_Device_SetLowSpeed(void)
-			{
-				AVR32_USBB.UDCON.ls      = true;
-			}
-
-			static inline void USB_Device_SetFullSpeed(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_Device_SetFullSpeed(void)
-			{
-				AVR32_USBB.UDCON.ls      = false;
-				#if defined(USB_DEVICE_OPT_HIGHSPEED)
-				AVR32_USBB.UDCON.spdconf = 3;
-				#endif
-			}
-
-			#if defined(USB_DEVICE_OPT_HIGHSPEED)
-			static inline void USB_Device_SetHighSpeed(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_Device_SetHighSpeed(void)
-			{
-				AVR32_USBB.UDCON.ls      = false;
-				AVR32_USBB.UDCON.spdconf = 0;
-			}
-			#endif
-
-			static inline void USB_Device_SetDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_Device_SetDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address)
-			{
-				AVR32_USBB.UDCON.uadd  = Address;
-			}
-
-			static inline void USB_Device_EnableDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_Device_EnableDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address)
-			{
-				(void)Address;
-
-				AVR32_USBB.UDCON.adden = true;
-			}
-
-			static inline bool USB_Device_IsAddressSet(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline bool USB_Device_IsAddressSet(void)
-			{
-				return AVR32_USBB.UDCON.adden;
-			}
-
-			#if (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL != NO_DESCRIPTOR)
-			static inline void USB_Device_GetSerialString(uint16_t* const UnicodeString) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-			static inline void USB_Device_GetSerialString(uint16_t* const UnicodeString)
-			{
-				uint_reg_t CurrentGlobalInt = GetGlobalInterruptMask();
-				GlobalInterruptDisable();
-
-				uint8_t* SigReadAddress = (uint8_t*)INTERNAL_SERIAL_START_ADDRESS;
-
-				for (uint8_t SerialCharNum = 0; SerialCharNum < (INTERNAL_SERIAL_LENGTH_BITS / 4); SerialCharNum++)
-				{
-					uint8_t SerialByte = *SigReadAddress;
-
-					if (SerialCharNum & 0x01)
-					{
-						SerialByte >>= 4;
-						SigReadAddress++;
-					}
-
-					SerialByte &= 0x0F;
-
-					UnicodeString[SerialCharNum] = cpu_to_le16((SerialByte >= 10) ?
-															   (('A' - 10) + SerialByte) : ('0' + SerialByte));
-				}
-
-				SetGlobalInterruptMask(CurrentGlobalInt);
-			}
-			#endif
-
-	#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/EndpointStream_UC3.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/EndpointStream_UC3.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 6e98629277..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/EndpointStream_UC3.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,235 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-#if (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-
-#include "EndpointStream_UC3.h"
-
-#if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
-uint8_t Endpoint_Discard_Stream(uint16_t Length,
-                                uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
-{
-	uint8_t  ErrorCode;
-	uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
-
-	if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
-	  return ErrorCode;
-
-	if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
-	  Length -= *BytesProcessed;
-
-	while (Length)
-	{
-		if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
-		{
-			Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-
-			if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
-			{
-				*BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
-				return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
-			}
-
-			if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
-			  return ErrorCode;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			Endpoint_Discard_8();
-
-			Length--;
-			BytesInTransfer++;
-		}
-	}
-
-	return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-uint8_t Endpoint_Null_Stream(uint16_t Length,
-                             uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
-{
-	uint8_t  ErrorCode;
-	uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
-
-	if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
-	  return ErrorCode;
-
-	if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
-	  Length -= *BytesProcessed;
-
-	while (Length)
-	{
-		if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
-		{
-			Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
-			if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
-			{
-				*BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
-				return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
-			}
-
-			if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
-			  return ErrorCode;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			Endpoint_Write_8(0);
-
-			Length--;
-			BytesInTransfer++;
-		}
-	}
-
-	return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-/* The following abuses the C preprocessor in order to copy-paste common code with slight alterations,
- * so that the code needs to be written once. It is a crude form of templating to reduce code maintenance. */
-
-#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      const void*
-#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearIN()
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr += Amount
-#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
-#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-
-#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      const void*
-#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearIN()
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr -= Amount
-#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
-#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-
-#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      void*
-#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearOUT()
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr += Amount
-#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
-#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-
-#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Read_Stream_BE
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      void*
-#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearOUT()
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr -= Amount
-#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
-#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-
-#if defined(ARCH_HAS_FLASH_ADDRESS_SPACE)
-	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_PStream_LE
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      const void*
-	#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearIN()
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr += Amount
-	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
-	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-
-	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_PStream_BE
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      const void*
-	#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearIN()
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr -= Amount
-	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
-	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-#endif
-
-#if defined(ARCH_HAS_EEPROM_ADDRESS_SPACE)
-	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_EStream_LE
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      const void*
-	#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearIN()
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr += Amount
-	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
-	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-
-	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_EStream_BE
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      const void*
-	#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearIN()
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr -= Amount
-	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
-	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-
-	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Read_EStream_LE
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      void*
-	#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearOUT()
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr += Amount
-	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Endpoint_Read_8())
-	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-
-	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Read_EStream_BE
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      void*
-	#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearOUT()
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr -= Amount
-	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Endpoint_Read_8())
-	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-#endif
-
-#endif
-
-#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr += Amount
-#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
-#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
-
-#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_BE
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr -= Amount
-#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
-#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
-
-#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr += Amount
-#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
-#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c"
-
-#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_BE
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr -= Amount
-#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
-#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c"
-
-#endif
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/EndpointStream_UC3.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/EndpointStream_UC3.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 831c714070..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/EndpointStream_UC3.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,438 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Endpoint data stream transmission and reception management for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
- *  \copydetails Group_EndpointStreamRW_UC3
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_EndpointStreamRW
- *  \defgroup Group_EndpointStreamRW_UC3 Read/Write of Multi-Byte Streams (UC3)
- *  \brief Endpoint data stream transmission and reception management for the Atmel AVR32 UC3 architecture.
- *
- *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of data streams from
- *  and to endpoints.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __ENDPOINT_STREAM_UC3_H__
-#define __ENDPOINT_STREAM_UC3_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../USBMode.h"
-		#include "../USBTask.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			/** \name Stream functions for null data */
-			//@{
-
-			/** Reads and discards the given number of bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank,
-			 *  discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically
-			 *  discarded once the remaining bytes has been read; the user is responsible for manually
-			 *  discarding the last packet from the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
-			 *
-			 *  If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
-			 *  failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
-			 *  storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
-			 *  the endpoint bank becomes empty while there is still data to process (and after the current
-			 *  packet has been acknowledged) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the total number
-			 *  of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
-			 *  \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
-			 *  in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
-			 *  and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
-			 *
-			 *  <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
-			 *  \code
-			 *  uint8_t ErrorCode;
-			 *
-			 *  if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Discard_Stream(512, NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-			 *  {
-			 *       // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
-			 *  }
-			 *  \endcode
-			 *
-			 *  <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
-			 *  \code
-			 *  uint8_t  ErrorCode;
-			 *  uint16_t BytesProcessed;
-			 *
-			 *  BytesProcessed = 0;
-			 *  while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Discard_Stream(512, &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
-			 *  {
-			 *      // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
-			 *  }
-			 *
-			 *  if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-			 *  {
-			 *      // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
-			 *  }
-			 *  \endcode
-			 *
-			 *  \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of bytes to discard via the currently selected endpoint.
-			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
-			 *                             transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Endpoint_Discard_Stream(uint16_t Length,
-			                                uint16_t* const BytesProcessed);
-
-			/** Writes a given number of zeroed bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank, sending
-			 *  full packets to the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically sent once the
-			 *  remaining bytes have been written; the user is responsible for manually sending the last
-			 *  packet to the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
-			 *
-			 *  If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
-			 *  failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
-			 *  storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
-			 *  the endpoint bank becomes full while there is still data to process (and after the current
-			 *  packet transmission has been initiated) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the
-			 *  total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
-			 *  \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
-			 *  in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
-			 *  and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
-			 *
-			 *  <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
-			 *  \code
-			 *  uint8_t ErrorCode;
-			 *
-			 *  if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Null_Stream(512, NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-			 *  {
-			 *       // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
-			 *  }
-			 *  \endcode
-			 *
-			 *  <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
-			 *  \code
-			 *  uint8_t  ErrorCode;
-			 *  uint16_t BytesProcessed;
-			 *
-			 *  BytesProcessed = 0;
-			 *  while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Null_Stream(512, &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
-			 *  {
-			 *      // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
-			 *  }
-			 *
-			 *  if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-			 *  {
-			 *      // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
-			 *  }
-			 *  \endcode
-			 *
-			 *  \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of zero bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
-			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
-			 *                             transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Endpoint_Null_Stream(uint16_t Length,
-			                             uint16_t* const BytesProcessed);
-
-			//@}
-
-			/** \name Stream functions for RAM source/destination data */
-			//@{
-
-			/** Writes the given number of bytes to the endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
-			 *  sending full packets to the host as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
-			 *  the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
-			 *  \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
-			 *
-			 *  If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
-			 *  failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
-			 *  storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
-			 *  the endpoint bank becomes full while there is still data to process (and after the current
-			 *  packet transmission has been initiated) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the
-			 *  total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
-			 *  \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
-			 *  in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
-			 *  and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
-			 *
-			 *  <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
-			 *  \code
-			 *  uint8_t DataStream[512];
-			 *  uint8_t ErrorCode;
-			 *
-			 *  if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
-			 *                                            NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-			 *  {
-			 *       // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
-			 *  }
-			 *  \endcode
-			 *
-			 *  <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
-			 *  \code
-			 *  uint8_t  DataStream[512];
-			 *  uint8_t  ErrorCode;
-			 *  uint16_t BytesProcessed;
-			 *
-			 *  BytesProcessed = 0;
-			 *  while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
-			 *                                               &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
-			 *  {
-			 *      // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
-			 *  }
-			 *
-			 *  if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-			 *  {
-			 *      // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
-			 *  }
-			 *  \endcode
-			 *
-			 *  \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Buffer          Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
-			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
-			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
-			 *                             transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
-			                                 uint16_t Length,
-			                                 uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Writes the given number of bytes to the endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
-			 *  sending full packets to the host as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
-			 *  the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
-			 *  \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
-			 *
-			 *  \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Buffer          Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
-			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
-			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
-			 *                             transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
-			                                 uint16_t Length,
-			                                 uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Reads the given number of bytes from the endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
-			 *  discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically
-			 *  discarded once the remaining bytes has been read; the user is responsible for manually
-			 *  discarding the last packet from the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
-			 *
-			 *  If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
-			 *  failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
-			 *  storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
-			 *  the endpoint bank becomes empty while there is still data to process (and after the current
-			 *  packet has been acknowledged) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the total number
-			 *  of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
-			 *  \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
-			 *  in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
-			 *  and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
-			 *
-			 *  <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
-			 *  \code
-			 *  uint8_t DataStream[512];
-			 *  uint8_t ErrorCode;
-			 *
-			 *  if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
-			 *                                           NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-			 *  {
-			 *       // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
-			 *  }
-			 *  \endcode
-			 *
-			 *  <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
-			 *  \code
-			 *  uint8_t  DataStream[512];
-			 *  uint8_t  ErrorCode;
-			 *  uint16_t BytesProcessed;
-			 *
-			 *  BytesProcessed = 0;
-			 *  while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
-			 *                                              &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
-			 *  {
-			 *      // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
-			 *  }
-			 *
-			 *  if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-			 *  {
-			 *      // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
-			 *  }
-			 *  \endcode
-			 *
-			 *  \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[out] Buffer          Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
-			 *  \param[in]  Length          Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
-			 *  \param[in]  BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
-			 *                              transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(void* const Buffer,
-			                                uint16_t Length,
-			                                uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Reads the given number of bytes from the endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
-			 *  discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically
-			 *  discarded once the remaining bytes has been read; the user is responsible for manually
-			 *  discarding the last packet from the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
-			 *
-			 *  \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[out] Buffer          Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
-			 *  \param[in]  Length          Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
-			 *  \param[in]  BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
-			 *                              transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Stream_BE(void* const Buffer,
-			                                uint16_t Length,
-			                                uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Writes the given number of bytes to the CONTROL type endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
-			 *  sending full packets to the host as needed. The host OUT acknowledgement is not automatically cleared
-			 *  in both failure and success states; the user is responsible for manually clearing the status OUT packet
-			 *  to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
-			 *
-			 *  \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
-			 *        function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
-			 *        Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
-			 *           together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Buffer  Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
-			 *  \param[in] Length  Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
-			                                         uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Writes the given number of bytes to the CONTROL type endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
-			 *  sending full packets to the host as needed. The host OUT acknowledgement is not automatically cleared
-			 *  in both failure and success states; the user is responsible for manually clearing the status OUT packet
-			 *  to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
-			 *
-			 *  \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
-			 *        function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
-			 *        Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
-			 *           together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Buffer  Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
-			 *  \param[in] Length  Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
-			                                         uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Reads the given number of bytes from the CONTROL endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
-			 *  discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The device IN acknowledgement is not
-			 *  automatically sent after success or failure states; the user is responsible for manually sending the
-			 *  status IN packet to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
-			 *
-			 *  \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
-			 *        function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
-			 *        Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
-			 *           together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[out] Buffer  Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
-			 *  \param[in]  Length  Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(void* const Buffer,
-			                                        uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Reads the given number of bytes from the CONTROL endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
-			 *  discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The device IN acknowledgement is not
-			 *  automatically sent after success or failure states; the user is responsible for manually sending the
-			 *  status IN packet to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
-			 *
-			 *  \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
-			 *        function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
-			 *        Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
-			 *           together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[out] Buffer  Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
-			 *  \param[in]  Length  Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_BE(void* const Buffer,
-			                                        uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-			//@}
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Endpoint_UC3.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Endpoint_UC3.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 5dce488f20..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Endpoint_UC3.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,196 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-#if (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-
-#include "../Endpoint.h"
-
-#if !defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE)
-uint8_t USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP_DEFAULT_SIZE;
-#endif
-
-volatile uint32_t USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint = ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP;
-volatile uint8_t* USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS];
-
-bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(const USB_Endpoint_Table_t* const Table,
-                                     const uint8_t Entries)
-{
-	for (uint8_t i = 0; i < Entries; i++)
-	{
-		if (!(Table[i].Address))
-		  continue;
-
-		if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(Table[i].Address, Table[i].Type, Table[i].Size, Table[i].Banks)))
-		{
-			return false;
-		}
-	}
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint_Prv(const uint8_t Number,
-                                    const uint32_t UECFG0Data)
-{
-	USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[Number] = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[Number * ENDPOINT_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE];
-
-#if defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE) || defined(ORDERED_EP_CONFIG)
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(Number);
-	Endpoint_EnableEndpoint();
-
-	(&AVR32_USBB.uecfg0)[Number] = 0;
-	(&AVR32_USBB.uecfg0)[Number] = UECFG0Data;
-
-	return Endpoint_IsConfigured();
-#else
-	for (uint8_t EPNum = Number; EPNum < ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS; EPNum++)
-	{
-		uint32_t UECFG0Temp;
-
-		Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(EPNum);
-
-		if (EPNum == Number)
-		{
-			UECFG0Temp = UECFG0Data;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			UECFG0Temp = (&AVR32_USBB.uecfg0)[EPNum];
-		}
-
-		if (!(UECFG0Temp & AVR32_USBB_ALLOC_MASK))
-		  continue;
-
-		Endpoint_DisableEndpoint();
-		(&AVR32_USBB.uecfg0)[EPNum] &= ~AVR32_USBB_ALLOC_MASK;
-
-		Endpoint_EnableEndpoint();
-		(&AVR32_USBB.uecfg0)[EPNum] = UECFG0Temp;
-
-		if (!(Endpoint_IsConfigured()))
-		  return false;
-	}
-
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(Number);
-	return true;
-#endif
-}
-
-void Endpoint_ClearEndpoints(void)
-{
-	for (uint8_t EPNum = 0; EPNum < ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS; EPNum++)
-	{
-		Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(EPNum);
-		(&AVR32_USBB.uecfg0)[EPNum]    = 0;
-		(&AVR32_USBB.uecon0clr)[EPNum] = -1;
-		USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[EPNum]    = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[EPNum * 0x10000];
-		Endpoint_DisableEndpoint();
-	}
-}
-
-void Endpoint_ClearStatusStage(void)
-{
-	if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST)
-	{
-		while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
-		{
-			if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
-			  return;
-		}
-
-		Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
-		{
-			if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
-			  return;
-		}
-
-		Endpoint_ClearIN();
-	}
-}
-
-#if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
-uint8_t Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(void)
-{
-	#if (USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS < 0xFF)
-	uint8_t  TimeoutMSRem = USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS;
-	#else
-	uint16_t TimeoutMSRem = USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS;
-	#endif
-
-	uint16_t PreviousFrameNumber = USB_Device_GetFrameNumber();
-
-	for (;;)
-	{
-		if (Endpoint_GetEndpointDirection() == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
-		{
-			if (Endpoint_IsINReady())
-			  return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
-			  return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
-		}
-
-		uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
-
-		if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
-		  return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
-		else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
-		  return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_BusSuspended;
-		else if (Endpoint_IsStalled())
-		  return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_EndpointStalled;
-
-		uint16_t CurrentFrameNumber = USB_Device_GetFrameNumber();
-
-		if (CurrentFrameNumber != PreviousFrameNumber)
-		{
-			PreviousFrameNumber = CurrentFrameNumber;
-
-			if (!(TimeoutMSRem--))
-			  return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_Timeout;
-		}
-	}
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Endpoint_UC3.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Endpoint_UC3.h
deleted file mode 100644
index cf35d2b60c..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Endpoint_UC3.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,794 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief USB Endpoint definitions for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
- *  \copydetails Group_EndpointManagement_UC3
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_EndpointRW
- *  \defgroup Group_EndpointRW_UC3 Endpoint Data Reading and Writing (UC3)
- *  \brief Endpoint data read/write definitions for the Atmel AVR32 UC3 architecture.
- *
- *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing from and to endpoints.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW
- *  \defgroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3 Read/Write of Primitive Data Types (UC3)
- *  \brief Endpoint primitive read/write definitions for the Atmel AVR32 UC3 architecture.
- *
- *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of primitive data types
- *  from and to endpoints.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement
- *  \defgroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3 Endpoint Packet Management (UC3)
- *  \brief Endpoint packet management definitions for the Atmel AVR32 UC3 architecture.
- *
- *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to packet management of endpoints.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_EndpointManagement
- *  \defgroup Group_EndpointManagement_UC3 Endpoint Management (UC3)
- *  \brief Endpoint management definitions for the Atmel AVR32 UC3 architecture.
- *
- *  Functions, macros and enums related to endpoint management when in USB Device mode. This
- *  module contains the endpoint management macros, as well as endpoint interrupt and data
- *  send/receive functions for various data types.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __ENDPOINT_UC3_H__
-#define __ENDPOINT_UC3_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../USBTask.h"
-		#include "../USBInterrupt.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Macros: */
-			#define ENDPOINT_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE            (64 * 1024UL)
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			static inline uint32_t Endpoint_BytesToEPSizeMask(const uint16_t Bytes) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_CONST
-			                                                                        ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint32_t Endpoint_BytesToEPSizeMask(const uint16_t Bytes)
-			{
-				uint8_t  MaskVal    = 0;
-				uint16_t CheckBytes = 8;
-
-				while (CheckBytes < Bytes)
-				{
-					MaskVal++;
-					CheckBytes <<= 1;
-				}
-
-				return (MaskVal << AVR32_USBB_EPSIZE_OFFSET);
-			}
-
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			void Endpoint_ClearEndpoints(void);
-			bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint_Prv(const uint8_t Number,
-			                                    const uint32_t UECFGXData);
-
-		/* External Variables: */
-			extern volatile uint32_t USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint;
-			extern volatile uint8_t* USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[];
-	#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			#if (!defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
-				/** Default size of the default control endpoint's bank, until altered by the control endpoint bank size
-				 *  value in the device descriptor. Not available if the \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token is defined.
-				 */
-				#define ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP_DEFAULT_SIZE     8
-			#endif
-
-			#if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-				#if defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A3_AVR32) || defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A4_AVR32)
-					#define ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS        8
-				#else
-					/** Total number of endpoints (including the default control endpoint at address 0) which may
-					 *  be used in the device. Different AVR models support different amounts of endpoints,
-					 *  this value reflects the maximum number of endpoints for the currently selected AVR model.
-					 */
-					#define ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS        7
-				#endif
-			#else
-				#define ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS            1
-			#endif
-
-		/* Enums: */
-			/** Enum for the possible error return codes of the \ref Endpoint_WaitUntilReady() function.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointRW_UC3
-			 */
-			enum Endpoint_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t
-			{
-				ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError                 = 0, /**< Endpoint is ready for next packet, no error. */
-				ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_EndpointStalled         = 1, /**< The endpoint was stalled during the stream
-				                                                 *   transfer by the host or device.
-				                                                 */
-				ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected      = 2,	/**< Device was disconnected from the host while
-				                                                 *   waiting for the endpoint to become ready.
-				                                                 */
-				ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_BusSuspended            = 3, /**< The USB bus has been suspended by the host and
-				                                                 *   no USB endpoint traffic can occur until the bus
-				                                                 *   has resumed.
-				                                                 */
-				ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_Timeout                 = 4, /**< The host failed to accept or send the next packet
-				                                                 *   within the software timeout period set by the
-				                                                 *   \ref USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS macro.
-				                                                 */
-			};
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			/** Configures the specified endpoint address with the given endpoint type, bank size and number of hardware
-			 *  banks. Once configured, the endpoint may be read from or written to, depending on its direction.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Address    Endpoint address to configure.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Type       Type of endpoint to configure, a \c EP_TYPE_* mask. Not all endpoint types
-			 *                        are available on Low Speed USB devices - refer to the USB 2.0 specification.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Size       Size of the endpoint's bank, where packets are stored before they are transmitted
-			 *                        to the USB host, or after they have been received from the USB host (depending on
-			 *                        the endpoint's data direction). The bank size must indicate the maximum packet size
-			 *                        that the endpoint can handle.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Banks      Number of hardware banks to use for the endpoint being configured.
-			 *
-			 *  \attention When the \c ORDERED_EP_CONFIG compile time option is used, Endpoints <b>must</b> be configured in
-			 *             ascending order, or bank corruption will occur.
-			 *
-			 *  \note Different endpoints may have different maximum packet sizes based on the endpoint's index - refer to
-			 *        the chosen microcontroller model's datasheet to determine the maximum bank size for each endpoint.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \note The default control endpoint should not be manually configured by the user application, as
-			 *        it is automatically configured by the library internally.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \note This routine will automatically select the specified endpoint upon success. Upon failure, the endpoint
-			 *        which failed to reconfigure correctly will be selected.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the configuration succeeded, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(const uint8_t Address,
-			                                              const uint8_t Type,
-			                                              const uint16_t Size,
-			                                              const uint8_t Banks) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(const uint8_t Address,
-			                                              const uint8_t Type,
-			                                              const uint16_t Size,
-			                                              const uint8_t Banks)
-			{
-				uint8_t Number = (Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK);
-
-				if (Number >= ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS)
-				  return false;
-
-				return Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint_Prv(Number,
-				                                      (AVR32_USBB_ALLOC_MASK |
-				                                       ((uint32_t)Type << AVR32_USBB_EPTYPE_OFFSET) |
-				                                       ((Address & ENDPOINT_DIR_IN) ? AVR32_USBB_UECFG0_EPDIR_MASK : 0) |
-				                                       ((Banks > 1) ? AVR32_USBB_UECFG0_EPBK_SINGLE : AVR32_USBB_UECFG0_EPBK_DOUBLE) |
-				                                       Endpoint_BytesToEPSizeMask(Size)));
-			}
-
-			/** Indicates the number of bytes currently stored in the current endpoint's selected bank.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointRW_UC3
-			 *
-			 *  \return Total number of bytes in the currently selected Endpoint's FIFO buffer.
-			 */
-			static inline uint16_t Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint16_t Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint(void)
-			{
-				return (&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].byct;
-			}
-
-			/** Determines the currently selected endpoint's direction.
-			 *
-			 *  \return The currently selected endpoint's direction, as a \c ENDPOINT_DIR_* mask.
-			 */
-			static inline uint32_t Endpoint_GetEndpointDirection(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint32_t Endpoint_GetEndpointDirection(void)
-			{
-				return ((&AVR32_USBB.UECFG0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].epdir ? ENDPOINT_DIR_IN : ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT);
-			}
-
-			/** Get the endpoint address of the currently selected endpoint. This is typically used to save
-			 *  the currently selected endpoint so that it can be restored after another endpoint has been
-			 *  manipulated.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Index of the currently selected endpoint.
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint(void)
-			{
-				return (USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint | Endpoint_GetEndpointDirection());
-			}
-
-			/** Selects the given endpoint address.
-			 *
-			 *  Any endpoint operations which do not require the endpoint address to be indicated will operate on
-			 *  the currently selected endpoint.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Address  Endpoint address to select.
-			 */
-			static inline void Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(const uint8_t Address)
-			{
-				USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint = (Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK);
-			}
-
-			/** Resets the endpoint bank FIFO. This clears all the endpoint banks and resets the USB controller's
-			 *  data In and Out pointers to the bank's contents.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Address  Endpoint number whose FIFO buffers are to be reset.
-			 */
-			static inline void Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(const uint8_t Address)
-			{
-				uint32_t EndpointNumber = (Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK);
-
-				AVR32_USBB.uerst |=  (AVR32_USBB_EPRST0_MASK << EndpointNumber);
-				AVR32_USBB.uerst &= ~(AVR32_USBB_EPRST0_MASK << EndpointNumber);
-				USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[EndpointNumber] = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[EndpointNumber * ENDPOINT_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE];
-			}
-
-			/** Enables the currently selected endpoint so that data can be sent and received through it to
-			 *  and from a host.
-			 *
-			 *  \note Endpoints must first be configured properly via \ref Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint().
-			 */
-			static inline void Endpoint_EnableEndpoint(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Endpoint_EnableEndpoint(void)
-			{
-				AVR32_USBB.uerst |=  (AVR32_USBB_EPEN0_MASK << USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint);
-			}
-
-			/** Disables the currently selected endpoint so that data cannot be sent and received through it
-			 *  to and from a host.
-			 */
-			static inline void Endpoint_DisableEndpoint(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Endpoint_DisableEndpoint(void)
-			{
-				AVR32_USBB.uerst &= ~(AVR32_USBB_EPEN0_MASK << USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint);
-			}
-
-			/** Determines if the currently selected endpoint is enabled, but not necessarily configured.
-			 *
-			 * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint is enabled, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool Endpoint_IsEnabled(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool Endpoint_IsEnabled(void)
-			{
-				return ((AVR32_USBB.uerst & (AVR32_USBB_EPEN0_MASK << USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint)) ? true : false);
-			}
-
-			/** Retrieves the number of busy banks in the currently selected endpoint, which have been queued for
-			 *  transmission via the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() command, or are awaiting acknowledgement via the
-			 *  \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() command.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
-			 *
-			 *  \return Total number of busy banks in the selected endpoint.
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetBusyBanks(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetBusyBanks(void)
-			{
-				return (&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].nbusybk;
-			}
-
-			/** Aborts all pending IN transactions on the currently selected endpoint, once the bank
-			 *  has been queued for transmission to the host via \ref Endpoint_ClearIN(). This function
-			 *  will terminate all queued transactions, resetting the endpoint banks ready for a new
-			 *  packet.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
-			 */
-			static inline void Endpoint_AbortPendingIN(void)
-			{
-				while (Endpoint_GetBusyBanks() != 0)
-				{
-					(&AVR32_USBB.UECON0SET)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].killbks = true;
-					while ((&AVR32_USBB.UECON0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].killbk);
-				}
-			}
-
-			/** Determines if the currently selected endpoint may be read from (if data is waiting in the endpoint
-			 *  bank and the endpoint is an OUT direction, or if the bank is not yet full if the endpoint is an IN
-			 *  direction). This function will return false if an error has occurred in the endpoint, if the endpoint
-			 *  is an OUT direction and no packet (or an empty packet) has been received, or if the endpoint is an IN
-			 *  direction and the endpoint bank is full.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint may be read from or written to, depending
-			 *          on its direction.
-			 */
-			static inline bool Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed(void)
-			{
-				return (&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].rwall;
-			}
-
-			/** Determines if the currently selected endpoint is configured.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint has been configured, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool Endpoint_IsConfigured(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool Endpoint_IsConfigured(void)
-			{
-				return (&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].cfgok;
-			}
-
-			/** Returns a mask indicating which INTERRUPT type endpoints have interrupted - i.e. their
-			 *  interrupt duration has elapsed. Which endpoints have interrupted can be determined by
-			 *  masking the return value against <tt>(1 << <i>{Endpoint Number}</i>)</tt>.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Mask whose bits indicate which endpoints have interrupted.
-			 */
-			static inline uint32_t Endpoint_GetEndpointInterrupts(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint32_t Endpoint_GetEndpointInterrupts(void)
-			{
-				return ((AVR32_USBB.udint & (AVR32_USBB_EP6INT_MASK | AVR32_USBB_EP5INT_MASK |
-				                             AVR32_USBB_EP4INT_MASK | AVR32_USBB_EP3INT_MASK |
-				                             AVR32_USBB_EP2INT_MASK | AVR32_USBB_EP1INT_MASK |
-				                             AVR32_USBB_EP0INT_MASK)) >> AVR32_USBB_EP0INT_OFFSET);
-			}
-
-			/** Determines if the specified endpoint number has interrupted (valid only for INTERRUPT type
-			 *  endpoints).
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Address  Address of the endpoint whose interrupt flag should be tested.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the specified endpoint has interrupted, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool Endpoint_HasEndpointInterrupted(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool Endpoint_HasEndpointInterrupted(const uint8_t Address)
-			{
-				return ((Endpoint_GetEndpointInterrupts() & (AVR32_USBB_EP0INT_MASK << (Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK))) ? true : false);
-			}
-
-			/** Determines if the selected IN endpoint is ready for a new packet to be sent to the host.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the current endpoint is ready for an IN packet, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool Endpoint_IsINReady(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool Endpoint_IsINReady(void)
-			{
-				return (&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].txini;
-			}
-
-			/** Determines if the selected OUT endpoint has received new packet from the host.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if current endpoint is has received an OUT packet, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool Endpoint_IsOUTReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool Endpoint_IsOUTReceived(void)
-			{
-				return (&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].rxouti;
-			}
-
-			/** Determines if the current CONTROL type endpoint has received a SETUP packet.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the selected endpoint has received a SETUP packet, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived(void)
-			{
-				return (&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].rxstpi;
-			}
-
-			/** Clears a received SETUP packet on the currently selected CONTROL type endpoint, freeing up the
-			 *  endpoint for the next packet.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
-			 *
-			 *  \note This is not applicable for non CONTROL type endpoints.
-			 */
-			static inline void Endpoint_ClearSETUP(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Endpoint_ClearSETUP(void)
-			{
-				(&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0CLR)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].rxstpic = true;
-				USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint] = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint * ENDPOINT_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE];
-			}
-
-			/** Sends an IN packet to the host on the currently selected endpoint, freeing up the endpoint for the
-			 *  next packet and switching to the alternative endpoint bank if double banked.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
-			 */
-			static inline void Endpoint_ClearIN(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Endpoint_ClearIN(void)
-			{
-				(&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0CLR)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].txinic   = true;
-				(&AVR32_USBB.UECON0CLR)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].fifoconc = true;
-				USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint] = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint * ENDPOINT_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE];
-			}
-
-			/** Acknowledges an OUT packet to the host on the currently selected endpoint, freeing up the endpoint
-			 *  for the next packet and switching to the alternative endpoint bank if double banked.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
-			 */
-			static inline void Endpoint_ClearOUT(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Endpoint_ClearOUT(void)
-			{
-				(&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0CLR)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].rxoutic  = true;
-				(&AVR32_USBB.UECON0CLR)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].fifoconc = true;
-				USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint] = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint * ENDPOINT_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE];
-			}
-
-			/** Stalls the current endpoint, indicating to the host that a logical problem occurred with the
-			 *  indicated endpoint and that the current transfer sequence should be aborted. This provides a
-			 *  way for devices to indicate invalid commands to the host so that the current transfer can be
-			 *  aborted and the host can begin its own recovery sequence.
-			 *
-			 *  The currently selected endpoint remains stalled until either the \ref Endpoint_ClearStall() macro
-			 *  is called, or the host issues a CLEAR FEATURE request to the device for the currently selected
-			 *  endpoint.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
-			 */
-			static inline void Endpoint_StallTransaction(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Endpoint_StallTransaction(void)
-			{
-				(&AVR32_USBB.UECON0SET)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].stallrqs = true;
-			}
-
-			/** Clears the STALL condition on the currently selected endpoint.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
-			 */
-			static inline void Endpoint_ClearStall(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Endpoint_ClearStall(void)
-			{
-				(&AVR32_USBB.UECON0CLR)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].stallrqc = true;
-			}
-
-			/** Determines if the currently selected endpoint is stalled, \c false otherwise.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint is stalled, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool Endpoint_IsStalled(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool Endpoint_IsStalled(void)
-			{
-				return (&AVR32_USBB.UECON0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].stallrq;
-			}
-
-			/** Resets the data toggle of the currently selected endpoint. */
-			static inline void Endpoint_ResetDataToggle(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Endpoint_ResetDataToggle(void)
-			{
-				(&AVR32_USBB.UECON0SET)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].rstdts = true;
-			}
-
-			/** Sets the direction of the currently selected endpoint.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] DirectionMask  New endpoint direction, as a \c ENDPOINT_DIR_* mask.
-			 */
-			static inline void Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(const uint32_t DirectionMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(const uint32_t DirectionMask)
-			{
-				(&AVR32_USBB.UECFG0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].epdir = (DirectionMask == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
-			}
-
-			/** Reads one byte from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
-			 *
-			 *  \return Next byte in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t Endpoint_Read_8(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint8_t Endpoint_Read_8(void)
-			{
-				return *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
-			}
-
-			/** Writes one byte to the currently selected endpoint's bank, for IN direction endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Data  Data to write into the the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
-			 */
-			static inline void Endpoint_Write_8(const uint8_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Endpoint_Write_8(const uint8_t Data)
-			{
-				*(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = Data;
-			}
-
-			/** Discards one byte from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
-			 */
-			static inline void Endpoint_Discard_8(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Endpoint_Discard_8(void)
-			{
-				uint8_t Dummy;
-
-				Dummy = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
-
-				(void)Dummy;
-			}
-
-			/** Reads two bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for OUT
-			 *  direction endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
-			 *
-			 *  \return Next two bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
-			 */
-			static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_LE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_LE(void)
-			{
-				uint16_t Byte0 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
-				uint16_t Byte1 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
-
-				return ((Byte1 << 8) | Byte0);
-			}
-
-			/** Reads two bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for OUT
-			 *  direction endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
-			 *
-			 *  \return Next two bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
-			 */
-			static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_BE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_BE(void)
-			{
-				uint16_t Byte0 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
-				uint16_t Byte1 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
-
-				return ((Byte0 << 8) | Byte1);
-			}
-
-			/** Writes two bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for IN
-			 *  direction endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Data  Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
-			 */
-			static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_LE(const uint16_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_LE(const uint16_t Data)
-			{
-				*(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data & 0xFF);
-				*(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data >> 8);
-			}
-
-			/** Writes two bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for IN
-			 *  direction endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Data  Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
-			 */
-			static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_BE(const uint16_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_BE(const uint16_t Data)
-			{
-				*(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data >> 8);
-				*(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data & 0xFF);
-			}
-
-			/** Discards two bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
-			 */
-			static inline void Endpoint_Discard_16(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Endpoint_Discard_16(void)
-			{
-				uint8_t Dummy;
-
-				Dummy = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
-				Dummy = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
-
-				(void)Dummy;
-			}
-
-			/** Reads four bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for OUT
-			 *  direction endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
-			 *
-			 *  \return Next four bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
-			 */
-			static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_LE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_LE(void)
-			{
-				uint32_t Byte0 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
-				uint32_t Byte1 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
-				uint32_t Byte2 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
-				uint32_t Byte3 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
-
-				return ((Byte3 << 24) | (Byte2 << 16) | (Byte1 << 8) | Byte0);
-			}
-
-			/** Reads four bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for OUT
-			 *  direction endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
-			 *
-			 *  \return Next four bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
-			 */
-			static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_BE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_BE(void)
-			{
-				uint32_t Byte0 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
-				uint32_t Byte1 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
-				uint32_t Byte2 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
-				uint32_t Byte3 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
-
-				return ((Byte0 << 24) | (Byte1 << 16) | (Byte2 << 8) | Byte3);
-			}
-
-			/** Writes four bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for IN
-			 *  direction endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Data  Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
-			 */
-			static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_LE(const uint32_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_LE(const uint32_t Data)
-			{
-				*(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data &  0xFF);
-				*(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data >> 8);
-				*(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data >> 16);
-				*(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data >> 24);
-			}
-
-			/** Writes four bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for IN
-			 *  direction endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Data  Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
-			 */
-			static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_BE(const uint32_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_BE(const uint32_t Data)
-			{
-				*(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data >> 24);
-				*(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data >> 16);
-				*(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data >> 8);
-				*(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data &  0xFF);
-			}
-
-			/** Discards four bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
-			 */
-			static inline void Endpoint_Discard_32(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Endpoint_Discard_32(void)
-			{
-				uint8_t Dummy;
-
-				Dummy = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
-				Dummy = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
-				Dummy = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
-				Dummy = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
-
-				(void)Dummy;
-			}
-
-		/* External Variables: */
-			/** Global indicating the maximum packet size of the default control endpoint located at address
-			 *  0 in the device. This value is set to the value indicated in the device descriptor in the user
-			 *  project once the USB interface is initialized into device mode.
-			 *
-			 *  If space is an issue, it is possible to fix this to a static value by defining the control
-			 *  endpoint size in the \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token passed to the compiler in the makefile
-			 *  via the -D switch. When a fixed control endpoint size is used, the size is no longer dynamically
-			 *  read from the descriptors at runtime and instead fixed to the given value. When used, it is
-			 *  important that the descriptor control endpoint size value matches the size given as the
-			 *  \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token - it is recommended that the \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token
-			 *  be used in the device descriptors to ensure this.
-			 *
-			 *  \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
-			 *             changed in value.
-			 */
-			#if (!defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
-				extern uint8_t USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize;
-			#else
-				#define USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE
-			#endif
-
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			/** Configures a table of endpoint descriptions, in sequence. This function can be used to configure multiple
-			 *  endpoints at the same time.
-			 *
-			 *  \note Endpoints with a zero address will be ignored, thus this function cannot be used to configure the
-			 *        control endpoint.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Table    Pointer to a table of endpoint descriptions.
-			 *  \param[in] Entries  Number of entries in the endpoint table to configure.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if all endpoints configured successfully, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(const USB_Endpoint_Table_t* const Table,
-			                                     const uint8_t Entries);
-
-			/** Completes the status stage of a control transfer on a CONTROL type endpoint automatically,
-			 *  with respect to the data direction. This is a convenience function which can be used to
-			 *  simplify user control request handling.
-			 *
-			 *  \note This routine should not be called on non CONTROL type endpoints.
-			 */
-			void Endpoint_ClearStatusStage(void);
-
-			/** Spin-loops until the currently selected non-control endpoint is ready for the next packet of data
-			 *  to be read or written to it.
-			 *
-			 *  \note This routine should not be called on CONTROL type endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointRW_UC3
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(void);
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Host_UC3.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Host_UC3.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 77807525f0..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Host_UC3.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,297 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-#if (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_HOST_C
-#include "../Host.h"
-
-void USB_Host_ProcessNextHostState(void)
-{
-	uint8_t ErrorCode    = HOST_ENUMERROR_NoError;
-	uint8_t SubErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_NoError;
-
-	static uint16_t WaitMSRemaining;
-	static uint8_t  PostWaitState;
-
-	switch (USB_HostState)
-	{
-		case HOST_STATE_WaitForDevice:
-			if (WaitMSRemaining)
-			{
-				if ((SubErrorCode = USB_Host_WaitMS(1)) != HOST_WAITERROR_Successful)
-				{
-					USB_HostState = PostWaitState;
-					ErrorCode     = HOST_ENUMERROR_WaitStage;
-					break;
-				}
-
-				if (!(--WaitMSRemaining))
-				  USB_HostState = PostWaitState;
-			}
-
-			break;
-		case HOST_STATE_Powered:
-			WaitMSRemaining = HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS;
-
-			USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Powered_WaitForDeviceSettle;
-			break;
-		case HOST_STATE_Powered_WaitForDeviceSettle:
-			if (WaitMSRemaining--)
-			{
-				Delay_MS(1);
-				break;
-			}
-			else
-			{
-				USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Off();
-
-				USB_OTGPAD_On();
-				USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Enable();
-				USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_On();
-
-				#if defined(NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT)
-				USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Enable();
-				USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_On();
-				#endif
-
-				USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Powered_WaitForConnect;
-			}
-
-			break;
-		case HOST_STATE_Powered_WaitForConnect:
-			if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_DCONNI))
-			{
-				USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DCONNI);
-				USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DDISCI);
-
-				USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_VBERRI);
-				USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_VBERRI);
-
-				USB_Host_ResumeBus();
-				Pipe_ClearPipes();
-
-				HOST_TASK_NONBLOCK_WAIT(100, HOST_STATE_Powered_DoReset);
-			}
-
-			break;
-		case HOST_STATE_Powered_DoReset:
-			USB_Host_ResetDevice();
-
-			HOST_TASK_NONBLOCK_WAIT(200, HOST_STATE_Powered_ConfigPipe);
-			break;
-		case HOST_STATE_Powered_ConfigPipe:
-			if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE, EP_TYPE_CONTROL, ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP, PIPE_CONTROLPIPE_DEFAULT_SIZE, 1)))
-			{
-				ErrorCode    = HOST_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigError;
-				SubErrorCode = 0;
-				break;
-			}
-
-			USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Default;
-			break;
-		case HOST_STATE_Default:
-			USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
-				{
-					.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
-					.bRequest      = REQ_GetDescriptor,
-					.wValue        = (DTYPE_Device << 8),
-					.wIndex        = 0,
-					.wLength       = 8,
-				};
-
-			uint8_t DataBuffer[8];
-
-			Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-			if ((SubErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(DataBuffer)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
-			{
-				ErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_ControlError;
-				break;
-			}
-
-			USB_Host_ControlPipeSize = DataBuffer[offsetof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t, Endpoint0Size)];
-
-			USB_Host_ResetDevice();
-
-			HOST_TASK_NONBLOCK_WAIT(200, HOST_STATE_Default_PostReset);
-			break;
-		case HOST_STATE_Default_PostReset:
-			if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE, EP_TYPE_CONTROL, ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP, USB_Host_ControlPipeSize, 1)))
-			{
-				ErrorCode    = HOST_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigError;
-				SubErrorCode = 0;
-				break;
-			}
-
-			USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
-				{
-					.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
-					.bRequest      = REQ_SetAddress,
-					.wValue        = USB_HOST_DEVICEADDRESS,
-					.wIndex        = 0,
-					.wLength       = 0,
-				};
-
-			if ((SubErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
-			{
-				ErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_ControlError;
-				break;
-			}
-
-			HOST_TASK_NONBLOCK_WAIT(100, HOST_STATE_Default_PostAddressSet);
-			break;
-		case HOST_STATE_Default_PostAddressSet:
-			USB_Host_SetDeviceAddress(USB_HOST_DEVICEADDRESS);
-
-			USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Addressed;
-
-			EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete();
-			break;
-
-		default:
-			break;
-	}
-
-	if ((ErrorCode != HOST_ENUMERROR_NoError) && (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Unattached))
-	{
-		EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(ErrorCode, SubErrorCode);
-
-		USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Off();
-
-		EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached();
-
-		USB_ResetInterface();
-	}
-}
-
-uint8_t USB_Host_WaitMS(uint8_t MS)
-{
-	bool    BusSuspended = USB_Host_IsBusSuspended();
-	uint8_t ErrorCode    = HOST_WAITERROR_Successful;
-	bool    HSOFIEnabled = USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_HSOFI);
-
-	USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
-	USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
-
-	USB_Host_ResumeBus();
-
-	while (MS)
-	{
-		if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_HSOFI))
-		{
-			USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
-			MS--;
-		}
-
-		if ((USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached) || (USB_CurrentMode != USB_MODE_Host))
-		{
-			ErrorCode = HOST_WAITERROR_DeviceDisconnect;
-
-			break;
-		}
-
-		if (Pipe_IsError())
-		{
-			Pipe_ClearError();
-			ErrorCode = HOST_WAITERROR_PipeError;
-
-			break;
-		}
-
-		if (Pipe_IsStalled())
-		{
-			Pipe_ClearStall();
-			ErrorCode = HOST_WAITERROR_SetupStalled;
-
-			break;
-		}
-	}
-
-	if (BusSuspended)
-	  USB_Host_SuspendBus();
-
-	if (HSOFIEnabled)
-	  USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
-
-	return ErrorCode;
-}
-
-static void USB_Host_ResetDevice(void)
-{
-	bool BusSuspended = USB_Host_IsBusSuspended();
-
-	USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_DDISCI);
-
-	USB_Host_ResetBus();
-	while (!(USB_Host_IsBusResetComplete()));
-	USB_Host_ResumeBus();
-
-	USB_Host_ConfigurationNumber = 0;
-
-	bool HSOFIEnabled = USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_HSOFI);
-
-	USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
-	USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
-
-	for (uint8_t MSRem = 10; MSRem != 0; MSRem--)
-	{
-		/* Workaround for powerless-pull-up devices. After a USB bus reset,
-		   all disconnection interrupts are suppressed while a USB frame is
-		   looked for - if it is found within 10ms, the device is still
-		   present.                                                        */
-
-		if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_HSOFI))
-		{
-			USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
-			USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DDISCI);
-			break;
-		}
-
-		Delay_MS(1);
-	}
-
-	if (HSOFIEnabled)
-	  USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
-
-	if (BusSuspended)
-	  USB_Host_SuspendBus();
-
-	USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_DDISCI);
-}
-
-#endif
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Host_UC3.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Host_UC3.h
deleted file mode 100644
index eb803b073e..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Host_UC3.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,363 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief USB Host definitions for the AVR32 UC3B microcontrollers.
- *  \copydetails Group_Host_UC3B
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Host
- *  \defgroup Group_Host_UC3B Host Management (UC3B)
- *  \brief USB Host definitions for the AVR32 UC3B microcontrollers.
- *
- *  Architecture specific USB Host definitions for the Atmel 32-bit AVR UC3B microcontrollers.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __USBHOST_UC3B_H__
-#define __USBHOST_UC3B_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../StdDescriptors.h"
-		#include "../Pipe.h"
-		#include "../USBInterrupt.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Indicates the fixed USB device address which any attached device is enumerated to when in
-			 *  host mode. As only one USB device may be attached to the AVR in host mode at any one time
-			 *  and that the address used is not important (other than the fact that it is non-zero), a
-			 *  fixed value is specified by the library.
-			 */
-			#define USB_HOST_DEVICEADDRESS                 1
-
-			#if !defined(HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-				/** Constant for the delay in milliseconds after a device is connected before the library
-				 *  will start the enumeration process. Some devices require a delay of up to 5 seconds
-				 *  after connection before the enumeration process can start or incorrect operation will
-				 *  occur.
-				 *
-				 *  The default delay value may be overridden in the user project makefile by defining the
-				 *  \c HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS token to the required delay in milliseconds, and passed to the
-				 *  compiler using the -D switch.
-				 */
-				#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS        1000
-			#endif
-
-		/* Enums: */
-			/** Enum for the error codes for the \ref EVENT_USB_Host_HostError() event.
-			 *
-			 *  \see \ref Group_Events for more information on this event.
-			 */
-			enum USB_Host_ErrorCodes_t
-			{
-				HOST_ERROR_VBusVoltageDip       = 0, /**< VBUS voltage dipped to an unacceptable level. This
-				                                      *   error may be the result of an attached device drawing
-				                                      *   too much current from the VBUS line, or due to the
-				                                      *   AVR's power source being unable to supply sufficient
-				                                      *   current.
-				                                      */
-			};
-
-			/** Enum for the error codes for the \ref EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed() event.
-			 *
-			 *  \see \ref Group_Events for more information on this event.
-			 */
-			enum USB_Host_EnumerationErrorCodes_t
-			{
-				HOST_ENUMERROR_NoError          = 0, /**< No error occurred. Used internally, this is not a valid
-				                                      *   ErrorCode parameter value for the \ref EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed()
-				                                      *   event.
-				                                      */
-				HOST_ENUMERROR_WaitStage        = 1, /**< One of the delays between enumeration steps failed
-				                                      *   to complete successfully, due to a timeout or other
-				                                      *   error.
-				                                      */
-				HOST_ENUMERROR_NoDeviceDetected = 2, /**< No device was detected, despite the USB data lines
-				                                      *   indicating the attachment of a device.
-				                                      */
-				HOST_ENUMERROR_ControlError     = 3, /**< One of the enumeration control requests failed to
-				                                      *   complete successfully.
-				                                      */
-				HOST_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigError  = 4, /**< The default control pipe (address 0) failed to
-				                                      *   configure correctly.
-				                                      */
-			};
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			/** Returns the current USB frame number, when in host mode. Every millisecond the USB bus is active (i.e. not suspended)
-			 *  the frame number is incremented by one.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Current USB frame number from the USB controller.
-			 */
-			static inline uint16_t USB_Host_GetFrameNumber(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint16_t USB_Host_GetFrameNumber(void)
-			{
-				return AVR32_USBB_UHFNUM;
-			}
-
-			#if !defined(NO_SOF_EVENTS)
-				/** Enables the host mode Start Of Frame events. When enabled, this causes the
-				 *  \ref EVENT_USB_Host_StartOfFrame() event to fire once per millisecond, synchronized to the USB bus,
-				 *  at the start of each USB frame when a device is enumerated while in host mode.
-				 *
-				 *  \note This function is not available when the \c NO_SOF_EVENTS compile time token is defined.
-				 */
-				static inline void USB_Host_EnableSOFEvents(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-				static inline void USB_Host_EnableSOFEvents(void)
-				{
-					USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
-				}
-
-				/** Disables the host mode Start Of Frame events. When disabled, this stops the firing of the
-				 *  \ref EVENT_USB_Host_StartOfFrame() event when enumerated in host mode.
-				 *
-				 *  \note This function is not available when the \c NO_SOF_EVENTS compile time token is defined.
-				 */
-				static inline void USB_Host_DisableSOFEvents(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-				static inline void USB_Host_DisableSOFEvents(void)
-				{
-					USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
-				}
-			#endif
-
-			/** Resets the USB bus, including the endpoints in any attached device and pipes on the AVR host.
-			 *  USB bus resets leave the default control pipe configured (if already configured).
-			 *
-			 *  If the USB bus has been suspended prior to issuing a bus reset, the attached device will be
-			 *  woken up automatically and the bus resumed after the reset has been correctly issued.
-			 */
-			static inline void USB_Host_ResetBus(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_Host_ResetBus(void)
-			{
-				AVR32_USBB.UHCON.reset = true;
-			}
-
-			/** Determines if a previously issued bus reset (via the \ref USB_Host_ResetBus() macro) has
-			 *  completed.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if no bus reset is currently being sent, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool USB_Host_IsBusResetComplete(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool USB_Host_IsBusResetComplete(void)
-			{
-				return AVR32_USBB.UHCON.reset;
-			}
-
-			/** Resumes USB communications with an attached and enumerated device, by resuming the transmission
-			 *  of the 1MS Start Of Frame messages to the device. When resumed, USB communications between the
-			 *  host and attached device may occur.
-			 */
-			static inline void USB_Host_ResumeBus(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_Host_ResumeBus(void)
-			{
-				AVR32_USBB.UHCON.sofe = true;
-			}
-
-			/** Suspends the USB bus, preventing any communications from occurring between the host and attached
-			 *  device until the bus has been resumed. This stops the transmission of the 1MS Start Of Frame
-			 *  messages to the device.
-			 *
-			 *  \note While the USB bus is suspended, all USB interrupt sources are also disabled; this means that
-			 *        some events (such as device disconnections) will not fire until the bus is resumed.
-			 */
-			static inline void USB_Host_SuspendBus(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_Host_SuspendBus(void)
-			{
-				AVR32_USBB.UHCON.sofe = false;
-			}
-
-			/** Determines if the USB bus has been suspended via the use of the \ref USB_Host_SuspendBus() macro,
-			 *  false otherwise. While suspended, no USB communications can occur until the bus is resumed,
-			 *  except for the Remote Wakeup event from the device if supported.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the bus is currently suspended, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool USB_Host_IsBusSuspended(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool USB_Host_IsBusSuspended(void)
-			{
-				return AVR32_USBB.UHCON.sofe;
-			}
-
-			/** Determines if the attached device is currently enumerated in Full Speed mode (12Mb/s), or
-			 *  false if the attached device is enumerated in Low Speed mode (1.5Mb/s).
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the attached device is enumerated in Full Speed mode, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool USB_Host_IsDeviceFullSpeed(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool USB_Host_IsDeviceFullSpeed(void)
-			{
-				return (AVR32_USBB.USBSTA.speed == AVR32_USBB_SPEED_FULL);
-			}
-
-			/** Determines if the attached device is currently issuing a Remote Wakeup request, requesting
-			 *  that the host resume the USB bus and wake up the device, \c false otherwise.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the attached device has sent a Remote Wakeup request, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool USB_Host_IsRemoteWakeupSent(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool USB_Host_IsRemoteWakeupSent(void)
-			{
-				return AVR32_USBB.UHINT.rxrsmi;
-			}
-
-			/** Clears the flag indicating that a Remote Wakeup request has been issued by an attached device. */
-			static inline void USB_Host_ClearRemoteWakeupSent(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_Host_ClearRemoteWakeupSent(void)
-			{
-				AVR32_USBB.UHINTCLR.rxrsmic = true;
-			}
-
-			/** Accepts a Remote Wakeup request from an attached device. This must be issued in response to
-			 *  a device's Remote Wakeup request within 2ms for the request to be accepted and the bus to
-			 *  be resumed.
-			 */
-			static inline void USB_Host_ResumeFromWakeupRequest(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_Host_ResumeFromWakeupRequest(void)
-			{
-				AVR32_USBB.UHCON.resume = true;
-			}
-
-			/** Determines if a resume from Remote Wakeup request is currently being sent to an attached
-			 *  device.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if no resume request is currently being sent, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool USB_Host_IsResumeFromWakeupRequestSent(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool USB_Host_IsResumeFromWakeupRequestSent(void)
-			{
-				return AVR32_USBB.UHCON.resume;
-			}
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Macros: */
-			static inline void USB_Host_HostMode_On(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_Host_HostMode_On(void)
-			{
-				// Not required for UC3B
-			}
-
-			static inline void USB_Host_HostMode_Off(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_Host_HostMode_Off(void)
-			{
-				// Not required for UC3B
-			}
-
-			static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Enable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Enable(void)
-			{
-				AVR32_USBB.USBCON.vbushwc = false;
-			}
-
-			static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Enable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Enable(void)
-			{
-				AVR32_USBB.USBCON.vbushwc = true;
-			}
-
-			static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_On(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_On(void)
-			{
-				AVR32_USBB.USBSTASET.vbusrqs = true;
-			}
-
-			static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_On(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_On(void)
-			{
-				AVR32_USBB.USBSTASET.vbusrqs = true;
-			}
-
-			static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Off(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Off(void)
-			{
-				AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR.vbusrqc = true;
-			}
-
-			static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Off(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Off(void)
-			{
-				AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR.vbusrqc = true;
-			}
-
-			static inline void USB_Host_SetDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_Host_SetDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address)
-			{
-				AVR32_USBB.UHADDR1.uhaddr_p0 = Address;
-				AVR32_USBB.UHADDR1.uhaddr_p1 = Address;
-				AVR32_USBB.UHADDR1.uhaddr_p2 = Address;
-				AVR32_USBB.UHADDR1.uhaddr_p3 = Address;
-				AVR32_USBB.UHADDR2.uhaddr_p4 = Address;
-				AVR32_USBB.UHADDR2.uhaddr_p5 = Address;
-				AVR32_USBB.UHADDR2.uhaddr_p6 = Address;
-			}
-
-		/* Enums: */
-			enum USB_Host_WaitMSErrorCodes_t
-			{
-				HOST_WAITERROR_Successful       = 0,
-				HOST_WAITERROR_DeviceDisconnect = 1,
-				HOST_WAITERROR_PipeError        = 2,
-				HOST_WAITERROR_SetupStalled     = 3,
-			};
-
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			void    USB_Host_ProcessNextHostState(void);
-			uint8_t USB_Host_WaitMS(uint8_t MS);
-
-			#if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_HOST_C)
-				static void USB_Host_ResetDevice(void);
-			#endif
-	#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/PipeStream_UC3.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/PipeStream_UC3.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 7dfe448585..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/PipeStream_UC3.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,166 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-#if (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-
-#include "PipeStream_UC3.h"
-
-uint8_t Pipe_Discard_Stream(uint16_t Length,
-                            uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
-{
-	uint8_t  ErrorCode;
-	uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
-
-	Pipe_SetPipeToken(PIPE_TOKEN_IN);
-
-	if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
-	  return ErrorCode;
-
-	if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
-	  Length -= *BytesProcessed;
-
-	while (Length)
-	{
-		if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
-		{
-			Pipe_ClearIN();
-
-			if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
-			{
-				*BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
-				return PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
-			}
-
-			if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
-			  return ErrorCode;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			Pipe_Discard_8();
-
-			Length--;
-			BytesInTransfer++;
-		}
-	}
-
-	return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-uint8_t Pipe_Null_Stream(uint16_t Length,
-                         uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
-{
-	uint8_t  ErrorCode;
-	uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
-
-	Pipe_SetPipeToken(PIPE_TOKEN_OUT);
-
-	if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
-	  return ErrorCode;
-
-	if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
-	  Length -= *BytesProcessed;
-
-	while (Length)
-	{
-		if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
-		{
-			Pipe_ClearOUT();
-
-			if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
-			{
-				*BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
-				return PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
-			}
-
-			USB_USBTask();
-
-			if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
-			  return ErrorCode;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			Pipe_Write_8(0);
-
-			Length--;
-			BytesInTransfer++;
-		}
-	}
-
-	return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-/* The following abuses the C preprocessor in order to copy-paste common code with slight alterations,
- * so that the code needs to be written once. It is a crude form of templating to reduce code maintenance. */
-
-#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Pipe_Write_Stream_LE
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      const void*
-#define  TEMPLATE_TOKEN                            PIPE_TOKEN_OUT
-#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE()                     Pipe_ClearOUT()
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   DataStream += Amount
-#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Pipe_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
-#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
-
-#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Pipe_Write_Stream_BE
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      const void*
-#define  TEMPLATE_TOKEN                            PIPE_TOKEN_OUT
-#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE()                     Pipe_ClearOUT()
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   DataStream -= Amount
-#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Pipe_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
-#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
-
-#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Pipe_Read_Stream_LE
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      void*
-#define  TEMPLATE_TOKEN                            PIPE_TOKEN_IN
-#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE()                     Pipe_ClearIN()
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   DataStream += Amount
-#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         *BufferPtr = Pipe_Read_8()
-#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
-
-#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Pipe_Read_Stream_BE
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      void*
-#define  TEMPLATE_TOKEN                            PIPE_TOKEN_IN
-#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE()                     Pipe_ClearIN()
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   DataStream -= Amount
-#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         *BufferPtr = Pipe_Read_8()
-#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
-
-#endif
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/PipeStream_UC3.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/PipeStream_UC3.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 4dd79c975f..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/PipeStream_UC3.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,352 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Pipe data stream transmission and reception management for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
- *  \copydetails Group_PipeStreamRW_UC3
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_PipeStreamRW
- *  \defgroup Group_PipeStreamRW_UC3 Read/Write of Multi-Byte Streams (UC3)
- *  \brief Pipe data stream transmission and reception management for the Atmel AVR32 UC3 architecture.
- *
- *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of data streams from
- *  and to pipes.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __PIPE_STREAM_UC3_H__
-#define __PIPE_STREAM_UC3_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../USBMode.h"
-		#include "../USBTask.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			/** \name Stream functions for null data */
-			//@{
-
-			/** Reads and discards the given number of bytes from the pipe, discarding fully read packets from the host
-			 *  as needed. The last packet is not automatically discarded once the remaining bytes has been read; the
-			 *  user is responsible for manually discarding the last packet from the device via the \ref Pipe_ClearIN() macro.
-			 *
-			 *  If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once, failing or
-			 *  succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid storage location, the transfer
-			 *  will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time the pipe bank becomes empty while there is still data
-			 *  to process (and after the current packet has been acknowledged) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with
-			 *  the total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
-			 *  \ref PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed in the user code - to
-			 *  continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters and it will resume until the BytesProcessed
-			 *  value reaches the total transfer length.
-			 *
-			 *  <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
-			 *  \code
-			 *  uint8_t ErrorCode;
-			 *
-			 *  if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Discard_Stream(512, NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-			 *  {
-			 *       // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
-			 *  }
-			 *  \endcode
-			 *
-			 *  <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
-			 *  \code
-			 *  uint8_t  ErrorCode;
-			 *  uint16_t BytesProcessed;
-			 *
-			 *  BytesProcessed = 0;
-			 *  while ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Discard_Stream(512, &BytesProcessed)) == PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
-			 *  {
-			 *      // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
-			 *  }
-			 *
-			 *  if (ErrorCode != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-			 *  {
-			 *      // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
-			 *  }
-			 *  \endcode
-			 *
-			 *  \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
-			 *        having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of bytes to discard via the currently selected pipe.
-			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
-			 *                             updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be processed at once.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Pipe_Discard_Stream(uint16_t Length,
-			                            uint16_t* const BytesProcessed);
-
-			/** Writes a given number of zeroed bytes to the pipe, sending full pipe packets from the host to the device
-			 *  as needed. The last packet is not automatically sent once the remaining bytes has been written; the
-			 *  user is responsible for manually discarding the last packet from the device via the \ref Pipe_ClearOUT() macro.
-			 *
-			 *  If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once, failing or
-			 *  succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid storage location, the transfer
-			 *  will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time the pipe bank becomes full while there is still data
-			 *  to process (and after the current packet transmission has been initiated) the BytesProcessed location will be
-			 *  updated with the total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
-			 *  \ref PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed in the user code - to
-			 *  continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters and it will resume until the BytesProcessed
-			 *  value reaches the total transfer length.
-			 *
-			 *  <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
-			 *  \code
-			 *  uint8_t ErrorCode;
-			 *
-			 *  if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Null_Stream(512, NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-			 *  {
-			 *       // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
-			 *  }
-			 *  \endcode
-			 *
-			 *  <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
-			 *  \code
-			 *  uint8_t  ErrorCode;
-			 *  uint16_t BytesProcessed;
-			 *
-			 *  BytesProcessed = 0;
-			 *  while ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Null_Stream(512, &BytesProcessed)) == PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
-			 *  {
-			 *      // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
-			 *  }
-			 *
-			 *  if (ErrorCode != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-			 *  {
-			 *      // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
-			 *  }
-			 *  \endcode
-			 *
-			 *  \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
-			 *        having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of zero bytes to write via the currently selected pipe.
-			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
-			 *                             updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be processed at once.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Pipe_Null_Stream(uint16_t Length,
-			                         uint16_t* const BytesProcessed);
-
-			//@}
-
-			/** \name Stream functions for RAM source/destination data */
-			//@{
-
-			/** Writes the given number of bytes to the pipe from the given buffer in little endian,
-			 *  sending full packets to the device as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
-			 *  the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
-			 *  \ref Pipe_ClearOUT() macro. Between each USB packet, the given stream callback function is
-			 *  executed repeatedly until the next packet is ready, allowing for early aborts of stream transfers.
-			 *
-			 *  If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
-			 *  failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
-			 *  storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
-			 *  the pipe bank becomes full while there is still data to process (and after the current
-			 *  packet transmission has been initiated) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the
-			 *  total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
-			 *  \ref PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
-			 *  in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
-			 *  and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
-			 *
-			 *  <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
-			 *  \code
-			 *  uint8_t DataStream[512];
-			 *  uint8_t ErrorCode;
-			 *
-			 *  if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
-			 *                                        NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-			 *  {
-			 *       // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
-			 *  }
-			 *  \endcode
-			 *
-			 *  <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
-			 *  \code
-			 *  uint8_t  DataStream[512];
-			 *  uint8_t  ErrorCode;
-			 *  uint16_t BytesProcessed;
-			 *
-			 *  BytesProcessed = 0;
-			 *  while ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
-			 *                                           &BytesProcessed)) == PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
-			 *  {
-			 *      // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
-			 *  }
-			 *
-			 *  if (ErrorCode != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-			 *  {
-			 *      // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
-			 *  }
-			 *  \endcode
-			 *
-			 *  \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
-			 *        having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Buffer          Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
-			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe into the buffer.
-			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
-			 *                             updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
-			                             uint16_t Length,
-			                             uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Writes the given number of bytes to the pipe from the given buffer in big endian,
-			 *  sending full packets to the device as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
-			 *  the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
-			 *  \ref Pipe_ClearOUT() macro. Between each USB packet, the given stream callback function is
-			 *  executed repeatedly until the next packet is ready, allowing for early aborts of stream transfers.
-			 *
-			 *  \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
-			 *        having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Buffer          Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
-			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe into the buffer.
-			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
-			 *                             updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Pipe_Write_Stream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
-			                             uint16_t Length,
-			                             uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Reads the given number of bytes from the pipe into the given buffer in little endian,
-			 *  sending full packets to the device as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
-			 *  the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
-			 *  \ref Pipe_ClearIN() macro. Between each USB packet, the given stream callback function is
-			 *  executed repeatedly until the next packet is ready, allowing for early aborts of stream transfers.
-			 *
-			 *  If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
-			 *  failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
-			 *  storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
-			 *  the pipe bank becomes empty while there is still data to process (and after the current
-			 *  packet has been acknowledged) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the total number
-			 *  of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
-			 *  \ref PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
-			 *  in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
-			 *  and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
-			 *
-			 *  <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
-			 *  \code
-			 *  uint8_t DataStream[512];
-			 *  uint8_t ErrorCode;
-			 *
-			 *  if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
-			 *                                       NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-			 *  {
-			 *       // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
-			 *  }
-			 *  \endcode
-			 *
-			 *  <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
-			 *  \code
-			 *  uint8_t  DataStream[512];
-			 *  uint8_t  ErrorCode;
-			 *  uint16_t BytesProcessed;
-			 *
-			 *  BytesProcessed = 0;
-			 *  while ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
-			 *                                          &BytesProcessed)) == PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
-			 *  {
-			 *      // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
-			 *  }
-			 *
-			 *  if (ErrorCode != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-			 *  {
-			 *      // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
-			 *  }
-			 *  \endcode
-			 *
-			 *  \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
-			 *        having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
-			 *
-			 *  \param[out] Buffer          Pointer to the source data buffer to write to.
-			 *  \param[in]  Length          Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe to read from.
-			 *  \param[in]  BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
-			 *                              updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(void* const Buffer,
-			                            uint16_t Length,
-			                            uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Reads the given number of bytes from the pipe into the given buffer in big endian,
-			 *  sending full packets to the device as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
-			 *  the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
-			 *  \ref Pipe_ClearIN() macro. Between each USB packet, the given stream callback function is
-			 *  executed repeatedly until the next packet is ready, allowing for early aborts of stream transfers.
-			 *
-			 *  \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
-			 *        having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
-			 *
-			 *  \param[out] Buffer          Pointer to the source data buffer to write to.
-			 *  \param[in]  Length          Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe to read from.
-			 *  \param[in]  BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
-			 *                              updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Pipe_Read_Stream_BE(void* const Buffer,
-			                            uint16_t Length,
-			                            uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-			//@}
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Pipe_UC3.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Pipe_UC3.c
deleted file mode 100644
index a24c7b1d6a..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Pipe_UC3.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,209 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-#if (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-
-#include "../Pipe.h"
-
-uint8_t USB_Host_ControlPipeSize = PIPE_CONTROLPIPE_DEFAULT_SIZE;
-
-volatile uint32_t USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe = PIPE_CONTROLPIPE;
-volatile uint8_t* USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES];
-
-bool Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(const USB_Pipe_Table_t* const Table,
-                             const uint8_t Entries)
-{
-	for (uint8_t i = 0; i < Entries; i++)
-	{
-		if (!(Table[i].Address))
-		  continue;
-
-		if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipe(Table[i].Address, Table[i].Type, Table[i].EndpointAddress, Table[i].Size, Table[i].Banks)))
-		{
-			return false;
-		}
-	}
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-bool Pipe_ConfigurePipe(const uint8_t Address,
-                        const uint8_t Type,
-                        const uint8_t EndpointAddress,
-                        const uint16_t Size,
-                        const uint8_t Banks)
-{
-	uint8_t Number = (Address & PIPE_EPNUM_MASK);
-	uint8_t Token  = (Address & PIPE_DIR_IN) ? PIPE_TOKEN_IN : PIPE_TOKEN_OUT;
-
-	if (Number >= PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES)
-	  return false;
-
-	if (Type == EP_TYPE_CONTROL)
-	  Token = PIPE_TOKEN_SETUP;
-
-	USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[Number]     = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[Number * PIPE_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE];
-
-#if defined(ORDERED_EP_CONFIG)
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(Number);
-	Pipe_EnablePipe();
-
-	(&AVR32_USBB.upcfg0)[Number] = 0;
-	(&AVR32_USBB.upcfg0)[Number] = (AVR32_USBB_ALLOC_MASK |
-	                                ((uint32_t)Type  << AVR32_USBB_PTYPE_OFFSET)  |
-	                                ((uint32_t)Token << AVR32_USBB_PTOKEN_OFFSET) |
-	                                ((Banks > 1) ? AVR32_USBB_PBK_MASK : 0)       |
-	                                Pipe_BytesToEPSizeMask(Size) |
-	                                ((uint32_t)Number << AVR32_USBB_PEPNUM_OFFSET));
-
-	Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests();
-
-	return Pipe_IsConfigured();
-#else
-	for (uint8_t PNum = Number; PNum < PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES; PNum++)
-	{
-		uint32_t UPCFG0Temp;
-
-		Pipe_SelectPipe(PNum);
-
-		if (PNum == Number)
-		{
-			UPCFG0Temp = (AVR32_USBB_ALLOC_MASK |
-			              ((uint32_t)Type  << AVR32_USBB_PTYPE_OFFSET)  |
-			              ((uint32_t)Token << AVR32_USBB_PTOKEN_OFFSET) |
-			              ((Banks > 1) ? AVR32_USBB_PBK_MASK : 0)       |
-			              Pipe_BytesToEPSizeMask(Size) |
-			              ((EndpointAddress & PIPE_EPNUM_MASK) << AVR32_USBB_PEPNUM_OFFSET));
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			UPCFG0Temp = (&AVR32_USBB.upcfg0)[PNum];
-		}
-
-		if (!(UPCFG0Temp & AVR32_USBB_ALLOC_MASK))
-		  continue;
-
-		Pipe_DisablePipe();
-		(&AVR32_USBB.upcfg0)[PNum] &= ~AVR32_USBB_ALLOC_MASK;
-
-		Pipe_EnablePipe();
-		(&AVR32_USBB.upcfg0)[PNum] = UPCFG0Temp;
-
-		Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests();
-
-		if (!(Pipe_IsConfigured()))
-		  return false;
-	}
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(Number);
-	return true;
-#endif
-}
-
-void Pipe_ClearPipes(void)
-{
-	for (uint8_t PNum = 0; PNum < PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES; PNum++)
-	{
-		Pipe_SelectPipe(PNum);
-		(&AVR32_USBB.upcfg0)[PNum]    = 0;
-		(&AVR32_USBB.upcon0clr)[PNum] = -1;
-		USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[PNum]        = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[PNum * 0x10000];
-		Pipe_DisablePipe();
-	}
-}
-
-bool Pipe_IsEndpointBound(const uint8_t EndpointAddress)
-{
-	uint8_t PrevPipeNumber = Pipe_GetCurrentPipe();
-
-	for (uint8_t PNum = 0; PNum < PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES; PNum++)
-	{
-		Pipe_SelectPipe(PNum);
-
-		if (!(Pipe_IsConfigured()))
-		  continue;
-
-		if (Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress() == EndpointAddress)
-		  return true;
-	}
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(PrevPipeNumber);
-	return false;
-}
-
-uint8_t Pipe_WaitUntilReady(void)
-{
-	#if (USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS < 0xFF)
-	uint8_t  TimeoutMSRem = USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS;
-	#else
-	uint16_t TimeoutMSRem = USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS;
-	#endif
-
-	uint16_t PreviousFrameNumber = USB_Host_GetFrameNumber();
-
-	for (;;)
-	{
-		if (Pipe_GetPipeToken() == PIPE_TOKEN_IN)
-		{
-			if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
-			  return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			if (Pipe_IsOUTReady())
-			  return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
-		}
-
-		if (Pipe_IsStalled())
-		  return PIPE_READYWAIT_PipeStalled;
-		else if (USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached)
-		  return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
-
-		uint16_t CurrentFrameNumber = USB_Host_GetFrameNumber();
-
-		if (CurrentFrameNumber != PreviousFrameNumber)
-		{
-			PreviousFrameNumber = CurrentFrameNumber;
-
-			if (!(TimeoutMSRem--))
-			  return PIPE_READYWAIT_Timeout;
-		}
-	}
-}
-
-#endif
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Pipe_UC3.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Pipe_UC3.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 1a0ada8b7b..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Pipe_UC3.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,924 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief USB Pipe definitions for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
- *  \copydetails Group_PipeManagement_UC3
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_PipeRW
- *  \defgroup Group_PipeRW_UC3 Pipe Data Reading and Writing (UC3)
- *  \brief Pipe data read/write definitions for the Atmel AVR32 UC3 architecture.
- *
- *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing from and to pipes.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW
- *  \defgroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3 Read/Write of Primitive Data Types (UC3)
- *  \brief Pipe primitive data read/write definitions for the Atmel AVR32 UC3 architecture.
- *
- *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of primitive data types
- *  from and to pipes.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement
- *  \defgroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3 Pipe Packet Management (UC3)
- *  \brief Pipe packet management definitions for the Atmel AVR32 UC3 architecture.
- *
- *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to packet management of pipes.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
- *  \defgroup Group_PipeControlReq_UC3 Pipe Control Request Management (UC3)
- *  \brief Pipe control request management definitions for the Atmel AVR32 UC3 architecture.
- *
- *  Module for host mode request processing. This module allows for the transmission of standard, class and
- *  vendor control requests to the default control endpoint of an attached device while in host mode.
- *
- *  \see Chapter 9 of the USB 2.0 specification.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_PipeManagement
- *  \defgroup Group_PipeManagement_UC3 Pipe Management (UC3)
- *  \brief Pipe management definitions for the Atmel AVR32 UC3 architecture.
- *
- *  This module contains functions, macros and enums related to pipe management when in USB Host mode. This
- *  module contains the pipe management macros, as well as pipe interrupt and data send/receive functions
- *  for various data types.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __PIPE_UC3_H__
-#define __PIPE_UC3_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../USBTask.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Macros: */
-			#define PIPE_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE     (64 * 1024UL)
-
-		/* External Variables: */
-			extern volatile uint32_t USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe;
-			extern volatile uint8_t* USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[];
-	#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** \name Pipe Error Flag Masks */
-			//@{
-			/** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that an overflow error occurred in the pipe on the received data. */
-			#define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_OVERFLOW         (AVR32_USBB_UPSTA0_OVERFI_MASK << 8)
-
-			/** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that a CRC error occurred in the pipe on the received data. */
-			#define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_CRC16            AVR32_USBB_UPERR0_CRC16_MASK
-
-			/** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that a hardware timeout error occurred in the pipe. */
-			#define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_TIMEOUT          AVR32_USBB_UPERR0_TIMEOUT_MASK
-
-			/** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that a hardware PID error occurred in the pipe. */
-			#define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_PID              AVR32_USBB_UPERR0_PID_MASK
-
-			/** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that a hardware data PID error occurred in the pipe. */
-			#define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_DATAPID          AVR32_USBB_UPERR0_DATAPID_MASK
-
-			/** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that a hardware data toggle error occurred in the pipe. */
-			#define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_DATATGL          AVR32_USBB_UPERR0_DATATGL_MASK
-			//@}
-
-			/** \name Pipe Token Masks */
-			//@{
-			/** Token mask for \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken() and \ref Pipe_GetPipeToken(). This sets the pipe as a SETUP token (for CONTROL type pipes),
-			 *  which will trigger a control request on the attached device when data is written to the pipe.
-			 */
-			#define PIPE_TOKEN_SETUP                AVR32_USBB_UPCFG0_PTOKEN_SETUP
-
-			/** Token mask for \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken() and \ref Pipe_GetPipeToken(). This sets the pipe as a IN token (for non-CONTROL type pipes),
-			 *  indicating that the pipe data will flow from device to host.
-			 */
-			#define PIPE_TOKEN_IN                   AVR32_USBB_UPCFG0_PTOKEN_IN
-
-			/** Token mask for \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken() and \ref Pipe_GetPipeToken(). This sets the pipe as a OUT token (for non-CONTROL type pipes),
-			 *  indicating that the pipe data will flow from host to device.
-			 */
-			#define PIPE_TOKEN_OUT                  AVR32_USBB_UPCFG0_PTOKEN_OUT
-			//@}
-
-			/** Default size of the default control pipe's bank, until altered by the Endpoint0Size value
-			 *  in the device descriptor of the attached device.
-			 */
-			#define PIPE_CONTROLPIPE_DEFAULT_SIZE   64
-
-			#if defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A3_AVR32) || defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A4_AVR32) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-				/** Total number of pipes (including the default control pipe at address 0) which may be used in
-				 *  the device.
-				 */
-				#define PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES            8
-			#else
-				#define PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES            7
-			#endif
-
-			/** Size in bytes of the largest pipe bank size possible in the device. Not all banks on each AVR
-			 *  model supports the largest bank size possible on the device; different pipe numbers support
-			 *  different maximum bank sizes. This value reflects the largest possible bank of any pipe on the
-			 *  currently selected UC3 AVR model.
-			 */
-			#define PIPE_MAX_SIZE                   256
-
-		/* Enums: */
-			/** Enum for the possible error return codes of the \ref Pipe_WaitUntilReady() function.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipeRW_UC3
-			 */
-			enum Pipe_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t
-			{
-				PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError                 = 0, /**< Pipe ready for next packet, no error. */
-				PIPE_READYWAIT_PipeStalled             = 1,	/**< The device stalled the pipe while waiting. */
-				PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected      = 2,	/**< Device was disconnected from the host while waiting. */
-				PIPE_READYWAIT_Timeout                 = 3, /**< The device failed to accept or send the next packet
-				                                             *   within the software timeout period set by the
-				                                             *   \ref USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS macro.
-				                                             */
-			};
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			/** Indicates the number of bytes currently stored in the current pipes's selected bank.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipeRW_UC3
-			 *
-			 *  \return Total number of bytes in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
-			 */
-			static inline uint16_t Pipe_BytesInPipe(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint16_t Pipe_BytesInPipe(void)
-			{
-				return (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].pbyct;
-			}
-
-			/** Determines the currently selected pipe's direction.
-			 *
-			 *  \return The currently selected pipe's direction, as a \c PIPE_DIR_* mask.
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeDirection(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeDirection(void)
-			{
-				return (((&AVR32_USBB.UPCFG0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].ptoken == PIPE_TOKEN_OUT) ? PIPE_DIR_OUT : PIPE_DIR_IN);
-			}
-
-			/** Returns the pipe address of the currently selected pipe. This is typically used to save the
-			 *  currently selected pipe number so that it can be restored after another pipe has been manipulated.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Index of the currently selected pipe.
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetCurrentPipe(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetCurrentPipe(void)
-			{
-				return (USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe | Pipe_GetPipeDirection());
-			}
-
-			/** Selects the given pipe address. Any pipe operations which do not require the pipe address to be
-			 *  indicated will operate on the currently selected pipe.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Address  Address of the pipe to select.
-			 */
-			static inline void Pipe_SelectPipe(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Pipe_SelectPipe(const uint8_t Address)
-			{
-				USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe = (Address & PIPE_EPNUM_MASK);
-			}
-
-			/** Resets the desired pipe, including the pipe banks and flags.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Address  Index of the pipe to reset.
-			 */
-			static inline void Pipe_ResetPipe(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Pipe_ResetPipe(const uint8_t Address)
-			{
-				uint32_t PipeNumber = (Address & PIPE_EPNUM_MASK);
-
-				AVR32_USBB.uprst |=  (AVR32_USBB_PRST0_MASK << PipeNumber);
-				AVR32_USBB.uprst &= ~(AVR32_USBB_PRST0_MASK << PipeNumber);
-				USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[PipeNumber] = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[PipeNumber * PIPE_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE];
-			}
-
-			/** Enables the currently selected pipe so that data can be sent and received through it to and from
-			 *  an attached device.
-			 *
-			 *  \pre The currently selected pipe must first be configured properly via \ref Pipe_ConfigurePipe().
-			 */
-			static inline void Pipe_EnablePipe(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Pipe_EnablePipe(void)
-			{
-				AVR32_USBB.uprst |=  (AVR32_USBB_PEN0_MASK << USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe);
-			}
-
-			/** Disables the currently selected pipe so that data cannot be sent and received through it to and
-			 *  from an attached device.
-			 */
-			static inline void Pipe_DisablePipe(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Pipe_DisablePipe(void)
-			{
-				AVR32_USBB.uprst &= ~(AVR32_USBB_PEN0_MASK << USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe);
-			}
-
-			/** Determines if the currently selected pipe is enabled, but not necessarily configured.
-			 *
-			 * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected pipe is enabled, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool Pipe_IsEnabled(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool Pipe_IsEnabled(void)
-			{
-				return ((AVR32_USBB.uprst & (AVR32_USBB_PEN0_MASK << USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe)) ? true : false);
-			}
-
-			/** Gets the current pipe token, indicating the pipe's data direction and type.
-			 *
-			 *  \return The current pipe token, as a \c PIPE_TOKEN_* mask.
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeToken(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeToken(void)
-			{
-				return (&AVR32_USBB.UPCFG0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].ptoken;
-			}
-
-			/** Sets the token for the currently selected pipe to one of the tokens specified by the \c PIPE_TOKEN_*
-			 *  masks. This can be used on CONTROL type pipes, to allow for bidirectional transfer of data during
-			 *  control requests, or on regular pipes to allow for half-duplex bidirectional data transfer to devices
-			 *  which have two endpoints of opposite direction sharing the same endpoint address within the device.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Token  New pipe token to set the selected pipe to, as a \c PIPE_TOKEN_* mask.
-			 */
-			static inline void Pipe_SetPipeToken(const uint8_t Token) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Pipe_SetPipeToken(const uint8_t Token)
-			{
-				(&AVR32_USBB.UPCFG0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].ptoken = Token;
-			}
-
-			/** Configures the currently selected pipe to allow for an unlimited number of IN requests. */
-			static inline void Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests(void)
-			{
-				(&AVR32_USBB.UPINRQ0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].inmode = true;
-			}
-
-			/** Configures the currently selected pipe to only allow the specified number of IN requests to be
-			 *  accepted by the pipe before it is automatically frozen.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] TotalINRequests  Total number of IN requests that the pipe may receive before freezing.
-			 */
-			static inline void Pipe_SetFiniteINRequests(const uint8_t TotalINRequests) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Pipe_SetFiniteINRequests(const uint8_t TotalINRequests)
-			{
-				(&AVR32_USBB.UPINRQ0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].inmode = false;
-				(&AVR32_USBB.UPINRQ0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].inrq   = TotalINRequests;
-			}
-
-			/** Determines if the currently selected pipe is configured.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the selected pipe is configured, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool Pipe_IsConfigured(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool Pipe_IsConfigured(void)
-			{
-				return (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].cfgok;
-			}
-
-			/** Retrieves the endpoint address of the endpoint within the attached device that the currently selected
-			 *  pipe is bound to.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Endpoint address the currently selected pipe is bound to.
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress(void)
-			{
-				return ((&AVR32_USBB.UPCFG0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].pepnum |
-				        ((Pipe_GetPipeToken() == PIPE_TOKEN_IN) ? PIPE_DIR_IN : PIPE_DIR_OUT));
-			}
-
-			/** Sets the period between interrupts for an INTERRUPT type pipe to a specified number of milliseconds.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Milliseconds  Number of milliseconds between each pipe poll.
-			 */
-			static inline void Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(const uint8_t Milliseconds) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(const uint8_t Milliseconds)
-			{
-				(&AVR32_USBB.UPCFG0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].intfrq = Milliseconds;
-			}
-
-			/** Returns a mask indicating which pipe's interrupt periods have elapsed, indicating that the pipe should
-			 *  be serviced.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Mask whose bits indicate which pipes have interrupted.
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeInterrupts(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeInterrupts(void)
-			{
-				return ((AVR32_USBB.uhint & (AVR32_USBB_P6INT_MASK | AVR32_USBB_P5INT_MASK |
-				                             AVR32_USBB_P4INT_MASK | AVR32_USBB_P3INT_MASK |
-				                             AVR32_USBB_P2INT_MASK | AVR32_USBB_P1INT_MASK |
-				                             AVR32_USBB_P0INT_MASK)) >> AVR32_USBB_P0INT_OFFSET);
-			}
-
-			/** Determines if the specified pipe address has interrupted (valid only for INTERRUPT type
-			 *  pipes).
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Address  Address of the pipe whose interrupt flag should be tested.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the specified pipe has interrupted, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool Pipe_HasPipeInterrupted(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool Pipe_HasPipeInterrupted(const uint8_t Address)
-			{
-				return ((AVR32_USBB.uhint & (AVR32_USBB_P0INTES_MASK << (Address & PIPE_EPNUM_MASK))) ? true : false);
-			}
-
-			/** Unfreezes the selected pipe, allowing it to communicate with an attached device. */
-			static inline void Pipe_Unfreeze(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Pipe_Unfreeze(void)
-			{
-				(&AVR32_USBB.UPCON0CLR)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].pfreezec = true;
-			}
-
-			/** Freezes the selected pipe, preventing it from communicating with an attached device. */
-			static inline void Pipe_Freeze(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Pipe_Freeze(void)
-			{
-				(&AVR32_USBB.UPCON0SET)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].pfreezes = true;
-			}
-
-			/** Determines if the currently selected pipe is frozen, and not able to accept data.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected pipe is frozen, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool Pipe_IsFrozen(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool Pipe_IsFrozen(void)
-			{
-				return (((&AVR32_USBB.UPCON0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].pfreeze) ? true : false);
-			}
-
-			/** Clears the error flags for the currently selected pipe. */
-			static inline void Pipe_ClearError(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Pipe_ClearError(void)
-			{
-				(&AVR32_USBB.uperr0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe] = 0;
-				(&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0CLR)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].overfic  = true;
-			}
-
-			/** Determines if the master pipe error flag is set for the currently selected pipe, indicating that
-			 *  some sort of hardware error has occurred on the pipe.
-			 *
-			 *  \see \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags() macro for information on retrieving the exact error flag.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if an error has occurred on the selected pipe, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool Pipe_IsError(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool Pipe_IsError(void)
-			{
-				return (((&AVR32_USBB.upsta0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe] &
-				        (AVR32_USBB_PERRI_MASK | AVR32_USBB_OVERFI_MASK)) ? true : false);
-			}
-
-			/** Gets a mask of the hardware error flags which have occurred on the currently selected pipe. This
-			 *  value can then be masked against the \c PIPE_ERRORFLAG_* masks to determine what error has occurred.
-			 *
-			 *  \return  Mask comprising of \c PIPE_ERRORFLAG_* bits indicating what error has occurred on the selected pipe.
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetErrorFlags(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetErrorFlags(void)
-			{
-
-				return (((&AVR32_USBB.uperr0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe] &
-				        (PIPE_ERRORFLAG_CRC16 | PIPE_ERRORFLAG_TIMEOUT |
-				         PIPE_ERRORFLAG_PID   | PIPE_ERRORFLAG_DATAPID |
-				         PIPE_ERRORFLAG_DATATGL)) |
-				        (((&AVR32_USBB.upsta0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe] << 8) &
-						 PIPE_ERRORFLAG_OVERFLOW));
-			}
-
-			/** Retrieves the number of busy banks in the currently selected pipe, which have been queued for
-			 *  transmission via the \ref Pipe_ClearOUT() command, or are awaiting acknowledgement via the
-			 *  \ref Pipe_ClearIN() command.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
-			 *
-			 *  \return Total number of busy banks in the selected pipe.
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetBusyBanks(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetBusyBanks(void)
-			{
-				return (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].nbusybk;
-			}
-
-			/** Determines if the currently selected pipe may be read from (if data is waiting in the pipe
-			 *  bank and the pipe is an IN direction, or if the bank is not yet full if the pipe is an OUT
-			 *  direction). This function will return false if an error has occurred in the pipe, or if the pipe
-			 *  is an IN direction and no packet (or an empty packet) has been received, or if the pipe is an OUT
-			 *  direction and the pipe bank is full.
-			 *
-			 *  \note This function is not valid on CONTROL type pipes.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected pipe may be read from or written to, depending
-			 *          on its direction.
-			 */
-			static inline bool Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed(void)
-			{
-				return (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].rwall;
-			}
-
-			/** Determines if a packet has been received on the currently selected IN pipe from the attached device.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the current pipe has received an IN packet, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool Pipe_IsINReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool Pipe_IsINReceived(void)
-			{
-				return (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].rxini;
-			}
-
-			/** Determines if the currently selected OUT pipe is ready to send an OUT packet to the attached device.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the current pipe is ready for an OUT packet, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool Pipe_IsOUTReady(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool Pipe_IsOUTReady(void)
-			{
-				return (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].txouti;
-			}
-
-			/** Determines if no SETUP request is currently being sent to the attached device on the selected
-			 *  CONTROL type pipe.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the current pipe is ready for a SETUP packet, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool Pipe_IsSETUPSent(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool Pipe_IsSETUPSent(void)
-			{
-				return (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].txstpi;
-			}
-
-			/** Sends the currently selected CONTROL type pipe's contents to the device as a SETUP packet.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
-			 */
-			static inline void Pipe_ClearSETUP(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Pipe_ClearSETUP(void)
-			{
-				(&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0CLR)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].txstpic = true;
-				(&AVR32_USBB.UPCON0CLR)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].fifoconc = true;
-				USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe] = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe * PIPE_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE];
-			}
-
-			/** Acknowledges the reception of a setup IN request from the attached device on the currently selected
-			 *  pipe, freeing the bank ready for the next packet.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
-			 */
-			static inline void Pipe_ClearIN(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Pipe_ClearIN(void)
-			{
-				(&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0CLR)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].rxinic   = true;
-				(&AVR32_USBB.UPCON0CLR)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].fifoconc = true;
-				USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe] = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe * PIPE_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE];
-			}
-
-			/** Sends the currently selected pipe's contents to the device as an OUT packet on the selected pipe, freeing
-			 *  the bank ready for the next packet.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
-			 */
-			static inline void Pipe_ClearOUT(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Pipe_ClearOUT(void)
-			{
-				(&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0CLR)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].txoutic  = true;
-				(&AVR32_USBB.UPCON0CLR)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].fifoconc = true;
-				USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe] = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe * PIPE_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE];
-			}
-
-			/** Determines if the device sent a NAK (Negative Acknowledge) in response to the last sent packet on
-			 *  the currently selected pipe. This occurs when the host sends a packet to the device, but the device
-			 *  is not currently ready to handle the packet (i.e. its endpoint banks are full). Once a NAK has been
-			 *  received, it must be cleared using \ref Pipe_ClearNAKReceived() before the previous (or any other) packet
-			 *  can be re-sent.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if an NAK has been received on the current pipe, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool Pipe_IsNAKReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool Pipe_IsNAKReceived(void)
-			{
-				return (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].nakedi;
-			}
-
-			/** Clears the NAK condition on the currently selected pipe.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
-			 *
-			 *  \see \ref Pipe_IsNAKReceived() for more details.
-			 */
-			static inline void Pipe_ClearNAKReceived(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Pipe_ClearNAKReceived(void)
-			{
-				(&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0CLR)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].nakedic = true;
-			}
-
-			/** Determines if the currently selected pipe has had the STALL condition set by the attached device.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the current pipe has been stalled by the attached device, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool Pipe_IsStalled(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool Pipe_IsStalled(void)
-			{
-				return (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].rxstalldi;
-			}
-
-			/** Clears the STALL condition detection flag on the currently selected pipe, but does not clear the
-			 *  STALL condition itself (this must be done via a ClearFeature control request to the device).
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
-			 */
-			static inline void Pipe_ClearStall(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Pipe_ClearStall(void)
-			{
-				(&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0CLR)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].rxstalldic = true;
-				USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe] = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe * PIPE_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE];
-			}
-
-			/** Reads one byte from the currently selected pipe's bank, for OUT direction pipes.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
-			 *
-			 *  \return Next byte in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t Pipe_Read_8(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint8_t Pipe_Read_8(void)
-			{
-				return *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
-			}
-
-			/** Writes one byte to the currently selected pipe's bank, for IN direction pipes.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Data  Data to write into the the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
-			 */
-			static inline void Pipe_Write_8(const uint8_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Pipe_Write_8(const uint8_t Data)
-			{
-				*(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = Data;
-			}
-
-			/** Discards one byte from the currently selected pipe's bank, for OUT direction pipes.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
-			 */
-			static inline void Pipe_Discard_8(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Pipe_Discard_8(void)
-			{
-				uint8_t Dummy;
-
-				Dummy = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
-
-				(void)Dummy;
-			}
-
-			/** Reads two bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank in little endian format, for OUT
-			 *  direction pipes.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
-			 *
-			 *  \return Next two bytes in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
-			 */
-			static inline uint16_t Pipe_Read_16_LE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint16_t Pipe_Read_16_LE(void)
-			{
-				uint16_t Byte0 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
-				uint16_t Byte1 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
-
-				return ((Byte1 << 8) | Byte0);
-			}
-
-			/** Reads two bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank in big endian format, for OUT
-			 *  direction pipes.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
-			 *
-			 *  \return Next two bytes in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
-			 */
-			static inline uint16_t Pipe_Read_16_BE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint16_t Pipe_Read_16_BE(void)
-			{
-				uint16_t Byte0 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
-				uint16_t Byte1 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
-
-				return ((Byte0 << 8) | Byte1);
-			}
-
-			/** Writes two bytes to the currently selected pipe's bank in little endian format, for IN
-			 *  direction pipes.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Data  Data to write to the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
-			 */
-			static inline void Pipe_Write_16_LE(const uint16_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Pipe_Write_16_LE(const uint16_t Data)
-			{
-				*(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data & 0xFF);
-				*(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data >> 8);
-			}
-
-			/** Writes two bytes to the currently selected pipe's bank in big endian format, for IN
-			 *  direction pipes.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Data  Data to write to the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
-			 */
-			static inline void Pipe_Write_16_BE(const uint16_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Pipe_Write_16_BE(const uint16_t Data)
-			{
-				*(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data >> 8);
-				*(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data & 0xFF);
-			}
-
-			/** Discards two bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank, for OUT direction pipes.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
-			 */
-			static inline void Pipe_Discard_16(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Pipe_Discard_16(void)
-			{
-				uint8_t Dummy;
-
-				Dummy = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
-				Dummy = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
-
-				(void)Dummy;
-			}
-
-			/** Reads four bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank in little endian format, for OUT
-			 *  direction pipes.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
-			 *
-			 *  \return Next four bytes in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
-			 */
-			static inline uint32_t Pipe_Read_32_LE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint32_t Pipe_Read_32_LE(void)
-			{
-				uint32_t Byte0 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
-				uint32_t Byte1 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
-				uint32_t Byte2 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
-				uint32_t Byte3 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
-
-				return ((Byte3 << 24) | (Byte2 << 16) | (Byte1 << 8) | Byte0);
-			}
-
-			/** Reads four bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank in big endian format, for OUT
-			 *  direction pipes.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
-			 *
-			 *  \return Next four bytes in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
-			 */
-			static inline uint32_t Pipe_Read_32_BE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint32_t Pipe_Read_32_BE(void)
-			{
-				uint32_t Byte0 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
-				uint32_t Byte1 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
-				uint32_t Byte2 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
-				uint32_t Byte3 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
-
-				return ((Byte0 << 24) | (Byte1 << 16) | (Byte2 << 8) | Byte3);
-			}
-
-			/** Writes four bytes to the currently selected pipe's bank in little endian format, for IN
-			 *  direction pipes.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Data  Data to write to the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
-			 */
-			static inline void Pipe_Write_32_LE(const uint32_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Pipe_Write_32_LE(const uint32_t Data)
-			{
-				*(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data &  0xFF);
-				*(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data >> 8);
-				*(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data >> 16);
-				*(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data >> 24);
-			}
-
-			/** Writes four bytes to the currently selected pipe's bank in big endian format, for IN
-			 *  direction pipes.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Data  Data to write to the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
-			 */
-			static inline void Pipe_Write_32_BE(const uint32_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Pipe_Write_32_BE(const uint32_t Data)
-			{
-				*(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data >> 24);
-				*(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data >> 16);
-				*(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data >> 8);
-				*(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data &  0xFF);
-			}
-
-			/** Discards four bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank, for OUT direction pipes.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
-			 */
-			static inline void Pipe_Discard_32(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Pipe_Discard_32(void)
-			{
-				uint8_t Dummy;
-
-				Dummy = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
-				Dummy = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
-				Dummy = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
-				Dummy = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
-
-				(void)Dummy;
-			}
-
-		/* External Variables: */
-			/** Global indicating the maximum packet size of the default control pipe located at address
-			 *  0 in the device. This value is set to the value indicated in the attached device's device
-		     *  descriptor once the USB interface is initialized into host mode and a device is attached
-			 *  to the USB bus.
-			 *
-			 *  \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
-			 *             changed in value.
-			 */
-			extern uint8_t USB_Host_ControlPipeSize;
-
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			/** Configures a table of pipe descriptions, in sequence. This function can be used to configure multiple
-			 *  pipes at the same time.
-			 *
-			 *  \note Pipe with a zero address will be ignored, thus this function cannot be used to configure the
-			 *        control pipe.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Table    Pointer to a table of pipe descriptions.
-			 *  \param[in] Entries  Number of entries in the pipe table to configure.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if all pipes configured successfully, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			bool Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(const USB_Pipe_Table_t* const Table,
-			                             const uint8_t Entries);
-
-			/** Configures the specified pipe address with the given pipe type, endpoint address within the attached device,
-			 *  bank size and number of hardware banks.
-			 *
-			 *  A newly configured pipe is frozen by default, and must be unfrozen before use via the \ref Pipe_Unfreeze()
-			 *  before being used. Pipes should be kept frozen unless waiting for data from a device while in IN mode, or
-			 *  sending data to the device in OUT mode. IN type pipes are also automatically configured to accept infinite
-			 *  numbers of IN requests without automatic freezing - this can be overridden by a call to
-			 *  \ref Pipe_SetFiniteINRequests().
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Address          Pipe address to configure.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Type             Type of pipe to configure, an \c EP_TYPE_* mask. Not all pipe types are available on Low
-			 *                              Speed USB devices - refer to the USB 2.0 specification.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] EndpointAddress  Endpoint address within the attached device that the pipe should interface to.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Size             Size of the pipe's bank, where packets are stored before they are transmitted to
-			 *                              the USB device, or after they have been received from the USB device (depending on
-			 *                              the pipe's data direction). The bank size must indicate the maximum packet size that
-			 *                              the pipe can handle.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Banks            Number of banks to use for the pipe being configured.
-			 *
-			 *  \note When the \c ORDERED_EP_CONFIG compile time option is used, Pipes <b>must</b> be configured in ascending order,
-			 *        or bank corruption will occur.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \note Certain microcontroller model's pipes may have different maximum packet sizes based on the pipe's
-			 *        index - refer to the chosen microcontroller's datasheet to determine the maximum bank size for each pipe.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \note The default control pipe should not be manually configured by the user application, as it is
-			 *        automatically configured by the library internally.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \note This routine will automatically select the specified pipe upon success. Upon failure, the pipe which
-			 *        failed to reconfigure correctly will be selected.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the configuration succeeded, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			bool Pipe_ConfigurePipe(const uint8_t Address,
-			                        const uint8_t Type,
-			                        const uint8_t EndpointAddress,
-			                        const uint16_t Size,
-			                        const uint8_t Banks);
-
-			/** Spin-loops until the currently selected non-control pipe is ready for the next packet of data to be read
-			 *  or written to it, aborting in the case of an error condition (such as a timeout or device disconnect).
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_PipeRW_UC3
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Pipe_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Pipe_WaitUntilReady(void);
-
-			/** Determines if a pipe has been bound to the given device endpoint address. If a pipe which is bound to the given
-			 *  endpoint is found, it is automatically selected.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] EndpointAddress Address and direction mask of the endpoint within the attached device to check.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if a pipe bound to the given endpoint address of the specified direction is found,
-			 *          \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			bool Pipe_IsEndpointBound(const uint8_t EndpointAddress) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Macros: */
-			#if !defined(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP)
-				#define ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP          0
-			#endif
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			static inline uint8_t Pipe_BytesToEPSizeMask(const uint16_t Bytes) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_CONST ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint8_t Pipe_BytesToEPSizeMask(const uint16_t Bytes)
-			{
-				uint8_t  MaskVal    = 0;
-				uint16_t CheckBytes = 8;
-
-				while ((CheckBytes < Bytes) && (CheckBytes < PIPE_MAX_SIZE))
-				{
-					MaskVal++;
-					CheckBytes <<= 1;
-				}
-
-				return (MaskVal << AVR32_USBB_PSIZE_OFFSET);
-			}
-
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			void Pipe_ClearPipes(void);
-	#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 59c620ae59..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#if defined(TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME)
-
-uint8_t TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME (void* const Buffer,
-                            uint16_t Length)
-{
-	uint8_t* DataStream = ((uint8_t*)Buffer + TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length));
-
-	if (!(Length))
-	  Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-
-	while (Length)
-	{
-		uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
-
-		if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
-		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
-		else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
-		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
-		else if (Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived())
-		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_HostAborted;
-
-		if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
-		{
-			while (Length && Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint())
-			{
-				TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(DataStream);
-				TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, 1);
-				Length--;
-			}
-
-			Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-		}
-	}
-
-	while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
-	{
-		uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
-
-		if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
-		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
-		else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
-		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
-	}
-
-	return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET
-#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE
-#undef TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME
-#undef TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 98887009cc..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#if defined(TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME)
-
-uint8_t TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME (const void* const Buffer,
-                            uint16_t Length)
-{
-	uint8_t* DataStream     = ((uint8_t*)Buffer + TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length));
-	bool     LastPacketFull = false;
-
-	if (Length > USB_ControlRequest.wLength)
-	  Length = USB_ControlRequest.wLength;
-	else if (!(Length))
-	  Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
-	while (Length || LastPacketFull)
-	{
-		uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
-
-		if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
-		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
-		else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
-		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
-		else if (Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived())
-		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_HostAborted;
-		else if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
-		  break;
-
-		if (Endpoint_IsINReady())
-		{
-			uint16_t BytesInEndpoint = Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint();
-
-			while (Length && (BytesInEndpoint < USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize))
-			{
-				TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(DataStream);
-				TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, 1);
-				Length--;
-				BytesInEndpoint++;
-			}
-
-			LastPacketFull = (BytesInEndpoint == USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize);
-			Endpoint_ClearIN();
-		}
-	}
-
-	while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
-	{
-		uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
-
-		if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
-		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
-		else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
-		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
-		else if (Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived())
-		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_HostAborted;
-	}
-
-	return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET
-#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE
-#undef TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME
-#undef TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c
deleted file mode 100644
index d51afdfb16..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#if defined(TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME)
-
-uint8_t TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME (TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const Buffer,
-                            uint16_t Length,
-                            uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
-{
-	uint8_t* DataStream      = ((uint8_t*)Buffer + TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length));
-	uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
-	uint8_t  ErrorCode;
-
-	if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
-	  return ErrorCode;
-
-	if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
-	{
-		Length -= *BytesProcessed;
-		TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, *BytesProcessed);
-	}
-
-	while (Length)
-	{
-		if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
-		{
-			TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT();
-
-			#if !defined(INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT)
-			USB_USBTask();
-			#endif
-
-			if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
-			{
-				*BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
-				return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
-			}
-
-			if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
-			  return ErrorCode;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(DataStream);
-			TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, 1);
-			Length--;
-			BytesInTransfer++;
-		}
-	}
-
-	return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-#undef TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME
-#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE
-#undef TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE
-#undef TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT
-#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET
-#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 2685c9b9db..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#if defined(TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME)
-
-uint8_t TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME (TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const Buffer,
-                            uint16_t Length,
-                            uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
-{
-	uint8_t* DataStream      = ((uint8_t*)Buffer + TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length));
-	uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
-	uint8_t  ErrorCode;
-
-	Pipe_SetPipeToken(TEMPLATE_TOKEN);
-
-	if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
-	  return ErrorCode;
-
-	if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
-	{
-		Length -= *BytesProcessed;
-		TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, *BytesProcessed);
-	}
-
-	while (Length)
-	{
-		if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
-		{
-			TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE();
-
-			if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
-			{
-				*BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
-				return PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
-			}
-
-			if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
-			  return ErrorCode;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(DataStream);
-			TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, 1);
-			Length--;
-			BytesInTransfer++;
-		}
-	}
-
-	return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-#undef TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME
-#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE
-#undef TEMPLATE_TOKEN
-#undef TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE
-#undef TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE
-#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET
-#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBController_UC3.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBController_UC3.c
deleted file mode 100644
index fda0ddc393..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBController_UC3.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,222 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-#if (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_CONTROLLER_C
-#include "../USBController.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
-volatile uint8_t USB_CurrentMode = USB_MODE_None;
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
-volatile uint8_t USB_Options;
-#endif
-
-void USB_Init(
-               #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
-               const uint8_t Mode
-               #endif
-
-               #if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS))
-               ,
-               #elif (!defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS))
-               void
-               #endif
-
-               #if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
-               const uint8_t Options
-               #endif
-               )
-{
-	#if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
-	USB_Options = Options;
-	#endif
-
-	#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
-	if (Mode == USB_MODE_UID)
-	{
-		AVR32_USBB.USBCON.uide = true;
-		USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_IDTI);
-		USB_CurrentMode = USB_GetUSBModeFromUID();
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		AVR32_USBB.USBCON.uide = false;
-		USB_CurrentMode = Mode;
-	}
-	#else
-	AVR32_USBB.USBCON.uide = false;
-	#endif
-
-	USB_IsInitialized = true;
-
-	USB_ResetInterface();
-}
-
-void USB_Disable(void)
-{
-	USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts();
-	USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts();
-
-	USB_Detach();
-	USB_Controller_Disable();
-
-	USB_OTGPAD_Off();
-
-	#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
-	USB_CurrentMode = USB_MODE_None;
-	#endif
-
-	AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[3].cen = false;
-
-	USB_IsInitialized = false;
-}
-
-void USB_ResetInterface(void)
-{
-	#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
-	bool UIDModeSelectEnabled = AVR32_USBB.USBCON.uide;
-	#endif
-
-	AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[AVR32_PM_GCLK_USBB].pllsel = !(USB_Options & USB_OPT_GCLK_SRC_OSC);
-	AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[AVR32_PM_GCLK_USBB].oscsel = !(USB_Options & USB_OPT_GCLK_CHANNEL_0);
-	AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[AVR32_PM_GCLK_USBB].diven  = (F_USB != USB_CLOCK_REQUIRED_FREQ);
-	AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[AVR32_PM_GCLK_USBB].div    = (F_USB == USB_CLOCK_REQUIRED_FREQ) ? 0 : (uint32_t)((F_USB / USB_CLOCK_REQUIRED_FREQ / 2) - 1);
-	AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[AVR32_PM_GCLK_USBB].cen    = true;
-
-	USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts();
-	USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts();
-
-	USB_Controller_Reset();
-
-	#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
-	if (UIDModeSelectEnabled)
-	  USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_IDTI);
-	#endif
-
-	USB_CLK_Unfreeze();
-
-	if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Device)
-	{
-		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-		AVR32_USBB.USBCON.uimod = true;
-
-		USB_Init_Device();
-		#endif
-	}
-	else if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Host)
-	{
-		#if defined(INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE)
-		AVR32_USBB.USBCON.vbuspo = true;
-		#endif
-
-		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-		AVR32_USBB.USBCON.uimod = false;
-
-		USB_Init_Host();
-		#endif
-	}
-
-	USB_OTGPAD_On();
-}
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-static void USB_Init_Device(void)
-{
-	USB_DeviceState                 = DEVICE_STATE_Unattached;
-	USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber  = 0;
-
-	#if !defined(NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP)
-	USB_Device_RemoteWakeupEnabled  = false;
-	#endif
-
-	#if !defined(NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER)
-	USB_Device_CurrentlySelfPowered = false;
-	#endif
-
-	#if !defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE)
-	USB_Descriptor_Device_t* DeviceDescriptorPtr;
-
-	if (CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor((DTYPE_Device << 8), 0, (void*)&DeviceDescriptorPtr) != NO_DESCRIPTOR)
-	  USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size;
-	#endif
-
-	if (USB_Options & USB_DEVICE_OPT_LOWSPEED)
-	{
-		USB_Device_SetLowSpeed();
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		#if defined(USB_DEVICE_OPT_HIGHSPEED)
-		if (USB_Options & USB_DEVICE_OPT_HIGHSPEED)
-		  USB_Device_SetHighSpeed();
-		else
-		  USB_Device_SetFullSpeed();
-		#else
-		USB_Device_SetFullSpeed();
-		#endif
-	}
-
-	USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_VBUSTI);
-
-	Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP, EP_TYPE_CONTROL,
-							   USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize, 1);
-
-	USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_SUSPI);
-	USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_SUSPI);
-	USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_EORSTI);
-
-	USB_Attach();
-}
-#endif
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-static void USB_Init_Host(void)
-{
-	USB_HostState                = HOST_STATE_Unattached;
-	USB_Host_ConfigurationNumber = 0;
-	USB_Host_ControlPipeSize     = PIPE_CONTROLPIPE_DEFAULT_SIZE;
-
-	USB_Host_HostMode_On();
-
-	USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_On();
-
-	USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_DCONNI);
-	USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_BCERRI);
-
-	USB_Attach();
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBController_UC3.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBController_UC3.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 2e824583a5..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBController_UC3.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,353 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief USB Controller definitions for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
- *  \copydetails Group_USBManagement_UC3
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBManagement
- *  \defgroup Group_USBManagement_UC3 USB Interface Management (UC3)
- *  \brief USB Controller definitions for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
- *
- *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to the setup and management of the USB interface.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __USBCONTROLLER_UC3_H__
-#define __USBCONTROLLER_UC3_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../USBMode.h"
-		#include "../Events.h"
-		#include "../USBTask.h"
-		#include "../USBInterrupt.h"
-
-		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			#include "../Host.h"
-			#include "../OTG.h"
-			#include "../Pipe.h"
-			#include "../HostStandardReq.h"
-			#include "../PipeStream.h"
-		#endif
-
-		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			#include "../Device.h"
-			#include "../Endpoint.h"
-			#include "../DeviceStandardReq.h"
-			#include "../EndpointStream.h"
-		#endif
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks and Defines: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-		#if !defined(F_USB)
-			#error F_USB is not defined. You must define F_USB to the frequency of the clock input to the USB module.
-		#endif
-
-		#if (defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A3_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A4_AVR))
-			#if ((F_USB < 12000000) || (F_USB % 12000000))
-				#error Invalid F_USB specified. F_USB must be a multiple of 12MHz for UC3A3 and UC3A4 devices.
-			#endif
-		#else
-			#if ((F_USB < 48000000) || (F_USB % 48000000))
-				#error Invalid F_USB specified. F_USB must be a multiple of 48MHz for UC3A and UC3B devices.
-			#endif
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** \name USB Controller Option Masks */
-			//@{
-			/** Selects one of the system's main clock oscillators as the input clock to the USB Generic Clock source
-			 *  generation module. This indicates that an external oscillator should be used directly instead of an
-			 *  internal PLL clock source.
-			 */
-			#define USB_OPT_GCLK_SRC_OSC               (1 << 2)
-
-			/** Selects one of the system's PLL oscillators as the input clock to the USB Generic Clock source
-			 *  generation module. This indicates that one of the device's PLL outputs should be used instead of an
-			 *  external oscillator source.
-			 */
-			#define USB_OPT_GCLK_SRC_PLL               (0 << 2)
-
-			/** Selects PLL or External Oscillator 0 as the USB Generic Clock source module input clock. */
-			#define USB_OPT_GCLK_CHANNEL_0             (1 << 3)
-
-			/** Selects PLL or External Oscillator 1 as the USB Generic Clock source module input clock. */
-			#define USB_OPT_GCLK_CHANNEL_1             (0 << 3)
-			//@}
-
-			#if !defined(USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-				/** Constant for the maximum software timeout period of the USB data stream transfer functions
-				 *  (both control and standard) when in either device or host mode. If the next packet of a stream
-				 *  is not received or acknowledged within this time period, the stream function will fail.
-				 *
-				 *  This value may be overridden in the user project makefile as the value of the
-				 *  \ref USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS token, and passed to the compiler using the -D switch.
-				 */
-				#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS       100
-			#endif
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			/** Determines if the VBUS line is currently high (i.e. the USB host is supplying power).
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the VBUS line is currently detecting power from a host, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool USB_VBUS_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool USB_VBUS_GetStatus(void)
-			{
-				return AVR32_USBB.USBSTA.vbus;
-			}
-
-			/** Detaches the device from the USB bus. This has the effect of removing the device from any
-			 *  attached host, ceasing USB communications. If no host is present, this prevents any host from
-			 *  enumerating the device once attached until \ref USB_Attach() is called.
-			 */
-			static inline void USB_Detach(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_Detach(void)
-			{
-				AVR32_USBB.UDCON.detach = true;
-			}
-
-			/** Attaches the device to the USB bus. This announces the device's presence to any attached
-			 *  USB host, starting the enumeration process. If no host is present, attaching the device
-			 *  will allow for enumeration once a host is connected to the device.
-			 *
-			 *  This is inexplicably also required for proper operation while in host mode, to enable the
-			 *  attachment of a device to the host. This is despite the bit being located in the device-mode
-			 *  register and despite the datasheet making no mention of its requirement in host mode.
-			 */
-			static inline void USB_Attach(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_Attach(void)
-			{
-				AVR32_USBB.UDCON.detach = false;
-			}
-
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			/** Main function to initialize and start the USB interface. Once active, the USB interface will
-			 *  allow for device connection to a host when in device mode, or for device enumeration while in
-			 *  host mode.
-			 *
-			 *  As the USB library relies on interrupts for the device and host mode enumeration processes,
-			 *  the user must enable global interrupts before or shortly after this function is called. In
-			 *  device mode, interrupts must be enabled within 500ms of this function being called to ensure
-			 *  that the host does not time out whilst enumerating the device. In host mode, interrupts may be
-			 *  enabled at the application's leisure however enumeration will not begin of an attached device
-			 *  until after this has occurred.
-			 *
-			 *  Calling this function when the USB interface is already initialized will cause a complete USB
-			 *  interface reset and re-enumeration.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Mode     Mask indicating what mode the USB interface is to be initialized to, a value
-			 *                      from the \ref USB_Modes_t enum.
-			 *                      \note This parameter does not exist on devices with only one supported USB
-			 *                            mode (device or host).
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Options  Mask indicating the options which should be used when initializing the USB
-			 *                      interface to control the USB interface's behavior. This should be comprised of
-			 *                      a \c USB_OPT_REG_* mask to control the regulator, a \c USB_OPT_*_PLL mask to control the
-			 *                      PLL, and a \c USB_DEVICE_OPT_* mask (when the device mode is enabled) to set the device
-			 *                      mode speed.
-			 *
-			 *  \note To reduce the FLASH requirements of the library if only device or host mode is required,
-			 *        the mode can be statically set in the project makefile by defining the token \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY
-			 *        (for device mode) or \c USB_HOST_ONLY (for host mode), passing the token to the compiler
-			 *        via the -D switch. If the mode is statically set, this parameter does not exist in the
-			 *        function prototype.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \note To reduce the FLASH requirements of the library if only fixed settings are required,
-			 *        the options may be set statically in the same manner as the mode (see the Mode parameter of
-			 *        this function). To statically set the USB options, pass in the \c USE_STATIC_OPTIONS token,
-			 *        defined to the appropriate options masks. When the options are statically set, this
-			 *        parameter does not exist in the function prototype.
-			 *
-			 *  \see \ref Group_Device for the \c USB_DEVICE_OPT_* masks.
-			 */
-			void USB_Init(
-			               #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			               const uint8_t Mode
-			               #endif
-
-			               #if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			               ,
-			               #elif (!defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS))
-			               void
-			               #endif
-
-			               #if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			               const uint8_t Options
-			               #endif
-			               );
-
-			/** Shuts down the USB interface. This turns off the USB interface after deallocating all USB FIFO
-			 *  memory, endpoints and pipes. When turned off, no USB functionality can be used until the interface
-			 *  is restarted with the \ref USB_Init() function.
-			 */
-			void USB_Disable(void);
-
-			/** Resets the interface, when already initialized. This will re-enumerate the device if already connected
-			 *  to a host, or re-enumerate an already attached device when in host mode.
-			 */
-			void USB_ResetInterface(void);
-
-		/* Global Variables: */
-			#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-				/** Indicates the mode that the USB interface is currently initialized to, a value from the
-				 *  \ref USB_Modes_t enum.
-				 *
-				 *  \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
-				 *             changed in value.
-				 *
-				 *  \note When the controller is initialized into UID auto-detection mode, this variable will hold the
-				 *        currently selected USB mode (i.e. \ref USB_MODE_Device or \ref USB_MODE_Host). If the controller
-				 *        is fixed into a specific mode (either through the \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY or \c USB_HOST_ONLY compile time
-				 *        options, or a limitation of the USB controller in the chosen device model) this will evaluate to
-				 *        a constant of the appropriate value and will never evaluate to \ref USB_MODE_None even when the
-				 *        USB interface is not initialized.
-				 */
-				extern volatile uint8_t USB_CurrentMode;
-			#elif defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-				#define USB_CurrentMode USB_MODE_Host
-			#elif defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-				#define USB_CurrentMode USB_MODE_Device
-			#endif
-
-			#if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-				/** Indicates the current USB options that the USB interface was initialized with when \ref USB_Init()
-				 *  was called. This value will be one of the \c USB_MODE_* masks defined elsewhere in this module.
-				 *
-				 *  \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
-				 *             changed in value.
-				 */
-				extern volatile uint8_t USB_Options;
-			#elif defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
-				#define USB_Options USE_STATIC_OPTIONS
-			#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Macros: */
-			#if defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A3_AVR32) || defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A4_AVR32)
-				#define USB_CLOCK_REQUIRED_FREQ  12000000UL
-			#else
-				#define USB_CLOCK_REQUIRED_FREQ  48000000UL
-			#endif
-
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			#if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_CONTROLLER_C)
-				#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-				static void USB_Init_Device(void);
-				#endif
-
-				#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-				static void USB_Init_Host(void);
-				#endif
-			#endif
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			static inline void USB_OTGPAD_On(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_OTGPAD_On(void)
-			{
-				AVR32_USBB.USBCON.otgpade = true;
-			}
-
-			static inline void USB_OTGPAD_Off(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_OTGPAD_Off(void)
-			{
-				AVR32_USBB.USBCON.otgpade = false;
-			}
-
-			static inline void USB_CLK_Freeze(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_CLK_Freeze(void)
-			{
-				AVR32_USBB.USBCON.frzclk = true;
-			}
-
-			static inline void USB_CLK_Unfreeze(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_CLK_Unfreeze(void)
-			{
-				AVR32_USBB.USBCON.frzclk = false;
-			}
-
-			static inline void USB_Controller_Enable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_Controller_Enable(void)
-			{
-				AVR32_USBB.USBCON.usbe = true;
-			}
-
-			static inline void USB_Controller_Disable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_Controller_Disable(void)
-			{
-				AVR32_USBB.USBCON.usbe = false;
-			}
-
-			static inline void USB_Controller_Reset(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_Controller_Reset(void)
-			{
-				AVR32_USBB.USBCON.usbe = false;
-				AVR32_USBB.USBCON.usbe = true;
-			}
-
-			#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
-			static inline uint8_t USB_GetUSBModeFromUID(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint8_t USB_GetUSBModeFromUID(void)
-			{
-				if (AVR32_USBB.USBSTA.id)
-				  return USB_MODE_Device;
-				else
-				  return USB_MODE_Host;
-			}
-			#endif
-
-	#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBInterrupt_UC3.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBInterrupt_UC3.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 83ada8cc18..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBInterrupt_UC3.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,228 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-#if (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../USBInterrupt.h"
-
-void USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts(void)
-{
-	AVR32_USBB.USBCON.vbuste     = false;
-	AVR32_USBB.USBCON.idte       = false;
-
-	AVR32_USBB.uhinteclr         = -1;
-	AVR32_USBB.udinteclr         = -1;
-}
-
-void USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts(void)
-{
-	AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR.vbustic = true;
-	AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR.idtic   = true;
-
-	AVR32_USBB.uhintclr          = -1;
-	AVR32_USBB.udintclr          = -1;
-}
-
-ISR(USB_GEN_vect)
-{
-	#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-	#if !defined(NO_SOF_EVENTS)
-	if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_SOFI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_SOFI))
-	{
-		USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_SOFI);
-
-		EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame();
-	}
-	#endif
-
-	if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_VBUSTI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_VBUSTI))
-	{
-		USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_VBUSTI);
-
-		if (USB_VBUS_GetStatus())
-		{
-			USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Powered;
-			EVENT_USB_Device_Connect();
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Unattached;
-			EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect();
-		}
-	}
-
-	if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_SUSPI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_SUSPI))
-	{
-		USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_SUSPI);
-		USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_WAKEUPI);
-
-		USB_CLK_Freeze();
-
-		USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Suspended;
-		EVENT_USB_Device_Suspend();
-	}
-
-	if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_WAKEUPI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_WAKEUPI))
-	{
-		USB_CLK_Unfreeze();
-
-		USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_WAKEUPI);
-
-		USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_WAKEUPI);
-		USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_SUSPI);
-
-		if (USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber)
-		  USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Configured;
-		else
-		  USB_DeviceState = (USB_Device_IsAddressSet()) ? DEVICE_STATE_Addressed : DEVICE_STATE_Powered;
-
-		EVENT_USB_Device_WakeUp();
-	}
-
-	if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_EORSTI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_EORSTI))
-	{
-		USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_EORSTI);
-
-		USB_DeviceState                = DEVICE_STATE_Default;
-		USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber = 0;
-
-		USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_SUSPI);
-		USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_SUSPI);
-		USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_WAKEUPI);
-
-		USB_Device_SetDeviceAddress(0);
-		Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP, EP_TYPE_CONTROL,
-		                           USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize, 1);
-
-		#if defined(INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT)
-		USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_RXSTPI);
-		#endif
-
-		EVENT_USB_Device_Reset();
-	}
-	#endif
-
-	#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-	#if !defined(NO_SOF_EVENTS)
-	if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_HSOFI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_HSOFI))
-	{
-		USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
-
-		EVENT_USB_Host_StartOfFrame();
-	}
-	#endif
-
-	if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_DDISCI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_DDISCI))
-	{
-		USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DDISCI);
-		USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DCONNI);
-		USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_DDISCI);
-
-		EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached();
-
-		USB_ResetInterface();
-	}
-
-	if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_VBERRI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_VBERRI))
-	{
-		USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_VBERRI);
-
-		USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Off();
-		USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Off();
-
-		EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(HOST_ERROR_VBusVoltageDip);
-		EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached();
-
-		USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Unattached;
-	}
-
-	if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_DCONNI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_DCONNI))
-	{
-		USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DCONNI);
-		USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_DCONNI);
-
-		EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached();
-
-		USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_DDISCI);
-
-		USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Powered;
-	}
-
-	if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_BCERRI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_BCERRI))
-	{
-		USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_BCERRI);
-
-		EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(HOST_ENUMERROR_NoDeviceDetected, 0);
-		EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached();
-
-		USB_ResetInterface();
-	}
-	#endif
-
-	#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
-	if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_IDTI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_IDTI))
-	{
-		USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_IDTI);
-
-		if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
-		  EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect();
-
-		if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Unattached)
-		  EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached();
-
-		USB_CurrentMode = USB_GetUSBModeFromUID();
-		USB_ResetInterface();
-
-		EVENT_USB_UIDChange();
-	}
-	#endif
-}
-
-#if defined(INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT) && defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-ISR(USB_COM_vect)
-{
-	uint8_t PrevSelectedEndpoint = Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint();
-
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP);
-	USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_RXSTPI);
-
-	GlobalInterruptEnable();
-
-	USB_Device_ProcessControlRequest();
-
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP);
-	USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_RXSTPI);
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PrevSelectedEndpoint);
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBInterrupt_UC3.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBInterrupt_UC3.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ddd5389c2e..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBInterrupt_UC3.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,376 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief USB Controller Interrupt definitions for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
- *
- *  This file contains definitions required for the correct handling of low level USB service routine interrupts
- *  from the USB controller.
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-#ifndef __USBINTERRUPT_UC3_H__
-#define __USBINTERRUPT_UC3_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* External Variables: */
-			extern volatile uint32_t USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint;
-
-		/* Enums: */
-			enum USB_Interrupts_t
-			{
-				USB_INT_VBUSTI  = 0,
-				#if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
-				USB_INT_IDTI    = 1,
-				#endif
-				#if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
-				USB_INT_WAKEUPI = 2,
-				USB_INT_SUSPI   = 3,
-				USB_INT_EORSTI  = 4,
-				USB_INT_SOFI    = 5,
-				USB_INT_RXSTPI  = 6,
-				#endif
-				#if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
-				USB_INT_HSOFI   = 7,
-				USB_INT_DCONNI  = 8,
-				USB_INT_DDISCI  = 9,
-				USB_INT_RSTI    = 10,
-				USB_INT_BCERRI  = 11,
-				USB_INT_VBERRI  = 12,
-				#endif
-			};
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			static inline void USB_INT_Enable(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_INT_Enable(const uint8_t Interrupt)
-			{
-				switch (Interrupt)
-				{
-					case USB_INT_VBUSTI:
-						AVR32_USBB.USBCON.vbuste      = true;
-						break;
-					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
-					case USB_INT_IDTI:
-						AVR32_USBB.USBCON.idte        = true;
-						break;
-					#endif
-					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-					case USB_INT_WAKEUPI:
-						AVR32_USBB.UDINTESET.wakeupes = true;
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_SUSPI:
-						AVR32_USBB.UDINTESET.suspes   = true;
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_EORSTI:
-						AVR32_USBB.UDINTESET.eorstes  = true;
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_SOFI:
-						AVR32_USBB.UDINTESET.sofes    = true;
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_RXSTPI:
-						(&AVR32_USBB.UECON0SET)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].rxstpes = true;
-						break;
-					#endif
-					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-					case USB_INT_HSOFI:
-						AVR32_USBB.UHINTESET.hsofies  = true;
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_DCONNI:
-						AVR32_USBB.UHINTESET.dconnies = true;
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_DDISCI:
-						AVR32_USBB.UHINTESET.ddiscies = true;
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_RSTI:
-						AVR32_USBB.UHINTESET.rsties   = true;
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_BCERRI:
-						AVR32_USBB.USBCON.bcerre      = true;
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_VBERRI:
-						AVR32_USBB.USBCON.vberre      = true;
-						break;
-					#endif
-					default:
-						break;
-				}
-			}
-
-			static inline void USB_INT_Disable(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_INT_Disable(const uint8_t Interrupt)
-			{
-				switch (Interrupt)
-				{
-					case USB_INT_VBUSTI:
-						AVR32_USBB.USBCON.vbuste      = false;
-						break;
-					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
-					case USB_INT_IDTI:
-						AVR32_USBB.USBCON.idte        = false;
-						break;
-					#endif
-					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-					case USB_INT_WAKEUPI:
-						AVR32_USBB.UDINTECLR.wakeupec = true;
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_SUSPI:
-						AVR32_USBB.UDINTECLR.suspec   = true;
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_EORSTI:
-						AVR32_USBB.UDINTECLR.eorstec  = true;
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_SOFI:
-						AVR32_USBB.UDINTECLR.sofec    = true;
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_RXSTPI:
-						(&AVR32_USBB.UECON0CLR)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].rxstpec = true;
-						break;
-					#endif
-					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-					case USB_INT_HSOFI:
-						AVR32_USBB.UHINTECLR.hsofiec  = true;
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_DCONNI:
-						AVR32_USBB.UHINTECLR.dconniec = true;
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_DDISCI:
-						AVR32_USBB.UHINTECLR.ddisciec = true;
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_RSTI:
-						AVR32_USBB.UHINTECLR.rstiec   = true;
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_BCERRI:
-						AVR32_USBB.USBCON.bcerre      = false;
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_VBERRI:
-						AVR32_USBB.USBCON.vberre      = false;
-						break;
-					#endif
-					default:
-						break;
-				}
-			}
-
-			static inline void USB_INT_Clear(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_INT_Clear(const uint8_t Interrupt)
-			{
-				switch (Interrupt)
-				{
-					case USB_INT_VBUSTI:
-						AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR.vbustic = true;
-						(void)AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR;
-						break;
-					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
-					case USB_INT_IDTI:
-						AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR.idtic   = true;
-						(void)AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR;
-						break;
-					#endif
-					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-					case USB_INT_WAKEUPI:
-						AVR32_USBB.UDINTCLR.wakeupc  = true;
-						(void)AVR32_USBB.UDINTCLR;
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_SUSPI:
-						AVR32_USBB.UDINTCLR.suspc    = true;
-						(void)AVR32_USBB.UDINTCLR;
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_EORSTI:
-						AVR32_USBB.UDINTCLR.eorstc   = true;
-						(void)AVR32_USBB.UDINTCLR;
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_SOFI:
-						AVR32_USBB.UDINTCLR.sofc     = true;
-						(void)AVR32_USBB.UDINTCLR;
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_RXSTPI:
-						(&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0CLR)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].rxstpic = true;
-						break;
-					#endif
-					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-					case USB_INT_HSOFI:
-						AVR32_USBB.UHINTCLR.hsofic   = true;
-						(void)AVR32_USBB.UHINTCLR;
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_DCONNI:
-						AVR32_USBB.UHINTCLR.dconnic  = true;
-						(void)AVR32_USBB.UHINTCLR;
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_DDISCI:
-						AVR32_USBB.UHINTCLR.ddiscic  = true;
-						(void)AVR32_USBB.UHINTCLR;
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_RSTI:
-						AVR32_USBB.UHINTCLR.rstic    = true;
-						(void)AVR32_USBB.UHINTCLR;
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_BCERRI:
-						AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR.bcerric = true;
-						(void)AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR;
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_VBERRI:
-						AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR.vberric = true;
-						(void)AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR;
-						break;
-					#endif
-					default:
-						break;
-				}
-			}
-
-			static inline bool USB_INT_IsEnabled(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline bool USB_INT_IsEnabled(const uint8_t Interrupt)
-			{
-				switch (Interrupt)
-				{
-					case USB_INT_VBUSTI:
-						return AVR32_USBB.USBCON.vbuste;
-					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
-					case USB_INT_IDTI:
-						return AVR32_USBB.USBCON.idte;
-					#endif
-					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-					case USB_INT_WAKEUPI:
-						return AVR32_USBB.UDINTE.wakeupe;
-					case USB_INT_SUSPI:
-						return AVR32_USBB.UDINTE.suspe;
-					case USB_INT_EORSTI:
-						return AVR32_USBB.UDINTE.eorste;
-					case USB_INT_SOFI:
-						return AVR32_USBB.UDINTE.sofe;
-					case USB_INT_RXSTPI:
-						return (&AVR32_USBB.UECON0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].rxstpe;
-					#endif
-					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-					case USB_INT_HSOFI:
-						return AVR32_USBB.UHINTE.hsofie;
-					case USB_INT_DCONNI:
-						return AVR32_USBB.UHINTE.dconnie;
-					case USB_INT_DDISCI:
-						return AVR32_USBB.UHINTE.ddiscie;
-					case USB_INT_RSTI:
-						return AVR32_USBB.UHINTE.rstie;
-					case USB_INT_BCERRI:
-						return AVR32_USBB.USBCON.bcerre;
-					case USB_INT_VBERRI:
-						return AVR32_USBB.USBCON.vberre;
-					#endif
-					default:
-						return false;
-				}
-			}
-
-			static inline bool USB_INT_HasOccurred(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline bool USB_INT_HasOccurred(const uint8_t Interrupt)
-			{
-				switch (Interrupt)
-				{
-					case USB_INT_VBUSTI:
-						return AVR32_USBB.USBSTA.vbusti;
-					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
-					case USB_INT_IDTI:
-						return AVR32_USBB.USBSTA.idti;
-					#endif
-					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-					case USB_INT_WAKEUPI:
-						return AVR32_USBB.UDINT.wakeup;
-					case USB_INT_SUSPI:
-						return AVR32_USBB.UDINT.susp;
-					case USB_INT_EORSTI:
-						return AVR32_USBB.UDINT.eorst;
-					case USB_INT_SOFI:
-						return AVR32_USBB.UDINT.sof;
-					case USB_INT_RXSTPI:
-						return (&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].rxstpi;
-					#endif
-					#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-					case USB_INT_HSOFI:
-						return AVR32_USBB.UHINT.hsofi;
-					case USB_INT_DCONNI:
-						return AVR32_USBB.UHINT.dconni;
-					case USB_INT_DDISCI:
-						return AVR32_USBB.UHINT.ddisci;
-					case USB_INT_RSTI:
-						return AVR32_USBB.UHINT.rsti;
-					case USB_INT_BCERRI:
-						return AVR32_USBB.USBSTA.bcerri;
-					case USB_INT_VBERRI:
-						return AVR32_USBB.USBSTA.vberri;
-					#endif
-					default:
-						return false;
-				}
-			}
-
-		/* Includes: */
-			#include "../USBMode.h"
-			#include "../Events.h"
-			#include "../USBController.h"
-
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			void USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts(void);
-			void USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts(void);
-	#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			#if defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-				/** Interrupt service routine handler for the USB controller ISR group. This interrupt routine <b>must</b> be
-				 *  linked to the entire USB controller ISR vector group inside the AVR32's interrupt controller peripheral,
-				 *  using the user application's preferred USB controller driver.
-				 */
-				void USB_GEN_vect(void);
-			#else
-				ISR(USB_GEN_vect);
-			#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBController.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBController.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c1d74c32b9..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBController.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,165 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Common USB Controller definitions for all architectures.
- *  \copydetails Group_USBManagement
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USB
- *  \defgroup Group_USBManagement USB Interface Management
- *  \brief USB Controller definitions for general USB controller management.
- *
- *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to the setup and management of the USB interface.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __USBCONTROLLER_H__
-#define __USBCONTROLLER_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "USBMode.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks and Defines: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Defines: */
-		/** \name Endpoint Direction Masks */
-		//@{
-		/** Endpoint direction mask, for masking against endpoint addresses to retrieve the endpoint's
-		 *  direction for comparing with the \c ENDPOINT_DIR_* masks.
-		 */
-		#define ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK                  0x80
-
-		/** Endpoint address direction mask for an OUT direction (Host to Device) endpoint. This may be ORed with
-		 *  the index of the address within a device to obtain the full endpoint address.
-		 */
-		#define ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT                   0x00
-
-		/** Endpoint address direction mask for an IN direction (Device to Host) endpoint. This may be ORed with
-		 *  the index of the address within a device to obtain the full endpoint address.
-		 */
-		#define ENDPOINT_DIR_IN                    0x80
-		//@}
-
-		/** \name Pipe Direction Masks */
-		//@{
-		/** Pipe direction mask, for masking against pipe addresses to retrieve the pipe's
-		 *  direction for comparing with the \c PIPE_DIR_* masks.
-		 */
-		#define PIPE_DIR_MASK                      0x80
-
-		/** Endpoint address direction mask for an OUT direction (Host to Device) endpoint. This may be ORed with
-		 *  the index of the address within a device to obtain the full endpoint address.
-		 */
-		#define PIPE_DIR_OUT                       0x00
-
-		/** Endpoint address direction mask for an IN direction (Device to Host) endpoint. This may be ORed with
-		 *  the index of the address within a device to obtain the full endpoint address.
-		 */
-		#define PIPE_DIR_IN                        0x80
-		//@}
-
-		/** \name Endpoint/Pipe Type Masks */
-		//@{
-		/** Mask for determining the type of an endpoint from an endpoint descriptor. This should then be compared
-		 *  with the \c EP_TYPE_* masks to determine the exact type of the endpoint.
-		 */
-		#define EP_TYPE_MASK                       0x03
-
-		/** Mask for a CONTROL type endpoint or pipe.
-		 *
-		 *  \note See \ref Group_EndpointManagement and \ref Group_PipeManagement for endpoint/pipe functions.
-		 */
-		#define EP_TYPE_CONTROL                    0x00
-
-		/** Mask for an ISOCHRONOUS type endpoint or pipe.
-		 *
-		 *  \note See \ref Group_EndpointManagement and \ref Group_PipeManagement for endpoint/pipe functions.
-		 */
-		#define EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS                0x01
-
-		/** Mask for a BULK type endpoint or pipe.
-		 *
-		 *  \note See \ref Group_EndpointManagement and \ref Group_PipeManagement for endpoint/pipe functions.
-		 */
-		#define EP_TYPE_BULK                       0x02
-
-		/** Mask for an INTERRUPT type endpoint or pipe.
-		 *
-		 *  \note See \ref Group_EndpointManagement and \ref Group_PipeManagement for endpoint/pipe functions.
-		 */
-		#define EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT                  0x03
-		//@}
-
-	/* Enums: */
-		/** Enum for the possible USB controller modes, for initialization via \ref USB_Init() and indication back to the
-		 *  user application via \ref USB_CurrentMode.
-		 */
-		enum USB_Modes_t
-		{
-			USB_MODE_None   = 0, /**< Indicates that the controller is currently not initialized in any specific USB mode. */
-			USB_MODE_Device = 1, /**< Indicates that the controller is currently initialized in USB Device mode. */
-			USB_MODE_Host   = 2, /**< Indicates that the controller is currently initialized in USB Host mode. */
-			USB_MODE_UID    = 3, /**< Indicates that the controller should determine the USB mode from the UID pin of the
-			                      *   USB connector.
-			                      */
-		};
-
-	/* Architecture Includes: */
-		#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
-			#include "AVR8/USBController_AVR8.h"
-		#elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
-			#include "UC3/USBController_UC3.h"
-		#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
-			#include "XMEGA/USBController_XMEGA.h"
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBInterrupt.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBInterrupt.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 3dcfd5fed0..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBInterrupt.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief USB controller interrupt service routine management.
- *
- *  This file contains definitions required for the correct handling of low level USB service routine interrupts
- *  from the USB controller.
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-#ifndef __USBINTERRUPT_H__
-#define __USBINTERRUPT_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "USBMode.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Architecture Includes: */
-		#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
-			#include "AVR8/USBInterrupt_AVR8.h"
-		#elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
-			#include "UC3/USBInterrupt_UC3.h"
-		#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
-			#include "XMEGA/USBInterrupt_XMEGA.h"
-		#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBMode.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBMode.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 09cf3076b7..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBMode.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,283 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief USB mode and feature support definitions.
- *  \copydetails Group_USBMode
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USB
- *  \defgroup Group_USBMode USB Mode Tokens
- *  \brief USB mode and feature support definitions.
- *
- *  This file defines macros indicating the type of USB controller the library is being compiled for, and its
- *  capabilities. These macros may then be referenced in the user application to selectively enable or disable
- *  code sections depending on if they are defined or not.
- *
- *  After the inclusion of the master USB driver header, one or more of the following tokens may be defined, to
- *  allow the user code to conditionally enable or disable code based on the USB controller family and allowable
- *  USB modes. These tokens may be tested against to eliminate code relating to a USB mode which is not enabled for
- *  the given compilation.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __USBMODE_H__
-#define __USBMODE_H__
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-	#if defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the Series 2 AVR8 USB controller
-		 *  (i.e. AT90USBxxx2 or ATMEGAxxU2) when defined.
-		 */
-		#define USB_SERIES_2_AVR
-
-		/** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the Series 4 AVR8 USB controller
-		 *  (i.e. ATMEGAxxU4) when defined.
-		 */
-		#define USB_SERIES_4_AVR
-
-		/** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the Series 6 AVR8 USB controller
-		 *  (i.e. AT90USBxxx6) when defined.
-		 */
-		#define USB_SERIES_6_AVR
-
-		/** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the Series 7 AVR8 USB controller
-		 *  (i.e. AT90USBxxx7) when defined.
-		 */
-		#define USB_SERIES_7_AVR
-
-		/** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the AVR32 UC3A0 Series USB controller
-		 *  (i.e. AT32UC3A0*) when defined.
-		 */
-		#define USB_SERIES_UC3A0_AVR
-
-		/** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the AVR32 UC3A1 Series USB controller
-		 *  (i.e. AT32UC3A1*) when defined.
-		 */
-		#define USB_SERIES_UC3A1_AVR
-
-		/** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the AVR32 UC3A3 Series USB controller
-		 *  (i.e. AT32UC3A3*) when defined.
-		 */
-		#define USB_SERIES_UC3A3_AVR
-
-		/** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the AVR32 UC3A4 Series USB controller
-		 *  (i.e. AT32UC3A4*) when defined.
-		 */
-		#define USB_SERIES_UC3A4_AVR
-
-		/** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the AVR32 UC3B0 Series USB controller
-		 *  (i.e. AT32UC3B0*) when defined.
-		 */
-		#define USB_SERIES_UC3B0_AVR
-
-		/** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the AVR32 UC3B1 Series USB controller
-		 *  (i.e. AT32UC3B1*) when defined.
-		 */
-		#define USB_SERIES_UC3B1_AVR
-
-		/** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the XMEGA A1U Series USB controller
-		 *  (i.e. ATXMEGA*A1U) when defined.
-		 */
-		#define USB_SERIES_A1U_XMEGA
-
-		/** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the XMEGA A3U Series USB controller
-		 *  (i.e. ATXMEGA*A3U) when defined.
-		 */
-		#define USB_SERIES_A3U_XMEGA
-
-		/** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the XMEGA A4U Series USB controller
-		 *  (i.e. ATXMEGA*A4U) when defined.
-		 */
-		#define USB_SERIES_A4U_XMEGA
-
-		/** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the XMEGA B1 Series USB controller
-		 *  (i.e. ATXMEGA*B1) when defined.
-		 */
-		#define USB_SERIES_B1_XMEGA
-
-		/** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the XMEGA B3 Series USB controller
-		 *  (i.e. ATXMEGA*B3) when defined.
-		 */
-		#define USB_SERIES_B3_XMEGA
-
-		/** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the XMEGA C3 Series USB controller
-		 *  (i.e. ATXMEGA*C3) when defined.
-		 */
-		#define USB_SERIES_C3_XMEGA
-
-		/** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the XMEGA C4 Series USB controller
-		 *  (i.e. ATXMEGA*C4) when defined.
-		 */
-		#define USB_SERIES_C4_XMEGA
-
-		/** Indicates that the target microcontroller and compilation settings allow for the
-		 *  target to be configured in USB Device mode when defined.
-		 */
-		#define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
-
-		/** Indicates that the target microcontroller and compilation settings allow for the
-		 *  target to be configured in USB Host mode when defined.
-		 */
-		#define USB_CAN_BE_HOST
-
-		/** Indicates that the target microcontroller and compilation settings allow for the
-		 *  target to be configured in either USB Device or Host mode when defined.
-		 */
-		#define USB_CAN_BE_BOTH
-	#else
-		/* Macros: */
-			#if (defined(__AVR_AT90USB162__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB82__)  || \
-			     defined(__AVR_ATmega32U2__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega16U2__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega8U2__))
-				#define USB_SERIES_2_AVR
-				#define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
-			#elif (defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__))
-				#define USB_SERIES_4_AVR
-				#define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
-			#elif (defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__))
-				#define USB_SERIES_6_AVR
-				#define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
-			#elif (defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__))
-				#define USB_SERIES_7_AVR
-				#define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
-				#define USB_CAN_BE_HOST
-			#elif (defined(__AVR32_UC3A0512__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3A0256__) || \
-			       defined(__AVR32_UC3A0128__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3A064__))
-				#define USB_SERIES_UC3A0_AVR32
-				#define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
-				#define USB_CAN_BE_HOST
-			#elif (defined(__AVR32_UC3A1512__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3A1256__) || \
-			       defined(__AVR32_UC3A1128__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3A164__))
-				#define USB_SERIES_UC3A1_AVR32
-				#define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
-				#define USB_CAN_BE_HOST
-			#elif (defined(__AVR32_UC3A3256__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3A3256S__) || \
-			       defined(__AVR32_UC3A3128__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3A3128S__) || \
-			       defined(__AVR32_UC3A364__)  || defined(__AVR32_UC3A364S__))
-				#define USB_SERIES_UC3A3_AVR32
-				#define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
-				#define USB_CAN_BE_HOST
-			#elif (defined(__AVR32_UC3A4256__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3A4256S__) || \
-			       defined(__AVR32_UC3A4128__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3A4128S__) || \
-			       defined(__AVR32_UC3A464__)  || defined(__AVR32_UC3A464S__))
-				#define USB_SERIES_UC3A4_AVR32
-				#define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
-				#define USB_CAN_BE_HOST
-			#elif (defined(__AVR32_UC3B0512__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3B0256__) || \
-			       defined(__AVR32_UC3B0128__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3B064__))
-				#define USB_SERIES_UC3B0_AVR32
-				#define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
-				#define USB_CAN_BE_HOST
-			#elif (defined(__AVR32_UC3B1512__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3B1256__) || \
-			       defined(__AVR32_UC3B1128__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3B164__))
-				#define USB_SERIES_UC3B1_AVR32
-				#define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
-				#define USB_CAN_BE_HOST
-			#elif (defined(__AVR_ATxmega128A1U__) || defined(__AVR_ATxmega64A1U__))
-				#define USB_SERIES_A1U_XMEGA
-				#define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
-			#elif (defined(__AVR_ATxmega64A3U__) || defined(__AVR_ATxmega128A3U__) || \
-			       defined(__AVR_ATxmega192A3U__) || defined(__AVR_ATxmega256A3U__))
-				#define USB_SERIES_A3U_XMEGA
-				#define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
-			#elif (defined(__AVR_ATxmega256A3BU__))
-				#define USB_SERIES_A3BU_XMEGA
-				#define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
-			#elif (defined(__AVR_ATxmega16A4U__) || defined(__AVR_ATxmega32A4U__) || \
-			       defined(__AVR_ATxmega64A4U__) || defined(__AVR_ATxmega128A4U__))
-				#define USB_SERIES_A4U_XMEGA
-				#define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
-			#elif (defined(__AVR_ATxmega128B1__) || defined(__AVR_ATxmega64B1__))
-				#define USB_SERIES_B1_XMEGA
-				#define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
-			#elif (defined(__AVR_ATxmega128B3__) || defined(__AVR_ATxmega64B3__))
-				#define USB_SERIES_B3_XMEGA
-				#define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
-			#elif (defined(__AVR_ATxmega128C3__) || defined(__AVR_ATxmega64C3__) || \
-			       defined(__AVR_ATxmega192C3__) || defined(__AVR_ATxmega256C3__) || \
-				   defined(__AVR_ATxmega384C3__))
-				#define USB_SERIES_C3_XMEGA
-				#define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
-			#elif (defined(__AVR_ATxmega16C4__) || defined(__AVR_ATxmega32C4__))
-				#define USB_SERIES_C4_XMEGA
-				#define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
-			#endif
-
-			#if (defined(USB_HOST_ONLY) && defined(USB_DEVICE_ONLY))
-				#error USB_HOST_ONLY and USB_DEVICE_ONLY are mutually exclusive.
-			#elif defined(USB_HOST_ONLY)
-				#if !defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-					#error USB_HOST_ONLY is not available for the currently selected microcontroller model.
-				#else
-					#undef USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
-				#endif
-			#elif defined(USB_DEVICE_ONLY)
-				#if !defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-					#error USB_DEVICE_ONLY is not available for the currently selected microcontroller model.
-				#else
-					#undef USB_CAN_BE_HOST
-				#endif
-			#endif
-
-			#if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) && defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST))
-				#define USB_CAN_BE_BOTH
-			#endif
-
-			#if (!defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) && !defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST))
-				#error The currently selected device, USB mode or architecture is not supported.
-			#endif
-	#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBTask.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBTask.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 30a3cd682c..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBTask.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USBTASK_C
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "USBTask.h"
-
-volatile bool        USB_IsInitialized;
-USB_Request_Header_t USB_ControlRequest;
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST) && !defined(HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR)
-volatile uint8_t     USB_HostState;
-#endif
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) && !defined(DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR)
-volatile uint8_t     USB_DeviceState;
-#endif
-
-void USB_USBTask(void)
-{
-	#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
-		if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Device)
-		  USB_DeviceTask();
-		else if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Host)
-		  USB_HostTask();
-	#elif defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-		USB_HostTask();
-	#elif defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-		USB_DeviceTask();
-	#endif
-}
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-static void USB_DeviceTask(void)
-{
-	if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
-	  return;
-
-	uint8_t PrevEndpoint = Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint();
-
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP);
-
-	if (Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived())
-	  USB_Device_ProcessControlRequest();
-
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PrevEndpoint);
-}
-#endif
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-static void USB_HostTask(void)
-{
-	uint8_t PrevPipe = Pipe_GetCurrentPipe();
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
-	USB_Host_ProcessNextHostState();
-
-	Pipe_SelectPipe(PrevPipe);
-}
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBTask.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBTask.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 7205ea1da9..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBTask.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,200 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Main USB service task management.
- *
- *  This file contains the function definitions required for the main USB service task, which must be called
- *  from the user application to ensure that the USB connection to or from a connected USB device is maintained.
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-#ifndef __USBTASK_H__
-#define __USBTASK_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "USBMode.h"
-		#include "USBController.h"
-		#include "Events.h"
-		#include "StdRequestType.h"
-		#include "StdDescriptors.h"
-
-		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-			#include "DeviceStandardReq.h"
-		#endif
-
-		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-			#include "HostStandardReq.h"
-		#endif
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Global Variables: */
-			/** Indicates if the USB interface is currently initialized but not necessarily connected to a host
-			 *  or device (i.e. if \ref USB_Init() has been run). If this is false, all other library globals related
-			 *  to the USB driver are invalid.
-			 *
-			 *  \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
-			 *             changed in value.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_USBManagement
-			 */
-			extern volatile bool USB_IsInitialized;
-
-			/** Structure containing the last received Control request when in Device mode (for use in user-applications
-			 *  inside of the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event, or for filling up with a control request to
-			 *  issue when in Host mode before calling \ref USB_Host_SendControlRequest().
-			 *
-			 *  \note The contents of this structure is automatically endian-corrected for the current CPU architecture.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_USBManagement
-			 */
-			 extern USB_Request_Header_t USB_ControlRequest;
-
-			#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-				#if !defined(HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-					/** Indicates the current host state machine state. When in host mode, this indicates the state
-					 *  via one of the values of the \ref USB_Host_States_t enum values.
-					 *
-					 *  This value should not be altered by the user application as it is handled automatically by the
-					 *  library.
-					 *
-					 *  To reduce program size and speed up checks of this global on the AVR8 architecture, it can be
-					 *  placed into one of the AVR's \c GPIOR hardware registers instead of RAM by defining the
-					 *  \c HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR token to a value between 0 and 2 in the project makefile and passing it to
-					 *  the compiler via the -D switch. When defined, the corresponding GPIOR register should not be used
-					 *  in the user application except implicitly via the library APIs.
-					 *
-					 *  \note This global is only present if the user application can be a USB host.
-					 *
-					 *  \see \ref USB_Host_States_t for a list of possible device states.
-					 *
-					 *  \ingroup Group_Host
-					 */
-					extern volatile uint8_t USB_HostState;
-				#else
-					#define USB_HostState            CONCAT_EXPANDED(GPIOR, HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR)
-				#endif
-			#endif
-
-			#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-				#if !defined(DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-					/** Indicates the current device state machine state. When in device mode, this indicates the state
-					 *  via one of the values of the \ref USB_Device_States_t enum values.
-					 *
-					 *  This value should not be altered by the user application as it is handled automatically by the
-					 *  library. The only exception to this rule is if the NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT token is used
-					 *  (see \ref EVENT_USB_Device_Connect() and \ref EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect() events).
-					 *
-					 *  To reduce program size and speed up checks of this global on the AVR8 architecture, it can be
-					 *  placed into one of the AVR's \c GPIOR hardware registers instead of RAM by defining the
-					 *  \c DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR token to a value between 0 and 2 in the project makefile and passing it to
-					 *  the compiler via the -D switch. When defined, the corresponding GPIOR register should not be used
-					 *  in the user application except implicitly via the library APIs.
-					 *
-					 *  \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
-					 *             changed in value except in the circumstances outlined above.
-					 *
-					 *  \note This global is only present if the user application can be a USB device.
-					 *        \n\n
-					 *
-					 *  \see \ref USB_Device_States_t for a list of possible device states.
-					 *
-					 *  \ingroup Group_Device
-					 */
-					extern volatile uint8_t USB_DeviceState;
-				#else
-					#define USB_DeviceState            CONCAT_EXPANDED(GPIOR, DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR)
-				#endif
-			#endif
-
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			/** This is the main USB management task. The USB driver requires this task to be executed
-			 *  continuously when the USB system is active (device attached in host mode, or attached to a host
-			 *  in device mode) in order to manage USB communications. This task may be executed inside an RTOS,
-			 *  fast timer ISR or the main user application loop.
-			 *
-			 *  The USB task must be serviced within 30ms while in device mode, or within 1ms while in host mode.
-			 *  The task may be serviced at all times, or (for minimum CPU consumption):
-			 *
-			 *    - In device mode, it may be disabled at start-up, enabled on the firing of the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_Connect()
-			 *      event and disabled again on the firing of the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect() event.
-			 *
-			 *    - In host mode, it may be disabled at start-up, enabled on the firing of the \ref EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached()
-			 *      event and disabled again on the firing of the \ref EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete() or
-			 *      \ref EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed() events.
-			 *
-			 *  If in device mode (only), the control endpoint can instead be managed via interrupts entirely by the library
-			 *  by defining the INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT token and passing it to the compiler via the -D switch.
-			 *
-			 *  \see \ref Group_Events for more information on the USB events.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_USBManagement
-			 */
-			void USB_USBTask(void);
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			#if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USBTASK_C)
-				#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-					static void USB_HostTask(void);
-				#endif
-
-				#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-					static void USB_DeviceTask(void);
-				#endif
-			#endif
-
-		/* Macros: */
-			#define HOST_TASK_NONBLOCK_WAIT(Duration, NextState) do { USB_HostState   = HOST_STATE_WaitForDevice; \
-			                                                          WaitMSRemaining = (Duration);               \
-			                                                          PostWaitState   = (NextState);              } while (0)
-	#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Device_XMEGA.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Device_XMEGA.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 10c3279f35..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Device_XMEGA.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-#if (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-
-#include "../Device.h"
-
-void USB_Device_SendRemoteWakeup(void)
-{
-	USB.CTRLB |= USB_RWAKEUP_bm;
-}
-
-#endif
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Device_XMEGA.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Device_XMEGA.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b203e10266..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Device_XMEGA.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,266 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief USB Device definitions for the AVR XMEGA microcontrollers.
- *  \copydetails Group_Device_XMEGA
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Device
- *  \defgroup Group_Device_XMEGA Device Management (XMEGA)
- *  \brief USB Device definitions for the AVR XMEGA microcontrollers.
- *
- *  Architecture specific USB Device definitions for the Atmel AVR XMEGA microcontrollers.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __USBDEVICE_XMEGA_H__
-#define __USBDEVICE_XMEGA_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../USBController.h"
-		#include "../StdDescriptors.h"
-		#include "../USBInterrupt.h"
-		#include "../Endpoint.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-		#if (defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS) && defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS))
-			#error USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS and USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS are mutually exclusive.
-		#endif
-
-		#if (defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) && defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS))
-			#error USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS and USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS are mutually exclusive.
-		#endif
-
-		#if (defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) && defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS))
-			#error USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS and USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS are mutually exclusive.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** \name USB Device Mode Option Masks */
-			//@{
-			/** Mask for the Options parameter of the \ref USB_Init() function. This indicates that the
-			 *  USB interface should be initialized in low speed (1.5Mb/s) mode.
-			 *
-			 *  \note Low Speed mode is not available on all USB AVR models.
-			 *        \n
-			 *
-			 *  \note Restrictions apply on the number, size and type of endpoints which can be used
-			 *        when running in low speed mode - refer to the USB 2.0 specification.
-			 */
-			#define USB_DEVICE_OPT_LOWSPEED        (1 << 0)
-
-			#if (F_USB > 6000000)
-				/** Mask for the Options parameter of the \ref USB_Init() function. This indicates that the
-				 *  USB interface should be initialized in full speed (12Mb/s) mode.
-				 */
-				#define USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED   (0 << 0)
-			#endif
-			//@}
-
-			#if (!defined(NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
-				/** String descriptor index for the device's unique serial number string descriptor within the device.
-				 *  This unique serial number is used by the host to associate resources to the device (such as drivers or COM port
-				 *  number allocations) to a device regardless of the port it is plugged in to on the host. Some microcontrollers contain
-				 *  a unique serial number internally, and setting the device descriptors serial number string index to this value
-				 *  will cause it to use the internal serial number.
-				 *
-				 *  On unsupported devices, this will evaluate to \ref NO_DESCRIPTOR and so will force the host to create a pseudo-serial
-				 *  number for the device.
-				 */
-				#define USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL            0xDC
-
-				/** Length of the device's unique internal serial number, in bits, if present on the selected microcontroller
-				 *  model.
-				 */
-				#define INTERNAL_SERIAL_LENGTH_BITS    (8 * (1 + (offsetof(NVM_PROD_SIGNATURES_t, COORDY1) - offsetof(NVM_PROD_SIGNATURES_t, LOTNUM0))))
-
-				/** Start address of the internal serial number, in the appropriate address space, if present on the selected microcontroller
-				 *  model.
-				 */
-				#define INTERNAL_SERIAL_START_ADDRESS  offsetof(NVM_PROD_SIGNATURES_t, LOTNUM0)
-			#else
-				#define USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL            NO_DESCRIPTOR
-
-				#define INTERNAL_SERIAL_LENGTH_BITS    0
-				#define INTERNAL_SERIAL_START_ADDRESS  0
-			#endif
-
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			/** Sends a Remote Wakeup request to the host. This signals to the host that the device should
-			 *  be taken out of suspended mode, and communications should resume.
-			 *
-			 *  Typically, this is implemented so that HID devices (mice, keyboards, etc.) can wake up the
-			 *  host computer when the host has suspended all USB devices to enter a low power state.
-			 *
-			 *  \note This function should only be used if the device has indicated to the host that it
-			 *        supports the Remote Wakeup feature in the device descriptors, and should only be
-			 *        issued if the host is currently allowing remote wakeup events from the device (i.e.,
-			 *        the \ref USB_Device_RemoteWakeupEnabled flag is set). When the \c NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
-			 *        compile time option is used, this function is unavailable.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \note The USB clock must be running for this function to operate. If the stack is initialized with
-			 *        the \ref USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL option enabled, the user must ensure that the PLL is running
-			 *        before attempting to call this function.
-			 *
-			 *  \see \ref Group_StdDescriptors for more information on the RMWAKEUP feature and device descriptors.
-			 */
-			void USB_Device_SendRemoteWakeup(void);
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			/** Returns the current USB frame number, when in device mode. Every millisecond the USB bus is active (i.e. enumerated to a host)
-			 *  the frame number is incremented by one.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Current USB frame number from the USB controller.
-			 */
-			static inline uint16_t USB_Device_GetFrameNumber(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline uint16_t USB_Device_GetFrameNumber(void)
-			{
-				return ((USB_EndpointTable_t*)USB.EPPTR)->FrameNum;
-			}
-
-			#if !defined(NO_SOF_EVENTS)
-			/** Enables the device mode Start Of Frame events. When enabled, this causes the
-			 *  \ref EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame() event to fire once per millisecond, synchronized to the USB bus,
-			 *  at the start of each USB frame when enumerated in device mode.
-			 *
-			 *  \note This function is not available when the \c NO_SOF_EVENTS compile time token is defined.
-			 */
-			static inline void USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents(void)
-			{
-				USB.INTCTRLA |=  USB_SOFIE_bm;
-			}
-
-			/** Disables the device mode Start Of Frame events. When disabled, this stops the firing of the
-			 *  \ref EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame() event when enumerated in device mode.
-			 *
-			 *  \note This function is not available when the \c NO_SOF_EVENTS compile time token is defined.
-			 */
-			static inline void USB_Device_DisableSOFEvents(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_Device_DisableSOFEvents(void)
-			{
-				USB.INTCTRLA &= ~USB_SOFIE_bm;
-			}
-			#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			static inline void USB_Device_SetLowSpeed(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_Device_SetLowSpeed(void)
-			{
-				USB.CTRLA &= ~USB_SPEED_bm;
-			}
-
-			static inline void USB_Device_SetFullSpeed(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_Device_SetFullSpeed(void)
-			{
-				USB.CTRLA |=  USB_SPEED_bm;
-			}
-
-			static inline void USB_Device_SetDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_Device_SetDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address)
-			{
-				(void)Address;
-
-				/* No implementation for XMEGA architecture */
-			}
-
-			static inline void USB_Device_EnableDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_Device_EnableDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address)
-			{
-				USB.ADDR = Address;
-			}
-
-			static inline bool USB_Device_IsAddressSet(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline bool USB_Device_IsAddressSet(void)
-			{
-				return ((USB.ADDR != 0) ? true : false);
-			}
-
-			static inline void USB_Device_GetSerialString(uint16_t* const UnicodeString) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-			static inline void USB_Device_GetSerialString(uint16_t* const UnicodeString)
-			{
-				uint_reg_t CurrentGlobalInt = GetGlobalInterruptMask();
-				GlobalInterruptDisable();
-
-				uint8_t SigReadAddress = INTERNAL_SERIAL_START_ADDRESS;
-
-				for (uint8_t SerialCharNum = 0; SerialCharNum < (INTERNAL_SERIAL_LENGTH_BITS / 4); SerialCharNum++)
-				{
-					uint8_t SerialByte;
-
-					NVM.CMD    = NVM_CMD_READ_CALIB_ROW_gc;
-					SerialByte = pgm_read_byte(SigReadAddress);
-					NVM.CMD    = 0;
-
-					if (SerialCharNum & 0x01)
-					{
-						SerialByte >>= 4;
-						SigReadAddress++;
-					}
-
-					SerialByte &= 0x0F;
-
-					UnicodeString[SerialCharNum] = cpu_to_le16((SerialByte >= 10) ?
-															   (('A' - 10) + SerialByte) : ('0' + SerialByte));
-				}
-
-				SetGlobalInterruptMask(CurrentGlobalInt);
-			}
-
-	#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/EndpointStream_XMEGA.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/EndpointStream_XMEGA.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 421d717099..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/EndpointStream_XMEGA.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,275 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-#if (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-
-#include "EndpointStream_XMEGA.h"
-
-#if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
-uint8_t Endpoint_Discard_Stream(uint16_t Length,
-                                uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
-{
-	uint8_t  ErrorCode;
-	uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
-
-	if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
-	  return ErrorCode;
-
-	if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
-	  Length -= *BytesProcessed;
-
-	while (Length)
-	{
-		if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
-		{
-			Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-
-			if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
-			{
-				*BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
-				return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
-			}
-
-			if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
-			  return ErrorCode;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			Endpoint_Discard_8();
-
-			Length--;
-			BytesInTransfer++;
-		}
-	}
-
-	return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-uint8_t Endpoint_Null_Stream(uint16_t Length,
-                             uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
-{
-	uint8_t  ErrorCode;
-	uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
-
-	if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
-	  return ErrorCode;
-
-	if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
-	  Length -= *BytesProcessed;
-
-	while (Length)
-	{
-		if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
-		{
-			Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
-			if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
-			{
-				*BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
-				return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
-			}
-
-			if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
-			  return ErrorCode;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			Endpoint_Write_8(0);
-
-			Length--;
-			BytesInTransfer++;
-		}
-	}
-
-	return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-/* The following abuses the C preprocessor in order to copy-paste common code with slight alterations,
- * so that the code needs to be written once. It is a crude form of templating to reduce code maintenance. */
-
-#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      const void*
-#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearIN()
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr += Amount
-#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
-#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-
-#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      const void*
-#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearIN()
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr -= Amount
-#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
-#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-
-#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      void*
-#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearOUT()
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr += Amount
-#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
-#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-
-#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Read_Stream_BE
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      void*
-#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearOUT()
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr -= Amount
-#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
-#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-
-#if defined(ARCH_HAS_FLASH_ADDRESS_SPACE)
-	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_PStream_LE
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      const void*
-	#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearIN()
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr += Amount
-	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
-	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-
-	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_PStream_BE
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      const void*
-	#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearIN()
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr -= Amount
-	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
-	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-#endif
-
-#if defined(ARCH_HAS_EEPROM_ADDRESS_SPACE)
-	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_EStream_LE
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      const void*
-	#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearIN()
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr += Amount
-	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
-	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-
-	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_EStream_BE
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      const void*
-	#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearIN()
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr -= Amount
-	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
-	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-
-	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Read_EStream_LE
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      void*
-	#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearOUT()
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr += Amount
-	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Endpoint_Read_8())
-	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-
-	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Read_EStream_BE
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE                      void*
-	#define  TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT()                 Endpoint_ClearOUT()
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr -= Amount
-	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Endpoint_Read_8())
-	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-#endif
-
-#endif
-
-#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr += Amount
-#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
-#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
-
-#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_BE
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr -= Amount
-#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
-#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
-
-#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr += Amount
-#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
-#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c"
-
-#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_BE
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
-#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr -= Amount
-#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
-#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c"
-
-#if defined(ARCH_HAS_FLASH_ADDRESS_SPACE)
-	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_Control_PStream_LE
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr += Amount
-	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
-	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
-
-	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_Control_PStream_BE
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr -= Amount
-	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
-	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
-#endif
-
-#if defined(ARCH_HAS_EEPROM_ADDRESS_SPACE)
-	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_Control_EStream_LE
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr += Amount
-	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
-	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
-
-	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Write_Control_EStream_BE
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr -= Amount
-	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         Endpoint_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
-	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
-
-	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Read_Control_EStream_LE
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            0
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr += Amount
-	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Endpoint_Read_8())
-	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c"
-
-	#define  TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME                        Endpoint_Read_Control_EStream_BE
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length)            (Length - 1)
-	#define  TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount)   BufferPtr -= Amount
-	#define  TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr)         eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Endpoint_Read_8())
-	#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c"
-#endif
-
-#endif
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/EndpointStream_XMEGA.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/EndpointStream_XMEGA.h
deleted file mode 100644
index cba6537db3..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/EndpointStream_XMEGA.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,658 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Endpoint data stream transmission and reception management for the AVR XMEGA microcontrollers.
- *  \copydetails Group_EndpointStreamRW_XMEGA
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_EndpointStreamRW
- *  \defgroup Group_EndpointStreamRW_XMEGA Read/Write of Multi-Byte Streams (XMEGA)
- *  \brief Endpoint data stream transmission and reception management for the Atmel AVR XMEGA architecture.
- *
- *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of data streams from
- *  and to endpoints.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __ENDPOINT_STREAM_XMEGA_H__
-#define __ENDPOINT_STREAM_XMEGA_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../USBMode.h"
-		#include "../USBTask.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			/** \name Stream functions for null data */
-			//@{
-
-			/** Reads and discards the given number of bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank,
-			 *  discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically
-			 *  discarded once the remaining bytes has been read; the user is responsible for manually
-			 *  discarding the last packet from the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
-			 *
-			 *  If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
-			 *  failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
-			 *  storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
-			 *  the endpoint bank becomes empty while there is still data to process (and after the current
-			 *  packet has been acknowledged) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the total number
-			 *  of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
-			 *  \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
-			 *  in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
-			 *  and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
-			 *
-			 *  <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
-			 *  \code
-			 *  uint8_t ErrorCode;
-			 *
-			 *  if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Discard_Stream(512, NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-			 *  {
-			 *       // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
-			 *  }
-			 *  \endcode
-			 *
-			 *  <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
-			 *  \code
-			 *  uint8_t  ErrorCode;
-			 *  uint16_t BytesProcessed;
-			 *
-			 *  BytesProcessed = 0;
-			 *  while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Discard_Stream(512, &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
-			 *  {
-			 *      // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
-			 *  }
-			 *
-			 *  if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-			 *  {
-			 *      // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
-			 *  }
-			 *  \endcode
-			 *
-			 *  \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of bytes to discard via the currently selected endpoint.
-			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
-			 *                             transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Endpoint_Discard_Stream(uint16_t Length,
-			                                uint16_t* const BytesProcessed);
-
-			/** Writes a given number of zeroed bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank, sending
-			 *  full packets to the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically sent once the
-			 *  remaining bytes have been written; the user is responsible for manually sending the last
-			 *  packet to the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
-			 *
-			 *  If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
-			 *  failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
-			 *  storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
-			 *  the endpoint bank becomes full while there is still data to process (and after the current
-			 *  packet transmission has been initiated) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the
-			 *  total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
-			 *  \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
-			 *  in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
-			 *  and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
-			 *
-			 *  <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
-			 *  \code
-			 *  uint8_t ErrorCode;
-			 *
-			 *  if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Null_Stream(512, NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-			 *  {
-			 *       // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
-			 *  }
-			 *  \endcode
-			 *
-			 *  <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
-			 *  \code
-			 *  uint8_t  ErrorCode;
-			 *  uint16_t BytesProcessed;
-			 *
-			 *  BytesProcessed = 0;
-			 *  while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Null_Stream(512, &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
-			 *  {
-			 *      // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
-			 *  }
-			 *
-			 *  if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-			 *  {
-			 *      // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
-			 *  }
-			 *  \endcode
-			 *
-			 *  \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of zero bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
-			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
-			 *                             transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Endpoint_Null_Stream(uint16_t Length,
-			                             uint16_t* const BytesProcessed);
-
-			//@}
-
-			/** \name Stream functions for RAM source/destination data */
-			//@{
-
-			/** Writes the given number of bytes to the endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
-			 *  sending full packets to the host as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
-			 *  the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
-			 *  \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
-			 *
-			 *  If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
-			 *  failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
-			 *  storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
-			 *  the endpoint bank becomes full while there is still data to process (and after the current
-			 *  packet transmission has been initiated) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the
-			 *  total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
-			 *  \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
-			 *  in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
-			 *  and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
-			 *
-			 *  <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
-			 *  \code
-			 *  uint8_t DataStream[512];
-			 *  uint8_t ErrorCode;
-			 *
-			 *  if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
-			 *                                            NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-			 *  {
-			 *       // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
-			 *  }
-			 *  \endcode
-			 *
-			 *  <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
-			 *  \code
-			 *  uint8_t  DataStream[512];
-			 *  uint8_t  ErrorCode;
-			 *  uint16_t BytesProcessed;
-			 *
-			 *  BytesProcessed = 0;
-			 *  while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
-			 *                                               &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
-			 *  {
-			 *      // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
-			 *  }
-			 *
-			 *  if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-			 *  {
-			 *      // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
-			 *  }
-			 *  \endcode
-			 *
-			 *  \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Buffer          Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
-			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
-			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
-			 *                             transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
-			                                 uint16_t Length,
-			                                 uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Writes the given number of bytes to the endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
-			 *  sending full packets to the host as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
-			 *  the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
-			 *  \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
-			 *
-			 *  \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Buffer          Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
-			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
-			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
-			 *                             transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
-			                                 uint16_t Length,
-			                                 uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Reads the given number of bytes from the endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
-			 *  discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically
-			 *  discarded once the remaining bytes has been read; the user is responsible for manually
-			 *  discarding the last packet from the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
-			 *
-			 *  If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
-			 *  failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
-			 *  storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
-			 *  the endpoint bank becomes empty while there is still data to process (and after the current
-			 *  packet has been acknowledged) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the total number
-			 *  of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
-			 *  \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
-			 *  in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
-			 *  and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
-			 *
-			 *  <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
-			 *  \code
-			 *  uint8_t DataStream[512];
-			 *  uint8_t ErrorCode;
-			 *
-			 *  if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
-			 *                                           NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-			 *  {
-			 *       // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
-			 *  }
-			 *  \endcode
-			 *
-			 *  <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
-			 *  \code
-			 *  uint8_t  DataStream[512];
-			 *  uint8_t  ErrorCode;
-			 *  uint16_t BytesProcessed;
-			 *
-			 *  BytesProcessed = 0;
-			 *  while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
-			 *                                              &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
-			 *  {
-			 *      // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
-			 *  }
-			 *
-			 *  if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
-			 *  {
-			 *      // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
-			 *  }
-			 *  \endcode
-			 *
-			 *  \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[out] Buffer          Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
-			 *  \param[in]  Length          Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
-			 *  \param[in]  BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
-			 *                              transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(void* const Buffer,
-			                                uint16_t Length,
-			                                uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Reads the given number of bytes from the endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
-			 *  discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically
-			 *  discarded once the remaining bytes has been read; the user is responsible for manually
-			 *  discarding the last packet from the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
-			 *
-			 *  \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[out] Buffer          Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
-			 *  \param[in]  Length          Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
-			 *  \param[in]  BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
-			 *                              transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Stream_BE(void* const Buffer,
-			                                uint16_t Length,
-			                                uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Writes the given number of bytes to the CONTROL type endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
-			 *  sending full packets to the host as needed. The host OUT acknowledgement is not automatically cleared
-			 *  in both failure and success states; the user is responsible for manually clearing the status OUT packet
-			 *  to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
-			 *
-			 *  \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
-			 *        function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
-			 *        Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
-			 *           together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Buffer  Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
-			 *  \param[in] Length  Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
-			                                         uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Writes the given number of bytes to the CONTROL type endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
-			 *  sending full packets to the host as needed. The host OUT acknowledgement is not automatically cleared
-			 *  in both failure and success states; the user is responsible for manually clearing the status OUT packet
-			 *  to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
-			 *
-			 *  \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
-			 *        function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
-			 *        Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
-			 *           together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Buffer  Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
-			 *  \param[in] Length  Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
-			                                         uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Reads the given number of bytes from the CONTROL endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
-			 *  discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The device IN acknowledgement is not
-			 *  automatically sent after success or failure states; the user is responsible for manually sending the
-			 *  status IN packet to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
-			 *
-			 *  \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
-			 *        function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
-			 *        Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
-			 *           together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[out] Buffer  Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
-			 *  \param[in]  Length  Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(void* const Buffer,
-			                                        uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** Reads the given number of bytes from the CONTROL endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
-			 *  discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The device IN acknowledgement is not
-			 *  automatically sent after success or failure states; the user is responsible for manually sending the
-			 *  status IN packet to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
-			 *
-			 *  \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
-			 *        function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
-			 *        Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
-			 *           together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[out] Buffer  Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
-			 *  \param[in]  Length  Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_BE(void* const Buffer,
-			                                        uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-			//@}
-
-			/** \name Stream functions for EEPROM source/destination data */
-			//@{
-
-			/** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE().
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Buffer          Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
-			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
-			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
-			 *                             transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Endpoint_Write_EStream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
-			                                  uint16_t Length,
-			                                  uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE().
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Buffer          Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
-			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
-			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
-			 *                             transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Endpoint_Write_EStream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
-			                                  uint16_t Length,
-			                                  uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** EEPROM buffer destination version of \ref Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE().
-			 *
-			 *  \param[out] Buffer          Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to, located in EEPROM memory space.
-			 *  \param[in]  Length          Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
-			 *  \param[in]  BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
-			 *                              transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Endpoint_Read_EStream_LE(void* const Buffer,
-			                                 uint16_t Length,
-			                                 uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** EEPROM buffer destination version of \ref Endpoint_Read_Stream_BE().
-			 *
-			 *  \param[out] Buffer          Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to, located in EEPROM memory space.
-			 *  \param[in]  Length          Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
-			 *  \param[in]  BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
-			 *                              transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Endpoint_Read_EStream_BE(void* const Buffer,
-			                                 uint16_t Length,
-			                                 uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** EEPROM buffer source version of Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE.
-			 *
-			 *  \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
-			 *        function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
-			 *        Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
-			 *           together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Buffer  Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
-			 *  \param[in] Length  Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_EStream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
-			                                          uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_BE().
-			 *
-			 *  \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
-			 *        function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
-			 *        Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
-			 *           together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Buffer  Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
-			 *  \param[in] Length  Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_EStream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
-			                                          uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE().
-			 *
-			 *  \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
-			 *        function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
-			 *        Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
-			 *           together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[out] Buffer  Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
-			 *  \param[in]  Length  Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Control_EStream_LE(void* const Buffer,
-			                                         uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_BE().
-			 *
-			 *  \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
-			 *        function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
-			 *        Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
-			 *           together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[out] Buffer  Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
-			 *  \param[in]  Length  Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Control_EStream_BE(void* const Buffer,
-			                                         uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-			//@}
-
-			/** \name Stream functions for PROGMEM source/destination data */
-			//@{
-
-			/** FLASH buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE().
-			 *
-			 *  \pre The FLASH data must be located in the first 64KB of FLASH for this function to work correctly.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Buffer          Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
-			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
-			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
-			 *                             transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Endpoint_Write_PStream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
-			                                  uint16_t Length,
-			                                  uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** FLASH buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE().
-			 *
-			 *  \pre The FLASH data must be located in the first 64KB of FLASH for this function to work correctly.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Buffer          Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
-			 *  \param[in] Length          Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
-			 *  \param[in] BytesProcessed  Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
-			 *                             transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Endpoint_Write_PStream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
-			                                  uint16_t Length,
-			                                  uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** FLASH buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE().
-			 *
-			 *  \pre The FLASH data must be located in the first 64KB of FLASH for this function to work correctly.
-			 *
-			 *  \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
-			 *        function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
-			 *        Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
-			 *           together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Buffer  Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
-			 *  \param[in] Length  Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_PStream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
-			                                          uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
-			/** FLASH buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_BE().
-			 *
-			 *  \pre The FLASH data must be located in the first 64KB of FLASH for this function to work correctly.
-			 *
-			 *  \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
-			 *        function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
-			 *        Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
-			 *           together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Buffer  Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
-			 *  \param[in] Length  Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_PStream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
-			                                          uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-			//@}
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Endpoint_XMEGA.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Endpoint_XMEGA.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 8155ecf7d0..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Endpoint_XMEGA.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,268 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-#if (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-
-#include "../Endpoint.h"
-
-#if !defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE)
-uint8_t USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP_DEFAULT_SIZE;
-#endif
-
-Endpoint_FIFOPair_t       USB_Endpoint_FIFOs[ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS];
-
-volatile uint8_t          USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint;
-volatile USB_EP_t*        USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle;
-volatile Endpoint_FIFO_t* USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO;
-
-bool Endpoint_IsINReady(void)
-{
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint | ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
-
-	return ((USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->STATUS & USB_EP_BUSNACK0_bm) ? true : false);
-}
-
-bool Endpoint_IsOUTReceived(void)
-{
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint & ~ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
-
-	if (USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->STATUS & USB_EP_TRNCOMPL0_bm)
-	{
-		USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Length = USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CNT;
-		return true;
-	}
-
-	return false;
-}
-
-bool Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived(void)
-{
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint & ~ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
-
-	if (USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->STATUS & USB_EP_SETUP_bm)
-	{
-		USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Length = USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CNT;
-		return true;
-	}
-
-	return false;
-}
-
-void Endpoint_ClearSETUP(void)
-{
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint & ~ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
-	USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->STATUS &= ~(USB_EP_SETUP_bm | USB_EP_TRNCOMPL0_bm | USB_EP_BUSNACK0_bm | USB_EP_OVF_bm);
-	USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->STATUS |= USB_EP_TOGGLE_bm;
-	USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position  = 0;
-
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint | ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
-	USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->STATUS |= USB_EP_TOGGLE_bm;
-	USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position  = 0;
-}
-
-void Endpoint_ClearIN(void)
-{
-	USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CNT     = USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position;
-	USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->STATUS &= ~(USB_EP_TRNCOMPL0_bm | USB_EP_BUSNACK0_bm | USB_EP_OVF_bm);
-	USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position  = 0;
-}
-
-void Endpoint_ClearOUT(void)
-{
-	USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->STATUS &= ~(USB_EP_TRNCOMPL0_bm | USB_EP_BUSNACK0_bm | USB_EP_OVF_bm);
-	USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position  = 0;
-}
-
-void Endpoint_StallTransaction(void)
-{
-	USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CTRL |= USB_EP_STALL_bm;
-
-	if ((USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CTRL & USB_EP_TYPE_gm) == USB_EP_TYPE_CONTROL_gc)
-	{
-		Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint ^ ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
-		USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CTRL |= USB_EP_STALL_bm;
-	}
-}
-
-uint8_t Endpoint_Read_8(void)
-{
-	return USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Data[USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position++];
-}
-
-void Endpoint_Write_8(const uint8_t Data)
-{
-	USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Data[USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position++] = Data;
-}
-
-void Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(const uint8_t Address)
-{
-	uint8_t EndpointNumber = (Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK);
-
-	USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint = Address;
-
-	Endpoint_FIFOPair_t* EndpointFIFOPair = &USB_Endpoint_FIFOs[EndpointNumber];
-	USB_EndpointTable_t* EndpointTable    = (USB_EndpointTable_t*)USB.EPPTR;
-
-	if (Address & ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
-	{
-		USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO   = &EndpointFIFOPair->IN;
-		USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle = &EndpointTable->Endpoints[EndpointNumber].IN;
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO   = &EndpointFIFOPair->OUT;
-		USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle = &EndpointTable->Endpoints[EndpointNumber].OUT;
-	}
-}
-
-bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(const USB_Endpoint_Table_t* const Table,
-                                     const uint8_t Entries)
-{
-	for (uint8_t i = 0; i < Entries; i++)
-	{
-		if (!(Table[i].Address))
-		  continue;
-
-		if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(Table[i].Address, Table[i].Type, Table[i].Size, Table[i].Banks)))
-		{
-			return false;
-		}
-	}
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint_PRV(const uint8_t Address,
-                                    const uint8_t Config,
-                                    const uint8_t Size)
-{
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(Address);
-
-	USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CTRL    = 0;
-	USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->STATUS  = (Address & ENDPOINT_DIR_IN) ? USB_EP_BUSNACK0_bm : 0;
-	USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CTRL    = Config;
-	USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CNT     = 0;
-	USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->DATAPTR = (intptr_t)USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Data;
-
-	USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Length    = (Address & ENDPOINT_DIR_IN) ? Size : 0;
-	USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position  = 0;
-
-	return true;
-}
-
-void Endpoint_ClearEndpoints(void)
-{
-	for (uint8_t EPNum = 0; EPNum < ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS; EPNum++)
-	{
-		((USB_EndpointTable_t*)USB.EPPTR)->Endpoints[EPNum].IN.CTRL  = 0;
-		((USB_EndpointTable_t*)USB.EPPTR)->Endpoints[EPNum].OUT.CTRL = 0;
-	}
-}
-
-void Endpoint_ClearStatusStage(void)
-{
-	if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST)
-	{
-		while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
-		{
-			if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
-			  return;
-		}
-
-		Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-	}
-	else
-	{
-		while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
-		{
-			if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
-			  return;
-		}
-
-		Endpoint_ClearIN();
-	}
-}
-
-#if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
-uint8_t Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(void)
-{
-	#if (USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS < 0xFF)
-	uint8_t  TimeoutMSRem = USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS;
-	#else
-	uint16_t TimeoutMSRem = USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS;
-	#endif
-
-	uint16_t PreviousFrameNumber = USB_Device_GetFrameNumber();
-
-	for (;;)
-	{
-		if (Endpoint_GetEndpointDirection() == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
-		{
-			if (Endpoint_IsINReady())
-			  return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
-			  return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
-		}
-
-		uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
-
-		if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
-		  return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
-		else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
-		  return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_BusSuspended;
-		else if (Endpoint_IsStalled())
-		  return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_EndpointStalled;
-
-		uint16_t CurrentFrameNumber = USB_Device_GetFrameNumber();
-
-		if (CurrentFrameNumber != PreviousFrameNumber)
-		{
-			PreviousFrameNumber = CurrentFrameNumber;
-
-			if (!(TimeoutMSRem--))
-			  return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_Timeout;
-		}
-	}
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Endpoint_XMEGA.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Endpoint_XMEGA.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 42c476b249..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Endpoint_XMEGA.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,689 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief USB Endpoint definitions for the AVR XMEGA microcontrollers.
- *  \copydetails Group_EndpointManagement_XMEGA
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_EndpointRW
- *  \defgroup Group_EndpointRW_XMEGA Endpoint Data Reading and Writing (XMEGA)
- *  \brief Endpoint data read/write definitions for the Atmel AVR XMEGA architecture.
- *
- *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing from and to endpoints.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW
- *  \defgroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA Read/Write of Primitive Data Types (XMEGA)
- *  \brief Endpoint primitive read/write definitions for the Atmel AVR XMEGA architecture.
- *
- *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of primitive data types
- *  from and to endpoints.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement
- *  \defgroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA Endpoint Packet Management (XMEGA)
- *  \brief Endpoint packet management definitions for the Atmel AVR XMEGA architecture.
- *
- *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to packet management of endpoints.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_EndpointManagement
- *  \defgroup Group_EndpointManagement_XMEGA Endpoint Management (XMEGA)
- *  \brief Endpoint management definitions for the Atmel AVR XMEGA architecture.
- *
- *  Functions, macros and enums related to endpoint management when in USB Device mode. This
- *  module contains the endpoint management macros, as well as endpoint interrupt and data
- *  send/receive functions for various data types.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __ENDPOINT_XMEGA_H__
-#define __ENDPOINT_XMEGA_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../USBTask.h"
-		#include "../USBInterrupt.h"
-		#include "../USBController.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			#if (!defined(MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX) && !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-				/** Total number of endpoints (including the default control endpoint at address 0) which may
-				 *  be used in the device. Different USB AVR models support different amounts of endpoints,
-				 *  this value reflects the maximum number of endpoints for the currently selected AVR model.
-				 */
-				#define ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS            16
-			#else
-				#if defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
-					#define ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS        1
-				#else
-					#define ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS        (MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX + 1)
-				#endif
-			#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Type Defines: */
-			typedef struct
-			{
-				uint8_t Data[64];
-
-				uint8_t Length;
-				uint8_t Position;
-			} Endpoint_FIFO_t;
-
-			typedef struct
-			{
-				Endpoint_FIFO_t OUT;
-				Endpoint_FIFO_t IN;
-			} Endpoint_FIFOPair_t;
-
-		/* External Variables: */
-			extern Endpoint_FIFOPair_t       USB_Endpoint_FIFOs[ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS];
-			extern volatile uint8_t          USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint;
-			extern volatile USB_EP_t*        USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle;
-			extern volatile Endpoint_FIFO_t* USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO;
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			static inline uint8_t Endpoint_BytesToEPSizeMask(const uint16_t Bytes) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_CONST
-			                                                                       ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint8_t Endpoint_BytesToEPSizeMask(const uint16_t Bytes)
-			{
-				uint8_t  MaskVal    = 0;
-				uint16_t CheckBytes = 8;
-
-				while (CheckBytes < Bytes)
-				{
-					MaskVal++;
-					CheckBytes <<= 1;
-				}
-
-				return (MaskVal << USB_EP_BUFSIZE_gp);
-			}
-
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint_PRV(const uint8_t Address,
-			                                    const uint8_t Config,
-			                                    const uint8_t Size);
-			void Endpoint_ClearEndpoints(void);
-	#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			#if (!defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
-				/** Default size of the default control endpoint's bank, until altered by the control endpoint bank size
-				 *  value in the device descriptor. Not available if the \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token is defined.
-				 */
-				#define ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP_DEFAULT_SIZE     8
-			#endif
-
-		/* Enums: */
-			/** Enum for the possible error return codes of the \ref Endpoint_WaitUntilReady() function.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointRW_XMEGA
-			 */
-			enum Endpoint_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t
-			{
-				ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError                 = 0, /**< Endpoint is ready for next packet, no error. */
-				ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_EndpointStalled         = 1, /**< The endpoint was stalled during the stream
-				                                                 *   transfer by the host or device.
-				                                                 */
-				ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected      = 2,	/**< Device was disconnected from the host while
-				                                                 *   waiting for the endpoint to become ready.
-				                                                 */
-				ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_BusSuspended            = 3, /**< The USB bus has been suspended by the host and
-				                                                 *   no USB endpoint traffic can occur until the bus
-				                                                 *   has resumed.
-				                                                 */
-				ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_Timeout                 = 4, /**< The host failed to accept or send the next packet
-				                                                 *   within the software timeout period set by the
-				                                                 *   \ref USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS macro.
-				                                                 */
-			};
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			/** Selects the given endpoint address.
-			 *
-			 *  Any endpoint operations which do not require the endpoint address to be indicated will operate on
-			 *  the currently selected endpoint.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Address  Endpoint address to select.
-			 */
-			void Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(const uint8_t Address);
-
-			/** Configures the specified endpoint address with the given endpoint type, bank size and number of hardware
-			 *  banks. Once configured, the endpoint may be read from or written to, depending on its direction.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Address    Endpoint address to configure.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Type       Type of endpoint to configure, a \c EP_TYPE_* mask. Not all endpoint types
-			 *                        are available on Low Speed USB devices - refer to the USB 2.0 specification.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Size       Size of the endpoint's bank, where packets are stored before they are transmitted
-			 *                        to the USB host, or after they have been received from the USB host (depending on
-			 *                        the endpoint's data direction). The bank size must indicate the maximum packet size
-			 *                        that the endpoint can handle.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Banks      Number of hardware banks to use for the endpoint being configured.
-			 *
-			 *  \note The default control endpoint should not be manually configured by the user application, as
-			 *        it is automatically configured by the library internally.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \note This routine will automatically select the specified endpoint.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the configuration succeeded, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(const uint8_t Address,
-			                                              const uint8_t Type,
-			                                              const uint16_t Size,
-			                                              const uint8_t Banks) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(const uint8_t Address,
-			                                              const uint8_t Type,
-			                                              const uint16_t Size,
-			                                              const uint8_t Banks)
-			{
-				uint8_t EPConfigMask = (USB_EP_INTDSBL_bm | ((Banks > 1) ? USB_EP_PINGPONG_bm : 0) | Endpoint_BytesToEPSizeMask(Size));
-
-				if ((Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK) >= ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS)
-				  return false;
-
-				// TODO - Fix once limitations are lifted
-				EPConfigMask &= ~USB_EP_PINGPONG_bm;
-				if (Size > 64)
-				  return false;
-
-				switch (Type)
-				{
-					case EP_TYPE_CONTROL:
-						EPConfigMask |= USB_EP_TYPE_CONTROL_gc;
-						break;
-					case EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS:
-						EPConfigMask |= USB_EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS_gc;
-						break;
-					default:
-						EPConfigMask |= USB_EP_TYPE_BULK_gc;
-						break;
-				}
-
-				if (Type == EP_TYPE_CONTROL)
-				  Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint_PRV(Address ^ ENDPOINT_DIR_IN, EPConfigMask, Size);
-
-				return Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint_PRV(Address, EPConfigMask, Size);
-			}
-
-			/** Indicates the number of bytes currently stored in the current endpoint's selected bank.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointRW_XMEGA
-			 *
-			 *  \return Total number of bytes in the currently selected Endpoint's FIFO buffer.
-			 */
-			static inline uint16_t Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint16_t Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint(void)
-			{
-				if (USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint & ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
-				  return USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position;
-				else
-				  return (USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Length - USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position);
-			}
-
-			/** Get the endpoint address of the currently selected endpoint. This is typically used to save
-			 *  the currently selected endpoint so that it can be restored after another endpoint has been
-			 *  manipulated.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Index of the currently selected endpoint.
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint(void)
-			{
-				return USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint;
-			}
-
-			/** Resets the endpoint bank FIFO. This clears all the endpoint banks and resets the USB controller's
-			 *  data In and Out pointers to the bank's contents.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Address  Endpoint address whose FIFO buffers are to be reset.
-			 */
-			static inline void Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(const uint8_t Address)
-			{
-				if (Address & ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
-				  USB_Endpoint_FIFOs[Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK].IN.Position  = 0;
-				else
-				  USB_Endpoint_FIFOs[Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK].OUT.Position = 0;
-			}
-
-			/** Determines if the currently selected endpoint is enabled, but not necessarily configured.
-			 *
-			 * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint is enabled, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool Endpoint_IsEnabled(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool Endpoint_IsEnabled(void)
-			{
-				return true;
-			}
-
-			/** Aborts all pending IN transactions on the currently selected endpoint, once the bank
-			 *  has been queued for transmission to the host via \ref Endpoint_ClearIN(). This function
-			 *  will terminate all queued transactions, resetting the endpoint banks ready for a new
-			 *  packet.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA
-			 */
-			static inline void Endpoint_AbortPendingIN(void)
-			{
-				USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->STATUS |= USB_EP_BUSNACK0_bm;
-			}
-
-			/** Determines if the currently selected endpoint may be read from (if data is waiting in the endpoint
-			 *  bank and the endpoint is an OUT direction, or if the bank is not yet full if the endpoint is an IN
-			 *  direction). This function will return false if an error has occurred in the endpoint, if the endpoint
-			 *  is an OUT direction and no packet (or an empty packet) has been received, or if the endpoint is an IN
-			 *  direction and the endpoint bank is full.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint may be read from or written to, depending
-			 *          on its direction.
-			 */
-			static inline bool Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed(void)
-			{
-				return (USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position < USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Length);
-			}
-
-			/** Determines if the currently selected endpoint is configured.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint has been configured, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool Endpoint_IsConfigured(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool Endpoint_IsConfigured(void)
-			{
-				return ((USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CTRL & USB_EP_TYPE_gm) ? true : false);
-			}
-
-			/** Determines if the selected IN endpoint is ready for a new packet to be sent to the host.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the current endpoint is ready for an IN packet, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			bool Endpoint_IsINReady(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-
-			/** Determines if the selected OUT endpoint has received new packet from the host.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if current endpoint is has received an OUT packet, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			bool Endpoint_IsOUTReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-
-			/** Determines if the current CONTROL type endpoint has received a SETUP packet.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the selected endpoint has received a SETUP packet, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			bool Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-
-			/** Clears a received SETUP packet on the currently selected CONTROL type endpoint, freeing up the
-			 *  endpoint for the next packet.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA
-			 *
-			 *  \note This is not applicable for non CONTROL type endpoints.
-			 */
-			void Endpoint_ClearSETUP(void);
-
-			/** Sends an IN packet to the host on the currently selected endpoint, freeing up the endpoint for the
-			 *  next packet and switching to the alternative endpoint bank if double banked.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA
-			 */
-			void Endpoint_ClearIN(void);
-
-			/** Acknowledges an OUT packet to the host on the currently selected endpoint, freeing up the endpoint
-			 *  for the next packet and switching to the alternative endpoint bank if double banked.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA
-			 */
-			void Endpoint_ClearOUT(void);
-
-			/** Stalls the current endpoint, indicating to the host that a logical problem occurred with the
-			 *  indicated endpoint and that the current transfer sequence should be aborted. This provides a
-			 *  way for devices to indicate invalid commands to the host so that the current transfer can be
-			 *  aborted and the host can begin its own recovery sequence.
-			 *
-			 *  The currently selected endpoint remains stalled until either the \ref Endpoint_ClearStall() macro
-			 *  is called, or the host issues a CLEAR FEATURE request to the device for the currently selected
-			 *  endpoint.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA
-			 */
-			void Endpoint_StallTransaction(void);
-
-			/** Clears the STALL condition on the currently selected endpoint.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA
-			 */
-			static inline void Endpoint_ClearStall(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Endpoint_ClearStall(void)
-			{
-				USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CTRL &= ~USB_EP_STALL_bm;
-			}
-
-			/** Determines if the currently selected endpoint is stalled, \c false otherwise.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint is stalled, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			static inline bool Endpoint_IsStalled(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool Endpoint_IsStalled(void)
-			{
-				return ((USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CTRL & USB_EP_STALL_bm) ? true : false);
-			}
-
-			/** Resets the data toggle of the currently selected endpoint. */
-			static inline void Endpoint_ResetDataToggle(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Endpoint_ResetDataToggle(void)
-			{
-				USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->STATUS &= ~USB_EP_TOGGLE_bm;
-			}
-
-			/** Determines the currently selected endpoint's direction.
-			 *
-			 *  \return The currently selected endpoint's direction, as a \c ENDPOINT_DIR_* mask.
-			 */
-			static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetEndpointDirection(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetEndpointDirection(void)
-			{
-				return (USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint & ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
-			}
-
-			/** Reads one byte from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
-			 *
-			 *  \return Next byte in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Endpoint_Read_8(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-
-			/** Writes one byte to the currently selected endpoint's bank, for IN direction endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Data  Data to write into the the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
-			 */
-			void Endpoint_Write_8(const uint8_t Data);
-
-			/** Discards one byte from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
-			 */
-			static inline void Endpoint_Discard_8(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Endpoint_Discard_8(void)
-			{
-				USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position++;
-			}
-
-			/** Reads two bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for OUT
-			 *  direction endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
-			 *
-			 *  \return Next two bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
-			 */
-			static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_LE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_LE(void)
-			{
-				uint16_t Byte0 = Endpoint_Read_8();
-				uint16_t Byte1 = Endpoint_Read_8();
-
-				return ((Byte1 << 8) | Byte0);
-			}
-
-			/** Reads two bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for OUT
-			 *  direction endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
-			 *
-			 *  \return Next two bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
-			 */
-			static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_BE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_BE(void)
-			{
-				uint16_t Byte0 = Endpoint_Read_8();
-				uint16_t Byte1 = Endpoint_Read_8();
-
-				return ((Byte0 << 8) | Byte1);
-			}
-
-			/** Writes two bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for IN
-			 *  direction endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Data  Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
-			 */
-			static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_LE(const uint16_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_LE(const uint16_t Data)
-			{
-				Endpoint_Write_8(Data & 0xFF);
-				Endpoint_Write_8(Data >> 8);
-			}
-
-			/** Writes two bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for IN
-			 *  direction endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Data  Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
-			 */
-			static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_BE(const uint16_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_BE(const uint16_t Data)
-			{
-				Endpoint_Write_8(Data >> 8);
-				Endpoint_Write_8(Data & 0xFF);
-			}
-
-			/** Discards two bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
-			 */
-			static inline void Endpoint_Discard_16(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Endpoint_Discard_16(void)
-			{
-				Endpoint_Discard_8();
-				Endpoint_Discard_8();
-			}
-
-			/** Reads four bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for OUT
-			 *  direction endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
-			 *
-			 *  \return Next four bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
-			 */
-			static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_LE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_LE(void)
-			{
-				uint32_t Byte0 = Endpoint_Read_8();
-				uint32_t Byte1 = Endpoint_Read_8();
-				uint32_t Byte2 = Endpoint_Read_8();
-				uint32_t Byte3 = Endpoint_Read_8();
-
-				return ((Byte3 << 24) | (Byte2 << 16) | (Byte1 << 8) | Byte0);
-			}
-
-			/** Reads four bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for OUT
-			 *  direction endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
-			 *
-			 *  \return Next four bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
-			 */
-			static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_BE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_BE(void)
-			{
-				uint32_t Byte0 = Endpoint_Read_8();
-				uint32_t Byte1 = Endpoint_Read_8();
-				uint32_t Byte2 = Endpoint_Read_8();
-				uint32_t Byte3 = Endpoint_Read_8();
-
-				return ((Byte0 << 24) | (Byte1 << 16) | (Byte2 << 8) | Byte3);
-			}
-
-			/** Writes four bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for IN
-			 *  direction endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Data  Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
-			 */
-			static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_LE(const uint32_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_LE(const uint32_t Data)
-			{
-				Endpoint_Write_8(Data & 0xFF);
-				Endpoint_Write_8(Data >> 8);
-				Endpoint_Write_8(Data >> 16);
-				Endpoint_Write_8(Data >> 24);
-			}
-
-			/** Writes four bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for IN
-			 *  direction endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Data  Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
-			 */
-			static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_BE(const uint32_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_BE(const uint32_t Data)
-			{
-				Endpoint_Write_8(Data >> 24);
-				Endpoint_Write_8(Data >> 16);
-				Endpoint_Write_8(Data >> 8);
-				Endpoint_Write_8(Data & 0xFF);
-			}
-
-			/** Discards four bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
-			 */
-			static inline void Endpoint_Discard_32(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void Endpoint_Discard_32(void)
-			{
-				Endpoint_Discard_8();
-				Endpoint_Discard_8();
-				Endpoint_Discard_8();
-				Endpoint_Discard_8();
-			}
-
-		/* External Variables: */
-			/** Global indicating the maximum packet size of the default control endpoint located at address
-			 *  0 in the device. This value is set to the value indicated in the device descriptor in the user
-			 *  project once the USB interface is initialized into device mode.
-			 *
-			 *  If space is an issue, it is possible to fix this to a static value by defining the control
-			 *  endpoint size in the \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token passed to the compiler in the makefile
-			 *  via the -D switch. When a fixed control endpoint size is used, the size is no longer dynamically
-			 *  read from the descriptors at runtime and instead fixed to the given value. When used, it is
-			 *  important that the descriptor control endpoint size value matches the size given as the
-			 *  \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token - it is recommended that the \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token
-			 *  be used in the device descriptors to ensure this.
-			 *
-			 *  \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
-			 *             changed in value.
-			 */
-			#if (!defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
-				extern uint8_t USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize;
-			#else
-				#define USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE
-			#endif
-
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			/** Configures a table of endpoint descriptions, in sequence. This function can be used to configure multiple
-			 *  endpoints at the same time.
-			 *
-			 *  \note Endpoints with a zero address will be ignored, thus this function cannot be used to configure the
-			 *        control endpoint.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Table    Pointer to a table of endpoint descriptions.
-			 *  \param[in] Entries  Number of entries in the endpoint table to configure.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if all endpoints configured successfully, \c false otherwise.
-			 */
-			bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(const USB_Endpoint_Table_t* const Table,
-			                                     const uint8_t Entries);
-
-			/** Completes the status stage of a control transfer on a CONTROL type endpoint automatically,
-			 *  with respect to the data direction. This is a convenience function which can be used to
-			 *  simplify user control request handling.
-			 *
-			 *  \note This routine should not be called on non CONTROL type endpoints.
-			 */
-			void Endpoint_ClearStatusStage(void);
-
-			/** Spin-loops until the currently selected non-control endpoint is ready for the next packet of data
-			 *  to be read or written to it.
-			 *
-			 *  \note This routine should not be called on CONTROL type endpoints.
-			 *
-			 *  \ingroup Group_EndpointRW_XMEGA
-			 *
-			 *  \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
-			 */
-			uint8_t Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(void);
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Host_XMEGA.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Host_XMEGA.c
deleted file mode 100644
index c467733038..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Host_XMEGA.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-#if (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-
-#endif
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/PipeStream_XMEGA.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/PipeStream_XMEGA.c
deleted file mode 100644
index c467733038..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/PipeStream_XMEGA.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-#if (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-
-#endif
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Pipe_XMEGA.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Pipe_XMEGA.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 69f369e430..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Pipe_XMEGA.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 0bd3843485..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#if defined(TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME)
-
-uint8_t TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME (void* const Buffer,
-                            uint16_t Length)
-{
-	uint8_t* DataStream = ((uint8_t*)Buffer + TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length));
-
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint & ~ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
-
-	if (!(Length))
-	  Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-
-	while (Length)
-	{
-		uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
-
-		if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
-		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
-		else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
-		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
-		else if (Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived())
-		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_HostAborted;
-
-		if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
-		{
-			while (Length && Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint())
-			{
-				TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(DataStream);
-				TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, 1);
-				Length--;
-			}
-
-			Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-		}
-	}
-
-	while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
-	{
-		uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
-
-		if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
-		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
-		else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
-		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
-	}
-
-	return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET
-#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE
-#undef TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME
-#undef TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 703f253c06..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#if defined(TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME)
-
-uint8_t TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME (const void* const Buffer,
-                            uint16_t Length)
-{
-	uint8_t* DataStream     = ((uint8_t*)Buffer + TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length));
-	bool     LastPacketFull = false;
-
-	Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint | ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
-
-	if (Length > USB_ControlRequest.wLength)
-	  Length = USB_ControlRequest.wLength;
-	else if (!(Length))
-	  Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
-	while (Length || LastPacketFull)
-	{
-		uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
-
-		if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
-		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
-		else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
-		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
-		else if (Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived())
-		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_HostAborted;
-		else if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
-		  break;
-
-		if (Endpoint_IsINReady())
-		{
-			uint16_t BytesInEndpoint = Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint();
-
-			while (Length && (BytesInEndpoint < USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize))
-			{
-				TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(DataStream);
-				TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, 1);
-				Length--;
-				BytesInEndpoint++;
-			}
-
-			LastPacketFull = (BytesInEndpoint == USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize);
-			Endpoint_ClearIN();
-		}
-	}
-
-	while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
-	{
-		uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
-
-		if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
-		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
-		else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
-		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
-		else if (Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived())
-		  return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_HostAborted;
-	}
-
-	return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET
-#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE
-#undef TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME
-#undef TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c
deleted file mode 100644
index d51afdfb16..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#if defined(TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME)
-
-uint8_t TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME (TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const Buffer,
-                            uint16_t Length,
-                            uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
-{
-	uint8_t* DataStream      = ((uint8_t*)Buffer + TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length));
-	uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
-	uint8_t  ErrorCode;
-
-	if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
-	  return ErrorCode;
-
-	if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
-	{
-		Length -= *BytesProcessed;
-		TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, *BytesProcessed);
-	}
-
-	while (Length)
-	{
-		if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
-		{
-			TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT();
-
-			#if !defined(INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT)
-			USB_USBTask();
-			#endif
-
-			if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
-			{
-				*BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
-				return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
-			}
-
-			if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
-			  return ErrorCode;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(DataStream);
-			TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, 1);
-			Length--;
-			BytesInTransfer++;
-		}
-	}
-
-	return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-#undef TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME
-#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE
-#undef TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE
-#undef TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT
-#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET
-#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBController_XMEGA.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBController_XMEGA.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 99589809ed..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBController_XMEGA.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,204 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-#if (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_CONTROLLER_C
-#include "../USBController.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
-volatile uint8_t USB_CurrentMode = USB_MODE_None;
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
-volatile uint8_t USB_Options;
-#endif
-
-/* Ugly workaround to ensure an aligned table, since __BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT__ == 1 for the 8-bit AVR-GCC toolchain */
-uint8_t USB_EndpointTable[sizeof(USB_EndpointTable_t) + 1];
-
-void USB_Init(
-               #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
-               const uint8_t Mode
-               #endif
-
-               #if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS))
-               ,
-               #elif (!defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS))
-               void
-               #endif
-
-               #if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
-               const uint8_t Options
-               #endif
-               )
-{
-	#if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
-	USB_Options = Options;
-	#endif
-
-	uint_reg_t CurrentGlobalInt = GetGlobalInterruptMask();
-	GlobalInterruptDisable();
-
-	NVM.CMD  = NVM_CMD_READ_CALIB_ROW_gc;
-	USB.CAL0 = pgm_read_byte(offsetof(NVM_PROD_SIGNATURES_t, USBCAL0));
-	USB.CAL1 = pgm_read_byte(offsetof(NVM_PROD_SIGNATURES_t, USBCAL1));
-	NVM.CMD  = NVM_CMD_NO_OPERATION_gc;
-
-	/* Ugly workaround to ensure an aligned table, since __BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT__ == 1 for the 8-bit AVR-GCC toolchain */
-	USB.EPPTR = ((intptr_t)&USB_EndpointTable[1] & ~(1 << 0));
-	USB.CTRLA = (USB_STFRNUM_bm | ((ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS - 1) << USB_MAXEP_gp));
-
-	if ((USB_Options & USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH) == USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
-	  USB.INTCTRLA = (3 << USB_INTLVL_gp);
-	else if ((USB_Options & USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIMED) == USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIMED)
-	  USB.INTCTRLA = (2 << USB_INTLVL_gp);
-	else
-	  USB.INTCTRLA = (1 << USB_INTLVL_gp);
-
-	SetGlobalInterruptMask(CurrentGlobalInt);
-
-	#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
-	USB_CurrentMode = Mode;
-	#endif
-
-	USB_IsInitialized = true;
-
-	USB_ResetInterface();
-}
-
-void USB_Disable(void)
-{
-	USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts();
-	USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts();
-
-	USB_Detach();
-	USB_Controller_Disable();
-
-	USB_IsInitialized = false;
-}
-
-void USB_ResetInterface(void)
-{
-	uint8_t PrescalerNeeded;
-
-	#if defined(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED)
-	if (USB_Options & USB_DEVICE_OPT_LOWSPEED)
-	  PrescalerNeeded = F_USB / 6000000;
-	else
-	  PrescalerNeeded = F_USB / 48000000;
-	#else
-	PrescalerNeeded = F_USB / 6000000;
-	#endif
-
-	uint8_t DividerIndex = 0;
-	while (PrescalerNeeded > 0)
-	{
-		DividerIndex++;
-		PrescalerNeeded >>= 1;
-	}
-
-	CLK.USBCTRL = (DividerIndex - 1) << CLK_USBPSDIV_gp;
-
-	if (USB_Options & USB_OPT_PLLCLKSRC)
-	  CLK.USBCTRL |= (CLK_USBSRC_PLL_gc   | CLK_USBSEN_bm);
-	else
-	  CLK.USBCTRL |= (CLK_USBSRC_RC32M_gc | CLK_USBSEN_bm);
-
-	USB_Device_SetDeviceAddress(0);
-
-	USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts();
-	USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts();
-
-	USB_Controller_Reset();
-	USB_Init_Device();
-}
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-static void USB_Init_Device(void)
-{
-	USB_DeviceState                 = DEVICE_STATE_Unattached;
-	USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber  = 0;
-
-	#if !defined(NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP)
-	USB_Device_RemoteWakeupEnabled  = false;
-	#endif
-
-	#if !defined(NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER)
-	USB_Device_CurrentlySelfPowered = false;
-	#endif
-
-	#if !defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE)
-	USB_Descriptor_Device_t* DeviceDescriptorPtr;
-
-	#if defined(ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE) && \
-	    !(defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS))
-	uint8_t DescriptorAddressSpace;
-
-	if (CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor((DTYPE_Device << 8), 0, (void*)&DeviceDescriptorPtr, &DescriptorAddressSpace) != NO_DESCRIPTOR)
-	{
-		if (DescriptorAddressSpace == MEMSPACE_FLASH)
-		  USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = pgm_read_byte(&DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size);
-		else if (DescriptorAddressSpace == MEMSPACE_EEPROM)
-		  USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = eeprom_read_byte(&DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size);
-		else
-		  USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size;
-	}
-	#else
-	if (CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor((DTYPE_Device << 8), 0, (void*)&DeviceDescriptorPtr) != NO_DESCRIPTOR)
-	{
-		#if defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS)
-		USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size;
-		#elif defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS)
-		USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = eeprom_read_byte(&DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size);
-		#else
-		USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = pgm_read_byte(&DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size);
-		#endif
-	}
-	#endif
-	#endif
-
-	if (USB_Options & USB_DEVICE_OPT_LOWSPEED)
-	  USB_Device_SetLowSpeed();
-	else
-	  USB_Device_SetFullSpeed();
-
-	Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP, EP_TYPE_CONTROL,
-							   USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize, 1);
-
-	USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_BUSEVENTI);
-
-	USB_Attach();
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBController_XMEGA.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBController_XMEGA.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 15d4eec348..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBController_XMEGA.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,313 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief USB Controller definitions for the AVR XMEGA microcontrollers.
- *  \copydetails Group_USBManagement_XMEGA
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBManagement
- *  \defgroup Group_USBManagement_XMEGA USB Interface Management (XMEGA)
- *  \brief USB Controller definitions for the AVR XMEGA microcontrollers.
- *
- *  Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to the setup and management of the USB interface.
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __USBCONTROLLER_XMEGA_H__
-#define __USBCONTROLLER_XMEGA_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "../USBMode.h"
-		#include "../Events.h"
-		#include "../USBTask.h"
-		#include "../USBInterrupt.h"
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Macros: */
-			#if defined(MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX)
-				#define ENDPOINT_TABLE_COUNT  (MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX + 1)
-			#else
-				#define ENDPOINT_TABLE_COUNT  16
-			#endif
-
-		/* Type Defines: */
-			typedef struct
-			{
-				struct
-				{
-					USB_EP_t OUT;
-					USB_EP_t IN;
-				} Endpoints[ENDPOINT_TABLE_COUNT];
-				uint16_t FrameNum;
-			} ATTR_PACKED USB_EndpointTable_t;
-
-		/* External Variables: */
-			extern uint8_t USB_EndpointTable[];
-	#endif
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			#include "../Device.h"
-			#include "../Endpoint.h"
-			#include "../DeviceStandardReq.h"
-			#include "../EndpointStream.h"
-		#endif
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks and Defines: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-		#if !defined(F_USB)
-			#error F_USB is not defined. You must define F_USB to the frequency of the unprescaled USB controller clock in your project makefile.
-		#endif
-
-		#if ((F_USB % 6000000) || (F_USB < 6000000))
-			#error Invalid F_USB specified. F_USB must be a multiple of 6MHz for USB Low Speed operation, and a multiple of 48MHz for Full Speed operation.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** \name USB Controller Option Masks */
-			//@{
-			/** Sets the USB bus interrupt priority level to be low priority. The USB bus interrupt is used for Start of Frame events, bus suspend
-			 *  and resume events, bus reset events and other events related to the management of the USB bus.
-			 */
-			#define USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRILOW           ((0 << 2) | (0 << 1))
-
-			/** Sets the USB bus interrupt priority level to be medium priority. The USB bus interrupt is used for Start of Frame events, bus suspend
-			 *  and resume events, bus reset events and other events related to the management of the USB bus.
-			 */
-			#define USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIMED           ((0 << 2) | (1 << 1))
-
-			/** Sets the USB bus interrupt priority level to be high priority. The USB bus interrupt is used for Start of Frame events, bus suspend
-			 *  and resume events, bus reset events and other events related to the management of the USB bus.
-			 */
-			#define USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH          ((1 << 2) | (0 << 1))
-
-			/** Sets the USB controller to source its clock from the internal RC 32MHz clock, once it has been DFLL calibrated to 48MHz. */
-			#define USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC               (0 << 3)
-
-			/** Sets the USB controller to source its clock from the internal PLL. */
-			#define USB_OPT_PLLCLKSRC                 (1 << 3)
-			//@}
-
-			#if !defined(USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-				/** Constant for the maximum software timeout period of the USB data stream transfer functions
-				 *  (both control and standard) when in either device or host mode. If the next packet of a stream
-				 *  is not received or acknowledged within this time period, the stream function will fail.
-				 *
-				 *  This value may be overridden in the user project makefile as the value of the
-				 *  \ref USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS token, and passed to the compiler using the -D switch.
-				 */
-				#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS       100
-			#endif
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			/** Detaches the device from the USB bus. This has the effect of removing the device from any
-			 *  attached host, ceasing USB communications. If no host is present, this prevents any host from
-			 *  enumerating the device once attached until \ref USB_Attach() is called.
-			 */
-			static inline void USB_Detach(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_Detach(void)
-			{
-				USB.CTRLB &= ~USB_ATTACH_bm;
-			}
-
-			/** Attaches the device to the USB bus. This announces the device's presence to any attached
-			 *  USB host, starting the enumeration process. If no host is present, attaching the device
-			 *  will allow for enumeration once a host is connected to the device.
-			 *
-			 *  This is inexplicably also required for proper operation while in host mode, to enable the
-			 *  attachment of a device to the host. This is despite the bit being located in the device-mode
-			 *  register and despite the datasheet making no mention of its requirement in host mode.
-			 */
-			static inline void USB_Attach(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_Attach(void)
-			{
-				USB.CTRLB |= USB_ATTACH_bm;
-			}
-
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			/** Main function to initialize and start the USB interface. Once active, the USB interface will
-			 *  allow for device connection to a host when in device mode, or for device enumeration while in
-			 *  host mode.
-			 *
-			 *  As the USB library relies on interrupts for the device and host mode enumeration processes,
-			 *  the user must enable global interrupts before or shortly after this function is called. In
-			 *  device mode, interrupts must be enabled within 500ms of this function being called to ensure
-			 *  that the host does not time out whilst enumerating the device. In host mode, interrupts may be
-			 *  enabled at the application's leisure however enumeration will not begin of an attached device
-			 *  until after this has occurred.
-			 *
-			 *  Calling this function when the USB interface is already initialized will cause a complete USB
-			 *  interface reset and re-enumeration.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Mode     Mask indicating what mode the USB interface is to be initialized to, a value
-			 *                      from the \ref USB_Modes_t enum.
-			 *                      \note This parameter does not exist on devices with only one supported USB
-			 *                            mode (device or host).
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Options  Mask indicating the options which should be used when initializing the USB
-			 *                      interface to control the USB interface's behavior. This should be comprised of
-			 *                      a \c USB_OPT_REG_* mask to control the regulator, a \c USB_OPT_*_PLL mask to control the
-			 *                      PLL, and a \c USB_DEVICE_OPT_* mask (when the device mode is enabled) to set the device
-			 *                      mode speed.
-			 *
-			 *  \note To reduce the FLASH requirements of the library if only device or host mode is required,
-			 *        the mode can be statically set in the project makefile by defining the token \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY
-			 *        (for device mode) or \c USB_HOST_ONLY (for host mode), passing the token to the compiler
-			 *        via the -D switch. If the mode is statically set, this parameter does not exist in the
-			 *        function prototype.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \note To reduce the FLASH requirements of the library if only fixed settings are required,
-			 *        the options may be set statically in the same manner as the mode (see the Mode parameter of
-			 *        this function). To statically set the USB options, pass in the \c USE_STATIC_OPTIONS token,
-			 *        defined to the appropriate options masks. When the options are statically set, this
-			 *        parameter does not exist in the function prototype.
-			 *        \n\n
-			 *
-			 *  \note The mode parameter does not exist on devices where only one mode is possible, such as USB
-			 *        AVR models which only implement the USB device mode in hardware.
-			 *
-			 *  \see \ref Group_Device for the \c USB_DEVICE_OPT_* masks.
-			 */
-			void USB_Init(
-			               #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			               const uint8_t Mode
-			               #endif
-
-			               #if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			               ,
-			               #elif (!defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS))
-			               void
-			               #endif
-
-			               #if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			               const uint8_t Options
-			               #endif
-			               );
-
-			/** Shuts down the USB interface. This turns off the USB interface after deallocating all USB FIFO
-			 *  memory, endpoints and pipes. When turned off, no USB functionality can be used until the interface
-			 *  is restarted with the \ref USB_Init() function.
-			 */
-			void USB_Disable(void);
-
-			/** Resets the interface, when already initialized. This will re-enumerate the device if already connected
-			 *  to a host, or re-enumerate an already attached device when in host mode.
-			 */
-			void USB_ResetInterface(void);
-
-		/* Global Variables: */
-			#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-				/** Indicates the mode that the USB interface is currently initialized to, a value from the
-				 *  \ref USB_Modes_t enum.
-				 *
-				 *  \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
-				 *             changed in value.
-				 *
-				 *  \note When the controller is initialized into UID auto-detection mode, this variable will hold the
-				 *        currently selected USB mode (i.e. \ref USB_MODE_Device or \ref USB_MODE_Host). If the controller
-				 *        is fixed into a specific mode (either through the \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY or \c USB_HOST_ONLY compile time
-				 *        options, or a limitation of the USB controller in the chosen device model) this will evaluate to
-				 *        a constant of the appropriate value and will never evaluate to \ref USB_MODE_None even when the
-				 *        USB interface is not initialized.
-				 */
-				extern volatile uint8_t USB_CurrentMode;
-			#elif defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-				#define USB_CurrentMode USB_MODE_Host
-			#elif defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-				#define USB_CurrentMode USB_MODE_Device
-			#endif
-
-			#if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-				/** Indicates the current USB options that the USB interface was initialized with when \ref USB_Init()
-				 *  was called. This value will be one of the \c USB_MODE_* masks defined elsewhere in this module.
-				 *
-				 *  \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
-				 *             changed in value.
-				 */
-				extern volatile uint8_t USB_Options;
-			#elif defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
-				#define USB_Options USE_STATIC_OPTIONS
-			#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			#if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_CONTROLLER_C)
-				static void USB_Init_Device(void);
-			#endif
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			static inline void USB_Controller_Enable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_Controller_Enable(void)
-			{
-				USB.CTRLA |=  USB_ENABLE_bm;
-			}
-
-			static inline void USB_Controller_Disable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_Controller_Disable(void)
-			{
-				USB.CTRLA &= ~USB_ENABLE_bm;
-			}
-
-			static inline void USB_Controller_Reset(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_Controller_Reset(void)
-			{
-				USB.CTRLA &= ~USB_ENABLE_bm;
-				USB.CTRLA |=  USB_ENABLE_bm;
-			}
-
-	#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBInterrupt_XMEGA.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBInterrupt_XMEGA.c
deleted file mode 100644
index f03f3f2926..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBInterrupt_XMEGA.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,106 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-#if (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../USBInterrupt.h"
-
-void USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts(void)
-{
-	USB.INTCTRLA    &= USB_INTLVL_gm;
-	USB.INTCTRLB     = 0;
-}
-
-void USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts(void)
-{
-	USB.INTFLAGSACLR = 0xFF;
-	USB.INTFLAGSBCLR = 0xFF;
-}
-
-ISR(USB_BUSEVENT_vect)
-{
-	#if !defined(NO_SOF_EVENTS)
-	if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_SOFI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_SOFI))
-	{
-		USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_SOFI);
-
-		EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame();
-	}
-	#endif
-
-	if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Suspend))
-	{
-		USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Suspend);
-
-		#if !defined(NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT)
-		USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Unattached;
-		EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect();
-		#else
-		USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Suspended;
-		EVENT_USB_Device_Suspend();
-		#endif
-	}
-
-	if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Resume))
-	{
-		USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Resume);
-
-		if (USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber)
-		  USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Configured;
-		else
-		  USB_DeviceState = (USB_Device_IsAddressSet()) ? DEVICE_STATE_Addressed : DEVICE_STATE_Powered;
-
-		#if !defined(NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT)
-		EVENT_USB_Device_Connect();
-		#else
-		EVENT_USB_Device_WakeUp();
-		#endif
-	}
-
-	if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Reset))
-	{
-		USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Reset);
-
-		USB_DeviceState                = DEVICE_STATE_Default;
-		USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber = 0;
-
-		USB_Device_EnableDeviceAddress(0);
-
-		Endpoint_ClearEndpoints();
-		Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP, EP_TYPE_CONTROL,
-		                           USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize, 1);
-
-		EVENT_USB_Device_Reset();
-	}
-}
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBInterrupt_XMEGA.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBInterrupt_XMEGA.h
deleted file mode 100644
index e224e225a2..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBInterrupt_XMEGA.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,172 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief USB Controller Interrupt definitions for the AVR XMEGA microcontrollers.
- *
- *  This file contains definitions required for the correct handling of low level USB service routine interrupts
- *  from the USB controller.
- *
- *  \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- *        dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-#ifndef __USBINTERRUPT_XMEGA_H__
-#define __USBINTERRUPT_XMEGA_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
-		#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
-			#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
-		#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Enums: */
-			enum USB_Interrupts_t
-			{
-				USB_INT_BUSEVENTI         = 1,
-				USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Suspend = 2,
-				USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Resume  = 3,
-				USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Reset   = 4,
-				USB_INT_SOFI              = 5,
-			};
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			static inline void USB_INT_Enable(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_INT_Enable(const uint8_t Interrupt)
-			{
-				switch (Interrupt)
-				{
-					case USB_INT_BUSEVENTI:
-						USB.INTCTRLA |= USB_BUSEVIE_bm;
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_SOFI:
-						USB.INTCTRLA |= USB_SOFIE_bm;
-						break;
-					default:
-						break;
-				}
-			}
-
-			static inline void USB_INT_Disable(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_INT_Disable(const uint8_t Interrupt)
-			{
-				switch (Interrupt)
-				{
-					case USB_INT_BUSEVENTI:
-						USB.INTCTRLA &= ~USB_BUSEVIE_bm;
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_SOFI:
-						USB.INTCTRLA &= ~USB_SOFIE_bm;
-						break;
-					default:
-						break;
-				}
-			}
-
-			static inline void USB_INT_Clear(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void USB_INT_Clear(const uint8_t Interrupt)
-			{
-				switch (Interrupt)
-				{
-					case USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Suspend:
-						USB.INTFLAGSACLR = USB_SUSPENDIF_bm;
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Resume:
-						USB.INTFLAGSACLR = USB_RESUMEIF_bm;
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Reset:
-						USB.INTFLAGSACLR = USB_RSTIF_bm;
-						break;
-					case USB_INT_SOFI:
-						USB.INTFLAGSACLR = USB_SOFIF_bm;
-						break;
-					default:
-						break;
-				}
-			}
-
-			static inline bool USB_INT_IsEnabled(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline bool USB_INT_IsEnabled(const uint8_t Interrupt)
-			{
-				switch (Interrupt)
-				{
-					case USB_INT_BUSEVENTI:
-						return ((USB.INTCTRLA & USB_BUSEVIE_bm) ? true : false);
-					case USB_INT_SOFI:
-						return ((USB.INTCTRLA & USB_SOFIE_bm) ? true : false);
-					default:
-						return false;
-				}
-			}
-
-			static inline bool USB_INT_HasOccurred(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-			static inline bool USB_INT_HasOccurred(const uint8_t Interrupt)
-			{
-				switch (Interrupt)
-				{
-					case USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Suspend:
-						return ((USB.INTFLAGSACLR & USB_SUSPENDIF_bm) ? true : false);
-					case USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Resume:
-						return ((USB.INTFLAGSACLR & USB_RESUMEIF_bm) ? true : false);
-					case USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Reset:
-						return ((USB.INTFLAGSACLR & USB_RSTIF_bm) ? true : false);
-					case USB_INT_SOFI:
-						return ((USB.INTFLAGSACLR & USB_SOFIF_bm) ? true : false);
-					default:
-						return false;
-				}
-			}
-
-		/* Includes: */
-			#include "../USBMode.h"
-			#include "../Events.h"
-			#include "../USBController.h"
-
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			void USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts(void);
-			void USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts(void);
-	#endif
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h
deleted file mode 100644
index a8df26fd1d..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,422 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Master include file for the library USB functionality.
- *
- *  Master include file for the library USB functionality.
- *
- *  This file should be included in all user projects making use of the USB portions of the library, instead of
- *  the individual USB driver submodule headers.
- */
-
-/** \defgroup Group_USB USB Core - LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h
- *
- *  \brief Core driver for the microcontroller hardware USB module
- *
- *  \section Sec_USB_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/ConfigDescriptors.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
- *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/DeviceStandardReq.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
- *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Events.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
- *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/HostStandardReq.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
- *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBTask.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
- *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/<i>ARCH</i>/Device_<i>ARCH</i>.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
- *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/<i>ARCH</i>/Endpoint_<i>ARCH</i>.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
- *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/<i>ARCH</i>/EndpointStream_<i>ARCH</i>.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
- *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/<i>ARCH</i>/Host_<i>ARCH</i>.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
- *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/<i>ARCH</i>/Pipe_<i>ARCH</i>.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
- *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/<i>ARCH</i>/PipeStream_<i>ARCH</i>.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
- *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/<i>ARCH</i>/USBController_<i>ARCH</i>.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
- *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/<i>ARCH</i>/USBInterrupt_<i>ARCH</i>.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
- *    - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDParser.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
- *
- *  \section Sec_USB_ModDescription Module Description
- *  Driver and framework for the USB controller of the selected architecture and microcontroller model. This module
- *  consists of many submodules, and is designed to provide an easy way to configure and control USB host, device
- *  or OTG mode USB applications.
- *
- *  The USB stack requires the sole control over the USB controller in the microcontroller only; i.e. it does not
- *  require any additional timers or other peripherals to operate. This ensures that the USB stack requires as few
- *  resources as possible.
- *
- *  The USB stack can be used in Device Mode for connections to USB Hosts (see \ref Group_Device), in Host mode for
- *  hosting of other USB devices (see \ref Group_Host), or as a dual role device which can either act as a USB host
- *  or device depending on what peripheral is connected (see \ref Group_OTG). Both modes also require a common set
- *  of USB management functions found \ref Group_USBManagement.
- */
-
-/** \defgroup Group_USBClassDrivers USB Class Drivers
- *
- *  \brief Drivers for the various standardized USB device classes
- *
- *  Drivers for both host and device mode of the standard USB classes, for rapid application development.
- *  Class drivers give a framework which sits on top of the low level library API, allowing for standard
- *  USB classes to be implemented in a project with minimal user code. These drivers can be used in
- *  conjunction with the library low level APIs to implement interfaces both via the class drivers and via
- *  the standard library APIs.
- *
- *  Multiple device mode class drivers can be used within a project, including multiple instances of the
- *  same class driver. In this way, USB Hosts and Devices can be made quickly using the internal class drivers
- *  so that more time and effort can be put into the end application instead of the USB protocol.
- *
- *  The available class drivers and their modes are listed below.
- *
- *  <table>
- *  <tr>
- *   <th width="200px">USB Class</th>
- *   <th width="90px">Device Mode</th>
- *   <th width="90px">Host Mode</th>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>Android Open Accessory</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>Audio 1.0</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>CDC-ACM</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>HID</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>MIDI</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>Mass Storage</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>Printer</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>RNDIS</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  <tr>
- *   <td>Still Image</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- *   <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- *  </tr>
- *  </table>
- *
- *
- *  \section Sec_USB_UsingClassDrivers Using the Class Drivers
- *  To make the Class drivers easy to integrate into a user application, they all implement a standardized
- *  design with similarly named/used function, enums, defines and types. The two different modes are implemented
- *  slightly differently, and thus will be explained separately. For information on a specific class driver, read
- *  the class driver's module documentation.
- *
- *  \subsection Sec_USB_ClassDriverDevice Device Mode Class Drivers
- *  Implementing a Device Mode Class Driver in a user application requires a number of steps to be followed. Firstly,
- *  the module configuration and state structure must be added to the project source. These structures are named in a
- *  similar manner between classes, that of <tt>USB_ClassInfo_<i>{Class Name}</i>_Device_t</tt>, and are used to hold the
- *  complete state and configuration for each class instance. Multiple class instances is where the power of the class
- *  drivers lie; multiple interfaces of the same class simply require more instances of the Class Driver's \c USB_ClassInfo_*
- *  structure.
- *
- *  Inside the ClassInfo structure lies two sections, a \c Config section, and a \c State section. The \c Config
- *  section contains the instance's configuration parameters, and <b>must have all fields set by the user application</b>
- *  before the class driver is used. Each Device mode Class driver typically contains a set of configuration parameters
- *  for the endpoint size/number of the associated logical USB interface, plus any class-specific configuration parameters.
- *
- *  The following is an example of a properly initialized instance of the Audio Class Driver structure:
- *
- *  \code
- *  USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t My_Audio_Interface =
- *  {
- *      .Config =
- *          {
- *              .StreamingInterfaceNumber = 1,
- *              .DataINEndpoint           =
- *                  {
- *                      .Address          = (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1),
- *                      .Size             = 64,
- *                      .Banks            = 1,
- *                  },
- *          },
- *  };
- *  \endcode
- *
- *  \note The class driver's configuration parameters should match those used in the device's descriptors that are
- *  sent to the host.
- *
- *  To initialize the Class driver instance, the driver's <tt><i>{Class Name}</i>_Device_ConfigureEndpoints()</tt> function
- *  should be called in response to the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged() event. This function will return a
- *  boolean true value if the driver successfully initialized the instance. Like all the class driver functions, this function
- *  takes in the address of the specific instance you wish to initialize - in this manner, multiple separate instances of
- *  the same class type can be initialized like this:
- *
- *  \code
- *  void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
- *  {
- *      LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
- *
- *      if (!(Audio_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&My_Audio_Interface)))
- *          LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
- *  }
- *  \endcode
- *
- *  Once initialized, it is important to maintain the class driver's state by repeatedly calling the Class Driver's
- *  <tt><i>{Class Name}</i>_Device_USBTask()</tt> function in the main program loop. The exact implementation of this
- *  function varies between class drivers, and can be used for any internal class driver purpose to maintain each
- *  instance. Again, this function uses the address of the instance to operate on, and thus needs to be called for each
- *  separate instance, just like the main USB maintenance routine \ref USB_USBTask():
- *
- *  \code
- *  int main(void)
- *  {
- *      SetupHardware();
- *
- *      LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
- *
- *      for (;;)
- *      {
- *          if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
- *            Create_And_Process_Samples();
- *
- *          Audio_Device_USBTask(&My_Audio_Interface);
- *          USB_USBTask();
- *      }
- *  }
- *  \endcode
- *
- *  The final standardized Device Class Driver function is the Control Request handler function
- *  <tt><i>{Class Name}</i>_Device_ProcessControlRequest()</tt>, which should be called when the
- *  \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event fires. This function should also be called for
- *  each class driver instance, using the address of the instance to operate on as the function's
- *  parameter. The request handler will abort if it is determined that the current request is not
- *  targeted at the given class driver instance, thus these methods can safely be called
- *  one-after-another in the event handler with no form of error checking:
- *
- *  \code
- *  void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
- *  {
- *      Audio_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&My_Audio_Interface);
- *  }
- *  \endcode
- *
- *  Each class driver may also define a set of callback functions (which are prefixed by \c CALLBACK_*
- *  in the function's name) which <b>must</b> also be added to the user application - refer to each
- *  individual class driver's documentation for mandatory callbacks. In addition, each class driver may
- *  also define a set of events (identifiable by their prefix of \c EVENT_* in the function's name), which
- *  the user application <b>may</b> choose to implement, or ignore if not needed.
- *
- *  The individual Device Mode Class Driver documentation contains more information on the non-standardized,
- *  class-specific functions which the user application can then use on the driver instances, such as data
- *  read and write routines. See each driver's individual documentation for more information on the
- *  class-specific functions.
- *
- *  \subsection Sec_USB_ClassDriverHost Host Mode Class Drivers
- *  Implementing a Host Mode Class Driver in a user application requires a number of steps to be followed. Firstly,
- *  the module configuration and state structure must be added to the project source. These structures are named in a
- *  similar manner between classes, that of <tt>USB_ClassInfo_<b>{Class Name}</b>_Host_t</tt>, and are used to hold the
- *  complete state and configuration for each class instance. Multiple class instances is where the power of the class
- *  drivers lie; multiple interfaces of the same class simply require more instances of the Class Driver's \c USB_ClassInfo_*
- *  structure.
- *
- *  Inside the \c USB_ClassInfo_* structure lies two sections, a \c Config section, and a \c State section. The \c Config
- *  section contains the instance's configuration parameters, and <b>must have all fields set by the user application</b>
- *  before the class driver is used. Each Device mode Class driver typically contains a set of configuration parameters
- *  for the endpoint size/number of the associated logical USB interface, plus any class-specific configuration parameters.
- *
- *  The following is an example of a properly initialized instance of the MIDI Host Class Driver structure:
- *
- *  \code
- *  USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t My_MIDI_Interface =
- *  {
- *      .Config =
- *          {
- *              .DataINPipe             =
- *                  {
- *                      .Address        = (PIPE_DIR_IN  | 1),
- *                      .Size           = 64,
- *                      .Banks          = 1,
- *                  },
- *              .DataOUTPipe            =
- *                  {
- *                      .Address        = (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2),
- *                      .Size           = 64,
- *                      .Banks          = 1,
- *                  },
- *          },
- *  };
- *  \endcode
- *
- *  To initialize the Class driver instance, the driver's <tt><b>{Class Name}</b>_Host_ConfigurePipes()</tt> function
- *  should be called in response to the \c EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete() event firing. This function will
- *  will return an error code from the class driver's <tt><b>{Class Name}</b>_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t</tt> enum
- *  to indicate if the driver successfully initialized the instance and bound it to an interface in the attached device.
- *  Like all the class driver functions, this function takes in the address of the specific instance you wish to initialize -
- *  in this manner, multiple separate instances of the same class type can be initialized. A fragment of a Class Driver
- *  based Host mode application may look like the following:
- *
- *  \code
- *  void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
- *  {
- *      LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
- *
- *      uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
- *      uint8_t  ConfigDescriptorData[512];
- *
- *      if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
- *                                             sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
- *      {
- *          LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
- *          return;
- *      }
- *
- *      if (MIDI_Host_ConfigurePipes(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface,
- *                                   ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != MIDI_ENUMERROR_NoError)
- *      {
- *          LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
- *          return;
- *      }
- *
- *      if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
- *      {
- *          LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
- *          return;
- *      }
- *
- *      LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
- *  }
- *  \endcode
- *
- *  Note that the function also requires the device's configuration descriptor so that it can determine which interface
- *  in the device to bind to - this can be retrieved as shown in the above fragment using the
- *  \ref USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor() function. If the device does not implement the interface the class driver
- *  is looking for, if all the matching interfaces are already bound to class driver instances or if an error occurs while
- *  binding to a device interface (for example, a device endpoint bank larger that the maximum supported bank size is used)
- *  the configuration will fail.
- *
- *  To complete the device enumeration after binding the host mode Class Drivers to the attached device, a call to
- *  \c USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration() must be made. If the device configuration is not set within the
- *  \c EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete() event, the host still will assume the device enumeration has failed.
- *
- *  Once initialized, it is important to maintain the class driver's state by repeatedly calling the Class Driver's
- *  <tt><b>{Class Name}</b>_Host_USBTask()</tt> function in the main program loop. The exact implementation of this
- *  function varies between class drivers, and can be used for any internal class driver purpose to maintain each
- *  instance. Again, this function uses the address of the instance to operate on, and thus needs to be called for each
- *  separate instance, just like the main USB maintenance routine \ref USB_USBTask():
- *
- *  \code
- *  int main(void)
- *  {
- *      SetupHardware();
- *
- *      LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
- *
- *      for (;;)
- *      {
- *          if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
- *              Create_And_Process_Samples();
- *
- *          MIDI_Host_USBTask(&My_Audio_Interface);
- *          USB_USBTask();
- *      }
- *  }
- *  \endcode
- *
- *  Each class driver may also define a set of callback functions (which are prefixed by \c CALLBACK_*
- *  in the function's name) which <b>must</b> also be added to the user application - refer to each
- *  individual class driver's documentation for mandatory callbacks. In addition, each class driver may
- *  also define a set of events (identifiable by their prefix of \c EVENT_* in the function's name), which
- *  the user application <b>may</b> choose to implement, or ignore if not needed.
- *
- *  The individual Host Mode Class Driver documentation contains more information on the non-standardized,
- *  class-specific functions which the user application can then use on the driver instances, such as data
- *  read and write routines. See each driver's individual documentation for more information on the
- *  class-specific functions.
- */
-
-#ifndef __USB_H__
-#define __USB_H__
-
-	/* Macros: */
-		#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../Common/Common.h"
-		#include "Core/USBMode.h"
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "Core/USBTask.h"
-		#include "Core/Events.h"
-		#include "Core/StdDescriptors.h"
-		#include "Core/ConfigDescriptors.h"
-		#include "Core/USBController.h"
-		#include "Core/USBInterrupt.h"
-
-		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			#include "Core/Host.h"
-			#include "Core/Pipe.h"
-			#include "Core/HostStandardReq.h"
-			#include "Core/PipeStream.h"
-		#endif
-
-		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			#include "Core/Device.h"
-			#include "Core/Endpoint.h"
-			#include "Core/DeviceStandardReq.h"
-			#include "Core/EndpointStream.h"
-		#endif
-
-		#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-			#include "Core/OTG.h"
-		#endif
-
-		#include "Class/AndroidAccessoryClass.h"
-		#include "Class/AudioClass.h"
-		#include "Class/CDCClass.h"
-		#include "Class/HIDClass.h"
-		#include "Class/MassStorageClass.h"
-		#include "Class/MIDIClass.h"
-		#include "Class/PrinterClass.h"
-		#include "Class/RNDISClass.h"
-		#include "Class/StillImageClass.h"
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/License.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/License.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 8d4ad75364..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/License.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-                  LUFA Library
-        Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-     dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-                www.lufa-lib.org
-
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
-and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without
-fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
-copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-this software.
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Platform/Platform.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Platform/Platform.h
deleted file mode 100644
index a9eedebc4a..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Platform/Platform.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Architecture Specific Hardware Platform Drivers.
- *
- *  This file is the master dispatch header file for the device-specific hardware platform drivers, for low level
- *  hardware configuration and management. The platform drivers are a set of drivers which are designed to provide
- *  a high level management layer for the various low level system functions such as clock control and interrupt
- *  management.
- *
- *  User code may choose to either include this master dispatch header file to include all available platform
- *  driver header files for the current architecture, or may choose to only include the specific platform driver
- *  modules required for a particular application.
- */
-
-/** \defgroup Group_PlatformDrivers System Platform Drivers - LUFA/Platform/Platform.h
- *  \brief Hardware platform drivers.
- *
- *  \section Sec_PlatformDrivers_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- *    - <b>UC3 Architecture Only:</b> LUFA/Platform/UC3/InterruptManagement.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_PLATFORM)</i>
- *    - <b>UC3 Architecture Only:</b> LUFA/Platform/UC3/Exception.S <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_PLATFORM)</i>
- *
- *  \section Sec_PlatformDrivers_ModDescription Module Description
- *  Device-specific hardware platform drivers, for low level hardware configuration and management. The platform
- *  drivers are a set of drivers which are designed to provide a high level management layer for the various low level
- *  system functions such as clock control and interrupt management.
- *
- *  User code may choose to either include this master dispatch header file to include all available platform
- *  driver header files for the current architecture, or may choose to only include the specific platform driver
- *  modules required for a particular application.
- *
- *  \note The exact APIs and availability of sub-modules within the platform driver group may vary depending on the
- *        target used - see individual target module documentation for the API specific to your target processor.
- */
-
-#ifndef __LUFA_PLATFORM_H__
-#define __LUFA_PLATFORM_H__
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#if (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
-			#include "UC3/ClockManagement.h"
-			#include "UC3/InterruptManagement.h"
-		#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
-			#include "XMEGA/ClockManagement.h"
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Platform/UC3/ClockManagement.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Platform/UC3/ClockManagement.h
deleted file mode 100644
index fb062628e8..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Platform/UC3/ClockManagement.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,338 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Module Clock Driver for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
- *
- *  Clock management driver for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers. This driver allows for the configuration
- *  of the various clocks within the device to clock the various peripherals.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_PlatformDrivers_UC3
- *  \defgroup Group_PlatformDrivers_UC3Clocks Clock Management Driver - LUFA/Platform/UC3/ClockManagement.h
- *  \brief Module Clock Driver for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
- *
- *  \section Sec_PlatformDrivers_UC3Clocks_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- *    - None
- *
- *  \section Sec_PlatformDrivers_UC3Clocks_ModDescription Module Description
- *  Clock management driver for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers. This driver allows for the configuration
- *  of the various clocks within the device to clock the various peripherals.
- *
- *  Usage Example:
- *  \code
- *		#include <LUFA/Platform/UC3/ClockManagement.h>
- *
- *		void main(void)
- *		{
- *			// Start the master external oscillator which will be used as the main clock reference
- *			UC3CLK_StartExternalOscillator(0, EXOSC_MODE_8MHZ_OR_MORE, EXOSC_START_0CLK);
- *
- *			// Start the PLL for the CPU clock, switch CPU to it
- *			UC3CLK_StartPLL(0, CLOCK_SRC_OSC0, 12000000, F_CPU);
- *			UC3CLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL0, F_CPU);
- *
- *			// Start the PLL for the USB Generic Clock module
- *			UC3CLK_StartPLL(1, CLOCK_SRC_OSC0, 12000000, 48000000);
- *		}
- *  \endcode
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef _UC3_CLOCK_MANAGEMENT_H_
-#define _UC3_CLOCK_MANAGEMENT_H_
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Enum for the possible external oscillator types. */
-			enum UC3_Extern_OSC_ClockTypes_t
-			{
-				EXOSC_MODE_CLOCK         = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_MODE_EXT_CLOCK,  /**< External clock (non-crystal) mode. */
-				EXOSC_MODE_900KHZ_MAX    = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_MODE_CRYSTAL_G0, /**< External crystal oscillator equal to or slower than 900KHz. */
-				EXOSC_MODE_3MHZ_MAX      = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_MODE_CRYSTAL_G1, /**< External crystal oscillator equal to or slower than 3MHz. */
-				EXOSC_MODE_8MHZ_MAX      = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_MODE_CRYSTAL_G2, /**< External crystal oscillator equal to or slower than 8MHz. */
-				EXOSC_MODE_8MHZ_OR_MORE  = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_MODE_CRYSTAL_G3, /**< External crystal oscillator equal to or faster than 8MHz. */
-			};
-
-			/** Enum for the possible external oscillator startup times. */
-			enum UC3_Extern_OSC_ClockStartup_t
-			{
-				EXOSC_START_0CLK         = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_STARTUP_0_RCOSC,     /**< Immediate startup, no delay. */
-				EXOSC_START_64CLK        = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_STARTUP_64_RCOSC,    /**< Wait 64 clock cycles before startup for stability. */
-				EXOSC_START_128CLK       = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_STARTUP_128_RCOSC,   /**< Wait 128 clock cycles before startup for stability. */
-				EXOSC_START_2048CLK      = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_STARTUP_2048_RCOSC,  /**< Wait 2048 clock cycles before startup for stability. */
-				EXOSC_START_4096CLK      = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_STARTUP_4096_RCOSC,  /**< Wait 4096 clock cycles before startup for stability. */
-				EXOSC_START_8192CLK      = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_STARTUP_8192_RCOSC,  /**< Wait 8192 clock cycles before startup for stability. */
-				EXOSC_START_16384CLK     = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_STARTUP_16384_RCOSC, /**< Wait 16384 clock cycles before startup for stability. */
-			};
-
-			/** Enum for the possible module clock sources. */
-			enum UC3_System_ClockSource_t
-			{
-				CLOCK_SRC_SLOW_CLK       = 0, /**< Clock sourced from the internal slow clock. */
-				CLOCK_SRC_OSC0           = 1, /**< Clock sourced from the Oscillator 0 clock. */
-				CLOCK_SRC_OSC1           = 2, /**< Clock sourced from the Oscillator 1 clock. */
-				CLOCK_SRC_PLL0           = 3, /**< Clock sourced from the PLL 0 clock. */
-				CLOCK_SRC_PLL1           = 4, /**< Clock sourced from the PLL 1 clock. */
-			};
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			/** Starts the given external oscillator of the UC3 microcontroller, with the given options. This routine blocks until
-			 *  the oscillator is ready for use.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Channel  Index of the external oscillator to start.
-			 *  \param[in] Type     Type of clock attached to the given oscillator channel, a value from \ref UC3_Extern_OSC_ClockTypes_t.
-			 *  \param[in] Startup  Startup time of the external oscillator, a value from \ref UC3_Extern_OSC_ClockStartup_t.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the external oscillator was successfully started, \c false if invalid parameters specified.
-			 */
-			static inline bool UC3CLK_StartExternalOscillator(const uint8_t Channel,
-			                                                  const uint8_t Type,
-			                                                  const uint8_t Startup) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool UC3CLK_StartExternalOscillator(const uint8_t Channel,
-			                                                  const uint8_t Type,
-			                                                  const uint8_t Startup)
-			{
-				switch (Channel)
-				{
-					case 0:
-						AVR32_PM.OSCCTRL0.startup = Startup;
-						AVR32_PM.OSCCTRL0.mode    = Type;
-						break;
-					case 1:
-						AVR32_PM.OSCCTRL1.startup = Startup;
-						AVR32_PM.OSCCTRL1.mode    = Type;
-						break;
-					default:
-						return false;
-				}
-
-				AVR32_PM.mcctrl |= (1 << (AVR32_PM_MCCTRL_OSC0EN_OFFSET + Channel));
-
-				while (!(AVR32_PM.poscsr & (1 << (AVR32_PM_POSCSR_OSC0RDY_OFFSET + Channel))));
-				return true;
-			}
-
-			/** Stops the given external oscillator of the UC3 microcontroller.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Channel  Index of the external oscillator to stop.
-			 */
-			static inline void UC3CLK_StopExternalOscillator(const uint8_t Channel) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void UC3CLK_StopExternalOscillator(const uint8_t Channel)
-			{
-				AVR32_PM.mcctrl &= ~(1 << (AVR32_PM_MCCTRL_OSC0EN_OFFSET + Channel));
-			}
-
-			/** Starts the given PLL of the UC3 microcontroller, with the given options. This routine blocks until the PLL is ready for use.
-			 *
-			 *  \attention The output frequency must be equal to or greater than the source frequency.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Channel     Index of the PLL to start.
-			 *  \param[in] Source      Clock source for the PLL, a value from \ref UC3_System_ClockSource_t.
-			 *  \param[in] SourceFreq  Frequency of the PLL's clock source, in Hz.
-			 *  \param[in] Frequency   Target frequency of the PLL's output.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the PLL was successfully started, \c false if invalid parameters specified.
-			 */
-			static inline bool UC3CLK_StartPLL(const uint8_t Channel,
-			                                   const uint8_t Source,
-			                                   const uint32_t SourceFreq,
-			                                   const uint32_t Frequency) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool UC3CLK_StartPLL(const uint8_t Channel,
-			                                   const uint8_t Source,
-			                                   const uint32_t SourceFreq,
-			                                   const uint32_t Frequency)
-			{
-				if (SourceFreq > Frequency)
-				  return false;
-
-				switch (Source)
-				{
-					case CLOCK_SRC_OSC0:
-						AVR32_PM.PLL[Channel].pllosc = 0;
-						break;
-					case CLOCK_SRC_OSC1:
-						AVR32_PM.PLL[Channel].pllosc = 1;
-						break;
-					default:
-						return false;
-				}
-
-				AVR32_PM.PLL[Channel].pllmul = (Frequency / SourceFreq) ? (((Frequency / SourceFreq) - 1) / 2) : 0;
-				AVR32_PM.PLL[Channel].plldiv = 0;
-				AVR32_PM.PLL[Channel].pllen  = true;
-
-				while (!(AVR32_PM.poscsr & (1 << (AVR32_PM_POSCSR_LOCK0_OFFSET + Channel))));
-				return true;
-			}
-
-			/** Stops the given PLL of the UC3 microcontroller.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Channel  Index of the PLL to stop.
-			 */
-			static inline void UC3CLK_StopPLL(const uint8_t Channel) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void UC3CLK_StopPLL(const uint8_t Channel)
-			{
-				AVR32_PM.PLL[Channel].pllen = false;
-			}
-
-			/** Starts the given Generic Clock of the UC3 microcontroller, with the given options.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Channel     Index of the Generic Clock to start.
-			 *  \param[in] Source      Clock source for the Generic Clock, a value from \ref UC3_System_ClockSource_t.
-			 *  \param[in] SourceFreq  Frequency of the Generic Clock's clock source, in Hz.
-			 *  \param[in] Frequency   Target frequency of the Generic Clock's output.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the Generic Clock was successfully started, \c false if invalid parameters specified.
-			 */
-			static inline bool UC3CLK_StartGenericClock(const uint8_t Channel,
-			                                            const uint8_t Source,
-			                                            const uint32_t SourceFreq,
-			                                            const uint32_t Frequency) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool UC3CLK_StartGenericClock(const uint8_t Channel,
-			                                            const uint8_t Source,
-			                                            const uint32_t SourceFreq,
-			                                            const uint32_t Frequency)
-			{
-				if (Channel >= AVR32_PM_GCLK_NUM)
-				  return false;
-
-				if (SourceFreq < Frequency)
-				  return false;
-
-				switch (Source)
-				{
-					case CLOCK_SRC_OSC0:
-						AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[Channel].pllsel = false;
-						AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[Channel].oscsel = 0;
-						break;
-					case CLOCK_SRC_OSC1:
-						AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[Channel].pllsel = false;
-						AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[Channel].oscsel = 1;
-						break;
-					case CLOCK_SRC_PLL0:
-						AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[Channel].pllsel = true;
-						AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[Channel].oscsel = 0;
-						break;
-					case CLOCK_SRC_PLL1:
-						AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[Channel].pllsel = true;
-						AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[Channel].oscsel = 1;
-						break;
-					default:
-						return false;
-				}
-
-				AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[Channel].diven = (SourceFreq > Frequency) ? true : false;
-				AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[Channel].div   = (((SourceFreq / Frequency) - 1) / 2);
-				AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[Channel].cen   = true;
-
-				return true;
-			}
-
-			/** Stops the given generic clock of the UC3 microcontroller.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Channel  Index of the generic clock to stop.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the generic clock was successfully stopped, \c false if invalid parameters specified.
-			 */
-			static inline bool UC3CLK_StopGenericClock(const uint8_t Channel) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool UC3CLK_StopGenericClock(const uint8_t Channel)
-			{
-				if (Channel >= AVR32_PM_GCLK_NUM)
-				  return false;
-
-				AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[Channel].cen = false;
-
-				return true;
-			}
-
-			/** Sets the clock source for the main microcontroller core. The given clock source should be configured
-			 *  and ready for use before this function is called.
-			 *
-			 *  This function will configure the FLASH controller's wait states automatically to suit the given clock source.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Source      Clock source for the CPU core, a value from \ref UC3_System_ClockSource_t.
-			 *  \param[in] SourceFreq  Frequency of the CPU core's clock source, in Hz.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the CPU core clock was successfully altered, \c false if invalid parameters specified.
-			 */
-			static inline bool UC3CLK_SetCPUClockSource(const uint8_t Source,
-			                                            const uint32_t SourceFreq) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool UC3CLK_SetCPUClockSource(const uint8_t Source,
-			                                            const uint32_t SourceFreq)
-			{
-				if (SourceFreq > AVR32_PM_CPU_MAX_FREQ)
-				  return false;
-
-				AVR32_FLASHC.FCR.fws = (SourceFreq > AVR32_FLASHC_FWS_0_MAX_FREQ) ? true : false;
-
-				switch (Source)
-				{
-					#if defined(AVR32_PM_MCCTRL_MCSEL_SLOW)
-					case CLOCK_SRC_SLOW_CLK:
-						AVR32_PM.MCCTRL.mcsel = AVR32_PM_MCCTRL_MCSEL_SLOW;
-						break;
-					#endif
-					#if defined(AVR32_PM_MCCTRL_MCSEL_OSC0)
-					case CLOCK_SRC_OSC0:
-						AVR32_PM.MCCTRL.mcsel = AVR32_PM_MCCTRL_MCSEL_OSC0;
-						break;
-					#endif
-					#if defined(AVR32_PM_MCCTRL_MCSEL_PLL0)
-					case CLOCK_SRC_PLL0:
-						AVR32_PM.MCCTRL.mcsel = AVR32_PM_MCCTRL_MCSEL_PLL0;
-						break;
-					#endif
-					default:
-						return false;
-				}
-
-				return true;
-			}
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Platform/UC3/Exception.S b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Platform/UC3/Exception.S
deleted file mode 100644
index 3a5f240059..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Platform/UC3/Exception.S
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,128 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#if defined(__AVR32__)
-#include <avr32/io.h>
-
-.section .exception_handlers, "ax", @progbits
-
-// ================= EXCEPTION TABLE ================
-.balign  0x200
-.global  EVBA_Table
-EVBA_Table:
-
-.org  0x000
-Exception_Unrecoverable_Exception:
-	rjmp $
-.org  0x004
-Exception_TLB_Multiple_Hit:
-	rjmp $
-.org  0x008
-Exception_Bus_Error_Data_Fetch:
-	rjmp $
-.org  0x00C
-Exception_Bus_Error_Instruction_Fetch:
-	rjmp $
-.org  0x010
-Exception_NMI:
-	rjmp $
-.org  0x014
-Exception_Instruction_Address:
-	rjmp $
-.org  0x018
-Exception_ITLB_Protection:
-	rjmp $
-.org  0x01C
-Exception_OCD_Breakpoint:
-	rjmp $
-.org  0x020
-Exception_Illegal_Opcode:
-	rjmp $
-.org  0x024
-Exception_Unimplemented_Instruction:
-	rjmp $
-.org  0x028
-Exception_Privilege_Violation:
-	rjmp $
-.org  0x02C
-Exception_Floating_Point:
-	rjmp $
-.org  0x030
-Exception_Coprocessor_Absent:
-	rjmp $
-.org  0x034
-Exception_Data_Address_Read:
-	rjmp $
-.org  0x038
-Exception_Data_Address_Write:
-	rjmp $
-.org  0x03C
-Exception_DTLB_Protection_Read:
-	rjmp $
-.org  0x040
-Exception_DTLB_Protection_Write:
-	rjmp $
-.org  0x044
-Exception_DTLB_Modified:
-	rjmp $
-.org  0x050
-Exception_ITLB_Miss:
-	rjmp $
-.org  0x060
-Exception_DTLB_Miss_Read:
-	rjmp $
-.org  0x070
-Exception_DTLB_Miss_Write:
-	rjmp $
-.org  0x100
-Exception_Supervisor_Call:
-    rjmp $
-// ============== END OF EXCEPTION TABLE =============
-
-// ============= GENERAL INTERRUPT HANDLER ===========
-.balign 4
-.irp    Level, 0, 1, 2, 3
-Exception_INT\Level:
-	mov     r12, \Level
-	call    INTC_GetInterruptHandler
-	mov     pc, r12
-.endr
-// ========= END OF GENERAL INTERRUPT HANDLER ========
-
-// ====== GENERAL INTERRUPT HANDLER OFFSET TABLE ======
-.balign 4
-.global Autovector_Table
-Autovector_Table:
-.irp    Level, 0, 1, 2, 3
-	.word ((AVR32_INTC_INT0 + \Level) << AVR32_INTC_IPR_INTLEVEL_OFFSET) | (Exception_INT\Level - EVBA_Table)
-.endr
-// === END OF GENERAL INTERRUPT HANDLER OFFSET TABLE ===
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Platform/UC3/InterruptManagement.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Platform/UC3/InterruptManagement.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 80d193f129..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Platform/UC3/InterruptManagement.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-#include "../../Common/Common.h"
-#if (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
-
-#define  __INCLUDE_FROM_INTMANAGEMENT_C
-#include "InterruptManagement.h"
-
-/** Interrupt vector table, containing the ISR to call for each interrupt group */
-InterruptHandlerPtr_t InterruptHandlers[AVR32_INTC_NUM_INT_GRPS];
-
-/** ISR for unhandled interrupt groups */
-ISR(Unhandled_Interrupt)
-{
-	for (;;);
-}
-
-InterruptHandlerPtr_t INTC_GetInterruptHandler(const uint_reg_t InterruptLevel)
-{
-	return InterruptHandlers[AVR32_INTC.icr[AVR32_INTC_INT3 - InterruptLevel]];
-}
-
-void INTC_Init(void)
-{
-	for (uint8_t InterruptGroup = 0; InterruptGroup < AVR32_INTC_NUM_INT_GRPS; InterruptGroup++)
-	{
-		InterruptHandlers[InterruptGroup] = Unhandled_Interrupt;
-		AVR32_INTC.ipr[InterruptGroup]    = Autovector_Table[AVR32_INTC_INT0];
-	}
-
-	__builtin_mtsr(AVR32_EVBA, (uintptr_t)&EVBA_Table);
-}
-
-#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Platform/UC3/InterruptManagement.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Platform/UC3/InterruptManagement.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 90198cddda..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Platform/UC3/InterruptManagement.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,174 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Interrupt Controller Driver for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
- *
- *  Interrupt controller driver for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers, for the configuration of interrupt
- *  handlers within the device.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_PlatformDrivers_UC3
- *  \defgroup Group_PlatformDrivers_UC3Interrupts Interrupt Controller Driver - LUFA/Platform/UC3/InterruptManagement.h
- *  \brief Interrupt Controller Driver for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
- *
- *  \section Sec_PlatformDrivers_UC3Interrupts_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- *    - LUFA/Platform/UC3/InterruptManagement.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_PLATFORM)</i>
- *    - LUFA/Platform/UC3/Exception.S <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_PLATFORM)</i>
- *
- *  \section Sec_PlatformDrivers_UC3Interrupts_ModDescription Module Description
- *  Interrupt controller driver for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers, for the configuration of interrupt
- *  handlers within the device.
- *
- *  Usage Example:
- *  \code
- *		#include <LUFA/Platform/UC3/InterruptManagement.h>
- *
- *		ISR(USB_Group_IRQ_Handler)
- *		{
- *			// USB group handler code here
- *		}
- *
- *		void main(void)
- *		{
- *			INTC_Init();
- *			INTC_RegisterGroupHandler(INTC_IRQ_GROUP(AVR32_USBB_IRQ), AVR32_INTC_INT0, USB_Group_IRQ_Handler);
- *		}
- *  \endcode
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef _UC3_INTERRUPT_MANAGEMENT_H_
-#define _UC3_INTERRUPT_MANAGEMENT_H_
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
-	#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
-		/* Type Defines: */
-			typedef void (*InterruptHandlerPtr_t)(void);
-
-		/* External Variables: */
-			#if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_INTMANAGEMENT_C)
-				extern const void        EVBA_Table;
-			#endif
-			extern InterruptHandlerPtr_t InterruptHandlers[AVR32_INTC_NUM_INT_GRPS];
-			extern const uint32_t        Autovector_Table[];
-	#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Converts a given interrupt index into its associated interrupt group.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] IRQIndex  Index of the interrupt request to convert.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Interrupt group number associated with the interrupt index.
-			 */
-			#define INTC_IRQ_GROUP(IRQIndex)  (IRQIndex / 32)
-
-			/** Converts a given interrupt index into its associated interrupt line.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] IRQIndex  Index of the interrupt request to convert.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Interrupt line number associated with the interrupt index.
-			 */
-			#define INTC_IRQ_LINE(IRQIndex)   (IRQIndex % 32)
-
-		/* Function Prototypes: */
-			/** Initializes the interrupt controller ready to handle interrupts. This must be called at the
-			 *  start of the user program before any interrupts are registered or enabled.
-			 */
-			void INTC_Init(void);
-
-			/** Retrieves the associated interrupt handler for the interrupt group currently being fired. This
-			 *  is called directly from the exception handler routine before dispatching to the ISR.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] InterruptLevel  Priority level of the interrupt.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Pointer to the associated interrupt handler function, or NULL if no handler set.
-			 */
-			InterruptHandlerPtr_t INTC_GetInterruptHandler(const uint_reg_t InterruptLevel);
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			/** Registers a handler for a given interrupt group. On the AVR32 UC3 devices, interrupts are grouped by
-			 *  peripheral. To save on SRAM used, a single ISR handles all interrupt lines within a single group - to
-			 *  determine the exact line that has interrupted within the group ISR handler, use \ref INTC_GetGroupInterrupts().
-			 *
-			 *  If multiple interrupts with the same group are registered, the last registered handler will become the
-			 *  handler called for interrupts raised within that group.
-			 *
-			 *  To obtain the group number of a specific interrupt index, use the \ref INTC_IRQ_GROUP() macro.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] GroupNumber       Group number of the interrupt group to register a handler for.
-			 *  \param[in] InterruptLevel    Priority level for the specified interrupt, a \c AVR32_INTC_INT* mask.
-			 *  \param[in] Handler           Address of the ISR handler for the interrupt group.
-			 */
-			static inline void INTC_RegisterGroupHandler(const uint16_t GroupNumber,
-			                                             const uint8_t InterruptLevel,
-			                                             const InterruptHandlerPtr_t Handler) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void INTC_RegisterGroupHandler(const uint16_t GroupNumber,
-			                                             const uint8_t InterruptLevel,
-			                                             const InterruptHandlerPtr_t Handler)
-			{
-				InterruptHandlers[GroupNumber] = Handler;
-				AVR32_INTC.ipr[GroupNumber]    = Autovector_Table[InterruptLevel];
-			}
-
-			/** Retrieves the pending interrupts for a given interrupt group. The result of this function should be masked
-			 *  against interrupt request indexes converted to a request line number via the \ref INTC_IRQ_LINE() macro. To
-			 *  obtain the group number of a given interrupt request, use the \ref INTC_IRQ_GROUP() macro.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] GroupNumber Group number of the interrupt group to check.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Mask of pending interrupt lines for the given interrupt group.
-			 */
-			static inline uint_reg_t INTC_GetGroupInterrupts(const uint16_t GroupNumber) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline uint_reg_t INTC_GetGroupInterrupts(const uint16_t GroupNumber)
-			{
-				return AVR32_INTC.irr[GroupNumber];
-			}
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Platform/XMEGA/ClockManagement.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Platform/XMEGA/ClockManagement.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 9edaa72234..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Platform/XMEGA/ClockManagement.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,397 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *  \brief Module Clock Driver for the AVR USB XMEGA microcontrollers.
- *
- *  Clock management driver for the AVR USB XMEGA microcontrollers. This driver allows for the configuration
- *  of the various clocks within the device to clock the various peripherals.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_PlatformDrivers_XMEGA
- *  \defgroup Group_PlatformDrivers_XMEGAClocks Clock Management Driver - LUFA/Platform/XMEGA/ClockManagement.h
- *  \brief Module Clock Driver for the AVR USB XMEGA microcontrollers.
- *
- *  \section Sec_PlatformDrivers_XMEGAClocks_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- *  The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- *    - None
- *
- *  \section Sec_PlatformDrivers_XMEGAClocks_ModDescription Module Description
- *  Clock management driver for the AVR USB XMEGA microcontrollers. This driver allows for the configuration
- *  of the various clocks within the device to clock the various peripherals.
- *
- *  Usage Example:
- *  \code
- *   	#include <LUFA/Platform/XMEGA/ClockManagement.h>
- *
- *   	void main(void)
- *   	{
- *   		// Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to F_CPU and switch the CPU core to run from it
- *   		XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
- *   		XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
- *
- *   		// Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to F_USB using the USB SOF as a reference
- *   		XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
- *   		XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
- *   	}
- *  \endcode
- *
- *  @{
- */
-
-#ifndef _XMEGA_CLOCK_MANAGEMENT_H_
-#define _XMEGA_CLOCK_MANAGEMENT_H_
-
-	/* Includes: */
-		#include "../../Common/Common.h"
-
-	/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			extern "C" {
-		#endif
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Enum for the possible external oscillator frequency ranges. */
-			enum XMEGA_Extern_OSC_ClockFrequency_t
-			{
-				EXOSC_FREQ_2MHZ_MAX      = OSC_FRQRANGE_04TO2_gc,  /**< External crystal oscillator equal to or slower than 2MHz. */
-				EXOSC_FREQ_9MHZ_MAX      = OSC_FRQRANGE_2TO9_gc,   /**< External crystal oscillator equal to or slower than 9MHz. */
-				EXOSC_FREQ_12MHZ_MAX     = OSC_FRQRANGE_9TO12_gc,  /**< External crystal oscillator equal to or slower than 12MHz. */
-				EXOSC_FREQ_16MHZ_MAX     = OSC_FRQRANGE_12TO16_gc, /**< External crystal oscillator equal to or slower than 16MHz. */
-			};
-
-			/** Enum for the possible external oscillator startup times. */
-			enum XMEGA_Extern_OSC_ClockStartup_t
-			{
-				EXOSC_START_6CLK         = OSC_XOSCSEL_EXTCLK_gc,      /**< Wait 6 clock cycles before startup (external clock). */
-				EXOSC_START_32KCLK       = OSC_XOSCSEL_32KHz_gc,       /**< Wait 32K clock cycles before startup (32.768KHz crystal). */
-				EXOSC_START_256CLK       = OSC_XOSCSEL_XTAL_256CLK_gc, /**< Wait 256 clock cycles before startup. */
-				EXOSC_START_1KCLK        = OSC_XOSCSEL_XTAL_1KCLK_gc,  /**< Wait 1K clock cycles before startup. */
-				EXOSC_START_16KCLK       = OSC_XOSCSEL_XTAL_16KCLK_gc, /**< Wait 16K clock cycles before startup. */
-			};
-
-			/** Enum for the possible module clock sources. */
-			enum XMEGA_System_ClockSource_t
-			{
-				CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ    = 0, /**< Clock sourced from the Internal 2MHz RC Oscillator clock. */
-				CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ   = 1, /**< Clock sourced from the Internal 32MHz RC Oscillator clock. */
-				CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32KHZ   = 2, /**< Clock sourced from the Internal 32KHz RC Oscillator clock. */
-				CLOCK_SRC_XOSC          = 3, /**< Clock sourced from the External Oscillator clock. */
-				CLOCK_SRC_PLL           = 4, /**< Clock sourced from the Internal PLL clock. */
-			};
-
-			/** Enum for the possible DFLL clock reference sources. */
-			enum XMEGA_System_DFLLReference_t
-			{
-				DFLL_REF_INT_RC32KHZ   = 0, /**< Reference clock sourced from the Internal 32KHz RC Oscillator clock. */
-				DFLL_REF_EXT_RC32KHZ   = 1, /**< Reference clock sourced from the External 32KHz RC Oscillator clock connected to TOSC pins. */
-				DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF    = 2, /**< Reference clock sourced from the USB Start Of Frame packets. */
-			};
-
-		/* Inline Functions: */
-			/** Write a value to a location protected by the XMEGA CCP protection mechanism. This function uses inline assembly to ensure that
-			 *  the protected address is written to within four clock cycles of the CCP key being written.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Address  Address to write to, a memory address protected by the CCP mechanism
-			 *  \param[in] Value    Value to write to the protected location
-			 */
-			static inline void XMEGACLK_CCP_Write(volatile void* Address, const uint8_t Value) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void XMEGACLK_CCP_Write(volatile void* Address, const uint8_t Value)
-			{
-				__asm__ __volatile__ (
-					"out %0, __zero_reg__" "\n\t" /* Zero RAMPZ using fixed zero value register */
-					"movw r30, %1"         "\n\t" /* Copy address to Z register pair */
-					"out %2, %3"           "\n\t" /* Write key to CCP register */
-					"st Z, %4"             "\n\t" /* Indirectly write value to address */
-					: /* No output operands */
-					: /* Input operands: */ "m" (RAMPZ), "e" (Address), "m" (CCP), "r" (CCP_IOREG_gc), "r" (Value)
-					: /* Clobbered registers: */ "r30", "r31"
-				);
-			}
-
-			/** Starts the external oscillator of the XMEGA microcontroller, with the given options. This routine blocks until
-			 *  the oscillator is ready for use.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] FreqRange  Frequency range of the external oscillator, a value from \ref XMEGA_Extern_OSC_ClockFrequency_t.
-			 *  \param[in] Startup    Startup time of the external oscillator, a value from \ref XMEGA_Extern_OSC_ClockStartup_t.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the external oscillator was successfully started, \c false if invalid parameters specified.
-			 */
-			static inline bool XMEGACLK_StartExternalOscillator(const uint8_t FreqRange,
-			                                                    const uint8_t Startup) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool XMEGACLK_StartExternalOscillator(const uint8_t FreqRange,
-			                                                    const uint8_t Startup)
-			{
-				OSC.XOSCCTRL  = (FreqRange | ((Startup == EXOSC_START_32KCLK) ? OSC_X32KLPM_bm : 0) | Startup);
-				OSC.CTRL     |= OSC_XOSCEN_bm;
-
-				while (!(OSC.STATUS & OSC_XOSCRDY_bm));
-				return true;
-			}
-
-			/** Stops the external oscillator of the XMEGA microcontroller. */
-			static inline void XMEGACLK_StopExternalOscillator(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void XMEGACLK_StopExternalOscillator(void)
-			{
-				OSC.CTRL     &= ~OSC_XOSCEN_bm;
-			}
-
-			/** Starts the given internal oscillator of the XMEGA microcontroller, with the given options. This routine blocks until
-			 *  the oscillator is ready for use.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Source  Internal oscillator to start, a value from \ref XMEGA_System_ClockSource_t.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the internal oscillator was successfully started, \c false if invalid parameters specified.
-			 */
-			static inline bool XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(const uint8_t Source) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(const uint8_t Source)
-			{
-				switch (Source)
-				{
-					case CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ:
-						OSC.CTRL |= OSC_RC2MEN_bm;
-						while (!(OSC.STATUS & OSC_RC2MRDY_bm));
-						return true;
-					case CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ:
-						OSC.CTRL |= OSC_RC32MEN_bm;
-						while (!(OSC.STATUS & OSC_RC32MRDY_bm));
-						return true;
-					case CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32KHZ:
-						OSC.CTRL |= OSC_RC32KEN_bm;
-						while (!(OSC.STATUS & OSC_RC32KRDY_bm));
-						return true;
-					default:
-						return false;
-				}
-			}
-
-			/** Stops the given internal oscillator of the XMEGA microcontroller.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Source  Internal oscillator to stop, a value from \ref XMEGA_System_ClockSource_t.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the internal oscillator was successfully stopped, \c false if invalid parameters specified.
-			 */
-			static inline bool XMEGACLK_StopInternalOscillator(const uint8_t Source) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool XMEGACLK_StopInternalOscillator(const uint8_t Source)
-			{
-				switch (Source)
-				{
-					case CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ:
-						OSC.CTRL &= ~OSC_RC2MEN_bm;
-						return true;
-					case CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ:
-						OSC.CTRL &= ~OSC_RC32MEN_bm;
-						return true;
-					case CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32KHZ:
-						OSC.CTRL &= ~OSC_RC32KEN_bm;
-						return true;
-					default:
-						return false;
-				}
-			}
-
-			/** Starts the PLL of the XMEGA microcontroller, with the given options. This routine blocks until the PLL is ready for use.
-			 *
-			 *  \attention The output frequency must be equal to or greater than the source frequency.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Source       Clock source for the PLL, a value from \ref XMEGA_System_ClockSource_t.
-			 *  \param[in] SourceFreq   Frequency of the PLL's clock source, in Hz.
-			 *  \param[in] Frequency    Target frequency of the PLL's output.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the PLL was successfully started, \c false if invalid parameters specified.
-			 */
-			static inline bool XMEGACLK_StartPLL(const uint8_t Source,
-			                                     const uint32_t SourceFreq,
-			                                     const uint32_t Frequency) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool XMEGACLK_StartPLL(const uint8_t Source,
-			                                     const uint32_t SourceFreq,
-			                                     const uint32_t Frequency)
-			{
-				uint8_t MulFactor = (Frequency / SourceFreq);
-
-				if (SourceFreq > Frequency)
-				  return false;
-
-				if (MulFactor > 31)
-				  return false;
-
-				switch (Source)
-				{
-					case CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ:
-						OSC.PLLCTRL = (OSC_PLLSRC_RC2M_gc  | MulFactor);
-						break;
-					case CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ:
-						OSC.PLLCTRL = (OSC_PLLSRC_RC32M_gc | MulFactor);
-						break;
-					case CLOCK_SRC_XOSC:
-						OSC.PLLCTRL = (OSC_PLLSRC_XOSC_gc  | MulFactor);
-						break;
-					default:
-						return false;
-				}
-
-				OSC.CTRL |= OSC_PLLEN_bm;
-
-				while (!(OSC.STATUS & OSC_PLLRDY_bm));
-				return true;
-			}
-
-			/** Stops the PLL of the XMEGA microcontroller. */
-			static inline void XMEGACLK_StopPLL(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline void XMEGACLK_StopPLL(void)
-			{
-				OSC.CTRL &= ~OSC_PLLEN_bm;
-			}
-
-			/** Starts the DFLL of the XMEGA microcontroller, with the given options.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Source     RC Clock source for the DFLL, a value from \ref XMEGA_System_ClockSource_t.
-			 *  \param[in] Reference  Reference clock source for the DFLL, an value from \ref XMEGA_System_DFLLReference_t.
-			 *  \param[in] Frequency  Target frequency of the DFLL's output.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the DFLL was successfully started, \c false if invalid parameters specified.
-			 */
-			static inline bool XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(const uint8_t Source,
-			                                      const uint8_t Reference,
-			                                      const uint32_t Frequency) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(const uint8_t Source,
-			                                      const uint8_t Reference,
-			                                      const uint32_t Frequency)
-			{
-				uint16_t DFLLCompare = (Frequency / 1024);
-
-				switch (Source)
-				{
-					case CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ:
-						OSC.DFLLCTRL   |= (Reference << OSC_RC2MCREF_bp);
-						DFLLRC2M.COMP1  = (DFLLCompare & 0xFF);
-						DFLLRC2M.COMP2  = (DFLLCompare >> 8);
-						DFLLRC2M.CTRL   = DFLL_ENABLE_bm;
-						break;
-					case CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ:
-						OSC.DFLLCTRL   |= (Reference << OSC_RC32MCREF_gp);
-						DFLLRC32M.COMP1 = (DFLLCompare & 0xFF);
-						DFLLRC32M.COMP2 = (DFLLCompare >> 8);
-
-						if (Reference == DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF)
-						{
-							NVM.CMD        = NVM_CMD_READ_CALIB_ROW_gc;
-							DFLLRC32M.CALA = pgm_read_byte(offsetof(NVM_PROD_SIGNATURES_t, USBRCOSCA));
-							DFLLRC32M.CALB = pgm_read_byte(offsetof(NVM_PROD_SIGNATURES_t, USBRCOSC));
-							NVM.CMD        = 0;
-						}
-
-						DFLLRC32M.CTRL  = DFLL_ENABLE_bm;
-						break;
-					default:
-						return false;
-				}
-
-				return true;
-			}
-
-			/** Stops the given DFLL of the XMEGA microcontroller.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Source  RC Clock source for the DFLL to be stopped, a value from \ref XMEGA_System_ClockSource_t.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the DFLL was successfully stopped, \c false if invalid parameters specified.
-			 */
-			static inline bool XMEGACLK_StopDFLL(const uint8_t Source) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool XMEGACLK_StopDFLL(const uint8_t Source)
-			{
-				switch (Source)
-				{
-					case CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ:
-						DFLLRC2M.CTRL = 0;
-						break;
-					case CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ:
-						DFLLRC32M.CTRL = 0;
-						break;
-					default:
-						return false;
-				}
-
-				return true;
-			}
-
-			/** Sets the clock source for the main microcontroller core. The given clock source should be configured
-			 *  and ready for use before this function is called.
-			 *
-			 *  \param[in] Source      Clock source for the CPU core, a value from \ref XMEGA_System_ClockSource_t.
-			 *
-			 *  \return Boolean \c true if the CPU core clock was successfully altered, \c false if invalid parameters specified.
-			 */
-			static inline bool XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(const uint8_t Source) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-			static inline bool XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(const uint8_t Source)
-			{
-				uint8_t ClockSourceMask = 0;
-
-				switch (Source)
-				{
-					case CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ:
-						ClockSourceMask = CLK_SCLKSEL_RC2M_gc;
-						break;
-					case CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ:
-						ClockSourceMask = CLK_SCLKSEL_RC32M_gc;
-						break;
-					case CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32KHZ:
-						ClockSourceMask = CLK_SCLKSEL_RC32K_gc;
-						break;
-					case CLOCK_SRC_XOSC:
-						ClockSourceMask = CLK_SCLKSEL_XOSC_gc;
-						break;
-					case CLOCK_SRC_PLL:
-						ClockSourceMask = CLK_SCLKSEL_PLL_gc;
-						break;
-					default:
-						return false;
-				}
-
-				uint_reg_t CurrentGlobalInt = GetGlobalInterruptMask();
-				GlobalInterruptDisable();
-
-				XMEGACLK_CCP_Write(&CLK.CTRL, ClockSourceMask);
-
-				SetGlobalInterruptMask(CurrentGlobalInt);
-
-				Delay_MS(1);
-				return (CLK.CTRL == ClockSourceMask);
-			}
-
-	/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
-		#if defined(__cplusplus)
-			}
-		#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/Docbook/mshelp/placeholder.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/Docbook/mshelp/placeholder.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index a34fd58dfa..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/Docbook/mshelp/placeholder.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-Copy the Microsoft HV1 Docbook transform contents into this directory (i.e. with the XSLT files in the current folder). The HV1 transform proposal can be found at http://sourceforge.net/tracker/?func=detail&aid=3610290&group_id=21935&atid=373750 .
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/HV1/helpcontentsetup.msha b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/HV1/helpcontentsetup.msha
deleted file mode 100644
index cb1c4b9eb9..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/HV1/helpcontentsetup.msha
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-<!--
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2013.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
--->
-
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
-	<head>
-		<title>LUFA Help</title>
-	</head>
-	<body class="vendor-book">
-		<div class="details">
-			<span class="vendor">FourWalledCubicle</span>
-			<span class="product">LUFA</span>
-			<span class="name">LUFA Help</span>
-			<span class="locale">en-us</span>
-		</div>
-		<div class="package-list">
-			<div class="package">
-				<span class="name">LUFA</span>
-				<a class="current-link" href="lufa_studio_help.mshc">lufa_studio_help.mshc</a>
-			</div>
-		</div>
-	</body>
-</html>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/HV1/lufa_docbook_transform.xslt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/HV1/lufa_docbook_transform.xslt
deleted file mode 100644
index 2ebda6d5dc..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/HV1/lufa_docbook_transform.xslt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,808 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-
-<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform" version="1.0">
-
-	<xsl:output method="xml" indent="no"/>
-
-	<xsl:param name="keyword.namespace" select="'Atmel.Language.C'"/>
-
-	<xsl:template name="generate.book.title">
-		<xsl:text>LUFA Library</xsl:text>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<xsl:template name="generate.book.id">
-		<xsl:param name="book.title"/>
-		<xsl:choose>
-			<xsl:when test="@id">
-				<xsl:value-of select="@id"/>
-			</xsl:when>
-			<xsl:otherwise>
-				<xsl:value-of select="translate($book.title, ' ','')"/>
-			</xsl:otherwise>
-		</xsl:choose>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<xsl:template name="generate.index.id">
-		<xsl:param name="name"/>
-		<xsl:variable name="book.title">
-			<xsl:call-template name="generate.book.title"/>
-		</xsl:variable>
-		<xsl:variable name="book.id">
-			<xsl:call-template name="generate.book.id">
-				<xsl:with-param name="book.title" select="$book.title"/>
-			</xsl:call-template>
-		</xsl:variable>
-
-		<indexterm id="{$keyword.namespace}.{$name}">
-			<primary>
-				<xsl:value-of select="$book.title"/>
-			</primary>
-			<secondary>
-				<xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
-			</secondary>
-		</indexterm>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<xsl:template match="doxygen">
-		<xsl:variable name="book.title">
-			<xsl:call-template name="generate.book.title"/>
-		</xsl:variable>
-
-		<xsl:variable name="book.id">
-			<xsl:call-template name="generate.book.id">
-				<xsl:with-param name="book.title" select="$book.title"/>
-			</xsl:call-template>
-		</xsl:variable>
-
-		<book id="{$book.id}">
-			<title>
-				<xsl:value-of select="$book.title"/>
-			</title>
-
-			<!-- Add index chapter -->
-			<xsl:apply-templates select="compounddef[@kind = 'page' and @id = 'indexpage']">
-				<xsl:with-param name="element.type" select="'chapter'"/>
-				<xsl:with-param name="page.title"   select="'Library Information'"/>
-			</xsl:apply-templates>
-
-			<!-- Add free-floating chapters -->
-			<xsl:apply-templates select="compounddef[@kind = 'page' and not(@id = 'indexpage') and not(//innerpage/@refid = @id)]">
-				<xsl:with-param name="element.type" select="'chapter'"/>
-			</xsl:apply-templates>
-
-			<!-- Add Modules chapter -->
-			<chapter>
-				<title>Modules</title>
-				<xsl:apply-templates select="compounddef[@kind = 'group' and not(//innergroup/@refid = @id)]"/>
-			</chapter>
-		</book>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<xsl:template match="compounddef[@kind = 'page']">
-		<xsl:param name="element.type" select="'section'"/>
-		<xsl:param name="page.title"   select="title"/>
-
-		<xsl:element name="{$element.type}">
-			<xsl:attribute name="id">
-				<xsl:value-of select="@id"/>
-			</xsl:attribute>
-
-			<xsl:variable name="name">
-				<xsl:text>LUFA.</xsl:text>
-				<xsl:value-of select="translate(compoundname, '_', '.')"/>
-			</xsl:variable>
-
-			<xsl:call-template name="generate.index.id">
-				<xsl:with-param name="name" select="$name"/>
-			</xsl:call-template>
-
-			<title>
-				<xsl:value-of select="$page.title"/>
-			</title>
-
-			<xsl:apply-templates select="detaileddescription"/>
-
-			<xsl:if test="not(innerpage) and count(detaileddescription//sect1)">
-				<para>
-					<emphasis role="bold">Subsections:</emphasis>
-					<itemizedlist>
-						<xsl:for-each select="detaileddescription//sect1">
-							<listitem>
-								<link linkend="{@id}">
-									<xsl:value-of select="title"/>
-								</link>
-							</listitem>
-						</xsl:for-each>
-					</itemizedlist>
-				</para>
-			</xsl:if>
-
-			<xsl:for-each select="innerpage">
-				<xsl:apply-templates select="ancestor::*/compounddef[@kind = 'page' and @id = current()/@refid]"/>
-			</xsl:for-each>
-		</xsl:element>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<xsl:template match="compounddef[@kind = 'group']">
-		<section id="{@id}">
-			<title>
-				<xsl:value-of select="title"/>
-			</title>
-
-			<xsl:variable name="name">
-				<xsl:text>LUFA.</xsl:text>
-				<xsl:value-of select="translate(compoundname, '_', '.')"/>
-			</xsl:variable>
-
-			<xsl:call-template name="generate.index.id">
-				<xsl:with-param name="name" select="$name"/>
-			</xsl:call-template>
-
-			<xsl:apply-templates select="detaileddescription"/>
-
-			<xsl:if test="count(innergroup)">
-				<para>
-					<emphasis role="bold">Subgroups:</emphasis>
-					<itemizedlist>
-						<xsl:for-each select="innergroup">
-							<listitem>
-								<link linkend="{@refid}">
-									<xsl:value-of select="text()"/>
-								</link>
-							</listitem>
-						</xsl:for-each>
-					</itemizedlist>
-				</para>
-			</xsl:if>
-
-			<xsl:apply-templates select="sectiondef"/>
-
-			<xsl:for-each select="innerclass">
-				<xsl:apply-templates select="ancestor::*/compounddef[@id = current()/@refid]"/>
-			</xsl:for-each>
-
-			<xsl:for-each select="innergroup">
-				<xsl:apply-templates select="ancestor::*/compounddef[@kind = 'group' and @id = current()/@refid]"/>
-			</xsl:for-each>
-		</section>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<xsl:template match="compounddef[@kind = 'struct' or @kind = 'union']">
-		<xsl:variable name="name" select="compoundname"/>
-
-		<section id="{@id}" xreflabel="{$name}">
-			<title>
-				<xsl:choose>
-					<xsl:when test="@kind = 'struct'">
-						<xsl:text>Struct </xsl:text>
-					</xsl:when>
-
-					<xsl:when test="@kind = 'union'">
-						<xsl:text>Union </xsl:text>
-					</xsl:when>
-				</xsl:choose>
-
-				<xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
-			</title>
-
-			<xsl:call-template name="generate.index.id">
-				<xsl:with-param name="name" select="$name"/>
-			</xsl:call-template>
-
-			<xsl:apply-templates select="detaileddescription"/>
-
-			<xsl:for-each select="sectiondef[@kind = 'public-attrib']">
-				<table>
-					<title>
-						<xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
-					</title>
-
-					<tgroup cols="3">
-						<thead>
-							<row>
-								<entry>Type</entry>
-								<entry>Name</entry>
-								<entry>Description</entry>
-							</row>
-						</thead>
-
-						<tbody>
-							<xsl:for-each select="memberdef">
-								<row id="{@id}" xreflabel="{name}">
-									<entry>
-										<xsl:value-of select="type"/>
-									</entry>
-									<entry>
-										<xsl:value-of select="name"/>
-										<xsl:if test="starts-with(argsstring, '[')">
-											<xsl:text>[]</xsl:text>
-										</xsl:if>
-
-										<xsl:variable name="struct.element.name">
-											<xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
-											<xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
-											<xsl:value-of select="name"/>
-										</xsl:variable>
-
-										<xsl:call-template name="generate.index.id">
-											<xsl:with-param name="name" select="$struct.element.name"/>
-										</xsl:call-template>
-									</entry>
-									<entry>
-										<xsl:apply-templates select="detaileddescription"/>
-									</entry>
-								</row>
-							</xsl:for-each>
-						</tbody>
-					</tgroup>
-				</table>
-			</xsl:for-each>
-		</section>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<xsl:template match="memberdef[@kind = 'function']">
-		<section id="{@id}" xreflabel="{name}">
-			<title>
-				<xsl:text>Function </xsl:text>
-				<xsl:value-of select="name"/>
-				<xsl:text>()</xsl:text>
-			</title>
-
-			<xsl:call-template name="generate.index.id">
-				<xsl:with-param name="name" select="name"/>
-			</xsl:call-template>
-
-			<para>
-				<emphasis role="italic">
-					<xsl:value-of select="briefdescription"/>
-				</emphasis>
-			</para>
-
-			<programlisting language="c">
-				<emphasis role="keyword">
-					<xsl:value-of select="type"/>
-				</emphasis>
-				<xsl:text> </xsl:text>
-				<xsl:value-of select="name"/>
-				<xsl:text>(</xsl:text>
-
-				<xsl:choose>
-					<xsl:when test="not(param[1]/declname)">
-						<emphasis role="keyword">void</emphasis>
-					</xsl:when>
-
-					<xsl:otherwise>
-						<xsl:for-each select="param">
-							<xsl:if test="position() > 1">
-								<xsl:text>,</xsl:text>
-							</xsl:if>
-							<xsl:text>&#10;&#9;</xsl:text>
-							<emphasis role="keyword">
-								<xsl:value-of select="type"/>
-							</emphasis>
-							<xsl:text> </xsl:text>
-							<xsl:value-of select="declname"/>
-						</xsl:for-each>
-					</xsl:otherwise>
-				</xsl:choose>
-
-				<xsl:text>)</xsl:text>
-			</programlisting>
-
-			<xsl:apply-templates select="detaileddescription"/>
-		</section>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<xsl:template match="memberdef[@kind = 'enum']">
-		<section id="{@id}" xreflabel="{name}">
-			<title>
-				<xsl:text>Enum </xsl:text>
-				<xsl:value-of select="name"/>
-			</title>
-
-			<xsl:call-template name="generate.index.id">
-				<xsl:with-param name="name" select="name"/>
-			</xsl:call-template>
-
-			<xsl:apply-templates select="detaileddescription"/>
-
-			<table>
-				<title>Members</title>
-				<tgroup cols="2">
-					<thead>
-						<row>
-							<entry>Enum Value</entry>
-							<entry>Description</entry>
-						</row>
-					</thead>
-
-					<tbody>
-						<xsl:for-each select="enumvalue">
-							<row>
-								<entry>
-									<para id="{@id}" xreflabel="{name}">
-										<xsl:value-of select="name"/>
-
-										<xsl:call-template name="generate.index.id">
-											<xsl:with-param name="name" select="name"/>
-										</xsl:call-template>
-									</para>
-								</entry>
-								<entry>
-									<xsl:apply-templates select="detaileddescription"/>
-								</entry>
-							</row>
-						</xsl:for-each>
-					</tbody>
-				</tgroup>
-			</table>
-		</section>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<xsl:template match="memberdef[@kind = 'define']">
-		<section id="{@id}" xreflabel="{name}">
-			<title>
-				<xsl:text>Macro </xsl:text>
-				<xsl:value-of select="name"/>
-			</title>
-
-			<xsl:call-template name="generate.index.id">
-				<xsl:with-param name="name" select="name"/>
-			</xsl:call-template>
-
-			<programlisting language="c">
-				<emphasis role="preprocessor">
-					<xsl:text>#define </xsl:text>
-					<xsl:value-of select="name"/>
-					<xsl:if test="count(param) > 0">
-						<xsl:text>(</xsl:text>
-						<xsl:for-each select="param/defname">
-							<xsl:if test="position() > 1">
-								<xsl:text>,</xsl:text>
-							</xsl:if>
-							<xsl:value-of select="."/>
-						</xsl:for-each>
-						<xsl:text>)</xsl:text>
-					</xsl:if>
-					<xsl:text> </xsl:text>
-
-					<!-- Split long macro definitions across multiple lines -->
-					<xsl:if test="(string-length(initializer) > 50) or (count(param) > 0)">
-						<xsl:text>\&#10;&#9;</xsl:text>
-					</xsl:if>
-
-					<xsl:value-of select="initializer"/>
-				</emphasis>
-				<xsl:text> </xsl:text>
-			</programlisting>
-
-			<xsl:apply-templates select="detaileddescription"/>
-		</section>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<xsl:template match="memberdef[@kind = 'typedef']">
-		<section id="{@id}" xreflabel="{name}">
-			<title>
-				<xsl:text>Type </xsl:text>
-				<xsl:value-of select="name"/>
-			</title>
-
-			<xsl:call-template name="generate.index.id">
-				<xsl:with-param name="name" select="name"/>
-			</xsl:call-template>
-
-			<programlisting language="c">
-				<emphasis role="keyword">
-					<xsl:text>typedef </xsl:text>
-					<xsl:value-of select="type"/>
-				</emphasis>
-				<xsl:text> </xsl:text>
-				<xsl:value-of select="name"/>
-				<xsl:text> </xsl:text>
-				<xsl:value-of select="argsstring"/>
-			</programlisting>
-
-			<xsl:apply-templates select="detaileddescription"/>
-		</section>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-
-	<xsl:template match="memberdef[@kind = 'variable']">
-		<section id="{@id}" xreflabel="{name}">
-			<title>
-				<xsl:text>Variable </xsl:text>
-				<xsl:value-of select="name"/>
-			</title>
-
-			<xsl:call-template name="generate.index.id">
-				<xsl:with-param name="name" select="name"/>
-			</xsl:call-template>
-
-			<programlisting language="c">
-				<emphasis role="keyword">
-					<xsl:value-of select="type"/>
-				</emphasis>
-				<xsl:text> </xsl:text>
-				<xsl:value-of select="name"/>
-			</programlisting>
-
-			<xsl:apply-templates select="detaileddescription"/>
-		</section>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<xsl:template match="linebreak | simplesectsep">
-		<!-- MUST be on two separate lines, as this is a *literal* newline -->
-		<literallayout>
-		</literallayout>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<xsl:template match="verbatim">
-		<programlisting>
-			<xsl:apply-templates/>
-		</programlisting>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<xsl:template match="sectiondef">
-		<para>
-			<xsl:value-of select="description"/>
-		</para>
-
-		<xsl:apply-templates select="memberdef"/>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<xsl:template match="simplesect" mode="struct">
-		<footnote>
-			<xsl:apply-templates/>
-		</footnote>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<xsl:template match="simplesect">
-		<xsl:choose>
-			<xsl:when test="@kind = 'par'">
-				<note>
-					<title>
-						<xsl:value-of select="title"/>
-					</title>
-					<xsl:apply-templates/>
-				</note>
-			</xsl:when>
-
-			<xsl:when test="@kind = 'return'">
-				<note>
-					<title>Returns</title>
-					<xsl:apply-templates/>
-				</note>
-			</xsl:when>
-
-			<xsl:when test="@kind = 'warning'">
-				<warning>
-					<title>Warning</title>
-					<xsl:apply-templates/>
-				</warning>
-			</xsl:when>
-
-			<xsl:when test="@kind = 'pre'">
-				<note>
-					<title>Precondition</title>
-					<xsl:apply-templates/>
-				</note>
-			</xsl:when>
-
-			<xsl:when test="@kind = 'see'">
-				<note>
-					<title>See also</title>
-					<xsl:apply-templates/>
-				</note>
-			</xsl:when>
-
-			<xsl:when test="@kind = 'note'">
-				<note>
-					<title>Note</title>
-					<xsl:apply-templates/>
-				</note>
-			</xsl:when>
-
-		</xsl:choose>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<xsl:template match="parameterlist[@kind = 'param']">
-		<table>
-			<title>Parameters</title>
-			<tgroup cols="3">
-				<thead>
-					<row>
-						<entry>Data Direction</entry>
-						<entry>Parameter Name</entry>
-						<entry>Description</entry>
-					</row>
-				</thead>
-				<tbody>
-					<xsl:for-each select="parameteritem">
-						<row>
-							<xsl:apply-templates select="."/>
-						</row>
-					</xsl:for-each>
-				</tbody>
-			</tgroup>
-		</table>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<xsl:template match="parameterlist[@kind = 'retval']">
-		<table>
-			<title>Return Values</title>
-			<tgroup cols="2">
-				<thead>
-					<row>
-						<entry>Return Value</entry>
-						<entry>Description</entry>
-					</row>
-				</thead>
-				<tbody>
-					<xsl:for-each select="parameteritem">
-						<row>
-							<xsl:apply-templates select="."/>
-						</row>
-					</xsl:for-each>
-				</tbody>
-			</tgroup>
-		</table>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<xsl:template match="parameteritem">
-		<xsl:if test="parent::parameterlist/@kind = 'param'">
-			<entry>
-				<para>
-					<xsl:choose>
-						<xsl:when test="not(descendant::parametername/@direction)">
-							<emphasis role="italic">?</emphasis>
-						</xsl:when>
-
-						<xsl:otherwise>
-							<emphasis role="bold">
-								[<xsl:value-of select="descendant::parametername/@direction"/>]
-							</emphasis>
-						</xsl:otherwise>
-					</xsl:choose>
-				</para>
-			</entry>
-		</xsl:if>
-
-		<entry>
-			<para>
-				<xsl:value-of select="parameternamelist/parametername"/>
-			</para>
-		</entry>
-
-		<entry>
-			<xsl:apply-templates select="parameterdescription"/>
-		</entry>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<xsl:template match="parameterdescription">
-		<para>
-			<xsl:apply-templates/>
-		</para>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<xsl:template match="type">
-		<xsl:apply-templates/>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<xsl:template match="bold">
-		<emphasis role="bold">
-			<xsl:apply-templates/>
-		</emphasis>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<xsl:template match="emphasis">
-		<emphasis role="italic">
-			<xsl:apply-templates/>
-		</emphasis>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<xsl:template match="small">
-		<xsl:apply-templates/>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<xsl:template match="mdash | ndash">
-		<!-- Doxygen bug; double dashed are replaced with single HTML dash
-		     entities, even in verbatim-like <tt> sections -->
-		<xsl:text>--</xsl:text>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<xsl:template match="computeroutput | preformatted">
-		<computeroutput>
-			<xsl:apply-templates/>
-		</computeroutput>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<xsl:template match="codeline">
-			<xsl:apply-templates/>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<xsl:template match="ulink">
-		<ulink url="{@url}">
-			<xsl:value-of select="."/>
-		</ulink>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<xsl:template match="superscript">
-		<superscript>
-			<xsl:apply-templates/>
-		</superscript>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<xsl:template match="subscript">
-		<subscript>
-			<xsl:apply-templates/>
-		</subscript>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<xsl:template match="para">
-		<para>
-			<xsl:apply-templates/>
-		</para>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<xsl:template match="ref">
-		<xsl:choose>
-			<!-- Don't show links inside program listings -->
-			<xsl:when test="ancestor::programlisting">
-				<xsl:value-of select="."/>
-			</xsl:when>
-
-			<!-- Don't show links to file compound definitions, as they are discarded -->
-			<xsl:when test="ancestor::*/compounddef[@kind = 'file' and @id = current()/@refid]">
-				<xsl:value-of select="."/>
-			</xsl:when>
-
-			<!-- Show links outside program listings -->
-			<xsl:otherwise>
-				<link linkend="{@refid}">
-					<xsl:value-of select="text()"/>
-				</link>
-			</xsl:otherwise>
-		</xsl:choose>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<xsl:template match="entry">
-		<entry>
-			<xsl:apply-templates/>
-		</entry>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<xsl:template match="table[caption]">
-		<table>
-			<title>
-				<xsl:value-of select="caption"/>
-			</title>
-
-			<tgroup cols="{@cols}">
-				<thead>
-					<xsl:apply-templates select="row[entry/@thead = 'yes']"/>
-				</thead>
-
-				<tbody>
-					<xsl:apply-templates select="row[entry/@thead != 'yes']"/>
-				</tbody>
-			</tgroup>
-		</table>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<xsl:template match="table[not(caption)]">
-		<informaltable>
-			<tgroup cols="{@cols}">
-				<thead>
-					<xsl:apply-templates select="row[entry/@thead = 'yes']"/>
-				</thead>
-
-				<tbody>
-					<xsl:apply-templates select="row[entry/@thead != 'yes']"/>
-				</tbody>
-			</tgroup>
-		</informaltable>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<xsl:template match="row">
-		<row>
-			<xsl:apply-templates/>
-		</row>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<xsl:template match="itemizedlist">
-		<itemizedlist>
-			<xsl:apply-templates/>
-		</itemizedlist>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<xsl:template match="orderedlist">
-		<orderedlist>
-			<xsl:apply-templates/>
-		</orderedlist>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<xsl:template match="listitem">
-		<listitem>
-			<xsl:apply-templates/>
-		</listitem>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<xsl:template match="programlisting">
-		<programlisting language="c">
-			<xsl:for-each select="codeline[position() > 1 or highlight]">
-				<xsl:apply-templates select="."/>
-				<xsl:text>&#10;</xsl:text>
-			</xsl:for-each>
-		</programlisting>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<xsl:template match="highlight">
-		<emphasis role="{@class}">
-			<xsl:apply-templates/>
-		</emphasis>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<xsl:template match="highlight[1]/text()">
-		<xsl:choose>
-			<xsl:when test="substring(., 1, 1) = '*'">
-				<xsl:value-of select="substring(., 2)"/>
-			</xsl:when>
-
-			<xsl:otherwise>
-				<xsl:value-of select="."/>
-			</xsl:otherwise>
-		</xsl:choose>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<xsl:template match="sp[ancestor::codeline]">
-		<xsl:text> </xsl:text>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<xsl:template match="image">
-		<mediaobject>
-			<imageobject>
-				<imagedata align="center">
-					<xsl:attribute name="fileref">
-						<xsl:text>images/</xsl:text>
-						<xsl:value-of select="@name"/>
-					</xsl:attribute>
-				</imagedata>
-			</imageobject>
-		</mediaobject>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<xsl:template match="detaileddescription">
-		<xsl:apply-templates/>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<xsl:template match="sect1 | sect2 | sect3 | sect4 | sect5 | sect6 | sect7 | sect8 | sect9">
-		<section>
-			<xsl:if test="@id">
-				<xsl:attribute name="id">
-					<xsl:value-of select="@id"/>
-				</xsl:attribute>
-			</xsl:if>
-
-			<title>
-				<xsl:value-of select="title"/>
-			</title>
-
-			<xsl:apply-templates/>
-		</section>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<xsl:template match="anchor">
-		<xsl:if test="@id">
-			<indexterm id="{@id}"/>
-		</xsl:if>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<xsl:template match="title"/>
-
-	<xsl:template match="htmlonly"/>
-
-	<xsl:template match="*">
-		<xsl:message>NO XSL TEMPLATE MATCH: <xsl:value-of select="local-name()"/></xsl:message>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-</xsl:stylesheet>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/HV1/lufa_helpcontentsetup_transform.xslt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/HV1/lufa_helpcontentsetup_transform.xslt
deleted file mode 100644
index b43354f8d7..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/HV1/lufa_helpcontentsetup_transform.xslt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-<!--
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2013.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
--->
-
-<!-- Atmel Studio HV1 Setup XHTML transform file -->
-
-<!-- Updates a helpcontentsetup.msha document to add appropriate version
-     information. -->
-<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform" xmlns:xhtml="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" version="1.0">
-	<xsl:output method="xml" omit-xml-declaration="yes"/>
-
-	<!-- Need to input the LUFA extension version for later use -->
-	<xsl:param name="extension-version"/>
-
-	<!-- Recursively match and copy/process all nodes/attributes -->
-	<xsl:template match="node()">
-		<xsl:copy>
-			<xsl:copy-of select="@*"/>
-			<xsl:apply-templates select="node()"/>
-		</xsl:copy>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<!-- Update the LUFA help package file name -->
-	<xsl:template match="xhtml:div[@class='package']/xhtml:a">
-		<xsl:copy>
-			<xsl:copy-of select="@class"/>
-
-			<xsl:attribute name="href">
-				<xsl:text>lufa_help_</xsl:text>
-				<xsl:value-of select="$extension-version"/>
-				<xsl:text>.mshc</xsl:text>
-			</xsl:attribute>
-
-			<xsl:text>lufa_help_</xsl:text>
-			<xsl:value-of select="$extension-version"/>
-			<xsl:text>.mshc</xsl:text>
-		</xsl:copy>
-	</xsl:template>
-</xsl:stylesheet>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/HV1/lufa_hv1_transform.xslt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/HV1/lufa_hv1_transform.xslt
deleted file mode 100644
index 8aa4a9413e..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/HV1/lufa_hv1_transform.xslt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-<!--
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2013.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
--->
-
-<!-- Docbook XML to Microsoft Help Viewer 1.0 transform file -->
-
-<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform" version="1.0">
-
-	<xsl:import href="../Docbook/mshelp/docbook.xsl"/>
-
-	<xsl:output method="xml" indent="no"/>
-
-	<xsl:template match="emphasis[@role = 'keyword' or @role = 'keywordtype' or @role = 'keywordflow']">
-		<span class="hl-keyword" style="color: #0079C1">
-			<xsl:apply-templates/>
-		</span>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<xsl:template match="emphasis[@role = 'stringliteral' or @role = 'charliteral']">
-		<span class="hl-string" style="color: #800000">
-			<xsl:apply-templates/>
-		</span>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<xsl:template match="emphasis[@role = 'comment']">
-		<em class="hl-comment" style="color: #008000">
-			<xsl:apply-templates/>
-		</em>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<xsl:template match="emphasis[@role = 'preprocessor']">
-		<span class="hl-preprocessor" style="color: #A000A0">
-			<xsl:apply-templates/>
-		</span>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<xsl:template match="emphasis[@role = 'normal' and ancestor::programlisting]">
-		<xsl:apply-templates />
-	</xsl:template>
-
-</xsl:stylesheet>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/HV1/lufa_studio_help_styling.css b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/HV1/lufa_studio_help_styling.css
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b6ccbd8c1..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/HV1/lufa_studio_help_styling.css
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2013.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-.programlisting {
- 	display: block;
- 	margin-left: 15px;
- 	padding: 10px;
- 	background-color: #f4f4f4;
- 	border: 1px solid #aaaaaa;
- 	font-family: "Consolas", "Courier New", sans-serif;
- }
-
- code {
- 	background-color: #f4f4f4;
- 	font-family: "Consolas", "Courier New", sans-serif;
- }
-
-.note, .warning, .tip {
-	display: block;
- 	margin-left: 15px;
- 	padding-left: 10px;
- 	padding-bottom: 5px;
- 	background-color: #f4f4f4;
- 	border: 1px solid #aaaaaa;
-}
-
-table {
-	border: 1px solid #aaaaaa;
-	border-collapse: collapse;
-	margin-left: 15px;
-	font-size: 10pt;
-}
-
-table thead {
- 	background-color: #f4f4f4;
-}
-
-table thead th {
-	padding: 5px;
-}
-
-table tbody td {
-	padding: 5px;
-}
-
-ul {
-	padding-left: 20px;
-}
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/ProjectGenerator/placeholder.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/ProjectGenerator/placeholder.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index e89b0404b8..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/ProjectGenerator/placeholder.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-Copy the ASF Project Generator into this directory (i.e. with the Python scripts in the current folder). The project generator can be extracted from the release versions of Atmel Studio's ASF extension.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/LUFA.dll b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/LUFA.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index 665b8029f0..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/LUFA.dll
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/extension.vsixmanifest b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/extension.vsixmanifest
deleted file mode 100644
index 8475017443..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/extension.vsixmanifest
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-
-<Vsix xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema" Version="1.0.0" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/vsx-schema/2010">
-	<Identifier Id="FourWalledCubicle.LUFA.0e160d5c-e331-48d9-850b-e0387912171b">
-		<Name>LUFA Library</Name>
-		<Author>Dean Camera</Author>
-		<Version>0</Version>
-		<MoreInfoUrl>http://www.lufa-lib.org</MoreInfoUrl>
-		<Description xml:space="preserve">LUFA, the Lightweight USB Framework for AVRs.</Description>
-
-		<License>License.txt</License>
-		<Icon>LUFA_thumb.png</Icon>
-		<PreviewImage>LUFA.png</PreviewImage>
-
-		<SupportedProducts>
-			<IsolatedShell Version="6.1">AtmelStudio</IsolatedShell>
-			<IsolatedShell Version="6.2">AtmelStudio</IsolatedShell>
-		</SupportedProducts>
-
-		<SupportedFrameworkRuntimeEdition MinVersion="4.0" MaxVersion="4.5"/>
-		<Locale>1033</Locale>
-
-	    <AllUsers>false</AllUsers>
-	</Identifier>
-
-	<References/>
-
-	<Content>
-		<VsPackage>LUFA.pkgdef</VsPackage>
-	    <CustomExtension Type="MSHelp">helpcontentsetup.msha</CustomExtension>
-		<CustomExtension Type="asf-manifest">asf-manifest.xml</CustomExtension>
-	</Content>
-</Vsix>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/generate_caches.py b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/generate_caches.py
deleted file mode 100644
index eb4b71efdf..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/generate_caches.py
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-"""
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2013.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-"""
-
-import sys
-sys.path.append("ProjectGenerator")
-
-
-def show_message(message):
-    print("[Project Generator] %s" % message)
-    sys.stdout.flush()
-
-
-def main(lufa_root_path):
-    try:
-        from asf_avrstudio5_interface import PythonFacade
-    except ImportError:
-        print("Fatal Error: The ASF project generator is missing.")
-        return 1
-
-    p = PythonFacade(lufa_root_path)
-
-    show_message("Checking database sanity...")
-    p.check_extension_database_sanity(lufa_root_path)
-
-    show_message("Building cache files...")
-    p.generate_extension_cache_files(lufa_root_path)
-
-    show_message("Cache files created.")
-    return 0
-
-
-if __name__ == "__main__":
-    sys.exit(main(sys.argv[1]))
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/lufa_asfmanifest_transform.xslt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/lufa_asfmanifest_transform.xslt
deleted file mode 100644
index 8fc98412fe..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/lufa_asfmanifest_transform.xslt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-<!--
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2013.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
--->
-
-<!-- Atmel Studio framework VSIX XML transform file -->
-
-<!-- Updates an asf-manifest.xml document to add appropriate version
-     information. -->
-<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform" version="1.0">
-	<xsl:output method="xml" omit-xml-declaration="yes"/>
-
-	<!-- Need to input the LUFA version for later use -->
-	<xsl:param name="lufa-version"/>
-
-	<!-- Recursively match and copy/process all nodes/attributes -->
-	<xsl:template match="@*|node()">
-		<xsl:copy>
-			<xsl:apply-templates select="@*|node()"/>
-		</xsl:copy>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<!-- Update the LUFA version to the version passed as a parameter -->
-	<xsl:template match="Version">
-		<xsl:copy>
-			<xsl:value-of select="substring($lufa-version, 1, 2)"/>
-			<xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
-			<xsl:value-of select="substring($lufa-version, 3, 2)"/>
-			<xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
-			<xsl:value-of select="substring($lufa-version, 5, 2)"/>
-		</xsl:copy>
-	</xsl:template>
-</xsl:stylesheet>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/lufa_vsmanifest_transform.xslt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/lufa_vsmanifest_transform.xslt
deleted file mode 100644
index db12d9ea26..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/lufa_vsmanifest_transform.xslt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-<!--
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2013.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
--->
-
-<!-- Atmel Studio framework VSIX XML transform file -->
-
-<!-- Updates the version element of a Visual Studio VSIX manifest file to the
-     value passed as a parameter to the stylesheet transform -->
-<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform" xmlns:vs="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/vsx-schema/2010" version="1.0">
-	<xsl:output method="xml" omit-xml-declaration="yes"/>
-
-	<!-- Need to input the extension version for later use -->
-	<xsl:param name="extension-version"/>
-
-	<!-- Recursively match and copy/process all nodes/attributes -->
-	<xsl:template match="@*|node()">
-		<xsl:copy>
-			<xsl:apply-templates select="@*|node()"/>
-		</xsl:copy>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<!-- Update the extension version to the version passed as a parameter -->
-	<xsl:template match="vs:Version">
-		<xsl:copy>
-			<xsl:value-of select="$extension-version"/>
-		</xsl:copy>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-</xsl:stylesheet>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/XDK/lufa_extension_transform.xslt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/XDK/lufa_extension_transform.xslt
deleted file mode 100644
index f50f8a4ddb..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/XDK/lufa_extension_transform.xslt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
-<!--
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2013.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
--->
-
-<!-- Atmel Studio framework Extension XML transform file -->
-
-<!-- Creates an extension.xml document from a given manifest list of XML files,
-     and adds appropriate documentation base URI entries and version
-     information. -->
-<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform" version="1.0">
-	<xsl:output method="xml" omit-xml-declaration="yes"/>
-
-	<!-- Store the LUFA version mentioned in the root node for later use -->
-	<xsl:param name="lufa-version" select="lufa-manifest/@version"/>
-
-	<!-- Read manifest list and then process all FDK nodes in the referenced
-	     document -->
-	<xsl:template match="lufa-manifest">
-		<xsl:comment>This file has been automatically generated from the LUFA Atmel Studio integration XML files.</xsl:comment>
-
-		<extension-container xmlversion="2.0">
-			<xsl:for-each select="xml-source">
-				<xsl:apply-templates select="document(@filename)/lufa/extension-container/*"/>
-			</xsl:for-each>
-		</extension-container>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<!-- Recursively match and copy/process all nodes/attributes -->
-	<xsl:template match="@*|node()">
-		<xsl:copy>
-			<xsl:apply-templates select="@*|node()"/>
-		</xsl:copy>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<!-- Update the extension version to the version of LUFA being used -->
-	<xsl:template match="extension/@version">
-		<xsl:attribute name="version">
-			<xsl:value-of select="substring($lufa-version, 1, 2)"/>
-			<xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
-			<xsl:value-of select="substring($lufa-version, 3, 2)"/>
-			<xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
-			<xsl:value-of select="substring($lufa-version, 5, 2)"/>
-		</xsl:attribute>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<!-- Update the extension online help URLs to the version of LUFA being
-	     used -->
-	<xsl:template match="online-help/*/@baseurl">
-		<xsl:attribute name="baseurl">
-			<xsl:value-of select="current()"/>
-			<xsl:value-of select="$lufa-version"/>
-			<xsl:text>/html/</xsl:text>
-		</xsl:attribute>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<xsl:template match="online-help/index-page/@url">
-		<xsl:attribute name="url">
-			<xsl:value-of select="current()"/>
-			<xsl:value-of select="$lufa-version"/>
-			<xsl:text>/html/</xsl:text>
-		</xsl:attribute>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-</xsl:stylesheet>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/XDK/lufa_filelist_transform.xslt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/XDK/lufa_filelist_transform.xslt
deleted file mode 100644
index 9affc9f67c..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/XDK/lufa_filelist_transform.xslt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-<!--
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2013.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
--->
-
-<!-- Atmel Studio framework Module XML transform file -->
-
-<!-- Outputs a flat file list of all source files referenced in all modules of
-     the input manifest XML file, so that they can be checked for existence. -->
-<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform" version="1.0">
-	<xsl:output method="xml" omit-xml-declaration="yes"/>
-
-	<!-- Read manifest list, add a comment to indicate the source filename
-	     and then process all ASF nodes in the referenced document -->
-	<xsl:template match="lufa-manifest">
-		<xsl:for-each select="xml-source">
-			<xsl:comment>Sourced from <xsl:value-of select="@filename"/></xsl:comment>
-			<xsl:apply-templates select="document(@filename)/lufa/asf/*"/>
-		</xsl:for-each>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<!-- Recursively match and process all nodes/attributes -->
-	<xsl:template match="@*|node()">
-		<xsl:apply-templates select="@*|node()"/>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<!-- Match source file nodes, output filename -->
-	<xsl:template match="build[@type='c-source']|build[@type='header-file']|build[@type='distribute']">
-		<xsl:value-of select="@value"/>
-		<xsl:text>&#xA;</xsl:text>
-	</xsl:template>
-</xsl:stylesheet>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/XDK/lufa_indent_transform.xslt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/XDK/lufa_indent_transform.xslt
deleted file mode 100644
index 166f42571c..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/XDK/lufa_indent_transform.xslt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-<!--
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2013.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
--->
-
-<!-- Atmel Studio framework XML transform file -->
-
-<!-- Indents a given XML document to match the node hierarchy. -->
-<xsl:stylesheet version="1.0" xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform">
-	<xsl:output method="xml" omit-xml-declaration="yes" indent="yes"/>
-
-	<!-- Remove all white-space on all elements so that they can be indented -->
-	<xsl:strip-space elements="*"/>
-
-	<!-- Match the root node and copy, so that the output will be a correctly
-	     indented version of the input document -->
-	<xsl:template match="/">
-		<xsl:copy-of select="."/>
-	</xsl:template>
-</xsl:stylesheet>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/XDK/lufa_module_transform.xslt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/XDK/lufa_module_transform.xslt
deleted file mode 100644
index ee9a050c1d..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/XDK/lufa_module_transform.xslt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
-<!--
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2013.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
--->
-
-<!-- Atmel Studio framework Module XML transform file -->
-
-<!-- Creates an asf.xml module document from a given manifest list of XML files,
-     and adds appropriate documentation links by cross-referencing the Doxygen
-     tag output file to map Doxygen group names to generated filenames. -->
-<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform" version="1.0">
-	<xsl:output method="xml" omit-xml-declaration="yes"/>
-
-	<!-- Store the LUFA Doxygen tag filename mentioned in the root node for later use -->
-	<xsl:param name="lufa-doxygen-tagfile" select="lufa-manifest/@tagfile"/>
-
-	<!-- Store the LUFA Doxygen documentation filename mentioned in the root node for later use -->
-	<xsl:param name="lufa-doxygen-docfile" select="lufa-manifest/@docfile"/>
-
-	<!-- Read manifest list, add a comment to indicate the source filename
-	     and then copy/process all ASF nodes in the referenced document -->
-	<xsl:template match="lufa-manifest">
-		<xsl:comment>This file has been automatically generated from the LUFA Atmel Studio integration XML files.</xsl:comment>
-
-		<asf xmlversion="1.0">
-			<xsl:for-each select="xml-source">
-				<xsl:comment>Sourced from <xsl:value-of select="@filename"/></xsl:comment>
-				<xsl:apply-templates select="document(@filename)/lufa/asf/*"/>
-			</xsl:for-each>
-		</asf>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<!-- Recursively match and copy/process all nodes/attributes -->
-	<xsl:template match="@*|node()">
-		<xsl:copy>
-			<xsl:apply-templates select="@*|node()"/>
-		</xsl:copy>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-	<!-- For Doxygen entry point nodes we need to convert them into help link
-	     nodes instead and add descriptions, so that they show up as links in
-	     Studio correctly -->
-	<xsl:template match="build[@type='doxygen-entry-point']">
-		<!-- select-by-config entries should not have a help link -->
-		<xsl:if test="not(parent::select-by-config)">
-			<build type="online-help" subtype="module-help-page-append">
-			 	<xsl:attribute name="value">
-			 		<!-- Extract filename of the HTML file that contains the documentation for this module from the Doxgen tag file -->
-				    <xsl:value-of select="document($lufa-doxygen-tagfile)/tagfile/compound[name=current()/@value]/filename"/>
-	  			</xsl:attribute>
-	  		</build>
-	  	</xsl:if>
-
-		<!-- Modules inside a select-by-config entries should not have a help link -->
-		<xsl:if test="not(parent::module and ../parent::select-by-config)">
-			<info type="description" value="summary">
-			 	<!-- Extract brief description of the module from the Doxygen combined XML documentation file -->
-				<xsl:value-of select="document($lufa-doxygen-docfile)/doxygen/compounddef[compoundname=current()/@value]/briefdescription/para"/>
-			</info>
-	  	</xsl:if>
-	</xsl:template>
-
-</xsl:stylesheet>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 86cfc0409d..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
-<!--
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2013.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
--->
-
-<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
-
-<lufa>
-	<extension-container>
-		<extension uuid="0e160d5c-e331-48d9-850b-e0387912171b" org="FourWalledCubicle" shortname="LUFA" version="" fullname="Lightweight USB Framework for AVRs (LUFA)">
-			<author name="Dean Camera" website="http://www.lufa-lib.org/" email="dean@fourwalledcubicle.com"/>
-			<description>Lightweight USB Framework for AVRs (LUFA), a USB software stack/framework.</description>
-			<icon-image path="LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/LUFA_thumb.png"/>
-			<preview-image path="LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/LUFA.png"/>
-			<license caption="LUFA License" path="LUFA/License.txt"/>
-			<release-notes caption="LUFA Information" url="http://www.lufa-lib.org"/>
-			<online-help>
-				<index-page caption="LUFA Documentation" url="http://www.lufa-lib.org/documentation/"/>
-				<module-help-page scheme="append" baseurl="http://www.lufa-lib.org/documentation/"/>
-				<module-guide-page scheme="append" baseurl="http://www.lufa-lib.org/documentation/"/>
-			</online-help>
-			<dependencies/>
-		</extension>
-	</extension-container>
-
-	<asf>
-		<device-alias-map name="lufa_avr8">
-			<device-support value="at90usb82"/>
-			<device-support value="atmega8u2"/>
-			<device-support value="at90usb162"/>
-			<device-support value="atmega16u2"/>
-			<device-support value="atmega16u4"/>
-			<device-support value="atmega32u2"/>
-			<device-support value="atmega32u4"/>
-			<device-support value="at90usb646"/>
-			<device-support value="at90usb647"/>
-			<device-support value="at90usb1286"/>
-			<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
-		</device-alias-map>
-
-		<device-alias-map name="lufa_xmega">
-			<device-support value="atxmega16a4u"/>
-			<device-support value="atxmega32a4u"/>
-			<device-support value="atxmega64a4u"/>
-			<device-support value="atxmega128a4u"/>
-			<device-support value="atxmega64a3u"/>
-			<device-support value="atxmega128a3u"/>
-			<device-support value="atxmega192a3u"/>
-			<device-support value="atxmega256a3u"/>
-			<device-support value="atxmega256a3bu"/>
-			<device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
-			<device-support value="atxmega64b3"/>
-			<device-support value="atxmega128b3"/>
-			<device-support value="atxmega64b1"/>
-			<device-support value="atxmega128b1"/>
-			<device-support value="atxmega64c3"/>
-			<device-support value="atxmega128c3"/>
-			<!-- <device-support value="atxmega192c3"/> Wait for ASFP-3339 merge and release before enabling -->
-			<device-support value="atxmega256c3"/>
-			<device-support value="atxmega384c3"/>
-			<device-support value="atxmega16c4"/>
-		</device-alias-map>
-
-		<device-alias-map name="lufa_uc3">
-			<device-support value="at32uc3a364"/>
-			<device-support value="at32uc3a364s"/>
-			<device-support value="at32uc3a464"/>
-			<device-support value="at32uc3a464s"/>
-			<device-support value="at32uc3b064"/>
-			<device-support value="at32uc3b164"/>
-			<device-support value="at32uc3a0128"/>
-			<device-support value="at32uc3a1128"/>
-			<device-support value="at32uc3a3128"/>
-			<device-support value="at32uc3a3128s"/>
-			<device-support value="at32uc3a4128"/>
-			<device-support value="at32uc3a4128s"/>
-			<device-support value="at32uc3b0128"/>
-			<device-support value="at32uc3b1128"/>
-			<device-support value="at32uc3a0256"/>
-			<device-support value="at32uc3a1256"/>
-			<device-support value="at32uc3a3256"/>
-			<device-support value="at32uc3a3256s"/>
-			<device-support value="at32uc3a4256"/>
-			<device-support value="at32uc3a4256s"/>
-			<device-support value="at32uc3b0256"/>
-			<device-support value="at32uc3b1256"/>
-			<device-support value="at32uc3a0512"/>
-			<device-support value="at32uc3a1512"/>
-			<device-support value="at32uc3b0512"/>
-			<device-support value="at32uc3b1512"/>
-		</device-alias-map>
-	</asf>
-</lufa>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_common.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_common.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c2ef7af4c7..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_common.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-<!--
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2013.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
--->
-
-<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
-
-<lufa>
-	<asf>
-		<module type="service" id="lufa.common" caption="LUFA Common Infrastructure">
-			<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
-			<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
-			<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
-			<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-			<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_Common"/>
-
-			<build type="include-path" value=".."/>
-			<build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Version.h"/>
-			<build type="distribute" subtype="license" value="License.txt"/>
-
-			<build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Common/Common.h"/>
-			<build type="header-file" value="Common/Architectures.h"/>
-			<build type="header-file" value="Common/ArchitectureSpecific.h"/>
-			<build type="header-file" value="Common/Attributes.h"/>
-			<build type="header-file" value="Common/BoardTypes.h"/>
-			<build type="header-file" value="Common/CompilerSpecific.h"/>
-			<build type="header-file" value="Common/Endianness.h"/>
-		</module>
-	</asf>
-</lufa>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_board.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_board.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e150aa6458..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_board.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,114 +0,0 @@
-<!--
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2013.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
--->
-
-<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
-
-<lufa>
-	<asf>
-		<board id="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8" vendor="LUFA" caption="AVR8 Architecture">
-			<device-support value="mega"/>
-
-			<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
-			<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.info"/>
-		</board>
-
-		<board id="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega" vendor="LUFA" caption="XMEGA Architecture">
-			<device-support value="xmega"/>
-
-			<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
-			<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.info"/>
-		</board>
-
-		<board id="lufa.boards.dummy.uc3" vendor="LUFA" caption="UC3 Architecture">
-			<device-support value="uc3"/>
-
-			<require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
-			<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.info"/>
-		</board>
-
-		<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board.info" caption="LUFA Board Hardware Information Driver">
-			<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
-			<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
-			<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
-			<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo"/>
-
-			<require idref="lufa.common"/>
-
-			<build type="include-path" value=".."/>
-			<build type="header-file"  subtype="api" value="Drivers/Board/Board.h"/>
-		</module>
-
-		<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board.leds" caption="LUFA Board LED Driver">
-			<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
-			<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
-			<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
-			<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_LEDs"/>
-
-			<require idref="lufa.common"/>
-
-			<build type="include-path" value=".."/>
-			<build type="header-file"  subtype="api" value="Drivers/Board/LEDs.h"/>
-		</module>
-
-		<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board.buttons" caption="LUFA Board Buttons Driver">
-			<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
-			<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
-			<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
-			<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_Buttons"/>
-
-			<require idref="lufa.common"/>
-
-			<build type="include-path" value=".."/>
-			<build type="header-file"  subtype="api" value="Drivers/Board/Buttons.h"/>
-		</module>
-
-		<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board.dataflash" caption="LUFA Board Dataflash Driver">
-			<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
-			<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
-			<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
-			<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_Dataflash"/>
-
-			<require idref="lufa.common"/>
-
-			<build type="include-path" value=".."/>
-			<build type="header-file"  subtype="api" value="Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h"/>
-		</module>
-
-		<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board.joystick" caption="LUFA Board Joystick Driver">
-			<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
-			<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
-			<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
-			<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_Joystick"/>
-
-			<require idref="lufa.common"/>
-
-			<build type="include-path" value=".."/>
-			<build type="header-file"  subtype="api" value="Drivers/Board/Joystick.h"/>
-		</module>
-
-		<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board.temperature" caption="LUFA Board Temperature Sensor Driver">
-			<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
-			<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
-			<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
-			<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_Temperature"/>
-
-			<require idref="lufa.common"/>
-			<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.adc"/>
-
-			<build type="c-source"     value="Drivers/Board/Temperature.c"/>
-			<build type="include-path" value=".."/>
-			<build type="header-file"  subtype="api" value="Drivers/Board/Temperature.h"/>
-		</module>
-	</asf>
-</lufa>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_board_names.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_board_names.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ab7e03e4e9..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_board_names.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,853 +0,0 @@
-<!--
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2013.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
--->
-
-<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
-
-<lufa>
-	<asf>
-		<select-by-config id="lufa.drivers.board" name="lufa.drivers.board.name" default="none" caption="LUFA Board Support">
-			<info type="description" value="summary">
-				Board hardware (LEDs, Buttons, etc.) drivers for the preconfigured LUFA boards. Note that only the boards
-				compatible with the currently selected device will be shown.
-
-				To disable all hardware drivers silently, use NONE. To supply customer drivers, use USER (see manual).
-			</info>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#none" caption="Board Support - None">
-				<device-support value="avr"/>
-				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_NONE"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#user" caption="Board Support - User Supplied">
-				<device-support value="avr"/>
-				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_USER"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#adafruit_u4" caption="Board Support - ADAFRUITU4">
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_ADAFRUITU4"/>
-
-				<device-support value="atmega32u4"/>
-				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_ADAFRUITU4"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/ADAFRUITU4/Board.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/ADAFRUITU4/LEDs.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#atavrusbrf01" caption="Board Support - ATAVRUSBRF01">
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_ATAVRUSBRF01"/>
-
-				<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
-				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_ATAVRUSBRF01"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/Board.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/Buttons.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/LEDs.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#benito" caption="Board Support - BENITO">
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_BENITO"/>
-
-				<device-support value="at90usb162"/>
-				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_BENITO"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/BENITO/Board.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/BENITO/Buttons.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/BENITO/LEDs.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#big_multio" caption="Board Support - BIGMULTIO">
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_BIGMULTIO"/>
-
-				<device-support value="atmega32u4"/>
-				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_BIGMULTIO"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/BIGMULTIO/Board.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/BIGMULTIO/LEDs.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#blackcat" caption="Board Support - BLACKCAT">
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_BLACKCAT"/>
-
-				<device-support value="at90usb162"/>
-				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_BLACKCAT"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/BLACKCAT/Board.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/BLACKCAT/LEDs.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#bui" caption="Board Support - BUI">
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_BUI"/>
-
-				<device-support value="at90usb646"/>
-				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_BUI"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUI/Board.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUI/LEDs.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#bumbleb" caption="Board Support - BUMBLEB">
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_BUMBLEB"/>
-
-				<device-support value="at90usb162"/>
-				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_BUMBLEB"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/Board.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/Buttons.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/Joystick.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/LEDs.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#culv3" caption="Board Support - CULV3">
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_CULV3"/>
-
-				<device-support value="atmega32u4"/>
-				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_CULV3"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/CULV3/Board.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/CULV3/Buttons.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/CULV3/LEDs.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#duce" caption="Board Support - DUCE">
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_DUCE"/>
-
-				<device-support value="atmega32u2"/>
-				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_DUCE"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/DUCE/Board.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/DUCE/LEDs.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#evk527" caption="Board Support - EVK527">
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_EVK527"/>
-
-				<device-support value="atmega32u4"/>
-				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_EVK527"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.at45db321c"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.spi"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.dataflash"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Board.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Buttons.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Dataflash.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Joystick.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/LEDs.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#jm_db_u2" caption="Board Support - JMDBU2">
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_JMDBU2"/>
-
-				<device-support value="atmega32u2"/>
-				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_JMDBU2"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/JMDBU2/Board.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/JMDBU2/Buttons.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/JMDBU2/LEDs.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#leonardo" caption="Board Support - LEONARDO">
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_LEONARDO"/>
-
-				<device-support value="atmega32u4"/>
-				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_LEONARDO"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/LEONARDO/Board.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/LEONARDO/LEDs.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#maximus" caption="Board Support - MAXIMUS">
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_MAXIMUS"/>
-
-				<device-support value="at90usb162"/>
-				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_MAXIMUS"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MAXIMUS/Board.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MAXIMUS/LEDs.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#micropendous_32u2" caption="Board Support - MICROPENDOUS_32U2">
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_32U2"/>
-
-				<device-support value="atmega32u2"/>
-				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_32U2"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Board.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/LEDs.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Buttons.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#micropendous_a" caption="Board Support - MICROPENDOUS_A">
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_A"/>
-
-				<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
-				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_A"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Board.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Buttons.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#micropendous_1" caption="Board Support - MICROPENDOUS_1">
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_1"/>
-
-				<device-support value="at90usb162"/>
-				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_1"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Board.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Buttons.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#micropendous_2" caption="Board Support - MICROPENDOUS_2">
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_2"/>
-
-				<device-support value="atmega32u4"/>
-				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_2"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Board.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Buttons.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#micropendous_3" caption="Board Support - MICROPENDOUS_3">
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_3"/>
-
-				<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
-				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_3"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Board.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Buttons.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#micropendous_4" caption="Board Support - MICROPENDOUS_4">
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_4"/>
-
-				<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
-				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_4"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Board.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Buttons.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#micropendous_dip" caption="Board Support - MICROPENDOUS_DIP">
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_DIP"/>
-
-				<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
-				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_DIP"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Board.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Buttons.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#micropendous_rev1" caption="Board Support - MICROPENDOUS_REV1">
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_REV1"/>
-
-				<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
-				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV1"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Board.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/LEDs.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Buttons.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#micropendous_rev2" caption="Board Support - MICROPENDOUS_REV2">
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_REV2"/>
-
-				<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
-				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV2"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Board.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/LEDs.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Buttons.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#microsin_162" caption="Board Support - MICROSIN162">
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_MICROSIN162"/>
-
-				<device-support value="atmega162"/>
-				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_MICROSIN162"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROSIN162/Board.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROSIN162/LEDs.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROSIN162/Buttons.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#minimus" caption="Board Support - MINIMUS">
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_MINIMUS"/>
-
-				<device-support value="atmega32u2"/>
-				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_MINIMUS"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MINIMUS/Board.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MINIMUS/LEDs.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MINIMUS/Buttons.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#multio" caption="Board Support - MULTIO">
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_MULTIO"/>
-
-				<device-support value="at90usb162"/>
-				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_MULTIO"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MULTIO/Board.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MULTIO/LEDs.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#olimex_162" caption="Board Support - OLIMEX162">
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_OLIMEX162"/>
-
-				<device-support value="at90usb162"/>
-				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_OLIMEX162"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX162/Board.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX162/LEDs.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX162/Buttons.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#olimex_32u4" caption="Board Support - OLIMEX32U4">
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_OLIMEX32U4"/>
-
-				<device-support value="atmega32u4"/>
-				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_OLIMEX32U4"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/Board.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/LEDs.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/Buttons.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#olimex_isp_mkii" caption="Board Support - OLIMEXISPMK2">
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_OLIMEXISPMK2"/>
-
-				<device-support value="at90usb162"/>
-				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_OLIMEXISPMK2"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/Board.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/LEDs.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/Buttons.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#olimex_t32u4" caption="Board Support - OLIMEX_T32U4">
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_OLIMEXT32U4"/>
-
-				<device-support value="atmega32u4"/>
-				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_OLIMEXT32U4"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/Board.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/LEDs.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/Buttons.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#rzusbstick" caption="Board Support - RZUSBSTICK">
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_RZUSBSTICK"/>
-
-				<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
-				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_RZUSBSTICK"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/RZUSBSTICK/Board.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/RZUSBSTICK/LEDs.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#sparkfun_8u2" caption="Board Support - SPARKFUN8U2">
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_SPARKFUN8U2"/>
-
-				<device-support value="atmega8u2"/>
-				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_SPARKFUN8U2"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/SPARKFUN8U2/Board.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/SPARKFUN8U2/LEDs.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#stk525" caption="Board Support - STK525">
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_STK525"/>
-
-				<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
-				<device-support value="at90usb1286"/>
-				<device-support value="at90usb647"/>
-				<device-support value="at90usb646"/>
-				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_STK525"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.at45db321c"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.spi"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.dataflash"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Board.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Buttons.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Dataflash.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Joystick.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/LEDs.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#stk526" caption="Board Support - STK526">
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_STK526"/>
-
-				<device-support value="at90usb162"/>
-				<device-support value="at90usb82"/>
-				<device-support value="atmega32u2"/>
-				<device-support value="atmega16u2"/>
-				<device-support value="atmega8u2"/>
-				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_STK526"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.at45db642d"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.spi"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.dataflash"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Board.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Buttons.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Dataflash.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Joystick.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/LEDs.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#teensy" caption="Board Support - TEENSY">
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_TEENSY"/>
-
-				<device-support value="at90usb162"/>
-				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_TEENSY"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/TEENSY/Board.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/TEENSY/LEDs.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#teensy2" caption="Board Support - TEENSY2">
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_TEENSY2"/>
-
-				<device-support value="at90usb646"/>
-				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_TEENSY2"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/TEENSY/Board.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/TEENSY/LEDs.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#tul" caption="Board Support - TUL">
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_TUL"/>
-
-				<device-support value="atmega32u4"/>
-				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_TUL"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/TUL/Board.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/TUL/Buttons.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/TUL/LEDs.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#udip" caption="Board Support - UDIP">
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_UDIP"/>
-
-				<device-support value="atmega32u2"/>
-				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_UDIP"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/UDIP/Board.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/UDIP/Buttons.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/UDIP/LEDs.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#uno" caption="Board Support - UNO">
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_UNO"/>
-
-				<device-support value="atmega8u2"/>
-				<device-support value="atmega16u2"/>
-				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_UNO"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/UNO/Board.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/UNO/LEDs.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#usb2ax" caption="Board Support - USB2AX">
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_USB2AX"/>
-
-				<device-support value="atmega32u2"/>
-				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_USB2AX"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/Board.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/Buttons.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/LEDs.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#usb2ax_v3" caption="Board Support - USB2AX_V3">
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_USB2AX_V3"/>
-
-				<device-support value="atmega32u2"/>
-				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_USB2AX_V3"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/Board.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/Buttons.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/LEDs.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#usb2ax_v3_1" caption="Board Support - USB2AX_V31">
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_USB2AX_V31"/>
-
-				<device-support value="atmega32u2"/>
-				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_USB2AX_V31"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/Board.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/Buttons.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/LEDs.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#usbfoo" caption="Board Support - USBFOO">
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_USBFOO"/>
-
-				<device-support value="atmega162"/>
-				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_USBFOO"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBFOO/Board.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBFOO/Buttons.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBFOO/LEDs.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#usbkey" caption="Board Support - USBKEY">
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_USBKEY"/>
-
-				<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
-				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_USBKEY"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.at45db642d"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.spi"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.dataflash"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Board.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Buttons.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Dataflash.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Joystick.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/LEDs.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#usbtiny_mkii" caption="Board Support - USBTINYMKII">
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_USBTINYMKII"/>
-
-				<device-support value="at90usb162"/>
-				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_USBTINYMKII"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBTINYMKII/Board.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBTINYMKII/Buttons.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBTINYMKII/LEDs.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#xplain_rev1" caption="Board Support - XPLAIN (HW Rev 1)">
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_XPLAIN_REV1"/>
-
-				<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.at45db642d"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.spi"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.dataflash"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/Board.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/Dataflash.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/LEDs.h"/>
-
-				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#xplain" caption="Board Support - XPLAIN (HW Rev 2+)">
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_XPLAIN"/>
-
-				<device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.at45db642d"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.spi"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.dataflash"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/Board.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/Dataflash.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/LEDs.h"/>
-
-				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_XPLAIN"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#a3bu_xplained" caption="Board Support - A3BU_XPLAINED">
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_A3BU_XPLAINED"/>
-
-				<device-support value="atxmega256a3bu"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.at45db642d"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart_spi"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.dataflash"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Board.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Buttons.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Dataflash.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/LEDs.h"/>
-
-				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_A3BU_XPLAINED"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#b1_xplained" caption="Board Support - B1_XPLAINED">
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_B1_XPLAINED"/>
-
-				<device-support value="atxmega128b1"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.at45db642d"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart_spi"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.dataflash"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Board.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Buttons.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Dataflash.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/LEDs.h"/>
-
-				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_B1_XPLAINED"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#evk1100" caption="Board Support - EVK1100">
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_EVK1100"/>
-
-				<device-support value="at32uc3a0512"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/Board.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/Buttons.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/Joystick.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/LEDs.h"/>
-
-				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_EVK1100"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#evk1101" caption="Board Support - EVK1101">
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_EVK1101"/>
-
-				<device-support value="at32uc3b0256"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/Board.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/Buttons.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/Joystick.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/LEDs.h"/>
-
-				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_EVK1101"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#evk1104" caption="Board Support - EVK1104">
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_EVK1104"/>
-
-				<device-support value="at32uc3a3256"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1104/Board.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1104/Buttons.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1104/LEDs.h"/>
-
-				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_EVK1104"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#uc3a3_xplained" caption="Board Support - UC3A3_XPLAINED">
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_UC3_A3_XPLAINED"/>
-
-				<device-support value="at32uc3a3256"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/Board.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/Buttons.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/LEDs.h"/>
-
-				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_UC3A3_XPLAINED"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#stange_isp" caption="Board Support - STANGE_ISP">
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_STANGE_ISP"/>
-
-				<device-support value="at90usb162"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/STANGE_ISP/Board.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/STANGE_ISP/Buttons.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/STANGE_ISP/LEDs.h"/>
-
-				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_STANGE_ISP"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#c3_xplained" caption="Board Support - C3_XPLAINED">
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_C3_XPLAINED"/>
-
-				<device-support value="atxmega384c3"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/Board.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/Buttons.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/LEDs.h"/>
-
-				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_C3_XPLAINED"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#u2s" caption="Board Support - U2S">
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_U2S"/>
-
-				<device-support value="atmega32u2"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/U2S/Board.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/U2S/Buttons.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/U2S/LEDs.h"/>
-
-				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_U2S"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#yun" caption="Board Support - YUN">
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_YUN"/>
-
-				<device-support value="atmega32u4"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/YUN/Board.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/YUN/LEDs.h"/>
-
-				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_YUN"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.board#yun" caption="Board Support - MICRO">
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_BoardInfo_MICRO"/>
-
-				<device-support value="atmega32u4"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICRO/Board.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICRO/LEDs.h"/>
-
-				<build type="define" name="BOARD" value="BOARD_MICRO"/>
-			</module>
-		</select-by-config>
-	</asf>
-</lufa>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_misc.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_misc.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4311ae87b7..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_misc.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
-<!--
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2013.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
--->
-
-<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
-
-<lufa>
-	<asf>
-		<module type="component" id="lufa.drivers.misc.at45db321c" caption="LUFA AT45DB321C Dataflash Commands">
-			<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
-			<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
-			<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
-			<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_AT45DB321C"/>
-
-			<build type="include-path" value=".."/>
-			<build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Drivers/Misc/AT45DB321C.h"/>
-		</module>
-
-		<module type="component" id="lufa.drivers.misc.at45db642d" caption="LUFA AT45DB642D Dataflash Commands">
-			<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
-			<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
-			<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
-			<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_AT45DB321C"/>
-
-			<build type="include-path" value=".."/>
-			<build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Drivers/Misc/AT45DB642D.h"/>
-		</module>
-
-		<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.misc.ringbuffer" caption="LUFA Ring Buffer">
-			<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
-			<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
-			<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
-			<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_RingBuff"/>
-
-			<build type="include-path" value=".."/>
-			<build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Drivers/Misc/RingBuffer.h"/>
-		</module>
-
-		<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi" caption="LUFA ANSI Terminal Commands">
-			<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
-			<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
-			<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
-			<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_Terminal"/>
-
-			<build type="include-path" value=".."/>
-			<build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h"/>
-		</module>
-	</asf>
-</lufa>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_peripheral.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_peripheral.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 76ea516dbc..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_peripheral.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,198 +0,0 @@
-<!--
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2013.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
--->
-
-<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
-
-<lufa>
-	<asf>
-		<select-by-device id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart" caption="LUFA USART Driver">
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart#avr8" caption="LUFA USART Driver - AVR8">
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
-
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_Serial"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.common"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
-
-				<build type="c-source" value="Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/Serial_AVR8.c"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/Serial_AVR8.h"/>
-				<build type="include-path" value=".."/>
-				<build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart#xmega" caption="LUFA USART Driver - AVR8">
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
-
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_Serial"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.common"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
-
-				<build type="c-source" value="Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/Serial_XMEGA.c"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/Serial_XMEGA.h"/>
-				<build type="include-path" value=".."/>
-				<build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart#uc3" caption="LUFA USART Driver - UC3">
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_Serial"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.common"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
-
-				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-			</module>
-		</select-by-device>
-
-		<select-by-device id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.spi" caption="LUFA SPI Driver">
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.spi#avr8" caption="LUFA SPI Driver - AVR8">
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
-
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_SPI"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.common"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/SPI_AVR8.h"/>
-				<build type="include-path" value=".."/>
-				<build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.spi#xmega" caption="LUFA SPI Driver - XMEGA">
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
-
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_SPI"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.common"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/SPI_XMEGA.h"/>
-				<build type="include-path" value=".."/>
-				<build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.spi#uc3" caption="LUFA SPI Driver - UC3">
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_SPI"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.common"/>
-
-				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-			</module>
-		</select-by-device>
-
-		<select-by-device id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart_spi" caption="LUFA USART SPI Driver">
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart_spi#avr8" caption="LUFA USART SPI Driver - AVR8">
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
-
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_SerialSPI"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.common"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/SerialSPI_AVR8.h"/>
-				<build type="include-path" value=".."/>
-				<build type="header-file" subtype="api"  value="Drivers/Peripheral/SerialSPI.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart_spi#xmega" caption="LUFA USART SPI Driver - XMEGA">
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
-
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_SerialSPI"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.common"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/SerialSPI_XMEGA.h"/>
-				<build type="include-path" value=".."/>
-				<build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Drivers/Peripheral/SerialSPI.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart_spi#uc3" caption="LUFA USART SPI Driver - UC3">
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_SerialSPI"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.common"/>
-
-				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-			</module>
-		</select-by-device>
-
-		<select-by-device id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.twi" caption="LUFA TWI Master Driver">
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.twi#avr8" caption="LUFA TWI Master Driver - AVR8">
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
-
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_TWI"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.common"/>
-
-				<build type="c-source" value="Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/TWI_AVR8.c"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/TWI_AVR8.h"/>
-				<build type="include-path" value=".."/>
-				<build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.twi#xmega" caption="LUFA TWI Master Driver - XMEGA">
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
-
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_TWI"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.common"/>
-
-				<build type="c-source" value="Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/TWI_XMEGA.c"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/TWI_XMEGA.h"/>
-				<build type="include-path" value=".."/>
-				<build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.twi#uc3" caption="LUFA TWI Master Driver - UC3">
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_TWI"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.common"/>
-
-				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-			</module>
-		</select-by-device>
-
-		<select-by-device id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.adc" caption="LUFA ADC Driver">
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.adc#avr8" caption="LUFA ADC Driver - AVR8">
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
-
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_ADC"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.common"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/ADC_AVR8.h"/>
-				<build type="include-path" value=".."/>
-				<build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.adc#xmega" caption="LUFA ADC Driver - XMEGA">
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
-
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_ADC"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.common"/>
-
-				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.peripheral.adc#uc3" caption="LUFA ADC Driver - UC3">
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_ADC"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.common"/>
-
-				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-			</module>
-		</select-by-device>
-	</asf>
-</lufa>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 263c411dff..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-<!--
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2013.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
--->
-
-<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
-
-<lufa>
-	<asf>
-		<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.usb" caption="LUFA USB Driver">
-			<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
-			<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
-			<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
-			<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USB"/>
-
-			<build type="define" name="USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER" value=""/>
-			<build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="CodeTemplates"/>
-			<build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="LUFAConfig.h"/>
-
-			<build type="include-path" value=".."/>
-			<build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Drivers/USB/USB.h"/>
-
-			<require idref="lufa.common"/>
-			<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb.class"/>
-			<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb.core"/>
-		</module>
-	</asf>
-</lufa>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 67ab760d33..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-<!--
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2013.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
--->
-
-<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
-
-<lufa>
-	<asf>
-		<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class" caption="LUFA USB Class Drivers">
-			<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
-			<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
-			<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
-			<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-			<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassDrivers"/>
-
-			<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb.class.android"/>
-			<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb.class.audio"/>
-			<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb.class.cdc"/>
-			<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb.class.hid"/>
-			<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb.class.ms"/>
-			<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb.class.midi"/>
-			<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb.class.printer"/>
-			<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb.class.rndis"/>
-			<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb.class.si"/>
-		</module>
-	</asf>
-</lufa>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_android.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_android.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3451712574..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_android.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-<!--
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2013.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
--->
-
-<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
-
-<lufa>
-	<asf>
-		<select-by-config id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.android" name="lufa.drivers.usb.class.android.mode" default="host" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Android Accessory">
-			<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassAOA"/>
-
-			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.android#host" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Android Accessory (Host)">
-				<info type="description" value="summary">
-					Common definitions and Host mode implementation of the Android Open Accessory USB class.
-				</info>
-
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassAOA"/>
-
-				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/AndroidAccessoryClass.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/AndroidAccessoryClassCommon.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.h"/>
-				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.c"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.android#definitions_only" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Android Accessory (Definitions Only)">
-				<info type="description" value="summary">
-					Common definitions only (no implementations) of the Android Open Accessory USB class.
-				</info>
-
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassAOA"/>
-
-				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/AndroidAccessoryClass.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/AndroidAccessoryClassCommon.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.h"/>
-			</module>
-		</select-by-config>
-	</asf>
-</lufa>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_audio.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_audio.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5f7c3ad4d1..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_audio.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,109 +0,0 @@
-<!--
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2013.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
--->
-
-<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
-
-<!--
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2013.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
--->
-
-<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
-
-<lufa>
-	<asf>
-		<select-by-config id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.audio" name="lufa.drivers.usb.class.audio.mode" default="host_device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Audio 1.0">
-			<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassAudio"/>
-
-			<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-
-			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.audio#host_device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Audio 1.0 (Host/Device)">
-				<info type="description" value="summary">
-					Common definitions and Host/Device mode implementations of the Audio 1.0 USB class.
-				</info>
-
-				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassAudio"/>
-
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/AudioClass.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/AudioClassCommon.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.h"/>
-				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.c"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.h"/>
-				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.c"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.audio#host" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Audio 1.0 (Host)">
-				<info type="description" value="summary">
-					Common definitions and Host mode implementation of the Audio 1.0 USB class.
-				</info>
-
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassAudio"/>
-
-				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/AudioClass.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/AudioClassCommon.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.h"/>
-				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.c"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.audio#device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Audio 1.0 (Device)">
-				<info type="description" value="summary">
-					Common definitions and Device mode implementation of the Audio 1.0 USB class.
-				</info>
-
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassAudio"/>
-
-				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/AudioClass.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/AudioClassCommon.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.h"/>
-				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.c"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.audio#definitions_only" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Audio 1.0 (Definitions Only)">
-				<info type="description" value="summary">
-					Common definitions only (no implementations) of the Audio 1.0 USB class.
-				</info>
-
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassAudio"/>
-
-				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/AudioClass.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/AudioClassCommon.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.h"/>
-			</module>
-		</select-by-config>
-	</asf>
-</lufa>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_cdc.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_cdc.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 65d8cc98f7..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_cdc.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,99 +0,0 @@
-<!--
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2013.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
--->
-
-<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
-
-<lufa>
-	<asf>
-		<select-by-config id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.cdc" name="lufa.drivers.usb.class.cdc.mode" default="host_device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - CDC">
-			<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassCDC"/>
-
-			<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-
-			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.cdc#host_device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - CDC (Host/Device)">
-				<info type="description" value="summary">
-					Common definitions and Host/Device mode implementations of the CDC USB class.
-				</info>
-
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassCDC"/>
-
-				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/CDCClass.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/CDCClassCommon.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.h"/>
-				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.c"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.h"/>
-				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.c"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.cdc#host" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - CDC (Host)">
-				<info type="description" value="summary">
-					Common definitions and Host mode implementation of the CDC USB class.
-				</info>
-
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassCDC"/>
-
-				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/CDCClass.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/CDCClassCommon.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.h"/>
-				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.c"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.cdc#device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - CDC (Device)">
-				<info type="description" value="summary">
-					Common definitions and Device mode implementation of the CDC USB class.
-				</info>
-
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassCDC"/>
-
-				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/CDCClass.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/CDCClassCommon.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.h"/>
-				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.c"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.cdc#definitions_only" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - CDC (Definitions Only)">
-				<info type="description" value="summary">
-					Common definitions only (no implementations) of the CDC USB class.
-				</info>
-
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassCDC"/>
-
-				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/CDCClass.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/CDCClassCommon.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.h"/>
-			</module>
-		</select-by-config>
-	</asf>
-</lufa>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_hid.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_hid.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3d533fb537..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_hid.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,99 +0,0 @@
-<!--
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2013.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
--->
-
-<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
-
-<lufa>
-	<asf>
-		<select-by-config id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.hid" name="lufa.drivers.usb.class.hid.mode" default="host_device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - HID">
-			<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassHID"/>
-
-			<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-
-			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.hid#host_device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - HID (Host/Device)">
-				<info type="description" value="summary">
-					Common definitions and Host/Device mode implementations of the HID USB class.
-				</info>
-
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassHID"/>
-
-				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/HIDClass.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDClassCommon.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.h"/>
-				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.c"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.h"/>
-				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.c"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.hid#host" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - HID (Host)">
-				<info type="description" value="summary">
-					Common definitions and Host mode implementation of the HID USB class.
-				</info>
-
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassHID"/>
-
-				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/HIDClass.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDClassCommon.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.h"/>
-				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.c"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.hid#device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - HID (Device)">
-				<info type="description" value="summary">
-					Common definitions and Device mode implementation of the HID USB class.
-				</info>
-
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassHID"/>
-
-				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/HIDClass.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDClassCommon.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.h"/>
-				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.c"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.hid#definitions_only" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - HID (Definitions Only)">
-				<info type="description" value="summary">
-					Common definitions only (no implementations) of the HID USB class.
-				</info>
-
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassHID"/>
-
-				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/HIDClass.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDClassCommon.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.h"/>
-			</module>
-		</select-by-config>
-	</asf>
-</lufa>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_midi.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_midi.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3ddab0bbdd..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_midi.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,99 +0,0 @@
-<!--
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2013.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
--->
-
-<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
-
-<lufa>
-	<asf>
-		<select-by-config id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.midi" name="lufa.drivers.usb.class.midi.mode" default="host_device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - MIDI">
-			<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassMIDI"/>
-
-			<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-
-			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.midi#host_device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - MIDI (Host/Device)">
-				<info type="description" value="summary">
-					Common definitions and Host/Device mode implementations of the MIDI USB class.
-				</info>
-
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassMIDI"/>
-
-				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/MIDIClass.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/MIDIClassCommon.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.h"/>
-				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.c"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.h"/>
-				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.c"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.midi#host" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - MIDI (Host)">
-				<info type="description" value="summary">
-					Common definitions and Host mode implementation of the MIDI USB class.
-				</info>
-
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassMIDI"/>
-
-				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/MIDIClass.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/MIDIClassCommon.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.h"/>
-				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.c"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.midi#device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - MIDI (Device)">
-				<info type="description" value="summary">
-					Common definitions and Device mode implementation of the MIDI USB class.
-				</info>
-
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassMIDI"/>
-
-				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/MIDIClass.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/MIDIClassCommon.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.h"/>
-				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.c"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.midi#definitions_only" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - MIDI (Definitions Only)">
-				<info type="description" value="summary">
-					Common definitions only (no implementations) of the MIDI USB class.
-				</info>
-
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassMIDI"/>
-
-				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/MIDIClass.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/MIDIClassCommon.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.h"/>
-			</module>
-		</select-by-config>
-	</asf>
-</lufa>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_ms.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_ms.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 283b85ca7a..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_ms.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,99 +0,0 @@
-<!--
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2013.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
--->
-
-<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
-
-<lufa>
-	<asf>
-		<select-by-config id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.ms" name="lufa.drivers.usb.class.ms.mode" default="host_device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Mass Storage">
-			<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassMS"/>
-
-			<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-
-			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.ms#host_device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Mass Storage (Host/Device)">
-				<info type="description" value="summary">
-					Common definitions and Host/Device mode implementations of the Mass Storage USB class.
-				</info>
-
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassMS"/>
-
-				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorageClass.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/MassStorageClassCommon.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.h"/>
-				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.c"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.h"/>
-				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.c"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.ms#host" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Mass Storage (Host)">
-				<info type="description" value="summary">
-					Common definitions and Host mode implementation of the Mass Storage USB class.
-				</info>
-
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassMS"/>
-
-				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorageClass.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/MassStorageClassCommon.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.h"/>
-				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.c"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.ms#device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Mass Storage (Device)">
-				<info type="description" value="summary">
-					Common definitions and Device mode implementation of the Mass Storage USB class.
-				</info>
-
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassMS"/>
-
-				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorageClass.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/MassStorageClassCommon.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.h"/>
-				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.c"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.ms#definitions_only" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Mass Storage (Definitions Only)">
-				<info type="description" value="summary">
-					Common definitions only (no implementations) of the Mass Storage USB class.
-				</info>
-
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassMS"/>
-
-				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorageClass.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/MassStorageClassCommon.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.h"/>
-			</module>
-		</select-by-config>
-	</asf>
-</lufa>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_printer.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_printer.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2465035ce8..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_printer.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,99 +0,0 @@
-<!--
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2013.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
--->
-
-<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
-
-<lufa>
-	<asf>
-		<select-by-config id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.printer" name="lufa.drivers.usb.class.printer.mode" default="host_device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Printer">
-			<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassPrinter"/>
-
-			<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-
-			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.printer#host_device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Printer (Host/Device)">
-				<info type="description" value="summary">
-					Common definitions and Host/Device mode implementations of the Printer USB class.
-				</info>
-
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassPrinter"/>
-
-				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/PrinterClass.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/PrinterClassCommon.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/PrinterClassDevice.h"/>
-				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/PrinterClassDevice.c"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.h"/>
-				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.c"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.printer#host" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Printer (Host)">
-				<info type="description" value="summary">
-					Common definitions and Host mode implementation of the Printer USB class.
-				</info>
-
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassPrinter"/>
-
-				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/PrinterClass.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/PrinterClassCommon.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/PrinterClassDevice.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.h"/>
-				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.c"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.printer#device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Printer (Device)">
-				<info type="description" value="summary">
-					Common definitions and Device mode implementation of the Printer USB class.
-				</info>
-
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassPrinter"/>
-
-				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/PrinterClass.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/PrinterClassCommon.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/PrinterClassDevice.h"/>
-				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/PrinterClassDevice.c"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.printer#definitions_only" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Printer (Definitions Only)">
-				<info type="description" value="summary">
-					Common definitions only (no implementations) of the Printer USB class.
-				</info>
-
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassPrinter"/>
-
-				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/PrinterClass.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/PrinterClassCommon.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/PrinterClassDevice.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.h"/>
-			</module>
-		</select-by-config>
-	</asf>
-</lufa>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_rndis.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_rndis.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6a606679d4..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_rndis.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,99 +0,0 @@
-<!--
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2013.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
--->
-
-<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
-
-<lufa>
-	<asf>
-		<select-by-config id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.rndis" name="lufa.drivers.usb.class.rndis.mode" default="host_device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - RNDIS Ethernet">
-			<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassRNDIS"/>
-
-			<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-
-			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.rndis#host_device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - RNDIS Ethernet (Host/Device)">
-				<info type="description" value="summary">
-					Common definitions and Host/Device mode implementations of the RNDIS Ethernet USB class.
-				</info>
-
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassRNDIS"/>
-
-				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/RNDISClass.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/RNDISClassCommon.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.h"/>
-				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.c"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.h"/>
-				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.c"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.rndis#host" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - RNDIS Ethernet (Host)">
-				<info type="description" value="summary">
-					Common definitions and Host mode implementation of the RNDIS Ethernet USB class.
-				</info>
-
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassRNDIS"/>
-
-				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/RNDISClass.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/RNDISClassCommon.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.h"/>
-				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.c"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.rndis#device" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - RNDIS Ethernet (Device)">
-				<info type="description" value="summary">
-					Common definitions and Device mode implementation of the RNDIS Ethernet USB class.
-				</info>
-
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassRNDIS"/>
-
-				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/RNDISClass.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/RNDISClassCommon.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.h"/>
-				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.c"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.h"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.rndis#definitions_only" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - RNDIS Ethernet (Definitions Only)">
-				<info type="description" value="summary">
-					Common definitions only (no implementations) of the RNDIS Ethernet USB class.
-				</info>
-
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassRNDIS"/>
-
-				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/RNDISClass.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/RNDISClassCommon.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.h"/>
-			</module>
-		</select-by-config>
-	</asf>
-</lufa>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_si.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_si.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c1bf8d560e..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_si.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-<!--
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2013.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
--->
-
-<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
-
-<lufa>
-	<asf>
-		<select-by-config id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.si" name="lufa.drivers.usb.class.si.mode" default="host" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Still Image">
-			<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassSI"/>
-
-			<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-
-			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.si#host" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Still Image (Host)">
-				<info type="description" value="summary">
-					Common definitions and Host mode implementation of the Still Image USB class.
-				</info>
-
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassSI"/>
-
-				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/StillImageClass.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/StillImageClassCommon.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/StillImageClassHost.h"/>
-				<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/StillImageClassHost.c"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="service" id="lufa.drivers.usb.class.si#definitions_only" caption="LUFA USB Class Driver - Still Image (Definitions Only)">
-				<info type="description" value="summary">
-					Common definitions only (no implementations) of the Still Image USB class.
-				</info>
-
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBClassSI"/>
-
-				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/StillImageClass.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/StillImageClassCommon.h"/>
-				<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Host/StillImageClassHost.h"/>
-			</module>
-		</select-by-config>
-	</asf>
-</lufa>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_core.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_core.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 58a0b388f6..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_core.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
-<!--
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2013.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
--->
-
-<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
-
-<lufa>
-	<asf>
-		<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.usb.core.common" caption="LUFA USB Core Driver - Common">
-			<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
-			<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
-			<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
-			<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBManagement"/>
-
-			<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-
-			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/Device.h"/>
-			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/Endpoint.h"/>
-			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/Host.h"/>
-			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/Pipe.h"/>
-			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/OTG.h"/>
-			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/USBController.h"/>
-			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/USBInterrupt.h"/>
-			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/EndpointStream.h"/>
-			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/PipeStream.h"/>
-	        <build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/ConfigDescriptors.c"/>
-			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/ConfigDescriptors.h"/>
-	        <build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/DeviceStandardReq.c"/>
-			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/DeviceStandardReq.h"/>
-	        <build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/Events.c"/>
-			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/Events.h"/>
-	        <build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/HostStandardReq.c"/>
-			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/HostStandardReq.h"/>
-	        <build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/USBTask.c"/>
-			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/USBTask.h"/>
-			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/USBMode.h"/>
-			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/StdDescriptors.h"/>
-			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/StdRequestType.h"/>
-
-	        <build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDParser.c"/>
-	        <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDParser.h"/>
-	        <build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDReportData.h"/>
-	    </module>
-
-		<select-by-device id="lufa.drivers.usb.core" caption="LUFA USB Core Driver">
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.usb.core#avr8" caption="LUFA USB Core Driver - AVR8">
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
-
-				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBManagement_AVR8"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb.core.common"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb.core.avr8"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.usb.core#xmega" caption="LUFA USB Core Driver - XMEGA">
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
-
-				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBManagement_XMEGA"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb.core.common"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb.core.xmega"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.usb.core#uc3" caption="LUFA USB Core Driver - UC3">
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
-				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBManagement_UC3"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb.core.common"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.drivers.usb.core.uc3"/>
-			</module>
-		</select-by-device>
-	</asf>
-</lufa>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_core_avr8.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_core_avr8.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4688f05f91..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_core_avr8.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-<!--
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2013.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
--->
-
-<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
-
-<lufa>
-	<asf>
-		<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.usb.core.avr8" caption="LUFA USB Core Driver for AVR8">
-			<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
-
-			<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-
-			<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBManagement_AVR8"/>
-
-			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c"/>
-			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"/>
-			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"/>
-			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"/>
-			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Device_AVR8.c"/>
-			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Device_AVR8.h"/>
-			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Endpoint_AVR8.c"/>
-			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Endpoint_AVR8.h"/>
-			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Host_AVR8.c"/>
-			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Host_AVR8.h"/>
-			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Pipe_AVR8.c"/>
-			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Pipe_AVR8.h"/>
-			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/OTG_AVR8.h"/>
-			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBController_AVR8.c"/>
-			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBController_AVR8.h"/>
-			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBInterrupt_AVR8.c"/>
-			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBInterrupt_AVR8.h"/>
-			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/EndpointStream_AVR8.c"/>
-			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/EndpointStream_AVR8.h"/>
-			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/PipeStream_AVR8.c"/>
-			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/PipeStream_AVR8.h"/>
-		</module>
-	</asf>
-</lufa>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_core_uc3.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_core_uc3.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2e7185f24a..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_core_uc3.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-<!--
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2013.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
--->
-
-<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
-
-<lufa>
-	<asf>
-		<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.usb.core.uc3" caption="LUFA USB Core Driver for UC3">
-			<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
-			<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-
-			<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBManagement_UC3"/>
-
-			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c"/>
-			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"/>
-			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"/>
-			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"/>
-			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Device_UC3.c"/>
-			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Device_UC3.h"/>
-			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Endpoint_UC3.c"/>
-			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Endpoint_UC3.h"/>
-			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Host_UC3.c"/>
-			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Host_UC3.h"/>
-			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Pipe_UC3.c"/>
-			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Pipe_UC3.h"/>
-			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBController_UC3.c"/>
-			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBController_UC3.h"/>
-			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBInterrupt_UC3.c"/>
-			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBInterrupt_UC3.h"/>
-			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/EndpointStream_UC3.c"/>
-			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/EndpointStream_UC3.h"/>
-			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/PipeStream_UC3.c"/>
-			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/PipeStream_UC3.h"/>
-		</module>
-	</asf>
-</lufa>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_core_xmega.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_core_xmega.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c79a0f5b52..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_core_xmega.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-<!--
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2013.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
--->
-
-<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
-
-<lufa>
-	<asf>
-		<module type="driver" id="lufa.drivers.usb.core.xmega" caption="LUFA USB Core Driver for XMEGA">
-			<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
-
-			<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-
-			<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_USBManagement_XMEGA"/>
-
-			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c"/>
-			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"/>
-			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"/>
-			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Device_XMEGA.c"/>
-			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Device_XMEGA.h"/>
-			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Endpoint_XMEGA.c"/>
-			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Endpoint_XMEGA.h"/>
-			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Pipe_XMEGA.c"/>
-			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBController_XMEGA.c"/>
-			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBController_XMEGA.h"/>
-			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBInterrupt_XMEGA.c"/>
-			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBInterrupt_XMEGA.h"/>
-			<build type="c-source"    value="Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/EndpointStream_XMEGA.c"/>
-			<build type="header-file" value="Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/EndpointStream_XMEGA.h"/>
-		</module>
-	</asf>
-</lufa>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_platform.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_platform.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4ee51f6ee0..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_platform.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
-<!--
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2013.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
--->
-
-<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
-
-<lufa>
-	<asf>
-		<select-by-device id="lufa.platform" caption="LUFA Platform Specific Support">
-			<module type="service" id="lufa.platform#avr8" caption="LUFA Platform Specific Support - AVR8">
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
-
-				<build type="define" name="ARCH" value="ARCH_AVR8"/>
-
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_PlatformDrivers"/>
-
-				<build type="include-path" value=".."/>
-				<build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Platform/Platform.h"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.common"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="service" id="lufa.platform#xmega" caption="LUFA Platform Specific Support - XMEGA">
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
-
-				<build type="define" name="ARCH" value="ARCH_XMEGA"/>
-
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_PlatformDrivers"/>
-
-				<build type="include-path" value=".."/>
-				<build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Platform/Platform.h"/>
-
-				<build type="distribute" value="Platform/XMEGA/XMEGAExperimentalInfo.txt" subtype="license"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.platform.xmega"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.common"/>
-			</module>
-
-			<module type="service" id="lufa.platform#uc3" caption="LUFA Platform Specific Support - UC3">
-				<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
-				<build type="define" name="ARCH" value="ARCH_UC3"/>
-
-				<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_PlatformDrivers"/>
-
-				<build type="include-path" value=".."/>
-				<build type="header-file" subtype="api" value="Platform/Platform.h"/>
-
-				<build type="distribute" value="Platform/UC3/UC3ExperimentalInfo.txt" subtype="license"/>
-
-				<require idref="lufa.platform.uc3"/>
-				<require idref="lufa.common"/>
-			</module>
-		</select-by-device>
-	</asf>
-</lufa>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_platform_uc3.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_platform_uc3.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 98017b08ad..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_platform_uc3.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-<!--
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2013.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
--->
-
-<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
-
-<lufa>
-	<asf>
-		<module type="driver" id="lufa.platform.uc3" caption="LUFA UC3 Platform Drivers">
-			<device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
-
-			<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-
-			<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_PlatformDrivers_UC3"/>
-
-			<build type="header-file" value="Platform/UC3/ClockManagement.h"/>
-			<build type="header-file" value="Platform/UC3/InterruptManagement.h"/>
-			<build type="c-source" value="Platform/UC3/InterruptManagement.c"/>
-			<build type="asm-source" value="Platform/UC3/Exception.S"/>
-		</module>
-	</asf>
-</lufa>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_platform_xmega.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_platform_xmega.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e613fe5206..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_platform_xmega.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-<!--
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2013.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
--->
-
-<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
-
-<lufa>
-	<asf xmlversion="1.0">
-		<module type="driver" id="lufa.platform.xmega" caption="LUFA XMEGA Platform Drivers">
-			<device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
-
-			<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-
-			<build type="doxygen-entry-point" value="Group_PlatformDrivers_XMEGA"/>
-
-			<build type="header-file" value="Platform/XMEGA/ClockManagement.h"/>
-		</module>
-	</asf>
-</lufa>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_toolchain.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_toolchain.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a76b6d0d3b..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_toolchain.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-<!--
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2013.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
--->
-
-<!-- Atmel Studio framework integration file -->
-
-<lufa>
-	<asf>
-		<select-by-device id="common.utils.toolchain_config" caption="Toolchain configuration defaults">
-			<module type="build-specific" id="common.utils.toolchain_config#avr" caption="Toolchain configuration defaults for 8-bit AVR">
-				<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-				<device-support value="avr"/>
-
-				<toolchain-config name="avrgcc.compiler.general.ChangeDefaultBitFieldUnsigned" value="True" toolchain="avrgcc"/>
-				<toolchain-config name="avrgcc.compiler.general.ChangeDefaultCharTypeUnsigned" value="True" toolchain="avrgcc"/>
-				<toolchain-config name="avrgcc.compiler.optimization.OtherFlags" value="-fdata-sections" toolchain="avrgcc"/>
-				<toolchain-config name="avrgcc.compiler.optimization.PrepareFunctionsForGarbageCollection" value="True" toolchain="avrgcc"/>
-				<toolchain-config name="avrgcc.compiler.warnings.AllWarnings" value="True" toolchain="avrgcc"/>
-				<toolchain-config name="avrgcc.compiler.miscellaneous.OtherFlags" value="-mrelax -std=gnu99 -fno-strict-aliasing -fno-jump-tables" toolchain="avrgcc"/>
-				<toolchain-config name="avrgcc.linker.optimization.GarbageCollectUnusedSections" value="True" toolchain="avrgcc"/>
-				<toolchain-config name="avrgcc.linker.optimization.RelaxBranches" value="True" toolchain="avrgcc"/>
-			</module>
-		</select-by-device>
-
-		<module type="build-specific" id="common.utils.toolchain_config#uc3" caption="Toolchain configuration defaults for 32-bit AVR">
-			<info type="gui-flag" value="hidden"/>
-			<device-support value="uc3"/>
-
-			<toolchain-config name="avrgcc.compiler.general.ChangeDefaultBitFieldUnsigned" value="True" toolchain="avr32gcc"/>
-			<toolchain-config name="avrgcc.compiler.general.ChangeDefaultCharTypeUnsigned" value="True" toolchain="avr32gcc"/>
-			<toolchain-config name="avr32gcc.compiler.optimization.OtherFlags" value="-fdata-sections" toolchain="avr32gcc"/>
-			<toolchain-config name="avr32gcc.compiler.optimization.PrepareFunctionsForGarbageCollection" value="True" toolchain="avr32gcc"/>
-			<toolchain-config name="avr32gcc.compiler.warnings.AllWarnings" value="True" toolchain="avr32gcc"/>
-			<toolchain-config name="avr32gcc.compiler.miscellaneous.OtherFlags" value="-mrelax -std=gnu99 -fno-strict-aliasing -mno-cond-exec-before-reload" toolchain="avr32gcc"/>
-			<toolchain-config name="avr32gcc.linker.optimization.GarbageCollectUnusedSections" value="True" toolchain="avr32gcc"/>
-			<toolchain-config name="avr32gcc.linker.optimization.RelaxBranches" value="True" toolchain="avr32gcc"/>
-		</module>
-	</asf>
-</lufa>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index 9d6329b5fe..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,140 +0,0 @@
-#
-#             LUFA Library
-#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2013.
-#
-#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-#           www.lufa-lib.org
-#
-# ---------------------------------------
-#  Makefile for the LUFA Atmel Studio Integration.
-# ---------------------------------------
-
-LUFA_ROOT            := ..
-LUFA_VERSION_NUM     := $(shell grep LUFA_VERSION_STRING $(LUFA_ROOT)/Version.h | cut -d'"' -f2)
-
-ifneq ($(LUFA_VERSION_NUM),000000)
-  EXT_VERSION_NUM    := $(shell date +"%y.%m.%d").$(LUFA_VERSION_NUM)
-  EXT_VSIX_NAME      := LUFA-RELEASE-$(LUFA_VERSION_NUM).vsix
-else
-  EXT_VERSION_NUM    := 0.$(shell date +"%y%m%d.%H%M%S")
-  EXT_VSIX_NAME      := LUFA-TESTING-$(shell date +"%y.%m.%d-%H.%M.%S").vsix
-
-  $(warning No LUFA version set - assuming a test version should be created.)
-endif
-
-DOXYGEN_TAG_FILE_XML := $(LUFA_ROOT)/Documentation/lufa_doc_tags.xml
-DOXYGEN_COMBINED_XML := $(LUFA_ROOT)/Documentation/xml/lufa_doc.xml
-TEMP_MANIFEST_XML    := manifest.xml
-EXTENSION_OUTPUT_XML := $(LUFA_ROOT)/../extension.xml
-MODULE_OUTPUT_XML    := $(LUFA_ROOT)/asf.xml
-MSHELP_OUTPUT_XML    := $(LUFA_ROOT)/../lufa_help_$(EXT_VERSION_NUM).mshc
-XML_FILES            := $(filter-out $(TEMP_MANIFEST_FILE), $(shell ls *.xml))
-VSIX_ASSETS          := $(LUFA_ROOT)/DoxygenPages/Images/LUFA_thumb.png     \
-                        $(LUFA_ROOT)/DoxygenPages/Images/LUFA.png           \
-                        $(LUFA_ROOT)/License.txt                            \
-                        VSIX/"[Content_Types].xml"                          \
-                        VSIX/LUFA.dll                                       \
-                        VSIX/LUFA.pkgdef
-VSIX_GEN_PARAMS     := --stringparam extension-version "$(EXT_VERSION_NUM)" \
-                       --stringparam lufa-version "$(LUFA_VERSION_NUM)"
-MSHELP_GEN_PARAMS   := --stringparam generate.toc "book toc"                \
-                       --stringparam chunk.quietly "1"                      \
-                       --stringparam chunk.section.depth "3"                \
-                       --stringparam chunk.first.sections "1"               \
-                       --stringparam chapter.autolabel "0"                  \
-                       --stringparam root.filename "LUFA"                   \
-                       --stringparam html.stylesheet "lufa_studio_help_styling.css"
-
-all: clear_project_dirs generate_xml check_filenames generate_vsix
-
-clear_project_dirs:
-	@make -s -C $(LUFA_ROOT)/.. clean
-
-clean:
-	@rm -f $(TEMP_MANIFEST_XML) $(MODULE_OUTPUT_XML) $(EXTENSION_OUTPUT_XML) $(DOXYGEN_TAG_FILE_XML) $(DOXYGEN_COMBINED_XML) $(MSHELP_OUTPUT_XML)
-	@rm -rf mshelp
-	@cd $(LUFA_ROOT)/.. && rm -f contents.zip exampleProjects.xml content.xml.cache extension.vsixmanifest asf-manifest.xml extension.xml helpcontentsetup.msha $(notdir $(VSIX_ASSETS)) *.vsix *.mshc
-
-$(DOXYGEN_TAG_FILE_XML):
-	@$(MAKE) -C ../ doxygen DOXYGEN_OVERRIDE_PARAMS="GENERATE_TAGFILE=Documentation/lufa_doc_tags.xml GENERATE_HTML=no GENERATE_XML=yes"
-
-$(DOXYGEN_COMBINED_XML): $(DOXYGEN_TAG_FILE_XML)
-	@xsltproc $(dir $@)/combine.xslt $(dir $@)/index.xml > $(DOXYGEN_COMBINED_XML)
-
-$(TEMP_MANIFEST_XML): $(DOXYGEN_TAG_FILE_XML) $(DOXYGEN_COMBINED_XML)
-	@echo Generating temporary module manifest XML...
-
-	@printf "<lufa-manifest version=\"%s\" tagfile=\"%s\" docfile=\"%s\">\n" $(LUFA_VERSION_NUM) $(DOXYGEN_TAG_FILE_XML) $(DOXYGEN_COMBINED_XML) > $@
-	@for i in $(XML_FILES); do \
-		printf "\t<xml-source filename=\"%s\"/>\n" $$i >> $@; \
-	done;
-	@echo '</lufa-manifest>' >> $@
-
-$(MODULE_OUTPUT_XML): $(TEMP_MANIFEST_XML)
-	@echo Generating library core XDK module manifest file...
-	@xsltproc XDK/lufa_module_transform.xslt $< | xsltproc XDK/lufa_indent_transform.xslt - > $(MODULE_OUTPUT_XML)
-
-$(EXTENSION_OUTPUT_XML): $(TEMP_MANIFEST_XML)
-	@echo Generating library XDK extension manifest file...
-	@xsltproc XDK/lufa_extension_transform.xslt $< | xsltproc XDK/lufa_indent_transform.xslt - > $(EXTENSION_OUTPUT_XML)
-
-$(MSHELP_OUTPUT_XML): $(DOXYGEN_COMBINED_XML)
-	@echo Converting Doxygen XML to DocBook...
-	@-mkdir mshelp 2> /dev/null
-	@xsltproc HV1/lufa_docbook_transform.xslt $(DOXYGEN_COMBINED_XML) > mshelp/lufa_docbook.xml
-
-	@echo Converting DocBook XML to Microsoft Help 1.0...
-	@cd mshelp && xsltproc $(MSHELP_GEN_PARAMS) ../HV1/lufa_hv1_transform.xslt lufa_docbook.xml
-
-	@echo Copying help assets...
-	@cp HV1/lufa_studio_help_styling.css mshelp
-	@-mkdir mshelp/images 2> /dev/null
-	@cp `find $(LUFA_ROOT)/DoxygenPages/Images -type f` mshelp/images
-
-	@echo Archiving help content...
-	@cd mshelp && zip ../$(MSHELP_OUTPUT_XML) -q -0  -r *.html *.css images
-
-	@echo Generating HV1 manifest...
-	@xsltproc $(VSIX_GEN_PARAMS) HV1/lufa_helpcontentsetup_transform.xslt HV1/helpcontentsetup.msha > $(LUFA_ROOT)/../helpcontentsetup.msha
-
-generate_help: $(MSHELP_OUTPUT_XML)
-
-generate_xml: $(EXTENSION_OUTPUT_XML) $(MODULE_OUTPUT_XML)
-
-generate_vsix: $(EXTENSION_OUTPUT_XML) $(MODULE_OUTPUT_XML) $(MSHELP_OUTPUT_XML)
-	@echo Generating XDK cache files...
-	@rm -f $(LUFA_ROOT)/../content.xml.cache
-	@rm -f $(LUFA_ROOT)/../ExampleProjects.xml
-	@python VSIX/generate_caches.py $(LUFA_ROOT)/../
-
-	@echo Archiving XDK content...
-	@rm -f contents.zip
-	@cd $(LUFA_ROOT)/../ && zip contents.zip -q -0 -r --exclude=*Documentation* --exclude=*StudioIntegration* LUFA Bootloaders Demos Projects readme.txt
-
-	@echo Creating VSIX dependencies...
-	@cp $(VSIX_ASSETS) $(LUFA_ROOT)/..
-	@xsltproc $(VSIX_GEN_PARAMS) VSIX/lufa_vsmanifest_transform.xslt VSIX/extension.vsixmanifest > $(LUFA_ROOT)/../extension.vsixmanifest
-	@xsltproc $(VSIX_GEN_PARAMS) VSIX/lufa_asfmanifest_transform.xslt VSIX/asf-manifest.xml > $(LUFA_ROOT)/../asf-manifest.xml
-
-	@echo Generating Atmel Studio VSIX file...
-	cd $(LUFA_ROOT)/../ && zip $(EXT_VSIX_NAME) -q -9 contents.zip exampleProjects.xml content.xml.cache extension.vsixmanifest asf-manifest.xml extension.xml helpcontentsetup.msha $(notdir $(MSHELP_OUTPUT_XML)) $(notdir $(VSIX_ASSETS))
-
-	@echo "Atmel Studio VSIX extension file generated."
-
-check_filenames: $(MODULE_OUTPUT_XML)
-	@echo Verifying referenced filenames of XDK modules...
-	@for f in `find $(LUFA_ROOT)/../ -name "asf.xml"`; do \
-		echo "Checking $$f..."; \
-		asf_file_dir=`dirname $$f`; \
-		xsltproc XDK/lufa_filelist_transform.xslt $$f | sed -e "/^$$/d" | while read -r i; do \
-			if ( ( ! test -f "$$asf_file_dir/$$i" ) && ( ! test -d "$$asf_file_dir/$$i" ) ); then \
-				echo "Source file \"$$i\" referenced in $$f does not exist!"; \
-				exit 1; \
-			fi; \
-		done || exit 1; \
-	done;
-
-check_database:
-	python ProjectGenerator/project_generator.py -b $(LUFA_ROOT)/../ --main-ext-uuid=0e160d5c-e331-48d9-850b-e0387912171b CHECK
-
-.PHONY: all clean generate_help generate_xml generate_vsix check_filenames check_database
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Version.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Version.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 264c941a7b..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Version.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-/*
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
-  Copyright 2014  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-  software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-  The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-  this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- *  \brief LUFA library version constants.
- *
- *  Version constants for informational purposes and version-specific macro creation. This header file contains the
- *  current LUFA version number in several forms, for use in the user-application (for example, for printing out
- *  whilst debugging, or for testing for version compatibility).
- */
-
-#ifndef __LUFA_VERSION_H__
-#define __LUFA_VERSION_H__
-
-	/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
-		/* Macros: */
-			/** Indicates the version number of the library, as an integer. */
-			#define LUFA_VERSION_INTEGER     0x140928
-
-			/** Indicates the version number of the library, as a string. */
-			#define LUFA_VERSION_STRING      "140928"
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/doxyfile
deleted file mode 100644
index 77e8def61c..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/doxyfile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2368 +0,0 @@
-# Doxyfile 1.8.8
-
-# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
-# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
-#
-# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
-# front of the TAG it is preceding.
-#
-# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
-# The format is:
-# TAG = value [value, ...]
-# For lists, items can also be appended using:
-# TAG += value [value, ...]
-# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Project related configuration options
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
-# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
-# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
-# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
-# for the list of possible encodings.
-# The default value is: UTF-8.
-
-DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
-
-# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
-# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
-# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
-# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
-# The default value is: My Project.
-
-PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library"
-
-# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
-# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
-# control system is used.
-
-PROJECT_NUMBER         = 000000
-
-# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
-# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
-# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
-
-PROJECT_BRIEF          =
-
-# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
-# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
-# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
-# to the output directory.
-
-PROJECT_LOGO           = ./DoxygenPages/Images/LUFA_thumb.png
-
-# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
-# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
-# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
-# left blank the current directory will be used.
-
-OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
-
-# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
-# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
-# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
-# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
-# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
-# performance problems for the file system.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
-
-# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
-# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
-# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
-# U+3044.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
-
-# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
-# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
-# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
-# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
-# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
-# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
-# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
-# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
-# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
-# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
-# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
-# The default value is: English.
-
-OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
-
-# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
-# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
-# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
-
-# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
-# description of a member or function before the detailed description
-#
-# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
-# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-REPEAT_BRIEF           = NO
-
-# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
-# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
-# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
-# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
-# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
-# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
-# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
-# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
-
-ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
-                         "The $name widget" \
-                         "The $name file" \
-                         is \
-                         provides \
-                         specifies \
-                         contains \
-                         represents \
-                         a \
-                         an \
-                         the
-
-# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
-# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
-# description.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
-
-# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
-# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
-# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
-# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
-
-# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
-# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
-# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
-
-# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
-# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
-# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
-# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
-# strip.
-#
-# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
-# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
-# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
-
-STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
-
-# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
-# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
-# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
-# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
-# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
-# using the -I flag.
-
-STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
-
-# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
-# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
-# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SHORT_NAMES            = NO
-
-# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
-# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
-# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
-# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
-# description.)
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
-
-# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
-# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
-# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
-# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
-
-# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
-# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
-# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
-# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
-# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
-#
-# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
-# not recognized any more.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
-
-# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
-# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
-
-# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
-# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
-# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
-
-# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
-# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
-# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
-
-TAB_SIZE               = 4
-
-# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
-# the documentation. An alias has the form:
-# name=value
-# For example adding
-# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
-# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
-# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
-# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
-# newlines.
-
-ALIASES                =
-
-# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
-# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
-# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
-
-TCL_SUBST              =
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
-# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
-# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
-# members will be omitted, etc.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
-# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
-# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
-# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
-# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
-# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
-
-# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
-# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
-# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
-# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
-# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
-# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
-# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
-# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
-# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
-# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
-# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
-#
-# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
-#
-# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
-# the files are not read by doxygen.
-
-EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
-
-# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
-# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
-# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
-# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
-# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
-# case of backward compatibilities issues.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = NO
-
-# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
-# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
-# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
-# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
-
-# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
-# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
-# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
-# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
-# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
-# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
-
-# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
-# enable parsing support.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
-
-# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
-# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
-# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
-# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
-
-# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
-# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
-# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
-# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
-# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
-# should set this option to NO.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = NO
-
-# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
-# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
-# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
-# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
-
-# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
-# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
-# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
-# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
-# \nosubgrouping command.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SUBGROUPING            = YES
-
-# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
-# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
-# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
-# and RTF).
-#
-# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
-# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
-
-# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
-# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
-# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
-# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
-# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
-# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = NO
-
-# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
-# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
-# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
-# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
-# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
-# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
-# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = YES
-
-# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
-# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
-# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
-# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
-# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
-# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
-# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
-# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
-# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
-
-LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Build related configuration options
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
-# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
-# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
-# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
-# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
-# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
-# be included in the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
-# scope will be included in the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
-
-# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
-# included in the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
-# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
-# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
-# for Java sources.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
-
-# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
-# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
-# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
-# included.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
-
-# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
-# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
-# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
-# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
-# are hidden.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
-# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
-# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
-# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
-# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
-# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
-# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
-# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
-# included in the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
-# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
-# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
-
-# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
-# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
-# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
-
-# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
-# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
-# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
-# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
-# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
-# The default value is: system dependent.
-
-CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
-# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
-# scope will be hidden.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
-
-# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
-# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
-
-# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
-# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
-# which file to include in order to use the member.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
-
-# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
-# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
-
-# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
-# documentation for inline members.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-INLINE_INFO            = YES
-
-# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
-# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
-# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
-
-# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
-# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
-# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
-# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = YES
-
-# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
-# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
-# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
-# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
-# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
-# member documentation.
-# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
-# detailed member documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
-
-# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
-# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
-# appear in their defined order.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = YES
-
-# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
-# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
-# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
-# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
-# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
-# list.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
-
-# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
-# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
-# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
-# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
-# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
-# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = YES
-
-# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
-# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
-# documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
-# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
-# documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
-# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
-# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
-# the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
-
-# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
-# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
-# ... \endcond blocks.
-
-ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
-
-# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
-# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
-# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
-# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
-# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
-# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
-# documentation regardless of this setting.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
-
-MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 1
-
-# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
-# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
-# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
-
-# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
-# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
-# (if specified).
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SHOW_FILES             = YES
-
-# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
-# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
-# Folder Tree View (if specified).
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
-
-# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
-# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
-# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
-# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
-# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
-# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
-# version. For an example see the documentation.
-
-FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
-
-# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
-# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
-# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
-# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
-# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
-# will be used as the name of the layout file.
-#
-# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
-# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
-# tag is left empty.
-
-LAYOUT_FILE            =
-
-# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
-# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
-# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
-# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
-# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
-# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
-# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
-
-CITE_BIB_FILES         =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
-# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
-# messages are off.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-QUIET                  = YES
-
-# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
-# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
-# this implies that the warnings are on.
-#
-# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-WARNINGS               = YES
-
-# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
-# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
-# will automatically be disabled.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
-
-# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
-# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
-# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
-# markup commands wrongly.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
-
-# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
-# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
-# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
-# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
-
-# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
-# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
-# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
-# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
-# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
-# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
-# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
-
-WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
-
-# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
-# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
-# error (stderr).
-
-WARN_LOGFILE           =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the input files
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
-# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
-# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
-# spaces.
-# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
-
-INPUT                  = ./
-
-# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
-# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
-# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
-# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
-# possible encodings.
-# The default value is: UTF-8.
-
-INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
-
-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
-# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
-# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
-# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
-# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
-# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
-# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
-# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
-
-FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
-                         *.txt
-
-# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
-# be searched for input files as well.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-RECURSIVE              = YES
-
-# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
-# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
-# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
-#
-# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
-# run.
-
-EXCLUDE                = Documentation/ \
-                         StudioIntegration/ \
-                         License.txt
-
-# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
-# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
-# from the input.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
-
-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
-# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
-# certain files from those directories.
-#
-# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
-# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
-
-EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
-
-# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
-# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
-# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
-# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
-# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
-#
-# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
-# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
-
-EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = _* \
-                         __*
-
-# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
-# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
-# command).
-
-EXAMPLE_PATH           = ./ \
-                         CodeTemplates/
-
-# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
-# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
-# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
-# files are included.
-
-EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
-
-# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
-# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
-# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
-
-# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
-# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
-# \image command).
-
-IMAGE_PATH             = ./
-
-# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
-# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
-# by executing (via popen()) the command:
-#
-# <filter> <input-file>
-#
-# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
-# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
-# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
-# will be ignored.
-#
-# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
-# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
-# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
-
-INPUT_FILTER           =
-
-# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
-# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
-# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
-# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
-# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
-# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
-
-FILTER_PATTERNS        =
-
-# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
-# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
-# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
-
-# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
-# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
-# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
-# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
-# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
-
-FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
-
-# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
-# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
-# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
-# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
-
-USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to source browsing
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
-# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
-#
-# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
-# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
-
-# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
-# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
-
-# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
-# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
-# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
-
-# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
-# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
-
-# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
-# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
-
-# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
-# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
-# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
-# link to the documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
-
-# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
-# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
-# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
-# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
-# can opt to disable this feature.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
-
-SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
-
-# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
-# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
-# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
-# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
-# 4.8.6 or higher.
-#
-# To use it do the following:
-# - Install the latest version of global
-# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
-# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
-# - Run doxygen as normal
-#
-# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
-# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
-#
-# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
-# source code will now point to the output of htags.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
-
-USE_HTAGS              = NO
-
-# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
-# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
-# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
-# See also: Section \class.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
-
-# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
-# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
-# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
-# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
-# information.
-# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
-# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
-
-# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
-# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
-# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
-# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
-# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
-
-CLANG_OPTIONS          =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
-# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
-# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
-
-# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
-# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
-# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
-# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
-
-COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
-
-# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
-# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
-# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
-# while generating the index headers.
-# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
-
-IGNORE_PREFIX          =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the HTML output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_HTML          = YES
-
-# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it.
-# The default directory is: html.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_OUTPUT            = html
-
-# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
-# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
-# The default value is: .html.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
-
-# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
-# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
-# standard header.
-#
-# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
-# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
-# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
-# default header using
-# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
-# YourConfigFile
-# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
-# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
-# uses.
-# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
-# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
-# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_HEADER            =
-
-# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
-# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
-# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
-# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
-# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
-# that doxygen normally uses.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_FOOTER            = ./DoxygenPages/Style/Footer.htm
-
-# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
-# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
-# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
-# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
-# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
-# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
-# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
-# obsolete.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_STYLESHEET        =
-
-# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
-# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
-# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
-# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
-# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
-# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
-# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
-# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
-# list). For an example see the documentation.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  = ./DoxygenPages/Style/Style.css
-
-# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
-# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
-# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
-# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
-# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
-# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
-
-# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
-# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
-# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
-# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
-# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
-# purple, and 360 is red again.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
-
-# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
-# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
-# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 120
-
-# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
-# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
-# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
-# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
-# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
-# change the gamma.
-# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
-
-# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
-# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
-# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
-
-# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
-# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
-# page has loaded.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
-
-# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
-# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
-# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
-# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
-# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
-# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
-# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
-# tree by default.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
-
-# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
-# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
-# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
-# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
-# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
-# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
-# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
-# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
-# for more information.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
-
-# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
-# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
-# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
-# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
-
-DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
-
-# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
-# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
-# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
-# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
-
-DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
-# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
-# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
-# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
-
-DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = com.lufa-lib.library.documentation
-
-# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
-# The default value is: Publisher.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
-
-DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = DeanCamera
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
-# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
-# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
-# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
-# Windows.
-#
-# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
-# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
-# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
-# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
-# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
-# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
-# compressed HTML files.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
-
-# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
-# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
-# written to the html output directory.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-CHM_FILE               = ../LUFA.chm
-
-# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
-# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
-# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
-# The file has to be specified with full path.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-HHC_LOCATION           =
-
-# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
-# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_CHI           = NO
-
-# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
-# and project file content.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
-
-# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
-# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
-# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-BINARY_TOC             = NO
-
-# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
-# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
-
-TOC_EXPAND             = YES
-
-# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
-# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
-# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
-# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_QHP           = NO
-
-# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
-# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
-# the HTML output folder.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QCH_FILE               =
-
-# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
-# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
-# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
-# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
-# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
-# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
-# folders).
-# The default value is: doc.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
-
-# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
-# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
-# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
-# filters).
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
-
-# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
-# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
-# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
-# filters).
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
-
-# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
-# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
-# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
-
-# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
-# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
-# generated .qhp file.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
-
-QHG_LOCATION           =
-
-# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
-# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
-# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
-# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
-# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
-# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
-# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
-
-# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
-# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
-# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
-# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
-
-ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
-# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
-# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
-# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
-# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
-# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-DISABLE_INDEX          = YES
-
-# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
-# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
-# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
-# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
-# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
-# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
-# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
-# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
-# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
-# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
-# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
-# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
-
-# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
-# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
-#
-# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
-# in the overview section.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
-
-# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
-# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 300
-
-# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
-# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
-
-# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
-# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
-# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
-# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
-# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
-
-# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
-# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
-# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
-#
-# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
-# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
-
-# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
-# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
-# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
-# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
-# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
-# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-USE_MATHJAX            = NO
-
-# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
-# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
-# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
-# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
-# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
-# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
-# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
-
-MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
-
-# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
-# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
-# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
-# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
-# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
-# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
-# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
-# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
-# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
-# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
-
-MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://www.mathjax.org/mathjax
-
-# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
-# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
-# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
-# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
-
-MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
-
-# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
-# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
-# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
-# example see the documentation.
-# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
-
-MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
-
-# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
-# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
-# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
-# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
-# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
-# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
-# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
-# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
-# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
-# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
-# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
-# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
-# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
-# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
-# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
-# option.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
-
-SEARCHENGINE           = YES
-
-# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
-# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
-# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
-# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
-# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
-# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
-# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
-
-# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
-# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
-# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
-# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
-# search results.
-#
-# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
-# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
-# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
-#
-# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
-
-# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
-# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
-#
-# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
-# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
-# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
-# Searching" for details.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
-
-# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
-# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
-# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
-# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
-
-# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
-# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
-# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
-# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
-
-# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
-# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
-# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
-# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
-# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
-# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
-
-# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it.
-# The default directory is: latex.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
-
-# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
-# invoked.
-#
-# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
-# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
-# written to the output directory.
-# The default file is: latex.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
-
-# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
-# index for LaTeX.
-# The default file is: makeindex.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
-
-# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
-# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
-# trees in general.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
-
-# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
-# printer.
-# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
-# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
-# The default value is: a4.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
-
-# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
-# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
-# instance you can specify
-# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
-# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
-
-# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
-# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
-# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
-# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
-# default header to a separate file.
-#
-# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
-# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
-# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
-# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
-# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
-# HTML_HEADER.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_HEADER           =
-
-# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
-# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
-# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
-# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
-# special commands can be used inside the footer.
-#
-# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_FOOTER           =
-
-# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
-# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
-# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
-# markers available.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
-
-# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
-# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
-# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
-# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
-
-# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
-# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
-# higher quality PDF documentation.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
-
-# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
-# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
-# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
-# when generating formulas in HTML.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
-
-# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
-# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
-
-# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
-# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
-#
-# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
-# SOURCE_BROWSER.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
-
-# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
-# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
-# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
-# The default value is: plain.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
-
-LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the RTF output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
-# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
-# readers/editors.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_RTF           = NO
-
-# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it.
-# The default directory is: rtf.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
-
-# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
-# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
-# trees in general.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-COMPACT_RTF            = NO
-
-# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
-# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
-# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
-# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
-# fields.
-#
-# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
-
-# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
-# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
-# missing definitions are set to their default value.
-#
-# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
-# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
-
-# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
-# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
-# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
-
-RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the man page output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
-# classes and files.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_MAN           = NO
-
-# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
-# MAN_OUTPUT.
-# The default directory is: man.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
-
-MAN_OUTPUT             = man
-
-# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
-# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
-# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
-# optional.
-# The default value is: .3.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
-
-MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
-
-# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
-# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
-# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
-
-MAN_SUBDIR             =
-
-# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
-# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
-# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
-# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
-
-MAN_LINKS              = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the XML output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
-# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_XML           = NO
-
-# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
-# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
-# it.
-# The default directory is: xml.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
-
-XML_OUTPUT             = xml
-
-# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
-# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
-# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
-# of the XML output.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
-
-XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
-# that can be used to generate PDF.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
-
-# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
-# front of it.
-# The default directory is: docbook.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
-
-DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
-
-# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
-# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
-# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
-# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
-
-DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
-# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
-# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
-# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
-# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
-#
-# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
-
-# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
-# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
-# output from the Perl module output.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
-
-PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
-
-# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
-# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
-# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
-# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
-# just the same.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
-
-PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
-
-# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
-# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
-# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
-# overwrite each other's variables.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
-
-PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
-# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
-
-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
-# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
-# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
-# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
-
-# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
-# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
-# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
-
-# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
-# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
-
-# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
-# preprocessor.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
-
-INCLUDE_PATH           =
-
-# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
-# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
-# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
-# used.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
-
-# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
-# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
-# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
-# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
-# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
-# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__ \
-                         PROGMEM \
-                         EEMEM \
-                         ATTR_PACKED
-
-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
-# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
-# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
-# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
-# definition found in the source code.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
-
-# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
-# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
-# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
-# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
-# removed.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
-
-SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to external references
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
-# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
-# a tag file without this location is as follows:
-# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
-# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
-# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
-# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
-# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
-# of tag files.
-# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
-# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
-# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
-
-TAGFILES               =
-
-# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
-# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
-# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
-
-GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
-
-# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
-# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
-
-# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
-# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
-# listed.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
-
-# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
-# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
-# be listed.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
-
-# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
-# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
-# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
-
-PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the dot tool
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
-# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
-# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
-# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
-# powerful graphs.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
-
-# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
-# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
-# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
-# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
-# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
-# default search path.
-
-MSCGEN_PATH            =
-
-# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
-# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
-# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
-# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
-
-DIA_PATH               =
-
-# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
-# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
-# The default value is: YES.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
-
-# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
-# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
-# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
-# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
-# set to NO
-# The default value is: NO.
-
-HAVE_DOT               = NO
-
-# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
-# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
-# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
-# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
-# speed.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
-
-# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
-# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
-# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
-# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
-# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
-# The default value is: Helvetica.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_FONTNAME           =
-
-# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
-# dot graphs.
-# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
-
-# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
-# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
-# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_FONTPATH           =
-
-# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
-# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
-# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
-
-# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
-# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
-# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
-# class with other documented classes.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
-
-# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
-# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-GROUP_GRAPHS           = YES
-
-# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
-# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
-# Language.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-UML_LOOK               = NO
-
-# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
-# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
-# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
-# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
-# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
-# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
-# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
-# 10.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
-
-# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
-# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
-# instances.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
-
-# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
-# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
-# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
-# files.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-INCLUDE_GRAPH          = YES
-
-# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
-# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
-# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
-# files.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = YES
-
-# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
-# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
-#
-# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
-# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
-# functions only using the \callgraph command.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-CALL_GRAPH             = NO
-
-# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
-# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
-#
-# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
-# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
-# functions only using the \callergraph command.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
-
-# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
-# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
-
-# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
-# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
-# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
-# files in the directories.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = YES
-
-# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
-# generated by dot.
-# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
-# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
-# requirement).
-# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
-# The default value is: png.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
-
-# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
-# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
-#
-# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
-# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
-# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
-# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
-
-# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
-# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_PATH               =
-
-# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
-# command).
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOTFILE_DIRS           =
-
-# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
-# command).
-
-MSCFILE_DIRS           =
-
-# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
-# command).
-
-DIAFILE_DIRS           =
-
-# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
-# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
-# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
-# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
-# will not generate output for the diagram.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
-
-# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
-# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
-# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
-# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
-# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
-# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
-
-# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
-# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
-# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
-# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
-# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
-# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
-# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
-
-# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
-# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
-# to support this out of the box.
-#
-# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
-# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
-# read).
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
-
-# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
-# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
-# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
-# this, this feature is disabled by default.
-# The default value is: NO.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
-# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
-# graphs.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
-
-# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
-# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
-
-DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index 88449a936f..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-#
-#             LUFA Library
-#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-#
-#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-#           www.lufa-lib.org
-#
-# ---------------------------------------
-#  Makefile for the LUFA library itself.
-# ---------------------------------------
-
-LUFA_VERSION_NUM         = $(shell grep LUFA_VERSION_STRING $(LUFA_PATH)/Version.h | cut -d'"' -f2)
-EXCLUDE_FROM_EXPORT     := Documentation DoxygenPages CodeTemplates Build StudioIntegration doxyfile *.tar *.o *.d *.lss *.lst *.hex *.elf *.hex *.eep *.map *.bin
-
-# Default target - no default action when attempting to build the core directly
-all:
-
-# Export the library core as a TAR archive for importing into an IDE
-export_tar:
-	@echo Exporting LUFA library to a TAR archive...
-	@tar -cf LUFA_$(LUFA_VERSION_NUM).tar --directory=. $(EXCLUDE_FROM_EXPORT:%=--exclude=%) *
-	@tar -cf LUFA_$(LUFA_VERSION_NUM)_Code_Templates.tar CodeTemplates
-	@echo Export LUFA_$(LUFA_VERSION_NUM).tar complete.
-
-# Display the LUFA version of this library copy
-version:
-	@echo "LUFA $(LUFA_VERSION_NUM)"
-
-# Check if this is being included from a legacy or non LUFA build system makefile
-ifneq ($(LUFA_PATH),)
-  LUFA_ROOT_PATH = $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_PATH))/LUFA/
-
-  include $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_PATH))/LUFA/Build/lufa_sources.mk
-else
-  LUFA_BUILD_MODULES     += MASTER
-  LUFA_BUILD_TARGETS     += export_tar version
-
-  LUFA_PATH               = .
-  ARCH                    = {AVR8,UC3,XMEGA}
-  DOXYGEN_OVERRIDE_PARAMS = QUIET=YES PROJECT_NUMBER=$(LUFA_VERSION_NUM)
-
-  # Remove all object and associated files from the LUFA library core
-  clean:
-	rm -f $(LUFA_SRC_ALL_FILES:%.c=%.o)
-	rm -f $(LUFA_SRC_ALL_FILES:%.c=%.d)
-	rm -f $(LUFA_SRC_ALL_FILES:%.c=%.lst)
-
-  include Build/lufa_core.mk
-  include Build/lufa_sources.mk
-  include Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
-endif
-
-.PHONY: all export_tar version clean
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Maintenance/lufa_functionlist_transform.xslt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Maintenance/lufa_functionlist_transform.xslt
deleted file mode 100644
index 671f30f4a2..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Maintenance/lufa_functionlist_transform.xslt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-<!--
-             LUFA Library
-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-
-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-           www.lufa-lib.org
--->
-
-<!-- Extracts out all function signatures from a combined Doxygen XML output. -->
-
-<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform" version="1.0">
-	<xsl:output method="xml" omit-xml-declaration="yes"/>
-
-	<xsl:template match="doxygen">
-		<xsl:for-each select="//memberdef[@kind = 'function']">
-			<xsl:value-of select="definition"/><xsl:value-of select="argsstring"/><xsl:text>;&#10;</xsl:text>
-		</xsl:for-each>
-	</xsl:template>
-</xsl:stylesheet>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Maintenance/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Maintenance/makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index c0938f8de2..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Maintenance/makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
-#
-#             LUFA Library
-#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-#
-#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-#           www.lufa-lib.org
-#
-
-# Maintenance scripts not required by general LUFA users, used for project development purposes.
-
-
-# Path to the root of the LUFA tree
-LUFA_ROOT := ../
-
-all:
-
-# Print a list of all filenames and line numbers that exceed an allowed threshold
-line-lengths:
-	awk '{ if (length > 120) { print FILENAME, ":", FNR, "[", length, "]" } }' `find $(LUFA_ROOT) -name *.[ch]`
-
-# Generate a header containing all library functions
-function-list:
-	$(MAKE) -C $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_ROOT))/LUFA doxygen DOXYGEN_OVERRIDE_PARAMS="GENERATE_HTML=no GENERATE_XML=yes"
-	@xsltproc $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_ROOT))/LUFA/Documentation/xml/combine.xslt $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_ROOT))/LUFA/Documentation/xml/index.xml > temp.xml
-	@xsltproc lufa_functionlist_transform.xslt temp.xml > function_list.h
-	@sort function_list.h | uniq > function_list_unique.h
-	@rm temp.xml
-
-# Update all Doxygen configuration files to the latest Doxygen version
-upgrade-doxygen:
-	@echo Upgrading Doxygen files...
-	@for doxygen_conf in `find $(LUFA_ROOT) -name doxyfile`; do \
-	  doxygen -u $$doxygen_conf;                                \
-	done;
-	@echo Doxygen configuration update complete.
-
-# Make all possible bootloaders for all targets and configurations as set by the BootloaderTest build test
-# and store them in a separate directory called "Bootloaders"
-bootloaders:
-	@echo "build_bootloaders:" > BuildMakefile
-	@printf "\t-mkdir Bootloaders 2>/dev/null\n\n" >> BuildMakefile
-
-	@while read line;                                         \
-	 do                                                       \
-	   build_cfg=`echo $$line | grep -v "#" | sed 's/ //g'`;  \
-	                                                          \
-	   if ( test -n "$$build_cfg" ); then                     \
-	     build_bootloader=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d'=' -f1`; \
-		 build_cfg=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d'=' -f2-`;       \
-		                                                      \
-	     build_arch=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d':' -f1`;       \
-	     build_mcu=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d':' -f2`;        \
-	     build_board=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d':' -f3`;      \
-	     build_flashsize=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d':' -f4`;  \
-	     build_bootsize=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d':' -f5`;   \
-	     build_fusb=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d':' -f6`;       \
-	                                                          \
-	     printf "Found '%s' with FLASH: %3s KB, BOOT: %3s KB, MCU: %12s / %4s, BOARD: %s, F_USB: %sMHz\n" $$build_bootloader $$build_flashsize $$build_bootsize $$build_mcu $$build_arch $$build_board $$build_fusb; \
-	                                                          \
-	     printf "\t-mkdir Bootloaders/%s 2>/dev/null\n" $$build_bootloader >> BuildMakefile; \
-	     printf "\t@echo Building '%s' with FLASH: %3s KB, BOOT: %3s KB, MCU: %12s, BOARD: %s, F_USB: %sMHz\n" $$build_bootloader $$build_flashsize $$build_bootsize $$build_mcu $$build_board $$build_fusb >> BuildMakefile; \
-	     printf "\t$(MAKE) -C $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_ROOT))/Bootloaders/%s/ clean hex ARCH=%s MCU=%s BOARD=%s FLASH_SIZE_KB=%s BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB=%s F_USB=%s000000 DEBUG_LEVEL=0\n" $$build_bootloader $$build_arch $$build_mcu $$build_board $$build_flashsize $$build_bootsize $$build_fusb >> BuildMakefile; \
-		 printf "\tmv $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_ROOT))/Bootloaders/%s/Bootloader%s.hex Bootloaders/%s/%s-%s-%s-BOARD_%s-BOOT_%sKB-%sMHz.hex\n\n" $$build_bootloader $$build_bootloader $$build_bootloader $$build_bootloader $$build_arch $$build_mcu $$build_board $$build_bootsize $$build_fusb >> BuildMakefile; \
-	   fi;                                                    \
-	 done < $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_ROOT))/BuildTests/BootloaderTest/BootloaderDeviceMap.cfg
-
-	 $(MAKE) -f BuildMakefile build_bootloaders
-	 cp $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_ROOT))/LUFA/License.txt Bootloaders
-	 rm -f BuildMakefile
-
-# Check the working branch documentation, ensure no placeholder values
-check-documentation-placeholders:
-	@echo Checking for release suitability...
-	@if ( grep "XXXXXX" $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_ROOT))/LUFA/DoxygenPages/*.txt > /dev/null ;); then \
-	  echo "  ERROR: Doxygen documentation has not been updated for release!";    \
-	  exit 1;                                                                     \
-	fi;
-	@if ( grep "000000" $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_ROOT))/LUFA/Version.h > /dev/null ;); then          \
-	  echo "  ERROR: Version header has not been updated for release!";           \
-	  exit 1;                                                                     \
-	fi;
-	@echo Done.
-
-# Validate the working branch - compile all documentation, demos/projects/examples and run build tests
-validate-branch:
-	$(MAKE) -C $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_ROOT)) doxygen
-	$(MAKE) -C $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_ROOT)) all DEBUG_LEVEL=0
-	$(MAKE) -C $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_ROOT))/BuildTests all
-
-# Validate the working branch for general release, check for placeholder documentation then build and test everything
-validate-release: check-documentation-placeholders validate-branch
-
-
-.PHONY: all upgrade-doxygen bootloaders check-documentation-placeholders validate-branch
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index 880c0cf8d4..0000000000
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-#
-#             LUFA Library
-#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
-#
-#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-#           www.lufa-lib.org
-#
-
-# Makefile to build the LUFA library, projects and demos.
-
-# Call with "make all" to rebuild everything, "make clean" to clean everything,
-# "make mostlyclean" to remove all intermediary files but preserve any binaries,
-# "make doxygen" to document everything with Doxygen (if installed). Call
-# "make help" for additional target build information within a specific project.
-
-all:
-
-%:
-	@echo Executing \"make $@\" on all LUFA library elements.
-	@echo
-	$(MAKE) -C LUFA $@
-	$(MAKE) -C Demos $@
-	$(MAKE) -C Projects $@
-	$(MAKE) -C Bootloaders $@
-	@echo
-	@echo LUFA \"make $@\" operation complete.
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/descriptor.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/descriptor.c
index feeea76df0..357954368b 100644
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/descriptor.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/descriptor.c
@@ -868,7 +868,7 @@ const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
  *  USB host.
  */
 uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
-                                    const uint8_t wIndex,
+                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
                                     const void** const DescriptorAddress)
 {
     const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8);
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/descriptor.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/descriptor.h
index 24ce420e6a..cde44abc9b 100644
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/descriptor.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/descriptor.h
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ typedef struct
 
 
 uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
-                                    const uint8_t wIndex,
+                                    const uint16_t wIndex,
                                     const void** const DescriptorAddress)
                                     ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
 
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid.mk b/tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid.mk
index 1f79bda3bd..e720080979 100644
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid.mk
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid.mk
@@ -43,7 +43,6 @@ SRC += $(USB_HID_DIR)/override_Serial.cpp
 
 # replace arduino/wiring.c
 SRC += $(USB_HID_DIR)/override_wiring.c
-SRC += common/avr/timer.c
 
 SRC += $(USB_HOST_SHIELD_SRC)
 SRC += $(ARDUINO_CORES_SRC)
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/readme.md b/tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/README.md
index 49cd83e0af..49cd83e0af 100644
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/readme.md
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/README.md
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/testusbhostFAT/readme.md b/tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/testusbhostFAT/README.md
index d8b4296b1a..d8b4296b1a 100644
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/testusbhostFAT/readme.md
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/testusbhostFAT/README.md
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/parser.cpp b/tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/parser.cpp
index 1a152ff3f2..94e747ca4b 100644
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/parser.cpp
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/parser.cpp
@@ -4,30 +4,14 @@
 #include "debug.h"
 
 
-report_keyboard_t usb_hid_keyboard_report;
-uint16_t usb_hid_time_stamp;
-
-
 void KBDReportParser::Parse(HID *hid, bool is_rpt_id, uint8_t len, uint8_t *buf)
 {
-    bool is_error = false;
-    report_keyboard_t *report = (report_keyboard_t *)buf;
+    ::memcpy(&report, buf, sizeof(report_keyboard_t));
+    time_stamp = millis();
 
-    dprintf("KBDReport: %02X %02X", report->mods, report->reserved);
+    dprintf("input %d:  %02X %02X", hid->GetAddress(), report.mods, report.reserved);
     for (uint8_t i = 0; i < KEYBOARD_REPORT_KEYS; i++) {
-        if (IS_ERROR(report->keys[i])) {
-            is_error = true;
-        }
-        dprintf(" %02X", report->keys[i]);
+        dprintf(" %02X", report.keys[i]);
     }
     dprint("\r\n");
-
-    // ignore error and not send report to computer
-    if (is_error) {
-        dprint("Error usage! \r\n");
-        return;
-    }
-
-    ::memcpy(&usb_hid_keyboard_report, buf, sizeof(report_keyboard_t));
-    usb_hid_time_stamp = millis();
 }
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/parser.h b/tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/parser.h
index 703eb1ed4c..036281fa66 100644
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/parser.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/parser.h
@@ -2,11 +2,14 @@
 #define PARSER_H
 
 #include "hid.h"
+#include "report.h"
 
 class KBDReportParser : public HIDReportParser
 {
 public:
-	virtual void Parse(HID *hid, bool is_rpt_id, uint8_t len, uint8_t *buf);
+    report_keyboard_t report;
+    uint16_t time_stamp;
+    virtual void Parse(HID *hid, bool is_rpt_id, uint8_t len, uint8_t *buf);
 };
 
 #endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/test/Makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/test/Makefile
index c093bbd4c1..83bf2aed67 100644
--- a/tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/test/Makefile
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/test/Makefile
@@ -1,4 +1,42 @@
-
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# On command line:
+#
+# make all = Make software.
+#
+# make clean = Clean out built project files.
+#
+# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF.
+#
+# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF.
+#
+# make program = Download the hex file to the device.
+#                Please customize your programmer settings(PROGRAM_CMD)
+#
+# make teensy = Download the hex file to the device, using teensy_loader_cli.
+#               (must have teensy_loader_cli installed).
+#
+# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must
+#            have dfu-programmer installed).
+#
+# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must
+#             have Atmel FLIP installed).
+#
+# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer
+#               (must have dfu-programmer installed).
+#
+# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP
+#                (must have Atmel FLIP installed).
+#
+# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging, 
+#              with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging.
+#
+# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only.
+#
+# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting
+#                   bug reports to the GCC project.
+#
+# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all".
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 # Target file name (without extension).
 TARGET = usb_hid_test
diff --git a/tmk_core/rules.mk b/tmk_core/rules.mk
index b7cb0a559a..be06d611b6 100644
--- a/tmk_core/rules.mk
+++ b/tmk_core/rules.mk
@@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ $(eval $(foreach OUTPUT,$(OUTPUTS),$(shell mkdir -p $(OUTPUT) 2>/dev/null)))
 
 
 # Listing of phony targets.
-.PHONY : all finish sizebefore sizeafter gccversion \
-build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff \
+.PHONY : all finish sizebefore sizeafter qmkversion \
+gccversion build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff \
 clean clean_list debug gdb-config show_path \
 program teensy dfu flip dfu-ee flip-ee dfu-start 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/util/activate_msys2.sh b/util/activate_msys2.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bb0485302e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/util/activate_msys2.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+
+function export_variables {
+    local util_dir=~/qmk_utils
+    export PATH=$PATH:$util_dir/dfu-programmer
+    export PATH=$PATH:$util_dir/dfu-util-0.9-win64
+    export PATH=$PATH:$util_dir/flip/bin
+    export PATH=$PATH:$util_dir/avr8-gnu-toolchain/bin
+    export PATH=$PATH:$util_dir/gcc-arm-none-eabi/bin
+}
+
+export_variables
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/util/msys2_install.sh b/util/msys2_install.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..de03b89ac4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/util/msys2_install.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+
+dir=$(cd -P -- "$(dirname -- "$0")" && pwd -P)
+download_dir=~/qmk_utils
+avrtools=avr8-gnu-toolchain
+armtools=gcc-arm-none-eabi
+installflip=false
+
+echo "Installing dependencies needed for the installation (quazip)"
+pacman --needed -S msys/unzip msys/p7zip base-devel msys/git mingw-w64-x86_64-toolchain
+
+source "$dir/win_shared_install.sh"
+
+function install_avr {
+    rm -f -r "$avrtools"
+    wget "http://www.atmel.com/images/avr8-gnu-toolchain-installer-3.5.4.91-win32.any.x86.exe"
+    7z x avr8-gnu-toolchain-installer-3.5.4.91-win32.any.x86.exe
+    rm avr8-gnu-toolchain-installer-3.5.4.91-win32.any.x86.exe
+}
+
+function install_arm {
+    wget -O gcc-arm-none-eabi.zip "https://developer.arm.com/-/media/Files/downloads/gnu-rm/6-2017q2/gcc-arm-none-eabi-6-2017-q2-update-win32.zip?product=GNU%20ARM%20Embedded%20Toolchain,ZIP,,Windows,6-2017-q2-update"
+    unzip -d gcc-arm-none-eabi gcc-arm-none-eabi.zip
+    rm gcc-arm-none-eabi.zip
+}
+
+function extract_flip {
+    rm -f -r flip
+    7z -oflip x FlipInstaller.exe
+}
+
+pushd "$download_dir"
+
+if [ -f "FlipInstaller.exe" ]; then
+    echo
+    echo "Extracting flip"
+    extract_flip
+fi
+
+if [ ! -d "$avrtools" ]; then
+    while true; do
+        echo
+        echo "The AVR toolchain is not installed."
+        echo "This is needed for building AVR based keboards."
+        read -p "Do you want to install it? (Y/N) " res
+        case $res in
+            [Yy]* ) install_avr; break;;
+            [Nn]* ) break;;
+            * ) echo "Invalid answer";;
+        esac
+    done
+else
+    while true; do
+        echo
+        echo "The AVR toolchain is already installed"
+        read -p "Do you want to reinstall? (Y/N) " res
+        case $res in
+            [Yy]* ) install_avr; break;;
+            [Nn]* ) break;;
+            * ) echo "Invalid answer";;
+        esac
+    done
+fi
+
+if [ ! -d "$armtools" ]; then
+    while true; do
+        echo
+        echo "The ARM toolchain is not installed."
+        echo "This is needed for building ARM based keboards."
+        read -p "Do you want to install it? (Y/N) " res
+        case $res in
+            [Yy]* ) install_arm; break;;
+            [Nn]* ) break;;
+            * ) echo "Invalid answer";;
+        esac
+    done
+else
+    while true; do
+        echo
+        echo "The ARM toolchain is already installed"
+        read -p "Do you want to reinstall? (Y/N) " res
+        case $res in
+            [Yy]* ) install_arm; break;;
+            [Nn]* ) break;;
+            * ) echo "Invalid answer";;
+        esac
+    done
+fi
+popd
+
+cp -f "$dir/activate_msys2.sh" "$download_dir/"
+
+if grep "^source ~/qmk_utils/activate_msys2.sh$" ~/.bashrc
+then
+    echo
+    echo "The line source ~/qmk_utils/activate_msys2.sh is already added to your /.bashrc"
+    echo "Not adding it twice!"
+else
+    while true; do
+        echo
+        echo "Do you want to add 'source ~/qmk_utils/activate_msys2.sh' to the end of your"
+        echo ".bashrc file? Without this make won't find the needed utils, so if you don't"
+        echo "want to do it automatically, then you have to do it manually later."
+        read -p "(Y/N)? " res
+        case $res in
+            [Yy]* ) echo "source ~/qmk_utils/activate_msys2.sh" >> ~/.bashrc; break;;
+            [Nn]* ) break;;
+            * ) echo "Invalid answer";;
+        esac
+    done
+fi
+
+echo
+echo "******************************************************************************"
+echo "Installation completed!"
+echo "Please close this Window and restart MSYS2 MinGW"
+echo "******************************************************************************"
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/util/win_shared_install.sh b/util/win_shared_install.sh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8d1949ae9f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/util/win_shared_install.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+
+function install_utils {
+    rm -f -r "$download_dir"
+    mkdir "$download_dir"
+
+    pushd "$download_dir"
+
+    echo "Installing dfu-programmer"
+    wget 'http://downloads.sourceforge.net/project/dfu-programmer/dfu-programmer/0.7.2/dfu-programmer-win-0.7.2.zip'
+    unzip -d dfu-programmer dfu-programmer-win-0.7.2.zip
+
+    echo "Installing dfu-util"
+    wget 'http://dfu-util.sourceforge.net/releases/dfu-util-0.9-win64.zip'
+    unzip dfu-util-0.9-win64.zip
+
+    echo "Installing teensy_loader_cli"
+    wget 'https://www.pjrc.com/teensy/teensy_loader_cli_windows.zip'
+    unzip teensy_loader_cli_windows.zip
+
+    echo "Installing Atmel Flip"
+    wget 'http://www.atmel.com/images/Flip%20Installer%20-%203.4.7.112.exe'
+    mv Flip\ Installer\ \-\ 3.4.7.112.exe FlipInstaller.exe
+
+    echo "Downloading the QMK driver installer"
+    wget -qO- https://api.github.com/repos/qmk/qmk_driver_installer/releases | grep browser_download_url | head -n 1 | cut -d '"' -f 4 | wget -i -
+
+    rm -f *.zip
+
+    popd > /dev/null
+}
+
+function install_drivers {
+    pushd "$download_dir"
+    cp -f "$dir/drivers.txt" .
+    echo 
+    cmd.exe /c "qmk_driver_installer.exe $1 $2 drivers.txt"
+    popd > /dev/null
+}
+
+pushd "$dir"
+
+if [ ! -d "$download_dir" ]; then
+    install_utils
+else
+    while true; do
+        echo
+        echo "The utils seem to already be downloaded."
+        read -p "Do you want to re-download them and update to the newest version (Y/N) " res
+        case $res in
+            [Yy]* ) install_utils; break;;
+            [Nn]* ) break;;
+            * ) echo "Invalid answer";;
+        esac
+    done
+fi
+
+while true; do
+    echo
+    echo "Which USB drivers do you want to install?"
+    echo "(A)all - All supported drivers will be installed"
+    echo "(C)onnected - Only drivers for connected keyboards (in bootloader/flashing mode)"
+    echo "              will be installed"
+    echo "(F)force - Like all, but will also override existing drivers for connected"
+    echo "           keyboards"
+    echo "(N)one - No drivers will be installed,"
+    echo "         flashing your keyboard will most likely not work"
+    read -p "(A/C/F/N)? " res
+    case $res in
+        [Aa]* ) install_drivers --all; break;;
+        [Cc]* ) install_drivers; break;;
+        [Ff]* ) install_drivers --all --force; break;;
+        [Nn]* ) break;;
+        * ) echo "Invalid answer";;
+    esac
+done
+
+
+popd > /dev/null
+
diff --git a/util/wsl_install.sh b/util/wsl_install.sh
index 8999da8a46..1574803534 100644
--- a/util/wsl_install.sh
+++ b/util/wsl_install.sh
@@ -1,44 +1,7 @@
 #!/bin/bash
 
-download_dir=wsl_downloaded
-
-function install_utils {
-    rm -f -r $download_dir
-    mkdir $download_dir
-
-    pushd $download_dir
-
-    echo "Installing dfu-programmer"
-    wget 'http://downloads.sourceforge.net/project/dfu-programmer/dfu-programmer/0.7.2/dfu-programmer-win-0.7.2.zip'
-    unzip -d dfu-programmer dfu-programmer-win-0.7.2.zip
-
-    echo "Installing dfu-util"
-    wget 'http://dfu-util.sourceforge.net/releases/dfu-util-0.9-win64.zip'
-    unzip dfu-util-0.9-win64.zip
-
-    echo "Installing teensy_loader_cli"
-    wget 'https://www.pjrc.com/teensy/teensy_loader_cli_windows.zip'
-    unzip teensy_loader_cli_windows.zip
-
-    echo "Installing Atmel Flip"
-    wget 'http://www.atmel.com/images/Flip%20Installer%20-%203.4.7.112.exe'
-    mv Flip\ Installer\ \-\ 3.4.7.112.exe FlipInstaller.exe
-
-    echo "Downloading the QMK driver installer"
-    wget -qO- https://api.github.com/repos/qmk/qmk_driver_installer/releases | grep browser_download_url | head -n 1 | cut -d '"' -f 4 | wget -i -
-
-    rm -f *.zip
-
-    popd > /dev/null
-}
-
-function install_drivers {
-    pushd $download_dir
-    cmd.exe /C qmk_driver_installer.exe $1 $2 ../drivers.txt
-    popd > /dev/null
-}
-
 dir=$(cd -P -- "$(dirname -- "$0")" && pwd -P)
+pushd "$dir";
 
 if [[ $dir != /mnt/* ]];
 then
@@ -48,7 +11,6 @@ then
     exit 1
 fi
 
-pushd "$dir"
 
 while true; do
     echo
@@ -67,49 +29,25 @@ echo "Installing dependencies needed for the installation (unzip, wget)"
 echo "This will ask for the sudo password"
 sudo apt-get install unzip wget
 
+download_dir=wsl_downloaded
 
-if [ ! -d "$download_dir" ]; then
-    install_utils
-else
-    while true; do
-        echo
-        read -p "The utils seem to already be downloaded, do you want to re-download them and update to the newest version (Y/N) " res
-        case $res in
-            [Yy]* ) install_utils; break;;
-            [Nn]* ) break;;
-            * ) echo "Invalid answer";;
-        esac
-    done
-fi
+source "$dir/win_shared_install.sh"
 
+pushd "$download_dir"
 while true; do
     echo
-    read -p "Flip need to be installed if you want to use that for programming, do you want to install it now? (Y/N) " res
+    echo "Flip need to be installed if you want to use that for programming."
+    echo "Please install it to the default location!"
+    read -p "Do you want to install it now? (Y/N) " res
     case $res in
-        [Yy]* ) cmd.exe /c $download_dir\\FlipInstaller.exe; break;;
+        [Yy]* ) cmd.exe /c FlipInstaller.exe; break;;
         [Nn]* ) break;;
         * ) echo "Invalid answer";;
     esac
 done
+popd
 
 
-while true; do
-    echo
-    echo "Which USB drivers do you want to install?"
-    echo "(A)all - All supported drivers will be installed"
-    echo "(C)onnected - Only drivers for connected keyboards (in bootloader/flashing mode) will be installed"
-    echo "(F)force - Like all, but will also override existing drivers for connected keyboards"
-    echo "(N)one - No drivers will be installed, flashing your keyboard will most likely not work"
-    read -p "(A/C/F/N)? " res
-    case $res in
-        [Aa]* ) install_drivers --all; break;;
-        [Cc]* ) install_drivers; break;;
-        [Ff]* ) install_drivers --all --force; break;;
-        [Nn]* ) break;;
-        * ) echo "Invalid answer";;
-    esac
-done
-
 echo 
 echo "Creating a softlink to the utils directory as ~/qmk_utils."
 echo "This is needed so that the the make system can find all utils it need."
@@ -124,9 +62,9 @@ then
 else
     while true; do
         echo
-        echo "Do you want to add 'source ~/qmk_utils/activate_wsl.sh' to the end of you .bashrc file?"
-        echo "Without this make won't find the needed utils, so if you don't want to do it automatically,"
-        echo "then you have to do it manually."
+        echo "Do you want to add 'source ~/qmk_utils/activate_wsl.sh' to the end of your"
+        echo ".bashrc file? Without this make won't find the needed utils, so if you don't"
+        echo "want to do it automatically, then you have to do it manually later."
         read -p "(Y/N)? " res
         case $res in
             [Yy]* ) echo "source ~/qmk_utils/activate_wsl.sh" >> ~/.bashrc; break;;
@@ -138,9 +76,10 @@ fi
 
 while true; do
     echo
-    echo "Do you want to add a symlink to the QMK repository in your home directory for convenience?"
-    echo "This will create a folder 'qmk_firmware' in your home directory."
-    echo "In the future you can use this folder instead of the full path on your windows file system"
+    echo "Do you want to add a symlink to the QMK repository in your home directory for"
+    echo "convenience? This will create a folder 'qmk_firmware' in your home directory."
+    echo "In the future you can use this folder instead of the full path on your Windows"
+    echo "file system."
     read -p "(Y/N)? " res
     case $res in
         [Yy]* ) ln -sfn "$dir/.." ~/qmk_firmware; break;;
@@ -156,4 +95,3 @@ echo "You need to open a new batch command prompt for all the utils to work prop
 echo "******************************************************************************"
 
 popd > /dev/null
-